Features n Simplified Setup and Calibration—For quick analog transmitter replacement (4-20 mA out only), the instrument may be configured with default sensor.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Hazardous Area Classifications
D103222X012
Product Bulletin
9.2:001 September 2019
Hazardous Area Classifications and Protections
The intent of this document is to provide a broad overview of hazardous area classifications and the types of protection techniques involved. The information provided in this bulletin is for educational purposes and should not be used in place of any other source or governing documents.
Not all approvals are covered in this bulletin. Contact your Emerson sales office for information on approvals not covered in this bulletin.
Contact your Emerson sales office for product specific hazardous area approval information or visit Fisher.com.
Hazardous Area Classifications
When electrical equipment is used in, around, or near an atmosphere that has flammable gases or vapors, flammable liquids, combustible dusts, ignitable fibers or flyings, there is always a possibility or risk that a fire or explosion might occur. Those areas where the possibility or risk of fire or explosion might occur due to an explosive atmosphere and/or mixture is often called a hazardous (or classified) location/area. Currently there are two systems used to classify these hazardous areas; the Class/Division system and the Zone system. The Class/Division system is used predominately in the United States and Canada, whereas the rest of the world generally uses the Zone system. However, the United States and Canada are trending more towards the Zone System.
Class/Division System
Hazardous locations per the Class/Division system are classified according to the Class, Division, and Group.
1. Class--The Class defines the general nature (or properties) of the hazardous material in the surrounding atmosphere which may or may not be in sufficient quantities.
a. Class I--Locations in which flammable gases or vapors may or may not be in sufficient quantities to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures.
b. Class II--Locations in which combustible dusts (either in suspension, intermittently, or periodically) may or may not be in sufficient quantities to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures.
c. Class III--Locations in which ignitable fibers may or may not be in sufficient quantities to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures.
2. Division--The Division defines the probability of the hazardous material being able to produce an explosive or ignitable mixture based upon its presence.
a. Division 1 indicates that the hazardous material has a high probability of producing an explosive or ignitable mixture due to it being present continuously, intermittently, or periodically or from the equipment itself under normal operating conditions.
b. Division 2 indicates that the hazardous material has a low probability of producing an explosive or ignitable mixture and is present only during abnormal conditions for a short period of time.
3. Group--The Group defines the type of hazardous material in the surrounding atmosphere. Groups A, B, C, and D are for gases (Class I only) while groups E, F, and G are for dusts and flyings (Class II or III).
a. Group A--Atmospheres containing acetylene.
b. Group B--Atmospheres containing a flammable gas, flammable liquid-produced vapor, or combustible liquid-produced vapor whose MESG is less than 0.45 mm or MIC ratio is less than 0.40.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
9.2:001 September 2019
Hazardous Area Classifications
D103222X012
Typical gases include hydrogen, butadiene, ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, and acrolein.
c. Group C--Atmospheres containing a flammable gas, flammable liquid-produced vapor, or combustible liquid-produced vapor whose MESG is greater than 0.45 mm but less than or equal to 0.75 mm or MIC ratio is greater than 0.40 but less than or equal to 0.80. Typical gases include ethyl either, ethylene, acetaldehyde, and cyclopropane.
d. Group D--Atmospheres containing a flammable gas, flammable liquid-produced vapor, or combustible liquid-produced vapor whose MESG is greater than 0.75 mm or MIC ration is greater than 0.80. Typical gases include acetone, ammonia, benzene, butane, ethanol, gasoline, methane, natural gas, naphtha, and propane.
e. Group E--Atmospheres containing combustible metal dusts such as aluminum, magnesium, and their commercial alloys.
f. Group F--Atmospheres containing combustible carbonaceous dusts with 8% or more trapped volatiles such as carbon black, coal, or coke dust.
g. Group G--Atmospheres containing combustible dusts not included in Group E or Group F. Typical dusts include flour, starch, grain, wood, plastic, and chemicals.
Zone System
Hazardous locations per the Zone system are classified according to its Zone which can be gas or dust. For gas atmospheres electrical equipment is further divided into Groups and Subgroups.
Zone--The Zone defines the probability of the hazardous material, gas or dust, being present in sufficient quantities to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures.
1. Gas
a. Zone 0--Ignitable concentrations of flammable gases or vapors which are present continuously or for long periods of time.
b. Zone 1--Ignitable concentrations of flammable gases or vapors which are likely to occur under normal operating conditions.
c. Zone 2--Ignitable concentrations of flammable gases or vapors which are not likely to occur under normal operating conditions and do so only for a short period of time.
2. Dust
a. Zone 20--An area where combustible dusts or ignitable fibers and flyings are present continuously or for long periods of time.
b. Zone 21--An area where combustible dusts or ignitable fibers and flyings are likely to occur under normal operating conditions.
c. Zone 22--An area where combustible dusts or ignitable fibers and flyings are not likely to occur under normal operating conditions and do so only for a short period of time.
Group--Electrical equipment is divided into three groups .
nGroup I--Equipment intended for use in mines susceptible to firedamp (flammable mixture of gases naturally occurring in a mine).
nGroup II--Equipment intended for use in places with an explosive gas atmosphere other than mines susceptible to firedamp. Group II equipment is subdivided into three subgroups.
- Group IIA--Atmospheres containing propane, or gases and vapors of equivalent hazard.
- Group IIB--Atmospheres containing ethylene, or gases and vapors of equivalent hazard.
- Group IIC--Atmospheres containing acetylene or hydrogen, or gases and vapors of equivalent hazard.
nGroup III--Equipment intended for use in places with an explosive dust atmosphere. Group III equipment is subdivided into three subgroups.
- Group IIIA--Atmospheres containing combustible flyings.
- Group IIIB--Atmospheres containing non-conductive dust.
- Group IIIC--Atmospheres containing conductive dust.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Hazardous Area Classifications
D103222X012
Product Bulletin
9.2:001 September 2019
Protection Techniques and Methods
Various protection techniques and methods have been developed and employed, thus reducing or minimizing the potential risks of explosion or fire from electrical equipment located in hazardous locations. Not all methods are listed.
Class/Division system
nExplosion-proof--A type of protection that utilizes an enclosure that is capable of withstanding an explosive gas or vapor within it and or preventing the ignition of an explosive gas or vapor that may surround it and that operates at such an external temperature that a surrounding explosive gas or vapor will not be ignited thereby.
nIntrinsically Safe--A type of protection in which the electrical equipment under normal or abnormal conditions is incapable of releasing sufficient electrical or thermal energy to cause ignition of a specific hazardous atmospheric mixture in its most easily ignitable concentration.
nDust Ignition-proof--A type of protection that excludes ignitable amounts of dust or amounts that might affect performance or rating and that, when installed and protected in accordance with the original design intent, will not allow arcs, sparks or heat otherwise generated or liberated inside the enclosure to cause ignition of exterior accumulations or atmospheric suspensions of a specified dust.
nNon-incendive--A type of protection in which the equipment is incapable, under normal conditions, of causing ignition of a specified flammable gas or vapor-in-air mixture due to arcing or thermal effect.
Zone system
The below concepts are high-level protection concepts. There are also sub-levels of protection that may or not be applicable to each type. Also, some equipment may combine multiple types of protection.
nFlame-proof--A type of protection in which an enclosure can withstand the pressure developed during an internal explosion of an explosive mixture and that prevents the transmission of the explosion to the explosive atmosphere surrounding the enclosure and that operates at such an external temperature that a surrounding explosive gas or vapor will not be ignited there. This type of protection is referred to as "Ex d".
nIntrinsically Safe--A type of protection in which the electrical equipment under normal or abnormal conditions is incapable of releasing sufficient electrical or thermal energy to cause ignition of a specific hazardous atmospheric mixture in its most easily ignitable concentrations. This type of protection is referred to as "Ex i".
nIncreased Safety--A type of protection in which various measures are applied to reduce the probability of excessive temperatures and the occurrence of arcs or sparks in the interior and on the external parts of electrical apparatus that do not produce them in normal service. Increased safety may be used with flame-proof type of protection. This type of protection is referred to as "Ex e".
nType n--A type of protection applied to electrical equipment such that in normal operation it is not capable of igniting a surrounding explosive atmosphere. This type of protection is referred to as "Ex n".
nType t--A type of protection in which the electrical equipment is equipped with an enclosure providing dust ingress protection and a means to limit surface temperatures. This type of protection is referred to as "Ex t".
nType h--Refers to one of three different types of protection: (1) where constructional measures are applied to protect against the possibility of ignition from hot surfaces, sparks and compression generated by moving parts; (2) ignition protection where mechanical or electrical devices are used in conjunction with nonelectrical equipment to manually or automatically reduce the likelihood of a
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
9.2:001 September 2019
Hazardous Area Classifications
D103222X012
potential ignition source from becoming an effective ignition source; or (3) protection where potential ignition sources are made ineffective or separated from the explosive atmosphere by either totally immersing them in a protective liquid, or by partially immersing and continuously coating their active surfaces with a protective liquid in such a way that an explosive atmosphere which may be above the liquid, or outside the equipment enclosure, cannot be ignited. Non-electrical equipment often apply "Ex h" protection methods.
Equipment Protection Level (EPL) Markings
The EPL marking indicates the level of protection that is given to equipment based on the likelihood of its becoming a source of ignition and distinguishing the difference between explosive gas atmospheres, explosive dust atmospheres, and the explosive atmospheres in mines susceptible to firedamp.
Temperature Code (T Code)
A mixture of hazardous gases and air may be ignited by coming into contact with a hot surface. The conditions under which a hot surface will ignite a gas depends on surface area, temperature, and the concentration of the gas. The same can be said about combustible dusts. The T code of a product denotes the maximum surface temperature that a given product will not exceed under a specified ambient temperature. For example, a product with a T code of T3 means that its maximum surface temperature will not exceed 200_C provided it is operated in a ambient temperature defined by the manufacturer.
Nomenclature
Class/Division system
Approved equipment is marked according to which Class (I, II, or III), Division (1 or 2), Group (A, B, C, D, E, F, or G), and temperature code (T1 through T6) that it is rated for. For intrinsically safe equipment the words "Intrinsically Safe" or "IS" will precede the actual approval marking to indicate it as being intrinsically safe. Examples are listed below:
Class I Division 1 Group B,C,D T5 CL I Div 2 GP ABCD T5 IS CL I,II,III Div 1 GP ABCDEFG CL II,III Div 1,2 GP EFG T4
Zone system
Approved equipment is marked according to the protection concept for which it has been designed (Ex i, Ex d, Ex n, and etc.), the group (I, IIA, IIB, IIC, IIIA, IIIB, or IIIC), and temperature code (T1 through T6) that it is rated for. For the United States it will be preceded by which Class and Zone it is approved for. Examples are listed below:
Ex ia IIC T5 Ex d IIB+H2 T6 Ex nA IIC T6 Class I Zone 2 AEx nC IIC T5
Additional Terminology
Although the following terminology is not permitted for markings it is commonly used to describe the various types of approvals or when speaking of them.
XP--Flameproof approval for Class I Division 1 EXP--Flameproof approval for Class I Division 1 NI--Non-incendive approval for Class I Division 2 DIP--Dust Ignition Proof approval for Class II
Division 1 S--"Suitable For" for Class II Division 2 IS--Intrinsically Safe
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Hazardous Area Classifications
D103222X012
Product Bulletin
9.2:001 September 2019
Approval Agencies
Generally speaking, most countries require that products intended for installation in a hazardous location be approved by a recognized authority or approval agency (governmental or independent) which that country has established by various laws, regulations, or codes. See table 1 for an overview of approvals and approval agencies.
North American Approvals
Of the 15 national testing laboratories (NRTL's) in the United States, only a few are qualified to approve products for use in hazardous locations. Two such agencies are; Factory Mutual (FM) and Underwriters Laboratories (UL). In Canada, products are approved by the Canadian Standards Association (CSA).
European Approvals
Each country belonging to the European Union has established one or more "Notified Bodies" for product approval. Notified Bodies not only approve products for use within their own country, commonly called national certifications/approvals, but also for any other
country within the union, known as CENELEC certifications/approvals. CENELEC is the acronym for European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization. A product which has been CENELEC certified or approved by any of the Notified Bodies is automatically accepted for use within all of the participating union countries. In July 2003 a European Directive, called the ATEX Directive, which pertains to equipment for explosive atmospheres, was adopted. All equipment intended for use in explosive atmospheres must comply with the ATEX Directive in order to be sold into the European Union.
International Approvals
Countries participating in the IECEx Scheme (International Electrotechnical Commission on explosion protected equipment, known as "Ex") can issue either an international certification or a national certification of explosion protected equipment. Each country within the IECEx scheme establishes an ExCB (Ex Certification Body) which can approve products. ExCB's can issue the national certification for their country based upon the IECEx standards (including any national deviations) and the international certification. Currently, Australia is the only country accepting international certifications for use in their country.
Table 1. Approval Agencies
Approvals(1)
Approval Agencies Used(2)
FM
FM--Factory Mutual
CML
CML--Certification Management Limited
CSA
CSA--Canadian Standards Association
ATEX
Baseefa--British Approvals Service for Electrical Equipment in Flammable Atmospheres KEMA--NV tot Keuring van Elektrotechnische Materialen LCIE--Laboratorie Central des Industries Electriques
IECEx
CSA--Canadian Standards Association Baseefa--British Approvals Service for Electrical Equipment in Flammable Atmospheres
SAA
SAA--Standards Association of Australia
NEPSI
NEPSI--National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation
TIIS
TIIS--Technology Institution of Industrial Safety
INMETRO
INMETRO--National Institute of Metrology, Quality and Technology
CUTR
FGUP Certification Centre: SC VSI VNIIFTRI Certification Body: OS VSI VNIFFTRI
1. FisherTM products may carry additional approvals. Contact your Emerson sales office for additional approval information. 2. Fisher product approvals may be certified by other agencies. Contact your Emerson sales office for additional information.
Approvals Accepted North America Japan North America
European Union
International Australia China Japan Brazil
Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan, and Armenia
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
9.2:001 September 2019
Hazardous Area Classifications
D103222X012
Figure 1. Typical I.S Installation
DVC6200 Vmax = 30 VDC Imax = 226 mA Pi = 1.4 W Ci = 5 nF Li = 0.55 mH
HAZARDOUS AREA
NON-HAZARDOUS AREA
I.S. BARRIER
Voc = ? Isc = ? Ca = ? La = ?
DEVICE COMMUNICATOR
Vmax = 30 VDC Imax = 200 mA Pi = 1 W Ci = 0 F Li = 0 mH
Voc = 1.9 VDC Isc = 32 A Po = 61 W Ca = 100 F La = 5600 mH
Guidelines for Selecting Intrinsic Safety Barriers Using Entity Ratings
Selecting an intrinsic safety barrier with the required entity ratings depends upon the combined effects of the instrument, its cabling, and any instrument accessories such as the AMS TrexTM Device Communicator. Determine the barrier entity ratings using the following guidelines:
Voc Vmax Isc Imax Ca Ci + Ccable La Li + Lcable
where:
Voc = Barrier open circuit voltage Vmax = Instrument Vmax Isc= Barrier short circuit current Imax = Instrument Imax Ca = Barrier acceptable connected capacitance Ci = Instrument total unprotected internal capacitance Ccable = Signal cable total capacitance La = Barrier acceptable connected inductance Li = Instrument total unprotected internal inductance Lcable = Signal cable total inductance
6
The values Voc, Ioc, Ca, and La are specified by the barrier manufacturer for any given barrier. The values of Ccable and Lcable for the signal cable must be determined for the specific cable used.
Example barrier entity ratings calculation.
A system is comprised of a FIELDVUETM DVC6200 digital valve controller (FM approved), a Device Communicator (FM approved), and 1000 feet of cable with 60 pF/ft capacitance and 0.2 H/ft inductance. Calculate the barrier entity ratings.
Figure 1 shows a typical I.S. installation.
Calculate Ccable and Lcable
Ccable = 60 pF/ft x 1000 ft = 60 nF Lcable = 0.2 H/ft x 1000 ft = 0.2 mH Determine Ca and La for the barrier Ca w Ci(DVC6200)+ Ci(Trex) + Ccable w 5 nF + 0 nF + 60 nF Ca w 65 nF
La w Li(DVC6200)+Li(Trex) + Lcable w 0.55 mH + 0 mH + 0.2 mH La w 0.75 mH
Determine Voc and Isc of the barrier. Note that in this example the output of the Trex (Voc(Trex) and Isc(Trex))
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Hazardous Area Classifications
D103222X012
Product Bulletin
9.2:001 September 2019
must also be considered because it can also add energy to the loop besides just the barrier itself. Voc of the barrier plus any additional voltage that could be added to the loop from each device must be subtracted from Vmax for each device. Isc of the barrier plus any additional current that could be added to the loop from each device must not exceed Imax for each device.
Voc of the barrier must meet all of the following conditional requirements.
1) Voc v Vmax(DVC6200) - Voc(Trex) ! 30 VDC - 1.9 VDC ! 28.1 VDC
2) Voc v Vmax(DVC6200) ! 30 VDC 3) Voc v Vmax(Trex) ! 30 VDC
Voc v 28.1 VDC
Isc of the barrier must meet all of the following conditional requirements.
1) Isc v Imax(DVC6200) + Isc(Trex) ! 226 mA + 0.032 mA ! 226.032 mA
2) Isc v Imax(DVC6200) ! 226 mA 3) Isc v Imax(Trex) ! 200 mA Isc v 200 mA
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
9.2:001 September 2019
Hazardous Area Classifications
D103222X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Trex and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2006, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller
D102727X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3010 July 2020
FisherTM FIELDVUETM DLC3010 Digital Level Controller
The FIELDVUE DLC3010 digital level controller is used with level sensors to measure liquid level, the level of the interface between two liquids, or liquid specific gravity (density). Changes in level or specific gravity exert a buoyant force on a displacer, which rotates a torque tube shaft. The digital level controller converts this rotational motion to an electronic signal.
The DLC3010 is a communicating, microprocessor-based instrument that can be configured to sense the level, interface level, or density of liquids. In addition to the normal function of providing a 4 to 20 milliampere current signal, the DLC3010, using HART® communications protocol, gives easy access to information critical to process operation. You can obtain information about the process, instrument, or sensor using an Emerson Field Communicator. The DLC3010 can be used in analog or HART digital signaling mode with the Emerson Automation Solutions DeltaVTM system.
The connection for HART communication may be made at any point in the field wiring that meets the HART impedance requirements. Configuration, calibration, diagnostics, parameter review, signal monitoring and alert monitoring are all available
W7977-2
through the HART protocol. Information from the field can be integrated into control systems or be received on a single loop basis.
The DLC3010 digital level controller is designed to directly replace standard pneumatic and electronic level transmitters. It mounts on a wide variety of Fisher 249 caged and cageless level sensors.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3010 July 2020
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller
D102727X012
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller Specifications
Available Configurations
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller: Mounts on caged and cageless 249 sensors. See tables 4 and 5 and sensor description.
Function: Transmitter
Communications Protocol: HART
Input Signal
Level, Interface, or Density: Rotary motion of torque tube shaft proportional to changes in liquid level, interface level, or density that change the buoyancy of a displacer.
Process Temperature: Interface for 2- or 3-wire 100 ohm platinum RTD for sensing process temperature, or optional user-entered target temperature to permit compensating for changes in specific gravity
Output Signal
Analog: 4 to 20 milliamperes DC (J direct action--increasing level, interface, or density increases output; or J reverse action--increasing level, interface, or density decreases output)
High saturation: 20.5 mA Low saturation: 3.8 mA High alarm: 22.5 mA Low Alarm: 3.7 mA
Only one of the above high/low alarm definitions is available in a given configuration. NAMUR NE 43 compliant when high alarm level is selected.
Digital: HART 1200 Baud FSK (frequency shift keyed)
HART impedance requirements must be met to enable communication. Total shunt impedance across the master device connections (excluding the master and transmitter impedance) must be between
230 and 600 ohms. The transmitter HART receive impedance is defined as: Rx: 42K ohms and Cx: 14 nF
In point-to-point configuration, analog and digital signalling are available. The instrument may be queried digitally for information, or placed in Burst mode to regularly transmit unsolicited process information digitally. In multi-drop mode, the output current is fixed at 4 mA, and only digital communication is available.
Performance
Performance Criteria
DLC3010
Digital Level Controller(1)
w/ 3-Inch 249W, Using
a 14-inch Displacer
Independent Linearity
$0.25% of output span
$0.8% of output span
Hysteresis
<0.2% of output span
- - -
Repeatability
$0.1% of full $0.5% of scale output output span
Dead Band
<0.05% of input span
- - -
Hysteresis plus Deadband
- - -
<1.0% of output span
NOTE: At full design span, reference conditions. 1. To lever assembly rotation inputs.
w/ All Other 249 Sensors
$0.5% of output span
- - -
$0.3% of output span
- - -
<1.0% of output span
Note: At effective proportional band (PB)<100%, linearity, dead band, repeatability, power supply effect, and ambient temperature influence are potentially derated by the factor (100%/PB)
Operating Influences
Power Supply Effect: Output changes <±0.2% of full scale when supply varies between minimum and maximum voltage specifications.
-continued-
Table of Contents
DLC3010 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 249 Level Sensor Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 249 Level Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Heat Insulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller . . . . . . . . . . 13
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller
D102727X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3010 July 2020
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller Specifications (continued)
Transient Voltage Protection: The loop terminals are protected by a transient voltage suppressor. The specifications are as follows:
signal reasonableness monitor User-configurable alarms: Hi-Hi and Lo-Lo Limit process alarms
Pulse Waveform
Rise Time (ms)
Decay to 50% (ms)
10
1000
8
20
Note: s = microsecond
Max VCL (Clamping Voltage) (V)
93.6
121
Max IPP (Pulse Peak @ Current) (A)
16
83
Ambient Temperature: The combined temperature effect on zero and span without the 249 sensor is less than 0.03% of full scale per degree Kelvin over the operating range -40 to 80_C (-40 to 176_F)
Process Temperature: The torque rate is affected by the process temperature (see figure 1). The process density may also be affected by the process temperature.
Process Density: The sensitivity to error in knowledge of process density is proportional to the differential density of the calibration. If the differential specific gravity is 0.2, an error of 0.02 specific gravity units in knowledge of a process fluid density represents 10% of span.
Electromagnetic Compatibility
HART-readable only: RTD signal reasonableness monitor: When RTD installed Processor free-time monitor. Writes-remaining in Non Volatile Memory monitor. User-configurable alarms: Hi and Lo limit process alarms, Hi and Lo limit temperature alarms, Hi and Lo limit electronics temperature alarms
Diagnostics
Output loop current diagnostic. LCD meter diagnostic. Spot specific gravity measurement in level mode: used to update specific gravity parameter to improve process measurement Digital signal-tracing capability: by review of "troubleshooting variables", and Basic trending capability for PV, TV and SV.
LCD Meter Indications
LCD meter indicates analog output on a percent scale bar graph. The meter also can be configured to display:
Meets EN 61326-1:2013 and EN 61326-2-3:2006 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of EN 61326-1 and Table AA.2 of EN 61326-2-3. Performance is shown in table 1 below. Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
Supply Requirements (See figure 3)
12 to 30 volts DC ; 22.5 mA Instrument has reverse polarity protection.
A minimum compliance voltage of 17.75 is required to guarantee HART communication.
Compensation
Transducer compensation: for ambient temperature. Density parameter compensation: for process temperature (requires user-supplied tables). Manual compensation: for torque tube rate at target process temperature is possible.
Digital Monitors
Linked to jumper-selected Hi (factory default) or Lo analog alarm signal: Torque tube position transducer: Drive monitor and
Process variable in engineering units only. Percent range only. Percent range alternating with process variable or Process variable, alternating with process temperature (and degrees of pilot shaft rotation).
Electrical Classification
Pollution Degree IV, Overvoltage Category II per IEC 61010 clause 5.4.2 d
Hazardous Area:
CSA-- Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Division 2, Dust Ignition-proof
FM-- Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Non-incendive, Dust Ignition-proof
ATEX-- Intrinsically Safe, Type n, Flameproof
IECEx-- Intrinsically Safe, Type n, Flameproof
Refer to tables 8, 9, 10, and 11 for additional approval information.
Electrical Housing: CSA-- Type 4X FM-- NEMA 4X ATEX-- IP66 IECEx-- IP66
-continued-
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3010 July 2020
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller
D102727X012
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller Specifications (continued)
Other Classifications/Certifications
CML-- Certification Management Limited (Japan) CUTR-- Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, and Armenia)
INMETRO-- National Institute of Metrology, Standardization, and Industrial Quality (Brazil)
KTL-- Korea Testing Laboratory (South Korea)
NEPSI-- National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation (China)
PESO CCOE-- Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation - Chief Controller of Explosives (India)
Contact your Emerson sales office for classification/certification specific information
increments around the pilot shaft axis. The LCD meter may be rotated in 90 degree increments to accommodate this.
Construction Materials
Case and Cover: Low-copper aluminum alloy Internal: Plated steel, aluminum, and stainless steel; encapsulated printed wiring boards; Neodymium Iron Boron Magnets
Electrical Connections
Two 1/2-14 NPT internal conduit connections; one on bottom and one on back of terminal box. M20 adapters available.
Minimum Differential Specific Gravity
With a nominal 4.4 degrees torque tube shaft rotation for a 0 to 100 percent change in liquid level (specific gravity=1), the digital level controller can be adjusted to provide full output for an input range of 5% of nominal input span. This equates to a minimum differential specific gravity of 0.05 with standard volume displacers.
See 249 sensor specifications for standard displacer volumes and standard wall torque tubes. Standard volume for 249C and 249CP is 980 cm3 (60 in3), most others have standard volume of 1640 cm3 (100 in3).
Operating at 5% proportional band will degrade accuracy by a factor of 20. Using a thin wall torque tube, or doubling the displacer volume will each roughly double the effective proportional band. When proportional band of the system drops below 50%, changing displacer or torque tube should be considered if high accuracy is a requirement.
Mounting Positions
Digital level controller can be mounted right- or left-of-displacer, as shown in figure 8.
Instrument orientation is normally with the coupling access door at the bottom, to provide proper drainage of lever chamber and terminal compartment, and to limit gravitational effect on the lever assembly. If alternate drainage is provided by user, and a small performance loss is acceptable, the instrument could be mounted in 90 degree rotational
Options
J Heat insulator J Mountings for Masoneilan, Yamatake and Foxboro/Eckhardt displacers available J Level Signature Series Test (Performance Validation Report) available (EMA only) for instruments factory-mounted on 249 sensor J Factory Calibration: available for instruments factory-mounted on 249 sensor, when application, process temperature and density(s) are supplied J Device is compatible with user-specified remote indicator
Operating Limits
Process Temperature: See table 3 and figure 2. Ambient Temperature and Humidity: See below
Conditions
Normal Limits(1)(2)
Transport and
Storage Limits(1)
Nominal Reference(1)
Ambient
-40 to 80_C
Temperature (-40 to 176_F)
-40 to 85_C (-40 to 185_F)
25_C (77_F)
Ambient Relative
0 to 95%,
0 to 95%,
40%
Humidity
(non-condensing) (non-condensing)
1. LCD meter may not be readable below -20_C (-4_F) 2. Contact your Emerson sales office or application engineer if temperatures exceeding these limits are required.
Altitude Rating Up to 2000 meters (6562 feet)
Weight Less than 2.7 Kg (6 lb)
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller
D102727X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3010 July 2020
Table 1. EMC Summary Results--Immunity
Port
Phenomenon
Basic Standard
Test Level
Performance Criteria(1)(2)
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
4 kV contact 8 kV air
A
80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80%
Enclosure
Radiated EM field
IEC 61000-4-3 1400 to 2000 MHz @ 3V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80%
A
2000 to 2700 MHz @ 1V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80%
Rated power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8 60 A/m at 50 Hz
A
Burst
IEC 61000-4-4 1 kV
A
I/O signal/control Surge
IEC 61000-4-5 1 kV (line to ground only, each)
B
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-6 150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms
A
Note: RTD wiring must be shorter than 3 meters (9.8 feet) 1. A = No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self-recovering. Specification limit = +/- 1% of span. 2. HART communication was considered as "not relevant to the process" and is used primarily for configuration, calibration, and diagnostic purposes.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3010 July 2020
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller
D102727X012
Gnorm
Figure 1. Theoretical Reversible Temperature Effect on Common Torque Tube Materials
TORQUE RATE REDUCTION (NORMALIZED MODULUS OF RIGIDITY)
1.00
0.98 1
0.96
0.94
0.92
0.90
0.88
0.86
0.84
N05500 N06600
N10276
0.82
0.80
S31600
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420
TEMPERATURE (_C)
Gnorm
TORQUE RATE REDUCTION (NORMALIZED MODULUS OF RIGIDITY)
1.00
0.98 1
0.96
0.94
0.92
N05500
N06600
0.90
N10276 0.88
0.86
0.84
0.82
0.80 50 100 150 200
250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
TEMPERATURE (_F)
650 700
S31600 750 800
Note: 1Due to the permanent drift that occurs near and above 260_C (500_F), N05500 is not recommended for temperatures above 232_C (450_F).
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller
D102727X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3010 July 2020
Features
nSimplified Setup and Calibration--For quick analog transmitter replacement (4-20 mA out only), the instrument may be configured with default sensor data, zero Level Offset, differential process SG, and zero/span procedure only. For full compensation and diagnostic capabilities, complete sensor data entry and calibration is recommended.
Using Guided Setup, digital level controller start-up is straightforward and fast. Level and temperature alarms, specific gravity tables, calibration trim and trending are readily configurable. The DLC3010 also supports re-ranging without a fluid reference.
nResponsive to Small Process Changes--Accurate, high-gain analog-to-digital conversion enables measurement of small changes in the process variable. This allows the DLC3010 to be used in difficult liquid level, interface, or density applications. In addition, an adjustable input filter and output damping help to attenuate displacer-induced ripple in the output signal due to liquid turbulence.
nReduced Temperature Effects--An internal temperature sensor enables consistent performance of the digital level controller despite ambient temperature changes. With a temperature input signal, either via HART protocol or an RTD connected to the instrument, the digital level controller can also automatically compensate for specific gravity changes due to temperature. A user-supplied table of up to ten linear segments may be entered to implement this feature. (A sample water/steam table is provided in the DLC3010 instruction manual (D102748X012). The measured torque tube rate may be manually pre-compensated for a target process temperature using the data available in the DLC3010 Device Description (DD).
nAdditional Compensation--The instrument measurement algorithm corrects for the small motion of the displacer as buoyancy changes, allowing it to calculate the true cage or vessel level. This provides additional accuracy on the shorter displacers.
nRugged Construction--Mechanical safeguards designed into the digital level controller help it to withstand physical abuse often incurred during installation or in transport, without compromising performance. The fully encapsulated printed wiring boards resist the effects of vibration, temperature, and corrosive atmospheres. The lever assembly is pinned at the neutral position when the coupling access door is open, providing shipping stabilization for a separate transmitter purchase. Locking set screws are provided for covers and the access door handle.
nEasy Maintenance--Field wiring connections are in a compartment separated from the electronics. This protects the electronics from any moisture brought into the housing by the field wiring. This also eases installation and maintenance. The digital level controller does not have to be removed to facilitate troubleshooting or service. Modular construction (figure 4) allows servicing in the field. However, if it is necessary to remove the digital level controller for in-shop maintenance and calibration, field wiring does not need to be disconnected.
nAlarm Jumper--The DLC3010 digital level controller includes self-diagnostics that detect an error (e.g. electronics failure) that would render the process variable measurement inaccurate. The instrument can also be configured to indicate a process variable high or low alarm. When a process variable alarm or an error is detected the analog output signal is driven either above or below the normal 4 to 20 mA range, depending on the user-selectable position of the alarm jumper. The unit ships from the factory with the jumper in the high position.
7
PROCESS TEMPERATURE (_F) PROCESS TEMPERATURE (_C)
Load (Ohms)
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3010 July 2020
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller
D102727X012
Figure 2. Guidelines for Use of Optional Heat Insulator Assembly
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (_C)
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 800
HEAT INSULATOR REQUIRED 400
50 60 70
TOO HOT
80 425 400 300 200
100
NO HEAT
0 1
INSULATOR NECESSARY
0 -100
TOO -325 COLD
HEAT INSULATOR REQUIRED
-200
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 176 160
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (_F)
STANDARD TRANSMITTER
Notes: 1For process temperature below -29_ (C-20_F) and above 204_C (400_F) sensor materials must be appropriate for the process [refer to Fisher Bulletin 34.2:2500 (D200037X012)]. 2. If ambient dew point is above process temperature, ice formation might cause instrument malfunction and reduce insulator effectiveness.
39A4070-B A5494-1
Figure 3. Power Supply Requirements and Load Resistance
Maximum Load = 43.5 X (Supply Voltage - 12.0) 783
Operating
250
Region
0
10
12 15
20
25
30
E0284
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VDC)
Figure 4. FIELDVUE DLC3010 Digital Level Controller Assembly
ADAPTER RING
TERMINAL BOX
TERMINAL BOX COVER
LEVER ASSEMBLY TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY
E1472-1
ELECTRONICS MODULE
LCD METER ASSEMBLY
COVER
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller
D102727X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3010 July 2020
Principle of Operation
The DLC3010 digital level controller is a loop-powered instrument that measure changes in liquid level, level of an interface between two liquids, or density of a liquid. A level, density, or interface level change in the measured fluid causes a change in the displacer buoyancy (figure 5). This change is transferred to the torque tube assembly. As the measured fluid changes, the torque tube assembly rotates.
The rotary motion of the torque tube is transferred to the digital level controller lever assembly (figure 5). The rotary motion moves a magnet attached to the lever assembly, changing the magnetic field that is sensed by the Hall-effect sensor. The sensor converts the magnetic field signal to a varying electronic signal, which is processed digitally to provide linearity corrections, sensitivity adjustment, and temperature compensation.
The signal is interpreted as a buoyancy change by reference to the stored torque rate, coupling point, and moment arm data. The buoyancy change in turn is interpreted as a level, interface, or density change by reference to stored displacer volume, specific gravity, and displacer length data. In level or interface modes, the correction for displacer motion is then added, as well as user-supplied offset to change the PV reference from the bottom of the displacer or correct for a coupling point error.
The resultant primary variable (PV) is then compared to PV alarm thresholds (if enabled) and used to set status bits and/or trigger the analog alarm current. If the alarm is not triggered, the PV is used to generate 4-20 mA analog and 0-100% range digital signals by reference to the stored upper and lower range values. The resultant analog command is limited at the saturation values to allow discrimination between saturated and alarm signals.
Figure 5. Cutaway View of Fisher 249 Displacer Sensor with FIELDVUE DLC3010 Digital Level Controller
W1389-1
TORQUE TUBE DISPLACER
E1471-1
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3010 July 2020
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller
D102727X012
249 Level Sensors Specifications
Input Signal
Liquid Level or Liquid-to-Liquid Interface Level:From 0 to 100 percent of displacer length Liquid Density: From 0 to 100 percent of displacement force change obtained with given displacer volume--standard volumes are J 980 cm3 (60 inches3) for 249C and 249CP sensors or J 1640 cm3 (100 inches3) for most other sensors; other volumes available depending upon sensor construction
Sensor Displacer Lengths
See tables 4 and 5 footnotes
Sensor Working Pressures
Consistent with applicable ASME pressure/temperature ratings for the specific sensor constructions shown in tables 4 and 5
Caged Sensor Connection Styles
Cages can be furnished in a variety of end connection styles to facilitate mounting on vessels; the
equalizing connection styles are numbered and are shown in figure 7.
Mounting Positions Most level sensors with cage displacers have a rotatable head. The head may be rotated through 360 degrees to any of eight different positions, as shown in figure 8.
Construction Materials See tables 2, 4, and 5
Operative Ambient Temperature See table 3. For ambient temperature ranges, guidelines, and use of optional heat insulator, see figure 2.
Options J Heat insulator J Gauge glass for pressures to 29 bar at 232_C (420 psig at 450_F), and J Reflex gauges for high temperature and pressure applications
249 Level Sensors
249 level sensors used with the DLC3010 digital level controller are available in both caged and cageless configurations. Figure 6 shows a DLC3010 mounted on a caged 249 sensor. Caged sensors provide more stable operation than do cageless sensors for vessels with internal obstructions or considerable internal turbulence. Cageless sensors are generally used on specific gravity and interface control applications requiring large displacers that are more easily accommodated by flange connections up to 8 inches. The availability of many different displacer stem lengths permits lowering the displacer down to the most advantageous depth in the vessel.
Figure 6. FIELDVUE DLC3010 Digital Level Controller and Fisher 249B Level Sensor
W7926-1
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller
D102727X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3010 July 2020
Table 2. Displacer and Torque Tube Materials
Part
Standard Material
Other Materials
Displacer
304 Stainless Steel
316 Stainless Steel, N10276, N04400, Plastic, and Special Alloys
Displacer Stem, Driver Bearing, Displacer Rod and Driver
316 Stainless Steel
N10276, N04400, other Austenitic Stainless Steels, and Special Alloys
Torque Tube
N05500(1)
316 Stainless Steel, N06600, N10276
1. N05500 is not recommended for spring applications above 232_C (450_F). Contact your Emerson sales office or application engineer if temperatures exceeding this limit are required.
Table 3. Allowable Process Temperatures for Common Fisher 249 Sensor Pressure Boundary Materials
MATERIAL
PROCESS TEMPERATURE
Min.
Max.
Cast Iron
-29_C (-20_F)
232_C (450_F)
Steel
-29_C (-20_F)
427_C (800_F)
Stainless Steel
-198_C (-325_F)
427_C (800_F)
N04400
-198_C (-325_F)
427_C (800_F)
Graphite Laminate/SST Gaskets
-198_C (-325_F)
427_C (800_F)
N04400/PTFE Gaskets
-73_C (-100_F)
204_C (400_F)
Table 4. Caged Displacer Sensors(1)
TORQUE TUBE ORIENTATION
SENSOR
249(3)
STANDARD CAGE, HEAD, AND TORQUE TUBE ARM
MATERIAL
Cast Iron
Screwed Flanged
EQUALIZING CONNECTION
Style
Size (NPS) 1-1/2 or 2 2
PRESSURE RATING(2) CL125 or 250
Torque tube arm rotatable with respect to equalizing connections
249B, 249BF(4) 249C(3)
Steel 316 Stainless Steel
Screwed or optional socket weld Raised face or optional ring type joint flanged Screwed
Raised face flanged
1-1/2 or 2 1-1/2 2 1-1/2 or 2 1-1/2 2
CL600 CL150, 300, or 600 CL150, 300, or 600 CL600 CL150, 300, or 600 CL150, 300, or 600
249K 249L
Steel Steel
Raised face or optional ring type joint flanged
Ring type joint flanged
1-1/2 or 2 2(5)
CL900 or 1500 CL2500
1. Standard displacer lengths for all styles (except 249) are 14, 32, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 108 and 120 inches. The 249 uses a displacer with a length of either 14 or 32 inches. 2. DIN flange connections available in EMA (Europe, Middle East and Africa). 3. Not available in EMA. 4. 249BF available in EMA only. Also available in DIN size DN40 with PN10 to PN100 flanges and size DN50 with PN10 to PN63 flanges. 5. Top connection is 1-inch ring-type joint flanged for connection styles F1 and F2.
Table 5. Cageless Displacer Sensors(1)
Mounting
Sensor
Standard Head(2), Wafer Body(6), and Torque Tube
Arm Material
249BP(4)
Steel
Mounts on top of vessel
249CP 249P(5)
316 Stainless Steel Steel or Stainless Steel
Flange Connection
NPS 4 raised face or optional ring type joint NPS 6 or 8 raised face NPS 3 raised face NPS 4 raised face or optional ring type joint
NPS 6 or 8 raised face
Mounts on side of vessel
249VS
Cast Iron, Cast Steel or CF8M (316 Stainless Steel)
For NPS 4 raised face or flat face For NPS 4 butt weld end, XXS
Mounts on top of vessel or on customer supplied cage
249W
WCC (steel) or CF8M LCC (steel) or CF8M
For NPS 3 raised face For NPS 4 raised face
1. Standard displacer lengths are 14, 32, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 108, and 120 inches. 2. Not used with side-mounted sensors. 3. DIN flange connections available in EMA (Europe, Middle East and Africa). 4. Not available in EMA. 5. 249P available in EMA only. 6. Wafer Body only applicable to 249W.
Pressure Rating(3)
CL150, 300, or 600 CL150 or 300 CL150, 300, or 600 CL900 or 1500 (EN PN 10 to DIN PN 250) CL150, 300, 600, 900, 1500, or 2500 CL125, 150, 250, 300, 900, or 1500 (EN PN 10 to DIN PN 160 CL2500
CL150, 300, or 600
CL150, 300, or 600
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3010 July 2020
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller
D102727X012
Figure 7. Style Number of Equalizing Connections
STYLE 1 TOP AND BOTTOM CONNECTIONS, SCREWED (S-1) OR FLANGED (F-1)
STYLE 3 UPPER AND LOWER SIDE CONNECTIONS,
SCREWED (S-3) OR FLANGED (F-3)
STYLE 2 TOP AND LOWER SIDE CONNECTIONS,
SCREWED (S-2) OR FLANGED (F-2)
STYLE 4 UPPER SIDE AND BOTTOM CONNECTIONS,
SCREWED (S-4) OR FLANGED (F-4)
Installation
A 249 sensor may be shipped with the DLC3010 digital level controller installed or they may be shipped separately.
When shipping a skid mounted system, where the displacer cannot be restrained, it is recommended that the transmitter be uncoupled and the lever assembly locked to prevent damage. The transmitter must be re-coupled at commissioning, and a zero-trim will be required.
Dimensions for the DLC3010 and 249 sensor product construction are shown in figure 9 and tables 6 and 7. Dimensions of other combinations are available upon request.
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
nProcess temperature and pressure and ambient air temperature
nApplication
nLiquid level service (specific gravity)
nInterface level service (specific gravity of both liquids and minimum differential gap or span required)
nDensity service (minimum and maximum specific gravity required)
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller
D102727X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3010 July 2020
Figure 8. Typical Mounting Positions for FIELDVUE DLC3010 Digital Level Controller on Fisher 249 Sensors
SENSOR
LEFT-OF-DISPLACER
7 15
1
6
8
3 1
RIGHT-OF-DISPLACER
4
51
2
CAGED 3
4
2
7
8
6
CAGELESS
1Not available for 249C and 249K.
Construction
Refer to the specifications tables. Review the descriptions below each specification and in the referenced tables and figures; specify the desired choice whenever there is a selection to be made.
Heat Insulator
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller
If the DLC3010 and the 249 sensor are ordered as an assembly, and a heat insulator is required for the application, order the heat insulator as a 249 sensor option. If the DLC3010 is ordered separately, the heat insulator is available as a kit.
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3010 July 2020
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller
D102727X012
Figure 9. Dimensions for FIELDVUE DLC3010 Digital Level Controller Mounted on a Fisher 249B Sensor (also see tables 6 and 7)
1-1/2 11-1/2 NPT
103 (4.06)
421 (16.56)
MATCH LINE (B)
G
A
F
W
M
A
106 (4.19)
3/4-14 NPT
S-3 AND F-3 UPPER AND LOWER SIDE CONNECTIONS
244 (9.62)
102.1 (4.02)
73.7 (2.90)
203 (8.00)
202.4 (7.97)
503.4 (19.83)
125.7 (4.95)
1/2-14 NPT CONDUIT CONN
102.6 (4.04)
1/2-14 NPT CONDUIT CONN
TOP VIEW
DETAILED FRONT VIEW OF DLC3010 DIGITAL LEVEL CONTROLLER
mm (INCH)
Table 6. Dimension A for FIELDVUE DLC3010 Digital Level Controller Mounted on a Fisher 249B Sensor
SIZE (NPS)
Screwed NPT mm Inches
CL150 RF mm Inches
CL150 RTJ mm Inches
A CL300 RF mm Inches
CL300 RTJ mm Inches
CL600 RF mm Inches
CL600 RTJ mm Inches
1-1/2
121
4.75
145
5.69
152
6.00
148
5.81
154
6.06
154
6.06
159
6.25
2
121
4.75
145
5.69
151
5.94
148
5.81
155
6.12
157
6.19
159
6.25
DIN(1)
PN10/PN16
SIZE
mm
PN25/PN40 mm
PN63 mm
PN100 mm
DN40
143
DN50
145
145
153
153
147
153
- - -
1. Dimension A for 249BF with din flanges.
Table 7. Dimensions F, G, M, and W for FIELDVUE DLC3010 Digital Level Controller Mounted on a Fisher 249B Sensor
DISPLACER LENGTH
F
G
M
W
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
356
14
356
14.00
197
7.75
284
11.19
394
15.50
813
32
813
32.00
425
16.75
513
20.19
851
33.50
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller
D102727X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3010 July 2020
Table 8. Hazardous Area Classifications for Canada--CSA
Certification Body
Certification Obtained
Ex ia Intrinsically Safe Class I, Division 1, 2 Groups A, B, C, D Class II, Division 1, 2 Groups E, F, G Class III T6 per drawing 28B5744
CSA
Explosion-proof
Class I, Division 1 GP B,C,D T5/T6
Class I Division 2 GP A,B,C,D T5/T6
Class II Division 1, 2 GP E,F,G T5/T6 Class III T5/T6
Table 9. Hazardous Area Classifications for United States--FM
Certification Body
Certification Obtained
IS Intrinsically Safe Class I,II,III Division 1 GP A,B,C,D,E,F,G T5 per drawing 28B5745
XP Explosion-proof
FM
Class I Division 1 GP B,C,D T5
NI Non-incendive
Class I Division 2 GP A,B,C,D T5
DIP Dust Ignition-proof
Class II Division 1 GP E,F,G T5
S Suitable for Use
Class II, III Division 2 GP F,G
Table 10. Hazardous Area Classifications--ATEX
Certificate
Certification Obtained
Intrinsically Safe II 1 G D
Gas Ex ia IIC T5 Ga Dust Ex ia IIIC T83_C Da IP66
ATEX
Flameproof II 2 G D
Gas Ex d IIC T5 Gb Dust Ex tb IIIC T83_C Db IP66
Type n II 3 G D
Gas Ex nA IIC T5 Gc Dust Ex t IIIC T83_C Dc IP66
Entity Rating Vmax = 30 VDC Imax = 226 mA Ci = 5.5 nF Li = 0.4 mH
- - - - - - -
Entity Rating Vmax = 30 VDC Imax = 226 mA Pi = 1.4 W Ci = 5.5 nF Li = 0.4 mH
- - -
Entity Rating Ui = 30 VDC Ii = 226 mA Pi = 1.2 W Ci = 5.5 nF Li = 0.4 mH
- - -
- - -
Temperature Code T6 (Tamb 80°C) T5 (Tamb 80_C) T6 (Tamb 78_C) T5 (Tamb 80_C) T6 (Tamb 78_C) T5 (Tamb 80_C) T6 (Tamb 78_C)
Temperature Code T5 (Tamb 80°C)
T5 (Tamb 80°C)
Temperature Code T5 (Tamb 80_C)
T5 (Tamb 80_C)
T5 (Tamb 80_C)
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3010 July 2020
DLC3010 Digital Level Controller
D102727X012
Table 11. Hazardous Area Classifications--IECEx
Certificate
Certification Obtained
Intrinsically Safe Gas Ex ia IIC T5 Ga Dust Ex ia IIIC T83_C Da IP66
IECEx
Flameproof Gas Exd IIC T6 Gb Dust Ex t IIIC T83_C Db IP66
Type n Gas Ex nA IIC T5 Gc Dust Ex t IIIC T83_C Dc IP66
Entity Rating Ui = 30 VDC Ii = 226 mA Pi = 1.2 W Ci = 5.5 nF Li = 0.4 mH
- - -
- - -
Temperature Code T5 (Tamb 80°C) T5 (Tamb 80°C) T5 (Tamb 80°C)
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, and DeltaV are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. HART is a registered trademark of the FieldComm Group. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E162000, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DLC3020f Digital Level Controller
D103433X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3020f August 2017
FisherTM FIELDVUETM DLC3020f Digital Level Controller for FOUNDATIONTM fieldbus
The FIELDVUE DLC3020f digital level controller is a fieldbus communicating instrument used to measure liquid level or the level of interface between two liquids using displacement sensor technology.
In addition to the normal function of reporting process level PV, the DLC3020f, using FOUNDATION fieldbus protocol, gives easy access to information critical to process operation and will readily integrate into a new or existing control system. AMS Suite: Intelligent Device Manager or the 475 Field Communicator can be used to configure, calibrate, or test the digital level controller.
The DLC3020f is also designed to directly replace pneumatic, analog, or HARTr transmitters/ controllers. It can be mounted on a wide variety of 249 cageless and caged level sensors as well as on other displacer type level sensors through the use of mounting adaptors.
Features
nEase of Use The DLC3020f, a fieldbus level or interface transmitter, features the latest in user interface technology. In addition to reporting the PV, the DLC3020f can act as a PID controller or level switch.
nGuided Setup and Calibration Leads you through instrument setup, process fluid selection, and calibration in an easy-to-use format.
W9954-2
nDynamic Temperature Compensation Integration of process fluid temperature, when needed, enables density compensation to maintain PV accuracy.
nSimple Process Fluid Configuration The capability to easily select/define process fluids allows for fluid changes without requiring re-calibration.
nCalibration/Setup Logs Saved in Instrument Logs, including calibration, instrument setup, and process fluid data, can be saved for future reference or re-use in batch or continuous applications. The instrument stores up to 30 logs.
nPerformance/Reliability State-of-the-art Emerson advanced electronics provide increased performance and reliability.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3020f August 2017
DLC3020f Digital Level Controller
D103433X012
Specifications
Available Configurations
Mounts on 249 caged and cageless sensors. Refer to Fisher Bulletin 11.2:Level (D103219X012) or 34.2:2500 (D200037X012) for information on 249 sensors.
Function: Transmitter, Controller, Switch
Communications Protocol: FOUNDATION fieldbus
Digital Communication Protocol
FOUNDATION fieldbus registered device (ITK 5)
Supply Requirements
9 to 32 volts DC, 17.7 mA DC; instrument is not polarity sensitive
Device Inputs
Level Sensor Input (required) Rotary motion of torque tube shaft is proportional to buoyant force of the displacer caused by changes in liquid level or interface level
Process Temperature Compensation Input (optional) RTD--interface for 2- or 3-wire 100 ohm platinum RTD AO Block--FOUNDATION fieldbus temperature transmitter Manual--compensation values manually entered in the device
Function Block Suite
AI, PID, DI (two), AO (three), ISEL, and an ARTH function block
Block Execution Times
AI, PID, DI, AI, ISEL: 15 ms ARTH: 25 ms
Fieldbus Device Capabilities Backup Link Active Scheduler (BLAS)
Performance
Performance Criteria
DLC3020f(1)
Independent Linearity
$0.1% of output span
Accuracy
$0.15%
Repeatability
<0.1% of full scale output
Hysteresis
<0.10% of output span
Deadband
<0.05% of input span
Humidity
$0.10% (RH9.2% to 90%)
Note: At full design span, reference conditions. 1. To lever assembly rotation inputs.
Minimum Differential Specific Gravity 0.1 SGU with standard volume displacers
Ambient Temperature Effect The combined temperature effect on zero and span is less than 0.01% of full scale per degree Celsius over the operating range -40 to 80_C (-40 to 176_F)
Process Temperature Effect Temperature compensation can be implemented to correct for fluid density changes due to process temperature variations
LCD Meter Indications
Process Variable in engineering units Process Variable in percent (%) only Alternating Process Variable in engineering units and percent (%) Optional: Alerts as configured
Electromagnetic Compatibility
Meets EN 61326-1:2013 and EN 61326-2-3:2006 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326-1 standard and Table AA.0 of EN 61326-2-3 Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
-continued-
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DLC3020f Digital Level Controller
D103433X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3020f August 2017
Specifications (continued)
Alerts and Diagnostics
Electronic Alerts advise when there is an electronic error in memory
Operational Range Alerts notify when PV range and sensor range changes might affect calibration
Rate Limit Alerts indicate rapid rise or fall in displacer, which can signify abnormal operating conditions
RTD Alerts show health and condition of connected RTD
Sensor Board Alerts indicate if the device is operating above or below maximum recommended limits; advises if the electronic sensor electronics cannot communicate properly
Input Compensation Error Alerts advise of "Bad" or "Uncertain" status of AO connection or setup.
Simulate Function
Simulate Active, when enabled, simulates an active alert without making it visible.
Operating Limits
Process Temperature: See figure 1
Ambient Temperature(1) and Humidity
Conditions
Normal Limits
Transport and Storage Limits
Ambient
-40 to 80_C
Temperature (-40 to 176_F)
-40 to 85_C (-40 to 185_F)
Ambient Relative Humidity
0 to 95% (non-condensing)
Nominal Reference
25_C (77_F)
40%
ATEX-- Intrinsically Safe, Flameproof, Type n IECEx-- Intrinsically Safe, Flameproof, Type n CUTR-- Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, and Armenia) INMETRO-- National Institute of Metrology, Quality, and Technology (Brazil) NEPSI-- National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation (China) Electrical Housing CSA-- Type 4X FM-- NEMA 4X, IP66 ATEX-- IP66 IECEx-- IP66
Mounting Positions Digital level controllers can be mounted right- or left-of-displacer (the position of the instrument when you are looking at the LCD relative to the displacer)
Construction Materials Case and Cover: Low-copper aluminum alloy Internal: Plated steel, aluminum, and stainless steel; encapsulated printed wiring boards; Neodymium Iron Boron Magnets
Electrical Connections Two 1/2-14 NPT internal conduit connections; one on bottom and one on back of terminal box. M20 adapters available.
Weight Less than 2.7 Kg (6 lbs)
Electrical Classification
Hazardous Area
CSA-- Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Division 2, Dust Ignition-proof
FM-- Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Non-Incendive, Dust Ignition-proof
Dimensions Refer to Fisher Bulletin 34.2:249 (D200039X012) for sensor, level controller, and transmitter dimensions
Options J Heat insulator J Mountings for Masoneilant, Yamatake, and Foxborot-Eckhardt sensors available
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this manual and any applicable standard or code limitation for valve should not be exceeded.
3
PROCESS TEMPERATURE (_F) PROCESS TEMPERATURE (_C)
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3020f August 2017
DLC3020f Digital Level Controller
D103433X012
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify: 1. Type of measurement
J Level or J Interface 2. Process fluid type
J Water, J Saline water, J Saturated water, J Saturated steam,J Crude oil, J Refined product, J Gas well condensate, or J Customer specified fluid
Note If Interface indicate both upper and lower fluid types.
3. Process operating conditions Temperature ______________________________ Fluid density or SG __________________________
Note If Interface indicate fluid density or SG for both upper and lower fluids.
4. Tag number, as required _____________________
Figure 1. Guidelines for Use of Optional Heat Insulator Assembly
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (_C)
-40 -30 -20 -10 800
0 10
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 425 400
400
HEAT INSULATOR REQUIRED
TOO
HOT
300
200
100
0
1 TOO
-325 COLD -40 -20
NO HEAT INSULATOR NECESSARY
HEAT INSULATOR REQUIRED 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (_F)
STANDARD TRANSMITTER
0 -100 -200 160 176
Notes: 1 For process temperatures below -29_C (-20_F) and above 204_C (400_F) sensor materials must be appropriate for the process (refer to bulletin 34.2:2500) 2. If ambient dew point is above process temperature, ice formation might cause instrument malfunction and reduce insulator effectiveness.
39A4070-B A5494-1
Optional Heat Insulator
If the DLC3020f and a 249 sensor are ordered as an assembly, and a heat insulator is required for the application, order the heat insulator as a 249 sensor option. If the DLC3020f is ordered separately, the heat insulator is available as a kit. Figure 1 contains guidelines for use of the optional heat insulator.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2010, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DLC3100 Digital Level Controller D104216X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3100 September 2020
FisherTM FIELDVUETM DLC3100 and DLC3100 SIS Digital Level Controllers
FIELDVUE DLC3100 and DLC3100 SIS digital level controllers are HART® communicating instruments that are used with level sensors to measure liquid level, level of the interface between two liquids, or liquid density (not applicable to DLC3100 SIS). The DLC3100 converts this measurement into 4-20 mA transmitter signal.
Unless otherwise noted, the information in this document applies to both DLC3100 and DLC3100 SIS. However, for simplicity, the DLC3100 model name will be used throughout.
Features
Safety
nThe DLC3100 SIS is certified to be SIL2 capable (HFT=0) in accordance to IEC61508 standard. It is designed and capable to be used in safety function to achieve a tolerable risk for a process hazard. It allows potential risk reduction for people, systems, devices and processes. The DLC3100 SIS is identified by a label affixed to the terminal box cover.
Ease of Use
nIntuitive Local User Interface with four push buttons and LCD allow you to setup and calibrate the device without external tool.
nUsing Guided Device Setup digital level controller start-up is straightforward and fast. Level and temperature alarms, specific gravity tables, calibration trim and trending are readily configurable.
X1456
Dynamic Temperature Compensation
nIntegration of process fluid temperature when needed, enables density compensation to maintain process variable accuracy.
nAn Internal Temperature Sensor enables consistent performance of the digital level controller despite ambient temperature changes. With a temperature input signal, either via HART protocol or an RTD connected to the instrument, the digital level controller can also automatically compensate for specific gravity changes due to temperature. A user-supplied table of up to ten linear segments may be entered to implement this feature.
Maintenance Assistance
nHART registered DLC3100 provides device diagnostics and recommended actions to restore instrument functionality.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3100 September 2020
DLC3100 Digital Level Controller D104216X012
Alert History
nAlert Record saved in the instrument helps you to troubleshoot when there are abnormalities.
Figure 1. View of Fisher 249 Displacer Sensor with FIELDVUE DLC3100 Digital Level Controller
Rugged Construction
nMechanical safeguards designed into the digital level controller help it to withstand physical abuse often incurred during installation or in transport, without compromising performance. The lever assembly is pinned at the neutral position when the coupling access door is open, providing shipping stabilization for a separate transmitter purchase.
Integration
nModular design allows interchangeable of components. Part kits are available for spare parts replacement.
nThe DLC3100 is designed to be mounted on a wide variety of 249 caged and cageless level sensors as well as on 3rd party non-Emerson displacers from Masoneilan, Foxboro-Eckardt, and Yamatake, through the use of mounting adaptors.
Reliability
nAccurate, high-gain analog-to-digital conversion enables measurement of small changes in the process variable. This allows the DLC3100 to be used in difficult liquid level, interface, or density applications. In addition, an adjustable input filter and output damping help to attenuate displacer-induced ripple in the output signal due to liquid turbulence.
X1390
nThe DLC3100 instrument has fully encapsulated electronics that resist the effects of vibration, temperature, and corrosive atmospheres. An IP66 wiring terminal box isolates field wiring connections from other areas of the instrument.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DLC3100 Digital Level Controller D104216X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3100 September 2020
Specifications
Available Configurations Mounts on caged and cageless 249 sensors Function: Transmitter Communications Protocol: HART
Transient Voltage Protection
Pulse Waveform
Rise Time (ms)
Decay to 50% (ms)
10
1000
Max VCL @ Ipp (Clamping Voltage) (V)
48.4
Ipp (Peak Pulse Current) (A)
12.4
Input Signal Level, Interface, or Density(1): Rotary motion of torque tube shaft proportional to changes in liquid level, interface level, or density that change the buoyancy of a displacer
Process Temperature: Interface for 2- or 3-wire 100 ohm platinum RTD for sensing process temperature, or optional user-entered target temperature to permit compensating for changes in specific density
Output Signal
Analog: 4 to 20 mA DC J Direct action--increasing level, interface, or density increases output; or J Reverse action--increasing level, interface, or density decreases output
Electrical Classification Overvoltage Category II per IEC 61010 clause 5.4.2 d Pollution Degree 4 For ATEX/IECEx application equipment shall be used in an area of at least Pollution Degree 2
Altitude Rating Up to 2000 meters (6562 feet)
Ambient Temperature The combined temperature effect on zero and span without the 249 sensor is less than 0.02% of full scale per degree Celsius over the operating range -40 to 80_C (-40 to 176_F)
LCD operating temperature limits -20 to 70_C (-4 to 158_F)(3)
High saturation: 20.5 mA Low saturation: 3.8 mA High alarm(2): > 21.0 mA Low Alarm(2): < 3.6 mA
Digital: HART 1200 Baud Frequency Shift Keyed (FSK)
Process Temperature
The process density and torque rate are affected by the process temperature (see figure 5). Temperature compensation can be implemented to correct for process density changes.
HART impedance requirements must be met to enable communication. Total shunt impedance across the master device connections (excluding the master and transmitter impedance) must be between 230 and 600 ohms.
The transmitter HART receive impedance is defined as: Rx: 30.2k ohms and Cx: 5.45 nF
Supply Requirements (see figure 3)
12 to 30 volts DC; 25 mA Instrument has reverse polarity protection.
A minimum compliance voltage of 17.75 VDC (due to HART impedance requirement) is required to guarantee HART communication
Process Density
The sensitivity to error in knowledge of process density is proportional to the differential density of the calibration. If the differential specific gravity is 0.2, and error of 0.02 specific gravity units in knowledge of a process fluid density represents 10% of span.
Hazardous Area Approvals
CSA Class/Division: Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof(4), Division 2, Dust Ignition-proof Zone: Intrinsically Safe, Flameproof, Type n, Dust by intrinsic safety and Enclosure
ATEX/IECEx--Flameproof, Intrinsic Safety, Dust by Intrinsic Safety, Type n and Dust by Enclosure
-continued-
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3100 September 2020
DLC3100 Digital Level Controller D104216X012
Specifications (continued)
Other Classifications / Certifications
CML-- Certification Management Limited (Japan)
CUTR-- Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, and Armenia) ESMA--Emirates Authority for Standardization and Metrology - ECAS-Ex (UAE) NESPI--National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation (China) PESO CCOE--Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organization - Chief Controller of Explosives (India)
Performance
Performance Criteria
DLC3100
Digital Level Controller(1)
w/ NPS 3 249W, Using
a 14-inch Displacer
Independent Linearity
$0.25% of output span
$0.8% of output span
Hysteresis
<0.2% of output span
- - -
Repeatability
$0.1% of full $0.5% of scale output output span
Dead Band
<0.05% of input span
- - -
Hysteresis plus Deadband
- - -
<1.0% of output span
NOTE: At full design span, reference conditions. 1. To lever assembly rotation inputs.
w/ All Other 249 Sensors
$0.5% of output span
- - -
$0.3% of output span
- - -
<1.0% of output span
Electrical Housing
IP66, Type 4X
Electrical Connections Two 1/2-14 NPT internal conduit connections. Both are at the bottom of terminal box.
Electromagnetic Compatibility
DLC3100 meets EN61326-1:2013 Performance is shown in table 1
DLC3100 SIS meets EN61326-3-2:2008 Performance is shown in table 2
Minimum Differential Specific Gravity
0.05 SGU
Construction Materials
Housing and Cover: Low-copper aluminum die casting alloy Internal: Aluminum, and stainless steel; encapsulated printed circuit board Lever assembly: Plated steel, neodymium iron boron magnets Hall Guard: Thermoplastic elastomer At effective proportional band (PB)<100%, linearity, dead band, and repeatability are derated by the factor (100%/PB)
Weight
Less than 3.45 kg (7.57 lb)
DLC3100 SIS Safety Instrumented System Classification
SIL2 capable - certified by exida Consulting LLC
Options
J Sunshade J Heat insulator(5) (see figure 2 for use guidelines) J Mountings for Masoneilan, Yamatake and Foxboro-Eckhardt sensors
1. Density application is not available in DLC3100 SIS. 2. Only one of the High/Low alarm definition is available in a given configuration. Both alarms are NAMUR NE43 compliance. 3. Outside of this limit, LCD will not be readable but it will not affect the functionality of DLC3100 if the temperature is still within the operating limits. Push buttons will be disabled when instrument temperature is below -20°C (-4°F) or above 70°C (158°F) where LCD display might be intermittent. 4. Not for use in Ester and Ketone atmospheres.
5. If the DLC3100 and a 249 sensor are ordered as an assembly, and a heat insulator is required for the application, order the heat insulator as a 249 sensor option. If the DLC3100 is ordered separately, the heat insulator is available as a kit.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DLC3100 Digital Level Controller D104216X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3100 September 2020
Table 1. DLC3100 EMC Summary Results--Immunity per EN61326-1
Port
Phenomenon
Basic Standard
Test Level
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
4 kV contact 8 kV air
Enclosure
Radiated EM field
IEC 61000-4-3
80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 1400 to 2000 MHz @ 3V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 2000 to 2700 MHz @ 1V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80%
Radiated power frequency magnetic
field
IEC 61000-4-8
30 A/m at 50 and 60 Hz
Burst
IEC 61000-4-4
1 kV
I/O signal/control
Surge
IEC 61000-4-5
1kV (line to ground only, each)
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-6
150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms
Burst
IEC 61000-4-4
2 kV
Protective earth
Surge
IEC 61000-4-5
2 kV (line to ground only)
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-6
150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms
1. A = No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self-recovering. Specification limit = +/- 1% of span. 2. HART communication was considered as "not relevant to the process" and is used primarily for configuration, calibration, and diagnostic purposes.
Table 2. DLC3100 SIS EMC Summary Results--Immunity per EN61326-3-2
Port
Phenomenon
Basic Standard
Test Level
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
6 kV contact 8 kV air
Enclosure
Radiated EM field
IEC 61000-4-3
80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 1400 to 2000 MHz @ 10V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 2000 to 2700 MHz @ 3V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80%
Radiated power frequency magnetic
field
IEC 61000-4-8
100 A/m at 50 and 60 Hz
Burst
IEC 61000-4-4
1 kV
I/O signal/control
Surge
IEC 61000-4-5
1 kV (line to ground only, each)
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-6
10 kHz to 80 MHz at 10 Vrms
Burst
IEC 61000-4-4
2 kV
Protective earth
Surge
IEC 61000-4-5
1 kV (line to ground only)
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-6
10 kHz to 80 MHz at 10 Vrms
1. A = No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self-recovering. FS = Fail Safe. Specification limit = +/- 2% of span. 2. HART communication was considered as "not relevant to the process" and is used primarily for configuration, calibration, and diagnostic purposes.
Test Results(1)(2) A
A
A A B A A B A
Test Results(1)(2) A
A
A A FS A A A A
PROCESS TEMPERATURE (_F) PROCESS TEMPERATURE (_C)
Load (Ohms)
Figure 2. Guidelines for Use of Optional Heat Insulator Assembly
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (_C)
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 800
HEAT INSULATOR REQUIRED 400
50 60 70
TOO HOT
80 425 400 300 200
100
NO HEAT
0
0
INSULATOR NECESSARY
1
-100
TOO -325 COLD
HEAT INSULATOR REQUIRED
-200
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 176 160
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (_F)
STANDARD TRANSMITTER
Notes: 1For process temperature below -29_ (C-20_F) and above 204_C (400_F) sensor materials must be appropriate for the process (refer to Fisher Bulletin 34.2:2500 [D200037X012] and table 4). 2. If ambient dew point is above process temperature, ice formation might cause instrument malfunction and reduce insulator effectiveness.
39A4070-B A5494-1
Figure 3. Power Supply Requirements and Load Resistance
783
Operating
250
Region
0
10
12 15
20
25
30
E0284
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VDC)
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3100 September 2020
DLC3100 Digital Level Controller D104216X012
Figure 4. Fisher DLC3100 Overview
TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY
NAMEPLATE
TERMINAL BOX ASSEMBLY
MAIN BOARD ASSEMBLY LCD ASSEMBLY
PUSH BUTTON AND FRONT COVER ASSEMBLY
TERMINAL BOX CAP
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DLC3100 Digital Level Controller D104216X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3100 September 2020
Gnorm
Figure 5. Theoretical Reversible Temperature Effect on Common Torque Tube Materials
TORQUE RATE REDUCTION (NORMALIZED MODULUS OF RIGIDITY)
1.00
0.98 1
0.96
0.94
0.92
0.90
0.88
0.86
0.84
N05500 N06600
N10276
0.82
0.80
S31600
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420
TEMPERATURE (_C)
Gnorm
TORQUE RATE REDUCTION (NORMALIZED MODULUS OF RIGIDITY)
1.00
0.98 1
0.96
0.94
0.92
N05500
N06600
0.90
N10276 0.88
0.86
0.84
0.82
0.80 50 100 150 200
250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
TEMPERATURE (_F)
650 700
S31600 750 800
Note: 1Due to the permanent drift that occurs near and above 260_C (500_F), N05500 is not recommended for temperatures above 232_C (450_F).
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3100 September 2020
DLC3100 Digital Level Controller D104216X012
Principle of Operation
The DLC3100 digital level controller is a loop-powered instrument that measure changes in liquid level, level of an interface between two liquids, or density of a liquid. A level, density, or interface level change in the measured fluid causes a change in the displacer buoyancy (figure 6). This change is transferred to the torque tube assembly. As the measured fluid changes, the torque tube assembly rotates.
The rotary motion of the torque tube is transferred to the digital level controller lever assembly (figure 6). The rotary motion moves a magnet attached to the lever assembly, changing the magnetic field that is sensed by the Hall-effect sensor. The sensor converts the magnetic field signal to a varying electronic signal, which is processed digitally to provide linearity corrections, sensitivity adjustment, and temperature compensation.
The signal is interpreted as a buoyancy change by reference to the stored torque rate, coupling point, and moment arm data. The buoyancy change in turn is interpreted as a level, interface, or density change by reference to stored displacer volume, specific gravity, and displacer length data. In level or interface modes, the correction for displacer motion is then added, as well as user-supplied offset to change the PV reference from the bottom of the displacer or correct for a coupling point error.
The resultant primary variable (PV) is then compared to PV alarm thresholds (if enabled) and used to set status bits and/or trigger the analog alarm current. If the alarm is not triggered, the PV is used to generate 4-20 mA analog and 0-100% range digital signals by reference to the stored upper and lower range values. The resultant analog command is limited at the saturation values to allow discrimination between saturated and alarm signals.
Figure 6. Cutaway View of Fisher 249 Displacer Sensor with FIELDVUE DLC3100 Digital Level Controller
TORQUE TUBE
DISPLACER
X1501
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DLC3100 Digital Level Controller D104216X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3100 September 2020
249 Level Sensors Specifications
Input Signal
Liquid Level or Liquid-to-Liquid Interface Level:From 0 to 100 percent of displacer length Liquid Density: From 0 to 100 percent of displacement force change obtained with given displacer volume--standard volumes are J 980 cm3 (60 inches3) for 249C and 249CP sensors or J 1640 cm3 (100 inches3) for most other sensors; other volumes available depending upon sensor construction
Sensor Displacer Lengths
See tables 5 and 6 footnotes
Sensor Working Pressures
Consistent with applicable ASME pressure/temperature ratings for the specific sensor constructions shown in tables 5 and 6
Caged Sensor Connection Styles
Cages can be furnished in a variety of end connection styles to facilitate mounting on vessels; the equalizing connection styles are numbered and are shown in figure 8.
Mounting Positions Most level sensors with cage displacers have a rotatable head. The head may be rotated through 360 degrees to any of eight different positions, as shown in figure 9.
Construction Materials See tables 3, 5, and 6
Operative Ambient Temperature See table 4. For ambient temperature ranges, guidelines, and use of optional heat insulator, see figure 2.
Options J Heat insulator J Gauge glass for pressures to 29 bar at 232_C (420 psig at 450_F), and J Reflex gauges for high temperature and pressure applications
249 Level Sensors
249 level sensors used with the DLC3100 digital level controller are available in both caged and cageless configurations. Figure 7 shows a DLC3100 mounted on a caged 249 sensor. Caged sensors provide more stable operation than do cageless sensors for vessels with internal obstructions or considerable internal turbulence. Cageless sensors are generally used on specific gravity and interface control applications requiring large displacers that are more easily accommodated by flange connections up to 8 inches. The availability of many different displacer stem lengths permits lowering the displacer down to the most advantageous depth in the vessel.
Figure 7. FIELDVUE DLC3100 Digital Level Controller and Fisher 249 Level Sensor
X1458
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3100 September 2020
DLC3100 Digital Level Controller D104216X012
Table 3. Displacer and Torque Tube Materials
Part
Standard Material
Other Materials
Displacer
304 Stainless Steel
316 Stainless Steel, N10276, N04400, Plastic, and Special Alloys
Displacer Stem, Driver Bearing, Displacer Rod and Driver
316 Stainless Steel
N10276, N04400, other Austenitic Stainless Steels, and Special Alloys
Torque Tube
N05500(1)
316 Stainless Steel, N06600, N10276
1. N05500 is not recommended for spring applications above 232_C (450_F). Contact your Emerson sales office or application engineer if temperatures exceeding this limit are required.
Table 4. Allowable Process Temperatures for Common Fisher 249 Sensor Pressure Boundary Materials
MATERIAL
PROCESS TEMPERATURE
Min.
Max.
Cast Iron
-29_C (-20_F)
232_C (450_F)
Steel
-29_C (-20_F)
427_C (800_F)
Stainless Steel
-198_C (-325_F)
427_C (800_F)
N04400
-198_C (-325_F)
427_C (800_F)
Graphite Laminate/SST Gaskets
-198_C (-325_F)
427_C (800_F)
N04400/PTFE Gaskets
-73_C (-100_F)
204_C (400_F)
Table 5. Caged Displacer Sensors(1)
TORQUE TUBE ORIENTATION
SENSOR
249(3)
STANDARD CAGE, HEAD, AND TORQUE TUBE ARM
MATERIAL
Cast Iron
Screwed Flanged
EQUALIZING CONNECTION
Style
Size (NPS) 1-1/2 or 2 2
PRESSURE RATING(2) CL125 or 250
Torque tube arm rotatable with respect to equalizing connections
249B, 249BF(4) 249C(3)
Steel 316 Stainless Steel
Screwed or optional socket weld Raised face or optional ring type joint flanged Screwed
Raised face flanged
1-1/2 or 2 1-1/2 2 1-1/2 or 2 1-1/2 2
CL600 CL150, 300, or 600 CL150, 300, or 600 CL600 CL150, 300, or 600 CL150, 300, or 600
249K 249L
Steel Steel
Raised face or optional ring type joint flanged
Ring type joint flanged
1-1/2 or 2 2(5)
CL900 or 1500 CL2500
1. Standard displacer lengths for all styles (except 249) are 14, 32, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 108 and 120 inches. The 249 uses a displacer with a length of either 14 or 32 inches. 2. DIN flange connections available in EMA (Europe, Middle East and Africa). 3. Not available in EMA. 4. 249BF available in EMA only. Also available in DIN size DN40 with PN10 to PN100 flanges and size DN50 with PN10 to PN63 flanges. 5. Top connection is 1-inch ring-type joint flanged for connection styles F1 and F2.
Table 6. Cageless Displacer Sensors(1)
Mounting
Sensor
Standard Head(2), Wafer Body(6), and Torque Tube
Arm Material
249BP(4)
Steel
Mounts on top of vessel
249CP 249P(5)
316 Stainless Steel Steel or Stainless Steel
Flange Connection
NPS 4 raised face or optional ring type joint NPS 6 or 8 raised face NPS 3 raised face NPS 4 raised face or optional ring type joint
NPS 6 or 8 raised face
Mounts on side of vessel
249VS
Cast Iron, Cast Steel or CF8M (316 Stainless Steel)
Mounts on top of vessel or on customer supplied cage
249W
WCC (steel) or CF8M LCC (steel) or CF8M
1. Standard displacer lengths are 14, 32, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 108, and 120 inches. 2. Not used with side-mounted sensors. 3. DIN flange connections available in EMA (Europe, Middle East and Africa). 4. Not available in EMA. 5. 249P available in EMA only. 6. Wafer Body only applicable to 249W.
For NPS 4 raised face or flat face For NPS 4 butt weld end, XXS For NPS 3 raised face
For NPS 4 raised face
Pressure Rating(3)
CL150, 300, or 600 CL150 or 300 CL150, 300, or 600 CL900 or 1500 (EN PN 10 to DIN PN 250) CL150, 300, 600, 900, 1500, or 2500 CL125, 150, 250, 300, 900, or 1500 (EN PN 10 to DIN PN 160 CL2500
CL150, 300, or 600
CL150, 300, or 600
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DLC3100 Digital Level Controller D104216X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3100 September 2020
Figure 8. Style Number of Equalizing Connections
TOP & BOTTOM CONNECTIONS SCREWED (S-1) OR FLANGED (F-1)
E1697
TOP & LOWER SIDE CONNECTIONS
SCREWED (S-2) OR FLANGED (F-2)
UPPER & LOWER SIDE CONNECTIONS
SCREWED (S-3) OR FLANGED (F-3)
UPPER SIDE & BOTTOM CONNECTIONS
SCREWED (S-4) OR FLANGED (F-4)
Installation
A 249 sensor may be shipped with the DLC3100 digital level controller installed or they may be shipped separately.
When shipping a skid mounted system, where the displacer cannot be restrained, it is recommended that the transmitter be uncoupled and the lever assembly locked to prevent damage. The transmitter must be re-coupled at commissioning, and a zero-trim will be required.
Dimensions for the DLC3100 are shown in figure 10.
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
nProcess temperature and pressure and ambient air temperature
nApplication
nLiquid level service (specific gravity)
nInterface level service (specific gravity of both liquids and minimum differential gap or span required)
nDensity service (minimum and maximum specific gravity required)
nLiquid(s) Category (Water/Steam, Hydrocarbon, H2SO4, Custom Fluid)
nLiquid(s) Type (Water, Saline, Saturated Water, Saturated Steam, Crude Oil, Refined Product, Gas Well Condensate, H2SO4 %)
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3100 September 2020
DLC3100 Digital Level Controller D104216X012
Figure 9. Typical Mounting Positions for FIELDVUE DLC3100 Digital Level Controller on Fisher 249 Sensors
SENSOR CAGED
LEFT-OF-DISPLACER
7 15
1
6
8
4
2
3
RIGHT-OF-DISPLACER
3 4
51
2
1
8
6
7
CAGELESS
1Not available for 249C and 249K.
E1700
Construction
Refer to the specifications tables. Review the descriptions below each specification and in the referenced tables and figures; specify the desired choice whenever there is a selection to be made.
12
Heat Insulator
DLC3100 Digital Level Controller
If the DLC3100 and the 249 sensor are ordered as an assembly, and a heat insulator is required for the application, order the heat insulator as a 249 sensor option. If the DLC3100 is ordered separately, the heat insulator is available as a kit.
Sunshade
Although the DLC3100 is not affected by sunlight, a sunshade kit is available, to be mounted on a 249 torque tube arm, if there is concern about direct sunlight shining on the instrument. See figure 11 and 12.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DLC3100 Digital Level Controller D104216X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3100 September 2020
Figure 10. Dimensions for FIELDVUE DLC3100 Digital Level Controller
21.4 (0.84)
300.21
(11.82) 312.91
(12.32)
196.26 (7.73)
235.76 (9.28)
TOP VIEW WITH HEAT INSULATOR
TOP VIEW
GG42807
167.2 (6.58)
FRONT VIEW
155 (6.10)
SIDE VIEW WITH HEAT INSULATOR
mm (INCH)
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3100 September 2020
DLC3100 Digital Level Controller D104216X012
Figure 11. FIELDVUE DLC3100 with GRP Sunshade
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DLC3100 Digital Level Controller D104216X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3100 September 2020
Figure 12. FIELDVUE DLC3100 with 316SST Sunshade
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:DLC3100 September 2020
DLC3100 Digital Level Controller D104216X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E162017, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Level Instruments
D103219X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:Level November 2020
FisherTM Level Instruments
W8418-1
X0682
FISHER 2100E ELECTRIC LEVEL SWITCH
FISHER L2 PNEUMATIC LEVEL CONTROLLER
W8678-2
FIELDVUE DLC3010 DIGITAL LEVEL CONTROLLER IN COMBINATION WITH
A FISHER 249W SENSOR
nFIELDVUETM Digital Level Instruments-- Microprocessor-based, communicating digital level transmitter for liquid level, specific gravity (density), and liquid level interface. Using HART® or FOUNDATIONTM Fieldbus communications protocol, the DLC3010/DLC3020f digital level controller gives easy access to information critical to process operation. Available in combination with a 249 sensor to meet mounting requirements.
nFisher 2100E electric switch and 2100 on-off pneumatic switch-- Sense high or low liquid levels. Typically, these switches electrically or pneumatically operate safety shutdown systems for field processing equipment in oil and gas industry applications
X0660
FISHER L2e ELECTRIC LEVEL CONTROLLER
nLiquid Level Controllers-- Displacer type sensors used to detect liquid level or interface of two liquids of different specific gravities. The L2e electric level controller, in conjunction with the Fisher easy-DriveTM actuator, can provide a fully electric level control loop; the L2 pneumatic level controller offers snap-acting, throttling control, while the on-off/direct acting L2sj controller features a low-bleed relay to help to conserve natural gas to reduce emissions.
nPneumatic Liquid Level Instruments-- Proportional control mode. The 2500 controller/transmitter receives the change in fluid level or fluid-to-fluid interface level from the change in buoyant force the fluid exerts on the sensor displacer. Available in combination with a 249 sensor to meet mounting requirements.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:Level November 2020
Level Instruments
D103219X012
FIELDVUE Digital Level Instruments
FIELDVUE DLC3010 digital level controllers (figures 1 and 3) are loop-powered instruments. In conjunction with a 249 sensor, they measure changes in liquid level, the level of an interface between two liquids, or liquid specific gravity (density). The DLC3020f is a fieldbus-powered instrument that measures liquid level or interface between two liquids. A level, density, or interface level change in the measured fluid causes a change in the displacer position.
This change is transferred to the torque tube assembly and to the digital level controller lever assembly. The rotary motion moves a magnet attached to the lever assembly, changing the magnetic field that is sensed by the Hall-effect sensor. In the DLC3010, the sensor converts the magnetic field signal to a varying electronic signal, which is converted to a 4-20 mA output signal. In the DLC3020f, the sensor converts the changing magnetic field to a digital signal, which is ambient temperature compensated, linearized, and sent to the electronics assembly.
Standard or Custom Configuration... the DLC3010 digital level controller in combination with a 249W sensor enables users to install digital level transmitters to a variety of industry standard or custom process vessel connections. The sensor consists of a wafer body, torque tube assembly and displacer and is rated for CL150, 300, and 600. The wafer body mounts between NPS 3 or 4 raised face flanges. Custom configurations are also available to meet your specific application requirements. Refer to the DLC3010/DLC3020f specifications in tables 1, 2, 3, and 9, and the 249 specifications in tables 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 for product line capabilities and options.
HART/AMS Compliant... The DLC3010 uses HART protocol to interface with the Field Communicator (see figure 1) for field interface operations. Advanced user-interface capabilities are enabled by AMS Suite: Intelligent Device Manager.
FOUNDATION fieldbus/AMS Compliant... The DLC3020f uses FOUNDATION fieldbus protocol to interface with the Field Communicator (see figure 1) for field interface operations. Advanced user-interface capabilities are enabled by AMS Suite: Intelligent Device Manager (see figure 2).
Figure 1. Fisher DLC3010 Digital Level Controller in Combination with a 249W Sensor --Installed in a Typical Customer-Supplied Cage
475 FIELD COMMUNICATOR
W8678-2
Figure 2. AMS Suite: Intelligent Device Manager Configuration Screen
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Level Instruments
D103219X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:Level November 2020
Simplified Setup and Calibration... With the electronic Device Setup, digital level controller startup is straightforward and fast. Level and temperature alarms, specific gravity tables, calibration trim, and trending are readily configurable. DLC3010/DLC3020f digital level controllers also support re-ranging without a fluid reference.
Responsive to Small Process Change... Accurate, high-gain analog-to-digital conversion enables measurement of small changes in the process variable. In addition, an input filter and output damping may be adjusted by the user to attenuate noise from mechanical disturbance or liquid turbulence at the displacer.
Easy Maintenance... Field wiring connections are in a compartment separated from the electronics. This helps to protect the electronics from any moisture brought into the housing by the field wiring. This also eases installation and maintenance. The digital level controller does not have to be removed to facilitate troubleshooting or service. However, if it is necessary to remove the digital level controller for in-shop maintenance and calibration, field wiring does not need to be disconnected.
Figure 3. FIELDVUE DLC3020f Digital Level Controller
W9954-2
Note Mountings for Masoneilan, Yamatake and Foxboro/Eckhardt sensors are available. Contact your Emerson sales office for mounting kit information.
Table 1. FIELDVUE DLC3010 General Specifications
Controller
For use with 249 caged and
Selections(1) uncaged displacer sensors
DLC3010
Input Signal
Level, Interface or Density: Rotary motion of the torque tube shaft proportional to changes in liquid lever, interface level, or density that change the buoyancy of the displacer. Process Temperature: Interface for 2- or 3-wire 100 ohm platinum RTD for sensing process temperature, or optional user-entered target temperature to permit compensating for changes in specific gravity
Analog Output Signal Digital
4-20 mA DC direct (increasing input increases output) or reverse action HART 1200 baud FSK (frequency shift keyed)
Supply
12-30 VDC; the instrument has reverse-polarity protection
Ambient Relative Humidity
0 to 95% non-condensing
Approximate Weight (Controller)
2.7 kg (6 pounds)
Option
Heat insulator
Electrical Housing
NEMA 4X, CSA Enclosure, IP66
CSA--Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Division 2, Dust Ignition-proof
Hazardous Area Classification(2)
FM--Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Non-incendive, Dust Ignition-proof ATEX--Intrinsically Safe, Type n, Flameproof
IECEx--Intrinsically Safe, Type n, Flameproof
1. Also refer to tables 4, 5, 6, and 7. 2. Other Certifications/Classifications available. Contact your Emerson sales office for additional information.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:Level November 2020
Level Instruments
D103219X012
Table 2. FIELDVUE DLC3020f General Specifications
Controller For use with 249 caged and Selections(1) uncaged displacer sensors
DLC3020f
Device Inputs
Level Sensor Input: Rotary motion of the torque tube shaft proportional to buoyant force of the displacer caused by changes in liquid level or interface level. Process Temperature: Interface for 2- or 3-wire 100 ohm platinum RTD for sensing process temperature; AO Block - Foundation fieldbus temperature transmitter; Manual - compensation values entered manually in the device
Digital Communication Protocol
Foundation fieldbus registered device (ITK 5)
Supply
9 to 32 volts DC, 17.7 mA DC; instrument is not polarity sensitive
Ambient Relative Humidity
0 to 95% non-condensing
Approximate Weight (Controller)
2.7 kg (6 pounds)
Option
Heat insulator
Electrical Housing
Type 4X, NEMA 4X, IP66
CSA--Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Division 2, Dust Ignition-proof
Hazardous Area Classification(2)
FM--Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Non-incendive, Dust Ignition-proof ATEX--Intrinsically Safe, Type n, Flameproof
IECEx--Intrinsically Safe, Type n, Flameproof
1. Also refer to tables 4, 5, 6, and 7. 2. Other Certifications/Classifications available. Contact your Emerson sales office for additional information.
Table 3. FIELDVUE DLC3010/DLC3020f Performance(1)
Performance Criteria
Stand-Alone
DLC3010
DLC3020f(2)
DLC3010 w/ NPS 3 249W, DLC3010 w/ All Other
Using a14-inch Displacer
249 Sensors
Independent Linearity
$0.25% of output span
$0.1% of output span
$0.8% of output span
$0.5% of output span
Hysteresis
< 0.2% of output span
< 0.50% of output span
- - -
- - -
Repeatability
$0.1% of full scale output < 0.10% of output span
$0.5% of output span
$0.3% of output span
Dead Band
< 0.05% of input span $ 0.10% (RH9.2% to 90%)
- - -
- - -
Hysteresis and Dead Band
- - -
- - -
< 1.0% of output span
< 1.0% of output span
Accuracy
Process Sensor Range (Input Signal)
Fluid Level or Fluid Interface Level
Fluid Density (DLC3010)
- - -
$0.15%
- - -
- - -
From 0 to 100 percent of displacer length(3)--standard lengths for all sensors are 356 mm (14 inches)
or 813 mm (32 inches); other lengths available depending on sensor construction
From 10 to 100 percent of displacement force change obtained with given displacer volume--standard volumes are 1016 cm3 (62 in3) for 249C and 249CP sensors and 1622 or 1360 cm3 (99 or 83 in3) for most other sensors;
other volumes available depending upon sensor construction
Allowable Specific Gravity (Standard)
Fluid Level or Fluid Interface Level
Fluid Density (DLC3010)
Specific gravity range, 0.05 to 1.10; Minimum differential specific gravity 0.05(4) Specific gravity range, 0.1 to 1.10; Minimum change in specific gravity 0.05(4)
Zero Adjustment
Fluid Level or Fluid Interface Level
Fluid Density (DLC3010)
Continuously adjustable to position span of less than 100 percent anywhere within displacer length, and report the value in engineering units with any desired bias.
Continuously adjustable to position span of less than 90 percent anywhere within 10 to 100 percent of displacement force change obtained with given displacer volume.
1. At full design span, reference conditions. 2. To lever assembly rotation inputs. 3. The torque tube and the displacer must be properly sized for the application in order for 0 to 100% of displacer length to be available. 4. With a nominal 4.4 degrees torque tube shaft rotation for a 0 to 100 percent change in liquid level (specific gravity=1), the digital level controller can be adjusted to provide full output for an input range of 5% of nominal input span. This equates to a minimum differential specific gravity of 0.05 with standard volume displacers. Operating at 5% proportional band will degrade accuracy by a factor of 20. Using a thin wall torque tube, or doubling the displacer volume will each roughly double the effective proportional band. When proportional band of the system drops below 50%, changing displacer or torque tube should be considered if high accuracy is a requirement.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Level Instruments
D103219X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:Level November 2020
Figure 4. Fisher 2100E Electric Liquid Level Switch
Figure 5. Fisher 2100 Pneumatic Liquid Level Switch
APPROXIMATE SWITCHING POINT
LOCATION OF OPTIONAL SIGHT WINDOW
X0682
Fisher 2100 Liquid Level Switches
Typically, 2100E and 2100 switches electrically or pneumatically operate safety shutdown systems for field processing equipment in oil and gas industry applications
Switch construction comes in a left-hand as well as a right-hand mounting version. The explosion-proof, hermetically sealed 2100E switch is offered as both a factory mounting and as an electric switch retrofit to the proven 2100 switch.
With the 2100E switch rising liquid level exerts a buoyant force on the torque tube that either activates or deactivates an electrical SPDT or DPDT switch
W9954-1
depending on the switching action desired. Falling liquid level deactivates or activates the same switch depending on the action desired.
When the 2100 switch is in the normal position with the flapper against the nozzle, output pressure cannot bleed off and remains the same as full supply pressure. Rising liquid level exerts a buoyant force on the displacer, producing a torque on the torque tube. When the torque transmitted by the torque tube exceeds the torque exerted on the flapper by the magnet, the flapper snaps away from the nozzle, allowing output pressure to bleed through the nozzle faster than supply pressure can enter through the bleed orifice. The reduced pressure in the output signal line activates the shutdown or alarm system. When the liquid level lowers, the falling displacer forces the flapper into the field of the magnet, letting the magnet snap the flapper against the nozzle and causing output pressure to build to full supply pressure.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:Level November 2020
Level Instruments
D103219X012
Fisher L2, L2e, and L2sj Liquid Level Controllers
Rugged L2, L2e, and L2sj liquid level controllers use a displacer type sensor to detect liquid level or the interface of two liquids of different specific gravities.
The reliability of the design make these controllers well suited for high pressure liquid level applications in natural gas production, compression, and processing industries.
The L2 and L2sj devices deliver a pneumatic output signal to a control valve.
The L2e device uses a single pole double throw (SPDT) dry contact electric switch to provide differential gap (DG) control or liquid monitoring. It can be used to provide an electric control signal to an electrically actuated control valve.
The sensor uses a threaded 2 NPT connection to the vessel. Standard constructions use materials that comply with the requirements of NACE MR0175-2002.
L2, L2e, and L2sj controllers, in combination with the sensor, work on the principle that a body immersed in liquid will be buoyed up by a force equal to the weight of the liquid displaced. The buoyant force and resultant movement of the displacer in the liquid is transmitted to the controller which delivers the signal to a control valve.
L2 Liquid Level Controllers
Snap-Acting or Throttling Control... One standard controller available as either throttling or snap-acting.
Field-Reversible Output... The controller can be adjusted in the field for direct or reverse action without additional parts. The controller also has adjustable gain sensitivity.
Easy Maintenance... Both the controller and the sensor can be easily disassembled to inspect the process seals and for maintenance.
Figure 6. Fisher L2 Liquid Level Controller
W8418-1
L2e Electric Level Controllers
Effective Level Loop Tuning... Intuitive Zero and Span adjustments allow flexibility in setting loop performance over a level range of 5.0 to 559 mm (0.2 to 22 inches). More Reliable Control... Premium quality hermetically-sealed switch with gold contacts and advanced knife-edge sensing provide highly dependable and accurate liquid level control. Environmentally Responsible... Replacing a conventional pneumatic level loop with fully electric level control eliminates controller and dump valve venting and requires less maintenance. Figure 7. Fisher L2e Liquid Level Controller
X0660
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Level Instruments
D103219X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:Level November 2020
L2sj Liquid Level Controllers
Designed for use with Natural Gas... The L2sj controller is intended for use with natural gas as the pneumatic supply.
Reduced Carbon Footprint... Low-bleed relay helps to conserve natural gas to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.
Reduced Operating Costs, Increased Revenue... Integral action relay with rugged metal seats requires less maintenance and provides more dependable liquid level control, which can improve uptime. Reduced emissions result in an increase in natural gas available to the sales line.
Figure 8. Fisher L2sj Liquid Level Controller
Fisher 249 Sensors
249 sensors, in conjunction with either DLC3010/ DLC3020f digital level controllers or 2500 controllers and transmitters, are designed to measure changes in liquid level, liquid interface level, or density/specific gravity inside a process vessel.
249 level sensors are available in both caged and cageless configurations, as shown in the table below. Caged sensors provide more stable operation than do cageless sensors for vessels with internal obstructions or considerable internal turbulence. Cageless sensors are generally used on applications requiring large displacers that are accommodated by large flange connections. Different displacer stem lengths permit lowering the displacer to the desired depth.
Refer to table 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 for product line capabilities and options.
W9331
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:Level November 2020
Level Instruments
D103219X012
Table 4. Fisher 249 Sensor Displacer Diameters, Sensor Connections, and Ratings
Sensor Type Number(1)
Pressure Rating
Connection Size
249
CL125 or 250
NPS 1-1/2 or 2 NPS 2
PN 10/40 or 63/100
DN 40
Caged Displacers(2)
249B 249BF
PN 10/16, 25/40, or 63 CL600
CL150, 300, or 600 CL600
DN 50 NPS 1-1/2 or 2 NPS 1-1/2 or 2
249C
CL150, 300, or 600
NPS 1-1/2 NPS 2
W8171-1
249K 249L
CL1500 CL2500
NPS 1-1/2 or 2
NPS 2 (if a top connection is specified, it will be NPS 1
flanged)
249BP
Top-Mounted Cageless Sensors(2)
249CP 249P
CL150, 300, or 600
CL150 or 300 CL150, 300, or 600 PN 10/16, 25/40, or 63 (Ratings to PN 250 also available)
CL900 or 1500
NPS 4 NPS 6 or 8
NPS 3 DN 100
NPS 4
W8334-1
CL150 through 2500
NPS 6 or 8
Connection Type Screwed or flanged
Flanged
Flanged
NPT or socket-welding ends Raised-face flanged or ring-type joint flanged Screwed
Raised-face
Raised-face flanged or ring-type joint flanged
Ring-type joint flanged
Raised-face flanged or ring-type joint flanged
Raised-face flanged Raised-face flanged
Flanged
Raised-face flanged or ring-type joint flanged
Raised-face flanged
PN 10 to PN 160
NPS 4
Raised-face or flat-face
Side-Mounted Cageless Sensors(2)
W9354
249VS
CL125, 150, 250, 300, 900, or 1500 CL600, 900, or 2500
PN 10/16, 25/40 Type B flange
NPS 4 NPS 4 DN 80
PN 25/40 Type B flange
DN 100
Customer-Supplied Cage(2)
249W
NPS 3
W8678-2
CL150, 300, 600
NPS 4
1. Not all sensor types are available in all world areas. Contact your Emerson sales office for information on sensor availability. 2. 249 sensors may be mounted on either DLC3010/DLC3020f instruments, or 2500 controllers/transmitters.
Raised-face or flat-face Butt weld end
Raised-face flanged
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Level Instruments
D103219X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:Level November 2020
Table 5. Fisher 249 Sensors Displacer Lengths
Sensor Type Number
Caged Displacers 249
249B, 249C, 249BF, 249K, 249L Top-Mounted Cageless Sensors
249BP, 249CP, 249P Side-Mounted Cageless Sensors
249VS Top-Mounted or on Customer Supplied Cage
249W
Standard Displacer Length mm
356 or 813
Inches 14 or 32
356, 813, 1219, 1524, 1829, 2134, 2438, 2743, 3048
14, 32, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 108, 120
Table 6. Fisher 249 Sensor Construction Materials
Part
Type Number
Material
Cage, head, torque tube arm
249 249B and 249BP
Cast iron WCC (steel)
249BF
Carbon steel
249C and 249CP
CF8M (316 stainless steel)
249K
Steel standard
249L
Steel standard
249P
Carbon Steel
249VS
LCC (steel), WCC, CF8M
Wafer body, torque tube arm Standard Trim(1)
249W All
NPS 3 NPS 4
WCC, CF8M LCC, CF8M
S31600
Bolting
All
Steel grade B7 studs or cap screws and grade 2H nuts (standard),
1. Trim parts include displacer rod, driver bearing; displacer stem parts, and stem connection parts.
Notes
For optional materials, and parts not shown, contact your Emerson sales office.
Table 7. Fisher 249 Displacer and Torque Tube Materials
Part
Standard Material
Other Materials
Displacer
304 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel for 249C, 249CP
316 Stainless Steel, N10276, N04400, Plastic, and Special Alloys
Displacer Stem, Driver Bearing, Displacer Rod and Driver
Torque Tube
316 Stainless Steel
N05500(1) 316 SST for 249C, 249CP
N10276, N04400, other Austenitic Stainless Steels, and Special Alloys
316 Stainless Steels, N06600, N10276
1. N05500 is not recommended for spring applications above 232_C (450_F). Contact your Emerson sales office or application engineer if temperatures exceeding this limit are required.
Table 8. Maximum Unbuoyed Displacer Weight
Sensor Type 249, 249B, 249BF, 249BP, 249W
249C, 249CP 249VS
249L, 249P(1) 249K
1. High pressure CL900 through 2500.
Torque Tube Wall Thickness
Thin Standard
Heavy
Standard Heavy
Thin Standard
Thin Standard
Thin Standard
Displacer Weight WT (lb) 3.3 5.0 9.5
4.0 6.4
3.0 5.5
4.5 8.5
3.8 7.3
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:Level November 2020
Level Instruments
D103219X012
Table 9. Temperatures
Temperature
Type or Material
Temperature Capability
_C
_F
DLC3010 / DLC3020f
40 to 80
40 to 176
Ambient
Standard 2500
-40 to 71
-40 to 160
High-temperature 2500
-18 to 104
0 to 220
Cast iron sensor parts
29 to 232
20 to 450
Steel sensor parts
29 to 427
20 to 800
Process
Stainless steel sensor parts N04400
198 to 427 198 to 427
325 to 800 325 to 800
Graphite/stainless steel gaskets
198 to 427
325 to 800
N04400/PTFE gaskets
73 to 204
100 to 400
Combination of ambient and process
Some combinations of process and ambient temperatures within the above ranges require an optional heat insulator to protect the instrument from high or low temperatures. For example, an ambient temperature of 30_C or 86_F and a process temperature of 200_C or 392_F require a heat insulator.
Notes
For process temperatures below -29_C (-20_F) and for guidance on the need for a heat insulator, contact your Emerson sales office. If the ambient dew point is higher than the process temperature, ice might form and cause instrument malfunction and reduce insulator effectiveness.
Connection Styles and Positions
Figure 9. Cage Connection Styles (also see table 10)
STYLE 1
STYLE 2
STYLE 3
STYLE 4
Note: Cage connections shown illustrate the DLC3010/DLC3020f. Cage connections are also applicable to 2500 controllers/transmitters.
28B5536-1 B1820-2
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Level Instruments
D103219X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:Level November 2020
Table 10. Cage Connection Styles (also see figure 9)
Connection Types:
S = Screwed F = Flanged SW = Socket welding
Connection Locations:
Style 1 Top and bottom
Style 2 Top and lower side
Style 3 Upper side and lower side
Example:
F-1 means flanged connections at the top and bottom of the cage.
Style 4 Upper side and bottom
Figure 10. Mounting Positions--Caged Displacers
3
1
4
5
2
1
8
6
7
1
7
5
1
3
6
8
4
2
RIGHT-HAND MOUNTING
LEFT-HAND MOUNTING
Note: Mounting positions shown illustrate the DLC3010/DLC3020f. Mounting positions are also applicable to 2500 controllers/transmitters. 1 Position 5 is not available for NPS 2 CL300 and 600 249C.
Figure 11. Mounting Positions--Wafer Style (Customer Supplied Cage)
CAGE WITH SIDE CONNECTIONS
TOP-MOUNTED ON VESSEL
RIGHT-HAND MOUNTING
LEFT-HAND MOUNTING
Note: Mounting positions shown illustrate the DLC3010/DLC3020f. These positions are also applicable to 2500 controllers/transmitters.
CAGE WITH TOP AND BOTTOM CONNECTIONS
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:Level November 2020
Level Instruments
D103219X012
Pneumatic Liquid Level Instruments
Fisher 2500 controllers and transmitters (figures 12 and 13) are rugged, dependable, and simply constructed pneumatic instruments. In conjunction with a 249 sensor, they sense liquid level or interface level in a vessel, and produce a standard pneumatic output signal proportional to the process variable.
Standard or Custom Configuration... The 2500 controller in combination with a 249W sensor enables users to install pneumatic level controllers to a variety of industry standard or custom process vessel connections. The sensor consists of a wafer body, torque tube assembly and displacer and is rated for CL150, 300, and 600. The wafer body mounts between NPS 3 or 4 raised face flanges. Custom configurations
are also available to meet your specific application requirements. Refer to the 2500 specifications in tables 9, 11, 12, and 13, and the 249 specifications in tables 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9.
Easy Adjustment... Simple dial-knobs make set point and proportional valve opening changes straightforward and easy.
Simple, Durable Construction... Few moving parts are used. Knife-edged driver bearing in sensor, and plated brass instrument case ball bearing for torque tube rotary shaft help provide low friction operation.
Reduced Maintenance and Operating Costs... Spring-out wire provides for in-service cleaning of relay orifice. Supply pressure conservation is enhanced because relay exhaust opens only when output pressure is being reduced.
Figure 12. Fisher 2500 Controller in Combination with a 249W Sensor-- Installed in a Typical Customer-Supplied Cage
W8679
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Level Instruments
D103219X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:Level November 2020
Table 11. Fisher 2500 Controller/Transmitter General Specifications
2500
Proportional pneumatic controller
2502
Proportional-plus-reset pneumatic controller
Controller and Transmitter Selections(1)
2502F 2500T
Proportional-plus reset pneumatic controller with anti-reset windup Proportional pneumatic transmitter
2500S
Differential gap (on-off) pneumatic controller with full adjustment
2503
Differential gap (on-off) pneumatic controller with limited adjustment
Fluid level or fluid interface level
From 0 to 100 percent of displacer length(2)--standard lengths for all sensors are 356 mm (14 inches) or 813 mm (32 inches); other lengths available depending on sensor construction
Process Sensor Range (Input Signal)
Fluid density
From 0 to 100 percent of displacement force change obtained with given displacer volume--standard volumes are 1016 cm3 (62 in3) for 249C and 249CP sensors and 1622 or 1360 cm3 (99 or 83 in3) for
most other sensors; other volumes available depending upon sensor
construction
Allowable Specific Gravity (Standard)
Fluid level or fluid interface level
Fluid density
2503 and 2503R: Specific gravity range, 0.25 to 1.10 All other types: Specific gravity range, 0.20 to 1.10
2503 and 2503R: Minimum change in specific gravity, 0.25 All other types: Minimum change in specific gravity, 0.20
Set Point Adjustment (Controllers only)
Continuously adjustable to position control point or differential gap of less than 100 percent anywhere within displacer length (fluid or interface level) or displacement force change (density)
Zero Adjustment (Transmitters only)
Continuously adjustable to position span of less than 100 percent anywhere within displacer length (fluid or interface level) or displacement force change (density)
Reset Adjustment (Proportional-Plus-Reset Controllers Only)
Continuously adjustable from 0.005 to over 0.9 minutes per repeat (from 200 to under 1.1 repeats per minute)
Anti-Reset Differential Relief (2502F and 2502FR Controllers Only)
Continuously adjustable from 0.14 to 0.48 bar (2 to 7 psi) differential to relieve excessive difference between proportional and reset pressures
Proportional or reset controllers and transmitters
0.2 to 1.0 or 0.4 to 2.0 bar (3 to 15 or 6 to 30 psig)
Output Signal--Direct (Increasing Level Increases Output) or Reverse Action
Differential gap controllers with full adjustment
0 and 1.4 or 0 and 2.4 bar (0 and 20 or 0 and 35 psig)
Differential gap controllers with limited adjustment
0 and full supply pressure
Hazardous Area Classification
2500 controllers/transmitters comply with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
Options
Stainless steel heat insulator assembly Liquid level sight gauges Mechanical level indicator
1. Also refer to tables 4, 5, 6, and 7. 2. The torque tube and the displacer must be properly sized for the application in order for 0 to 100% of displacer length to be available.
Table 12. Fisher 2500 Controller/Transmitter Performance
Independent Linearity (Transmitters Only)
1 percent of output pressure change at span of 100 percent
Hysteresis
0.6 percent of output pressure change at 100 percent of proportional band, differential gap, or span
Repeatability
0.2 percent of displacer length or displacement force change
Deadband (Except Differential Gap Controllers)
0.05 percent of proportional band or span
Typical Frequency Response
4 Hz and 90-degree phase shift at 100 percent of proportional band, diferential gap, or span with output pipe to typical instrument bellows using 6.1 meters (20 feet) of 6.3 mm (1/4-inch) tubing
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:Level November 2020
Level Instruments
D103219X012
Table 13. Fisher 2500 Controller/Transmitter Supply Pressure
Output Signal
Standard Supply and
Output Pressure Gauge Indications(1)
Normal Operating Supply Pressure(2)
Bar
Psig
Air Consumption at Normal Operating Supply Pressure(3)
Normal m3/h(4)
Scfh(4)
Min(5)
Max(6)
Min(5)
Max(6)
0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig),
except 0 and 1.4 bar (0 and 20 psig)(2) for on-off controllers
0 to 30 psig
1.4
20
0.11
0.72
4.2
27
0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig),
except 0 and 2.4 bar (0 and 35 psig)(2) for on-off controllers
0 to 60 psig
2.4
35
0.19
1.1
7
42
1. Consult your Emerson sales office about gauges in other units. 2. Control and stability may be impaired if this pressure is exceeded (except 2503 or 2503R controller without proportional valve). 3. Except 2503 or 2503R controller, which bleeds only when relay is open at exhaust position. 4. Normal m3/hr=normal cubic meters per hour at 0_C and 1.01325 bar. Scfh=standard cubic foot per hour at 60_F and 14.7 psia.
5. At zero or maximum proportional band or span setting. 6. At setting in middle of proportional band or span range.
Figure 13. Typical Controller
W8333
W0656-1
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Level Instruments
D103219X012
Product Bulletin
11.2:Level November 2020
Related Documents
Other documents containing information related to level instruments include:
nFIELDVUE DLC3010 Digital Level Controller (Bulletin 11.2:DLC3010) D102727X012
nFIELDVUE DLC3020f Digital Level Controller (Bulletin 11.2:DLC3020f) D103433X012
nFisher 2100 Pneumatic and 2100E Electric Liquid Level Switches (Bulletin 32.2:2100) D200032X012
nFisher L2 Liquid Level Controller (Bulletin 34.2:L2) D103034X012
nFisher L2e Electric Level Controller (Bulletin 34.2:L2e) D103532X012
nFisher L2sj Liquid Level Controller (Bulletin 34.2:L2sj) D103229X012
nFisher 2500-249 Pneumatic Controllers and Transmitters (Bulletin 34.2:2500) D200037X012
nFisher 249 Sensor, Level Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions (Bulletin 34.2:249) D200039X012
These documents are available from your Emerson sales office Also visit our website at Fisher.com.
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
11.2:Level November 2020
Level Instruments
D103219X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, and easy-Drive are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E162005, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2100 and 2100E Level Switches
D200032X012
Product Bulletin
32.2:2100 August 2017
FisherTM 2100 Pneumatic and 2100E Electric Liquid Level Switches
Fisher 2100 on-off pneumatic switch and 2100E electric switch sense (shown in figure 1) high or low liquid levels. Typically, these switches pneumatically or electrically operate safety shutdown systems for field processing equipment in oil and gas production applications. 2100 and 2100E switches both use a displacer-style sensor located in an external cage that mounts on the outside of a vessel.
Unless otherwise noted, all NACE references are to NACE MR0175-2002.
Features
nProven Rugged Construction--The switch is isolated and sealed from the process through a corrosion-resistant displacer and torque tube assembly for maximum reliability. The displacer can withstand up to 1-1/2 times the maximum working pressure, allowing it to remain in the cage during hydrostatic testing.
nSour Service Capability--Materials are available for applications handling sour fluids and gases. These constructions comply with the metallurgical requirements of NACE MR0175-2002. Environmental restrictions may apply.
nApplication Versatility--The 2100 and 2100E switch construction comes in a left-hand as well as a right-hand mounting version. The explosion-proof, hermetically sealed 2100E switch is offered as both a factory mounting and as an electric switch retrofit to the proven 2100 switch.
FISHER 2100 PNEUMATIC LIQUID LEVEL SWITCH
nInstallation Versatility--The displacer cage has two 1 NPT pipe plugs that you can remove and relocate for horizontal instead of vertical equalizing piping, or for installation of a bleed or drain valve.
nEasy Reversibility--Switching action for both the 2100 and 2100E switches is field-reversible from high-level to low-level or vice versa without additional parts.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
32.2:2100 August 2017
2100 and 2100E Level Switches
D200032X012
Specifications
Input Signal
Process Connection Size
Liquid level
Minimum Process Liquid Specific Gravity 0.5 (consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for specific gravities below this value)
153 bar (2220 psig) WOG(3): J1 NPT internal JDN 50 (NPS 2) Schedule 80 buttwelding ends, or JDN 50 (NPS 2) Schedule 160 buttwelding ends
2100 Switch Supply Pressure Connection Size 1/4 NPT internal
Output Signal
2100: Equal to the supply pressure when the switch is in the normal position (flapper against nozzle) and reduced to approximately atmospheric pressure, depending upon the bleed orifice size and the piping configuration, when the switch is activated 2100E: Same as supply signal
Supply Signal
2100E Switch Electrical Connection Size 1/2 NPT external
Hazardous Area Classification for 2100 Switch The 2100 pneumatic switch complies with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
2100: J 2.1 to 4.1 bar (30 to 60 psig), J 4.1 to 6.9 bar (60 to 100 psig) or J 6.9 to 10.3 bar (100 to 150 psig) 2100E: 11 amperes, 1/4 horsepower at 125/250 volts ac; 5 amperes resistive, 3 amperes inductive at 28 volts DC
Supply Medium (2100)
The 2100 pneumatic switch meets Customs Union technical regulation TP TC 012/2011 for Groups II/III Category 2 equipment
II Gb c T*X III Db c T*X
Air or Natural Gas
Steady-State Air Consumption(1) (2100) Less than 0.03 normal m3/hour (1.0 scfh) for all supply pressures when the liquid level is 25.4 mm (1 inch) below the normal switch position (flapper against nozzle) for high-level switching or 25.4 mm (1 inch) above the normal switch position for low-level switching
Hazardous Area Classification for 2100E Switch
Approvals on the electrical switch component in the 2100E, supplied by ITT NEO-DYN are as follows:
CSA-- Class I Division 1, Groups A,B,C,D Class II Division 1, Groups E,F,G ; Dual Seal
FM-- XP - Class I Division 1 Groups A,B,C,D DIP - Class II Division 1 Groups E,F,G
Maximum Working Pressure(2)
J 153 bar (2220 psig) WOG(3) except J 24 bar (350 psig) WOG is the maximum working pressure for sight window construction
UL-- Class I Division 1 Groups A,B,C,D Class II Division 1 Groups E,F,G
ATEX-- Ex d IIC, Ex tb IIIC
IECEx-- Ex d IIC, Ex tb IIIC
Operative Temperature Range(2) 2100: 29 to 204_C (20 to 400_F) 2100E: 29 to 82_C (20 to 180_F)
Displacer Diameter 102 mm (4 inches)
Approvals on the complete 2100E assembly are as follows:
CUTR-- Customs Union (Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan and Armenia), 1Ex d IIC
Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner if additional information is required.
-continued -
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2100 and 2100E Level Switches
D200032X012
Product Bulletin
32.2:2100 August 2017
Specifications (continued)
Construction Materials
Cage: J SA216 Cast Steel (WCC), J SA216 Cast Steel (WCC) (NACE MR01752002) and J SA351 316 SST (CF8M) Displacer: J S30400 stainless steel (standard) J S31603 solution annealed stainless steel (NACE MR0175-2002) Torque Rod & Tube Assembly: N05500 Bearing: Glass-filled PTFE O-Rings: Fluorocarbon Cover Gasket: 2100: Chloroprene 2100E: Silicone rubber Other Gaskets: Silicone rubber Nozzle Block Assembly (2100 only): Aluminum & stainless steel Nozzle (2100 only): Stainless steel Flapper & Clamp Assembly (2100 only): Stainless steel Flapper Seat (2100 only): Fluorocarbon Magnet (2100 only): Special material
Body Block: Steel
Cover: 2100: Clear plastic 2100E: Aluminum Housing (2100E only): Aluminum Other Metal Parts: Stainless steel
Options
2100 Switch Option: Individual street tee and bleed orifice (when it is not desired to supply several level switches from one common block and bleed restriction) Sight Window Option: A sight window is available for either the 2100 or 2100E that installs in place of the pipe plug, as illustrated in figure 1. NACE Option: Constructions are available which comply with the metallurgical requirements of NACE MR0175-2002. Environmental restriction may apply.
Shipping Weights
17.2 kg (38 pounds)
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology. 1. Normal m3/--normal cubic meters per hour at 0_C, 1.01325 bar, absolute (Scfh--standard cubic feet per hour at 60_F, 14.7 psia) 2. Pressure and temperature limits in this document and any applicable standards or code limitations should not be exceeded.
3. Water, Oil, Gas maximum working pressure. Corresponds to Cold Working Pressure: the maximum pressure rating allowed under normal ambient temperature conditions, which are usually understood to be -29 to 38_C (-20 to 100_F). Refer to MSS SP-25.
Figure 1. Fisher 2100E Electric Liquid Level Switch
APPROXIMATE SWITCHING POINT
LOCATION OF OPTIONAL SIGHT WINDOW
Principle of Operation
Figure 2 shows the 2100 switch with the nozzle, flapper, and magnet positioned for high level activation. When the switch is in the normal position with the flapper against the nozzle, output pressure cannot bleed off and remains the same as full supply pressure. Rising liquid level exerts a buoyant force on the displacer, producing a torque on the torque tube. When the torque transmitted by the torque tube exceeds the torque exerted on the flapper by the magnet, the flapper snaps away from the nozzle, allowing output pressure to bleed through the nozzle faster than supply pressure can enter through the bleed orifice. The reduced pressure in the output signal line activates the shutdown or alarm system. When the liquid level lowers, the falling displacer forces the flapper into the field of the magnet, letting the magnet snap the flapper against the nozzle and causing output pressure to build to full supply pressure.
X0682
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
32.2:2100 August 2017
2100 and 2100E Level Switches
D200032X012
Figure 2. Principle of Operation for High-Level Fisher 2100 Switch
DISPLACER
FLAPPER MAGNET
TORQUE TUBE
SUPPLY
NOZZLE
OPTIONAL STREET TEE
OPTIONAL BLEED ORIFICE
OUTPUT SIGNAL
SHUTDOWN VALVE (OR ALARM SYSTEM)
A3619-2
Figure 3. Construction Details of Low-Level Fisher 2100 Switch
CAGE DISPLACER
TORQUE TUBE ASSEMBLY
FLAPPER & CLAMP ASSEMBLY FLAPPER SEAT GASKET NOZZLE NOZZLE BLOCK ASSEMBLY
GE59150
4
O-RINGS
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2100 and 2100E Level Switches
D200032X012
Product Bulletin
32.2:2100 August 2017
Figure 4. Construction Details of Fisher 2100E Switch
CAGE DISPLACER
TORQUE TUBE ASSEMBLY
SWITCH ARM
40B6593
GE59290
Figure 3 shows a sectional view of the 2100 switch positioned for low level activation. The nozzle, flapper, and magnet are on the opposite side of the torque tube, so that downward displacer travel moves the flapper away from the nozzle.
With the 2100E switch (figure 4), rising liquid level exerts a buoyant force on the torque tube that either activates or deactivates an electrical SPDT or DPDT switch depending on the switching action desired. Falling liquid level deactivates or activates the same switch depending on the action desired.
Installation
The forged-in horizontal line on a 2100 or 2100E displacer cage indicates the approximate switching point. When mounted, the 2100 or 2100E switch is positioned so that the horizontal line corresponds to the level at which switching is desired. Isolating valves should be installed in the equalizing piping between the tank and the cage. Dimensions are shown in figure 5 and table 1.
ELECTRIC SWITCH ASSEMBLY
Ordering Information
Application
When ordering, specify: nSupply pressure (2100 switch only)
nSPDT or DPDT switch construction (2100E switch only)
nMaximum working pressure and temperature
nSwitching action for high or low level alarming
Construction
Refer to the specifications. Review the information under each specification and in the referenced figures; specify the desired selection whenever there is a choice to be made. High level switching and right-hand mounting will be supplied automatically unless otherwise specified. Always specify the complete type number of the desired equipment.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
32.2:2100 August 2017
2100 and 2100E Level Switches
D200032X012
Figure 5. Dimensions (also see table 1)
140 (5.50)
287 (11.31
216 (8.51)
A
32 (1.25)
B
C
43
(1.69)
1 NPT TAPPED & PLUGGED
38 (1.50)
102 (4.00)
211 (8.31)
1/4 NPT AIR CONNECTION 0N BACK (2100 SWITCH ONLY)
152 (6.00)
GE59300
Table 1. Dimensions
TYPE
mm
A
B
2100 127
108
2100E 130
57
DIMENSIONS
Inches
C
A
B
C
103
5.00
4.25
4.06
111
5.12
2.25
4.38
1 NPT TAPPED & PLUGGED
mm (INCH)
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2100 and 2100E Level Switches
D200032X012
Product Bulletin
32.2:2100 August 2017
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
32.2:2100 August 2017
2100 and 2100E Level Switches
D200032X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1971, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sensor, Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
D200039X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:249 June 2020
FisherTM 249 Sensor, Level Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
This bulletin contains dimensional information for Fisher displacer-type sensors and for controllers and transmitters used with these sensors. Dimensions are subject to change and certified dimensions should be requested for construction projects. Some of the abbreviations used in this document are as follows: NPT = National Pipe Thread, NPS = Nominal Pipe Size, FF = Flat Face Flange, RF = Raised Face Flange, and RTJ = Ring Type Joint Flange.
Flange specification references are ASME B16.1 for CL125 and 250 and ASME 16.5 for CL150, 300, 600, 900, 1500 and 2500.
W8332-1
Contents
Caged Displacer for External Vessel Mounting 249: figure 1 and 2; tables 1, 2, 3, and 4 249B and 249BF: figure 3; tables 5, 6, 7, and 8 249C and 249K: figure 4; tables 9, 10, and 11 249L: figure 5 Cageless Displacer for Internal Vessel Mounting Top Mounted. 249BP and 249P: figure 6; tables 12 and 13 249CP: figure 7; tables 14 and 15 Side Mounted. 249VS: figure 8, 9, 10, and 11
W8165-2
W8334-2
Cageless Displacer for Mounting on Customer Supplied Cage or on Top of Vessel 249W: figure 12 Controllers and Transmitters Fisher 2500 Controller / Transmitter: figure 13 FIELDVUETM DLC3010 / DLC3020f Digital Level Controller: figure 14
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:249 June 2020
Sensor, Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
D200039X012
249
Figure 1. Fisher 249 Top View
244 (9.62)
241 (9.50)
203 (8.00)
297 (11.69)
A1323-1
TOP VIEW
MATCH LINE (A)
mm (INCH)
Table 1. Fisher 249 Dimensions F, M, and W for S-1 and F-1 Connections(1)
S-1 AND F-1 CONNECTIONS
Displacer Length
CL125 FF
F Scrd NPT
CL250 RF
Scrd NPT
mm
356
562
495
575
241
813
1019
953
1032
470
Inches
14
22.12
19.50
22.62
9.50
32
40.12
37.50
40.62
18.50
1. Scrd is 1-1/2 and 2 NPT. Flanges in NPS 2 only.
M CL125 FF
279 508
11.00 20.00
CL250 RF
286 514
11.25 20.25
W
406 864
16.00 34.00
Table 2. Fisher 249 Dimensions F, M, and W for S-2 Connections
S-2 CONNECTIONS: 1-1/2 NPT, CL250
Displacer Length
F
M
W
mm
Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
356
14 657 25.88 241 9.50 394 15.5
Table 4. Fisher 249 Dimensions F, M, and W for S-4 Connections
S-4 CONNECTIONS: 1-1/2 NPT, CL250
Displacer Length
F
M
W
mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
356
14
445 17.50 241 9.50 394 15.5
Table 3. Fisher 249 Dimensions F, M, and W for S-3 Connections
S-3 CONNECTIONS: 1-1/2 NPT, CL250
Displacer Length
F
M
W
mm
Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
356
14
356 14.00 241 9.50 394 15.5
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sensor, Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
D200039X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:249 June 2020
Figure 2. Fisher 249 Side View (see tables 1, 2, 3, and 4)
FW
44 (1.75) MATCH LINE (B)
M
CL125 - 1/2-14 NPT
A1324-1
S-1 AND F-1
CL250 - 3/4-14 NPT
TOP AND BOTTOM CONNECTIONS
302 (11.88)
W F
44 (1.75) MATCH LINE (B)
M
A1326-1
89 (3.50)
CL125 - 1/2-14 NPT CL250 - 3/4-14 NPT
S-3 UPPER AND LOWER SIDE CONNECTIONS
FW
44 (1.75)
MATCH LINE (B)
302 (11.88)
W
44 (1.75)
MATCH LINE (B)
F
M
M
CL125 - 1/2-14 NPT CL250 - 3/4-14 NPT
A1325-1
89 (3.50)
S-2 TOP AND LOWER SIDE CONNECTIONS
CL125 - 1/2-14 NPT CL250 - 3/4-14 NPT
A1327-1
89 (3.50)
SIDE VIEW
S-4 UPPER SIDE AND BOTTOM CONNECTIONS
mm (INCH)
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:249 June 2020
Sensor, Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
D200039X012
249B and 249BF (NPS 1-1/2 and 2 End Connections)
Figure 3. Fisher 249B and 249BF (see tables 5, 6, 7, and 8)
244 (9.62)
229 (9.00)
203 (8.00)
297 (11.69)
421 (16.56)
1-1/2 11-1/2 NPT 103
(4.06)
MATCH LINE (B)
A1328-1
MATCH LINE (A)
TOP VIEW
103 (4.06)
G FW
MATCH LINE (B)
M
3/4-14 NPT
A1329-1
S-1 AND F-1 TOP AND BOTTOM CONNECTIONS
G A
FW A
M
106 (4.19)
A1331-1
3/4-14 NPT
S-3 AND F-3 UPPER AND LOWER SIDE CONNECTIONS
421 (16.56)
1-1/2 11-1/2 NPT 103
(4.06)
MATCH LINE (B)
103 (4.06)
G F
W
MATCH LINE (B)
A M
106 (4.19)
A1330-1
3/4-14 NPT
S-2 AND F-2 TOP AND LOWER SIDE CONNECTIONS
G A
W F
M
3/4-14 NPT
A1332-1
S-4 AND F-4 UPPER SIDE AND BOTTOM CONNECTIONS
SIDE VIEW
mm (INCH)
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sensor, Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
D200039X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:249 June 2020
Table 5. Fisher 249B and 249BF S-1, F-1, S-4, and F-4 Connections
Conn. Style
Dis- placer Length
Scrd NPT
CL150
RF
RTJ
F
CL300
RF
RTJ
CL600
RF
RTJ
S-1 and F-1 (mm)
356 813 1219 1524 1829
2134 2438 2743 3048
586 1043 1449 1754 2058
2364 2669 2973 3278
662 1119 1526 1830 2135
2440 2745 3050 3354
675 1132 1538 1843 2148
2453 2757 3062 3367
668 1126 1532 1836 2141
2446 2751 3056 3361
684 1141 1548 1853 2157
2462 2767 3072 3377
687 1145 1551 1856 2160
2465 2770 3075 3380
691 1148 1554 1859 2164
2469 2773 3078 3383
S-1 and F-1 (Inch)
14 23.06 26.06 26.56 26.31 26.94 27.06 27.19 32 41.06 44.06 44.56 44.31 44.94 45.06 45.19 48 57.06 60.06 60.56 60.31 60.94 61.06 61.19 60 69.06 72.06 72.56 72.31 72.94 73.06 73.19 72 81.06 84.06 84.56 84.31 84.94 85.06 85.19
84 93.06 96.06 96.56 96.31 96.94 97.06 97.19 96 105.06 108.06 108.56 108.31 108.94 109.06 109.19 108 117.06 120.06 120.56 120.31 120.94 121.06 121.19 120 129.06 132.06 132.56 132.31 132.94 133.06 133.19
S-4 and F-4 (mm)
356 813 1219 1524 1829
2134 2438 2743 3048
462 919 1326 1630 1935
2240 2545 2850 3154
500 957 1364 1669 1973
2278 2583 2888 3193
506 964 1370 1675 1980
2284 2589 2894 3199
503 960 1367 1672 1976
2281 2586 2891 3196
511 968 1375 1679 1984
2288 2593 2899 3203
513 970 1376 1681 1986
2291 2596 2900 3265
514 972 1378 1683 1988
2292 2597 2902 3267
S-4 and F-4 (Inch)
14 18.19 19.69 19.94 19.81 20.12 20.19 20.25 32 36.19 37.69 37.94 37.81 38.12 38.19 38.25 48 52.19 53.69 53.94 53.81 54.12 54.19 54.25 60 64.19 65.69 65.94 65.81 66.12 66.19 66.25 72 76.19 77.69 77.94 77.81 78.12 78.19 78.25
84 88.19 86.69 89.94 89.81 90.12 90.19 90.25 96 100.19 101.69 101.94 101.81 102.12 102.19 102.25 108 112.19 113.69 113.94 113.81 114.12 114.19 114.25 120 124.19 125.69 125.94 125.81 126.12 126.19 126.25
Scrd NPT
284 513 716 866 1021
1173 1326 1478 1630
11.19 20.19 28.19 34.19 40.19
46.19 52.19 58.19 64.19
284 513 716 866 1021
1173 1326 1478 1630
11.19 20.19 28.19 34.19 40.19
46.19 52.19 58.19 64.19
CL150
RF
RTJ
322 551 754 907 1059
329 557 760 913 1065
1211 1364 1516 1669
1218 1370 1522 1675
12.69 21.69 29.69 35.69 41.69
12.94 21.94 29.94 35.94 41.94
47.69 53.69 59.69 65.69
47.94 53.94 59.94 65.94
322 551 754 907 1059
329 557 760 913 1065
1211 1364 1516 1669
1218 1370 1522 1675
12.69 21.69 29.69 35.69 41.69
12.94 21.94 29.94 35.94 41.94
47.69 53.69 59.69 65.69
47.94 53.94 59.94 65.94
M
CL300
RF
RTJ
325 554 757 910 1062
333 562 765 917 1070
1214 1367 1519 1672
1222 1375 1527 1679
12.81 21.81 29.81 35.81 41.81
13.12 22.12 30.12 36.12 42.12
47.81 53.81 59.81 65.81
48.12 54.12 60.12 66.12
325 554 757 910 1062
333 562 765 917 1070
1214 1367 1519 1672
1222 1375 1527 1679
12.81 21.81 29.81 35.81 41.81
13.12 22.12 30.12 36.12 42.12
47.81 53.81 59.81 65.81
48.12 54.12 60.12 66.12
CL600
RF
RTJ
335 564 767 919 1072
337 565 768 921 1073
1224 1376 1529 1681
1226 1378 1530 1683
13.19 22.19 30.19 36.19 42.19
13.25 22.25 30.25 36.25 42.25
48.19 54.19 60.19 66.19
48.25 54.25 60.25 66.25
335 564 767 919 1072
337 565 768 921 1073
1224 1376 1529 1681
1226 1378 1530 1683
13.19 22.19 30.19 36.19 42.19
13.25 22.25 30.25 36.25 42.25
48.19 54.19 60.19 66.19
48.25 54.25 60.25 66.25
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:249 June 2020
Sensor, Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
D200039X012
Table 6. Fisher 249B and 249BF S-2, F-2, S-3, and F-3 Connections
S-2 AND F-2 CONNECTIONS
Displacer Length
mm
356 813 1219 1524 1829
2134 2438 2743 3048
Inches
14 32 48 60 72
84 96 108 120
Scrd NPT
480 937 1343 1648 1953
2258 2562 2867 3172
18.88 36.88 52.88 64.88 76.88
88.88 100.88 112.88 124.88
F
CL150
CL300
CL600
RF
RTJ
RF
RTJ
RF
RTJ
mm
518 975 1381 1686 1991
524 981 1387 1692 1997
521 978 1384 1689 1994
529 986 1392 1697 2002
530 988 1394 1699 2004
532 989 1395 1700 2005
2296 2600 2905 3210
2302 2607 2911 3216
2299 2604 2908 3213
2307 2611 2916 3221
2308 2613 2918 3223
2310 2615 2919 3224
Inches
20.38 38.38 54.38 66.38 78.38
20.62 38.62 54.62 66.62 78.62
20.50 38.50 54.50 66.50 78.50
20.81 38.81 54.81 66.81 78.81
20.88 38.88 54.88 66.88 78.88
20.94 38.94 54.94 66.94 78.94
90.38 102.38 114.38 126.38
90.62 102.62 114.62 126.62
90.50 102.50 114.50 126.50
90.81 102.81 114.81 126.81
90.88 102.88 114.88 126.88
90.94 102.94 114.94 126.94
M
284 513 716 866 1021 1173 1326 1478 1630
11.19 20.19 28.19 34.19 40.19 46.19 52.19 58.19 64.19
S-3 AND F-3 CONNECTIONS
F
M
356 813 1219 1524 1829
2134 2438 2743 3048
14.00 32.00 48.00 60.00 72.00
84.00 96.00 108.00 120.00
284 513 716 866 1021
1173 1326 1478 1630
11.19 20.19 28.19 34.19 40.19
46.19 52.19 58.19 64.19
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sensor, Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
D200039X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:249 June 2020
Table 7. Fisher 249B and 249BF Dimension A
Scrd NPT
mm
Inch
121
4.75
CL150 RF
mm
Inch
145
5.69
CL150 RTJ
mm
Inch
151
5.94
A (COMMON DIMENSION)
CL300 RF
CL300 RTJ
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
148
5.81
155
6.12
Table 8. Fisher 249B and 249BF Dimensions W and G
COMMON DIMENSION
Displacer Length
W
G
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
356
14
394
15.50
197
7.75
813
32
851
33.50
425
16.75
1219
48
1257
49.50
629
24.75
1524
60
1562
61.50
781
30.75
1829
72
1867
73.50
933
36.75
2134
84
2172
85.50
1086
42.75
2438
96
2477
97.50
1238
48.75
2743
108
2781
109.50
1391
54.75
3048
120
3086
121.50
1543
60.75
CL600 RF
mm
Inch
157
6.19
CL600 RTJ
mm
Inch
159
6.25
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:249 June 2020
Sensor, Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
D200039X012
249C and 249K (NPS 1-1/2 & 2 End Connections)
Figure 4. Fisher 249C and 249K (see tables 9, 10, and 11)
210 (8.25)
308 (12.12)
168 (6.62)
297 (11.69)
A1343-1
MATCH LINE (A) 249C ONLY
A1363-1
TOP VIEW
267 (10.50)
402 (15.81)
MATCH LINE (A) 249K ONLY
3
57 (2.25)
F
MATCH LINE (B)
M
A1340-1
S-1 AND F-1 TOP AND BOTTOM CONNECTIONS
57 (2.25)
F
3
MATCH LINE (B)
A M
2 94 (3.69)
A1344-1
1/2-14 NPT
S-2 AND F-2 TOP AND LOWER SIDE CONNECTIONS
3
57 (2.25)
1 213 (8.38)
A F
1-1/2 11-1/2 NPT (249C) 2 11-1/2 NPT (249K)
MATCH LINE (B)
M
2 94 (3.69)
A
1/2-14 NPT
S-3 AND F-3 UPPER AND LOWER SIDE CONNECTIONS
3
57 (2.25)
1 213 (8.38)
A F
M
1-1/2 11-1/2 NPT (249C) 2 11-1/2 NPT (249K)
MATCH LINE (B)
Notes: 1389 (15.31) for 249K 2119 (4.69) for 249K 3102 (4.00) for 249K
A1342-1
S-4 AND F-4 UPPER SIDE AND BOTTOM CONNECTIONS
mm (INCH)
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sensor, Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
D200039X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:249 June 2020
Table 9. Fisher 249C and 249K Dimensions F and M, S-1, F-1, S-4, and F-4 Connections
Conn. Style
Dis- placer Length
Scrd NPT
CL150
RF
RTJ
F CL300
RF
RTJ
249C
CL600
Scrd
CL150
RF
RTJ NPT RF
RTJ
M CL300
RF RTJ
S-1 and F-1 (mm)
356 813 1219 1524 1829 2134 2438
489 946 1353 1357 1962 --- 2826
530 543 546 559 560 560 235 257 264 264 270
988 1000 1003 1016 1018 1018 464 486 492 492 498
1394 1407 1410 1422 1424 1424 667 689 695 695 702
1699 1711 1715 1727 1729 1729 819 841 848 848 854
2004 2016 2019 2032 2034 2034 972 994 1000 1000 1006
2308 --- 2324 2337 ---
---
--- 1146 --- 1153 1159
2613 --- 2781 ---
---
--- 127 1298 --- 1305 ---
14
19.25 20.88 21.38 21.50 22.00 22.06 22.06 9.25 10.12 10.38 10.38 10.62
S-1 and F-1 (In.)
32
37.25 38.88 39.38 39.50 40.00 40.06 40.06 18.25 19.12 19.38 19.38 19.62
48
53.25 54.88 55.38 55.50 56.00 56.06 56.06 26.25 27.12 27.38 27.38 27.62
60
65.25 66.88 67.38 67.50 68.00 68.06 68.06 32.25 33.12 33.38 33.38 33.62
72
77.25 78.88 79.38 79.50 80.00 80.06 80.06 38.25 39.12 39.38 39.38 39.62
84
--- 90.88 --- 91.50 92.00 ---
---
--- 45.12 --- 45.38 45.62
96 111.25 102.88 --- 109.50 ---
---
--- 50.25 51.12 --- 51.38 ---
S-4 and F-4 (mm)
356 813 1219 1524 1829 2134 2438
409 867 1273 1518 1883 --- ---
432 438 438 445 446 446 232 254 260
889 895 895 902 903 903 460 483 489
1295 1302 1302 1308 1310 1310 667 686 692
1600 1607 1607 1613 1614 1614 816 838 845
1905 1911 1911 1918 1919 1919 968 991 997
2210 ---
---
---
---
---
--- 1143 ---
2515 ---
---
---
---
---
--- 1295 ---
260 267
489 495
692 699
845 851
997 1003
---
---
---
---
14
16.12 17.00 17.25 17.25 17.50 17.56 17.56 9.12 10.00 10.25 10.25 10.50
S-4 and F-4 (In.)
32
34.12 35.00 35.25 35.25 35.50 35.56 35.56 18.12 19.00 19.25 19.25 19.50
48
50.12 51.00 51.25 51.25 51.50 51.56 51.56 26.12 27.00 27.25 27.25 27.50
60
62.12 63.00 63.25 63.25 63.50 63.56 63.56 32.12 33.00 33.25 33.25 33.50
72
74.12 75.00 75.25 75.25 75.50 75.56 75.56 38.12 39.00 39.25 39.25 39.50
84
--- 87.00 ---
---
---
---
---
--- 45.00 ---
---
---
96
--- 99.00 ---
---
---
---
---
--- 51.00 ---
---
---
CL600
RF RTJ
272 500 703 856 1008 --- ---
10.69 19.69 27.69 33.69 39.69
--- ---
268 497 700 852 1005 --- ---
10.56 19.56 27.56 33.56 39.56
--- ---
272 500 703 856 1008 --- ---
10.69 19.69 27.69 33.69 39.69
--- ---
268 497 700 852 1005 --- ---
10.56 19.56 27.56 33.56 39.56
--- ---
249K
F
NPS 1-1/2 Flg.
645 1102
--- --- --- --- ---
NPS 2 Flg.
654 1111
--- --- --- --- ---
25.38 43.38
--- --- --- --- ---
25.75 43.75
--- --- --- --- ---
483 483
940 940
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
19.00 37.00
--- --- --- --- ---
19.00 37.00
--- --- --- --- ---
M
Flg.
305 533 --- --- --- --- ---
12.00 21.00
--- --- --- --- ---
305 533 --- --- --- --- ---
12.00 21.00
--- --- --- --- ---
Table 10. Fisher 249C and 249K, Dimensions F and M, S-2, F-2, S-3, and F-3 Connections
S-2 AND F-2 CONNECTIONS
249C
249K
Dis- placer Length
Scrd NPT
CL150
RF
RTJ
F CL300
RF
RTJ
CL600
RF
RTJ
F
M
NPS 1-1/2
NPS 2
M
Flg.
Flg.
mm
356
432
451
457
460
467
467
467
272
518
527
297
813
889
908
914
917
924
924
924
500
975
984
526
1219 1295 1314 1321 1324 1330 1330 1330 703
---
---
---
1524 1600 1619 1626 1629 1635 1635 1635 856
---
---
---
1829 1905 1924 1930 1933 1940 1940 1940 1008
---
---
---
2134
---
2229
--- 2238
---
---
---
1161
---
---
---
2438
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
Inches
14 17.00 17.75 18.00 18.12 18.38 18.38 18.38 10.69 20.38 20.75 11.69
32 35.00 35.75 36.00 36.12 36.38 36.38 36.38 19.69 38.38 38.75 20.69
48 51.00 51.75 52.00 52.12 52.38 52.38 52.38 27.69 ---
---
---
60 63.00 63.75 64.00 64.12 64.38 64.38 64.38 33.69 ---
---
---
72 75.00 75.75 76.00 76.12 76.38 76.38 76.38 39.69 ---
---
---
84
--- 87.75 --- 88.12 ---
---
--- 45.69 ---
---
---
96
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
S-3 AND F-3 CONNECTIONS
249C
249K
F
M
F
M
356 272 356 297
813 500 813 526
1219 703
---
---
1524 856
---
---
1829 1008
---
---
2134 1161
---
---
2438 1313
---
---
14.00 32.00 48.00 60.00 72.00 84.00 96.00
10.69 19.69 27.69 33.69 39.69 45.69 51.69
14.00 32.00
--- --- --- --- ---
11.69 20.69
--- --- --- --- ---
Table 11. Fisher 249C and 249K Dimension A
END CONNECTION SIZE
249C SCREWED
249C CL150 RF
DN
NPS
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
40
1-1/2
102
4.00
111
4.38
50
2
102
4.00
111
4.38
249C CL150 RTJ CL300 RF
mm
Inch
117
4.62
117
4.62
249C CL300 RTJ
mm
Inch
122
4.81
125
4.94
249C CL600 RF or RTJ
mm
Inch
125
4.94
125
4.94
249K CL1500 FLANGES
mm
Inch
148
5.81
168
6.62
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:249 June 2020
Sensor, Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
D200039X012
249L
Figure 5. Fisher 249L
295 (11.62)
356 (14.00)
230 (9.06)
406 (16.00)
A1346-1
MATCH LINE (A)
TOP VIEW
90 (3.56)
F
NPS 1 RTJ FLG.
MATCH LINE (B)
DISPLACER LENGTH
356 813
DIMENSION F
F-1(1) F-2(1)
mm
783 1240
629 1086 INCHES
F-3(1)
356 813
14
30.81 24.75
32
48.81 42.75
1. 249L Sensor has CL2500 RTJ flanges.
14.00 32.00
F-4(1)
510 967
20.06 38.06
90 (3.56)
NPS 1 RTJ FLG.
137 (5.38)
MATCH LINE (B)
673 (26.50)
F
NPS 2 RTJ FLG. F1 TOP AND BOTTOM CONNECTIONS
A1347-1
137 (5.38)
MATCH LINE (B)
673 (26.50)
MATCH LINE (B)
F
F
135 (5.31)
NPS 2 RTJ FLG.
A1349-1
249 (9.81)
1/2 14 NPT
F2 TOP AND LOWER SIDE CONNECTIONS
135 (5.31)
A1345-1
249 (9.81)
1/2 14 NPT
F3 UPPER AND LOWER SIDE CONNECTION
(NPS 2 RTJ FLG.)
SIDE VIEW
249 (9.81)
A1348-1
F4 UPPER SIDE AND BOTTOM CONNECTIONS
(NPS 2 RTJ FLG.) mm
(INCH)
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sensor, Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
D200039X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:249 June 2020
249BP and 249P
Figure 6. Fisher 249BP and 249P (see tables 12 and 13)
244 (9.62)
R
203 (8.00)
297 (11.69)
A1357-1
MATCH LINE (A) TOP VIEW
1-1/2 11-1/2 NPT 103
(4.06) P
MATCH LINE (B) G
244 (9.62)
R
203 (6.00)
297 (11.69)
A1358-1
MATCH LINE (A) TOP VIEW
44 (1.75)
1-1/2 11-1/2 NPT THROUGH CL600 2 11-1/2 NPT FOR CL900 AND CL1500
P MATCH LINE (B)
G
F
F
A1356-1
D SIDE VIEW
249BP
A1355-1
D SIDE VIEW
249P
mm (INCH)
Table 12. Fisher 249BP and 249P Dimension D, F, and G
STANDARD DISPLACER AND STEM COMBINATIONS
D
F
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
G(1)
76
3.00
356
14.00
51
2.00
813
32.00
41 38 35 32 29
1.62 1.50 1.38 1.25 1.12
1219 1524 1829 2134 2438
48.00 60.00 72.00 84.00 96.00
Specify. Maximum length is 1372 mm (54 inch)
25
1.00
2743
108.00
25
1.00
3048
120.00
1. If not specified, G dimension will be 305 mm (12 inches).
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:249 June 2020
Sensor, Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
D200039X012
Table 13. Fisher 249BP and 249P Dimension P and R
DIMENSION
TYPE NO.
CL125
FLANGE
FF
SIZE, NPS
CL250 RF
CL150
RF
RTJ
P R P R DIMENSION P R P R
4
6
8
249BP
4
6
8
---
---
238 244
---
---
240
---
---
---
243
---
---
---
229 229
---
---
279
---
---
---
343
---
4 6 8 249P 4 6 8
214
222
214 221
216
227 216
---
219
232 219
---
229
254 229
---
279
318 279
---
343
381 343
---
TYPE FLANGE NO. SIZE, NPS
4
6
8
249BP
4
6
8
---
---
9.38 9.62
---
---
9.44
---
---
---
9.56
---
---
---
9.00 9.00
---
--- 11.00 ---
---
--- 13.50 ---
4
8.44 8.75 8.44 8.69
6
8.50 8.94 8.50
---
8
249P
4
8.62 9.12 8.62
---
9.00 10.00 9.00 9.00
6
11.00 12.50 11.00 ---
8
13.50 15.00 13.50 ---
CL300
CL600
RF
RTJ
RF
RTJ
mm
256 270 272
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
254 254 273 273
318
---
---
---
381
---
---
---
222 230
---
236
227
---
244
---
232
---
---
---
254 254
---
273
318
---
356
---
381
---
---
---
CL900
RF
RTJ
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
303 305
---
---
---
---
292 292
---
---
---
---
Inches
9.74 9.94 10.12
10.00 12.50 15.00
8.75 8.94 9.12
10.00 12.50 15.00
10.06 --- ---
10.00 --- ---
9.06 --- ---
10.00 --- ---
10.62 --- ---
10.75 --- ---
--- 9.62 ---
--- 14.00
---
10.69 --- ---
10.75 --- ---
9.31 --- ---
10.75 --- ---
--- --- ---
--- --- ---
11.94 --- ---
11.50 --- ---
--- --- ---
--- --- ---
12.00 --- ---
11.50 --- ---
CL1500
RF
RTJ
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
313 314
---
---
---
---
311 311
---
---
---
---
--- --- ---
--- --- ---
12.31 --- ---
12.25 --- ---
--- --- ---
--- --- ---
12.38 --- ---
12.25 --- ---
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sensor, Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
D200039X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:249 June 2020
249CP (NPS 3 RF Flanged)
Figure 7. Fisher 249CP (see tables 14 and 15)
210 (8.25)
168 (6.62)
297 (11.69)
MATCH LINE (A)
A1351-1
TOP VIEW
Table 14. Fisher 249CP Dimensions D, F, and G
STANDARD DISPLACER AND STEM COMBINATIONS
D
F
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
G(1)
60 38 32
2.38 1.50 1.25
356 813 1219
14.00 32.00 48.00
Specify. Maximum length is 1372 mm (54 inches)
1. If not specified, G dimension will be 305 mm (12 inches).
65 (2.56) P
G
MATCH LINE (B)
F
A1352-1
D
SIDE VIEW
mm (INCH)
Table 15. Fisher 249CP Dimension P
P
CL150 RF
CL300 RF
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
191
7.50
200
7.88
CL600 RF
mm
Inch
210
8.25
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:249 June 2020
Sensor, Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
D200039X012
249VS
Figure 8. Fisher 249VS with DLC3010 / DLC3020f Digital Level Controller Controller Envelope Dimensions; Flanged Connections
139.7 (5.50)
305 (12.00)
343.6 (13.53)
76.2 (3.00)
76.2 (3.00)
305 (12.00)
343.6 (13.53)
139.7 (5.50)
606.1 (23.86)
606.1 (23.86)
LEFT-HAND MOUNT
85.1 (3.35)
59.5 171.5 (2.34) (6.75) 66
(2.60)
59.5 (2.34)
139.4 (5.49)
77.7 (3.06)
1/2-14 NPT 2 PLACES
1G
G1
RIGHT-HAND MOUNT
77.7 (3.06)
85.1 (3.35)
59.5 (2.34)
139.4 (5.49)
59.5 (2.34) 171.5
(6.75) 66
(2.60)
Notes: 1Dimension G is customer specified
2Displacer length illustrated is 14 inches
GE33695
355.3 (14.00)
355.3 (14.00)
76.2 (3.00)
76.2 (3.00)
712.5 (28.05)
HEAT INSULATOR EXTENSION
mm (INCH)
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sensor, Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
D200039X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:249 June 2020
Figure 9. Fisher 249VS with DLC3010 / DLC3020f Digital Level Controller Envelope Dimensions; Butt Weld End
344 (13.53) A
BUTT WELD END PER CHART
BUTT WELD END PER CHART
344 (13.53)
A
j 78 (3.06)
j 78 (3.06)
607 (23.88)
59 (2.34)
BUTT WELD END
A
BWE SCHED 40
2.00
CL600
BWE SCHED 80
2.17
CL900
BWE SCHED 160 CL1500
2.57
BWE SCHED XXS
2.85
CL2500
139 (5.49)
LEFT-HAND MOUNT
403 (15.87)
607 (23.88)
59 (2.34)
139 (5.49)
RIGHT-HAND MOUNT
483 (19.02)
DLC3010 / DLC3020f 1/2-14 NPT OUTLET CONN (2 PLACES)
1G
1F
1 jD
Note: 1Dimension D, F, and G are customer specified
GE45167-A
G1
DLC3010 / DLC3020f 1/2-14 NPT OUTLET CONN (2 PLACES)
F1
jD 1
OPTIONAL HEAT INSULATOR EXTENSION
713 (28.07)
mm (INCH)
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:249 June 2020
Sensor, Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
D200039X012
Figure 10. Fisher 249VS with 2500 Transmitter Envelope Dimensions; Flanged Connections
139.7 (5.50)
85.1 (3.35)
171.5 (6.75)
76.2 (3.00)
76.2 (3.00)
171.5 (6.75)
85.1 (3.35)
139.7 (5.50)
521.5 (20.53)
305 (12.00)
343.6 (13.53)
305 (12.00)
343.6 (13.53)
521.5 (20.53)
467.5 (18.40)
LEFT-HAND MOUNT
77.7 (3.06)
231.9 (9.13)
1G
238.9 (9.41)
355.3 (14.00)
458.7 (18.06)
RIGHT-HAND MOUNT
77.7 (3.06)
G1
355.3 (14.00)
231.9 (9.13)
238.9 (9.41)
Notes: 1Dimension G is customer specified 2Displacer length illustrated is 14 inches
GE33808
76.2 (3.00)
76.2 (3.00)
mm (INCH)
16
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sensor, Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
D200039X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:249 June 2020
Figure 11. Fisher 249VS with 2500 Transmitter Envelope Dimensions; Butt Weld End
BUTT WELD END PER CHART
344 (13.53)
A
BUTT WELD END PER CHART
344 (13.53)
A
j 78 (3.06)
522 (20.54)
FISHER 67 SERIES 1/4-18 NPT SUPPLY CONN
124 (4.87)
115 (4.53)
2500 TRANSMITTER 1/4-18 NPT OUTLET CONN
BUTT WELD END
BWE SCHED 40 CL600
BWE SCHED 80 CL900
BWE SCHED 160 CL1500
BWE SCHED XXS CL2500
j 78 (3.06)
A 2.00
2.17
2.57
67 SERIES
1/4-18 NPT
2.85
SUPPLY CONN
522 (20.54)
124 (4.87)
115 (4.53)
2500 TRANSMITTER 1/4-18 NPT OUTLET CONN
LEFT-HAND MOUNT
467 (18.41)
RIGHT-HAND MOUNT
459 (18.06)
1G
G1
1 jD
Note: 1Dimension D, F, and G are customer specified
GE45166-A
1F
F1
728 (24.72)
jD 1
OPTIONAL HEAT INSULATOR EXTENSION
mm (INCH)
17
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:249 June 2020
Sensor, Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
D200039X012
249W
Figure 12. Fisher 249W Dimensions for Mounting on Customer Supplied Cage
LEFT HAND MOUNT
301 (11.84)
A
A
203 (8.00)
A
SIZE mm
NPS 3
127
NPS 4
157
CL150, CL300, AND CL600
INCHES 5.00 6.19
RIGHT HAND MOUNT
301 (11.84)
203 (8.00)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
G
G
F
F
Note: 1Dimensions D, F, and G are customer defined
GE09610-A
jD 1
1 jD
mm (INCH)
18
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sensor, Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
D200039X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:249 June 2020
Controllers and Transmitters
Figure 13. Controller and Transmitter Dimensions; Fisher 2500 Controller / Transmitter
MATCH LINE (A)
MATCH LINE (A) 119 (4.69)
216 (8.50)
WITH HEAT INSULATOR
1/4-14 NPT SUPPLY CONNECTION
1/4-14 NPT OUTPUT
232 (9.12)
238 (9.38)
TOP VIEW
109 (4.31)
59 (2.31)
MATCH LINE (B)
10A1211-A 22A9197-B A1373-1
VENT BACK VIEW
FRONT VIEW
2500 CONTROLLER / TRANSMITTER
406 (16.00)
BACK VIEW
AR5748-B 22A9197-B A1374-1
59 (2.31)
MATCH LINE B
1/4-14 NPT SUPPLY
MATCH LINE (A)
MATCH LINE (A)
119 (4.69)
REMOTE SET
1/2-14 NPT SUPPLY
1/4-14 NPT REMOTE LEVEL INDICATOR
FRONT VIEW
216 (8.50)
238 (9.38)
WITH HEAT INSULATOR TOP VIEW
109 (4.31)
2500 CONTROLLER / TRANSMITTER WITH 2506 OR 2516 RECEIVER-CONTROLLER
mm (INCH)
19
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:249 June 2020
Sensor, Controller, and Transmitter Dimensions
D200039X012
Figure 14. Controller and Transmitter Dimensions; FIELDVUE DLC3010 / DLC3020f Digital Level Controller
102.1 (4.02)
73.7 (2.90)
59 (2.34)
139 (5.49)
125.7 (4.95)
102.6 (4.04)
DETAILED FRONT VIEW
1/2-14 NPT CONDUIT CONN
WITH HEAT INSULATOR
59 (2.34)
66 (261)
1/2-14 NPT 2 PLACES
END VIEW OF INSTRUMENT
308 (12.13)
WITHOUT HEAT INSULATOR
202.4 (7.97)
HEAT INSULATOR EXTENSION FURNISH ONLY WHEN SPECIFIED
mm (INCH)
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E201980, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2500-249 Controllers and Transmitters
D200037X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:2500 June 2020
FisherTM 2500-249 Pneumatic Controllers and Transmitters
Fisher 2500, 2500C, 2500R, 2500S, 2500T, 2502, 2502C, 2502F, and 2503 instruments are part of the 2500 controller/ transmitter series. Typical caged and cageless sensor/instrument configurations are shown below and in figure 1. Caged sensors (figure 2) provide more stable operation than do cageless sensors (figure 3) for vessels with internal obstructions or considerable internal turbulence. Cageless sensors are generally used on specific gravity and interface control applications requiring large displacers that are more easily accommodated by flange connections up to NPS 8. The availability of many different displacer stem
lengths permits lowering the displacer down to the most advantageous depth in the vessel.
Fisher pneumatic controllers and transmitters are used wherever rugged, dependable, and simply constructed displacer-style pneumatic instrumentation is required in liquid level, interface level, or density service. The ruggedness of these products is demonstrated by their use in many kinds of demanding applications, including those in the power, chemical process, oil and gas production, and petrochemical industries.
CAGELESS SENSORS CAN MOUNT ON VESSEL SIDE OR TOP WITH DISPLACER INSIDE VESSEL
W9354-2
FISHER 2500 CONTROLLER IN COMBINATION WITH A 249W SENSOR CAN MOUNT ON VESSEL TOP OR BE INSTALLED IN
A CUSTOMER-SUPPLIED CAGE
W8679-1
STANDARD CAGED SENSORS MOUNT ON VESSEL SIDE
WITH DISPLACER INSIDE CAGE
W8334-2
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:2500 June 2020
2500-249 Controllers and Transmitters
D200037X012
Specifications
Available Configurations See tables 1, 5, and 6
Steady-State Air Consumption See table 4
Input Signal
Fluid Level or Fluid-to-Fluid Interface Level: From 0 to 100 percent of displacer length--standard lengths for all sensors are J 356 mm (14 inches) or J 813 mm (32 inches); other lengths available depending on sensor construction Fluid Density: From 0 to 100 percent of displacement force change obtained with given displacer volume--standard volumes are J 980 cm3 (60 inches3) for 249C and 249CP sensors or J 1640 cm3 (100 inches3) for most other sensors; other volumes available depending upon sensor construction
Proportional Band, Differential Gap, or Span See table 1
Set Point (Controllers Only) Continuously adjustable to position control point or differential gap of less than 100 percent anywhere within displacer length (fluid or interface level) or displacement force change (density)
Zero Adjustment (Transmitters Only)
Allowable Specific Gravity
Specific gravity with standard volume displacers and standard wall torque tubes: Fluid Level and Fluid-to-Fluid Interface 2500 Controllers, except 2503 and 2503R: Specific gravity range, 0.20 to 1.10 2503 and 2503R: Specific gravity range, 0.25 to 1.10 Fluid Density 2500 Controllers, except 2503 and 2503R: Minimum change in specific gravity, 0.20 2503 and 2503R: Minimum change in specific gravity, 0.25
Contact your Emerson sales office for information on non-standard applications
Output Signal
See table 1
Output Action
J Direct (increasing fluid or interface level or specific gravity increases output pressure) or J Reverse (increasing fluid or interface level or specific gravity decreases output pressure)
Area Ratio of Relay Diaphragms
3:1
Supply Pressure(1)
Normal Operation: See table 4. Maximum to Prevent Internal Part Rupture(2): 3 bar (45 psig)
Continuously adjustable to position span of less than 100 percent anywhere within displacer length (fluid or interface level) or displacement force change (density)
Performance
Independent Linearity (Transmitters Only): 1 percent of output pressure change at span of 100 percent Hysteresis: 0.6 percent of output pressure change at 100 percent of proportional band, differential gap, or span Repeatability: 0.2 percent of displacer length or displacement force change Deadband (Except Differential Gap Controllers(3)): 0.05 percent of proportional band or span Typical Frequency Response: 4 Hz and 90-degree phase shift at 100 percent of proportional band, differential gap, or span with output piped to typical instrument bellows using 6.1 meters (20 feet) of 6.4 mm (1/4-inch) tubing Ambient Temperature Error: ±1.5 percent of output pressure change per 28_C (50_F) of temperature change at 100 percent of proportional band, differential gap, or span when using sensor with standard wall N05500 torque tube Reset (Proportional-Plus-Reset Controllers Only): Continuously adjustable from 0.005 to over 0.9 minutes per repeat (from 200 to under 1.1 repeats per minute) Anti-Reset Differential Relief (2502F and 2502FR Controllers Only): Continuously adjustable from 0.14 to 0.48 bar (2 to 7 psi) differential to relieve excessive difference between proportional and reset pressures
-continued-
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2500-249 Controllers and Transmitters
D200037X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:2500 June 2020
Specifications (Continued)
Standard Tubing Connections 1/4 NPT internal
Sensor Connection Sizes See tables 5 and 6
Maximum Working Pressures (Sensors Only)(1) Consistent with applicable ASME pressure/temperature ratings for the specific sensor constructions shown in tables 5 and 6
Hazardous Area Classification 2500 controllers comply with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
Ex h IIC Tx Gb Ex h IIIC Tx Db
Maximum surface temperature (Tx) depends on operating conditions Gas: T4, T5, T6 Dust: T85...T104
Operative Ambient Temperatures(1)
Controller. J Standard: -40 to 71_C (-40 to 160_F) J High Temperature: -18 to 104_C (0 to 220_F)
Sensor. See table 2 For ambient temperature ranges, guidelines, and use of optional heat insulator, see figure 4
Standard Supply and Output Pressure Gauge Indications
See table 4
Meets Customs Union technical regulation TP TC 012/2011 for Groups II/III Category 2 equipment
II Gb c T*X III Db c T*X
Construction Materials See tables 2, 3, and 7
Mounting Positions See figure 9
Caged Sensor Connection Styles See figure 10
Allowable Process Temperatures(1) See table 2
Options See Options section
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology. 1. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any applicable code or standard should not be exceeded. 2. Also see Supply Pressure Overpressure Protection section. 3. For 2500S, 2500SC, and 2503 adjusting the differential gap is equivalent to adjusting the deadband.
Table of Contents
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Supply Pressure Overpressure Protection . . . . . . . . 10 Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Proportional Controller or Transmitter . . . . . . . . . 11 Proportional-Plus-Reset Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Anti-Resetup Windup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
On-Off Controller With Proportional Valve . . . . . . 12 On-Off Controller Without Proportional Valve . . . 12 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:2500 June 2020
2500-249 Controllers and Transmitters
D200037X012
Table 1. Additional Specifications for Selected Fisher 2500 Controller Configurations
Control or Transmission Mode
Controller(1)
Full Output Signal Change Obtainable Over Input Of:
Output Signal
Proportional control
Proportional-plus-reset control Proportional-plus-reset control with anti-reset windup
2500, 2500C(2) 2502, 2502C(2) 2502F
Proportional band of 0 to 100 percent of displacer length or displacement force change (10 to 100 percent recommended)
Proportional band of 0 to 200 percent of displacer length or displacement force change (20 to 200 percent recommended)
0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig)
Differential Gap (On-off) Control
With proportional valve and full differential gap adjustment
Without proportional valve - has limited differential gap adjustment
2500S, 2500SC(2) 2503
Differential gap of 0 to 100 percent of displacer length
Differential gap of approximately 25 to 40 percent of displacer length, when a 356 millimeter (14-inch) ideal-volume displacer is used on 1.0 specific gravity liquid level service and a standard 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply regulator setting is varied between 1.0 and 1.7 bar (15 and 25 psig)(3)
0 and 1.4 bar (0 and 20 psig) or 0 and 2.4 bar (0 and 35 psig)
0 and full supply pressure(4)
Proportional transmission
2500T, 2500TC(2)
Span of 0 to 100 percent of displacer length or displacement force change (20 to 100 percent recommended)
0.2 and 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig)
1. The suffix R is added to the type number for reverse action, and all types have a 67CFR supply regulator mounted as standard. 2. The suffix C is added to the type number for indicator assembly. 3. Other displacer lengths and volumes, or service conditions, will result in other differential gaps. 4. 1.4 bar (20 psig) and 2.4 bar (35 psig) are the standard factory-set supply regulator pressures, but these values will vary whenever the supply pressure is changed to adjust the differential gap.
Table 2. Allowable Process Temperatures for Common Fisher 249 Sensor Component Materials
MATERIAL Cast Iron(1)
PROCESS TEMPERATURE
Minimum
Maximum
-29_C (-20_F)
232_C (450_F)
Steel
-29_C (-20_F)
427_C (800_F)
Stainless Steel
-198_C (-325_F)
427_C (800_F)
N04400
-198_C (-325_F)
427_C (800_F)
Aluminum
-195_C (-320_F)
99_C (210_F)
Gaskets Graphite Laminate/SST N04400/PTFE Soft Iron Gasket
-198_C (-325_F) -73_C (-100_F) -29_C (-20_F)
427_C (800_F) 204_C (400_F) 427_C (800_F)
Bolting B7 steel B7M steel B8M stainless steel
-46_C (-50_F) -29_C (-20_F) -198_C (-325_F)
427_C (800_F) 427_C (800_F) 427_C (800_F)
1. Cast iron may be used to -73_C (-100_F) provided a heat insulator is used below -18_C (0_F) and stainless steel studs and nuts are used below -46_C (-50_F).
Table 3. Displacer and Torque Tube Materials
Part
Standard Material Other Material
Displacer
304 Stainless Steel
316 Stainless Steel, N10276, N04400, Plastic, and Special Alloys
Displacer Stem, Driver Bearing, Displacer Rod and Driver
316 Stainless Steel
N10276, N04400, other Austenitic Stainless Steels, and Special Alloys
Torque Tube
N05500(1)
316 Stainless Steel, N06600, N10276
1. N05500 is not recommended for spring applications above 232_C (450_F). Contact your Emerson sales office or application engineer if temperatures exceeding this limit are required.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2500-249 Controllers and Transmitters
D200037X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:2500 June 2020
Table 4. Supply Pressure Data
OUTPUT SIGNAL
STANDARD SUPPLY AND OUTPUT PRESSURE GAUGE INDICATIONS(1)
NORMAL OPERATING SUPPLY PRESSURE(2)
Bar
Psig
AIR CONSUMPTION AT NORMAL OPERATING SUPPLY PRESSURE(3)
Normal m3/h(6)
Scfh(6)
Min(4)
Max(5)
Min(4) Max(5)
0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig),
except 0 and 1.4 bar (0 and 20 psig)(2) for on-off controllers
0 to 30 psig
1.4
20
0.11
0.72
4.2
27
0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig),
except 0 and 2.4 bar (0 and 35 psig)(2) for on-off controllers
0 to 60 psig
2.4
35
0.19
1.1
7
42
1. Consult your Emerson sales office about gauges in other units. 2. Control and stability may be impaired if this pressure is exceeded (except 2503 or 2503R controller without proportional valve). 3. Except 2503 or 2503R controller, which bleeds only when relay is open at exhaust position. 4. At zero or maximum proportional band or span setting. 5. At setting in middle of proportional band or span range. 6. Normal m3/hr=normal cubic meters per hour at 0_C and 1.01325 bar. Scfh=standard cubic foot per hour at 60_F and 14.7 psia.
Features
nEasy Adjustment--Set point, proportional valve opening, and reset changes are made with simple dial-knob controls.
nSimple, Durable Construction--Few moving parts are used. Knife-edged driver bearing in sensor and plated brass instrument case ball bearing for torque tube rotary shaft help provide low-friction operation. Sensors are available in ratings up to CL2500.
nMounting Versatility--Caged sensors are available in a variety of orientations and connection styles, and all sensors can be either right- or left-hand mounted.
nSensitive to Small Changes--Displacer reaction to small specific gravity changes allows these instruments to be used for density applications and in other applications where a response to low levels of input signal change is required.
nEasy Reversibility--Action is field reversible from direct to reverse or vice versa without additional parts.
nReduced Maintenance Costs--Spring-out wire provides for in-service cleaning of relay orifice (figure 1). Torque tube can be replaced without removing torque tube arm.
nReduced Operating Costs--Supply pressure conservation is enhanced in all constructions because relay exhaust opens only when output pressure is being reduced.
nSmaller Vessel Sizes Required for Stable Control--Caged 249 sensors come standard with a liquid damping orifice in the lower equalizing connection that helps stability where vessel capacitance is small and permits narrower proportional valve settings.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:2500 June 2020
2500-249 Controllers and Transmitters
D200037X012
Figure 1. Typical Fisher 2500 Controller Constructions with Right-Hand Mounting Shown
3-WAY BOURDON TUBE VALVE HAS LARGE PORTS WHICH GREATLY REDUCE CLOGGING
RESET ADJUSTMENT
PIPE PLUG INSTEAD OF PROPORTIONAL VALVE MEANS INTERMITTENT BLEED THAT MINIMIZES FREEZE UP
W5637
DETAIL OF DIRECT ACTING 2502 PROPORTIONAL-PLUS RESET CONTROLLER
POINTER INDICATOR AND BASE PLATES
W0671-1
DETAIL OF REVERSE-ACTING 2503R ON-OFF CONTROLLER
SPRING-OUT CLEANING WIRE
PROPORTIONAL BAND ADJUSTMENT
W0648-1
INDICATOR ASSEMBLY DETAIL
W0656-1
DIRECT-ACTING 2500 CONTROLLER
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2500-249 Controllers and Transmitters
D200037X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:2500 June 2020
Figure 2. Fisher 249B Caged Sensor (Typical of all Rotatable-Head Caged Sensors)
Figure 3. Typical Cageless Sensors
DISPLACER ROD
ROTATABLE HEAD
W1800-1
KNIFE EDGE BEARING
DISPLACER STEM END CONNECTOR
OPTIONAL TRAVEL STOP PIN AND PLATE
DISPLACER STEM
DISPLACER STUD
TORQUE TUBE DISPLACER ROD
W0660-1
249BP MOUNTS ON TOP OF VESSEL
DISPLACER CAGE
STANDARD TRAVEL STOP ASSEMBLY
249W WAFER BODY
NPS 3 OR 4 RF FLANGE
W2141-1
DAMPING ORIFICE (REMOVABLE IF CLOGGING WILL OCCUR)
W0144-1
W9353
249VS MOUNTS ON SIDE OF VESSEL
CENTER OF DISPLACER SHOULD BE LOCATION OF LIQUID OR INTERFACE LEVEL DURING NORMAL OPERATION
STILLWELL 1
W8252
249W MOUNTS ON TOP OF VESSEL AS SHOWN OR CAN MOUNT IN CUSTOMER FABRICATED CAGE
Note: 1Stillwell required around displacer if the fluid is in a state of continuous agitation
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:2500 June 2020
2500-249 Controllers and Transmitters
D200037X012
Table 5. Caged Displacer Sensors(1)
SENSOR
EQUALIZING CONNECTION Style
Size (NPS)
PRESSURE RATING(2)
249(3)
Screwed Flanged
1-1/2 or 2 2
CL125 or 250
Torque tube arm rotatable with respect to equalizing connections
249B or 249BF(4) 249C(2)
Screwed or optional socket weld Raised face or optional ring-type joint flanged Screwed Raised face
1-1/2 or 2 1-1/2 2
1-1/2 or 2 1-1/2 2
CL600 CL150, 300, or 600 CL150, 300, or 600 CL600 CL150, 300, or 600 CL150, 300, or 600
249K 249L
Raised face or optional ring-type joint flanged Ring-type joint flanged
1-1/2 or 2 2(5)
CL1500 CL2500
1. Standard displacer lengths for all styles (except 249) are 14, 32, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 108, and 120 inches. The 249 uses a displacer with a length of either 14 or 32 inches. 2. PN flange connections available in EMA (Europe, Middle East, and Africa). 3. Not available in EMA. 4. 249BF available in EMA only. Also available in EN size DN 40 with PN 10 to PN 100 flanges and size DN 50 with PN 10 to PN 63 flanges. 5. Top connection is NPS 1 ring-type joint flanged for connection styles F1 and F2.
Table 6. Cageless Displacer Sensors(1)
Mounting
Sensor
Mounts on top of vessel
249BP(3) 249CP
Flange Connection (Size) NPS 4 raised face or optional ring-type joint NPS 6 or 8 raised face NPS 3 raised face
Mounts on top of vessel
249P(4)
NPS 4 raised face or optional ring-type joint NPS 6 or 8 raised face
Mounts on side of vessel
249VS
For NPS 4 raised face or flat face For NPS 4 butt weld end, XXS
Mounts on top of vessel or on customer supplied cage
249W
For NPS 3 or 4 raised face
1. Standard displacer lengths are 14, 32, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 108, and 120 inches. 2. PN flange connections available in EMA (Europe, Middle East, and Africa). 3. Not available in EMA. 4. 249P with NPS 6 and 8 flanges and PN flanges are available in EMA only.
Pressure Rating(2) CL150, 300, or 600 CL150 or 300 CL150, 300, or 600 CL900 or 1500 (EN PN 10 to DIN PN 250) CL150, 300, 600, 900, 1500, or 2500 CL125, 150, 250, 300, 600, 900, or 1500 (EN PN 10 to DIN PN 160) CL2500
CL150, 300, or 600
Figure 4. Guidelines for Use of Optional Heat Insulator Assembly
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (_C)
71
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
-18
800 _
HEAT INSULATOR REQUIRED
TOO HOT
400
800
300 _ _
400
200
400
NO INSULATOR NECESSARY
0 1
-325
TOO COLD
HEAT INSULATOR REQUIRED
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
100
0
-100
-200 -240 160
0 1
-325 0
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (_F)
STANDARD CONTROLLER
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (_C)
-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
HEAT INSULATOR REQUIRED
93 80 90
TOO 400 HOT 300 _
200
100
NO INSULATOR NECESSARY
0
-100
HEAT INSULATOR REQUIRED
-200
-240
20 40
60
80 100 120 140 160 180 200
TOO COLD
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (_F)
HIGH-TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER
Note: If ambient dewpoint is above process temperature, ice formation might cause instrument malfunction and reduce insulator effectiveness.
1For process temperatures below -29_C (-20_F) and above 204_C (400_F) sensor materials must be appropriate for the process - see table 2.
B1413-1A
PROCESS TEMPERATURE ( F) PROCESS TEMPERATURE ( C) PROCESS TEMPERATURE ( F) PROCESS TEMPERATURE ( C)
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2500-249 Controllers and Transmitters
D200037X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:2500 June 2020
Table 7. Construction Materials
Part
Sensor
Material
In contact with process
Cage, head, torque tube arm
249 249B, 249BF(1)
Cast iron Carbon steel
249C and 249CP
CF8M (316 stainless steel) standard, CF3M (316L stainless steel), CF8 (304 stainless steel), CF3 (304L stainless steel), LCC (steel), C5 (steel), LC3 (3.5 percent nickel steel), M35-1, CN7M (Alloy 20)
249K
Steel standard, CF8, CF8M, CF3M, LCC, C5, LC3, WC1 (chrome moly steel), M35-1, CN7M optional
249L
Steel standard, CF8M, C5, WC1, LCC
249BP
Carbon Steel
249P
Carbon Steel
249VS
LCC, WCC (steel), CF8M
Wafer body, torque tube arm
Torque tube
249W NPS 3 NPS 4
249, 249B, 249BF(1), 249K, 249L, 249P, 249VS, 249W
WCC, CF8M LCC, CF8M
N05500 standard
249C, 249CP,
S31600 (316 stainless steel) standard
stainless steel 249VS,
249W
Displacer
All
249, 249B, 249BF(1), 249K, 249VS, 249W
S30403 (304L stainless steel), S31603 (316L stainless steel), N06600, N08020 (Alloy 20) optional
S30400 (304 stainless steel) standard
249C, 249CP, 249W S31600 (316 stainless steel) standard
249L
A91100F (solid aluminum) standard
All
Standard trim(2)
All
Solid PTFE, N04400 or other special materials S31600
Bolting
All
Steel grade B7 studs or cap screws and grade 2H nuts (standard), steel grade B7M studs and grade 2M nuts optional on 249B and WCC 249W sensor
Standard torque
All
tube end gasket
316 stainless steel/graphite laminate, except 304 stainless steel/graphite laminate for 249K sensor
Standard torque
All
tube arm and
cage gasket, if used
Optional trim
All
and gasketing
Composition, except soft iron for the 249L sensor
316 stainless steel trim with 316L stainless steel gasketing or soft iron gasketing; 317 stainless steel or N06600 trim with composition gasketing; 304, 304L or 316L stainless steel, N04400 or N08020 trim and gasketing
In contact with Bourdon tube or bellows supply pressure Tubing
Brass, plus SST 3-way valve for 2503 or 2503R controller Stainless steel
Relay diaphragms
Nitrile (standard) or polyacrylate (high-temperature)
Relay O-ring
Nitrile
Gasketing
Chloroprene (standard) or rubber (high-temperature)
Seal ring O-rings (and reset relief valve O-rings if used)
Nitrile (standard) or fluorocarbon (high-temperature)
Other
Case
Aluminum
Cover
Aluminum with glass gauge windows and nitrile cover gasket
Retaining flange
Steel
1. Available only in EMA. 2. Trim parts include displacer rod, driver bearing; displacer stem parts, and stem connection parts.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:2500 June 2020
2500-249 Controllers and Transmitters
D200037X012
Figure 5. Schematic of Direct-Acting Fisher 2500-249 Proportional Controller (or Transmitter) Shown with Right-Hand Mounting
OUTER BOURDON TUBE CHANNEL
INNER BOURDON TUBE CHANNEL
FLAPPER
SETPOINT OR ZERO ADJUSTMENT
CD2114-E B2296
NOZZLE
FIXED ORIFICE
TORQUE TUBE SHAFT
EXHAUST PROPORTIONAL VALVE
LARGE DIAPHRAGM
EXHAUST
EXHAUST END OF RELAY VALVE
SUPPLY PRESSURE
TO OTHER
PNEUMATIC INSTRUMENT
IF TRANSMITTER
SMALL
CONSTRUCTION OR APPLICATION
DIAPHRAGM
SUPPLY END OF RELAY VALVE
SUPPLY PRESSURE
NOZZLE PRESSURE
OUTPUT PRESSURE
PROPORTIONAL PRESSURE
Supply Pressure Overpressure Protection
Applying excessive pressure to any portion of a controller, transmitter or connected equipment may cause leakage, part damage, or personal injury due to bursting of pressure-containing parts. Although the standard 67CFR supply regulator for 2500 instruments has internal relief to provide very limited overpressure protection, complete overpressure protection between the supply regulator outlet and the instrument case is needed if a malfunctioning supply regulator can deliver a supply pressure that exceeds 3.4 bar (50 psig).
Principle of Operation
All 2500 controllers and transmitters use the same basic pressure-balanced relay with a yoked double-diaphragm assembly. Supply pressure either passes through the fixed orifice and bleeds out the nozzle (figure 5 or 6) or directly enters the Bourdon tube valve (figure 7). Nozzle pressure registers on the large relay diaphragm, and output pressure on the small relay diaphragm.
The following descriptions show how the various controller and transmitter constructions work in conjunction with displacer action.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2500-249 Controllers and Transmitters
D200037X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:2500 June 2020
Figure 6. Schematic of Direct-Acting Proportional-Plus-Reset Controller
PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
TORQUE TUBE SHAFT
SET POINT ADJUSTMENT
RESET VALVE
PROPORTIONAL VALVE
WITH ARROW DOWN- RELIEVES ON DECREASING OUTPUT (OUTPUT AT SUPPLY DURING SHUTDOWN)
DIFFERENTIAL RELIEF VALVE
SUPPLY PRESSURE
OUTPUT PRESSURE
NOZZLE PRESSURE PROPORTIONAL PRESSURE RESET PRESSURE
CJ4081-A B2347-2 E0792
EXHAUST
TO PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
TO RESET BELLOWS
RESET ADJUSTMENT
FROM RELAY
PROPORTION BAND ADJUSTMENT
PROPORTIONAL-PLUS-RESET CONTROL WITH ANTI-RESET WINDUP
Proportional Controller or Transmitter
As long as the process remains constant, the displacer will hold the torque tube shaft and attached flapper steady in relation to the nozzle. The nozzle-flapper opening will be such as to permit pressure to bleed from the nozzle as fast as it enters through the fixed orifice of the relay, keeping the pressure loading on the large relay diaphragm at the amount necessary to balance the output pressure loading on the small relay diaphragm.
A process variable change (such as a variation in downstream demand that affects liquid outflow and thus the level of the tank shown in figure 5) changes the buoyant force acting on the displacer and moves the flapper with respect to the nozzle. An increasing buoyant force with direct action, or decreasing buoyant force with reverse action, produces a nozzle-flapper restriction that increases nozzle pressure on the large relay diaphragm. This opens the supply end of the relay valve and increases relay output pressure. But a decreasing buoyant force with direct action, or increasing buoyant force with reverse
action, produces a nozzle-flapper opening that bleeds off nozzle pressure on the large relay diaphragm and opens the exhaust end of the relay valve to let output pressure (and thus actuator loading pressure) bleed away. The relay diaphragm pressure differential equalizes and a new output pressure is maintained according to the change in displacer position.
Proportional-Plus-Reset Controller
All 2502 controllers (figure 6) have a two-way reset restriction valve that channels proportional pressure into a reset bellows to oppose proportional bellows action. This automatically slows the canceling effect of any proportional action by a set amount per time interval, as long as there is a deviation from the control point. Action of this reset pressure occurs on a delayed basis, and the reset valve can be adjusted to vary the time of delay.
If a prolonged difference exists between the set point and the process variable, output pressure with a proportional-plus-reset controller will either drop to zero or rise to the maximum delivered by the supply regulator. This condition is called reset windup.
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:2500 June 2020
2500-249 Controllers and Transmitters
D200037X012
Anti-Reset Windup
2502F and 2502FR controllers additionally have anti-reset windup to minimize the delay in returning the controlled variable to the set point. This capability is provided by a reversible differential relief valve with adjustable spring. As shown in figure 6, proportional pressure registers rapidly on the spring side of the relief valve diaphragm as well as in the proportional bellows. Reset pressure registers slowly on the opposite side of the diaphragm. As long as the output pressure changes are slow enough for normal proportional and reset action, the relief valve spring prevents opening of the relief valve diaphragm.
A large or rapid decrease in controller output pressure decreases the pressure in the proportional system, and on the spring side of the relief diaphragm. If the decrease on the spring side of the diaphragm is greater than the relief valve spring setting, the diaphragm moves off the relief valve orifice and permits reset pressure on the opposite side of the relief valve diaphragm to bleed rapidly into the proportional system. The differential relief valve can also be reversed to relieve with an increasing output pressure.
On-Off Controller With Proportional Valve
This construction has the same flapper, relay, and proportional valve responses to a level or density change as does a proportional 2500 controller. However, the Bourdon tube is constructed (figure 1) so that output pressure change feedback moves the nozzle in the opposite direction from the way the flapper is moving. This reinforcement completely opens the relay valve either to full supply pressure or to full exhaust of output pressure, allowing no in-between throttling.
On-Off Controller Without Proportional Valve
As long as vessel level or density remains above the lower snapping point on a direct-acting controller (or below the upper snapping point on a reverse-acting controller), the flapper remains far enough away to keep the exhaust port of the Bourdon tube valve closed and prevent any pressure escape from the Bourdon tube. The relay valve remains closed at the exhaust end and open at the supply end, allowing full output pressure into the control valve actuator.
When level or density sufficiently decreases with direct action or increases with reverse action, the flapper pushes the Bourdon tube valve in enough to seal the inner Bourdon tube channel (figure 7). This opens the exhaust port of the valve and permits exhaust of pressure from the actuator, initiating the appropriate control action. This control action continues until the level or density change again moves the flapper away enough to permit closing of the Bourdon tube valve exhaust port and the full application of output pressure to the actuator.
Options
nStainless Steel Heat Insulator Assembly--Refer to figure 8. Available for mounting between the torque tube arm of any 249 sensor and the instrument. Recommended for applications where combination of process and environmental temperatures would result in controller temperatures in excess of safe limits (figure 4).
nJergusonTM Gages--Permit direct observation of process level and other relevant characteristics. These gages are described in the Jerguson Gages supplement (D200038X012). The 249 sensor cage comes standard with suitable bosses that can be tapped for gage installation. All other sensors require the gages to be installed at the factory. When specified, the bosses will be tapped 1/2 NPT on the CL125 249 sensor, and 3/4 NPT on the CL250 249.
Installation
Although it can be shipped alone for separate installation, a 249 sensor usually is shipped with a controller or transmitter installed. During shipment, displacers are detached from cageless sensors and optional tubular gauge glasses are detached from caged sensors.
Equalizing piping, stillwells, or other equipment may be required for installation. Emerson Automation Solutions does not provide this equipment.
Complete dimensions and case connection information for all 249 constructions can be found in Fisher product bulletin 34.2:249 (D200039X012).
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2500-249 Controllers and Transmitters
D200037X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:2500 June 2020
Figure 7. Schematic of Reverse-Acting Fisher 2503R Controller
OUTER BOURDON TUBE CHANNEL
SUPPLY PORT OF THREE-WAY BOURDON TUBE VALVE
INNER BOURDON TUBE CHANNEL
SWITCHING POINT ADJUSTMENT
EXHAUST PORT OF BOURDON TUBE VALVE (OPEN FOR RELEASE OF LOADING PRESSURE)
FLAPPER
EXHAUST END OF RELAY VALVE
LARGE DIAPHRAGM
B04466-E A2546-1
SUPPLY END OF RELAY VALVE
SMALL DIAPHRAGM
Figure 8. Optional Heat Insulator Assembly
TORQUE TUBE ARM
TORQUE TUBE SHAFT
TORQUE TUBE SHAFT EXTENSION
W0630-2
SHAFT COUPLING
SUPPLY PRESSURE OUTPUT PRESSURE NOZZLE PRESSURE
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:2500 June 2020
2500-249 Controllers and Transmitters
D200037X012
Figure 9. Torque Tube Arm Mounting Positions
SENSOR
RIGHT-HAND
LEFT-HAND
CAGED
CAGELESS
1Not available for 249C and 249K.
Figure 10. Cage Connection Styles
STYLE 1: TOP AND BOTTOM
STYLE 2: TOP AND LOWER SIDE
STYLE 3: UPPER AND LOWER SIDE
STYLE 3: UPPER SIDE AND BOTTOM
A1271-3
SCREWED: S1 FLANGED: F1 SOCKET WELD: SW1
SCREWED: S2 FLANGED: F2 SOCKET WELD: SW2
SCREWED: S3 FLANGED: F3 SOCKET WELD: SW3
SCREWED: S4 FLANGED: F4 SOCKET WELD: SW4
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2500-249 Controllers and Transmitters
D200037X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:2500 June 2020
Ordering Information
Application
When ordering, specify:
nControl (proportional, proportional-plus-reset, or on-off), or transmission mode
nLiquid level service (give type, pressure, temperature and specific gravity)
nInterface level service (give specific gravity of both liquids and minimum proportional band, differential gap, or span required)
nDensity service (give minimum and maximum specific gravity required)
Construction
Refer to the specifications and the Options section. Review the descriptions for each specification, under each option, and in the referenced tables and figures; specify the desired selection whenever there is a choice to be made. Right-hand mounting (with position 1 if appropriate) will be supplied automatically unless some other mounting method is specified. Unless another length is specified, 305 millimeters (12 inches) will be used as the standard cageless sensor length from flange face--or displacer rod--to displacer top.
Always specify the complete type number (including the R suffix for reverse action) of the controller or transmitter, sensor, supply pressure regulator, and other desired equipment. On differential relief controllers, specify whether relief is to occur with excessive proportional or with excessive reset pressure.
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:2500 June 2020
2500-249 Controllers and Transmitters
D200037X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E161990, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Jerguson Gages
D200038X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:2500(S1) August 2017
JergusonTM Gages for FisherTM Displacer Cages
Jerguson gages are used on the displacer cages of liquid level sensors to provide a visual indication of liquid level interface. Jerguson offers two styles of flat-glass gages (reflex and transparent) and a tubular glass gage. The reflex gage gives a clean line of separation, with the liquid showing black in contrast to the mirror-like surface. The transparent gage shows the level and also the color and/or the interface of the liquid. The flat glass gages have metal enclosures to provide gage glass protection. Standard tubular glass gages are equipped with four guard rods and holders.
Jerguson steel gage valves are equipped with stainless steel ball checks, located upstream from the seats to immediately shut off the flow in case of gage glass breakage.
Refer to tables 1, 2, and 3 for specific information describing gage types and pressure/temperature limits. For saturated steam ratings above the values listed, consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner. Dimensions for the reflex, transparent, and tubular gages are shown in figure 1 and tables 4 and 5.
W2252-1
TYPICAL TUBULAR GLASS GAGE
W2269-1
TYPICAL FLAT GLASS GAGE (REFLEX OR TRANSPARENT)
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:2500(S1) August 2017
Jerguson Gages
D200038X012
Table 1. Flat Glass Gages and Gage Valves for Mid-Range Pressure/Temperature Applications (Used on Fisher 249 and 249B Displacer Cages)
JERGUSON GAGE
Type Number
Style
GAGE VALVE TYPE NUMBER
DISPLACER LENGTH
38°C (100°F)
PRESSURE RATINGS AT GIVEN TEMPERATURES
93°C (200°F)
150°C (300°F)
205°C (400°F)
260°C (500°F)
315°C (600°F)
PRESSURE RATINGS FOR SATURATED
STEAM(1)
19-RCH-20
Reflex
64
14 Inches 155 bar 148 bar 138 bar 128 bar 117 bar 107 bar
20.7 bar
(356 mm) (2250 psig) (2150 psig) (2000 psig) (1850 psig) (1700 psig) (1550 psig) (300 psig)
37-RCH-20
Reflex
67
32 Inches 173 bar 164 bar 153 bar 142 bar 131 bar 119 bar (813 mm) (2510 psig) (2380 psig) (2220 psig) (2060 psig) (1900 psig) (1730 psig)
19-TMCH-20 Transparent
64
14 Inches 69.0 bar 65.5 bar 62.1 bar 58.6 bar 51.7 bar 46.5 bar (356 mm) (1000 psig) (950 psig) (900 psig) (850 psig) (750 psig) (675 psig)
1. For saturated steam ratings above the listed values, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
20.7 bar (300 psig)
24.1 bar (350 psig)
Table 2. Flat Glass Gages and Gage Valves for Heavy-Duty High Pressure/Temperature Applications (Used on Fisher 249 and 249B Displacer Cages)
JERGUSON GAGE
Type Number
Style
GAGE VALVE TYPE NUMBER
DISPLACER LENGTH
38°C (100°F)
PRESSURE RATINGS AT GIVEN TEMPERATURES
93°C (200°F)
150°C (300°F)
205°C (400°F)
260°C (500°F)
315°C (600°F)
371°C (700°F)
19-TMCH-32 Transparent 64
14 Inches 207 bar 201 bar 197 bar 192 bar 179 bar 159 bar 139 bar (356 mm) (3000 psig) (2920 psig) (2850 psig) (2780 psig) (2600 psig) (2310 psig) (2020 psig)
1. For saturated steam ratings above the listed values, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
PRESSURE RATINGS FOR SATURATED
STEAM(1)
51.7 bar (750 psig)
Table 3. Tubular Glass Gages(1)
Jerguson Gage Valve Type Number
Displacer Length
136
14 Inches (356 mm)
1. Do not use tubular glass gages on steam service.
Type of Glass Standard Wall Glass
Pressure/Temperature Ratings 13.8 bar at 65°C (200 psig at 150°F) 6.9 bar at 224°C (100 psig at 425°F)
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Jerguson Gages
D200038X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:2500(S1) August 2017
Table 4. Dimensions A and B (also see figure 2)
Displacer Length
Type Number
Style
14 Inches (356 mm)
19-RCH-20
19-TMCH-20 19-TMCH-32
Reflex Transparent
---
Tubular Glass
32 Inches (813 mm)
1. For 249 displacer cages. 2. For 249B displacer cages.
37-RCH-20
Reflex
Table 5. Dimension C (also see figure 2)
Gage Valve Type Number(1)
Dimension
64
233 mm (9.2 Inches)
67
233 mm (9.2 Inches)
1. Gage valve is in the closed position.
A (Visible Length)
321 mm (12.62 Inches)
321 mm (12.62 Inches)
289 mm(1) (11.38 Inches) 251 mm(2) (9.88 Inches)
857 mm (33.75 Inches)
B
406 mm(1) (16.00 Inches)
394 mm(2) (15.50 Inches)
---
851 mm(2) (33.50 Inches)
Figure 1. Typical Gage Dimensions (also see tables 4 and 5)
C
B A
W2297
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:2500(S1) August 2017
Jerguson Gages
D200038X012
Ordering Information
Specify the following information when ordering a gage and gage valves: 1. Process temperature and pressure. 2. Jerguson gage type:
a. Reflex, b. Transparent, or c. Tubular 3. Jerguson gage valve type number. 4. Fisher displacer type number and length.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. Jerguson is a mark owned by Clark-Reliance Corporation. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 1969, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
L2 Controller
D103034X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:L2 March 2020
FisherTM L2 Liquid Level Controller
Fisher L2 and L2 Snap level controllers are part of the rugged L2 series of liquid level controllers. They use a displacer type sensor to detect liquid level or the interface of two liquids of different specific gravities. These controllers are ideal for controlling level on gas separators and scrubbers. The reliability of the L2 design makes it well suited for liquid level applications in natural gas production, compression, and processing. The device delivers a pneumatic output signal to a control/dump valve. The sensor uses a threaded 2 NPT or an NPS 2 CL150 through 1500 slip-on flange connection to the vessel.
W8418-1
Features
nMore Reliable Control--Two-stage proportional relay with integral action provides more dependable liquid level control.
nSnap-Acting or Throttling Control--One standard controller available as either throttling or snap-acting.
nVibration Resistant Sensor Dynamics-- O-ring friction and process pressure sensitivity are minimal. Performance stays constant with process pressure changes and controller remains vibration resistant.
nNACE Service Ready--Standard construction uses materials that comply with the requirements of NACE MR0175-2002.
nField-Configurable Vertical or Horizontal Displacer--Displacer may be adjusted in the field for vertical or horizontal operation without additional parts.
nField-Reversible Output--The controller can be adjusted in the field for direct or reverse action without additional parts. The controller also has adjustable gain sensitivity.
nCL1500 Pressure Rating--Sensor assembly is designed and specified for ASME B16.34 CL1500 service when using a Polyvinylchloride (PVC) displacer. For PED (97/23/EC) maximum pressure is limited to 200 bar (2900 psig).
nVent-Away Case--The ability to pipe away exhaust permits using natural gas as the operating medium.
nEasy Maintenance--Both the controller and the sensor can be easily disassembled to inspect the process seals and for maintenance.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:L2 March 2020
L2 Controller
D103034X012
Specifications
Available Configurations
Controllers: Snap-acting or throttling Sensor: Displacer-type liquid level sensor for mounting to side of tank. Displacer travel is transmitted to controller by pivotal movement of displacer rod
Snap-Acting Controller: Any desired pressure between 1.4 and 5.2 bar (20 and 50 psig) direct, and 1.4 and 2.4 bar (20 and 35 psig) reverse Do not use supply pressure below 1.4 bar (20 psig)
Supply Pressure Medium Air or Natural Gas
Input Signal
Type: Liquid level or liquid-to-liquid interface
Level Change Required for Full Change in Output Signal in a 1.0 Specific Gravity Liquid, with 1.4 bar (20 psig) Supply Pressure, Direct Action, and Standard 1-7/8 X 12-Inch (48 x 305 mm) Vertical Displacer with Standard Lever Arm Length:
Steady-State Air Consumption(3)
Throttling Controller: 0.03 normal m3/hr (1.0 scfh) at 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure Snap-Acting Controller: 0.03 normal m3/hr (1.0 scfh) at 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure or 0.04 normal m3/hr (1.5 scfh) at 2.4 bar (35 psig) supply pressure in tripped condition; air consumption increases during trip
Control Mode
Throttling On-off Snap-acting
Minimum Span Level Change, mm (Inches)(1)
102 (4)
127 (5)
13 (0.5)
Maximum Span Level Change, mm (Inches)(1)
305 (12)
305 (12)
20 (0.8)
Sensor to Vessel Connection J 2 NPT threaded or J NPS 2 CL150 through 1500 slip-on flange connection(4)
Controller Connections
Minimum Specific Gravity(2)
Minimum specific gravity, or specific gravity differential for interface applications Throttling Controllers: 0.4 On/Off Controllers: 0.45 Snap-Acting Controllers: 0.1
Output Signal
Pneumatic J on/off or J proportional pressure signal Ranges: Throttling: J 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) On/Off: 0 (off) or full supply pressure (on) Action: Field-reversible between direct (increasing level increases output signal) and reverse (increasing level decreases output signal)
Supply Pressure Requirements
Throttling and On/Off Controller: Throttling: 1.4 bar (20 psig) for 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) output signal and 2.4 bar (35 psig) for 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) output signal On/Off: Any desired pressure between 1.4 and 3.4 bar (20 and 50 psig)
Supply: 1/4 NPT internal located on the bottom of the case Output: 1/4 NPT internal located on the top of the case Case Vent: 1/4 NPT internal with vent screen assembly located on the back of the case
Standard Displacer Size
48 x 305 mm, 541 cm3 (1-7/8 x 12 inches, 33 in3)
Maximum Displacer Insertion Length(5)
Standard lever arm length plus one 6-inch extension, horizontal or vertical
Displacer Material and Maximum Sensor Working Pressure(6)
PVC Displacer: Consistent with CL1500 pressure temperature ratings per ASME B16.34 up to maximum pressure of 258.5 bar (3750 psig) For PED (97/23/EC) maximum pressure limited to 200 bar (2900 psig)
S31603 SST Displacer: CL600 pressure temperature ratings per ASME B16.34 up to maximum pressure of 99.3 bar (1440 psig)
Note: For slip-on flange connection, maximum sensor working pressure must be consistent with the flange ratings
-continued-
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
L2 Controller
D103034X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:L2 March 2020
Specifications (continued)
Displacer Material and Sensor Temperature Limits(6) PVC Displacer: -29 to 79_C (-20 to 175_F) S31603 SST Displacer: -40 to 204_C (-40 to 400_F)
Operative Ambient Temperature Limits(6) Controller: -29 to 71_C (-20 to 160_F)
Standard Supply, and Output Pressure Gauge Indications
Triple scale gauges in 0 to 60 psig/0 to 0.4 MPa/ 0 to 4.0 bar
Sensor: Sensor Body: LCC O-Rings: Fluorocarbon Pivot Assembly: Stainless steel Displacer: J Polyvinylchloride (PVC) or J S31603 SST Sensor Spring: Stainless steel
Dimensions
Refer to figure 1
Hazardous Area Classification
Complies with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
Construction Materials
Controller: Case and Cover: Marine grade aluminum Relay Body: Thermoplastic Relay Trim: Stainless steel, nitrile Span Levers: Stainless steel
Meets Customs Union technical regulation TP TC 012/2011 for Groups II/III Category 2 equipment
II Gb c T*X III Db c T*X
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology. 1. Any deviation from the standard construction described in the input signal specification above requires special displacer sizing considerations. Contact your Emerson sales office for information. 2. Minimum specific gravity values apply to both horizontal and vertical displacers with standard lever arm length (see dimension in figure 1). 3. Normal m3/hr-Normal cubic meters per hour (0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute). Scfh-Standard cubic feet per hour (60_F and 14.7 psia). 4. Converting from a threaded NPT connection to a flange connection is to be done by the end-user. Refer to Converting a Threaded NPT Connection to a Flange Connection instruction Manual Supplement (D103277X012), available at Fisher.com or from your Emerson sales office. 5. Standard lever arm length. See figure 1. 6. The pressure and temperature limits in this document and any applicable code limitations should not be exceeded.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:L2 March 2020
L2 Controller
D103034X012
Figure 1. Dimensions
48 (1.88)
2 302
(11.88)
2 318 (12.50) 302 2 (11.88)
12
589 (23.19)
1 335 (13.19)
2 287 (11.31)
NPT OR SLIP-ON LEVER ARM
48 (1.88)
194 (7.62)
105 (4.12) 1/4-18 NPT SUPPLY CONNECTION
248 (9.75)
191 (7.50)
Notes: 1Dimensions include one standard 152 mm (6-inch) extension. Contact your Emerson sales office for optional extension lengths. 2Dimensions valid with standard displacers only.
GE08174-A
155 (6.12)
mm (INCH)
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2001, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
L2e Controller
D103532X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:L2e August 2017
FisherTM L2e Electric Level Controller
The rugged Fisher L2e electric on-off level controller uses a displacer type sensor to detect liquid level or the interface of two liquids of different specific gravities. This controller is ideal for controlling level in oil and gas separators, treaters, and scrubbers. The reliability of the L2e force balanced sensor design makes it well suited for applications in the oil and natural gas production, compression, and processing industries.
Features
n Repeatable Electric Level Control--In conjunction with the Fisher easy-DriveTM electric actuator, a fully electric level control loop is tunable for a wide variety of applications (see figure 1).
n Effective Level Loop Tuning--Intuitive Zero and Span adjustments allow flexibility in setting loop performance over a level range of 5.0 to 305 mm (0.2 to 12 inches).
n More Reliable Control--Premium quality hermetically-sealed switch with gold contacts and advanced knife-edge sensing provide highly dependable and accurate liquid level control.
n On-Line Field Support--QR code on inside cover gives instrument technicians instant access to wiring, setup, calibration, tuning, and trouble-shooting.
n Environmentally Responsible--Replacing a conventional pneumatic level loop with fully electric level control eliminates controller and dump valve venting and requires less maintenance.
n Consumes No Electrical Power--Quality of design and components help ensure no leakage current.
n Vibration Resistant Sensor Dynamics--Controller performance and reliability does not degrade in high vibration installations, such as on compressor scrubbers.
X0660
SCAN OR CLICK THE QR CODE FOR L2e AND easy-Drive ELECTRIC LEVEL LOOP FIELD SUPPORT
n Field-Configurable Vertical or Horizontal Displacer--Displacer may be adjusted in the field for vertical or horizontal operation without additional parts.
n Field Technician Friendly--The sensor can be easily disassembled to inspect or replace process seals. The controller, with no repairable or replaceable parts, is easily replaced in the field.
n NACE Service Ready--Standard construction uses materials that comply with the requirements of NACE MR0175-2002.
n CL1500 Pressure Rating--Sensor assembly is designed and specified for ASME B16.34 CL1500 service when using a Polyvinylchloride (PVC) displacer. For PED (97/23/EC) maximum pressure is limited to 200 bar (2900 psig).
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:L2e August 2017
L2e Controller
D103532X012
Specifications
Available Configurations
Controller: On/Off electric control action with intuitive Zero and Span Adjustments in SPDT dry contact configuration Sensor: Displacertype liquid level sensor for mounting to side of vessel
Maximum Displacer Rod Length(2), Horizontal or Vertical
1-7/8 x 12 Displacer with one 6-inch extension (optional use) 3 x 6 Displacer with one 3-inch extension (optional use)
Input
Type: Liquid level or liquidtoliquid interface
Level Change Required for Full Change in State of Output: 5.0 to 305 mm (0.2 to 12 inches)
Vessel level differential gap (DG) is dependant on factors such as valve sizing, actuator speed, rate, liquid out flow, and vessel size. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for Fisher Electric Level Loop performance optimization
Specific Gravity Limits
Minimum SG: 0.15
Maximum SG PVC Displacer: 1.3 SST Displacer: 1.1
Displacer Material and Maximum Sensor Working Pressure(3)
PVC Displacer: Consistent with CL1500 pressure temperature ratings per ASME B16.34 up to maximum pressure of 258.5 bar (3750 psig) For PED (97/23/EC) maximum pressure limited to 200 bar (2900 psig) S31603 SST Displacer: CL600 pressure temperature ratings per ASME B16.34 up to maximum pressure of 99.3 bar (1440 psig)
Note: For slipon flange connection, maximum sensor working pressure must be consistent with the flange ratings
Operative Ambient Temperature Limits(3)
Controller: 40 to 75°C (40 to 167°F)
Electrical Rating (Output)
J easy-Drive actuator application: 7 mA@5 VDC J Other applications: 1 amp resistive, 0.5 amp inductive/28 VDC
Operative Process Temperature Limits(3)
Sensor: J PVC Displacer: -18 to 71°C (0 to 160°F) J S31603 SST Displacer: 40 to 204°C (40 to 400°F)
Note: Use with easy-Drive after first being used in other high power application is not recommended.
Power Consumption Switch consumes no power to operate, so it has no current leakage or voltage drop
Construction Materials
Controller: Case and Cover: Marine grade aluminum Switch: Stainless steel Span Levers: Stainless steel Springs: Stainless steel
Sensor to Vessel Connection J 2 NPT threaded or J NPS 2 CL150 through 1500 slipon flange connection(1)
Controller Connection
Sensor: Sensor Body: LCC ORings: Fluorocarbon Pivot Assembly: Stainless steel Displacer: J Polyvinylchloride (PVC) or J S31603 SST Sensor Spring: Stainless steel
Electrical 1/2-14 NPT external conduit connection with 18 inches of 18 AWG lead wires, located at the bottom of the case
Displacer Sizes J 48 X 305 mm, 541 cm3 (17/8 X 12 inches, 33 in3) J 76 X 152 mm, 688 cm3 (3 X 6 inches, 42 in3)
Hazardous Area Classifications Available
Switch Only
cCSAus Explosion-proof, Class I Division 1, Groups ABCD Dust Ignition-proof Class II Division 1, Groups EFG Dual Seal
-continued-
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
L2e Controller
D103532X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:L2e August 2017
Specifications (continued)
Hazardous Area Classifications Available (continued)
Switch Only
ATEX II 2 GD Flameproof Ex d IIC T6 (Ta=40°C to + 75°C) Dust Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db IP6X (Ta = 40° to +75°C) 1 A Max
IECEx Flameproof Ex d IIC T6 (Ta=40°C to + 75°C) Dust Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db IP6X (Ta = 40° to +75°C) 1 A Max
Other Classification/Certification Available
Switch Only
CUTR--Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, and Armenia)
Canadian Registration (CRN) The L2e utilizes the same sensor unit pressure component as the L2 pneumatic controller version. Refer to L2 CRN which is deemed applicable to the L2e.
Dimensions Refer to figure 2
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 Process Instrument Terminology. 1. Converting from a threaded NPT connection to a flange connection is to be done by the end-user. Refer to Converting a Threaded NPT Connection to a Flange Connection instruction Manual Supplement (D103277X012), available at Fisher.com or from your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner. 2. Maximum span setting with 1-7/8 x 12 inch horizontal displacer plus 6 inch extension is not recommended due to potentially insufficient zero adjustment. 3. The pressure and temperature limits in this document and any applicable code limitations should not be exceeded.
Figure 1. Electric Level Loop Solutions
PRODUCTION FLUID FROM WELL HEAD
INLET
GAS
GAS
OIL WATER
GAS
OIL
L2e ELECTRIC LEVEL
CONTROLLERS
MAINTAIN LEVEL
AT DESIRED DG
PRODUCTION FLUID FROM WELL HEAD
INLET
OIL
FISHER D3/D4 WITH easy-Drive ACTUATOR CONTROLS THE FLOW OF OIL AND WATER OUT OF THE SEPARATOR
WATER
L2e ELECTRIC LEVEL CONTROLLERS MAINTAIN LEVEL AT DESIRED DG
VERTICAL SEPARATOR
D3/D4 WITH easy-Drive ACTUATOR CONTROLS THE FLOW OF OIL AND WATER OUT OF THE SEPARATOR
HORIZONTAL SEPARATOR
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:L2e August 2017
L2e Controller
D103532X012
Figure 2. Dimensions
A D E
F
D
B C
191 (7.54)
LEVER ARM
NPT OR SLIP-ON
1/2-14 NPT EXTERNAL CONDUIT CONNECTION
88 (3.46)
216 (8.51)
149
E
(5.87)
142 (5.60)
Sensor Configuration with Optional Extensions
1-7/8 x 12 PVC Displacer with one 6-inch Extension
3 x 6 PVC Displacer with one 3-inch Extension
A 589 (23.19)
B 335 (13.19)
C
D
mm (Inch)
287 (11.31) 302 (11.88)
E 48 (1.88)
F 318 (12.50)
363.4 (14.31) 258.7 (10.19) 211 (8.31) 152.4 (6.00) 76.2 (3.00) 168.1 (6.62)
mm (INCH)
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and easy-Drive are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2013, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
L2sj Controller
D103229X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:L2sj August 2017
FisherTM L2sj Low Emission Liquid Level Controller
The rugged Fisher L2sj low emission liquid level controller uses a displacer type sensor to detect liquid level. This controller features a rugged, low emission proportional relay with integral action. The device delivers a direct acting on/off pneumatic output signal to a control/dump valve.
Features
nDesigned for use with Natural Gas--The L2sj controller is intended for use with natural gas as the pneumatic supply.
nIncreased Revenue--Reduced emissions result in an increase in natural gas available to the sales line.
nReduced Operating Costs--Integral action relay with rugged metal seats requires less maintenance and provides more dependable liquid level control, which can improve uptime.
nReduced Carbon Footprint--A low-bleed relay helps to conserve natural gas to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The relay provides a steady state consumption rate that is less than the 6 scfh requirement set for the oil and gas industry by the US Environmental Protection Agency (New Source Performance Standards Subpart OOOO, EPA-HQ-QAR-2010-0505).
nNACE Service Ready--Sensor and vessel connection complies with the requirements of NACE MR0175-2002.
W9331
nEase of Field Setup--Simplified dry and wet setup and adjustments. Setup and Adjustments illustrated inside L2sj cover as shown in figure 6.
nField-Configurable Vertical or Horizontal Displacer--Displacer may be adjusted in the field for vertical or horizontal operation without additional parts.
nVibration Resistant Sensor Dynamics-- O-Ring friction and process pressure sensitivity are minimal. Performance stays constant with process pressure changes and controller remains vibration resistant.
nLow Supply Pressure--Can operate down to 0.34 bar (5 psi) instrument supply pressure for coal seam applications.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:L2sj August 2017
L2sj Controller
D103229X012
Specifications
Available Configuration
Controller: On/Off / Direct Acting Sensor: Displacer-type liquid level sensor for mounting to side of vessel.
Displacer Size
J 48 x 305 mm, 541 cm3 (1-7/8 x 12 inches, 33 in3)(3) or J 76 x 152 mm, 688 cm3 (3 x 6 inches, 42 in3)(4)
Input Signal Liquid Level (gas over liquid)
Liquid Level Span(1) See table 1.
Minimum Specific Gravity 3 x 6 inch displacer: 0.6 1-7/8 x 12 inch displacer: 0.75
Output Signal Control: Pneumatic On/Off Range: 0 psi (off) or full supply pressure (on) Action: Direct acting (increasing level increases output signal)
Supply Pressure Requirements Any desired pressure between 0.34 and 2.4 bar (5 and 35 psig).
Supply Medium Air or Natural Gas
Displacer Insertion Length See figure 7 and 8
Maximum Sensor Working Pressure(5) PVC Displacer Consistent with CL1500 pressure temperature ratings per ASME B16.34 up to maximum pressure of 258.5 bar (3750 psig) For PED (97/23/EC) maximum pressure limited to 200 bar (2900 psig) S31603 SST Displacer: CL600 pressure temperature ratings per ASME B16.34 up to maximum pressure of 99.3 bar (1440 psig) Note: For slip-on flange connection, maximum sensor working pressure must be consistent with the flange ratings
Sensor Temperature Limits(5) PVC Displacer: -29 to 79_C (-20 to 175_F) S31603 SST Displacer: -40 to 204_C (-40 to 400_F)
Operative Ambient Temperature Limits(5) Controller: -29 to 71_C (-20 to 160_F)
Steady-State Air Consumption(2) t 0.01 normal m3/hr (t 0.3 scfh) at 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure
Sensor to Vessel Connection J 2 NPT threaded or J NPS 2 CL150 through 1500 slip-on flange connection
Standard Supply, and Output Pressure Gauge Indications Triple scale gauges in 0 to 60 psig / 0 to 0.4 MPa / 0 to 4.0 bar
Hazardous Area Classification Complies with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
Controller Connections
Supply: 1/4 NPT internal located on the bottom of the case Output: 1/4 NPT internal located on the top of the case
Case Vent: 1/4 NPT internal with vent screen assembly located on the back of the case
Meets Customs Union technical regulation TP TC 012/2011 for Groups II/III Category 2 equipment
II Gb c T*X III Db c T*X
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology. 1. Level change required for full change in output signal. 2. Normal m3/hr - Normal cubic meters per hour (0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute) Scfh - Standard cubic feet per hour (60_F and 14.7 psia). 3. Supplied with one 6 inch extension. 4. Supplied with one 3 inch extension. 5. The pressure and temperature limits in this document and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
L2sj Controller
D103229X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:L2sj August 2017
Table 1. Liquid Level Span
SENSOR
Vertical Displacer 1-7/8 x 12 inch Displacer with 6 inch extension
3 x 6 inch Displacer 3 inch extension Horizontal Displacer
3 x 6 inch Displacer with 3 inch extension
Notes 1. Level change required for full change in output signal. 2. Span adjuster set for maximum sensitivity. 3. 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure. 4. For vessels with fast dump cycles, actual liquid span will be larger
SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF LIQUID
0.6
0.75
1
Span, mm (Inch)
n/a
135 (5.3)
102 (4.0)
57 (2.25)
46 (1.8)
35 (1.35)
Span, mm (Inch)
22 (0.85)
17 (0.67)
13 (0.5)
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:L2sj August 2017
L2sj Controller
D103229X012
Figure 6. Setup and Adjustments Label (Inside Fisher L2sj Cover)
GE16844
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
L2sj Controller
D103229X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:L2sj August 2017
Figure 7. Dimensions: 76 x 152 mm (3 x 6 inches) with 76 mm (3 Inch) Extension
361.9 (14.25)
258.7 (10.19)
152.4 (6.00)
209.5 (8.25)
194 (7.62)
76.2 (3.00)
172.1 (6.78)
152.4 (6.00)
NPT OR SLIP-ON 3 INCH EXTENSION
1/4 18 NPT SUPPLY CONN
76.2 (3.00)
248 (9.75)
155 (6.12)
105 (4.12)
GE22500-A
191 (7.52)
mm (INCH)
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:L2sj August 2017
L2sj Controller
D103229X012
Figure 8. Dimensions: 48 x 305 mm (1-7/8 x 12 inches) with 152 mm (6 Inch) Extension
335 (13.19)
287 (11.31)
194 (7.62)
318 (12.50)
6 INCH EXTENSION
LEVER ARM
302 (11.88)
NPT OR SLIP-ON
1/4-18 NPT SUPPLY CONNECTION
105 (4.12)
48 (1.88)
GE44250-A
6
248 (9.75)
155 (6.12)
191 (7.50)
mm (INCH)
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
L2sj Controller
D103229X012
Product Bulletin
34.2:L2sj August 2017
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.2:L2sj August 2017
L2sj Controller
D103229X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2007, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2506/2516 Receiver Controllers
D200044X012
Product Bulletin
34.3:2506 June 2020
FisherTM 2506 and 2516 Receiver-Controllers
The 2506 receiver-controller takes the input from a pneumatic transmitter, matches it against the adjustable set point, and provides a proportional pneumatic output to a control valve actuator. The 2506 receiver-controller may be used in conjunction with a remote receiving indicator or recorder also using the output from the transmitter.
The 2516 receiver-controller has both proportional band and reset control. The reset adjustment efficiently brings the set point back to its original position.
Features
nEasy Maintenance--Simple design of the receiver-controller allows fast, easy maintenance and minimal spare parts inventory.
nEasy Adjustment--Proportional band and reset adjustment is accomplished quickly and without
special tools. The control set point is manually adjustable in the case or through remote air loading (figures 2 and 3).
nApplication Versatility--Reset may be added to a receiver-controller originally furnished without it.
nMounting Versatility--2506 and 2516 receiver-controllers may be attached to the casing or yoke of a control valve actuator, or placed anywhere between the transmitter and valve.
nStable Control--A pressure balanced relay provides intermittent bleed and gives accurate, stable control. The addition of reset action on the 2516 unit offers drift compensation, yet provides smooth, stable control.
nEasy Reversibility--2506 and 2516 receiver-controllers may be changed from direct to reverse action, or vice-versa, by simply repositioning the reversing switch.
W4687
FISHER 2506 RECEIVER-CONTROLLER
W4688
FISHER 2516 RECEIVER-CONTROLLER
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.3:2506 June 2020
2506/2516 Receiver Controllers
D200044X012
Specifications
Available Configurations
For additional information, refer to table 2 2506: A receiver-controller that is set for either proportional or snap action (S) control or is set for either direct or reverse (R) action 2516: A 2506 that also provides proportional-plus-reset control 2516F: A 2516 that also provides anti-reset windup control
Standard Tubing Connections 1/4 NPT internal
Operative Ambient Temperature Limits(2) Standard: -40 and 71°C (-40 and 160°F) High Temperature: -18 and 104°C (0 and 220°F)
Input Signal J 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig)
Output Signal(1) See table 1
Output Action Direct Action: An increasing fluid, interface level, or density increases output pressure or, Reverse Action: An increasing fluid, interface level, or density decreases output pressure
Remote Set Point Signal From a control device, provide a remote set point signal that is 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) that matches the receiver-controller input signal range
Supply Pressure(2) Normal Operating Pressure: See table 1.. Maximum Pressure to Prevent Internal Part Rupture(1): 3.4 bar (50 psig)
Hazardous Area Classification
2506/2516 receiver-controllers comply with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
Ex h IIC Tx Gb Ex h IIIC Tx Db
Maximum surface temperature (Tx) depends on operating conditions
Gas: T4, T5, T6 Dust: T85...T104
Meets Customs Union technical regulation TP TC 012/2011 for Groups II/III Category 2 equipment
II Gb c T*X III Db c T*X
Construction Materials
Steady State Air Consumption See figure 1
Case and Cover: Die-cast aluminum Flapper: K93600 nickel alloy Bellows: J Bronze (standard) or J stainless steel
Proportional Band, Reset, and Anti-Reset Windup
(optional) Nozzle: C36000 (Brass)
See table 2
Proportional Band Valve Body, Seat, and Plug: Brass Gaskets: J Chloroprene (standard) or J silicone
Performance
Hysteresis: 0.6 percent of output pressure change at 100 percent of proportional band, or differential gap
(high temperature) Relay Body: Aluminum/brass Relay Valve Plug and Seats: Brass Relay Diaphragm: J Nitrile (standard) or
Standard Supply and Output Pressure Gauge Indications
J polyacrylate (high temperature) Reset Valve Body, if Used: Die-case zinc Reset Valve Plug and Seat Ring, if Used:
See table 1
18-8 stainless steel
-continued-
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2506/2516 Receiver Controllers
D200044X012
Product Bulletin
34.3:2506 June 2020
Specifications (continued)
Approximate Weight
Options
4.53 kg (10 pounds)
Dimensions Refer to figure 5
J Reverse action; J Instrument pressure gauge; J stainless steel bellows; Gauge markings in J bar, J kg/cm2, J kPa, or J Psig/kPa; and J High temperature gasket and relay materials
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology. 1. Either direct or reverse acting. 2. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any other applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded.
Table 1. Supply Pressure Data
OUTPUT SIGNAL
STANDARD SUPPLY AND OUTPUT PRESSURE GAUGE INDICATIONS(1)
0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig)
0 to 30 psig
0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig)
0 to 60 psig
1. Consult your Emerson sales office about gauges in other units. 2. Control and stability may be impaired if this pressure is exceeded.
NORMAL OPERATING SUPPLY PRESSURE(2)
Bar
Psig
1.5
20
2.4
35
Table 2. Additional Information
Control Mode(1)
Full Output Change Obtainable Over Output Of:
Output Signal
Proportional control (2506)
Proportional Band: Adjustable from 0 to 100% of transmitter signal.
0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig)
Snap action control (2506)
Snap Action: Control output is at 0 or 100% of input supply pressure. Switching depends on position of sensor and is adjustable.
0 to 1.4 bar (0 to 20 psig) or 0 to 2.4 bar (0 to 35 psig)
Proportional-plus-reset control (2516)
Proportional Band: Adjustable from 0 to 200% of transmitter signal. Recommended setting is from 20 to 200%. Reset: Adjustable from 0.01 to 74 minute per repeat with standard reset valve setting.
Proportional-plus-reset with anti-reset windup (2516F)
Proportional Band: Adjustable from 0 to 200% of transmitter signal. Recommended setting is from 20 to 200%. Reset: Adjustable from 0.01 to 74 minute per repeat with standard reset valve setting. Anti-Reset Windup: Provides relief when output pressure falls or when output pressure rises depending on valve adjustment.
0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig)
1. Proportional control is continuously active between 0 and 100 percent of the transmitter signal span. Differential gap provides snap action between 0 and 100 percent of the transmitter signal. Do not use reset controllers in snap action.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.3:2506 June 2020
2506/2516 Receiver Controllers
D200044X012
SUPPLY AIR FLOW, SCFH SUPPLY AIR FLOW, SCFH
Figure 1. Steady-State Air Consumption
2 PROPORTIONAL BAND SETTING OF 5
PROPORTIONAL BAND SETTING OF 0 OR 10
2 PROPORTIONAL BAND SETTING OF 5
PROPORTIONAL BAND SETTING OF 0 OR 10
OUTPUT, PSIG 1 0.2 TO 1.0 BAR (3 TO 15 PSIG) OUTPUT SIGNAL RANGE
OUTPUT, PSIG 1 0.4 TO 2.0 BAR (6 TO 30 PSIG) OUTPUT SIGNAL RANGE
Notes 1To convert psig to bar, multiply by 0.06895.
2Scfh--standard cubic feet per hour (60_F and 14.7 psia). To convert to normal M3/hr--normal cubic meteres per hour (0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute ), multiply by 0.0268
A7242
Figure 2. Fisher 2506 Receiver-Controller Schematic
TRANSMITTER INPUT REVERSING SWITCH
BELLOWS VENT OR REMOTE SETPOINT CONNECTION
PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
SUPPLY PRESSURE
RELAY LOADING PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER INPUT OUTPUT PRESSURE
BD2388-F B2383
SENSING BELLOWS
RESTRICTION
RELAY DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY
SUPPLY
RELAY BLEED PRESSURE PROPORTIONAL PRESSURE
RELAY UPPER CHAMBER
NOZZLE BEAM/FLAPPER ASSEMBLY
VENT
RELAY LOWER CHAMBER
RELAY INNER VALVE
OUTPUT PRESSURE TO CONTROL VALVE
PROPORTIONAL VALVE ASSEMBLY
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2506/2516 Receiver Controllers
D200044X012
Product Bulletin
34.3:2506 June 2020
Principle of Operation
2506 Receiver-Controller
The principle of operation for the direct acting 2506 receiver-controller is illustrated in figure 2.
Supply pressure enters the inlet side of the relay and input pressure from the transmitter enters the reversing switch. Output pressure from the receiver-controller is delivered to the diaphragm of the control valve actuator.
As long as the transmitter input pressure and process level remain constant, the bellows beam remains motionless. This allows the supply pressure to bleed through the nozzle as fast as it enters the relay through the fixed restriction.
If there is an increase in pressure from the transmitter, pressure increases in the sensing bellows assembly,
Figure 3. Fisher 2516 Receiver-Controller Schematic
tending to push the beam toward the nozzle. This action builds up pressure in the relay's upper chamber as air continues to pass through the fixed restriction. The buildup of pressure in the upper chamber pushes the relay diaphragm assembly downward, opening the relay supply valve. Supply pressure then flows into the relay's lower chamber until the relay diaphragm assembly is pushed back to its original position and the relay valve is closed again. The increased pressure in the lower chamber is transmitted to the diaphragm of the control valve actuator.
At this same time, pressure in the proportional bellows assembly is being increased through the 3-way proportional valve assembly, which causes the beam to move away from the nozzle, thus stopping the pressure buildup in the relay's upper chamber. The receiver-controller is again in equilibrium with an increased input from the transmitter and an increased output to the diaphragm of the control valve actuator. If a decrease in transmitter input pressure occurs, the reverse of the above cycle takes place, with a decrease in output pressure.
TRANSMITTER INPUT
REMOTE SETPOINT BELLOWS
REVERSING SWITCH
BELLOWS VENT OR REMOTE SETPOINT CONNECTION
PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
BEAM/ FLAPPER ASSEMBLY
RELIEF VALVE SPRING
PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
RELIEF VALVE DIAPHRAGM
SENSING BELLOWS
RESTRICTION
RELAY UPPER CHAMBER
RELAY DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY
NOZZLE
BEAM/ FLAPPER ASSEMBLY
RELAY LOWER CHAMBER
RESET BELLOWS
RESET VALVE
RESET VALVE
SUPPLY
OUTPUT PRESSURE TO CONTROL VALVE
PROPORTIONAL VALVE
OUTPUT PRESSURE
PROPORTIONAL VALVE
ADJUSTING SCREW
ORIFICE
2516 RECEIVER/CONTROLLER
2516F RECEIVER/CONTROLLER
SUPPLY PRESSURE
RELAY LOADING PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER INPUT
38B6019-A 38A2972-A BD2389-E B2384-1
OUTPUT PRESSURE RELAY BLEED PRESSURE
PROPORTIONAL PRESSURE RESET PRESSURE
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.3:2506 June 2020
2506/2516 Receiver Controllers
D200044X012
2516 Receiver-Controller
The principle of operation for the 2516 receiver-controller is the same as the 2506 receiver-controller, but includes a reset adjustment. Refer to figure 3.
Note from the principle of operation of the 2506 receiver-controller that an increase in pressure from the transmitter increases the pressure in the sensing bellows, moves the beam toward the nozzle, increases the pressure to the control valve, and at the same time increases the pressure through the proportional valve to the proportional bellows, thus stopping the pressure buildup to the control valve.
With the 2516 receiver-controller, the pressure in the line leading to the proportional bellows slowly passes through the reset valve and builds up the pressure in the reset bellows. Pressure buildup in the reset bellows pushes the beam toward the
nozzle, again increasing the pressure throughout the system to the control valve actuator and proportional bellows. Increased pressure to the control valve actuator increases pressure through the reset valve to the reset bellows and starts another increase in the pressure throughout the system and to the control valve. This pressure buildup in the system continues until the pressure from the transmitter is decreased and the system is brought back to the set point.
If a change in the system causes a decrease in outlet pressure, the reverse of the above cycle takes place.
The above pressure changes are simultaneous and are described above as a step-by-step sequence for explanation purposes only.
The reset adjustment dial on the 2516 receiver-controller is calibrated in minutes per repeat. This is the time in minutes required for the reset action to produce a quantity correction which is equal to the correction produced by proportional control action. In other words, this is the time in minutes required for the controller to increase its output pressure by an
amount equal to previous proportional increase caused by a change in control conditions.
2516F Receiver-Controller
During a prolonged difference between set point and the controlled variable, such as encountered with intermittent control applications (e.g., batch temperature control or wide open monitors on pressure control), reset ramps the controller output to either zero or full supply pressure; this condition is reset windup. When the controlled variable crosses the set point, there will be a delay before the controller output responds to the change in controlled variable. Anti-reset windup minimizes this delay and permits returning the controlled variable to set point more quickly with minimal overshoot.
The 2516 receiver-controller also has an anti-reset windup relief valve (2516F). Refer to figure 3. This valve provides differential pressure relief to prevent proportional pressure from exceeding reset pressure by more than a set value. The valve consists of two pressure chambers separated by a spring-loaded diaphragm. Reset pressure registers on the spring side of the diaphragm and proportional pressure registers on the other side. As long as controlled pressure changes are slow enough for normal proportional and reset action, the relief valve spring will keep the relief valve diaphragm from opening. However, a large or rapid increase in controller pressure will cause the relay to increase loading pressure to the control device. The increase in controller pressure also causes the pressure to increase in the proportional system and on the proportional side of the relief valve diaphragm. If this increase is greater than the relief valve spring setting, the relief diaphragm moves off the orifice in the differential relief valve. This allows the pressure on the proportional side of the diaphragm to bleed into the reset system. This action provides quick relief of excessive proportional pressure and reduces the time required by the system to return to the control point. A user can reverse the differential relief action to relieve on decreasing output pressure.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2506/2516 Receiver Controllers
D200044X012
Product Bulletin
34.3:2506 June 2020
Installation
Figure 4 illustrates the installation of a 2506 or 2516 receiver-controller on a Fisher 2500 transmitter. In this case, the receiver-controller input connection and the supply pressure connection are made at the factory. To complete the installation, a 1/4-inch line is run from the connection marked on the back of the receiver-controller case (figure 5) to the connection on the diaphragm case of the actuator.
Figure 6 illustrates the mounting of the 2506 or 2516 receiver-controller on the yoke of an actuator. In this case, the diaphragm connection is made at the factory. The supply pressure line should be connected to the 1/4 NPT INPUT connection of the regulator, if used, mounted on the yoke of the actuator. Also, a 1/4-inch line is run from the INSTRUMENT connection on the back of the receiver-controller case (figure 5) to the OUTPUT connection of the transmitter.
Figure 5 illustrates the dimensions for the 2506 and 2516 receiver-controller.
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
Application
1. Description of the service, such as throttling or on-off
2. Pressure range, composition, and temperature of the process fluid
3. Ambient temperature
Construction
Refer to the specifications. Carefully review each specification, indicating your choice whenever a selection is to be made.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.3:2506 June 2020
2506/2516 Receiver Controllers
D200044X012
Figure 4. Receiver-Controller Mounted on a Fisher 2500 Controller/Transmitter
SUPPLY
2500 CONTROLLER/ TRANSMITTER
2506/2516 RECEIVER/ CONTROLLER
FROM DIAPHRAGM CONNECTION TO ACTUATOR
CONTROL VALVE WITH DIAPHRAGM ACTUATOR
DF5357-A A6041
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2506/2516 Receiver Controllers
D200044X012
Product Bulletin
34.3:2506 June 2020
Figure 5. Dimensions
INSTRUMENT CONNECTION
REGULATOR MOUNTING AREA
154 (6.06)
SUPPLY CONNECTION OF REGULATOR
61 j (2.38)
86 (3.38)
83 (3.25)
YOKE MOUNTING
PIPE STAND MOUNTING
171 (6.75)
240 (9.44)
226 (8.88)
OPTIONAL GAUGES SUPPLIED ONLY WHEN SPECIFIED
MOUNTING HOLES (2 PLACES) 5/16-18 UNC
BELLOWS VENT OR REMOTE SET POINT CONNECTION
OUTPUT CONNECTION (MARKED DIAPHRAGM)
57 (2.25)
SUPPLY CONNECTION
108 (4.25)
45 (1.75)
TAPPED VENT (OPTIONAL)
INSTRUMENT CONNECTION
CASE VENT
117 (4.62)
VALUE SHOWN ADDED TO 0.5 CASING DIAMETER WILL RESULT IN ENVELOPE DIMENSION
114 (4.50)
191 (7.50)
AD4913-J 38B3960-A B2032-2
CASING MOUNTED
YOKE MOUNTED
WALL MOUNTED
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.3:2506 June 2020
2506/2516 Receiver Controllers
D200044X012
Figure 6. Receiver-Controller Mounted on the Actuator Yoke
INDICATOR
2500 TRANSMITTER SUPPLY
SUPPLY
PANEL LOADER
CENTRALIZED CONTROL BOARD
SUPPLY
2506/2516 REMOTE RECEIVER/ CONTROLLER
CONTROL VALVE WITH DIAPHRAGM ACTUATOR
DF5379 A6042
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2506/2516 Receiver Controllers
D200044X012
Product Bulletin
34.3:2506 June 2020
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.3:2506 June 2020
2506/2516 Receiver Controllers
D200044X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121986, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
C1 Controllers and Transmitters
D103291X012
Product Bulletin
34.3:C1 November 2019
FisherTM C1 Pneumatic Controllers and Transmitters
Fisher C1 controllers and transmitters continue the tradition of durable and dependable Fisher pressure instrumentation while addressing air/gas consumption concerns. The C1 is used wherever durable and dependable pressure instrumentation is required. The use of this product in demanding applications, such as those found in chemical process, gas, and oil production industries, demonstrates its versatility. The C1 can reduce steady-state air/gas consumption to as little as 1/10th that of previous products.
C1 controllers compare sensed process pressure (or differential pressure) with an operator-adjusted set point, and send a pneumatic signal to an adjacent control element that maintains the process pressure at or near the set point value. C1 transmitters sense process variables and send out a pneumatic signal, usually to an indicating or recording device that directly indicates the process measurement.
Unless otherwise noted, all NACE references are to NACE MR0175 / ISO15156 & NACE MR0103.
Features
nWide Range of Sensing Elements--A Bourdon tube is available for high pressures or bellows for vacuum and low pressures. Either kind of sensing element can be installed in the case with the controller or transmitter. Two interchangeable ranges of output bellows and gauges also are available.
nReduced Air/Gas Consumption--The C1 pneumatic controller is an energy efficient choice, helping to improve profits and uptime. Steady-state consumption rate is less than the 6 scfh requirement set for the oil and gas industry by the US Environmental Protection Agency (New Source Performance Standards Subpart OOOO, EPA-HQ-QAR-2010-0505).
FISHER C1 PNEUMATIC CONTROLLER YOKE-MOUNTED ON CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR
W9263-1
nSour Service Capability--Materials are available for applications handling sour process fluids. These constructions comply with the metallurgical requirements of NACE MR0175 / ISO15156 & NACE MR0103. Environmental restrictions may apply.
nMounting Versatility--Install the case on a panel, wall or pipestand, as well as directly on the control valve actuator.
nReduced Maintenance Costs--A spring-out cleaning wire, shown in figure 4, provides for in-service cleaning of the relay orifice.
nProportional-Only, Proportional-Plus-Reset, and Differential Gap Configurable--The C1 controller can be configured to provide various modes of control.
(Features continued on page 3)
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.3:C1 November 2019
C1 Controllers and Transmitters
D103291X012
Specifications
Available Configurations See table 1
Supply and Output Pressure Gauge Ranges See table 5
Input Signal
Pressure
Type: J Gauge pressure, J vacuum, J compound pressure, or J differential pressure of a liquid or gas Limits: See table 2 or 3
Output Signal
Proportional or Proportional-Plus-Reset Controllers and Transmitters: J 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) pneumatic pressure signal Differential Gap Controllers: J 0 and 1.4 bar (0 and 20 psig) or J 0 and 2.4 bar (0 and 35 psig) pneumatic pressure signal Action: Control action is field reversible between J direct (increasing sensed pressure produces increasing output signal) and J reverse (increasing sensed pressure produces decreasing output signal).
Supply Pressure Requirements(1)
See table 4
Supply Pressure Medium
Air or Natural Gas
Supply medium must be clean, dry, and noncorrosive and meet the requirements of ISA Standard 7.0.01 or ISO 8573-1.
A maximum 40 micrometer particle size in the air system is acceptable. Further filtration down to 5 micrometer particle size is recommended. Lubricant content is not to exceed 1 ppm weight (w/w) or volume (v/v) basis. Condensation in the air supply should be minimized
Steady-State Air Consumption(2)(3) 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig): 0.08 normal m3/hour (3 scfh) 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig): 0.12 normal m3/hour (4.5 scfh)
Supply and Output Connections
1/4 NPT internal
Proportional Band Adjustment
For Proportional-Only Controllers: Full output pressure change adjustable from J 2% to 100% of the sensing element range for 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or J 4% to 100% of the sensing element range for 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig)
For Proportional-Plus-Reset Controllers: Full output pressure change adjustable from J 3% to 100% of the sensing element range for 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig), or J 6% to 100% of the sensing element range for 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig)
Differential Gap Adjustment
For Differential Gap Controllers: Full output pressure change adjustable from 15% to 100% of sensing element range
Reset Adjustment
For Proportional-Plus-Reset Controllers: Adjustable from 0.01 to 74 minutes per repeat (100 to 0.01 repeats per minute)
Zero Adjustment (Transmitters Only)
Continuously adjustable to position span of less than 100% anywhere within the sensing element range
Span Adjustment (Transmitters Only)
Full output pressure change adjustable from 6 to 100% of process sensing element range
Performance
Repeatability: 0.5% of sensing element range Dead Band (Except Differential Gap Controllers(4)): 0.1% of sensing element range Typical Frequency Response at 100% Proportional Band: Output to Actuator: 0.7 Hz and 110 degree phase shift with 1850 cm3 (113 inches3) volume actuator at mid-stroke Output to Positioner Bellows: 9 Hz and 130 degree phase shift with 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) output to 33 cm3 ( 2 inches3 ) bellows
-continued-
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
C1 Controllers and Transmitters
D103291X012
Product Bulletin
34.3:C1 November 2019
Specifications (continued)
Ambient Operating Temperature Limits(1)
J Standard Construction: -40 to 71_C (-40 to 160_F) J High Temperature Construction: -18 to 104_C (0 to 220_F)
Anti-reset windup (differential pressure relief) and process pressure gauge options are only available in the standard construction
Typical Ambient Temperature Operating Influence
Proportional Control only: ±3.0% of output span for each 28_C (50_F) change in temperature between -40 and 71_C (-40 and 160_F) for a controller set at 100% proportional band Reset Control only: ±2.0% of output span for each 28_C (50_F) change in temperature between -40 and 71_C (-40 and 160_F) for a controller set at 100% proportional band Transmitters only: ±3.0% of output span for each 28_C (50_F) change in temperature between -40 and 71_C (-40 and 160_F) for a transmitter set at 100% span
Hazardous Area Classification Complies with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
Ex h IIC Tx Gb Ex h IIIC Tx Db
Maximum surface temperature (Tx) depends on operating conditions Gas: T4, T5, T6 Dust:T85...T104
Meets Customs Union technical regulation TP TC 012/2011 for Groups II/III Category 2 equipment
II Gb c T*X III Db c T*X
Construction Materials See tables 2, 3, and 6
Housing
Designed to NEMA 3 (Weatherproof) and IEC 529 IP54 Specifications
Approximate Weight 8.2 kg (18 pounds)
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology. 1. The pressure and temperature limits in this document, and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded. 2. Normal m3/hr: normal cubic meters per hour (m3/hr, 0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute). Scfh: standard cubic feet per hour (ft3/hr, 60_F and 14.7 psig). 3. To convert from air flow rate to natural gas flow rate multiply by 1.29. 4. An adjustable differential gap (differential gap controllers) is equivalent to an adjustable deadband.
Table 1. Available Configurations
DESCRIPTION(1)
Proportional controller
Proportional-plus-reset controller
Without anti-reset windup With anti-reset windup
Differential-gap controller
Transmitter
1. See figure 4 and 5 for construction details.
AVAILABLE CONFIGURATIONS
Pressure
Bourdon Tube Sensing Element (Gauge Pressure Only)
Bellows Sensing Element Gauge Pressure Differential Pressure
C1D
C1P
C1B
- - -
- - -
C1D
Features (continued)
nField Reversible--Switch action from direct to reverse or vice versa without additional parts. As illustrated in figure 3, transfer the reversing block to the opposite side of the flapper, invert the proportional band assembly and change the feedback bellows tubing connections.
nEasy, More Accurate Adjustments--Make pressure set point, proportional band, and reset changes with simple dial-knob controls that help to assure positive settings.
nSensitive Response--Area ratio of large relay diaphragm to small relay diaphragm permits small nozzle pressure changes to induce much greater output pressure changes.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.3:C1 November 2019
C1 Controllers and Transmitters
D103291X012
Table 2. Bourdon Tube Pressure Ranges and Materials
PRESSURE RANGES(1)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STATIC PRESSURE LIMITS(2)
Standard
With Optional Travel Stop(3)
Bar
Psig
Bar
Psig
Bar
Psig
0 to 2.0
0 to 30
2.0
30
3.3
48
0 to 4.0
0 to 60
4.0
60
6.6
96
0 to 7.0
0 to 100
7.0
100
11
160
0 to 14
0 to 200
14
0 to 20
0 to 300
20
0 to 40
0 to 600
40
0 to 70
0 to 1000
70
200
19
300
29
600
50
1000
83
280 420 720 1200
0 to 100
0 to 1500
100
1500
115
1650
0 to 200
0 to 3000
200
3000
230
3300
0 to 350
0 to 5000
350
5000
380
5500
0 to 550
0 to 8000
550
0 to 700
0 to 10,000
700
8000 10,000
550
8000
700
10,000
1. Range marked on Bourdon tube may be in kPa (1 bar = 100 kPa). 2. Bourdon tube may be pressured to limit shown without permanent zero shift. 3. With travel stop set at 110% of the range. 4. Bourdon tubes are also available in NACE compliant material. Contact your Emerson sales office for additional information.
MATERIAL(4) 316 Stainless Steel
Table 3. Bellows Pressure Ranges and Materials
PRESSURE RANGES
Vacuum
0 to 150 mbar (0 to 60 inch wc) 0 to 340 mbar (0 to 10 inch Hg) 0 to 1.0 bar (0 to 30 inch Hg)
Compound pressure
75 mbar vac. to 75 mbar (30 inch wc vac. to 30 inch wc) 500 mbar vac. to 500 mbar (15 inch Hg vac. to 7.5 psig) 1.0 bar vac. to 1.0 bar (30 inch Hg vac. to 15 psig)
Gauge pressure
Positive pressure
0 to 150 mbar (0 to 60 inch wc) 0 to 250 mbar(2) (0 to 100 inch wc) 0 to 350 mbar(3) (0 to 140 inch wc) 0 to 0.35 bar (0 to 5 psig) 0 to 0.5 bar (0 to 7.5 psig)
0 to 0.7 bar (0 to 10 psig) 0 to 1.0 bar (0 to 15 psig) 0 to 1.4 bar (0 to 20 psig) 0 to 2.0 bar (0 to 30 psig)
Differential pressure(4)
0 to 200 mbar (0 to 80 inch wc) 0 to 0.7 bar (0 to 10 psi) 0 to 1.4 bar (0 to 20 psi) 0 to 2.0 bar (0 to 30 psi)
1. Bellows may be pressured to limit shown without permanent zero shift. 2. C1B transmitter only. 3. Except C1B transmitter. 4. The overrange limit for these sensing elements is a differential pressure equal to the maximum allowable static pressure limit.
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STATIC PRESSURE LIMITS(1)
Brass Construction
Stainless Steel Construction
Bar
Psig
Bar
Psig
1.4
20
- - -
- - -
2.8
40
- - -
- - -
2.8
40
6.9
100
1.4
20
6.9
100
2.8
40
6.9
100
2.8
40
- - -
- - -
1.4
20
- - -
- - -
1.4
20
- - -
- - -
2.8
40
- - -
- - -
2.8
40
- - -
- - -
2.8
40
- - -
- - -
2.8
40
- - -
- - -
2.8
40
6.9
100
2.8
40
- - -
- - -
2.8
40
6.9
100
1.4
20
- - -
- - -
2.8
40
- - -
- - -
2.8
40
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
6.9
100
Table 4. Supply Pressure Data
Output Signal
0.2 to 1.0 or 0 and 1.4 (differential gap)
Bar
0.4 to 2.0 or 0 and 2.4 (differential gap)
3 to 15 or 0 and 20 (differential gap)
Psig
6 to 30 or 0 and 35 (differential gap)
1. If this pressure is exceeded, control may be impaired. 2. If this pressure is exceeded, damage to the controller may result.
Normal Operating Supply Pressure(1) 1.4 2.4 20 35
Maximum Allowable Supply Pressure To Prevent Internal Part Damage(2) 2.8 2.8 40 40
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
C1 Controllers and Transmitters
D103291X012
Product Bulletin
34.3:C1 November 2019
Table 5. Supply and Output Pressure Gauge Ranges
Gauge Scale
0.2 to 1.0 Bar (3 to 15 Psig) or 0 and 1.4 Bar (0 and 20 Psig) Output
Single
0 to 30 psig 0 to 2 kg/cm2
0 to 200 kPa
Dual
0 to 30 psig/0 to 200 kPa
Triple
0 to 30 psig/0 to 2 kg/cm2/0 to 2 bar
0.4 to 2.0 Bar (6 to 30 Psig) or 0 and 2.4 Bar (0 and 35 Psig) Output
0 to 60 psig 0 to 4 kg/cm2 0 to 400 kPa
0 to 60 psig/0 to 400 kPa 0 to 60 psig/0 to 4 kg/cm2/0 to 4 bar
Table 6. Construction Materials
Part
In contact with process
Bourdon tube Sensing bellows
Pressure block
Control tubing (from pressure block to sensing element and to optional process pressure gauge)
In contact with operating medium
All other interior tubing Exterior tubing
Exterior fittings
Nozzle and reversing block
Relay springs and spring plate
Relay diaphragms
Other metal relay parts, proportional bellows, and exhaust/reset bellows
Reset valve assembly and differential relief valve if used
O-rings
Gaskets
Other
Case and adjustment dial
Cover
Flapper
Control link
Flexure and pressure/ setting adjustment assemblies
Calibration adjustor
O-rings
1. NACE materials compliant with the latest versions of NACE MR0175/ISO 15156 and MR0103.
Material Stainless steel or NACE compliant N04400 nickel alloy(1) Brass or stainless steel Stainless steel or NACE compliant stainless steel(1)
Stainless steel or NACE compliant stainless steel(1)
Stainless steel Copper (with or without PVC plastic lining), stainless steel, or synthetic rubber Brass or stainless steel Zinc/stainless steel Steel Nitrile/nylon (standard) or polyacrylate/nylon (high-temperature)
Aluminum/stainless steel
Zinc/steel/ceramic Nitrile (standard) or fluorocarbon (high-temperature) Chloroprene (standard) or silicone (high-temperature) Aluminum Aluminum, except glass for gauge windows Stainless steel N04400 nickel alloy and/or stainless steel Aluminum/steel/stainless steel/plastic Zinc Nitrile
Principle of Operation
The pressure connections to the controller depend upon the type of pressure sensing, gauge or differential. Gauge pressure controllers use either a Bourdon tube or bellows as the sensing element. Differential pressure controllers use two bellows to sense differential pressure.
The key to C1 controller operation is the pressurebalanced relay with its yoked double-diaphragm assembly, shown in figure 1 or 2.
The relay is connected so that supply pressure bleeds through the fixed orifice before escaping through the nozzle. The nozzle pressure registers on the large relay diaphragm, and loading pressure (controller output) on the small relay diaphragm.
Steady-state sensed process pressure holds the Bourdon tube steady in relation to the nozzle. This allows pressure to escape between the nozzle and beam-flapper assembly at the same rate it bleeds through the orifice.
A change in the process pressure moves the beam and flapper with respect to the nozzle by either expanding or contracting the Bourdon tube arc. An increasing process pressure with direct action (or decreasing pressure with reverse action) produces a nozzle-flapper restriction that increases the loading on the large relay diaphragm. This causes the relay valve to close at the exhaust end and to open at the inlet end. Additional supply pressure flows through the relay chamber to increase the loading pressure on the
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.3:C1 November 2019
C1 Controllers and Transmitters
D103291X012
Figure 1. Schematic of Reverse-Acting Proportional-Only and Proportional-Plus-Reset Controllers
CONSTANT SUPPLY PRESSURE
EXHAUST EXHAUST END OF RELAY BOURDON TUBE
FIXED PIVOT
RESET BELLOWS NOZZLE
INLET END OF RELAY VALVE
SMALL DIAPHRAGM LARGE DIAPHRAGM RESTRICTION
PRESSURE-SETTING KNOB PRESSURE SETTING DIAL
RESET PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS BAND ADJUSTMENT KNOB
TO FINAL CONTROL ELEMENT
VENT
BEAM AND FLAPPER
PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
SENSED PRESSURE
PROPORTIONAL-ONLY CONTROLLER
CANTILEVER SPRING
PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
RESET VALVE
PROPORTIONAL-PLUS-RESET CONTROLLER
SENSED PRESSURE
GE23696 GE34724-A E1062
OUTPUT PRESSURE
NOZZLE PRESSURE
RESET PRESSURE
control valve actuator. A decreasing process pressure with direct action (or increasing pressure with reverse action) produces a nozzle-flapper opening that bleeds off pressure on the large relay diaphragm. This causes the relay valve inlet to close and the exhaust to open, thus exhausting loading pressure from the actuator.
Proportional-Only Controllers
The controller output pressure change feeds back to the proportional bellows, countering the pressure change in the nozzle and equalizing the relay diaphragm pressure differential. The relay valve maintains a new loading pressure according to the change in sensed pressure.
If the proportional band adjustment is at its maximum setting, the cantilever spring in the proportional band assembly has a low spring rate, allowing more feedback motion to be transferred from the proportional bellows for a change in output pressure. As the effective length of the cantilever is reduced, its spring rate increases, causing less feedback motion from proportional bellows. Setting the proportional band knob to its maximum results in a proportional band of 100%. The lower the proportional band adjustment, the shorter the effective length of the
cantilever spring. The spring rate of the cantilever spring increases as its length shortens, allowing less motion to be transferred from the bellows to the beam and flapper for a given change in output pressure.
Proportional-Plus-Reset Controllers
Additionally, all proportional-plus-reset C1 controllers have a two-way reset restriction valve that channels proportional pressure into a reset bellows to oppose the proportional bellows action. The action of this reset pressure occurs on a delayed basis. The reset valve can be adjusted to vary the time of delay.
Anti-Reset Windup
C1 controllers with anti-reset windup have an adjustable and reversible differential relief valve to provide anti-reset windup. As shown in figure 2, the proportional pressure registers rapidly on the spring side of the relief valve diaphragm as well as in the proportional bellows. Reset pressure registers slowly on the opposite side of the relief valve diaphragm. As long as controller output pressure changes are slow enough for normal proportional and reset action, the relief valve spring keeps the relief valve diaphragm from opening. However, a large or rapid decrease in
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
C1 Controllers and Transmitters
D103291X012
Product Bulletin
34.3:C1 November 2019
Figure 2. Schematic of Reverse-Acting Proportional-Plus-Reset Controller with Anti-Reset Windup
CONSTANT SUPPLY PRESSURE
DIFFERENTIAL RELIEF VALVE
EXHAUST
RESTRICTION
PRESSURE-SETTING KNOB
PRESSURE SETTING DIAL
RESET BELLOWS
PROPORTIONAL BAND ADJUSTMENT KNOB
TO FINAL CONTROL ELEMENT
CANTILEVER SPRING
PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
RESET VALVE
SENSED PRESSURE
SENSED PRESSURE
GE23697-A GE34724-A E1063-1
OUTPUT PRESSURE
NOZZLE PRESSURE
RESET PRESSURE
controller output pressure causes the relay to rapidly exhaust loading pressure from the control element, and also from the proportional system and spring side of the relief diaphragm. If this decrease on the spring side of the diaphragm is greater than the relief valve spring setting, the diaphragm will move off the relief valve orifice and permit the reset pressure on the opposite side of the relief valve diaphragm to bleed rapidly into the proportional system. The anti-reset windup action also can be reversed to relieve with an increasing proportional pressure.
Differential Gap Controllers
In C1 differential gap controllers, feedback pressure does not counteract the change in flapper position. Instead, the output pressure is piped to the bellows located on the side of the beam and flapper opposite the nozzle. Feedback pressure now reinforces the flapper movement by the sensed pressure change.
This construction causes the controller output to switch from full supply pressure to zero pressure or vice versa. The difference between the process pressure when the controller output switches to zero and the process pressure when the controller switches to maximum is the differential gap. Adjusting the proportional band adjustment adjusts the width of the gap; adjusting the set point positions the gap within the process pressure range.
Transmitters
Action of a pneumatic transmitter is similar to that of a proportional-only controller. Since the output pressure of the transmitter has no effect on the process pressure, transmitter output pressure is a proportional measure of the process pressure. The proportional band adjustment determines the span of the transmitter and the pressure setting mechanism determines the zero of the transmitter.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.3:C1 November 2019
C1 Controllers and Transmitters
D103291X012
Figure 3. Conversion from Reverse to Direct Action or Proportional to Differential Gap
PROPORTIONAL
RELAY TUBING
TUBING
PROPORTIONAL BAND ASSEMBLY
FLAPPER/SCREW
REVERSING ACTING
POSITION
BELLOWS REVERSING BLOCK/NOZZLE
PROPORTIONAL TUBING
RELAY TUBING REVERSING BLOCK/
NOZZLE
DIRECT ACTING POSITION
FLAPPER/SCREW
BELLOWS
PROPORTIONAL BAND ASSEMBLY
GE28263-B
REVERSE ACTING
DIRECT ACTING
TO CHANGE ACTION OF THE CONTROLLER, REPOSITION THE PROPORTIONAL TUBING, REVERSING BLOCK/NOZZLE AND PROPORTIONAL BAND ASSEMBLY AS SHOWN ABOVE
PROPORTIONAL-ONLY CONTROLLER OR TRANSMITTER
PROPORTIONAL TUBING RELAY TUBING
PROPORTIONAL TUBING RELAY TUBING
BELLOWS
REVERSING BLOCK
DIRECT ACTING POSITION
PROPORTIONAL BAND ASSEMBLY
FLAPPER/SCREW REVERSE ACTING POSITION
REVERSING BLOCK
GE34724-B
FLAPPER/SCREW
PROPORTIONAL BAND ASSEMBLY
REVERSE ACTING DIFFERENTIAL-GAP CONTROLLER
BELLOWS DIRECT ACTING
Construction Features
Rugged Service Capability
The case and cover are made of weather resistant, die-cast aluminum. Stainless steel tubing and fitting materials provide the capability for operation in ammonia and similar corrosive service conditions. Optional materials for relay diaphragms and other soft parts permit operation at ambient temperatures up to 93_C (200_F).
Low-Pressure Precision
Bellows sensing constructions provide better accuracy in low-pressure, vacuum, or compound ranges. Two sensing bellows are used where an important variable is the difference between two sensed pressures.
Conversion From Proportional To Differential Gap Control
The C1 controller can be configured to provide differential gap (on-off control) rather than proportional control. The proportional bellows is connected so that feedback pressure pushes the beam
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
C1 Controllers and Transmitters
D103291X012
Product Bulletin
34.3:C1 November 2019
Figure 4. Fisher C1 Constructions
PRESSURE BLOCK RELAY AND TUBING ORIFICE
SPRING-OUT CLEANING WIRE
PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT DESIGN MINIMIZES BACKLASH FOR MORE POSITIVE SETTINGS
PROPORTIONAL BAND ASSEMBLY
PROPORTIONAL BAND ASSEMBLY KNOB
HIGH-VISIBILITY DIAL ON RESET VALVE
REVERSING BLOCK
VENTED BELLOWS
PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
REVERSE-ACTING CONTROLLER PROPORTIONAL
PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
PROPORTIONAL BAND ASSEMBLY
GE28280-B GE28281-B GE31718-A E1056
REVERSE-ACTING CONTROLLER PROPORTIONAL-PLUS-RESET
and flapper in the same direction as caused by the sensed pressure change. This reinforcement completely opens the relay valve either to full supply pressure or to full exhaust, allowing no in-between throttling. To change from a proportional to a differential gap controller, or vice versa, just reverse the tubing connection on the mounting base and invert the proportional band assembly, as shown in figure 3.
PROPORTIONAL BAND ASSEMBLY KNOB
RESET BELLOWS
ANTI-RESET WINDUP ASSEMBLY DETAIL
Reverse/Direct Conversion
Switching the action from reverse to direct or vice versa is done by moving the reversing block and feedback bellows connection and inverting the proportional band assembly as shown in figure 3.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.3:C1 November 2019
C1 Controllers and Transmitters
D103291X012
Figure 5. Bellows Details
SENSING BELLOWS BELLOWS SPRING
The differential relief valve has a range of 0.14 to 0.4 bar (2 to 7 psig) and, unless ordered otherwise, is set by the factory to relieve at a 0.3 bar (5 psi) difference between proportional and reset pressures.
GE34727-B E1057
BELLOWS DETAILS
HIGH-PRESSURE SENSING BELLOWS LOW-PRESSURE SENSING BELLOWS
Manual Backup
As shown in figure 6, a Fisher 670 or 671 panel-mounted loading regulator with changeover valve permits switching to an alternate loading pressure, if a C1 controller experiences supply pressure failure or other malfunction.
Figure 6. Schematic of Manual Backup Changeover Hookup
CONTROLLER LOADING PRESSURE GAUGE
LOADING PRESSURE OUTPUT FROM CONTROLLER
A2111-2
ALTERNATE LOADING PRESSURE GAUGE
670 OR 671 MANUAL LOADER WITH THREE-WAY CHANGEOVER VALVE
ALTERNATE LOADING PRESSURE SOURCE
TO ACTUATOR AND VALVE
GE35157 E1058
Anti-Reset Windup
The anti-reset windup capability of C1 controllers provides quick equalization of reset and proportional pressures. This capability reduces overshoot and the time required for a system to return to the pressure setting after large changes in sensed pressure. This feature is useful when slow reset and broad proportional band settings are used.
Continuous Indication of Process
Pressure
Replacing the supply pressure gauge on a pressure controller or transmitter by a process pressure gauge permits indicating process pressure in one of the ranges shown in table 7. To obtain a supply pressure indication, install a gauge on the supply regulator. The process pressure gauge must be specially ordered and comes with brass trim standard in all ranges and stainless steel trim optional in some ranges. Adding a process pressure gauge in the field also requires a special control pressure block. A process pressure gauge cannot be added to controllers or transmitters that use a differential bellows for sensing pressure.
Table 7. Optional Process Pressure Gauges
Sensing Element
Gauge Range(1)
Bourdon tube
Positive pressure
0 to 30 psig(2) 0 to 60 psig 0 to 160 psig
0 to 300 psig(2) 0 to 600 psig 0 to 1000 psig
Bellows
Positive pressure
0 to 30 psig(2)
1. Consult your Emerson sales office for gauges in other units. 2. Also available in stainless steel trim.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
C1 Controllers and Transmitters
D103291X012
Product Bulletin
34.3:C1 November 2019
Bourdon Tube Protection
All Bourdon tube constructions are available with one or both of the following protective devices:
nBarrier Protector for Corrosive or Clogging Process Fluids--A sealed and fluid-filled barrier (described in Fisher product bulletin 39:025, D200057X012) may be installed between the process and the Bourdon tube. The barrier fluid transmits sensed pressure on a one-to-one basis into the Bourdon tube.
nTravel Stop for Bourdon Tube--The stop limits Bourdon tube overtravel when momentary surges in the sensed pressure exceed the Bourdon tube rating. Although it does not permit accurate control or transmission of a pressure higher than the upper range limit listed in table 2, this stop does permit Bourdon tube overpressuring to the maximum static pressure shown in table 2 without damage.
Figure 7. Typical Yoke Mounting
C1 CONTROLLER
GE33947-A E1086
FISHER 657 ACTUATOR
FISHER 67 FILTER REGULATOR
Installation
A C1 controller or transmitter normally comes installed on a final control element or indicating device or equipped for separate surface or pipestand mounting. Usually, a control valve with just a controller or transmitter and one supply regulator has the controller/transmitter and regulator yoke-mounted on opposite sides of the actuator as shown in figure 7. Nipple mounting of the supply regulator (if desired) is available. Specify such mounting if the opposite yoke boss of an actuator will be occupied by a positioner.
Install the controller or transmitter so that the vent points down. Figure 8 illustrates the vent location, the location of all case connections, dimensions, and mounting information.
Ordering Information
Application
When ordering, specify:
1. Type of service, such as pressure reduction or pressure relief, throttling or differential gap.
2. Composition, pressure, and temperature of measured variable(s).
3. Ambient temperature
4. Pressure in process vessel (if closed)
5. Type number, orientation, and other applicable descriptions of control or indicating device(s).
Construction
Refer to the Specifications and the Construction Features sections. Review the description for each specification, construction feature, and in the referenced tables. Specify the desired selection whenever there is a choice.
Always specify the complete type number of the C1 controller or transmitter, direct or reverse action, supply pressure regulator, and other desired equipment. On controllers with anti-reset windup, specify whether the differential relief valve is to relieve with falling or rising output.
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.3:C1 November 2019
C1 Controllers and Transmitters
D103291X012
Figure 8. Dimensions
180.8 (7.12)
23.1 (0.91)
241.3 (9.50)
15.9 60.3 DIA (0.62) (2.38)
CASE TAPPED 1/4 NPT FOR VENT
RIGHT SIDE VIEW SHOWING PIPESTAND MOUNTING
1/4 NPT
29.4 (1.16)
1/4 NPT
238.1 (9.38)
37.6 (1.48)
DETAIL OF PROPORTIONAL-PLUS-RESET CONTROLLER WITH ANTI-RESET WINDUP RELIEF VALVE
FRONT VIEW
63.5 63.5 (2.50) (2.50)
1/4 NPT
215.9 (8.50)
79.4 (3.12)
FLUSH PANEL MOUNTING
6.35 (0.25) DIA SCREWS
65.8 (2.59)
23.1 (0.97)
23.1 (0.97)
142.7 (5.62)
SURFACE MOUNTING
LEFT SIDE VIEW
E1053
122.2 (4.81)
69.1 (2.72)
122.2 (4.81)
50.8 (2.00) 218.9 50.8 (8.62) (2.00)
14.3 R (0.56)
1/4 NPT PANEL CUTOUT DIMENSIONS FOR PANEL MOUNTING
BACK VIEW
mm (INCH)
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E122008, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4194 Differential Pressure Controllers
D200048X012
Product Bulletin
34.4:4194 November 2019
FisherTM 4194 Differential Pressure Indicating Controllers
Fisher 4194 (low pressure) differential pressure indicating controllers show process differential pressure and set point on an easy-to-read process scale. The controllers sense two different pressures and compare the difference between these pressures with an operator-adjusted set point. A pneumatic signal is then delivered to a control element to change the process differential pressure toward the set point. The controllers use a capsular element for differential
pressure up to 2.0 bar (30 psi). They are available for proportional only, proportional-plus-reset, and differential gap control. The controller is also available (see table 1) with anti-reset windup, internal auto/manual station, and remote set point adjustability (see table 1). 4194 controllers are used in industry where process monitoring and accurate measurement of differential pressures are required.
SET POINT ADJUSTMENT
PROCESS PRESSURE INDICATOR
W5850-1
CONTROLLER YOKE-MOUNTED ON ACTUATOR OF CONTROL VALVE
W5827-2
SUPPLY PRESSURE GAUGE
OUTPUT PRESSURE GAUGE
INTERIOR OF CONTROLLER
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.4:4194 November 2019
4194 Differential Pressure Controllers
D200048X012
Specifications
Available Configurations See table 1
Sensing Element Range (Input Signal) See table 2
Process Scale J Linear, J square root, or J others on request(1)
Process Connections Standard: 1/4 NPT internal stainless steel (all input ranges) Optional: 1/2 NPT external stainless steel
Output Signal Proportional or Proportional-Plus-Reset Range: J 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) Differential Gap Output: J 0 and 1.4 bar (0 and 20 psig) or J 0 and 2.4 bar (0 and 35 psig) Action: Field-reversible between J direct (increasing sensed pressure increases output pressure) or J reverse (increasing sensed pressure decreases output pressure)
Supply and Output Connections 1/4 NPT internal
Supply Pressure Requirements(2) See table 3
Supply Pressure Medium Air or non-corrosive Natural Gas
Differential Gap Controllers: Adjustable from 1 to 100% of process scale range
Set Point: Continuously adjustable from 0 to 100% of the scale range. J Internal Set Point Adjustment (standard): Internal adjustment knob
Controller Performance(3)
Repeatability: 0.09% of process scale range Dead Band: Less than 0.2% of process scale range Typical Frequency Response: 1.5 Hz and 90 deg phase shift with 3.05 m (10 feet) of 6.44 mm (1/4 inch) tubing and 1639 cm3 (100 in.3) volume
Steady-State Air Consumption(3)(4)
0.2 to 1.0 Bar (3 to 15 psig) Output: 0.08 m3/hr (2.8 scfh) 0.4 to 2.0 Bar (6 to 30 psig) Output: 0.07 m3/hr (2.5 scfh)
Operative Ambient Temperature Limits(2)(5)
40 to 70_C (40 to 160_F)
Hazardous Area Classification
Complies with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
Ex h IIC Tx Gb Ex h IIIC Tx Db
Maximum surface temperature (Tx) depends on operating conditions
Gas: T6 Dust: T70
Remote Set Point Pressures J 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig)
Construction Materials See table 4
Controller Adjustments Proportional Band: 5 to 500% of process scale range Reset: Adjustable from 0.01 to more than 74 min per repeat (from 100 to less than 0.0135 repeats per min)
Meets Customs Union technical regulation TP TC 012/2011 for Groups II/III Category 2 equipment
II Gb c T*X III Db c T*X
Mounting Controller can be mounted on J actuator, J panel, J wall, or J pipestand
Approximate Weight 4.5 kg (10 lb)
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology. 1. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional information. 2. The pressure/temperature limits in this document, and any applicable code or standard should not be exceeded. 3. Normal m3/hr--normal cubic meters per hour (m3/hr, 0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute). Scfh--standard cubic feet per hour (ft3/hr, at 60_F and 14.7 psig). 4. Without auto/manual switch. With auto/manual switch add 0.01 normal m3/hr (0.5 scfh). 5. Also for transportation and storage limits.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4194 Differential Pressure Controllers
D200048X012
Product Bulletin
34.4:4194 November 2019
Table 1. Available Configurations
TYPE NUMBER(1)
Proportional- Only
Proportional- Plus Reset
CONFIGURATIONS
Proportional-Plus Reset-Plus-Rate(2)
Differential Gap
4194A
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
4194AE
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
4194AM
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
4194AME
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
4194B
- - -
X
4194BE
- - -
X
4194BF
- - -
X
4194BFE
- - -
X
4194BM
- - -
X
4194BME
- - -
X
4194BFM
- - -
X
4194BFME
- - -
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4194C
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4194CE
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4194CF
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4194CFE
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4194CM
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4194CME
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4194CFM
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4194CFME
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4194S
- - -
- - -
- - -
X
4194SE
- - -
- - -
- - -
X
4914HSM
- - -
- - -
- - -
X
4194SME
- - -
- - -
- - -
X
1. Reverse-acting constructions are designated by an R added to the type number. 2. Consult your Emerson sales office for information on rate.
Anti-Reset Windup
- - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - X X - - - - - - X X
- - - - - - X X - - - - - - X X
- - - - - - - - - - - -
Remote Set Point
- - - - - - X X
- - - - - - - - - - - - X X X X
- - - - - - - - - - - - X X X X
- - - - - - X X
Internal Auto/ Manual Station
- - - X - - - X
- - - X - - - X - - - X - - - X
- - - X - - - X - - - X - - - X
- - - X - - - X
Features
nEasy Maintenance--Simple design of the controller allows fast, easy maintenance and minimal spare parts inventory.
nEasy Adjustment--Adjusting the set point and the zero and span of the process pointer and switching between direct and reverse action are accomplished quickly and without special tools. Also, the set point and proportional band can be adjusted with no interaction between the two adjustments.
nVibration Resistant--Simple design and low mass of internal parts allow the controller to withstand vibration encountered in most plant environments.
nLow Air/Gas Consumption--The relay and nozzle design reduces the steady-state consumption rate
to as low as 0.07 m3/hr (2.5 scfh); less than the 6 scfh requirement set for the oil and gas industry by the US Environmental Protection Agency (New Source Performance Standards Subpart OOOO, EPA-HQ-QAR-2010-0505).
nCorrosion Resistant--Tough plastic housing resists corrosive environments. Internal constructions are available to resist a corrosive supply pressure media.
nMounting Versatility--The controller can mount directly on the actuator or it can mount on a pipestand, on a wall, or in a panel.
nHighly Visible Display--Two red pointers on a 114 mm (4-1/2 inch) long white-on-black scale show differential pressure and deviation from set point at a glance. Two other gauges monitor supply and output pressures.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.4:4194 November 2019
4194 Differential Pressure Controllers
D200048X012
Table 2. Process Sensor (Capsular Element) Ranges, and Pressure Ratings
AVAILABLE CAPSULAR ELEMENT RANGES
MINIMUM(1) DIFFERENTIAL
SPAN
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE(2) DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
STATIC PRESSURE OPERATING RANGE
Minimum
Maximum
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE(3) STATIC PRESSURE
Bar
Psid
Bar
Psid
Bar
Psid
Bar
Inches of Mercury
Bar
Psig
Bar
Psig
0 to 0.4
0 to 5
0.2
2.5
0.4
5
-0.4
-10
0.4 5
0.5
7.5
0 to 0.7
0 to 10
0.4
5.0
0.7
10
-0.7
-20
0.7 10
1.0
15.0
0 to 1.4
0 to 20
0.7
10.0
1.4
20
-1.0
-30
1.4 20
2.1
30.0
0 to 2.0
0 to 30
1.0
15.0
2.0
30
-1.0
-30
2.0 30
3.1
45.0
1. Span is adjustable between minimum shown and maximum of the capsular element operating range and can be positioned anywhere within this range. For example, if a (0 to 2.0 bar (0 to 30 psid) capsular element is used and the minimum span of 1.0 bar (15 psid) is set, the process indication can be calibrated to a range of 0 to 1.0 bar (0 to 15 psid), 1.0 to 2.0 bar (15 to 30 psid), or any value between the minimum and maximum values of the operating range. 2. Maximum difference between the two input supply pressures. 3. Capsular element may be pressured to this valve (after reaching travel stop at upper range limit) without permanent zero shift of structural damage to controller components.
Table 3. Supply Pressure Data
Output Signal Range
0.2 to 1.0 or 0 and 1.4 (differential gap)
Bar
0.4 to 2.0 or 0 and 2.4 (differential gap)
3 to 15 or 0 and 20 (differential gap)
Psig
6 to 30 or 0 and 35 (differential gap)
1. If this pressure is exceeded, control stability may be impaired. 2. If this pressure is exceeded, damage to the controller may result.
Normal Operating Supply Pressure(1) 1.4 2.4 20 35
Maximum Pressure to Prevent Internal Damage(2) 3.4 3.4 50 50
Table 4. Construction Materials
Part Case and cover Exterior tubing Exterior fittings Interior tubing Capsular element Nozzle Flapper Relay springs Relay O-rings Relay diaphragms Other relay metal parts Feedback bellows assembly Supply and output gauges Remote set point bellows
Standard Material Polyester plastic Copper C36000 (brass) S30400 (304 stainless steel) N09902 (Nickel alloy) S30300 (303 stainless steel) S31600 (316 stainless steel) S30200 (302 stainless steel) or steel Nitrile Nitrile Aluminum or stainless steel C51000 (bronze) Brass (wetted parts only) N09902
Optional Material ---
Aluminum, stainless steel, steel, or polyethylene Aluminum, stainless steel, steel, or polyethylene
----------------S32100 (321 stainless steel) Stainless steel (wetted parts only) ---
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4194 Differential Pressure Controllers
D200048X012
Product Bulletin
34.4:4194 November 2019
Figure 1. Operational Schematic of Fisher 4194 Differential Pressure Controllers
MANUAL SET POINT ADJUSTMENT
PROCESS POINTER REMOTE SET POINT CONNECTED HERE
INPUT ELEMENT CONNECTED HERE
CONNECTING LINK
BEAM
RESET BELLOWS
PROPORTIONAL
(VENTED)
BELLOWS
FLAPPER
PROPORTIONAL BAND ADJUSTMENT
REVERSE ACTION QUADRANT
FEEDBACK LINK
FEEDBACK MOTION
FLAPPER PIVOT
DIRECT ACTION
QUADRANT
INPUT MOTION
FLAPPER DETAIL
OUTPUT PRESSURE TO CONTROL DEVICE
SUPPLY PRESSURE
NOZZLE
OUTPUT PRESSURE PROPORTIONAL PRESSURE
NOZZLE PRESSURE
SUPPLY PRESSURE
RELAY
RESET PRESSURE
TO
RESET
TO
BELLOWS NOZZLE
TO PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
PROPORTIONAL-ONLY CONTROL
TO RESET BELLOWS
TO NOZZLE
OUTPUT TO PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
TO TO NOZZLE RESET BELLOWS
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
RESET VALVE
RELAY SUPPLY PRESSURE
RESET VALVE
RELIEF VALVE
RELAY
SUPPLY PRESSURE
RELAY
SUPPLY PRESSURE
PROPORTIONAL-PLUS-RESET CONTROL
C0742
PROPORTIONAL-PLUS-RESET CONTROL WITH ANTI-RESET WINDUP
DIFFERENTIAL GAP CONTROL
Principle of Operation
Refer to figure 1 (proportional-only control). The input element is connected to the process pointer and flapper by a connecting linkage. As the process differential pressure increases (in a direct-acting controller), the flapper moves toward the nozzle, restricting flow through the nozzle and increasing nozzle pressure. When this occurs, relay action increases the output pressure (delivery) of the controller. Output pressure is fed back to the
proportional bellows. The action of the proportional bellows counters the flapper movement that resulted from the process differential pressure change, and backs the flapper away from the nozzle. Set point adjustment also changes the proximity of the nozzle and flapper; however, when the set point is changed, the nozzle moves with respect to the flapper. When the controller is in the reverse-acting mode (see flapper detail in figure 1), an increase in process differential pressure causes a decrease in output pressure.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.4:4194 November 2019
4194 Differential Pressure Controllers
D200048X012
Figure 2. Controller Construction Detail
SET POINT ADJUSTMENT
INPUT ELEMENT (CAPSULAR ELEMENT)
PROPORTIONAL BAND COVER PROPORTIONAL BAND ADJUSTMENT 1
ZERO ADJUSTMENT 2
SPAN ADJUSTMENT 2
CONNECTING LINK
Notes: 1White portion of adjustment enables direct controller action; black portion enables reverse controller action. 2For the process pointer.
W3612-1
In addition to the proportional-only (4194A) version, a controller is available for proportional-plus-reset control (4194B). In this controller, output pressure is fed back to the reset bellows as well as to the proportional bellows.
Anti-reset windup is available on all controllers with reset. Remote set point is available on all controllers.
The 4194S controller provides differential gap control. In this version, feedback pressure is piped directly to the reset bellows, reinforcing the change in flapper position rather than counteracting it. This construction causes the controller output to switch from full supply pressure to zero pressure or vice versa.
The schematic diagram (figure 1) emphasizes detail of construction variations between control modes. Refer to table 1 for a complete description of type number suffixes.
Construction Features
Simplified Relay Maintenance
A clean-out wire provides a fast, easy means of cleaning the relay primary orifice during service.
Pressure Protection for the Case
A rubber plug in the plastic case pops out to prevent excessive pressure buildup from occurring inside the case before structural damage can take place.
Easy Direct/Reverse Switching
Controller action can be switched from direct to reverse or vice versa by simply loosening the screws on the proportional band cover and moving the cover out to rotate the proportional band knob to the desired action (see figure 2).
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4194 Differential Pressure Controllers
D200048X012
Product Bulletin
34.4:4194 November 2019
Figure 3. Typical Yoke Mounting
657 ACTUATOR
4194 CONTROLLER
67FR FILTER REGULATOR
W5661
MOUNTING PLATE
Easy Mode Conversion
Conversion from proportional to proportional-plus-reset control requires the addition of a reset valve and two pieces of tubing. Conversion from proportional to differential gap control requires the addition of one piece of tubing.
Figure 4. Controller Dimensions
REMOTE SET POINT CONNECTION
260 (10.25)
130 (5.13)
330 (13.00)
TOP VIEW
102 (4.00)
51 (2.00)
5/16 - 18 UNC-2B 3 HOLES (MOUNTING)
87 (3.44)
255 (10.04)
FRONT VIEW
REAR VIEW
147 66 (5.80) (2.56)
31
HIGH
(1.22)
LOW
PRESSURE 1/4 NPT
PRESSURE
4 HOLES
BOTTOM VIEW
46A9765-A A5710-1
mm (INCH)
Anti-Reset Windup
Anti-reset windup is available with proportional-plus-reset controllers. Relief valve may be installed to limit reset windup in either direction.
Remote Set Point
The capability of adjusting the set point from a remote location is available as an option on 4194 controllers.
Auto/Manual Capability
An internal auto/manual station is available for smooth bumpless transfer from automatic to manual and manual to automatic control of the controller output.
Installation
The 4194 differential pressure controllers may be shipped alone for a separate installation or for installation on a control valve actuator. The controllers can also be mounted on a pipe stand, on a wall, or in a panel. When a controller is mounted on an actuator and a positioner is not used, the controller will usually be opposite the supply regulator as shown in figure 3. If a positioner is used, the supply regulator can be mounted on the actuator casing.
The controller must be installed so that the vent opening faces down. Basic controller dimensions are shown in figure 4. Dimensions for specific mounting methods are shown in figure 5.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.4:4194 November 2019
4194 Differential Pressure Controllers
D200048X012
Figure 5. Mounting Dimensions
92 (3.62)
HORIZONTAL PIPE
222 (8.75)
62 (2.43)
95 (3.75)
36A9757-A
SIDE VIEW
VERTICAL PIPE
PIPESTAND MOUNTING
B1473-4
TOP VIEW
84 (3.29)
63 (2.49)
13 (0.50)
161 (6.35)
TOP VIEW
260 (10.25)
62 (2.43)
306 (12.06)
13 (0.50)
152 (6.00)
14R (0.56R)
62 (2.43)
36A9759-A
REAR VIEW
236 (9.31)
13 (0.50)
36A9761-B
DIMENSIONS OF PANEL CUTOUT
REAR VIEW
PANEL MOUNTING
WALL MOUNTING
mm (INCH)
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
Application
1. Description of the service, such as throttling or on-off
2. Pressure range, composition, and temperature of process fluid
3. Ambient temperature
Construction
Refer to the specifications and the Construction Features section. Carefully review each specification and feature, indicating your choice whenever a selection is to be made. Refer to table 1 for type numbers; add R to any type number if reverse action is desired.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1991, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4194H Differential Pressure Controllers
D200049X012
Product Bulletin
34.4:4194H November 2019
FisherTM 4194H Differential Pressure Indicating Controllers
Fisher 4194H differential pressure indicating controllers show process differential pressure and set point on an easy-to-read process scale. These high static pressure controllers sense two different pressures and compare the difference between these pressures with an operator-adjusted set point. A pneumatic signal is then delivered to a control element to change the process differential pressure toward the set point. 4194H controllers use a differential pressure unit such as the BartonTM 199 for differential pressure up to 5.2 bar (75 psi). The product line includes proportional-only, proportional-plus- reset, and differential gap controllers.
The controllers are also available with anti-reset windup, internal auto/manual station, and remote set point adjustability (see table 1). 4194H controllers are used throughout industries where process monitoring and accurate measurement of differential pressure are required.
W5825
CONTROLLER WITH DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE UNIT
PROCESS DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE INDICATOR
SET POINT ADJUSTMENT
Features
nEasy Maintenance--Simple design of the controller allows fast, easy maintenance and minimal spare parts inventory.
nEasy Adjustment--Adjustments of set point and zero and span of the process pointer, and switching between direct and reverse action are accomplished quickly and without special tools. Also, the set point and proportional band can be adjusted with no interaction between the two adjustments.
nHighly Visible Display--Two red pointers on a 114 mm (4.50 inch) long white-on-black scale show differential pressure and deviation from set point at a glance. Two other gauges monitor supply and output pressures.
W5826-1
SUPPLY PRESSURE GAUGE
OUTPUT PRESSURE GAUGE
INTERIOR OF CONTROLLER
nLow Air/Gas Consumption--The relay and nozzle design reduces the steady-state consumption rate to as low as 0.07 m3/hr (2.5 scfh); less than the 6 scfh requirement set for the oil and gas industry by the US Environmental Protection Agency (New Source Performance Standards Subpart OOOO, EPA-HQ-QAR-2010-0505).
nCorrosion Resistant--Thermoplastic housing withstands a broad range of corrosive environments. Internal constructions are available to resist a corrosive supply pressure media.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.4:4194H November 2019
4194H Differential Pressure Controllers
D200049X012
Specifications
Available Configurations See table 1
Sensing Element Range (Input Signal) See table 2
Process Scale J Linear, J square root, or J others on request(1)
Process Connections Standard: 1/4 NPT internal stainless steel (all input ranges) Optional: 1/2 NPT external stainless steel
Output Signal Proportional or Proportional-Plus-Reset Range: J 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) Differential Gap Output: J 0 and 1.4 bar (0 and 20 psig) or J 0 and 2.4 bar (0 and 35 psig) Action: Field-reversible between J direct (increasing sensed pressure increases output pressure) or J reverse (increasing sensed pressure decreases output pressure)
Supply and Output Connections 1/4 NPT internal
Supply Pressure Requirements(2) See table 4
Supply Pressure Medium Air or non-corrosive Natural Gas
Remote Set Point Pressures J 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig)
Construction Materials See table 3
Controller Adjustments Proportional Band: 5 to 500% of process scale range Reset: Adjustable from 0.01 to more than 74 min per repeat (from 100 to less than 0.0135 repeats per min) Differential Gap Controllers: Adjustable from 1 to 100% of process scale range Set Point: Continuously adjustable from 0 to 100% of the scale range
Controller Performance(3) Repeatability: 0.4% of process scale range Dead Band: Less than 0.2% of process scale range
Steady-State Air Consumption(4)(5) 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) Output: 0.08 m3/hr (2.8 scfh) 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) Output: 0.07 m3/hr (2.5 scfh)
Operative Ambient Temperature Limits(2)(6) 40 to 70_C (40 to 160_F)
(continued)
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Construction Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4194H Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Auto/Manual Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4194H Differential Pressure Controllers
D200049X012
Product Bulletin
34.4:4194H November 2019
Specifications (continued)
Hazardous Area Classification Complies with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
Ex h IIC Tx Gb Ex h IIIC Tx Db
Maximum surface temperature (Tx) depends on operating conditions Gas: T6 Dust: T70
Meets Customs Union technical regulation TP TC 012/2011 for Groups II/III Category 2 equipment
II Gb c T*X III Db c T*X
Housing Designed to NEMA 3 (Weatherproof) and IEC 529 IP54 Specifications
Mounting Controller is mounted on a pipestand
Approximate Weight Controller: 4.5 kg (10 lb) without the differential pressure unit Differential Pressure Unit: 21.5 kg (47 lb) Total Weight (controller and differential pressure unit): 26 kg (57 lb) (with a Barton 199 Differential Pressure Unit)
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology. 1. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional information. 2. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any applicable standard or code limitation for valve should not be exceeded. 3. With Barton 199 differential pressure unit. 4. Normal m3/hr--normal cubic meters per hour (m3/hr, 0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute). Scfh--standard cubic feet per hour (ft3/hr, at 60_F and 14.7 psig). 5. Without auto/manual switch. With auto/manual switch, add 0.01 m3/hr (0.5 scfh) 6. Also for transportation and storage limits.
Table 1. Available Configurations
TYPE NUMBER(1)
Proportional- Only
Proportional- Plus Reset
CONFIGURATIONS
Proportional-Plus Reset-Plus-Rate(2)
Differential Gap
4194HA
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
4194HAE
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
4194HAM
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
4194HAME
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
4194HB
- - -
X
4194HBE
- - -
X
4194HBF
- - -
X
4194HBFE
- - -
X
4194HBM
- - -
X
4194HBME
- - -
X
4194HBFM
- - -
X
4194HBFME
- - -
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4194HC
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4194HCE
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4194HCF
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4194HCFE
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4194HCM
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4194HCME
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4194HCFM
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4194HCFME
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4194HS
- - -
- - -
- - -
X
4194HSE
- - -
- - -
- - -
X
4914HSM
- - -
- - -
- - -
X
4194HSME
- - -
- - -
- - -
X
1. Reverse-acting constructions are designated by an R added to the type number. 2. Consult your Emerson sales office for information on rate.
Anti-Reset Windup
- - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - X X - - - - - - X X
- - - - - - X X - - - - - - X X
- - - - - - - - - - - -
Remote Set Point
- - - - - - X X
- - - - - - - - - - - - X X X X
- - - - - - - - - - - - X X X X
- - - - - - X X
Internal Auto/ Manual Station
- - - X - - - X
- - - X - - - X - - - X - - - X
- - - X - - - X - - - X - - - X
- - - X - - - X
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.4:4194H November 2019
4194H Differential Pressure Controllers
D200049X012
Table 2. Process Sensor (Barton 199) Ranges and Pressure Ratings
AVAILABLE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE UNIT OPERATING RANGES
STATIC PRESSURE OPERATING RANGE
mbar
Inch wc
Bar
Psig
0 to 50 0 to 63 0 to 125 0 to 188 0 to 250
Bar
0 to 20 0 to 25 0 to 50 0 to 75 0 to 100
Psi
- - -(1)
- - -(1)
0 to 1.0 0 to 3.4 0 to 5.2
0 to 15 0 to 50 0 to 75
1. Available in ranges of 0 to 70 bar (0 to 1000 psig), 0 to 172 bar (0 to 2500 psig), and 0 to 413 bar (0 to 6000 psig). Actual static pressure depends on differential pressure unit rating and materials.
Table 3. Construction Materials
Product
Part
Case and cover
Exterior tubing
Exterior fittings
Interior tubing
Nozzle
Flapper
Relay springs
4194H Controllers Relay O-rings Relay diaphragms
Other relay metal parts
Feedback bellows assembly
Supply and output gauges
Remote set point bellows
Barton 199 Differential Pressure Unit
Mounting plates Bellows Housing
Standard Material Polyester plastic Copper C36000 (brass) Copper S30300 (303 stainless steel) S31600 (316 stainless steel) S30200 (302 stainless steel), steel Nitrile Nitrile Aluminum, stainless steel
C51000 (bronze)
Brass (wetted parts only)
N09902 (nickel alloy)
Zinc-plated steel Stainless steel Steel
Optional Material - - - Aluminum,stainless steel, steel, polyethylene Aluminum, stainless steel, steel, polyethylene S30400 (304 stainless steel) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
S32100 (321 stainless steel)
Stainless steel (wetted parts only)
- - -
- - - - - - Stainless steel
Table 4. Supply Pressure Data
Output Signal Range
0.2 to 1.0 or 0 and 1.4 (differential gap)
Bar
0.4 to 2.0 or 0 and 2.4 (differential gap)
3 to 15 or 0 and 20 (differential gap)
Psig
6 to 30 or 0 and 35 (differential gap)
1. If this pressure is exceeded, control stability may be impaired. 2. If this pressure is exceeded, damage to the controller may result.
Normal Operating Supply Pressure(1)
1.4 2.4 20 35
Maximum Pressure to Prevent Internal Damage(2)
3.4 3.4 50 50
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4194H Differential Pressure Controllers
D200049X012
Product Bulletin
34.4:4194H November 2019
Figure 1. Operational Schematic of Fisher 4194H Differential Pressure Controllers
MANUAL SET POINT ADJUSTMENT
PROCESS POINTER REMOTE SET POINT CONNECTED HERE
INPUT ELEMENT CONNECTED HERE CONNECTING
LINK
RESET BELLOWS (VENTED)
PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
BEAM
FLAPPER
PROPORTIONAL BAND ADJUSTMENT
REVERSE ACTION QUADRANT
FEEDBACK LINK
FEEDBACK MOTION
FLAPPER PIVOT
DIRECT ACTION QUADRANT
INPUT MOTION
FLAPPER DETAIL
OUTPUT PRESSURE TO CONTROL DEVICE
SUPPLY PRESSURE
NOZZLE
OUTPUT PRESSURE PROPORTIONAL PRESSURE
NOZZLE PRESSURE
SUPPLY PRESSURE
RELAY
RESET PRESSURE
TO RESET BELLOWS TO NOZZLE
TO PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
PROPORTIONAL-ONLY CONTROL
TO
RESET
TO
BELLOWS NOZZLE
OUTPUT
TO PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
TO NOZZLE
TO RESET BELLOWS
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
RESET VALVE
RELAY
SUPPLY PRESSURE
RELIEF VALVE
RESET VALVE
RELAY
SUPPLY PRESSURE
RELAY
SUPPLY PRESSURE
PROPORTIONAL-PLUS-RESET CONTROL
C0742
PROPORTIONAL-PLUS-RESET CONTROL WITH ANTI-RESET WINDUP
DIFFERENTIAL GAP CONTROL
Principle of Operation
4194H Controllers
Refer to the proportional-only control diagram in figure 1. The input element is connected to the process pointer and flapper by a connecting linkage.
As the process differential pressure increases in a direct-acting controller, the flapper moves toward the
nozzle, restricting flow through the nozzle and increasing nozzle pressure. When this occurs, relay action increases the output pressure (delivery) of the controller. Output pressure is fed back to the proportional bellows. The action of the proportional bellows counters the flapper movement that resulted from the process differential pressure change, and backs the flapper away from the nozzle. Set point adjustment also changes the proximity of the nozzle and flapper; however, when the set point is changed, the nozzle moves with respect to the flapper. When
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.4:4194H November 2019
4194H Differential Pressure Controllers
D200049X012
Figure 2. Schematic of Auto/Manual Option
AUTOMATIC POSITION
AUTO/MANUAL SWITCH
MANUAL LOADER
MANUAL LOADER KNOB
OUTPUT PRESSURE TO CONTROL DEVICE
PLASTIC TUBE METAL BALL
RELAY
SUPPLY PRESSURE RELAY OUTPUT PRESSURE SUPPLY PRESSURE MANUAL LOADER OUTPUT PRESSURE
48A5230-A A2927-1
the controller is in the reverse-acting mode (see flapper detail in figure 1), an increase in process differential pressure causes a decrease in output pressure.
In addition to the 4194HA (proportional-only) version, the 4194HB controller is available for proportional-plus-reset control. In this controller, output pressure is fed back to the reset bellows as well as to the proportional bellows. Remote set point is available on all controllers. Anti-reset windup is available on all controllers with reset.
The 4194HS controller provides differential gap control. In this version, feedback pressure is piped directly to the reset bellows, reinforcing the change in flapper position rather than the counteracting it.
This construction causes the controller output to switch from full supply pressure to zero pressure or vice versa.
6
MANUAL POSITION
AUTO/MANUAL SWITCH
OUTPUT PRESSURE TO CONTROL DEVICE
The schematic diagram (figure 1) emphasizes detail of construction variations between control modes. Refer to table 1 for a complete description of type number suffixes.
Auto/Manual Option
Controllers with the auto/manual option have piping on the output side of the relay as shown in figure 2. Supply pressure to the relay is also applied to the manual loader. The manual loader, functioning as a regulator, applies pressure to one side of the plastic tube and to the auto/manual switch. Output pressure from the relay registers on the other side of the plastic tube as well as in the auto/manual switch.
When the auto/manual switch is in the MAN position, the output of the manual loader, which is adjustable by the manual loader knob, is channelled through the auto/manual switch and becomes the output of the controller. When the auto/manual switch is in the AUTO position, the output of the relay is channelled through the switch to become the output of the controller.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4194H Differential Pressure Controllers
D200049X012
Product Bulletin
34.4:4194H November 2019
Before the auto/manual switch is operated, the output of the relay must equal the output of the manual loader to avoid bumping the process. Adjusting the set point varies the pressure on the left-hand side of the plastic tube. Adjusting the manual loader knob varies the pressure on the right-hand side. When the pressures are equal, the metal ball is centered in the tube. Pressure imbalance will force the ball to one end of the tube where it forms a seal, blocking air flow through the tube.
Construction Features
Simple Relay Maintenance
A clean-out wire provides a fast, easy means of cleaning the relay primary orifice during service.
Pressure Protection for the Case
A rubber plug in the plastic case pops out to prevent excessive pressure buildup inside the case, thus preventing structural damage.
Easy Direct/Reverse Switching
Controller action can be switched from direct to reverse or vice versa by simply loosening the screws on the proportional band cover and moving the cover out to rotate the proportional band knob to the desired action (see figure 4).
Remote Set Point
The capability of adjusting the set point from a remote location is available as an option on the 4194H controllers.
Auto/Manual Capability
An internal auto/manual station is available for smooth bumpless transfer from automatic to manual and manual to automatic control of the controller output. The two-position switch, showing either automatic or manual mode, is clearly visible with the controller cover closed.
External Feedback
In controller override applications, this option minimizes reset windup in the secondary controller (see figure 3). This option is available only with the two-mode (4194HB) controllers.
Figure 3. Schematic of External Feedback Option
TO RESET BELLOWS
TO NOZZLE
OUTPUT
Easy Mode Conversion
Conversion from proportional to proportional-plus-reset control requires the addition of a reset valve and two pieces of tubing. Conversion from proportional to differential gap control requires the addition of one piece of tubing.
Anti-Reset Windup
Anti-reset windup is available with proportional-plus-reset controllers. Relief valve may be installed to limit reset windup in either direction.
RESET VALVE
RELAY
TO PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
EXTERNAL FEEDBACK TO OUTPUT OF HIGH OR LOW SELECT RELAY
SUPPLY PRESSURE
SUPPLY PRESSURE
OUTPUT PRESSURE
NOZZLE PRESSURE
47A0975-A A3238-1
RESET PRESSURE
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.4:4194H November 2019
4194H Differential Pressure Controllers
D200049X012
Figure 4. Controller Construction Details
W3679
AUTO/MANUAL OPTION
CONNECTING LINK
2 ZERO ADJUSTMENT 2 SPAN ADJUSTMENT
W5826
PROPORTIONAL
W3439
BAND
1
ADJUSTMENT
Notes: 1White portion of adjustment enables direct controller action; black portion enables reverse controller action. 2For the process pointer.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4194H Differential Pressure Controllers
D200049X012
Product Bulletin
34.4:4194H November 2019
Figure 5. Dimensions
260 (10.25)
REMOTE SET POINT CONNECTION
330 (13.00)
FRONT VIEW
31 (1.22)
147 (5.80)
66 (2.56)
1/4 18 NPT EXTERNAL FEEDBACK CONNECTION, WHEN APPLICABLE
1/4 NPT (2 HOLES)
18A5903-D A2926-2
BOTTOM VIEW
Installation
A 4194H controller mounts on a pipestand and must be installed with the vent opening facing down. The coupling is secured to the pipestand by set screws. Figure 5 shows controller dimensions including those necessary for installation.
TOP VIEW
1/2 NPT (2 PLACES)
1/4 NPT (2 PLACES)
206 (8.12)
351 (13.81)
SIDE VIEW
mm (INCH)
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.4:4194H November 2019
4194H Differential Pressure Controllers
D200049X012
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
Application
1. Description of the service, such as throttling or on-off
2. Pressure range, composition, and temperature of process fluid
3. Ambient temperature
Construction
Refer to the specifications and the Construction Features section. Carefully review each specification and feature, indicating your choice whenever a selection is to be made. Refer to table 1 for type numbers; add R to any type number if reverse action is desired.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4194H Differential Pressure Controllers
D200049X012
Product Bulletin
34.4:4194H November 2019
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.4:4194H November 2019
4194H Differential Pressure Controllers
D200049X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121991, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4195K Pressure Controllers
D200050X012
Product Bulletin
34.5:4195K November 2019
FisherTM 4195K Gauge Pressure Indicating Controllers
Fisher 4195K gauge pressure indicating controllers show process pressure and set point on an easy-to-read process scale. The controllers compare process pressure with an operator-adjusted set point and delivers a pneumatic signal to a control element so that process pressure changes toward the set point. Controller types are available for proportional-only,
proportional-plus-reset, proportional-plus-reset- plus-rate, and differential gap for on-off control. 4195K controllers are used in industries where accurate pressure control and process monitoring are required.
Unless otherwise noted, all NACE references are to NACE MR0175-2002.
1
W5663-1
YOKE-MOUNTED CONTROLLER
2
W5660-1
INTERIOR OF A FISHER 4195KBME CONTROLLER
Notes: 1An internal cover protects the proportional band adjustment mechanism. In this photograph, the cover has been removed. 2Controller components are indicated in figure 1.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.5:4195K November 2019
4195K Pressure Controllers
D200050X012
Specifications
Available Configurations See table 1
Supply Pressure Medium Air or non-corrosive Natural Gas
Process Sensor Range (Input Signal)
Lower and Upper Range Limits: As shown in tables 2 and 5 Maximum Allowable Pressure: As shown in tables 2 and 5
Process Scale
Standard scale is matched to the range of the sensing element, with exception of receiver controllers. Optional scales available(1).
Process Connections
Standard: 1/4 NPT internal stainless steel (all input ranges) Optional: 1/2 NPT adaptors (see table 3)
Output Signal
Proportional, Proportional-Plus-Reset, or Proportional-Plus-Reset-Plus-Rate Range: J 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) Differential Gap Range: J 0 to 1.4 bar (0 to 20 psig) or J 0 to 2.4 bar (0 to 35 psig) Action: Field-reversible between J direct (increasing sensed pressure increases output pressure), and J reverse (increasing sensed pressure decreases output pressure) action
Supply and Output Connections
1/4 NPT internal
Remote Set Point Pressures
J 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig)
Construction Materials
See table 6
Controller Adjustments
Proportional Band: 5 to 500% of process scale span Reset: Adjustable from 0.01 to more than 74 minutes per repeat (from 100 to less than 0.0135 repeats per minute) Rate: Adjustable from 0 to 20 minutes Differential Gap Controllers: Adjustable from 5 to 100% of process scale span Set Point: Adjustable from 0 to 100% of the scale span
Controller Performance
Repeatability: 0.4% of output span Dead Band: Less than 0.4% of process scale span Typical Frequency Response: 1.5 hertz and 90 degree phase shift with 3.05 m (10 feet) of 6.4 mm (1/4-inch) tubing and 1639 cm3 (100 cubic inch) volume
Steady-State Air Consumption(3)(4)
0.2 to 1.0 Bar (3 to 15 Psig) Output: 0.08 m3/hr (2.8 scfh) 0.4 to 2.0 Bar (6 to 30 Psig) Output: 0.07 m3/hr (2.5 scfh)
Supply Pressure Requirements(2) See table 4
Operative Ambient Temperature Limits(2)(5) -40 to 71_C (-40 to 160_F)
(continued)
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Construction Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Proportional-Only Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Proportional-Plus-Reset and
Proportional-Plus-Reset-Plus Rate Controllers . . 8 Differential Gap Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Remote Set Point Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Auto/Manual Station Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Anti-Reset Windup Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 External Feedback Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4195K Pressure Controllers
D200050X012
Product Bulletin
34.5:4195K November 2019
Specifications (continued)
Hazardous Area Classification Complies with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
Ex h IIC Tx Gb Ex h IIIC Tx Db
Housing
Designed to NEMA 3 (Weatherproof) and IEC 529 IP54 Specifications
Maximum surface temperature (Tx) depends on operating conditions
Gas: T6 Dust: T71
Mounting
Controller can be mounted on J actuator, J panel, J wall, or J pipestand
Meets Customs Union technical regulation TP TC 012/2011 for Groups II/III Category 2 equipment
II Gb c T*X III Db c T*X
Approximate Weight 4.5 kg (10 pounds)
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology. 1. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional information. 2. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any applicable code or standard should not be exceeded. 3. Normal m3/hr--normal cubic meters per hour (m3/hr, 0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute). Scfh--standard cubic feet per hour (ft3/hr, at 60_F and 14.7 psig). 4. Without auto/manual station. With auto/manual station add 0.01 m3/hr (0.5 scfh).
5. Also use these temperatures for transportation and storage limits.
Table 1. Available Configurations
TYPE NUMBER(1)
Proportional- Only
MODES
Proportional- Plus-Reset
Proportional- Plus-Reset- Plus-Rate
4195KA
X
- - -
- - -
4195KAE
X
- - -
- - -
4195KAM
X
- - -
- - -
4195KAME
X
- - -
- - -
4195KB
- - -
X
- - -
4195KBE
- - -
X
- - -
4195KBF
- - -
X
- - -
4195KBFE
- - -
X
- - -
4195KBM
- - -
X
- - -
4195KBME
- - -
X
- - -
4195KBFM
- - -
X
- - -
4195KBFME
- - -
X
- - -
4195KC
- - -
- - -
X
4195KCE
- - -
- - -
X
4195KCF
- - -
- - -
X
4195KCFE
- - -
- - -
X
4195KCM
- - -
- - -
X
4195KCME
- - -
- - -
X
4195KCFM
- - -
- - -
X
4195KCFME
- - -
- - -
X
4195KS
- - -
- - -
- - -
4195KSE
- - -
- - -
- - -
4195KSM
- - -
- - -
- - -
4195KSME
- - -
- - -
- - -
1. Reverse-acting constructions are designated by the suffix letter R in the type number.
Differential Gap
- - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
X X X X
Anti-Reset Windup
(suffix letter F)
- - - - - - - - -
- - - - X X - - - - X X
- - - - X X - - - - X X
- - - - - - - - -
OPTIONS
Remote Set Point (suffix letter M)
- - - - X X
- - - - - - - - X X X X
- - - - - - - - X X X X
- - - - X X
Internal Auto/ Manual Station (suffix letter E)
- - X - - X
- - X - - X - - X - - X
- - X - - X - - X - - X
- - X - - X
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.5:4195K November 2019
4195K Pressure Controllers
D200050X012
Features
nEasy Maintenance--Simple design allows fast, easy maintenance and minimal spare parts inventory.
nEasy Adjustment--Adjusting the set point, the zero and span of the process pointer, and switching between direct and reverse action are accomplished quickly and without special tools. Additionally, the set point and proportional band can be adjusted with no interaction between the two adjustments.
nApplication Versatility--Either a Bourdon tube or capsular input element is available to control a wide range of positive pressures, vacuum pressures, or compound pressures.
nMounting Versatility--A 4195K controller can be mounted directly on the actuator or it can mount on a pipestand, wall, or in a panel.
nVibration Resistance--The simple design and low mass of internal parts allow a 4195K controller to withstand the vibration levels encountered in most plant environments.
nHigh-Visibility Display--Two red pointers on a 114 mm (4 1/2-inch) long, white-on-black scale show process pressure and deviation from set point at a glance. Two other gauges monitor supply pressure and output pressure.
nLow Air/Gas Consumption--The relay and nozzle design reduces the steady-state consumption rate to as low as 0.07 m3/hr (2.5 scfh); less than the 6 scfh requirement set for the oil and gas industry by the US Environmental Protection Agency (New Source Performance Standards Subpart OOOO, EPA-HQ-QAR-2010-0505).
nCorrosion Resistance--Tough, plastic housing resists such corrosive environments as chemical plants and the salt spray atmosphere on an offshore oil platform. Internal constructions are available to resist a corrosive supply pressure media.
Construction Features
Simplified Relay Maintenance
A clean-out wire provides a fast, easy means of cleaning the relay primary orifice during service.
Pressure Protection for the Case
A rubber plug in the plastic case pops out to relieve excessive pressure buildup inside the case.
Easy Direct/Reverse Switching
Controller action can be switched from direct to reverse or vice versa by simply loosening the screws on the proportional band cover and moving the cover out to rotate the proportional band knob to the desired action (see figure 1).
Easy Mode Conversion
Conversion from proportional to proportional-plus-reset control requires the addition of a reset valve and two pieces of tubing. Conversion from proportional to proportional-plus-reset-plus-rate control requires the addition of a reset/rate valve and three pieces of tubing. Conversion from proportional to differential gap for on/off control requires the addition of one piece of tubing.
Anti-Reset Windup
Anti-reset windup is available with proportional-plus-reset controllers. A relief valve may be installed to limit reset windup in either direction.
Remote Set Point
The capability to adjust the set point from a remote location is available as an option on 4195K controllers.
Auto/Manual Capability
An optional internal auto/manual station permits smooth, bumpless transfer between automatic control and manual operation without disturbing the controller output. A positive-acting, two-position switch, showing either automatic or manual control mode, is clearly visible with the controller cover closed.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4195K Pressure Controllers
D200050X012
Product Bulletin
34.5:4195K November 2019
Table 2. Process Sensor (Capsular Element) Pressure Ratings
CAPSULE MATERIAL
CAPSULAR STANDARD RANGES
SPAN(1)
Min
Max
OPERATING RANGE
Min
Max
OPERATING LIMIT(2)
Positive pressure
0 to 150 mbar 0 to 400 mbar 0 to 0.6 bar 0.2 to 1 bar 0 to 1 bar
0 to 1.4 bar 0 to 1.6 bar 0.4 to 2 bar 0 to 2 bar
100 mbar 350 mbar 0.35 bar 0.4 bar 0.5 bar
0.7 bar 1 bar 0.8 bar 1 bar
160 mbar 700 mbar 0.7 bar 0.8 bar 1 bar
1.4 bar 2 bar 1.6 bar 2 bar
-350 mbar -1 bar -1 bar -1 bar -1 bar
-1 bar -1 bar -1 bar -1 bar
350 mbar 1 bar 1 bar 1.4 bar 1.4 bar
1.7 bar 2.4 bar 2 bar 2.4 bar
510 mbar 1.5 bar 1.5 bar 2 bar 2 bar
2.5 bar 3.5 bar 3 bar 3.5 bar
Metric units
Vacuum
-150 to 0 mbar -340 to 0 mbar -400 to 0 mbar -0.6 to 0 bar -1 to 0 bar
85 mbar 170 mbar 350 mbar 0.35 bar 0.5 bar
170 mbar 340 mbar 700 mbar 0.7 bar 1 bar
-350 mbar -480 mbar -1 bar -1 bar -1 bar
350 mbar 480 mbar 1 bar 1 bar 1.4 bar
510 mbar 724 mbar 1.5 bar 1.5 bar 2 bar
N09902 Nickel Alloy
Compound
-50 to 100 mbar -175 to 175 mbar -150 to 250 mbar -0.2 to 0.4 bar
-0.4 to 0.6 bar -0.6 to 0.8 bar -1 to 0.6 bar -1 to 1 bar
100 mbar 175 mbar 350 mbar 0.35 bar
0.5 bar 0.7 bar 1 bar 1 bar
160 mbar 350 mbar 700 mbar 0.7 bar
1 bar 1.4 bar 2 bar 2 bar
-350 mbar -480 mbar -1 bar -1 bar
-1 bar -1 bar -1 bar -1 bar
350 mbar 480 mbar 1 bar 1 bar
1.4 bar 1.7 bar 2.4 bar 2.4 bar
510 mbar 724 mbar 1.5 bar 1.5 bar
2 bar 2.5 bar 3.5 bar 3.5 bar
Positive pressure
0 to 60 inch wc 0 to 5 psig 0 to 10 psig 3 to 15 psig 0 to 15 psig
0 to 20 psig 6 to 30 psig 0 to 30 psig
40 inch wc 2.5 psig 5 psig 6 psig 7.5 psig
10 psig 12 psig 15 psig
60 inch wc 5 psig 10 psig 12 psig 15 psig
20 psig 24 psig 30 psig
-10 inch Hg -14 inch Hg -30 inch Hg -30 inch Hg -30 inch Hg
-30 inch Hg -30 inch Hg -30 inch Hg
5 psig 7 psig 15 psig 20 psig 20 psig
25 psig 30 psig 35 psig
7.5 psig 10.5 psig 22.5 psig 30 psig 30 psig
37.5 psig 45 psig 52.5 psig
U.S. units
Vacuum
-5 to 0 inch Hg -10 to 0 inch Hg -20 to 0 inch Hg -30 to 0 inch Hg
2.5 inch Hg 5 inch Hg 10 inch Hg 15 inch Hg
5 inch Hg 10 inch Hg 20 inch Hg 30 inch Hg
-10 inch Hg -14 inch Hg -30 inch Hg -30 inch Hg
5 psig 7 psig 15 psig 20 psig
7.5 psig 10.5 psig 22.5 psig 30 psig
Compound
-30 to 30 inch wc -5 inch Hg to 2.5 psig -10 inch Hg to 5 psig
-15 inch Hg to 7.5 psig -20 inch Hg to 10 psig -30 inch Hg to 15 psig
40 inch wc 2.5 psig 5 psig
7.5 psig 10 psig 15 psig
60 inch wc 5 psig 10 psig
15 psig 20 psig 30 psig
-10 inch Hg -14 inch Hg -30 inch Hg
-30 inch Hg -30 inch Hg -30 inch Hg
5 psig 7 psig 15 psig
20 psig 25 psig 35 psig
7.5 psig 10.5 psig 22.5 psig
30 psig 37.5 psig 52.5 psig
1. Minimum or maximum span or any span in between may be positioned anywhere within the operating range. For example, if a 0 to 350 mbar (0 to 5 psig) sensing element is used and the minimum span of 175 mbar (2.5 psig) is set, the process indication can be calibrated to a range of 340 mbar to 203 mbar (10 inch Hg to 6 inch Hg), 0 to 172 mbar (0 to 2.5 psig), 172 to 345 mbar (2.5 to 5 psig), 305 to 480 mbar (4.5 to 7 psig), or any value between minimum and maximum values of operating range. 2. Capsules with the travel stops set may be pressured to this value without permanent zero shift.
Table 3. Optional Process Connection Adaptors
BAR INPUT RANGE
PSIG INPUT RANGE
CONNECTION
Size
Material
Up to 0 to 400
Up to 0 to 5000
J 1/2 NPT external or J 1/2 NPT internal
J steel or J stainless steel
0 to 400 to 0 to 600
0 to 5000 to 1/2 NPT internal 0 to 10,000
stainless steel
0 to 400 to 0 to 600
0 to 5000 to 1/2 NPT external 0 to 10,000
stainless steel
Table 4. Supply Pressure Data
Output Signal Range
Normal Operating
Supply Pressure(1)
Maximum
Pressure Limit(2)
0.2 to 1.0 or 0 and 1.4 (diff gap) Bar 0.4 to 2.1 or 0 and 2.4 (diff gap)
1.4
2.8
2.4
2.8
3 to 15 or 0 and 20 (diff gap)
20
40
Psig 6 to 30 or 0 and 35 (diff gap)
35
40
1. If this pressure is exceeded, control stability may be impaired. 2. If this pressure is exceeded, damage to controller components may result.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.5:4195K November 2019
4195K Pressure Controllers
D200050X012
Table 5. Process Sensor (Bourdon Tube) Pressure Ratings and Materials
BOURDON TUBES
SPAN(1)
Minimum
Maximum
OPERATING RANGE(2)
Minimum
Maximum(3)
OPERATING LIMITS(4)
STANDARD MATERIAL
Bar
0 to 1.6
1
2
-1
3
3.3
0 to 2.5
2
4
-1
6
6.6
0 to 4
2
4
-1
6
6.6
0 to 6
3.5
7
-1
10
11
0 to 10
7
14
-1
20
22
Metric units
0 to 25
20
40
0
60
66
0 to 40
20
40
0
60
66
0 to 60
55
70
0
90
103
0 to 100
76
100
0
135
155
0 to 160
160
200
0
270
310
S31600 (316 SST)
Psig
Psig
Psig
In. Hg
Psig
Psig
Standard Material
0 to 30
15
30
-30
0 to 60
30
60
-30
0 to 100
50
100
-30
0 to 200
100
200
-30
0 to 300
150
300
-30
U.S. units
0 to 600
300
600
0
0 to 1000
750
1000
0
0 to 1500
1100
1500
0
0 to 3000
2200
3000
0
0 to 5000
3700
5000
0
42 84 140 280 420
840 1300 1950 3900 6000
48 96 160 320 480
960 1500 2250 4500 7000
S31600
1. Minimum or maximum span or any span in between may be positioned anywhere within the operating range. For example, if a 0 to 2 bar (0 to 30 psig) sensing element is used and the minimum span of 1 bar (15 psig) is set, the process indication can be calibrated to a range of 1 to 0 bar (30 in. Hg to 0 psig), 0 to 1 bar (0 to 15 psig), 1 to 2 bar (15 to 30 psig), 2 to 3 bar (27 to 42 psig) or any value between minimum and maximum values of operating range.
2. Travel stops should be used when the maximum or minimum process pressure will be 5% over or under the calibrated range. For example, a 0 to 2 bar (0 to 30 psig) sensing element is calibrated for 0.7 to 2 bar (10 to 30 psig), the desired range. The minimum expected pressure is 0 psig and the maximum expected pressure is 2.8 bar (40 psig). Travel stops must be used to prevent excessive overtravel and undertravel since the maximum allowable overpressure and underpressure is higher than 5% of the 1.4 bar (20 psig) span which is ±70 mbar (1 psig). 3. Bourdon tube without travel stops may be pressured to this value without permanent zero shift. 4. Bourdon tube with travel stops set may be pressured to this value without permanent zero shift.
Table 6. Construction Materials
Part
Standard Material
Case and cover
Polyester plastic
Exterior tubing
Copper
Exterior fittings
C36000 (brass)
Interior tubing Bourdon tube(1)
Copper S31600 (316 stainless steel)
Nozzle
S30300 (303 stainless steel)
Flapper
S31600
Relay springs
J S30200 (302 stainless steel),J steel
Relay O-rings
Nitrile
Relay diaphragms
Nitrile
Other relay metal parts
J Aluminum, J stainless steel
Feedback bellows assembly
C51000 (bronze)
Supply, output gauges
Brass (wetted parts only)
Remote set point element
J N09902 nickel alloy J S30300
Capsular input element
N09902 nickel alloy
1. Consult your Emerson sales office for information on other materials.
Optional Material - - J stainless steel,J polyethylene J stainless steel,J polyethylene S30400 (304 stainless steel) J N09902 nickel alloy, J N05500 nickel alloy (for NACE applications) - - - - - - - - - - - - S32100 (321 stainless steel) stainless steel (wetted parts only)
- - -
S31600
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4195K Pressure Controllers
D200050X012
Product Bulletin
34.5:4195K November 2019
Figure 1. Controller Construction Details
SET POINT INDICATOR PROCESS PRESSURE INDICATOR
METAL BALL SWITCHING ZONE INDICATOR
LOADER KNOB AUTO/MANUAL SWITCH
W3679
AUTO/MANUAL STATION
3 INPUT ELEMENT (BOURDON TUBE)
REMOTE SET POINT ASSEMBLY
2 ZERO ADJUSTMENT
W3439
PROPORTIONAL BAND ADJUSTMENT 1
RELAY
POINTER SPAN ADJUSTMENT
W3712-1
INPUT ELEMENT (CAPSULAR ELEMENT)
W5660-2
SUPPLY PRESSURE GAUGE
SET POINT SPAN ADJUSTMENT
RESET ADJUSTMENT (PROPORTIONAL-PLUS-RESET CONTROLLERS ONLY)
ADJUSTABLE RELIEF VALVE (ANTI-RESET WINDUP)
OUTPUT PRESSURE GAUGE
RATE ADJUSTMENT
RESET ADJUSTMENT
W3599-1
FOR PROPORTIONAL-PLUS- RESET-PLUS-RATE CONTROLLERS
Notes: 1White portion of proportional band adjustment enables direct controller action; black portion enables reverse controller action. 2For the process pointer. 3Input element is a bourdon tube or a capsular element (as shown in inset) depending on input range. See tables 2 and 5.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.5:4195K November 2019
4195K Pressure Controllers
D200050X012
Principle of Operation
Refer to the schematic diagrams in figures 2, 3, and 4. Refer to table 1 for a complete description of type number suffixes.
Proportional-Only Controllers (4195KA)
The input element is connected to the process pointer and to the flapper by connecting links. As the process pressure increases (in a direct-acting controller), the flapper moves toward the nozzle, restricting flow through the nozzle and increasing nozzle pressure. When this occurs, relay action increases the output pressure (delivery) of the controller. Output pressure is fed back to the proportional bellows. The action of the proportional bellows counteracts the flapper movement that resulted from the process pressure change and backs the flapper away from the nozzle until equilibrium is reached.
The set point adjustment changes the proximity of the nozzle and flapper as does a change in process pressure except that when the set point is changed, the nozzle moves with respect to the flapper.
The proportional band adjustment knob positions the nozzle on the flapper. Increasing (widening) the proportional band moves the nozzle to a position on the flapper where less input and more feedback motion occurs, which decreases the gain of the controller.
Decreasing (narrowing) the proportional band moves the nozzle toward a position where more input and less feedback motion occurs, which increases the gain. The controller action is changed from direct to reverse by turning the proportional band adjustment knob to position the nozzle on the flapper quadrant to a point where the direction of the flapper motion versus input motion is reversed (see flapper detail in figure 2). With the controller in the reverse-acting mode, an increase in process pressure causes a decrease in output pressure.
Proportional-Plus-Reset and Proportional-Plus- Reset-Plus-Rate Controllers (4195KB and KC)
The operation of proportional-plus-reset controllers (4195KB) is similar to that of proportional-only controllers (described above). However, in 4195KB
controllers, output pressure is fed back to the reset bellows as well as to the proportional bellows. In operation, proportional-plus-reset controllers minimize the offset between the process pressure and set point.
As the process pressure increases (in a direct-acting controller), the flapper moves toward the nozzle, restricting flow through the nozzle and increasing nozzle pressure. When this occurs, relay action increases the output pressure (delivery) of the controller. Output pressure is fed back to the proportional bellows and to the reset bellows.
The action of the proportional bellows quickly counteracts the flapper movement that resulted from the process pressure change and backs the flapper away from the nozzle. Pressure in the reset bellows opposes the action of the proportional bellows and slowly moves the flapper closer to the nozzle. Thus, when the process pressure changes, proportional action temporarily reduces the gain of the controller for improved stability. The process pressure then slowly returns to set point, as pressure in both bellows equalizes via the reset action.
The set point adjustment changes the proximity of the nozzle and flapper as does a change in process pressure. However, when the set point changes, the nozzle moves with respect to the flapper.
The proportional band adjustment knob positions the nozzle on the flapper. Increasing (widening) the proportional band moves the nozzle to a position on the flapper where less input and more feedback motion occurs, which decreases the gain of the controller. Decreasing (narrowing) the proportional band moves the nozzle toward a position where more input and less feedback motion occurs, which increases the gain.
The controller action is changed from direct to reverse by turning the proportional band adjustment knob to position the nozzle on the flapper quadrant to a point where the direction of the flapper motion versus input motion is reversed. With the controller in the reverse-acting mode, an increase in process pressure causes a decrease in output pressure.
A 4195KC controller also has a rate valve, which is an adjustable restriction that momentarily increases the controller gain to accelerate the corrective action for slow pressure systems. A proportional-plus-reset-plus- rate controller responds to a change in process pressure as follows: First, the rate action delays the proportional action just long enough to allow the
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4195K Pressure Controllers
D200050X012
Product Bulletin
34.5:4195K November 2019
Figure 2. Schematic of Fisher 4195K Controllers
MANUAL SET POINT ADJUSTMENT
RESET BELLOWS (VENTED)
PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
PROCESS POINTER REMOTE SET POINT CONNECTED HERE
INPUT ELEMENT CONNECTED HERE
CONNECTING LINK
BEAM
FLAPPER
PROPORTIONAL BAND ADJUSTMENT
REVERSE ACTION QUADRANT
FEEDBACK LINK
FEEDBACK MOTION
FLAPPER PIVOT
DIRECT ACTION QUADRANT
INPUT MOTION
FLAPPER DETAIL
OUTPUT PRESSURE TO FINAL CONTROL ELEMENT
NOZZLE
RELAY
TO RESET TO NOZZLE BELLOWS
SUPPLY
PRESSURE
TO
PROPORTIONAL-ONLY
RESET
CONTROL
BELLOWS
TO NOZZLE
TO PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
RESET VALVE
OUTPUT PRESSURE TO FINAL CONTROL ELEMENT
RELAY
TO PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
OUTPUT RELAY
SUPPLY PRESSURE
PROPORTIONAL-PLUS-RESET CONTROL
SUPPLY PRESSURE
TO
TO
NOZZLE
POSITIVE
FEEDBACK
BELLOWS
(RESET BELLOWS)
RESET VALVE
SUPPLY PRESSURE
DIFFERENTIAL RELIEF VALVE
PROPORTIONAL-PLUS-RESET CONTROL WITH ANTI-RESET WINDUP
OUTPUT PRESSURE TO FINAL CONTROL ELEMENT
OUTPUT PRESSURE
NOZZLE PRESSURE
RELAY
RESET PRESSURE
PROPORTIONAL
PRESSURE
TO NOZZLE
TO RESET BELLOWS TO PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
SUPPLY PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL GAP CONTROL
TO RESET
TO
BELLOWS
PROPORTIONAL
BELLOWS
TO NOZZLE
OUTPUT PRESSURE TO FINAL CONTROL ELEMENT
OUTPUT RELAY
46A9764-C C0756-2
RELAY
RATE VALVE RESET VALVE
SUPPLY PRESSURE
PROPORTIONAL-PLUS-RESET-PLUS-RATE CONTROL
DIFFERENTIAL RELIEF VALVE
RATE VALVE RESET VALVE
SUPPLY PRESSURE
PROPORTIONAL-PLUS-RESET-PLUS-RATE CONTROL WITH ANTI-RESET WINDUP
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.5:4195K November 2019
4195K Pressure Controllers
D200050X012
controller to respond to the change quickly with high gain, but not long enough for the high gain to cause instability. Then, the low gain provided by the proportional action keeps the system stable. Finally, reset action slowly increases the gain and returns the process pressure toward the set point.
switching point. On a reverse-acting controller, changing the proportional band adjustment will widen or narrow the differential gap between the two switching points by moving the position of the upper switching point.
Differential Gap (For On-Off Control) Controllers (4195KS)
The operation of differential gap controllers (4195KS) is similar to that of proportional-only controllers (described above). However, in 4195KS controllers, as the process pressure increases, approaching the upper switching point, the flapper moves toward the nozzle (in a direct-acting controller). This movement restricts the flow through the nozzle and increases nozzle pressure. When this occurs, relay action increases the output pressure (delivery) of the controller. Output pressure is fed back to the positive feedback bellows. The action of the positive feedback bellows moves the flapper closer to the nozzle, increasing nozzle pressure, which in turn, increases the relay output. Output pressure to the final control element switches to full supply pressure.
As the process pressure decreases, approaching the lower switching point, the flapper moves away from the nozzle (in a direct-acting controller) reducing nozzle pressure. Through relay action, pressure to the positive feedback bellows is reduced, moving the flapper farther away from the nozzle, and further reducing nozzle pressure. Output pressure to the final control element switches to zero.
The set point adjustment changes the proximity of the nozzle and flapper as does a change in process pressure except that, when the set point is changed, the nozzle moves with respect to the flapper. The set point adjustment moves both the upper and lower switching points.
The proportional band knob positions the nozzle on the flapper. Increasing (widening) the proportional band moves the nozzle away from the input connection. When the proportional band adjustment moves the nozzle across the feedback connection, the controller action changes between direct and reverse. On a direct-acting controller, changing the proportional band adjustment will widen or narrow the differential gap between the two switching points. This is accomplished by moving the position of the lower
Remote Set Point Option (Suffix Letter M)
The capability to adjust the controller set point from a remote location is available for all 4195KA controllers. With this option, a control pressure is applied to the capsular element within the remote set point assembly. The expansion and contraction of the capsule moves the set point adjustment via connecting linkage. Increasing the control pressure to the capsule increases the set point setting, and decreasing the control pressure reduces the set point setting. This option is designated by the letter M in the type number.
Auto/Manual Station Option (Suffix Letter E)
A controller with the auto/manual option (designated by the letter E in the type number) has piping on the output side of the relay as shown in figure 3. Supply pressure to the relay is also applied to the manual loader. The manual loader, functioning as a regulator, applies pressure to one side of the plastic tube and to the auto/manual switch. Output pressure from the relay registers on the other side of the plastic tube as well as in the auto/manual switch.
When the auto/manual switch is in the MANUAL position, the manual loader output is channeled through the auto/manual switch and becomes the controller output. When the auto/manual switch is in the AUTO position, the relay output is channeled through the switch to become the controller output.
Before the auto/manual switch is operated, the relay output must equal the manual loader output to avoid bumping the process. Adjusting the set point varies the pressure on the left-hand side of the plastic tube. Adjusting the manual loader knob varies the pressure on the right-hand side of the plastic tube. When the pressures are equal, the metal ball is centered in the tube and is held in place by a small magnet. Pressure imbalance forces the ball to one end of the tube where it forms a seal, blocking air flow through the tube.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4195K Pressure Controllers
D200050X012
Product Bulletin
34.5:4195K November 2019
Figure 3. Schematic of Auto/Manual Station
AUTOMATIC POSITION
OUTPUT PRESSURE TO FINAL CONTROL ELEMENT
AUTO/MANUAL SWITCH
MANUAL LOADER
PLASTIC TUBE
METAL BALL
MANUAL LOADER KNOB
RELAY OUTPUT PRESSURE SUPPLY PRESSURE
MANUAL LOADER OUTPUT PRESSURE
48A5230-A A2927-2
SUPPLY PRESSURE
RELAY
MANUAL POSITION
AUTO/MANUAL SWITCH OUTPUT PRESSURE TO FINAL CONTROL ELEMENT
Anti-Reset Windup Option (Suffix Letter F)
Anti-reset windup is available for all 4195KB and KC controllers and is designated by the letter F in the type number. The differential relief valve operates when the difference between the proportional bellows pressure and the reset bellows pressure reaches a predetermined value. Anti-reset windup reduces overshoot of the process pressure that can result from a large or prolonged deviation from set point.
External Feedback Option
External feedback is available for all 4195KB controllers. Controllers with this option have an external connection on the bottom of the controller case (see figure 6). This connection breaks the positive feedback (reset) loop inside the controller and brings it outside (see figure 4).
The connection allows the positive feedback loops of two controllers (primary and secondary) to be tied together when the controllers are used in an override application. When connected, the secondary controller reset pressure tracks the primary controller output pressure, minimizing reset windup in the secondary controller.
Figure 4. Schematic of External Feedback Option
TO RESET BELLOWS
TO NOZZLE
OUTPUT
RESET VALVE
RELAY
TO PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
SUPPLY PRESSURE
EXTERNAL FEEDBACK TO OUTPUT OF HIGH OR LOW SELECT RELAY
NOZZLE PRESSURE
SUPPLY PRESSURE
OUTPUT PRESSURE
47A0975-A A3342-1
RESET PRESSURE
SELECT RELAY OUTPUT
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.5:4195K November 2019
4195K Pressure Controllers
D200050X012
Installation
4195K gauge pressure controllers can be shipped alone for a separate installation or for installation on a control valve actuator. The controllers can also be mounted on a pipe stand, on a wall, or in a panel. When a controller is mounted on an actuator and a positioner is not used, the controller will usually be opposite the supply regulator as shown in figure 5. If a positioner is used, the supply regulator can be mounted on the actuator casing.
The controller must be installed so the vent points down. Basic controller dimensions are shown in figure 6. Dimensions for specific mounting configurations are shown in figure 7.
Figure 5. Typical Yoke Mounting
657 ACTUATOR
4195K CONTROLLER
Ordering Information
When ordering a 4195K controller, specify:
Application
1. Description of the service, such as throttling or on-off
2. Pressure range, composition, and temperature of process fluid
3. Ambient temperature
Construction
Refer to the specifications and to the Construction Features section. Carefully review each specification and feature, indicating your choice whenever a selection is to be made. Refer to table 1 for type numbers; add an R to any type number if reverse action is desired.
67FR FILTER REGULATOR
W5661
MOUNTING PLATE
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4195K Pressure Controllers
D200050X012
Product Bulletin
34.5:4195K November 2019
Figure 6. Controller Dimensions and Connections
260 (10.25)
130 (5.13)
102 (4.00)
51 (2.00)
5/16-18 UNC-2B 3 HOLES (MOUNTING)
330 (13.00)
87 (3.44)
255 (10.04)
FRONT VIEW
1/4-18 NPT CONTROLLER OUTPUT CONNECTION
1/4-18 NPT SUPPLY PRESSURE CONNECTION
REAR VIEW
A3
1 2 B3
1/4-18 NPT VENT CONNECTION
BOTTOM VIEW
66 (2.56)
147 (5.80)
31 (1.22)
1/4 NPT 4 HOLES
1/4 NPT REMOTE SET POINT CONNECTION
TOP VIEW
mm (INCH)
Notes: 11/4-18 NPT process connection (marked A) for all bourdon tube controllers and for those capsular element controllers used in vacuum pressure applications. 21/4-18 NPT process connection (marked B) for capsular element controllers used in positive and compound pressure applications. 3For the external feedback connections (4195KB controllers only), either the A or B connection is used, depending on the location of the process connection.
46A9765-A A2892-4
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.5:4195K November 2019
4195K Pressure Controllers
D200050X012
Figure 7. Mounting Dimensions
92 (3.62)
HORIZONTAL PIPE
222 (8.75)
62 (2.43)
95 (3.75)
36A9757-A
SIDE VIEW
VERTICAL PIPE
PIPESTAND MOUNTING
TOP VIEW
84 (3.29)
63 (2.49)
13 (0.50)
62 (2.43)
TOP VIEW
260 (10.25)
161 (6.35)
306 (12.06)
13 (0.50)
152 (6.00)
14R (0.56)
62 (2.43)
36A9759-A
REAR VIEW
236 (9.31)
DIMENSIONS OF PANEL CUTOUT
36A9761-B
13 (0.50)
REAR VIEW
PANEL MOUNTING
B1473-3
WALL MOUNTING
mm (INCH)
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4195K Pressure Controllers
D200050X012
Product Bulletin
34.5:4195K November 2019
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.5:4195K November 2019
4195K Pressure Controllers
D200050X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E161987, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4660 Pressure Pilot
D200051X012
Product Bulletin
34.5:4660 November 2019
FisherTM 4660 High-Low Pressure Pilot
The Fisher 4660 pneumatic high-low pressure pilot activates safety shutdown systems for flowlines, production vessels, and compressors. This pilot is available with either single or dual set point capability, using switch points to maintain full output pressure when the process pressure is within the set point range. If the process pressure is outside this range, the pilot switches from full output pressure to zero output pressure.
The primary switching mechanism in this pilot is a block-and-bleed relay assembly. This construction can be used in both block-and-bleed and bleed-only systems.
Unless otherwise noted, all NACE references are to
NACE MR0175-2002.
X0231
Features
nSafety Certification--The 4660 is certified for use in Safety Instrumented System (SIS) applications. Certification is by exida Consulting LLC, a global provider of functional safety and control system security (see figure 1). SIS certification is identified on the product by a label affixed to the case.
The functional safety assessment was performed to the requirements of IEC 61508: ed2, 2010, SIL3 for mechanical components.
nSuperior Performance--Repeatability meets the U.S. Minerals Management Service test tolerances referenced in Outer Continental Shelf (OCS) Order No. 5 and defined in the American Petroleum Institute (API) RP14C standard.
nCost-Effective Design--One pilot provides either a high-low function or a single switch point, whichever the application requires.
FISHER 4660 HIGH-LOW PRESSURE PILOT WITH BLOCK AND BLEED RELAY
Figure 1. exida Certificate
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.5:4660 November 2019
4660 Pressure Pilot
D200051X012
nNACE Conformance--A NACE compliant Bourdon tube is available for those applications where the pilot must meet the requirements of NACE MR0175-2002.
nEnvironmental Packaging--Construction materials have been selected to protect the pilot from corrosive environments such as the salt spray atmosphere of offshore platforms.
nReliable Operation--The pilot uses a field-proven Bourdon tube process pressure sensing element, shown in figure 2, that reduces maintenance by eliminating the need for wetted dynamic O-rings.
nReduced Air/Gas Consumption--The 4660 pneumatic high-low pressure pilot is an energy efficient choice. The low bleed relay provides a steady state consumption rate that is less than the 6 scfh requirement set for the oil and gas industry by the US Environmental Protection Agency (New Source Performance Standards Subpart OOOO, EPA-HQ-QAR-2010-0505).
nVibration Resistance--The rugged Bourdon tube sensing element and shock-absorbing switch points dampen the effects of vibration while maintaining performance.
nSet Point Accuracy--Standard high-resolution set point adjustments are easy to set, non-interactive, and can be locked in place to maintain the desired set point. The optional set point indication assemblies on the front panel are easy to read and let you simply dial in the desired set point.
Figure 2. Fisher 4660 High-Low Pressure Pilot with Block and Bleed Relay; Left Side with Case Cover Off
SET POINT ADJUSTMENTS
X0232
BOURDON TUBE
BLOCK AND BLEED RELAY
nEasy Maintenance--Simple modular construction plus a line of prepackaged parts kits makes pilot maintenance fast and easy.
nInstallation Versatility--Panel, rack, pipestand, or actuator mounting is available to meet field requirements.
nOperational Indications--A supply pressure test function is provided. The optional output indicator lets you check at a glance whether the pilot output pressure is at full output or zero output pressure.
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4660 Pressure Pilot
D200051X012
Product Bulletin
34.5:4660 November 2019
Specifications
Available Configurations
J High-low, J low-only, or J high-only set point capability
Input Signal Type: Process pressure sensed with a Bourdon tube Bourdon Tube Ratings: See table 1 or 2 Overpressure Protection: Maximum allowable emergency process pressures and maximum allowable process pressures to ensure set point readjustability are shown in table 3
Output Signal
J Zero pressure or J full supply pressure (automatically resets)
Supply Pressure(1) Normal Operating Pressure: 1.4 to 4.4 bar (20 to 65 psig) Medium: Air or Natural Gas
Supply medium must be clean, dry, and noncorrosive
Steady-State Air Consumption(2) Output Signal at 0 psig: 0.134 normal m3/hr (5 scfh) Output Signal at Full Supply Pressure: 0.00134 normal m3/hr (0.05 scfh)
Set Point Adjustments
Continuously adjustable between 3% and 97% of Bourdon tube rating; see table 1 or 2 for ranges
Performance in Percentage of Bourdon Tube Rating Repeatability: 0.25% Set Point Pmin . (See table 1 or 2) Single High-Low Unit: 10% for up to 170 bar (2500 psig) Bourdon tubes; 15% for 350, 500, and 700 (NACE) bar (5000, 7500, and 10,000 (NACE) psig) Bourdon tubes Low-Only and High-Only Pair: 3% Trip-to-Reset Zone: 1.5% (see table 1 or 2)
Construction Materials
Case and Cover: Polyester Front Cover: Tinted polycarbonate with scratch-resistant coating Base: Hard-anodized nickel-sealed aluminum alloy Bourdon Tube: J S31600 SST or J NACE compliant material Relay Body, Relay Flange, Nozzle/Flapper Assembly Orifice Block, and Switch Point Housings: Glass-filled polyphenylene sulfide Relay Diaphragm: Fluorosilicone/Polyester Relay Discs: Fluorosilicone Process Pressure Block, Tubing, Front Plate, Flapper, Linkages, and Other Major Metal Parts: Stainless steel Gaskets: Chloroprene and nitrile O-Rings. Relay: Nitrile Switchpoint Assembly: Nitrile impregnated with molybdenum disulphide Base/Case: Nitrile
Operating Conditions(1)
Condition
Ambient Temperature
Normal Operating Limits -59 to 71_C (-75 to 160_F)
Nominal Reference
21_C (70_F)
Operating Influences on Switch Point Sensitivity
Supply Pressure: 0.05% of Bourdon tube rating for a 10% change in supply pressure
Ambient Temperature: 2% of Bourdon tube rating throughout normal operating limits with nominal reference
Time: 1% of Bourdon tube rating over 30 days at ambient temperature nominal reference
Process Pressure: Range shift or set point drift can occur if process pressure exceeds the Bourdon tube rating
Pressure Connections
1/4 NPT internal
Exhaust Capacity Cg 15
Mounting J Panel, J rack, J pipestand, or J actuator
-continued-
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.5:4660 November 2019
4660 Pressure Pilot
D200051X012
Specifications (continued)
Hazardous Area Classification Complies with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
Ex h IIC Tx Gb Ex h IIIC Tx Db
Maximum surface temperature (Tx) depends on operating conditions Gas: T6 Dust: T71
Meets Customs Union technical regulation TP TC 012/2011 for Groups II/III Category 2 equipment
II Gb c T*X III Db c T*X
Safety Instrumented System Classification SIL3 capable certified by exida Consulting LLC
Approximate Weight 2.3 kg (5 pounds)
Options J Visual output indication J stainless steel panel mounting flange, J set point indication, and J tamper-resistant front cover
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology. 1. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any applicable standard or code limitation for valve should not be exceeded. 2. Normal m3/h--Normal cubic meters per hour at 0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute. Scfh--Standard cubic feet per hour at 60_F and 14.7 psia.
Table 1. Additional Specifications, Bar
BOURDON TUBE RATING(1)
SET RANGE(1)
SET POINT PMIN (MINIMUM ALLOWABLE DIFFERENCE
BETWEEN HIGH AND LOW SETTINGS)
Single High-Low Unit
High-Only/ Low-Only Pair
7
0.3 to 6.6
0.7
0.2
17
0.6 to 16.6
1.7
0.5
35
1.1 to 33.4
3.5
1.0
70
2.1 to 67.9
6.9
2.1
100 170 350 500 700(2)
3.2 to 100.2
10.3
3.1
5.2 to 167.2
17.2
5.2
10.4 to 334.4
51.7
10.3
15.6 to 501.5
70.7
15.5
20.7 to 668.8
103.4
20.7
1. Rating indicated on Bourdon tube and set range on front panel are in kPa (1 bar = 100 kPa). 2. Available in NACE compliant material only.
Table 2. Additional Specifications, Psig
BOURDON TUBE RATING
SET RANGE
100 250 500 1000
3 to 97 8 to 242 15 to 485 30 to 970
1500 2500 5000 7500 10,000(1)
45 to 1455 75 to 2425 150 to 4850 225 to 7275 300 to 9700
1. Available in NACE compliant material only.
SET POINT PMIN (MINIMUM ALLOWABLE DIFFERENCE
BETWEEN HIGH AND LOW SETTINGS)
Single High-Low Unit
High-Only/ Low-Only Pair
10
3.0
25
7.5
50
15
100
30
150
45
250
75
750
150
1025
225
1500
300
TRIP-TO-RESET ZONE
0.1 0.3 0.5 1.0 1.6 2.6 5.2 7.8
10.3
TRIP-TO-RESET ZONE
1.5 3.8 7.5 15 23 38 75 113 150
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4660 Pressure Pilot
D200051X012
Product Bulletin
34.5:4660 November 2019
Table 3. Maximum Allowable Process Pressure(1)
BOURDON TUBE RATING
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE EMERGENCY PROCESS PRESSURE
Stainless Steel Bourdon Tubes
NACE Compliant Bourdon Tubes
Bar(2)
Psig
Bar(2)
Psig
Bar(2)
Psig
6.9
100
13.8
200
17.2
250
34.2
500
34.5
500
69.0
1000
69.0
1000
138.0
2000
13.8 34.2 69.0 138.0
200 500 1000 2000
103.4 172.4 344.8 517.2 689.5
1500 2500 5000 7500 10,000
206.8 344.8 517.2 646.3
N/A
3000 5000 7500 9375
N/A
206.8 258.6 430.9 568.8 758.5
3000 3750 6250 8250 11,000
Maximum Allowable Process Pressure to Ensure Set Point Readjustability(3)
6.9
100
13.8
200
17.2
250
34.8
500
34.5
500
51.7
750
69.0
1000
103.5
1500
13.8
200
22.3
325
53.4
775
89.7
1300
103.4 172.4 344.8 517.2 689.5
1500 2500 5000 7500 10,000
155.1 172.4 517.2 646.3
N/A
2250 2500 7500 9375
N/A
124.0 227.5 344.8 517.2 689.5
1800 3300 5000 7500 10,000
1. Normal operating process pressures should not exceed the Bourdon tube rating. 2. Ratings indicated on Bourdon tube are in psig and kPa (1 bar = 100 kPa). 3. Values listed for the NACE compliant Bourdon tubes are for a 2% deviation from set point due to overpressure.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.5:4660 November 2019
4660 Pressure Pilot
D200051X012
Figure 3. Principle of Operation Schematic
LOW SETPOINT PIVOT
HIGH SETPOINT PIVOT
PROCESS PRESSURE
LOW SETPOINT ADJUSTMENT HIGH SETPOINT ADJUSTMENT
FLAPPER
NOZZLE BEAM
38A3803-A A2898-2
BOURDON TUBE
SPRING
BLOCK AND BLEED RELAY ASSEMBLY SUPPLY PRESSURE OUTPUT PRESSURE
Principle of Operation
Refer to figure 3.
Process pressure is connected to the Bourdon tube sensing element. While the process pressure remains in the adjusted set ranges (between the low set point and the high set point), the flapper does not contact either set point pivot. This keeps the nozzle capped and maintains full output pressure.
As the process pressure decreases below the low set point value, the radius of arc of the Bourdon tube contracts. This causes the flapper to contact the low set point pivot and uncap the nozzle, which blocks supply pressure and vents (bleeds) output pressure. As the process pressure increases above the high set
6
point value, the radius of arc of the Bourdon tube extends. This causes the flapper to contact the high set point pivot, also uncapping the nozzle and providing block-and-bleed action. When the process pressure returns to the set range, the nozzle is again capped, switching the relay back to maintain full output pressure.
Performance
The performance characteristics discussed in the Performance in Percentage of Bourdon Tube Rating specification on page 3 and shown in figure 4 illustrate several important functional parameters.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4660 Pressure Pilot
D200051X012
Product Bulletin
34.5:4660 November 2019
SL represents the low set point and SH represents the high set point. The set range capability is 3 to 97 percent of the Bourdon tube rating. However, with a single high-low unit or a high-only/low-only pair, there is a limit on how close to each other the set points can be adjusted. This limit is defined as set point PMIN and is shown as SL and SH.
Trip-to-reset is the combined effect of pilot deadband and hysteresis. After the pilot has tripped, it automatically resets when the process pressure returns to the set range. However, full output pressure is not instantaneous. The difference between the set point and reset to full output pressure is the trip-to-reset zone. This parameter is also a function of the Bourdon tube rating as shown in figure 4 and discussed in the Performance in Percentage of Bourdon Tube Rating specification on page 3.
Repeatability is the switch point deviation around the set point as a percentage of the Bourdon tube rating.
Figure 4. Performance Characteristics
100%
TRIP-TORESET ZONE
SET POINT PMIN
OUTPUT PRESSURE
A2897-2
PROCESS PRESSURE
Applications
Figure 5 shows some of the many ways in which the 4660 high-low pressure pilot may be connected to accommodate requirements for single and dual outputs as well as single and dual process pressure lines. Examples A and D in figure 5 show how a pair of high-only and low-only pilots are connected to obtain closer set points as specified by the set point PMIN values in tables 1 and 2. Example B or C shows connections for a two-segment flow line configuration that adheres to API Specification RP14C. Example E shows a typical connection to an electrical pressure switch.
Installation
Normal installation is with the pilot mounted vertically and the connections for process pressure, supply pressure, and output pressure facing down. The supply medium should be regulated dry air or natural gas with solid particles removed.
Figures 6 and 7 illustrate the mounting dimensions and the location of the pressure connections.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.5:4660 November 2019
4660 Pressure Pilot
D200051X012
Figure 5. Typical Connection Schematics
PROCESS
SUPPLY
PROCESS NO. 1
PROCESS SUPPLY NO. 2
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
38A6085-B
OUTPUT
A. HIGH-ONLY AND LOW-ONLY PILOTS SENSING A SINGLE PROCESS POINT AND HAVING A SINGLE OUTPUT
B. LOW-ONLY AND HIGH/LOW PILOTS
WITH DUAL OUTPUTS AND DIFFERENT
38A6084-B
PROCESS PRESSURES
OUTPUT TO SUPPLY
SUPPLY
OUTPUT
PROCESS NO. 1
OUTPUT PROCESS NO. 2
C. LOW-ONLY AND HIGH/LOW PILOTS WITH SINGLE OUTPUT AND
DIFFERENT PROCESS PRESSURES
38A6087-B
PROCESS
SUPPLY
OUTPUT
D. LOW-ONLY AND HIGH-ONLY PILOTS WITH DUAL OUTPUTS AND
COMMON PROCESS PRESSURE
38A6086-B
C0584-1
8
ELECTRICAL PRESSURE SWITCH
SUPPLY
39A1578-A
OUTPUT
PROCESS
E. HIGH/LOW PILOT INTERFACED WITH A PRESSURE SWITCH
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4660 Pressure Pilot
D200051X012
Product Bulletin
34.5:4660 November 2019
Figure 6. Panel Mounting Dimensions
107 (4.22)
130 (5.12)
183 (7.22)
208 (8.19)
28
(1.12) 57
(2.25)
57 (2.25)
5/16-UNC-2B
62 (2.44)
FIELD MOUNTING
Note: All connection are 1/4 NPT.
39A1578-A 18A3804-G B1589-3
PANEL MOUNTING
5.2 (0.20) DIAMETER HOLES
186 (7.31)
195 (7.69)
98 (3.84)
4 (0.16)
109 (4.29) 117 (4.62)
REAR REMOVAL
18A3804-F A3299-1
4 (0.16)
70 (2.75)
212 (8.34)
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
205 (8.06)
5.2 (0.20) DIAMETER HOLES
195 (7.69)
98 (3.84)
4 (0.16)
109 (4.29)
117 (4.62)
FRONT REMOVAL
4 (0.16)
mm (INCH)
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.5:4660 November 2019
4660 Pressure Pilot
D200051X012
Figure 7. Pipestand Mounting Dimensions
OPTIONAL
184.2 (7.25)
168.1 (6.62)
VERTICAL PIPESTAND MOUNTING
212.9 (8.38)
SUPPLY CONNECTION OUTPUT CONNECTION PROCESS CONNECTION
108 (4.25)
233.4 (9.19)
10B2287-B B1965
BOTTOM VIEW
10
HORIZONTAL PIPESTAND MOUNTING
mm (INCH)
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4660 Pressure Pilot
D200051X012
Product Bulletin
34.5:4660 November 2019
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
nAmbient temperature range nDescription of application
Application
nBourdon tube rating and material
nComposition, pressure, and temperature of the process fluid
Construction
Refer to the Specifications table. Review the information under each specification and in the referenced tables; specify the desired selection whenever there is a choice to be made.
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.5:4660 November 2019
4660 Pressure Pilot
D200051X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121982, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4196 Temperature Controllers
D200054X012
Product Bulletin
34.6:4196 November 2019
FisherTM 4196 Temperature Indicating Controllers
Fisher 4196 temperature indicating controllers show process temperature and set point on an easy-to-read process scale. The controllers are used in industries requiring accurate process monitoring and temperature control.
A temperature bulb (figure 6) measures process temperature. A 4196 controller then compares
process temperature with an operator- adjusted set point. The controller delivers a pneumatic signal to a control element. The control element changes the process temperature toward the set point.
Controller types are available for proportional-only, proportional-plus-reset, proportional-plus-reset-plus- rate, and differential gap for on-off control.
SET POINT ADJUSTMENT
PROCESS TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
W5823
PIPESTAND-MOUNTED CONTROLLER
W5824
SUPPLY PRESSURE GAUGE
INTERIOR OF CONTROLLER
OUTPUT PRESSURE GAUGE
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.6:4196 November 2019
4196 Temperature Controllers
D200054X012
Specifications
Available Configurations See table 1
Process Sensor Range (Input Signal) Type: Temperature between -73 and 371_C (-100 and 700_F). See table 2 for available ranges Minimum Span: 60_C or 100_F Maximum Span: 300_C or 600_F
Output Signal Proportional or Proportional-Plus-Reset Range: J 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) Differential Gap Output: J 0 and 1.4 bar (0 and 20 psig) or J 0 and 2.4 bar (0 and 35 psig) Action: Field-reversible between J direct (increasing sensed temperature increases output pressure) or J reverse (increasing sensed temperature decreases output pressure)
Process Scale Matched to the range of the sensing element as standard. Optional(1) scales available.
Supply and Output Connections 1/4 NPT internal
Maximum Allowable Pressure in Closed Vessel (For Temperature Element Assembly)(3)
9.7 mm (3/8-Inch) Diameter Temperature Bulb: 69 bar (1000 psig)
14.3 mm (9/16-Inch) Diameter Temperature Bulb: 34.5 bar (500 psig)
Construction Materials
See table 4
Controller Adjustments
Proportional Band: 5 to 500% of process scale range Reset: Adjustable from 0.01 to more than 74 min per repeat (from 100 to less than 0.0135 repeats per min) Differential Gap Controllers: Adjustable from 1 to 100% of process scale range Set Point: Continuously adjustable from 0 to 100% of the scale range
Controller Performance
Repeatability: 0.4% of output span Dead Band: Less than 0.4% of process scale range Time Constant of Temperature Bulb: 6 to 12 seconds for a 93_C (200_F) span (bare bulb in agitated liquid)
Supply Pressure Requirements(2) See table 3
Supply Pressure Medium Air or non-corrosive Natural Gas
Steady-State Air Consumption(4)(5)
0.2 to 1.0 Bar (3 to 15 psig) Output: 0.08 m3/hr (2.8 scfh) 0.4 to 2.0 Bar (6 to 30 psig) Output: 0.07 m3/hr (2.5 scfh)
Remote Set Point Pressures
J 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig)
Operative Ambient Temperature Limits(2)(6) 40 to 70_C (40 to 160_F)
-continued-
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Construction Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Proportional-Only Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Proportional-Plus-Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Proportional-Plus-Reset-Plus Rate Controllers . . . . 7 Differential Gap Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Anti-Reset Windup Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Remote Set Point Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Auto/Manual Station Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 External Feedback Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4196 Temperature Controllers
D200054X012
Product Bulletin
34.6:4196 November 2019
Specifications (continued)
Hazardous Area Classification Complies with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
Ex h IIC Tx Gb Ex h IIIC Tx Db
Housing
Designed to NEMA 3 (Weatherproof) and IEC 529 IP54 specifications
Maximum surface temperature (Tx) depends on operating conditions
Gas: T6 Dust: T70
Mounting
Controller can be mounted on J actuator, J panel, J wall, or J pipestand
Meets Customs Union technical regulation TP TC 012/2011 for Groups II/III Category 2 equipment
II Gb c T*X III Db c T*X
Approximate Weight 4.5 kg (10 lb)
Note: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology. 1. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional information. 2. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded. 3. At 40_C (100_F ) 4. Normal m3/hr--normal cubic meters per hour (m3/hr, 0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute). Scfh--standard cubic feet per hour (ft3/hr, at 60_F and 14.7 psig). 5. Without auto/manual switch. With auto/manual switch add 0.01 m3/hr (0.5 scfh). 6. Also for transportation and storage limits.
Table 1. Available Configurations
CONFIGURATIONS
TYPE NUMBER(1)
Proportional- Only
Suffix Letter A
Proportional- Plus Reset
Suffix Letter B
Proportional-Plus Reset-Plus-Rate
Suffix Letter C
Differential Gap
Suffix Letter S
4196A
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
4196AE
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
4196AM
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
4196AME
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
4196B
- - -
X
4196BE
- - -
X
4196BF
- - -
X
4196BFE
- - -
X
4196BM
- - -
X
4196BME
- - -
X
4196BFM
- - -
X
4196BFME
- - -
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4196C
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4196CE
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4196CF
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4196CFE
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4196CM
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4196CME
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4196CFM
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4196CFME
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
4196S
- - -
- - -
- - -
X
4196SE
- - -
- - -
- - -
X
4914HSM
- - -
- - -
- - -
X
4196SME
- - -
- - -
- - -
X
1. Reverse-acting constructions are designated by an R added to the type number.
Anti-Reset Windup
Suffix Letter F
- - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - X X - - - - - - X X
- - - - - - X X - - - - - - X X
- - - - - - - - - - - -
Remote Set Point
Suffix Letter M
- - - - - - X X
- - - - - - - - - - - - X X X X
- - - - - - - - - - - - X X X X
- - - - - - X X
Internal Auto/ Manual Station
Suffix Letter E
- - - X - - - X
- - - X - - - X - - - X - - - X
- - - X - - - X - - - X - - - X
- - - X - - - X
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.6:4196 November 2019
4196 Temperature Controllers
D200054X012
Table 2. Available Temperature Ranges of Temperature Bulbs(1)
TEMPERATURE SPAN
ELEMENT RANGE
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
RANGE
BULB DIAMETER
OVERRANGE LIMITS(2)
MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE(3)
_C Minimum _C Maximum
_C
_C
mm
_C Minimum _C Maximum
_C
0 to 100
-10
150
100
100
50 to 150 -15 to 150
40
200
-15 to 85
9.5
-25
135
230
150
150
0 to 150 -30 to 160
-15
225
Metric Units
60
-20 to 40
-30 to 95
60
0 to 60
-30 to 95
60 to 120
38 to 150
-26
70
-6
90
190
54
150
-75 to 75 -75 to 135
14.3
-90
150
150
150
50 to 200
-5 to 200
35
275
400
170
200
0 to 200 -75 to 230
-20
300
275
300
0 to 300 -75 to 370
-30
450
590
_F Minimum _F Maximum
_F
_F
Inch
_F Minimum _F Maximum
_F
0 to 200
-20
300
175
200
50 to 250
0 to 300
30
350
100 to 300
3/8
80
400
450
250
300
0 to 300 -25 to 325
-30
450
U. S. Units
100
0 to 100
100
50 to 150
-25 to 200
100 to 200 75 to 300
-10
150
40
200
65
250
375
125
150
50 to 200 -25 to 225
9/16
35
275
270
300
100 to 400
25 to 400
300
400
0 to 400 -100 to 450
70
550
-40
600
750
525
600
0 to 600 -100 to 700
-60
900
1100
1. Contact your Emerson sales office about other spans and ranges. 2. All temperature bulbs are tested to +50 percent of overrange limits. With travel stops in place, if the overrange limits are exceeded, the controller may require recalibration. 3. With travel stops in place, temperatures in excess of these values may cause permanent damage to the temperature element.
Features
nEasy Maintenance--Simple design allows fast, easy maintenance and minimal spare parts inventory.
nEasy Adjustment--Adjusting the set point, adjusting the zero and span of the process pointer, and switching between direct and reverse action are accomplished quickly and without special tools. Also, no interaction occurs when the set point and proportional band are adjusted.
nVibration Resistance--The simple design and low mass of internal parts allow the controller to withstand the vibrations found in most plant environments.
4
nHighly Visible Display--Two red pointers on a 114 mm (4-1/2 inch), white-on-black scale show process temperature and deviation from set point at a glance. Two other gauges monitor supply and output pressures.
nLow Air/Gas Consumption--The relay and nozzle design reduces the steady-state consumption rate to as low as 0.07 m3/hr (2.5 scfh); less than the 6 scfh requirement set for the oil and gas industry by the US Environmental Protection Agency (New Source Performance Standards Subpart OOOO, EPA-HQ-QAR-2010-0505).
nCorrosion Resistance--Tough plastic housing resists corrosive environments. Internal constructions are available to resist corrosive supply pressure media such as sour gas.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4196 Temperature Controllers
D200054X012
Product Bulletin
34.6:4196 November 2019
Table 3. Supply Pressure Data
Output Signal Range
0.2 to 1.0 or
0 and 1.4 (differential gap)
Bar
0.4 to 2.0 or
0 and 2.4 (differential gap)
3 to 15 or
0 and 20 (differential gap)
Psig
6 to 30 or
0 and 35 (differential gap)
1. If this pressure is exceeded, control stability may be impaired. 2. If this pressure is exceeded, damage to the controller may result.
Normal Operating Supply Pressure(1) 1.4
2.4
20
35
Maximum Pressure to Prevent Internal Damage(2) 2.8
2.8
40
40
Table 4. Construction Materials
Part
Standard Material
Thermal element assembly
N09902 nickel alloy and S30300 (303 stainless steel)(1)
Case and cover
Polyester plastic
Exterior tubing
Copper
Exterior fittings
C36000 (brass)
Interior tubing
S30400 (304 stainless steel)
Nozzle
S30300
Flapper
S31600 (316 stainless steel)
Relay springs
JS30200 (302 stainless steel) or Jsteel
Relay O-rings
Nitrile
Relay diaphragms
Nitrile
Other relay metal parts
JAluminum or Jstainless steel
Feedback bellows assembly
C51000 (bronze)
Supply and output gauges
Brass (wetted parts only)
Bushing
Stainless steel
Thermowell
Stainless steel
Remote set point element
JN09902 nickel alloy or JS30300
1. For the temperature bulb, capillary tube, and armor.
Optional Material
- - -
- - JStainless steel or Jpolyethylene JStainless steel or Jpolyethylene - - - - - - - - - - - - - - S32100 (321 stainless steel) Stainless steel (wetted parts only) - - JCarbon steel or JN04400 nickel alloy
- - -
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.6:4196 November 2019
4196 Temperature Controllers
D200054X012
Figure 1. Controller Construction Detail
INPUT ELEMENT CONNECTING LINK PROCESS POINTER ZERO ADJUSTMENT PROCESS POINTER SPAN ADJUSTMENT
METAL BALL SWITCHING ZONE INDICATOR LOADER KNOB AUTO/MANUAL SWITCH
W3679
AUTO/MANUAL OPTION
RESET ADJUSTMENT
W3599-1
4196B CONTROLLERS
RATE AND RESET ADJUSTMENT
4196C CONTROLLERS
W3439
PROPORTIONAL BAND ADJUSTMENT 1
Note: 1White portion of proportional band adjustment enables direct controller action; black portion enables reverse controller action.
W5824
Construction Features
Simplified Relay Maintenance
A clean-out wire provides a fast, easy means of cleaning the relay primary orifice during service.
Pressure Protection for the Case
A rubber plug in the plastic case pops out to vent excessive pressure buildup inside the case before structural damage can occur.
Easy Direct/Reverse Switching
Controller action can be switched from direct to reverse or vice versa by simply loosening the screws on the proportional band cover and moving the cover out to rotate the proportional band knob to the desired action (see figure 1).
Easy Mode Conversion
Conversion from proportional to proportional-plus- reset control requires the addition of a reset valve and
two pieces of tubing. Conversion from proportional to proportional-plus-reset-plus-rate control requires the addition of a reset/rate valve and three pieces of tubing. Conversion from proportional to differential gap control requires the addition of one piece of tubing. These conversions require removing the controller from the case.
Anti-Reset Windup
Anti-reset windup is available with proportional-plus- reset and proportional-plus-reset-plus-rate controllers. A relief valve can be adjusted to limit reset windup on either increasing or decreasing output.
Remote Set Point
The capability of adjusting the set point from a remote location is available as an option with all 4196 controllers.
Auto/Manual Capability
An optional internal auto/manual station permits smooth, bumpless transfer between automatic control and manual operation without disturbing the controller output. A positive-acting, two-position
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4196 Temperature Controllers
D200054X012
Product Bulletin
34.6:4196 November 2019
switch, showing either automatic or manual control mode, is clearly visible with the controller cover closed.
External Feedback
In controller override applications, this option minimizes reset windup in the secondary controller. This option is available only with the two-mode (4196B) controllers.
Principle of Operation
The schematic diagram in figure 2 emphasizes detail of construction variations between control modes. Refer to table 1 to relate type number suffixes to the construction variations.
Proportional-Only Controllers (4196A)
The input element is connected to the process pointer and to the flapper by connecting links. As the process temperature increases (in a direct-acting controller), the flapper moves toward the nozzle, restricting flow through the nozzle and increasing nozzle pressure. When this occurs, relay action increases the output pressure (delivery) of the controller. Output pressure is fed back to the proportional bellows. The action of the proportional bellows counters the flapper movement that resulted from the process temperature change and backs the flapper away from the nozzle until the controller reaches a point of equilibrium.
The set point adjustment changes the proximity of the nozzle and flapper as does a change in process temperature except that, when the set point is changed, the nozzle moves with respect to the flapper.
The proportional band adjustment knob positions the nozzle on the flapper. Increasing (widening) the proportional band moves the nozzle to a position on the flapper where less flapper motion occurs, decreasing the gain of the controller. Decreasing (narrowing) the proportional band moves the nozzle toward a position where more flapper motion occurs, increasing the gain. Controller action is changed from direct to reverse by turning the proportional band adjustment knob to position the nozzle to a point on the flapper where the direction of the flapper motion versus input motion is reversed (see flapper detail in
figure 2). With the controller in the reverse-acting mode, an increase in process temperature causes a decrease in output pressure.
Proportional-Plus-Reset Controllers (4196B)
This controller operation is similar to that of proportional-only controllers except that output pressure is fed back to the reset bellows as well as to the proportional bellows. In operation, proportional-plus-reset controllers minimize the offset between the process temperature and set point.
Proportional-Plus-Reset-Plus-Rate Controllers (4196C)
Figure 3 shows details of the reset/rate option. Controllers with this option have a rate valve, an adjustable restriction that momentarily maintains the controller gain to accelerate the corrective action for slow temperature systems. A proportional-plus- reset-plus-rate controller responds to a change in process temperature as follows:
First, the rate action delays the gain reduction just long enough to allow the system to respond to the change, but not long enough for the system to become unstable. Then, the low gain provided by the proportional action keeps the system stable. Finally, reset action slowly increases the gain and returns the process temperature toward set point.
Differential Gap Controllers (4196S)
In this version, feedback pressure does not counteract the change in flapper position. Instead, the change is reinforced because feedback pressure is piped directly to the reset bellows only. This construction causes the controller output to switch from full supply pressure to zero pressure or vice versa.
Anti-Reset Windup Option
Anti-reset windup is available on all 4196B and 4196C controllers and is designated by the suffix letter F in the type number. The differential relief valve operates when the difference between proportional bellows pressure and reset bellows pressure reaches a predetermined value. Anti-reset windup reduces overshoot of the process temperature that can result from large or prolonged deviation from set point. This option can be adjusted to operate on either increasing or decreasing output pressure.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.6:4196 November 2019
4196 Temperature Controllers
D200054X012
Figure 2. Schematic of Fisher 4196 Temperature Controllers
MANUAL SET POINT ADJUSTMENT
PROCESS POINTER REMOTE SET POINT CONNECTED HERE
INPUT ELEMENT CONNECTED HERE
RESET BELLOWS (VENTED)
PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
CONNECTING LINK
BEAM
SUPPLY PRESSURE OUTPUT PRESSURE
ÎÎNOZZLE PRESSURE RESET PRESSURE
FLAPPER NOZZLE
PROPORTIONAL BAND ADJUSTMENT
REVERSE ACTION QUADRANT
FEEDBACK LINK
FEEDBACK MOTION
DIRECT ACTION QUADRANT
INPUT MOTION
FLAPPER PIVOT
FLAPPER DETAIL
OUTPUT PRESSURE TO CONTROL DEVICE
RELAY SUPPLY PRESSURE
PROPORTIONAL-ONLY CONTROL
TO RESET TO
TO
BELLOWS NOZZLE
ÎÎ TO ÎÎ PROPORTIONAL ÎÎ BELLOWS
RESET VALVE
TO RESET
BELLOWS TO
OUTPUT
ÎÎÎÎÎ TO ÎÎÎÎÎ PROPORTIONAL
BELLOWS
ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ RELAY
NOZZLE
NOZZLE
TO RESET
BELLOWS
OUTPUT
ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ RELAY
OUTPUT RELAY
SUPPLY PRESSURE
SUPPLY PRESSURE RESET VALVE
SUPPLY PRESSURE
PROPORTIONAL-PLUS-RESET CONTROL
RELIEF VALVE
PROPORTIONAL-PLUS-RESET CONTROL WITH ANTI-RESET WINDUP
DIFFERENTIAL GAP CONTROL
TO
TO RESET NOZZLE
TO
BELLOWS
ÎÎÎÎ PROPORTIONAL
BELLOWS
OUTPUT RELAY
46A9764-C C0573-1
RATE VALVE
SUPPLY PRESSURE
RESET VALVE
PROPORTIONAL-PLUS-RESET-PLUS RATE CONTROL
TO RESET
TO
BELLOWS
PROPORTIONAL
ÎÎÎ BELLOWS
TO NOZZLE
ÎÎÎ RELIEF ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ VALVE
OUTPUT RELAY
RATE VALVE RESET VALVE
SUPPLY PRESSURE
PROPORTIONAL-PLUS-RESET-PLUS-RATE CONTROL WITH ANTI-RESET WINDUP
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4196 Temperature Controllers
D200054X012
Product Bulletin
34.6:4196 November 2019
Figure 3. Schematic of Reset/Rate Option
RESET VALVE
RATE VALVE
RELAY OUTPUT PRESSURE
GAIN LIMITER
Auto/Manual Option
Controllers with the auto/manual option (designated by the suffix letter E in the type number) have piping on the output side of the relay as shown in figure 4. Supply pressure to the relay is also applied to the manual loader. The manual loader, functioning as a regulator, applies pressure to one side of the plastic tube and to the auto/manual switch. Output pressure from the relay registers on the other side of the plastic tube as well as in the auto/manual switch.
When the auto/manual switch is in the MANUAL position, the output of the manual loader becomes the output of the controller. The output of the manual loader is adjustable using the manual loader knob.
RESET BELLOWS
19A5000-A A3237-2
PROPORTIONAL BELLOWS
Remote Set Point Option
The optional capability to change the controller set point from a remote location is available with all 4196 controllers. This option is designated by the suffix letter M in the type number.
When the auto/manual switch is in the AUTO position, the output of the relay is channeled through the switch to become the output of the controller.
Before the auto/manual switch is operated, the output of the relay must equal the output of the manual loader to avoid bumping the process. Adjusting the set point varies the pressure on the left-hand side of the plastic tube. Adjusting the manual loader knob varies the pressure on the right-hand side. When the pressures are equal, the metal ball is centered in the tube. Pressure imbalance will force the ball to one end of the tube where it forms a seal, blocking air flow through the tube.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.6:4196 November 2019
4196 Temperature Controllers
D200054X012
Figure 4. Schematic of Auto/Manual Option
AUTOMATIC POSITION
AUTO/MANUAL SWITCH
OUTPUT PRESSURE TO CONTROL DEVICE
MANUAL LOADER
PLASTIC TUBE
METAL BALL
MANUAL LOADER KNOB
RELAY
SUPPLY PRESSURE
RELAY OUTPUT PRESSURE SUPPLY PRESSURE
MANUAL LOADER OUTPUT PRESSURE
48A5230-A A2927-1
External Feedback Option
External feedback is available with all 4196B controllers. Controllers with this option have an external process connection on the bottom of the controller case (see figure 8). This connection breaks the positive feedback (reset) loop inside the controller and brings it outside (see figure 5). The connection allows the positive feedback loops of two controllers (primary and secondary) to be tied together when the controllers are used in an override application. Thus connected, the feedback loop of the secondary controller tracks the primary controller, minimizing reset windup.
MANUAL POSITION
AUTO/MANUAL SWITCH OUTPUT PRESSURE TO CONTROL DEVICE
Figure 5. Schematic of External Feedback Option
TO RESET BELLOWS
TO NOZZLE
ÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎÎ RESET Î VALVE ÎÎ TO Î PROPORTIONAL
BELLOWS
OUTPUT
RELAY SUPPLY PRESSURE
EXTERNAL FEEDBACK TO OUTPUT OF HIGH OR LOW SELECT RELAY
SUPPLY PRESSURE OUTPUT PRESSURE
47A0975-A A3238-1
NOZZLE PRESSURE
ÎÎÎÎÎÎRESET PRESSURE
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4196 Temperature Controllers
D200054X012
Product Bulletin
34.6:4196 November 2019
Installation
In a typical installation, a 4196 temperature controller mounts on a pipestand. The capillary tube length determines the installation site.
When installing a controller, the vent must point down. When the temperature bulb (dimensions shown in table 5 and figure 6) is used within a closed vessel, the bulb screws into a bushing (see figure 7) that penetrates the vessel. Where pressure within the closed vessel exceeds the limits of the temperature
bulb or when the process fluid is corrosive, the temperature bulb screws into a thermowell (see figure 7) that penetrates the vessel. Lag type bushings and thermowells (also shown in figure 7) are used where extra length is required, such as installation in a process vessel that is coated with insulation. Dimensions for bushings and thermowells are shown in figure 7 and tables 6 and 7.
See figure 8 for basic controller dimensions. Figure 9 shows dimensions for specific mounting configurations.
Figure 6. Dimensions for Temperature Bulb with Adjustable Union (also see table 5)
6.4 ARMOR (0.25)
2
mm (INCH)
Notes: 1Available in 4.6 and 7.6 m (15 and 25 foot) lengths. Minimum bending radius is 25 mm (1 inch). 2Bendable extension length, Minimum bending radius is 32 mm (1-1/4 inch). 3. Temperature bulb may be used with either bushing or thermowell connection parts per SAMA RC6-10.
38A2273-E A6921-1
Table 5. Dimensions for Temperature Bulb with Adjustable Union
TEMPERATURE SPANS
SAMA STYLE _C
_F
B(1)
Adjustable Union
100 and 150
200 and 300,
(Standard Construction) 60, 150 through 300 100 and 150, 300 through 600
1. NPSM--National Straight Pipe Threads for Mechanical Joints; UNEF--Unified Thread-Extra
1/2-14 NPSM 1-20 UNEF-2A
DIMENSION
J
X
mm Inch mm Inch
445 17.50 145 5.70 584 23.00 178 7.00
Y mm Inch
10 0.38 14 0.56
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.6:4196 November 2019
4196 Temperature Controllers
D200054X012
Figure 7. Bushing and Thermowell Dimensions (also see tables 6 and 7)
44
(1.75)
2
B
A BUSHINGS WITHOUT LAGGING
2
B
C
3/4-14 NPT D
E A
C 3/4-NPT
44 (1.75)
25 (100)
2 A
U1
C THERMOWELLS WITHOUT LAGGING
121
2
(4.75)
25
U1
(100)
A
C
B B
BUSHINGS WITH 76 mm (3-INCH) LAGGING
THERMOWELLS WITH 76 mm (3-INCH) LAGGING
mm (INCH)
Notes: 1Tolerances for this dimension are as follows: ± 1.5 mm (0.06 inch) when length is 305 mm (12 inches) or less ± 3.2 mm (0.125 inch) when length is greater than 305 mm (12 inches) 27/8-inch hex for 3/8-inch temperature bulb; 1-1/8-inch hex for 9/16-inch temperature bulb
A3240-3
Table 6. Bushing Dimensions
TEMPERATURE BULB
DIAMETER
A(1)
mm
Inch
10
3/8
1/2-14 NPSM
14
9/16
1-20 UNEF
1. Seat area per SAMA Standard RC-17-10.
BUSHINGS WITHOUT LAGGING
B
C
mm Inch mm Inch
11 0.44 11 0.44
19 0.75 16 0.63
B mm Inch 11 0.44 19 0.75
BUSHINGS WITH LAGGING
C mm Inch 12 0.47 17 0.66
D mm Inch 113 4.44 121 4.75
E mm Inch 11 0.44 16 0.63
Table 7. Thermowell Dimensions
TEMPERATURE BULB DIAMETER
mm
Inch
A
10
3/8
1/2-14 NPT 3/4-14 NPT
14
9/16
3/4-14 NPT
1. Seat area per SAMA Standard RC-17-10.
B
mm
Inch
16
0.63
20
0.77
22
0.88
C(1) 1/2-14 NPSM-2B
1-20 UNEF-2B
U (INSERTION LENGTH)
mm
Inch
191
7.5
267
10.5
206
16
191
7.5
267
10.5
406
16
610
24
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4196 Temperature Controllers
D200054X012
Product Bulletin
34.6:4196 November 2019
Figure 8. Controller Dimensions
148 (5.81)
1/4-18 NPT REMOTE SET CONNECTION WHEN APPLICABLE
130 (5.12)
1/4-18 NPT EXTERNAL FEEDBACK CONNECTION WHEN APPLICABLE (4196B ONLY)
CAPILLARY TUBE
1/4-18 NPT SUPPLY PRESSURE CONNECTION
1/4-18 NPT CONTROLLER OUTPUT CONNECTION
1/4-18 NPT VENT CONNECTION
A3239-3
BOTTOM VIEW
330 (13.00)
268 (10.56)
FRONT VIEW
102 (4.00)
51 (2.00) 5/16 - 18 UNC-2B
3 HOLES (MOUNTING)
87 (3.44)
225 (10.04)
REAR VIEW
mm (INCH)
Figure 9. Mounting Dimensions
92 (3.62)
HORIZONTAL PIPE 222 (8.75)
95 (3.75)
TOP VIEW
84 (3.29)
63 (2.49)
13 (0.50)
161 (6.35)
TOP VIEW
260 (10.25)
62 (2.43)
36A9757-A
SIDE VIEW
VERTICAL PIPE
PIPESTAND MOUNTING
B1847-2
36A9759-A
REAR VIEW
62 (2.43)
(1320.066)(01.530)
152 (6.00)
14R (0.56R)
236 (9.31)
36A9761-B
13 (0.50)
62 (2.43)
DIMENSIONS OF PANEL CUTOUT
REAR VIEW
PANEL MOUNTING
WALL MOUNTING
mm (INCH)
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.6:4196 November 2019
4196 Temperature Controllers
D200054X012
Ordering Information
Applications
When ordering, specify:
1. Description of the service
2. Temperature range of the process
3. Ambient temperature
4. Velocity of the process fluid (if measuring the temperature of a process fluid flowing through a pipe)
5. Pressure in the process vessel (if closed)
6. Bushing or thermowell. Specify either busing or thermowell (If required) when the temperature bulb
is used in a closed vessel. Refer to figure 7 for available sizes. Specify straight-shank or tapered-shank thermowell. Tapered-shank thermowells, with their high strength-to-weight ratio, permit operation in higher process fluid velocities than do straight-shank thermowells.
Construction
Refer to the Specifications section and the Construction Features section. Carefully review each specification and feature, specifying your choice whenever a selection is offered. Pipestand mounting hardware will be supplied unless some other mounting method is specified.
Refer to table 1 for type numbers (add R to any type number if reverse action is desired).
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4196 Temperature Controllers
D200054X012
Product Bulletin
34.6:4196 November 2019
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
34.6:4196 November 2019
4196 Temperature Controllers
D200054X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E161984, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Customer Drawings
D104179X012
Product Bulletin
39:001 August 2017
Customer Drawings Product Selection
Emerson offers a wide selection of drawing products; to include 2D drawings, 3D models, CAD files and Dimensional Data for Piping (DDP) to support all customer engineering, inspection and maintenance needs. This bulletin provides information and insight to help you select the correct Fisher Customer Drawing product properly to address your specific needs.
Drawing Levels
Traditional flat sheet Drawings are organized by drawing levels and content increases with successive drawing levels. Based on your needs, drawing products have been organized into four levels of 2D base drawings with each successive level showing an expanded set of details. The most basic information is included in Outline Drawings that are created on demand by Emerson Sales Office using Fisher First 2
Quote to Order tool (FF2). Other drawing levels need to be selected and ordered using the FF2 ordering process. Refer to table 1 for detailed information.
Outline Drawings
Outline Drawings are an exterior view drawing of Fisher valve product or product assembly up to valve, actuator, positioner and regulator (if selected with positioner component). These drawings are dimensioned to show necessary installation and "envelope" information needed to complete piping design work in projects or for final customer drawings direct from FF2. Users have the ability to insert any special notes and/or assign drawing number/revision as may be required per customer specification. Refer to figure 8 and 9 for sample Outline Drawings.
DRAWING LEVEL 4 Cross-section, BOM & RSPL of Fisher Actuator
DRAWING LEVEL 3 Center of Gravity
Cross-section, BOM & RSPL of Valve Body Assembly
OUTLINE DRAWINGS (On Demand from FF2)
Outline Dimensions Positioner Orientation Assembly Weight ( +/-10% )
Standard Title Block Actuator Removal Clearance Customer Special Notes (Opt.) Drawing Number and Rev (Opt.)
DRAWING LEVEL 2 Accessories
Pneumatic Hookup Schematic Volume Tanks (w/o accessories)
Serial Number High Level Component BOM
Drawing Number and Rev
Note: Each higher level of drawing includes features from the lower levels. Drawing levels are different from processing levels and the two are not inter-related.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
39:001 August 2017
Customer Drawings
D104179X012
Table 1. Drawing Selection Matrix
Drawing Content Outline Dimensions Positioner Orientation Actuator Clearance Height Assembly Weight +/-10% Standard Title Block Drawing Number & Rev. Customer Special Notes Accessories Pneumatic Hookup Schematic Volume Tanks (w/o accessories) High Level Component BOM Serial Number Center of Gravity Cross Section Valve Body Assembly BOM & RSPL Valve Body Assembly Cross Section Fisher Actuator BOM & RSPL Fisher Actuator Special Butt Weld End Prep Nameplate / Warning Tags Lubricant Call-Outs Volume Tank Accessories / Rep Accessories Dual Dimensions Customer Title Block Other Languages Wiring Diagram (Customer Provided) After-Shipment Drawing Requests 3 = Standard Content in Base Drawing D = Content Available as Option
Outline 3 3 3 3 3 D D
Level 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 D
D D
D D D D D D
Level 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
D D D D D D D D D
Level 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 D D D D D D D D D
LEVEL 2 Drawings
Level 2 Drawings are an exterior view drawing of Fisher valve, actuator, positioner and other accessories (as ordered). This drawing also includes pneumatic hook up schematic, volume tank (if vol. tank accessories need to be shown in the drawing, appropriate option needs to be selected) and a high level BOM (list of components ordered in the assembly). Drawings are pictorially unique to the customer's order. Drawing number, revision levels and serial numbers are assigned in the title block. Refer to figure 10, 11, and 12 for sample Level 2 Drawings.
LEVEL 3 Drawings
In addition to details included in base Level 2 Drawings, these drawings include a cross-sectional
view of valve body, bonnet, packing and trim parts including a BOM showing Fisher part numbers, part names and material specification for parts shown along with recommended spares. This drawing may be used for product/part traceability. Refer to figure 13 and 14 for sample Level 3 Drawings.
LEVEL 4 Drawings
In addition to details included in base Level 3 Drawings, these drawings include a cross-sectional view of Fisher actuator, BOM showing Fisher part numbers, part names and material specification along with recommended spares. This drawing may be used for product/part traceability. Refer to figure 15 and 16 for sample Level 4 Drawings.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Customer Drawings
D104179X012
Product Bulletin
39:001 August 2017
Orderable Option Definitions
Center of Gravity: The point at which the entire weight of a body may be considered as concentrated so that if supported at this point the body would remain in equilibrium in any position. Refer to figure 1.
Figure 1. Center of Gravity
AR 8.88
TYPE 67DFR 1/2-14 NPT SUPPLY CONN
30.87
8.02 7.59
TYPE DVC6200 1/2-14 NPT
CONDUIT CONN BOTH SIDES
j8.00
BYPASS VALVE
CG 14.84
Special Butt Weld End Preparation:
ASME B16.25 covers the preparation of butt welding ends of piping components to be joined into a piping system by welding. It includes requirements for welding bevels. Options can be selected for any valve with Butt weld end connection to show the end preparation details. See figure 2.
Figure 2. Butt Weld End Preparation
355-405
.03 .09
25-305
j 3.68 3.56
j
3.041 3.091
455 MAX
1.12
NPS 3 SCHED 40 BUTT WELD END GTAW B16.25 FIG. 4
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
10.00
0.36 15.25
30.50
11.27
8.44
NPS 12 CLASS 300 RF FLANGES
Nameplate / Warning Tags: Name plates, warning and caution tags added to drawing content. See figure 3.
Figure 3. Nameplates and Warning Tags
TYPE 377D
TYPE Y602-12 VENT
CG 5.39
0.10 20.59
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
39:001 August 2017
Customer Drawings
D104179X012
Lubricant Call-Outs: Details marking the area for lubrication, this helps the user in correct application of lubricants. See figure 4.
Figure 4. Lubricant Call-Outs
Volume Tank Accessories Details of connection sizes, mounted accessories - like safety relief valves and gauges. Mounting leg configuration details. See figure 5.
Figure 5. Volume Tank Accessories
PRESSURE GAUGE
(353) 1 1/4-11 1/2 NPT INTLET/OUTLET CONN
2-11 1/2 NPT INSPECTION HOLD
178
(PLUGGED) 152
1 1/4-11 1/2 NPT INTLET/OUTLET CONN (PLUGGED)
1600 914
CROSBY SAFETY VALVE MODEL 951111MFD 1-11 1/2 NPT VENT CONN
1/2-14 NPTF SUPPLY CONN (CUSTOMER SCOPE)
1/4-18 NPT GAUGE CONN (PLUGGED)
1 1/4-11 1/2 NPT INTLET/OUTLET CONN (PLUGGED)
NAME PLATE
2-11 1/2 NPT
267
INSPECTION HOLD
(PLUGGED)
(65)
j 356 O.D. j 508 O.D.
455 TYP.
9/16 X 7/8 SLOTS LOCATED 905 APART ON A j17 BOLT CIRCLE TYP. 4 PLACES
1/2-14 NPT DRAIN CONN
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Customer Drawings
D104179X012
Product Bulletin
39:001 August 2017
Dual Dimensions:
Standard drawing requests require users to specify either Metric or English/Imperial (inches) units for dimension markings. If this option is selected, dimensions will be provided in both metric and inches.
Other Languages:
Default language used in our drawings is English. Choices of other languages are offered through price book options.
Customer Title Block:
Customer required title block can be added in addition to title block. Customer responsible to provide a CAD file with their title block format to be include in the drawing.
Wiring Diagram (Customer Provided):
CAD file must be provided for wiring diagrams that need to be shown in the drawing. You are responsible for content and accuracy of information of the supplied CAD file. See figure 6.
Figure 6. Customer Provided Wiring Diagram
STEAM SEAL FEED VALVES
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
39:001 August 2017
Customer Drawings
D104179X012
After Shipment Drawing Requests:
In case drawings need to be requested for hardware that has already shipped from factory, our after-shipment process may be used to request such drawings, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for more details.
Drawing Formats:
Drawing Formats PDF (Electronic) Paper Copies 2D CAD (.DWG or .DXF) DDP (Standard) DDP (Special) 3D CAD (.STP or other formats)
Outline a
a a a
Level 2 a a a
Level 3 a a a
Level 4 a a a
a
Note
For most standard constructions, FF2 users will be able to self-serve Outline Drawings in PDF, 2D CAD or Standard DDP formats on demand. Non-standard constructions and other formats will have to be requested from a Fisher product factory.
Instrumentation (or SPI). They may use a standard DDP (Dimensional Data for Piping) data file out of FF2 in .csv format. This output file also contains the control valve spec sheet data (as per SPI Form 90). Intergraph SPI/SPF/ S3D are pre-set up to easily import this standard DDP data and display 3D control valve shapes. Refer to figure 18 for sample DDP data file.
DDP (Special): It is possible for customers to be following different conventions for DDP depending on the particular design solution adopted by them. In this case, an Excel or a .csv data file and reference drawing(s) will be provided by the customer. The reference drawing defines each dimension variable. Fisher will manually populate the data file and return to customer.
3D Models: 3D envelope models may be requested for various Fisher components and assemblies to assist customers doing CAD work in 3D environment. Default output will be in .STP format but other formats may be supported on request. Refer to figure 7.
Figure 7. Sample 3D Model
Default and most popular format for all of our drawings is .PDF. Due to Adobe and other companies offering free PDF reader programs and the format's utility in preserving the graphic appearance in online and print versions, this format is widely used and acceptable to our customers. Our PDF drawings are searchable, allowing users to search for and locate any keyword in their drawing documents.
Paper Copies: You still have the option of ordering paper copies of Level drawings through Emerson if required.
2D CAD (.DWG or .DXF): For customers who may want to open and import our 2D drawings in their CAD software, they can order Level drawings in widely used .DWG or .DXF format. Refer to figure 17 for sample 2D CAD drawing.
DDP (Standard): In projects, many of our customers may be using a design solution like SmartPlantr
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Customer Drawings
D104179X012
Product Bulletin
39:001 August 2017
Figure 8. OUTLINE Drawing - Sliding-Stem
Figure 9. OUTLINE Drawing - Rotary
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
39:001 August 2017
Customer Drawings
D104179X012
Figure 10. LEVEL 2 Drawing - Sliding-Stem (with Single-Acting Actuator)
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Customer Drawings
D104179X012
Product Bulletin
39:001 August 2017
Figure 11. LEVEL 2 Drawing - Sliding-Stem (with Double-Acting Actuator and Volume Tank)
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
39:001 August 2017
Customer Drawings
D104179X012
Figure 12. LEVEL 2 Drawing - Rotary (with Single-Acting Actuator)
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Customer Drawings
D104179X012
Product Bulletin
39:001 August 2017
Figure 13. LEVEL 3 Drawing - Rotary (Sheets 1 and 2)
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
39:001 August 2017
Customer Drawings
D104179X012
Figure 14. LEVEL 3 Drawing - Rotary (Sheet 3)
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Customer Drawings
D104179X012
Product Bulletin
39:001 August 2017
Figure 15. LEVEL 4 Drawing - Sliding-Stem (Sheets 1 and 2)
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
39:001 August 2017
Customer Drawings
D104179X012
Figure 16. LEVEL 4 Drawing - Sliding-Stem (Sheets 3 and 4)
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Customer Drawings
D104179X012
Product Bulletin
39:001 August 2017
Figure 17. LEVEL 2 Drawing (2D CAD) - Rotary (with Single-Acting Actuator)
Figure 18. DDP (Dimensional Data for Piping)
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
39:001 August 2017
Customer Drawings
D104179X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E162016, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Fisher Product Material Compliance
D104298X012
Product Bulletin
39:010 July 2017
FisherTM Product Material Compliance
Emerson strives for a best-in-class supply chain across its global businesses. We are committed to working with suppliers who adhere to the Emerson Supplier Code of Conduct and actively manage and demonstrate materials compliance with pertinent governmental laws and regulations, including the Regulation on Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH), Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive (RoHS) and Conflict Minerals.
Hazardous Substances
European suppliers for Fisher products are required to comply with all relevant requirements of REACH and RoHS. In addition, these suppliers must meet our contractual terms and conditions covering components used in products within the scope of RoHS. Non-European suppliers are required to meet the requirements for RoHS and REACH as specified in the contractual terms and conditions. In order to comply with hazardous substances legislation globally, Fisher requires Full Material Declaration (FMD), unless otherwise agreed.
REACH
REACH, the European Regulation on Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals, went into effect June 1, 2007.
REACH shifts the responsibility from public agencies to industry when it comes to assessing and managing the risks posed by chemicals and providing appropriate safety guidelines for their users. REACH impacts many sectors beyond the chemicals industry, requiring new forms of cooperation among companies and enhanced communication along the entire supply chain. It also requires the creation of tools and guidance documents to assist companies in the supply chain and public agencies in the implementation of REACH.
REACH's objectives are to ensure a high level of protection for human health and the environment -- including the promotion of alternative test methods -- the free circulation of substances on the internal market as well as the enhancement of competitiveness and innovation.
Fisher valves and instruments are continuously verified as to whether the products contain any substances mentioned in the REACH candidate list. We are in close contact with suppliers as part of this process.
RoHS
RoHS, the European Directive on The Restriction of Hazardous Substances, original directive was adopted January 27, 2003, and was revised June 8, 2011. Today, this revised directive is often referred to as "RoHS II."
This directive restricts the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. The list of restricted substances includes: Lead (Pb), Mercury (Hg), Cadmium (Cd), Hexavalent chromium (Cr6+), Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB), Polybrominated diphenyl ether (PBDE), and added in 2015: Bis (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (DEHP), Butyl benzyl phthalate (BBP), Dibutyl phthalate (DBP), Diisobutyl phthalate (DIBP).
RoHS II has introduced new obligations for conformity assessment, declaration and marking, and its scope has been extended to all electrical and electronic equipment (EEE). RoHS II is a CE marking directive, which means the producer has placed the CE mark on finished EEE products as a declaration the product is RoHS II compliant and meets all of the requirements established by the European Union.
We believe Fisher products are out of scope of the RoHS II directive. However, Fisher is evaluating alternatives to the restricted substances for use in their products.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
39:010 July 2017
Fisher Product Material Compliance
D104298X012
Conflict Materials
The US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) adopted a final rule August 22, 2012 to implement the "conflict minerals" provision of Section 1502 of the Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, better known as the Dodd-Frank law.
The rule requires U.S. public companies to annually report on their efforts to determine whether or not their products contain metals mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC), or an adjoining country, and whether funds flowing to the mines supplying those conflict minerals are benefiting, directly or indirectly, armed groups in the DRC region.
The term "conflict minerals" includes: Cassiterite (Tin ore); Columbite-tantalite, aka Coltan (Tantalum ore); wolframite (Tungsten) and Gold. These are collectively known as "3TG minerals."
The SEC's final rule on conflict minerals applies to Fisher products and consequently affects suppliers of finished products, parts and/or materials that are incorporated into Fisher products, regardless of where the supplier is located.
Emerson works aggressively with industry groups and other stakeholders to develop and implement policies and systems to reduce the risk of minerals in its supply chain coming from mines that finance or benefit armed groups in the DRC region. In 2014, Emerson joined the Conflict Free Sourcing Initiative to be more active in making informed choices in the management of the supply chain.
Summary
For quotes/orders destined for installation in the European Union, some products on this quote/order may be considered outside of the Scope of European Directive 2011/65/EC. Please refer to www.emerson.com/compliance for up to date product information.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E2 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Bourdon Tube Isolators
D200057X012
Product Bulletin
39:025 August 2017
Bourdon Tube Isolators
Bourdon tube isolators are chemical seals that provide isolation between Bourdon tubes in FisherTM pneumatic instruments and process fluids. They are designed to prevent corrosive or clogging process fluids from entering the Bourdon tube. Each isolator consists of a continuous-duty welded diaphragm seal and armored flexible tubing that is factory-welded to the control connection of a Fisher instrument.
The connecting tubing and the sealed portion of the instrument Bourdon tube are factory-filled with a suitable hydraulic liquid, which is retained by the thin, flexible diaphragm that divides the isolator (figure 1). The other side of the isolator is connected to the process fluid. Diaphragm movement transmits the true process pressure at a one-to-one ratio through the sealed liquid to the instrument.
Features
nIsolator Overpressure Protection--The machined surface in the instrument half of the isolator bowl exactly fits the shape of the diaphragm and serves as a travel stop for the isolator only. Excess process pressure can force the diaphragm against the machined surface without damage to the isolator.
nApplication Flexibility--Both the diaphragm and process half of the isolator bowl are available in a wide selection of materials for compatibility with many hard-to-handle process fluids.
nEasy Cleaning--A flushing connection construction permits removal of clogging process fluids without isolator disassembly.
W2317-1
TYPICAL BOURDON TUBE ISOLATOR AND CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
39:025 August 2017
Bourdon Tube Isolators
D200057X012
Specifications
Process Connection Sizes
Without Flushing Connection: J 1/4, J 3/8, J 1/2, J 3/4, J 1, or J 1-1/2 NPT With Flushing Connection: J 1/4, J 3/8, J 1/2, J 3/4, or J 1 NPT
Connecting Tubing
Size and Construction: 3.2 mm (1/8-inch) outside diameter tubing protected by 7.9 mm (5/16-inch) flexible armor soldered at each end, roll-pinned to isolator, and welded to instrument process connection Length: J 3 m (10 feet) (standard), J shorter lengths available at no extra cost, J greater lengths may be ordered
Temperature Ratings and Hydraulic Liquid Information
See table 1
Maximum Isolator Input Pressure
172 bar (2500 psig) standard; up to 689 bar (10 000 psig) available upon request
Output Pressure To Instrument(1) Same as isolator input pressure
Construction Materials
Bourdon Tube Bowl: Forged steel Typical Diaphragm and Process Bowl Material Combinations: See table below
Diaphragm 316L SST
Exposed Surfaces of Process Bowl
316 SST
Notes
Standard construction materials - For optional materials, contact your Emerson Automation Solutions sales office.
1. The pneumatic instrument Bourdon tube will yield if the isolator output pressure is greater than the Bourdon tube maximum pressure.
Table 1. Fill Fluids
Fill Fluid
Process Temperature Limits(1)
_C
_F
Viscosity in Centistokes
Mansfield & Green AAA Tester Oil Dow CorningR 200, Silicone - 20cs
-1 to 150 -45 to 205
30 to 300 -49 to 401
16 cs at 38_C (100_F) 3.3 cs at 99_C (210_F)
20 cs at 25_C (77_F)
Dow Corning 200 Silicone - 10cs
-45 to 205
-49 to 401
10 cs at 25_C (77_F)
1. This temperature range is for the filled liquid in the Bourdon tube isolator. The temperature at the pneumatic instrument Bourdon tube cannot exceed the ambient temperature range of the pneumatic instrument to which the Bourdon tube isolator is connected.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Bourdon Tube Isolators
D200057X012
Product Bulletin
39:025 August 2017
Installation
The Bourdon tube isolator must not be disassembled, nor any of the connections between it and the Bourdon tube broken, as any air admitted will destroy the accuracy of the process indications. To avoid kinking the armored flexible tubing, while at the same time maintaining the integrity of the sealed system, install the process connection into the isolator bowl, rather than vice versa.
Bowl dimensions are shown in figure 1.
Figure 1. Internal Construction and Dimensions of Bowl
PROCESS CONNECTION SIZE (NPT)
87.4 DIA (3.44)
WELDED DIAPHRAGM LIQUID FILL
CONNECTION FOR ARMORED TUBING
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
1. Type number and control connection size of Fisher pneumatic instrument for which isolation is desired (no bellows instruments may be specified)
2. Process connection size
3. Flushing connection, if desired
4. Operating temperature range and hydraulic liquid
5. Diaphragm and process bowl materials
6. Length of tubing, if other than 3 m (10 feet)
12A2070-A 10A4902-D A1625-1
49.3 (1.94)
OPTIONAL 1/4-18 NPT FLUSHING CONNECTION
mm (INCH)
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
39:025 August 2017
Bourdon Tube Isolators
D200057X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. Dow Corning is a registered trademark of Dow Corning Corporation. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Chernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 1990, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Standard and Special Material Designations
D103878X012
Product Bulletin
39:035 December 2017
Standard and Special Material Designations
Standard Materials
Materials can be referred to by many different notations which has the potential to create confusion between customers and suppliers. Throughout the past, standards organizations and trade associations made an effort to standardize alloy designations to help alleviate confusion.
To keep in step with industry standards and to maintain accuracy in specifying materials for products and replacement parts, Emerson has documented a standard designation system for all documentation and advertising literature as well as for internal references for FisherTM valves. The designation system used by Emerson is representative of direction set by ANSI, ASME, ASTM, and EN for designation use.
The Unified Numbering System (UNS) also provides a standardized approach to material references. In the cases where the codes and standards or the UNS have not standardized on a singular designation, Emerson determines a designation in line with current trends.
The standard designations are used consistently in all Fisher valve documentation.
Special Materials
Industrial process lines are usually designed in accordance with ASME B31.1 (Power Piping) or B31.3 (Process Piping). Both of these codes include a list of acceptable standards which can be referenced and applied for piping comments. ASME B16.34 is one such standard, which, if a valve is rated and designed in accordance the valve is acceptable and can be referred to as a listed valve.
Fisher valves are routinely designed in accordance with ASME B16.34. This includes adherence to materials listed as well as other prescriptive requirements (minimum wall thicknesses, etc.). However, there are some occasions where we are forced to deviate, such as unique or arduous customer applications, requiring new materials (non-listed) or use of new manufacturing processes.
If the material to be used is not shown in ASME B16.34, the valve is considered to be an unlisted valve. However, the piping code permits manufacturers to rate this material using the same methodology used for B16.34 listed materials. In the 2016 revision of B31.3, see 307.1.2 Unlisted Valves, "unlisted valves may be used only in accordance with para 302.2.3. Unless pressure temperature ratings are established by the method set forth in AMSE B16.34 pressure design shall be qualified as a required by para 304.7.2."
Fisher products made from non-listed materials are designed to wall thickness and other requirements of B16.34. Also, as required in B31.3, the ratings are established using the method set forth in ASME B16.34. Consequently, unlisted valves, those with manufacturer's ratings, are still permitted for use in piping code applications.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
39:035
December 2017
Standard and Special Material Designations
D103878X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E2 1987, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Obsolete Products
D104336X012
Product Bulletin
39:045 February 2021
FisherTM Obsolete Products Including Valves, Actuators, Accessories, Instruments, and Regulators
Obsolete products may not be manufactured again in any Emerson location under any conditions. Recommended spare parts availability is guaranteed for 10 years after the last production on manufactured trim replacement parts and 5 years of best effort on die cast parts, elastomers, buyout components, and electronic components.
Should you need price and delivery for parts on any of these obsolete or inactive product lines listed, contact your Emerson sales office.
Valves, Actuators, Accessories, and Instruments
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
7 Series
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT
Auma
7C
None
30 (obsolete 4/7/97)
None
37M
None
38
None
38F
None
38S
None
43M, MS, S
None
44M
None
49M, 49MP
None
55B
None
115 & 115C (obsolete 4/6/90 & 5/5/97)
None
125
357
126/127PJ (obsolete 6/3/91)
D2T, D3, D4
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
126/127PQ (obsolete 6/3/91) 126/127PQA (obsolete 6/3/91) 126/127PQC (obsolete 6/3/91) 126/127PQF (obsolete 6/3/91) 126/127PT (obsolete 6/3/91) 126/127PTA (obsolete 6/3/91) 128PQ (obsolete 6/3/91) 128PQA 128PQC (obsolete 4/1/02) 128PQF (obsolete 6/3/91) 169A & 169AS 171F (3/8-inch) 171L (3/8-inch)
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT D2T, D3, D4 D2T, D3, D4 D2T, D3, D4 D2T, D3, D4 D2T, D3, D4 D2T, D3, D4 D2T, D3, D4 D2T, D3, D4 D2T, D3, D4 D2T, D3, D4 None None None
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
39:045 February 2021
Product Name
D104336X012
OBSOLETE PRODUCT 183 184 186 220C 249A Series 249N (obsolete 8/10/98) 249PT 249V (obsolete 9/1/09) 249VT 254 (obsolete 6/1/95) 254E & 254F (obsolete 3/1/98) 260B 260C (obsolete 4/7/97) 261C 262C (obsolete 4/10/00) 271E 273 279V & 279VBU 299 (obsolete 4/10/00) 299SO (obsolete 4/10/00) 304 (obsolete 3/1/09) 310 (obsolete 2/6/95) 314 (obsolete 10/1/03) 315 (obsolete 10/1/03) 320 321 (obsolete 11/7/05) 323 (obsolete 9/01) 329 (obsolete 11/7/05)
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT None None None None 249B 249K None 249VS None 252 252 None None None 262K None 249 Series None 299H 299HS TopWorxTM 310A None None None REXA Xpac None REXA Xpac
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
330SA (obsolete 9/01)
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT
None
346
None
347-1061-V100
None
350 (obsolete 11/7/05)
REXA Xpac
350-8, 352-8
None
352 (obsolete 11/7/05)
REXA Xpac
353 (obsolete 11/7/05)
REXA Xpac
354 (obsolete 11/7/05)
REXA Xpac
357 (obsolete 12/1/03)
D3, D4
361 (obsolete 8/2/91)
None
364/365
Buyout
376
377
390
None
422 (obsolete 3/12/08)
None
424
None
430
None
450
None
451
None
470 Size 30 & 40
585C
470 sizes 60 through 130 (obsolete 12/00)
585C
471 sizes 60 through 130 (obsolete 12/00)
585C
475 sizes 60 through 130 (obsolete 12/00)
585C
477
None
478 (obsolete 9/01)
1061
490, 491, 495 (obsolete 12/00)
685
513 & 513R (obsolete 6/10/96)
BaumannTM
Spring & Diaphragm Actuator
528TY
None
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Name
D104336X012
Product Bulletin
39:045 February 2021
OBSOLETE PRODUCT 529 (obsolete 12/31/05) 551 (obsolete 7/6/06) 571S 573S 585 (Sizes 25 & 50)(obsolete 7/1/95) 585 (Sizes 100)(obsolete 10/1/03) 601 603 (obsolete 11/1/09) 607 608 610 611 612 613 616/616R (obsolete 4/7/97) 617 & 618 (obsolete 4/99) 643 650 654 657-8 (obsolete 9/01) 658 658-2 666 666P 666PH 666PHR 666PR 666T
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT GX None None None 585C 657,667 None None None None None None None None 655/655R None None None None 1052 None None None None None None None None
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
666TH
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT
None
666THR
None
666TR
None
688
None
690
None
772B
None
779K
None
787
None
864
None
1009
None
1018S (obsolete 12/31/04)
GX
1031 (obsolete 5/01)
G Series
1032 (obsolete 5/04)
HYTORK
1033 (obsolete 2/1/05)
None
1035 (obsolete 3/21/14)
FieldQ
1051
2052
1052 size 20-60
2052
1063, 1064
FieldQ
1065
Buyout
1066, 1066SR (obsolete 3/21/14)
FieldQ
1075 (obsolete 4/99)
1077
1076
1078
1082, 1083
None
1100 Series (obsolete 7/1/15)
easy-e
1250 (obsolete 10/01)
GX
2340, 2341
DLC3100
2390 (10-50 mA)(obsolete 11/2/90)
None
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
39:045 February 2021
Product Name
D104336X012
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
2390/2390B (obsolete 12/00)
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT
DLC3100
2504
None
2511, 2512, 2513, 2514
2500, 2500S, 2503
2601 Series (obsolete 7/6/90)
None
2602
None
2660-266T (obsolete 4/1/95)
L2
2680-268T (obsolete 9/27/02)
L2
2800-252V
2100E
2900, 2901-244V (obsolete 6/3/91)
L2
3000 (obsolete 9/20/04)
None
3024
None
3024S (obsolete 9/1/04)
3024C
3050 (obsolete 7/98)
3611JP
3060 (obsolete 7/98)
3621JP
3201
Buyout
3511 & 3516
3610J & 3610JP
3521
Buyout
3550T, M, G
None
3551
4200, 4320
3552
4200, 4320
3554
Buyout
3555
None
3560
3582
3575 (obsolete 8/31/06)
None
3579
None
3580
3582
3583
None
3590 (obsolete 6/1/97)
DVC6200
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
4000 (obsolete 11/01)
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT
None
4060 (obsolete 11/01)
3611JP
4070 (obsolete 11/01)
3621JP
4100Z (obsolete 9/1/03)
4195K or C1
4101Z (obsolete 8/4/97)
4195KS or C1
4102Z (obsolete 8/4/97)
4195KS or C1P
4102ZR (obsolete 8/4/97)
4195K or C1P
4103Z (obsolete 5/25/95)
4194S or C1B
4103ZR (obsolete 5/25/95)
4194SR or C1B
4104Z (obsolete 8/4/97)
4195KS or C1P
4106Z (obsolete 5/25/95)
4195K or C1B
4106ZR (obsolete 5/25/95)
4195KR or C1B
4150/4160 Series
4190 or C1
4150K, 4150KR (obsolete 1/1/09)
4195 or C1
4151K (obsolete 10/1/03)
4195K
4152K, 4154K, 4155K (obsolete 1/1/09)
4190 or C1
4153K (obsolete 10/1/03)
4195K
4156K & 4166K
4196A, B, C
4157IK, 4158K (obsolete 1/1/09)
C1
4159K (obsolete 10/1/03)
4194
4160K, 4160KR (obsolete 1/1/09)
4195K or C1
4162K, 4164K (obsolete 1/1/09)
4190 or C1
4170, 4180 Series
4190 Series
4500
None
5000 (obsolete 9/20/04)
None
5190 & 5190S (obsolete 5/5/97)
None
5453, 5458
4194, 4194H
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Name
D104336X012
Product Bulletin
39:045 February 2021
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
6000 Silencers
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT
Pulsco Silencers
6020 Silencers
Pulsco Silencers
7000 (obsolete 9/20/04)
None
7800 (obsolete 11/2/90)
None
8500
None
8501
None
8510 (3 thru 12-inch) (obsolete 6/10/96) (30 & 36-inch) (obsolete 6/10/96)
8580 A11
8511
8560/8580
8522 (obsolete 6/10/96)
8560/8580
8550 (obsolete 4/1/95)
8560 or 8580
8551 (obsolete 11/2/90)
None
8555, 8556
8580
8570A, 8570B 9000 (obsolete 12/31/05)
8580 GX/667 easy-eTM
9710
None
9720
None
A 25 - 40 mm (Double Port (obsolete 11/2/90) ED/EZ
A31A
8532
A41
8560
A61D (obsolete 02/02)
A31D
A81 (obsolete 10/1/15)
8580
AC (except 10-inch)
ET
AC141 (obsolete 8/4/97)
None
AF, AFB
None
AP
easy-e
AQR
None
ARS
easy-e
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
AS
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT
easy-e
AV
easy-e
A61D (obsolete 2/02)
A31D
B (obsolete as Fisher product)
Baumann
BA
None
Baumann 10 Rotary Actuator
None
Baumann 25 Rotary Actuator
None
Baumann 54R Rotary Actuator
None
Baumann 863-1
3661
Baumann 865-1
3660
Baumann 21000 (obsolete 1/2/10)
None
Baumann 25000 Lo-T (obsolete 1/2/10)
None
Baumann 25000/25000 Lo-T 3-Way (obs 1/2/10) None
Baumann 42000 (obsolete 1/2/10)
None
Baumann 86000
None
Baumann Belimo NV Series Electric Actuator Baumann Belimo SV Series Electric Actuator
Baumann Resistance Plate Multi-Port (obs 1/2/10) None
BF (obsolete 9/01)
CP
BFC
CP
BP
None
BPO (obsolete 1/1/91)
None
BV500 (obsolete 4/1/05)
Vee-Ball/eplug(V500)
B21A (obsolete 6/10/96)
A31A
C
None
Cast Bracket
1051/1052/1061
Cavitrol V for Design U
None
CC (obsolete 9/01)
EH
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
39:045 February 2021
Product Name
D104336X012
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT
CE (1 & 2-in obsolete 7/1/95) (3 & 4-in obsolete 3/1/96)
(1/2 & 3/4-inch obsolete 11/1/96)
CP
CP (obsolete 12/31/05)
GX
CVG (obsolete 1/1/01)
Globe PRV
CVP (obsolete 1/1/99)
Angle PRV
CVP-D (obsolete 1/1/93)
Y-Body
CVS-A,-C (obs 1/1/99)
TBX,PRV w/Desuperheater
CVS-E (obsolete 9/01)
CVX
CVX-A,-AA (obs 1/1/04)
TBX,PRV w/Desuperheater
CVX-AY (obs 1/1/04)
Globe PRV w/Desuperheater
CVX-CY,-CZ (obs 1/1/04) Globe PRV w/Desuperheater
CVX-S (obs 1/1/04) TBX-S, 6010, 6011, Whisper Disk
CVX-T (obsolete 1/1/04)
TBX-T
CZA (obsolete 8/02)
None
D2 (obsolete 7/24/15)
D2T
DED (obs 1/1/90)
DMA,DMA/AF,DMA/AF-HTC
DHY
None
DN
None
DNY
None
DPD (obsolete 1/1/87)
None
DS & DSE (obsolete 8/02)
ED, ET
DSV
8580/8532
DSW
None
DT4000 (obsolete 5/97)
None
DVC5010 (obsolete 10/1/03)
DVC6200
DVC5020 (obsolete 10/1/03)
DVC6200
DVC5030 (obsolete 10/1/03)
DVC6200
DVC5040 (obsolete 12/31/05)
DVC6200
DVG (obsolete 11/7/05)
DFA
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
DVG/AF (obsolete 1/1/13)
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT
DFA
DVG-RSH (obs 1/1/00)
DFA,DMA,DMA/AF, DMA/AF-HTC
DY
None
EAB (obsolete 9/01)
None
EB (Spec. B, C, D F)
GX
EC-G (obsolete 9/7/90)
None
EF, 667FM
None
EHAD, EHAS, EHAT 1-8 in. CL 1500 & 1500
intermediate
rated (obsolete 7/1/12)
HPAD, HPAS, HPAT
EHD,EHS,EHT 1-8 x 6 in. CL 1500 & 1500 intermediate rated (obsolete 12/31/03)
HPD,HPS,HPT
EHP (obsolete 11/7/05)
EH w/C-Seal
EJ/EWJ
ED Multi Ring
EK & EKR (obsolete 9/00)
ET, EZ
EL (obsolete 11/7/05)
EU & EW
EP (obsolete 11/7/05)
easy-e or EW w/C-Seal
ESP (obsolete 1/1/02)
None
ESR (obsolete 1/00)
easy-e, EDR, ETR
EUD, 12 to 20 inch
Large ED
EUT, 12 to 20 inch
Large ET
EWB
EWD
EWD, 16 to 24 Inch
Large EWD
EWN NPS 16x10 (obsolete 3/27/15)
Large ED/ET
EWP (obsolete 11/7/05)
easy-e or EW w/C-Seal
EWT, 16 to 24 Inch
Large EWT
F & FA
None
FBG
Large ET/ED
FloVue/System 9000 (obs 12/31/05) GX/667 easy-e valve
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Name
D104336X012
Product Bulletin
39:045 February 2021
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
FSV (obsolete 1/1/04)
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT
None
FY
None
G
None
GG
None
GB
None
GBY
None
GL (obsolete 10/01)
CP/1018S
GR
None
GS (obsolete 1/1/96)
Baumann Little Scotty
Gulde 1011, 1013
easy-e or EH
Gulde 1012
EH
Gulde 1018
GX or E
Gulde 1019, 1088
EA
Gulde 1021
easy-e
Gulde 1030
easy-e
Gulde 1035
HP/EH
Gulde 1040
YD/YS/GX
Gulde 1042
None
Gulde 1045
YD/YS up to PN100
Gulde 1051
EA or HPA
Gulde 1065, 1070/1072
HPA
Gulde 1075,1076, 1078, 1080, 1081/1083, 1089 None
Gulde 1162
ET-C
Gulde 1163, 1215, 1500
None
Gulde 1210
Vee-Ball
Gulde 2016, 2101, 3026, 3027, 3030
None
GY
None
HC; HCB
None
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
HSC
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT
EH
HSS
EH
HSQ
EH
HSY
None
HSYY
None
IC
easy-e w/Style 3 Ext.
ITT GRINNELL SAUNDERS (obsolete 1/5/03)
None
KB (obsolete 4/99)
None
LPD (obs 1/1/95)
DVI,DMA,DMA/AF,DMA/AF-HTC
M, MY, MFY, 1664
None
MPD (obs 1/1/95)
DVI,DMA,DMA/AF,DMA/AF-HTC
N850/N860 (obsolete 3/01)
None
NL Trunnion Mounted Ball Valve (obsolete 6/19) None
P
357
PRC (obsolete 1/1/86)
None
PTA
None
PV (obsolete 9/01)
None
Q
None
SBV
V150S
SC (5/5/97)
None
SC (steam cooler) (obsolete 1/1/99)
TBX-T
SPD (obsolete 1/1/97)
DVI
SS (steam silencer) (obsolete 1/1/99)
TBX-S,6010,
6011, Whisper Disk
SS 8 (obsolete 3/12/08)
None
SS 31
None
SS 44
None
SS 78 (obsolete 3/12/08)
None
SS 112 (obsolete 3/12/08)
None
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
39:045 February 2021
Product Name
D104336X012
OBSOLETE PRODUCT SS 117 (obsolete 3/12/08) SS 132 (obsolete 3/12/08) SS-146 SS 147 (obsolete 3/12/08) SS 154 (obsolete 3/12/08) SS 157 (obsolete 3/12/08) SS 201 (obsolete 3/12/08)
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT None None
ET-C, EWT-C, EZ-C None None None None
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
V25 (obsolete 3/6/92)
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT
V250
V100 (obsolete 9/01)
V150, V200, V300
VC1000 (obsolete 9/01)
None
VonkTM Choke Valves (obsolete 4/01/20)
N/A
VSX (obsolete 4/10/00)
VSX2
Whisper V YSC (obsolete 3/12/08) Z
Diffuser None None
ZLA
RSS
Regulators
OBSOLETE PRODUCT SS 154 (obsolete 3/12/08) 30 (obsolete 4/7/02) 32 (obsolete 2/6/00) SS 154 (obsolete 3/12/08) 37M 38 38F 38S 61HH (obsolete 4/30/12) 63B 63FV 64 (obsolete 7/1/14) 64R (obsolete 7/1/14)
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT None N/A 32A None N/A N/A N/A N/A 61H and 61HP N/A 63EG and 1808 67D 67DR
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
67AFD (obsolete 9/1/11) 67AF/67AFR 67AFS/67AFSR (obsolete 5/31/08) 67F/67FR 67G 67GR 67H (obsolete 7/7/02) 67HR (obsolete 7/7/02) 67Y 67YR 67S, 67U 67SS/67SSR (obsolete 6/1/09) 75A (NPS 1-1/4)
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT 252 67CF/67CFR 67CFS/67CFSR 67CF/67CFR N/A N/A 67CS/67CSR 67SSR N/A N/A 67CS/67CSR 67CS/67CSR N/A
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Name
D104336X012
Product Bulletin
39:045 February 2021
OBSOLETE PRODUCT 92B (NPS 1/2, 3/4) 92B (NPS 1-1/4, 2-1/2, 6) 92BT/BTP 92CT/CTP 92P 92ST/STP 92T 94 (obsolete 8/1/11) 95BH (obsolete 7/1/14) 95BL (obsolete 7/1/14) 95H (NPS 3/8, 1-1/4) 95HD (NPS 3/8, 1-1/4) 95L (NPS 3/8) 95LD (NPS 3/8) 98H (NPS 3/8, 1-1/4) 98HD (NPS 3/8) 98HH (NPS 3/8) 98HHD (NPS 3/8) 98L (NPS 3/8) 98LD (NPS 3/8) 111 122 122R 124 161Y (obsolete 2/29/04) 161YM (obsolete 2/29/04)
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT 92C N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A MR95H N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 119 N/A 119 161AY 161AYM
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
164 (obsolete 7/1/14)
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT
167D
164A (obsolete 7/1/14)
167DA
165
627M
166 (obsolete 7/01/15)
N/A
166-7
133Z
167A (obsolete 7/1/14)
167DA
167AR (obsolete 7/8/01)
6358
169A and 169AS
N/A
171F (obsolete 7/01/15)
N/A
171L (obsolete 7/01/15)
N/A
199
CP400
220C
N/A
254 (obsolete 5/31/00)
252
254E and 254F (obsolete 3/1/03)
252
260B
N/A
260C (obsolete 4/7/02)
N/A
261C
N/A
262C (obsolete 4/10/05)
262K
271E
N/A
289
289L
289B
289A
296
N/A
298C (obsolete 4/7/02)
1098H-EGR/EZR/399A
298H (obsolete 4/7/02)
1098H-EGR/EZR/399A
298T (obsolete 4/7/02)
1098/EZR/399A
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
39:045 February 2021
Product Name
D104336X012
OBSOLETE PRODUCT 298T-KB (obsolete 9/1/06) 299 (obsolete 4/10/05) 299SO (obsolete 4/10/05) 310 (obsolete 2/6/00) 330SA (obsolete 9/1/06) 361 (obsolete 8/1/96) 364/365 399 (obsolete 8/2/97) 399-161 (obsolete 3/30/08) 399A (obsolete 3/30/08) 399A-6358B (obsolete 3/30/08) 413 414 (obsolete 7/01/15) 424 430 601 607 608 610 611 612 613 616/616R (obsolete 4/7/02) 617 and 618 (obsolete 3/31/04) 620
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT N/A 299H 299HS 310A N/A N/A Buyout 399A EZR EZR EZR 92W
EZR, EZH, VS-FL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Buyout N/A N/A N/A
655/655R N/A 627
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
621
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT
627
624
627R or 627 with Relief
625
627R or 627 with Relief
626 (obsolete 7/10/00)
627
627VSX (obsolete 7/01/15)
CSB454
631 (obsolete 5/31/02) 627, 627F, 299, 399A (NPS 1)
643
N/A
647/647R (obsolete 4/7/02) MR95HD, MR98HD, 133 Series, 1098-EGR
63EG, 63EG-98HM, 66R,
661 (obsolete 5/7/00)
662
666
N/A
666P
N/A
666PH
N/A
666PHR
N/A
666PR
N/A
666T
N/A
666TH
N/A
666THR
N/A
666TR
N/A
730B (obsolete 10/7/01)
Y692
730C
Y600
734A (obsolete 8/10/03)
Y692VB
734R (obsolete 6/10/01)
Y696
734V (obsolete 8/10/03)
Y696VR and Y696VRM
772B
N/A
779K
N/A
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Name
D104336X012
Product Bulletin
39:045 February 2021
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
787
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT
N/A
795
N/A
795-EK and 795R-EKR (obsolete 11/4/01)
N/A
796-EK and 796R-EKR (obsolete 11/4/01)
647
1266
N/A
1306
1305
1681
N/A
1805P-167AR (obsolete 7/8/01)
1805P-6358
1807 (obsolete 4/7/02)
MR98H, 63EG, 399A-6365
6300
6365
6302
N/A
6303
N/A
6305 (obsolete 7/01/15)
PRX-182
6314 (obsolete 9/7/95)
N/A
6315 (obsolete 2/6/00)
N/A
6355, 6356, 6357 (obsolete 11/2/95) 6358B/EB/EBH
6365 (except 14-inch w.c. to 2 psig), 6365C
(obsolete 11/30/04)
6358B/EB/EBH
ACE850, ACE950
N/A
AQZ (obsolete 8/1/09)
JEQ
FQH (obsolete 10/1/08)
FVH
FLA (obsolete 3/1/18) FS (obsolete 7/1/12) GF (obsolete 7/3/12)
FLA1 AF AH
N850/N860 (obsolete 3/1/06)
N/A
QB (obsolete 7/1/10)
RB
R522, R522H
R622, HSR
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
R722
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT
S402 or Y600
R922
R522
RF100 and RF110 (obsolete 9/1/13)
N/A
S100 (obsolete 6/1/02)
S100K
S100C (obsolete 2/1/06)
S100K
S100K (obsolete 10/1/09)
HSR
S102 (obsolete 6/1/02)
S102K
S102C (obsolete 1/31/05)
S102K
S102F1 (obsolete 6/1/02)
S102K
S102K (obsolete 10/1/09)
N/A
S104 (obsolete 6/1/02)
N/A
S105C
N/A
S106 (obsolete 10/30/08)
N/A
S108K and S109K (obsolete 10/30/08)
N/A
S112 (obsolete 1/15/03) S402Y, Y600A, Y600AR, Y690A
S131 (obsolete 10/7/01)
S102K, S252 or S402
S132 (obsolete 10/7/01)
S102K, S252 or S402
S201 (obsolete 11/01/16)
CS800IN
S201D (obsolete 2/1/03)
299, CP400
S201H (obsolete 11/01/16)
CS820IN
S201K (obsolete 11/01/16)
CS850IN
S201P (obsolete 11/01/16)
CS800EN
S201PK (obsolete 11/01/16)
CS850EN
S202 (obsolete 11/01/16)
CS800IR
S202H (obsolete 11/01/16)
CS820IR
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
39:045 February 2021
Product Name
D104336X012
OBSOLETE PRODUCT S202P (obsolete 11/01/16) S204 (obsolete 11/01/16) S204H (obsolete 11/01/16) S205 S206 (obsolete 11/01/16) S206H (obsolete 11/01/16) S207 S112 S211 (obsolete 1/1/02) S250 Series (obsolete 10/1/09) S251C (obsolete 1/23/01) S301 (obsolete 7/01/15) S301D (obsolete 7/01/15) S301H (obsolete 7/01/15) S301HP (obsolete 7/01/15) S301P (obsolete 7/01/15) S302 (obsolete 7/01/15) S302H (obsolete 7/01/15) S302P (obsolete 7/01/15) S303 (obsolete 7/01/15) S303H (obsolete 7/01/15) S303P (obsolete 7/01/15) S402 (obsolete 10/1/09) S402M (obsolete 9/29/08) SN (obsolete 8/1/09) SP (obsolete 10/1/08)
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT CS800IT N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
S402Y, Y600, Y600R Y692 HSR
CP400 CS400IN CP400IN CS400IN CS400EN CS400EN CS400IR CS400IR CS400ET CS403IT CS403IT CS403ET
HSR N/A
S SE
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
VR1 (obsolete 1/31/13) Y191 (obsolete 2/29/04) Y200 Y291 (obsolete 2/29/04) Y291L (obsolete 2/29/04) Y501 Y510 (obsolete 1/1/03) Y600 (obsolete 2/29/04) Y600M (obsolete 2/29/04) Y600P (obsolete 2/29/04) Y600R (obsolete 2/29/04) Y602-3 Y602-4 Y602-16 Y605 Y606 Y607 Y609 Y610 (obsolete 2/29/04) Y611 (obsolete 2/29/04) Y611P (obsolete 2/29/04) Y611RR (obsolete 2/29/04) Y612 (obsolete 2/29/04) Y690 (obsolete 2/29/04) Y690H (obsolete 2/29/04)
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT N/A Y191A 912 Y291A Y291AL 111 N/A Y600A 161AYW Y600AM Y600AR N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Y690VB T208 T208 Y695RR Y695VR T205 T205
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Name
D104336X012
Product Bulletin
39:045 February 2021
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
Y690M (obsolete 2/29/04)
Y695 (obsolete 2/29/04)
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT
T205
T208
OBSOLETE PRODUCT
Y750 (obsolete 11/1/98)
RECOMMENDED REPLACEMENT
T205
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
39:045 February 2021
Product Name
D104336X012
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Name
D104336X012
Product Bulletin
39:045 February 2021
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
39:045 February 2021
Product Name
D104336X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Baumann, easy-e, Topworx, and Vonk are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E162018, 2021 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sliding-Stem Valve Selection Guide
D102484X012
Product Bulletin
40:001 June 2018
FisherTM Sliding-Stem Valve Selection Guide
X1175
easy-eTM
W8861-2
GX
X0165
TBX Steam Conditioning Valve
Typical Fisher Sliding-Stem Control Valves
nA broad range of Fisher valves, sizes, and materials are offered--from NPS 1/2 for general service to NPS 36 and larger for demanding high-pressure steam, hydrocarbon, and noise services.
nFIELDVUETM digital valve controllers offer digital control and remote diagnostics. The traditional proven line of Fisher transducers, positioners, controllers, transmitters, and switches are also available.
nWhisper TrimTM and CavitrolTM anti-noise and anti-cavitation trims are available for most designs.
nENVIRO-SEALTM packing systems provide an improved stem seal to help prevent the loss of process and are available to assist in compliance with environmental emissions requirements.
nFisher products deliver excellent dynamic performance to minimize process variability, providing opportunities to improve your plant's financial performance.
nContact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for details.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
40:001 June 2018
Sliding-Stem Valve Selection Guide
D102484X012
Fisher General-Service and Heavy-Duty Valves
Figure 1. General-Service and Heavy-Duty Valves
W8486-3
W2966B
GX Control Valve and
EZ
Actuator System
W3421-3
ES
GX
EZ
Applications
Compact, state-of-the-art control valve and actuator system designed to control a wide range Heavy-duty general service for controlling liquids of process liquids, gases, and vapors. Capable of air and gases, including viscous and other supply pressures to 6.0 barg (87 psig), allowing hard-to-handle fluids. UOP applications valve shutoff at high pressure drops
Style
Single port, flow up globe style valve Stem-guided or port-guided Balanced or unbalanced Screwed-in seat ring
Single-seated, post-guided globe or angle valve Unbalanced Seat ring retained by spacer Metal or soft seats
Sizes
DN15 through 100 NPS 1/2 through 6
DN15 through 100 NPS 1/2 through 4
Ratings
PN 10, 16, 25, 40, CL150, 300
PN 16, 25, 40, 63, 100, CL125, 150, 300, 600
End Connections
Raised-face flanged
Screwed NPT internal, flat- or raised-face flanged, ring-type joint, socketweld, buttwelded ends
Valve Body Materials
Steel, alloy steel, stainless steel
Steel, alloy steel, stainless steel
Valve Plug and Seat Ring (Trim) Materials
Stainless steel with optional CoCr-A hardfacing or PTFE soft seat
Stainless steel with or without CoCr-A on seat or seat and guide PTFE soft seat
Flow Characteristics and Maximum Flow Coefficients
Equal percentage or linear Maximum Cv from 0.0389 to 183.5 Shutoff Class (IEC 60534-4 and ANSI/FCI 70-2)
Quick opening, linear, or equal percentage Maximum Cv from 4.47 to 190
Class IV (standard) Class V, VI (optional)
Class IV (standard) Class V, VI (optional)
Available Actuators (see section on Sliding-Stem Valve Actuators)
GX multi-spring and diaphragm
657 or 667 spring and diaphragm, 585C piston
ES
Heavy-duty, general-service valve for clean liquids and gases. Positive shutoff at seat
Cage-guided globe or angle valve Unbalanced Cage-retained seat
ES: DN15 through 200 (NPS 1/2 through 8) EWS: DN100 x 50 through 600 x 500 (NPS 4 x 2 through 24 x 20)
PN 10, 16, 25, 40, 63, 100, CL150, 300, 600
Screwed NPT internal, flat- or raised-face flanged, ring-type joint, socketweld, and buttwelded ends
Steel, alloy steel, stainless steel
Stainless steel with or without CoCr-A on seat or seat and guide PTFE soft seat
Quick opening, linear, or equal percentage Maximum Cv from 6.53 to 1110
Class IV (standard) Class V, VI (optional)
657 or 667 spring and diaphragm, 585C piston
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sliding-Stem Valve Selection Guide
D102484X012
Product Bulletin
40:001 June 2018
Fisher Heavy-Duty and Severe-Service Valves
Figure 2. Heavy-Duty and Severe-Service Valves
W3162-3
ED
W0451-3
ET
W5815-1
HP and EH
W9036
EW
ED
ET
HP and EH
EW
Applications
easy-e heavy-duty, general and severeservice valve for clean liquids and gases with higher pressure drops but where tight shutoff is not required
easy-e heavy-duty, general and severeservice valve for tight shutoff with clean liquids and gases with higher pressure drops and temperatures
For high-pressure and severe-service applications. Available with special trim to combat noise and cavitation. Often used in power generation applications
easy-e heavy-duty, general- and severeservice valve features large internal cavities with expanded end connections for wide range of applications
Style
Cage-guided globe or angle valve Balanced trim Cage-retained seat
Cage-guided globe or angle valve Balanced trim Cage-retained seat
Cage-guided globe or angle valve Balanced or unbalanced trim
Single-port cage-guided globe valve Balanced or unbalanced trim Cage-retained seat
Sizes
ED: DN25 through 200 and NPS 1
ET: DN25 through 200 and NPS 1
through 30
through 30
DN25 through 500
EWD: DN100 x 50 through 600 x 500 and EWT: DN100 x 50 through 600 x 500 and NPS 1 through 20
NPS 4 x 2 through 24 x 20
NPS 4 x 2 through 24 x 20
DN 100x50 through 300x200 NPS 4x2 through 24x20
Ratings
PN 10, 16, 25, 40, 63, 100, CL150, 300, 600
PN 10, 16, 25, 40, 63, 100, CL150, 300, 600
PN 160, 250, 420, CL900, 1500, 2500, 3200, or intermediate ASME ratings
PN 10, 16, 25, 40, 63, 100, or 160 CL150, 300, 600, or 900
End Connections
Screwed NPT internal, flat- or raised-face flanged, ring-type joint, socketweld,
Screwed NPT internal, flat- or raised-face flanged, ring-type joint, socketweld,
Raised-face flanged, ring-type joint, socketweld, buttwelded ends, expanded
Flanged raised-face, ring-type joint, and buttweld ends
buttwelded ends
buttwelded ends
ends
Valve Body Materials
Steel, alloy steel, stainless steel
Steel, alloy steel, stainless steel
Steel, alloy steel, stainless steel
Steel, alloy steel, stainless steel
Valve Plug and Seat Ring (Trim) Materials
Stainless steel with or without CoCr-A on Stainless steel with or without CoCr-A on Stainless steel with or without CoCr-A on Stainless steel with or without CoCr-A on
seat or seat and guide
seat or seat and guide. PTFE soft seat seat or seat and guide
plug and stainless steel or alloy 6 seat
Flow Characteristics and Maximum Flow Coefficients
Quick opening, linear, or equal
Quick opening, linear, or equal
percentage
percentage
Maximum Cv from 17.2 to 6500
Maximum Cv from 17.2 to 6500
Shutoff Class (IEC 60534-4 and ANSI/FCI 70-2)
Linear, equal percentage, or characterized Maximum Cv from 0.354 to 2600
Quick opening, linear, or equal percentage Maximum Cv from 82 to 1260
Class II (standard) Class III, IV (optional)
Class IV (standard) Class V, VI (optional)
Class II, III, IV, V
Class II, III, IV, V, or VI (depending on construction and seating)
Available Actuators (see section on Sliding-Stem Valve Actuators)
657 or 667 spring and diaphragm, 585C piston
657 or 667 spring and diaphragm, 585C piston
657 or 667 spring and diaphragm, 585C piston
657 or 667 spring and diaphragm, 585C piston
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
40:001 June 2018
Sliding-Stem Valve Selection Guide
D102484X012
Fisher Heavy-Duty and Severe-Service Valves
Figure 3. Heavy-Duty and Severe-Service Valves
X1142
NotchFlo DST
W9983-2
CAV4
W9717-2
461
NotchFlo DST
CAV4
461
Applications
Control of liquid services with high pressure drops and entrained particulate, dirty service anti-cavitation trim
Liquid applications, such as boiler feedwater recirculation, where pressure drops are above 207 bar (3000 psi)
Typically used in the chemical or hydrocarbon industries where control of residual oils or other liquids with coking properties is necessary. Features a venturi-type throat, which is useful in power plants or slurry services where high pressure drops and flashing might exist
Style
Cage-guided globe, angle valve balanced, unbalanced
Angle, globe, or offset globe seal ring construction,
stem-balanced construction, piston ring
Cylinder guided
construction
Sizes
NPS 1 through 8
NPS 2 through 6
NPS 2x3, 3x4, 4x6, 6x8
Ratings
CL300, 600, 900, 1500, 2500
CL2500
CL150, 300, 600, 1500, 2500
End Connections
Screwed, raised-face flanged, ring-type joint flanged, buttwelded ends, socketweld ends
Buttwelded ends, raised-face, ring-type joint flanged ends
Buttwelded ends, raised-face flanged, ring-type joint flanged ends
Valve Body Materials
Steel, alloy steel, stainless steel
Steel, alloy steel, stainless steel
Steel, alloy steel, stainless steel
Valve Plug and Seat Ring (Trim) Materials
Stainless steel with or without CoCr-A on seat or guide
Stainless steel or nickel alloy with CoCr-A on seat or Stainless steel with or without CoCr-A on seat or
guide
guide or tungsten carbide trim
Flow Characteristics
Linear
Linear
Equal percentage micro-form, modified parabolic flow characteristic
Shutoff Class (IEC 60534-4 and ANSI/FCI 70-2)
Class V: 0.0005mL/min/psid/in of water at service pressure drop
Tight Shutoff Trim (TSO): Valves with TSO trim are factory tested to a more stringent Emerson Automation Solutions test requirement of no leakage at time of shipment using ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 Class V procedures. Piston Ring Construction: Class IV All Others: Class VI
Class IV (standard) Class V (optional)
Available Actuators (see section on Sliding-Stem Valve Actuators)
657 or 667 spring and diaphragm, 585C piston
657 or 667 spring and diaphragm, 585C piston
657 or 667 spring and diaphragm, 585C piston
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sliding-Stem Valve Selection Guide
D102484X012
Product Bulletin
40:001 June 2018
Fisher Three-Way Valves, Cryogenic, and Lined Valve
Figure 4. Three-Way, Cryogenic, and Lined Valves
W0665-3
YD and YS
W9579
GX 3-Way
W6396 ET-C and EZ-C
W4521-2
RSS
YD and YS
GX 3-Way
ET-C and EZ-C
RSS
Applications
Three-way valves for flow-mixing or flow-splitting service. The YS unbalanced and the YD is balanced
Three-way valves for flow-mixing or flow-splitting service
easy-e stainless steel cryogenic valves for liquefied natural gas and other special chemical and hydrocarbon applications with temperatures to -198_C (-325_F)
Lined valve for severely corrosive or toxic process fluids. An economic alternative to alloy bodies. Limited in pressure and temperature
Style
Cage-guided three-way globe valves Balanced or unbalanced trim
Cage-guided or port-guided Balanced or unbalanced trim Screwed-in seat ring
Single-seated post-guided (EZ-C) or cage-guided (ET-C) globe valve Unbalanced (EZ-C) or balanced (ET-C) metal seats
Fully lined, single-seated, unbalanced globe valve Integral bellows stem seal
Sizes
NPS 1/2 through 8
DN 25 through DN100 NPS 1 through 4
ET-C: DN80 through 250 x 200, and
NPS 1 through 4 (face-to-face
NPS 3 through 30
dimensions to DIN or ANSI/ISA
EZ-C: DN15 through 100, NPS 1 through 4 specifications)
Ratings
CL125, 150, 250, 300, 600
PN 10, 16, 25, 40 CL150 and 300
PN 10, 16, 25, 40, 63, 100 CL150, 300, 600
CL150 or 300
End Connections
Screwed NPT internal, flat- or raised-face Flanged raised-face per EN 1092-1 and
flanged, ring-type joint, socketweld, ASME B16.5, screwed (NPS 1 through 2), Raised-face flanged
buttwelded ends
socket weld (NPS 1 through 2)
Raised-face flanged
Valve Body Materials
Cast iron, steel, alloy steel, stainless steel
Steel, stainless steel
Stainless steel
Ductile iron with PFA liner
Valve Plug and Seat Ring (Trim) Materials
Stainless steel
Stainless steel plug with CoCr-A hard facing on seat
Stainless steel with or without CoCr-A hardfacing on seat
Valve Plug and Seat Ring: Pure modified (reinforced) PTFE Bellows: Heavy-duty PTFE (TFM1705) with 304L SST support rings [Bellows is PTFE for NPS 1/2 and 3/4 valves]
Flow Characteristics and Maximum Flow Coefficients
Linear
Linear
Maximum Cv 8.42 to 567
Maximum Cv from 15.6 to 216.4
Shutoff Class (IEC 60534-4 and ANSI/FCI 70-2)
Quick opening, linear, or equal percentage Equal percentage
Maximum Cv from 13.2 to 924
Maximum Cv from 0.212 to 145
YD: Class II or IV YS: Class IV or V
Class IV (metal seat standard)
Class IV (standard) ET-C: Class V Air/Nitrogen (optional) EZ-C: Class VI (optional)
Class VI
Available Actuators (see section on Sliding-Stem Valve Actuators)
657 or 667 spring and diaphragm, 585C piston
GX multi-spring, pneumatic diaphragm 657 or 667 spring and diaphragm, 585C piston
657 or 667 spring and diaphragm, 585C piston
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
40:001 June 2018
Sliding-Stem Valve Selection Guide
D102484X012
BaumannTM General-Service Valves
Figure 5. 24000 Series
W9511
24000 Little Scotty
W9743-1
W9745-1
W9759-1
X1559
24000C Carbon Steel 24000CVF/SVF Flanged 24000S Stainless Steel 240003 Little Scotty 3-Way
24000 Little Scotty
24000C Carbon Steel
24000CVF/SVF Flanged
24000S Stainless Steel
24003 Little Scotty 3-Way
Applications
General utility service controlling
General utility service controlling pressure, flow, and temperature.
pressure, flow, and temperature. Industrial heating and ventilation
Great for steam applications along (HVAC). Humidity control in hot
with water, air, and glycol
and chilled water, steam, glycol,
and heating/cooling coils
Light duty chemicals, solvents, dye Ideal for control where mixing or
Aerospace, Chemical, General
additions, general purpose, high diverting service is required. Heat
Service, Industrial Gases, Industrial
purity water, pH control, N2
exchanger bypass, cleanroom
HVAC, Life Sciences, Pulp & Paper,
blanketing, paint mixing, O2
HVAC, paper machine head box
Utilities, Waste Water
injection, steam tracing,
pressure, glycol systems, blending
Management
cryogenics
systems
Style
Globe style body
Globe style body
Globe style body
Globe style body
Globe style body, 3-way featuring bottom port
Sizes
NPS 1/2 through 2
NPS 1/2 through 2
NPS 1/2 through 2
NPT (NPS 1/2 through 2) wafer style (NPS 3 only)
NPS 1/2 through 2
Ratings
CL250
PN 40 CL150
PN 10, 16, 25, 40 CL150, 300
CL300 (NPS 1/2 through 2), CL150 (NPS 3)
400 psi @ 66° C (150° F) / 250 psi @ 204° C (400° F) (Bronze) 720 psi @ 66° C (150° F) / 515 psi @ 204° C (400° F) (SST)
End Connections
ASME CL150 or EN PN 10 through integral flanges, ISA/IEC
NPT, buttwelded,
NPT
NPT
40
face-to-face
wafer (NPS 3 Wafer only)
Valve Body Materials
Bronze
Carbon steel
Carbon steel, stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel, bronze
Valve Plug and Seat Ring (Trim) Materials
Post-guided parabolic plug, screwed-in replaceable seat ring 316 Plug and seat ring (standard), 416 plug and seat ring (optional) Metal to metal, PTFE soft seat
Post-guided parabolic plug, screwed-in replaceable seat ring 316 Plug and seat ring (standard), 416 plug and seat ring (optional) Metal to metal, PTFE soft seat
Stainless steel
Dual stem and plug guiding available in 316 stainless steel (standard) 416 stainless steel (optional)
Stainless steel trim material, metal-to-metal seating
Flow Characteristics and Maximum Flow Coefficients
Equal percentage, linear
Equal percentage, linear
Equal percentage, linear
Equal percentage, linear
Linear
Shutoff Class (IEC 60534-4 and ANSI/FCI 70-2)
Class IV, VI (standard)
Class IV, VI (standard)
Class IV, VI (standard)
Class IV, VI (standard)
Class III
Available Actuators (see section on Sliding-Stem Valve Actuators)
Baumann 32, 54, 70,
Baumann 32, 54, 70,
BelimoTM electric, RotorkTM electric Belimo electric, Rotork electric
Baumann 32, 54, 70, Belimo electric, Rotork electric
Baumann 32, 54, 70, Belimo electric, Rotork electric
Baumann 32, 54, 70, Belimo electric, Rotork electric
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sliding-Stem Valve Selection Guide
D102484X012
Product Bulletin
40:001 June 2018
Fisher General-Service Valves
Figure 6. D Series
W9248-1
D3
W9930-5
D4
X1211-1
D2T
X1567
DA
D3
D4
Applications
Upstream production - dump valve for Upstream production - high pressure
separators and scrubbers and high throttling applications, ideal for
pressure production applications
separators, scrubbers, injection
Style
Globe style body
Globe style body
Sizes
NPS 1 and 2
NPS 1 and 2
Ratings
CL600, 900
CL150 through 1500
End Connections
Raised-face flanged, NPT
Raised-face flanged, ring-type joint flanged, NPT
Valve Body Materials
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Valve Plug and Seat Ring (Trim) Materials
S17400 plug and seat ring or S17400 with tungsten carbide tip plug and S17400 with tungsten carbide insert seat ring
410/416 HT plug, 17-4 PH double H1150 pin and seat ring Optional: 17-4 PH double H1150 plug, pin and seat ring, 17-4 PH double H1150 / Tungsten carbide tip plug, 17-4 PH double H1150 pin and 17-4 PH double H1150 / Tungsten carbide insert seat ring
Flow Characteristics and Maximum Flow Coefficients
Quick opening
Equal percentage
Shutoff Class (IEC 60534-4 and ANSI/FCI 70-2)
Class IV (standard)
Class IV (standard)
Available Actuators (see section on Sliding-Stem Valve Actuators)
easy-DriveTM Electric Actuator, D3 Pneumatic Actuator
easy-Drive Electric Actuator, D4 Pneumatic Actuator
D2T Upstream production - dump valve, scrubbers and separators Configurable globe style body, angle style body NPS 1 CL900 NPT Carbon steel
S17400 Double H1150, R30006
FloPro characterized Class IV (standard) D2T Pneumatic Actuator
D and DA
Upstream production - dump valve, scrubbers and separators, injection
Globe style body, angle style body
NPS 1 and 2 CL150 through 1500 Raised-face flanged, ring-type joint flanged, NPT Carbon steel
316 stainless steel trim with CoCr-A on seating surface of valve plug and seat ring
Equal percentage Class IV, V (standard) 657 or 667 spring and diaphragm, 585C piston
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
40:001 June 2018
Sliding-Stem Valve Selection Guide
D102484X012
Baumann Low Flow and Specialty Valves
Figure 7. Baumann Low Flow and Specialty Valves
X0603
24000F Wafer
X0527
24000SB Barstock
24000F Wafer
24000SB Barstock
Applications
Unique wafer-style control valve designed for modulating purposes in process Low-flow high-pressure applications like desuperheater spray water, hydraulic
pressures up to 1440 psi (99 bar) and operating temperatures to 537° C
oil, high pressure H2 injection, hydrocarbons, high pressure air separation,
(1000° F)
HCI (alloy construction)
Style
Wafer
Barstock globe style body
Sizes
NPS 1/2 through 1
NPS 1/2 through 1
Ratings
CL150, 300, 600
3000 psi max working pressure
End Connections
Mating line flanges
NPT, flanged, buttwelded
Valve Body Materials
Stainless steel, alloys
Stainless steel, alloys
Valve Plug and Seat Ring (Trim) Materials
Stainless steel and alloy trims based on body materials selected
Stainless steel and alloy trims based on body materials selected
Flow Characteristics and Maximum Flow Coefficients
Equal percentage, linear
Equal percentage, linear
Shutoff Class (IEC 60534-4 and ANSI/FCI 70-2)
Class IV, VI (standard)
Class IV, VI (standard)
Available Actuators (see section on Sliding-Stem Valve Actuators)
Baumann 32, 54, 70, Belimo electric, Rotork electric
Baumann 32, 54, 70, Belimo electric, Rotork electric
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sliding-Stem Valve Selection Guide
D102484X012
Product Bulletin
40:001 June 2018
Fisher Steam Conditioning Valves
Figure 8. Steam Conditioning Valves
TBX (Flow Up)
TBX (Flow Down)
CVX
TBX (Flow Up)
TBX (Flow Down)
Applications
HP, HRH, IP, LP Turbine Bypass, process steam, steam let down
Style
Flow up design, hung trim configuration to thermally compensate rapid changes in temperature, incorporates a spraywater manifold of variable geometry AF nozzles that produce an optimized spray pattern over a wide operating range
Flow down design, hung trim configuration to thermally compensate rapid changes in temperature, incorporates a spraywater manifold of variable geometry AF nozzles that produce an optimized spray pattern over a wide operating range
Sizes
Inlet Sizes: NPS 4 through 24 Outlet Sizes: NPS 8 through 36
Orifice Type
Welded, bolted
Bolted
End Connections
Buttwelded, raised-face flanged
Flow Characteristics
Whisper Trim III: Linear or WhisperFloTM: Linear
Whisper Trim III: Linear
Shutoff Class (IEC 60534-4 and ANSI/FCI 70-2)
Class V (standard) Class IV (optional)
Valve Body and Bonnet Material and Construction
Carbon steel, alloy steel
Available Actuators
See Sliding-Stem Valve Actuators Section
CVX
Flow down design with downstream acoustical diffuser, hung trim configuration to thermally compensate rapid changes in temperature, incorporates a spraywater manifold of variable geometry AF nozzles that produce an optimized spray pattern over a wide operating range
Welded, bolted
Standard Drill Hole: Linear
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
40:001 June 2018
Sliding-Stem Valve Selection Guide
D102484X012
Fisher Sliding-Stem Valve Actuators
Figure 9. Sliding-Stem Valve Actuators
X1178
657 and 667
X1565
585C
X1566
Baumann Pneumatic
X1520
easy-Drive
657 and 667
585C
Baumann Pneumatic
Features
Heavy-duty actuators
Heavy-duty actuators
General service design w/corrosion resistant epoxy powder paint
Style
Spring-return pneumatic diaphragm
Double-acting piston or spring-bias piston
Spring-return pneumatic, multi-spring design, field-reversible
Typical Maximum Thrust, lbf (Varies with Operating Pressure, Spring, and Construction)
45,000
24,300
500
Accessories
Pneumatic or electro-pneumatic valve positioners, FIELDVUE digital valve controller, limit switches, position transmitters, handwheels, travel stops, supply pressure filter-regulator
I/P transducers, pneumatic or electro-pneumatic valve positioners, FIELDVUE digital valve controller, limit switches, position transmitters, handwheels, travel stops, supply pressure filter-regulator
Pneumatic or electro-pneumatic valve positioners, FIELDVUE digital valve controller
easy-Drive General service Electric 750
easy-Drive configuration software, travel stops
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sliding-Stem Valve Selection Guide
D102484X012
Product Bulletin
40:001 June 2018
Fisher Sliding-Stem Valve Actuators
Figure 10. Sliding-Stem Valve Actuators
W0446-1
655
W0590
1008
X1574
1010
655
1008
Features
Actuators for pressure regulation applications
Manual handwheel for applications that require a throttling type of control valve that can be manually operated and set
Style
Pressure-actuated, spring-and-diaphragm
Manual handwheel actuator
Typical Maximum Thrust, lbf (Varies with Operating Pressure, Spring, and Construction)
- - -
17,000
Accessories
Travel indicator, top-mounted handwheel/adjustable travel stop, stem seal, drain tapping for leakoff
Handwheel lock, Tejax valve stem position indicator
1010 Yoke, stem, adapter, travel scale, and spacers required to accommodate ISO 5210 mounted electric actuators Mounting system for electric actuation - - -
- - -
Other actuators available are a full range of self-operated control valves: 1B, 643, 644, and 645
Alloy Valve Guidelines
nEmerson Automation Solutions expertise has combined its knowledge of metals and foundry techniques with valve user experience in creating high alloy valves that fight corrosion successfully.
nGuidelines have been developed to help the valve user specify alloy valves correctly. Techniques have also been implemented that verify a foundry's ability to cast alloy valves properly and has established stringent specifications that guide the foundry in providing quality results
nValve user guidelines include--Avoid the use of alloy tradenames, don't specify wrought for cast, forego non-destructive testing
nSteps used to qualify a foundry include--Weldability tests to gauge the foundry's ability to pour alloy materials, Dedicating casting patterns solely to high-alloy service
nStringent specifications developed by Emerson Automation Solutions include--Raw Material Composition and Quality, Heat Qualification, Visual Inspection, Weld Repair, Heat Treatment, and Nondestructive Testing
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
40:001 June 2018
Sliding-Stem Valve Selection Guide
D102484X012
Figure 11. Typical Fisher Products
X1182
FIELDVUE Digital Valve Controller Mounted on 667 Actuator and easy-e Valve
W2777-1
EW Valve and Actuator System
W9156-1
FIELDVUE Digital Valve Controller Mounted on 685 Actuator and easy-e Valve
nA complete line of actuators and accessories for Fisher sliding-stem valves are offered that meet your price/performance expectations
nFIELDVUE digital valve controllers are communicating, microprocessor-based controllers that utilize HARTt and FOUNDATIONt fieldbus protocols. Through digital communications, the controllers give easy access to actuator, valve, and instrument information that is critical to process operation
nValveLinkt Software and AMS Suite: Intelligent Device Manager allow you to care for and maintain equipment assets--such as valves, transmitters, analyzers, motors, pumps, etc. and plant unit equipment such as pipes, vessels, tanks, columns, reactors, digesters, etc.--to improve yields and minimize downtime of industrial manufacturing processes
nContact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for details
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, ValveLink, easy-e, easy-Drive, Cavitrol, ENVIRO-SEAL, FIELDVUE, NotchFlo, Baumann, Whisper Trim, and WhisperFlo are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121997, 2018 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Rotary Valve Selection Guide
D102550X012
Product Bulletin
40:002 March 2020
FisherTM Rotary Valve Selection Guide
W9418-3
Control-Diskt VALVE
W6539
PIPELINE BALL VALVE
X0189
ROTARY GLOBE VALVE
Typical Fisher Rotary Valves
X0187-1
Vee-Ballt VALVE
Control-Disk Valve High-Performance Butterfly Valves
Multiport Flow Selector
Pipeline Ball Valves
Rotary Globe Valves Vee-Ball Valves
Expanded control range, lower process variability
Outstanding performance under extreme pressure and temperature conditions, available for a variety of throttling or on/off applications
Allows for automated selecting and diverting of well fluids from an individual well to a single test outlet, flow loop, or sampling device
Full or reduced bore ball valves for throttling and severe service applications in gas transmission lines, gas distribution, or liquid pipelines
Designed for throttling control for a broad range of industrial applications
High-capacity, low-friction, non-clogging
Fisher Control-Disk Valve Fisher 8532, 8580, 8590, 9500, A11, and A31C
Fisher MPFS
Fisher V250, V260, V270, and V280 Fisher V500 and CV500 Fisher V150, V200, V300, V150S, and V300S
nENVIRO-SEALTM and ISO-SEALTM live-loaded packing systems are available to assist in compliance with environmental emissions requirements
nFIELDVUETM digital valve controllers offer digital control and remote diagnostics. The traditional proven line of Fisher positioners, controllers, transmitters, and switches also is available
nSpring-return pneumatic diaphragm and double-acting piston actuators
nContact your Emerson sales office for details
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
40:002 March 2020
Rotary Valve Selection Guide
D102550X012
Fisher Control-Disk Valve
W9774-2
Control-Disk VALVE
Control-Disk Valve Applications Expanded control, lower process variability applications Style Wafer and lugged Sizes NPS 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30, 36 Ratings PN 10 to 40 CL150, CL300, and CL600 End Connections Raised-face (RF) Valve Body Materials EN: 1.0619 steel, 1.4409 stainless steel, CW2M, or M35-1 ASME: SA216 WCC steel, SA351 CF3M or CF8M stainless steel, CW2M, or M35-1 Disk Material SA351 CF3M or CF8M stainless steel Seal Types (Material) Soft (PTFE, RPTFE, ETFE, or UHMWPE) or metal (S31600) Flow Characteristics and Maximum Flow Coefficients Equal percentage Maximum Cv from 60.7 to 59500 Rangeability (Flow Coefficient Ratio) 100 to 1 Shutoff Class Soft Seal: Class VI Metal Seal: Class IV Available Actuators (refer to page 10) Fisher 2052, 1052 Size 70, and 1061
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Rotary Valve Selection Guide
D102550X012
Product Bulletin
40:002 March 2020
Fisher Vee-Ball Valves
X0187-1
V150 and V300 VALVES
X0186-1
SLURRY VEE-BALL VALVE
X0188-1
V200 VALVE
V150 AND V300
V150S AND V300S
Applications
Excellent for fibrous slurries as well as liquids, gas, Highly wear-resistant trim materials and an
and steam. Shearing V-notch ball for smooth,
unrestricted flow path make this design ideal for
non-clogging action
controlling the most abrasive of slurries
Sizes
V150: DN 25 - 300 or NPS 1 - 24 x 20 V300: DN 25 - 300 or NPS 1 - 20
NPS 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
Ratings
V150: PN 10/16 or CL150 V300: PN 25/40 or CL300
CL150 and CL300
End Connections
Raised-face (RF) flanged
Raised-face (RF) flanged
Valve Body Materials
EN: 1.0619 steel, 1.4408 and 1.4409 stainless steel, M35-2, or CW2M ASME: SA216 WCC steel, SA351 CF3M, CG8M, CF8M stainless steel, M35-2, or CW2M
SA216 WCC steel body with high-chromium iron body liner (SA532 Class III Type A)
Ball Material
SA351 CF3M, or CG8M stainless steel, CW2M
High-chromium iron (SA532 Class III Type A) or PSZ ceramic ball optional
Seal Types (Material)
TCM Plus, metal (S31600), HD (heavy duty), or flow ring
Flow ring construction: high-chromium iron (SA532 Class III Type A) with optional PSZ ceramic insert
Flow Characteristics and Maximum Flow Coefficients
Modified equal percentage Maximum Cv from 3.64 to 10,300
Modified equal percentage Maximum Cv from 170 to 2850
Rangeability
300 to 1
Shutoff Class
Composition Seal: Class VI
Metal Seal: Class IV
Class I
Flow Ring Construction: 5% of wide-open capacity
Available Actuators (refer to page 10)
Fisher 2052, 1052 Size 70, 1061, 1068, and Bettis RPEt
V200
Excellent for fibrous slurries as well as liquids, gas, and steam. Shearing V-notch ball for smooth, non-clogging action
NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10
CL150, CL300, or CL600, depending on size
Flangeless or flanged, depending on size
EN: 1.0619 steel, 1.4409 stainless steel, M35-2, or CW2M ASME: SA216 WCC steel, SA351 CF3M, CG8M stainless steel, M35-2, or CW2M
SA351 CF3M or CG8M stainless steel, CW2M
TCM Plus, metal (S31600), HD (heavy duty), or flow ring
Modified equal percentage Maximum Cv from 8.4 to 3000
300 to 1
Composition Seal: Class VI Metal Seal: Class IV Flow Ring Construction: 5% of wide-open capacity
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
40:002 March 2020
Rotary Valve Selection Guide
D102550X012
Fisher High-Performance Butterfly Valves
W9138-2
8532 VALVE
W9498-2
8580 VALVE
X0955
8590 VALVE
8532 Applications Throttling service, high-temperature, and cryogenic applications; -196 to 816° C Style Wafer, lugged, and Double flange Sizes NPS 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48 Ratings
CL150/150, CL150, and CL300
End Connections Raised-face (RF) and ring-type joint (RTJ) Valve Body Materials
SA216 WCC steel or SA351 CF8M stainless steel High-alloy materials are available
Disk Material
8580
Precise throttling and automated on-off service for process temperatures from -46 to 454° C
Lugged (NPS 2 Wafer) and Double flange
NPS 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
PN 10 to 40 CL150 and CL300 NPS 2 (CL150/300/600)
Raised-face (RF)
EN: 1.0619 steel, 1.4409 stainless steel ASME: SA216 WCC steel, SA351 CF3M stainless steel High-alloy materials are available
SA351 CF8M stainless steel
SA351 CF3M/1.4409 stainless steel
Seal Types (Materials)
Soft (PTFE), NOVEX, and Phoenix III
Soft (PTFE, RPTFE, or UHMWPE) or metal (S31600)
Flow Characteristics and Maximum Flow Coefficients
Modified equal percentage Maximum Cv from 4550 to 21500 Rangeability
Approximately linear Maximum Cv from 83.7 to 5080
100 to 1
100 to 1
Shutoff Class
Soft Seal: Class VI NOVEX Seal: Class IV Phoenix III Seal: Class VI
Soft Seal: Class VI Metal Seal: Class IV
Available Actuators (refer to page 10) Fisher 1052 Size 70, 1061, and 1068
Fisher 2052, 1052 Size 70, 1061, 1068, and Bettis RPE
8590
Throttling or automated on-off service in a variety of process applications
Lugged and Double flange
NPS 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
CL600
Raised-face (RF) and ring-type joint (RTJ)
SA216 WCC steel or SA351 CF8M high-alloy materials are available
SA351 CF8M stainless steel with chrome plated disk edge
Soft (ETFE), Metal (S21800, S20910), HPS (S21800, S20910), Phoenix III (S31600/ETFE)
Approximately linear Maximum Cv from 167 to 13565
100 to 1
Soft Seal: Class VI Metal Seal: Class IV HPS: Class VI Phoenix III Seal: Class VI
Fisher 2052, 1052 Size 70, 1061, 1068, Bettis RPE, and G Series
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Rotary Valve Selection Guide
D102550X012
Product Bulletin
40:002 March 2020
Fisher High-Performance Butterfly Valves (continued)
W1628
9500 VALVE
W9570-1
A11 VALVE
9500 Applications Fully lined butterfly valve for on/off or throttling service for tight-shutoff applications Style Wafer Ratings and Sizes
PN10, PN13, CL125B, CL150, or CL300 depending on size and material NPS 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
End Connections Cast Iron Bodies: Mate with PN 10 (NPS 2, 3, 6, 8, 10) or CL125B FF flanges Steel and Stainless Steel Bodies: Mate with PN16, CL150, CL300 RF flanges Valve Body Materials Cast iron, carbon steel, S31600 stainless steel Disk Material
Aluminum bronze, S31600 stainless steel
Seal Types (Material)
Fully lined nitrile or PTFE
Flow Characteristics and Maximum Flow Coefficients Approximately equal percentage through 90_ rotation for FISHTAILt disk and through 60_ rotation for conventional disk Maximum Cv from 91 to 7020 Rangeability 100 to 1 Shutoff Class Class VI Available Actuators (refer to page 10) Fisher 2052, 1052 Size 70, and 1061
A11
Throttling and automated on/off service, high-pressure, high-temperature, and cryogenic applications; -254 to 816_C
Wafer and lugged
CL150/150 and CL150: NPS 54, 60, 66, 72 CL600: NPS 30, 36, 42, 48 (CL300 trim available for NPS 3 through 48) CL900: NPS 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 ,18, 20, 24, 30, 36 (CL300 and CL600 trim available for NPS 3 through 48) CL1500: NPS 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 (CL300 and CL600 trim available for NPS 3 through 48, CL900 trim available for NPS 6 through 36) CL2500: Consult your Emerson sales office
Raised-face (RF), ring-type joint (RTJ), and buttwelding ends (BWE) NPS 3 through 24 comply with ASME B16.5 NPS 30 through NPS 60 comply with MSS-SP-44
SA216 WCC steel or SA351 CF8M stainless steel Other carbon steel, stainless steel, and high-alloy materials are available
CL150/150, CL150, and CL300: SA351 CF8M stainless steel or SA216 WCC steel CL600: SA351 CF8M stainless steel CL900 and CL1500: CB7Cu-1
CL150 and CL300: Soft (PTFE), NOVEX (S31600), Phoenix III (S31600/PTFE), and cryogenic (CTFE) CL600, CL900, and CL1500: Soft (ETFE), Metal (S20910), high-pressure (S20910), Phoenix III (S31600/ETFE), and cryogenic (CTFE)
Modified Equal Percentage Maximum Cv from 182 to 106000
100 to 1
Soft Seal: Class VI, NOVEX Seal: Class VI, Metal Seal: Class IV , High-Pressure Seal: Class VI, Phoenix III Seal: Class VI, Cryogenic Seal: Class IV
Fisher 2052, 1052 Size 70, 1061, Bettis RPE, and G Series
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
40:002 March 2020
Rotary Valve Selection Guide
D102550X012
Fisher Cryogenic Butterfly Valves
W7449
TYPICAL CRYOGENIC BUTTERFLY VALVE
8532
A11
Applications
8532 stainless steel cryogenic valves for liquified natural gas and other special chemical and hydrocarbon applications with temperatures to -254°C
A11 stainless steel cryogenic valves for liquified natural gas and other special chemical and hydrocarbon applications with temperatures to -254°C
Style
Wafer, lugged, and double flanged
Wafer, lugged, and double flanged
Ratings and Sizes
CL150 and CL300: NPS 14 - 24
CL150/150, CL150, CL300: NPS 30 - 48 CL600: NPS 3 - 24 CL900: NPS 6 - 24 CL1500: NPS 10 - 20
End Connections
Raised-face (RF), ring-type joint (RTJ)
Raised-face (RF), ring-type joint (RTJ)
Valve Body Materials
SA351 CF8M stainless steel
SA351 CF8M stainless steel
Disk Material
SA351 CF8M stainless steel
SA351 CF8M stainless steel
Seal Types (Material)
NOVEX and Cryogenic (CTFE and CTFE/aluminum)
CL150 and CL300: NOVEX and Cryogenic (CTFE) CL600, CL900, and CL1500: HPS and cryogenic (CTFE)
Flow Characteristics and Maximum Flow Coefficients
Modified Equal Percentage Maximum Cv from 4550 to 21,500
Modified Equal Percentage Maximum Cv from 182 to 106,000
Rangeability
100 to 1
100 to 1
Shutoff Class
NOVEX Seal: Class VI Cryogenic (CTFE) Seal: Class IV Cryogenic (CTFE/Aluminum) Seal: Class VI
NOVEX Seal: Class VI Cryogenic (CTFE) Seal: Class IV Cryogenic (CTFE/Aluminum) Seal: Class VI HPS: Class VI
Available Actuators (refer to page 10)
Fisher 2052, 1052 Size 70, 1061, Bettis RPE, and G Series
Fisher 2052, 1052 Size 70, 1061, Bettis RPE, and G Series
A31C A31C stainless steel cryogenic valves for liquified natural gas and other special chemical and hydrocarbon applications with temperatures to -254°C Wafer, lugged, and double flanged
CL150 and CL300: NPS 3 - 12
Raised-face (RF), ring-type joint (RTJ) SA351 CF8M stainless steel SA351 CF8M stainless steel
NOVEX and Cryogenic (CTFE and CTFE/aluminum)
Modified Equal Percentage Maximum Cv from 188 to 4940 100 to 1
NOVEX Seal: Class VI Cryogenic (CTFE) Seal: Class IV Cryogenic (CTFE/Aluminum) Seal: Class VI
Fisher 2052, 1052 Size 70, 1061, Bettis RPE, and G Series
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Rotary Valve Selection Guide
D102550X012
Product Bulletin
40:002 March 2020
Fisher Pipeline Ball Valves
W4177-3
V250 VALVE
W6569
V260 VALVE
X1454
V270 VALVE
X1609
V280 VALVE
V250
V260
Applications
Heavy-duty, flangeless throttling ball valves. Often used for controlled flow applications in gas transmission lines, gas distribution, and liquid pipelines. Temperatures from -40 to 204°C, depending on seal type
Large, flanged throttling ball valves. Used for demanding pipeline applications such as pump bypass and pipeline take-off. Temperatures from -29 to 93°C, depending on seal type
Style
Flangeless
Flanged
Sizes
NPS 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 24
NPS 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 24
Ratings
CL600 or CL900
CL150, CL300, or CL600
End Connections
Raised-face (RF) or ring-type joint (RTJ)
Raised-face (RF)
Valve Body Materials
Carbon Steel (LCC)
Carbon Steel (LF2)
Ball Material
Chrome-plated WCC steel
Chrome-plated WCC steel
Seal Types (Material)
Single or dual seal (POM) or flow ring Single or dual (PEEK/PTFE or POM)
Flow Characteristics and Maximum Flow Coefficients
Modified equal percentage Maximum Cv from 499 to 18,300
Modified linear or modified equal percentage Maximum Cv from 381 to 78,000
Rangeability
100 to 1
100 to 1
Shutoff Class
Single and Dual Seal: Class IV Flow Ring: 1% of valve capacity
Single or Dual Seal: Class IV or VI PEEK/PTFE Seal: Class IV or VI POM Seal: Class IV or VI
Available Actuators (refer to page 10)
Fisher 2052, 1052 Size 70, 1061, CB, and G Series
Fisher 2052, 1052 Size 70, 1061, CB, and G Series
V270
Full bore ball valve designed for automated control in bypass, batch, monitor, and emergency shutoff service applications. Temperatures from -40 to 82°C
Flanged NPS 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 24 CL150, CL300, or CL600
Raised-face (RF)
Carbon Steel (LF2) LF2 Carbon Steel / ENP Dual (POM)
Modified equal percentage Maximum Cv from 3190 to 78,000
100 to 1
Class VI
Fisher 1068, CB, and G Series
V280
A three-piece, trunnion mounted, full-bore control valve used in demanding pipeline applications to reduce noise and vibration. Temperatures from -29 to 82°C, depending on seal type
Flanged
NPS 6, 8, 10, 12, 16
CL900
Raised-face (RF)
Carbon Steel (LF2)
LF2 Carbon Steel / ENC
POM with S31600 SST Seal Blank
Modified linear or modified equal percentage Maximum Cv from 381 to 78,000
100 to 1
Single or Dual Seal: Class IV or VI
Fisher 2052, 1052 Size 70, 1061, CB, and G Series
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
40:002 March 2020
Rotary Valve Selection Guide
D102550X012
Fisher Rotary Globe Valves
W5793
CV500 VALVE
W4170
V500 VALVE
CV500 Applications Rugged flanged or flangeless cammed-segmented V-notch ball valve offering erosion resistance and pressure control for gases, liquids, and fibrous slurries. Throttling or on/off. Temperatures from -198 to 538°C, depending on materials Style Flanged Sizes DN 80 - 300 or NPS 3 - 12 Ratings PN 10 - 100 or CL150 - CL600 End Connections Raised-face (RF) Valve Body Materials WCC, WCC/1.0619, CF8M, CF8M/1.4408, CF3M, CF3M/1.4409 Plug Material CF3M stainless steel Flow Characteristics and Maximum Flow Coefficients Modified equal percentage Maximum Cv from 181 to 3080 Rangeability 200 to 1 Shutoff Class Class IV Available Actuators (refer to page 10) Fisher 2052, 1052 Size 70, 1061, 1068, and Bettis RPE
V500
Flanged or flangeless eccentric plug rotary control valve for erosive, coking, and other hard-to-handle fluids. Throttling or on/off. Temperatures from -198 to 538°C, depending on materials
Flanged DN 25 - 200 or NPS 1 - 8 PN 10 - 100 or CL150 - CL600 Raised-face (RF) or ring-type joint (RTJ) WCC, WCC/1.0619, CF8M, CF8M/1.4408, CF3M, CF3M/1.4409 Chrome-plated CF8M, solid alloy 6, or ceramic Modified linear Maximum Cv from 12.2 to 1050 100 to 1 Class IV Fisher 2052, 1052 Size 70, 1061, 1068, and Bettis RPE
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Rotary Valve Selection Guide
D102550X012
Product Bulletin
40:002 March 2020
Fisher Multiport Flow Selector
X1515
Multiport Flow Selector Applications Allows for automated selecting and diverting of well fluids from an individual well to a single test outlet, flow loop, or sampling device Sizes NPS 2x4, 3x6, 4x8, 4x10, 6x16 Ratings CL150, CL300, CL600, CL900, CL1500, CL2500 End Connection Raised-face (RF) Valve Body Materials WCB, WCC, CF3M, CF8M, CD3MN, CD3MWCuN, and WCB/WCC with N06625 Cladding Plug Materials CF3M, CF8M, CD3MN, CD3MWCuN, and CW6MC Seal Types (Material) Soft with scraper (316L Nitride and N07718) Shutoff Class Class IV Available Actuator Multiport Actuator
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
40:002 March 2020
Rotary Valve Selection Guide
D102550X012
Fisher 1052 Size 70, 1061, and 2052 Actuators
W3813
1052 SIZE 70 ACTUATOR
W3827
1061 ACTUATOR
W9589
2052 ACTUATOR
1052 SIZE 70
1061
2052
Features
Heavy-duty actuator with enclosed linkage and splined actuator-valve connection for minimized lost motion
Style
Spring-return pneumatic diaphragm actuator
Double-acting pneumatic piston actuator
Spring-return pneumatic diaphragm actuator
Typical Operating Torque Range (Varies with Operating Pressure and Construction)
12,100 lbf·in PDTC
2500 to 175,000 lbf·in
226 to 5,580 lbf·in PDTO 226 to 8,230 lbf·in PDTC
Temperature Capabilities
-40 to 82°C (-40 to 180°F) or -40 to 149°C (-40 to 300°F)
-34 to 82°C (-30 to 180°F)
Standard: -45 to 80°C (-50 to 176°F) Optional: -45 to 100°C (-50 to 212°F) or -60 to 80°C (-76 to 176°F)
Accessories
Pneumatic or electro-pneumatic valve positioners, FIELDVUE digital valve controllers, limit switches, position transmitters, handwheels, travel stops, lock-out device to disable actuator during maintenance, supply pressure filter-regulators
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Rotary Valve Selection Guide
D102550X012
Product Bulletin
40:002 March 2020
Fisher 1068 Rotary Vane Actuators
X1590
DOUBLE ACTING
X1591
SPRING RETURN
DOUBLE ACTING
SPRING RETURN
Features
Heavy-duty, high cycle vane actuator with or without integral air passages
Style
Rotary Vane Actuator
Sizes
7i, 8i, 9i, 10i, 12i, 14i, 15i, 16, 18, 20, and 30
5i, 7i, 8i, 9i, 10i, 12i, 14i, 15i, 16, 18, 20, and 30
Typical Operating Torque Range (Varies with Operating Pressure and Construction)
Refer to Catalog 14
Accessories
DVC2000 and DVC6200
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
40:002 March 2020
Rotary Valve Selection Guide
D102550X012
Bettis RPE and Fisher CB and G Series Actuators
X1704
Bettis RPE ACTUATOR
X1521
Fisher CB ACTUATOR
W8305
Fisher G ACTUATOR
Bettis RPE
Fisher CB Series
Features
Heavy duty rack-and-pinion pneumatic actuator for mounting to Fisher rotary valves
Scotch yoke type actuator for mounting to Fisher rotary valves
Style
Double-acting or spring-return pneumatic piston actuator
Double-acting or spring-return pneumatic actuator
Typical Operating Torque Range (Varies with Operating Pressure and Construction)
20 to 39,498 lbf·in
38 to 2674 lbf·in
Accessories
Bettis RPE-Series actuators can be packaged together with a range of control and feedback accessories.
Pneumatic or electro-pneumatic valve positioners, FIELDVUE digital valve, controllers, limit switches, position transmitters, handwheels, travel stops, supply pressure filter-regulator
Fisher G Series
Scotch yoke type actuator for mounting to Fisher rotary valves
Double-acting or spring-return series single power module pneumatic actuator
7,758 to 308,254 lbf·in
Pneumatic or electro-pneumatic valve positioners, FIELDVUE digital valve controllers, limit switches, position transmitters, handwheels, travel stops, supply pressure filter-regulator
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Rotary Valve Selection Guide
D102550X012
Product Bulletin
40:002 March 2020
Alloy Valve Guidelines
nEmerson expertise has combined its knowledge of metals and foundry techniques with valve user experience to make a variety of high alloy valves available for customer selection.
nTechniques have also been implemented that verify a foundry's ability to cast alloy valves properly and has established stringent specifications that guide the foundry in providing quality results.
nGuidelines have been developed to help the valve user specify alloy valves correctly. Valve user guidelines include: Customer/end user selection of alloy valves must consider compatibility of valve materials with application and process conditions, avoid the use of alloy tradenames, do not specify wrought for cast, specify non-destructive testing only when necessary.
nSteps used to qualify a foundry include: Weldability tests to gauge the foundry's ability to pour alloy materials; Dedicating casting patterns solely to high-alloy service.
nStringent specifications developed by Emerson include: Raw Material Composition and Quality, Heat Qualification, Visual Inspection, Weld Repair, Heat Treatment, and Nondestructive Testing.
Instruments
nFisher pneumatic controller C1 and 4195 series provides pressure and temperature control to standalone control loops. These pneumatic controllers provides proportional, integral, and derivative actions towards maintaining the required control loop.
nElectro-pneumatic transducers providing 4-20 mA current input to pneumatic output for pneumatic positioners, controllers, volume booster or directly to actuators are available. Fisher 646, i2P-100, and 846 transducers provide the remote capability for connecting pneumatic instruments to control panel or control room.
nFisher VBL and 2625 volume boosters used in conjunction with a positioner on a throttling control valve increase stroking speed.
nFisher Wireless 4320 provides valve position monitoring that will improve visibility to valves without the need for wires. The 4320 can provide on/off control with pneumatic output option enabling easier automation of valves, again without wires.
nFisher 4660 high-low pressure pilots and 377 trip valves provide pneumatic discrete control and are exida certified for use in Safety Instrument System (SIS) applications.
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
40:002 March 2020
Rotary Valve Selection Guide
D102550X012
W8755
DVC2000
W9418-2
DVC6200 on Control-Disk VALVE
Typical Fisher Instruments
nFIELDVUE digital valve controllers are communicating, microprocessor-based controllers that convert a current or digital signal to a pressure signal to operate the actuator.
nThrough the HARTr, FOUNDATION FieldbusTM, or PROFIBUS communications protocol, the controller gives easy access to critical valve information.
nValveLinkTM software allows easy access to valve assembly alerts and performance characteristics. Vital information can be obtained without removing the valve from the line.
nPerformance Diagnostics tests, including on-line One-Button Sweep, Friction and Deadband analysis, and Trending, can be run while the valve is in service and operating.
nValve Signature, Dynamic Error Band, and Step Response tests are displayed in an intuitive user-friendly environment that allows easy interpretation of data.
nFIELDVUE models include the DVC6200, DVC6200f and DVC6200p. The DVC6200 SIS is used for safety applications and the DVC2000 has a local user interface.
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Rotary Valve Selection Guide
D102550X012
Product Bulletin
40:002 March 2020
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
40:002 March 2020
Rotary Valve Selection Guide
D102550X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Vee-Ball, Control-Disk, ENVIRO-SEAL, FIELDVUE, FieldQ, Bettis RPE, FISHTAIL, and ValveLink are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. HART is a registered trademark of FieldComm Group. FOUNDATION Fieldbus is a trademark of FieldComm Group. All other marks are the property of their respective owners. The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E161998, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D Series Valve Selection Guide
D103311X012
Product Bulletin
40:003 August 2017
FisherTM D Series Valve Selection Guide
D2T On/Off Dump Valve
nNPS 1 CL900 NPT connections
n0.5 inch FloPro solid R30006 or S17400 SST trim; Max Cv = 6.0
nAbility to meet the metallurgical requirements of NACE MR0175-2002
X1212
nExcellent live-loaded packing design
D3 Premium On/Off Dump Valve
nNPS 1 CL900 NPT connections
nNPS 1 and 2 CL900 NPT, NPS 1 and 2 CL600 RF connections
n3/8, 3/4, or 1 inch FloPro S17400 SST or tungsten carbide trim; Max Cv = 16.8
nAbility to meet the metallurgical requirements of NACE MR0175/ISO 15156
W9249
nExcellent live-loaded packing design
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
40:003 August 2017
D Series Valve Selection Guide
D103311X012
D4 Premium High-Flow On/Off Dump Valve
nThrottling control
nNPS 1 and 2 4250 psi NPT, NPS 1 and 2 CL150 RF to 1500 RTJ connections
n0.25 to 1.25 inch port S17400 SST or tungsten carbide trim; Max Cv = 33.2
nAbility to meet the metallurgical requirements of NACE MR0175/ISO 15156
nExcellent live-loaded packing design
W8531
nFIELDVUETM digital valve controller and i2P-100 transducer mounting available
nSmaller envelope size than D
D High-Tier Throttling Control Valve
nNPS 1 and 2 3600 or 6000 psi NPT, NPS 1 and 2 CL150 RF to 2500 RTJ connections
n0.25 to 1.25 inch port R30006 or tungsten carbide trim; Max Cv = 34.5
nAbility to meet the metallurgical requirements of NACE MR0175-2002
nHigh pressure capability; CL2500
nHigh flow / high pressure drop capability
nTough standard R30006 trim offering
nExcellent tungsten carbide and VTC trim offering
W7859-1
nPreferred FIELDVUE digital valve controller
mounting platform
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D Series Valve Selection Guide
D103311X012
Product Bulletin
40:003 August 2017
D Series Control Valves (D2T, D3, D4, D)
Figure 1. D Series Control Valves (D2T, D3, D4, and D)
GE71876
D2T
GE21316
D3
GE02329-B
D4
GE82656
D
Table 1. D Series Control Valves (D2T, D3, D4, and D)
VALVE
SIZES
NPS 1
NPS 2
THROTTLING
(1)
TRIM
ENVIRO-SEALTM FIELD HAMMER easy-DriveTM FIELDVUE QUAD-O
Standard Optional PACKING REVERSIBLE UNION COMPATIBLE COMPATIBLE COMPLIANT
D2T
X
no
S17400
CoCr-A
standard
yes
no
no
no
yes
D3
X
X
yes
S17400
tungsten carbide
standard
yes
yes
yes
no
yes
tungsten
D4
X
X
yes
S17400
carbide
standard
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
VTC
D
X
X
yes
S31600/ CoCr-A
(ceramic) tungsten
optional
no
no
no
yes
no
carbide
Note 1 for table 1. Dynamic performance and accuracy without a positioner depends on packing friction, actuator spring range, and the controller tuning. For information on your particular application, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
40:003 August 2017
D Series Valve Selection Guide
D103311X012
Table 2. End Connections
D2T
D3
D4
D
NPS 1 NPT
X
X
X
X
CL150 RF
X
X
CL300 RF
X
X
CL600 RF
X
X
X
CL1500 RF
X
X
CL1500 RTJ
X
X
CL2500 RF
X
CL2500 RTJ
X
NPS 2 NPT
X
X
X
CL150 - CL300 RF
X
X
CL600 RF
X
X
X
CL1500 RF
X
X
CL1500 RTJ
X
X
CL2500 RF
X
CL2500 RTJ
X
10,000 API
X
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, ENVIRO-SEAL, easy-Drive, and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2008, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CCV-N Valve
D104189X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:CCV-N September 2018
FisherTM CCV-N Fuel Gas Control Valve
Fisher CCV-N fuel gas control valves are used in gas turbines which meter the fuel gas to the combustion chamber of the turbine and provide linear flow with the ability to choke very quickly at a low pressure drop. CCV-N valve provides precise control of fuel and efficient downstream static pressure recovery with reliable shutoff.
CCV-N valves are single port, angle-style, unbalanced and balanced valves with metal seat, seat ring retainer guide and push-down-to-close valve plug action.
Materials for CCV-N valve body and trim components are in compliance with NACE MR0103.
The CCV-N valves offers reliable shutoff with process temperature limited up to 316ºC (600ºF) by using PEEK (PolyEtherEtherKetone) anti-extrusion rings in combination with a spring-loaded PTFE seal. The PEEK anti-extrusion rings expand to help close off the clearance gaps on the plug outside diameter and the seat ring retainer inside diameter where the PTFE seal may extrude at high temperatures and pressures. Unbalanced and balanced bore-seal designs are also available for process temperature above 316ºC (600ºF).
X1430
FISHER NPS 3 CCV-N CHOKE CONTROL VALVE SECTION VIEW
Features
nValve Plug Stability-- Rugged seat ring retainer guiding the plug provides increased valve plug stability, which reduces vibration and mechanical noise.
nSour Service Trims-- Standard trims are in compliance with NACE MR0103 which yields long lasting, erosion and corrosion resistant parts.
nStringent Valve Capacity Tolerance-- Teardrop shape seat ring retainer is used to minimize flow restriction in order to attain the required pressure recovery ratio and achieve the Cg (specified in table 3).
nLinear Characteristics-- The pointed cone shaped plug and seat ring design helps to achieve the linear characteristic for the specified travel.
nReliable Shutoff-- Metal-to-metal seat and PEEK anti-extrusion seal ring construction meets bi-directional Class IV shutoff per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 for temperatures up to 316ºC (600ºF). Metal-to-metal seat and unbalanced or bore-seal trim construction meets bi-directional Class IV shutoff per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 for temperatures above 316ºC (600ºF).
nEfficient Pressure Recovery-- This valve provides efficient pressure recovery and achieves critical flow conditions with low pressure drops.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:CCV-N September 2018
CCV-N Valve
D104189X012
Specifications
Available Configuration and Valve Sizes Single port, angle-style valve with balanced or unbalanced valve trim and push-down-to-close valve plug action Standard sizes are NPS J 2, J 3, and J 4
End Connection Style Raised-face (RF) flanges
Maximum Inlet Pressure and Temperature Consistent with CL300 or CL600 pressure-temperature ratings per ASME B16.34
Maximum Pressure Drop Consistent with pressure-temperature ratings per ASME B16.34
Shutoff Classification Bi-directional Class IV shutoff per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Construction Materials CF8M valve body and stainless steel trims Refer table 2
Material Temperature Capability See table 2
Flow Direction Flow down
Flow Characteristic Linear from 10% to 100% travel
Flow Coefficient See table 3
Port Diameter/ Plug Travel and Stem Diameter See table 1
Bonnet/ Yoke Boss Plain bonnet and 2 13/16 inch yoke boss
Packing Double PTFE, Graphite Leak-off and other ENVIRO-SEALTM and HIGH-SEAL packing options. See Fisher Bulletin 59.1:062, Packing Selection Guidelines for Fisher Sliding-Stem Valves (D101986X012). Fisher Bulletin 59.1:061, ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems for Sliding-Stem Valves (D101633X012)
Approx. Weights NPS 2 CL300 or CL600: 31 kg (68 lb) NPS 3 CL300 or CL600:51 kg (112 lb) NPS 4 CL300: 77 kg (168 lb) NPS 4 CL600: 86 kg (190 lb)
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Tables
Port Diameter and Valve Plug Travel . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2
Materials and Temperature Capabilities . . . . . . . . . 3 Flow Coefficient Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CCV-N Valve
D104189X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:CCV-N September 2018
Table 1. Port Diameter and Valve Plug Travel
VALVE SIZE, NPS
2
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inch
25.4
1.00
38.1
1.60
TRAVEL
mm 19.05 19.05
Inch 0.750 0.750
3
57.1
4
78.7
2.25
28.58
1.125
3.10
38.10
1.500
YOKE BOSS SIZE
mm
Inch
71.4
2.81
71.4
2.81
71.4
2.81
71.4
2.81
STEM DIAMETER
mm
Inch
13
0.5
13
0.5
13
0.5
13
0.5
Table 2. Construction Materials and Temperature Limits
PART
MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITES
_C
_F
Valve Plug, Balanced or Unbalanced Seat Ring
S17400 Double H1150
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
Valve Plug Stem Groove Pin
S20910 Stainless Steel
Not a limit factor
Spring-loaded valve plug seal
Backup Ring Bi-Direction Backup Ring
S17400 Double H1150
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
Retaining Ring
N07750
Not a limit factor
Seal Ring Anti-extrusion rings
PTFE with R30003 Spring PEEK (PolyEtherEtherKeton)
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
Bore-seal valve plug seal set
Bore-seal Piston Ring
N07750 Carbon Graphite
Not a limit factor
Plug Retainer
S17400 Double H1150
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
Cage gasket Seat ring gasket
N06600/Graphite Graphite/SST
Not a limit factor
CF8M Stainless Steel Valve Body and Bonnet
Non-exposed body-to-bonnet bolting
Studs Nuts
SA193-B7 SA194-2H
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
NACE MR0103 exposed body-to-bonnet bolting
Studs Nuts
SA479 S20910
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
Seat Ring Retainer
S17400 Double H1150 Chromium Plating S17400 Double H1150 Chromium Coating
Double PTFE
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
Not a limit factor
-46 to 232(1)
-50 to 450(1)
Packing
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF for 100 PPM Service
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF for Non-Environmental Service
-7 to 315(1) -198 to 371(1)
20 to 600(1) -325 to 700(1)
Graphite Leak-off
Not a limit factor
Packing follower, spring, or lantern ring
Packing box ring
Packing flange, studs, or nuts
Packing Flange
S31600 Stainless Steel S31600 Stainless Steel
Not a limit factor
Studs
Steel SA193-B8M
Nuts
S31600 Stainless Steel
1. Consult the Fisher Packing Selection Guidelines Bulletin (D101986X012) for additional information or contact your Emerson sales office.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:CCV-N September 2018
CCV-N Valve
D104189X012
Table 3. Flow Coefficient Values
PRESS- VALVE
PORT
DESIGN URE SIZE DIAMETER
TRAVEL
RATING NPS mm Inch mm Inch 10
2 Below 316_C CL300 3 (600_F)
4
38.1 1.60 19.05 0.750 78.7 57.1 2.25 28.58 1.125 146 57.1 2.25 28.58 1.125 160 78.7 3.10 38.10 1.500 251
Above
2
316_C CL600 (600_F)
3
4
25.4 1.00 19.05 0.750 65.5 38.1 1.60 19.05 0.750 77.4 57.1 2.25 28.58 1.125 124 78.7 3.10 38.10 1.500 240
Cg - VALVE OPENING - PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL TRAVEL
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
145 256 370 489 610 730 845 973
345 568 793 1020 1260 1490 1730 1970
377 634 889 1160 1420 1700 1930 2220
567 1010 1470 1930 2390 2850 3300 3690
136 197 261 324 390 459 526 597
142 255 372 489 609 731 851 973
362 613 871 1131 1392 1671 1950 2226
552 988 1437 1893 2336 2789 3246 3672
100 1080 2210 2480 4120 670 1086 2499 4022
Figure 1. CCV-N Valve Dimensions
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
DD AA EE
Table 4. Valve Dimensions, Plain Bonnet
PRESSURE VALVE
AA
DD
RATING SIZE, NPS
mm
2
133.4
120.7
158.8
149.4
3
158.8
149.4
4
184.2
139.7
CL300
Inch
2
5.25
4.75
6.25
5.88
3
6.25
5.88
4
7.25
5.50
VALVE
AA
DD
SIZE, NPS
mm
142.7
150.9
2
142.7
150.9
3
168.81
149.4
CL600
4
196.9
159.5
Inch
5.62
5.94
2
5.62
5.94
3
6.62
5.88
4
7.75
6.28
EE
177.8 81.3 233.7 393.7
7.00 3.20 9.20 15.50 EE
241.3 177.8 233.7 393.7
9.5 7 9.2 15.50
AA
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice. Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2016, 2018 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
easy-e Cryogenic Valves
D102189X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:easy-e Cryogenic November 2020
FisherTM easy-eTM Cryogenic Sliding-Stem Control Valves
Fisher easy-e cryogenic valves are globe-style, single-port, valves featuring stainless steel construction materials and fabricated extension bonnets. Fisher ET-C and EWT-C valves are pressure-balanced, whereas the Fisher EZ-C valve is an unbalanced design. These cryogenic valves are designed to provide throttling or on-off control of liquids and gases at cryogenic temperatures as low as -198_C (-325_F).
When required, these rugged valves can reliably provide tight shutoff for special applications within the chemical and hydrocarbon processing industries, such as certain liquefied natural gas services.
The high-capacity ET-C and EWT-C valves with pressure-balanced trim allow the use of smaller, lower-cost actuators, reducing installed costs in high-pressure and high-flow-rate applications.
The easy-e Valve Family
These valves are part of the versatile easy-e family of industrial control valves. Special features include:
nET-C and EWT-C: Different cage/plug styles provide particular flow characteristics for highly-specialized applications. The standard cage comes in two different flow characteristics: J equal percentage and J linear.
W6370-1
TYPICAL FISHER easy-e CYROGENIC VALVE WITH EXTENSION BONNET
nEZ-C: Interchangeable, restricted-capacity trims and full-sized trims match a variety of process flow demands for highly-specialized applications. The standard plug is designed with three different flow characteristics: J equal percentage, J linear, and J quick-opening.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:easy-e Cryogenic November 2020
easy-e Cryogenic Valves
D102189X012
Features
nCryogenic Spring-Loaded Seal Ring--The seal ring and associated valve parts in the ET-C and EWT-C valves are specifically designed and manufactured for excellent performance at low temperatures.
nStable Control--Rugged cage guiding in the ET-C and EWT-C valves stabilizes the valve plug at all points in its travel to reduce vibration, mechanical noise, and the need for hydraulic snubbers.
nCost Effective Operation and Economical Maintenance--Increased wear resistance of hardened stainless steel trim means long-lasting service. Balanced valve plug construction in the ET-C and EWT-C valves permits use of smaller, lower-cost Fisher actuators.
nPiping Economy--Expanded end connections of EW Series valves may reduce the need for line swages while accommodating oversized piping arrangements used to limit fluid flow velocities.
nCryogenic Design Features--The stainless steel valve body and bonnet with fabricated extension are designed to meet low temperature requirements. The unique metal-to-metal seat design provides repeatable tight shutoff, reducing maintenance costs.
nRugged Metal Seat--The metal-to-metal seat is designed and manufactured to provide long-lasting, reliable, tight shutoff at both ambient and cryogenic temperatures without the need for periodic lapping. This reduces the need for soft seats, even in applications with stringent shutoff requirements.
nFugitive Emission Protection--The optional ENVIRO-SEALTM packing systems provide an improved stem seal to help prevent the loss of valuable or hazardous process fluids, and keep emissions below the EPA limit of 100 ppm. Additionally, these live-loaded packing systems can provide long life and reliability at low temperatures to help reduce maintenance costs and downtime.
nThoroughly Tested--Extensive cryogenic testing during the development of the valve design reduces the need for expensive cold testing for most applications, which results in quicker delivery and greater value.
nEasy Maintenance--Quick-change trim, with a clamped-in seat ring, reduces the disassembly/ assembly time. The valve body can stay in the pipeline during removal of trim parts for inspection or maintenance.
nSour Service Capability--For NACE applications, consult your Emerson sales office.
Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Tables
ET-C and EWT-C Typical Trim Materials . . . . . . . . . . 5 EZ-C Typical Combinations of Metal Trim Parts . . . 5 Maximum Allowable Actuator Thrust . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ET-C and EWT-C Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, Stem and Yoke Diameters . . . 8
EZ-C Port Diameters, Travel, Valve Plug and Stem and Yoke Diameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Bolting Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 EZ-C Maximum Allowable Pressure Drop . . . . . . . . . 9 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
easy-e Cryogenic Valves
D102189X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:easy-e Cryogenic November 2020
Specifications
Available Configurations
ET-C: Single-port, globe-style control valve with cage guiding, balanced valve plug, and push-down-to-close valve plug action (figure 1) EWT-C: Single-port, globe-style control valve with cage guiding, balanced valve plug, push-down-to-close valve plug action, and with expanded end connections (figure 1) EZ-C: Single-port, globe-style control valve with post-guiding, unbalanced valve plug, and push-down-to-close valve plug action (figure 2)
Valve Sizes
ET-C: J NPS 3, J 4, J 6, and J 8 EWT-C: J NPS 6X4(1), J 8X4, J 8X6, J 12X6, and J 10X8 J 12X8 EZ-C: J NPS 1, J 1-1/2, J 2, J 3, and J 4
End Connection Styles(2)
CL150, 300, or 600 raised-face flanges per J ASME B16.5, J EN 1092-1/B
Maximum Inlet Pressure(2)
Consistent with J CL150 and J CL300 pressure-temperature ratings per ASME B16.34
J CL600 valves with B8M Class 2 bolting are consistent with CL600 pressure-temperature ratings per ASME B16.34 except as shown below:
VALVE
VALVE SIZE, NPS
MAXIMUM INLET PRESSURE
at 38_C (100_F)
Bar
Psig
1
77
1110
EZ-C
2
83
1200
3
94
1370
3
94
1370
6, 8 x 6, ET-C and EWT-C 10 x 6, 12 x 6
75
1085
8, 10 x 8, 12 x 8
96
1390
J CL600 valves with optional S20910 (XM-19) bolting are consistent with CL600 pressure-temperature ratings per ASME B16.34
Maximum Pressure Drops(2)
Same as maximum inlet pressure, except where limited by spiral wound gasket for EZ-C (see tables 7 and 8)
Trim Material
See tables 1 and 2
Shutoff Classifications Per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
ET-C and EWT-C.
Metal Seat:. J Class IV is standard J Class V air test is optional (Test will be 50 psid air)(6) J Class VI (Consult your Emerson sales office)
Composition Seat:. J Class V air test is standard (Test will be 50 psid air)(6) J Class VI is optional
EZ-C.
Metal Seat:. J Class IV is standard J Class VI is optional
Maximum Actuator Thrust
See table 3
Conformance to Customer Specifications
ET-C with metal seats and EZ-C valves successfully passed type approval testing per SIPM (Shell) specification T-2.253.730
Flow Characteristics
ET-C, EWT-C, and EZ-C. J Equal percentage J Linear
EZ-C Only. J Quick-opening
Flow Direction(5)
ET-C and EWT-C. Normally down for linear and equal percentage trims. Flow up for Whisper Trimt. See figure 1 EZ-C. Up through the seat ring only. See figure 2
(Continued)
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:easy-e Cryogenic November 2020
easy-e Cryogenic Valves
D102189X012
Specifications (Continued)
Standard Construction Materials
Valve Body and Bonnet: CF8M (316 SST) Body-Bonnet Bolting: SA-193-B8M Class 2 studs with SA-194-8M nuts (see table 6) Bonnet Bushing: S31600/filled PTFE Flat Sheet Gaskets: S31600/graphite Spiral Wound Gasket: N06600/graphite Packing Studs and Nuts: S31600 SST Seal Ring (ET-C and EWT-C): UHMWPE(3) with R30003 spring Back-Up Ring (ET-C and EWT-C): S31600 (316 SST) Retaining Ring (ET-C and EWT-C): S30200 (302 SST) Load Ring (for ET-C, NPS 8 and for EWT-C, NPS 10 x 8 only): N07718 Packing Follower, Lantern Ring, Packing Spring(4) and Packing Box Ring: S31600 SST
Material Temperature Capabilities(2)
ET-C and EWT-C -198 to 66_C (-325 to 150_F) EZ-C -198 to 149_C (-325 to 300_F)
Bonnet Extension Length
See figures 3 and 4 for standard valve dimensions
Flow Coefficients and Noise Level Prediction
See Catalog 12
Port Diameters, Plug Travel, Yoke Boss, and Stem Diameter
See tables 4 and 5 Refer to Fisher Bulletin 80.1:010 Whisper Trim III (D100191X012) for information on Whisper Trim III with ET-C and EWT-C
Packing Arrangements
Standard Material.
J Single PTFE V-ring. See figures 1 and 2
Optional Materials.
J Double PTFE V-ring and J Graphite ribbon/filament
ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems: See figure 5
Packing Material: J PTFE V-ring and J Graphite ULF
See Bulletin 59.1:061, ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems for Sliding-Stem Valves (D101633X012) for more information
Approximate Weights (CL600 Valves)
ET-C:.
NPS 3: 51 kg (135 lb) NPS 4: 95 kg (210 lb) NPS 6: 211 kg (465 lb) NPS 8: 372 kg (820 lb)
EWT-C:.
NPS 6X4: 200 kg (440 lb) NPS 8X4: 277 kg (610 lb) NPS 8X6: 318 kg (700 lb) NPS 10X6: 441 kg (972 lb) NPS 10X8: 753 kg (1660 lb) NPS 12X6: 730 kg (1610 lb) NPS 12X8: 866 kg (1908 lb)
EZ-C:.
NPS 1: 15 kg (33 lb) NPS 1-1/2: 23 kg (48 lb) NPS 2: 41 kg (90 lb) NPS 3: 60 kg (130 lb) NPS 4: 95 kg (210 lb)
Optional Safety Instrumented System Classification
SIL3 capable - certified by exida Consulting LLC
Options
ET-C and EWT-C: J Whisper Trim III and WhisperFlot trim for aerodynamic noise attenuation, and J Cavitrolt III cages for liquid cavitation protection are available. Contact your Emerson sales office for information EZ-C: J Micro-Flute and J Micro-Flow trim
1. Valve size number is end connection size by normal trim size. For example, an NPS 6X4 EWT-C valve has NPS 6 end connections with NPS 4 trim (see table 4). 2. Do not exceed the pressure or temperature limits in this bulletin, and any applicable code limitations. 3. UHMWPE stands for ultra high molecular weight polyethylene. 4. A spring is used only with PTFE V-ring packing. A lantern rings replace the spring in other packing arrangements. 5. Down is in through the cage and out the seat ring (see figure 1). 6. Class V shutoff cannot be performed with water. The residual trapped moisture from testing with water can cause valve and trim damage from the ice crystals formed at below freezing service temperatures.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
easy-e Cryogenic Valves
D102189X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:easy-e Cryogenic November 2020
Table 1. Fisher ET-C and EWT-C Typical Trim Material
Trim Designation
Valve Plug
Valve Stem
429 430(2) 431, 431W(1)
S31600 SST with CoCr-A (Alloy 6) hard-faced seat
S31600 SST
S31600 SST with CoCr-A (Alloy 6) hard-faced seat and guide
S20910
1. Trim 431W for use with Whisper Trim III. Includes S31600 CRPL cage retainer and 316 SST baffle for Level D trims. 2. Soft seat construction.
Cage Chrome-plated S31600 SST
Seat Ring S31600 SST S31600 SST/CTFE S31600 SST
Table 2. Fisher EZ-C Typical Combinations of Metal Trim Parts for Equal Percentage (Including Micro-Form), Linear, and Quick-Opening Valve Plugs
Trim Designation
Valve Plug
Valve Stem
Seat Ring
Seat Ring Retainer
Guide Bushing
S31600 SST with
327
CoCr-A (Alloy 6)
hard-faced Seat and
Guide
S20910
(XM-19)
S31600 SST with
328
CoCr-A (Alloy 6)
hard-faced Seat
S31600
CF8M
R30006
Table 3. Maximum Allowable Actuator Thrust for Standard Bonnet Extension Length
VALVE
VALVE SIZE, NPS
STEM DIAMETER
mm
Inches
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STEM LOAD FOR S20910 (XM-19) STEM MATERIAL
N
lb
12.7
1/2
15,301
3440
3
19.1
3/4
45,459
10,220
ET-C and EWT-C
12.7
1/2
16,458
3700
4, 6X4, 8X4
19.1
3/4
46,971
10,560
25.4
1
91,290
20,523
19.1
6, 8X6, 10X6. 12X6
25.4
ET-C and EWT-C
19.1
8, 10X8, 12X8
25.4
3/4
36,385
8180
1
81,487
18,320
3/4
41,366
9300
1
87,003
19,560
9.5
3/8
5382
1210
1
12.7
1/2
13,166
2960
9.5
1-1/2
12.7
3/8
5338
1200
1/2
13,166
2960
12.7
1/2
14,367
3230
EZ-C
2
19.1
3/4
44,169
9930
12.7
1/2
15,301
3440
3
19.1
3/4
45,459
10,220
12.7
1/2
16,458
3700
4
19.1
3/4
46,971
10,560
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:easy-e Cryogenic November 2020
easy-e Cryogenic Valves
D102189X012
Figure 1. Fisher ET-C and EWT-C Valve Detail
RETAINING RING BACK-UP RING
LOAD RING
W6398-1*
VIEW A
SEAL RING
PACKING FLANGE PACKING FOLLOWER ACTUATOR LOCKNUT PACKING SPRING
STEM
W1214-2*
STANDARD NPS 8 AND 10x8 CONSTRUCTION DETAIL
PACKING STUDS AND NUTS
PTFE V-RING PACKING (STANDARD ARRANGEMENT)
BODY-BONNET BOLTING EXTENSION BONNET VALVE BODY VALVE PLUG
FLOW
W6397-1*
BUSHING
SPIRAL WOUND GASKET, BONNET GASKET, AND SHIM
CAGE
SEAT RING
SEAT RING GASKET
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
easy-e Cryogenic Valves
D102189X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:easy-e Cryogenic November 2020
Figure 2. Fisher EZ-C Valve Assembly Detail
PACKING FLANGE PACKING FOLLOWER
ACTUATOR LOCKNUT
PACKING SPRING
STEM
PACKING STUDS AND NUTS
V-RING PACKING (STANDARD ARRANGEMENT)
EXTENSION BONNET
GUIDE BUSHING
BODY-BONNET BOLTING
FLOW
VALVE PLUG
W6396-1
SPIRAL WOUND GASKET, BONNET GASKET, AND SHIM
VALVE BODY
SEAT RING RETAINER
SEAT RING
SEAT RING GASKET
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:easy-e Cryogenic November 2020
easy-e Cryogenic Valves
D102189X012
Table 4. Fisher ET-C and EWT-C Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, Stem and Yoke Diameters
VALVE SIZE, NPS
ET-C
EWT-C
PORT DIAMETER
MAXIMUM VALVE PLUG
TRAVEL
Stem
VALVE STEM AND YOKE BOSS DIAMETERS
Standard
Optional
Yoke Boss
Stem
Yoke Boss
mm
3
- - -
87.3
38.1
4
6X4, 8X4
111.1
50.8
12.7
71
19.1
90
6
8X6, 12X6
177.8
50.8
8
10X8
203.2
76.2
19.1
90
25.4
127.0
Inches
3
- - -
3.4375
1.5
4
6X4, 8X4
4.375
2
1/2
2-13/16
3/4
3-9/16
6
8X6, 12X6
7
2
8
10X8
8
3
3/4
3-9/16
1
5
Table 5. Fisher EZ-C Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, and Stem and Yoke Diameters
VALVE SIZE, NPS
EZ-C
PORT DIAMETER, INCHES
Equal Percentage(1)
Quick Opening
Linear
MAXIMUM PLUG
TRAVEL
VALVE STEM AND YOKE BOSS DIAMETERS
Standard
Optional
Stem
Yoke Boss
Stem
Yoke Boss
mm
1 1-1/2
6.4, 9.5, 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 6.4, 9.5, 12.7, 19.1, 25.4, 38.1
25.4
25.4
38.1
38.1
19
9.5
54
12.7
71
2
6.4, 9.5, 12.7, 19.1, 25.4, 50.8
50.8
50.8
29
3
50.8, 76.2
76.2
76.2
38
12.7
71
19.1
90
4
50.8, 101.6
101.6
101.6
51
Inches
1 1-1/2
0.25, 0.375, 0.5, 0.75, 1 0.25, 0.375, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5
1
1
1.5
1.5
0.75
3/8
2-1/8
1/2
2-13/16
2
0.25, 0.375, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 2
2
2
1.125
3
2, 3
3
3
1.5
1/2
2-13/16
3/4
3-9/16
4
2, 4
4
4
2
1. 6.4 through 19.1 mm (0.25 through 0.75 inch) port diameters use Micro-Form valve plugs.
Table 6. Bolting Materials
VALVE
ET-C, EWT-C, and EZ-C
1. Standard stud and nut combination.
Studs SA-193-B8M(1) Strain Hardened
S20910 (XM-19)
BODY-BONNET BOLTING
Nuts SA-194-8M(1) SA-194-8M SA-194-8MA
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
easy-e Cryogenic Valves
D102189X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:easy-e Cryogenic November 2020
Table 7. Fisher EZ-C Maximum Allowable Pressure Drop for N06600/Graphite Spiral Wound Gasket (NPS 1 and 1-1/2 Valve Size) (Flow Up Only)(1)
BAR(2)
TEMPER-
ATURE, _C(3)
EZ-C Valve Size, NPS
1
1-1/2
Port Diameter, mm
6.4
9.5
12.7
19.1
25.4
6.4
9.5
12.7
19.1
-198 to 93 94.5
96.2
97.9
104.1*
114*
77.9
79.0
80.0
82.7
93
89.6*
91.4*
93.1*
98.6*
108*
73.8
74.5
75.2
78.6
149
85.5*
87.2*
88.9*
94.5*
103*
70.3
71.4
72.4
75.2
TEMPER-
1
ATURE,
_F(3)
0.25
0.375
0.5
0.75
PSI(2)
Port Diameter, Inches
1
0.25
0.375
1-1/2
0.5
0.75
-325 to 100
1370
1395
1420
1510*
1660*
1130
1145
1160
1200
200
1300*
1325*
1350*
1430*
1570*
1070
1080
1090
1140
300
1240*
1265*
1290*
1370*
1500*
1020
1035
1050
1090
1. EZ-C should not be used in flow down service including on-off applications. 2. Pressure drop cannot exceed maximum inlet pressure as indicated in the specification table on page 2. 3. Pressure drops at intermediate temperatures may be interpolated. * Pressure drops are in excess of CL600 pressure ratings per ASME B16.34 for CF8M body material.
25.4 87.6 82.7 79.3*
1 1270 1200 1150*
38.1 105* 99.3* 94.5*
1.5 1520* 1440* 1370*
Table 8. Fisher EZ-C Maximum Allowable Pressure Drop for N06600/Graphite Spiral Wound Gasket (NPS 2 through 4 Valve Size) (Flow Up Only)(1)
BAR(2)
TEMPER-
ATURE, _C(3)
EZ-C Valve Size, NPS
2
3
Port Diameter, mm
6.4
9.5
12.7
19.1
25.4
50.8
50.8
75.2
50.8
-198 to 93 67.6
68.2
68.7
70.3
73.1
101*
69.6
97.2
65.5
93
63.4
64.1
64.8
66.9
69.6
95.8*
66.2
92.4*
62.1
149
60.7
61.4
62.1
63.4
66.2
91.7*
62.7
88.3*
58.6
PSI(2)
TEMPER-
ATURE, _F(3)
2
3
Port Diameter, Inches
0.25
0.375
0.5
0.75
1
2
2
3
2
-325 to 100
980
985
990
1020
1060
1470*
1010
1410
950
200
920
930
940
970
1010
1390*
960
1340*
900
300
880
890
900
920
960
1330*
910
1280*
850
1. EZ-C should not be used in flow down service including on-off applications. 2. Pressure drop cannot exceed maximum inlet pressure as indicated in the specification table on page 2. 3. Pressure drops at intermediate temperatures may be interpolated. * Pressure drops are in excess of CL600 pressure ratings per ASME B16.34 for CF8M body material.
4
101.6 114* 108* 103*
4
4 1650* 1560* 1490*
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:easy-e Cryogenic November 2020
easy-e Cryogenic Valves
D102189X012
Table 9. Fisher ET-C and EWT-C Valve Dimensions
RAISED-FACE FLANGE
VALVE SIZE, NPS
A
CL150
CL300
3
298
318
4
353
368
6X4
451
473
8X4
543
568
6
451
473
8X6
543
568
12X6
737
775
8
543
568
10X8
673
708
3 4 6X4 8X4 6 8X6 12X6 8 10X8
11.75 13.88 17.75 21.38 17.75 21.38 29.00 21.38 26.50
12.50 14.50 18.62 22.38 18.62 22.38 30.50 22.38 27.88
CL600 mm
337 394 508 610 508 610 819 610 752
Inches 13.25 15.50 20.00 24.00 20.00 24.00 32.25 24.00 29.62
G
97 129 135 176 140 183 254 191 273
3.81 5.06 5.31 6.94 5.50 7.19 10.00 7.50 10.75
D
Stem Diameter, mm (Inches)
12.7 (1/2)
19.1 (3/4)
25.4 (1)
533
533
- - -
533
533
- - -
568
568
- - -
570
570
- - -
- - -
762
762
- - -
797
797
- - -
865
865
- - -
762
762
- - -
762
762
21.00 21.00 22.38 22.44
- - - - - - - - - - -
21.00 21.00 22.38 22.44 30.00 31.38 34.06 30.00 30.00
- - - - - - - - 30.00 31.38 34.06 30.00 30.00
Figure 3. Fisher ET-C and EWT-C Valve Dimensions (also see table 9)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
D
G
NOTE:
1
B+A 2
B
54B8575-A
A
A6667
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
easy-e Cryogenic Valves
D102189X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:easy-e Cryogenic November 2020
Table 10. Fisher EZ-C Valve Dimensions
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CL150
RAISED-FACE FLANGE A
CL300
1
184
197
1-1/2
222
235
2
254
267
3
299
318
4
353
368
1 1-1/2
2 3 4
7.25 8.75 10.00 11.75 13.88
7.75 9.25 10.50 12.50 14.50
G CL600
mm
210
61
251
71
286
78
337
97
394
129
Inches
8.25
2.38
9.88
2.81
11.25
3.06
13.25
3.81
15.50
5.06
D
Stem Diameter, mm (Inches)
9.5 (3/8)
12.7 (1/2)
19.1 (3/4)
535
549
- - -
535
548
- - -
- - -
533
533
- - -
535
535
- - -
535
535
21.06 21.06
- - - - - - -
21.62 21.56 21.00 21.06 21.06
- - - - 21.00 21.06 21.06
Figure 4. Fisher EZ-C Valve Dimensions (also see table 10)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
D
G
NOTE:
1
B
+
A 2
B
A6667
A
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:easy-e Cryogenic November 2020
easy-e Cryogenic Valves
D102189X012
Figure 5. ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems
PACKING BOX STUDS
SPRINGS
ANTIEXTRUSION RING
LANTERN RING
SPRINGS
PACKING RING
VALVE BONNET
PACKING
PACKING BOX STUD
FOLLOWER
W5803-3
PTFE PACKING
W8532-1
GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, easy-e, ENVIRO-SEAL, Whisper Trim, WhisperFlo, and Cavitrol are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
1E21995, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ED Valve
D100017X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
FisherTM ED, EAD, and EDR Sliding-Stem Control Valves
Fisher ED, EAD, and EDR single-port control valves shown in figures 1, 2, and 3 have balanced valve plugs, cage guiding, and metal-to-metal seating for all general applications over a wide range of process pressure drops and temperatures. These general purpose, sliding-stem valves are used for either throttling or on-off control of a wide variety of liquids and gases.
The Fisher ED product line is available for a wide range of applications, including sulfide and chloride stress-cracking environments common to the oil and gas production industries. To discuss available constructions, contact your Emerson sales office and include the applicable codes and standards required for these environments.
The easy-eTM Valve Family
ED, EAD, and EDR valves are part of the versatile easy-e family of Fisher industrial control valves. easy-e valves share the following characteristics:
nMultiple trim material choices
nTrim temperature capability with standard metal seats to 427_C (800_F)
nFGM gaskets
nInterchangeable, restricted-capacity trims and full-size trims match variable process flow demands
nDifferent cage/plug styles provide particular flow characteristics for highly-specialized applications. The standard cage comes in three different flow characteristics:
nquick-opening
nlinear
nequal percentage
W1916-4
FISHER ED CONTROL VALVE WITH 667 ACTUATOR
nNoise in gaseous service may be attenuated by using Whisper TrimTM I, Whisper Trim III (figure 8), and WhisperFloTM cages (figure 10)
n316 stainless steel packing box parts are standard (including packing flange, studs, and nuts)
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
ED Valve
D100017X012
Features
nCompliance with the Clean Air Act--Optional ENVIRO-SEALTM packing systems (figure 6) provide an improved stem seal to help prevent the loss of process fluid. The ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems feature PTFE, Graphite ULF, or Duplex packing with live-loading for reduced packing maintenance.
nValve Plug Stability-- Rugged cage guiding provides high valve plug stability, which reduces vibration and mechanical noise.
nMore Flow Capacity for Initial Investment-- Streamlined flow passages in the the ED, EAD, and EDR valves provide excellent capacities and flow.
nBalanced Valve Plug Construction-- Balanced valve plug construction permits use of smaller, lower-cost Fisher actuators. Also, trim inventory costs are cut because dimensional standardization permits use of most standard easy-e trim parts.
nCompliance with European Standards-- Valves are available with dimensions specified by EN/DIN standards. See figure 12.
nHigh-Temperature Capability with Class IV or Class V Shutoff--Use of multiple graphite piston rings (figure 1) permit Class IV shutoff up to 593_C (1100_F). Use of C-seal trim (see figure 5) permits Class V shutoff up to 593_C (1100_F).
nSour Service Capability-- Unless otherwise noted, references are to NACE MR0175-2002. Optional materials are available to meet NACE MR0103 and NACE MR0175 / ISO 15156. Material requirements under these standards vary by edition and year of issue; the specific standard must be specified.
nOperating Economy--Increased wear resistance provided by standard hardened stainless steel trim means long service life.
nMaintenance Economy--The valve body can stay in the pipeline during removal of trim parts. The EDR valve also features easy valve access without removing the actuator.
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ENVIRO-SEAL Packing System Specifications . . . . . . . 5 C-seal Trim Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL
Packing Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Tables C-seal Shutoff Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Available Constructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Typical Combinations of Metal Trim Parts . . . . . . . . 10 Whisper Trim III Metal Trim Part Materials
and Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities . . . . . . 11 WhisperFlo Metal Trim Part Materials
and Valve Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Materials and Temperature Limits for All Other Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Valve Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Bonnet Selection Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Maximum Flow Coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Metal Trim Parts (NACE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, and
Stem and Yoke Boss Diameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Bolting Materials and Temperature Limits
(NACE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ED Valve
D100017X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
Specifications
Available Configurations
Maximum Pressure Drop(2)
ED: Single-port, globe-style control valve with cage guiding, balanced valve plug, and push-down-to-close valve plug action (figure 1) EAD: Angle version of ED control valve, used to facilitate piping or in applications where a self-draining valve is desired (figure 2) EDR: Same as ED control valve except with push-down-to-open valve plug action (figure 3)
Valve Sizes
Same as maximum inlet pressure for specific construction defined above, except where further limited as follows:
All Valves Except Those with Whisper Trim III and WhisperFlo Cages: See figure 9 Valves with Whisper Trim III Cages : 0.999 nP/P1 maximum for levels A1 through D3 Valves for NACE MR0175 / ISO 15156 and MR0103: See figure 11
See table 2
End Connection Styles(1)(2)
Cast Iron Valves Flanged: ED, NPS 1 through 8, J CL125 flat-face or J CL250 raised-face flanges per ASME B16.1 Steel and Stainless Steel Valves Flanged: J CL150, 300, or 600 raised-face (RF) or ring-type joint (RTJ) flanges per ASME B16.5, J Raised-face (RF) flanges per EN1092-1/B Screwed or Socket Welding: NPS 1 through 2, consistent with ASME B16.11 Buttwelding: NPS 1 through 8 Schedules 40 or 80 consistent with ASME B16.25
Socket weld end connection style is not available for EAD Also, see table 2 and figures 12 and 13
Maximum Inlet Pressures and Temperatures(1)(2)
As listed below, unless limited by maximum pressure drop or material temperature capabilities Cast Iron Valves Flanged: Consistent with CL125B or 250B per ASME B16.1 Steel and Stainless Steel Valves Flanged: Consistent with CL150, 300, and 600(3) per ASME B16.34 Screwed or Welding: Consistent with CL600(3) per ASME B16.34
Shutoff Classifications per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Class II: Standard with single graphite ring and 33 through 203 mm (1.3125 through 8-inch) port size Class III: Optional for valves with single graphite piston ring and 87 mm (3.4375 inch) or larger port diameter Class IV: For valves with multiple graphite piston rings and 111 mm (4.375 inch) or larger port diameter Class V High-Temperature: For valves with port diameters from 73 through 203.2 mm (2.875 through 8-inch) with optional C-seal trim. See table 1
Construction Materials
Valve Body, Bonnet, and Bonnet Spacer or Bottom Flange, if used: J Cast iron, J WCC carbon steel, J CF8M (cast 316 stainless steel), J LCC carbon steel, J WC9 chrome moly steel, J CF3M (cast 316L stainles steel) or J other materials upon request Valve Plug, Cage, and Metal Seating Parts All Valves Except Those with Whisper Trim III and WhisperFlo Cages: See table 3 Valves with Whisper Trim III and WhisperFlo Cages: See tables 4 and 5 Valves for NACE Specification: See table 10 Bellows Seal Assembly: J N06625/S31603 or J N06022/N06022 All Other Parts: See table 6
- continued -
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
ED Valve
D100017X012
Specifications (continued)
Material Temperature Capabilities(2) Valve Body/Trim Combinations All Valves Except Those with Whisper Trim III and WhisperFlo Cages: See table 7 Valves with Whisper Trim III Cages: See table 4 Valves with WhisperFlo Cages (NPS 4 and 6 ED): See table 5 All Other Parts: See table 6
Flow Characteristics Standard Cages: J Quick-opening, J linear, or J equal percentage Whisper Trim and WhisperFlo Cages: Linear
Flow Directions ED or EAD: J Standard Cage--Normally down, J Whisper Trim and WhisperFlo Cages--Always up EDR: J Standard Cage--Normally up, J Whisper Trim Cage--Always down
Flow Coefficients and Noise Level Prediction See table 9 and Catalog 12
Packing Arrangements
J Single PTFE V-ring (standard), J double arrangements, J leak-off arrangements, J ENVIRO-SEAL packing system. See figure 6 for ENVIRO-SEAL configuration ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems in vacuum service: Standard ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems can be used in vacuum service with packing rings in standard orientation. Do not reverse the ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing rings. See Bulletin 59.1:061, ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems for Sliding-Stem Valves (D101633X012), for further information
Approximate Weights
NPS 1: 14 kg (30 lb) NPS 1-1/2: 20 kg (45 lb) NPS 2: 39 kg (85 lb) NPS 2-1/2: 45 kg (100 lb) NPS 3: 57 kg (125 lb) NPS 4: 77 kg (170 lb) NPS 6: 159 kg (350 lb) NPS 8: 408 kg (900 lb)
Port Diameters and Valve Plug Travels
See table 11
Yoke Boss and Stem Diameters
See table 11
Typical Bonnet Styles
J Plain or J extension. See figures 12 and 13 for standard dimensions. See table 8 for selection guidelines J ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal bonnet. See figure 12 for standard dimensions. See figure 7 for view of ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal bonnet. Also, see Bulletin 59.1:070, ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnets (D101641X012), for further information
Optional Safety Instrumented System Classification
SIL3 capable -- certified by exida Consulting LLC
Additional Options
J Seal welding of EDR valve body/bonnet joint for temperatures above 232_C (450_F), J lubricator, J lubricator/isolating valve, J drilled and tapped connection in extension bonnet for leak-off service, J valve body drain plug, J style 3 fabricated extension bonnet made on order to a specific length for cryogenic service, J style NS bonnet for seismic service requirements, J packings suitable for nuclear service, J C-seal trim for Class V high-temperature shutoff
1. EN (or other) ratings and end connections can usually be supplied; consult your Emerson sales office.
2. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and in any applicable standard limitations should not be exceeded. 3. Certain bonnet bolting material selections may require a CL600 easy-e valve assembly to be derated. Contact your Emerson sales office for more information. 4. Limitation based on excessive noise increases if max nP/P1 ratio for a given cage level is exceeded.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ED Valve
D100017X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
ENVIRO-SEAL Packing System Specifications
Applicable Stem Diameters
J 9.5 mm (3/8 inches), J 12.7 (1/2), J 19.1 (3/4), J 25.4 (1), and J 31.8 (1-1/4) diameter valve stems
Maximum Pressure/Temperature Limits(1)
To Meet the EPA Fugitive Emission Standard of 100 PPM(2) For ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE and ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex packing systems: full CL300 up to 232_C (450_F) For ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF packing system: 104 bar (1500 psig) at 316_C (600_F)
Construction Materials
PTFE Packing Systems Packing Ring and Lower Wiper: PTFE V-ring(3) Male and Female Adaptor Rings: Carbon-filled PTFE
V-ring Anti-Extrusion Washer: Filled PTFE Lantern Ring: S31600 (316 stainless steel) Spring: J 17-7PH stainless steel or J N06600 Packing Box Flange: S31600 Packing Follower: S31600 lined with carbon-filled PTFE Packing Box Studs: Strain-hardened 316 stainless steel Packing Box Nuts: 316 stainless steel SA194 Grade 8M Graphite ULF Packing Systems Packing Ring: Graphite rings Spring: J 17-7PH stainless steel or J N06600 Packing Box Flange: S31600 Packing Follower: S31600 lined with carbon-filled PTFE Packing Box Studs: Strain-hardened 316 stainless steel Packing Box Nuts: 316 stainless steel SA194 Grade 8M
1. Refer to the valve specifications in this bulletin for pressure/temperature limits of valve parts. Do not exceed the pressure/temperature rating of the valve. Do not exceed any applicable code or standard limitation. 2. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has set a limit of 100 parts per million (ppm) for fugitive emissions from a valve in selected VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) services. 3. In vacuum service, reversing the ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing rings is not necessary.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
ED Valve
D100017X012
Figure 1. Fisher ED Sectional
CAGE GASKET SHIM
BONNET GASKET
SPIRAL WOUND GASKET
DOUBLE PISTON RINGS (SMALLER SIZES HAVE TRIPLE PISTON RINGS)
RESTRICTED TRIM ADAPTORS
LOAD RING
W0977-4
RESTRICTED TRIM
BONNET GASKET SHIM
SPIRAL WOUND GASKET
PIN
W3362-1
NPS 8 VALVE WITH OPTIONAL MULTIPLE PISTON RINGS FOR CLASS IV SHUTOFF
(ALSO AVAILABLE IN OTHER SIZES) STEM
PTFE V-RING PACKING
BALANCING PORT GRAPHITE PISTON RING CAGE
VALVE PLUG
SEAT RING GASKET
W0451-4
STANDARD NPS 1 THROUGH 6 CONSTRUCTION
SEAT RING
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ED Valve
D100017X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
Figure 2. Fisher EAD Sectional
Figure 3. Fisher EDR Sectional
OPTIONAL LINER
W0969-5
W2002-5
Figure 4. Typical Valve with WhisperFlo Aerodynamic Trim
W6980
WhisperFlo TRIM
W6851-1
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
ED Valve
D100017X012
Table 1. C-seal Shutoff Classification
VALVE (PRESSURE RATING)
VALVE SIZE NPS
2 1/2
3
4 ED (CL150-600)
6
8
Figure 5. C-seal Trim
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inches
73
2.875
87.3
3.4375
73
2.875
73
2.875
87.3
3.4375
11.1
4.375
136.5
5.375
177.8
7
177.8
7
203.2
8
CAGE STYLE
Eq.%, Linear, Whisper I, Cav III 1 stage, Whisper III Cav III 2 stage
Eq.%, Linear, Whisper I, Cav III 1 stage, Cav
III 2 stage
Whisper III Eq.%, Linear, Whisper
I, Cav III 1 stage, Whisper III
Whisper III, Cav III 2 stage
Eq.%, Linear, Whisper I, Cav III 1 stage, Whisper III
Cav III 2 stage Eq.%, Linear, Whisper
I, Cav III 1 stage, Whisper III
ANSI/FCI LEAKAGE CLASS
V to 593°C (1100°F) [for port diameters from 73 through 203.2 mm (2.875 though 8-inch) with optional C-seal trim]
FLOW DOWN
STAKE THREAD
PISTON RING
RETAINER
C-SEAL METAL PLUG SEAL(1)
VALVE PLUG
FLOW UP
C-SEAL METAL PLUG SEAL(1)
A6869
Note: 1. Reverse the orientation of the C-seal plug seal for proper shutoff when valve is used in a process with different fluid flow direction.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ED Valve
D100017X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
Table 2. Available Constructions
VALVE
VALVE SIZE, NPS
VALVE BODY MATERIAL AND END CONNECTION STYLE(1)
Carbon Steel, Alloy Steel, or Stainless Steel Valve Body
Cast Iron Valve Body
Screwed
RF or RTJ Flanged
CL150
CL300
CL600
Butt- Socket welding Weld
CL125 FF Flanged
CL250 RF Flanged
ED
1, 1-1/2, or 2 2-1/2, 3, 4, 6, or 8
X - - -
X X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
- - -
X X
X X
EAD
1 or 2 3, 4, or 6
- - -
X
- - -
X
X X
X
X
- - -
X
X
- - -
- - - - -
- - - - -
EDR
1, 1-1/2, or 2 2-1/2, 3, or 4
X - - -
X X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
- - -
X X
X X
VALVE ED
VALVE SIZE, DN
25, 40, 50, 65, 80, 100, 150, or 200
PN16 X
STEEL VALVE BODY MATERIAL AND RAISED-FACE END CONNECTION STYLE(2)
PN25
PN40
PN63
X
X
X
PN100 X
EAD
25, 50, 80, 100, or 150
X
X
X
X
X
EDR
25, 40, 50, 65, 80, or 100
X
X
X
X
X
X = Available Construction. 1. End connection style abbreviations: FF - Flat Faced, RF - Raised Face, RTJ - Ring Type Joint.
2. End connection EN1092-1/B.
C-seal Trim Description
C-seal trim is available for valves with port diameters from 2.875 inches through 8 inches.
With C-seal trim, a balanced valve can achieve high-temperature, Class V shutoff. Because the C-seal plug seal is formed from metal (N07718 nickel alloy) rather than an elastomer, a valve equipped with the C-seal trim can be applied in processes with a fluid temperature of up to 593_C (1100_F).
ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems
ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL packing systems offer exceptional sealing capabilities. They easily install in your existing valves or can be purchased with new valves. These systems may help prevent the loss of process fluid. The long operational life and reliability of
these systems also reduces your maintenance costs and downtime.
For applications requiring compliance with environmental protection regulations, the unique Fisher ENVIRO-SEAL packing system (figure 6) and a unique ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal system (figure 7) are offered. The emission control packing system keeps emission concentrations below the EPA 100 ppm requirement.
For an excellent stem seal in applications that are not environmentally-sensitive, the Fisher HIGH-SEAL Graphite ULF packing system (figure 6) is offered. The HIGH-SEAL packing system provides excellent sealing at pressure/temperature ratings beyond ENVIRO-SEAL limits. ENVIRO-SEAL systems may also be applied for excellent stem sealing in higher pressure/temperature applications not requiring EPA compliance.
ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems, available with PTFE, Graphite ULF, or Duplex packing, and the HIGH-SEAL packing systems, Graphite ULF and graphite composite, feature live-loading and unique packing-ring arrangements for long-term, consistent sealing performance.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
ED Valve
D100017X012
Table 3. Typical Combinations of Metal Trim Parts(1) for all Valves Except Those for NACE Specification, Whisper Trim III, and WhisperFlo Cages
Trim Designation
Valve Plug
Cage
Seat Ring
Liner (EAD Valve Only)
1 (standard for ED, EAD, and EDR in all valve body materials
except CF8M)
3(7) and 3H(3)
4(4)
S41600 HT
17-4 SST HT(8)
S31600 with seat and guide hard faced with
CoCr-A hardfacing alloy S31600
17-4 SST HT(8)
R30006 or R30016 (alloy 6)
17-4 SST HT
S41600 HT or CA15 HT(2)
R30006 (alloy 6) S31600
S41600 HT - - -
S31600
5(6) and 5H(3)(6)
S31600 with seat and guide hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy
R31233
R30006 (alloy 6)
- - -
6(6)
S31600 with seat and guide hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy
S31603 CRPL
R30006 (alloy 6)
- - -
27 28(5)
S31600 with seat and guide
hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy
316 SST
S31600 with seat hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy
with electroless nickel coating (ENC)
R30006 (alloy 6)
- - -
29 (standard for CF8M bodies in all designs)(5)
S31600
316 SST with electroless nickel coating (ENC)
S31600
S31600
37 and 37H(3)
S31600
with seat and guide
17-4 SST HT
R30006 (alloy 6)
- - -
hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy
316L
S31603
316 SST
with electroless
S31603
- - -
nickel coating (ENC)
316L HF
S31603
316L SST
with seat and guide
with electroless
R30006 (alloy 6)
- - -
hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy
nickel coating (ENC)
1. Nonferrous-alloy combinations are also available. Consult your Emerson sales office for details. 2. CA15 is used for NPS 6 and 8 full-size and restricted-trim valves. 3. Trims 3H, 5H, and 37H have clearances for high-temperature service.
4. Not for use with Whisper Trim I. 5. Not use with Whisper Trim I with 136 mm (5.375 inch) and larger ports.
6. Only available for NPS 8 Whisper Trim I. 7. For trim 3, upper temperature limited to 316°C (600°F) when used for Whisper Trim I.
8. For NPS 8 Whisper Trim 1.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ED Valve
D100017X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
Table 4. Whisper Trim III Metal Trim Part Materials and Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE PLUG
CAGE
CAGE RETAINER
BAFFLE (FOR LEVEL D3 CAGE ONLY)
SEAT RING FOR METAL-
SEAT CONSTRUCTION
DISK SEAT AND RETAINER FOR PTFESEAT CONSTRUCTION
STEM
BODY, BONNET
& BONNET SPACER
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITY
°C
°F
Min Max Min Max
19.1 through 111.1, 177.8 and 203.2 mm (0.75 through 4.375, 7 and 8 Inch) Port Sizes
301G
S41600
17-4 SST
--
Steel S41600
--
S31600
WCC, WC9
-29
427
-20
800
CF8M(8) -29
176
-20
350
312G(1)
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat
& Guide
316 SST/ENC Electroless
Nickel Coated
WCC, WC9
-29
343
-20
650
--
S31600 R30006
--
S20910
CF8M
29
343
-20
650
315G(1)
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat
& Guide
316 SST Chrome
Plate
--
S31600 R30006
--
S20910
WCC, WC9
-29
316
-20
600
CF8M -198 316 -325 600
318G
F22/ CoCr-A Seat
& Guide
2.25 Cr-1 Mo Nitrided
--
WC9 R30006
--
S41000/
WCC
-29
427
-20
800
S42200(4) WC9
-29
593
-20 1100
S31803/
CoCr-A Seat
& Guide
2205
306
(< 3"Port), S31803/
Duplex (5) Chrome
Ultimet Seat
Plate
& Guide
( 3"Port)
S31803/
--
CoCr-A
S31803
(< 3"Port), S31803/
--
Ultimet
WCC,
S31803 WC9,
-29
316
-20
600
CF8M
( 3"Port)
307G
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat
& Guide
17-4 SST
--
Steel R30006
--
S31600
WCC, WC9
-29
210
-20
410
S31600/ 307GH(3) CoCr-A Seat
& Guide
17-4 SST
--
Steel R30006
--
S31600
WCC, WC9
210
427
410
800
-continued-
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
ED Valve
D100017X012
Table 4. Whisper Trim III Metal Trim Part Materials and Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities (continued)
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE PLUG
CAGE
CAGE RETAINER
BAFFLE (FOR
LEVEL D3 CAGE ONLY)
SEAT RING FOR METALSEAT CONSTRUCTION
DISK SEAT AND RETAINER FOR PTFESEAT CONSTRUCTION
136.5 mm (5.375 Inch) Port
STEM
BODY, BONNET
& BONNET SPACER
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITY
°C
°F
Min Max Min Max
301
S17400
301 A S17400
416 SST 416 SST
WCC/ENC
WCC/ Nitrided
Steel Steel
S41600 S41600
--
S31600
WCC, WC9
-29 343 -20
650
CF8M
-29 163 -20
325
--
S31600
WCC, WC9
232 427 450
800
304
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat & Guide
416 SST
WCC/ENC
Steel
S31600/ CoCr-A
Seat
--
S31600
WCC, WC9
-29 343 -20
650
CF8M
-29 177 -20
350
312(1)
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat & Guide
316 SST/ENC Electroless
Nickel Coated
316/ENC Electroless
Nickel Coated
S31600
R30006
--
WCC,
S20910
WC9,
-29 343 -20
650
CF8M
S31600/ 316 SST/
S31600/
315
CoCr-A Seat &
Electrolyzed Electrolyzed
Chrome
Chrome
S31600
S31600/ CoCr-A
Guide
Coat
Coat
--
S31600/ S20910(7)
WCC, WC9
-29
260
-20
500
CF8M
-198 537(2) -325 1000(2)
318
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat & Guide
2.25 Cr-1 Mo Nitrided
WC9 Nitrided(6)
WC9
S31600/ CoCr-A
Seat
--
S20910
WCC WC9
-29
427
-20
800
-29 593 -20 1100
S31803/
2205
306
Ultimet Duplex(5)
Seat &
Chrome
Guide
Plate
--
S31803
S31803/ Ultimet
--
WCC,
S31803
WC9,
-29 316 -20
600
CF8M
1. NACE compatible trims meets NACE MR0175 2002, MR0175/ISO15156, MR0103. 2. May be used up to 593°C (1100°F) If manufacturing process controls carbon content to 0.04% minimum or 0.08% maximum. 3. For high temperature service. 4. Trim 318G uses S41000 stem up to 538°C (1000°F) and S42200 stem above 538°C (1000°F). 5. 22 Cr-5Ni duplex stainless steel. 6. With C-seal construction use F22 alloy steel/CoCr-A/Nitrided cage material. 7. Trim 315 uses S31600 stem up to 427°C (800°F) and S20910 stem above 427°C (800°F). 8. Trim 301G can be used up to 216°C (420°F) with NPS 3 CF8M body, can be used up to 288°C (550°F) with NPS 2 CF8M body.
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ED Valve
D100017X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
Table 5. WhisperFlo Metal Trim Part Materials and Valve Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities (NPS 4 and 6 Fisher ED)
TRIM DESIGNA-
TION
VALVE BODY
VALVE PLUG
CAGE
CAGE RETAINER
SEAT
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITY
_C
_F
Min
Max
Min
Max
901
WCC
S41600
410 SST
WCC ENC
S41600
-29
343
-20
650
902
WCC
S31600/CoCrA Seat and Guide
410 SST
WCC ENC
S31600/CoCrA
-29
343
-20
650
915
WCC
S31600/CoCrA Seat and Guide
410 SST
WCC/Nitride
S31600/CoCrA 343
427
650
800
916
WC9
S31600/CoCrA Seat and Guide
410 SST
WC9/Nitride
S31600/CoCrA 343
538
650
1000
926
WCC
S31600/CoCrA Seat and Guide
410 SST NACE
WCC/NACE/ENC S31600/CoCrA
-29
343
-20
650
936
316 CF8M
S31600/CoCrA Seat and Guide
316 SST/ R31233
S31600/ENC
S31600/CoCrA -198
343
-325
650
946
316 CF8M
S31600/CoCrA Seat and Guide
316 SST/ R31233
S31600/Nitride S31600/CoCrA 343
538
650
1000
CD3MN
-51
316
-60
600
990
LCC
S31803/CoCrA 2205 Duplex(1)/
Seat and Guide
R31233
S31803/ Cr Plate
S31803/CoCrA Seat
-46
316
-51
600
WCC
-29
316
-20
600
1. 22 Cr-5Ni duplex stainless steel
Figure 6. ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems
SPRING
PACKING BOX STUD
PACKING
FOLLOWER
SPRINGS
ANTIEXTRUSION RING
LANTERN RING
PACKING BOX STUDS
PACKING RING
VALVE BONNET
W8533-1
TYPICAL HIGH-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
SPRINGS
PACKING BOX STUD
PACKING
FOLLOWER
W5803-3
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH PTFE PACKING
W8532-1
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
W7018
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH DUPLEX PACKING
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
ED Valve
D100017X012
Figure 7. Cutaway of ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnet and Internal Shroud, Showing Bellows
W5852-1
Figure 8. Whisper Trim III Cage in Fisher ED Valve
W3332-2
14
BONNET SPACER
CAGE RETAINER
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ED Valve
D100017X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
Table 6. Materials and Temperature Limits for All Other Parts
PART
MATERIAL
Cast iron valve body
Cap screws Steel SAE Grade 5
Body-to-bonnet bolting. See table 13 for NACE bolting materials and temperature limits
WCC, or WC9 valve body LCC valve body
WC9 valve body
CF3M or CF8M (316 SST) valve body
Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs
Steel SA-193-B7 Steel SA-194-2H Steel SA-193-B7 Steel SA-194-2H Steel SA-193-B16 Steel SA-194-7 Steel SA-193-B7 (NACE [non-exposed bolting]) Steel SA-194-2H (NACE [non-exposed bolting]) 304 stainless steel SA-320-B8 304 stainless steel SA-194-8 316 stainless steel SA-193-B8M (strain hardened)
Nuts
316 stainless steel SA-194-8M
Piston ring
Graphite (FMS 17F27) Graphite (FMS17F39)
Oxidizing service Non-oxidizing service Oxidizing service Non-oxidizing service
Valve plug stem
S31600 (S20910, NACE Std.) or S31603
Pin (ED or EAD valve only)
S31600 or S31603
Castle nut and cotter pin (EDR valve only)
18-8 stainless steel
S17400
Load ring (NPS 8 ED valve only)
N06600 N05500
Cast iron
Restricted trim adaptors
WCC steel
S31600
Seat ring, bonnet and cage gaskets
FGM (standard) PTFE-coated N04400
Spiral wound gaskets
N06600/graphite (FGM-standard) N04400/composition
Shim
S31600 N04400
PTFE V-ring
Packing (temperatures shown are material temperature capabilities). See table 8 for proper bonnet selection.
PTFE/composition Graphite ribbon/filament Graphite ribbon for high-temperature oxidizing service
Packing flange, studs and nuts when used with standard bonnet
S31600
Packing follower, and packing spring(5) or lantern ring
S31600
Packing box ring
S31600
Extension bonnet bushing
Trims 1 & 37H
Other trims
S41600 S31600
1. Lubricated nuts are standard. 2. May be used down to -254_C (-425_F) if manufacturing process includes Charpy impact test.
3. This minimum is due to thermal expansion differential between piston ring and cage at low temperatures. 4. Except 427_C (800_F) on oxidizing service. 5. Spring is used only with single PTFE V-ring packing; lantern ring replaces spring in other packings. 6. Except 371_C (700_F) on oxidizing service.
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITY
_C
_F
Min
Max
Min
Max
-29
232
-20
450
-29
427(1) -20
800(1)
-46
343(1) -50
650(1)
-29
566(1) -20
1050(1)
-48
427(1) -55
800(1)
-198
38
-325
100
-198 (2)
-46(3) -46(3) -46(3) -46(3)
427(1)
427 482 560 593
-325 (2)
-50(3) -50(3) -50(3) -50(3)
800(1)
800 900 1000 1100
-198 (2)
593
-325 (2)
1100
-101 -254 -204 -73 -29 -198 (2) -198 -73 -198 -73
316 593 260 232 427 593 593(4) 149 593(4) 232
-150 -425 -400 -100 -20 -325 (2) -325 -100 -325 -100
These materials not limiting factors
-40 -73 -198
232 232 538(6)
-40 -100 -325
371
649
700
600 1100 500 450 800 1100 1100(4) 300 1100(4) 450
450 450 1000(6)
1200
-198 (2)
593(1) -325 (2)
1100(1)
-198 (2)
593
-325 (2)
1100
-29
427
-198 (2)
593
-20 -325 (2)
800 1100
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
ED Valve
D100017X012
Figure 9. Typical Trim Used for All Valves Except with Whisper Trim III Cage and WhisperFlo Cage
PRESSURE DROP, BAR
PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR PRESSURE DROP, PSI
PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _C
0
100
200
600
41.4 40
500
35
30
400
25
300
20
1
15
200
10 100
5
0
0
-100 0 100 200 300 400 500
-20
450
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
WITH CL250B 1 CAST IRON VALVE BODY
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _C
-100 0
200
400
1400
600 100
1200
80
1000
60
800
1, 3,
37H
600
2
1, 3, 37
40
400
3H
20
200
2
0 -200 0 -20
400 410
0
800
1200
1100
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
WITH CL600 1 WC9 CHROME MOLY STEEL VALVE BODY
B1470-7
1500 1400
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _C
0
200
400 100
1200 1000
800
37 1, 37, OR 29 3
80
37H
2
60
600
40
1 OR 37H 2
400
4, 29
20 200
1 OR 29 4
0
0
-100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
-20 -50
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
WITH CL600 1 WCC OR LCC STEEL VALVE BODY
1400
-200
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _C
0
200
400
600 100
1200
1000 800 600 400
28 OR 29 3 27
200
0 -400 -325
29 4
0
400 650 800
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
80 60 40 20 0 1200
WITH CL600 1 316 STAINLESS STEEL (CF8M) VALVE BODY
PRESSURE DROP, BAR
Notes: 1Do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature for the pressure rating of the valve material used, even though the trims shown may have higher capabilities. 2Be especially careful to specify service temperature if trim 3 or 37 is selected, as different thermal expansion rates require special plug clearances. Specify trim 37H for temperatures above 210_C (410_F). Specify trim 3H for temperatures above 427_C (800_F). 3Trim 29 may be used up to 103 bar (1500 psi) with clean, dry gas. 4Use trim 27 instead of trim 29 for nonlubricating fluids such as superheated steam or dry gases between 149 and 316_C (300 and 600_F).
16
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ED Valve
D100017X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
Table 7. Valve Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities(1) For All Valves Except with Whisper Trim III Cage and NPS 4 and 6 ED with WhisperFlo Cage
VALVE BODY/BONNET(2) MATERIAL
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE SIZE, NPS
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITY
_C
_F
Min
Max
Min
Max
1,3,27, or 29
All
-29
232
-20
450
5(5)
Cast Iron
6(5)
-29
232
-20
450
8
-29
232
-20
450
37
-29
210
-20
410
37H
All
210
232
410
450
WCC steel
1 4 5(5) 5H(5) 6(5)
27
29
All
8 All (except limited to 338 °C [640 °F]
for NPS 4 and 6)
-29
427
-20
800
-29
210
-20
410
-29
316
-20
600
316
427
600
800
-29
316
-20
600
-29
343
-20
650
-29
149(4)
-20
300(4)
37 37H 1 or 3 5(5) 6(5)
All
-29
210
-20
410
210
427
410
800
All
-29
427(6)
-20
800(6)
-29
316
-20
600
8
-29
316
-20
600
27
WC9 Chrome moly steel
29
All (except limited to 338 °C [640 °F] for NPS 4 and 6)
-29
343
-20
650
-29
149(4)
-20
300(4)
37 3H 5H(5)
All
-29
210
-20
410
427
593
800
1100
8
316
593
600
1100
37H
All
210
427
410
800
1
-29
343
-20
650
4
All
-46
210
-50
410
5(5)
-46
316
-50
600
6(5)
8
-46
316
-50
600
LCC steel
27
All (except limited to 338 °C [640 °F] for NPS 4 and 6)
-46
343
-50
650
29
-46
149(4)
-50
300(4)
37
All
-46
210
-50
410
CF3M (316L stainless steel) CF8M (316 stainless steel)
37H 316L 316HF 5(5) 6(5) 27 28 29
210
343
410
650
-198(3)
149(4)
-325(3)
300(4)
All
-198(3)
343
-325(3)
650
-198(3)
316
-325(3)
600
8
-198(3)
316
-325(3)
600
-198(3)
343
-325(3)
650
All
-198(3)
149(4)
-325(3)
300(4)
-198(3)
149(4)
-325(3)
300(4)
1. For metal trim parts only. Restricted trim and full-sized limits are the same.
2. Same material also used for bottom flange, if required. 3. May be used down to -254_C (-425_F) if manufacturing process includes Charpy impact test. 4. Lubricating service allows usage to 316_C (600_F).
5. Only available for Whisper Trim I cages. 6. For Trim 3, upper temperature to 316_C (600_F) when used for Whisper Trim I cages.
17
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
ED Valve
D100017X012
Figure 10. WhisperFlo Cage in NPS 4 and 6 Fisher ED Valve
W7065
W6851-1
18
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ED Valve
D100017X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
Table 8. Bonnet Selection Guidelines
BONNET STYLE
PACKING MATERIAL
IN-BODY PROCESS TEMPERATURE LIMITS(1)
_C
_F
Plain:
J Standard for all valves through
NPS 6 valve body with 2-13/16 yoke boss diameter
J Standard for NPS 6 and 8 valves in cast
iron and WCC steel bonnet material with 3-9/16 yoke boss diameter
PTFE V-ring PTFE/Composition Graphite ribbon/filament
-18 to 232
-18 to 232
-18 to maximum shown in table 6
0 to 450
0 to 450
0 to maximum shown in table 6
Style 1 Cast Extension:
J Standard for NPS 8 valves in S31600
bonnet material with 3-9/16 yoke boss diameter
PTFE V-ring PTFE/Composition
Graphite ribbon/filament
-46 to 427
-46 to to maximum shown in table 6
-50 to 800
-50 to maximum shown in table 6
Style 2 Cast Extension:
J Optional for NPS 2 through 4 valves with
2-13/16 inch yoke boss diameter
J Optional for NPS 6 and 8 valves
with 3-9/16 yoke boss diameter. Not available for NPS 8 valve in S31600 bonnet material
PTFE V-ring PTFE/Composition Graphite ribbon/filament
-101 to 427
-101 to maximum shown in table 6
-150 to 800
-150 to maximum shown in table 6
ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal bonnet
PTFE Graphite ULF
For exceptional stem sealing capabilities. See Bulletin 59.1:070, ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnets, for pressure/temperature ratings.
1. These in-body process temperatures assume an outside, ambient temperature of 21_C (70_F) and no insulation on the bonnet. When using any packing at low process temperatures, a cast extension bonnet may have to be used to prevent packing damage which could result from the formation of valve stem frost. Material selection for trim and other components will also be limiting factors.
Table 9. Maximum Flow Coefficients for Full-Sized Trim with Equal Percentage Cage and Normal Flow Direction
Valve ED
Valve Size, NPS
1 1-1/2
2 2-1/2
3
4 6 8(1) 8(2)
Cv at Max. Valve Plug Travel 17.2 35.8 59.7 99.4 136
224 394 567 819
1
18.5
2
48.1
with liner
3
149
4
152
6
336
EAD
1
19.0
2
47.2
without liner
3
148
4
156
6
328
1
17.2
1-1/2
35.8
EDR
2
59.7
2-1/2
99.4
3
136
4
224
1. With 51 mm (2 inch) travel. 2. With 76 mm (3 inch) travel.
19
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
ED Valve
D100017X012
Table 10. Metal Trim Part Materials for Compatibility with NACE MR0175 / ISO 15156 and MR0103 (Sour Service) Specifications, Environmental Restrictions Apply, Refer to Standard. Contact your Emerson Process Management Sales Office for information on NACE MR0175 / ISO 15156 and NACE MR0103.
Trim Designation
Valve Plug
Cage
Seat Ring for Standard Metal Seat Construction
Optional Liner for
Metal Seat (EAD only)
Valve Stem, Packing Follower, Lantern Ring, Packing Box Ring, and Pin
Load Ring(1)
85(2)
S31600
316 SST with electroless nickel coating (ENC)
S31600
S31600
86(2)
S31600 with seat hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy
316 SST with electroless nickel R30006 (alloy 6) - - coating (ENC)
S20910 (Valve Stem) S31600 (All Other Parts)
N05500
87
S31600 with seat and guide hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy
316 SST with electroless nickel R30006 (alloy 6) - - coating (ENC)
1. NPS 8 valve only. 2. Not use with Whisper Trim I with 136 mm (5.375 inch) and larger ports.
Table 11. Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, and Stem and Yoke Boss Diameters
VALVE SIZE, NPS
ED or EDR
EAD
Full-Sized Trim
RestrictedCapacity Trim
Full-Sized Trim
RestrictedCapacity Trim
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inch
MAX VALVE PLUG
TRAVEL
STEM AND YOKE BOSS DIAMETERS
Standard
Optional
Stem
Yoke Boss
Stem
Yoke Boss
mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm
Inch
1
1-1/2
1
- - -
2
- - -
1-1/2
- - -
2
- - -
2-1/2
- - -
2
33.3 1.3125 19 0.75 9.5 3/8 54 2-1/8 12.7 1/2
71 2-13/16
- - -
33.3 1.3125 19 0.75 12.7 1/2 71 2-13/16 - - - - - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
47.6
1.875 19 0.75 9.5 3/8 54 2-1/8 12.7 1/2
71 2-13/16
3
47.6
1.875 19 0.75 1.7 1/2 71 2-13/16 - - - - - -
- - -
- - -
2
3
- - -
4
58.7 2.3125 29 1.125 12.7 1/2 71 2-13/16 19.1 3/4
90
3-9/16
2-1/2
4
3
6
73.0
2.875 38 1.5 12.7 1/2 71 2-13/16 19.1 3/4
90
3-9/16
3
- - -
4
- - -
87.3 3.4375 38 1.5 12.7 1/2 71 2-13/16 19.1 3/4
90
3-9/16
4
- - -
6
- - -
87(3) 3.4375(3) 76(3) 3(3)
111.1 4.375 51
2 12.7 1/2
19.1 71 2-13/16
25.4
3/4 1
90 127
3-9/16 5
6(1)
- - -
- - -
177.8(2)
7(2)
51(2) 2(2)
- - -
136(3) 5.375(3) 76(3) 3(3)
25.4 1
8(1)
- - -
- - -
- - -
203.2
8
51
2
19.1 3/4 90 3-9/16 or
or
127
31.8 1-1/4
5
76
3
1. Not available in EDR valve. 2. Standard-travel cages.
3. WhisperFlo cages (NPS 4 and 6 ED).
20
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ED Valve
D100017X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
Table 12. Port Diameter, Valve Plug Travel, and Stem and Yoke Boss Diameters for Whisper III Trims(1)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
ED EAD
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inch
MAX VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm Inch
STEM AND YOKE BOSS DIAMETERS
Standard
Optional
Stem
Yoke Boss
Stem
Yoke Boss
mm Inch mm Inch
mm Inch mm Inch
1
1
33.3
1 5/16
19
3/4 9.5 3/8 54 2 1/8
12.7 1/2 71 2 13/16
1 1/2
2
47.6
1 7/8
19
33.3
1 5/16
19
3/4 9.5 3/8 54 2 1/8
3/4
12.7 1/2 71 2 13/16
58.7
2 5/16 35
1 3/8
2
--
33.3
1 5/16 29
1 1/8 12.7 1/2
71 2 13/16 19.1
3/4
90
3 9/16
2 1/2
3
73.0
2 7/8
47.6
1 7/8
38
1 1/2 12.7 1/2 71 2 13/16 19.1 3/4 90 3 9/16
87.3
3 7/16
3
4
58.7
2 5/16
38
1 1/2 12.7 1/2 71 2 13/16 19.1 3/4 90 3 9/16
111.1
4 3/8
19.1 3/4 90 3 9/16
4
6
87.3
3 7/16
51
2
12.7 1/2
71 2 13/16
25.4
1 127
5
177.8
7
51
2
6
--
136.5
5 3/8
76
3
19.1 3/4
90
3 9/16
25.4 or 31.8
1 or 1 1/4
127
5
76
3
8
--
203.2
8
102
4
19.1 3/4
90
3 9/16
25.4 or 31.8
1 or 1 1/4
127
5
1. Refer Fisher Bulletin 80.1:010 Whisper Trim III (D100191X012) for more information.
PERFORMANCE LEVEL
A1 A1 A3, B1, B3 A1 A3, B1, B3,C1, C3, D1, D3 A1 A3, B1, B3,C1, C3, D1, D3 A1 A3, B1, B3,C1, C3, D1, D3 A1 A3, B1, B3,C1, C3, D1, D3 A1 A3, B1, B3,C1, C3, D1, D3 A1 A3, B1, B3,C1, C3
Table 13. Bolting Materials and Temperature Limits for Compatibility with NACE MR0175-2002, NACE MR0175/ISO 15156, and NACE MR0103. Environmental restrictions may apply
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
BOLTING MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
_C
_F
Min
Max
Min
Max
Non-exposed bolting (Standard)
WCC and CF8M (316 SST)
Studs Nuts
Steel SA-193-B7 Steel SA-194-2H
-48(2)
427
-55(2)
800
Exposed bolting (Optional) Requires Derating of Valve(1) When These Body-to-Bonnet Bolting Materials are Used
WCC and CF8M
Studs Nuts
Steel SA-193-B7M Steel SA-194-2HM
-48(2)
427
-55(2)
800
1. Derating is not required for CL300 valves. Derating may be required for valves rated at CL600. Contact your Emerson sales office for assistance in determining the derating of valves when
these body-to-bonnet bolting materials are used. 2. -29_C (-20_F) with WCC valve body material.
21
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
ED Valve
D100017X012
Figure 11. Typical Trim Used for NACE MR0175 / ISO 15156 and NACE MR0103. Environmental restrictions may apply
PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR
-100 1600
1400
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _C
0
100
200
300
400 110 100
1200
80
1000
60
800
86
87
600
40
400
20 200
2 85
0
0
-200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
-50 FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
FOR STANDARD METAL SEATING WITH
C0575-2
CL600 1 WCC OR LCC VALVE BODY
1600 1400
-200
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _C
0
200
400
600 110 100
1200
1000 800 600 400
86 87
200 2 85
0
-400
0
-325 -100
400 650 800
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
80 60 40 20 0 1200
FOR STANDARD METAL SEATING WITH CL600 1 316 STAINLESS STEEL (CF8M) VALVE BODY
Notes: 1Do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature for the pressure rating of the valve material used, even though the trim shown may have higher capabilities. 2Use trim 87 instead of trim 85 for nonlubricating fluids such as superheated steam or dry gases between 149 and 316_C (300 and 600_F).
Table 14. Fisher ED and EDR Dimensions
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Scrd or SW
CL125 FF or 150 RF
CL150 RTJ
A Pressure Rating, End Connection Style(1)
CL250 RF or 300 RF
CL300 RTJ
BW or CL600 RF
CL600 RTJ
PN16-40(2) PN63-100(2)
G (MAX)
ED
EDR
mm
1
210
184
197
197
210
210
210
160
230
60
119
1-1/2 251
222
235
235
248
251
251
200
260
71
116
2
286
254
267
267
282
286
289
230
300
78
133
2-1/2
- - -
276
292
292
308
311
314
290
340
90
159
3
- - -
298
311
317
333
337
340
310
380
97
168
4
- - -
353
365
368
384
394
397
350
430
129
192
6
- - -
451
464
473
489
508
511
480
550
140
- - -
8
- - -
543
556
568
584
610
613
600
650
191
- - -
Inch
1
8.25
7.25
7.75
7.75
8.25
8.25
8.25
2.38
4.69
1-1/2 9.88
8.75
9.25
9.25
9.75
9.88
9.88
2.81
4.56
2
11.25
10.00
10.50
10.50
11.12
11.25
11.38
3.06
5.25
See
See
2-1/2
- - -
3
- - -
4
- - -
10.88 11.75 13.88
11.38 12.25 14.38
11.50 12.50 14.50
12.12 13.12 15.12
12.25 13.25 15.50
12.38 13.38 15.62
mm below
mm below
3.56 3.81 5.06
6.25 6.62 7.56
6
- - -
17.75
18.25
18.62
19.25
20.00
20.12
5.51
- - -
8
- - -
21.38
21.88
22.38
23.00
24.00
24.12
7.50
- - -
1. End connection style abbreviations: BW - Buttwelding, FF - Flat Faced, Scrd - Screwed, SW - Socketweld, RF - Raised Face, RTJ - Ring Type Joint. 2. Valves which meet EN flange standards and have EN face-to-face dimensions are available only from Europe. Valves which meet EN flange standards but not EN face-to-face standards are
available in the US. Consult your Emerson sales office.
22
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ED Valve
D100017X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
Figure 12. Fisher ED and EDR Dimensions (also see tables 14, 15, and 16)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
D D
G G
1
B
A
AR4967-a A0925-2
ED VALVE BODY
Notes:
1
B
+
A 2
1
B
10A7397-B A0926-1
A EDR VALVE BODY
Table 15. Fisher ED and EDR Dimensions
VALVE SIZE, NPS
9.5
1
127
1-1/2
124
2
- - -
2-1/2
- - -
3
- - -
4
- - -
6(1)
- - -
6(2)
- - -
8
- - -
ED Stem Diameter
12.7
149 146 165 187 191 221 - - - - - - -
19.1
- - - - 162 184 187 217 251 312 375(3)
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
5.00
5.88
- - -
1-1/2
4.88
5.75
- - -
2
- - -
6.50
6.38
2-1/2
- - -
7.38
7.25
3
- - -
7.50
7.38
4
- - -
8.69
8.56
6(1)
- - -
- - -
9.88
6(2)
- - -
- - -
12.26
8
- - -
- - -
14.75(3)
1. For all NPS 6 valves except with Whisper III and WhisperFlo cages. 2. For NPS 6 valves with Whisper Trim III and WhisperFlo Cages. 3. Available only in cast iron or WCC steel for the stem diameter with plain bonnet.
D FOR PLAIN BONNET
mm 25.4 or 31.8
- - - - - - - - - - 264 270 330 - - Inch 1 or 1-1/4 - - - - - - - - - - 10.38 10.62 13.00 - - -
9.5
113 122 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3/8
4.44 4.81 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
EDR Stem Diameter
12.7 124 133 148 157 167 198 - - - - - - -
1/2 4.88 5.25 5.81 6.31 6.56 7.81 - - - - - - -
19.1
- - - - 140 152 159 191 - - - - - - -
3/4
- - - - 5.50 6.00 6.25 7.50 - - - - - - -
23
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
ED Valve
D100017X012
Table 16. Fisher ED and EDR Dimensions
D FOR EXTENSION AND ENVIRO-SEAL BELLOWS SEAL BONNETS (ED ONLY)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Style 1 Ext. Bonnet Stem Diameter
Style 2 Ext. Bonnet Stem Diameter
mm
ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnet Stem Diameter
9.5
12.7
19.1
25.4 or 31.8
9.5
12.7
19.1
9.5
12.7
19.1
1
213
251
- - -
- - -
303
319
- - -
321
- - -
- - -
1-1/2
210
248
- - -
- - -
300
316
- - -
317
- - -
- - -
2
- - -
267
- - -
- - -
- - -
465
- - -
- - -
384
- - -
2-1/2
- - -
289
272
- - -
- - -
492
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
3
- - -
292
297
- - -
- - -
495
487
- - -
518
518
4
- - -
322
327
370
- - -
526
518
- - -
541
- - -
6(1)
- - -
- - -
357
402
- - -
- - -
543
- - -
- - -
573
6(2)
- - -
- - -
418
462
- - -
- - -
604
- - -
- - -
- - -
8
- - -
- - -
421
450
- - -
- - -
621
- - -
- - -
- - -
Inch
3/8
1/2
3/4
1 or 1-1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1 1-1/2
2 2-1/2
3 4 6(1) 6(2) 8
8.38
9.88
- - -
8.25
9.75
- - -
- - -
10.50
- - -
- - -
11.38
10.69
- - -
11.50
11.69
- - -
12.69
12.88
- - -
- - -
14.06
- - -
- - -
16.44
- - -
- - -
16.56
- - - - - - - - - - 14.56 15.81 18.19 17.75
11.94 11.81
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
12.56 12.44 18.31 19.38 19.50 20.69
- - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - 19.19 20.38 21.38 23.76 24.44
12.62 12.50
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - 15.12 - - 20.38 21.31 - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - 20.38 - - 22.56 - - - - -
1. Standard-travel cages. 2. For NPS 6 valves with Whisper Trim III and WhisperFlo Cages.
Table 17. Fisher EAD Dimensions
AA
VALVE SIZE,
CL150
CL300
CL600
End Connection Style(1)
NPS
RF RTJ RF RTJ BW, SW or RF RTJ
mm
1
92 98 98 105
105
105
2
127 133 133 141
143
144
3
149 156 159 167
168
170
4
176 183 184 197
197
198
6
225 232 237 244
254
256
Inch
1
3.62 3.88 3.88 4.12
2
5.00 5.25 5.25 5.56
3
5.88 6.12 6.25 6.56
4
6.94 7.19 7.25 7.56
6
8.88 9.12 9.31 9.62
4.12 5.62 6.62 7.75 10.00
4.12 5.69 6.69 7.81 10.06
1. End connection style abbreviations: BW - Buttwelding, FF - Flat Faced, Scrd Screwed, SW - Socketweld, RF - Raised Face, RTJ - Ring Type Joint.
Figure 13. Fisher EAD Dimensions (also see tables 17
and 18)
MATCH LINE
FOR ACTUATOR
DD
AA
AA
AU6190-A A0927-2
Note: For dimensions of valves with EN (or other) end connections, consult your Emerson sales office.
24
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ED Valve
D100017X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
Table 18. Fisher EAD Dimensions
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Plain Bonnet
9.5 12.7 19.1 25.4 or 31.8
1
111 133
- - -
- - -
2
98
121
- - -
- - -
3
- - -
149 146
- - -
4
- - -
140 137
- - -
6
- - -
144 141
187
3/8
1/2
3/4
1 or 1-1/4
1
4.38 5.25 - - -
- - -
2
3.88 4.75 - - -
- - -
3
- - -
5.88 5.75
- - -
4
- - -
5.50 5.38
- - -
6
- - -
5.69 5.56
7.38
DD
Style 1 Extension Bonnet
Stem Diameter
mm
9.5
12.7
19.1
197
235
- - -
184
223
- - -
- - -
251
256
- - -
241
246
- - -
246
251
Inch
3/8
1/2
3/4
7.75
9.25
- - -
7.25
8.75
- - -
- - -
9.88
10.06
- - -
9.50
9.69
- - -
9.69
9.88
Style 2 Extension Bonnet
9.5
12.7
19.1
291
305
- - -
278
291
- - -
- - -
454
- - -
- - -
445
437
- - -
449
441
3/8
11.44 10.94
- - - - - - -
1/2
12.00 11.44 17.88 17.50 17.69
3/4
- - - - - - 17.19 17.38
ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal
Bonnet
Contact your
Emerson sales office
ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal
Bonnet
Contact your
Emerson sales office
25
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
ED Valve
D100017X012
26
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ED Valve
D100017X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
27
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ED October 2020
ED Valve
D100017X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, easy-e, Whisper Trim, WhisperFlo, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E281983, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ES Valve
D100021X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
FisherTM ES and EAS Sliding-Stem Control Valves
Fisher ES and EAS general-purpose control valves (figures 1 and 2) are used for throttling or on-off control of a wide variety of liquids and gases. Both valve designs have single ports, unbalanced valve plugs, and cage guiding.
In both designs, metal-to-metal seating is standard for all general applications over a wide range of pressure drops and temperatures. Metal-to-PTFE seating is optional for more stringent shutoff requirements.
The Fisher ES product line is available for a wide range of applications, including sulfide and chloride stress-cracking environments common to the oil and gas production industries. To discuss available constructions, contact your Emerson sales office and include the applicable codes and standards required for these environments.
The easy-eTM Valve Family
ES and EAS valves are part of the versatile easy-e family of Fisher industrial control valves. easy-e valves share the following characteristics.
nMultiple trim material choices
nTrim temperature capability with standard metal seats to 427_C (800_F)
nFlexible graphite gaskets
nInterchangeable, restricted-capacity trims and full-flow trims to match variable process flow demands
nTrim part interchangeability that permits reconfiguring the valve to a different design variation
W2174-3
FISHER ES CONTROL VALVE WITH 657 ACTUATOR
nDifferent cage/plug styles provide particular flow characteristics for highly-specialized applications. The standard cage comes in three different flow characteristics:
nquick-opening nlinear nequal percentage
nWhisper Trimt I cages (figure 1) that attenuate aerodynamic noise in gaseous service are available for all sizes except the NPS 8 ES valve.
nOptional constructions provide material compatibility with NACE MR0175-2002.
n316 stainless steel packing box parts are standard (including packing flange, studs, and nuts).
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
ES Valve
D100021X012
Features
nCompliance with the Clean Air Act-- Optional ENVIRO-SEALTM packing systems (figure 3) provide an improved stem seal to help prevent the loss of process fluid. The ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems feature PTFE, Graphite ULF, or Duplex packing with live-loading for reduced packing maintenance.
nValve Plug Stability-- Rugged cage guiding provides increased valve plug stability, which reduces vibration and mechanical noise.
nEconomy-- Streamlined flow passages provide higher efficiency and greater capacities per initial investment.
nCost-Effective Operation-- Increased wear resistance of the standard hardened stainless steel trim means long-lasting service. Also, trim inventory costs are cut because dimensional standardization permits use of most standard easy-e trim parts.
nEasy Maintenance-- The valve can stay in the pipeline during removal of trim parts for inspection or maintenance.
nLong-Lasting Shutoff Capability with PTFE Seating-- Controlled compression of optional seat construction protects PTFE disk between metal disk seat and disk retainer (figure 1). The flowstream contacts only the edge of the disk during normal operation.
nCompliance with European Standards-- Valves are available with dimensions specified by EN/DIN standards. See figure 7 and the note in figure 8.
nSour Service Capability-- Unless otherwise noted, references are to NACE MR0175-2002. Optional materials are available to meet NACE MR0103 and NACE MR0175 / ISO15156. Material requirements under these standards vary by edition and year of issue; the specific standard must be specified.
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ENVIRO-SEAL Packing System
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL
Packing Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Class VI Shutoff Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Tables Class VI Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Available Constructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Typical Combinations of
Metal Trim Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Whisper Trim III Materials and Capabilities . . . . . . . . 8 Valve Body/Trim Temperature
Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2
Bonnet Selection Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Maximum Flow Coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Materials and Temperature Limits for
All Other Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Metal Trim Part Materials for
Compatibility with NACE MR0175-2002 (Sour Service) Specifications, Environmental Restrictions Apply, Refer to Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Bolting Materials and Temperature Limits for Bolting Compliance with NACE MR0175-2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, and Stem and Yoke Boss Diameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ES Valve
D100021X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
Specifications
Available Configurations
ES: Single-port, globe-style control valve with cage guiding, unbalanced valve plug, and push-down-to-close valve plug action (figure 1) EAS: Angle version of ES control valve, used to facilitate piping or in applications where a self-draining valve is desired (figure 2)
Valve Sizes
See table 3
End Connection Styles(1)(2)
Cast Iron Valves Flanged: ES, NPS 1 through 8, including NPS 1-1/2 and 2-1/2 (except NPS 1-1/4), J CL125 flat-face or J CL250 raised-face flanges per ASME B16.1 Steel and Stainless Steel Valves Flanged: J CL150, 300, or 600 raised-face (RF) or ring-type joint (RTJ) flanges per ASME B16.5, J Raised-face (RF) flanges per EN1092-1/B Screwed or Socket Welding: NPS 1/2 through 2, consistent with ASME B16.11 Buttwelding: NPS 1 through 8 (except NPS 1-1/4). Schedules 40 or 80 consistent with ASME B16.25
Maximum Inlet Pressures and Temperatures(1)(2)
As listed below, unless limited by maximum pressure drop or material temperature capabilities Cast Iron Valves Flanged: Consistent with CL125B or 250B per ASME B16.1 Steel and Stainless Steel Valves Flanged: Consistent with CL150, 300, and 600(3) per ASME B16.34 Screwed or Welding: Consistent with flanged CL600(3) per ASME B16.34
Maximum Pressure Drop(2)
Same as maximum inlet pressure for specific construction defined above, except where further limited as shown in figures 5 and 6 Valves for NACE MR0175-2002: See figure 5
Construction Materials Body, Bonnet, and Bonnet Spacer or Bottom Flange, if used: J WCC carbon steel,J CF8M stainless steel, J LCC carbon steel, J WC9 chrome moly steel, J Cast iron body with steel bonnet construction, J CF3M stainless steel, or J Other material constructions upon request Valve Plug, Cage, and Metal Seating Parts: See table 4 All Other Parts: See table 9
Material Temperature Capabilities(2) Body/Trim Combinations: See tables 4 and 6 Those For NACE Specification: See tables 10 and 11 Whisper III Trims: See table 5 All Other Parts: See table 9
Flow Characteristics Standard Cages: J Quick-opening, J linear, or J equal percentage Whisper Trim: Linear
Flow Directions ES Standard Cage: Normally up Whisper Trim Cages: Always up EAS Standard Cage: Without liner, flow up or down; with liner, normally down Whisper Trim Cages: Always up
Flow Coefficients and Noise Level Prediction See table 8 and Catalog 12
Port Diameters and Maximum Valve Plug Travels See table 12 for trims except Whisper III See table 13 for Whisper III trims
Yoke Boss and Stem Diameters See table 12 and 13
Typical Bonnet Styles J Plain or J extension. See figures 7 and 8 for standard dimensions. See table 7 for selection guidelines
Shutoff Classifications per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Metal Seating: Class IV is standard. Class V is optional PTFE Composition Seating: Class VI
J ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal bonnet. See figure 4 for view of ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal bonnet. Also, see Bulletin 59.1:070, ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnets, (D101641X012) for further information
- continued -
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
ES Valve
D100021X012
Specifications (continued)
Packing Arrangements
Standard Material: Single PTFE V-ring ENVIRO-SEAL Packing: See figure 3 ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems in vacuum service: Standard ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems can be used in vacuum service with packing rings in standard orientation. Do not reverse the ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing rings.
Also see Bulletin 59.1:061, ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems for Sliding-Stem Valves, (D101633X012) for more information.
Approximate Weights
NPS 1/2 and 3/4: 9 kg (20 lb) NPS 1 and 1-1/4: 14 kg (30 lb) NPS 1-1/2: 20 kg (45 lb) NPS 2: 39 kg (85 lb)
NPS 2-1/2: 45 kg (100 lb) NPS 3: 57 kg (125 lb) NPS 4: 77 kg (170 lb) NPS 6: 159 kg (350 lb) NPS 8: 408 kg (900 lb)
Optional Safety Instrumented System Classification
SIL3 capable -- certified by exida Consulting LLC
Additional Options
J Lubricator, J lubricator/isolating valve, J drilled and tapped connection in extension bonnet for leakoff service, J body drain plug, J style 3 fabricated extension bonnet made on order to a specific length for cryogenic service, and J Whisper Trim III cage
1. EN (or other) ratings and end connections can usually be supplied; consult your Emerson sales office.
2. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin, and any applicable standard limitations should not be exceeded. 3. Certain bonnet bolting material selections may require a CL600 easy-e valve assembly to be derated. Contact your Emerson sales office for more information
ENVIRO-SEAL Packing System Specifications
Applicable Stem Diameters
J 9.5 mm (3/8 inches), J 12.7 (1/2), J 19.1 (3/4), J 25.4 (1), and J 31.8 (1-1/4) diameter valve stems
Maximum Pressure/Temperature Limits(1)
To Meet the EPA Fugitive Emission Standard of 100 PPM(2) For ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE and ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex packing systems: full CL300 up to 232_C (450_F) For ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite packing: 104 bar (1500 psig) at 316_C (600_F)
Construction Materials
PTFE Packing Systems: Packing Ring and Lower Wiper: PTFE V-ring(3) Male and Female Adaptor Rings: Carbon-filled PTFE V-ring
Graphite ULF Packing Systems: Graphite rings Duplex Packing Systems: Male and Female Adaptor Rings: Carbon-filled PTFE V-ring Guide Bushings: Carbon graphite Packing Rings: Graphite composite Packing Washer: PTFE Anti-Extrusion Washer: Filled PTFE (not required for graphite or duplex packing) Lantern Ring: S31600 (316 stainless steel) (not required for graphite packing) Packing Box Flange: S31600 Spring: J 17-7PH stainless steel or J N06600 Packing Follower: S31600 lined with carbon-filled PTFE Packing Box Studs: Strain-hardened 316 stainless steel Packing Box Nuts: 316 stainless steel
1. Refer to the valve specifications in this bulletin for pressure/temperature limits of valve parts. Do not exceed the pressure/temperature rating of the valve. Do not exceed any applicable code or standard limitation. 2. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has set a limit of 100 parts per million (ppm) for fugitive emissions from a valve in selected VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) services. 3. In vacuum service, it is not necessary to reverse the ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing rings.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ES Valve
D100021X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
Table 1. Class VI Shutoff Availability
Valve
Port Size, Inches
ES
7
Seat Metal
Minimum Seat Load 300 lbs/lineal inch
Table 2. Class VI Trim Materials
VALVE ES
CAGE/SEAT RING RETAINER S31600 (316 SST) / ENC
VALVE PLUG S31600/CoCr-A (alloy 6) seat
SEAT RING S31600
TRIM TEMPERATURE LIMIT
_C
_F
Not a limiting factor
Not a limiting factor
ENVIRO-SEAL, HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems
ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL packing systems offer excellent sealing capabilities. They easily install in your existing valves or can be purchased with new valves. These systems may help prevent the loss of process fluid. The long operational life and reliability of these systems also helps to reduce your maintenance costs and downtime.
For applications requiring compliance with environmental protection regulations, the unique Fisher ENVIRO-SEAL packing system (figure 3) and a unique ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal system (figure 4) are offered. The emission control packing system helps to keep emission concentrations below the EPA 100 ppm requirement.
For an excellent stem seal in applications that are not environmentally-sensitive, the Fisher HIGH-SEAL
Graphite ULF packing system is offered. The HIGH-SEAL packing system provides excellent sealing at pressure/temperature ratings beyond ENVIRO-SEAL limits.
ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems, available with PTFE, Graphite ULF, or Duplex packing, and the HIGH-SEAL packing systems, Graphite ULF and graphite composite, feature live-loading and unique packing-ring arrangements for long-term, consistent sealing performance.
Class VI Shutoff Capabilities
ES valves with metal seat constructions can provide ANSI/FCI Class VI shutoff capabilities. See tables 1 and 2.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
ES Valve
D100021X012
Table 3. Available Valve Body Constructions
VALVE
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Screwed
BODY MATERIAL AND END CONNECTION STYLE(1)
Carbon Steel, Alloy Steel, or Stainless Steel Valve Body
RF or RTJ Flanged
CL150
CL300
CL600
Buttwelding
Socket Weld
1/2 or 3/4
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
X
ES
1, 1-1/2, or 2 1-1/4
X X
X
X
X
X
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2-1/2, 3, 4, 6, or 8
- - -
X
X
X
X
- - -
EAS
1 or 2 3, 4, or 6
- - -
X
- - -
X
X X
X X
X
- - -
X
- - -
X = Available Construction. 1. End connection style abbreviations: FF - Flat Faced, RF - Raised Face, RTJ - Ring Type Joint.
Cast Iron Valve Body
CL125 FF Flanged
- - X - - X
- - - - -
CL250 RF Flanged
- - X - - X
- - - - -
Figure 1. Fisher ES Sectional
PTFE V-RING PACKING
LOAD RING
BONNET GASKET
SHIM SPIRAL WOUND GASKET
CAGE VALVE PLUG
W1214-2
NPS 8 VALVE BODY PTFE DISK
METAL DISK RETAINER
W2030-1
METAL DISK SEAT
OPTIONAL PTFE SEATING
W3421-3
SEAT RING GASKET
METAL SEAT RING
STANDARD NPS 1 THROUGH 6 CONSTRUCTION
W0961-1
WHISPER TRIM I CAGE
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ES Valve
D100021X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
Table 4. Typical Combinations of Metal Trim Parts(1) for all Valves Except Those for NACE Specification and Whisper Trim III Cages
Trim Designation
Valve Plug
Cage
Seat Ring for Standard Metal-Seat Construction
Optional Liner (Metal-Seat EAS Valve Body Only)
1 (standard for metal-seat ES and EAS in all valve body
materials except CF8M)
3(5) and 3H(4)
4(2)
S41600 HT
17-4 SST HT(6)
S31600 with seat and guide
hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy
S31600
17-4 SST HT(6)
R30006 or R30016 (alloy 6)
17-4 SST HT
27
28(3)
29(3) (standard for CF8M valve bodies in all designs regardless of seat construction)
S31600 with seat and guide hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy
S31600 with seat hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy
316 SST with electroless nickel coating (ENC)
S31600
316 SST with ENC
37 and 37H(4)
S31600 with seat and guide hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy
17-4 SST HT
57 (standard for PTFE-seat constructions in all designs and valve body materials except CF8M)
316L
S41600 alloy HT 17-4 SST HT(6)
S31603
17-4 SST HT(6)
316L SST with electroless nickel coating (ENC)
316L HF
S31603 with seat and guide hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy
316L SST with electroless nickel coating (ENC)
1. CA15 is used for NPS 6 and 8 full-size and restricted-trim valves. 2. Not for use with Whisper Trim I. 3. Not for use with Whisper Trim I with 136.5 mm (5.375 inch) and larger ports. 4. Trims 3H and 37H have clearance for high-temperature service. 5. For trim 3, upper temperature limited to 316°C (600°F) when used for Whisper Trim I. 6. For NPS 8 Whisper Trim I.
S41600 HT or CA15 HT(1) (410 stainless steel) R30006 (alloy 6)
S31600
R30006 (alloy 6)
S31600 R30006 (alloy 6)
- - S31603 R30006 (alloy 6)
S41600 HT - - -
S31600 - - -
S31600 - - - - - - - - -
Disk Seat and Retainer for
Optional PTFE-Seat Construction
- - -
- - S31600
- - -
S31600
- - -
S31600
S31603 S31603 disk retainer with CoCr-A disk seat
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
ES Valve
D100021X012
Table 5. Whisper Trim III Metal Trim Part Materials and Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities
Trim Designation
Valve Plug
Cage
Cage Retainer
Baffle (For Level D3 Cage Only)
Seat Ring for
MetalSeat Construction
Disk Seat and
Retainer for
PTFE-Seat Constru-
ction
Stem
Body, Bonnet
& Bonnet Spacer
Material Temperature Capability
°C
°F
Min Max Min Max
19.1 through 111.1, 177.8 and 203.2 mm (0.75 through 4.375, 7 and 8 Inch) Port Sizes
301G
S41600 17-4 SST
--
Steel
S41600
--
S31600
WCC, WC9
-29 427 -20
800
CF8M(7) -29 176
-20
350
301GC
S41600 17-4 SST
--
Steel
--
S31600
S31600
WCC, WC9
-29 204 -20
400
CF8M
-29 176 -20
350
316
312G(1)
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat & Guide
SST/ENC Electroless
Nickel Coated
--
S31600 R30006
WCC,
--
S20910 WC9,
-29 343 -20
650
CF8M
316
312GC(1)
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat & Guide
SST/ENC Electroless
Nickel Coated
--
S31600
--
R30006/ S31600(8)
S20910
WCC, WC9, CF8M
-29 204
-20
400
315G(1)
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat & Guide
316 SST Chrome
Plate
--
S31600 R30006
--
S20910
WCC, WC9
-29 316 -20
600
CF8M -198 316 -325
600
315GC(1)
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat & Guide
316 SST Chrome
Plate
WCC,
--
S31600
--
R30006/ S31600(8)
S20910
WC9
-29 204 -20
400
CF8M
-29 176 -20
350
318G
F22/ CoCr-A Seat &
2.25 Cr-1Mo
--
WC9
R30006
WCC
-29 427 -20
800
S41000/
--
S42200(4)
Guide
Nitrided
WC9
-29 593 -20
1100
S31803/
CoCr-A
Seat &
S31803/
306
Guide (< 3"Port), S31803/
Ultimet
2205 Duplex(5)
Chrome
Seat &
Plate
--
CoCr-A
(< 3"Port),
S31803 S31803/
--
Ultimet
( 3"Port)
WCC,
S31803 WC9,
-29 316 -20
600
CF8M
Guide
( 3"Port)
S31600/
307G
CoCr-A Seat &
17-4 SST
--
Guide
S31600/
307GH(3)
CoCr-A Seat &
17-4 SST
--
Guide
Steel
R30006
--
S31600
WCC, WC9
-29 210
-20
410
Steel
R30006
--
-continued-
S31600
WCC, WC9
210 427
410
800
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ES Valve
D100021X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
Table 5. Whisper Trim III Metal Trim Part Materials and Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities (continued)
Trim Designation
Valve Plug
Cage
Cage Retainer
Baffle (For Level D3 Cage Only)
Seat Ring for
MetalSeat Construction
Disk Seat and
Retainer for
PTFE-Seat Constru-
ction
136.5 mm (5.375 Inch) Port
Stem
Body, Bonnet
& Bonnet Spacer
Material Temperature Capability
°C
°F
301 301 A
S17400 S17400
416 SST
WCC/ENC
Steel
416 SST WCC/Nitrided Steel
S41600 S41600
WCC,
--
S31600
WC9
-29
343
-20
650
CF8M
-29
163
-20
325
WCC,
--
S31600
WC9
-29
427
-20
800
301 C
S17400
416 SST
WCC/ENC
Steel
WCC,
--
S31600
S31600
WC9
-29
204
-20
400
CF8M
-29
163
-20
325
304
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat &
416 SST
WCC/ENC
Steel
S31600/ CoCr-A
--
WCC,
S31600
WC9
-29
343
-20
650
Guide
Seat
CF8M
-29
177
-20
350
S31600/ 316 SST/ENC
316/ENC
WCC,
312(1)
CoCr-A Seat &
Electroless Nickel
Electroless Nickel Coated
S31600
R30006
--
S20910 WC9,
-29
343
-20
650
CF8M
Guide
Coated
312C(1)
S31600/ CoCr-A
Seat & Guide
316 SST/ENC Electroless Nickel Coated
316/ENC Electroless Nickel Coated
S31600
--
R30006/ S31600
S20910
WCC, WC9
-29
204
-20
400
CF8M
-29
204 -325
400
315
S31600/ CoCr-A
Seat
316 SST/ Electrolyzed
Chrome
S31600/ Electrolyzed
S31600
S31600/ CoCr-A
WCC,
--
S31600/ WC9
-29
260
-20
500
S20910(6)
& Guide
Coat
Chrome Coat
CF8M -198 537(2) -325 1000(2)
318
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat &
2.25 Cr-1Mo Nitrided
WC9 Nitrided
WC9
S31600/ CoCr-A
--
WCC
-29
427
-20
800
S20910
Guide
Seat
WC9
-29
593
-20
1100
S31803/
2205
306
Ultimet Seat &
Duplex(5) Chrome
Guide
Plate
S31803/
WCC,
--
S31803
Ultimet
--
S31803 WC9,
-29
316
-20
600
CF8M
1. NACE compatible trims meets NACE MR0175 2002, MR0175/ISO15156, MR0103. 2. May be used up to 593°C (1100°F). If manufacturing process controls carbon content to 0.04% minimum or 0.08% maximum. 3. For high temperature service. 4. Trim 318G uses S41000 stem up to 538°C (1000°F) and S42200 stem above 538°C (1000°F). 5. 22 Cr-S Ni duplex stainless steel. 6. Trim 315 uses S31600 stem up to 427°C (800°F) and S20910 stem above 427°C (800°F). 7. Trim 301G can be used up to 216°C (420°F) with NPS 3 CF8M body, can be used up to 288°C (550°F) with NPS 2 CF8M body. 8. For 8 inch port size, both disk seat and retainer use R30006.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
ES Valve
D100021X012
Figure 2. Fisher EAS Sectional
CAGE GASKET SHIM
BONNET GASKET
RESTRICTEDTRIM ADAPTOR
LINER
SPIRAL WOUND GASKET
W0971-3
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION WITH FULL-SIZED TRIM
W0970-3
RESTRICTED-CAPACITY CONSTRUCTION WITH OPTIONAL LINER
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ES Valve
D100021X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
Table 6. Valve Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities for Metal Trim Parts Only
BODY/BONNET MATERIAL (ALSO
FOR BOTTOM FLANGE IF USED)
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE SIZE AND DESIGN
Cast iron body w/ steel bonnet
1, 3, 27, 29, 37, or 57
All
316L
CF3M
All
316L HF
27
CF8M (316 SST)
28
All
29
1
4
LCC steel
29
All
37
1, 37, or 57
WCC steel
29
All
54
1, 37, or 57
3
All
WC9 chrome
3H
moly steel 27
Through NPS 3 all designs; NPS 8 ES NPS 4 or 6 ES and EAS
29
All
1. May be used down to -254_C (-425_F) if manufacturing process includes Charpy impact test. 2. Lubricating service allows usage to 316_C (600_F). 3. For Trim 3, upper temperature to 316_C (600_F) when used for Whisper Trim I cages.
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE
CAPABILITY
_C
_F
Min
Max
Min
Max
-29
232
-20
450
-198(1) -198(1) -198(1) -198(1) -198(1)
-29 -46 -46 -46 -29 -29 -29 -29 -29 427 -29 -29 -29
149(2) 343 343 149 149(2) 343 210 149(2) 343 427 149(2) 260 427 427(3) 566 343 343 149(2)
-325(1) -325(1) -325(1) -325(1) -325(1)
-20 -50 -50 -50 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 800 -20 -20 -20
300(2) 650 650 300 300(2) 650 410 300(2) 650 800 300(2) 500 800 800(3) 1050 650 650 300(2)
Table 7. Bonnet Selection Guidelines
BONNET STYLE
PACKING MATERIAL
IN-BODY PROCESS TEMPERATURE LIMITS(1)
_C
_F
Plain: JStandard for all valves through NPS 6 with 2-13/16 yoke boss diameter JStandard for NPS 6 and 8 valves in cast iron and WCC steel bonnet material with 3-9/16 yoke boss diameter
Style 1 Cast Extension: JStandard for NPS 8 valves in S31600 bonnet material with 3-9/16 yoke boss diameter
PTFE V-ring PTFE/Composition
Graphite ribbon/filament PTFE V-ring PTFE/Composition Graphite ribbon/filament
-18 to 232
-18 to 232
-18 to maximum shown in table 9
-46 to 427 -46 to maximum shown in table 9
0 to 450
0 to 450
0 to maximum shown in table 9
-50 to 800 -50 to maximum shown in table 9
Style 2 Cast Extension: JOptional for NPS 2 through 4 valves with 2-13/16 inch yoke boss diameter JOptional for NPS 6 and 8 valves with 3-9/16 yoke boss diameter. Not available for NPS 8 valve in S31600 bonnet material
PTFE V-ring PTFE/Composition Graphite ribbon/filament
-101 to 427
-101 to maximum shown in table 9
-150 to 800
-150 to maximum shown in table 9
ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal bonnet
PTFE Graphite ULF
For exceptional stem sealing capabilities. See Bulletin 59.1:070, ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnets (D101641X012), for pressure/temperature ratings.
For exceptional stem sealing capabilities. See Bulletin 59.1:070, ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnets (D101641X012), for pressure/temperature ratings.
1. These in-body process temperatures assume an outside, ambient temperature of 21_C (70_F) and no insulation on the bonnet. When using any packing at low process temperatures, a cast extension bonnet may have to be used to prevent packing damage which could result from the formation of valve stem frost. Material selection for trim and other components will also be limiting factors.
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
ES Valve
D100021X012
Figure 3. ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems
SPRING PACKING
PACKING BOX STUD
SPRINGS
FOLLOWER
ANTIEXTRUSION RING
LANTERN RING
PACKING BOX STUDS
PACKING RING VALVE BONNET
W8533-1
TYPICAL HIGH-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
SPRINGS
PACKING BOX STUD
W5803-3
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH PTFE PACKING
PACKING
FOLLOWER
W8532-1
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
W7018
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH DUPLEX PACKING
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ES Valve
D100021X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
Table 8. Maximum Flow Coefficients for Full-Sized Trim with Equal Percentage Cage and Normal Flow Direction(1)
Valve
Valve Size, NPS
1/2 3/4
Cv at Max Valve Plug Travel
6.53(2) 14.2(2)
1, 1-1/4
17.4
1-1/2
33.4
ES
2 2-1/2
56.2 82.7
3
121
4
203
6
357
8
808
1
19.0
2
47.2
EAS (flow down)
3
148
4
156
6
328
1. Except where indicated. Flow coefficients for linear and quick-opening cages normally are somewhat greater. 2. Quick-opening cage.
Figure 4. ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnet
W5852
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
ES Valve
D100021X012
Table 9. Materials and Temperature Limits for All Other Parts
PART
MATERIAL
Body-to-bonnet bolting. See table 11 for NACE bolting materials and temperatures
Cast iron body WCC or WC9 body
CF3M or CF8M body
Cap screws Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts
Studs
Nuts
Studs
Steel SAE Grade 5 Steel SA-193-B7 Steel SA-194-2H Steel SA-193-B7 (std) Steel SA-194-2H (std) 304 stainless steel SA-320-B8 304 stainless steel SA-194-8 316 stainless steel SA-193-B8M (strain-hardened) 316 stainless steel SA-194-8M
316 stainless steel SA-194-B8M (annealed)
Nuts
316 stainless steel SA-194-8M
LCC body
Optional disk Valve plug stem
WC9 body
Pin (ES or EAS valve only)
Studs Nuts Studs Nuts
Load ring
(NPS 8 ES valve only)
Restricted trim adaptors
Seat ring, bonnet, and cage gaskets
Spiral wound gaskets
Shim
Packing
(temperatures shown are material temperature capabilities)
See table 7 for proper bonnet selection
Packing flange studs, and nuts when used with standard bonnet
Packing follower and packing spring (single PTFE V-ring packing) or lantern ring (other packing arrangements)
Steel SA-193-B7 Steel SA-194-2H Steel SA-193-B16 Steel SA-194-7 PTFE 316 stainless steel or 316L stainless steel 316 stainless steel or 316L stainless steel 17-4PH stainless steel N06600 N05500 Nickel Alloy Cast iron WCC steel 316 stainless steel Flexible Graphite (standard) PTFE-coated N04400 Nickel Alloy N06600 Nickel Alloy 600/graphite (Flexible Graphite) standard N04400 Nickel Alloy/composition 316 stainless steel N04400 Nickel Alloy PTFE V-ring PTFE/composition Graphite ribbon/filament Graphite ribbon for high-temperature oxidizing service
316 stainless steel
316 stainless steel
Packing box ring
316 stainless steel
Extension
Trims 1 & 4
bonnet bushing Other trims
416 stainless steel 316 stainless steel
1. Lubricated nuts are standard.
2. May be used down to -254_C (-425_F) if manufacturing process includes Charpy impact test. 3. Except 427_C (800_F) on oxidizing service. 4. Except 371_C (700_F) on oxidizing service.
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
_C
_F
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
-29
232
-20
450
-29
427(1)
-20
800(1)
-48
427(1)
-55
800(1)
-198
38
-325
100
-198(2)
-198(2)
-46 -29 -73
427(1)
These materials not limiting
factors 343(1)
566(1) 204
-325(2)
-325(2)
-50 -20 -100
800(1)
These materials not limiting
factors 650(1)
1050(1) 400
-198(2)
593
-325(2)
1100
-101 -254 -240 -73 -29 -198(2) -198 -73
316 593 260 232 427 593 593(3) 149
-150 -425 -400 -100 -20 -325(2) -325 -100
600 1100 500 450 800 1100 1100(3) 300
-198
593(3)
-325
1100(3)
-73
-40 -73 -198
232
-100
450
These materials not limiting factors
These materials not limiting factors
232
-40
450
232
-100
450
538(4)
-325
1000(4)
371
649
700
1200
-198(2)
593
-325(2)
1100
-198(2)
-198(2) -29
-198(2)
593
-325(2)
1100
593
-325(2)
1100
427
-20
800
593
-325(2)
1100
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ES Valve
D100021X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
Table 10. Metal Trim Part Materials for Compatibility with NACE MR0175-2002 (Sour Service) Specifications, Environmental Restrictions Apply, Refer to Standard
Trim Designation
Valve Plug
Cage
Seat Ring for Standard Metal Seat Construction
Optional Liner for Metal Seat (EAS only)
Disk Seat and Retainer for Optional
PTFE-Seat Construction
Valve Stem, Packing Follower, Lantern Ring, Packing Box Ring, and Pin
Load Ring(1)
85(3) 85C(2, 3)
S31600 S31600
316 SST with ENC 316 SST with ENC
S31600 - - -
S31600 - - -
- - S31600
S31600 with seat
86(3)
hard faced with CoCr-A
316 SST with ENC
R30006 (alloy 6)
- - -
- - -
hard facing alloy
Valve stem
S31600 with seat
is S20910
N05500
87
and guide hard faced with CoCr-A
316 SST with ENC
R30006 (alloy 6)
- - -
- - -
All other parts are S31600
hard facing alloy
S31600 with seat
87C(2)
and guide hard faced with CoCr-A
316 SST with ENC
- - -
- - -
hard facing alloy
S31600
1. NPS 8 valve only. 2. 85C and 87C are trims for PTFE-seat construction.
3. Not for use with Whisper Trim I with 136.5 mm (5.375 inch) and larger ports.
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
ES Valve
D100021X012
Figure 5. Typical Trim Used for NACE MR0175-2002, (Sour Service)
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _C
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _C
PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
FOR STANDARD METAL SEATING WITH CL600 1 WCC OR LCC BODY
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
FOR STANDARD METAL SEATING WITH CL600 1 316 STAINLESS STEEL (CF8M) BODY
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _C
PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR
C0575-3
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
FOR OPTIONAL PTFE SEATING WITH ALL BODY MATERIALS 1
Note: 1 Do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature for the pressure rating of the valve body material used, even though the trims shown may have higher capabilities.
16
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ES Valve
D100021X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
Table 11. Bolting Materials and Temperature Limits for Bolting Compliance with NACE MR0175-2002, NACE MR0175/ISO 15156, and NACE MR0103. Environmental restrictions may apply.
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
BOLTING MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
_C
_F
Min
Max
Min
Max
Non-exposed bolting (Standard)
WCC
Studs Nuts Studs Nuts
Steel SA-193-B7 Steel SA-194-2H Steel SA-193-B7 Steel SA-194-2H
-7
232
20
450
232
427
450
800
CF8M (316 SST)
Studs Nuts Studs Nuts
Steel SA-193-B7 or B8M strain hardened Steel SA-194-2H or 8M
Steel SA-193-B8M strain hardened or B7 Steel SA-194-8M lubricated or 2H
-48
232
-55
450
232
427
450
800
Exposed bolting (Optional) Requires Derating of Valve(2) When These Body-to-Bonnet Bolting Materials are Used
WCC and CF8M
Studs Nuts Studs Nuts
Steel SA-193-B7M Steel SA-194-2HM Steel SA-193-B7M Steel SA-194-2HM
-46(1)
232
-50(1)
450
232
427
450
800
1. Minimum temperature is -29_C (-20_F) with WCC valve body material. 2. Derating is not required for CL300 valves. Derating may be required for valves rated at CL600. Contact your Emerson sales office for assistance in determining the derating of valves when these body-to-bonnet bolting materials are used.
Table 12. Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, and Stem and Yoke Boss Diameters
VALVE SIZE, NPS
ES
EAS
Full-Sized Trim
RestrictedCapacity Trim
Full-Sized Trim
RestrictedCapacity Trim
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inch
MAX VALVE PLUG
TRAVEL
mm Inch
STEM AND YOKE BOSS DIAMETERS
Standard
Optional
Stem
Yoke Boss
Stem
Yoke Boss
mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
1 or 1-1/4
1-1/2
1
- - -
2
- - -
1-1/2
- - -
2
- - -
2-1/2
- - -
2
33.3 1.3125 19 0.75 9.5 3/8 54 2-1/8 12.7 1/2 71 2-13/16
- - -
33.3 1.3125 19 0.75 12.7 1/2 71 2-13/16 - - - - - - - - -
- - -
- - -
47.6 1.875 19 0.75 9.5 3/8 54 2-1/8 12.7 1/2 71 2-13/16
3
47.6 1.875 19 0.75 12.7 1/2 71 2-13/16 - - - - - - - - -
- - -
2
3
- - -
4
58.7 2.3125 29 1.125 12.7 1/2 71 2-13/16 19.1 3/4 90 3-9/16
2-1/2
4
3
6
73.0 2.875 38 1.5 12.7 1/2 71 2-13/16 19.1 3/4 90 3-9/16
3
- - -
4
- - -
87.3 3.4375 38 1.5 12.7 1/2 71 2-13/16 19.1 3/4 90 3-9/16
19.1 3/4 90 3-9/16
4
- - -
6
- - -
111.1 4.375 51
2 12.7 1/2 71 2-13/16
25.4 1 127
5
6
- - -
- - -
- - -
177.8
7
51
2
25.4 1
8
- - -
- - -
- - -
51
2 19.1 3/4 90 3-9/16 or
or 127
5
203.2
8
76
3
31.8 1-1/4
17
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
ES Valve
D100021X012
Table 13. Port Diameter, Valve Plug Travel, and Stem and Yoke Boss Diameters for Whisper III Trims(1)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
ES
EAS
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inch
MAX VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm Inch
STEM AND YOKE BOSS DIAMETERS
Standard
Optional
Stem
Yoke Boss
Stem
Yoke Boss
mm Inch mm Inch
mm Inch mm Inch
1
1
33.3 1 5/16 19
3/4 9.5 3/8 54 2 1/8 12.7 1/2 71 2 13/16
47.6
1 7/8
19
3/4
1 1/2
2
33.3 1 5/16 19
3/4 9.5 3/8 54 2 1/8 12.7 1/2 71 2 13/16
19.1
3/4
29 1 1/8
58.7 2 5/16 35 1 3/8
2
--
33.3
1 5/16
29 1 1/18 12.7 1/2 71 2 13/16 19.1
3/4 90 3 9/16
73.0
2 7/8
2 1/2
3
47.6
1 7/8
38 1 1/2 12.7 1/2 71 2 13/16 19.1 3/4 90 3 9/16
87.3 3 7/16
3
4
58.7
2 5/16
38
1 1/2 12.7 1/2 71 2 13/16 19.1
3/4 90 3 9/16
111.1 4 3/8
19.1 3/4 90 3 9/16
4
6
87.3
3 7/16
51
2
12.7 1/2 71 2 13/16 25.4
1 127
5
177.8
7
51
2
6
--
136.5
5 3/8
76
3
19.1 3/4
90
3 9/16
25.4 or 1 or 31.8 1 1/4
127
5
76
3
8
--
203.2
8
102
4
19.1 3/4
90
3 9/16
25.4 or 1 or 31.8 1 1/4
127
5
1. Refer Fisher Bulletin 80.1:010 Whisper Trim III (D100191X012) for more information.
PERFORMANCE LEVEL
A1 A1 A3, B1, B3 C1, C3, D1, D3 A1 A3, B1, B3,C1, C3, D1, D3 A1 A3, B1, B3,C1, C3, D1, D3 A1 A3, B1, B3,C1, C3, D1, D3 A1 A3, B1, B3,C1, C3, D1, D3 A1 A3, B1, B3,C1, C3, D1, D3 A1 A3, B1, B3,C1, C3,
18
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ES Valve
D100021X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
Figure 6. Typical Trim Use for All Valve Bodies Except Those for NACE Specifications
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _C
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _C
PRESSURE DROP, BAR
PRESSURE DROP, BAR PRESSURE DROP, PSI
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
FOR STANDARD METAL SEATING WITH CL250B 1 CAST IRON BODY
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _C
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
FOR STANDARD METAL SEATING WITH CL600 1 WCC OR LCC STEEL BODY
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _C
PRESSURE DROP, BAR
PRESSURE DROP, BAR PRESSURE DROP, PSI
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
1050 FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
FOR STANDARD METAL SEATING WITH CL600 1 WC9 CHROME MOLY STEEL BODY
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _C
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
FOR STANDARD METAL SEATING WITH CL600 1 316 STAINLESS STEEL (CF8M) BODY
PRESSURE DROP, BAR
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
C0459-5
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
FOR OPTIONAL PTFE SEATING WITH 1 ALL BODY MATERIALS
Note: 1Do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature for the pressure rating of the body material used, even though the trims shown may have higher capabilities. 2Be especially careful to specify service temperature if trims 3, 4, or 37 are selected, as different thermal expansion rates required special plug clearances, Also, use trim 37 instead of trim 4 for nonlubricating fluids such as superheated steam or dry gases between 149 and 316_C (300 and 600_F). 3Trims 4 and 29 can be used to pressure drop shown only with clean, dry gas. For other than clean, dry gas, trims 4 and 29 can be used only up to 21 bar (300 PSI). 4Use trim 27 instead of trim 29 for nonlubricating fluids such as superheated steam or dry gases between 149 and 316_C (300 and 600_F).
19
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
ES Valve
D100021X012
Table 14. Fisher ES Dimensions
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Scrd 125 FF or or SW 150 RF
150 RTJ
250 RF or 300 RF
A 300 RTJ
BW or 600 RF
600 RTJ
PN 16-40(1)
PN 63-100(1)
G(MAX) ES
mm
1/2, 3/4 1
1-1/4 1-1/2
2
165
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
54
210
184
197
197
210
210
210
160
230
56
229
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
56
251
222
235
235
248
251
251
200
260
71
286
254
267
267
282
286
289
230
300
78
2-1/2 3 4 6 8
- - -
276
292
292
308
311
314
290
340
90
- - -
298
311
317
333
337
340
310
380
97
- - -
353
365
368
384
394
397
350
430
129
- - -
451
464
473
489
508
511
480
550
140
- - -
543
556
568
584
610
613
600
650
191
Inches
1/2, 3/4 1
1-1/4 1-1/2
2
2-1/2 3 4 6 8
6.50
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2.12
8.25
7.25
7.75
7.75
8.25
8.25
8.25
2.38
9.00
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2.38
9.88
8.75
9.25
9.25
9.75
9.88
9.88
2.81
11.25 10.00
10.50
10.50
11.12
11.25
11.38
See
See
3.06
- - -
10.88
- - -
11.75
11.38 12.25
11.50 12.50
12.12 13.12
12.25 13.25
12.38 13.38
mm above
mm above
3.56 3.81
- - -
13.88
14.38
14.50
15.12
15.50
15.62
5.06
- - -
17.75
18.25
18.62
19.25
20.00
20.12
5.5
- - -
21.38
21.88
22.38
23.00
24.00
24.12
7.50
1. Valves which meet EN flange standards and have DN face-to-face dimensions are available only from Europe. Valves which meet EN flange standards but not DN face-to-face standards are available in the US. Consult your Emerson Automation Solutions sales office.
Figure 7. Fisher ES Dimensions (also see tables 14, 15, and 16)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
D
G
AR4967-A 10A7397-B B1534-1
Note:
1
B+A 2
B
A ES VALVE
20
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ES Valve
D100021X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
Table 15. Fisher ES Dimensions
VALVE SIZE, NPS
9.5
1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4
127
1-1/2
124
2
- - -
2-1/2
- - -
3
- - -
4
- - -
6 (2)
- - -
6 (3)
- - -
8
- - -
3/8
1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 4 6 (2) 6 (3) 8
5.00 4.88 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1. Available only in cast iron or WCC steel for the stem diameter with plain bonnet. 2. For all NPS 6 valves except with Whisper III cages 3. For NPS 6 valves with Whisper III cages
D FOR PLAIN BONNET
ES
Stem Diameter
mm
12.7
19.1
149
- - -
146
- - -
165
162
187
184
191
187
221
217
- - -
251
- - -
312
- - -
375(1)
Inches
1/2
3/4
5.88
- - -
5.75
- - -
6.50
6.38
7.38
7.25
7.50
7.38
8.69
8.56
- - -
9.88
- - -
12.26
- - -
14.75(1)
25.4 or 31.8
- - - - - - - - - - 264 270 330 426
1 or 1-1/4
- - - - - - - - - - 10.38 10.62 13.00 16.75
Table 16. Fisher ES Dimensions
D FOR EXTENSION AND ENVIRO-SEAL BELLOWS SEAL BONNETS (ES ONLY)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Style 1 Ext. Bonnet Stem Diameter
Style 2 Ext. Bonnet
Stem Diameter mm
ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnet
Stem Diameter
9.5
12.7
19.1
25.4 or 31.8
9.5
12.7
19.1
9.5
12.7
19.1
1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4
213
251
- - -
- - -
303
319
- - -
321
- - -
- - -
1-1/2
210
248
- - -
- - -
300
316
- - -
317
- - -
- - -
2
- - -
267
- - -
- - -
- - -
465
- - -
- - -
384
- - -
2-1/2
- - -
289
272
- - -
- - -
492
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
3
- - -
292
297
- - -
- - -
495
487
- - -
518
518
4
- - -
322
327
370
- - -
526
518
- - -
541
- - -
6 (1)
- - -
- - -
357
402
- - -
- - -
543
- - -
- - -
573
6 (2)
- - -
- - -
418
462
- - -
- - -
604
- - -
- - -
- - -
8
- - -
- - -
421
450
- - -
- - -
621
- - -
- - -
- - -
Inches
3/8
1/2
3/4
1 or 1-1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 4 6 (1) 6 (2) 8
8.38
9.88
8.25
9.75
- - -
10.50
- - -
11.38
- - -
11.50
- - -
12.69
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - - - - - 10.69 11.69 12.88 14.06 16.44 16.56
- - - - - - - - - - 14.56 15.81 18.19 17.75
11.94 11.81
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
12.56 12.44 18.31 19.38 19.50 20.69
- - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - 19.19 20.38 21.38 23.76 24.44
12.62 12.50
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - 15.12 - - 20.38 21.31 - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - 20.38 - - 22.56 - - - -
1. For all NPS 6 valves except with Whisper III cages 2. For NPS 6 valves with Whisper III cages
21
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
ES Valve
D100021X012
Table 17. Fisher EAS Dimensions
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CL150 RF RTJ
AA
CL300
RF
RTJ
mm
1
92
98
98
105
2
127 133 133 141
3
149 156 159 167
4
176 183 184 197
6
225 232 237 244
Inches
1
3.62 3.88 3.88 4.12
2
5.00 5.25 5.25 5.56
3
5.88 6.12 6.25 6.56
4
6.94 7.19 7.25 7.56
6
8.88 9.12 9.31 9.62
CL600 BW, SW, or RF
105 143 168 197 254
4.12 5.62 6.62 7.75 10.00
RTJ
105 144 170 198 256
4.12 5.69 6.69 7.81 10.06
Figure 8. Fisher EAS Dimensions (also see tables 17 and 18)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
DD
AA
AA
AU6190-A A0927-1
Note: For dimensions of valves with EN (or other) end connections, consult your Emerson sales office.
Table 18. Fisher EAS Dimensions
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Plain Bonnet
9.5
12.7
19.1 25.4 or 31.8
1
111
133
- - -
- - -
2
98
121
- - -
- - -
3
- - -
149
146
- - -
4
- - -
140
137
- - -
6
- - -
144
141
187
3/8
1/2
3/4
1 or 1-1/4
1
4.38 5.25
- - -
- - -
2
3.88 4.75
- - -
- - -
3
- - -
5.88
5.75
- - -
4
- - -
5.50
5.38
- - -
6
- - -
5.69
5.56
7.38
DD
Style 1 Extension Bonnet Style 2 Extension Bonnet
Stem Diameter
mm
9.5
12.7 19.1
9.5
12.7 19.1
197
235
- - -
291
305
- - -
184
223
- - -
278
291
- - -
- - -
251
256
- - -
454
- - -
- - -
241
246
- - -
445
437
- - -
246
251
- - -
449
441
Inches
3/8
1/2
3/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
7.75
9.25
- - -
11.44 12.00
- - -
7.25
8.75
- - -
10.94 11.44
- - -
- - -
9.88 10.06
- - -
17.88
- - -
- - -
9.50
9.69
- - -
17.50 17.19
- - -
9.69
9.88
- - -
17.69 17.38
ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnet
9.5
12.7 19.1
Contact your Emerson sales office
3/8
1/2
3/4
Contact your Emerson sales office
22
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ES Valve
D100021X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
23
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ES October 2020
ES Valve
D100021X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, easy-e, ENVIRO-SEAL, and Whisper Trim are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E241983, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ET Valve
D100022X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
FisherTM ET, EAT, and ETR Sliding-Stem Control Valves
Fisher ET, EAT, and ETR general-purpose control valves (figures 1, 2, and 3) are used for throttling or on-off control of a wide variety of liquids and gases. All three valve designs have single ports, balanced valve plugs, and cage guiding. Metal-to-PTFE seating for stringent shutoff requirements is standard in all valves except those with Cavitrolt III cages. Metal-to-metal seating for higher temperatures is standard for valves with Cavitrol III cages and optional for all other valves.
The temperature limits of ET valves can be extended above 232_C (450_F) by using PEEK (PolyEtherEtherKetone) anti-extrusion rings in combination with a spring-loaded PTFE seal. The PEEK anti-extrusion rings expand to close off the clearance gap between the plug and the cage where the PTFE seal may extrude at high temperatures and pressures. The temperature limits are extended to 316_C (600_F) for non-oxidizing service and to 260_C (500_F) for oxidizing service.
The ET product line is available for a wide range of applications, including sulfide and chloride stress-cracking environments common to the oil and gas production industries. To discuss available constructions, contact your Emerson sales office and include the applicable codes and standards required for these environments.
The easy-eTM Valve Family
ET, EAT, and ETR control valves are part of the versatile easy-e family of Fisher industrial control valves. easy-e valves share the following characteristics:
nMultiple trim material choices
nInterchangeable, restricted-capacity trims and full-sized trims to match variable process flow demands
W1916-4
FISHER ET CONTROL VALVE WITH 667 ACTUATOR
nDifferent cage/plug styles that provide particular flow characteristics for highly-specialized applications. The standard cage comes in three different flow characteristics: quick-opening, linear, or equal percentage.
nWhisper Trimt I, Whisper Trim III (figure 6), and WhisperFlot cages (figures 4 and 5) attenuate aerodynamic noise in gaseous service.
nTo help eliminate cavitation damage in a properly-sized valve, a standard-travel, Cavitrol III, one-stage cage (figure 8) and a long-travel, Cavitrol III, two-stage cage are available in the NPS 1 through NPS 8 ET control valve.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
ET Valve
D100022X012
Features
nCompliance with the Clean Air Act-- ENVIRO-SEALTM packing systems (figures 9 and 10) that provide an improved stem seal to help prevent the loss of process fluid are available. These packing systems feature PTFE or Graphite ULF packing with live-loading for reduced packing maintenance.
nPTFE Seating for Long-Lasting Shutoff Capability--Controlled compression of standard seat construction protects PTFE disk between metal disk seat and disk retainer (figure 1). Only the edge of the PTFE disk is contacted by the flowstream during normal operation. Excellent shutoff is maintained by a backup ring or spring-loading that forces the valve plug seal ring against the cage (figure 1).
nValve Plug Stability-- Rugged cage guiding provides high valve plug stability, which reduces vibration and mechanical noise.
nCost-Effective Operation and Maintenance Economy--Increased wear resistance of hardened stainless steel trim means longer-lasting service. When inspection or maintenance is necessary, the body can stay in the pipeline during removal of trim parts. Balanced valve plug construction permits use of smaller, lower-cost Fisher actuators. The ETR valve also permits easy body interior access without having to remove the bonnet or actuator (figure 3). And, trim inventory costs are cut because dimensional standardization permits use of most standard easy-e trim parts.
nCompliance with European Standards-- Valves are available with dimensions specified by EN/DIN standards. See figure 14.
nSour Service Capability-- Unless otherwise noted, references are to NACE MR0175-2002. Optional materials are available to meet NACE MR0103 and NACE MR0175 / ISO 15156. Material requirements under these standards vary by edition and year of issue; the specific standard must be specified.
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ENVIRO-SEAL Packing System
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL
Packing Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ANSI/FCI Class VI Shutoff
Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Tables
Available Constructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Shutoff Classifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Class VI Shutoff Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Class VI Trim Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Trim Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Materials and Temperature Limits for
Other Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Valve Body/Trim Temperature
Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Bonnet Selection Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Maximum Flow Coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel,
Stem and Yoke Boss Diameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Metal Trim Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Bolting Materials and Temperature Limits . . . . . . 24 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ET Valve
D100022X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
Specifications
Available Configurations
ET: Single-port, globe-style control valve with cage guiding, balanced valve plug, and push-down-to-close valve plug action (figure 1) EAT: Angle version of ET control valve, used to facilitate piping or in applications where a self-draining valve is desired (figure 2) ETR: Same as ET control valve except with push-down-to-open valve plug action (figure 3)
Valve Sizes and End Connection Styles
(cast 316 stainless steel), J CF3M (cast 316L stainless steel) or J other materials upon request Valve Plug, Cage, and Metal Seating Parts: All Valves Except Those with Cavitrol III or Whisper Trim III Cages: See table 5 Valves with Cavitrol III Cages: See table 6 Valves with Whisper Trim III Cages: See table 8 Valves with WhisperFlo Cages: See table 7 Bellows Seal Assembly: J 316L stainless steel or J N04400 All Other Parts: See table 9
Flanged raised-face per EN 1092-1/B and see table 1
Material Temperature Capabilities(2)
Maximum Inlet Pressures and Temperatures(1,2)
As listed below, unless limited by maximum pressure drop or material temperature capabilities Valves with Cast Iron Bodies Flanged: Consistent with CL125B or 250B per ASME B16.1 Valves with Steel and Stainless Steel Bodies Flanged: Consistent with CL150, 300, and 600(3) per ASME B16.34 Screwed or Welding: Consistent with flanged CL600 per ASME B16.34
Body/Trim Combinations: All Valves Except Those with Cavitrol III or Whisper Trim III Cages: See figure 11 Valves with Cavitrol III Cages: See table 6 Valves with Whisper Trim III Cages: See table 8 Valves with WhisperFlo Cages: See table 7 Bolting For NACE MR0175 / ISO 15156 and MR0103: See table 19 Bonnets: See table 11 All Other Parts: See table 9
Flow Characteristics
Maximum Pressure Drops(2)
Same as maximum inlet pressure for specific construction defined above, except where further limited as follows: All Valves Except Those with Cavitrol III, Whisper Trim III, and WhisperFlo Cages: See figure 11. Valves with Cavitrol III Cages: See figure 12. Valves with Whisper Trim III Cages: 0.999 P/P1 maximum for levels A1 through D3 Valves for NACE MR0175 / ISO 15156 and MR0103: See figure 13
Shutoff Classifications Per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Class IV, V, or VI. See tables 2, 3, or 4
Construction Materials
Body, Bonnet, and Bonnet Spacer or Bottom Flange, if used: J Cast iron, J WCC carbon steel, or J LCC carbon steel, J WC9 chrome moly steel, J CF8M
Standard Cages: J Quick-opening, J linear, or J equal percentage Whisper Trim, WhisperFlo, and Cavitrol Cages: Linear
Flow Directions
ET Standard Cage: Normally down Whisper Trim and WhisperFlo Cages: Always up Cavitrol Cage: Always down EAT Standard Cage with Liner for Metal Seat: Normally down Standard Cage without Liner: Flow up or down Whisper Trim and WhisperFlo Cages: Always up ETR Standard Cage: Normally up Whisper Trim Cage: Always down
Flow Coefficients and Noise Level Prediction
See table 12 and Catalog 12
- continued -
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
ET Valve
D100022X012
Specifications (continued)
Port Diameters and Maximum Valve Plug Travels
See tables 13, 15, and 16
Yoke Boss and Stem Diameters
See table 14
Typical Bonnet Styles
See table 11
Packing Arrangements Standard Material: Single PTFE V-ring Optional Materials: See table 9 ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems: See figures 9 and 10 ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems in vacuum service: Standard ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems can be used in vacuum service with packing rings in standard orientation. Do not reverse the ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing rings. Also, see Bulletin 59.1:061, ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems for Sliding-Stem Valves (D101633X012).
Approximate Weights
NPS 1: 14 kg (30 lb) NPS 1-1/2: 20 kg (45 lb) NPS 2: 39 kg (85 lb) NPS 2-1/2: 45 kg (100 lb) NPS 3: 57 kg (125 lb) NPS 4: 77 kg (170 lb) NPS 6: 159 kg (350 lb) NPS 8: 408 kg (900 lb)
Optional Safety Instrumented System Classification
SIL3 capable -- certified by exida Consulting LLC
Additional Options
J Lubricator, J lubricator/isolating valve, J drilled and tapped connection in extension bonnet for leak-off service, J body drain plug, J style 3 fabricated extension bonnet made on order to a specific length for cryogenic service, J style NS bonnet for seismic service requirements, J packings suitable for nuclear service, J Class V shutoff for ET above 232_C (450_F) using PEEK anti-extrusion rings
1. EN (or other) ratings and end connections can usually be supplied; consult your Emerson sales office.
2. The pressure or temperature limits in this bulletin, and any applicable code limitations, should not be exceeded. 3. Certain bonnet bolting material selections may require a CL600 easy-e valve assembly to be derated. Contact your Emerson Automation Solutions sales office for more information. 4. Limitation based on excessive noise increase if max P/P1 ratio for a given cage level is exceeded.
ENVIRO-SEAL Packing System Specifications
Applicable Stem Diameters
J 9.5 mm (3/8 inches), J 12.7 mm (1/2 inches), J 19.1 mm (3/4 inches), J 25.4 mm (1 inch), and J 31.8 mm (1-1/4 inches) diameter valve stems
Maximum Pressure/Temperature Limits(1)
To Meet the EPA Fugitive Emission Standard of 100 PPM(2) For ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE and ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex packing systems: full CL300 up to 232_C (450_F) For ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF packing: 104 bar (1500 psig) at 316_C (600_F)
Construction Materials
PTFE Packing Systems Packing Ring and Lower Wiper: PTFE V-ring(3) Male and Female Adaptor Rings: Carbon-filled PTFE V-ring
Graphite ULF Packing Systems: Graphite rings Duplex Packing Systems: Male and Female Adaptor Rings: Carbon-filled PTFE V-ring Guide Bushings: Carbon graphite Packing Rings: Graphite composite Packing Washer: PTFE Anti-Extrusion Washer: Filled PTFE (not required for Graphite ULF or duplex packing) Lantern Ring: S31600 (316 stainless steel) (not required for Graphite ULF packing) Packing Box Flange: S31600 Spring: J 17-7PH stainless steel or J N06600 Packing Follower: S31600 lined with carbon-filled PTFE Packing Box Studs: Strain-hardened 316 stainless steel Packing Box Nuts: 316 stainless steel SA194 Grade 8M
1. Refer to the valve specifications in this bulletin for pressure/temperature limits of valve parts. Do not exceed the pressure/temperature rating of the valve. Do not exceed any applicable code or standard limitation. 2. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has set a limit of 100 parts per million (ppm) for fugitive emissions from a valve in selected VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) services. 3. In vacuum service, it is not necessary to reverse the ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing rings.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ET Valve
D100022X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
Table 1. Available Constructions
VALVE BODY MATERIAL AND END CONNECTION STYLE(1)
VALVE
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Cast Iron Valve Body
CL125 FF Flanged
CL250 RF Flanged
Carbon Steel, Alloy Steel, or Stainless Steel Valve Body
Screwed
RF or RTJ Flanged
CL150
CL300
CL600
Butt Socket Weld Weld
ET
1, 1-1/2, or 2
X
2-1/2, 3, 4, 6, or 8
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
- - -
X
X
X
X
X
EAT
1 or 2
- - -
3, 4, or 6
- - -
- - -
- - -
X
X
X
X
X
- - -
- - -
X
X
X
X
X
ETR
1, 1-1/2, or 2
- - -
2-1/2, 3, or 4
- - -
- - -
X
X
X
X
X
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
VALVE
VALVE SIZE, DN
PN16
STEEL VALVE BODY MATERIAL AND RAISED-FACE END CONNECTION STYLE(2)
PN25
PN40
PN63
PN100
ET
25, 40, 50, 65, 80, 100, 150, or 200
X
X
X
X
X
EAT
25, 50, 80, 100, or 150
X
X
X
X
X
ETR
25, 40, 50, 65, 80, or 100
X
X
X
X
X
X = Available Construction. 1. End connection style abbreviations: FF - Flat Faced, RF - Raised Face, RTJ - Ring Type Joint.
2. End connection EN1092-1/B.
Table 2. Shutoff Classifications Per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Valve Design
Seating
Shutoff Class
V Air Test
All except those with Cavitrol III cages
PTFE Metal
V (optional) VI (optional)(3)
IV (standard) V (optional)(1) VI (optional)(3)
ET with Cavitrol III one-stage cage
Metal
IV (standard) V (optional)
ET with Cavitrol III two-stage cages
Metal
V
ET and EAT w/ TSO (Tight Shutoff) trim (CL125 through 600)
ET w/ TSO (Tight Shutoff) trim (CL125 through 600)
Replaceable, protected soft seat
Std or Cavitrol III trim. Replaceable, protected soft seat.
TSO(2) TSO is not an ANSI/FCI leakage class. Valves with TSO trim are factory tested to a more stringent Emerson Automation Solutions test requirement of no leakage at time of shipment. Test medium is water. Specify service nP when ordering. Shutoff class V.
1. Class V shutoff requires spring-loaded seal ring, radius-seat plug, and wide-bevel seat ring (not available with 8-inch port, quick-opening cage). Not available with trims 4, 29, and 85. 2. For additional information, contact your Emerson sales office. 3. Refer to table 3.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
ET Valve
D100022X012
ENVIRO-SEAL, HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems
ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL packing systems offer exceptional sealing capabilities. These systems easily install in existing valves or can be purchased with new valves. These systems help seal the process to conserve valuable process fluid. The long-life and reliability of these systems also reduce maintenance costs and downtime.
ULF packing system (figure 10) is offered. The HIGH-SEAL packing system provides improved sealing at pressure/temperature ratings beyond ENVIRO-SEAL limits.
ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems, available with PTFE, Graphite ULF, or duplex packing, and the HIGH-SEAL Graphite ULF packing system feature live-loading and unique packing-ring arrangements for long-term, consistent sealing performance.
For applications requiring compliance with environmental protection regulations, the unique ENVIRO-SEAL packing system (figure 10) and a unique ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal system (figure 9) are offered. The emission control packing system keeps emission concentrations below the EPA 100 ppm requirement.
For an excellent stem seal in applications that are not environmentally-sensitive, the HIGH-SEAL Graphite
Table 3. Class VI Shutoff Availability(1, 2)
Valve
Port Size, Inches
ET
3.4375 7
ET
3.4375 7
1. Limited retrofit capability. Consult your Emerson sales office. 2. Not for use with NPS 8.
ANSI/FCI Class VI Shutoff Capabilities
ET valves with soft seat and metal seat constructions can provide ANSI/FCI Class VI shut-off capabilities. See tables 3 and 4.
Seat Soft Metal
Minimum Seat Load See Catalog 14
300 lbs/lineal inch
Table 4. Class VI Trim Materials
VALVE
CAGE/SEAT RING RETAINER
VALVE PLUG
316 SST / ENC
S31600 w/ standard beveled
seat
S31600/CoCr-A
316 SST / ENC
seat w/ radiused seat
ET
(special design)
17-4 SST (17-4PH SST)
S41600 w/ standard beveled
seat
17-4 SST
S41600 w/ radiused seat (special design)
1. UHMWPE (Ultra High Molecular Weight Polyethylene)
SEAT RING
S31600/PTFE
S31600 w/ wide beveled seat
(special design)
S31600/PTFE
S31600 w/ wide beveled seat
(special design)
SEAL RING UHMWPE(1)
R30003
UHMWPE R30003
UHMWPE R30003
UHMWPE R30003
TRIM TEMPERATURE LIMIT
_C
_F
-198 to 66
-325 to 150
-198 to 66
-325 to 150
-29 to 66 -29 to 66
-20 to 150 -20 to 150
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ET Valve
D100022X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
Figure 1. Fisher ET Sectional with Standard Cages
LOAD RING
SEAL RING
RETAINING RING
METAL BACKUP RING
W7019-1
STANDARD NPS 8 CONSTRUCTION
W2914-1
NPS 6 OR 8 ET
SEAL RING
W0995-2
NPS 1 THROUGH 4 ET (ALSO NPS 1 THROUGH 6 EAT)
SPRING-LOADED SEAL RING CONSTRUCTION FOR USE WITH CAVITROL CAGES AND FOR METAL SEAT WITH OPTIONAL CLASS V SHUTOFF
BONNET GASKET
SHIM SPIRAL WOUND GASKET
PIN
PTFE V-RING PACKING
CAGE GASKET
BONNET GASKET
BACKUP RING SEAL RING VALVE PLUG
SHIM
SPIRAL WOUND GASKET
RESTRICTED TRIM ADAPTORS
W2001-2
OPTIONAL RESTRICTED TRIM
SEAT RING GASKET
W3162-3
METAL
PTFE DISK
DISK SEAT
METAL DISK RETAINER
STANDARD NPS 1 THROUGH 6 CONSTRUCTION
METAL SEAT RING
W0983-2
OPTIONAL METAL-TO-METAL SEATING
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
ET Valve
D100022X012
Figure 2. Fisher EAT Sectional
Figure 3. Fisher ETR Sectional
W0972-3
W1557-4
Figure 4. Typical Valve with WhisperFlo Aerodynamic Trim
W6980
WhisperFlo TRIM
W6851-1
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ET Valve
D100022X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
Figure 5. Typical WhisperFlo Cage
W7065
W6851-1
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
ET Valve
D100022X012
Table 5. Typical Combinations of Metal Trim Parts for All Valves Except Those for NACE MR0175 / ISO 15156 and MR0103 Specifications(1), Cavitrol III(2), Whisper Trim III(3), and 4, 6, and 8-Inch WhisperFlo Cages(6)
Trim Designation
Valve Plug
Cage
Disk Seat and Retainer for
Standard PTFE-Seat Construction
Seat Ring or Liner for Optional Metal-Seat Construction
Optional Liner (Metal Seat EAT Valve Only)
1 (typically used with optional
S41600 HT
17-4 SST HT
metal-seat constructions in all designs and body materials except CF8M)
17-4 SST HT HT(5)
17-4 SST HT(5)
- - -
S41600 HT or CA15 HT(4)
S41600 HT
S31600 with seat and
3
guide hard faced with CoCr-A
R30006 or R30016 (alloy 6)
- - -
R30006 (alloy 6)
- - -
hardfacing alloy
4(7)
S31600
17-4 SST HT
S31600
S31600
S31600
S31600 with seat and
5(5)
guide hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing
R31233
R30006 Disk Seat & retainer
R30006 (alloy 6)
- - -
alloy
S31600 with seat and
6(5)
guide hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing
S31603 CRPL
R30006 Disk Seat & retainer
R30006 (alloy 6)
- - -
alloy
S31600 with seat and 316 SST with
S31600
27
guide hard faced with CoCr-A
electroless nickel coating (ENC)
disk retainer with CoCr-A disk seat
R30006 (alloy 6)
- - -
hardfacing alloy
28(8)
S31600 with seat hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing
316 SST with electroless nickel
coating (ENC)
S31600 disk retainer with CoCr-A disk seat
R30006 (alloy 6)
- - -
alloy
29 (standard for CF8M bodies in
all designs regardless of seat construction)(8)
S31600
316 SST with electroless nickel
coating (ENC)
S31600
S31600
S31600
37 and 37H (trim 37H has clearances for high-temperature
service above 210_C [410_F])
S31600 with seat and guide
hard faced with CoCr-A
17-4 SST HT
S31600 disk retainer with CoCr-A disk seat
Seat Ring: R30006 (alloy 6)
- - -
57 (standard for standard PTFE-seat ET, EAT, ETR in all body
materials except CF8M)
S41600 HT 17-4 SST HT(5)
17-4 SST HT(5)
S31600
- - -
- - -
316L
S31603
316L SST with electroless nickel
coating (ENC)
S31603
S31603
- - -
316L HF
S31603 with seat and guide hard faced with CoCr-A
316L SST with electroless nickel
coating (ENC)
S31603 disk retainer with CoCr-A disk seat
R30006 (alloy 6)
- - -
hardfacing alloy
1. For NACE MR0175 / ISO 15156 and MR0103 specification trims, see table 18 2. For Cavitrol III trims, see table 6. 3. For Whisper Trim III trims, see table 8 4. CA15 is used for NPS 6 and 8 full-sized and restricted-trim valves. 5. For 8-inch Whisper Trim I. 6. For 4, 6, and 8-Inch WhisperFlo trims, see table 7. 7. Not for use with Whisper Trim I.
8. Not for use with Whisper Trim I with 136 mm (5.375 inch) and larger ports.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ET Valve
D100022X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
Table 6. Cavitrol III(1) Metal Trim Part Materials and Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE PLUG
CAGE
CAGE RETAINER
SEAT RING
BODY & BONNET
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITY
_C
_F
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
17-4 SST
WCC carbon steel, WC9 chrome moly steel, or LCC carbon
steel
These materials
-29
not limiting
factors
These materials
-20
not limiting
factors
76
Heat-treated S42000
H900 for Cavitrol III 1-stage
or 17-4 SST H1075 for Cavitrol III 2-stage
S31600
S17400 with H900 heat-treat condition
CF8M
NPS 1, 1-1/2, or 2 valve body
size
NPS 2-1/2 or 3 valve body size
-29 -29
These materials and sizes not limiting factors
216
-20 -20
These materials and sizes not limiting factors
420
NPS 4, 6,
or 8 valve -29
177
-20
350
body size
1. Available only in NPS 1 through 8 ET valves.
Table 7. WhisperFlo Metal Trim Part Materials and Valve Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities (NPS 4, 6, and 8 Fisher ET only)
TRIM DESIGNA-
TION
VALVE BODY
VALVE PLUG
CAGE
CAGE RETAINER
SEAT
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITY(1)
_C
_F
Min
Max
Min
Max
901
WCC
S41600
410 SST
WCC ENC
S41600
-29
316
-20
600
902
WCC
S31600/CoCrA Seat and Guide
410 SST
WCC ENC
S31600/CoCrA
-29
316
-20
600
926
WCC
S31600/CoCrA Seat and Guide
410 SST NACE
WCC/NACE/ENC S31600/CoCrA
-29
316
-20
600
936
316 CF8M
S31600/CoCrA Seat and Guide
316 SST/ R31233
S31600/ENC
S31600/CoCrA -198
316
-325
600
901C
WCC
S41000
410 SST
WCC ENC
S31600/PTFE
-29
232
-20
450
904C
WCC
S31600
410 SST
WCC ENC
S31600/PTFE
-29
149
-20
300
984C
WCC
S31600
410 SST NACE WCC/NACE/ENC S31600/PTFE
-29
149
-20
300
985C
CF8M
S31600
316 SST/ R31233
S31600/ENC
S31600/PTFE
-73
149
-100
300
CD3MN
-51
316
-60
600
990
LCC
S31803/CoCrA 2205 Duplex(2)/
Seat and Guide
R31233
S31800/Cr Plate
S31803/CoCrA Seat
-46
316
-51
600
WCC
-29
316
-20
600
CD3MN
-51
232
-60
450
990C
LCC
S31803/CoCrA 2205 Duplex(2)/
Seat and Guide
R31233
S31800/Cr Plate
S31803/PTFE
-46
232
-51
450
WCC
-29
232
-20
450
1. Temperatures above 232_C (450_F) require PEEK anti-extrusion rings and spring-loaded seal ring. This option allows ET construction to be used up to 316_C (600_F) for non-oxidizing service and 260_C (500_F) for oxidizing service. 2. 22 Cr-5Ni duplex stainless steel
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
ET Valve
D100022X012
Table 8. Whisper Trim III Metal Trim Part Materials and Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities
TRIM DESIGNATION
301G 301GC 312G(1) 312GC(1) 315G(1) 315GC(1)
306
VALVE PLUG
S41600
S41600
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat & Guide
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat & Guide
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat & Guide
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat & Guide
S31803/ CoCr-A Seat & Guide (< 3"Port), S31803/
Ultimet Seat & Guide ( 3"Port)
CAGE
CAGE RETAINER
BAFFLE (FOR LEVEL D3 CAGE ONLY)
SEAT RING FOR METALSEAT CONSTRUCTION
DISK SEAT AND
RETAINER FOR PTFE-
SEAT CONSTRUCTION
STEM
BODY, BONNET
& BONNET SPACER
19.1 through 111.1, 177.8 and 203.2 mm (0.75 through 4.375, 7 and 8 Inch) Port Sizes
17-4 SST
WCC,
--
Steel S41600
--
S31600
WC9
CF8M(5)
17-4 SST
WCC,
--
Steel
--
S31600
S31600
WC9
CF8M
316 SST/ENC Electroless
--
S31600 R30006
WCC,
--
S20910
WC9
Nickel Coated
CF8M
316 SST/ENC Electroless
Nickel Coated
WCC,
--
S31600
--
R30006/ S31600(6)
S20910
WC9
CF8M
WCC,
316 SST Chrome Plate
--
S31600 R30006
--
S20910
WC9
CF8M
316 SST Chrome Plate
WCC,
--
S31600
--
R30006/ S31600(6)
S20910
WC9
CF8M
2205 Duplex(4) Chrome Plate
S31803/
CoCr-A
(< 3"Port),
--
S31803 S31803/
--
Ultimet
( 3"Port)
S31803
WCC, WC9, CF8M
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITY
°C
°F
Min
Max
Min
Max
-29 -29 -29 -29 -29 -198 -29 -73 -29 -198 -29 -73
316(2) 176 204 176 316(2) 316(2) 204 204 316(2) 316(2) 204 204
-20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -325 -20 -100 -20 -325 -20 -100
600(2) 350 400 350 600(2) 600(2) 400 400 600(2) 600(2) 400 400
-29
316(2)
-20
600(2)
307G
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat & Guide
S17400
WCC,
--
Steel R30006
--
S31600
-29
210
-20
410
WC9
307GH(3)
S31600/
CoCr-A Seat & Guide
S17400
WCC,
--
Steel R30006
--
S31600
210
316
410
600
WC9
136.5 mm (5.375 Inch) Port
301
S17400
416 SST
WCC/ENC
Steel S41600
--
S31600
301 C
S17400
416 SST
WCC/ENC
Steel
--
S31600
S31600
304 312(1) 312C(1)
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat & Guide
416 SST
WCC/ENC
Steel
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat & Guide
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat & Guide
316 SST/ENC Electroless
Nickel Coated
316 SST/ENC Electroless
Nickel Coated
316/ENC Electroless Nickel Coated
316/ENC Electroless Nickel Coated
S31600 S31600
S31600/ CoCr-A
Seat
R30006
--
--
--
R30006/ S31600
S31600 S20910 S20910
WCC, WC9 CF8M WCC, WC9 CF8M WCC, WC9 CF8M WCC, WC9 CF8M WCC, WC9 CF8M
-29 -29 -29 -29 -29 -29 -29 -198 -29 -198
316(2) 163 204 163 316(2) 177 260 316(2) 204 204
-20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -325 -20 -325
600(2) 325 400 325 600(2) 350 500 600(2) 400 400
S31803/
2205
306
Ultimet Seat &
Duplex(4)
WCC,
--
S31803/ S31803 Ultimet
--
S31803
WC9,
-29
316(2)
-20
600(2)
CF8M or
Guide
Chrome Plate
CD3MN
1.NACE compatible trims meets NACE MR0175 2002, MR0175/ISO15156, MR0103. 2. Temperatures above 202°C (450°F) require PEEK anti-extrusion rings and spring loaded. This option allows ET construction to be used up to 316°C (600°F) for non-oxidizing service and 260°C (500°F) for oxidizing service. 3. For high temperature service. 4. 22 Cr-5Ni duplex stainless steel. 5. Trim 301G can be used up to 216°C (420°F) with NPS 3 CF8M body, can be used up to 288°C (550°F) with NPS 2 CF8M body. 6. For 8 inch port size, both disk seat and retainer use R30006.
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ET Valve
D100022X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
Figure 6. Metal Seat and Whisper Trim III Cage in Fisher ET Valve
BONNET SPACER
Figure 8. Cavitrol III One-Stage Cage
CAGE RETAINER
W2670
Figure 7. Typical Balanced TSO Trim
W3746A-4
Figure 9. Typical ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnet and Bellows Seal Assembly
VALVE PLUG SEAL
BELLOWS SEAL BONNET
BELLOWS SEAL ASSEMBLY WITH VALVE PLUG
W7020-1
PROTECTED SOFT SEAT
W5821-1
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
ET Valve
D100022X012
Figure 10. ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems
PACKING BOX STUDS
SPRINGS
ANTIEXTRUSION RING
LANTERN RING
SPRINGS
PACKING RING
VALVE BONNET
PACKING
PACKING BOX STUD
FOLLOWER
W5803-3
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH PTFE PACKING
SPRING
PACKING BOX STUD
W8532-1
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
PACKING
FOLLOWER
W8533-1
TYPICAL HIGH-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
W7018
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYS TEM WITH DUPLEX PACKING
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ET Valve
D100022X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
Figure 11. Typical Trim for All Valves Except Those with Cavitrol III, Whisper Trim III, or WhisperFlo Cages
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °C
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °C
-100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250
1600
110
-100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
1600
110
PRESSURE DROP, BAR
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
100 1400
90
1200 4C
80
1000
3 OR 29C
70
60 800
50
600
3 29C OR 57C
40
400
30
20 200
10
PRESSURE DROP, BAR PRESSURE DROP, PSI
1400 1200 1000
800 600 400 200
1 OR 37 5
100 90
80
70
60
1
50
OR
37H 40
30
20
10
0 -200
-100 0 100 200 300 400 -20 FLUID TEMPERATURE, °F
0 500
2 TRIM CAPABILITIES FOR PTFE SEATING
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °C
-100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
1600
110
100 1400
90
1200
37
80
0
0
-200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
-20
450 4
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °F
FOR OPTIONAL METAL SEATING
2 WITH CL600 WCC STEEL, OR WC9 CHROME
MOLY STEEL, BODY
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °C
-100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
1600
110
100 1400
90
PRESSURE DROP, BAR PRESSURE DROP, PSI
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
A6736-2
1000 800 600
1 OR 37 5 43
1
70
OR 37H
60
50
40
400
30 43
20
200
1,4 OR 37 5
10
0
0
-200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
-50 -20
450 4
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °F
FOR OPTIONAL METAL SEATING WITH 2 CL600 LCC STEEL BODY
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °C
0
100
200
600
40
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
500
35
400
30
25
300
20
1 OR 37 5 200
15 10
100 5
0
0
-100 0 100 200 300 400 600
-20
450
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °F
FOR OPTIONAL METAL SEATING WITH
CL250B 2 CAST IRON BODY
PRESSURE DROP, BAR
PRESSURE DROP, BAR
1200
80
1000
70
800
28,29 3
27
60
27
50
600
40
400
30
20
200
29 1 3
10
0
0
-200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 450 4
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °F
FOR OPTIONAL METAL SEATING WITH
2 CL600 CF8M(316 SST) BODY
NOTES: 1Use trim 27 instead of trim 29 for nonlubricating
fluids such as superheated steam or dry gases between 149°C (300°F) and 232°C (450°F). 2Do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature
for the pressure rating of the body material used,
even though the trims shown may have higher capabilities. 3Trims 4 and 29 may be used up to 99 bar (1440 psi) with clean
dry gas. For process fluids other than clean dry gas,
Use trims 4 and 29 only up to 21 bar (300 psi). 4 Trims 1, 27, and 37H temperature limits can be extended to 316°C (600°F) for non-oxidizing service or 260°C (500°F) oxidizing service if PEEK anti-extrusion rings
are used with spring-loaded seal rings. 5Use trim 37H instead of trim 37 for temperatures above 210°C (410°F). Requires anti-extrusion rings and spring-loaded seal rings for temperatures above 232°C (450°F).
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
ET Valve
D100022X012
Figure 12. Typical Trim for Cavitrol III Cage Constructions
PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR
LIQUID TEMPERATURE, °C
-100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
1600
110
100 1400
90
1200
80
1000 800 600
70 60
50 76
76
40
400
30
20 200
10
0
0
-200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
-20
450 2
LIQUID TEMPERATURE, °F
WITH STEEL OR STAINLESS STEEL BODIES 1
Notes: 1Do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature for the pressure rating of the body material used, even though the trim shown may have higher capabilities. 2Trim 76 temperature limits can be extended to 316°C (600°F) for non-oxidizing service or 260°C (500°F) for oxidizing service if IF PEEK anti-extrusion rings are used with spring-loaded seal rings.
A6737
16
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ET Valve
D100022X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
Table 9. Materials and Temperature Limits for Other Parts
PART
MATERIAL
Cast iron body WCC body
Body-to-bonnet bolting. See table 19 for NACE bolting materials and temperature limits
LCC body
CF3M or CF8M (316 stainless steel) body
Disk
2-piece valve plug seal (standard for NPS 1 thru 6 valves except those with Cavitrol III cage)
Spring-loaded valve plug seal(7)
For applications using PEEK Anti-Extrusion Rings: Spring-loaded valve plug seal
Valve plug stem Load ring (NPS 8 ET valve only)
Restricted trim adaptors
Seat ring, bonnet and cage gaskets
Spiral wound gasket
Shim
Packing
(temperatures shown are material temperature capabilities)
Cap screws Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts
Backup ring
Seal ring Backup ring(4) Retaining ring(4) Seal ring Backup ring(4) Retaining ring(4) Seal ring Anti-extrusion rings
See table 11 for proper bonnet selection
Steel SAE Grade 5
Steel SA-193-B7
Steel SA-194-2H
Steel SA-193-B7
Steel SA-194-2H
Steel SA-193-B7 (std) (NACE [non-exposed bolting])
Steel SA-194-2H (std) (NACE [non-exposed bolting])
S30400 stainless steel SA-320-B8
S30400 stainless steel SA-194-8
S31600 stainless steel SA-193-B8M (strain-hardened) or S31600 stainless steel SA-193-B8M
S31600 stainless steel SA-194-8M
PTFE Fluorocarbon(1) Ethylene-propylene(2)
Nitrile(3)
For use with air and hydrocarbons
For use with other compatible fluids
Carbon-filled PTFE
S41600 stainless steel
S31600 stainless steel
S30200 stainless steel (N07750, NACE Std)
PTFE with N10276 spring S41600 stainless steel S31600 stainless steel
S30200 stainless steel
PTFE/graphite with R30003spring
PEEK (PolyEtherEtherKetone)
S31600 (S20910, NACE Std.) or S31603 S17400 or optional N06600 or N05500 Cast iron WCC steel S31600 stainless steel FGM (standard) PTFE-coated N04400 N06600/graphite (FGM-standard) N04400/PTFE S31600 stainless steel N04400
PTFE V-ring
PTFE/composition
Graphite ribbon/filament -continued-
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
_C
_F
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
-29
232
-20
450
-29
-20
- - -(5)
- - -(5)
-46
-50
-48
- - -(5)
-55
- - -(5)
-46
- - -(5)
-50
- - -(5)
- - -(5)
38
- - -(5)
100
- - -(5)
-73 -18 -40 -40
-40 -73 -29
- - -(5)
-73 -29
- - -(5)
-73 - - -(5)
- - -(5)
-73 -29 - - -(5) - - -(5) - - -(5) - - -(5) -73 - - -(5)
-40 -73 - - -(5)
- - -(5)
- - -(5)
204 204 232 71
82 232 - - -(5)
- - -(5)
232 - - -(5)
- - -(5)
316(6)
-100 0 -40 -40
-40 -100 -20
- - -(5)
-100 -20
- - -(5)
-100 - - -(5)
- - -(5) 232 - - -(5)
149 149 - - -(5) 232 232
- - -(5)
-100 -20 - - -(5) - - -(5) - - -(5) - - -(5) -100
- - -(5)
-40
-100 - - -(5)
- - -(5)
400 400 450 160 180 450 - - -(5)) - - -(5) 450 - - -(5) - - -(5) 600(6)
- - -(5) 450 - - -(5)
300 300 - - -(5) 450 450
17
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
ET Valve
D100022X012
Table 9. Materials and Temperature Limits for Other Parts (continued)
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
PART
MATERIAL
_C Minimum Maximum
_F Minimum Maximum
Packing flange, studs, and nuts when used with standard bonnet
S31600 stainless steel
- - -(5)
- - -(5)
Metal packing box parts
S31600 or S17400 stainless steel depending on part
- - -(5)
- - -(5)
Extension bonnet bushing
Trims 1 & 4 S41600 stainless steel Other trims S31600 stainless steel
-29
- - -(5)
- - -(5)
-20
- - -(5)
- - -(5)
1. For high-temperature air, hydrocarbons, and certain other chemicals and solvents. Not for use with steam or ammonia. Not recommended for water above 82_C (180_F). 2. Has excellent moisture resistance to hot water and steam and may be used with most fire-resistant hydraulic oils, but cannot be used with petroleum-based fluids and other hydrocarbons. 3. Cannot be used with fire-resistant hydraulic oils.
4. These parts not used with 137 mm (7 inch) ports or larger.
5. These materials not limiting factors. 6. This material may be used in temperatures up to 260_C (500_F) for oxidizing service. 7. Standard for NPS 8 valve regardless of cage and all NPS 1 thru 6 valves with Cavitrol III cages, optional in NPS 1 thru 6 valves with other than Cavitrol III cages.
18
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ET Valve
D100022X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
Table 10. Fisher ET Valve Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities For All Valves Except Cavitrol III, Whisper Trim III Cage, and NPS 4, 6, and 8 ET with WhisperFlo Cage
BODY/BONNET(3)
MATERIALS Cast Iron
CF3M (316L stainless steel) CF8M (316 stainless steel)
LCC steel
WCC steel
TRIM DESIGNATION
1,3,27, 29 or 57 5(5) 6(5) 37 37H 316L
316L HF 5(5) 6(5) 27 28 29 1 4 5(5) 6(5) 27 29 37 37H 57 1 5(5) 6(5) 27 29 37 37H
VALVE SIZE, NPS All 8 All All 8 All All 8
All
All 8
All
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITY
_C
_F
Min
Max
Min
Max
-29
232
-20
450
-29
232
-20
450
-29
232
-20
450
-29
210
-20
410
210 -198(4) -198(4) -198(4) -198(4) -198(4) -198(4) -198(4)
-29
232 149(2) 316(1) 316(1) 316(1) 316(1) 149(2) 149(2) 316(1)
410 -325(4) -325(4) -325(4) -325(4) -325(4) -325(4) -325(4)
-20
450 300(2) 600(1) 600(1) 600(1) 600(1) 300(2) 300(2) 600(1)
-46
210
-50
410
-46
316(1)
-50
600(1)
-46
316(1)
-50
600(1)
-46
316(1)
-50
600(1)
-46
149(2)
-50
300(2)
-46
210
-50
410
210
316(1)
410
600(1)
-29
232
-20
450
-29
316(1)
-20
600(1)
-29
316(1)
-20
600(1)
-29
316(1)
-20
600(1)
-29
316(1)
-20
600(1)
-29
149(2)
-20
300(2)
-29
210
-20
410
210
316(1)
410
600(1)
WC9 Chrome moly steel
57 1 or 3 5(5) 6(5)
27 29 37 37H 57
-29
232
-20
450
All
-29
316(1)
-20
600(1)
-29
316(1)
-20
600(1)
8
-29
316(1)
-20
600(1)
-29
316(1)
-20
600(1)
-29
149(2)
-20
300(2)
All
-29
210
-20
410
210
316(1)
410
600(1)
-29
232
-20
450
1. Temperatures above 232_C (450_F) require PEEK anti-extrusion rings and spring-loaded seal ring. This option allows ET construction to be used up to 316_C (600_F) for non-oxidizing service and 260_C (500_F) for oxidizing service. 2. Lubricating service allows usage to 232_C (450_F) 3. Same material also used for bottom flange, if required. Restricted trim and full-sized limits are the same.
4. May be used down to -254_C (-425_F) if manufacturing process includes Charpy impact test.
5. Only available for Whisper Trim I cages.
19
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
ET Valve
D100022X012
Table 11. Bonnet Selection Guidelines
BONNET STYLE
PACKING MATERIAL
IN-BODY PROCESS TEMPERATURE LIMITS(1)
_C
_F
Plain: JStandard for all valve sizes through NPS 6 with 2-13/16 yoke boss diameter JStandard for NPS 6 and 8 valves in cast iron and WCC steel bonnet material with 3-9/16 yoke boss diameter
Style 1 Cast Extension: JStandard for NPS 8 valves in S31600 bonnet material with 3-9/16 yoke boss diameter
PTFE V-ring
PTFE/Composition
Graphite ribbon/filament PTFE V-ring
PTFE/Composition Graphite ribbon/filament
-18 to 232 -18 to 232 -18 to 316(2)
-46 to 316(2)
0 to 450 0 to 450 0 to 600(2)
-50 to 600(2)
Style 2 Cast Extension: JOptional for NPS 2 through 4 valve sizes with 2-13/16 inch yoke boss diameter JOptional for NPS 6 and 8 valves with 3-9/16 yoke boss diameter. Not available for NPS 8 valve in S31600 bonnet material
ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal bonnet
PTFE V-ring PTFE/Composition Graphite ribbon/filament
PTFE
Graphite ULF
-101 to 316(2)
-150 to 600(2)
For exceptional stem sealing capabilities. See Bulletin 59.1:070, ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnets (D101641X012),
for pressure/temperature ratings.
For exceptional stem sealing capabilities. See Bulletin 59.1:070, ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnets (D101641X012),
for pressure/temperature ratings.
1. These in-body process temperatures assume an outside, ambient temperature of 21_C (70_F) and no insulation on the bonnet. When using any packing at low process temperatures, a cast extension bonnet may have to be used to prevent packing damage which could result from the formation of valve stem frost. Material selection for trim and other components will also be
limiting factors. 2. Temperatures above 232_C (450_F) require PEEK anti-extrusion rings and spring-loaded seal ring.
Table 12. Maximum Flow Coefficients for Full-Sized Trim with Equal Percentage Cage and Normal Flow Direction
Valve
Valve Size, NPS
Cv at Max. Valve Plug Travel
1
17.2
1-1/2
35.8
2
59.7
2-1/2
99.4
ET
3
136
4
224
6
394
8(1)
567
8(2)
819
with liner EAT
without liner
1
18.5
2
48.1
3
149
4
152
6
336
1
19.0
2
47.2
3
148
4
156
6
328
1
17.2
1-1/2
35.8
ETR
2
59.7
2-1/2
99.4
3
136
4
224
1. With 51 mm (2 inch) travel. 2. With 76 mm (3 inch) travel.
20
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ET Valve
D100022X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
Table 13. Port Diameters and Valve Plug Travel
VALVE SIZE, NPS
ET or ETR
EAT
Full-Sized Trim
RestrictedCapacity Trim
Full-Sized Trim
RestrictedCapacity Trim
1
1-1/2
1
2
- - -
2
- - -
- - -
1-1/2
- - -
2
- - -
- - -
2-1/2
- - -
- - -
2
3
- - -
4
2-1/2
4
3
6
3
- - -
4
- - -
4
- - -
6
- - -
6(2)
- - -
- - -
- - -
8(2)
- - -
- - -
- - -
1. For Cavitrol III trim, see table 15.
2. Not available in ETR valves. 3. Standard-travel cages.
PORT DIAMETER(1)
mm
Inch
33.3 33.3 46.7 46.7
58.7 73.0 87.3
111.1 177.8(3)
- - -
1.3125 1.3125 1.875 1.875
2.3125 2.875 3.4375
4.375 7(3)
- - -
203.2
8
MAXIMUM VALVE PLUG TRAVEL(1)
mm
Inch
19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 29 38 38
51 51(3)
- - -
51
76
0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.125 1.5 1.5
2 2(3)
- - -
2
3
Table 14. Stem and Yoke Boss Diameters
VALVE SIZE, NPS
ET or ETR
EAT
Full-Sized Trim
RestrictedCapacity Trim
Full-Sized Trim
RestrictedCapacity Trim
1
1-1/2
1
2
- - -
2
- - -
- - -
1-1/2
- - -
2
- - -
- - -
2-1/2
- - -
- - -
2
3
- - -
4
2-1/2
4
3
6
3
- - -
4
- - -
4
- - -
6
- - -
6(1)
- - -
- - -
- - -
8(1)
- - -
- - -
- - -
1. Not available in ETR valves.
STEM AND YOKE BOSS DIAMETERS
Standard
Optional
Stem
Yoke Boss
Stem
Yoke Boss
mm
Inch mm Inch
mm
Inch mm Inch
9.5
3/8
54
2-1/8 12.7
1/2
71 2-13/16
12.7
1/2
71 2-13/16 - - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
9.5
3/8
54
2-1/8 12.7
1/2
71 2-13/16
12.7
1/2
71 2-13/16 - - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
12.7
1/2
71 2-13/16 19.1
3/4
90 3-9/16
12.7
1/2
71 2-13/16 19.1
3/4
90 3-9/16
12.7
1/2
71 2-13/16 19.1
3/4
90 3-9/16
19.1
3/4
90 3-9/16
12.7
1/2
71 2-13/16 25.4
1
127
5
19.1
3/4
90
3-9/16
25.4 or 31.8
1 or 1-1/4
127
5
21
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
ET Valve
D100022X012
Table 15. Port Diameters and Valve Plug Travel for Cavitrol III Cage
ET VALVE SIZE, NPS
ONE-STAGE CAGE
Port Diameters
Valve Plug Travel(1)
TWO-STAGE CAGE
Port Diameters
Valve Plug Travel
mm
1
33.3
25
25.4
25
1-1/2
47.6
22
33.3
38
2
58.7
29
47.6
51
2-1/2
73.0
38
58.7
64
3
87.3
41
7.30
76
4
111.1
54
73.0
102
6
177.8
57
136.5
102
8
203.2
86
177.8
152
Inch
1
1.3125
1
1
1
1-1/2
1.875
0.875
1.3125
1.5
2
2.3125
1.125
1.875
2
2-1/2
2.875
1.5
2.3125
2.5
3
3.4375
1.625
2.875
3
4
4.375
2.125
2.875
4
6
7
2.25
5.375
4
8
8
3.375
7
6
1. The travel listed is the maximum travel that can be obtained for the given size. In situations where increased valve capacity is not needed, standard ET valve travels should be utilized in selecting the actuator.
Table 16. Port Diameter, Valve Plug Travel, and Stem and Yoke Boss Diameters for Whisper III Trims(1)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
ET EAT
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inch
MAX VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm Inch
STEM AND YOKE BOSS DIAMETERS
Standard
Optional
Stem
Yoke Boss
Stem
Yoke Boss
mm Inch mm Inch
mm Inch mm Inch
1
1
33.3
1 5/16
19
3/4 9.5 3/8 54 2 1/8
12.7 1/2 71 2 13/16
1 1/2
2
47.6
1 7/8
19
33.3
1 5/16
19
3/4
3/4
9.5
3/8 54
2 1/8
12.7 1/2 71 2 13/16
2
--
58.7
2 5/16 35
1 3/8 12.7 1/2 71 2 13/16 19.1 3/4 90 3 9/16
2
--
33.3
1 5/16 29
1 1/8 12.7 1/2 71 2 13/16 19.1 3/4 90 3 9/16
2 1/2
3
73
2 7/8
47.6
1 7/8
38
1 1/2 12.7 1/2 71 2 13/16 19.1 3/4 90 3 9/16
87.3
3 7/16
3
4
58.7
2 5/16
38
1 1/2 12.7 1/2 71 2 13/16 19.1 3/4 90 3 9/16
111.1
4 3/8
19.1
3/4 90
3 9/16
4
6
51
2
12.7 1/2 71 2 13/16
87.3
3 7/16
25.4
1
127
5
177.8
7
51
2
6
--
136.5
5 3/8
76
3
19.1
3/4
90
3.5625
25.4 or 31.8
1 or 1 1/4
127
5
76
3
8
--
203.2
8
102
4
19.1
3/4
90
3.5625
25.4 or 31.8
1 or 1 1/4
127
5
1. Refer Fisher Bulletin 80.1:010 Whisper Trim III (D100191X012) for more information.
PERFORMANCE LEVEL
A1 A1 A3, B1, B3 A1 A3, B1, B3,C1, C3, D1, D3 A1 A3, B1, B3,C1, C3, D1, D3 A1 A3, B1, B3,C1, C3, D1, D3
A1
A3, B1, B3,C1, C3, D1, D3 A1
A3, B1, B3,C1, C3, D1, D3 A1
A3, B1, B3,C1, C3
22
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ET Valve
D100022X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
Table 17. Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, Yoke Boss Diameters for TSO (Tight Shutoff) Trim
VALVE
TRIM
MAX TRAVEL mm Inch
YOKE BOSS SIZE
mm
Inch
PORT DIAMETER
Nominal
Actual TSO
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
CV REDUCTION AT 100% TRAVEL(1)
ET NPS 3
CAV III 2-Stage 76.2
3
90 127
3-9/16 5
73.0
2.875
68.3 2.6875
0%
ET NPS 4
CAV III 2-Stage 102
4
90 127
3-9/16 5
73.0
2.875
68.3 2.6875
5%
EAT NPS 4
Std
38.1 1.5
71.4 90
2-13/16 3-9/16
87.3
3.4375
82.6
3.25
6% 4%
EAT NPS 6
4% (linear)
Std
50.8
2
90
3-9/16 111
4.375
106 4.1875
3% (equal
percent)
1. This column lists the percent reduction of published maximum CV of the trim listed in the TRIM column.
UNBALANCE AREA Inch2 0.098
0.098
0.118
0.154
PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR
Figure 13. Typical Trim for NACE MR0175 / ISO 15156 and MR0103 (Sour Service)
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °C
-100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250
1600
110
100 1400
90
1200
80
1000
70
87C
60
800
50
600
40
400
30
20
200
85C
10
0
0
-200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °F
FOR STANDARD PTFE SEATING WITH 2 ALL BODY MATERIALS
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °C
-100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
1600
110
100 1400
90
1200
80
1000 800 600
70
60
86
50
87
87
40
400
30
20
200
85 1 3
10
0 -200
-100
0 100 200 300 400 500
450 FLUID TEMPERATURE, °F
4
0 600
FOR OPTIONAL METAL SEATING WITH ALL BODY MATERIALS
A6739-1
Notes: 1Use trim 87 instead of trim 85 for nonlubricating fluids such as super-heated steam or dry gases between 149°C (300°F) and 232°C (450°F). 2Do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature for the pressure rating of the body material used, even though the trims shown may have higher capabilities.
3 Trim 85 may be used up to 99 bar (1440 psi) with clean dry gas. For process fluids other than clean dry gas, use trim 85 only up to 21 bar (300 psi). 4 Trim 87 temperature limits can be extended to 316°C (600°F) for non-oxidizing service or 260°C (500°F) for oxidizing service if PEEK anti-extrusion rings are used with spring-loaded seal rings.
23
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
ET Valve
D100022X012
Table 18. Metal Trim Part Materials for Compatibility with NACE MR0175 / ISO 15156 and MR0103 (Sour Service) Specifications. Environmental Restrictions Apply, Refer to Standard.
Trim Designation(4)
Valve Plug
Cage
Seat Ring for Standard Metal Seat Construction
Optional Liner
for Metal Seat
(EAT only)
Disk Seat and Retainer for
Optional PTFE-Seat Construction
Valve Stem, Packing Follower, Lantern Ring, Packing Box Ring, and Pin
Load Ring(1)
316 SST with
85(5)
S31600
electroless nickel
S31600
S31600
- - -
coating (ENC)
85C(2, 5)
316 SST with
S31600
electroless nickel
- - -
coating (ENC)
- - -
S31600
S31600 with seat 316 SST with
86(5)
hard faced with CoCr-A
electroless nickel R30006 (alloy 6) coating (ENC)
- - -
hardfacing alloy
87 (Also used for 8-inch Whisper
Trim I)
S31600 with seat and guide hard
faced with CoCr-A
hardfacing alloy
316 SST with
electroless nickel coating (ENC)(3)
R30006 (alloy 6)
- - -
- - -
S20910 (Valve Stem)
S31600 (All Other
N05500
Parts)
- - -
87C(2) (Also used for 8-inch Whisper Trim I)
S31600 with seat and guide hard
faced with CoCr-A
hardfacing alloy
316 SST with
electroless nickel coating (ENC)(3)
- - -
- - -
S31600
1. NPS 8 valve body only. 2. 85C and 87C are trims for PTFE-seat construction. 3. 8-inch Whisper Trim I cage is 17-4 SST, double H1150 (NACE) / ENC. 4. N07750 retaining ring is standard for spring-loaded seal ring construction.
5. Not for use with Whisper Trim I with 136 mm (5.375 inch) and larger ports.
Table 19. Bolting Materials and Temperature Limits for Bolting Compliance with NACE MR0175-2002, NACE MR0175/ISO 15156, and NACE MR0103. Environmental restrictions may apply
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
BOLTING MATERIAL
_C
_F
Min
Max
Min
Max
Non-exposed bolting (Standard)
WCC and CF8M
(316 SST)
Studs Nuts
Steel SA-193-B7 Steel SA-194-2H
-48(2)
427
-55(2)
800
Exposed bolting (Optional) May require derating of valve(1) when these body-to-bonnet bolting materials are used
WCC and CF8M
Studs Nuts
Steel SA-193-B7M Steel SA-194-2HM
-48(2)
427
-55(2)
800
1. Derating is not required for CL150 and 300 valves. Derating may be required for valves rated at CL600. Contact your Emerson sales office for assistance in determining the derating of valves
when these body-to-bonnet bolting materials are used. 2. -29_C (-20_F) with WCC body material.
24
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ET Valve
D100022X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
Table 20. Fisher ET and ETR Dimensions
A Pressure Rating, End Connection Style (1)
G (MAX)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Scrd or SW
CL125 FF or
CL150 RF
CL150 RTJ
CL250 RF or
CL300 RF
CL300 RTJ
BW or CL600 RF
CL600 RTJ
PN16-40 PN63-100
(2)
(2)
ET
ETR
mm
1
210
184
197
197
210
210
210
160
230
60
119
1-1/2
251
222
235
235
248
251
251
200
260
71
116
2
286
254
267
267
282
286
289
230
300
78
133
2-1/2
- - -
3
- - -
4
- - -
6
- - -
8
- - -
276
292
292
308
311
314
290
340
90
159
298
311
317
333
337
340
310
380
97
168
353
365
368
384
394
397
350
430
129
192
451
464
473
489
508
511
480
550
140
- - -
543
556
568
584
610
613
600
650
191
- - -
Inch
1
8.25
7.25
7.75
7.75
8.25
8.25
8.25
2.38
4.69
1-1/2
9.88
8.75
9.25
9.25
9.75
9.88
9.88
2.81
4.56
2
11.25
10.00
10.50
10.50
11.12
11.25
11.38
3.06
5.25
See
See
2-1/2
- - -
10.88
11.38
11.50
12.12
12.25
12.38
mm
mm
3.56
6.25
3
- - -
11.75
12.25
12.50
13.12
13.25
13.38
above
above
3.81
6.62
4
- - -
13.88
14.38
14.50
15.12
15.50
15.62
5.06
7.56
6
- - -
17.75
18.25
18.62
19.25
20.00
20.12
5.51
- - -
8
- - -
21.38
21.88
22.38
23.00
24.00
24.12
7.50
- - -
1. End connection style abbreviations: BW - Buttwelding, FF - Flat Faced, Scrd - Screwed, SW - Socketweld, RF - Raised Face, RTJ - Ring Type Joint 2. Valves which meet EN 1092 flange standards and have EN face-to-face dimensions are available only from Europe (EN 558-1). Valves which meet EN 1092 flange standards but not EN face-to-face standards are available in the US. Consult your Emerson sales office.
Figure 14. Fisher ET and ETR Dimensions (also see tables 20, 21, and 22)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
D
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
D
G
1
B A
AR4967-a A0925-3
ET CONTROL VALVE
10A7397-B A0926-2
Notes:
1
B
+
A 2
2. For dimensions of valves with other end connections, consult your Emerson sales office.
G
1
B A
ETR CONTROL VALVE
25
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
ET Valve
D100022X012
Table 21. Fisher ET and ETR Dimensions
D FOR PLAIN BONNET
VALVE SIZE, NPS
ET Except with Cavitrol III Two-Stage Cage
Stem Diameter, mm
ET with Cavitrol III Two-Stage Cage
Stem Diameter, mm
9.5
12.7
19.1 25.4 or 31.8
9.5
12.7
19.1 25.4 or 31.8
1
127
149
- - -
- - -
- - -
184
- - -
- - -
1-1/2
124
146
- - -
- - -
155
177
- - -
- - -
2
- - -
165
162
- - -
- - -
201
198
- - -
2-1/2
- - -
187
184
- - -
- - -
229
226
- - -
3
- - -
191
187
- - -
- - -
260
256
- - -
4
- - -
221
217
264
6(1)
- - -
- - -
251
270
6(2)
- - -
- - -
312
330
8
- - -
- - -
375(3)
426
- - -
311
308
354
- - -
- - -
336
380
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
511
560
Stem Diameter, Inch
Stem Diameter, Inch
3/8
1/2
3/4
1 or 1-1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1 or 1-1/4
1
5.00
5.88
- - -
- - -
- - -
7.25
- - -
- - -
1-1/2
4.88
5.75
- - -
- - -
6.09
6.97
- - -
- - -
2
- - -
6.50
6.38
- - -
- - -
7.91
7.78
- - -
2-1/2
- - -
7.38
7.25
- - -
- - -
9.03
8.91
- - -
3
- - -
7.50
7.38
- - -
- - -
10.22
10.09
- - -
4
- - -
8.69
8.56
10.38
6(1)
- - -
- - -
9.88
10.62
6(2)
- - -
- - -
12.26
13.00
8
- - -
- - -
14.75(3)
16.75
- - -
12.25
12.12
13.94
- - -
- - -
13.22
14.97
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
20.12
22.06
1. For all NPS 6 valves except with Whisper III and WhisperFlo cages. 2. For NPS 6 valves with Whisper III and WhisperFlo cages. 3. Available only in cast iron or WCC steel for the stem diameter with plain bonnet.
ETR
Stem Diameter, mm
9.5
12.7
19.1
113
124
- - -
122
133
- - -
- - -
148
140
- - -
157
152
- - -
167
159
- - -
198
191
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
Stem Diameter, Inch
3/8
1/2
3/4
4.44
4.88
- - -
4.81
5.25
- - -
- - -
5.81
5.50
- - -
6.31
6.00
- - -
6.56
6.25
- - -
7.81
7.50
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
Table 22. Fisher ET and ETR Dimensions
D FOR EXTENSION AND ENVIRO-SEAL BELLOWS SEAL BONNETS (ET ONLY, EXCEPT WITH CAVITROL III CAGE)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Style 1 Ext. Bonnet Stem Diameter
Style 2 Ext. Bonnet Stem Diameter
ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnet Stem diameter
mm
9.5
12.7
19.1
25.4 or 31.8
9.5
12.7
19.1
9.5
12.7
19.1
1
213
251
- - -
- - -
303
319
- - -
320
- - -
- - -
1-1/2
210
248
- - -
- - -
300
316
- - -
317
- - -
- - -
2
- - -
267
272
- - -
- - -
465
- - -
- - -
384
- - -
2-1/2
- - -
289
294
- - -
- - -
492
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
3
- - -
292
297
- - -
- - -
495
487
- - -
517
517
4
- - -
322
327
370
6(1)
- - -
- - -
357
402
6(2)
- - -
- - -
418
462
8
- - -
- - -
421
450
- - -
526
518
- - -
541
- - -
- - -
- - -
543
- - -
- - -
573
- - -
- - -
604
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
621
- - -
- - -
703
Inch
3/8
1/2
3/4
1 or 1-1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
8.38
9.88
- - -
- - -
11.94
12.56
- - -
12.62
- - -
- - -
1-1/2
8.25
9.75
- - -
- - -
11.81
12.44
- - -
12.50
- - -
- - -
2
- - -
10.50
10.69
- - -
- - -
18.31
- - -
- - -
15.12
- - -
2-1/2
- - -
11.38
11.56
- - -
- - -
19.38
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
3
- - -
11.50
11.69
- - -
- - -
19.50
19.19
- - -
20.38
20.38
4
- - -
12.69
12.88
14.56
- - -
20.69
20.38
- - -
21.31
- - -
6(1)
- - -
- - -
14.06
15.81
- - -
- - -
21.38
- - -
- - -
22.56
6(2)
- - -
- - -
16.44
18.19
- - -
- - -
23.76
- - -
- - -
- - -
8
- - -
- - -
16.56
17.75
- - -
- - -
24.44
- - -
- - -
27.69
1. Standard-travel cages. 2. For NPS 6 valves with Whisper III and WhisperFlo cages.
26
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ET Valve
D100022X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
Table 23. Fisher EAT Dimensions(1)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CL150 RF RTJ
AA
CL300
CL600
RF RTJ BW, SW or RF RTJ
mm
1
92 98 98 105
105
105
2
127 133 133 141
143
144
3
149 156 159 167
168
170
4
176 183 184 197
197
198
6
225 232 237 244
254
256
Inch
1
3.62 3.88 3.88 4.12
2
5.00 5.25 5.25 5.56
3
5.88 6.12 6.25 6.56
4
6.94 7.19 7.25 7.56
6
8.88 9.12 9.31 9.62
4.12 5.62 6.62 7.75 10.00
4.12 5.69 6.69 7.81 10.0
6
1. End connection style abbreviations: BW - Buttwelding, FF - Flat Faced, Scrd Screwed, SW - Socketweld, RF - Raised Face, RTJ - Ring Type Joint.
Table 24. Fisher EAT Dimensions
DD
VALVE SIZE, NPS
1 2 3 4 6
1 2 3 4 6
Plain Bonnet
Stem Diameter, mm
9.5 12.7 19.1
25.4 or 38.1
111 133 - - -
- - -
98 121 - - -
- - -
- - - 149 146
- - -
- - - 140 137
- - -
- - - 144 141
187
Stem Diameter, In.
3/8 1/2 3/4 1 or 1-1/4
4.38 5.25 - - -
- - -
3.88 4.75 - - -
- - -
- - - 5.88 5.75
- - -
- - - 5.50 5.38
- - -
- - - 5.69 5.56 7.38
Style 1 Extension Bonnet
Stem Diameter, mm
9.5 12.7 19.1
197 253 - - 184 223 - - - - - 251 256 - - - 241 246 - - - 246 251 Stem Diameter, In.
3/8 1/2 3/4 7.75 9.95 - - 7.25 8.75 - - - - - 9.88 10.06 - - - 9.50 9.69 - - - 9.69 9.88
Figure 15. Fisher EAT Dimensions (also see tables 23, 24, and 25)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
DD
AA
A0927-2
AA
Note: For dimensions of valves with PN (or other) end connections, consult your Emerson sales office.
Table 25. Fisher EAT Dimensions
DD
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Style 2 Extension Bonnet Stem Diameter, mm
ENVIRO-SEAL
Bellows Seal Bonnet
Stem Diameter, mm
9.5 12.7 19.1 9.5 12.7 19.1
1
291 305
- - -
305
- - -
- - -
2
278 291
- - -
292
- - -
- - -
3
- - -
454
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4
- - -
445 437
- - -
467
- - -
6
- - -
449 441
- - -
465
- - -
Stem Diameter, In.
Stem Diameter, In.
3/8
1/2
3/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
11.44 12.00 - - - 12.00 - - -
- - -
2
10.94 11.44 - - - 11.50 - - -
- - -
3
- - - 17.88 - - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4
- - - 17.50 17.19 - - - 18.38 - - -
6
- - - 17.69 17.38 - - - 18.31 - - -
27
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET October 2020
ET Valve
D100022X012
Ordering Information
Inlet pressure and temperature must always be limited by the applicable ASME pressure/temperature rating. Pressure drop information for various trim material combinations is provided in figures 11, 12, and 13. The maximum allowable pressure drop for the application must not exceed the lowest value indicated for the combination of materials selected.
When ordering, specify:
Application Information
1. Type of application:
a. Throttling or on-off
b. Reducing or relief
2. Controlled fluid (include chemical analysis of fluid if possible)
3. Specific gravity of controlled fluid
4. Fluid temperature
5. Inlet pressures:
a. Minimum
b. Normal
c. Maximum
6. Pressure drops:
a. Minimum flowing drop
b. Normal flowing drop
c. Maximum flowing drop
d. Maximum at shutoff
7. Flow rates:
a. Minimum controlled flow
b. Normal flow
c. Maximum flow
8. Maximum permissible noise level, if critical
9. Shutoff classification required
10. Valve stem diameter and bonnet type (plain, extension, or ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal bonnet)
11. Line size and schedule
Valve Information
To determine what valve ordering information is needed, refer to the specifications. Review the description for each specification and in the referenced tables; write down your choice whenever there is a selection to be made. Always specify the valve design letter designation.
Actuator and Accessory Information
Refer to the specific actuator and accessory bulletins for required ordering information.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Cavitrol, easy-e, ENVIRO-SEAL, Whisper Trim, and WhisperFlo are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E282012, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Large ET and ED Valves
D103554X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET/ED (Large) December 2019
FisherTM Large ED/EWD and ET/EWT Valves NPS 12 through 30
Fisher NPS 12 through 30 CL150 through CL600 ED/EWD and ET/EWT series control valves are used for either throttling or on-off control of a wide variety of liquids and gasses.
ED/EWD series valves utilize a hanging cage and a seat ring that is bolted into the valve body. These valves have two graphite piston rings between the cage and plug, which provide up to a Class IV standard shutoff. They are used for high temperature applications between 316_C (600_F) and 593_C (1100_F). Shutoff can be improved to Class V by using the Bore seal.
ET/EWT series valves utilize a hanging cage and a seat ring that is threaded into the cage. These valves have two spring loaded seal rings, one between the cage and plug and another between the seat ring and valve body, which provide up to a Class V standard shutoff. They are used for low to medium temperature applications between -46_C (-50_F) and 232_C (450_F). This temperature range can be extended to 316_C (600_F) for nonoxidizing service and to 260_C (500_F) for oxidizing service by using the High Temperature (HTS1) seal.
The temperature range of the ET/EWT series can be extended to cryogenic temperatures as low as -198_C (-325_F) with the ET-C and EWT-C specialized versions of these valves. The specialized valves feature unique trim, seals, and a longer extension bonnet to tolerate the extreme cold.
A range of severe service trims are available for noise abatement or cavitation control. Noise abatement trims help with aerodynamic noise attenuation in gas services and feature a Whisper TrimTM III or WhisperFloTM cage. Cavitation control trims help prevent the damaging effects of liquid cavitation and include either a CavitrolTM III cage (for services without entrained particulate) or Dirty Service Trim (DST) set (for services with entrained particulate).
W9156-1
Fisher NPS 24x20 Valve Assembly with Piston Actuator
Features
nStable Control at High Pressure Drops-- Rugged cage guiding stabilizes the valve plug at all points in its travel range. This guiding reduces vibration, mechanical noise, and the need for hydraulic snubbers.
nEconomy-- Streamlined flow passages provide greater capacities per initial investment than most globe valves of the same size. Balanced valve plug design can allow use of smaller actuators in high pressure drop applications.
nCost-Effective Operation-- Increased wear resistance of the standard hardened stainless steel trim means long-lasting service.
nEasy Maintenance-- The valve can stay in the pipeline during removal of trim parts for inspection or maintenance.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET/ED (Large) December 2019
Large ET and ED Valves
D103554X012
Specifications
Valve Sizes
ED, ET, and ET-C: J NPS 12, J 14, J 16, J 18, J 20, and J 30 EWD, EWT, and EWT-C(2): J NPS 16x12, J 20x16, J 24x16, and J 24x20
End Connection Styles
Flanged: CL150, 300, and 600 raised-face or ring-type joint flanges per ASME B16.5. NPS 30 valve size has series A or B flanges, per ASME B16.47 Buttwelding: All ASME B16.25 schedules through schedule 120 that are compatible with the ASME B16.34 valve body rating
For other end connections, contact your Emerson sales office for details.
Maximum Inlet Pressure(1)
Flanged: Consistent with CL150, 300, and 600 pressure-temperature ratings per ASME B16.34 Buttwelding: Consistent with CL600 pressure-temperature ratings per ASME B16.34
Flow Characteristics Standard Cages:J Linear or J Equal percentage Whisper Trim III and WhisperFlo Cages: Linear Cavitrol III Cages: Linear For other characteristics, contact your Emerson sales office for details.
Flow Direction Standard Cages: Down Whisper Trim III and WhisperFlo Cages: Up Cavitrol III Cages: Down
Flow Coefficients See Fisher Catalog 12
Port Diameters See tables 1, 2, and 3
Valve Plug Travel 102 through 505 mm (4 to 19-7/8 inches). See tables 1, 2, and 3
Material Temperature and Pressure Drop Capabilities(1)
See tables 4, 6, 7, and 8
Shutoff Classifications per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
ET, ET-C, EWT, and EWT-C: Standard: Class V Optional (for all cages except Cavitrol III): Class IV ED and EWD: Standard: Class IV Optional: Class V
Yoke Boss and Valve Stem Diameters J 127 mm (5H-inch) diameter yoke boss, with 31.8 mm (1.25 inch) diameter valve stem for all valves except NPS 30 J 179 mm (7-inch) diameter yoke boss, with 50.8 mm (2 inch) diameter valve stem for NPS 30 valve
Bonnet Style ED, EWD, ET, and EWT: Style 1 extension ET-C and EWT-C: Style 3 extension
Approximate Weights See table 10
Construction Materials
Valve Body and Bonnet: J WCC steel, J LCC steel, J WC9 alloy steel,J C12A alloy steel, J CF8M stainless steel, J CD3MN duplex stainless steel, or J CD3MWCuN super-duplex stainless steel Trim and Other Parts: See tables 4, 6, 7, and 8
Dimensions See figure 6, table 9
Optional Safety Instrumented System Classification SIL3 capable - certified by exida Consulting LLC
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation for valve should not be exceeded. 2. Size designations are "End Connection Size" x "Nominal Trim Size"
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 High Temperature Seal (HTS1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Cryogenic Service ET-C and EWT-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Bore Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Construction Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Approximate Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Approximate Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Large ET and ED Valves
D103554X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET/ED (Large) December 2019
Figure 1. Typical Fisher ED/EWD Valve
CAGE
BALANCING PORTS
OPTIONAL TAPPING FOR LUBRICATOR VALVE STEM BONNET
BONNET GASKET CAGE GASKET
PLUG
VALVE BODY
SEAT RING
W6022-2
Figure 2. Typical Fisher ED/EWD Valve with Bore Seal
STEM BONNET
CAGE
BONNET GASKET CAGE GASKET
BALANCING PORTS
PLUG
VALVE BODY CAP SCREW A
SEAT RING
SEAT RING GASKET
VIEW A
PISTON RING RETAINER BORE SEAL
CAGE
FLOW DOWN
PLUG PISTON RING
RETAINER BORE SEAL
CAGE
FLOW UP
PLUG
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET/ED (Large) December 2019
Large ET and ED Valves
D103554X012
Figure 3. Typical Fisher ET/EWT Valve
BONNET
BONNET GASKET CAGE GASKET
CAGE
PLUG
STEM
OPTIONAL TAPPING FOR LUBRICATOR VALVE
BALANCING PORTS
VALVE BODY
SEAT RING A
W6088-2
VALVE BODY
CAGE SEAT RING
SEAL RING
W6089-1A
SEAT RING THREADED TO CAGE VIEW A
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Large ET and ED Valves
D103554X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET/ED (Large) December 2019
Figure 4. Typical Fisher ET/EWT Valve with HTS1 Seal
OPTIONAL TAPPING FOR LUBRICATOR VALVE
CAGE
PLUG BALANCING PORTS
A
STEM BONNET
BONNET GASKET
CAGE GASKET VALVE BODY
SEAT RING
B
X0216-1
PLUG VIEW A - FLOW UP SEAT RING
VIEW B - FLOW UP
RETAINING RING BACKUP RING
ANTI-EXTRUSION RING SEAL RING ANTI-EXTRUSION RING
PLUG VIEW A - FLOW DOWN
ANTI-EXTRUSION RING SEAL RING
ANTI-EXTRUSION RING BACKUP RING RETAINING RING
SEAT RING
VIEW B- FLOW DOWN
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET/ED (Large) December 2019
Large ET and ED Valves
D103554X012
Figure 5. Typical Fisher ET-C/EWT-C Valve
STEM BONNET
CAGE
BALANCING PORTS
PLUG BONNET GASKET CAGE GASKET
VALVE BODY
CAP SCREW A
SEAT RING
SEAT RING GASKET
VIEW A FLOW DOWN
CAGE RETAINING RING BACKUP RING SEAL RING
PLUG
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Large ET and ED Valves
D103554X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET/ED (Large) December 2019
Table 1. Port Diameters and Valve Plug Travels for ED/EWD Valves
VALVE SIZE, NPS
TRIM (CAGE)
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inches
Standard
279
11.00
12, 14, and
Whisper Trim III Levels A, B, and C
279
16x12
Whisper Trim III Level D
254
WhisperFlo
279
11.00 10.00 11.00
Standard
375
14.75
16
Whisper Trim III Levels A, B, and C
375
14.75
Whisper Trim III Level D
375
14.75
WhisperFlo
375
14.75
Standard
375
14.75
Whisper Trim III Levels A, B, and C
375
18, 20x16,
and 24x16
Whisper Trim III Level D
375
14.75 14.75
WhisperFlo
375
Standard
464
Whisper Trim III Levels A, B, and C
464
20 and 24x20
Whisper Trim III Level D
464
WhisperFlo
464
Standard
610
Whisper Trim III Levels A, B, and C
610
30
Whisper Trim III Level D
610
WhisperFlo
1. Available with standard equal percentage trim only.
610
14.75 18.25 18.25 18.25 18.25 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00
VALVE STYLE
Short Neck Short Neck Short Neck Long Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck Short Neck Short Neck Long Neck(1) Long Neck Long Neck Long Neck Short Neck Short Neck Short Neck(1) Short Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck Long Neck Short Neck Short Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck Short Neck Short Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck
MAXIMUM VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm
Inches
102
4.00
140
5.50
140
5.50
203
8.00
203
8.00
140
5.50
203
8.00
102
4.00
140
5.50
203(1)
8.00(1)
203
8.00
203
8.00
203
8.00
102
4.00
140
5.50
203(1)
8.00(1)
203
8.00
276
10.88
203
8.00
276
10.88
378
14.88
203
8.00
276
10.88
378
14.88
203
8.00
276
10.88
378
14.88
276
10.88
378
14.88
276
10.88
378
14.88
302
11.88
302
11.88
505
19.88
302
11.88
505
19.88
302
11.88
505
19.88
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET/ED (Large) December 2019
Large ET and ED Valves
D103554X012
Table 2. Port Diameters and Valve Plug Travels ET/EWT Valves
VALVE SIZE, NPS
TRIM (CAGE)
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inches
Standard
279
11.00
Whisper Trim III Levels A, B, and C
279
12, 14, and
16x12
Whisper Trim III Level D
254
WhisperFlo
279
Cavitrol III
279
11.00 10.00 11.00 11.00
Standard
375
14.75
375
14.75
16
Whisper Trim III Levels A, B, and C
413
16.25
Whisper Trim III Level D
375
14.75
WhisperFlo
375
14.75
Cavitrol III
375
14.75
Standard
375
14.75
Whisper Trim III Levels A, B, and C
413
18, 20x16,
and 24x16
Whisper Trim III Level D
375
16.25 14.75
WhisperFlo
375
Cavitrol III
375
Standard
464
Whisper Trim III Levels A, B, and C
502
20 and 24x20
Whisper Trim III Level D
464
WhisperFlo
464
Cavitrol III
464
Standard
610
Whisper Trim III Levels A, B, and C
660
30
Whisper Trim III Level D
610
WhisperFlo
610
1. Available with standard equal percentage trim only. 2. For NPS 20 only, the maximum travel for the Long Neck is 429 mm (14.88 inches)
14.75
14.75 18.25 19.75
18.25 18.25 18.25 24.00 26.00 24.00 24.00
VALVE STYLE
Short Neck Short Neck Short Neck Long Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck Long Neck Short Neck Short Neck Long Neck(1)
Long Neck
Long Neck Long Neck Long Neck Short Neck Short Neck Short Neck(1) Short Neck Long Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck Long Neck Long Neck Long Neck Short Neck Short Neck
Long Neck
Short Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck Short Neck Short Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck
MAXIMUM VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm
Inches
102
4.00
140
5.50
140
5.50
203
8.00
203
8.00
140
5.50
203
8.00
203
8.00
102
4.00
140
5.50
203(1)
8.00(1)
203
203 203 203 102 140 203(1) 203 276 378 203 276 378 203 276 378 276 378 203 276 378 429 276 378 276 378 276 378 302 302 505 302 505 302 505
8.00
8.00 8.00 8.00 4.00 5.50 8.00(1) 8.00 10.88 14.88 8.00 10.88 14.88 8.00 10.88 14.88 10.88 14.88 8.00 10.88 14.88 16.88(2) 10.88 14.88 10.88 14.88 10.88 14.88 11.88 11.88 19.88 11.88 19.88 11.88 19.88
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Large ET and ED Valves
D103554X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET/ED (Large) December 2019
Table 3. Port Diameters and Valve Plug Travels ET-C/EWT-C Valves
VALVE SIZE, NPS
TRIM (CAGE)
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inches
Standard
279
11.00
Whisper Trim III Levels A, B, and C
279
12, 14, and
16x12
Whisper Trim III Level D
254
WhisperFlo
279
Cavitrol III
279
11.00 10.00 11.00 11.00
Standard
375
14.75
16
Whisper Trim III Levels A, B, and C
375
14.75
Whisper Trim III Level D
375
14.75
WhisperFlo
375
14.75
Cavitrol III
375
14.75
Standard
375
14.75
Whisper Trim III Levels A, B, and C
375
18, 20x16,
and 24x16
Whisper Trim III Level D
375
14.75 14.75
WhisperFlo
375
Cavitrol III
375
Standard
464
Whisper Trim III Levels A, B, and C
464
Whisper Trim III Level D
464
20 and 24x20
WhisperFlo
464
Cavitrol III
464
Standard
610
Whisper Trim III Levels A, B, and C
610
30
Whisper Trim III Level D
610
WhisperFlo
1. Available with standard equal percentage trim only.
610
14.75
14.75 18.25 18.25 18.25 18.25 18.25 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00
VALVE STYLE
Short Neck Short Neck Short Neck Long Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck Long Neck Short Neck Short Neck Long Neck(1) Long Neck Long Neck Long Neck Long Neck Short Neck Short Neck Short Neck(1) Short Neck Long Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck Long Neck Long Neck Long Neck Short Neck Short Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck Short Neck Short Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck Short Neck Long Neck
MAXIMUM VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm
Inches
102
4.00
140
5.50
140
5.50
203
8.00
203
8.00
140
5.50
203
8.00
203
8.00
102
4.00
140
5.50
203(1)
8.00(1)
203
8.00
203
8.00
203
8.00
203
8.00
102
4.00
140
5.50
203(1)
8.00(1)
203
8.00
276
10.88
378
14.88
203
8.00
276
10.88
378
14.88
203
8.00
276
10.88
378
14.88
276
10.88
378
14.88
203
8.00
276
10.88
378
14.88
276
10.88
378
14.88
276
10.88
378
14.88
276
10.88
378
14.88
302
11.88
302
11.88
505
19.88
302
11.88
505
19.88
302
11.88
505
19.88
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET/ED (Large) December 2019
Large ET and ED Valves
D103554X012
High Temperature Seal (HTS1)
The High Temperature Seal (HTS1) is available for the ET and EWT only and is required for applications where the service temperature exceeds 232_C (450_F). This seal is available for all sizes and trims of the ET and EWT and allows the valve to be used in temperatures up to 316_C (600_F) for non-oxidizing service and up to 260_C (500_F) for oxidizing service. See tables 4 and 6 for temperature limits and figure 4.
The High Temperature Seal is used in place of the standard plug seal ring and seat ring seal ring. This seal employs a similar seal ring as the standard ET and EWT, but with the addition of an anti-extrusion ring, backup ring, and retaining ring.
Cryogenic Service ET-C and EWT-C
The ET-C and EWT-C are designed to provide throttling or onoff control of liquids and gases at cryogenic temperatures as low as 198_C (325_F). These valves are identical to the standard ET and EWT, but with a few differences, which allow the valve to tolerate the very low temperatures. See tables 4 and 7 for temperature limits and figure 5. These differences include:
nStyle 3 Extension Bonnet
nBoltedIn Seat Ring
nCryogenic Plug Seal
The style 3 extension bonnet is different from the style 1 in that it is designed to locate the temperature sensitive packing parts further away from the valve body, preventing them from being exposed to temperature extremes. The boltedin seat ring is similar to that used with the ED or EWD valve and accommodates the unavoidable material shrinkage that occurs at cryogenic temperatures, which would otherwise loosen the ET or EWT's standard threadedin seat ring. The cryogenic plug seal is used in place of the standard ET or EWT plug seal ring. The maximum valve shutoff that can be attained at these cryogenic temperatures with the cryogenic seal is Class V.
Bore Seal
The Bore Seal is available for the ED and EWD only and is required for Class V shutoff applications where the service temperature exceeds 316_C (600_F). For service temperatures below 316_C (600_F) the ET or EWT should be used when Class V shutoff is required. See tables 4, 7, and 8 for temperature limits and figure 2.
The Bore Seal employs a metal Cshaped seal ring that is secured to the outside diameter of the valve plug. When the valve plug comes into contact with the seat ring, to close the valve, the Bore Seal is compressed against the cage wall thereby blocking a secondary leakage path that exists between the plug and cage wall. When the valve plug is not in contact with the seat ring (i.e. valve open) the Bore Seal is not engaged and the piston rings that are also secured to the outside diameter of the plug assume the role of blocking this secondary leakage path.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Large ET and ED Valves
D103554X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET/ED (Large) December 2019
Table 4. Construction Materials (WCC, WC9, CF8M, LCC, and C12A Valves)
PART
Valve Body and Bonnet
Cage, Seat Ring, and Valve Plug
Valve Stem
Trim 40, 50
Trim 41
Cage Baffle (Whisper III Level D3 Cages Only)
Trim 42 Trim 43, 44, 46, 48
Trim 47
Trim 49
Trim 50
Bonnet, Seat Ring, and Cage Gaskets
Valve Body-to-Bonnet Bolting
ED/EWD
ET/EWT
ED and EWD Valves ET and EWT Valves
Piston Ring
Bore Seal Seat Ring Cap Screws
Seal Ring Anti-extrusion Ring
Backup Ring
Retaining Ring
MATERIAL
WCC Steel LCC Steel WC9 Alloy Steel CF8M Stainless Steel C12A Alloy Steel
See tables 7 and 8
S20910
Steel
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo Nitrided
9 Cr - 1 Mo - V
316 SST
17-4 SST DBL H1150
2205 Duplex (22 Cr - 5 Ni)
2507 Super-Duplex (25 Cr - 7 Ni)
N06600/Graphite
Oxidizing Non-Oxidizing
WCC Valves
B7 NCF2 Studs, 2H NCF2 Nuts
B7M NCF2 Studs(4), 2H NCF2 Nuts(4)
B16 Studs, GRADE 7 Nuts
B7 NCF2 Studs, 2H NCF2 Nuts
WC9 Valve
B16 Studs, GRADE 7 Nuts
N07718 HT Studs, N07718 HT CRCT Nuts
CF8M Valve
C12A Valve
N07718 HT Studs, N07718 HT CRCT Nuts
WCC and LCC Valves
B7 NCF2 studs, 2H NCF2 nuts
B7M NCF2 studs(4), 2H NCF2 nuts(4)
CF8M Valve
Graphite (Fisher Designation FMS17F39)
Oxidizing Non-Oxidizing
N07718
N07718
Glass and Moly-Filled PTFE with N10276 spring PTFE/graphite with R30003 spring
PEEK (poly ether ether ketone)
S41000 S31600
18-8 Stainless Steel N07750
-continued-
TEMPERATURE
_C
-29 to 427 -46 to 343 -29 to 593 -198 to 593 -29 to 593
_F
-20 to 800(3) -50 to 650 -20 to 1100(2) -325 to 1100(1) -20 to 1100
See tables 7 and 8
Not a Limiting Factor
Not a Limiting Factor
-198 to 427
-325 to 800
Not a Limiting Factor
Not a Limiting Factor
-46 to 427
-50 to 800
-29 to 538
-20 to 1000
Not a Limiting Factor See table 5
Not a Limiting Factor
Not a Limiting Factor
See table 5 -46 to 538
-50 to 1000
Not a Limiting Factor
Not a Limiting Factor
Not a Limiting Factor
-73 to 232 -46 to 316
-100 to 450 -50 to 600
Not a Limiting Factor
Not a Limiting Factor
Not a Limiting Factor
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET/ED (Large) December 2019
Large ET and ED Valves
D103554X012
Table 4. Construction Materials (WCC, WC9, CF8M, LCC, and C12A Valves) (cont.)
PART
MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE
_C
_F
Seal Ring
UHMWPE (ultra high molecular weight polyethylene)
-198 to 66
-325 to 150
ET-C and EWT-C Valves
Backup Ring Retaining Ring
S31600
18-8 Stainless Steel N07750
Not a Limiting Factor
Seat Ring Cap Screws
N07718
Packing
See bulletin 59.1:062, Packing Selection Guidelines for Fisher Sliding-Stem Valves (D101986X012)
Packing Flange
S31600
Packing Flange Bolting Packing Follower, Spring, and Lantern Ring
SA-193-B8M Studs, SA-194-8M Nuts S31600
Not a Limiting Factor
Packing Box Ring
S31600
1. Flanged valve bodies are limited to 537_C (1000_F). 2. Flanged valve bodies are limited to 482_C (900_F). 3. Flanged valve bodies are limited to 371_C (700_F). 4. Exposed bolting compliant to NACE MR0175-2002, MR0175-2003, MR0175/ISO 15156, and MR0103.
Table 5. Construction Materials (CF8M)
Valve Body and Bonnet Material
Valve Size, NPS
Valve Pressure Class
12, 14, 16x12
All
CF8M
16, 18, 20x16, 24x16
CL150 and CL300 CL600
20, 24x20
All
CL150 and CL300 30
CL600
1. Exposed bolting compliant to NACE MR0103.
Valve Body-to-Bonnet Bolting Material
SA-193-B8M Class 2 Studs, SA-194-8M Nuts SA-479 S20910 Chrome Coat Studs(1), SA-479 S20910 Nuts(1)
SA-193-B8M Class 2 Studs, SA-194-8M Nuts SA-453 Gr 660A Studs, SA-453 Gr 660A Nuts SA-479 S20910 Chrome Coat Studs(1), SA-479 S20910 Nuts(1) SA-453 Gr 660A Studs, SA-453 Gr 660A Nuts SA-479 S20910 Chrome Coat Studs(1), SA-479 S20910 Nuts(1) SA-453 Gr 660A Studs, SA-453 Gr 660A Nuts SA-479 S20910 Chrome Coat Studs(1), SA-479 S20910 Nuts(1) SA-193-B8M Class 2 Studs, SA-194-8M Nuts SA-479 S20910 Chrome Coat Studs(1), SA-479 S20910 Nuts(1) SA-479 S20910 Chrome Coat Studs(1), SA-479 S20910 Nuts(1)
Temperature
_C
_F
-198 to 427 -325 to 800
Not a limiting factor
-198 to 121 -325 to 250
-29 to 538 -20 to 1000
Not a limiting factor
-29 to 538 -20 to 1000
Not a limiting factor
-29 to 538 -20 to 1000
Not a limiting factor
-198 to 427 -325 to 800
Not a limiting factor
Not a limiting factor
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Large ET and ED Valves
D103554X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET/ED (Large) December 2019
Table 6. Construction Materials (CD3MN and CD3MWCuN Valves)
PART
MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE
_C
_F
Valve Body and Bonnet
CD3MN Duplex Stainless Steel CD3MWCuN Super-Duplex Stainless Steel
-46 to 316 -46 to 316
-50 to 600 -50 to 600
Cage, Seat Ring, and Valve Plug
See table 7
See table 7
Valve Stem
S32760
Not a Limiting Factor
Bonnet, Seat Ring, and Cage Gaskets
N06600/Graphite
Oxidizing Non-Oxidizing
Not a Limiting Factor
Valve Body-to-Bonnet Bolting
SA-193-B7 Studs, SA-194-2H Nuts S32760 Studs, S32760 Nuts(1)
SA-193-B7/Zinc HDG Studs SA-194-2H/Zinc HDG Nuts
Not a Limiting Factor Not a Limiting Factor
-46 to 199
-50 to 390
Seal Ring
Glass and Moly-Filled PTFE with N10276 spring PTFE/graphite with R30003 spring
-73 to 232 -46 to 316
-100 to 450 -50 to 600
Anti-extrusion Ring
PEEK (poly ether ether ketone)
Not a Limiting Factor
Backup Ring
S41000 S31600
Not a Limiting Factor
Retaining Ring
18-8 Stainless Steel
Not a Limiting Factor
Packing
See bulletin 59.1:062, Packing Selection Guidelines for Fisher Sliding-Stem Valves (D101986X012)
Packing Flange
S31600
Not a Limiting Factor
Packing Flange Bolting
SA-193-B8M Studs, SA-194-8M Nuts
Not a Limiting Factor
Packing Follower, Lantern Ring, and Box
Ring
CD3MN Valve CD3MWCuN Valve
S31803 S32760
Not a Limiting Factor Not a Limiting Factor
1. Exposed bolting compliant to NACE MR0175-2002.
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET/ED (Large) December 2019
Large ET and ED Valves
D103554X012
Table 7. Standard, Whisper Trim III, and Cavitrol III(6) Trim Descriptions
VALVE
TRIM DESIGNATION
BODY MATERIAL
VALVE PLUG
SEAT RING
CAGE
TEMPERATURE LIMIT
_C
_F
40
WCC(4)/WC9
CA6NM HT
17-4 SST H1075 17-4 SST H1075
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
41
WCC(4) WC9(5)
WC9 Steel with CoCr-A
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo with CoCr-A
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo Nitrided
-29 to 427 -29 to 566
-20 to 800 -20 to 1050
ED/EWD
42 43(1)
C12A
WCC/WC9 CF8M
F91 with CoCr-A
CF8M with CoCr-A
9 Cr - 1 Mo - V with CoCr-A
316 SST with CoCr-A
9 Cr - 1 Mo - V Nitrided
316 SST Chrome Plate
-29 to 593
-29 to 316 -73 to 316
-20 to 1100
-20 to 600 -100 to 600
44(1)
CF8M
CF8M with CoCr-A
316 SST with 316 SST Chrome
CoCr-A
Coated
-73 to 538
-100 to 1000
40
ED/EWD
41
With Bore Seal
42
WCC/WC9 WCC(4) WC9(5)
C12A
CA6NM HT WC9 Steel with
CoCr-A
F91 with CoCr-A
17-4 SST H1075
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo with CoCr-A 9 Cr - 1 Mo - V with CoCr-A
17-4 SST H1075
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo Nitrided
9 Cr - 1 Mo - V Nitrided
-29 to 371 -29 to 427 -29 to 566
-29 to 593
-20 to 700 -20 to 800 -20 to 1050
-20 to 1100
WCC/WC9
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
45
LCC/CF8M
CA6NM HT
17-4 SST H1075 17-4 SST H1075
-46 to 316
-50 to 600
ET/EWT
46(1,7) 47(2) 49(3)
WCC/WC9 LCC CF8M
WCC/WC9 LCC
CD3MN
CF8M with CoCr-A
316 SST with 316 SST Chrome
CoCr-A
Plate
CF8M with CoCr-A
2205 Duplex(8) with R31233
316 SST with CoCr-A
2205 Duplex(8) with CoCr-A
17-4 SST DBL H1150
2205 Duplex(8) Chrome Plate
-29 to 316 -46 to 316 -73 to 316 -29 to 93 -46 to 93
-51 to 316
-20 to 600 -50 to 600 -100 to 600 -20 to 200 -50 to 200
-60 to 600
50(3)
CD3MWCuN
2507 Super-Duplex(9)
with R31233
2507 Super-Duplex(9)
with CoCr-A
2507 Super-Duplex(9)
Chrome Plate
-51 to 316
-60 to 600
ET-C/EWT-C
48(1)
CF8M
CF8M with CoCr-A
316 SST
316 SST Chrome Plate(10)
-198 to 66
-325 to 150
1. NACE MR0175-2002, MR0175-2003, MR0175/ISO 15156, and MR0103 approved trim combination. Environmental restrictions apply to MR0175/ISO15156. 2. NACE MR0175-2002 approved trim combination. 3. NACE MR0175-2003 and MR0175/ISO15156 approved trim combination. Environmental restrictions apply to MR0175/ISO15156. 4. Flanged valve bodies are limited to 371_C (700_F) 5. Flanged valve bodies are limited to 482_C (900_F) 6. Cavitrol III trim is only available with trim 45. 7. When used with the high temperature seal (HTS1), NACE MR0175/ISO 15156 compliance is not available. 8. 22 Cr - 5 Ni duplex stainless steel. 9. 25 Cr - 7 Ni super-duplex stainless steel. 10. 316 SST chrome coated cage is available. Consult your Emerson sales office.
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Large ET and ED Valves
D103554X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET/ED (Large) December 2019
Table 8. WhisperFlo Trim Descriptions
VALVE ED/EWD
TRIM DESIGNATION
954
951(1)
BODY MATERIAL
WCC(2)
WC9 WCC(2) WC9(3) CF8M(4)
956
C12A
ED/EWD
954
With Bore
Seal
956
WCC(2) WC9
C12A
VALVE PLUG CA6NM HT CF8M with
CoCr-A CA6NM HT CA6NM HT CA6NM HT
955
WCC/WC9 CA6NM HT
ET/EWT
953(1)
WCC/WC9/ CF8M
CF8M with CoCr-A
1. NACE MR0175-2002, MR0175-2003, and MR0103 approved trim combination.
2. Flanged valve bodies are limited to 371_C (700_F) 3. Flanged valve bodies are limited to 482_C (900_F) 4. Flanged valve bodies are limited to 537_C (1000_F)
SEAT RING
CAGE
CAGE RETAINER
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo S41000/ ENC/ 2.25 Cr - 1 Mo
with CoCr-A
R31233
Nitrided
316 SST with CoCr-A
9 Cr - 1 Mo - V with CoCr-A
S31603/ ENC/ R31233
S41000/ ENC/ R31233
316 SST Chrome Coated
9 Cr - 1 Mo - V
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo with CoCr-A 9 Cr - 1 Mo - V with CoCr-A
17-4 SST H1075
316 SST with CoCr-A
S41000/ ENC/ R31233
S41000/ ENC/ R31233
S41000/ ENC/ R31233
S31603/ ENC/ R31233
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo Nitrided
9 Cr - 1 Mo - V
17-4 SST H1075 316 SST Chrome Coated
TEMPERATURE LIMIT
_C
_F
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
-29 to 482
-20 to 900
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
-29 to 566 -20 to 1050
-29 to 593 -20 to 1100
-29 to 593 -20 to 1100
-29 to 427 -29 to 482
-20 to 800 -20 to 900
-29 to 593 -20 to 1100
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET/ED (Large) December 2019
Large ET and ED Valves
D103554X012
Table 9. Dimensions
END
VALVE CONNEC-
SIZE, NPS
TION
Type
A
Pressure Class
CL150
CL300
mm Inch mm Inch
CL600 mm Inch
G
CL150/300
CL600
mm Inch mm Inch
D
ED, EWD, ET, and EWT
ET-C and EWT-C
Short-Neck
Long-Neck
Short-Neck
Long-Neck
mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
RF
737 29.00 775 30.50 819 32.25
12
RTJ
749 29.50 790 31.12 822 32.38 338 13.31 338 13.31 592 23.32 745 29.32 1232 48.52 1385 54.52
BW
Not Available
819 32.25
RF
889 35.00 927 36.50 972 38.25
14
RTJ
902 35.50 943 37.12 975 38.38 379 14.92 379 14.92 561 22.07 713 28.06 1201 47.27 1353 53.26
BW
Not Available
972 38.25
RF 1016 40.00 1057 41.62 1108 43.62
16x12 RTJ BW
1029 40.50 1073 42.25 1111 43.75 370 14.56 389 15.31 561 22.07 713
Not Available
1108 43.62
28.06 1201 47.27 1353 53.26
RF 1016 40.00 1057 41.62 1108 43.62
16
RTJ 1029 40.50 1073 42.24 1111 43.75 429 16.89 437 17.19 663 26.12 816 32.12 1353 53.26 1505 59.26
BW
Not Available
1108 43.62
RF 1146 45.12 1184 46.62 1257 49.50
18
RTJ 1159 45.62 1200 47.24 1260 49.62 487 19.19 487 19.19 765 30.13 859(2) 33.82(2) 1455 57.27 1548(2) 60.96(2)
BW
Not Available
1257 49.50
RF 1267 49.88 1308 51.50 1372 54.00
20x16 RTJ 1280 50.38 1327 52.25 1378 54.25 487 19.19 487 19.19 765 30.13 859(2) 33.82(2) 1455 57.27 1548(2) 60.96(2)
BW
Not Available
1372 54.00
RF 1556 61.24 1600 63.00 1676 66.00
24x16 RTJ BW
1568 61.74 1623 63.88 1686 66.38 526 20.69 526 20.69 816 32.12 1121 44.12 1505 59.26 1810 71.26
Not Available
1676 66.00
RF 1267 49.88 1308 51.50 1372 54.00
20
RTJ 1280 50.38 1327 52.25 1378 54.25 514 20.25 514 20.25 917 36.12 1121 44.12 (1) (1)
(1)
(1)
BW
Not Available
1372 54.00
RF 1556 61.25 1600 63.00 1676 66.00
24x20 RTJ 1565 61.62 1623 63.88 1686 66.38 565 22.25 565 22.25 917 36.12 1121 44.12 (1) (1)
(1)
(1)
BW
Not Available
1676 66.00
RF 2134 84.00 2134 84.00 2337 92.00
30
RTJ
(1)
(1) 2159 85.00 (1)
(1) 699 27.50 699 27.50 1134 44.64 1444 56.84 (1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
BW
Not Available
(1)
(1)
1. Contact your Emerson sales office for these dimensions. 2. For 378 mm (14.88 inch) valve plug travel, add 203 mm (8 inches) to this dimension.
Figure 6. Dimensions (also see table 9)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATORS
D
G
A6068
A 2
A
16
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Large ET and ED Valves
D103554X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET/ED (Large) December 2019
Table 10. Approximate Weights
END
VALVE SIZE, PRESSURE CONNECTION
NPS
CLASS
TYPE
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT
ED/EWD and ET/EWT
ET-C/EWT-C
Short Neck
Long Neck
Short Neck
Long Neck
Kg
Lb
Kg
Lb
Kg
Lb
Kg
Lb
CL150-300 Flanged
950
2100
1090
2400
982
2170
1122
2470
12
CL600
Flanged
1270
2800
1410
3100
1302
Buttwelding
1130
2500
1270
2800
1162
2870 2570
1442 1302
3170 2870
CL150-300 Flanged
1130
2500
1230
2700
1162
2570
1262
2770
14
Flanged
1410
3100
1590
3500
1442
CL600
Buttwelding
1180
2600
1360
3000
1212
3170 2670
1622 1392
3570 3070
CL150-300 Flanged
1320
2900
1450
3200
1352
2970
1482
3270
16x12
CL600
Flanged Buttwelding
1680 1410
3700 3100
1810 1540
4000 3400
1712 1442
3770 3170
1842 1572
4070 3470
CL150-300 Flanged
1720
3800
2040
4500
1752
3870
2072
4570
16
Flanged
2310
5100
2590
5700
2342
CL600
Buttwelding
2090
4600
2360
5200
2122
5170 4670
2622 2392
5770 5270
CL150-300 Flanged
2310
5100
2500
5500
2342
5170
2532
5570
18
CL600
Flanged
2900
6400
3130
6900
2932
Buttwelding
2540
5600
2770
6100
2572
6470 5670
3162 2802
6970 6170
CL150-300 Flanged
2500
5500
2680
5900
2532
5570
2712
5970
20x16
CL600
Flanged Buttwelding
3180 2770
7000 6100
3360 2990
7400 6600
3212 2802
7070 6170
3392 3022
7470 6670
CL150-300 Flanged
3360
7400
3810
8400
3392
7470
3842
8470
24x16 20
24x20
CL600 CL150-300
CL600 CL150-300
CL600
Flanged Buttwelding
Flanged Flanged Buttwelding Flanged Flanged Buttwelding
4260 3770 4122 4736 4583 5507 6796 6327
9400 8300 9088 10442 10104 12140 14982 13949
4810 4220 4526 5112 4808 5856 7172 6549
10600 9300 9978 11269 10600 12910 15811 14437
4292 3802
(1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1)
9470 8370
(1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1)
4842 4252
(1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1)
10670 9370
(1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1)
CL150-300 Flanged
7390
30
Flanged
9544
CL600
Buttwelding
(1)
16300 21040
(1)
8350 10038
(1)
18400 22130
(1)
7535
(1)
(1)
16620
(1)
(1)
18545
(1)
(1)
18720
(1)
(1)
1. Contact your Emerson sales office for these weights.
17
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET/ED (Large) December 2019
Large ET and ED Valves
D103554X012
18
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Large ET and ED Valves
D103554X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET/ED (Large) December 2019
19
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:ET/ED (Large) December 2019
Large ET and ED Valves
D103554X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Whisper Trim, WhisperFlo, and Cavitrol are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E202011, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EW Valve
D100023X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
FisherTM EW Series (EWD/EWS/EWT) Sliding-Stem Control Valves through NPS 12x8
Fisher EW Series easy-et valves (figures 1, 2, 3, and 4) feature large internal cavities with expanded end
connections and a variety of unbalanced and balanced plug designs. Sizes available from NPS 4x2(1) through
12x8. These combinations provide good fluid control in economical, high-capacity valve bodies that keep
valve outlet velocities within practical limits.
These valves meet a variety of service requirements, such as power plants where oversized piping is used to limit fluid flow velocity. They also perform well in noise abatement applications; for example, high-pressure gas reducing stations where sonic velocities are often encountered at the outlet of conventional valve bodies.
The Fisher EW product line is available for a wide range of applications, including sulfide and chloride stress-cracking environments common to the oil and gas production industries. To discuss available constructions, contact your Emerson sales office and include the applicable codes and standards required for these environments.
W2777-1
The easy-e Valve Family
EW Series valves are part of the versatile easy-e family of Fisher industrial control valves. easy-e valves share the following characteristics:
nMultiple trim material choices
nTrim temperature capability with metal seats standard to 427_C (800_F)
nInterchangeable, restricted-capacity trims and full-size trims to match variable process flow demands
nDifferent cage/plug styles that provide particular flow characteristics for highly-specialized applications. The standard cage comes in three different flow characteristics:
Dquick-opening Dlinear Dequal percentage
nCavitrolt III cages are available to eliminate cavitation damage and Whisper Trimt III cages are available to help attenuate aerodynamic noise.
n316 stainless steel packing box parts are standard (including packing flange, studs, and nuts)
The temperature limits of EWT valves can be extended above 232_C (450_F) by using PEEK
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
EW Valve
D100023X012
(PolyEtherEtherKetone) anti-extrusion rings in combination with a spring-loaded PTFE seal. The PEEK anti-extrusion rings expand to close off the clearance gap between the plug and the cage where the PTFE seal may extrude at high temperatures and pressures. The temperature limits are extended to 316_C (600_F) for non-oxidizing service and to 260_C (500_F) for oxidizing service.
Note Refer to Fisher Bulletin 51.1:EWN, EWN Series valves with Whisper Trim III cages (D100024X012) for further information.
Note Refer to Fisher Bulletin 80.3:010, WhisperFlot Aerodynamic Noise Attenuation Trim (D102362X012) for further information.
Features
nCompliance with the Clean Air Act-- ENVIRO-SEALTM packing systems provide an improved stem seal to help prevent the loss of valuable or hazardous process fluid. The ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems feature PTFE or Graphite ULF packing with live-loading for reduced packing maintenance.
nNoise Attenuation--In an EW Series valve, noise produced by high flow rates and large pressure drops can be reduced by up to 18 dbA with a Whisper Trim I cage, by up to 30 dbA with a Whisper Trim III cage, and by up to 40 dbA with a WhisperFlo cage.
nPiping Economy--Expanded end connections of EW Series valve bodies may reduce the need for line swages while accommodating oversized piping arrangements used to limit fluid flow velocities.
nTemperature Compensation--On designs with the seat ring threaded into the valve body (figure 4), the hung cage feature helps reduce gasketing problems caused by thermal expansion and contraction of long parts, such as the cage assembly.
nStandard Trim Parts across the easy-e product line--Included are FGM gaskets, packing flange, studs, and nuts.
nHigh-Temperature, Class IV or Class V Shutoff--Optional multiple piston rings (figure 14) for EWD and EWD-1 valve bodies permit Class IV shutoff up to 593_C (1100_F). Use of C-seal trim for EWD (see figure 5) permits Class V shutoff up to 593_C (1100_F).
nIncreased Pressure/Temperature Ratings--NPS 12x8 CL900 EW Series valve bodies with buttwelding end connections are capable of increased ASME ratings called Intermediate Standard Ratings. The extra strength of the valve body allows these valves to be used where pressures and temperatures exceed Standard Class ratings in ASME B16.34.
See Bulletin 59.1:027, Increased Pressure/ Temperature Ratings for EH and EW Series Steel Valves (D100076X012) for further information.
nSour Service Capability-- Unless otherwise noted, references are to NACE MR0175-2002. Optional materials are available to meet NACE MR0103 and NACE MR0175 / ISO 15156. Material requirements under these standards vary by edition and year of issue; the specific standard must be specified.
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 C-seal Trim Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems . . . . . 6 Available Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Material Selection Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ANSI/FCI Class VI Shutoff Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Fisher TSO (Tight Shutoff) Trim Capabilities . . . . . . 13 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EW Valve
D100023X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
Specifications
Valve Body Configurations
See Available Configurations section
Valve Body Sizes
See table 2
End Connection Styles
Flanged: J CL150, 300, 600, and 900 raised-face or ring-type joint flanges per ASME B16.5, J raised-face per EN 1092-1/B Buttwelding: Styles per ASME B16.25 schedules that are consistent with ASME B16.34 are Schedule J 40 or J 80 for all CL300 and 600 valves, Schedule J 80 or J XXS for NPS 8x6 CL900 valves, or Schedule J 80, J 100, or J 120 for NPS 12x8 CL900 valves
Maximum Inlet Pressures and Temperatures(1)
Consistent with applicable J CL300, J 600(2), or J 900 pressure/temperature ratings per ASME B16.34 unless limited as follows: Valves With All Except Cavitrol III or Whisper Trim III Cages: Where limited by individual pressure/temperature capabilities in figure 8 or 9 or temperature capabilities in table 11, 12, 13, or 20. Valves With Cavitrol III Cages: Where limited by individual pressure/temperature capabilities in figure 12 or temperature capabilities in table 16 or 20 Valves With Whisper Trim III Cages: Where limited by individual pressure/temperature capabilities in figure 15 or 16 or temperature capabilities in table 18 or 20
Maximum Pressure Drops(1, 3)
Same as maximum inlet pressure for specific construction defined above, except where further limited as follows: Valves With All Except Cavitrol III or Whisper Trim III Cages: See figure 8 or 9 Valves With Cavitrol III Cages: See figure 12 Valves With Whisper Trim III Cages: 0.999 nP/P1 maximum for levels A1 through D3
Construction Materials
Valve, Bonnet, and Bonnet Spacer If Used: J WCC carbon steel, J LCC carbon steel, J WC9 chrome moly steel, J CF8M (316 SST), J other materials upon request Valve Plug, Cage, and Metal Seating Parts Valves With All Except Cavitrol III or Whisper Trim III Cages: See table 5 or 14 Valves With Cavitrol III Cages: See table 15 Valves With Whisper Trim III Cages: See table 17, 18, or 19 All Other Parts: See table 20
Material Temperature Capabilities(1)
Valve Body/Trim Combinations Valves With All Except Cavitrol III or Whisper Trim III Cages: See figure 8 or 9 and table 11, 12, or 13 Valves With Cavitrol III Cages: See figure 12 and table 16 Valves With Whisper Trim III Cages: See figure 15 or 16 and table 18 All Other Parts: See table 20
Flow Characteristics
Standard Cages: J Quick-opening, J linear, or J equal percentage Cavitrol and Whisper Trim Cages: Linear
Flow Directions
Valves with Standard Cages EWD, EWD-1, EWT, and EWT-1: Normally down(5) EWS and EWS-1: Normally up(6) Valves with Cavitrol Cages: Always down(5) Valves with Whisper Trim III Cages: Always up(6)
Flow Coefficients and Noise Level Prediction
Refer to Fisher Catalog 12
Shutoff Classifications Per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
See tables 3 and 4
Port Diameters and Maximum Valve Plug Travels See table 21
- continued -
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
EW Valve
D100023X012
Specifications (continued) Yoke Boss and Stem Diameters See table 21
Optional Safety Instrumented System Classification
EWD, EWD-1, EWT, and EWT-1: SIL3 capable -- certified by exida Consulting LLC
Typical Bonnet Styles (see table 23) J Plain, J style 1 cast extension, J style 2 cast extension, J ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal bonnet
Packing Arrangements J Standard PTFE, J Double PTFE, J Graphite, J ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE, J ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex, J ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF, J HIGH-SEAL
Approximate Weights See table 22
Options
J Lubricator, J lubricator/isolating valve, J drilled and tapped connection in extension bonnet for leak-off service, J valve body drain plug, J ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal bonnet for positive stem sealing of hard-to-handle fluids at temperatures up to 566_C (1000_F), J style 3 fabricated extension bonnet made on order to a specific length for cryogenic service, J special seismic service bonnet, J packings suitable for nuclear service, and J forged bonnet for 5 in. (127 mm) yoke boss on NPS 8x6 CL900 valve, J Class V shutoff for EWT above 232_C (450_F) using PEEK anti-extrusion rings J Class V shutoff for EWD up to 593_C (1100_F) using C-seal trim
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded. 2. Certain bonnet bolting material selections may require a CL600 easy-e valve assembly to be derated. Contact your Emerson sales office for more information. 3. Only NPS 12x8 CL900 valve bodies with threaded (-1) seat rings can take full CL900 pressure drops; CL900 valve bodies with clamped (no dash number) seat rings are limited to CL600
pressure drops. Also, there are two different NPS 8x6 CL900 valve bodies, one for use only with Cavitrol III cages and the other for use with all other constructions. An NPS 8x6 CL900 valve body
with Cavitrol III cage can take full CL900 pressure drops. For information on other NPS 8x6 constructions that can take full CL900 pressure drops, contact your Emerson Automation Solutions
sales office. All other NPS 8x6 constructions are limited to CL600 pressure drops (1440 psid flowing drop) even though installed in a CL900 valve body. 4. Restriction based on excessive noise if max nP/P1 ratio for a given cage level is exceeded. 5. Down:in through cage and out through seat ring (direction shown in figure 1).
6. Up:in through seat ring and out through cage as shown in figure 13.
ENVIRO-SEAL Packing System Specifications
Applicable Stem Diameters
J 19.1 (3/4), J 25.4 (1), and J 31.8 (1-1/4) diameter valve stems
Maximum Pressure/Temperature Limits(1)
To Meet the EPA Fugitive Emission Standard of 100 PPM(2) For ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE and ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex packing systems: full CL300 up to 232_C (450_F) For ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF packing system: 1500 psig (104 bar) at 316_C (600_F)
Construction Materials
PTFE Packing Systems: Packing Ring and Lower Wiper: PTFE V-ring(3) Male and Female Adaptor Rings: Carbon-filled PTFE
V-ring Graphite ULF Packing Systems: Graphite rings Anti-Extrusion Washer: Filled PTFE (not required for graphite packing) Lantern Ring: S31600 (316 stainless steel) (not required for graphite packing) Packing Box Flange: S31600 Spring: J 17-7PH stainless steel, J N06600, or J S17700 Packing Follower: S31600 lined with carbon-filled PTFE Packing Box Studs: Strain-hardened 316 stainless steel Packing Box Nuts: 316 stainless steel SA194 Grade 8M
1. Refer to the valve specifications in this bulletin for pressure/temperature limits of valve parts. Do not exceed the pressure/temperature rating of the valve. Do not exceed any applicable code or standard limitation. 2. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has set a limit of 100 parts per million (ppm) for fugitive emissions from a valve in selected VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) services. 3. In vacuum service, it is not necessary to reverse the ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing rings.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EW Valve
D100023X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
Figure 1. Fisher EWD Valve with Standard Cage
BONNET GASKET PIN
SHIM
SPIRAL WOUND GASKET
PTFE V-RING PACKING
GRAPHITE PISTON RING VALVE
PLUG
CAGE SEAT RING
LOAD RING
CAGE RETAINER
SEAT
RING
W9035
GASKET
TYPICAL OF CONSTRUCTIONS THROUGH NPS 12x6
W9036
NPS 12x8 CONSTRUCTION
NOTE: The NPS 10x8 valve is similar in appearance to sizes through NPS 12x6. However, the NPS 10x8 uses the load ring shown for the NPS 12x8. It does not use the cage retainer.
Figure 2. Fisher EWT Trim Details
SOFT BACKUP RING
SEAL RING
RETAINING RING
SEAL RING (SHOWN POSITIONED FOR USE WITH STANDARD AND CAVITROL CAGES)
METAL BACKUP RING
METAL DISC SEAT
W0992-3
PTFE DISC
METAL DISC RETAINER
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION (SEAT PARTS ALSO TYPICAL OF OPTIONAL EWS PTFE SEATING)
W0995-2
137 mm (5.375 INCH) AND SMALLER PORTS
W2914-1 / IL
SEAL RING
178 mm (7 INCH)
(SHOWN POSITIONED FOR USE WITH
AND LARGER PORTS
STANDARD AND
CAVITROL CAGES)
VALVE PLUG WITH OPTIONAL PRESSURE-ASSISTED SEAL RING
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
EW Valve
D100023X012
Figure 3. Fisher EWS Trim Details Showing Standard Cage and Seating Construction
W0989-2
CLAMPED METAL SEAT RING
C-seal Trim Description
C-seal trim (figure 5) is available for valves with port diameters from 2.875 inches through 8 inches.
With C-seal trim, a balanced valve can achieve high-temperature, Class V shutoff. Because the C-seal plug seal is formed from metal (N07718 nickel alloy) rather than an elastomer, a valve equipped with the C-seal trim can be applied in processes with a fluid temperature of up to 593_C (1100_F).
ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems
Fisher ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL packing systems (figure 17) offer excellent sealing capabilities. These systems easily install in your existing valves or can be purchased with new valves. These systems help you seal your process to conserve valuable process fluid and to protect the environment against the emission of hazardous or polluting fluids. The long-life and reliability of these systems also reduce your maintenance cost and downtime.
For applications requiring compliance with environmental protection regulations, the unique ENVIRO-SEAL packing system and, for hazardous service, the ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal bonnet (figure 18) are offered. The emission control packing system or seal bonnet keeps emission concentrations below the EPA 100 ppm requirement.
For an excellent stem seal in applications that are not environmentally-sensitive, the HIGH-SEAL Graphite ULF packing system is offered. The HIGH-SEAL packing system provides excellent sealing at pressure/temperature ratings beyond ENVIRO-SEAL limits.
ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems, available with PTFE, Graphite ULF, or Duplex packing, and the HIGH-SEAL Graphite ULF packing system feature live-loading and unique packing-ring arrangements for long-term, consistent sealing performance.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EW Valve
D100023X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
Figure 4. Fisher NPS 12x8 CL900 EWT-1 Valve
SEAL RING (SHOWN POSITIONED FOR USE WITH STANDARD CAGES)
THREADED SEAT RING
W9037
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
EW Valve
D100023X012
Figure 5. C-seal Trim
STAKE THREAD
PISTON RING
RETAINER
C-SEAL METAL PLUG SEAL(1)
FLOW DOWN
VALVE PLUG
C-SEAL METAL PLUG SEAL(1)
A6869
NOTES: 1. Reverse the orientation of the C-Seal plug seal proper shutoff when valve is used in a process with different fluid flow direction.
FLOW UP
Figure 6. Typical Balanced TSO Trim
VALVE PLUG SEAL
A7096
PROTECTED SOFT SEAT
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EW Valve
D100023X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
Table 1. Metal Trim Part Materials for Compatibility with NACE MR0175-2002 (Sour Service) Specifications, Environmental Restrictions Apply, Refer to Standard
Trim Designation
Valve Plug
Cage
Seat Ring for Standard Metal Seat Construction
Disk Seat and Retainer for
Optional PTFE-Seat Construction
Valve Stem, Packing Follower, Lantern Ring, Packing Box Ring, and
Pin
Load Ring(1)
316 SST with
85(3)
S31600
electroless nickel
S31600
- - -
coating (ENC)
85C(2,3)
316 SST with
S31600
electroless nickel
- - -
coating (ENC)
S31600
86(3)
S31600 with seat hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing
alloy
316 SST with electroless nickel
coating (ENC)
R30006 (alloy 6)
- - -
S20910 (Valve Stem) S31600 (All Other Parts)
N05500
87
S31600 with seat and guide hard faced with CoCr-A
316 SST with electroless nickel
coating (ENC)
R30006 (alloy 6)
- - -
hardfacing alloy
S31600 with seat
316 SST with
87C(2)
and guide hard faced with CoCr-A
electroless nickel coating (ENC)
- - -
hardfacing alloy
S31600
1. NPS 10x8 and 12x8 valve body only. 2. 85C and 87C are trims for PTFE-seat constructions in EWS and EWT valves. 3. Not for use with Whisper Trim I with 5-3/8 inch and larger ports.
Figure 7. Typical Trim for NACE MR0175-2002 (Sour Service) (tables 11, 12, and 13 should be used along with these graphs to determine specific limits based on valve size and trim selection)
PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR
A3115-3
1600
-100 -50
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °C 0 50 100 150 200 250 110
100 1400
90
1200
80
1000
70
60
800
50
87C
600
40
400
30
20
200
85C
10
0
0
-200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 -50 FLUID TEMPERATURE, °F
FOR STANDARD PTFE SEATING WITH ALL 2 BODY MATERIALS
-100 -50 1600
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °C 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 110
100 1400
90
1200
80
1000
70
86
87
60
800
50
600
40
400
30
20
200
85 1 3
10
0
0
-200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 450 4
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °F
FOR OPTIONAL METAL SEATING WITH 2 CF8M MATERIAL
NOTES:
1 Use trim 87 instead of trim 85 for non-lubricating fluids such as superheated steam or dry gasses between 149°C (300°F) and 316°C (600°F).
2 Do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature for the class rating of the body material used, even through the trims shown may have higher capabilities. 3 Use trim 85 up to 99 BAR (1440 PSI) with clean dry gas. For process fluids other than clean dry gas, use trim 85 only up to 21 bar (300 PSI). 4 Trim 87 temperature limit can be extended above 232°C (450°F) If PEEK anti-extrusion rings and spring-loaded seal ring are used.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
EW Valve
D100023X012
Table 2. Available Valve Constructions(1)
VALVE SIZE(2), NPS
VALVE
CL150, 300, or 600
4x2
6x4
8x4
8x6
10x6(3)
12x6
EWD
x
x
x
x
x
x
EWD-1
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
EWS
x
x
x
x
x
x
EWS-1
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
EWT
x
x
x
x
x
x
EWT-1
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1. X indicates available construction. 2. Two-number valve size designates end connection size x effective trim size.
3. NPS 10x6 has a valve outlet area identical to the NPS 8x6.
10x8
x - - x - - x - - -
12x8
x - - x - - x - - -
CL900
8x6
12x8
x
x
- - -
x
x
x
- - -
x
x
x
- - -
x
Available Configurations
All configurations covered in this bulletin use a single-port, globe-style valve body with cage guiding and push-down-to-close valve plug action. This valve style is combined with different plug styles and either a clamped seat ring (no dash number suffix) or a seat ring threaded into the valve body (-1 suffix).
EWD: Balanced valve plug (figure 1) with clamped seat ring and metal-to-metal seating for all general applications over a wide range of pressure drops and temperatures.
EWD-1: NPS 12x8 CL900 EWD valve body, with threaded seat ring.
EWS: Unbalanced valve plug (figure 3) with clamped seat ring and metal-to-metal or optional metal-to-PTFE seating for all general applications requiring better shutoff capabilities than can be obtained with the EWD valve body.
EWS-1: NPS 12x8 CL900 EWS valve body, with threaded seat ring and metal-to-metal seating.
EWT: Balanced valve plug (figure 2) with metal-to-PTFE seating (for stringent shutoff requirements) standard in all EWT valves (except those with Cavitrol III cages). Metal-to-metal seating for higher temperatures is standard for all EWT valve bodies with Cavitrol III cages and optional for these valves with other cages.
EWT-1: NPS 12x8 CL900 EWT valve body, with threaded seat ring and with metal-to-metal seating (figure 4).
Material Selection Guidelines
Regardless of valve construction, select the valve body/bonnet material from the specifications table, keeping in mind that the valve service conditions cannot exceed the ASME pressure/temperature limitations for the selected valve body. Then, perform steps 1 and 2 under the appropriate valve design heading to complete the selection process.
EWD, EWS, or EWT Valve with all except Cavitrol III or Whisper Trim III Cages
1. Choose a trim combination for the service conditions according to figure 7 and 8, while making sure from tables 1 and 5 that this combination provides the desired trim materials. Then, make sure from table 11, 12, or 13 that the valve body/trim temperature limits are not exceeded.
2. Finally, check in table 20 that packing and other valve parts are available in materials that meet the desired service conditions.
EWD-1, EWS-1, or EWT-1 Valve with Standard Cage
1. Choose a trim combination for the service conditions according to figure 9, while making sure from table 7 that this combination provides the desired trim materials.
2. Finally, check in table 20 that packing and other valve parts are available in materials that meet the desired service conditions.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EW Valve
D100023X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
Table 3. Shutoff Classifications per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Valve EWD or EWD-1
Seating Metal
Shutoff Class II (standard)
III (optional for NPS 6x4 through 12x8 valves)
EWS or EWS-1
Metal
IV (optional for NPS 6x4 through 12x8 valves with optional multiple graphite piston rings) IV (standard)
V (optional, consult your Emerson sales office)
EWS
PTFE
VI
EWT with all except Cavitrol III cages
PTFE Metal
V (optional) IV V(1)
EWT with 1-stage Cavitrol III cage
EWT with 2-stage Cavitrol III cage or 2- or 3-stage Cavitrol III cage
Metal Metal or PTFE
IV (standard) V (optional)
V
EWT-1
Metal
IV
1. Class V shutoff for EWT requires spring-loaded seal ring, radius-seat plug, and wide-bevel seat ring. Not available with 8-inch port, quick-opening cage. Not available with S31600 (316 SST) valve plug and seat ring (trims 4, 29, 85).
Table 4. C-seal Shutoff Classification
Valve
Valve Size, NPS
Port Diameter, mm (Inches)
6x4x2 1/2
73 (2.875)
6x4
8x4
111.1 (4.375)
6x4
8x4
87.3 (3.4375)
EWD (CL300, 600)
8x6 12x6 10x6(1)
136.5 (5.375) 136.5 (5.375)
8x6 10x6(1) 12x6
177.8 (7)
10x8 12x8
203.2 (8)
10x8 12x8
177.8 (7)
1. NPS 10x6 has a valve outlet area identical to the NPS 8x6.
Cage Style Eq. %, Linear, Whisper I, Cav III (2-Stage) Eq. %, Linear, Whisper I, Cav III (1-Stage),
Whisper III
Whisper III
Cav III (2-Stage), Whisper III Whisper III
Eq. %, Linear, Whisper I, Cav III (1-Stage), Whisper III
Eq. %, Linear, Whisper I, Cav III (1-Stage), Whisper III
Whisper III
ANSI/FCI Leakage Class
Class V to 593°C (1100°F) [for port diameters from 73 through 203.2 mm (2.875 though 8-inch) with
optional C-seal trim]
EWT Valve with Cavitrol III Cage
1. Choose a trim combination for the service conditions according to figure 12, while making sure from table 15 that this combination provides the desired trim materials. Then, make sure from table 16 that the valve body/trim temperature limits are not exceeded.
2. Finally, check in table 20 that packing and other valve parts are available in materials that meet the desired service conditions.
EWD, EWS, or EWT Valve with Whisper Trim III Cage
1. Choose a trim combination for the service conditions from table 17. Then, make sure from table 18 that the valve body/trim temperature limits are not exceeded.
2. Finally, check in table 20 that packing and other valve parts are available in materials that meet the desired service conditions.
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
EW Valve
D100023X012
Table 5. Fisher EWD, EWS, and EWT Metal Trim Part Combinations(1) Except for Valves with Cavitrol III or Whisper Trim III Cages
TRIM DESIGNATIONS
VALVE PLUG
CAGE
Disk Seat, Retainer for PTFE Seat Constructions
SEAT
Seat Ring for Metal Seat Constructions
1 (standard trim for all valves except EWT and those in CF8M. Trim 57 is standard for EWT. Trim 29 is standard
for all valves in CF8M)
S41600 heat treated 17-4 SST HT(11)
17-4 SST HT(11)
S41600 or CA15(5) (S41000) for
- - -
EWD, EWS
CA6NM for EWD-1, EWS-1, EWT-1
3(10) and 3H(2)(7) 4(6)
S31600 with seat and guide hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy
S31600
R30006 or R30016 (alloy 6)(3)
17-4 SST HT
S31600 with seat hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy(4)
S31600
S31600 with seat hard faced with CoCr-A
hardfacing alloy(4)
S31600
5(8) and 5H(2)(8)
S31600 with seat and guide hard faced with
CoCr-A hardfacing alloy
R31233
R30006 disk seat and retainer(9)
S31600 with seat hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy(4)
S31600 with seat and
6(9)
guide hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing
S31603 CRPL
R30006 disk seat and retainer(9)
alloy
R30006 (alloy 6)
S31600 with seat and
316 SST with
27
guide hard faced with CoCr-A
electroless nickel coating
S31600 with seat hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy(4)
S31600 with seat hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy(4)
hardfacing alloy
(ENC)
28(6)
S31600 with seat hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy
316 SST with electroless nickel coating
(ENC)
S31600 with seat hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy(4)
S31600 with seat hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy(4)
29(6) (standard for all valves in CF8M)
S31600
316 SST with electroless nickel coating (ENC)
S31600
S31600
37 and 37H(2)(7)
S31600 with seat and guide hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy
17-4 SST HT
S31600 with seat hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy(4)
S31600 with seat hard faced with CoCr-A hardfacing alloy(4)
57 (standard for all EWT valve bodies in all materials except CF8M)
S41600 heat treated 17-4 SST HT(11)
17-4 SST HT(11)
S31600
- - -
1. Nonferrous alloy combinations are also available. Consult your Emerson sales office for details. 2. Trims 3H, 5H, and 37H have clearances for high-temperature service. 3. Available only in linear, quick-opening, equal percentage, and Whisper Trim I cages.
4. Solid cast alloy 6 seat ring is used instead for NPS 4x2, 10x8, and 12x8 valve sizes. 5. CA15 is used for NPS 8x6 CL900 EWD and EWS. 6. Not for use with Whisper Trim I with 5-3/8 inch and larger ports. 7. With C-Seal trim, 3H, and 37H use solid cast Alloy 6 seat ring for NPS 8x4, 10x8, and 12x8 sizes.
8. Available only for NPS 8x6, 12x6, 10x8, 12x8 sizes Whisper Trim I cages. 9. Available only for NPS 10x8 and 12x8 Whisper Trim I cages. 10. For trim 3, upper temperature limited to 316_C (600_F) when used for Whisper Trim I cages. 11. For NPS 10 x 8 and 12 x 8 sizes with Whisper Trim I cages.
EWD-1, or EWT-1 Valve with Whisper Trim III Cage
1. Choose a trim combination for the service conditions according to figure 15 or 16, while making
sure from table 19 that this combination provides the desired trim materials.
2. Finally, check in table 20 that packing and other valve parts are available in materials that meet the desired service conditions.
ANSI/FCI Class VI Shutoff Capabilities
EWS valves with metal seat constructions and EWT valves with soft seat and metal seat constructions can provide ANSI/FCI Class VI shutoff capabilities. See tables 6 and 7.
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EW Valve
D100023X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
Table 6. Class VI Shutoff Availability
Valve
Port Size, Inches
EWS
7
EWT
3.4375 7
EWT
3.4375 7
Table 7. Class VI Trim Materials
VALVE
CAGE
VALVE PLUG
S31600/CoCr-A
EWS
316 SST/ ENC
(alloy 6) seat
316 SST / ENC
S31600
316 SST / ENC
S31600/CoCr-A seat
EWT
17-4 SST
(17-4PH SST)
S41600
17-4 SST
S41600
1. UHMWPE (Ultra High Molecular Weight Polyethylene)
SEAT RING
S31600 S31600/PTFE
S31600 S31600/PTFE
S31600
Seat Metal Soft Metal
SEAL RING
NA UHMWPE(1) R30003
UHMWPE R30003 UHMWPE R30003 UHMWPE R30003
Minimum Seat Load 300 lbs/lineal inch See Catalog 14 300 lbs/lineal inch
TRIM TEMPERATURE LIMIT
_C
_F
Not a limiting factor
-29 to 66 -101 to 66
-20 to 150 -150 to 150
-29 to 66
-20 to 150
-29 to 66
-20 to 150
Fisher TSO (Tight Shutoff) Trim Capabilities
See figure 6 and tables 8, 9, and 10. For additional information contact your Emerson sales office.
Table 8. TSO (Tight Shutoff) Leakage Class
Leakage Class
Maximum Leakage
Valves with TSO trim are factory
TSO (Tight Shutoff)
tested to a more stringent Fisher test requirement of no leakage at time of
shipment.
1. Specify service P when ordering.
Table 9. TSO Shutoff Availability
VALVE EWT
Test Medium Water
Test Pressure Service P(1)
Test Procedure ANSI/FCI Class V test procedure B
CONSTRUCTION Std or Cavitrol III trim. Replaceable, protected soft seat
Table 10. Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, Yoke Boss Diameters for TSO (Tight Shutoff) Trim
VALVE
TRIM
MAX TRAVEL
mm Inch
YOKE BOSS SIZE
mm
Inch
PORT DIAMETER
Nominal mm Inch
Actual TSO
mm
Inch
CV REDUCTION AT 100% TRAVEL(1)
EWT NPS 6x4 Std 50.8 2
90
3-9/16
111 4.375 106
4.1875
4% (linear) 3% (equal percent)
90
3-9/16
EWT NPS 8x6 and 10x6(2)
50.8 2 Std
127
5
179
7
173
6.8125
2%
102 4
90
3-9/16
2%
1. This column lists the percent reduction of published maximum CV of the trim listed in the TRIM column. 2. NPS 10x6 has a valve outlet area identical to the NPS 8x6.
UNBALANCE AREA Inch2 0.154
0.30
Installation
Unless limited by seismic criteria, the valve body can be installed in any position (as long as sufficient support is provided if a fabricated extension bonnet is used). However, the normal method is with the actuator vertical above the valve, because non-vertical positions may cause uneven trim wear and decreased trim life.
Flow through the valve body must be in the direction indicated by the flow direction arrow on the valve body. Consider installing an upstream strainer, especially if the valve body includes slotted or multihole Whisper Trim or Cavitrol cages.
Dimensions are shown in figure 19.
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
EW Valve
D100023X012
Figure 8. Typical Trim Used in Fisher EWD, EWS, or EWT Valves Except Those with Cavitrol III or Whisper Trim III Cages (tables 11, 12, and 13 should be used along with these graphs to determine specific limits based on valve size and trim selection)
A6334-2
NOTES: 1 Be especially careful to specify service temperature fi trim 3,4, or 37 is selected, as different thermal expansion rates require special plug clearances, also, use trim 37H
instead of trim 4 for non-lubricating fluids such as superheated steam or dry gasses between 149°C (300°F) AND 316°C (600°F). 2 Do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature for the class rating of the body material used, even through the trims shown may have higher capabilities. 3 Use trim 27 instead of trim 29 for non-lubricating fluids such as superheated steam or dry gasses between 149°C (300°F) AND 316°C (600°F). 4 Trims 4 AND 29 may be used over 300 PSI only with clean, dry gas. 5 EWD, EWS, and EWT NPS 12x8 CL900 limited to CL600 pressure drops. See figure 9 and 10 EWD-1, EWS-1, and EWT-1 for full CL900 NPS 12x8 pressure drops.
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EW Valve
D100023X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
Table 11. Valve/Trim Temperature Capabilities(1) for CL300 or 600 Fisher EWD, EWS, and EWT Valves with 2-Inch (51 mm) or 3-Inch (76 mm) Travel (Except those with Cavitrol III or Whisper Trim III Cages) (figures 7 and 8 should be used along with this table to determine specific limits based on valve size and trim selection)
VALVE/BONNET MATERIAL
TRIM DESIGNATION FROM TABLE 5
VALVE SIZE, NPS
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITY
_C Min
_C Max
_F Min
_F Max
4 x 2
-29
399
-20
750
6 x 4
-29
343
-20
650
8 x 4
-29
329
-20
625
1
8 x 6 or 10 x 6(3)
-29
316
-20
600
12 x 6
-29
260
-20
500
12 x 8 or 10 x 8
-29
427
-20
800
WCC steel
29, 85
5(4) 5H(4) 6(4)
4 x 2 6 x 4 8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6(3) 12 x 6 12 x 8 or 10 x 8
-29
316
-20
600
-29
221
-20
430
-29
218
-20
425
-29
204
-20
400
-29
174
-20
345
-29
316
-20
600
-29
316
-20
600
8 x 6, 12 x 6, 10 x 8, or 12 x 8
316
427
600
800
10 x 8
-29
316
-20
600
37
-29
210
-20
410
37H
4 x 2 through 12 x 8
210
427
410
800
57
-29
204
-20
400
4 x 2
-29
343
-20
650
6 x 4
-29
343
-20
650
1
8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6(3)
-29
329
-20
625
-29
329
-20
625
12 x 6
-29
260
-20
500
10 x 8 or 12 x 8
-29
343
-20
650
LCC steel
29, 85
5(4) 6(4)
4 x 2 6 x 4 8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6(3) 12 x 6 10 x 8 or 12 x 8
-46
316
-50
600
-46
218
-50
425
-46
218
-50
425
-46
204
-50
400
-46
163
-50
325
-46
316
-50
600
8 x 6, 12 x 6, 10 x 8, or 12 x 8
-46
316
-46
600
10 x 8
-46
316
-50
600
37
-46
210
-50
410
37H
4 x 2 through 12 x 8
210
343
410
650
57
-29
204
-20
400
-continued-
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
EW Valve
D100023X012
Table 11. Valve/Trim Temperature Capabilities(1) for CL300 or 600 Fisher EWD, EWS, and EWT Valves with 2-Inch (51 mm) or 3-Inch (76 mm) Travel (Except those with Cavitrol III or Whisper Trim III Cages) (figures 7 and 8 should be used along with this table to determine specific limits based on valve size and trim selection) (continued)
VALVE/BONNET MATERIAL
TRIM DESIGNATION FROM TABLE 5
VALVE SIZE, NPS
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITY
_C Min
_C Max
_F Min
_F Max
1
3 3H 5(4) 5H(4) 6(4)
4 x 2 6 x 4 8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6(3) 12 x 6 12 x 8 or 10 x 8
-29
399
-20
750
-29
343
-20
650
-29
329
-20
625
-29
316
-20
600
-29
260
-20
500
-29
427
-20
800
4 x 2 through 12 x 8
-29
427(5)
-20
800(5)
427
566
800
1050
-29
316
-20
600
8 x 6, 12 x 6, 10 x 8, or 12 x 8
316
566
600
1050
10 x 8
-29
316
-20
600
WC9 chrome moly steel
27, 87
4 x 2 6 x 4 8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6(3) 12 x 6 12 x 8 or 10 x 8
-29
343
-20
650
-29
221
-20
430
-29
218
-20
425
-29
204
-20
400
-29
163
-20
325
-29
343
-20
650
29, 85
4 x 2 6 x 4 8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6(3) 12 x 6 12 x 8 or 10 x 8
-29
316
-20
600
-29
221
-20
430
-29
218
-20
425
-29
204
-20
400
-29
163
-20
325
-29
316
-20
600
37
-29
210
-20
410
LCC steel CF8M (316 SST)
37H 57 5(4) 6(4) 27 28 29, 85
4 x 2 through 12 x 8 8 x 6, 12 x 6, 10 x 8, or 12 x 8
10 x 8
4 x 2 through 12 x 8
210
-29 -198(4) -198(4) -198(2) -198(2) -198(2)
427 204 316(1) 316(1) 343 149 316
410
-20 -325(4) -325(4) -325(2) -325(2) -325(2)
800 400 600(1) 600(1) 650 300 600
1. For metal trim parts only. 2. May be used down to -254_C (-425_F) if manufacturing process includes Charpy Impact test. 3. NPS 10x6 has a valve outlet area identical to the NPS 8x6.
4. Available for Whisper Trim I cages. 5. For Trim 3, upper temperature to 316_C (600_F) when used for Whisper Trim I cages.
16
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EW Valve
D100023X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
Table 12. 4-Inch (102 mm) Travel Whisper Trim I Fisher EWD and EWT Valve Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities(1) (CL150 - 600 and NPS 8 x 6, CL900) (figure 8 should be used along with this table to determine specific limits based on valve size and trim selection)
BODY/BONNET MATERIAL(2)
TRIM DESIGNATION FROM TABLE 5
VALVE SIZE, NPS
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITY
_C
_F
Min
Max
Min
Max
8 x 6 or 10 x 6(3)
-29
329
-20
625
1
12 x 6
-29
285
-20
545
3
-29
316
-20
600
8 x 6 or 10 x 6(3) or 12 x 6
3H
316
427
600
800
WCC steel
5
8 x 6, 12 x 6, 10 x 8
-29
316
-20
600
5H
or 12 X 8
316
427
600
800
-29
204
-20
400
37
8 x 6 or 10 x 6(3) or 12 x 6
-29
210
-20
410
8 x 6 or 10 x 6(3)
210
427
410
800
37H
12 x 6
210
363
410
685
1
8 x 6 or 10 x 6(3)
-29
329
-20
625
5
8 x 6, 12 x 6, 10 x 8 or 12 x 8
-46
316
-50
600
LCC steel
6 4 and 57
10 x 8
-46
316
-50
600
-46
204
-50
400
37
8 x 6 or 10 x 6(3)
-29
210
-20
410
37H
210
343
410
650
3
-29
316
-20
600
3H
4 x 2 through 12 x 8
316
566
600
1050
WC9 Chrome moly steel
5
8 x 6, 12 x 6, 10 x 8
-29
316
-20
600
5H
or 12 x 8
316
566
600
1050
6
10 x 8
-29
316
-20
600
1. For metal trim parts only. 2. Same material also used for bonnet spacer. 3. NPS 10x6 has a valve outlet area identical to the NPS 8x6.
17
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
EW Valve
D100023X012
Table 13. Fisher CL900 EWD, EWS, and EWT Valve Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities(1) (figure 8 should be used along with this table to determine specific limits based on valve size and trim selection)
BODY/BONNET MATERIAL
TRIM DESIGNATION FROM TABLE 5
VALVE SIZE, NPS
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITY
_C
_F
Min
Max
Min
Max
WCC steel
1 29, 85
37
8 x 6 12 x 8
-29
316
-20
600
-29
427
-20
800
-29
204
-20
400
-29
316
-20
600
-29
210
-20
410
37H
8 x 6 or 12 x 8
210
427
410
800
57
-29
204
-20
400
1
-29
329
-20
625
4, 37
-46
210
-50
410
LCC steel
37H
8 x 6 only
210
371
410
700
57
-29
204
-20
400
29, 85
-46
204
-50
400
1
8 x 6 12 x 8
-29
316
-20
600
-29
427
-20
800
3
-29
427
-20
800
8 x 6
3H
427
566
800
1050
3
-29
427
-20
800
12 x 8
3H
427
566
800
1050
WC9 chrome moly steel
27, 87
8 x 6 12 x 8
-29
204
-20
400
-29
343
-20
650
29, 85
8 x 6 12 x 8
-29
204
-20
400
-29
316
-20
600
37
-29
210
-20
410
316 SST (CF8M)
37H 57 27, 87 29, 85
8 x 6 or 12 x 8 8 x 6 or 12 x 8
210
427
410
800
-29
204
-20
400
-198(2)
343
-325(2)
650
-198(2)
316
-325(2)
600
1. For metal trim parts only. 2. May be used down to -254_C (-425_F) if manufacturing process includes Charpy impact test.
18
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EW Valve
D100023X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
Figure 9. Typical Trim Used in Fisher EWD, EWS, and EWT NPS 8x6 CL900 Valves with Standard Cages and EWD-1,
EWS-1, and EWT-1 NPS 12x8 CL900 Valves with Standard Cages (see table 14)
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °C
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °C
PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR
A6334-1
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °F
WITH WCC STEEL BODY 1
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °F
WITH WC9 CHROME MOLY STEEL BODY 1
NOTE:
1
Do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature for the class rating of the body material used, even through the trims shown may have higher capabilities.
PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR
Figure 10. Typical Trim Used in NPS 8x6 CL900 Fisher
EWD, EWS, EWT and NPS 12x8 CL900 EWD-1,
EWS-1, and EWT-1 Valves with Standard Cages (see
table 14)
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °C
Table 14. NPS 8x6 CL900 Fisher EWD, EWS, EWT and NPS 12x8 CL900 EWD-1, EWS-1, and EWT-1 Metal Trim Part Combinations Except for Valves with Whisper Trim III Cages
Trim Designation
Valve Plug
Cage
Seat Ring
1
S41600 (416 SST) heat 17-4 SST H900
Heat-treated CA6NM(1)
treated
316 SST with 316 SST with 316 SST with
27
seat and guide electroless hard-faced nickel coating
seat hard-faced
with CoCr-A
(ENC)
with CoCr-A
37 and 37H(2)
S31600 with seat and guide
hard-faced with CoCr-A
17-4 SST H900
S31600 with seat
hard-faced with CoCr-A
1. CA6NM is similar to 410 SST. 2. Trim 37H has clearances for high-temperature service.
A6334-1
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °F
WITH CF8M (316 SST) BODY 1
NOTE:
1 Do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature for the class
rating of the body material used, even through the trims shown may have
higher capabilities.
19
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
EW Valve
D100023X012
Figure 11. Detail of 2-Stage Cavitrol III Cage in CL300 or 600 Fisher EWT Valve
CAGE RETAINER/ BONNET SPACER
Figure 12. Typical Trim Used in Cavitrol III Cage Constructions with Steel or Stainless Steel Valves (see tables 15)
LIQUID TEMPERATURE, °C
PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR
W3331-1
Table 15. Cavitrol III(1) Metal Trim Part Combination
Trim Designation
Valve Plug
76
Heat-treated S42000 (420 SST)
1. Available only in EWT valve. 2. Not used in NPS 12x8 or 8x6 CL900 valves.
A2732
LIQUID TEMPERATURE, °F
NOTE: Do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature for the class rating of the body material used, even through the trims shown may have higher capa bilities.
Cage 17-4 SST H900
Cage Retainer(2) S31600 (316 SST)
Seat Ring
S17400 with H900 heat-treat condition
Table 16. Cavitrol III Valve Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities
TRIM
DESIGNATION
VALVE BODY and BONNET
FROM TABLE 15 Min
WCC carbon steel or WC9 chrome moly steel
-29
LCC carbon steel
-46
NPS 4x2 valve
-29
76
NPS 6x4 valve
-29
NPS 8x4 valve
-29
S31600 (316 SST)
NPS 8x6 or 10x6(1) valve(2) -29
NPS 12x6 valve
-29
NPS 12x8 valve(3)
-29
1. NPS 10x6 has a valve outlet area identical to the NPS 8x6. 2. This valve body/trim combination not available in CL900 valve. 3. This valve body/trim combination available in all NPS 12x8 rating classes.
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITY
_C
_F
Max
Min
Max
These materials not
-20
These materials not
limiting factors
-50
limiting factors
204
-20
400
149
-20
300
135
-20
275
121
-20
250
107
-20
225
177
-20
350
20
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EW Valve
D100023X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
Figure 13. Fisher EWT Metal-Seat Valve with Whisper Trim I Cage
BACKUP RING
SEAL RING CAGE
Figure 14. Fisher EWD Valve with Whisper Trim III Cage (shown with optional drain plug)
OPTIONAL TRIPLE PISTON RINGS USED TO OBTAIN CLASS IV SHUTOFF (THIS OPTIONAL SHUTOFF ALSO AVAILABLE IN OTHER EWD SIZES AND CONSTRUCTIONS)
CAGE RETAINER
BONNET SPACER
BAFFLE
W9038
W9039
21
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
EW Valve
D100023X012
Table 17. Metal Trim Part Combinations for Fisher EWD, EWS, and EWT Valves with Whisper Trim III Cages
Trim Designation
Valve Plug
Cage
Cage Retainer
Baffle (for Level D3 Cage
Only)
Seat Ring for MetalSeat
Construction
Disk Seat and Retainer for PTFE-Seat Construction
Stem
19.1 through 111.1, 177.8 and 203.2 mm (0.75 through 4.375, 7 and 8 Inch) Port Sizes
301G 301GC(3)
S41600 S41600
17-4 SST 17-4 SST
--
Steel
S41600
--
S31600
--
Steel
--
S31600
S31600
312G(1)
S31600/CoCr-A Seat & Guide
316/ENC Electroless Nickel
Coated
--
S31600
R30006
--
S20910
312GC(1)(3)
S31600/CoCr-A Seat & Guide
316/ENC Electroless Nickel
Coated
--
S31600
--
R30006/ S31600(9)
S20910
315G(1)
S31600/CoCr-A Seat & Guide
316 SST Chrome
--
S31600
R30006
--
S20910
315GC(1)(3)
S31600/CoCr-A Seat & Guide
316 SST Chrome
--
S31600
--
R30006/ S31600(9)
S20910
318G(2)
F22/CoCr-A Seat & Guide
2.25 Cr-1 Mo Nitrided(7)
--
306
S31803/Ultimet Seat & Guide
2205 Duplex(6) Plate
--
WC9
R30006
--
S31803
S31803/Ultimet
--
S41000/ S42200(4)
S31803
307G
S31600/CoCr-A Seat & Guide
17-4 SST
--
Steel
R30006
--
S31600
307GH(5)
S31600/CoCr-A Seat & Guide
17-4 SST
--
Steel
R30006
--
S31600
136.5 mm (5.375 Inch) Port
301 301 A(2) 301 C(3)
S17400 S17400 S17400
416 SST 416 SST 416 SST
WCC/ENC WCC/Nitrided
WCC/ENC
Steel Steel Steel
S41600 S41600
--
--S31600
S31600 S31600 S31600
304
S31600/CoCr-A Seat & Guide
416 SST
WCC/ENC
Steel
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat
--
S31600
312(1)
S31600/CoCr-A Seat & Guide
316/ENC Electroless Nickel
Coated
316/ENC Electroless Nickel Coated
S31600
R30006
--
S20910
312C(1)(3)
S31600/CoCr-A Seat & Guide
316/ENC Electroless Nickel
Coated
316/ENC Electroless Nickel Coated
S31600
--
R30006/ S31600
S20910
315(2)
S31600/CoCr-A Seat & Guide
316 SST/ Electrolyzed Chrome Coat
S31600/ Electrolyzed Chrome Coat
S31600
S31600/CoCr-A
--
S31600/ S20910(8)
318(2)
S31600/CoCr-A Seat & Guide
2.25 Cr-1 Mo Nitrided
WC9 Nitrided(7)
WC9
S31600/ CoCr-A Seat
--
S20910
306
S31803/Ultimet Seat & Guide
2205 Duplex(6) Chrome Plate
--
S31803
S31803/Ultimet
--
S31803
1. NACE compatible trims meets NACE MR0175 2002, MR0175/ISO15156, MR0103. 2. Not for use with EWT construction. 3. Not for use with EWD construction. 4. Trim 318G uses S41000 stem up to 538°C (1000°F) and S42200 stem above 538°C (1000°F). 5. For high temperature service. 6. 22 Cr- 5 Ni duplex stainless steel. 7. With C-seal construction use F22 alloy steel/CoCr-A/Nitrided cage material. 8. Trim 315 uses S31600 stem up to 427°C (800°F) and S20910 stem above 427°C (800°F). 9. For 8 inch port size, both disk seat and retainer use R30006.
22
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EW Valve
D100023X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
Table 18. Valve/Trim Temperature Capabilities for Fisher EWD, EWS, and EWT Valves with Whisper Trim III Cages
VALVE/BONNET/ BONNET SPACER
MATERIAL
TRIM DESIGNATION FROM TABLE 17
VALVE SIZE, NPS
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITY
_C
_F
Min
Max
Min
Max
19.1 through 111.1, 177.8 and 203.2 mm (0.75 through 4.375, 7 and 8 Inch) Port Size
4 x 2
-29
399
-20
750
6 x 4
-29
316
-20
625
301G
8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6
-29
316
-20
625
-29
427
-20
800
10 x 8
-29
427
-20
800
12 x 8 4 x 2
-29
427
-20
800
-29
204
-20
400
6 x 4
-29
204
-20
400
301GC
8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6
-29
204
-20
400
-29
204
-20
400
10 x 8
-29
204
-20
400
12 x 8
-29
204
-20
400
4 x 2
-29
316
-20
600
6 x 4
-29
218
-20
425
312G
8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6
-29
218
-20
425
-29
316
-20
600
10 x 8 12 x 8
-29
316
-20
600
-29
316
-20
600
4 x 2
-29
204
-20
400
6 x 4
-29
204
-20
400
312GC
8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6
-29
204
-20
400
-29
204
-20
400
10 x 8
-29
204
-20
400
WCC or WC9
12 x 8 4 x 2
-29
204
-20
400
-29
316
-20
600
6 x 4
-29
218
-20
425
315G
8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6
10 x 8
-29
218
-20
425
-29
316
-20
600
-29
316
-20
600
12 x 8
-29
316
-20
600
4 x 2
-29
204
-20
400
6 x 4
-29
204
-20
400
315GC
8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6
-29
204
-20
400
-29
204
-20
400
10 x 8
-29
204
-20
400
12 x 8 4 x 2
-29
204
-20
400
-29
427
-20
800
6 x 4
-29
427
-20
800
318G (WCC only)
8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6
-29
427
-20
800
-29
427
-20
800
10 x 8
-29
427
-20
800
12 x 8
-29
427
-20
800
4 x 2
-29
593
-20
1100
6 x 4
-29
593
-20
1100
318G (WC9 only)
8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6
-29
593
-20
1100
-29
593
-20
1100
10 x 8 12 x 8
-29
593
-20
1100
-29
593
-20
1100
-continued-
23
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
EW Valve
D100023X012
Table 18. Valve/Trim Temperature Capabilities for Fisher EWD, EWS, and EWT Valves with Whisper Trim III Cages (continued)
VALVE/BONNET/ BONNET SPACER
MATERIAL
TRIM DESIGNATION FROM TABLE 17
VALVE SIZE, NPS
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITY
_C
_F
19.1 through 111.1, 177.8 and 203.2 mm (0.75 through 4.375, 7 and 8 Inch) Port Size
4 x 2 6 x 4
-29
316
-20
600
-29
316
-20
600
WCC or WC9
306
307G 307GH
8 x 4
-29
316
-20
600
8 x 6 or 10 x 6
-29
316
-20
600
10 x 8
-29
316
-20
600
12 x 8
-29
316
-20
600
-29
210
-20
410
4 x 2 through 12 x 8
210
427
410
800
4 x 2
-29
149
-20
300
6 x 4
-29
149
-20
300
301G 301GC
8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6
10 x 8 12 x 8 4 x 2 6 x 4 8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6 10 x 8 12 x 8 4 x 2
-29
149
-20
300
-29
149
-20
300
-29
149
-20
300
-29
149
-20
300
-29
149
-20
300
-29
149
-20
300
-29
149
-20
300
-29
149
-20
300
-29
149
-20
300
-29
149
-20
300
-198
343
-325
650
312G
6 x 4 8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6 10 x 8 12 x 8 4 x 2 6 x 4
-198
343
-325
650
-198
343
-325
650
-198
343
-325
650
-198
343
-325
650
-198
343
-325
650
-73
204
-100
400
-73
204
-100
400
CF8M
312GC 315G
8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6
10 x 8 12 x 8 4 x 2 6 x 4 8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6 10 x 8 12 x 8 4 x 2
-73
204
-100
400
-73
204
-100
400
-73
204
-100
400
-73
204
-100
400
-198
316
-325
600
-198
316
-325
600
-198
316
-325
600
-198
316
-325
600
-198
316
-325
600
-198
316
-325
600
-73
204
-100
400
315GC 306
6 x 4 8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6 10 x 8 12 x 8 4 x 2 6 x 4 8 x 4 8 x 6 or 10 x 6 10 x 8 12 x 8
-continued-
-73
204
-100
400
-73
204
-100
400
-73
204
-100
400
-73
204
-100
400
-73
204
-100
400
-29
316
-20
600
-29
316
-20
600
-29
316
-20
600
-29
316
-20
600
-29
316
-20
600
-29
316
-20
600
24
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EW Valve
D100023X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
Table 18. Valve/Trim Temperature Capabilities for Fisher EWD, EWS, and EWT Valves with Whisper Trim III Cages (continued)
VALVE/BONNET/ BONNET SPACER
MATERIAL
TRIM DESIGNATION FROM TABLE 17
VALVE SIZE, NPS
136.5 mm (5.375 Inch) Port
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITY
_C
_F
WCC or WC9
301 301A 301C 304 312 312C 315 318 (WCC only)
8 x 6 or 10 x 6 12 x 6
8 x 6 or 10 x 6 12 x 6
8 x 6 or 10 x 6 12 x 6
8 x 6 or 10 x 6 12x6
8 x 6 or 10 x 6 12 x 6
8 x 6 or 10 x 6 12 x 6
8 x 6 or 10 x 6 12 x 6
8 x 6 or 10 x 6 12 x 6
-29
338
-20
640
-29
313
-20
595
-29
338
-20
640
-29
313
-20
595
-29
204
-20
400
-29
204
-20
400
-29
343
-20
650
-29
338
-20
640
-29
204
-20
400
-29
177
-20
350
-29
204
-20
400
-29
177
-20
350
-29
204
-20
400
-29
177
-20
350
-29
427
-20
800
-29
427
-20
800
CF8M
318 (WC9 only) 306 301 301C 304 312 312C 315 306
8 x 6 or 10 x 6 12 x 6
8 x 6 or 10 x 6 12 x 6
8 x 6 or 10 x 6 12 x 6
8 x 6 or 10 x 6 12 x 6
8 x 6 or 10 x 6 12 x 6
8 x 6 or 10 x 6 12 x 6
8 x 6 or 10 x 6 12 x 6
8 x 6 or 10 x 6 12 x 6
8 x 6 or 10 x 6 12 x 6
-29
593
-20
1100
-29
593
-20
1100
-29
204
-20
400
-29
204
-20
400
-29
149
-20
300
-29
121
-20
250
-29
149
-20
300
-29
121
-20
250
-29
149
-20
300
-29
121
-20
250
-29
343
-20
650
-29
343
-20
650
-29
204
-20
400
-29
204
-20
400
-198
427
-325
800
-198
427
-325
800
-29
316
-20
600
-29
316
-20
600
25
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
EW Valve
D100023X012
Figure 15. Typical Trim Used in Fisher EWD-1 Valves with Whisper Trim III Cages (see table 19)
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °C
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °C
PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR
PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR
I, II IV
B1484-1
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °F
WITH STEEL OR CHROME MOLY STEEL VALVE 1
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °F
WITH CF8M (316 SST) VALVE 1
NOTE: 1 Do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature for the class rating of the body material used, even through the trims shown may have higher capabilities.. 2 May be used down to -101°C (-150°F) with level A, B, OR C cage, or with level D cage that has an 18-8 SST baffle.
Table 19. Fisher EWD-1 and EWT-1 Metal Trim Part Combinations for Valves with Whisper Trim III Cages
Trim Designation I
Valve Plug Heat-treated CA6NM(1)
Cage
Seat Ring Heat-treated CA6NM
II
S31600 (316 SST) with seat and guide hard faced with CoCr-A
N06600 with seat hard faced with CoCr-A
17-4 SST H1025
CF8M (316 SST) with seat and
IV
guide hard faced with
CoCr-A
CF8M with seat hard faced with CoCr-A
1. CA6NM is similar to 410 SST.
26
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EW Valve
D100023X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
Figure 16. Typical Trim Used in Fisher EWT-1 Valves with Whisper Trim III Cages (see table 19)
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °C
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °C
PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR PRESSURE DROP, PSI
PRESSURE DROP, BAR
A2733-1
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °F
WITH STEEL OR CHROME MOLY STEEL VALVE 1
FLUID TEMPERATURE, °F
WITH CF8M (316 SST) VALVE 1
NOTE: 1 Do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature for the class rating of the body material used, even through the trims shown may have higher capabilities. 2 May be used down to -101°C (-150°F) with level A, B, OR C cage, or with level D cage that has an 18-8 SST baffle.
27
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
EW Valve
D100023X012
Table 20. Materials and Temperature Limitations for Other Parts
PART Studs
WCC or WC9 valve body Nuts
MATERIAL
Steel SA-193-B7, or steel SA-193-B7M for sour service Steel SA-194-2H, or steel SA-194-2M for sour service
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITY
_C Min
_C Max
_F Min _F Max
-29
427 -20
800
LCC valve body
Studs Nuts
Steel SA-193-B7 Steel SA-194-2H
-46
371 -50
700
WC9 valve body
Studs Nuts
Steel SA-193-B16 Steel SA-194-7
-29
593 -20
1100
Body-to-bonnet bolting (see table 24 for NACE bolting materials and temperature limits)
CF8M (316 SST) valve body
Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts
Steel SA-193-B7 Steel SA-194-2H Steel SA-193-B7M for sour service Steel SA-194-2HM for sour service 304 SST SA-320-B8 304 SST SA-194-8
-48 -46 -46
-254
427 -55
800
427 -50
800
343 -50
650
38
-425
100
Studs Nuts
316 SST SA-193-B8M (strain hardened) 316 SST SA-194-8M
-198(1) 427 -325(1) 800
Studs Nuts
316 SST SA-193-B8M 316 SST SA-194-8M
-198(1) 649 -325(1) 1200
Disk (all soft-seat constructions)
Std. for NPS 4x2 thru 12x6
EWD piston ring
Std. for NPS 10x8 and 12x8; optional for NPS 4x2 thru 12x6
Standard NPS 4x2 through 12x6 EWT valve plug seal (except valve with Cavitrol III cage)
Backup ring
PTFE
-73
Graphite (FMS 17F27)
-46(2) -46(2)
Graphite Oxidizing service--all sizes
-46(2)
FMS 17F39
Nonoxidizing service
NPS 12x8 CL900 and 12x8 CL600 and smaller
-46(2)
Fluorocarbon(3)
-18
Ethylene-propylene(4)
-40
For use with hydrocarbons
-34
Nitrile(5)
For use with other fluids
-34
204 -100 427 -50(2) 482 -50(2) 538 -50(2)
593 -50(2)
204 0 232 -40 71 -30 93 -30
400 800 900 1000
1100
400 450 160 200
Seal ring
Carbon-filled PTFE
-73
232 -100
450
Spring-loaded EWT or EWT-1 valve plug seal (6) (standard for NPS 10x8 and 12x8 valve regardless of cage and all NPS 4x2 through 12x6 valves with Cavitrol III cage; optional in NPS 4x2 through 12x6 valves with other than Cavitrol III cages)
Valve plug stem and pin
Backup ring Retaining ring Seal ring Anti-extrusion rings
S41600 (416 SST) S30200 (302 SST) PTFE with N10276 Spring
PEEK (PolyEtherEtherKetone)
S31600 (316 SST) (S20910, NACE Std)
-29 -254 -73
- - -(11)
-198(1)
427 -20 593 -425 232(10) -100
- - -(11)
593 -325(1)
800 1100 450(10)
1100
Load ring (NPS 10x8 and 12x8 EWD, EWS, and EWT only)
CB7CU-1 (17-4PH SST) N07718(7) N05500(7)
-102 -254 -240
316 -150 593 -425 260 -400
600 1100 500
Seat ring, bonnet and cage gaskets Spiral wound gaskets
FGM (standard) PTFE-coated N04400 N06600(7)/laminated graphite FGM (standard)
-198 -73 -198
593 -325 149 -100 593 -325
1100 300 1100
PTFE V-ring
-40
232 -40
450
Packing (temperatures shown are material temperature capabilities)
PTFE/composition Graphite ribbon/filament
-73 -198
232 -100 538(9) -325
450 1000(9)
Packing flange, studs and nuts when used with standard bonnet Packing follower, and packing spring(8) or lantern ring Packing box ring when used with standard bonnet
Graphite ribbon for high-temperature oxidizing service S31600 S31600 S31600
371
649 700
1200
-198(1) 593 -325(1) 1100
-198(1) 593 -325(1) 1100
Extension bonnet bushing
Trims 1 and 4 Other trims
S41600 S31600
-29
427 -20
800
-198(1) 593 -325(1) 1100
1. May be used down to -254_C (-425_F) if manufacturing process includes Charpy impact test. 2. This minimum is due to thermal expansion differential between piston ring and cage at low temperatures. 3. For high-temperature air, hydrocarbons, and certain other chemicals and solvents, but cannot be used with ammonia, steam, or hot water.
4. Has excellent moisture resistance to hot water and steam and may be used with most fire-resistant hydraulic oils, but cannot be used with petroleum-based fluids and other hydrocarbons. 5. Cannot be used with fire-resistant hydraulic oils. 6. May be used to increase hot water service capability to 232_C (450_F). 7. This material may be used for cyclic temperatures or those above 232_C (450_F).
8. Spring is used only with single PTFE V-ring packing; lantern ring replaces spring in other packings. 9. Except 371_C (700_F) on oxidizing service. 10. If used with PEEK anti-extrusion rings, PTFE/carbon seal ring may be used in temperatures up to 316_C (600_F) for non-oxidizing service or up to 260_C (500_F) for oxidizing service. 11. These materials not limiting factors.
28
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EW Valve
D100023X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
Table 21. Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, and Stem and Yoke Boss Diameters(1,9)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PORT DIAMETER
MAX VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
Stem
STEM AND YOKE BOSS DIAMETERS
Standard
Optional
Yoke Boss
Stem
Yoke Boss
CAGE STYLE
mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm
Inch
mm Inch mm Inch
4 x 2 6 x 4, 8 x 4
33.3 1.3125 31.8 58.7 2.3125 34.9
1.25 1.375 12.7
1/2 71.4
2 13/16
19.1 3/4
Whisper Trim III only 90.5 3 9/16
58.7 2.3125 28.6 1.125
19.1 3/4
Quick-opening, linear, 90.5 3 9/16 Eq.%, Whisper Trim I,
111 4.375 50.8
2
12.7 1/2 71.4
2 13/16
25.4 or
31.8
1 or 1 1/4
127
5
WhisperTrim III, or Cavitrol(1)
50.8
2 12.7 1/2 71.4 2 13/16 19.1 3/4 90.5 3 9/16
87.3 3.438 76.2
3
12.7 1/2 71.4
2 13/16
25.4 or
31.8
1 or 1 1/4
127
5
Whisper Trim III only
8 x 6, 10 x 6(8), or 12 x 6
178
8 x 6, 10 x 6(8), or 12 x 6
178
7
50.8
2
19.1 3/4 90.5
3 9/16
25.4 or
31.8
1 or 1 1/4
127
76.2
3
7
102(2) 4(2) 19.1 3/4 90.5
3 9/16
- - -
Quick-opening, linear,
Eq.%, Whisper Trim I,
5
or Cavitrol(1)
Cavitrol only(1)
Whisper Trim I
8 x 6, 10 x 6(8) 12 x 6
178
7
76.2
3
178
7
102
4
137 5.375 127(3) 5(3) 19.1 3/4 90.5
137 5.375 165(3) 6.5(3)
3 9/16
25.4 or
31.8
1 or 1 1/4
127
5
Whisper Trim III only
10 x 8
203
8
76.2 152
3 6
19.1 3/4 90.5
3 9/16
25.4 or
31.8
1 or 1 1/4
127
178
7
152
6
Quick-opening, linear,
or Eq. %
5
Whisper Trim III only
Whisper Trim III only
CL300(4) 203
or CL600(4)
203
8 8
76.2 152
3 6
19.1 3/4 90.5
3 9/16
25.4 or
31.8
1 or 1 1/4
127
178
7
Quick-opening, linear, or Eq. %
5
Whisper Trim III only
12 x 8
CL900
203
8
76.2
197(6) 7.75(6) 171(7) 6.75(7) 152
25.4 1
3
127
31.8 1 1/4
6 31.8 1 1/4 127
19.1 3/4 90.5 3 9/16
5
25.4 1 31.8 1 1/4 127H(5)
5H(5)
Quick-opening, linear, or Eq. %
5
- - -
Whisper Trim III only
1. Except for Cavitrol III cages, which are covered in separate documentation 2. Bonnet spacer required. This travel available only in CL300 or 600 EWD or EWT 3. Bonnet spacer required for EWD or EWT valve, but not EWS valve 4. Bonnet spacer required for EWD, EWS, and EWT valve. 5. H indicates heavy actuator-to-bonnet bolting is required 6. Port diameter for level A, B, or C cage. 7. Port diameter for level D cage 8. NPS 10x6 has a valve outlet area identical to the NPS 8x6. 9. Refer Fisher Bulletin 80.1:010 Whisper Trim III (D100191X012) for more information on Whisper Trim III.
29
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
EW Valve
D100023X012
Figure 17. Typical ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems
PACKING BOX STUD
SPRING
PACKING
FOLLOWER
W8533-1
TYPICAL HIGH-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
SPRINGS
ANTIEXTRUSION RING
LANTERN RING
PACKING BOX STUDS
PACKING RING VALVE BONNET
W7018
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH DUPLEX PACKING
SPRINGS
PACKING BOX STUD
PACKING
FOLLOWER
W5803-3
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH PTFE PACKING
30
W8532-1
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EW Valve
D100023X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
Table 22. Approximate Weights
END CONNECTION
4 x 2
6 x 4
kg Lb kg Lb
CL300
84 185 150 330
CL600
Flanged
100 220 195 430
Buttwelding 61 135 122 270
Flanged
- - -
CL900
Buttwelding
- - -
1. NPS 10x6 has a valve outlet area identical to the NPS 8x6.
8 x 4 kg Lb 234 515 272 600 177 390
VALVE SIZE, NPS
8 x 6
10 x 6(1)
kg Lb kg Lb
284 625 348 765
308 680 431 950
272 600 380 839
612 1350
454 1000
12 x 6 kg Lb 500 1102 721 1590 526 1160
- - - - -
10 x 8 kg Lb 567 1250 744 1640 512 1130
12 x 8 kg Lb 653 1440 857 1890 658 1450 1361 3000 1293 2850
Figure 18. ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnet
W5852-1
31
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
EW Valve
D100023X012
Table 23. Bonnet Selection Guidelines
BONNET STYLE (CL300, 600)(1)
PACKING
IN-BODY PROCESS TEMPERATURE LIMITS(2)
_C
_F
Plain Bonnet J Standard for NPS 2, 4, and 6 nominal trim sizes J Standard for NPS 10x8 and 12x8 valves (in cast iron, WCC). Not available in S31600 Style 1 Cast Extension Bonnet J Optional for NPS 2, 4, and 6 nominal trim sizes J Standard for NPS 10x8 and 12x8 valves (in S31600). Optional in WCC; not available in cast iron Style 2 Cast Extension Bonnet J Optional for NPS 2, 4, and 6 nominal trim sizes J Optional for NPS 10x8 and 12x8 valves (in WCC). Not available in cast iron or S31600
PTFE V-ring PTFE/composition Graphite ribbon/filament
PTFE V-ring PTFE/composition Graphite ribbon/filament
PTFE V-ring PTFE/Composition Graphite ribbon/filament
-18 to 232 -18 to 232 -18 to maximum shown in table 20 -46 to 427 to maximum shown in table 20 -101 to 427 to maximum shown in table 20
0 to 450 0 to 450 0 to maximum shown in table 20 -50 to 800 to maximum shown in table 20 -150 to 800 to maximum shown in table 20
ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnet J Optional for NPS 2, 4, 6, and 8 nominal trim sizes. Maximum travel is 2 inches
PTFE Graphite ULF
For exceptional stem sealing capabilities. See Bulletin 59.1:070, ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnets,
(D101641X012) for pressure/temperature ratings.
For exceptional stem sealing capabilities. See Bulletin 59.1:070, ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnets,
(D101641X012) for pressure/temperature ratings.
1. For CL900 valve bodies, only the plain bonnet is available. Consult your Emerson sales office for assistance if application conditions indicate the need for an extension bonnet for a CL900
valve body. 2. These in-body process temperatures assume an outside, ambient temperature of 21_C (70_F) and no insulation on the bonnet. When using any packing at low process temperatures, a cast extension bonnet may have to be used to prevent packing damage which could result from the formation of valve stem frost. Material selection for trim and other components will also be
limiting factors.
Table 24. Bolting Materials and Temperature Limits for Bolting Compliance with NACE MR0175-2002, NACE MR0175/ISO 15156, and NACE MR0103. Environmental restrictions may apply.
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
BOLTING MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
_C
_F
Min
Max
Min
Max
Non-exposed bolting (Standard)
WCC
Studs Nuts Studs Nuts
Steel SA-193-B7 Steel SA-194-2H Steel SA-193-B7 Steel SA-194-2H lubricated
-7
232
20
450
232
427
450
800
CF8M
Studs
Steel SA-193-B7 or B8M strain hardened
Nuts
Steel SA-194-2H or 8M
-48
232
-55
450
(316 SST)
Studs
Steel SA-193-B8M strain hardened or B7
Nuts
Steel SA-194-8M lubricated or 2H lubricated
232
427
450
800
Exposed bolting (Optional) Requires Derating of Valve(2) When These Body-to-Bonnet Bolting Materials are Used
WCC and CF8M
Studs Nuts Studs Nuts
Steel SA-193-B7M Steel SA-194-2HM Steel SA-193-B7M Steel SA-194-2HM lubricated
-46(1)
232
-50(1)
450
232
427
450
800
1. Minimum temperature is -29_C (-20_F) with WCC valve body material. 2. Derating is not required for CL300 valves. Derating may be required for valves rated at CL600 or 900. Emerson sales office for assistance in determining the derating of valves when these body-to-bonnet bolting materials are used.
32
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EW Valve
D100023X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
Table 25. Dimensions
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CL150 RF
CL300
A Class, End Connection Style(1)
CL600
RF
RTJ
RF, BW
RTJ
RF
4 x 2 6 x 4 8 x 4
mm
352
368(2)
384
394(2)
397
- - -
451
473(2)
489
508(2)
511
- - -
543
568(2)
584
610(2)
613
- - -
8 x 6 10 x 6(4)
543
568(2)
584
610(2)
613
914(3)
603
603
619
625
629
- - -
12 x 6 10 x 8 12 x 8
737
775(2)
791
819(2)
822
- - -
673
708(2)
724
752(2)
756
- - -
737
775(2)
791
819(2)
822
902
4 x 2 6 x 4 8 x 4
13.88 17.75 21.38
14.50(2) 18.62(2) 22.38(2)
15.12 19.25 23.00
15.50(2) 20.00(2) 24.00(2)
Inch
15.62
- - -
20.12
- - -
24.12
- - -
8 x 6 10 x 6(4)
21.38 23.75
22.38(2) 23.75
23.00 24.38
24.00(2) 24.62
24.12 24.75
36.00(3) - - -
12 x 6 10 x 8 12 x 8
29.00 26.50 29.00
30.50(2) 27.88(2) 30.50(2)
31.12 28.50 31.12
32.25(2) 29.62(2) 32.25(2)
32.38 29.75 32.38
- - - - 35.50
1. End connection style abbreviations: RF - Raised Face, RTJ - Ring Type Joint, BW - Buttwelding. 2. Per ISA 75.08.01. 3. Per ISA 75.08.06. 4. NPS 10x6 has a valve outlet area identical to the NPS 8x6.
CL900
RTJ
- - - - - - 917 - - - - - - 905
- - - - - - 36.12 - - - - - - 35.62
Table 26. Dimensions
VALVE SIZE, DN
PN 16, RF
100 x 50
- - -
150 x 100
480
200 x 100
600
200 x 150
- - -
300 x 150
850
250 x 200
- - -
300 x 200
- - -
1. End connection style abbreviations: RF - Raised Face.
PN 25, RF
- - 480 600 600 850 - - 850
A PN, End Connection Style(1)
PN 40, RF
PN 63, RF
mm
- - -
430
480
550
600
650
600
650
850
900
- - -
- - -
850
900
BW
- - - - - - 972 - - - - - - 953
- - - - - - 38.25 - - - - - - 37.50
G (MAX)
CL150, 300, and
600
CL900
108
- - -
135
- - -
176
- - -
183
198
183
- - -
254
- - -
275
- - -
356
356
4.25 5.31 6.94
7.19 7.19
10.00 10.81 14.00
- - - - - - -
7.81 - - -
- - - - 14.00
PN 100, RF
430 550 650 650 900 - - 900
PN 160, RF
- - - - - - - - - - - - 900
Figure 19. Dimensions (also see tables 25, 26, 27, and 28)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
D D
G
AV7029-K A0921-1
E0979
A/2 A
TYPICAL OF NPS 4X2 THROUGH 10X8 (INCLUDING NPS 12X6)
G
15A9682-C A6108-1
B
A TYPICAL OF NPS 12X8
33
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
EW Valve
D100023X012
Table 27. Dimensions (Dimension B for 12 x 8 Valve Sizes)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CL150 RF
CL300
RF
RTJ
Class, End Connection Style(1)
CL600
RF, BW
RTJ
mm
12 x 8
292
311
319
333
335
Inch
12 x 8
11.50
12.25
12.56
13.12
13.18
1. End connection style abbreviations: RF - Raised Face, RTJ - Ring Type Joint, BW - Buttwelding.
RF 397 15.63
CL900 RTJ
398
15.69
BW 422 16.63
34
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EW Valve
D100023X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
Table 28. Dimensions (Dimension D for All Valve Sizes)
STEM DIA
CAGE STYLE
BONNET
VALVE SIZE, NPS
4 x 2
6 x 4
Plain
8 x 4 8 x6, 10 x 6(3)
12 x 6
10 x 8
12 x 8
4 x 2
6 x 4
8 x 4 Style 1 Extension 8 x6, 10 x 6(3)
12 x 6
All except Cavitrol III or
Whisper Trim III
10 x 8 12 x 8 4 x 2 6 x 4
8 x 4
Style 2 Extension 8 x6, 10 x 6(3)
10 x 8
12 x 6
12 x 8
4 x 2
6 x 4
ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal
bonnet
8 x 4 10 x 8 8 x6, 10 x 6(3)
12 x 6
12 x 8
4 x 2
6 x 4
Cavitrol III
Plain
8 x 4 8 x6, 10 x 6(3)
10 x 8(1) 10 x 8(2)
12 x 6
12 x 8
4 x 2
6 x 4
Whisper Trim III
Plain
8 x 4 8 x6, 10 x 6(3)
12 x 6
10 x8
12 x 8
1. One-stage trim. 2. Two-stage trim.
3. NPS 10x6 has a valve outlet area identical to the NPS 8x6.
12.7 mm (1/2 Inch)
mm Inch
216 8.50
257 10.12
259 10.19
287 11.31
356 14.00
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
318 12.50
359 14.12
360 14.19
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
516 20.31
562 22.12
564 22.19
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
435 17.12
576 22.69
578 22.75
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
252 9.94
346 13.62
348 13.69
403 15.88
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
480 18.88
- - -
- - -
4 x 2 216
6 x 4 257
8 x 4 259
287 11.31
356 14.00
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
19.1 mm (3/4 Inch)
CL900 Only
mm Inch
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
409 16.12
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
584 23.00
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
8.50
- - -
10.12 - - -
10.19 - - -
409 16.12
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
All Except CL900
mm Inch
213 8.38
254 10.00
256 10.06
287 11.31
356 14.00
375 14.75
411 16.19
322 12.69
363 14.31
365 14.38
394 15.50
462 18.19
421 16.56
457 18.00
513 20.19
554 21.81
556 21.88
579 22.81
621 24.44
648 25.50
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
576 22.69
578 22.75
703 27.69
608 23.94
676 26.62
- - -
- - -
249 9.81
343 13.50
344 13.56
403 15.88
375 14.75
511 20.12
480 18.88
- - -
- - -
- - -
213
- - -
254
- - -
256
399 15.69
503 19.81
504 19.83
- - -
- - -
25.4 mm (1 Inch) or 31.8 mm (1-1/4 Inch)
CL300 and 600
CL900
mm Inch mm Inch
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
300 11.81 - - -
- - -
302 11.88 - - -
- - -
332 13.06 464 18.25
400 15.75 - - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
608 23.94
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
432 17.00 - - -
- - -
433 17.06 - - -
- - -
464 18.25 - - -
- - -
532 20.94 - - -
- - -
449 17.69 - - -
- - -
486 19.12 - - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
595 23.44 - - -
- - -
597 23.50 - - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
389 15.31 - - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
425 16.75 - - -
- - -
560 22.06 - - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
8.38
- - -
- - -
- - -
10.00 300 11.81 - - -
10.06 302 11.88 - - -
443 17.44 464 18.25
548 21.56 - - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
35
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EW January 2021
EW Valve
D100023X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, easy-e, Cavitrol, Whisper Trim, ENVIRO-SEAL, and WhisperFlo are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E361973, 2021 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EWN Valve
D100024X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EWN August 2017
FisherTM EWN Series Control Valve
Fisher EWN Series valves are available only with Whisper Trimt III cages (figures 1 and 2) and are used on compressible fluid applications (including sour service) requiring maximum noise attenuation capability coupled with high capacity. As members of the versatile easy-et family of industrial control valves, these valves share the following characteristics: single ports, multiple trim material choices, and the interchangeability of trim parts that permits reconfiguring the valve body to a different design variation.
Unless otherwise noted, all NACE references are to NACE MR0175-2002.
Features
nNoise Attenuation--A Whisper Trim III cage used in an EWN Series valve body can reduce noise produced by high flow rates and large pressure drops up to 30 decibels below the normal valve noise level.
nPiping Economy--Expanded end connections of EWN Series valve bodies reduce the need for line swages while accommodating oversized piping arrangements used to limit fluid flow velocities.
nTemperature Compensation--The hanging cage design (figure 1 or 2) reduces gasketing problems caused by thermal expansion and contraction of long parts such as the cage assembly.
W3310
Fisher EWNT-2, NPS 12x8 Valve with Typical Actuator
nFull Rated Inlet Pressure Capability--Design of standard body-to-bonnet bolting allows inlet pressures equal to full rating: no derating required.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EWN August 2017
EWN Valve
D100024X012
Specifications
Valve Body Sizes
See table 1
End Connection Styles
Flanged Ends: Styles per ASME B16.5 are CL300, 600, or 900 J raised-face or J ring-type joint Buttwelding Ends: Standard styles per ASME B16.25 are Schedule J 40 or J 80 for all CL300 and 600 valves or Schedule J 80, J 100, or J 120 for all CL900 valves; optional styles are available
Maximum Inlet Pressures and Temperatures(1)
Consistent with applicable J CL300, J 600, or J900 pressure/temperature ratings per ASME B16.34, unless limited by the individual pressure/temperature capabilities in figure 3 or 4 or temperature capabilities in table 4
Cage Level D: Equal percentage for first 38.1 mm (1.5 inches) of travel, then linear NPS 12 x 8 Valve: Linear
Whisper Trim Flow Direction Up through the valve body seat ring and out through the cage (figure 2)
Flow Coefficients and Noise Level Prediction See Fisher Catalog 12
Port Diameters and Valve Plug Travels See table 1
Yoke Boss and Stem Diameters See table 5
Maximum Pressure Drop(1) 0.999 P/P1 maximum for levels A1 through D3.
Shutoff Classifications See table 2
Construction Materials Body and Bonnet: J WCC steel, J WC6 or J WC9 chrome moly steel, or J CF8M Trim Parts: See table 3. Other Parts: See table 4
Material Temperature Capabilities(1) Valve Body-Trim Combinations: See figure 3 or 4. Other Parts: See table 4
Whisper Trim Flow Characteristic NPS 8x6 Valve: Cage Level A, B, or C: Linear
Typical Bonnet Styles
Plain: Available with all valves Style 1 Extension: Available with CL300 or 600 valves. Standard for NPS 12x8 CL900 valves
Approximate Weights
See figures 5 and 6
Options
J Lubricator J lubricator/isolating valve J drilled and tapped connection in extension bonnet for leakoff service J valve body drain plug J style 3 fabricated extension bonnet made on order to a specific length for cryogenic service J packings suitable for nuclear service J valve body and bonnet in castable alloys other than those given in the construction materials specification, and J forged bonnet for 127 mm (5-inch) yoke boss on CL900 NPS 8x6 valve body
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation for valve should not be exceeded. 2. Limitation based on excessive noise if max P/P1 ratio for a given cage level is exceeded.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EWN Valve
D100024X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EWN August 2017
Available Configurations
All valve body designs covered in this bulletin have single ports, balanced push-down-to-close valve plugs, a choice of eight different Whisper Trim III cage levels (A1, A3, B1, B3, C1, C3, D1, or D3), and metal-to-metal seating. In this series, the EW designates expanded end connections, and the N designates an extended upper valve body cavity that permits full utilization of a long-travel cage without requiring a bonnet spacer. This valve body is combined with different plug styles and either a seat ring threaded into the valve body (-1 suffix) or a seat ring threaded into the cage (-2 suffix) to result in the following configurations:
EWND-1: EWN Series valve body with graphite piston ring(s) on the valve plug (see table 2) and with the seat ring threaded into the valve body (figure 1), for all general applications over a wide range of pressure drops and temperatures.
EWNT-1: EWN Series valve body with spring-loaded seal ring and seat ring threaded into the valve body, for more stringent shutoff requirements up to 232°C (450°F).
EWNT-2: EWN Series valve body with spring-loaded seal rings on both the seat ring and valve plug and with the seat ring threaded into the cage (figure 2), for more stringent shutoff requirements up to 232°C (450°F).
Material Selection Guidelines
1. Select the body/bonnet material from the specifications table and the shutoff classification from table 2, keeping in mind that the valve service conditions cannot exceed the ASME pressure/ temperature limitations for the selected valve body.
2. Choose a trim combination for the service conditions according to figure 3 or 4, while making sure from table 3 that this combination provides the desired trim materials.
3. Finally, check in table 4 that packing and other valve parts also are available in materials that meet the desired service conditions.
Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Available Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Material Selection Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Tables
Valve Body Sizes, Valve Plug Travels, Port Diameters, and Unbalance Area . . . . . . . . . 4
Shutoff Classifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Metal Trim Part Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Materials and Temperature Limits
for Other Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Additional Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Dimensions and Approximate Weights . . . . . . . . . . 10 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EWN August 2017
EWN Valve
D100024X012
Table 1. Valve Body Sizes, Valve Plug Travels, Port Diameters, and Unbalance Area
VALVE
Design
EWND-1/ EWNT-1
Size, NPS(1) 8 x 6
12 x 8
EWNT-2
12 x 8
PRESSURE RATING
CL900 CL300, 600, or
900 CL300, 600, or
900
mm 127(2)
VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
Inch 5(2)
203
8
203
8
PORT DIAMETER
mm
136 197(3) 172(4) 197(3) 172(4)
Inch
5.375 7.75(3) 6.75(4) 7.75(3) 6.75(4)
1. End connection x trim size 2. Restricted to 114 mm (4.5 inch) with 3 piston rings for optional Class IV shutoff. 3. Level A, B, or C cages. 4. Level D cages.
UNBALANCE AREA
Inch2 0.63 4.33 3.79 4.33 3.79
Figure 1. Fisher EWND-1, NPS 8x6 Trim Detail With Seat Ring Threaded Into the Valve Body (Also Typical of NPS 12 x 8)
Figure 2. Fisher EWNT-2, NPS 12x8 Valve with Seat Ring Threaded Into the Cage
DOUBLE PISTON RINGS
W3317*
VALVE PLUG SEAL RING
LUGS FOR UNSCREWING SEAT RING FROM VALVE BODY
W3290*
SEAT RING SEAL RING
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EWN Valve
D100024X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EWN August 2017
Table 2. Shutoff Classifications per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Valve Design
Shutoff Class
Max Leakage(1)
III (standard for NPS 8x6 valve with 2 piston rings and NPS 12x8 valve)
0.1% of valve capacity at full travel
EWND-1
IV (optional for NPS 8x6 valve with
3 piston rings and restricted travel(2), and for NPS 12x8 valve)
0.01% of valve capacity at full travel
EWNT-1/EWNT-2
IV
0.01% of valve capacity at full travel
1. Based on capacity obtained with level A cage. 2. 4.5 inch travel.
Fisher Test Fluid
Air at service P or 3.4 bar (50 psi) drop, whichever is lower, and between 10 and
52°C (50 and 125°F)
Table 3. Metal Trim Part Combinations(1)
Trim Designation
Valve Plug
Cage
Baffle (for Level D
Cages Only)
Seat Ring
I
CA6NM(2)
S17400 with H1025 heat- treat condition
Steel
CA6NM
II and IV
S31600 with seat and guide hard-faced with CoCr-A (Alloy 6)
S17400 with H1025 heat- treat condition
Steel(3)
S31600 with seat hard-faced with CoCr-A
III (available only in NPS 8x6 valve)
S41600
S17400 with H1025 heat- treat condition
Steel
S31600 with seat hard-faced with CoCr-A
V(4) and VI(4)
S31600 with seat and guide hard-faced with CoCr-A
S17400 with H1150 heat- treat condition
Steel
S31600 with seat hard-faced with CoCr-A
1. Does not include seat ring seal ring or valve plug piston ring, seal ring, retaining ring, or backup ring; these parts covered in table 5. 2. CA6NM is similar to S41000. 3. 18-8 SST is optional baffle material for this trim. 4. Materials in this trim are listed in NACE MR0175-2002 as being acceptable for direct exposure to sour service when used under conditions stated in that standard.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EWN August 2017
EWN Valve
D100024X012
Table 4. Materials and Temperature Limits for Other Parts
PART
WCC, WC6, or WC9 body and bonnet
Sour service
Other appli- cations
WC9 body and bonnet
Sour service
Body-to-bonnet bolting
CF8M body and bonnet
Other appli- cations
Studs Nuts Studs
Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts
Studs
Nuts
Studs Nuts
Design EWND-1 piston ring
EWNT-1/EWNT-2 spring-loaded valve plug seal construction
Backup ring (used only with NPS 8x6 valve body) Retaining ring (used only with NPS 8x6 valve body)
Seal ring
MATERIAL
SA-193-B7M steel SA-194-2M steel
SA-193-B7 steel
SA-194-2H steel
SA-193-B16 steel SA-194-7 steel
SA-193-B7M steel for CL900 valves SA-194-2M steel for CL900 valves SA-193-B8M SST for CL300 or 600 valves SA-194-8M SST for CL300 or 600 valves
SA-193-B7 steel SA-194-2H steel SA-320-B8 SST for NPS 12x8 valves SA-194-8 SST for NPS 12x8 valves SA-193-B8M SST SA-194-8M SST Strain hardened SA-193-B8M SST for NPS 8x6 or NPS 12x8 CL300 or 600 valves SA-194-8M SST for NPS 8x6 or NPS 12x8 CL300 or 600 valves Chrome-coated SA-193-B8M SST for
CL900 valves SA-194-8M SST for CL900 valves
Graphite
Air or oxidizing service
Steam or nonoxidizing service
S41600
S30200
PTFE with N10276 spring
Valve plug stem and groove pin
Bonnet gaskets for NPS 12x8 CL600 valve
Bonnet gasket and cage gasket for
NPS 8x6 and 12x8 CL900 valve
Sour service Other applications
Packing (temperatures shown are material temperature capabilities)
S31600 Graphite Tin-plated N04400
Silver-plated N04400 PTFE V-ring
Optional PTFE/composition
Optional graphite ribbon/filame
nt
Oxidizing service Nonoxidizing service
Optional graphite ribbon for high-temperature oxidizing service
-continued-
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
Minimum
Maximum
-29°C (-20°F)
427°C (800°F)
-29°C (-20°F)
-46°C (-50°F)
-198°C (-325°F)(1)
-46°C (-50°F)
-254°C (-425°F)
-198°C (-325°F)(1)
-198°C (-325°F)
This material not a limiting factor
232°C (450°F)
538°C (1000°F)
232°C (450°F)
38°C (100°F)
538°C (1000°F)
427°C (800°F)(2)
-198°C (-325°F)
These materials not limiting factors
-254°C (-425°F)
538°C (1000°F)
-254°C (-425°F)
593°C (1100°F)
-29°C (-20°F)
-254°C (-425°F)
These materials not limiting factors
-73°C (-100°F)
232 C (450°F)
-198°C (-325°F)(1)
427°C (800°F)(2)
These materials not limiting factors
-18°C (0°F)
149°C (300°F)
-254°C (-425°F)
593°C (1100°F)
See note 3
See note 3
-73°C (-100°F)
232°C (450°F)
-198°C (-325°F)
371°C (700°F)
-198°C (-325°F)
538°C (1000°F)
271°C (700°F)
This material not a limiting factor
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EWN Valve
D100024X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EWN August 2017
Table 4. Materials and Temperature Limits for Other Parts (continued)
PART
MATERIAL
Packing flange, studs and nuts
Steel Optional S31600
Packing follower, and packing spring or lantern ring
S31600
Packing box ring
19.1 mm (3/4 in.) stem
25.4 mm (1 in.) and 31.8 mm (1-1/4 in.) stems
S31600 S17400
1. May be used down to -254°C (-425°F) if manufacturing process includes Charpy impact test. 2. May be used up to 593°C (1100°F) if manufacturing process controls carbon content to 0.04% minimum or 0.08% maximum.
3. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
Minimum
Maximum
-29°C (-20°F)
427°C (800°F)
-198°C (-325°F)
593°C (1100°F)
-198°C (-325°F)
593°C (1100°F)
-198°C (-325°F)
593°C (1100°F)
-102°C (-150°F)
427°C (800°F)
Table 5. Additional Specifications
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PRESSURE RATING
8 x 6 12 x 8
CL900
CL900 CL300 or 600
YOKE BOSS AND STEM DIA
Standard
Optional
Yoke Boss
Stem
Yoke Boss
Stem
mm
In.
mm
In.
mm
In.
mm
In.
25.4
1
127
5
31.8
1-1/4
90
3-9/16 19.1
3/4
127
5
31.8
1-1/4
127
5
31.8
1-1/4
90
3-9/16 19.1
3/4
127
5
25.4
1
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EWN August 2017
EWN Valve
D100024X012
Figure 3. Typical Trim Use in Fisher EWND-1 and EWNT-1 Valve Bodies
WITH WCC STEEL BODY
WITH WC6 OR WC9 CHROME MOLY STEEL BODY
B1475-1
WITH 316 SST (CF8M) BODY
1 Do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature for the class rating of the body material used, even though the trims shown have higher capabilities. 2 Maximum temperature for a WCC body. Maximum temperature for a WC9 body is 566_C (1060_F) with a CL900 pressure rating at this temperature of 41bar (595 psi). 3 May be used down to -101_C (-150_F) with Level A, B, or C cage, or with Level D cage that has an 18-8 SST baffle. 4 Limited to 210_C (410_F) in CL300 or CL600 body.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EWN Valve
D100024X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EWN August 2017
Figure 4. Typical Trim Use in Fisher EWNT-2 Valve Bodies
WITH STEEL OR CHROME MOLY STEEL BODY
WITH 316 SST (CF8M) BODY
A2718
1 Do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature for the class rating of the body material used, even though the trims shown have higher capabilities. 2 May be used down to -101_C (-150_F) with Level A, B, or C cage, or with Level D cage that has an 18-8 SST baffle.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EWN August 2017
EWN Valve
D100024X012
Table 6. NPS 8x6 Dimensions and Approximate Weights
DIMENSION
END CONN.
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT
D (Plain Bonnet)
A
19.1 mm (3/4 In.) Stem
25.4 or 31.8 mm (1 or 1-1/4 In.)
Stem
Kg
Lb
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
RF
839
1850
914
36.00
RTJ
839
1850
917
36.12
503
19.81
530
20.88
BW
703
1550
972
38.25
Figure 5. Dimensions and Approximate Weights (also see table 6)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
G (Max)
mm
Inch
198
7.81
D
14A7009-B A2210
G
A 2
A NPS 8x6 CL900 VALVE BODY
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EWN Valve
D100024X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EWN August 2017
Table 7. NPS 12x8 Dimensions and Approximate Weights
APPROXIMATE
VALVE BODY AND END CONNECTION
WEIGHT
A
B
Kg
Lb
mm Inch mm
CL300
RF
721 1590 775 30.50 464
RTJ 721 1590 791 31.12 471
CL600
RF
930 2050
BW
726 1600 819 32.25 486
RTJ 930 2050 822 32.38 487
RF 1497 3300 902 35.50 505
CL900
RTJ 1497 3300 905 35.62 506
BW 1293 2850 953 37.50 530
1. Per ASME B16.10 and FCI 65-2 for CL300 and 600 only. 2. Add 25.4 mm (1 inch) for 585C Series and Size 100 657 or 667 Series actuators.
Inch 18.25 18.56
19.12
19.19 19.88 19.94 20.88
DIMENSION(1)
D
25.4 mm (1 Inch) Stem with Style 1
Ext. Bonnet
31.8 mm (1-1/4 Inch) Stem
Plain Bonnet
Style 1 Ext. Bonnet
mm
Inch mm Inch mm Inch
633
24.94
---
---
613 24.12
---
---
734(2) 28.88(2) ---
---
G (Max) mm Inch
356 14.00
Figure 6. Dimensions and Approximate Weights (also see table 7)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
D
G
15A9680-B A2725
B A
NPS 12X8 VALVE BODY
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EWN August 2017
EWN Valve
D100024X012
Installation
Unless limited by seismic criteria, the control valve can be installed in any position (as long as sufficient support is provided if a fabricated extension bonnet is used). However, the normal method is with the actuator vertical above the valve body; non vertical positions may cause uneven trim wear and thus decrease trim life. Flow through the valve must be in the direction indicated by the flow direction arrow on the valve body. Consideration should be given to installing an upstream strainer since these valves use multihole Whisper Trim III cages.
Dimensions are shown in figures 5 and 6.
Ordering Information
When ordering specify:
Application information
1. Type application a. Throttling or on-off b. Reducing or relief
2. Controlled fluid (include chemical analysis of fluid if possible)
3. Specific gravity of controlled fluid
4. Fluid temperature
5. Inlet pressures a. Minimum b. Normal c. Maximum
6. Pressure drop a. Minimum flowing drop b. Normal flowing drop c. Maximum flowing drop d. Maximum at shutoff
7. Flow rate a. Minimum b. Normal c. Maximum
8. Maximum permissible noise level, if critical
9. Shutoff classification required (see table 2)
10. Line size, schedule, and end connections
Valve Body Information
To determine what valve body ordering information is needed, refer to the specifications. Carefully review the description at the right of each specification and in the referenced tables and figures. Indicate your choice whenever there is a selection to be made. Always specify the valve design being ordered, as identified in the Available Configurations section.
Actuator and Accessory Information
Refer to the specific actuator and accessory bulletins for required ordering information.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Whisper Trim, and easy-e are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121981, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EZ Valve
D100025X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EZ October 2017
FisherTM EZ Sliding-Stem Control Valve
Fisher EZ valves (figure 1) are used for throttling or on-off control of a wide variety of liquids and gases. The single-port, globe-style body design offers quick-change trim and a post-guided, unbalanced valve plug. The EZ valve is used in chemical or hydrocarbon processing applications or wherever control of non-lubricating, viscous, or other hard-to-handle fluids is required.
Metal-to-metal seating is standard for all general applications over a wide range of pressure drops and temperatures. Metal-to-PTFE seating is optional for stringent shutoff requirements.
The easy-et Valve Family
EZ valve bodies are part of the versatile easy-e family of industrial control valves. easy-e valve bodies share the following characteristics:
nMultiple trim material choices
nTrim temperature capability with standard metal seats to 427_C (800_F)
nFGM gaskets
nInterchangeable, restricted-capacity trims and full-sized trims to match variable process flow demands
nDifferent valve plug styles that provide particular flow characteristics for highly-specialized applications. Standard plugs are available with the following flow characteristics:
nquick-opening
nlinear
nequal percentage
W2174-2
Fisher EZ Valve with 657 Actuator
nOptional constructions allow material compatibility with NACE MR0175 / ISO 15156 and MR0103. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for details.
n316 stainless steel packing box parts are standard (including packing flange, studs, and nuts)
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
October 2017
EZ Valve
D100025X012
Features
nTrim Designed for Stability-- Post guiding provides valve plug stability with less chance of a sticking valve plug due to non-lubricating or sticky process fluids or build-up of entrained solids. Post guiding stabilizes the valve plug at all points in its travel range to reduce vibration, mechanical noise, and trim wear.
nCompliance with the Clean Air Act-- ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems (figure 3) that provide an improved stem seal to help prevent the loss of process fluid are available. These packing systems feature PTFE, Graphite ULF, or duplex packing with live-loading for reduced packing maintenance.
nSour Service Capability-- Unless otherwise noted, references are to NACE MR0175-2002. Optional materials are available to meet NACE MR0103 and NACE MR0175 / ISO 15156. Material requirements under these standards vary by edition and year of issue; the specific standard must be specified.
nCompliance with European Standards-- Valves are available with dimensions specified by EN/DIN standards. See figure 6.
nReliability-- The process fluid flows through the trim, flushing away solid deposits above and below the guide bushing, thus reducing the possibility of a sticking valve plug.
nEasy Maintenance-- Quick-change trim, with a clamped-in seat ring, reduces the disassembly time. The valve body can stay in the pipeline during removal of trim parts for inspection or maintenance.
nApplication Flexibility-- Low-flow requirements can be satisfied with standard restricted-capacity trim or with Micro-Form, Micro-Flute, or Micro-Flow valve plugs. If flow requirements change, the valve can be converted to full-sized trim.
nEconomy-- Streamlined flow passages provide greater capacities than most globe valves of the same line size.
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ENVIRO-SEALt Packing System Specifications . . . . . 4 ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems . . . . . 5 ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Features . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Micro-Flute Valve Plugs for Minimum Leakage . . . . . 9 Class VI Shutoff Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Tables
Class VI Shutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Class VI Trim Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Material Cross Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Typical Combinations of Metal Trim Parts . . . . . . . . 9 Construction Materials & Temperature Limits . . . 10
Valve Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities . . . . . . 11 Bonnet Selection Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Gasket Selection Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops for
Gasket Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Maximum Flow Coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, and
Stem and Yoke Boss Diameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Typical Combinations of Trim Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Bolting Materials and Temperature Limits . . . . . . 18 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EZ Valve
D100025X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EZ October 2017
Specifications
Valve Sizes
Construction Materials
NPS J 1/2, J 3/4, J 1, J 1-1/2, J 2, J 3, and J4
End Connection Styles(1, 2)
Cast Iron Valves Flanged: NPS 1 through 4, J CL125 flat-face or J CL250 raised-face flanges per ASME B16.1 Steel and Stainless Steel Valves Flanged: J CL150, CL300, or CL600 raised-face (RF) or ring-type joint (RTJ) flanges per ASME B16.5, J Raised-face (RF) flanges per EN1092-1/B Screwed or Socket Welding: NPS 1/2 through 2, consistent with ASME B16.11 Buttwelding (schedule 40 or 80): NPS 1 through 4, consistent with ASME B16.25
Maximum Inlet Pressure and Temperatures(1, 2)
Body and Bonnet: J Cast iron, J WCC steel, J CF8M (316 stainless steel), J WC9 chrome moly steel, or J other materials upon request Trim Materials: See tables 3, 4, 5, and 15 All Other Parts: See tables 6 and 10
Material Temperature Capabilities(2)
Body-Trim Combinations: See table 7 Bolting for NACE MR0175 / ISO 15156 and MR0103: See table 17 All Other Parts: See tables 6 and 10
Flow Characteristics
J Equal percentage, J quick opening, and J linear. With soft seat, equal percentage is standard
As listed below, unless limited by maximum pressure drop or material temperature capabilities Cast Iron Valves Flanged: Consistent with CL125B or CL250B pressure-temperature ratings per ASME B16.1 Steel and Stainless Steel Valves Flanged: Consistent with CL150, CL300, and CL600(3) per ASME B16.34 Screwed or Welding: Consistent with CL600(3) per ASME B16.34
Maximum Pressure Drops(2)
Flow Direction Up through the seat ring
Flow Coefficients and Noise Level Predictions See table 14 and Fisher Catalog 12
Port Diameters and Valve Plug Travels See table 15
Same as maximum inlet pressure for specific construction defined above, except where further limited as shown in tables 8, 9, and 11. For soft seats on NACE service, see figure 4
Shutoff Classification Per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Metal Seating: Class IV is standard. Class V and VI is optional PTFE Composition Seating: Class VI
Yoke Boss and Stem Diameters
See table 15
Typical Bonnet Styles
J Plain or J extension. See figure 6 for standard dimensions J ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal bonnet. See figure 2. Also, see Bulletin 59.1:070, ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnets (D101641X012) for more information.
- continued -
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
October 2017
EZ Valve
D100025X012
Specifications (continued)
Packing Arrangements
Standard Material: Single PTFE V-ring Optional Materials: See table 6. ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems: See figure 3. ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems in vacuum service: Standard ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems can be used in vacuum service with packing rings in standard orientation. Do not reverse the ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing rings. Also, see Bulletin 59.1:061, ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems for Sliding-Stem Valves (D101633X012) for more information.
Approximate Weights
NPS 1/2, 3/4 valves: 9 kg (20 lb) NPS 1 valve: 11 kg (25 lb) NPS 1-1/2 valve: 18 kg (40 lb)
NPS 2 valve: 36 kg (80 lb) NPS 3 valve: 54 kg (120 lb) NPS 4 valve: 75 kg (165 lb)
Valve Dimensions See figure 6 J ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal bonnet dimensions, see figure 5
Optional Safety Instrumented System Classification SIL3 capable -- certified by exida Consulting LLC
Additional Options J Lubricator or J lubricator/isolating valve for packing lubrication and J valve body drain plug
1. EN (or other) ratings and end connections can usually be supplied; consult your Emerson Automation Solutions sales office.
2. Do not exceed the pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin. Any applicable standard or code limitations should not be exceeded. 3. Certain bonnet bolting material selections may require a CL600 easy-e valve assembly to be derated. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for more information.
ENVIRO-SEAL Packing System Specifications
Applicable Stem Diameters
J 9.5 mm (3/8 inches), J 12.7 (1/2), J 19.1 (3/4) diameter valve stems
Maximum Pressure/Temperature Limits(1)
To Meet the EPA Fugitive Emission Standard of 100 PPM(2) For ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE and ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex packing systems: full CL300 up to 232_C (450_F) For ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF packing: 104 bar (1500 psig) at 316_C (600_F)
Construction Materials
PTFE Packing Systems
Packing Ring and Lower Wiper: PTFE V-ring(3) Male and Female Adaptor Rings: Carbon-filled PTFE V-ring Graphite ULF Packing Systems: Graphite rings Anti-Extrusion Washer: Filled PTFE (not required for Graphite ULF packing) Lantern Ring: S31600 (316 stainless steel) (not required for Graphite ULF packing) Packing Box Flange: S31600 Spring: J 17-7PH stainless steel or J N07718 Packing Follower: S31600 lined with carbon-filled PTFE Packing Box Studs: Strain-hardened 316 stainless steel Packing Box Nuts: 316 stainless steel SA194 Grade 8M
1. Refer to the valve specifications in this bulletin for pressure/temperature limits of valve parts. Do not exceed the pressure/temperature rating of the valve. Do not exceed any applicable code or standard limitation. 2. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has set a limit of 100 parts per million (ppm) for fugitive emissions from a valve in selected VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) services. 3. In vacuum service, it is not necessary to reverse the ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing rings.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EZ Valve
D100025X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EZ October 2017
Figure 1. Fisher EZ Sectional with Optional Drain Plug
35A7592-E W7027-3
ENVIRO-SEAL, HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems
ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL packing systems offer exceptional sealing capabilities. These systems easily install in your existing valves or can be purchased with new valves. These systems offer an improved method of sealing your process to conserve valuable process fluid. The long-life and reliability of these systems also help to reduce your maintenance costs and downtime.
For applications requiring compliance with environmental protection regulations, the unique ENVIRO-SEAL packing system (figure 3) and, for hazardous service, the ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal system (figure 2) are offered. The emission control
packing system helps to keep emission concentrations below the EPA 100 ppm requirement.
For an excellent stem seal in applications that are not environmentally-sensitive, the HIGH-SEAL Graphite ULF packing system (figure 3) is offered. The HIGH-SEAL packing system provides excellent sealing at pressure/temperature ratings beyond ENVIRO-SEAL limits. ENVIRO-SEAL systems may also be applied for excellent stem sealing in higher pressure/temperature applications not requiring EPA compliance.
ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems, available with PTFE, Graphite ULF, or duplex packing, and the HIGH-SEAL Graphite ULF packing system feature live-loading and unique packing-ring arrangements for long-term, consistent sealing performance.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
October 2017
EZ Valve
D100025X012
ENVIRO-SEAL, HIGH-SEAL Features
nExcellent Sealing Capabilities-- The packing system provides excellent sealing, guiding, and transmission of loading force. The excellent sealing of the ENVIRO-SEAL system can control emissions to below the EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) minimum of 100 ppm (parts per million).
nImproved Service Life-- ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL system design, very smooth stem surface, and live-loading combine to give you long service with very low maintenance. The external live-loading provides a constant load over the life of the packing material, which greatly reduces your need for packing box adjustment and maintenance.
nEasy Installation in Existing Valves-- All parts needed to install the systems in existing valves are available in a convenient kit.
nAdaptable to Many Applications-- ENVIRO-SEAL systems are available with PTFE or Graphite ULF packing for 9.5 through 31.8 mm (3/8 through 1-1/4 inch) diameter valve stems. HIGH-SEAL systems with Graphite ULF packing are available for 9.5 through 50.8 mm (3/8 through 2-inch) diameter valve stems. Standard ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems can be used in vacuum service with packing rings in standard orientation. It is not necessary to reverse the ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing rings.
Figure 2. Fisher EZ Valve with ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnet
PACKING
ANTI-ROTATOR PIN PURGE-MONITORING CONNECTION PROTECTIVE SHROUD BELLOWS VALVE PLUG CONNECTION
VALVE PLUG
W5800-2*A
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EZ Valve
D100025X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EZ October 2017
Figure 3. ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems
PACKING BOX STUDS
SPRINGS
ANTIEXTRUSION RING
LANTERN RING
SPRINGS
PACKING RING
VALVE BONNET
PACKING
PACKING BOX STUD
FOLLOWER
W5803-3
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH PTFE PACKING
SPRING
PACKING BOX STUD
W8532-1
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
PACKING
FOLLOWER
W8533-1
TYPICAL HIGH-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
W7018
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH DUPLEX PACKING
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
October 2017
EZ Valve
D100025X012
Class VI Shutoff Capabilities
EZ valves with metal seat and PTFE soft seat constructions can provide ANSI/FCI Class VI shutoff capabilities. See tables 1 and 2. For metal seated constructions consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
Table 1. Class VI Shutoff Availability
Valve Port Size, Inches
Seat
EZ
4
PTFE
Minimum Seat Load
See Catalog 14
Table 2. Class VI Trim Materials
VALVE
CAGE/SEAT RING RETAINER
CF8M
EZ CB7CU-1
VALVE PLUG
S31600 w/ PTFE disk seat
S41600 w/ PTFE disk seat
SEAT RING
S31600 w/ standard beveled seat
S41600 w/ standard beveled seat
TRIM TEMPERATURE LIMIT
_C
_F
-73 to 149
-100 to 300
-29 to 204
-20 to 400
Figure 4. Pressure Drop / Temperature Capabilities for PTFE Seat Trim
3 1
2
A6415-1
Notes: 1 Also applies to trims 101C, 127C, 137C, 151C, 153C, 154C, and 158C. 2 Also applies to trims 104C, 128C, 129C, 139C, 152C, 155C, 156C, and 157C. 3 Trim selections requiring Class VI shutoff are limited to -29_C (-20_F) minimum temperature. Some PTFE seat constructions can be used to -73_C (-100_F) minimum temperature if Class VI shutoff is not required. See table 7 for additional valve body/trim temperature limitations.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EZ Valve
D100025X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EZ October 2017
Micro-Flute Valve Plugs for Minimum Leakage
The EZ valve can be furnished with PTFE composition-seat Micro-Flute valve plugs for Class VI shutoff per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4.
These valve plugs are available on NPS 1/2 to 2 valves
Table 3. Material Cross Reference
Standard Designation
Other Designation
CB7Cu-1 S17400 CF8M S31600 CoCr-A R30006 Alloy 6B
17-4 PH Stainless Steel, Cast 17-4 PH Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel, Cast 316 Stainless Steel Alloy 6 Hardfacing Alloy 6, Cast Alloy 6, Wrought
with a 9.5 mm (3/8 inch) stem diameter, 9.5 mm (3/8 inch) actuator-stem connection, and 6.4 mm (0.25 inch) seat ring port diameter. These plugs have the same flow coefficients as standard Micro-Flute plugs. Standard seat rings are used.
The valve plugs have a screwed retainer that holds the seat disk and valve plug tip to the valve stem.
Standard Designation
WC9 N04400 N05500 M35-1 S31603 S41600
WCC
Other Designation
Chrome-Moly Steel, Cast Alloy 400 Alloy K500
Alloy 400 Cast 316L Stainless Steel 416 Stainless Steel
WCC Steel, Cast
Table 4. Typical Combinations of Metal Trim Parts for Equal Percentage (Including Micro-Form), Linear, and Quick Opening Valve Plugs
Trim Designation
Valve Plug
Valve Stem
Seat Ring
Seat Ring Retainer
Disk Seat and Retainer for Optional PTFE-Seat Construction
Guide Bushing
101(1)
S41600 (416 stainless steel)
hardened
S31600 (316 stainless steel)
S41600 hardened
CB7Cu-1 (17-4 PH stainless steel)
S41600
S17400 (17-4 PH stainless steel)
104
S31600 (316 stainless steel)
S31600
S31600
CB7Cu-1
S31600
S17400
120
N05500
N05500
N05500
M35-1
N05500
N05500
127 and 127H(3)
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat & guide
S31600
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat
CF8M (316 stainless steel)
- - -
Alloy 6B
128 129(2)
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat
S31600
S31600 S31600
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat
S31600
CF8M CF8M
- - S31600
Alloy 6B Alloy 6B
S31600
137
w/CoCr-A
seat & guide
S31600
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat
CB7Cu-1
- - -
S17400
139
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat
S31600
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat
CB7Cu-1
- - -
S17400
1. Standard trim for cast iron, WCC, and WC9 valve bodies, except Micro-Flow and Micro-Flute. 2. Standard trim for CF8M valve body. 3. Utilizes special welded seat ring retainer-guide bushing assembly required for high temperature service.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
October 2017
EZ Valve
D100025X012
Table 5. Typical Combinations of Metal Trim Parts for Micro-Flute and Micro-Flow Valve Plugs (These Constructions Do Not Use Guide Bushing)
Trim Designation
Valve Plug
Valve Stem
Seat Ring
Seat Ring Retainer
Disk Seat and Retainer for Optional PTFE-Seat Construction
151
S41600 (416 SST) hardened
S31600 (316 stainless steel)
S41600 hardened
CB7Cu-1 (17-4 PH stainless steel)
- - -
152(2)
S31600 (316 SST) w/CoCr-A seat, R30006 tip
S31600
S31600
CB7Cu-1
S31600
153
N05500
N05500
N05500
M35-1
N05500
S31600 w/CoCr-A
154
seat, R30006 tip
S31600
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat & bore
CF8M (316 stainless steel)
- - -
155
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat, R30006 tip
S31600
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat(3)
CF8M
- - -
156(1)
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat, R30006 tip
S31600
S31600
CF8M
S31600
S31600 w/CoCr-A
157
seat, R30006 tip
S31600
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat(3)
CB7Cu-1
- - -
S31600 w/CoCr-A
158
seat, R30006 tip
S31600
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat & bore
CB7Cu-1
- - -
1. Trim 156 can be used with a composition seal if requested. 2. Standard trim for Micro-Flow and Micro-Flute constructions in cast iron, WCC, CF8M, and WC9 valve bodies. 3. Micro-Flute and Micro-Flow valve plugs have a CoCr-A seat and R30006 tip, but are not recommended for erosive service without the additional use of CoCr-A on the seat and bore of the seat
ring.
Table 6. Construction Materials and Temperature Limits
PART
MATERIAL
Body-tobonnet bolting. See table 17 for NACE bolting materials
and temperatures
Cast iron valve body WCC steel body
CF8M (316 stainless steel) body
Cap screws Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts
Steel SAE Grade 5 Steel SA-193-B7 Steel SA-194-2H (lubricated) Steel SA-193-B7 (standard) Steel SA-194-2H (standard) 304 stainless steel SA-320-B8 304 stainless steel SA-194-8 316 stainless steel SA-193-B8M (strain hardened) 316 stainless steel SA-194-8M (lubricated)
Seat disk (optional) Bonnet and seat ring gasket
PTFE S31600 (316 stainless steel)/graphite(2) PTFE-coated N04400 (optional for trim 120)
Spiral wound gaskets
N04400/PTFE (optional for trims 120 & 153) N06600/graphite (FGM) standard
Shim
S31600 N04400 (standard for trims 120 & 153)
Packing flange studs and nuts when used with std bonnet
S31600
Packing (temperatures shown are material temperature capabilities). See table 8 for proper bonnet selection
Packing follower
PTFE V-ring PTFE/composition Graphite ribbon/filament Graphite ribbon for high-temperature oxidizing service
S31600(2) N04400 (optional for trims 120 & 153)
Packing spring
S31600
Lantern ring (for double packing) Packing box ring
S31600(3) N04400 (standard for trims 120 & 153)
S31600(3) N04400
1. Temperature limit for bodies with screwed end connections is 208_C (406_F). 2. Standard for all trim.
3. Standard for all trim except for trim 120 and 153. 4. Except 427_C (800_F) for oxidizing service. 5. Except 371_C (700_F) for oxidizing service.
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
_C
_F
-29 232(1) -20 450(1)
-29 427 -20 800
-48 427 -55 800
-198 38 -325 100
-198 427 -325 800
-73 204 -100 400 -198 593(4) -325 1100(4) -73 149 -100 300 -73 149 -100 300 -198 593(4) -325 1100(4) These materials not limiting factors These materials not limiting factors -198 593 -325 1100 -40 232 -40 450 -73 232 -100 450 -198 538(5) -325 1000(5) -198 649 -325 1200 -198 593 -325 1100 -198 482 -325 900 -198 593 -325 1100 -198 593 -325 1100 -198 482 -325 900 -198 593 -325 1100 -198 482 -325 900
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EZ Valve
D100025X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EZ October 2017
Table 7. Valve Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities for Metal Trim Parts
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
VALVE BODY SIZE, NPS
Trim for Equal Percentage (Including Micro-Form), Linear, and Quick Opening Valve Plugs
Trim Designation
_C
_F
Min Max Min Max
Trim for Micro-Flute and Micro-Flow Valve Plugs
Trim Designation
_C
_F
Min Max Min Max
101
-29 232 -20 450
151
-29 232 -20 450
120
-73 232 -100 450
153
-73 232 -100 450
1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, or 2 87, 127, 137 -73 232 -100 450
154, 158
-73 232 -100 450
85, 86, 128, 129 -73 232(1) -100 450(1)
- - -
--- --- --- ---
139, 104
-73 232(1) -100 450(1) 152, 155, 156, 157 -73 149 -100 300
Cast iron
101
-29 232 -20 450
- - -
104, 139
-73 232(1) -100 450(1)
- - -
--- --- --- ----- --- --- ---
3 or 4
120
-73 232 -100 450
- - -
87, 127
-73 232 -100 450
- - -
85, 86, 128, 129 -73 232(1) -100 450(1)
- - -
--- --- --- ----- --- --- ----- --- --- ---
137
-73 232 -100 450
- - -
--- --- --- ---
101 104, 139
-29 427 -20 800 -29 427(1) -20 800(1)
151 152, 157
-29 316 -20 600 -29 149 -20 300
120
-29 316 -20 600
153
-29 316 -20 600
1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, or 2
87, 127
-29 260 -20 500
154
86, 128
-29 260(1) -20 500(1)
- - -
85, 129
-29 260(1) -20 500(1)
156
-29 427 -20 800 --- --- --- ---29 149 -20 300
137, 127H
-29 427 -20 800
158
-29 427 -20 800
101, 127H
-29 427 -20 800
- - -
104, 139
-29 371(1) -20 700(1)
- - -
--- --- --- ----- --- --- ---
WCC steel
120
-29 316 -20 600
- - -
--- --- --- ---
3
87, 127
-29 371 -20 700
- - -
--- --- --- ---
85, 86, 128, 129 -29 371(1) -20 700(1)
- - -
--- --- --- ---
137
-29 371 -20 700
- - -
--- --- --- ---
101
-29 427 -20 800
- - -
104, 139
-29 371(1) -20 700(1)
- - -
--- --- --- ----- --- --- ---
120
-29 316 -20 600
- - -
--- --- --- ---
4
87, 127, 127H -29 338 -20 640
- - -
--- --- --- ---
85, 86, 128, 129 -29 338(1) -20 640(1)
- - -
--- --- --- ---
137
-29 371 -20 700
- - -
--- --- --- ---
101
-29 354 -20 670
151
104
-101 371(1) -150 700(1)
152
-29 316 -20 600 -101 149 -150 300
120
-198 316 -325 600
153
-198 316 -325 600
87, 127
-198 260 -325 500
154
1/2, 3/4, 1, or 1-1/2
127H(3)
-198 593 -325 1100
- - -
CF8M (316 stainless steel)
86, 128
-198 260(1) -325 500(1)
- - -
85, 129
-198 260(1) -325 500(1)
156
-198 593 -325 1100 --- --- --- ----- --- --- ---198 149 -325 300
137
-101 371 -150 700
158
139
-101 371(1) -150 700(1)
157
-101 371 -150 700 -101 149 -150 300
101
-29 288 -20 550
151
-29 288 -20 550
2
104
-101 299(1) -150 570(1)
152
-101 149 -150 300
120
-198 316 -325 600
153
-198 316 -325 600
-continued-
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
October 2017
EZ Valve
D100025X012
Table 7. Valve Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities for Metal Trim Parts (Continued)
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
VALVE BODY SIZE, NPS
Trim for Equal Percentage (Including Micro-Form), Linear, and Quick Opening Valve Plugs
Trim Designation
_C
_F
Min Max Min Max
Trim for Micro-Flute and Micro-Flow Valve Plugs
Trim Designation
_C
_F
Min Max Min Max
87, 127
-198 260 -325 500
154
-198 593 -325 1100
127H(3)
-198 593 -325 1100
- - -
--- --- --- ---
86, 128
-198 260(1) -325 500(1)
- - -
--- --- --- ---
2
85, 129
-198 260(1) -325 500(1)
156
-198 149 -325 300
137
-101 299 -150 570
158
139
-101 299(1) -150 570(1)
157
-101 299 -150 570 -101 149 -150 300
101
-29 216 -20 420
- - -
104, 139
-101 227(1) -150 440(1)
- - -
--- --- --- ----- --- --- ---
120
-198 316 -325 600
- - -
--- --- --- ---
CF8M (316 stainless steel)
3
87, 127
-198 377 -325 700
- - -
--- --- --- ---
127H(3)
-198 593 -325 1100
- - -
--- --- --- ---
85, 86, 128, 129 -198 377(1) -325 700(1)
- - -
--- --- --- ---
137
-101 227 -150 440
- - -
--- --- --- ---
101
-29 177 -20 350
- - -
104, 139
-101 182(1) -100 360(1)
- - -
--- --- --- ----- --- --- ---
120
-198 316 -325 600
- - -
--- --- --- ---
4
87, 127
-198 371 -325 700
- - -
--- --- --- ---
127H(3)
-198 593 -325 1100
- - -
--- --- --- ---
85, 86, 128, 129 -198 371(1) -325 700(1)
- - -
--- --- --- ---
137
-101 182 -150 360
- - -
--- --- --- ---
101
-29 427 -20 800
151
104
-29 427(1) -20 800(1)
152
-29 316 -20 600 -29 149 -20 300
120
-29 316 -20 600
153
-29 316 -20 600
87, 127
-29 260 -20 500
154
-29 565 -20 1050(2)
1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, or 2
127H
-29 565 -20 1050
- - -
86, 128
-29 260(1) -20 500(1)
- - -
85, 129
-29 260(1) -20 500(1)
156
137
-29 427 -20 800
158
139
-29 427(1) -20 800(1)
157
--- --- --- ----- --- --- ---29 149 -20 300 -29 427 -20 800(1) -29 149 -20 300
WC9 chrome moly steel
101
-29 427 -20 800
- - -
--- --- --- ---
104, 139
-29 371(1) -20 700(1)
- - -
--- --- --- ---
120
-29 316 -20 600
- - -
--- --- --- ---
3
87, 127
-29 343 -20 650
- - -
--- --- --- ---
127H
-29 510 -20 950
- - -
--- --- --- ---
85, 86, 128, 129 -29 343(1) -20 650(1)
- - -
--- --- --- ---
137
-29 371 -20 700
- - -
--- --- --- ---
101
-29 427 -20 800
- - -
104, 139
-29 371(1) -20 700(1)
- - -
--- --- --- ----- --- --- ---
120
-29 316 -20 600
- - -
--- --- --- ---
4
87, 127
-29 316 -20 450
- - -
--- --- --- ---
127H
-29 338 -20 640
- - -
--- --- --- ---
85, 86, 128, 129 -29 232(1) -20 450(1)
- - -
--- --- --- ---
137
-29 371 -20 700
- - -
--- --- --- ---
1. With non-lubricating fluids, temperature is limited to 149_C (300_F). 2. For NPS 2 valve body, maximum temperature is 466_C (870_F). 3. May be used up to 593_C (1100_F) if manufacturing process controls carbon content to 0.04% minimum or 0.08% maximum.
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EZ Valve
D100025X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EZ October 2017
Table 8. Bonnet Selection Guidelines
BONNET STYLE
PACKING MATERIAL
IN-BODY PROCESS TEMPERATURE LIMITS(1)
_C
_F
Plain: J Standard for NPS 1/2, 3/4, 1, and 1-1/2 inch valves with 2-1/8 inch yoke boss diameter J Standard for NPS 2, 3, and 4 valves with 2-13/16 inch yoke boss diameter J Optional for NPS 2, 3, and 4 valves with 3-9/16 inch yoke boss diameter
Style 1 Cast Extension: J Optional for all valve sizes. Check yoke boss diameter
PTFE V-ring
PTFE/Composition
Graphite ribbon/filament PTFE V-ring
PTFE/Composition Graphite ribbon/filament
-18 to 232
-18 to 232
-18 to maximum shown in table 6
-46 to 427 -46 to maximum shown
in table 6
0 to 450
0 to 450
0 to maximum shown in table 6
-50 to 800 -50 to maximum shown
in table 6
Style 2 Cast Extension: J Optional for all valve sizes. Check yoke boss diameter
PTFE V-ring PTFE/Composition
Graphite ribbon/filament
-101 to 427
-101 to maximum shown in table 6
-150 to 800
-150 to maximum shown in table 6
ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal bonnet
PTFE Graphite
For exceptional stem sealing capabilities. See Bulletin 59.1:070, ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnets (D101641X012) for pressure/temperature ratings.
For exceptional stem sealing capabilities. See Bulletin 59.1:070, ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnets (D101641X012) for pressure/temperature ratings.
1. These in-body process temperatures assume an outside, ambient temperature of 21_C (70_F) and no insulation on the bonnet. When using any packing at low process temperatures, a cast extension bonnet may have to be used to prevent packing damage which could result from the formation of valve stem frost. Material selection for trim and other components will also be limiting factors.
Table 9. Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops per Trim Designation for Equal Percentage (Including Micro-Form), Linear, and Quick Opening Valve Plugs
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE PLUG
VALVE STEM
SEAT RING
SEAT RING RETAINER
GUIDE BUSHING
SHUTOFF PRESSURE
DROP
Bar Psig
FLOWING PRESSURE
DROP
Bar Psid
101
S41600 (416 stainless steel)
hardened
S31600 (316 stainless steel)
S41600 hardened
CB7Cu-1 (17-4 PH stainless steel)
S17400
(17-4 PH
103 1500 103 1500
stainless steel)
104
S31600 (316 stainless steel)
S31600
S31600
CB7Cu-1
S17400
21 300(1) 103 1500
120
N05500
N05500
N05500
M35-1
N05500
55 800(1) 103 1500
87, 127, 127H
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat & guide
S31600
S31600
CF8M
w/CoCr-A seat (316 stainless steel)
Alloy 6B
103 1500 103 1500
86, 128
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat
S31600
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat
CF8M
Alloy 6B
103 1500 103 1500
85, 129
S31600
S31600
S31600
CF8M
Alloy 6B
21 300(1) 103 1500
S31600
137
w/CoCr-A
seat & guide
S31600
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat
CB7Cu-1
S17400
103 1500 103 1500
139
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat
S31600
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat
CB7Cu-1
S17400
103 1500 103 1500
1. Trims 104, 120, and 129 may be used up to 103 bar (1500 psid) with clean dry gas.
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
October 2017
EZ Valve
D100025X012
Table 10. Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops per Trim Designation for Micro-Flute and Micro-Flow Valve Plugs
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE PLUG
VALVE STEM
SEAT RING
SEAT RING RETAINER
SHUTOFF PRESSURE
DROP
Bar Psig
FLOWING PRESSURE
DROP
Bar Psid
151
S41600 (416 stainless steel)
hardened
S31600 (316 stainless steel)
S41600 hardened
CB7Cu-1 (17-4 PH stainless steel)
103 1500 103 1500
S31600
152
(316 stainless steel) w/CoCr-A seat,
S31600
R30006 tip
153
N05500
N05500
S31600 N05500
CB7Cu-1 M35-1
21 300(1) 103 1500 55 800(1) 103 1500
87, 154
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat, R30006 tip
S31600
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat & bore
CF8M (316 stainless steel)
103 1500 103 1500
155
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat, R30006 tip
S31600
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat
CF8M
103 1500 103 1500
85, 156
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat, R30006 tip
S31600
S31600
CF8M
21 300(1) 103 1500
157
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat, R30006 tip
S31600
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat
CB7Cu-1
103 1500 103 1500
158
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat, R30006 tip
S31600
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat & bore
CB7Cu-1
103 1500 103 1500
1. Trims 152, 153, and 156 may be used up to 103 bar (1500 psid) with clean dry gas.
Table 11. Gasket Selection Guidelines(1)
Gasket Set
Seat Ring Gasket
Bonnet Gasket
2(2)
316 SST/graphite flat sheet
316 SST/graphite flat sheet
Spiral Wound Gasket
N06600/graphite
3
PTFE-coated N04400
PTFE-coated N04400
N04400/PTFE
1. See Bulletin 59.1:070, ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnets (D101641X012) for bellows gasket information.
2. FGM gasket set. 3. Except 427_C (800_F) for oxidizing service.
Shim S31600 N04400
Temperature Capabilities
-198 to 593_C(3) (-325 to 1100_F)(3)
-73 to 149_C (-100 to 300_F)
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EZ Valve
D100025X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EZ October 2017
Table 12. Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops (Flow Up Only)(1) for Gasket Materials (NPS 1/2 through 1-1/2 Valves)
BAR(2)(3)
TEMPER-
ATURE, _C(4)(5)
4.8 & 6.4
1/2, 3/4, & 1
9.5
12.7
19.1
Valve Body Size, NPS
Port Diameter, mm
25.4
4.8 & 6.4
9.5
1-1/2
12.7
19.1
25.4
38.1
N04400/Composition Spiral Wound Gasket (Gasket Set 4)
-253 to 38
67.6
68.3
69.0
72.4
76.5
58.6
59.0
59.3
61.3
63.4
72.4
93
56.5
57.2
57.9
60.0
64.1
49.0
49.3
49.6
51.0
53.1
60.0
149
47.6
48.3
49.0
51.0
53.8
41.4
41.8
42.1
43.4
44.8
51.0
204
43.4
43.8
44.1
46.2
49.0
37.9
37.9
37.9
39.3
40.7
46.2
232
42.1
42.6
43.1
44.8
47.6
36.5
36.7
36.9
38.3
39.6
44.8
N06600/Graphite Spiral Wound Gasket (Gasket Set 2) or N04400/PTFE Spiral Wound Gasket (Gasket Set 3)(5)
-253 to 38
94.5
96.2
97.9
104.1
114
77.9
79.0
80.0
82.7
87.6
105
93
89.6
91.4
93.1
98.6
108
73.8
74.5
75.2
78.6
82.7
99.3
149
85.5
87.2
88.9
94.5
103
70.3
71.4
72.4
75.2
79.3
94.5
204
81.4
83.1
84.8
89.6
98.6
66.9
68.0
69.0
71.0
75.2
90.3
260
78.6
80.4
82.1
86.9
95.2
64.8
65.5
66.2
69.0
73.1
87.6
316
76.5
77.9
79.3
84.1
92.4
62.7
63.4
64.1
66.9
71.0
84.8
371
73.8
75.2
76.5
81.4
88.9
60.7
61.4
62.1
64.8
68.3
81.4
427
71.0
72.4
73.8
78.6
86.2
58.6
59.3
60.0
62.1
66.2
78.6
PSI(2)(3)
TEMPERATURE,
Port Diameter, Inches
_F(4)(5)
0.1875 & 0.25
0.375
0.5
0.75
1
0.1875 & 0.25
0.375
0.5
0.75
1
1.5
N04400/Composition Spiral Wound Gasket (Gasket Set 4)
-425 to 100
980
990
1000
1050
1110
850
855
860
890
920
1050
200
820
830
840
870
930
710
715
720
740
770
870
300
690
700
710
740
780
600
605
610
630
650
740
400
630
635
640
670
710
550
550
550
570
590
670
450
610
618
625
650
690
530
535
535
555
575
650
N06600/Graphite Spiral Wound Gasket (Gasket Set 2) or N04400/PTFE Spiral Wound Gasket (Gasket Set 3)(5)
-425 to 100 200 300 400
1370 1300 1240 1180
1395 1325 1265 1205
1420 1350 1290 1230
1510 1430 1370 1300
1660 1570 1500 1430
1130 1070 1020 970
1145 1080 1035 985
1160 1090 1050 1000
1200 1140 1090 1030
1270 1200 1150 1090
1520 1440 1370 1310
500
1140
1165
1190
1260
1380
940
950
960
1000
1060
1270
600
1110
1130
1150
1220
1340
910
920
930
970
1030
1230
700
1070
1090
1110
1180
1290
880
890
900
940
990
1180
800
1030
1050
1070
1140
1250
850
860
870
900
960
1140
1. EZ should not be used in flow down service including on-off applications. 2. Pressure drop cannot exceed maximum inlet pressure as indicated in the Specifications section. 3. The trim may be further limited by maximum pressure drops listed in tables 9 and 10.
4. Pressure drops at intermediate temperatures may be interpolated. 5. Maximum temperature capability of PTFE-coated N04400 gaskets as used in gasket set 3 is 149_C (300_F).
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
October 2017
EZ Valve
D100025X012
Table 13. Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops (Flow Up Only)(1) for Gasket Materials (NPS 2 through 4 Valves)
BAR(2)(3)
TEMPER-
ATURE, _C(4)(5)
Valve Body Size, NPS
2
3
4
Port Diameter, mm
4.8 & 6.4
9.5
12.7
19.1
25.4
50.8
50.8
76.2
50.8
101.6
N04400/Composition Spiral Wound Gasket (Gasket Set 4)
-253 to 38
52.4
52.8
53.1
54.5
55.8
70.3
55.2
70.3
49.0
73.8
93
43.4
43.8
44.1
45.5
46.9
58.6
46.2
58.6
40.7
61.4
149
37.2
37.2
37.2
37.9
39.3
49.6
38.6
49.6
34.5
51.7
204
33.8
33.8
33.8
34.5
35.9
44.8
35.2
45.5
31.0
46.9
232
32.8
32.8
32.8
33.4
34.8
43.4
34.1
44.1
30.3
45.5
N06600/Graphite Spiral Wound Gasket (Gasket Set 2) or N04400/PTFE Spiral Wound Gasket (Gasket Set 3)(5)
-253 to 38
67.6
68.2
68.7
70.3
73.1
101
69.6
97.2
65.5
114
93
63.4
64.1
64.8
66.9
69.6
95.8
66.2
92.4
62.1
108
149
60.7
61.4
62.1
63.4
66.2
91.7
62.7
88.3
58.6
103
204
57.9
58.3
58.6
60.7
62.7
86.9
60.0
83.4
55.8
97.9
260
55.8
56.5
57.2
58.6
61.4
84.1
57.9
81.4
54.5
94.5
316
54.5
54.9
55.2
56.5
59.3
81.4
56.5
78.6
52.4
91.7
371
52.4
52.8
53.1
55.2
57.2
78.6
54.5
75.8
51.0
88.3
427
50.3
51.0
51.7
53.1
55.2
75.8
52.4
73.1
49.0
85.5
PSI(2)(3)
TEMPERATURE,
Port Diameter, Inches
_F(4)(5)
0.1875 & 0.25
0.375
0.5
0.75
1
2
2
3
2
4
N04400/Composition Spiral Wound Gasket (Gasket Set 4)
-425 to 100
760
765
770
790
810
1020
800
1020
710
1070
200
630
635
640
660
680
850
670
850
590
890
300
540
540
540
550
570
720
560
720
500
750
400
490
490
490
500
520
650
510
660
450
680
450
475
475
475
485
505
630
495
640
440
660
N06600/Graphite Spiral Wound Gasket (Gasket Set 2) or N04400/PTFE Spiral Wound Gasket (Gasket Set 3)(5)
-425 to 100
980
985
990
1020
1060
1470
1010
1410
950
1650
200
920
930
940
970
1010
1390
960
1340
900
1560
300
880
890
900
920
960
1330
910
1280
850
1490
400
840
845
850
880
910
1260
870
1210
810
1420
500
810
820
830
850
890
1220
840
1180
790
1370
600
790
795
800
820
860
1180
820
1140
760
1330
700
760
765
770
800
830
1140
790
1100
740
1280
800
730
740
750
770
800
1100
760
1060
710
1240
1. EZ should not be used in flow down service including on-off applications. 2. Pressure drop cannot exceed maximum inlet pressure as indicated in the Specifications section. 3. The trim may be further limited by maximum pressure drops listed in tables 9 and 10.
4. Pressure drops at intermediate temperatures may be interpolated. 5. Maximum temperature capability of PTFE-coated N04400 gaskets as used in gasket set 3 is 149_C (300_F).
16
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EZ Valve
D100025X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EZ October 2017
Table 14. Maximum Flow Coefficient for Full-Sized Trim with Equal Percentage Characteristic and Normal Flow Direction(1)
Valve Body Size, NPS 1/2
Cv at Max Valve Plug Travel 4.47
3/4
9.00
1
13.2
1-1/2
28.1
2
53.8
3
114
4
190
1. Flow coefficients for linear and quick-opening valve plugs normally are somewhat greater.
Table 15. Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, and Stem and Yoke Boss Diameters
VALVE BODY SIZE, NPS
PORT DIAMETER, mm
Equal Percentage(1)
Quick
Linear
Opening
MAX VALVE PLUG TRAVEL,
mm
1/2 or 3/4 1
4.8(2), 6.4(3), 9.5, 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 4.8(2), 6.4(3), 9.5, 12.7, 19.1, 25.4
25.4
- - -
25.4
25.4
1-1/2 2
4.8(2), 6.4(3), 9.5, 12.7, 19.1, 25.4, 38.1 4.8(2), 6.4(3), 9.5, 12.7, 19.1, 25.4, 50.8
38.1 50.8
38.1 50.8
3
50.8, 76.2
76.2
76.2
4
50.8, 101.6
101.6
101.6
Inches
1/2 or 3/4
0.1875(2), 0.25(3), 0.375, 0.5, 0.75, 1
1
- - -
1
0.1875(2), 0.25(3), 0.375, 0.5, 0.75, 1
1
1
1-1/2
0.1875(2), 0.25(3), 0.375, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5
1.5
1.5
2
0.1875(2), 0.25(3), 0.375, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 2
2
2
3
2, 3
3
3
4
2, 4
4
4
1. 6.4 through 19.1 mm (0.25 through 0.75-inch) port diameters use Micro-Form valve plug. 2. Micro-Flow valve plug. 3. Also available in 1-flute and 3-flute Micro-Flute valve plugs.
19
29 38 51
0.75
1.125 1.5 2
VALVE STEM AND YOKE BOSS DIAMETERS, mm
Standard
Optional
Stem
Yoke Boss
Stem
Yoke Boss
9.5
54
12.7
71
12.7
71
19.1
90
3/8
2-1/8
1/2 2-13/16
1/2 2-13/16 3/4
3-9/16
Table 16. Typical Combinations of Metal Trim Parts for Equal Percentage (Including Micro-Form), Linear, and Quick Opening Valve Plugs for Compatibility with NACE MR0175 / ISO 15156 and MR0103 Specifications (Environmental Restrictions Apply, Refer to Standard)
Trim Designation
Valve Plug
Seat Ring Retainer
Bushing
Seat Ring
Valve Stem, Packing Follower, Lantern Ring,
Packing Box Ring, Pins, and
Disk Retainer
85
S31600 (316 stainless steel)
CF8M (316 stainless steel)
Alloy 6B
S31600
85C(1) 86 87
S31600/PTFE
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat
S31600 w/CoCr-A seat & guide
CF8M CF8M CF8M
Alloy 6B Alloy 6B Alloy 6B
S31600 Alloy 6 Alloy 6
S20910 (Valve Stem)
S31600 (All Other Parts)
87C(1)
S31600/PTFE w/CoCr-A guide
CF8M
Alloy 6B
Alloy 6
1. 85C and 87C are trims for PTFE-seat construction.
17
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
October 2017
EZ Valve
D100025X012
Table 17. Bolting Materials and Temperature Limits for Bolting Compliance with NACE MR0175-2002, NACE MR0175/ISO 15156, and NACE MR0103 (Environmental Restrictions May Apply)
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
BOLTING MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
_C
_F
Min
Max
Min
Max
Non-exposed bolting (Standard)
WCC and CF8M (316 SST)
Studs Nuts
Steel SA-193-B7 Steel SA-194-2H
-48(1)
427
-55(1)
800
Exposed bolting (Optional) Requires Derating of Valve(2) When These Body-to-Bonnet Bolting Materials are Used
WCC and CF8M
Studs Nuts
Steel SA-193-B7M Steel SA-194-2HM
-48(1)
427
-55(1)
800
1. -29_C (-20_F) with WCC valve body material. 2. Derating is not required for CL300 valves. Derating is required for valves rated at CL600 and above. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for assistance in determining the derating of valves when these body-to-bonnet bolting materials are used.
Figure 5. ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnet Dimensions (also see table 18)
1/4-16 NPT PLUGGED
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
1/4-16 NPT PLUGGED
Table 18. ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnet Dimensions
D
VALVE SIZE, NPS
ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnet Stem Diameter, mm Stem Diameter, Inches
9.5 12.7 19.0 3/8 1/2 3/4
1
321
- - -
- - - 12.62 - - -
- - -
1-1/2
317
- - -
- - - 12.50 - - -
- - -
2
- - -
384
- - -
- - - 15.12 - - -
3
- - -
518 518
- - - 20.38 20.38
4
- - -
541
- - -
- - - 21.31 - - -
D
G
B
12B7185-A A6115-1
Notes: 1 2
A
For A and G dimensions, see figure 6. B=A/2.
Ordering Information
Inlet pressure and temperature must always be limited by the applicable ASME pressure/temperature rating. Pressure drop information for various trim material combinations is provided in tables 10 and 11. Pressure drop information for gasket materials is listed in tables 12 and 13. The maximum allowable pressure drop for the application must not exceed the lowest value indicated for the combination of materials selected.
18
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EZ Valve
D100025X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EZ October 2017
Table 19. Standard Dimensions
VALVE SIZE, NPS
1/2 or 3/4 1
1-1/2 2 3 4
1/2 or 3/4 1
1-1/2 2 3 4
Plain Bonnet
9.5
12.7
19.0
127
149
- - -
127
149
- - -
124
146
- - -
- - -
165
162
- - -
191
187
- - -
221
217
3/8
1/2
3/4
5.00
5.88
- - -
5.00
5.88
- - -
4.88
5.75
- - -
- - -
6.50
6.38
- - -
7.50
7.38
- - -
8.69
8.56
D
Extension Bonnet
Style 1
Stem Diameter, mm
9.5
12.7
19.0
9.5
213
251
- - -
303
213
251
- - -
303
210
248
- - -
300
- - -
267
272
- - -
- - -
292
297
- - -
- - -
322
327
- - -
Stem Diameter, Inches
3/8
1/2
3/4
3/8
8.38
9.88
- - -
11.94
8.38
9.88
- - -
11.94
8.25
9.75
- - -
11.81
- - -
10.50
10.69
- - -
- - -
11.50
11.69
- - -
- - -
12.69
12.88
- - -
Style 2
12.7 319 319 316 465 495 526
1/2 12.56 12.56 12.44 18.31 19.50 20.69
19.0 - - - - - - - - 487 518
3/4 - - - - - - - - 19.19 21.38
Table 20. Standard Dimensions
A
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Scrd or SWE
CL125 FF or CL150
RF
CL150 RTJ
CL250 RF or CL300
RF
CL300 RTJ
BW or CL600 RF
CL600 RTJ
PN16-40(1) PN63-100(1) G (MAX)
mm
1/2 or 3/4
165
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
55
1
210
184
197
197
210
210
210
160
230
60
1-1/2
251
222
235
235
248
251
251
200
260
71
2
286
254
267
267
282
286
289
230
300
78
3
- - -
298
311
317
333
337
340
310
380
97
4
- - -
353
365
368
384
394
397
350
430
129
Inches
1/2 or 3/4
6.50
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2.12
1
8.25
7.25
7.75
7.75
8.25
8.25
8.25
2.38
1-1/2 2
9.88
8.75
9.25
9.25
9.75
9.88
9.88
See
See
2.81
11.25
10.00
10.50
10.50
11.12
11.25
11.38
mm
mm
3.06
3
- - -
11.75
12.25
12.50
13.12
13.25
13.38
3.81
4
- - -
13.88
14.38
14.50
15.12
15.50
15.62
5.06
1. Valves which meet EN flange standards and have DN face-to-face dimensions are available only from Europe. Valves which meet EN flange standards but not DN face-to-face standards are available in the US. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
19
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
October 2017
EZ Valve
D100025X012
Figure 6. Standard Dimensions (also see tables 19 and 20)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
D
Notes:
1
B
+
A 2
G
AR4967-A A0925-2
1
B
A EZ VALVE BODY
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, easy-e, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E201979, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EZ-OVT Trim
D103041X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EZ-OVT August 2017
FisherTM EZ-Overtravel (EZ-OVT) Valve Trim
Fisher EZ-OVT valve trim is a dual seat valve trim, designed to maintain long term tight shutoff in on-off services that contain particulates in the flow stream such as catalyst fines. An example of this type of service is the valves used to control and purge the hydrogen and nitrogen transfer gases used on the UOP continuous catalytic regeneration (CCR) refining process.
Control valves for this application must provide bubble tight shutoff to stop the transfer gas flow and be able to maintain this performance, even in the presence of catalyst and their fines.
Trim Features
nDual seat design--EZ-OVT trim features a dual seat design that includes a primary soft seat and a secondary metal seat. This dual seat design provides long term ANSI and IEC Class VI shutoff.
nOff-the-seat deadband--A double deadband area is built into the trim to inhibit erosive flow across the seating surfaces as the trim starts to open.
nFlow deflector--A special flow deflector directs the flow stream away from the seating surfaces once the valve has traveled off the seat.
nSimple design--Large flow passages and minimal moving parts reduce particulate buildup such as catalyst fines that could collect in these areas and cause failure.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EZ-OVT August 2017
EZ-OVT Trim
D103041X012
Specifications
Valve Body Sizes NPS J 1, J 1-1/2, and J 2
End Connection Styles J CL150 RF and RTJ J CL300 RF and RTJ J CL600 RF and RTJ
Maximum Inlet Pressures and Temperatures(1) Consistent with CL150, CL300, and CL600 per ASME B16.34
Operating Temperature Capabilities J Standard: Up to 93_C (199_F) with UHMWPE seat disk J Optional: Up to 204_C (399_F) with PTFE seat disk
Yoke Boss and Stem Diameters See Fisher EZ bulletin 51.1:EZ (D100025X012)
Construction Materials
Shutoff Classifications Per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 Class VI
Flow Direction Flow up
Valve Body: J A216 WCC Plug Guide Post: J S31600 stainless steel with CoCr-A guiding surfaces Plug Tip: J Alloy 6B Seat Ring: J Alloy 6B Seat Ring Retainer: J S31600 with CoCr-A bushing Seat Disk: J UHMWPE or PTFE
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EZ-OVT Trim
D103041X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EZ-OVT August 2017
Figure 1. Fisher EZ-OVT Trim Seated
Figure 2. Fisher EZ-OVT Trim Just Off the Seat
VALVE PLUG ASSEMBLY
A7118
CLOSED
SEAT RING
VALVE PLUG ASSEMBLY
A7119
JUST OFF SEAT
SEAT RING
Principle of Operation
The EZ-OVT valve trim is shown seated in figure 1. When on the seat, the primary shutoff is provided by the soft seat insert. The metal seat provides a secondary seat.
In figure 2 the trim is shown just off the seat. At this point in travel, the deadband areas are fully engaged to inhibit flow across the trim seating surfaces.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EZ-OVT August 2017
EZ-OVT Trim
D103041X012
Figure 3. Fisher EZ-OVT Trim 20% Disengaged from the Seating Surface
Figure 4. Fisher EZ-OVT Trim at 50% of Travel
PLUG FLOW DEFLECTOR
VALVE PLUG ASSEMBLY
A7120
20% TRAVEL
SEAT RING
In figure 3, the trim is shown at 20% travel. At this travel the trim is just starting to move out of the deadband areas to allow for flow.
VALVE PLUG ASSEMBLY
A7121
50% TRAVEL
SEAT RING
With the seating surfaces significantly out of the flow path, the tight tolerances between the valve plug and the seat ring open enough to allow flow (see figure 4). The flow deflector directs the flow stream away from the valve plug seats.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EZ-OVT Trim
D103041X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EZ-OVT August 2017
Figure 5. Fisher EZ-OVT Trim at 100% of Travel
PLUG FLOW DEFLECTOR
VALVE PLUG ASSEMBLY
A7122
100% TRAVEL
SEAT RING
The seating surface is completely removed from the flow path, enabling full flow through the trim (see figure 5). The flow deflector is continually directing the flow stream away from the valve plug seats.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EZ-OVT August 2017
EZ-OVT Trim
D103041X012
Figure 6. Fisher EZ-OVT Valve Assembly
STEM BONNET
BUSHING
STUD NUT
GASKET GASKET SHIM SPIRAL WOUND GASKET
SEAT RING RETAINER
PLUG GUIDE POST SEAT DISK
30C1045-A
Table 1. Available Constructions
VALVE BODY SIZE
SHUTOFF PORT DIAMETER(1)
FLOWING PORT DIAMETER
mm
NPS
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
25
1
34.0
1.34
19.1
0.75
38.1
1-1/2
47.0
1.85
31.8
1.25
50
2
53.3
2.10
38.1
1.5
1. Actuator sizing should be performed using the Shutoff Port Diameter.
GASKET SEAT RING PLUG TIP
TRAVEL
mm
Inch
25.4
1
25.4
1
25.4
1
UNBALANCED AREA
mm2 910 1736 2239
Inch2 1.41 2.69 3.47
MAX Cv
8.54 25 28
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EZ-OVT Trim
D103041X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:EZ-OVT August 2017
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:EZ-OVT August 2017
EZ-OVT Trim
D103041X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1998, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
FB Valve
D100195X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:FB July 2019
FisherTM FB Control Valve
Fisher FB angle valves are used with compressible fluids on special applications requiring maximum noise attenuation capability and high capacity.
Typical applications include main steam reducing valves and compressor bypass valves. FB valves are also commonly used for sour gas applications in petrochemical and gas processing plants.
Contact your Emerson sales office for more information.
Features
nNoise Attenuation -- Whisper Trimt III or WhisperFlot cages used in FBD or FBT valves can reduce noise produced by high flow rates and large pressure drops.
nMinimal Noise Regeneration -- Regeneration of valve noise is significantly reduced by reducing the outlet flow velocity with an expanded-outlet design.
nHung Cage Design -- The design eliminates gasketing problems caused by thermal expansion and contraction of long parts such as the cage assembly.
W8959-3
Fisher FBT Valve with 585C Long Stroke Actuator
nExcellent Sealing Capability -- The ENVIRO-SEALt or HIGH-SEAL packing system options are available. These packing systems provide excellent sealing, guiding, and loading force transmission.
nTight Shutoff -- A spring-loaded seal ring with PEEK anti-extrusion rings is available on FBT valves for class V shutoff up to 316_C (600_F). Bore seal is available on FBD valves for class V shutoff above 316_C (600_F).
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:FB July 2019
FB Valve
D100195X012
Specifications
Available Configurations
Characteristics for FBD & FBT: Single-port, angle-style valve body with cage guiding, balanced valve plug, and push-down-to-close valve plug action FBD: High-temperature valve with graphite piston rings, hung cage, and seat ring welded to the valve body. Used on applications with temperatures above 232_C (450_F) FBT: Standard and low temperature design with integral cage/seat ring assembly and spring-loaded seal ring on the seat ring and valve plug. Used on applications with temperatures up to 232_C (450_F) and temperatures up to 316_C (600_F) with PEEK anti-extrusion rings
Valve Sizes
See table 1
End Connection Styles(3)
All Outlet Sizes: CL150, 300, and 600 J Raised-face, J RTJ, and J BWE Outlet Sizes NPS 30 and 36: J Series A or B flanges available
Maximum Inlet Pressures and Temperatures(1)
Consistent with applicable J CL150, J CL300, or J CL600 pressure-temperature ratings per ASME B16.34
Cage Performance Levels
Whisper Trim III Cage: 0.999 P/P1 maximum for levels A1 through D3
WhisperFlo Cage: 0.999P/P1 maximum for levels X, Y, and Z
Maximum Pressure Drops(1)
Valve bodies and trims capable of full rated pressure drop
Temperature Capability
Piston Rings, Plug Seals, Gaskets, and Packing: See table 3 Trim: See table 4
Shutoff Classifications per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
FBD: J Standard Class II, J Optional--Class IV, with multiple piston rings, and J Optional--Class V with
Bore Seal trim (contact your Emerson sales office for additional information) FBT: J Standard--Class IV J Optional--Class V Also see table 3
Construction Materials
Valve, Bonnet, Stem and Other Metal Parts: See table 2 Piston Rings and Plug Seals, Gaskets, and Packing: See table 3 Trim: See table 4
Flow Characteristic
Whisper Trim III Levels A, B, C and D: Linear WhisperFlo Levels X, Y, and Z: Linear
Flow Direction
Flow up
Flow Coefficients and Valve Plug Travel
See Catalog 12
Port Diameters
See table 1
Valve Plug Stem and Yoke Boss Diameters
See table 1
Typical Actuators
Pneumatic Piston: J 585C, J 585CLS, and J 685 Diaphragm: J 657, J 667, and J 3025
Valve Dimensions and Approximate Weights
See figure 2 and tables 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10
Options
J Special constructions with the inlet designed for higher pressure or valve class rating than the outlet are also available, J ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL packing system: See Fisher Bulletin 59.1:061 (D101633X012) for more information (retrofit kits are available for valve in service), J Packing box leak-off connection, J Packing lubricator or J lubricator/isolating valve, and J Special end connections available upon request
1. None of the pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin nor any ASME standard limitations should be exceeded. 2. Level A3 is not available in NPS 30 and 36 outlet sizes. 3. Series A and B flanges are available on sizes over NPS 24. Please specify Series A or B when ordering.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
FB Valve
D100195X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:FB July 2019
Table 1. Fisher FBD or FBT Valve Body Sizes and Trim Information
VALVE SIZE, INLET AND OUTLET, NPS
Whisper Trim III Level A, B, and C Cages
Port Diameter
Unbalanced Area
mm Inch
Inch2
Whisper Trim III Level D Cage
WhisperFlo Trim
Port Diameter mm Inch
Unbalanced Area Inch2
Port Diameter mm Inch
Unbalanced Area Inch2
8 x 12 10 x 12
171 6.75
0.24
132 5.1875
0.19
178 7
0.24
10 x 16
12 x 16
197 7.75
0.28
171 6.75
0.24
178 7
0.24
16 x 16
12 x 18 16 x 18
252 9.9375
0.35
197 7.75
0.28
178 7
0.24
10 x 20
12 x 20
275 10.8125
0.38
224 8.8125
0.31
279 11
0.38
16 x 20
20 x 20
12 x 24
16 x 24
18 x 24
352 13.875
0.49
275 10.8125
0.38
375 14.75
0.51
20 x 24
24 x 24
16 x 30
20 x 30 24 x 30
430 16.9375
0.59
378 14.875
0.52
464 18.25
0.63
30 x 30
20 x 36
24 x 36 30 x 36
506 19.9375
0.69
430 16.9375
0.59
464 18.25
0.63
36 x 36
STEM DIAMETER
mm Inch
25.4
1
31.8 1-1/4
50.8
2
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER mm Inch
127 5 & 5H
178
7
Bore Seal Description
The Bore Seal is available for the FBD only and is required for Class V shutoff applications where the service temperature exceeds 316_C (600_F). For service temperatures below 316_C (600_F) the FBT should be used when Class V shutoff is required. This trim can only be used with trim 234, see table 3 and 4 for temperature limits.
The Bore Seal employs a metal Cshaped seal ring that
is secured to the outside diameter of the valve plug.
When the valve plug comes into contact with the seat ring, to close the valve, the Bore Seal is compressed against the cage wall blocking a secondary leakage path that exists between the plug and cage wall.
When the valve plug is not in contact with the seat ring (i.e. valve open) the Bore Seal is not engaged and the piston rings that are also secured to the outside diameter of the plug assume the role of blocking this secondary leakage path.
Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Bore Seal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Tables
Valve Body Sizes and Trim Information . . . . . . . . . . 3 Valve Body and Bonnet Construction Materials . . . 4 Construction Materials for Piston Ring,
Plug Seal, Packing, and Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Whisper Trim III Trim Materials and Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
WhisperFlo Metal Trim Materials and Valve Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities . . . . 6
Approximate Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:FB July 2019
FB Valve
D100195X012
Table 2. Valve Body and Bonnet Construction Materials (see tables 3 and 4 for other parts) (See figure 1 for parts identification)
PART
Valve Body
STANDARD Bonnet
Flanges & Head
Valve Body
OPTIONAL Bonnet
WP22
WC9
Valve Body, Bonnet, Flanges and Head
WPC
WCC
(SA105)(1)
WPL6 304L 316L
LCC CF3 CF3M
316
CF8M
Valve Stem
25.4 and 31.8 mm (1 and 1-1/4 inch) stems--S20910 50.8 mm (2-inch) stems--S20910
- - -
Packing Box Follower,
Spring(2), Washer, and
316 stainless steel
- - -
Lantern Ring(2)
Piston and Seal Rings
See table 3
See table 3
Gaskets and Packing
See table 3
See table 3
Trim
See table 4
See table 4
1. For pressure-temperature ratings, reference the pressure-temperature ratings for SA-105. 2. The spring is used with single PTFE V-ring packing only. The lantern ring replaces the spring for other packing.
Figure 1. Fisher FBT Valve Body Showing Internal Construction
STEM BONNET
PACKING VALVE BODY GASKETS
VALVE PLUG
PISTON RING VALVE BODY SHELL
CAGE
UPPER HEAD FBD
Flanges & Head F22 LF2 304L 316L 316
FBD
W2957-1
FBT
FBT
OUTLET FLANGE
SEAT RING SEAT RING SEAL LOWER HEAD
INLET FLANGE
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
FB Valve
D100195X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:FB July 2019
Table 3. Construction Materials for Piston Ring, Plug Seal, Packing, and Gaskets
PART
FBD Piston Ring
Material Shutoff Class
STANDARD Material
Graphite II is standard; IV(1) is optional
Temperature 46 to 593_C (50 to 1100_F)
- - -
OPTIONAL
Material Bore Seal(3)
N07718
Temperature
316 to 593_C (600 to 1100_F)
Class V
- - -
FBT Plug Seal
Material
N10276/Glass and Moly-filled PTFE
29 to 232_C (20 to 450_F)
Carbon-Filled PTFE w/ PEEK anti-extrusion
rings
232 to 316_C (450 to 600_F)
Shutoff Class
IV is standard; V is optional
- - -
Standard Class V
- - -
PTFE/Composition
73 to 232_C (100 to 450_F)
Packing
Spring-Loaded PTFE V-Ring
40 to 232_C (40 to 450_F)
Graphite Ribbon/Filament
ENVIRO-SEAL or HIGH-SEAL Packing
System
198 to 593_C(2) (325 to 1100_F)(2)
See the separate ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Product
Bulletin
Gaskets
N04400, or silver-plated N04400
254 to 593_C (425 to 1100_F)
Tin-plated N04400 for sour gas service
29 to 149_C (20 to 300_F)
1. Class IV with multiple piston rings only. 2. To 371_C (700_F) with oxidizing service.
3. Available for use with trim 234 only.
Table 4. Whisper Trim III Trim Materials and Temperatures
TRIM MATERIAL
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
TRIM DESIGNATION
Plug
Cage
Seat Ring
Baffle
WPC (SA234-WPC)
316L SST (SA403-WP316L)
316 SST (SA403-WP316)
304L SST (SA403-WP304L)
WPL6 (SA420-WPL6)
Trim Temperature, _C (_F)
Min Max Min Max Min Max
230
CF8M w/ CoCr-A seat and guide
S17400 H1075 (CB-7Cu-1 H1075)
CF8M w/ CoCr-A on seat
Carbon -29
427 -62
427
-46
343
steel (20) (800) (-80) (800) (50) (650)
232(2)
CF8M w/ CoCr-A seat and guide
CF8M/ ENC(1)
CF8M w/ CoCr-A on seat
18-8 stainless
steel
-29 (20)
343 -198 343 (650) (325) (650)
-46 (50)
343 (650)
234
WC9 or F22 steel with CoCr-A seat
seat and guide
WC9 steel/ nitrided
F22 with CoCr-A seat
Cr-Mo steel
-29
427
(20) (800)
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1. Electroless nickel coated. 2. Meets the metallurgical requirements of NACE MR0175-2002, NACE MR0103 and NACE MR0175/ISO 15156. Environmental restrictions apply for MR0175/ISO15156.
WP22 (SA243-WP22)
Min
-29 (20)
Max
427 (800)
-29
343
(20) (650)
-29
593
(20) (1100)
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:FB July 2019
FB Valve
D100195X012
Table 5. WhisperFlo Metal Trim Materials and Valve Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities
TRIM MATERIAL
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
TRIM DESIGNATION
Plug
Cage
Seat Ring
WPC (SA234-WPC)
316L SST (SA403-WP316L) 316 SST (SA403-WP316) 304L SST (SA403-WP304L)
WPL6 (SA420-WPL6)
Trim Temperature, _C (_F)
WP22 (SA243-WP22)
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
CF8M with 952 CA6NM HT 410 SST CoCr-A on -29 (20) 427 (800) -29 (20)
seat
427 (800) -29 (20) 343 (650) -29 (20) 427 (800)
953(1)
CF8M with CoCr-A on Seat and
Guide
316 SST / (Chrome
coat)
CF8M with CoCr-A on
seat
-29 (20)
427 (800)
-198 (325)
(2)
-46 (50) 343 (650) -29 (20)
1. Meets the metallurgical requirements of NACE MR0175-2002, NACE MR0103 and NACE MR0175/ISO 15156. Environmental restrictions apply for MR0175/ISO15156. 2. 316L maximum temperature is 454_C (850_F), 316 maximum temperature is 538_C (1000_F), 304L maximum temperature is 427_C (800_F),
427 (800)
Table 6. Fisher FBT and FBD Approximate Weights
VALVE SIZE (NPS) INLET X OUTLET
CL150 Approximate Weight
VALVE AND BONNET ASSEMBLY Pressure Rating(1) CL300
Approximate Weight
CL600 Approximate Weight
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
8 X 12 10 X 12
416
925
509
1130
509
1130
421
935
526
1170
545
1210
10 X 16 12 X 16 16 X 16
612
1360
801
1780
1125
2500
619
1375
810
1800
1148
2550
666
1480
761
1690
1260
2800
12 X 18 16 X 18
810
1800
1071
2380
1496
3325
833
1850
1112
2470
1609
3575
10 X 20 12 X 20 16 X 20 20 X 20
1060 1013 1037 1062
2355 2250 2305 2360
1418 1373 1395 1418
3150 3050 3100 3150
1980 1901 2009 2104
4400 4225 4465 4675
12 X 24 16 X 24 18 X 24 20 X 24 24 X 24
1575 1564 1575 1589 1620
3500 3475 3500 3530 3600
2070 2106 2115 2129 2160
4600 4680 4700 4730 4800
2894 3011 3060 3105 3231
6430 6690 6800 6900 7180
16 X 30 20 X 30 24 X 30 30 X 30
2610
5800
3330
7400
---
---
2651
5890
3357
7460
---
---
2684
5965
3420
7600
---
---
2745
6100
3555
7900
---
---
20 X 36 24 X 36 30 X 36 36 X 36
3848
8500
4928
10950
---
---
3897
8660
4995
11100
---
---
4019
8860
5130
11400
---
---
4100
9110
5400
12000
---
---
1. Pressure rating for all sizes through NPS 24 outlet. NPS 30 and 36 outlets conform to MSS SP-44. Dimensions and weights and or buttwelding-end valves are available on request.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
FB Valve
D100195X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:FB July 2019
Figure 2. Fisher FBD and FBT Flanged Valve Body Dimensions (also see tables 7, 8, 9, and 10)
MATCH LINE FOR 585CLS ACTUATORS
25.4 mm (1.00 INCH)
MATCH LINE FOR 585 SERIES ACTUATORS
D
A5827
G A
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:FB July 2019
FB Valve
D100195X012
Table 7. Fisher FBT CL150 Face-to-Face Dimensions (also see figure 2)(2)
CL150 FLANGED
Valve Size, NPS
Inlet x Outlet
8X12 10X12 10X16 12X16 16X16 12X18 16X18 10X20
G
Inches
(1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1)
mm
A Inches 14.50
Dimensions
Whisper Trim III
mm
Inches
mm
368
17.00
432
19.00
483
12X20
27.5
699
16X20
25.81
656
20.68
525
30.41
772
20X20
(1)
12X24
30.5
775
16X24
30.63
778
18X24
29.76
756
23
584
33.46
850
20X24
28.68
728
24X24 16X30 (A)
29
737
(1)
20X30 (A)
38.44
976
24X30 (A)
(1)
27.38
695
38.47
977
30X30 (A)
(1)
16X30 (B)
(1)
20X30 (B)
37.44
951
24X30 (B)
(1)
25.94
659
38.47
977
30X30 (B)
(1)
20X36 (A)
(1)
24X36 (A)
(1)
30X36 (A)
(1)
36X36 (A)
(1)
20X36 (B)
(1)
24X36 (B)
44
1118
30X36 (B)
(1)
31.12
790
43.22
1098
36X36 (B)
(1)
1. Please contact your Emerson sales office for additional information. 2. For FBD face-to-face dimensions, please contact your Emerson sales office for additional information. (A) DENOTES ASME B16.47 SERIES A FLANGE(S) (B) DENOTES ASME B16.47 SERIES B FLANGE(S)
D
WhisperFlo Trim
Inches
mm
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
30.41
772
32.44
824
(1) (1) (1) (1)
38.47
977
43.22
1098
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
FB Valve
D100195X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:FB July 2019
Table 8. Fisher FBT CL300 Face-to-Face Dimensions (also see figure 2)(2)
CL300 FLANGED
Valve Size, NPS
Inlet x Outlet
8X12 10X12 10X16 12X16 16X16 12X18 16X18
Dimensions
G
A
Inches 20.76
mm
Inches
mm
527
(1)
(1)
Whisper Trim III
Inches
mm
20.87
530
(1)
(1)
17.75
451
(1)
(1)
(1)
19.75
502
10X20
27.62
702
12X20
28.12
714
16X20
(1)
21.38
543
30.58
777
20X20
(1)
12X24
31.92
811
16X24
31.38
797
18X24
30.5
775
23.63
600
33.46
850
20X24
29.38
746
24X24 16X30 (A) 20X30 (A) 24X30 (A) 30X30 (A) 16X30 (B) 20X30 (B) 24X30 (B) 30X30 (B) 20X36 (A)
29.63
753
(1) (1) (1) (1) (1)
(1) (1) (1) (1)
28.22
717
39.97
1015
24X36 (A)
44.63
1134
30X36 (A)
(1)
36
36X36 (A)
(1)
20X36 (B)
(1)
914
43.97
1117
24X36 (B)
44.75
1137
30X36 (B)
(1)
33.62
854
43.97
1117
36X36 (B)
(1)
1. Please contact your Emerson sales office for additional information. 2. For FBD face-to-face dimension, please contact your Emerson Automation Solutions sales office for additional information. (A) DENOTES ASME B16.47 SERIES A FLANGE(S) (B) DENOTES ASME B16.47 SERIES B FLANGE(S)
D
WhisperFlo Trim
Inches
mm
(1)
(1)
(1) (1) (1) (1) (1)
(1)
32.44
824
38.97
990
38.97
990
43.97
1117
43.97
1117
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:FB July 2019
FB Valve
D100195X012
Table 9. Fisher FBT CL600 with Whisper Trim III, Face-to-Face Dimensions (also see figure 2)(2)
CL600 FLANGED WITH Whisper Trim III
Dimensions
Valve Size, NPS
G
A
D
Inlet x Outlet 8X12 10X12 10X16 12X16 16X16 12X18 16X18 10X20
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
(1)
(1)
16.37
416
25.10
638
(1)
24.37
619
(1)
(1)
30.99
787
(1)
21.00
533
(1)
Inches
mm
(1)
(1)
23.5
597
(1) (1)
12X20
32.56
827
16X20
28.13
715
22.75
578
30.17
766
20X20
(1)
12X24
33.87
860
16X24
33.25
845
18X24
33.5
851
25.25
641
33.34
847
20X24
31.75
806
24X24 16X30 (A) 20X30 (A) 24X30 (A) 30X30 (A) 16X30 (B) 20X30 (B) 24X30 (B) 30X30 (B) 20X36 (A) 24X36 (A) 30X36 (A) 36X36 (A) 20X36 (B) 24X36 (B) 30X36 (B) 36X36 (B)
32.76
832
(1)
(1)
40.00
1016
(1)
(1)
39.5
1003
(1)
(1)
46.25
1175
(1)
46.25
1175
(1)
(1)
32.00
813
38.53
979
(1)
(1)
30.31
770
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
36.31
922
(1)
(1)
1. Please contact your Emerson sales office for additional information. 2. For FBD face-to-face dimension, please contact your Emerson sales office for additional information. (A) DENOTES ASME B16.47 SERIES A FLANGE(S) (B) DENOTES ASME B16.47 SERIES B FLANGE(S)
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
FB Valve
D100195X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:FB July 2019
Table 10. Fisher FBT CL600 with WhisperFlo Trim, Face-to-Face Dimensions (also see figure 2)(2)
CL600 FLANGED WITH WhisperFlo TRIM
Dimensions
Valve Size, NPS
G
A
D
Inlet x Outlet 8X12 10X12 10X16 12X16 16X16 12X18 16X18 10X20
Inches
mm
25.10
638
(1)
(1)
30.99
787
(1)
(1)
Inches
(1)
(1)
mm
19.25
489
21.00
533
Inches
mm
(1) (1) (1) (1) (1)
12X20
32.56
827
16X20
(1)
22.75
578
30.17
766
20X20
(1)
12X24
36.37
924
16X24
35.75
908
18X24
36
914
27.25
692
34.81
884
20X24
34.25
870
24X24
35.26
896
16X30 (A)
(1)
20X30 (A)
(1)
24X30 (A)
40.00
1016
32.00
813
38.53
979
30X30 (A)
(1)
16X30 (B)
(1)
20X30 (B)
(1)
24X30 (B)
(1)
30X30 (B)
(1)
20X36 (A) 24X36 (A) 30X36 (A) 36X36 (A) 20X36 (B) 24X36 (B) 30X36 (B) 36X36 (B)
46.25
1175
(1) (1)
(1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1)
1. Please contact your Emerson sales office for additional information. 2. For FBD face-to-face dimension, please contact your Emerson sales office for additional information. (A) DENOTES ASME B16.47 SERIES A FLANGE(S) (B) DENOTES ASME B16.47 SERIES B FLANGE(S)
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:FB July 2019
FB Valve
D100195X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Whisper Trim, WhisperFlo, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121991, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
FisherTM GX Control Valve and Actuator System
The Fisher GX is a compact, state-of-the-art control valve and actuator system, designed to control a wide range of process liquids, gases, and vapors.
The GX is rugged, reliable, and easy to select. It requires no actuator sizing -- the actuator selection is automatic once the valve body construction is selected.
The optimized design results in reduced complexity and parts count. As a result, the cost of maintenance is reduced.
The GX meets the requirements of both EN and ASME standards. It is available with a complete accessory package, including the Fisher FIELDVUETM DVC2000 and DVC6200 integrated digital valve controllers.
Features
nEasy to size and select nNo actuator sizing required--selection is automatic nOptimized actuator allows for a wide range of air
supply nEngineered for easy maintenance nMaximum part commonality across sizes nReplaceable trim nLow lifetime costs nRobust, low-profile design nCompact multi-spring pneumatic actuator nAvailable with integrated, easy-to-calibrate
DVC2000 or DVC6200 digital valve controller
W8861-2
Fisher GX Control Valve, Actuator, and FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
nValve body sizes DN 15 to DN 150 (NPS 1/2 through 6)
nPressure Classes PN 10-40, CL150 and 300
nHigh capacity design
nValve body flow passage optimized for flow stability
nFull range of materials, including alloys
nShutoff capabilities: Class IV, V, and VI
nRangeability of 50:1 (equal percentage)
nOptional metal bellows seal
nISO 5210 F7 mounting available for use with electric actuators
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Figure 1. Fisher GX Control Valve Assembly with Port-Guided Contoured Plug (Port Sizes 36 to 136 mm)
COMPACT FIELD-REVERSIBLE MULTI-SPRING ACTUATOR
INTEGRAL PNEUMATIC PASSAGEWAYS INTEGRATED POSITIONER MOUNTING
NAMUR POSITIONER MOUNTING CAPABILITY
ONE-PIECE SCREWED PACKING FOLLOWER
W8568-1A
STANDARD ENVIRO-SEALTM PACKING CLAMPED BONNET DESIGN
Optimized valve and actuator system--Product simplicity and ease of selection form the foundation of the GX. Mounted with a digital or analog positioner, the GX provides high performance control across a wide range of process applications.
Compact actuator design--The GX utilizes a compact, multi-spring actuator. The GX design has been optimized to eliminate complicated actuator sizing procedures - once the valve body, port size, and air supply pressure are selected, the actuator size is fixed.
Modular design--The design architecture has been optimized to maximize the use of common parts across sizes. The actuator stem and stem connector are used across all GX sizes. The GX actuator uses a total of 5 different springs across all valve sizes. These spring sets have been optimized to allow for maximum application coverage. The plug/stem assemblies and ENVIRO-SEAL packing sets are common across several sizes, as well.
Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 The Fisher GX Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Fisher GX Control Valve Specifications
and Materials of Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 GX Cavitrolt III for DN25 (NPS 1) through
DN50 (NPS 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 GX Whisper Trimt III for DN80 (NPS 3) through
DN150 (NPS 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
The Fisher GX Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 GX ISO 5210 Electric Actuator Mounting . . . . . . . . . 17 Bellows Extension Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Valve-Actuator Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . 22 Fisher GX Actuator Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 The Fisher FIELDVUE DVC2000
Digital Valve Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Optional Positioners and Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Manual Handwheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
Figure 2. Fisher GX and DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
Figure 3. Fisher GX Cryogenic Valve
LINKAGE-LESS POSITION FEEDBACK
DVC2000 COVER
PUSH-BUTTON INSTRUMENT SETUP
W8588
Low lifetime costs--Reduced product complexity, low parts count, and part commonality all contribute to reduced inventory and maintenance costs.
Stable flow control--The flow cavity of the GX valve body has been engineered to provide stable flow and reduce process variability.
Emission Requirements-- ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems provide an improved stem seal to help prevent the loss of valuable or hazardous process fluid. The GX comes standard with ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing. For applications exceeding 232_C (450_F), ENVIRO-SEAL graphite ULF packing and extension bonnets are available.
Easy maintenance-- The simple screwed seat-ring and one-piece plug and stem design provide easy maintenance. Design simplicity and parts commonality contribute to reduced spares inventory. The integrated DVC2000 and DVC6200 digital valve controllers allow easy instrument removal, without a requirement for tubing disconnection or replacement (fail-down construction).
W9343
Long life--Alloy valve constructions and hardened trim materials are available in the GX to increase valve body, bonnet, and trim life.
Low ambient temperature--For service with ambient temperature down to -60_C (-76_F). This construction is suitable for cold climate regions and compliant to GOST 15150. Optional side mounted handwheel allowed, however, it is not advised to operate when ambient is below-50_C (-58_F).
Cryogenic offering--The GX is available in a low temperature construction (see figure 3). The compact design maintains high performance in low temperature applications, while minimizing overall envelope size.
Long face-to-face offering--The GX is available in ISA-S75.08.07 long face-to-face dimensions for DN25 to 50 (NPS 1 to 2). All GX control valves have integral flanges, providing replacement for separable flange and other long face-to-face valves.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Figure 4. Fisher GX Principle of Operation -- Actuator Air Supply
AIR VENT
AIR SUPPLY
AIR SUPPLY
AIR VENT
FAIL-DOWN (REVERSE ACTING)
Digital valve controller--The GX is available with the DVC2000 digital valve controller. The DVC2000 is easy to use, compact, and designed for easy mounting. It converts a 4-20 mA input signal into a pneumatic output signal, which feeds the control valve actuator. Instrument setup is performed with a push button and LCD interface. This interface is protected from the environment within a sealed enclosure. The interface supports multiple languages, including German, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese, Japanese, Portuguese, Russian, Polish, Czech, Arabic, and English.
Intrinsic safety and non-incendive construction is available to CSA, FM, ATEX, and IEC standards. An optional module provides integrated limit switches and a position transmitter.
Integrated mounting--The DVC2000 and DVC6200 digital valve controllers integrally mount to the GX actuator, eliminating the need for mounting brackets. The DVC2000 transmits a pneumatic signal to the actuator casing via an air passage in the yoke leg, causing the valve to stroke (see figure 4). This eliminates the need for positioner-to-actuator tubing in the fail-down configuration.
The DVC2000 and DVC6200 mounting interfaces are identical on both sides of the actuator yoke for valve body sizes DN 15 through DN 100 (NPS 1/2 through 4).
4
FAIL-UP (DIRECT ACTING)
This symmetrical design allows the DVC2000 to be easily moved from one side of the valve to the other without the need to rotate the actuator. The DN 150 (NPS 6) yoke is not symmetrical.
Linkage-less feedback--The DVC2000 and DVC6200 digital valve controllers offer as standard a non-contacting valve position feedback system. This is a true linkage-less design, which uses no levers and no touching parts between the valve stem and the positioner.
Additional Accessory selection--The GX is available with a variety of digital or analog positioners besides the DVC2000 or DVC6200, as well as solenoid and limit switches. The actuator is also compatible with the IEC 60534-6-1 (NAMUR) positioner mounting standard.
Principle of Operation
Integrated Air Supply--When mounted with the DVC2000 digital valve controller, the GX uses an integrated actuator air supply system. In the fail-down construction, air is supplied to the lower actuator casing via a port on the actuator yoke face -- no tubing is required. In the fail-up configuration, air is supplied to the upper casing via tubing.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
Figure 5. Fisher GX Control Valve with Typical Soft Seat Trim Construction (DN 25 to 150 and NPS 1 to 6, Port Sizes of 22 - 136mm)
PTFE SEAT
SCREWED-IN SEAT RING
W9023-1
Figure 6. Fisher GX Control Valve with Port-Guided Plug (DN 40 to 150 and NPS 1-1/2 to 6, Port Sizes of 36 - 136mm)
VALVE BODIES AVAILABLE IN EN AND ASME PRESSURE RATINGS
FLOW GEOMETRY ENGINEERED FOR STABLE FLOW AND REDUCED PROCESS VARIABILITY
W8568-1
Figure 7. Fisher GX Control Valve with Balanced Trim (DN 80 to 150 and NPS 3 to 6, Port Sizes of 70, 90, and 136 mm Only)
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE PACKING
CONTOURED PLUG
W8578-1
PLUG
CLAMPED BONNET, WITH ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE PACKING AS STANDARD
SCREWED-IN SEAT RING
PORT-GUIDED PLUG DESIGN
SEAL RING
BACKUP RING
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Figure 8. Fisher GX Control Valve Assembly with Stem-Guided Contoured Plug (Size DN 25 and NPS 1)
COMPACT FIELD-REVERSIBLE MULTI-SPRING ACTUATOR
INTEGRAL PNEUMATIC PASSAGEWAYS
INTEGRATED POSITIONER MOUNTING
NAMUR POSITIONER MOUNTING CAPABILITY
ONE-PIECE SCREWED PACKING FOLLOWER
W8486-3
Fisher GX Control Valve
The GX is a single port, flow-up globe style valve that offers port-guided (figure 1), stem-guided (figure 8), and balanced trim with a screwed-in seat ring (see table 1 for a description of trim style availability). Each valve size offers an unbalanced plug design, which eliminates dead spaces where fluid polymerization might occur. Although the optimized GX actuator allows for wide usage of unbalanced trim, a balanced plug design is available for higher pressure drop applications in DN80, 100 and 150 (NPS 3, 4, and 6) sizes.
The GX incorporates a clamped bonnet and an easy-to-adjust screwed packing follower (see figure 1).
STANDARD ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING
CLAMPED BONNET DESIGN
The plug and stem are a rugged, one-piece welded assembly.
The standard construction incorporates metal-to-metal seating, with a PTFE soft seat option for Class VI shutoff (see figure 5). Class V shutoff is available with metal trim. Hardened trim with stellite overlay is available for erosive service, as well.
Both linear and equal percentage flow characteristics are available in full port and restricted trim. Micro-Flow is available for applications requiring low flow control capability.
Standard valve body materials are carbon steel and stainless steel. Alloy materials are available for valve body sizes DN 15 through DN 100 (NPS 1/2 through 4) for corrosive applications.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
Fisher GX Control Valve Specifications and Materials of Construction
See tables 1 and 2.
Table 1. Fisher GX Valve Specifications
Specifications
EN
ASME
Valve Body Size
DN 15, 20, 25, 40, 50, 80, 100, 150
NPS 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6
Pressure Rating
PN 10 / 16 / 25 / 40 per EN 1092-1
CL150 / 300 per ASME B16.34
End Connections
Flanged raised face per EN 1092-1
Flanged raised face per ASME B16.5
1.0619 steel
ASME SA216 WCC steel
1.4409 stainless steel
ASME SA351 CF3M stainless steel
CW2M (sizes DN 25 through DN 100 only)
CW2M (NPS 1 through 4 only)
ASME SA352 LCC
ASME SA352 LCC
Valve Body/Bonnet Materials
ASTM A990 CN3MCu/ASME SA351 CN7M (Cast Alloy 20) (sizes DN 25 through DN 100 only)
CD3MN Duplex SST (sizes DN 25 through DN 100 only)
ASTM A990 CN3MCu/ASME SA351 CN7M (Cast Alloy 20) (NPS 1 through 4 only)
CD3MN Duplex SST (NPS 1 through 4 only)
CF3 304L SST (sizes DN 25 through DN 100 only)
CF3 304L SST (NPS 1 through 4 only)
- - -
M35-2 (NPS 1 through 4 only)
- - -
N7M Alloy B2 (NPS 1 through 4 only)
Face-to-Face Dimensions
Consistent with EN 558-1 Series 1
Consistent with ANSI/ISA 75.08.01
Long Face-to-Face Dimensions
- - -
Consistent with ANSI/ISA 75.08.07
Shutoff per IEC 60534-4 and ANSI/FCI 70-2
Metal seat - Class IV (standard) Metal seat - Class V (optional) PTFE seat - Class VI (optional)(1)
Flow Direction
Flow-up (Cavitrol III trim, Flow down)
Flow Control Characteristics
Equal Percentage and Linear
Flow Coefficients
See Fisher Catalog 12
Port Diameters
Trim Style Description
4.8 mm
Micro-Flow trim (unbalanced)
Trim Style
9.5, 14, 22 mm
Stem-Guided with Contoured Plug (unbalanced) or Port-Guided with Cavitrol III trim (unbalanced)
36, 46 mm
Port-Guided Plug (unbalanced)
70, 90, 136 mm
Balanced Trim with Contoured plug or Unbalanced Port-Guided Plug
Handwheel
Available as an option
Travel Stop
Available as an option
1. For 4.8 to 14 mm ports, Class VI shutoff is achieved without PTFE seat.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Table 2. Materials (Other Valve Components)
Component
Material
Packing Follower
Body/Bonnet Bolting and Nuts
S21800 SST screwed follower SA193-B7 studs / SA194-2H nuts with NCF2 coating for carbon steel and stainless steel constructions DN 15 through DN 100: S20910 (XM19) for alloy (standard) and stainless steel assemblies (optional)
DN 150: SA193-B7M studs / SA194-2HM nuts with NCF2 coating (optional)
Packing Bonnet Gasket
ENVIRO-SEAL Live-loaded PTFE V-ring (standard) with N07718 Belleville springs ENVIRO-SEAL Live-loaded Graphite ULF (optional) with N07718 Belleville springs
DN 15 through DN 150: Graphite laminate DN 15 through DN 100: PTFE encapsulated N10276 (optional) Applicable from -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) (May be preferable when the standard graphite laminate gasket material is not compatible with the process fluid)
NACE MR0175/ISO15156(1)
and NACE MR0103 Construction
DN 15 through DN 100 DN 150
Balanced Trim (Sizes DN 80, 100, and 150 / NPS 3, 4, and 6)
Back-up Rings
Stainless steel, or carbon steel valve bodies and bonnets SA193-B7 studs / SA194-2H nuts with NCF2 coating (S20910 SST optional) body/bonnet bolting
Standard ENVIRO-SEAL live-loaded PTFE packing S31603/CoCr-A plug, S20910 stem, and S31603/CoCr-A seat ring
SA193-B7M studs / SA194-2HM nuts with NCF2 coating Carbon-Filled PTFE Seal Ring Nitrile (Standard) -46 to 82_C (-50 to 180_F)
Ethylene Propylene [EPDM] (Optional): -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) in steam and hot water; -46 to 121_C (-50 to 250_F) in air (EPDM is not recommended for use in hydrocarbons)
FKM (fluorocarbon) (Optional): -18 to 204_C (0 to 400_F) (Applicable in a wide variety of solvents, chemicals, and hydrocarbons. Avoid use with steam, ammonia, or hot water over 82_C [180_F])
1. Environmental restrictions may apply.
Table 3. Trim Materials for Port Diameters of 4.8 mm (Micro-Flow trim) (Unbalanced Trim)
Valve Body Construction
Trim Type
Stem
Plug
Carbon steel (1.0619 / WCC and LCC)
Metal to metal Hard-faced
Metal to metal
S31603 strain hardened S20910 N06022
R31233 R31233 R31233
Stainless steel (1.4409 / CF3M)
Metal to metal Hard-faced
Metal to metal
S31603 strain hardened S20910 N06022
R31233 R31233 R31233
Carbon steel to NACE MR0175/ISO15156(2) and NACE
MR0103 (1.0619 / WCC and LCC)
Hard-faced
S20910
R31233
Stainless steel to NACE MR0175/ISO15156(2) and NACE
MR0103 (1.4409 / CF3M)
CW2M and CN3MCu/CN7M(1) Duplex SST (CD3MN)(1) 304L SST (CF3)(1)
Hard-faced
Metal to metal Metal to metal Metal to metal
S20910
N06022 S31803 (Duplex SST) S31803 (Duplex SST)
R31233
R31233 R31233 R31233
1. Not available in DN 15 and DN 20 (NPS 1/2 and 3/4) sizes. 2. Environmental restrictions may apply.
Seat SA351 CF3M SA351 CF3M / CoCr-A seat
CW2M SA351 CF3M SA351 CF3M / CoCr-A seat
CW2M
SA351 CF3M / CoCr-A seat
SA351 CF3M / CoCr-A seat
CW2M CD3MN (Duplex SST)
CF3 (304L SST)
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
Table 4. Trim Materials for Port Diameters of 9.5 and 14 mm (Unbalanced Trim)
Valve Body Construction
Trim Type
Stem
Plug
Carbon steel (1.0619 / WCC and LCC)
Metal to metal Hard-faced
Metal to metal
S31603 strain hardened S20910 N06022
S31603 S31603 / CoCr-A seat
N06022
Stainless steel (1.4409 / CF3M)
Metal to metal Hard-faced
Metal to metal
S31603 strain hardened S20910 N06022
S31603 S31603 / CoCr-A seat
N06022
Carbon steel to NACE MR0175/ISO15156(2) and NACE
MR0103 (1.0619 / WCC and LCC)
Hard-faced
S20910
S31603 / CoCr-A seat
Stainless steel to NACE MR0175/ISO15156(2) and NACE
MR0103 (1.4409 / CF3M) CW2M and CN3MCu/CN7M(1)
Duplex SST (CD3MN)(1) 304L SST (CF3)(1) M35-2(1) N7M (Alloy B2)(1)
Hard-faced
Metal to metal Metal to metal Metal to metal Metal to metal Metal to metal
S20910
N06022 S31803 (Duplex SST) S31803 (Duplex SST)
N05500 N10675 (Alloy B3)
S31603 / CoCr-A seat
N06022 S31803 (Duplex SST) S30403 (304L SST)
N05500 N10675 (Alloy B3)
1. Not available in DN 15 and DN 20 (NPS 1/2 and 3/4) sizes. 2. Environmental restrictions may apply.
Seat SA351 CF3M SA351 CF3M / CoCr-A seat
CW2M SA351 CF3M SA351 CF3M / CoCr-A seat
CW2M
SA351 CF3M / CoCr-A seat
SA351 CF3M / CoCr-A seat
CW2M CD3MN (Duplex SST)
CF3 (304L SST) N05500
N7M (Alloy B2)
Table 5. Trim Materials for Port Diameters of 22, 36, 46, 70, 90, and 136 mm (Unbalanced Trim)
Valve Body Construction
Trim Type Metal to metal
Soft seat
Carbon steel (1.0619 / WCC and LCC)
Hard-faced/ Whisper Trim III(2)
Cavitrol III trim Metal to metal
Soft seat Metal to metal
Soft seat
Stainless steel (1.4409 / CF3M)
Carbon steel to NACE MR0175/ISO15156(5) and NACE MR0103 (1.0619 / WCC and LCC)
Hard-faced/ Whisper Trim III(2)
Cavitrol III trim Metal to metal
Soft seat
Hard-faced
Stem S31603 strain hardened S31603 strain hardened
S20910
S20910 N06022 N06022 S31603 strain hardened S31603 strain hardened
S20910
S20910 N06022 N06022
S20910
Plug S31603 S31603
S31603 / CoCr-A seat
S31603/CoCr-A seat N06022 N06022 S31603 S31603
S31603 / CoCr-A seat
S31603/CoCr-A seat and guide N06022 N06022
S31603 / CoCr-A seat
Seat SA351 CF3M(3) SA351 CF3M / PTFE seat(4) SA351 CF3M/CoCr-A seat (22 mm) SA351 CF3M/CoCr-A seat and guide (>22
mm)
S17400 Cage CW2M(1)
CW2M / PTFE seat(1) SA351 CF3M(3)
SA351 CF3M / PTFE seat(4) SA351 CF3M/CoCr-A seat (22 mm) SA351 CF3M/CoCr-A seat and guide (>22
mm)
S17400 Cage CW2M(1)
CW2M / PTFE seat(1)
SA351 CF3M/CoCr-A seat (22 mm) SA351 CF3M/CoCr-A seat and guide (>22
mm)
Stainless steel to NACE MR0175/ISO15156(5) and NACE
MR0103 (1.4409 / CF3M)
Hard-faced
S20910
S31603 / CoCr-A seat
SA351 CF3M/CoCr-A seat (22 mm) SA351 CF3M/CoCr-A seat and guide (>22
mm)
CW2M and CN3MCu/CN7M(1) Duplex SST (CD3MN)(1) 304L SST (CF3)(1) M35-2(1)
Metal to metal Soft seat
Metal to metal Soft seat
Metal to metal
Soft seat
Metal to metal
N06022 N06022 S31803 (Duplex SST) S31803 (Duplex SST) S31803 (Duplex SST)
S31803 (Duplex SST)
N05500
N06022 N06022 S31803 (Duplex SST) S31803 (Duplex SST) S30403 (304L SST)
S30403 (304L SST)
N05500
CW2M CW2M / PTFE seat CD3MN (Duplex SST) CD3MN (Duplex SST)/ PTFE seat(1)
CF3 (304L SST) CF3 (304L SST)/
PTFE seat(1)
N05500
N7M (Alloy B2)(1)
Metal to metal
N10675 (Alloy B3)
N10675 (Alloy B3)/ N7M (>22 mm)
N7M (Alloy B2)
1. Not available for DN 150 (NPS 6). 2. Whisper Trim III is only available in 70 and 90 mm ports. 3. DN150 (NPS 6) has CoCr-A seat and guide. 4. DN150 (NPS 6) has CoCr-A guide. 5. Environmental restrictions may apply.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Table 6. Trim Materials for Port Diameters of 70, 90, and 136 mm (Balanced Trim)(3)
Valve Body Construction
Trim Type
Stem
Plug
Carbon steel (1.0619 / WCC and LCC)(1)
Metal to metal Hard-faced/
Whisper Trim III(4)
Metal to metal
S31603 strain hardened S20910 N06022
S31603 S31603 / CoCr-A seat and
guide
N06022
Metal to metal
S31603 strain hardened
S31603
Stainless steel (1.4409 / CF3M)
Hard-faced/Whisper Trim III(4)
S20910
S31603 / CoCr-A seat and guide
Metal to metal
N06022
N06022
Carbon steel to NACE MR0175/ISO15156(5) and NACE
MR0103 (1.0619 / WCC and LCC)
Hard-faced
S20910
S31603 / CoCr-A seat
Stainless steel to NACE MR0175/ISO15156(5) and NACE
MR0103 (1.4409 / CF3M)
CW2M and CN3MCu/CN7M(2) Duplex SST (CD3MN)(2) 304L SST (CF3)(2)
Hard-faced
Metal to metal Metal to metal Metal to metal
S20910
N06022 S31803 (Duplex SST) S31803 (Duplex SST)
S31603 / CoCr-A seat
N06022 S31803 (Duplex SST) S30403 (304L SST)
1. The bonnet used in the carbon steel balanced trim construction is made of 1.4409/CF3M stainless steel. 2. Not available for DN 150 (NPS 6). 3. Balanced trim not available with M35-2 or N7M trim. 4. Balanced Whisper Trim III in DN150 (NPS 6) 136 mm port diameter only. 5. Environmental restrictions may apply.
Table 7. Fisher GX Availability
VALVE SIZE
PORT SIZE mm
DN15 (NPS 1/2)
9.5
DN20
14
(NPS 3/4)
9.5
22
DN25
14
(NPS 1)
9.5
36
DN40
22
(NPS 1-1/2)
14
46
DN50
36
(NPS 2)
22
70
DN80
46
(NPS 3)
36
90
DN100
70
(NPS 4)
46
DN150
136
(NPS 6)
90
STEM DIAMETER mm
10
14 19
TRAVEL mm
20
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 40 20 20 40 40 20 60 40
Seat SA351 CF3M SA351 CF3M / CoCr-A seat
and guide CW2M(2) SA351 CF3M SA351 CF3M / CoCr-A seat and guide CW2M(2) SA351 CF3M / CoCr-A seat and guide
SA351 CF3M / CoCr-A seat and guide
CW2M CD3MN (Duplex SST)
CF3 (304L SST)
ACTUATOR SIZE
Plain
Plain Plain Plain Plain Plain Plain Plain Plain Plain Plain Plain Plain Plain Plain Plain Plain Plain Plain Plain
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
Table 8. Allowable Temperature Ranges for Valve Body, Bonnet and Trim(1)
VALVE BODY / BONNET MATERIAL
BONNET STYLE
ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING
GASKET
TRIM STYLE
TEMPERATURE
_C
_F
Min Max Min Max
Standard
Graphite laminate or PTFE / N10276
Metal to metal; hard-faced; soft seat -29 232 -20 450
1.0619/SA216 WCC Steel
Extension Bellows
Graphite laminate Graphite laminate or
PTFE / N10276
Graphite laminate
Metal to metal; hard-faced
-29 371 -20 700
Metal to metal; hard-faced; soft seat -29 232 -20 450
Metal to metal; hard-faced
-29 371 -50 700
Standard
Graphite laminate or PTFE / N10276
Metal to metal; hard-faced; soft seat -46 232 -50 450
Extension
Graphite laminate
Metal to metal; hard-faced
-46 371 -50 700
1.4409/SA351 CF3M SST
Cryogenic Extension
Graphite laminate
Metal to metal; hard-faced
(2)
371
(2)
700
Bellows
PTFE or Graphite ULF
Graphite laminate or PTFE / N10276
Graphite laminate
Metal to metal; hard-faced; soft seat -46 232 -50 450
Metal to metal; hard-faced
-46 371 -50 700
CW2M
Standard Bellows
Graphite laminate or PTFE / N10276
Graphite laminate or PTFE / N10276
Metal to metal; soft seat Metal to metal; soft seat
-46 232 -50 450 -46 232 -50 450
Standard
Graphite laminate or PTFE / N10276
Metal to metal; hard-faced; soft seat -46 232 -50 450
Extension LCC
Bellows
Graphite laminate Graphite laminate or
PTFE / N10276
Graphite laminate
Metal to metal; hard-faced
-46 343 -50 650
Metal to metal; hard-faced; soft seat -46 232 -50 450
Metal to metal; hard-faced
-46 343 -50 650
CN3MCu/CN7M
Standard
Graphite laminate or PTFE / N10276
Metal to metal; soft seat
-46 232 -50 450
304L SST (CF3)
Standard
Graphite laminate or PTFE / S30403
Metal to metal; soft seat
-46 232 -50 450
Duplex SST (CD3MN) Standard
PTFE
Graphite laminate or PTFE / N10276
Metal to metal; soft seat
-46 232 -50 450
M35-2
Standard
Graphite laminate or PTFE / N04400
Metal to metal
-46 232 -50 450
N7M (Alloy B2)
Standard
Graphite laminate or PTFE / N10276
Metal to metal
-46 232 -50 450
1. Back-up ring materials used in Sizes DN 80, 100, and 150 (NPS 3, 4, and 6) with balanced trim may be limited by temperature and application. See table 2. 2. Consult your Emerson sales office for minimum temperature limit.
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Figure 9. Material Pressure/Temperature Curves
1
E1026
E1140
1. N7M is only offered with CL150 and CL300 (not PN10, PN16, PN25, or PN40). 12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
Figure 10. Material Pressure/Temperature Curves
1
Pressure/Temperature Chart for CN3MCu/CN7M 1
1
E0901
1. CD3MN, CN3MCu/CN7M, and M35-2 are not listed in EN 12516-1. The PN designations are used only to indicate relative pressure-retaining capabilities.
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Figure 11. Fisher GX ENVIRO-SEAL Packing
BELLEVILLE SPRING PACK
PACKING SPACER
ANTI-EXTRUSION WASHER
PACKING SET ANTI-EXTRUSION WASHER
PACKING BOX RING
E0897
STANDARD BONNET WITH ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE PACKING SET
DN15 through DN150 (NPS 1/2 through 6)
BELLEVILLE SPRING PACK PACKING SPACER
PACKING RINGS PACKING BOX RING
BELLEVILLE SPRING PACK
PACKING SPACER
PACKING RINGS
PACKING BOX RING
GE03755_23
STANDARD BONNET WITH ENVIRO-SEAL GRAPHITE ULF PACKING SET
DN150 only (NPS 6 only)
14
EXTENSION BONNET WITH ENVIRO-SEAL GRAPHITE ULF PACKING SET
DN15 through DN100 (NPS 1/2 through 4)
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
Figure 12. GX Cavitrol III Trim
Figure 13. GX Whisper Trim III
X0112
GX Cavitrol III for DN25 (NPS 1) through DN50 (NPS 2)
Cavitrol III trim lowers hydrodynamic noise and reduces vibration by utilizing proprietary drilled hole shape and spacing to shift the frequency and isolate the cavitation in order to prevent damage. Cavitrol III 1stage technology is used without altering the integral GX bonnet design.
Features
nMax deltaP of 400 psid
nFlow down
nClass V shutoff standard
Available Sizes
nNPS 1, 225 Actuator, 20mm travel nNPS 1-1/2, 750 Actuator, 20mm travel nNPS 2, 750 Actuator, 20mm travel
Requirements
nMinimum 4 bar supply pressure nOnly available with standard bonnet
Table 9. Materials of Construction for Cavitrol III Trim
Part
Material
Stem
S20910
Plug
S31603 / CoCr-A Seat and Guide
Seat Ring / Cage
S17400
X0336
GX Whisper Trim III for DN80 (NPS 3) through DN150 (NPS 6)
Whisper Trim III A1 lowers aerodynamic valve noise by utilizing multiple orifices of special shape, size, and spacing. These orifices break up turbulent compressible fluid streams and shift the acoustic energy to a higher frequency range. The result is about 20 dBA noise attenuation.
Features
nFlow up nClass IV shutoff
Available Sizes
nNPS 3, 750 Actuator, 40mm travel nNPS 4, 750 Actuator, 40mm travel nNPS 6, 1200 Actuator, 60mm travel
Table 10. Materials of Construction for Whisper Trim III(1)
Part
Material
Stem
S20910
Plug
S31603 / CoCr-A Seat
Seat Ring
S31603 / CoCr-A Seat and Guide
Cage(1)
CF3M
1. NPS 6 uses a separate cage, not integral to the plug stem.
Allowable temperature ranges are shown in table 8.
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
The Fisher GX Diaphragm Actuator
Figure 14. Fisher GX Actuator
The GX uses a multi-spring, pneumatic diaphragm actuator (see figure 14). It is capable of air supply pressures to 6.0 barg (87 psig), allowing valve shutoff at high pressure drops.
The GX product selection system automatically matches the actuator to the valve, eliminating the need for complex actuator sizing procedures.
The multiple spring design provides the preload, eliminating the need for bench set adjustment. The actuator is available in spring-to-open and fail-down configurations.
The GX actuator can be used for throttling or on-off service.
W8487-3
Table 11. Actuator Specifications
Description Operating Principle Operating Pressure Ranges Ambient Temperature Pressure Connection (Fail-up Construction) Finish
1. May vary depending on construction (see Fisher bulletin 51.1:GX (S1) (D103209X012) 2. Optional ambient construction range: -60 to 82_C (-76 to 180_F)
The GX is available with the integrated DVC2000 digital valve controller. Other digital and analog positioners are available, as well as optional solenoids and limit switches.
Pneumatic spring-return diaphragm actuator Air-to-open (standard) Air-to-close (optional) 2.0 to 6.0 barg (29 to 87 psig)(1)(2) -46 to 82_C (-50 to 180_F) G 1/4 female casing connection Powder coat polyester
Table 12. Materials of Construction
Part Upper and Lower Casings Springs Diaphragm
Diaphragm Plate
Yoke Casing Fasteners Actuator Rod Stem Connector Stem Connector Fasteners Stem Bushing Stem Seal
Material AISI 1010 stamped carbon steel Steel Nitrile and nylon Size 225 and 750: AISI G10100 stamped carbon steel Size 1200: Cast carbon steel Carbon steel (stainless steel optional for some sizes) A2-70 stainless steel bolts and nuts Stainless steel CF3M SA193-B7 bolts with NCF2 coating High-density polyethylene (HDPE) Nitrile
16
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
Actuator Selection
With the GX, actuator selection has never been easier. Once the valve size and port diameter have been determined, the actuator is automatically selected. No spring selection or bench set calculations are required.
The majority of GX constructions (both fail-down and fail-up) are rated to a full pressure class shutoff capability of 51.7 bar (750 psi) for a 4 to 6 bar (58 to 87 psig) actuator air supply. Refer to Fisher GX Bulletin Supplement 51.1:GX (S1) (D103209X012) for additional information.
Thrust limitations apply when sizing electric actuators (see table 14).
A mounting offering can be engineered if not already available for a selected actuator. Electric actuator mounting is not available for DN150, NPS 6 GX valves. For additional information, contact your Emerson sales office.
The GX actuator has been optimized to allow for varying ranges of supply pressure. See table 13.
Table 13. Fisher GX Actuator Supply Pressure Ranges
SUPPLY PRESSURE
RANGE
Bar
Psig
Standard
4.0 to 6.0
58 to 87
Optional
3.0 to 4.0
44 to 58
Optional
2.0 to 3.0
29 to 44
GX ISO 5210 Electric Actuator Mounting
Electric actuator mounting is available for any manufacturing models that comply with ISO 5210, Flange type F7. The mounting offering includes a GX yoke, actuator rod adaptor, spacer, and bolting.
CAUTION
Bellows Extension Bonnet
The GX bellows extension bonnet provides reliable and tight stem sealing for those applications where emissions escaping to the environment cannot be tolerated (see figure 15). The GX bellows is available in SST (1.4571 / 316Ti) or N10276 and covers a full range of valve sizes from DN 15 through DN 100 (NPS 1/2 through 4) (see tables 15 and 16).
The GX bellows system has been designed for 100,000 full-travel cycles at maximum allowable pressure and ambient temperature (20_C [68_F]).
The mechanically-formed metal bellows provides high operating reliability and extended cycle life (see tables 17, 18, and 19 for details).
The GX bellows design incorporates a rugged doubleor triple-wall construction for added security. Each bellows is helium tested before leaving the factory.
The up travel stop must be set in the electric actuator in order to prevent damage to the valve trim.
The GX bellows bonnet comes standard with an ENVIRO-SEAL live-loaded, PTFE packing system as a security backup. A connection is provided above the bellows to allow purging or monitoring the integrity of the replaceable bellows.
Table 14. Fisher GX Maximum Allowable Thrust for use with ISO 5210 Electric Actuators
VALVE SIZE
STEM DIAMETER mm
TRAVEL mm
BONNET STYLE
STEM MATERIAL STRENGTH
DN15-DN50 (NPS 1/2 to 2)
10
High(1)
Plain
Low(2)
20
High
Bellows/Extension
Low
DN80-DN100 (NPS 3 to 4)
14
20, 40
Plain Bellows/Extension
High Low High Low
1. High strength stem materials consist of S20910, N05500, S31603 2. Low strength stem materials consist of S31803, N10665, N06022
MAXIMUM THRUST
N
lbf
17000
3820
7600
1710
11400
2560
6700
1500
20000
4500
20000
4500
20000
4500
14500
3260
17
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Figure 15. Fisher GX Bellows Bonnet and Selection Process
PACKING FOLLOWER BONNET
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE PACKING PURGE / MONITORING CONNECTION BELLOWS NUT
Bellows Selection Process
Follow this process to assist in selecting the appropriate bellows for the application:
Step 1
Size and select the GX control valve that is appropriate for the application. This will identify the:
S Valve body size S Actuator size S Orifice size STrim style (balanced or unbalanced) S Valve body material
BELLOWS GASKET BELLOWS/STEM ASSEMBLY
EXTENSION BONNET
BUSHING
BODY/BONNET GASKET
VALVE PLUG
Step 2 Confirm bellows availability from table 15.
Step 3 Using table 16, select the bellows material combination that is appropriate for the application. Using the temperature limits shown in table 8, confirm the selected construction is appropriate for the application temperatures.
Step 4 Using bulletin 51.1:GX(S1), verify the application pressure drop does not exceed the actuator capability.
W8958-1
Step 5
Using figure 16, check to ensure the maximum process pressure and temperature do not exceed the pressuretemperature rating of the selected bellows.
18
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
Table 15. Fisher GX Constructions with Bellows Availability
VALVE BODY SIZES
PORT SIZE (mm)
ACTUATOR SIZES
DN15-50 (NPS 1/2 to 2)
4.8 to 46
225 and 750
DN80
36 to 46
750
(NPS 3)
70
750
DN100
46
750
(NPS 4)
90
750
PLUG TRAVEL
20 mm
20 mm 20 mm 20 mm 20 mm
TRIM STYLE
Unbalanced
Unbalanced Balanced
Unbalanced Balanced
Table 16. Bellows Materials of Construction
Valve Body / Bonnet
Bellows
Bellows Stem
Extension
Trim Materials
Plug(1)
Stem Material
Carbon Steel (1.0619/WCC
and LCC)
SST (1.4571/316Ti)
N10276
S31603 S31603
S31603 or CF3M
S31603 or CF3M
S31603 S31603
N10276
Stainless Steel (1.4409/CF3M)
SST (1.4571/316Ti)
N10276
N10276
N06022 S31603 S31603 N06022
CW2M
N10276
N06022
1. Plug material for the 4.8 mm port is R31233.
N06022 or CW2M
S31603 or CF3M
S31603 or CF3M
N06022 or CW2M
N06022 or CW2M
N06022 S31603 S31603 N06022 N06022
For bellows height dimensions, see table 21.
Bolting
ENVIRO-SEAL Packing
SA193-B7 with NCF2
coating SA193-B7 with NCF2 coating S20910
S20910
S20910
S20910
S20910
Live-loaded PTFE
Live-loaded PTFE
Live-loaded PTFE
Live-loaded PTFE
Live-loaded PTFE
Live-loaded PTFE
Live-loaded PTFE
Gaskets
Graphite laminate
Graphite laminate
Graphite laminate Graphite laminate Graphite laminate Graphite laminate Graphite laminate
Lower Bushing
S31600 with R31233 insert
Monitoring Connection
Plug
S31600
S31600 with R31233 insert
N10276 with R31233 insert S31600 with R31233 insert S31600 with R31233 insert N10276 with R31233 insert N10276 with R31233 insert
S31600 N10276 S31600 S31600 N10276 N10276
19
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
+Cycle Life
Bellows service life is affected by several factors, including process pressure, temperature, and plug travel. Tables 17, 18, 19, and 20 provide estimates of cycle life for several cases.
Table 17. Estimated Bellows Cycle Life at 10.3 bar (150 psig) and 20_C (68_F)
VALVE SIZE
STEM SIZE BELLOWS MATERIAL PLYS BELLOWS PRESSURE
PROCESS TEMPERATURE
_C
_F
DN15-50 (NPS 1/2 to 2)
10mm
1.4571 (316Ti)
2
N10276
3
10.3 bar (150 psig)
10.3 bar (150 psig)
20
68
20
68
DN80-100 (NPS 3 to 4)
14mm
1.4571 (316Ti)
2
N10276
2
10.3 bar (150 psig)
10.3 bar (150 psig)
20
68
20
68
ESTIMATED CYCLE LIFE (50% Stroke [25-75% travel])
1,040,000 910,000 1,020,000 980,000
Table 18. Estimated Bellows Cycle Life at Bellows Maximum Allowable Pressure and 20_C (68_F)
VALVE SIZE
STEM SIZE BELLOWS MATERIAL PLYS
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
BELLOWS PRESSURE(1)
PROCESS TEMPERATURE
_C
_F
ESTIMATED CYCLE LIFE (50% Stroke [25-75% travel])
DN15-50 (NPS 1/2 to 2)
10mm
1.4571 (316Ti)
2
N10276
3
40 bar (580 psig)
51.7 bar (750 psig)
20
68
20
68
830,000 800,000
DN80-100 (NPS 3 to 4)
14mm
1.4571 (316Ti)
2
N10276
2
45 bar (650 psig)
51.7 bar (750 psig)
20
68
20
68
800,000 810,000
1. Valve maximum allowable pressure drop may be limited by size and material. See Fisher bulletin 51.1:GX (S1) (D103209X012) for additional information.
Table 19. Estimated Bellows Cycle Life at Bellows Maximum Allowable Pressure and 232_C (450_F)
VALVE SIZE
STEM SIZE BELLOWS MATERIAL PLYS
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
BELLOWS PRESSURE(1)
PROCESS TEMPERATURE
_C
_F
ESTIMATED CYCLE LIFE (50% Stroke [25-75% travel])
DN15-50 (NPS 1/2 to 2)
10mm
1.4571 (316Ti)
2
N10276
3
29.8 bar (430 psig)
47.2 bar (685 psig)
232
450
232
450
410,000 560,000
DN80-100 (NPS 3 to 4)
14mm
1.4571 (316Ti)
2
N10276
2
33.5 bar (485 psig)
47.2 bar (685 psig)
232
450
232
450
390,000 550,000
1. Valve maximum allowable pressure drop may be limited by size and material. See Fisher bulletin 51.1:GX (S1) (D103209X012) for additional information.
Table 20. Estimated Bellows Cycle Life at Bellows Maximum Allowable Pressure and 371_C (700_F)
VALVE SIZE
STEM SIZE
BELLOWS MATERIAL
PLYS
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BELLOWS PRESSURE
PROCESS TEMPERATURE
_C
_F
ESTIMATED CYCLE LIFE (50% Stroke [25-75% travel])
DN15-50 (NPS 1/2 to 2)
10mm
1.4571 (316Ti)
2
N10276
3
26.1 bar (380 psig)
39.3 bar (570 psig)
371
700
371
700
250,000 430,000
DN80-100 (NPS 3 to 4)
14mm
1.4571 (316Ti)
2
N10276
2
29.3 bar (425 psig)
39.3 bar (570 psig)
371
700
371
700
240,000 430,000
20
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
Bellows Pressure - Temperature Ratings
See figure 16.
Figure 16. Bellows Pressure - Temperature Ratings
Pressure-Temperature Ratings for 1.4571 (316Ti) Bellows
Pressure-Temperature Ratings for N10276 Bellows
21
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Valve-Actuator Dimensions and Weights
See figure 17 and table 21. Figure 17. Fisher GX Dimensions (also see table 21)
AR E
D
F C
W8486-3
A/2
A GX STEM-GUIDED CONSTRUCTION (DN25 / NPS 1)
Table 21. Fisher GX Dimensions and Weights
A
C
D
TOTAL WEIGHT
VALVE SIZE
PORT DIA
ACTUATOR SIZE
PN10/ 16 & PN25/
40
CL150
CL300
Standard Bonnet
Extended or
Bellows Bonnet
Actuator Height (Standard Bonnet)
Actuator Height (Extended or Bellows Bonnet)
E Casing
Dia
F (AR)
Removal Height(3)
With Standard Bonnet
With Extended
or Bellows Bonnet
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
kg
DN 15/
NPS 1/2 4.8, 9.5
225
130
184 190
66
304
313
313
270
115
21
25
DN 20/ 4.8,
NPS 3/4 9.5, 14
225
150
184 194
66
304
313
313
270
115
22
26
DN 25/ NPS 1
4.8, 9.5, 14,
22
225
160
184 197
58
296
313
313
270
115
22
26
DN 40/ 14, 22,
NPS
36
225
200
222 235
62
300
313
313
270
115
25
29
1-1/2
36
750
200
222 235
62
300
342
342
430
115
52
56
22, 36,
DN 50/
46
225
230
254 267
68
306
313
313
270
115
29
33
NPS 2
36, 46
750
230
254 267
68
306
342
342
430
115
56
60
36, 46
750
310
298 318
105
373
375
375
430
125
79
88
DN 80/ NPS 3
70(1)
750
310
298 318
105
373(4)
375
375
430
125
81
90
70
750
310
298 318
105
373
395
395
430
125
83
92
46
750
70
750
DN 100/ 90(2)
NPS 4
90(1)
750
350
352 368
121
393
379
350
352 368
121
393
399
350
352 368
121
393(4)
379
375
430
130
98
109
395
430
130
101
111
375
430
130
105
115
90
750
350
352 368
121
393
399
395
430
130
101
111
DN 150/ NPS 6
136 136(1) 136(5)
1200 1200 1200
480
451 473
189
480
451 473
200
480
451 473
230
- - - - - - -
559 559 589
- - -
566
224
235
- - -
- - -
566
210
247
- - -
- - -
566
240
247
- - -
1. Balanced trim design. 2. Balanced trim with reduced-capacity plug. 3. Clearance required for removing actuator from installed valve body.
4. Bellows bonnets are available for these constructions. However, extension bonnets are not available with balanced trim due to temperature limitations of the trim seals. 5. Severe service.
22
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
Figure 18. Fisher GX Long Face-to-Face Dimensions (also see table 22)
AR E
D
F C
GE03755_4_3
A/2 A
Table 22. Fisher GX Long Face-to-Face Dimensions and Weights
A
C
D
TOTAL WEIGHT
PORT DIA VALVE SIZE
ACTUATOR SIZE
Long CL150
Long CL300
Std Bonnet
Extension or Bellows
Bonnet
Actuator Height (Standard Bonnet)
Actuator Height (Extension or Bellows Bonnet)
E Casing Dia
F (AR)
Removal Height(1)
With Standard Bonnet
With Extension or Bellows
Bonnet
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
kg
4.8
225
216
216
58
296
313
313
270
115
22
26
DN 25/
9.5
225
216
216
58
296
313
313
270
115
22
26
NPS 1
14
225
216
216
58
296
313
313
270
115
22
26
22
225
216
216
58
296
313
313
270
115
22
26
DN 40/ NPS 1-1/2
14 22
225
241.3
241.3
62
300
313
313
270
115
25
225
241.3
241.3
62
300
313
313
270
115
25
29 29
36
750
241.3
241.3
62
300
342
342
430
115
52
56
DN 50/ NPS 2
22 36
225
292.1
292.1
68
306
313
313
270
115
30
750
292.1
292.1
68
306
342
342
430
115
57
34 61
46
750
292.1
292.1
68
306
342
342
430
115
57
61
1. Clearance required for removing actuator from installed valve body.
23
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Figure 19. Fisher GX Electric Actuator Mounting Dimensions (also see table 23)
H K
G
GE54731-2
GX ELECTRIC ACTUATOR MOUNTING
Table 23. Fisher GX Electric Actuator Mounting Dimensions and Weights
PORT DIAMETER
G
H
K
VALVE SIZE
mm
mm
mm
mm
DN 15/ NPS 1/2
4.8, 9.5
202
170
92
DN 20/ NPS 3/4
4.8, 9.5, 14
202
170
92
DN 25/ NPS 1
4.8, 9.5, 14, 22
202
170
92
14, 22, 36
DN 40/ NPS 1-1/2
36
202
170
92
22, 36, 46
DN 50/ NPS 2
36, 46
202
170
92
36, 46
DN 80/ NPS 3
70(1)
222
170
92
70
46 70
DN 100/ NPS 4
90(2)
226
170
92
90(1)
90
1. Balanced trim design. 2. Balanced trim with reduced-capacity plug.
3. Severe service.
GX ELECTRIC ACTUATOR MOUNTING WEIGHT
With Standard Bonnet
With Extension or Bellow Bonnet
kg
kg
12
16
13
17
13
17
16
20
15
19
20
24
19
23
42
51
44
53
43
52
61
72
61
71
65
75
64
74
24
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
Table 24. Positioner Selection Guidelines
Type
Digital I/P(1)
I/P(2)
P/P(3)
Intrinsic Safety(4)
DVC2000
X
X
DVC6200
X
X
3661
X
X
3660
X
1. Digital I/P - microprocessor based electro-pneumatic with HART communication. 2. I/P - electro-pneumatic 3. P/P - pneumatic
4. Refer to Fisher bulletin 9.2:001 (D103222X012) for instrument hazardous area classification details.
Flameproof / Explosionproof(4)
X
Non- Incendive(4)
X X X
Fisher GX Actuator Accessories
The GX is available with a variety of pneumatic (P/P), electro-pneumatic (I/P), and digital valve positioners, as well as limit switches and solenoids. Table 24 provides the basic features of the positioners offered with the GX actuator.
Figure 20. Fisher FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
The Fisher FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
The DVC2000 digital valve controller (figure 20) is simple to use, compact, and designed for the GX control valve. It converts a 4-20mA input signal into a pneumatic output signal, which feeds the control valve actuator. Instrument setup is performed with a pushbutton and LCD interface. This interface is protected from the environment within an IP66 enclosure. Multiple languages are supported with the local interface including German, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese, Japanese, Portuguese, Russian, Polish, Czech, Arabic, and English. Additionally, HARTr communication is supported over the 4-20mA loop wiring.
The DVC2000 is designed to be integrally mounted to the GX actuator, avoiding the need for mounting brackets. The DVC2000 mounts directly to an interface pad on the actuator yoke leg with a secure 3-point mounting. An internal passage inside the yoke leg transmits the pneumatic signal to the actuator casing, eliminating the need for external tubing (in the air-to-open configuration).
W8755
The high-performance linkage-less position feedback system eliminates physical contact between the valve stem and the digital valve controller or instrument. There are no wearing parts so cycle life is maximized. Additionally, the elimination of levers and linkages reduces the number of mounting parts and the mounting complexity. Digital valve controller or instrument replacement and maintenance is simplified because the feedback parts stay connected to the actuator.
The DVC2000 is available with an optional module which includes two (2) integral limit switches and a stem position transmitter. The limit switches are configurable for open and closed valve indication. The position transmitter provides a 4-20mA signal for valve position feedback verification. As an integral component to the instrument, this option module avoids the need for difficult-to-mount external switches and transmitters.
Designed to meet intrinsic safety and non-incendive requirements, this instrument delivers scalable functionality and high performance in a small package.
25
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Optional Positioners and Instruments
Figure 21. Fisher FIELDVUE DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
Fisher FIELDVUE DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
The DVC6200 digital valve controller is a communicating, microprocessor-based current-to-pneumatic instrument. Using HART or FOUNDATIONt fieldbus communication protocol, access to critical instrument, valve, and process conditions is provided. When used with ValveLinkt software, valve diagnostic tests can be run while the valve is in service to advise you of the performance of the entire control valve assembly. Designed to meet a broad range of hazardous area classifications, this instrument offers maximum functionality to improve your process performance. (See figure 21 and table 24.)
W9713
Figure 22. Fisher GX Valve with 3660 or 3661 Positioner, NAMUR Mounting (IEC 60534-6-1)
Fisher 3660 and 3661 Valve Positioners
The 3660 pneumatic and 3661 electro-pneumatic
positioners are rugged, accurate, and feature low
steady-state air consumption. Designed to meet
intrinsic safety requirements, these positioners offer
simple functionality in a small package. (See
W8590
figure 22 and table 24.)
26
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
Manual Handwheels
The GX is available with an optional, side-mounted manual handwheel (see figure 23). These handwheels provide a robust method of manually operating the valve in an emergency or upon loss of instrument air.
The GX handwheel will stroke the valve up to 20mm travel, and is available on the size 225 and 750
actuators. Dimensions are provided in figure 24 and table 25.
When mounted to a fail-up actuator, rotating the handwheel clockwise moves the stem downward. When mounted to a fail-down actuator, turning the handwheel in the clockwise direction causes the stem to move upward. Disengagement of the handwheel to allow automatic operation is accomplished by turning the handwheel in the counter-clockwise direction.
Figure 23. Fisher GX Control Valve and Actuator System with Manual Handwheel
W9025
27
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX May 2019
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103171X012
Figure 24. Fisher GX with Handwheel Dimensions (also see table 25)
j B C1
A1 A2
E0975
j B C2
A1 A2
Table 25. Fisher GX with Handwheel Dimensions and Weights
VALVE SIZE
ASME
EN
NPS
ACTUATOR SIZE
VALVE TRAVEL
mm
HANDWHEEL WEIGHT
kg
A1 mm
A2
B
mm
mm
DN 15
1/2
225
20
5.6
215
242
223
DN 20
3/4
225
20
5.6
215
242
223
DN 25
1
225
20
5.6
215
242
223
DN 40
1-1/2
225 750
20 20
5.6
215
242
223
12.2
293
317
356
DN 50
2
225
20
750
20
5.6
215
242
223
12.2
293
317
356
DN 80
3
750
20
12.2
293
317
356
DN 100
4
750
20
12.2
293
317
356
DN 150
6
1200
Contact your Emerson sales office for information.
1. C1 is fail-down. 2. C2 is fail-up.
C1(1)
mm 159 159 159 159 159 159 159 169 173
C2(2)
mm 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 70 74
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, ENVIRO-SEAL, Cavitrol, ValveLink, and Whisper Trim are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E282003, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
FisherTM GX Bulletin Supplement
Use this bulletin supplement in conjunction with Bulletin 51.1:GX, Fisher GX Control Valve and Actuator System, D103171X012. This supplement provides additional information for the Fisher GX control valve and actuator.
The standard GX actuator comes with a supply pressure range of 4 to 6 bar (58 to 87 psi) for both air-to-open (ATO) and air-to-close (ATC) configurations. By selecting the appropriate option, the GX actuator will operate with a minimum supply pressure of 3 bar (44 psi) and 2 bar (29 psi) at the expense of maximum allowable shutoff pressure. Note: These options do not apply to the size 1200 actuator which operates on a standard pressure range of 3 to 6 bar.
The primary focus of this bulletin is to provide maximum pressure drop tables for the corresponding GX constructions.
Each of these tables includes air-to-open (standard) and air-to-close (optional) actuator configurations for varying supply pressure ranges, as well as the maximum actuator air supply pressure and associated pressure drop.
Tables are also provided for shutoff classification capability. These tables immediately follow their respective constructions. See table 1 for an index of these tables.
Table 1. Index to Trim Tables
Stem Material
Bonnet Style
Max Pressure Drop and Max Supply Pressure
Standard
Table 2
High Strength
Extension / Bellows
Table 4
Low Strength
Standard Bellows
Table 6 Table 8
Shutoff Capabilities
Table 3 Table 5 Table 7 Table 9
High Strength Stem Material: S31603, S20910, N05500
Low Strength Stem Material: N06022, S31803, N10675
W8861
Fisher GX Control Valve, Actuator, and FIELDVUEt DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Table 2 contains information regarding the maximum pressure drop capability of the GX with a standard bonnet and S31603 trim. Maximum pressure drop is
calculated at the maximum supply pressure for each construction. The allowable leakage classes are given in table 3.
Table 2. Maximum Pressure Drops with Standard Bonnet Construction and High Strength Stem
Valve Size
Port Size
mm
Max Travel
mm
Actuator con-
struction
ENVIROSEALTM Packing
Air to Open
Max nP
bar (psi)
2 Bar (29 psi)
bar (psi)
2.5 Bar (36 psi)
bar (psi)
Air to Close
Supply pressure
3 Bar 3.44 Bar 4 Bar (44 psi) (50 psi) (58 psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
5 Bar (72 psi)
bar (psi)
6 Bar (87 psi)
bar (psi)
225 2Bar
ULF PTFE
4.8
20
225
ULF
51.7
3Bar
PTFE
(750)
DN15 to 25 (NPS 1/2 to 1)
225 4Bar
225 2Bar
ULF PTFE ULF PTFE
9.5
20
225
ULF
51.7
3Bar
PTFE
(750)
225 4Bar
ULF PTFE
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
51.7 (750)
225
ULF
DN20
2Bar
PTFE
to 40 (NPS 3/4
14
20
225 3Bar
ULF PTFE
51.7 (750)
to 1-1/2)
225
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
DN25
to 50
22(1)
20
(NPS 1 to
2)
225 2Bar
225 3Bar
ULF PTFE ULF PTFE
27.3 (396)
42.0 (609)
43.4 (629)
51.7 (750)
39.2 (569)
51.7 (750)
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
51.7 (750)
225
ULF
51.7
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
(750)
225 2Bar
ULF PTFE
10.2 (148)
15.7 (750)
14.6 (212)
20.1 (292)
25.3 (367)
30.8 (447)
35.9 (521)
41.4 (600)
45.3 (657)
50.8 (737)
51.7 (750)
DN40
to 50
36(1)
20
(NPS 1-1/2
to 2)
225 3Bar
225 4Bar
750 2Bar
750 3Bar 750 4Bar
ULF
PTFE
ULF
PTFE
ULF
PTFE ULF PTFE ULF PTFE
16.2 (235) 21.7 (315) 28.3 (410) 33.7 (489) 48.0 (696) 51.7 (750)
51.7 (750)
N/A
33.7 (489)
39.2 (569)
51.7 (750)
N/A
25.9 (376)
31.4 (455)
35.3 (512)
40.8 (592)
N/A
51.7 (750)
N/A
47.2 (685)
51.7 (750)
47.2 (685)
51.7 (750)
51.7 (750)
---
-continued-
Max Pressure Limits
nP
Supply
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
51.7
6
(750)
(87)
51.7
6
(750)
(87)
51.7
6
(750)
(87)
51.7
6
(750)
(87)
51.7
6
(750)
(87)
51.7
3.5
(750)
(51)
N/A
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
Table 2. Maximum Pressure Drops with Standard Bonnet Construction and High Strength Stem (continued)
Valve Size
Port Size
mm
Max Travel
mm
Actuator con-
struction
ENVIROSEAL
Packing
Air to Open
Max nP
bar (psi)
2 Bar (29 psi)
bar (psi)
2.5 Bar (36 psi)
bar (psi)
Air to Close
Supply pressure
3 Bar 3.44 Bar 4 Bar (44 psi) (50 psi) (58 psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
5 Bar (72 psi)
bar (psi)
6 Bar (87 psi)
bar (psi)
Max Pressure Limits
nP
Supply
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
225 2Bar
ULF PTFE
9.0
15.5
22.0
27.8
35.1
48.1
(131)
(225)
(319)
(403)
(509)
(698)
---
12.3
18.8
25.4
31.1
38.4
51.5
(178)
(273)
(368)
(451)
(557)
(747)
DN50
46(1)
20
(NPS 2)
225 3Bar
225 4Bar
750 2Bar
750 3Bar
750 4Bar
ULF PTFE ULF PTFE ULF PTFE ULF PTFE ULF PTFE
9.9 (144)
13.3 (193)
17.3 (251)
20.7 (300)
29.4 (426)
32.8 (476)
46.5 (674)
49.9 (724)
46.5 (674)
49.9 (724)
N/A
20.7 (300)
24.0 (348)
42.4 (615)
45.8 (664)
N/A
15.9 (231)
19.2 (278)
21.6 (313)
25.0 (363)
N/A
51.7 (750)
N/A
28.9 (419)
32.3 (468)
28.9 (419)
32.3 (468)
42.0 (609) 45.3 (657) 42.0 (609) 45.3 (657)
---
51.7 (750)
51.7
6
(750)
(87)
51.7
3.5
(750)
(51)
N/A
750
ULF
46.4
32.1
(673)
(466)
51.7
DN80
36
(NPS 3)
20
2Bar 750
PTFE ULF
51.1 (741)
36.8 (534)
(750)
3Bar
PTFE
51.7
N/A
750
ULF
(750)
4Bar
PTFE
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
51.7
6
(750)
(87)
750 2Bar
ULF PTFE
28.4 (412)
31.3 (454)
19.7 (286)
22.6 (328)
41.5 (602)
44.3 (643)
DN80
-100
46
20
ULF 750
45.5 (660)
(NPS 3 to 4)
3Bar
PTFE
48.4 (702)
N/A
750
ULF
45.5 (660)
4Bar
PTFE
48.4 (702)
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
51.7
6
(750)
(87)
750 2Bar
ULF PTFE
DN80
70
20
750
ULF
51.7
(NPS 3) Bal
3Bar
PTFE
(750)
750 4Bar
ULF PTFE
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
51.7
6
(750)
(87)
-continued-
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Table 2. Maximum Pressure Drops with Standard Bonnet Construction and High Strength Stem (continued)
Valve Size
Port Size
mm
Max Travel
mm
Actuator con-
struction
ENVIROSEAL
Packing
Air to Open
Max nP
bar (psi)
2 Bar (29 psi)
bar (psi)
2.5 Bar (36 psi)
bar (psi)
Air to Close
Supply pressure
3 Bar 3.44 Bar 4 Bar (44 psi) (50 psi) (58 psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
5 Bar (72 psi)
bar (psi)
6 Bar (87 psi)
bar (psi)
Max Pressure Limits
nP
Supply
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
750
ULF
11.5 (167)
17.2 (249)
26.6 (386)
35.9 (521)
44.2 (641)
2Bar
PTFE
12.8 (186)
18.4 (267)
27.8 (403)
37.2 (540)
45.4 (658)
51.7
23.0
35.9
44.2
(750)
70
40
ULF 750
(334)
(521)
(641)
3Bar
PTFE
24.2 (351)
37.2 (540)
45.4 (658)
N/A
N/A
750
ULF
31.9 (463)
36.9
(535)
N/A
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
33.1 (480)
38.2 (554)
51.7 (750)
51.7
6
(750)
(87)
ULF 750
46.8
(679)
51.7
DN80
-100
90
(NPS 3 to Bal
20
2Bar 750
PTFE ULF
51.7 (750)
51.7 (750)
(750)
4)
3Bar
PTFE
N/A
750
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
51.7
6
(750)
(87)
750
ULF
7.0 (102)
10.4 (151)
16.1 (234)
21.7 (315)
26.7 (387)
33.1 (480)
44.4 (644)
2Bar
PTFE
7.7 (112)
11.2 (162)
16.8 (244)
22.5 (326)
27.5 (399)
33.8 (490)
45.2 (656)
51.7
51.7
90
40
ULF 750
13.9 (202)
21.7
26.7
33.1
44.4
(750)
(750)
(315)
(387)
(480)
(644)
6
3Bar
PTFE
14.7 (213)
22.5 (326)
27.5 (399)
33.8 (490)
45.2 (656)
(87)
N/A
750
ULF
19.3 (280)
22.3
33.7
45.0
45.0
(323)
(489)
(653)
(653)
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
20.0 (290)
23.1 (335)
34.4 (499)
45.7 (663)
45.7 (663)
ULF
26.4 (383)
90
40
1200
27.8
PTFE
(403)
18.9
26.9
37.2
(274)
(390)
(540)
---
20.3
28.4
38.7
(294)
(412)
(561)
4.9
51.7
(71)
(750)
DN150 136
60
ULF 1200
51.7
N/A
(NPS 6) Bal
PTFE
(750)
51.7 (750)
51.7
---
(750)
8.4
ULF
(122)
136
60
1200
PTFE
9.1 (132)
4.6
8.1
12.5
20.3
(67)
(117)
(181)
(294)
5.2
8.7
13.1
20.9
(75)
(126)
(190)
(303)
23.5
5.4
(341)
(78)
24.1 (350)
1. Cavitrolt III trim limited to 27.6 bar (400 psid) maximum pressure drop and 4 bar (58 psi) minimum supply pressure.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
Table 3. Shutoff Classification Capability for Standard Bonnet Construction and High Strength Stem(1)
Valve Size
Port Size
mm
4.8
DN15 to 25 (NPS 1/2 to
1)
9.5
DN20
to 40
14
(NPS 3/4 to
1-1/2)
Max Travel mm
20
20
20
Actuator con-
struction
225 2Bar
225 3Bar
225 4Bar
225 2Bar
225 3Bar
225 4Bar
225 2Bar
225 3Bar
225 4Bar
ENVIROSEAL
Packing
ULF PTFE ULF PTFE ULF PTFE ULF PTFE ULF PTFE ULF PTFE ULF PTFE ULF PTFE ULF PTFE
Air to Open Shutoff IV,V,VI(2)
IV,V,VI
IV,V(2) IV,V,VI(2) IV,V,VI
IV IV,V(2) IV,V,VI(2)
2 Bar (29 psi)
Shutoff
2.5 Bar (36 psi)
Shutoff
IV,V,VI
N/A
IV,V,VI(2)
IV,V,VI(2) IV,V,VI
N/A
IV,V(2)
IV,V,VI(2)
N/A
3 Bar (44 psi)
Shutoff
Air to Close Supply pressure
3.44 Bar (50 psi) Shutoff
4 Bar (58 psi)
Shutoff
IV,V,VI
N/A
IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI(2) IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
N/A
IV,V,VI(2) IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI(2)
N/A
5 Bar (72 psi) Shutoff IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
6 Bar (87 psi)
Shutoff
225
ULF
2Bar
PTFE
IV,VI
IV,VI IV,V(2),VI
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V,VI
DN25
to 50
22
20
225
ULF
3Bar
PTFE
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V,VI
(NPS 1 to 2
IV,V(2),VI
N/A
225
ULF
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
225
ULF
2Bar
PTFE
225
ULF
IV(2),VI
IV(2),VI IV,VI
IV,VI IV,V(2),VI
IV,V(2),VI IV,VI
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V,VI
3Bar
PTFE
IV,V(2),VI
IV,VI
N/A
DN40
225
ULF
to 50
36
20
4Bar
PTFE
IV,V(2),VI
N/A
(NPS 1-1/2 to 2)
750 2Bar
ULF PTFE
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
750
ULF
IV,V(2),VI
3Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
N/A
750
ULF
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI ---
225
ULF
2Bar
PTFE
---
IV(2),VI
IV,VI
IV,VI IV,V(2),VI
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V,VI
225
ULF
3Bar
PTFE
IV(2),VI
IV,VI
IV,VI IV,V(2),VI
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V(2),VI IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
N/A
225
ULF
IV,VI
N/A
IV,V(2),VI
DN50
46
(NPS 2)
20
4Bar
750 2Bar
PTFE ULF PTFE
IV,V(2),VI
IV,VI IV,V(2),VI
IV,V(2),VI(2) IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
750
ULF
---
3Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
N/A
750
ULF
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
-continued-
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Table 3. Shutoff Classification Capability for Standard Bonnet Construction and High Strength Stem(1) (continued)
Valve Size
Port Size
mm
Max Travel
mm
Actuator con-
struction
ENVIROSEAL
Packing
Air to Open Shutoff
2 Bar (29 psi)
Shutoff
2.5 Bar (36 psi)
Shutoff
3 Bar (44 psi)
Shutoff
Air to Close Supply pressure
3.44 Bar (50 psi) Shutoff
4 Bar (58 psi)
Shutoff
5 Bar (72 psi)
Shutoff
6 Bar (87 psi)
Shutoff
750 2Bar
ULF PTFE
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V,VI
DN80
36
20
750
ULF
(NPS 3)
3Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
N/A
750
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
750 2Bar
ULF PTFE
IV,V(2),VI
IV,VI
IV,V(2),VI IV,V,VI
DN80
-100
46
20
750
ULF
3Bar
PTFE
(NPS 3 to 4)
IV,V,VI
N/A
750
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI N/A
IV,V,VI N/A
IV,V,VI IV,V,VI
750
ULF
IV
2Bar
PTFE
IV
DN80
70
20
750
ULF
IV
IV
(NPS 3)
Bal
3Bar
PTFE
N/A
750
ULF
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
750
ULF
2Bar
PTFE
IV,VI
DN80
-100
70
40
750 3Bar
ULF PTFE
IV,V(2),VI
(NPS 3 to 4)
750
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
IV,V(2),VI N/A
IV,V,VI N/A
IV,V,VI
750
ULF
IV(2)
IV
2Bar
PTFE
IV
90
20
750
ULF
IV
Bal
3Bar
PTFE
N/A
750
ULF
N/A
DN100
4Bar
PTFE
(NPS 4)
750
ULF
IV(2),VI
IV,VI
IV,V(2),VI
2Bar
PTFE
IV,V(2),VI
90
40
750
ULF
3Bar
PTFE
IV,V(2),VI
N/A
750
ULF
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI IV,V(2),VI
IV IV,V,VI
ULF
90
40
1200
IV,V,VI
PTFE
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V,VI
---
DN150
136
60
ULF 1200
IV
N/A
IV(2)
IV
---
(NPS 6)
Bal
PTFE
ULF
136
60
1200
PTFE
IV,VI
VI IV(2),VI
IV,VI
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V,VI
1. CLVI shutoff is achieved through the use of a soft seat in ports greater than or equal to 22mm. 2. Shutoff classification not available on hard-faced trim.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
Table 4 contains information regarding the maximum pressure drop capability of the GX with an extension or bellows bonnet and S31603 trim. Maximum pressure
drop is calculated at the maximum supply pressure for each construction. The allowable leakage classes are given in table 5.
Table 4. Maximum Pressure Drops with Extension/Bellows Bonnet Construction with High Strength Stem
Valve Size
Port Size
mm
Max Travel
mm
Actuator con-
struction
ENVIROSEAL
Packing
Air to Open
Max nP
bar (psi)
2 Bar (29 psi)
bar (psi)
2.5 Bar (36 psi)
bar (psi)
Air to Close
Supply pressure
3 Bar 3.44 Bar 4 Bar (44 psi) (50 psi) (58 psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
5 Bar (72 psi)
bar (psi)
6 Bar (87 psi)
bar (psi)
Max Pressure Limits
nP
Supply
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
225 2Bar
ULF PTFE
4.8
20
225
ULF
51.7
3Bar
PTFE
(750)
DN15 to 25 (NPS 1/2 to 1)
225 4Bar
225 2Bar
ULF PTFE ULF PTFE
9.5
20
225
ULF
51.7
3Bar
PTFE
(750)
225 4Bar
ULF PTFE
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
51.7 (750)
---
5.6
(81)
51.7
51.7
(750)
6
(750)
(87)
---
5.6
(81)
51.7
51.7
(750)
6
(750)
(87)
225
ULF
DN20
2Bar
PTFE
to 40 (NPS 3/4
14
20
225 3Bar
ULF PTFE
51.7 (750)
to 1-1/2)
225
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
---
5.6
(81)
51.7
51.7
(750)
6
(750)
(87)
225
ULF
27.3
39.2
(396)
(569)
51.7
DN25
2Bar
PTFE
42.0 (609)
51.7 (750)
(750)
to 50
22
(NPS 1 to 2
20
225
ULF
3Bar
43.4 (629)
PTFE
N/A
225
ULF
51.7 (750)
4Bar
PTFE
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
---
5.6
(81)
51.7 (750)
51.7
6
(750)
(87)
225
ULF
10.2
14.6
25.3
35.9
45.3
(148)
(212)
(367)
(521)
(657)
51.7
---
5.6
2Bar
PTFE
15.7 (228)
20.1 (292)
30.8 (447)
41.4 (600)
50.8 (737)
(750)
(81)
225
ULF
16.2 (235)
25.9
35.3
47.2
(376)
(512)
(685)
51.7
51.7
3Bar
PTFE
21.7 (315)
N/A
31.4
40.8
51.7
(750)
(750)
(455)
(592)
(750)
51.7
6
DN40
to 50
36
(NPS 1-1/2
to 2)
20
225 4Bar
ULF PTFE
28.3 (410)
33.7 (489)
47.2
(750)
(87)
(685) N/A
51.7
(750)
48.0
33.7
750
ULF
(696)
(489)
51.7
51.7
2.8
2Bar
PTFE
39.2
(750)
(569)
---
750
ULF
51.7
3Bar
PTFE
(750)
N/A
750
ULF
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
(750)
(41)
---
N/A
-continued-
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Table 4. Maximum Pressure Drops with Extension/Bellows Bonnet Construction with High Strength Stem (continued)
Valve Size
Port Size
mm
Max Travel
mm
Actuator con-
struction
ENVIROSEAL
Packing
Air to Open
Max nP
bar (psi)
2 Bar (29 psi)
bar (psi)
2.5 Bar (36 psi)
bar (psi)
Air to Close
Supply pressure
3 Bar 3.44 Bar 4 Bar (44 psi) (50 psi) (58 psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
5 Bar (72 psi)
bar (psi)
6 Bar (87 psi)
bar (psi)
Max Pressure Limits
nP
Supply
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
ULF 225
9.0
15.5
22.0
27.8
35.1
48.1
(131)
(225)
(319)
(403)
(509)
(698)
---
---
5.6
2Bar
PTFE
12.3 (178)
18.8 (273)
25.4 (368)
31.1 (451)
38.4 (557)
51.5 (747)
(81)
225
ULF
9.9 (144)
15.9
21.6
28.9
42.0
(231)
(313)
(419)
(609)
51.7
3Bar
PTFE
13.3 (193)
N/A
19.2
25.0
32.3
45.3
(750)
(278)
(363)
(468)
(657)
51.7
6
225
ULF
17.3 (251)
28.9
42.0
(750)
(87)
(419)
(609)
N/A
DN50
46
20
4Bar
PTFE
20.7 (300)
32.3 (468)
45.3 (657)
(NPS 2)
750
ULF
29.4 (426)
20.7 (300)
42.4 (615)
51.7
2.8
2Bar
PTFE
32.8 (476)
24.0 (348)
45.8 (664)
---
750
ULF
46.5 (674)
3Bar
49.9
PTFE
(724)
N/A
750
ULF
46.5 (674)
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
49.9 (724)
(750)
(41)
--N/A
750
ULF
46.4
32.1
(673)
(466)
51.7
DN80
36
(NPS 3)
20
2Bar 750
PTFE ULF
51.1 (741)
36.8 (534)
(750)
3Bar
PTFE
51.7
N/A
750
ULF
(750)
4Bar
PTFE
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7
3.9
(750)
(57)
---
N/A
750 2Bar
ULF PTFE
28.4 (412)
31.3 (454)
19.7 (286)
22.6 (328)
41.5 (602)
44.3 (643)
DN80
-100 (NPS 3 to
46
4)
20
750 3Bar
ULF PTFE
45.5 (660)
48.4 (702)
N/A
750
ULF
45.5 (660)
4Bar
PTFE
48.4 (702)
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7
3.9
(750)
(57)
---
N/A
750 2Bar
ULF PTFE
DN80
70
20
750
ULF
51.7
(NPS 3) Bal
3Bar
PTFE
(750)
750 4Bar
ULF PTFE
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7
3.9
(750)
(57)
---
N/A
-continued-
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
Table 4. Maximum Pressure Drops with Extension/Bellows Bonnet Construction with High Strength Stem (continued)
Valve Size
Port Size
mm
Max Travel
mm
Actuator con-
struction
ENVIROSEAL
Packing
Air to Open
Max nP
bar (psi)
2 Bar (29 psi)
bar (psi)
2.5 Bar (36 psi)
bar (psi)
Air to Close
Supply pressure
3 Bar 3.44 Bar 4 Bar (44 psi) (50 psi) (58 psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
5 Bar (72 psi)
bar (psi)
6 Bar (87 psi)
bar (psi)
Max Pressure Limits
nP
Supply
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
750
ULF
11.5 (167)
17.2 (249)
26.6 (386)
35.9 (521)
44.2 (641)
45.1 (654)
2Bar
PTFE
12.8 (186)
18.4 (267)
27.8 (403)
37.2 (540)
45.4 (658)
---
46.4
(673)
3.5
DN80
-100 (NPS 3 to
70
4)
40
750 3Bar
ULF PTFE
23.0 (334)
24.2 (351)
35.9 (521)
37.2 (540)
44.2 (641)
45.4 (658)
45.1
(51)
(654) ---
46.4
(673)
N/A
750
ULF
31.9 (463)
36.9 (535) N/A
44.4
(644)
4.4
4Bar
PTFE
33.1 (480)
38.2 (554)
45.6
(64)
(661)
ULF 750
46.8
(679)
51.7
90 Bal
20
2Bar 750
PTFE ULF
51.7 (750)
51.7 (750)
(750)
3Bar
PTFE
N/A
750
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7
3.9
(750)
(57)
---
N/A
DN100
750
ULF
7.0 (102)
10.4 (151)
16.1 (234)
21.7 (315)
26.7 (387)
27.3 (396)
(NPS 4)
2Bar
7.7
11.2
16.8
22.5
27.5
PTFE
(112)
(162)
(244)
(326)
(399)
---
90
40
ULF 750
13.9 (202)
21.7 (315)
26.7 (387)
3Bar
14.7
22.5
27.5
PTFE
(213)
(326)
(399)
28.0
(406)
3.5
27.3
(51)
(396) ---
28.0
(406)
N/A
750
ULF
19.3 (280)
4Bar
PTFE
20.0 (290)
22.3 (323) N/A 23.1 (335)
26.9
(390)
4.4
27.6
(64)
(400)
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Table 5. Shutoff Classification Capability for Extension / Bellows Bonnet Construction and High Strength Stem(1)
Valve Size
Port Size
mm
4.8
DN15 to 25 (NPS 1/2 to
1)
9.5
DN20
to 40
14
(NPS 3/4 to
1-1/2)
Max Travel mm
20
20
20
Actuator con-
struction
225 2Bar
225 3Bar
225 4Bar
225 2Bar
225 3Bar
225 4Bar
225 2Bar
225 3Bar
225 4Bar
ENVIROSEAL
Packing
ULF PTFE ULF PTFE ULF PTFE ULF PTFE ULF PTFE ULF PTFE ULF PTFE ULF PTFE ULF PTFE
Air to Open Shutoff IV,V,VI(2)
IV,V,VI
IV,V(2) IV,V,VI(2) IV,V,VI
IV IV,V(2) IV,V,VI(2)
2 Bar (29 psi)
Shutoff
2.5 Bar (36 psi)
Shutoff
IV,V,VI
N/A
IV,V,VI(2)
IV,V,VI(2) IV,V,VI
N/A
IV,V(2)
IV,V,VI(2)
N/A
3 Bar (44 psi)
Shutoff
Air to Close Supply pressure
3.44 Bar (50 psi) Shutoff
4 Bar (58 psi)
Shutoff
5 Bar (72 psi)
Shutoff
IV,V,VI
N/A
IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI(2) IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
N/A
IV,V,VI(2) IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI(2)
N/A
IV,V,VI IV,V,VI IV,V,VI
6 Bar (87 psi) Shutoff
---
IV,V,VI
---
IV,V,VI
---
IV,V,VI
225
ULF
2Bar
PTFE
IV,VI
IV,VI IV,V(2),VI
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V,VI
DN25
to 50
22
20
225
ULF
3Bar
PTFE
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V,VI
(NPS 1 to 2
IV,V(2),VI
N/A
225
ULF
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
--IV,V,VI
225
ULF
2Bar
PTFE
IV(2),VI
IV(2),VI IV,VI
IV,VI IV,V(2),VI
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V,VI
---
225
ULF
3Bar
PTFE
IV,VI IV,V(2),VI
IV,V,VI
IV,VI
N/A
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V,VI
DN40
225
ULF
to 50
36
20
4Bar
PTFE
IV,V(2),VI
N/A
(NPS 1-1/2 to 2)
750 2Bar
ULF PTFE
IV,V(2),VI(2) IV,V(2),VI
IV,V,VI
---
750
ULF
---
3Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
N/A
750
ULF
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
225
ULF
2Bar
PTFE
---
IV(2),VI
IV,VI
IV,VI IV,V(2),VI
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V,VI
---
225
ULF
3Bar
PTFE
IV(2),VI
IV,VI
IV,VI IV,V(2),VI
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V(2),VI IV,V,VI
N/A
225
ULF
IV,VI
N/A
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V,VI
DN50
46
(NPS 2)
20
4Bar
750 2Bar
PTFE ULF PTFE
IV,V(2),VI
IV,VI IV,V(2),VI
IV,V(2),VI IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
---
750
ULF
---
3Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
N/A
750
ULF
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
-continued-
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
Table 5. Shutoff Classification Capability for Extension / Bellows Bonnet Construction and High Strength Stem(1) (continued)
Valve Size
Port Size
mm
Max Travel
mm
Actuator con-
struction
ENVIROSEAL
Packing
Air to Open Shutoff
2 Bar (29 psi)
Shutoff
2.5 Bar (36 psi)
Shutoff
3 Bar (44 psi)
Shutoff
Air to Close Supply pressure
3.44 Bar (50 psi) Shutoff
4 Bar (58 psi)
Shutoff
5 Bar (72 psi)
Shutoff
6 Bar (87 psi)
Shutoff
750
ULF
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V,VI
2Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
DN80
36
20
750
ULF
---
(NPS 3)
3Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
N/A
750
ULF
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
750
ULF IV,V(2),VI
IV,VI
IV,V(2),VI
2Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
DN80
-100
46
(NPS 3 to 4)
20
750
ULF
3Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
N/A
IV,V,VI
---
750
ULF
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
750
ULF
IV
2Bar
PTFE
IV
DN80
70
20
750
ULF
IV
---
(NPS 3)
Bal
3Bar
PTFE
N/A
750
ULF
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
750
ULF
2Bar
PTFE
IV,VI
DN80
-100
70
(NPS 3 to 4)
40
750 3Bar
ULF PTFE
IV,V(2),VI
750
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
IV,V(2),VI N/A
IV,V,VI
---
---
N/A
IV,V,VI
750
ULF
2Bar
PTFE
IV(2)
IV
IV
90
20
750
ULF
IV
Bal
3Bar
PTFE
N/A
750
ULF
N/A
DN100
4Bar
PTFE
(NPS 4)
750
ULF
IV(2),VI
IV,VI
IV,V(2),VI
2Bar
PTFE
IV,V(2),VI
IV,V,VI
---
90
40
750
ULF
3Bar
PTFE
IV,V(2),VI
N/A
750
ULF
N/A
IV,V(2),VI
4Bar
PTFE
-----
1. CLVI shutoff is achieved through the use of a soft seat in ports greater than or equal to 22mm. 2. Shutoff classification not available on hard-faced trim.
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Table 6 contains information regarding the maximum pressure drop capability of the GX with a standard bonnet and CW2M trim. Maximum pressure drop is
calculated at the maximum supply pressure for each construction. The allowable leakage classes are given in table 7.
Table 6. Maximum Pressure Drops with Standard Bonnet Construction and Low Strength Stem
Valve Size
Port Size
mm
Max Travel
mm
Actuator con-
struction
ENVIROSEAL
Packing
Air to Open
Max nP
bar (psi)
2 Bar (29 psi)
bar (psi)
2.5 Bar (36 psi)
bar (psi)
Air to Close
Supply pressure
3 Bar 3.44 Bar 4 Bar (44 psi) (50 psi) (58 psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
5 Bar (72 psi)
bar (psi)
6 Bar (87 psi)
bar (psi)
225 2Bar
ULF PTFE
4.8
20
225
ULF
51.7
3Bar
PTFE
(750)
DN15 to 25 (NPS 1/2 to 1)
225 4Bar
225 2Bar
ULF PTFE ULF PTFE
9.5
20
225
ULF
51.7
3Bar
PTFE
(750)
225 4Bar
ULF PTFE
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7
(750)
51.7
---
(750)
N/A
51.7
(750)
51.7
---
(750)
N/A
225
ULF
DN20
2Bar
PTFE
to 40 (NPS 3/4
14
20
225 3Bar
ULF PTFE
51.7 (750)
to 1-1/2)
225
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7
(750)
51.7
---
(750)
N/A
225
ULF
27.3
39.2
(396)
(569)
51.7
DN25
2Bar
PTFE
42.0 (609)
51.7 (750)
(750)
to 50
22
(NPS 1 to 2
20
225
ULF
3Bar
43.4 (629)
51.7 (750)
51.7 (750)
---
PTFE
N/A
225
ULF
51.7 (750)
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
225 2Bar
ULF PTFE
10.2 (148)
15.7 (228)
14.6 (212)
20.1 (292)
25.3 (367)
30.8 (447)
35.9 (521)
41.4 (600)
45.3 (657)
50.8 (737)
51.7 (750)
DN40
to 50
36
20
ULF 225
16.2 (235)
25.9
35.3
47.2
(376)
(512)
(685)
---
(NPS 1-1/2 to 2)
3Bar
PTFE
21.7 (315)
31.4 (455)
40.8 (592)
51.7 (750)
N/A
225
ULF
28.3 (410)
47.2 (685) N/A
4Bar
33.7
51.7
PTFE
(489)
(750)
-continued-
Max Pressure Limits
nP
Supply
bar (psi)
51.7 (750)
bar (psi) 4.1 (59)
4.6 (67)
4.1 (59)
51.7
(750)
4.6
(67)
4.1 (59)
51.7
(750)
4.6
(67)
4.1 (59)
51.7 (750)
4.6 (67)
4.1 (59)
51.7 (750)
4.6 (67)
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
Table 6. Maximum Pressure Drops with Standard Bonnet Construction and Low Strength Stem (continued)
Valve Size
Port Size
mm
Max Travel
mm
Actuator con-
struction
ENVIROSEAL
Packing
Air to Open
Max nP
bar (psi)
2 Bar (29 psi)
bar (psi)
2.5 Bar (36 psi)
bar (psi)
Air to Close
Supply pressure
3 Bar 3.44 Bar 4 Bar (44 psi) (50 psi) (58 psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
5 Bar (72 psi)
bar (psi)
6 Bar (87 psi)
bar (psi)
Max Pressure Limits
nP
Supply
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
750
ULF
48.0 (696)
33.7 (489)
---
2Bar
PTFE
51.7 (750)
39.2 (569)
---
DN40
to 50
36
20
ULF 750
48.0 (696)
(NPS 1-1/2 to 2)
3Bar
PTFE
51.7 (750)
N/A
750
ULF
48.0 (696)
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
51.7 (750)
51.7
2.3
(750)
(33)
--N/A
225 2Bar
ULF PTFE
9.0
15.5
22.0
27.8
35.1
(131)
(225)
(319)
(403)
(509)
---
12.3
18.8
25.4
31.1
38.4
(178)
(273)
(368)
(451)
(557)
36.4
(528)
4.1
39.7
(59)
(576)
DN50
46
(NPS 2)
225
ULF
9.9 (144)
3Bar
PTFE
13.3 (193)
N/A
225
ULF
17.3 (251)
4Bar
PTFE
20.7 (300)
20
750
ULF
29.4 (426)
20.7 (300)
---
2Bar
PTFE
32.8 (476)
24.0 (348)
750
ULF
29.4 (426)
3Bar
32.8
PTFE
(476)
N/A
29.4
750
ULF
(426)
4Bar
PTFE
32.8 (476)
15.9 (231)
19.2 (278)
21.6 (313)
25.0 (363)
N/A
28.9 (419)
32.3 (468)
28.9 (419)
32.3 (468)
---
N/A
-----
36.7 (532)
40.1
(582)
4.6
36.7
(67)
(532)
40.1 (582)
33.7
(489)
2.3
37.1
(33)
(538)
N/A
750 2Bar
ULF PTFE
46.4 (673)
51.1 (741)
32.1 (466)
36.8 (534)
51.7 (750)
51.7 (750)
DN80
36
20
ULF 750
46.4 (673)
(NPS 3)
3Bar
PTFE
51.1 (741)
N/A
750
ULF
46.4 (673)
4Bar
PTFE
51.1 (741)
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7
3.9
(750)
(57)
---
N/A
-continued-
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Table 6. Maximum Pressure Drops with Standard Bonnet Construction and Low Strength Stem (continued)
Valve Size
Port Size
mm
Max Travel
mm
Actuator con-
struction
ENVIROSEAL
Packing
Air to Open
Max nP
bar (psi)
2 Bar (29 psi)
bar (psi)
2.5 Bar (36 psi)
bar (psi)
Air to Close
Supply pressure
3 Bar 3.44 Bar 4 Bar (44 psi) (50 psi) (58 psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
5 Bar (72 psi)
bar (psi)
6 Bar (87 psi)
bar (psi)
Max Pressure Limits
nP
Supply
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
750 2Bar
ULF PTFE
28.4 (412)
31.3 (454)
19.7 (286)
22.6 (328)
41.5 (602)
44.3 (643)
DN80
-100
46
20
ULF 750
28.4 (412)
(NPS 3 to 4)
3Bar
PTFE
31.3 (454)
N/A
750
ULF
28.4 (412)
4Bar
PTFE
31.3 (454)
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7
3.9
(750)
(57)
---
N/A
750 2Bar
ULF PTFE
DN80
70
20
750
ULF
51.7
(NPS 3) Bal
3Bar
PTFE
(750)
750 4Bar
ULF PTFE
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7
3.9
(750)
(57)
---
N/A
750
ULF
11.5 (167)
17.2 (249)
26.6 (386)
35.9 (521)
44.2 (641)
44.2 (641)
2Bar
PTFE
12.8 (186)
18.4 (267)
27.8 (403)
37.2 (540)
45.4 (658)
---
45.4
(658)
3.44
DN80
-100 (NPS 3 to
70
4)
40
750 3Bar
ULF PTFE
23.0 (334)
24.2 (351)
35.9 (521)
37.2 (540)
44.2 (641)
45.4 (658)
44.2
(50)
(641) ---
45.4
(658)
N/A
750
ULF
23.0 (334)
36.9 (535) N/A
42.5
(616)
4.3
4Bar
PTFE
24.2 (351)
38.2 (554)
43.8
(62)
(635)
ULF 750
46.8 (679)
51.7 (750)
90 Bal
20
2Bar 750
PTFE ULF
51.7 (750)
51.7 (750)
51.7 (750)
3Bar
PTFE
N/A
750
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7
3.9
(750)
(57)
---
N/A
DN100
750
ULF
7.0 (102)
10.4 (151)
16.1 (234)
21.7 (315)
26.7 (387)
26.7 (387)
(NPS 4)
2Bar
PTFE
7.7 (112)
11.2 (162)
16.8 (244)
22.5 (326)
27.5 (399)
---
13.9
21.7
26.7
90
40
ULF 750
(202)
(315)
(387)
3Bar
PTFE
14.7 (213)
22.5 (326)
27.5 (399)
27.5
(399)
3.44
26.7
(50)
(387) ---
27.5
(399)
N/A
750
ULF
13.9 (202)
4Bar
PTFE
14.7 (213)
22.3 (323) N/A 23.1 (335)
25.7
(373)
4.3
26.5
(62)
(384)
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
Table 7. Shutoff Classification Capability for Standard Bonnet Construction and Low Strength Stem(1)
Valve Size
Port Size
mm
Max Travel
mm
Actuator con-
struction
ENVIROSEAL
Packing
Air to Open Shutoff
2 Bar (29 psi)
Shutoff
2.5 Bar (36 psi)
Shutoff
3 Bar (44 psi)
Shutoff
Air to Close Supply pressure
3.44 Bar (50 psi) Shutoff
4 Bar (58 psi)
Shutoff
5 Bar (72 psi)
Shutoff
6 Bar (87 psi)
Shutoff
225
ULF
2Bar
PTFE
4.8
20
225
ULF
IV,V,VI
3Bar
PTFE
DN15 to 25 (NPS 1/2 to
1)
225
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
225
ULF
IV,V
2Bar
PTFE
9.5
20
225
ULF
3Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
225
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI N/A
IV,V,VI N/A
IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
---
N/A
IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
---
N/A
225
ULF
IV
IV,V
DN20
2Bar
PTFE
IV,V
to 40
14
20
225
ULF
(NPS 3/4 to
3Bar
PTFE
1-1/2)
N/A
225
ULF
IV,V,VI
4Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
---
N/A
225
ULF
IV,VI
IV,V,VI
2Bar
PTFE
IV,VI
IV,V,VI
DN25
to 50
22
20
225
ULF
3Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
---
(NPS 1 to 2
N/A
225
ULF
IV,V,VI
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
225
ULF
IV,VI
IV,VI
IV,V,VI
2Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
225
ULF
IV,VI
IV,VI
IV,V,VI
3Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
N/A
DN40
225
ULF
N/A
to 50
36
20
4Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
(NPS 1-1/2 to 2)
750
ULF
2Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
---
---
750
ULF
IV,V,VI
3Bar
PTFE
N/A
750
ULF
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
-----
225
ULF
---
2Bar
PTFE
IV,VI
IV,VI IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
225
ULF
3Bar
PTFE
225
ULF
DN50
46
20
4Bar
PTFE
(NPS 2)
750
ULF
2Bar
PTFE
IV,VI
N/A IV,VI
--IV,V,VI
750
ULF
IV,V,VI
3Bar
PTFE
N/A
750
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
IV,VI
IV,VI IV,V,VI
N/A
IV,V,VI
---
N/A
-----
-continued-
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Table 7. Shutoff Classification Capability for Standard Bonnet Construction and Low Strength Stem(1) (continued)
Valve Size
Port Size
mm
Max Travel
mm
Actuator con-
struction
ENVIROSEAL
Packing
Air to Open Shutoff
2 Bar (29 psi)
Shutoff
2.5 Bar (36 psi)
Shutoff
3 Bar (44 psi)
Shutoff
Air to Close Supply pressure
3.44 Bar (50 psi) Shutoff
4 Bar (58 psi)
Shutoff
5 Bar (72 psi)
Shutoff
6 Bar (87 psi)
Shutoff
750
ULF
IV,V,VI
2Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
DN80
36
20
750
ULF
IV,V,VI
---
(NPS 3)
3Bar
PTFE
N/A
750
ULF
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
750
ULF
IV,VI
IV,V,VI
2Bar
PTFE
DN80
-100
46
20
750
ULF
3Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI ---
(NPS 3 to 4)
N/A
750
ULF
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
750
ULF
IV
2Bar
PTFE
IV
DN80
70
20
750
ULF
IV
---
(NPS 3)
Bal
3Bar
PTFE
N/A
750
ULF
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
750
ULF
2Bar
PTFE
IV,VI
DN80
-100
70
40
750
ULF
3Bar
PTFE
(NPS 3 to 4)
IV,V,VI
750
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI N/A
IV,V,VI
---
---
N/A
IV,V,VI
750
ULF
2Bar
PTFE
90
20
750
ULF
IV
Bal
3Bar
PTFE
DN100 (NPS 4)
750
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
750
ULF
2Bar
PTFE
IV,VI
90
40
750
ULF
3Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
750
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
IV
N/A
IV,VI
IV,V,VI
N/A
IV N/A IV,V,VI N/A
---
-----
IV,V,VI
1. CLVI shutoff is achieved through the use of a soft seat in ports greater than or equal to 22mm.
16
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
Table 8 contains information regarding the maximum pressure drop capability of the GX with a bellows bonnet and CW2M trim. Maximum pressure drop is
calculated at the maximum supply pressure for each construction. The allowable leakage classes are given in table 9.
Table 8. Maximum Pressure Drops with Bellows Bonnet Construction and Low Strength Stem
Valve Size
Port Size
mm
Max Travel
mm
Actuator con-
struction
ENVIROSEAL
Packing
Air to Open
Max nP
bar (psi)
2 Bar (29 psi)
bar (psi)
2.5 Bar (36 psi)
bar (psi)
Air to Close
Supply pressure
3 Bar 3.44 Bar 4 Bar (44 psi) (50 psi) (58 psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
5 Bar (72 psi)
bar (psi)
6 Bar (87 psi)
bar (psi)
225 2Bar
ULF PTFE
4.8
20
225
ULF
51.7
3Bar
PTFE
(750)
DN15 to 25 (NPS 1/2 to 1)
225 4Bar
225 2Bar
ULF PTFE ULF PTFE
9.5
20
225
ULF
51.7
3Bar
PTFE
(750)
225 4Bar
ULF PTFE
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7 (750)
N/A
--51.7 (750)
--51.7 (750) N/A
--51.7 (750)
--51.7 (750) N/A
225
ULF
DN20
2Bar
PTFE
to 40 (NPS 3/4
14
20
225 3Bar
ULF PTFE
51.7 (750)
to 1-1/2)
225
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
51.7 (750)
N/A
--51.7
(750) ---
51.7
(750) N/A
225
ULF
27.3
39.2
(396)
(569)
51.7
---
DN25
2Bar
PTFE
42.0 (609)
51.7 (750)
(750)
51.7 (750)
to 50
22
(NPS 1 to 2
20
225
ULF
3Bar
43.4 (629)
PTFE
N/A
225
ULF
51.7 (750)
---
51.7 (750) N/A
4Bar
PTFE
ULF 225
10.2 (148)
14.6 (212)
25.3 (367)
35.9 (521)
45.3 (657)
---
2Bar
PTFE
15.7 (228)
20.1 (292)
30.8 (447)
41.4 (600)
50.8 (737)
DN40
to 50
36
20
ULF 225
16.2 (235)
25.9
35.3
47.2
(376)
(512)
(685)
---
(NPS 1-1/2 to 2)
3Bar
PTFE
21.7 (315)
31.4 (455)
40.8 (592)
51.7 (750)
N/A
225
ULF
28.3 (410)
47.2 (685) N/A
4Bar
33.7
51.7
PTFE
(489)
(750)
-continued-
Max Pressure Limits
nP
Supply
bar (psi)
51.7 (750)
bar (psi) 3.7 (54)
4.1 (59)
3.7 (54)
51.7
(750)
4.1
(59)
3.7 (54)
51.7
(750)
4.1
(59)
3.7 (54)
51.7 (750)
4.1 (59)
50.9
(738)
3.7
51.7
(54)
(750)
49.3 (715)
51.7
(750)
4.1
49.3
(59)
(715)
51.7 (750)
17
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Table 8. Maximum Pressure Drops with Bellows Bonnet Construction and Low Strength Stem (continued)
Valve Size
Port Size
mm
Max Travel
mm
Actuator con-
struction
ENVIROSEAL
Packing
Air to Open
Max nP
bar (psi)
2 Bar (29 psi)
bar (psi)
2.5 Bar (36 psi)
bar (psi)
Air to Close
Supply pressure
3 Bar 3.44 Bar 4 Bar (44 psi) (50 psi) (58 psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
5 Bar (72 psi)
bar (psi)
6 Bar (87 psi)
bar (psi)
Max Pressure Limits
nP
Supply
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
750
ULF
48.0 (696)
33.7 (489)
---
2Bar
PTFE
51.7 (750)
39.2 (569)
---
DN40
to 50
36
20
ULF 750
48.0 (696)
(NPS 1-1/2 to 2)
3Bar
PTFE
51.7 (750)
N/A
750
ULF
48.0 (696)
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
51.7 (750)
47.9
(695)
2.2
51.7
(32)
(750)
--N/A
225 2Bar
ULF PTFE
9.0
15.5
22.0
27.8
(131)
(225)
(319)
(403)
---
---
12.3
18.8
25.4
31.1
(178)
(273)
(368)
(451)
31.2
(453)
3.7
34.5
(54)
(500)
DN50
46
(NPS 2)
225
ULF
9.9 (144)
3Bar
PTFE
13.3 (193)
N/A
225
ULF
17.3 (251)
4Bar
PTFE
20.7 (300)
20
750
ULF
29.4 (426)
20.7 (300)
---
2Bar
PTFE
32.8 (476)
24.0 (348)
750
ULF
29.4 (426)
3Bar
32.8
PTFE
(476)
N/A
29.4
750
ULF
(426)
4Bar
PTFE
32.8 (476)
15.9 (231)
19.2 (278)
21.6 (313)
25.0 (363)
N/A
28.9 (419)
32.3 (468)
28.9 (419)
32.3 (468)
---
N/A
-----
30.2 (438)
33.6
(487)
4.1
30.2
(59)
(438)
33.6 (487)
29.4
(426)
2.2
32.7
(32)
(474)
N/A
750
ULF
46.4
32.1
(673)
(466)
51.7
2Bar
PTFE
51.1 (741)
36.8 (534)
(750)
51.7
---
DN80
36
20
ULF 750
46.4 (673)
(750)
(NPS 3)
3Bar
PTFE
51.1 (741)
N/A
750
ULF
46.4 (673)
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
51.1 (741)
51.7
3.2
(750)
(46)
---
N/A
-continued-
18
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
Table 8. Maximum Pressure Drops with Bellows Bonnet Construction and Low Strength Stem (continued)
Valve Size
Port Size
mm
Max Travel
mm
Actuator con-
struction
ENVIROSEAL
Packing
Air to Open
Max nP
bar (psi)
2 Bar (29 psi)
bar (psi)
2.5 Bar (36 psi)
bar (psi)
Air to Close
Supply pressure
3 Bar 3.44 Bar 4 Bar (44 psi) (50 psi) (58 psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
5 Bar (72 psi)
bar (psi)
6 Bar (87 psi)
bar (psi)
Max Pressure Limits
nP
Supply
bar (psi)
bar (psi)
750
ULF
28.4 (412)
19.7 (286)
41.5 (602)
2Bar
PTFE
31.3 (454)
22.6 (328)
44.3 (643)
51.7
---
DN80
-100
46
20
ULF 750
28.4 (412)
(750)
(NPS 3 to 4)
3Bar
PTFE
31.3 (454)
N/A
750
ULF
28.4 (412)
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
31.3 (454)
51.7
3.2
(750)
(46)
---
N/A
750 2Bar
ULF PTFE
DN80
70
20
750
ULF
51.7
(NPS 3) Bal
3Bar
PTFE
(750)
750 4Bar
ULF PTFE
51.7 (750)
N/A
51.7
---
(750)
N/A
51.7
3.2
(750)
(46)
---
N/A
ULF 750
46.8
(679)
51.7
DN100 90 (NPS 4) Bal
20
2Bar 750
PTFE ULF
51.7 (750)
51.7 (750)
(750)
51.7 (750)
---
3Bar
750 4Bar
PTFE ULF PTFE
N/A N/A
51.7
3.2
(750)
(46)
---
N/A
19
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Table 9. Shutoff Classification Capability for Bellows Bonnet Construction and Low Strength Stem(1)
Valve Size
Port Size
mm
Max Travel
mm
Actuator con-
struction
ENVIROSEAL
Packing
Air to Open Shutoff
2 Bar (29 psi)
Shutoff
2.5 Bar (36 psi)
Shutoff
3 Bar (44 psi)
Shutoff
Air to Close Supply pressure
3.44 Bar (50 psi) Shutoff
4 Bar (58 psi)
Shutoff
5 Bar (72 psi)
Shutoff
6 Bar (87 psi)
Shutoff
225
ULF
2Bar
PTFE
4.8
20
225
ULF
IV,V,VI
3Bar
PTFE
DN15 to 25 (NPS 1/2 to
1)
225
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
225
ULF
IV,V
2Bar
PTFE
9.5
20
225
ULF
3Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
225
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI N/A
IV,V,VI N/A
--IV,V,VI
--IV,V,VI N/A
--IV,V,VI
--IV,V,VI N/A
225
ULF
IV
IV,V
IV,V,VI
---
DN20
2Bar
PTFE
IV,V
IV,V,VI
to 40
14
20
225
ULF
---
(NPS 3/4 to
3Bar
PTFE
1-1/2)
N/A
225
ULF
IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI N/A
4Bar
PTFE
225
ULF
IV,VI
IV,V,VI
---
2Bar
PTFE
IV,VI
IV,V,VI
DN25
to 50
22
20
225
ULF
3Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI ---
(NPS 1 to 2
N/A
IV,V,VI
225
ULF
IV,V,VI
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
225
ULF
IV,VI
IV,VI
IV,V,VI
---
2Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
225
ULF
IV,VI
IV,VI
3Bar
PTFE
N/A
DN40
225
ULF
to 50
36
20
4Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
(NPS 1-1/2 to 2)
750
ULF
2Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
---
750
ULF
IV,V,VI
3Bar
PTFE
N/A
750
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI N/A
---
N/A
IV,V,VI
-----
225
ULF
---
2Bar
PTFE
IV,VI
IV,VI
IV,V,VI
---
IV,V,VI
225
ULF
3Bar
PTFE
225
ULF
DN50
46
20
4Bar
PTFE
(NPS 2)
750
ULF
2Bar
PTFE
IV,VI
N/A IV,VI
--IV,V,VI
750
ULF
IV,V,VI
3Bar
PTFE
N/A
750
ULF
4Bar
PTFE
IV,VI
IV,VI IV,V,VI
N/A
IV,V,VI
---
N/A
-----
-continued-
20
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
Table 9. Shutoff Classification Capability for Bellows Bonnet Construction and Low Strength Stem(1) (continued)
Valve Size
Port Size
mm
Max Travel
mm
Actuator con-
struction
ENVIROSEAL
Packing
Air to Open Shutoff
2 Bar (29 psi)
Shutoff
2.5 Bar (36 psi)
Shutoff
3 Bar (44 psi)
Shutoff
Air to Close Supply pressure
3.44 Bar (50 psi) Shutoff
4 Bar (58 psi)
Shutoff
5 Bar (72 psi)
Shutoff
6 Bar (87 psi)
Shutoff
750
ULF
IV,V,VI
2Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
---
DN80
36
20
750
ULF
IV,V,VI
---
(NPS 3)
3Bar
PTFE
N/A
750
ULF
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
750
ULF
IV,VI
IV,V,VI
2Bar
PTFE
DN80
-100
46
20
750
ULF
3Bar
PTFE
IV,V,VI
IV,V,VI
---
---
(NPS 3 to 4)
N/A
750
ULF
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
750
ULF
IV
2Bar
PTFE
IV
---
DN80
70
20
750
ULF
IV
---
(NPS 3)
Bal
3Bar
PTFE
N/A
750
ULF
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
750
ULF
IV
2Bar
PTFE
IV
---
DN100
90
20
750
ULF
IV
---
(NPS 4)
Bal
3Bar
PTFE
N/A
750
ULF
N/A
4Bar
PTFE
1. CLVI shutoff is achieved through the use of a soft seat in ports greater than or equal to 22mm.
21
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
22
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
23
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX(S1) August 2017
GX Control Valve and Actuator
D103209X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, ENVIRO-SEAL, and Cavitrol are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E242004, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX 3-Way Valve and Actuator
D103305X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX 3-Way August 2017
FisherTM GX 3-Way Control Valve and Actuator System
The Fisher GX 3-Way is a compact, state-of-the-art control valve and actuator system, designed to accurately control water, oils, steam, and other industrial fluids. The robust GX 3-way valve package is perfectly suited to address the space limitations of the OEM industry.
The GX 3-Way is rugged, reliable, and easy to select. The internal valve trim is designed to ensure long service life and avoiding unnecessary maintenance. The same construction may be used for both converging and diverging applications.
The GX 3-Way meets the requirements of both EN and ASME standards. It is available with a complete accessory package, including the FIELDVUETM DVC2000 and FIELDVUE DVC6200 integrated digital valve controllers.
The GX 3-Way trim characteristics are designed for accurate temperature control in heat exchanger applications.
nSide-Port Common (SPC)--The side flange is the common pipe connection for general converging (flow-mixing) and diverging (flow-splitting) service (see figure 4). Utilizes an unbalanced plug design.
nBottom-Port Common (BPC)--A balanced design used for high pressure drop applications. The bottom flange is the common pipe connection for both converging and diverging service (see figures 8 and 10).
nHigh-Temperature Side-Port Common (SPC)-- The side flange is the common pipe connection for general converging (flow-mixing) and diverging (flow-splitting) service (see figure 2). Utilizes an unbalanced plug design, a stem extension, a yoke extension, and includes ENVIRO-SEALTM graphite ULF packing (figure 14) and a hard-faced seat ring.
W9557
Fisher GX 3-Way Control Valve, Actuator, and FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
GE49204 X0176
Fisher GX 3-Way High-Temperature Control Valve and Actuator
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX 3-Way August 2017
GX 3-Way Valve and Actuator
D103305X012
Figure 1. Fisher GX 3-Way Control Valve Assembly with Port-Guided Contoured Plug (Side Port Common)
COMPACT FIELD-REVERSIBLE MULTI-SPRING ACTUATOR
CLAMPED BONNET DESIGN
INTEGRATED POSITIONER MOUNTING NAMUR POSITIONER MOUNTING CAPABILITY
ONE-PIECE SCREWED PACKING FOLLOWER
W9578-1
STANDARD ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING
Figure 2. Fisher GX 3-Way High-Temperature Control Valve Assembly with Port-Guided Contoured Plug (Side Port Common)
COMPACT FIELD-REVERSIBLE MULTI-SPRING ACTUATOR
CLAMPED BONNET DESIGN
INTEGRATED POSITIONER MOUNTING NAMUR POSITIONER MOUNTING CAPABILITY
STEM EXTENSION
YOKE EXTENSION
ONE-PIECE SCREWED PACKING FOLLOWER STANDARD ENVIRO-SEAL GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
GRAPHITE SEAL RING
X0094-1
2
HARD-FACED SEAT AND GUIDE SURFACES ON SEAT RING
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX 3-Way Valve and Actuator
D103305X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX 3-Way August 2017
Features
nEasy to size and select nNo actuator sizing required--selection is
automatic nEngineered for easy maintenance nMaximum part commonality across sizes nReplaceable trim nLow lifetime costs nRobust, low-profile design
nAvailable with integrated, easy-to-calibrate DVC2000 or DVC6200 digital valve controller
nValve body sizes DN 25 to DN 100 (NPS 1 through 4)
nPressure Classes PN 10-40, CL150 and 300
nHigh capacity design
nValve body flow passage optimized for flow stability
nShutoff capabilities: Class IV metal to metal
nISO 5210 F7 mounting available for use with electric actuators
Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 GX 3-Way Control Valve Specifications
and Materials of Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 The GX 3-Way Diaphragm Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Valve-Actuator Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . 17 GX 3-Way Actuator Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 The FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller . . 19 Optional Positioners and Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX 3-Way August 2017
GX 3-Way Valve and Actuator
D103305X012
Figure 3. Fisher GX 3-Way and FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
LINKAGE-LESS POSITION FEEDBACK
INTEGRAL PNEUMATIC PASSAGEWAYS
DVC2000 COVER
PUSH-BUTTON INSTRUMENT SETUP
Optimized valve and actuator system. Product simplicity and ease of selection form the foundation of the GX 3-Way. Mounted with a digital or analog positioner, the GX 3-Way provides high performance control across a wide range of process applications.
Compact actuator design. The multi-spring GX 3-Way actuator is a compact robust design. The GX 3-Way design has been optimized to eliminate complicated 3-way actuator sizing procedures - once the valve body and port size are selected, the actuator size is fixed.
Reliable Actuator Performance. Special actuator diaphragm material helps reduce common problems such as air oxidation, thermal aging, low temperature embrittlement, and loss of retention (see table 6). The double-sided diaphragm within the actuator helps eliminate mechanical wear-induced failure.
Modular design. The design architecture has been optimized to maximize the use of common parts across sizes. The actuator stem and stem connector are used across all GX 3-Way sizes.
4
Low lifetime costs. Reduced product complexity, low parts count, and part commonality all contribute to reduced inventory and maintenance costs.
Stable flow control. The flow cavity of the GX 3-Way valve body has been engineered to provide stable flow and reduce process variability. This linear stability for both converging and diverging flow is perfectly suited for temperature and pH control applications.
Emission Requirements-- ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems provide an improved stem seal to help prevent the loss of valuable or hazardous process fluid. The GX 3-Way comes standard with ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing. ENVIRO-SEAL graphite ULF packing is also available for all sizes and is standard on high temperature constructions.
Easy maintenance. The simple screwed seat-ring and one-piece plug and stem design provide easy maintenance. Design simplicity and parts commonality contribute to reduced spares inventory. The integrated DVC2000 and DVC6200 digital valve controllers allow easy instrument removal, without a
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX 3-Way Valve and Actuator
D103305X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX 3-Way August 2017
requirement for tubing disconnection or replacement (fail-down construction).
Digital valve controller. The GX 3-Way is available with the DVC2000 digital valve controller. The DVC2000 is easy to use, compact, and designed for easy mounting. It converts a 4-20 mA input signal into a pneumatic output signal, which feeds the control valve actuator. Instrument setup is performed with a push button and LCD interface. This interface is protected from the environment within a sealed enclosure. The interface supports multiple languages, including German, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese, Japanese, Portuguese, Russian, Polish, Czech, Arabic, and English.
Intrinsic safety and non-incendive construction is available to CSA, FM, ATEX, and IEC standards. An optional module provides integrated limit switches and a position transmitter.
Integrated mounting. The DVC2000 and DVC6200 digital valve controllers integrally mount to the GX 3-Way actuator, eliminating the need for mounting brackets. The DVC2000 transmits a pneumatic signal
to the actuator casing via an air passage in the yoke leg, causing the valve to stroke (see figure 12). This eliminates the need for positioner-to-actuator tubing in the fail-down configuration.
The DVC2000 and DVC6200 mounting interfaces are identical on both sides of the actuator yoke for valve body sizes DN 25 through DN 100 (NPS 1 through 4). This symmetrical design allows the DVC2000 to be easily moved from one side of the valve to the other without the need to rotate the actuator.
Linkage-less feedback. The DVC2000 and DVC6200 digital valve controllers offer as standard a non-contacting valve position feedback system. This is a true linkage-less design, which uses no levers and no touching parts between the valve stem and the positioner.
Additional Accessory selection. The GX 3-Way is available with a variety of digital or analog positioners besides the DVC2000 or DVC6200, as well as solenoid and limit switches. The actuator is also compatible with the IEC 60534-6-1 (NAMUR) positioner mounting standard.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX 3-Way August 2017
GX 3-Way Valve and Actuator
D103305X012
Flow Directions -- Side Port Common Constructions
Figure 4. Side Port Common Construction Details for Diverging Constructions
DIVERGING
BONNET
LEFT PORT (COMMON PORT)
O-RING
VALVE PLUG SEAT RING
RIGHT PORT
W9580-1
BOTTOM PORT
Figure 5. Fisher GX 3-Way Flow Directions for Side Port Common Diverging Constructions
DIVERGING PLUG DOWN (0% TRAVEL)
DIVERGING PLUG MID TRAVEL (50% TRAVEL)
DIVERGING PLUG UP (100% TRAVEL)
INLET
INLET
INLET
ALL FLOW PASSES THROUGH FROM LEFT TO
RIGHT-HAND PORT
FLOW IS DIVERTED EQUALLY BETWEEN BOTTOM AND RIGHT-HAND PORT
ALL FLOW PASSES THROUGH FROM LEFT TO
BOTTOM PORT
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX 3-Way Valve and Actuator
D103305X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX 3-Way August 2017
Figure 6. Side Port Common Construction Details for Converging Constructions
CONVERGING
BONNET
LEFT PORT (COMMON PORT)
O-RING VALVE PLUG SEAT RING
RIGHT PORT
W9580-1
BOTTOM PORT
Figure 7. Fisher GX 3-Way Flow Directions for Side Port Common Converging Constructions
CONVERGING PLUG DOWN (0% TRAVEL)
CONVERGING PLUG MID TRAVEL (50% TRAVEL)
CONVERGING PLUG UP (100% TRAVEL)
INLET
INLET
BOTTOM PORT FLOW IS SHUT OFF. ALL RIGHT-HAND FLOW
EXITS LEFT-HAND PORT
INLET
FLOW IS MIXED EQUALLY FROM BOTTOM AND RIGHT-HAND PORTS
INLET
RIGHT-HAND FLOW IS SHUTOFF. ALL BOTTOM PORT FLOW EXITS
THROUGH LEFT-HAND PORT
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX 3-Way August 2017
GX 3-Way Valve and Actuator
D103305X012
Flow Directions -- Bottom Port Common Constructions
Figure 8. Bottom Port Common Construction Details for Diverging Constructions
DIVERGING
BONNET
LEFT PORT
O-RING
LOWER SEAT / CAGE
VALVE PLUG SEAL RING BACKUP RING
RIGHT PORT
W9579-1
BOTTOM PORT (COMMON PORT)
Figure 9. Fisher GX 3-Way Flow Directions for Bottom Port Common Diverging Constructions
DIVERGING PLUG DOWN (0% TRAVEL)
DIVERGING PLUG MID TRAVEL (50% TRAVEL)
DIVERGING PLUG UP (100% TRAVEL)
INLET
ALL FLOW EXITING RIGHT-HAND PORT
INLET
FLOW IS DIVERTED EQUALLY BETWEEN BOTH SIDE PORTS
INLET
ALL FLOW IS EXITING THE LEFT-HAND PORT
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX 3-Way Valve and Actuator
D103305X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX 3-Way August 2017
Figure 10. Bottom Port Common Construction Details for Converging Constructions
CONVERGING BONNET
LEFT PORT
O-RING
LOWER SEAT / CAGE
VALVE PLUG SEAL RING BACKUP RING
RIGHT PORT
W9579-1
BOTTOM PORT (COMMON PORT)
Figure 11. Fisher GX 3-Way Flow Directions for Bottom Port Common Converging Constructions
CONVERGING PLUG DOWN (0% TRAVEL)
CONVERGING PLUG MID TRAVEL (50% TRAVEL)
CONVERGING PLUG UP (100% TRAVEL)
INLET
INLET
INLET
INLET
LEFT-HAND FLOW IS SHUT OFF. ALL RIGHT-HAND FLOW EXITS THROUGH THE BOTTOM
FLOW IS MIXED EQUALLY FROM BOTH SIDE PORTS
RIGHT-HAND FLOW IS SHUTOFF. ALL LEFT-HAND FLOW EXITS THROUGH THE BOTTOM PORT
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX 3-Way August 2017
GX 3-Way Valve and Actuator
D103305X012
Principle of Operation - GX 3-Way Actuator
Figure 12. Fisher GX 3-Way Principle of Operation -- Actuator Fail Position
AIR VENT
AIR SUPPLY
AIR SUPPLY
AIR VENT
FAIL-DOWN (REVERSE-ACTING) (STANDARD CONFIGURATION)
E0896-3
Integrated Air Supply. When mounted with the DVC2000 digital valve controller, the GX 3-Way uses an integrated actuator air supply system. In the fail-down configuration, air is supplied to the lower
FAIL-UP (DIRECT-ACTING) (OPTIONAL CONFIGURATION)
actuator casing via a port on the actuator yoke face -no tubing is required. In the fail-up configuration, air is supplied to the upper casing via tubing.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX 3-Way Valve and Actuator
D103305X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX 3-Way August 2017
GX 3-Way Control Valve Specifications and Materials of Construction
Table 1. Fisher GX 3-Way Valve Specifications(1)
Specifications
EN
ASME
Valve Body Size
DN 25, 40, 50, 80, 100
NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4
Pressure Rating
PN 10 / 16 / 25 / 40 per EN 1092-1
CL150 / 300 per ASME B16.34
End Connections
Flanged raised face per EN 1092-1
Flanged raised face per ASME B16.5 Screwed (NPS 1, 1-1/2, and 2)
Valve Body Materials
1.0619 steel 1.4409 stainless steel
ASME SA216 WCC steel ASME SA351 CF3M stainless steel
Bonnet Materials
1.4409 stainless steel / CoCr-A
SA351 CF3M SST / CoCr-A
Face-to-Face Dimensions
See table 10
Shutoff per IEC 60534-4 and ANSI/FCI 70-2
Metal seat - Class IV (standard) SPC High Temperature construction: Metal seat - Class IV for bottom seat, Class II for upper seat
Flow Direction
Converging and Diverging
Flow Coefficients
See Fisher Catalog 12
Type
Plug Sizes
Description
Trim Style
Side Port Common Bottom Port Common
All sizes All sizes
Unbalanced Port-guided Balanced Cage-guided
1. Stainless steel valve body is recommended for steam service when the high temperature construction is selected.
Table 2. Materials (Other Valve Components)
Component
Material
Packing Follower
S21800 SST screwed follower
Body/Bonnet Bolting and Nuts
SA193-B7 studs / SA194-2H nuts with NCF2 coating for carbon steel and stainless steel constructions
Packing
ENVIRO-SEAL Live-loaded PTFE V-ring (standard) with N07718 Belleville springs ENVIRO-SEAL Live-loaded Graphite ULF (optional) with N07718 Belleville springs, (standard) on High Temperature construction.
Bonnet Gasket
Graphite laminate
Carbon-Filled PTFE Seal Ring
Bottom Port Common Trim
(all sizes)
Back-up Rings
NBR (Standard) -46 to 82_C (-50 to 180_F)
Ethylene Propylene [EPDM] (Optional): -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) in steam and hot water; -46 to 121_C (-50 to 250_F) in air (EPDM is not recommended for use in hydrocarbons)
FKM Fluorocarbon (Optional): -18 to 204_C (0 to 400_F) (Applicable in a wide variety of solvents, chemicals, and hydrocarbons. Avoid use with steam, ammonia, or hot water over 82_C [180_F])
O-ring (not used with GX 3-Way High Temperature)
NBR (Standard) -46 to 82_C (-50 to 180_F)
Ethylene Propylene [EPDM] (Optional): -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) in steam and hot water; -46 to 121_C (-50 to 250_F) in air (EPDM is not recommended for use in hydrocarbons)
FKM Fluorocarbon (Optional): -18 to 204_C (0 to 400_F) (Applicable in a wide variety of solvents, chemicals, and hydrocarbons. Avoid use with steam, ammonia, or hot water over 82_C [180_F])
Seal Ring (GX 3-Way High Temperature)
Graphite (FMS 17F27) -46 to 371_C (-50 to 700_F)
Stem Extension (GX 3-Way High Temperature)
Stainless steel
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX 3-Way August 2017
GX 3-Way Valve and Actuator
D103305X012
Table 3. Trim Materials (all sizes)
Valve Body Construction
Trim Type
Stem
Plug
Carbon steel (1.0619 / Bottom Port Common S31603 strain hardened CF3M Chrome-plated
WCC)
Side Port Common S31603 strain hardened
CF3M
Stainless steel (1.4409 / CF3M)
Bottom Port Common S31603 strain hardened CF3M Chrome-plated
Side Port Common S31603 strain hardened
CF3M
1. HT construction includes CF3M/CoCr-A lower seating. Seat and guide surfaces are hard-faced.
Upper Seat
CF3M/CoCr-A CF3M/CoCr-A CF3M/CoCr-A CF3M/CoCr-A
Lower Seat/Cage(1)
CF3M CF3M CF3M CF3M
Table 4. Allowable Temperature Ranges for Valve Body, Bonnet and Trim(1)
VALVE BODY / BONNET MATERIAL
BONNET STYLE
ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING
GASKET
TRIM STYLE
1.0619/SA216 WCC Steel
Standard
PTFE or Graphite ULF
Graphite laminate
1.4409/SA351 CF3M SST
Standard
PTFE or Graphite ULF
Graphite laminate
1.0619/SA216 WCC Steel
HT Construction
Graphite ULF Graphite laminate
1.4409/SA351 CF3M SST
HT Construction
Graphite ULF Graphite laminate
1. Bonnet O-ring and back-up ring materials used on BPC trim may be limited by temperature and application.
Bottom Port Common, Side Port Common
Bottom Port Common, Side Port Common
Side Port Common
Side Port Common
TEMPERATURE
_C
_F
Min Max Min Max
-29 232 -20 450
-46 232 -50 450
-29 371 -20 700 -46 371 -50 700
Figure 13. Material Pressure/Temperature Curves
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX 3-Way Valve and Actuator
D103305X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX 3-Way August 2017
Figure 14. Fisher GX 3-Way Packing
BELLEVILLE SPRING PACK
PACKING SPACER
ANTI-EXTRUSION WASHER
PACKING SET ANTI-EXTRUSION WASHER
PACKING BOX RING
E0897
STANDARD BONNET WITH ENVIRO-SEAL LIVE-LOADED PTFE PACKING SET DN 25 through DN 100 (NPS 1 through 4)
BELLEVILLE SPRING PACK
PACKING SPACER
PACKING RINGS PACKING BOX RING
GE38594_ULF
STANDARD BONNET WITH OPTIONAL ENVIRO-SEAL LIVE-LOADED GRAPHITE ULF PACKING SET (STANDARD ON HIGH TEMPERATURE CONSTRUCTION) DN 25 through DN 100 (NPS 1 through 4)
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX 3-Way August 2017
GX 3-Way Valve and Actuator
D103305X012
The GX 3-Way Diaphragm Actuator
Figure 15. Fisher GX 3-Way Actuator
The GX 3-Way uses a multi-spring, pneumatic diaphragm actuator (see figure 15). It is capable of air supply pressures up to 5.0 barg (72 psig), allowing valve shutoff at high pressure drops (see table 8).
The GX 3-Way product selection system automatically matches the actuator to the valve, eliminating the need for complex actuator sizing procedures.
The multiple spring design provides the preload, eliminating the need for bench set adjustment. The actuator is available in fail-down and fail-up configurations.
The GX 3-Way actuator can be used for throttling or on-off service.
W8487-3
Table 5. Actuator Specifications
Description Operating Principle Operating Pressure Ranges Ambient Temperature Pressure Connection (Fail-Up Construction)
Finish
Table 6. Materials of Construction
Part Upper and Lower Casings
Springs Diaphragm Diaphragm Plate Yoke and Yoke Extension on High Temperature Construction Casing Fasteners Actuator Rod Stem Connector Stem Connector Fasteners Stem Bushing Stem Seal
The GX 3-Way is available with the integrated DVC2000 digital valve controller. Other digital and analog positioners are available, as well as optional solenoids and limit switches.
Pneumatic spring-return diaphragm actuator Fail-down (standard configuration) Fail-up (optional configuration) See tables 8 and 9 -46 to 82_C (-50 to 180_F) G 1/4 internal casing connection Powder coat polyester
Material AISI 1010 stamped carbon steel
Steel NBR and nylon AISI 1010 stamped carbon steel Carbon steel A2-70 stainless steel bolts and nuts Stainless steel
CF3M SA193-B7 bolts with NCF2 coating High-density polyethylene (HDPE)
NBR
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX 3-Way Valve and Actuator
D103305X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX 3-Way August 2017
Actuator Selection
With the GX 3-Way, actuator selection has never been easier. Once the valve size has been determined, the actuator is automatically selected.
The following tables provide the maximum allowable pressure drops for the GX 3-Way. See table 8 for Side Port Common construction and table 9 for Bottom Port Common construction. For optimal performance, the GX 3-Way should be operated with a FIELDVUE digital valve controller.
GX ISO 5210 Electric Actuator Mounting
Electric actuator mounting is available for any manufacturing models that comply with ISO 5210, Flange type F7. The mounting offering includes a GX yoke, actuator rod adaptor, spacer, and bolting.
Thrust limitations apply when sizing electric actuators (see table 7).
Mounting offering can be engineered if not already available for a selected actuator. For additional information, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
Table 7. Fisher GX 3-Way Maximum Allowable Thrust for use with ISO 5210 Electric Actuators (THRUST LIMITATIONS APPLY IN BOTH TRAVEL DIRECTIONS)
VALVE SIZE
STEM DIAMETER mm
TRAVEL mm
STEM MATERIAL
MAXIMUM THRUST
N
lbf
DN25-DN40 (NPS 1 to 1-1/2)
10
19
S31603
6900
1550
DN50 (NPS 2)
14
19
S31603
14000
3150
DN80-DN100 (NPS 3 to 4)
14
38
S31603
14000
3150
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX 3-Way August 2017
GX 3-Way Valve and Actuator
D103305X012
Table 8. Maximum Allowable Pressure Drop (Side Port Common)
VALVE SIZE
ACTUATOR SIZE
FLOW DIRECTION
ENVIROSEAL
PACKING
FAIL-DOWN
Operating Pressure
3 3.44 4
5
bar bar bar bar
MAX DP @ Maximum Supply
Pressure
PTFE 18.1 21.7 21.7 21.7 21.7 bar @ 5.0 bar
Converging
ULF
12.2 16.2 16.2 16.2 16.2 bar @ 5.0 bar
DN25
225
PTFE 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 bar @ 5.0 bar
Diverging
ULF 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 bar @ 5.0 bar
PTFE 18.1 21.7 21.7 21.7 21.7 bar @ 5.0 bar
Converging
ULF
12.2 16.2 16.2 16.2 16.2 bar @ 5.0 bar
DN40
225
PTFE 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 bar @ 5.0 bar
Diverging
ULF 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 bar @ 5.0 bar
PTFE 29.0 48.4 48.4 - - - 48.4 bar @ 4.0 bar
Converging
ULF
25.8 45.5 45.5 - - - 45.5 bar @ 4.0 bar
DN50
750
PTFE 30.0 30.0 30.0 - - - 30.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
Diverging
ULF 30.0 30.0 30.0 - - - 30.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
PTFE 10.5 19.0 24.2 - - - 24.2 bar @ 4.0 bar
Converging ULF
9.2 17.7 23.0 - - - 23.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
DN80
750
PTFE 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - - 16.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
Diverging
ULF 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - - 16.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
PTFE 6.3 11.3 14.7 - - - 14.7 bar @ 4.0 bar
Converging
ULF
5.5 10.5 13.9 - - - 13.9 bar @ 4.0 bar
DN100
750
PTFE 10.0 10.0 10.0 - - - 10.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
Diverging
ULF 10.0 10.0 10.0 - - - 10.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
FAIL-UP
Operating Pressure
3 3.44 4
5
bar bar bar bar
MAX DP @ Maximum Supply
Pressure
19.7 20.2 20.2 20.2 20.2 bar @ 5.0 bar
14.2 14.3 14.3 14.3 14.3 bar @ 5.0 bar
14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 bar @ 5.0 bar
14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 bar @ 5.0 bar
19.7 20.2 20.2 20.2 20.2 bar @ 5.0 bar
14.2 14.3 14.3 14.3 14.3 bar @ 5.0 bar
14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 bar @ 5.0 bar
14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 bar @ 5.0 bar
35.4 44.9 44.9 - - - 44.9 bar @ 4.0 bar
32.6 41.7 41.7 - - - 41.7 bar @ 4.0 bar
30.0 30.0 30.0 - - - 30.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
30.0 30.0 30.0 - - - 30.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
12.0 20.2 24.2 - - - 24.2 bar @ 4.0 bar
10.7 19.0 22.9 - - - 22.9 bar @ 4.0 bar
16.0 16.0 16.0 - - - 16.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
16.0 16.0 16.0 - - - 16.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
7.2 12.2 14.4 - - - 14.4 bar @ 4.0 bar
6.5 11.5 13.6 - - - 13.6 bar @ 4.0 bar
10.0 10.0 10.0 - - - 10.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
10.0 10.0 10.0 - - - 10.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
Table 9. Maximum Allowable Pressure Drop (Bottom Port Common)
VALVE SIZE
ACTUATOR SIZE
FLOW DIRECTION
ENVIROSEAL
PACKING
FAIL-DOWN
Operating Pressure
3 3.44 4
5
bar bar bar bar
MAX DP @ Maximum Supply
Pressure
PTFE 32.4 50.1 51.7 51.7 51.7 bar @ 5.0 bar
Converging
ULF
21.7 39.4 51.7 51.7 51.7 bar @ 5.0 bar
DN25
225
PTFE 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 bar @ 5.0 bar
Diverging
ULF 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 bar @ 5.0 bar
PTFE 25.0 38.7 51.7 51.7 51.7 bar @ 5.0 bar
Converging ULF 16.8 30.5 47.9 51.7 51.7 bar @ 5.0 bar
DN40
225
PTFE 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 bar @ 5.0 bar
Diverging
ULF 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 bar @ 5.0 bar
PTFE 35.2 51.7 51.7 - - - 51.7 bar @ 4.0 bar
Converging
ULF
31.4 51.7 51.7 - - - 51.7 bar @ 4.0 bar
DN50
750
PTFE 30.0 30.0 30.0 - - - 30.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
Diverging
ULF 30.0 30.0 30.0 - - - 30.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
PTFE 19.5 35.2 51.7 - - - 51.7 bar @ 4.0 bar
Converging
ULF
17.1 32.8 51.7 - - - 51.7 bar @ 4.0 bar
DN80
750
PTFE 25.0 25.0 25.0 - - - 25.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
Diverging
ULF 25.0 25.0 25.0 - - - 25.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
PTFE 19.5 35.2 51.7 - - - 51.7 bar @ 4.0 bar
Converging
ULF
17.1 32.8 51.7 - - - 51.7 bar @ 4.0 bar
DN100
750
PTFE 25.0 25.0 25.0 - - - 25.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
Diverging
ULF 25.0 25.0 25.0 - - - 25.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
FAIL-UP
Operating Pressure
3 3.44 4
5
bar bar bar bar
MAX DP @ Maximum Supply
Pressure
36.2 36.2 36.2 36.2 36.2 bar @ 5.0 bar
25.6 25.6 25.6 25.6 25.6 bar @ 5.0 bar
28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 bar @ 5.0 bar
28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 bar @ 5.0 bar
27.9 27.9 27.9 27.9 27.9 bar @ 5.0 bar
19.7 19.7 19.7 19.7 19.7 bar @ 5.0 bar
22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 bar @ 5.0 bar
22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 bar @ 5.0 bar
51.7 51.7 51.7 - - - 51.7 bar @ 4.0 bar
50.7 50.7 50.7 - - - 50.7 bar @ 4.0 bar
30.0 30.0 30.0 - - - 30.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
30.0 30.0 30.0 - - - 30.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
45.0 45.0 45.0 - - - 45.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
42.6 42.6 42.6 - - - 42.6 bar @ 4.0 bar
25.0 25.0 25.0 - - - 25.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
25.0 25.0 25.0 - - - 25.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
45.0 45.0 45.0 - - - 45.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
42.6 42.6 42.6 - - - 42.6 bar @ 4.0 bar
25.0 25.0 25.0 - - - 25.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
25.0 25.0 25.0 - - - 25.0 bar @ 4.0 bar
16
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX 3-Way Valve and Actuator
D103305X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX 3-Way August 2017
Valve-Actuator Dimensions and Weights
Table 10. Fisher GX 3-Way Dimensions and Weights (Standard and High Temperature Constructions)
PORT DIA
A
B
VALVE SIZE
TYPE
Upper Lower mm mm
ACTUATOR SIZE
TRAVEL mm
PN10 PN40
mm
CL150 mm
CL300 mm
PN10 PN40
mm
CL150 mm
CL300 mm
DN 25/
BPC
29
36
NPS 1
SPC
36
36
225
19
197
184
197
98.5
92
98.5
DN 40/
BPC
39
46
NPS
225
19
235
222
235
117.5
111
117.5
1-1/2
SPC
36
36
DN 50/
BPC
61
70
NPS 2
SPC
46
46
750
19
267
254
267
133.5
127
133.5
DN 80/
BPC
78
90
NPS 3
SPC
70
70
750
38
318
298
318
159
149
159
DN 100/
BPC
NPS 4
SPC
78
90
90
90
750
38
368
352
368
184
176
184
C Bonnet
mm 73
76
95 119 119
Table 11. Fisher GX 3-Way Dimensions and Weights
D (Actuator Height)
VALVE SIZE
Std Construction
High Temperature Construction
mm
mm
DN 25/ NPS 1
313
418
DN 40/ NPS 1-1/2
313
422
DN 50/ NPS 2
342
485
DN 80/ NPS 3
395
585
DN 100/ NPS 4
395
585
1. Clearance required for removing actuator from installed valve body.
E
Casing Dia
mm 270 270 430 430 430
F (AR)
Removal Height(1)
mm 115 115 120 145 145
TOTAL WEIGHT
Std Construction
High Temperature Construction
kg
kg
26
30
28
32
66
74
97
112
123
138
Figure 16. Fisher GX 3-Way Dimensions (also see tables 10 and 11)
AR E
AR E
D
F
C
B A/2 A
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION
D F
F
C
B
GE54802
A/2 A
HIGH TEMPERATURE CONSTRUCTION
17
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX 3-Way August 2017
GX 3-Way Valve and Actuator
D103305X012
Table 12. Fisher GX 3-Way Electric Actuator Mounting Dimensions and Weights
VALVE SIZE
G
ISO 5210 Electric Actuator Yoke
Height
H Yoke Diameter
TOTAL WEIGHT,
GX ELECTRIC ACTUATOR MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
K
Std Construction
High Temperature Construction
mm
mm
mm
kg
kg
DN 25/ NPS 1
202
170
92
17
21
DN 40/ NPS 1-1/2
202
170
92
19
23
DN 50/ NPS 2
202
170
92
29
37
DN 80/ NPS 3
222
170
92
57
72
DN 100/ NPS 4
226
170
92
83
98
Figure 17. Fisher GX 3-Way Electric Actuator Mounting Dimensions (also see table 12)
H K
G
GE54756_2
18
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
GX 3-Way Valve and Actuator
D103305X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX 3-Way August 2017
Table 13. Positioner Selection Guidelines
Type
Digital I/P(1)
I/P(2)
P/P(3)
Intrinsic Safety(4)
DVC2000
X
X
DVC6200
X
X
3661
X
X
3660
X
1. Digital I/P - microprocessor based electro-pneumatic with HART communication. 2. I/P - electro-pneumatic 3. P/P - pneumatic
4. Refer to Fisher bulletin 9.2:001 (D103222X012) for instrument hazardous area classification details.
Flameproof / Explosion Proof(4)
X
Non- Incendive(4)
X X X
GX 3-Way Actuator Accessories
The GX 3-Way is available with a variety of pneumatic (P/P), electro-pneumatic (I/P), and digital valve positioners, as well as limit switches and solenoids. Table 13 provides the basic features of the positioners offered with the GX 3-Way actuator.
Figure 18. FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
The FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
The DVC2000 digital valve controller (figure 18) is simple to use, compact, and designed for the GX 3-Way control valve. It converts a 4-20mA input signal into a pneumatic output signal, which feeds the control valve actuator. Instrument setup is performed with a pushbutton and LCD interface. This interface is protected from the environment within an IP66 enclosure. Multiple languages are supported with the local interface including German, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese, Japanese, Portuguese, Russian, Polish, Czech, Arabic, and English. Additionally, HARTr communication is supported over the 4-20mA loop wiring.
The DVC2000 is designed to be integrally mounted to the GX 3-Way actuator, avoiding the need for mounting brackets. The DVC2000 mounts directly to an interface pad on the actuator yoke leg with a secure 3-point mounting. An internal passage inside the yoke leg transmits the pneumatic signal to the actuator casing, eliminating the need for external tubing (in the fail-down configuration).
W8755
The high-performance linkage-less position feedback system eliminates physical contact between the valve stem and the digital valve controller or instrument. There are no wearing parts so cycle life is maximized. Additionally, the elimination of levers and linkages reduces the number of mounting parts and the mounting complexity. Digital valve controller or instrument replacement and maintenance is simplified because the feedback parts stay connected to the actuator.
The DVC2000 is available with an optional module which includes two (2) integral limit switches and a stem position transmitter. The limit switches are configurable for open and closed valve indication. The position transmitter provides a 4-20mA signal for valve position feedback verification. As an integral component to the instrument, this option module avoids the need for difficult-to-mount external switches and transmitters.
Designed to meet intrinsic safety and non-incendive requirements, this instrument delivers scalable functionality and high performance in a small package.
19
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:GX 3-Way August 2017
GX 3-Way Valve and Actuator
D103305X012
Optional Positioners and Instruments
3660 and 3661 Valve Positioners
The 3660 pneumatic and 3661 electro-pneumatic positioners are rugged, accurate, and feature low steady-state air consumption. Designed to meet intrinsic safety requirements, these positioners offer simple functionality in a small package. (See table 13.)
Figure 19. FIELDVUE DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
W9713
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
The DVC6200 digital valve controller is a communicating, microprocessor-based current-to-pneumatic instrument. Using HART or FOUNDATIONt fieldbus communication protocol, access to critical instrument, valve, and process conditions is provided. When used with ValveLinkt software, valve diagnostic tests can be run while the valve is in service to advise you of the performance of the entire control valve assembly. Designed to meet a broad range of hazardous area classifications, this instrument offers maximum functionality to improve your process performance. (See figure 19 and table 13.)
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, ENVIRO-SEAL, and ValveLink are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Chatham, Kent ME4 4QZ UK Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E202008, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HVP Valves
D101490X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:HVP August 2017
FisherTM HVP Series Control Valves
The Fisher HVP (high viscous polymer) Series control valve is used extensively by the polymer industry. These processes generally require the valves to operate at and maintain high temperatures to assure that the polymer fluid flows freely. The HVP Series can provide integral valve body passages through which a heat-transfer fluid is pumped to keep the valve and process fluid heated.
Forged and fabricated valve body styles are engineered to meet your process and piping requirements. Standard valve body and trim designs can be adapted to exactly match specifications. Models include: HVP-TS for throttling service; HVP-DS (figure 1) for diverting service (three-way valve); and HVP-SS for stop service (on/off).
Features
nInternal passages finished to 0.1 to 0.4 micro-meters (4 to 16 micro-inches) RMS to ensure easy flow of fluid.
nFlow passage designed to prevent flow stagnation and polymer degradation.
W5494-1
nBellows seal is available.
nAll HVP Series control valves can be vacuum rated.
nIntegral valve body jacketing for efficient heat transfer and stabilized flow.
Fisher HVP-TS Valve
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:HVP August 2017
HVP Valves
D101490X012
Specifications
Valve Body Sizes NPS 1 through 10, larger sizes on request
Flow Coefficient Cv 0.1 to 200
Inlet Pressure(1) Consistent with CL150 through CL2500 ratings per ASME B16.34
Temperatures(1) -18 to 427_C (0 to 800_F) as required by specific application
End Connections J Buttweld ends (BWE) consistent with ASME B16.25 J Socketweld ends (SWE) consistent with ASME B16.11 J Flanged ends consistent with ASME B16.5
Transfer Fluid Connections NPS J 1/2, J 3/4, or J 1 with J Buttweld ends (BWE) consistent with ASME B16.25 J Socketweld ends (SWE) consistent with ASME B16.11 J Flanged ends consistent with ASME B16.5
Shutoff Classification per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 To Class V as required
Travel 25 through 102 mm (1 through 4-inch)
Yoke Boss and Stem Diameter As required to mate with specified actuator
Construction Materials Valve Body, Bonnet, and Flanges: S30400/S31600 stainless steel Packing: Graphite Valve Plug and Valve Stem: S30400/S31600 stainless steel (Alloy 6 overlays applied as required)
Dimensions Depends on actuator requirements; contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin, and any applicable standard or code limitation, should not be exceeded.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HVP Valves
D101490X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:HVP August 2017
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
Application
1. Type of application 2. Controlled fluid 3. Fluid viscosity of controlled fluid 4. Specific gravity of controlled fluid 5. Fluid temperature requirements 6. Heat transfer medium (vapor/liquid) 7. Inlet pressures
a. Minimum b. Normal c. Maximum Figure 1. Fisher HVP-DS Valve
8. Pressure drops a. Minimum flowing drop b. Normal flow drop c. Maximum flowing drop d. Maximum at shutoff
9. Flow rate a. Minimum controlled flow b. Normal flow c. Maximum flow
10. Maximum permissible noise level, if critical 11. Shutoff classification required 12. Line/core size and schedule
W5493
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:HVP August 2017
HVP Valves
D101490X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 1989, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
RSS Valve
D101291X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:RSS August 2017
FisherTM RSS Lined Globe Valve
The Fisher RSS lined globe-style valve is a one-piece valve body which has pure-modified (reinforced) PTFE trim parts, push-down-to-close action, and positive shutoff. The sophisticated PTFE trim has replaced the previously used glass-filled or carbon-filled standard PTFE trim without any loss of mechanical or thermal properties and has improved the universal chemical resistance. This valve is for applications involving severely corrosive and toxic flowing media and is well-suited for pure media applications, as well. Within its temperature and pressure limitations, the RSS valve body may also be applied to most media. The RSS valve body provides an economical alternative to alloy valve bodies in a wide variety of applications.
Features
nFluid Compatibility--The PFA (perfluoroalkoxy resin)-lined assembly provides corrosion protection by shielding metal parts from the process media, making it ideal for controlling severely corrosive media.
nPermeating Service--A heavy duty PTFE bellows with stainless steel support rings is standard for all services in the NPS 1 to 4 valve sizes. Compared to a standard bellows, the heavy duty bellows design has an enhanced resistance to permeation. This is due to a wall thickness of 2.5 mm (0.1 inch) and pressure retaining rings inside the bellows. This bellows features a modified PTFE material which provides additional permeation protection over the original heavy duty PTFE bellows.
nEconomy--Because all metal parts are shielded from the process fluid, the use of expensive alloys is not necessary.
nLiner Integrity--Lining thickness is a minimum of 5 millimeters at all areas where the valve is exposed to process flow. Transfer molding techniques provide for excellent consistency, density, and low
W9164-2
Fisher RSS Valve with 667 Actuator and FIELDVUETM DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
permeability. Transfer molded PFA material is translucent. This allows for checking of the entire wall surface for pin holes and cracks in the material during the manufacturing process.
Greater safety under vacuum and high temperature service is achieved by dovetail anchorings which provide a mechanical bond, minimizing the possibility of detachment of the lining from the cast valve body.
nEasy In-Line Maintenance--The top entry design eases in-line maintenance. This design also minimizes the transfer of pipeline stress, which minimizes leakage both at the valve body joint and seat ring.
nLong Life Bellows Seal--The PTFE bellows seal is leak tight and, with proper use and maintenance, can have an expected life cycle exceeding 500,000 full stroke cycles.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:RSS August 2017
RSS Valve
D101291X012
Specifications
Valve Sizes NPS J 1, J 1-1/2, J 2, J 3, J and 4
Expected Life Cycle Full Stroke: 500,000
Face-To-Face and Flange Compatibility
DUCTILE IRON
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Raised-Face Flange
CL150
CL300
Face-To-Face
ASME(1)
DIN(2)
ASME(1)
1 1-1/2
2 3 4
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
- - -
X
X
- - -
1. For ANSI/ISA face-to-face dimensions, see figure 4. 2. For DIN face-to-face dimensions, see figure 4.
DIN(2)
- - - - - - - - - - -
Maximum Inlet Pressures and Temperatures(1) See table 2
Downstream/Outlet Pressure Ratings(1) See figure 2 for positive pressure service ratings See figure 3 for vacuum service ratings
Application Limits Liquid Service: For cavitating applications, contact your Emerson Automation Solutions sales office Gas Service: Velocity 0.33 MACH
Shutoff Classification Class VI per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Temperature Capabilities Positive Pressure Service: -29 to 180_C (-20 to 360_F) (see figure 2) Vacuum Service: -29 to 180_C (-20 to 360_F) (see figure 3)
Standard Flow Characteristic/Valve Plug Style Equal percentage
Flow Direction Up through the seat ring (see figure 1)
Flow Coefficients See table 1 or Fisher Catalog 12
Port Diameters and Maximum Valve Plug Travel See table 1
Bonnet Style Plain
Packing Arrangement Braided PTFE rings
Yoke Boss and Stem Diameter See table 1
Approximate Weight See figure 4
Bellows Seal Heavy-duty PTFE with SST support rings
Construction Materials See table 3
Options
J Line-Flange gasket, (stainless steel insert, compression gasket, and PTFE overlay) with thickness of 5.1 mm (0.20 inch) for NPS 1 through 2, and 7.1 mm (0.28 inch) for NPS 3 and 4 valves J Tool for removing and installing the seat ring
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation for the valve should not be exceeded.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
RSS Valve
D101291X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:RSS August 2017
Table 1. Valve Size, Port Diameter(1), Maximum Flow Coefficient, Travel, and Stem and Yoke Boss Diameter
VALVE SIZE NPS
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inches
LIQUID FLOW
COEFFICIENT
(Cv) AT MAXIMUM TRAVEL(2)
MAXIMUM VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
Heavy Duty Bellows with Support Rings
mm
Inches
STEM DIAMETER
mm
Inches
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
mm
Inches
8
0.3125
1.91
1
15
0.5
3.57
20
0.75
8.41
15
0.591
25
1
11.5
1-1/2
25 40
1 1.5
13.4 28.6
9.5
3/8
2
30
1.1875
13.3
50
2
44.3
19.1
0.75
54
2-1/8
3
50
2
43.3
80
3.1875
94.1
4
65
2.5
69.3
28.6
1.125
12.7
1/2
71
2-13/16
96
4
145
1. Inch equivalents of these metric port diameters have been rounded to common imperial decimal diameters. Actual diameter of the 15 millimeter port diameter is 0.591 inches, the 40 millimeter port diameter is 1.575 inches, and the 96 millimeter port is 3.780 inches. 2. KV = (0.865) (CV)
Table 2. Maximum Allowable Inlet Pressures and Temperatures for All CL150 and 300 Valves
TEMPERATURE, _C
PRESSURE, BAR Ductile Iron
TEMPERATURE, _F
-29 to 38 93 149 180
19.7
-20 to 100
17.9
200
15.9
300
14.8
360
PRESSURE, PSIG
Ductile Iron
285 260 230 215
Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Tables Valve Size, Port Diameter, Maximum Flow Coefficient,
Travel, and Stem and Yoke Boss Diameter . . . . . . 3
Maximum Allowable Inlet Pressures and Temperatures for All CL150 and 300 Valves . . . . . 3
Construction Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:RSS August 2017
RSS Valve
D101291X012
Figure 1. Fisher RSS Valve Details
TRAVEL STOP/ LOAD LIMITER
SEE VIEW A SEE VIEW B
BELLOWS LOCKING ROPE
SEAT RING VALVE PLUG
LINER
W4521-4HDB
STEM
BUSHING
40B4190-D
DETAIL OF BONNET FOR NPS 3 AND 4 VALVES
A3598-3
VIEW A
DETAIL OF NPS 3 AND 4 U-PLUG
BELLOWS
BELLOWS RETAINER
LOCKING ROPE
VALVE PLUG DETAIL OF HEAVY DUTY PTFE BELLOWS CONSTRUCTION VIEW B
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
RSS Valve
D101291X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:RSS August 2017
gauge pressure (bar)
Figure 2. Downstream/Outlet Pressure Ratings (Positive Pressure Service)
gauge pressure (psi)
-29 20
50
100
150
180_C
232
16
217
15
203
14
188
13
174
12
159
11
145
10
130
9
116
8
101
7
87
6
72.5
5
58
4
43.5
3
29
2
14.5
1
E0981-1
0
-20 68
122
0
212
302
360_F
HEAVY-DUTY BELLOWS WITH METAL SUPPORT RINGS
STANDARD PTFE BELLOWS
Note: The liner does not limit the downstream pressure rating in positive pressure services.
Figure 3. Downstream/Outlet Pressure Ratings (Vacuum Service)
20
50
100
150
180_C
14.5
1
7.25
0.5
4.35
0.3
2.9
0.2
PFA LINING
1.45
0.1
0.72
0.05
0.43
0.03
0.29
0.02
vacuum (psia)
vacuum (bar)
0.14
0.01
0.07
0.005
0.04
0.003
0.03
0.002
0.015
68
122
0.001
212
302
360_F
E0980-1
THE PFA LINER CANNOT BE USED IN THIS AREA
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:RSS August 2017
RSS Valve
D101291X012
Table 3. Construction Materials
Part Valve Body
Bonnet Bellows Valve plug and seat ring Bonnet bushings Valve plug stem Body-to-bonnet bolting Packing Packing follower and packing box ring Travel stop Locking rope Bonnet O-ring
1. Perfluoroalkoxy resin.
Standard Material Ductile iron (ASTM A 395) with PFA(1) liner
Ductile iron (ASTM A395) Heavy-duty PTFE with S30403 SST support rings
Pure modified (reinforced) PTFE Carbon Graphite Stainless steel Stainless steel PTFE Stainless steel Stainless steel PTFE Fluorocarbon
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
RSS Valve
D101291X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:RSS August 2017
Table 4. ANSI/ISA CL150 Face-to-Face Dimensions Mating with CL150 Flanges
Valve
Size,
A
NPS
DIMENSIONS
B
D
mm
Approximate
Ej
Weight
Kg
1
184.0 83.0 185.0 108.0
10
1-1/2 222.0 97.0 225.0 127.0
17
2
254.0 107.0 230.0 152.4
20
3
298.0 121.0 340.0 190.5
39
4
350.0 176.0 350.0 220.0
42
Inches
Pounds
1
7.25
3.27
7.28
4.25
23
1-1/2 8.75
3.82
8.86
5.00
36
2
10.00 4.21
9.06
6.00
43
3
11.75 4.76 13.39 7.50
86
4
13.78 6.94 13.78 8.66
92
Figure 4. Dimensions and Weights (also see tables 4 and 5)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
D
Table 5. ANSI/ISA CL300 Face-to-Face Dimensions Mating with CL300 Flanges
Valve
Size,
A
NPS
DIMENSIONS
B
D
mm
Approximate
Ej
Weight
Kg
1
197.0 90.0 185.0 123.8
11
1-1/2 235.0 101.0 225.0 156.0
18
2
267.0 115.0 230.0 165.0
20
Inches
Pounds
1
7.75
3.54
7.28
4.87
25
1-1/2 9.25
3.97
8.86
6.14
40
2
10.50 4.53
9.06
6.50
45
EO
10B4744-G A5216
B A
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:RSS August 2017
RSS Valve
D101291X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1985, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
FisherTM YD and YS Control Valves
Fisher YD and YS three-way cage-guided valves are designed for throttling or flow-switching (on-off) service, and are available in the following constructions:
YD (Balanced)--For general converging (flow-mixing) and diverging (flow-splitting) service. Available in standard and high-temperature versions (see figure 1).
YS (Unbalanced)--For general converging service. When used in diverging service, recommended for on-off applications only (see figure 1).
The Fisher YD and YS product lines are available for a wide range of applications, including sulfide and chloride stress-cracking environments common to the oil and gas production industries. To discuss available constructions, contact your Emerson sales office and include the applicable codes and standards required for these environments.
Features
nEconomy--Balanced valve plug construction in the YD permits use of smaller, lower-cost actuators. A single one-piece valve accommodates both trim designs and uses Fisher easy-eTM bonnets, gaskets, and packing, thus cutting spare part inventory costs.
nApplication Flexibility--Multipurpose capability results from a valve designed specifically for three-way control. A variety of valve sizes, end connections, port diameters, and trim materials provides design versatility for your control needs.
nLong Trim Life--Hardened trim materials provide excellent wear resistance.
nEasy Maintenance--Cage-type construction simplifies inspection and removal of parts.
W7593-1
Fisher YD Valve with 667 Actuator
nExcellent Sealing Capabilities--The ENVIRO-SEALTM packing system option is available. This packing system provides excellent sealing, guiding, and loading force transmission. The improved sealing of the ENVIRO-SEAL system can help control emissions to below the EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) limit of 100 ppm (parts per million) from valves. The ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems feature PTFE, Graphite ULF, or Duplex packing with live-loading for reduced packing maintenance.
nParts Commonality--Packing parts, including packing flange, studs and nuts, and packing kits, are common to the YD, YS, and Fisher easy-e control valves.
nValve Plug Stability-- Rugged cage guiding provides high valve plug stability, which reduces vibration and mechanical noise.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Specifications
Valve Sizes, Ratings, and End Connections (1,2)
Operative Pressure/Temperature Limits(1, 2)
Cast Iron Valves Flanged: NPS 1 through 6 CL125 flat-face or 250 raised-face flanges per ASME B16.1 Screwed: NPS 1/2 through 2 consistent with ASME B16.4
Steel and Stainless Steel Valves Flanged: NPS 1 through 8 CL150, 300, and 600 raised-face or ring-type joint flanges per ASME B16.5 Screwed or Socket Welding: NPS 1/2 through 2 consistent with ASME B16.11 Buttwelding: NPS 1 through 8(5). All available ASME B16.25 schedules that are consistent with ASME B16.34
Maximum Inlet Pressures and Temperatures(1)(2)
As listed below, unless limited by maximum pressure drop or material temperature capabilities. Cast Iron Valves Flanged: Consistent with CL125B or 250B per ASME B16.1 Screwed: Consistent with flanged CL250 per ASME B16.4 Steel and Stainless Steel Valves Flanged: Consistent with CL150, 300, and 600(3) per ASME B16.34 Screwed or Welding: Consistent with flanged CL600(3) per ASME B16.34
Pressure Drop Limit Due to Gasket Loading: See table 1 Shutoff Pressure Drop Limits with Typical Actuators: See tables 6, 7, and 8 Pressures and Temperatures for Trims Only: See figure 7 Temperatures for Body-Trim Combinations: See table 5 Temperatures for All Other Parts: See table 3
Shutoff Classifications per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 YD Standard Design: Class IV High-Temperature Design: Class II YS Standard Class: Class IV Optional Class: Class V (NPS 1 through 4)
Flow Characteristic
Linear
Flow Direction
See figure 6
Flow Coefficients and Noise Level Prediction
Refer to Fisher Catalog 12
- continued -
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ENVIRO-SEAL Packing System Specifications . . . . . . 4 Flow Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 ENVIRO-SEAL, HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems . . . . . . . . 6 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Tables Travel, Port, and Gasket Loading
Pressure Drop Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Trim Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Materials and Temperature Limits for Other Parts . . 9 Valve Body-Trim Temperature Capabilities . . . . . . . 10
Maximum Allowable YD Shutoff Pressure Drops with 657 and 667 Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Maximum Allowable YS (Converging Service) Shutoff Pressure Drops with 657 and 667 Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Maximum Allowable YS (Diverging Service) Shutoff Pressure Drops with 657 and 667 Actuators (ON-OFF) application only-No throttling service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Bonnet Selection Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
Specifications (continued)
Valve Plug Styles YD: Balanced, metal-seated YS: Unbalanced, metal-seated
Rated Travels and Port Diameters See table 1
Yoke Boss and Stem Diameters for Actuator Mounting
Bonnet Styles
See table 11
Construction Materials
Valve Body and Bonnet:J Cast iron (except extension bonnet), J WCC steel, J WC9 chrome moly steel, J C5 chrome moly steel, or J CF8M (316 SST) Trims: See table 2 All Other Parts: See table 3
VALVE SIZE, NPS
1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2 2, 2-1/2, 3, 4 6 8
1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2 2, 2-1/2, 3, 4 6 8
VALVE STEM AND YOKE BOSS DIAMETERS, INCHES
Standard
Optional
Yoke Boss
Stem
Yoke Boss
Stem
mm
54
9.5
71
12.7
71
12.7
90
19.1
90
19.1
127
25.4
90
19.1
- - -
- - -
Inch
2-1/8
3/8
2-13/16
1/2
2-13/16
1/2
3-9/16
3/4
3-9/16
3/4
5
1
3-9/16
3/4
- - -
- - -
Actuator Sizing
Pneumatic: See tables 6, 7, and 8 Electric: See Fisher Catalog 14. Electric actuators must be capable of up and down thrust limits
Approximate Shipping Weights
VALVE SIZE, NPS
1/2, 3/4 1
1-1/2 2
2-1/2 3 4 6 8
SHIPPING WEIGHT
kg
lb
14
30
18
40
27
60
39
85
50
110
68
150
109
240
227
500
345
760
Options
J Lubricator or lubricator/isolating valve for packing lubrication J Drilled and tapped connection in extension bonnet for leakoff J ENVIRO-SEAL live-loaded packing systems(4)
1. PN (or other) ratings and end connections can usually be supplied; consult your Emerson sales office. 2. The pressure or temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard limitations should not be exceeded. OPERATIVE LIMITS term is defined in SAMA Standard PMC 20.1. 3. Certain bonnet bolting material selections may require a CL600 easy-e valve assembly to be derated. Contact your Emerson sales office for more information. 4. For additional information, see Bulletin 59.1:061 ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems for Sliding-Stem Valves. 5. BWE not available for NPS 8 with high temperature trim, see figure 2. Lower cage cannot be removed unless bottom flange adaptor is removed.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
ENVIRO-SEAL Packing System Specifications
Applicable Stem Diameters
J 9.5 mm (3/8 inches), J 12.7 (1/2), J 19.1 (3/4), andJ 25.4 (1) diameter valve stems
Maximum Pressure/Temperature Limits(1)
To Meet the EPA Fugitive Emission Standard of 100 PPM(2) For ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE and ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex packing systems: full CL300 up to 232_C (450_F) For ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF packing system: 104 bar (1500 psig) at 316_C (600_F)
Construction Materials
PTFE Packing Systems Packing Ring and Lower Wiper: PTFE V-ring(3)
Male and Female Adaptor Rings: Carbon-filled PTFE V-ring
Anti-Extrusion Washer: Filled PTFE Lantern Ring: S31600 (316 stainless steel) Spring: J 17-7PH stainless steel or J N06600 Packing Box Flange: S31600 Packing Follower: S31600 lined with carbon-filled PTFE Packing Box Studs: SA193-B8M Class 2 Packing Box Nuts: S31600 Graphite ULF Packing Systems Packing Ring: Graphite rings Spring: J 17-7PH stainless steel or J N06600 Packing Box Flange: S31600 Packing Follower: S31600 lined with carbon-filled PTFE Packing Box Studs: SA193-B8M Class 2 Packing Box Nuts: S31600
1. Refer to the valve specifications in this bulletin for pressure/temperature limits of valve parts. Do not exceed the pressure/temperature rating of the valve. Do not exceed any applicable code or standard limitation. 2. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has set a limit of 100 parts per million (ppm) for fugitive emissions from a valve in selected VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) services. 3. In vacuum service, reversing the ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing rings is not necessary.
Figure 1. Construction Details
UPPER CAGE
UPPER CAGE
CAGE O-RING
LOWER CAGE
RETAINING RING GASKETS
SEAL RING
LOWER CAGE
VALVE PLUG SEALS
RETAINING RING
BACKUP RING
40A3551-C A1891-1
DETAIL OF HIGH TEMPERATURE YD TRIM
REVERSIBLE UPPER SEAT RING
UPPER SEAT RING GASKET
VALVE PLUG
SEAT RING
W9045-1
SEAT RING GASKET
STANDARD YD
4
VALVE PLUG
LOWER SEAT RING
W9046-1
YS
SPRING
LOWER SEAT RING GASKET
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
Figure 2. Construction Details - NPS 8 YD-High Temperature
UPPER CAGE GASKETS
VALVE BODY LOWER CAGE PLUG
B1504-6 E1433
Figure 3. Construction Details - NPS 8 YD
STEM
UPPER CAGE
BONNET CAGE ADAPTOR
PLUG
LOWER CAGE
58B1505-A
ADAPTOR FLANGE
Flow Directions
YD (Common Port on Bottom) see figure 6
nPlug Down, Left-Hand Port Closed--Flow in converging service is from right to bottom port and in diverging service is from bottom to right port.
nPlug Up, Right-Hand Port Closed--Flow in converging service is from left to bottom port and in diverging service is from bottom to left port.
nIntermediate Plug Positions--Flow in converging service is from both left and right ports to bottom port, with capacities in proportion to plug travel. Flow in diverging service is from bottom port to both left and right ports, with capacities split in proportion to plug travel.
YS (Common Port on Left) see figure 6
nPlug Down, Bottom Port Closed--Flow in converging service is from right to left port and in diverging service is from left to right port.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
nPlug Up, Right-Hand Port Closed--Flow in converging service is from bottom to left port and in diverging service is from left to bottom port.
nIntermediate Plug Positions--Flow in converging service is from both bottom and right ports to left port, with capacities in proportion to plug travel.
Figure 4. Cutaway of ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnet and Internal Shroud, Showing Bellows
For applications requiring compliance with environmental protection regulations, the unique ENVIRO-SEAL packing system (figure 5) and, for hazardous service, the ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal system (figure 4) are offered. The emission control packing system keeps emission concentrations below the EPA 100 ppm requirement.
For an excellent stem seal in applications that are not environmentally sensitive, the HIGH-SEAL Graphite ULF packing system (figure 5) is offered. The HIGH-SEAL packing system provides excellent sealing at pressure/temperature ratings beyond ENVIRO-SEAL limits. ENVIRO-SEAL systems may also be applied for excellent stem sealing in higher pressure/temperature applications not requiring EPA compliance.
ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems, available with PTFE, Graphite ULF, or Duplex packing, and the HIGH-SEAL Graphite ULF packing system feature live-loading and unique packing-ring arrangements for long-term, consistent sealing performance.
W5852-1
ENVIRO-SEAL, HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems
ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL packing systems offer excellent sealing capabilities. These systems easily install in your existing valves or can be purchased with new valves. These systems help you seal your process to conserve valuable process fluid. The long operational life and reliability of these systems also reduce your maintenance costs and downtime.
Installation
Although YD and YS valves may be mounted with the actuator in any position relative to the valve, the normal position is with the valve in a horizontal run of pipe and the actuator vertical above the valve. The actuator should be supported in any position other than vertical. Orient the valve so that valve plug positions and flow directions will conform to the flow indicator plate on the valve body.
Dimensions are shown in figure 8.
Note For the NPS 8 high temperature construction, the bottom flange MUST be removed to access and remove the lower cage (see figure 2). BWE end connections are not available for the NPS 8 high temperature constructions for this reason.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
Figure 5. ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems
PACKING BOX STUD
SPRING
SPRINGS
PACKING
FOLLOWER
ANTIEXTRUSION RING
LANTERN RING
PACKING BOX STUDS
PACKING RING VALVE BONNET
W8533-1
TYPICAL HIGH-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
SPRINGS
PACKING BOX STUD
W5803-3
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH PTFE PACKING
PACKING
FOLLOWER
W8532-1
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
W7018
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH DUPLEX PACKING
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Table 1. Travel, Port, and Gasket Loading Pressure Drop Information
VALVE SIZE, NPS
MAXIMUM RATED TRAVEL
mm
Inches
SEAT RING PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inches
1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2
19
0.75
33.3
2, 2-1/2
29
1.125
58.7
3
38
1.5
87.3
4
51
2
111.1
6
51
2
177.8
8(2)
57.2
2.25
177.8
1. For standard YD only. For high temperature YD, consult your Emerson sales office. 2. NPS 8 only available in YD construction.
1.3125 2.3125 3.4375 4.375
7 7
PRESSURE DROP LIMIT
DUE TO GASKET LOADING
YS
YD(1)
bar
psig
bar
psig
41.4
600
31.7
460
37.9 38.6
550 560
103.4
1500
52.4
760
- - -
- - -
Table 2. Trim Materials
PART
YD Valve Plug
YS Upper Cage and Lower Cage Upper Cage Retaining Ring (High-Temperature YD Only) Upper Seat Ring (YS Only) and Lower Seat Ring
1. Standard trim for stainless steel valves.
Trim 1 CB7Cu-1 (17-4PH SST)
S41600 (416 SST) CB7Cu-1 S41600 S41600
MATERIAL Trim 2(1)
CF8M (316 SST) S31600 (316 SST)
CF8M, ENC CF8M S31600
Trim 2A CF8M/CoCr-A CF8M/CoCr-A
CF8M, ENC CF8M
S31600/CoCr-A
Figure 6. Flow Directions
10A8391-A B2413
YD PLUG DOWN
10A8391-A
YD PLUG UP
10A8392-A
YS PLUG DOWN
10A8392-A
YS PLUG UP
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
Table 3. Materials and Temperature Limits for Other Parts
IN-BODY PROCESS TEMPERATURE
PART
MATERIAL
_C
_F
Min
Max
Min
Max
Cast iron body
Cap screws
Steel SAE Grade 5
-29
232
-20
450
WCC body
Studs Nuts
Steel SA-193-B7 Steel SA-194-2H
-29
427(1)
-20
800(1)
Body-to-bonnet bolting. See table 4 for NACE bolting materials and temperatures
316 stainless steel (CF8M)
Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts
Studs
Nuts
Steel SA-193-B7 (std) Steel SA-194-2H (std) 304 stainless steel SA-320-B8 304 stainless steel SA-194-8 316 stainless steel SA-193-B8M (strain-hardened) 316 stainless steel SA-194-8M
316 stainless steel SA-194-B8M (annealed)
316 stainless steel SA-194-8M
-48
427(1)
-55
800(1)
-198
38
-325
100
-198(2) 427(1) -325(2) 800(1)
-198(2)
These mat'ls
not limiting factors
-325(2)
These mat'ls
not limiting factors
LCC body
Studs Nuts
Steel SA-193-B7 Steel SA-194-2H
-46
343(1)
-50
650(1)
WC9 and C5 body
Studs Nuts
NCF2 coated SA-193-B7 NCF2 coated SA-194-7
-29
427(1)
-20
800(1)
Valve plug stem and pin
S31600 (316 SST) Ethylene propylene(2)
-254 -40
- - -(1) 232
-425 -40
- - -(1) 450
Plug-cage seals (YD only)
Standard YD
High-temperature YD
Cage O-ring and backup ring
Seal ring Valve plug seals Retaining ring gaskets
With hydrocarbons, air Nitrile(3) With other process fluids Fluorocarbon(4) Carbon-filled PTFE Graphite
FGM Graphite/S31600
-34 -34 -18 -73 -254
-254
71 82 204 232 - - -(1)
- - -(1)
-30 -30 0 -100 -425
-425
160 180 400 450 - - -(1)
- - -(1)
Bonnet gasket
FGM Graphite/S31600
-254
- - -(1)
-425
- - -(1)
Retaining ring gaskets (High-temperature YD only)
FGM Graphite/S31600
-254
- - -(1)
-425
- - -(1)
Spiral wound gaskets
N06600/graphite FGM-standard
-198
- - -(1)
-325
- - -(1)
Spiral wound spring
NPS 1 to 3 NPS 4 to 8
N06600/graphite FGM N06600
-198 -198
- - -(1) - - -(1)
-325 -325
- - -(1) - - -(1)
Packing (temperatures calculated for standard bonnet)
Standard Optional
PTFE V-ring PTFE/composition Graphite ribbon/filament
-40 -73 -254
232 232 - - -(1)
-40 -100 -425
450 450 - - -(1)
Packing flange, studs, and nuts
316 SST
-254
- - -(1)
-425
- - -(1)
Packing box ring
316 SST
-254
- - -(1)
-425
- - -(1)
All other metal packing box parts
316 SST
-254
- - -(1)
-425
- - -(1)
1. Maximum temperature of this part not a limiting factor. 2. Has excellent moisture resistance with hot water and steam and may be used with most fire-resistant hydraulic oils, but cannot be used with petroleum-based fluids and other hydrocarbons. 3. General-purpose material with good resistance to petroleum-based lubricating oils, gasoline, and other hydrocarbons. Not for use with fire-resistant hydraulic oils. 4. For high-temperature air, hydrocarbons, and certain other chemicals and solvents, but cannot be used with ammonia, steam, or hot water.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Table 4. Bolting Materials and Temperature Limits for Bolting Compliance with NACE Specification MR0175-2002, MR0157/ISO 15156, and MR0103
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
BOLTING MATERIAL
_C
_F
Min
Max
Min
Max
NACE MR0175-2002, MR0157/ISO 15156, and MR0103 (non-exposed bolting) (Standard)
WCC and CF8M (316 SST)
Studs Nuts
Steel SA-193-B7 Steel SA-194-2H
-48(3)
427
-55(3)
800
WCC and CF8M
Studs Nuts
NACE MR0175-2002 (exposed bolting) (Optional)
No Derating of Valve Required
Steel SA-564-630 (H1150 dbl(1)) Steel SA-194-2HM
-46(3)
343
-50(3)
650
NACE MR0175-2002, MR0157/ISO 15156, and MR0103 (exposed bolting) (Optional) Requires Derating of Valve(2) When These Body-to-Body Bolting Materials are Used
WCC and CF8M
Studs Nuts
Steel SA-193-B7M Steel SA-194-2HM
-48(3)
427
-55(3)
800
1. Special heat treating required.
2. Derating is not required for CL300 valves. Derating may be required for valves rated at CL600. Contact your Emerson sales office for assistance in determining the derating of valves when these body-to-bonnet bolting materials are used. 3. WCC is limited to -29_C (-20_F).
Table 5. Valve Body-Trim Temperature Capabilities(1)
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
TRIM NUMBER
FROM TABLE 2
Minimum
_C
_F
TEMPERATURE(2) Maximum
Standard YD _C (_F)
YS and High-Temperature YD
_C (_F)
1
-73
Cast Iron(3)
2(2) and 2A
-73
1
-29
WCC Steel
and WC9
and C5
2(2)
-29
Chrome
Moly Steel
2A
-29
-100 -100 -20
-20
-20
232 (450)
NPS 1-1/2 to 3: 232 (450) NPS 4 to 6: 177 (350)
NPS 1/2 to 1-1/2: 427 (800)(4) NPS 2 and 2-1/2: 371 (700)(4) NPS 3: 316 (600)(4) NPS 4 and 6: 260 (500)(4)
NPS 1/2 to 1-1/2: 316 (600)(4) NPS 2 and 2-1/2: 232 (450) NPS 3: 204 (400) NPS 4 and 6: 149 (300)
NPS 1/2 to 1-1/2: 343 (650)(4) NPS 2 and 2-1/2: 232 (450) NPS 3: 204 (400) NPS 4 and 6: 149 (300)
232 (450) 232 (450) 427 (800)
316 (600)
343 (650)
CF8M (316 SST)
2(2)
-254
-425 316 (600)(4)
2A
-198(5) -325(5) 343 (650)(4)
316 (600) 343 (650)
NPS 8 YD (WCC)
1
-29
-20 232 (450)
427 (800)(6)
NPS 8 YD
2(2)
-198
-325 232 (450)
(CF8M)
2A
-198
-325 232 (450)
316 (600)(6) 343 (650)(6)
1. Refer to table 2 for trim materials. 2. Trim 2 limited to 149_C (300_F) maximum for nonlubricating fluids. 3. Cast iron is limited to -73_C (-100_F) minimum 4. Plug cage seals limit this design to 232_C (450_F) maximum. 5. May be used down to -254_C (-425_F) if manufacturing process includes Charpy impact test.
6. Only available in YD constructions.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
Figure 7. Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops and Temperatures for Table 2 Trims
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
1,2A
1
10A8091-B A1892-3
650 FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
Note: 1 Trim 2 limited to 149°C (300°F) maximum for nonlubricating fluids
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Table 6. Maximum Allowable Fisher YD Shutoff Pressure Drops with 657 and 667 Actuators(1)
NOMINAL (ACTUAL) AIR TO DIAPHRAGM, PSIG(2)
PACKING TYPE
ACTUATOR SIZE
3-15 (0-18)
6-30 (0-33)
nP, PSID/(Bench Set, PSIG)/Spring Drawing Number
1.3125 Inch Port, Class IV Seat Leakage
Standard Single or Double PTFE
100
500
925
500
1335
1500
30
(5-13)
(6-12)
(7-11)(3)
(6-26)
(8-24)
(10-22)
1F1768
1F1767
1J1722
1E7953
1J2581
1E7923
1130
1500
1500
34
(5-13)
(6-12)
- - -
(6-26)
- - -
- - -
1E8053
1E8056
1E8051
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
290
710
1500
30
(7-11)
- - -
- - -
(8-24)
(10-22)
- - -
1J1722
1J2581
1E7923
500
1125
1125
1500
34
(5-13)
(6-12)
- - -
(6-26)
(8-24)
- - -
1E8053
1E8056
1E8051
1E8055
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF
Graphite Ribbon/ Filament (CL600)
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF
Standard Single or Double PTFE
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF
Graphite Ribbon/ Filament (CL600)
30
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
955
34
- - -
- - -
- - -
(10-22)
1E8058
1.3125 Inch Port, Class II Seat Leakage (High-Temperature Trim)
320
30
- - -
- - -
- - -
(8-24)
1J2581
110
740
1370
740
34
(5-13)
(6-12)
(7-11)
(6-26)
1E8053
1E8056
1F1771
1E8051
30
30
- - -
- - -
- - -
(11-21)
1F1769
450
34
- - -
- - -
- - -
(8-24)
1E8055
2.3125 Inch Port, Class IV Seat Leakage
250
250
40
(6-12)
- - -
- - -
(6-26)
1F1771
1E8054
275
820
1350
1350
45
(4-14)
(5-12)
(6-11)
(6-26)
1E8270
1E8269
1F1773
1E8263
120
40
- - -
- - -
- - -
(7-25)
1E8058
330
870
865
45
(5-12)
(6-11)
- - -
(6-26)
1E8269
1F1773
1E8263
430
45
- - -
- - -
- - -
(9-24)
1E8268
385
385
46
(6-12)
- - -
- - -
(6-26)
1E8266
1E8258
2.3125 Inch Port, Class II Seat Leakage (High-Temperature Trim)
90
40
- - -
- - -
- - -
(7-25)
1E8058
300
840
840
45
(5-12)
(6-11)
- - -
(6-26)
1E8269
1F1773
1E8263
-continued-
- - -
1500 (12-20) 1E8053
1500 (11-21) 1F1769 1500 (8-24) 1J2581
450 (12-20) 1F1768 1500 (10-22) 1E8058
600 (7-25) 1E8058 1500 (8-25) 1E8271 820 (9-24) 1E8057 1500 (8-25) 1E8271 1500 (11-22) 1E8272 1500 (8-24) 1E8264
790 (9-24) 1E8057 1500 (8-25) 1E8271
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1500 (10-22) 1E8053
- - 1170 (10-22) 1E8053
- - -
- - -
- - -
1145 (10-22) 1E8053
- - -
3-40(0-43)
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - 540 (14-28) 1F7143 1500 (13-29) 1E8055
- - -
- - 1300 (14-28) 1F7143
- - -
- - -
- - 1500 (12-30) 1E8058
- - -
- - -
- - -
1500 (12-30) 1E8058
- - -
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
Table 6. Maximum Allowable Fisher YD Shutoff Pressure Drops with 657 and 667 Actuators(1) (continued)
NOMINAL (ACTUAL) AIR TO DIAPHRAGM, PSIG(2)
PACKING TYPE
ACTUATOR SIZE
3-15 (0-18)
6-30 (0-33)
nP, PSID/(Bench Set, PSIG)/Spring Drawing Number
2.3125 Inch Port, Class II Seat Leakage (High-Temperature Trim) (Continued)
40
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF
635
1500
45
- - -
- - -
- - -
(8-25)
(11-22)
- - -
1E8271
1E8272
330
1125
1125
1500
46
(5-13)
(6-12)
- - -
(6-12)
(8-24)
- - -
1E8272
1E8266
1E8258
1E8264
3.4375 Inch Port, Class IV Seat Leakage
Standard Single or Double PTFE
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF
40
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
100
650
650
1500
45
(5-12)
(6-11)(3)
- - -
(6-26)
(9-24)
- - -
1F1773
1E9215
1E8268
1E8272
150
150
1500
45
(6-11)(3)
- - -
- - -
(6-26)
(9-24)
- - -
1E9215
1E8268
1E8272
150
1500
1500
46
(4-14)
(6-12)
- - -
(6-26)
- - -
- - -
1E8272
1E8269
1E8267
250
800
45
- - -
- - -
- - -
(10-22)
(11-20)
- - -
1E8266
1E8269
460
1500
46
- - -
- - -
- - -
(7-25)
(9-24)
- - -
1E8263
1E8271
3.4375 Inch Port, Class II Seat Leakage (High-Temperature Trim)
Graphite Ribbon/ Filament (CL600)
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF
Standard Single or Double PTFE
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
40
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
500
500
1500
45
(6-11)(3)
- - -
- - -
(6-26)
(9-24)
- - -
1E9215
1E8268
1E8272
815
1500
45
- - -
- - -
- - -
(9-24)
(11-20)
- - -
1E8272
1E8269
770
770
1500
46
(6-12)
- - -
- - -
(6-26)
(7-25)
- - -
1E8269
1E8267
1E8263
4.375 Inch Port, Class IV Seat Leakage
50
50
570
1100
45
(6-12)(3)
- - -
- - -
(6-26)
(7-25)
(8-24)
1E9215
1E8272
1E8270
1E8266
800
1500
46
(5-13)
- - -
- - -
(6-26)
- - -
- - -
1E8269
1E8271
80
620
45
- - -
- - -
- - -
(7-25)
(8-24)
- - -
1E8270
1E8266
325
1125
1500
46
(5-13)
- - -
- - -
(6-26)
(7-23)
- - -
1E8269
1E8271
1E8265
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF
45
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
260
46
- - -
- - -
- - -
(7.5-21)
- - -
- - -
1E8272
-continued-
3-40(0-43)
575 (12-30) 1E8058
- - -
- - -
230 (8-32) 1E8058
- - -
- - -
- - 1500 (13-29) 1E8261
- - -
85 (8-32) 1E8058
- - -
- - -
- - -
1500 (9-33) 1E8265
- - 1150 (9-33) 1E8265
- - 200 (11-31) 1E8272 - - -
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Table 6. Maximum Allowable Fisher YD Shutoff Pressure Drops with 657 and 667 Actuators(1) (continued)
NOMINAL (ACTUAL) AIR TO DIAPHRAGM, PSIG(2)
PACKING TYPE
ACTUATOR SIZE
3-15 (0-18)
6-30 (0-33)
nP, PSID/(Bench Set, PSIG)/Spring Drawing Number
3-40(0-43)
4.375 Inch Port, Class II Seat Leakage (High-Temperature Trim)
Graphite Ribbon/ Filament (CL600)
200
200
720
1250
1500
45
(6-12)(3)
- - -
- - -
(6-26)
(7-25)
(8-24)
(9-33)
1E9215
1E8272
1E8270
1E8266
1E8265
950
1500
46
(5-13)
- - -
- - -
(6-26)
- - -
- - -
- - -
1E8269
1E8271
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF
250
520
45
- - -
- - -
- - -
(8.5-24.5)
- - -
- - -
(9-33)
1E8266
1E8265
70
470
1260
1500
46
(5.5-11.5)
- - -
- - -
(6-26)
(7-23)
(7.5-21)
- - -
1F1773
1E8271
1E8265
1E8272
NPS 6, 7 Inch Port, Class IV Seat Leakage(4)
370
50
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
(11-31)
1E8272
Standard Single or Double PTFE
405
60
- - -
- - -
- - -
(7.5-21)
- - -
- - -
- - -
1E8272
250
750
1500
70
(5-13)
- - -
- - -
(6-26)
(8-23)
- - -
- - -
1N1286
1N7193
1N1287
60
50
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
(11-31)
1E8272
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
60
95
- - -
- - -
- - -
(7.5-21)
- - -
- - -
- - -
1E8272
430
1450
1500
70
- - -
- - -
- - -
(6-26)
(8-23)
(10-22)
- - -
1N7193
1N1287
1N1284
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF
76 (667 only)
70
200
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
(13-29)
1N1284
590
1500
- - -
- - -
- - -
(10-22)
- - -
- - -
(13-28)
1N1284
1N1287
NPS 6, 7 Inch Port, Class II Seat Leakage (High-Temperature Trim)
125
50
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
(11-31)
1E8272
Graphite Ribbon/ Filament (CL600)
60
160
- - -
- - -
- - -
(7.5-21)
- - -
- - -
- - -
1E8272
500
1500
70
- - -
- - -
- - -
(6-26)
(8-23)
- - -
- - -
1N7193
1N1287
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF
76 (667 only)
70
490
1200
- - -
- - -
- - -
(11-22)(3)
- - -
- - -
(13-29)
1N1286
1N1284
590
1500
- - -
- - -
- - -
(8-23)
(10-22)
- - -
- - -
1N1287
1N1284
1. Spring and bench sets selected for use with either 657 or 667. Other acceptable configurations possible from Fisher Specification Manager for a specific actuator type.
2. The bench set values shown assume an actual supply pressure to the actuator of 0 to 18 psig for a nominal 3 to 15 psig signal, an actual 0 to 33 psig supply for a nominal 6 to 30 psig signal,
and an actual 0 to 43 psig supply for a nominal 3 to 40 psig signal. Any positioner or controller used with these actuators must be capable of delivering the appropriate slightly extended range. 3. Requires non-standard spring adjustor. 4. Special Class IV seat load (40 lb/lineal inch) used for YD with 7-inch diameter port.
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
Table 7. Maximum Allowable Fisher YS (Converging Service) Shutoff Pressure Drops with 657 and 667 Actuators(1)
NOMINAL (ACTUAL) AIR TO DIAPHRAGM, PSIG(2)
PACKING TYPE
ACTUATOR SIZE
3-15 (0-18)
6-30 (0-33)
nP, PSID/(Bench Set, PSIG)/Spring Drawing Number
3-40(0-43)
1.3125 Inch Port, Class IV Seat Leakage
Standard Single or Double PTFE
40
75
110
180
245
315
30
(6-12)
(7-11)(3)
- - -
(8-24)
(10-22)
(12-20)
(14-28)
1F1767
1J1722
1J2581
1E7923
1F1768
1F7143
95
145
195
245
350
450
550
34
(5-13)
(6-12)
(7-11)
(8-24)
(10-22)
(12-20)
(14-28)
1E8053
1E8056
1F1771
1E8055
1E8058
1E8053
1E8054
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
25
60
125
195
265
30
(7-11)(3)
- - -
- - -
(8-24)
(10-22)
(12-20)
(14-28)
1J1722
1J2581
1E7923
1F1768
1F7143
40
95
145
195
300
400
500
34
(5-13)
(6-12)
(7-11)
(8-24)
(10-22)
(12-20)
(14-28)
1E8053
1E8056
1F1771
1E8055
1E8058
1E8053
1E8054
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF
45
30
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
(14-28)
1F7143
80
180
285
34
- - -
- - -
- - -
(10-22)
(12-20)
- - -
(14-28)
1E8058
1E8053
1E8054
Graphite Ribbon/ Filament (CL300)
10
80
150
215
30
- - -
- - -
- - -
(8-24)
(10-22)
(12-20)
(14-28)
1J2581
1E7923
1F1768
1F7143
45
95
145
250
350
450
34
(6-12)
(7-11)
- - -
(8-24)
(10-22)
(12-20)
(14-28)
1E8056
1F1771
1E8055
1E8058
1E8053
1E8054
2.3125 Inch Port, Class IV Seat Leakage
Standard Single or Double PTFE
12
28
61
78
110
40
(6-12)
- - -
- - -
(7-25)
(9-24)
(10-22)
(12-30)
1F1771
1E8058
1E8057
1E8053
1E8058
38
63
113
188
213
263
45
(5-12)
(6-11)
- - -
(8-25)
(11-22)
(12-21)
(14-28)
1E8269
1F1773
1E8271
1E8272
1E8266
1E8265
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
38
55
88
40
- - -
- - -
- - -
(9-24)
(10-22)
- - -
(12-30)
1E8057
1E8053
1E8058
15
40
90
165
190
240
45
(5-12)
(6-11)
- - -
(8-25)
(11-22)
(12-21)
(14-28)
1E8269
1F1773
1E8271
1E8272
1E8266
1E8265
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF
70
95
145
45
- - -
- - -
- - -
(11-22)
(12-21)
- - -
(14-28)
1E8272
1E8266
1E8265
46
18
(6-12)
- - -
1E8266
- - -
55 (7-25) 1E8257
130 (9-24) 1E8267
240 (12-21) 1E8265
(667 Only) 315
(14-28) 1E8263
Graphite Ribbon/ Filament (CL300)
24
40
73
40
- - -
- - -
- - -
(9-24)
(10-22)
- - -
(12-30)
1E8057
1E8053
1E8058
26
76
151
176
226
45
(6-11)
- - -
- - -
(8-25)
(11-22)
(12-21)
(14-28)
1F1773
1E8271
1E8272
1E8266)
1E8265
-continued-
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Table 7. Maximum Allowable Fisher YS (Converging Service) Shutoff Pressure Drops with 657 and 667 Actuators(1)
(continued)
NOMINAL (ACTUAL) AIR TO DIAPHRAGM, PSIG(2)
PACKING TYPE
ACTUATOR SIZE
3-15 (0-18)
6-30 (0-33)
3-40(0-43)
nP, PSID/(Bench Set, PSIG)/Spring Drawing Number
3.4375 Inch Port, Class IV Seat Leakage
5
40
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
(8-32)
1E8058
Standard Single or Double PTFE
13
25
47
70
104
45
(6-11)(3)
- - -
- - -
(7-25)
(9-24)
(11-20)
(14-29)
1E9215
1E8265
1E8272
1E8269
1E8272
46
30 (5-13) 1E8266
46 (6-12) 1E8269
- - -
80 (8-24) 1E8262
114 (10-22) 1E8265
130 (11-21) 1E8261
(667 Only) 147
(12-27) 1E8271
5
15
37
60
94
45
(6-11)(3)
- - -
- - -
(7-25)
(9-24)
(11-20)
(14-29)
1E9215
1E8265
1E8272
1E8269
1E8272
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
46
19 (5-13)
36 (6-12)
- - -
70 (8-24)
103 (10-22)
120 (11-22)
(667 Only) 137
(12-27)
1E8266
1E8269
1E8262
1E8265
1E8261
1E8271
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF
17
50
45
- - -
- - -
- - -
(11-20)
- - -
- - -
(14-29)
1E8269
1E8272
46
- - -
- - -
- - -
27 (8-24)
60 (10-22)
77 (11-21)
(667 Only) 94
(12-27)
1E8262
1E8265
1E8261
1E8271
Graphite Ribbon/ Filament (CL300)
8
31
53
87
45
- - -
- - -
- - -
(7-25)
(9-24)
(11-20)
(14-29)
1E8265
1E8272
1E8269
1E8272
46
13 (5-13) 1E8266
30 (6-12) 1E8269
- - -
63 (8-24) 1E8262
97 (10-22) 1E8265
114 (11-21) 1E8261
(667 Only) 130
(12-27) 1E8271
4.375 Inch Port, Class IV Seat Leakage
15
35
45
- - -
- - -
- - -
(8-24)
- - -
- - -
(11-31)
1E8266
1E8272
Standard Single or Double PTFE
46
76(4) (667 Only)
16
(5.5-11.5)
- - -
1F1773
- - -
- - -
21
36
- - -
(6-26)
(7.5-21)
- - -
- - -
1E8271
1E8272
39
70
112
- - -
(8-24)
(11-22)(3)
- - -
(15-26)(3)
1N1284
1N1286
1N1286
70(4)
29
(5-13)
- - -
1N1286
44
88
102
161
- - -
(6-26)
(9-24)
(10-22)
(14-29)
1N7193
1N1287
1N1284
1N1287
8
29
45
- - -
- - -
- - -
(8-24)
- - -
- - -
(11-31)
1E8266
1E8272
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
46
76(4) (667 Only)
9
(5.5-11.5)
- - -
1F1773
- - -
- - -
14
30
- - -
(6-26)
(7.5-21)
- - -
- - -
1E8271
1E8272
30
61
102
- - -
(8-24)
(11-22)(3)
- - -
(15-26)(3)
1N1284
1N1286
1N1286
70(4)
20
(5-13)
- - -
1N1286
35
79
93
152
- - -
(6-26)
(9-24)
(10-22)
(14-29)
1N7193
1N1287
1N1284
1N1287
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF
76(4) (667 Only)
85
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
(15-26)(3)
1N1286
-continued-
16
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
Table 7. Maximum Allowable Fisher YS (Converging Service) Shutoff Pressure Drops with 657 and 667 Actuators(1) (continued)
NOMINAL (ACTUAL) AIR TO DIAPHRAGM, PSIG(2)
PACKING TYPE
ACTUATOR SIZE
3-15 (0-18)
6-30 (0-33)
nP, PSID/(Bench Set, PSIG)/Spring Drawing Number
3-40(0-43)
4.375 Inch Port, Class IV Seat Leakage (Continued)
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF
70(4)
25
39
99
- - -
- - -
- - -
(9-24)
(10-22)
- - -
(14-29)
1N1287
1N1284
1N1287
4
25
45
- - -
- - -
- - -
(8-24)
- - -
- - -
(11-31)
1E8266
1E8272
Graphite Ribbon/ Filament (CL300)
46
76(4) (667 Only)
5
(5.5-11.5)
- - -
1F1773
- - -
- - -
10
26
- - -
(6-26)
(7.5-21)
- - -
- - -
1E8271
1E8272
17
48
90
- - -
(8-24)
(11-22)(3)
- - -
(15-26)(3)
1N1284
1N1286
1N1286
70(4)
7
(5-13)
- - -
- - -
1N1286
NPS 6, 7-Inch Port, Class IV Seat Leakage(5)
22 (6-26) 1N7193
66 (9-24) 1N1287
81 (10-22) 1N1284
139 (14-29) 1N1287
5
60
- - -
- - -
- - -
(7.5-21)
- - -
- - -
- - -
1E8272
Standard Single or Double PTFE
76 (667 Only)
70
- - -
- - -
3
(5-13)
- - -
1N1286
7
19
35
- - -
(8-24)
(11-22)(3)
- - -
(15-26)(3)
1N1284
1N1286
1N1286
8
26
31
54
- - -
(6-26)
(9-24)
(10-22)
(14-29)
1N7193
1N1287
1N1284
1N1287
80(4)
10
(5-13)
- - -
1H7477
25
39
47
77
- - -
(7-26)
(8-24)
(9-22)
(13-29)
1H7476
1H7473
1H7475
1H7473
76 (667 Only)
15
31
- - -
- - -
- - -
(11-22)(3)
- - -
- - -
(15-26)(3)
1N1286
1N1286
5
22
28
51
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
70
- - -
- - -
- - -
(6-26)
(9-24)
(10-22)
(14-29)
1N7193
1N1287
1N1284
1N1287
80(4)
5
(5-13)
- - -
1H7477
20
34
42
103
- - -
(7-26)
(8-24)
(9-22)
(13-29)
1H7476
1H7473
1H7475
1H7473
76 (667 Only)
10
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
(15-26)(3)
1N1286
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF
7
30
70
- - -
- - -
- - -
(10-22)
- - -
- - -
(14-29)
1N1284
1N1287
80(4)
7
36
- - -
- - -
- - -
(9-22)
- - -
- - -
(13-29)
1H7475
1H7473
76 (667 Only)
10
27
- - -
- - -
- - -
(11-22)(3)
- - -
- - -
(15-26)(3)
1N1286
1N1286
Graphite Ribbon/ Filament (CL300)
17
23
46
70
- - -
- - -
- - -
(9-24)
(10-22)
- - -
(14-29)
1N1287
1N1284
1N1287
80(4)
13
27
35
65
- - -
- - -
- - -
(7-26)
(8-24)
(9-22)
(13-29)
1H7476
1H7473
1H7475
1H7473
1. Spring and bench sets selected for use with either 657 or 667. Other acceptable configurations possible from Fisher Specification Manager for a specific actuator type 2. The bench set values shown assume an actual supply pressure to the actuator of 0 to 18 psig for a nominal 3 to 15 psig signal, an actual 0 to 33 psig supply for a nominal 6 to 30 psig signal, and an actual 0 to 43 psig supply for a nominal 3 to 40 psig signal. Any positioner or controller used with these actuators must be capable of delivering the appropriate slightly extended range. 3. Requires non-standard spring adjustor. 4. Oversize yoke boss required. 5. Special Class 4 seat load (40 lb/lineal inch) used for YS, 7-inch port.
17
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Table 8. Maximum Allowable Fisher YS (Diverging Service) Shutoff Pressure Drops with 657 and 667 Actuators (ON-OFF) application only--No throttling service(1)
NOMINAL (ACTUAL) AIR TO DIAPHRAGM, PSIG(2)
PACKING TYPE
ACTUATOR SIZE
3-15 (0-18)
6-30 (0-33)
3-40 (0-43)
nP(6), PSID/(Bench Set, PSIG)(7)/Spring Drawing Number
1.3125 Inch Port, Class IV Seat Leakage
195
450
30
(5-13)
(4.5-28.5)
- - -
Standard
1F1768
1E7924
Single or Double PTFE
34
315 (3-15)
600 (4.5-28.5)
- - -
1E8058
1E8052
145
385
30
(7-11)(3)
(8-24)
- - -
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
1J1722 265
1J2581 600
34
(5-13)
(6-26)
- - -
1E8053
1E8051
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF
34
- - -
400 (10-22) 1E8058
- - -
330
30
- - -
(8-24)
- - -
Graphite Ribbon/
1J2581
Filament (CL300)
210
570
34
(6-12)
(6-26)
- - -
1E8056
1E8051
2.3125 Inch Port, Class IV Seat Leakage
50
210
40
(6-12)
(6-26)
- - -
Standard
1F1771
1E8054
Single or
Double PTFE
45
155 (4-14)
330 (4-28)
- - -
1E8270
1E8264
190
40
- - -
(7-25)
- - -
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
1E8058
120
310
45
(5-12)
(6-26)
- - -
1E8269
1E8263
225
45
- - -
(9-24)
- - -
ENVIRO-SEAL
1E8268
Graphite ULF
120
380
46
(6-12)
(7-25)
- - -
1E8266
1E8257
280
40
- - -
(9-24)
- - -
Graphite Ribbon/
1E8057
Filament (CL300)
105
295
45
(6-11)
(6-26)
- - -
1F1773
1E8263
-continued-
18
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
Table 8. Maximum Allowable Fisher YS (Diverging Service) Shutoff Pressure Drops with 657 and 667 Actuators (ON-OFF) application only--No throttling service(1) (continued)
NOMINAL (ACTUAL) AIR TO DIAPHRAGM, PSIG(2)
PACKING TYPE
ACTUATOR SIZE
3-15 (0-18)
6-30 (0-33)
3-40 (0-43)
nP(6), PSID/(Bench Set, PSIG)(7)/Spring Drawing Number
3.4375 Inch Port, Class IV Seat Leakage
40
- - -
125
- - -
(8-32)
1E8058
Standard
65
150
Single or
45
(5-12)
(6-26)
- - -
Double PTFE
1F1773
1E8268
110
225
46
(4-14)
(6-26)
- - -
1E8272
1E8267
55
140
45
(6-11)(3)
(6-26)
- - -
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
1E9215 100
1E8268 215
46
(4-14)
(4-28)
- - -
1E8272
1E8257
95
45
- - -
(10-22)
- - -
ENVIRO-SEAL
1E8266
Graphite ULF
170
46
- - -
(7-25)
- - -
1E8263
130
45
- - -
(7-25)
- - -
Graphite Ribbon/
1E8265
Filament (CL300)
90
210
46
(5-13)
(6-26)
- - -
1E8266
1E8267
4.375 Inch Port, Class IV Seat Leakage
40
90
45
(6-12)(3)
(6-26)
- - -
Standard
1E9215
1E8272
Single or
Double PTFE
46
65 (5-13)
140 (6-26)
- - -
1E8269
1E8271
85
45
- - -
(7-25)
- - -
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
1E8270
60
135
46
(5-13)
(6-26)
- - -
1E8269
1E8271
45
- - -
55
- - -
(11-31)
1E8272
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF
46
- - -
50 (7.5-21) 1E8272
- - -
135
70(4)
- - -
(9-24)
- - -
1N1287
80
45
- - -
(8-24)
- - -
Graphite Ribbon/
1E8266
Filament (CL300)
55
130
46
(5-13)
(6-26)
- - -
1E8269
1E8271
-continued-
19
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Table 8. Maximum Allowable Fisher YS (Diverging Service) Shutoff Pressure Drops with 657 and 667 Actuators (ON-OFF) application only--No throttling service(1) (continued)
NOMINAL (ACTUAL) AIR TO DIAPHRAGM, PSIG(2)
PACKING TYPE
ACTUATOR SIZE
3-15 (0-18)
6-30 (0-33)
3-40 (0-43)
nP(6), PSID/(Bench Set, PSIG)(7)/Spring Drawing Number
NPS 6, 7-Inch Port, Class IV Seat Leakage(5)
50
- - -
50
- - -
(11-31)
1E8272
Standard
45
Single or
60
- - -
(7.5-21)
- - -
Double PTFE
1E8272
35
75
70
(5-13)
(6-26)
- - -
1N1286
1N7193
50
- - -
45
- - -
(11-31)
1E8272
40
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
60
- - -
(7.5-21)
- - -
1E8272
30
70
70
(5-13)
(6-26)
- - -
1N1286
1N7193
76 (667 Only)
- - -
ENVIRO-SEAL
Graphite ULF
70
- - -
- - -
50 (10-22) 1N1284
50 (13-29) 1N1284
- - -
76 (667 Only)
- - -
Graphite Ribbon/
45 (11-22)(3)
1N1286
- - -
Filament (CL300)
70
70
- - -
(6-26)
- - -
1N7193
1. Spring and bench sets selected for use with either 657 or 667. Other acceptable configurations possible from Fisher Specification Manager for a specific actuator type 2. The bench set values shown assume an actual supply pressure to the actuator of 0 to 18 psig for a nominal 3 to 15 psig signal, an actual 0 to 33 psig supply for a nominal 6 to 30 psig signal, and an actual 0 to 43 psig supply for a nominal 3 to 40 psig signal. Any positioner or controller used with these actuators must be capable of delivering the appropriate slightly extended range. 3. Requires non-standard spring adjustor. 4. Oversize yoke boss required. 5. Special Class 4 seat load (40 lb/lineal inch) used for YS, 7-inch port. 6. Assumes same shutoff pressure drop for top and bottom ports. 7. Bench sets selected will provide sufficient seat loading, even with no pressure drop. The selected bench sets will enable the actuator to fully stroke the valve up or down with the maximum shutoff drop listed.
20
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
Table 9. Fisher YD and YS Dimensions
VALVE MATERIAL AND SIZE,
NPS
A Valve Rating and End Connection Style(1)
CAST IRON(2)
Screwed
CL125 FF
- - -
CL250 RF
- - -
- - -
- - -
DIMENSION
Standard Bonnet Stem Diameter,
mm (Inches)
D
Extension Bonnet
Style 1
Stem Diameter, mm (Inches)
Style 2
Stem Diameter, mm (Inches)
STEEL & SST
Screwed & SWE
CL150 RF
CL150 RTJ
CL300 RF
CL300 RTJ
CL600 RF & BWE
CL600 RTJ
9.5 (3/8)
12.7 (1/2)
19.1 (3/4)
25.4 (1)
9.5 (3/8)
12.7 (1/2)
19.1 (3/4)
25.4 (1)
9.5 (3/8)
12.7 (1/2)
19.1 (3/4)
mm
1/2, 3/4(2) 1(2) 1-1/2 2
209.6 209.6 251.0 285.8
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - - 127.0 149.4 - - -
- - - 212.9 251.0 - - -
- - - 303.3 319.0 - - -
184.2 196.9 196.9 209.6 209.6 209.6 127.0 149.4 - - -
- - - 212.9 251.0 - - -
- - - 303.3 319.0 - - -
222.3 235.0 235.0 247.7 251.0 251.0 127.0 149.4 - - -
- - - 212.9 251.0 - - -
- - - 303.3 319.0 - - -
254.0 266.7 266.7 282.4 285.8 289.1 - - - 171.5 168.1 - - -
- - - 273.1 277.9 - - -
- - - 471.1 468.4
2-1/2 3 4 6
8(3)
- - -
276.4 289.1 292.1 307.8 311.2 314.5 - - - 171.5 168.1 - - -
- - - 273.1 277.9 - - -
- - - 471.1 468.4
- - -
298.5 311.1 317.5 333.2 336.6 339.9 - - - 195.3 192.0 - - -
- - - 296.9 301.8 - - -
- - - 500.1 505.0
- - -
352.6 365.3 368.3 384.0 393.7 396.7 - - - 228.6 225.6 - - -
- - - 330.2 335.0 - - -
- - - 533.4 525.5
- - -
450.9 463.6 472.9 489.0 508.0 511.0 - - -
- - - 242.8 287.3 - - -
- - - 349.3 419.1 - - -
- - - 534.9
- - -
543.1 555.8 568.5 584.2 609.6 612.9 - - -
- - - 323.9 - - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
Inches
1/2, 3/4(2) 1(2) 1-1/2 2
8.25 8.25 9.88 11.25
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
5.00 5.88 - - -
- - -
8.38 9.88 - - -
- - - 11.94 12.56 - - -
7.25 7.75 7.75 8.25 8.25 8.25 5.00 5.88 - - -
- - - 8.38 9.88 - - -
- - - 11.94 12.56 - - -
8.75 9.25 9.25 9.75 9.88 9.88 5.00 5.88 - - -
- - - 8.38 9.88 - - -
- - - 11.94 12.56 - - -
10.00 10.50 10.50 11.12 11.25 11.38 - - - 6.75 6.62 - - -
- - - 10.75 10.94 - - -
- - - 18.56 18.44
2-1/2 3 4 6
8(3)
- - -
10.88 11.38 11.50 12.12 12.25 12.38 - - - 6.75 6.62 - - -
- - - 10.75 10.94 - - -
- - - 18.56 18.44
- - -
11.75 12.25 12.50 13.12 13.25 13.38 - - - 7.69 7.56 - - -
- - - 11.69 11.88 - - -
- - - 19.69 19.88
- - -
13.88 14.38 14.50 15.12 15.50 15.62 - - - 9.00 8.88 - - -
- - - 13.00 13.19 - - -
- - - 21.00 20.69
- - -
17.75 18.25 18.62 19.25 20.00 20.12 - - -
- - - 9.56 11.31 - - -
- - - 13.75 16.50 - - -
- - - 21.06
- - -
21.38 21.88 22.38 23.00 24.00 24.13 - - -
- - - 12.75 - - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1. Abbreviations are: BWE, butt weld ends; FF, flat-face flanges; RF, raised-face flanges; RTJ, ring-type joint flanges; SWE, socket weld ends. 2. NPS 1/2, 3/4, and 1 are not available in cast iron material. 3. The NPS 8 high temperature valve is not available in a BWE construction.
Table 10. Additional Dimensions for Fisher YD and YS High Temperature Valves
VALVE MATERIAL AND SIZE,
NPS
DIMENSION C
Valve Rating and End Connection Style(1)
STEEL & SST
Screwed & SWE
CL150 RF
CL150 RTJ
CL300 RF
CL300 RTJ
mm
8(2)
- - -
384.6
390.9
397.0
404.9
Inches
8(2)
- - -
15.14
15.39
15.63
15.94
1. Abbreviations are: BWE, butt weld ends; FF, flat-face flanges; RF, raised-face flanges; RTJ, ring-type joint flanges; SWE, socket weld ends. 2. The NPS 8 high temperature valve is not available in a BWE construction.
CL600 RF & BWE
457.2
18.00
CL600 RTJ
458.7
18.06
21
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Figure 8. Fisher YD and YS Dimensions (also see table 9)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
D
D
A
2
C
A1893A-1
A
2 A
A
2
A1893A-1
A NPS 8 YD and YS HIGH TEMPERATURE
Table 11. Bonnet Selection Guidelines
BONNET STYLE
PACKING MATERIAL
IN-BODY PROCESS TEMPERATURE LIMITS(1)
_C
_F
PTFE V-ring
-18 to 232
0 to 450
Plain (standard)
PTFE/composition
-18 to 232
0 to 450
Graphite ribbon/filament
-18 to max shown in table 5
0 to max shown in table 5
Style 1 cast extension
PTFE V-ring PTFE/composition
-46 to 427
-50 to 800
Graphite ribbon/filament
-46 to max shown in table 5
-50 to max shown in table 5
Style 2 cast extension
PTFE V-ring PTFE/composition
-101 to 427
-150 to 800
Graphite ribbon/filament
-101 to max shown in table 5
-150 to max shown in table 5
ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal
PTFE Graphite
For exceptional stem sealing capabilities. See bulletin 59.1:070, ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnets, (D101641X012), for pressure/temperature ratings.
For exceptional stem sealing capabilities. See bulletin 59.1:070, ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal Bonnets, (D101641X012), for pressure/temperature ratings.
1. These in-body process temperatures assume an outside, ambient temperature of 21_C (70_F) and no insulation on the bonnet. When using any packing at low process temperatures, a cast extension bonnet may have to be used to prevent the packing damage which could result from the formation of valve stem frost. Material selection for trim and other components will also be limiting factors.
22
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
Ordering Information
Application Information
When ordering, specify: 1. Type of application
a. Converging or diverging flow b. Throttling or on-off (flow switching) c. Reducing or relief 2. Controlled fluid (include chemical analysis of fluid if possible) 3. Specific gravity of controlled fluid 4. Fluid temperature 5. Range of flowing inlet pressures 6. Pressure drops a. Range of flowing pressure drops
b. Maximum at shutoff
7. Flow rates
a. Minimum controlled flow
b. Normal flow
c. Maximum flow
8. Shutoff classification required (see the Specifications)
9. Line size and schedule
Valve Information
Refer to the Specifications. Review the description to the right of each specification and in the referenced figures and tables. Indicate the desired choice wherever there is a selection to be made. Always indicate the valve design being ordered.
Actuator and Accessory Information
Refer to separate bulletins covering actuators and accessories for ordering information.
23
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.1:YD September 2020
YD and YS Valves
D100031X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, easy-e, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E241989, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
461 Valve
D100036X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:461 August 2017
FisherTM 461 Increased Outlet Angle Sweep-Flo Valve
The Fisher 461 Sweep-Flo valve is a self-cleaning, increased outlet, angle valve that is typically used in the chemical and hydrocarbon industries where control of residual oils or other liquids with coking properties is necessary. The 461 features a venturi-type throat, which is useful in power plants or slurry services where high pressure drops and flashing might exist. Typical trim materials include an S44004 stainless steel plug, an S31600 stainless steel with CoCr-A hardfaced seat ring, and a hardened 410/416 stainless steel liner.
For increased protection, the 461 valve is offered with tungsten carbide trim. Use this trim only in the most severe abrasive conditions or in moderately corrosive environments.
Tungsten carbide inserts are used for the plug tip, seat ring, and the seat ring retainer. Typically, S17400 stainless steel is used as the base material.
Features
nFlashing, Outgassing, and Cavitation Control--Increased outlet size reduces outlet fluid velocity to reduce flashing, outgassing, and cavitation damage with proper trim material selection.
nFlow Characteristic--Special cylinder-guided contour valve plug furnishes an equal percentage Micro-Form flow characteristic in the 12.7 to 31.8 mm (0.5 to 1.25 inch) port size and a modified parabolic flow characteristic in the 38.1 to 114.3 mm (1.5 to 4.5 inch) port size.
nAvailability--NPS 2x3, 3x4, 4x6, and 6x8 valves are available with either flanged or welding ends in ratings from CL150 to 1500. NPS 2x3, 3x4, and 4x6 valves are available with CL2500 rating.
W9553-2
Fisher 461 Valve with 657 Actuator
nFlushing Connection--Connection on the side of the valve is furnished for flushing oil between liner and valve plug guide to prevent buildup of coke. An optional bonnet purge connection is also available with extension bonnet. See figure 1.
nExtended Trim Life--Tungsten carbide trim is available for the most severe conditions and may extend the life of your trim.
nExcellent Sealing Capability-- ENVIRO-SEALt packing systems (figure 4) provide an improved stem seal to help prevent the loss of process fluid. These packing systems feature PTFE or Graphite ULF packing with live-loading for reduced packing maintenance.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:461 August 2017
461 Valve
D100036X012
Specifications
Available Valve Sizes See table 1
Temperature Capabilities
Valve Body/Trim Combinations: See table 2 All Other Parts: See table 3
End Connections J CL150 to CL2500 raised-face (RF), J ring type joint (RTJ) or buttweld end (BWE)
Maximum Inlet Pressures and Temperatures(1) Consistent with applicable pressure/temperature rating according to ASME B16.34 ratings unless limited by temperature capabilities (see table 2)
Shutoff Classifications per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 J Class IV (standard), J Class V (optional)
Flow Coefficients See table 1 and Fisher Catalog 12
Flow Characteristic J Equal percentage (NPS 1/2 to 1-1/4 port sizes) J Modified parabolic flow (NPS 1-1/2 to 4-1/2 port sizes)
Flow Direction Flow down (pressure tends to close)
Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travels, and Stem Sizes See table 1
Construction Materials See table 2
Typical Bonnet Styles
J Plain (standard) J Extension (high temperature applications)
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation for valve should not be exceeded.
Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Special Constructions Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Actuator Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Tables
Maximum Trim Size and Flow Coefficients . . . . . . . 3 Typical Trim Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Construction Materials and Temperature Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
CL300 and CL600 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 CL900 and CL1500 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 CL2500 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Weights (includes valve body and bonnet) . . . . . . . 7
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
461 Valve
D100036X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:461 August 2017
Table 1. Maximum Trim Size and Flow Coefficients
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inches
MAXIMUM PLUG TRAVEL
mm
Inches
STEM SIZE
mm
Inches
12.7
0.5
19
0.75
19
0.75
19.1
0.75
19
0.75
19
0.75
25.4
1
19
0.75
19
0.75
2x3
31.8
1.25
29
1.125
19
0.75
38.1
1.5
29
1.125
19
0.75
41.3
1.625
29
1.125
19
0.75
25.4
1
19
0.75
19
0.75
31.8
1.25
29
1.125
19
0.75
38.1
1.5
29
1.125
19
0.75
3x4
44.5
1.75
29
1.125
19
0.75
50.8
2
29
1.125
19
0.75
57.2
2.25
29
1.125
19
0.75
50.8
2
29
1.125
25.4
1
57.2
2.25
29
1.125
25.4
1
4x6
63.5
2.5
38
1.5
25.4
1
69.9
2.75
38
1.5
25.4
1
76.2
3
38
1.5
25.4
1
76.2
3
38
1.5
25.4
1
88.9
3.5
51
6x8
101.6
4
51
2
25.4
1
2
25.4
1
114.3
4.5
51
2
25.4
1
CV AT MAXIMUM TRAVEL
11.7 25.4 41.1 74.9 100 106 45.2 79.4 104 112 122 122 191 217 311 331 331 342 475 605 764
Special Constructions Available
nExtension bonnet to reduce conduction of heat to packing and actuator.
nPressure equalization piping from valve inlet to the area above the valve plug is available to flush coke out of the extension bonnet cavity and back into the flowstream as the valve plug opens.
nValve outlet extension nozzle can be provided to further reduce cavitation and erosion damage in tank-mounted installations.
Actuator Combinations
The 461 valve can be combined with Fisher 657 direct-acting, 667 reverse-acting, or 585C piston actuators. See the appropriate actuator bulletin.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:461 August 2017
461 Valve
D100036X012
Table 2. Typical Trim Combinations(1)
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
VALVE PLUG
SEAT RING
LINER (GUIDE CYLINDER)
RETAINER
401
WCC WC9 SA-217-C5
S44004 HT
S31600/ CoCr-A
410/416 HT
410/416
S31600/
402
WCC
S31600/ CoCr-A
S31600/ CoCr-A
CoCr-A/ Chrome
316/CoCr-A
Coated
S31600/
403
CF8M CF8C
S31600/ CoCr-A
S31600/ CoCr-A
CoCr-A/ Chrome
316/CoCr-A
Coated
404
WCC
17-4 SST/CoCr-A Tungsten Carbide
17-4 SST Tungsten Carbide
410/416 HT
17-4/ Tungsten Carbide
405
CF8M CF8C
N07718/CoCr-A Tungsten Carbide
N07718 Tungsten Carbide
S31600/ CoCr-A/ Chrome
N07718/ Tungsten Carbide
Coated
1. Additional materials are available. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for assistance.
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
_C
_F
Min
Max
Min
Max
-29
427
-20
800
-29
427
-20
800
-198
593
-325
1100
-29
427
-20
800
-29
482
-20
900
Table 3. Construction Materials and Temperature Capabilities
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
PART
MATERIAL
_C
_F
Minimum
Maximum
Minimum
Maximum
Valve plug stem
S20910 (standard) N07718 HT S31600
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
417
(1)
800
Stud Nut Material
Body Material
SST GR 660
Studs Nuts
Studs Steel SA194-7
CF8M
-29
538
-20
1000
Nuts
Valve Body-to-bonnet
Studs Nuts
Steel SA193-B7 Studs
Steel SA194-2H
WCC, WC9, and SA-217-C5
-29
427
-20
800
bolting
Nuts
CF8M
-48
232
-55
450
SST
Studs Nuts
SA479-XM-19 Studs
CF8M and S31600
-46
593
-50
1100
Steel SA194-7
Nuts
Body to bonnet gasket
Metal jacketed gasket N04400
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
PTFE V-ring
-40
232
-40
450
Packing
Graphite ribbon filament (oxidizing service to 371_C [700_F])
-73
538
-100
1000
Graphite ULF (non-environmental service)
-198
538
-325
1000
Packing follower, spring, or lantern ring
S31600 stainless steel
-198
593
-325
1100
Packing box ring
S31600 stainless steel
-198
593
-325
1100
Packing flange, studs, or nuts
S31600 stainless steel
-198
593
-325
1100
1. These materials are not limiting factors.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
461 Valve
D100036X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:461 August 2017
Figure 1. Dimensions (also see tables 4, 5, and 6)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
FLOW
D C
NPT
B
FLUSHING
CONNECTION ON
BACKSIDE
A6572
A
Table 4. CL300 and CL600 Dimensions
SIZE
NPT
A INLET FLANGE
B OUTLET FLANGE
D(1)
D(1)
STANDARD
RADIATION FIN
BONNET
BONNET
C
Yoke Boss Size Yoke Boss Size
300 RF 300 RTJ 600 RF 600 RTJ 300 RF 300 RTJ 600 RF 600 RTJ 3-9/16
5
3-9/16
5
mm
2 x 3 1/2-14 213
221
222
224
283
291
292
294
200
318
364
421
13
3 x 4 1/2-14 238
246
248
249
337
344
349
351
267
321
377
435
24
4 x 6 3/4-14 241
249
254
256
425
433
443
445
283
419
441
500
13
6 x 8 3/4-14 305
313
322
324
533
541
554
556
- - -
- - -
522
579
44
Inch
2 x 3 1/2-14 8.38 8.69 8.75 8.81 11.13 11.44 11.50 11.56 7.88 12.50 14.32 16.56 0.50
3 x 4 1/2-14 9.38 9.69 9.75 9.81 13.25 13.56 13.75 13.81 10.51 12.63 14.83 17.13 0.94
4 x 6 3/4-14 9.50 9.81 10.00 10.06 16.75 17.06 17.44 17.50 11.13 16.49 17.38 19.69 0.50
6 x 8 3/4-14 12.00 12.31 12.69 12.75 21.00 21.31 21.81 21.88
- - -
- - -
20.56 22.81 1.75
1. This is the largest dimension that is provided.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:461 August 2017
461 Valve
D100036X012
Table 5. CL900 and CL1500 Dimensions
SIZE NPT
A INLET FLANGE
B OUTLET FLANGE
D(1)
D(1)
STANDARD
RADIATION FIN
BONNET
BONNET
Yoke Boss Size Yoke Boss Size
C
900 RF
900 RTJ
1500 RF
1500 RTJ 900 RF
900 RTJ
1500 RF
1500 RTJ 3-9/16
5
3-9/16
5
mm
2 x 3 1/2-14 241
243
241
243
297
298
306
308
284
284
386
443
25
3 x 4 1/2-14 254
256
264
265
356
357
365
367
305
378
354
477
38
4 x 6 3/4-14 295
297
305
306
433
435
461
464
- - -
457
500
557
51
6 x 8 3/4-14 - - -
- - -
381
383
- - -
- - -
579
583
- - -
572
- - -
608
25
Inch
2 x 3 1/2-14 9.50 9.56 9.50
9.56
11.69 11.75 12.06 12.13 11.19 11.18 15.19 17.44 1.00
3 x 4 1/2-14 10 10.06 10.38 10.44
14 14.06 14.38 14.44 12.00 14.88 13.94 18.76 1.50
4 x 6 3/4-14 11.63 11.69 12
12.06 17.06 17.13 18.13 18.25
- - - 18.00 19.69 21.94 2.00
6 x 8 3/4-14 - - -
- - - 15.00 15.06
- - -
- - - 22.81 22.94
- - - 22.50 - - - 23.94 1.00
1. This is the largest dimension that is provided.
Table 6. CL2500 Dimensions
SIZE
NPT
A INLET FLANGE
B OUTLET FLANGE
D(1)
D(1)
STANDARD BONNET RADIATION FIN BONNET
Yoke Boss Size
Yoke Boss Size
C
2500 RF 2500 RTJ 2500 RF 2500 RTJ
3-9/16
5
3-9/16
5
mm
2 x 3
1/2-14
260
262
327
330
276
419
443
502
32
3 x 4
1/2-14
327
330
367
372
414
437
530
584
32
4 x 6
3/4-14
375
379
461
467
- - -
468
- - -
- - -
51
Inch
2 x 3
1/2-14
10.25
10.31
12.88
13
10.88
16.49
17.44
19.75
1.25
3 x 4
1/2-14
12.88
13
14.44
14.63
16.31
17.19
20.87
23.00
1.25
4 x 6
3/4-14
14.75
14.94
18.13
18.38
- - -
18.43
- - -
- - -
2.00
1. This is the largest dimension that is provided.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
461 Valve
D100036X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:461 August 2017
Table 7. Approximate Weights (includes valve body and bonnet)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PRESSURE RATING
kg
CL300
100
CL600
100
2x3
CL900
120
CL1500
136
CL2500
168
CL300
130
CL600
130
3x4
CL900
152
CL1500
169
CL2500
286
CL300
218
CL600
228
4x6
CL900
405
CL1500
448
CL2500
673
CL300
327
CL600
382
6x8
CL900
694
CL1500
776
WEIGHT
lb 219 219 265 300 370 286 286 335 371 630 480 502 890 985 1481 720 841 1526 1707
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:461 August 2017
461 Valve
D100036X012
Figure 2. Fisher 461 Valve - Closed
Figure 3. Fisher 461 Valve with Extended Retainer Open
BONNET STEM
LINER (GUIDE CYLINDER)
FLOW DOWN
FLOW DOWN
PLUG SEAT RING VALVE BODY RETAINER
W9668-1
W9668-1
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
461 Valve
D100036X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:461 August 2017
Figure 4. ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems
PACKING BOX STUDS
SPRINGS
ANTIEXTRUSION RING
LANTERN RING
SPRINGS
PACKING RING
VALVE BONNET
PACKING
PACKING BOX STUD
FOLLOWER
1
W5803-3
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH PTFE PACKING
SPRING
PACKING BOX STUD
W8532-1
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
PACKING
FOLLOWER
1
W8533-1
TYPICAL HIGH-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
1 For a flat bottom packing box, the packing box ring and lower wiper are not needed.
W7018
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH DUPLEX PACKING
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:461 August 2017
461 Valve
D100036X012
Figure 5. Packing Arrangements
UPPER WIPER (KEY 16)
PACKING FOLLOWER (KEY 29)
} FEMALE ADAPTOR
(KEY 22) V-RING (KEY 19)
KEY 22
1
MALE ADAPTOR
(KEY 21)
PACKING FOLLOWER (KEY 29)
GRAPHITE RIBBON PACKING RING (KEY 20)
GRAPHITE FILAMENT PACKING RING (KEY 20)
2
WASHER (KEY 18) SPRING (KEY 17)
LANTERN RING (KEY 30)
PACKING BOX RING 3 (KEY 38)
PACKING BOX RING 3 (KEY 38)
12A8160-A
PTFE V-RING SINGLE PACKING
LOWER WIPER 3 (KEY 39)
14A3412-C
GRAPHITE RIBBON AND FILAMENT SINGLE PACKING
UPPER WIPER (KEY 16)
PACKING FOLLOWER (KEY 29)
} FEMALE ADAPTOR
(KEY 22) V-RING (KEY 19)
MALE ADAPTOR
KEY 22 1
(KEY 21)
LANTERN RING (KEY 30)
PACKING FOLLOWER (KEY 29)
GRAPHITE RIBBON PACKING RING (KEY 20)
GRAPHITE FILAMENT PACKING RING (KEY 20) 2
LANTERN RING (KEY 30)
UPPER WIPER (KEY 16) PACKING FOLLOWER (KEY 29) PACKING RING (KEY 20)
LANTERN RING (KEY 30)
12A7839-A Sht 1
PTFE V-RING DOUBLE PACKING
1
PACKING BOX RING 3 (KEY 38)
PACKING BOX RING 3 (KEY 38)
PACKING BOX RING (KEY 38) 3
LOWER WIPER 3 (KEY 39)
14A3414-C
GRAPHITE RIBBON AND FILAMENT DOUBLE PACKING
12A8163-A
PTFE/COMPOSITION DOUBLE PACKING
C0747-1
Notes: 10.102 mm (0.004 inch) thick sacrificial zinc washers. Use only one below each graphite ribbon ring. 2Has the appearance of a woven or braided ring. 3For a flat bottom packing box, these parts are not needed.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
461 Valve
D100036X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:461 August 2017
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:461 August 2017
461 Valve
D100036X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121994, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CAV4 Valve
D101497X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:CAV4 December 2018
FisherTM CAV4 Control Valve
CAV4 (globe)
J CAV4 (NPS 2)
CAV4 (angle)
J CAV4 (NPS 2 through 6)
CAV4 Series Valves
The Fisher CAV4 control valve with Cavitrolt IV trim is designed specifically for liquid applications, such as boiler feedwater recirculation, where pressure drops are above 207 bar (3000 psi) and cavitation is a serious problem. The CAV4 valve is available in a broad range of valve body sizes and styles, including NPS 2 through 6 angle, globe, and offset globe.
The CAV4 valve's various valve plug constructions (figure 1) provide temperature capabilities through 417_C (800_F). The seal ring construction is used where temperatures are equal to or lower than 232_C (600_F) (see figure 5), and both the stem-balanced and the piston ring constructions are used with temperatures up to 417_C (800_F). In addition, the CAV4 valve is offered with either a separable seat ring for moderate temperature (up to 232_C [450_F]) applications or with an integral seat cage for high-temperature (up to 417_C [800_F]) applications.
Unless otherwise noted, all NACE references are to NACE MRO175 2002. Contact your Emerson sales office for information on other NACE certifications.
Features
nCavitation Decreased--A properly sized CAV4 valve with Cavitrol IV trim decreases cavitation and its resultant damage and noise.
nLong Trim Life--Pressure-staging, separation of shutoff and throttling locations, and hardened trim materials result in improved wear resistance.
nTight Shutoff--Soft metal-to-metal seat provides tight shutoff without the need for periodic lapping. The enhanced valve plug seal provides improved service life. (Angle valve bodies only.)
nTSO (Tight Shutoff) Trim--Valves with TSO trim (figure 1) are factory tested to a more stringent Emerson Automation Solutions test requirement of no leakage at time of shipment using ANSI/FCI Class V procedures.
(continued on page 3)
667 ACTUATOR
CAV4 VALVE BODY
LOWER CAGE ASSEMBLY
SEPARABLE SEAT RING
CAGE RETAINER
UPPER CAGE
W7596
ANGLE
W3667-1
VALVE PLUG AND STEM ASSEMBLY
W5601
OFFSET GLOBE
Fisher 657-CAV4 Control Valve Assembly with Cavitrol IV Trim
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:CAV4 December 2018
CAV4 Valve
D101497X012
Specifications
Available Configurations and Valve Body Sizes
Common Characteristics: CAV4 angle, globe, or offset globe valve with four-stage Cavitrol IV trim including soft metal-to-metal seat. Valve plug action is push-down-to-close Seal Ring Construction: J NPS 2 angle, J 3, J 4, or J 6 valve body with pressure-balanced valve plug and spring-loaded PTFE seal ring. For use in low-temperature applications Stem-Balanced Construction: J NPS 2 angle or J 4 valve body with stem-balanced valve plug (valve stem diameter--for that portion of stem that passes through bonnet--is equal to nominal port diameter). For use in high-temperature applications Piston Ring Construction: NPS 6 valve body with pressure-balanced valve plug and five graphite piston rings. For use in high-temperature applications Unbalanced Construction: NPS 2 globe
End Connection Style(1)
Buttwelding Ends: All buttwelding end schedules per ASME B16.25 that are compatible with ASME B16.34 valve body rating Raised-Face or Ring-Type Joint Flanged Ends: Inlet connection is CL1500 or CL2500 flange per B16.5. Outlet connection mates with CL2500 flange and has tapped bolt holes
427_C (800_F) unless limited by selection of other parts (table 1)
Shutoff Classification
TSO (Tight Shutoff) Trim: Valves with TSO trim are factory tested to a more stringent Emerson Automation Solutions test requirement of no leakage at time of shipment using ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 Class V procedures. Piston Ring Construction: Class IV per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 All Other Angle Bodies: Class VI per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 Globe Bodies: Class V per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Flow Direction
In through the side connection and out the bottom connection. Globe valve is flow down
Noise Levels
Because of cavitation elimination, noise is typically not a problem with Cavitrol IV trim. For virtually all applications, noise levels will be below 90 dBA. If more stringent noise specifications must be met, contact your Emerson sales office
Maximum Inlet Pressure and Temperatures(1)(2)
Construction Materials
Consistent with applicable CL1500 and 2500 pressure temperature ratings per ASME B16.34 unless limited by individual pressure drop limits shown in figure 5 or temperature limits shown in table 1
See table 1
Flow Characteristic Linear
Maximum Pressure Drop(2) See figure 5
Material Temperature Capabilities(2) Seal Ring Construction: 18 to 232_C (0 to 450_F) Stem-Balanced and Piston Ring Constructions: Up to
Maximum Flow Coefficients (CV)
Linear: J NPS 2 valve, 8.25; J NPS 3 valve, 14.6; J NPS 4 valve, 21.9: J NPS 6 valve, 55.6 Characterized:J NPS 2 valve, 11.3; J NPS 3 valve, 24; J NPS 4 valve, 38.2; J NPS 6 valve, 89.1. Also see Fisher Catalog 12 and table 5
- continued -
Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2
Tables Construction Materials and Temperature Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Additional Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Additional Specifications for TSO Trim . . . . . . . . . . 6 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CAV4 Valve
D101497X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:CAV4 December 2018
Specifications (continued)
Valve Recovery and Cavitation Coefficients Recovery Coefficient
Valve Plug Travel See table 3
Linear: Km = 0.99 (FL= 0.995) Characterized: Km = 0.98 (FL= 0.99). This value defines the maximum allowable pressure drop that is effective in producing flow as shown in the following equation: nPallowable = Km (P1 (flowing)-rcPv)
Port Diameters and Unbalance Area See table 3
Minimum Seat Load Force First refer to figure 6 to determine minimum seat load per inch of port circumference; then multiply that value by the port circumference from table 3
Yoke Boss and Valve Stem Diameters See table 3
Approximate Weight See table 3
Options J Flushing trim, two plates used in place of Cavitrol IV trim, to protect valve body surfaces and Cavitrol IV trim from damage during pipeline flushing: J characterized cage; and J driver for installation and removal of cage retainer J ENVIRO-SEALt packing is available
1. PN (or other) ratings and end connections can usually be supplied: contact your Emerson sales office. 2. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable linear limitation should not be exceeded.
Features (continued)
nEfficient Operation--Expanding flow area design takes advantage of the ability of the liquid to undergo a greater pressure drop in initial stages without cavitating. This results in a much lower inlet pressure to the final stage.
nCharacterization--Special characterized cages are available to provide customer specified rangeability for specific system requirements.
nEasy Maintenance--Design reduces maintenance downtime by permitting quick disassembly with easy access to valve trim and valve plug seat. Separable seat ring for low temperature applications (at or below 232_C [450_F]) makes maintenance easier.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:CAV4 December 2018
CAV4 Valve
D101497X012
Table 1. Construction Materials and Temperature Capabilities
PART
MATERIALS
Standard
WCC Carbon steel casting
WC9 alloy steel casting
Valve Body and Bonnet
Optional
C5 CD3MN(3) CD3MWCuN(3)
Angle: NPS 2, 4, 6 (High Temperature Trim)
S44004 (440C stainless steel heat-treated)
Angle: NPS 2, 3, 4, 6 (Standard Trim) Globe: NPS 2
S44004 (440C stainless steel heat-treated)
Valve Plug
Angle: NPS 2, 4 Angle: NPS 6
N07718/CoCr-A Seat & Guide N07718/CoCr-A Seat & Guide
Angle: NPS 2, 3 (Tight shutoff Trim)
S44004/S41600
Angle: NPS 4 (Tight shutoff Trim)
S44004/S17400
Globe: NPS 2
Alloy 6B
S20910
Valve Stem
S31600 S32760
S31600/S17400
S17400/S31600
Seat Ring
S44004 S31600
Alloy 6B
O-ring (separable seat ring construction)
Angle: NPS 2, 4, 6 Globe: NPS 2 Globe: NPS 2
Ethylene propylene Ethylene propylene Fluorocarbon
Upper Cage, Seat Ring Retainer, and Lower Cage Assembly
Angle
S17400/S31600 stainless steel (cages) and S17400 H1075 SST CrCt (retainer)
Valve Plug Seal Ring(1)
Spring-loaded PTFE Seal
Valve Plug Backup Ring(1)
S41600
Seal Ring Retainer(1)
S30200
Piston Ring(2)
Graphite (FMS 17F27)
Bonnet Gasket
Angle Globe
Silver-plated N04400 nickel alloy S31600/graphite
Cage Gasket
S31600 stainless steel/graphite
Metal Packing Box Parts
S31600
Body-to-Bonnet Bolting
Standard Optional(3)
Studs, SA-193-B7; Nuts, SA-194-2H Studs, SA-193-B7; Nuts, SA-194-2H Studs, SA-193-B7M; Nuts, SA-194-2HM
Standard
Spring-loaded PTFE V-ring
Packing
Optional
PTFE-impregnated composition Laminated graphite/filament
1. For only seal ring construction. 2. For only 6-inch piston ring construction.
3. For only NPS 2 Globe Body.
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
_C
_F
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
-29 to 482
-20 to 900
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
-29 to 232
-101 to 166 -101 to 93
0 to 232
0 to 232
-29 to 232 -254 to 427 -254 to 427 -51 to 316 -101 to 427 -29 to 232 -29 to 427 -254 to 427 -29 to 232 -18 to 232 -29 to 232 -18 to 204
-29 to 427
-18 to 232 -29 to 427 -254 to 593 -46 to 427 -254 to 593 -254 to 593 -254 to 593 -254 to 593 -29 to 427 -29 to 232 -29 to 121 -46 to 232 -73 to 232 -18 to 427
-20 to 450
-150 to 330 -150 to 200
32 to 450
32 to 450
-20 to 450 -425 to 800 -425 to 800 -60 to 600 -150 to 800 -20 to 450 -20 to 800 -425 to 800 -20 to 450 0 to 450 -20 to 450 0 to 400
-20 to 800
0 to 450 -20 to 800 -425 to 1100 -50 to 800 -425 to 1100 -425 to 1100 -425 to 1100 -425 to 1100 -20 to 800 -20 to 450(3) -20 to 250 -50 to 450 -100 to 450 0 to 800
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CAV4 Valve
D101497X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:CAV4 December 2018
Table 2. Trim Descriptions
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Standard Trim
VALVE PLUG
CAGE
SEAT RING
68
2(2)
S44004
S17400 H1075
S44004
69(4)
2(2)
Alloy 6B
S32550
Alloy 6B
70
2(1), 4, and 6
S44004
S17400 H1075 S17400/S31600
72
2(1) and 4
N07718/CoCr-A Seat/Guide
S17400/S31600
Not Required
72
6
N07718/CoCr-A Seat/Guide
S17400/S31600
Not Required
73
3(3)
S44004
S17400 H1075
S31600
Tight Shutoff Trim
74
2(1), 3(3), and 4 S44004/S41600 S17400 H1075
S44004
High Temperature Trim
75
2(1), 4, and 6
S44004
S17400/S31600 Not Required
1. NPS 2 Angle Body only. 2. NPS 2 Globe Body only. 3. NPS 3 is available with a clamped-in lower cage and replaceable seat ring. 4. Trim 69 complies with NACE MR0175/ISO 15156.
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
C5 WCC WC9 CD3MN CD3MWCuN C5 WCC WC9 CD3MN CD3MWCuN C5 WCC WC9 C5 WCC WC9 C5 WCC WC9 C5 WCC WC9
C5 WCC WC9
C5 WCC WC9
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
_C
_F
-29 to 232 -29 to 177 -29 to 232 -29 to 177 -29 to 232 -101 to 165 -101 to 93 -29 to 232
-20 to 450 -20 to 350 -20 to 450 -20 to 350 -20 to 450 -150 to 330 -150 to 200 -20 to 450
0 to 232
32 to 450
232 to 426
450 to 800
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:CAV4 December 2018
CAV4 Valve
D101497X012
Table 3. Additional Valve Body Specifications
VALVE SIZE, NPS
BODY TYPE
VALVE STEM DIAMETER
mm Inch
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
mm Inch
TRAVEL mm Inch
PORT DIAMETER
mm Inch
PORT CIRCUMFERENCE
mm
Inch
UNBALANCE AREA(1)
mm2 Inch2
APPROX. WEIGHT
kg
lb
Globe - - -
- - -
91 3-9/16 19 3/4 25.4
1
- - -
- - -
5.10
0.79
- - -
- - -
2
19.0 3/4 91 3-9/16
167
369
Angle 38.1
1(2)
127
5
38 1.5 38.1 1.5 119.6 4.71
1.10
0.17
182
401
3
Angle 19.0 3/4 91 3-9/16 51 2 55.6 1.1875 174.5 6.87
1.68
0.26
301
664
19.0 3/4 91 3-9/16
532
1172
4
Angle 25.4
1
127
5
64 2.5 69.9 2.75 219.4 8.64
2.06
0.32
532
1172
69.8 2-3/4(3) 178
7
554
1222
6
Angle 31.7 1-1/4 127 5 and 5H 102 4 111.1 4.375 349.2 13.75 3.29
0.51
1512
1. For seal ring and piston ring constructions. For stem-balanced construction, use port area of 11.4 cm2 (1.77 inch2) for NPS 2 valve and 38.3 cm2 (5.94 inch2) for NPS 4 valve. 2. Stem-balanced construction has 31.8 mm (1-1/4 inch) valve stem connection. 3. Stem-balanced construction has 50.8 mm (2 inch) valve stem connection.
3334
Table 4. Additional Valve Body Specifications for TSO (Tight Shutoff) Trim -- Angle Body
VALVE SIZE, NPS
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
mm Inch
YOKE BOSS SIZE(1)
mm
Inch
PORT DIAMETER
Nominal
Actual TSO
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
PORT CIRCUMFERENCE
mm
Inch
2
38
1.5
91
3-9/16
127
5
38.1
1.5
38.1
1.5
119.6
4.71
3
50.8
2
91
3-9/16
55.6
2.1875
55.6 2.1875 174.5
6.87
4
64
2.5
91
3-9/16
127
5
69.9
2.75
69.9
2.75
219.4
8.64
1. Consult the factory for larger yoke boss sizes. 2. This column lists the percent reduction of published maximum CV of the trim listed in the TRIM column.
CV REDUCTION AT 100% TRAVEL(2)
0% 0% 0%
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CAV4 Valve
D101497X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:CAV4 December 2018
Figure 1. Sectional View of Fisher CAV4 Angle Valve Body with Cavitrol IV Trim
VALVE PLUG SEAL RING
SOFT METAL-TOMETAL SEATING SURFACES
W3670-1
STEM-BALANCED VALVE PLUG
FOR NPS 2 AND 4 VALVES
W7006-1
CLAMPED-IN LOWER CAGE FOR NPS 3 VALVE
THROTTLING LOCATION
SEPARABLE SEAT RING
OPTION
CAGE VALVE PLUG
W3668-2
SEAL RING CONSTRUCTION
ANGLE BODY
W7005-1
TSO (TIGHT SHUTOFF) TRIM
W3669-1
PISTON RING VALVE PLUG FOR NPS 6 VALVE
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:CAV4 December 2018
CAV4 Valve
D101497X012
Figure 1. Sectional View of Fisher CAV4 Globe Valve Body with Cavitrol IV Trim (cont.)
DETAIL A
FLOW
GE96163
SEAL RING CONSTRUCTION
GLOBE BODY
DETAIL A
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CAV4 Valve
D101497X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:CAV4 December 2018
Figure 2. Standard Cage-Style Anti-cavitation Trim
BLOCKED CAGE OPENING
HIGH VELOCITY CLEARANCE FLOW
VALVE PLUG SEATING SURFACE
P1 INLET
A2148-1
STAGED PRESSURE DROP FROM P1 TO P2
P2 OUTLET
Figure 3. Cavitrol IV Trim Operation
W3671-2
NO SIGNIFICANT PRESSURE DROP
MORE THAN 90% OF THE PRESSURE DROP
VERY LOW INLET PRESSURE TO FINAL STAGE
Principle of Operation
The advantage of the CAV4 valve with Cavitrol IV trim is a result of the following three technological advancements not found in any other anti-cavitation control valve.
1. All clearance flow subjected to staged pressure drop.
2. Separation of shutoff and throttling locations.
3. An expanding flow area design.
As shown in figure 2, the linear cage openings below the valve plug seating surface are open to fluid flow and are staging the pressure drop from P1 to P2 as designed. However, the cage openings above the valve plug seating surface are nearly blocked by the valve plug. Even though a small clearance passage between the cage and the valve plug does exist, the fluid flow rate through this small clearance passage is so small that the cage is ineffective in staging the pressure drop. Consequently, the clearance flow pressure drop from P1 to P2 occurs between the valve plug surface blocking the cage opening and the seating surface of the valve plug. The resultant cavitation and erosive flow across the seat damages the valve plug seating surface. Even with valve plug/cage diametrical clearances as small as 0.20 mm (0.008 inch), this clearance flow damage still occurs and becomes worse with higher pressure drops.
The CAV4 valve with Cavitrol IV trim addresses the this clearance flow issue by not taking any significant pressure drop until the fluid is downstream of the seating surfaces (figure 3). As the flow then passes from stage to stage, even the clearance flow is subjected to a staged pressure drop. Therefore, unlike the linear cage-style anti-cavitation trims, there are no flowing conditions where pressure can go directly from P1 to P2.
In the Cavitrol IV trim design, trim life is lengthened by the separation of the shutoff and throttling locations. Just as all significant pressure drop is taken downstream of the shutoff seating surfaces, all significant throttling action occurs as the liquid passes through the four sets of holes downstream of the shutoff seating surfaces. As a result, the seating surfaces are normally not worn away by throttling control action (unless throttling at very nearly closed for a long time). Also, the throttling areas are not required to have the superior surface condition otherwise needed by seating surfaces for tight shutoff.
In conventional staged-trim designs, cavitation usually does not exist until the final stage. Figure 4 illustrates
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:CAV4 December 2018
CAV4 Valve
D101497X012
why this happens. As shown, the greater the pressure drop through the final stage, the lower the vena contracta pressure (Pvc). If Pvc is less than or equal to Pv, and P2 is greater than Pv, then cavitation will result.
The CAV4 valve avoids this by means of its unique expanding flow area design. Each of the four Cavitrol IV trim stages has a successively larger flow area. The result is very efficient operation because more than 90 percent of the overall pressure drop is taken in the first three stages where there is low risk of bubble formation.
Consequently, a relatively low inlet pressure to the final stage is achieved. Figure 4 also compares the pressure drop pattern through the four stages in the expanding area Cavitrol IV design with a pattern representing a six-stage trim design with each stage taking an equal portion of the total pressure drop. As can be seen, the inlet pressure to the last stage of Cavitrol IV trim is always less than the inlet pressure to the sixth stage of an equal-drop cage. Therefore the Pvc of the Cavitrol IV cage remains higher than the Pvc of an equal-drop cage.
To determine if the CAV4 valve with Cavitrol IV trim should be used, contact your Emerson sales office.
Figure 4. Staged Pressure Drop Patterns
EQUAL DROP THROUGH SIX STAGES
INLET PRESSURE TO FINAL STAGE CAVITROL IV TRIM
A2149-1
FLUID TRAVEL THROUGH THE VALVE STAGES
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CAV4 Valve
D101497X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:CAV4 December 2018
Figure 5. Pressure Drop/Temperature Capabilities
4 4
WCC STEEL
PRESSURE, (psig)
4 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000
OXIDIZING SERVICE
WC9 CHROME-MOLY STEEL/C5
NONOXIDIZING SERVICE
450 500
600
TEMPERATURE, _F
EXTENDED PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE UNITS
B1605-1
FOR SEAL RING CONSTRUCTION WITH
PEEK ANTI-EXTRUSION RINGS
Notes:
1 Do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature for the class rating of the body material. 2 For all constructions. 3 For only stem balanced and piston ring constructions. 4 Maximum trim pressure drop is 414 bar (6000 psi) for linear trim and 310 bar (4500 psi) for approximate linear trim.
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:CAV4 December 2018
CAV4 Valve
D101497X012
Installation
The CAV4 valve with Cavitrol IV trim must be installed with the actuator mounted vertically above the valve body. Nonvertical positions may cause uneven trim wear and decrease trim life. Flow through the valve body must be in the direction indicated by the flow arrow on the valve. For long service life and effective operation, the flowing media should be clean.
Dimensions are shown in figure 7.
Figure 6. Recommended Seat Load Force for All Constructions
2. Specific gravity of liquid 3. Temperature and vapor pressure of liquid 4. Critical pressure 5. Range of flowing inlet pressures 6. Maximum outlet pressure 7. Pressure drops
a. Range of flowing pressure drops b. Maximum at shutoff 8. Flow rates a. Minimum controlled flow b. Normal flow c. Maximum flow 9. Required Cv 10. Line size and schedule 11. Angle, globe or offset globe valve body
A2922-1
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
Application Information
1. Process liquid--State particle size and type of entrained impurities, if any
Valve Information
To determine what information is needed for ordering the valve and trim, refer to the specifications. Review the description at the right of each specification or in the referenced tables, figures, and bulletins, and indicate the desired choice wherever there is a selection to be made.
Actuator and Accessory Information
Select the specific actuator and accessories from the appropriate bulletins. Piston or diaphragm actuators may be used. Specify any additional ordering information as required from actuator or accessory bulletins.
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CAV4 Valve
D101497X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:CAV4 December 2018
Table 5. Capacities for CAV4 Valve Bodies
VALVE SIZE, NPS FLOW CHARACTERISTIC
Linear
2 Linear
Characterized
3
Linear Characterized
4
Linear Characterized
6
Linear Characterized
BODY TYPE Globe Angle Angle Angle Angle
AVAILABLE CAPACITIES
Min Cv
Max Cv
0.01
1.1
0.01
1.6
0.01
2.9
4.6
8.25
4.6
11.3
0.65
14.6
0.65
24.0
0.81
21.9
0.81
38.2
1.30
55.6
1.30
89.1
Table 6. Dimensions
VALVE SIZE, NPS
BODY TYPE
PRESSURE CLASS
END
CONNECTION CL2500 RF/RTJ(1)
A mm Inch
BWE
375 14.75
Globe CL1500
RF
375 14.75
RTJ
378 14.88
BWE
400 15.75
2 Globe CL2500
RF
400 15.75
RTJ
403 15.88
BWE
249 9.81
Angle CL2500
RF
249 9.81
RTJ
251 9.87
3 Angle CL2500
BWE
256 10.06
BWE
344 13.56
4 Angle CL2500
RF
344 13.56
RTJ
349 13.75
BWE
457 18.00
6 Angle CL2500
RF
457 18.00
RTJ
464 18.25
1. BWE--buttweld end; RF--raised flange; RTJ--ring type joint.
G
mm 109 109 109 108 108 108 406 406 408 552 618 618 622 1038 1038 1045
Inch 4.31 4.31 4.31 4.25 4.25 4.25 16.00 16.00 16.06 21.75 24.31 24.31 24.50 40.88 40.88 41.13
D YOKE BOSS DIAMETER, mm (INCH)
90 (3-9/16)
127 (5)
127 (5H)
mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
458 18.03 521 20.53 - - - - - -
458 18.03 521 20.53 - - - - - -
458 18.03 521 20.53 - - - - - -
505 19.88 538 21.19 - - - - - -
505 19.88 538 21.19 - - - - - -
505 19.88 538 21.19 - - - - - -
324 12.75 360 14.19 - - - - - -
324 12.75 360 14.19 - - - - - -
324 12.75 360 14.19 - - - - - -
324 12.75 - - - - - - - - - - - -
430 16.94 454 17.88 - - - - - -
430 16.94 454 17.88 - - - - - -
430 16.94 454 17.88 - - - - - -
- - - - - - 432 17.00 432 17.00
- - - - - - 432 17.00 432 17.00
- - - - - - 432 17.00 432 17.00
178 (7) mm Inch --- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- --454 17.88 454 17.88 454 17.88 --- ----- ----- ---
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:CAV4 December 2018
CAV4 Valve
D101497X012
Figure 7. Dimensions (See table 6)
MATCH LINE FOR 490 SERIES AND 657, 667, SIZE 100 ACTUATORS
MATCH LINE FOR ALL OTHER ACTUATORS
MATCH LINE FOR 490 SERIES AND 657, 667, SIZE 100 ACTUATORS
MATCH LINE FOR ALL OTHER ACTUATORS
25.4 (1.00)
D
25.4 (1.00)
D
G
G
MATCH LINE FOR
MATCH LINE FOR
490 SERIES AND 657, ACTUATOR
667, SIZE 100 ACTUATORS
25.4 D (1.00)
D
127 mm (5 AND 5H) YOKE BOSS NPS 7 ONLY
90 mm (3-9/16 IN) YOKE BOSS
A
127 AND 178 mm (5 AND 7 IN) YOKE BOSS
BUTTWELD END VALVE BODY
A
127 AND 178 mm (5 AND 7 IN) YOKE BOSS
FLANGED VALVE BODY
B1607-1
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
MATCH LINE FOR 585CLS ACTUATORS AND 657 AND 667 SIZE 100 ACTUATORS
MATCH LINE FOR ALL OTHER ACTUATORS
25.4 (1.00)
FLANGED VALVE WITH 90 OR 127 mm (3-9/16 or 5 INCH)
DIAMETER YOKE BOSS
A2719-4 / IL
BUTTWELDING END VALVE WITH 90 OR 127 mm (3-9/16 or 5 INCH)
DIAMETER YOKE BOSS
Note: For dimensions of valves with PN (or other) end connections, consult your Emerson sales office.
127 mm (5-INCH) DIAMETER YOKE BOSS FOR USE WITH FLANGED OR
BUTTWELDING VALVE
mm (INCHES)
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CAV4 Valve
D101497X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:CAV4 December 2018
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:CAV4 December 2018
CAV4 Valve
D101497X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Cavitrol, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E161982, 2018 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CHP Valve D104145X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:CHP June 2017
FisherTM CHP Valve, NPS 8 CL2500
Description
The NPS 8 CL2500 Fisher CHP is a compact and high-performance, high-pressure globe valve designed especially for use in boiler feedwater flow control applications in power plants.
Modern power plants require higher valve capacity as the pressure drop is invariably low at all flow rate conditions because feedwater pumps use a variable pressure pump design.
Standard features offered with the CHP valve include rugged cage guiding, top entry design for easy maintenance, spiral wound gaskets, and hardened trim material to meet stringent boiler feedwater application requirements.
The CHP control valve uses a balanced plug. The trim is
limited to an upper temperature of 380_C (716_F).
The CHPT control valve uses a PEEK (Poly Ether Ether
Ketone) anti-extrusion ring with a spring-loaded PTFE
seal for service up to 316_C (600_F). The CHPD control
valve uses multiple graphite piston rings and is
designed for use in higher temperature service
exceeding the limit of the CHPT.
X1229
Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for more information.
FISHER CHP NPS 8 CL2500 VALVE
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:CHP
June 2017
CHP Valve D104145X012
Table 1. Specifications
Size/ASME Class NPS 8 / CL2500
Maximum Inlet Pressure and Temperature(1) Consistent with CL2500 according to ASME B16.34 Maximum temperature limit is 380_C (716_F). See table 2 and figure 3
Maximum Pressure Drops(1) Standard Cages: See figure 4 Cavitrol III 2-Stage Cages: 149 bar (2160 psi) but not to exceed maximum inlet pressure
End Connection Style Buttweld Ends: All buttwelding end schedules per ASME B16.25
Bonnet Style Plain Bonnet: 5H inch Yoke Boss
Flow Direction Standard Cages: Flow up or down Cavitrol III 2-Stage Cages: Flow down
Port Diameter 136.5 mm (5-3/8 inch)
Flow Characteristics and Valve Plug Travel See table 3
Stem Diameter 31.8 mm (1-1/4 inch)
Shutoff Classification per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4(2) CHPT: Class IV (standard), Class V (optional) CHPD: Class II (standard) CHPD with Bore-Seal: Class V (standard)
Weight 810 kg (1786 lbs)
Construction Materials Valve Body and Bonnet: WCC Steel, WC9 Alloy Steel Trim and Other Parts: See tables 1 and 2
Flow Coefficient See Fisher Catalog 12
Dimensions See figure 1
Packing Arrangements J Standard PTFE V-ring, J Double PTFE V-ring, J Graphite Ribbon/Filament
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation for valves should not be exceeded. 2. For boiler feedwater applications, proper use of a block valve during closing of the control valve is recommended to minimize control valve trim damage.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CHP Valve D104145X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:CHP
June 2017
High Temperature Seal
(HTS1)
The High Temperature Seal (HTS1) is available for the CHPT only and is required for applications where the service temperature exceeds 232°C (450°F). This seal is available for all sizes and trims of the CHPT and allows the valve to be used in temperatures up to 316°C (600°F) for non-oxidizing service and up to 260°C (500°F) for oxidizing service.
See table 2 for temperature limits and figure 2. The High Temperature Seal is used in place of the standard plug seal ring. This seal employs a similar seal ring as the standard CHPT, but with the addition of an anti-extrusion ring.
(26.5)
Figure 1. Dimensions, mm (Inches)
(9.2)
Bore Seal
The Bore Seal is available for the CHPD only and is
required for Class V shutoff applications where the
service temperature exceeds 316°C (600°F). For
service temperatures below 316°C (600°F) the CHPT
should be used when Class V shutoff is required. See
E1577
table 2 for temperature limits.
The Bore Seal employs a metal Cshaped seal ring that is secured to the outside diameter of the valve plug. When the valve plug comes into contact with the seat ring, to close the valve, the Bore Seal is compressed against the cage wall thereby blocking a secondary leakage path that exists between the plug and cage wall.
When the valve plug is not in contact with the seat ring (i.e. valve open) the Bore Seal is not engaged and the piston rings that are also secured to the outside diameter of the plug assume the role of blocking this secondary leakage path.
381 (15)
762 (30)
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:CHP
June 2017
CHP Valve D104145X012
Figure 2. Typical Fisher CHPT NPS 8 CL2500 Valve
VALVE STEM
VALVE BODY CAGE
RETAINING RING BACKUP RING SEAL RING
CAGE GASKET
GG39733
BONNET GASKET
VIEW A
VIEW B Standard Seal
(Flow Up)
BONNET VALVE PLUG BALANCING PORTS SEAT RING SEAT RING GASKET
VIEW B HTS1 Seal (Flow Up)
RETAINING RING BACKUP RING ANTI-EXTRUSION RING SEAL RING
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CHP Valve D104145X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:CHP
June 2017
Table 1. Trim Descriptions
VALVE
TRIM (CAGE)
CHPT and CHPD
Standard Cavitrol III 2-Stage
CHPD with Bore Seal
Standard Cavitrol III 2-Stage
VALVE PLUG 416 SST 420 SST 416 SST
420 SST
SEAT RING 416 SST 420 SST 416 SST
420 SST
CAGE 17-4 SST PH H1075 17-4 SST PH H1075 17-4 SST PH H1075
with CoCr-A
17-4 SST PH H1075 with CoCr-A
TEMPERATURE LIMIT See figure 3
Table 2. Construction Materials
PART
MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE
C
F
Valve Body and Bonnet
WCC WC9
-29° to 380°
-20° to 716°
Valve Plug, Seat Ring, and Cage
See table 1
See figure 3
Valve Stem
S20910
Valve Body to Bonnet Bolting
SA-193-B7 NCF2 studs, SA-194-2H NCF2 nuts
Bonnet, Cage and Seat Ring Gaskets
CHPD
Piston Ring
N06600/Graphite Graphite 17F39
Not a limiting factor
CHPD with Bore Seal
Piston Ring Bore Seal
Graphite 17F39 N07718
Seal Ring
PTFE with N10276 spring
-46° to 232°
-50° to 450°
CHPT
Backup Ring Retaining Ring
S41600 18-8 SST
Not a limiting factor
Seal Ring
PTFE/graphite with R30003 spring
-46° to 232°(1)
-50° to 450°(1)
CHPT with HTS1 Seal
Anti-Extrusion Ring
PEEK (Poly Ether Ether Ketone)
-73° to 316°
-100° to 600°
Backup Ring Retaining Ring
S41600 18-8 SST
Not a limiting factor
Packing
See Bulletin 59.1:065, Packing Selection Guidelines for Fisher Sliding-Stem Valves (D101986X012)
1. When used with a PEEK anti-extrusion ring, the PTFE/graphite with R30003 spring seal ring may be used up to 316°C (600°F) for non-oxidizing service or up to 260°C (500°F) for oxidizing service.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:CHP
June 2017
CHP Valve D104145X012
Figure 3. Pressure/Temperature Limit
6250
CHPD/CHPT
CHPD
TEMPERATURE (_F)
716
Figure 4. Pressure/Temperature Limits for Standard Cages
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _C
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _C
PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
WCC STEEL VALVES
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
WC9 ALLOY VALVES
B1959-1
Note: 1. Do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature for the pressure rating of the valve material and valve size used. Refer to table 2 and figure 3 for pressure/temperature limits of the trim used.
Table 3. Flow Characteristic and Valve Plug Travel
TRIM (CAGE) Standard
Cavitrol III 2-Stage
CHARACTERISTIC
Equal Percentage Linear
Modified Equal Percentage Linear
6
MAXIMUM VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm
Inches
102
4
152
6
152
6
152
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CHP Valve D104145X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:CHP
June 2017
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:CHP
June 2017
CHP Valve D104145X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and Cavitrol are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2016, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D and DA Valves
D100039X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:D August 2017
FisherTM D and DA Control Valves
Fisher D and DA single-port, high-pressure valves are widely used in oil and gas production industries. These valves are especially useful for either throttling or on/off control of liquids or gases which are gritty, sticky, or which have a tendency to build up on internal valve parts. The DA valve is also useful in angle piping or other applications where a self-draining valve is desired.
Unless otherwise noted, all NACE references are to NACE MR0175-2002.
Features
nHeavy-Duty Construction--Massive guiding (figure 1) positively aligns the valve plug in the seat ring for high pressure drop applications. The screwed-in seat ring completely encloses the seat ring gasket.
nEasy Maintenance--Screwed bonnet/body joint allows repair or maintenance with a minimum of tools.
nSevere Service Capability--Valve is available with VTC (ceramic) trim for service in very erosive applications. The valve plug is also available with a tungsten carbide tip and the seat ring can be fitted with a full-bore tungsten carbide insert for erosive service.
nMeets Variety of Specifications--Valve body and end connection constructions are available for API as well as ASME standards.
W7859-1
Fisher D Valve with 657 Actuator
nNACE Trim Standard--NACE trim and bolting materials are standard for all applications. These materials comply with the requirements of NACE MR0175-2002.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:D August 2017
D and DA Valves
D100039X012
Specifications
Available Configurations D: Globe valve with screwed-on bonnet, unbalanced post-guided valve plug, screwed-in seat ring, metal seat construction, and push-down-to-close valve plug action DA: Same as D valve except in angle configuration (figure 1)
Valve Sizes and End Connections(1) See table 1
Maximum Inlet Pressures and Temperatures(1)(2) See table 2
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops(2) Flow up: Capable of full rated pressure drops Flow down: See table 3 for pressure drop limits for ceramic trim
Shutoff Classification per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 Standard: Class IV leakage Optional: Class V
Material Temperature Capabilities -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F)
Flow Characteristic Equal percentage
Flow Direction (see figure 1) D: Flow up (through seat ring and past valve plug) DA: J Flow up (through seat ring and past valve plug) or J flow down (past valve plug and through seat ring)
Flow Coefficients and Noise Level Prediction See table 5 or Fisher Catalog 12
Port, Yoke Boss, Stem Diameters, and Rated Travels See table 6
Approximate Weights NPS 1: 34 kg (75 pounds) NPS 2: 45 kg (100 pounds)
Construction Materials
Body, Bonnet, and Trim: See table 4 Packing: Standard: J Single or J double PTFE V-ring packing for pressure service Optional: Double PTFE/Composition Standard Gaskets: S31600 (316 SST)
Options
J Lubricator/isolating valve J VTC (ceramic) Trim with equal percentage characteristic (not available with Micro-Flute trim) J Tungsten Carbide trim (not available with Micro-Flute trim)
1. EN (or other) ratings and end connections can usually be supplied; consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner. 2. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and in any applicable standard limitations should not be exceeded.
Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Tables
Valve Sizes, Port Diameters, and End Connections . 3 Rated Inlet Pressures and Temperatures . . . . . . . . . 3 Flow Down Pressure Drop Limits-
Ceramic Trim Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Materials for Standard Trim Constructions . . . . . . . 3
Flow Coefficient (Cv at Maximum Valve Plug Travel) . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Port, Yoke Boss, Stem Diameters, and Rated Travel Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D and DA Valves
D100039X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:D August 2017
Table 1. Valve Sizes, Port Diameters, and End Connections
SCREWED VALVE BODIES
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PORT DIAMETER (INCHES)
3600 psi
6000 psi
9000 psi 10,000 psi
(WCC Steel (Except WCC
DA Only)
Steel DA)
1
0.25, 0.375, 0.5, 0.75
X(1)
X
- - -
- - -
2
0.25, 0.375, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.25
X
X
X
X
1. `X' indicates available construction.
CL150 through CL600
X
X
FLANGED VALVE BODIES
ASME
API
CL900 and CL1500
CL2500
10,000 lb. Spec A and C
X
X
- - -
X
X
X
Table 2. Rated Inlet Pressures and Temperatures
VALVE SIZE, NPS
TYPE
PRESSURE RATING OR COLD WORKING PRESSURE LIMIT
CL900 and 1500
1 or 2
Screwed
CL2500 9000 10,000 CL150
CL300
1 or 2
Flanged
CL600 CL900 and 1500
CL2500
API 10,000
1. LCC steel body per ASME B16.34 except C5 steel for all API bodies.
bar 259 236
431 394
621 689 20.0 12.8
51.7 47.2
103.4 94.5
259 236
431 394
689 689
PRESSURE(1) psi 3750 3425 6250 5710
9000 10,000
290 185
750 685 1500 1370
3750 3425 6250 5710
Spec A 10,000 Spec C 10,000
TEMPERATURE
_C
_F
38
100
232
450
38
100
232
450
38
100
38
100
38
100
232
450
38
100
232
450
38
100
232
450
38
100
232
450
38
100
232
450
121
250
121
250
Table 3. Flow Down Pressure Drop Limits - Ceramic Trim Only
VALVE SIZE, NPS
6.4 (0.25)
9.5 (0.375)
SEAT RING DIAMETER, mm (INCHES)
12.7 (0.5)
19.1 (0.75)
Pressure Drop, bar
1
414
414
414
193
2
689
689
689
462
Pressure Drop, psi
1
6000
6000
6000
2800
2
10,000
10,000
10,000
6700
25.4 (1)
- - - 262
- - - 3800
31.8 (1.25)
- - - 165
- - - 2400
Table 4. Materials for Standard Trim Constructions
VALVE MATERIAL
BONNET MATERIAL
LCC
WCC
LF2
PLUG AND SEAT RING
S31600 (316 stainless steel) hard faced with CoCr-A (Alloy 6)
VALVE STEM S20910
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:D August 2017
D and DA Valves
D100039X012
Table 5. Flow Coefficient (Cv at Maximum Valve Plug Travel)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PORT DIAMETER, mm (INCHES)
EQUAL PERCENTAGE D Flow Up
6.4 (0.25)
1.66
1
9.5 (0.375)
4.03
12.7 (0.5)
6.51
19.1 (0.75)
12.3
6.4 (0.25)
1.66
9.5 (0.375)
4.03
2
12.7 (0.5) 19.1 (0.75)
6.82 14.1
25.4 (1)
23.7
31.8 (1.25)
34.5
EQUAL PERCENTAGE DA
Flow Down
3.21 7.06 11.2 16.8
3.21 7.06 12.1 21.2 31.8 44.9
Table 6. Port, Yoke Boss, Stem Diameters, and Rated Travel Specifications in mm (Inches)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PORT DIAMETER
Yoke Boss Diameter
STANDARD
Stem Diameter
Rated Travel
Yoke Boss Diameter
OPTIONAL
Stem Diameter
6.4 (0.25)
71 (2-13/16)
12.7 (1/2)
1
9.5 (0.375) 12.7 (0.5) 19.1 (0.75)
54 (2-1/8)
9.5 (3/8)
19.1 (0.75)
90 (3-9/16)
19.1 (3/4)
6.4 (0.25)
9.5 (0.375)
2
12.7 (0.5) 19.1 (0.75)
71 (2-13/16)
12.7 (1/2)
19.1 (0.75)
90 (3-9/16)
19.1 (3/4)
25.4 (1)
31.8 (1.25)
Rated Travel 19.1 (0.75) 19.1 (0.75)
19.1 (0.75)
Figure 1. Typical Constructions
W0540-2
4
W0938-2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D and DA Valves
D100039X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:D August 2017
Installation
Valve orientation of the D and DA does not affect operation, but to facilitate changing trim parts, the valve stem should be vertical with the actuator above the valve. Proper flow direction is indicated by the arrow on the valve. Dimensions are shown in figures 2 and 3.
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
Application
1. Type of application a. Throttling or on-off b. Reducing or relief
2. Controlled fluid (include chemical analysis of fluid, if possible) 3. Specific gravity of controlled fluid 4. Fluid temperature 5. Range of flowing inlet pressure
6. Pressure drops a. Range of flowing pressure drops b. Maximum at shutoff
7. Flow rates a. Minimum controlled flow b. Normal flow c. Maximum flow
8. Maximum permissible noise level, if critical 9. Shutoff classification required 10. Line size and schedule
Valve
Refer to the specifications. Review the description for each specification. Indicate the desired choice whenever there is a selection (J) to be made. Always indicate the valve body design being ordered as identified in the available configuration specification.
Actuator and Accessories
Refer to separate bulletins covering actuators and accessories for ordering information.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:D August 2017
D and DA Valves
D100039X012
Table 7. Fisher D Dimensions
FLANGED VALVE SIZE, NPS
CL150
A-Raised
Face
G
Raised Face
1
206
46
219
2
267
70
267
1
8.12 1.81 8.62
2
10.50 2.75 10.50
ASME CL300 A Ring-Type G
Joint
232
46
- - -
70
9.12
1.81
- - -
2.75
Raised Face
232 286
9.12 11.25
CL600
A
Ring-Type G Joint
mm
232
46
289
70
Inches
9.12
1.81
11.38 2.75
9.5 (3/8)
173 - - -
6.81 - - -
D--All Ratings Stem Size 12.7 (1/2)
192 217
7.56 8.56
19.1 (3/4)
179 213
7.06 8.38
Table 8. Fisher D Dimensions
ASME
API
FLANGED VALVE
CL900 and 1500 A
CL2500 A
10,000 lb. A
SIZE, NPS
Raised Face
Ring-Type G Joint
Raised Face
Ring-Type G Joint
Spec A
Spec C
G
9.5 (3/8)
D--All Ratings
Stem Size 12.7 (1/2)
19.1 (3/4)
mm
1
254
254
46
308
308
54
- - -
- - -
- - -
173
192
179
2
308
311
70
391
394
83
364
360
83
- - -
217
213
Inches
1
10.00
10.00 1.81 12.12
12.12 2.12
- - -
- - -
- - -
6.81(1)
7.56(1)
7.06(1)
2
12.12
12.25 2.75 15.38
15.50 3.25 14.34
14.19 3.25
- - -
8.56
8.38
1. Not applicable for 10,000 lb. API.
Table 9. Fisher D Dimensions
SCREWED VALVE SIZE,
NPS
3600 psi
A
G
1(1)
168
46
2
229
70
1(1)
6.62
2
9.00
1. For 3600 psi and 6000 psi only.
1.81 2.75
6000 psi and 9000 psi
A
G
197
54
267
83
7.75
2.12
10.50
3.25
mm Inches
9.5 (3/8)
172 - - -
6.75 - - -
Figure 2. Fisher D Dimensions (also see tables 7, 8, and 9)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
D--All Ratings Stem Size 12.7 (1/2)
192 216
7.50 8.50
19.1 (3/4)
178 211
7.00 8.31
D
G
AJ1318-E A1888-1
A 2
A
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D and DA Valves
D100039X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:D August 2017
Table 10. Fisher DA Dimensions
FLANGED VALVE SIZE, NPS
A and G
ASME
CL300
CL600
Raised Face
Ring-Type Joint
Raised Face
Ring-Type Joint
1
109
116
116
116
2
155
164
165
167
1
4.31
4.56
4.56
4.56
2
6.12
6.44
6.50
6.56
9.5 (3/8) mm 135 - - - Inches 5.31 - - -
D--All Ratings Stem Size 12.7 (1/2)
154 164
6.06 6.44
19.1 (3/4)
141 159
5.56 6.25
Table 11. Fisher DA Dimensions
FLANGED VALVE SIZE, NPS
A and G
ASME
CL900 and 1500
CL2500
Raised Face
Ring-Type Joint
Raised Face
Ring-Type Joint
1
127
127
154
154
2
178
179
195
197
1
5.00
5.00
6.06
6.06
2
7.00
7.06
7.69
7.75
API 10,000 lb.
Spec A
Spec C
mm
- - -
- - -
182
180
Inches
- - -
- - -
7.17
7.09
9.5 (3/8)
135 - - -
5.31 - - -
D--All Ratings Stem Size 12.7 (1/2)
154 164
6.06 6.44
19.1 (3/4)
141 159
5.56 6.25
Table 12. Fisher DA Dimensions
SCREWED VALVE SIZE, NPS
1(1)
2
3600 psi
A
G
76
89
102
124
1(1)
3.00
2
4.00
1. For 3600 psi and 6000 psi only.
3.50 4.88
6000 psi and 9000 psi
A
G
89
102
114
130
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.12
mm Inches
9.5 (3/8)
133 - - -
5.25 - - -
D--All Ratings Stem Size 12.7 (1/2)
152 162
6.00 6.38
19.1 (3/4)
140 157
5.50 6.19
Figure 3. Fisher DA Dimensions (also see tables 10, 11, and 12)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
D
G
AJ1318-E A1887-1
A
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:D August 2017
D and DA Valves
D100039X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1991, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D2T FloPro Valve
D104137X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:D2T October 2016
FisherTM D2T FloPro Control Valve
The Fisher D2T FloPro control valve is a compact, rugged valve designed for on/off service. This valve is ideal for use as a dump valve on gas separators and scrubbers. It is also well suited for other high pressure applications in natural gas production, compression, and processing. The D2T FloPro valve has threaded NPT end connections and is available in an NPS 1 globe style or angle style valve body configuration.
Features
nField-Selectable Flow Rates--The FloPro feature allows easy setting of 0.25, 0.375, and 0.5 inch port equivalent flow rates, eliminating the need for more than one port size. See figure 2.
nTrim Options--The valve plug and seat ring are available in S17400 double H1150, or solid R30006 (Alloy 6) for erosive service.
nQuad-O compliant Packing System--Features Fisher ENVIRO-SEALTM packing technology to provide reduced packing maintenance and meet Low E fugitive emission requirements for Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR) programs in compliance with the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 40, Part 60, Subpart OOOO.
nNACE MR0175/ISO 15156 Service- Ready--Sour service trim is the standard construction for the D2T FloPro control valve. The materials of construction meet the metalurgical requirements of NACE MR0175/ISO 15156. Environmental limits may apply.
nCL900 Service--Valve assembly is designed and specified for ASME B16.34 CL900 service.
nLow Temperature Materials--Valve and actuator construction materials allow use in low temperature applications of -46° C (-50° F).
Fisher D2T FloPro Control Valve
nField-Reversible Actuator--The D2T FloPro actuator can be converted in the field from Air-to-Open to Air-to-Close actuator action. (Conversion to Air-to-Close actuator action requires removing four springs from the actuator casing configuration.) (Conversion to Air-to-Open actuator action requires adding four springs to the actuator casing configuration.)
nEasy Installation--Compact design allows installation where space is at a premium.
nEasy Maintenance--Screwed bonnet/body joint allows repair or maintenance with a minimum of tools and without removing the valve body from the piping system.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:D2T
October 2016
D2T FloPro Valve
D104137X012
Specifications Valve Assembly Pressure Class(1) ASME B16.34 CL900
Maximum Travel 13 mm (0.5 inch)
Temperature Range(1)
155 bar from -46 to 93°C, and 150 bar at 149°C. (2250 psig from 50 to 200°F, and 2185 psig at 300°F)
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drop(1) Flow Down(2) Maximum Inlet Pressure: 155 bar (2250 psig) Maximum Outlet Pressure: 103 bar (1500 psig) Flow Up Maximum Inlet Pressure: 103 bar (1500 psig) Maximum Outlet Pressure: 103 bar (1500 psig)
Shutoff Classification
Class IV ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Construction Materials
Valve Body and Bonnet: ASME SA 352 LCC Valve Plug and Seat: J R30006 (Alloy 6) or J S17400 double H1150 Valve Stem: S31600 O-Rings: HNBR (Hydrogenated Nitrile) Packing: PTFE/Carbon PTFE Packing Springs: N07718 Stem Bushing: PPS (polyphenylene sulfide) Actuator Diaphragm: Nitrile/Polyester Actuator Springs: Zinc-plated steel
Flow Characteristic
FloPro Characterized
Valve Travel Indications See figure 2
Approximate Weight 7.7 kg (17 lb)
Dimensions See figure 3
Material Temperature Capabilities Valve Body Assembly: -46 to 149°C (-50 to 300°F) Actuator Assembly: -46 to 93°C (-50 to 200°F)
Bonnet/Body Connection Screwed with leakoff bleed
Standard Actuator Configuration The D2T FloPro actuator is an on/off spring-and-diaphragm. Globe Valve Body: Supplied as either Air-to-Open or Air-to-Close.
Maximum Actuator Casing Pressure 2.8 bar (40 psig)
Minimum Required Actuator Casing Pressure 2.1 to 2.4 bar (30 to 35 psig)
Flow Coefficients See figure 2
Actuator Diaphragm Effective Area 194 cm2 (30 square inches)
Port Diameter 13 mm (0.5 inch)
Actuator Pressure Connections 1/4 NPT internal; see figure 3 for locations
1. The pressure or temperature limits in the referenced tables and any applicable ASME code limitations should not be exceeded. 2. Standard flow direction.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D2T FloPro Valve
D104137X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:D2T
October 2016
Figure 1. Fisher D2T FloPro Constructions
GE71876
AIR-TO-OPEN
Figure 2. Flow Rate Adjustments
GE771903
AIR-TO-CLOSE
FloPro TRAVEL INDICATOR
FLOW ADJUSTOR
1
SAFETY VENT
2
3
GE71876
1 0.5 INCH FLOW RATE Cv = 6
Fl = 0.77 Xt = 0.476
GE15452
2 0.375 INCH FLOW RATE Cv = 4
Fl = 0.706 Xt = 0.319
3 0.25 INCH FLOW RATE Cv = 2
Fl = 0.65 Xt = 0.245
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:D2T
October 2016
D2T FloPro Valve
D104137X012
Figure 3. Fisher D2T Valve Dimensions (Air-to-Open Configuration Shown)
216 (8.50) DIAMETER 1/4 NPT VENT CONNECTION
216 (8.50) DIAMETER
1/4 NPT VENT CONNECTION
77 (3.03)
77 (3.03)
195 (7.68)
51 (2.00) DIAMETER
1/4 NPT SUPPLY CONNECTION
195 (7.68)
1 NPT
51 (2.00) DIAMETER
1/4 NPT SUPPLY CONNECTION
58 (2.29)
E1579
59 (2.31)
117 (4.62)
GLOBE STYLE
49 (1.91)
mm (INCH)
GG28538
59 (2.31)
127 (5.00)
1 NPT
ANGLE STYLE
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2015, 2016 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D3 Valve
D103269X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:D3 February 2021
FisherTM D3 Control Valve
The Fisher D3 control valve is a compact, rugged valve designed for on/off or throttling control, and utilizes FloPro technology, using either pneumatic or electric control. This valve is ideal for use as a dump valve on gas separators and scrubbers. It is also well suited for other high pressure applications in natural gas production, compression, and processing. NPS 1 and 2 D3 control valves are available with CL900 NPT end connections and CL600 raised face flanged end connections.
The D3 offers easy maintenance. The trim and packing can be maintained by removing the deep-bore hammer nut and lifting the actuator/bonnet assembly off the valve without disassembling the actuator.
Features
W9797-7
FISHER D3 CONTROL VALVE WITH easy-DriveTM ELECTRIC ACTUATOR
(NPS 2 NPT END CONNECTION)
Electric and Pneumatic
nSafer Bonnet / Valve Body Connection-- The unique design provides additional protection if disassembly of bonnet/valve body connection is inadvertently started while there is still pressure in the valve body. Pins mounted in the valve bonnet help ensure the bonnet disengages from the valve body as the hammer nut is loosened, while the threads are still engaged. This allows internal pressure to be vented, while keeping the actuator retained to the valve body.
nField-Selectable Flow Rates--The FloPro feature allows adjustment of the flow capacity without changing the trim. In this way, a single trim set can be used for more than one flow requirement, reducing inventory and maintenance costs. See figure 1.
W9249-1
FISHER D3 CONTROL VALVE (NPS 2 RF FLANGED END CONNECTION)
nTwo End Connection Styles-- The D3 control valve is available in both CL900 screwed-end and CL600 RF flanged construction.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:D3 February 2021
D3 Valve
D103269X012
Features (continued)
Electric and Pneumatic
nTwo Modes of Actuation-- Pneumatic or electric actuation is available.
nQuad-O compliant Packing System --Features Fisher ENVIRO-SEALTM packing technology to provide reduced packing maintenance and meet Low E fugitive emission requirements for Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR) programs in compliance with the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 40, Part 60, Subpart OOOO.
nRugged Trim Design--The pinned and guided plug/stem assembly is field-proven and easy to maintain.
nSevere Service Capability with Tungsten Carbide Trim--D3 valves are available with tungsten carbide trim for erosive service. Fisher tungsten carbide trim is designed specifically for severe service applications in the oil and gas industry. Durable tungsten carbide trim may benefit your application by wearing better and lasting longer.
nEasy Maintenance--The hammer nut bonnet/body joint allows repair or maintenance with a minimum of tools, without removing the valve body from the piping system. The seat ring can be removed with a standard hex socket.
nIntegral Bonnet Flange-- The bonnet has an integral flange, retained by a hammer nut, making the bonnet-to-body connection. This eliminates use of snap rings, which can be subject to possible failure in sour service or in atmospheric corrosion.
nApplication Flexibility--A selection of end connections, trim materials, and flow capacities allows the D3 to be used in a broad range of applications, including sour service.
nNACE MR0175/ISO 15156 Service-Ready--The standard D3 FloPro trim, valve body, and bonnet meet the metallurgical requirements of NACE MR0175/ISO 15156.
Electric
nLow Power Consumption-- The Fisher easy-Drive electric actuator operates from 9 to 30VDC and less than 0.1 watt hours per operation, using Modbus, 4-20 mA, or dry contact control signals.
nLow Temperature-- The easy-Drive electric actuator design allow use in ambient temperatures as low as -20°C (-4°F) without use of a heater.
nEasy Installation--The compact design allows installation where space is a premium. Fisher easy-Drive calibrates by simply opening and closing the valve.
nRemote Monitoring and Configuration-- Loss of signal position is programmable over Modbus.
nOptional Loss of Power Positioning-- With the reserve power unit, RPU-100, loss of power position is programmable over Modbus.
Pneumatic
nLow Temperature Materials--Valve construction materials allow use in applications as low as -34°C (-30°F) for the pneumatic actuator.
nField-Reversible Actuator--The D3 pneumatic actuator can be field-converted from spring-to-close to spring-to-open action.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D3 Valve
D103269X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:D3 February 2021
Valve Specifications
Valve Body Sizes, End Connection Styles, and Port Diameters(1)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PORT DIAMETER, (INCHES)
1
0.375, 0.75, 1
2
0.375, 0.75, 1
X = Available construction.
THREADED
CL900 X X
RAISED FACE (RF) FLANGED
CL600 X X
Maximum Inlet Pressures and Temperatures(1)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CLASS
1 and 2 NPT 1 and 2 RF
CL900 CL600
MAXIMUM INLET
PRESSURE bar (psig) 155 (2250) 150 (2185) 103 (1500) 100 (1455)
TEMPERATURE RANGE
_C (_F) -46 to 93 (-50 to 200) 93 to 149 (200 to 300) -46 to 93 (-50 to 200) 93 to 149 (200 to 300)
Shutoff Classification per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 Class IV
Flow Characteristic/Valve Plug Style Equal percentage/Micro-Form Valve Plug
Flow Coefficients See Fisher Catalog 12
Maximum Travel 15 mm (0.6 inch)
Material Temperature Capabilities(1) Valve Body Assembly: Standard Bonnet O-Ring: -40 to 135°C (-40 to 275°F)
Construction Materials See table 1
Maximum Shutoff Pressure Drops(1) See table 3
Flow Direction Flow Up or Flow Down
1. The pressure or temperature limits in the referenced tables and any applicable ASME code limitations should not be exceeded.
Table 1. Fisher D3 Materials of Construction
Part
D3 Material with Pneumatic Actuator
D3 Material with easy-Drive Electric Actuator
Actuator Casing
Painted Steel
Painted Aluminum
Actuator Diaphragm
CR (chloroprene/polyester)
NA
Actuator Springs
Painted Steel
NA
Stem Bushing
PPS (polyphenylene sulfide)
Bronze - Oil Impregnated
Valve Body and Bonnet
ASME SA 352 LCC
Valve Plug and Seat
Standard/Sour: S17400 (NACE MR0175/ISO 15156) Severe Service: Tungsten Carbide/S17400 (NACE MR0175/ISO 15156)
Pin
S17400
Valve Stem
S20910
O-rings
HNBR (Hydrogenated Nitrile)
Packing
PTFE/Carbon PTFE
Packing Springs
N07718
Packing Retainer
S17400
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:D3 February 2021
D3 Valve
D103269X012
Actuator Specifications
ELECTRIC ACTUATOR
Material Temperature Capabilities(1) Electric Actuator Assembly: -20 to 70°C (-4 to 158°F) ambient
Available Electric Actuator Configurations Gen 2 easy-Drive Electric On/Off (snap acting) Gen 2 easy-Drive Electric Positioning (flow or pressure control)
Maximum Current Draw 4 amps
Nominal Stroke Speed(2) 3.9 mms (0.15 inch/s) at 24VDC 2.2 mm/s (0.09 inch/s) at 12VDC(3)
Control Signals On/Off: Dry contact, Modbus RTU Positioning: 4-20 mA, 4-20 mA level, Modbus RTU Auxillary Digital Input (Gen 2 only): Dry contact Auxillary Digital Output (Gen 2 only): 10VDC, 25 mA maximum
Hazardous Area Approvals CSA (C/US): ExplosionProof Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D, T6, Ex d IIA T6, Class I, Zone 1, AEx d IIA T6 ATEX Flameproof - Gas:
II 2 G, Ex db IIA T6 IECEx Flameproof - Gas: Ex db IIA T6
Enclosure Rating Type 4X and IP66
Electromagnetic Compatibility Meets EN 61326-1 (2013) Immunity: Industrial locations per table 2 of EN 61326-1 Standard. Performance is shown in table 2 Emmissions: Class A ISM Equipment Rating: Group 1, Class A
Conduit Connections Two 3/4 NPT connections
PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR
Material Temperature Capabilities(1) Pneumatic Actuator Assembly: -34 to 82°C (-30 to 180°F) ambient
Available Pneumatic Actuator Configurations Spring-to-Open Spring-to-Close
Maximum Actuator Casing Pressure(1) 3.4 bar (50 psig)
Actuator Diaphragm Effective Area 329 cm2 (51 square inches)
Actuator Pressure Connections 1/4 NPT internal
1. The pressure or temperature limits in the referenced tables and any applicable ASME code limitations should not be exceeded. 2. 10% variation can be expected, based on temperature and pressure of application. 3. Stroke speed when RPU is providing power.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D3 Valve
D103269X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:D3 February 2021
Table 2. EMC Summary Results - Immunity
PORT
PHENOMENON
BASIC STANDARD
TEST LEVEL
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) IEC 61000-4-2
4kV Contact 8kV Air
Enclosure
Radiated EM field
IEC 61000-4-3
80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m 1kHz AM at 80% 1400 to 2000 MHz @ 3V/m 1kHz AM at 80% 2000 to 2700 MHz @ 1V/m 1kHz AM at 80%
Rated power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8
30 A/m @ 50 and 60 Hz
Burst
IEC 61000-4-4
1kV
I/O signal/ control
Surge
IEC 61000-4-5
1kV cable shield, and line to ground
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-6
3V 150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms
Performance criteria is +/- 5% stem position 1. A= No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self recovering.
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA(1) A
A
A B B A
Table 3. Fisher D3 Maximum Shutoff Pressure Drops (Pneumatic)
ACTUATOR DESIGN
FLOW DIRECTION
ACTUATOR ACTION
INPUT SIGNAL psi
NUMBER OF SPRINGS
0-20
3
Spring-to-Close
0-35
6
Up
0-20
2
Spring-to-Open
0-35
2
Pneumatic
0-20
2
Spring-to-Close
0-35
3
Down
0-20
2
Spring-to-Open
0-35
3
MAXIMUM nP (PSI) PER PORT SIZE (INCH)
0.375
0.75
1.00
2250
544
341
2250
1504
999
2250
935
608
2250
2250
2094
1558
1800
950
2250
2250
2250
2250
1700
939
2250
2250
1575
Table 4. Fisher D3 easy-Drive Maximum Shutoff Pressure Drops (Electric)
ACTUATOR DESIGN
FLOW DIRECTION
0.375
MAXIMUM nP (PSI) PER PORT SIZE (INCH) 0.75
Electric
Up Down
2250 2250
1714 2250
1.00 1114 1948
Figure 1. FloPro Adjusts to Vary Flow Capacity (Shown with Valve Plug in Seated Position)
100% 50%
CLOSED
STEM CONNECTOR INDICATES TRAVEL
100% 50% CLOSED
STEM CONNECTOR INDICATES TRAVEL
FULL CAPACITY SETTING (FACTORY SET) 15 mm (0.6 INCH) TRAVEL
Note: Use the widely-spaced travel indicators, as shown on the left portion of this view.
REDUCED CAPACITY SETTING 10 mm (0.4 INCH) TRAVEL
Note: Use the closely-spaced travel indicators, as shown on the right portion of this view.
Note: See Fisher Catalog 12 for flow coefficients. Full capacity coefficients are shown as 100 percent valve opening. Reduced capacity coefficients are shown as 60 percent valve opening.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:D3 February 2021
D3 Valve
D103269X012
easy-Drive RPU-100
Designed for use in Fisher easy-Drive actuators, the RPU-100 provides energy for positioning the actuator to the user-defined location on loss of incoming power.
Figure 2. Fisher RPU-100 with Wiring Harness
Figure 3. Fisher easy-Drive Actuator with RPU-100
X1717
X1718
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D3 Valve
D103269X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:D3 February 2021
Table 5. Fisher D3 Control Valve with easy-Drive Electric Actuator Dimensions (also see figure 4)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CLASS
A
mm
Inch
DIMENSION
B
C
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
D
mm
Inch
CL600 (RF)
210
8.25
56
1.42
364
14.33
275
10.83
1
CL900
159
6.25
51
2.00
352
13.86
275
10.83
CL600 (RF)
286
11.25
44
1.74
363
14.29
275
10.83
2
CL900
191
7.50
46
1.80
363
14.29
275
10.83
1. Add .5 kg (1.1 lb) when RPU-100 is installed.
WEIGHT(1)
kg
lb
18
39
14
31
24
53
15
34
Figure 4. Fisher D3 Control Valve with easy-Drive Electric Actuator (also see table 5)
D
C
B A/2
A 7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:D3 February 2021
D3 Valve
D103269X012
Table 6. Fisher D3 Control Valve with Pneumatic Actuator Dimensions(1) (also see figure 5)
DIMENSION
AR(2)
VALVE SIZE
A
B
C
D
E
Spring-to-
Close
mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
NPS 1 NPT CL900
159 6.25 51 2.00 148 5.83 289 11.38 127 5.00 57 2.25
NPS 2 NPT CL900
191 7.50 46 1.80 159 6.28 289 11.38 127 5.00 57 2.25
NPS 1 CL600 RF
210 8.25 36 1.42 160 6.32 289 11.38 127 5.00 57 2.25
NPS 2 CL600 RF
286 11.25 44 1.74 159 6.28 289 11.38 127 5.00 57 2.25
1. All dimensions except AR are identical for both spring-to-close and spring-to-open. 2. Actuator removal clearance.
AR(2) Spring-to-
Open mm Inch
76 3.00 76 3.00 76 3.00 76 3.00
WEIGHT
kg lb
16
35
17
38
19
42
25
56
Figure 5. Fisher D3 Control Valve with Pneumatic Actuator Dimensions (also see table 6)
D AR
E
C
B
GE21316
8
A/2 A
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D3 Valve
D103269X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:D3 February 2021
Figure 6. Fisher D3 Control Valve with Size 30 Actuator and NPS 2 Flanged Valve Body (Spring-to-Open Configuration)
GE21342
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:D3 February 2021
D3 Valve
D103269X012
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D3 Valve
D103269X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:D3 February 2021
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:D3 February 2021
D3 Valve
D103269X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, easy-Drive, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E122006, 2021 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D4 Valve
D103039X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:D4 February 2021
FisherTM D4 Control Valve Assembly
The Fisher D4 control valve is a compact, rugged globe valve designed primarily for high-pressure throttling applications using either pneumatic or electric control. This valve is ideal for use on pressure and flow control applications within the oil and gas production industry. The D4 is an excellent control valve for high-pressure separators, scrubbers, and other processing equipment. These valves are especially useful for either throttling or on/off control of liquids or gases which are gritty, sticky, or which have a tendency to build up on internal valve parts.
If the control valve requires maintenance, the trim and packing can be maintained by removing the deep-bore hammer nut and lifting the actuator/bonnet assembly off the valve without disassembling the actuator.
Features
W9933-5
FISHER D4 CONTROL VALVE WITH Gen 2 easy-DriveTM ELECTRIC ACTUATOR (NPS 2 RF FLANGED END CONNECTION)
Electric and Pneumatic
nSafer Bonnet / Valve Body Connection-- Unique design provides additional protection if disassembly of bonnet/valve body connection is inadvertently started while there is still pressure in the valve body. Pins mounted in the valve bonnet help ensure the bonnet disengages from the valve body as the hammer nut is removed, while the threads are still engaged.
nHeavy-Duty Guiding--Massive guiding (figures 3 and 4) positively aligns the valve plug in the seat ring for reliable service. The screwed-in seat ring completely encloses the seat ring gasket.
nQuad-O compliant Packing System --Features Fisher ENVIRO-SEALTM packing technology to provide reduced packing maintenance and meet Low E fugitive emission requirements for Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR) programs in compliance with the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 40, Part 60, Subpart OOOO.
W8531-2
FISHER D4 CONTROL VALVE (NPS 2 NPT END CONNECTION)
nNACE Constructions--NACE compatible trim is available with the D4 control valve. These constructions meet the metallurgical requirements of NACE MR0175 / ISO 15156.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:D4 February 2021
D4 Valve
D103039X012
Features (continued)
Electric and Pneumatic
nQuick-Change Valve Plug--Removable groove pin allows quick, easy valve plug replacement.
nSevere Service Capability with Tungsten Carbide Trim--D4 valves are available with tungsten carbide trim for erosive service. This trim is designed specifically for severe service applications in the oil and gas industry. Durable tungsten carbide trim may benefit your application by wearing better and lasting longer.
nEasy Installation--Compact design allows installation where space is a premium. Screwed valve bodies feature compact face-to-face dimensions while flanged valve bodies conform to ISA-75 standards for maximum versatility.
nEasy Maintenance--Hammer nut bonnet/body joint allows repair or maintenance with a minimum of tools, without removing the valve body from the piping system. Seat ring can be removed with a standard socket.
nIntegral Bonnet Flange-- Bonnet has an integral flange that accepts hammer nut force when making the bonnet-to-body connection. There are no snap rings subject to possible failure in sour service or in atmospheric corrosion.
nStandard Trim for Throttling or On-Off Service-- Micro-Form trim is standard for throttling or on-off service at no extra cost.
nApplication Flexibility--Choices of port diameters up to 31.8 mm (1.25 inches), end connections, and trim materials suit these valves to many applications, including sour service.
Electric
nLow Power Consumption-- The Fisher easy-Drive electric actuator operates with 9 to 30VDC and less than 0.1 watt hours per operation, using Modbus, 4-20 mA, or dry contact control signals.
nLow Temperature-- The easy-Drive electric actuator design allows use in ambient temperatures as low as -20°C (-4°F) without use of a heater.
nEasy Installation--The compact design allows installation where space is a premium. Fisher easy-Drive calibrates by simply opening and closing the valve.
nRemote Monitoring and Configuration-- Loss of signal position is programmable over Modbus.
nOptional Loss of Power Positioning-- With the reserve power unit, RPU-100, loss of power position is programmable over Modbus.
Pneumatic
nLow Temperature Materials--Valve construction materials allow use in applications as low as -40°C (-40°F) for the pneumatic actuator.
Installation
D4 control valves may be installed in any position, but normally the actuator is vertical and above the valve. Install the control valve so the flow direction arrow on the side of the valve body indicates the direction of the process flow.
Dimensions are shown in tables 12 and 13 and figures 3 and 4.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D4 Valve
D103039X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:D4 February 2021
Valve Specifications
Available Actuation Configurations Spring-To-Close Pneumatic Spring-To-Open Pneumatic Electric
Valve Sizes and End Connection Styles(1) See table 3
Dimensions See tables 12 and 13 and figures 3 and 4. Face-to-face dimensions for flanged valves conform to ISA-75.03 (CL150-600) and ANSI/ISA-75.16 Short (CL900/1500)
Maximum Inlet Pressures and Temperatures(1) Flanged connections are consistent with the ASME B16.34 pressure-temperature class, subject to Material Temperature Capabilities for the Valve Body Assembly (see following specification). For NPT end connections, the valve body rating is 4250 psig.
Maximum Pressure Drops(1) See tables 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11
Shutoff Classification per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 Class IV
Flow Coefficients
See Fisher Catalog 12
Port Diameters
See table 3
Construction Materials
Valve Body and Bonnet: ASME SA 352 LCC Valve Plug and Seat: See table 5 Valve Stem: S20910 Actuator O-Rings: (HNBR) Hydrogenated Nitrile Bonnet O-Ring: Standard: HNBR Optional: Fluorocarbon Packing: Standard: Live-loaded single PTFE/Carbon PTFE Optional: ENVIRO-SEAL double PTFE/Carbon(2) Packing Springs: N07718 Packing Retainer: S17400 Actuator Diaphragm: Chloroprene Actuator Spring: Painted steel Seat Ring Gasket: S31600 (316 SST) Spring Cover (Fail Up): PVC
Valve Plug Travel
19 mm (0.75 inch)
Valve Plug Style
Micro-Form valve plug
Flow Characteristic Equal percentage
Flow Direction Flow up only
Material Temperature Capabilities
Valve Body Assembly: Standard Bonnet O-Ring: -40 to 135°C (-40 to 275°F) Optional Bonnet Fluorocarbon O-Ring: -23 to 204°C (-10 to 400°F)
1. The pressure or temperature limits in the referenced tables and any applicable ASME code limitations should not be exceeded. 2. For erosive service.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:D4 February 2021
D4 Valve
D103039X012
Actuator Specifications
ELECTRIC ACTUATOR
Material Temperature Capabilities(1) Electric Actuator Assembly: -20 to 70°C (-4 to 158°F) ambient
Available Electric Actuator Configurations Gen 2 easy-Drive Electric On/Off (snap acting) Gen 2 easy-Drive Electric Positioning (flow or pressure control)
Maximum Current Draw 4 amps
Idle Current Draw 15 mA at 24VDC, 25 mA at 12VDC 30 mA at 24VDC, 50 mA at 12VDC with RPU-100
Nominal Stroke Speed(2) 3.9 mms (0.15 inch/s) at 24VDC 2.2 mm/s (0.09 inch/s) at 12VDC(3)
Control Signals On/Off: Dry contact, Modbus RTU Positioning: 4-20 mA, 4-20 mA level, Modbus RTU Auxillary Digital Input (Gen 2 only): Dry contact Auxillary Digital Output (Gen 2 only): 10VDC, 25 mA maximum
Hazardous Area Approvals CSA (C/US): ExplosionProof Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D, T6, Ex d IIA T6, Class I, Zone 1, AEx d IIA T6 ATEX Flameproof - Gas:
II 2 G, Ex db IIA T6 IECEx Flameproof - Gas: Ex db IIA T6
Enclosure Rating Type 4X and IP66
Electromagnetic Compatibility Meets EN 61326-1 (2013) Immunity: Industrial locations per table 2 of EN 61326-1 Standard. Performance is shown in table 2 Emmissions: Class A ISM Equipment Rating: Group 1, Class A
Conduit Connections Two 3/4 NPT connections
PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR
Input Signal to Actuator See tables 7, 8, 9, and 10
Material Temperature Capabilities(1) Actuator Assembly: Fail-Down, Spring-to-Close: -40 to 93°C (-40 to 200°F) Fail-Up, Spring-to-Open: -40 to 93°C (-40 to 200°F)
Available Pneumatic Actuator Configurations Spring-to-Open Spring-to-Close
Maximum Actuator Casing Pressure(1) 3.4 bar (50 psig)
Actuator Diaphragm Effective Area 452 cm2 (69 square inches)
Actuator Pressure Connections 1/4 NPT internal
1. The pressure or temperature limits in the referenced tables and any applicable ASME code limitations should not be exceeded. 2. 10% variation can be expected, based upon temperature and pressure of application. 3. Stroke speed when RPU is providing power.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D4 Valve
D103039X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:D4 February 2021
Table 1. Hazardous Area Classifications - CSA (Canada and United States)
CERTIFICATION BODY
CERTIFICATION OBTAINED
ENTITY RATING
TEMPERATURE CODE
CSA
Class I, Division 1, GP C, D T6
- - -
T6 (Tamb v 70_C)
ENCLOSURE RATING CSA Type 4X Enclosure
Table 2. EMC Summary Results - Immunity
PORT
PHENOMENON
BASIC STANDARD
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
TEST LEVEL
4kV Contact 8kV Air
Enclosure
Radiated EM field
IEC 61000-4-3
80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m 1kHz AM at 80% 1400 to 2000 MHz @ 3V/m 1kHz AM at 80% 2000 to 2700 MHz @ 1V/m 1kHz AM at 80%
Rated power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8
30 A/m @ 50 and 60 Hz
Burst
IEC 61000-4-4
1kV
I/O signal/ control
Surge
IEC 61000-4-5
1kV cable shield, and line to ground
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-6
3V 150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms
Performance criteria is +/- 5% stem position 1. A= No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self recovering.
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA(1)
A
A
A B B A
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
Application Information
1. Type of application a. Throttling or on-off b. Reducing or relief (back pressure)
2. Controlled fluid a. Type (include chemical analysis, if available) b. Temperature (normal and maximum anticipated) c. Specific gravity
3. Range of flowing inlet pressures 4. Pressure drops
a. Range of flowing pressure drops b. Maximum drop at shutoff 5. Flow rates a. Minimum controlled flow b. Normal flow c. Maximum flow 6. Input signal range to actuator
Control Valve Assembly Information
Refer to the Specifications and review the information under each specification.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:D4 February 2021
D4 Valve
D103039X012
Table 3. Valve Sizes and Connection Styles
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PORT DIAMETER, (INCHES)
SCREWED 4250 psi
CL150
1
0.25, 0.375, 0.5, 0.75
X
X
0.25, 0.375,
2
0.5, 0.75, 1,
X
X
1.25
X = Available construction.
RAISED FACE (RF) FLANGED
CL300
CL600
X
X
X
X
CL900 and 1500 X
X
RING TYPE JOINT (RTJ) FLANGED
CL600
CL900 and 1500
X
X
X
X
Table 4. Fisher D4 Control Valves Approximate Weights, Kg (Pounds)(1)
VALVE SIZE AND CLASS
PNEUMATIC
1
2
Screwed
32 (71)
39 (87)
CL150
34 (74)
39 (86)
CL300 and 600
37 (81)
48 (106)
CL900 and 1500
50 (110)
66 (146)
1. Add .5 kg (1.1 lbs) when RPU-100 is installed.
1 22 (49) 24 (52) 27 (59) 40 (88)
ELECTRIC
2 29 (64) 29 (63) 33 (73) 51 (113)
Table 5. Typical Combinations of Metal Trim Parts
DESIGNATION
VALVE PLUG
Standard
S41600 hardened to 38 HRC minimum
Sour
S17400 (NACE MR0175/ISO 15156)
Tungsten Carbide
Tungsten carbide / S17400 (NACE MR0175/ISO 15156)
SEAT RING S17400
S17400 (NACE MR0175/ISO 15156) Tungsten carbide / S17400 (NACE MR0175/ISO 15156)
Table 6. Fisher D4 Environmental Limits for NACE MR0175/ISO 15156 with Sour Trim
MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE
_C
_F
MAXIMUM H2S PARTIAL PRESSURE
MPa
psia
204
400
1.4
200
199
390
2.3
330
191
375
2.5
360
149
300
2.8
400
135
275
No Limit
COMPATIBLE WITH ELEMENTAL SULFUR
No No No No Yes
Table 7. Maximum Shutoff Pressure Drops(1) for Fisher D4 Control Valves with Pneumatic Actuator (Spring-to-Close) When Used with Typical Control Instrumentation(2)
INPUT SIGNAL TO ACTUATOR
0 to 1.2 Bar (0 to 18 Psig)
0 to 1.4 Bar (0 to 20 Psig)
0 to 2.0 Bar (0 to 30 Psig)
0 to 2.3 Bar (0 to 33 Psig)
0 to 2.4 Bar (0 to 35 Psig)
0 to 3.4 Bar (0 to 50 Psig)
SPRING
Light Rate
Heavy Rate
INITIAL SPRING SETTING
0.77 Bar (11.2 Psig)
0.77 Bar (11.2 Psig)
0.85 Bar (12.4 Psig)
1.05 Bar (15.3 Psig)
1.18 Bar (17.1 Psig)
1.18 Bar (17.1 Psig)
PORT DIAMETER
Maximum Pressure Drop
mm
Inches
Bar
Psi
Bar
Psi
Bar
Psi
Bar
Psi
Bar
Psi
Bar
Psi
6.4
0.25
293(3) 4250(3) 293(3) 4250(3)
293
4250
293
4250
293
4250
293
4250
9.5
0.375
293(3) 4250(3) 293(3) 4250(3)
293
4250
293
4250
293
4250
293
4250
12.7
0.5
191
2765
191
2765
219
3180
288
4180
293
4250
293
4250
19.1
0.75
80
1160
80
1160
92
1340
123
1785
143
2080
143
2080
25.4
1
42
610
42
610
49
715
67
965
78
1130
78
1130
31.8
1.25
25
365
25
365
30
430
41
590
48
700
48
700
1. The pressure or temperature limits in the referenced tables and any applicable ASME code limitations should not be exceeded. 2. For example, use the column marked 0-1.4 bar (0-20 psig) for a 0.21-1.0 bar (3-15 psig) pneumatic controller with 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure.
3. For applications with downstream pressure in excess of 196 bar (2845 psig), use 196 bar (2845 psig) for Maximum Shutoff Pressure.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D4 Valve
D103039X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:D4 February 2021
Table 8. Maximum Shutoff Pressure Drops(1) for Fisher D4 Control Valves with Pneumatic Actuator (Spring-to-Close) When Used with Instrumentation with Restricted Output Range(2)
INPUT SIGNAL TO ACTUATOR
0.4 to 2.0 Bar (6 to 30 Psig)
0.14 to 2.3 Bar (2 to 33 Psig)
SPRING
Heavy Rate
Heavy Rate
INITIAL SPRING SETTING
0.97 Bar (14.0 Psig)
1.17 Bar (17.0 Psig)
PORT DIAMETER
Maximum Pressure Drop
mm
Inches
Bar
Psi
Bar
6.4
0.25
293(3)
4250(3)
293
9.5
0.375
210(3)
3045(3)
293
12.7
0.5
113
1635
282
19.1
0.75
45
655
120
25.4
1
23
330
65
31.8
1.25
13
185
39
Psi
4250 4250 4095 1750 945 580
1. The pressure or temperature limits in the referenced tables and any applicable ASME code limitations should not be exceeded. 2. For example, an Electro-Pneumatic Transducer calibrated for 0.4-2.0 bar (6-30 psig) output pressure.
3. For applications with downstream pressure in excess of 118 bar (1715 psig), use 118 bar (1715 psig) for Maximum Shutoff Pressure.
Table 9. Maximum Shutoff Pressure Drops(1) for Fisher D4 Control Valves with Pneumatic Actuator (Spring-to-Open) When Used with Typical Control Instrumentation(2)
INPUT SIGNAL TO ACTUATOR
0 to 1.2 Bar (0 to 18 Psig)
0 to 1.4 Bar (0 to 20 Psig)
0 to 2.0 Bar (0 to 30 Psig)
0 to 2.3 Bar (0 to 33 Psig)
0 to 2.4 Bar (0 to 35 Psig)
0 to 3.4 Bar (0 to 50 Psig)
SPRING
Light Rate
Heavy Rate
INITIAL SPRING SETTING
0.23 Bar (3.4 Psig)
0.23 Bar (3.4 Psig)
0.28 Bar (4.0 Psig)
0.28 Bar (4.0 Psig)
0.28 Bar (4.0 Psig)
0.28 Bar (4.0 Psig)
PORT DIAMETER
Maximum Pressure Drop
mm
Inches
Bar
Psi
Bar
Psi
Bar
Psi
Bar
Psi
Bar
Psi
Bar
Psi
6.4
0.25
293(3) 4250(3) 293(3) 4250(3)
293
4250
293
4250
293
4250
293
4250
9.5
0.375
293(3) 4250(3)
293
4250(3)
293
4250
293
4250
293
4250
293
4250
12.7
0.5
187
2715
233
3380
293
4250
293
4250
293
4250
293
4250
19.1
0.75
78
1135
99
1430
147
2130
178
2575
198
2875
293
4250
25.4
1
41
600
53
765
80
1160
97
1410
109
1575
195
2830
31.8
1.25
24
355
32
465
49
715
60
875
68
985
123
1785
1. The pressure or temperature limits in the referenced tables and any applicable ASME code limitations should not be exceeded. 2. For example, use the column marked 0-1.4 bar (0-20 psig) for a 0.21-1.0 bar (3-15 psig) pneumatic controller with 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure.
3. For applications with downstream pressure in excess of 190 bar (2760 psig), use 190 bar (2760 psig) for Maximum Shutoff Pressure.
Table 10. Maximum Shutoff Pressure Drops(1) for Fisher D4 Control Valves with Pneumatic Actuator (Spring-to-Open) When Used with Instrumentation with Restricted Output Range(2)
INPUT SIGNAL TO ACTUATOR
0.4 to 2.0 Bar (6 to 30 Psig)
0.14 to 2.3 Bar (2 to 33 Psig)
SPRING
Heavy Rate
Heavy Rate
INITIAL SPRING SETTING
0.69 Bar (10.0 Psig)
0.42 Bar (6.1 Psig)
PORT DIAMETER
Maximum Pressure Drop
mm
Inches
Bar
Psi
Bar
6.4
0.25
293(3)
4250(3)
293
9.5
0.375
293(3)
4250(3)
293
12.7
0.5
196
2845
293
19.1
0.75
82
1195
156
25.4
1
43
630
85
31.8
1.25
26
380
52
1. The pressure or temperature limits in the referenced tables and any applicable ASME code limitations should not be exceeded. 2. For example, an Electro-Pneumatic Transducer calibrated for 0.4-2.0 bar (6-30 psig) output pressure.
3. For applications with downstream pressure in excess of 202 bar (2925 psig), use 202 bar (2925 psig) for Maximum Shutoff Pressure.
Psi
4250 4250 4250 2265 1235 765
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:D4 February 2021
D4 Valve
D103039X012
Table 11. Fisher D4 easy-Drive Maximum Pressure Drop
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inch
6.4
0.25
9.5
0.375
12.7
0.5
19.1
0.75
25.4
1
31.8
1.25
1. Downstream pressure, P2, is limited to 2250 psig.
easy-Drive RPU-100
Designed for use in Fisher easy-Drive actuators, the RPU-100 provides energy for positioning the actuator to the user-defined location on loss of incoming power.
Figure 1. Fisher RPU-100 with Wiring Harness
MAXIMUM PRESSURE DROP(1)
Bar
psi
293
4250
293
4250
247
3576
105
1518
56
814
34
495
Figure 2. Fisher easy-Drive Actuator with RPU-100
X1717
X1718
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D4 Valve
D103039X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:D4 February 2021
Table 12. Dimensions - Pneumatic Actuator(1)
END CONNECTION
STYLE
NPS 1 VALVE BODY
A
D
G
mm Inches mm Inches mm Inches
Screwed
155
6.12
209
8.24
54
2.01
CL150 RF Flg
184
7.25
209
8.24
51
2.01
CL300 RF Flg
197
7.75
209
8.24
51
2.01
CL600 RF Flg
210
8.25
209
8.24
51
2.01
CL600 RTJ Flg
210
8.25
209
8.24
51
2.01
CL900/1500 RF Flg
273
10.75
209
8.24
54
2.01
CL900/1500 RTJ Flg 273 10.75 209
8.24
54
2.01
1. Also see figures 3 and 4.
A
mm Inches
230
9.00
254
10.00
267
10.50
286
11.25
289
11.38
340
13.38
343
13.50
NPS 2 VALVE BODY
D
mm Inches
215
8.47
215
8.47
215
8.47
215
8.47
215
8.47
215
8.47
215
8.47
G
mm Inches
77
2.75
71
2.75
71
2.75
71
2.75
71
2.75
77
2.75
77
2.75
Table 13. Dimensions - Pneumatic Actuator(1)
FAIL ACTION
C mm
Fail Down, Spring-To-Close
333
Fail Up, Spring-To-Open
333
1. Also see figures 3 and 4.
Inches 13.12 13.12
E
mm
Inches
312
12.30
324
12.74
F
mm
Inches
241
9.47
- - -
- - -
Table 14. Dimensions - Electric Actuator(1)
END CONNECTION
STYLE mm
Screwed
155
CL150 RF Flg
184
CL300 RF Flg
197
CL600 RF Flg
210
CL600 RTJ Flg
210
CL900/1500 RF Flg 273
CL900/1500 RTJ Flg 273
1. Also see figure 5.
A
Inches
6.12 7.25 7.75 8.25 8.25 10.75 10.75
NPS 1 VALVE BODY
B mm Inches mm
46
1.81
414
46
1.81
414
46
1.81
414
46
1.81
414
46
1.81
414
46
1.81
414
46
1.81
414
C
Inches
16.29 16.29 16.29 16.29 16.29 16.29 16.29
NPS 2 VALVE BODY
A
mm Inches
230 9.00 254 10.00 267 10.50 286 11.25 289 11.38 340 13.38 343 13.50
B mm Inches
70
2.75
70
2.75
70
2.75
70
2.75
70
2.75
70
2.75
70
2.75
C
mm Inches
438 17.24 438 17.24 438 17.24 438 17.24 438 17.24 438 17.24 438 17.24
NPS 1 AND 2 VALVE BODY
D
mm Inches
275 10.83 275 10.83 275 10.83 275 10.83 275 10.83 275 10.83 275 10.83
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:D4 February 2021
D4 Valve
D103039X012
Figure 3. Fisher D4 Valve Dimensions, Spring-To-Close (also see tables 12 and 13)
E MAX OC
F
1/4-18 NPT CONTROL
D
G
GE02329-C
A/2 A
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D4 Valve
D103039X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:D4 February 2021
Figure 4. Fisher D4 Valve Dimensions, Spring-To-Open (also see tables 12 and 13)
OC E
GE02330-E
A/2 A
D G
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:D4 February 2021
D4 Valve
D103039X012
Figure 5. Fisher D4 Control Valve with easy-Drive Electric Actuator and NPS 2 Flanged Valve Body
D
C
B A/2
A
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D4 Valve
D103039X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:D4 February 2021
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:D4 February 2021
D4 Valve
D103039X012
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
D4 Valve
D103039X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:D4 February 2021
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:D4 February 2021
D4 Valve
D103039X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, easy-Drive, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E162002, 2021 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
FisherTM EH and EHA Control Valves
EH (globe)
J EHS (NPS 1-1/2x1 through 8x6), J EHD (NPS 2 through 20), and J EHT (NPS 2 through 16x12)
EHA (angle)
J EHAS (NPS 3 through 6), J EHAD (NPS 3 through 8), and J EHAT (NPS 3 through 8)
EH Series Valves
These valves are specially designed for high-pressure applications. Fisher EH valve configurations incorporate proven techniques in flow-stream contouring for higher capacities and in valve trim design for reliability in severe applications.
The temperature limits of EHT valves can be extended above 232_C (450_F) by using PEEK (PolyEtherEtherKetone) anti-extrusion rings in combination with a spring-loaded PTFE seal. The PEEK anti-extrusion rings expand to close off the clearance gap between the plug and the cage where the PTFE seal may extrude at high temperatures and pressures. The temperature limits are extended to 316_C (600_F) for non-oxidizing service and to 260_C (500_F) for oxidizing service.
Unless otherwise noted, all NACE references are to NACE MR0175-2002. Contact your Emerson sales office for information on NACE MR0175/ISO 15156 or NACE MR0103.
Features
nImproved Cage Design--Drilled-hole cages, offering excellent strength and additional resistance to destructive vibration, are standard. Special materials of construction are readily available.
X1083-1
Fisher ET Valve with 685 Piston Actuator
W9768-3
Fisher EHT Valve with 585C Actuator
nPiping Economy--The availability of expanded end connections on EH valves may eliminate the need for line swages while accommodating oversized piping arrangements.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
nO-ring Seat Ring Gasket Construction--Use of O-ring construction provides excellent shut-off with minimal seat ring installation torques for temperatures up to 232_C (450_F). O-ring construction is standard on EHT valves. The flat sheet seat ring gasket construction is available for elevated design temperatures and/or NACE constructions where a suitable O-ring material is not available.
nIncreased Pressure/Temperature Ratings--Steel EH and EHA valves with buttwelding end connections have Intermediate Standard Ratings. With nondestructive testing, these valves can conform to ASME Intermediate Special Ratings, which allow even higher pressure/temperature applications. See table 7 for specific ratings.
nLong Trim Life--Hardened materials of construction for the cage, valve plug, cage guiding, and other trim parts are standard for all applications, providing excellent wear resistance. In all applications, rugged cage guiding provides increased valve plug stability. Increased stability results in reduced vibration and other mechanical stresses, which contributes to long trim life.
nControl of Low Flow Rates/Tight Shut-off-- Micro-Form or Micro-Flute valve plugs (figure 5 or 6) provide superb rangeability in high-pressure, low-flow applications. A choice of several restricted port diameters helps match valve capacity to required flow, helps provide necessary control with full travel, and helps prevent throttling near the seat.
1. For EHA valves only, and in low-flow applications where cavitation damage may occur, the Micro-Flat
style valve plug can be used. For low-flow applications where cavitation damage may occur and the minimum required Cv is equal to or greater than 0.05, Cavitrol III with Micro-Flat trim can be used in both EH and EHA valves. Please contact your Emerson sales office for more information.
2. For soot-blower applications, a special trim design is available to address noise, vibration, tight shutoff, and thermal cycling which is seen in this application. Please contact your Emerson Automation Solutions sales office for more information.
nHigh-Temperature, Class V Shutoff--Use of the metal C-seal (see figure 17) permits Class V shutoff up to 593_C (1100_F) for up to 4-3/8 inch port in CL2500 rated valves and 5-3/8 inch port in CL1500 rated valves. The metal Bore Seal will permit Class V shutoff up 593_C (1100_F) for 5-3/8 inch ports and larger.
nExcellent Stem Sealing--HIGH-SEAL packing systems provide excellent sealing to conserve valuable or hazardous process fluid and to protect against the emission of hazardous or polluting fluids to atmosphere. This system (figure 1) features graphite packing material and heavy-duty live loading.
nHigh Capacity--Careful consideration of aerodynamic and hydrodynamic principles in the design of the flow stream passages results in 30 to 40 percent higher capacity than conventional valves with comparable port sizes and travels.
(continued on page 6)
Table of Contents
EH Series Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 NPS 1-1/2 x 1 through 6 Globe Valves, NPS 3
through 8 Angle Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Trims (NPS 1-1/2 x 1 through 6 Globe Valves . . . . . . 9 NPS 8 through 14 Globe Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Principle of Operation
(NPS 8 through 14 Globe Valves) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 NPS 20 Globe Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Custom Design Capability (NPS 20 Globe Valves) . . 13 C-seal Trim Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Bore Seal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Fisher TSO (Tight Shutoff) Trim Capabilities . . . . . . 16 Trim Selection Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Material Selection Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Pressure/Temperature Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
Specifications
Available Configurations
See table 1
Common Characteristics: EH valves are single-port, high-pressure, globe-style valves with metal seats, cage guiding, and push- down- to- close valve plug action. EHA valves are angle versions of EH valves EHD/EHAD: Uses a balanced valve plug(1) with graphite valve plug piston rings; also, see tables 4 and 5 EHS/EHAS: Uses an unbalanced valve plug. For low-flow applications, smaller valve sizes are available with specialized valve plug designs. See tables 4(1) and 5 EHT/EHAT: Uses a balanced valve plug(1) with a pressure-assisted PTFE valve plug seal ring; also, see tables 4 and 5
NPS 20 Valve Rating
J Intermediate Standard Class 2185 (per ASME B16.34) or J other ratings available per customer specifications
Valve Sizes
J Globe Valves: Tables 4 and 6 J Angle Valves: Table 5
End Connection Styles(2)
Buttwelding Ends (BWE): See table 6 for all available ASME B16.25 schedules that are compatible with ASME B16.34 pressure/temperature ratings Flanged Ends: J CL900, J CL1500, or J CL2500 J ring-type joint (RTJ) or J raised-face (RF) flanges according to ASME B16.5. Flanged ends for EHA valves are available in CL900 and 1500 only Socketweld Ends (SWE): See table 6 for those valve sizes available with socketweld end connections according to ASME B16.11 that are compatible with ASME B16.34
Maximum Inlet Pressures and Temperatures(2,3)
Consistent with applicable CL900, 1500, or 2500 pressure/temperature ratings (for EH valves) according to ASME B16.34 unless limited by individual temperature limits shown in the Material Temperature Capabilities specification(7) or in figure 20.
In addition, both steel EH and EHA valves with BWE connections have increased pressure/ temperature ratings as shown in table 7
Valve With DST Trim: J 103 bar (1500 psi) for three-stage trim, J 207 bar (3000 psi) for four-stage trim, and J 289 bar (4200 psi) for six-stage trim Consult Fisher bulletin 80.2:021, Fisher Dirty Service Anti-Cavitation Trim (DST) (D102310X012) for more information Valve With Whisper TrimTM III Cage: 0.999 P/P1 maximum for levels A1 through D3 Valve with WhisperFloTM Trim: Levels X, Y, and Z: 0.999 P/P1 maximum
Construction Materials
All Except NPS 20 Valve Body and Bonnet: J WCC steel, J LCC steel, J WC9 chrome-moly steel, J C12A chrome-moly alloy, or J CF8M (316 SST or 316H SST for service above 538_C [1000_F]) Trim: Trim materials are listed in table 10 and 11. Special materials for trim and valve body are available. Please consult your Emerson sales office Other Parts: See tables 12 and 13 Yoke Temperature Limit (NPS 8 to 20 Valves): Standard bonnet with cast iron yoke is limited to 537_C (1000_F)
NPS 20 Valve Valve Body and Bonnet: SA 217 Grade WC9 steel Cage: Cast M152 SST Valve Plug: CF8M (316 stainless steel) with alloy 6 seat and guide Seat Ring: CF8M with CoCr-A (alloy 6) seat or N06600 with CoCr-A seat Seat Ring Bolting: N07718 Valve Stem: J SA 286 Grade 660 Condition 2 stainless steel or J other materials upon request Piston Rings: Graphite Cage & Seat Ring Gaskets: Silver-plated N04400 Body/Bonnet Bolting: J B7/2H, J B16/Gr-7 Packing Rings: Carbon/graphite composition, graphite, and zinc Packing Box Bushing: Graphite Packing Box Flange, Studs, and Nuts: S31600 (316 stainless steel) (other materials are available on request) Packing Springs: J G61500 (6150 steel), J S17700 (17-7 stainless steel), or J N07718
Maximum Pressure Drops(3)
Shutoff Classifications
Valve With Standard Cage: See figures 20, 21, and 22 Valve With CavitrolTM III Cage: 149 bar (2160 psi) for two-stage cage and 207 bar (3000 psi) for three-stage cage. Consult Fisher Bulletin 80.2:030, Fisher Cavitrol III One-, Two-, and Three-Stage Trims (D100196X012) for more information
See table 9
For NPS 20 valves, one-half of Class IV leakage (0.005% of valve capacity at full travel) per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
- continued -
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Specifications (continued)
Material Temperature Capabilities(3)
Noise Levels
EHD/EHAD and EHS/EHAS: Up to 593_C (1100_F) unless limited by selection of standard trim materials (table 10 and 11 and figures 20, 21, and 22), Cavitrol III and Whisper Trim III trim materials (table 10), or other parts (table 12) EHT/EHAT: Up to 316_C (600_F) unless limited by selection of standard trim materials (tables 10 and 11 and figures 20, 21, and 22), Cavitrol III and Whisper Trim III trim materials (table 10), or other parts (tables 12 and 13)
See Fisher Catalog 12, section 3 for noise predictions methods
NPS 20 Valve Maximum Flow Coefficient Approximately 92,000 Cg or 2600 Cv for modified equal percentage characteristics
Port Diameters See tables 17 and 18 for NPS 1 through 6 for NPS 1 through 6
Flow Characteristic
Standard Cage: J Equal percentage, J modified equal percentage(4), or J linear Micro-Form Valve Plug (for EHS and EHAS only): J Equal percentage or J modified equal percentage(4). Micro-Flute Valve Plug (for EHS and EHAS only): J Equal percentage or J modified equal percentage(4) Micro-Flat Valve Plug (EHAS only): J Linear Cavitrol III, Whisper Trim III, or WhisperFlo: J Linear Special cages: Special characterized flow characteristic cages are available. Please consult your local Emerson sales office
Flow Direction
Standard Cage J EHD: Normal flow down(8) J EHS: Normal flow up(5) J EHT: Normal flow down(8) J EHAD: Normal flow down J EHAS: Normal flow up J EHAT: Normal flow down
Cavitrol III Cage: Flow down
Whisper Trim III cage: Flow up
WhisperFlo Trim: Flow up
NPS 8 and 10x8 Valves CL1500: 178 mm (7 inch) port diameter CL2500: 137 mm (5.375 inch) port diameter NPS 12, 14, and 14x12 Valves CL1500: 254 mm (10 inch) port diameter CL2500: 178 mm (7 inch) port diameter NPS 16x12 Valves CL1500: 254 mm (10 inch) port diameter CL2500: 254 mm (10 inch) port diameter NPS 20 Valves: 355.6 mm (14 inches)
Valve Plug Travel and Stem Diameters(9)
See tables 14, 17, and 18
5 Inch H(10) Boss Diameter: 31.8 mm (1.25 inches) stem diameter 7 Inch Boss Diameter: 50.8 mm (2 inches) stem diameter NPS 20 Valves: Valve Plug Travel: 85.7 mm (9.125 inches) Valve Stem Diameter: 50.4 mm (2 inches)
Bonnet Style
J Standard bonnet (figures 3 and 4) for all valve sizes, standard bonnet with cast iron yoke is limited to 537_C (1000_F) J Optional Style 1 extension bonnet for NPS 1 and 2 globe valves, see figure 24
For NPS 20 Valves: J Flow up through seat ring and out through cage openings (for standard and Whisper cages)
Flow Coefficients See Fisher Catalog 12 section 1
Packing Arrangements
J Single, J double, and J leakoff standard packing arrangements, or optional J HIGH-SEAL packing systems; see Fisher Bulletin 59.1:061, ENVIRO-SEALTM and HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems for Sliding-Stem Valves (D101633X012)
- continued -
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
Specifications (continued)
Yoke Boss Diameters for Actuator Mounting
See table 19
NPS 8 and 10 CL2500 Valves: 127 mm (5 inch H(10)) yoke boss diameter All Other Sizes and Ratings: J 127 mm (5 inch H(10)) or J 178 mm (7 inch) yoke boss diameter NPS 20 Valve: 178 mm (7 inches)
V shutoff for EHT above 232_C (450_F) to 316_C (600_F) by using PEEK anti-extrusion rings, J Class V shutoff for EHD up to 593_C (1100_F) using C-seal trim or Bore Seal (refer to table 9, J lubricator/isolating valve for packing lubrication, and J liner with integral
seat ring (EHA Series valves only)
Approximate Weight See tables 20 and 21
Options for NPS 20 Valve
Optional Safety Instrumented System Classification
J EHD, EHS, and EHT: SIL3 capable for NPS 1-1/2 through 20 - certified by exida Consulting LLC J EHAD, EHAS, and EHAT: SIL3 capable for NPS 3 through 8 - certified by exida Consulting LLC
Options J Flat sheet seat ring gasket constructions(6), J driver for removing and installing of seat ring retainer, J Class
Tool Kit: Includes tools useful during maintenance [3 sets of lifting eyes, 2 hoist rings, flushing plate with either J two O-rings for use when flushing fluid is 149°C (300°F) or less or J two silver-plated N04400 gaskets for use when flushing fluid is over 149°C (300°F), valve stem lifting nut, lapping fixture and handle, and tamping tools] Special Cage Characterization: Standard, Cavitrol, or Whisper Trim cage openings as necessary to provide the required installed flow characteristic
1. In flow up applications only, NPS 6-14 EHD and EHT and NPS 8 EHAD and EHAT valves are available with a diverter cone valve plug construction to provide increased stability for higher
pressure drops. See figures 7 and 12. Diverter cone valve plug construction is also used for NPS 6 EHD and EHT and NPS 8 EHAD and EHAT requiring Whisper Trim III Level A, B, or C cages.
2. EN (or other) ratings and end connections can usually be supplied; please consult your Emerson sales office.
3. The pressure or temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard limitations should not be exceeded. 4. Modified equal percentage characteristic is equal-percentage for the first 90% of travel, then quick-opening for additional capacity. 5. EHS may be used for flow down in special cases. Please consult your sales office. NPS 1 and 2 valves with Micro-Form plugs can only be used for flow up applications 6. O-ring seat ring gasket construction is preferred where temperature allows and is standard for EHT valves. See table 12. 7. For temperatures above 204_C (400_F), the following CF8M (316 SST) valves must be derated: NPS 8 and 10 ASME Special CL1500 or 2500 valves; NPS 12 and 14 ASME Standard or Special CL2500 valves. For more information, contact your sales office.
8. NPS 8 to 14 flow up for boiler feedwater service with pressure drop greater than 69 bar (1000 psi) when a diverter plug is used.
9. Valves using an equal percentage cage may be traveled an additional 13 mm (0.5 inch) if desired to obtain additional capacity; flow characteristic becomes modified equal percentage. 10. H indicates heavy actuator-to-body bolting.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Features (continued)
nLong Thermal-Cycle Life--The seat ring design minimizes operational stresses, thereby reducing chances of distortion and resultant leakage caused by temperature cycling. The hung cage design allows thermal expansion of the cage without affecting the seat ring gasket loading.
nOperational Economy--Balanced trim constructions reduce forces acting on the valve plug, reducing actuator thrust requirements and permitting the use of smaller actuators. This makes the NPS 8 -14 EH Series valves economical for high-pressure, high-flow service. Actuator selection for NPS 20 valves can be made from electromechanical or electrohydraulic styles that use readily available power sources.
nReliability--All aspects of the control valve (material selection, trim components, packing, and control accuracy) are designed, built, and tested to assure performance and reliability. Extensive metallurgical evaluation results in state-of-the-art cage, valve plug, and stem materials that help ensure trim life and dependable performance.
nControl Accuracy--The NPS 20 cage and valve plug deliver accurate control of high pressure and high capacity flow. Each cage has milled openings and is flow tested for the required flow characteristic. With precise cage openings, accurate installed characteristics result; valves in parallel have the same flow at the same plug position. The cone-shaped plug reduces fluid turbulence, ensure plug stability, and aids positioning accuracy.
nEasy Maintenance--The bonnet lifts off to allow trim access. The separate seat ring and cage allow parts removal and maintenance. The globe configuration reduces the uneven trim wear and resultant maintenance downtime normally associated with slant configurations. Installation with the stem vertical above the bonnet also makes trim removal and installation easy.
nControl Flexibility--Special cage characterization (standard, Whisper Trim, or Cavitrol trim) can be supplied to satisfy almost any combination of flow and noise or cavitation abatement. Cage
characterization and efficient flow passages provide close control for low flow, high pressure drop and high flow, low pressure drop conditions. A choice of actuator styles allows wide selection of power and control capabilities.
Figure 1. Typical HIGH-SEAL Packing System
PACKING BOX STUD
SPRING
PACKING
FOLLOWER
W5801-3
Figure 2. Seat Ring Gasket Constructions
SEAT RING RETAINER
SEAT RING
SEAT RING RETAINER
SEAT RING
W4434-2*
VALVE BODY
O-RING
O-RING GASKET CONSTRUCTION,
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION
FOR EHT, CAVITROL TRIMS,
AND SOUR SERVICE 1
VALVE BODY
LAMINATED GRAPHITE GASKET
LAMINATED GRAPHITE
GASKET
CONSTRUCTION
NOTES: 1 Preferred for all other body constructions where temperature allows.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
Table 1. Availability Chart
Valve Size, NPS(1)
CL1500
CL1500 Intermediate
CL2500
1-1/2 x 1
- - -
- - -
EHS
2 x 1
- - -
- - -
EHS
2
- - -
- - -
- - -
3 x 2
- - -
- - -
EHD, EHS, EHT
3
- - -
EHAD, EHAS, EHAT
EHD, EHS, EHT EHAD, EHAS, EHAT
4 x 3
- - -
- - -
EHD, EHS, EHT
4
- - -
EHAD, EHAS, EHAT
EHD, EHS, EHT EHAD, EHAS, EHAT
6 x 4
- - -
- - -
EHD, EHS, EHT
6
- - -
EHAD, EHAS, EHAT
EHD, EHS, EHT EHAD, EHAS, EHAT
8 x 6
- - -
- - -
EHD, EHS, EHT
8
EHD, EHT
EHD, EHT EHAD, EHAT
EHD, EHT EHAD, EHAT
10 x 8
EHD, EHT
EHD, EHT
EHD, EHT
12
EHD, EHT
EHD, EHT
EHD, EHT
14
- - -
- - -
EHD, EHT
14 x 12
EHD, EHT
EHD, EHT
EHD, EHT
16 x 12
- - -
20
EHD
- - -
EHD, EHT
- - -
EHD(2)
1. Two numbers indicate end connection by nominal valve size. For example, 3 x 2 indicates 3 inch end connection with NPS 2 valve size. 2. CL2185
CL2500 Intermediate
EHS - - EHD, EHS, EHT EHD, EHS, EHT EHD, EHS, EHT EHAD, EHAS, EHAT - - EHD, EHS, EHT EHAD, EHAS, EHAT - - EHD, EHS, EHT EHAD, EHAS, EHAT - - -
EHD, EHT
EHD, EHT EHD, EHT
- - EHD, EHT
- - - - -
Table 2. Liquid Flow Coefficients, Cv, at Maximum Travel with Equal Percentage Cage (Modified Equal
PercentageCharacteristic) (NPS 8 through 14 Valves)(1)
VALVE DESIGN
PRESSURE RATING
VALVE SIZE, NPS 8 and 10x8 12 and 14x12
CL1500
912
EHD, EHT
CL2500
584
1830 1010
1. See Fisher Catalog 12 for additional sizing data.
Figure 3. NPS 3 Fisher EH Valve with 657 Actuator
W3387
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Figure 4. Fisher EHD Valve Body Assembly
W3379-1
NPS 1-1/2 x 1 through 6 Globe Valves NPS 3 through 8 Angle Valves
EH Series valves (figure 3) offer higher capacities, rugged cage guiding, hardened trim materials, and are available with special trims for noise attenuation and cavitation abatement. An EH valve package can be created for specific service conditions from a variety of
special features, including oversized ends, intermediate ratings, special trim materials, and special trim configurations.
Because of flow capacity and severe service capabilities, both EH and EHA valves are used for many high-pressure applications in process industries such as power generation, hydrocarbon production, chemical processing, and refining.
The EHD (figure 4) uses a balanced valve plug and is well suited for general applications where extremely tight shutoff is not required.
The EHS (figures 5 and 6) has an unbalanced valve plug and provides up to Class V shutoff.
The EHT has a balanced valve plug and offers up to Class V shutoff with process temperatures below 232_C (450_F).
EHA valves -- EHAD, EHAT, and EHAS -- are angle versions of the EH valve.
EH valves are available in CL2500 ratings. EHA valves are available in CL2500. Because these valves feature a thicker body wall, both EH and EHA valves are available with intermediate ratings. See the Features section in this bulletin.
EHA valves provide many of the same features available with EH valves. One important feature is the availability of special trims for aerodynamic noise attenuation, for cavitating liquid service, and for sour service.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
Trims (NPS 1-1/2 x 1 through 6 Globe Valves)
Figure 5. Fisher EHS Trim with Micro-Form Valve Plug
Figure 6. Fisher EHS Trim with Micro-Flute Valve Plug
W5042-1
FLOW
W5043-1
FLOW
Figure 7. Diverter Cone Plug Used in NPS 6 Fisher EHD and EHT Valves (Flow Up Only)
FLOW
W5041-1
NOTE: Diverter cone valve plug used for flowing P> 207 bar (3000 psi) or for Whisper Trim III Level A, B, or C cages.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Figure 8. Fisher EHD Valve Assembly (NPS 8 through 14 Globe Valves)
GASKETS PIN
FLOW
W4425-1
GASKET
VALVE STEM CAGE
PISTON RINGS
VALVE PLUG
SEAT RING
SEAT RING CAP SCREW
Figure 9. NPS 8 Fisher EH Valve with Welded Pipe Expanders and 585C Actuator
W9768-1
10
NPS 8 through 14 Globe Valves
EH Series control valves (figure 9) are large, high-pressure globe valves that incorporate proven techniques in flow-stream contouring and in seat ring and valve plug design. These features, along with rugged cage guiding and hardened trim materials, make the EH Series valves reliable high-capacity valves.
These valves are used for many high-pressure applications in the power, process, oil production, chemical, refining, and other industries. The EHD valve (figure 8) is well-suited to general applications where extremely tight shutoff is not required, and the EHT valve (figure 10) offers up to Class V shutoff for applications with relatively low process temperatures.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
Principle of Operation (NPS 8 through 14 Globe Valves)
EHD and EHT valves, shown in figures 8 and 10, are balanced valve designs. When the valves are opening or closing, pressure registers on top of the valve plug through the balancing holes in the plug. The force of the pressure on top of the plug balances the force of the pressure on the bottom of the plug to reduce the actuator force required.
Figure 10. Fisher EHT Trim (NPS 8 through 14 Globe
Valves)
RETAINING
RINGS
BACKUP RING
PRESSUREASSISTED SEAL RING
Figure 12. Diverter Cone Valve Plug Used in Fisher EHD and EHT Valves (NPS 8 through 14 Globe Valves, Flow Up Only)
DIVERTER CONE
W4430-1
DIVERTER CONE VALVE PLUG USED IN BOILER FEEDWATER SERVICE FOR FLOWING P> 1000 PSI (69 BAR) AND IN
OTHER APPLICATIONS FOR FLOWING P> 138 BAR (2000 PSI) OR FOR WHISPER TRIM III LEVEL A, B, OR C CAGES
FLOW
W4426-1
Figure 11. Fisher EHD Trim with Whisper Trim III Level D Cage (NPS 8 through 14 Globe Valves)
Figure 13. Seat Ring Gasket Constructions (NPS 8 through 14 Globe Valves)
SEAT RING
VALVE BODY
SPIRAL WOUND GASKET
SEAT RING CAP SCREW
SPIRAL WOUND GASKET CONSTRUCTION (STANDARD CONSTRUCTION FOR
HIGH TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS)
SEAT RING
VALVE BODY
W4428-1
FLOW
O-RING
SEAT RING
CAP SCREW
W4429-1
O-RING GASKET CONSTRUCTION
(STANDARD CONSTRUCTION FOR SOUR SERVICE
AND OPTIONAL FOR OTHER VALVE CONSTRUCTIONS)
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Figure 14. Sectional of NPS 20 Fisher EHD Control Valve Assembly
FLOW
CAGE
VALVE PLUG AND STEM ASSEMBLY
W4282-2
SEAT RING
NPS 20 Globe Valves
The NPS 20 EHD control valve (figure 15) is a large, high-pressure, single-port, globe valve designed to closely and dependably control high-pressure, high-temperature media in the power and hydrocarbon industries. For example, NPS 20 EHD control valves are used in sliding pressure systems to control high-pressure steam in fossil-fueled power plants.
Advanced, yet successfully field-proven, the NPS 20
EHD control valve usually incorporates special design features to satisfy specific customer requirements. For example, figure 14 illustrates a specially characterized cage. Both Whisper Trim cage holes and large cage windows provide the customer-required flow characteristic. Additionally, the drilled Whisper Trim holes in the cage provide noise abatement.
Standard construction details such as the cone-shaped valve plug and stem assembly, separate seat ring, and HIGH-SEAL packing arrangement are also shown in figure 14.
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
Figure 15. NPS 20 Fisher EHD Valve with Electromechanical Actuator
W4182-1
Figure 16. Custom Design Sequence (NPS 20 Globe Valves)
CUSTOMER SPECIFICATIONS
BASIC DESIGN
·FIELD-PROVEN
CUSTOM DESIGN
TEST AND EVALUATION
·SPECIAL CHARACTERIZATION ·ACTUATOR/VALVE BODY RESPONSE
·FLOW CAPACITY ·CHARACTERISTIC ·STABILITY
FINAL DESIGN
·ULTIMATE RELIABILITY
A3350
Custom Design Capability (NPS 20 Globe Valves)
Sliding pressure systems, as well as other control systems, have specific performance characteristics that require special control valve constructions. These special constructions must perform dependably and provide accurate system operation and plant reliability.
As shown in figure 16, the basic NPS 20 EHD valve configuration can be designed to meet customer specifications. Special cage characterization and actuator/valve response characteristics can be designed and then confirmed through exhaustive testing and evaluation. Flow testing of these large valves takes place at the Emerson Innovation Center, Fisher Technology, the largest facility of its kind in the world.
The final control valve assembly provides reliable, dependable performance. This performance delivers controllability for not only the control valve but also the plant control system, sliding pressure or otherwise.
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Figure 17. C-seal Trim
STAKE THREAD
PISTON RING
RETAINER A
C-seal METAL PLUG SEAL(1)
VALVE PLUG FLOW DOWN
RETAINER
C-seal METAL PLUG SEAL
VALVE PLUG
1
CAGE
C-seal METAL PLUG SEAL(1)
A6869
FLOW UP VIEW A
UPPER SEATING SURFACE
NOTES: 1 Reverse the orientation of the C-seal plug seal for proper shutoff when valve is used in a process with different fluid flow direction.
C-seal Trim Description
With C-seal trim, a balanced valve can achieve high-temperature, Class V shutoff. Because the C-seal
plug seal is formed from metal (N07718 nickel alloy) rather than an elastomer, a valve equipped with the C-seal trim can be applied in processes with a fluid temperature of up to 593_C (1100_F).
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
Figure 18. Bore Seal
RETAINER
PISTON RING CAGE
CAGE
PLUG RETAINER
FLOW DOWN
SEATING AREA
BORE SEAL PISTON RING
CAGE
SEATING AREA BORE SEAL
A
SEATING AREA
PLUG
FLOW UP VIEW A
BORE SEAL
Bore Seal Description
The Bore Seal (figure 18) is available for the EHD only and employs a variation of the proven Cseal trim with enhancements for use with the larger port EH hung cage. The Bore Seal is required for Class V shutoff applications where the service temperature exceeds 316_C (600_F). See table 3 for availability and temperature limits.
The Bore Seal employs a metal Cshaped seal ring that
is secured to the outside diameter of the valve plug. When the valve plug comes into contact with the seat ring to close the valve, the Bore Seal is compressed against the cage wall, thereby blocking a secondary leakage path that exists between the plug and cage wall. When the valve plug is not in contact with the seat ring (i.e. valve open), the Bore Seal is not engaged and the piston rings that are also secured to the outside diameter of the plug assume the role of blocking this secondary leakage path.
Table 3. Bore Seal Availability and Temperature Limits (EHD only)
VALVE (PRESSURE
CLASS)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
TRIM DESIGNATION(1)
75
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
WCC/WC9
EHD (CL1500 - CL2500)
8, 10, 12, and 14
95
WCC WC9
96
WCC/WC9
1. See tables 11 and 13 for materials.
TEMPERATURE LIMIT
_C
_F
29 to 427 315 to 427 315 to 593 29 to 427
20 to 800 600 to 800 600 to 1100 20 to 800
ANSI/FCI/IEC SHUTOFF CLASS
V
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Figure 19. Typical Balanced TSO (Tight Shutoff) Trim
VALVE PLUG SEAL
Fisher TSO (Tight Shutoff) Trim Capabilities
TSO trim consists of a protected soft seat plus PEEK anti-extrusion rings with a spring-loaded PTFE plug seal. Used only in flow down applications, TSO trim offers unparalleled shutoff integrity, resulting in long plug and seat life.
See figure 19 and tables 8 and 9. For additional information contact your Emerson sales office.
W7020-1
PROTECTED SOFT SEAT
Table 4. Available Globe Valve Configurations and Valve Sizes(1) (NPS 1-1/2 x 1 through 6 Globe Valves)
Valve Design
AVAILABLE CONFIGURATIONS
Valve Plug Style
Micro-Form
Cage Style Quick-Opening(2) Standard(3)
1-1/2 x 1, 2 x 1 CL2500 X ---
VALVE SIZES (NPS) AND PRESSURE RATING
2
3 x 2
3, 4 x 3
4, 6 x 4
CL3273
CL2500
CL2500
CL2500
X
X
---
---
X
X
X
X
EHS
Whisper Trim III
---
Standard
Cavitrol III:
2-stage
X
3-stage
---
Standard(3)
---
X
X
X
X
---
---
---
---
X
X
---
---
---
X
X
X
Whisper Trim III
---
EHT
Standard
Cavitrol III:
2-stage
---
3-stage
---
Standard(3)
---
EHD
Standard
Whisper Trim III
---
---
X
X
X
---
X
X
X
---
---
X
X
---
X
X
X
---
X
X
X
X--Indicates available construction. 1. Two numbers indicate end connection by nominal valve size. For example, 3 x 2 indicates 3 inch end connection with NPS 2 valve size. 2. Linear cage used on NPS 2 and 3 x 2 valves. 3. Standard cages are equal percentage, modified equal percentage, and linear cages.
6, 8 x 6 CL2500
--X X
----X X
X X X X
16
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
Table 5. Available Angle Valve Configurations and Valve Sizes (NPS 1 through 6 Angle Valves)
Valve Design
AVAILABLE CONFIGURATIONS
Valve Plug Style
Micro-Form
Cage Style
Quick-Opening(1)
VALVE SIZES (NPS) AND PRESSURE RATING
1 - 4
6(4)
CL2500 X(3)
CL3230 ---
Micro-Flute
Quick-Opening
---
---
Standard(2)
X
X
EHAS
Whisper Trim III
X
X
Standard
Cavitrol III: 2-stage
---
---
3-stage
---
---
Standard(2)
X
X
EHAT
Standard
Whisper Trim III
X
X
Cavitrol III: 2-stage
X
X
3-stage
X
X
Standard(2)
X
X
EHAD
Standard
Whisper Trim III
X
X
X--Indicates available construction. 1. Linear cage used on NPS 2 and 3 valves. 2. Standard cages are equal percentage, modified equal percentage, and linear cages. 3. Not available in NPS 4 and larger. 4. Intermediate CL3230. Contact your Emerson sales office.
Table 6. Globe Valve Sizes and End Connection Styles(1) (NPS 1-1/2 x 1 through 6 Globe Valves)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CL2500(2)
BWE
SWE
RTJ
RF
SCH 80
SCH 160
SCH XXS
1-1/2 x 1
X
---
2 x 1
X
---
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
2(3) 3 x 2
3 4 x 3
4
---
---
X
---
X
---
X
---
X
---
X
---
---
---
X
---
X
X
X
---
X
X
X
---
X
X
X
---
X
X
6 x 4 6
8 x 6
X
---
X
---
X
X
X
---
X
---
X
X
X
X
---
---
X
X
X--Indicates available construction. 1. EN (or other) ratings and end connections can usually be supplied; consult your Emerson sales office. 2. For valve ratings of EH Series valves with BWE connections, refer to separate bulletin. Increased Pressure/Temperature Ratings for EH Series and EW Series Steel Valves (D100075X012 or D100076X012). 3. Intermediate CL3273 only.
Table 7. Increased Pressure/Temperature Ratings for Steel Fisher EH Series Globe Valves with Buttwelding End Connections(1)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
1
CL1500 Intermediate Rating (ASME B16.34)
---
CL2500 Intermediate Rating (ASME B16.34)
3862(2)
1-1/2 x 1
---
3021
2
---
3273
3
---
2932
4
---
3294
6
---
2987
8
1866
2943
10x8
1568
2522
12
1650
2940
14 x 12
1650
2754
1. See Fisher bulletin 59.1:026 (D100075X012 ) for additional information. 2. Intermediate rating of 4080 is available with special bolting materials in most valve body materials. Contact your Emerson sales office.
17
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Table 8. Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, Yoke Boss Diameters for TSO (Tight Shutoff) Trim
VALVE DESIGN
TRIM
MAX TRAVEL
YOKE BOSS SIZE
PORT DIAMETER
Nominal
Actual TSO
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm Inch
mm
Inch
EHT NPS 6
CAV III 3-Stage CL2500
95.3
3.75
90 127
3-9/16 5
111 4.375
106 4.1875
EHT NPS 6
Std CL2500
76.2
3
90 127
3-9/16 5
111 4.375
106 4.1875
1. This column lists the percent reduction of published maximum Cv of the trim listed in the TRIM column.
Cv REDUCTION AT 100% TRAVEL(1)
0% 5% (linear) 5% (equal %)
Table 9. Shutoff Classifications per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Valve Design
Port Diameter, mm (inch)
47.6 mm (1.875 in) and smaller
EHD/EHAD
58.7 mm (2.3125 inch) to 92.1 mm (3.625 in)
111.1 mm (4.375 in) and larger
EHD
EHD (CL1500)
Valve Size, NPS
8 10x8
12 14 x 12
4 6 x 4
EHD (CL2500)
6 8 x 6
8 10x8
12 14x12 EHS, EHAS, EHT, EHAT
EHS, EHAS, EHT, EHAT
C-Seal - 73.0 (2.875 in) to 111.1 mm (4.375 in) ports Bore Seal - 136.5 (5.375 in) to177.8 mm (7 in) ports
Port Diameter, mm (inch)
Cage Style
177.8 (7) 254 (10)
73 (2.875)
111.1 (4.375)
136.5 (5.375) 177.8 (7) All All
Eq. %, Mod. Eq. % Linear (std. cage) Linear (Whisper III, A1, B3, C3)
Eq. %, Mod. Eq. %, Linear (std. cage), Linear (Whisper III, A1, B3, C3) Linear (Cav III, 2-stage) Eq. %, Mod. Eq. %, Linear (std. cage), Linear (Whisper III, A1, B3,
C3, D3) Linear (Cav III, 2- and 3-stage)
Eq. %, Mod. Eq. %, Linear (std. cage), Linear (Whisper III, A1, B3,
C3, D3)
Cavitrol III Std or w/ Micro-Form or
w/ Micro-Flute
EHT w/ TSO (Tight Shutoff)
See table 8
See table 8
EHT w/ PEEK(1) Anti-Extrusion Rings
15.9 (5/8) to 254 (10)
All
1. PEEK (PolyEtherEtherKetone)
ANSI/FCI Leakage Class II
II--Standard III--Optional III--Standard IV--Optional V--Standard IV--Optional
ANSI/FCI Leakage Class
V - Standard to 593_C (1100_F) (for port diameters from 177.8 (7 inch) through 254 mm
(10 inch) with optional Bore Seal); IV - Optional
V - Standard to 593_C (1100_F) (for port diameters from 73 through 111.1 mm [2.875 through 4.375 inches] with optional C-seal trim);
IV - Optional
V - Standard to 593_C (1100_F) (for port diameters from 136.5 through 177.8 mm [5.375
through 7-inches] with optional Bore seal); IV - Optional V IV--Standard, V--Optional TSO - Optional
TSO is not an ASME leakage class. Valves with TSO trim are factory tested to a more stringent Fisher test requirement of no leakage at time of shipment. Test medium is water. Specify
service P when ordering. Test procedure is ANSI/FCI Class V test procedure B.
IV to 316_C (600_F) or V to 316_C (600_F)
18
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
Trim Selection Guidelines for NPS 1-1/2 x 1 through 6 Globe Valves
Please refer to the following descriptions as a guideline for the selection of appropriate trims:
nTrim 49--Trim 49 is the standard trim for C12A valve body materials and should only be used with C12A valve body materials. C12A should only be used when the pressure and temperature capabilities for WC9 valve body materials are not acceptable.
nTrim 50--Trim 50 is the standard trim for carbon steel and alloy steel body materials and is recommended for general and severe service applications up to 427_C (800_F). Typical applications for Trim 50 include services in water, boiler feedwater, non-sour hydrocarbons, and steam. The S41600 (416 stainless steel)
heat-treated plug and seat ring have a hardness similar to CoCr-A (Alloy 6).
nTrim 53--Trim 53 should be used in all high temperature applications between 427_C (800_F) and 566_C (1050_F) unless chlorides are present. The presence of chlorides could lead to stress corrosion cracking of the CA28MWV (422 stainless steel) cage.
nTrim 54--Trim 54 is the standard trim for stainless steel body materials. It should be used where hard-faced trim is specified.
nTrim 56--Trim 56 should be used for sour service.
nTrim 57--Trim 57 shall be used for boiler feedwater service when limits exceed those specified for Trim 50.
Care should be taken when specifying this trim in small sizes for applications where chlorides are present due to stress corrosion cracking problems with S44004 (440C stainless steel).
19
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Figure 20. Pressure/Temperature Limits for CL2500 Valves (NPS 1-1/2 x 1 through 6 Globe)
WCC STEEL VALVES
TYPICAL FOR ALL GRAPHS
CL2500
CL1500 CL900
LCC STEEL VALVES
THE LCC LOWER LIMIT CAN BE EXTENDED TO -46_C (-50_F) WITH IMPACT TESTING
CF8M (316 OR 316H ABOVE 538°C [1000°F]) STAINLESS STEEL VALVES
B1960-1*
WC9 CHROME-MOLY STEEL VALVES
C12A VALVES
NOTE: Do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature for the pressure rating of the body material and valve size used. Refer to tables 4 and 5 for pressure/temperature limits of the trim used. Intermediate pressure/temperature ratings are found in separate bulletin, Increased pressure/temperature ratings for EH AND EW series steel valves.
Material Selection Guidelines
Please use these numbered steps as a guideline for the selection of materials:
3. Determine the pressure/temperature rating of the valve size and material required. Inlet pressure and temperature must always be limited by the applicable ASME pressure/temperature rating.
4. Select the desired valve style from the Available Configurations specification and from the shutoff classifications listed in table 9.
5. Select desired materials from tables 10, 11, 12, and 13 and figures 20, 21, and 22. The temperature capabilities determined from figures 20, 21, and 22 may be further limited by the temperature capabilities of materials selected from tables 10, 11, 12, and 13. Refer to figures 20, 21, and 22 to determine pressure drop limits of the body-trim combinations selected.
Inlet pressure and temperature must always be limited by the applicable ASME pressure/ temperature rating. Contact your Emerson sales office for special materials for temperatures exceeding the following maximum limits: EHD valve [593_C (1100_F)] and the EHT valve [232_C (450_F)].
20
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
Table 10. Trim Material Combinations (NPS 1-1/2 x 1 through 6 Globe Valves)
DESIGNATION
VALVE PLUG
CAGE
SEAT RING
SEAT RING RETAINER
VALVE BODY MATERIAL(6)
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE
Degrees Celsius
Degrees Fahrenheit
SOUR SERVICE (NACE)
WITH STANDARD CAGE
S41600 (416 SST)
heat-treated(1)
50
S44004 (440C SST) heat-treated for Micro-Flute valve
S17400 (17-4PH SST) H1075 heat-
treated
S41600
S17400
heat-treated H1150D heat-treated
chrome coat
WCC, WC9
-29 to 427 -20 to 800
No
plugs
53(2, 4)
S31600 (316 SST) with CoCr-A (Alloy 6)
seat and guide
S42200 (422 SST) nitrided
Alloy 6
N07718 heat-treated chrome coat
WC9
427 to 566 800 to 1050
No
S31600
CF8M (316 SST)
N07718
WCC, WC9 -29 to 427 -20 to 800
54
with CoCr-A seat and guide
chrome coat
Alloy 6
heat-treated chrome coat
CF8M
Yes -73 to 593 -100 to 1100
56(3)
S31600 with CoCr-A seat and guide
CF8M ENC
Alloy 6
S17400 H1150D heat-treated chrome coat
WCC, WC9 -29 to 149 -20 to 300
Yes
CF8M
-40 to 149 -40 to 300
57(3)
S44004 heat-treated
S17400 H1075 heat-treated
S44004 heat-treated
S17400 H1150D heat-treated
WCC, WC9
0 to 232
32 to 450
No
chrome coat
49(4, 5)
F22 with CoCr-A seat and guide
F22 nitrided
Alloy 6
N07718 heat-treated chrome coat
C12A
-29 to 593 -20 to 1100
No
WITH CAVITROL III TRIM CAGE
58(3)
S44004 heat-treated
CB7CU-1 H1075 heat-treated
S44004
S17400 H1150D heat-treated chrome coat
WCC, WC9
0 to 232
32 to 450
No
59(3)
S31600 with CoCr-A seat and guide
CB7CU-1 H1150D heat-treated
Alloy 6
S17400 H1150D heat-treated chrome coat
WCC, WC9 -29 to 232 -20 to 450
Yes
WITH WHISPER TRIM III CAGE
S41600
heat-treated
CB7CU-1
S17400
60
S17400 H900 SST heat-treated for NPS 6 EH only
H1075 heat-treated
S41600 heat-treated
H1150D heat-treated chrome coat
WCC, WC9 -29 to 427 -20 to 800
No
61(4)
S31600 with CoCr-A seat and guide
S42200 nitrided F22 nitrided
for NPS 6 EH only
Alloy 6
N07718 heat-treated chrome coat
WCC WC9
-29 to 427 -20 to 800 No
-29 to 566 -20 to 1050
62(3) 63(4, 5)
S31600 with CoCr-A seat and guide
CB7CU-1 H1150D heat-treated
Alloy 6
S17400 H1150D heat-treated chrome coat
CF8M
-46 to 399 -50 to 750
Yes
WCC, WC9 -29 to 232 -20 to 450
F91 with CoCr-A seat and guide
S42200 nitrided
N07718 heat-treated
F22 with CoCr-A seat and guide for
F22 nitrided for NPS 6 EH only
Alloy 6
chrome coat
C12A
-29 to 593 -20 to 1100
No
NPS 6 EH only
1. S17400 H900 stainless steel heat-treated is used when a diverter cone valve plug is specified for port diameters equal to and larger than 4.375 inches. 2. This trim designation not available with the O-ring seat ring gasket construction due to temperature limitations. 3. This trim designation uses the O-ring seat ring gasket construction. See table 12 for O-ring temperature limits. For temperatures greater than 232_C (450_F), flat sheet seat ring gasket with HTS1 seal ring option (up to 316_C (600_F) is available. Consult your Emerson sales office. 4. This trim is for use in EHD and EHS constructions only. 5. Trims 49 and 63 use S41000 stem instead of the standard S31600 material. S41000 is limited to 538_C (1000_F). For temperatures greater than 538_C (1000_F), S42200 stem is used. S20910 stem material should not be used with this trim.
6. If using valve body/trim combinations other than those listed, consult your sales office.
21
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Table 11. Trim Material Combinations (NPS 8 through 14 Fisher EHD and EHT)
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE PLUG
VALVE PLUG STEM
CAGE
SEAT RING
SEAT RING CAP VALVE BODY
SCREWS
MATERIAL(5)
EHD and EHT Valve with Standard Cage
75
S42000 (420 SST)
S20910
CA6NM
S17400 H1075 heat-treated
S17400
S31600
S31600
S31600
S66286
77
with CoCr-A (alloy 6)
S20910
chrome coat
with CoCr-A seat
(660 SST)
seat and guide
S31600 with CoCr-A
CA6NM
N06600
79
seat and guide
S20910
chrome coat
with CoCr-A seat
N07718
EHD and EHT Valve with Standard Cage for Sour Service
82(1)
S31600 with CoCr-A seat and guide
S20910
S31600 ENC
N06600 with CoCr-A seat
N07718
All Valves with Whisper Trim III Cages
95(3)
F22 with CoCr-A seat and guide
S41000 heat treated(2)
WC9/ nitrided
F22 with CoCr-A seat
N07718
96
S17400 with CoCr-A seat and guide
S17400 H1150D
CB7CU-1 H1075
S17400 with CoCr-A seat
S17400
All Valves with Whisper Trim III Cages for Sour Service(4)
S17400 with CoCr-A
S17400
S17400
S17400
97
seat and guide
H1150D dbl H1150D ENC
with CoCr-A seat
S17400
1. Limit to 149_C (300_F) when using N04400 gasket material. 2. S41000 is limited to 538_C (1000_F). For temperatures greater than 538_C (1000_F), an S42200 stem is used. 3. This trim is for use in EHD constructions only.
4. Trim 97 complies with NACE MR0175/2002 and is not NACE MR0175/ISO15156 or NACE MR0103 compliant. 5. If using valve body/trim combinations other than those listed, consult your Emerson sales office.
WCC, WC9 CF8M
WCC, WC9 WCC WC9
WCC, WC9 CF8M
WCC WC9 WCC, WC9
WCC, WC9
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE
_C
_F
-29 to 427
-198 to 593 -29 to 204 -29 to 427 -29 to 566
-20 to 800
-325 to 1100 -20 to 400 -20 to 800 -20 to 1050
-29 to 204 -198 to 343
-20 to 400 -325 to 650
315 to 427 315 to 593
-29 to 427
600 to 800 600 to 1100
-20 to 800
-29 to 343
-20 to 650
22
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
Table 12. Construction Materials and Temperature Capabilities for Parts Other than Body and Trim (NPS 1-1/2 x 1 through 6 Globe Valves)
PART Valve plug stem
EHD/EHAD piston ring
EHT/EHAT seal ring EHT/EHAT seal ring backup ring
Backup ring
Springloaded EHT valve
plug seal
Retaining ring
Seal ring Anti-extrusion
ring
Cage gasket
Seat ring gasket
O-ring seat ring gasket(1)
Flat sheet seat ring gasket
MATERIAL
S31600 (316 stainless steel) S31600/chromium coating
S20910 (1) S20910/chromium coating
S41000 S42200
Graphite (FMS 17F27)
Graphite (FMS 17F39)
N10276 with glass and moly-filled PTFE Same as base material of valve plug S41600 (416 SST) S30200 (302 SST) N07750(1)
R30003 (with glass and moly-filled PTFE)
PEEK (PolyEtherEtherKetone)
S31600/Graphite(1)
Nitrile(5) Ethylene-propylene(6) Fluorocarbon (not for water or steam service)(5)
S31600/Graphite(1)
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
Degrees Celsius
Degrees Fahrenheit
-198 to 427
-325 to 800
427 to 593
800 to 1100
-198 to 593
-325 to 1100
427 to 593
800 to 1100
-29 to 538
-20 to 1000
-29 to 593
-20 to 1100
-46 to 427 (to 482 for
-50 to 800 (to 900 for
nonoxidizing service)
nonoxidizing service)
-46 to 537 (to 593 for
-50 to 1000 (to 1100 for
nonoxidizing service)
nonoxidizing service)
-73 to 232
-100 to 450
See table 10
See table 10
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
-254 to 593
-425 to 1100
-73 to 232(7)
-100 to 450(7)
-73 to 316
-100 to 600
-254 to 427 (to 593 for nonoxidizing service)
-29 to 107(8) -40 to 232 -23 to 204 -254 to 427 (to 593 for nonoxidizing service)
-425 to 800 (to 1100 for nonoxidizing service) -20 to 225(8) -40 to 450 -10 to 400
-425 to 800 (to 1100 for nonoxidizing service)
Body-tobonnet bolting(2)
Studs Nuts
Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts
Steel SA193-B7 NCF2 (all body materials) Steel SA194-2H NCF2 (all body materials)
Steel SA193-B7 NCF2 (WC9 body mat'l) Steel SA194-7 NCF2(WC9 body mat'l) Steel SA193-B16 (WC9 and C12A body mat'ls) Steel SA194-7 (WC9 and C12A body mat'ls) 304 stainless steel SA320-B8 (CF8M [316, 316H body mat'ls]) 304 stainless steel SA194-8 (CF8M [316, 316H body mat'ls]) 316 SST SA193-B8M(3) (CF8M [316, 316H body mat'l]) 316 SST SA194-8M (CF8M [316, 316H body mat'l]) 316 SST SA193-B8M chrome coat(4) (CF8M [316, 316H body mat'ls]) 316 SST SA194-8M (CF8M [316, 316H body mat'ls]) SST SA453 GR660 with Belleville washers (CF8M[316, 316H, body mat'ls] Steel SA194-7 NCF2 (CF8M [316, 316H body mat'ls]
-29 to 427 (WCC, WC9) -46 to 343 (LCC)
-48 to 232 (CF8M [316 and 316H])
-29 to 454
-29 to 510
-198 to 66
-198 to 66
-198 to 66
-29 to 427
-20 to 800 (WCC, WC9) -50 to 650 (LCC)
-55 to 450 (CF8M [316 and 316H])
-20 to 850
-20 to 950
-325 to 150
-325 to 150
-325 to 150
-20 to 800
Studs
Nuts Studs
Nuts Studs
Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts
Packing
SST SA453 GR660 rupture tested with Belleville washers (CF8M[316, 316H, body mat'ls]
Steel SA194-7 NCF2 (CF8M [316, 316H body mat'ls] SST SA453 GR660 for sour service(1) with Belleville washers (CF8M[316,
316H, body mat'ls] Steel SA194-7M NCF2(1) (CF8M [316, 316H body mat'ls] SST SA453 GR660 rupture tested for sour service(1) with Belleville washers
(CF8M[316, 316H, body mat'ls] Steel SA194-7M NCF2(1) (CF8M [316, 316H body mat'ls]
N07718 SST (SB037) Steel SA194-7
Steel SA193-B7M NCF2 for sour service(1) (CF8M [316 body mat'l]) Steel SA194-2HM NCF2 for sour service(1) (CF8M [316 body mat'l])
PTFE V-ring Graphite ribbon/filament (oxidizing service to 700_F) Graphite ribbon (high-temperature oxidizing service) HIGH-SEAL packing system (see Fisher Bulletin 59.1:061, ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems for Sliding-Stem Valves (D101633X012))
427 to 537
-29 to 427
427 to 537 -29 to 566 (WC9) -29 to 593 (C12A)
-46 to 232 -40 to 232 -254 to 537 371 to 593 See bulletin 59.1:061
801 to 1000
-20 to 800
801 to 1000 -20 to 1050 (WC9) -20 to 1100 (C12A)
-50 to 450 -40 to 450 -425 to 1000 700 to 1100 See bulletin 59.1:061
-continued-
23
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Table 12. Construction Materials and Temperature Capabilities for Parts Other than Body and Trim (NPS 1-1/2 x 1 through 6 Globe Valves) (continued)
PART
Packing follower, spring, or lantern ring
Packing box ring
Packing flange, studs, or nuts
MATERIAL
S31600 S31600
Steel S31600
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
Degrees Celsius
Degrees Fahrenheit
-254 to 593
-425 to 1100
-254 to 593 -29 to 427 -29 to 593
-425 to 1100 -20 to 800 -20 to 1100
1. Complies with NACE MR0175-2002, NACE MR0175-2003, NACE MR0103, and NACE MR0175/ISO 15156.
2. Valve body materials with which these bolting materials may be used are shown in parentheses.
3. Class 1 (annealed).
4. Class 2 (strain hardened). 5. For use with all O-ring seat ring constructions without Cavitrol III trim. 6. For use with all O-ring seat ring constructions with Cavitrol III trim. 7. If used with PEEK anti-extrusion rings, PTFE/carbon seal ring may be used up to 316_C (600_F) for non-oxidizing service or up to 260_C (500_F) for oxidizing service. 8. Temperature range per DS52 Group 2.
Table 13. Construction Materials and Temperature Capabilities for Parts Other than Body and Trim (NPS 8 through 14 Fisher EHD and EHT)
PART
Standard gasket construction
Cage gasket Metal seat ring gasket O-ring seat ring gasket
Sour service gasket construction
Cage gasket O-ring seat ring gasket
EHD piston ring
MATERIAL Silver-plated N04400
S31600/Graphite(1) Graphite filled spiral wound N06600
Nitrile Ethylene-propylene
Fluorocarbon Tin-plated N04400 S31600/Graphite(1)
Nitrile Fluorocarbon
Graphite (FMS 17F27)
Graphite (FMS 17F39)
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
_C
_F
-254 to 593
-425 to 1100
-254 to 427 (to 593 for nonoxidizing service)
-425 to 800 (to 1100 for nonoxidizing service)
-254 to 593
-425 to 1100
-29 to 107
-20 to 225
-40 to 232
-40 to 450
-23 to 204
-10 to 400
-29 to 149
-20 to 300
-254 to 427 (to 593 for nonoxidizing service)
-425 to 800 (to 1100 for nonoxidizing service)
-29 to 107
-20 to 225
-23 to 149
-10 to 300
-46 to 427 (to 482 for nonoxidizing
service
-50 to 800 (to 900 for nonoxidizing
service)
-46 to 537 (to 593 for nonoxidizing
service)
-50 to 1000 (to 1100 for nonoxidizing service)
EHD Bore Seal
N07718
-198 to 593
-325 to 1100
EHT seal ring
PTFE with N10276 Spring
-73 to 232
-100 to 450
EHT seal ring retaining ring
Backup ring
Spring-loaded EHT valve plug seal
Retaining ring Seal ring
Anti-extrusion rings
S30200 (302 stainless steel) S41600 (416 SST) S30200 (302 SST)
R30003 (with glass and moly-filled PTFE) PEEK (PolyEtherEtherKetone) PTFE V-ring
-254 to 593 -29 to 427 -254 to 593 -73 to 232(3) -73 to 316 -46 to 232
-425 to 1100 -20 to 800
-425 to 1100 -100 to 450(3)
-100 to 600 -50 to 450
PTFE/composition
-73 to 232
-100 to 450
Packing
Graphite ribbon filament
Graphite Ribbon (high temperature oxidizing service)
-18 to 371 (to 537 for nonoxidizing service)
371 to 649
0 to 700 (to 1000 for nonoxidizing service)
700 to 1200
HIGH-SEAL (see Bulletin 59.1:061, HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems for Sliding-Stem Valves (D101633X012) for information)
Packing follower, spring, or lantern ring
S31600 (316 stainless steel)
-254 to 593
-425 to 1100
Packing box ring
S17400 S31600 -continued-
-101 to 427 -254 to 593
-150 to 800 -425 to 1100
24
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
Table 13. Construction Materials and Temperature Capabilities for Parts Other than Body and Trim (NPS 8 through 14 Fisher EHD and EHT) (continued)
PART
MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
_C
_F
Studs Nuts
Steel SA 193-B7 NCF2 Steel SA 194-2H NCF2
All body materials
-29 to 427 (steel bodies)
-48 to 232 (SST bodies)
-20 to 800 (steel bodies)
-55 to 450 (SST bodies)
Studs Nuts
Steel SA 193-B7 NCF2 Steel SA 194-7 NCF2
WC9 and C5 body materials
-29 to 482
-20 to 900
Studs Nuts
Steel SA 193-B16 Steel SA 194-7
WC9 and C5 body materials
-29 to 593
-20 to 1100
Studs Nuts
304 Stainless steel SA320-B8
316 stainless steel SA194-8
CF8M (316 SST) body materials
-198 to 66
-325 to 150
Body-to-bonnet bolting(1)
Studs Nuts Studs Nuts
316 stainless steel SA193-B8M(2)
316 stainless steel SA194-8M
316 stainless steel SA194-B8M
316 stainless steel SA194-B8
CF8M and CF8M (316H) body materials
CF8M body materials
-198 to 66 -198 to 66
-325 to 150 -325 to 150
Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts Studs Nuts
Steel SA 193-B7M NCF2 Steel SA 194-2HM NCF2 SST SA453 GR660 with
Belleville washers
Steel SA194-7 NCF2 SST SA453 GR660 rupture tested with Belleville washers
Steel SA194-7 NCF2 SST SA453 GR660 with
Belleville washers
Steel SA194-7M NCF2 SST SA453 GR660 rupture tested with Belleville washers
Steel SA194-7M NCF2
For sour service(4) CF8M body material
CF8M and CF8M (316H) body materials
CF8M and CF8M (316H) body materials
For sour service(4) CF8M and CF8M (316H) body
materials For sour service(4) CF8M and CF8M (316H) body
materials
-48 to 232 -29 to 427 427 to 537 -29 to 427 427 to 537
-55 to 450 -20 to 800 801 to 1000 -20 to 800 801 to 1000
1. Valve body materials with which these bolting materials may be used are shown in parentheses.
2. Class 1 (annealed). 3. If used with PEEK anti-extrusion rings, PTFE/carbon seal ring may be used up to 316_C (600_F) for non-oxidizing service or up to 260_C (500_F) for oxidizing service. 4. Complies with NACE MR0175-2002, NACE MR0175-2003, NACE MR0103, and NACE MR0175/ISO 15156.
Table 14. Valve Plug Travel(1) (NPS 8 through 14 Valves)
EHD, EHT
CAGE STYLE
PRESSURE RATING
8, 10
Valve Size, NPS
12, 14
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
CL1500
76
3
102
4
Linear
CL2500
64
2.5
76
3
CL1500
76
3
102
4
Equal Percentage(1)
CL2500
64
2.5
76
3
CL1500
89
Modified Equal Percentage(1)
CL2500
76
3.5
114
4.5
3
89
3.5
CL1500
178
7
184
7.25
Whisper Trim III Cage
CL2500
146
5.75
178
7
1. Valves using an equal percentage cage may be travelled an additional 13 mm (0.05 inch) if desired to obtain additional capacity; flow characteristic becomes modified equal percentage.
25
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Table 15. Flowing Pressure Drop Limits for NPS 6 CL2500 Fisher EHD/EHT and NPS 8 CL2500 EHAD/EHAT Valves (Without Cavitrol III or Whisper Trim III)
VALVE PRESSURE
RATING
FLOW MEDIA
STEM SIZE, mm (INCHES)
Flowing Down
MAXIMUM FLOWING PRESSURE DROP
Bar
PSI
Flowing up with Diverter Cone
Flowing Down
Flowing up with Diverter Cone
CL2500
All except boiler feedwater
19.1 mm (3/4 inch) 50.8 mm (1-inch) 31.7 mm (1-1/4 inch)
69
---
1000
---
69
---
1000
---
138
431
2000
6250
Boiler feedwater
31.7 mm (1-1/4 inch)
69
431
1000
6250
Figure 21. Pressure/Temperature Limits for Trim Material Combinations (NPS 1-1/2 x 1 through 6 Globe Valves) (also see table 15)
BOTH GASKET CONSTRUCTIONS
49 63
BOTH GASKET CONSTRUCTIONS
5
BOTH GASKET CONSTRUCTIONS
O-RING CONSTRUCTION ONLY 1 (SOUR SERVICE)
O-RING CONSTRUCTION ONLY
BOTH GASKET CONSTRUCTIONS
NOTES: 1 For recommended service applications, See table 15. 2 O-ring construction limited to 232°C (450°F), laminated graphite construction limited to 427°C (800°F) for oxidizing service and 593°C (1100°F) for non-oxidizing service. 3 CF8M (316 SST) valve bodies are available for use with trim 60 up to 232°C (450°F). 4 CF8M valve bodies are available for use with trim 61 up to 232°C (450°F). 5 Trim 49 and 63 are only good down to -29°C (-20°F).
Table 16. Flowing Pressure Drops Limits for Fisher EHD and EHT Valves (Without Cavitrol III or Whisper Trim III) (NPS 8 to 14 Valves)
FLOW MEDIA
VALVE STEM CONNECTOR SIZE mm (inch)
MAXIMUM FLOWING PRESSURE DROP BAR (PSID)
Flowing Down
Flowing Up with Diverter Cone
All except boiler feedwater
50.8 mm (2-inch)
138 (2000)
259 (3750)
Boiler feedwater
50.8 mm (2-Inch)
69 (1000)
259 (3750)
26
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
Figure 22. Pressure/Temperature Limits for CL1500 and 2500 Valves (NPS 8 through 14 Valves)
TYPICAL FOR ALL GRAPHS
CL2500
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _C
CL1500
PRESSURE DROP, BAR
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
WCC STEEL VALVES
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _C
C12A VALVES
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _C
PRESSURE DROP, BAR
PRESSURE DROP, BAR PRESSURE DROP, PSI
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
B1959-1
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
WC9 CHROME-MOLY STEEL VALVES
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
CF8M (316 OR 316H ABOVE 537_C [1000_F]) STAINLESS STEEL VALVES
NOTES: 1. Do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature for the pressure rating of the valve material and valve size used. Refer to figure 10 for pressure/ temperature limits of the trim used. Intermediate class pressure/temperature ratings are found in separate bulletin, Increased pressure/temperature rat ings for EH series and EW series steel valve bodies (D100075X012 or D100076X012).
27
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Table 17. Additional Globe Valve Specifications (NPS 1-1/2 x 1 through 6 Globe Valves)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PRESSURE
RATING
FLOW CHARACTERISTIC
VALVE DESIGN AND PORT DIAMETER
PLUG STYLE
mm Inches
VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm Inches
VALVE STEM DIAMETER
mm
Inches
6.4
0.25
19
0.75
EHS w/Micro-Flute 9.5 0.375 19
0.75
Equal percentage
12.7
0.5
19
0.75
6.4
0.25
19
0.75
EHS w/Micro-Form 12.7
0.5
19
0.75
1-1/2 x 1,
2 x 1
CL2500
19.1 0.75
EHS w/Micro-Form
12.7 19.1
0.5 0.75
19
0.75
22 0.875 22 0.875
Modified equal percentage
EHS w/Micro-Flute
9.5 12.7
0.375 0.5
22 22
0.75 0.75
12.7 12.7 12.7
12.7 12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1
12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1
12.7 12.7
1/2 1/2 1/2
1/2 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4
1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4
1/2 1/2
Linear (Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
EHS
15.9 0.625 32
1.25
12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4
Equal percentage
EHS w/Micro-Form 25.4
1
EHS, EHD, EHT
38.1
1.5
22 0.875
12.7, 19.1, 25.4
1/2, 3/4, 1
22
0.875
12.7, 19.1(1), 25.4(1)
1/2, 3/4(1), 1(1)
Linear (cage style: Whisper Trim III, level A1)
EHS, EHD, EHT
38.1
1.5
2(2) 3 x 2
CL2500
Linear
EHS, EHD, EHT
38.1
1.5
EHS w/Micro-Form 25.4
1
Modified equal percentage
EHS, EHD, EHT
38.1
1.5
38
1.5
12.7, 19.1(1), 25.4(1)
1/2, 3/4(1), 1(1)
29 1.125
12.7, 19.1, 25.4
1/2, 3/4, 1
29 1.125
12.7, 19.1, 25.4
1/2, 3/4, 1
29
1.125
12.7, 19.1(1), 25.4(1)
1/2, 3/4(1), 1(1)
Linear (Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
EHT
31.8 1.25
51
2
12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4
Linear (Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
EHS
15.9 0.625 51
2
12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4
Equal percentage
EHS, EHD, EHT
58.7 2.3125 29 1.125
12.7, 19.1, 25.4
1/2, 3/4, 1
Modified equal percentage
3,
Linear (cage style: Whisper
4 x 3
CL2500
Trim III, level A1, B1)
EHS, EHD, EHT
58.7 2.3125 38
1.5
12.7, 19.1, 25.4
1/2, 3/4, 1
Linear (Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
EHT
33.3 1.3125 64
2.5
12.7, 19.1 25.4
1/2, 3/4, 1
Linear (Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
EHT
47.6 1.875 64
2.5
12.7, 19.1 25.4
1/2, 3/4, 1
Equal percentage
EHS, EHD, EHT
73 2.875 38
1.5
19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1
Modified equal percentage
4,
Linear (cage style: Whisper
EHS, EHD, EHT
73 2.875 51
2
6 x 4
CL2500
Trim III, level A1, B1, B3)
19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1
Linear (Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
EHT
58.7 2.3125 70
2.75
19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1
Linear (Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
EHT
73 2.875 70
2.75
19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1
Equal percentage
EHS, EHD, EHT
111.1 4.375
51
2
19.1, 25.4, 31.8
3/4, 1, 1-1/4
Modified equal percentage
EHS, EHD, EHT
111.1 4.375
76
3
19.1, 25.4, 31.8
3/4, 1, 1-1/4
6, 8 x 6
CL2500
Linear (cage style: Whisper Trim III, level B3, C3, D3)
EHS, EHD, EHT
111.1 4.375
76
3
25.4, 31.8
1, 1-1/4
Linear (cage style: Cavitrol III, 2- and 3-stage)
EHT
111.1 4.375 95
3.75
19.1, 25.4, 31.8
3/4, 1, 1-1/4
1. Available only with EHS valve body. 2. EHS Intermediate CL3273 only.
28
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
Table 18. Additional Angle Valve Specifications (NPS 1 through 6 Angle Valves)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PRESSURE
RATING
FLOW CHARACTERISTIC
VALVE DESIGN AND PLUG STYLE
PORT DIAMETER
mm Inches
VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm Inches
6.4
0.25
19
0.75
Equal Percent
EHAS w/Micro-Flute
9.5 0.375 19
0.75
12.7
0.5
19
0.75
6.4
0.25
19
0.75
1 & 2 CL2500 Modified Equal Percent
EHAS w/Micro-Form 12.7
0.5
19
0.75
19.1 0.75
19
0.75
9.5 0.375 22
0.75
EHAS w/Micro-Flute
12.7
0.5
22
0.75
12.7
0.5
EHAS w/Micro-Form
19.1
0.75
22 0.875 22 0.875
Linear(Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
EHAS
15.9 0.625 32
1.25
Equal Percent
EHAS w/Micro-Form 25.4
1
EHAS, EHAD, EHAT
38.1
1.5
22 0.875 22 0.875
Modified Equal Percent
3
CL2500
Linear
EHAS w/Micro-Form 25.4
1
EHAS, EHAD, EHAT
38.1
1.5
EHAS, EHAD, EHAT
38.1
1.5
29 1.125 29 1.125 29 1.125
Linear(Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
EHAT
31.8 1.25
51
2
Linear(Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
EHAS
15.9 0.625 51
2
Linear(cage style: Whisper
Trim III Level A1)
EHAS, EHAD, EHAT
38.1
1.5
38
1.5
Equal Percent
EHAS, EHAD, EHAT
58.7 2.3125 29
1.125
Modified Equal Percent
EHAS, EHAD, EHAT
58.7 2.3125 38
1.5
Linear(Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
4
CL2500
Linear(Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
EHAT EHAT
33.3 1.3125 64
2.5
47.6 1.875 64
2.5
Linear(cage style: Whisper
Trim III Level A1)
EHAS, EHAD, EHAT
58.7 2.3125 38
1.5
Modified Equal Percent
6
CL2500
Linear(Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
EHAD EHAD
92.1 3.625 51
2
73 2.875 102
4
1. Available only with EHAS valve body.
VALVE STEM DIAMETER
mm 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1 12.7 12.7 12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1
Inches 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4
1/2 1/2 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4
12.7, 19.1, 25.4
1/2, 3/4, 1
12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4
1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1
12.7, 19.1, 25.4
1/2, 3/4, 1
31.8
1-1/4
31.8
1-1/4
Table 19. Globe Valve Yoke Boss and Valve Stem Diameter Combinations(1) (NPS 1-1/2 x 1 through 6 Globe Valves)
STANDARD DIAMETERS
OPTIONAL DIAMETERS
VALVE SIZE, NPS
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
Stem
Yoke Boss
Stem
Yoke Boss
Stem
Yoke Boss
Stem
Yoke Boss
1-1/2 x 1, 2 x 1
12.7
71
1/2
2-13/16
19.1
90
3/4
3-9/16
2, 3 x 2
12.7
71
19.1
90
1/2 3/4
2-13/16 3-9/16
25.4
127
1
5
3, 4 x 3
19.1
90
3/4
3-9/16
12.7 25.4
71 127
1/2
2-13/16
1
5
4, 6 x 4
19.1
90
3/4
3-9/16
25.4
127
1
5
6, 8 x 6
25.4
127
1
5
31.8
127
1-1/4
5H
19.1
90
3/4
3-9/16
1. See table 17 for valve stem diameters available for specific construction.
29
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Table 20. Approximate Weights (Valve and Bonnet Assemblies) (NPS 1-1/2 x 1 through 6 Globe and NPS 1 through 6 Angle Valves)
GLOBE VALVES
CL2500
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Kilograms
Pounds
Flg
SWE and BWE
Flg
SWE and BWE
1
---
---
---
---
1-1/2 x 1
---
46
---
101
2
---
---
---
---
2 x 1
78
47
173
104
3 x 2
161
94
355
207
3
223
163
492
359
4 x 3
265
162
585
357
4
338
243
745
536
6 x 4
526
257
1160
567
6
785
544
1731
1199
8 x 6
955
558
2106
1231
8
---
---
---
---
ANGLE VALVES
CL2500
Kilograms
Flg
SWE and BWE
Flg
73.1
53.5
161
---
---
---
98
66.2
216
---
---
---
---
---
---
181
99.3
399
---
---
---
---
203.2
---
---
---
---
---
496.2
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
Pounds SWE and BWE 118 --146 ----219 --448 --1094 -----
Table 21. Approximate Weights (Valve Assembly and Bonnet) (NPS 8 through 14 Valves)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CL1500
BWE
FLG
Kilograms
Pounds
Kilograms
WEIGHTS
Pounds
BWE Kilograms
CL2500
FLG
Pounds
Kilograms
8
1400
3100
1700
3700
1900
4100
2200
10
1500
3300
1900
4100
2000
4400
- - -
12
3400
7300
3900
8600
3400
7600
- - -
14
3400
7300
- - -
- - -
3400
7600
- - -
Pounds 4700 - - - - - - -
Installation
The valve must be installed so flow through the valve matches the flow direction arrow on the valve body. Consideration should be given to installing an upstream strainer, especially if the valve uses a multi-orifice Whisper Trim III or Cavitrol III cage.
For NPS 8 and larger valves, the recommended installation position is with the valve in a horizontal pipeline and the actuator vertical above the valve.
Other orientations may result in shortened trim life and difficulty with field maintenance.
Overall dimensions are shown in figures 23, 24, 25, 26, and 27. Face-to-face dimensions are in compliance with ANSI/ISA-S75 for valves smaller than NPS 8. For NPS 8 and larger valves, face-to-face dimensions are longer than industry standards for valves of this size and rating. Actual end connection dimensions conform to ASME B16.25 for buttwelding ends and to ASME B16.5 for flanged ends.
30
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
Figure 23. NPS 1-1/2 x 1 through 6 Globe Valve Dimensions with Standard Bonnet (also see tables 22, 23, and 24)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
MATCH LINE FOR 585CLS ACTUATORS AND 657 AND 667 SIZE 100 ACTUATORS
MATCH LINE FOR ALL OTHER ACTUATORS
25.4 (1.00)
FLANGED VALVE WITH 71 OR 90 mm (2-13/16 OR 3-9/16 INCH) DIAMETER
YOKE BOSS
BUTTWELDING END VALVE WITH 71 OR 90 mm (2-13/16 OR 3-9/16
INCH) DIAMETER YOKE BOSS
A2719-4 / IL
NOTE: For dimensions of valves with DIN (or other) end connections, consult your Emerson sales office.
mm (INCHES)
127 mm (5-INCH) DIAMETER YOKE BOSS FOR USE WITH FLANGED OR
BUTTWELDING VALVE
Table 22. NPS 1-1/2 x 1 through 6 Globe Valve Dimensions with Standard Bonnet
A(1)
VALVE SIZE NPS
CL2500
BWE
SWE
RF
mm
1-1/2 x 1
318
318
337
2 x 1
318
318
349
2(2)
400
- - -
- - -
3 x 2
400
- - -
435
3
498
- - -
498
4 x 3
498
- - -
518
4
575
- - -
575
6 x 4
575
- - -
660
6
819
- - -
819
8 x 6
819
- - -
857
Inches
1-1/2 x 1 2 x 1
12.50 12.50
12.50 12.50
13.25 13.75
2(2)
15.75
- - -
- - -
3 x 2
15.75
- - -
17.12
3
19.62
- - -
19.62
4 x 3
19.62
- - -
20.38
4
22.62
- - -
22.62
6 x 4
22.62
- - -
26.00
6
32.25
- - -
32.25
8 x 6
32.25
- - -
33.75
1. RF--raised-face flanges; RTJ--ring-type joint flanges; BWE--buttwelding ends; SWE--socketweld ends. 2. Intermediate CL3273 only.
RTJ
340 353 - - 442 505 527 584 673 832 873
13.38 13.88
- - 17.38 19.88 20.75 23.00 26.50 32.75 34.38
31
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Table 23. NPS 1-1/2 x 1 through 6 Globe Valve Dimensions with Standard Bonnet
B(1)
VALVE SIZE NPS
BWE
CL2500
SWE
RF
mm
1-1/2 x 1
159
159
168
2 x 1
159
159
175
2(2)
200
- - -
- - -
3 x 2
200
- - -
217
3
249
- - -
249
4 x 3
249
- - -
259
4
273
- - -
273
6 x 4
273
- - -
325
6
397
- - -
397
8 x 6
397
- - -
416
Inches
1-1/2 x 1
6.25
6.25
6.62
2 x 1
6.25
6.25
6.88
2(2)
7.88
- - -
- - -
3 x 2
7.88
- - -
8.56
3
9.81
- - -
9.81
4 x 3
9.81
- - -
10.19
4
10.75
- - -
10.75
6 x 4
10.75
- - -
12.81
6
15.62
- - -
15.62
8 x 6
15.62
- - -
16.38
1. RF--raised-face flanges; RTJ--ring-type joint flanges; BWE--buttwelding ends; SWE--socketweld ends. 2. Intermediate CL3273 only.
RTJ
170 176 - - 221 253 264 278 331 403 424
6.69 6.94 - - 8.69 9.94 10.38 10.94 13.06 15.88 16.69
Table 24. NPS 1-1/2 x 1 through 6 Globe Valve Dimensions with Standard Bonnet
VALVE SIZE NPS
G CL2500
71 (2-13/16)
D CL2500 Yoke Boss Diameters, mm (Inches) 90 (3-9/16)
mm
1-1/2 x 1
78
2 x 1
78
249
256
249
256
2(1)
108
303
310
3 x 2
108
303
310
3
145
335
335
4 x 3
145
335
335
4
168
- - -
348
6 x 4
168
- - -
348
6
229
- - -
408
8 x 6
229
- - -
408
Inches
1-1/2 x 1
3.06
2 x 1
3.06
9.81
10.06
9.81
10.06
2(1) 3 x 2
3 4 x 3
4
4.35
11.94
12.19
4.35
11.94
12.19
5.69
13.19
13.19
5.69
13.19
13.19
6.62
- - -
13.69
6 x 4
6.62
6
9.00
8 x 6
9.00
- - -
13.69
- - -
16.06
- - -
16.06
1. Intermediate CL3273 only.
127 (5)
- - - - 343 343 371 371 406 406 445 445
- - - - 13.50 13.50 14.62 14.62 16.00 16.00 17.50 17.50
32
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
Figure 24. Dimension D for Style 1 Extension Bonnet (A, B, and G Dimensions Listed in Figure 23 Do Not Change When Extension Bonnet is Used) (also see table 25)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
MATCH LINE FOR 585CLS ACTUATORS MATCH LINE FOR ALL OTHER ACTUATORS
25.4 (1.00)
127 mm (5-INCH) DIAMETER YOKE BOSS FOR STYLE 1 EXTENSION BONNET
FLANGED VALVE WITH STYLE 1 EXTENSION BONNET HAVING 71 OR 90 mm (2-13/16 OR
3-9/16 INCH) DIAMETER YOKE BOSS
18A5906-C A3002-2
Table 25. Dimension D for Style 1 Extension Bonnet (A, B, and G Dimensions Listed in Figure 23 Do Not Change When Extension Bonnet is Used)
GLOBE VALVE SIZE,
NPS
PRESSURE RATING
71 (2-13/16)
D Yoke Boss Diameter, mm (Inches)
90 (3-9/16)
mm
1-1/2 x 1 and 2 x 1
CL2500
391
406
2
CL3273
427
443
3 x 2
CL2500
427
443
Inches
1-1/2 x 1 and 2 x 1
CL2500
15.38
16.00
2
CL3273
16.81
17.44
3 x 2
CL2500
16.81
17.44
127 (5)
- - 502 502
- - 19.75 19.75
33
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Figure 25. NPS 1 through 6 Angle Valve CL2500 Dimensions with Standard Bonnet and Style 1 Extension Bonnet (also see table 26)
1/2 and 3/4 STEM
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
MATCH LINE FOR 585CLS ACTUATORS AND 657, 667 SIZE 100 ACTUATORS
1 and 1-1/4 STEM
MATCH LINE FOR ALL OTHER ACTUATORS
10B2281-A A4172
Table 26. NPS 1 through 6 Angle Valve CL2500 Dimensions with Standard Bonnet
VALVE SIZE, PRESSURE
NPS
RATING
BWE
A, mm
SWE
RF
D
Std. Bonnet
RTJ
BWE
SWE
RF
1
CL2500
153.9
153.9
153.9
153.9
256.5
392.2
408.1
2
CL2500
225.6
225.6
225.6
227.1
408.1
408.1
250.0
3
CL2500
289.1
---
---
292.1
308.9
---
---
4
CL2500
336.6
---
---
---
334.8
---
---
6
CL3230(1)
374.7
---
---
---
451.7
---
---
Inches
1
CL2500
6.06
6.06
6.06
6.06
10.097
15.440
16.065
2
CL2500
8.88
8.88
8.88
8.94
16.065
16.065
9.844
3
CL2500
11.38
---
---
11.5
12.162
---
---
4
CL2500
13.25
---
---
---
13.182
---
---
6
CL3230(1)
14.75
---
---
---
17.782
---
---
1. NPS 6 is an intermediate CL3230.
RTJ 408.1 256.5 308.9
-----
16.065 10.097 12.162
-----
34
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
Figure 26. Dimensions (NPS 8 through 14 Fisher EHD and EHT Valves) (also see tables 27, 28, and 29)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
D
G
B
15A4693-C
A FLANGED ENDS
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
D
Table 27. Dimensions (NPS 8 through 14 Fisher EHD and EHT Valves)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
D
CL900 and 1500
CL2500
G
CL900 and 1500
CL2500
mm
8, 10
684
665
363
370
12, 14
702
724
452
437
Inches
8, 10
26.94
26.19
14.31
14.56
12, 14
27.62
28.50
17.81
17.19
G
A2888-1
15A4691-F
B A
BUTTWELDING ENDS
NOTE: For dimensions of valves with EN (or other) end connections, consult your Emerson sales office.
Table 28. Dimensions (NPS 8 through 14 Fisher EHD and EHT Valves)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CL900
RF
RTJ
BWE
A(1,2)
CL1500
RF
RTJ
mm
8
1137
1140
1194
1194
1203
10
1168
1172
1245
1245
1254
12
1715
1718
1803
1803
1819
14
1727
1739
1829
- - -
- - -
Inches
8
44.75
44.88
47.00
47.00
47.38
10
46.00
46.13
49.00
49.00
49.38
12
67.50
67.62
71.00
71.00
71.62
14
68.00
68.38
72.00
- - -
- - -
BWE
1295 1346 1778 1803
51.00 53.00 70.00 71.00
CL2500 RF
1295 - - - - - - -
51.00 - - - - - - -
Table 29. Dimensions (NPS 8 through 14 Fisher EHD and EHT Valves)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CL900
BWE
B(1,2)
CL1500
RF
RTJ
BWE
mm
8
429
430
457
457
462
508
10
445
446
483
483
487
533
12
794
795
838
838
846
838
14
800
805
851
- - -
- - -
851
Inches
8
16.88
16.94
18.00
18.00
18.19
20.00
10
17.50
17.56
19.00
19.00
19.19
21.00
12
31.25
31.31
33.00
33.00
33.31
33.00
14
31.50
31.69
33.50
- - -
- - -
33.50
1.Face-to-face dimensions for these valves are not standard dimensions due to the lack of industry standards for valves of this size and rating. 2.BWE--buttwelding ends; RF--raised-face flanges; RTJ--ring-type joint flanges.
CL2500 RF
508 - - - - - - -
20.00 - - - - - - -
RTJ 1311
- - - - - - 51.62 - - - - - - -
RTJ 516 - - - - - - 20.31 - - - - - - -
35
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:EH March 2020
EH and EHA Valves
D100042X012
Figure 27. Dimensions (NPS 20 Fisher EHD Valve)
895 (35.25)
1118 (44.00)
1981 + / - 3.0 78.00 + / - 0.12)
A3349
663 (26.12)
mm (INCH)
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Cavitrol, Whisper Trim, WhisperFlo, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E361982, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
FisherTM HP Series Control Valves
HP (Globe Valve) HPA (Angle Valve)
nBalanced High-Temperature Trim
nBalanced Tight Shutoff Trim
nUnbalanced Trim
Fisher HP Series control valves are single-port, high-pressure, globe- or angle-style valves with metal seats, cage guides, and push-down-to-close valve plug action.
These valves are designed for high-pressure applications in process control industries such as power generation, hydrocarbon production, chemical processing, and refining.
HP Series valves have NACE compliant materials available. In certain sizes extra valve body wall thickness provides a safety margin of protection against erosion, as well as extra protection against corrosion due to chemical attack. Because these valves feature a thicker valve body wall, they are available in higher intermediate ratings with weld-end fittings.
Unless otherwise noted, all NACE references are to NACE MR0175-2002 and MR0103.
X0183-2
FISHER HP VALVE WITH 667 ACTUATOR AND FIELDVUETM DVC6200 DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
Balanced Tight Shutoff Trim
Balanced High-Temperature Trim
HPD and HPAD
These valves use a balanced valve plug with graphite piston rings and are well suited for general applications with process temperatures in excess of 232_C (450_F), where extremely tight shutoff is not required.
HPT and HPAT
These valves use a balanced valve plug and offer excellent shutoff with process temperatures below 232_C (450_F). The temperature limits of HPT can be extended above 232_C (450_F) to 316_C (600_F) by using PEEK (PolyEtherEtherKetone) anti-extrusion rings in combination with a spring-loaded PTFE seal. The PEEK anti-extrusion rings expand to help close off the clearance gaps on the plug outside diameter and the cage inside diameter where the PTFE seal may extrude at high temperatures and pressures.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Specifications
Available Configurations(1) and Valve Sizes
See table 1
Common Characteristics: Designed according to: J ASME B16.34 Valve-Flanges, Threaded and Welded End and J ANSI/ISA-75.08.05 (long or short) or ANSI/ISA-75.08.06 (long or short) J Socket Welding consistent with ASME B16.11 J ASME B16.10 Face-to-Face and End-to-End dimensions of valves
End Connections Styles(1)
See table 1
temperature service Valve Plug, Cage, and Seat Ring: See table 13 Other Parts: See table 7
Consult your Emerson sales office for special trim and valve body material availability.
Material Temperature Capabilities(1)
HPD, HPAD, HPS, and HPAS: Up to 593_C (1100_F) unless limited (see tables 7 and 13 and figure 17) HPT and HPAT: Up to 316_C (600_F) unless limited (see tables 7 and 13 and figure 17)
Maximum Inlet Pressure and Temperature(1,2)
Flanged, Socketweld, or Buttweld: Consistent with CL900, 1500, 2500, and 3200 according to ASME B16.34, unless limited by maximum pressure drop or material temperature capabilities
In addition, both steel HP and HPA valves with BWE and SWE connections have increased pressure/temperature ratings as shown in table 3
Flow Characteristics(4)
Standard Cages: J Linear, J equal percentage, J modified equal percentage(5) Cavitrol III, Whisper Trim III, and WhisperFlo Cages: Linear Micro-Flute: Equal percentage Micro-Flat: Linear Micro-Form: J Equal percentage, J modified equal percentage
Maximum Pressure Drop(1) Valve with Standard Cage: See figure 17 Valve with CavitrolTM III Cage: Typically 149 bar (2160 psi) for two-stage and 207 bar (3000 psi) for three-stage cage. Consult Fisher Bulletin 80.2:030, Cavitrol III One-, Two-, and Three-Stage trims (D100196X012) for more information Valve with Whisper TrimTM III Cage: 0.999 nP/P1 maximum for levels A1 through D3 Valve with WhisperFloTM Trim: Levels X, Y, and Z: 0.999 nP/P1 maximum
Shutoff Classifications See table 4
Construction Materials
Flow Direction
Standard Cage J HPD, HPAD: Normally flow down J HPS, HPAS: Normally flow up(6) J HPAS Micro-Flat: Flow down J HPS, HPAS Micro-Form: Flow up only J HPT, HPAT: Normally flow down Cavitrol III Cage: Flow down Whisper Trim III and WhisperFlo Cage: Flow up
Flow Coefficients
See table 2 and also Fisher Catalog 12
Noise Levels
See Fisher Catalog 12, Section 3 for noise prediction methods
Valve Body and Bonnet: J WCC steel(3), J WC9 Cr-Mo steel(3)(9), J C12A
chrome-moly alloy, J CF8M, CF8C, CD3MN, and
CD3MWCuN stainless steel, and J LCC for low
Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, and Stem Diameters
See tables 5, 9, 10, and 12
- continued -
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Specifications (continued)
Bonnet Style and Mounting(1)
J Standard Bonnet: See figure 1 Yoke Temperature Limit (NPS 2 through 6): Standard bonnet with cast iron yoke is limited to 538_C (1000_F) J Optional Style 1--Extension Bonnet: Used for NPS 1 and 2 valves for CL900 or 1500, and NPS 1 valves for CL2500 (see figures 22 and 23)
Approximate Weight See table 6
Optional Safety Instrumented System Classification HPD, HPS, HPAS, and HPT: SIL3 capable for NPS 1 through 14 - certified by exida Consulting LLC HPAD and HPAT: SIL3 capable for NPS 1, 2, 6, 8, and 12 - certified by exida Consulting LLC
Packing Arrangements
J Single, J Double, and J Leakoff standard packing, or optional J ENVIRO-SEALTM and J HIGH-SEAL packing systems. See figure 7. Also see Fisher bulletin 59.1:061, ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Packing System for Sliding-Stem Valves (D101633X012)
Yoke Boss Diameter for Actuator Mounting
See tables 5 and 11, and figures 21, 22, and 23
Options(1)
J Valves with weld-end fittings have increased pressure/temperature ratings, called intermediate ratings(7), J Class V(6) shutoff for HPT and HPAT to 316_C (600_F) using PEEK anti-extrusion rings(8), J Class V shutoff for HPD and HPAD to 593_C (1100_F) using C-seal trim, J expanded ends(7) for NPS 4 and 6 valves (NPS 4 valves are available with NPS 6 ends, and NPS 6 valves are available with NPS 8 ends), J lubricator or lubricator/isolating valve(7)
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard limitations should not be exceeded. 2. EN (or other valve body material) ratings and end connections can usually be supplied; consult your Emerson sales office. 3. SA-105 and SA-182-F22 are used for CL2500 HPA valves instead of WCC and WC9.
4. Special characterized cages are available. Contact your Emerson sales office. 5. Modified equal percentage characteristic is equal percentage for the first 75% of travel, then opens quickly for additional capacity. 6. HPS valves may be used flow down for on-off service only. HPAS valves may be used for flow down in erosive service. 7. For more information contact your Emerson sales office.
8. Required for all boiler feedwater applications. 9. For NPS 8, 10, and 12 above 510_C (950_F) when using WC9 body must use C12A bonnet. Below 510_C (950_F) when using WC9 body can use WC9 bonnet.
Table of Contents
Balanced High-Temperature Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Balanced Tight Shutoff Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Unbalanced Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Expanded Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cavitrol, Whisper Trim
and WhisperFlo Cages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Material Selection Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Trim Selection Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Trim Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Pressure/Temperature Limits for
Trim Material Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Figure 1. Fisher HPD Valve Assembly, NPS 2 to 6
FLOW
W5815A-1
Figure 2. Fisher HPD Valve Assembly, NPS 8 to 14
FLOW
Unbalanced Trim
HPS and HPAS
These valves have an unbalanced plug and provide excellent shutoff.
Expanded Ends
Expanded ends are available on the NPS 4 and 6 CL900 and 1500 HP (ISA 75.08.05 (long) or ISA 75.08.06 (long)) valves. The NPS 4 HP valve body is offered with NPS 6 ends. The NPS 6 valve body is offered with NPS 8 ends. Both flanged and buttweld end valve bodies are offered with expanded ends.
Cavitrol III, Whisper Trim III, and WhisperFlo Cages
To eliminate cavitation damage in a properly-sized valve, a Cavitrol III cage is available with HPS, HPAS, HPT, HPAT, and HPD control valves.
To help attenuate aerodynamic noise in gaseous service, Whisper Trim III and WhisperFlo (figure 3) cages are available with HPS, HPAS, HPT, HPAT, along with NPS 8 through 14 HPD and HPT control valves. Contact your Emerson sales office for more information.
X1514
Figure 3. Typical WhisperFlo Trim Cut Section View for Fisher HP Valve
FLOW OUT
FLOW IN
W7065
4
Features
nValve Plug Stability-- Rugged cage guiding provides increased valve plug stability, which reduces vibration and mechanical noise.
nFull Pressure Drop Capability--Rugged construction allows full pressure drop capability in HP series valves.
nSpiral-Wound Gaskets for Excellent Sealing Under All Service Conditions--Premium materials are used in the construction of spiral-wound gaskets for HP Series valves. These premium materials, which make up the standard spiral-wound gaskets, are N06600 (alloy 600)/graphite or N07750 (alloy X750)/graphite.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Figure 4. Fisher HPT Valve Assembly, NPS 3 to 6
FLOW
Figure 5. Fisher HPAT Valve Assembly, NPS 6 to 12
FLOW
Features (cont.)
nCompliance with the Clean Air Act--Optional ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems (figure 7) provide an improved stem seal to help prevent the loss of valuable process fluid or emission of hazardous process fluid. The ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems feature PTFE or graphite ULF.
nPiping Economy--The availability of expanded end connections on NPS 4 and 6 HP (ISA 75.08.05 (long) or ISA 75.08.06 (long)) valves may eliminate the need for line swages while accommodating oversized piping arrangements.
nQuick Change Trim--Maintenance is simple and can easily be performed using common tools. Trim components can be quickly removed and changed with no need for special tools.
nIntegrated Cage-Seat Ring Design--Find this option on globe NPS 8, 10, 12, 14 and angle NPS 12 valves offering easier maintenance and better shutoff.
nStandard Hard Trim Materials--The cage, valve plug, and other trim parts are manufactured from hardened materials. This standard feature provides excellent wear resistance.
nIncreased Pressure/Temperature Ratings-- HP Series valves with weld-end fittings have increased pressure/temperature ratings, called intermediate ratings, as defined in ASME B16.34. The extra strength of these valves allows ratings higher than the standard CL900 or 1500 ratings specified in B16.34. The globe NPS 8 to 12 HP is available as a standard Intermediate ANSI Class 3200 to achieve higher pressure/temperature ratings. Not available on angle NPS 8. Contact your Emerson sales office for further information on intermediate ratings.
nTrim Interchangeability--Cavitrol III, Whisper Trim III, and WhisperFlo trims (figures 12, 13, and 15) are interchangeable with standard trims.
nControl of Low Flow Rates/Tight Shutoff--Micro-Flute and Micro-Form valve plugs (figures 10 and 11, respectively) provide superb rangeability in high-pressure, low-flow applications, while maintaining tight shutoff (table 4). A choice of several restricted port diameters helps to match valve body capacity to required flow, to provide necessary control with full travel, and to prevent throttling near the seat.
In low-flow applications where cavitation damage may occur, the Micro-Flat valve plug can be used with a special Cavitrol III cage. Contact your Emerson sales office for more information.
nSmooth Control at High Pressure Drops--Available on NPS 2 through 14 valves, balanced trim provides smooth control at high pressure drops.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Features (cont.)
nHigh-Temperature Capability with Class V Shutoff--Use of C-seal trim (see figure 8) permits Class V shutoff up to 593_C (1100_F) for NPS 2 through 6 HPD (ISA 75.08.05 (long) or ISA 75.08.06 (long)) valves. Use of Bore-seal trim (see figure 6) permits Class V shutoff up to 593_C (1100_F) for
NPS 8 through 12 HPD valves.
nSour Service Trims Available--Long-lasting, erosionand corrosion-resistant trims are available for control of sour service. These trims are offered with either a standard cage, a Cavitrol III cage, a Whisper Trim III cage, or WhisperFlo trim. Spiral-wound gasket construction is standard.
Table 1. Available Constructions
VALVE BODY MATERIAL AND END CONNECTION STYLE(1, 2)
DESIGN
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PRESSURE RATING
WCC, WC9, LCC, C12A, CF8M, CF8C, CD3MN, and CD3MWCuN Stainless Steel Cast Valves
RF or RTJ Flanged, Buttweld, and Socketweld(3)
SA-105, SA-182-F22, SA-182-F316, S31803 F51, and S32760 F55 forged SST (for forged
steel HPA CL2500 angle valves)
Socketweld
2 to 8
CL900 and 1500
X
- - -
HPAD
2, 6, 8, 12
CL2500
X
X
CL900 and 1500
X
- - -
HPAS
1 to 2
CL2500
- - -
X
2 to 8
CL900 and 1500
X
- - -
HPAT
2, 6, 8, 12
CL2500
X
X
2 to 6
CL900 and 1500
X
- - -
2, 3, 4, 6
CL2500
X
- - -
HPD 8 to 12
CL900,1500, and 2500
X
- - -
CL3200
X(4)
- - -
14
CL2500
X(4)
- - -
1 to 3
CL900 and 1500
X
- - -
HPS
1 to 4
CL2500
X
- - -
2 to 6
CL900 and 1500
X
- - -
2, 3, 4, 6
CL2500
X
- - -
CL900,1500,
HPT 8 to 12
and 2500
X
- - -
CL3200
X(4)
- - -
14
CL2500
X(4)
- - -
X = Available Construction. 1. End connection style abbreviations: RF - Raised Face, RTJ - Ring Type Joint.
2. EN (or other valve body material) ratings and end connections can usually be supplied; consult your Emerson sales office. 3. Socketweld available on NPS 1, 1-1/2, and 2 only.
4. Only buttweld end available.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Table 2. Typical Flow Coefficients(1)
DESIGN AND CLASS
VALVE SIZE, NPS
1
HP CL1500
2
3
4
6
HP CL900 and CL1500
8
10
12
1 2 3 HP CL2500 4
6
8
HP CL2500 and CL3200
10
12
HP CL2500
14
1
2
HPA CL1500
3
4
6
8
1 2
6 HPA CL2500
8
12
1. See Catalog 12 for a complete listing of flow coefficients.
CHARACTERISTIC
M-Form Modified Equal Percentage (HPS)
Linear (HPS) Linear (HPS)
Linear Modified Equal Percentage
Linear Modified Equal Percentage
Equal Percentage Linear
Equal Percentage Linear
Equal Percentage Linear
M-Form Modified Equal Percentage (HPS)
Linear (HPS) Linear
Modified Equal Percentage Linear
Modified Equal Percentage Linear
Modified Equal Percentage Equal Percentage Linear Equal Percentage Linear Equal Percentage Linear Equal Percentage Linear
M-Form Modified Equal Percentage (HPAS)
Linear (HPAS) Linear Linear
Modified Equal Percentage Linear
M-Form Modified Equal Percentage (HPAS)
Linear (HPAS) Linear
Modified Equal Percentage Linear
Modified Equal Percentage Linear
Modified Equal Percentage
MAXIMUM Cv
17.1
54.6 127
212
469 412 449 767 723 973 949 1337
13.8
40.9 87 84 153 130 324 313 582 560 651 682 1083 1232 1238 1525
19.5
73.6 64.3 121 203 425
14.3
56.2 217 203 446 453 1023 1013
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Table 3. Increased Pressure/Temperature Ratings for Steel Valves with BWE and SWE Connections(1)
Valve Type
Valve Size, NPS
Pressure Rating
Intermediate Rating (ASME B16.34)
1
CL900 CL1500
1675
CL2500
2800
2
CL900 CL1500
1694
Globe Valves
3 4 (long)(2)
CL1500 CL1500
1578 2017
6 (long)(2)
CL1500
1876
8
CL3200
3200
10
CL3200
3200
12
CL3200
3200
1. Contact your Emerson sales office for further information on intermediate ratings. 2. (Long) indicates industry standard long face-to-face.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Table 4. Shutoff Classifications per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Valve Design
Port Diameter, mm (Inches)
57.15 (2.25) and smaller
HPD, HPAD
58.7 (2.3125) to 105.9 (4.17)
HPD, HPAD w/ C-seal trim
Valve Size, NPS HPD HPAD
3
4
4
6
6
8
HPD(2), HPAD(2) w/ Bore-seal trim
Valve Size, NPS HPD HPAD
8
- - -
10
- - -
12
12
14
- - -
HPS, HPAS, HPT, HPAT
111.1 (4.375) and larger
Port Diameter, mm (Inches)
73 (2.875)
73 (2.875)
92.1 (3.625)
111.1 (4.375)
136.5 (5.375)
Port Diameter, mm (Inches) 139.7 (5.5) 152.4 (6) 165.1 (6.5) 177.8 (7) 165.1 (6.5) 190.5 (7.5) 203.2 (8) 215.9 (8.5)
All
Cage Style Eq. %, Mod. Eq. %, Linear (std. cage), Linear (Whisper III, A1, B1) Linear (Whisper III, D3) Eq. %, Mod. Eq. %, Linear (std. cage), Linear (Whisper III, A1, B3, C3) Linear (Whisper III, D3) Eq. %, Mod. Eq. %, Linear (std. cage), Linear (Whisper III, A1, B3, C3)
Cage Style
Eq. %, Linear (std. cage), Whisper III, Cavitrol III
Cavitrol III and Micro-Flat Micro-Form, Micro-Flute, Eq. %, Mod Eq. %, Linear, Whisper III
HPS and HPT w/ TSO (Tight Shutoff trim)
See table 5
See table 5
HPT and HPAT w/ PEEK(1) Anti-Extrusion Rings
47.6 (1.875) to 215.9 (8.5)
All
1. PEEK (PolyEtherEtherKetone), required for all boiler feedwater applications. 2. Trims 263, 2635, 264, 2645, 265, and 2655 are not available in bore-seal.
ANSI/FCI and IEC Leakage Class II
II - Standard III - Optional III - Standard IV - Optional
ANSI/FCI and IEC Leakage Class
V - Standard to 593_C (1100_F) (for port diameters from 73 mm [2.875 inch] through 136.5 mm [5.375
inch] with optional C-seal trim)
IV - Optional (for port diameters 73 mm [2.875 inch] through 136.5 mm [5.375 inch]
ANSI/FCI and IEC Leakage Class
V - Standard to 593_C (1100_F) (for port diameters from 139.7 mm [5.5 inch] through 215.9 mm [8.5 inch] with optional Bore-seal trim)
V - Standard IV - Standard V - Optional TSO - Optional TSO is not an ANSI/FCI or IEC leakage
class. Valves with TSO trim are factory tested
to a more stringent Fisher test requirement of no leakage at time of
shipment. Test medium is water. Specify service P when ordering. Test procedure is ANSI/FCI Class V test
procedure B V - Standard (to 316_C [600_F]) IV - Optional (47.6 mm [1.875 inch]
through 203.2 mm [8 inch] ports)
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Material Selection Guidelines
Use the following steps as a guideline for the selection of materials:
1. Determine the pressure/temperature rating of the valve body size and material required. Inlet pressure and temperature must always be limited by the applicable ASME pressure/temperature rating.
2. Select the desired trim style from the Available Configurations specification and from table 4, Shutoff Classifications.
3. Select desired materials from tables 7, 9, 12, and 13 and figure 17. The temperature capabilities determined from figure 17 may be further limited by the temperature capabilities of materials selected from tables 7 and 13. Refer to figure 17 to determine
pressure drop limits of the valve body-trim combinations selected.
Installation
The valve must be installed so flow through the valve is as indicated by the flow direction arrow on the valve body. Consideration should be given to installing an upstream strainer, especially if the valve uses a Cavitrol III cage, Whisper Trim III, or WhisperFlo trim.
Overall dimensions are shown in figures 21, 22, and 23. Face-to-face dimensions are in compliance with ANSI/ISA-75.08.05 (long or short), ANSI/ISA-75.08.06 (long or short), or ASME B16.10. Actual end connection dimensions conform to ASME B16.25 for buttweld ends, to B16.11 for socket welding, and to ASME B16.5 for flanged ends.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Table 5. Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, Yoke Boss Diameters for TSO (Tight Shutoff) Trim
VALVE TYPE
TRIM
MAX TRAVEL
mm
Inch
YOKE BOSS SIZE
PORT DIAMETER
Nominal
Actual TSO
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
Balanced Plugs--Flow Down Only
CV REDUCTION
AT 100% TRAVEL(1)
HPT NPS 3(2)
CAV III 3-Stage
63.5
2.5
90
3-9/16 47.6 1.875 42.9 1.6875
5%
HPT
NPS 4 (long)(3)
CAV III 3-Stage
76.2
3
90 127
3-9/16 5
73.0
2.875
68.3 2.6875
2%
HPT
CAV III 3-Stage 102
4
90
3-9/16
127
5
116 4.5625 111
4.375
0%
NPS 6 (long)(3)
Standard
76.2
3
90
3-9/16
127
5
137
5.375
132 5.1875
4%
Unbalanced Plugs--Flow Down Only
HPS NPS 2
CAV III 3-Stage 50.8
2
90
3-9/16 25.4
1
26.2 0.8125
0%
1. This column lists the percent reduction of published maximum CV of the trim listed in the TRIM column. 2. Not available with 5-inch yoke boss. 3. (Long) indicates industry standard long face-to-face.
UNBALANCE AREA Inch2
0.031 0.047 0.080 0.206
0.785
Figure 6. Typical Balanced TSO Trim
W7020-1
VALVE PLUG SEAL
TSO PROTECTED SOFT SEAT SEAL
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Figure 7. ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems
PACKING BOX STUD
SPRING
SPRINGS
PACKING BOX STUD
PACKING
FOLLOWER
PACKING
FOLLOWER
W8533-1
TYPICAL HIGH-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
SPRINGS
ANTIEXTRUSION RING
LANTERN RING
W8532-1
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
PACKING BOX STUDS
PACKING RING
VALVE BONNET
W5803-3
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH PTFE PACKING
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Table 6. Approximate Weights (Valve and Bonnet Assemblies)
VALVE TYPE
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PRESSURE RATING
KILOGRAMS
Flg
SWE, BWE
CL900 and 1500
42
38
1
CL2500
45
34
1-1/2 x 2
CL2500
- - -
34
CL900 and 1500
72
52
2
CL2500
104
74
CL900
125
- - -
3
CL1500
129
97
CL2500
228
163
CL900
230
- - -
4 (long)(2)
CL1500
249
201
CL900
167
136
4 (short)(2)
CL1500
194
162
CL2500
321
206
CL900
511
- - -
6 (long)(2)
CL1500
557
455
Globe Valves
CL900
317
227
6 (short)(2)
CL1500
575
269
CL2500
757
481
CL900
720
510
CL1500
930
640
8
CL2500
1630
1050
CL3200
- - -
1460
CL900
1030
750
10
CL1500
1490
1010
CL2500
2560
1550
CL3200
- - -
2200
CL900
1340
940
CL1500
1950
1250
12
CL2500
3380
2000
CL3200
- - -
2950
14
CL2500
- - -
2297
CL900 and 1500
40
1
CL2500
- - -
36 72(1)
CL900 and 1500
69
2
CL2500
- - -
50 109(1)
3
CL1500
123
78
Angle Valves
4
CL1500
181
117
CL1500
357
202
6
CL2500
658
325
CL1500
648
405
8
CL2500
971
663
12
CL2500
2471
1660
1. Only SWE is available for CL2500. 2. (Long) indicates industry standard long face-to-face. (Short) indicates industry standard short face-to-face.
Flg 93 100 - - 158 229 276 284 502 507 548 368 428 708 1127 1228 699 1268 1669 1587 2050 3594 - - 2271 3285 5644 - - 2954 4299 7452 - - - - 88 - - 153 - - 272 399 788 1451 1428 2141 5448
POUNDS SWE, BWE 85 76 76 115 164 - - 213 358 - - 444 - - 444 444 - - 1003 500 593 1060 1124 1411 2315 3219 1653 2227 3417 4850 2072 2756 4409 6504 5064 80 160(1) 110 240(1) 173 258 445 716 893 1462 3660
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Figure 8. C-seal Trim
C-SEAL METAL
PLUG SEAL(1)
C-SEAL METAL PLUG SEAL(1)
FLOW DOWN
FLOW UP
VIEW A
37B1399-A
NOTE: 1. Reverse the orientation of the C-seal plug seal for proper shutoff when valve is used in a process with different fluid flow direction.
Figure 9. Bore Seal Trim
PISTON RING
BACKUP RING
BORE SEAL
WINDOW, LINEAR
VIEW A, BORE SEAL, FLOW DOWN
VIEW A, BORE SEAL, FLOW UP
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Table 7. Construction Materials and Temperature Capabilities for Parts Other than Valve Body
PART
MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
_C
_F
Valve plug, cage, and seat ring
See table 13
See table 13
S20910
-198 to 593
-325 to 1100
Valve plug stem
S42200
-29 to 649
-20 to 1200
S32760
-51 to 316
-60 to 600
HPD piston ring
Graphite (FMS 17F27) Graphite (FMS 17F39)(2)
-46 to 427 (to 482 for nonoxidizing service)
-46 to 538 (to 593 for nonoxidizing service)
-50 to 800 (to 900 for nonoxidizing service)
-50 to 1000 (to 1100 for nonoxidizing service)
Backup ring
S41600 (416 SST) S31600 (316 SST)
-29 to 427 -198 to 593
-20 to 800 -325 to 1100
Spring-loaded HPT or HPAT valve plug seal
Retaining ring Seal ring
S30200 (302 SST) N07750 (NACE)
PTFE with N10276 Spring PTFE with R30003 Spring(3)
-254 to 593
-73 to 232(1) -73 to 316
-425 to 1100
-100 to 450(1) -100 to 600
Anti-extrusion rings
PEEK (PolyEtherEtherKetone)
-73 to 316
-100 to 600
Cage gasket
N06600/Graphite
-240 to 593
-400 to 1100
TSO protected soft seat seal
Carbon-filled PTFE
-73 to 232
-100 to 450
Seat ring gasket
N06600/Graphite S31600/Graphite
-240 to 593 -240 to 593
-400 to 1100 -400 to 1100
PTFE V-ring
-46 to 232
-50 to 450
Packing
Graphite ribbon filament (oxidizing service to 371_C [700_F])
Graphite ribbon (high-temperature oxidizing service)
-254 to 538 371 to 593
-425 to 1000 700 to 1100
Packing follower, spring, or lantern ring
S31600 stainless steel
-254 to 593
-425 to 1100
Packing box ring
S31600 stainless steel
-254 to 593
-425 to 1100
Packing flange, studs, or nuts
Steel S31600 stainless steel
-29 to 427 -198 to 593
-20 to 800 -325 to 1100
1.If used with PEEK anti-extrusion rings, PTFE/carbon seal ring may be used in temperatures up to 316_C (600_F) for non-oxidizing service or up to 260_C (500_F) for oxidizing service. 2. NPS 8, 10, 12 HPD and HPT come standard with Graphite (FMS 17F39) piston ring. 3. Only offered in NPS 8, 10 and 12 HPT.
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Table 8. Construction Materials and Temperature Capabilities for Valve Body-to-Bonnet Bolting (Face-to-Face Structure)
VALVE TYPE
STUDS / NUTS
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
LONG
VALVE SIZE, NPS
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
_C
_F
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
SHORT
VALVE SIZE, NPS
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
_C
_F
Steel SA193-B7 NCF2 (all valve body materials)
Steel SA194-2H NCF2 (all valve body materials)
WCC and WC9 LCC
CF8M
1 to 6 1 to 6 1 to 6
-29 to 427 -20 to 800 -46 to 343 -50 to 650 -48 to 427(2) -55 to 800(2)
WCC and WC9
LCC
CF8M and CF8C
3 to 14 3 to14 3 to14
-29 to 427 -46 to 343 -29 to 316
-20 to 800 -50 to 650 -20 to 600
Steel SA193-B7M NCF2 for sour service(3)
Steel SA194-2HM NCF2 for sour service
WCC LCC CF8M
1 to 6 1 to 6 1 to 6
-29 to 427 -46 to 343 -29 to 427
-20 to 800 -50 to 650 -20 to 800
WCC and WC9 LCC
CF8M and CF8C
3 to 14 3 to14 3 to 14
-29 to 427 -46 to 343 -29 to 260
-20 to 800 -50 to 650 -20 to 500
Globe
Steel SA193-B16 Steel SA194-7
WC9 C12A WCC
1 to 6 1 to 6 1 to 6
-29 to 538 -29 to 510 -29 to 427
-20 to 1000 -20 to 950 -20 to 800
WC9 WCC
3 to 14 3 to 14
-29 to 510 -29 to 427
-20 to 950 -20 to 800
LCC
1 to 6
-46 to 343 -50 to 650
LCC
3 to14
-46 to 343 -50 to 650
N07718 SST (SB637)(1) Steel SA194-7
WC9 C12A
1 to 6 1 to 6
-29 to 566 -29 to 593
-20 to 1050 -20 to 1100
WC9 C12A
3 to 14 3 to 14
-29 to 566 -29 to 593
-20 to 1050 -20 to 1100
S31600 stainless steel
SA193-B8M Class 2
CF8M
1 to 3
-198 to 427 -325 to 800
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
S31600 stainless steel SA194-8M
S31600 Stainless steel SA193-B8M2 Class 2B(3) S31600 Stainless Steel SA194-8M
S20910 SST (SA479-XM-19)(1) Steel SA194-7
- - CF8M
- - 1 to 6
CF8M and
- - -
- - -
CF8C
-198 to 538 -325 to 1000 CF8M and CF8C
3 to 14 -198 to 566 -325 to 1050
3 to14
-198 to 566 -325 to 1050
Steel SA193-B7 NCF2 (all valve body materials)
Steel SA194-2H NCF2 (all valve body materials)
WCC and WC9 LCC
CF8M
1 to 8 1 to 8 1 to 8
-29 to 427 -46 to 343 -48 to 427
-20 to 800 -50 to 650 -55 to 800
WCC and WC9
LCC CF8M and
CF8C
6, 8, 12 6, 8, 12 6, 8, 12
-29 to 427 -46 to 343 -29 to 316
-20 to 800 -50 to 650 -20 to 600
Steel SA193-B7M NCF2 for sour service(3)
Steel SA194-2HM NCF2 for sour service
WCC LCC CF8M
1 to 8 1 to 8 1 to 8
-29 to 427 -46 to 343 -48 to 427
-20 to 800 -50 to 650 -55 to 800
WCC and WC9
LCC
CF8M and CF8C
6, 8, 12 6, 8, 12 6, 8, 12
-29 to 427 -46 to 343 -46 to 260
-20 to 800 -50 to 650 -20 to 500
WCC
1 to 8
-29 to 427 -20 to 800
WCC
6, 8, 12
-29 to 427 -20 to 800
Angle
Steel SA193-B16 Steel SA194-7
WC9 C12A
1 to 8 1 to 6
-29 to 538 -29 to 510
-20 to 1000 -20 to 950
WC9
6, 8, 12
-29 to 510 -20 to 950
LCC
3 and 4
-46 to 343 -50 to 650
LCC
6, 8, 12
-46 to 343 -50 to 650
N07718 SST (SB637)(1) Steel SA194-7
WC9 C12A
1 to 8 1 to 8
-29 to 566 -29 to 593
-20 to 1050 -20 to 1100
WC9 C12A
6, 8, 12 6, 8, 12
-29 to 566 -29 to 593
-20 to 1050 -20 to 1100
S31600 stainless steel
SA193-B8M Class 2
CF8M
1 to 4
-29 to 427 -20 to 800
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
S31600 stainless steel SA194-8M
S31600 Stainless Steel
SA193-B8M2 Class 2B(3)
- - -
- - -
- - -
CF8M and
- - -
CF8C
6, 8, 12 -198 to 566 -325 to 1050
S31600 Stainless Steel SA194-8M
S20910 SST (SA479-XM-19)(1) Steel SA194-7
CF8M
1 to 4
-198 to 538 -325 to 1000
1. These stud materials are not listed in ASME B16.34. 2. Steel studs and nuts with NCF (non-corroding finish) coating are used with NPS 4 and 6 CF8M valve bodies.
3. Short HP constructions are derated with this bolt material. Consult your Emerson sales office for information.
CF8M and CF8C
6, 8, 12 -198 to 566 -325 to 1050
16
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Table 9. Additional Globe Valve Specifications CL900 through CL1500
VALVE SIZE, NPS
VALVE BODY DESIGN AND PLUG STYLE
FLOW CHARACTERISTIC
PORT DIAMETER
mm Inches
6.4 0.25
HPS Micro-Flute
Equal percentage
9.53 0.375
12.7 0.50
6.4 0.25
Equal percentage
12.7 0.50 19.1 0.75
HPS Micro-Form 1
25.4
1
12.7 0.50
Modified equal percentage
19.1 0.75
25.4
1
22.2 0.875
HPS Micro-Flat
25.4
1
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
25.4
1
HPS Standard
22.2 0.875
6.4 0.25
Equal percentage
12.7 0.50 19.1 0.75
HPS Micro-Form
12.7 0.50 19.1 0.75
Modified equal percentage
25.4
1
31.8 1.25
38.1 1.5
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage) 25.4
1
HPS Micro-Flat
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
15.88 25.4 25.4
0.625 1 1
Equal percentage
47.6 1.875
Modified equal percentage
47.6 1.875
2
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
47.6 1.875
HPS Standard
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1)
47.6
1.875
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage) 25.4
1
Equal percentage
47.6 1.875
Modified equal percentage
47.6 1.875
HPD
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
47.6 1.875
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1)
47.6
1.875
Equal percentage
47.6 1.875
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
47.6 1.875
HPT
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1)
47.6
1.875
Modified equal percentage
47.6 1.875
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage) 44.5 1.750
-continued-
VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm Inches
19
0.75
19
0.75
19
0.75
19
0.75
19
0.75
19
0.75
19
0.75
29 1.125
29 1.125
29 1.125
19
0.75
29 1.125
38
1.5
38
1.5
19
0.75
19
0.75
19
0.75
29 1.125
29 1.125
29 1.125
29 1.125
38
1.5
38
1.5
31.7 1.3
38
1.5
63.5 2.5
29 1.125
38
1.5
38
1.5
VALVE STEM DIAMETER
mm 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1 12.7 12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1 12.7 12.7 12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1 12.7 12.7 12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4
Inches 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4
1/2 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4
1/2 1/2 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2 1/2 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 3/4, 1 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1
38
1.5 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 1/2, 3/4, 1
51
2
19.1
29 1.125 12.7, 19.1
38
1.5
12.7, 19.1
38
1.5
12.7, 19.1
3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4
38
1.5
12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4
29 1.125 12.7, 19.1
38
1.5
12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4
38
1.5
12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4
38
1.5
12.7, 19.1
51
2
12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4
17
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Table 9. Additional Globe Valve Specifications CL900 through CL1500 (continued)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
VALVE BODY DESIGN AND PLUG STYLE
FLOW CHARACTERISTIC
PORT DIAMETER
mm Inches
VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm Inches
Linear
73 2.875 51
2.0
HPS
Modified equal percentage
73 2.875 51
2.0
Whisper III, Level A1, B1
73 2.875 50
2.0
Equal percentage
73 2.875 38
1.5
Modified equal percentage
73 2.875 51
2
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
73 2.875 51
2
HPD
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1, B1)
73 2.875 51
2
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level D3)
47.6 1.875 51
2
3
Equal percentage
73 2.875 38
1.5
Modified equal percentage
73 2.875 51
2
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
73 2.875 51
2
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1, B1)
73 2.875 51
2
HPT
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level D3)
47.6
1.875
51
2
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage) 63.5 2.50
64
2.50
47.6 1.875 64
2.50
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage) 42.86 1.688 64
2.50
47.6 1.875 88.9 3.50
Equal percentage
92.1 3.625 38
1.5
Modified equal percentage
91.4 3.60
51
2
92.1 3.625 51
2
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
91.4 3.60
51
2
92.1 3.625 51
2
HPD
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1, A3, B1, B3, C1, C3)
92.4 3.60
51
2
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1, B3, C3)
92.1 3.625 51
2
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level D3)
73 2.875 51
2
Equal percentage
92.1 3.625 38
1.5
91.4 3.60
51
2
Modified equal percentage
4
92.1 3.625 51
2
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
91.4 3.60
51
2
92.1 3.625 51
2
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1, A3, B1, B3, C1, C3)
92.4 3.60
51
2
HPT
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1, B3, C3)
92.1 3.625 51
2
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level D3)
73 2.875 51
2
91.4 3.60
51
2
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage) 72.39 2.85
76
3
87.3 3.4375 76
3
68.262 2.6875 76
3
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage) 73
2.875
76
3
-continued-
VALVE STEM DIAMETER
mm 19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4
Inches 3/4, 1 3/4, 1 3/4, 1 1/2,3/4,1 1/2,3/4,1 1/2, 3/4, 1
12.7, 19.1, 25.4 1/2, 3/4, 1
12.7, 19.1, 25.4
12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7,19.1,25.4
12.7, 19.1, 25.4
1/2, 3/4, 1
1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2,3/4,1
1/2, 3/4, 1
12.7, 19.1, 25.4
19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4
19.1 19.1 19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4
19.1, 25.4
1/2, 3/4, 1
3/4, 1 3/4, 1
3/4 3/4 3/4, 1 3/4, 1 3/4, 1 3/4, 1 3/4, 1
3/4, 1
19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1
19.1, 25.4
19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4
19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1
3/4, 1 3/4, 1 3/4, 1 3/4, 1 3/4, 1
3/4, 1
19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1
19.1, 25.4
19.1, 25.4 25.4
19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1
3/4, 1 1
3/4, 1 3/4, 1 3/4, 1
18
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Table 9. Additional Globe Valve Specifications CL900 through CL1500 (continued)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
VALVE BODY DESIGN AND PLUG STYLE
FLOW CHARACTERISTIC
PORT DIAMETER
mm Inches
VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm Inches
Equal percentage
136.5 5.375 64
2.50
Modified equal percentage(1)
136.5 5.375 76
3
137.2 5.400 76
3
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
136.5 5.375 76
3
137.2 5.400 76
3
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1, B3, C3)
136.6 5.375
76
3
6
HPD, HPT
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1, A3, B1, B3, C1, C3)
137.2 5.40
76
3
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level D3)
111.1
4.375
76
3
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage) (HPT only)
118.36 4.66 102
4
133.35 5.25 102
4
137.2 5.40
76
3
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage) (HPT only)
100.83 3.97 102
4
115.9 4.5625 102
4
Equal percentage
152.4 6.00 76.2
3
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
152.4 6.00 76.2
3
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1, A3)
152.4 6.00 101.6
4
8
HPD, HPT
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level B1, B3, C1, C3, D3)
152.4 6.00
127
5
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage) 152.4 6.00 127
5
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage) 152.4 6.00 127
5
Equal percentage
177.8 7.00 101.6
4
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
177.8 7.00 101.6
4
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1, A3)
177.8 7.00 101.6
4
10
HPD, HPT
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level B1, B3, C1, C3, D3)
177.8 7.00
127
5
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage) 177.8 7.00 127
5
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage) 177.8 7.00 127
5
-continued-
VALVE STEM DIAMETER
mm 19.1, 25.4, 31.8 19.1, 25.4, 31.8 19.1, 25.4, 31.8 19.1, 25.4, 31.8 19.1, 25.4, 31.8
Inches 3/4, 1, 1-1/4 3/4, 1, 1-1/4 3/4, 1, 1-1/4 3/4, 1, 1-1/4 3/4, 1, 1-1/4
25.4, 31.8
1, 1-1/4
19.1, 25.4, 31.8 3/4, 1, 1-1/4
25.4, 31.8
31.8 19.1, 25.4, 31.8
25.4, 31.8 31.8
19.1, 25.4, 31.8 25.4, 31.8 25.4, 31.8
25.4, 31.8
1, 1-1/4
1-1/4 3/4, 1, 1-1/4
1, 1-1/4 1-1/4
3/4, 1, 1-1/4 1, 1-1/4 1, 1-1/4
1, 1-1/4
25.4, 31.8
25.4, 31.8 25.4, 31.8 25.4, 31.8 25.4, 31.8
25.4, 31.8
1, 1-1/4
1, 1-1/4 1, 1-1/4 1, 1-1/4 1, 1-1/4
1, 1-1/4
25.4, 31.8
25.4, 31.8 25.4, 31.8
1, 1-1/4
1, 1-1/4 1, 1-1/4
19
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Table 9. Additional Globe Valve Specifications CL900 through CL1500 (continued)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
VALVE BODY DESIGN AND PLUG STYLE
FLOW CHARACTERISTIC
PORT DIAMETER
mm Inches
VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm Inches
Equal percentage
203.2 8.00 101.6
4
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
203.2 8.00 101.6
4
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1, A3)
203.2 8.00
127
5
12
HPD, HPT
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level B1, B3, C1, C3, D3)
203.2 8.00 152.4
6
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage) 203.2 8.00 152.4
6
1. The first 75% is equal percentage.
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage) 203.2 8.00 152.4
6
VALVE STEM DIAMETER
mm
Inches
CL900 25.4, 31.8 CL1500 25.4, 31.8, 50.8
CL900 1, 1-1/4 CL1500 1, 1-1/4, 2
CL900 25.4, 31.8 CL1500 25.4, 31.8, 50.8
CL900 1, 1-1/4 CL1500 1, 1-1/4, 2
CL900 25.4,31.8 CL1500 25.4, 31.8, 50.8
CL900 1, 1-1/4 CL1500 1, 1-1/4, 2
CL900 25.4, 31.8 CL1500 25.4, 31.8, 50.8
CL900 1, 1-1/4 CL1500 1, 1-1/4, 2
CL900 25.4, 31.8 CL1500 25.4, 31.8, 50.8
CL900 1, 1-1/4 CL1500 1, 1-1/4, 2
CL900 25.4, 31.8 CL1500 25.4, 31.8, 50.8
CL900 1, 1-1/4 CL1500 1, 1-1/4, 2
20
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Table 10. Globe Valve Specifications for CL2500 through CL3200
VALVE SIZE, NPS
VALVE BODY DESIGN AND PLUG STYLE
FLOW CHARACTERISTIC
PORT DIAMETER
mm Inches
6.4 0.25
HPS Micro-Flute
Equal percentage
9.525 0.375
12.7 0.50
6.4 0.25
1
Equal percentage
HPS Micro-Form
12.7 0.50 19.1 0.75
Modified equal percentage
19.1 0.75
25.4
1
HPS Micro-Flat
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
22.2 0.875
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
25.4
1
HPS Micro-Flute
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
15.875 0.625
25.4
1
6.4 0.25
Equal percentage
12.7 0.5
HPS Micro-Form
19.1 0.75
25.4
1
Modified equal percentage
31.8 1.25
38.1 1.5
Equal percentage
47.6 1.875
Modified equal percentage
47.6 1.875
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
47.6 1.875
2
HPS Standard
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1)
47.6 1.875
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
25.4
1
Equal percentage
47.6 1.875
Modified equal percentage
47.6 1.875
HPD
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
47.6 1.875
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1)
47.6 1.875
Equal percentage
47.6 1.875
Modified equal percentage
47.6 1.875
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
47.6 1.875
HPT
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1)
47.6 1.875
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
44.5 1.75
VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm Inches
19
0.75
19
0.75
19
0.75
19
0.75
19
0.75
19
0.75
29 1.125
29 1.125
38
1.5
38
31.8
38.64
19 19 19 29 29 38 25.4 29 25.4
38
1.5
1.25 1.5, 2.5 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.125 1.125 1.5
1 1.125
1
1.50
51
2
25.4
1
29 1.125
25.4
1
38
1.5
25.4
1
29 1.125
25.4
1
38
1.5
51
2
-continued-
VALVE STEM DIAMETER
mm 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1
Inches 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4
12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4
12.7, 19.1 19.1 19.1
1/2, 3/4 3/4 3/4
12.7
12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4
12.7, 19.1
19.1
12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1
12.7, 19.1
12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1
12.7, 19.1
12.7, 19.1
1/2
1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1
1/2, 3/4
3/4
1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4
1/2, 3/4
1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4
1/2, 3/4
1/2, 3/4
21
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Table 10. Globe Valve Specifications for CL2500 through CL3200 (continued)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
VALVE BODY DESIGN AND PLUG STYLE
FLOW CHARACTERISTIC
PORT DIAMETER
mm Inches
VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm Inches
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
57.15 2.25
38
1.5
Modified equal percentage
57.15 2.25
38
1.5
HPS
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1, A3, B1, B3, C1, C3)
57.15
2.25
38
1.5
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level D3)
35 1.375 51
2
Modified equal percentage
57.15 2.25
38
1.5
3
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
57.15 2.25
38
1.5
Linear (Cage Style:Whisper Trim III, Level A1, A3, B1, B3, C1, C3)
57.15 2.25
38
1.5
HPD, HPT
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level D3)
35 1.375 51
2
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
57.15 2.25
64
2.5
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
35 1.375 64
2.5
HPS
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level D3)
57.15 2.250
51
2.0
Modified equal percentage
73.7 2.90
51
2
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
73.7 2.90
51
2
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1, A3, B1, B3, C1, C3)
73.7
2.90
51
2
4
HPD, HPT
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level D3)
57.15
2.25
51
2
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
73.7 2.90 69.9 2.75
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
57.15 2.25 69.9 2.75
Modified equal percentage
105.9 4.17
76
3
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
105.9 4.17
76
3
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1, A3, B1, B3, C1, C3)
105.9
4.17
76
3
6
HPD, HPT
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level D3)
105.9
4.17
76
3
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
105.9 4.17 95.3 3.75
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
105.9 4.17 95.3 3.75
Equal percentage
139.7 5.50 76.2
3
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
139.7 5.50 76.2
3
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1, A3)
139.7
5.50
101.6
4
8(1)
HPD, HPT
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level B1, B3, C1, C3, D3)
139.7
5.50
127
5
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
139.7 5.50 127
5
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
139.7 5.50 127
5
-continued-
VALVE STEM DIAMETER
mm 19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4
Inches 3/4, 1 3/4, 1
19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1
19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1
19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1
19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1
19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1
19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1 3/4, 1 3/4, 1 3/4, 1
19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1
25.4
1
19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4, 31.8 19.1, 25.4, 31.8 19.1, 25.4, 31.8
3/4, 1 3/4, 1, 1-1/4 3/4, 1, 1-1/4 3/4, 1, 1-1/4
19.1, 25.4, 31.8
3/4, 1, 1-1/4
25.4, 31.8
1, 1-1/4
25.4, 31.8 31.8 31.8 31.8
1, 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
31.8
1-1/4
31.8
1-1/4
31.8
1-1/4
22
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Table 10. Globe Valve Specifications for CL2500 through CL3200 (continued)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
VALVE BODY DESIGN AND PLUG STYLE
FLOW CHARACTERISTIC
PORT DIAMETER
mm Inches
VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm Inches
Equal percentage
165.1 6.50 101.6
4
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
165.1 6.50 76.2
3
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1, A3)
165.1
6.50
101.6
4
10(1)
HPD, HPT
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level B1, B3, C1, C3, D3)
165.1
6.50
127
5
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
165.1 6.50 127
5
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
165.1 6.50 127
5
Equal percentage
190.5 7.50 127
5
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
190.5 7.50 127
5
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1, A3)
190.5
7.50
127
5
12(1)
HPD, HPT
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level B1, B3, C1, C3, D3)
190.5
7.50
152.4
6
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
190.5 7.50 152.4
6
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
190.5 7.50 152.4
6
Equal percentage
215.9 8.50 127
5
Linear (Cage Style: Standard)
215.9 8.50 127
5
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level A1, A3)
215.9
8.50
127
5
14
HPD, HPT
Linear (Cage Style: Whisper Trim III, Level B1, B3, C1, C3, D3)
215.9
8.50
152.4
6
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
215.9 8.50 152.4
6
Linear (Cage Style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
215.9 8.50 152.4
6
1. Includes CL3200 intermediate rating.
VALVE STEM DIAMETER
mm
Inches
31.8
1-1/4
31.8
1-1/4
31.8
1-1/4
31.8
1-1/4
31.8
1-1/4
31.8 32.75, 50.8 32.75, 50.8 32.75, 50.8
1-1/4 1-1/4, 2 1-1/4, 2 1-1/4, 2
32.75, 50.8
1-1/4, 2
32.75, 50.8
1-1/4, 2
32.75, 50.8 32.75, 50.8 32.75, 50.8 32.75, 50.8
1-1/4, 2 1-1/4, 2 1-1/4, 2 1-1/4, 2
32.75, 50.8
1-1/4, 2
32.75, 50.8
1-1/4, 2
32.75, 50.8
1-1/4, 2
23
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Table 11. Globe and Angle Valve Yoke Boss and Valve Stem Diameter Combinations(1)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Stem
STANDARD DIAMETERS
mm
Inches
Yoke Boss
Stem
Yoke Boss
Stem
OPTIONAL DIAMETERS
mm
Yoke Boss
Stem
1
12.7
71
0.5
2-13/16
19.1
90
0.75
2
12.7 19.1
71 90
0.5 0.75
2-13/16 3-9/16
25.4
127
1
12.7
71
0.5
3
19.1
90
0.75
3-9/16
25.4
127
1
4
19.1
90
0.75
3-9/16
25.4
127
1
6
25.4 31.8
127 127
1 1.25
5 5
19.1
71
0.75
6(2)
19.1
90
0.75
3-9/16
25.4
127
1
8(2)
25.4 31.75
127 127
1 1.25
5 5H
19.1
71
0.75
25.4
127
1
8
31.75
127
1.25
5H
50.8
177.8
2
25.4
127
1
10
31.75
127
1.25
5H
50.8
177.8
2
25.4
127
1
12
31.75
127
1.25
5H
50.8
177.8
2
12(2)
31.75
127
1.25
5H
- - -
- - -
- - -
14
31.75
127
1.25
5H
50.8
177.8
2
1. See tables 9, 10, and 12 for valve stem diameters available for specific constructions. 2. Angle valve construction only (HPAD, HPAT).
Inches Yoke Boss 3-9/16
5
2-13/16 5 5
3-9/16
5
3-9/16
5 7 5 7 5 7 - - 7
24
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Table 12. Additional Angle Valve Specifications
VALVE SIZE, NPS
VALVE BODY DESIGN AND PLUG STYLE
FLOW CHARACTERISTIC
HPAS w/Micro-Flute
HPAS w/Micro-Form
Equal percentage
HPAS, equal percentage characterized cage 1
HPAS w/Micro-Form
HPAS
Modified equal
percentage
HPAS w/ Micro-Flat
Linear (cage style: Std)
HPAS
Linear (cage style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
HPAS w/Micro-Flute
HPAS w/Micro-Form
HPAS, equal percentage characterized cage
HPAS HPAT, HPAD
Equal percentage
HPAS w/Micro-Form 2
HPAS, equal percentage characterized cage
Modified equal percentage
HPAS HPAT, HPAD HPAS w/Micro-Flat
HPAS HPAT, HPAD HPAS, HPAT, HPAD
HPAT
HPAS
Linear (cage style: std)
Linear (cage style: std)
Linear (cage style: Whisper III, level A1)
Linear (cage style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
Linear (cage style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
FLOW DIRECTION
Up(2)
Up
PORT DIAMETER
mm Inches
6.4 0.25 9.5 0.375 12.7 0.5
6.4 0.25 12.7 0.5 19.1 0.75 25.4 1
VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm Inches
19 0.75 19 0.75 19 0.75
19 0.75 19 0.75 19 0.75 19 0.75
Down 19.1 0.75 19 0.75
Up Down Down
12.7 0.5 29
19.1 0.75 29
25.4 1
29
19.1 0.75 29
9.5 0.375 19 12.7 0.5 19 19.1 0.75 19
1.125 1.125 1.125
1.125
0.75 0.75 0.75
Down 22.2 0.875 38
1.5
Up(2)
Up
Down Up
Down Up
Down Up
Down
6.4 0.25 19 9.5 0.375 19 12.7 0.5 19
6.4 0.25 19
12.7 0.5 19
19.1 0.75 19
25.4 1
19
31.8 1.25 19
38.1 1.5 29
19.1 0.75 19
25.4 1
19
31.8 1.25 19
38.1 1.5 29
47.6 1.875 29
47.6 1.875 29
12.7 0.5 29
19.1 0.75 29
25.4 1
29
31.8 1.25 29
38.1 1.5 38
19.1 0.75 29
25.4 1
29
31.8 1.25 29
38.1 1.5 38
47.6 1.875 38
47.6 1.875 38
0.75 0.75 0.75
0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.125
0.75 0.75 0.75 1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125
1.5
1.125 1.125 1.125
1.5
1.5
1.5
Down 25.4 1
29 1.125
Up
47.6 1.875 38
1.5
Down 47.6 1.875 38
1.5
Up
47.6 1.875 38
1.5
Down 44.5 1.75 51
2
Down 25.4 1
51
2
VALVE STEM DIAMETER
mm
12.7 12.7 12.7
12.7 12.7 12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1
Inches
1/2 1/2 1/2
1/2 1/2 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4
12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4
12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1
12.7, 19.1
12.7 12.7 19.1
1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4
1/2, 3/4
1/2 1/2 3/4
12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4
12.7 12.7 12.7
12.7 12.7 12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4
12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4
19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4
12.7, 19.1, 25.4
12.7, 19.1
12.7 12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4
12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1, 25.4
19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4
12.7, 19.1, 25.4
12.7, 19.1
1/2 1/2 1/2
1/2 1/2 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1
1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1
3/4, 1 3/4, 1
1/2, 3/4, 1
1/2, 3/4
1/2 3/4 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1
1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1
3/4, 1 3/4, 1
1/2, 3/4, 1
1/2, 3/4
19.1
3/4
12.7, 19.1, 25.4 12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4
12.7, 19.1, 25.4(1) 1/2, 3/4, 1(1)
12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4
19.1
3/4
-continued-
25
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Table 12. Additional Angle Valve Specifications (continued)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
3
4
6 (long)(3)
6 (short)(3)
VALVE BODY DESIGN AND PLUG STYLE HPAT, HPAD
HPAT HPAT, HPAD
HPAT
HPAT, HPAD
HPAT
HPAD, HPAT
FLOW CHARACTERISTIC
FLOW DIRECTION
Equal percentage
Modified equal percentage
Linear (cage style: Std)
Linear (cage style: Whisper III, level A1)
Linear (cage style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
Equal percentage
Modified equal percentage
Linear (cage style: Std)
Linear (cage style: Whisper III, level A1,
B1)
Linear (cage style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
Linear (cage style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
Equal percentage
Modified equal percentage
Linear (cage style: Std)
Linear (cage style: Whisper III, level A1,
A3, B3, C3)
Linear (cage style: Whisper III, level D3)
Linear (cage style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
Linear (cage style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
Linear
Modified Equal Percent
Linear (cage style: Whisper III, level A1, A3, B1, B3, C1, C3)
Linear (cage style: Whisper III, level D3)
Linear (cage style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
Linear (cage style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
Down Down Down
Up Down Down Down Down
Up
Down Down Down Down Down
Up
Up Down Down Down Down
Up
Up Down Down
PORT DIAMETER mm Inches 47.6 1.875 47.6 1.875 47.6 1.875 44.5 1.75 73 2.875
73 2.875
64 2.5 47.6 1.875 92.1 3.625
92.1 3.625
73 2.875 87.3 3.4375 73 2.875
73.7 2.9
57.2 2.25 73.7 2.9 57.2 2.25
VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm Inches
29 1.125
38
1.5
38
1.5
51
2
38
1.5
51
2
64
2.5
64
2.5
38
1.5
51
2
51
2
76
3
76
3
69.9 2.75
50.8 2 69.9 2.75 69.9 2.75
-continued-
VALVE STEM DIAMETER
mm 12.7, 19.1
Inches 1/2, 3/4
12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4
12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4
12.7, 19.1 12.7, 19.1, 25.4
1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4, 1
12.7, 19.1, 25.4 1/2, 3/4, 1
12.7, 19.1, 25.4 1/2, 3/4, 1
12.7, 19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4
1/2, 3/4, 1 3/4, 1
19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1
19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4 19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1 3/4, 1 3/4, 1
19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1
19.1, 25.4 25.4 25.4
3/4, 1 1 1
26
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Table 12. Additional Angle Valve Specifications (continued)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
VALVE BODY DESIGN AND PLUG STYLE
FLOW CHARACTERISTIC
FLOW DIRECTION
PORT DIAMETER
mm Inches
VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm Inches
Equal percentage
Down 136.5 5.375 64
2.5
Modified equal percentage
Down
136.5 5.375 76
3
Linear (cage style: Std) Down
HPAT, HPAD
Linear (cage style:
Whisper III, level A1,
Up
136.5 5.375 76
3
8
A3, B3, C3)
Linear (cage style: Whisper III, level D3)
Up
111.1 4.375 76
3
HPAT
Linear (cage style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
Down 133.4 5.25 102
4
Linear (cage style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
Down 115.9 4.5625 102
4
Linear
Down
8 (short)(3)
HPAD, HPAT
Modified Equal Percent
Linear (cage style: Whisper III, level A1, A3, B1, B3, C1, C3)
Linear (cage style: Whisper III, level D3)
Down Up
105.9 4.17 95.3 3.75
Up
105.9 4.17 76.2
3
Linear (cage style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
Down 105.9 4.17 95.3 3.75
Linear (cage style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
Down 105.9 4.17 95.3 3.75
Linear
Down 165.1 6.5 101.6 4
Modified Equal Percent
Down
Linear (cage style:
12
HPAD, HPAT
Whisper III, level A1, A3, B1, B3, C1, C3,
Up
D3)
165.1 6.5 127
5
Linear (cage style: Cavitrol III, 2-stage)
Down
Linear (cage style: Cavitrol III, 3-stage)
Down
1. Available only with HPAS valves. 2. Micro-Flutes (1 flute and 0.5 inch port 2 flute) may be used flow down in flashing and erosive service.
3. (Long) indicates industry standard long face-to-face. (Short) indicates industry standard short face-to-face.
VALVE STEM DIAMETER
mm 19.1, 25.4, 31.8
Inches 3/4, 1, 1-1/4
19.1, 25.4, 31.8 3/4, 1, 1-1/4
25.4, 31.8
1, 1-1/4
25.4, 31.8 19.1, 25.4, 31.8 19.1, 25.4, 31.8
1, 1-1/4 3/4, 1, 1-1/4 3/4, 1, 1-1/4
19.1, 25.4, 31.8 3/4, 1, 1-1/4
19.1, 25.4, 31.8 25.4, 31.8
19.1, 25.4, 31.8 31.8
3/4, 1, 1-1/4 1, 1-1/4 1, 1-1/4 1, 1-1/4
31.8
1, 1-1/4
27
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Figure 10. Fisher HPS Trim with Micro-Flute Valve Plug
Figure 11. Fisher HPS Trim with Micro-Form Valve Plug
W5816-1
FLOW
Trim Selection Guidelines
NPS 1 through 6 HP Globe Valve, NPS 8 Angle Body Valve
Refer to the following descriptions as a guideline for the selection of appropriate trims.
nTrim 201A-- Trim 201A is the standard trim for carbon steel and alloy steel valve body materials. This trim is recommended for general or severe service applications up to 343_C (650_F) or 427_C (800_F) depending on valve construction. Typical applications for this trim include services in boiler feedwater, water, nonsour hydrocarbons, and steam.
nTrims 202 and 202H-- Trims 202 and 202H are designed for use in high temperature applications up to 566_C (1050_F). Trim 202H includes special tolerances required for larger sized HPD and HPAD constructions, as indicated in table 13, at operating temperatures above 343_C (650_F).
W5817-1
FLOW
nTrim 203-- Trim 203 is the standard trim for stainless steel valve body materials and should only be used with stainless steel valve body materials. This trim meets the metallurgical requirements of NACE MR0175-2002 and can be used in applications up to 593_C (1100_F)
nTrim 204-- Trim 204 is used in sour or moderately corrosive services. This trim meets the metallurgical requirements of NACE MR01752002 and can be used with carbon steel and alloy steel valve body materials.
nTrim 210-- Provides a S31600 CoCr-A hardfaced valve plug, which can be easily weld repaired. The S17400 H1075 cage in this trim also allows it to be used in an HPT or HPAT construction.
nTrim 211-- Trim 211 is the standard trim for C12A valve body materials and should only be used with C12A valve body materials. C12A should only be used when the pressure and temperature capabilities for WC9 valve body materials are not acceptable.
28
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Figure 12. NPS 2 Fisher HPS Trim with Cavitrol III 3-Stage Cage
Figure 14. Fisher HPAS Trim with Micro-Flat Valve Plug
W5818-1
FLOW
Figure 13. Fisher HPD Trim with Whisper Trim III Level D Cage (also available in HPT and HPS)
W6021-1
FLOW
Figure 15. Fisher HPT Trim with Whisper Trim III Level A1 Cage (also available in HPD NPS 2-6 and HPS NPS 2 and 3)
W5951-1
FLOW
W5952-1
FLOW
29
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
C-seal Trim Description
C-seal trim is available for HPD and HPAD valves with port diameters from 2.875 inches through 5.375 inches.
Bore-seal plug seal is formed from metal (N07718 nickel alloy) rather than an elastomer, a valve equipped with the Bore-seal trim can be applied in processes with a fluid temperature of up to 593_C (1100_F).
With C-seal trim, a balanced valve can achieve high-temperature, Class V shutoff. Because the C-seal plug seal is formed from metal (N07718 nickel alloy) rather than an elastomer, a valve equipped with the C-seal trim can be applied in processes with a fluid temperature of up to 593_C (1100_F).
Bore-seal Trim Description
Bore-seal trim is available for HPD valves with port diameters from 5.5 inches through 8.5 inches.
With Bore-seal trim, a balanced valve can achieve high-temperature, Class V shutoff. Because the
Fisher TSO (Tight Shutoff) Trim Capabilities
TSO trim is available for HPS and HPT valves with port diameters as defined in table 5. Also see figure 6 and table 4.
TSO trim consists of a protected soft seat plus PEEK anti-extrusion rings with a spring-loaded PTFE plug seal. Used only in flow down applications, TSO trim offers unparalleled shutoff integrity, resulting in longer plug and seat life. For additional information contact your Emerson sales office.
Table 13. Trim Descriptions
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE
VALVE PLUG
CAGE
SEAT RING
With Standard Cage
201A
S41600 heat-treated
for HP, HPA,
HP (NPS 1-6 CL900 & 1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500)
HPA (NPS 1-8 CL900 &1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500)
Micro-Form (HPA), and flow down HPAS) or
S44004 (440C SST) heat-treated for Micro-Flute and
S17400 (17-4 SST) H1075 heat-treated
Micro-Flat (HPA only)
valve plugs
S41600 heat-treated or
HPA (S44004 heat-treated seat ring
for Micro-Flat S44004 heat-treated
seat and liner)
202
HPD & HPS only (NPS 1-6 CL900 & 1500 & NPS 1
to 2 CL2500) HPAD & HPAS only (NPS 1-8 CL900 & 1500 & NPS
1-2 CL2500)
S31600 (316 stainless steel) with
CoCr-A seat and guide
F22 (Cr-Mo alloy steel)
nitrided
S31600/CoCr-A or
R30006 (Alloy 6) for Micro-Flat valve plugs R30006 seat, liner(3)
202H(4)
HPD NPS 6 CL900 & 1500,
HPAD NPS 8 CL900 & 1500 only
S31600 (316 stainless steel) with
CoCr-A seat and guide
HP (NPS 1-6 CL900 &
203 (NACE)(12)
1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500) HPA (NPS 1-8 CL900 &
S31600 with CoCr-A seat and guide
1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500)
F22 (Cr-Mo alloy steel)
nitrided
S31600/hard Cr coat
S31600/CoCr-A
S31600/CoCr-A or
R30006 (Alloy 6) for Micro-Flat valve plugs R30006 seat, liner(3)
203A (NACE)(12)
HP (NPS 1-6 1500)
S31600 with CoCr-A seat and guide
S31600/Cr plate
S31600/CoCr-A
HP (NPS 1-6 CL900 &
204 (NACE)(12)
1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500) HPA (NPS 1-8 CL900 &
S31600 with CoCr-A seat and guide
1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500)
S17400 Double H1150 heat-treated
S31600/CoCr-A or
R30006 (Alloy 6) for Micro-Flat valve plugs R30006 seat, liner(3)
-continued-
VALVE BODY MATERIAL(1)
WCC
LCC
WC9 WCC LCC WC9 WCC LCC WC9
CF8M
CF8M WCC LCC WC9
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE(2)
_C
_F
-29 to 343(8) -20 to 650(8)
-29 to 343
-20 to 650
-29 to 343(8) -20 to 650(8)
-29 to 427
-46 to 343
-29 to 566 260 to 427 260 to 343 260 to 566
-20 to 800
-50 to 650
-20 to 1050 500 to 800 500 to 650 500 to 1050
-198 to 593(2) -325 to 1100(2)
-198 to 316 -29 to 427 -46 to 343 -29 to 427
-325 to 600 -20 to 800 -50 to 650 -20 to 800
30
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Table 13. Trim Descriptions (continued)
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE
VALVE PLUG
210
211(9)
260 260S(13) 360S(13)
262 262S(13) 362S(13)
HP (NPS 1-6 CL900 &
1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500) S31600 with CoCr-A
HPA (NPS 1-8 CL900 & seat and guide
1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500)
HPD & HPS only (NPS 1-6
CL900 & 1500 & NPS 1
to 2 CL2500)
F91 with CoCr-A
HPAD & HPAS only (NPS seat and guide
1-8 CL900 & 1500 & NPS
1-2 CL2500)
HP (NPS 8-14 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200)
HPA (NPS12)
410/416 SST heat treated
HP (NPS 8-14 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200)
HPA (NPS 12)
410/416 SST heat treated
HP (NPS 3, 4, 6 CL900, 1500, & 2500) HPA (NPS 6 & 8 CL2500)
410/416 SST heat treated
HP (NPS 8-14 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200)
HPA (NPS 12)
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo with CoCr-A
HP (NPS 8-14 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200)
HPA (NPS 12)
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo with CoCr-A
HP (NPS 3, 4, 6 CL900, 1500, & 2500) HPA (NPS 6 & 8 CL2500)
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo with CoCr-A
263 (NACE)(11)(12)
HP (NPS 8-14 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200)
HPA (NPS 12)
S31600 with CoCr-A
263S(13) (NACE)(11)(12)
HP (NPS 8-14 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200)
HPA (NPS 12)
S31600 with CoCr-A
363S(13) (NACE)(11)(12)
HP (NPS 3, 4, 6 CL900, 1500, & 2500) HPA (NPS 6 & 8 CL2500)
S31600 with CoCr-A
CAGE
SEAT RING
With Standard Cage
S17400 H1075
S31600/CoCr-A
F91 ion nitrided
F91 with CoCr-A
S17400 H1075 heat treated
S17400 H1075 heat treated
S17400 H1075 heat treated
S41600 heat treated
S17400 H1075 heat treated
S41600 heat treated
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo Nitrided
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo with CoCr-A
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo Nitrided
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo with CoCr-A
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo Nitrided
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo with CoCr-A
S31600 with Cr plating
S31600 with CoCr-A
S31600 with Cr plating
S31600 with CoCr-A
S31600 with Cr plating
S31600 with CoCr-A
264 (NACE)(11)(12)
HP (NPS 8-14 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200)
HPA (NPS 12)
S31600 with CoCr-A
S31600 with Cr coating
S31600 with CoCr-A
264S(13) (NACE)(11)(12)
HP (NPS 8-14 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200)
HPA (NPS 12)
S31600 with CoCr-A
S31600 with Cr coating
S31600 with CoCr-A
364S(13) (NACE)(11)(12)
HP (NPS 3, 4, 6 CL900, 1500, & 2500) HPA (NPS 6 & 8 CL2500)
265
HP (NPS 14 CL2500)
(NACE)(11)(12)
HPA (NPS 12)
S31600 with CoCr-A
S34700 with CoCr-A
S31600 with Cr coating
S31600 with CoCr-A
S34700 with Cr Coating
S34700 with CoCr-A
-continued-
VALVE BODY MATERIAL(1)
WCC LCC WC9
C12A
WCC, WC9 LCC
WCC, WC9 LCC
WCC, WC9 LCC
WC9, C12A
WC9, C12A
WC9 C12A CF8M, CF8C WCC, WC9 LCC CF8M, CF8C WCC, WC9 LCC CF8M, CF8C WCC, WC9 LCC CF8M, CF8C WCC LCC WC9 CF8M, CF8C WCC LCC WC9 CF8M, CF8C WCC LCC WC9 CF8C
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE(2)
_C
_F
-29 to 427 -46 to 343 -29 to 427
-20 to 800 -50 to 650 -20 to 800
-29 to 593
-20 to 1100
-29 to 427 -46 to 343 -29 to 427 -46 to 343 -29 to 427 -46 to 343
-29 to 566
-20 to 800 -50 to 650 -20 to 800 -50 to 650 -20 to 800 -50 to 650
-20 to 1050
-29 to 566
-20 to 1050
-29 to 566
-20 to 1050
-29 to 593
-198 to 316 -29 to 316 -46 to 316 -198 to 316 -29 to 316 -46 to 316 -198 to 316 -29 to 316 -46 to 316 -198 to 593 -29 to 399 -46 to 343 -29 to 427 -198 to 593 -29 to 399 -46 to 343 -29 to 427 -198 to 593 -29 to 427 -46 to 343 -29 to 454
-198 to 593
-20 to 1100
-325 to 600 -20 to 600 -50 to 600 -325 to 600 -20 to 600 -50 to 600 -325 to 600 -20 to 600 -50 to 600 -325 to 1100(14) -20 to 750(15) -50 to 650 -20 to 800(15) -325 to 1100(14) -20 to 750(15) -50 to 650 -20 to 800(15) -325 to 1100(16) -20 to 800(17) -50 to 650(18) -20 to 850(17)
-325 to 1100(14)
31
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Table 13. Trim Descriptions (continued)
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE
VALVE PLUG
CAGE
SEAT RING
265S(13) (NACE)(11)(12)
HP (NPS 14 CL2500) HPA (NPS 12)
S34700 with CoCr-A
With Standard Cage
S34700 with Cr Coating
S34700 with CoCr-A
365S(13) (NACE)(11)(12)
HP (NPS 3, 4, 6 CL900, 1500, & 2500) HPA (NPS 6 & 8 CL2500)
S34700 with CoCr-A
S34700 with Cr Coating
S34700 with CoCr-A
HP (NPS 1-6 CL900,
1500 & NPS 1-2
S17400/tungsten
TC1
CL2500)
carbide insert for
HPA (NPS 1-8 CL900, seat & contour (10)
1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500)
R30006
S17400/Tungsten carbide insert for seat & bore
TC2
HP (NPS 1-6 CL900, 1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500)
HPA (NPS 1-8 CL900,
S32550/tungsten
carbide insert for seat & contour (10)
1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500)
R30006
S32550/tungsten carbide insert for seat
& bore
TC3
HP (NPS 1-6 CL900, 1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500)
HPA (NPS 1-8 CL900, 1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500)
N07718/tungsten
carbide insert for seat & contour (10)
R30006
N07718/tungsten carbide insert for seat
& bore
v 1/4 inch Port:
R30006 or R30016
> 1/4 inch, < 3 inch
HP (NPS 1-6
Port: S31803 with
751
CL900 & 1500)
CoCr-A seat and
S31803/Cr Pl
S31803/CoCr A
guide
w 3 inch Port:
S31803/Ultimet
v 1/4 inch Port:
R30006 or R30016
> 1/4 inch, < 3 inch
HP (NPS 1-6
Port: S32760 with
752
CL900 & 1500)
CoCr-A seat and
S32760/Cr Pl
S32760/CoCr A
guide
w 3 inch Port:
S32760/Ultimet
With Cavitrol III Cage
215A
HP (NPS 1-6 CL900 &
1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500) HPA (NPS 1-8 CL900 &
S44004 heat-treated
S17400 H1075 heat-treated
1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500)
S42000 or
S44004 heat-treated for CAV III Micro-Flat
only
215B(6)
HP (NPS 1-6 CL900 &
1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500) HPA (NPS 1-8 CL900 &
S44004 heat-treated
S17400 H1075 heat-treated
1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500)
S42000 or
S44004 heat-treated for CAV III Micro-Flat
only
206 (NACE)(5)
HP (NPS 1-6 CL900 & 1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500)
HPA (NPS 1-8 CL900 & 1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500)
S31600 with CoCr-A seat and guide
S17400 Double H1150 heat-treated
S31600/CoCr-A
306S(13) (NACE)(5)
HP (NPS 3, 4, 6 CL900, 1500, & 2500) HPA (NPS 6 & 8 CL2500)
S31600 with CoCr-A S17400 Double seat and guide H1150 heat-treated
S31600/CoCr-A
-continued-
VALVE BODY MATERIAL(1)
CF8C CF8C
WCC, WC9
CF8M, CD3MN, CD3MWCuN
CW6MC
CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
WCC LCC WC9 WCC LCC WC9 WCC LCC WC9 WCC, WC9 LCC CF8M, CF8C
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE(2)
_C
_F
-198 to 593 -325 to 1100(14)
-198 to 593 -325 to 1100(16)
-29 to 232
-20 to 450
-29 to 93
-20 to 200
-29 to 232
-20 to 450
-51 to 316
-60 to 600
-51 to 316
-60 to 600
-29 to 343(8)
-20 to 650(8)
-29 to 343(8)
-20 to 650(8)
-29 to 343 -46 to 343 -29 to 343 -29 to 316 -46 to 316 -29 to 316
-20 to 650 -50 to 650 -20 to 650 -20 to 600 -50 to 600 -20 to 600(20)
32
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Table 13. Trim Descriptions (continued)
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE
VALVE PLUG
275 275S(13) 375S(13)
276 276S(13)
275
HP (NPS 8-14 CL900, 1500, 2500, &
3200)HPA (NPS 12 CL2500)
HP (NPS 8-14 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200)
HPA (NPS 12 CL2500)
HP (NPS 3, 4, 6 CL900, 1500, & 2500) HPA (NPS 6 &
8 CL2500)
HP (NPS 8-14 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200)
HPA (NPS 12 CL2500)
HP (NPS 8-14 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200)
HPA (NPS 12 CL2500)
S42000 heat treated S42000 heat treated S42000 heat treated S44004 heat treated S44004 heat treated
HP (NPS 8-12 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200) S42000 heat treated
CAGE
SEAT RING
With Cavitrol III Cage
S17400 H1075 heat treated
S17400 H1075 heat treated
S17400 H1075 heat treated
S42000 heat treated
S17400 H1075 heat treated
S42000 heat treated
S17400 H1075 heat treated
S17400 H1075 heat treated
S17400 H1075 heat treated
S42000 heat treated
S17400 H1075 heat treated
S17400 H1075 heat treated
276 753 754
207A 307S(13)
HP (NPS 8-12 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200)
S44004 heat treated
S17400 H1075 heat treated
S17400 H1075 heat treated
HP (NPS 1-6 CL900 & 1500)
HP (NPS 1-6 CL900 & 1500)
v 1/4 inch Port: R30006 or R30016 > 1/4 inch, < 3 inch Port: S31803 with CoCr-A seat and guide
w 3 inch Port: S31803/Ultimet
v 1/4 inch Port: R30006 or R30016 > 1/4 inch, < 3 inch Port: S32760 with CoCr-A seat and guide
w 3 inch Port: S32760/Ultimet
HP (NPS 1-6 CL900 & 1500 & NPS 1-2
CL2500) HPA (NPS 1-8 CL900 & S41600 heat-treated
1500 & NPS 1-2
CL2500)
HP (NPS 3, 4, 6
CL900, 1500, &
2500)
S41600 heat-treated
HPA (NPS 6 & 8
CL2500)
S32760
S31803/CoCr A
S32760
S32760/CoCr A
With Whisper Trim III Cage
S17400 H1075 heat-treated
S41600 heat-treated
S17400 H1075 heat-treated
S41600 heat-treated
-continued-
VALVE BODY MATERIAL(1)
WCC, WC9 LCC
CF8M, CF8C WCC, WC9
LCC CF8M, CF8C WCC, WC9
LCC CF8M, CF8C WCC, WC9
LCC CF8M, CF8C WCC, WC9
LCC CF8M, CF8C WCC, WC9
LCC CF8M WCC, WC9 LCC CF8M
CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
WCC LCC WC9
WCC, WC9
LCC
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE(2)
_C
_F
-29 to 427 -46 to 343 -29 to 232 -29 to 427 -46 to 343 -29 to 232 -29 to 427 -46 to 343 -29 to 343 -29 to 427 -46 to 343 -29 to 232 -29 to 427 -46 to 343 -29 to 232 -29 to 427 -46 to 343 -29 to 232 -29 to 427 -46 to 343 -29 to 232
-20 to 800 -50 to 650 -20 to 450 -20 to 800 -50 to 650 -20 to 450 -20 to 800 -50 to 650 -20 to 650(19) -20 to 800 -50 to 650 -20 to 450 -20 to 800 -50 to 650 -20 to 450 -20 to 800 -50 to 650 -20 to 450 -20 to 800 -50 to 650 -20 to 450
-51 to 316(7) -60 to 600(7)
-51 to 316(7) -60 to 600(7)
-29 to 343(8) -20 to 650(8)
-29 to 427 -46 to 343
-20 to 800 -50 to 650
33
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Table 13. Trim Descriptions (continued)
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE
VALVE PLUG
CAGE
SEAT RING
207B
HP (NPS 1-6 CL900 & 1500 & NPS 1-2 S41600 heat-treated CL2500
208 208H(4) 209 (NACE)(5) 212(9)
HPD & HPS only (NPS 1-6 CL900 & 1500 & NPS 1 to 2 CL2500) HPAD & HPAS (NPS 1-8 CL900 & 1500 &
NPS 1-2 CL2500)
HPD (NPS 6 CL900 & 1500)
HPAD (NPS 8 CL900 & 1500 only)
HP (NPS 1-6 CL900 & 1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500)
HPA (NPS 1-8 CL900 & 1500 & NPS 1-2 CL2500)
HPD & HPS only (NPS 1-6 CL900 & 1500 & NPS 1 to 2 CL2500) HPAD & HPAS only
(NPS 1-8 CL900 & 1500 & NPS 1-2
CL2500)
S31600 with CoCr-A seat and guide
S31600 with CoCr-A seat and guide
S31600 with CoCr-A seat and guide
F91 with CoCr-A seat and guide
286A
HP (NPS 8-14 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200)
410/416 SST heat treated
286S(13)
HP (NPS 8-14 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200)
HPA (NPS 12 CL2500)
410/416 SST heat treated
287 287S(13) 387S(13)
HP (NPS 8-14 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200)
HPA (NPS 12 CL2500)
HP (NPS 8-14 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200)
HPA (NPS 12 CL2500)
HP (NPS 3, 4, 6 CL900, 1500, &
2500) HPA (NPS 6 & 8
CL2500)
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo with CoCr-A
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo with CoCr-A
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo with CoCr-A
288 288S(13)
HP (NPS 8-14 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200)
HPA (NPS 12 CL2500)
HP (NPS 8-14 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200)
HPA (NPS 12 CL2500)
9 Cr - 1 Mo - V with CoCr-A
9 Cr - 1 Mo - V with CoCr-A
With Whisper Trim III Cage
S17400 H1075 heat-treated
S31600/CoCr-A
F22 (Cr-Mo alloy steel)
nitrided
S31600/CoCr-A
F22 (Cr-Mo alloy steel)
nitrided
S31600/CoCr-A
S17400 Double H1150 heat-treated
S31600/CoCr-A
F91 ion nitrided
F91 with CoCr-A
S17400 H1075 heat treated
S17400 H1075 heat treated
S17400 H1075 heat treated
S41600 SST heat treated
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo Nitrided
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo with CoCr-A
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo Nitrided
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo with CoCr-A
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo Nitrided
2.25 Cr - 1 Mo with CoCr-A
With Whisper Trim III Cage
9 Cr - 1 Mo - V Nitrided
9 Cr - 1 Mo - V with CoCr-A
9 Cr - 1 Mo - V Nitrided
9 Cr - 1 Mo - V with CoCr-A
-continued-
VALVE BODY MATERIAL(1)
WCC LCC WC9 WCC LCC WC9 WCC LCC WC9 WCC LCC WC9
C12A
WCC, WC9 LCC
WCC, WC9 LCC WC9 LCC
WC9
WC9
C12A LCC
C12A
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE(2)
_C
_F
-29 to 427 -29 to 343 -29 to 427 -29 to 427
-46 to 343
-29 to 566 -29 to 427 -46 to 343 -29 to 566 -29 to 343
-46 to 343
-29 to 343
-20 to 800 -20 to 650 -20 to 800 -20 to 800
-50 to 650
-20 to 1050 -20 to 800 -50 to 650 -20 to 1050 -20 to 650
-50 to 650
-20 to 650
-29 to 593
-20 to 1100
-29 to 427 -46 to 343 -29 to 427
-46 to 343
-29 to 566
-46 to 343
-20 to 800 -50 to 650 -20 to 800
-50 to 650
-20 to 1050
-50 to 650
-29 to 566
-20 to 1050
-29 to 566
-20 to 1050
-29 to 566 -46 to 343
-20 to 1100 -50 to 650
-29 to 566
-20 to 1100
34
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Table 13. Trim Descriptions (continued)
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE
VALVE PLUG
CAGE
SEAT RING
VALVE BODY MATERIAL(1)
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE(2)
_C
_F
With Whisper Trim III Cage
388S(13)
HP (NPS 3, 4, 6 CL900, 1500, & 2500) HPA (NPS 6 &
8 CL2500)
9 Cr - 1 Mo - V with CoCr-A
9 Cr - 1 Mo - V Nitrided
9 Cr - 1 Mo - V with CoCr-A
C12A
-29 to 566
-20 to 1100
289 (NACE)(5)
HP (NPS 8-14 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200)
HPA (NPS 12 CL2500)
S31600 with CoCr-A
S17400 Double H1150 heat treated
S17400 Double H1150 heat treated
with CoCr-A
WCC, WC9, CF8M, CF8C
LCC
-29 to 260 -46 to 260
-20 to 500 -50 to 500
289S(13) (NACE)(5)
HP (NPS 8-14 CL900, 1500, 2500, & 3200)
HPA (NPS 12 CL2500)
S31600 with CoCr-A
S17400 Double H1150 heat treated
S31600 with CoCr-A
WCC, WC9, CF8M, CF8C
LCC
-29 to 260 -46 to 260
-20 to 500 -50 to 500
389S(13) (NACE)(5)
751
752
HP (NPS 3, 4, 6 CL900, 1500, &
2500) HPA (NPS 6 & 8
CL2500)
HP (NPS 1-6 CL900 & 1500)
HP (NPS 1-6 CL900 & 1500)
S17400 Double S31600 with CoCr-A H1150 heat treated S31600 with CoCr-A
v 1/4 inch Port: R30006 or R30016 > 1/4 inch, < 3 inch Port: S31803 with CoCr-A seat and guide
w 3 inch Port: S31803/Ultimet
v 1/4 inch Port: R30006 or R30016 > 1/4 inch, < 3 inch Port: S32760 with CoCr-A seat and guide
w 3 inch Port: S32760/Ultimet
S31803/Cr Pl S32760/Cr Pl
S31803/CoCr A S32760/CoCr A
WCC, WC9 LCC
CF8M, CF8C CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
-29 to 316 -46 to 316 -29 to 316
-20 to 600 -50 to 600 -20 to 600(21)
-51 to 316
-60 to 600
-51 to 316
-60 to 600
1. If using valve body/trim combinations other than those listed, consult your Emerson sales office. 2. Temperatures above 538_C (1000_F) require a non-standard CF8M body material (CF8M to FMS 20B16). 3. For HPA valves.
4. Trims 202H and 208H have valve plug tolerances for high temperature service and are used in place of trims 202 and 208 for the constructions listed when operating temperatures exceed 343_C (650_F). 5. NACE MR0175-2002.
6. Trim 215B has a S31600 valve stem instead of the standard S20910 material. 7. NPS 1 2 stage and NPS 2 3 stage HPS can be used at temperatures up to 343_C (650_F). 8. NPS 1 and 2 can be used at temperatures up to 427_C (800_F). 9. Trims 211 and 212 use S41000 stem instead of the standard S20910 material. S41000 is limited to 538_C (1000_F). For temperatures greater than 538_C (1000_F), S42200 stem is used. 10. Use with Micro-Form trim in HPS, Micro-Form and Micro-Flat in HPAS valves.
11. Not available with bore seal.
12. NACE MRO175-2002, 2003, and NACE MRO103.
13. Separate seat and cage design trim. 14. NPS 12 angle limited to -198 to 510_C (-325 to 950_F). 15. NPS 12 angle limited to -29 to 371_C (-20 to 700_F). 16. NPS 6 CL2500 globe and NPS 6 angle limited to -198 to 482_C (-325 to 900_F). NPS 8 angle limited to -198 to 371_C (-325 to 700_F). 17. NPS 6 CL2500 globe limited to -29 to 343_C (-20 to 650_F). NPS 8 angle limited to 29 to 315_C (-20 to 600_F). 18. NPS 8 angle limited to -45 to 173_C (-50 to 600_F). 19. NPS 6 globe CL1500 and CL2500 limited to -29 to 232_C (-20 to 450_F). NPS 6 angle limited to -29 to 260_C (-20 to 500_F). NPS 8 angle limited to -29 to 176_C (-20 to 350_F). 20. NPS 6 globe CL1500 and CL2500 limited to -29 to 260_C (-20 to 500_F). NPS 6 angle limited to -29 to 287_C (-20 to 550_F). NPS 8 angle limited to -29 to 176_C (-20 to 350_F). 21. NPS 6 globe and angle CL1500 and CL2500 limited to -29 to 287_C (-20 to 550_F). NPS 8 angle limited to -45 to 287_C (-50 to 350_F).
35
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Table 14. Flowing Pressure Drop Limits for NPS 6 (Long)(1) HPD and HPT Valves (Without Cavitrol III or Whisper Trim III Cage)
FLOW MEDIA
STEM DIAMETER, mm (INCHES)
Bar Flow Down
MAXIMUM FLOWING PRESSURE DROP
PSI
Flow Up
Flow Down
19 (3/4)
103
- - -
1500
All except
25.4 (1)
172
boiler
31.8 (1-1/4)
259
feedwater
51.8 x 31.8(2)
(2 x 1-1/4)
259
- - -
2500
- - -
3750
259
3750
31.8 (1-1/4)
69
Boiler feedwater
51.8 x 31.8(2) (2 x 1-1/4)
138
- - -
1000
259
2000
1. (Long) indicates industry standard long face-to-face. 2. Requires 31.8 mm (1-1/4 inch) S20910 stem with 52.8 mm (2-inch) plug-to-stem connection.
Flow Up - - - - - - -
3750
- - -
3750
PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR, DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR, DIFFERENTIAL
Figure 16. Pressure-Temperature Limits for Trim Material Combinations (also refer to table 7)
-29 0
FLUID TEMPERATURE,
_C 200
400
600
-29 0
FLUID TEMPERATURE,
_C 200
400
600
6000
400
6000
400
5000
5000
300
300
4000
4000
3000
201, 207
200
2000
100 1000
0 -20 200 400
1 10
600 800 1000 1200
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
3000 2000 1000
202,208
202H,
200
208H
100
0
10
-20 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
650
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
3
-40 0
FLUID TEMPERATURE,
_C 200
400
600
-40 0
FLUID TEMPERATURE,
_C 200
400
600
-73 0
FLUID TEMPERATURE,
_C 200
400
600
6000
5000 204, 209
4000
3000
400
6000
210
400
6000
400
5000 300
4000
200
3000
5000
LIMIT FOR
3-STAGE
300
4000
300
203
LIMIT FOR 2-STAGE 4 200
3000
211 212
200
2000
2000
2000
206
1000
206
100 1000
100
100
1000
215
5
0
10
0
10
0
10
-40 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
-40
200 400 600 800 1000 1200
-100 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
C0746-5
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
SOUR SERVICE APPLICATIONS (NACE) 2
Notes: 1 Use trim 207B in NPS 3, 4, 6 HP and NPS 4, 6, 8 HPA above 343_C (650_F). 2 NACE MR0175-2002. 3 Be especially careful to specify service temperature if trim 202 or 208 is selected, as different thermal expansion rates require special plug clearances. 4 The limit for 2-stage NPS 1 and 2 valves is 2160 psig. For NPS 3 to 6 valves the limit is 1800 psig. 5 Use trim 215 up to 427_C (800_ F) for NPS 1 and 2.
PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR, DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR, DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE DROP, PSI PRESSURE DROP, BAR, DIFFERENTIAL
36
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Figure 17. Pressure-Temperature Limits for Standard Window Cage (also refer to table 7)
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
LIMITS FOR NPS 8, 10, 12 CL900 HP WITH STD TRIM 260, 262, 263, 264
2500 STD, FLOWING dP SHUTOFF dP
2000
1500 1000
50
TRIM 263
TRIM 262
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
1200
TRIM 264 LCC BODY TRIM 264 WCC BODY TRIM 260, 264 WC9 BODY TRIM 264 CF8M BODY
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
LIMITS FOR NPS 8, 10, 12 CL1500 HP WITH STD TRIM 260, 262, 263, 264
4000 STD, SHUTOFF dP
3500 STD, FLOWING dP
3000
2500
2000 1500
TRIM 263
1000 500
TRIM 262
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
TRIM 264 LCC BODY TRIM 264 WCC BODY TRIM 260, 264 WC9 BODY TRIM 264 CF8M BODY
1200
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
LIMITS FOR NPS 8, 10, 12 CL2500 HP WITH STD TRIM 260, 262, 263, 264
7000 STD, SHUTOFF dP
6000
5000
4000 STD, FLOWING dP
3000 2000
TRIM 263
1000
TRIM 262
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
1200
TRIM 264 LCC BODY TRIM 264 WCC BODY TRIM 260. 264 WC9 BODY TRIM 264 CF8M BODY
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
LIMITS FOR NPS 8, 10, 12 CL3200 HP WITH STD TRIM 260, 262, 263, 264
9000 STD, SHUTOFF dP
8000
7000
6000
5000
TRIM 263
4000
STD, FLOWING dP
3000
2000
TRIM 262
1000
0 0
200
400
600
800
1000
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
TRIM 264 LCC BODY TRIM 264 WCC BODY TRIM 260. 264 WC9 BODY TRIM 264 CF8M BODY
1200
4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500
0 0
LIMITS FOR NPS 3 CL2500 HPS WITH STD TRIM 360S, 362S, 363S, 364S, 365S
STD, SHUTOFF dP
STD, FLOWING dP
TRIM 363S
TRIM 362S
200
400
600
800
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
1000
TRIM 360S & 364S LCC BODY TRIM 360S & 364S WCC BODY TRIM 364S WC9 BODY TRIM 364S CF8M BODY & 365S CF8C BODY
1200
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
37
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Figure 18. Pressure-Temperature Limits for Cavitrol III Cage (also refer to table 7)
PRESSURE DROP, PSI TRIM 275, 276 WITH CF8M BODY
TRIM 275, 276 WITH LCC BODY TRIM 275, 276 WITH WCC OR WC9 BODY
PRESSURE DROP, PSI TRIM 275, 276 WITH CF8M BODY
TRIM 275, 276 WITH LCC BODY TRIM 275, 276 WITH WCC OR WC9 BODY
LIMITS FOR NPS 8, 10, 12 CL900 HP WITH CAV III TRIM 275, 276
2500 CAV III SHUTOFF dP, 3-STAGE FLOWING dP
2000
1500 2-STAGE FLOWING dP
1000
50
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
1200
LIMITS FOR NPS 8, 10, 12 CL1500 HP WITH CAV III TRIM 275, 276
4000 CAV III SHUTOFF dP 3500
3-STAGE 3000 FLOWING dP
2500
2000
1500 1000
2-STAGE FLOWING dP
500
0 0
200
400
600
800
1000
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
1200
PRESSURE DROP, PSI TRIM 275, 276 WITH CF8M BODY
TRIM 275, 276 WITH LCC BODY TRIM 275, 276 WITH WCC OR WC9 BODY
PRESSURE DROP, PSI TRIM 275, 276 WITH CF8M BODY
TRIM 275, 276 WITH LCC BODY TRIM 275, 276 WITH WCC OR WC9 BODY
LIMITS FOR NPS 8, 10, 12 CL2500 HP WITH CAV III TRIM 275, 276
7000
CAV III SHUTOFF dP 6000
5000
4000 3-STAGE
FLOWING dP 3000
2000 2-STAGE FLOWING dP
1000
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
1200
LIMITS FOR NPS 8, 10, 12 CL3200 HP WITH CAV III TRIM 275, 276
9000 8000 CAV III SHUTOFF dP
7000
6000
5000
4000 3-STAGE FLOWING dP
3000
2000
2-STAGE FLOWING dP
1000
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
1200
38
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Figure 19. Pressure-Temperature Limits for Whisper III A, B, C Cage (also refer to table 7)
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
TRIM 289 TRIM 286A WITH LCC BODY TRIM 286A WITH WCC OR WC9 BODY TRIM 287 WITH WC9 BODY TRIM 288 WITH C12A BODY
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
LIMITS FOR NPS 8, 10, 12 CL900 HP WITH WHISPER III LEVEL A, B, C TRIM 286A, 287, 288, 289 2500 WIII SHUTOFF dP WIII A, B, C, 2000 FLOWING dP
1500
1000
50
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
LIMITS FOR NPS 8, 10, 12 CL1500 HP WITH WHISPER III LEVEL A, B, C TRIM 286A, 287, 288, 289
4000 WIII SHUTOFF dP
3500
WIII A, B, C, FLOWING dP
3000
TRIM 289 TRIM 286A WITH LCC BODY TRIM 286A WITH WCC OR WC9 BODY TRIM 287 WITH WC9 BODY TRIM 288 WITH C12A BODY
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0 0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
TRIM 289 TRIM 286A WITH LCC BODY TRIM 286A WITH WCC OR WC9 BODY TRIM 287 WITH WC9 BODY TRIM 288 WITH C12A BODY
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
7000 6000
LIMITS FOR NPS 8, 10, 12 CL2500 HP WITH WHISPER III LEVEL A, B, C TRIM 286A, 287, 288, 289
WIII SHUTOFF dP WIII A, B, C, FLOWING dP
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0 0
200
400
600
800
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
1000
1200
LIMITS FOR NPS 8, 10, 12 CL3200 HP WITH WHISPER III LEVEL A, B, C TRIM 286A, 287, 288, 289
9000 WIII SHUTOFF dP
8000
7000 WIII A, B, C,
6000 FLOWING dP
5000
TRIM 289 TRIM 286A WITH LCC BODY TRIM 286A WITH WCC OR WC9 BODY TRIM 287 WITH WC9 BODY TRIM 288 WITH C12A BODY
4000
3000 2000
1000
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
LIMITS FOR NPS 3 CL2500 HPS WITH WHISPER III LEVEL A, B, C TRIM 307S, 387S, 388S, 389S
4000 3500
WIII SHUTOFF & FLOWING dP 1" STEM
3000
TRIM 389S TRIM 307S WITH WCC OR WC9 BODY TRIM 387S WITH WC9 BODY TRIM 388S WITH C12A BODY
2500 WIII SHUTOFF & FLOWING dP 3/4" STEM
2000
1500 1000
500
0 0
200
400
600
800
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
1000
1200
39
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Figure 20. Pressure-Temperature Limits for Whisper III D Cage (also refer to table 7)
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
TRIM 289 TRIM 286A WITH LCC BODY TRIM 286A WITH WCC OR WC9 BODY TRIM 287 WITH WC9 BODY TRIM 288 WITH C12A BODY
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
LIMITS FOR NPS 8, 10, 12 CL900 HP WITH WHISPER III LEVEL D TRIM 286A, 287, 288, 289
2500 WIII SHUTOFF dP, WIII D FLOWING dP
2000
1500 1000
50
0 0
200
400
600
800
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
1000
LIMITS FOR NPS 8, 10, 12 CL1500 HP WITH WHISPER III LEVEL D TRIM 286A, 287, 288, 289
4000 WIII SHUTOFF dP,
WIII D TRIM 286A, 3500 289 FLOWING dP
3000 WIII D TRIM
2500
287, 288 FLOWING dP
2000
1500
TRIM 289 TRIM 286A WITH LCC BODY TRIM 286A WITH WCC OR WC9 BODY TRIM 287 WITH WC9 BODY TRIM 288 WITH C12A BODY
1000 500
1200
0 0
200
400
600
800
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
1000
1200
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
TRIM 289 TRIM 286A WITH LCC BODY TRIM 286A WITH WCC OR WC9 BODY TRIM 287 WITH WC9 BODY TRIM 288 WITH C12A BODY
PRESSURE DROP, PSI
7000 6000
LIMITS FOR NPS 8, 10, 12 CL2500 HP WITH WHISPER III LEVEL D TRIM 286A, 287, 288, 289
WIII SHUTOFF dP, WIII D TRIM 286A, 289 FLOWING dP
5000
WIII D TRIM 287, 4000 288 FLOWING dP
3000
2000 1000
0 0
200
400
600
800
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
1000
1200
TRIM 289 TRIM 286A WITH LCC BODY TRIM 286A WITH WCC OR WC9 BODY TRIM 287 WITH WC9 BODY TRIM 288 WITH C12A BODY
LIMITS FOR NPS 8, 10, 12 CL3200 HP WITH WHISPER III LEVEL D TRIM 286A, 287, 288, 289
9000 WIII SHUTOFF dP
8000
7000 WIII D TRIM 286A, 289
6000 FLOWING dP
5000 WIII D TRIM
4000 287, 288 FLOWING dP
3000
2000
1000
0 0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
PRESSURE DROP, PSI TRIM 389S
TRIM 307S WITH WCC OR WC9 BODY TRIM 387S WITH WC9 BODY TRIM 388S WITH C12A BODY
PRESSURE DROP, PSI TRIM 389S TRIM 307S WITH WCC OR WC9 BODY TRIM 387S WITH WC9 BODY TRIM 388S WITH C12A BODY
4000 3500 3000 2500 2000
LIMITS FOR NPS 3 CL2500 HPS WITH WHISPER III LEVEL D TRIM 307S, 387S, 388S, 389S
WIII D3 SHUTOFF & FLOWING dP 1" STEM
WIII D3 SHUTOFF & FLOWING dP 3/4" STEM
4000 3500 3000 2500 2000
1500
1500
1000
1000
500
0 0
200
400
600
800
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
1000
1200
500
0 0
LIMITS FOR NPS 4 CL2500 HPS WITH WHISPER III LEVEL D TRIM 307S, 387S, 388S, 389S
WIII D3 SHUTOFF & FLOWING dP 1" STEM
WIII D3 SHUTOFF & FLOWING dP 3/4" STEM
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
FLUID TEMPERATURE, _F
40
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Table 15. Globe Valve Dimensions with Standard/Style 1 Extension Bonnet
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CL900 RF RTJ
A(1) ASME
CL1500 BWE SWE RF
EN PN160 PN250 RTJ
mm
1
292 292 292 292 292 292 269 277
2
375 378 375 375 375 378 344 360
3
442 445 460 - - - 460 464 442 460
4x3 460 463 460 - - - 479 482 - - - - - -
4
511 514 530 - - - 530 533 511 530
6x4 544 547 530 - - - 598 604 - - - - - -
6
714 718 768 - - - 768 775 714 768
8x6 730 733 768 - - - 787 797 - - - - - -
CL2500
1
- - - - - - 318 318 318 318 - - - - - -
2
- - - - - - 400 400 413 416 - - - - - -
CL900
CL1500
PN160 PN250
Inches
1
11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 10.58 10.90
2
14.75 14.88 14.75 14.75 14.75 14.88 13.56 14.18
3
17.38 17.50 18.12 - - - 18.12 18.25 17.38 18.12
4x3 18.12 18.25 18.12 - - - 18.88 19.00 - - - - - -
4
20.12 20.25 20.88 - - - 20.88 21.00 20.12 20.88
6x4 21.44 21.56 20.88 - - - 23.56 23.81 - - - - - -
6
28.12 28.25 30.25 - - - 30.25 30.50 28.12 30.25
8x6 28.75 28.88 30.25 - - - 31.00 31.38 - - - - - -
CL2500
1
- - - - - - 12.50 12.50 12.50 12.50 - - - - - -
2
- - - - - - 15.75 15.75 16.25 16.38 - - - - - -
1. RF-raised-face flanges; RTJ-ring-type joint flanges; BWE-buttweld ends; SWE-socketweld ends.
Table 16. Globe Valve Dimensions with Standard/Style 1 Extension Bonnet
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CL900 RF RTJ
B(1) ASME
CL1500 BWE SWE RF
EN PN160 PN250 RTJ
mm
1
146 146 146 146 146 146 134 138
2
187 189 187 187 187 189 172 180
3
221 222 230 - - - 230 232 192 202
4x3 212 214 209 - - - 222 223 - - - - - -
4
229 230 238 - - - 238 240 218 232
6x4 249 250 238 - - - 276 279 - - - - - -
6
310 311 337 - - - 337 340 298 316
8x6 317 319 336 - - - 345 350 - - - - - -
CL2500
1
- - - - - - 159 159 159 159 - - - - - -
2
- - - - - - 200 200 206 208 - - - - - -
CL900
CL1500
PN160 PN250
Inches
1
5.75 5.75 5.75 5.75 5.75 5.75 5.29 5.45
2
7.38 7.44 7.38 7.38 7.38 7.44 6.78 7.09
3
8.69 8.75 9.06 - - - 9.06 9.12 7.54 7.94
4x3 8.38 8.44 8.25 - - - 8.75 8.81 - - - - - -
4
9.00 9.06 9.38 - - - 9.38 9.44 10.75 9.13
6x4 9.81 9.88 9.38 - - - 10.88 11.00 - - - - - -
6 12.19 12.25 13.25 - - - 13.25 13.38 11.72 12.43
8x6 12.5 12.56 13.25 - - - 13.62 13.81 - - - - - -
CL2500
1
- - - - - - 6.25 6.25 6.25 6.25 - - - - - -
2
- - - - - - 7.88 7.88 8.12 8.19 - - - - - -
1. RF-raised-face flanges; RTJ-ring-type joint flanges; BWE-buttweld ends; SWE-socketweld ends.
41
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Table 17. Globe Valve Dimensions with Standard Bonnet
STANDARD BONNETS
VALVE SIZE, NPS
D
G
Yoke Boss Diameters, mm (Inches)
71 (2-13/16)
90 (3-9/16)
127 (5)
mm
CL900 and 1500
1
52
260
267
- - -
2 Std,
Whisper III,
77
261
Cavitrol III 3-Stage
267
331
2, Cavitrol III 2-Stage 77
279
286
344
4x3, 3
121
322
6x4, 4 (long)(1)
175
- - -
8x6, 6 (long)(1)
248
- - -
311
370
300
368
365
402
CL2500
1
63
35
35
- - -
2 Std,
Whisper III,
84
303
Cavitrol III 3-Stage
303
352
2, Cavitrol III 2-Stage 84
320
320
40
Inches
CL900 and 1500
1
2.06
10.25
10.50
- - -
2 Std,
Whisper III,
3.06
Cavitrol III 3-Stage
10.31
10.56
13.06
2, Cavitrol III 2-Stage 3.06
11.00
11.25
13.56
4x3, 3
4.75
6x4, 4 (long)(1)
6.88
8x6, 6 (long)(1)
9.75
12.69 - - - - -
12.25 11.81 14.38
14.56 14.50 15.81
CL2500
1
2.47
10.07
10.07
- - -
2 Std,
Whisper III,
3.31
Cavitrol III 3-Stage
11.91
11.91
13.85
2, Cavitrol III 2-Stage 3.31
12.59
12.59
14.53
1. (Long) indicates industry standard long face-to-face.
Table 18. Globe Valve Dimensions with Extension Bonnet
EXTENSION BONNETS (CL900 AND 1500)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
D
G
Yoke Boss Diameters, mm (Inches)
71 (2-13/16)
90 (3-9/16)
127 (5)
mm
1
52
384
400
- - -
2 Std,
Whisper III,
77
430
Cavitrol III 3-Stage
446
505
2, Cavitrol III 2-Stage 77
448
464
518
Inches
1
2.06
15.12
15.75
- - -
2 Std,
Whisper III,
3.06
Cavitrol III 3-Stage
16.94
17.56
19.88
2, Cavitrol III 2-Stage 3.06
17.62
18.25
20.38
42
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Table 19. Globe Valve Dimensions A and B with Standard Bonnet
VALVE SIZE, NPS
A
CL900
CL1500
RF RTJ BWE RF RTJ BWE
mm 4 (short)(1) 464 467 406 483 486 406 6 (short)(1) 600 603 559 692 698 559
8
781 784 653 838 848 685
10
864 867 762 991 1001 822
12
1016 1019 914 1130 1146 989
4 (short)(1) 6 (short)(1)
Inches 18.27 18.39 15.98 23.62 23.74 22.01
19.02 27.24
19.13 15.98 27.48 22.01
8
30.75 30.87 25.71 32.99 33.39 26.97
10
34.02 34.13 30.00 39.02 39.41 32.36
12
40.00 40.12 35.98 44.49 45.12 38.94
VALVE SIZE, NPS
B
CL900
CL1500
RF RTJ BWE RF RTJ BWE
mm 4 (short)(1) 232 233.5 203 241.5 243 203 6 (short)(1) 300 301.5 282 340 343 282
8
402.0 403.5 349.0 431.0 436.0 370.0
10
457.5 459.0 406.5 521.0 526.0 436.5
12
559.0 560.5 503.0 616.0 624.0 536.0
Inches 4 (short)(1) 9.13 9.2 8 9.51 9.6 8 6 (short)(1) 11.81 11.9 11.1 13.39 13.5 11.1
8
15.83 15.89 13.74 16.97 17.17 14.57
10
18.01 18.07 16.00 20.51 20.71 17.19
12
22.01 22.07 19.80 24.25 24.57 21.10
1. (Short) indicates industry standard short face-to-face.
VALVE SIZE, NPS
3 4 6 8 10 12 14
3 4 6 8 10 12 14
VALVE SIZE, NPS
3 4 6 8 10 12 14
3 4 6 8 10 12 14
A
CL2500
RF RTJ BWE RF
mm
498 504 381 - - -
575 585 457 - - -
819 832 610 - - -
1022 1038 762 - - -
1270 1292 1016 - - -
1321 1343 1118 - - -
- - - - - - 1300 - - -
Inches
19.61 19.84 15.00 - - -
22.64 23.03 17.99 - - -
32.24 32.76 24.02 - - -
40.24 40.87 30.00 - - -
50.00 50.87 40.00 - - -
52.01 52.87 44.02 - - -
- - - - - - 51.18 - - -
B
CL2500
RF RTJ BWE RF
mm
249 252 190.5 - - -
290 295 228.5 - - -
422 428.5 317.7 - - -
530.0 538.0 393.0 - - -
685.8 696.8 559.0 - - -
694.8 705.8 575.0 - - -
- - - - - - 680 - - -
Inches
9.8 9.92 7.5 - - -
11.42 11.61 9
- - -
16.61 16.87 12.5 - - -
20.87 21.18 15.47 - - -
27.00 27.43 22.01 - - -
27.35 27.79 22.64 - - -
- - - - - - 26.77 - - -
CL3200 RTJ BWE
--- ----- ----- --- - - 840 - - - 1016 - - - 1118 --- ---
--- ----- ----- --- - - 33.07 - - - 40.00 - - - 44.02 --- ---
CL3200 RTJ BWE
--- ----- ----- --- - - 435.0 - - - 526.0 - - - 575.0 --- ---
--- ----- ----- --- - - 17.13 - - - 20.71 - - - 22.64 --- ---
43
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Table 20. Globe Valve Dimensions G and D with Standard Bonnet
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CL900
G
CL1500
CL2500
CL3200
CL900
D
Yoke Boss Diameters, mm (inch)
90 (3 9/16)
127 (5)
CL1500
CL2500
CL900
CL1500
mm
3
- - -
- - -
120.4
- - -
- - -
- - -
401
- - -
- - -
4 (short)(1)
102.8
102.8
136.8
- - -
379
405
430
417
443
6 (short)(1)
130.9
141.1
204.7
- - -
392
411
475
479
524
8
259.6
281.0
314.2
311.2
- - -
- - -
- - -
547.1
547.1
10
312.5
332.0
370
390
- - -
- - -
- - -
556.2
565
12
355
377.1
418.0
408
- - -
- - -
- - -
618.3
653.1
14
- - -
- - -
397
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
Inches
3 4 (short)(1) 6 (short)(1)
- - 4.05 5.15
- - 4.05 5.56
4.74 5.39 8.06
- - -
- - -
- - -
15.77
- - -
- - -
- - -
14.92
15.95
16.93
16.42
17.45
- - -
15.42
16.17
18.7
18.87
20.63
8
10.22
11.06
12.37
12.25
- - -
- - -
- - -
21.54
21.54
10
12.30
13.07
14.57
15.35
- - -
- - -
- - -
21.9
22.24
12
13.98
14.85
16.46
16.06
- - -
- - -
- - -
24.34
25.71
14
- - -
- - -
15.63
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CL900
127 (5H)
CL1500
CL2500
D Yoke Boss Diameters, mm (inch)
CL3200
CL900
178 (7)
CL1500
CL2500
mm
3
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4 (short)(1)
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
6 (short)(1)
479
524
475
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
8
547.1
547.1
620
- - -
- - -
- - -
620
10
556.2
565
647.4
- - -
- - -
- - -
647.4
12
618.3
653.1
662.7
745.8
- - -
653.1
662.7
14
- - -
- - -
747
- - -
- - -
- - -
747
Inches
3
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
12.17
4 (short)(1)
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
19.33
6 (short)(1)
18.87
20.63
18.7
- - -
- - -
- - -
18.58
8
21.54
21.54
24.41
- - -
- - -
- - -
24.41
10
21.9
22.24
25.49
- - -
- - -
- - -
25.49
12
24.34
25.71
26.09
29.36
- - -
25.71
26.09
14
- - -
- - -
29.41
- - -
- - -
- - -
29.45
1. (Short) indicates industry standard short face-to-face.
CL2500
439 468 475 - - - - - - - - -
17.27 18.42 18.7
- - - - - - - - -
CL3200
- - - - - - 647.3 734.3 745.8 - - -
- - - - - - 25.48 28.91 29.36 - - -
44
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Figure 21. Globe Valve Dimensions with Standard Bonnet (also see tables 15, 16, 17, and 18)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
MATCH LINE FOR 585C SERIES ACTUATORS AND TYPE 657, 667 SIZE 100 ACTUATORS
MATCH LINE FOR ALL OTHER ACTUATORS
25.4 (1.00)
FLANGED VALVE WITH 71 OR 90 mm (2-13/16 OR 3-9/16 INCH) DIAMETER YOKE BOSS
A5700A-3
BUTTWELD END VALVE WITH 71 OR 90 mm (2-13/16 OR 3-9/16 INCH) DIAMETER YOKE BOSS
TYPICAL NPS 1, 2, AND 3
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
mm (INCHES)
127mm (5-INCH) DIAMETER YOKE BOSS FOR USE WITH ALL VALVES
MATCH LINE FOR 585C SERIES ACTUATORS AND TYPE 657, 667 SIZE 100 ACTUATORS
MATCH LINE FOR ALL OTHER ACTUATORS
25.4 (1.00)
FLANGED VALVE WITH 71 OR 90 mm (2-13/16 OR 3-9/16 INCH) DIAMETER YOKE BOSS
A2719A-4
BUTTWELD END VALVE WITH 71 OR 90 mm (2-13/16 OR 3-9/16 INCH) DIAMETER YOKE BOSS
TYPICAL NPS 4, AND 6
127mm (5-INCH) DIAMETER YOKE BOSS FOR USE WITH FLANGED OR BUTTWELD VALVE
mm (INCHES)
NOTE: For dimensions of valves with other end connections, consult your Emerson sales office.
45
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Figure 21. Globe Valve Dimensions with Standard Bonnet (also see tables 15, 16, 17, and 18) (continued)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
BUTTWELD END VALVE WITH 5H DIAMETER YOKE BOSS
FLANGED VALVE WITH 5H DIAMETER YOKE BOSS
TYPICAL NPS 8, 10, AND 12
NOTE: For dimensions of valves with other end connections, consult your Emerson sales office.
Figure 22. Dimensions D for Style 1 Extension Bonnet (A, B, and G Dimensions Listed in Figure 21 Do Not Change When Extension Bonnet is Used) (also see table 19)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
MATCH LINE FOR 585C SERIES ACTUATORS
MATCH LINE FOR ALL OTHER ACTUATORS
25.4
D
(1.00)
D
127 mm (5-INCH) DIAMETER YOKE BOSS FOR STYLE 1 EXTENSION BONNET
G
B A
FLANGED VALVE WITH STYLE 1 EXTENSION BONNET HAVING 71 OR 90 mm
(2-13/16 OR 3-9/16 INCH) DIAMETER YOKE BOSS
A5701A-2
mm (INCHES)
46
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
Table 21. Angle Valve Dimensions with Standard/Style 1 Extension Bonnet
STANDARD BONNETS
VALVE SIZE, NPS
71 (2-13/16) CL900 and 1500 CL2500
D
Yoke Boss Diameters, mm (Inches)
90 (3-9/16)
127 (5)
CL900 and 1500 CL2500 CL900 and 1500
mm
1
230
204
238
210
- - -
2 Std,
Whisper III, Cavitrol III
227
240
233
229
297
3-Stage
2
Cavitrol III
244
257
251
246
314
2-Stage
3
259
- - -
265
- - -
329
4
289
- - -
278
- - -
337
6
- - -
- - -
300
396
368
8
- - -
- - -
364
414
401
12
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
Inches
1
9.06
8.04
9.38
8.28
- - -
2 Std,
Whisper III,
8.94
9.45
9.19
9.00
11.69
Cavitrol III
3-Stage
2
Cavitrol III
9.62
10.13
9.88
2-Stage
9.69
12.38
3
10.19
- - -
10.44
- - -
12.94
4
11.38
- - -
10.94
- - -
13.25
6
- - -
- - -
11.81
15.59
14.50
8
- - -
- - -
14.34
16.31
15.77
12
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
CL2500
- - -
288
305 - - - - 434 414 - - -
- - -
11.32
12.01 - - - - -
17.09 16.31
- - -
127 (5H) CL900 and 1500 CL2500
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
414
- - -
516
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
16.31
- - -
20.32
VALVE SIZE, NPS
1 2 Std, Whisper III, Cavitrol III 3-Stage
2 Cavitrol III 2-Stage
1 2 Std, Whisper III, Cavitrol III 3-Stage
2 Cavitrol III 2-Stage
71 (2-13/16) CL900 and 1500
354
CL2500 373
EXTENSION BONNETS
D
Yoke Boss Diameters, mm (Inches)
90 (3-9/16)
CL900 and 1500
CL2500
mm
371
388
395
- - -
411
- - -
413 13.94 15.56
- - 14.67
- - -
429 Inches
14.62
16.19
- - 15.28
- - -
16.25
- - -
16.88
- - -
127 (5) CL900 and 1500
CL2500
- - -
- - -
470
- - -
487
- - -
- - -
- - -
18.50
- - -
19.19
- - -
47
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Table 22. Angle Valve Dimensions with Standard/Style 1 Extension Bonnet
VALVE SIZE, NPS
G
A
CL2500
SWE
SWE
ASME
CL900
RF
RTJ
BWE
A & G(1)
CL1500
SWE
RF
mm
1
141
102
141
141
141
141
141
2
184
124
178
179
178
178
178
3
- - -
- - -
226
227
235
- - -
235
4
- - -
- - -
273
275
273
- - -
273
6
- - -
- - -
325
327
353
- - -
353
8
- - -
- - -
387
389
416
- - -
416
Inches
1
5.56
4.00
5.56
5.56
5.56
5.56
5.56
2
7.25
4.88
7.00
7.06
7.00
7.00
7.00
3
- - -
- - -
8.88
8.94
9.25
- - -
9.25
4
- - -
- - -
10.75
10.81
10.75
- - -
10.75
6
- - -
- - -
12.81
12.88
13.88
- - -
13.88
8
- - -
- - -
15.25
15.31
16.38
- - -
16.38
1. RF--raised-face flanges; RTJ--ring-type-joint flanges; BWE--buttweld ends; SWE--socketweld ends.
RTJ
141 179 237 275 356 421
5.56 7.06 9.31 10.81 14.00 16.56
EN
PN160
PN250
130
134
163
170
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
5.10
5.26
6.40
6.71
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
Figure 23. Angle Valve Dimensions with Standard/Style 1 Extension Bonnet (also see tables 21 and 22)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
A6018A-1
FLANGED VALVE WITH 71 OR 90 mm (2-13/16 OR 3-9/16 INCH)
DIAMETER YOKE BOSS
FLANGED VALVE WITH STYLE 1 EXTENSION BONNET HAVING 71 OR 90 mm (2-13/16 OR 3-9/16 INCH) DIAMETER YOKE BOSS
1 For CL900 and 1500 valves, G = A. For CL2500 valves, see table 22 for the G dimension. Note: For dimensions of valves with other end connections, consult your Emerson sales office.
48
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
49
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
50
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Valve
D101635X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
51
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP December 2020
HP Valve
D101635X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, WhisperFlo, Cavitrol, Whisper Trim, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E521991, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Cryogenic Valves
D104174X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP Cryogenic September 2020
FisherTM HP Cryogenic Sliding-Stem Control Valves
Fisher HP cryogenic valves are high-pressure, single-port, globe-style valves featuring stainless steel construction materials and fabricated extension bonnets. The HPT-C valve is a balanced design, whereas the HPS-C valve is an unbalanced design. These cryogenic valves are designed to provide throttling or on/off control of liquids and gases at cryogenic temperatures as low as -198_C (-325_F).
When required, these rugged valves can reliably provide tight shutoff for special applications within the chemical and hydrocarbon processing industries, such as certain liquefied natural gas services.
The HPT-C valve with pressure-balanced trim allows smooth control at high pressure drops in a cryogenic environment.
HP Cryogenic Valves
nHPT-C: These valves use a balanced valve plug with ultra high molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWPE) seal ring for excellent shutoff at low temperature. Different cage/plug styles provide particular flow characteristics for highly-specialized applications. Available flow characteristics are J equal percentage, J linear, and J modified equal percentage.
nHPS-C: These valves use an unbalanced valve plug and provide excellent shutoff. Interchangeable, restricted-capacity trims and full-sized trims match a variety of process flow demands for highly-specialized applications. Available flow characteristics include J equal percentage, J linear, and J modified equal percentage.
X1367
FISHER HP-C VALVE WITH 657 ACTUATOR
Features
nCryogenic Spring-Loaded Seal Ring--The seal ring and associated valve parts in the HPT-C valve is specifically designed and manufactured for excellent performance at low temperatures.
nStable Control--Rugged cage guiding in the HPT-C and HPS-C valves stabilizes the valve plug at all points in its travel to reduce vibration, mechanical noise, and the need for hydraulic snubbers.
nCost Effective Operation and Economical Maintenance--Increased wear resistance of hardened stainless steel trim means long-lasting service. Balanced valve plug construction in the HPT-C valve permits use of spring and diaphragm Fisher actuators.
(continued on page 3)
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP Cryogenic September 2020
HP Cryogenic Valves
D104174X012
Specifications
Available Configurations(1) and Valve Sizes
HPT-C: Single-port, globe-style control valve with cage-guiding, balanced valve plug, and push-down-to-close valve plug action (figure 1 and 2) HPS-C: Single-port, globe-style control valve with cage-guiding, unbalanced valve plug, and push-down-to-close valve plug action (figure 3)
Valve Sizes
HPS-C: J NPS 1 to 3 (CL900 and CL1500) J NPS 1 to 2 (CL2500) HPT-C: J NPS 4 through 12 (CL900 and CL1500)
End Connections Styles(1)
CL900, 1500, and 2500 raised-face and ring-type-joint flanges per ASME B16.5. Buttweld end connection per ASME B16.25. PN160 and PN250 flanges per EN1092-1.
Maximum Inlet Pressure(1)
Consistent with CL900, 1500, and 2500 pressure/temperature ratings per ASME B16.34
Construction Materials
Valve Body and Bonnet: CF8M Body-bonnet Bolting: See table 2 Bonnet Bushing: S31600/filled PTFE Spiral Wound Gasket: N06600/graphite Packing Studs and Nuts: J S31600 SST, J B7, J B8M Class 2, and J B7M Seal Ring (HPT-C): J UHMWPE with R30003 spring, J Modified PTFE with R30003 spring Back-Up Ring (HPT-C): S31600 (316 SST) Retaining Ring (HPT-C): J S30200 (302 SST), J 18-8 SST Packing Follower, Lantern Ring, Packing Spring(3) and Packing Box Ring: S31600 SST
Material Temperature Capabilities(1)
HPT-C: -198 to 66_C (-325 to 150_F) HPS-C: -198 to 316_C (-325 to 600_F)
Bonnet Extension Length
See figure 5 and tables 8 and 9 for standard valve dimensions
Maximum Pressure Drop(1)
Consistent with CL900, 1500, and 2500 pressure/temperature ratings per ASME B16.34
Flow Coefficients and Noise Level Prediction See Fisher Catalog 12
Trim Material See table 1
Shutoff Classifications per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
HPT-C and HPS-C Metal Seat: nClass IV is standard nClass V Air Test is optional (Test will be at 50 psid air) (2) Cryogenic Leak Test: Class C (optional)
Maximum Actuator Thrust See table 4
Flow Characteristics HPT-C and HPS-C J Equal percentage, J linear, J modified equal percentage
Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, Yoke Boss, and Stem Diameters
See tables 5, 6, and 7
Packing Arrangements
Standard Material J Single PTFE V-ring. See figures 1 and 3 Optional Material J Double PTFE V-ring and J Graphite ribbon/filament ENVIRO-SEALTM Packing Systems Packing Material: J PTFE V-ring and J Graphite ULF. See figure 4. Also see Fisher bulletin 59.1:061, ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Packing System for Sliding-Stem Valves (D101633X012)
Options
Flow Direction
HPT-C: Normally flow down for linear and equal percentage trims. Flow up for Whisper TrimTM HPS-C: Normally flow up
HPT-C: J Whisper Trim III and WhisperFloTM trim for aerodynamic noise attenuation, and J CavitrolTM III cages for liquid cavitation protection are available. Contact your Emerson sales office for information HPS-C: J Micro-Flute and J Micro-Flow trim
1. Do not exceed the pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable code limits 2. Class V shutoff cannot be performed with water. The residual trapped moisture from testing with water can cause valve and trim damages from the ice crystals formed at below freezing service temperatures. 3. A spring is used only with PTFE V-ring packing. Lantern rings replace the spring in other packing arrangements.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Cryogenic Valves
D104174X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP Cryogenic September 2020
Features (continued)
nPiping Economy--Expanded end connections on NPS 4 and 6 HP valves may reduce the need for line swages. while accommodating oversized piping arrangements used to limit fluid flow velocities.
nCryogenic Design Features--The stainless steel valve body and bonnet with fabricated extension are designed to meet low temperature requirements. The unique metal-to-metal seat design provides repeatable tight shutoff, reducing maintenance costs.
nRugged Metal Seat--The metal-to-metal seat is designed and manufactured to provide long-lasting, reliable, tight shutoff at both ambient and cryogenic temperatures without the need for periodic lapping. This reduces the need for soft seats, even in applications with stringent shutoff requirements.
nThoroughly Tested--Extensive cryogenic testing during the development of the valve design reduces the need for expensive cold testing for most applications, which results in quicker delivery and greater value.
nFugitive Emission Protection--The optional ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems provide an improved stem seal to help prevent the loss of valuable or hazardous process fluids, and keep emissions below the EPA limit of 100 ppm. Additionally, these live-loaded packing systems can provide long life and reliability at low temperatures to help reduce maintenance costs and downtime.
nEasy Maintenance--Quick-change trim, with a clamped-in seat ring, reduces the disassembly/ assembly time. The valve body can stay in the pipeline during removal of trim parts for inspection or maintenance.
nSour Service Capability--For NACE applications, consult your Emerson sales office.
nSmooth Control at High Pressure Drops--HPT-C available on NPS 4 through 12, balanced trim provides smooth control at high pressure drops.
nExtension Bonnet--Standard Style III extension bonnet to meet the low temperature requirements. Optional drip plate and special designs for cold box are available for different applications.
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HPT-C and HPS-C Typical Trim Material . . . . . . . . . 4 Bolting Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Approximate Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Maximum Allowable Actuator Thrust . . . . . . . . . . . 8
HPS-C CL900/1500 Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, Stem and Yoke Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
HPS-C CL2500 Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, Stem and Yoke Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
HPT-C Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, Stem and Yoke Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP Cryogenic September 2020
HP Cryogenic Valves
D104174X012
Table 1. Fisher HPT-C and HPS-C Typical Trim Material
Valve
Trim
Design Construction
Valve Plug
Valve Backup Stem Ring
219
HPT-C HPS-C
220 223(1)
221 222
S31600 with CoCr-A seat and guide
316 SST S20910
- - -
1. Trim construction only available for NPS 8 through 12.
Cage Retainer
- - S31600/ Chrome Plate
- - -
Cage
S31600/ Chrome Plate
S31600
S31600/ Chrome Coat
Seat Ring S31600 S31600 with CoCr-A seat
- - -
S31600 S31600 with CoCr-A seat
Table 2. Bolting Material
VALVE
VALVE SIZE, NPS
RATING
HPS-C
1 to 3 1 and 2
CL900 and 1500 CL2500
HPT-C
4 and 6 8 to 12
CL900 CL1500
CL900 and 1500
1. Short HP constructions are derated with this bolt material. Consult your Emerson sales office for information.
BODY-BONNET BOLTING
Studs
Nuts
SA-193-B8M Strain Hardened
SA-194-8M
S20910/Chrome Coat
S20910
SA-193-B8M Strain Hardened
SA-194-8M
S20910/Chrome Coat
S20910
SA-193-B8M Strain Hardened
SA-194-8M
S20910/Chrome Coat
S20910
S20910/Chrome Coat
S20910
SA-193-B8M2(1)
SA-194-8M(1)
Table 3. Approximate Weights (Valve and Bonnet Assemblies)
VALVE
VALVE SIZE, NPS
RATING
CL900 and 1500
1
CL2500
HPS-C
CL900 and 1500
2
CL2500
CL900
3
CL1500
4 (long)(1)
CL900 CL1500
6 (long)(1)
CL900 CL1500
HPT-C
CL900
8
CL1500
CL900
10
CL1500
CL900 12
CL1500
1. (Long) indicates industry standard long face-to-face.
kg 51 55 81 113 135 138 240 258 521 567 809 999 1087 1560 1349 1953
Flange
END CONNECTION
lb 113 120 178 249 296 304 527 568 1147 1248 1779 2198 2392 3432 2967 4296
kg 48 44 61 84 - - 106 - - 211 - - 465 644 781 887 1193 1044 1425
SWE, BWE
lb 105 96 135 184 - - 233 - - 464 - - 1023 1417 1718 1951 2625 2297 3134
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Cryogenic Valves
D104174X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP Cryogenic September 2020
Figure 1. Fisher HPT-C Valve Assembly Detail NPS 4 and 6
PACKING FLANGE
PACKING FOLLOWER
PACKING SPRING
PACKING BOX RING
BODY-BONNET BOLTING
BONNET GASKET
VALVE PLUG
A-A
FLOW
PACKING STUDS AND NUTS
UPPER WIPER
PTFE V-RING PACKING (STANDARD ARRANGEMENT)
VIEW A-A
RETAINING RING BACKUP RING
SEAL RING
STEM
BUSHING RETAINER
EXTENSION BONNET
CAGE
SEAT RING
SEAT RING GASKET
VALVE BODY
X1352
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP Cryogenic September 2020
HP Cryogenic Valves
D104174X012
Figure 2. Fisher HPT-C Valve Assembly Detail NPS 8 through 12
PACKING FLANGE
PACKING STUDS AND NUTS
PACKING FOLLOWER
WASHER PACKING SPRING
PACKING BOX RING
UPPER WIPER PTFE V-RING PACKING (STANDARD ARRANGEMENT)
STEM
VIEW A-A
RETAINING RING
BACKUP RING
SEAL RING
BODY-BONNET BOLTING
BONNET GASKET
VALVE PLUG
CAGE GASKETS
A-A
BUSHING RETAINER
CAGE RETAINER GASKET
EXTENSION BONNET CAGE RETAINER
INTEGRATED CAGE / SEAT RING
FLOW
SEAT RING GASKET
VALVE BODY
GH10750
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Cryogenic Valves
D104174X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP Cryogenic September 2020
Figure 3. Fisher HPS-C Valve Assembly Detail NPS 1 through 3
PACKING FLANGE
PACKING FOLLOWER PTFE V-RING PACKING (STANDARD ARRANGEMENT) PACKING BOX RING
BUSHING RETAINER BONNET GASKET
FLOW
X1353-1
PACKING STUDS AND NUTS UPPER WIPER
ACTUATOR LOCKNUT PACKING SPRING
STEM
BODY-BONNET BOLTING
EXTENSION BONNET
CAGE
VALVE PLUG
SEAT RING SEAT RING GASKET
VALVE BODY
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP Cryogenic September 2020
HP Cryogenic Valves
D104174X012
Table 4. Maximum Allowable Thrust for Style III Bonnet Extension Length
VALVE HPS-C
HPT-C
VALVE SIZE 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
STEM DIAMETER
mm
Inch
12.7
1/2
19.1
3/4
12.7
1/2
19.1
3/4
25.4
1
19.1
3/4
25.4
1
19.1
3/4
25.4
1
25.4
1
31.8
1 1/4
25.4
1
31.8
1 1/4
25.4
1
31.8
1 1/4
25.4
1
31.8
1 1/4
50.8
2
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STEM LOAD FOR S20910 STEM MATERIAL
N
lb
15413
3465
45176
10156
16458
3700
46738
10507
95130
21386
48873
10987
89956
20223
48055
10803
89956
20223
83382
18745
139185
31290
83840
18848
139741
31415
77662
17459
133393
29988
80446
18085
136280
30637
378326
85051
Table 5. Fisher HPS-C CL900 and 1500 Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, Stem and Yoke Diameters
VALVE SIZE, NPS
FLOW CHARACTERISTIC
VALVE BODY DESIGN AND PLUG STYLE
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inches
VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm Inches
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
mm
Inches
VALVE STEM DIAMETER
mm
Inches
6.4
0.25 19 0.75
71
2-13/16
12.7
1/2
Equal
HPS
12.7
0.5 19 0.75
71
2-13/16
12.7
1/2
percentage
w/Micro-Form
1
19.1
0.75 19 0.75 71, 90 2-13/16, 3-9/16 12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4
Modified Equal
HPS
19.1
0.75 29 1.125 71, 90 2-13/16, 3-9/16 12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4
percentage
w/Micro-Form
25.4
1
29 1.125 71, 90 2-13/16, 3-9/16 12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4
Equal percentage
HPS w/Micro-Form
HPS
6.4
0.25 19 0.75
71
2-13/16
12.7
1/2
12.7
0.5 19 0.75
71
2-13/16
12.7
1/2
19.1
0.75 19 0.75 71, 90 2-13/16, 3-9/16 12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4
47.6
1.875 29
1.125
71, 90, 127
2-13/16, 3-9/16, 5
12.7, 19.1, 25.4
1/2, 3/4, 1
Linear
HPS
47.6
1.875 38
1.5
71, 90, 127
2-13/16, 3-9/16, 5
12.7, 19.1, 25.4
1/2, 3/4, 1
2
25.4
1
29
1.125
71, 90, 127
2-13/16, 3-9/16, 5
12.7, 19.1, 25.4
1/2, 3/4, 1
Modified Equal
HPS w/Micro-Form
31.8
1.25
29
1.125
71, 90, 127
2-13/16, 3-9/16, 5
12.7, 19.1, 25.4
1/2, 3/4, 1
percentage
38.1
1.5 38
1.5
71, 90, 127
2-13/16, 3-9/16, 5
12.7, 19.1, 25.4
1/2, 3/4, 1
HPS
47.6
1.875 38
1.5
71, 90, 127
2-13/16, 3-9/16, 5
12.7, 19.1, 25.4
1/2, 3/4, 1
Equal percentage
38 1.5 90, 127
3-9/16, 5
19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1
3
Linear
HPS
73
2.875
90, 127
3-9/16, 5
19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1
Modified Equal percentage
51
2
90, 127
3-9/16, 5
19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Cryogenic Valves
D104174X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP Cryogenic September 2020
Table 6. Fisher HPS-C CL2500 Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, Stem and Yoke Diameters
VALVE SIZE, NPS
FLOW CHARACTERISTIC
VALVE BODY DESIGN AND PLUG STYLE
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inches
VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm Inches
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
mm
Inches
VALVE STEM DIAMETER
mm
Inches
6.4
0.25 19 0.75
71
2-13/16
12.7
1/2
Equal
HPS
12.7
0.5 19 0.75
71
2-13/16
12.7
1/2
percentage
w/Micro-Form
1
19.1
0.75 19 0.75 71, 90 2-13/16, 3-9/16 12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4
Modified Equal
HPS
19.1
0.75 29 1.125 71, 90 2-13/16, 3-9/16 12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4
percentage
w/Micro-Form
25.4
1
29 1.125 71, 90 2-13/16, 3-9/16 12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4
Equal percentage
HPS w/Micro-Form
HPS
6.4
0.25 19 0.75
71
2-13/16
12.7
1/2
12.7
0.5 19 0.75
71
2-13/16
12.7
1/2
19.1
0.75 19 0.75 71, 90 2-13/16, 3-9/16 12.7, 19.1
1/2, 3/4
47.6
1.875 25.4
1
71, 90, 127
2-13/16, 3-9/16, 5
12.7, 19.1, 25.4 1/2, 3/4, 1
Linear
HPS
47.6
1.875 25.4
1
71, 90, 127
2-13/16, 3-9/16, 5
12.7, 19.1, 25.4 1/2, 3/4, 1
2
25.4
1
29
1.125
71, 90, 127
2-13/16, 3-9/16, 5
12.7, 19.1, 25.4 1/2, 3/4, 1
Modified Equal
HPS w/Micro-Form
31.8
1.25
29
1.125
71, 90, 127
2-13/16, 3-9/16, 5
12.7, 19.1, 25.4 1/2, 3/4, 1
percentage
38.1
1.5 38
1.5
71, 90, 127
2-13/16, 3-9/16, 5
12.7, 19.1, 25.4 1/2, 3/4, 1
HPS
47.6
1.875 29
1.125
71, 90, 127
2-13/16, 3-9/16, 5
12.7, 19.1, 25.4 1/2, 3/4, 1
Table 7. Fisher HPT-C Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, Stem and Yoke Diameters
VALVE SIZE, NPS
FLOW CHARACTERISTIC
VALVE BODY DESIGN AND PLUG STYLE
PORT DIAMETER
mm Inches
VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm Inches
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
mm
Inches
Equal percentage
38
1.5
4
Linear
Modified Equal percentage
92.1 3.625 51
90, 127 2
3-9/16, 5
Equal percentage
64
2.5
6
Linear
136.5 5.375
127.0
5.0
Modified Equal percentage
76
3
Linear
HPT
8
Equal Percentage
152.4 6
76
3 127, 127
5, 5H
Linear
10
Equal Percentage
177.8 7 102
4 127, 127
5, 5H
Linear
12
Equal Percentage
203.2 8 102
4
127, 127, 178
5, 5H, 7
VALVE STEM DIAMETER
mm
Inches
19.1, 25.4
3/4, 1
25.4, 31.8
1, 1-1/4
25.4, 31.8
1, 1-1/4
25.4, 31.8
25.4, 31.8, 50.8
1, 1-1/4 1, 1-1/4, 2
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP Cryogenic September 2020
HP Cryogenic Valves
D104174X012
Figure 4. ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems
SPRINGS ANTIEXTRUSION RING
LANTERN RING
PACKING BOX STUDS
SPRINGS
PACKING RING
VALVE BONNET
PACKING
PACKING BOX STUD
FOLLOWER
W5803-3
PTFE PACKING
Figure 5. Valve Dimensions
W8532-1
GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
MATCH LINE FOR 585C SERIES ACTUATORS
MATCH LINE FOR ALL OTHER ACTUATORS
25.4 D
(1.00)
D
127 mm (5-INCH) DIAMETER YOKE BOSS FOR STYLE 1 EXTENSION BONNET
G
A5701A-2
B A
FLANGED VALVE WITH STYLE 1 EXTENSION BONNET HAVING 71
OR 90 mm (2-13/16 OR 3-9/16 INCH) DIAMETER YOKE BOSS
mm (INCHES)
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HP Cryogenic Valves
D104174X012
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP Cryogenic September 2020
Table 8. Fisher HPS-C CL2500 Valve Dimensions
VALVE SIZE, NPS
A
CL2500
RF
RTJ
B
CL2500
RF
RTJ
mm
1
318
318
159
159
2
413
416
206
208
Inches
1
12.5
12.5
6.25
6.25
2
16.25
16.38
8.12
8.19
G CL2500
63 84
2.47 3.31
D
Yoke Boss Diameter, mm (inches)
71 (2-13/16) 90 (3-9/16)
127 (5)
533
533
- - -
470
470
445
21
21
- - -
18.53
18.53
17.5
Table 9. Fisher HPT-C and HPS-C CL900 and 1500 Valve Dimensions NPS 1 though 6(1)
A
B
D
VALVE SIZE, NPS
ASME
CL900
RF
RTJ
CL1500
RF
RTJ
EN PN160 PN250
ASME
CL900
RF
RTJ
CL1500
RF
RTJ
EN
G
Yoke Boss Diameter,
mm (inches)
CL900
PN160
PN250
and CL1500
71 (2-13/16)
90 (3-9/16)
127 (5)
mm
1
292 292 292 292 269 277 146 146 146 146 134 138 52
553
553 - - -
2
375 378 375 378 344 360 187 189 187 189 172 180 77
553
553 445
3
442 445 460 464 442 460 221 222 230 232 192 202 121
- - -
553 CF
4
511 514 530 533 511 530 229 230 238 240 218 232 175
- - -
553 CF
6
714 718 768 775 714 768 310 311 337 340 298 316 248
- - -
- - - 402
Inches
1
11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 10.58 10.9 5.75 5.75 5.75 5.75 5.29 5.45 2.06
21
21
- - -
2 14.75 14.88 14.75 14.88 13.56 14.18 7.38 7.44 7.38 7.44 6.78 7.09 3.06
21
21 17.5
3 17.38 17.5 18.12 18.25 17.38 18.12 8.69 8.75 9.06 9.12 7.54 7.94 4.75
- - -
21
CF
4 20.12 20.25 20.88 21 20.12 20.88 9
9.06 9.38 9.44 10.75 9.13 6.88
- - -
21
CF
6 28.12 28.25 30.25 30.5 28.12 30.25 12.19 12.3 13.3 13.38 11.72 12.43 9.75
- - -
- - -
30
1. NPS 1 to 3 for HPS-C and NPS 4 to 6 for HPT-C.
Table 10. Fisher HPT-C CL900 and 1500 Valve Dimensions NPS 8 though 12
A
B
VALVE SIZE, NPS
8 10 12
8 10 12
RF
781 864 1016
30.75 34.02 40.00
CL900 RTJ
784 867 1019
30.87 34.13 40.12
BWE
653 762 914
25.71 30.00 35.98
ASME
CL1500
RF
RTJ
838 991 1130
848 1001 1146
32.99 39.02 44.49
33.39 39.41 45.12
BWE
685 822 989
26.97 32.36 38.94
CL900
RF
RTJ
mm
402 404
458 459
559 561
Inches
15.83 15.89
18.01 18.07
22.01 22.07
BWE
349 407 503
13.74 16.00 19.80
RF
431 521 616
16.97 20.51 24.25
CL1500 RTJ
436 526 624
17.17 20.71 24.57
BWE
370 437 536
14.57 17.19 21.10
D
G
Yoke Boss Diameter,
mm (inches)
CL900
CL1500
127 (5, 5H)
178 (7)
260 281 846 - - 313 332 946 - - 355 377 946 946
10.22 12.30 13.98
11.06 13.07 14.85
33.31 37.24 37.24
- - - - 37.24
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.2:HP Cryogenic September 2020
HP Cryogenic Valves
D104174X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, WhisperFlo, Cavitrol, Whisper Trim, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E122016, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Control-Disk Valve
D103297X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk July 2018
FisherTM Control-DiskTM Rotary Valve
The Fisher Control-Disk rotary valve offers excellent throttling performance. An equal percentage flow characteristic provides an improved throttling range comparable to that of a segmented ball valve. This improved capability allows you to control closer to the target set point, regardless of process disturbances, which results in a reduction in process variability.
The valve body meets PN 10 through PN 40, CL150, and CL300 ratings. Face-to-face dimensions meet EN 558, API 609, and MSS-SP68 standards. Line centering clips provide for versatility to mount and align the same wafer style valve body in different piping configurations (ASME and EN ratings).
The Control-Disk rotary valve features an eccentrically-mounted disk with either soft or metal seal, providing capability for enhanced shutoff. The interchangeable sealing technology allows for the same valve body to accept both soft and metal seals.
W9418-2
LUGGED STYLE (NPS 3 through NPS 12)
Control-Disk Valve Features
nEqual percentage flow characteristic-- An equal percentage flow characteristic provides an improved throttling range comparable to that of a segmented ball valve. This improved capability allows you to control closer to the target set point, regardless of process disturbances, which results in a reduction in process variability.
nGlobal Standards-- The valve meets API, ASME, and EN standards, making it suitable for use in all world areas.
nPEEK/PTFE bearing as standard-- The PTFE-lined PEEK bearing is a low friction, low wear bearing. It allows the valve to operate under high pressure drops for a high cycle life while maintaining low torque. The "drop-in" bearing design enables fast, easy maintenance.
DOUBLE FLANGED STYLE
X1426
(NPS 3 through NPS 12)
nLower Operating Torques-- The equal percentage disk reduces operating torque at peak angles of disk opening.
nSpline-ended Shaft-- The splined shaft with clamped lever and single-pivot linkage reduces lost motion between the actuator and the valve shaft.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk July 2018
Control-Disk Valve
D103297X012
nImproved shaft-disk pinning-- The improved expansion pin system ensures there is a positive, durable connection between disk and shaft. This connection reduces backlash and wear in the drive system, optimizing long-term performance. It also makes disassembly for maintenance quick and simple with no need for special tools.
nNew Spring-Loaded Shaft-- The spring in the outboard shaft provides support to the drive train and disk, enabling the shaft to be installed in both horizontal and vertical orientations with no detriment to performance or cycle life. This complements the ability to mount the actuator on the left- or right-hand side, enabling access for any installation.
nExcellent Emissions Capabilities-- The optional ENVIRO-SEALt packing systems, are designed with very smooth shaft surfaces and live-loading to provide improved sealing, guiding, and loading force transmission. The seal of the ENVIRO-SEAL system can control emissions to below 100 ppm (parts per million).
nSour Service Capability-- Trim and bolting materials are available for applications involving sour liquids and gases. These constructions comply with NACE MR0175-2002, MR0103, and MR0175 / ISO 15156.
nField-Reversible Valve Action-- The actuator/valve assembly action can be converted from push-down-to-open to push-down-to-close, or vice versa, without additional parts.
nEasy Installation-- Line-centering clips engage the line flange bolts to simplify installation and provide for centering of wafer-style valves in the pipeline. End connections are compatible with EN and ASME standards.
nExcellent Shutoff-- Both the metal and soft seal rings have pressure-assisting sealing action that ensures tight shutoff regardless of pressure drop.
nLong Seal Life-- The opening and closing path of the eccentric disk minimizes disk contact with the seal ring, thereby reducing seal wear, undue friction, and seating torque requirements. See figure 2.
nReliable Flange Gasketing Surface-- The seal retainer screws and retention clips are outside the gasket surface of the seal retainer. Spiral-wound or flat-sheet gaskets can be installed between the uninterrupted seal retainer face and the pipeline flange.
nIntegral Shaft-to-Valve Body Bonding-- Standard valve construction includes conductive packing to provide electrical bonding for hazardous area applications.
nPowder paint as standard-- The Emerson powder paint finish offers an excellent corrosion-resistant finish to all steel parts.
nHigh Temperature Capability-- The valve will operate at elevated temperatures, with the appropriate trim components.
nShaft Retention-- Redundant shaft retention provides added protection. The packing follower, anti-blowout ring, and shaft groove interact to hold the shaft securely in the valve body (see figure 1).
nTravel Indication-- Additional travel indication can be achieved by using the indication line on the shaft, along with the disk position markings on the packing follower (see figure 4).
Table of Contents
Control-Disk Valve Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Control-Disk Valve Specifications and Materials of Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Control-Disk Valve
D103297X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk July 2018
Control-Disk Valve Specifications and Materials of Construction
Table 1. Fisher Control-Disk Valve Specifications
Specifications
EN
ASME
Valve Body Size
DN 50, 80, 100, 150, 200, 250, and 300
NPS 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, and 12
Pressure Rating
PN 10 to 40 per EN 12516-1
CL150 / 300 per ASME B16.34 (CL150-600 for NPS 2)
EN 1.0619 steel
WCC steel
EN 1.4409 stainless steel
CF3M (316L) stainless steel
Valve Body Materials
LCC CW2M(1) M35-2(2)
LCC CW2M(1)
M35-2
Disk Materials
PTFE or RPTFE(4) Seal
Metal or UHMWPE(3) Seal
EN 1.4409 stainless steel CW2M M35-2
Chrome-plated EN 1.4409 Stainless Steel
CF3M stainless steel CW2M M35-2
Chrome-plated CF3M Stainless Steel
End Connections
Mates with raised-face flanges per EN 1092-1
Mates with raised-face flanges per ASME B16.5
Valve Body Style
Lugged with tapped or through holes, Double-Flange with through holes, and Wafer (for select sizes)
Face-to-Face Dimensions
Meets MSS SP68, API 609, and EN 558 standards
Shutoff
PTFE, RPTFE, or UHMWPE seal ring - Class VI per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 S31600 (316 SST) seal ring - Class IV per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Flow Coefficients
See Fisher Catalog 12
Flow Direction
Standard (forward flow) is with the seal retainer facing upstream; reverse flow is permissible for soft seals only
Flow Characteristic
Equal percentage
Disk Rotation
Counterclockwise to open (when viewed from actuator side of valve body) through 90 degrees of disk rotation
Shaft Diameters and Approximate Weights
See table 7
1. This material is not listed in EN 12516-1 or ASME B16.34. See figure 6 for pressure/temperature ratings. 2. This material is not listed in EN 12516-1. See figure 6 for pressure/temperature ratings. 3. UHMWPE stands for ultra high molecular weight polyethylene.
4. RPTFE is a reinforced PTFE seal.
Table 2. Materials (Other Valve Components)
Component
Material
Shafts and Pins
S17400 (17-4PH) stainless steel, S20910 (XM-19) stainless steel, N10276, N05500
Anti-blowout Ring
N07718
Seal
PTFE, RPTFE, or UHMWPE with S31600 (316 stainless steel) or R30003 spring. Metal seal is 316 stainless steel with graphite gaskets
Bearings
PEEK/PTFE, R30006 (Alloy 6), S31600 Nitride
Packing
PTFE/carbon-filled PTFE (standard), graphite die-molded ribbon, ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing, ENVIRO-SEAL graphite packing
Follower Spring
N07718 with carbon-filled PEEK or S31600 spring seats
Bolting
B8M Class 2, B7M, N05500, N07718
Nuts
8M, 2HM, N04400, N10276
Table 3. Trim Combinations with Standard Construction Materials
Valve Body Material
Shaft Material
Disk Material
1.4409 & CF3M
1.0619 & WCC
S17400 H1075
1.4409 & CF3M Chrome-Plated
LCC 1.4409 & CF3M
S17400 H1075 S20910
1.4409 & CF3M 1.4409 & CF3M
1.4409 & CF3M Chrome-Plated
CW2M M35-2
N10276 N05500
CW2M M35-2
Bearings PEEK/PTFE PEEK/PTFE Alloy 6 or S31600 Nitride PEEK/PTFE PEEK/PTFE PEEK/PTFE Alloy 6 or S31600 Nitride PEEK/PTFE PEEK/PTFE
Seal Material PTFE or RPTFE UHMWPE or Metal
Metal PTFE PTFE or RPTFE UHMWPE or Metal Metal PTFE or RPTFE PTFE or RPTFE
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk July 2018
Control-Disk Valve
D103297X012
Figure 1. Typical Fisher Control-Disk Valve Construction Detail
FOLLOWER SHAFT EXPANSION PIN AND TAPER PIN
SEAL RETAINER SEAL RING
ANTI-BLOWOUT RING
BEARING
DRIVE SHAFT
SEAL RETAINER
SEAL RING
DISK
VALVE BODY DISK
GE36289-C
Note: Split shaft construction shown.
SOFT SEAL
4
METAL SEAL
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Control-Disk Valve
D103297X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk July 2018
Figure 2. Comparison of Disk Action
SEAL RING (SOFT SEAL CONSTRUCTION SHOWN)
ECCENTRIC DISK CENTER OF ROTATION
CENTERLINE OF VALVE BODY
OPEN
CONVENTIONAL DISK PATH OF ROTATION
ECCENTRIC DISK PATH OF ROTATION
CONVENTIONAL DISK CENTER OF ROTATION
CONVENTIONAL DISK
GE36289-C
DISK FULLY CLOSED
Note: Split shaft construction shown.
ECCENTRIC DISK
VALVE BODY DISK FULLY OPEN
Figure 3. Available Seal Configuration
SEAL RETAINER
PRESSURE-ASSISTED SEAL
HIGH PRESSURE SHUTOFF
DISK FACE
B1558-3
METAL SEAL
VALVE BODY
SEAL RETAINER
SPRING
PRESSUREASSISTED SEAL
HIGH PRESSURE SHUTOFF
DISK FACE
VALVE BODY
SEAL RING
SOFT SEALS
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk July 2018
Control-Disk Valve
D103297X012
Figure 4. Travel Indication
GE26389_C
Table 4. Material Temperature Capabilities
MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE LIMITS
PN FLANGES
Valve Body
Shaft
Bearing Lining and Jacket
Seal
Packing
_C
_F
1.0619 Steel S17400 or S20910
PEEK / PTFE
PTFE or RPTFE
PTFE or Graphite
10 to 232
14 to 450
UHMWPE
PTFE or Graphite
10 to 93
14 to 200
Metal or Flow Ring
PTFE Graphite
10 to 232 10 to 260
14 to 450 14 to 500
R30006 (Alloy 6) or S31600 Nitride
Metal or Flow Ring
Graphite
10 to 400
14 to 752
LCC
S17400 or S20910
PEEK / PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
46 to 232
50 to 450
1.4409 Stainless
Steel
S20910
PEEK / PTFE R30006 (Alloy 6) or S31600 Nitride
PTFE or RPTFE UHMWPE Metal or Flow Ring
Metal or Flow Ring
PTFE or Graphite PTFE or Graphite
PTFE Graphite Graphite
46 to 232 18 to 93 46 to 232 46 to 260 46 to 500(1)
-50 to 450 0 to 200 -50 to 450 -50 to 500 -50 to 932(1)
CW2M
N10276
PEEK / PTFE
PTFE or RPTFE
PTFE
10 to 232
14 to 450
M35-2
N05500
PEEK / PTFE
PTFE or RPTFE
PTFE
10 to 232
14 to 450
ASME FLANGES
Valve Body
Shaft
Bearing Lining and Jacket
Seal
Packing
_C
_F
WCC steel S17400 or S20910
PEEK / PTFE
PTFE or RPTFE
PTFE or Graphite
29 to 232
-20 to 450
UHMWPE Metal or Flow Ring
PTFE or Graphite PTFE
Graphite
18 to 93 29 to 232 29 to 260
0 to 200 -20 to 450 -20 to 500
R30006 (Alloy 6) or S31600 Nitride
Metal or Flow Ring
Graphite
29 to 427
-20 to 800
LCC
S17400 or S20910
PEEK / PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
46 to 232
50 to 450
CF3M Stainless
Steel
S20910
PEEK / PTFE R30006 (Alloy 6) or S31600 Nitride
PTFE or RPTFE UHMWPE Metal or Flow Ring
Metal or Flow Ring
PTFE or Graphite PTFE or Graphite
PTFE Graphite Graphite
46 to 232 18 to 93 46 to 232 46 to 260 46 to 454(1)
50 to 450 0 to 200
50 to 450 50 to 500 50 to 850(1)
CW2M
N10276
PEEK / PTFE
PTFE or RPTFE
PTFE
46 to 232
50 to 450
M35-2
N05500
PEEK / PTFE
PTFE or RPTFE
PTFE
46 to 232
50 to 450
1. For applications exceeding 427_C (800_F), consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for appropriate high temperature disk edge coating.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Control-Disk Valve
D103297X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk July 2018
Figure 5. Material Pressure/Temperature Curves
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk July 2018
Control-Disk Valve
D103297X012
Figure 6. Material Pressure/Temperature Curves
1
2
Note: 1 CW2M is not listed in EN 12516-1 or ASME B16.34. The PN and CL designations are used only to indicate relative pressure-retaining capabilities. 2 M35-2 is not listed in EN 12516-1. The PN designations are used only to indicate relative pressure-retaining capabilities. 8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Control-Disk Valve
D103297X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk July 2018
Figure 7. Material Pressure/Temperature Curves
E1140
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk July 2018
Control-Disk Valve
D103297X012
Table 5. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops based on Trim (Seal, Shaft, and Bearings), Bar
Note: Do not exceed the EN or ASME pressure/temperature rating of the valve or mating flanges.
DN
TRIM
TEMPERATURE, _C
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
Bar
PTFE or RPTFE Seal PEEK/PTFE Bearings
-46 to 65 93 121 149 191 204 232
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
45.6
46.8
38.6
38.6
38.6
38.6
38.6
38.6
38.6
28.7
28.7
28.7
28.7
28.7
28.7
28.7
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.3
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
UHMWPE Seal PEEK/PTFE Bearings
-17 to 37 66 93
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
38.6
38.6
38.6
38.6
38.6
38.6
38.6
25.9
25.9
25.9
25.9
25.9
25.9
25.9
Metal Seal(1) Alloy 6 Bearings
-46 to 37 93 149 204 260 316 371 427 454
18.5
16.5
13.9
12.8
11.0
6.8
7.0
17.0
15.1
12.8
11.7
10.1
6.3
6.5
16.0
14.2
12.0
11.0
9.4
5.9
6.1
15.1
13.4
11.4
10.4
9.0
5.6
5.7
14.3
12.8
10.8
9.9
8.5
5.3
5.4
13.8
12.3
10.3
9.5
8.2
5.1
5.2
13.2
11.9
10.0
9.2
7.9
5.0
5.0
12.5
11.6
9.8
9.0
7.7
4.8
5.0
12.1
11.5
9.7
8.9
7.7
4.8
4.9
Metal Seal(1) S31600/Nitride
Bearings
-46 to 37 93 149 204 260 316 371 427 454
19.5
28.2
26.1
20.8
31.0
15.5
8.0
19.3
28.0
26.0
20.6
31.0
15.4
7.9
17.0
25.4
23.7
18.7
28.8
14.0
7.1
15.9
24.3
22.7
17.8
26.3
13.3
6.8
14.5
22.9
21.4
16.8
24.6
12.5
6.3
13.8
22.1
20.8
16.2
23.2
12.1
6.1
13.2
21.5
20.2
15.7
22.4
11.8
5.9
12.5
20.7
19.5
15.2
21.8
11.4
5.6
12.1
20.3
19.2
14.9
21.6
11.2
5.4
Metal Seal(1) PEEK/PTFE Bearings
-46 to 37 93 149 204 232 260
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
31.0
17.2
17.2
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
31.0
17.2
17.2
50.3
50.3
50.3
50.3
31.0
17.2
17.2
48.6
48.6
48.6
48.2
31.0
17.2
17.2
47.2
47.2
46.3
42.6
31.0
17.2
17.2
24.7
21.9
18.5
17.0
14.6
9.1
9.4
Flow Ring PEEK/PTFE Bearings
Flow Ring S31600/Nitride
Bearings
-46 to 37 93 149 204 232 260
-46 to 37 93 149 204 260 316 371 427 454
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
45.5
46.8
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
37.7
38.8
50.3
50.3
50.3
50.3
50.3
31.7
32.6
48.6
48.6
48.6
48.1
41.3
25.7
26.4
47.2
47.2
46.3
42.6
36.6
22.8
23.4
24.6
21.9
18.5
17
14.6
9.1
9.3
32
34.4
34.8
28.6
31.6
20.2
13
31.8
34.4
34.6
28.5
31.6
19.7
12.9
29.5
34.4
32.4
26.6
28.7
17.9
12.1
28.5
34.4
31.3
25.7
26.3
16.4
11.7
27.3
37.5
30.1
24.8
24.6
15.3
11.3
26.6
35.5
29.5
24.2
23.2
14.4
11.1
26.1
34.1
28.7
23.7
22.4
13.9
10.8
25.4
28.9
27.9
23.2
21.7
13.5
10.6
25
28.9
27.6
22.9
21.5
13.3
10.5
1. Pressure drops shown for metal seals are for forward flow only.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Control-Disk Valve
D103297X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk July 2018
Table 6. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops based on Trim (Seal, Shaft, and Bearings), Psi
Note: Do not exceed the EN or ASME pressure/temperature rating of the valve or mating flanges.
NPS
TRIM
TEMPERATURE, _F
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
Psi
PTFE or RPTFE Seal PEEK/PTFE Bearings
-50 to 150 200 250 300 375 400 450
750
750
750
750
750
750
750
704
704
704
704
704
662
679
560
560
560
560
560
560
560
416
416
416
416
416
416
416
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
UHMWPE Seal PEEK/PTFE Bearings
0 to 100 150 200
750
750
750
750
750
750
750
560
560
560
560
560
560
560
375
375
375
375
375
375
375
Metal Seal(1) Alloy 6 Bearings
-50 to 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 850
268
239
202
185
159
99
102
246
219
185
170
146
91
94
232
206
174
160
137
86
88
219
195
165
151
130
81
83
208
186
157
144
124
77
79
200
178
150
138
119
74
76
192
172
145
134
115
72
73
181
168
142
130
112
70
72
176
167
141
129
111
69
71
Metal Seal(1) S31600/Nitride
Bearings
-50 to 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 850
283
409
379
301
450
225
116
280
406
377
299
450
223
115
246
369
344
271
417
203
103
230
352
329
258
382
193
98
211
332
311
243
357
182
91
200
321
301
235
337
176
88
192
312
293
228
325
171
85
181
300
283
220
316
165
81
176
295
278
216
313
162
79
Metal Seal(1) PEEK/PTFE Bearings
-50 to 100 200 300 400 450 500
750
750
750
750
450
250
250
750
750
750
750
450
250
250
730
730
730
730
450
250
250
705
705
705
699
450
250
250
685
685
672
618
450
250
250
358
318
269
247
212
132
136
Flow Ring PEEK/PTFE Bearings
Flow Ring S31600/Nitride
Bearings
-50 to 150 200 300 400 450 500
-50 to 150 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 850
750
750
750
750
750
661
679
750
750
750
750
750
548
563
730
730
730
730
730
461
474
705
705
705
699
600
374
384
685
685
672
618
531
331
340
358
318
269
247
212
132
136
465
499
505
416
459
293
189
462
499
502
414
459
287
188
429
499
470
387
417
260
176
414
499
455
374
382
238
171
397
545
438
360
357
222
165
387
515
428
351
337
210
161
379
496
417
345
325
202
158
369
420
405
337
316
196
155
364
420
401
333
313
194
153
1. Pressure drops shown for metal seals are for forward flow only.
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk July 2018
Control-Disk Valve
D103297X012
Table 7. Dimensions and Weights
F
VALVE SIZE,
A
E
G
K
R(4)
S(1)
T
PRESSURE RATING
Wafer Lugged Wafer Lugged
mm
DN50/ NPS 2
PN10-40/ CL150-
43
187.5 150
- - -
300
109
- - -
125
102
12.7
117
DN80/ NPS 3
PN10-40/ CL150300
47/48
(3)
187.5
- - -
196
- - -
133
130
144
15.9
117
DN100/ NPS 4
PN10-40/ CL150-
53
214.4
- - -
226
- - -
147
172
162
19.1
152
300
DN150/ NPS 6
PN10-40/ CL150300
57
214.4 270
300
147
182
205
218
25.4
152
PN10-16/ DN200/ CL150
61
208
- - -
342
- - -
225
258
278
31.8
235
NPS 8 PN25-40 61
208 358
364
225
225
258
291
31.8
235
CL300
73
PN10-16/ DN250/ CL150
69
208
- - -
395
- - -
250
270
331
31.8
235
NPS 10 PN25-40 69
208 400
450
265
265
270
352
31.8
235
CL300
83
PN10-16/ DN300/ CL150
78
208
- - -
467
- - -
309
304
381
38.1
235
NPS 12 PN25-40 78
208
- - -
512
- - -
309
304
410
38.1
235
CL300
92
Inches
DN50/ NPS 2
PN10-40/ CL150300
1.69
7.38
5.91
- - -
4.29
- - -
4.92 4.02
0.50
4.62
DN80/ NPS 3
PN10-40/ CL150300
1.85/
1.89
(3)
7.38
- - -
7.72
- - -
5.24
5.12 5.67
0.63
4.62
DN100/ NPS 4
PN10-40/ CL150300
2.09
8.44
- - -
8.90
- - -
5.79
6.77 6.38
0.75
6.00
DN150/ NPS 6
PN10-40/ CL150300
2.24
8.44 10.63 11.81
5.79
7.17
8.07 8.58
1.00
6.00
PN10-16/
DN200/ CL150
2.40 8.19
- - -
13.46
- - -
8.86 10.16 10.96 1.25
9.25
NPS 8 PN25-40 2.40
8.19 14.09 14.33 8.86 8.86 10.16 11.46 1.25
9.25
CL300 2.87
PN10-16/ DN250/ CL150
2.72
8.19
- - -
15.55
- - -
9.84 10.63 13.03 1.25
9.25
NPS 10 PN25-40 2.72
8.19 15.75 17.72 10.43 10.43 10.63 13.86 1.25
9.25
CL300 3.27
PN10-16/
DN300/ CL150
3.07 8.19
- - -
18.39
- - -
12.17 11.97 15.00 1.50
9.25
NPS 12 PN25-40 3.07
8.19
- - -
20.16
- - -
12.17 11.97 16.14 1.50
9.25
CL300 3.62
1. This nominal valve shaft diameter is the shaft diameter through the packing box. Use this diameter when selecting Fisher actuators. 2. Valve assembly only. 3. 48 mm for CL150 and CL300 lugged only. 4. Dimension shown is seal retainer OD. Diameter for serrated gasket surface may be smaller.
U
- - - - 32 32 46 46 46 46 46 46
- - - - 1.25 1.25 1.81 1.81 1.81 1.81 1.81 1.81
APPROXIMATE
W
WEIGHT(2)
Wafer Lugged
kg
14
4.7
6.7
14
- - -
11.2
14
- - -
17.6
14
15.7 26.5
18
- - -
40.9
18
34.6 46.7
18
- - -
50.7
18
52.0 79.4
18
- - -
98.6
18
- - -
104.9
lbs
0.55
10
15
0.55
- - -
25
0.55
- - -
39
0.55
35
58
0.71
- - -
90
0.71
76
103
0.71
- - -
112
0.71 115
175
0.71
- - -
217
0.71
- - -
231
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Control-Disk Valve
D103297X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk July 2018
Table 8. Line Bolting Dimensions
VALVE SIZE
CL150
DN80 / NPS 3
4X 5/8-11
DN100 / NPS 4
8X 5/8-11
DN150 / NPS 6
8X 3/4-10
DN200 / NPS 8
8X 3/4-10
DN250 / NPS 10
12X 7/8-9
DN300 / NPS 12
12X 7/8-9
1. Not available in single flange with threaded holes.
CL300 8X 3/4-10 8X 3/4-10 12X 3/4-10 12X 7/8-9 16X 1-8 16X 1-1/8-8
Y
Pressure Rating
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
8X M16X2
8X M16X2
8X M20X2.5
8X M20X2.5
8X M20X2.5
12X M20X2.5
8X M24X3(1)
12X M24X3
12X M27X3(1)
12X M20X2.5
12X M24X3
12X M27X3
12X M30X3.5(1)
12X M20X2.5
12X M24X3
16X M27X3
16X M30X3.5
Figure 8. Dimensions for Fisher Control-Disk Valve, Single Flange
A
A
Y
S
T
T
F
R
G
K
E
Figure 9. Dimensions for Fisher Control-Disk Valve, Wafer Style (limited sizes)
R S
F
W A
T
W U A
T
G
K
E
W
W
U
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk July 2018
Control-Disk Valve
D103297X012
Table 9. Dimensions and Weights, Double Flange Valve Body (See Figure 10)
E
APPROX-
VALVE SIZE,
A
B
F
G
K
R
S
T
U
W
IMATE
PRESSURE RATING
Splined Square
WEIGHT
mm
kg
DN80/
PN10-16 /CL150
114
25.3
187.5
76
190 133 130 144 15.9 117 - - -
14
17.6
NPS 3
PN25-40 /CL300
180
25.3
187.5
76
210 133 130 144 15.9 117 - - -
14
29
DN100/
PN10-16 /CL150
127
28.5
214.4
103
230
147
172
162 19.1 152
32
14
28.9
NPS 4
PN25-40 /CL300
190
28.5
214.4
103
254
147
172
162 19.1 152
32
14
47.8
DN150/
PN10-16 /CL150
140
31.7
214.4
108
280
182
205
218 25.4 152
32
14
40.2
NPS 6
PN25-40 /CL300
210
31.7
214.4
108
322
182
205
218 25.4 152
32
14
76.4
NPS200/
PN10-16 /CL150
152
32.8
208
107 345 225 258 278 31.8 235
46
18
71.3
NPS 8
PN25-40 /CL300
230
32.8
208
107 380 225 258 291 31.8 235
46
18
124
DN250/
PN10-16 /CL150
165
35.6
208
109 405 250 270 331 31.8 235
46
18
80
NPS 10
PN25-40 /CL300
250
35.6
208
109 445 265 270 352 31.8 235
46
18
203
DN300/
PN10-16 /CL150
178
41.7
208
114 485 309 304 381 38.1 235
46
18
144
NPS 12
PN25-40 /CL300
270
41.7
208
114 520 309 304 410 38.1 235
46
18
275
Inches
lbs
DN80/
PN10-16 /CL150
4.5
1
7.38
2.99 7.48 5.24 5.12 5.67 0.63 4.62 - - - 0.55
39
NPS 3
PN25-40 /CL300
7.1
1
7.38
2.99 8.26 5.24 5.12 5.67 0.63 4.62 - - - 0.55
64
DN100/
PN10-16 / CL150
5
1.12 8.44
4.06 9.05 5.79 6.77 6.38 0.75
6
1.25 0.55
64
NPS 4
PN25-40 /CL300
7.5
1.12
8.44
4.06
10 5.79 6.77 6.38 0.75
6
1.25 0.55
105
DN150/
PN10-16 /CL150
5.5
1.25
8.44
4.25 11.02 7.17 8.07 8.58
1
6
1.25 0.55
89
NPS 6
PN25-40 /CL300
8.3
1.25
8.44
4.25 12.66 7.17 8.07 8.58
1
6
1.25 0.55
168
NPS200/
PN10-16 /CL150
6
1.29 8.19
4.21 13.58 8.86 10.16 10.96 1.25 9.25 1.81 0.71
157
NPS 8
PN25-40 /CL300
9.1
1.29
8.19
4.21 14.96 8.86 10.16 11.46 1.25 9.25 1.81 0.71
273
DN250/
PN10-16 /CL150
6.5
1.4
8.19
4.29 15.94 9.84 10.63 13.03 1.25 9.25 1.81 0.71
176
NPS 10
PN25-40 /CL300
9.8
1.4
8.19
4.29 17.52 10.43 10.63 13.86 1.25 9.25 1.81 0.71
448
DN300/
PN10-16 /CL150
7
1.64 8.19
4.49 19.09 12.17 11.97 15
1.5 9.25 1.81 0.71
317
NPS 12
PN25-40 /CL300
10.6
1.64
8.19
4.49 20.47 12.17 11.97 16.14 1.5 9.25 1.81 0.71
606
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Control-Disk Valve
D103297X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk July 2018
Figure 10. Dimensions for Fisher Control-Disk Valve Double Flange
Y
S F
R
G
K
E
A
A
T
T
W
W
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk July 2018
Control-Disk Valve
D103297X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Control-Disk, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E162008, 2018 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CL600 Control-Disk Valve
D104025X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk CL600 January 2019
FisherTM CL600 Control-DiskTM Valve
The Fisher CL600 Control-Disk valve provides outstanding performance in a wide range of pressure and temperature conditions.
The CL600 Control-Disk valve is available in a lugged or double flanged body design. A splined drive shaft can combine with a variety of spring-and-diaphragm or pneumatic piston actuators to make the Control-Disk valve a reliable control valve for a variety of throttling applications in the process industries.
The CL600 Control-Disk valve can be supplied with one of several dynamic seals (figure 1) that can be used in a variety of demanding applications. With the appropriate seal selection and materials of construction, the pressure-assisted seal helps provide excellent shutoff against the full ASME class pressure range for the CL600 Control-Disk valve.
X0955-2
Lugged Style Fisher Control-Disk Valve
Features
nEqual percentage flow characteristic-- An equal percentage flow characteristic provides an improved throttling range comparable to that of a segmented ball valve. This improved capability allows you to control closer to the target set point, regardless of process disturbances, which results in a reduction in process variability.
nFire Safe Construction-- The CL600 Control-Disk valve has been fire tested per API 607, 6th edition with the Phoenix III seal. Standard construction requires 316 stainless steel chrome plated disk, graphite packing, metal bearings and S17400 H1025 SST or S20910 SST shaft. For information on fire tested valves, consult Fire-Tested Rotary Valves Bulletin 59.3:025 (D103907X012).
nExcellent Shutoff Integrity-- The pressure-assisted seal design provides tight shutoff and permits the use of smaller, less expensive actuators in applications requiring full ASME B16.34 shutoff capabilities.
X1610 Double Flanged Style Fisher Control-Disk Valve
nExcellent Emissions Capabilities-- The optional ENVIRO-SEALTM packing systems are designed with very smooth shaft surfaces and live-loading to provide improved sealing, guiding, and loading force transmission. The seal of the ENVIRO-SEAL system can control emissions to below 100 ppm (parts per million).
Features (continued on 2)
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk CL600 January 2019
CL600 Control-Disk Valve
D104025X012
nSour Service Capability-- Trim and bolting materials are available for applications involving sour liquids and gases. These constructions comply with NACE MR0175-2002, MR0175-2003, MR0103, and MR0175 / ISO 15156.
nReliable Flange Gasketing Surface-- Seal retainer screws are located so there is no interference with the sealing function of either flat sheet or spiral wound line flange gaskets.
nTrue Bidirectional Shutoff Performance-- A feature of the valve design is that the torque necessary to open and close the valve is the same regardless of the direction in which the differential pressure is applied.
nEasy Installation-- The valve body self-centers on the line flange bolts as a fast, accurate means of centering the valve in the pipeline.
nPowder Paint as Standard-- The Emerson Automation Solutions powder paint finish offers an excellent corrosion-resistant finish to all steel parts.
nShaft Retention-- Redundant shaft retention provides added protection. The packing follower, anti-blowout ring, and shaft groove interact to hold the shaft securely in the valve body in NPS 3 through 10 (see figure 4). The NPS 12 through 24 utilize a stepped packing follower and stepped shaft to hold the shaft securely in the valve body.
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Standard Seal Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Pressure Drops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CL600 Control-Disk Valve
D104025X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk CL600 January 2019
CL600 Control-Disk Valve Specifications and Materials
Table 1. Fisher CL600 Control-Disk Valve Specifications
Specifications
ASME
Valve Body Size
NPS 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
Pressure Rating
CL600 per ASME B16.34
Valve Body Materials
WCC or CF8M (std) LCC, CD3MN, M35-2, and CW2M
Disk Materials
CF8M (std), CD3MN, M35-2, and CW2M
Disk Edge Coating
Chrome Plate (std) Chrome Coat
Chromium Carbide Coating
End Connections
Mates with RF Flanges per ASME B16.5 Optional construction mates with RTJ Flanges per ASME B16.5
Valve Body Style
Lugged (Single Flange), Lugged with drilled through flange holes, or Double Flange
Shaft Connection Style
NPS 3-24: Splined (std) NPS 3-12: Square NPS 14-24: Keyed
Face-to-Face Dimensions
Meets MSS SP68, API 609, ASME B16.10, and EN 558 standards; Double-Flange available upon request
Soft Seal: Class VI
Shutoff
Metal Seal: Class IV, reverse direction only Phoenix III Seal: Class VI; reverse direction preferred, forward direction optional
High Pressure Seal: Class VI, reverse direction only
Flow Direction
Standard (reverse flow) is with the flow into the shaft side of the disk
Flow Characteristic
Equal Percentage
Disk Rotation
Clockwise (CW) to close
Table 2. Materials (Other Valve Components)
Component Shafts and Pins Anti-Blowout Ring (NPS 3-8 only)
Seal Ring
Bearings Packing
Material S17400 H1025
S20910 N07718 N07718 Soft: ETFE Metal: S21800 Phoenix III: S20910/ETFE HPS: S21800 Nitrided PEEK, S31600 Nitrided, R30006 (Alloy 6) PTFE/carbon-filled PTFE (standard), graphite die-molded ribbon, ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing, ENVIRO-SEAL graphite packing
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk CL600 January 2019
CL600 Control-Disk Valve
D104025X012
Figure 1. Available Seal Configurations
ANTI-EXTRUSION RING 3
SEAL RING
BODY
RETAINING RING
VALVE DISK
SOFT SEAL WITH BACK-UP O-RING
BACK-UP RING
ANTI-EXTRUSION RING 3
RETAINING RING
HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF 2
BODY
VALVE DISK PHOENIX III SEAL
BACK-UP RING
SEAL RING
RESILIENT INSERT HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF 2
BODY
BODY
SEAL RING
RETAINING RING
E0578
VALVE DISK METAL SEAL
SEAL RING
HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF 1
RETAINING RING
VALVE DISK
HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF 1
HIGH-PRESSURE SEAL (HPS)
Notes:
1This unidirectional seal must be installed so that the retaining ring is downstream from the high pressure side of the valve at shutoff, as shown. 2 For this bidirectional seal, the "preferred" valve orientation places the retaining ring downstream from the high pressure side of the valve at shutoff. 3 NPS 3 only.
Standard Seal Configurations
nStandard Soft Seal-- A resilient dynamic seal with an elastomeric back-up ring for low to moderate temperature applications.
nMetal Seal-- This stainless steel seal is available for severe service and high-temperature applications to 538_C (1000_F).
nPhoenix III Seal-- This three-component, metal-and-polymeric seal is available for severe service with low to moderate temperature applications.
nHigh-Pressure Seal-- This robust, stainless steel seal is available for severe service, cryogenic, and high-temperature applications to 538_C (1000_F).
Installation
Preferred valve orientation for the CL600 Control-Disk valve is reverse flow direction. Reverse flow direction is into the side of the valve body opposite the retaining ring or into the shaft side of the disk.
For erosive and many severe service applications, valves with bidirectional seals can and should be installed with the shaft horizontal and in the forward flow direction to prevent direct impingement of the process media on the seal, and to minimize the exposure of the shaft bearings to the process media.
The standard soft seal and the Phoenix III seal both offer bidirectional shutoff. Valves using either metal or HPS are unidirectional and must be installed in the reverse flow orientation.
For assistance in selecting the appropriate combination of actuator action and open valve position, consult your Emerson sales office. Dimensions and weights are shown in figure 5 and table 6.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CL600 Control-Disk Valve
D104025X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk CL600 January 2019
Figure 2. CL600 Control-Disk Valve, NPS 3 to 6, Valve Body Assembly
SEAL RETAINER SEAL RING
VALVE BODY
GE72464-D4
BEARING
DRIVE SHAFT
Figure 3. CL600 Control-Disk Valve, NPS 8 to 24, Valve Body Assembly 1
SEAL RETAINER SEAL RING
GE73029
Note: 1NPS 8 valve utilizes a one piece shaft
BEARING
DRIVE SHAFT
DISK
VALVE BODY DISK
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk CL600 January 2019
CL600 Control-Disk Valve
D104025X012
Table 3. Material Temperature Ranges
PART NAME
MATERIAL WCC Steel
CF8M(1)
TEMP _C -29 to 427 -254 to 538
Valve Body
LCC CD3MN
-45 to 343 -51 to 316
M35-2 CW2M(1)
-198 to 482 -198 to 538
CF8M with Chrome Plated Disk Edge
-254 to 427
CF8M with Chrome Coated Disk Edge(1)
-254 to 538
CF8M with Chromium Carbide Disk Edge(1)
-254 to 538
Disk
CD3MN (no plating)(2)
-51 to 316
M35-2 (no plating)(2)
-198 to 482
CW2M (no plating)(1)(2)
-198 to 538
S17400 (H1025)
-46 to 427
S20910(1)
-198 to 538
Shaft
S31803 N05500
-51 to 316 -198 to 482
Bearings
N10276 N07718(1)
PEEK(1) S31600 Nitrided(1) R30006 (Alloy 6)(1)
-198 to 538 -254 to 538 -73 to 149 -254 to 538 -198 to 538
ETFE Soft Seal Ring
ETFE Soft Seal Ring with FKM Backup Ring
-29 to 149
ETFE Soft Seal Ring with EPR Backup Ring
-54 to 149
S20910/ETFE Phoenix III Seal Ring
S20910/ETFE Phoenix III Seal Ring with FKM Backup Ring
-40 to 149
S20910/ETFE Phoenix III Seal Ring with EPR Backup Ring
-62 to 149
Seal
Metal Seal
S21800(1)
-198 to 538
S20910(1)
-198 to 538
High Pressure Seal
S21800 Nitrided(1)
-198 to 538
S20910 Nitrided(1)
-198 to 538
PTFE /Carbon-filled PTFE (standard)
-45 to 232
Packing
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE Graphite Die-molded Ribbon
-45 to 232 -198 to 538
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite
-198 to 371
1. The maximum temperature for a standard CL600 Control-Disk valve is 538_C (1000_F). Contact your Emerson sales office for use in higher temperature applications. 2. For use with soft seal only.
TEMP _F -20 to 800 -425 to 1000 -50 to 650 -60 to 600 -325 to 900 -325 to 1000 -425 to 800 -425 to 1000 -425 to 1000 -60 to 600 -325 to 900 -325 to 1000 -50 to 800 -325 to 1000 -60 to 600 -325 to 900 -325 to 1000 -425 to 1000 -100 to 300 -425 to 1000 -325 to 1000
-20 to 300 -65 to 300
-40 to 300 -80 to 300
-325 to 1000 -325 to 1000
-325 to 1000 -325 to 1000
-50 to 450 -50 to 450 -325 to 1000 -325 to 700
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CL600 Control-Disk Valve
D104025X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk CL600 January 2019
Figure 4. Anti-Blowout Protection
GE74781
NPS 3 THROUGH 8 WITH ANTI-BLOWOUT RING
GE72841
NPS 10 THROUGH 24 WITH STEPPED SHAFT
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk CL600 January 2019
CL600 Control-Disk Valve
D104025X012
Pressure Drops
Pressure drop limits of any given valve are based on valve body, and trim material limits. To find the appropriate pressure drop limitation, choose the desired valve size and temperature range. Then search
table 4 for body limitations and table 5 for trim limitations. Information on limits for CW2M, M35-2, and other alloy constructions can be obtained by contacting your Emerson sales office. The lowest number from the tables is the appropriate limit. The tables for both trim and body limits must be consulted.
Table 4. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops (Valve Ratings) Based on Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Valve Types(1) (The tables for both trim and body limits must be consulted)
TEMPERATURE RANGE
WCC(2)
CF8M(2)
PRESSURE RANGE CL600
LCC(2)
CD3MN
_C
Bar
-254 to -29
- - -
99.3
- - -
103.4
-29 to 38
103.4
99.3
103.4
103.4
93
103.4
85.5
103.4
102.7
149
100.3
77.2
100.3
92
204
96.9
70.7
96.9
84.8
260
91.7
65.8
91.7
80
316
83.4
62.1
83.4
76.9
343
81.0
61.0
81.0
- - -
371
76.5
60.0
- - -
- - -
399
70.0
59.0
- - -
- - -
427
56.9
58.3
- - -
- - -
454
- - -
57.6
- - -
- - -
482
- - -
57.2
- - -
- - -
510
- - -
53.4
- - -
- - -
538
- - -
50.0
- - -
- - -
_F
Psi
-425 to -20
- - -
1440
- - -
1500
-20 to 100
1500
1440
1500
1500
200
1500
1240
1500
1490
300
1455
1120
1455
1335
400
1405
1025
1405
1230
500
1330
955
1330
1160
600
1210
900
1210
1115
650
1175
885
1175
- - -
700
1110
870
- - -
- - -
750
1015
855
- - -
- - -
800
825
845
- - -
- - -
850
- - -
835
- - -
- - -
900
- - -
830
- - -
- - -
950
- - -
775
- - -
- - -
1000
- - -
725
- - -
- - -
1. For pressure/temperature rating of other materials, contact your Emerson sales office. 2. WCC, LCC, and CF8M valve bodies use S31600 seal retainers and blind flanges.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CL600 Control-Disk Valve
D104025X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk CL600 January 2019
Table 5. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops based on Trim(1)
Note: Do not exceed the ASME pressure/temperature ratings of the valve or mating flanges.
NPS
Trim
Temperature, °C
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
Bar
ETFE Seal, PEEK
Bearings
-46 to 37 93 121 149
103
94
103
103
103
102
103
103
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
Phoenix III Seal, PEEK Bearings
-46 to 37 93 121 149
103
92
103
103
103
81
103
102
103
86
103
101
103
73
103
92
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
Phoenix III Seal, Metal Bearings
-46 to 37 93 121 149
103
90
103
103
103
63
103
78
98
84
103
99
96
56
103
71
61
61
61
61
61
54
61
61
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
Metal Seal, PEEK
Bearings
Metal Seal, Metal
Bearings
-46 to 37
149 -46 to 37
316 427(2)
103
92
103
103
103
86
103
103
100
83
100
97
100
73
100
95
103
90
103
103
103
66
103
84
83
75
83
78
81
49
83
65
70
70
70
70
70
47
70
62
HPS Seal, Metal
Bearings
-46 to 37 316 427(2)
33
44
89
80
89
57
103
77
18
28
67
59
68
43
83
60
16
26
63
56
64
41
70
57
Trim
Temperature, °F
PSI
ETFE Seal, PEEK
Bearings
-50 to 100 200 250 300
1500 1100 600 100
1370 1100 600 100
1500 1100 600 100
1500 1100 600 100
1500 1100 600 100
1483 1100 600 100
1500 1100 600 100
1500 1100 600 100
Phoenix III Seal, PEEK Bearings
-50 to 100 200 250 300
1500 1500 890 300
1332 1251 890 300
1500 1500 890 300
1500 1464 890 300
1500 1500 890 300
1175 1058 890 300
1500 1500 890 300
1476 1340 890 300
Phoenix III Seal, Metal Bearings
-50 to 100 200 250 300
1500 1303 1500 1500 1500
907
1500 1134
1428 1222 1500 1435 1394
817
1496 1030
890
890
890
890
890
788
890
890
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
Metal Seal, PEEK
Bearings
Metal Seal, Metal
Bearings
-50 to 100
300 -50 to 100
600 800(2)
1500
1455 1500 1210 1015
1336
1207 1309 1093 1015
1500
1455 1500 1210 1015
1500
1407 1500 1127 1015
1500
1455 1500 1176 1015
1245
1053 954 714 675
1500
1455 1500 1210 1015
1500
1381 1221 939 894
HPS Seal, Metal
Bearings
-50 to 100 600 800(2)
484
640
1284 1154 1289
831
1500 1124
264
408
968
862
981
624
1210
865
228
370
916
815
932
590
1015
823
1. Trim ratings based on S17400 H1025 shaft. For other shaft materials, please contact factory. 2. The temperature limit of S17400 H1025 shaft material is 427°C (800°F). For higher temperatures another shaft material option must be selected.
18
103 76 41 7 103 103 61 21 103 103 61 21 103
100 103 83 70 103 83 70
1500 1100 600 100 1500 1500 890 300 1500 1500 890 300 1500
1455 1500 1210 1015 1500 1210 1015
20
103 76 41 7 103 103 61 21 103 101 61 21 103
100 103 83 70 103 83 70
1500 1100 600 100 1500 1500 890 300 1500 1463 890 300 1500
1455 1500 1210 1015 1500 1210 1015
24
100 76 41 7 80 72 61 21 61 56 54 21 91
79 69 54 51 67 52 50
1456 1100 600 100 1155 1051 890 300 887 807 781 300 1327
1147 998 777 741 978 760 725
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk CL600 January 2019
CL600 Control-Disk Valve
D104025X012
Table 6. Single Flange Dimensions and Weights
Valve
A
E
F
G
K
R
S(1)
T
U
Y(2)
W(2)
Approximate Weight
Size, NPS
mm
kg
3
52
187
198
98
123
127
15.9
117
--
3/4-10 1/2-13
10.8
4
62
214
259
128
150
157
19.1
152
32
7/8-9
1/2-13
21.6
6
76
208
333
166
220
216
31.8
235
46
1-8
5/8-11
45.9
8
102
208
407
241
234
270
38.1
235
46
1-1/8-8 5/8-11
81.5
10
116
356
506
312
302
324
44.5
273
51
1-1/4-8 3/4-10
160
12
140
356
553
339
332
381
50.8
273
51
1-3/8-8 3/4-10
217
14
157
356
597
370
348
413
63.5
337
76
1-1/2-8 7/8-9
287
16
178
356
678
408
386
470
63.5
337
76
1-5/8-8 7/8-9
405
18
198
508
735
451
427
533
76.2
533
127
1-5/8-8 1-1/4-8
577
20
216
508
807
478
446
584
76.2
533
127
1-5/8-8 1-1/4-8
739
24
230
508
933
544
513
692
76.2
533
127
1-7/8-8 1-1/4-8
1036
Inches
lbs
3
2.04
7.38
7.80
3.85
4.84
5.00
0.63
4.62
--
3/4-10 1/2-13
24
4
2.44
8.44
10.20
5.04
5.89
6.19
0.75
6.00
1.25
7/8-9
1/2-13
48
6
2.98
8.19
13.11
6.54
8.65
8.50
1.25
9.25
1.81
1-8
5/8-11
102
8
4.00
8.19
16.02
9.49
9.20
10.62
1.50
9.25
1.81
1-1/8-8 5/8-11
181
10
4.56
14.00
19.92
12.28
11.90
12.75
1.75
10.75
2.00
1-1/4-8 3/4-10
355
12
5.51
14.00
21.77
13.35
13.07
15.00
2.00
10.75
2.00
1-3/8-8 3/4-10
482
14
6.18
14.00
23.50
14.57
13.70
16.25
2.50
13.25
3.00
1-1/2-8 7/8-9
637
16
7.00
14.00
26.69
16.06
15.20
18.50
2.50
13.25
3.00
1-5/8-8 7/8-9
900
18
7.81
20.00
28.94
17.76
16.81
21.00
3.00
21.00
5.00
1-5/8-8 1-1/4-8
1280
20
8.50
20.00
31.77
18.82
17.57
23.00
3.00
21.00
5.00
1-5/8-8 1-1/4-8
1640
24
9.06
20.00
36.73
21.42
20.20
27.25
3.00
21.00
5.00
1-7/8-8 1-1/4-8
2300
1. This is the nominal valve shaft diameter to be used when selecting Fisher actuators. 2. Threaded hole per ASME B1.1.
Figure 5. Single Flange Dimensions (also see table 6)
A
Y
S
F
T
G
GE72435-A
10
R K
W
U E
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CL600 Control-Disk Valve
D104025X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk CL600 January 2019
Table 7. Double Flange Dimensions and Weights
Valve
A
Size,
E
F
G
H
K
R
S(1)
T
U
Y(2)
W(2)
Approximate Weight
NPS
mm
kg
3
180
187
211
106
21.5
123
127
15.9
117
- - -
3/4-10 1/2-13
25.9
4
190
214
277
138
25.6
150
157
19.1
152
32
7/8-9 1/2-13
48.1
6
210
208
357
178
28.4
220
216
31.8
235
46
1-8
5/8-11
97.1
8
230
208
423
243
31.9
234
270
38.1
235
46
1-1/8-8 5/8-11
145.6
10
250
356
515
316
35.1
302
324
44.5
273
51
1-1/4-8 3/4-10
247.7
12
270
356
563
343
35.1
332
381
50.8
273
51
1-1/4-8 3/4-10
316.6
14
290
356
610
374
38.3
348
413
63.5
337
76
1-3/8-8 7/8-9
410
16
310
356
691
412
41.5
386
470
63.5
337
76
1-1/2-8 7/8-9
571.5
18
330
508
751
455
43.7
428
533
76.2
533
127 1-5/8-8 1-1/4-8
817.4
20
350
508
831
483
44.6
446
584
76.2
533
76
1-5/8-8 1-1/4-8
989.3
24
390
508
946
549
50.8
543
692
76.2
533
127 1-7/8-8 1-1/4-8
1422
Inches
lbs
3
7.09
7.38
.32
4.16
0.85
4.84
5.00
0.63
4.62
- - -
3/4-10 1/2-13
57
4
7.48
8.44
.89
5.45
1.01
5.89
6.19
0.75
6.00
1.25
7/8-9 1/2-13
106
6
8.27
8.19
.04
7.02
1.12
8.65
8.50
1.25
9.25
1.81
1-8
5/8-11
214
8
9.06
8.19
.65
9.56
1.26
9.20
10.62
1.50
9.25
1.81 1-1/8-8 5/8-11
321
10
9.84
14.00
.28
12.42
1.38
11.90 12.75
1.75
10.75
2.00 1-1/4-8 3/4-10
546
12
10.63 14.00
.15
13.50
1.38
13.07 15.00
2.00
10.75
2.00 1-1/4-8 3/4-10
698
14
11.42 14.00
.00
14.71
1.51
13.70 16.25
2.50
13.25
3.00 1-3/8-8 7/8-9
904
16
12.2
14.00
.19
16.21
1.63
15.20 18.50
2.50
13.25
3.00 1-1/2-8 7/8-9
1260
18
12.99 20.00
.55
17.93
1.72
16.81 21.00
3.00
21.00
5.00 1-5/8-8 1-1/4-8
1802
20
13.78 20.00
.70
19.00
1.76
17.57 23.00
3.00
21.00
3.00 1-5/8-8 1-1/4-8
2181
24
15.35 20.00
.24
21.62
2.00
20.20 27.25
3.00
21.00
5.00 1-7/8-8 1-1/4-8
3135
Figure 6. Double Flange Dimensions (also see table 7)
HY
A
A
F G
S
T T
R
K
E
W
U
W
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk CL600 January 2019
CL600 Control-Disk Valve
D104025X012
Table 8. Dimensions, Optional Square Shaft and Mounting Bracket (ISO 5211)
Valve Size,
C
E
L
M
S
T
NPS
mm
49.5
3
11
76
64
12
15.9
72.1
49.5
4
14
103
87
16
19.1
72.1
88.4
72.1
88.4
6
22
108
85
23
31.8
99
116.7
72.1
88.4
8
27
114
85
29
38.1
99
116.7
99
10
36
190
152
38
44.5
116.7
99
12
36
190
152
38
50.8
116.7
Inches
1.95
3
0.43
3.00
2.52
0.48
0.63
2.84
1.95
4
0.55
4.06
3.43
0.63
0.75
2.84
3.48
2.84
3.48
6
0.87
4.25
3.35
0.90
1.25
3.90
4.59
2.84
3.48
8
1.06
4.49
3.35
1.14
1.50
3.90
4.59
3.90
10
1.42
7.48
6
1.50
1.75
4.59
3.90
12
1.42
7.48
6
1.50
2.00
4.59
U
49.5 72.1 49.5 72.1 88.4 72.1 88.4 99 116.7 72.1 88.4 99 116.7 99 116.7 99 116.7
1.95 2.84 1.95 2.84 3.48 2.84 3.48 3.90 4.59 2.84 3.48 3.90 4.59 3.90 4.59 3.90 4.59
W
ISO
5211
10
F07
12
F10
10
F07
12
F10
14
F12
12
F10
14
F12
18
F14
22
F16
12
F10
14
F12
18
F14
22
F16
18
F14
22
F16
18
F14
22
F16
0.39
F07
0.47
F10
0.39
F07
0.47
F10
0.55
F12
0.47
F10
0.55
F12
0.71
F14
0.87
F16
0.47
F10
0.55
F12
0.71
F14
0.87
F16
0.71
F14
0.87
F16
0.71
F14
0.87
F16
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CL600 Control-Disk Valve
D104025X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk CL600 January 2019
Figure 7. CL600 Control-Disk Valve Assembly with Square Shaft and Mounting Bracket (also see table 8)
GE72199-A
CS
L
M
E
T W U
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk CL600 January 2019
CL600 Control-Disk Valve
D104025X012
Table 9. Dimensions, Optional Keyed Shaft
C Valve Size, NPS
14
12.7
16
16.0
18
16.0
20
16.0
24
16.0
14
0.50
16
0.63
18
0.63
20
0.63
24
0.63
D1
297 316 394 394 394
11.68 12.44 15.51 15.51 15.51
D2 mm
309 330 408 408 408 Inches 12.2 13.0 16.1 16.1 16.1
E
R
95.3
57.2
114.3
69.9
114.3
69.9
114.3
69.9
114.3
69.9
3.75
2.25
4.5
2.75
4.5
2.75
4.5
2.75
4.5
2.75
Figure 8. Dimensions for Fisher CL600 Control-Disk NPS 14 to 24 Valve with Keyed Shaft
GE72443-A
RC E
D1 D2
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CL600 Control-Disk Valve
D104025X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk CL600 January 2019
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk CL600 January 2019
CL600 Control-Disk Valve
D104025X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Control-Disk, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E162015, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Control-Disk NPS 14-24 Valve
D103471X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk NPS 14-24 January 2020
FisherTM Control-DiskTM Valve NPS 14-24
The Fisher Control-Disk valve provides outstanding performance under extreme pressure and temperature conditions. The Control-Disk valve maintains tight shutoff, is available in a fire-tested version, and can be specified for cryogenic applications.
The Control-Disk valve is available as a flangeless (wafer), lugged, or double flange design. A splined drive shaft combines with a variety of spring-and-diaphragm or pneumatic piston actuators to make the Control-Disk a reliable control valve for a variety of throttling applications in the various process industries.
The Control-Disk valve can be supplied with one of several dynamic seals (figure 1) that can be used in a variety of demanding applications. With the appropriate seal selection and materials of construction, the pressure-assisted seal provides excellent shutoff against the full CL150 or 300 pressure ratings.
Features
nEqual percentage flow characteristic-- An equal percentage flow characteristic provides an improved throttling range comparable to that of a segmented ball valve. This improved capability allows you to control closer to the target set point, regardless of process disturbances, which results in a reduction in process variability.
nEconomical Tight Shutoff-- The pressure-assisted seal design provides tight shutoff against the full pressure rating of the specified valve.
X0686-3
Fisher Control-Disk Valve
nShaft Retention-- Shaft blowout protection is designed into the Control-Disk valve (figure 2). The anti-blowout gland fits securely over the valve shaft which has been turned down to form a circumferential shoulder that contacts the anti-blowout gland.
nExcellent Flow Control--With an equal percentage flow characteristic, the Control-Disk can be used for throttling applications through 90 degrees of disk rotation. Rangeability is 100 to 1.
nHigh-Temperature / Cryogenic Capabilities-- Optional valve constructions allow this valve to meet both high-temperature and cryogenic applications.
nSour Service Capability-- Trim and bolting materials are available for applications involving sour liquids and gases. These constructions comply with NACE MR0175-2002, MR0103, and MR0175 / ISO 15156.
nSpline-ended Shaft-- The splined shaft with clamped lever and single-pivot linkage reduces lost motion between the actuator and the valve shaft.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk NPS 14-24 January 2020
Control-Disk NPS 14-24 Valve
D103471X012
nApplication Versatility--Standard construction materials and seal assemblies provide long life and outstanding performance in a broad range of liquid and gas applications.
nEasy Installation--The valve body self-centers on the line flange bolts as a fast, accurate means of centering the valve in the pipeline.
nReliable Flange Gasketing Surface--Seal retainer screws are located so there is no interference with the sealing function of either flat sheet or spiral wound line flange gaskets.
nPowder paint as standard-- The Emerson Automation Solutionst powder paint finish offers an excellent corrosion-resistant finish to all steel parts.
nExcellent Emissions Capabilities-- The optional ENVIRO-SEALt packing systems, are designed with very smooth shaft surfaces and live-loading to provide improved sealing, guiding, and loading force transmission. The seal of the ENVIRO-SEAL system can control emissions to below 100 ppm (parts per million).
Control-Disk NPS 14-24 Valve Specifications and Materials of Construction
Table 1. Fisher Control-Disk NPS 14-24 Valve Specifications
SPECIFICATION
ASME
Valve Body Size Pressure Rating
NPS 14, 16, 18, 20, and 24 Consistent with CL150 and 300 per ASME B16.34(1)
Valve Body Materials
WCC Steel CF8M Stainless Steel
Disk Materials
CF8M Stainless Steel
End Connections
Mates with RF flanges per ASME B16.5
Valve Body Style
Wafer, Lugged, or Double Flange
Shaft Connection
Spline
Wafer and Lugged: MSS SP68 and API 609
Face-to-Face Dimensions
Double Flange Class 150: ISO 5752 Butterfly Valve Short Series
Double Flange Class 300: ISO 5752 Butterfly Valve Long Series
Soft Seal: Bidirectional ANSI/FCI 70-2 Class VI
Shutoff
NOVEX Seal: Unidirectional ANSI/FCI 70-2 1% of Class IV Phoenix III Seal: ANSI/FCI 70-2 Class VI
Flow Direction
Reverse (flow direction is into the shaft side of the disk)
Flow Characteristic
Equal Percentage
Disk Rotation
Clockwise (CW) to close
1. See tables 4 and 5 for additional information. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard limitation should not be exceeded.
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Standard Seal Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pressure Drops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2
Tables Materials of Construction and Temperature Ranges 5 Valve/Actuator Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Maximum Shutoff Pressure Drops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Control-Disk NPS 14-24 Valve
D103471X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk NPS 14-24 January 2020
Figure 1. Available Seal Configurations
BACKUP RING
SEAL RING
BODY
RETAINING RING
VALVE DISK
SOFT SEAL WITH BACK-UP O-RING
GRAPHITE GASKET
BACKUP RING
HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF 2
RETAINING RING
GRAPHITE GASKET
BODY
BODY
VALVE DISK
PHOENIX III FIRE-TESTED SEAL
METAL SEAL RING
RESILIENT INSERT HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF 1
RETAINING
RING
NOVEX
SEAL RING
VALVE DISK
HIGH PRESSURE
AT SHUTOFF
1
E0578
NOVEX SEAL
Notes: 1This unidirectional seal must be installed so that the retaining ring is downstream from the high pressure side of the valve at shutoff, as shown. 2For this bidirectional seal, The "preferred" valve orientation places the retaining ring downstream from the high pressure side of the valve at shutoff.
Installation
Recommended or "preferred" installation for Control-Disk NPS 14-24 valves is with the flow into the shaft side of the disk (retaining ring downstream from the high pressure side of the valve).
The standard soft seal offers ANSI/FCI 70-2 Class VI, bidirectional shutoff. The Phoenix III seal should be installed in the preferred direction to obtain optimal shutoff performance, and it must be installed in the preferred direction for fire-tested applications. The NOVEX seal is uni-directional and should be installed in the preferred direction.
For assistance in selecting the appropriate combination of actuator action and open valve position, contact your Emerson sales office.
Standard Seal Configurations
nStandard Soft Seal (PTFE)-- A resilient dynamic seal with an elastomeric back-up ring for low to moderate temperature applications.
nNOVEX Seal-- The NOVEX stainless steel seal is available for severe service, Cryogenic, and high-temperature applications.
nPhoenix III Seal-- This three-component, metal-and-polymeric seal is available for severe service with low to moderate temperature applications.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk NPS 14-24 January 2020
Control-Disk NPS 14-24 Valve
D103471X012
Figure 2. Blowout Protection
PACKING FLANGE ANTI-BLOWOUT FLANGE
SHAFT
HEX NUT STUD
HEX NUT
HEX NUT
PACKING FLANGE
SPRING PACK ASSEMBLY
SHAFT SHOULDER
STUD
LUBRICANT
HEX NUT ANTIBLOWOUT FLANGE
SHAFT SHOULDER
PACKING FOLLOWER
ANTI-EXTRUSION RING
PACKING SET
TYPICAL PTFE V-RING PACKING
A7090
PACKING BOX RING
STANDARD PACKING ARRANGEMENT
ENVIRO-SEAL ARRANGEMENT (PTFE SHOWN)
Figure 3. Typical Valve Assembly
DISK
UPPER SHAFT
SEAT RETAINING RING BEARINGS
PACKING FOLLOWER
THRUST BEARING GASKET RETAINER
DISK PINS
THRUST BEARING
ANTI-BLOWOUT FLANGE
PACKING FLANGE
GASKET
A7093
4
VALVE BODY
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Control-Disk NPS 14-24 Valve
D103471X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk NPS 14-24 January 2020
Table 2. Materials of Construction and Temperature Ratings
COMPONENTS AND MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
TEMPERATURE RANGE
_C
_F
Valve Body WCC CF8M (316 SST)
29 to 427 198 to 538
20 to 800 325 to 1000
Disk CF8M (316 SST)
198 to 538
325 to 1000
Disk Edge Coating Chrome Plating (Standard with NOVEX or Phoenix III Seals) Chrome Coating Chrome Carbide Coating
254 to 316 -254 to 593 -254 to 816
425 to 600 -425 to 1100 -425 to 1500
Shaft S20910 S17400 (H1025) N00550 N07718
Bearings(3) PEEK (standard) S31600 Nitrided(1) R30006 (Alloy 6)
198 to 538 73 to 427 -254 to 482 -254 to 704
73 to 149 198 to 816 198 to 816
325 to 1000 100 to 800 -425 to 900 -425 to 1300
100 to 300 325 to 1500 325 to 1500
Packing PTFE Packing and PTFE ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Graphite packing Graphite packing with oxidizing media Graphite ENVIRO-SEAL Packing
198 to 232 198 to 916 198 to 538 -198 to 315
325 to 450 325 to 1500 325 to 1000 -325 to 600
Seal Ring
PTFE Seal Ring Nitrile Backup O-Ring Chloroprene Backup O-Ring EPR Backup O-Ring Fluorocarbon Backup O-Ring
UHMWPE(2) Seal Ring (CL150 Only) Nitrile Backup O-Ring Chloroprene Backup O-Ring EPR Backup O-Ring Fluorocarbon Backup O-Ring
29 to 93 43 to 149 54 to 182 29 to 204
29 to 93 43 to 93 54 to 93 29 to 93
20 to 200 45 to 300 65 to 360 20 to 400
20 to 200 45 to 200 65 to 200 -20 to 200
Phoenix III and/or Fire Tested Construction S31600 and PTFE Seal Ring with Nitrile Backup O-Ring Chloroprene Backup O-Ring EPR Backup O-Ring Fluorocarbon Backup O-Ring
NOVEX S31600 Seal(1) Ring NOVEX S21800 Seal(1) Ring (CL300 only)
40 to 149 54 to 149 62 to 204 40 to 232
29 to 816 -29 to 816
40 to 300 65 to 300 80 to 400 40 to 450
20 to 1500 20 to 1500
1. For a complete material description, contact your Emerson sales office.
2. UHMWPE stands for ultra high molecular weight polyethylene. 3. Special thrust bearings are required for high temp. applications over 343_C (650_F) (with 6 and 12-inch shaft extensions). Constructions with carbon steel valves and SST disks may require special thrust bearings at temps. less than 343_C (650_F).
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk NPS 14-24 January 2020
Control-Disk NPS 14-24 Valve
D103471X012
Table 3. Valve/Actuator Combinations
TEMPERATURE RANGE From -46 to 343_C (-50 to 650_F) From 343 to 426_C (650 to 800_F) From 426 to 538_C (800 to 1000_F)(1)
1. Consult your Emerson Automation Solutions sales office.
Figure 4. Mounting Styles and Positions
STYLE D
POSITION 1 STANDARD
2 4
3
STYLE A
POSITION 1 STANDARD
NORMAL
2
FLOW
4
3
GE37285
SELECTION GUIDELINES 1052, 1061 or 2052
Valve (select appropriate trim) and standard actuator
Mounting positions 1 and 3 Valve (select appropriate trim) and standard actuator
Mounting positions 1 and 3 Valve (select appropriate trim) and standard actuator
STYLE C
POSITION 1 STANDARD
4
NORMAL
FLOW
2
3
4 3
STYLE B
POSITION 1 STANDARD
2
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Control-Disk NPS 14-24 Valve
D103471X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk NPS 14-24 January 2020
Pressure Drops
Pressure drop limits of any given valve are based on valve body, and trim material limits. To find the appropriate pressure drop limitation, choose the desired valve size and temperature range. Then search table 4 for body limitations and table 5 for trim limitations. Information on limits for S31254, CW2M,
M35-1 and other alloy constructions can be obtained by contacting your Emerson sales office. The lowest number from the tables is the appropriate limit. The tables for both trim and body limits must be consulted.
Table 4. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops (Valve Ratings) Based on Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Valve Types (The tables for both trim and body limits must be consulted.)
TEMPERATURE RANGE
WCC
CL150
PRESSURE RANGE
CF8M
WCC
CL300
CF8M
_C
Bar
-254 to -29
- - -
19.0
- - -
49.6
-29 to 38
20
19.0
51.7
49.6
93
17.9
16.2
51.7
42.7
149
15.9
14.8
50.3
38.6
204
13.8
13.4
48.6
35.5
260
11.7
11.7
45.9
33.1
316
9.7
9.7
41.7
31.0
343
8.6
8.6
40.7
30.3
371
7.6
7.6
38.3
30.0
399
6.6
6.6
34.8
29.3
427
5.5
5.5
28.3
29.0
454
- - -
4.5
- - -
29.0
482
- - -
3.4
- - -
28.6
510
- - -
2.4
- - -
26.5
538
- - -
1.4
- - -
25.2
_F
Psi
-450 to -20
- - -
275
- - -
720
-20 to 100
290
275
750
720
200
260
235
750
620
300
230
215
730
560
400
200
195
705
515
500
170
170
665
480
600
140
140
605
450
650
125
125
590
440
700
110
110
555
435
750
95
95
505
425
800
80
80
410
420
850
- - -
65
- - -
420
900
- - -
50
- - -
415
950
- - -
35
- - -
385
1000
- - -
20
- - -
365
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk NPS 14-24 January 2020
Control-Disk NPS 14-24 Valve
D103471X012
Table 5. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops(1) Metric Based on Trim (Seal and Bearing) and with S17400 (H1025) Shaft Except Where Noted
TEMPERATURE
CL150, VALVE BODY SIZE, NPS
CL300, VALVE BODY SIZE, NPS
TRIM
RANGE
14
16
18
20
24
14
16
18
20
24
_C
Pressure Range, Bar
Soft Seal and PEEK Bearing
-46 to 38 38 to 93 93 to 149
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
43.6
43.6
43.6
43.6
43.6
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
27.6
NOVEX (S31600) Seal and PEEK Bearing
-46 to 38 38 to 93 93 to 149
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
22.1
22.1
22.1
22.1
22.1
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.9
22.1
22.1
22.1
22.1
22.1
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
22.1
22.1
22.1
22.1
22.1
NOVEX (S21800)(2) Seal and PEEK
Bearing
-46 to 38 38 to 93 93 to 149
51.7
44.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
49.0
40.6
51.7
51.7
51.7
46.1
38.1
50.3
50.3
50.3
Phoenix III Seal and PEEK
Bearing
-46 to 38 38 to 93 93 to 149
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.2
20.0
51.7
47.6
51.7
51.7
51.7
20.0
20.0
20.0
16.9
20.0
51.7
43.2
51.7
51.7
51.7
20.0
18.5
19.2
15.6
20.0
39.3
39.3
39.3
39.3
39.3
Phoenix III Seal and S31600 Nitrided Bearing
-46 to 38 38 to 93 93 to 149 149 to 204 204 to 232
20.0
17.1
18.8
15.3
20.0
48.6
36.3
51.7
51.7
51.7
18.1
14.8
16.6
13.5
20.0
44.2
32.6
51.7
51.5
51.7
16.5
13.5
15.4
12.5
20.0
39.3
30.5
39.3
39.3
39.3
15.4
12.6
14.5
11.7
20.0
26.9
26.9
26.9
26.9
26.9
15.0
12.2
14.1
11.4
20.0
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
-46 to 38
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
22.1
22.1
22.1
22.1
22.1
NOVEX (S31600) Seal and
38 to 93 93 to 149 149 to 232
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.9
22.1
22.1
22.1
22.1
22.1
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
22.1
22.1
22.1
22.1
22.1
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.8
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
S31600
232 to 343
8.6
8.6
8.6
8.6
8.6
13.7
13.7
13.7
13.7
13.7
Nitrided
343 to 427
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.8
Bearing
427 to 482(3)
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
482 to 538(3)
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
12.3
12.3
12.3
12.3
12.3
-46 to 38
43.3
34.5
51.7
51.7
51.7
NOVEX (S21800)(2)
Seal and S31600 Nitrided Bearing
38 to 93 93 to 149 149 to 232 232 to 343 343 to 427 427 to 482(3) 482 to 538(3)
39.3
31.1
51.7
51.7
51.7
36.9
29.0
50.3
50.3
50.3
34.5
27.0
47.2
47.2
47.2
32.4
25.1
40.0
40.0
40.0
31.2
24.0
29.0
29.0
29.0
28.6
28.6
28.6
28.6
28.6
25.2
25.2
25.2
25.2
25.2
1. Consult your Emerson sales office if higher pressure drops are required.
2. NOVEX S21800 seal is available for CL300 only. 3. N07718 shaft must be specified above 427_C.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Control-Disk NPS 14-24 Valve
D103471X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk NPS 14-24 January 2020
Table 6. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops(1) U.S. Traditional Units Based on Trim (Seal and Bearing) and with S17400 (H1025) Shaft Except Where Noted
TEMPERATURE
CL150, VALVE BODY SIZE, NPS
CL300, VALVE BODY SIZE, NPS
TRIM
RANGE
14
16
18
20
24
14
16
18
20
24
_F
Pressure Range, Psi
-50 to 100
290
290
290
290
290
750
750
750
750
750
Soft Seal and
100 to 200
290
290
290
290
290
633
633
633
633
633
PEEK Bearing
200 to 300
290
290
290
290
290
400
400
400
400
400
NOVEX
-50 to 100
290
290
290
290
290
320
320
320
320
320
(S31600)
100 to 200
260
260
260
260
260
320
320
320
320
320
Seal and PEEK
Bearing
200 to 300
230
230
230
230
230
320
320
320
320
320
NOVEX (S21800)(2) Seal and PEEK
Bearing
-50 to 100 100 to 200 200 to 300
750
649
750
750
750
711
589
750
750
750
668
553
730
730
730
Phoenix III
-50 to 100
290
290
290
278
290
750
691
750
750
750
Seal and PEEK 100 to 200
290
290
290
245
290
750
627
750
750
750
Bearing
200 to 300
290
269
278
226
290
570
570
570
570
570
Phoenix III
-50 to 100
290
248
272
222
290
705
526
750
750
750
Seal and
100 to 200
262
215
241
196
290
641
473
750
747
750
S31600
200 to 300
240
196
223
181
290
570
442
570
570
570
Nitrided
300 to 400
224
183
210
170
290
390
390
390
390
390
Bearing
400 to 450
217
177
204
166
290
300
300
300
300
300
-50 to 100
290
288
290
290
290
320
320
320
320
320
100 to 200
260
258
260
260
260
320
320
320
320
320
NOVEX
(S31600)
200 to 300
230
230
230
230
230
320
320
320
320
320
Seal and
300 to 450
185
185
185
185
185
254
254
254
254
254
S31600
450 to 650
125
125
125
125
125
198
198
198
198
198
Nitrided
650 to 800
80
80
80
80
80
186
186
186
186
186
Bearing
800 to 900(3)
50
50
50
50
50
182
182
182
182
182
900 to 1000(3)
20
20
20
20
20
179
179
179
179
179
-50 to 100
628
501
750
750
750
NOVEX (S21800)(2)
Seal and S31600 Nitrided Bearing
100 to 200 200 to 300 300 to 450 450 to 650 650 to 800 800 to 900(3) 900 to 1000(3)
570
451
750
750
750
535
421
730
730
730
501
391
685
685
685
470
364
580
580
580
452
348
420
420
420
415
415
415
415
415
365
365
365
365
365
1. Consult your Emerson sales office if higher pressure drops are required.
2. NOVEX S21800 seal is available for CL300 only. 3. N07718 shaft must be specified above 800_F.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk NPS 14-24 January 2020
Control-Disk NPS 14-24 Valve
D103471X012
Figure 5. Dimensions and Weights, CL150 (also see table 7)
D
C
T
B
D
4XO V
O A
O K
O J BOLT CIRCLE WAFER STYLE
M
O S
O V
O R
4X O P
PACKING
THRU N CLEARANCE
D
C
T
O A
C
T
O A O K
B
M
O S
O J BOLT CIRCLE LUGGED STYLE
4X O P THRU
B E
N
O R PACKING CLEARANCE
4X O V
O J BOLT CIRCLE EACH SIDE
O H THRU O J BOLT CIRCLE
O K
M
O S
O S
O R
4X O P THRU
PACKING
N
CLEARANCE
DOUBLE FLANGE STYLE
Table 7. Dimensions, CL150
VALVE
A
B
E
SIZE,
(1)
(2)
(3) (1, 2) (3)
C
D
(3)
NPS
CL150 DIMENSION
H
(3)
J
K
M
mm
14 422 530 533 91.9 191 327 295 95.3 1-1/8 8 holes 476 31.8 235
16 465 607 597 102 216 371 318 108 1-1/8 12 holes 540 31.8 235
18 529 645 635 114 222 400 349 111 1-1/4 12 holes 578 39.7 273
20 584 695 699 127 229 432 381 114 1-1/4 16 holes 635 44.5 273
24 692 822 813 154 267 492 438 133 1-3/8 16 holes 749 57.2 337
inches
14 16.62 20.88 21.00 3.62 7.50 12.88 11.62 3.75 1-1/8 8 holes 18.75 1-1/4 9.25
16 18.31 23.88 23.50 4.00 8.50 14.62 12.50 4.25 1-1/8 12 holes 21.25 1-1/4 9.25
18 20.81 25.38 25.00 4.50 8.75 15.75 13.75 4.38 1-1/4 12 holes 22.75 1-9/16 10.75
20 23.00 27.38 27.50 5.00 9.00 17.00 15.00 4.50 1-1/4 16 holes 25.00 1-3/4 10.75
24 27.25 32.38 32.00 6.06 10.50 19.38 17.25 5.25 1-3/8 16 holes 29.50 2-1/4 13.25
1. Wafer Style Valve. 2. Lugged Style Valve. 3. Double Flange Style Valve. 4. Wafer and Double Flange styles have 4 holes. NPS 14 CL150 wafer has no holes.
N
46.0 46.0 50.8 50.8 76.2
1.81 1.81 2.00 2.00 3.00
P
17.5 17.5 20.6 20.6 23.9
0.69 0.69 0.81 0.81 0.94
R
S
T
V(4)
117 338 208 1-8 12 holes 117 384 208 1-8 16 holes 133 432 356 1 1/8-8 16 holes 133 480 356 1 1/8-8 20 holes 155 594 356 1 1/4-8 20 holes
4.62 13.31 8.19 1-8 12 holes 4.62 15.12 8.19 1-8 16 holes 5.25 17.00 14.00 1 1/8-8 16 holes 5.25 18.88 14.00 1 1/8-8 20 holes 6.12 23.38 14.00 1 1/4-8 20 holes
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Control-Disk NPS 14-24 Valve
D103471X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk NPS 14-24 January 2020
Figure 6. Dimensions and Weights, CL300 (also see table 8)
D
C
T
B
D
4XO V
O A
O K
O J BOLT CIRCLE WAFER STYLE
M 4X O P THRU
O S
O V
O R PACKING CLEARANCE N
D
C
T
O A
C
T
O A O K
B
M
O S
4X O P THRU O J BOLT CIRCLE
LUGGED STYLE
N
O R PACKING CLEARANCE
B
E
4X O V O J BOLT CIRCLE
EACH SIDE
O H THRU O J BOLT CIRCLE
O K
M
O S
O S
4X O P THRU N
O R PACKING CLEARANCE
DOUBLE FLANGE STYLE
Table 8. Dimensions, CL300
CL300 DIMENSION
VALVE
A
B
E
H
SIZE, (1)
(2)
(3) (1, 2) (3)
C
D
(3)
(3)
J
K
M
N
P
R
S
T
V(4)
NPS
mm
14 436 594 584 117 290 363 319 145 1-1/4 16 holes 514 44.5 273 50.8 20.6 124 339 356 1 1/8-8 16 holes
16 498 657 648 133 310 397 353 155 1-3/8 16 holes 572 44.5 273 50.8 20.6 130 383 356 1 1/4-8 20 holes
18 556 721 711 149 330 419 384 165 1-3/8 20 holes 629 57.2 337 76.2 23.9 143 430 356 1 1/4-8 24 holes
20 605 784 767 159 350 483 416 175 1-3/8 20 holes 686 76.2 337 76.2 23.9 187 478 265 1 1/4-8 24 holes
24 716 924 914 181 390 546 483 195 1-5/8 20 holes 813 76.2 337 76.2 23.9 202 575 265 1 1/2-8 24 holes
inches
14 17.19 23.38 23.00 4.62 11.41 14.31 12.56 5.70 1-1/4 16 holes 20.25 1-3/4 10.75 2.00 0.81 4.88 12.65 14.00 1 1/8-8 16 holes
16 19.62 25.88 25.50 5.25 12.20 15.63 13.88 6.10 1-3/8 16 holes 22.50 1-3/4 10.75 2.00 0.81 5.12 15.07 14.00 1 1/4-8 20 holes
18 21.88 28.38 28.00 5.88 13.00 16.50 15.12 6.50 1-3/8 20 holes 24.75 2-1/4 13.25 3.00 0.94 5.62 16.91 14.00 1 1/4-8 24 holes
20 23.81 30.88 30.20 6.25 13.78 19.00 16.38 6.89 1-3/8 20 holes 27.00 3 13.25 3.00 0.94 7.38 18.80 10.44 1 1/4-8 24 holes
24 28.19 36.38 36.00 7.12 15.35 21.50 19.00 7.67 1-5/8 20 holes 32.00 3 13.25 3.00 0.94 7.94 21.69 10.44 1 1/2-8 24 holes
1. Wafer Style Valve 2. Lugged Style Valve 3. Double Flange Style Valve 4. Wafer and Double Flange styles have 4 holes
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Control-Disk NPS 14-24 January 2020
Control-Disk NPS 14-24 Valve
D103471X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Control-Disk, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E122013, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CV500 Valve
D101606X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:CV500 July 2020
FisherTM CV500 Rotary Globe Control Valve
The Fisher CV500 Cam Vee-BallTM control valve combines the rangeability of the cammed-segmented V-notched ball, with the inherent ruggedness found in the V500 heavy duty bearings, seals and body. This combination provides a balance of erosion resistance and pressure control for gas and liquids. The unrestricted, straight-through flow design provides high capacity for gas, steam, liquids, or fibrous slurries. The flanged valve features streamlined flow passages, rugged metal trim components, and a self-centering seat ring (figures 1 and 2).
With these components, the CV500 valve, designed for throttling or on-off applications, combines globe valve ruggedness with the efficiency of a rotary valve. Matched with a Fisher power or manual actuator, the CV500 valve dependably controls fluids in many process industries.
Unless otherwise noted, all NACE references are to NACE MR0175-2002.
Features
nExcellent Flow Characteristic--Precise contouring of V-notch ball provides a modified equal percentage flow characteristic.
nHigh Capacity--Unrestricted, straight-through, flow design provides greater capacity than many conventional globe and rotary eccentric plug valves.
nLong Seat Life--The V-notch ball cams into and out of the seat minimizing contact with the seat ring for reduced wear and friction (figure 3). The V-notch ball does not contact the seat during throttling operation. S31600 (316 stainless steel) or R30006 (Alloy 6) seat ring has two shutoff surfaces and can be easily reversed, reducing downtime.
X0189
Fisher CV500 VALVE WITH 2052 ACTUATOR AND FIELDVUETM DVC6200 DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
nOne-Piece Body--Valve body is cast in one piece. There are no body gaskets to leak as a result of pipeline stresses.
nOperational Versatility--Self-centering seat ring and rugged V-notch ball allow forward or reverse flow with tight shutoff in either flow direction.
nEasy Installation--Integral valve flanges mate with many different classes of pipeline flanges, satisfying a variety of piping requirements. Flanges eliminate exposed line flange bolting, shorten alignment and installation time, and promote secure valve installations and piping integrity.
(continued on page 3)
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:CV500 July 2020
CV500 Valve
D101606X012
Specifications
Available Configuration Flanged valve body assembly with reversible(1) metal seat ring and splined shaft. See tables 2 and 3.
Valve Sizes NPS J 3, J 4, J 6, J 8, J 10, and J 12. DN 80, 100, 150, 200, 250 and 300 are also available.
End Connection Style and Rating J Raised-face flanges or J ring-type joint flanges (ASME B16.5). Valve bodies with EN PN10 through PN100 flanges also available. See tables 2 and 3 for ASME and EN availability.
Maximum Inlet Pressure(2) Consistent with applicable ASME or EN flange ratings
Maximum Pressure Drops(2) See table 4 for both forward and reverse flow pressure drops
Shutoff Classification Class IV per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4, (0.01% of valve capacity at full travel) for either flow direction
Construction Materials See table 5
Material Temperature Capability(2) See table 5
Flow Characteristic Modified equal percentage
Flow Direction J Forward (normal) flow is into the convex side of the V-notch ball J Bidirectional flow is into either side of the V-notch ball
Flow Coefficient Ratio(3)
200 to 1
Actuator Mounting
J Right-hand or J left-hand as viewed from the upstream side of the valve.
Mounting position depends on the desired open valve position and flow direction required by operating conditions. For more information, see the Installation section.
Valve V-Notch Ball Rotation
Counterclockwise to close (when viewed from the actuator side of the valve body) through 90 degrees of V-notch ball rotation
Valve Body/Actuator Action
With diaphragm or piston rotary actuator, field-reversible between J push-down-to-close (extending actuator rod closes valve body) and J push-down-to-open (extending actuator rod opens valve body)
Packing Constructions
PTFE V-Ring: With one carbon-filled PTFE conductive packing ring in J single, J double, or J leak-off arrangements Braided PTFE Composition and Graphite Ribbon: With one graphited composition conductive packing ring in J single, J double, or J leak-off arrangements Graphite Ribbon Packing Rings: In J single, J double, or J leak-off arrangements ENVIRO-SEALTM: J PTFE or J Graphite in single arrangements
Approximate Weights
See table 1
Dimensions
See figure 4; face-to-face dimensions conform to ISA S75.04. IEC 60534-3-2 face-to-face dimensions are equivalent to S75.04 face-to-face dimensions.
Flow Coefficients See Fisher Catalog 12
Options J Sealed bearing constructions, J purged bearings
1. The reversible seat is not available in every trim material. Consult your Emerson sales office. 2. The pressure or temperature limits in the referenced tables or figures, and in any applicable code limitation, should not be exceeded. 3. Ratio of maximum flow coefficient to minimum usable flow coefficient. May also be called rangeability.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CV500 Valve
D101606X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:CV500 July 2020
Table 1. Approximate Weights
VALVE SIZE, NPS
DN
CL150
FLANGED CL300 kg
80
19
24
100
36
42
150
54
69
200
79
98
250
- - -
208
300
- - -
253
NPS
Pounds
3
42
52
4
79
93
6
120
152
8
175
217
10
- - -
458
12
- - -
558
CL600
26 50 93 135 312 367
57 111 204 298 687 810
Table 2. Valve Size, ASME Ratings, and Flange Compatibility
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CL150
ASME FLANGED
CL300
CL600
3
X
X
X
4
X
X
X
6
X
X
X
8
X
X
X
10
- - -
X
X
12
- - -
X
X
X indicates availability.
Features (continued)
nSimple Assembly and Maintenance--No special orientation, precision clamping or repetitive centering of V-notch ball and seat ring is required when tightening the retainer, promoting accurate alignment and easy assembly.
nSour Service Capability--Trim and bolting materials are available for applications handling sour fluids and gases. These constructions comply with the requirements of NACE MR0175-2002.
Figure 1. Detail of Seat Ring Design
FACE SEAL SECTION
FORWARD FLOW SHUTOFF
42B3375-A
A5685-1
REVERSE FLOW SHUTOFF
nRugged Construction--Durable, solid metal seat ring and ball shut off tightly. Oversized shaft diameters and rugged trim parts allow high pressure drops.
nReliable Performance--The seat ring design (figure 1) self-centers, self-laps, and dynamically aligns with V-notch ball, giving superior cycle life. Optional sealed metal bearings help prevent particle buildup and valve shaft seizure in severe applications.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:CV500 July 2020
CV500 Valve
D101606X012
Figure 2. Sectionals of Fisher CV500 Rotary Control Valves
RETAINER FACE SEALS
SEAT RING
BEARING
PACKING
DRIVE SHAFT
SEALED BEARING
FOLLOWER SHAFT
GROOVE PIN
W5793-1 / IL
BEARING STOP BEARING
TAPER AND EXPANSION PIN
DN 80 THROUGH 200 NPS 3 THROUGH 8
THRUST WASHER
VALVE BODY
SEALED BEARING
W5794-1
BOTTOM FLANGE
GROOVE PINS
DN 250 AND 300 NPS 10 AND 12
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CV500 Valve
D101606X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:CV500 July 2020
Table 3. Valve Size, DN Ratings, and Flange Compatibility
VALVE SIZE, DN
PN 10
80
X
100
X
150
X
200
X
250
- - -
300
- - -
X indicates availability.
PN 16
X X X X - - - - -
PN 25
X X X X X X
EN Flanged
PN 40
X X X X X X
PN 63
X X X X - - - - -
PN 100
X X X X - - - - -
Table 4. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops(2)
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
BEARING MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE,
80
100
_C
WCC steel
S44004 (440C SST)
-29 to 149
41.4
41.4
149 to 204
41.4
41.4
204 to 316
41.4
41.4
WCC Steel, 1.0619 steel,
R30006 (Alloy 6)
-46(1) to 204
41.4
204 to 260
41.4
260 to 316
41.4
-46(1) to 93
41.4
CF8M (316 SST), 1.4581 SST,
PTFE/composition-
93 to 149
41.4
or CF3M(3) (316L
lined S31603(3)
SST)
(S316L SST)
149 to 204
41.4
41.4 41.4 41.4 41.4
41.4
41.4
204 to 232
41.4
41.4
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
BEARING MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE,
3
4
_F
WCC steel
-20 to 300
600
600
S44004
300 to 400
600
600
(440C SST)
400 to 600
600
600
WCC Steel, 1.0619 steel,
-50(1) to 400
600
600
R30006 (Alloy 6)
400 to 500
600
600
500 to 600
600
600
-50(1) to 200
600
600
CF8M (316 SST),
1.4581 SST, or CF3M(3) (316L
PTFE/compositionlined S31603(3)
200 to 300
600
600
SST)
(S316L SST)
300 to 400
600
600
400 to 450
600
600
1. -29_C (-20_F) for WCC steel valve body material. 2. The pressure or temperature limits in this table or in any applicable code limitation, should not be exceeded.
3. Fisher standard material offerings in Europe only. 4. S17400 (17-4PH SST) shaft only. 5. ASME SA-479 Grade S20910 stainless steel shaft only. Pressure drops appropriate for both shaft materials.
VALVE SIZE, DN
150
200
Bar
41.4
24.1
41.4
23.8
41.4
23.1
20.7
15.2
20.7
15.2
20.7
15.2
41.4
24.1
41.4
24.1(4) 23.1(5)
41.4
23.8(4) 22.1(5)
41.4
23.4(4) 21.7(5)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
6
8
Psi
600
350
600
345
600
335
300
220
300
220
300
220
600
350
350(4)
600
335(5)
345(4)
600
320(5)
340(4)
600
315(5)
250
24.1 24.1 24.1 24.1 24.1 24.1 31 31
31
31
10
350 350 350 350 350 350 450 450
450
450
300
27.6 27.6 27.6 27.6 27.6 27.6 34.5 34.5
34.5
34.5
12
400 400 400 400 400 400 500 500
500
500
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:CV500 July 2020
CV500 Valve
D101606X012
Table 5. Materials of Construction and Temperature Capabilities
PART NAME
MATERIAL
CB7Cu-1 (17-4PH) retainer
WCC steel bodies
R30006 (Alloy 6) retainer CF8M (316 SST) retainer
1.0619 steel bodies
CB7Cu-1 (17-4PH) retainer R30006 (Alloy 6) retainer CF3M (316L SST) retainer
Valve body and retainer
CF8M (316 SST) bodies
CF8M retainer R30006 (Alloy 6) retainer CF8M with CoCr-A (Alloy 6) bore
1.4581 SST bodies
CF3M retainer R30006 (Alloy 6) retainer CF3M with CoCr-A bore
CF3M(1) (316L SST) bodies
CF3M retainer R30006 (Alloy 6) retainer CF3M with CoCr-A bore
CF8M
R30006 (Alloy 6)
Seat ring
CF8M with CoCr-A seat CF3M(1)
CF3M(1) with CoCr-A seat
Chrome plated CF3M
Ball
Chrome plated CF3M with CoCr-A V-notch
Drive shaft and follower shaft
S17400 (17-4PH SST) ASME SA479 grade S20910
Taper and expansion pins (NPS 3 through 8)
ASME SA479 grade S20910
Groove pin
S31600
S44004 (440C SST)
Bearings
R30006 (Alloy 6) PTFE/composition lined S31603
O-rings(2) (for S44004 or R30006 sealed bearings)
Fluorocarbon Nitrile
Bearing stop
S31600 S31603(1)
Thrust washer
S17700 for S17400 drive shaft Alloy 6B for S20910 drive shaft
Face seals
N07718
Retainer gasket Packing
S31600 S31603(1) PTFE V-ring with one carbon-filled PTFE ring(3) Braided PTFE composition with one graphite filament ring(4)
Graphite ribbon
Packing follower
S31600
SA-193-B7 studs and SA-194-2H nuts
Studs and nuts
SA-193-B7M studs and SA-194-2HM nuts SA-193-B8M studs and SA-194-8M nuts
Packing box ring
1. Fisher standard material offerings in Europe only. 2. For sealed bearing constructions. 3. Carbon-filled PTFE ring used for grounding purposes. 4. Graphite filament ring used for grounding purposes.
S31600 S31603(1)
MINIMUM TO MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE
_C
_F
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
-29 to 260
-20 to 500
-26 to 427
-14 to 800
-26 to 427
-14 to 800
-26 to 260
-14 to 500
-198 to 427
-325 to 800
-46 to 316
-50 to 600
-198 to 427
-325 to 800
-195 to 427
-319 to 800
-46 to 316
-50 to 600
-198 to 427
-319 to 800
-198 to 427
-325 to 800
-46 to 316
-50 to 600
-198 to 427
-325 to 800
-198 to 538
-325 to 1000
-198 to 538
-325 to 1000
-198 to 538
-325 to 1000
-198 to 454
-325 to 850
-198 to 454
-325 to 850
-198 to 316
-325 to 600
-198 to 316
-325 to 600
-62 to 427
-80 to 800
-198 to 538
-325 to 1000
-198 to 538
-325 to 1000
-198 to 538 -29 to 427 -198 to 538 -46 to 232 -18 to 204 -29 to 93 -198 to 538 -198 to 454 -198 to 427 -198 to 538 -198 to 538 -198 to 538 -198 to 454 -46 to 260 -73 to 260 -198 to 538 -198 to 538 -46 to 427 -29 to 427 -198 to 538 -198 to 538 -198 to 454
-325 to 1000 -20 to 800
-325 to 1000 -50 to 450 0 to 400 -20 to 200
-325 to 1000 -325 to 850 -325 to 800 -325 to 1000 -325 to 1000 -325 to 1000 -325 to 850 -50 to 500 -100 to 500 -325 to 1000 -325 to 1000 -50 to 800 -20 to 800 -325 to 1000 -325 to 1000 -325 to 850
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CV500 Valve
D101606X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:CV500 July 2020
Installation
The CV500 control valve may be installed in any position. However, for best shutoff performance, a position with the shaft horizontal is recommended.
The control valve may be installed in forward or reverse flow direction. Forward flow (through the seat ring and past the V-notch ball) tends to open the valve; reverse flow (past the V-notch ball and through the seat ring) tends to close the valve. The forward flow direction is recommended. Refer to the Fisher CV500 Rotary Control Valve instruction manual, D101640X012, to determine the proper installation orientation of the V-notch ball and actuator, and to determine the flow direction of the process fluid through the valve.
Refer to the appropriate actuator bulletin for possible assembly and installation options. For assistance in selecting the appropriate combination of actuator action and open valve position, consult your Emerson sales office.
Dimensions are shown in figure 4.
Figure 3. Eccentric V-Notch Ball Rotation
VALVE BODY CENTERLINE SHAFT CENTERLINE
VALVE BODY CENTERLINE SHAFT CENTERLINE
Ordering Information
Valve Information
To determine what valve ordering information is needed, refer to the specifications table. Review the information under each specification and in the referenced tables; specify your choice whenever there is a selection to be made.
Actuator and Accessory Information
B2333
Refer to the specific actuator and accessory bulletins for required ordering information.
VALVE BODY CENTERLINE
SHAFT CENTERLINE
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:CV500 July 2020
CV500 Valve
D101606X012
Table 6. Fisher CV500 Valve Body Dimensions
VALVE SIZE
DN
A
RF
RTJ
80
165
165
100
194
194
150
229
229
200
243
243
250
297
312
300
338
354
NPS
3
6.50
6.50
4
7.62
7.62
6
9.00
9.00
8
9.56
9.56
10
11.68
12.30
12
13.31
13.93
1. Shaft diameter versus spline diameter.
B
RF
RTJ
83
83
97
97
114
114
121
121
148
156
169
177
3.25
3.25
3.81
3.81
4.50
4.50
4.78
4.78
5.84
6.15
6.66
6.97
D
213 208 208 208 356 356
8.44 8.19 8.19 8.19 14.00 14.00
DIMENSIONS K
mm 200 216 270 318 353 408 Inches 7.88 8.50 10.62 12.50 13.91 16.07
S (Shaft Dia)(1)
25.4 25.4 x 19.1
31.8 38.1 38.1 x 31.8 38.1 44.5 53.8 53.8 x 50.8
1.00 1.00 x 0.75
1.25 1.50 1.50 x 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.12 2.12 x 2.00
T
152 235 235 235 273 273
6.00 9.25 9.25 9.25 10.75 10.75
Figure 4. Fisher CV500 Valve Body Dimensions (also see table 6)
U B
A
T
S
U
W
32
14
46
18
46
5/8-inch 11 UNC
46
5/8-inch 11 UNC
51
3/4-inch 10 UNC
51
3/4-inch 10 UNC
1.25
0.56
1.81
0.69
1.81
5/8-inch 11 UNC
1.81
5/8-inch 11 UNC
2.00
3/4-inch 10 UNC
2.00
3/4-inch 10 UNC
U T
CL150,
300, OR 600
K
D
A3289-1
WITH RF OR RTJ FLANGES
Note: For dimensions of valves with DN (or other) end connections, contact your Emerson sales office.
W DN80 AND 100 NPS 3 AND 4
W
DN 150 THROUGH 300 NPS 6 THROUGH 12
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Vee-Ball, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Process Management Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1991, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
SS-138B Valve
D103779X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:SS-138B July 2020
FisherTM SS-138B Continuous Catalytic Regeneration Valve
This bulletin covers the Fisher SS-138B, an NPS 1 through NPS 8 segmented ball valve with metal flow ring construction. The segmented ball is used to control the flow of catalyst from reactor to regeneration towers in a continuous catalyst regeneration (CCR) unit.
The Fisher SS-138B is specifically designed to meet process licensor requirements. The demanding nature of the application requires a specific design which reduces crushing of the catalyst and pressure build up downstream of the valve by controlling gravity feed of the catalyst through the valve. This is achieved by shimming the VeeBallTM to the center of the valve body cavity to hold the flow ring a process-licensor specified distance away from the ball.
Features
nFlow Passages-- Specially designed flow passages eliminate solids accumulation that can hinder valve operation. This extends the life of the catalyst spheres, reduces maintenance cost, and improves regeneration efficiency.
nEasy Installation-- Optional flanged body design of the SS-138B eliminates exposed line flange bolting, reduces alignment and installation time, and promotes secure valve installations and piping integrity.
nSmooth Valve Operation--Precision machined parts and pressure balanced seal designs allow smooth, precise movement of the ball.
nPrecision Engineered-- Specific clearance between the flow ring and hardened VeeBall trim parts prevent crushing of the catalyst spheres.
X0714
SS-138B NPS 4 WITH FISHER 2052 SIZE 2 ACTUATOR
nQuick and Easy Maintenance--Ball seal inspection and replacement is done at the valve body inlet without removing the actuator or disassembling the valve. Valve maintenance requires no special tools.
nStructural Integrity--One-piece valve body improves structural integrity of the pressure boundary by eliminating leak paths that could be caused by the gaskets in two-piece, bolted valve designs.
nExceptional Environmental Capabilities--The optional ENVIRO-SEALTM packing systems are designed with very smooth shaft surfaces and live loading to provide exceptional sealing. The seal of the ENVIRO-SEAL system can restrict emissions to less than the EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) limit of 100 ppm (parts per million).
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:SS-138B July 2020
SS-138B Valve
D103779X012
Specifications
Valve Sizes and End Connection Styles
Dimensions
SS-138B: NPS J 1, J 1-1/2, J 2, J 3, J 4, J 6, and J8
See figures 3 and 4 for dimensions
Maximum Inlet Pressures(1)
CG8M and CF3M Valves: Consistent with CL300 for flanged SS-138B, pressure-temperature ratings per ASME B16.34, but do not exceed the material temperature capabilities shown below or the pressure drop limitations.
Standard Flow Direction Forward (into the convex face of the V-notch ball)
Flow Coefficients See Fisher Catalog 12
Flangeless SS-138B CG8M and CF3M Valves: Consistent with applicable pressure-temperature ratings in table 1 per ASME B16.34, but do not exceed the material temperature capabilities shown below and the pressure drop limitations.
Shutoff Classification(1,3)
Flow Coefficient Ratio See Fisher Catalog 12
Maximum Ball Rotation 90 degrees
Class I per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and per IEC 60534-4, (Class II and better not available). A defined initial maximum leak rate can be provided subject to review of service conditions.
Construction Materials
Actuator Mounting
Standard valve construction is for right-hand mounting, as viewed from upstream end of valve. Left-hand (optional) mounting is available upon request.
See table 3
Valve/Actuator Action
Temperature Capabilities(1,2) Flow Ring: -198 to 538_C (-325 to 1000_F) R30006 Bearings: -198 to538_C (-325 to 1000_F)
Packing Constructions
With diaphragm or piston rotary actuator, the valve is field-reversible between PDTC or PDTO: J push-down-to-close (extending actuator rod closes valve) and J push-down-to-open (extending actuator rod opens valve)
PTFE V-ring: -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) Graphite: -198 to 538_C (-325 to 1000_F) ENVIRO-SEAL Single PTFE V-ring: -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite: -7 to 316_C (20 to 600_F) for 100ppm service requirements. This packing arrangement can be used to 371_C (700_F) for non-environmental service.
Flow Characteristic
Modified equal percentage
Approximate Weight
See table 2
Options
J Pipe plug at end of follower shaft for all sizes, J Line flange bolting, J ENVIRO-SEAL packing system: See figure 2 and Bulletin 59.3:041, ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems for Fisher Rotary Valves (D101638X012) for more information, J S31254/CK3MCuN trim material
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin, and any applicable code or standard limitation, should not be exceeded. 2. Additional limits are shown in tables 4 and 5. 3. Shutoff classification Class I as required by process licensor.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
SS-138B Valve
D103779X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:SS-138B July 2020
Figure 1. Fisher SS-138B Construction Features (Flanged SS-138B Shown)
SEE VIEW A
VIEW A
RETAINER RING
PROCESS-LICENSOR SPECIFIED CLEARANCE
GASKET SPRING FLOW SHIM SEAL RING SEAL
VEE-BALL
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:SS-138B July 2020
SS-138B Valve
D103779X012
Table 1. Valve Body Materials, Ratings, and End Connections
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
VALVE DESIGN
VALVE SIZE, NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2
CG8M or CF3M(1)
Flangeless SS-138B
3, 4 6, 8
Flanged SS-138B
1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
1. CF3M is the standard offering in Europe and Asia Pacific.
RATINGS CL150/CL300/CL600
CL300/CL600 CL150/CL300
CL300
END CONNECTION
Mates with RF flanges per ASME B16.5
Table 2. Valve Weights, Approximate
VALVE SIZE, NPS
FLANGELESS SS-138B
kg
lbs
1
4.5
10
1-1/2
6.4
14
2
10
23
3
15
34
4
22
48
6
36
80
8
62
136
FLANGED SS-138B
kg
lbs
8
17
12
27
17
38
28
61
37
81
60
133
103
226
Table 3. Standard Construction Materials for NPS 1 through 8 Valves
Seal Protector Ring
PART
CG8M and CF3M(3)
MATERIAL
V-Notch Ball
CG8M chrome plate with CoCrA Vnotch, CG8M chrome coat with CoCrA Vnotch, CF3M chrome plate with CoCrA Vnotch, CF3M chrome coat with CoCrA Vnotch(3)
Seal
Flow ring- S31600 with CoCrA hardfacing alloy
Bearings
R30006 (Alloy 6)
Seal Retainer Gasket Packing
Graphite Enviroseal PTFE or graphite, PTFE V-ring with one carbon-filled PTFE ring(1), PTFE V-ring, or graphite ribbon. Packing is available with or without live loading.
Shafts
S17400 /chrome plate or N07750 / CoCrA hardfacing alloy / chrome coat
Groove Pin
S31600 or N10276
Taper Key
R30006(2), S20910, or N10276
Taper Pin (NPS 1, 1-1/2, and 2 only)
S20910 or N10276
Seal Retainer Screws and Washers
Stainless steel
Packing Follower and Packing Box Ring
CF8M (316 stainless steel), N10276, S31254, or N10276 with separate S31600 packing box flange
Actuator Mounting Bolts and Nuts
Grade 5 steel or strain-hardened B8M stainless steel
Spacer and Bushing
S31700, N10276, or S31603
Packing Follower Bolting and Optional Line Bolting SA-193-B7, SA-193-B7M, or strain-hardened SA-193-B8M
1. The carbon-filled PTFE ring is used for grounding. 2. Standard material offered in North America. 3. CF3M is the standard offering in Europe and Asia Pacific.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
SS-138B Valve
D103779X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:SS-138B July 2020
Figure 2. Typical ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Arrangements
PACKING BOX STUD
SPRINGS
VALVE SHAFT
VALVE BODY
ANTIEXTRUSION RINGS
VALVE SHAFT
PACKING FLANGE
PACKING BOX RING
PACKING FLANGE
PACKING FOLLOWER
W5806-2
PTFE PACKING
PACKING BOX RING
PTFE PACKING V-RINGS SHOWN
SPRINGS
PACKING FOLLOWER
W6125-1
GRAPHITE PACKING
GRAPHITE PACKING SET
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:SS-138B July 2020
SS-138B Valve
D103779X012
Pressure Drops
Pressure drop limits of any given valve are based on valve body, and trim material limits. To find the appropriate pressure drop limitation, choose the desired valve size and temperature range. Then search
table 4 for body limitations and table 5 for trim limitations. The lowest number from the tables is the appropriate limit. The tables for both trim and body limits must be consulted.
Table 4. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops (Body Ratings) based on Stainless Steel Valve Body Types (The tables for both trim and body limits must be consulted)
TEMPERATURE RANGE
CG8M or CF3M CL300
PRESSURE CLASS
CG8M or CF3M CL600
_C
Bar
-46 to -29
49.6
99.3
-29 to 38
49.6
99.3
93
42.7
85.5
149
38.6
77.2
204
35.5
70.6
232
34.5
68.6
260
33.1
65.8
316
32.1
64.1
343
31.0
62.4
371
30.7
60.0
399
29.3
58.9
427
29.0
58.3
454
28.8
57.6
482
28.6
57.1
510
27.1
54.2
538
25.2
50.0
_F
Psi
-50 to -20
720
1440
-20 to 100
720
1440
200
620
1240
300
560
1120
400
515
1025
450
500
995
500
480
955
550
465
930
600
450
905
650
445
890
700
430
870
750
425
855
800
420
845
850
418
835
900
415
830
950
385
775
1000
365
725
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
SS-138B Valve
D103779X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:SS-138B July 2020
Table 5. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops based on Trim (Bearing and Seal) (Note: Do not exceed the ASME pressure/temperature rating of the valve or mating flanges)
BEARING MATERIAL
BALL SEAL BALL MATERIAL
SHAFT
VALVE SIZE, NPS
TEMPERATURE RANGE, _C
1 1-1/2 2
3
4
6
8
Bar
R30006
Flow Ring
CG8M or CF3M chrome plate with
CoCr-A V-notch
CG8M or CF3M chrome coat with CoCr-A V-notch
S17400 / chrome plate
N07750 / CoCr-A / chrome coat
316
74.5 49.6 26.8 18.8 10.9 11.2 11.1
538
74.5 49.6 26.8 18.8 10.9 11.2 11.1
BEARING MATERIAL
BALL SEAL BALL MATERIAL
SHAFT
TEMPERATURE RANGE, _F
Psi
R30006
Flow Ring
CG8M or CF3M chrome plate with
CoCr-A V-notch
CG8M or CF3M chrome coat with CoCr-A V-notch
S17400 / chrome plate
N07750 / CoCr-A / chrome coat
600 1000
1080 720 388 273 158 163 161 1080 720 388 273 158 163 161
Table 6. Fisher Flangeless SS-138B Dimensions
FLANGELESS SS-138B DIMENSIONS (ISA S75.04)
VALVE
SIZE, NPS A
B
D
G
K
M
R
R1
S
CL300 CL600
ASME B16.5
T
U
W RF FLANGES
mm
1
102
56
81
95
202
202
51
102
12.7
1-1/2 114
62
188
89
121
224
224
73
119 15.7 and 15.7 x 12.7 117
- - -
14.2
2
124
67
106
127
236
236
92
137 15.7 and 15.7 x 12.7
CL300 and
3
165
79
214
117
130
279
286
127
167
19.1
152
32
14.2
600
4
194
101
214
133
141
305
343
157
197
19.1
152
32
14.2
6
229
109
214
159 164(1) 362
413
216
260
25.4
152
32
14.2
8
243
124
208
195
232
387
426
270
314
31.8
235
46
17.5
Inch
1
4.00 2.21
3.19 3.75 7.94 7.94
2
4.00
1/2
1-1/2 4.50 2.46 7.38 3.50 4.75 8.81 8.81 2.88 4.68
5/8 and 5/8 x 1/2
2
4.88 2.63
4.19 5.00 9.31 9.31 3.63 5.38
5/8 and 5/8 x 1/2
3
6.50 3.10 8.44 4.62 5.12 11.00 11.25 5.00 6.56
4
7.62 3.99 8.44 5.25 5.56 12.00 13.50 6.19 7.76
6
9.00 4.29 8.44 6.25 6.44(1) 14.25 16.25 8.50 10.24
8
9.56 4.88 8.19 7.69 9.12 15.25 16.75 10.63 12.38
3/4 3/4 1 1-1/4
4.62
- - -
0.56
6.00 1.25 0.56 6.00 1.25 0.56 6.00 1.25 0.56 9.25 1.81 0.69
CL300
1. 179 mm (7.06 inches) for NPS 6, CL600 valves only.
Figure 3. Fisher Flangeless SS-138B Dimensions (also see table 6)
A B
G
K
D
R
S R1
U
T
T
12B3060-L
B2331-2
M
W
W
NPS 1 THROUGH 2 NPS 3 THROUGH 8
11B2625-K
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:SS-138B July 2020
SS-138B Valve
D103779X012
Table 7. Fisher Flanged SS-138B Dimensions
FLANGED SS-138B DIMENSIONS (ISA S75.04)
VALVE SIZE,
NPS
A
B
D
G
K
M(1)
N(1)
S Diameter
T
mm
1 1-1/2
2
102
56
81
95
100
94
12.7
114
62
188
89
121
114
108 15.7 and 15.7 X 12.7 117
124
67
106
127
106
100 15.7 and 15.7 X 12.7
3
165
79
214
117
130
133
121
19.1
152
4
194
101
214
133
141
140
127
19.1
152
6
229
109
214
159
164(2)
152
140
25.4
152
8
243
124
208
195
232
165
152
31.8
235
Inch
1 1-1/2
2
4.00
2.21
3.19
3.75
3.94
3.69
1/2
4.50
2.46
7.38
3.50
4.75
4.50
4.25
5/8 and 5/8 X 1/2
4.62
4.88
2.63
4.19
5.00
4.19
3.94
5/8 and 5/8 X 1/2
3
6.50
3.10
8.44
4.62
5.12
5.25
4.75
3/4
6.00
4
7.62
3.99
8.44
5.25
5.56
5.50
5.00
3/4
6.00
6
9.00
4.29
8.44
6.25
6.44(2)
6.00
5.50
1
6.00
8
9.56
4.88
8.19
7.69
9.12
6.50
6.00
1-1/4
9.25
1. Clearance necessary to remove flange bolts. 2. 179 mm (7.06 inches) for NPS 6, CL600 valves only.
Figure 4. Fisher Flanged SS-138B Dimensions (also see table 7)
MATCHES CL300 RF FLANGES
S T
U
W
- - -
14.2
32
14.2
32
14.2
32
14.2
46
17.5
- - -
0.56
1.25
0.56
1.25
0.56
1.25
0.56
1.81
0.69
U T
N
B2330-3
G
K
B
M
A
W
W
NPS
NPS
D
1 THROUGH 2 3 THROUGH 8
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Vee-Ball, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2013, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
SS-252B Valve
D103986X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:SS-252B August 2017
FisherTM SS-252B Continuous Catalytic Regeneration Valve
This bulletin covers the Fisher SS-252B, an NPS 1 through NPS 8 segmented ball valve with an R30006 metal seal. The segmented ball is used to control the flow of catalyst from reactor to regeneration towers in a continuous catalyst regeneration (CCR) unit.
The Fisher SS-252B is specifically designed to meet process licensor requirements. The demanding nature of the application requires a specific design which reduces crushing of the catalyst and pressure build up downstream of the valve by controlling gravity feed of the catalyst through the valve. This is achieved by shimming the VeeBallTM to the center of the valve body cavity to maintain zero ball seal deflection.
Features
nFlow Passages-- Specially designed flow passages eliminate solids accumulation that can hinder valve operation. This extends the life of the catalyst spheres, reduces maintenance cost, and improves regeneration efficiency.
nEasy Installation-- Optional flanged body design of the SS-252B eliminates exposed line flange bolting, reduces alignment and installation time, and promotes secure valve installations and piping integrity.
nPrecision Engineered-- Specific clearance between the ball seal and hardened VeeBall trim parts prevent crushing of the catalyst spheres.
X0714
SS-252B NPS 4 with Fisher 2052 Size 2
nQuick and Easy Maintenance--Ball seal inspection and replacement is done at the valve body inlet without removing the actuator or disassembling the valve. Valve maintenance requires no special tools.
nStructural Integrity--One-piece valve body improves structural integrity of the pressure boundary by eliminating leak paths that could be caused by the gaskets in two-piece, bolted valve designs.
nExceptional Environmental Capabilities--The optional ENVIRO-SEALTM packing systems are designed with very smooth shaft surfaces and live loading to provide exceptional sealing. The seal of the ENVIRO-SEAL system can restrict emissions to less than the EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) limit of 100 ppm (parts per million).
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:SS-252B August 2017
SS-252B Valve
D103986X012
Specifications
Valve Sizes and End Connection Styles NPS J 1, J 1-1/2, J 2, J 3, J 4, J 6, and J 8
Dimensions See figure 4 for dimensions
Maximum Inlet Pressures(1)
CG8M (317 Stainless Steel) Valves: Consistent with CL300 for flanged SS-252B, pressure-temperature ratings per ASME B16.34, but do not exceed the material temperature capabilities shown below or the pressure drop limitations.
Flangeless SS-252B CG8M (317 Stainless Steel) Valves: Consistent with applicable pressure-temperature ratings in table 1 per ASME B16.34, but do not exceed the material temperature capabilities shown below and the pressure drop limitations.
Standard Flow Direction Forward (into the convex face of the V-notch ball)
Flow Coefficients See V300 information in Fisher Catalog 12
Flow Coefficient Ratio See V300 information in Fisher Catalog 12
Maximum Ball Rotation 90 degrees
Shutoff Classification(1, 3)
The maximum allowable leakage rates (scfh) for this valve are 200 for NPS 1, 300 for NPS 1-1/2, 400 for NPS 2, 500 for NPS 3, 800 for NPS 4, and 1100 for NPS 6. The leak test is conducted with 100 psig air.
Actuator Mounting
Standard valve construction is for right-hand mounting, as viewed from upstream end of valve. Left-hand (optional) mounting is available upon request.
Construction Materials See table 3
Temperature Capabilities(1,2) Ball Seal: -198 to 538_C (-325 to 1000_F) PEEK/PTFE Bearings: -198 to 260_C (-325 to 500_F)
Packing Constructions PTFE V-ring: -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) Graphite: -198 to 538_C (-325 to 1000_F) ENVIRO-SEAL Single PTFE V-ring: -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite: -7 to 316_C (20 to 600_F)
Flow Characteristic Modified equal percentage
Valve/Actuator Action
With diaphragm or piston rotary actuator, the valve is field-reversible between PDTC or PDTO: J push-down-to-close (extending actuator rod closes valve) and J push-down-to-open (extending actuator rod opens valve)
Approximate Weight
See table 2
Options
J Pipe plug at end of follower shaft for all sizes, J Line flange bolting, J ENVIRO-SEAL packing system: See figure 2 and Bulletin 59.3:041, ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems for Fisher Rotary Valves (D101638X012) for more information, J S31254/CK3MCuN trim material
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin, and any applicable code or standard limitation, should not be exceeded. 2. Additional limits are shown in tables 4 and 5. 3. Shutoff classification Class I as required by process licensor.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
SS-252B Valve
D103986X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:SS-252B August 2017
Figure 1. Fisher SS-252B Construction Features
SEE VIEW A
SEAL PROTECTOR RING
14B1834-E A6767-1
VIEW A
SPRING SEALS SHIMS
METAL BALL SEAL
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:SS-252B August 2017
SS-252B Valve
D103986X012
Table 1. Valve Body Materials, End Connections, and Ratings
VALVE DESIGN
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
Flangeless SS-252B(1)
CG8M
Flanged SS-252B
1. Flangeless SS-252B is a dual-rated valve body in sizes NPS 1 to 4.
CG8M
SIZE NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4
6, 8 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
RATINGS
CL300/600 raised-face CL300 or CL600 raised-face
CL300
Table 2. Valve Weights, Approximate
VALVE SIZE, NPS
FLANGELESS SS-252B
kg
lbs
1
4.5
10
1-1/2
6.4
14
2
10
23
3
15
34
4
22
48
6
36
80
8
62
136
FLANGED SS-252B
kg
lbs
8
17
12
27
17
38
28
61
37
81
60
133
103
226
Table 3. Standard Construction Materials for NPS 1 through 8 Valves
PART
MATERIAL
Seal Protector Ring
CG8M (317 SST)
V-Notch Ball
CG8M chromium carbide with CoCrA Vnotch
Seal
R30006 (Alloy 6)
Bearings
R30006 (Alloy 6)
Seal Retainer Gasket Packing
Graphite PTFE V-ring with one carbon-filled PTFE ring(1), PTFE V-ring, or graphite ribbon. Packing is available with or without live loading.
Shafts
S17400 H900/chrome plated, N07750 chrome coated
Groove Pin Taper Key
S31600 or N10276 R30006(2), S20910, or N10276
Taper Pin (NPS 1, 1-1/2, and 2 only)
S20910 or N10276
Seal Retainer Screws and Washers
Stainless steel
Packing Follower and Packing Box Ring
CF8M (316 stainless steel), N10276, S31254, or N10276 with separate S31600 packing box flange
Actuator Mounting Bolts and Nuts
Grade 5 steel or strain-hardened B8M stainless steel
Spacer and Bushing
S31700, N10276, or S31603
Packing Follower Bolting and Optional Line Bolting SA-193-B7, SA-193-B7M, or strain-hardened SA-193-B8M
1. The carbon-filled PTFE ring is used for grounding. 2. Standard material offered in North America.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
SS-252B Valve
D103986X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:SS-252B August 2017
Figure 2. Typical ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Arrangements
PACKING BOX STUD
SPRINGS
VALVE SHAFT
VALVE BODY
ANTIEXTRUSION RINGS
VALVE SHAFT
PACKING FLANGE
PACKING BOX RING
PACKING FLANGE
PACKING FOLLOWER
W5806-2
PTFE PACKING
PACKING BOX RING
PTFE PACKING V-RINGS SHOWN
SPRINGS
PACKING FOLLOWER
W6125-1
GRAPHITE PACKING
GRAPHITE PACKING SET
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:SS-252B August 2017
SS-252B Valve
D103986X012
Pressure Drops
Pressure drop limits of any given valve are based on valve body, and trim material limits. To find the appropriate pressure drop limitation, choose the desired valve size and temperature range. Then search
table 4 for body limitations and table 5 for trim limitations. The lowest number from the tables is the appropriate limit. The tables for both trim and body limits must be consulted.
Table 4. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops (Body Ratings) based on Stainless Steel Valve Body Types. (The tables for both trim and body limits must be consulted.)
TEMPERATURE RANGE
PRESSURE CLASS
317 SST CL300
_C
Bar
-46 to -29
49.6
-29 to 38
49.6
93
42.7
149
38.6
204
35.5
232
34.5
260
33.1
316
32.1
343
31.0
371
30.7
399
29.3
427
29.0
454
58.8
482
58.6
510
27.1
538
25.2
_F
Psi
-50 to -20
720
-20 to 100
720
200
620
300
560
400
515
450
500
500
480
550
465
600
450
650
445
700
430
750
425
800
420
850
420
900
415
950
385
1000
365
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
SS-252B Valve
D103986X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:SS-252B August 2017
Table 5. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops based on Trim (Bearing and Seal). (Note: Do not exceed the ASME pressure/temperature rating of the valve or mating flanges.)
BEARING MATERIAL
BALL SEAL BALL MATERIAL
SHAFT
VALVE SIZE, NPS
TEMPERATURE RANGE, _C
1 1-1/2 2
3
4
6
8
Bar
R30006
CG8M CRCB CoCr-A V-notch
S17400 H900 CRPL
316
R30006
CG8M CRCB
N07750/CoCr-A
CoCr-A V-notch
CRCT
538
74.5 49.6 26.8 18.8 10.9 11.2 11.1 74.5 49.6 26.8 18.8 10.9 11.2 11.1
BEARING MATERIAL
BALL SEAL BALL MATERIAL
SHAFT
TEMPERATURE RANGE, _F
Psi
R30006
R30006
CG8M CRCB CoCr-A V-notch
CG8M CRCB CoCr-A V-notch
S17400 H900 CRPL
N07750/CoCr-A CRCT
600 1000
1080 720 388 273 158 163 161 1080 720 388 273 158 163 161
Table 6. Fisher Flangeless SS-252B Dimensions
FLANGELESS SS-252B DIMENSIONS (ISA S75.04)
VALVE
SIZE, NPS A
B
D
G
K
M
R
R1
S
CL300 CL600
ASME B16.5
T
U
W RF FLANGES
mm
1
102
56
81
95
202
202
51
102
12.7
1-1/2 114
62
188
89
121
224
224
73
119 15.7 and 15.7 x 12.7 117
- - -
14.2
2
124
67
106
127
236
236
92
137 15.7 and 15.7 x 12.7
CL300 and
3
165
79
214
117
130
279
286
127
167
19.1
152
32
14.2
600
4
194
101
214
133
141
305
343
157
197
19.1
152
32
14.2
6
229
109
214
159 164(1) 362
413
216
260
25.4
152
32
14.2
8
243
124
208
195
232
387
426
270
314
31.8
235
46
17.5
Inch
1
4.00 2.21
3.19 3.75 7.94 7.94
2
4.00
1/2
1-1/2 4.50 2.46 7.38 3.50 4.75 8.81 8.81 2.88 4.68
5/8 and 5/8 x 1/2
2
4.88 2.63
4.19 5.00 9.31 9.31 3.63 5.38
5/8 and 5/8 x 1/2
3
6.50 3.10 8.44 4.62 5.12 11.00 11.25 5.00 6.56
4
7.62 3.99 8.44 5.25 5.56 12.00 13.50 6.19 7.76
6
9.00 4.29 8.44 6.25 6.44(1) 14.25 16.25 8.50 10.24
8
9.56 4.88 8.19 7.69 9.12 15.25 16.75 10.63 12.38
3/4 3/4 1 1-1/4
4.62
- - -
0.56
6.00 1.25 0.56 6.00 1.25 0.56 6.00 1.25 0.56 9.25 1.81 0.69
CL300
1. 179 mm (7.06 inches) for NPS 6, CL600 valves only.
Figure 3. Fisher Flangeless SS-252B Dimensions (also see table 6)
A B
G
K
R
R1
12B3060-L
B2331-2
M
D
U
S
T
T
W
W
NPS 1 THROUGH 2 NPS 3 THROUGH 8
11B2625-K
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:SS-252B August 2017
SS-252B Valve
D103986X012
Table 7. Fisher Flanged SS-252B Dimensions
VALVE SIZE,
NPS
A
B
D
G
1 1-1/2
2
3 4 6 8
102
56
114
62
188
124
67
165
79
214
194
101
214
229
109
214
243
124
208
1 1-1/2
2
4.00
2.21
4.50
2.46
4.88
2.63
3
6.50
3.10
4
7.62
3.99
6
9.00
4.29
8
9.56
4.88
1. Clearance necessary to remove flange bolts.
7.38
8.44 8.44 8.44 8.19
81 89 106
117 133 159 195
3.19 3.50 4.19
4.62 5.25 6.25 7.69
DIMENSIONS (ISA S75.04)
K
M(1)
N(1)
S Diameter
T
mm
95
100
94
12.7
121
114
108 15.7 and 15.7 X 12.7 117
127
106
100 15.7 and 15.7 X 12.7
130
133
121
19.1
152
141
140
127
19.1
152
164
152
140
25.4
152
232
165
152
31.8
235
Inch
3.75
3.94
3.69
1/2
4.75
4.50
4.25
5/8 and 5/8 X 1/2
4.62
5.00
4.19
3.94
5/8 and 5/8 X 1/2
5.12
5.25
4.75
3/4
6.00
5.56
5.50
5.00
3/4
6.00
6.44
6.00
5.50
1
6.00
9.12
6.50
6.00
1-1/4
9.25
Figure 4. Fisher Flanged SS-252B Dimensions (also see table 7)
MATCHES CL300 RF FLANGES
S T
U
W
- - -
14.2
32
14.2
32
14.2
32
14.2
46
17.5
- - -
0.56
1.25
0.56
1.25
0.56
1.25
0.56
1.81
0.69
U T
N
B2330-3
G
K
B
M
A
W
W
NPS
NPS
D
1 THROUGH 2 3 THROUGH 8
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Vee-Ball, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2014, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
FisherTM Vee-BallTM V150, V200, and V300 Rotary Control Valves
This bulletin covers the DN 25 through 600 (NPS 1 through 24) V150, V200 and V300 Vee-Ball control valves. The Vee-Ball valve combines globe valve ruggedness with the efficiency of a rotary valve. The Vee-Ball valve is a segmented ball valve which features a contoured segmented V-Notch ball. A shearing action between the V-notch ball and the ball seal (figure 1) promotes smooth, nonclogging operation. The unrestricted straight-through flow design provides high capacity for gas, steam, liquids, and fibrous slurries.
V150, V200, and V300 valves mate with a variety of ASME raised face flanges, as well as with EN flanges (see Specifications).
X0187-1
NPS 3 V150 with Fisher 2052 Actuator and
FIELDVUEt DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
To meet specific application requirements, a variety of metal and soft ball seal materials are available. A splined drive shaft combines with a variety of power operated and manual actuators to provide reliable, high-performance throttling or on-off operation for many different applications in the process industries.
Features
nTrim Versatility--Trim components are interchangeable between V150, V200, and V300 valves. This feature allows you to reduce your spare parts inventory and maintenance procedures. The seal assembly can be changed without removing the actuator or without removing the ball from the valve body.
nEasy Installation--Flanged body design of the V150 and V300 eliminates exposed line flange bolting, reduces alignment and installation time, and promotes secure valve installations and piping integrity. The V200 is available with flanges in NPS 2 through 8.
X1800
NPS 16 V150 with Optional CavitrolTM Hex Anti-Cavitation Trim and
Fisher 1061 Actuator with DVC6200
X0337-1
NPS 3 V200 with Fisher 2052 Actuator and DVC6200
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Specifications
Valve Sizes See table 1
Micro-Notch Ball with HD Seal: 4 SCFH (Leakage rate equivalent to Class IV for standard ball. This is based on the capacity of a standard ball.)
Valve End Connection Styles
V150: Flanged valves that mate with CL150 raised-face flanges and EN 1092-1 Type B raised-face and Type F Recess
V200: Flangeless (all sizes) and flanged valves that mate with CL600 raised-face flanges (NPS 2-8)
V300: Flanged valves that mate with CL300 raised-face flanges and EN 1092-1 Type B raised-face and Type F Recess
Maximum Inlet Pressures(1)
Consistent with pressure-temperature ratings per ASME B16.34 and EN12516-1 for the body materials shown in table 1.
Specific to CW2M body material, refer to the pressure-temperature ratings shown in table 7.
Do not exceed the material temperature capabilities shown below or the allowable pressure drop as shown in tables 8 and 9.
Maximum Shutoff Pressure/Temperature Ratings(1)
Composition (Fisher TCM Plus or TCM Ultra), Flat Metal (NPS 3 through 12 valves only), HD and High Temperature HD Metal Ball Seals and Flow Ring: See table 9.
Shutoff Classification(1)
Construction Materials
See tables 5 and 6
Temperature Capabilities(1,2)
Composition Seals Fisher TCM Plus: -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) Fisher TCM Ultra: -46 to 260_C (-50 to 500_F) HD Metal Seals: -46 to 288_C (-50 to 550_F) PEEK HD Seal: -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) High Temperature HD Metal Seal: 288 to 427_C (550 to 800_F). Contact your Emerson sales office if higher temperatures are required. Ceramic Micro-Notch Ball: -46 to 93_C (-50 to 200_F)(4) Flow Ring or Flat Metal Seal : -198 to 425_C (-325 to 800_F) PEEK/PTFE Bearings: -198 to 260_C (-325 to 500_F)
Packing Constructions
PTFE V-ring: -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) Graphite: -198 to 538_C (-325 to 1000_F) ENVIRO-SEALt Single PTFE V-ring: -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) (for 100 ppm service requirements) ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite: -7 to 316_C (20 to 600_F) (for 100 ppm service requirements). This packing arrangement can be used to 371_C (700_F) for non-environmental service.
Fisher TCM Plus or Ultra Ball Seal (Forward Flow): Class VI per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and per IEC 60534-4, Flat Metal Ball Seal for NPS 3 through 12 only (Forward Flow): Class IV per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and per IEC 60534-4, HD (Heavy Duty) Ball Seal (Bidirectional Flow): 0.01% of valve capacity; Class IV per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4; Maximum allowable pressure drop in reverse flow is 6.9 bar (100 psi); High Temperature HD (Heavy Duty) Ball Seal (Bidirectional Flow): Class III per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 Flow Ring Construction (Bidirectional Flow): 5% of valve capacity at full travel
Flow Characteristic Modified equal percentage
Dimensions See figures 10, 11, and 13 for dimensions
Face-to-Face Dimensions J Standard Face-to-Face dimensions comply with ISA S75.08.02 J ASME B16.10 short face-to-face dimensions are available as an option for NPS 1 through 12 valves. Note that ASME B16.10 short dimensions are longer than ISA S75.08.02. See figure 14 for dimensions.
(continued)
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Specifications (continued)
Standard Flow Direction
Valve/Actuator Action
Forward (into the convex face of the V-notch ball)
Flow Coefficients, Flow Coefficient Ratio(3), and Noise Levels See Fisher Catalog 12
Maximum Ball Rotation 90 degrees
With diaphragm or piston rotary actuator, the valve is field-reversible between PDTC or PDTO: J push-down-to-close (extending actuator rod closes valve) and J push-down-to-open (extending actuator rod opens valve)
Approximate Weight See table 2
Options
Actuator Mounting
Standard actuator mounting is on the right-hand side, as viewed from the valve inlet. The standard ball design and actuator action is counter-clockwise to close (CCW) so the ball will rotate to the top of the valve body when open for a horizontal pipe run with the valve shaft positioned horizontal.
Left-hand actuator mounting with CCW action is an option. Left-hand (optional) actuator mounting with a special clockwise to close (CW) ball design and actuator action is also available to allow the ball to rotate to the top of the valve body.(5)
J Pipe plug at end of follower shaft for all sizes, J Line flange bolting, J Materials that are compatible with sour service, J Alloy construction materials, J ENVIRO-SEAL packing system: See figure 9 and Bulletin 59.3:041, ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems for Rotary Valves (D101638X012) for more information, J Micro-Notch construction for NPS 1 valves (see Micro-Notch Construction section), J Alloy trim material , J Chrome Carbide coated internals (NPS 2 through 12), J Rotary attenuator to reduce aerodynamic noise and cavitation effects, J Double D, Square, and Keyed shaft options, J Cavitrol Hex anti-cavitation trim
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin, and any applicable code or standard limitation, should not be exceeded. 2. Additional limits are shown in tables 7, 8 and 9. 3. Ratio of maximum flow coefficients to minimum usable flow coefficient can also be called rangeability. 4. For the CG8M and alloy 6 Micro-Notch constructions, pressure and temperature capabilities are the same as for standard constructions. 5. The special clockwise to close (CW) action ball design is not available for the Micro-Notch, Macro-Notch, and Micro-Scratch constructions.
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Series B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Micro-Notch Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Severe Service Attenuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Cavitrol Hex Anti-Cavitation Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Pressure Drops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Features (continued)
nApplication Versatility--The valves are available with ISA S75.08.02 and IEC 534-3-2 face-to-face dimensions as a standard construction, and optional ASME B16.10 short face-to-face dimensions. IEC 534.3.2 face-to-face dimensions are equivalent to S75.08.02 face-to-face dimensions.
nLong Service Life--The solid HD ball seal (figures 1 and 2) construction provides long service life in demanding applications. The constant wiping action of the seal across the ball's sealing surface prevents scale and sludge buildup, and provides excellent service on steam, gases, slurries, and various liquid applications.
nExcellent Flow Control--Precise contouring of the Vee-Ball provides a modified equal percentage flow characteristic. For very precise control of low flow rates, the Micro-Notch option is available on the NPS 1 valve. See the Micro-Notch Construction section of this bulletin for more information.
nSour Service Capability--Materials are available for applications involving sour liquids and gases. These constructions comply with NACE MR0175-2002, MR0175-2003, MR0103, and MR0175/ISO 15156.
nSmooth Valve Operation--Precision machined parts and pressure balanced seal designs allow smooth, precise movement of the ball.
nQuick and Easy Maintenance--Ball seal inspection and replacement is done at the valve body inlet without removing the actuator or disassembling the valve. Valve maintenance requires no special tools.
nStructural Integrity--One-piece valve body improves structural integrity of the pressure boundary by eliminating leak paths that could be caused by the gaskets in two-piece, bolted valve designs.
nExceptional Environmental Capabilities--The optional ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems are designed with very smooth shaft surfaces and live loading to provide exceptional sealing. The seal of the ENVIRO-SEAL system can restrict emissions to less than the EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) limit of 100 ppm (parts per million).
nSevere Service Trim Options--Fisher Vee-Ball Series valves with the severe service attenuator or Cavitrol Hex anti-cavitation trim installed combine the efficiency of a rotary valve with the energy absorbing capability of a special trim to provide improved performance for demanding applications. The Fisher attenuator and Cavitrol Hex trim options were designed for gas and liquid service to reduce noise and cavitation effects that cause pipeline vibration.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Table 1. Valve Body Materials, End Connections, and Ratings
VALVE DESIGN
VALVE BODY MATERIAL WCC
SIZE NPS / DN NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 24x20(5)
WCC / 1.0619(1)
DN 80, 100, 150 DN 200, 250, 300
NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
LCC
CF3M,(2) CF8M/1.4408(2)
DN 80, 100, 150 DN 200, 250, 300
NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
V150
CF3M/1.4409(1) CF8M/1.4408(1)
DN 80, 100, 150 DN 200, 250, 300
R50550 CG8M
NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6 NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 24x20(5)
CW2M
NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
M35-2 CD3MN(3) CD3MWCuN(3)
NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
CK3MCuN
NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2
WCC, LCC, CG8M, or CF3M(2)
NPS 3, 4 NPS 6, 8
V200(4)
WCC, LCC, or CG8M WCC/1.0609(1) CF8M/1.4408(2)
NPS 10 NPS 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 NPS 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 DN 50, 80, 100, 150, 200
CW2M, M35-2, or CK3MCuN
NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
CK3MCuN
NPS 10
WCC
NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
DN 25, 40, 50
WCC / 1.0619(1)
DN 80, 100, 150 DN 200, 250, 300
NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
DN 25, 40, 50 LCC
DN 80, 100, 150
CF3M(2) CF8M/1.4408(2)
DN 200, 250, 300 NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
V300
CF3M/1.4409(1) CF8M/1.4408(1)
DN 25, 40, 50 DN 80, 100, 150
R50550
CF3M/1.4409(1) CF8M/1.4408(1)
NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4 DN 200, 250, 300
CG8M
NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
CW2M
NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8
M35-2 CD3MN(3) CD3MWCuN(3)
NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
CK3MCuN
NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12
1. WCC and EN Stl 1.0619 are dual certified. CF3M and EN SST 1.4409 are dual certified. CF8M and EN SST 1.4408 are dual certified. 2. CF3M is offered in Europe and Asia Pacific. CF8M / 1.4408 is only offered in Europe. 3. NORSOK compliant materials available upon request. 4. Flangeless V200 assemblies mate with raised-face flanges. 5. Valve body mates with NPS 24 ASME CL150 flanges. Internal based on NPS 20 valve design.
RATINGS ASME / PN
CL150 PN 10-16 PN 10 or PN 16
CL150 PN 10-16 PN 10 or PN 16
CL150 PN 10-16 PN 10 or PN 16
CL150
CL150/300/600 flangeless CL150 and CL300/600 flangeless CL150/300 and CL600 flangeless CL150 flangeless CL600 CL600 PN 63-100
CL150/300/600 flangeless CL150 flangeless CL300 PN 10-40 PN 25-40 PN 25 or PN 40 CL300 PN 10-40 PN 25-40 PN 25 or PN 40 CL300 PN 10-40 PN 25-40 CL300 PN 25 or PN 40
CL300
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Figure 1. Vee-Ball Construction Features, Seals (Fisher V150 Shown)
SEAL PROTECTOR RING
SEAL PROTECTOR RING
BODY
FLAT METAL BALL SEAL
W4713-3
V-NOTCH BALL
SHIMS
VIEW A FLAT METAL BALL SEAL DETAIL
FOR DN 80 THROUGH 300 (NPS 3 THROUGH 12)
SPRING SEAL
BODY
SEAL PROTECTOR RING
TCM BALL SEAL
V-NOTCH BALL
BODY
HD SEAL
RADIAL SEAL
V-NOTCH BALL
W5704-1
WAVE SPRING
VIEW A HD BALL SEAL DETAIL
SEAL PROTECTOR RING
W6197-1
VIEW A FISHER TCM PLUS BALL SEAL
DN 25, 40, AND 50 (NPS 1, 1-1/2, AND 2) VALVES
BACKUP RING
SEAL PROTECTOR RING
SEAL PROTECTOR RING
RETAINING RINGS
PISTON RING
VIEW A FLOW RING DETAIL
PISTON RING
HD METAL SEAL
W8479
WAVE SPRING
HD METAL SEAL
WAVE SPRING
DN 25, 40, AND 50 (NPS 1, 1-1/2 AND 2)
HD BALL SEAL
DN 8 THROUGH 200 AND DN 350 THROUGH 600x500 (NPS 3 THROUGH 8 AND NPS 14 THROUGH 24x20) HD BALL SEAL
VIEW A HIGH-TEMPERATURE HD BALL SEAL
DN 250 AND 300 (NPS 10 AND 12)
HD BALL SEAL
RETAINING RING (USE ONLY WHEN ATTENUATOR IS USED)
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Figure 2. Vee-Ball Construction Features (Fisher V150 Shown)
V-NOTCH BALL
SEE VIEW A (FIGURE 1)
SEAL PROTECTOR RING
GASKET
FOLLOWER SHAFT
GROOVE PIN BODY
W7435
BOTTOM FLANGE
BEARING TAPER KEY
DRIVE SHAFT PACKING FOLLOWER
DN 80 THROUGH 300 (NPS 3 THROUGH 12) VALVES
(HD BALL SEAL SHOWN)
HD BALL SEAL
PACKING FLANGE AND PACKING FOLLOWER
W6099-1
PIN
DN 350, 400, 500 and 600x500 (NPS 14, 16, 20, and 24x20) VALVES
(HD BALL SEAL)
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Table 2. Valve Weights, Approximate
VALVE SIZE
DN
NPS
kg
25
1
5.6
40
1-1/2
8.2
50
2
9.1
80
3
13
100
4
26
150
6
42
200
8
72
250
10
107
300
12
157
350
14
247
400
16
333
500
20
524
600x500
24x20
757
V150
lbs 13 19 21 43 57 93 158 235 347 545 735 1155 1666
V200
kg
lbs
4.5
10
6.4
14
10
23
15
34
22
48
36
80
62
136
114
252
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
V300
kg
lbs
8
17
12
27
17
38
28
61
37
81
60
133
103
226
200
440
293
645
374
825
510
1125
755
1661
- - -
- - -
Series B
NPS 3 through 12 have been changed to reduce parts and to improve control performance. The V-notch Ball now resembles the NPS 14 through 24x20 V-notch Ball. The pressed-in bushings have been eliminated, as well as the thrust washer.
Figure 3. Typical Micro-Notch Ball and Shaft
MICRONOTCH
VEE BALL
Micro-Notch Construction
For very precise control of low flow rates, the Micro-Notch construction (see figure 3) is available on DN 25 (NPS 1) valves. Three Micro-Notch ball materials are available: chrome-plated CG8M (317 stainless steel), solid alloy 6, and solid VTC ceramic. A VTC ceramic HD seal is standard with the VTC ceramic ball. For the CG8M and alloy 6 constructions, pressure and temperature capabilities are the same as for standard constructions. For the ceramic construction, maximum temperature is 93_C (200_F).
W6256
DRIVE SHAFT
For further information, please refer to the Fisher Vee-Ball V150, V200 and V300 Rotary Control Valves NPS 1 through 12 Instruction Manual (D101554X012).
In addition to the standard Micro-Notch offering, options are available in both low (Micro-Scratch) and high (Macro-Notch) flow construction. Contact your Emerson sales office for more information.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Severe Service Attenuator
Fisher Vee-Ball series valves (V150, V200 flanged and flangeless, and V300), with the severe service attenuator, combine the efficiency of a rotary valve with the energy absorbing capability of a special trim to provide improved performance for demanding applications. The Fisher attenuator design can be utilized in both liquid and gas service to reduce cavitation and noise effects that cause pipeline vibration. See table 3 for a competitive comparison.
The attenuator will not change the NACE compliance of the Vee-Ball valve. When a rotary noise attenuator is installed in a Vee-Ball valve, the V-Notch is no longer a point of high-velocity erosion. As a result, the CoCr-A V-Notch option is not required when a rotary attenuator is used. The rotary attenuator and CoCr-A V-Notch options are not available together.
Features
nTrim Versatility -- Trim components are interchangeable for Fisher V150, V200, and V300 valves. This feature allows you to reduce your spare parts inventory and maintenance procedures.
nAttenuator-Ball Fabrication -- The ball-attenuator construction provides structural integrity because of its rugged fabrication weld.
nAttenuator Performance -- Up to -10 dBA acoustical attenuation, and a Kc = 1.0 for hydrodynamics are achievable depending on service conditions.
nValve Sizes and End Connection Styles -- NPS 4 through 20 applicable Vee-Ball valves that mate with ASME CL150, CL300, and CL600 raised-face flanges. In addition, DN100 through DN300 valve sizes that mate with PN10, 16, 25, or 40 raised-face flanges.
Attenuator Ball Material
Standard attenuator ball material is CG8M, M35-1, CW2M, or CK3McuN.
Standard Flow Direction
Forward flow direction is into the convex face of the V-notch ball. The valve with the attenuator must be placed in the forward flow direction for the attenuator to be effective.
Actuator Mounting
Right-hand or left-hand as viewed from the upstream end of the valve. Counter-clockwise to close and clockwise to close ball designs are available.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Figure 4. Fisher Vee-Ball Series Noise Attenuator Ball
Figure 5. Fisher Vee-Ball Series Rotary Attenuator Construction
W6116-1
Table 3. Segmented Ball Benefits Analysis Comparison
Benefits
Predictable Performance -10 dBA Aerodynamic Noise Attenuation Superior Attenuation Effect at Critical Opening Position Maximum Pressure Drop Capability Heavy Duty, Integrally Welded Attenuator/Ball Assembly Valve Splined Shaft Connects to Clamped Actuator Lever to Minimize Lost Motion Superior Soft Seats for Tight Shutoff Moderate Kc Improvement vs Unattenuated Device Trunnion Mounted Ball for Superior Wear Resistance Heavy Duty Metal Seats for Demanding Applications
W6129-1
Typical Competitive Device
No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes
Fisher Vee-Ball Attenuator
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Cavitrol Hex Anti-Cavitation Trim
Designed for the V150, V300, and V200 flanged CL600 valve designs, the Fisher Cavitrol Hex trim option provides improved performance for severe service applications and maintains the efficiency of a rotary valve. The Cavitrol Hex reduces cavitation and noise effects that cause pipeline vibration
Figure 6. Fisher NPS 6 V300 Cutaway Image with Optional Cavitrol Hex Anti-Cavitation Trim
X1561
Features
nRetrofitability -- Convert previously installed Fisher Vee-Ball Series valves with the Cavitrol Hex anti-cavitation trim after minimal modification to the valve body outlet flange.
nMaterials -- Standard Cavitrol Hex trim material is S31603. R31233 material is also available when a harder, more erosion-resistant trim option is required.
nPerformance -- A Kc=1.0 for hydrodynamics is achievable at extreme service conditions.
nStandard Flow Direction -- Forward flow is into the convex face of the V-notch ball. The valve with the Cavitrol Hex trim should be installed in the forward flow direction for the anti-cavitation trim to be most effective.
nActuator Mounting -- Right hand or left hand as viewed from the upstream end of the valve. Counter-clockwise to close and clockwise to close ball action is available.
nValve Sizes and End Connection Styles -- NPS 4 through 20, applicable Vee-Ball valves that mate with CL150, 300 or 600 raised face flanges.
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Figure 7. Fisher NPS 8 V300 Cavitrol Hex Cross Sectional View
C
Table 4. Fisher Cavitrol Hex Dimensions and Weight
VALVE
FLANGE THICKNESS C (ADD TO
SIZE OVERALL FACE-TO-FACE DIMENSION)
WEIGHT
NPS
mm
Inch
kg
lbs
4
12.7
6
12.7
8
12.7
10
12.7
12
12.7
14
12.7
16
12.7
20
12.7
0.5
3.3 7.3
0.5
7.8 17.3
0.5
12.8 28.3
0.5
24.0 53.1
0.5
35.7 78.8
0.5
44.1 97.3
0.5
63.5 139.9
0.5
111.2 245.1
Figure 8. Fisher NPS 10 Fisher Cavitrol Hex Trim
CAVITROL HEX
GE96724
X1563
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Table 5. Materials of Construction for DN 25 through 300 (NPS 1 through 12) Valves
PART
Valve Body and Seal Protector Ring or Flow Ring
Backup Ring [DN 25, 40, and 50 (NPS 1, 1-1/2, and 2) only]
MATERIAL
WCC steel (EN 1.0619), CG8M (317 SST), R50550(10), CF3M(1) (316L SST EN 1.4409 or optional, or CF8M (316 SST EN 1.4408) EN 1.4581), CD3MN, CD3MWCuN, CW2M (CW2M valve available with Fisher TCM Plus seal only), M35-2 or CK3MCuN CG8M, CF3M(1), R50550, or CW2M
Segmented V-Notch Ball
CG8M, R50550, CF3M, CW2M, chromium-plated CF3M, chromium-plated CG8M, chromium-plated CG8M with alloy 6 notch, chromium-plated CF3M with alloy 6 notch, chromium-plated CD3MN, chromium-plated CD3MWCuN, M35-1, or CK3MCuN
Fisher TCM
Fisher TCM Plus and Fisher TCM Ultra
Flat Metal Seal, Shims, and Spring Seal(7)
Spring Tempered S31600 (316 SST) or Spring Tempered S30200 (302 SST) for NPS 12 valves only
Seal HD (Heavy-Duty) Ball Seal
CF10SMnN(2) , CD7MCuN(3) (alloy 255 duplex stainless steel) or R30006 (Alloy 6)
High Temperature HD Seal
R30006 (Alloy 6)
Wave Spring (use with HD seal)
N07750
HD Seal Radial Seal
Graphite reinforced PTFE
High Temp HD Seal Piston Ring Bearings
Graphite FMS 17F39
PEEK(4)/Carbon-filled PTFE liner, S31603 Nitride, R30006 (alloy 6), silver-plated R30006, N10276 with carbon-filled PTFE liner, or N10276 with glass-filled PTFE liner R50400 PTFE/carbon liner (through NPS 6), R50400 PTFE/glass liner (through NPS 6)
Seal Retainer Gasket Packing
Laminated graphite PTFE V-ring with one carbon-filled PTFE ring(5), PTFE V-ring, graphite ribbon, ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE, or ENVIRO-SEAL graphite
Shafts
S20910, S17400 (17-4PH SST), N10276, N05500, S31254(8), R50550, or S32760(8)
Groove Pin Taper Key
R50550, S31600 or N10276 R50550, R30006(6), S20910, or N10276
Taper Pin [DN 25, 40, and 50 (NPS 1, 1-1/2, and 2) only]
R50550, S20910, or N10276
Pipe Plug (Optional)
S31600 N10276, or S31603 (316L SST)
Seal Retainer Screws and Washers
Stainless steel
Packing Follower and Packing Box Ring
R50550, CF8M (316 SST), N10276, S312254, or N10276 with separate S31600 packing box flange
Actuator Mounting Bolts and Nuts
Grade 5 steel or strain-hardened B8M stainless steel
Spacer and Bushing
S31700, N10276, or S31603
Packing Follower Bolting and Optional Line Bolting Attenuator(9)
SA-193-B7, SA-193-B7M, or strain-hardened SA-193-B8M CG8M, M35-1, CW2M, or CK3MCuN
Cavitrol Hex
S31603 or R31233
1. CF3M and CF8M are available in all areas as a special order and are offered as standard material in Europe. 2. Recommended for lubricated and non-lubricated service and where corrosion properties similar to 304 stainless steel are acceptable. 3. Recommended for lubricated service and where corrosion properties equal to or better than 317 stainless steel are required. 4. PEEK is poly-ether-ether-ketone. 5. The carbon-filled PTFE ring is used for grounding. 6. Standard material offered in North America. 7. Offered for lubricated service only. 8. S31254 and S32760 shafts may cause the valve to be derated. Contact your Emerson sales office. 9. Attenuator material will match segmented V-Notch ball material. 10. R50550 is available with TCM seat. For other seal availability contact your Emerson sales office.
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Table 6. Materials of Construction for DN 350, 400, 500, and 600x500 (NPS 14, 16 20, and 24x20) Valves
PART
MATERIAL
Valve Body, Seal Protector Ring, and Flow Ring
WCC steel or CG8M (317 stainless steel)
Segmented V-Notch Ball
Chromium-plated CG8M, CG8M, Chromium-plated CG8M with alloy 6 notch
Ball Seal
Fisher TCM HD (Heavy-Duty Metal)
Fisher TCM Plus and Fisher TCM Ultra CF10SMnN(1) , CD7MCuM(2) (alloy 225 duplex stainless steel) or CG8M/CoCr-A
Wave Spring (use with HD seal)
N07750
Radial Seal (use with HD seal) Bearings
PTFE with N10276 spring PEEK/PTFE(3), S44004 (440C stainless steel--use with S17400 [17-4PH stainless steel] shafts, alloy 6B, and silver plated alloy 6B
Thrust Washer (use with metal bearings)
Alloy 6B
Seal Retainer Gasket Packing
Laminated Graphite PTFE V-ring with one conductive V-ring(4), PTFE V-ring, graphite ribbon, ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE, or ENVIRO-SEAL graphite
Shafts
S17400 (17-4 stainless steel) or S20910
Pins
S20910
Pipe Plug
S31700 (317 stainless steel)
Packing Follower Bolting
B7M steel or strain-hardened B8M stainless steel
Retainer Screw
B8M stainless steel
Packing Follower and Packing Box ring
S31600 (316 stainless steel)
Packing Flange
Steel or S31600
Actuator Mounting Bolts and Nuts
Grade 5 steel or strain-hardened B8M stainless steel
Gasket (used with bottom flange)
S31603 (316L stainless steel) spiral wound
Stud and Hex Nut (used with bottom flange)
B7 steel or strain-hardened B8M stainless steel
Attenuator
CG8M
1. Recommended where corrosion properties similar to 304 stainless steel are acceptable. 2. Recommended for lubricated service and where corrosion properties equal to or better than S31700 stainless steel. 3. PEEK (Poly-ether-ether-ketone) w/PTFE liner. 4. A carbon-filled PTFE ring is used for grounding.
Figure 9. Typical ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Arrangements
PACKING BOX STUD
SPRINGS
VALVE SHAFT
VALVE BODY
ANTIEXTRUSION RINGS
VALVE SHAFT
PACKING FLANGE
PACKING BOX RING
PACKING FLANGE
PACKING FOLLOWER
W5806-2
14
PTFE PACKING
PACKING BOX RING
PTFE PACKING V-RINGS SHOWN
SPRINGS
PACKING FOLLOWER
W6125-1
GRAPHITE PACKING
GRAPHITE PACKING SET
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Table 7. Maximum Allowable Inlet Pressure for CW2M Valves
TEMPERATURE
150(2)
300(2)
CW2M(1)
PN 10(2)
PN 16(2)
PN 25(2)
PN 40(2)
_C
Bar
46 to 38
20.0
51.7
10.0
16.0
25.0
40.0
50
19.5
51.7
9.9
15.9
24.8
39.6
100
17.7
51.5
9.4
15.1
23.6
37.8
150
15.8
50.3
9.4
15.1
23.6
37.8
200
13.8
48.3
9.1
14.6
22.9
36.6
232
12.7
47.0
9.1
14.6
22.9
36.6
_F
Psi
50 to 100
290
750
145
232
362
580
200
260
750
144
230
359
575
300
230
730
137
219
342
548
400
200
700
133
212
331
530
450
185
680
133
212
331
530
1. This material is not listed in EN 12516-1 or ASME B16.34. Also see the Installation section. 2. The designations PN or 150 and 300 are used only to indicate relative pressure-retaining capabilities and are not EN or ASME pressure-temperature rating class designations.
Pressure Drops
Pressure drop limits of any given valve are based on valve body, and trim material limits. To find the appropriate pressure drop limitation, choose the desired valve size and temperature range. Then search
table 8 for body limitations and table 9 for trim limitations. Information on limits for S31254, CW2M, M35-2, CD3MN, CD3MWCuN, and other alloy constructions can be obtained by contacting your Emerson sales office. The lowest number from the tables is the appropriate limit. The tables for both trim and body limits must be consulted.
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Table 8. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops (Body Ratings) (Tables for both trim and body limits must be consulted)
TEMPERATURE RANGE
_C -46 to -29
WCC CL150
- - -(1)
CF3M CF8M CL150
19.0
CG8M CL150
19.0
LCC R50550 WCC CL150 CL150 CL300
20
18.3 - - -(1)
PRESSURE CLASS
CF3M CF8M CL300
CG8M CL300
Bar
49.6 49.6
-29 to 38
20.0 19.0 19.0
20
18.3 51.7 49.6 49.6
93
17.9 16.2 16.2 17.9 15.5 51.7 42.7 42.7
149
15.9 14.8 14.8 15.9 12.8 50.3 38.6 38.6
177
- - -(2) - - -(2) - - -(2) - - -(2)
11.7
- - -(2) - - -(2) - - -(2)
204
13.8 13.4 13.4 13.8 10.3 48.6 35.5 35.5
232
12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8
9.3
47.2 34.5 34.5
260
11.7 11.7 11.7 11.7
8.3
45.9 33.1 33.1
316
10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7
7.9
43.8 32.1 32.1
343
9.65 8.62 8.62 9.65
7.2
41.7 31.0 31.0
371
8.62 7.58 7.58
- - -
- - -
40.7 30.7 30.7
399
6.55 6.55 6.55
- - -
- - -
34.8 29.3 29.3
427
5.52 5.52 5.52
- - -
- - -
28.3 29.0 29.0
_F -50 to -20
Psi
- - -(1)
275
275
290
265
- - -(1)
720
720
-20 to 100
290
275
275
290
265
750
720
720
200
260
235
235
260
225
750
620
620
300
230
215
215
230
185
730
560
560
350
- - -(2) - - -(2) - - -(2) - - -(2)
170
- - -(2) - - -(2) - - -(2)
400
200
195
195
200
150
705
515
515
450
185
185
185
185
135
685
500
500
500
170
170
170
170
120
665
480
480
550
155
155
155
155
115
635
465
465
600
140
140
140
140
105
605
450
450
650
125
125
125
125
- - -
590
445
445
700
110
110
110
- - -
- - -
570
430
430
750
95
95
95
- - -
- - -
505
425
425
800
80
80
80
- - -
- - -
410
420
420
1. Low temperature for these materials limited to -29°C (-20°F). 2. Refer to ASME B16.34.
LCC R50550 WCC CL300 CL300 CL600
51.7 51.7 51.7 50.3 - - -(2) 48.6 47.2 45.9 43.8 41.7 - - - - - - -
47.2 47.2 40.7 33.0 30.0 26.9 24.5 22.1 20.7 19.0 - - - - - - -
- - -(1) 103 103 100 - - -(2) 97.2 94.5 91.7 87.6 83.4 81.0 69.6 56.9
750
695
- - -(1)
750
695 1500
750
590 1500
730
480 1455
- - -(2)
435
- - -(2)
705
390 1410
685
355 1370
665
320 1330
635
300 1270
605
275 1210
590
- - -
1175
- - -
- - -
1135
- - -
- - -
1010
- - -
- - -
825
CF3M CF8M CL600
99.3 99.3 85.5 77.2 - - -(2) 70.6 68.6 65.8 64.1 62.4 60.0 58.9 58.3
1440 1440 1240 1120 - - -(2) 1025 995 955 930 905 890 870 855 845
CG8M CL600
99.3 99.3 85.5 77.2 - - -(2) 70.6 68.6 65.8 64.1 62.4 60.0 58.9 58.3
1440 1440 1240 1120 - - -(2) 1025 995 955 930 905 890 870 855 845
LCC CL600
103 103 103 100 - - -(2) 97.2 94.5 91.7 87.6 83.4 - - - - - - -
1500 1500 1500 1455 - - -(2) 1410 1370 1330 1270 1210 1175 - - - - - - -
16
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Table 9. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops based on Trim (Bearing and Seal) (Note: Do not exceed the PN or ASME pressure/temperature rating of the valve or mating flanges)
BEARING MATERIAL
BALL SEAL
VALVE SIZE, DN
TEMPERA- 25
40
50
80 100 150 200 250 300 350
TURE
Bar
RANGE, _C
Shaft Size, Inches
400
500(4)
1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4
1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2-1/8x2 2-1/8 2-1/2
-46 to 38 51.7 51.7 51.7 51.7 51.7 51.7 51.7 40.2 37.6 31.0 23.8 31.0 31.0
93
37.9 37.9 37.9 37.9 37.9 37.9 37.9 37.9 37.6 31.0 23.8 31.0 31.0
Fisher TCM Plus or Ultra 149
24.1
PEEK/PTFE
204
10.3
232
3.45
HD Seal(1)
-46 to 260 51.7
Flat Metal(2)
-73 to 260 - - -
24.1 10.3 3.45 51.7 - - -
24.1 10.3 3.45 51.7 - - -
24.1 10.3 3.45 51.7 20.7
24.1 10.3 3.45 51.7 20.7
24.1 10.3 3.45 51.7 20.7
24.1 10.3 3.45 51.7 20.7
24.1 10.3 3.45 40.9 10.3
24.1 10.3 3.45 38.1 10.3
24.1 10.3 3.45 31.0 - - -
23.8 24.1 24.1 10.3 10.3 10.3 3.45 3.44 3.45 26.5 31.0 31.0 --- --- ---
R30006
Flow Ring HD Seal(1) High Temp HD Seal(1) Flat Metal(2)
260 -46 to 288 228 to 427 -73 to 427
103.4 51.7 38.3(3) - - -
103.4 50.0 37.5(3) - - -
103.4 25.7 19.3(3) - - -
103.4 17.5 13.2(3) 17.0
72.4 11.0 8.3(3) 10.1
75.2 10.9 8.2(3) 10.7
73.8 11.2 8.4(3) 10.6
40.5 6.14 4.6(3) 5.86
37.7 5.72 4.3(3) 5.52
40.5 6.14 4.62 - - -
35.0 48.8 44.7 7.52 7.51 6.83 5.65 5.65 5.10 --- --- ---
R30006 Silver Plated
S31603L Nitride
Flow Ring HD Seal(1) High Temp HD Seal(1) Flat Metal(2)
Flow Ring HD Seal(1) High Temp HD Seal(1) Flat Metal(2)
427 -46 to 288 228 to 427 -73 to 427
427 -46 to 288 228 to 427 -73 to 427
74.5 51.7 38.3(3) - - 103.4 51.0 - - - - -
49.6 51.7 38.3(3) - - 103.4 51.0 - - - - -
26.8 51.7 38.3(3) - - 53.5 51.0 - - - - -
18.8 35.0 26.3(3) 20.7 37.6 51.7 38.3(3) 20.7
10.9 22.1 16.5(3) 20.1 21.8 36.7 27.6(3) 20.7
11.2 21.8 16.3(3) 20.7 22.5 36.3 27.2(3) 20.7
11.1 22.5 16.9(3) 20.7 22.2 37.4 28.1(3) 20.7
6.07 12.3 9.2(3) 10.3 12.1 20.5 15.4(3) 10.3
5.65 11.4 8.6(3) 10.3 11.3 19.1 14.3(3) 10.3
6.07 12.3 9.16 - - 12.1 20.5 15.3 - - -
7.31 7.30 6.69 13.2 15.0 13.7 11.2 11.2 10.2 --- --- --14.6 14.6 13.4 25.0 25.0 14.0 18.7 18.7 17.0 --- --- ---
Flow Ring
427
99.3 99.3 88.9 62.7 36.3 37.4 37.0 20.2 18.8 20.2 24.3 24.3 22.3
-46 to 38 51.7 51.7 51.7 51.7 36.75 36.3 37.4 20.5 19.1 20.5 25 25 22.75
R50400
93
PTFE or Fisher TCM Plus or Ultra 149
N10276
204
PTFE
232
37.9 37.9 37.9 37.9 36.75 36.3 37.4 20.5 19.1 20.5 25 25 22.75 24.1 24.1 24.1 24.1 24.1 24.1 24.1 20.5 19.1 20.5 25 25 22.75 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45
Flow Ring
260
103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 72.4 75.2 73.8 40.5 37.7 40.5 35.0 48.8 44.7
-continued-
17
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Table 9. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops based on Trim (Bearing and Seal) (Note: Do not exceed the PN or ASME pressure/temperature rating of the valve or mating flanges) (cont.)
BEARING MATERIAL
BALL SEAL
VALVE SIZE, NPS
TEMPERA- 1
1-1/2
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
TURE
Psi
RANGE, _F
Shaft Size, Inches
16
20(4)
1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4
1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2-1/8x2 2-1/8 2-1/2
-50 to 100 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 583 545 450 345 450 450
200
550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 545 450 345 450 450
Fisher TCM Plus or Ultra 300
350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 345 350 350
PEEK/PTFE
400
150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
450
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50 50 50
HD Seal(1)
-50 to 500 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 593 553 450 384 450 450
Flat Metal(2)
-100 to 500 - - -
- - -
- - -
300 300 300 300 150 150 - - -
--- --- ---
Flow Ring
500
1500 1500 1500 1500 1050 1090 1070 587 547 587
HD Seal(1)
-50 to 550 750 725 373 254 160 158 163 89
83
89
High Temp HD Seal(1) 550 to 800 555(3) 544(3) 280(3) 191(3) 120(3) 119(3) 122(3) 67(3) 62(3) 67
R30006
Flat Metal(2)
-100 to 800 - - -
- - -
- - -
246 146 155 154
85
80
- - -
508 708 648 109 109 99 82 82 74 --- --- ---
Flow Ring
800
1080 720 388 273 158 163 161 88
82
88
HD Seal(1)
-50 to 550 750 750 750 508 320 316 326 178 166 178
R30006 High Temp HD Seal(1) 550 to 800 555(3) 555(3) 555(3) 381(3) 240(3) 237(3) 245(3) 134(3) 125(3) 133
Silver Plated
Flat Metal(2)
-100 to 800 - - -
- - -
- - -
300 292 300 300 150 150 - - -
Flow Ring
800
1500 1500 776 546 316 326 322 176 164 176
HD Seal(1)
-50 to 550 740 740 740 750 533 527 543 297 277 297
S31603L High Temp HD Seal(1) 550 to 800 - - -
- - -
- - - 555(3) 400(3) 395(3) 407(3) 223(3) 208(3) 222
Nitride
Flat Metal(2)
-100 to 800 - - -
- - -
- - -
300 300 300 300 150 150 - - -
106 106 97 192 218 198 163 163 148 --- --- --212 212 194 363 363 203 272 272 247 --- --- ---
Flow Ring
800
1440 1440 1290 910 527 543 537 293 273 293 353 353 323
-50 to 100 750 750 750 750 533 527 543 297 277 297 363 363 330
R50400
200
PTFE or Fisher TCM Plus or Ultra 300
N10276
400
PTFE
450
550 550 550 550 533 527 543 297 277 297 363 363 330
350 350 350 350 350 350 350 297 277 297 363 363 330
150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50 50 50
Flow Ring
500
1500 1500 1500 1500 1050 1090 1070 587 547 587 508 708 648
1. Pressure drops shown for HD seals are for forward flow only. For reverse flow with HD seal, limit pressure drop to 6.9 bar (100 psig). 2. Lubricated service only. 3. Consult your Emerson sales office if higher pressure drops are required. 4. This column is also appropriate for the DN 600x500 (NPS 24x20).
18
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Table 10. Fisher V150 Dimensions
VALVE
SIZE
A(5)
B
D
G
V150 DIMENSIONS (ISA S75.08.02)(1)
K
M(3)
N(3,4)
S Diameter
APPROXIMATE
T
U
W
WEIGHT
DN
mm
kg
25
102 56
83
95
79
73
13
5.9
40
114
62
188
90
121
92
80
15.9 and 15.9 x 12.7
117
- - - 14.2
8.6
50
124 67
87
127 100
87
15.9 and 15.9 x 12.7
9.5
80
165 79
100 130 106
100
100
194 101 214 133
141
119
100
150
229 109
151 164 127
114
19.1
14.2
19.5
19.1
152 31.8 14.2
26
25.4
14.2
42
200
243 124
184 232 133
127
250
297 147 208 222
260
146
133
300
338 174
268 303 152
133
31.8
72
31.8
235 46.0 17.5
107
38.1
158
350(2) 381 206
295 343 152
133
400(2) 500
406 508
229 235
356
330 406
365 457
152 178
133 159
600x500 608 373
406 457 192
171
44.5
273 50.8 19.1
248
54.0
273 50.8 19.1
333
63.5
337 76.2 22.4
525
63.5
337 76.2 22.4
757
NPS
Inch
lbs
1
4.00 2.21
3.19 3.75 3.12 2.88
1/2
13
1-1/2 4.50 2.46 7.38 3.38 4.75 3.62 3.12
5/8 and 5/8 x 1/2
4.62 - - - 0.56
19
2
4.88 2.63
4.19 5.00 3.94 3.44
5/8 and 5/8 x 1/2
21
3
6.50 3.10
4.62 5.12 4.19 3.94
4
7.62 3.99 8.44 5.25 5.56 4.69 3.94
6
9.00 4.29
5.94 6.44 5.00 4.50
3/4
0.56
43
3/4
6.00 1.25 0.56
57
1
0.56
93
8
9.56 4.88
7.69 9.12 5.25 5.00
10 11.69 5.77 8.19 8.75 10.25 5.75 5.25
12 13.31 6.87
10.56 11.94 6.00 5.25
1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2
158
9.25 1.81 0.69
235
347
14(2) 15.00 8.12
11.62 13.50 6.00 5.25
16(2) 20
16.00 9.00 14.00 13.00 14.38
20.00 9.25
16.00 18.00
6.00 7.00
5.25 6.25
24x20 23.94 14.69
16.00 18.00 7.56 6.75
1-3/4 2-1/8 2-1/2 2-1/2
10.75 2.00 0.75 10.75 2.00 0.75 13.25 3.00 0.88 13.25 3.00 0.88
545 735 1155 1666
1. Inlet flange stud bolt length is longer than the standard length specified in ASME B16.5. See dimension M below. 2. DN350 and 400 (NPS 14 and 16) valves are available in ASME B16.10 short, only. See dimension A for ASME B16.10 short shown in figure 14. 3. Clearance necessary to remove flange bolts. 4. For valve assemblies with the Cavitrol Hex anti-cavitation trim installed, the required outlet flange bolt length and the clearance necessary to remove the bolt will be 12.7 mm (1/2 inch) longer than dimension N specified. In this case, use dimension M to determine the outlet flange bolt length. 5. For valve assemblies with Cavitrol Hex anti-cavitation trim installed, dimension A will be 12.7 mm (1/2 inch) larger than specified.
Figure 10. Fisher V150 Dimensions (also see table 10)
MATCHES CL150 RF FLANGES OR PN 10 AND 16
S DIA
T
U T
N
11B2625-K B2153-5
M
B A
G
K
W
W
D
DN 25 THROUGH 50
DN 80
(NPS 1 THROUGH 2) THROUGH 600x500
(NPS 3 THROUGH 24x20)
19
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Table 11. Fisher V200 Flangeless Dimensions(1)
VALVE
SIZE,
NPS
A
BD
G
V200 DIMENSIONS (ISA S75.08.02)
M
K
R
R1
CL150 CL300 CL600
ASME B16.5
S
T U W RF FLANGES
mm
1
102 56
81
95
176 202 202
51 102
12.7
1-1/2 114 62 188 89
121 189 224 224
73 119 15.7 and 15.7 x 12.7 117 - - - 14.2
2
124 67
106 127 211 236 236 92 137 15.7 and 15.7 x 12.7
CL150, 300,
3
165 79
117 130 254 279 286 127 167
19.1
and 600
4
194 101 214 133 141 286 305 343 157 197
19.1
152 32 14.2
6
229 109
159 164(1) 343 362 413 216 260
25.4
8
243 124
195 232 343 387 426 270 314
208
10 297 147
222 260 419 - - - - - - 324 368
31.8
235 46 17.5
CL150
Inch
1 4.00 2.21
3.19 3.75 6.94 7.94 7.94
2
4.00
1/2
1-1/2 2 3 4 6
4.50 4.88 6.50 7.62 9.00
2.46 7.38 3.50
2.63
4.19
3.10
4.62
3.99 8.44 5.25
4.29
6.25
4.75
5.00
5.12 5.56 6.44(2)
7.44 8.31 10.00 11.25 13.50
8.81 9.31 11.00 12.00 14.25
8.81 9.31 11.25 13.50 16.25
2.88 3.63 5.00 6.19 8.50
4.68 5.38 6.56 7.76 10.24
5/8 and 5/8 x 1/2 5/8 and 5/8 x 1/2
3/4 3/4 1
4.62 - - - 0.56
CL150, 300, and 600
6.00 1.25 0.56
8 9.56 4.88
7.69 9.12 13.50 15.25 16.75 10.63 12.38
8.19
10 11.69 5.77
8.75 10.25 16.50 - - - - - - 12.75 14.50
1-1/4
9.25 1.81 0.69 CL150
1. Multi-class valves are not interchangeable because of line bolting requirements. Please select the appropriate valve based on the pressure class of your piping. 2. 179 mm (7.06 inches) for NPS 6, CL600 valves only.
APPROX WEIGHT
kg 4.3 6.4 10 15 22 27 62 114 lbs 10 14 23 34 48 60 136 252
Figure 11. Fisher V200 Dimensions (also see table 11)
A B
G
K
D
R
S R1
U
T
T
12B3060-L
B2331-2
M
W
W
NPS 1 THROUGH 2 NPS 3 THROUGH 10
11B2625-K
20
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Table 12. Fisher V200 Flanged CL600 Dimensions
DIMENSIONS (ANSI/ISA 75.08.02)
VALVE SIZE A(2)
B
D
G
K M (Qty)(1) Bolt Size
Threaded Holes Per
Flange
S Diameter
T
APPROXIMATE
U
W
WEIGHT
DN
mm
kg
50
124
67
188 106 127 121 (16) 5/8-11 UNC
4
80
165
79
214 117 130 140 (16) 3/4-10 UNC
4
16
117
- - -
17
14.2
19
152
32
28
100
194 101 214 133 141 165 (16) 7/8-9 UNC
- - -
19
152
32
14.2
48
150
229 109 214 159 164 197 (24) 1-8 UNC
2
25
152
32
14.2
93
200
243 124 208 195 232 216 (24) 1-1/8-8 UNC
4
32
235
46
17.5
160
NPS
Inch
lbs
2
4.88 2.63 7.38 4.19 5.00 4.75 (16) 5/8-11 UNC
4
3
6.50 3.10 8.44 4.62 5.12 5.50 (16) 3/4-10 UNC
4
5/8
4.62 - - -
38
0.56
3/4
6.00 1.25
61
4
7.62 3.99 8.44 5.25 5.56 6.50 (16) 7/8-9 UNC
- - -
3/4
6.00 1.25 0.56
105
6
9.00 4.29 8.44 6.25 6.44 7.75 (24) 1-8 UNC
2
1
6.00 1.25 0.56
205
8
9.56 4.88 8.19 7.69 9.12 8.50 (24) 1-1/8-8 UNC
4
1-1/4
9.25 1.81 0.69
353
1. For valve assemblies with the Cavitrol Hex anti-cavitation trim installed, the required outlet flange bolt length and the clearance necessary to remove the bolt will be 12.7 mm (1/2 inch) longer than dimension M specified. 2. For valve assemblies with Cavitrol Hex anti-cavitation trim installed, dimension A will be 12.7 mm (1/2 inch) larger than specified.
Figure 12. Fisher V200 CL600 Flanged Dimensions (also see table 12)
MATCHES CL600 RF FLANGES
S T
U T
M
B2330-3
B A
G
K
M
W
W
NPS 2
NPS
D
3 THROUGH 8
21
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Table 13. Fisher V300 Dimensions
V300 DIMENSIONS (ISA S75.08.02)
VALVE
SIZE,
A(5)
B
D
G
K
M(3)
N(3,4)
S Diameter
DN(1)
mm
APPROXIMATE
T
U
W
WEIGHT
kg
25
102
56
81
95
100
94
13
8
40
114
62
188
89
121 114
108
16 and 16 X 13
117
- - -
12
50
124
67
80
165
79
106 127 106
100
117 130 133
121
16 and 16 X 13 19
17
14.2
28
100
194 101 214 133 141 140
127
19
152
32
37
150
229 109
159 164 152
140
25
60
200
243 124
195 232 165
152
32
103
250
297 147 208 222 260 186
173
32
235
46
17.5
200
300
338 174
268 303 198
186
38
293
350(2) 381 206
295 343 152
133
44.5
273
50.8
19.1
375
400(2) 406 229 356 330 365 152
133
54.0
273
50.8
19.1
511
500
508 235
406 457 224
203
63.5
337
76.2
22.4
755
NPS
Inch
lbs
1
4.00 2.21
3.19 3.75 3.94 3.69
1/2
17
1-1/2 4.50 2.46 7.38 3.50 4.75 4.50 4.25 5/8 and 5/8 X 1/2 4.62
- - -
27
2
4.88 2.63
3
6.50 3.10
4.19 5.00 4.19 3.94 5/8 and 5/8 X 1/2
4.62 5.12 5.25 4.75
3/4
38
0.56
61
4
7.62 3.99 8.44 5.25 5.56 5.50 5.00
3/4
6.00
1.25
81
6
9.00 4.29
6.25 6.44 6.00 5.50
1
133
8
9.56 4.88
7.69 9.12 6.50 6.00
1-1/4
226
10
11.69 5.77 8.19 8.75 10.25 7.31
6.81
1-1/4
9.25
1.81
0.69
440
12
13.31 6.87
10.56 11.94 7.81 7.31
1-1/2
645
14(2) 15.00 8.12 14.00 11.62 13.50 7.75
7.00
16(2) 16.00 9.00 14.00 13.31 14.38 8.25
7.50
20
20.00 9.25 14.00 16.00 18.00 8.81
8.00
1-3/4 2-1/8 2-1/2
10.75
2.00
0.75
10.75
2.00
0.75
13.25
3.00
0.88
825 1125 1661
1. DN25, 40, 50, 80, and 100 are the only sizes offered in V300 for Europe. 2. DN350 and 400 (NPS 14 and 16) valves are available in ASME B16.10 short, only. See dimension A for ASME B16.10 short shown in figure 14. 3. Clearance necessary to remove flange bolts. 4. For valve assemblies with the Cavitrol Hex anti-cavitation trim installed, the required outlet flange bolt length and the clearance necessary to remove the bolt will be 12.7mm (1/2 inch) longer than dimension N specified. In this case, use dimension M to determine the outlet flange bolt length. 5. For valve assemblies with Cavitrol Hex anti-cavitation trim installed, dimension A will be 12.7 mm (1/2 inch) larger than specified.
Figure 13. Fisher V300 Dimensions (also see table 13)
N
B2330-3
G
B
M
A
MATCHES CL300 RF OR PN 25, 40 FLANGES
S
T
U T
W
W
DN 25
DN 80
K
D
THROUGH 50 THROUGH 500
(NPS 1
(NPS 3
THROUGH 2) THROUGH 20)
22
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Table 14. Fisher V150 Optional Dimensions
V150 OPTIONAL DIMENSIONS FOR NPS 1 THROUGH 12
(ASME B16.10 SHORT)
VALVE SIZE
A(3)
M(1)
N(1,2)
DN
NPS mm Inches mm Inches mm Inches
25
1
127 5.00 103 4.06 71 2.81
40
1-1/2 165 6.50 135 5.31 78 3.06
50
2
178 7.00 155 6.11 92 3.61
80
3
203 8.00 142 5.61 98 3.86
100
4
229 9.00 155 6.11 98 3.86
150
6
267 10.50 163 6.40 112 4.40
200
8
292 11.50 182 7.15 124 4.90
250
10
330 13.00 176 6.94 132 5.19
300
12
356 14.00 170 6.69 132 5.19
1. Clearance necessary to remove flange bolts. 2. For valve assemblies with the Cavitrol Hex anti-cavitation trim installed, the required outlet flange bolt length and the clearance necessary to remove the bolt will be 12.7 mm (1/2 inch) longer than dimension N specified. 3. For valve assemblies with Cavitrol Hex anti-cavitation trim installed, dimension A will be 12.7 mm (1/2 inch) larger than specified.
Table 15. Fisher V200 Optional Dimensions
V200 OPTIONAL DIMENSIONS (ASME B16.10 SHORT)(1,2)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
A
M
mm
1
127
202
1-1/2
165
240
2
178
268
3
203
286
4
229
321
6
267
381
8
292
394
10
330
451
Inch
1 1-1/2
2 3 4 6 8 10
5.00 6.50 7.00 8.00 9.00 10.50 11.50 13.00
7.94 9.44 10.56 11.25 12.62 15.00 15.50 17.75
1. Available for CL150 valves only. 2. ASME B16.10 short dimensions are actually longer than ISA S75.08.02 dimensions.
Figure 14. Fisher V150 and V200 Optional Dimensions (also see tables 14 and 15)
N
M
N
M
A
M
14B6907
A
ASME B16.10 SHORT NPS 14 AND 16 V150
11B2625-D B2424-1
A ASME B16.10 SHORT NPS 1 THROUGH 12 V150
12B3060-B A6530
ASME B16.10 SHORT V200
Notes: S NPS 1 through 12 valves are available with either ISA S75.08.02 face-to-face dimensions or ASME B16.10 short face-to-face dimensions. NPS 1 through 12 valves will be supplied in ISA S75.08.02 unless you specify otherwise. Note that ASME B16.10 short dimensions are actually longer than ISA S75.08.02. S NPS 14 and 16 valves are available only with ASME B16.10 short face-to-face dimensions. S NPS 20 valves are available only with a 508 mm (20-inch) face-to-face dimension. S M and N dimensions shown for V150 are clearance necessary to remove flange bolts.
23
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Table 16. Fisher Vee-Ball Square Shaft Dimensions
VALVE SIZE/ PRESSURE RATING
C
D
E
S(1)
DN
NPS
mm Inches mm Inches mm Inches mm Inches
DN25/ PN10-40
NPS 1/ CL150-300
9.0
0.4 74.0 2.91 15.0
0.59 13.0 1/2
DN40/ PN10-40
NPS 1.5/ CL150-600
11.0
0.4
76.0 2.99 15.0
0.59 15.9 5/8
DN50/ PN10-40
NPS 2/ CL150-600
11.0
0.4
76.0 2.99 15.0
0.59 15.9 5/8
DN80/ PN10-40
NPS 3/ CL150-600
14.0
0.6 103.0 4.06
19.0
0.75 19.1 3/4
DN100/ PN10-40
NPS 4/ CL150-600
14.0
0.6 103.0 4.06
19.0
0.75 19.1 3/4
DN150/ PN10-40
NPS 6/ CL150-600
19.0
0.8 108.0 4.25
25.0
0.94 25.4
1
DN200/ PN10-40
NPS 8/ CL150-600
22.0
0.9 109.0 4.29
30.0
1.18 31.8 1 1/4
DN250/ PN10-40
NPS 10/ CL150-600
22.0
0.9 109.0 4.29
30.0
1.18 31.8 1 1/4
DN300/ PN10-25
NPS 12/ CL150-600
27.0
1.1 114.0 4.49
35.0
1.38 38.1 1 1/2
- - -
NPS 14/ CL150-300
- - -
1.4
- - - 6.25
- - -
1.77 - - - 1 3/4
1. This nominal Valve Shaft Diameter is the shaft diameter through the packing box. Use this diameter when selecting Fisher actuators.
Figure 15. Fisher Vee-Ball Square Shaft Dimensions (also see table16)
E C
j S
D
24
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
25
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
26
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
27
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball March 2021
Vee-Ball Valves
D101363X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Cavitrol, Vee-Ball, FIELDVUE, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E281990, 2021 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Vee-Ball Attenuator
D101843X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball(S2) August 2017
FisherTM Vee-BallTM V150, V200, and V300 Noise Attenuator
Fisher Vee-Ball Series valves (V150, V200, and V300) with the severe service Attenuator combine the efficiency of a rotary valve with the energy absorbing capability of a special trim to provide improved performance for demanding applications. The Fisher attenuator design can be utilized in both liquid and gas service to reduce cavitation and noise effects that cause pipeline vibration. See table 1 for a competitive comparison.
Unless otherwise noted, all NACE references are to NACE MR0175-2002.
Features
nTrim Versatility--Trim components are interchangeable for Fisher V150, V200, and V300 valves. This feature allows you to reduce your spare parts inventory and maintenance procedures.
nAttenuator-Ball Fabrication--The ball-attenuator construction provides structural integrity because of its rugged fabrication weld.
nAttenuator Performance--Up to -10 dBA acoustical attenuation, and a Kc=1.0 for hydrodynamics are achievable depending on service conditions.
nApplication Versatility--The Vee-Ball valves are available as standard with ISA S75.04 face-to-face dimensions as well as ASME B16.10-short face-to-face dimensions for CL150 valves. IEC 60534-3-2 face-to-face dimensions are also available (60534-3-2 face-to-face dimensions are equivalent to S75.04 face-to-face dimensions).
nLong Service Life--Solid HD metal seal construction (figure 1) provides long service life in demanding applications. The constant wiping action of the seal across the ball's sealing surface prevents scale and sludge buildup, and provides excellent service on
W6116-1
Fisher Vee-Ball Series Noise Attenuator Ball
steam, gases, slurries, and various liquid applications.
nExcellent Flow Characteristic--Precise contouring of the V-notch ball provides an approximately equal percentage flow characteristic.
nSour Service Capability--Optional materials are available that comply with NACE MR0175-2002.
nImproved Environmental Capabilities--The optional ENVIRO-SEAL packing system is designed with very smooth stem surfaces and live-loading provides improved sealing, guiding, and loading force transmission. The seal of the ENVIRO-SEAL system can control emissions to below the EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) limit of 100 ppm (parts per million) for valves.
nQuick and Easy Maintenance--The Vee-Ball valve ball seals can be inspected simply by removing two screws on the valve body inlet. There is no need to remove the actuator or disassemble the valve. No special tools are required for valve maintenance procedures, such as removing the packing, ball seal, and shafts.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball(S2) August 2017
Vee-Ball Attenuator
D101843X012
Specifications for Vee-Ball Valves and Noise Attenuator
Valve Sizes and End Connection Styles
NPS J 4, J 6, J 8, J 10, J 12, J 14, J 16, or J 20 valves that mate with CL150 or 300 raised-face flanges. Valves sizes also mate with DN 50 through DN 300 and DIN PN10 or PN16 flanges
Maximum Inlet Pressures(1)
Consistent with applicable pressure-temperature ratings, but do not exceed the material temperature capabilities and pressure drop limitations listed in Bulletin 51.3:Vee-Ball
Maximum Shutoff Pressure/Temperature Ratings(1)
Composition (TCM Plus or TCM Ultra) Seals, Flat Metal, HD (Heavy-Duty) and High Temperature HD Metal Ball Seals: See Bulletin 51.3:Vee-Ball Flow Ring Constructions: Contact your Emerson Automation Solutions sales office for more information
Shutoff Classification
See Bulletin 51.3:Vee-Ball
Attenuator Ball Material
J Standard attenuator ball material is CG8M. J Other attenuator ball materials are available upon request. For other valve parts, refer to the appropriate valve bulletin
Temperature Capabilities(1)
Fisher TCM Plus or Ultra Seals: -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) HD Metal Seals: -46 to 288_C (-50 to 550_F) High Temperature HD Metal Seal: 288 to 427_C (550 to 800_F). Contact your Emerson Automation Solutions sales office if higher temperatures are required. Flow Ring or Flat Metal Seal : -198 to 425_C (-325 to 800_F) PEEK/PTFE Bearings: -198 to 260_C (-325 to 500_F)
Flow Coefficients See Fisher Catalog 12
Flow Characteristic Modified equal percentage (see figure 3)
Face-to-Face Dimensions Consistent with J ISA S75.04 and IEC 60534-3-2 face-to-face dimensions Option for CL150 J ASME B16.10-short
Standard Flow Direction Forward flow direction is into the convex face of the V-notch ball. The valve with the attenuator must be placed in the forward flow direction for the attenuator to be effective.
Actuator Mounting J Right-hand or J left-hand as viewed from upstream end of valve. Counter-clockwise to close for both mounting styles.
Maximum Ball Rotation 90 degrees
Valve/Actuator Action With diaphragm or piston rotary actuator, field-reversible between J push-down-to-close (extending actuator rod closes valve) and J push-down-to-open (extending actuator rod opens valve)
ENVIRO-SEAL Packing This optional packing system provides improved sealing, guiding, and transmission of loading force to control liquid and gas emissions.
Packing Constructions
PTFE V-ring: -198 to 232_C (-325 to 450_F) Graphite: -198 to 538_C (-325 to 1000_F) ENVIRO-SEALt Single PTFE V-ring: -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite: -7 to 316_C (20 to 600_F)
Options
J Alloy construction materials, and other common valve parts are available upon request, J Materials that comply with NACE MR0175-2002 for sour service. Refer to Bulletin 51.3:Vee-Ball, or contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation for valve should not be exceeded.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Vee-Ball Attenuator
D101843X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball(S2) August 2017
Figure 1. Fisher Vee-Ball Series Rotary Attenuator Construction
V-NOTCH BALL TCM BALL SEAL
SEE VIEW A
SEAL PROTECTOR RING
GASKET
FOLLOWER SHAFT
GROOVE PIN BODY
BEARING TAPER KEY
SEAL PROTECTOR RING
W6129-1
COMPLETE VALVE WITH TCM BALL SEAL
SEAL PROTECTOR RING
HD SEAL
RADIAL SEAL
BODY
FLAT METAL BALL SEAL
SPRING SEAL
V-NOTCH BALL
W5787-2
SHIMS VIEW A
BODY
FLAT METAL BALL SEAL DETAIL
SEAL
PROTECTOR
RING
RETAINING RINGS
PISTON RING
HD METAL SEAL
WAVE SPRING
V-NOTCH BALL
W5704-2
VIEW A HD METAL BALL SEAL DETAIL
WAVE SPRING
W8479
NPS 4 THROUGH 8 & NPS 14 THROUGH 20
NPS 10 AND 12
HD METAL BALL SEAL
HD METAL BALL SEAL
VIEW A
HIGH-TEMPERATURE HD METAL BALL SEAL
RETAINING RING (USE ONLY WHEN ATTENUATOR IS USED)
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Vee-Ball(S2) August 2017
Vee-Ball Attenuator
D101843X012
Other Considerations
When a rotary noise attenuator is installed in a Vee-Ball valve, the V-notch is no longer a point of high-velocity
erosion. As a result, the CoCr-A V-notch option is not required when a rotary noise attenuator is used. The rotary attenuator and CoCr-A V-notch options are not available together.
Table 1. Segmented Ball Benefits Analysis Comparison
Benefits
Predictable Performance -10 dBA Aerodynamic Noise Attenuation Superior Attenuation Effect at Critical Opening Position
Maximum Pressure Drop Capability Heavy Duty, Integrally Welded Attenuator/Ball Assembly Valve Splined Shaft Connects to Clamped Actuator Lever to Minimize Lost Motion
Superior Soft Seats for Tight Shutoff Moderate Kc Improvement vs Unattenuated Device Trunnion Mounted Ball for Superior Wear Resistance Heavy Duty Metal Seats for Demanding Applications 1. See figure 3 for valve characteristics.
Typical Competitive Device
No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes
Fisher Vee-Ball Attenuator(1)
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Figure 2. Typical Fisher ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE and Graphite Packing Arrangements
PACKING BOX STUD
ACTUATOR MOUNTING YOKE
VALVE SHAFT
SPRINGS
VALVE BODY
ANTIEXTRUSION RINGS
Figure 3. Valve Characteristics
YOKE BEARING PACKING FLANGE
PACKING FOLLOWER
W5806-1
PACKING BOX RING
PTFE PACKING V-RINGS SHOWN
B2365-1
VALVE OPENING--DEGREES
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Vee-Ball, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 1991, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V150E Valve
D103429X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V150E August 2017
FisherTM V150E Expanded Outlet Vee-BallTM Control Valve
The Fisher V150E Vee-Ball control valve (figure 3) features a flanged expanded outlet design. The outlet flange is one standard line size diameter larger than the inlet. The expanded outlet geometry streamlines the flow through the valve as the flow area increases from inlet to outlet. This valve body design accommodates requirements when expanded downstream piping is specified.
This bulletin provides details for the V150E Vee-Ball control valves (shown in figure 3). The V150E valve retains many of the favorable traits of the traditional Vee-Ball valve design with the added feature of an expanded outlet. The inherent characteristic and shearing action between the V-notch ball and the ball seal (figure 2) promotes smooth operation over a wide range of flow conditions.
The Fisher V150E control valve assembly features CG8M (S31700) valve body and ball, and R30006 seal materials as standard. The low friction, zero lost motion drive train assembly features a clamped splined shaft, compact spring and diaphragm actuator, and non-contact digital valve controller. This construction will provide reliable, high-performance throttling operation.
Features
nTrim Versatility - Trim components are interchangeable with existing V150, V200, and V300 Series B valves.
nEasy Installation - Flanged valve body design eliminates exposed line flange bolting, reduces alignment and installation time, and promotes secure valve installations and piping integrity.
nLong Service Life - The heavy-duty, metal seal construction provides long service life in demanding applications. The constant wiping action of the seal across the ball's sealing surface provides excellent service on high consistency fibrous slurry applications. Also, low-friction, rigid
W9915
Fisher V150E Expanded Outlet Vee-Ball Valve with 2052 Actuator
and FIELDVUEt DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
bearing designs are tested and proven in high-load and high-cycle applications.
nSmooth Valve Operation - Precision machined parts, pressure-balanced seal, and low friction bearing designs allow smooth, precise movement of the ball.
nExcellent Flow Control - Precise contouring of the Vee-Ball provides a modified equal percentage flow characteristic.
nExpanded Outlet - Satisfies installation requirements where expanded down stream piping is specified.
nFace-to-Face - Unique dimensions typical of expanded outlet ball valve designs.
nStructural Integrity - One-piece valve body improves structural integrity of the pressure boundary by eliminating leak paths that could be caused by the gaskets in two-piece, bolted valve designs.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V150E August 2017
V150E Valve
D103429X012
Specifications
Valve Sizes and End Connection Styles
DN J 80x100, J 100x150, J 150x200, J 200x250, J 250x300 and NPS J 3x4, J 4x6, J 6x8, J 8x10, J 10x12 flanged valves that mate with PN 10/16 or CL150 raised-face flanges (see table 1)
Dimensions See table 6 for dimensions
Standard Flow Direction Forward (into the convex face of the V-notch ball)
Maximum Inlet Pressures(1)
CG8M (317 Stainless Steel) Valves: Consistent with ASME CL150 pressure-temperature ratings per ASME B16.34 or with PN pressure- temperature ratings shown in table 1, but do not exceed the material temperature capabilities shown below or the pressure drop limitations shown in table 4
Flow Coefficients See Fisher Catalog 12
Actuator Sizing See Catalog 14, section D for torque sizing factors. Use the inlet NPS of the V150E to determine appropriate factors from the Vee-Ball tables
Maximum Shutoff Pressure/Temperature Ratings(1) HD (Heavy Duty) Metal Ball Seals and PEEK/PTFE Bearings: See table 4
Shutoff Classification(1)
Noise Levels See Catalog 12
Maximum Ball Rotation 90 degrees
HD (Heavy Duty) Metal Ball Seal (Bidirectional Flow): 0.01% of valve capacity; Class IV per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4; Maximum allowable pressure drop in reverse flow is 6.9 bar (100 psi)
Construction Materials See table 3
Temperature Capabilities(1) HD Metal Seals: -46 to 288_C (-50 to 500_F) PEEK/PTFE Bearings: -198 to 260_C (-325 to 500_F)
Packing Constructions
Actuator Mounting
Standard valve construction is for right-hand mounting, as viewed from upstream end of valve with the shaft horizontal. Actuator can be mounted in any of four quadrants. Left-hand actuator mounting is available upon request
Valve/Actuator Action
With compact 2052 spring and diaphragm or 1061 piston rotary actuator, the valve is field-reversible between PDTC or PDTO: push-down-to-close (extending actuator rod closes valve) and push-down-to-open (extending actuator rod opens valve)
PTFE V-ring: 198 to 232_C (-325 to 450_F) ENVIRO-SEALt Single PTFE V-ring: -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F)
Flow Characteristic Modified equal percentage
Approximate Weight See table 2
Options J Flushing connection, J ENVIRO-SEAL packing system, J JIS 10K flanges
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation for valve should not be exceeded.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V150E Valve
D103429X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V150E August 2017
Table 1. Valve Body Material, End Connections, and Ratings
VALVE DESIGN
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
VALVE SIZE
V150E
CG8M
DN 80x100, 100x150, 150x200, 200x250, 250x300
NPS 3x4, 4x6, 6x8, 8x10, 10x12
Table 2. Fisher V150E Valve Weights, Approximate
VALVE SIZE
V150E
DN
NPS
kg
lbs
80x100
3x4
26
58
100x150
4x6
28
61
150x200
6x8
46
100
200x250
8x10
87
192
250x300
10x12
123
271
Table 3. Fisher V150E Standard Construction Materials
Part
Material
Valve body
CG8M (317 SST)
V-Notch Ball
Chromium-plated CG8M
Seal Heavy Duty Metal
R30006 (Alloy 6)
Wave Spring
N07750
Radial Seal
Graphite reinforced PTFE
Bearings
PEEK/Carbon-filled PTFE liner
Packing
PTFE V-ring with one carbon-filled PTFE ring
Shaft
S20910
Groove Pin
S31600
Taper Key
R30006
Packing Follower and Packing Box Ring
CF8M (316 SST)
Actuator Mounting Bolts and Nuts
Grade 5 steel or strain hardened B8M stainless steel
Spacer and Bushing
S31700
Packing Follower Bolting
Strain hardened SA-193-B8M
Pipe Plug (optional flushing connection)
S31600
FLANGE END CONNECTIONS
Compatible with PN 10/16 raised-face flanges
Compatible with CL150 raised-face flanges
Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Tables Valve Body Material, End Connections, and Ratings . 3
Approximate Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Standard Construction Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drop . . . . . . . 5 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V150E August 2017
V150E Valve
D103429X012
Figure 1. Fisher V150E Construction Features
HD SEAL WAVE SPRING
SERIES B BALL RADIAL SEAL
SPLINE SHAFT
TAPER KEY
W9731
BEARINGS
PTFE V-RING PACKING
FLUSHING CONNECTION (OPTIONAL)
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V150E Valve
D103429X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V150E August 2017
Table 4. Fisher V150E Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drop (based on trim [bearing and seal] and ASME pressure temperature rating of the valve material [CG8M])
BEARING MATERIAL
BALL SEAL TEMPERATURE RANGE, _C
80x100
100x150
VALVE SIZE, DN 150x200 Bar
200x250
-46 to -29
19
19
19
19
-29 to 38
19
19
19
19
93
PEEK/PTFE
HD Metal (R30006)(1)
149
204
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
14.8
14.8
14.8
14.8
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
232
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.8
260
11.7
11.7
11.7
11.7
BEARING MATERIAL
BALL SEAL TEMPERATURE RANGE, _F
3X4
VALVE SIZE, NPS
4X6
6X8
8X10
Psi
-50 to -20
275
275
275
275
-20 to 100
275
275
275
275
200
PEEK/PTFE
HD Metal (R30006)(1)
300
400
235
235
235
235
215
215
215
215
195
195
195
195
450
185
185
185
185
500
170
170
170
170
1. Pressure drops for HD seals are for forward flow only. For reverse flow with HD metal seal limit pressure drop to 6.9 bar (100 psi).
250x300
19 19 16.2 14.8 13.4 12.8 11.7
10X12
275 275 235 215 195 185 170
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V150E August 2017
V150E Valve
D103429X012
Figure 2. Fisher V150E Dimensions
MATCHES CL150 RF, PN10 AND 16, OR JIS 10K FLANGES
E
B A
S DIA
U
GE44656_A
T W
G
K
D
Table 5. Fisher V150E Dimensions (see figure 2)
mm
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT
DN(1) A
B
D
G
K
SO
T
U
W
E (optional)
kg
80x100
165
82
214
111
130
19.1
152
31.8
14.2
12.7
26
100x150 163
76
214
127
141
19.1
152
31.8
14.2
12.7
28
150x200 207
101
214
154
164
25.4
152
31.8
17.5
12.7
46
200x250 248
123.5
208
189
232
31.8
235
46
17.5
19.1
87
250x300 297
147
208
216
260
31.8
235
46
17.5
19.1
123
NPS(1)
Inch
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT
A
B
D
G
K
SO
T
U
W
E (optional)
lbs
3x4
6.50
3.23
8.43
4.37
5.12
0.75
5.98
1.25
0.56
1/2 NPT
58
4x6
6.42
2.99
8.43
5.00
5.55
0.75
5.98
1.25
0.56
1/2 NPT
61
6x8
8.15
3.98
8.43
6.06
6.46
1.00
5.98
1.25
0.69
1/2 NPT
100
8x10
9.76
4.86
8.19
7.44
9.13
1.25
9.25
1.81
0.69
3/4 NPT
192
10x12
11.69
5.79
8.19
8.50
10.24
1.25
9.25
1.81
0.69
3/4 NPT
271
1. Valve Inlet size x Outlet size
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V150E Valve
D103429X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V150E August 2017
Figure 3. Fisher V150E Expanded Outlet Vee-Ball Valve
W9727
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V150E August 2017
V150E Valve
D103429X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Vee-Ball, ENVIRO-SEAL, and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2010, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Slurry Vee-Ball Valve
D103154X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Slurry Vee-Ball December 2019
FisherTM Slurry Vee-BallTM V150S and V300S
Rotary Control Valves
The Fisher V150S and V300S Slurry Vee-Ball valve mates with CL150 and CL300 raised-face flanges. Rugged construction, highly wear-resistant trim materials, and an unrestricted straight through flow path make the design ideal for controlling the most abrasive of slurries.
A shaft with a choice of drive connections will allow a variety of power operated actuators and valve positioners or controllers to be used.
The design is particularly effective in minimizing erosive damage to the adjoining pipework, thereby providing greater operational safety and service life when compared with other valve types.
Features
nFully protective trim--The valve body, shaft, and bearings are fully protected by hard wear-resistant trim materials.
nPipeline and flange protection--The throttled flow stream is guided through a specially shaped flow ring to minimize turbulence and impingement on the pipe wall. The valve can be matched to the bore size of the inlet and outlet piping in order to prevent turbulence being generated by the step resulting in scouring erosion of the flange faces, unexpected leakage, and expensive rework. In addition, both the inlet and outlet valve flange faces are protected by a portion of the hard trim.
X0186-1
Fisher Slurry Vee-Ball Control Valve
nLong Service Life--The Vee-Ball design, when used in reverse flow mode, keeps the high velocity down stream of the vena contracta within the flow ring bore at the outlet of the valve. Compared with other styles of valves, the exit flow is essentially parallel with the flow ring wall and a minimum of flow impingement occurs. Combined with a choice of hard wear-resistant materials, a significantly long life is obtained.
Easily replaceable trim parts allow the valve to be overhauled at predetermined intervals and the valve body used again during repeated operational cycles.
nEase of installation--Full flanging on the valve body allows the valve body to be easily aligned centrally with the pipe flanges, an essential requirement in avoiding erosion across the flange faces.
nExcellent Flow Control--Precise contouring of the V-notch ball provides a modified equal percentage flow characteristic. When combined with a valve actuator/controller system having minimal lost motion, improved process control can be obtained.
(continued on page 2)
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Slurry Vee-Ball December 2019
Slurry Vee-Ball Valve
D103154X012
Features (continued)
nQuick and Easy Maintenance--All trim parts are retained without the use of press fits or screw threads exposed to the process fluid. See figure 1.
nStructural Integrity--The valve body, complete with flanges, is made from a one-piece casting. No welding is employed. No O-ring seals are used. Use of a flanged valve body does not require the use of extra long studs.
The shaft seal is made from well-proven PTFE chevron ring packing with the means for external adjustment.
ceramic ball for particularly aggressive slurry services with extended lifetime requirements. The ceramic insert offers substantial increase in flow ring lifetimes.
nTrim materials are available to meet the requirements of corrosive/erosive slurries. See table 2.
nThe "Flow Over the Top" V-Notch Ball offers an alternative to the standard V-Notch Ball in scaling applications.
Options
nA PSZ (partially stabilized zirconia) ceramic flow ring insert is available with HCI (high chrome iron) or PSZ
nThe drive shaft is available with either a double D or splined actuator connection to accommodate a choice of actuation between a spring-opposed diaphragm or a rack and pinion.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Slurry Vee-Ball Valve
D103154X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Slurry Vee-Ball December 2019
Specifications
Valve Sizes J NPS 3, J 4, J 6, J 8, J 10, and J 12
End Connection V150S: CL150 Raised-face flange V300S: CL300 Raised-face flange
Face to Face Dimension See figure 2
Maximum Inlet Pressure Consistent with pressure-temperature ratings per ASME B16.34 but do not exceed the material temperature capabilities shown below or the pressure drop limitations
Maximum Shut Off Pressure See tables 3 and 4
Shutoff Classification Class I per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 (Class II and better not available). A defined initial maximum leak rate can be provided subject to review of service conditions.
Construction Materials Standard Construction: See table 1
Temperature Capability For Trim 1: 427_C (801_F) maximum For Trims 2 and 3: 230_C (446_F) maximum For materials: See table 1
Flow Characteristic Modified equal percentage
Dimensions See figures 2 and 3
Flow Direction
Reverse flow recommended (into concave face of ball, out through the flow ring)
Flow Coefficients See Fisher Catalog 12
Maximum Ball Rotation 90 degrees
Valve Installation Shaft axis to be horizontal
Actuator Mounting
Standard ball rotation is clockwise (CW) to close with right hand mount actuator. Left hand mount actuator with counter clockwise (CCW) to close ball action is optional. For horizontal pipe run and horizontal shaft orientation, it is recommended the ball rotate to the top of the valve body upon opening.
Valve/Actuator Action
With diaphragm or piston rotary actuator and splined shaft, the valve is field-reversible between PDTC or PDTO: J push-down-to-close (extending actuator rod closes valve) and J push-down-to-open (extending actuator rod opens valve)
Actuator Size Selection Contact your Emerson sales office for information.
Approximate Weight
Valve Size, NPS
3 4
V150S
kg
lb
15
33
28
62
6
45
99
8
82
180
10
120
265
12
178
390
V300S
kg
lb
30
66
39
86
65
142
120
265
213
470
314
692
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Slurry Vee-Ball December 2019
Slurry Vee-Ball Valve
D103154X012
Table 1. Standard Construction Materials
Part
Valve Body Body Liner
V-Notch Ball
Flow Ring Flow Ring Retainer
Bearing Shroud Bearing
Drive Shaft Follower Shaft
Shaft Pins Gaskets
Packing Set Packing Box Ring and Follower
Studs Nuts Retainer Screws and Clips Spring Plug
Material
Carbon Steel ASME SA216 WCC High Chrome Iron (HCI)
ASTM A532 Class III Type A High Chrome Iron ASTM A532 Class III Type A
Ceramic (optional) High Chrome Iron ASTM A532 Class III Type A
HCI with Ceramic Insert (optional) Carbon Steel ASME SA105
High Chrome Iron ASTM A532 Class III Type A S44004 S17400 S17400 S42000
Graphite SST Laminate PTFE V-ring Graphite S31600 B8M Class 2 S31600 S31600 S30400 S31600
MATERIAL TEMPERATURE CAPABILITY
_C
_F
Minimum
Maximum
Minimum
Maximum
-29
427
-20
800
-29
427
-20
800
-29
427
-20
800
-29
427
-20
800
-29
427
-20
800
-29
230
-20
450
-29
427
-20
800
-29
427
-20
800
-29
427
-20
800
-29
427
-20
800
-29
427
-20
800
-29
427
-20
800
-198
538
-325
1000
-46
230
-50
450
-198
538
-325
1000
-198
538
-325
1000
-45
538
-50
1000
-45
538
-50
1000
-45
538
-50
1000
-29
427
-20
800
-45
538
-50
1000
Table 2. Trim Levels
Trim Level 1 (standard)
2 3
Ball HCI (High Chrome Iron)
HCI Ceramic Ball
Flow Ring HCI
HCI with ceramic insert HCI with ceramic insert
Valve Body Liner HCI HCI HCI
Bearing Shrouds HCI HCI HCI
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Slurry Vee-Ball Valve
D103154X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Slurry Vee-Ball December 2019
Table 3. V150S and V300S Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops (Body Ratings) (Tables for both trim and body limits must be consulted)
TEMPERATURE RANGE
PRESSURE RATING
WCC CL150
WCC CL300
_C
Bar
-46 to -29
- - -
- - -
-29 to 38
20.0
51.7
93
17.9
51.7
149
15.9
50.3
204
13.8
48.6
232
12.8
47.2
260
11.7
45.9
316
10.7
43.8
343
9.65
41.7
371
8.62
38.3
399
6.55
34.8
427
5.52
28.3
_F
Psi
-50 to -20
- - -
- - -
-20 to 100
290
750
200
260
750
300
230
730
400
200
705
450
185
685
500
170
665
550
155
635
600
140
605
650
125
590
700
110
555
750
95
505
800
80
410
Table 4. V150S and V300S Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops based on Standard Trim. Note: Do not exceed the pressure/temperature rating of the valve or mating flanges
TEMPERATURE
RANGE
3
VALVE SIZE, NPS
4
6
8
10 12
_C
Bar
-29 to 427
47.0 27.5 28.3 27.5 15.2 13.8
_F
Psi
-20 to 800
680 400 410 400 220 200
1. Refer to table 3.
Figure 1. Slurry Vee-Ball Cutaway View
W9177-2
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Slurry Vee-Ball December 2019
Slurry Vee-Ball Valve
D103154X012
Table 5. Fisher V150S Dimensions
VALVE SIZE
V150S DIMENSIONS(1)
A
B
D
G
K
M(2)
N(2)
NPS
mm
3
165
80.0
235
140
130
104
98.0
4
194
102
214
152
140
117
98.0
6
230
111
214
175
164
124
112
8
304
184
208
220
231
195
124
10
385
235
208
250
261
235
132
12
455
291
208
300
304
270
132
Inch
3
6.49
3.15
9.26
5.51
5.12
4.11
3.86
4
7.62
4.02
8.44
5.98
5.53
4.61
3.86
6
9.06
4.38
8.44
6.89
6.45
4.90
4.40
8
11.96
7.25
8.19
8.66
9.11
7.68
4.90
10
15.16
9.26
8.18
9.84
10.26
9.25
5.19
12
17.91
11.47
8.18
11.81
11.97 10.63
5.19
1. Stud length associated with clearance dimension "M" is longer than standard length specified in ASME B16.5. 2. Clearance necessary to remove flange bolts.
S Diameter
T
19.1
152
19.1
152
25.4
152
31.8
235
31.8
235
38.1
235
0.75
6.00
0.75
6.00
1.00
6.00
1.25
9.25
1.25
9.25
1.50
9.25
U
31.8 31.8 31.8 46.0 46.0 46.0
1.25 1.25 1.25 1.81 1.81 1.81
W
14.2 14.2 14.2 17.5 17.5 17.5
0.56 0.56 0.56 0.69 0.69 0.69
Figure 2. Slurry Vee-Ball Dimensions (see tables 5 and 6)
S DIAMETER
U T
N
E0875
B
M
A
G
K
D
W SIZE
3 THROUGH 12
Table 6. Fisher V300S Dimensions
VALVE SIZE
V300S DIMENSIONS
A
B
D
G
K
M(1)
N(1)
S Diameter
T
U
W
NPS
mm
3
165
80.0
235
140
130
127
121
19.1
152
31.8
14.2
4
194
102
214
152
140
146
127
19.1
152
31.8
14.2
6
230
111
214
175
164
152
140
25.4
152
31.8
14.2
8
304
184
208
220
231
223
152
31.8
235
46.0
17.5
10
385
235
208
250
261
276
137
31.8
235
46.0
17.5
12
455
291
208
300
304
324
186
38.1
235
46.0
17.5
Inch
3
6.49
3.15
9.26
5.51
5.12
5
4.75
0.75
6.00
1.25
0.56
4
7.62
4.02
8.44
5.98
5.53
5.75
5
0.75
6.00
1.25
0.56
6
9.06
4.38
8.44
6.89
6.45
6
5.5
1.00
6.00
1.25
0.56
8
11.96
7.25
8.19
8.66
9.11
8.78
6
1.25
9.25
1.81
0.69
10
15.16
9.26
8.18
9.84
10.26 10.87
6.81
1.25
9.25
1.81
0.69
12
17.91
11.47
8.18
11.81
11.97 12.75
7.31
1.50
9.25
1.81
0.69
1. Clearance necessary to remove flange bolts.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Slurry Vee-Ball Valve
D103154X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Slurry Vee-Ball December 2019
Table 7. Fisher Slurry Vee-Ball Dimensions for Double D Shaft Drive
VALVE SIZE
E
S(1)
FLAT LENGTH
FLAT SIZE
T
U
W
NPS
mm
3
83 19.0
25.4
14.2 95 25
4
83 19.0
25.4
14.2 95 25
6
83 25.4
25.4
17.5 95 25 see
8
83 31.8
25.4
20.6 133 38 below
10
89 31.8
25.4
20.6 133 38
12
89 38.1
38.1
25.4 133 38
Inch
3
3.25 0.75
1.0
0.56 3.75 1.0 1/2-13
4
3.25 0.75
1.0
0.56 3.75 1.0 1/2-13
6
3.25 1
1.0
0.69 3.75 1.0 1/2-13
8
3.25 1.25
1.0
0.81 5.25 1.5 5/8-11
10
3.5 1.25
1.0
0.81 5.25 1.5 5/8-11
12
3.5 1.5
1.5
1.0 5.25 1.5 5/8-11
1. This nominal valve shaft diameter is the shaft diameter through the packing box. Use this diameter when selecting Fisher actuators.
Figure 3. Fisher Slurry Vee-Ball Dimensions for Double D Shaft Drive (see table 7)
E
FLAT LENGTH
FLAT SIZE
S T
38B2695-A
W U
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Slurry Vee-Ball December 2019
Slurry Vee-Ball Valve
D103154X012
Figure 4. Fisher Slurry Vee-Ball
FLOW RING
FOLLOWER SHAFT
V-NOTCH BALL FLOW RING RETAINER
GASKET
PLUG
DRIVE SHAFT
SHAFT PIN
W8509-1
VALVE BODY
REVERSE FLOW STANDARD
PACKING FOLLOWER PACKING SET BEARING BEARING SHROUD
VALVE BODY LINER
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and Vee-Ball are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2003, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V200U Valve
D104550X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V200U May 2020
FisherTM Vee-BallTM V200U Rotary Control Valve
This bulletin provides details on the DN 80 through DN 250 (NPS 3 through NPS 10) Fisher Vee-Ball V200U rotary control valves. The V200U is a flangeless design that offers many of the favorable traits of the proven V150, V200, and V300 Series B Vee-Ball valves with the added feature of a reduced, compact face-to-face dimension design. The contoured segmented V-Notch ball promotes smooth, nonclogging operation and provides a shearing action between ball and the durable HD metal seal. The unrestricted straightthrough flow design provides efficient, high capacity for gas, steam, liquids, and fibrous slurries.
The flangeless V200U is capable of interfacing with EN 1092-1 Type B or ASME B16.5 raised face flanges.
The splined or square drive shaft options connect to a variety of rotary-shaft actuator designs to provide reliable, high-performance throttling or on-off operation for many different applications in the process industries.
Features
nExcellent Flow Control--Precise contouring of the Vee-Ball provides a modified equal percentage flow characteristic.
nSmooth Valve Operation--Precision machined parts, pressure-balanced seal, and low friction bearing designs allow smooth, precise movement of the ball.
nLong Service Life--The durable HD metal seal construction provides long service life in demanding applications. The constant wiping action of the seal across the ball's sealing surface provides excellent service on high consistency fibrous slurry applications.
nLine Centering Geometry--Cast or machined features on the body outside diameter align and center the valve within the mating pipeline flange bolting to ensure optimum performance.
X1712
Fisher DN200 (NPS 8) V200U Vee-Ball Valve
with 2052 Actuator and FIELDVUEt DVC6200
Digital Valve Controller
X1710
Fisher DN80 (NPS 3) V200U Vee-Ball Valve
with Bettist RPE Actuator and
FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
nTrim Versatility--The V200U drive train components are interchangeable with existing V150, V200, and V300 Series B valves. This feature allows you to reduce your spare parts inventory and maintenance procedures.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V200U May 2020
V200U Valve
D104550X012
Specifications
Valve Sizes DN J 80 J 100 J 150 J 200 J 250 NPS J 3 J 4 J 6 J 8 J 10 Mates with EN1092-1 PN10-40 Type B raised-face flanges and ASME B16.5 CL150/CL300 raised-face flanges (see table 1)
Maximum Ball Rotation 90 degrees
Flow Coefficients See Fisher Catalog 12
Maximum Inlet Pressures(1) Consistent with pressure-temperature ratings per EN12516-1 and ASME B16.34 as shown in table 1, but do not exceed the material temperature capabilities shown below or the pressure drop limitations shown in table 4
Maximum Shutoff Pressure/Temperature Ratings(1) HD (Heavy Duty) Metal Ball Seals and PEEK/PTFE Bearings: See table 4
Shutoff Classification(1) HD (Heavy Duty) Metal Ball Seal (Bidirectional Flow): 0.01% of valve capacity; Class IV per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4; Maximum allowable pressure drop in reverse flow is 6.9 bar (100 psi)
Construction Materials See table 3
Temperature Capabilities(1) HD Metal Seals: -46 to 288°C (-50 to 550°F) PEEK/PTFE Bearings: -198 to 260°C (-325 to 500°F)
Packing Constructions PTFE V-ring: -46 to 232°C (-50 to 450°F) ENVIRO-SEALt Single PTFE V-ring: -46 to 232°C (-50 to 450°F)
Flow Characteristic Modified equal percentage
Dimensions See table 6 and 7 for dimensions
Actuator Sizing
See Catalog 14, section D for torque sizing factors. Use the inlet NPS of the V200U to determine appropriate factors from the Vee-Ball tables
Actuator Mounting
Standard actuator mounting is on the right-hand side, as viewed from the valve inlet, with the shaft horizontal. Actuator can be mounted in any of four quadrants. Left-hand actuator mounting is available upon request
Valve/Actuator Action
For right-hand mount actuator, the standard ball design and actuator action is counter-clockwise to close (CCW). The ball will rotate to the top of the valve body when open for a horizontal pipe run with the valve shaft positioned horizontal. J Left-hand actuator mounting with CCW action is an option.
Left-hand actuator mounting with a special clockwise to close (CW) ball design and actuator action is also available to allow the ball to rotate to the top of the valve body for a horizontal pipe run with the valve shaft positioned horizontal.
With diaphragm or piston rotary actuator, field-reversible between:J push-down-to-close (PDTC) (extending actuator rod closes valve) and J push-down-to-open (PDTO) (extending actuator rod opens valve.)
Approximate Weight
See table 2
Standard Flow Direction
Options
Forward (into the convex face of the V-notch ball)
ENVIRO-SEAL packing system
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin, and any applicable code or standard limitation, should not be exceeded.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V200U Valve
D104550X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V200U May 2020
Features (continued)
nStructural Integrity--One-piece valve body ensures structural integrity of the pressure boundary by eliminating leak paths that could be caused by the gaskets in two-piece, bolted valve designs.
nSour Service Capability--Materials are available for applications involving sour liquids and gases. These constructions comply with NACE MR0175-2002, MR0175-2003, MR0103, and MR0175/ISO 15156.
nExceptional Environmental Capabilities--The optional ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems are designed with very smooth shaft surfaces and live loading to provide exceptional sealing. The seal of the ENVIRO-SEAL system can restrict emissions to less than the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) limit of 100 parts per million (ppm).
nCompact Face-to-Face Dimension Design--Refer to table 5.
Table 1. Valve Body Materials, End Connections, and Ratings
FLANGELESS VALVE END CONNECTION COMPATIBILITY
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
VALVE SIZE, DN VALVE SIZE, NPS
ASME B16.5 Raised Face Flange
EN1092-1 Type B Raised Face Flange
CL150
CL300
PN10
PN16
PN25
80
3
X
X
X
X
X
100
4
X
X
X
X
X
EN 1.4408/CF8M
150
200
250
6
X
X
X
X
X
8
X
X
X
X
X
10
X
X
X
X
X
PN40 X X X X X
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Tables Valve Body Material, End Connections, and Ratings . 3
Approximate Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Standard Construction Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drop . . . . . . . 5 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V200U May 2020
V200U Valve
D104550X012
Table 2. V200U Approximate Weights
VALVE SIZE
WEIGHT
DN
NPS
Rating EN PN (ASME)
kg
lbs
CL150
8
18
80
3
CL300
10
22
PN10-40
9
19
CL150/300
13
28
100
4
PN10/16
12
26
PN25/40
13
28
CL150/300
150
6
PN10-40
27
58
CL150/300
200
8
PN10/16
49
109
PN25/40
CL150
64
140
CL300
102
225
250
10
PN10/16
64
140
PN25/40
71
156
Table 3. V200U Standard Construction Materials
PART Valve Body
MATERIAL CF8M / EN 1.4408 Dual Certified
V-Notch Ball
CF3M / Chrome Plate
Seal -- Heavy Duty Metal Seal Protector Ring(1)
CF8M with CoCr-A Hard Facing Alloy
CF8M / EN 1.4408 Dual Certified
Wave Spring
N07750
Radial Seal Bearings
Graphite reinforced PTFE PEEK/Carbon-filled PTFE liner(2)
Packing
PTFE V-ring with one carbon-filled PTFE ring(3)
Shaft
S20910
Groove Pin
S31600
Taper Key Seal Protector Ring Gasket(1)
S20910 Laminated Graphite
Packing Follower and Packing Box Ring
CF8M
Packing Follower Bolting
Strain hardened B8M stainless steel
Actuator Mounting Bolting
Strain hardened B8M stainless steel
1. For DN80 and DN100 (NPS 3 and NPS 4) constructions only. 2. PEEK is poly-ether-ketone. 3. The carbon-filled PTFE ring is used for grounding.
Figure 1. Fisher V200U Construction Features, DN80 through DN100 (NPS 3 and 4)
V-NOTCH BALL
SEAL PROTECTOR RING
GASKET
BEARING
X1708
4
TAPER KEY
PACKING FOLLOWER
DRIVE SHAFT (SQUARE OR OPTIONAL SPLINE)
SECONDARY SHAFT RETENTION FEATURE
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V200U Valve
D104550X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V200U May 2020
Figure 2. Fisher V200U Construction Features, DN150 through DN250 (NPS 6 through 10)
WAVE SPRING
HD BALL SEAL
RADIAL SEAL
FOLLOWER SHAFT
X1709
GROOVE PIN
PTFE V-RING PACKING
Figure 3. Optional ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Arrangements
PACKING BOX STUD
SPRINGS
VALVE SHAFT
VALVE BODY
ANTIEXTRUSION RINGS
VALVE SHAFT
PACKING FLANGE
PACKING BOX RING
PACKING FLANGE
PACKING FOLLOWER
W5806-2
PTFE PACKING
PACKING BOX RING
PTFE PACKING V-RINGS SHOWN
SPRINGS
PACKING FOLLOWER
W6125-1
GRAPHITE PACKING
GRAPHITE PACKING SET
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V200U May 2020
V200U Valve
D104550X012
Table 4. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops based on Trim (PEEK Bearing and HD Seal) and EN Pressure Temperature Rating of the Valve Material CF8M/1.4408
VALVE SIZE, DN
BEARING MATERIAL
BALL SEAL
TEMPERATURE
80
100
150
200
RANGE, _C PN 10-40 PN 10/16 PN 25/40 PN 10-40 PN 10/16 PN 25/40
Bar
-10 to 50
40.0
16.0
40.0
40.0
16.0
40.0
HD Metal
100
PEEK/PTFE (CF8M with CoCr-A hard
150
Facing Alloy)(1)
200
38.1
15.2
38.1
38.1
15.2
38.1
34.2
13.7
34.2
34.2
13.7
34.2
30.2
12.1
30.2
30.2
12.1
30.2
250
28.0
11.2
28.0
28.0
11.2
28.0
VALVE SIZE, DN
BEARING MATERIAL
BALL SEAL
TEMPERATURE
80
100
150
200
RANGE, _F PN 10-40 PN 10/16 PN 25/40 PN 10-40 PN 10/16 PN 25/40
Psi
14 to 122
580
232
580
580
232
580
HD Metal
212
PEEK/PTFE (CF8M with CoCr-A hard
302
Facing Alloy)(1)
392
552
220
552
552
220
552
496
199
496
496
199
496
438
175
438
438
175
438
482
406
162
406
406
162
406
1. Pressure drops for HD seals are for forward flow only. For reverse flow with HD metal seal limit pressure drop to 6.9 bar (100 psi).
250 PN 10/16 PN 25/40
16.0
40.0
15.2
38.1
13.7
34.2
12.1
30.2
11.2
28.0
250 PN 10/16 PN 25/40
232
580
220
552
199
496
175
438
162
406
Table 5. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops based on Trim (PEEK Bearing and HD Seal) and ASME Pressure Temperature Rating of the Valve Material CF8M/1.4408
VALVE SIZE, NPS
BEARING MATERIAL
BALL SEAL
TEMPERATURE RANGE, _C
3
CL150
CL300
4
6
8
CL150/300
Bar
-46 to 38
19.0
49.6
49.6
49.6
49.6
93
HD Metal
149
PEEK/PTFE (CF8M with CoCr-A hard Facing Alloy)(1)
204
232
16.2
42.7
42.7
42.7
42.7
14.8
38.6
38.6
38.6
38.6
13.4
35.5
35.5
35.5
35.5
12.8
34.5
34.5
34.5
34.5
260
11.7
33.1
33.1
33.1
33.1
VALVE SIZE, NPS
BEARING MATERIAL
BALL SEAL
TEMPERATURE RANGE, _F
3
CL150
CL300
4
6
8
CL150/300
Bar
-50 to 100
275
720
720
720
720
200
HD Metal
300
PEEK/PTFE (CF8M with CoCr-A hard Facing Alloy)(1)
400
450
235
620
620
620
620
215
560
560
560
560
195
515
515
515
515
185
500
500
500
500
500
170
480
480
480
480
1. Pressure drops for HD seals are for forward flow only. For reverse flow with HD metal seal limit pressure drop to 6.9 bar (100 psi). 2. Maximum allowable shutoff pressure drop limited by trim.
10
CL150
CL300
19.0 16.2 14.8 13.4 12.8 11.7
40.9 (2) 40.9 (2)
38.6 35.5 34.5 33.1
10
CL150
CL300
275
593 (2)
235
593 (2)
215
560
195
515
185
500
170
480
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V200U Valve
D104550X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V200U May 2020
Table 6. Fisher V200U Dimensions(1)
VALVE SIZE,
A
B
G
DN
M(4)
P(2)
K
PN
PN
PN
PN
R
T
10/16 25/40 10/16 25/40
mm
U
W
80
100
59
112
130
225
240
- - -
- - -
127
14.2
100
116
68
127
141
250
270
103
104
158
152
32
14.2
150
160
89
154
164
310
340
- - -
- - -
216
17.5
200 250
200 240
124
189
147
216(3)
232 261
355
405
188
190
270
410
470
253
253
324
235
46
17.5
VALVE SIZE,
A
B
G
M(4)
P(2)
K
CL150 CL300(5) CL150 CL300
R
T
U
W
NPS
Inch
3
3.94
2.34
4.40
5.12
8.00
8.50
- - -
- - -
5.00
0.56
4
4.58
2.67
5.00
5.55
8.75
9.50
3.90
3.90 6.19
5.98
1.25
0.56
6
6.30
3.52
6.06
6.46
10.75 11.75
- - -
- - -
8.50
0.69
8 10
7.87 9.45
4.89 5.78
7.44 8.50(3)
9.11
12.75 14.00
7.40
7.40 10.63
10.26
14.75 16.25
9.53
9.33 12.76
9.25
1.81
0.69
1. Select the appropriate valve based on the pressure class of your pipe flanges as some multi-class valves are not interchangeable because of line bolting requirements. 2. Minimum internal diameter of the mating pipe or flange required for Vee-Ball clearance. 3. 221 mm (8.69 inches) for NPS 10, CL300 valves. 4. Clearance necessary to remove the bolt. 5. The NPS 10 CL300 construction requires 4 bolts per side (8 total) to be installed in blind, tapped holes on the valve body. The M value for these 1-8 UNC fasteners is 140 mm (5.5 inch).
Figure 4. Fisher V200U Dimensions with Square and Spline Shaft (also see tables 6 and 7)
R R
j S j S
E
C
G
K
GG69034
SQUARE
GG69033
D1
G
K
SPLINE
U
P
T
B
M
A
W
D2 7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V200U May 2020
V200U Valve
D104550X012
Table 7. Fisher V200U Shaft Dimensions
VALVE SIZE/ PRESSURE RATING
S(1)
SQUARE
C
D1
DN
NPS
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
mm
Inches mm
DN80/ PN10-40
NPS 3/ CL150-300
19.1
0.75
14.0
0.6
103.0
4.06
19.0
DN100/ PN10-40
NPS 4/ CL150-300
19.1
0.75
14.0
0.6
103.0
4.06
19.0
DN150/ PN10-40
NPS 6/ CL150-300
25.4
1.00
19.0
0.8
108.0
4.25
25.0
DN200/ PN10-40
NPS 8/ CL150-300
31.8
1.25
22.0
0.9
109.0
4.29
30.0
DN250/ PN10-40
NPS 10/ CL150-300
31.8
1.25
22.0
0.9
109.0
4.29
30.0
1. This nominal Valve Shaft Diameter is the shaft diameter through the packing box. Use this diameter when selecting Fisher actuators.
E Inches 0.75 0.75 0.94 1.18 1.18
SPLINE
D2
mm
Inches
214
8.44
214
8.44
214
8.44
208
8.19
208
8.19
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Bettis, Vee-Ball, FIELDVUE, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V250 Valve
D100053X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V250 December 2020
FisherTM V250 Rotary Control Valve
The V250 Hi-Ball rotary control valve is designed for heavy-duty throttling and on-off applications. Depending on size, this valve installs between two CL600 or CL900 pipeline flanges. The V250 valve is available with a single ball seal, flow ring, or dual-seal construction.
Single-seal constructions are used in tight shutoff applications; the flow ring construction can satisfy higher temperature requirements. The dual-seal construction, with a seal in the inlet and outlet openings, is used in bidirectional flow-shutoff applications.
The V250 Hi-Ball valve is typically used for throttling and controlled flow applications in gas transmission lines, gas distribution, or liquid pipelines.
Features
nHigh Pressure Drop Capabilities--Depending on the construction, a V250 valve is capable of a maximum static pressure differential of 103 bar (1500 psi) at 82°C (180°F) for CL600, and 155 bar (2250 psi) for CL900 constructions at 38°C (100°F) for LCC steel and CF8M (316 stainless steel).
nEfficient Operation--Tapered-polygon ball-to-shaft connection (see figure 4) and clamped splined actuator connection (see figure 5) remove lost motion or deadband from the drive train for throttling control applications.
nExcellent Flow Control--Reduced ball port design provides a modified equal percentage flow characteristic and an excellent response characteristic.
nTight Shutoff--Shutoff with the V250 ball seal is 0.0001 percent of maximum capacity.
nGreater Capacities--V250 ball valve construction offers greater capacities than conventional globe valves for both compressible and incompressible fluids.
W4177-3
nSour Service Capability--Materials are available for applications handling sour service. These materials comply with the requirements of NACE MR0175-2002.
nLong Service Life--Pressure-balanced drive shaft design with PTFE-lined bearings and pressure-assisted shaft sealing arrangement provides for a long life of reliable service.
nMinimum Maintenance--Two-piece ball and shaft assembly allows for complete trim overhaul; parts replacement is kept to a minimum.
nExcellent Environmental Capabilities--The optional live loaded packing system is designed with very smooth shaft surfaces and live loading to provide excellent sealing.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V250 December 2020
V250 Valve
D100053X012
Specifications
Available Configuration
Flangeless ball valve assembly with J single ball seal, J flow ring, or J dual ball seal
Flow Characteristic Modified equal percentage
Valve Body Sizes and End Connection Styles
NPS 4 through 12 flangeless valves retained by line flange bolts and designed to fit between CL600 or CL900 J raised-face or J ring-type joint flanges (ASME B16.5)
NPS 16 through 24 flangeless valves retained by line flange bolts and designed to fit between CL600 J raised-face or J ring-type joint flanges (ASME B16.5)
Maximum Inlet Pressure(1)
NPS 4 through 12 consistent with CL600 or CL900 (ASME B16.34) NPS 16 through 24 consistent with CL600 (ASME B16.34)
Flow Direction Single Seal Construction: Forward-flow only (see figure 3) Flow Ring Construction: Forward- or reverse-flow (see figure 3) Dual Seal Construction: Required to provide shutoff for bi-directional flow
Flow Coefficients
Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drop(1,2)
Single-Seal and Dual-Seal Construction: See figure 2. Flow Ring Construction: Limited by the pressure-temperature rating of the valve body
See Catalog 12 Noise Levels
Shutoff Classification
Single-Seal and Dual-Seal Constructions: 0.0001% of maximum valve capacity (less than 1% of Class IV, ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4) Flow Ring Construction: 1% of maximum valve capacity
Construction Materials
See table 1
Seal Material Temperature Capability(1)
Single-Seal and Dual-Seal Construction: J -46 to 82°C (-50 to 180°F) for LCC steel and CF8M [316 stainless steel (SST)] valve bodies Flow Ring with Nitrile O-Rings: J -46 to 93°C (-50 to 200°F) for LCC steel and CF8M valve bodies Flow Ring with Fluorocarbon O-Rings: J -46 to 204°C (-50 to 400°F) for LCC steel and CF8M valve bodies
See Catalog 12 for sound pressure level prediction
Maximum Ball Rotation 90 degrees
Actuator Mounting J Right-hand or J left-hand mounted as viewed from the valve inlet for forward-flow
Shaft and Bore Diameters See figure 7
- continued -
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V250 Valve
D100053X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V250 December 2020
Specifications (continued)
Approximate Weights See table 2
Options J Line flange bolts, J Sour service trim(3), J Buried service actuator adaptation, and J Dual seal
configuration for bi-directional shutoff (this configuration incorporates a tapped and plugged connection which can be used in a double block and bleed system to test seal integrity), J Live Loaded PTFE Packing
1. The pressure or temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitations should not be exceeded. 2. The maximum allowable shutoff pressure drops are further limited for the following constructions. The NPS 12 with S20910 drive shaft is limited to 128 bar (1862 psi) from -46 to 59°C (-50 to 139°F) and to 103 bar (1490 psi) at 93°C (200°F). The NPS 16 with 17-4PH steel, with 2-1/2 inch splined driveshaft is limited to 1000 psi (69 bar), and with the S20910, 2-1/2 inch splined drive
shaft is limited to 55 bar (795 psi) at all service temperatures. The NPS 24 with S20910 drive shaft is limited to 92 bar (1336 psi) at all service temperatures.
3. See table 1 for sour service trim materials.
Figure 1. Sectional View of Fisher V250 Valve
OUTLET BALL SEAL
W7170-1
VALVE BODY
FOLLOWER SHAFT
OUTLET SIDE OF VALVE BODY FOR OPTIONAL DUAL SEAL CONSTRUCTION
BALL
W7169-1
VIEW A SEAL DETAIL
MAIN SHAFT BEARING
DRIVE SHAFT
W7169-1
SEAL PROTECTOR RING OR FLOW RING
VALVE INLET
INLET BALL SEAL
SEE VIEW A
SEAL CARRIER
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V250 December 2020
V250 Valve
D100053X012
Table 1. Construction Materials
Part
Construction Material
Valve Body, Body Outlet, and Seal Protector Ring or Flow Ring
Standard Sour Service Trim(1) Optional
LCC carbon steel LCC steel, heat-treated WCC carbon steel or S31600 [316 stainless steel (SST)]
Drive Shaft, Follower Shaft, and Shaft Retainer
Standard Sour Service Trim(1) Optional
S17400 (17-4PH SST) S17400 (17-4PH SST) H1150 DBL S20910 stainless steel
Standard
Chrome-plated WCC steel
Ball
Sour Service Trim(1)
Chrome-plated WCC steel, heat-treated
Optional
Chrome-plated S31600
Ball Seal
All Trims
POM (polyoxymethylene)
Bearings
All Trims
PTFE/Composition-lined S31600
O-Rings
Standard Sour Service Trim(1) Optional
Nitrile Fluorocarbon Fluorocarbon
Shaft Seal
Std. with Backup Ring Live Loaded Packing
PTFE R30003 / PEEK PTFE / SST
Seal Carrier
All Trims
S31600 SST
Seal Carrier Stud Bolts
Standard Sour Service Trim(1) Optional
Grade B7 steel Grade B7M steel Grade B8M stainless steel
Seal Carrier Hex Nuts
Standard Sour Service Trim(1) Optional
Grade 2H steel Grade 2HM steel Grade 8M stainless steel
Line Bolts(2)
Standard Sour Service Trim(1)
Grade B7 steel Grade B7M steel
Line Nuts(2)
Standard Sour Service Trim(1)
Grade 2H steel Grade 2HM
1. As detailed in NACE MR0175-2002. 2. Line bolts and nuts are not included as part of the standard package. Specify line bolts and nuts as an option.
Table 2. Approximate Weights
VALVE SIZE, NPS 4 6 8 10 12 16 20 24
kg 73 132 222 345 431 771 1814 2404
WEIGHT
lbs 160 290 490 760 950 1700 4000 5300
Installation
Install the V250 valve in any position, but the recommended orientation is in a horizontal pipeline with the shaft positioned horizontally and the ball closing in the downward direction. The actuator can be either right- or left-hand mounted as viewed from the valve inlet for forward-flow. For bidirectional flow, install the valve so that the highest pressure condition will flow as shown by the flow direction arrow on the valve body.
Dimensions are shown in figure 7.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V250 Valve
D100053X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V250 December 2020
Figure 2. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drop for Single and Dual POM Seal Construction
Note: Do not exceed the limits in this curve or the body rating, whichever is lower.
A4947-1
Figure 3. Ball Seal and Flow Ring Constructions
SHIM SEALS O-RING
BALL SEAL
FORWARD FLOW
SEAL PROTECTOR RING
VALVE BODY
W3701-1
BALL SEAL
BALL
O-RING
SHIM SEALS
FORWARD FLOW
FLOW RING
VALVE BODY
BALL
W3700-1
FLOW RING
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V250 December 2020
V250 Valve
D100053X012
Figure 4. Drive Shaft for Fisher V250 Valve
Figure 5. Clamped Splined Actuator Connection on Fisher 1061 Actuator
SPLINED END FOR CONNECTION WITH ACTUATOR
TAPERED POLYGON END FOR CONNECTION WITH VALVE BALL
CLAMPED SPLINED ACTUATOR CONNECTION
W6029-1
W2563-1
VALVE SHAFT
Figure 6. Live Loaded PTFE Packing
A7193
BELLEVILLE SPRING STACK
PACKING BOX BOLTING
PACKING RINGS
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V250 Valve
D100053X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V250 December 2020
Figure 7. Dimensions (also see table 3)
NPS 4 THROUGH 16
18A5915-B 18A5916-C B1609-2
NPS 20 AND 24
Table 3. Dimensions
VALVE
SIZE,
A
D
G
K
NPS
4
194
208
197
162
6
229
356
238
194
8
243
356
327
270
10
297
356
343
287
12
338
356
381
324
470
16
400
460
392
508
20
533
508
546
480
24
679
508
629
546
4
7.62
8.19
7.75
6.38
6
9.00
14.00
9.38
7.62
8
9.56
14.00
12.88
10.62
10
11.69
14.00
13.50
11.31
12
13.31
14.00
15.00
12.75
18.50
16
15.75
18.12
15.44
20.00
20
21.00
20.00
21.50
18.88
24
26.75
20.00
24.75
21.50
1. Use this dimension to select compatible Fisher rotary actuators.
L (BORE
DIAMETER)
R
76.2 101.6 152.4 187.5 228.6
mm 279 327 413 445 483
292.1
613
371.3 438.2
3.00 4.00 6.00 7.38 9.00
864 991 Inches 11.00 12.88 16.25 17.50 19.00
11.50
24.12
14.62 17.25
34.00 39.00
S
Shaft
Spline
T
Diameter Diameter(1)
31.8 50.8 63.5 69.9 76.2
101.6
127.0 152.4
31.8
235
50.8
273
63.5
337
63.5
337
63.5
337
63.5 533
88.9
88.9
533
88.9
533
1.25
1.25
9.25
2.00
2.00
10.75
2.50
2.50
13.25
2.75
2.50
13.25
3.00
2.50
13.25
2.50
4.00
21.00
3.50
5.00
3.50
21.00
6.00
3.50
21.00
U
W
46
5/8-UNC
51
3/4-UNC
76
7/8-UNC
76
7/8-UNC
76
7/8-UNC
127
1-1/4--8UN
127
1-1/4--8UN
127
1-1/4--8UN
1.81
5/8-UNC
2.00
3/4-UNC
3.00
7/8-UNC
3.00
7/8-UNC
3.00
7/8-UNC
5.00
1-1/4--8UN
5.00
1-1/4--8UN
5.00
1-1/4--8UN
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V250 December 2020
V250 Valve
D100053X012
Figure 8. Dead Angle (also see table 4)
VIEW A
VIEW A SCALE 5:1
THE AMOUNT THE BALL ROTATES FROM CLOSED, AT WHICH, CONTROLLABLE FLOW BEGINS
GH11897
Table 4. Dead Angle Degrees
VALVE SIZE, NPS 4 6 8 10 12 16 20 24
DEAD ANGLE, DEGREES 17 12 11 8 8 10 10 8
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1982, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V260 Valve
D102352X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V260 February 2020
FisherTM V260 Ball Control Valve
The Fisher V260 is a full-bore control valve designed from the ground up with features for optimized pressure, flow and process control. An integral drilled attenuator controls noise and vibration from high pressure drop liquids and gases. The splined shaft connection to the actuator reduces lost motion.
The V260A with Aerodome attenuator, V260B with Hydrodome attenuator, and V260C Ball Control Valves (figures 1 and 3) combine the efficiency of a rotary valve with the energy-dissipating capability of a special trim to provide improved performance for demanding applications. The valve is available with single, dual, or dual block-and-bleed seal options (see the Specifications table).
The trim design of the V260A is used in gas service to reduce noise effects that cause pipeline vibration. The V260B provides improved performance for demanding applications such as pump bypass and pipeline take-off. The trim is designed for liquid service to help eliminate or reduce cavitation and associated pipeline noise and vibration. The V260C full-bore ball valve is designed for automated control in bypass, batch, monitor, and emergency shutoff service applications, and it presents little or no restriction to flow.
The V260 full-bore ball valve is available with composition seals, and process type stem packing for improved service life.
Unless otherwise noted, all NACE references are to NACE MR0175-2002.
W6539-1
Fisher V260 Valve
nAerodynamic Performance-- Up to -20 dBA acoustical attenuation can be achieved for the V260A within a single stage construction. Dual-stage construction can provide up to -25 dBA attenuation.
nImproved Service Life-- The attenuator is not part of the seal assembly. The seal wipes to ball surface, not the attenuator, promoting increased service life.
Features
nExcellent Flow Control-- The splined ball to shaft connection, splined shaft to actuator connection, double power-end bushing assemblies, and trunnion guiding, all provide improved dynamic control.
nTrim Versatility-- Key valve components, such as valve body, ball, shaft and bearings, are interchangeable between the V260A, V260B and V260C. This feature allows you to reduce your spare parts inventory and maintenance time.
(continued on page 3)
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V260 February 2020
V260 Valve
D102352X012
Specifications
Valve Body Sizes and End Connection Styles
NPS J 6 J 8, J 10, J 12, J 16, J 20, and J 24 flanged valves with CL150, CL300, or CL600 raised-face flanges compatible with ASME B16.5. Consult your Emerson sales office for other end style connections.
Shutoff Classification (per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4)
Single-Seal Composition Constructions: Class IV, optional Class VI Dual-Seal Composition Constructions: Class IV, optional Class VI
Maximum Inlet Pressures and Temperatures(1)
Consistent with CL150, CL300, or CL600 pressure-temperature ratings per ASME B16.34
Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drop(1).
For Single-Seal and Dual-Seal Construction (Except where further limited by the pressuretemperature rating of the valve body): J CL150: 20 bar (285 psi) at 38_C (100_F) J CL300: 51 bar (740 psi) at 38_C (100_F) J CL600: 103 bar (1480 psi) at 38_C (100_F)
Flow Characteristic J Modified linear with single high density attenuator, J Modified equal percentage with single characterized attenuator (see figure 2), or J Modified equal percentage without attenuator
Flow and Shutoff Direction
Unidirectional flow for V260 is forward flow. Seal is upstream. J Single Seal Constructions: Should be used for unidirectional flow and unidirectional shutoff only. J Double Seal Constructions: V260A and V260C may be used for unidirectional and bidirectional flow. V260B should be used for unidirectional flow only for effective anti-cavitation protection. Bidirectional shutoff requires the dual seal construction.
Flow Coefficients
See Fisher Catalog 12
Seal Material and Temperature Capability(1) Standard: J POM (polyoxymethylene) -29 to 82_C (-20 to 180_F) Optional: J PTFE/PEEK(2)(3) -37 to 100_C (-35 to 212_F)
Maximum Ball Rotation 90 degrees
Actuator Mounting Right-hand or left-hand mounted as viewed from the valve inlet for forward flow
Packing Arrangements PTFE Packing: Standard construction (see figure 4) ENVIRO-SEALTM Packing: This optional packing system provides improved sealing, guiding, and transmission of loading force to control liquid and gas emissions. Contact your Emerson sales office for availability of ENVIRO-SEAL packing (see figure 4)
Dimensions See figure 5
Options J Double block-and-bleed applications (Dual-seal construction is required), J Two Stage V260A Attenuator, J Two or Three Stage V260B Attenuator, J CL900 flanges, J Ring type joint flanges
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation for this valve should not be exceeded.
2. PTFE stands for Polytetrafluoroethylene, and PEEK stands for PolyEtherEtherKetone. 3. Temperature limit of PTFE/PEEK is limited due to standard Nitrile O-Ring. Contact your Emerson sales office for higher temperature options, up to 232_C (450_F).
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V260 Valve
D102352X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V260 February 2020
Features (continued)
nSour Service and Sour Crude Oil Capability-Optional materials are available that comply with NACE Standard MR0175-2002.
nTight Shutoff-- Self-adjusting seal(s) that are pressure assisted provide tight shutoff for long reliable service. The design incorporates a heavy duty S31600 stainless steel carrier that retains the composition seal for full-rated pressure drop service. Class IV and VI shutoff available.
nHeavy Duty Trunnion-- The ball trunnions are designed for demanding applications requiring long
service life, with a reduction in maintenance time and costs.
nBroad Hydrodynamic Applications-- Single, dual, and three-stage attenuators for the V260B may be provided for a varying range of applications. A Kc value of 1.0 is achievable depending on service conditions.
nFlexible Applications-- The attenuator is active throughout the ball rotation for very demanding services or a characterized attenuator is used to match the service conditions (see figure 2).
Table 1. Aerodome and Hydrodome Trim Benefits Comparison
Benefits
Typical Competitive Device
Up to -20 dBA aerodynamic noise attenuation
No
Excellent attenuation effect at critical opening position
No
High Density (Full) or characterized attenuation
No
2 or 3 stage options
No
Effective bidirectional attenuation option
No
Integrated ball, shaft, and attenuator design for best throttling dynamics
No
Dual seal option
No
Ball seal exchange without actuator removal
No
Kc improved versus unattenuated device
Yes
Double block-and-bleed option
No
Overall ease of maintenance
No
Trunnion-mounted ball for excellent wear resistance
Yes
Low profile for ease of piping
Yes
V260A with Aerodome Attenuator Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes
Yes Yes N/A Yes Yes Yes Yes
V260B with Hydrodome Attenuator N/A Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V260 February 2020
V260 Valve
D102352X012
Table 2. Standard Materials of Construction
Part Valve Body Ball Seal Dome Attenuator Shaft Wave Spring Tailpiece Tailpiece Mounting Bolting Bearing Plate Bearings Thrust Washer Packing Box Housing Packing Packing Bolting Packing Follower, Packing Box Ring Groove Pins O-Rings Actuator Mounting Bolting
Material LF2 Carbon Steel WCC Carbon Steel or Low Temperature Carbon Steel POM with S31600 SST Seal Blank or PTFE/PEEK with S31600 SST Seal Blank S17400 SST S17400 SST H1075 or S17400 SST H1150 DBL S17700 SST or N07750 Low Temperature Carbon Steel B7 Steel or B7M Steel Carbon Steel S30400 SST with Aramid liner Carbon filled PTFE Low Temperature Carbon Steel PTFE/Carbon filled PTFE B7 Steel, B7M Steel, or B8M Class 2 SST Annealed S31600 SST B8M SST Nitrile Steel Grade 5
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V260 Valve
D102352X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V260 February 2020
Figure 1. Sectional View of Valve (Single Seal)
W6365-2
Figure 2. Aerodome and Hydrodome Attenuator Details
FLOW
47B1309-A A6749-2
HIGH DENSITY ATTENUATOR
47B1312-A
CHARACTERIZED ATTENUATOR
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V260 February 2020
V260 Valve
D102352X012
Figure 3. Typical Fisher V260 Valve Assembly
PTFE PACKING
PTFE-LINED BEARING
BALL SEAL
SPLINED SHAFT
FLOW
W6521-1*
V260C WITH DUAL SEAL
BALL
PTFE-LINED BEARING
PTFE PACKING PTFE-LINED BEARING
BALL SEAL
FLOW
SPLINED SHAFT
W7511-1
V260A OR V260B WITH DUAL SEAL AERODOME ATTENUATOR
BALL
PTFE-LINED BEARING
W7509-2 / IL
V260A OR V260B WITH SINGLE SEAL
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V260 Valve
D102352X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V260 February 2020
Figure 4. Packing Arrangement Details
DRIVE SHAFT
PACKING FLANGE
PACKING FOLLOWER
PACKING STUD AND NUT
TYPICAL PTFE V-RING PACKING SET
PACKING BOX RING
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE V-RING PACKING SET
94BA02200 -D B2472-1
STANDARD PACKING ARRANGEMENT
ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING ARRANGEMENT
Table 3. Dimensions
VALVE SIZE, NPS
A
D
K
6 8 10 12 16
20
24 CL150 24 CL300 24 CL600
559
228
661
273
356
788
324
840
369
508
991
471
508
508
1194
471
602
1397
314
671
1397
508
708
1397
364
708
6
22
8.99
8
26.04
10.75
10
31.04 14.00 12.75
12
33.07
14.53
20.00
16
39.00 18.56 19.99
20.00
20
47.00 18.56 23.70
24 CL150
55.00 12.38 26.40
24 CL300
55.00 20.00 27.87
24 CL600
55.00 14.32 27.87
1. For 1069 size 100 actuator. 2. For 1061 size 100 actuator. 3. See table 6 for NPS 24 U1 and U2 information.
R
381 457 553 639 848
1040
1158 1158 1241
15.00 18.00 21.77 25.15 33.38
40.96
45.60 45.60 48.86
S
Shaft Dia. Spline Dia.
T
mm
44.4
44.4
273
63.5 76.2 76.2 88.9 88.9 88.9 88.9 102 Inches
1-3/4
63.5
337
76.2(1)
63.5(2)
88.9(1)
533
63.5(2)
88.9 (keyed shaft)
533
88.9
533
102 (keyed shaft)
610
1-3/4
10.75
2-1/2
3 3 3-1/2 3-1/2
3-1/2
3-1/2
4
2-1/2
3(1) 2-1/2(2) 3-1/2(1) 2-1/2(2) 3-1/2 (keyed shaft) 3-1/2
4 (keyed shaft)
13.25
21.00
21.00 21.00 24.00
U
W (THREADED)
51 76
127
See thread
info below
127
127 457 (U1)(3) 254 (U2)(3)
2.00
3/4-10
3.00
7/8-9
5.00
1-1/4-8
5.00
5.00 18 (U1)(3) 10 (U2)(3)
1-1/4-8 1-1/4-8 1-1/4-8
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT kg 311 442 703 919
2472
4309
5352 5761 7076 Pounds 686 975 1550 2025
5450
9500
11800 12700 15600
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V260 February 2020
V260 Valve
D102352X012
Figure 5. Dimensions (also see table 3)
MATCHES CL600(1) FLANGES
S
K
D
A U
R
T
14B0995-B
W
Note: 1. For CL150 and 300 valves, face-to-face dimensions are the same as CL600 valves. 2. Valve shown meets CL600 flanges. Flange and bolt dimensions vary for CL150 and 300 valves.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V260 Valve
D102352X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V260 February 2020
Figure 6. NPS 24 Additional Dimensions (also see table 3)
U1 U2
T
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V260 February 2020
V260 Valve
D102352X012
Figure 7. Dead Angle (also see table 4)
VIEW A
THE AMOUNT THE BALL ROTATES FROM CLOSED, AT WHICH, CONTROLLABLE FLOW BEGINS
GH08473
Table 4. Dead Angle Degrees
VALVE SIZE, NPS 6 8 10 12 16 20 24
VIEW A SCALE 1:2
DEAD ANGLE, DEGREES 10 11 10 9 11 9 9
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V260 Valve
D102352X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V260 February 2020
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V260 February 2020
V260 Valve
D102352X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121990, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V270 Valve
D104178X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V270 March 2021
FisherTM V270 Full-Bore Ball Control Valve
The Fisher V270 is a three piece, trunnion mounted, full-bore control valve designed from the ground up with features for optimized pressure, flow and process control.
The V270 full-bore ball valve is designed for automated control in bypass, batch, monitor, and emergency shutoff service applications, and it presents little or no restriction to flow.
The V270 full-bore ball valve is available with composition seals, and process type live-loaded shaft packing for improved service life and lower emissions.
Unless otherwise noted, all NACE references are to NACE MR0175/ ISO 15156.
Features
nExcellent Flow Control--Shaft and trunnion guiding provides improved dynamic control.
nSour Service and Sour Crude Oil Capability-- Standard construction materials comply with NACE Standard MR0175 / ISO 15156.
nTight Shutoff--Self-adjusting seals that are pressure assisted provide Class VI shutoff for long reliable service. The design incorporates a heavy duty S31600 stainless steel carrier that retains the composition seal.
nFree Standing Design--Comes standard with a base bracket allowing the valve to sit upright.
X1454
FISHER V270 VALVE
nHeavy Duty Trunnions--The ball trunnions are designed for demanding applications requiring long service life, with a reduction in maintenance time and costs.
nDouble Block and Bleed--Design comes standard with a dual seal arrangement.
nOptional Fire-Tested Construction--Certified for API 607 and 6FA.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V270 March 2021
V270 Valve
D104178X012
Specifications
Valve Body Sizes and End Connection Styles
NPS J 6, J 8, J 10, J 12, J 14, J 16, J 20, and J 24 flanged valves with CL150, CL300, or CL600 raised-face flanges compatible with ASME B16.5-2013
Designed in accordance with API 6D
Flow Coefficients See Fisher Catalog 12
Shutoff Classification ANSI/FCI 70-2 Class VI
Maximum Inlet Pressures and Temperatures(1) Consistent with CL150, CL300, or CL600 pressure-temperature ratings per ASME B16.34-2013 Allowable Temperature Range: -40 to 82_C (-40 to 180_F)
Flow Characteristic Modified equal percentage
Flow and Shutoff Direction Dual Seal Construction: The V270 may be used for unidirectional or bidirectional flow
Seal Material Standard: POM (Polyoxymethylene)
Maximum Ball Rotation 90_
Packing Arrangements Standard: Live-Loaded Packing This packing system provides improved sealing, guiding, and transmission of loading force to control liquid and gas emissions
Dimensions See figure 2 through 7
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation for this valve should not be exceeded.
Table 1. Standard Materials of Construction
Part
Material
Valve Body
LF2 Carbon Steel
Ball
LF2 Carbon Steel / ENP
Seal
POM with S31600 SST Seal Carrier
Drive Shaft
S17400 H1150D
Spring
N07750
Tailpiece
LF2 Carbon Steel
Tailpiece Mounting and Packing Box Bolting
L7M Steel
Bearing Plate
LF2 Carbon Steel
Trunnion Bushings
Carbon Steel, Bronze, PTFE
Thrust Washer
Glass filled PTFE
Shaft Bushing
N04400 / Comp
Packing Box Housing
Carbon Steel
Packing
Live-Loaded PTFE
Packing Bolting
B7M Steel
Packing Follower, Packing Box Ring S31600 SST
Straight Pins
S17400 H1150D
O-Rings, Backup Rings
Nitrile
Actuator Mounting Bolting
Steel Grade 5
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V270 Valve
D104178X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V270 March 2021
Figure 1. Sectional View of V270 Valve
SHAFT
THRUST BEARING
LIVE LOADED PTFE PACKING SHAFT BEARING
DUAL SEAL ARRANGEMENT
E1652
BALL BASE BRACKET
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V270 March 2021
V270 Valve
D104178X012
Figure 2. Envelope Dimensions (see table 2)
A U
Figure 4. NPS 24 CL600 Packing Box Housing Mounting Pad Dimensions (see table 2)
U1
U2
W
T
R
T
W
E1653
E1656
Figure 3. Envelope Dimensions (see table 2 and 3)
G
ZD J
N
N
S
K H
Figure 5. Shaft Detail (see table 3)
C
B
E1655
SECTION N-N
E1654
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V270 Valve
D104178X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V270 March 2021
Figure 6. NPS 6 CL600 thru NPS 14 CL300 Base Bracket Dimensions (see table 3)
Figure 7. NPS 14 CL600 thru NPS 24 CL600 Base Bracket Dimensions (see table 3)
E1
E1
E2
L
F1
E1657
E1658
L
Figure 8. Live-Loaded Packing Arrangement Details
F2 F1
E1659
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V270 March 2021
V270 Valve
D104178X012
Table 2. Envelope Dimensions
VALVE SIZE, PRESSURE
NPS
CLASS
A
K
H
150
394 210.2 388.2
6
300
403 216.4 387.9
600
559 220.4 470.5
150
457 259.4 521.1
8
300
502 259.4 526.1
600
660 265.7 565.6
150
533 295.3 616.3
10
300
568 301.3 622.3
600
787 313.8 645.4
150
610 338.8 704.5
12
300
648 345.8 716.6
600
838 359.5 736.0
150
686 369.0 821.0
14
300
762 401.8 827.2
600
889 419.0 866.8
150
762 435.2 936.9
16
300
838 440.7 878.9
600
991 464.5 923.1
150
914 522.9 1074.9
20
300
991 530.0 1110.2
600
1194 555.5 1129.2
150
1067 600.0 1287.9
300
1143 615.0 1312.2
24
600
1397 649.0 1280.4
R
330 343 351 424 426 440 482 492 525 569 587 615 628 630 673 701 713 762 875 895 947 1029 1066
1140
S Shaft Dia. mm 44.4
63.5
76.2
88.9 101.6
Inches
150
15.50 8.27 15.28 12.99
6
300
15.88 8.52 15.27 13.50
600
22.00 8.68 18.52 13.82
150
18.00 10.21 20.52 16.70
1 3/4
8
300
19.75 10.21 20.71 16.77
600
26.00 10.46 22.27 17.32
150
21.00 11.62 24.26 18.98
10
300
22.38 11.86 24.50 19.37
600
31.00 12.35 25.41 20.67
150
24.00 13.34 27.74 22.40
2 1/2
12
300
25.50 13.61 28.21 23.11
600
33.00 14.15 28.97 24.21
150
27.00 15.59 32.32 24.70
14
300
30.00 15.82 32.57 24.80
600
35.00 16.50 34.13 26.50
150
30.00 17.13 36.89 27.61
3
16
300
33.00 17.35 34.60 28.05
600
39.00 18.29 36.34 29.98
150
36.00 20.59 42.32 34.45
20
300
39.00 20.87 43.71 35.24 3 1/2
600
47.00 21.87 44.46 37.28
150
42.00 23.62 50.71 40.51
300
45.00 24.21 51.66 41.97
24
4
600
55.00 25.55 50.41 44.88
G Keyway
Dia.
41.3
57.1
69.8
82.5 69.8 88.8 101.6
1 5/8
2 1/4
2 3/4
3 1/4 2 3/4 3 1/2
4
T 237.1 336.6
533.4 609.6 10.75 13.25
21.00 24.00
U 50.8 76.2
127.0 475.2 (U1) 254.0 (U2)
2.00 3.00
5.00 18.00 (U1) 10.00 (U2)
W
APPROXIMATE
(THREADED)
WEIGHT
See Below
kg 170 190 280 305 350 465 430 495 745 645 770 1050 1045 1065 1365 1275 1455 1925 2245 2580 3450 3380 4280
5775
3/4-10 7/8-9 1-1/4-8
Pounds 370 415 620 670 775 1020 950 1095 1640 1425 1695 2320 2305 2350 3015 2810 3210 4250 4945 5685 7610 7450 9435
12740
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V270 Valve
D104178X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V270 March 2021
Table 3. Additional Envelope Dimensions
C
B
VALVE SIZE, PRESSURE
NPS
CLASS
D
Z
J
Shaft & Key
Height
Key Width
E1
E2
F1
F2
L
mm
150
6
300
N/A
N/A
N/A
600
242.4
200.1
228.6
239.8
149.1
45.3
9.5
150
250.4
273.1
8
300
269.4
231.4
15.9
600
302.4
292.1
150
10
300
278.1
297.0
282.4
N/A
251.8
N/A
600
328.9
297.0
309.4
201.7
62.6
12.7
150
318.0
307.6 279.9
12
300
600
328.2 389.4
330.2 330.2
150
422.5
482.5
14
300
428.5
396.8
600
644.0
415.4
453.3
224.7
19.1
150
394.0
408.3
279.7
76.7
15.9
706.1
439.4
489.3
222.6
16
300
678.0
487.5
502.5
312.0
600
677.1
486.6
568.2
352.3
150
823.2
556.5
598.7
338.3
20
300
813.5
559.5
618.9
364.9
381.0
409.0
260.6
90.7
19.1
600
871.2
604.5
708.4
441.7
150
394.0
408.3
282.7
82.8
15.9
944.6
627.1
634.6
317.1
24
300
381.0
409.0
260.6
98.3
22.2
1001.3 658.4
657.3
314.4
600
363.0
379.0
N/A
112.5
25.4
1009.5 704.7
853.4
548.6
Inches
150
6
300
N/A
N/A
N/A
600
9.54
7.88
9.00
9.44
5.87
1.78
0.38
150
9.86
10.75
0.63
8
300
10.61
9.11
600
11.91
11.50
150
10
300
10.95
11.69
N/A
N/A
11.12
9.92
600
12.95
11.69
12.18
7.94
2.46
0.50
150
12.52
12.11 11.02
12
300
600
12.92 15.33
13.00 13.00
150
16.63
19.00
14
300
16.87
15.62
600
25.35
16.35
17.85
8.85
0.75
150
15.51
16.07
11.01
3.02
0.63
27.80
17.30
19.26
8.76
16
300
26.69
19.19
19.78
12.28
600
26.66
19.16
22.37
13.87
150
32.41
21.91
23.57
13.32
20
300
32.03
22.03
24.37
14.37
600
15.00
16.10
10.26
3.57
0.75
34.30
23.80
27.89
17.39
150
15.51
16.07
11.13
3.26
0.63
37.19
24.69
24.99
12.49
24
300
15.00
16.10
10.26
3.87
0.88
39.42
25.92
25.88
12.38
600
14.29
14.92
N/A
4.43
1.00
39.74
27.74
33.60
21.60
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V270 March 2021
V270 Valve
D104178X012
Figure 9. Dead Angle (also see table 4)
VIEW A
THE AMOUNT THE BALL ROTATES FROM CLOSED, AT WHICH, CONTROLLABLE FLOW BEGINS
VIEW A SCALE 1:2
GH08473
Table 4. Dead Angle Degrees
VALVE SIZE, NPS 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24
DEAD ANGLE, DEGREES 12 11 8 9 8 7 7 7
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2017, 2021 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V280 Valve
D104426X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V280 March 2021
FisherTM V280 Full-Bore Ball Control Valve
The Fisher V280 is a three-piece, trunnion mounted, full-bore control valve capable of handling full ASME CL900 pressure drops. It is designed with features for optimized pressure, flow, and process control. An optional drilled attenuator controls noise and vibration from high pressure drop liquids and gases. The splined shaft connection to the actuator reduces lost motion.
The V280 with an Aerodome attenuator is used in gas service to reduce noise in demanding applications such as anti-surge, station recycle and worker/monitor applications.
The V280 with a Hydrodome attenuator provides improved performance for demanding applications such as pump bypass or pipeline take-off. The trim is designed for liquid service to help eliminate or reduce cavitation associated with pipeline noise and vibration.
The V280 without attenuation is designed for automated control in bypass, batch, monitor, and emergency shutoff service applications. It presents little or no restriction to flow.
Unless otherwise noted, all NACE references are to NACE MR0175/ISO 15156.
Features
nThoroughly Tested--Valve construction cycle tested and flow tested in laboratory subject to full ASME CL900 pressure drops to maximize service life.
nExcellent Flow Control--Robust drive train designed to guide the shaft and properly absorb energy during dynamic operation.
X1609
Fisher V280 Valve
nAerodynamic Performance--Up to -20 dBA acoustical attenuation can be achieved for the V280 with Aerodome within a single stage construction. Dual-stage construction can provide up to -25 dBA attenuation.
nSour Service and Sour Crude Oil Capability--Standard construction materials comply with NACE MR0175/ISO 15156.
nHeavy Duty Trunnion--The ball trunnions are designed for demanding applications requiring long service life, with a reduction in maintenance time and costs.
nBroad Hydrodynamic Applications--Single and dual stage attenuators for the V280 with Hydrodome may be provided for a varying range of applications. A KC value of 1.0 is achievable depending on service conditions.
nFlexible Applications--The attenuator is active throughout the ball rotation for very demanding services. The characterized attenuator can be utilized when more flow capacity is necessary.
Features (continued on 3)
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V280 March 2021
V280 Valve
D104426X012
Specifications
Valve Sizes and End Connection Styles
Flow Coefficients
NPS J 6, J 8, J 10, J 12, and J 16 flanged valve size with CL900 raised-face flanges compatible with ASME B16.5. Consult your Emerson sales office for other end connection styles
Maximum Inlet Pressure and Temperatures(1) Consistent with CL900 pressure-temperature ratings per ASME B16.34
Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drop(1)
See Fisher Catalog 12
Seal Material and Temperature Capabilities(1)
Standard: POM (polyoxymethylene) -29 to 82_C (-20 to 180_F) Optional: POM (polyoxymethylene) with Nitrile MoS2 Impregnated O-rings -46 to 82_C (-50 to 180_F) or PTFE/PEEK(2) with flurorocarbon O-rings -23 to 204_C (-10 to 400_F)
For Single-Seal and Dual-Seal Construction (except where further limited by pressure-temperature rating of the valve body):
Maximum Ball Rotation 90_
CL900: 153.2 bar (2220 psig) at 38_C (100_F) TCM Ultra Seal: 120 bar (1750 psig) at 38_C (100_F)
Shutoff Classifications
Actuator Mounting
Right-hand or left-hand mounted as viewed from the valve inlet from forward flow
Single or Dual-Seal Construction Class IV standard: ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 65034-4 Class VI optional: ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 65034-4
Flow Characteristic J Modified linear with single high-density attenuator J Modified equal percentage with single characterized attenuator J Modified equal percentage without attenuator
Flow and Shutoff Direction Unidirectional flow is forward flow. Seal is upstream Single Seal Construction: Should be used for unidirectional flow and unidirectional shutoff only Dual Seal Construction: V280 with Aerodome and unattenuated V280 may be used for unidirectional and bidirectional flow V280 with Hydrodome should be used for unidirectional flow only for effective anti-cavitation protection. Bidirectional shutoff requires dual seal construction
Packing Arrangements
PTFE Packing: Standard construction ENVIRO-SEALTM Packing: This optional packing system provides improved sealing, guiding, and transmission of leading force to control liquid and gas emissions
Dimensions
See figure 3
Options
J Double block-and-bleed applications (Dual seal construction is required) J Two or three-stage Aerodome attenuator, two-stage or three-stage Hydrodome attenuator J Ring type joint flanges J Inconel drive shaft J Keyed shaft J Nitrile MoS2 Impregnated O-rings J S31600 SST ENC ball J PTFE/PEEK seal insert J Contact your Emerson sales office for other options
1. The pressure or temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation for this valve should not be exceeded. 2. PTFE stands for Polytetrafluoroethylene and PEEK stands for PolyEtherEtherKetone.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V280 Valve
D104426X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V280 March 2021
Features (continued)
nConstruction Versatility--Seal and dome attenuators are interchangeable. The valve construction can be altered by adding/removing a dome attenuator and/or seal without requiring a different body flange. This allows for flexibility to meet changing demands. See figure 2.
nBase Bracket--Standard easy-removal base bracket simplifies maintenance and storage prior to installation. The base bracket is designed to remain secured to the valve body during removal of the body flanges for maintenance.
nIntegral Valve Lifting Provision--Valve body includes standard tapped holes for easy attachment of swivel hoist rings or other appropriate rigging equipment.
nTight Shutoff--Self-adjusting seal(s) that are pressure assisted provide tight shutoff for long reliable service. The design incorporates a heavy duty S31600 stainless steel carrier that retains the composition seal for full-rated pressure drop service.
nImproved Service Life--The attenuator is not part of the seal assembly. The seal wipes the ball surface, not the attenuator, promoting increased service life.
Table 1. Fisher V280 Standard Materials of Construction
PART
MATERIAL
Valve Body
LF2 Carbon Steel
Ball
Carbon Steel ENC
Seal
POM with S31600 SST Seal Blank
Drive Shaft
S17400 SST H1150D
Dome Attenuator
S17400 SST
Wave Spring
N07750
Retaining Ring
N07750
Tailpiece
LF2 Carbon Steel
Tailpiece Mounting Bolting
B7M Steel
Bearing Plate
Carbon Steel
Bearings
N04400 with PTFE
Thrust Washer
Carbon filled PTFE
Packing Box Housing
Carbon Steel
Packing
PTFE/Carbon filled PTFE
Packing Bolting
B7M Steel
Packing Follower, Packing Box Ring
Annealed S31600 SST
Groove Pins
S31600
O-Rings
Nitrile
Actuator Mounting Bolting
Steel Grade 5
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V280 March 2021
V280 Valve
D104426X012
Figure 1. V280 with Dual Seal and Single Dome Attenuator
SPLINED SHAFT
PTFE-LINED BEARING
DUAL SEAL ARRANGEMENT
LIVE LOADED PACKING THRUST BEARING
FLOW
GH02464
DOME ATTENUATOR BALL
PTFE-LINED BEARING
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V280 Valve
D104426X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V280 March 2021
Figure 2. Construction Versatility Seal/Dome Assembly Details
SEAL & DOME
SEAL ONLY
BALL SEAL
BALL SEAL
DOME ONLY
DOME ATTENUATOR
DOME ATTENUATOR
BALL SEAL
RETAINING RING
DOME ATTENUATOR
RETAINING RING
RETAINING RING
GH02443
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V280 March 2021
V280 Valve
D104426X012
Figure 3. V280 Envelope Dimensions
E
D
F
A
U
K G
L jS
L jS
N C
jW X H
T jR
GH01905
SECTION L-L SCALE 1:1
Table 2. V280 Envelope Dimensions (see figure 3)
jS
Valve Size, NPS
Pressure Class
jBore
A
K
G
jR
Shaft
Spline
Dia.
Dia.
mm
6
152 610 241 452 409
44.4
38.1
8
203 737 300 561 508
63.5
50.8
10
900
254 838 343 648 597
12
305 965 434 798 705
76.2
71.1
16
374 1130 503 937 851
Inches
6
6.00 24.00 9.50 17.80 16.10 1.75
1.50
8
8.00 29.00 11.80 22.10 20.00
2.50
2.00
10
900 10.00 33.00 13.50 25.50 23.50
12
12.00 38.00 17.10 31.40 27.75
3.00
2.80
16
14.71 44.50 19.80 36.90 33.50
Keyway
V
Dia.
jW
U
(Threaded)
41.2
273 51
57.1
337 76
See Below
69.8
533 127
1.625 2.25
10.75 2.00 13.25 3.00
3/4-10 7/8-9
2.75 21.00 5.00 1-1/4-8
Approximate Weight
kg 415 753 1143 1823 2885 lbs 915 1660 2520 4020 6360
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V280 Valve
D104426X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V280 March 2021
Table 3. V280 Envelope Dimensions (see figure 3) (cont.)
Valve Size, NPS
Pressure Class
D
Splined Shaft
Keyed Shaft
E
Keyed Shaft
F
Splined Shaft
Keyed Shaft
C Shaft & Key
Height mm
6
229
243
80
45.2
8
356
155
297
312
95
62.4
10
900
12
508
394
408
264
111
76.7
16
Inches
6
9.00
9.60
3.13
1.78
8
14.00
6.12
11.70
12.30
3.75
2.46
10
900
12
20.00
15.50
16.10
10.38
4.38
3.02
16
H Key Width
9.52 12.70 15.87
0.375 0.500 0.625
N Packing Nut Removal Clearance
96 109
134
3.81 4.31
5.31
X Flange Width
169 191
244
6.66 7.50
9.62
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V280 March 2021
V280 Valve
D104426X012
Figure 4. Dead Angle (also see table 4)
VIEW A
THE AMOUNT THE BALL ROTATES FROM CLOSED, AT WHICH, CONTROLLABLE FLOW BEGINS
GH08473
Table 4. Dead Angle Degrees
VALVE SIZE, NPS 6 8 10 12 16
VIEW A SCALE 1:2
DEAD ANGLE, DEGREES 10 9 9 9 10
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2019, 2021 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V500 Valve
D100054X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V500 November 2018
FisherTM V500 Rotary Globe Control Valve
The Fisher V500 eccentric plug rotary control valve controls erosive, coking, and other hard-to-handle fluids, providing either throttling or on/off operation. The flanged valve features streamlined flow passages, rugged metal trim components, and a self-centering seat ring (figures 1 and 2). With these components, the V500 rotary control valve combines globe valve ruggedness with the efficiency of a rotary valve. Matched with a Fisher power or manual actuator, the V500 rotary control valve dependably controls fluids in many process industries.
Features
nEasy Installation -- Integral valve body flanges mate with many different classes of pipeline flanges, satisfying a variety of piping requirements. Flanges help to eliminate exposed line flange bolting, shorten alignment and installation time, and promote secure valve installations and piping integrity.
nOperational Versatility -- Self-centering seat ring and rugged plug allow forward or reverse flow with tight shutoff in either flow direction. Reverse flow direction helps move downstream turbulence away from shutoff surfaces. Full 90-degree rotation removes valve plug from flowstream, helping to reduce plug wear. Seat ring and retainer are available in full and restricted port constructions, and can easily be changed if capacity requirements change.
nFurnace Feed Design -- Specially selected trim materials and body coatings help to withstand oil sands, furnace feed, and other highly erosive applications.
X0189
Fisher V500 Flanged Rotary Control Valve with 2052 Actuator and FIELDVUEt DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
nResists Damage from Erosive Flow -- Valve assembly is specifically designed to combat the process of erosion. Streamlined flow passages, rugged components, and a wide choice of erosion-resistant trim materials all promote long, dependable service life in erosive applications.
nLong Seat Life -- Path of eccentric plug (figure 4) minimizes contact with seat ring when opening, reducing seat wear and friction. When the valve plug rotates into the seat ring, a self-lapping action occurs, improving the fit between shutoff surfaces. Full-port, S31600, R30006, or VTC seat ring has two shutoff surfaces and can be easily reversed, reducing downtime.
(continued on page 3)
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V500 November 2018
V500 Valve
D100054X012
Specifications
Available Configuration
Flanged valve assembly (NPS 3 through 8 only) with reversible(1) metal or VTC (ceramic) seat ring and splined valve shaft
Valve Sizes J NPS 1, J 1-1/2, J 2, J 3, J 4, J 6, and J 8 DN sizes are also available (see tables 1 and 2).
Flow Coefficients See Fisher Catalog 12
Flow Coefficient Ratio(3) See Fisher Catalog 12
Noise Levels See Fisher Catalog 12
End Connection Style and Rating J Raised-face flanges or J ring-type joint flanges (ASME B16.5). Valves with EN PN10 through PN100 flanges also available. (See tables 1 and 2 for ASME and EN availability by valve size.)
Maximum Inlet Pressure(2) Consistent with applicable ASME or EN flange ratings
Maximum Pressure Drops(2) See tables 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9
Shutoff Classification Class IV per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4, (0.01% of valve capacity at full travel) for either flow direction. Leak rates for full and restricted port valves are based on full port valve capacities. Reduced port valves seat at the full port diameter.
Construction Materials See table 4 for individual parts and table 3 for trim combinations
Material Temperature Capability(2) See table 4
Flow Characteristic Modified linear
Flow Direction Reverse flow (standard): Past valve plug and through seat ring; tends to close the valve; recommended for erosive service Forward flow: Through seat ring and past valve plug; tends to open the valve
Actuator Mounting
J Right-hand or J left-hand as viewed from the upstream side of the valve.
Mounting position depends on the desired open valve plug position and flow direction required by operating conditions. For more information, see the Installation section.
Valve Plug Rotation
Counterclockwise to close (when viewed from actuator side of valve) through 90 degrees of plug rotation
Valve/Actuator Action
With diaphragm or piston rotary actuator, field-reversible between J push-down-to-close (extending actuator rod closes valve) and J push-down-to-open (extending actuator rod opens valve
Packing Constructions
J PTFE V-Ring: With one carbon-filled PTFE conductive packing ring in single, double, or leak-off arrangements, -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) J PTFE/Bound-Composition: With one graphited composition conductive packing ring in single, double, or leak-off arrangements, -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) J Graphite Ribbon Packing Rings: In single, double, or leak-off arrangements, -198 to 538_C (-325 to 1000_F) J ENVIRO-SEALTM PTFE: -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) (for 100 ppm service requirements) J ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite: -7 to 316_C (20 to 600_F) (for 100 ppm service requirements). This packing arrangement can be used to 371_C (700_F) for non-environmental service.
(continued)
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V500 Valve
D100054X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V500 November 2018
Specifications (continued)
Shaft Diameters See figure 5
Dimensions and Approximate Weights See figure 5; face-to-face dimensions conform to ISA S75.04 and IEC 60534-3-2
Options
J Restricted trim (retainer and seat ring) for low-flow applications, J sealed bearing constructions, J purged bearings, J tungsten carbide trim option, J flushing connections, J chrome carbide valve body coating, J ENVIRO-SEAL packing system; see figure 3 and bulletin 59.3:041, ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems for Rotary Valves (D101638X012) for more information
1. The reversible seat is not available in every trim material. Consult your Emerson sales office. 2. The pressure or temperature limits in the referenced tables or figures, and in any applicable code limitation, should not be exceeded. 3. Ratio of maximum flow coefficient to minimum usable flow coefficient. May also be called rangeability.
Features (continued)
nSimple Assembly and Maintenance -- No special orientation, precision clamping or repetitive centering of valve plug and seat ring is required when tightening the retainer, promoting accurate alignment and easy assembly.
nImproved Environmental Capabilities -- The optional ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems are designed with very smooth shaft surfaces and live loading to provide improved sealing. The seal of the ENVIRO-SEAL system can restrict emissions to less than the EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) limit of 100 ppm (parts per million).
nSour Service Capability -- Materials are available for applications involving sour liquids and gases. Depending on the construction, the product will comply with NACE MR0175-2002, MR0175-2003, MR0103 and/or MR0175/ISO15156. Contact your Emerson sales office for additional information.
nRugged Construction -- Durable, solid metal or VTC seat ring and valve plug shutoff tightly without deforming plug arms or employing thin ball seals. Oversized shaft diameters and rugged trim parts allow high pressure drops. Tungsten carbide is also available for erosive service.
nReliable Performance -- Seat ring design (figure 2) self-centers, self-laps, and dynamically aligns with plug, giving excellent cycle life. Sealed metal bearings (see figure 1) help prevent particle buildup and valve shaft seizure in erosive applications.
nChoice of Construction Materials -- Plug, seat ring, and retainer are available in four levels of hardness for selection of erosion resistance.
nOptional Alloy 6 Seat Ledge Insert Available -Protects seat and valve body from high-velocity erosive flows and eases repair. Available for NPS 2-8.
Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Tables Valve Size, Pressure Ratings, and Flange
Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Material Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Material Temperature Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Maximum Allowable
Shutoff Pressure Drops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Actuator Mounting Selections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V500 November 2018
V500 Valve
D100054X012
Figure 1. Sectional of Fisher V500 Control Valve
RETAINER FACE SEALS
VALVE PLUG SEAT RING
BEARING
1
PACKING
VALVE SHAFT
TAPER AND EXPANSION PINS
W4170-3
HARDFACED SLOTLESS RETAINER RESISTS EFFECTS OF EROSION
THRUST WASHER
BEARING STOP VALVE BODY
1
O-RINGS
W4172-2
DETAIL OF SEALED BEARINGS
BODY INSERT PROTECTS THE SEAT AND BODY FROM HIGH VELOCITY EROSIVE FLOWS AND EASES REPAIR
ABRASION-RESISTANT COATING APPLIED TO INTERNAL FLOW PASSAGE
W9275
FURNACE FEED (FFD) TRIM
1 End-tapped valve body and pipe plug optional (limited to less than 232_C [450_F])
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V500 Valve
D100054X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V500 November 2018
Figure 2. Detail of Seat Ring Design
FLOW DIRECTION
FACE SEAL SECTION
FLOW DIRECTION
49A3685-C A3288-2
FORWARD FLOW SHUTOFF
REVERSE FLOW SHUTOFF (STANDARD)
Figure 3. Typical ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Arrangements for Rotary Valves
PACKING BOX STUD
ACTUATOR MOUNTING YOKE
VALVE SHAFT
SPRINGS
VALVE BODY
ANTIEXTRUSION RINGS
VALVE SHAFT
PACKING FLANGE
PACKING BOX RING
YOKE BEARING
PACKING FLANGE
PACKING FOLLOWER
W5806-1
SINGLE PTFE PACKING
PACKING BOX RING
PTFE PACKING V-RINGS SHOWN
SPRINGS PACKING FOLLOWER
W6125-1
GRAPHITE PACKING
GRAPHITE PACKING SET
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V500 November 2018
V500 Valve
D100054X012
Table 1. Valve Size, ASME Pressure Ratings, and Flange Compatibility (X indicates availability)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CL150
FLANGED CL300
1
X
X
1-1/2
X
X
2
X
X
3
X
X
4
X
X
6
X
X
8
X
X
Table 2. Valve Size, EN Pressure Ratings, and Flange Capability (X indicates availability)
VALVE SIZE, DN
PN 10
PN 16
Flanged
PN 25
PN 40
25
X
X
X
X
40
X
X
X
X
50
X
X
X
X
80
X
X
X
X
100
X
X
X
X
150
X
X
X
X
200
X
X
X
X
PN 63
X X X X X X X
Table 3. Material Combinations
Trim Level
Body Material
WCC
1
CF8M
CF3M(2)
WCC
2
CF8M
CF3M(2)
3
WCC/CF8M/CF3M(1,3)
3H (over 600°F)
CF8M/CF3M(3)
Valve Size, NPS 1 & 1-1/2
2 through 8 1 through 8 1 through 8
1 & 1-1/2 2 through 8 1 through 8 1 through 8
1 & 1-1/2
2 through 8
2 through 8
Valve Plug CF8M/Chrome Plate CF8M/Chrome Plate CF8M/Chrome Plate CF3M/Chrome Plate
R30006 R30006 R30006 R30006
R30006
R30006
R30006
1 & 1-1/2(4)
Solid VTC
4(5,6)
WCC/CF8M/CF3M(3)
2(4) 3 through 8
Solid VTC
R30006 hub, Titanium Gr 5 cap screw, and VTC surface
cap
4S(5,6)
WCC/CF8M/CF3M(3)
3 through 8
R30006 hub, S17400SST treated insert, N07718 cap screw, and VTC surface cap
FFD(6)
CF8M with Tungsten Carbide Coating and R30006 Drop-in Seat
Ledge
2 through 8
R30006/Tungsten Carbide Seating Surface
1. Trim 3 for NPS 2 through 8 stainless steel bodies is limited to 600_F. 2. European Sourcing Only. 3. European sources supply CF3M in lieu of CF8M.
4. Includes an S20910 SST shaft for NPS 1, 1-1/2, and 2. 5. Use trim 4S when sour service construction is required for compliance to NACE MR0175-2002. 6. VTC trim is not compatible with water and steam above 180_C (360_F).
Seat Ring CF8M CF8M CF8M CF3M R30006 R30006 R30006 R30006 R30006 R30006 R30006
Solid VTC Solid VTC
Solid VTC
Solid VTC
Solid VTC
CL600 X X X X X X X
PN 100 X X X X X X X
Retainer CF8M
CB7Cu-1 CF8M CF3M CF8M
CB7Cu-1 CF8M CF3M
CF8M/R30006 bore or CF3M/R30006 bore(3)
R30006 CF8M/R30006 bore or CF3M/R30006 bore(3)
CF8M/VTC bore or CF3M/VTC bore(3) R30006/VTC bore
R30006/VTC bore
R30006/VTC bore
CF8M/R30006 Bore
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V500 Valve
D100054X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V500 November 2018
Table 4. Material Temperature Capabilities(1, 4)
PART NAME
MATERIAL
Valve body and retainer NPS 1 and 1-1/2
Steel body CF8M body
CF8M retainer CF8M retainer with R30006 bore
CF8M retainer with VTC bore
CF8M retainer CF8M retainer with R30006 bore S31600 retainer with VTC bore
CB7Cu-1 retainer
WCC steel body
Solid R30006 retainer CF8M retainer
Valve body and retainer NPS 2 through 8
R30006 retainer with VTC bore CF8M retainer
CF8M body
Solid R30006 retainer CF8M with R30006 bore
R30006 retainer with VTC bore
Seat Ledge Insert
R30006
CF8M
Seat ring
Solid R30006 CF8M with R30006 seat
Solid VTC
Chrome-plated CF8M
Solid R30006
Valve plug
Solid VTC (NPS 1 through 2 valves only) VTC surface bolted to an R30006 hub
(NPS 3 through 8 valves only)
R30006 Hub, Tungsten Carbide Seat
Valve shaft
S17400 S20910
Taper and expansion pins
1 through 2-inch solid VTC valve plug
N10276
Other valve plugs
S20910
Bearings
PTFE/composition-lined S31600 R30006(2) S44004(2)
O-rings(3) (for Alloy 6 or 440C SST
FKM
sealed bearings)
NBR
Bearing stop
S31600
Thrust washer
S17700 for S17400 shaft R30016 for S20910 SST shaft
Face seals
N07718 (NACE MR0175-2002 or PTFE/N10276
Retainer gasket
Graphite laminate for NPS 1 and 1-1/2 valves or S31600 for NPS 2 through 8 valves
PTFE
Packing rings
PTFE/bound composition
Graphite ribbon
Packing follower
S31600
SA-193-B7 studs and SA-194-2H nuts
Studs and nuts
SA-193-B7M studs and SA-194-2HM nuts
B8M studs and 8M nuts
Packing box ring
S31600
1. VTC trim is incompatible with water and steam above 180_C (360_F). 2. Recommended for erosive applications. 3. For sealed bearing constructions
4. Component ratings (not indicative of assembly rating)
MINIMUM TO MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE
_C
_F
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
-198 to 538
-29 to 427 -29 to 427 -29 to 260 -29 to 427 -198 to 427 -46 to 324 -198 to 427 -46 to 427 -46 to 538 -198 to 538 -46 to 538 -198 to 538 -46 to 427 -198 to 316 -46 to 427 -46 to 427
-46 to 427
-40 to 538 -62 to 427 -198 to 538
-46 to 427
-198 to 538 -46 to 260 -198 to 538 -29 to 427 -18 to 204 -29 to 93 -198 to 538 -198 to 427 -198 to 538 -198 to 538
-198 to 538
-46 to 260 -73 to 260 -198 to 538 -198 to 538 -46 to 427 -29 to 427 -198 to 538 -198 to 538
-325 to 1000
-20 to 800 -20 to 800 -20 to 500 -20 to 800 -325 to 800 -50 to 600 -325 to 800 -50 to 800 -50 to 1000 -325 to 1000 -50 to 1000 -325 to 1000 -50 to 800 -325 to 600 -50 to 800 -50 to 800
-50 to 800
-40 to 1000 -80 to 800 -325 to 1000
-50 to 800
-325 to 1000 -50 to 500
-325 to 1000 -20 to 800 0 to 400 -20 to 200
-325 to 1000 -325 to 800 -325 to 1000 -325 to 1000
-325 to 1000
-50 to 500 -100 to 500 -325 to 1000 -325 to 1000 -50 to 800 -20 to 800 -325 to 1000 -325 to 1000
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V500 November 2018
V500 Valve
D100054X012
Table 5. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops for Level 1 Trim, Bar
VALVE BODY
BEARING
TEMPERATURE,
MATERIAL
MATERIAL
_C
1
1-1/2
VALVE BODY SIZE, NPS
2
3
4
-29 to 149
68.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
S44004
149 to 204
68.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
204 to 316
68.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
-29 to 204
68.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
R30006
204 to 260
68.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
260 to 316
68.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
WCC steel
-29 to 93
68.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
PTFE/ compositionlined S31600
93 to 149 149 to 204
68.9
55.2
41.4
68.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
R30006
204 to 260
-46 to 20 204 to 260 260 to 316 -46 to 93
68.9
55.2
41.4
68.9
55.2
41.4
65.8
55.2
41.4
62.4
55.2
41.4
68.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
CF8M SST
PTFE/ compositionlined S31600
93 to 149 149 to 204
68.9
55.2
41.4
68.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
204 to 260
65.8
55.2
1. S17400 shaft only 2. ASME SA-479 Grade S20910 SST shaft only. Pressure drops appropriate for both shaft materials.
41.4
41.4
41.4
6 41.4 41.4 41.4 20.7 20.7 20.7 41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4 20.7 20.7 20.7 41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
8 24.1 23.8 23.1 15.2 15.2 15.2 24.1 24.1(1) 23.1(2) 23.8(1) 22.1(2) 23.4(1) 21.7(2) 15.2 15.2 15.2 24.1 24.1(1) 23.1(2) 23.8(1) 22.1(2) 23.4(1) 21.7(2)
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V500 Valve
D100054X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V500 November 2018
Table 6. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops for Level 1 Trim, Psi
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
BEARING MATERIAL
_F
VALVE BODY SIZE, NPS
1
1-1/2
2
3
4
-20 to 300
1000
800
600
600
600
S44004
300 to 400
1000
800
600
600
600
400 to 600
1000
800
600
600
600
-20 to 400
1000
800
600
600
600
R30006
400 to 500
1000
800
600
600
600
500 to 600
1000
800
600
600
600
WCC steel
-20 to 200
1000
800
600
600
600
200 to 300
1000
800
600
600
600
PTFE/
composition-
lined S31600
300 to 400
1000
800
600
600
600
R30006
400 to 500
1000
800
600
600
600
-50 to 400
1000
800
600
600
600
400 to 500
955
800
600
600
600
500 to 600
905
800
600
600
600
-50 to 200
1000
800
600
600
600
CF8M SST
200 to 300
1000
800
600
600
600
PTFE/
composition-
lined S31600
300 to 400
1000
800
600
600
600
400 to 500
955
800
600
600
600
1. S17400 shaft only 2. ASME SA-479 Grade S20910 SST shaft only. Pressure drops appropriate for both shaft materials.
6
8
600
350
600
345
600
335
300
220
300
220
300
220
600
350
350(1)
600
335(2)
345(1)
600
320(2)
340(1)
600
315(2)
300
220
300
220
300
220
600
350
350(1)
600
335(2)
345(1)
600
320(2)
340(1)
600
315(2)
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V500 November 2018
V500 Valve
D100054X012
Table 7. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops for Level 2 and 3 Trims, Bar
VALVE BODY
BEARING
TEMPERATURE,
MATERIAL
MATERIAL
_C
1
1-1/2
VALVE BODY SIZE, NPS
2
3
4
-29 to 93
103.4
103.4
103.4
103.4
82.7
93 to 149
100.3
100.3
99.0
100.3
82.7
149 to 204
97.2
97.2
93.8
97.2
82.7
204 to 260
91.7
91.7
91.4
91.7
82.7
S44004
260 to 316
83.4
83.4
83.4
83.4
82.7
316 to 343
81.0
81.0
81.0
81.0
81.0
343 to 371
78.3
78.3
78.3
78.3
78.3
371 to 399
69.6
69.6
69.6
69.6
69.6
399 to 427
56.9
56.9
56.9
56.9
56.9
-29 to 204
68.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
204 to 260
68.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
WCC steel
R30006
260 to 316 316 to 343
68.9
55.2
41.4
68.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
343 to 371
68.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
371 to 399
68.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
399 to 427
56.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
-29 to 38
103.4
103.4
103.4
103.4
89.6
38 to 93
103.4
103.4
103.4
103.4
89.6
PTFE/ compositionlined S31600
93 to 149 149 to 204
100.3
100.3
100.3
100.3
89.6
97.2
97.2
97.2
97.2
89.6
R30006 CF8M SST(3)
204 to 232
-46 to 204 204 to 260 260 to 316 316 to 343 343 to 371 371 to 399 399 to 427 -46 to 38
38 to 93
91.7
91.7
91.7
68.9
55.2
41.4
65.8
55.2
41.4
62.4
55.2
41.4
61.4
55.2
41.4
59.6
55.2
41.4
58.3
55.2
41.4
57.2
55.2
41.4
99.3
99.3
99.3
85.5
85.5
85.5
91.7
89.6
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
99.3
89.6
85.5
85.5
PTFE/ compositionlined S31600
93 to 149 149 to 204
77.3
77.3
77.3
71.0
71.0
71.0
77.3
77.2
71.0
71.0
204 to 232
65.8
65.8
65.8
1. S17400 shaft only
2. ASME SA-479 Grade S20910 SST shaft only. Pressure drops appropriate for both shaft materials. 3. Level 3 trim is limited to a maximum temperature of 316_C. For temperatures above 316_C, use trim 3H.
65.8
65.8
6 51.7 51.7 51.0 50.0 49.3 48.3 48.3 46.9 46.9 20.7 20.7 20.7 20.7 20.7 20.7 20.7 55.2 55.2
55.2
54.8(1) 51.0(2) 53.8(1) 50.0(2) 20.7 20.7 20.7 20.7 20.7 20.7 20.7 55.2 55.2
53.1
54.8(1) 51.0(2) 53.8(1) 50.0(2)
8 24.1 24.1 23.8 23.1 23.1 22.4 22.4 21.7 21.7 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 24.1 24.1 24.1(1) 23.1(2) 23.8(1) 22.1(2) 23.4(1) 21.7(2) 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 24.1 24.1 24.1(1) 23.1(2) 23.8(1) 22.1(2) 23.4(1) 21.7(2)
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V500 Valve
D100054X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V500 November 2018
Table 8. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops for Level 2 and 3 Trims, Psi
VALVE BODY
BEARING
TEMPERATURE,
MATERIAL
MATERIAL
_F
1
1-1/2
VALVE BODY SIZE, NPS
2
3
4
-20 to 200
1500
1500
1500
1500
1200
200 to 300
1455
1455
1435
1455
1200
300 to 400
1410
1410
1360
1410
1200
400 to 500
1330
1330
1325
1330
1200
S44004
500 to 600
1210
1210
1210
1210
1200
600 to 650
1175
1175
1175
1175
1175
650 to 700
1135
1135
1135
1135
1135
700 to 750
1010
1010
1010
1010
1010
750 to 800
825
825
825
825
825
-20 to 400
1000
800
600
600
600
400 to 500
1000
800
600
600
600
WCC steel
R30006
500 to 600
1000
800
600
600
600
600 to 650
1000
800
600
600
600
650 to 700
1000
800
600
600
600
700 to 750
1000
800
600
600
600
750 to 800
825
800
600
600
600
-20 to 100
1500
1500
1500
1500
1300
100 to 200
1500
1500
1500
1500
1300
PTFE/ compositionlined S31600
200 to 300 300 to 400
1455 1410
1455 1410
1455 1410
1455 1410
1300 1300
R30006
CF8M SST(3)
PTFE/ compositionlined S31600
400 to 450
-50 to 400 400 to 500 500 to 600 600 to 650 650 to 700 700 to 750 750 to 800 -50 to 100 100 to 200
200 to 300
300 to 400
1330
1000 955 905 890 865 845 830 1440 1240
1120
1030
1330
800 800 800 800 800 800 800 1440 1240
1120
1030
1330
600 600 600 600 600 600 600 1440 1240
1120
1030
1330
600 600 600 600 600 600 600 1440 1240
1120
1030
1300
600 600 600 600 600 600 600 1300 1240
1120
1030
400 to 450
955
955
955
1. S17400 shaft only
2. ASME SA-479 Grade S20910 SST shaft only. Pressure drops appropriate for both shaft materials. 3. Level 3 trim is limited to a maximum temperature of 600_F. For temperatures above 600_F, use trim 3H.
955
955
6 750 750 740 725 715 700 700 680 680 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 800 800
800
795(1) 740(2) 780(1) 725(2) 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 800 800
770
795(1) 740(2) 780(1) 725(2)
8 350 350 345 335 335 325 325 315 315 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 350 350 350(1) 335(2) 345(1) 320(2) 340(1) 315(2) 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 350 350 350(1) 335(2) 345(1) 320(2) 340(1) 315(2)
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V500 November 2018
V500 Valve
D100054X012
Table 9. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops for Level 4 Trim(1)
BAR
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
BEARING MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE, _C
VALVE SIZE, NPS
1
1-1/2
2
3
4
6
8
-29 to 93
103.4
103.4
70.3
103.4
78.6
52.4
24.1
93 to 149
100.3
100.3
70.3
100.3
78.6
52.4
24.1
149 to 204
97.2
97.2
70.3
97.2
78.6
51.0
23.8
S44004
204 to 260
91.7
91.7
70.3
91.7
78.6
50.0
23.1
260 to 316
83.4
83.4
70.3
83.4
78.6
49.3
23.1
WCC steel
316 to 371 371 to 427
78.3
78.3
70.3
78.3
78.3
48.3
22.4
56.9
56.9
56.9
56.9
56.9
46.9
21.7
-29 to 204
68.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
20.7
15.2
204 to 260
68.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
20.7
15.2
R30006
260 to 316
68.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
20.7
15.2
316 to 371
68.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
20.7
15.2
371 to 427
56.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
20.7
15.2
-46 to 204
68.9
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
20.7
15.2
204 to 260
65.8
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
20.7
15.2
CF8M SST
R30006
260 to 316
62.4
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
20.7
15.2
316 to 371
59.6
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
20.7
15.2
371 to 427
57.2
55.2
41.4
41.4
41.4
20.7
15.2
VALVE BODY BEARING MATERIAL MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE, _F
1
1-1/2
2
PSI 3
4
6
8
-20 to 200
1500
1500
1020
1500
1140
750
350
200 to 300
1455
1455
1020
1455
1140
760
350
300 to 400
1410
1410
1020
1410
1140
740
345
S44004
400 to 500
1330
1330
1020
1330
1140
725
335
500 to 600
1210
1210
1020
1210
1140
715
335
WCC steel
600 to 700
1135
1135
1020
1135
1135
700
325
700 to 800
825
825
825
825
825
680
315
-20 to 400
1000
800
600
600
600
300
220
400 to 500
1000
800
600
600
600
300
220
R30006
500 to 600
1000
800
600
600
600
300
220
600 to 700
1000
800
600
600
600
300
220
700 to 800
825
800
600
600
600
300
220
-50 to 400
1000
800
600
600
600
300
220
400 to 500
955
800
600
600
600
300
220
CF8M SST
R30006
500 to 600
905
800
600
600
600
300
220
600 to 700
855
800
600
600
600
300
220
700 to 800
830
800
600
600
600
300
220
1. VTC trim is incompatible with water and steam above 180_C (360_F).
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V500 Valve
D100054X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V500 November 2018
Table 10. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops for FFD Trim(1)
BAR
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
BEARING MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE, _C
VALVE SIZE, NPS
3
4
6
-46 to 204
41.4
41.4
20.7
204 to 260
41.4
41.4
20.7
CF8M SST
R30006
260 to 316
41.4
41.4
20.7
316 to 371
41.4
41.4
20.7
371 to 427
41.4
41.4
20.7
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
BEARING MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE, _F
3
PSI 4
6
-50 to 400
600
600
300
400 to 500
600
600
300
CF8M SST
R30006
500 to 600
600
600
300
600 to 700
600
600
300
700 to 800
600
600
300
1. VTC trim is incompatible with water and steam above 180_C (360_F).
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V500 November 2018
V500 Valve
D100054X012
Table 11. Actuator Mounting Selections, with Action and Open Plug Position Options
MOUNTING Left-hand Right-hand
ACTION(1)
PDTC PDTO PDTC PDTO
OPEN PLUG POSITION
Forward Flow Reverse Flow Below shaft(2) Above shaft Below shaft(2) Above shaft Above shaft Below shaft(2) Above shaft Below shaft(2)
1. PDTC--Push-down-to-close (extending actuator rod closes valve) PDTO--Push-down-to open (extending actuator rod opens valve). 2. Consult your Emerson sales office for compatibility with process fluid. Particulate
can cause the valve to stick if the plug is rotated below the shaft.
information under each specification and in the referenced tables.
Actuator and Accessory Information
Refer to the specific actuator and accessory bulletins for required ordering information.
Figure 4. Eccentric Rotation
Installation
The V500 control valve may be installed in any position. However, for best shutoff performance, a position with the shaft horizontal is recommended.
The control valve may be installed in forward or reverse flow direction. Forward flow (through the seat ring and past the plug) tends to open the valve; reverse flow (past the plug and through the seat ring) tends to close the valve. The reverse flow direction is recommended for erosive applications.
Specific operating conditions may require a specific combination of push-down-to-close or -open actuator motion and open valve plug position above or below the shaft. To satisfy specific operating requirements, the complete control valve package (valve and actuator) can be assembled and installed in different ways, providing eight options for actuator motion and open plug position.
Table 11 and the appropriate actuator bulletin describe possible assembly and installation options. For assistance in selecting the appropriate combination of actuator action and open valve position, consult your Emerson sales office.
Dimensions are shown in figure 5.
Valve Information
To determine the required valve ordering information,
refer to the Specifications table. Review the
B1879-1
VALVE BODY CENTERLINE VALVE SHAFT CENTERLINE
VALVE BODY CENTERLINE VALVE SHAFT CENTERLINE
VALVE BODY CENTERLINE VALVE SHAFT CENTERLINE
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
V500 Valve
D100054X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:V500 November 2018
Table 12. Fisher V500 Rotary Control Flanged Valve Dimensions
DIMENSIONS
VALVE
A
B
SIZE,
S
NPS
RF
RTJ
RF
RTJ
D
K
(SHAFT DIA)(1)
T
mm
1
102
108
51
57
187
126
12.7
118
1-1/2
114
122
57
63
187
135
15.9
118
2
124
124
62
62
187
151
15.9
118
3
165
165
83
83
213
200
25.4 25.4 x 19.1
152
4
194
194
97
97
208
216
31.8
235
38.1
6
229
229
114
114
208
270
38.1 x 31.8
235
8
243
243
121
121
208
318
38.1
235
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Inches
1
4.00
4.25
2.00
2.25
7.38
4.97
1/2
4.62
1-1/2
4.50
4.75
2.25
2.50
7.38
5.31
5/8
4.62
2
4.88
4.88
2.44
2.44
7.38
5.94
5/8
4.62
3
6.50
6.50
3.25
3.25
8.44
7.88
1 1 x 3/4
6.00
4
7.62
7.62
3.81
3.81
8.19
8.50
1-1/4
9.25
6
9.00
9.00
4.50
4.50
8.19
10.6
1-1/2 1-1/2 x 1-1/4
9.25
8
9.56
9.56
4.78
4.78
8.19
12.5
1-1/2
9.25
1. Shaft diameter versus spline diameter.
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT
Flanged
U
W
Pressure Class
CL150 CL300 CL600
kg
- - -
11
5.4
5.9
5.9
- - -
14
8.6
9.5
10
- - -
14
9.5
11
13
32
14
19
24
26
46
18
36
5/8-Inch
46
11 UNC
54
5/8-Inch
46
11 UNC
79
42
50
69
93
98
135
Pounds
- - -
0.45
12
13
13
- - -
0.56
19
21
23
- - -
0.56
21
25
28
1.25
0.56
42
52
57
1.81
0.69
79
93
111
1.81
5/8-Inch 11 UNC
120
152
204
1.81
5/8-Inch 11 UNC
175
217
298
Figure 5. Fisher V500 Rotary Control Flanged Valve Dimensions (refer to table 12)
CL150, CL300, OR CL600 WITH RF OR RTJ FLANGES
NPS 1, 1-1/2 AND 2 BODY
MOUNTING
NPS 3 AND 4 BODY
MOUNTING
NPS 6 AND 8 BODY
MOUNTING
A3289-1
Note: For dimensions of valves with DN (or other) end connections, consult your Emerson sales office.
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:V500 November 2018
V500 Valve
D100054X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E161984, 2018 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
FisherTM Z500 Severe Service Ball Valves
This bulletin covers Fisher NPS 1/2 36 Z500 Severe Service Ball Valves. The Z500 severe service ball valve line is a simplistic two-piece floating ball design with integral metal seat meant to provide tight shutoff in high temperature, high pressure, and erosive applications across all industries. The mate lapped ball and seat constructions help ensure sealing and the High-Velocity Oxyfuel coatings (HVOF) provide excellent corrosion resistance and help eliminate the problems associated with severe service conditions.
Z500 valves are available with a variety of end connections from ASME CL150 through CL4500.
All Z500 valves are designed and manufactured to be used in severe service applications. They are highly engineered to help enhance safety in potentially dangerous operating parameters and reduce valve maintenance costs.
Features
nMachined Stops -- Integral 90 degree lockplate design prevents over-rotation and maintains critical alignment on lever-operated valves.
nSide Mounted Bracket -- Helps prevent shaft and packing box side load and bolt shear by attaching to the side of the valve body. Allows easy access to packing gland nuts for needed adjustments.
nLive-Loaded Packing - Packing design utilizes live-loaded spring washers for easy adjustment. Compact stuffing box and liveloaded Belleville springs ensure packing is continuously energized and protects against shaft side loading and temperature fluctuations.
nShaft Adapter - Lever-operated valves have a contactproof shaft adapter designed to prevent the shaft from being knocked into the ball, causing misalignment and possible leakage.
Fisher Z500 Valve
X1243
nBlowOut Proof Shaft - Rugged, onepiece, machined, surface-hardened and polished shaft is designed to be blowout proof. There are no pins to rely on, which helps increase safety and reliability.
nIntegral Metal Seat - Preferred sealing seat is machined into the end adapter, coated, and mate lapped with the ball. Design eliminates a potential leak path and helps the valve withstand high pressures, temperatures and severe service conditions.
nMetal Body Gasket - Specially engineered, selfenergizing gasket helps ensure that there is no leakage during thermal transients.
nHigh-Velocity Oxyfuel Coatings (HVOF) - Forms a very hard and dense coating on the base metal of the ball forming a strong mechanical bond. Typically these coatings are chrome or tungsten carbide. These coatings provide exceptional wear, corrosion, and erosion resistance.
(continued on page 2)
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Specifications
Valve Sizes
Packing Constructions
Z500: NPS J 1/2, J 3/4, J 1, J 1-1/2, J 2, J 3, J 4, J 6, J 8, J 10, J 12, J 14, J 16, J 18, J 20, J 24, J 26, J 28, J 30 and, J 36
Maximum Working Pressures(1)
Consistent with applicable pressure-temperature ratings in table 1 per ASME B16.34, but do not exceed the material temperature capabilities shown below
Carbon Steel Valve Bodies: Wire reinforced graphite packing, AISI 4130 nitrided packing gland Stainless Steel: N06600 wire-reinforced graphite packing, S31600 nitrided packing gland
Dimensions
See figures 4 and 7 and tables 10 through 19 or contact your Emerson sales office
Shutoff Classification(1)
Z500: Valves are tested to API 598 in the preferred flow direction.
Class V type B per FCI 70-2 in reverse flow in bi-directional design (Must be specified). For other shutoff requirements, please contact your Emerson sales office
Standard Flow Direction Preferred Flow Direction: Preferred flow for optimal sealing is forward into the integral seat
Flow Coefficients Contact your Emerson sales office
Maximum Ball Rotation
Construction Materials See table 2
Temperature Capabilities(1)
90 degrees
Actuator Mounting The preferred mounting orientation is vertical. Other orientations are acceptable
Welded and Threaded Ends: Carbon Steel: 427_C (800_F); F22: 593_C (1100_F); F91: 649_C (1200_F); F316: 538_C (1000_F); F316H: 760_C (1400_F)
Approximate Weight Contact your Emerson sales office
Flanged End Connections: Carbon Steel: 316_C (600_F); F22: 427_C (800_F); F91: 538_C (1000_F); F316: 538_C (1000_F)
Lower Limits: Carbon steel: -29_C (-20_F), Stainless steel: -40_C (-40_F)
Options
J Reduced port, J Expanded outlet, J Scraper seats, J HVOF coating options, J Bi-directional sealing, J High cycle constructions, J Lockouts, J Spray and fused coatings
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin, and any applicable code or standard limitation, should not be exceeded.
Features (continued)
nBi-Directional Sealing - Optional bi-directional sealing is available for all configurations but must be specified when ordering. Selecting this option designates reverse flow sealing to ANSI/FCI 70-2 Class V Type B shutoff classification.
nSour Service Capability - Materials are available for applications involving sour liquids and gases. These constructions comply with NACE MR0103.
nBack Pressure Protection - Welded and threaded end connection valves with 0.65, 1.15, 1.5, and 2 inch bores come standard with a seat holder designed to protect the Belleville spring from being deformed in case of process back pressure.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Table 1. Valve Body Materials, End Connections, and Ratings
Ratings
Bore (inches)
Size, NPS
1/2
3/4
0.65
1
1-1/2
1
1-1/2 1.15
2
2-1/2
1-1/2
2 1.5
2-1/2
3
2
2-1/2
2
3
4
3
3
4
CL150 through 1500
6
4
4
6
6
6
8
8 8
10
10
10
12
12
14
14
16
16
18
18
20
20
24
24
26
26
28
28
30
30
36
36
-continued-
End Connection
Valve Body Materials(1)
Buttweld, Socketweld, FNPT, RF, RTJ
Buttweld, RF, RTJ
Buttweld, Socketweld, FNPT, RF, RTJ
Buttweld, RF, RTJ
Carbon Steel, F22, F91, F316, and F316H
RF, RTJ
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Table 1. Valve Body Materials, End Connections, and Ratings (continued)
Ratings
Bore (inches)
Size, NPS
End Connection
1/2
3/4
0.65
1
1-1/2
1
1-1/2
Buttweld, Socketweld, FNPT,
1.15
RF, RTJ
2
2-1/2
1-1/2
2 1.5
2-1/2
3
Buttweld, RF, RTJ
CL2500 2
2 2-1/2
3
Buttweld, Socketweld, FNPT, RF, RTJ
4
3
3
4
6
Buttweld, RF, RTJ
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
RF, RTJ
10
1/2
0.65
3/4
1
1
CL3200
1.15
1-1/2
Buttweld, Socketweld
2
1-1/2
1.5
2
2-1/2
1/2
0.65
3/4
1
1
CL4500
1.15
1-1/2
Buttweld, Socketweld
2
1-1/2
1.5
2
2-1/2
1. Valve bodies are machined from forgings or forged bar.
Valve Body Materials(1)
Carbon Steel, F22, F91, F316, and F316H
Carbon Steel, F22, F91, F316, and F316H
Carbon Steel, F22, F91, F316, and F316H
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Figure 1. Z500 Cross Section Construction Features
GLAND PLATE
SHAFT
BELLEVILLE WASHERS
INTEGRAL SEAT
END ADAPTOR
THRUST WASHER
BI-DIRECTIONAL SPRING
PREFFERED FLOW DIRECTION
VALVE BODY
SEAT HOLDER
BALL UPSTREAM SEAT BI-DIRECTIONAL DESIGN
BODY GASKET
GLAND PLATE
THRUST WASHER
SHAFT
BELLEVILLE WASHERS
INTEGRAL SEAT
UNI-DIRECTIONAL SPRING
FLOW DIRECTION
END ADAPTOR
VALVE BODY
GE88740
UPSTREAM SEAT
BALL UNI-DIRECTIONAL DESIGN
BODY GASKET
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Figure 2. Z500 Construction Features
SUPPORT BUSHING (HIGH CYCLE BRACKET ONLY)
SIDE-MOUNTED BRACKET
PACKING STUD AND BELLEVILLE WASHERS
PACKING GLAND
LOCKPLATE
SHAFT ADAPTER
SEAT HO1LDER
BELLEVILLE SPRING
UPSTREAM SEAT
SHAFT
METAL BODY GASKET
INTEGRAL METAL SEAT
END ADAPTER
BALL
PACKING SET
BODY STUD/NUT
X1207
VALVE BODY
Note: 1 Seat holder is standard on welded and threaded end connections in 0.65, 1.15, 1.5, and 2 inch bores only. Bidirectional option must be specified for all other constructions.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Table 2. Standard Construction Materials for NPS 1/2 through 36 Valves
PART
Ball(1) Upstream seat(1)
Seat Holder(2)
Carbon Steel S41000 S41000 S41000
VALVE BODY AND END ADAPTER MATERIAL
F22
F91
S41000
S41000
S41000
S41000
S41000
S41000
F316, F316H S31600 S31600 S31600
Body gasket Spring
S17400 N07718 or S17400(3)
N07718 N07718
N07718 N07718
S66286 S66286
Packing
Flexible graphite with wire-reinforced braided graphite and stainless steel washers
Shaft
S17400 Nitrided
N07718 Nitrided
N07718 Nitrided
S66286 Nitrided
Shaft adapter
AISI 4130 Nitrided, 4140 Nitrided
Coatings
HVOF Chrome Carbide (standard), HVOF Tungsten Carbide, Spray and Fused Nickel-Boron
1. Part is coated (HVOF chrome carbide standard) 2. Seat holder is standard on welded and threaded end connections in 0.65, 1.15, 1.5, and 2 inch bores only. Bidirectional option must be specified for all other constructions. 3. N07718 spring for 2 inch bore and below. S17400 spring for 3 inch bore and below.
Table 3. Spray and Fused Coating Standard Construction Materials(1)
PART Ball and Upstream Seat(2)
Carbon Steel
VALVE BODY AND END ADAPTER MATERIAL
F22
F91
F22
F316, F316H S31600
1. Seat holder is standard on welded and threaded end connections in 0.65, 1.15, 1.5, and 2 inch bores only. Bidirectional option must be specified for all other constructions. 2. Part is coated.
Figure 3. Typical Z500 Packing Arrangement
PACKING STUD
PACKING NUT
PACKING LIVE LOADED SPRINGS
PACKING GLAND
PACKING RING BRAIDED
THRUST WASHER
PACKING RING MOLDED
PACKING WASHER
GE88834
VALVE BODY
VALVE SHAFT 7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Pressure Drops
Pressure drop limits of any given valve are based on valve body and material limits. Z500 valves meet full B16.34 pressure drop capabilities up to specified
material maximum temperature limit. Information on limits for other material constructions can be obtained by contacting your Emerson sales office.
Table 4. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops (Body Ratings)
TEMPERATURE RANGE
Carbon Steel CL150
Carbon Steel CL300
Carbon Steel CL600
PRESSURE CLASS
Carbon Steel CL900
_C
Bar
-29 to 38
19.7
51.0
102.0
153.1
93
17.9
46.9
93.8
140.3
149
15.9
45.2
90.3
135.5
204
13.8
43.8
87.2
131.0
260
11.7
41.7
83.1
124.8
316
9.7
39.3
78.3
117.6
343(1)
8.6
37.9
75.8
113.8
371(1)
7.6
36.5
71.0
109.6
399(1)
6.6
34.8
70.0
104.8
427(1)
5.5
28.3
56.9
85.2
_F
Psi
-20 to 100
285
740
1480
2220
200
260
680
1360
2035
300
230
655
1310
1965
400
200
635
1265
1900
500
170
605
1205
1810
600
140
650(1)
125
570
1135
1705
550
1100
1650
700(1)
110
750(1)
95
800(1)
80
530
1030
1590
505
1015
1520
410
825
1235
1. Due to material limitations, consult your Emerson sales office for flanged end connection use over 316_C (600_F).
Carbon Steel CL1500
255.5 234.1 225.5 218.6 207.9 195.8 189.3 183.7 174.8 141.7
3705 3395 3270 3170 3015 2840 2745 2665 2535 2055
Carbon Steel CL2500
425.4 389.9 375.8 364.0 346.5 326.1 315.4 305.1 291.6 236.5
6170 5655 5450 5280 5025 4730 4575 4425 4230 3430
Carbon Steel CL4500
766.0 702.2 676.7 655.3 623.3 587.1 568.1 548.8 524.7 425.4
11110 10185 9815 9505 9040 8515 8240 7960 7610 6170
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Table 5. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops (Body Ratings)
TEMPERATURE RANGE
F22 Class 3 CL150
F22 Class 3 CL300
F22 Class 3 CL600
PRESSURE CLASS
F22 Class 3 CL900
_C
Bar
-29 to 38
20.0
51.7
103.4
155.1
93
17.9
51.7
103.4
155.1
149
15.9
50.3
100.3
150.7
204
13.8
48.6
97.2
145.8
260
11.7
45.9
91.7
137.6
316
9.7
41.7
83.4
125.1
343
8.6
40.7
81.0
121.7
371
7.6
39.3
78.3
117.6
399
6.6
36.5
73.4
110.0
427
5.5
35.2
70.0
105.1
454(1)
4.5
33.4
67.2
100.7
482(1)
3.4
31.0
62.1
93.1
510(1)
2.4
26.5
52.1
80.0
538(1)
1.4
18.3
36.9
55.2
566(1)
1.4
12.1
24.1
36.2
593(1)
1.4
7.6
15.2
22.8
_F
Psi
-20 to 100
290
750
1500
2250
200
260
750
1500
2250
300
230
730
1455
2185
400
200
705
1410
2115
500
170
665
1330
1995
600
140
605
1210
1815
650
125
590
1175
1765
700
110
570
1135
1705
750
95
530
1065
1595
800
80
850(1)
65
900(1)
50
950(1)
35
1000(1)
20
1050(1)
20
1100(1)
20
510
1015
1525
485
975
1460
450
900
1350
385
755
1160
265
535
800
175
350
525
110
220
330
1. Due to material limitations, consult your Emerson sales office for flanged end connection use over 427_C (800_F).
F22 Class 3 CL1500
258.6 258.6 251.0 243.4 229.3 208.6 202.7 195.8 183.4 175.1 167.9 154.8 133.1 92.0 60.3 37.9
3750 3750 3640 3530 3325 3025 2940 2840 2660 2540 2435 2245 1930 1335 875 550
F22 Class 3 CL2500
430.9 430.9 418.5 405.4 382.0 347.5 338.2 326.1 305.4 291.6 279.9 258.2 222.0 153.8 100.3 63.1
6250 6250 6070 5880 5540 5040 4905 4730 4430 4230 4060 3745 3220 2230 1455 915
F22 Class 3 CL4500
775.7 775.7 753.3 729.8 687.1 625.4 608.5 587.1 549.5 524.7 503.7 464.7 399.6 276.5 181.0 113.4
11250 11250 10925 10585 9965 9070 8825 8515 7970 7610 7305 6740 5795 4010 2625 1645
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Table 6. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops (Body Ratings)
TEMPERATURE RANGE
F316, F316H(2) CL150
F316, F316H(2) CL300
F316, F316H(2) CL600
PRESSURE CLASS F316, F316H(2)
CL900
_C
Bar
-29 to 38
19.0
49.6
99.3
148.9
93
16.2
42.7
85.5
128.2
149
14.8
38.6
77.2
115.8
204
13.4
35.5
70.7
106.2
260
11.7
33.1
65.8
98.9
316
9.7
31.0
62.1
93.4
343
8.6
30.3
61.0
91.4
371
7.6
30.0
60.0
90.0
399
6.6
29.3
59.0
88.3
427
5.5
29.0
58.3
87.2
454
4.5
29.0
57.6
86.5
482
3.4
28.6
57.2
85.8
510
2.4
26.5
53.4
80.0
538
1.4
25.2
50.0
75.2
566(1)
1.4
11.0
49.6
74.5
593(1)
1.4
21.0
42.1
63.1
621(1)
1.4
16.2
32.8
49.0
649(1)
1.4
12.8
25.5
38.3
677(1)
1.4
10
20.3
30.3
704(1)
1.4
7.9
16.2
24.1
732(1)
1.4
6.6
13.1
20
760(1)
1.4
5.2
10.3
15.5
_F
Psi
-20 to 100
275
720
1440
2160
200
235
620
1240
1860
300
215
560
1120
1680
400
195
515
1025
1540
500
170
480
955
1435
600
140
450
900
1355
650
125
440
885
1325
700
110
435
870
1305
750
95
425
855
1280
800
80
420
845
1265
850
65
420
835
1255
900
50
415
830
1245
950
35
385
775
1160
1000
20
365
725
1090
1050(1)
20
160
720
1080
1100(1)
20
305
610
915
1150(1)
20
235
475
710
1200(1)
20
185
370
555
1250(1)
20
145
295
440
1300(1)
20
115
235
350
1350(1)
20
95
190
290
1400(1)
20
75
150
225
1. Due to material limitations, consult your Emerson sales office for flanged end connection use over 538_C (1000_F). 2. Use F316H above 538_C (1000_F).
F316, F316H(2) CL1500
248.2 213.4 192.7 177.2 164.8 155.5 152.4 149.6 147.2 145.5 144.1 143.1 133.1 125.5 124.1 105.1 81.7 63.8 50.7 40.3 33.1 26.2
3600 3095 2795 2570 2390 2255 2210 2170 2135 2110 2090 2075 1930 1820 1800 1525 1185 925 735 585 480 380
F316, F316H(2) CL2500
413.7 355.8 321.3 295.1 274.4 259.2 253.7 249.6 245.5 242.7 239.9 238.6 222.0 208.9 206.8 175.5 135.8 106.5 84.8 66.9 55.2 43.4
6000 5160 4660 4280 3980 3760 3680 3620 3560 3520 3480 3460 3220 3030 3000 2545 1970 1545 1230 970 800 630
F316, F316H(2) CL4500
744.6 640.5 578.5 531.2 494.0 466.8 456.8 456.1 442.0 436.8 432.0 429.5 399.6 375.8 372.3 315.4 244.8 191.3 145.5 120.6 99.3 77.9
10800 9290 8390 7705 7165 6770 6625 6615 6410 6335 6265 6230 5795 5450 5400 4575 3550 2775 2110 1750 1440 1130
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Table 7. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops (Body Ratings)
TEMPERATURE RANGE
F91 CL150
F91 CL300
F91 CL600
PRESSURE CLASS
F91 CL900
_C
Bar
-29 to 38
20.0
51.7
103.4
155.1
93
17.9
51.7
103.4
155.1
149
15.9
50.3
100.3
150.7
204
13.8
48.6
97.2
145.8
260
11.7
45.9
91.7
137.6
316
9.7
41.7
83.4
125.1
343
8.6
40.7
81.0
121.7
371
7.6
39.3
78.3
117.6
399
6.6
36.5
73.4
110.0
427
5.5
35.2
70.0
105.1
454
4.5
33.4
67.2
100.7
482
3.4
31.0
62.1
93.1
510
2.4
26.5
53.4
80.0
538
1.4
25.2
50.0
75.2
566(1)
1.4
24.8
49.6
74.5
593(1)
1.4
20.7
41.7
62.6
621(1)
1.4
15.5
30.7
46.2
649(1)
1.4
10.0
20.0
29.6
_F
Psi
-20 to 100
290
750
1500
2250
200
260
750
1500
2250
300
230
730
1455
2185
400
200
705
1410
2115
500
170
665
1330
1995
600
140
605
1210
1815
650
125
590
1175
1765
700
110
570
1135
1705
750
95
530
1065
1595
800
80
510
1015
1525
850
65
485
975
1460
900
50
450
900
1350
950
35
385
775
1160
1000
20
365
725
1090
1050(1)
20
1100(1)
20
1150(1)
20
1200(1)
20
360
720
1080
300
605
908
225
445
670
145
290
430
1. Due to material limitations, consult your Emerson sales office for flanged end connection use over 538_C (1000_F).
F91 CL1500
258.6 258.6 251.0 243.4 229.3 208.6 133.8 126.9 114.5 106.2 98.9 154.8 133.1 125.5 124.1 104.1 76.9 49.6
3750 3750 3640 3530 3325 3025 1940 1840 1660 1540 1435 2245 1930 1820 1800 1510 1115 720
F91 CL2500
430.9 430.9 418.5 405.4 382.0 347.5 338.2 326.1 305.4 291.6 279.9 258.2 222.0 208.9 206.8 173.4 127.9 82.7
6250 6250 6070 5880 5540 5040 4905 4730 4430 4230 4060 3745 3220 3030 3000 2515 1855 1200
F91 CL4500
775.7 775.7 753.3 729.8 687.1 625.4 608.5 587.1 549.5 524.7 503.7 464.7 399.6 375.8 448.2 312.0 230.6 148.9
11250 11250 10925 10585 9965 9070 8825 8515 7970 7610 7305 6740 5795 5450 6500 4525 3345 2160
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Table 8. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops - Limited Class (Valve Body Ratings)
Temper-
CL 1500
ature Range
Carbon Steel
F22 CL3
F91
CL 2500
F316, F316H
Carbon Steel
F22 CL3
F91
CL 3200
F316, F316H
Carbon Steel
F22 CL3
F91
CL 4500
F316, F316H
Carbon Steel
F22 CL3
F91
°C
Bar
-29 to 38 259
259
259
259
431
431
431
431
552
552
552
552
776
776
776
93
259
259
259
231
431
431
431
385
552
552
552
492
776
776
776
149
255
255
259
207
425
425
431
345
544
544
552
441
766
765
776
204
253
251
259
191
421
418
431
319
539
535
552
408
758
753
776
260
253
250
259
179
421
416
431
299
539
533
552
382
758
749
776
316
253
249
259
170
421
414
431
283
539
530
552
362
758
746
776
343
246
247
259
166
411
411
431
277
526
526
552
355
740
740
776
371
238
244
253
162
397
406
421
271
508
520
539
347
715
731
758
399
219
244
251
159
364
406
419
265
466
520
536
339
656
731
754
427
177
244
248
156
295
406
414
260
378
520
530
333
532
731
745
454
-
233 233 152
-
389 389 254
-
498 498 325
-
701 701
482
-
207 207 150
-
345 345 249
-
441 441 319
-
621 621
510
-
166 166 147
-
281 281 245
-
365 365 313
-
521 521
538
-
123 155 143
-
215 271 239
-
290 365 305
-
428 539
566
-
81
155 140
-
141 271 234
-
189 365 300
-
280 539
893
-
51
139 113
-
88
243 192
-
119 327 249
-
176 483
621
-
-
103
95
-
-
179 166
-
-
241 223
-
-
357
649
-
-
66
76
-
-
116 132
-
-
156 178
-
-
231
677
-
-
-
62
-
-
-
108
-
-
-
145
-
-
-
704
-
-
-
52
-
-
-
91
-
-
-
123
-
-
-
732
-
-
-
43
-
-
-
75
-
-
-
100
-
-
-
760
-
-
-
35
-
-
-
61
-
-
-
82
-
-
-
F316, F316H
776 693 621 573 537 510 498 487 476 468 457 449 441 430 421 355 329 264 214 181 148 121
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Table 9. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops - Limited Class (Valve Body Ratings)
Temper-
CL 1500
ature Range
Carbon Steel
F22 CL3
F91
CL 2500
F316, F316H
Carbon Steel
F22 CL3
F91
CL 3200
F316, F316H
Carbon Steel
F22 CL3
F91
F316, F316H
°F
Psi
-20 to 100 3750 3750 3750 3750 6250 6250 6250 6250 8000 8000 8000 8000
200
3750 3750 3750 3350 6250 6250 6250 5580 8000 8000 8000 7143
300
3700 3695 3750 3000 6170 6160 6250 5000 7897 7886 8000 6400
400
3665 3640 3750 2770 6105 6065 6250 4620 7817 7763 8000 5913
500
3665 3620 3750 2600 6105 6035 6250 4330 7817 7726 8000 5543
600
3665 3605 3750 2465 6105 6010 6250 4105 7817 7692 8000 5257
650
3575 3580 3750 2410 5960 5965 6250 4020 7630 7635 8000 5144
700
3455 3535 3665 2355 5760 5895 6110 3930 7372 7544 7820 5029
750
3170 3535 3645 2305 5285 5895 6070 3840 6766 7544 7771 4915
800
2570 3535 3600 2265 4285 5895 6000 3770 5486 7544 7680 4827
850
-
3385 3385 2210
-
5645 5645 3685
-
7225 7225 4716
900
-
3000 3000 2170
-
5000 5000 3615
-
6400 6400 4628
950
-
2412 2412 2130
-
4076 4076 3550
-
5294 5294 4544
1000
-
1785 2250 2075
-
3119 3926 3460
-
4202 5288 4430
1050
-
1170 2250 2035
-
2038 3926 3395
-
2747 5288 4344
1100
-
732 2015 1640
-
1282 3522 2779
-
1725 4742 3609
1150
-
-
1491 1373
-
-
2598 2402
-
-
3502 3233
1200
-
-
962 1101
-
-
1680 1921
-
-
2263 2586
1250
-
-
-
892
-
-
-
1562
-
-
-
2102
1300
-
-
-
753
-
-
-
1322
-
-
-
1778
1350
-
-
-
620
-
-
-
1081
-
-
-
1455
1400
-
-
-
502
-
-
-
879
-
-
-
1185
CL 4500
Carbon Steel
F22 CL3
F91
11250 11250 11105 10995 10995 10995 10730 10365 9515 7715
-
11250 11250 11090 10915 10865 10815 10735 10605 10605 10605 10160 9000 7556 6213 4064 2546
-
11250 11250 11250 11250 11250 11250 11250 10995 10930 10800 10160 9000 7556 7818 7818 7006 5179 3345
-
F316, F316H
11250 10045 9000 8315 7795 7395 7230 7070 6910 6790 6630 6510 6390 6230 6105 5151 4776 3822 3104 2627 2150 1753
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Figure 4. Fisher Z500 Mounting Types (see tables 10 through 17)
R R
E1776
TYPE I
P TYPE II
Figure 5. Fisher Z500 Packing Box Dimensions (see tables 10 through 17)
T BC
T
P R
TYPE III
BC
E1777
Figure 6. Fisher Z500 Socket Weld End Connections Dimensions (see tables 10 and 11)
D S
M
J
B
C
L L
K
SHAFT SHOWN IN OPEN POSITION
E1778
A
FLOW DIRECTION
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Table 10. Fisher Z500 Severe Service Ball Socket Weld End Dimensions (in, lb)
VALVE VALVE PRESSURE BORE SIZE
SOCKET WELD END CONNECTION (in, lb)
CLASS
SIZE (NPS)(1)
A
B
C
J
K
L
M
P
R
0.65 .5-1.5 9.0
2.4
2.13
4.0
3.14
1.00
1/4 20 UNC
N/A
0.00
1.15 1-2.5 9.0
3.1
2.63
4.0
3.02
1.00
3/8 16 UNC
0.50
1.00
1501500
1.5 1.5-2.5 10.4
3.9
3.26
5.2
2.89
1.00
3/8 16 UNC
0.50
1.00
2
2-2.5 9.5
4.6
3.63
5.5
4.00
1.00
3/8 16 UNC
0.50
1.50
0.65 .5-1.5 9.5
2.4
2.51
4.0
2.64
1.00
1/4 20 UNC
N/A
0.00
1.15 1-2.5 11.3
3.1
3.13
5.5
3.02
1.00
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.00
2500
1.5 1.5-2.5 13.5
3.9
4.01
7.8
4.52
1.50
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.00
2
2-2.5 10.9
5.3
4.50
7.6
3.88
1.00
1/2 13 UNC
0.00
0.70
0.65 .5-1
9.6
2.5
2.81
5.0
3.76
1.00
1/4 20 UNC
N/A
0.00
3200
1.15
1-2
12.4
3.1
3.21
5.5
3.81
1.00
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.03
1.5 1.5-2.5 13.5
3.9
4.38
7.8
5.75
1.50
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.06
0.65
.5-1
11.3
2.6
3.25
6.3
4.39
1.00
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.00
4500
1.15
1-2
12.2
3.7
4.51
8.0
4.66
1.00
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.00
1.5 1.5-2.5 16.0
4.3
5.50
10.3
6.14
1.50
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.00
1. Other sizes available, contact your Emerson sales office.
S Weight Type
1.13 30
I
1.25 45
III
1.50 75
III
0.63 85
III
0.86 45
I
2.25 75
I
2.00 160
I
1.12 180
II
2.00 55
I
3.94 80
I
2.63 185
I
2.50 80
I
2.63 175
I
3.38 330
I
Packing
BC
T
2.13
1/4 20 UNC
2.25
1/4 20 UNC
2.50
1/4 20 UNC
5/16 2.62 18
UNC
3.13
1/4 20 UNC
3.50
1/4 20 UNC
3.88
1/4 20 UNC
3.25
3/8 16 UNC
3.14
3/8 16 UNC
3.50
1/4 20 UNC
4.25
3/8 16 UNC
3.50
3/8 16 UNC
4.00
3/8 16 UNC
5.50
3/8 16 UNC
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Table 11. Fisher Z500 Severe Service Ball Socket Weld End Dimensions (mm, kg)
VALVE VALVE PRESSURE BORE SIZE
SOCKET WELD END CONNECTION (mm, kg)
CLASS
SIZE (NPS)(1)
A
B
C
J
K
L
M
P
R
0.65 .5-1.5 229.4 62.0
54.2 100.3 79.8
25.4
1/4 20 UNC
N/A
0.0
1501500
1.15
1-2.5 229.4 77.8
66.9 101.6 76.6
25.4
3/8 16 UNC
12.7
25.4
1.5 1.5-2.5 264.3 98.9
82.7 132.1 73.4
25.4
3/8 16 UNC
12.7
25.4
2
2-2.5
241.3 117.1
92.1
139.7 101.6
25.4
3/8 16 UNC
12.7
38.1
0.65 .5-1.5 242.1 62.0
63.7 100.3 67.1
25.4
1/4 20 UNC
N/A
0.0
1.15
1-2.5 286.5 78.2
79.6 139.7 76.6
25.4
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.0
2500
1.5
1.5-2.5 343.7
98.6
101.8 196.9 114.7
38.1
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.0
2
2-2.5 276.9 135.8 114.3 193.7 98.6
25.4
1/2 13 UNC
0.0
17.8
0.65
.5-1 244.6 63.4
71.2 127.0 95.4
25.4
1/4 20 UNC
N/A
0.0
3200
1.15
1-2
313.7 78.8
81.5 139.7 96.8
25.4
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.8
1.5
1.5-2.5 342.6
99.8
111.1 196.9 145.9
38.1
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
1.5
0.65
.5-1 286.1 66.3
82.6
158.8 111.5
25.4
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.0
4500
1.15
1-2
309.2
92.8
114.5 203.2 118.4
25.4
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.0
1.5
1.5-2.5 406.5 108.3 139.7 260.4 155.8
38.1
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.0
1. Other sizes available, contact your Emerson sales office.
S Weight Type
28.6 14
I
31.8 20
III
38.1 34
III
15.9 39
III
21.8 20
I
57.2 34
I
50.8 73
I
28.4 82
II
50.8 25
I
99.9 36
I
66.7 84
I
63.5 36
I
66.7 79
I
85.7 150
I
Packing
BC 54.0 57.2 63.5
66.5
79.4 88.9 98.4 82.6 79.8 88.9 108.0 88.9 101.6 139.7
T
1/4 20 UNC
1/4 20 UNC
1/4 20 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
1/4 20 UNC
1/4 20 UNC
1/4 20 UNC
3/8 16 UNC
3/8 16 UNC
1/4 20 UNC
3/8 16 UNC
3/8 16 UNC
3/8 16 UNC
3/8 16 UNC
16
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Figure 7. Fisher Z500 Buttweld End Connections Dimensions (see tables 12 and 13)
D
S
J
M B
C
L L
K
SHAFT SHOWN IN OPEN POSITION
A
E1779
FLOW DIRECTION
17
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Table 12. Fisher Z500 Severe Service Ball Butt Weld End Dimensions (in, lb)
VALVE VALVE PRESSURE BORE SIZE
BUTT WELD END CONNECTION (in, lb)
CLASS
SIZE (NPS)(1)
A
B
C
J
K
L
M
P
R
0.65 .5-1.5 10.0
2.4
2.13
4.0
4.02
1.00
1/4 20 UNC
N/A
0.00
1.15 1-2.5 10.5
3.1
2.63
4.0
4.25
1.00
3/8 16 UNC
0.50
1.00
1501500
1.5 1.5-2.5 12.8
3.9
3.25
5.2
4.25
1.00
3/8 16 UNC
0.49
1.00
2
2
11.8
4.6
3.63
5.5
4.88
1.00
3/8 16 UNC
0.50
1.50
0.65 .5-1.5 10.8
2.4
2.51
4.0
3.88
1.00
1/4 20 UNC
N/A
0.00
1.15 1-2.5 12.8
3.1
3.13
5.5
4.52
1.00
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.00
2500
1.5
1.5-3 18.0
3.9
4.01
7.8
7.25
1.50
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.00
2
2-4
13.0
5.3
4.70
7.6
5.25
1.00
1/2 13 UNC
0.00
0.70
0.65 .5-1
9.6
2.5
2.81
5.0
3.76
1.00
1/4 20 UNC
N/A
0.00
1.15
1-2
12.4
3.1
3.21
5.5
3.81
1.00
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.03
3200
1.5 1.5-2.5 13.5
3.9
4.38
7.8
5.62
1.50
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.06
2
3
13.9
5.5
4.81
9.0
5.37
1.50
1/2 13 UNC
N/A
0.00
0.65
.5-1
11.3
2.6
3.25
6.3
4.39
1.00
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.00
4500
1.15
1-2
12.2
3.7
4.51
8.0
4.66
1.00
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.00
1.5 1.5-2.5 16.0
4.3
5.50
10.3
6.14
1.50
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.00
1. Other sizes available, contact your Emerson sales office.
S Weight Type
1.13 35
I
1.25 40
III
1.50 65
III
0.63 75
III
0.86 40
I
2.25 70
I
2.00 195
I
1.12 160
II
2.00 45
I
3.94 70
I
2.63 165
I
3.00 190
I
2.50 75
I
2.63 160
I
3.38 300
I
Packing
BC
T
2.13
1/4 20 UNC
2.25
1/4 20 UNC
2.50
1/4 20 UNC
5/16 2.62 18
UNC
3.13
1/4 20 UNC
3.50
1/4 20 UNC
3.88
1/4 20 UNC
3.25
3/8 16 UNC
3.14
3/8 16 UNC
3.50
1/4 20 UNC
4.25
3/8 16 UNC
4.25
3/8 16 UNC
3.50
3/8 16 UNC
4.00
3/8 16 UNC
5.50
3/8 16 UNC
18
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Table 13. Fisher Z500 Severe Service Ball Butt Weld End Dimensions (mm, kg)
VALVE VALVE PRESSURE BORE SIZE
BUTT WELD END CONNECTION (mm, kg)
CLASS
SIZE (NPS)(1)
A
B
C
J
K
L
M
P
R
0.65 .5-1.5 254.8 62.0
54.2
100.3 102.0
25.4
1/4 20 UNC
N/A
0.0
1501500
1.15
1-2.5 267.5 77.8
66.9
101.6 108.0
25.4
3/8 16 UNC
12.7
25.4
1.5 1.5-2.5 324.6 98.9
82.6
132.1 108.0
25.4
3/8 16 UNC
12.3
25.4
2
2
298.8 117.1
92.1
139.7 124.0
25.4
3/8 16 UNC
12.7
38.1
0.65 .5-1.5 273.8 62.0
63.7 100.3 98.4
25.4
1/4 20 UNC
N/A
0.0
1.15
1-2.5 324.6 78.2
79.6
139.7 114.7
25.4
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.0
2500
1.5
1.5-3
458.0
98.9
101.8 196.9 184.2
38.1
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.0
2
2-4
329.2 135.8 119.3 193.7 133.4
25.4
1/2 13 UNC
0.0
17.8
0.65
.5-1 244.6 63.4
71.2 127.0 95.4
25.4
1/4 20 UNC
N/A
0.0
1.15
1-2
313.7 78.8
81.5 139.7 96.8
25.4
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.8
3200
1.5
1.5-2.5 342.6
99.8
111.1 196.9 142.7
38.1
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
1.5
2
3
352.3 140.1 122.1 228.6 136.4
38.1
1/2 13 UNC
N/A
0.0
0.65
.5-1 286.1 66.3
82.6
158.8 111.5
25.4
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.0
4500
1.15
1-2
309.2
92.8
114.5 203.2 118.4
25.4
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.0
1.5
1.5-2.5 406.5 108.3 139.7 260.4 155.8
38.1
3/8 16 UNC
N/A
0.0
1. Other sizes available, contact your Emerson sales office.
S Weight Type
28.6 16
I
31.8 18
III
38.1 29
III
15.9 34
III
21.8 18
I
57.2 32
I
50.8 88
I
28.4 73
II
50.8 20
I
99.9 32
I
66.7 75
I
76.2 86
I
63.5 34
I
66.7 73
I
85.7 136
I
Packing
BC 54.0 57.2 63.5
66.5
79.4 88.9 98.4 82.6 79.8 88.9 108.0 108.0 88.9 101.6 139.7
T
1/4 20 UNC
1/4 20 UNC
1/4 20 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
1/4 20 UNC
1/4 20 UNC
1/4 20 UNC
3/8 16 UNC
3/8 16 UNC
1/4 20 UNC
3/8 16 UNC
3/8 16 UNC
3/8 16 UNC
3/8 16 UNC
3/8 16 UNC
19
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Figure 8. Fisher Z500 Flanged Raised-Face End Connections Dimensions (see tables 14, 15, and 16)
D
S
J
M
B
C *
L L K
* LARGEST RADIUS FROM CENTERLINE CONSIDERING BODY AND FLANGE
E1780
A
FLOW DIRECTION
20
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Table 14. Fisher Z500 Severe Service Ball Valve Raised-Face Flange Dimensions (in, lb)
PRESSURE
VALVE BORE
VALVE SIZE
RAISED FACE FLANGED END CONNECTION (in, lb)
CLASS SIZE (NPS)
A
B
C(1)
J
K
L
M
P
R
S
0.65
0.75(4)
4.7
1/4 20
2.5
2.26
3.95
2.10
1.00
N/A
0
0.38
UNC
1(4)
5.0
1/4 20
3.2
2.45
3.95
2.22
0.75
0.3
0.315
0.75
UNC
1/4 20
1.15
1.5
6.5
3.2
2.50
4.0
2.90
0.75
0.30
0.32
0.32
UNC
1/4 20
2
7.0
3.2
3.00
4.0
3.18
0.75
0.30
0.32
0.32
UNC
1.5(3)
6.5
3/8 16
3.9
3.26
5.2
2.49
1.00
.50
1.00
0.38
UNC
1.5
3/8 16
150
2
7.0
3.9
3.01
5.2
3.37
1.00
0.50
1.00
0.38
UNC
3/8 16
2
2
7.0
4.6
3.25
5.2
3.52
0.75
0.50
1.50
0.42
UNC
4
4(1)(3)
9.0
1/2 13
8.4
5.01
9.6
4.46
1.50
N/A
1
0.50
UNC
3/4 10
6
6
15.5
11.1
6.96
13.6
7.52
2.00
N/A
0.00
1.00
UNC
1/2 13
10
10
21.2
16.3
10.01
19.9
10.54
3.50
N/A
0.00
1.53
UNC
24
24(2)
42.1
1 1/4 8
42.0
22.11
16.0
21.78
5.00
N/A
2.63
6.00
UNC
0.5(3)
7.5
1/4 20
2.5
2.26
3.95
3.91
1.00
N/A
0
0.38
UNC
0.75
6.0
0.65
1
6.5
1/4 20
2.5
2.31
4.0
2.55
1.00
N/A
0.00
0.38
UNC
1/4 20
2.5
2.44
4.0
2.88
1.00
N/A
0.00
0.38
UNC
1/4 20
1.5
7.5
2.5
3.06
4.0
3.20
1.00
N/A
0.00
0.38
UNC
1/4 20
1
6.5
3.2
2.45
4.0
2.90
0.75
0.30
0.32
0.32
UNC
1.15
1/4 20
1.5
7.5
3.2
3.06
4.0
3.45
0.75
0.30
0.32
0.32
UNC
3/8 16
1.5
7.5
3.9
3.06
5.2
3.52
1.00
0.50
1.00
0.38
UNC
3/8 16
300
1.5
2
8.5
3.9
3.25
5.2
3.52
1.00
0.50
1.00
0.75
UNC
3/8 16
3
11.2
3.9
4.13
5.2
4.33
1.00
0.50
1.00
0.75
UNC
3/8 16
2
2
8.5
4.6
3.25
5.5
4.18
0.75
0.50
1.50
0.50
UNC
5/8 11
3
11.2
6.6
4.26
7.8
5.04
1.25
0.62
1.38
0.60
UNC
3
5/8 11
4
12.0
6.6
5.00
7.8
5.42
1.25
0.62
1.38
0.60
UNC
5/8 11
4
4
12.0
8.4
5.01
9.6
5.65
1.50
N/A
1.00
0.75
UNC
3/4 10
6
6
15.9
11.1
6.96
13.6
7.90
2.00
N/A
0.00
N/A
UNC
Weight Type
18
I
25
II
25
II
30
II
45
III
45
III
55
III
180
I
405
I
1070
I
13550
I
25
I
25
I
25
I
30
I
25
II
35
II
50
III
55
III
80
III
65
III
135
III
160
III
195
I
455
I
8
8
19.8
14.1
8.81
17.1
9.26
3.00 1 8 UNC N/A
0.00
1.50
870
I
-continued-
Packing
BC
T
1.88 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.50 2.50 2.62 3.50 3.38 6.00 10.38 1.88 1.88 1.88 1.88 2.25 2.25 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.62 2.75 2.75 3.50 4.50 5.00
1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 7/16 14 UNC 1/2 13 UNC 1/2 13 UNC 3/4 10 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 3/8 16 UNC 3/8 16 UNC 7/16 14 UNC 1/2 13 UNC 7/16 14 UNC
21
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Table 14. Fisher Z500 Severe Service Ball Valve Raised-Face Flange Dimensions (in, lb) (cont.)
PRESSURE
VALVE BORE
VALVE SIZE
CLASS SIZE (NPS)
A
RAISED FACE FLANGED END CONNECTION (in, lb)
B
C(1)
J
K
L
M
P
R
S Weight
7/8 9
10
10
21.0
16.3
10.65
19.9
10.54
3.50
N/A
0.00
1.38
1095
UNC
1 1/2 8
300
12
12
25.6
22.4
12.76
25.4
12.97
3.00
N/A
0.00
2.51
2285
UNC
24
24(2)
45.1
1 5/8 8
42.0
22.26
43.8
23.35
5.00
N/A
2.63
6.00 11860
UNC
1/4 20
0.5
6.5
2.5
1.88
4.0
2.77
1.00
N/A
0.00
N/A
20
UNC
1/4 20
0.65
0.75
7.5
2.5
2.31
4.0
3.32
1.00
N/A
0.00
N/A
UNC
25
1/4 20
1
8.5
2.5
2.44
4.0
3.82
1.00
N/A
0.00
N/A
25
UNC
1/4 20
1
8.5
3.2
2.45
4.0
3.64
1.00
0.30
0.32
0.50
30
UNC
1/4 20
1.15
1.5
9.5
3.2
3.06
4.0
4.14
1.00
0.30
0.32
0.50
45
UNC
1/4 20
2
11.5
3.2
3.25
4.0
4.52
1.00
0.30
0.32
0.50
50
UNC
3/8 16
1.5
9.5
3.9
3.06
5.2
3.99
1.00
0.50
1.00
0.75
55
UNC
3/8 16
1.5
2
11.5
3.9
3.25
5.2
4.52
1.00
0.50
1.00
0.75
65
UNC
3/8 16
3
14.0
3.9
4.13
5.2
5.77
1.00
0.50
1.00
0.75
90
UNC
3/8 16
600
2
11.5
4.6
3.38
5.5
4.52
1.00
0.50
1.50
1.00
105
UNC
2
3/8 16
3
14.0
4.6
4.13
5.5
5.77
1.00
0.50
1.50
1.00
115
UNC
5/8 11
3
14.0
6.6
4.50
7.8
6.17
1.25
0.62
1.38
0.85
165
UNC
3
5/8 11
4
17.0
6.6
5.38
7.8
7.92
1.25
0.62
1.38
0.85
225
UNC
5/8 11
4
4
17.0
7.3
5.38
10.1
7.27
1.50
N/A
0.00
1.75
280
UNC
7/8 9
6
6
22.0
10.3
7.26
14.4
10.25
2.00
N/A
0.00
2.50
675
UNC
Type I I I I I I II II II III III III III III III III I I
8
8
26.0
14.1
9.57
19.0
12.02
3.00 1 8 UNC N/A
0.00
1.88
1280
I
1 3/8 8
10
10
31.0
16.3
11.50
22.7
14.52
3.50
N/A
0.00
2.50
2295
I
UNC
1 1/2 8
12
12
33.1
22.4
13.26
26.2
16.22
3.00
N/A
0.00
N/A
3615
I
UN
14
14(2)
35.1
1 1/2 8
22.0
15.38
30.0
17.53
6.50
N/A
2.00
3.75
4630
I
UNC
-continued-
Packing
BC
T
6.00 6.50 10.38 1.88 1.88 1.88 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.50 2.50 2.5 2.62 2.62 2.75 2.75 3.50 4.50 5.00 6.00 6.88 8.00
1/2 13 UNC 3/8 16 UNC 3/4 10 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 3/8 16 UNC 3/8 16 UNC 7/16 14 UNC 1/2 13 UNC 7/16 14 UNC 1/2 13 UNC 3/8 16 UNC 3/8 16 UNC
22
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Table 14. Fisher Z500 Severe Service Ball Valve Raised-Face Flange Dimensions (in, lb) (cont.)
PRESSURE
VALVE BORE
VALVE SIZE
CLASS SIZE (NPS)
A
RAISED FACE FLANGED END CONNECTION (in, lb)
B
C(1)
J
K
L
M
P
R
S Weight
0.75
9.0
1/4 20
2.5
2.56
4.0
3.67
1.00
N/A
0.00
0.45
35
UNC
0.65
1/4 20
1
10.3
2.5
2.96
4.0
4.17
1.00
N/A
0.00
0.45
40
UNC
3/8 16
1
10.0
3.2
2.94
5.2
4.14
1.00
0.00
0.37
0.38
50
UNC
1.15
3/8 16
2
14.5
3.2
4.27
4.0
5.69
1.00
0.50
1.00
1.25
100
UNC
3/8 16
1.5
12.0
3.9
3.50
5.2
5.02
1.00
0.50
1.00
0.75
85
UNC
3/8 16
1.5
2
14.5
3.9
4.25
5.2
6.27
1.00
0.50
1.00
0.75
105
UNC
900
3/8 16
3
15.0
3.9
4.75
5.2
6.97
1.00
0.50
1.00
0.75
135
UNC
3/8 16
2
2
14.5
4.6
4.25
5.5
5.86
1.00
0.50
1.50
0.62
140
UNC
5/8 11
3
3
15.0
6.6
4.88
9.3
5.97
1.25
N/A
0.00
1.50
215
UNC
3/4 10
4
4
18.0
8.4
5.75
11.6
7.45
2.50
N/A
0.00
1.75
415
UNC
1 1/8 8
6
24.0
13.9
8.75
17.3
10.27
4.00
N/A
0.00
1.75
1140
UNC
6
1 1/8 8
8
29.0
13.9
9.25
17.3
11.27
4.00
N/A
0.00
1.75
1410
UNC
0.75
9.0
1/4 20
2.5
2.56
4.0
3.67
1.00
N/A
0.00
0.45
35
UNC
0.65
1/4 20
1
10.3
2.5
2.96
4.0
4.17
1.00
N/A
0.00
0.45
40
UNC
3/8 16
1
10.0
3.2
2.94
5.2
4.14
1.00
0.00
0.37
0.38
50
UNC
1.15
3/8 16
2
14.5
3.2
4.27
4.0
5.69
1.00
0.50
1.00
1.25
100
UNC
3/8 16
1.5
12.0
3.9
3.50
5.2
5.02
1.00
0.50
1.00
0.75
85
UNC
1.5
3/8 16
2
14.5
3.9
4.25
5.2
6.27
1.00
0.50
1.00
0.75
105
UNC
1500
3/8 16
2
14.5
4.6
4.25
5.5
5.86
1.00
0.50
1.50
0.62
140
UNC
3/8 16
2.5
16.5
4.6
4.81
5.5
6.50
1.00
0.50
1.50
0.62
160
UNC
2
3/8 16
3
18.5
4.6
5.25
5.8
7.61
1.00
0.50
1.50
0.62
215
UNC
3/8 16
4
21.5
4.6
6.13
5.8
10.15
1.00
0.50
1.50
0.62
270
UNC
3/4 10
3
3
18.5
7.8
5.70
10.3
7.77
1.75
N/A
0.00
1.50
350
UNC
Type I I II III III III III III I I I I I I II III III III III III III III I
4
4
21.5
8.4
6.63
13.1
8.39
2.50 1 8 UNC N/A
0.00
2.38
590
I
1 1/4 8
8
8
32.8
16.2
11.01
21.7
13.46
4.13
N/A
0.00
2.88
2395
I
UNC
-continued-
Packing
BC
T
1.88 1.875 2.25 2.25 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.62 2.75 4.75 6.50 6.50 1.875 1.875 2.25 2.25
2.5 2.5 2.62 2.62 2.62 2.62 4.75 4.75 7.12
1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 3/8 16 UNC 3/8 16 UNC 1/2 13 UNC 1/2 13 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 5/16 18 UNC 7/16 14 UNC 3/8 16 UNC 1/2 13 UNC
23
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Table 14. Fisher Z500 Severe Service Ball Valve Raised-Face Flange Dimensions (in, lb) (cont.)
PRESSURE
VALVE BORE
VALVE SIZE
CLASS SIZE (NPS)
A
RAISED FACE FLANGED END CONNECTION (in, lb)
B
C(1)
J
K
L
M
P
R
S Weight
3/8 16
1.15
1
12.2
3.5
3.13
5.5
4.70
1.00
N/A
0.17
1.50
70
UNC
1.5 2500
2
3/8 16
2
17.8
3.9
4.63
7.8
7.39
1.50
N/A
0.00
2.00
210
UNC
1/2 13
4
26.5
5.3
7.00
7.6
12.27
1.00
0.00
0.70
1.12
520
UNC
Type I I II
4
4
26.5
8.8
7.00
15.0
9.52
2.50 1 8 UNC N/A
0.00
3.50
1005
I
Other sizes available, contact your Emerson sales office. 1. Uses the largest value of the body diameter or the flange diameter. 2. Four bolt mounting bracket pattern instead of the standard two bolt pattern. 3. Valve body and end adapter have blind threaded bolt hole connections. 4. Valve body has blind threaded bolt hole connections.
Packing
BC
T
2.375 4
3.25 6.125
5/16 18 UNC
3/8 16 UNC
3/8 16 UNC
5/8 11 UNC
24
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Table 15. Fisher Z500 Severe Service Ball Valve Raised-Face Flange Dimensions (mm, kg)
PRESSURE
VALVE BORE
VALVE SIZE
CLASS SIZE (NPS)
A
RAISED FACE FLANGED END CONNECTION (mm, kg)
B
C(1)
J
K
L
M
P
R
S
0.65 0.75(4) 118.1 64.0
57.3 100.3 53.3
1/4 20
25.4
N/A
0.0
9.5
UNC
1(4)
127.8 80.9
62.2 100.3 56.3
1/4 20 19.1
7.6
UNC
8.0
19.1
1/4 20
1.15
1.5
165.9 80.9
63.5 100.3 73.5
19.1
UNC
7.6
8.0
8.1
1/4 20
2
178.6 80.9
76.2 100.3 80.7
19.1
7.6
8.0
8.1
UNC
1.5(3) 165.1 98.9
82.7 132.1 63.2
3/8 16
25.4
12.7
25.4
9.5
UNC
1.5
3/8 16
150
2
178.6 98.9
76.4 132.1 85.7
25.4
12.7 25.4
9.5
UNC
3/8 16
2
2
178.6 117.1 82.6 132.1 89.4 19.1
12.7
38.1
10.7
UNC
4
4(1)(4) 229.4 213.0 127.2 243.8 113.2
38.1
1/2 13
N/A
25.4
12.7
UNC
3/4 10
6
6
394.5 282.0 176.9 345.9 190.9 50.8
N/A
0.0
25.4
UNC
1/2 13
10
10
538.0 412.8 254.2 505.5 267.7 88.9
N/A
0.0
38.8
UNC
24
24(2) 1068.3 1066.0 561.6
406.4
553.2
1 1/4 8 127.0
N/A
66.7 152.4
UNC
0.5(3) 191.3 64.0
57.4 100.3 99.2
1/4 20
25.4
N/A
0.0
9.5
UNC
1/4 20
0.75 153.2 64.0
58.7 100.3 64.8
25.4
N/A
0.0
9.5
UNC
0.65
1/4 20
1
165.9 64.0
62.0 100.3 73.0
25.4
N/A
0.0
9.5
UNC
1/4 20
1.5
191.3 64.0
77.7 100.3 81.3
25.4
N/A
0.0
9.5
UNC
1/4 20
1
165.9 80.9
62.2 100.3 73.5
19.1
7.6
8.0
8.1
UNC
1.15
1/4 20
1.5
191.3 80.9
77.7 100.3 87.5
19.1
7.6
8.0
8.1
UNC
3/8 16
1.5
191.3 98.9
77.7 132.1 89.4
25.4
12.7 25.4
9.5
UNC
3/8 16
300
1.5
2
216.7 98.9
82.6 132.1 89.3
25.4
12.7
25.4
19.1
UNC
3/8 16
3
283.2 99.3 104.8 132.1 109.9 25.4
12.7
25.4
19.1
UNC
3/8 16
2
2
216.7 117.1 82.6 139.7 106.1 19.1
12.7
38.1
12.7
UNC
5/8 11
3
283.2 167.9 108.2 196.9 127.9 31.8
15.7
34.9
15.2
UNC
3
5/8 11
4
305.6 167.9 127.0 196.9 137.5 31.8
15.7
34.9
15.2
UNC
5/8 11
4
4
305.6 213.0 127.2 243.8 143.4 38.1
N/A
25.4
19.1
UNC
3/4 10
6
6
404.1 282.0 176.9 345.9 200.5 50.8
N/A
0.0
N/A
UNC
Weight 8 11 11 14 20 20 25 82
184 485 6146 11 11 11 14 11 16 23 25 36 29 61 73 88 206
Type I II II II III III III I I I I I I I I II II III III III III III III I I
8
8
502.4 358.1 223.8 434.8 235.3 76.2 1 8 UNC N/A
0.0
38.2 395
I
-continued-
Packing
BC
T
47.6 57.2 57.2 57.2 63.5 63.5 66.5 88.9 85.9 152.4 263.5 47.6 47.6 47.6 47.6 57.2 57.2 63.5 63.5 63.5 66.5 69.9 69.9 88.9 114.3 127.0
1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC
1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
7/16 14 UNC
1/2 13 UNC 1/2 13 UNC
3/4 10 UNC 1/4 20 UNC
1/4 20 UNC
1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC
1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
3/8 16 UNC 3/8 16 UNC
7/16 14 UNC 1/2 13 UNC
7/16 14 UNC
25
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Table 15. Fisher Z500 Severe Service Ball Valve Raised-Face Flange Dimensions (mm, kg) (cont.)
PRESSURE
VALVE BORE
VALVE SIZE
CLASS SIZE (NPS)
A
RAISED FACE FLANGED END CONNECTION (mm, kg)
B
C(1)
J
K
L
M
P
R
S Weight
7/8 9
10
10
534.2 412.8 270.5 505.5 267.7 88.9
N/A
0.0
35.0 497
UNC
1 1/2 8
300
12
12
649.2 567.7 324.1 645.2 329.3 76.2
N/A
0.0
63.6 1036
UNC
24
24(2) 1144.5 1066.0 565.4 1112.5 593.1
1 5/8 8 127.0
N/A
66.7 152.4 5380
UNC
1/4 20
0.5
165.9 64.0
47.6 100.3 70.2
25.4
N/A
0.0
N/A
9
UNC
1/4 20
0.65
0.75 191.3 64.0
58.7 100.3 84.3 25.4 UNC
N/A
0.0
N/A
11
1/4 20
1
216.7 64.0
62.0 100.3 97.0
25.4
N/A
0.0
N/A
11
UNC
1/4 20
1
216.7 80.9
62.2 100.3 92.5
25.4
7.6
8.0
12.7
14
UNC
1/4 20
1.15
1.5
242.1 80.9
77.7 100.3 105.2 25.4
UNC
7.6
8.0
12.7
20
1/4 20
2
292.9 80.9
82.6 100.3 114.7 25.4
7.6
8.0
12.7
23
UNC
3/8 16
1.5
242.1 98.9
77.7 132.1 101.3 25.4
12.7
25.4
19.1
25
UNC
3/8 16
1.5
2
292.9 98.9
82.6 132.1 114.7 25.4
12.7
25.4
19.1
29
UNC
3/8 16
3
356.4 98.9 104.8 132.1 146.4 25.4
12.7
25.4
19.1
41
UNC
3/8 16
600
2
292.9 117.1 85.7 139.7 114.7 25.4
12.7
38.1
25.4
48
UNC
2
3/8 16
3
356.4 117.1 104.8 139.7 146.4 25.4
12.7
38.1
25.4
52
UNC
5/8 11
3
356.4 167.9 114.3 196.9 156.6 31.8
15.7
34.9
21.6
75
UNC
3
5/8 11
4
432.6 167.9 136.5 196.9 201.0 31.8
15.7
34.9
21.6
102
UNC
5/8 11
4
4
432.6 184.5 136.5 257.0 184.5 38.1
N/A
0.0
44.5 127
UNC
7/8 9
6
6
559.6 260.4 184.4 365.8 260.4 50.8
N/A
0.0
63.5 306
UNC
Type I I I I I I II II II III III III III III III III I I
8
8
661.2 358.4 243.0 482.6 305.2 76.2 1 8 UNC N/A
0.0
47.6 581
I
1 3/8 8
10
10
788.2 412.8 292.1 576.6 368.7 88.9
N/A
0.0
63.5 1041
I
UNC
1 1/2 8
12
12
839.7 567.7 336.8 665.5 411.9 76.2
N/A
0.0
N/A 1640
I
UN
14
14(2)
890.5 558.4 390.7
762.0
445.3
1 1/2 8 165.1
N/A
50.8
95.3 2100
I
UNC
1/4 20
0.75 229.4 64.0
65.0 100.3 93.1
25.4
N/A
0.0
11.4
16
I
UNC
0.65
1/4 20
1
261.1 64.0
75.1 100.3 105.8 25.4
N/A
0.0
11.4
18
I
UNC
900
3/8 16
1
254.8 80.9
74.7 101.6 105.2 25.4
0.0
9.3
9.5
23
II
UNC
1.15
3/8 16
2
369.1 80.9 108.3 101.6 144.6 25.4
12.7
25.4
31.8
45
III
UNC
-continued-
Packing
BC
T
152.4 165.1 263.5 47.6 47.6 47.6 57.2 57.2 57.2 63.5 63.5 63.5 66.5 66.5 69.9 69.9 88.9 114.3 127.0 152.4 174.8 203.2 47.6 47.6 57.2 57.2
1/2 13 UNC 3/8 16 UNC
3/4 10 UNC 1/4 20 UNC
1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC
1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC
1/4 20 UNC 5/16 18 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
5/16 18 UNC 3/8 16 UNC
3/8 16 UNC 7/16 14 UNC
1/2 13 UNC 7/16 14 UNC
1/2 13 UNC 3/8 16 UNC
3/8 16 UNC 1/4 20 UNC
1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC
1/4 20 UNC
26
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Table 15. Fisher Z500 Severe Service Ball Valve Raised-Face Flange Dimensions (mm, kg) (cont.)
PRESSURE
VALVE BORE
VALVE SIZE
CLASS SIZE (NPS)
A
RAISED FACE FLANGED END CONNECTION (mm, kg)
B
C(1)
J
K
L
M
P
R
S Weight
3/8 16
1.5
305.6 98.9
88.9 132.1 127.4 25.4
12.7
25.4
19.1
39
UNC
3/8 16
1.5
2
369.1 98.9 108.0 132.1 159.1 25.4
12.7
25.4
19.1
48
UNC
3/8 16
3
381.8 99.3 120.7 132.1 176.9 25.4
12.7
25.4
19.1
61
UNC
3/8 16
2
2
369.1 117.1 108.0 139.7 148.8 25.4
12.7
38.1
15.7
64
UNC
900
5/8 11
3
3
381.8 167.9 123.8 235.0 151.5 31.8
N/A
0.0
38.1
98
UNC
3/4 10
4
4
458.0 213.8 146.1 295.1 189.3 63.5
N/A
0.0
44.5 188
UNC
1 1/8 8
6
610.4 352.5 222.3 438.2 260.7 101.6
N/A
0.0
44.5 517
UNC
6
1 1/8 8
8
737.4 352.5 235.0 438.2 286.1 101.6
N/A
0.0
44.5 640
UNC
1/4 20
0.75 229.4 64.0
65.0 100.3 93.1
25.4
N/A
0.0
11.4
16
UNC
0.65
1/4 20
1
261.1 64.0
75.1 100.3 105.8 25.4
N/A
0.0
11.4
18
UNC
3/8 16
1
254.8 80.9
74.7 132.1 105.2 25.4
0.0
9.3
9.5
23
UNC
1.15
3/8 16
2
369.1 80.9 108.3 101.6 144.6 25.4
12.7
25.4
31.8
45
UNC
3/8 16
1.5
305.6 98.9
88.9 132.1 127.4 25.4
12.7
25.4
19.1
39
UNC
1.5
3/8 16
2
369.1 98.9 108.0 132.1 159.1 25.4
12.7
25.4
19.1
48
UNC
1500
3/8 16
2
369.1 117.1 108.0 139.7 148.8 25.4
12.7
38.1
15.7
64
UNC
3/8 16
2.5
419.9 117.1 122.2 139.7 165.1 25.4
12.7
38.1
15.7
73
UNC
2
3/8 16
3
470.7 117.1 133.4 146.1 193.3 25.4
12.7
38.1
15.7
98
UNC
3/8 16
4
546.9 117.1 155.6 146.1 257.8 25.4
12.7
38.1
15.7
122
UNC
3/4 10
3
3
470.7 197.2 144.7 260.4 197.2 44.5
N/A
0.0
38.1 159
UNC
Type III III III III I I I I I I II III III III III III III III I
4
4
546.9 213.8 168.5 332.7 213.1 63.5 1 8 UNC N/A
0.0
60.3 268
I
8
1.15
1.5 2500
2
1 1/4 8
8
832.6 410.5 279.6 551.2 341.8 104.8
N/A
0.0
73.0 1086
I
UNC
3/8 16
1
308.6 88.8
79.4 139.7 119.4 25.4
N/A
4.3
38.1
32
I
UNC
3/8 16
2
451.6 99.8 117.5 196.9 187.6 38.1
N/A
0.0
50.8
95
I
UNC
1/2 13
4
673.9 135.8 177.8 193.7 311.5 25.4
0.0
17.8
28.4
236
II
UNC
4
4
673.9 224.6 177.8 381.0 241.7 63.5 1 8 UNC N/A
0.0
88.9 456
I
Other sizes available, contact your Emerson sales office. 1. Uses the largest value of the body diameter or the flange diameter. 2. Four bolt mounting bracket pattern instead of the standard two bolt pattern. 3. Valve body and end adapter have blind threaded bolt hole connections 4. Valve body has blind threaded bolt hole connections.
Packing
BC
T
63.5 63.5 63.5 66.5 69.9 120.7 165.1 165.1 47.6 47.6 57.2 57.2 63.5 63.5 66.5 66.5 66.5 66.5 120.7 120.7 180.8 60.3 101.6 82.6 155.6
5/16 18 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
3/8 16 UNC 3/8 16 UNC
1/2 13 UNC 1/2 13 UNC
1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC
1/4 20 UNC 1/4 20 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
5/16 18 UNC
7/16 14 UNC
3/8 16 UNC 1/2 13 UNC
5/16 18 UNC 3/8 16 UNC
3/8 16 UNC 5/8 11 UNC
27
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Table 16. Fisher Z500 Severe Service Ball Valve Ring-Type Joint End Connection, Face-to-Face Dimensions (ASME B16.10)
Valve Size, NPS
CL150
mm
Inches
CL300
mm
Inches
CL600
mm
Inches
CL900
mm
Inches
CL1500
mm
Inches
CL2500
mm
Inches
0.5
- - -
- - -
150.9
5.94
163.6
6.44
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
0.75
- - -
- - -
165.1
6.5
190.5
7.5
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1
139.7
5.5
177.8
7
215.9
8.5
254
10
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1.5
177.8
7
203.2
8
241.3
9.5
305
12
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2
190.5
7.5
231.6
9.12
295.1
11.6
371
14.6
371
14.62
454
17.87
2.5
203.2
8
257
10.12
333.2
13.1
422
16.6
422
16.62
514
20.25
3
215.9
8.5
298.2
11.74
358.6
14.1
384
15.1
473
18.62
584
23
4
241.3
9.5
320.5
12.62
434.8
17.1
460
18.1
549
21.62
683
26.88
6
279.4
11
419.1
16.5
561.8
22.1
613
24.1
711
28
927
36.5
8
304.8
12
517.4
20.37
663.4
26.1
740
29.1
842
33.13
1038
40.87
10
342.9
13.5
584.2
23
790.4
31.1
841
33.1
1000.3 39.38
1292
50.88
12
368.3
14.5
663.4
26.12
841.2
33.1
968
38.1
1146.0 45.12
1445
56.88
Figure 9. Fisher Z500 Shaft Dimensions (see tables 17 and 18)
F
E
G F
E
H H
E1781
28
KEYED SHAFT
DOUBLE D SHAFT
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Table 17. Fisher Z500 Severe Service Ball Valve Shaft Dimensions (in)
Double D
Key
PRESSURE CLASS
VALVE BORE SIZE
F
0.65
0.450
0.410
1.15
0.550
0.539
1.5
0.600
0.719
2
0.840
0.848
3
1.125
1.079
CL150
4
- - -
1.437
6
- - -
1.786
8
- - -
2.155
10
- - -
2.873
14
- - -
3.587
24
- - -
5.746
0.65
0.450
0.410
1.15
0.550
0.539
1.5
0.600
0.719
2
0.840
0.848
3
1.125
1.079
CL300
4
- - -
1.437
6
- - -
1.786
8
- - -
2.155
10
- - -
2.873
14
- - -
3.587
24
- - -
5.746
0.65
0.450
0.410
1.15
0.550
0.539
1.5
0.600
0.719
2
0.840
0.848
3
1.125
1.079
CL600
4
- - -
1.437
6
- - -
1.786
8
- - -
2.155
10
- - -
2.873
14
- - -
3.587
0.65
0.450
0.410
1.15
0.550
0.539
1.5
0.600
0.719
CL900
2
0.840
0.848
3
1.125
1.079
4
- - -
1.797
6
- - -
2.413
0.65
0.450
0.410
1.15
0.550
0.539
1.5
0.600
0.719
2
CL1500
3
0.840 1.500
0.848 1.437
4
- - -
1.797
6
- - -
2.413
8
- - -
2.744
-continued-
G 0.191 0.191 0.253 0.253 0.378 0.503 0.627 0.751 1.003 1.252 2.001 0.191 0.191 0.253 0.253 0.378 0.503 0.627 0.751 1.003 1.252 2.001 0.191 0.191 0.253 0.253 0.378 0.503 0.627 0.751 1.003 1.252 0.191 0.191 0.253 0.253 0.378 0.628 0.753 0.191 0.191 0.253 0.253 0.503 0.628 0.753 1.003
H
0.515 0.642 1.015 1.015 1.515 2.015 2.515 4.145 4.015 5.641 8.515 0.515 0.642 1.015 1.015 1.515 2.015 2.515 4.145 4.015 5.641 8.515 0.515 0.642 1.015 1.015 1.515 2.015 2.515 4.145 4.015 5.641 0.515 0.642 1.015 1.015 1.515 2.265 3.515 0.515 0.642 1.015 1.015 .765 2.265 3.515 6.025
E
0.625 0.750 1.000 1.125 1.500 2.000 2.491 3.000 4.000 5.000 8.000 0.625 0.750 1.000 1.125 1.500 2.000 2.491 3.000 4.000 5.000 8.000 0.625 0.750 1.000 1.125 1.500 2.000 2.491 3.000 4.000 5.000 0.625 0.750 1.000 1.125 1.500 2.500 3.250 0.625 0.750 1.000 1.125 2.000 2.500 3.250 3.875
29
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Table 17. Fisher Z500 Severe Service Ball Valve Shaft Dimensions (in) (cont.)
PRESSURE CLASS
VALVE BORE SIZE
Double D F
Key G
0.65
0.450
0.410
0.191
1.15
0.550
0.539
0.191
1.5
0.750
0.719
0.253
CL2500
2
0.866
0.975
0.253
3
- - -
1.437
0.503
4
- - -
1.796
0.628
6
- - -
2.413
0.753
0.65
0.450
0.410
0.191
1.15
CL3200
1.5
0.580 0.750
- - 0.719
- - 0.253
2
0.866
0.975
0.253
0.65
0.550
0.539
0.191
CL4500
1.15
0.650
0.668
0.191
1.5
0.840
0.848
0.253
H
0.515 0.642 0.936 1.016 1.765 2.265 3.515 0.515 0.640 0.936 1.235 0.471 0.642 0.877
E
0.625 0.750 1.000 1.250 2.000 2.500 3.250 0.625 0.750 1.000 1.250 0.750 0.875 1.125
30
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Table 18. Fisher Z500 Severe Service Ball Valve Shaft Dimensions (mm)
PRESSURE CLASS
VALVE BORE SIZE
Double D F
Key G
0.65
11.4
10.4
4.9
1.15
14.0
13.7
4.9
1.5
15.2
18.3
6.4
2
21.3
21.5
6.4
3
28.6
27.4
9.6
CL150
4
- - -
36.5
12.8
6
- - -
45.4
15.9
8
- - -
54.7
19.1
10
- - -
73.0
25.5
14
- - -
91.1
31.8
24
- - -
145.9
50.8
0.65
11.4
10.4
4.9
1.15
14.0
13.7
4.9
1.5
15.2
18.3
6.4
2
21.3
21.5
6.4
3
28.6
27.4
9.6
CL300
4
- - -
36.5
12.8
6
- - -
45.4
15.9
8
- - -
54.7
19.1
10
- - -
73.0
25.5
14
- - -
91.1
31.8
24
- - -
145.9
50.8
0.65
11.4
10.4
4.9
1.15
14.0
13.7
4.9
1.5
15.2
18.3
6.4
2
21.3
21.5
6.4
3
CL600
4
28.6
27.4
9.6
- - -
36.5
12.8
6
- - -
45.4
15.9
8
- - -
54.7
19.1
10
- - -
73.0
25.5
14
- - -
91.1
31.8
0.65
11.4
10.4
4.9
1.15
14.0
13.7
4.9
1.5
15.2
18.3
6.4
CL900
2
21.3
21.5
6.4
3
28.6
27.4
9.6
4
- - -
45.6
16.0
6
- - -
61.3
19.1
0.65
11.4
10.4
4.9
1.15
14.0
13.7
4.9
1.5
15.2
18.3
6.4
2
CL1500
3
21.3
21.5
6.4
38.1
36.5
12.8
4
- - -
45.6
16.0
6
- - -
61.3
19.1
8
- - -
69.7
25.5
-continued-
H
13.1 16.3 25.8 25.8 38.5 51.2 63.9 105.3 102.0 143.3 216.3 13.1 16.3 25.8 25.8 38.5 51.2 63.9 105.3 102.0 143.3 216.3 13.1 16.3 25.8 25.8 38.5 51.2 63.9 105.3 102.0 143.3 13.1 16.3 25.8 25.8 38.5 57.5 89.3 13.1 16.3 25.8 25.8 44.8 57.5 89.3 153.0
E
15.9 19.1 25.4 28.6 38.1 50.8 63.3 76.2 101.6 127.0 203.2 15.9 19.1 25.4 28.6 38.1 50.8 63.3 76.2 101.6 127.0 203.2 15.9 19.1 25.4 28.6 38.1 50.8 63.3 76.2 101.6 127.0 15.9 19.1 25.4 28.6 38.1 63.5 82.6 15.9 19.1 25.4 28.6 50.8 63.5 82.6 98.4
31
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.3:Z500 January 2020
Z500 Ball Valves
D103992X012
Table 18. Fisher Z500 Severe Service Ball Valve Shaft Dimensions (mm) (cont.)
Double D
Key
PRESSURE CLASS
VALVE BORE SIZE
H
E
F
G
0.65
11.4
10.4
4.9
13.1
15.9
1.15
14.0
13.7
4.9
16.3
19.1
1.5
19.1
18.3
6.4
23.8
25.4
CL2500
2
22.0
24.8
6.4
25.8
31.8
3
- - -
36.5
12.8
44.8
50.8
4
- - -
45.6
16.0
57.5
63.5
6
- - -
61.3
19.1
89.3
82.6
0.65
11.4
10.4
4.9
13.1
15.9
1.15
14.7
- - -
- - -
16.3
19.1
CL3200
1.5
19.1
18.3
6.4
23.8
25.4
2
22.0
24.8
6.4
31.4
31.8
0.65
14.0
13.7
4.9
12.0
19.1
CL4500
1.15
16.5
17.0
4.9
16.3
22.2
1.5
21.3
21.5
6.4
22.3
28.6
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E322015, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
9500 Valve
D100058X012
Product Bulletin
51.4:9500 February 2019
FisherTM 9500 Butterfly Control Valve
The Fisher 9500 butterfly valve is a fully lined valve for use with corrosive fluids and where tight shutoff is required. The nitrile or PTFE liner totally isolates the valve body and shaft from the process fluid and maintains excellent shutoff at pressure drops to 15.2 bar (220 psi), and temperatures to 121°C (250°F).
The 9500 valve is available in NPS 2 through 12 and is compatible with ASME B16.1 CL125B, with ASME B16.34 CL150 and CL300, or with DIN flanges. These valves are furnished with splined shafts for use with power actuators, with a Fisher 1077 manual actuator, or with a 1078 declutchable manual actuator (see figure 1).
W9224-3
Fisher 9500 Valve with 1052 Actuator and FIELDVUETM DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
W4082-1
Fisher 9500 Valve with 1066SR Actuator
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.4:9500 February 2019
9500 Valve
D100058X012
Specifications
Valve Sizes NPS J 2, J 3, J 4, J 6, J 8, J 10, or J 12
Material Temperature Capabilities(1) See table 3
Valve Style
Flangeless (wafer-type) valve to be installed between two pipe flanges
End Connection Styles
Flangeless (wafer-style) valve mates with CL125 flat-face flanges per ASME B16.1, CL150 and CL300 raised-face flanges per ASME B16.34, or DIN flanges as shown in table 2
Maximum Allowable Inlet Pressure(1)
Maximum material temperature capabilities are limited as shown in table 3. The material maximum allowable shutoff or flowing pressure drop limits are shown in tables 1 and 4. Valve bodies are consistent with applicable pressure/temperature ratings for J CL125B per ASME B16.1, or J CL150 and CL300 per ASME B16.34.
Vacuum Service
Valves suitable are for vacuum service to approximately 10-7 mm Hg absolute (3.4 x 10-12 mbar, absolute)
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drop(1)
Maximum Allowable Shutoff: See table 1 Maximum Flowing Pressure Drops: See table 4
Construction Materials
Valve body: J Cast iron, J carbon steel, or J S31600 [316 stainless steel (SST)] Disk and Liner: See table 3 Shaft and Taper Pins: S17400 (17-4PH SST) standard or S20910 Thrust Bearing: All cast iron or steel valves use a PTFE/bronze in a carbon steel shell; NPS 2 through 6 SST valves use a PTFE-liner in a S31600 shell; NPS 8 through 12 SST valves use a PTFE-liner in a fiberglass shell Thrust Bearing Sleeves: Stainless steel Shaft-Seal Thrust Plate: J Plated carbon steel (standard) or J S31600 SST Thrust-Plate Cap Screws: Steel
Flow Characteristic Conventional Disk: Approximately equal percentage through 60 degrees of disk rotation FISHTAILt Disk: Approximately equal percentage through 90 degrees of disk rotation
Flow Direction Conventional Disk: Bidirectional FISHTAIL Disk: Forward flow -The tail of the disk opens into the downstream end of the valve
Flow Coefficients See Fisher Catalog 12
Flow Coefficient Ratio(2) Conventional Disk: approximately 33 to 1 for a 0 to 60 degree disk rotation FISHTAIL Disk: 100 to 1 or greater for a 0 to 90 degree disk rotation
Disk Rotation Conventional Disk: On/Off Service: J 0 to 60 or J 0 to 90 degrees Throttling Service: 0 to 60 degrees
FISHTAIL Disk: 0 to 60 or 0 to 90 degrees for on/off or throttling
Noise Levels Refer to Catalog 12 for sound pressure level prediction
Shutoff Classification per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 Nitrile or PTFE Liner: Class VI
Actuator/Valve Action Field-reversible between J push-down-to-open (extending actuator stem opens disk) or J push-down-to-close (extending actuator stem closes disk)
(continued)
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
9500 Valve
D100058X012
Product Bulletin
51.4:9500 February 2019
Specifications (continued)
Actuator Mounting Mounting configurations are as follows: Actuator can be J perpendicular to (standard) or J parallel with pipeline with actuator to J right (standard) or J left of valve body (when viewed from valve inlet). With perpendicular mounting in horizontal pipeline, actuator can extend J above (standard) or J below pipeline. With parallel mounting, actuator can extend J upstream or J downstream of valve
Mating Flange Capabilities All sizes compatible with weld-neck flanges; also see the Installation section for slip-on flanges
Face-to-Face Dimensions Dimensions meet MSS SP-67 specifications for face-to-face dimensions of flangeless valves
Valve Shaft Diameters See figure 4 and table 5
Approximate Weights
See figure 4 and table 5
Options
Three-Way Valve: For converging or diverging service. Consists of two 9500 valves and a single actuator mounted on a pipe tee. Actuator operates both valves through tandem linkage. Contact your Emerson sales office for sizing information Flange Adapters: Provide additional liner support for use with J slip-on flanges and valve bodies NPS 6 and larger, J flexible flanges, J flanges having inside diameters less than or greater than standard weld-neck flanges, or for J dead-end service (valve installed at end of pipe run) Valve body for mating between CL300 flanges. Manual Actuator: Fisher 1077 manual handwheel rotary actuator, or the 1078 declutchable manual actuator, see figure 1
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any other applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded. 2. Ratio of maximum flow coefficient to minimum usable flow coefficient.
Figure 1. Fisher 1077 and 1078 Manual Rotary Actuators
W4579
1077 MANUAL ACTUATOR
W4867
1078 DECLUTCHABLE MANUAL ACTUATOR
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.4:9500 February 2019
9500 Valve
D100058X012
Table 1. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops(1)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SHUTOFF PRESSURE DROPS
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Liquid Service
PTFE Liner
Nitrile Liner
Cast Iron Valve
Material
Steel or Stainless Steel Valve Material
Cast Iron Valve
Material
Steel or Stainless Steel Valve Material
Gaseous Service
PTFE Liner
Nitrile Liner
Cast Iron Valve
Material
Steel or Stainless Steel Valve Material
Cast Iron Valve
Material
Steel or Stainless Steel Valve Material
Bar
2, 3, and 4
12.1
15.2
12.1
15.2
12.1
15.2
12.1
15.2
6, 8, 10, and 12
12.1
15.2
10.4
10.4
12.1
15.2
10.4
10.4
Psi
2, 3, and 4
175
220
175
220
175
220
175
220
6, 8, 10, and 12
175
220
150
150
175
220
150
150
1. The values in this table were determined using S17400 (17-4PH SST) shaft and taper pins. If other materials are used, you must refer to Catalog 14 Pages (section D) for adjustment percentages.
Features
nVersatile--Conventional disks are available for bidirectional, on/off or throttling control. Valves are available with S31600 [316 stainless steel (SST)] FISHTAIL disk for on/off or throttling control (see figure 2). The disks can be obtained in a variety of alloy materials for additional corrosion resistance.
nEconomical--Valve body and shafts are isolated from process fluid, allowing use of cast iron valve bodies for corrosive applications.
nAdjustable Shaft Seal--Liner is directed against a flat disk hub by a thrust bearing, creating a seal between the liner and the disk as shown in figure 3. Seals are adjusted as necessary to provide leak control.
nFlange Gasket Not Required--Partial O-ring (figure 3) is molded as part of the liner. It seals against
mating flanges which eliminate the need for flange gaskets.
nExcellent Flow Control--The conventional disk is approximately equal percentage flow characteristic through 60 degrees of its rotation. The FISHTAIL disk has an approximate equal percentage flow characteristic through a full 90 degrees of disk rotation.
nOperational Economy--The FISHTAIL disk reduces dynamic torque, which allows the use of a smaller actuator size for a given application.
nMinimum Maintenance--No lubrication is required, and no packing or flange gaskets to replace. Shaft seal is easy to adjust. Removing valve components and changing the valve action is accomplished without complete disassembly. Field-replaceable slip-in liner minimizes downtime and reduces maintenance costs.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
9500 Valve
D100058X012
Product Bulletin
51.4:9500 February 2019
Table 2. Mating Flange Compatibility
VALVE SIZE, NPS
2, 3 4
6, 8, 10 12
ASME
CL125B CL125B CL125B CL125B
CAST IRON
DIN
PN10 ---
PN10 ---
STEEL AND STAINLESS STEEL
ASME
DIN
CL150 CL150 CL150 CL150
PN16 PN16 PN16 PN16
Table 3. Disk and Liner Materials
DISK STYLE
DISK MATERIAL
Conventional FISHTAIL
Aluminum bronze S31600 stainless steel
LINER MATERIAL
PTFE-lined elastomer molded to aluminum backup ring
Nitrile molded to hard rubber backup ring PTFE-lined elastomer molded to aluminum backup ring
TEMPERATURE RANGE
°C
°F
-18 to 121
0 to 250
-7 to 93
20 to 200
-18 to 121
0 to 250
Table 4. Maximum Allowable Flowing Pressure Drops Due to Strength Capabilities of Valve Body Components
VALVE SIZE, NPS
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE FLOWING PRESSURE DROPS
Conventional Disk
FISHTAIL Disk
At 60 Degrees Rotation
At 90 Degrees Rotation
At 60 Degrees Rotation
At 90 Degrees Rotation
Bar
2
12.1(1) 15.2(2)
8.5
12.1(1) 15.2(2)
12.1(1) 15.2(2)
3
12.1(1) 15.2(2)
5.0
12.1(1) 15.2(2)
12.1(1) 15.2(2)
4
6.6
2.1
11.9
6.8
6
3.4
1.1
5.9
2.9
8
3.4
1.1
5.9
2.9
10
1.7
0.6
2.8
1.2
12
2.0
0.6
3.2
1.3
Psi
2
175(1) 220(2)
124
175(1) 220(2)
175(1) 220(2)
3
175(1) 220(2)
73
175(1) 220(2)
175(1) 220(2)
4
96
31
173
99
6
50
16
85
42
8
50
16
85
42
10
25
8
41
17
12
29
9
47
19
1. For cast iron valve bodies. 2. For steel or stainless steel valve bodies.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.4:9500 February 2019
9500 Valve
D100058X012
Figure 2. Sectional Views of Fisher 9500 Valves
ALUMINUM BACKUP RING
NITRILE MOLDED TO INSIDE DIAMETER AND SIDES OF BACKUP RING
THRUST BEARING
TAPER PIN SHAFT-DISK CONNECTION
ALUMINUM BACKUP RING
W1628-2*
FISHTAIL EDGE OF DISK
NITRILE LINER
W1627-2*
RESILIENT ELASTOMER MOLDED AROUND BACK UP RING PTFE LINING ON INSIDE DIAMETER, SIDES, AND SHAFT HOLES OF ELASTOMER
THRUST BEARING
PTFE LINER
Figure 3. Adjustable Hub Seal Details
BACKUP
RING
VALVE BODY
FLAT HUB OF DISK AND LINER
THRUST
PLATE
W1628-2*
NITRILE LINER PARTIAL O-RING
THRUST BEARING
Installation
Please refer to the Fisher 9500 instruction manual, (D100380X012) for additional / complete installation and maintenance instructions.
These valves may be installed in any position. For conventional disks, flow may be in either direction. For FISHTAIL disks, the FISHTAIL edge of the disks must be located in to the downstream end of the valve (see figure 2).
The liner overlaps the valve face producing the partial O-ring shown in figure 3. It acts as the flange gasket. Improper use of additional gasketing materials may damage the valve liner.
The simplicity of the 9500 valve design is achieved by relying on mating pipe flanges to retain the slip-in liner
in the valve body. Care must be taken during installation to assure that the pipe flanges are properly supported to avoid liner damage, flange joint leakage, and problems with valve operation. Flexible, plastic flanges; fiberglass, slip-on flanges; or weld-neck flanges with other than standard inside diameters may not provide adequate support for the liner. The use of flange adapters can overcome flange support problems during installation. Whenever a flange adapter is used, a standard flange gasket must be installed between the line flange and flange adapter. Do not use a flange gasket between the valve and flange adapter. The partial O-ring on the liner acts as the flange gasket and any additional gasket here will damage the liner.
Excessive line bolt load on flexible mating flanges can warp the liner. Also, failing to support the liner at the inside diameter can warp the liner. The use of flange adapters can overcome bolt load problems during installation.
Slip-on pipe flanges may be used with NPS 2, 3, or 4 9500 valves. Valves NPS 6 and larger will require flange adapters for complete liner support.
The maximum and minimum allowable inside diameter of mating flanges or adjacent pipes are given in figure 4 and table 5. Flanges or pipes with inside diameters smaller than the minimum shown may interfere with the opening of the disk. Flanges or pipes with an inside diameter larger than the maximum shown may not be in full contact with the liner. Flange adapters are needed in either case, to provide disk clearance or to fully contact the liner.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
9500 Valve
D100058X012
Product Bulletin
51.4:9500 February 2019
Table 5. Dimensions
A
B
VALVE
SIZE NPS
CL125 / 150
CL300
CL125 / 150
CL300
D
F S
E
Splined Valve
Q
(Shaft Diameter)
T
U
Shaft
mm
2
105 111 108 114 42.00 103
187
44
12.7
117 ---
3
119 129 127 137 45.00 133
211 48
15.9 146 32
4
116 151 146 159 51.00 171
211 54
15.9 146 32
6
167 186 171 191 54.00 220
214 57
19.1 146 32
8
198 217 203 222 61.00 276
214 64
25.4 146 32
10
230 249 235 254 69.00 335
214 71
25.4 146 32
12
268 287 273 292 78.00 405
208 81
31.8 210 51
Inches
2
4.13 4.38 4.25 4.50 1.64 4.06
7.38 1.75
0.50
4.62 ---
3
4.69 50.6 5.00 5.38 1.76 5.25
8.31 1.88
0.62
5.75 1.25
4
5.44 5.94 5.75 6.25 2.02 6.75
8.31 2.12
0.62
5.75 1.25
6
6.56 7.31 6.75 7.50 2.14 8.68
8.44 2.25
0.75
5.75 1.25
8
7.81 8.56 8.00 8.75 2.39 10.88
8.44 2.50
1.00
5.75 1.25
10
9.06 9.81 9.25 10.00 2.70 13.19
8.44 2.81
1.00
5.75 1.25
12 10.56 11.31 10.75 11.50 3.08 15.94
8.19 3.19
1.25
8.25 2.00
1. These size valves when installed between slip-on flanges require flange adapters for complete support.
Figure 4. Dimensions (also see table 5)
W
3/8-16 3/8-16 3/8-16 3/8-16 3/8-16 3/8-16 5/8-11
3/8-16 3/8-16 3/8-16 3/8-16 3/8-16 3/8-16 5/8-11
ALLOWABLE MATING FLANGE /
PIPEBORE
Min
Max
APPROX -IMATE WEIGHT
31 64 89 145 196 246 297
1.20 2.50 3.50 5.70 7.70 9.70 11.70
63 92 117 171(1) 222(1) 273(1) 330(1)
2.50 3.62 4.62 6.75(1) 8.75(1) 10.75(1) 13.00(1)
kg 9.4 11 14 20 27 32 54 Pounds 20 25 30 46 60 70 119
TO END OF
F
SHAFT
U
Sj
W
W
Ej
T
T
Q
D
A
B
F69403-D E0747
MOUNTING FOR NPS 2 ONLY
NOTE: FOR NON-CODE MATERIAL THE ASME CLASS REPRESENTS DIMENSIONS NOT PRESSURE TEMPERATURE RATING. DISK CHORDAL SWING DIA. AT VALVE FACE IS "M". PLEASE VERIFY CLEARANCE WITH PIPING.
MOUNTING FOR NPS 3 THROUGH 12
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.4:9500 February 2019
9500 Valve
D100058X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, and FISHTAIL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1989, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8532 Valve
D101552X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8532 February 2020
FisherTM 8532 High-Performance Butterfly Valve
The Fisher 8532 high-performance butterfly valve provides outstanding performance under extreme pressure and temperature conditions. The 8532 valve maintains tight shutoff, is available in a fire-tested version, and can be specified for cryogenic applications.
The 8532 valve is available as either a flangeless, wafer-style design or as a single-flange (lugged) design. A splined drive shaft combines with a variety of spring-and-diaphragm or pneumatic piston actuators to make the 8532 a reliable, high-performance butterfly valve for a variety of throttling and on-off applications in the various process industries.
The 8532 valve can be supplied with one of several dynamic seals (figure 4) that can be used in a variety of demanding applications. With the appropriate seal selection and materials of construction, the pressure-assisted seal provides excellent shutoff against the full CL150 or CL300 pressure ratings.
Features
nEconomical Tight Shutoff-- The pressure-assisted seal design provides tight shutoff against the full pressure rating of the specified valve.
nSafety-- Shaft blowout protection is designed into the 8532 valve (figure 6). The anti-blowout gland fits securely over the valve shaft which has been turned down to form a circumferential shoulder that contacts the anti-blowout gland.
nExcellent Flow Control-- With a modified equal percentage flow characteristic, the 8532 can be used for throttling applications through 90 degrees of disk rotation. Rangeability is 100 to 1.
nEconomically Designed for Minimal Deadband-- A splined end connection on the drive shaft allows lever clamping by most Fisher rotary actuators.
W9138-2
nApplication Versatility-- Optional keyed shaft is ideal for on/off applications and allows actuator selection flexibility. Standard construction materials and seal assemblies provide long life and outstanding performance in a broad range of liquid and gas applications.
nEase of Maintenance-- Interchangeability of all parts including shafts and disks simplifies service and reduces maintenance costs.
nImproved Environmental Capabilities-- The optional ENVIRO-SEALTM packing system is designed with very smooth stem surfaces and live-loading provides improved sealing, guiding, and loading force transmission. The ENVIRO-SEAL packing system can control emissions below the EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) limit of 100 ppm (parts per million).
nEasy Installation-- The valve body self-centers on the line flange bolts as a fast, accurate means of centering the valve in the pipeline.
nReliable Flange Gasketing Surface-- Seal retainer screws are located so there is no interference with the sealing function of either flat sheet or spiral wound line flange gaskets.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8532 February 2020
8532 Valve
D101552X012
Specifications
Available Valve Configurations
J Wafer (Flangeless), J Lugged (Single Flange), or J Double Flanged valve bodies
Valve Body Sizes
NPS J 14, J 16, J 18, J 20, J 24, J 30, J 36, J 42, and J 48
End Connection Style
Valve body is designed to fit between raised-face mating flanges per ASME B16.5 CL150 or CL300
Maximum Inlet Pressure/Temperature(1)
Consistent with J CL150 and J CL300 pressure/temperature ratings per ASME B16.34. Also, see figures 2 and 3 for additional information NPS 30 through 48: J CL150/150 construction has CL150 rated pressure retaining parts and 150 psid rated trim
Available Seal Configurations
Standard Constructions See figure 4 and table 2
Standard Construction Materials
Valve Body and Disk: ASTM grades of J carbon steel or J stainless steel
Disk Coating:
Hardfacing options are available. Chrome plate is standard with NOVEX, Phoenix III, or Cryogenic seals
Shaft: ASTM grade of J S17400 (17-4PH H1025 SST), or J S20910
Shaft Extension Lengths: High Temperature J Extensions are available but not required for temperatures less than 343_C (650_F), J Optional 6 inches for temperatures from 343 to 538_C (650 to 1000_F), or J 12 inches for temperatures above 538_C (1000_F) Cryogenic J 914mm (36 in) from valve center line
Seal Ring: J PTFE, J S31600 (316 SST), J S21800, J S31600/PTFE, J UHMWPE(4), or J CTFE(5).
Backup ring: J Nitrile, J Chloroprene, J PTFE, J Fluorocarbon--for a broad range of hydrocarbon and chemical process applications(1) or J EPR--for process applications including steam and water(1). A backup ring is not used with the NOVEX seal
Packing: J PTFE V-ring (standard packing), J Graphite (optional), or J ENVIRO-SEAL packing (optional)
Bearings: J PEEK(2) (standard material), and J S31600, J PTFE Composition, or J CoCr-A (Alloy 6) (optional)
Valve Body Classification
Wafer and Lugged face-to-face dimensions are in compliance with MSS SP68 and API 609 standards through NPS 24. Double Flange valve bodies comply with API 609 short face-to-face dimensions. Valve bodies are designed for installation between ASME B16.5 CL150 or CL300 raised-face flanges
Shutoff Classification. Per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Standard Soft Seal: Bidirectional shutoff Class VI (bubble-tight) NOVEX Seal: Unidirectional shutoff Class IV (preferred flow direction only(3)), Class VI optional (excluding NPS 42 and 48) Phoenix III Seal: Bidirectional shutoff Class VI (bubble-tight) Phoenix III Seal for Fire-Tested Applications: Unidirectional shutoff Class VI (reverse flow direction only) (bubble-tight). Fire Tested per API 607 Rev. 4. Contact your Emerson sales office for more information
Flow Characteristic
Modified equal percentage
Flow Coefficients
See table 1 and Fisher Catalog 12
Noise Levels
See Catalog 12 for sound pressure level prediction
-continued-
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8532 Valve
D101552X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8532 February 2020
Specifications (cont.)
Disk Rotation Clockwise to close Valve Dimensions and Approximate Weights See figures 7, 8, 9, and 10
ENVIRO-SEAL Packing
This optional J PTFE or J graphite packing system provides improved sealing, guiding, and transmission of loading force to control liquid and gas emissions. See Bulletin 59.3:041 ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems for Rotary Valves (D101638X012) for more information.
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin (figures 2 and 3), and any application code or standard limitation, should not be exceeded. 2. PEEK stands for poly-ether-ether-ketone. 3. For optimum seal performance, the preferred valve orientation at shutoff is with the retaining ring downstream from the high pressure side of the valve.
4. UHMWPE stands for ultra high molecular weight polyethylene. 5. CTFE not recommended for fast cycling, less than 2 seconds. Contact your Emerson sales office for other seals available for fast cycling or tighter shutoff.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8532 February 2020
8532 Valve
D101552X012
Figure 1. Flow Direction
REVERSE FLOW (NORMAL FLOW DIRECTION)
FORWARD FLOW
A7092
FACE SIDE OF DISK
Table 1. Flow Coefficients(1)(3)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
MAX Cv (2), VALVE 90_ OPEN
CL150/150
CL150
CL300
14
---
6320
4550
16
---
8600
5630
18
---
11,050
8230
20
---
13,850
9530
24
---
21,500
12,510
30
40,500
33,900
23,800
36
60,600
50,500
36,800
42
79,800
72,700
57,100
48
106,000
92,600
62,200
1. To obtain the flow coefficient Kv in terms of cubic meters per hour at one kilogram force per square centimeter differential pressure across the valve, using the following multiplier: Kv = 0.856 Cv . 2. Measured in gallons per minutes at 1 psi differential pressure across the valve. 3. See Catalog 12 for a complete listing of flow coefficients.
Installation
Recommended installation for the 8532 valve is with the shaft horizontal in a normal-flow direction. Horizontal installation will enhance valve performance because process fluid flow will sweep entrained solids
from valve surfaces. This sweeping action prevents particle buildup on seal surfaces. However, the valve may be installed in either the forward or reverse flow direction.
The standard soft seal offers bubble-tight, bidirectional shutoff. To meet the performance requirements of many of today's fire-tested requirements, a Phoenix III valve must be installed in the preferred valve orientation. Both the NOVEX and cryogenic seals are uni-directional and should be installed with the shaft upstream of the seal.
Unique operating conditions may require a specific combination of actuator motion. To satisfy unique operating requirements, the valve and actuator can be assembled in eight ways, providing for actuator motion and open disk position. For assistance in selecting the appropriate combination of actuator action and open valve position, consult your Emerson sales office.
Dimensions and weights are shown in figures 7, 8, 9, and 10.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8532 Valve
D101552X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8532 February 2020
Figure 2. Maximum Pressure/Temperature Ratings for Soft Seal, NOVEX Seal and Phoenix III Seal, CL150 and CL300
CL150 SOFT SEAL
CL300 SOFT SEAL
CL150 NOVEX SEAL
CL300 NOVEX SEAL
C0759-1/IL
CL150 PHOENIX III SEAL
CL300 PHOENIX III SEAL
Note 1 Because of potential erosive effects and premature seal failure that can occur, throttling PTFE seals at differential pressures greater than 300 psid at disk angles less than 20° open is not recommended. 2 Temperature limitations do not account for the additional limitations imposed by the backup O-ring used with this seal. To determine the effective temperature limi tation of the appropriate seal, backup O-ring combination, refer to table 1.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8532 February 2020
8532 Valve
D101552X012
Figure 3. Maximum Pressure/Temperature Ratings for Cryogenic Seal, CL150 and CL300
B2336
CL150 CRYOGENIC SEAL
CL300 CRYOGENIC SEAL
Figure 4. Available Seal Configurations
BACKUP O-RING
SEAL RING RETAINING RING
B2313-2
BODY
GRAPHITE GASKET
VALVE DISK
PTFE OR UHMWPE SOFT SEAL WITH BACKUP O-RING
GRAPHITE GASKET
BACKUP O-RING
NORMAL FLOW DIRECTION (REVERSE FLOW)
RETAINING RING
BODY
VALVE DISK
PHOENIX III FIRE SAFE SEAL
BODY
VALVE DISK NOVEX METAL SEAL
METAL SEAL RING RESILIENT INSERT NORMAL FLOW DIRECTION (REVERSE FLOW)
METAL SEAL RING
NORMAL FLOW DIRECTION (REVERSE FLOW)
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8532 Valve
D101552X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8532 February 2020
Figure 5. Typical Valve Assembly
SEE FIGURE 3
DISK
UPPER SHAFT
SEAT RETAINING RING BEARINGS
ANTI-BLOWOUT GLAND
THRUST BEARING GASKET RETAINER
DISK PINS
THRUST BEARING
ANTI-BLOWOUT FOLLOWER
PACKING FOLLOWER
GASKET
A7093
VALVE BODY
Figure 6. Blowout Protection
PACKING FLANGE
ANTIBLOWOUT FLANGE
SHAFT
HEX NUT STUD
HEX NUT
HEX NUT
PACKING FLANGE
SPRING PACK ASSEMBLY
SHAFT SHOULDER
STUD
LUBRICANT
HEX NUT ANTIBLOWOUT FLANGE
SHAFT SHOULDER
PACKING FOLLOWER
ANTI-EXTRUSION RING
PACKING SET
TYPICAL PTFE V-RING
PACKING
A7090
PACKING BOX RING
STANDARD PACKING ARRANGEMENT
ENVIRO-SEAL ARRANGEMENT (PTFE SHOWN)
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8532 February 2020
8532 Valve
D101552X012
Table 2. Material Temperature Ratings
COMPONENT AND MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION(1)
Valve Body(2) Carbon Steel (WCC or SA 516-70)(7)
CF8M (316 SST) CF8M/CF10M (316/316H)(3) Dual-Certified
TEMPERATURE RANGE
_C
_F
-29 to 427 -198 to 538 over 538 to 816
-20 to 800 -325 to 1000 over 1000 to 1500
Disk
CF8M (316 SST) CF8M/CF10M (316/316H)(3) Dual-Certified
-198 to 538 over 538 to 816
-325 to 1000 over 1000 to 1500
Disk Coating Chromium Carbide
Chrome Plating Chromium Coating
-198 to 816 -254 to 427 -254 to 593
-325 to 1500 -425 to 800 -425 to 1100
Shaft S20910 S17400 (17-4 pH 1025) N07718 N07750 N05500
Bearings(6) PEEK (standard)
S31600(4) R30006 (Alloy 6)
Bronze
-198 to 538 -73 to 427 -254 to 704 over 593 to 816 -198 to 482
-73 to 260 -198 to 816 -198 to 816 -254 to 302
-325 to 1000 -100 to 800 -425 to 1300 over 1100 to 1500 -325 to 900
-100 to 500 -325 to 1500 -325 to 1500 -425 to 575
Packing PTFE Packing and PTFE ENVIRO-SEAL Packing
Graphite packing Graphite packing with oxidizing media
Graphite ENVIRO-SEAL Packing
-148 to 232 -198 to 816 -198 to 538 -148 to 315
-325 to 450 -325 to 1500 -325 to 1000 -325 to 600
Seal Ring and Backup Ring
PTFE Seal Ring Nitrile Backup O-Ring Chloroprene Backup O-Ring
EPR Backup O-Ring Fluorocarbon Backup O-Ring
PTFE Backup O-Ring
UHMWPE(5) Seal Ring (CL150 Only) EPR Backup O-Ring
Fluorocarbon Backup O-Ring
-29 to 93 -43 to 149 -54 to 149 -29 to 204 -73 to 204
-54 to 93 -29 to 93
-20 to 200 -45 to 300 -65 to 300 -20 to 400 -100 to 400
-65 to 200 -20 to 200
Seal Ring
Phoenix III and/or Fire Tested Construction S31600 and PTFE Seal Ring with Nitrile Backup O-Ring
Chloroprene Backup O-Ring EPR Backup O-Ring
Fluorocarbon Backup O-Ring
NOVEX S31600 Seal(4) Ring (CL150) NOVEX S31600 Seal(4) Ring (CL300) NOVEX S21800 Seal(4) Ring (CL300)
-40 to 149 -54 to 149 -62 to 204 -40 to 232
-29 to 538 -29 to 816 -29 to 816
-40 to 300 -65 to 300 -80 to 400 -100 to 200
-20 to 1000 -20 to 1500 -40 to 1500
Cryogenic Seal Ring
Contact your Emerson sales office
1. NACE trim constructions are available; consult your Emerson sales office. 2. Special gasket retainer bolts are required for over 427_C (800_F) 3. Special retaining ring screws for single flange valves over 538_C (1000_F) 4. For a complete material description, contact your Emerson sales office.
5. UHMWPE stands for ultra high molecular weight polyethylene. 6. Special thrust bearings are required for high temp. applications over 343_C (650_F) (with 6- and 12-inch shaft extensions). Constructions with carbon steel valves and SST disks may require special thrust bearings at temperatures less than 343_C (650_F). 7. Cast or wrought /plate grades used interchangeably, depending upon availability - unless requested by customer.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8532 Valve
D101552X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8532 February 2020
Table 3. Dimensions and Weights, Wafer Style Valves
Valve
A(1)
D
G
K
M(2)
R
Size, Rating
NPS(5)
mm
CL150
91.9
208
295
327
331
422
14
CL300
117
356
319
364
304
437
CL150
102
208
318
371
375
465
16
CL300
133
356
353
397
346
498
CL150
114
356
349
400
419
529
18
CL300
149
356
384
419
389
556
CL150
127
356
381
432
464
584
20
CL300
159
265
416
483
442
605
CL150
154
356
438
292
581
692
24
CL300
181
546
483
546
523
716
CL150/150 121
---
516
559
744
864
30
CL150
159
---
521
591
736
867
CL300
241
---
576
648
681
865
CL150/150 149
---
613
683
888
1029
36
CL150
178
---
619
657
888
1032
CL300
273
---
675
740
838
1035
CL150/150 210
---
695
762
1032 1207
42
CL150
229
---
730
838
1028 1207
CL300
298
---
768
867
943
1162
CL150/150 229
---
826
889
1180 1364
48
CL150
260
---
797
902
1171 1372
Size
Rating
Inch
CL150
3.62
8.19 11.62 12.88 13.04 16.62
14
CL300
4.62 14.00 12.56 14.31 12.00 17.19
CL150
4.00
8.19 12.50 14.62 14.77 18.31
16
CL300
5.25 14.00 13.88 15.62 13.60 19.62
CL150
4.50 14.00 13.75 15.75 16.49 20.81
18
CL300
5.88 14.00 15.12 16.50 15.30 21.88
CL150
5.00 14.00 15.00 17.00 18.27 23.00
20
CL300
6.25 10.44 16.38 19.00 17.40 23.81
CL150
6.06 14.00 17.25 19.38 22.87 27.25
24
CL300
7.12 21.50 19.00 21.50 20.60 28.19
CL150/150 4.75
---
20.31 22.00 29.30 34.00
30
CL150
6.25
---
20.50 23.25 28.97 34.12
CL300
9.50
---
22.69 25.50 26.80 34.06
CL150/150 5.88
---
24.12 26.88 34.96 40.50
36
CL150
7.00
---
24.38 25.88 34.95 40.62
CL300
10.75
---
26.56 29.12 33.00 40.75
CL150/150 8.25
---
27.38 30.00 40.64 47.50
42
CL150
9.00
---
28.75 33.00 40.48 47.50
CL300
11.75
---
30.25 34.12 37.13 45.75
CL150/150 9.00
---
32.50 35.00 46.47 53.69
48
CL150
10.25
---
31.38 35.50 46.09 54.00
1. For NPS 14 through 24, face-to-face dimensions are in compliance with MSS SP68 and API 609. 2. Minimum internal diameter of the mating pipe or flange required for full disk clearance. 3. For valves with spline shafts. Use this nominal shaft diameter for selecting Fisher actuators. 4. This size and class wafer body has no tapped holes for mating pipe flange. 5. NPS 30 through 48 use keyed shaft as standard.
S(3)
31.8 44.5 31.8 44.5 39.6 57.2 44.5 76.0 57.2 76.0 -----------------------
1-1/4 1-3/4 1-1/4 1-3/4 1-9/16 2-1/4 1-3/4
3 2-1/4
3 -----------------------
T
235 273 235 273 273 337 273 337 337 337 337 337 508 337 305 432 337 305 432 305 508
9.25 10.75 9.25 10.75 10.75 13.25 10.75 13.25 13.25 13.25 13.25 13.25 20.00 13.25 12.00 17.00 13.25 12.00 17.00 12.00 20.00
U
W
46.0
17.5
Y ---(4)
Approx. Weight
kg
72
50.8
20.6 1-1/8 - 8 UNC 121
46.0
17.5
1 - 8 UNC
94
50.8
20.6 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 183
50.8
20.1 1-1/8 - 8 UNC 139
76.2
23.9 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 227
50.8
20.1 1-1/8 - 8 UNC 167
76.2
23.9 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 364
76.2
23.9 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 255
76.2
23.9 1-1/2 - 8 UNC 469
76
7/8-9
1 1/4-8
365
76
7/8-9
1 1/4-8
528
203 1 1/4-7
1 3/4-8
953
76
7/8-9
1 1/2-8
626
152 1 1/4-7 203 1 1/4-7
1 1/2-8 2 -8
806 1315
76
7/8-9
1 1/2-8
1100
152 1 1/4-7
1 1/2-8
1302
203 1 1/4-7
1 5/8-8
2263
152 1 1/4-7
1 1/2-8
1604
203 1 1/4-7
1 1/2-8
1904
lb
1.81
0.69
---(4)
158
2.00
0.81 1-1/8 - 8 UNC 266
1.81
0.69
1 - 8 UNC
207
2.00
0.81 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 403
2.00
0.81 1-1/8 - 8 UNC 307
3.00
0.94 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 500
2.00
0.81 1-1/8 - 8 UNC 368
3.00
0.94 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 802
3.00
0.94 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 563
3.00
0.94 1-1/2 - 8 UNC 1035
3.00 7/8-9 3.00 7/8-9
1 1/4-8 1 1/4-8
805 1164
8.00 1 1/4-7
1 3/4-8
2100
3.00 7/8-9
1 1/2-8
1380
6.00 1 1/4-7
1 1/2-8
1778
8.00 1 1/4-7
2 -8
2900
3.00 7/8-9
1 1/2-8
2425
6.00 1 1/4-7
1 1/2-8
2871
8.00 1 1/4-7
1 5/8-8
4989
6.00 1 1/4-7 8.00 1 1/4-7
1 1/2-8 1 1/2-8
3537 4198
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8532 February 2020
8532 Valve
D101552X012
Figure 7. Dimensions and Weights, Wafer Style Valves (also see table 3)
C0729-1
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8532 Valve
D101552X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8532 February 2020
Table 4. Dimensions and Weights, Lugged Valves
Valve
A(1)
D
G
K
M(2)
R
S(3)
T
U
W
Size,
Rating
NPS(5)
mm
CL150
91.9
208
295
327
331
531
31.8
235
46.0 17.5
14
CL300
117
356
319
364
304
594 44.5 273 50.8 20.6
CL150
102
208
318
371
375
607 31.8 235 46.0 17.5
16
CL300
133
356
353
397
346
657 44.5 273 50.8 20.6
CL150
114
356
349
400
419
645 39.6 273 50.8 20.1
18
CL300
149
356
384
419
389
721 57.2 337 76.2 23.9
CL150
127
356
381
432
464
696 44.5 273 50.8 20.1
20
CL300
159
265
416
483
442
784 76.0 337 76.2 23.9
CL150
154
356
438
292
581
822 57.2 337 76.2 23.9
24
CL300
181
546
483
546
523
924 76.0 337 76.2 23.9
CL150/150
121
---
516
559
744
864
---
337
76
7/8-9
30
CL150
159
---
521
591
736
867
---
337
76
7/8-9
CL300
241
---
576
648
681
865
---
508
203 1 1/4-7
CL150/150
149
---
613
683
888 1029
---
337
76
7/8-9
36
CL150
178
---
619
657
888 1032
---
305
152 1 1/4-7
CL300
273
---
675
740
838 1035
---
432
203 1 1/4-7
CL150/150
210
---
695
762 1032 1207
---
337
76
7/8-9
42
CL150
229
---
730
838 1028 1207
---
305
152 1 1/4-7
CL300
298
---
768
867
943 1162
---
432
203 1 1/4-7
CL150/150
229
---
826
889 1180 1364
---
305
152 1 1/4-7
48
CL150
260
---
797
902 1171 1372
---
508
203 1 1/4-7
Size
Rating
Inch
CL150
3.62 8.19 11.62 12.88 13.04 20.88 1-1/4 9.25 1.81 0.69
14
CL300
4.62 14.00 12.56 14.31 12.00 23.38 1-3/4 10.75 2.00 0.81
CL150
4.00 8.19 12.50 14.62 14.77 23.88 1-1/4 9.25 1.81 0.69
16
CL300
5.25 14.00 13.88 15.62 13.60 25.88 1-3/4 10.75 2.00 0.81
CL150
4.50 14.00 13.75 15.75 16.49 25.38 1-9/16 10.75 2.00 0.81
18
CL300
5.88 14.00 15.12 16.50 15.30 28.38 2-1/4 13.25 3.00 0.94
CL150
5.00 14.00 15.00 17.00 18.27 27.38 1-3/4 10.75 2.00 0.81
20
CL300
6.25 10.44 16.38 19.00 17.40 30.88
3
13.25 3.00 0.94
CL150
6.06 14.00 17.25 19.38 22.87 32.38 2-1/4 13.25 3.00 0.94
24
CL300
7.12 21.50 19.00 21.50 20.60 36.38
3
13.25 3.00 0.94
CL150/150 4.75
---
20.31 22.00 29.30 34.00
---
13.25 3.00 7/8-9
30
CL150
6.25
---
20.50 23.25 28.97 34.12
---
13.25 3.00 7/8-9
CL300
9.50
---
22.69 25.50 26.80 34.06
---
20.00 8.00 1 1/4-7
CL150/150 5.88
---
24.12 26.88 34.96 40.50
---
13.25 3.00 7/8-9
36
CL150
7.00
---
24.38 25.88 34.95 40.62
---
12.00 6.00 1 1/4-7
CL300
10.75
---
26.56 29.12 33.00 40.75
---
17.00 8.00 1 1/4-7
CL150/150 8.25
---
27.38 30.00 40.64 47.50
---
13.25 3.00 7/8-9
42
CL150
9.00
---
28.75 33.00 40.48 47.50
---
12.00 6.00 1 1/4-7
CL300
11.75
---
30.25 34.12 37.13 45.75
---
17.00 8.00 1 1/4-7
CL150/150 9.00
---
32.50 35.00 46.47 53.69
---
12.00 6.00 1 1/4-7
48
CL150
10.25
---
31.38 35.50 46.09 54.00
---
20.00 8.00 1 1/4-7
1. For NPS 14 through 24, face-to-face dimensions are in compliance with MSS SP68 and API 609. 2. Minimum internal diameter of the mating pipe or flange required for full disk clearance. 3. For valves with spline shafts. Use this nominal shaft diameter for selecting Fisher actuators. 4. Bolt hole quantity and bolt circle diameter to mate with B16.5 flanges for CL150 and CL300. Valve bodies also available with drilled-thru, clearance holes. 5. NPS 30 through 48 use keyed shaft as standard.
Y(4)
1 - 8 UNC 1-1/8 - 8 UNC
1 - 8 UNC 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 1-1/8 - 8 UNC 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 1-1/8 - 8 UNC 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 1-1/2 - 8 UNC
1 1/4-8 1 1/4-8 1 3/4-8 1 1/2-8 1 1/2-8
2 -8 1 1/2-8 1 1/2-8 1 5/8-8 1 1/2-8 1 1/2-8
1 - 8 UNC 1-1/8 - 8 UNC
1 - 8 UNC 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 1-1/8 - 8 UNC 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 1-1/8 - 8 UNC 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 1-1/2 - 8 UNC
1 1/4-8 1 1/4-8 1 3/4-8 1 1/2-8 1 1/2-8
2 -8 1 1/2-8 1 1/2-8 1 5/8-8 1 1/2-8 1 1/2-8
ApproxWeight
kg 95 227 138 294 178 402 224 544 315 821 525 736 1406 897 1120 1989 1328 1550 2726 1907 2248
lb 209 500 304 649 393 886 493 1200 773 1810 1157 1623 3100 1978 2470 4385 2928 3418 6009 4204 4955
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8532 February 2020
8532 Valve
D101552X012
Figure 8. Dimensions and Weights, Lugged Valves (also see table 4)
C0730-1
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8532 Valve
D101552X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8532 February 2020
Table 5. Dimensions and Weights, Double Flange Valves
Valve Size, Rating A(1)
B
D
G
K
R
S(2)
T
U
W
X
NPS
mm
CL150 191 95.3 208 295 327 533 31.8 235 46.0 17.5 28.4
14
CL300 290 145 356 319 364 584 44.5 273 50.8 20.6 31.8
CL150 216 108 208 318 371 597 31.8 235 46.0 17.5 28.4
16
CL300 310 155 356 353 397 648 44.5 273 50.8 20.6 34.8
CL150 222 111 356 349 400 635 39.6 273 50.8 20.1 31.8
18
CL300 330 165 356 384 419 711 57.2 337 76.2 23.9 34.8
CL150 229 114 356 381 432 699 44.5 273 50.8 20.1 31.8
20
CL300 350 175 265 416 483 767 76.0 337 76.2 23.9 34.8
CL150 267 133 356 438 292 813 57.2 337 76.2 23.9 35.0 24
CL300 390 195 546 483 546 914 76.0 337 76.2 23.9 41.1
Size
Rating
Inch
CL150 7.50 3.75 8.19 11.62 12.88 21.00 1-1/4 9.25 1.81 0.69 1.13
14
CL300 11.41 5.70 14.00 12.56 14.31 23.00 1-3/4 10.75 2.00 0.81 1.25
CL150 8.50 4.25 8.19 12.50 14.62 23.50 1-1/4 9.25 1.81 0.69 1.13
16
CL300 12.20 6.10 14.00 13.88 15.62 25.50 1-3/4 10.75 2.00 0.81 1.38
CL150 8.75 4.38 14.00 13.75 15.75 25.00 1-9/16 10.75 2.00 0.81 1.25
18
CL300 13.00 6.50 14.00 15.12 16.50 28.00 2-1/4 13.25 3.00 0.94 1.38
CL150 9.00 4.50 14.00 15.00 17.00 27.50 1-3/4 10.75 2.00 0.81 1.25
20
CL300 13.78 6.89 10.44 16.38 19.00 30.20
3
13.25 3.00 0.94 1.38
CL150 10.50 5.25 14.00 17.25 19.38 32.00 2-1/4 13.25 3.00 0.94 1.38
24
CL300 15.35 7.67 21.50 19.00 21.50 36.00
3
13.25 3.00 0.94 1.62
1. Face-to-face dimensions are in compliance with API 609 short series and ISO 5752. Contact your Emerson sales office for other face-to-face lengths. 2. For valves with spline shafts. Use this nominal shaft diameter for selecting Fisher actuators. 3. This size and class double-flange valve body has no tapped holes for mating pipe flange.
Y
---(3) 1-1/8 - 8 UNC
1 - 8 UNC 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 1-1/8 - 8 UNC 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 1-1/8 - 8 UNC 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 1-1/2 - 8 UNC
---(3) 1-1/8 - 8 UNC
1 - 8 UNC 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 1-1/8 - 8 UNC 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 1-1/8 - 8 UNC 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 1-1/4 - 8 UNC 1-1/2 - 8 UNC
ApproxWeight
kg 152 345 201 563 243 591 277 706 434 1307
335 760 443 1240 535 1303 611 1556 956 2881
Figure 9. Dimensions and Weights, Double Flange Valves (also see table 5)
G
K
D
R
S
Y
X
A B
T
W U
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8532 February 2020
8532 Valve
D101552X012
Table 6. Dimensions, Optional Keyed Shaft Valves
D
Valve Size, NPS(3)
Rating
E
L(1)
S(2)
mm
CL150
146
63.5
6.4
30.2
14
CL300
229
79.5
9.5
44.5
CL150
146
63.5
6.4
31.8
16
CL300
229
79.5
9.5
44.5
CL150
229
79.5
9.5
38.1
18
CL300
254
105
12.7
57.2
CL150
229
79.5
9.5
44.5
20
CL300
273
124
15.9
69.9
CL150
254
105
12.7
57.2
24
CL300
273
124
15.9
69.9
CL150/150
295
95
12.7
57
30
CL150
314
114
15.9
70
CL300
314
114
15.9
70
CL150/150
295
95
12.7
57
36
CL150
314
114
15.9
70
CL300
353
152
22.2
95
CL150/150
314
114
15.9
70
42
CL150
314
114
15.9
70
CL300
363
164
25.4
102
CL150/150
314
114
15.9
70
48
CL150
314
114
15.9
70
Size
Rating
Inch
CL150
5.75
2.50
0.25
1.19
14
CL300
9.00
3.13
0.38
1.75
CL150
5.75
2.50
0.25
1.25
16
CL300
9.00
3.13
0.38
1.75
CL150
9.00
3.13
0.38
1.50
18
CL300
10.00
4.13
0.50
2.25
CL150
9.00
3.13
0.38
1.75
20
CL300
10.75
4.88
0.63
2.75
CL150
10.00
4.13
0.50
2.25
24
CL300
10.75
4.88
0.63
2.75
CL150/150
11.62
3.75
0.500
2.25
30
CL150
12.38
4.50
0.625
2.75
CL300
12.38
4.50
0.625
2.75
CL150/150
11.62
3.75
0.500
2.25
36
CL150
12.38
4.50
0.625
2.75
CL300
13.88
6.00
0.875
3.75
CL150/150
12.38
4.50
0.625
2.75
42
CL150
12.38
4.50
0.625
2.75
CL300
14.31
6.44
1.000
4.00
CL150/150
12.38
4.50
0.625
2.75
48
CL150
12.38
4.50
0.625
2.75
1. Nominal square key size. 2. Nominal shaft diameter at the keyway. 3. NPS 30 through 48 use keyed shaft as standard.
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8532 Valve
D101552X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8532 February 2020
Figure 10. Dimensions, Optional Keyed Shaft Valves (also see table 6)
D
E L S
OPTIONAL KEYED DRIVE SHAFT
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8532 February 2020
8532 Valve
D101552X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E161991, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8560 Valve
D102028X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8560 February 2019
FisherTM 8560 High-Performance Butterfly Control Valve
Fisher 8560 high-performance butterfly valves feature a stainless steel disk with a stainless steel seal ring. The pressure-assisted metal seal ring provides excellent shutoff against pressure applied in the recommended flow direction for both liquid and gas applications.
The NOVEX and Phoenix III metal seals are available for demanding applications requiring excellent shutoff capabilities. The splined-shaft valve combines with a variety of power actuators to form a reliable, high-performance control valve suitable for throttling applications requiring extremely low leakage rates.
An optional double D shaft combines with a variety of power and manual actuators for use in quarter-turn or on/off applications.
Unless otherwise noted, all NACE references are to NACE MR0175-2002.
Features
nExcellent Flow Control--The eccentrically- mounted disk design provides an approximate linear flow characteristic and can be used for throttling or on/off control applications through 90 degrees of disk rotation.
nSour Service Capability--Trim and bolting materials are available for applications involving sour service. These constructions comply with the recommendations of NACE MR0175-2002.
W6361-1
Fisher 8560 Lugged Valve
nImproved Environmental Capabilities--The optional ENVIRO-SEALTM packing system is designed with improved sealing, guiding, and loading force transmission. The ENVIRO-SEAL packing system can control emissions to below the EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) limit of 100 ppm (parts per million) for valves.
nIntegral Shaft-to-Body Bonding--Standard valve construction includes conductive packing to provide electrical bonding for hazardous area applications.
nLow Cost Maintenance--Individual disk/shaft components can be replaced after disassembly due to sleeve and taper pin connections (see figure 1).
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8560 February 2019
8560 Valve
D102028X012
Specifications
Valve Sizes and End Connection Styles
NPS J 3, J 4, J 6, J 8, J 10, and J 12 valve size available in lugged style
Maximum Inlet Pressure(1)
Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Valve Bodies: Consistent with CL150 and 300 pressure-temperature ratings per ASME B16.34 unless limited by material temperature capabilities
Maximum Pressure Drops(1)
Consistent with CL150 and 300 pressure-temperature ratings per ASME B16.34 except for Phoenix III seals which are derated at some higher pressure-temperature values. Refer to figure 6
Shutoff Classifications
J NOVEX Seal: For NPS 3 through 12. Unidirectional shutoff is Class IV. See figure 2 J Phoenix III Seal: For NPS 3 through 12. Bidirectional shutoff to Class VI per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4. See figure 2. For the optional Phoenix III Fire-Tested seal(2), consult your Emerson sales office.
Flow Coefficients See table 1 and Fisher Catalog 12
Flow Coefficient Ratio(3) 100 to 1
Noise Levels See Catalog 12 for sound pressure level prediction
Disk Rotation Clockwise to close (when viewing from the drive shaft end) through 90 degrees of disk rotation
Actuator/ Valve Action With a diaphragm or piston rotary actuator, the valve action is field-reversible. Refer to information provided in the Installation section and figure 7
Valve Classification Face-to-face dimensions of NPS 3 through 12 valves in CL150 or 300, meets API 609 or MSS-SP68 standards for face-to-face dimensions of lugged valves (see figure 4)
Construction Materials
Refer to table 2 for standard material selections and component temperature ranges
Mating Flange Capabilities
All sizes compatible with CL150 and 300 flanges (schedule 80 or lighter, see figure 4, Dimension M)
Material Temperature Capabilities(1)
NOVEX Seal: -46 to 538_C (-50 to 1000_F) Phoenix III: -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F)
Shaft Diameters See figure 4
ENVIRO-SEAL Packing
Flow Characteristic Approximately linear
Flow Direction Refer to figure 7
This optional J PTFE or J graphite packing system provides improved sealing, guiding, and transmission of loading force to control liquid and gas emissions (see figure 3). See Bulletin 59.3:041 ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems for Rotary Valves (D101638X012)for more information.
1. The pressure-temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded. 2. For component selection and applicable fire-tested standards and codes, consult your Emerson sales office (see table 2).
3. Ratio of maximum flow coefficient to minimum usable flow coefficient.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8560 Valve
D102028X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8560 February 2019
Installation
It is recommended that the valve drive shaft be mounted in a horizontal position as shown in the figures on page 1. Operating conditions may require specific valve/actuator fail action, styles, positions and flow direction. Valves with NOVEX seal rings require mounting in the reverse flow direction. Refer to figure 7. Large valve/actuator assemblies may require additional support because of their combined weight.
Fail Action: For actuators with spring returns, spring fail action is available for push-down-to-open or push-down-to-close valve action. The valve action is field reversible.
For assistance in selecting the valve/actuator mounting suited to your application, consult your Emerson sales office.
Dimensions for lugged valves are shown in figure 4.
Table 1. Flow Coefficients(1)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
3 4 6 8 10 12
1. See Fisher Catalog 12 for a complete listing of flow coefficients.
Cv FORWARD FLOW WITH DISK WIDE OPEN (90 DEGREES ROTATION)
CL150
CL300
237 499 1250 2180 3600 5400
237 488 1110 2070 3480 5130
Table 2. Construction Material Temperature Limits
COMPONENTS AND MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
Valve Body Material Carbon Steel CF8M Disk Material CF8M Shaft Material S20910 S17400 Bearing Material PEEK / PTFE lined Metal Packing Material PTFE V-Rings Graphite rings Seal Ring NOVEX Metal Seal Ring Phoenix III Metal Seal Ring Fluorocarbon backup ring Phoenix III Fire-Tested(1) Metal Seal Ring Fluorocarbon backup ring
(Specify metal bearings and graphite packing)
1. For component selection and applicable fire-tested standards and codes, consult your Emerson sales office.
TEMPERATURE LIMITS
_C
_F
-29 to 427 -198 to 538
-20 to 800 -325 to 1000
-198 to 538
-325 to 1000
-198 to 538 -62 to 427
-325 to 1000 -80 to 800
-73 to 260 -198 to 538
-100 to 500 -325 to 1000
-46 to 232 -198 to 538
-50 to 450 -325 to 1000
-46 to 538 -40 to 232
-50 to 1000 -40 to 450
-40 to 232
-40 to 450
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8560 February 2019
8560 Valve
D102028X012
Figure 1. Typical Valve Construction
RETAINER RING SCREWS
W6233-1
SEAL RING
LUGGED STYLE
TAPER PINS AND HOLLOW PINS
PACKING FOLLOWER
W6235-2
VALVE BODY
DISK BEARING
PTFE V-RING PACKING
SPLINED SHAFT
Figure 2. Available Seal Configuration
GRAPHITE GASKET
VALVE BODY
PRESSUREASSISTED SEAL
SEAL RING
RETAINING RING
A6301-1
UNIDIRECTIONAL SEAL NOVEX METAL SEAL
HUB SIDE OF DISK
HIGH PRESSURE SHUTOFF
GRAPHITE GASKET
RETAINING RING
VALVE BODY
BACKUP O-RING
SEAL RING
HUB SIDE OF DISK
RESILIENT
INSERT
BIDIRECTIONAL SEAL
PHOENIX III METAL SEAL
HIGH PRESSURE SHUTOFF
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8560 Valve
D102028X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8560 February 2019
Figure 3. Typical Packing Arrangement
PTFE V-RING PACKING
PACKING FLANGE
SPRING PACK ASSEMBLY ANTI-EXTRUSION RING
PACKING SET
PACKING FOLLOWER
PACKING SET
1
PACKING RING PACKING BOX
RING
STANDARD PACKING
GRAPHITE RIBBON PACKING
PACKING FLANGE NUT
LUBRICANT
PACKING FLANGE STUD
PACKING BOX RING
PACKING FLANGE SPRING PACK ASSEMBLY
PACKING SET
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE PACKING SYSTEM
PACKING FLANGE NUT
LUBRICANT
PACKING FLANGE STUD PACKING BOX RING
C0785*A
ENVIRO-SEAL GRAPHITE PACKING SYSTEM
Note: 1 Includes zinc washers for graphite ribbon packing only.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8560 February 2019
8560 Valve
D102028X012
Table 3. CL150 Valve Dimensions
Valve Size, NPS
A
E
G
K
M(2)
R
S(1)
T
U
mm
3
48
188
79
121
73
189
12.7
117
- - -
4
54
188
102
143
97
219
15.9
117
- - -
6
57
214
129
172
146
273
19.1
152
32
8
64
214
157
200
191
333
25.4
152
32
10
71
208
198
254
238
406
31.8
235
46
12
81
208
230
279
284
476
38.1
235
46
Inches
3
1.88
7.38
3.12
4.00
2.88
7.44
1/2
4.62
- - -
4
2.12
7.38
4.00
5.62
3.81
8.62
5/8
4.62
- - -
6
2.25
8.44
5.06
6.75
5.75
10.75
3/4
6.00
1.25
8
2.50
8.44
6.19
7.88
7.50
13.12
1
6.00
1.25
10
2.81
8.19
7.81
10.00
9.38
16.00
1-1/4
9.25
1.81
12
3.19
8.19
9.06
11.00
11.19
18.75
1-1/2
9.25
1.81
1. This nominal valve shaft diameter is the shaft diameter through the packing box. Use this diameter when selecting Fisher actuators. 2. Disk chordal swing diameter at valve face. Please verify with piping.
Table 4. CL300 Valve Dimensions
Valve Size, NPS
A
E
G
K
M(2)
R
S(1)
T
U
mm
3
48
188
95
137
73
206
15.9
117
- - -
4
54
214
121
165
97
238
19.1
152
32
6
59
214
152
197
146
308
25.4
152
32
8
73
208
183
235
188
375
31.8
235
46
10
83
208
229
268
233
438
38.1
235
46
12
92
365
308
308
278
508
44.5
273
51
Inches
3
1.88
7.38
3.75
5.38
2.88
8.12
5/8
4.62
- - -
4
2.12
8.44
4.75
6.50
3.81
9.38
3/4
6.00
1.25
6
2.31
8.44
6.00
7.75
5.69
12.12
1
6.00
1.25
8
2.88
8.19
7.19
9.25
7.38
14.75
1-1/4
9.25
1.81
10
3.25
8.19
9.00
10.56
9.19
17.25
1-1/2
9.25
1.81
12
3.61
14.00
12.12
12.12
10.94
20.00
1-3/4
10.75
2.00
1. This nominal valve shaft diameter is the shaft diameter through the packing box. Use this diameter when selecting Fisher actuators. 2. Disk chordal swing diameter at valve face. Please verify with piping.
W
Y
See thread information
below
See thread information
below
1/2-13 1/2-13 1/2-13 1/2-13 5/8-11 5/8-11
5/8-11 4-holes 5/8-11 8-holes 3/4-10 8-holes 3/4-10 8-holes 7/8-9 12-holes 7/8-9 12-holes
W
Y
See thread information
below
21
See thread information
below
1/2-13 1/2-13 1/2-13 5/8-11 5/8-11 0.82
3/4-10 8-holes 3/4-10 8-holes 3/4-10 12-holes 7/8-9 12-holes 1-8 16-holes 1-1/8-8 16-holes
Figure 4. Typical Valve Dimensions (also see tables 3 and 4)
G
K
E
A
A
S
T
T
R
14B0833-B 14B0835-D B2433
Y LUGGED VALVE
Note: Disk chordal swing diameter at valve face is M. Please verify clearance with piping.
W
W
NPS 3 THROUGH 4 CL150 NPS 3 CL300
U NPS 6 THROUGH 12 CL150
NPS 4 THROUGH 12 CL300
TYPICAL VALVE MOUNTING
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8560 Valve
D102028X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8560 February 2019
Table 5. CL150 Valve Dimensions
Valve Size, NPS
A
E
G
K
M(2)
R
S(1)
Flat Size
Flat Length
T
mm
3
48
83
79
121
73
189
12.7
9.50
25.4
83
4
54
83
102
124
97
219
15.9 11.07 25.4
83
6
57
83
129
152
146
273
19.1 14.25 25.4
95
8
64
83
157
181
191
333
25.4 17.45 25.4
95
10
71
89
198
229
238
406
31.8 20.60 25.4
133
12
81
89
230
254
284
476
38.1 25.37 38.1
133
Inches
3
1.88
3.25
3.12
4.00
2.88
7.44
1/2
0.374
1
3.25
4
2.12
3.25
4.00
4.88
3.81
8.62
5/8
0.436
1
3.25
6
2.25
3.25
5.06
6.00
5.75 10.75
3/4
0.561
1
3.75
8
2.50
3.25
6.19
7.12
7.50 13.12
1
0.687
1
3.75
10
2.81
3.50
7.81
9.00
9.38 16.00 1-1/4 0.811
1
5.25
12
3.19
3.50
9.06 10.00 11.19 18.75 1-1/2 0.999
1.5
5.25
1. This nominal valve shaft diameter is the shaft diameter through the packing box. Use this diameter when selecting Fisher actuators. 2. Disk chordal swing diameter at valve face. Please verify clearance with piping.
Table 6. CL300 Valve Dimensions
Valve Size, NPS
A
E
G
K
M(2)
R
S(1)
Flat Size
Flat Length
T
mm
3
48
83
95
119
73
206
15.7 11.07 25.4
83
4
54
83
121
146
97
238
19.0 14.25 25.4
95
6
59
83
152
178
145
308
25.4 17.45 25.4
95
8
73
89
183
210
188
375
31.8 20.60 25.4
133
10
83
89
229
243
233
438
38.1 25.37 38.1
133
12
92
89
308
279
278
508
44.4 28.55 38.1
146
Inches
3
1.88
3.25
3.75
4.69
2.88
8.12
5/8
0.436
1
3.25
4
2.12
3.25
4.75
5.75
3.81
9.38
3/4
0.561
1
3.75
6
2.31
3.25
6.00
7.00
5.69 12.12
1
0.687
1
3.75
8
2.88
3.50
7.19
8.25
7.38 14.75 1-1/4 0.811
1
5.25
10
3.25
3.50
9.00
9.56
9.19 17.25 1-1/2 0.999
1.5
5.25
12
3.62
3.50 12.12 11.00 10.94 20.00 1-3/4 1.124
1.5
5.75
1. This nominal valve shaft diameter is the shaft diameter through the packing box. Use this diameter when selecting Fisher actuators. 2. Disk chordal swing diameter at valve face. Please verify clearance with piping.
U
19 19 25 25 38 38
0.75 0.75 1.00 1.00 1.50 1.50
U
19 25 25 38 38 38
0.75 1.00 1.00 1.50 1.50 1.50
W
Y
See thread information
below
See thread information below
3/8-16 3/8-16 1/2-13 1/2-13 5/8-11 5/8-11
5/8-11 4-holes 5/8-11 8-holes 3/4-10 8-holes 3/4-10 8-holes 7/8-9 12-holes 7/8-9 12-holes
W
Y
See thread information
below
See thread information below
3/8-16 1/2-13 1/2-13 5/8-11 5/8-11 3/4-10
3/4-10 8-holes 3/4-10 8-holes 3/4-10 12-holes 7/8-9 12-holes 1-8 16-holes 1 1/8-8 16-holes
Figure 5. Typical Valve Dimensions with Double D Shaft (also see tables 5 and 6)
A
G
K
E
Y
FLAT SIZE
R
14B0818-D 14B0829-D 14B0830-D B2437-2
LUGGED VALVE
T S
W
U TYPICAL VALVE MOUNTING
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8560 February 2019
8560 Valve
D102028X012
Figure 6. Maximum Pressure-Temperature Ratings
OPERATING TEMPERATURE, _C
PHOENIX III SEAL WITH PTFE INSERT
A6306-2
OPERATING TEMPERATURE, _F
Note: 1Temperature limitations do not account for the additional limitations imposed by the backup ring used with this seal. To determine the effective temperature limitation of the appropriate seal/backup ring combination, refer to table 2.
Figure 7. Actuator Mounting
RETAINER RING SIDE
RETAINER RING
REVERSE FLOW
MFG LABEL
FORWARD FLOW
FLOW ARROW
ARROW SHOWS FLOW DIRECTION FOR NOVEX METAL SEAL, AND PREFERRED FLOW DIRECTION FOR PHOENIX METAL SEAL
75B1181-A A6882
REVERSE FLOW
FACE SIDE OF DISK
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1994, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8580 Valve
D103299X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8580 April 2020
FisherTM 8580 Rotary Valve
The Fisher 8580 rotary valve offers excellent throttling and automated on-off, quarter-turn performance. An approximately linear flow characteristic provides precise throttling control. The 8580 valve offers high cycle life and rugged reliability.
The valve body meets PN 10 through PN 40, CL150, and CL300 ratings. Face-to-face dimensions meet EN 558, API 609, and MSS-SP68 standards. Line centering clips provide for versatility to mount and align the same wafer style valve body in different piping configurations (ASME and EN ratings).
The 8580 rotary valve features an eccentrically-
mounted disk with either soft or metal seal, providing
capability for enhanced shutoff. The interchangeable
sealing technology allows for the same valve body to
W9498-3
accept both soft and metal seals.
LUGGED STYLE (NPS 3 through NPS 12)
8580 Features
nApproximately linear flow characteristic -- An approximately linear flow characteristic provides precise throttling control.
nGlobal Standards -- The valve is based on API, ASME, and EN standards, making it suitable for use in all world areas. An optional mounting bracket provides ISO 5211 actuator mounting capability.
nPEEK/PTFE bearing as standard -- The PTFE-lined PEEK bearing is a low friction, low wear bearing. It allows the valve to operate under high pressure drops for a high cycle life while maintaining low torque. The "drop-in" bearing design enables fast, easy maintenance.
nSpline-ended Shaft -- The splined shaft with clamped lever and single-pivot linkage reduces lost motion between the actuator and the valve shaft.
X1426
DOUBLE FLANGED STYLE (NPS 3 through NPS 12)
nApplication Versatility -- Optional square shaft is ideal for on/off applications and allows actuator selection flexibility. Standard construction materials and seal assemblies provide long life and superior performance in a broad range of liquid and gas applications.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8580 April 2020
8580 Valve
D103299X012
nExcellent Shutoff -- Both the metal and soft seal rings have pressure-assisting sealing action that ensures tight shutoff regardless of pressure drop.
nImproved shaft-disk pinning -- The improved expansion pin system ensures there is a positive, durable connection between disk and shaft. This connection reduces backlash and wear in the drive system, optimizing long-term performance. It also makes disassembly for maintenance quick and simple with no need for special tools.
nNew Spring-Loaded Shaft -- The spring in the outboard shaft provides support to the drive train and disk, enabling the shaft to be installed in both horizontal and vertical orientations with no detriment to performance or cycle life. This complements the ability to mount the actuator on the left- or right-hand side, enabling access for any installation.
nExcellent Emissions Capabilities -- The optional ENVIRO-SEALt packing systems, are designed with very smooth shaft surfaces and live-loading to provide improved sealing, guiding, and loading force transmission. The seal of the ENVIRO-SEAL system can control emissions to below 100 ppm (parts per million).
nSour Service Capability -- Trim and bolting materials are available for applications involving sour liquids and gases. These constructions comply with NACE MR0175-2002, MR0103, and MR0175 / ISO 15156.
nField-Reversible Valve Action -- The actuator/valve assembly action can be converted from push-down-to-open to push-down-to-close, or vice versa, without additional parts.
nEasy Installation -- Line-centering clips engage the line flange bolts to simplify installation and provide for centering of wafer-style valves in the pipeline. End connections are compatible with EN and ASME standards.
nLong Seal Life -- The opening and closing path of the eccentric disk minimizes disk contact with the seal ring, thereby reducing seal wear, undue friction, and seating torque requirements. See figure 2.
nReliable Flange Gasketing Surface -- The seal retainer screws and retention clips are outside the gasket surface of the seal retainer. Spiral-wound or flat-sheet gaskets can be installed between the uninterrupted seal retainer face and the pipeline flange.
nIntegral Shaft-to-Valve Body Bonding -- Standard valve construction includes conductive packing to provide electrical bonding for hazardous area applications.
nPowder paint as standard -- The Emerson powder paint finish offers an excellent corrosion-resistant finish to all steel parts.
nHigh Temperature Capability -- The valve will operate at elevated temperatures, with the appropriate trim components.
nShaft Retention -- Redundant shaft retention provides added protection. The packing follower, anti-blowout ring, and shaft groove interact to hold the shaft securely in the valve body (see figure 1).
nTravel Indication -- Additional travel indication can be achieved by using the indication line on the shaft, along with the disk position markings on the packing follower (see figure 4).
Table of Contents
8580 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8580 Valve Specifications and Materials of Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8580 Valve
D103299X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8580 April 2020
8580 Valve Specifications and Materials of Construction
Table 1. Fisher 8580 Valve Specifications
Specifications
EN
ASME
Valve Body Size
DN 50, 80, 100, 150, 200, 250, and 300
NPS 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, and 12
Pressure Rating
PN 10 to 40
CL150 / 300, CL150-600 for NPS 2
Valve Body Materials
Disk Materials
PTFE or RPTFE(4) Seal
Metal or UHMWPE(3) Seal
End Connections(5)
EN 1.0619 steel EN 1.4409 stainless steel
LCC CW2M(1) M35-2(2) EN 1.4409 stainless steel
CW2M M35-2 Chrome-plated EN 1.4409 Stainless Steel Chrome-carbide EN 1.4409 Stainless Steel Mates with raised-face flanges per EN 1092-1
WCC steel CF3M (316L) stainless steel
LCC CW2M(1)
M35-2 CF3M stainless steel
CW2M M35-2 Chrome-plated CF3M Stainless Steel Chrome-carbide CF3M Stainless Steel Mates with raised-face flanges per ASME B16.5
Valve Body Style Face-to-Face Dimensions
Shutoff
Lugged with tapped or through holes, Double-Flange with through holes, and Wafer (for select sizes) Meets MSS SP68, API 609, and EN 558 standards
PTFE, RPTFE, or UHMWPE seal ring - Class VI per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 S31600 (316 SST) seal ring - Class IV per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Flow Coefficients
See Fisher Catalog 12
Flow Direction
Standard (forward flow) is with the seal retainer facing upstream; reverse flow is permissible for soft seals only
Flow Characteristic
Approximately linear
Disk Rotation
Counterclockwise to open (when viewed from actuator side of valve body) through 90 degrees of disk rotation
Shaft Diameters and Approximate Weights
1. This material is not listed in EN 12516-1 or ASME B16.34. See figure 6 for pressure/temperature ratings. 2. This material is not listed in EN 12516-1. See figure 6 for pressure/temperature ratings. 3. UHMWPE stands for ultra high molecular weight polyethylene. 4. RPTFE is a reinforced PTFE seal. 5. Valve is designed to be installed between two pipe flanges. Valve has not been designed for dead-end service.
See table 7
Table 2. Materials (Other Valve Components)
Component
Material
Shafts and Pins
S17400 (17-4PH) stainless steel, S20910 (XM-19) stainless steel, N10276, N05500
Anti-blowout Ring
N07718
PTFE, RPTFE, or UHMWPE with S31600 (316 stainless steel) or R30003 spring. Metal seal is 316 stainless steel with
Seal
graphite gaskets
Bearings
PEEK/PTFE, R30006 (Alloy 6), S31600 Nitride
Packing
PTFE/carbon-filled PTFE (standard), graphite die-molded ribbon, ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing, ENVIRO-SEAL graphite packing
Follower Spring
N07718 with carbon-filled PEEK or S31600 spring seats
Bolting
B8M Class 2, B7M, N05500, N07718
Nuts
8M, 2HM, N04400, N10276
Table 3. Trim Combinations with Standard Construction Materials
Valve Body Material
Shaft Material
Disk Material
1.4409 & CF3M
1.0619 & WCC
S17400 H1075
1.4409 & CF3M Chrome-Plated
LCC
1.4409 & CF3M CW2M M35-2
S17400 H1075
S20910 N10276 N05500
1.4409 & CF3M 1.4409 & CF3M 1.4409 & CF3M Chrome-Plated, 1.4409 & CF3M Chrome-Carbide
CW2M M35-2
Bearings PEEK/PTFE PEEK/PTFE Alloy 6 or S31600 Nitride PEEK/PTFE PEEK/PTFE PEEK/PTFE Alloy 6 or S31600 Nitride PEEK/PTFE PEEK/PTFE
Seal Material PTFE or RPTFE UHMWPE or Metal
Metal PTFE PTFE or RPTFE UHMWPE or Metal Metal PTFE or RPTFE PTFE or RPTFE
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8580 April 2020
8580 Valve
D103299X012
Figure 1. Typical Fisher 8580 Valve Construction Detail
FOLLOWER SHAFT
EXPANSION PIN AND TAPER PIN
SEAL RETAINER
SEAL RING
ANTI-BLOWOUT RING
BEARING
DRIVE SHAFT
SEAL RETAINER
SEAL RING
VALVE BODY
DISK
DISK
GE36289-C.1
SOFT SEAL
Note: Split shaft construction shown. Size NPS 8 through NPS 12 are thru-shaft.
4
METAL SEAL
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8580 Valve
D103299X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8580 April 2020
Figure 2. Comparison of Disk Action
SEAL RING (SOFT SEAL CONSTRUCTION SHOWN)
ECCENTRIC DISK CENTER OF ROTATION CENTERLINE OF VALVE BODY
OPEN
CONVENTIONAL DISK PATH OF ROTATION
ECCENTRIC DISK PATH OF ROTATION
CONVENTIONAL DISK CENTER OF ROTATION
CONVENTIONAL DISK
GE36289-C.1
Note: Split shaft construction shown.
DISK FULLY CLOSED
ECCENTRIC DISK
VALVE BODY DISK FULLY OPEN
Figure 3. Available Seal Configuration
SEAL RETAINER
PRESSURE-ASSISTED SEAL
HIGH PRESSURE SHUTOFF DISK FACE
B1558-3
METAL SEAL
SEAL VALVE BODY RETAINER
SPRING
PRESSUREASSISTED SEAL
HIGH PRESSURE SHUTOFF DISK FACE
VALVE BODY
SEAL RING
SOFT SEAL
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8580 April 2020
8580 Valve
D103299X012
Figure 4. Travel Indication
GE36289-C.2
Table 4. Material Temperature Capabilities
MATERIAL
PN FLANGES
Valve Body
Shaft
Bearing Lining and Jacket
Seal
Packing
1.0619 Steel S17400 or S20910
PEEK / PTFE
PTFE or RPTFE
PTFE or Graphite
UHMWPE Metal or Flow Ring
PTFE or Graphite PTFE
Graphite
R30006 (Alloy 6) or S31600 Nitride Metal or Flow Ring
Graphite
LCC
S17400 or S20910
PEEK / PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
1.4409 Stainless
Steel
S20910
PEEK / PTFE
PTFE or RPTFE UHMWPE
Metal or Flow Ring
PTFE or Graphite PTFE or Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
R30006 (Alloy 6) or S31600 Nitride Metal or Flow Ring
Graphite
CW2M
N10276
PEEK / PTFE
PTFE or RPTFE
PTFE
M35-2
N05500
PEEK / PTFE
PTFE or RPTFE
PTFE
ASME FLANGES
Valve Body
Shaft
Bearing Lining and Jacket
Seal
Packing
WCC steel S17400 or S20910
PEEK / PTFE
PTFE or RPTFE
PTFE or Graphite
UHMWPE Metal or Flow Ring
PTFE or Graphite PTFE
Graphite
R30006 (Alloy 6) or S31600 Nitride Metal or Flow Ring
Graphite
LCC
S17400 or S20910
PEEK / PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
CF3M Stainless
Steel
S20910
PEEK / PTFE
PTFE or RPTFE UHMWPE
Metal or Flow Ring
PTFE or Graphite PTFE or Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
R30006 (Alloy 6) or S31600 Nitride Metal or Flow Ring
Graphite
CW2M
N10276
PEEK / PTFE
PTFE or RPTFE
PTFE
M35-2
N05500
PEEK / PTFE
PTFE or RPTFE
PTFE
1. For applications exceeding 427_C (800_F), consult your Emerson sales office for appropriate disk edge coating material selection.
TEMPERATURE LIMITS
_C 10 to 232 10 to 93 10 to 232 10 to 260 10 to 400 46 to 232 46 to 232 18 to 93 46 to 232 46 to 260 10 to 500(1) 10 to 232 10 to 232
_F 14 to 450 14 to 200 14 to 450 14 to 500 14 to 752 50 to 450 50 to 450 0 to 200 50 to 450 50 to 500 14 to 932(1) 14 to 450 14 to 450
_C 29 to 232 18 to 93 29 to 232 29 to 260 29 to 427 46 to 232 46 to 232 18 to 93 46 to 232 46 to 260 46 to 454(1) 46 to 232 46 to 232
_F -20 to 450 0 to 200 -20 to 450 -20 to 500 -20 to 800 50 to 450 50 to 450 0 to 200 50 to 450 50 to 500 50 to 850(1) 50 to 450 50 to 450
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8580 Valve
D103299X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8580 April 2020
Figure 5. Material Pressure/Temperature Curves
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8580 April 2020
8580 Valve
D103299X012
Figure 6. Material Pressure/Temperature Curves
1
2
1. CW2M is not listed in EN 12516-1 or ASME B16.34. The PN and CL designations are used only to indicate relative pressure-retaining capabilities. 2. M35-2 is not listed in EN 12516-1. The PN designations are used only to indicate relative pressure-retaining capabilities. 8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8580 Valve
D103299X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8580 April 2020
Figure 7. Material Pressure/Temperature Curves
E1140
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8580 April 2020
8580 Valve
D103299X012
Table 5. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops based on Trim (Seal, Shaft, and Bearings), Bar
Note: Do not exceed the EN12516-1 or ASME B16.34 pressure/temperature rating of the valve or mating flanges.
DN
TRIM
TEMPERATURE, _C
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
Bar
PTFE or RPTFE Seal PEEK/PTFE Bearings
-46 to 65 93 121 149 191 204 232
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
45.6
46.8
38.6
38.6
38.6
38.6
38.6
38.6
38.6
28.7
28.7
28.7
28.7
28.7
28.7
28.7
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.3
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
UHMWPE Seal PEEK/PTFE Bearings
-17 to 37 66 93
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
38.6
38.6
38.6
38.6
38.6
38.6
38.6
25.9
25.9
25.9
25.9
25.9
25.9
25.9
Metal Seal(1) Alloy 6 Bearings
-46 to 37 93 149 204 260 316 371 427 454
18.5
16.5
13.9
12.8
11.0
6.8
7.0
17.0
15.1
12.8
11.7
10.1
6.3
6.5
16.0
14.2
12.0
11.0
9.4
5.9
6.1
15.1
13.4
11.4
10.4
9.0
5.6
5.7
14.3
12.8
10.8
9.9
8.5
5.3
5.4
13.8
12.3
10.3
9.5
8.2
5.1
5.2
13.2
11.9
10.0
9.2
7.9
5.0
5.0
12.5
11.6
9.8
9.0
7.7
4.8
5.0
12.1
11.5
9.7
8.9
7.7
4.8
4.9
Metal Seal(1) S31600/Nitride Bearings,
Spline Shaft
-46 to 37 93 149 204 260 316 371 427 454
19.5
28.2
26.1
20.8
31.0
15.5
8.0
19.3
28.0
26.0
20.6
31.0
15.4
7.9
17.0
25.4
23.7
18.7
28.8
14.0
7.1
15.9
24.3
22.7
17.8
26.3
13.3
6.8
14.5
22.9
21.4
16.8
24.6
12.5
6.3
13.8
22.1
20.8
16.2
23.2
12.1
6.1
13.2
21.5
20.2
15.7
22.4
11.8
5.9
12.5
20.7
19.5
15.2
21.8
11.4
5.6
12.1
20.3
19.2
14.9
21.6
11.2
5.4
Metal Seal(1) S31600/Nitride Bearings,
Square Shaft
-46 to 37 93 149 204 260 316 371 427 454
19.5
22.4
26.1
20.8
27.6
12.8
8.0
19.3
22.4
26.0
20.6
27.6
12.8
7.9
17.0
22.4
23.7
18.7
27.6
12.8
7.1
15.9
22.4
22.7
17.8
26.3
12.8
6.8
14.5
22.4
21.4
16.8
24.6
12.5
6.3
13.8
22.1
20.8
16.2
23.2
12.1
6.1
13.2
21.5
20.2
15.7
22.4
11.8
5.9
12.5
20.7
19.5
15.2
21.8
11.4
5.6
12.1
20.3
19.2
14.9
21.6
11.2
5.4
Metal Seal(1) PEEK/PTFE Bearings
-46 to 37 93 149 204 232 260
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
31.0
17.2
17.2
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
31.0
17.2
17.2
50.3
50.3
50.3
50.3
31.0
17.2
17.2
48.6
48.6
48.6
48.2
31.0
17.2
17.2
47.2
47.2
46.3
42.6
31.0
17.2
17.2
24.7
21.9
18.5
17.0
14.6
9.1
9.4
Flow Ring PEEK/PTFE Bearings
-46 to 37 93 149 204 232 260
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
45.5
46.8
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
37.7
38.8
50.3
50.3
50.3
50.3
50.3
31.7
32.6
48.6
48.6
48.6
48.1
41.3
25.7
26.4
47.2
47.2
46.3
42.6
36.6
22.8
23.4
24.6
21.9
18.5
17
14.6
9.1
9.3
Flow Ring S31600/Nitride Bearings
-46 to 37 93 149 204 260 316 371 427 454
32
34.4
34.8
28.6
31.6
20.2
13
31.8
34.4
34.6
28.5
31.6
19.7
12.9
29.5
34.4
32.4
26.6
28.7
17.9
12.1
28.5
34.4
31.3
25.7
26.3
16.4
11.7
27.3
37.5
30.1
24.8
24.6
15.3
11.3
26.6
35.5
29.5
24.2
23.2
14.4
11.1
26.1
34.1
28.7
23.7
22.4
13.9
10.8
25.4
28.9
27.9
23.2
21.7
13.5
10.6
25
28.9
27.6
22.9
21.5
13.3
10.5
1. Pressure drops shown for metal seals are for forward flow only.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8580 Valve
D103299X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8580 April 2020
Table 6. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops based on Trim (Seal, Shaft, and Bearings), Psi
Note: Do not exceed the EN12516-1 or ASME B16.34 pressure/temperature rating of the valve or mating flanges.
NPS
TRIM
TEMPERATURE, _F
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
Psi
PTFE or RPTFE Seal PEEK/PTFE Bearings
-50 to 150 200 250 300 375 400 450
750
750
750
750
750
750
750
704
704
704
704
704
662
679
560
560
560
560
560
560
560
416
416
416
416
416
416
416
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
UHMWPE Seal PEEK/PTFE Bearings
0 to 100 150 200
750
750
750
750
750
750
750
560
560
560
560
560
560
560
375
375
375
375
375
375
375
Metal Seal(1) Alloy 6 Bearings
-50 to 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 850
268
239
202
185
159
99
102
246
219
185
170
146
91
94
232
206
174
160
137
86
88
219
195
165
151
130
81
83
208
186
157
144
124
77
79
200
178
150
138
119
74
76
192
172
145
134
115
72
73
181
168
142
130
112
70
72
176
167
141
129
111
69
71
Metal Seal(1) S31600/Nitride Bearings,
Spline Shaft
-50 to 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 850
283
409
379
301
450
225
116
280
406
377
299
450
223
115
246
369
344
271
417
203
103
230
352
329
258
382
193
98
211
332
311
243
357
182
91
200
321
301
235
337
176
88
192
312
293
228
325
171
85
181
300
283
220
316
165
81
176
295
278
216
313
162
79
Metal Seal(1) S31600/Nitride Bearings,
Square Shaft
-50 to 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 850
283
325
379
301
400
185
116
280
325
377
299
400
185
115
246
325
344
271
400
185
103
230
325
329
258
382
185
98
211
325
311
243
357
182
91
200
321
301
235
337
176
88
192
312
293
228
325
171
85
181
300
283
220
316
165
81
176
295
278
216
313
162
79
Metal Seal(1) PEEK/PTFE Bearings
-50 to 100 200 300 400 450 500
750
750
750
750
450
250
250
750
750
750
750
450
250
250
730
730
730
730
450
250
250
705
705
705
699
450
250
250
685
685
672
618
450
250
250
358
318
269
247
212
132
136
Flow Ring PEEK/PTFE Bearings
-50 to 150 200 300 400 450 500
750
750
750
750
750
661
679
750
750
750
750
750
548
563
730
730
730
730
730
461
474
705
705
705
699
600
374
384
685
685
672
618
531
331
340
358
318
269
247
212
132
136
Flow Ring S31600/Nitride Bearings
-50 to 150 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 850
465
499
505
416
459
293
189
462
499
502
414
459
287
188
429
499
470
387
417
260
176
414
499
455
374
382
238
171
397
545
438
360
357
222
165
387
515
428
351
337
210
161
379
496
417
345
325
202
158
369
420
405
337
316
196
155
364
420
401
333
313
194
153
1. Pressure drops shown for metal seals are for forward flow only.
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8580 April 2020
8580 Valve
D103299X012
Table 7. Dimensions and Weights
E
F
G
VALVE SIZE, PRESSURE RATING
A
Splined
Square Shaft
Wafer
Lugged
Wafer
Lugged
K
R(4)
S(1)
T
mm
DN50/ NPS 2
PN10-40/ CL150300
43
187.5
74
150
- - -
109
- - -
125 102 12.7 117
DN80/ NPS 3
PN10-40/ CL150-
47/48
(3)
187.5
76
- - -
196
- - -
133
130 144 15.9 117
300
DN100/ NPS 4
PN10-40/ CL150300
53
214.4
103
- - -
226
- - -
147
172 162 19.1 152
DN150/ NPS 6
PN10-40/ CL150300
57
214.4
108
270(5)
300
147(5)
182
205 218 25.4 152
PN10-16/ DN200/ CL150
61
208
107
- - -
342
- - -
225
NPS 8
PN25-40 61
208
107 358(5) 364
225(5) 225
CL300
73
258 278 31.8 235 258 291 31.8 235
PN10-16/ DN250/ CL150
69
208
109
- - -
395
- - -
250
NPS 10 PN25-40 69
208
109 400(5) 450
265(5) 265
CL300
83
270 331 31.8 235 270 352 31.8 235
PN10-16/ DN300/ CL150
78
208
114
- - -
467
- - -
309
304 381 38.1 235
NPS 12 PN25-40 78
208 114
- - -
512
- - -
309
304 410 38.1 235
CL300
92
Inches
DN50/ NPS 2
PN10-40/ CL150- 1.69 300
7.38
2.91
5.91
- - -
4.29
- - -
4.92 4.02 0.50 4.62
DN80/ NPS 3
PN10-40/ CL150300
1.85/
1.89
(3)
7.38
2.99
- - -
7.72
- - -
5.24
5.12 5.67 0.63 4.62
DN100/ NPS 4
PN10-40/ CL150300
2.09
8.44
4.06
- - -
8.90
- - -
5.79
6.77 6.38 0.75 6.00
DN150/ NPS 6
PN10-40/ CL150300
2.24
8.44
4.25 10.63(5) 11.81 5.79(5)
7.17
8.07 8.58 1.00 6.00
PN10-16/
DN200/
CL150
2.40 8.19 4.21
- - -
13.46
- - -
8.86
NPS 8
PN25-40 2.40 8.19
CL300 2.87
4.21 14.09(5) 14.33 8.86(5)
8.86
10.16 10.96 1.25 9.25 10.16 11.46 1.25 9.25
PN10-16/
DN250/
CL150
2.72 8.19
NPS 10 PN25-40 2.72 8.19
CL300 3.27
4.29 - - - 15.55
- - -
9.84
4.29 15.75(5) 17.72 10.43(5) 10.43
10.63 13.03 1.25 9.25 10.63 13.86 1.25 9.25
PN10-16/
DN300/
CL150
3.07 8.19 4.49
- - -
18.39
- - -
12.17 11.97 15.00 1.50 9.25
NPS 12 PN25-40 3.07
8.19 4.49
- - -
20.16
- - -
12.17 11.97 16.14 1.50 9.25
CL300 3.62
1. This nominal valve shaft diameter is the shaft diameter through the packing box. Use this diameter when selecting Fisher actuators. 2. Valve assembly only. 3. 48 mm for CL150 and CL300 lugged only. 4. Dimension shown is seal retainer OD. Diameter for serrated gasket surface may be smaller. 5. Values shown are for PN10-PN-40 or PN25-PN40 bodies only. Wafer bodies in this valve size are not available for CL150 and CL300 flanges.
U
- - - - 32 32 46 46 46 46 46 46
- - - - 1.25 1.25 1.81 1.81 1.81 1.81 1.81 1.81
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT(2)
W Wafer Lugged
kg
14
4.7
6.7
14
- - -
11.2
14
- - -
17.6
14 15.7(5) 26.5
18
- - -
40.9
18 34.6(5) 46.7
18
- - -
50.7
18 52.0(5) 79.4
18
- - -
98.6
18
- - -
104.9
lbs
0.55
10
15
0.55
- - -
25
0.55
- - -
39
0.55 35(5)
58
0.71
- - -
90
0.71 76(5)
103
0.71
- - -
112
0.71 115(5) 175
0.71
- - -
217
0.71
- - -
231
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8580 Valve
D103299X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8580 April 2020
Table 8. Line Bolting Dimensions
VALVE SIZE
CL150
DN80 / NPS 3
4X 5/8-11
DN100 / NPS 4
8X 5/8-11
DN150 / NPS 6
8X 3/4-10
DN200 / NPS 8
8X 3/4-10
DN250 / NPS 10
12X 7/8-9
DN300 / NPS 12
12X 7/8-9
1. Not available in lugged with threaded holes.
CL300 8X 3/4-10 8X 3/4-10 12X 3/4-10 12X 7/8-9 16X 1-8 16X 1-1/8-8
Y
Pressure Rating
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
8X M16X2
8X M16X2
8X M20X2.5
8X M20X2.5
8X M20X2.5
12X M20X2.5
8X M24X3(1)
12X M24X3
12X M27X3(1)
12X M20X2.5
12X M24X3
12X M27X3
12X M30X3.5(1)
12X M20X2.5
12X M24X3
16X M27X3
16X M30X3.5
Figure 8. Dimensions for Fisher 8580, Lugged Valve
A
A
Y
S
T
T
F
R
G
K
E
Figure 9. Dimensions for Fisher 8580, Wafer Style Valve (limited sizes)
R S
F
W A
W U A
T
T
G
K
E
W
W
U
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8580 April 2020
8580 Valve
D103299X012
Table 9. Dimensions and Weights, Optional Square Shaft Mounting Bracket
VALVE SIZE PRESSURE RATING
S(1)
C
E
L
M
mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch
T mm inch
DN50/ PN10-40/
49.50 1.95
NPS 2 CL150-300 12.7 0.50
9
0.35 74 2.91 64 2.52 10 0.39 72.12 2.84
DN80/ NPS 3
PN10-40/ CL150-300
15.9 0.63
11
0.43
76
2.99
64
2.52
12
49.50 1.95 0.47
72.12 2.84
49.50 1.95
DN100/ PN10-40/ NPS 4 CL150-300
19.1 0.75
14
0.55 103 4.06
87
3.43
16
0.63 72.12 2.84
88.39 3.48
49.50 1.95
72.12 2.84
DN150/ PN10-40/ NPS 6 CL150-300
25.4 1.00
19
0.75 108 4.25
87
3.43
21
0.82 88.39 3.48
99.00 3.90
116.67 4.59
DN200/ NPS 8
PN10-16/ CL150
PN25-40/ CL300
31.8 1.25 31.8 1.25
22 0.87 107 4.21 22 0.87 107 4.21
85 3.35 85 3.35
72.12 2.84 22 0.87
88.39 3.48 99.00 3.90 22 0.87 116.67 4.59
DN250/ NPS 10
PN10-16/ CL150
PN25-40/ CL300
31.8 1.25 31.8 1.25
22 0.87 109 4.29 22 0.87 109 4.29
85 3.35 85 3.35
72.12 2.84 24 0.94
88.39 3.48 99.00 3.90 24 0.94 116.67 4.59
DN300/ NPS 12
PN10-16/ CL150
PN25-40/ CL300
38.1 1.50 38.1 1.50
27 1.06 114 4.49 27 1.06 114 4.49
85 3.35 85 3.35
72.12 2.84 29 1.14
88.39 3.48 99.00 3.90 29 1.14 116.67 4.59
1. This nominal valve shaft diameter is the shaft diameter through the packing box. Use this diameter when selecting Fisher actuators.
U mm inch 49.50 1.95 72.12 2.84 49.50 1.95 72.12 2.84 49.50 1.95 72.12 2.84 88..39 3.48 49.50 1.95 72.12 2.84 88.39 3.48 99.00 3.90 116.67 4.59 72.12 2.84 88.39 3.48 99.00 3.90 116.67 4.59 72.12 2.84 88.39 3.48 99.00 3.90 116.67 4.59 72.12 2.84 88.39 3.48 99.00 3.90 116.67 4.59
W mm inch 10 0.39 12 0.47 10 0.39 12 0.47 10 0.39 12 0.47 14 0.55 10 0.39 12 0.47 14 0.55 18 0.71 22 0.87 12 0.47 14 0.55 18 0.71 22 0.87 12 0.47 14 0.55 18 0.71 22 0.87 12 0.47 14 0.55 18 0.71 22 0.87
ISO 5211 F07 F10 F07 F10 F07 F10 F12 F07 F10 F12 F14 F16 F10 F12 F14 F16 F10 F12 F14 F16 F10 F12 F14 F16
Figure 10. Dimensions for Fisher 8580 with Optional Square Shaft Mounting Bracket
GE42533_3
1 Mounting bracket optional.
14
C S
1
1
L
M
E
1
T
1
W
1
U
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8580 Valve
D103299X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8580 April 2020
Table 10. Dimensions and Weights, Double Flange Valve Body (See Figure 11)
E
APPROX-
VALVE SIZE,
A
B
F
G
K
R
S
T
U
W
IMATE
PRESSURE RATING
Splined Square
WEIGHT
mm
kg
DN80/
PN10-16 /CL150
114
25.3
187.5
76
190 133 130 144 15.9 117 - - -
14
17.6
NPS 3
PN25-40 /CL300
180
25.3
187.5
76
210 133 130 144 15.9 117 - - -
14
29
DN100/
PN10-16 /CL150
127
28.5
214.4
103
230
147
172
162 19.1 152
32
14
28.9
NPS 4
PN25-40 /CL300
190
28.5
214.4
103
254
147
172
162 19.1 152
32
14
47.8
DN150/
PN10-16 /CL150
140
31.7
214.4
108
280
182
205
218 25.4 152
32
14
40.2
NPS 6
PN25-40 /CL300
210
31.7
214.4
108
322
182
205
218 25.4 152
32
14
76.4
NPS200/
PN10-16 /CL150
152
32.8
208
107 345 225 258 278 31.8 235
46
18
71.3
NPS 8
PN25-40 /CL300
230
32.8
208
107 380 225 258 291 31.8 235
46
18
124
DN250/
PN10-16 /CL150
165
35.6
208
109 405 250 270 331 31.8 235
46
18
80
NPS 10
PN25-40 /CL300
250
35.6
208
109 445 265 270 352 31.8 235
46
18
203
DN300/
PN10-16 /CL150
178
41.7
208
114 485 309 304 381 38.1 235
46
18
144
NPS 12
PN25-40 /CL300
270
41.7
208
114 520 309 304 410 38.1 235
46
18
275
Inches
lbs
DN80/
PN10-16 /CL150
4.5
1
7.38
2.99 7.48 5.24 5.12 5.67 0.63 4.62 - - - 0.55
39
NPS 3
PN25-40 /CL300
7.1
1
7.38
2.99 8.26 5.24 5.12 5.67 0.63 4.62 - - - 0.55
64
DN100/
PN10-16 /CL150
5
1.12 8.44
4.06 9.05 5.79 6.77 6.38 0.75
6
1.25 0.55
64
NPS 4
PN25-40 /CL300
7.5
1.12
8.44
4.06
10 5.79 6.77 6.38 0.75
6
1.25 0.55
105
DN150/
P10-16/ CL150
5.5
1.25
8.44
4.25 11.02 7.17 8.07 8.58
1
6
1.25 0.55
89
NPS 6
PN25-40 /CL300
8.3
1.25
8.44
4.25 12.66 7.17 8.07 8.58
1
6
1.25 0.55
168
NPS200/
PN10-16 /CL150
6
1.29 8.19
4.21 13.58 8.86 10.16 10.96 1.25 9.25 1.81 0.71
157
NPS 8
PN25-40 /CL300
9.1
1.29
8.19
4.21 14.96 8.86 10.16 11.46 1.25 9.25 1.81 0.71
273
DN250/
PN10-16 /CL150
6.5
1.4
8.19
4.29 15.94 9.84 10.63 13.03 1.25 9.25 1.81 0.71
176
NPS 10
PN25-40 /CL300
9.8
1.4
8.19
4.29 17.52 10.43 10.63 13.86 1.25 9.25 1.81 0.71
448
DN300/
PN10-16 /CL150
7
1.64 8.19
4.49 19.09 12.17 11.97 15
1.5 9.25 1.81 0.71
317
NPS 12
PN25-40 /CL300
10.6
1.64
8.19
4.49 20.47 12.17 11.97 16.14 1.5 9.25 1.81 0.71
606
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8580 April 2020
8580 Valve
D103299X012
Figure 11. Dimensions for Fisher 8580 Double-Flange
Y
S F
R
G
K
E
A
A
T
T
W
W
U
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E162008, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8590 Valve
D104017X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8590 March 2021
FisherTM 8590 High-Performance
Butterfly Valve
The Fisher 8590 High-Performance Butterfly Valve maintains tight shutoff, and can be specified for a wide range of pressure and temperature conditions.
The 8590 valve is available in a lugged or double flanged body design. A splined shaft can combine with a variety of spring-and- diaphragm or pneumatic piston actuators. A square or keyed shaft can combine with a variety of handlevers, handwheels, or pneumatic piston diaphragm actuators. These combinations help make the 8590 valve a reliable, high-performance butterfly valve for both throttling and on-off applications in the process industries.
The 8590 valve can be supplied with one of several dynamic seals (figure 1) that can be used in a variety of demanding applications. With the appropriate seal selection and materials of construction, the pressure-assisted seal helps provide excellent shutoff against the full ASME class pressure range for the 8590 valve.
X0955-3
Lugged Style Fisher 8590 Valve
Features
nShaft Versatility-- This valve will meet your actuator needs with a choice of splined, square, or keyed shaft connections.
nExcellent Shutoff Integrity--The pressure-assisted seal design provides tight shutoff and permits the use of smaller, less expensive actuators in applications requiring full ASME B16.34 shutoff capabilities.
nExcellent Emissions Capabilities-- The optional ENVIRO-SEALt packing systems are designed with very smooth shaft surfaces and live-loading to provide improved sealing, guiding, and loading force transmission. The seal of the ENVIRO-SEAL system can control emissions to below 100 ppm (parts per million).
X1610
Double Flanged Style Fisher 8590 Valve
nSour Service Capability-- Trim and bolting materials are available for applications involving sour liquids and gases. These constructions comply with NACE MR0175-2002, MR0175-2003, MR0103, and MR0175 / ISO 15156.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8590 March 2021
8590 Valve
D104017X012
nFire Safe Construction -- The 8590 valve has been fire tested per API 607, 6th edition with the Phoenix III seal. Standard construction requires 316 stainless steel chrome plated disk, graphite packing, metal bearings and S17400 H1025 SST or S20910 SST shaft. For information on fire tested valves, consult Fire-Tested Status of Fisher Rotary Valves Bulletin 59.3:025 (D103907X012).
nReliable Flange Gasketing Surface--Seal retainer screws are located so there is no interference with the sealing function of either flat sheet or spiral wound line flange gaskets.
nPowder Paint as Standard--The Emerson Automation Solutions powder paint finish offers an excellent corrosion-resistant finish to all steel parts.
nTrue Bidirectional Shutoff Performance--A feature of the valve design is that the torque necessary to open and close the valve is the same regardless of the direction in which the differential pressure is applied.
nEasy Installation--The valve body self-centers on the line flange bolts as a fast, accurate means of centering the valve in the pipeline.
nShaft Retention--Redundant shaft retention provides added protection. The packing follower, anti-blowout ring, and shaft groove interact to hold the shaft securely in the valve body in NPS 3 through 10 (see figure 4). The NPS 12 through 24 utilize a stepped packing follower and stepped shaft to hold the shaft securely in the valve body.
8590 Valve Specifications and Materials of Construction
Table 1. Fisher 8590 Valve Specifications
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME
Valve Body Size
NPS 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
Pressure Rating
CL600 per ASME B16.34
Valve Body Materials
WCC or CF8M (std) LCC, CD3MN, M35-2, and CW2M
Disk Materials
CF8M (std), CD3MN, M35-2, and CW2M
Disk Edge Coating
Chrome Plate (std) Chrome Coat Chromium Carbide Coating
End Connections
Mates with RF Flanges per ASME B16.5 Optional construction mates with RTJ Flanges per ASME B16.5
Valve Body Style
Lugged (single flange), lugged with drilled through flange holes, or double flange with drilled through holes
Shaft Connection Style
NPS 3-24: Splined (std) NPS 3-12: Square NPS 14-24: Keyed
Face-to-Face Dimensions
Meets MSS SP68, API 609, ASME B16.10, and EN 558 standards, double flange
Soft Seal: Class VI
Shutoff
Metal Seal: Class IV, reverse direction only Phoenix III Seal: Class VI; reverse direction preferred, forward direction optional
High Pressure Seal: Class VI, reverse direction only
Flow Direction
Standard (reverse flow) is with the flow into the shaft side of the disk
Flow Characteristic
Linear
Disk Rotation
Clockwise (CW) to close
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8590 Valve
D104017X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8590 March 2021
Table 2. Materials (Other Valve Components)
COMPONENT
MATERIAL
S17400 H1025
Shafts and Pins
S20910
N07718
Anti-Blowout Ring (NPS 3-8 only)
N07718
Soft: ETFE
Seal Ring
Metal: S21800 Phoenix III: S20910/ETFE
HPS: S21800 nitrided
Bearings
PEEK, S31600 Nitrided, R30006 (Alloy 6)
Packing
PTFE/carbon-filled PTFE (standard), graphite die-molded ribbon, ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing, ENVIRO-SEAL graphite packing
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard Seal Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Pressure Drops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8590 March 2021
8590 Valve
D104017X012
Figure 1. Available Seal Configurations
ANTI-EXTRUSION RING 3 SEAL RING
RETAINING RING
BODY
VALVE DISK SOFT SEAL WITH BACK-UP O-RING
BACK-UP RING
ANTI-EXTRUSION RING 3
RETAINING RING
HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF 2
BODY
VALVE DISK PHOENIX III SEAL
BACK-UP RING
SEAL RING
RESILIENT INSERT HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF 2
BODY
BODY
SEAL RING
RETAINING RING
E0578
VALVE DISK METAL SEAL
SEAL RING
HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF 1
RETAINING RING
VALVE DISK
HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF 1
HIGH-PRESSURE SEAL (HPS)
Notes:
1This unidirectional seal must be installed so that the retaining ring is downstream from the high pressure side of the valve at shutoff, as shown. 2 For this bidirectional seal, the "preferred" valve orientation places the retaining ring downstream from the high pressure side of the valve at shutoff. 3 NPS 3 only.
Standard Seal Configurations
nStandard Soft Seal--A resilient dynamic seal with an elastomeric back-up ring for low to moderate temperature applications.
nMetal Seal--This stainless steel seal is available for severe service and high-temperature applications to 538_C (1000_F).
nPhoenix III Seal--This three-component, metal-and-polymeric seal is available for severe service with low to moderate temperature applications.
nHigh-Pressure Seal--This robust, stainless steel seal is available for severe service, cryogenic, and high-temperature applications to 538_C (1000_F).
Installation
Preferred valve orientation for the 8590 valve is reverse flow direction. Reverse flow direction is into the side of the valve body opposite the retaining ring or into the shaft side of the disk.
For erosive and many severe service applications, valves with bidirectional seals can and should be installed with the shaft horizontal and in the forward flow direction to prevent direct impingement of the process media on the seal, and to minimize the exposure of the shaft bearings to the process media.
The standard soft seal and the Phoenix III seal both offer bidirectional shutoff. Valves using either metal or HPS are unidirectional and must be installed in the reverse flow orientation.
For assistance in selecting the appropriate combination of actuator action and open valve position, consult your Emerson sales office.
Dimensions and weights are shown in figures 5, 6, and 7.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8590 Valve
D104017X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8590 March 2021
Figure 2. 8590, NPS 3 to 8, Valve Body Assembly
SEAL RETAINER SEAL RING
DRIVE SHAFT
VALVE BODY
DISK
GE72464-D4
BEARING
Figure 3. 8590, NPS 10 to 24, Valve Body Assembly
SEAL RETAINER
SEAL RING
GE73029
BEARING
DRIVE SHAFT
VALVE BODY
DISK
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8590 March 2021
8590 Valve
D104017X012
Table 3. Material Temperature Ranges
PART NAME
MATERIAL
TEMP _C
WCC Steel CF8M(1)
-29 to 427 -254 to 538
Valve Body
LCC CD3MN
-46 to 345 -51 to 316
M35-2 CW2M(1)
-198 to 482 -198 to 538
CF8M with Chrome Plated Disk Edge
-254 to 427
CF8M with Chrome Coated Disk Edge(1)
-254 to 538
CF8M with Chromium Carbide Disk Edge(1)
-254 to 538
Disk
CD3MN (no plating)(2)
-51 to 316
M35-2 (no plating)(2)
-198 to 482
CW2M (no plating)(1)(2)
-198 to 538
S17400 (H1025)
-46 to 427
S20910(1)
-198 to 538
Shaft
S31803 N05500
-51 to 316 -198 to 482
Bearings
N10276 N07718(1)
PEEK(1) S31600 Nitrided(1) R30006 (Alloy 6)(1)
-198 to 538 -254 to 538 -73 to 149 -254 to 538 -198 to 538
ETFE Soft Seal Ring
ETFE Soft Seal Ring with FKM Backup Ring
-29 to 149
ETFE Soft Seal Ring with EPR Backup Ring
-54 to 149
S20910/ETFE Phoenix III Seal Ring
S20910/ETFE Phoenix III Seal Ring with FKM Backup Ring
-40 to 149
S20910/ETFE Phoenix III Seal Ring with EPR Backup Ring
-62 to 149
Seal
Metal Seal
S21800(1)
-198 to 538
S20910(1)
-198 to 538
Packing
High Pressure Seal S21800 Nitrided(1) S20910 Nitrided(1) PTFE /Carbon-filled PTFE (standard) ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE Graphite Die-molded Ribbon
-198 to 538 -198 to 538 -45 to 232 -45 to 232 -198 to 538
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite
-198 to 371
1. The maximum temperature for a standard design of the 8590 valve is 538_C (1000_F). Contact your Emerson sales office for use in higher temperature applications. 2. For use with soft seal only.
TEMP _F -20 to 800 -425 to 1000 -50 to 650 -60 to 600 -325 to 900 -325 to 1000 -425 to 800 -425 to 1000 -425 to 1000 -60 to 600 -325 to 900 -325 to 1000 -50 to 800 -325 to 1000 -60 to 600 -325 to 900 -325 to 1000 -425 to 1000 -100 to 300 -425 to 1000 -325 to 1000
-20 to 300 -65 to 300
-40 to 300 -80 to 300
-325 to 1000 -325 to 1000
-325 to 1000 -325 to 1000
-50 to 450 -50 to 450 -325 to 1000 -325 to 700
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8590 Valve
D104017X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8590 March 2021
Figure 4. Anti-Blowout Protection
GE74781
NPS 3 THROUGH 8 WITH ANTI-BLOWOUT RING
GE72841
NPS 10 THROUGH 24 WITH STEPPED SHAFT
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8590 March 2021
8590 Valve
D104017X012
Pressure Drops
Pressure drop limits of any given valve are based on valve body, and trim material limits. To find the appropriate pressure drop limitation, choose the desired valve size and temperature range. Then search
table 4 for body limitations and table 5 for trim limitations. Information on limits for CW2M, M35-2, and other alloy constructions can be obtained by contacting your Emerson sales office. The lowest number from the tables is the appropriate limit. The tables for both trim and body limits must be consulted.
Table 4. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops (Valve Ratings) Based on Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Valve Types(1) (The tables for both trim and body limits must be consulted)
TEMPERATURE RANGE
WCC(2)
CF8M(2)
PRESSURE RANGE CL600
LCC(2)
CD3MN
_C
Bar
-254 to -29
- - -
99.3
- - -
103.4
-29 to 38
103.4
99.3
103.4
103.4
93
103.4
85.5
103.4
102.7
149
100.3
77.2
100.3
92
204
96.9
70.7
96.9
84.8
260
91.7
65.8
91.7
80
316
83.4
62.1
83.4
76.9
343
81.0
61.0
81.0
- - -
371
76.5
60.0
- - -
- - -
399
70.0
59.0
- - -
- - -
427
56.9
58.3
- - -
- - -
454
- - -
57.6
- - -
- - -
482
- - -
57.2
- - -
- - -
510
- - -
53.4
- - -
- - -
538
- - -
50.0
- - -
- - -
_F
PSI
-425 to -20
- - -
1440
- - -
1500
-20 to 100
1500
1440
1500
1500
200
1500
1240
1500
1490
300
1455
1120
1455
1335
400
1405
1025
1405
1230
500
1330
955
1330
1160
600
1210
900
1210
1115
650
1175
885
1175
- - -
700
1110
870
- - -
- - -
750
1015
855
- - -
- - -
800
825
845
- - -
- - -
850
- - -
835
- - -
- - -
900
- - -
830
- - -
- - -
950
- - -
775
- - -
- - -
1000
- - -
725
- - -
- - -
1. For pressure/temperature rating of other materials, contact your Emerson sales office. 2. WCC, LCC, and CF8M valve bodies use S31600 seal retainers and blind flanges.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8590 Valve
D104017X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8590 March 2021
Table 5. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops based on Trim(1)
Note: Do not exceed the ASME pressure/temperature ratings of the valve or mating flanges.
NPS
Trim
Temperature, °C
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
Bar
ETFE Seal, PEEK
Bearings
-46 to 37 93 121 149
103
94
103
103
103
102
103
103
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
Phoenix III Seal, PEEK Bearings
-46 to 37 93 121 149
103
92
103
103
103
81
103
102
103
86
103
101
103
73
103
92
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
Phoenix III Seal, Metal Bearings
-46 to 37 93 121 149
103
90
103
103
103
63
103
78
98
84
103
99
96
56
103
71
61
61
61
61
61
54
61
61
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
Metal Seal, PEEK
Bearings
Metal Seal, Metal
Bearings
-46 to 37
149 -46 to 37
316 427(2)
103
92
103
103
103
86
103
103
100
83
100
97
100
73
100
95
103
90
103
103
103
66
103
84
83
75
83
78
81
49
83
65
70
70
70
70
70
47
70
62
HPS Seal, Metal
Bearings
-46 to 37 316 427(2)
33
44
89
80
89
57
103
77
18
28
67
59
68
43
83
60
16
26
63
56
64
41
70
57
Trim
Temperature, °F
PSI
ETFE Seal, PEEK
Bearings
-50 to 100 200 250 300
1500 1100 600 100
1370 1100 600 100
1500 1100 600 100
1500 1100 600 100
1500 1100 600 100
1483 1100 600 100
1500 1100 600 100
1500 1100 600 100
Phoenix III Seal, PEEK Bearings
-50 to 100 200 250 300
1500 1500 890 300
1332 1251 890 300
1500 1500 890 300
1500 1464 890 300
1500 1500 890 300
1175 1058 890 300
1500 1500 890 300
1476 1340 890 300
Phoenix III Seal, Metal Bearings
-50 to 100 200 250 300
1500 1303 1500 1500 1500
907
1500 1134
1428 1222 1500 1435 1394
817
1496 1030
890
890
890
890
890
788
890
890
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
Metal Seal, PEEK
Bearings
-50 to 100 300
1500 1455
1336 1207
1500 1455
1500 1407
1500 1455
1245 1053
1500 1455
1500 1381
Metal Seal, Metal
Bearings
-50 to 100 600 800(2)
1500 1309 1500 1500 1500
954
1500 1221
1210 1093 1210 1127 1176
714
1210
939
1015 1015 1015 1015 1015
675
1015
894
HPS Seal, Metal
Bearings
-50 to 100 600 800(2)
484
640
1284 1154 1289
831
1500 1124
264
408
968
862
981
624
1210
865
228
370
916
815
932
590
1015
823
1. Trim ratings based on S17400 H1025 shaft. For other shaft materials, please contact factory. 2. The temperature limit of S17400 H1025 shaft material is 427°C (800°F). For higher temperatures another shaft material option must be selected.
18
103 76 41 7 103 103 61 21 103 103 61 21 103
100 103 83 70 103 83 70
1500 1100 600 100 1500 1500 890 300 1500 1500 890 300 1500
1455 1500 1210 1015 1500 1210 1015
20
103 76 41 7 103 103 61 21 103 101 61 21 103
100 103 83 70 103 83 70
1500 1100 600 100 1500 1500 890 300 1500 1463 890 300 1500
1455 1500 1210 1015 1500 1210 1015
24
100 76 41 7 80 72 61 21 61 56 54 21 91
79 69 54 51 67 52 50
1456 1100 600 100 1155 1051 890 300 887 807 781 300 1327
1147 998 777 741 978 760 725
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8590 March 2021
8590 Valve
D104017X012
Table 6. Single Flange Dimensions and Weights
Valve
A
E
F
G
K
R
S(1)
T
U
Y(2)
W(2)
Approximate Weight
Size, NPS
mm
kg
3
52
187
198
98
123
127
15.9
117
- - -
3/4-10 1/2-13
10.8
4
62
214
259
128
150
157
19.1
152
32
7/8-9
1/2-13
21.6
6
76
208
333
166
220
216
31.8
235
46
1-8
5/8-11
45.5
8
102
208
407
241
234
270
38.1
235
46
1-1/8-8 5/8-11
80.2
10
116
356
506
312
302
324
44.5
273
51
1-1/4-8 3/4-10
157
12
140
356
553
339
332
381
50.8
273
51
1-1/4-8 3/4-10
213
14
157
356
597
370
348
413
63.5
337
76
1-3/8-8 7/8-9
281
16
178
356
678
408
386
470
63.5
337
76
1-1/2-8 7/8-9
395
18
198
508
735
451
427
533
76.2
533
127
1-5/8-8 1-1/4-8
563
20
216
508
807
478
446
584
76.2
533
127
1-5/8-8 1-1/4-8
721
24
230
508
933
544
513
692
76.2
533
127
1-7/8-8 1-1/4-8
1000
Inches
lbs
3
2.04
7.38
7.80
3.85
4.84
5.00
0.63
4.62
- - -
3/4-10 1/2-13
24
4
2.44
8.44
10.20
5.04
5.89
6.19
0.75
6.00
1.25
7/8-9
1/2-13
48
6
2.98
8.19
13.11
6.54
8.65
8.50
1.25
9.25
1.81
1-8
5/8-11
101
8
4.00
8.19
16.02
9.49
9.20
10.62
1.50
9.25
1.81
1-1/8-8 5/8-11
178
10
4.56
14.00
19.92
12.28
11.90
12.75
1.75
10.75
2.00
1-1/4-8 3/4-10
348
12
5.51
14.00
21.77
13.35
13.07
15.00
2.00
10.75
2.00
1-1/4-8 3/4-10
473
14
6.18
14.00
23.50
14.57
13.70
16.25
2.50
13.25
3.00
1-3/8-8 7/8-9
624
16
7.00
14.00
26.69
16.06
15.20
18.50
2.50
13.25
3.00
1-1/2-8 7/8-9
876
18
7.81
20.00
28.94
17.76
16.81
21.00
3.00
21.00
5.00
1-5/8-8 1-1/4-8
1250
20
8.50
20.00
31.77
18.82
17.57
23.00
3.00
21.00
5.00
1-5/8-8 1-1/4-8
1600
24
9.06
20.00
36.73
21.42
20.20
27.25
3.00
21.00
5.00
1-7/8-8 1-1/4-8
2220
1. This is the nominal valve shaft diameter to be used when selecting Fisher actuators. 2. Threaded hole per ASME B1.1.
Figure 5. Single Flange Dimensions (also see table 6)
A
Y
S
F
T
G
GE72435-A
10
R K
W
U E
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8590 Valve
D104017X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8590 March 2021
Table 7. Double Flange Dimensions and Weights
Valve
A
Size,
E
F
G
H
K
R
S(1)
T
U
Y(2)
W(2)
Approximate Weight
NPS
mm
kg
3
180
187
211
106
21.5
123
127
15.9
117
- - -
3/4-10 1/2-13
25.9
4
190
214
277
138
25.6
150
157
19.1
152
32
7/8-9 1/2-13
48.1
6
210
208
357
178
28.4
220
216
31.8
235
46
1-8
5/8-11
97.1
8
230
208
423
243
31.9
234
270
38.1
235
46
1-1/8-8 5/8-11
145.6
10
250
356
515
316
35.1
302
324
44.5
273
51
1-1/4-8 3/4-10
247.7
12
270
356
563
343
35.1
332
381
50.8
273
51
1-1/4-8 3/4-10
316.6
14
290
356
610
374
38.3
348
413
63.5
337
76
1-3/8-8 7/8-9
410
16
310
356
691
412
41.5
386
470
63.5
337
76
1-1/2-8 7/8-9
571.5
18
330
508
751
455
43.7
428
533
76.2
533
127 1-5/8-8 1-1/4-8
817.4
20
350
508
831
483
44.6
446
584
76.2
533
76
1-5/8-8 1-1/4-8
989.3
24
390
508
946
549
50.8
543
692
76.2
533
127 1-7/8-8 1-1/4-8
1422
Inches
lbs
3
7.09
7.38
.32
4.16
0.85
4.84
5.00
0.63
4.62
- - -
3/4-10 1/2-13
57
4
7.48
8.44
.89
5.45
1.01
5.89
6.19
0.75
6.00
1.25
7/8-9 1/2-13
106
6
8.27
8.19
.04
7.02
1.12
8.65
8.50
1.25
9.25
1.81
1-8
5/8-11
214
8
9.06
8.19
.65
9.56
1.26
9.20
10.62
1.50
9.25
1.81 1-1/8-8 5/8-11
321
10
9.84
14.00
.28
12.42
1.38
11.90 12.75
1.75
10.75
2.00 1-1/4-8 3/4-10
546
12
10.63 14.00
.15
13.50
1.38
13.07 15.00
2.00
10.75
2.00 1-1/4-8 3/4-10
698
14
11.42 14.00
.00
14.71
1.51
13.70 16.25
2.50
13.25
3.00 1-3/8-8 7/8-9
904
16
12.2
14.00
.19
16.21
1.63
15.20 18.50
2.50
13.25
3.00 1-1/2-8 7/8-9
1260
18
12.99 20.00
.55
17.93
1.72
16.81 21.00
3.00
21.00
5.00 1-5/8-8 1-1/4-8
1802
20
13.78 20.00
.70
19.00
1.76
17.57 23.00
3.00
21.00
3.00 1-5/8-8 1-1/4-8
2181
24
15.35 20.00
.24
21.62
2.00
20.20 27.25
3.00
21.00
5.00 1-7/8-8 1-1/4-8
3135
Figure 6. Double Flange Dimensions (also see table 7)
HY
A
A
F G
S
T T
R
K
E
W
U
W
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8590 March 2021
8590 Valve
D104017X012
Table 8. Dimensions, Optional Square Shaft and Mounting Bracket (ISO 5211)
Valve Size,
C
E
L
M
S
T
NPS
mm
49.5
3
11
76
64
12
15.9
72.1
49.5
4
14
103
87
16
19.1
72.1
88.4
72.1
88.4
6
22
108
85
23
31.8
99
116.7
72.1
88.4
8
27
114
85
29
38.1
99
116.7
99
10
36
190
152
38
44.5
116.7
99
12
36
190
152
38
50.8
116.7
Inches
1.95
3
0.43
3.00
2.52
0.48
0.63
2.84
1.95
4
0.55
4.06
3.43
0.63
0.75
2.84
3.48
2.84
3.48
6
0.87
4.25
3.35
0.90
1.25
3.90
4.59
2.84
3.48
8
1.06
4.49
3.35
1.14
1.50
3.90
4.59
3.90
10
1.42
7.48
6
1.50
1.75
4.59
3.90
12
1.42
7.48
6
1.50
2.00
4.59
U
49.5 72.1 49.5 72.1 88.4 72.1 88.4 99 116.7 72.1 88.4 99 116.7 99 116.7 99 116.7
1.95 2.84 1.95 2.84 3.48 2.84 3.48 3.90 4.59 2.84 3.48 3.90 4.59 3.90 4.59 3.90 4.59
W
ISO
5211
10
F07
12
F10
10
F07
12
F10
14
F12
12
F10
14
F12
18
F14
22
F16
12
F10
14
F12
18
F14
22
F16
18
F14
22
F16
18
F14
22
F16
0.39
F07
0.47
F10
0.39
F07
0.47
F10
0.55
F12
0.47
F10
0.55
F12
0.71
F14
0.87
F16
0.47
F10
0.55
F12
0.71
F14
0.87
F16
0.71
F14
0.87
F16
0.71
F14
0.87
F16
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8590 Valve
D104017X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8590 March 2021
Figure 7. 8590 Valve Assembly with Square Shaft and Mounting Bracket (also see table 8)
CS
GE72199-A
Table 9. Dimensions, Optional Keyed Shaft
C Valve Size, NPS
14
12.7
16
16.0
18
16.0
20
16.0
24
16.0
14
0.50
16
0.63
18
0.63
20
0.63
24
0.63
L
M
E
D1
297 316 394 394 394
11.68 12.44 15.51 15.51 15.51
D2 mm
309 330 408 408 408 Inches 12.2 13.0 16.1 16.1 16.1
T W
U
E
R
95.3
57.2
114.3
69.9
114.3
69.9
114.3
69.9
114.3
69.9
3.75
2.25
4.5
2.75
4.5
2.75
4.5
2.75
4.5
2.75
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8590 March 2021
8590 Valve
D104017X012
Figure 9. Dimensions for Fisher 8590 NPS 14 to 24 Valve with Keyed Shaft (also see table 9)
GE72443-A
RC E
D1 D2
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
8590 Valve
D104017X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:8590 March 2021
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:8590 March 2021
8590 Valve
D104017X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E162015, 2021 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
A11 Valve
D104165X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 August 2017
FisherTM A11 High-Performance Butterfly Valve, NPS 30-72
The Fisher A11 High-Performance Butterfly Valve maintains tight shutoff, and can be specified for a wide range of pressure and temperature conditions, including cryogenic applications.
The A11 valve is available in either a wafer or a lugged design. A keyed shaft can combine with a variety of handlevers, handwheels, or pneumatic piston diaphragm actuators. These combinations help make the A11 valve a reliable, high-performance butterfly valve for both throttling and on-off applications in the process industries.
The A11 valve can be supplied with one of several dynamic seals (figure 1) that can be used in a variety of demanding applications. With the appropriate seal selection and materials of construction, the pressure-assisted seal helps provide excellent shutoff against the full ASME class pressure range for the A11
W9134
valve.
Features
nExcellent Shutoff Integrity--The pressure-assisted seal design provides tight shutoff and permits the use of smaller, less expensive actuators in applications requiring full ASME B16.34 shutoff capabilities.
nExcellent Emissions Capabilities-- The optional live-loaded packing systems are designed with very smooth shaft surfaces and live-loading to provide improved sealing, guiding, and loading force transmission.
nSour Service Capability-- Trim and bolting materials are available for applications involving sour liquids and gases. These constructions comply with NACE MR0175-2002, MR0103, and MR0175 / ISO 15156.
nHigh-Temperature/Cryogenic Capabilities-- Optional valve constructions allow this valve to meet both high-temperature and cryogenic applications.
nEasy Installation--The valve body self-centers on the line flange bolts as a fast, accurate means of centering the valve in the pipeline.
nReliable Flange Gasketing Surface--Seal retainer screws are located so there is no interference with the sealing function of either flat sheet or spiral wound line flange gaskets.
nTrue Bidirectional Shutoff Performance--A feature of the valve design is that the torque necessary to open and close the valve is the same regardless of the direction in which the differential pressure is applied.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 August 2017
A11 Valve
D104165X012
Standard Seal Configurations
nStandard Soft Seal -- A resilient dynamic seal with an elastomeric back-up ring for low to moderate temperature applications.
nMetal Seal--This stainless steel seal is available for severe service and high-temperature applications to 704_C (1300_F) for NACE applications and 816_C (1500_F) for other applications.
nNOVEX Seal--The NOVEX stainless steel seal is available for severe service, Cryogenic, and high-temperature applications to 816_C (1500_F). Available for CL150/150, 150, and 300, up to NPS 36 only.
nPhoenix III Seal--This three-component, metal-and-polymeric seal is available for severe service with low to moderate temperature applications.
nCryo-Tight Cryogenic Seal--This resilient dynamic seal is available with or without an aluminum back-up ring for low temperature applications.
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standard Seal Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Pressure Drops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
A11 Valve
D104165X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 August 2017
Specifications
Available Configurations and Sizes
J Wafer (flangeless) or J Lugged (single-flange)
Available Sizes CL150/150(1): NPS 30 through 72 CL150: NPS 30 through 72 CL300: NPS 30 through 72
End Connection Style
Wafer or lugged style bodies designed to fit between raised-face mating flanges of appropriate class pressure rating ASME B16.47 Class A and MSS-SP-44 NPS 30 through 48: CL150 and 300 Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for valves compatible with API 605 and ASME B16.47 Class B flanges
Shutoff Classification per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Standard Soft Seal: Class VI Metal Seal: Class IV (reverse direction only) NOVEX Seal: Class IV (Class VI optional, reverse direction only) Phoenix III Seal: Class VI (reverse direction only) Cryogenic Seal (Reverse direction only): CTFE: Class IV CTFE with Aluminum Backup Ring: Class VI
Flow Characteristic
Modified equal percentage
Flow Coefficients
See Fisher Catalog 12
Maximum Inlet Pressure(1) Valve Body: Consistent with CL150 and 300 pressure/temperature ratings per ASME B16.34, see table 8 Seal: see figure 1
Materials of Construction See table 1 Disk Hard Surfacing: Metal, NOVEX, Phoenix III and cryogenic seals require the disk to be coated, regardless of the valve class
Maximum Temperature Capabilities(1) See table 1 High-Temperature and Cryogenic Applications: Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for information
Noise Levels See Fisher Catalog 12 for sound pressure level prediction
Available Actuators J Spring-return pneumatic actuators, J double-acting pneumatic actuators, J electric actuators, and J handwheel
Disk Rotation Clockwise (CW) to close
Valve Dimensions and Approximate Weights See figures 2, 3, and 4 For general packing guidelines, see Bulletin 59.3:042 Packing Selection Guidelines for Rotary Valves (D102093X012)
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin, and any applicable code or standard limitation, should not be exceeded.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 August 2017
A11 Valve
D104165X012
Figure 1. Available Seal Configurations
BACK-UP RING
SEAL RING
BODY
RETAINING RING
VALVE DISK
SOFT SEAL WITH BACK-UP O-RING
RETAINING RING
BODY
VALVE DISK NOVEX SEAL
LARGEST OUTSIDE DIAMETER
GRAPHITE GASKET
BACK-UP RING
BODY
HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF
LARGEST OUTSIDE DIAMETER GRAPHITE
GASKET RETAINING RING SEAL RING HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF 1
VALVE DISK PHOENIX III FIRE-SAFE SEAL
BODY
VALVE DISK CRYOGENIC SEAL
LARGEST OUTSIDE DIAMETER
SEAL RING RESILIENT INSERT HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF 1
LARGEST OUTSIDE DIAMETER
CRYOGENIC SEAL RING HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF 1
E0578
Notes: 1This unidirectional seal must be installed so that the retaining ring is downstream from the high pressure side of the valve at shutoff, as shown.
Installation
Preferred valve orientation for the A11 valve is reverse flow direction. Reverse flow direction is into the side of the valve body opposite the retaining ring or into the shaft side of the disk.
For erosive and many severe service applications, valves with bidirectional seals can and should be installed with the shaft horizontal and in the forward flow direction to prevent direct impingement of the process media on the seal, and to minimize the exposure of the shaft bearings to the process media.
The standard soft seal and the Phoenix III seal both offer bidirectional shutoff. Valves using either metal, NOVEX, or cryogenic seals are unidirectional and must be installed in the reverse flow orientation.
For assistance in selecting the appropriate combination of actuator action and open valve position, consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
Dimensions and weights for wafer-style and lugged valves are shown in figures 2, 3, and 4.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
A11 Valve
D104165X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 August 2017
Table 1. Material Temperature Ranges
PART NAME
MATERIAL
TEMP _C
TEMP _F
WCC Steel, SA-516-70 or SA-105
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
Valve Body(1)
CF8M CF8M/CF10M (316/316H) dual-certified
-254 to 538 over 538 to 816
-425 to 1000 over 1000 to 1500
LCC
-45 to 343
-50 to 650
WCC Steel
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
Disk(4)
CF8M CF8M/CF10M (316/316H) dual-certified
-254 to 538 over 538 to 816
-425 to 1000 over 1000 to 1500
Disk Seating Surface Coating
Chrome Plating Chromium Coat Chromium Carbide Coating
-254 to 427 -254 to 593 -254 to 816
-425 to 800 -425 to 1100 -425 to 1500
S17400 (H1025)
-73 to 427
-100 to 800
S17400 (H1150M)
-196 to 427
-320 to 800
Shaft
N05500 N07718
-254 to 482 -254 to 704
-425 to 900 -425 to 1300
S20910
-196 to 593
-320 to 1100
N07750
over 593 to 816
over 1100 to 1500
PEEK
-73 to 260
-100 to 500
Bearings(3)
PTFE Composition S31600 (316 SST Nitrided)
R30006 (Alloy 6)
-254 to 163 -254 to 816
-425 to 325 -425 to 1500
Seal Ring
Soft - PTFE Metal - All
-62 to 232
-80 to 450
See table 2
Used with Soft Seal
Fluorocarbon
-29 to 204
-20 to 400
EPR
-54 to 182
-65 to 360
Nitrile
-29 to 93
-20 to 200
Chloroprene
-43 to 149
-45 to 300
Backup Ring
Used with Phoenix III Seal Fluorocarbon
-40 to 232
-40 to 450
EPR
-62 to 204
-80 to 400
Nitrile
-40 to 149
-40 to 300
Chloroprene
-54 to 149
-65 to 300
Used with Cryogenic Seal
Aluminum
-254 to 149
-425 to 300
PTFE V-Ring
-254 to 232
-425 to 450
PTFE Live-Loaded
-254 to 232
-425 to 450
Packing
Square Ring Graphite for Oxidizing Service Square Ring Graphite for Non-oxidizing Service
-254 to 538 -254 to 816
-425 to 1000 -425 to 1500
Graphite Live-Loaded
-198 to 315
-325 to 600
1. Special gasket retainer bolts are required for over 538_C (1000_ F). 2. Special retaining ring screws for single flange valves over 538_C (1000_F). 3. Special thrust bearings are required for high temperature applications over 343_C (650_F) (with 6 and 12 inch extensions). Constructions with carbon steel valves and SST disks may require special thrust bearings at temperatures greater than 343_C (650_F). 4. At temperatures over 254_C (450_F), the disk material should be the same as the valve body material.
Table 2. Temperature Limits for Metal Seal
SEAL TYPE
PRESSURE RATING
SEAL MATERIAL
MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE LIMITS
_C
_F
Metal
CL150/150, and 150(2) 300
S31600 w/ CF8M disk S31600 w/ WCC disk(2)
S31600 w/ CF8M disk S31600 w/ WCC disk(2)
538
1000
232
450
816
1500
232
450
1. When used with CF8M disks, S20910 is the preferred seal material. When used with WCC disks, S17400 H1150M is the preferred material. 2. For valves with WCC disks at temperatures over 254_C (450_F), contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for seal material selection.
BACKUP RING No No
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 August 2017
A11 Valve
D104165X012
Table 3. Trim Descriptions - CL150/150, CL150, and CL300
Trim Type
Trim Number
Temperature Range
Disk Material
Disk Edge Coating
Seal Type
550(1)
-29 to 204_C CF8M or -20 to 400_F WCC
None
Soft
552
-46 to 232_C CF8M or -50 to 450_F WCC
Chrome Plated
NOVEX(5)
Standard
554
-40 to 232_C CF8M or -40 to 450_F WCC
Chrome Plated
Phoenix III
555
-46 to 316_C CF8M or -50 to 600_F WCC
Chrome Plated
NOVEX(5)
556
-46 to 427_C CF8M or -50 to 800_F WCC
Chromium Coat
NOVEX(5)
HighTemperature
564H(2) 566H(3)
-46 to 427_C -50 to 800_F
-46 to 538_C -50 to 1000_F
CF8M or WCC
CF8M
Chromium Coat Chromium Coat
NOVEX(5) NOVEX(5)
Cryogenic
567C(4)
-196 to 163_C -320 to 325_F
CF8M
Chrome Plated NOVEX(5)
1. Trim 550 is furnished as standard trim in all CL150/150, 150, and 300 A11 valves. 2. Trim includes 6-inch shaft extension. 3. Trim includes 12-inch shaft extension. 4. Trim includes Cryogenic shaft extension, see table 4 for extension length. 5. NPS 42 and 48 will have an S31600 metal seal ring in place of the S31600 NOVEX seal ring.
Seal Material PTFE
S31600 S31600/PTFE
S31600 S31600 S31600 S31600 S31600
Shaft
Bearings
S17400 H1025
PEEK
S17400 H1025
PEEK
S17400 H1025
PEEK
S17400 H1025
316 SST Nitrided
S17400 H1025
316 SST Nitrided
S17400 H1025
316 SST Nitrided
N07718
316 SST Nitrided
S17400 H1150M
PTFE Composition
Packing PTFE PTFE PTFE
Graphite Graphite Graphite Graphite
PTFE
Table 4. Cryogenic Shaft Extension Lengths(1)
CRYOGENIC EXTENSION LENGTH, INCH FOR VALVE BODY SIZE, NPS
30
36
42
48
36
36
36
36
1. Extension length measured from center of valve body to bottom of packing flange.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
A11 Valve
D104165X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 August 2017
Table 5. Dimensions and Weights Wafer and Lugged Style CL150/150
VALVE
A
SIZE,
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
NPS Wafer Lugged
mm
30
864
994
121
559
516
295 95.25 337
See
76.2
36
1029 1178 149
683
613
295 95.25 337 Thread 76.2
42
1207 1356 210
762
695
314 114.3 337
Info
76.2
48
1364 1524 229
889
826
314 114.3 305 Below 152
Inches
30 34.00 39.12 4.75 22.00 20.31 11.62 3.75 13.25 1-1/4-8 3.00
36 40.50 46.38 5.88 26.88 24.12 11.62 3.75 13.25 1-1/2-8 3.00
42 47.50 53.38 8.25 30.00 27.38 12.38 4.5 13.25 1-1/2-8 3.00
48 53.69 60.00 9.00 35.00 32.50 12.38 4.5 12.00 1-1/2-8 6.00
1. M dimension is disk chordal swing diameter.
L
M(1)
R
KEY SQ APPROX SIZE WEIGHT
See
744
57.2
12.7
Thread 888
57.2
12.7
Info
1032 69.9
15.9
Below 1180 69.9
15.9
7/8-9 29.30 2.25
1/2
7/8-9 34.96 2.25
1/2
7/8-9 40.64 2.75
5/8
1-1/4-7 46.47 2.75
5/8
kg 528 806 1302 1904 lbs 1164 1778 2871 4198
Figure 2. Dimensions Wafer and Lugged Style CL150/150 (also see table 5)
D
C
E
B
F
NPS 48 ONLY
H
H
K H
L
R
A
L
4 HOLES, J DIA.
K
D
C
E
F
13B4598-D 13B4556-D B2633-1
J DIA.
R jA
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 August 2017
A11 Valve
D104165X012
Table 6. Dimensions and Weights Wafer and Lugged Style CL150
VALVE
A
SIZE, NPS
Wafer
Single Flange
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
mm
30
866.6 991 158.8 590.6 520.7 314.5 114.3 336.6
See
36 1031.7 1175 177.8 657.4 619.3 314.5 114.3 304.8 Thread
42
1050 1360 228.6 838.2 730.3 314.5 114.3 304.8
Info
48 1371.6 1524 260.4 901.7 797.1 314.5 114.3 508.0 Below
Inches
30 34.12 39.00 6.25 23.25 20.50 12.38 4.5 13.25 1-1/4-8
36 40.62 46.25 7.00 25.88 24.38 12.38 4.5 12.00 1-1/2-8
42 47.50 53.56 9.00 33.00 28.75 12.38 4.5 12.00 1-1/2-8
48 54.00 60.00 10.25 35.50 31.38 12.38 4.5 20.00 1-1/2-8
1. M dimension is disk chordal swing diameter.
K
76.2 152.4 152.4 203.2
3.00 6.00 6.00 8.00
L
M(1)
See Thread
Info Below
735.8 887.7 1028.2 1110.9
7/8-9 1-1/4-7 1-1/4-7 1-1/4-7
28.97 34.95 40.48 46.09
R
69.9 69.9 69.9 69.9
2-3/4 2-3/4 2-3/4 2-3/4
KEY SQ APPROX SIZE WEIGHT
kg
15.9
528
15.9
806
15.9
1302
15.9
1904
lbs
5/8
1164
5/8
1778
5/8
2871
5/8
4198
Figure 3. Dimensions Wafer and Lugged Style CL150 (also see table 6)
D j A
C
E
F
13B4160-A 13B4443-D B2377-2
J DIA. D
R
C A DIA.
E
B
F L DIA.
R DIA.
H
K
4 HOLES, J DIA.
K H
NPS 36, 42 and 48
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
A11 Valve
D104165X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 August 2017
Table 7. Dimensions and Weights Wafer and Lugged Style CL300
VALVE
A
SIZE NPS
Wafer
Single Flange
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
mm
30
865 1105 241
648
576
314 114.3 508
See
36
1035 1286 273
740
675
353 152.4 432 Thread
42
1162 1346 299
867
768
363 163.6 432
Info
48
1315 1484 422
934
888
497 114.3 660 Below
Inches
30
34.06 43.50
9.50 25.50 22.69 12.38
4.5
20.00
1-3/48
36
40.75 50.62 10.75 29.12 26.56 13.88
6
17.00 2-8
42
45.75 53.00 11.75 34.12 30.25 14.31
48
51.75 58.44 16.62 36.75
1. M dimension is disk chordal swing diameter.
34.94
19.56
6.44 4.5
17.00 26.00
1-5/88
1-7/88
K
203 203 203 330
8.00 8.00 8.00 13.00
L
See Thread
Info Below
1-1/47
1-1/47
1-1/47
1-1/47
M(1)
681 838 943 1125
26.80 32.99 37.13 44.29
R
70 95 102 146
2-3/4 3-3/4
4 5-3/4
KEY SQ SIZE
15.9 22.2 25.4 38.1
5/8
7/8
1
1-1/2
APPROX WEIGHT
kg 952 1315 2263 3056 lbs 2100
2900
4989
6738
Figure 4. Dimensions Wafer and Lugged Style CL300 (also see table 7)
D
C
E
K
L DIA
F
H
A DIA.
13B4054-B A6048-2 / IL
J DIA.
H
R DIA.
L DIA.
L DIA
K NPS 30
254
H
B
(10)
D
A DIA.
13B4157-A A6052-2
C
E
K
F
R DIA. H
4 HOLES, J DIA.
L DIA.
B
K NPS 36 and 42
109.5 (4.31)
451.2
H
(18)
L DIA
K NPS 48
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 August 2017
A11 Valve
D104165X012
Pressure Drops
Pressure drop limits of any given valve are based on valve body, and trim material limits. To find the appropriate pressure drop limitation, choose the desired valve size and temperature range. Then search
table 8 for body limitations and table 9 for trim limitations. Information on limits for S31254, CW2M, M35-1 and other alloy constructions can be obtained by contacting your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner. The lowest number from the tables is the appropriate limit. The tables for both trim and body limits must be consulted.
Table 8. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops (Valve Ratings) Based on Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Valve Types(1) (The tables for both trim and body limits must be consulted)
TEMPERATURE RANGE
CL150/150
WCC
CF8M
PRESSURE RANGE
CL150
WCC
CF8M
WCC
CL300
CF8M
_C
Bar
-254 to -29
- - -
10.3
- - -
19.0
- - -
49.6
-29 to 38
10.3
10.3
20
19.0
51.7
49.6
93
9.3
9.0
17.9
16.2
51.7
42.7
149
8.3
7.9
15.9
14.8
50.3
38.6
204
7.2
7.2
13.8
13.4
48.6
35.5
260
6.2
6.2
11.7
11.7
45.9
33.1
316
5.2
5.2
9.7
9.7
41.7
31.0
343
4.5
4.5
8.6
8.6
40.7
30.3
371
4.1
4.1
7.6
7.6
38.3
30.0
399
3.4
3.4
6.6
6.6
34.8
29.3
427
2.8
2.8
5.5
5.5
28.3
29.0
454
- - -
2.4
- - -
4.5
- - -
29.0
482
- - -
1.7
- - -
3.4
- - -
28.6
510
- - -
1.4
- - -
2.4
- - -
26.5
538
- - -
0.7
- - -
1.4
- - -
25.2
_F
Psi
-450 to -20
- - -
150
- - -
275
- - -
720
-20 to 100
150
150
290
275
750
720
200
135
130
260
235
750
620
300
120
115
230
215
730
560
400
105
105
200
195
705
515
500
90
90
170
170
665
480
600
75
75
140
140
605
450
650
65
65
125
125
590
440
700
60
60
110
110
555
435
750
50
50
95
95
505
425
800
40
40
80
80
410
420
850
- - -
35
- - -
65
- - -
420
900
- - -
25
- - -
50
- - -
415
950
- - -
20
- - -
35
- - -
385
1000
- - -
10
- - -
20
- - -
365
1. For pressure/temperature rating of other materials, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
A11 Valve
D104165X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 August 2017
Table 9. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops(1)
PRESSURE RANGE
TEMPERATURE
TRIM NUMBER
RANGE
CL150/150
Valve Body Size, NPS
30
36
42
48
CL150
Valve Body Size, NPS
30
36
42
48
_C
Bar
-46 to 38
10.34 10.34 10.34 10.34 32.06 27.85 18.55 12.34
550
38 to 149
10.34 10.34 10.34 10.34 27.58 27.58 18.55 12.34
149 to 232 3.447 3.447 3.447 3.447 3.447 3.447 3.447 3.447
-46 to 38
10.34 10.34 10.34 10.34 29.72 23.72 16.27 11.17
552
38 to 149
10.34 10.34 10.34 10.34 25.72 23.72 16.27 11.17
149 to 232 10.34 10.34 10.34 10.34 24.2 23.72 16.27 11.17
-46 to 38
10.34 8.136 10.34 4.964 21.24
16
9.584 5.792
554
38 to 149
10.34 8.136 10.34 4.964 17.93
16
9.584 5.792
149 to 232 10.34 8.136 10.34 4.964 16.75
16
9.584 5.792
-46 to 38
10.34 10.34 10.34 7.722 22.75 16.62 11.45 7.653
555,
38 to 149
10.34 10.34 10.34 7.722 19.65 16.62 11.45 7.653
556
149 to 232 10.34 10.34 10.34 7.722 18.48 16.62 11.45 7.653
232 to 316 10.34 10.34 10.34 7.722 17.65 16.96 11.45 7.653
556
316 to 427 10.34 10.34 10.34 7.446 16.89 16.62 11.17 7.446
564H, 566H 564H(2), 566H
343 to 427 427 to 538
10.34 10.34
10.34 10.34
10.34 10.34
7.722 7.722
16.89 24.55
16.96 16.96
11.45 11.45
7.653 7.653
567C TRIM NUMBER
-196 to -46 -46 to 149
_F
10.34 10.34
10.34 10.34
10.34 10.34
10.34 10.34
26.34 17.24
28.89 20.82 22.89 16.89
Psi
14.34 14.34
-50 to 100
150
150
150
150
465
404
269
179
550
100 to 300
150
150
150
150
400
400
269
179
300 to 450
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
-50 to 100
150
150
150
150
431
344
236
162
552
100 to 300
150
150
150
150
373
344
236
162
300 to 450
150
150
150
150
351
344
236
162
-50 to 100
150
118
150
72
308
232
139
84
554
100 to 300
150
118
150
72
260
232
139
84
300 to 450
150
118
150
72
243
232
139
84
-50 to 100
150
150
150
112
330
241
166
111
555,
100 to 300
150
150
150
112
285
241
166
111
556
300 to 450
150
150
150
112
268
241
166
111
450 to 600
150
150
150
112
256
246
166
111
556
600 to 800
150
150
150
108
245
241
162
108
564H, 566H
650 to 800
150
150
150
112
245
246
166
111
564H(2), 566H 800 to 1000
150
150
150
112
356
246
166
111
567C
-320 to -50
150
150
150
150
382
419
302
208
-50 to 300
150
150
150
150
250
332
245
208
1. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner if higher pressure drops are required. 2. Trim 564H with optional N07718 shaft for temperatures up to 482_C. (1000_F).
CL300
Valve Body Size, NPS
30
36
42
48
38.47 27.58 3.447 32.82 32.82 32.82 26.48 26.48 20.68 22.75 22.75 22.75 22.75 22.75 22.75 22.75 41.78 41.78
51.02 27.58 3.447 45.44 45.44 45.44 35.78 35.78 20.68 32.47 32.47 32.47 32.47 32.47 32.54 32.54 55.23 43.99
46.06 27.58 3.447 41.23 41.23 41.23 31.37 31.37 20.68 29.51 29.51 29.51 29.51 29.51 29.51 29.51 46.61 36.89
51.02 27.58 3.447 61.64 61.64 61.09 48.06 39.64 20.68 44.33 44.33 44.33 44.33 44.33 44.33 44.33 56.95 45.23
558
740
668
740
400
400
400
400
50
50
50
50
476
659
598
894
476
659
598
894
476
659
598
886
384
519
455
697
384
519
455
575
300
300
300
300
330
471
428
643
330
471
428
643
330
471
428
643
330
471
428
643
330
471
428
643
330
472
428
643
330
472
428
643
606
801
676
826
606
638
535
656
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 August 2017
A11 Valve
D104165X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E122016, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Name
D104222X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 CL900-2500 August 2017
FisherTM A11 High-Performance Butterfly Valve CL900-2500
The Fisher A11 High-Performance Butterfly Valve maintains tight shutoff, and can be specified for a wide range of pressure and temperature conditions, including cryogenic applications.
The A11 valve is available in a lugged design. A square or keyed shaft can combine with a variety of handlevers, handwheels, or pneumatic piston diaphragm actuators. A splined shaft can combine with a variety of spring-and-diaphragm or pneumatic piston actuators. These combinations help make the A11 valve a reliable, high-performance butterfly valve for both throttling and on-off applications in the process industries.
The A11 valve can be supplied with one of several dynamic seals (figure 1) that can be used in a variety of demanding applications. With the appropriate seal selection and materials of construction, the pressure-assisted seal helps provide excellent shutoff against the full ASME class pressure range for the A11 valve.
Features
nShaft Versatility-- This valve will meet your actuator needs with a choice of square, keyed, or splined shaft connections.
nExcellent Shutoff Integrity-- The pressure-assisted seal design provides tight shutoff and permits the use of smaller, less expensive actuators in applications requiring full ASME B16.34 shutoff capabilities.
W9570-1
nExcellent Emissions Capabilities-- The optional ENVIRO-SEALt packing systems are designed with very smooth shaft surfaces and live-loading to provide improved sealing, guiding, and loading force transmission. The seal of the ENVIRO-SEAL system can control emissions to below 100 ppm (parts per million).
nSour Service Capability-- Trim and bolting materials are available for applications involving sour liquids and gases. These constructions comply with NACE MR0175-2002, MR0103, and MR0175 / ISO 15156.
nHigh-Temperature/Cryogenic Capabilities-- Optional valve constructions allow this valve to meet both high-temperature and cryogenic applications (see table 4 for cryogenic and high-temperature actuator configurations).
nEasy Installation-- The valve body self-centers on the line flange bolts as a fast, accurate means of centering the valve in the pipeline.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 CL900-2500 August 2017
Product Name
D104222X012
Features (continued)
nReliable Flange Gasketing Surface-- Seal retainer screws are located so there is no interference with the sealing function of either flat sheet or spiral wound line flange gaskets.
nTrue Bidirectional Shutoff Performance-- A feature of the valve design is that the torque necessary to open and close the valve is the same regardless of the direction in which the differential pressure is applied.
nEase of Maintenance-- Interchangeability of all parts, including shafts and disks, simplifies service and reduces maintenance costs.
Standard Seal Configurations
nStandard Soft Seal (ETFE CL900, and 1500)-- A resilient dynamic seal with an elastomeric back-up ring for low to moderate temperature applications.
nHigh-Pressure Seal (CL900, and 1500)-- This robust, stainless steel seal is available for severe service, cryogenic, and high-temperature applications to 704_C (1300_F), for NACE, and for other applications to 816_C (1500_F).
nCryo-Tight Cryogenic Seal-- This resilient dynamic seal is available with or without an aluminum back-up ring for low temperature applications.
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standard Seal Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Pressure Drops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Name
D104222X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 CL900-2500 August 2017
Specifications
Available Configurations and Sizes Lugged Available Sizes and Shaft Styles
PRESSURE RATING
Keyed
VALVE SIZE, NPS Square
Splined
CL900 CL1500
12 to 24 (standard), 3(2) to 10 (optional)
3(3) to 20 (standard)
Consult your Emerson sales
office
Consult your Emerson sales
office
CL2500
Consult your Emerson sales office
1. Refers to a valve construction consisting of a CL150 body and trim suitable for a shutoff pressure drop of 150 psid. 2. Sizes NPS 3 and 4 are CL900 bodies with CL600 internals. 3. Sizes NPS 3 and 4 are CL1500 bodies with CL600 internals. Sizes NPS 6 and 8 are CL1500 bodies with CL900 internals.
High-Temperature and Cryogenic Applications: See table 4 for available valve and actuator combinations
Shutoff Classification per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Class VI Soft Seal: Bubble-tight shutoff (exceeds Class VI) High Pressure Seal: Standard Class V Cryogenic Seal (Reverse direction only) CTFE: 10% of Class IV CTFE with Aluminum Backup Ring: Class VI Consult Emerson sales office for other shutoff classifications
Flow Characteristic
Modified equal percentage
End Connection Style
Lugged style designed to fit between raised-face mating flanges of appropriate class pressure rating ASME B16.5 NPS 6 through 24: CL900 NPS 10 through 20: CL1500
Maximum Inlet Pressure(1)
Valve Body: Consistent with CL900 and 1500 pressure/temperature ratings per ASME B16.34, see table 9
Flow Coefficients See Fisher Catalog 12
Noise Levels See Fisher Catalog 12 for sound pressure level prediction
Available Actuators Handlever; handwheel; or pneumatic piston, spring return, double-acting, spring and diaphragm
Seal: See figure 1 Materials of Construction
Disk Rotation Clockwise (CW) to close
See table 1 Disk Hard Surfacing: All CL900 and 1500 disk edges must be coated, regardless of the seal type. Metal, Phoenix III and cryogenic seals require the disk to be coated, regardless of the valve class.
Maximum Temperature Capabilities(1)
See table 1
Valve Dimensions and Approximate Weights
See figure 3 For general packing guidelines, see Bulletin 59.3:042 Packing Selection Guidelines for Rotary Valves, (D102093X012) For information on ENVIRO-SEAL packing system see Bulletin 59.3:041 ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems for Rotary Valves, (D101638X012)
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin, and any applicable code or standard limitation, should not be exceeded.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 CL900-2500 August 2017
Product Name
D104222X012
Figure 1. Available Seal Configurations
BACK-UP RING
SEAL RING
BODY
LARGEST OUTSIDE DIAMETER
RETAINING RING
VALVE DISK
SOFT SEAL WITH BACK-UP O-RING
HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF
GRAPHITE GASKET RETAINING RING
GRAPHITE GASKET
BODY
LARGEST OUTSIDE DIAMETER
VALVE DISK CRYOGENIC SEAL
CRYOGENIC SEAL RING HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF 1
BODY
HPS SEAL RING
RETAINING RING
VALVE DISK
HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF 1
HIGH-PRESSURE SEAL (HPS)
E1701
Notes: 1 This unidirectional seal must be installed so that the retaining ring is downstream from the high pressure side of the valve at shutoff, as shown.
Installation
Preferred valve orientation for the A11 valve is reverse flow direction. Reverse flow direction is into the side of the valve body opposite the retaining ring or into the shaft side of the disk.
For erosive and many severe service applications, valves with bidirectional seals can and should be installed with the shaft horizontal and in the forward flow direction to prevent direct impingement of the process media on the seal, and to minimize the exposure of the shaft bearings to the process media.
The standard soft seal and the Phoenix III seal both offer bidirectional shutoff. Valves using either metal or cryogenic seals are unidirectional and must be installed in the reverse flow orientation.
For assistance in selecting the appropriate combination of actuator action and open valve position, consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
Dimensions and weights for lugged valves are shown in figure 3.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Name
D104222X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 CL900-2500 August 2017
Table 1. Material Temperature Ranges
PART NAME
MATERIAL
TEMP _C
TEMP _F
WCC Steel, SA-516-70 or SA-105
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
CF8M, CF8, CF3M, CF3 CF8M, CF8C, CF8(1) FMS 20B16 a Fisher material standard (0.04% min carbon)
-254 to 538 over 538 to 816
-425 to 1000 over 1000 to 1500
Valve Body
LCC
-45 to 343
-50 to 650
C12A
-29 to 649
-20 to 1200
WC9
-29 to 593
-20 to 1100
CG8M, CG3M, CF8C
-198 to 538
-325 to 1000
CF8M
-254 to 538
-425 to 1000
Disk
CB7Cu-1
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
Chrome Plating
-254 to 427
-425 to 800
Disk Seating Surface Coating
Chromium Coat per FFS 2E1 Chromium Carbide Coating
CoCr-A (Alloy 6)(3)
-254 to 593 -254 to 816
-425 to 1100 -425 to 1500
S17400 (H1025)
-73 to 427
-100 to 800
Shaft
S17400 (H1150M) N05500(3)
N07718 S20910(3) N07750(3)
-196 to 427 -254 to 482 -254 to 704 -196 to 593 over 593 to 816
-320 to 800 -425 to 900 -425 to 1300 -320 to 1100 over 1100 to 1500
PEEK
-73 to 260
-100 to 500
Bearings(2)
PTFE Composition S31600 (316 SST Nitrided)
R30006 (Alloy 6)(3)
-254 to 163 -254 to 816
-425 to 325 -425 to 1500
Seal Ring
Soft - ETFE HPS - S20910(3)
-54 to 149 -254 to 649
-65 to 300 -425 to 1200
Used with Soft Seal
Fluorocarbon
-29 to 204
-20 to 400
Backup Ring
EPR Nitrile(3) Chloroprene(3)
-54 to 182 -29 to 93 -43 to 149
-65 to 360 -20 to 200 -45 to 300
Used with Cryogenic Seal Aluminum(3)
-254 to 149
-425 to 300
PTFE V-Ring
-254 to 232
-425 to 450
PTFE ENVIRO-SEAL
-254 to 232
-425 to 450
Packing
Square Ring Graphite for Oxidizing Service Square Ring Graphite for Non-oxidizing Service
-254 to 538 -254 to 816
-425 to 1000 -425 to 1500
Graphite ENVIRO-SEAL
-198 to 315
-325 to 600
1.Special retaining ring screws for lugged valves over 538_C (1000_F). 2. Special thrust bearings are required for high temperature applications over 343_C (650_F) (with 6 and 12 inch extensions). Constructions with carbon steel valves and SST disks may require special thrust bearings at temperatures greater than 343_C (650_F). 3. Special option; contact your Emerson sales office.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 CL900-2500 August 2017
Product Name
D104222X012
Table 2. Trim Descriptions - CL900 and CL1500
Trim Type
Trim Number
Temperature Range
Disk Material
Disk Edge Coating
Seal Type Seal Material
Shaft
Bearings
500(1)
-29 to 149_C -20 to 300_F
CB7Cu-1
Chrome Plated
Soft
ETFE
S17400 H1025
PEEK
Standard
502
-46 to 232_C -50 to 450_F
CB7Cu-1
Chrome Plated
HPS
S20910 Nitrided
S17400 H1025
504
-40 to 149_C -40 to 300_F
CB7Cu-1
Chrome Plated
Phoenix III S31600/ETFE S17400 H1025
PEEK PEEK
506(2)
-46 to 427_C -50 to 800_F
CB7Cu-1
Chromium Coat per FFS 2E1
HPS
S20910 Nitrided
S17400 H1025
316 SST Nitrided
High-
514H(3)
-46 to 427_C -50 to 800_F
CB7Cu-1
Chromium Coat per FFS 2E1
HPS
Temperature 516H(4)
-46 to 538_C -50 to 1000_F
CF8M
Chromium Coat per FFS 2E1
HPS
S20910 Nitrided
S21800 Nitrided
S17400 H1025 N07718
316 SST Nitrided
316 SST Nitrided
1. Trim 500 is furnished as standard trim in all CL1500 A11 valves. 2. If operating temperature is above 343_C (650_F), see table 4 for available actuator configurations. 3. Trim includes 6-inch shaft extension.
4. Trim includes 12-inch shaft extension.
5. Consult Bulletin 59.3:042 Packing Selection Guidelines for Rotary Valves, D102093X012, for packing selection guidelines regarding pressure/temperature limits.
Packing(5) PTFE PTFE PTFE
Graphite Graphite Graphite
Table 3. Cryogenic Shaft Extension Lengths(1)
STANDARD CRYOGENIC EXTENSION LENGTH, INCH FOR VALVE BODY SIZE, NPS
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
14-3/4
17-3/4
19-1/4
26-3/4
28-1/2
33-1/2
36
36
36
36
36
1. Extension length measured from center of valve body to bottom of packing flange.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Name
D104222X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 CL900-2500 August 2017
Table 4. Valve/Actuator Combinations
TEMPERATURE RANGE
SELECTION GUIDELINES
1052, 1061, or 2052(1)
G Series(2), FieldQt(4)
-254 to -196_C (-425 to -320_F)
Valve with cryogenic extension and special trim materials(3) and standard actuator
-196 to -46_C (-320 to -50_F)
Valve with cryogenic extension and trim and standard actuator
-46 to 343_C (-50 to 650_F)
Valve (select appropriate trim) and standard actuator
343 to 426_C (650 to 800_F)
Mounting positions 1 and 3: Valve (select appropriate trim) and standard actuator Mounting positions 2 and 4: Valve with 6-inch extension (select trim 514H or 564H) and standard actuator - ambient temperature may dictate the need for a high-temperature
diaphragm
Valve (select appropriate trim) and actuator with high-temperature O-rings option or
Valve with 6-inch extension (select trim 514H) and standard actuator
426 to 538_C (800 to 1000_F)
Mounting positions 1 and 3: Valve (select appropriate trim) and standard actuator Mounting positions 2 and 4: Valve with 6-inch extension (select trim 564H or 514H with N07718 shaft) and standard actuator - ambient temperature may dictate the need for a
high-temperature diaphragm
Valve (select appropriate trim) and actuator with high-temperature O-rings option or
Valve with 6-inch extension (select trim 564H or 514H with N07718 shaft) and standard actuator
538 to 816_C (1000 to 1500_F)
Valve with 12-inch extension and special trim materials(3) and standard actuator
Valve with 12-inch extension and special trim materials(3) and standard actuator
1. See figure 2 for actuator mounting positions. 2. Select keyed shaft option when using G series actuator. 3. Consult your Emerson sales office. 4. Select square shaft option when using FieldQ actuators.
Figure 2. Mounting Styles and Positions
STYLE D
STYLE C
POSITION 1 STANDARD
2 4
3 STYLE A
4 3
POSITION 1 STANDARD
NORMAL
2
FLOW
STYLE B
NORMAL FLOW
GE37285
POSITION 1 STANDARD
2 4
3
4 3
POSITION 1 STANDARD
2
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 CL900-2500 August 2017
Product Name
D104222X012
Table 5. Dimensions and Weights Lugged Style CL900
VALVE
E
SIZE,
A
B
C
D
Keyed
F
NPS
Shaft
Sq Shaft
mm
6
381
76
233
233
210
90
67
8
470
109
305
305
210
90
67
10
546
146
353
353
210
95
67
12
610
229
445
445
295
- - -
95
14
635
216
451
451
295
- - -
95
16
705
241
438
438
314
- - -
117
18
781
273
524
524
314
- - -
114
20
857
292
695
695
314
- - -
114
24
1041 333
657
657
314
- - -
117
Inches
6
15.00 3.00 9.19 9.19 8.25 3.56 2.62
8
18.50 4.31 12.00 12.00 8.25 3.75 2.62
10
21.50 5.75 13.88 13.88 8.25
3.75 2.62
12
24.00 9.00 17.50 17.50 11.62 - - -
3.75
14
25.00 8.50 17.75 17.75 11.62 - - -
3.75
16
27.75 9.50 17.25 17.25 12.38 - - -
4.62
18
30.76 10.75 20.63 20.63 12.38 - - -
4.50
20
33.75 11.50 27.38 27.38 12.38 - - -
4.50
24
41.00 13.12 25.88 25.88 12.38 - - -
4.62
1. M dimension is the disk chordal swing diameter. 2. Contact your Emerson sales office.
G
Square
22 35 35 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
0.87 1.37 1.37 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
H
235 273 273 337 337 337 337 305 572
9.25 10.75 10.75 13.25 13.25 13.25 13.25 12.00 22.50
K
46 51 51 76 76 76 76 165 203
1.812 2.00 2.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 6.50 8.00
M(1)
126 164 182 165 208 217
(2)
284 366
4.98 6.46 7.17 6.48 8.17 8.55
(2)
11.19 14.40
R
Keyed
25 38 44 57 57 70 70 70 95
1.00 1.50 1.75 2.25 2.25 2.75 2.75 2.75 3.75
KEY SQ APPROX SIZE WEIGHT
kg
6
59.0
10
120
10
210
13
450
13
444
16
513
16
703
16
991
22
1628
lbs
1/4
130
3/8
264
3/8
463
1/2
993
1/2
978
5/8
1132
5/8
1550
5/8
2185
7/8
3590
Table 6. Dimensions Lugged Style CL900
VALVE SIZE, NPS
6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 VALVE SIZE, NPS 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
L
J
mm
See Thread Info Below
See Thread Info Below
5/8-11 4 Holes 3/4-10 4 Holes 3/4-10 4 Holes 7/8-9 4 Holes 7/8-9 4 Holes 7/8-9 4 Holes 1-1/4-7 6 Holes 1-1/4-7 6 Holes 1-1/4-7 6 Holes
Inches
1-1/8-8 12 Holes 1-3/8-8 12 Holes 1-3/8-8 16 Holes 1-3/8-8 20 Holes 1-1/2-8 20 Holes 1-5/8-8 20 Holes 1-7/8-8 20 Holes
2-8 20 Holes 2-1/2-8 20 Holes
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Name
D104222X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 CL900-2500 August 2017
Table 7. Dimensions and Weights Lugged Style CL1500
VALVE
E
SIZE,
A
B
C
D
Keyed
F
H
K
M(1)
NPS
Shaft
mm
10
584
178
399
399
295
95
337
76
118
12
673
267
445
445
305
105
337
76
(2)
14
754
283
483
483
210
114
337
76
(2)
16
826
321
559
559
314
152
305
152
(2)
18
914
349
629
629
379
164
508
203
(2)
20
991
410
682
682
404
171
508
203
(2)
Inches
10
23.00
7.00
15.69
15.69
11.62
3.75
13.25
3.00
4.63
12
26.50
10.50
17.50
17.50
12.00
4.13
13.25
3.00
(2)
14
29.69
11.13
19.00
19.00
8.25
4.50
13.25
3.00
(2)
16
32.52
12.63
22.00
22.00
12.38
6.00
12.00
6.00
(2)
18
36.00
13.75
24.75
24.75
14.94
6.44
20.00
8.00
(2)
20
39.00
16.13
26.84
26.84
15.89
6.75
20.00
8.00
(2)
1. M dimension is the disk chordal swing diameter. 2. The disk size is less than the face-to-face dimension of this valve. Therefore, the disk chordal swing is not applicable when sizing this valve.
R Keyed
57 64 70 70 102 108
2.25 2.50 2.75 2.75 4.00 4.25
KEY SQ SIZE
13 16 16 22 25 25
1/2 5/8 5/8 7/8 1 1
APPROX WEIGHT
kg 311 663 810 1152 1613 2250 lbs 685 1462 1785 2540 3555 4960
Table 8. Dimensions Lugged Style CL1500
VALVE SIZE, NPS
10 12 14 16 18 20 VALVE SIZE, NPS 10 12 14 16 18 20
L
See Thread Info Below
7/8-9 4 Holes 7/8-9 4 Holes 7/8-9 4 Holes 1-1/4-7 6 Holes 1-1/4-7 6 Holes 1-1/4-7 6 Holes
mm Inches
J
See Thread Info Below
1-7/8-8 12 Holes 2-8 16 Holes
2-1/4-8 16 Holes 2-1/2-8 16 Holes 2-3/4-8 16 Holes
3-8 16 Holes
Figure 3. Dimensions Lugged Style CL900 and CL1500 (also see tables 5 and 7)
D
C
E
K
F
A J
R
H
L
B 9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 CL900-2500 August 2017
Product Name
D104222X012
Pressure Drops
Pressure drop limits of any given valve are based on valve body, and trim material limits. To find the appropriate pressure drop limitation, choose the desired valve size and temperature range. Then search
table 9 for body limitations and tables 10 and 11 for trim limitations. Information on limits for S31254, CW2M, M35-1 and other alloy constructions can be obtained by contacting your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner. The lowest number from the tables is the appropriate limit. The tables for both trim and body limits must be consulted.
Table 9. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops (Valve Ratings) Based on Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Valve Types(1) (The tables for both trim and body limits must be consulted)
TEMPERATURE RANGE
WCC
CL900
PRESSURE RANGE
CF8M
WCC
CL1500
CF8M
_C
Bar
-254 to -29
- - -
148.9
- - -
248.2
-29 to 38
155.1
148.9
258.6
248.2
93
155.1
128.2
258.6
213.4
149
150.7
115.8
251.0
192.7
204
145.5
106.2
242.7
177.2
260
137.6
98.9
229.3
164.8
316
125.1
93.4
208.6
155.5
343
121.7
91.4
202.7
152.4
371
114.8
90.0
191.3
149.6
399
104.8
88.3
174.8
147.2
427
85.2
87.2
141.7
145.5
454
- - -
86.5
- - -
144.1
482
- - -
85.8
- - -
143.1
510
- - -
80.0
- - -
133.1
538
- - -
75.2
- - -
125.5
_F
Psi
-450 to -20
- - -
2160
- - -
3600
-20 to 100
2250
2160
3750
3600
200
2250
1860
3750
3095
300
2185
1680
3640
2795
400
2110
1540
3520
2570
500
1995
1435
3325
2390
600
1815
1355
3025
2255
650
1765
1325
2940
2210
700
1665
1305
2775
2170
750
1520
1280
2535
2135
800
1235
1265
2055
2110
850
- - -
1255
- - -
2090
900
- - -
1245
- - -
2075
950
- - -
1160
- - -
1930
1000
- - -
1090
- - -
1820
1. For pressure/temperature rating of other materials, contact your Emerson sales office.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Name
D104222X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 CL900-2500 August 2017
Table 10. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops, CL900(1, 2)
TEMP RANGE
TRIM NUMBER
_C
NPS 6
NPS 8
NPS 10
NPS 12
NPS 14 Bar
NPS 16
NPS 18
NPS 20
-46 to 38
103.4
103.4
103.4
103.4
103.4
103.4
103.4
103.4
38 to 93
75.8
75.8
75.8
75.8
75.8
75.8
75.8
75.8
500
93 to 121
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
121 to 149
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
-46 to 38
100.0
155.1
110.7
155.1
146.6
154.2
151.9
120.0
502
38 to 149
84.6
146.2
110.7
150.7
146.5
139.3
139.1
120.0
149 to 232
78.8
140.4
110.7
141.7
141.7
131.5
134.1
120.0
-46 to 38
103.4
103.4
103.4
103.4
103.4
103.4
103.4
91.0
38 to 93
96.5
96.5
96.5
96.5
96.5
96.5
96.5
91.0
504
93 to 121
62.1
62.1
62.1
62.1
62.1
62.1
62.1
62.1
121 to 149
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
-46 to 38
81.1
122.2
78.5
131.3
104.1
119.8
118.7
82.5
38 to 149
67.6
122.2
78.5
131.3
104.1
103.4
118.7
82.5
506
149 to 232
62.6
122.2
78.5
131.3
104.1
97.4
118.7
82.5
232 to 343
58.1
121.3
78.5
121.3
104.1
91.8
118.7
82.5
343 to 427
55.5
105.1
78.5
105.1
104.1
88.7
105.1
82.5
514H, 516H
343 to 427
55.5
105.1
78.5
105.1
104.1
88.7
105.1
82.5
514H(3), 516H 427 to 538
70.4
62.5
58.7
88.0
48.9
39.1
37.2
52.8
TRIM NUMBER
_F
Psi
-50 to 100
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
100 to 200
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
500
200 to 250
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
250 to 300
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
-50 to 100
1451
2250
1606
2250
2126
2237
2203
1741
502
100 to 300
1227
2120
1606
2185
2125
2020
2017
1741
300 to 450
1143
2036
1606
2055
2055
1907
1945
1741
-50 to 100
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1320
100 to 200
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1320
504
200 to 250
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
250 to 300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
-50 to 100
1176
1773
1138
1905
1510
1737
1721
1197
100 to 300
980
1773
1138
1905
1510
1500
1721
1197
506
300 to 450
908
1773
1138
1905
1510
1412
1721
1197
450 to 650
842
1760
1138
1760
1510
1332
1721
1197
650 to 800
805
1525
1138
1525
1510
1286
1525
1197
514H, 516H 514H(3), 516H
650 to 800 800 to 1000
805 1021
1525 907
1138 851
1525 1276
1510 709
1286 567
1525 539
1197 766
1. Consult your Emerson sales office if higher pressure drops are required. 2. Consult Bulletin 59.3:042 Packing Selection Guidelines for Rotary Valves, D102093X012, for packing selection guidelines regarding pressure/temperature limits. 3. Trim 514H with optional N07718 shaft.
NPS 24
103.4 75.8 41.4 6.9 128.7 128.6 128.7 92.8 92.8 62.1 20.7 89.9 89.9 89.9 89.9 89.9 89.9 43.0
1500 1100 600 100 1866 1865 1866 1346 1346 900 300 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 624
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A11 CL900-2500 August 2017
Product Name
D104222X012
Table 11. Maximum Allowable Shutoff Pressure Drops, CL1500(1, 2)
TRIM NUMBER
TEMP RANGE _C
NPS 10
NPS 12
NPS 14
NPS 16
Bar
NPS 18
NPS 20
-46 to 38
103.4
103.4
103.4
103.4
103.4
103.4
38 to 93
75.8
75.8
75.8
75.8
75.8
75.8
500
93 to 121
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
121 to 149
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
6.9
-46 to 38
155.1
155.1
155.1
155.1
155.1
155.1
502
38 to 149
155.0
149 to 232
146.1
155.1 155.1
155.1 155.1
155.1 155.1
155.1 155.1
155.1 155.1
-46 to 38
103.4
103.4
103.4
103.4
103.4
103.4
38 to 93
96.5
96.5
96.5
96.5
96.5
96.5
504
93 to 121
62.1
62.1
62.1
62.1
62.1
62.1
121 to 149
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
20.7
-46 to 38
133.5
155.1
116.5
139.5
155.1
155.1
38 to 149
114.2
155.1
116.5
139.5
155.1
155.1
506
149 to 232
107.1
232 to 343
100.6
155.1 155.1
116.5 116.5
139.5 139.5
155.1 155.1
155.1 155.1
343 to 427
96.9
155.1
116.5
139.5
155.1
155.1
514H, 516H
343 to 427
96.9
514H(3), 516H
427 to 538
78.2
155.1 70.4
116.5 86.0
139.5 78.2
155.1 66.5
155.1 74.3
TRIM NUMBER
_F
Psi
-50 to 100
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
100 to 200
1100
500
200 to 250
600
1100 600
1100 600
1100 600
1100 600
1100 600
250 to 300
100
100
100
100
100
100
-50 to 100
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
502
100 to 300
2248
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
300 to 450
2119
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
-50 to 100
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
100 to 200
1400
504
200 to 250
900
1400 900
1400 900
1400 900
1400 900
1400 900
250 to 300
300
300
300
300
300
300
-50 to 100
1936
2250
1689
2024
2250
2250
100 to 300
1657
2250
1689
2024
2250
2250
506
300 to 450
1553
450 to 650
1459
2250 2250
1689 1689
2024 2024
2250 2250
2250 2250
650 to 800
1405
2250
1689
2024
2250
2250
514H, 516H
650 to 800
1406
2250
1689
2024
2250
2250
514H(3), 516H
800 to 1000
1134
1021
1248
1134
964
1077
1. Consult your Emerson sales office if higher pressure drops are required. 2. Consult Bulletin 59.3:042 Packing Selection Guidelines for Rotary Valves, D102093X012, for packing selection guidelines regarding pressure/temperature limits. 3. Trim 514H with optional N07718 shaft.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, ENVIRO-SEAL, and FieldQ are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E122016, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
A31A Cryogenic Valve
D500230X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31A Cryogenic February 2019
FisherTM A31A Cryogenic High Performance Butterfly Valve
The Fisher A31A Cryogenic High Performance Butterfly Valve (HPBV) is designed for extreme temperature cryogenic services and features a valve body extension which positions the packing system and the actuator away from the extreme temperatures. The NPS 3 through 12 valves feature a unique one-piece investment cast extension housing. The NPS 14 through 24 valves employ a two-piece fabricated extension housing. The valve also features a metal NOVEX seal as standard providing tight shutoff, low operating torques and the rugged durability needed for cryogenic service.
The A31A Cryogenic HPBV has been developed as a valve/actuator package with a Double D drive shaft (standard for NPS 3 through 12) to allow easy, direct mounting to the Fisher 1035 Rack and Pinion actuator, eliminating the need for external coupling systems. Also available are keyed shaft (standard for NPS 14 through 24) and splined drive shafts to allow easy mounting to other Fisher actuators.
The A31A Cryogenic HPBV is available in either flangeless (wafer) or single flange styles, and S31600 is the standard valve body and disk material. This valve is offered in full rated CL150 and CL300 pressure classes.
W7451-1
FISHER A31A CRYOGENIC VALVE WITH 1035 ACTUATOR
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31A Cryogenic February 2019
A31A Cryogenic Valve
D500230X012
Specifications
Valve Body Sizes and Ratings
NPS J 3, J 4, J 6, J 8, J 10, and J 12 CL150 and 300 J NPS 14 through 24 valves are also available in CL150 and 300
Valve Body Classification
Face-to-face dimensions are in compliance with MSS SP68 and API 609 standards; valve bodies are designed for installation between ASME B16.5 CL150 or 300 raised-face flanges
End Connection Style
J Flangeless, wafer-style or J single flange valve body designed to fit between raised-face mating flanges per ASME B16.5 CL150 or 300
Maximum Inlet Pressure/Temperature(1)
Consistent with CL150 and CL300 pressure/temperature ratings per ASME B16.34, except that 38_C (100_F) rating is applicable to -254_C (-425_F). NOVEX seal maximum pressure/temperature rating is the same as the valve body. See figure 3 for rating of CTFE seal.
Temperature Range(1)
-234 to 260_C (-425 to 500_F)
Available Seal Configurations
See figure 2 and table 2
Standard Construction Materials
Valve Body and Disk: ASTM grades of S31600 stainless steel Disk Coating:Hardcoating Standard (Chrome or Nickel) Shaft: J ASTM grade of S17400 H1150M SST, J N05500 (Optional), J N07718 (Optional) Seal Ring: J S31600 NOVEX Std for CL 150, J S21800 NOVEX Std for CL300, J CTFE(2) optional, or J CTFE(2) with Aluminum Back-up ring optional Packing: J PTFE V-ring, or J graphite (optional) Bearings: J PTFE Composition, or J bronze (optional)
Shutoff Classification Unidirectional Reverse flow. Per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 at ambient temperature NOVEX Seal: Class VI CTFE Seal with Aluminum back-up ring: Class VI
Flow Characteristic Modified equal percentage
Flow Coefficients See Fisher Catalog 12
Noise Levels See Catalog 12 for sound pressure level prediction
Available Actuators J Rack and Pinion 1035 for NPS 3 through 12, J Bettis G Series for keyed shaft NPS 14 through 24 or J Rotary Diaphragm 1051 and 1052 for splined shafts
Disk Rotation Clockwise to close
Valve Dimensions and Approximate Weights See figures 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 and tables 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10.
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin, and any application code or standard limitation, should not be exceeded. 2. CTFE not recommended for fast cycling, less than 2 seconds.
Figure 1. Fisher A31A Cryogenic Valve, Single Flange Style
W7449
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
A31A Cryogenic Valve
D500230X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31A Cryogenic February 2019
Table 1. Approximate Weights
VALVE SIZE, NPS
WAFER CL150
kg lbs
SINGLE FLANGE CL150
kg lbs
WAFER CL300
kg lbs
3
12 27 16 36 12 27
4
21 46 22 48 21 46
6
24 53 28 61 24 53
8
34 75 40 89 47 104
10 57 125 67 148 80 176
12 74 164 93 206 103 227
14 87 191 120 265 142 314
16 133 294 182 401 213 470
18 170 374 231 510 259 570
20 210 463 302 665 401 884
24 326 719 455 1004 512 1128
SINGLE FLANGE CL300 kg lbs 16 35 24 52 28 61 52 115 100 220 135 298 249 548 325 716 434 956 582 1282 863 1903
Features
nCryogenic Seal Improvement-- The NOVEX pressure-assisted metal seal design provides tight shutoff (ANSI Class VI, ambient) and permits the use of smaller, less expensive actuators in applications requiring full ASME B16.34 shutoff capabilities. The NOVEX seal is standard on all A31A Cryogenic valves.
nDirect Actuation--The A31A Cryogenic NPS 3 through 8 Double D shaft allows direct mounting with the 1035 actuator, eliminating the need for a coupler.
nExcellent Shutoff Integrity--Concentric rotation enables the valve disk to remain in the closed
position in spite of line pressure surges or actuator failure.
nSafety--Redundant shaft retention provides added protection. The packing follower and shaft step interact to hold the shaft securely in the valve body. The NPS 3 through 12 valves use a one-piece packing follower, and the NPS 14 through 24 valves use a two-piece follower (see figure 4).
nStrength-- The cast S31600 one-piece extensions are welded directly onto the NPS 3 through 8 valves for greater strength under service conditions.
nEasy Installation--The valve body self-centers on the line flange bolts as a fast, accurate means of centering the valve in the pipeline.
nReliable Flange Gasketing Surface--Seal retainer screws are located so there is no interference with the sealing function of either flat sheet or spiral wound line flange gaskets.
Installation
Recommended installation for the A31A Cryogenic valve is with the shaft upstream of the seal (reverse flow).
Dimensions for wafer-style and single-flange valves are shown in figures 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 and tables 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10.
For assistance in selecting the appropriate combination of actuator action and open valve position, consult your Emerson sales office.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31A Cryogenic February 2019
A31A Cryogenic Valve
D500230X012
Figure 2. Available Seal Configurations
GRAPHITE GASKET
RETAINING RING
BODY
SEAL RING
HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF
VALVE DISK
NOVEX SEAL
GRAPHITE GASKET RETAINING RING
BODY
SEAL RING
HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF
VALVE DISK
CTFE SEAL
GRAPHITE GASKET RETAINING RING
BODY
SEAL RING
16B5083
HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF
VALVE DISK CTFE / ALUM SEAL
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
A31A Cryogenic Valve
D500230X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31A Cryogenic February 2019
Figure 3. Maximum Pressure/Temperature Ratings
C0759-1
CL150, NOVEX SEAL
CTFE
CL300, NOVEX SEAL
CTFE
A4132-1
CL150, CTFE SEAL
A3715-2
CL300, CTFE SEAL
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31A Cryogenic February 2019
A31A Cryogenic Valve
D500230X012
Table 2. Material Temperature Ratings
COMPONENT AND MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION
TEMPERATURE RANGE
_C
_F
Valve Body
CF8M (316 SST) CL150 and 300
-254 to 260
425 to 500
Disk
CF8M (316 SST)
-254 to 260
425 to 500
Disk Coating
Hard Coating(1)
-254 to 260
425 to 500
Shaft
S17400 H1150M (standard) N05500 N07718
-196 to 260 -198 to 260 -254 to 260
320 to 500 -325 to 500 -425 to 500
Bearings
PTFE Composition Rexnord (standard) Bronze
-254 to 163 -254 to 260
425 to 325 425 to 500
Packing
PTFE Packing (standard) Graphite
-254 to 232 -254 to 260
425 to 450 -425 to 500
Seal Ring
NOVEX S31600 Seal Ring (CL150) (standard) NOVEX S21800 Seal Ring (CL300) (standard)
CTFE Cryogenic Seal Ring
-254 to 260 -254 to 260
-254 to 149
-425 to 500 -425 to 500
-425 to 300
1. The material for hard coating on the disk is either hard chrome plating or Electroless Nickel Coating (ENC) depending upon availability.
Figure 4. Anti-Blowout Protection
PACKING RING
SHAFT STUD HEX NUT PACKING FOLLOWER
V-RING PACKING
PACKING FLANGE
ANTI-BLOWOUT FLANGE
SHAFT
HEX NUT STUD
HEX NUT
ANTI-BLOWOUT SHAFT SHOULDER
OUTBOARD BEARING
16B5082
NPS 3 THROUGH 12
SHAFT SHOULDER
A7090
NPS 14 THROUGH 24
PACKING FOLLOWER
TYPICAL PTFE V-RING PACKING
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
A31A Cryogenic Valve
D500230X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31A Cryogenic February 2019
Table 3. Dimensions, Wafer Style Valves, CL150, NPS 3 through 8
VALVE
SIZE, A
D
NPS
E
F
F1
G
J
K
M(2) R(1)
S
T
U
V
FLAT LENGTH
FLAT SIZE
mm
3
48
87
83
10
19 79 146 375 71 133 16 152 32 117
25
11
4
54 113 83
22
25 95 178 451 94 171 19 152 32 117
25
14
6
57 165 83
41
51 127 248 489 148 219 25 152 32 117
25
17
8
64 210 83
65
68 152 - - - 679 197 273 25 152 32 117
25
17
Inches
3
1.88 3.44 3.25 0.38 0.75 3.13 5.75 14.75 2.82 5.25 0.625 6.0 1.25 4.63
1.0
0.436
4
2.13 4.44 3.25 0.88 1.0 3.75 7.0 17.75 3.69 6.75 0.75 6.0 1.25 4.63
1.0
0.561
6
2.25 6.50 3.25 1.63 2.0 5.0 9.75 19.25 5.82 8.63
1
6.0 1.25 4.63
1.0
0.687
8
2.50 8.25 3.25 2.57 2.69 6.0 - - - 26.75 7.75 10.75 1
6.0 1.25 4.63
1.0
0.687
1. Face-to-face dimensions are in compliance with MSS SP68 and API 609 specifications. 2. Minimum I.D. is the minimum pipe or flange I.D. required for disk swing clearance.
Figure 5. Dimensions, Wafer Style Valves, CL150, NPS 3 through 8 (also see table 3)
CLOCKWISE TO CLOSE
E
102 [4.00]
VENT (SUPPLIED PER
REQUEST)
O S CLOSED POSITION MATCH MARKS
T
FLAT LENGTH
6 HOLES O 0.56 THROUGH
A
U
V
TYPICAL VALVE MOUNTING
FLAT SIZE
DISK
K
SHOWN IN
FULL OPEN
POSITION
G O J
O R
16B4210
M MIN I.D. REQUIRED FOR DISK SWING CLEARANCE
F
FLOW
D PORT DIAMETER
F1
VALVE BODY
mm (INCHES)
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31A Cryogenic February 2019
A31A Cryogenic Valve
D500230X012
Table 4. Dimensions, Single Flange Style Valves, CL150, NPS 3 through 8
VALVE
SIZE, A
D
E
F
F1
J
NPS
K
M(2)
R(1)
S
T
U
V
W
FLAT FLAT LENGTH SIZE
mm
3
48
87
83
10
19 152 375
71
207
16 152 32 117
25
11
4
54 113 83
22
25 191 451
94
238
19 152 32 117 See thread
25
14
6
57 165 83
41
51 241 489 148 308
25
152
32
117
information below
25
17
8
64 210 83
65
68 298 679 197 336
25 152 32 117
25
17
Inches
3
1.88 3.44 3.25 0.375 0.75
6.0
14.75 2.82
8.25 0.625
6.0
1.25
4.63
0.625-11 4 holes
1.0 0.436
4
2.13 4.44 3.25 0.875 1.0
7.5
17.75 3.69
9.38
0.75
6.0
1.25
4.63
0.625-11 8 holes
1.0 0.561
6
2.25 6.50 3.25 1.63 2.0 9.5 19.25 5.82 12.13 1
6.0
1.25 4.63
0.75-10 8 holes
1.0 0.687
8
2.50 8.25 3.25 2.57 2.69 11.75 26.75 7.75 13.25 1
6.0
1.25 4.63
0.75-10 8 holes
1.0 0.687
1. Face-to-face dimensions are in compliance with MSS SP68 and API 609 specifications. 2. Minimum I.D. is the minimum pipe or flange I.D. required for disk swing clearance.
Figure 6. Dimensions, Single Flange Style Valves, CL150, NPS 3 through 8 (also see table 4)
E
102 [4.00]
VENT (SUPPLIED PER
REQUEST)
K
CLOCKWISE TO CLOSE
O S
CLOSED POSITION MATCH MARKS
T
FLAT LENGTH
6 HOLES O 0.56 THROUGH
FLAT SIZE
A
U
V
TYPICAL VALVE MOUNTING
DISK SHOWN IN FULL OPEN POSITION
O R O W ON A J DIAMETER CIRCLE
16B4211
M MIN I.D. REQUIRED FOR DISK SWING CLEARANCE
F
D PORT DIAMETER
F1
FLOW
VALVE BODY mm (INCHES)
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
A31A Cryogenic Valve
D500230X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31A Cryogenic February 2019
Table 5. Dimensions, Wafer Style valves, CL300, NPS 3 through 6
VALVE
SIZE,
A
D
E
F
F1
G
J
K
M(2)
NPS
mm
3
48 87 83
10
19
79
146 375
71
4
54 113 83
22
25
95
178 451
94
6
57 164 83
41
48 127 248 489 146
Inches
3
1.88 3.44 3.25 0.375 0.75 3.13 5.75 14.75 2.81
4
2.13 4.44 3.25 0.875 1.0 3.75 7.0 17.75 3.69
6
2.25 6.44 3.25 1.63 1.88 5.0 9.75 19.25 5.75
1. Face-to-face dimensions are in compliance with MSS SP68 and API 609 specifications. 2. Minimum I.D. is the minimum pipe or flange I.D. required for disk swing clearance.
R(1)
S
T
U
V
FLAT FLAT LENGTH SIZE
133 16 152 32 117
25
11
171 19 152 32 117
25
14
219 25 152 32 117
25
17
5.25 0.625 6.0 1.25 4.63
1.0
0.436
6.75 0.75 6.0 1.25 4.63
1.0
0.561
8.63
1
6.0 1.25 4.63
1.0
0.687
Figure 7. Dimensions, Wafer Style valves, CL300, NPS 3 through 6 (also see table 5)
E 102 [4.00]
O S U
6 HOLES O 0.56 THROUGH T
A
V
TYPICAL VALVE MOUNTING
CLOCKWISE TO CLOSE
FLAT LENGTH
FLAT SIZE
VENT (SUPPLIED PER
REQUEST)
K
DISK SHOWN IN FULL OPEN POSITION
G O J
O R
16B4212
M MIN I.D. REQUIRED FOR DISK SWING CLEARANCE
F
FLOW
D PORT DIAMETER
F1
VALVE BODY
mm (INCHES)
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31A Cryogenic February 2019
A31A Cryogenic Valve
D500230X012
Table 6. Dimensions, Single Flange Style Valves, CL300, NPS 3 through 6
VALVE
SIZE, A
D
E
F
F1
J
NPS
K
M(2)
R(1)
S
T
mm
3
48 87 83
10
19 168 375
71
207
16 152
4
54 113 83
22
25 200 451
94
238
19 152
6
57 164 83
41
48 270 489 146 308
25 152
Inches
3
1.88 3.44 3.25 0.375 0.75 6.63 14.75 2.81 8.13 0.625 6.0
4
2.13 4.44 3.25 0.875 1.0 7.88 17.75 3.69 9.75 0.75 6.0
6
2.25 6.44 3.25 1.63 1.88 10.63 19.25 5.75 12.63 1
6.0
1. Face-to-face dimensions are in compliance with MSS SP68 and API 609 specifications. 2. Minimum I.D. is the minimum pipe or flange I.D. required for disk swing clearance.
U
32 32 32
1.25 1.25 1.25
V
W
FLAT LENGTH
117 See thread
25
117 information
25
117
below
25
4.63
0.75-10 8 holes
1.0
4.63
0.75-10 8 holes
1.0
4.63
0.75-10 12 holes
1.0
FLAT SIZE
11 14 17
0.436 0.561 0.687
Figure 8. Dimensions, Single Flange Style Valves, CL300, NPS 3 through 6 (also see table 6)
E 102 [4.00]
O S U
6 HOLES O 0.56 THROUGH
CLOCKWISE TO CLOSE
J A
FLAT LENGTH
FLAT SIZE
V
TYPICAL VALVE MOUNTING
VENT (SUPPLIED PER REQUEST)
K
DISK SHOWN IN FULL OPEN POSITION
O R O W ON A J DIAMETER CIRCLE
16B4213
M MIN I.D. REQUIRED FOR DISK SWING CLEARANCE
F
D PORT DIAMETER
F1
FLOW
VALVE BODY mm (INCHES)
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
A31A Cryogenic Valve
D500230X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31A Cryogenic February 2019
Table 7. Dimensions, Wafer Style Valve, CL150, NPS 10 through 24
VALVE
SIZE,
A(1)
D
E
NPS
F
F1
G
J
K
mm
10
71
265
89
83
98
187
- - -
724
12
81
316
89
105
113
224
406
851
14
92
338 102
122
117
240
476
914
16
102 384 102
143
133
276
540
914
18
114 432 102
162
149
341
578
914
20
127 479 102
182
162
375
635
914
24
154 594 102
227
203
432
749
914
Inches
10
2.82 10.44 3.5
3.25 3.81 7.38
- - -
28.5
12
3.19 12.44 3.5
4.13 4.44 8.82
16.0
33.5
14
3.6 13.3
4
4.80 4.61 9.45
18.75
36
16
4
15.1
4
5.63 5.25 10.87
21.25
36
18
4.5
17
4
6.38 5.87 13.43
22.75
36
20
5
18.86
4
7.17 6.38 14.75
25
36
24
6.06 23.38
4
8.94
8
17
29.5
36
1. Face-to-face dimensions are in compliance with MSS SP68 and API 609 specifications. 2. Minimum I.D. is the minimum pipe or flange I.D. required for disk swing clearance. 3. Shaft diameter at key.
M(2)
254 298 330 378 429 470 575
10 11.75
13 14.88 16.89 18.5 22.64
R
S(3)
T
U
337
32
235 46.0
381
38
235 46.0
448
30.2
235 46.0
511
31.8
235 46.0
533
38.1
273 50.8
584
44.5
273 50.8
692
57.2
337 76.2
13.25 1.25 9.25 1.81
15.0
1.5
9.25 1.81
17.64 1.1875 9.25 1.81
20.11 1.25 9.25 1.81
21
1.5 10.75 2.00
23
1.75 10.75 2.00
27.25 2.25 13.25 3.00
W
- - - - 29 29 32 32 35
- - - - 1.125 1.125 1.25 1.25 1.375
Figure 9. Dimensions, Wafer Style Valve, CL150, NPS 10 through 24 (see also table 7)
A
CLOSED POSITION MATCH MARKS T
O W
12B7109-A
U
E K
VENT
CLOCKWISE TO CLOSE
DISK SHOWN IN FULL OPEN
POSITION
G
O R O J NPS 10 AND 12 VALVES ONLY
16B4210 A7244
R DIAMETER
M MINIMUM I.D.
REQUIRED
FOR DISK SWING
CLEARANCE G
F
D PORT DIAMETER
F1
QUANTITY 4 W DIAMETER HOLES ON A J DIAMETER CIRCLE (NPS 14 THROUGH 24 VALVES)
VALVE BODY A
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31A Cryogenic February 2019
A31A Cryogenic Valve
D500230X012
Table 8. Dimensions, Single Flange Style Valve, CL150, NPS 10 through 24
VALVE
SIZE,
A(1)
D
E
F
F1
G
NPS
J
K
M(2)
R
mm
10
71
265
89
83
98
- - -
362 724
254
406
12
81
316
89
105
113
- - -
432 851
298
476
14
92
338
102
122
117
240
476 914
330
533
16
102
384
102
143
133
316
540 914
378
597
18
114
432
102
162
149
341
578 914
429
635
20
127
479
102
182
162
375
635 914
470
705
24
154
594
102
227
203
432
749 914
575
813
Inches
10
2.82 10.44 3.5 3.25
3.82
- - -
14.25 28.5 10.0
16.0
S(3)
T
U
32
235
46.0
32
235
46.0
30.2
235
46.0
31.8
235
46.0
38.1
273
50.8
44.5
273
50.8
57.2
337
76.2
1.25 9.25 1.81
12
3.19 12.44 3.5 4.13
4.38
- - -
17.0 33.5 11.75
18.75 1.25
9.25
1.81
14
3.62 13.30
4
4.8
4.60
9.45
18.75 36
13
21 1.1875 9.25 1.81
16
4
15.12
4
5.63
5.25 12.44 21.25 36
14.88
23.5
1.25 9.25 1.81
18
4.5
17
4
6.38
5.86 13.43 22.75 36
16.89
25
1.5 10.75 2.00
20
5
18.85
4
7.17
6.38 14.75
25
36
18.50
27.75 1.75 10.75 2.00
24
6.06 23.38
4
8.94
8
17
29.50 36
22.64
32
2.25 13.25 3.00
1. Face-to-face dimensions are in compliance with MSS SP68 and API 609 specifications. 2. Minimum I.D. is the minimum pipe or flange I.D. required for disk swing clearance. 3. Shaft diameter at key.
W
See thread information
below
0.875-9 12 holes 0.875-9 12 holes
1-8 12 holes
1-8 16 holes 1.125-8 16 holes 1.125-8 20 holes 1.25-8 20 holes
Figure 10. Dimensions, Single Flange Style Valve, CL150, NPS 10 through 24 (see also table 8)
CLOSED POSITION MATCH MARKS
12B7109-A
R DIAMETER
E K
VENT
CLOCKWISE TO CLOSE
DISK SHOWN IN FULL OPEN POSITION
O R
O W ON A J DIAMETER CIRCLE
16B4211 A7245
NPS 10 AND 12 VALVES ONLY
M MINIMUM I.D.
REQUIRED
FOR DISK SWING
CLEARANCE
G
F
W DIAMETER ON A
C
J DIAMETER CIRCLE
D PORT DIAMETER
F1
VALVE BODY
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
A31A Cryogenic Valve
D500230X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31A Cryogenic February 2019
Table 9. Dimensions, Wafer Style Valve, CL300, NPS 8 through 24
VALVE
SIZE,
A(1)
D
E
F
F1
G
J
K
NPS
mm
8
73
195
89
51
62
173
305 679
10
85
246
89
75
75
265
387 724
12
94
292
89
93
99
281
451 851
14
117
321 102 100
97
314
514 914
16
133
367 102 117
105
348
572 914
18
149
413 152 129
125
379
629 914
20
159
468 152 149
146
410
686 914
24
181
551 152 176
173
476
813 914
Inches
8
2.88 7.69 3.5 2.0
2.44
6.81
12.0 26.75
10
3.36 9.69 3.5 2.94
2.94
10.44 15.25 28.5
12
3.70 11.5 3.5 3.88
3.88
11.06 17.75 33.5
14
4.60 12.64 4
3.93
3.82
12.36 20.25 36
16
5.25 14.45 4
4.60
4.13
13.7 22.50 36
18
5.86 16.25 6
5.08
4.92
14.92 24.75 36
20
6.25 18.43 6
5.86
5.75
16.14
37
36
24
7.13 21.69 6
6.93 16.81 18.75
32
36
1. Face-to-face dimensions are in compliance with MSS SP68 and API 609 specifications. 2. Minimum I.D. is the minimum pipe or flange I.D. required for disk swing clearance. 3. Shaft diameter at key.
M(2)
186 230 282 305 349 391 442 523
7.31 9.06 11.09 12 13.75 15.40 17.40 20.59
R
279 349 394 432 489 546 600 711
11.0 13.75 15.5
17 19.25 21.5 23.62
28
S(3)
T
U
W
32
235 46.0
38
235 46.0
44
273 50.8
44.5 273 50.8 See thread
informatio
44.5
273
50.8
n below
57.2 337 76.2
69.9 337 76.2
69.9 337 76.2
1.25 9.25 1.81 1.5 9.25 1.81 1.75 10.75 2.00 1.75 10.75 2.00 1.75 10.75 2.00 2.25 13.25 3.00 2.75 13.25 3.00 2.75 13.25 3.00
- - 1-8 1.125-8 1.125-8 1.25-8 1.25-8 1.25-8 1.5-8
Figure 11. Dimensions, Wafer Style Valve, CL300, NPS 8 through 24 (also see table 9)
A
CLOSED POSITION MATCH MARKS
G
O J
O R NPS 8 VALVE ONLY
R DIAMETER
E
T
O W
U
12B7105-A
K
VENT
M MINIMUM I.D.
REQUIRED
FOR DISK SWING
CLEARANCE
G
F
CLOCKWISE TO CLOSE
DISK SHOWN IN FULL OPEN POSITION
D PORT DIAMETER F1
16B4212 A7246
QUANTITY 4 W DIAMETER HOLES ON A J DIAMETER CIRCLE (NPS 10 THROUGH 24 VALVES)
VALVE BODY C
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31A Cryogenic February 2019
A31A Cryogenic Valve
D500230X012
Table 10. Dimensions, Single Flange Style Valve, CL300, NPS 8 through 24
VALVE
SIZE,
A(1)
D
E
F
F1
G
J
K
M(2)
NPS
mm
8
73
195
89
51
62
214
330 679
186
10
85
246
89
75
75
265
387 724
230
12
94
292
89
93
99
281
451 851
282
14
117
321 102 100
97
314
514 914
305
16
133
367 102 117
105
348
572 914
349
18
149
413 152 129
125
379
629 914
391
20
159
468 152 149
146
410
686 914
442
24
181
551 152 176
173
476
813 914
523
Inches
8
2.88
7.69 3.5
2.0
2.44
8.44
13.0 26.75 7.32
10
33.6
9.69 3.5 2.94
2.94
10.44 15.25 28.5 9.06
12
3.70
11.5 3.5 3.69
3.88
11.06 17.75 33.5 11.09
14
4.60 12.63 4
3.94
3.82
12.36 20.25 36
12
16
5.25 14.45 4
4.60
4.13
13.70 22.50 36 13.75
18
5
16.25 6
5.08
4.92
14.92 24.75 36 15.39
20
6.25 18.43 6
5.87
5.75
16.14
37
36 17.40
24
7.13 2121.69 6
6.93
6.81
18.75
32
1. Face-to-face dimensions are in compliance with MSS SP68 and API 609 specifications. 2. Minimum I.D. is the minimum pipe or flange I.D. required for disk swing clearance. 3. Shaft diameter at key.
36 20.59
R
S(3)
T
U
W
375
32
235 46.0
438
38
235 46.0
514 47.6 273 50.8
584
44.5
273
50.8 See thread
648
44.5
273
50.8
information below
711 57.2 337 76.2
775 69.9 337 76.2
914 69.9 337 76.2
14.75 1.25 9.25 1.81
17.25 1.5 9.25 1.81
20.25 1.875 10.75 2.00
23
1.75 10.75 2.00
25.5 1.75 10.75 2.00
28
2.25 13.25 3.00
30.5 2.75 13.25 3.00
36
2.75 13.25 3.00
0.875-9 12 holes
1-8 16 holes
1.125-8 16 holes
1.125-8 20 holes
1.25-8 20 holes
1.25-8 24 holes
1.25-8 24 holes
1.5-8 24 holes
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
A31A Cryogenic Valve
D500230X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31A Cryogenic February 2019
Figure 12. Dimensions, Single Flange Style Valve, CL300, NPS 8 through 24 (also see table 10)
CLOSED POSITION
A
MATCH MARKS
E
CLOCKWISE TO CLOSE
VENT T
R DIAMETER
O W
K
U
12B7105-A
DISK SHOWN IN FULL OPEN POSITION
M MINIMUM I.D.
REQUIRED
FOR DISK SWING
CLEARANCE
F
G
D PORT DIAMETER
F1
A7247
W DIAMETER ON A J DIAMETER CIRCLE
VALVE BODY C
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31A Cryogenic February 2019
A31A Cryogenic Valve
D500230X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E161999, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
A31D Valve
D500213X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31D August 2017
FisherTM A31D Double-Flange High-Performance Butterfly Valve
The Fisher A31D double-flange high-performance butterfly valve provides outstanding performance under extreme pressure and temperature conditions.
The A31D valve is available with face-to-face dimensions conforming to ISO 5752 Butterfly Valve Short (CL150) or Long (CL300) Series (for other face-to-face dimension requirements, consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner). A splined shaft combines with a variety of Fisher spring-and-diaphragm or pneumatic piston actuators. A keyed drive shaft combines with a variety of handlevers, handwheels, or pneumatic double-acting or spring-return piston actuators. These combinations make the A31D valve a reliable, high-performance butterfly valve for both throttling and on-off applications in the process industries.
The A31D valve can be supplied with one of several dynamic seals (figure 1) that can be used in a variety of demanding applications. With the appropriate seal selection and materials of construction, the pressure-assisted seal provides excellent shutoff against the full ASME class pressure range.
Features
nExcellent Shutoff Integrity-- The pressure-assisted seal design provides tight shutoff and permits the use of smaller actuators in applications requiring full ASME B16.34 shutoff capabilities.
nTrue Bi-directional Shutoff Performance-- A31D valve design helps to ensure that the torque necessary to open and close the valve is the same regardless of the direction in which the differential pressure is applied.
X0704
Fisher A31D Valve with 2052 Actuator
nSafety-- Shaft-blowout protection is designed into the A31D valve (figure 2). For NPS 3 through 12 valves, the packing follower and an anti-blowout follower hold an anti-blowout gland securely around the valve shaft. Under the anti-blowout gland, a formed wire ring around the shaft completes the protection design. For NPS 14 through 24 valves, the anti-blowout gland fits securely over the valve shaft which has been turned down to form a circumferential shoulder that contacts the anti-blowout gland.
nExcellent Emissions Capabilities-- The optional ENVIRO-SEALTM packing system is designed with improved sealing, guiding, and loading force transmission. The ENVIRO-SEAL packing system can control emissions to below the EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) limit of 100 ppm (parts per million) for valves.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31D August 2017
A31D Valve
D500213X012
nShaft Versatility-- This valve will meet your actuator needs with a choice of splined or keyed shaft connections.
nSour Service Capability-- Trim and bolting materials are available for applications involving sour liquids and gases. These constructions comply with NACE MR0175-2002, MR0103, and MR0175/ISO 15156.
nReliable Flange Gasketing Surface-- Seal retainer screws are located so there is no interference with the sealing function of either flat sheet or spiral wound line flange gaskets.
nEasy Installation-- The valve body self-centers on the line flange bolts as a fast, accurate means of centering the valve in the pipeline.
A31D Valve Specifications and Materials of Construction
Table 1. Fisher A31D Valve Specifications
SPECIFICATION
Valve Body Size Pressure Rating
NPS 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Consistent with CL150 and 300 per ASME B16.34(1)
Valve Body Materials
WCC Steel CF8M Stainless Steel
Disk Materials
CF8M Stainless Steel
End Connections
Mates with RF flanges per ASME B16.5
Valve Body Style
Double Flange
Shaft Connection
Spline (standard) Keyed (optional)
Face-to-Face Dimensions
CL150: ISO 5752 Butterfly Valve Short Series CL300: ISO 5752 Butterfly Valve Long Series
Shutoff
Soft Seal: Bidirectional ANSI/FCI 70-2 Class VI NOVEX Seal: Unidirectional MSS SP-61(2)
Phoenix III Seal: ANSI/FCI 70-2 Class VI
Flow Direction
Reverse (flow direction is into the shaft side of the disk)
Flow Characteristic
Approximately Linear
Disk Rotation
Clockwise (CW) to close
1, See table 4 and figure 4 for additional information. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable codes or standard limitation should not be exceeded. 2. 0.1 scfh per unit of NPS at 80 psi.
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Standard Seal Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2
Tables Materials of Construction and Temperature Ranges 5 Valve Body Material Pressure/Temperature
Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
A31D Valve
D500213X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31D August 2017
Figure 1. Available Seal Configurations
BACK-UP RING
SEAL RING
BODY
GRAPHITE GASKET
LARGEST OUTSIDE DIAMETER
BACK-UP RING
BODY
RETAINING RING
VALVE DISK
SOFT SEAL WITH BACK-UP O-RING
HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF 2
RETAINING RING
BODY
VALVE DISK
PHOENIX III FIRE-TESTED SEAL
LARGEST OUTSIDE DIAMETER
LARGEST OUTSIDE DIAMETER
SEAL RING
RESILIENT INSERT HIGH PRESSURE AT SHUTOFF 1
SEAL RING
VALVE DISK
HIGH PRESSURE
AT SHUTOFF 1
E0578
NOVEX SEAL
Notes: 1This unidirectional seal must be installed so that the retaining ring is downstream from the high pressure side of the valve at shutoff, as shown. 2For this bidirectional seal, The "preferred" valve orientation places the retaining ring downstream from the high pressure side of the valve at shutoff.
Installation
Recommended or "preferred" installation for the A31D valve is with the flow into the shaft side of the disk (retaining ring downstream from the high pressure side of the valve).
The standard soft seal offers ANSI/FCI 70-2 Class VI, bidirectional shutoff. The Phoenix III seal should be installed in the preferred direction to obtain optimal shutoff performance, and it must be installed in the preferred direction for fire-tested applications. The NOVEX seal is uni-directional and should be installed in the preferred direction.
For assistance in selecting the appropriate combination of actuator action and open valve position, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
Standard Seal Configurations
nStandard Soft Seal (PTFE)-- A resilient dynamic seal with an elastomeric back-up ring for low to moderate temperature applications.
nNOVEX Seal-- The NOVEX stainless steel seal is available for severe service, Cryogenic, and high-temperature applications.
nPhoenix III Seal-- This three-component, metal-and-polymeric seal is available for severe service with low to moderate temperature applications.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31D August 2017
A31D Valve
D500213X012
Figure 2. Blowout Protection (NPS 3 through 12)
PACKING FLANGE
PACKING FOLLOWER
PACKING FLANGE
ANTIBLOWOUT RING
ANTIBLOWOUT FLANGE
SPRING PACK ASSEMBLY
ANTI-BLOWOUT WIRE
STUD AND HEX NUT
HEX JAM NUT ANTI-BLOWOUT FLANGE
TYPICAL PACKING
VALVE BODY
C0766
STANDARD PACKING ARRANGEMENT CUTAWAY, NPS 3 THROUGH 12
TYPICAL PACKING
VALVE BODY
B2449
ENVIRO-SEAL ARRANGEMENT (PTFE SHOWN) NPS 3 THROUGH 12
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
A31D Valve
D500213X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31D August 2017
Table 2. Materials of Construction and Temperature Ratings
COMPONENT AND MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION
Valve Body Carbon steel (SA216 WCC) CF8M (316 SST)
Disk CF8M (316 SST)
Disk Edge Coating Chrome Plating (Standard with NOVEX or Phoenix III Seals) Chrome Coating
Shaft S20910 S17400 (H1025) S17400 (H1150M) N07718
Bearings PEEK (standard) S31600(1) R30006 (Alloy 6)
Packing PTFE Packing and PTFE ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Graphite packing Graphite packing with oxidizing media Graphite ENVIRO-SEAL Packing
Seal Ring and Backup Ring
PTFE Seal Ring Nitrile Backup O-Ring Chloroprene Backup O-Ring EPR Backup O-Ring Fluorocarbon Backup O-Ring (std)
UHMWPE(2) Seal Ring (CL150 Only) Nitrile Backup O-Ring Chloroprene Backup O-Ring EPR Backup O-Ring Fluorocarbon Backup O-Ring (std)
Seal Ring
Phoenix III and/or Fire Tested Construction S31600 and PTFE Seal Ring with Nitrile Backup O-Ring Chloroprene Backup O-Ring EPR Backup O-Ring Fluorocarbon Backup O-Ring (std)
NOVEX S31600 Seal(1) Ring (CL150) NOVEX S31600 Seal(1) Ring (CL300) NOVEX S21800 Seal(1) Ring (CL300)
1. For a complete material description, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner. 2. UHMWPE stands for ultra high molecular weight polyethylene.
TEMPERATURE RANGE
_C
_F
29 to 427 198 to 538
20 to 800 325 to 1000
198 to 538
325 to 1000
254 to 316 -254 to 593
425 to 600 -425 to 1100
198 to 538 73 to 427 -196 to 427 -254 to 704
325 to 1000 100 to 800 320 to 800 -425 to 1300
73 to 260 198 to 816 198 to 816
100 to 500 325 to 1500 325 to 1500
148 to 232 198 to 816 198 to 538 -148 to 315
325 to 450 325 to 1500 325 to 1000 -325 to 600
29 to 93 43 to 149 54 to 182 29 to 204
20 to 200 45 to 300 65 to 360 20 to 400
29 to 93 43 to 93 54 to 93 29 to 93
40 to 149 54 to 149 62 to 204 40 to 232 254 to 816 254 to 816 -254 to 816
20 to 200 45 to 200 65 to 200 -20 to 200
40 to 300 65 to 300 80 to 400 40 to 450 425 to 1500 425 to 1500 425 to 1500
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31D August 2017
A31D Valve
D500213X012
Table 3. Valve/Actuator Combinations
TEMPERATURE RANGE
-46 to 343_C (-50 to 650_F) 343 to 426_C (650 to 800_F) 426 to 538_C (800 to 1000_F)
1. Select keyed shaft option. 2. See figure 3 for actuator mounting positions. 3. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
SELECTION GUIDELINES 1052, 1061, or 2052(2)
Bettist(1)
Valve (select appropriate trim) and standard actuator
Valve (select appropriate trim) and standard actuator
Mounting positions 1 and 3: Valve (select appropriate trim) and standard actuator
Valve (select appropriate trim) and actuator with high-temperature O-rings option
Mounting positions 1 and 3: Valve (select appropriate trim) and standard actuator
Valve (select appropriate trim) and actuator with high-temperature O-rings option
Figure 3. Mounting Styles and Positions
STYLE D
POSITION 1 STANDARD
2 4
3
STYLE A
POSITION 1 STANDARD
NORMAL
2
FLOW
4
3
GE37285
STYLE C
POSITION 1 STANDARD
4
NORMAL
FLOW
2
3
4 3
STYLE B
POSITION 1 STANDARD
2
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
A31D Valve
D500213X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31D August 2017
Table 4. Valve Body Material Pressure/Temperature Ratings(1)
TEMPERATURE RANGE
WCC
CL150
CF8M
PRESSURE RANGE
_C
Bar
-254 to -29
- - -
19.0
-29 to 38
20
19.0
93
17.9
16.2
149
15.9
14.8
204
13.8
13.4
260
11.7
11.7
316
9.7
9.7
343
8.6
8.6
371
7.6
7.6
399
6.6
6.6
427
5.5
5.5
454
- - -
4.5
482
- - -
3.4
510
- - -
2.4
538
- - -
1.4
_F
Psi
-450 to -20
- - -
275
-20 to 100
290
275
200
260
235
300
230
215
400
200
195
500
170
170
600
140
140
650
125
125
700
110
110
750
95
95
800
80
80
850
- - -
65
900
- - -
50
950
- - -
35
1000
- - -
20
1. For pressure/temperature ratings of other materials, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
WCC
- - 51.7 51.7 50.3 48.6 45.9 41.7 40.7 38.3 34.8 28.3 - - - - - - - - -
- - 750 750 730 705 665 605 590 555 505 410 - - - - - - - - -
CL300
CF8M
49.6 49.6 42.7 38.6 35.5 33.1 31.0 30.3 30.0 29.3 29.0 29.0 28.6 26.5 25.2
720 720 620 560 515 480 450 440 435 425 420 420 415 385 365
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31D August 2017
A31D Valve
D500213X012
Figure 4. Maximum Pressure/Temperature Ratings for Soft Seal, NOVEX Seal and Phoenix III Seal, CL150 and CL300
OPERATING TEMPERATURE, _C
OPERATING TEMPERATURE, _C
OPERATING TEMPERATURE, _F CL150 SOFT SEAL
OPERATING TEMPERATURE, _F CL300 SOFT SEAL
CL150 NOVEX SEAL
CL300 NOVEX SEAL
CL150 PHOENIX III SEAL
CL300 PHOENIX III SEAL
C0759-1
Note 1 Because of potential erosive and premature seal failure that can occur, throttling PTFE seals at differential pressures greater than 300 psid at disk angles less than
20 degrees open is not recommended. 2 Temperature limitations do not account for the additional limitations imposed by the backup O-ring used with this seal. To determine the effective temperature
limitation of the appropriate seal backup O-ring combination, refer to table 2.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
A31D Valve
D500213X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31D August 2017
Figure 5. Dimensions and Weights, CL150 Double-Flange Valves (also see tables 5 and 7)
D
C
T
O A
B E
4X O V O J BOLT CIRCLE EACH SIDE
O H THRU O J BOLT CIRCLE
G HOLES
O K M
4X O P THRU
T
N
U L KEY SQ.
O K
OPTIONAL KEYED DRIVE SHAFT
O S
O R PACKING CLEARANCE
Table 5. CL150, Double-Flange Dimensions
CL150 DIMENSION A, C, D, E, & H THROUGH U
VALVE SIZE, A B(3) C
D E(3) G(3) H
J
K
(1)
(2)
L MN
P
R
T
U
S
(1)
(2)
(2)
V
NPS
mm
3
191 114 143 132 57.2 4 19.1 152 14.3 14.3 3.18 117 --- 14.2 65.0 85.9 187 102 47.8
---
4
229 127 159 154 63.5 4 19.1 191 15.9 17.5 4.76 117 --- 14.2 69.9 111 187 102 47.8 5/8--11
6
279 140 206 186 69.9 4 22.2 241 22.2 23.8 6.35 152 31.8 14.2 79.2 160 214 102 47.8 3/4--10
8
343 152 222 198 76.2 4 22.2 298 22.2 23.8 6.35 152 31.8 14.2 79.2 202 214 102 47.8 3/4--10
10 406 165 279 203 82.6 8 25.4 362 28.4 28.6 6.35 235 46.0 17.5 88.9 265 208 102 47.8 7/8--9
12 483 178 305 236 88.9 8 25.4 432 31.8 31.8 6.35 235 46.0 17.5 88.9 316 208 102 47.8 7/8--9
Inches
3
7.50 4.50 5.62 5.18 2.25 4
3/4 6.00 9/16 9/16 1/8 4.62 --- 0.56 2.56 3.38 7.38 4.00 1.88
---
4 9.00 5.00 6.25 6.06 2.50 4 3/4 7.50 5/8 11/16 3/16 4.62 --- 0.56 2.75 4.38 7.38 4.00 1.88 5/8--11
6 11.00 5.50 8.12 7.31 2.75 4 7/8 9.50 7/8 15/16 1/4 6.00 1.25 0.56 3.12 6.28 8.44 4.00 1.88 3/4--10
8 13.50 6.00 8.75 7.81 3.00 4 7/8 11.75 7/8 15/16 1/4 6.00 1.25 0.56 3.12 7.97 8.44 4.00 1.88 3/4--10
10 16.00 6.50 11.00 8.00 3.25 8
1 14.25 1-1/8 1-1/8 1/4 9.25 1.81 0.69 3.50 10.44 8.19 4.00 1.88 7/8--9
12 19.00 7.00 12.00 9.31 3.50 8
1 17.00 1-1/4 1-1/4 1/4 9.25 1.81 0.69 3.50 12.44 8.19 4.00 1.88 7/8--9
1. Splined shaft connection. 2. Optional keyed shaft connection. 3. ISO 5752 Butterfly Valve Short Series
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31D August 2017
A31D Valve
D500213X012
Figure 6. Dimensions and Weights, CL300 Double-Flange Valves (also see tables 6 and 7)
D
C
T
O A
B E
4X O V O J BOLT CIRCLE
EACH SIDE
O K
O H THRU O J BOLT CIRCLE G HOLES
M
4X O P THRU T
N U
L KEY SQ.
O K
OPTIONAL KEYED DRIVE SHAFT
O S
O R PACKING CLEARANCE
Table 6. CL300, Double-Flange Dimensions
CL300 DIMENSION A, C, D, E, & H THROUGH U
VALVE
SIZE, A B(3) C
D E(3) G(3) H
J
K
L
MN
P
R
S
T
U
V
NPS
(1)
(2)
(1)
(2)
(2)
mm
3
210 180 143 121 90.2 8 22.2 168 14.3 14.3 3.05 117 - - - 14.2 65.0 85.9 187 102 47.8
- - -
4
254 191 159 145 95.0 8 22.2 200 15.9 17.5 4.83 117 - - - 14.2 69.9 112 187 102 47.8
- - -
6
318 210 207 181 105 12 22.2 270 22.2 23.8 6.35 152 31.8 14.2 79.2 163 214 102 47.8
- - -
8
387 230 249 215 115 12 25.4 330 31.8 31.8 6.35 235 46.0 17.5 105 195 208 102 47.8
- - -
10 448 250 324 263 125 16 31.8 387 38.1 41.3 9.65 235 46.0 17.5 105 246 208 152 66.5 - - -
12 521 270 334 279 135 12 31.8 451 44.5 47.6 12.7 273 50.8 20.6 118 291 356 229 76.2 1-1/8--8
Inches
3 8.25 7.09 5.63 4.78 3.55 8 0.875 6.62 9/16 9/16 0.12 4.62 - - - 0.56 2.56 3.38 7.38 4.00 1.88 - - -
4 10.00 7.50 6.25 5.72 3.74 8 0.875 7.87 5/8 11/16 0.19 4.62 - - - 0.56 2.75 4.39 7.38 4.00 1.88 - - -
6 12.50 8.27 8.13 7.12 4.14 12 0.875 10.62 7/8 15/16 0.25 6.00 1.25 0.56 3.12 6.40 8.44 4.00 1.88 - - -
8 15.25 9.06 9.81 8.47 4.53 12 1.00 13.00 1-1/4 1-1/4 0.25 9.25 1.81 0.69 4.12 7.68 8.19 4.00 1.88 - - -
10 17.62 9.84 12.75 10.36 4.92 16 1.25 15.25 1-1/2 1-5/8 0.38 9.25 1.81 0.69 4.12 9.68 8.19 6.00 2.62 - - -
12 20.50 10.63 13.13 11.00 5.32 12 1.25 17.75 1-3/4 1-7/8 0.50 10.75 2.00 0.81 4.63 11.46 14 9.00 3.00 1-1/8--8
1. Splined shaft connection. 2. Optional keyed shaft connection. 3. ISO 5752 Butterfly Valve Long Series
Table 7. Valve Weights
SIZE NPS
3 4 6 8 10 12
CL150
kg
lb
15
33
25
56
34
76
54
118
81
178
110
243
CL300
kg
lb
28
63
35
77
65
143
156
343
176
388
294
649
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
A31D Valve
D500213X012
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31D August 2017
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.6:A31D August 2017
A31D Valve
D500213X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, ENVIRO-SEAL, and Bettis are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121994, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Multiport Flow Selector Valve D104330X012
Product Bulletin
51.8:Multiport October 2020
FisherTM Multiport Flow Selector Valve
The Fisher Multiport Flow Selector Valve connects up to eight input lines, allowing for the diversion and testing of fluid from any individual line through a rotating plug, while the remaining seven lines continue to flow to a common group outlet. This product provides compact selection and diversion of fluids from individual wells for testing without disrupting the production from all other wells.
The Multiport Flow Selector consists of four main components: the body, bonnet, plug, and actuator. The body consists of inlet and outlet ports to connect all the seven well inlets, one test outlet and common group outlet. The bonnet will hold the plug vertically and balanced to rotate within the body and provides tight sealing to the valve body. The plug is used to select which well media or well port is sent through the test outlet port.
Features
nReliable Bearing Life--A tapered roller thrust bearing and wiper are fitted at the top of the plug and a carbon filled PTFE bushing is located at the bottom of the plug. Tapered roller bearings can take large axial forces as well as being able to sustain large radial forces.
nSour Service Capability--Standard material configurations are compliant to NACE MR0175/ISO 15156.
nFire Safe Construction--The Fisher Multiport product has been Fire-Tested in accordance with API 6FA by third party laboratories and has met the external leakage requirements.
X1398
FISHER MULTIPORT FLOW SELECTOR VALVE
nManual Travel Indicator--Integral travel indication allows for quick visible confirmation of plug alignment to each inlet port within the manifold.
nScraper Seat--The leading edge of the rotating seal contains a scraper seat providing a wiping action on the sealing surface inside the manifold. This removes process debris allowing for the seat to reliably seal around each inlet port.
nHigh Differential Seal--Features a high differential seal assembly, allowing for tight shut off. This dynamic seal prevents leakage and contamination to the test port from the bulk production.
(continued on page 3)
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.8:Multiport October 2020
Multiport Flow Selector Valve D104330X012
Specifications Body Design Standards ASME B16.34
Valve Sizes NPS J 2x4, J 3x6, J 4x8, J 4x10, and J 6x16 Reference table 1
Maximum Inlet Pressure(1) Flanged: Consistent with ASME CL150, 300, 600, 900, 1500, and 2500 per ASME B16.34 See tables 4 and 5
Maximum Pressure Drops See tables 4 and 5
Available Configuration Flanged or FNPT body assembly with optional alternative end connections.
End Connection Styles J Raised-face flanges (ASME B16.5) or J Threaded connections for NPS 2x4 constructions only
Flow Direction Typically flow down, flow up optional
Shutoff Classification Class IV per ANSI/FCI70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Material Temperature Capability See table 3
Dimensions See tables 6 and 7
Actuator Automated with a BettisTM Multiport Electric Actuator
Maximum Group Outlet Flow (Cv) See tables 4 and 5
Approximate Weights See table 2
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitations should not be exceeded.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Multiport Flow Selector Valve D104330X012
Product Bulletin
51.8:Multiport October 2020
Features (continued)
nServiceable Seal--Field adjustable seal/seat with various materials for adverse service conditions. In this manner, seal adjustments can be made in the field without removing the actuator. Replacement soft seal kits are available for maintenance.
nPlug Alignment--One-piece angle plug is centered in the body from bonnet to test outlet and provides smooth operation through the full 360 degrees of travel. The bonnet will hold the plug vertically and balanced to rotate within the body and provides tight sealing to the valve body.
nPrecise Positioning--Inlet port calibration with the Bettis MPA electric actuator provides precision alignment with each inlet throughout the actuators 360 degrees of travel. The Bettis exclusive solid state motor starter and control software provides precise positioning of flow selector within +/- 1 degree of the selected port.
Multiport Functionality
The maximum number of wells that can be connected to a single MPFS is eight. However, for best operation, it is recommended to connect maximum seven number of wells.
The well lines can be easily diverted to production and test separator from MPFS. The seven inlets of the Multiport flow selector are connected to wells along with the isolation valve. The remaining one port is kept free which is the home port.
Table 1. Valve Size, ANSI Ratings, and Flange Compatibility
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CL150
ANSI CLASS RATING
CL300
CL600
CL900
CL150 0
2x4 3x6 4x8 4x10 6x16
X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X indicates availability
CL250 0
X
X X
Table 2. Approximate Weights
VALVE SIZE, NPS
2x4
CL150 - - -
CL300 - - -
FLANGED, KG (LB)
CL600
90.7 (200)
CL900
362.9 (800)
CL1500 - - -
3x6
551.1 629.1 655.9 678.6 968.9 (1215) (1387) (1446) (1496) (2136)
4x8
- - -
959.3 976.1 1134.8 (2115) (2152) (2502)
- - -
4x10 - - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1740 (3836)
6x16
- - -
1809 2017.5 3589.7 5343.3 (3988) (4448) (7914) (11780)
CL2500 - - -
- - -
- - -
- - 8703 (19187)
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.8:Multiport October 2020
Multiport Flow Selector Valve D104330X012
To Production TO PRODUCTION
Figure 1. Detail Multiport Selector in Production
Well 1Well 1 Well 2Well 2 Well 3Well 3 Well 4Well 4 Well 5Well 5 Well 6 Well 6 Well 7
TO TEST SEPARATOR To Test Separator
Arrangement and Working of Multiport Selector in Production Manifold
A Multiport Flow Selector typically has eight inlet and two outlet connections.
nInlets--Out of eight inlets it is recommended to connect seven to the wells, and the eighth connection is generally used as a parking location
and/or observation port for the selector plug. This allows for an observation port for temporary maintenance, flushing and allows production of all seven wells if the test system is offline. The internal plug diverts one wells fluid stream to the test port at a time. The plug is rotated to align with the well inlet to be tested.
nOutlets--The test outlet connects to the test system and the group outlet carries the flow of all other wells together to the production header.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Multiport Flow Selector Valve D104330X012
Product Bulletin
51.8:Multiport October 2020
Table 3. Materials of Construction and Temperature Capabilities
BONNET & BODY MATERIAL
FLANGE
PLUG
MATERIAL MATERIAL
SEAL ASSEMBLY MATERIAL
STUD MATERIAL
NUT MATERIAL
O-RING MATERIAL
WCB/WCC CF3M/CF8M
CD3MN CD3MWCuN
WCC or A105N
CF3M or A182 F316L
CF3M/CF8M CF8M
S31600/S31603 with 25% carbon graphite
filled insert or S31600/S31603 with
PTFE-PFA insert
CD3MN or A182 F51
CD3MWCuN or A182 F55
CD3MN CD3MWCuN
Inconel 718 with PTFE/25% carbon graphite filled insert or Inconel 718 with PTFE-PFA insert
A193 Gr. B7M
A194 Gr. 2HM
AFLAS
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE
_C
_F
-9 to 232
16 to 450
Typical Fisher Multiport Construction Detail
Figure 2. Typical Fisher Multiport
Figure 3. Fisher Multiport Plug Cross Section
X1515
X1517
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.8:Multiport October 2020
Multiport Flow Selector Valve D104330X012
Table 4. Multiport Specifications 2x4 and 3x6
MULTIPORT SIZES
2x4
3x6
ANSI RATING
600 Max (threaded)
900 Max (flanged)
150
300
600
900
1500
MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE PSIG (BARG)(2)
1480 (102) 2220 (153.1) 285 (19.7)
740 (51) 1480 (1480) 2220 (153.1) 3705 (255.5)
TEMP RANGE °C (°F)
-29 to 300 (-20 to 572)
TEST OUTLET CV GROUP OUTLET CV INLET PORTS
67
262
8 @ 2 FNPT
8 @ 2 flange
151
100
594
429
8 @ NPS 3 flange
TEST OUTLET PORT
1 @ 2 FNPT
1 @ 2 flange
1 @ NPS 3 flange
GROUP OUTLET PORT
1 @ 4 FNPT
1 @ 4 flange
1 @ NPS 6 flange
WEIGHT, KG (LB)
90.7 (200)
362.8 (800) 551.1 (1215) 629.1 (1387) 655.9 (1446) 678.6 (1496) 968.4 (2135)
MAXIMUM DYNAMIC DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TEST TO GROUP PSID (BARG)(2)
MAXIMUM DYNAMIC DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GROUP TO TEST PSID (BARG)(2)
STATIC STATIONARY DIFFERENTIAL TEST TO GROUP PSID (BARG)(1,2)
STATIC STATIONARY DIFFERENTIAL GROUP TO TEST PSID (BARG)(1,2)
600 (41.4) 550 (37.9) 1200 (82.7) 1000 (68.9)
500 (34.5) 1000 (68.9)
1. In emergency situations only, the Multiport Flow Selector seal can maintain STATIC STATIONARY DIFFERENTIAL pressure rating per specifications above. However, do not operate the electric actuator at greater than the MAXIMUM DYNAMIC DIFFERENTIAL pressure rating because damage may occur to the electric actuator. 2. Pressure at ambient temperature.
Table 5. Multiport Specifications 4x8, 4x10, and 6x16
MULTIPORT SIZES
4x8
4x10
6x16
ANSI RATING
MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE PSIG (BARG)(2)
300
600
900
1500
300
600
900
1500
740
1480
2220
3705
740
1480
2220
3705
(51)
(102)
(153.1) (153.1)
(51)
(102)
(153.1)
(255.5)
TEMP RANGE °C (°F)
-29 to 300 (-20 to 572)
TEST OUTLET CV
GROUP OUTLET CV
SHELL HYDROSTATIC TEST PRESSURE PSIG (Kpa)
270 1040
1110 (7650)
2220 (15300)
217 1292
3330 (22950)
217 1292
5560 (38310)
1110 (7650)
951 5121
2220 (15300)
3330 (22950)
5560 (38310)
INLET PORTS
8 @ NPS 4 flange
8 @ NPS 6 flange
TEST OUTLET PORT
1 @ NPS 4 flange
1 @ NPS 6 flange
GROUP OUTLET PORT
1 @ NPS 8 flange
1 @ NPS 10 flange
1 @ NPS 16 flange
WEIGHT, KG (LB)
959 (2115)
976 (2152)
1135 (2502)
1740 (3836)
1809 (3988)
2017 (4448)
3589 (7914)
5343 (11780)
MAXIMUM DYNAMIC DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TEST TO GROUP PSID (BARG)(2)
MAXIMUM DYNAMIC DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GROUP TO TEST PSID (BARG)(2)
STATIC STATIONARY DIFFERENTIAL TEST TO GROUP PSID (BARG)(1,2)
STATIC STATIONARY DIFFERENTIAL GROUP TO TEST PSID (BARG)(1,2)
500 (34.5) 1000 (68.9)
1. In emergency situations only, the Multiport Flow Selector seal can maintain STATIC STATIONARY DIFFERENTIAL pressure rating per specifications above. However, do not operate the electric actuator at greater than the MAXIMUM DYNAMIC DIFFERENTIAL pressure rating because damage may occur to the electric actuator. 2. Pressure at ambient temperature.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Multiport Flow Selector Valve D104330X012
Product Bulletin
51.8:Multiport October 2020
Figure 4. Dimensions for Multiport (see table 6)
A
ACTUATOR
A C
HAND WHEEL
F A
E A
FLOWLINE INLET D
GROUP OUTLET
FRONT VIEW
TEST OUTLET
Table 6. Fisher Multiport Valve Body Dimensions (Raised-face Only)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
ASME CLASS
A
B
DIMENSIONS, MM (INCH)
C
D
CL150
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
CL300
353 (13.9)
345 (13.6)
500 (19.7)
417 (16.4)
2x4
CL600
353 (13.9)
358 (14.1)
500 (19.7)
417 (16.4)
CL900
353 (13.9)
386 (15.2)
500 (19.7)
417 (16.4)
CL150
340 (13.4)
391 (15.4)
500 (19.7)
437 (17.2)
CL300
351 (13.8)
411 (16.2)
500 (19.7)
446 (17.6)
3x6
CL600
360 (14.2)
427 (16.8)
500 (19.7)
456 (17.9)
CL900
379 (14.9)
451 (17.8)
500 (19.7)
475 (18.7)
CL1500
432 (17.0)
498 (19.6)
500 (19.7)
533 (21.0)
CL150
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
CL300
395 (15.6)
491 (19.3)
500 (19.7)
560 (22.1)
4x8
CL600
417 (16.4)
520 (20.5)
500 (19.7)
583 (22.9)
CL900
430 (16.9)
558 (22.0)
500 (19.7)
595 (23.4)
4x10
CL1500
478 (18.8)
712 (28.0)
500 (19.7)
661 (26.0)
CL150
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
CL300
527 (20.8)
684 (26.9)
500 (19.7)
361 (33.9)
6x16
CL600 CL900
551 (21.7) 667 (26.2)
721 (28.4) 790 (31.1)
500 (19.7) 500 (19.7)
884 (34.8) 957 (37.7)
CL1500
657 (25.9)
919 (36.2)
500 (19.7)
1038 (40.9)
CL2500
829 (32.6)
950 (37.4)
500 (19.7)
1105 (43.5)
1. 28 inches of space is required to remove the actuator assembly from the valve.
B TOP VIEW
E - - 1161 (45.7) 1161 (45.7) 1161 (45.7) 1382 (54.4) 1390 (54.7) 1399 (55.1) 1399 (55.1) 1537 (60.5) - - 1544 (60.8) 1565 (61.6) 1577 (62.1) 1793 (70.6) - - 1908 (75.1) 1932 (76.1) 2054 (80.9) 2250 (88.6) 2383 (93.8)
F(1) - - 787 (31) 787 (31) 787 (31) 787 (31) 787 (31) 787 (31) 787 (31) 787 (31) - - 787 (31) 787 (31) 787 (31) 787 (31) - - 787 (31) 787 (31) 787 (31) 843 (33) 800 (31.5)
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.8:Multiport October 2020
Multiport Flow Selector Valve D104330X012
Figure 5. Dimensions for Mounting (see table 7)
J
A C
VIEW A
G P
H VIEW A
N M
K
TOP VIEW VIEW B
GG71403-A
VIEW B
FRONT VIEW
Table 7. Fisher Multiport Mounting Dimensions
VALVE SIZE, NPS
ASME CLASS
CL150 2x4
CL300-900
CL150-900 3x6
CL1500
CL150 4x8
CL300-900
4x10
CL1500
CL150
6x16
CL300-600 CL900
CL1500-2500
1. UNC is defined as unified coarse.
G -- 108 (4.24) 108 (4.24) 108 (4.24) -- 108 (4.24) 108 (4.24) -- 117 (4.60) 117 (4.60) 117 (4.60)
H - - 1/2-13UNC(1) 1/2-13UNC 1/2-13UNC - - 1/2-13UNC 3/4-10UNC - - 3/4-10UNC 3/4-10UNC 3/4-10UNC
DIMENSIONS, MM (INCH)
J
K
M
-- -
-- -
-- -
19 (0.75)
62 (2.44)
25 (1.00)
19 (0.75)
63 (2.49)
32 (1.25)
19 (0.75)
65 (2.56)
32 (1.25)
-- -
- - -
-- -
19 (0.75)
65 (2.55)
32 (1.25)
25 (1.00)
69 (2.72)
41 (1.63)
-- -
- - -
-- -
25 (1.00)
69 (2.70)
41 (1.63)
25 (1.00)
75 (2.97)
41 (1.63)
38 (1.50)
75 (2.97)
41 (1.63)
N - - 25 (1.00) 38 (1.50) 38 (1.50) - - 38 (1.50) 38 (1.50) -- 38 (1.50) 57 (2.25) 57 (2.25)
P -- 36 (1.42) 48 (1.88) 48 (1.88) - - 48 (1.88) 51 (2.00) - - 51 (2.00) 76 (3.00) 76 (3.00)
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Multiport Flow Selector Valve D104330X012
Product Bulletin
51.8:Multiport October 2020
Installation
The Multiport Flow Selector is installed vertically with the test port down. Flow is normally from the seven inlets to the group outlet or test outlet. The eighth inlet is normally used as the home port for when testing of an individual inlet is not desired.
The Multiport Flow Selector plug seal/port alignment is factory adjusted when supplied with actuator and should not require further adjustment.
Ordering Information
Valve Information
To determine what valve ordering information is needed, refer to the specifications table. Review the information under each specification and in the referenced tables; specify your choice whenever there is a selection to be made.
Note
When hydrotesting external piping, position the plug between any two inlet ports in order to equalize test pressure between the multiport body and external piping to prevent possible seal damage from happening.
Actuator and Accessory Information
Refer to the specific actuator and accessory bulletins for required ordering information.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.8:Multiport October 2020
Multiport Flow Selector Valve D104330X012
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Multiport Flow Selector Valve D104330X012
Product Bulletin
51.8:Multiport October 2020
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
51.8:Multiport October 2020
Multiport Flow Selector Valve D104330X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and Bettis are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E122018, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000C Valve
D103328X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24C August 2018
BaumannTM 24000C Carbon Steel Little ScottyTM Control Valve
Baumann Little Scotty industrial control valves are intended for general utility service in pressure, flow, and temperature control applications. This compact carbon steel control valve is positioned to take advantage of the trend toward industrial grade requirements spanning general utility and special applications. These control valves exhibit low hysteresis and deadband, good control characteristics, tight shutoff, rugged construction, high performance packing, and easy maintainability. These attributes translate into reduced maintenance costs, reduced process variability, and increased process availability, resulting in lower long-term operating costs.
Features
nCompact and light weight design reduces installed piping costs
nASME and EN end connections are available to meet your piping standards
nHigh quality type 316 austenitic stainless steel trim materials
n416 stainless steel trim available
nDual plug and stem guiding provides increased stability during plug travel
nMultiple trim capacity reductions available to meet changing process requirements
W9743
24000C Control Valve with Baumann 32 Actuator
W9744
24000C Control Valve with Baumann 32 Actuator and Fisher 3661 I/P Positioner
nFisherTM FIELDVUEt digital valve controller available for remote calibration and diagnostics in facilities using the PlantWebt architecture
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24C August 2018
24000C Valve
D103328X012
Figure 1. Baumann 24000C Valve Body Assembly with Standard PTFE Spring-Loaded Packing
58
27
9
10
5 14
8
8A
12
4
49
2 1
E1239-1
Table 1. Materials of Construction
Key No.
Description
Material
1
Valve Body
Carbon Steel
2
Seat Ring
Standard ASTM A276 S31600 / S31603 Dual Certified Optional ASTM A582 S41600 Condition T
Plug (Metal Seat) Cv < Standard ASME SA479 S21800 Annealed
2.5
Optional ASTM A582 S41600 Condition T
4
Plug (Metal Seat) Cv > Standard ASTM A276 S31600 / S31603 Dual Certified
4.0
Optional ASTM A582 S41600 Condition T
Plug (Soft Seat)
ASTM A276 S31600 / S31603 with PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) Insert
5
Stem
ASTM A276 S31600 Condition A
8
Bonnet
Carbon Steel
8A Bonnet Bushing
ASTM A276 S44004, HT 56-60 HRC or ASTM A311 Class B Stressproof 62-65 HRC
9
Drive Nut (Yoke)
S30400
10 Packing Follower
ASTM A276 S31600 / S31603 Dual Certified
12 O-Ring
FKM (Fluorocarbon)
14 Packing
Standard Refer to figure 2, table 2, shown below Optional Refer to figure 3, table 3, shown below
27 Locknuts
Stainless Steel
49 Body Gasket
Standard Annealed Soft Copper Optional Graphite Grade GHR with stainless steel Insert
58 Travel Indicator
ASME SA240 S30400
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000C Valve
D103328X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24C August 2018
Figure 2. Standard Spring Loaded PTFE V-Ring Packing Kit
Figure 3. Molded Graphite (Flexible Graphite) Packing Kit (Optional)
E1240
E1241
Table 2. Standard Spring Loaded PTFE V-Ring Packing Kit
Key No. Description
Material
6
Spring
ASTM A313 S30200
14
Packing Set
PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene)/ 25%
carbon filled PTFE
16
Washer
ASME SA240 S31600
20
Spacer
J-2000 (filled Polytetrafluoroethylene)
Table 3. Molded Graphite (Flexible Graphite) Packing Kit (Optional)
Key No. Description
Material
13
Bushings
Carbon-Graphite
14A
Packing Rings
Graphite
14B
Packing Ring
Graphite
Table 1. Cv Values at 100% Plug Opening (Kv = 0.86 x Cv)(1)
VALVE SIZE NPS
ORIFICE DIAMETER
inch
0.25
PLUG TRAVEL inch 0.50
102 Cv 0.02, 0.05, 0.10, 0.20
1/2
0.375
0.50
---
0.8125
0.50
---
0.25
0.50
0.02, 0.05, 0.10, 0.20
3/4
0.375
0.50
---
0.8125 0.25
0.5
---
0.50
0.02, 0.05, 0.10, 0.20
1
0.375
0.50
---
0.8125
0.5
---
1.0625
0.5
---
1.25
0.75
---
1-1/2
1.5
0.75
---
1.5
0.75
---
2
2.0
0.75
---
1. See Fisher Catalog 12 for a full range of flow and sizing information.
577 Cv ---
1.0, 1.5, 2.5 4, 6 ---
1.0, 1.5, 2.5 4, 7.5 ---
1.0, 1.5, 2.5 4, 8.5 13 20
10, 17, 28 10, 17, 28
30
PLUG SERIES
548 / 588
677
Cv
Cv
0.20, 0.50, 1.0
---
1.5, 2.5 4, 7.7
0.10, 0.20, 0.50, 1.0, 2.5
5
0.20, 0.50, 1.0
---
1.5, 2.5 4, 10.1
0.10, 0.20, 0.50, 1.0, 2.5
5
0.20, 0.50, 1.0
---
1.5, 2.5
4, 10.1 13.6 10, 20
10, 17, 32.9 10, 17, 32.9
30, 52.9
0.10, 0.20, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5 5 --20 10, 17 10, 17 30, 50
648 / 688 Cv
0.50, 1.0
1.5, 2.5 4, 6
0.5, 1.0
1.5, 2.5 4, 8
0.5, 1.0
1.5, 2.5 4, 9 13
10, 20 10, 17, 28 10, 17, 28
30, 50
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24C August 2018
24000C Valve
D103328X012
Table 4. Technical Specifications
VALVE TYPE
EN
ASME
NOMINAL SIZE
DN 15, 20, 25, 40, and 50
NPS 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, and 2
END CONNECTIONS
Mates with PN 10-40 Flanges per EN 1092-1
Mates with ASME CL150 RF Flanges per ASME B16.5
PRESSURE RATING
PN 40 per EN 1092-2
ASME CL150 per ASME B16.34
SEAT PLUG SEALING
Metal-to-Metal or PTFE Soft Seat
Metal-to-Metal or PTFE Soft Seat
FLANGE FINISH
EN 500 to 300 Ra circular lay
ASME 250 to 125 Ra circular lay
FACE-TO-FACE DIMENSIONS
Consistent with EN 558-1
Consistent with EN 588-2 (same as ISA S75.03)
CHARACTERISTIC
Equal Percentage or Linear
Equal Percentage or Linear
TEMPERATURE LIMITS
-29_C to 232_C (-20_F to 450_F)
-29_C to 232_C (-20_F to 450_F)
ACTUATOR
See Baumann 16, 32, 54, and 70 Pneumatic Actuators Bulletin (D104175X012)
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000C Valve
D103328X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24C August 2018
Figure 4. Baumann Pressure-Temperature Ratings
PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS ASME CL150 FLANGED VALVES (SOURCE: ASME B16.34)
E1242
OPERATING TEMPERATURE (_F)
PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS EN PN10-40 FLANGED VALVES
(SOURCE: EN 1092, MATERIAL GROUP 3E0, GP240GH -EN 10213-2 1.0619)
E1243
OPERATING TEMPERATURE (_C)
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24C August 2018
24000C Valve
D103328X012
Table 5. Valve Dimensions
VALVE SIZE
EN
ASME
DN
NPS
15
1/2
20
3/4
25
1
40
1-1/2
50
2
EN 10-40
A FACE-TO-FACE
mm
in
mm
130
5.1
184
150
5.9
184
160
6.3
184
200
7.9
222
230
9.1
254
CL150
in 7.25 7.25 7.25 8.75 10.00
Table 6. Valve Assembly Weights
VALVE SIZE
EN
ASME
WEIGHTS
DN
NPS
kg
lb
15
1/2
3.9
9
20
3/4
4.8
11
25
1
6.4
14
40
1-1/2
10
22
50
2
15
33
Table 7. Actuator Weights
ACTUATOR TYPE MV1020 VA1020
SVX24-MFT SVK24-MFT
Figure 5. Dimensional Drawing
216 (48.5)
140 (5.5)
B BONNET
in
mm
3.2
80
3.2
80
3.3
83
3.9
99
4.2
107
WEIGHTS
kg
lb
10
22
13.6
30
Reference Baumann bulletin 52.1:SVACT
(D104169X012)
229 (9.0)
B
A
E1244
24000C WITH BAUMANN 32 ACTUATOR
AND FISHER 3660/3661 POSITIONER
Note: Actuator removal requires 115 mm (4.5 inches) vertical clearance.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000C Valve
D103328X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24C August 2018
Table 8. Electric Actuators
Actuator Type CML-250 CML-750
SVX24-MFT SVK24-MFT
Table 9. 24000C Valve Model Numbering System
Model
Plug Series
Characteristic
102
Linear / Metal Seat
577
Equal % / PTFE Seat
548
Equal % / Metal Seat (S41600)
24
588
Equal % / Metal Seat (S31600)
677
Linear / PTFE Seat
648
Linear / Metal Seat (S41600)
688
Linear / Metal Seat (S41600)
Seat Leakage IV VI IV IV VI IV IV
Valve Body Material
C
Carbon Steel
Figure 6. 24000C Valve Model Nameplate Example
24
C
BODY SERIES
PLUG SERIES
102 577 548 588 677
648
688
BODY MATERIAL
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24C August 2018
24000C Valve
D103328X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Baumann, Little Scotty, Fisher, FIELDVUE, PlantWeb, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2009, 2018 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000CVF and 24000SVF Valves
D103333X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24CVF_SVF August 2017
BaumannTM 24000CVF Carbon & 24000SVF Stainless Steel Flanged Control Valves
The Baumann 24000CVF and 24000SVF line of control valves can be utilized for the control of pressure, temperature, level, and flow. These valves are available with ASME CL150 RF, CL300 RF, or PN 10-40 flanged end connections. The high performance 24000CVF and SVF designs feature low deadband and hysteresis, high flow capacity, superb control characteristics, tight shutoff and advanced packing systems to meet demanding service conditions. Compact and light weight make them ideal for installation in high density piping systems where space is a premium.
Features
nCompact and light weight design reduces installed piping costs
nASME and EN end connection options to meet your piping standards
nFull lift post-guided contoured plug allows flushing of debris through valve body
nS31600 austenitic stainless steel trim material is standard; S41600 stainless steel trim is available
nMultiple trim options are available to meet changing process requirements
nFishert FIELDVUEt digital valve controller available for remote calibration and diagnostics in facilities utilizing the PlantWebt architecture
W9745-1
Baumann 24000CVF Control Valve with FIELDVUE DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
W9746
Baumann 24000SVF Control Valve with FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
nENVIRO-SEALt packing available for increased packing life and integrity
nNOLEEK bellows bonnet suitable for a wide range of operating temperatures
nExtension bonnets in multiple lengths available for elevated temperature and cryogenic application service
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24CVF_SVF August 2017
24000CVF and 24000SVF Valves
D103333X012
Figure 1. Baumann 24000CVF / SVF Control Valve Subassembly
E1245
Table 1. Materials of Construction
Key No.
Description
Material
Valve Body, Carbon Steel
1
Valve Body, Stainless Steel
Cast Carbon Steel (ASME SA216 WCC and EN10213 1.0619 Dual Certified) ASME SA351 CF3M
2
Seat Ring (For Low Flow Trim, Refer to tables 2 & 3)
Standard ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603 Dual Certified / Optional ASTM A582 S41600 Condition T
Plug (Metal Seat) Cv < 3.3
ASME SA479 S21800 (standard) / ASTM A582 S41600 Condition T (optional)
4
Plug (Metal Seat) Cv > 3.7
Plug (Soft Seat)
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603(standard) / ASTM A582 S41600 Condition T (optional) ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603 with PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) insert
5
Stem
ASTM A276 S31600
Bonnet, Carbon Steel (Std)
Cast Carbon Steel (ASME SA216 WCC and EN10213 1.0619 Dual Certified)
Bonnet, Stainless Steel (Std)
8
Bonnet (extended)(1)
Bonnet (NOLEEK)(1)
8a
Bonnet Bushing(2)
ASME SA351 CF3M ASME SA351 CF3M ASME SA351 CF3M & ASTM A479 S31600/S31603, Annealed ASTM A276 S44004, HT 56-60 HRC
9
Drive Nut (Yoke)
S30400
10
Packing Follower
ASTM A276 S31600/S31603 Dual Certified
11
Stud
ASME SA193 Grade B8, Class 1
12
Nut
ASME SA194 Grade 8
V-Ring Packing (standard)
14
Packing (optional)
Refer to figure 4, table 4 Refer to figures 5 & 6, tables 5 & 6
27
Locknuts
Stainless Steel (18-8 SST)
49
Body Gasket
Graphite Grade GHR with S31600 Insert
58
Travel Indicator
ASME SA240 S30400
1. Extension bonnets and NOLEEK bellows bonnets are available with 24000SVF stainless steel valves only. 2. Guide bushing is applicable to 24000CVF carbon steel valve assembly only.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000CVF and 24000SVF Valves
D103333X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24CVF_SVF August 2017
Figure 2. Optional 151 Low Flow Trim Assembly
Figure 3. Optional 177 Low Flow Trim Assembly
E1246
151 Low Flow Trim Assembly
The PTFE seat surrounds the valve plug (key 4) to eliminate clearance flow typical of lapped-in metal-to-metal close clearance micro trims. Flow is directed over the valve plug and forced through a single V-notch path as the plug moves above the PTFE seat providing precise and predictable control over its entire travel range. When the V-notch moves below the PTFE seat, CLVI primary shutoff is achieved.
A live-loaded metal collar fully retains the PTFE seat. The valve plug (key 4) seats against the metal collar providing CL IV secondary shutoff. In addition, the fluid process pressure combines with the actuator seating force to form a hydraulic seal within the fully retained PTFE seat. Therefore, the higher the process pressure the tighter the shutoff.
E1247
Table 2. 151 Low Flow Trim
Key No. 2(1) 4(1)
Description Seat Ring Plug
Material ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
ASME SA479 S21800
Seat Subassembly
Cage
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
Seat
PTFE
51(1)
Collar Washer
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603 ASTM A276 S31600 Cond B
Insert
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
1. For optional trim materials, consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for price and delivery.
Table 3. 177 Low Flow Trim
Key No.
Description
Material
2(1)
Seat Ring
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
Seat Subassembly
23
Gland
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
24 Retainer Nut
2a(1)
25
Insert
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603 Reinforced PTFE
26 4(1)
Housing Plug
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603 ASME SA479 S21800
1. For optional trim materials, consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for price and delivery. Baumann 32 actuator requires duel-stops with 177 trim series.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24CVF_SVF August 2017
24000CVF and 24000SVF Valves
D103333X012
Figure 4. Standard Spring-Loaded PTFE V-Ring Packing Kit
Figure 6. ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Kit (Optional)
E1240
Table 4. Standard Spring-Loaded PTFE V-Ring Packing Kit
Key No. Description
Material
6
Spring
ASTM A313 S30200
14
Packing Set
PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) / PTFE, 25% carbon filled
16
Washer
ASME SA240 S31600
20
Spacer
J-2000 (filled-Polytetrafluoroethylene)
Figure 5. Molded Graphite (Flexible Graphite) Packing Kit (Optional)
E1241
Table 5. Molded Graphite (Flexible Graphite) Packing Kit (Optional)
Key No. Description
Material
13
Bushings
Carbon - Graphite
14A
Packing Rings
Graphite
14B
Packing Ring
Graphite
4
E1248
Table 6. ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Kit (Optional)
Key No. Description
Material
13
Bushings
Carbon Graphite
14
Packing Set
PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) / PTFE, 25% carbon filled
17
Belleville Spring
ASTM B637 N07718, 40 HRC max
18
Bushing
PEEK (Polyetheretherketone)
19
Washer
Modified PTFE
Special ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Note
The ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing system is suitable for 100 ppm environmental applications on services up to 51.7 barg (750 psig) and process temperatures ranging from -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F).
For non-environmental applications, this packing system offers excellent performance at the same temperature range up to the maximum valve working pressure.
Temperature limits apply to packing arrangements only. Complete valve assembly temperature limits may differ. Refer to appropriate pressure/ temperature ratings.
Reference Fisher Packing Selection Guidelines for Sliding-Stem Valves, bulletin 59.1:062 (D101986X012).
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000CVF and 24000SVF Valves
D103333X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24CVF_SVF August 2017
WARNING
The Baumann NOLEEK valve bonnet assembly is not intended for use in lethal service applications.
The NOLEEK Bellows Bonnet Assembly is reliable and user-friendly. Typical service life is in excess of 250,000 full cycles under 100 psi pressure. The bonnet adds only approximately 5 inches to the height of a standard valve. Operating temperature range is -195 to 399_C (-320 to 750_F).
ONLY AVAILABLE WITH 24000SVF STAINLESS STEEL VALVES.
Figure 7. Baumann NOLEEK Bellow Bonnet Assembly
UNLIMITED STEM ROTATION WITHOUT TWISTING BELLOWS
BACKUP PACKING SYSTEM (SEE PACKING DETAIL ON PAGE 5)
TELL-TALE CONNECTION (1/8 NPT)
TIME PROVEN DOUBLE WALLED BELLOW MADE FROM S31600, RATED FOR UP TO 49.7 BAR (720 PSI) PRESSURE
BELLOWS HOUSING Full extension provides heat dissipation, ideal for heat transfer fluids.
E1249
Table 7. Baumann NOLEEK Bellow Bonnet Assembly
Key Number
Description
4
Plug
Housing
8
Bellows Bonnet Sub-Assembly
Bellows
Bonnet
21
Plug Retaining Pin
22
Hex Socket Pipe Plug, 1/8 NPT
Figure 8. Bellows Pressure / Temperature Curve
Material Refer to table 1 S31600/S31603 S31603/1.4571 SST
CF3M S30300 S30400
49.7 barg @ -195_C (720 psig @ -320_F)
48.5 barg @ 93_C (703.25 psig @ 200_F)
33.9 barg @ 398_C (491.6 psig @ 750_F)
TEMPERATURE (_F) 5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24CVF_SVF August 2017
24000CVF and 24000SVF Valves
D103333X012
Table 8. Cv Values at 100% Plug Opening (Kv = 0.86 x Cv)(1)
VALVE SIZE
ORIFICE DIAMETER
NPS
inch
0.156
0.25 1/2
0.3125
PLUG TRAVEL
inch
0.50
0.50
0.50
102
151
177
Cv
Cv
Cv
0.00013, 0.00025,
0.0005, 0.001,
---
0.002, 0.004, 0.008, 0.015,
---
0.03, 0.06, 0.10,
0.20, 0.45
0.02, 0.05,
0.10, 0.20
---
---
0.0005, 0.001,
---
---
0.002, 0.005, 0.01, 0.02,
0.05
0.375
0.50
---
---
---
0.8125
0.50
---
---
---
0.156
0.50
0.00013, 0.00025,
0.0005, 0.001,
---
0.002, 0.004, 0.008, 0.015,
---
0.03, 0.06, 0.10,
0.20, 0.45
3/4
0.25
0.50
0.02, 0.05, 0.10, 0.20
0.3125
0.50
---
---
---
0.0005, 0.001,
---
0.002, 0.005, 0.01, 0.02,
0.05
0.375
0.50
---
---
---
0.8125
0.50
---
---
---
0.156
0.50
0.00013, 0.00025,
0.0005, 0.001,
---
0.002, 0.004, 0.008, 0.015,
---
0.03, 0.06, 0.10,
0.20, 0.45
0.02, 0.05,
0.25
0.50
0.10, 0.20
1
0.3125
0.50
---
---
---
0.0005, 0.001,
---
0.002, 0.005, 0.01, 0.02,
0.05
0.375
0.50
---
---
---
0.8125
0.50
---
---
---
1.0625
0.50
---
---
---
1.25
0.75
---
---
---
1-1/2
1.5
0.75
---
---
---
1.5
0.75
---
---
---
2
2.0
0.75
---
---
---
1. See Fisher Catalog 12 for a full range of flow and sizing information.
PLUG SERIES 577 Cv
548 / 588 Cv
---
---
---
0.22, 0.61, 1.0
---
---
1.0, 1.6, 2.7 3.9, 6.1
1.6, 2.9 3.9, 6.1
---
---
---
0.22, 0.61, 1.0
---
---
1.0, 1.6, 2.7 3.9, 9.5
1.6, 2.9 3.9, 9.8
---
---
---
0.22, 0.61, 1.0
---
---
1.1, 1.6, 3.2
5, 11 13 26
13, 20, 33 13, 20, 38
33
1.7, 3.3
4.4, 11 15.5 10, 27
11, 19, 31 11, 18, 35
55
677 Cv
---
---
--0.10, 0.20, 0.50,
1.0, 2.8 3.4
---
---
--0.10, 0.20, 0.50,
1.0, 2.8 3.4
---
---
--0.10, 0.20, 0.50,
1.0, 3.3 5.1 --26
14, 23 14, 23 37, 56
648 / 688 Cv
---
0.5, 1.0
---
1.6, 2.9 3.7, 6.1
---
0.5, 1.0
---
1.6, 2.9 3.7, 9.8
---
0.5, 1.4
---
1.7, 3.3 4.6, 11
13 11, 26 12, 22, 31 12, 22, 35 33, 55
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000CVF and 24000SVF Valves
D103333X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24CVF_SVF August 2017
Figure 9. Baumann 24000CVF / SVF Trims
102 Linear Low Flow Trim
151 Modified Equal % Low Flow Trim
W9747
177 Modified Equal % Low Flow Trim
W9751
548 / 577 / 588 Equal % Trim
648 / 677 / 688 Linear Trim
W9748
W9749
W9750
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24CVF_SVF August 2017
24000CVF and 24000SVF Valves
D103333X012
Table 9. Technical Specifications
VALVE TYPE NOMINAL PIPE SIZE
END CONNECTIONS
PRESSURE RATING FACE-TO-FACE DIMENSIONS
EN DN 15, 20, 25, 40, & 50
PN 10-40 Flanges per EN 1092-1
PN 40 per EN 1092-1 Consistent with EN 558-1
ASME NPS 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, & 2 CL150 RF or CL300 RF Flanges per
ASME B16.5 CL150 or CL300 per ASME B16.34 Consistent with EN 588-2 (ISA S75.03)
Table 10. Temperature Ratings for Packing and Seat Material(1)
PTFE Soft Seat
151 Trim 577 and 677 Trim
-29 to 177_C (-20 to 350_F) -73 to 232_C (-100 to 450_F)
SEATING MATERIAL
Reinforced PTFE Metal Seat
177 Trim 102, 588, and 688 Trim
548 and 648 Trim
-73 to 232_C (-100 to 450_F) -195 to 537_C (-320 to 1000_F)
-29 to 537_C (-20 to 1000_F)
BONNET STYLE
PACKING
TEMPERATURE LIMIT
Spring Loaded PTFE
-73 to 232_C (-100 to 450_F)
PACKING AND BONNET COMBINATIONS
Standard Bonnet
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite
Spring Loaded PTFE
-46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) -73 to 232_C (-100 to 450_F) -195 to 232_C (-320 to 450_F)
Extension Bonnet(2, 3)
ENVIRO-SEAL
-46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F)
Bellows(2)
Graphite NOLEEK Bellows
-195 to 537_C (-320 to 1000_F) -195 to 399_C (-320 to 750_F)
CHARACTERISTIC
Equal Percentage or Linear
1. Temperature limits apply to seating or packing arrangements only. Complete valve assembly temperature limits may differ, refer to appropriate pressure/temperature ratings. For more information on packing selection, reference Fisher Packing Selection Guidelines for Sliding-Stem Valves Bulletin 59.1:062 (D101986X012). 2. Extension bonnets and NOLEEK bellows bonnets are applicable for the 24000SVF stainless steel body assembly ONLY. 3. PTFE packing can be used in cryogenic service but becomes stiff.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000CVF and 24000SVF Valves
D103333X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24CVF_SVF August 2017
Figure 10. Baumann 24000CVF Carbon Steel Flanges, Pressure-Temperature Ratings
E1251-1
E1252-1
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24CVF_SVF August 2017
24000CVF and 24000SVF Valves
D103333X012
Figure 11. Baumann 24000SVF Stainless Steel Flanges, Pressure-Temperature Ratings
E1254-1
E1255-1
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000CVF and 24000SVF Valves
D103333X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24CVF_SVF August 2017
Figure 12. Baumann 24000CVF and 24000SVF Pressure-Temperature Ratings for EN 1092-1
E1253-1
24000CVF
E1256-1
24000SVF 11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24CVF_SVF August 2017
24000CVF and 24000SVF Valves
D103333X012
Figure 13. Baumann 24000SVF Stainless Steel Control Valves with Extension Bonnets Dimensional Drawing
B B B B
A
A
A
STANDARD BONNET NOLEEK BELLOWS BONNET OR
DOUBLE
E1258
SINGLE EXTENSION BONNET EXTENSION BONNET
A TRIPLE EXTENSION BONNET
Table 11. Dimensions(1, 2)
VALVE SIZE
A - FACE-TO-FACE
EN ASME
CL150
CL300
EN 10-40
Standard
DN NPS mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch
15 1/2 184 7.25 190 7.5 130 5.11 79 3.1
20 3/4 184 7.25 194 7.62 150 5.90 79 3.1
25
1
184 7.25 197 7.75 160 6.30 84
3.3
40 1-1/2 222 8.75 235 9.25 200 7.87 96 3.8
50
2
254 10.0 267 10.5 230 9.06 107 4.2
1. Actuator requires 115 mm (4.5 inches) vertical clearance. 2. Face-to-face dimension per EN 558-1 and ISA S75.03. 3. Extension and NOLEEK bellows bonnets are available with 24000SVF stainless steel body ONLY.
Single mm inch 216 8.5 216 8.5 221 8.7 234 9.2 244 9.6
B - BONNET Extension(3)
Double mm inch 352 13.9 352 13.9 356 14.0 370 14.6 381 15.0
Triple mm inch 488 19.2 488 19.2 493 19.4 505 19.9 516 20.3
NOLEEK Bellows(3)
mm inch 226 8.9 226 8.9 229 9.0 229 9.0 234 9.2
Table 12. Valve Assembly Weights
VALVE SIZE
24000CVF WEIGHTS
EN
ASME
CL150
CL300
DN
NPS
kg
lb
kg
lb
15
1/2
3.1
6.8
3.3
8.3
20
3/4
3.3
7.3
3.4
10
25
1
4.8
10.6
5.1
13.8
40
1-1/2
8.3
18.2
8.3
24.8
50
2
14.1
31
13.8
35.3
EN 10-40
kg
lb
3.8
7.7
4.5
9.2
6.3
12.6
11.3
21.2
16
33.4
CL150
kg
lb
3.7
7.2
4.7
7.4
6.4
11.2
11.4
18.3
16.1
30.4
24000SVF WEIGHTS
CL300
kg
lb
3.5
8.2
4.2
10.3
5.7
14
9.6
25.2
15.2
35.4
EN 10-40
kg
lb
3.5
7.8
4.3
9.4
5.9
13
9.8
21.7
15.2
33.4
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000CVF and 24000SVF Valves
D103333X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24CVF_SVF August 2017
Figure 14. Dimensional Drawings
216 (48.5)
141 (5.5)
94 (3.7)
227 (8.9)
TOP-MOUNTED HANDWHEEL (OPTIONAL)
1/4 NPT
3660/3661
B
POSITIONER
(OPTIONAL)
A 24000CVF/SVF FLANGED WITH BAUMANN
E1257
32 ATO ACTUATOR WITH HANDWHEEL
Note: Actuator removal requires 115 mm (4.5 inches) vertical clearance.
mm (inch)
Table 13. Model Numbering System
24
Actuator Type MV1020(1) VA1020(1)
Valve Body
Plug Series 548 577
Characteristic Equal % / Metal Seat (S41600)
Equal % / PTFE Seat
Seat Leakage IV VI
588
Equal % / Metal Seat (S31600)
IV
648
Linear / Metal Seat (S41600)
IV
677
Linear / PTFE Seat
VI
688
Linear / Metal Seat (S31600)
IV
1. Refer to Bulletin 52.1:ECV, Baumann Electronic Modulating Actuators (D103347X012) for details on these electronic actuators.
Valve Body Material
Bonnet Style
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24CVF_SVF August 2017
24000CVF and 24000SVF Valves
D103333X012
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000CVF and 24000SVF Valves
D103333X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24CVF_SVF August 2017
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24CVF_SVF August 2017
24000CVF and 24000SVF Valves
D103333X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Baumann, Fisher, FIELDVUE, PlantWeb, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E162009, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000 Valve
D103327X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24LS August 2017
BaumannTM 24000 Little ScottyTM Bronze Control Valve
Baumann Little Scotty industrial control valves are intended for general utility service in pressure, flow, and temperature control applications. This control valve is positioned to take advantage of the trend toward industrial grade requirements spanning general utility to special applications. Little Scotty valves exhibit low hysteresis and deadband, good control characteristics, tight shutoff, rugged construction, high performance packing, and easy maintainability. These attributes translate into reduced maintenance costs, reduced process variability, and increased process availability, resulting in lower long-term operating costs.
Features
nCompact and light weight design reduces installed piping costs
nHigh quality S31600 austenitic stainless steel trim materials
nS41600 stainless steel trim available
nDual plug and stem guiding provides increased stability during plug travel
nMultiple trim capacity reductions available to meet changing process requirements
nFisherTM FIELDVUEt digital valve controller available for remote calibration and diagnostics in facilities utilizing the PlantWebt architecture
W9752
24000 Little Scotty Control Valve with Baumann 32 Actuator
W9753
24000 Little Scotty Control Valve with Baumann 32 Actuator and
FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24LS August 2017
24000 Valve
D103327X012
Figure 1. Baumann Little Scotty Valve Body Subassembly with Standard PTFE Spring-Loaded Packing
E1259
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000 Valve
D103327X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24LS August 2017
Table 1. Materials of Construction
Key No.
Description
1
Valve Body
Standard
2
Seat Ring
Optional
Plug (Metal Seat) Cv < 2.5
Standard Optional
4
Standard
Plug (Metal Seat) Cv > 4.0
Optional
Plug (Soft Seat)
5
Stem
8
Bonnet
9
Drive Nut (Yoke)
10
Packing Follower
Standard
14
Packing
Optional
27
Locknuts
Standard
49
Body Gasket
Optional
58
Travel Indicator
Material
ASTM B62 Grade C83600 ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603 Dual Certified
ASTM A582 S41600 Condition T ASME SA479 S21800
ASTM A582 S41600 Condition T ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
ASTM A582 S41600 Condition T ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603 with PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) insert
ASTM A276 S31600 ASTM B148 Alloy C95500
S30400 ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603 Dual Certified
V-Ring, see figure 2 Molded Graphite, see figure 3
Stainless Steel (18-8 SST) Annealed Soft Copper
Graphite Grade GHR with S31600 Insert ASME SA240 S30400
Table 2. Cv Values at 100% Plug Opening (Kv = 0.86 x Cv)(1)
VALVE SIZE NPS
ORIFICE DIAMETER
inch
0.25
PLUG TRAVEL inch 0.50
102 Cv 0.20, 0.05, 0.10, 0.20
1/2
0.375
0.50
---
577 Cv ---
1.0, 1.5, 2.5
0.8125
0.50
---
4, 6
0.25
0.50
0.20, 0.05, 0.10, 0.20
---
3/4
0.375
0.50
---
1.0, 1.5, 2.5
0.8125 0.25
0.50
---
4, 7.5
0.50
0.20, 0.05, 0.10, 0.20
---
1
0.375
0.50
---
0.8125
0.50
---
1.0625
0.50
---
1.25
0.75
---
1-1/2
1.5
0.75
---
1.5
0.75
---
2
2.0
0.75
---
1. See Fisher Catalog 12 for a full range of flow and sizing information.
1.0, 1.5, 2.5
4, 8.5 13 20
10, 17, 28 10, 17, 28
30
PLUG SERIES 548 / 588 Cv 0.2, 0.5 1.0
1.5, 2.5 4, 6
0.2, 0.5 1.0
1.5, 2.5 4, 8
0.2, 0.5 1.0
1.5, 2.5 4, 9 13
10, 20 10, 17, 28 10, 17, 28
30, 50
677 Cv
---
0.10, 0.20, 0.50 1.0, 2.5 5
---
0.10, 0.20, 0.50 1.0, 2.5 5
---
0.10, 0.20, 0.50 1.0, 2.5 5 --20 10, 17 10, 17 30, 50
648 / 688 Cv
0.5, 1.0
1.5, 2.5 4, 6
0.5, 1.0
1.5, 2.5 4, 8
0.5, 1.0
1.5, 2.5 4, 9 13
10, 20 10, 17, 28 10, 17, 28
30, 50
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24LS August 2017
24000 Valve
D103327X012
Table 3. Technical Specifications
VALVE TYPE NOMINAL SIZE END CONNECTIONS PRESSURE RATING SEAT PLUG SEALING CHARACTERISTIC TEMPERATURE LIMITS
ACTUATOR
EN
ASME
DN 15, 20, 25, 40, & 50
NPS 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, & 2
Screwed NPT
400 psi @ 150_F / 250 psi @ 400_F (ASME B16.15 CL250)
Metal to metal or PTFE soft seat
Equal Percentage or Linear
-29 to 204_C
-20 to 400_F
See Baumann 16, 32, 54, and 70 Pneumatic Actuators bulletin D104175X012
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000 Valve
D103327X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24LS August 2017
Figure 2. Spring-Loaded PTFE V-Ring Packing Kit
E1240
Table 4. Standard Spring-Loaded PTFE V-Ring Packing Kit
Key No.
Description
6
Spring
14
Packing Set
16
Washer
20
Spacer
Material ASTM A313 S30200 PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) / PTFE, 25% carbon filled ASME SA240 S31600 J-2000 (filled-Polytetrafluoroethylene)
Figure 3. Molded Graphite (Flexible Graphite) Packing Kit (Optional)
E1241
Table 5. Molded Graphite (Flexible Graphite) Packing Kit (Optional)
Key No.
Description
13
Bushings
14A
Packing Rings
14B
Packing Ring
Material Carbon - Graphite
Graphite Graphite
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24LS August 2017
24000 Valve
D103327X012
Figure 4. Baumann 24000 Pressure-Temperature Ratings
400 psi @ -20_F
400 psi @ 150_F
250 psi @ 400_F
OPERATING TEMPERATURE (_F)
E1260
27.6 bar @ -28.8_C 27.6 bar @ 65.5_C 17.2 bar @ 204_C
E1261
OPERATING TEMPERATURE (_C)
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000 Valve
D103327X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24LS August 2017
Figure 5. Dimensional Drawing
216 (48.5)
141 (5.5)
229 (9.0)
3660/3661 POSITIONER (OPTIONAL)
B
E
A
E1262
24000 WITH BAUMANN 32 ACTUATOR AND FISHER 3660/3661 POSITIONER
Note: Actuator removal requires 115 mm (4.5 inches) vertical clearance.
mm (inch)
Table 6. Dimensions
VALVE SIZE
DN
NPS
15
1/2
20
3/4
25
1
40
1-1/2
50
2
A VALVE BODY
mm
inch
89
3.5
89
3.5
109
4.3
137
5.4
168
6.6
Table 7. Valve Assembly Weights
VALVE SIZE
DN
NPS
kg
15
1/2
1.6
20
3/4
1.6
25
1
2.3
40
1-1/2
4.9
50
2
8.9
WEIGHT lb 3.5 3.5 5.0
10.9 19.7
B BONNET
mm
inch
78
3.1
78
3.1
83
3.3
99
3.9
104
4.1
E
mm
inch
27
1.06
27
1.06
33
1.3
46
1.8
58
2.3
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24LS August 2017
24000 Valve
D103327X012
Table 8. Actuator Weights
ACTUATOR TYPE MV1020 VA1020
SVX24-MFT SVK24-MFT
WEIGHTS
kg
lb
10
22
14
30
Reference Baumann bulletin 52.1:SVACT
(D104169X012)
Table 10. Model Numbering System
24 Valve Body Series
Plug Series 102 548 577 588 677 648 688
Table 9. Electric Actuators
Actuator Type MV1020 VA1020
SVX24-MFT SVK24-MFT
Characteristic Linear / Metal Seat Equal % / Metal Seat (S41600) Equal % / PTFE Seat Equal % / Metal Seat (S31600) Linear / PTFE Seat Linear / Metal Seat (S41600) Linear / Metal Seat
Seat Leakage IV IV VI IV VI IV IV
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Baumann, Little Scotty, Fisher, FIELDVUE, and PlantWeb are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2009, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000SB Valve
D103334X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SB March 2020
BaumannTM 24000SB Barstock Control Valve
This rugged Baumann control valve is recommended for low-flow, high-pressure, industrial control applications. S31600 / S31603 stainless steel barstock valve body and bonnet is suitable for process pressures up to 413 barg (6000 psig).
The 24000SB is the ideal solution for applications that exceed the operating range of our other 24000 series valves. Various end connections ranging from threaded (standard), buttweld, and flanged add versatility to this high-pressure product line. Special high nickel alloy constructions are available and round out the basic S31600/S31603 stainless steel offering.
Features
nCompact and light-weight design reduces installed piping costs.
nDual plug and stem guiding provides increased stability during plug travel.
nMultiple trim capacity reductions available to meet changing process requirements with Cv ratings as low as 0.00013.
nOptional extended bonnet for applications ranging from -195 to 537_C (-320 to 1000_F).
nOptional ENVIRO-SEALTM packing system to meet critical emission control requirements.
W9756-1
24000SB Control Valve with Baumann 32 Actuator and FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
W9757-1
W9758-1
Baumann 24000SB Control Valve with Flanges and Extension Bonnet
nFisherTM FIELDVUETM digital valve controller are available for remote calibration and diagnostics.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SB March 2020
24000SB Valve
D103334X012
Figure 1. Valve Body Subassembly with Standard PTFE Spring-Loaded V-Ring Packing
Figure 2. Valve Body with Extension Bonnet
SEE PACKING OPTIONS ON PAGE 4
E1263
2
SEE LOW FLOW TRIM DETAIL IN FIGURES 3 AND 4
E1264
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000SB Valve
D103334X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SB March 2020
Table 1. Materials of Construction
Key No.
Description
S31603 Stainless Steel
Material N10276 Nickel Alloy(1) N08020 Nickel Alloy(1)
N04400 Nickel Alloy(1)
1(1)
Valve Body
ASME SA479 S31600/ S31603 Dual Certified
ASME SB574 N10276
ASTM B473 N08020
ASME SB164 N04400
2(1)
Seat Ring (standard) (For low flow trim, refer to tables 2 & 3)
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603 Dual Certified
ASME SB574 N10276
ASTM B473 N08020
ASME SB164 N04400
Plug (Metal Seat) Cv v 2.5
ASME SA479 S21800 (standard) / ASTM A582
S41600 Condition T (optional)
ASTM A276 S31600/
ASME SB574 N10276
ASTM B473 N08020
ASME SB164 N04400
4(1)
Plug (Metal Seat) Cv w 4.0
S31603(standard) / ASTM A582 S41600 Condition T (optional)
Plug (Soft Seat)
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603 with PTFE
(Polytetrafluoroethylene) insert
ASME SB574 N10276/PTFE
ASTM B473 N08020/PTFE
ASME SB164 N04400/ PTFE
5(1)
Stem
ASTM A276 S31600
ASME SB574 N10276
ASTM B473 N08020
ASME SB164 N04400
8(1)
Bonnet
ASME SA479 S31600/ S31603 Dual Certified
ASME SB574 N10276
ASTM B473 N08020
ASME SB164 N04400
9
Drive Nut (Yoke)
S30400
10(1)
Packing Follower
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603 Dual Certified
ASME SB574 N10276
ASTM B473 N08020
ASME SB164 N04400
14(1)
V-Ring Packing (standard) Packing (optional)
Refer to page 4 Refer to page 4
27
Lock Nut
Stainless Steel (18-8 Stainless Steel)
49
Body Gasket
Graphite Grade GHR with S31600 Insert
58
Travel Indicator
ASME SA240 S30400
1. For optional valve and trim materials, consult your Emerson sales office for price and delivery. N08020 and N04400 nickel alloy materials have pressure-temperature ratings less than 206 barg (3000 psig) or 413 barg (6000 psig) respectively.
Figure 3. Optional 151 Low Flow Trim Assembly
Table 2. 151 Low Flow Trim
Key Number Description
2(1)
Seat Ring
4(1)
Plug
Material ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
ASME SA479 S21800
Seat Sub-Assembly
Cage
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
51(1)
Seat Collar
PTFE ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
Washer
ASTM A276 S31600 Cond B
Insert
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
E1246
1. For optional trim materials, consult your Emerson sales office for price and delivery.
Figure 4. Optional 177 Low Flow Trim Assembly
Table 3. 177 Low Flow Trim
Key Number 2(1)
Description Seat Ring
Material ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
Seat Sub-Assembly
23
Gland
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
2a(1)
24 Retainer Nut
25
Insert
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603 Reinforced PTFE
26 4(1)
Housing Plug
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603 ASME SA479 S21800
1. For optional trim materials, consult your Emerson sales office for price and delivery.
E1247
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SB March 2020
24000SB Valve
D103334X012
Figure 5. Standard Spring-Loaded PTFE V-Ring Packing Kit
Figure 7. ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Kit (Optional)
E1240
Table 4. Standard Spring-Loaded PTFE V-Ring Packing Kit
Key Number 6(1)
Description Spring
Material ASTM A313 S30200
14
Packing Set
PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) / PTFE, 25% carbon filled
16
Washer
ASME SA240 S31600
20
Spacer
J-2000 (filled-Polytetrafluoroethylene)
1. N10276 nickel alloy valve body construction is furnished with N10276 nickel alloy spring.
Figure 6. Molded Graphite (Flexible Graphite) Packing Kit (Optional)
E1241
Table 5. Molded Graphite (Flexible Graphite) Packing Kit (Optional)
Key Number Description
Material
13
Bushings
Carbon-Graphite
14A
Packing Rings
Graphite
14B
Packing Ring
Graphite
4
E1248
Table 6. ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Kit (Optional)
Key Number Description
Material
13
Bushings
Carbon-Graphite
14
Packing Rings
PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) / PTFE, 25% carbon filled
17
Belleville Spring
N06600 Nickel Alloy (ASTM B637 N07718, 40 HRC max)
18
Bushing
PEEK (polyetheretherketone)
19
Washers
Modified PTFE
Special ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Note
The ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing system is suitable for 100 ppm environmental applications on services up to 51.7 barg (750 psig) and process temperatures ranging from -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F).
For non-environmental applications, this packing system offers excellent performance at the same temperature range up to the maximum valve working pressure.
Temperature limits apply to packing arrangements only. Complete valve assembly temperature limits may differ, refer to appropriate pressure/temperature ratings.
Reference Fisher Packing Selection Guidelines for Sliding-Stem Valves Bulletin 59.1:062 (D101986X012).
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000SB Valve
D103334X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SB March 2020
Table 7. Technical Specifications
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE
END CONNECTIONS
Standard Available(1)
PRESSURE RATING
CHARACTERISTIC
1. Consult your Emerson sales office for other available connections.
DN 15, 20, and 25 (NPS 1/2, 3/4, and 1) Threaded (NPT)
Buttweld, Flanged (CL150 to CL2500) See Pressure-Temperature Ratings, tables 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15
Equal Percentage or Linear
Table 8. Temperature Ratings for Packing and Seat Material(1)
PTFE Soft Seat
151 Trim 577 & 677 Trim
-29 to 177_C (-20 to 350_F) -73 to 232_C (-100 to 450_F)
SEATING MATERIAL
Reinforced PTFE Metal Seat
177 Trim 102, 588, and 688 Trim
548 and 648 Trim
-73 to 232_C (-100 to 450_F) -195 to 537_C (-320 to 1000_F)
-29 to 537_C (-20 to 1000_F)
BONNET STYLE
PACKING
TEMPERATURE LIMIT
Spring Loaded PTFE Packing
-73 to 232_C (-100 to 450_F)
PACKING AND BONNET COMBINATIONS
Standard Bonnet(2)
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite
Spring Loaded PTFE Packing
-45 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) -73 to 232_C (-100 to 450_F) -195 to 232_C (-320 to 450_F)
Extension Bonnet
ENVIRO-SEAL
-45 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F)
Graphite
-195 to 537_C (-320 to 1000_F)
1. Temperature limits apply to seating or packing arrangements only. Complete valve assembly temperature limits may differ, refer to appropriate pressure/temperature ratings. For more information on packing selection, reference Fisher Packing Selection Guidelines for Sliding-Stem Valves Bulletin 59.1:062 (D101986X012). 2. PTFE packing may be used in cryogenic service but becomes stiff.
Figure 8. Baumann 24000SB Trims
102 Linear Low Flow Trim
151 Modified Equal % Low Flow Trim
177 Modified Equal % Low Flow Trim
548 / 577 / 588 Equal % Trim
648 / 677 / 688 Linear Trim
W9747
W9751
W9748
W9749
W9750
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SB March 2020
24000SB Valve
D103334X012
Table 9. Cv Values at 100% Plug Opening (Kv = 0.86 x Cv)(4)
VALVE SIZE
ORIFICE DIAMETER
NPS
inch
PLUG TRAVEL
inch
0.156
0.50
0.25
0.50
1/2
102 Cv
---
0.02, 0.05, 0.10, 0.20
151 Cv 0.00013, 0.00025, 0.0005, 0.001, 0.002, 0.004, 0.008, 0.015, 0.03, 0.06, 0.10, 0.20, 0.45
---
0.3125
0.50
---
---
0.375
0.50
---
---
0.156 0.25
0.00013, 0.00025, 0.0005,
0.50
---
0.001, 0.002, 0.004, 0.008, 0.015, 0.03, 0.06, 0.10,
0.20, 0.45
0.02, 0.05,
0.50
0.10, 0.20
---
3/4
0.3125
0.50
---
---
0.375
0.50
---
---
0.8125 0.156 0.25
0.50
---
---
0.00013, 0.00025, 0.0005,
0.50
---
0.001, 0.002, 0.004, 0.008, 0.015, 0.03, 0.06, 0.10,
0.20, 0.45
0.50
0.02, 0.05, 0.10, 0.20
---
1
0.3125
0.50
---
---
0.375
0.50
---
---
0.8125
0.50
---
---
1. For DN 15 (NPS 1/2 2. For DN 20 (NPS 3/4) 3. For DN 25 (NPS 1)
4. See Fisher Catalog 12 for a full range of flow and sizing information.
PLUG SERIES
177
577
Cv
Cv
---
---
---
0.0005, 0.001, 0.002, 0.005, 0.01, 0.02, 0.05
---
---
---
1.0, 1.5, 2.0
---
---
--0.0005, 0.001, 0.002, 0.005, 0.01, 0.02, 0.05
---
---
---
---
1.0, 1.5, 2.5 3.8
---
---
--0.0005, 0.001, 0.002, 0.005, 0.01, 0.02, 0.05
---
---
---
---
1.0, 1.5, 2.5
4.0, 6.8
548 / 588
677
648 / 688
Cv
Cv
Cv
---
---
---
0.20, 0.50,
1.0
---
0.50, 1.0
---
---
---
1.5, 2.0
0.10, 0.20, 0.50, 1.0,
2.0
1.5, 2.0
---
---
---
0.20, 0.50,
1.0
---
0.50, 1.0
---
---
---
1.5, 2.5 3.8
0.10, 0.20, 0.50, 1.0,
2.5
3.8
1.5, 2.5 3.8
---
---
---
0.20, 0.50, 1.0
---
0.50, 1.0
---
---
---
1.5, 2.5 4.0, 6.8
0.10, 0.20, 0.50, 1.0,
2.5
4.0
1.5, 2.5 4.0, 6.8
WARNING
Refer to pressure - temperature rating tables 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15 and consult your Emerson sales office for potential cavitation and noise concerns.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000SB Valve
D103334X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SB March 2020
Table 10. Pressure-Temperature Ratings for S31600/S31603 Dual Certified Stainless Steel Valve Body 3000 psig (Standard)(1)
Temperature (_C)(2)
Working Pressure (barg)
Temperature (_F)(2)
Working Pressure (psig)
-195 to 37
206
-320 to 100
3000
93
177
200
2580
148
160
300
2330
204
147
400
2141
232
142
450
2066
260
137
500
1992
287
133
550
1936
315
129
600
1880
343
127
650
1849
371
124
700
1810
398
122
750
1779
426
121
800
1758
454
120
850
1742
482
119
900
1729
510
110
950
1609
537
100
1000
1458
1. Caution: When the valve is furnished with CL150 through CL900 flanges, the pressure-temperature ratings are limited to the values published in ASME B16.34. Valve assemblies with CL1500 flanges are limited to 206 barg (3000 psig) maximum Cold Working Pressure (CWP). 2. Do not exceed seating and packing material ratings.
Table 11. Pressure-Temperature Ratings for S31600/S31603 Dual Certified Stainless Steel Valve Body 6000 psig (Optional)(1)
Temperature (_C)(2)
Working Pressure (barg)
Temperature (_F)(2)
Working Pressure (psig)
-195 to 37
413.7
-320 to 100
6000
93
355.8
200
5160
149
321.3
300
4660
204
295.1
400
4280
232
284.8
450
4130
260
274.4
500
3980
288
266.8
550
3870
316
259.2
600
3760
343
253.7
650
3680
371
249.6
700
3620
399
245.5
750
3560
427
242.7
800
3520
454
239.9
850
3480
482
238.6
900
3460
510
222.0
950
3220
538
208.9
1000
3030
1. Caution: When the valve is furnished with CL150 through CL1500 flanges, the pressure-temperature ratings are limited to the values published in ASME B16.34. 2. Do not exceed seating and packing material ratings.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SB March 2020
24000SB Valve
D103334X012
Table 12. Pressure-Temperature Ratings for N10276 Nickel Alloy Valve Body - 3000 psig (Optional)(1)
Temperature (_C)(2)
Working Pressure (barg)
Temperature (_F)(2)
Working Pressure (psig)
-195 to 37
215
-320 to 100
3125
93
215
200
3125
148
209
300
3033
204
202
400
2941
232
196
450
2856
260
190
500
2770
287
182
550
2645
315
173
600
2520
343
168
650
2450
371
163
700
2366
398
152
750
2216
426
145
800
2116
454
139
850
2029
482
128
900
1870
510
110
950
1608
537
104
1000
1516
1. Caution: When the valve is furnished with CL150 through CL900 flanges, the pressure-temperature ratings are limited to the values published in ASME B16.34. Valve assemblies with CL1500 flanges are limited to 206 barg (3000 psig) maximum Cold Working Pressure (CWP). 2. Do not exceed seating and packing material ratings.
Table 13. Pressure-Temperature Ratings for N10276 Nickel Alloy Valve Body - 6000 psig (Optional)(1)
Temperature (_C)(2)
Working Pressure (barg)
Temperature (_F)(2)
Working Pressure (psig)
-195 to 37
430.9
-320 to 100
6250
93
430.9
200
6250
149
418.5
300
6070
204
401.3
400
5820
232
391.6
450
5680
260
382.0
500
5540
288
364.7
550
5290
316
347.5
600
5040
343
338.2
650
4905
371
326.1
700
4730
399
305.4
750
4430
427
291.6
800
4230
454
279.9
850
4060
482
258.2
900
3745
510
222.0
950
3220
538
208.9
1000
3030
1. Caution: When the valve is furnished with CL150 through CL1500 flanges, the pressure-temperature ratings are limited to the values published in ASME B16.34. 2. Do not exceed seating and packing material ratings.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000SB Valve
D103334X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SB March 2020
Table 14. Pressure-Temperature Ratings for N08020 Nickel Alloy Valve Body (Optional)(1)
Temperature (_C)(2)
Working Pressure (barg)
Temperature (_F)(2)
Working Pressure (psig)
-195 to 37
172
-320 to 100
2500
93
150
200
2175
148
140
300
2041
204
140
400
2041
232
140
450
2041
260
140
500
2041
287
140
550
2041
315
140
600
2041
343
140
650
2041
371
140
700
2041
398
140
750
2041
426
140
800
2041
1. Caution: When the valve is furnished with CL150 through CL900 flanges, the pressure-temperature ratings are limited to the values published in ASME B16.34. Valve assemblies with CL1500 flanges are limited to 206 barg (3000 psig) maximum Cold Working Pressure (CWP). 2. Do not exceed seating and packing material ratings.
Table 15. Pressure-Temperature Ratings for N08020 Nickel Alloy Valve Body (Optional)(1)
Temperature (_C)(2)
Working Pressure (barg)
Temperature (_F)(2)
Working Pressure (psig)
(-)195 to 37
430.9
(-) 320 to 100
6250
93
426.1
200
6180
149
408.2
300
5920
204
391.6
400
5680
232
384.0
450
5570
260
376.5
500
5460
288
362.0
550
5250
316
347.5
600
5040
343
338.2
650
4905
371
326.1
700
4730
399
305.4
750
4430
427
291.6
800
4230
1. Caution: When the valve is furnished with CL150 through CL1500 flanges, the pressure-temperature ratings are limited to the values published in ASME B16.34. 2. Do not exceed seating and packing material ratings.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SB March 2020
24000SB Valve
D103334X012
Figure 9. Dimensional Drawings
216 (48.5)
141 (5.5)
93 (3.7)
72 (2.8)
279 (411.0)
127 (5.0)
1/4 NPT
229 (9.0)
276 (10.9)
60 (2.4)
271 (10.7)
333 (413.1)
229 (9.0)
3/4 INCH SQUARE
B 4E
A
3660/3661 B
160 (46.3)
A
THREADED (NPT) VALVE BODY
(VALVE ROTATED 90_ FOR CLARITY)
BAUMANN 32 ATO / FAIL CLOSE
E1265
w/ HANDWHEEL
BAUMANN 54 ATO FLANGED VALVE BODY ACTUATOR w/ FIELDVUE
DVC2000 DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
Note: Actuator removal requires 115 mm (4.5 inches) vertical clearance.
A
BAUMANN 70 ATO ACTUATOR w/ BUTTWELD ENDS AND FIELDVUE
DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
mm (inch)
Table 16. Valve Dimensions
VALVE SIZE
DN
NPS
15
1/2
20
3/4
25
1
NPT
mm inch 102 4.00 105 4.13 127 5.00
CL150 mm inch 184 7.25 184 7.25 184 7.25
CL300 mm inch 191 7.50 194 7.62 197 7.75
A VALVE BODY Flanged CL600
mm inch 203 8.00 206 8.12 210 8.25
CL900/1500 mm inch 273 10.25 273 10.75 273 10.75
CL2500 mm inch 264 10.38 273 10.75 308 12.12
Buttweld
mm inch 387 15.25 387 15.25 406 16.00
Table 17. Valve Dimensions
VALVE SIZE
DN
NPS
15
1/2
20
3/4
25(1)
1(1)
25(2)
1(2)
1. For 206 barg (3000 psig) valve body. 2. For 413 barg (6000 psig) valve body.
B BONNET
Standard
Extension
mm
inch
mm
inch
71
2.8
208
8.2
74
2.9
211
8.3
74
2.9
211
8.3
74
2.9
211
8.3
E DIAMETER
mm
inch
64
2.50
76
3.00
76
3.00
83
3.25
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000SB Valve
D103334X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SB March 2020
Table 18. Valve Assembly Weights
VALVE SIZE
DN
NPS
kg
15
1/2
3.0
20
3/4
3.1
25(1)
1(1)
5.1
25(2)
1(2)
5.8
1. For 206 barg (3000 psig) valve body. 2. For 413 barg (6000 psig) valve body.
WEIGHT lb 6.6 6.9
11.3 12.8
Table 19. Model Numbering System
24
Valve Body Series
Plug Series
Characteristic
---
548
Equal % / Metal Seat (S41600)
577
Equal % / PTFE Seat
Equal % / Metal Seat
588
(S21800 Cvv 2.5 or
S31600 Cv w 4.0)
648
Linear / Metal Seat (S41600)
677
Linear / PTFE Seat
688
Linear / Metal Seat
Seat Leakage
IV VI
IV
IV VI IV
S
Valve Body Material S
B Barstock Body
---
Bonnet Style
---
Standard
E
Extension
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SB March 2020
24000SB Valve
D103334X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Baumann, ENVIRO-SEAL, Fisher, and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E122009, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000S Valve
D103331X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SS March 2020
BaumannTM 24000S Stainless Steel Control Valve
The Baumann 24000S versatile, pneumatic, control valve may be used for the control of pressure, temperature, level, and flow. NPS 1/2 through 2 valves are available with NPT end connections. NPS 3 is available as wafer style only. The CF8M stainless steel valve body will withstand mildly corrosive fluids, yet is economical enough to use in applications where carbon steel is normally specified.
Features
nCompact and light weight design reduces installed piping costs.
nEnd connection options are available to meet your piping standards.
nDual stem and plug guiding provides increased stability during plug travel.
nHigh-quality S31600 stainless steel trim materials; S41600 stainless steel trim available.
nMultiple trim capacity reductions available to meet changing process requirements.
W9759-1
Baumann 24000S NPT Control Valve
nFisherTM FIELDVUETM digital valve controller are available for remote calibration and diagnostics.
nThe FIELDVUE DVC2000 digital valve controller has a local user interface that includes a liquid crystal display and four push buttons for menu navigation.
nNOLEEK bellows bonnet and single through triple extension bonnets are available.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SS March 2020
24000S Valve
D103331X012
Figure 1. Baumann 24000S Valve Body Assembly
Figure 2. Baumann 24000S Valve with Extension Bonnet, available in Single and Double Extension Lengths
E1266
2
E1267
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000S Valve
D103331X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SS March 2020
Table 1. Materials of Construction
Key No.
Description
1
Valve Body
2
Seat Ring
Plug (Metal Seat) Cv < 2.5
4
Plug (Metal Seat) Cv > 4.0
Plug (Soft Seat)
5
Stem
6
Packing Set
7
Bonnet Flange
8
Bonnet
9
Drive Nut (Yoke)
10
Packing Follower
11
Bonnet Studs (Bolt)
12
Bonnet Nuts
27
Locknuts
49
Body Gasket
58
Travel Indicator
Standard Optional Standard Optional
1/2 to 2 inch 3 inch
Standard Extension NOLEEK
Figure 3. Screwed Seat
Material
ASME SA351 CF8M ASTM A276 S31600 / S31603 Dual Certified (used for 6.3 mm and 9.5 mm [1/4 inch and 3/8 inch] orifice diameters only)
ASME SA479 S21800 Annealed ASTM A582 S41600 Condition T ASTM A276 S31600 / S31603 Dual Certified ASTM A582 S41600 Condition T ASTM A276 S31600 / S31603 Dual Certified with PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) Insert ASTM A276 S31600 Condition A
(Refer to page 5) ASME SA351 CF8M ASME SA240 S31600 / S31603 Dual Certified ASME SA479 S31600 / S31603 Dual Certified ASME SA479 S31600 / S31603 Dual Certified ASME SA479 S31600 / S31603 Dual Certified S30400 ASTM A276 S31600 / S31603 Dual Certified ASME SA193 Grade B8 Class 1 ASME SA194 Grade B8 Stainless Steel (18-8 Stainless Steel) Graphite Grade GHR with S31600 Insert ASME SA240 S30400
Figure 4. Integral Seat
E1268
E1269
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SS March 2020
24000S Valve
D103331X012
Figure 5. 24151S Low Flow Trim
Figure 6. 24177S Low Flow Trim
E1270
Table 2. 24151S Low Flow Trim
Key Number
Description
Material
4
Plug
ASME SA479 S21800
Seat Sub-Assembly
52
Cage
ASTM A276 S31600 / S31603
53
Seat
PTFE
51
54
Collar
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
55 Washer
ASTM A276 S31600 Cond B
56
Insert
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
E1271
Table 3. 24177S Low Flow Trim(1)
Key Number
Description
Material
Seat Sub-Assembly
23
Gland
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
2
24 Retainer Nut ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
25
Insert
Reinforced PTFE
26
Housing
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
4
Plug
ASME SA479 S21800
1. For optional trim materials, consult your Emerson sales office for price and delivery. Baumann 32 actuator requires dual-stops with 177 trim series.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000S Valve
D103331X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SS March 2020
Figure 7. Standard Spring-Loaded PTFE V-Ring Packing Kit
Figure 9. ENVIRO-SEALTM Packing Kit (Optional)
E1240
Table 4. Standard Spring-Loaded PTFE V-Ring Packing Kit
Key Number Description
Material
6
Spring
ASTM A313 S30200
14
Packing Set
PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) / PTFE, 25% carbon filled
16
Washer
ASME SA240 S31600
20
Spacer
J-2000 (filled-Polytetrafluoroethylene)
Figure 8. Molded Graphite (Flexible Graphite) Packing Kit (Optional)
E1241
Table 5. Molded Graphite (Flexible Graphite) Packing Kit (Optional)
Key Number Description
Material
13
Bushings
Carbon-Graphite
14A
Packing Rings
Graphite
14B
Packing Ring
Graphite
E1248
Table 6. ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Kit (Optional)
Key Number Description
Material
13
Bushings
Carbon-Graphite
14
Packing Rings
PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) / PTFE, 25% carbon filled
17
Belleville Spring
N06600 Nickel Alloy (ASTM B637 N07718, 40 HRC max)
18
Bushing
PEEK (polyetheretherketone)
19
Washers
Modified PTFE
Special ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Note
The ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing system is suitable for 100 ppm environmental applications on services up to 51.7 barg (750 psig) and process temperatures ranging from -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F).
For non-environmental applications, this packing system offers excellent performance at the same temperature range up to the maximum valve working pressure.
Temperature limits apply to packing arrangements only. Complete valve assembly temperature limits may differ, refer to appropriate pressure/temperature ratings.
Reference Packing Selection Guidelines for Fisher Sliding-Stem Valves, Bulletin 59.1:062 (D101986X012).
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SS March 2020
24000S Valve
D103331X012
Figure 10. NOLEEK Bellows Bonnet Assembly
WARNING
The Baumann NOLEEK valve bonnet assembly is not intended for use in lethal service applications.
BACKUP PACKING SYSTEM (SEE
PACKING DETAIL ON PAGE 5)
TIME PROVEN DOUBLE WALLED BELLOW
MADE FROM S31600, RATED FOR UP TO 49.7
BAR (720 PSI) PRESSURE
UNLIMITED STEM ROTATION WITHOUT TWISTING BELLOWS
TELL-TALE CONNECTION
(1/8 NPT)
FULL EXTENSION PROVIDES HEAT DISSIPATION, IDEAL FOR HEAT TRANSFER
FLUIDS
The NOLEEK Bellows Bonnet Assembly is reliable and user-friendly. Typical service life is in excess of 250,000 full cycles under 100 psi pressure. The bonnet adds only approximately 5 inches to the height of a standard valve. Operating temperature range is -195 to 399_C (-320 to 750_F).
Table 7. Baumann NOLEEK Bellow Bonnet Assembly
Key No.
Description
Material
4
Plug
See table 1
V-Ring Packing Kit (Standard)
See table 4
6
ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Kit
(Optional)
See table 6
Housing
S31600/S31603
8
Bellows
S31603/1.4571 SST
Bonnet
CF8M
21
Plug Retaining Pin
S30300
22
Hex Socket Pipe Plug, 1/8 NPT
S30400
E1272
Figure 11. Bellows Pressure Temperature Curve
49.7 barg @ -195_C (720 psig @ -320_F)
48.5 barg @ 93_C (703.25 psig @ 200_F)
33.9 barg @ 398_C (491.6 psig @ 750F)
E1250
6
TEMPERATURE (_F)
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000S Valve
D103331X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SS March 2020
Table 2. Cv Values at 100% Plug Opening (Kv = 0.86 x Cv)(1)
VALVE SIZE
ORIFICE DIAMETER
PLUG TRAVEL
102
151
PLUG SERIES
177
577
NPS
inch
inch
Cv
Cv
Cv
Cv
0.00013, 0.00025, 0.0005,
0.156
0.50
---
0.001, 0.002, 0.004, 0.008, 0.015, 0.03, 0.06, 0.10, 0.20,
---
---
0.45
0.02, 0.05,
1/2
0.25
0.50
0.10, 0.20
0.3125
0.50
---
---
---
---
0.0005, 0.001,
---
0.002 0.005, 0.01
---
0.02, 0.05
0.375
0.50
---
---
---
1.0, 1.5 2.0
0.00013, 0.00025, 0.0005,
0.156
0.50
---
0.001, 0.002, 0.004, 0.008, 0.015, 0.03, 0.06, 0.10, 0.20,
---
---
0.45
0.25
0.50
0.02, 0.05, 0.10, 0.20
---
1
---
---
0.0005, 0.001,
0.3125
0.50
---
---
0.002 0.005, 0.01
---
0.02, 0.05
0.375
0.50
---
---
---
1.0, 1.5 2.0
0.8125
0.50
---
---
1-1/2
1.25
0.75
---
---
---
4, 8.5
---
17.5
2
1.5
0.75
---
---
---
10, 18, 30.5
3
2.0
0.75
---
---
1. See Fisher Catalog 12 for a full range of flow and sizing information.
---
35
548 / 588
677
Cv
Cv
---
---
0.22, 0.61,
1.0
---
---
---
1.5, 2.5
0.10, 0.20, 0.50 1.0, 2.5
---
---
0.22, 0.61, 1.0
---
---
---
1.5, 2.5
4.7, 9.5 9, 17.5 10, 17.5,
30.5 35, 61
0.10, 0.20, 0.50 1.0 4.0 17.5
10, 17.5
35, 61
648 / 688 Cv
---
0.50, 1.0
---
1.5, 2.5
---
0.50, 1.0
---
1.5, 2.5 4.0, 9.5
17.5 10, 17.5,
30.5 35, 61
Figure 12. Baumann 24000S Trims
102 Linear Low Flow Trim
151 Modified Equal % Low Flow Trim
177 Modified Equal % Low Flow Trim
548 / 577 / 588 Equal % Trim
648 / 677 / 688 Linear Trim
W9747
W9751
W9748
W9749
W9750
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SS March 2020
24000S Valve
D103331X012
Table 8. Technical Specifications
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE END CONNECTIONS PRESSURE RATING VALVE BODY MATERIAL
CHARACTERISTIC
DN 15, 25, 40, 50, and 80
NPS 1/2, 1, 1-1/2, 2, and 3
Screwed NPT (except for NPS 3, wafer style only) Wafer / Buttweld
CL300 (CL150 for NPS 3 per ASME B16.34)
CF8M ASTM A351
Equal Percentage or Linear
Table 9. Temperature Ratings for Packing and Seat Material(1)
PTFE Soft Seat
151 Trim 577 & 677 Trim
-29 to 177_C (-20 to 350_F) -73 to 232_C (-100 to 450_F)
SEATING MATERIAL
Reinforced PTFE
177 Trim
-73 to 232_C (-100 to 450_F)
Metal Seat
102, 588, and 688 Trim 548 and 648 Trim
-195 to 537_C (-320 to 1000_F) -29 to 537_C (-20 to 1000_F)
BONNET STYLE
PACKING
TEMPERATURE LIMIT
Spring Loaded PTFE
-73 to 232_C (-100 to 450_F)
Standard Bonnet
ENVIRO-SEAL
-45 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F)
PACKING AND BONNET COMBINATIONS
Graphite Spring Loaded PTFE
-73 to 232_C (-100 to 450_F) -195 to 232_C (-320 to 450_F)
Extension Bonnet
ENVIRO-SEAL
-45 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F)
Graphite
-195 to 537_C (-320 to 1000_F)
Bellows
NOLEEK Bellows
-195 to 399_C (-320 to 750_F)
1. Temperature limits apply to seating or packing arrangements only. Complete valve assembly temperature limits may differ, refer to appropriate pressure/temperature ratings. For more information on packing selection, reference Packing Selection Guidelines for Fisher Sliding-Stem Valves, Bulletin 59.1:062 (D101986X012).
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000S Valve
D103331X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SS March 2020
Figure 13. Valve Body Pressure / Temperature Ratings ASME CL150 Valves (Source: ASME B16.34)
E1426
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SS March 2020
24000S Valve
D103331X012
Figure 14. Valve Body Pressure / Temperature Ratings ASME CL300 Valves (Source: ASME B16.34) (Does not apply to 24000S NPS 3 valves)
E1427
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000S Valve
D103331X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SS March 2020
Table 10. Valve Dimensions
A
VALVE SIZE
ASME CLASS
NPT
Wafer
DN
NPS
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
15
1/2
300
7.9
3.1
N/A
N/A
25
1
300
102
4.0
102
4.0
40
1-1/2
300
114
4.5
114
4.5
50
2
300
124
4.9
124
4.9
80
3
150
N/A
N/A
165
6.5
Standard
mm
Inch
78.7
3.1
78.7
3.1
88.9
3.5
83.8
3.3
96.5
3.8
B
Extension Bonnet
Single
Double
mm Inch mm Inch
213.4 8.4 351 13.8
215.9 8.5 351 13.8
226 8.9 363 14.3
221
8.7 356
14
234 9.2 371 14.6
NOLEEK Bellows
mm
Inch
227.8 8.97
227.8 8.97
235.7 9.28
234.4 9.23
235.7 9.28
Table 11. Valve Assembly Weights
VALVE SIZE
WEIGHT
DN
NPS
kg
lb
15
1/2
2.3
5
25
1
2.7
6
40
1-1/2
4.1
9
50
2
5.0
11
80
3
9.1
20
Table 12. Actuator Weights
ACTUATOR TYPE MV1020 VA1020
SVX24-MFT SVK24-MFT
WEIGHTS
kg
lb
10
22
14
30
Reference Baumann bulletin 52.1:SVACT
(D104169X012)
Table 13. Baumann 24000S Wafer Style(1)
Valve Size
DN 15 / NPS 1/2
DN 25 / NPS 1
DN 40 / NPS 1-1/2
DN 50 / NPS 2
DN 80 / NPS 3
ASME Flange
None
CL150
CL150
CL150
CL150
DN Flange
None
PN 16
PN 16
PN 16
PN 16
NPT
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
None
1. The Baumann 24000S valve is available as NPT and wafer style (fits between RF line flanges). Not all sizes are available as wafer. This table outlines available constructions.
Table 14. Model Numbering System
24 Valve Body Series
Plug Series
Characteristic
102
Linear / Metal Seat
151
Modified Equal % / PTFE Seat
177
Modified Equal % / Reinforced PTFE
577
Equal % / PTFE Seat
548
Equal % / Metal Seat (S41600)
588
Equal % / Metal Seat (S31600)
648
Linear / Metal Seat (S41600)
677
Linear / PTFE Seat
688
Linear / Metal Seat
Seat Leakage
IV VI VI VI IV IV IV VI IV
S
Valve Body Material
S
NPT
Bonnet Style
Omit E EB
Standard Extension NOLEEK
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24SS March 2020
24000S Valve
D103331X012
Figure 15. Dimensional Drawing
216 (48.5)
141 (5.5)
1/4 NPT
229 (9.0)
B
E1262
3660/3661 POSITIONER (OPTIONAL)
mm (inch) A
24000S WITH BAUMANN 32 ATO ACTUATOR
Note: Actuator removal requires 115 mm (4.5 inches) vertical clearance.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Baumann, Fisher, FIELDVUE, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E122009, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000F Valve
D103330X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24WF March 2020
BaumannTM 24000F Wafer Body Control Valve
The Baumann unique 24000F wafer style control valve mates with ASME and EN line flange connections and is designed to control a wide range of process liquids, gases and vapors. This very compact package provides the connection integrity of flanged body globe valves while being significantly lighter and easier to install. Special alloy constructions are available and round out the standard S31603 stainless steel offering. The 24000F serves as a general purpose, modulating valve suitable for process line pressures up to 99 barg (1440 psig) and operating temperatures to 537_C (1000_F).
Features
nCompact and light-weight design reduces installed piping costs.
nUniversal valve body construction mates with both ASME and EN flanges (see table 9).
nMultiple trim capacity reductions available to meet changing process requirements with Cv ratings as low as 0.00013.
nOptional extended bonnet for applications ranging from -195 to 537_C (-320 to 1000_F).
nOptional ENVIRO-SEALTM packing system to meet critical emission control requirements
W9762-1
24000F Control Valve with Baumann 32 Dual-Stop Actuator
W9763-1
24000F Control Valve with Baumann 32 Actuator and FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
nFisherTM FIELDVUETM digital valve controller are available for remote calibration and diagnostics.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24WF March 2020
24000F Valve
D103330X012
Figure 1. Baumann 24000F Valve Body with Standard Bonnet and NPS 1 Integral Seat
Figure 2. Baumann 24000F Valve Body with Extension Bonnet and Screwed-In Seat Ring
E1278
2
E1279
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000F Valve
D103330X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24WF March 2020
Table 1. Materials of Construction
Key No.
Description
S31603 Stainless Steel
Material N10276 Nickel Alloy(1) N08020 Nickel Alloy(1) N04400 Nickel Alloy(1)
1
Valve Body
ASME SA479 S31600/ S31603 Dual Certified
ASME SB574 N10276
ASTM B473 N08020
ASME SB164 N04400
2
Seat Ring (standard) (For Low Flow Trim, see
tables 2 and 3)
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603 Dual Certified
ASME SB574 N10276
ASTM B473 N08020
ASME SB164 N04400
Plug (Metal Seat) Cv v 2.5
ASME SA479 S21800 (standard) / ASTM A582 S41600 Condition T (optional)
4
Plug (Metal Seat) Cv w 4.0
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603(standard) / ASTM A582 S41600 Condition T (optional)
ASME SB574 N10276
ASTM B473 N08020
ASME SB164 N04400
Plug (Soft Seat)
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603 with PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) insert
ASME SB574 N10276/PTFE
ASTM B473 N08020/PTFE
ASME SB164 N04400/ PTFE
5
Stem
ASTM A276 S31600
ASME SB574 N10276
ASTM B473 N08020
ASME SB164 N04400
8
Bonnet
ASME SA479 S31600/ S31603 Dual Certified
ASME SB574 N10276
ASTM B473 N08020
ASME SB164 N04400
9
Drive Nut (Yoke)
S30400
10
Packing Follower
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603 Dual Certified
ASME SB574 N10276
ASTM B473 N08020
ASME SB164 N04400
V- Ring Packing (standard)
14
Packing (optional)
(Refer to page 4) (Refer to page 4)
27
Lock Nut
Stainless Steel (18-8 Stainless Steel)
49
Body Gasket
Graphite Grade GHR with S31600 Insert
58
Travel Indicator
ASME SA240 S30400
1. For optional valve and trim materials, consult your Emerson sales office for price and delivery. N08020 and N04400 nickel alloy materials have pressure-temperature ratings less than 206 barg (3000 psig) or 413 barg (6000 psig) respectively.
Figure 3. Optional 151 Low Flow Trim Assembly
Figure 4. Optional 177 Low Flow Trim Assembly
E1270
Table 2. 151 Low Flow Trim
Key Number
Description
Material
4
Plug
ASME SA479 S21800
Seat Sub-Assembly
52
Cage
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
53
Seat
PTFE
51
54
Collar
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
55 Washer
ASTM A276 S31600 Cond B
56
Insert
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
E1271
Table 3. 177 Low Flow Trim
Key Number
Description
Material
Seat Sub-Assembly
23
Gland
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
2(1)
24 Retainer Nut ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603
25
Insert
Reinforced PTFE
26 4(1)
Housing Plug
ASTM A276 S31600/ S31603 ASME SA479 S21800
1. For optional trim materials, consult your Emerson sales office for price and delivery. Baumann 32 actuator requires dual-stops with 177 trim series.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24WF March 2020
24000F Valve
D103330X012
Figure 5. Standard Spring-Loaded PTFE V-Ring Packing Kit
Figure 7. ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Kit (Optional)
E1240
Table 4. Standard Spring-Loaded PTFE V-Ring Packing Kit
Key Number 6(1)
Description Spring
Material ASTM A313 S30200
14
Packing Set
PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) / PTFE, 25% carbon filled
16
Washer
ASME SA240 S31600
20
Spacer
J-2000 (filled-Polytetrafluoroethylene)
1. N10276 nickel alloy valve body construction is furnished with N10276 nickel alloy spring.
Figure 6. Molded Graphite (Flexible Graphite) Packing Kit (Optional)
E1241
Table 5. Molded Graphite (Flexible Graphite) Packing Kit (Optional)
Key Number Description
Material
13
Bushings
Carbon-Graphite
14A
Packing Rings
Graphite
14B
Packing Ring
Graphite
4
E1248
Table 6. ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Kit (Optional)
Key Number Description
Material
13
Bushings
Carbon-Graphite
14
Packing Rings
PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) / PTFE, 25% carbon filled
17
Belleville Spring
N06600 Nickel Alloy (ASTM B637 N07718, 40 HRC max)
18
Bushing
PEEK (polyetheretherketone)
19
Washers
Modified PTFE
Special ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Note
The ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing system is suitable for 100 ppm environmental applications on services up to 51.7 barg (750 psig) and process temperatures ranging from -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F).
For non-environmental applications, this packing system offers excellent performance at the same temperature range up to the maximum valve working pressure.
Temperature limits apply to packing arrangements only. Complete valve assembly temperature limits may differ, refer to appropriate pressure/temperature ratings.
(Reference Fisher Packing Selection Guidelines for Sliding-Stem Valves, Bulletin 59.1:062, D101986X012).
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000F Valve
D103330X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24WF March 2020
Table 7. Technical Specifications
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE END CONNECTIONS PRESSURE RATING
CHARACTERISTIC
DN 15, 20, and 25 Refer to table 9
Refer to tables 11, 12, 13, and 14 Equal Percentage or Linear
NPS 1/2, 3/4, and 1
Table 8. Temperature Ratings for Packing and Seat Material(1)
PTFE Soft Seat
151 Trim 577 & 677 Trim
-29 to 177_C (-20 to 350_F) -73 to 232_C (-100 to 450_F)
SEATING MATERIAL
Reinforced PTFE Metal Seat
177 Trim 102, 588, and 688 Trim
548 and 648 Trim
-73 to 232_C (-100 to 450_F) -195 to 537_C (-320 to 1000_F)
-29 to 537_C (-20 to 1000_F)
BONNET STYLE
PACKING
TEMPERATURE LIMIT
Spring Loaded PTFE
-73 to 232_C (-100 to 450_F)
PACKING AND BONNET COMBINATIONS
Standard Bonnet
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite
Spring Loaded PTFE
-45 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) -73 to 232_C (-100 to 450_F) -195 to 232_C (-320 to 450_F)
Extension Bonnet
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite
-45 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) -195 to 537_C (-320 to 1000_F)
1. Temperature limits apply to seating or packing arrangements only. Complete valve assembly temperature limits may differ, refer to appropriate pressure/temperature ratings. For more information on packing selection, reference Fisher Packing Selection Guidelines for Sliding-Stem Valves, Bulletin 59.1:062, D101986X012.
Table 9. Connections Available
VALVE SIZE
DN
NPS
CONNECTIONS
15
1/2
20
3/4
25
1
CL150 NO Yes Yes
MATING LINE FLANGES
CL300
CL600
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
PN10-40 Yes Yes Yes
Figure 8. Baumann 24000F Trims
102 Linear Low Flow Trim
151 Modified Equal % Low Flow Trim
177 Modified Equal % Low Flow Trim
548 / 577 / 588 Equal % Trim
648 / 677 / 688 Linear Trim
W9747
W9751
W9748
W9749
W9750
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24WF March 2020
24000F Valve
D103330X012
Table 10. Cv Values at 100% Plug Opening (Kv = 0.86 x Cv)(1)
VALVE SIZE
ORIFICE DIAMETER
PLUG TRAVEL
102
151
PLUG SERIES
177
577
NPS
inch
inch
Cv
Cv
Cv
Cv
0.00013, 0.00025, 0.0005, 0.001,
0.156
0.50
---
0.002, 0.004, 0.008, 0.015, 0.03,
---
---
0.06, 0.10, 0.20, 0.45
0.02, 0.05,
0.25
0.50
0.10, 0.20
---
---
---
1/2
0.3125
0.50
---
0.0005 0.001,
---
0.002 0.005, 0.01
---
0.02, 0.05
548 / 588 Cv
---
0.20, 0.50, 1.0
---
0.375
0.50
---
---
---
1.0, 1.5, 2.0 1.5, 2.0
0.156
0.50
0.00013, 0.00025, 0.0005, 0.001,
---
0.002, 0.004, 0.008, 0.015, 0.03,
---
0.06, 0.10, 0.20, 0.45
---
---
0.25
0.50
0.02, 0.05, 0.10, 0.20
---
---
---
0.20, 0.50, 1.0
3/4
0.3125
0.50
---
0.0005 0.001,
---
0.002 0.005, 0.01
---
---
0.02, 0.05
0.375
0.50
---
---
---
1.0, 1.5, 2.0 1.5, 2.0
0.156
0.50
0.00013, 0.00025, 0.0005, 0.001,
---
0.002, 0.004, 0.008, 0.015, 0.03,
---
0.06, 0.10, 0.20, 0.45
---
---
0.02, 0.05,
0.25
0.50
0.10, 0.20
---
0.20, 0.50,
---
---
1.0
0.3125
0.50
---
1
0.0005 0.001,
---
0.002 0.005, 0.01
---
---
0.02, 0.05
0.375
0.50
---
---
---
1.0, 1.5, 2.5 1.5, 2.5
0.375
0.50
---
---
0.8125
0.50
---
---
1. See Fisher Catalog 12 for a full range of flow and sizing information. 2. 24000F NPS 1, Cv 4.0 and 6.5 are integral seat.
---
1.0, 1.5, 2.5 1.5, 2.5
---
4.0, 6.5
4.0, 6.5
677 Cv
---
---
---
0.10, 0.20, 0.50, 1.0,
2.0
---
---
---
0.10, 0.20, 0.50, 1.0,
2.0
---
---
---
0.10, 0.20, 0.50, 1.0,
2.5 0.10, 0.20, 0.50, 1.0,
2.5 4.0
648 / 688 Cv ---
0.50, 1.0 --1.5 2.0 ---
0.50, 1.0 ---
1.5, 2.0
--0.50, 1.0
---
1.5, 2.5
1.5, 2.5 4.0, 6.5
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000F Valve
D103330X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24WF March 2020
Table 11. Pressure-Temperature Ratings for S31603 Stainless Steel Valve Body (Standard)
Temperature (_C)(1)
Working Pressure (barg)
Temperature (_F)(1)
-195 to 37
99
-320 to 100
93
85
200
149
77
300
204
70
400
232
68
450
260
65
500
288
63
550
315
62
600
343
61
650
371
60
700
398
58
750
426
58
800
454
57
850
482
57
900
510
53
950
537
48
1000
1. Do not exceed seating and packing material ratings.
Working Pressure (psig) 1440 1240 1120 1025 990 955 927 900 890 870 855 845 835 830 775 700
Table 12. Pressure-Temperature Ratings for N10276 Nickel Alloy Valve Body (Optional)
Temperature (_C)(1)
Working Pressure (barg)
Temperature (_F)(1)
-195 to 37
103
-320 to 100
93
103
200
149
100
300
204
97
400
232
94
450
260
91
500
288
87
550
315
83
600
343
81
650
371
78
700
398
73
750
426
69
800
454
67
850
482
62
900
510
53
950
537
49
1000
1. Do not exceed seating and packing material ratings.
Working Pressure (psig) 1500 1500 1455 1410 1370 1330 1270 1210 1175 1135 1065 1015 975 900 775 725
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24WF March 2020
24000F Valve
D103330X012
Table 13. Pressure-Temperature Ratings for N04400 Nickel Alloy Valve Body (Optional)
Temperature (_C)(1)
Working Pressure (barg)
Temperature (_F)(1)
-195 to 37
82
-320 to 100
93
72
200
149
68
300
204
65
400
232
65
450
260
65
500
288
65
550
315
65
600
343
65
650
371
65
700
398
64
750
426
63
800
454
46
850
482
34
900
1. Do not exceed seating and packing material ratings.
Working Pressure (psig) 1200 1055 990 955 952 950 950 950 950 950 935 915 680 495
Table 14. Pressure-Temperature Ratings for N08020 Nickel Alloy Valve Body (Optional)
Temperature (_C)(1)
Working Pressure (barg)
Temperature (_F)(1)
-195 to 37
82
-320 to 100
93
72
200
149
67
300
204
67
400
232
67
450
260
67
500
288
67
550
315
67
600
343
67
650
371
67
700
398
67
750
426
67
800
1. Do not exceed seating and packing material ratings.
Working Pressure (psig) 1200 1045 980 980 980 980 980 980 980 980 980 980
Table 15. Valve Assembly Weights
VALVE SIZE
WEIGHT
DN
NPS
kg
lb
15
1/2
1.7
3.8
20
3/4
2.4
5.3
25
1
3.3
7.3
Table 16. Actuator Weights
ACTUATOR TYPE MV VA
WEIGHT
kg
lb
10
22
14
30
Table 17. Model Numbering System
24 Valve Body Series
Plug Series
Characteristic
548
Equal % / Metal Seat (S41600)
577
Equal % / PTFE Seat
588
Equal % / Metal Seat (S31600)
648
Linear / Metal Seat
677
Linear / PTFE Seat
688
Linear / Metal Seat
Seat Leakage
IV VI IV IV VI IV
F Wafer Valve Body
Bonnet Style
---
Standard
E
Extension
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000F Valve
D103330X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24WF March 2020
Figure 9. Dimensional Drawing
216 (48.5)
141 (5.5)
229 (9.0)
A
mm (inch)
E1280
C
4B
BAUMANN 32 ACTUATOR WITH FISHER 3660/3661 POSITIONER
Note: Actuator removal requires 115 mm (4.5 inches) vertical clearance.
Table 18. Valve Dimensions
VALVE SIZE
Standard
A BONNET
Extension
DN
NPS
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
15
1/2
83.8
3.3
218.4
8.6
20
3/4
83.8
3.3
218.4
8.6
25
1
78.7
3.1
215.9
8.5
B DIAMETER
mm
Inch
88.9
3.5
107.95
4.25
114.3
4.5
C
mm
Inch
38.1
1.5
38.1
1.5
50.8
2.0
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24WF March 2020
24000F Valve
D103330X012
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24000F Valve
D103330X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:24WF March 2020
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:24WF March 2020
24000F Valve
D103330X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Baumann, Fisher, FIELDVUE, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E122009, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24003 Valve
D103329X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:243WY February 2021
BaumannTM 24003 3-Way Bronze or Stainless Steel Control Valve
The Baumann 24003 3-way control valve is ideally suited for control of flow and temperature where mixing or diverting service is required. This 3-way valve uses a rugged cast bronze or CF8M stainless steel body with S31600 austenitic stainless steel trim for extended service life.
Features
nCompact and light weight design reduces installed piping costs.
nOptional ENVIRO-SEALt packing system to meet critical emission control requirements; suitable for use in light duty chemical service (not for use in corrosive service). This option is available in the stainless steel version only.
nHigh quality S31600 austenitic stainless steel trim materials.
nDual plug and stem guiding provides increased stability during plug travel.
nMultiple trim capacity reductions available to meet changing process requirements.
nFisherTM FIELDVUETM digital valve controllers available for remote calibration and diagnostics.
W9764-1
Stainless Steel 3-Way Valve with Baumann 32 Actuator
W9765-1
Bronze 3-Way Valve with Baumann 54 Actuator and FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:243WY February 2021
24003 Valve
D103329X012
Table 1. Flow Direction(1)
Service
Inlet
Diverting
C
Mixing
U and L
1. C = Common port, U = Upper port, L = Lower port
Outlet U and L
C
Figure 1. Baumann 24003 Valve Body with Standard Bonnet and NPS 1 Integral Seat
E1281
NPS 1/2 and 1
O-RING USED IN STAINLESS STEEL VALVE
ASSEMBLY ONLY
NPS 1-1/2 and 2
Table 2. Materials of Construction
KEY NO.
DESCRIPTION
1 Valve Body 2 Seat Rings 2B O-Ring 3 Bonnet 4 Plug & Stem Assembly 5 Bottom Port
6 Packing
Standard Optional
7 Packing Follower 8 Drive Nut (Yoke) 27 Locknuts 58 Travel Indicator
MATERIAL
Bronze
Stainless Steel
Bronze ASTM B62
ASTM A351 CF8M
ASTM A276 S31600 Condition A
ASTM A276 S31600 Condition A
N/A
TFE/P (tetrafluoroethylene/propylene)
Bronze ASTM B62
ASTM A351 CF8M
ASTM A276 S31600 Condition A
ASTM A276 S31600 Condition A
Bronze ASTM B62
ASTM A351 CF8M
PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) / PTFE, 25% carbon filled
Molded Graphite Ribbon (Flexible Graphite)
ENVIRO-SEAL (Stainless Steel ONLY)
ASTM A276 S31600 Condition A Stainless Steel
ASTM A194 S30400 Gr. 8
Stainless Steel (18-8 SST)
ASTM A240 S30400
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24003 Valve
D103329X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:243WY February 2021
Figure 2. Standard Spring-Loaded PTFE V-Ring Packing Kit
Figure 4. ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Kit (Optional for Stainless Steel Only)
E1240
Table 3. Standard Spring-Loaded PTFE V-Ring Packing Kit
Key Number Description
Material
6
Spring
ASTM A313 S30200
14
Packing Set
PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) / PTFE, 25% carbon filled
16
Washer
ASTM A240 S31600
20
Spacer
J-2000 (filled-Polytetrafluoroethylene)
Figure 3. Molded Graphite (Flexible Graphite) Packing Kit (Optional)
E1241
Table 4. Molded Graphite (Flexible Graphite) Packing Kit (Optional)
Key Number Description
Material
13
Bushings
Carbon-Graphite
14A
Packing Rings
Graphite
14B
Packing Ring
Graphite
E1248
Table 5. ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Kit (Optional for Stainless Steel Only)
Key Number Description
Material
13
Bushing
Carbon-Graphite
14
Packing Set
PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) / PTFE, 25% carbon filled
17
Belleville Spring
N06600 Nickel Alloy (ASTM B637 N07718, 40 HRC max)
18
Bushing
PEEK (polyetheretherketone)
19
Washer
Modified PTFE
Special ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Note
The ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing system is suitable for 100 ppm environmental applications on services up to 51.7 barg (750 psig) and process temperatures ranging from -28 to 204_C (-20 to 400_F).
For non-environmental applications, this packing system offers excellent performance at the same temperature range up to the maximum valve working pressure.
Temperature limits apply to packing arrangements only. Complete valve assembly temperature limits may differ, refer to appropriate pressure/temperature ratings.
(Reference Fisher Packing Selection Guidelines for Sliding-Stem Valves, Bulletin 59.1:062, D101986X012).
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:243WY February 2021
24003 Valve
D103329X012
Table 6. Technical Specifications
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE
NPS 1/2, 1, 1-1/2, and 2
END CONNECTIONS
Screwed NPT
SEAT PLUG SEALING
Metal-to-Metal
CHARACTERISTIC
Linear
SEAT LEAKAGE
Class III
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
Bronze
PRESSURE RATING
400 psi @ 150_F / 250 psi @ 400_F
TEMPERATURE LIMITS
-20 to 400_F
Stainless Steel 720 psi @ 150_F / 515 psi @ 400_F
-20 to 400_F
Figure 5. Valve Body and Temperature Limits
720 psi @ 150_F
CF8M VALVE BODY ACCEPTABLE OPERATING LIMITS
400 psi @ 150_F
515 psi @ 400_F
BRONZE VALVE BODY ACCEPTABLE OPERATING
LIMITS
250 psi @ 400_F
Table 7. Max Cv Values at 100% Plug Opening (1) (Kv = 0.86 x Cv)
VALVE SIZE
ORIFICE DIAMETER
PLUG TRAVEL
RATED VALUES
NPS
inches
inches
CV
0.626
0.56
1, 2
1/2
0.876
0.56
4
0.876
0.56
4
1
1.126
0.56
10
1-1/2
1.676
0.75
20
2
2.126
0.75
40
1. See Fisher Catalog 12 for a full range of flow and sizing information.
E1282
OPERATING TEMPERATURE _F
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24003 Valve
D103329X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:243WY February 2021
Figure 6. Mixing Service Flow Characteristics
FLOW INTO PORTS U AND L PERCENTAGE OF MAXIMUM RATED Cv
Figure 7. Diverting Service Flow Characteristics
FLOW INTO PORT C PERCENTAGE OF MAXIMUM RATED Cv
% TRAVEL
E1283
% TRAVEL
E1284
Table 8. Valve Body Dimensions and Weights: NPT Valve Bodies Only
VALVE SIZE
BRONZE, NPT
VALVE BODY MATERIAL STAINLESS STEEL, NPT (A)
NPS
A
B
C1
A
B
C1
1/2
4.88
2.75
2.75
5.0
2.75
2.75
1
4.88
2.75
2.75
5.0
2.75
2.75
1-1/2
5.75
3.81
3.31
6.1
3.38
3.31
2
6.50
4.0
3.6
6.50
3.75
3.6
TRAVEL
Inches 0.56 0.56 0.75 0.75
WEIGHT
lbs 8 8 15 20
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:243WY February 2021
24003 Valve
D103329X012
Figure 8. Dimensional Drawing
216 (48.5)
141 (5.5)
229 (9.0)
C1
C
U
B
A
E1285
24000 3-WAY ATC/FAIL OPEN ACTUATOR WITH HANDWHEEL
Note: Actuator removal requires 115 mm (4.5 inches) vertical clearance.
mm (inch)
Table 9. Application Port(1)
Service Diverting
Mixing
1. C = Common port, U = Upper port, L = Lower port
Inlet C
U and L
Outlet U and L
C
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
24003 Valve
D103329X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:243WY February 2021
Figure 9. Mixing and Diverting Applications
DIVERTING VALVE
HEATING WATER
C COOL
WATER
U
TEMPERED
WATER
L HEAT EXCHANGER
U
E1286
Table 10. Model Numbering System
24
Valve Body Series
Service
24
D
Diverting
M
Mixing
Port "L" Fails
1
Closed
2
Open
MIXING VALVE
C RETURN
L
3
3-Way Valve Body
Material
3
---
Bronze
S
Stainless Steel
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:243WY February 2021
24003 Valve
D103329X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Baumann, ENVIRO-SEAL, Fisher, and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2009, 2021 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
26000 Valve
D103337X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:26CR September 2017
BaumannTM 26000 Corrosion Resistant Control Valve
The Baumann 26000 is a unique corrosion resistant control valve featuring a flangeless wafer valve body and powerful multi-spring diaphragm actuator. This valve is available with a FisherTM FIELDVUETM digital valve controller to allow for highly accurate, low flow control of nearly all corrosive media. (Note: For optimal, non-compromised valve life, fluid must be clear and service non-cavitating.) A solid corrosion resistant R05200 Tantalum or N10276 Nickel Alloy valve plug and pressure-assisted PTFE seat combine for an extremely wide control range making the 26000 series ideal for pH control applications.
An S31600/S31603 stainless steel flangeless valve body, thru-hole wafer design, allows for installation between plastic pipe line flanges without risk of gasket leakage. Top entry trim provides ease of servicing and a long operating life.
W9766
26000 Control Valve with Baumann 32 Actuator and Dual Travel Stops
Features
nWide control range with high rangeability.
nSolid R05200 Tantalum or N10276 Nickel Alloy valve plug (Other materials on request).
nS31600/S31603 stainless steel valve housing with PTFE body interior.
nPressure assisted seating, up to Class VI shutoff.
nThe combination of primary and secondary valve stem packing ensures process retention.
nFlangeless body construction, unique thru-hole wafer design for installation between CL150 and 300 and PN 10 through 25 RF or FF line flanges.
nPTFE encapsulated line flange gaskets (included) permit valve installation between plastic lined slip-on mating flanges.
X0663-1
26000 Valve with Baumann 32 Actuator, Dual Travel Stops, and FIELDVUE DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
nFIELDVUE digital valve controller available for remote calibration and diagnostics in facilities utilizing the PlantWebTM architecture.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:26CR September 2017
26000 Valve
D103337X012
Figure 1. Valve Body for Cv Ratings of 0.001 to 1.0 (Class VI Seat Leakage)
Figure 3. Valve Body for Cv Rating of 4.2 (Class IV Seat Leakage)
E1287
Figure 2. Valve Body for Cv Rating of 2.5 (Class IV Seat Leakage)
E1288
Figure 4. Secondary Packing: Spring-Loaded PTFE V-Ring Packing Kit
E1240
Table 1. Secondary Packing: Standard Spring-Loaded PTFE V-Ring Packing Kit
Key Number Description
Material
6
Spring
ASTM A313 S30200
14
Packing Set
PTFE/carbon-filled PTFE
16
Washer
ASTM A240 S31600
E1289
20
Spacer
J-2000 (filled-Polytetrafluoroethylene)
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
26000 Valve
D103337X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:26CR September 2017
Table 2. Materials of Construction
Key No.
Description
Material
1
Valve Body
ASTM A479 S31600/S31603, Annealed
2
Liner
PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene)
Spacer (Cv = 0.001 - 1.0 ONLY)
3
Insert (Cv = 2.5 and 4.2 ONLY)
PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene)
Valve Plug
4
Stop Washer
ASTM B365 R05200 cold worked or ASTM B574 N10276, 35 HRC Max ASTM B574 N06022, 35 HRC Max
Stem
ASTM B574 N10276, 35 HRC Max
8
Bonnet
ASTM A479 S31600/S31603, Annealed
9
Yoke Drive Nut
S30400 Stainless Steel
10
Packing Follower
ASTM A276 S31600 Condition A
12
Hex Clamp Nut
ASTM A582 S30300 Condition A
14
Secondary Packing Kit, Spring Loaded PTFE V-Ring Packing Kit
Refer to figure 4 and table 1
17
Primary Packing, V-Ring
21
Line Flange Adapter Gaskets(1)
PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene), Steel Core
27
Locknut
18-8 Stainless Steel
50
Bonnet Seal
PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene)
58
Travel Indicator
ASTM A240 S30400
1. It is highly recommended that the included PTFE encapsulated line flange adaptor gaskets be utilized.
Table 3. Technical Specifications
VALVE BODY RATNG
10.3 bar CWP (150 psi CWP)
CONNECTIONS
Wafer (Flangeless) design for installation between NPS 1 CL150, CL300 or Metric DN 25 PN10, PN16 or PN25 RF or FF line Flanges
SEAT PLUG SEALING
PTFE Soft Seat -28.9 to 177_C (-20 to 350_F)
BONNET
-28.9 to 177_C (-20 to 350_F)
PACKING(1)
Spring Loaded PTFE V-Ring
-28.9 to 177_C (-20 to 350_F)
SEAT LEAKAGE
Class VI (Rated Cv = 0.001 - 1.0), Class IV (Rated Cv = 2.5 and 4.2)
CHARACTERISTIC
Modified Equal Percentage
MAXIMUM SHUTOFF PRESSURE
10.3 bar (150 psi)
WEIGHT
3.3 kg (7.3 lbs)
1. Temperature limits apply to packing materials only and not to the valve body assembly.
Table 4. Coefficients
Valve Size NPS
Port Dia. in.
0.312 1
0.375 0.5
Plug Tvl in.
0.5
0.5 0.5
CV AT VALVE OPENING - Percent of Plug Travel 100 0.001 0.005 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.8 1 2.5 4.2
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:26CR September 2017
26000 Valve
D103337X012
Figure 5. Dimensions NPS 1 26000 Valve with Baumann 32 Actuator and Dual Travel Stops
31 (1.24)
216 (48.5)
216 (48.5)
40.625 4 HOLES ON 43.25 B.C.
229 (9.0)
1/4 NPT
ADJUSTABLE OPEN-CLOSED DUAL TRAVEL STOPS PROVIDED AS STANDARD
71 (2.8)
57 (2.25)
44 (1.75)
E1290
PTFE COVERED LINEFLANGE ADAPTOR GASKETS PROVIDED WITH VALVE. (6.35 mm, 0.25 INCH THICK)
114 (44.5)
CL150 DN 25 PN 10, 16, 25
40.75 4 HOLES ON 43.50 B.C.
CL300
mm (inch)
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Baumann, Fisher, FIELDVUE, PlantWeb, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2009, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
51000 Valve
D103339X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:51LF April 2019
BaumannTM 51000 High-Pressure, Low-Flow Control Valve
The Baumann 51000 control valve is optimally designed for demanding low-flow, high-pressure control applications often found in laboratories and pilot plants. NPS 1/4 or 1/2 valve assemblies are standard as either 316 stainless steel or N10276 nickel alloy. Constructions with other high nickel alloys are available.
With a small footprint, less than 10 inches tall, and multiple trim capacity reductions available to meet changing process requirements, the 51000 is a perfect fit where space is at a premium and flexibility is a must. The valve is suited for demanding control of gases, chemical/dye injection and acid/caustic solutions in paper production, textiles, specialty chemicals, and many other industries.
W9733-1
Baumann 51000 NPS 1/2 Control Valve with TA6000 Electropneumatic Transducer (I/P)
Features
nCompact size.
nSuitable for sticky fluids and corrosive atmospheres.
nQuick trim change out--Matched trims not required.
n316 stainless steel body in NPS 1/4 and 1/2, or N10276 Nickel Alloy. Other alloys available, consult your Emerson sales office.
nClass VI shutoff with soft seat available. Up to 207 barg (3000 psig) at 37_C (100_F).
nRugged bolted bonnet design.
nWide flow capacity range--Maximum rated Cv ranges from 0.00013 to 2.5 (0.00011 to 2.16 Kv).
nAvailable without positioner--For fail-open or fail-close applications.
W9734-2
51000 NPS 1/4 Control Valve with Baumann 16 Actuator, and FisherTM 3660 Pneumatic Positioner
W9066-1
51000 NPS 1/2 Control Valve with Baumann 16 Actuator, and FIELDVUEt DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:51LF April 2019
51000 Valve
D103339X012
Figure 1. NPS 1/4 and 1/2 (6.35 and 12.7 mm) Soft Seat Cage Design for Cv = 0.00013 to 0.45 Class VI Shutoff (N10276 Nickel Alloy Construction Available)
Figure 3. NPS 1/2 (12.7 mm) Integral (Metal) Seating for Cv = 1.0, 1.5, and 2.5 Class IV Shutoff
26 58
27 31
FLOW DOWN
28
32
33 FLOW
UP
E1230
Soft Seat
E1232
Metal Seat
Figure 2. Soft Seat Cage Assembly
The PTFE ring (key 3B) surrounds the valve plug (key 4) to help eliminate clearance flow typical of lapped-in metal-to-metal close clearance micro trims. Flow is directed over the valve plug and forced through a single V-notch path as the plug moves above the PTFE ring, providing precise and predictable control over its entire travel range. When the V-notch moves below the PTFE ring, Class VI primary shutoff is achieved.
V-NOTCH GROOVE
E1231
Table 1. Baumann 51000 Soft Seat Cage Assembly
Key Number
Parts
3A
Cage
3B
Ring
3C
Collar
3D
3E
A live-loaded metal seat collar (key 3C) fully retains the PTFE ring (key 3B). The valve plug (key 4) seats against the metal collar providing Class IV secondary shutoff. In addition, the fluid process pressure combines with the actuator seating force to form a hydraulic seal within the fully retained PTFE ring (key 3B). Therefore, the higher the process pressure the tighter the shutoff.
Material ASTM A276 S31600 Condition A or ASTM B574 N10276, 35 HRC Max
PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) ASTM A276 S31600 Condition A or ASTM B574 N10276, 35 HRC Max
Retainer Spring
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
51000 Valve
D103339X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:51LF April 2019
Figure 4. V-Ring Packing Kit
Table 2. Baumann 51000 V-Ring Packing Kit 51607
Key Number
Quantity
Description
9
1
Packing Set
29
2
Flat Washer
3
4
Disc Spring
E1233
Table 3. Materials of Construction
Key Number
Parts
1
Valve Body, NPS 1/4 and NPS 1/2
2
Seat Cage Gasket
Figure 1 ONLY! Soft Seat Cage Assy, (Cv's 0.00013 to 0.45), (Kv's 0.00011 to 0.39)
3 Seat, Body (Integral Seat) (Cv's 1.0, 1.5, 2.5); (Kv's 0.86, 1.29, 2.16)
4
Plug/Stem (Cv's 0.00013 - 0.45); (Kv's 0.00011 to 0.39)
5
Bonnet Gasket
6
Bonnet
7
Hex Nuts
8
Stem Guide
9
V-Ring Packing Kit
10
Clamp Nut
11
Packing Follower Nut
26
Stem Adapter, Baumann 16 Actuator
27
Hex Jam Nut, Baumann 16 Actuator
28
Body Studs
31
Stem Adapter Nut
32
Plug and Stem S/A (for metal seated plugs) Integral Seat, Cv's 1.0, 1.5, & 2.5; (Kv's 0.86, 1.29, 2.16)
33
Plug Guide
34
Flange, Bonnet
35
Travel Indicator Disc, Baumann 16 Actuator
Material 316 SST or N10276, 35 HRC Max
Reinforced Graphite
See figure 2, table 1
316 SST or N10276, 35 HRC Max
ASTM A479 S21800 Annealed or ASTM B574 N10276, 35 HRC Max Flexible Graphite and Polymer Composite
ASTM A351 CF8M or ASTM B574 N10276, 35 HRC Max 18-8 Stainless Steel
ASTM A582 S30300 Condition A or Carbon Fiber-Filled Thermoplastic Fluoropolymer PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) & S30400 & S30100
ASTM A240 S30400 ASTM A582 S30300 Condition A or ASTM B574 N10276, 35 HRC Max
18-8 Stainless Steel 18-8 Stainless Steel S30400 ASTM A193, B8 Class 1 18-8 Stainless Steel
ASTM A276 S31600 Condition A or ASTM B574 N10276, 35 HRC Max
ASTM A479 S21800 Annealed or Carbon Fiber-Filled Thermoplastic Fluoropolymer
ASTM A743 CF8 18-8 Stainless Steel
Table 4. Valve Body S/A Pressure-Temperature Ratings
WORKING PRESSURE (barg)
Temperature (_C)
Stainless Steel
N10276, 35 HRC Max
-195 to 37.8
207
207
93.3
178
207
149
161
200
176
154
196
Temperature (_F) -320 to 100 200 300 350
WORKING PRESSURE (psig)
Stainless Steel
N10276, 35 HRC Max
3000
3000
2580
3000
2330
2910
2235
2850
Table 5. Dimensions and Weights, Valve Body Subassembly
VALVE SIZE
A
mm
NPS
mm
inch
6.35
1/4
55.9
2.20
12.7
1/2
68.6
2.70
MATERIAL
Stainless Steel N10276 Nickel Alloy
Stainless Steel N10276 Nickel Alloy
APPROXIMATE WEIGHTS
kgs
lbs
0.64
1.4
1.0
2.2
0.82
1.8
1.18
2.6
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:51LF April 2019
51000 Valve
D103339X012
Table 6. Rated Cv Comparison Chart
VALVE SIZE
ORIFICE DIAMETER
mm
NPS
mm
inch
6.35
1/4
12.7
1/2
3.97
0.156
12.7
1/2
9.53
0.375
PLUG TRAVEL
mm
inch
12.7
0.5
12.7
0.5
TRIM NUMBER
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01
CV AT VALVE OPENINGPERCENT OF PLUG TRAVEL
100 0.00013 0.00025 0.0005
0.001 0.002 0.004 0.008 0.015 0.03 0.06 0.10 0.20 0.45
1.0 1.5 2.5
Table 7. Model Numbering System
51
51000
Valve Size
mm
NPS
Trim No.
51000
1
6.35
1/4
01
2
12.7
1/2
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1. Available in NPS 1/2 valve only. 2. Baumann 16 actuator. 3. 16 with 3660. 4. 16 with 3661. 5. 16 with TA6000.
Cv
2.5(1)
1.5(1) 1.0(1) 0.45 0.20 0.10 0.060 0.030 0.015 0.008 0.004 0.002 0.001 0.0005 0.00025 0.00013
Kv
2.16(1)
1.29(1) 0.86(1)
0.39 0.17 0.09 0.05 0.026 0.013 0.0069 0.0035 0.0018 0.0009 0.00043 0.00022 0.00011
Instrument
0(2)
None
1(3)
Pneumatic (3-15 psi)
2(4) I/P Positioner (4-20 mA)
3(5) I/X Transducer (4-20 mA)
Valve Body Material
S
Stainless Steel
C
N10276
Fail Option
O
Open
C
Closed
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Baumann, Fisher, and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2009, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
81000 Valve
D103340X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:81MS September 2017
BaumannTM 81000 Mikroseal Control Valve
The Baumann 81000 Mikroseal control valve is excellent for throttling of liquid or gaseous media, particularly where wide flow variations are encountered. Its packless design allows for applications where leakage prone stem packings are not tolerated.
A nearly frictionless mechanical force-amplifying mechanism is employed to reduce the travel of the pneumatic or electric actuators. This allows the closure diaphragm to move precisely against the valve orifice to throttle or stop the passing fluid. The same nearly frictionless mechanism, composed of stainless steel and PTFE lined ball bearings and guide bushings, assures very precise positioning with negligible deadband. This permits direct operation from remote mounted I/P (current to pneumatic) signal converters.
Easy removal of the bonnet allows for inspection and cleaning of the valve seat and closure diaphragm while the actuator stays attached to the bonnet and the valve body remains in the line. During this process the actuator stays in calibration. A backup O-ring prevents leakage should the primary seal (diaphragm to valve body) fail. A tell-tale connection in the bonnet yoke can be utilized to show if the sealing diaphragm is damaged.
W9846
81000 NPS 1/4 Angle Valve with Baumann 16 Actuator
Features
nCompact and light-weight design reduces installed piping costs
nPackless construction
nFisherTM FIELDVUETM digital valve controller available for remote calibration and diagnostics in facilities utilizing PlantWebTM architecture
W9847
81000 NPS 1/2 Inline Valve with Baumann 16 Actuator, and FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:81MS September 2017
81000 Valve
D103340X012
Figure 1. Baumann 81000 NPS 1/4 Angle Valve Body
Figure 2. Baumann 81000 NPS 1/2 Inline Valve Body
E1324
E1325
Specifications
See table 3 for technical specifications.
Table 1. Flow Coefficients (ASME/ISA/IEC) and ISA Sizing Factors
ORIFICE DIAMETER
DIAPHRAGM TRAVEL
mm (Inch)
mm (Inch)
0.635 (0.025)
1.60 (0.063)
0.177 (0.007)
7.92 (0.312)
7.92 (0.312)
0.381 (0.015)
13.2 (0.520)
0.304 (0.012)
13.2 (0.520)
0.381 (0.015)
Cv AT VALVE OPENING - PERCENT OF VALVE STEM TRAVEL 100 0.01 0.03 0.10 0.30 0.50 0.70
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
81000 Valve
D103340X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:81MS September 2017
Table 2. Materials of Construction
Key Number
Description
1
Valve Body
2
Bonnet Yoke
3
Piston Subassembly
4
Bearing Cartridge Subassembly
5
Closure Diaphragm
6
Seat Spring
7
Wave Spring
8
Bonnet
9
Drive Nut, Yoke
10
Plunger
13
Allen head Bolts
14
O-Ring, Plunger
15
O-Ring
27
Jam Nut
49
O-Ring
58
Travel Indicator Disk
Material S31600 SST, standard / ASTM B575 N06022, optional
S31600 SST S30300 SST and FKM (Fluorocarbon) Stainless Steel and PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) S31600 SST, standard / N10276 Nickel Alloy, optional
ASTM B575 N06022 S17700 SST
ASTM A743 CF8 S30400 SST
ASTM A276 S31600 Condition A Stainless Steel (18-8 SST) FKM (Fluorocarbon)
PTFE, FDA 21 CFR 177 (Polytetrafluoroethylene) Stainless Steel (18-8 SST) FKM (Fluorocarbon) ASTM A240 S30400
Table 3. Technical Specifications
VALVE BODY RATING
NOMINAL SIZE
CONNECTIONS
SEAT LEAKAGE
BONNET
CHARACTERISTIC
MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE
WEIGHTS
6.35 mm (1/4 inch) 12.7 mm (1/2 inch)
18.9 bar CWP (275 psi CWP) 6.35 mm or 12.7 mm (NPS 1/4 or 1/2) NPT (Flanged or Welded Ends Optional)
ASME/FCI 70-2, Class IV Bolted
Modified Equal Percentage 177_C (350_F) 1.35 kg (3 lbs) 1.82 kg (4 lbs)
Table 4. Model Numbering System
81
81000
Maximum Cv
Cv
Kv
3
0.01
0.009
4
0.03
6
0.10
7
0.30
8
0.50
9
0.70
0.026
0.086 0.259 0.43 0.60
End Connections
0
Screwed (NPT) / Flangeless
3
Special
2
Bonnet Construction
2
Bolted
Valve Body Material Valve Body Style
S
316 SST
A
H
N06022 Nickel Alloy
I
Angle Inline
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:81MS September 2017
81000 Valve
D103340X012
Figure 3. 81000 Angle Valve with Baumann 16 Actuator and FIELDVUE Digital Valve Controller
159 (46.25)
Figure 4. 81000 Inline Valve with Baumann 16 Actuator and FIELDVUE Digital Valve Controller
159 (46.25)
212 (8.35)
1/4 NPT
145 (5.75)
1/4 NPT
146 (5.75)
54 (42.13)
1/4 NPT
E1326
81 (3.17)
24 (0.94)
mm (inch)
1/2 NPT
E1327
62 (2.45)
108 (4.25)
35 (1.36)
mm (inch)
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Baumann, Fisher, FIELDVUE, and PlantWeb are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2009, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
83000 Valve
D103342X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:83SA September 2017
BaumannTM 83000 Sanitary Angle Control Valve
The Baumann 83000 sanitary control valve is excellent for the control of high purity fluids or gaseous media. A low-friction-force amplification mechanism, comprised of a roller bearing linkage, produces high-positioning resolution suitable for direct operation from remote I/P signal converters.
The 83000 features a packless design and is intended for laboratory flow rates as low as 0.001 liters per minute (l/m) with a Cv range of 0.00001 to 1.02. This innovative design also allows for clean-in-place (CIP) and sanitize-in-place (SIP) procedures and is self-draining.
Features
nCompact and light-weight design reduces installed piping costs.
nNPS 1/2 tri-clamp end connections standard with optional welded connections.
nElectropolished wetted interior finished to v 30 Ra microinch (v 20 Ra microinch optional).
nSelf-draining designed for Clean-in-Place (CIP) and Sanitize-in-Place (SIP).
nClosure diaphragm is polished 316 stainless steel; Quick-Disconnect bonnet aids closure diaphragm replacement.
W9848
83000 Sanitary Angle Valve with Baumann 16
Actuator
W9849
83000 Sanitary Angle Valve with FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
nFisherTM FIELDVUETM digital valve controller available for remote calibration and diagnostics in facilities utilizing the PlantWebTM architecture.
nElastomer seals meet FDA and USP CLVI requirements.
Specifications
See table 3 for technical specifications.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:83SA September 2017
83000 Valve
D103342X012
Figure 1. 83000 for Baumann 16 Actuator
SEE DETAIL IN FIGURE 2
E1332
Figure 2. 83000 with Stem Adaptor for Baumann 32 Actuator
E1333
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
83000 Valve
D103342X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:83SA September 2017
Figure 3. Baumann 83000 - Rotated View to Show Locking Bolts
E1334
Table 1. Materials of Construction
Key Number
Description
1
Valve Body
2
Bonnet Yoke
3
Piston Subassembly
4
Bearing Cartridge Subassembly
5
Closure Diaphragm
7
Wave Spring
8
Bonnet
9
Drive Nut, Yoke
10
Plunger
11
Actuator Stem Adapter for Baumann 32
13
Locking Bolt (Refer to Figure 3)
14
O-Ring, Plunger
15
O-Ring, Body
Jam Nut, Baumann 16 Actuator
27
Jam Nut, Baumann 32 Actuator
49
O-Ring
58
Travel Indicator Disk
Table 2. Flow Coefficients (Cv Values)(1)
ORIFICE DIAMETER
DIAPHRAGM TRAVEL
mm (Inch)
mm (Inch)
0.686 (0.027)
1.60 (0.063)
0.177 (0.007)
3.81 (0.150)
3.81 (0.150)
0.381 (0.015)
9.40 (0.370)
0.304 (0.012)
9.40 (0.370)
0.381 (0.015)
1. See Fisher Catalog 12 for a full range of flow and sizing information.
Material ASME A479 S31600/S31603
S30400 SST S30300 SST and FKM (Fluorocarbon) Stainless Steel and PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) S31600 SST, standard / N10276 Nickel Alloy, optional
S17700 SST ASTM A743 CF8
S30400 SST ASTM A276 S31600 Condition A
A582 S30300 Stainless Steel S21800 SST
FKM (Fluorocarbon) EPDM
Stainless Steel (18-8 SST) S30400 SST
FKM (Fluorocarbon) ASTM A240 S30400
Cv AT VALVE OPENING - PERCENT OF VALVE STEM TRAVEL 100
0.014
0.053
0.182
0.427
0.631
1.02
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:83SA September 2017
83000 Valve
D103342X012
Table 3. Technical Specifications
VALVE BODY RATING NOMINAL SIZE CONNECTIONS SEAT LEAKAGE BONNET
CHARACTERISTIC INTERNAL VALVE BODY FINISH MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE
WEIGHT
Figure 4. Valve Body Subassembly
18.9 bar CWP (275 psi CWP) 12.7 mm (NPS 1/2)
Tri-Clamp, Standard / Welded Ends, Optional ASME/FCI 70-2, Class IV Quick Disconnect
Modified Equal Percentage v 30 Ra microinch, Standard / v 20 Ra microinch Optional
177_C (350_F) 1.82 kg (4 lbs)
Note The Baumann 16 actuator requires 77 mm (3 inches) vertical clearance. The Baumann 32 actuator requires 115 mm (4.5 inches) vertical clearance.
WARNING
To prevent property damage or personal injury, you must use an actuator support when purchasing an actuator with a FIELDVUE digital valve controller and mounting sideways.
96 (3.79)
E1335
mm (inch)
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
83000 Valve
D103342X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:83SA September 2017
Table 4. Model Numbering System
83
83000
Maximum Cv Cv
3
0.014
4
0.053
6
0.182
7
0.427
8
0.631
9
1.02
1. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
Figure 5. 83000 with Baumann 16 Actuator and FIELDVUE Digital Valve Controller
159 (46.25)
212 (8.35)
Kv 0.012 0.046 0.157 0.369 0.546 0.882
End Connections
11
Tri-Clamp
12
Welded Ends
SA
Valve Body Style
SA
Angle
146 (5.76)
87 (3.41)
30 (1.20)
E1336
NPS 1/2 VALVE
TRI-CLAMP FITTINGS
41 (1.63) mm (inch)
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:83SA September 2017
83000 Valve
D103342X012
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
83000 Valve
D103342X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:83SA September 2017
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:83SA September 2017
83000 Valve
D103342X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Baumann, Fisher, FIELDVUE, and PlantWeb are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2009, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
84000 Valve
D103343X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:84000 May 2017
BaumannTM 84000 Sanitary Control Valves
The Baumann 84000 sanitary control valves are designed to satisfy the stringent demands of the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. These valves are in compliance with 3A Sanitary Standards Inc. requirements. Incorporating reliable class III diaphragm technology, the 84000 valves can handle temperatures up to 160_C (320_F). The uniquely shaped diaphragm, unlike plug style sanitary valves, results in low shear forces in the flow stream, minimizing possible damage to delicate bio-media or altering the consistency of end product.
W9838
84000 Inline Sanitary Valve with Baumann 32 Actuator
Features
nElectropolished internal surfaces
nUSP 24 Class VI PTFE, EPDM backed diaphragms are marked in accordance with ASME BPE for material identification and traceability.
nDesigned for Clean-in-Place (CIP) and Sanitize-in-Place (SIP) service
nSelf-draining in preferred mounting mode
nCompact size, see figure 9 and tables 5 to 6
nStainless steel spring case and yoke available
nFisherTM FIELDVUETM digital valve controller available for remote calibration and diagnostics
W9839
84000 Angle Sanitary Valve with Baumann 32 Actuator and FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
W9840
84000 Angle Sanitary Valve with Baumann 54 Actuator and FIELDVUE Digital Valve Controller
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:84000 May 2017
84000 Valve
D103343X012
Figure 1. Baumann 84000 NPS 1 Angle Valve Body Sub-Assembly
Figure 2. Baumann 84000 NPS 1 Inline Valve Body Sub-Assembly
E1314
E1315
Table 1. Materials of Construction for NPS 1 Angle and Inline Valves
Key Number
Description
Material
1
Valve Body
ASME SA-479 S31603 stainless steel, annealed
2
Bonnet
ASME SA-479 S30400 Annealed
3
Piston Stem Sub-assembly
Stainless Steel
4
Drive Mechanism Sub-assembly
Multiple (predominantly stainless steel)
5
Compressor
S30300 or S30400 stainless steel
6
Wave Spring
S17700 stainless steel
7
Retaining Ring
S30200 stainless steel
8
Diaphragm, Closure Member
PTFE (FDA 21 CFR 177.1550 & USP CL VI compliant) face with Aramid fabric reinforced EPDM (FDA 21 CFR 177.2600 & USP CL VI compliant) backing and S30400 stainless steel insert
9
Drive Nut, Actuator Yoke
S30400 stainless steel
11
Bonnet Flange
ASTM A240 S30400 stainless steel
13
O-Ring, Stem
FKM fluorocarbon
14
Tell Tale Port
S31600 stainless steel
18
Hex Head Cap Screw
Grade B8, Class 1
27
Locknuts
S30400 stainless steel
58
Travel Indicator
S30400 stainless steel
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
84000 Valve
D103343X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:84000 May 2017
Figure 3. Baumann 84000 NPS 1-1/2 and 2 Angle Valve Body Sub-Assembly
Figure 4. Baumann 84000 Linkage Mechanism
E1316
E1317
Table 2. Materials of Construction for NPS 1-1/2 and 2 Angle Valves
Key Number
Description
Material
1
Valve Body
ASME SA-479 S31603 stainless steel, annealed
2
Bonnet
ASME SA-479 S30400 Annealed
3
Piston Stem Sub-assembly
Stainless Steel
4
Drive Mechanism Sub-assembly
Multiple (predominantly stainless steel)
5
Compressor
S30300 or S30400 stainless steel
6
Wave Spring
S17700 stainless steel
7
Retaining Ring
S30200 stainless steel
8
Diaphragm, Closure Member
PTFE face with Aramid fabric reinforced EPDM backing and S30400 stainless steel insert. Diaphragm assembly conforms to FDA 21CFR 177.1550 and USP24 Class VI standards.
9
Drive Nut, Actuator Yoke
S30400 stainless steel
11
Clamp
S30400 stainless steel
13
O-Ring, Stem
FKM fluorocarbon
14
Tell Tale Port
S31600 stainless steel
15
O-Ring
EPDM, conforming to FDA 21CFR 177.1550
27
Locknuts
S30400 stainless steel
58
Travel Indicator
S30400 stainless steel
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:84000 May 2017
84000 Valve
D103343X012
Table 3. Cv Values at Percent Plug Opening(1)
VALVE SIZE NPS
FLOW DIRECTION(2)
ACTUATOR TRAVEL Inches
1 Angle & Inline
A to B or
B to A
0.50 0.50 0.75
0.50
A to B
0.75
1-1/2 Angle
0.50
B to A
0.75
0.50
2
A to B
0.75
Angle
0.50
B to A
0.75
1. See Fisher Catalog 12 for a full range of flow and sizing information. 2. Flow A to B is recommended for low discharge pressure. Low discharge pressure being defined as near or below atmospheric pressure.
Cv VERSUS PERCENT OF ACTUATOR TRAVEL OPEN 100 2.00 4.00 8.00 21.7 29.6 17.1 24.2 29.4 42.6 23.5 32.5
Table 4. Technical Specifications
VALVE SIZE
Installed with flow from
Cv
Port A to B
Kv
RATED
Installed with flow from
Cv
Port B to A
Kv
TRAVEL
mm inches
BONNET
ACTUATOR TYPE
RANGEABILITY
CHARACTERISTIC
SEAT LEAKAGE
MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE
MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE
INTERNAL BODY FINISH (WETTED INTERIOR)
END CONNECTIONS
NPS 1 Angle & Inline
NPS 1-1/2 Angle
NPS 2 Angle
2
4
8
22
30
29
43
1.72
3.44
6.88
18.92
25.8
24.94
36.98
2
4
8
17
24
24
32
1.72
3.44
6.88
14.62
20.64
20.64
27.52
12.7
12.7
19.05
12.7
19.05
12.7
19.05
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.50
0.75
0.50
0.75
Bolted
Clamped
32 or 54
54
100:1
Modified Equal Percentage
ASME/FCI 70-2, Class VI
10.34 bar (150 Psi)
160_C (320_F)
< 30 Ra Microinch / 0.76 Ra Micron (standard) < 20 Ra Microinch / 0.51 Ra Micron (optional - or as required)
Sanitary (optional welded ends)
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
84000 Valve
D103343X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:84000 May 2017
Figure 5. Preferred Flow Directions for Self-Draining
E1318
NPS 1 ANGLE VALVE BODY POSITIONED FOR FORWARD FLOW SELF DRAINING FROM PORT A TO B
E1319
NPS 1 INLINE VALVE BODY POSITIONED FOR FORWARD FLOW SELF DRAINING FROM PORT A TO B
E1321
NPS 1-1/2 AND 2 ANGLE VALVE BODY POSITIONED FOR SELF DRAINING FROM PORT B TO A
E1320
NPS 1-1/2 AND 2 ANGLE VALVE BODY (RECOMMENDED FOR PROCESSES WHERE ATMOSPHERIC OR
SLIGHT VACUUM IS PRESENT DOWNSTREAM OF PORT B) [PORTS A AND B MUST BE DRAINED SEPARATELY]
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:84000 May 2017
84000 Valve
D103343X012
Figure 6. NPS 1 Angle and Inline Valve Body Orientations
A
E1318
B
NPS 1 ANGLE VALVE BODY POSITIONED FOR FORWARD FLOW SELF DRAINING FROM PORT A TO B
Figure 7. NPS 1-1/2 and 2 Angle Valve Body
A
E1319
B
NPS 1 INLINE VALVE BODY POSITIONED FOR FORWARD FLOW SELF DRAINING FROM PORT A TO B
RECOMMENDED FOR PROCESSES WHERE ATMOSPHERIC OR SLIGHT VACUUM IS PRESENT DOWNSTREAM OF PORT B. (PORTS A AND B MUST BE DRAINED SEPARATELY)
A
E1320
B
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
84000 Valve
D103343X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:84000 May 2017
Figure 8. NPS 1-1/2 and 2 Angle Valve Body Positioned for Self Draining from Port B to A
B
E1321
A
Table 5. Valve Assembly
VALVE SIZE DN 25 40 50
NPS 1
1-1/2 2
84000 ANGLE ASSEMBLY
kgs
lbs
4.06
9.0
5.22
11.5
5.22
11.5
84000 IN-LINE ASSEMBLY
kgs
lbs
4.31
9.5
N/A
N/A
Figure 9. Dimensional Drawing for Baumann 84000 NPS 1-1/2 and 2 Angle Valve with FIELDVUE Digital Valve Controller
328 (12.9) 279 (411.0)
276 (10.9)
C
D
E1651
G F E
Note: Actuator removal requires 115mm (4.5 inches) vertical clearance.
mm (inch)
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:84000 May 2017
84000 Valve
D103343X012
Figure 10. Dimensional Drawings for Baumann 84000 NPS 1 Angle and Inline Valves
216 (48.5)
31 (1.24)
249 (9.8) 216 (48.5)
227 (9.0) BAUMANN 32 ACTUATOR WITH FIELDVUE DVC2000, TOP VIEW
85 (3.4)
127 (5.00)
40 (1.6)
E1322
84 (3.3)
84000 ANGLE VALVE BODY WITH BAUMANN 32 ACTUATOR ATC/FO ACTION, DUAL STOP AND FIELDVUE DVC2000 DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
166 (6.52)
85 (3.4)
32 (1.3)
148 (5.8)
mm (inch)
84000 INLINE VALVE BODY WITH BAUMANN 32 ACTUATOR ATC/FC ACTION, DUAL STOP
AND 3660/3661 POSITIONER
Table 6. Valve Assembly and Actuator Weights
VALVE SIZE
C
D
DN
NPS
mm
inch
mm
inch
40
1-1/2
152.4
6.0
50.8
2.00
50
2
160
6.3
50.8
2.00
E
mm
inch
82.55
3.25
88.9
3.50
F
mm
inch
50.39
1.984
63.9
2.516
G
mm
inch
34.44
1.356
47.63
1.875
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Baumann, Fisher, and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2009, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
85000 Valve
D103535X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:85000 September 2017
BaumannTM 85000 Sanitary Pinch Valve
Baumann 85000 sanitary pinch valves are intended for use with 3/4 inch O.D. pharmaceutical grade tubing. They are designed to couple FIELDVUEt intelligence with a linear actuator and tube shell.
The 85000 is designed for use in both biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, where cleanliness and sterility are required. The primary use is for disposable skid-based processes, replacing traditional manually operated valves. Automated valves offer consistent quality, better record keeping, and improved batch control.
Lab testing resulted in a max capacity of 6.5 Cv achieved with standard pharmaceutical grade tubing.
Features
nCharacterization of the Fishert FIELDVUE digital valve controller provides an installed equal percent flow characteristic for precision control (see figure 2)
nThe 85000 has no physical contact with the process fluid, due to the use of disposable tubing
nTube shell design of the 85000 allows for easy changeout of disposable tubing while providing stability during service
nFail-close configuration
nCompact and light weight design
nEpoxy powder-coated actuator with SST fasteners for maximum corrosion resistance
X0089
X0090
Baumann 85000 Sanitary Pinch Valve with Fisher FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:85000 September 2017
85000 Valve
D103535X012
Figure 1. Baumann 85000 Sanitary Pinch Valve Body Sub-Assembly (also see table 1)
3/4 INCH O.D. FLEXIBLE TUBE (CUSTOMER SUPPLIED)
GE48353
Figure 2. Baumann 85000 Sanitary Pinch Valve Flow Characteristic
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
85000 Valve
D103535X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:85000 September 2017
Table 1. Materials of Construction for Baumann 85000 Sanitary Pinch Valve (see figure 1)
Key Number
Description
Material
1
Bonnet Assembly
S31600
2
Valve Body Cradle
S31600
3
Plunger
S31600
4
Yoke Drive Nut
S30400
5
Jam Nut, M8 x 1.25
18-8 SST
6
Travel Indicator Disk
18-8 SST
7
Washer Stop
S30400
9
Cap Screw, Reduced Shank, 1/4-20x1.00
18-8 SST
10
Warning Label - Pinch
Polyester Film
11
Label - Maximum Pressure
Polyester Film
17
Yoke Size 16
CF8M
22
Actuator Spring
High Carbon Spring Wire
26
Actuator Stem
S30300
30
Self Locking Jam Nut, 5/16x24
Cadmium Plated Steel
39
Diaphragm, Size 32 Mini
Nitrile/Polyester
40
Diaphragm Plate, Size 32 Mini
AISI 1010 Stamped Carbon Steel
43
Lower Actuator Case, Size 32 Mini
AISI 1010 Stamped Carbon Steel
44
Upper Actuator Case, Size 32 Mini
AISI 1010 Stamped Carbon Steel
45
Hex Head Cap Screw, 5/16-18x1.00
18-8 SST
46
Hex Nut, 5/16-18
18-8 SST
50
O-Ring
FKM Fluorocarbon
54
Actuator Coupling, Size 16
660 Bronze
56
Travel Scale, 1/2 inch Stroke
1100 Aluminum
57
Pan Head Screw, M3.5x6
18-8 SST
62
Nameplate
18-8 SST
112
Washer
18-8 SST
113
Vent Plug
High Density Polyethelene
Table 2. Technical Specifications
VALVE SIZE Cv
RATED Kv
3/4 Inch O.D. Tubing 6.5(1) 5.6(1)
inches
0.50
TRAVEL
mm
12.7
BONNET
Lock Nut
ACTUATOR TYPE CHARACTERISTIC
SEAT LEAKAGE MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE
32 Mini Quick Opening, Modified Equal Percentage(2)
ASME/FCI 70-2, Class VI(1) 6.9 bar (100 Psi)(3) 40_C (104_F)(3)
1. May be impacted by grade of tubing. Values presented here are based on pharmaceutical grade tubing, 3/4 inch O.D., 1/2 inch I.D., 72 durometer material with reinforcing braid. 2. Inherent characteristic is quick opening. FIELDVUE digital valve controller may be programmed to provide linear or modified equal percentage characteristic. 3. Selected tubing may require lower pressure/temperature requirements.
Table 3. Actuator Specifications
TYPE NOMINAL SIZE
AIR FAILURE TRAVEL
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE MAXIMUM AIR PRESSURE
32 Mini Multi-Spring Diaphragm (Single-Acting) 32 in2 Closed
12.7 mm (0.50 inches) -29 to 82_C (-20 to 180_F)
2.4 bar (35 psig)
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:85000 September 2017
85000 Valve
D103535X012
Figure 3. Dimensional Drawing for Baumann 85000 NPS 3/4 Pinch Valve
125 O 216
154
198
179
mm 125
Table 4. Baumann 85000 Valve Assembly and Actuator Weights
VALVE SIZE
85000 VALVE AND ACTUATOR WEIGHT
DN
NPS
TYPE
kgs
lbs
20
3/4
32 Mini
4.3
9.5
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Baumann, Fisher, and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2011, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
87000 Valve
D103345X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:87FS September 2017
BaumannTM 87000 Flexsleev Sanitary Control Valve
The Baumann 87000 control valve is excellent for throttling high purity liquid or gaseous media commonly found in the food and beverage, pharmaceutical, film, and biotechnology industries.
The valve is suitable for repeated steam sterilization cycles with 2.4 bar (35 psi) maximum steam pressures.
Assembly of valve body sections using only two bolts allows for ease of cleaning and inspection. A lower telltale port is provided. The valve will drain either horizontally or vertically with the actuator in the horizontal position. In contrast to diaphragm valves, the operation is not affected by vacuum.
Features
nUnique flow pattern allows for self-draining in both vertical and horizontal pipelines
nStreamlined low shear flow contours make it ideal for sensitive biomedia
nElectropolished, wetted interior finishes to v 30 Ra microinch (v 20 Ra microinch optional)
nFlow area between tubing O.D. and valve body seating is suitable for fine particulate media
nFull and reduced port orifices available to optimize sizing
nFoolproof bolting method assists with ease of valve body disassembly and reassembly
nFisherTM FIELDVUETM digital valve controller available for remote calibration and diagnostics in facilities utilizing the PlantWebTM architecture
W9823
Baumann 87000 Valve Shown in Recommended Mounting Position for Self-Draining
W9824
Baumann 87000 Valve with FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:87FS September 2017
87000 Valve
D103345X012
Figure 1. Baumann 87000 Flexsleev Valve Assembly
E1295
Table 1. Materials of Construction
Key Number
Description
1
Valve Body
2
Bonnet, Upper
3
Bonnet, Lower
4
Shaft
5
Ceramic Ball
6
Sleeve Bushing
7
Sleeve
8
Anvil
9
O-Ring
10
Spring Stem
11
Retaining Ring
12
Hex Head Cap Screw
13
Spring Seat
14
Protecting Cap
15
Alignment Pin
16
Drive Nut, (Yoke)
27
Jam Nut (locknut)
50
O-Ring
58
Travel Indicator
2
Material
ASTM SA479 (S31600/S31603) ASTM SA479 (S31600/S31603) ASTM SA479 (S31600/S31603)
S21800 SST Grade 25 Ceramic S30300 Stainless Steel Silicone, fluorocarbon (FKM), EPDM, Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM)
S21800 Silicone, fluorocarbon (FKM), EPDM,
Perfluoroelastomer (FFKM) Passivated Stainless Steel
S15700 18-8 Stainless Steel
PA Nylon 6/6 S30300 Stainless Steel
18-8 Stainless Steel S31600 SST (ASTM A194 Grade 8M)
B8 Stainless Steel Fluorocarbon (FKM) ASTM A240 S30400
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
87000 Valve
D103345X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:87FS September 2017
Mode of Operation
As shown in figure 2, a flexible sleeve is inserted through the length of the valve and sealed between
Figure 2. Mode of Operation
the valve body and bonnet by O-rings. The actuator-motivated valve stem has a tapered groove that pushes a ceramic ball against the inside of the sleeve and, thereby, the sleeve against a valve seat.
SHOWN 90 DEGREES OUT OF POSITION FOR CLARITY
FLOW
OPEN
E1296
CLOSED
Table 2. Technical Specifications
Valve Body Rating
18.9 bar CWP (275 psi CWP)
Nominal Size
17.7 mm (NPS 1/2)
Connections
17.7 mm (0.5 inch), Tri-Clover / Tri-Clamp (Welded Ends Optional)
Seat Leakage
Class VI
Bonnet
Bolted
Characteristic
Modified Linear
Internal Valve Body Finish (Wetted Interior)
< 30 Ra Microinch / 0.76 Ra Micron (standard) < 20 Ra Microinch / 0.51 Ra Micron (optional - or as required)
Maximum Operating Temperature Available Certificates(1)
Refer to table 3 USP CL VI, 21CFR 177(1)
1. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for applicable materials.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:87FS September 2017
87000 Valve
D103345X012
Table 3. Sleeve Material Temperature Chart
SLEEVE MATERIAL(1)
TEMPERATURE RANGE(3)
Silicone
-62 to 232_C (-80 to 450_F)
Silicone (steam)
-17 to 135_C (0 to 275_F)
Fluorocarbon (general service)
-17 to 204_C (-0 to 400_F)
Fluorocarbon (water or steam service)
-17 to 37_C (-0 to 100_F)
EPDM Perfluoroelastomer(2)
-40 to 148_C (-40 to 300_F) -17 to 248_C (-0 to 480_F)
1. Medical grade in compliance with FDA 21CFR 177. 2. Please consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner before ordering perfluoroelastomer. 3. Sleeve material temperature limitations may reduce allowable shutoff pressures.
SEAT LEAKAGE
VI
FLOW DIRECTION
To Open
MAXIMUM SHUTOFF PRESSURE
psi
bar
150
10.35
Table 4. Flow Coefficients (ASME/ISA/IEC) and ISA Sizing Factors(1)
PLUG TRAVEL mm (INCH) 7.9 (0.3125)
1. See Fisher Catalog 12 for a full range of flow and sizing information.
ORIFICE DIAMETER mm (INCH)
3.18 (0.125)
9.40 (0.370)
Cv AT VALVE OPENING - PERCENT OF PLUG TRAVEL 100 0.25
1.25
Table 5. Model Numbering System
87
87000
MAX Cv
Cv
00
0.25
01
1.25
1. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
Kv 0.22 1.08
END CONNECTIONS
1
Tri-Clamp
3
Special
SLEEVE MATERIAL
S
Silicone
E
EPDM
V
Fluorocarbon
K
Perfluoroelastomer(1)
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
87000 Valve
D103345X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:87FS September 2017
Figure 3. 87000 Dimensions
87000 WITH BAUMANN 16 ACTUATOR AND FIELDVUE DVC2000 SHOWN IN RECOMMENDED MOUNTING POSITION FOR SELF-DRAINING (TOP VIEW SHOWN AT RIGHT)
166 (6.52)
127 (5.0)
mm
E1299
(inch)
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:87FS September 2017
87000 Valve
D103345X012
Figure 4. 87000 Dimensions
87000 WITH BAUMANN 16 ACTUATOR SHOWN IN RECOMMENDED MOUNTING POSITION FOR SELF-DRAINING
FLOW
38 (1.5)
21 (0.83)
70 (2.75)
26 (1.03)
9 (0.34)
146 (5.8)
SELF-DRAIN ANGLE 2 DEGREES
27 (1.05)
159 (46.25)
21 (0.83)
FLOW
9 (0.34)
mm (inch)
RECOMMENDED MOUNTING FOR SELF-DRAINING (ACTUATOR SHOULD BE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY)
E1297
NOTE: ACTUATOR REQUIRES 115mm (4.5 INCHES) VERTICAL CLEARANCE.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
87000 Valve
D103345X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:87FS September 2017
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:87FS September 2017
87000 Valve
D103345X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Baumann, Fisher, FIELDVUE, and PlantWeb are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2009, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
89000 Valve
D103346X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:89SV September 2017
BaumannTM 89000 Sanitary Control Valve
Baumann 89000 sanitary control valves provide control solutions for various sanitary process systems. These valves meet FDA and USP CLVI standards. All metal parts in contact with the media are made of S31603 stainless steel and each valve comes standard with a stainless steel actuator to resist corrosion from caustic wash down.
The 89000 control valve is designed for use in a wide range of applications in many industries, including biotechnology, pharmaceutical, food & beverage, cosmetics, and others where cleanliness and sterility are required. The valves have a modular design allowing for quick assembly and easy maintenance and calibration.
Features
nSizes ranging from NPS 1/2 to 6
nElastomers meet FDA and USP CLVI standards
nInternal surface finish of 20 Ra (0.5 m) available
nStainless steel diaphragm actuators with an electropolish finish come standard
nActuators are optimally matched to each valve size to suit many processes
nA robust stainless steel yoke construction connects the valve with its actuator and allows the FisherTM FIELDVUETM digital valve controller to be attached
nThe entire valve assembly can be easily disassembled for inspection and maintenance
W9850
Baumann 89000 NPS 1/2 Sanitary Control Valve Shown with FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
Specifications
See table 2 for technical specifications and table 3 for actuator specifications.
W9851-2
Baumann 89000 NPS 3 Sanitary Control Valve Shown with FIELDVUE DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:89SV September 2017
89000 Valve
D103346X012
Figure 1. Baumann 89000A Angle Valve Assembly
Figure 2. Baumann 89000I Inline Valve Assembly
E1337
Table 1. Materials of Construction
Key Number
Description
1a
Angle Valve Body
1b
Upper Inline Valve Body
1c
Lower Inline Valve Body
2
Diaphragm Actuator
3
Actuator Clamp
4
Yoke
5
Upper Body Clamp
6
Middle Body Clamp
7
Lower Body Clamp
8
Stem Locknut
9
O-Ring
10
Bonnet
11
Bearing
12
Valve Plug with Seat
13
Angle Valve Seat/Lower Pipe Connection (1pc)
14
O-Ring
15
O-Ring
16
Inline Valve Seat
E1338
Material S31603 Stainless Steel
S30400 Stainless Steel
EPDM S31603 Stainless Steel
PTFE/Bronze S31603 Stainless Steel
EPDM S31603 Stainless Steel
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
89000 Valve
D103346X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:89SV September 2017
Figure 3. Baumann 89000A Angle Valve Body
Figure 4. Baumann 89000I Inline Valve Body
TELL TALE LEAK PORT
1A
1A
B1
E1339
1B
1 Installed with flow from Port B to Port A. Flow from Port A to Port B is not recommended
E1340
1 Installed with flow from Port B to Port A. Flow from Port A to Port B is not recommended
Table 2. Technical Specifications
Nominal Size Valve Body Material Internal Valve Body Finish
Connections Rangeability
Bonnet Characteristics Seat Leakage Maximum Operating Pressure Maximum Operating Temperature, Fluids, and Gases (Non-Steam) Maximum Operating Temperature,
Steam
NPS 1/2 through 6 S31603 Stainless Steel </=20Ra Microinch / 0.50Ra Micron Tri-Clamp Standard (Weld Ends, ISO Clamps and others available)
50:1 Clamped Modified Equal Percentage ANSI / FCI 70-2, CLIV (Metal Seat) 17 bar (250 Psi)
135_C (275_F)
160_C (320_F)
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:89SV September 2017
89000 Valve
D103346X012
Table 3. Actuator Specifications
Type
20
Travel, mm (Inches)
Air Failure
Ambient Temperature Range
Maximum Air Pressure
Spring Cases
Yoke
20 (0.8)
50
50H
30 (1.2)
Open or Closed
-20 to 80_C (0 to 175_F)
80 Psi S30400 Stainless Steel S30400 Stainless Steel
112 60 (2.4)
Table 4. Allowable Pressure Drops
ACTUATOR SIZE
AIR-TO-OPEN
Bench Range (bar)
Bench Range (psi)
Valve Stroke, mm (Inches)
VALVE SIZE
Cv
DN
NPS
Port
Kv
Diameter mm
(Inches)
0.29
0.25
7 (0.28)
15
1/2
1.2
1.0
7 (0.28)
1.9
1.6
8.5 (0.33)
20
3/4
4.7
4.0
16 (0.63)
25
1.0
10
9.0
24 (0.94)
40
1-1/2
21
18
32 (1.26)
21
18
32 (1.26)
50
2
33
28
48 (1.89)
--
3
79
68
62 (2.44)
80
--
99
85
73 (2.87)
100
4
209
180
90 (3.54)
150
6 (A)
442
380
135 (5.31)
ACTUATOR SIZE
Bench Range, bar
Bench Range, psi
AIR-TO-CLOSE
Valve Stroke, mm (Inches) VALVE SIZE
DN
NPS
25 - 100
1 - 4
150
6(1)
1. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for NPS6 availability.
20
50
50H
112
0.8 - 4.0
1.5 - 3.0
1.5 - 3.0
1.4 - 3.0
12 - 58
22 - 44
22 - 44
45 - 75
20 (0.8)
30 (1.2)
16 (230) 16 (230) 16 (230) 16 (230)
ALLOWABLE SHUTOFF PRESSURES bar (psi)
16 (230) 16 (230) 16 (230) 16 (230)
11 (155) 7.7 (110)
5 (70)
20
50
50H
0.8 - 4.0
1.5 - 3.0
1.5 - 3.0
12 - 58
22 - 44
22 - 44
20 (0.8)
30 (1.2)
Allowable Shutoff Pressure
bar (psi)
160 (230)
10 (145)
60 (2.4)
16 (230) 16 (230) 16 (230) 8 (115)
112 1.4 - 3.0 45 - 75 60 (2.4)
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
89000 Valve
D103346X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:89SV September 2017
Figure 5. Dimensions for Baumann 89000A Angle Valve with FIELDVUE DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
C
B
A
E
D
GE59923-A
Table 5. Baumann 89000A Angle Valve Dimensions
VALVE SIZE
Tri-Clamp A
Weld End A
Tri-Clamp B
DIMENSIONS
Weld End B
C
D
Tr-Clamp E
DN NPS Capacity mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
15 1/2 0.29 62.7 2.5 50 1.97 344 13.5 331 13 165 6.5 261 10.3 65.40 2.57
15 1/2
1.2 62.7 2.5
50 1.97 344 13.5 331 13 165 6.5 261 10.3 63.90 2.52
20 3/4
1.9 62.7 2.5
50 1.97 344 13.5 331 13 165 6.5 261 10.3 66.35 2.61
20 3/4
4.7 62.7 2.5
50 1.97 344 13.5 331 13 165 6.5 261 10.3 62.70 2.47
25
1
10 62.7 2.5 50 1.97 344 13.5 331 13 270 10.6 261 10.3 61.75 2.43
40 1-1/2 21 102.7 4
90 3.54 445 17.5 432 17 270 10.6 261 10.3 104.10 4.1
50
2
33 112.7 4.4 100 3.94 459 18.1 446 17.6 270 10.6 261 10.3 112.70 4.44
---
3
79 142.7 5.6 130 5.12 531 20.9 519 20.4 270 10.6 261 10.3 148.15 5.83
80
---
99 142.7 5.6 130 5.12 531 20.9 519 20.4 270 10.6 261 10.3 142.70 5.62
100
4
209 155.9 6.1 140 5.50 552 21.7 536 21.1 270 10.6 261 10.3 155.90 6.14
150
6
442
Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for NPS 6 availability.
Weld End E mm Inch 52.70 2.07 51.20 2.01 53.65 2.11 50.00 1.97 49.05 1.93 91.40 3.60 100.00 3.94 135.45 5.33 130.00 5.12 150.00 5.91
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:89SV September 2017
89000 Valve
D103346X012
Figure 6. Dimensions for Baumann 89000I Inline Valve with FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
D F
E
C
B
E1342
A
A
Table 6. Baumann 89000I Inline Valve Dimensions
DIMENSIONS
VALVE SIZE
Tri-Clamp A
Weld End A
B
C
D
E
DN
NPS
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
15
1/2
62.7
2.5
50
1.97 34.5 1.36
50
1.97
165
6.5
366
14.4
20
3/4
62.7
2.5
50
1.97 34.5 1.36
50
1.97
165
6.5
366
14.4
25
1
102.7
4
90
3.54
48
1.89
74
2.91
165
6.5
464
18.3
40
1-1/2 102.7
4
90
3.54
48
1.89
74
2.91
270
10.6
464
18.3
50
2
112.7 4.4
100
3.94
56
2.20
85
3.35
270
10.6
488
19.2
80
3
147.7 5.6
130
5.12
78
3.07
116
4.57
270
10.6
581
22.9
100
4
1553.9 6.1
140
5.50
86
3.39
136
5.35
270
10.6
617
24.3
150
6
Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for NPS 6 availability.
F
mm
Inch
127
5
127
5
153
6
153
6
153
6
153
6
153
6
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
89000 Valve
D103346X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:89SV September 2017
Table 7. Model Numbering System
89
ACTUATOR TYPE
VALVE BODY
20
50 50H 112
PLUG SERIES 588
588 CHARACTERISTIC Equal % / Metal Seat
(S31603)
SEAT LEAKAGE IV
VALVE BODY STYLE
A
Angle
I
Inline
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:89SV September 2017
89000 Valve
D103346X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Baumann, Fisher, and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2009, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Baumann Pneumatic Actuators
D104175X012
Product Bulletin
52.2:Baumann Pneumatic Actuators October 2019
BaumannTM 16, 32, 54, and 70 Pneumatic Actuators
Baumann actuators are single acting, pneumatic actuators with spring-return action. They are compact, multi-spring actuators with low operating friction. The 16, 32, and 54 can be reversed in the field (air-to-open or air-to-close) without special tools or additional parts. The size 70 is not field-reversible.
Features
nMulti-spring, field-reversible actuator with reduced deadband, permits direct operation from remote signal devices.
nEpoxy powder-coated actuator with stainless steel fasteners for corrosion resistance.
nActuator and yoke can be removed from the valve assembly while maintaining packing integrity.
nStainless steel construction available for corrosive and sanitary environments.
nOptional handwheel and adjustable travel stop constructions are available.
X0567
Baumann 24000SB Valve with Baumann 32 Actuator
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.2:Baumann Pneumatic Actuators October 2019
Baumann Pneumatic Actuators
D104175X012
Specifications
Table 1. Actuator Construction
TYPE
16
32
54
70
DIAPHRAGM PLATE
S30400 SST
Steel - AISI G10100
STEM
ASTM A582 S30300 Condition A
ASTM A276 S30400 Condition A
DIAPHRAGM MATERIAL(1)
CR (Chloroprene), TPES (Polyester Thermoplastic)
NBR (Nitrile), TPES (Polyester Thermoplastic)(1)
SPRINGS SPRING CASES YOKE
Stainless Steel CF8M Stainless Steel
Steel Carbon Steel (AISI G10100)(2)
Ductile Iron, Powder-Epoxy-Coated(3)
1. Optional reinforced VMQ (Silicone) diaphragm with FKM (Fluorocarbon) O-ring actuator stem seal for high temperature conditions (-29_C to 121_C / -20_F to 250_F) is available on select sizes. 2. ASTM S240 S30400 SST is available as an optional casing material on select sizes.
3. ASTM A351 CF8M SST is available as an optional yoke material on select sizes.
Table 2. Actuator Specifications
TYPE(1)
16
32
54
70
DIAPHRAGM AREA
103 cm2 (16 in2)
210 cm2 (32 in2)
350 cm2 (54 in2)
450 cm2 (70 in2)
AIR FAILURE
Fail Open or Closed (Field Reversible)
Fail Closed ONLY
TRAVEL(2)
12.7 mm (0.50 inches)
12.7 or 19.1 mm (0.50 or 0.75 inches)
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE
-29_C to 71_C / -20_F to 160_F(3)
MAXIMUM AIR PRESSURE
2.41 barg / 35 psig
PRESSURE CONNECTION
1/4 NPT
SPRING CASES
Steel, Powder Epoxy-Coated with Stainless Steel Fasteners
YOKE
CF8M Stainless Steel
Ductile Iron, Powder Epoxy-Coated
1. Electric actuators available. Refer to bulletins 52.1:ECV (D103347X012) and 52.1:SVACT (D104169X012).
2. Dual travel stops are available on Baumann 32 and 54 actuators. These are not field reversible. 3. Optional reinforced VMQ (Silicone) diaphragm with FKM (Fluorocarbon) O-ring actuator stem seal for high temperature conditions (-29_C to 121_C / -20_F to 250_F) is available with Baumann 32 and 54 actuators ONLY.
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pressure Drops 24000 Series
24000LS, 24000C, 24000CVF/SVF, 24000S, 24000F and 24000SB CL IV Shutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 CL VI Shutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
24003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Low Flow and Specialty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
26000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 51000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 81000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Sanitary/Aseptic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 83000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 84000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Actuator Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Baumann Pneumatic Actuators
D104175X012
Product Bulletin
52.2:Baumann Pneumatic Actuators October 2019
Table 3. Actuator Weight
ACTUATOR TYPE
16 32 54 70
WEIGHT
kg
lb
2.1
4.6
4.5
10
11.3
25
15.4
34
Considerations
nContact your Emerson sales office for Bellows sizing and actuator selection
nSize 54 or 70 actuator should be used with Graphite packing selection
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.2:Baumann Pneumatic Actuators October 2019
Baumann Pneumatic Actuators
D104175X012
24000 Series
Table 4. Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops (bar) 24000LS, 24000C, 24000CVF/SVF, 24000S, 24000F and 24000SB(1)(2)(3), CL IV Shutoff
Air to Diaphragm, bar
0.2 to 1.0 (Signal to Actuator)
AIR-TO-OPEN 0 to 1.38 (with Positioner)
AIR-TO-CLOSE
0.2 to 1.0
0 to 1.38
(Signal to Actuator) (with Positioner)
Port Dia (mm)
Actuator Size
nP, bar
nP, bar
nP, bar
nP, bar
nP, bar nP, bar nP, bar nP, bar
nP, bar
nP, bar
nP, bar
nP, bar nP, bar
CL IV SHUTOFF - 0.50 INCH TRAVEL
Bench Set, bar
0.3 to 1.0
0.5 to 1.0
0.6 to 1.0
0.7 to 1.0
0.3 to 1.0
0.5
0.6
0.7
to 1.0 to 1.0 to 1.0
0.8 to 1.1
0.2 to 0.9
0.2 to 0.7
0.2 to 0.9
0.2 to 0.7
32
61.0 122.4
---
---
122.4 183.4
---
---
---
61.0
152.7 214.1 305.8
6.3
54
92.7 185.1 277.9
---
185.1 277.9 370.2
---
---
92.7
232.0 324.4 463.0
32
31.0
62.4
---
---
62.4
93.4
---
---
---
31.0
77.9
109.3 155.8
9.5
54
47.2
94.5 141.7
---
94.5 141.7 188.9
---
---
47.2
118.2 165.5 236.1
32
7.9
15.5
---
---
15.5
23.4
---
---
---
7.9
19.7
27.2
39.0
20.6
54
11.7
23.8
35.5
---
23.8
35.5
47.2
---
---
11.7
29.6
41.4
59.0
70
---
---
---
56.2
---
---
---
72.4
88.3
---
---
---
---
32
3.4
8.3
---
---
8.3
13.1
---
---
---
3.4
10.7
15.2
22.4
27.0
54
70
5.5
12.4
19.7
---
12.4
19.7
26.9
---
---
5.5
16.2
23.1
33.8
---
---
---
31.7
---
---
---
41.4
51.0
---
---
---
---
CL IV SHUTOFF - 0.75 INCH TRAVEL
Bench Set, bar
0.3 to 1.0
0.5 to 0.9
0.7 to 1.0
0.7 to 1.0
0.3 to 1.0
0.5
0.7
0.7
to 0.9 to 1.0 to 1.0
0.8 to 1.2
0.2 to 0.9
0.2 to 0.7
0.2 to 0.9
0.2 to 0.7
32
2.2
2.8
---
---
6.2
---
---
---
---
2.8
7.9
11.4
16.5
31.8
54
70
3.8
9.3
17.2
---
9.3
14.5
22.4
---
---
3.8
11.7
17.2
24.8
---
---
---
23.1
---
---
---
30.3
37.6
---
---
---
---
32
1.7
---
---
---
4.1
---
---
---
---
1.7
5.5
7.9
11.7
38.1
54
70
2.8
6.6
12.1
---
6.6
10.3
15.9
---
---
2.8
---
---
---
16.2
---
---
---
21.4
26.5
---
8.3
12.1
17.6
---
---
---
32
1.0
---
---
---
2.4
---
---
---
---
1.0
3.1
4.5
6.6
50.8
54
70
1.7
3.8
6.9
---
3.8
5.9
9.0
---
---
1.7
---
---
---
9.3
---
---
---
12.4
15.2
---
4.8
6.9
10.0
---
---
---
1. Do not exceed valve body temperature/pressure ratings. 2. Maximum shutoff pressure when using ENVIRO-SEALTM packing: Table Value - (1120 / (Port Dia) ^ 2). Environmental applications, maximum shutoff pressure limited to 51.7 bar. 3. Maximum shutoff pressure when using Graphite packing: Table Value - (6150 / (Port Dia) ^ 2).
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Baumann Pneumatic Actuators
D104175X012
Product Bulletin
52.2:Baumann Pneumatic Actuators October 2019
Table 5. Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops (psi) 24000LS, 24000C, 24000CVF/SVF, 24000S, 24000F and 24000SB(1)(2)(3), CL IV Shutoff
Air to Diaphragm, psig
3 to 15 (Signal to Actuator)
AIR-TO-OPEN 0 to 20 (with Positioner)
AIR-TO-CLOSE
3 to 15
0 to 20
(Signal to Actuator) (with Positioner)
Port Dia (in)
Actuator Size
nP, Psi
nP, Psi
nP, Psi
nP, Psi
nP, Psi nP, Psi nP, Psi
nP, Psi
nP, Psi
nP, Psi
nP, Psi nP, Psi nP, Psi
CL IV SHUTOFF - 0.50 INCH TRAVEL
Bench Set, psig 5 to 15 7 to 15 9 to 15 10 to 15 5 to 15 7 to 15 9 to 15 10 to 15 12 to 16 3 to 13 3 to 10 3 to 13 3 to 10
32
885
1775
---
---
1775 2660
---
---
0.25
54
1345 2685 4030
---
2685 4030 5370
---
---
885
2215 3105 4435
---
1345
3365 4705 6715
32
450
905
---
---
905
1355
---
---
---
450
1130 1585 2260
0.375
54
685
1370 2055
---
1370 2055 2740
---
---
685
1715 2400 3425
32
115
225
---
---
225
340
---
---
---
115
285
395
565
0.8125
54
70
170
345
515
---
345
515
685
---
---
170
---
---
---
815
---
---
---
1050
1280
---
430
600
855
---
---
---
32
50
120
---
---
120
190
---
---
---
50
155
220
325
1.0625
54
70
80
180
285
---
180
285
390
---
---
80
235
335
490
---
---
---
460
---
---
---
600
740
---
---
---
---
CL IV SHUTOFF - 0.75 INCH TRAVEL
Bench Set, psig
5 to 15 7 to 13
10 to 14
10 to 15 5 to 15 7 to 13
10 to 14
10 to 15 12 to 18
3 to 13
3 to 10 3 to 13 3 to 10
32
40
---
---
---
90
---
---
---
---
40
115
165
240
1.25
54
70
55
135
250
---
135
210
325
---
---
55
170
250
360
---
---
---
335
---
---
---
440
545
---
---
---
---
32
25
---
---
---
60
---
---
---
---
25
80
115
170
1.5
54
40
95
175
---
95
150
230
---
---
40
120
175
255
70
---
---
---
235
---
---
---
310
385
---
---
---
---
32
15
---
---
---
35
---
---
---
---
15
45
65
95
2.0
54
70
25
55
100
---
55
85
130
---
---
25
---
---
---
135
---
---
---
180
220
---
70
100
145
---
---
---
1. Do not exceed valve body temperature/pressure ratings. 2. Maximum shutoff pressure when using ENVIRO-SEAL packing: Table Value - (25 / (Port Dia) ^ 2). Environmental applications, maximum shutoff pressure limited to 750 psi. 3. Maximum shutoff pressure when using Graphite packing: Table Value - (140 / (Port Dia) ^ 2).
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.2:Baumann Pneumatic Actuators October 2019
Baumann Pneumatic Actuators
D104175X012
Table 6. Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops (bar) 24000LS, 24000C, 24000CVF/SVF, 24000S, 24000F and 24000SB(1)(2)(3), CL VI Shutoff
Air to Diaphragm, bar
0.2 to 1.0 (Signal to Actuator)
AIR-TO-OPEN 0 to 1.38 (with Positioner)
AIR-TO-CLOSE
0.2 to 1.0
0 to 1.38
(Signal to Actuator) (with Positioner)
Port Dia (mm)
Actuator Size
nP, bar nP, bar nP, bar nP, bar nP, bar nP, bar nP, bar nP, bar nP, bar
nP, bar
nP, bar nP, bar nP, bar
CL VI SHUTOFF - 0.50 INCH TRAVEL
Bench Set, bar
0.3 to 1.0
0.5 to 1.0
0.6 to 1.0
0.7 to 1.0
0.3 to 1.0
0.5 to 1.0
0.6 to 1.0
0.7 to 1.0
0.8 to 1.1
0.2 to 0.9
0.2 to 0.7
0.2 to 0.9
0.2 to 0.7
3.9
32
82.7
82.7
---
---
82.7
82.7
---
---
---
82.7
82.7
82.7
82.7
Trim 151
54
82.7
82.7
82.7
---
82.7
82.7
82.7
---
---
82.7
82.7
82.7
82.7
7.9(4)
32
29.0
71.4
---
---
71.4
82.7
---
---
---
29.0
82.7
82.7
82.7
Trim 177
54
50.7
82.7
82.7
---
82.7
82.7
82.7
---
---
50.7
82.7
82.7
82.7
32
19.3
50.3
---
---
50.3
81.4
---
---
---
19.3
65.8
97.2 143.8
9.5
54
35.2
94.5 129.6
---
82.4 129.6 176.9
---
---
35.2
106.2 153.4 224.1
32
1.4
9.0
---
---
9.0
16.9
---
---
---
1.4
13.1
20.7
32.4
20.6
54
5.2
17.2
29.0
---
17.2
29.0
40.7
---
---
5.2
23.1
34.8
52.4
70
---
---
---
49.6
---
---
---
65.8
81.7
---
---
---
---
32
---
3.1
---
---
3.1
7.9
---
---
---
---
5.5
10.3
17.2
27.0
54
70
---
7.2
14.5
---
7.2
14.5
21.7
---
---
---
11.0
17.9
28.6
---
---
---
26.5
---
---
---
36.2
45.9
---
---
---
---
CL VI SHUTOFF - 0.75 INCH TRAVEL
Bench Set, bar
0.3 to 1.0
0.5 to 0.9
0.7 to 1.0
0.7 to 1.0
0.3 to 1.0
0.5 to 0.9
0.7 to 1.0
0.7 to 1.0
0.8 to 1.2
0.2 to 0.9
0.2 to 0.7
0.2 to 0.9
0.2 to 0.7
32
---
---
---
---
1.7
---
---
---
---
---
3.4
6.9
12.1
31.8
54
70
---
4.8
12.8
---
4.8
10.0
17.9
---
---
---
---
---
---
18.6
---
---
---
25.9
33.1
---
7.2
12.8
20.3
---
---
---
32
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
1.7
4.1
7.9
38.1
54
70
---
2.8
8.3
---
2.8
6.6
12.1
---
---
---
---
---
---
12.8
---
---
---
17.6
22.8
---
4.5
8.3
13.8
---
---
---
32
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
1.7
3.8
50.8
54
70
---
0.7
4.1
---
0.7
3.1
6.2
---
---
---
---
---
---
6.6
---
---
---
9.3
12.4
---
2.1
4.1
7.2
---
---
---
1. Do not exceed valve body temperature/pressure ratings. 2. Maximum shutoff pressure when using ENVIRO-SEAL packing: Table Value - (1120 / (Port Dia) ^ 2). Environmental applications, maximum shutoff pressure limited to 51.7 bar. 3. Maximum shutoff pressure when using Graphite packing: Table Value - (6150 / (Port Dia)^2). 4. Actuator requires dual travel stops.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Baumann Pneumatic Actuators
D104175X012
Product Bulletin
52.2:Baumann Pneumatic Actuators October 2019
Table 7. Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops (psi) 24000LS, 24000C, 24000CVF/SVF, 24000S, 24000F and 24000SB(1)(2)(3), CL VI Shutoff
Air to Diaphragm, psig
3 to 15 (Signal to Actuator)
AIR-TO-OPEN 0 to 20 (with Positioner)
AIR-TO-CLOSE
3 to 15
0 to 20
(Signal to Actuator) (with Positioner)
Port Dia (in)
Actuator Size
nP, Psi
nP, Psi
nP, Psi
nP, Psi
nP, Psi
nP, Psi
nP, Psi
nP, Psi
nP, Psi
nP, Psi
nP, Psi nP, Psi nP, Psi
CL VI SHUTOFF - 0.50 INCH TRAVEL
Bench Set, psig
5 to 15 7 to 15 9 to 15
10 to 15
5 to 15 7 to 15 9 to 15
10 to 15
12 to 16
3 to 13 3 to 10 3 to 13 3 to 10
0.156
32
Trim 151
54
0.3125(4)
32
Trim 177
54
1200 1200
---
---
1200 1200
---
---
1200 1200 1200
---
1200 1200 1200
---
420
1035
---
---
1035 1200
---
---
735
1200 1200
---
1200 1200 1200
---
---
1200
1200 1200 1200
---
1200
1200 1200 1200
---
420
1200 1200 1200
---
735
1200 1200 1200
32
280
730
---
---
730
1180
---
---
0.375
54
510
1370 1880
---
1195 1880 2565
---
---
280
955
1410 2085
---
510
1540 2225 3250
32
20
130
---
---
130
245
---
---
---
20
190
300
470
0.8125
54
70
75
250
420
---
250
420
590
---
---
75
---
---
---
720
---
---
---
955
1185
---
335
505
760
---
---
---
32
---
45
---
---
45
115
---
---
---
---
80
150
250
1.0625
54
70
---
105
210
---
105
210
315
---
---
---
160
260
415
---
---
---
385
---
---
---
525
665
---
---
---
---
CL VI SHUTOFF - 0.75 INCH TRAVEL
Bench Set, psig
5 to 15 7 to 13
10 to 14
10 to 15
5 to 15 7 to 13
10 to 14
10 to 15
12 to 18
3 to 13 3 to 10 3 to 13 3 to 10
32
---
---
---
---
25
---
---
---
---
---
50
100
175
1.25
54
---
70
185
---
70
145
260
---
---
---
105
185
295
70
---
---
---
270
---
---
---
375
480
---
---
---
---
32
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
25
60
115
1.5
54
---
40
120
---
40
95
175
---
---
---
65
120
200
70
---
---
---
185
---
---
---
255
330
---
---
---
---
32
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
25
55
2.0
54
---
10
60
---
10
45
90
---
---
---
30
60
105
70
---
---
---
95
---
---
---
135
180
---
---
---
---
1. Do not exceed valve body temperature/pressure ratings. 2. Maximum shutoff pressure when using ENVIRO-SEAL packing: Table Value - (25 / (Port Dia) ^ 2). Environmental applications, maximum shutoff pressure limited to 750 psi. 3. Maximum shutoff pressure when using Graphite packing: Table Value - (140 / (Port Dia) ^ 2). 4. Actuator requires dual travel stops.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.2:Baumann Pneumatic Actuators October 2019
Baumann Pneumatic Actuators
D104175X012
Table 8. Allowable Pressure Drops (psi) - Mixing (Combining) Service for 24003
AIR-TO-OPEN
ORIFIC DIAMETER
(inch)
NOMINAL
PLUG TRAVEL (inch)(1)
ACTUATOR TYPE
BENCH RANGE (psi)
ALLOWABLE PRESSURE DROP PORT L FAILS CLOSED (PSI)
3-15 psi Signal to Actuator
With Positioner 20 psig Air Supply
BENCH RANGE (psi)
5-13
112
32
7-15
225
0.626
0.56
7-14
375
54
9-15
563
225
3-11
337
5-13
563
3-10
720
3-13
5-13
60
32
7-15
121
0.876
0.56
7-14
202
54
9-16
303
121
3-11
259
5-13
303
3-10
404
3-13
5-13
37
32
7-15
75
75
3-11
113
5-13
1.126
0.56
7-14
126
54
9-16
189
189
3-10
252
3-13
70
8-15
220
309
---
5-15
29
54
1.676
0.75
7-13
58
70
7-15
82
58
3-10
88
3-13
123
---
2.126
0.75
3-10
---
54
7-13
37
7-15
52
70
10-15
91
---
3-10
55
3-13
78
---
117
---
1. Use Baumann 54 or larger actuator with molded graphite ribbon or ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems.
AIR-TO-CLOSE
ALLOWABLE PRESSURE DROP PORT L FAILS OPEN (PSI)
3-15 psi Signal to Actuator
With Positioner 20 psig Air Supply
281
563
112
394
469
720
187
656
151
303
60
212
252
505
101
353
94
189
37
132
157
315
63
220
---
---
73
147
29
102
---
---
46
93
18
65
---
---
---
---
Table 9. Allowable Pressure Drops (psi) - Diverting (Diverging) Service for 24003
AIR-TO-OPEN
ORIFIC DIAMETER
(inch)
NOMINAL
PLUG TRAVEL (inch)(1)
ACTUATOR TYPE
BENCH RANGE (psi)
ALLOWABLE PRESSURE DROP PORT L FAILS CLOSED (PSI)
3-15 psi Signal to Actuator
With Positioner 20 psig Air Supply
BENCH RANGE (psi)
5-13
80
32
7-15
160
0.626
0.56
7-14
268
54
9-15
402
160
3-11
241
5-13
402
3-10
670
3-13
5-13
43
32
7-15
86
0.876
0.56
7-14
144
54
9-16
216
86
3-11
185
5-13
216
3-10
288
3-13
5-13
27
32
7-15
54
54
3-11
81
5-13
1.126
0.56
7-14
90
54
9-16
135
135
3-10
180
3-13
70
8-15
157
220
---
5-15
21
54
1.676
0.75
7-13
42
70
7-15
59
42
3-10
63
3-13
88
---
2.126
0.75
3-10
---
54
7-13
26
7-15
37
70
10-15
65
---
3-10
39
3-13
55
---
83
---
1. Use Baumann 54 or larger actuator with molded graphite ribbon or ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems.
AIR-TO-CLOSE
ALLOWABLE PRESSURE DROP PORT L FAILS OPEN (PSI)
3-15 psi Signal to Actuator
With Positioner 20 psig Air Supply
201
402
80
281
335
670
134
469
108
216
43
151
180
360
72
252
67
135
27
94
112
225
45
157
---
---
52
105
21
73
---
---
33
66
13
46
---
---
---
---
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Baumann Pneumatic Actuators
D104175X012
Product Bulletin
52.2:Baumann Pneumatic Actuators October 2019
Low Flow and Specialty
Table 10. 26000 Allowable Pressure Drops (bar)
AIR-TO-OPEN ACTION
PORT DIA. (mm)
PLUG TRAVEL (mm)
ACT TYPE
BENCH RANGE (barg)
0.2-1.0 barg SIGNAL TO ACTUATOR
Max CL IV
Shutoff Pressure
Max CL VI
Shutoff Pressure
WITH POSITIONER 1.38 barg AIR SUPPLY
Max CL IV
Shutoff Pressure
Max CL VI
Shutoff Pressure
7.9
12.7
32
0.3-1.0
---
10
---
10
9.5
12.7
32
0.3-1.0
10
---
10
---
12.7
12.7
32
0.3-1.0
10
---
10
---
BENCH RANGE (barg)
0.2-0.9 0.2-0.9 0.2-0.9
AIR-TO-CLOSE ACTION
0.2-1.0 barg SIGNAL TO ACTUATOR
WITH POSITIONER 1.38 barg AIR SUPPLY
Max CL IV
Shutoff Pressure
Max CL VI
Shutoff Pressure
Max CL IV
Shutoff Pressure
Max CL VI
Shutoff Pressure
---
10
---
10
10
---
10
---
10
---
10
---
Table 11. 26000 Allowable Pressure Drops (psi)
AIR-TO-OPEN ACTION
PORT DIA. (in)
PLUG TRAVEL
(in)
ACT TYPE
BENCH RANGE (psig)
3-15 psig SIGNAL TO ACTUATOR
Max CL IV
Shutoff Pressure
Max CL VI
Shutoff Pressure
WITH POSITIONER 20 psig AIR SUPPLY
Max CL IV
Shutoff Pressure
Max CL VI
Shutoff Pressure
0.312
0.50
32
5-15
---
150
---
150
0.375
0.50
32
5-15
150
---
150
---
0.500
0.50
32
5-15
150
---
150
---
BENCH RANGE (psig)
3-13 3-13 3-13
AIR-TO-CLOSE ACTION
3-15 psig SIGNAL TO WITH POSITIONER
ACTUATOR
20 psig AIR SUPPLY
Max CL IV
Shutoff Pressure
Max CL VI
Shutoff Pressure
Max CL IV
Shutoff Pressure
Max CL VI
Shutoff Pressure
---
150
---
150
150
---
150
---
150
---
150
---
Table 12. 51000 Series Valve with Baumann 16 Actuator and Positioner (Metric)
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
ALLOWABLE PRESSURE DROPS
Valve Size, mm
Kv Range
Process Temperature
Range
Seat Leakage (per ASME/
FCI 70-2)
Bench Spring Range
Air-to-Open(1)
Bench Spring Range
6.35 & 12.7
0.00011 - 0.39 -28.9 to 177_C
Class VI
0.3 - 0.9 bar
207 bar
0.2 - 0.8 bar
12.7
0.86, 1.29, 2.16 -28.9 to 232_C
Class IV
0.3 - 0.9 bar
28 bar
0.2 - 0.8 bar
1. Based on 1.4 barg air supply to positioner.
Air-to-Close(1)
207 bar 55 bar
Table 13. 51000 Series Valve with Baumann 16 Actuator and Positioner
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Valve Size, NPS
Cv Range
Process Temperature
Range
Seat Leakage (per ASME/
FCI 70-2)
Bench Spring Range
1/4 & 1/2
0.00013 - 0.45 -20 to 350_F
Class VI
4-13 psi
1/2
1.0, 1.5, 2.5
-20 to 450_F
Class IV
4-13 psi
1. Based on 20 psig air supply to positioner.
ALLOWABLE PRESSURE DROPS
Air-to-Open(1)
Bench Spring Range
3000 psi 400 psi
3-12 psi 3-12 psi
Air-to-Close(1)
3000 psi 800 psi
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.2:Baumann Pneumatic Actuators October 2019
Baumann Pneumatic Actuators
D104175X012
Table 14. 51000 Series Valve with Baumann 16 Actuator without Positioner or with Transducer (Metric)
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
ALLOWABLE PRESSURE DROPS
Valve Size, mm
Kv Range
Process Temperature
Range
Seat Leakage (per ASME/
FCI 70-2)
Bench Spring Range
Air-to-Open(1)
Bench Spring Range
Air-to-Close(1)
6.35 & 12.7
0.00011 - 0.39 -28.9 to 177_C
Class VI
0.3 - 0.9 bar
69 bar
0.2 - 0.8 bar
207 bar
12.7
0.86, 1.29, 2.16 -28.9 to 232_C
Class IV
0.3 - 0.9 bar
6.8 bar
0.2 - 0.8 bar
20.6 bar
1. Based on 0.2 to 1.0 bar air output signal to actuator.
Table 15. 51000 Series Valve with Baumann 16 Actuator without Positioner or with Transducer
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
ALLOWABLE PRESSURE DROPS
Valve Size, NPS
Cv Range
Process Temperature
Range
Seat Leakage (per ASME/
FCI 70-2)
Bench Spring Range
Air-to-Open(1)
Bench Spring Range
1/4 & 1/2
0.00013 - 0.45 -20 to 350_F
Class VI
4-13 psi
1000 psi
3-12 psi
1/2
1.0, 1.5, 2.5
-20 to 450_F
Class IV
4-13 psi
100 psi
3-12 psi
1. Based on 3 to 15 psi air output signal to actuator.
Air-to-Close(1)
3000 psi 300 psi
Table 16. 81000 Allowable Pressure Drops with Baumann 16 Actuator
AIR-TO-OPEN ACTION
VALVE SIZE
PLUG
PLUG TRAVEL
Bench Range
3-15 psig (0.2-1.0 bar) Signal to Actuator
With Positioner
NPS (mm)
Cv
Kv
mm (inch)
bar
psig
bar
psig
bar psig
1/4 (6.35)
0.01 0.0009 0.03 0.026 0.10 0.086 0.30 0.259
12.7 (0.50)
0.01 0.0009 0.03 0.026
0.2-1.0 3-15
10
1/2
0.10 0.086
12.7
(12.7) 0.30 0.259 (0.50)
0.50 0.43
0.70 0.60
150
19 275
AIR-TO-CLOSE ACTION
Bench Range
3-15 psig (0.2-1.0 bar) Signal to Actuator
bar
psig
bar
psig
0.2- 0.9 3-13
10
150
With Positioner bar psig
19 275
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Baumann Pneumatic Actuators
D104175X012
Product Bulletin
52.2:Baumann Pneumatic Actuators October 2019
Sanitary/Aseptic
Table 17. 83000 Allowable Pressure Drops with Baumann 16 Actuator
AIR-TO-OPEN ACTION
ORIFICE
PLUG TRAVEL
Bench Range
3-15 psig (0.2-1.0 bar) Signal to Actuator
With Positioner(1)
Cv
Kv
mm (inch)
bar
psig
bar
psig
bar psig
0.014 0.012
0.053 0.046
0.182 0.157 0.427 0.369
12.7 (0.50)
0.2-1.0
3-15
10
0.631 0.546
1.02 0.882
150
19
275
1. Based on 1.38 bar (20 psig) supply.
Bench Range
AIR-TO-CLOSE ACTION
3-15 psig (0.2-1.0 bar) Signal to Actuator
bar
psig
bar
psig
0.2- 0.9 3-13
10
150
With Positioner(1)
bar psig
19
275
Table 18. 84000 Allowable Pressure Drops (bar): NPS 1 Angle and NPS 1 Inline Valves
VALVE SIZE
DN
FLOW DIRECTION
RATED Kv
TRAVEL mm
ACTUATOR TYPE
Bench Spring Range
bar
AIR-TO-OPEN ACTION
With
Signal to Actuator Positioner
(2)
0.2-1.0 0.07-1.2
bar
bar(1)
bar
Bench Spring Range
bar
1.72
12.7
32
0.3-1.0 7.58
8.62
8.62
0.2-0.9
12.7
25
3.44 A to B
12.7
32
0.3-1.0
6.9
10.34
10.34 0.2-0.9
54
0.3-1.0 10.34 10.34
10.34 0.2-0.9
19.05
6.88
19.05
32
0.3-1.0 3.45
8.62
8.62
0.2-0.9
54
0.5-0.9
6.9
10.34
10.34 0.2-0.7
1. I/P transducer with 0.07 - 1.2 bar (1 - 17 psig) output signal per FCI 87.2. 2. Shutoff with positioner based on 1.4 bar (20 psi) air supply pressure.
AIR-TO-CLOSE ACTION
With
Signal to Actuator Positioner
(2)
0.2-1.0 bar
6.9
0.07-1.2 bar(1)
8.62
bar 8.62
6.9
8.62
8.62
10.34 10.34
10.34
3.45
8.62
8.62
6.9
10.34
10.34
Table 19. 84000 Allowable Pressure Drops (psi): NPS 1 Angle and NPS 1 Inline Valves
VALVE SIZE
NPS
FLOW DIRECTION
RATED Cv
TRAVEL Inches
ACTUATOR TYPE
Bench Spring Range
psig
AIR-TO-OPEN ACTION
With Signal to Actuator Positioner
(2)
3-15 psig 1-2 psig(1) psig
Bench Spring Range
psig
2.00
0.50
32
5-15
110
125
125
3-13
0.50
32
5-15
100
150
150
3-13
4.00
1
A to B
0.50
54
5-15
150
150
150
3-13
0.75
32
5-15
50
125
125
3-13
8.00
0.75
54
7-13
100
150
150
3-10
1. I/P transducer with 0.07 - 1.2 bar (1 - 17 psig) output signal per FCI 87.2. 2. Shutoff with positioner based on 1.4 bar (20 psi) air supply pressure.
AIR-TO-CLOSE ACTION
With
Signal to Actuator Positioner
(2)
3-15 psig 1-2 psig(1) psig
100
125
125
100
125
125
150
150
150
50
125
125
100
150
150
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.2:Baumann Pneumatic Actuators October 2019
Baumann Pneumatic Actuators
D104175X012
Table 20. 84000 Allowable Pressure Drops (bar): Flow Direction A to B: NPS 1-1/2 and 2 Angle Valves
VALVE SIZE
DN
FLOW DIRECTION
RATED Kv
TRAVEL mm
ACTUATOR TYPE
Bench Spring Range
bar
AIR-TO-OPEN ACTION
With Signal to Actuator Positioner
(2)
0.2-1.0 0.07-1.2
bar
bar(1)
bar
Bench Spring Range
bar
AIR-TO-CLOSE ACTION
With Signal to Actuator Positioner
(2)
0.2-1.0 0.07-1.2
bar
bar(1)
bar
18.92
12.7
54
0.3-1.0
1.99
3.99
3.99
0.2-0.9
1.99
3.99
6.96
18.92
12.7
40
A to B
25.8
19.05
54
0.6-1.0
4.96
6.96
6.96
0.2-0.7
4.96
6.96
9.99
54
0.3-1.0
1.99
3.99
3.99
0.2-0.9
1.99
3.99
6.96
25.8
19.05
54
0.5-0.9
3.99
5.99
5.99
0.2-0.7
4.92
6.96
9.99
24.94
12.7
54
0.3-1.0
2.34
4.68
4.68
0.2-0.9
2.34
4.68
8.20
24.94
12.7
50
A to B
36.98
19.05
54
0.6-1.0
5.86
8.20
8.20
0.2-0.7
5.79
8.20
11.72
54
0.3-1.0
2.34
4.68
4.68
0.2-0.9
2.34
4.68
8.20
36.98
19.05
54
0.5-0.9
4.68
7.03
7.03
0.2-0.7
5.86
8.20
11.72
1. I/P transducer with 0.07 - 1.2 bar (1 - 17 psig) output signal per FCI 87.2. 2. Shutoff with positioner based on 1.4 bar (20 psi) air supply pressure.
Table 21. 84000 Allowable Pressure Drops (psi): Flow Direction A to B: NPS 1-1/2 and 2 Angle Valves
VALVE SIZE
NPS
FLOW DIRECTION
RATED Cv
TRAVEL Inches
ACTUATOR TYPE
Bench Spring Range
psig
AIR-TO-OPEN ACTION
With Signal to Actuator Positioner
(2)
3-15 psig 1-2 psig(1) psig
Bench Spring Range
psig
AIR-TO-CLOSE ACTION
With Signal to Actuator Positioner
(2)
3-15 psig 1-2 psig(1) psig
22
0.50
54
5-15
29
58
58
3-13
29
58
101
22
0.50
54
8-15
72
101
101
3-10
72
101
145
1-1/2
A to B
30
0.75
54
5-15
29
58
58
3-13
29
58
101
30
0.75
54
7-13
58
87
87
3-10
72
101
145
29
0.50
54
5-15
34
68
68
3-13
34
68
119
29
0.50
54
8-15
85
119
119
3-10
84
119
170
2
A to B
43
0.75
54
5-15
34
68
68
3-13
34
68
119
43
0.75
54
7-13
68
102
102
3-10
85
119
170
1. I/P transducer with 0.07 - 1.2 bar (1 - 17 psig) output signal per FCI 87.2. 2. Shutoff with positioner based on 1.4 bar (20 psi) air supply pressure.
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Baumann Pneumatic Actuators
D104175X012
Product Bulletin
52.2:Baumann Pneumatic Actuators October 2019
Table 22. 84000 Allowable Pressure Drops (bar): Flow Direction B to A: NPS 1-1/2 and 2 Angle Valves
VALVE SIZE
DN
FLOW DIRECTION
RATED Kv
TRAVEL mm
ACTUATOR TYPE
Bench Spring Range
bar
AIR-TO-OPEN ACTION
With Signal to Actuator Positioner
(2)
0.2-1.0 0.07-1.2
bar
bar(1)
bar
Bench Spring Range
bar
AIR-TO-CLOSE ACTION
With Signal to Actuator Positioner
(2)
0.2-1.0 0.07-1.2
bar
bar(1)
bar
14.62
12.7
54
0.3-1.0 5.10
10.20
10.20 0.2-0.9 5.10
10.20
17.86
14.62
12.7
40
B to A
20.64
19.05
54
0.6-1.0 12.76 17.86
17.86 0.2-0.7 12.76 17.86
25.58
54
0.3-1.0 5.10
10.20
10.20 0.2-0.9 5.10
10.20
17.86
20.64 19.05
54
0.5-0.9 10.20 15.31
15.31 0.2-0.7 12.76 17.86
25.58
20.64
12.7
54
0.3-1.0 2.90
5.79
5.79
0.2-0.9 2.90
5.79
10.14
20.64
12.7
50
B to A
27.52 19.05
54
0.6-1.0 7.24
10.14
10.14 0.2-0.7 7.24
10.14
14.48
54
0.3-1.0 2.90
5.79
5.79
0.2-0.9 2.90
5.79
10.14
27.52 19.05
54
0.5-0.9 5.79
8.69
8.69
0.2-0.7 7.24
10.14
14.48
1. I/P transducer with 0.07 - 1.2 bar (1 - 17 psig) output signal per FCI 87.2. 2. Shutoff with positioner based on 1.4 bar (20 psi) air supply pressure.
Table 23. 84000 Allowable Pressure Drops (psi): Flow Direction B to A: NPS 1-1/2 and 2 Angle Valves
AIR-TO-OPEN ACTION
AIR-TO-CLOSE ACTION
VALVE SIZE
NPS
FLOW DIRECTION
RATED Cv
TRAVEL Inches
ACTUATOR TYPE
Bench Spring Range
psig
With Signal to Actuator Positioner
(2)
3-15 psig 1-2 psig(1) psig
Bench Spring Range
psig
With Signal to Actuator Positioner
(2)
3-15 psig 1-2 psig(1) psig
17
0.50
54
5-15
74
148
148
3-13
74
148
259
17
0.50
54
8-15
185
259
259
3-10
185
259
371
1-1/2 B to A
24
0.75
54
5-15
74
148
148
3-13
74
148
259
24
0.75
54
7-13
148
222
222
3-10
185
259
371
24
0.50
54
5-15
42
84
84
3-13
42
84
147
24
0.50
54
8-15
105
147
147
3-10
105
147
210
2
B to A
32
0.75
54
5-15
42
84
84
3-13
42
84
147
32
0.75
54
7-13
84
126
126
3-10
105
147
210
1. I/P transducer with 0.07 - 1.2 bar (1 - 17 psig) output signal per FCI 87.2. 2. Shutoff with positioner based on 1.4 bar (20 psi) air supply pressure.
See the appropriate Baumann valve bulletin for maximum pressure drops for 85000 and 87000 valves.
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.2:Baumann Pneumatic Actuators October 2019
Baumann Pneumatic Actuators
D104175X012
Figure 1. Baumann Pneumatic Actuator Dimensions, mm (Inch)
216 (8.5)
229 (9.0)
279 (11)
276 (10.9)
60 (2.4)
333 (13.1)
271 (10.7)
BAUMANN 32 ACTUATOR
163 (6.4) MAX
216 (8.5) 160 (6.3)
163 (6.4) MAX
BAUMANN 54 ACTUATOR
216 (8.5) 160 (6.3)
71 (2.8) MAX
279 (11) 160 (6.3)
BAUMANN 70 ACTUATOR
279 (11) 160 (6.3)
130 (5.4) MAX
BAUMANN 32
BAUMANN 32
ACTUATOR ATO/FAIL CLOSED ACTUATOR ATC/FAIL OPEN
WITH HANDWHEEL
WITH HANDWHEEL
159 (6.25)
BAUMANN 54 ACTUATOR ATO/FAIL CLOSED
WITH HANDWHEEL
BAUMANN 54 ACTUATOR ATC/FAIL OPEN
WITH HANDWHEEL
31 (1.24)
216 (8.5)
146 (5.75)
E1313
BAUMANN 16 ACTUATOR
BAUMANN 32 ACTUATOR WITH ADJUSTABLE OPEN/CLOSE DUAL
TRAVEL STOP
mm (inch)
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Baumann Pneumatic Actuators
D104175X012
Product Bulletin
52.2:Baumann Pneumatic Actuators October 2019
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.2:Baumann Pneumatic Actuators October 2019
Baumann Pneumatic Actuators
D104175X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Baumann, Fisher, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E162016, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Electronic Actuators
D103347X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:ECV January 2019
CML Electric Actuator for BaumannTM
24000 Series
CML-250 and CML-750 electronic modulating valve actuators feature state-of-the-art brushless DC motor technology to provide unrestricted, continuous modulation and exacting position control. Performance of these actuators rivals the power of our pneumatic diaphragm sliding-stem designs.
Features
nIntegral Servo Amplifier/Positioner; AC or DC pulse (optional): Accepts 4-20 mA input signal as standard; dry contact closure
nWide Ambient Temperature Operating Range: -30 to 70_C (-22 to 158_F)
nMotor Enclosure: Standard: CSA explosion-proof for Class I, Div 1, Groups C & D; Dust-ignition-proof for Class II, Div 1, Groups E, F, G. Also rated NEMA 4, and 6 (IP67) indoor/outdoor
nExcellent Positioning Accuracy: Adjustable deadband 0-10% of analogue signal
nBrushless DC Motor Technology: Unrestricted continuous modulating duty
nFits Baumann 24000 Series Sliding-Stem Valve Designs: Baumann 24000 series family of bronze, carbon steel, stainless steel, and special alloy designs, see table 1
nTop-Mounted Manual Override: Permits manual operation with loss of power
nBuilt-in Loop-Powered Position Transmitter: 4-20 mA signal
nEasy Push Button Calibration
X1450
Baumann 24000 CVF Valve with CML-250 Electric Actuator
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:ECV January 2019
Electronic Actuators
D103347X012
Table 1. Valve Body Selections for Electronic Actuators
VALVE BODY STYLE
VALVE SERIES
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
AVAILABLE SIZES
NPS
24000
Bronze
1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2
24000C
Carbon Steel WCC
24000F
316L CF3M
1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2
1/2 3/4 1
24000S
316SS CF8M
1/2 1 1-1/2 2 3
1/2
24000SB
316L CF3M
3/4
1
24000SVF 24000CVF
316L SS CF3M WCC
1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2
VALVE BODY RATING
AVAILABLE CONNECTIONS
APPLICATION TEMPERATURE
RANGE
Cv RATING
ASME CL250
NPT
-20 to 400_F
0.2 - 50.0
ASME CL150 / PN40 per EN 1092-2
ASME CL150RF or
PN10-PN40 RF
-320 to 450_F
0.2 - 52.9
ASME CL600
Wafer Design CL150/300/600
-320 to 1000_F
0.0005 - 6.5
ASME CL300
NPT, Flangeless, or Buttweld
-320 to 1000_F
0.0005 - 61
3000 psig
NPT, Socket/Buttweld CL150 - 1500RF
-320 to 1000_F
0.0005 - 6.8
ASME CL150 or CL300, PN10-40
per EN 1092
ASME CL150 or 300RF, PN10-40
RF
-320 to 850_F
0.0005 - 53.7
Related Documents
nCMA Installation and Maintenance Manual (PUB094-009) nCMA Range Quick Start Guide (PUB094-007)
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Electronic Actuators
D103347X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:ECV January 2019
Table 2. CML-250 Valve Pressure Drop Limitations (Based on 200 lbf thrust @ 0.13 in/sec)
ORIFICE DIAMETER(1)
mm
inch
SEAT AREA (in2)
STEM TRAVEL
mm
inch
MAXIMUM SHUTOFF PRESSURE(2)
Class IV
Class VI
bar
psi
bar
psi
6.35
0.25
0.08
12.7
0.50
172
2500
157
2280
7.94
0.3125
0.11
12.7
0.50
---
---
111
1615
9.53
0.375
0.15
12.7
0.50
91
1330
79
1155
20.64
0.8125
0.60
12.7
0.50
22.9
330
16.4
235
27.0
1.0625
0.89
12.7
0.50
13.8
200
8.5
125
31.80
1.25
1.35
19.1
0.75
10.2
145
5.7
80
38.10
1.50
1.92
19.1
0.75
7.1
100
3.4
45
50.80
2.00
3.34
19.1
0.75
4.0
55
1.2
15
1. See respective valve bulletins for port diameters. 2. Do not exceed valve body pressure-temperature rating.
Table 3. CML-750 Valve Pressure Drop Limitations (Based on 750 lbf thrust @ 0.018 in/sec)
ORIFICE DIAMETER(1)
mm
inch
SEAT AREA (in2)
STEM TRAVEL
mm
inch
MAXIMUM SHUTOFF PRESSURE(2)
Class IV
Class VI
bar
psi
bar
psi
6.35
0.25
0.08
12.7
0.50
206
3000
206
3000
7.94
0.3125
0.11
12.7
0.50
---
---
206
3000
9.53
0.375
0.15
12.7
0.50
206
3000
206
3000
20.64
0.8125
0.60
12.7
0.50
85.8
1245
80.6
1170
27.0
1.0625
0.89
12.7
0.50
51.8
750
47.9
695
31.80
1.25
1.35
19.1
0.75
38.0
550
34.6
500
38.10
1.50
1.92
19.1
0.75
26.9
390
23.9
345
50.80
2.00
3.34
19.1
0.75
15.3
220
13.1
190
1. See respective valve bulletins for port diameters. 2. Do not exceed valve body pressure-temperature rating.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:ECV January 2019
Electronic Actuators
D103347X012
Specifications
See table 4 for actuator specifications.
Table 4. Actuator Specifications
ACTUATOR ACTUATOR HOUSING ENVIRONMENTAL RATINGS OPTIONAL RATINGS
STANDARD ENCLOSURE
STANDARD TEMPERATURE RATING HAZARDOUS AREA TEMPERATURE RANGE CONDUIT CONNECTION MOTOR TYPE OPTIONAL VOLTAGES STANDARD POWER
THRUST RATING
THRUST ADJUSTABILITY MAX SPEED
MAX STROKE
STANDARD CONTROL
STANDARD FEEDBACK
CONTROL OPTIONS (SPECIAL) HMI/GUI SETUP MODULATING DUTY CYCLE RESOLUTION SENSITIVITY RESPONSE TIME STANDARD FAILURE ACTION CUSTOMER SETTINGS SAVED POWER BACKUP OPTION
LOCAL CONTROL OPTION WEIGHT (ACTUATOR ONLY)
CML-250
CML-750
Cast Aluminum
FM, CSA, ATEX, IEC
FM, CSA, ATEX, IEC
FM NEMA 4 and 6 / IP67 Class 1 Div 1 Gr C, D Class II Div I E, F, G
-30°C to 70°C (-22°F to 158°F)
-20°C to 65°C (-4°F to 150°F)
3/4" - 14 NPT (M25 x 1.50p optional)
Brushless DC
120VAC, 240VAC, 24VDC (24VAC not available)
120VAC/240VAC
250 lbs Mod/Run (1112.1 N)
375 lbs Seating (1668.1 N)
750 lbs Mod/Run (3336.2 N)
1125 lbs Seating (5004.2 N)
60-150% Rated Thrust
0.13 in/sec (adjustable from 50-100%)
38.1 mm (1.5 inch)
50.8 mm (2 inch)
Full range 4-20mA / Split Range 4/12 or 12-20mA **optional: 0-5Vdc and 0-10Vdc
4-20mA loop powered feedback (Includes 2 adjustable relay outputs)
Discrete On/Off RIRO (24Vdc or 120VAC control), HART, Foundation Fieldbus, DeviceNet, Profibus, Modbus, Pakscan
LCD - TEXT
Unrestricted and Continuous
0.2% (adjustable deadband 0-10% of analogue signal)
0.2%
20 milliseconds
Close valve/Open Valve/Hold-in-Place/Fail to Position on loss of input signal (selectable), Holds in place on power failure (standard)
Yes (standard)
Available: Super Capacitors, Fail to Position on Loss of Power, Adjustable to Fail Closed/Fail Open/Fail to Position/Fail in Place
Available: Separate option, Local Controls come standard with Super Capacitor Power Back-up
8.3 kg (18.4 lbs)
11.5 kg (25.4 lbs)
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Electronic Actuators
D103347X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:ECV January 2019
Figure 1. CML-250 Dimensions
180 (7.1)
43 (1.7)
584 (23)
B CENTERLINE OF VALVE
GE90415
VALVE ROTATED FOR CLARITY
Note: B dimension varies upon valve selection; reference appropriate valve bulletin.
Figure 2. CML-750 Dimensions
201 (7.9)
81 (3.2)
729 (28.7)
CENTERLINE OF VALVE B
GE90416
VALVE ROTATED FOR CLARITY
Note: B dimension varies upon valve selection; reference appropriate valve bulletin.
mm (INCH)
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:ECV January 2019
Electronic Actuators
D103347X012
Figure 3. CML Linear Actuator Key Actuation Components
4
2
1
6
X1455
Key Action Components
1. Encoder Technology
The CML utilizes absolute encoder technology where a unique digital code corresponds to the stroke length of the actuator.
To achieve high resolution, the position sensor location eliminates any backlash effect in the gearing. The sensor is 12-bit for the CML, fitted at the output gear stages, removing any internal backlash effect that may exist in the drive train.
2. User Interface
Two programmable relays energize upon reaching a desired position or any other available condition among the programmable options. Field selectable adjustments for: nDeadband
nZero and span
nCommand signal type
nStandard or reverse acting
nManual-auto operation
nFail to position on loss of signal capability
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Electronic Actuators
D103347X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:ECV January 2019
3. DC Brushless Motor
The CML uses a high efficiency, continuous rated, brushless DC motor allowing for maintenance-free operation with continuous modulation duty.
Figure 4. Programmable User Interface
4. Hand Drive
A hand drive mechanism is provided as standard for all CML actuators to allow manual operation of the valve. Pressing down on the hand-knob shaft engages a gear in the upper section of the drive train and releasing the knob causes the spring to disengage the gear.
E1660
CML-250 AND CML-750 MAJOR COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION
5. Gear train
The simple yet durable high efficiency spur gear drive is lubricated for life with proven high reliability.
6. Output Drive
The CML may be adapted to suit individual valves.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:ECV January 2019
Electronic Actuators
D103347X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Baumann and Fisher are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2009, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
SV Electric Actuator
D104169X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:SVACT September 2017
BaumannTM SV Electric Actuator with 24000 Control Valves
The Baumann SV electric control valve series is specifically designed for Baumann sliding-stem control valves. It is used for temperature and humidity control for HVAC (hot and chilled water, steam, glycol, etc.), semiconductor manufacturing (clean rooms, make-up air handlers, recirculation air handlers, humidification, chillers, jackets, and glycol systems), and for many industrial environments such as textiles, food and beverage, and tire manufacturing.
Features
Actuator
nMulti-Function TechnologyTM (MFT) provides standard auto calibration and signal select ability at the factory or in the field
nValve failure modes available: close, open, and last position
nChoice of power supply: 24VAC or 24VDC
nStem position feedback transmitter available
Valve
nHigh quality S21800 SST and S31600 SST internal valve trim parts are standard; S41600 trim and PTFE seating options are available
nDual stem and plug guiding provides increased stability during plug travel
nAvailable equal percentage and linear characterized trims to match process loop dynamics
X1326
Baumann 24000CVF Valve with SV Electric Actuator
Specifications
Actuator specifications are shown in table 1.
Manual Override
The valve stem position can be adjusted by inserting a 4 mm hex head screwdriver into the housing cover.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:SVACT September 2017
SV Electric Actuator
D104169X012
Table 1. Actuator Specifications
ACTUATOR TYPE
POWER FAILURE
ACTION
POWER CONSUMPTION
TRANSFORMER SIZE
TRAVEL
MATERIAL
Housing YOKE Legs
ENCLOSURE RATING
INPUT SIGNAL
POWER SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
RELATIVE HUMIDITY RANGE
OUTPUT THRUST
VALVE STEM POSITION FEEDBACK OUTPUT
SHUTOFF CLASS
TRAVEL TIME
NOISE LEVEL
MANUAL OVERRIDE
POSITION INDICATION
SPLIT RANGE CAPABILITY
AGENCY APPROVALS
QUALITY STANDARD
WEIGHT
SVX24-MFT
SVK24-MFT
Lock in last position
Fail Open / Fail Closed
Direct or Reverse
4 W
8.5 W
6 VA (class 2 power source)
21 VA (class 2 power source)
12.7 and 19.1 mm (0.50 and 0.75 inches)
Aluminum die cast and plastic casing
Aluminum
NEMA 2, / IP 54 UL Enclosure Type 2
2 - 10 VDC or 4 - 20 mA input signal
24 VAC or 24 VDC
3 ft, 18GA appliance cable, 0.5 inch conduit fitting
-30 to 50_C (-22 to 122_F)
5 to 95% RH, non-condensing
1500 N (337 lbf)
2-10 VDC (0.5 mA maximum)
Class IV or VI per ANSI/FCI 70-2 (Refer to Valve Technical Bulletin)
35 seconds
< 45 dB(A)
4 mm Hex Head
Travel Indicator on Yoke
Yes
CE (A), UL 60730-1A/-2 -14, CSA E60730-1:02 (CE approval for actuator only)
ISO 9001
1.3 kg (2.9 lbs)
1.6 kg (3.6 lbs)
Baumann 24000 Bronze Control Valve
Table 2. Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops
VALVE SIZE
ORIFICE DIAMETER
DN
NPS
mm
6.3
15, 20, 25 1/2, 3/4, 1
9.5
15
1/2
20.6
20
3/4
20.6
20.6
25
1
26.9
31.8
40
1-1/2
38.1
38.1
50
2
50.8
in 0.25 0.375 0.8125 0.8125 0.8125 1.0625 1.25 1.5 1.5
2
PLUG TRAVEL
mm
in
12.7
0.5
12.7
0.5
12.7
0.5
12.7
0.5
12.7
0.5
12.7
0.5
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
SHUTOFF Metal Seat CL IV
bar
psi
17
250
17
250
17
250
17
250
17
250
17
250
17
249
12
176
12
176
7
101
SHUTOFF Soft Seat CL VI
bar
psi
17
250
17
250
17
250
17
250
17
250
17
250
13
184
8
121
8
121
4
59
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
SV Electric Actuator
D104169X012
Product Bulletin
52.1:SVACT September 2017
Baumann 24000C Carbon Steel Control Valve
Table 3. Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops
VALVE SIZE
ORIFICE DIAMETER
DN
NPS
mm
6.3
15, 20, 25 1/2, 3/4, 1
9.5
15
1/2
20.6
20
3/4
20.6
20.6
25
1
27.0
31.8
40
1-1/2
38.1
38.1
50
2
50.8
in 0.25 0.375 0.8125 0.8125 0.8125 1.0625 1.25 1.5 1.5
2
PLUG TRAVEL
mm
in
12.7
0.5
12.7
0.5
12.7
0.5
12.7
0.5
12.7
0.5
12.7
0.5
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
SHUTOFF Metal Seat CL IV
bar
psi
20
290
20
290
20
290
20
290
20
290
20
290
17
249
12
176
12
176
7
101
SHUTOFF Soft Seat CL VI
bar
psi
20
290
20
290
20
290
20
290
20
290
18
264
13
184
8
121
8
121
4
59
Baumann 24000S Stainless Steel Control Valves
Table 4. Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops
VALVE SIZE
ORIFICE DIAMETER
DN 15, 25
25
40 50 80
NPS 1/2, 1
1
1-1/2 2 3
mm
in
4.0
0.156
6.4
0.25
7.9
0.3125
9.5
0.375
20.6
0.8125
31.8
1.25
38.1
1.5
50.8
2
PLUG TRAVEL
mm
in
12.7
0.5
12.7
0.5
12.7
0.5
12.7
0.5
12.7
0.5
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
SHUTOFF Metal Seat CL IV
bar
psi
50
720
50
720
50
720
50
720
39
560
17
249
12
176
7
101
SHUTOFF Soft Seat CL VI
bar
psi
50
720
50
720
50
720
50
720
32
466
13
184
8
121
4
59
Baumann 24000CVF/SVF Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Flanged Control Valve
Table 5. Maximum Allowable Pressure Drops
VALVE SIZE
ORIFICE DIAMETER
DN
NPS
mm
in
4.0
0.156
15
1/2
6.4
0.25
20
3/4
7.9
0.3125
25
1
9.5
0.375
15
1/2
20.6
0.8125
20
3/4
20.6
0.8125
20.6
0.8125
25
1
27.0
1.0625
31.8
1.25
40
1-1/2
38.1
1.5
38.1
1.5
50
2
50.8
2
PLUG TRAVEL
mm
in
12.7
0.5
12.7
0.5
12.7
0.5
12.7
0.5
12.7
0.5
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
12.7
0.5
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
SHUTOFF Metal Seat CL IV
bar
psi
50
720
50
720
50
720
50
720
39
560
39
560
39
560
23
339
17
249
12
176
12
176
7
101
SHUTOFF Soft Seat CL VI
bar
psi
50
720
50
720
50
720
50
720
32
466
32
466
32
466
18
264
13
184
8
121
8
121
4
59
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
52.1:SVACT September 2017
SV Electric Actuator
D104169X012
Figure 1. Baumann SV Electric Actuator Dimensions
258 (10.16)
213 (8.39)
243 (9.60)
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Baumann and Fisher are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2016, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
FlowScanner Linear Transducer
D104180X012
Product Bulletin
56.2:Linear Transducer September 2017
FlowScannerTM Linear Travel Transducer
FlowScanner Linear Travel Transducers are used to accurately measure linear valve travel, which is essential for diagnostic testing. Extending or retracting the cable rotates a shaft connected to a digital encoder producing a digital output signal. These unique linear-to-rotational, industrial-grade string encoder modules allow for versatility in valve position measurement both in the field and shop environments.
FlowScanner Linear Travel Transducers are cable actuated position sensors that are typically mounted temporarily to a control valve assembly for diagnostic testing. Valve diagnostic tools, such as the FlowScanner 6000 and QUIKLOOK 3-FS, have digital input channels to allow the Linear Travel Transducer to be utilized. Valve travel is a vital characteristic to all control valves and significantly important to accurately measure during diagnostic testing.
X1355
Figure 1. Mounted Linear Transducer
Features
nHigh Resolution--The 2-1/2 inch diameter encoder allows for a resolution of 0.0001 inch for both the 25- and 50-inch models. This provides critical detail when examining seating profiles.
nDigital Quadrature Output--The digital incremental quadrature output is a square waveform free of noise and drift. This output is viewed as pulses or counts, which are electronically counted to produce accurate readings.
nCompensated Stroke Range--Both models have cables longer than the specified measurement range to avoid damage from inadvertent over-extension and for improved accuracy to the end of the measurement range.
nTEDS `Plug-and-Play'--Embedded memory chips can be used by valve diagnostic tools to recognize and automatically set the transducer's range, sensitivity, and calibration information. (Not used in FlowScanner 6000).
X1344
nCompact design--The cable and rotary encoder combination allow for easier placement than prior art. Legacy linear probe-type encoders are large, bulky, and could typically only measure 4 inches of change.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
56.2:Linear Transducer September 2017
FlowScanner Linear Transducer
D104180X012
Table 1. Specifications
Available Configurations 25 Inch Linear Travel Transducer: P/N 19B2908X022 50 Inch Linear Travel Transducer: P/N 19B2908X062
Electrical Specifications Input: Supply Voltage 5 to 28 VDC Output: Incremental Encoder Connection: Industrial 10-pin Circular Connector
Performance Specifications Standard Sensitivity: 2500 PPI (±10 pulses) Resolution: 0.0001 inch (using standard 4x quadrature) Calibrated Accuracy: ±0.0065 inch over measurement range (25 inch) ±0.0130 inch over measurement range (50 inch)
Environmental Specifications Storage Temperature: -25 to 90_C (-13 to 194_F) Operating Temperature: 0 to 70_C (32 to 158_F) Operating Humidity: 0 - 98% RH without condensation
Mechanical Specifications Construction: Powder Painted Aluminum Weight: Less than 1.1 kg (2.5 lb) Dimensions: see figure 2 Cable (String): 0.034 inch coated stainless steel rope Cable Length: 40 inches (25 inch model) 60 inches (50 inch model) Cable Eyelet: 0.191 inch inside diameter, stainless steel Cable Tension: 17 ±8.5oz. 5g max acceleration (higher tension special order)
Figure 2. Dimensions
39.9 (1.57)
76.2 (3.00)
90.9 (3.58)
141 (5.55)
41.7 (1.64)
91.4 (3.6)
mm (INCH)
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. FlowScanner and Fisher are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E2 2016, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
FlowScanner Rotary Transducer
D104181X012
Product Bulletin
56.2:Rotary Transducer September 2017
FlowScannerTM Rotary Travel Transducer
FlowScanner Rotary Travel Transducers are used to accurately measure rotary valve travel, which is essential for diagnostic testing. Rotating the shaft of the transducer produces a digital output signal.
FlowScanner Rotary Travel Transducers are end shaft operated position sensors that are typically mounted temporarily to a control valve assembly for diagnostic testing. Valve diagnostic tools, such as the FlowScanner 6000 and QUIKLOOK 3-FS, have digital input channels to allow the Rotary Travel Transducer to be utilized. Valve travel is a vital characteristic to all control valves and significantly important to accurately measure during diagnostic testing.
Features
nHigh Resolution--The 2 inch diameter encoder allows for a resolution of 0.0075 degree.
nCompact, Rugged, Lightweight--This industrial packaged transducer is designed to be used in a field environment. While being compact to fit into tight places and very lightweight to affix to any location.
nDigital Quadrature Output--The digital incremental quadrature output is a square waveform free of noise and drift. The output is viewed as pulses or counts, which are electronically counted to produce the accurate readings.
nTEDS `Plug-and-Play'--Embedded memory chips can be used to recognize and automatically set the transducer's range, sensitivity, and calibration information. (Not used in FlowScanner 6000).
nCompact design--The rotary transducer allows for easier placement than prior art. Legacy encoders are large, bulky, and could not fit into tight spaces.
Figure 1. Mounted Rotary Trandsducer
X1343
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
56.2:Rotary Transducer September 2017
FlowScanner Rotary Transducer
D104181X012
Table 1. Specifications
Available Configuration Rotary Travel Transducer: P/N GE07458X022
Electrical Specifications Input: Supply Voltage 4.75 to 28 VDC Output: Incremental Encoder Connection: Industrial 10-pin Circular Connector
Performance Specifications Standard Sensitivity: 12,000 pulses per revolution Resolution: 0.0075 degree (using standard 4x quadrature) Calibrated Accuracy: ±0.0225 degree per revolution (360 degrees)
Environmental Specifications Storage Temperature: -25 to 85_C (-13 to 185_F) Operating Temperature: 0 to 70_C (32 to 158_F) Operating Humidity: 0 - 98% RH without condensation Sealing: IP50
Mechanical Specifications Construction: Powder Painted Aluminum Weight: Less than 1 lb Dimensions: see figure 2 Max Shaft Speed: 8,000 RPM Starting Torque: 1.0 oz-in typical
Figure 2. Dimensions
4X 4.6 (0.18) THRU
FLEX COUPLING
53 (2.09)
53 (2.087)
82.6 (3.25)
6.4 (0.25)
78.5 (3.09)
27.9 (1.10)
50.8 (2.00)
mm (INCH)
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
FlowScanner and Fisher are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E2 2016, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
FlowScanner Common Sliding-Stem Mounting Kit
D104182X012
Product Bulletin
56.2:CSS Mtg Kit September 2017
FlowScannerTM Travel Transducer Mounting Kit for Common Sliding-Stem
The FlowScanner Travel Transducer Mounting Kit for Common Sliding-Stem (CSS) valve assemblies is used to securely attach the travel transducer in order to accurately measure valve travel for a diagnostic test. This quick-connection apparatus connects to the actuator's diaphragm casing lip temporarily and provides an adjustable means to affix the FlowScanner Linear Travel Transducer.
The FlowScanner Travel Transducer CSS Mounting Kit is designed to reduce diagnostic testing hook-up time by incorporating quick action concepts within the bracketry. The single clamping motion used to connect a travel transducer mounting location reduces time required to setup a control valve assembly for diagnostic testing. Valve travel is a vital characteristic to all control valves and accurate measurement of valve travel is significantly important during diagnostic testing. The CSS Mounting Kit will improve the measurement of travel and the resulting diagnostic testing.
Features
nEase of use--A single motion, one hand use, is needed to clamp this bracket on to the actuator allowing the user a means to become repetitive in testing hook-ups. The same applies to connecting the modified locking wrench to the valve stem or feedback arm.
nFast --Reduces diagnostic test hook-up time of travel transducer, greatly lowering the overall diagnostic testing time.
nAuto-Adjusting Clamp--The clamping width is auto adjusting to different heights, corresponding to different actuator casing lip thicknesses. No individual adjustment is required.
nCompatibility--Fits all FisherTM and most other spring and diaphragm actuators with stamped steel casings.
nVersatility--Slotted bracket allows travel transducer to be infinitely placed, yet placed in the proper position regardless of the actuator model and size, allowing the cable to be parallel to the valve's travel.
nSturdy Mounting--The combination of high clamping force, a wide clamping surface, and a thick, flat aluminum bracket creates a solid mounting location for the travel transducer.
X1337
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
56.2:CSS Mtg Kit September 2017
FlowScanner Common Sliding-Stem Mounting Kit
D104182X012
Available Configurations
CSS Mounting Kit: P/N GE80360X012
Mechanical Specifications
Construction: Steel, Aluminum Clamping Force: 500 lbs typical Clamp Opening Width: 0.375 inch to 0.800 inch Clamping Bracket Length: 10 inches Modified Locking Wrench Length: 19 inches
Compatible Actuators
Fisher 657, sizes 30 to 70 Fisher 667, sizes 30 to 70 Fisher GX, all sizes Masoneilan 37/38 Masoneilan 87/88 Copes/Vulcan 700 Series Many other spring and diaphragm actuators with stamped steel casings
Figure 1. CSS Mounting Kit
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
FlowScanner Common Sliding-Stem Mounting Kit
D104182X012
Product Bulletin
56.2:CSS Mtg Kit September 2017
Parts Included
Qty Description 1 Clamping Bracket Assembly 1 Modified Locking Wrench 1 Travel Transducer Adapting Bracket 4 Adapting Bracket Screws
Figure 2. CAD Drawing
Qty Description
4 Adapting Bracket Nuts 1 Pivot Bolt 1 Washer 1 Wing Nut 2 Cable Hooks
WING NUT WASHER
CLAMPING BRACKET ASSEMBLY
TRAVEL TRANSDUCER ADAPTING BRACKET
CABLE HOOKS
PIVOT BOLT
Not Shown: Modified Locking Wrench
ADAPTING BRACKET SCREWS
ADAPTING BRACKET NUTS
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
56.2:CSS Mtg Kit September 2017
FlowScanner Common Sliding-Stem Mounting Kit
D104182X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. FlowScanner and Fisher are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice. Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2016, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
FlowScanner Piston Mounting Kit
D104183X012
Product Bulletin
56.2:Piston Mtg Kit September 2017
FlowScannerTM Travel Transducer Mounting Kit for Piston and Universal
The FlowScanner Travel Transducer Mounting Kit for Piston and Universal (PIST) valve assemblies is used to securely place the travel transducer in order to accurately measure valve travel for a diagnostic test. This connection apparatus connects to the actuator's cylinder or yoke temporarily and provides an adjustable means to affix the FlowScanner Linear Travel Transducer.
The FlowScanner Travel Transducer PIST Mounting Kit is designed to reduce diagnostic testing hook-up time on actuators that don't have a typical design. By utilizing a fabric strap, this mounting kit is secured to round, cylindrical objects that otherwise have no connecting options. Valve travel is a vital characteristic to all control valves and accurate measurement of valve travel is significantly important during diagnostic testing. The PIST Mounting Kit will improve the measurement of travel and the resulting diagnostic testing.
Features
nEase of use--Simple bracketry used with a ratcheting fabric strap to hold bracket in place. Same applies to connecting the modified locking wrench to the valve stem or feedback arm.
nVersatility--Universal design focused at mounting to cylindrical objects allows for use in many different and difficult applications. The U bracket and the connecting bracket assembly can be mounted in both horizontal or vertical positions, independent of each other.
nAdjustability--Multiple holes drilled to allow multiple configurations of the mounting location based on the actuator's design. The ratcheting fabric strap can be used on a wide range of objects with differing sizes or diameters.
nSturdy Mounting--The combination of the ratcheting fabric strap and the thick aluminum U bracket creates a solid foundation and mounting location for the travel transducer.
X1338
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
56.2:Piston Mtg Kit September 2017
FlowScanner Piston Mounting Kit
D104183X012
Figure 1. PIST Mounting Kit
Available Configurations
PIST Mounting Kit: P/N GE81019X012
Mechanical Specifications
Construction: Aluminum, Stainless Steel, Polyester Strap Load Limit: 500 lbs Strap Length: 15 feet Clamping Diameter Range: 5 inches to 4 feet Connecting Bracket Length: 10 inches Modified Locking Wrench Length: 19 inches Hole Pattern: 2.25 inches apart
Compatible Actuators
FisherTM 585C, sizes 50 to 130
Fisher 470, sizes 68 to 130
Fisher 657, sizes 80 and 100
Fisher 667, sizes 80 and 100
X1340
Fisher 685, sizes 10 to 28
Many other piston actuators.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
FlowScanner Piston Mounting Kit
D104183X012
Product Bulletin
56.2:Piston Mtg Kit September 2017
Parts Included
Qty Description 1 U-Channel Bracket 1 Connecting Bracket Assembly 1 Ratcheting Strap 4 Connecting Bracket Bolts 4 Connecting Bracket Nuts 1 Modified Locking Wrench
Figure 2. CAD Drawing
Qty Description
1 Travel Transducer Adapting Bracket 4 Adapting Bracket Screws 4 Adapting Bracket Nuts 1 Pivot Bolt 1 Washer 1 Wing Nut 2 Cable Hook
U-CHANNEL BRACKET
CONNECTING BRACKET NUTS
Not Shown: Ratcheting Strap Modified Locking Wrench
CONNECTING BRACKET BOLTS
CONNECTING BRACKET ASSEMBLY
WING NUT WASHER
TRAVEL TRANSDUCER ADAPTING BRACKET
PIVOT BOLT
ADAPTING BRACKET NUTS
ADAPTING BRACKET SCREWS
CABLE HOOKS
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
56.2:Piston Mtg Kit September 2017
FlowScanner Piston Mounting Kit
D104183X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
FlowScanner and Fisher are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2016, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
FlowScanner Rotary Mounting Kit
D104184X012
Product Bulletin
56.2:Rotary Mtg Kit September 2017
FlowScannerTM Travel Transducer Mounting Kit for Common Rotary
The FlowScanner Travel Transducer Mounting Kit for Common Rotary (RTY) valve assemblies is used to securely place the travel transducer in order to accurately measure valve travel for a diagnostic test. This quick-connection apparatus temporarily connects to the actuator's yoke or casing and provides an adjustable means to affix the FlowScanner Rotary Travel Transducer.
This quick-connection apparatus temporarily connects to the actuator's yoke or casing and provides an adjustable means to affix the FlowScanner Rotary Travel Transducer with access to the end of a rotating shaft. Alternatively, the FlowScanner Linear Travel Transducer can also be affixed with perpendicular, clear access to the valve shaft.
The FlowScanner Travel Transducer RTY Mounting Kit is designed to reduce diagnostic testing hook-up time by incorporating quick action concepts within the bracketry. The single clamping motion used to connect a travel transducer mounting location reduces time required to setup a control valve assembly for diagnostic testing. Valve travel is a vital characteristic to all control valves and accurate measurement of valve travel is significantly important during diagnostic testing. The RTY Mounting Kit will improve the measurement of travel and the resulting diagnostic testing.
Features
nEase of use--A single clamping motion followed by proper adjustment of the positioning arm aligns the travel transducer to the valve shaft allowing the user a means to become consistent in diagnostics testing.
nAdjustability--The clamping width is adjustable and the positioning arm has infinite configurations to position the travel transducer in the correct alignment.
nVersatility--Jointed positioning arm can be manipulated into infinite locations, yet placed in the proper position regardless of the actuator model and size. Either the FlowScanner Rotary Travel Transducer or the FlowScanner Linear Travel Transducer can be attached for measurement providing options for all rotary control valve assemblies.
nSturdy Mounting--The clamp's profiled rail is thick and acts as a steady base for the positioning arm.
nFast--Reduces diagnostic test hook-up time of travel transducer, greatly lowering the overall diagnostic testing time.
X1339
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
56.2:Rotary Mtg Kit September 2017
FlowScanner Rotary Mounting Kit
D104184X012
Figure 1. RTY Mounting Kit
Available Configurations
RTY Mounting Kit: P/N GE80354X012
Mechanical Specifications
Construction: Steel, Aluminum Clamping Force: 450 lbs typical Clamp Opening Width: 7 inches Positioning Arm Length: 12 inches
Compatible Actuators
FisherTM 1051/1052, sizes 20 to 70
Fisher 2052, sizes 1 to 3
Many other rotary actuators with end shaft access
Many other rotatry actuators with clear valve shaft access
X1341
Figure 2. Alternate Configuration
X1342
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
FlowScanner Rotary Mounting Kit
D104184X012
Product Bulletin
56.2:Rotary Mtg Kit September 2017
Parts Included
Qty Description 1 Clamp/Positioning Arm Assembly 1 Flexible Coupling 1 Coupling Shaft 1 Rotary Travel Transducer Adapting Bracket 1 Linear Travel Transducer Adapting Bracket
Figure 3. CAD Drawing
Qty Description
1 Linear Travel Transducer Direct Bracket 4 Adapting Bracket Screws (2-Linear, 2-Rotary) 4 Adapting Bracket Nuts (2-Linear, 2-Rotary) 4 Wing Nuts 20 Mounting Tape
CLAMP/POSITIONING ARM ASSEMBLY
ROTARY ADAPTING BRACKET NUTS
ROTARTY ADAPTING BRACKET SCREWS
WING NUT
ROTARY TRAVEL TRANSDUCER ADAPTING BRACKET
LINEAR TRAVEL TRANSDUCER DIRECT BRACKET
LINEAR TRAVEL TRANSDUCER ADAPTING BRACKET
Not Shown: Flexible Coupling Coupling Shaft Mounting Tape
EXTRA WING NUTS
LINEAR ADAPTING BRACKET SCREWS
LINEAR ADAPTING BRACKET NUTS
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
56.2:Rotary Mtg Kit September 2017
FlowScanner Rotary Mounting Kit
D104184X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
FlowScanner and Fisher are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2016, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ScannerCal
D103179X012
Product Bulletin
56.3:ScannerCal September 2017
ScannerCal Accuracy Verification System for the FlowScanner
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
56.3:ScannerCal September 2017
ScannerCal
D103179X012
ScannerCal Accuracy Verification System
Verify the calibration and accuracy of the FlowScannerTM 6000 with the ScannerCal Accuracy Verification System. ScannerCal uses electrical test signals and compares the FlowScanner 6000 readings with laboratory test instruments. Test results can be automatically copied from the FlowScanner and test instruments to an Excel spreadsheet for complete and accurate record keeping.
ScannerCal does not include the master instruments needed for comparison to FlowScanner readings, as most calibration labs already have similar instruments. Our shops use the Agilent 3458A Multi-meter and Druck DPI 515 pressure calibrator.
ScannerCal provides the needed interconnections between the instruments and FlowScanner, and the software to record readings.
ScannerCal does not perform any adjustment of the calibration. It only documents the accuracy. If the accuracy changes the FlowScanner requires repair, not recalibration.
The ScannerCal Accuracy Verification System consists of the following components:
nInterface Box for testing the electrical analog inputs and output of the FlowScanner.
nAux Input Cables to connect the interface box to the FlowScanner auxiliary inputs.
nAn optional GPIB/USB instrument bus converter to connect laboratory test instruments to the computer.
nTwo optional Scan-Manifolds with 1/4" tubing inlets and four 1/8" tubing outlets for connecting the FlowScanner pressure channels to a single pressure line.
nOptional DigOut digital output card and travel simulator cables for testing the two travel inputs on the FlowScanner. The DigOut is available as both a PCI card for desktop computers and a PCMCIA card for laptop computers.
ScannerCal was originally developed for Emerson Instrument & Valve Services internal use for production testing of FlowScanner systems. You get the same hardware and software we use to certify the accurate operation of the FlowScanner.
Computer Requirements
ScannerCal software will run on a computer running Microsoft Windows XP or later. The computer will need a CD-ROM reader for installing the software. The computer will also need an Ethernet interface for connecting the FlowScanner, and an available USB port for connecting the interface box and the optional Agilent multimeter and Druck calibration units. ScannerCal does not need to use the same computer that the FlowScanner uses for field work
If the DigOut option is used to test the travel inputs, an expansion slot (either PCI or PCMCIA) is also needed.
Because ScannerCal is provided only for licensed users of the FlowScanner 6.X software, it is governed by the terms of the license provided with that software.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ScannerCal
D103179X012
Product Bulletin
56.3:ScannerCal September 2017
ScannerCal Equipment Installation and Setup
Figure 1 shows the complete ScannerCal Calibration System connected to a computer and a FlowScannerTM 6000.
Figure 1. ScannerCal Calibration System connected to a FlowScannerTM 6000
The software drivers should be installed before connecting the ScannerCal hardware. These programs can be loaded either from the hardware drivers folder on the ScannerCal 6.3 CD, or from the Measurement Computing CD which is included with the ScannerCal system. (The Measurement Computing CD should have the most recent version of the software.) Then the interface box should be connected to the computer and the InstaCal configuration program should be run.
The procedure is as follows:
1. Insert the CD in the PC's CD-ROM drive.
2. Run the "MCCSETUP" program to install the software drivers. When the installation is complete, a dialog box appears advising you that you need to restart the computer. Select "Yes."
3. Connect the power supply to the ScannerCal-1 Interface Box, and plug the power supply into an AC outlet. The interface box will power up as soon as the power supply is connected.
4. Connect a USB cable from the computer to the ScannerCal-1 Interface Box. Windows should find the hardware and run a Wizard to install and configure it. Follow the instructions until Windows reports that the new hardware is ready to use.
5. Select Start/Programs/Management Computing, and run the InstaCal software to configure the interface. This program identifies the USB ScannerCal-1 Interface Box as "USB-ERB08." InstaCal records this configuration information in a file so the ScannerCal software can find it.
Note: You will need to run the InstaCal program again if you install a DigOut card.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
56.3:ScannerCal September 2017
ScannerCal
D103179X012
Optional Scan-Manifold Installation
Two manifolds are provided for connecting pressure master sources (0-100 and 0- 150 psig) to the FlowScanner pressure inputs. Each manifold has a ¼-inch input and four 1/8-inch outputs. Two different colored 1/8-inch tubing are provided; black for the 100 psig channels, and red for the 150 psig channels. Using a Dual-Output Druck DPI 515 as the pressure master source, one manifold can be connected to each output, and the software will switch outputs as needed.
1. Connect the ¼-inch tube to the input of each manifold and to a pressure master source (Druck DPI 515 recommended).
2. Connect the four black 1/8-inch tubes to the 0-100 psig manifold, and the other ends to the four 100 psig inputs on the FlowScanner.
3. Connect the four red 1/8-inch tubes to the 0-150 psig manifold and the 150 psig inputs on the FlowScanner.
Optional GPIB Converter Installation
By installing a GPIB-to-USB converter on the Agilent multi-meter and the Druck DPI 515 pressure master, the ScannerCal software can automatically control theses devices and input there readings.
1. Install the software driver that comes with the interface. Follow the manufacture's directions.
2. Connect the converter to the Agilent multi-meter and/or the Druck DPI 515 test instrument.
3. Connect the USB cable to either the USB port on the ScannerCal-1 Interface Box or to another USB port on the PC.
4. Follow the usual prompts until Windows reports the hardware is ready to use.
Note: ScannerCal will probably work with most GPIB converters; however it has only been tested with the ICS and CEC USB-to-GPIB interfaces.
Optional DigOut Installation and Configuration
Before installing the DigOut interface card, the software drivers may need to be installed and the InstaCal configuration program should be run. If the drivers were installed for the ScannerCal-1 system, they do not need to be reinstalled for the DigOut card. If they do need to be installed, they can be loaded either from the hardware driver's folder on the ScannerCal 6.3 CD, or from the Measurement Computing CD. (The Measurement Computing CD should have the most recent version of the software.)
1. Insert the CD in the PC's CD-ROM drive.
2. (Skip this step if drivers were installed as part of the ScannerCal-1 installation process.)
Run the "MCCSETUP" program to install the software drivers. When the installation is complete, a dialog box appears advising you that you need to restart the computer. Select "Yes." Leave the CD in place for a future step.
3. If the PCI version is being installed for a desktop computer, shut the computer off, and follow the manufacturer's instructions to open the case and install the card into an available PCI slot. Then restart the computer.
4. If the PCMCIA version is being installed in a laptop computer, it is not necessary to shut the computer off. Simply connect the Travel Simulator cables to the card and insert the card into an available PCMCIA (PC-CARD) slot.
5. Windows will recognize the new card and run the wizard to install it. Follow the prompts until Windows reports the hardware is ready to use.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ScannerCal
D103179X012
Product Bulletin
56.3:ScannerCal September 2017
6. Ensure that power is applied to the ScannerCal Interface Box and that the box is connected to the PC via a USB cable.
7. Select Start/Programs/Management Computing, and run the InstaCal software to configure the interface. This program identifies both the DigOut card and the ScannerCal-1 Interface Box. InstaCal records this configuration information in a file so the ScannerCal software can find it. If the interface card is changed or moved, run InstaCal again to change the configuration information.
ScannerCal 6.3 Software Installation
The ScannerCal installation program installs the ScannerCal program and two Excel templates that are used to generate reports.
1. Insert the ScannerCal 6.3 CD.
2. Run the "setup" program in the ScannerCal Setup folder.
The setup program will install ScannerCal in directory "C:\Program Files\Emerson Automation Solutions\ScannerCal 6.3." The Excel templates will be just below this directory in a templates folder. These templates are for the standard FlowScanner Inspection and Test Report (FITR). Templates for both the standard 4&4 pressure and special 6&2 pressure channel configurations are provided. These Templates can be copied or moved to another location if desired.
Ethernet Connection to FlowScannerTM 6000
The test PC communicates with the FlowScanner via an Ethernet cable. The simplest way to establish this connection is to connect the PC directly to the FlowScanner using an Ethernet crossover cable. If the PC must remain on a LAN, you have two options: 1.) you can change the FlowScanner's IP address to one that will work on the LAN, or 2.) you can insert a router between the PC and the LAN, and connect the FlowScanner to the router. Whichever method you choose, the IP address of the PC must be in the same subnet range as the FlowScanner's IP address.
If the computer will connect directly to the FlowScanner with a crossover Ethernet cable, set the address on the PC Ethernet port to work with the FlowScanner. For example: the FlowScanner 6000TM normally has a default IP address of 10.6.0.10, subnet mask 255.255.255.0. The PC could then be set to 10.6.0.101, subnet 255.255.255.0.
If the PC must remain on a LAN, then one option is to change the IP address of the FlowScanner to a static IP address that will work on the LAN. The PC can then access both the LAN and FlowScanner.
Another option that allows the FlowScanner address to remain at the default setting is to use an inexpensive router to isolate the PC and FlowScanner from the LAN. Routers are available for cable/DSL that includes a DHCP function to automatically assign an IP address to the computer. Set the local DHCP of the router to assign addresses of 10.6.0.100 and higher. This won't duplicate the FlowScanner address but it will still assign an address that is within its subnet range.
ScannerCal Software Operation
ScannerCal certifies the accuracy of the FlowScanner by running it through a series of nine tests. If the DigOut option is detected it will run two additional tests on the two travel channels. During each test, the FlowScanner readings are inputted into ScannerCal through the Ethernet connection, and, if a digital multi-meter is connected, the multi-meter readings are also read. Both of these readings are entered into a report spreadsheet.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
56.3:ScannerCal September 2017
ScannerCal
D103179X012
Figure 2. ScannerCal main display - The nine tests are listed on the left along with the two travel channel test
Configure the Instrument Details and File locations The first time you run the ScannerCal software, you must input details about the test instruments, indicate where to find the spreadsheet templates, and indicate where to save the report files.
1. Ensure the ScannerCal Interface Box is connected and powered on, and any GPIB connected instruments are powered on. Then start ScannerCal 6.3.
2. Open the Tools/Configure/File Options menu.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ScannerCal
D103179X012
Product Bulletin
56.3:ScannerCal September 2017
Figure 3. ScannerCal File Options display showing the test instrument details and the paths to the spreadsheet directories
3. Enter the information for the master multi-meter. If the instrument it connected to the computer by a GPIB bus for automatic reading, enter the GPIB address. Then enter the manufacturer, model, serial number, and calibration dates as indicated. The software will compare the calibration due date to the current date, and warn when the due date is approaching or past by changing the field background color.
4. Enter the master pressure instrument information the same way. 5. If a DigOut Travel Simulator is used, record the calibration date and the due date. 6. Select the Browse button and select the spreadsheet template. (Normally in the Templates folder). 7. Select the Browse button to select the folder for the final report. You can select any drive/folder location to store
the reports. If any unit fails the tolerance evaluation, ScannerCal will create a "FlowScanner Failed Calibration" folder within this specified folder and put the report there. 8. When all information is correct, click the Save button and a configuration file will be created. These details can be edited later if desired. 9. End the ScannerCal software.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
56.3:ScannerCal September 2017
ScannerCal
D103179X012
Connecting a FlowScannerTM 6000 to the ScannerCal System
Connect the FlowScanner 6000 to be tested to the ScannerCal system before starting the ScannerCal software. The procedure is as follows:
1. Connect the FlowScanner power supply and Ethernet cable.
Figure 4. The tab on banana plug indicates the negative side
2. Connect the single 3-foot cable to the I/P connector on the interface box. A small tab on the banana plug indicates the negative terminal. Plug this negative terminal into the black post. Connect the other end to the I/P connector on the FlowScanner.
3. Connect the six 3-foot cables to the three posts for channels A through F on the interface box. Two banana plugs should be installed on each post. Connect the other ends of these six cables to AUX Inputs A through F on the FlowScanner
4. Connect the two 3-foot cables to the posts for channels G and H.
5. Connect the 4-foot dual-banana cable, and the single banana lead to the DVM posts. Connect the other end to the Agilent multi-meter. The single lead is used for the current input.
6. Connect the eight 1/8-inch tubes from the pressure manifolds to the FlowScanner.
7. If the DigOut option is used, connect the two Travel Simulator cables to travel inputs 1 and 2 on the FlowScanner.
8. Power on the FlowScanner and all test instruments.
9. Start the ScannerCal software.
ScannerCal Connect Operation
Unlike the FlowScanner program, ScannerCal will not attempt to find the FlowScanner until the "Connect" button is clicked. The IP address bar starts by showing the IP address that is entered in the Tools/Configuration menu and the red background shows it has not found the unit.
If the FlowScanner LCD shows that it has a different IP address than that shown by ScannerCal, open the ScannerCal Tools/Configuration menu and change the IP address that ScannerCal will use to look for the FlowScanner. Then close and restart ScannerCal to use the new address.
1. Click the Connect button. If the IP address is found, the background of the bar turns green, and the serial number of the FlowScanner is shown under the IP address bar. This serial number is read automatically from the unit and will be entered into the calibration reports. This is the same serial number that is recorded in the test data files when valves are tested. In this way you can verify that the tests were performed with a certified FlowScanner.
2. Select the ON radio button to turn on the FlowScanner data acquisition. This activates the electronics in the FlowScanner. The ScannerCal screen will now track the Warm-Up time in the status bar at the top of the screen. If a test is selected before the recommended warm-up time for that function, the status bar will turn yellow. If an automatic test sequence is selected, tests will not run until the warm-up time is correct. These warm-up times can be specified when configuring an automated sequence.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ScannerCal
D103179X012
Product Bulletin
56.3:ScannerCal September 2017
Three Modes of Operation
ScannerCal can run certification tests in manual, semi-automatic, or full-automatic sequences. The manual sequence allows the technician to select each test from the list on the left of the screen. If the ScannerCal Interface box is detected, the software will switch the circuits to connect the required inputs and outputs. If it is not detected it will prompt the technician to switch the manual switches on the older ScannerCal Interface box.
Figure 5. ScannerCal's three modes of operation
ScannerCal also checks to see if the DigOut card for testing the travel inputs is detected, and checks to see if it is connected to the Agilent digital multi- meter and Druck pressure calibrator. It will offer appropriate semi-automatic and full-automatic sequences for the instruments detected. If the multi-meter is detected, but not the Druck, it will allow automatic sequence of the electrical I/O tests, and then semi-automatic sequence for the pressure calibration.
Manual Mode You should use the manual mode if you will be using your own report format and not one of the spreadsheet templates. Manual mode does not fill in the spreadsheet with the data readings, but it provides buttons that allow the user to easily copy- and-paste readings into any other PC program. You can manually select any plateau/test to run.
Note: If the spreadsheet templates are used for reports, Semi-Automatic or Full- Automatic modes are recommended.
Semi-Automatic Mode The Semi-Automatic mode runs the standard sequence of tests in the normal order and enters the data on one of the spreadsheet templates. It sequences through the pre-set plateaus for each input and output, and automatically sets the voltage or current required. Readings are taken on the FlowScannerTM 6000 channels when the average reading button is clicked. If the GPIB converter is used with an Agilent DMM or Druck controller, the master readings are also read. If a GPIB converter is not used, the master instrument readings can be manually entered when the software prompts.
The user can control when to advance to the next plateau and when to advance to the next test. The user can also re-read both the FlowScannerTM 6000 channels and master instrument as desired. The user can review each plateau results on the spreadsheet before continuing to the next test.
Full-Automatic Mode This mode is only offered if both the ScannerCal-1 Interface Box and a compatible GPIB multi-meter are detected by the software. If a Druck pressure controller is found, the pressure test will run automatically; otherwise the pressure sequence will revert to semi-automatic mode after running the electrical tests. The specified warm-up times are automatically applied to both the analog electrical tests and the pressure tests.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
56.3:ScannerCal September 2017
ScannerCal
D103179X012
Figure 6. Spreadsheet created by ScannerCal to hold test results
All data is automatically entered in a spreadsheet file that is appropriately named with the FlowScanner serial number and a suffix to avoid over-writing tests. At the conclusion of the test sequence the spreadsheet can be evaluated to see if all tests passed. Units that do not pass, whether from bad readings or incomplete tests, are stored in a "Failed FlowScanner Calibration" folder in the specified file location.
Starting Automatic Sequences
Clicking the option button for either of the automatic sequences opens the configuration form to verify the settings and identify the test technician. The test sequence can not continue until the Technician fills in his name. The default locations for the template and report folder may be used, or new locations may be specified at this time.
The test instrument details are also recorded and saved, and are transferred to the spreadsheet reports during the test sequence. Each time ScannerCal opens this screen it checks the calibration due dates for the instruments and begins alerting the user 30 days before the dates come due by changing the background field for the date entry.
For each FlowScanner check, the user should verify the pressure channel configuration of the FlowScanner. Either the normal 4 & 4 pressure or alternate 6 & 2 pressure (for early retrofitted units) configuration is used. The pressure ranges are transferred to the spreadsheets and are used for determining the plateau levels and for controlling a Druck pressure calibrator.
After all of the information is entered the Continue button is clicked. ScannerCal then finds and loads the spreadsheet template into Microsoft Excel, and saves it in a "Temp" folder during the test process with a filename based on the FlowScanner serial number. At the end of the sequence it will be transferred to the specified report file directory.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ScannerCal
D103179X012
Product Bulletin
56.3:ScannerCal September 2017
WARNING
Do not close the Excel spreadsheet until ScannerCal finishes with all tests and ends the ScannerCal program. Doing so will crash ScannerCal.
ScannerCal then prompts the user to be sure all cables and tubing are connected to the FlowScanner unit, and then proceeds with the sequence.
If the DigOut Travel Simulator card is detected, ScannerCal first tests the travel inputs. It sends sequences of 20,000 counts (approximately 2 inches of simulated travel) to each of the FlowScanner travel inputs, reads the response from the FlowScanner and displays the count total as well as the total counts commanded by ScannerCal. It repeat this up to 80,000 counts on both channels, then counts down in steps of 20,000 back to zero. The results of each step are transferred to the open spreadsheet as the test is run.
The automatic sequences then proceeds through the remaining tests:
n4-20 mA output
n10-50 mA output
n0-10 V output
n0-24V AUX inputs A-F
n+/- 10V AUX inputs G-H
nPressure channels 1-4
nPressure channels 5-8
When running in full-automatic mode, ScannerCal will wait until all warm up times are met. It will take about 28 minutes for ScannerCal to run all tests in full-automatic mode.
After the test sequence ScannerCal exits, but leaves the spreadsheet reports open for review and for adding any additional information about the lab and work order. Each section of the FlowScanner is reported on a separate page of the workbook, so the Excel "Print Entire Workbook" command can be used to print all the worksheets.
Checking FlowScanner Timing Accuracy Using ScannerCal DigOut and Timing Checker Software
Overview The FlowScanner is sometimes used to check the timing of valve events, such as the closing time of a valve with a specified requirement. Sometimes these requirements can be for a very short period, 250 ms or less. Some users have requested a means to test the timing accuracy of the FlowScanner system when running these tests. The ScannerCal DigOut option (also used for testing the travel inputs on the FlowScanner) provides a signal cable to connect to one of the AUX voltage inputs on the FlowScanner, and the Timing Checker application (installed with the ScannerCal software) can control this voltage signal to provide a square-wave timing pulse that can be recorded during a FlowScanner test, and then graphed to determine the overall timing accuracy of the FlowScanner system, as configured to run a specific test.
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
56.3:ScannerCal September 2017
ScannerCal
D103179X012
Effect of Test Duration on Timing Accuracy
The length of a FlowScanner test determines the sample rate at which readings are recorded, and the sample rate affects the timing accuracy. For example, a "50- Second Dynamic Scan" test allows about 50 seconds to ramp the signal followed by about 16.7 seconds to allow the valve to complete its motion before another 50 second ramp down, and another 16.7 second "dwell" recording for a total of about 133.7 seconds. The FlowScanner records 8,000 readings during this test, so it records a reading about every 0.0167 seconds. Thus when looking at the data you can't tell if an event occurred exactly when it appears on the graph, or sometime in the 0.0167 interval before the change shows on the graph. A timed event has both a beginning and an end, so the uncertainty due to this sampling rate is twice this interval (once for the start and once for the end events) or 0.0334 seconds, even if the timing accuracy of the hardware is perfect. The FlowScanner timing routines round to the nearest millisecond, so the sample interval on the 50 second Dynamic Scan test looks like this when zoomed in:
On the other hand, an 8-second Monitor Mode test completes 8,000 readings in 8 seconds, for a reading every 0.001 seconds. If the hardware accuracy is perfect, this test would give accuracy for start-finish test of 0.002 seconds. This shows the sample interval on the 8-second monitor mode test:
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ScannerCal
D103179X012
Product Bulletin
56.3:ScannerCal September 2017
Effect of number of channels recorded and test duration. Although the FlowScannerTM 6000 hardware is capable of recording data at 1000 samples/second on all channels, FlowScanner software revisions 6.2 and earlier impose a communication burden that prevents the system from reaching this rate if too many channels are being measured. If a too-short time is selected for the number of channels being recorded, the test will slow down and run in a longer time, but this will not be shown on the graph, which will present the data as if the test ran in the specified time. Thus events will appear to run faster than they actually occurred. Software versions after FlowScanner 6.2 correct this condition, and it can be avoided on earlier versions by limiting the number of channels used on short critical timing tests. Tests on the version after 6.2 show it can collect data accurately at 1000 samples/second on all channels.
ScannerCal Timing Checker Application The ScannerCal Timing Checker application uses the Windows system internal clock to switch a 5 Volt signal on and off at specified time intervals of 1, 5, or 10 seconds. According to Microsoft the system clock is accurate to 0.001 seconds.
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
56.3:ScannerCal September 2017
ScannerCal
D103179X012
A one-second pulse recorded during an 8-second Monitor test would look like this:
Each switching point has an accuracy of 0.001 seconds, so the time interval represented by a single pulse (one on-off period) would be accurate to 0.002 seconds. A one-second pulse would be accurate to 0.002 seconds, while 10 onesecond pulses would be accurate to 0.020 seconds. However, a 10-second single pulse still has a timing accuracy of 0.002 seconds. This allows the user to select a timing pulse interval appropriate to the event in order to verify accuracy to 0.002 seconds. Combined Accuracy With the accuracy of a single pulse generated by the Timing Checker program of 0.002 seconds, and the accuracy due to FlowScanner sampling time (8 second test) of 0.002 seconds, the interval reported by the graph timing analysis for a single pulse could be up to 0.004 seconds from the nominal 1-second pulse. Here's the width of a 1-second pulse as recorded and graphed:
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ScannerCal
D103179X012
Product Bulletin
56.3:ScannerCal September 2017
Verifying Timing Accuracy for a specific test setup
First determine the expected duration of the event to be timed, such as the closing time for a valve. Then determine the appropriate test type and length to capture the event, and set up to record data using this setup. Determine the appropriate timing pulse length (1, 5 or 10 seconds) and run the Timing Checker program in the ScannerCal program group selecting that time. Input the DigOut signal cable into an AUX channel, and select that channel to record data in the FlowScanner software. (Both applications can be run on the same or on different computers without affecting the results.) You should be able to see the selected AUX channel switch between 0 and about 5volts on the Test window:
Run a trial test, and select the "vs. Time Plots" graph selection, and graph the AUX channel that records the timing pulse from the timing checker. Zoom in on a single pulse, and use the mouse "right-click" menu to select the start and end points of the pulse. The FlowScanner graph will show the analyzed elapsed time between the two selected points, in the same way the actual event will be recorded and analyzed. By comparing the analyzed pulse duration with the pulse time selected in Timing Checker you can determine if the FlowScanner accuracy as set up for that test is accurate enough for the event to be tested.
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
56.3:ScannerCal September 2017
ScannerCal
D103179X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and FlowScanner are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E162016, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Safety Instrumented Systems
D104337X012
Product Bulletin
57.1:001 July 2019
Safety Instrumented Systems
Safety Layers and Protections
Safety is provided by layers of protection (see figure 1). These layers of protection start with effective process control, extend to manual and automatic safety prevention layers, and continue with layers to mitigate the consequences of an event.
The first layer is the basic process control system (BPCS). The process control system itself provides significant safety through proper design of process control.
The next layer of protection is also provided by the control system and the control system operators.
Figure 1. Layers of Protection
Plant and Emergency Response
Containment MITIGATE Dike/Vessel
Automated shutdown routines in the process control system combined with operator intervention to shut down the process are the next layer of safety.
Next is the safety instrumented system.
It is a safety system independent of the process control system. It has separate sensors, valves, and a logic solver. Its only role is safety. No process control is performed in this system.
Operator intervention and the safety instrumented system layers are designed to prevent a safety-related event. If a safety-related event occurs, there are additional layers designed to mitigate the impact of the event.
EMERGENCY RESPONSE LAYER
PASSIVE PROTECTION LAYER
Incident
Fire and Gas System
Emergency Shutdown System
Trip Level Alarm
PREVENT Operator Intervention
Process Alarm
Process Value
E1663
ACTIVE PROTECTION LAYER
SIS
Emergency Shutdown
SAFETY LAYER
Operator
PROCESS CONTROL LAYER
Intervention
Normal Bahavior
PROCESS CONTROL LAYER
BPCS
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
57.1:001 July 2019
Safety Instrumented Systems
D104337X012
The next layer is an active protection layer. This layer may have valves or rupture disks designed to provide a relief point that prevents an uncontrolled release that can cause an explosion or fire.
The next layer is a passive protection layer. It may consist of a dike or other passive barrier that serves to contain a fire or channel the energy of an explosion in a direction that minimizes the spread of damage.
The final layer is plant and emergency response. If a large safety event occurs this layer responds in a way that minimizes ongoing damage, injury, or loss of life. It may include evacuation plans, firefighting, etc.
Overall safety is determined by how these layers work together.
Safety Instrumented Systems (SIS)
A safety instrumented system (SIS) is considered separate than the basic process control system (BPCS) in that the SIS is dedicated to taking the process to a "safe state" should a critical situation occur.
Figure 2. Components of a Safety Instrumented System
The SIS consists of several safety instrumented functions (SIF). Each safety instrumented function has a specified safety integrity level (SIL), which is necessary to achieve functional safety. Each SIF is a separate or interlinked loop comprised of sensors, logic solver (LS), and final control element (FE) as shown in figure 2.
Sensors: Field sensors are used to collect information necessary to determine if an emergency situation exists. The purpose of these sensors is to measure process parameters (i.e. temperature, pressure, flow, density etc.) to determine if the equipment or process is in a safe state. Sensor types range from simple pneumatic or electrical switches to smart transmitters with on-board diagnostics. These sensors are dedicated to SIS service and have process taps, which are separate and distinct from the process taps used by normal process information sensors.
Logic Solver: The purpose of this component of SIS is to determine what action is to be taken based on the information gathered. Highly reliable logic solvers are used which provide both fail-safe and fault-tolerant operation. It is typically a controller that reads signals from the sensors and executes pre-programmed actions to prevent a hazard by providing output to final control element(s). Logic solvers are very often programmable or non- programmable devices, but can also be mechanical in form of switched set to trip the safety function.
LOGIC SOLVER Safety PLC, Controller Systems, etc.
X1496
2
SENSOR
Temperature Pressure, Flow, etc.
FINAL CONTROL ELEMENT
Valves, Actuators, Safety Relays, etc.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Safety Instrumented Systems
D104337X012
Product Bulletin
57.1:001 July 2019
Final Control Element: Final control elements implement the action determined by the logic solver. This final control element is typically an automated on/off valve, with a valve fail- closed or fail-open function.
It is imperative that all three elements of the SIS function as designed in order to safely isolate the process plant in the event of an emergency.
Safety Standards
In a process plant, there is no such thing as risk-free operation or 100% reliability. Therefore, one of the first tasks of the SIS designer is to perform a risk- tolerance analysis to determine what level of safety is needed. IEC Standard 61508 (Functional Safety of Electric, Electronic and Programmable Electronic Systems) is a general standard that covers functional safety related to all kinds of processing and manufacturing plans. IEC Standard 61511 and ISA S84.01 (Replaced by ISA 84.00.01-2004) are standards specific to the process industries. All three standards use a performance-based lifecycle model and specify precise levels of safety, best practices, and quantifiable proof of compliance.
Safety Integrity Level (SIL)
Safety integrity levels (SIL) are quantifiable measurement of risk. Since they were first
introduced, safety integrity levels have been used as a quantifiable way to establish safety performance targets for SIS systems. IEC standards specify four possible Safety Integrity Levels (SIL 1, SIL 2, SIL 3, SIL 4) as shown in table 1; however, ISA S84.01 only recognizes up to SIL 3.
A determination of the target Safety Integrity Level requires:
nAn identification of the hazards involved.
nAssessment of the risk of each of the identified hazards.
nAn assessment of other Independent Protection Layers (IPLs) that may be in place.
Hazards can be identified using a number of different techniques; one common technique is a HAZard and OPerability study (HAZOP).
A risk factor must then be determined for each of the defined hazards, where risk is defined as a function of the probability (likelihood or frequency) and consequences (severity) of each hazardous event.
The HAZOP study is used to identify the risk to personnel or the environment and is carried out by a multi-disciplinary team (HAZOP team).
Once the risk is identified, the HAZOP/ process hazard study (PHA) will set the requirement for risk reduction, thus define the required SIL Level.
Table 1. Safety Integrity Levels and Associated PFDavg and RRF Figures
RRF (Risk Reduction Factor)
PFDavg (Probability of Failure on Demand = 1/RRF)
100000 to 10000
>=10-5 to <10-4
10000 to 1000
>=10-4 to <10-3
1000 to 100
>=10-3 to <10-2
100 to 10
>=10-2 to <10-1
SIL (Safety Integrity Level)
4 3 2 1
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
57.1:001 July 2019
Safety Instrumented Systems
D104337X012
Additional criteria need to be verified to ensure the SIF meets the required SIL, and they are often divided into the following points:
nSystematic integrity: All elements of the SIF need to be capable being used for the defined SIL level.
nArchitectural constraints: Hardware Fault Tolerance (HFT) and redundancy of the architecture need to comply with current functional safety standards.
nRandom integrity (PFDavg): The failure rates of the individual devices will be used to calculate the average probability of failure on demand.
Probability of Failure Upon Demand
By understanding how the components of the SIS system can fail, it is possible to calculate a probability of failure on demand (PFD). There are two basic ways for the SIS to fail. The first way is commonly called a nuisance or spurious trip, which usually results in an unplanned but relatively safe process shutdown. While there is minimal danger associated with this type of SIS failure, the operational costs can be enormous. The second type of failure does not cause a process shutdown or nuisance trip. Instead, the failure remains undetected, permitting continued process operation in an unsafe and dangerous manner. If an emergency
demand occurred, the SIS system would be unable to respond properly. These failures are known as covert or hidden failures and contribute to the probability (PFD) of the system failing in a dangerous manner on demand.
The PFD for the SIS system is the sum of PFDs for each element of the system:
PFDtotal = PFDsensor + PFDlogic solver + PFDfinal
In order to determine the PFD of each element, the analyst needs documented failure rate data for each element. This failure rate (dangerous) is used in conjunction with the test interval (TI) term to calculate the PFD. It is this test interval that accounts for the length of time before a covert fault is discovered through testing. Increasing the test interval directly impacts the PFD value in a linear manner; i.e., if you double the interval between tests, you will double the probability for failure on demand, and make it twice as difficult to meet the target SIL.
The governing standards for safety instrumented systems state that plant operators must determine and document that equipment is designed, maintained, inspected, tested, and operated in a safe manner. Thus, it is imperative that these components of safety instrumented system be tested frequently enough to reduce the PFD and meet the target SIL.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2018, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Digital Isolation Solutions Selection Guide
D104340X012
Product Bulletin
57.1:003 August 2020
FisherTM Digital IsolationTM Solutions Selection Guide
Fisher Digital Isolation solutions are fully engineered, intelligent solutions with comprehensive product support and lifecycle services for critical safety and ESD valve assets leveraging Emerson's automation expertise with time-tested products.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
57.1:003 August 2020
Digital Isolation Solutions Selection Guide
D104340X012
Fisher Triple Offset Valve (TOV) SIS Solution
Figure 1. Fisher TOV SIS Solution, including Triple Offset Valve, Scotch-Yoke Actuator, and FIELDVUETM DVC6200 SIS Digital Valve Controller with 775 THUM Adapter
X1550
This bulletin covers the 3rd party verified SIL 3 capable Final Element SIS solution from Emerson. The Fisher Digital Isolation solution is intended for use in process functional safety applications and can be configured to meet a wide range of SIS requirements using industry proven Emerson valves assemblies.
Features
nThird Party Verified--The Fisher Digital Isolation solution has been 3rd party verified which ensures all aspects of providing a SIS final element solution have been properly vetted. This includes design, engineering, assembly practices, and procedures as well as full documentation support.
nSingle SIL Certificate--The Fisher Digital Isolation solution is supplied with a single SIL certification for the final element assembly rather than SIL certificates for each component. This reduces documentation complexity and systematic errors as well as time needed for SIL verification for the safety instrumented function.
nLower Failure Rates--Third party verification via the Single SIL certification process allows for lower failure rates for the Digital Isolation solution than one would get by calculating the failure rates for the individual components. A lower assembly failure rate allows one to extend the proof test time intervals, resulting in increased productivity and cost savings.
nEngineered Solution--The Fisher Digital Isolation solution has been engineered to work seamlessly. Valve to actuator bracketry has been rigorously designed and stress-validated to ensure precise alignment with minimal angular twist. Valve torques have been tested and verified allowing for optimized actuator sizing.
nFactory Acceptance Testing--Each Digital Isolation solution goes through Factory Acceptance Testing (FAT) to ensure the final element correctly performs the safety function. Testing includes stroking time verification, partial stroke testing and solenoid health monitoring with full documentation.
nOne Company--With the Fisher Digital Isolation solution you are dealing with just one company for the complete final element throughout the entire safety lifecycle.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Digital Isolation Solutions Selection Guide
D104340X012
Product Bulletin
57.1:003 August 2020
The following products make up the core of the Digital Isolation offering. The purpose of this bulletin is to provide the necessary technical information to assist in solution selection.
Fisher Digital Isolation TOV SIS Solution Valve Details
TOV Features Torque assisted elastic metal seal provides zero leakage performance, ensures continuous optional bi-directional, zero leakage performance Stellite® hardfaced standard integral seat results in broader applications, longer valve life and less maintenance Single-piece cast body, with F-F dimensions in accordance to ISO 5752, ANSI B16.10 and API 609 All metal construction and sealing and zero leakage performance translate into an inherently firesafe valve Long-length hardened bearings, incorporating a standard reinforced, die-formed, flexible graphite bearing protector ensure additional reliability Internally and externally retained, three times blowout proof stem is safer to operate and provides complete compliance with API 609 Integral position indicators on the stem and the top mounting flange ensure positive disk position indication Applications Oil and Gas Processing, Offshore Platforms, Refineries Hydrocarbon Storage and Transportation. Liquid Natural Gas (LNG) Storage and Transportation Steam (Saturated and Superheated), Hydrocarbons, Hydrogen, Oxygen Cryogenic Fluids, Hot Gases, Sulfur, Chlorinated solvents, Flare Gas Specifications Body Style: Double Flanged (ISO 5752), Lugged (API 609) Pressure Class/Size Basic Configuration: CL150: 3"-36", CL300: 3"24", CL600: 6"-24" Cryogenic Configuration: CL150: 3"-24", CL300: 3"24" Basic Configuration: EN PN10-16-40: (80 mm - 600 mm), EN PN 63-100 (150 mm 600 mm) Cryogenic Configuration: EN PN10-16-40: (80 mm - 600 mm) Referenced Standards Design standards: ANSI B16.34, API 609, EN 12516-1 Flange Drilling: ANSI B16.5, DIN PN16-25-40 Face-to-Face: Double Flanged - ISO 5752, Lugged - API 609 Fire Safety Test: API 607, ISO 10497 Pressure, Temperature and Shutoff Capability Maximum Inlet Pressures: Full class rating per ASME B16.34/EN 1092-1 Temperature Range Basic Configuration: CF8M/1.4408: -46°C to 427°C (-50°F to 800°F) WCC/1.0619: -28°C to 427°C (-20°F to 800°F) Cryogenic Configuration: CF8M/1.4408: -254°C to +250°C (-425°F to 482°F) Shutoff Class: Leakage in accordance with ISO 5208/EN 12516-1 (leakage rate A) and API 598 (resilient seated valves)
- continued -
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
57.1:003 August 2020
Digital Isolation Solutions Selection Guide
D104340X012
Fisher Digital Isolation TOV SIS Solution Valve Details
(continued)
Standard Materials of Construction
Size Range
NPS3-24 (30 and 36)(1)
DN80-600
NPS 6-24
Pressure Class
CL150, CL300
PN16, PN25, PN40
CL600
Body
WCC
LCC
CF8M/CF3M EN 10213-2 EN 10213-4 WCC
LCC
Disk
WCC
LCC
CF8M EN 10213-2 EN 10213-4 WCC
LCC
Shaft
S41000
S41000
S20910
S41000
S20910
S41000
S41000
Packing
Graphite or Graphite or Graphite or Graphite or Graphite or Graphite or Graphite or Live Loaded Live Loaded Live Loaded Live Loaded Live Loaded Live Loaded Live Loaded
Seal Ring
S31803 + Graphite or
S17400 Hard Faced
S31803 + Graphite or
S17400 Hard Faced
S31803 + Graphite or
S20910 Hard Faced
S31803 + Graphite or S17400 Hard Faced
S31803 + Graphite or S20910 Hard Faced
S31803 + Graphite or
S17400 Hard Faced
S31803 + Graphite or
S17400 Hard Faced
Bearings
S31600
S31600
S31600
S31600
S31600
S31600
S31600
hard faced hard faced hard faced hard faced hard faced hard faced hard faced
1. 30" and 36": CL150 in WCC and LCC only.
DN150-600
PN63 - PN100
CF8M/CF3M
CF85
S20910
Graphite or Live Loaded
S31803 + Graphite or
S20910 Hard Faced S31600 hard faced
EN 10213-2
EN 10213-2
S41000
Graphite or Live Loaded
S31803 + Graphite or S17400 Hard Faced S31600 hard faced
EN 10213-4
EN 10213-4
S20910
Graphite or Live Loaded
S31803 + Graphite or S20910 Hard Faced S31600 hard faced
Cryogenic Materials of Construction
Size Range
NPS3-24
Pressure Class
CL150, CL300
Body
CF8M/CF3M
Disk
CF8M
Shaft
S20910
Packing
Graphite or Live Loaded
Seal Ring
S20910 hard faced
Bearings
S31600 hard faced
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Digital Isolation Solutions Selection Guide
D104340X012
Product Bulletin
57.1:003 August 2020
Actuation
Figure 2. Fisher Scotch Yoke Type Actuator for Mounting to Fisher Rotary Valves
X1521
W8305
Fisher CBB Style Double-acting or spring-return pneumatic piston Size Range 315-725 Torque Range Double Acting: 673 in·lb to 12,992 in·lb Spring Return: 194 in·lb to 4,972 in·lb (spring end) Temperature Range Standard: -29°C to +93°C (-20°F to +200°F) Optional High Temp: -18°C to +177°C (0°F to +350°F) Optional Low Temp: -40°C to +66°C (-40°F to +150°F) Manual Override Options M3 Jack Screw Safety Integrity Level SIL 3 Capable
Fisher CBA-300
Double-acting or spring-return pneumatic piston
730 to 1030
Double Acting: 7,388 in·lb to 20,377 in·lb Spring Return: 2,532 in·lb to 10,457 in·b (spring end)
Standard: -29°C to +93°C (-20°F to +200°F) Optional High Temp: -18°C to +177°C (0°F to +350°F) Optional Low Temp: -40°C to +66°C (-40°F to +150°F)
M3 Jack Screw, M11 Hydraulic Override
SIL 3 Capable
Fisher G/GC
Double-acting or spring-return series single power
G01 to G8
Double Acting: 7,765 in·lb to 2,273,134 in·lb Spring Return: 9,626 in·lb to 1,219,134 in·lb (spring end)
Standard: -29°C to +93°C (-20°F to +200°F) Optional High Temp: -18°C to +177°C (0°F to +350°F) Optional Low Temp: -40°C to +66°C (40°F to +150°F)
M3 Jack Screw, M11 Hydraulic Override
SIL 3 Capable
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
57.1:003 August 2020
Digital Isolation Solutions Selection Guide
D104340X012
Digital Valve Controllers
Figure 3. FIELDVUE Digital Valve Controllers
W9699_fb
X0076
Construction
DVC6200f PST
Temperature Limits
Communication Foundation Fieldbus Communication Feedback
Enclosure Rating See Bulletin 62.1:DVC6200f PST D104160X012 Diagnostics PST, FST Safety Integrity Level NA
DVC6200 SIS Aluminum or Stainless Steel -52 to 85°C (-62 to 185°F)
4 - 20 mA with HART 5 or 7 Communications Linkageless, Non-Contact
See Bulletin 62.1:DVC6200 SIS D103555X012 PST, FST, Spurious Trip Protection, Solenoid Health monitoring SIL3 Capable
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Digital Isolation Solutions Selection Guide
D104340X012
Product Bulletin
57.1:003 August 2020
Boosters, Regulators and Filters
Figure 4. Volume Boosters
X0648
W4727
X0206
VBL
Material of Construction
Aluminum
Cv
Supply: 2.5
Exhaust Port: 1.1 to 1.8
Temperature Limits
-40 to 93°C (-40 to 200°F)
Maximum Input Signal Pressure VBL-1 and VBL-3: 5.5 bar (80 psig) VBL-2 and VBL-4: 10.3 bar (150 psig) Connections
2625
Aluminum or 316 SST
Supply: 3.74 to 4.98
Exhaust: 0.23 to 3.40
Standard: -40 to 71°C (-40 to 160°F) High Temperature: 0 to 121°C (32 to 250°F)
10.3 bar (150 psig)
Input: 1/4 NPT Supply and Output: 1/2 NPT
Input Signal: 1/4 NPT Supply and Output: 3/4 NPT
Safety Integrity Level SIL 3 Capable Additional Information Bulletin 62.3:VBL D103393X012
SIL 3 Capable Bulletin 62.3:2625 D200071X012
SS-263
Aluminum or 316 SST
Supply: 9.5
Exhaust: 9.5
-40 to 71°C (40 to 160°F)
10.3 bar (150 psig)
Input Signal: 1/4 NPT Supply: 1 NPT Output: 1 NPT or 1-1/4 NPT
SIL 3 Capable
Bulletin 62.3:SS-263 D103592X012
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
57.1:003 August 2020
Digital Isolation Solutions Selection Guide
D104340X012
Boosters, Regulators and Filters (continued)
Figure 5. Regulators
67CFR Material of Construction Aluminum, Stainless Steel Cv 0.36 Maximum Inlet Pressure 17.2 bar (250 psig) Outlet Pressure range 15 to 150 psig Temperature Limits* -29 to 82°C (-20 to 180°F) Connections 1/4 NPT Filter 5 micron Additional Information Bulletin 71.1:67C D102656X012 * Nitrile Diaphragm
67DFR Aluminum, Stainless Steel 1.33 17.2 bar (250 psig) 20 to 150 psig -29 to 82°C (-20 to 180°F) 1/2 NPT 5 micron Bulletin 71.1:67D D103152X012
MR95H Cast Iron, Steel, Stainless Steel 0.8 to 12.5 17.2 bar (250 psig) 5 to 150 psig -29 to 82°C (-20 to 180°F) 1/4 NPT to 2 NPT None Bulletin 71.1 D103742X012
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Digital Isolation Solutions Selection Guide
D104340X012
Product Bulletin
57.1:003 August 2020
Boosters, Regulators and Filters (continued)
Figure 6. Filters
X0648
262K Material of Construction Cast Iron, Stainless Steel Cv/Flow Rate 3.96 Maximum Inlet Pressure 28 bar at 65°C (400 psig at 150°F) Temperature Limits -28 to 208°C (-20 to 406°F) Connections 3/4 NPT Filter 40 microns Additional Information
Bulletin 90.1:262K D100205X012
Headline 365A, 25-64-70C Aluminum 58 SCFM @ 150 psig 150 psig 49°C (120°F) 3/4 NPT 0.1 microns
- - -
Headline 383, 38-152-70C Aluminum 167 SCFM @ 150 psig 150 psig 49°C (120°F) 1 NPT 0.1 microns
- - -
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
57.1:003 August 2020
Digital Isolation Solutions Selection Guide
D104340X012
Trip and Switching Valves
Figure 7. Trip Valves
W4292-1
Material of Construction Aluminum or Stainless Steel Uses
377 Trip Valve
167D 2 Way Switching Valve Aluminum or Stainless Steel
167DA 3 Way Switching Valve
With Piston actuators: Fail Up, Fail Down or Lock-in-Last on loss of supply pressure Cv 0.5 to 0.6 Supply Pressure 3.8 bar (55 psig) to 10.3 bar (150 psig) Outlet Pressure Normal Operation: Pressure from control device Fail-Up or Fail-Down Mode: Maximum volume tank pressure Lock-In-Last-Position: Respective cylinder pressure Trip Point
Initiate safety function upon loss of supply pressure
0.96 to 1.81 27.6 bar (400 psig)
8.6 bar (125 psig)
0.21 to 10.3 bar (3 to 150 psig)
0.97 to 8.6 bar (14 to 125 psig)
Minimum of 2.8 bar (40 psig) to a maximum of 72 percent of supply pressure 14 psig to 90 psig
Temperature Limits*
-40 to 82°C (-40 to 180°F)*
-29 to 82°C (-20 to 180°F)
Connection
1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT or 1/2 NPT
Safety Integrity Level
SIL 3 Capable
NA
Additional Information
Bulletin 62.3:377 D200318X012
Bulletin 71.7:167D D103235X012
* Nitrile Diaphragm
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Digital Isolation Solutions Selection Guide
D104340X012
Product Bulletin
57.1:003 August 2020
Solenoid
Figure 8. ASCOTM Solenoids
8327
8316
Certification
ATEX / IEC Ex, UL/CSA Approved
ATEX / IEC Ex, UL/CSA Approved
Port Size
1/4 NPT
1/4, 3/8, 1/2 NPT
Style (ports/positions)
3/2
3/2*
Valve type
Poppet
Poppet
Cv range
0.49/0.56
1.5, 1.8, 4
Body Material
Brass or 316 SST
Brass or 316 SST
Mounting
Hard Piped
Hard Piped
Operation
Universal
Normally closed
No. Coils
Single
Single
Voltage
120/60 VAC or 24 VDC
120/60 VAC or 24 VDC
Power
12.0W / 11.6W
1.4W / 10.1W / 11.6W
Temperature range
-40°C to 55°C (-40°F to 131°F)
-40°C to 60°C (-40°F to 140°F)
Direct/Pilot
Direct Acting
Pilot Operated
Safety Integrity Level
SIL 3 Capable
SIL 3 Capable
*Others available upon request **T180°C : Temperature Class 180°C-120/60-110/50 or 230/50-240/50 Applications **T6 : Temperature Class 85°C-12/DC, 24/DC, 48/DC or 120/DC Applications ***Additional ASCO Models available upon request
8362 ATEX / IEC Ex, UL/CSA Approved 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 3/4, 1 NPT 3/2* Spool 2, 4, 4.8, 5, 5.6, 13, 15.5 Brass or 316 SST Hard Piped Normally Closed Single 120/60 VAC or 24 VDC 1.4W / 10.1W -40°C to 60°C (-40°F to 140°F) Internal Pilot Operated SIL 3 Capable
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
57.1:003 August 2020
Digital Isolation Solutions Selection Guide
D104340X012
DXP
Figure 9. TopWorxTM Discrete Valve Controller
D-ESD
DXP-Controller
Enclosure
Tropicalized Aluminum, SST or Resin
Tropicalized Aluminum
Enclosure Rating
Explosion Proof, Cl I Div 1, Grps C-D; Cl I Div 2, Grps A-D; Explosion Proof, Class 1 Div 1 Groups C,D
Type 4X; T4 -50°C Ta 60°C
Class 1 Div 2 Groups A,B,C,D
Ex d IIB + H2 T6/T5/T4/T3 Gb; -50°C Ta 60°C/75°C/110°C/175°C IP66 Communication
Discrete Switches (Number and Type)
(2) SPDT Reed Switches for ESD Module (1) SPDT GO Switch for PST
Analog Output NA Visual Display 90 degree , Green/Open, Red/Close Conduit Connection (2) 3/4 NPT Temperature Range
ATEX/IECx Zone 1 II2G,II2GD T6/T4/T3 Ex d IIB + H2, Ex tb IIIC IP66/67
FOUNDATION Fieldbus, DeviceNet, AS-Interface, Profibus, HART protocols
(2) GO Switches, SPDT hermetic seal (2) "L" GO Switches, SPDT hermetic seal* *Standard for DeviceNet,Profibus and AS-I; optional for HART and Foundation Fieldbus
NA
90 degree , Green/Open, Red/Close
(2) 3/4 NPT
-40 to +80°C
Pilot (1) 24VDC pilot, Fail Open/Closed (1) 110VAC pilot, Fail Open/Closed Spool Valve Aluminum Hard coat anodized (IP65) or SST Spool Valve Cv 1.2 Cv (1/4 NPT Ports) or 3.0 Cv (1/2 NPT Ports) Safety Integrity Level SIL 3 Capable
-60 to 105°C (-75 to 221°F)
(1) 24 VDC pilot, fail open/closed 0.5 W (non- I.S.) Aluminum Hard coat anodized (IP65) 0.86 Cv (1/4 NPT Ports) or 3.7 Cv (1/2 NPT Ports) SIL 2 Capable
DXP-L2 Switchbox Tropicalized Aluminum Explosion Proof, Class 1 Div 1 Groups C,D Class 1 Div 2 Groups A,B,C,D ATEX/IECx Zone 1 II2G,II2GD T6/T4/T3 Ex d IIB + H2, Ex tb IIIC IP66/67
HART optional with transmitter
(2) GO Switches, SPDT hermetic seal or (2) GO Switches, DPDT hermetic seal (2) "L" GO switches option
optional 4-20mA transmitter (HART option) 90 degree , Green/Open, Red/Close (2) 3/4 NPT -60 to 105°C (-75 to 221°) -40 to 80°C (-40 to 176°F) w/transmitter
NA
NA NA SIL 2 Capable
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Digital Isolation Solutions Selection Guide
D104340X012
Product Bulletin
57.1:003 August 2020
Factory Acceptance Testing
Factory Acceptance Testing (FAT) is available in three classes to allow for customer selection to meet needs for a variety of applications for safety applications. Every Fisher Digital Isolation Solution assembly is subjected to product and performance testing in the factory prior to shipment.
Class A
Assemblies will meet all functional performance and tests offered. This level should be selected only when superior performance is required in both valve stroking directions, or if an additional test is required
Class B
Offers the optimum level of functional performance testing and documentation for a SIS or ESD application. This includes the basic functional requirement testing as well as proper setup of partial stroke testing (PST) with signature series documentation.
Class C
Provides the most basic level of functional requirement testing, as listed in the table below. This includes valve stroke time under trip and supply droop. Hydrostatic and seat leak certificates for the valve will be provided.
Factory Acceptance Testing Requirements
Requirement
Requirement Description
1
Stroking Time Open Under Command Signal
2
Stroking Time Closed Under Command Signal
3
Valve Stroke Time Under Trip
4
Supply Droop
5
Partial Stroke Test
6
Solenoid Valve Health Monitoring/Test
7
Witness Factory Hydrostatic Test
8
Witness Factory Seat Leak Test
9
Double Block and Bleed Seat Leak Test(1)
10
Factory Hydrostatic Test
11
Factory Seat Leak Test
12
Signature Series Documentation
(1) Not applicable with 3000 TOV
Class A x x x x x x x x x x x x
Class B
x x x
x x x
Class C x x
x x
Testing Definitions Stroking Time Under Command Signal: Time for full stroke under instrument signal
Valve Stroke Time Under Trip: Time to reach desired position under a simulated trip condition
Supply Droop: Test to verify proper air supply flow rates
Partial Stroke Test: Diagnostic test to ensure valve operation and track wear
Solenoid Valve Health Monitoring/Test: Diagnostic test to ensure solenoid valve operation
Hydrostatic Test: Test to ensure valve shell integrity
Seat Leak Test: Test to measure leakage in the closed position
Double Block and Bleed Seat Leak Test: Test to ensure sealing capability against pressure for valves with multiple internal seats
Signature Series Documentation: Factory birth certificate of assembly performance to allow comparison with future valve signatures
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
57.1:003 August 2020
Digital Isolation Solutions Selection Guide
D104340X012
Hookups
Hookup drawings for pneumatic and electrical accessories are available for the following standard configurations. Others are available upon request.
Option 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Accessories Included* Fisher Regulator/Filter + FIELDVUE Digital Valve Controller Fisher Regulator/Filter + FIELDVUE Digital Valve Controller + ASCO Solenoid Valve Fisher Regulator/Filter + FIELDVUE Digital Valve Controller + Fisher Volume Booster Fisher Regulator/Filter + ASCO Solenoid Valve Fisher Regulator/Filter + TopWorx Fisher Regulator/Filter + ASCO Solenoid Valve + TopWorx Switchbox Fisher Regulator/Filter + FIELDVUE Digital Valve Controller + ASCO Solenoid Valve + Fisher Volume Booster (Optional) Fisher Regulator/Filter + FIELDVUE Digital Valve Controller + 1oo2 ASCO Solenoid Valve + Fisher Volume Booster (Optional)
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Digital Isolation Solutions Selection Guide
D104340X012
Product Bulletin
57.1:003 August 2020
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
57.1:003 August 2020
Digital Isolation Solutions Selection Guide
D104340X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Digital Isolation, and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. HART is a registered trademark of FieldComm Group. FOUNDATION Fieldbus is a trademark of FieldComm Group. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E162018, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
High Alloy Stainless Steels
D102757X012
Product Bulletin
59:025 September 2017
Duplex, Super Duplex, and Super Austenitic Stainless Steels for FisherTM Valves
High Alloy Stainless Steels
For many years, the 300 series stainless steels (SST) have been the workhorse alloys for corrosive applications. For severe applications, the nickel-base alloys were the next step up in corrosion resistance. The cost differential, however, was great (four to ten times, or more). In recent years, duplex and superaustenitic SSTs have started to fill this void as cost-effective alternatives.
High alloy SSTs are similar to the 300 series SSTs whereas they are iron base with significant additions of chromium, nickel, and molybdenum. To produce a duplex SST, the alloy chemistry is adjusted by increasing the chromium and molybdenum and reducing the amount of nickel, see the following figure. These changes result in both ferrite and austenite phases present in approximately equal amounts. By contrast, the 300 series SSTs are generally fully austenitic. Superaustenitic SST's have the same structure as the common 300 series alloys, but have higher levels of elements such as chromium, nickel, molybdenum, copper and nitrogen.
High alloy SST's are often used where chlorides or sour gas are encountered. Industries include pulp and paper, chemical, oil and gas, power, desalination, and marine.
Advantages of high alloy stainless steels are:
nSuperior stress corrosion cracking resistance and corrosion resistance in chloride environments compared to the standard austenitic materials such as S31600.
nYield strengths significantly higher or even double that of annealed 300 series SST.
nDuplex SST's have inherently better resistance to stress corrosion cracking than 300 series single-phase alloys, because at least one of the phases is often resistant to cracking in a given environment.
W8154
Photomicrograph of a Typical Cast Duplex Stainless Steel
High alloy SST's are commonly ranked by an empirical formula to calculate their pitting resistance equivalency number [PREN = %Cr + 3.3%Mo 0.5%W + 30%N]. Higher PREN's correlate to improved resistance to pitting corrosion. See table 1. The standard duplex SST grades have a PREN of 30-40. Superduplex SST grades have a PREN of greater than 40.
Another measure of corrosion resistance is the critical pitting temperature (CPT). Tests are conducted to the requirements of ASTM G48 practice A; 6% ferric chloride. A series of tests are run at increasing temperatures. The CPT is the minimum temperature at which pitting corrosion occurs. See table 1.
A third measure of corrosion resistance is the threshold temperature for chloride stress corrosion cracking (SCC) in 4% sodium chloride. Again a series of tests are run at increasing temperatures until SCC occurs. See table 1.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59:025 September 2017
High Alloy Stainless Steels
D102757X012
Because the nickel content of a duplex SST is lower than S31600, one would expect the prices to be slightly lower. However, the opposite is true for two reasons:
nDuplex SSTs are produced in much lower volumes than the 300 series SSTs.
nThe higher strength of the duplex and special processing requirements increase cost.
Table 1. Measures of Resistance to Pitting and Stress Corrosion Cracking. These are typical values, not for specification purposes.
MATERIAL
PREN(4)
CPT(1)
_C
_F
SCC(1)
_C
_F
S31600 CF8M
26 28
15(3)
60(3)
55(3)
130(3)
S31803 Duplex CD3MN Duplex
35 35
30(3)
85(3)
150(3)
300(3)
S32760 Super Duplex CD3MWCuN Super Duplex
44 44
70(3)
160(3)
250+(3)
480+(3)
S31254 Super Austenitic CK3MCuN Super Austenitic
43 45
70(3)
160(3)
250+(2,3)
480+(2,3)
1. NACE Corrosion 94 Conference Paper by R. Francis, The Performance of Duplex Stainless Steels in Chemical Environments, NACE Corrosion 94. 2. Estimated by Emerson Automation Solutions. 3. Due to elemental segregation and other factors, the cast grades may have lower threshold values than the wrought grades. 4. These are typical mid-range values; not for specification purposes.
Table 2. High Alloy SST Grades
Grade
Typical Composition
S31803 Duplex CD3MN Duplex (commonly called 2205)
22% chromium, 5% nickel, 3% molybdenum
S32760 Super Duplex CD3MWCuN Super Duplex (UNS
J93380)
25% chromium, 7% nickel, 3.5% molybdenum, and traces of tungsten and copper
S31254 Super Austenitic CK3MCuN Super Austenitic (commonly called 254SMO
20% chromium, 18% nickel, 6% molybdenum, 1% copper
Cast Equivalent ASME SA995 Grade
CD3MN or 4A
ASME SA351 Grade CD3MWCuN or 6A
ASME SA351 Grade CK3MCuN
Forged Equivalent ASME SA182 Grade F51 ASME SA182 Grade 55 ASME SA182 Grade F44
Plate Equivalent ASME SA240 S31803
ASME SA240 S32760
ASME SA240 S31254
Table 3. Compliance of High Alloy SST Grades with NACE Specifications
Grade
NACE MR0175-2002
NACE MR0175/ISO 15156
NACE MR0103
S31803 Duplex CD3MN Duplex
Wrought form only acceptable to 28 HRC hardness
Wrought and cast acceptable with some environmental restrictions
Offered only as block-forged bodies. Welding is prohibited(1)
S32760 Super Duplex CD3MWCuN Super Duplex
Both wrought and cast acceptable with some restrictions
Wrought and cast acceptable with some environmental restrictions
Offered only as block-forged bodies. Welding is prohibited(1)
S31254 Super Austenitic CK3MCuN Super Austenitic
Wrought and cast acceptable with some restrictions
Wrought acceptable with environmental restrictions. Cast acceptable to 100 HRB without
environmental restrictions.
Wrought and cast acceptable without restrictions to 35 HRC
hardness
1. The duplex SST welding restrictions in NACE MR0103 are very restrictive and cost prohibitive. Forged valves are offered with no welding permitted. Cast valves are not offered by Emerson Automation Solutions at this time.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
High Alloy Stainless Steels
D102757X012
Product Bulletin
59:025 September 2017
Preferred Grades for Fisher Valves
A summary of the varieties of high alloy SST's is shown in table 2. In an effort to increase volumes and control cost, we have standardized our offerings. To provide the optimum properties and the best value to our customers, we have standardized on:
nS31803 and CD3MN Duplex (best cost)
nS32760 and CD3MWCuN Super Duplex ("middle" cost)
nS31254 and CK3MCuN Super Austenitic (higher cost)
Our preferred grades are superior materials. By concentrating on specific grades, we can keep your costs lower and provide you materials in a more efficient manner.
S31803, CD3MN Duplex
S31803 contains approximately 22% chromium, 5% nickel, and 3% molybdenum. S31803 is commonly called 2205 and is the most widely used duplex stainless steel. It is produced by most stainless steel producers because it is not protected by any patents. It combines high strength, ductility, and hardness with resistance to corrosion, stress corrosion cracking, and erosion. Because it has a slightly lower alloy content, its corrosion resistance is not as good as the superduplex SST.
ASME SA995 grade CD3MN or 4A is the cast equivalent of S31803. Grade F51 per ASME SA182 is the forged equivalent. ASME SA240 S31803 is the plate equivalent.
Only the wrought form of S31803 is approved for use in sour environments per NACE MR0175-2002 to 28 HRC maximum. Both the wrought and cast forms are acceptable per NACE MR0175/ISO 15156 with certain
environmental restrictions. This duplex SST is only being offered to the requirements of NACE MR0103 as block-forged bodies with welding prohibited. Castings are not offered due to welding restrictions contained in the specification.
S31803 is limited to 316_C or 600_F by the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. S31803 and CD4MCu suffer embrittlement when exposed to temperatures above the limit.
S31803 is listed in ASME B16.34. CD3MN is not listed in ASME B16.34; it is Fisher-rated.
S32760, CD3MWCuN Super Duplex
This material is a superduplex stainless steel. Its corrosion resistance is superior to other duplex stainless steels because its alloy content is higher. It has a high PREN (pitting resistance equivalency number) for superior resistance to chloride pitting and stress corrosion cracking.
S32760 contains approximately 25% chromium, 7% nickel, 3.5% molybdenum, and traces of tungsten and copper.
ASME SA351 and SA995 grade CD3MWCuN or 6A is the cast equivalent of S32760. The UNS number is J93380. Grade F55 to ASME SA182 is the forged equivalent. ASME SA240 S32760 is the plate equivalent.
Both the wrought and cast forms are acceptable per NACE MR0175-2002 and NACE MR0175/ISO 15156 with certain environmental restrictions. Superduplex is only being offered to the requirements of NACE MR0103 as block-forged bodies with welding prohibited. Castings are not offered due to welding restrictions contained in that specification.
S32760 is limited to 316_C or 600_F by the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. These alloys suffer embrittlement when exposed to temperatures above the limit.
S32760 and CD3MWCuN are listed in ASME B16.34.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59:025 September 2017
High Alloy Stainless Steels
D102757X012
S31254, CK3MCuN Super Austenitic
This material is a superaustenitic stainless steel. Its corrosion resistance is higher than the duplex grades because its alloy content is higher. It has a high PREN (pitting resistance equivalency number) for superior resistance to chloride pitting and stress corrosion cracking.
S31254 contains approximately 20% chromium, 18% nickel, 6% molybdenum, and 1% copper.
ASME SA351 grade CK3MCuN is the cast equivalent of S31254. The UNS number is J93254. Grade F44 to
ASME SA182 is the forged equivalent. ASME SA240 S31254 is the plate equivalent.
Both the wrought and cast forms are acceptable per NACE MR0175-2002 and NACE MR0175/ISO 15156 with certain environmental restrictions. It is acceptable to NACE MR0103 to 35 HRC without environmental restrictions.
S31254 is limited to 398_C or 750_F by the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. These alloys suffer embrittlement when exposed to temperatures above the limit.
S31254 and CK3MCuN are listed in ASME B16.34.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2000, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Gaseous Oxygen Service D100071X012
Product Bulletin
59:045 September 2017
Material Guidelines for Gaseous Oxygen Service
All organic and inorganic materials will react with gaseous or liquid oxygen at certain pressures and temperatures. The reaction that occurs can cause a fire or an explosion. Because of these inherent dangers, process system design and control valve material selection are extremely important.
Oxygen service has many inherent hazards and requires careful and knowledgeable design of the process system. The information and guidelines presented here are intended to help the user; however, other factors such as service conditions and process system design must be considered to properly select materials that will handle this gas in a safe manner.
Many of the materials commonly used in control valves have ignition temperatures above the normal flowing temperature of gaseous oxygen. Ignition of these materials by normal flowing temperatures is generally not the danger. The danger is in the ignition of these materials by abnormal, localized high temperatures. Listed below are some of the common causes of localized high temperature. This list has been compiled from the best information available, but does not necessarily contain all the hazardous conditions that might be encountered in oxygen service applications.
Common Sources of Localized High Temperature
Flow Velocity
All valve materials should be suitable for oxygen service, and material selection should meet the
velocity criteria, such as set by the Compressed Gas Association Pamphlet G-4.4 (copies can be obtained from Compressed Gas Association, Inc., 500 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10036). In general, if the velocity through the port of the valve can exceed 61 meters per second (200 feet per second), only copper-base alloy material should be used for valve body and trim parts in contact with the flow stream.
Foreign Particle Impingement
A foreign particle, such as weld spatter, that is being carried in the flow stream and that strikes the valve trim or the valve body wall might have its kinetic energy transformed into sufficient heat to raise the impinging particle or the material it strikes to its respective ignition temperature.
Ignition by Already-Burning Material
An organic valve disk, for example, that has already been ignited by foreign particle impingement will release sufficient heat to ignite surrounding metallic materials, thus initiating a serious fire.
Vibration
A part that is caused to vibrate, usually by the flowing velocity, might generate enough heat from internal friction to raise its temperature to its ignition point.
Adiabatic or Rapid Compression of Gas
Opening a valve to pressure the downstream system will result in the compression of the gas in the downstream system. If this is done rapidly, it can result in abnormally high gas temperatures, which might ignite material in the valve and piping system.
Static Electricity Discharge
The flow of gas across the trim of a ball, butterfly, or eccentric disk valve might generate a static charge on
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59:045 September 2017
Gaseous Oxygen Service D100071X012
the trim. Because these valves inherently do not have a good grounding path from the trim to the valve body or from the valve body to the pipeline, use proper provisions and care for their grounding. Failure to do this might allow a discharge spark between the trim and valve body or between the valve body and adjacent piping, igniting the surrounding material.
Metals
The selection of metals should be based on their resistance to ignition and rate of reaction. Following is a comparison of these two properties for some commonly used valve materials.
Conclusion
This list shows that many of the hazards arise from the velocity of the flowing gas. For this reason, it is imperative that the system be designed such that flowing velocities will be low.
Organic Materials
Organic materials have ignition temperatures below those of metals. Use of organic materials in contact with oxygen should be avoided, particularly when the material is directly in the flow stream. When an organic material must be used for parts such as valve seats, diaphragms, or packing, it is preferable to select a material with the highest ignition temperature, the lowest specific heat, and the necessary mechanical properties.
Lubricants and sealing compounds should be used only if they are suitable for oxygen service and then used sparingly. Ordinary petroleum lubricants are not satisfactory and are particularly hazardous because of their high heat of combustion and high rate of reaction.
The approximate ignition temperatures in 138 bar (2000 psig) oxygen for a few organic materials are shown in table 1.
Table 1. Typical Ignition Temperatures
MATERIAL
TYPICAL IGNITION TEMPERATURE IN 138 BAR (2000 PSIG) OXYGEN
_C
_F
PTFE and PCTFE
468
875
70% Bronze-filled PTFE
468
875
Fluoroelastomer
316
600
Nylon
210
410
Polyethylene
182
360
Chloroprene and Nitrile
149
300
Resistance to Ignition in Oxygen
Materials are listed in order from hardest to ignite to easiest to ignite.
nCopper, copper alloys, and nickel-copper alloys -- most resistant
nStainless steel (300 series)
nCarbon steel
nAluminum -- least resistant
Rate of Reaction
Materials are listed in order from slowest rate of combustion to most rapid rate of combustion.
nCopper, copper alloys, and nickel-copper alloys -- do not normally propagate combustion
nCarbon steel
nStainless steel (300 series)
nAluminum -- burns very rapidly
Note that stainless steel, once ignited, burns more rapidly than carbon steel. Nevertheless, the austenitic grades (300 series) of stainless steel are considered to be much better than carbon steel because of their high resistance to ignition.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Gaseous Oxygen Service D100071X012
Product Bulletin
59:045 September 2017
Suggested Guidelines
Consider the following guidelines when selecting process equipment for gaseous oxygen service. These guidelines are for customer use in selecting appropriate equipment for oxygen service, and neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for material selection.
1. All regulators and control valves should be degreased and processed for oxygen service in accordance with current Emerson or customer specifications. Suitable lubricants, anti-seizing compounds, gaskets, and packing are included in FisherTM Specification FGS 8A11, Cleaning, Processing, and Handling Equipment for Oxygen Service.
2. All metals in contact with oxygen in the main flow stream should be of appropriate materials suitable for the given oxygen service.
In general, diaphragm casings, diaphragm plates, springs, and other parts not in the main flow stream may be of ordinary materials such as carbon steel, stainless steel, or cast iron. It is suggested, however, that all valve body and trim parts in contact with the flow stream be made of copper, copper alloy, or nickel-copper alloys.
3. All diaphragms in contact with oxygen gas should be made of fluoroelastomer.
4. All O-rings in contact with oxygen gas should be made of fluoroelastomer or a similar fluorocarbon elastomer.
5. Organic materials should be avoided for use in valve seats or other parts exposed to the flow stream.
6. Filters should be placed upstream of all valves and regulators. Only non-ferrous, inorganic filter elements should be used. Filters must have regular maintenance and cleaning.
7. To minimize the number of parts in contact with oxygen, oxygen should not be used as supply pressure to a pneumatic instrument or an actuator.
8. Plated parts should not be used in the main flow stream because of their potential contributions to foreign particle impingement.
Note Some users of oxygen valves and regulators have established their own standards and specifications for construction materials. The customer's instructions in those instances will be followed. Emerson disclaims responsibility or liability if materials other than copper-based alloys or nickel-copper alloys are in contact with the flow stream.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59:045 September 2017
Gaseous Oxygen Service D100071X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 1992, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Corrosion Protection
D102751X012
Product Bulletin
59:090 April 2019
Corrosion Protection for FisherTM Green Valves
Control valves operate in some of the most severely corrosive conditions imaginable. Valves used near or on the sea are constantly subjected to corrosive salt-laden atmospheres.
In chemical, pulp, and other processing plants, any variety of chemicals can be expected to be in contact with the exterior surfaces and fasteners.
In addition, in-valve and ambient temperatures can cycle considerably. These are ideal conditions for corrosion of valve components and fasteners.
To protect your investment from attack and deterioration, Emerson Automation Solutions protects exposed metal valve parts with excellent protective coatings for components and fasteners.
X0337-1
W8862
X0183-2
Powder Coating and NCF (Non-Corroding Finish) Coating Provide Attractive, Long-Lasting, and Cost-Effective Protection for Your Fisher Valve
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59:090 April 2019
Corrosion Protection
D102751X012
Standard and Optional Coatings for Fisher Valves
Table 1. Coatings
COATING
Powder Coating
Cast Iron and steel valve Typical uses bodies; actuator yokes,
casings, and cylinders
STANDARD NCF
(Non-Corroding Finish)
Steel bolts, studs, and nuts; yoke locknuts
PREMIUM OPTION
Heavy Zinc Plating
Offshore Coating System
Instrument feedback arms, valve-actuator stem connectors
Complete control valve assemblies with the exception of stem connectors, yoke locknuts, instruments, and instrument mounting hardware, (Instrument mounting plates and brackets are typically coated).
Table of Contents
Standard and Optional Coatings for Fisher Valves . . 2 Powder Coating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Powder Coating Test Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Powder Coating Compared to Other Coatings . . . . . 7 Standard Instrument Paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2
Standard Instrument Paint Test-Panel Results . . . . . . 9 DVC6200 Stainless Steel Alternative . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Proprietary NCF Coating for Steel Fasteners . . . . . . 10 Heavy Zinc Plating for Hardware Items . . . . . . . . . . 11 Offshore Three-Coat System (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . 11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Corrosion Protection
D102751X012
Product Bulletin
59:090 April 2019
Table 2. Fisher Paint System (FPS) and System Descriptions
FPS-1A
Wet Spray Coating
General Description
Wet spray solvent or water borne primer and top coat are applied
Surface Condition
Parts must be clean and free of previously applied coatings. Iron phosphates may be applied
Number of Coats
2
Total Thickness
Total dry film thickness: 60 to 76.2 microns (2.5 to 3.0 mils) minimum
Temperature Limits
121_C (250_F) constant, 149_C (300_F) in intervals
ISO 12944 Expected Durability
Not Applicable
ISO 12944 Equivalent Paint System
None
FPS-2A
Powder Coating
General Description
Electrostatically applied heat cured powder coating
Surface Condition
Clean, iron phosphate, and final seal coat
Number of Coats
1
Total Thickness
Total dry film thickness: 50 microns (2 mils) minimum
Temperature Limits
121_C (250_F) constant, 149_C (300_F) in intervals
ISO 12944 Expected Durability
Not Applicable
ISO 12944 Equivalent Paint System
None
FPS-3
Epoxy Primer and Top Coat
General Description
Polyamide epoxy coating
Surface Condition
SSPC-SP6 (commercial blast clean)
Number of Coats
2
Total Thickness
Total dry film thickness: 200 to 400 microns (8 to 16 mils)
Temperature Limits
121_C (250_F) dry, 65_C (150_F) immersion
ISO 12944 Expected Durability
C3 (medium)
ISO 12944 Equivalent Paint System
A1.16
Notes
Not recommended for steel parts in highly corrosive service. Can be used with insulation.
FPS-3B
Two-Coat Phenolic (Novalac) Epoxy
General Description
Phenolic (novalac) epoxy coating
Surface Condition
SSPC-SP6 or SSPC-SP10
Number of Coats
2
Total Thickness Temperature Limits
Total dry film thickness: 200 to 300 microns (8 to 12 mils) 218_C (425_F) continuous, 232_C (450_F) intermittent
ISO 12944 Expected Durability
C4 (high)
ISO 12944 Equivalent Paint System
A1.21
Notes
Can be used with insulation.
FPS-4
Zinc Primer
General Description
Inorganic zinc-rich coating
Surface Condition
SSPC-SP10 minimum (near white metal grit blast)
Number of Coats
1
Total Thickness
Total dry film thickness: 50 to 150 microns (2 to 6 mils)
Temperature Limits
398_C (750_F) constant, 426_C (800_F) in intervals
ISO 12944 Expected Durability
Not Applicable
ISO 12944 Equivalent Paint System
None
Notes
Not for use with stainless steel. Uninsulated only.
FPS-7A
High Temperature and Corrosive Applications
General Description
Zinc-rich primer with silicone modified top coats
Surface Condition
SSPC-SP10 minimum (near white metal grit blast)
Number of Coats
3
Total Thickness
Typical total dry film thickness: 100 to 275 microns (4 to 11 mils)
Temperature Limits
537_C (1000_F) constant, 648_C (1200_F) in intervals
ISO 12944 Expected Durability
C3 (high) and C4 (low)
ISO 12944 Equivalent Paint System
A1.08
Notes
Can be used with insulation. -continued-
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59:090 April 2019
Corrosion Protection
D102751X012
Table 2. Fisher Paint System (FPS) and System Descriptions (continued)
FPS-7B
High Temperature and Corrosive Applications (Stainless)
General Description
Siloxane
Surface Condition
SSPC-SP10 minimum (near white metal grit blast)
Number of Coats
2
Total Thickness
Total dry thickness: 200 to 400 microns (8 to 16 mils)
Temperature Limits
599_C (1110_F) maximum constant
ISO 12944 Expected Durability
C3 (medium)
ISO 12944 Equivalent Paint System
A1.02
Notes
Coverage over stainless steel material only. Used against chloride attack and corrosive applications. Uninsulated only.
FPS-7C
Modified Acrylic Topcoats with Color Option
General Description
Inorganic zinc-rich primer and silicone acrylic topcoats
Surface Condition
SSPC-SP10 minimum (near white metal grit blast)
Number of Coats
3
Total Thickness
Typical total dry film thickness: 125 to 200 microns (5 to 8 mils)
Temperature Limits
Dependent on color
ISO 12944 Expected Durability
C4 (high)
ISO 12944 Equivalent Paint System
A1.13
Notes
Not for use with stainless steel. Semi-high temperature and corrosive. Can be used with insulation.
FPS-8A
Three-Coat Offshore Applications
General Description
Inorganic zinc-rich primer, polyamide epoxy mid-coat and aliphatic polyurethane top coat
Surface Condition
SSPC-SP10 minimum (near white metal grit blast)
Number of Coats
3
Total Thickness
Total dry film thickness: 187.5 to 337 microns (7.5 to 13.5 mils)
Temperature Limits
93_C (200_F) constant, 121_C (250_F) in intervals
ISO 12944 Expected Durability
C5-I and C5-M (medium)
ISO 12944 Equivalent Paint System
A1.20
Notes
Not for use with stainless steel. Can be used with insulation.
FPS-8B
Four-Coat Offshore Applications
General Description
Inorganic zinc-rich primer, two polyamide epoxy mid-coats and aliphatic polyurethane top coat
Surface Condition
SSPC-SP10 minimum (near white metal grit blast)
Number of Coats
4
Total Thickness
Total dry film thickness: 300 to 550 microns (12 to 22 mils)
Temperature Limits
93_C (200_F) constant, 121_C (250_F) in intervals
ISO 12944 Expected Durability
C5-M (high)
ISO 12944 Equivalent Paint System
A1.23
Notes
Not for use with stainless steel. Can be used with insulation.
FPS-8C
Stainless Steel Body Applications in Corrosive Service
General Description
Polyamide-cured epoxy primer and intermediate coat with aliphatic polyurethane top coat
Surface Condition
SSPC-SP10 minimum (near white metal grit blast)
Number of Coats
3
Total Thickness
Total dry film thickness: 237.5 to 362.5 microns (9.5 to 14.5 mils)
Temperature Limits
93_C (200_F) constant, 121_C (250_F) in intervals
ISO 12944 Expected Durability
Not Applicable
ISO 12944 Equivalent Paint System
None
Notes
Used with stainless steel. Can be used with insulation.
FPS-8D
Optional Three-Coat Offshore Paint System
General Description
Epoxy/zinc primer, polyamide epoxy mid-coat, and aliphatic polyurethane top coat
Surface Condition
SSPC-SP10 minimum (near white metal grit blast)
Number of Coats
3
Total Thickness Temperature Limits
Total dry film thickness: 212 to 312 microns (8.5 to 12.5 mils) 93_C (200_F) constant, 121_C (250_F) intermittent
ISO 12944 Expected Durability
C5-I and C5-M (medium)
ISO 12944 Equivalent Paint System
A1.20
Notes
Not for use with stainless steel. Can be used with insulation.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Corrosion Protection
D102751X012
Product Bulletin
59:090 April 2019
Powder Coating Fisher Green
Powder coating is an electrostatically applied and baked-on finish consisting of a mixture of finely ground resin, pigments, and binders, very similar to wet-spray coatings. Unlike wet-spray coatings, however, powder coating is nearly 100% VOC free, thereby reducing some of the environmental concerns associated with wet-spray coatings.
Powder coating is the standard finish for actuator casings, yokes, and cylinders, as well as for cast iron and carbon steel valve body assemblies. During the powder coating process, the part is cleaned, and a conversion coating is formed on the substrate. A seal coat is then applied over the conversion coating. These steps prepare the part surface for the application of the powder coating and improve the adhesion of cured powder to the part. This pretreatment process is the foundation for the powder coating and is critical in assuring the durability of this coating in corrosive environments.
Powder coating has many of the attributes of catalyzed epoxy and urethane finishes, but Emerson powder coating does not have the disadvantage of chalking or discoloring when subjected to ultraviolet light such as sunlight.
Emerson has conducted extensive laboratory testing of powder coating, and this finish has been proven on valves in the field. Refer to table 4 for the comparative results of several coating systems.
Table 3. Powder Coating Specifications
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -- POWDER COATING
Surface Preparation
Clean, apply conversion coating, and seal coat
Coating Thickness
50 to 150 microns (2 to 6 mils)
Standard Acceptance Test
500 hours of ASTM B117 salt-spray conducted on products. For comparison test on test panels, refer to the "TEST" column in table 4
Standard Color Specifications
Fisher Green: Munsell #2.5G3/8 Gray: Munsell #10BG 4.90/0.60, ANSI/ASA #49 Regal Gray: Munsell #8.4B 3.47/0.60
Figure 1. Powder Coating is Nearly 100% Free of VOCs
W7163
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59:090 April 2019
Corrosion Protection
D102751X012
Figure 2. Any Color of Powder Coating Can Be Specified; A Sampling of Available Colors are Shown on Actuator Casings
X1203
Powder Coating Test Results
Standardized flat-panel tests allow a good comparison between different types of coatings. However, these tests do not reflect performance on actual products. Refer to Technical Specifications (table 3) for the
standard acceptance test for products. For more information about test conditions, procedures, and results, contact your Emerson sales office.
Table 4. Powder Coating Test Results
POWDER COATING TEST
Surface Preparation: This coating was applied to Bonderite 1000 test panels.
ASTM B117 Salt Spray
ASTM D522 Mandrel Bend
ASTM D3359 Cross-Hatch
Adhesion
ASTM D2794 Direct Impact
Gasoline
15% Xylene and 85% Mineral Spirits
10% Nitric Acid
10% Hydrochloric
Acid
3% Sulfuric Acid
PASSED
Up to 1000
hours: Rusting at PASSED
scribe line. No
No visible
loss of adhesion. cracking or loss
No rust or
of adhesion.
blisters away
from scribe.
PASSED No loss of adhesion. Rated 5B.
PASSED Up to
140 in/lb
PASSED Slight color change and slight softening, but recovered.
PASSED No effect
PASSED No effect
PASSED No effect
PASSED No effect
10% Sodium Hydroxide
10% Ammonium Hydroxide
PASSED No effect
PASSED No effect
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Corrosion Protection
D102751X012
Product Bulletin
59:090 April 2019
Powder Coating Compared to Other Coatings
Table 5. Coating Comparisons
COATING Powder Coating
Two-Component Epoxy--Primer and Top Coat
High-Temperature Modified Silicone Coating Inorganic Zinc-Rich Primer and High-Temperature Modified Silicone Top coat
Offshore Three-Coat System--Inorganic Zinc-Rich Primer, Epoxy Tie Coat, Polyurethane Top Coat
COMMON APPLICATION
Used anywhere a durable, long-lasting, cost-effective coating is required.
Not recommended. Does not exceed the powder coating results in any of these tests and is inferior in many aspects.
Used where corrosive atmosphere is not a factor but where the body is subjected to temperatures up to 399_C or 750_F continuously. Used where the application is corrosive and the body is subjected to temperatures up to 399_C or 750_F continuously.
Used for applications that are highly corrosive but where temperatures will not exceed 121_C or 250_F on a continuous basis.
COMMENTS
Will withstand a continuous temperature exposure of 121_C or 250_F without detrimental effects Passes all listed tests
Will withstand a continuous temperature of 121_C or 250_F without detrimental effect. Chalks and discolors when exposed to sunlight Will not pass salt-spray testing Will not pass mandrel-bend testing Will not pass impact testing Added cost
Will not pass salt-spray testing Will not pass mandrel-bend testing Will not pass cross-hatch adhesion testing Will not pass impact testing Added cost
Will withstand a continous temperature exposure of 121_C or 250_F without detrimental effects Will not pass mandrel-bend testing Will not pass cross-hatch adhesion testing Will not pass impact testing Added cost
Figure 3. Powder Coating Results
W7696
Powder-Coated Actuator Casings with NCF Coated Cap Screws after 500 Hours in an
Accelerated Salt Spray Laboratory Test
W7697
Powder-Coated Actuator Casings with NCF Coated Cap Screws after One Year of Service on an
Off-Shore Platform (Light-Colored Spots are Paint Drift from Customer Paint Spraying of Nearby Equipment)
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59:090 April 2019
Corrosion Protection
D102751X012
Standard Instrument Paint
Standard paints applied to instruments are formulated to withstand extreme exposures to corrosive atmospheres and are tested to confirm this benefit. Due to the excellent surface preparation and superior coatings applied to the prepared substrate, other more expensive coating systems are not necessary. The coatings used for instruments are baked-on finishes that will withstand the toughest environments and will keep on performing for years to come.
Comparisons of paints other than standard have shown no advantages in using other paints. Because of the potential impact on instrument performance, we are unable to apply coatings or paints other than our standard.
Figure 4. Fisher Instrument with Standard Finish
W8049
Table 6. Standard Instrument Paint Specifications
Technical Specifications--Standard Instrument Paint
Surface Preparation
Clean, desmut, apply chromate conversion coating
Coating Thickness
31 to 37 microns (1.25 to 1.5 mils)
Standard Acceptance Test
Refer to the standardized test chart for details
Standard Color Specifications
Regal Gray--Munsell #8.4 B 3.47/0.60 Rosemount Blue--Federal Standard 595A- #25177
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Corrosion Protection
D102751X012
Product Bulletin
59:090 April 2019
Standard Instrument Paint Test - Panel Results
Standardized flat-panel tests show the effect of common chemical exposures and physical attributes. Tests were performed on chromate conversion coated
aluminum alloy panels. For more information about test conditions, procedures, and results, contact your Emerson sales office.
Table 7. Standard Instrument Paint Panel Results
TEST
RESULT
TEST
Hot and Cold Cycle 10% HNO3
No effect
Slight loss of gloss to no effect
10% NH4OH
15% Xylene; 85% Mineral Spirits
10% HCL
No effect
Unleaded Gasoline
3% H2SO4 10% NaOH
No effect
Slight loss of gloss to no effect
Cross-Hatch Adhesion ASTM D3359
Pencil Hardness ASTM D3363
RESULT No effect Slightly lighter to no effect No effect
PASSED
PASSED
TEST
Mandrel Bend ASTM D522
Impact ASTM D2794
Thread-locking Sealant Resin
Humidity, Ultraviolet, and Gravel Tests
Salt Cabinet ASTM B117
RESULT PASSED PASSED PASSED PASSED PASSED
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59:090 April 2019
Corrosion Protection
D102751X012
DVC6200 Stainless Steel Alternative
As an alternative to painted instruments, the FIELDVUEt DVC6200 digital valve controller can be furnished with a stainless steel module base, housing and an all-stainless mounting kit. The sealed terminal box isolates field wiring connections from other areas of the instrument and keeps water and harsh atmosphere away from electronic components. The DVC6200 stainless steel version eliminates all diecast aluminum parts, which greatly increases its resistance to the tough, corrosive environments found on offshore platforms, within chemical plants, and inside refinery processing units.
Figure 5. Fisher DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller Stainless Steel Version
Proprietary NCF (Non-Corroding Finish) Coating for Steel Fasteners
Standard steel fasteners such as bonnet bolting, actuator casing bolting, and steel fasteners for Fisher instruments have NCF (non-corroding finish) coating.
NCF coating was developed by Emerson Automation Solutions to greatly improve resistance to corrosion from acids, bases, salts, and many other chemicals and to follow the parameters listed in ASTM F1136 (Standard Specification for Zinc/Aluminum Corrosion Protective Coatings for Fasteners). NCF coating is a polymer-based coating consisting of multiple coats applied to all surfaces of bolts, studs, and nuts. (NCF coating is not used on steel bolting for temperatures over 427°C or 800°F). NCF coating is silver or gray in color and the finish is dull when compared with zinc plating.
The effectiveness of this proprietary coating designed specifically for the control valve market has been proven by actual testing on offshore platforms and accelerated salt-spray tests in the laboratory. NCF coated fasteners remain easily maintainable after offshore exposure. Original replacement NCF bolting is only available from Emerson Automation Solutions.
Figure 6. NCF-Coated Fasteners Exhibit Superior Performance in Accelerated Laboratory Tests
X0350
W7698
STANDARD ZINC PLATED
NCF COATED
Table 8. NCF Coating Specifications
Technical Specifications--NCF Coating
Surface Preparation
Pressure-retaining parts: Light blast Non pressure-retaining parts: Light blast or zinc plating
Coating Thickness
Approximately 0.025 mm (0.001 inches)
Standard Acceptance Test No red rust after 500 hours of ASTM B117 salt-spray test conducted on products after assembly with a pneumatic impact wrench
Color
Light silver-gray
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Corrosion Protection
D102751X012
Product Bulletin
59:090 April 2019
Heavy Zinc Plating for Hardware Items
Figure 7. Heavy Zinc Plating Specifications
For hardware items such as instrument feedback arms and stem connectors, heavy zinc plating is standard. Heavy zinc plating is used for non-threaded parts that require protection from corrosion.
W7659
Table 9. Heavy Zinc Plating Specifications
Technical Specifications--Heavy Zinc Plating and Chromate
Coating Thickness
0.0155 mm +/- 0.0025 mm (0.0006 inches +/- 0.000098 inches)
Standard Acceptance Test
300 hours in ASTM B117 salt-spray test
Offshore Three-Coat System (Optional)
This optional coating is often specified for valves used on offshore platforms. It is a wet-spray process consisting of three coats: a zinc-rich primer, polyamide epoxy, and polyurethane top coat.
This coating is applied to the complete control valve assembly with the exception of instruments, instrument mounting hardware, stem connectors, and yoke locknuts. The offshore three-coat system is not available on stainless steel parts.
Table 10. Offshore Three-Coat Specifications
Technical Specifications--Offshore Three-Coat System
Surface Preparation
White metal grit blast per SSPC SP5.
Typical Coating Thickness
Primer: 25 to 75 microns (1 to 3 mils) Tie Coat: 75 microns (3 mils) Top Coat: 50 to 75 microns (2 to 3 mils)
Standard Acceptance Test
More than 2000 hours of ASTM B117 salt spray
Color
As specified
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59:090 April 2019
Corrosion Protection
D102751X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. POWDER COATED TOUGH is a mark owned by the Powder Coating Institute. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121999, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Packaging
D102814X012
Product Bulletin
59:100 September 2017
FisherTM Packaging and Shipment Methods
Standard Packaging
Standard shipping methods vary from cardboard box containers to packaging on wood pallets covered with a cardboard box, to all wood crate packaging for shipments without special requirements. These methods are intended to allow the most product protection for the time periods specified.
Domestic Shipment--Immediate Use
For domestic shipments a cardboard box may be used to contain the unit or components to be shipped, or for larger units, cardboard may be used to cover a wood pallet that has been utilized to secure the unit. All-wood crates are used to ship very large items.
Domestic shipments for immediate use are intended for product that will be installed or used within a relatively short amount of time. The package will protect the item for up to one year if the package is stored in an enclosed, heated warehouse; protection will last up to one month if the item is stored in an open shed (a roof and three walls) or outside, if covered with a secure, waterproof tarp. This packaging method will not protect units that will be stored outside, uncovered.
Export Shipment--Immediate Use
Standard packaging for exports may also include the use of cardboard to protect the unit or component as described for domestic shipments, and depending on size, may be packaged in an all-wood crate or box.
The export package will protect the item for the same time periods as for the domestic packaging method -- up to one year if the package is stored in an enclosed heated warehouse; protection will last up to one month if the item is stored in an open shed or outside, if covered with a secure, waterproof tarp. This packaging method will not protect units that will be stored outside, uncovered.
Long Term or Extended Storage Shipment Methods
Automobile manufacturers, the military, and petroleum companies have used vapor corrosion inhibiting (VpCI) materials to mothball equipment or ship items that will be exposed to corrosive atmospheres for long periods. These products allow chemistry that is formulated into the packaging materials to volatilize and cover the packaged product with a micro layer of rust inhibiting compounds.
Emerson uses a series of rust preventive products, provided by Cortecr Corporation, for shipping products requiring long term storage that are more effective for product protection. Cortec's vast network of representatives provide worldwide distribution. Because the chemistry incorporated in the multiple material packaging process volatilizes to completely coat the product in a protective layer, it is much more effective than trying to keep the entire package airtight. A small amount of air exchange will not deplete the effectiveness of these products.
The long term or extended storage package will protect the item for up to one year with outdoor, covered storage, up to two years when stored in an unheated warehouse, or up to five years in a heated warehouse. This packaging method will not protect units that will be stored outside, uncovered.
Cortec packaging materials help to assure a rust-free condition of products that require long-term storage protection shipped both domestically and overseas. If you have any other questions concerning this packaging method, please contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
With Cortec packaging material desiccant is not required and not used by Emerson. Typical desiccant material is only good until it absorbs all the moisture it can hold, and then offers no other protection. This saturation of the desiccant can happen very quickly in a poorly sealed or damaged container.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59:100 September 2017
Packaging
D102814X012
Desiccant can also cause corrosion to form when in the saturated condition if the packaged item is placed into a warm environment. The saturated desiccant material will begin to "give up" the moisture it has absorbed, and will create a humidity chamber inside the package enclosure, causing rust to form on unpainted surfaces.
Cortec Specifications
Cortec products utilize the newest generation of VpCI technology, which will protect vulnerable metal surfaces from corrosion for up to 5 years when packaged and stored according to Emerson long term storage specifications. These specifications will include VpCI 369D on all unpainted surfaces, VpCI 132 pads inside of the enclosed space and VpCI 126 film totally enclosing the parts.
Packaging standards that utilize Cortec film will provide a higher level of protection in the harsh climates and vulnerable elements than the typical tarpaper/desiccant/vapor barrier bag solution that had previously been used.
Cortec packaging products use only safe chemicals with low toxicity levels. All of the Cortec products are recyclable and environmentally compatible packaging. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for more information.
Vapor Permeability Test per MIL-B-121
Permeability testing was conducted on the Cortec VpCI-126 4 mil polyethylene sheeting as compared to typical tarpaper. Testing concluded that neither material was permeable when tested per MIL-B-121, paragraph 4.5.5.
The panel in figures 1 and 2 was packaged in typical tarpaper with a plain polyethylene sheet covering, and then glued tarpaper was installed over the entire crate.
The panel in figures 3 and 4 was protected with Cortec VpCI-126 low-density poly sheeting only.
Both panels were grit blasted to a "white metal" condition prior to this testing, and no rust inhibitor was applied to either of the panel surfaces. Mini-skids were constructed to mirror what is normally done for completed valve assemblies. The loaded skids were then placed into a salt exposure cabinet that was prepared per ASTM B-117.
Results of testing showed the panel in figures 3 and 4 was better protected by the VpCI-126 poly than the panel in the typical tarpaper-covered and glued container in figures 1 and 2.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Packaging
D102814X012
Product Bulletin
59:100 September 2017
Figure 1. Typical Tarpaper Packaging
Figure 2. Typical Tarpaper Packaging (Reverse side)
X1386
Figure 1 packaging method utilized tarpaper under the panel and the container uprights covered with tarpaper with seams glued. The panel was covered with VpCI paper and plain plastic sheeting (not VpCI plastic). Heavy rust is visible on the upper right side of the panel.
Figure 3. Cortec VpCI-126 Packaging
X1387
In figure 2, square headed nails were removed from the panels and the panels were turned over. With the old tarpaper method, the same side that was heavily rusted in figure 1 now exhibits heavy rusting on the under side (left side) of the panel. Rusting has begun on the opposite side as well.
Figure 4. Cortec VpCI-126 Packaging (Reverse side)
X1384
Figure 3 packaging method utilized Cortec VpCI-126 polyethylene under and over the test panel. The panel was sandwiched between the two VpCI impregnated polyethylene layers. Frame lumber was nailed to hold the sheeting in place. The container was built with uprights, but no barrier material was used over the skid framework sides, ends, or top. The panel is virtually rust-free.
X1385
In figure 4, some minor rust is visible on the underside of the panel protected with Cortec VpCI-126 poly, but the largest area of this rust appears to be from a thumbprint or fingerprint.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59:100 September 2017
Packaging
D102814X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2001, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Cast Iron P/T Ratings
D100072X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:015 September 2017
Pressure/Temperature Ratings for FisherTM Cast Iron Valve Bodies
The pressure/temperature ratings for flanged cast iron valves given in the following figure are in accordance with ASME B16.1. Fisher valves with Class B ratings are listed in table 1. Cast iron valves with screwed connections have CL250 ratings in accordance with ASME B16.4.
Information in the following figure has been extracted from Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (ASME B16.1) with the permission of the publisher.
TEMPERATURE, _C
CL250 RATINGS CLASS B (NPS 1-12)
The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, United Engineering Center, Three Park Avenue, New York, New York 10016.
Table 1. Class B Ratings
Valve Body Design E(1)
Valve Size, NPS 1, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3, 4, 6, 8
CL125B X
CL250B X
YD, YS
1, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3, 4, 6
X
X
1. Refers to all valve designs beginning with "E" that are available in cast iron, for example: ED, EDR, etc.
CLASS A (NPS 1-12)
CLASS B (NPS 14-24)
CL125 RATINGS CLASS B (NPS 1-12) CLASS A (NPS 1-12) CLASS B (NPS 14-24)
SATURATED STEAM
A2371-2
TEMPERATURE, _F
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:015 September 2017
Cast Iron P/T Ratings
D100072X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E2 1989, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
P/T Ratings for Valves (U.S. Units)
D101463X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:021 July 2020
Pressure/Temperature Ratings for FisherTM Valves (ASME B16.34-2017) - U.S. Traditional Units
Material Reference Guide Table
U.S. Traditional Units
Fisher valves conforming to ASME B16.34-2017 standard have specific pressure-temperature limits depending on construction materials. Use the material references in table 1 when determining pressure-temperature ratings of valves used in accordance with the ASME standard.
Table 1. Valve Body Materials
CATEGORY Carbon Steel
Specification SA-216 SA-352 SA-350
Alloy Steels
SA-217
Stainless Steel
SA-351
SA-995
1. WCC is a standard substitute for WCB material. 2. LCC is a standard substitute for LCB material. 3. Listed as A351-CD3MN in B16.34-2013.
Grade WCC(1) LCC(2)
LF2 WC6 WC9 C12A CF8M CF8 CF8C CF3M CG8M CK3MCuN CD3MN(3) (Grade 4A) CD3MWCuN (Grade 6A)
ASME
Material Group 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.9 1.10 1.15 2.2 2.1 2.11 2.2 2.2 2.8
2.8
2.8
Nominal Designation S-Mn-Si S-Mn-Si C-Mn-Si
1-1/4Cr-1/2 Mo 2-1/4Cr-1 Mo 9Cr-1 Mo-V 16Cr-12 Ni-2Mo
18Cr-8 Ni 18Cr-10 Ni-Cb 16Cr-12 Ni-2Mo 19Cr-10 Ni-3Mo 20Cr-18 Ni-6Mo
22Cr-5 Ni-3Mo-N
25Cr-7 Ni-3.5Mo-Cb
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:021 July 2020
P/T Ratings for Valves (U.S. Units)
D101463X012
Standard Pressure-Temperature Ratings for CL150 and CL300 Valves
Fisher valve materials that conform to ASME B16.34-2017 Standard Class pressure-temperature ratings are listed in tables 2 and 3. These ratings apply to all Fisher cast, forged, and fabricated steel valves.
Table 2. For ASME Standard CL150 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (_F) LCC
WORKING PRESSURE (PSIG)
CF8
LF2
WCC
WC6
(2)
WC9
(2)
C12A
(2)
(2,3) or
304
(2,3)
CF8M (2,3) or 316(2,3)
CF3M
316L
CG8M
317
(2,3)
CF8C
(2,3)
CK3MCuN
347
CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
-20 to 100 290
285
290
290
290
290
275
275
275
230
275
275
275
275
290
200
260
260
260
260
260
260
230
235
235
195
235
235
255
255
260
300
230
230
230
230
230
230
205
215
215
175
215
215
230
230
230
400
200
200
200
200
200
200
190
195
195
160
195
195
200
200
200
500
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
150
170
170
170
170
170
600
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
650
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
700
- - -
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
750
- - -
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
110
95
95
95
95
95
800
- - -
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
- - -
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
- - -
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
50
50
50
50
50
- - -
- - -
50
50
50
50
- - -
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
35
35
35
35
35
- - -
- - -
35
35
35
35
- - -
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
20
20
20
20
- - -
- - -
20
20
20
20
- - -
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
20
20
20
20
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
20
- - -
- - -
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
20
20
20
20
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
20
- - -
- - -
1150
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
20
20
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
20
- - -
- - -
1200
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
20
20
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
20
- - -
- - -
1250
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
20
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
20
- - -
- - -
1300
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
20
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
20
- - -
- - -
1350
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
20
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
20
- - -
- - -
1400
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
20
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
15
- - -
- - -
1450
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
20
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
10
- - -
- - -
1500
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
15
15
- - -
- - -
- - -
15
10
- - -
- - -
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The
user is advised that a valve used under the jurisdiction of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ASME Code for Pressure Piping, or governmental regulations is subject to any limitation of
that code or regulation. This includes any maximum temperature limitation for a material or rule governing the use of a material at a low temperature." Information copied with permission of
the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000_F. 3. At temperatures over 1000_F, use material only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
P/T Ratings for Valves (U.S. Units)
D101463X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:021 July 2020
Table 3. For ASME Standard CL300 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (_F) LCC
-20 to 100 750
200
750
300
730
400
705
500
665
WORKING PRESSURE (PSIG)
LF2
WCC
WC6
WC9
C12A
CF8(2) or 304(2)
CF8M(2) or 316(2)
CF3M
316L
CG8M 317(2) CF8C(2)
347
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
740
750
750
750
750
720
720
720
600
720
720
720
720
750
680
750
750
750
750
600
620
620
510
620
620
660
660
745
655
730
720
730
730
540
560
560
455
560
560
615
615
665
635
705
695
705
705
495
515
515
420
515
515
575
575
615
605
665
665
665
665
465
480
480
395
480
480
540
540
580
600
605
570
605
605
605
605
440
450
450
370
450
450
515
515
555
650
590
550
590
590
590
590
430
440
440
365
440
440
505
505
545
700
- - -
530
555
570
570
570
420
435
435
360
435
435
495
495
540
750
- - -
505
505
530
530
530
415
425
425
355
425
425
490
490
530
800
- - -
410
410
510
510
510
405
420
420
345
420
420
485
485
- - -
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
485
485
485
395
420
420
340
420
420
485
485
- - -
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
450
450
450
390
415
- - -
- - -
415
415
450
450
- - -
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
320
385
385
380
385
- - -
- - -
385
385
385
385
- - -
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
215
265
365
355
365
- - -
- - -
365
365
365
365
- - -
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
145
175
360
325
360
- - -
- - -
- - -
360
360
- - -
- - -
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
95
110
300
255
305
- - -
- - -
- - -
305
310
- - -
- - -
1150
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
225
205
235
- - -
- - -
- - -
235
210
- - -
- - -
1200
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
145
165
185
- - -
- - -
- - -
185
150
- - -
- - -
1250
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
135
145
- - -
- - -
- - -
145
115
- - -
- - -
1300
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
115
115
- - -
- - -
- - -
115
75
- - -
- - -
1350 1400 1450 1500
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
95
95
- - -
- - -
- - -
95
50
- - -
- - -
75
75
- - -
- - -
- - -
75
40
- - -
- - -
60
60
- - -
- - -
- - -
60
30
- - -
- - -
40
40
- - -
- - -
- - -
40
25
- - -
- - -
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The user is advised that a valve used under the jurisdiction of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ASME Code for Pressure Piping, or governmental regulations is subject to any limitation of that code or regulation. This includes any maximum temperature limitation for a material or rule governing the use of a material at a low temperature." Information copied with permission of
the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures over 1000_F, use material only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:021 July 2020
P/T Ratings for Valves (U.S. Units)
D101463X012
Special Pressure-Temperature Ratings for CL150 and CL300 Threaded or Welding End Valves
Fisher valve materials that conform to ASME B16.34-2017 Special Class pressure-temperature ratings are listed in tables 4 and 5. These ratings apply to all Fisher cast, forged, and fabricated steel valves. Nondestructive examination applies (Fisher Process Level 6).
Table 4. For ASME Special CL150 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (_F) LCC
-20 to 100 290
200
290
300
290
400
290
500
290
WORKING PRESSURE (PSIG)
LF2
WCC
WC6
WC9
C12A(2)
CF8(2) or 304(2)
CF8M(2) or 316(2)
CF3M
316L
CG8M 317(2) CF8C(2)
347
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
255
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
255
265
265
220
265
265
275
285
290
285
290
290
285
290
230
240
240
195
240
240
255
265
285
280
290
290
280
290
215
220
220
180
220
220
240
245
265
280
290
290
280
290
200
205
205
170
205
205
230
230
250
600
290
280
290
290
275
290
190
195
195
160
195
195
220
220
240
650
290
275
290
290
275
290
185
190
190
155
190
190
215
215
235
700
- - -
265
280
280
270
280
180
185
185
155
185
185
215
215
230
750
- - -
245
280
280
270
280
175
185
185
150
185
185
210
210
230
800
- - -
195
255
275
270
275
175
180
180
150
180
180
210
210
- - -
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
260
260
260
170
180
180
145
180
180
205
205
- - -
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
225
230
230
165
180
- - -
- - -
180
180
205
205
- - -
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
155
180
180
165
175
- - -
- - -
175
175
180
180
- - -
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
105
130
160
160
160
- - -
- - -
160
160
160
160
- - -
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
70
85
160
155
160
- - -
- - -
- - -
160
160
- - -
- - -
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
45
55
145
125
145
- - -
- - -
- - -
145
150
- - -
- - -
1150
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
105
100
115
- - -
- - -
- - -
115
100
- - -
- - -
1200
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
70
80
90
- - -
- - -
- - -
90
70
- - -
- - -
1250
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
65
70
- - -
- - -
- - -
70
55
- - -
- - -
1300
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
55
55
- - -
- - -
- - -
55
35
- - -
- - -
1350
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
45
45
- - -
- - -
- - -
45
25
- - -
- - -
1400
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
35
35
- - -
- - -
- - -
35
20
- - -
- - -
1450
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
30
30
- - -
- - -
- - -
30
15
- - -
- - -
1500
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
20
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
15
- - -
- - -
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The ASME standard states in paragraph "2.1.3 Special Class Valves. Threaded or welding end valves that conform to all the requirements of para. 2.1.2 and in addition have successfully passed the examinations required by Section 8, may be designated Special Class valves." The standard also stipulates that, "Special Class ratings shall not be used for flanged end valves." Information
copied with permission of the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures over 1000_F, use material only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
P/T Ratings for Valves (U.S. Units)
D101463X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:021 July 2020
Table 5. For ASME Special CL300 Valves(1)
WORKING PRESSURE (PSIG)
SERVICE TEMP (_F) LCC
LF2
WCC
WC6
WC9
C12A(2)
CF8(2) or 304(2)
CF8M(2) or 316(2)
CF3M
316L
CG8M 317(2) CF8C(2)
347
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
-20 to 100 750
750
750
750
750
750
750
750
750
670
750
750
750
750
750
200
750
750
750
750
750
750
670
690
690
570
690
690
715
740
750
300
750
740
750
750
740
750
600
625
625
510
625
625
660
690
745
400
750
735
750
750
730
750
555
575
575
470
575
575
620
645
685
500
750
735
750
750
725
750
520
535
535
440
535
535
600
605
650
600
750
735
750
750
720
750
495
505
505
415
505
505
575
575
620
650
750
715
750
750
715
750
480
495
495
405
495
495
565
565
610
700
- - -
690
715
735
705
735
470
485
485
400
485
485
555
555
605
750
- - -
635
635
730
705
730
460
475
475
395
475
475
550
550
600
800
- - -
515
515
720
705
720
455
470
470
385
470
470
545
545
- - -
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
680
680
680
440
465
465
380
465
465
540
540
- - -
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
585
600
600
435
465
- - -
- - -
465
465
540
540
- - -
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
400
470
470
425
460
- - -
- - -
460
460
470
470
- - -
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
270
335
420
415
420
- - -
- - -
420
420
420
420
- - -
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
180
220
420
405
420
- - -
- - -
- - -
420
420
- - -
- - -
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
120
135
375
320
380
- - -
- - -
- - -
380
390
- - -
- - -
1150
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
280
255
295
- - -
- - -
- - -
295
260
- - -
- - -
1200
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
180
205
230
- - -
- - -
- - -
230
190
- - -
- - -
1250
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
165
185
- - -
- - -
- - -
185
140
- - -
- - -
1300
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
140
145
- - -
- - -
- - -
145
95
- - -
- - -
1350
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
115
120
- - -
- - -
- - -
120
65
- - -
- - -
1400
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
95
95
- - -
- - -
- - -
95
50
- - -
- - -
1450
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
75
75
- - -
- - -
- - -
75
40
- - -
- - -
1500
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
50
50
- - -
- - -
- - -
50
35
- - -
- - -
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The ASME standard states in paragraph "2.1.3 Special Class Valves. Threaded or welding end valves that conform to all the requirements of para. 2.1.2 and in addition have successfully passed the examinations required by Section 8, may be designated Special Class valves." The standard also stipulates that, "Special Class ratings shall not be used for flanged end valves." Information
copied with permission of the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures over 1000_F, use material only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:021 July 2020
P/T Ratings for Valves (U.S. Units)
D101463X012
Standard Pressure-Temperature Ratings for CL600 and CL900 Valves
Fisher valve materials that conform to ASME B16.34-2017 Standard Class pressure-temperature ratings are listed in tables 6 and 7. These ratings apply to all Fisher cast, forged, and fabricated steel valves.
Table 6. For ASME Standard CL600 Valves(1)
WORKING PRESSURE (PSIG)
SERVICE TEMP (_F) LCC
LF2
WCC
WC6
WC9
C12A
CF8(2) or 304(2)
CF8M(2) or 316(2)
CF3M
316L
CG8M 317(2) CF8C(2)
347
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
-20 to 100 200 300 400 500
1500 1500 1455 1405 1330
1480 1360 1310 1265 1205
1500 1500 1455 1405 1330
1500 1500 1445 1385 1330
1500 1500 1455 1410 1330
1500 1500 1455 1410 1330
1440 1200 1075 995 930
1440 1240 1120 1025 955
1440 1240 1120 1025 955
1200 1020 910 840 785
1440 1240 1120 1025 955
1440 1240 1120 1025 955
1440 1325 1235 1150 1085
1440 1325 1235 1150 1085
1500 1490 1335 1230 1160
600
1210 1135 1210 1210 1210 1210
885
900
900
745
900
900 1030 1030
1115
650
1175 1100 1175 1175 1175 1175
865
885
885
730
885
885 1015 1015
1095
700
- - -
1060 1110 1135 1135 1135
845
870
870
720
870
870
995
995
1085
750
- - -
1015 1015 1065 1065 1065
825
855
855
705
855
855
985
985
1065
800
- - -
825
825
1015 1015 1015
810
845
845
690
845
845
975
975
- - -
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
975
975
975
790
835
835
675
835
835
970
970
- - -
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
900
900
900
780
830
- - -
- - -
830
830
900
900
- - -
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
640
755
775
765
775
- - -
- - -
775
775
775
775
- - -
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
430
535
725
710
725
- - -
- - -
725
725
725
725
- - -
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
290
350
720
650
720
- - -
- - -
- - -
720
720
- - -
- - -
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
190
220
605
515
610
- - -
- - -
- - -
610
625
- - -
- - -
1150
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
445
410
475
- - -
- - -
- - -
475
420
- - -
- - -
1200
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
290
330
370
- - -
- - -
- - -
370
300
- - -
- - -
1250
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
265
295
- - -
- - -
- - -
295
225
- - -
- - -
1300
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
225
235
- - -
- - -
- - -
235
150
- - -
- - -
1350
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
185
190
- - -
- - -
- - -
190
105
- - -
- - -
1400
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
150
150
- - -
- - -
- - -
150
80
- - -
- - -
1450
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
115
115
- - -
- - -
- - -
115
60
- - -
- - -
1500
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
85
85
- - -
- - -
- - -
85
55
- - -
- - -
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The user is advised that a valve used under the jurisdiction of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ASME Code for Pressure Piping, or governmental regulations is subject to any limitation of that code or regulation. This includes any maximum temperature limitation for a material or rule governing the use of a material at a low temperature." Information copied with permission of
the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures over 1000_F, use material only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
P/T Ratings for Valves (U.S. Units)
D101463X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:021 July 2020
Table 7. For ASME Standard CL900 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (_F)
-20 to 100 200 300 400 500
LCC
2250 2250 2185 2110 1995
LF2
2220 2035 1965 1900 1810
WCC
2250 2250 2185 2110 1995
WC6
2250 2250 2165 2080 1995
WC9
2250 2250 2185 2115 1995
WORKING PRESSURE (PSIG)
C12A
CF8(2) or 304(2)
CF8M(2) or 316(2)
CF3M
316L
2250 2250 2185 2115 1995
2160 1800 1615 1490 1395
2160 1860 1680 1540 1435
2160 1860 1680 1540 1435
1800 1535 1370 1260 1180
CG8M
2160 1860 1680 1540 1435
317(2) CF8C(2)
2160 1860 1680 1540 1435
2160 1985 1850 1730 1625
347
2160 1985 1850 1730 1625
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
2250 2230 2000 1845 1740
600
1815 1705 1815 1815 1815 1815 1325
1355
1355 1115 1355 1355 1550 1550
1670
650
1765 1650 1765 1765 1765 1765 1295
1325
1325 1095 1325 1325 1520 1520
1640
700
- - -
1590 1665 1705 1705 1705 1265
1305
1305 1080 1305 1305 1490 1490
1625
750
- - -
1520 1520 1595 1595 1595 1240
1280
1280 1060 1280 1280 1475 1475
1595
800
- - -
1235 1235 1525 1525 1525 1215
1265
1265 1035 1265 1265 1460 1460
- - -
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
1460 1460 1460 1190
1255
1255 1015 1255 1255 1455 1455
- - -
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
1350 1350 1350 1165
1245
- - -
- - -
1245 1245 1350 1350
- - -
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
955 1160 1160 1145
1160
- - -
- - -
1160 1160 1160 1160
- - -
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
650
800 1090 1065
1090
- - -
- - -
1090 1090 1090 1090
- - -
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
430
525 1080
975
1080
- - -
- - -
- - -
1080 1080
- - -
- - -
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
290
330
905
770
915
- - -
- - -
- - -
915
935
- - -
- - -
1150
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
670
615
710
- - -
- - -
- - -
710
625
- - -
- - -
1200
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
430
495
555
- - -
- - -
- - -
555
455
- - -
- - -
1250
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
400
440
- - -
- - -
- - -
440
340
- - -
- - -
1300
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
340
350
- - -
- - -
- - -
350
225
- - -
- - -
1350
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
280
290
- - -
- - -
- - -
290
155
- - -
- - -
1400
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
225
225
- - -
- - -
- - -
225
125
- - -
- - -
1450
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
175
175
- - -
- - -
- - -
175
95
- - -
- - -
1500
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
125
125
- - -
- - -
- - -
125
80
- - -
- - -
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The user is advised that a valve used under the jurisdiction of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ASME Code for Pressure Piping, or governmental regulations is subject to any limitation of that code or regulation. This includes any maximum temperature limitation for a material or rule governing the use of a material at a low temperature." Information copied with permission of
the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures over 1000_F, use material only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:021 July 2020
P/T Ratings for Valves (U.S. Units)
D101463X012
Special Pressure-Temperature Ratings for CL600 and CL900 Threaded or Welding End Valves
Fisher valve materials that conform to ASME B16.34-2017 Special Class pressure-temperature ratings are listed in tables 8 and 9. These ratings apply to all Fisher cast, forged, and fabricated steel valves. Nondestructive examination applies (Fisher Process Level 6).
Table 8. For ASME Special CL600 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (_F)
-20 to 100 200 300 400 500
LCC
1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
LF2
1500 1500 1480 1465 1465
WCC
1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
WC6
1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
WC9
1500 1500 1480 1455 1450
WORKING PRESSURE (PSIG)
C12A(2)
CF8(2) or 304(2)
CF8M(2) or 316(2)
CF3M
316L
1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
1500 1340 1200 1110 1040
1500 1380 1250 1145 1065
1500 1380 1250 1145 1065
1340 1140 1020 940 880
CG8M
1500 1380 1250 1145 1065
317(2) CF8C(2)
1500 1380 1250 1145 1065
1500 1435 1320 1245 1200
347
1500 1480 1375 1285 1210
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
1500 1500 1490 1370 1295
600
1500 1465 1500 1500 1440 1500
985
1005
1005 830 1005 1005 1150 1150
1245
650
1500 1430 1500 1500 1430 1500
965
985
985
815
985
985 1130 1130
1220
700
- - -
1380 1425 1465 1415 1465
945
970
970
805
970
970 1110 1110
1210
750
- - -
1270 1270 1460 1415 1460
920
955
955
790
955
955 1100 1100
1200
800
- - -
1030 1030 1440 1415 1440
905
945
945
770
945
945 1090 1090
- - -
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
1355 1355 1355
885
930
930
755
930
930 1080 1080
- - -
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
1175 1200 1200
870
925
- - -
- - -
925
925 1080 1080
- - -
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
795
945
945
850
915
- - -
- - -
915
915
945
945
- - -
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
540
670
840
830
840
- - -
- - -
840
840
840
840
- - -
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
360
435
840
815
840
- - -
- - -
- - -
840
840
- - -
- - -
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
240
275
755
645
765
- - -
- - -
- - -
765
780
- - -
- - -
1150
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
555
515
590
- - -
- - -
- - -
590
525
- - -
- - -
1200
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
360
410
465
- - -
- - -
- - -
465
375
- - -
- - -
1250
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
335
370
- - -
- - -
- - -
370
285
- - -
- - -
1300
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
285
290
- - -
- - -
- - -
290
190
- - -
- - -
1350
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
230
240
- - -
- - -
- - -
240
130
- - -
- - -
1400
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
190
190
- - -
- - -
- - -
190
105
- - -
- - -
1450
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
145
145
- - -
- - -
- - -
145
75
- - -
- - -
1500
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
105
105
- - -
- - -
- - -
105
70
- - -
- - -
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The ASME standard states in paragraph "2.1.3 Special Class Valves. Threaded or welding end valves that conform to all the requirements of para. 2.1.2 and in addition have successfully passed the examinations required by Section 8, may be designated Special Class valves." The standard also stipulates that, "Special Class ratings shall not be used for flanged end valves." Information
copied with permission of the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures over 1000_F, use material only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
P/T Ratings for Valves (U.S. Units)
D101463X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:021 July 2020
Table 9. For ASME Special CL900 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (_F)
-20 to 100 200 300 400 500
LCC
2250 2250 2250 2250 2250
LF2
2250 2250 2220 2200 2200
WCC
2250 2250 2250 2250 2250
WC6
2250 2250 2250 2250 2250
WC9
2250 2250 2220 2185 2175
WORKING PRESSURE (PSIG)
C12A(2)
CF8(2) or 304(2)
CF8M(2) or 316(2)
CF3M
316L
2250 2250 2250 2250 2250
2250 2010 1800 1665 1560
2250 2075 1870 1720 1600
2250 2075 1870 1720 1600
2010 1710 1525 1405 1320
CG8M
2250 2075 1870 1720 1600
317(2) CF8C(2)
2250 2075 1870 1720 1600
2250 2150 1975 1865 1800
347
2250 2220 2065 1930 1815
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
2250 2250 2235 2055 1945
600
2250 2200 2250 2250 2165 2250 1480
1510
1510 1245 1510 1510 1730 1730
1865
650
2250 2145 2250 2250 2145 2250 1445
1480
1480 1220 1480 1480 1695 1695
1830
700
- - -
2075 2140 2200 2120 2200 1415
1455
1455 1205 1455 1455 1665 1665
1815
750
- - -
1905 1905 2185 2120 2185 1380
1430
1430 1180 1430 1430 1645 1645
1800
800
- - -
1545 1545 2160 2120 2160 1360
1415
1415 1155 1415 1415 1630 1630
- - -
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
2030 2030 2030 1325
1400
1400 1135 1400 1400 1625 1625
- - -
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
1760 1800 1800 1300
1390
- - -
- - -
1390 1390 1625 1625
- - -
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
1195 1415 1415 1280
1375
- - -
- - -
1375 1375 1415 1415
- - -
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
810 1005 1260 1245
1260
- - -
- - -
1260 1260 1260 1260
- - -
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
540
655 1260 1220
1260
- - -
- - -
- - -
1260 1260
- - -
- - -
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
360
410 1130
965
1145
- - -
- - -
- - -
1145 1170
- - -
- - -
1150
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
835
770
885
- - -
- - -
- - -
885
785
- - -
- - -
1200
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
540
615
695
- - -
- - -
- - -
695
565
- - -
- - -
1250
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
500
555
- - -
- - -
- - -
555
425
- - -
- - -
1300
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
425
435
- - -
- - -
- - -
435
285
- - -
- - -
1350
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
345
360
- - -
- - -
- - -
360
195
- - -
- - -
1400
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
285
285
- - -
- - -
- - -
285
155
- - -
- - -
1450
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
220
220
- - -
- - -
- - -
220
115
- - -
- - -
1500
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
155
155
- - -
- - -
- - -
155
105
- - -
- - -
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The ASME standard states in paragraph "2.1.3 Special Class Valves. Threaded or welding end valves that conform to all the requirements of para. 2.1.2 and in addition have successfully passed the examinations required by Section 8, may be designated Special Class valves." The standard also stipulates that, "Special Class ratings shall not be used for flanged end valves." Information
copied with permission of the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures over 1000_F, use material only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:021 July 2020
P/T Ratings for Valves (U.S. Units)
D101463X012
Standard Pressure-Temperature Ratings for CL1500 and CL2500 Valves
Fisher valve materials that conform to ASME B16.34-2017 Standard Class pressure-temperature ratings are listed in tables 10 and 11. These ratings apply to all Fisher cast, forged, and fabricated steel valves.
Table 10. For ASME Standard CL1500 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (_F)
-20 to 100 200 300 400 500
LCC
3750 3750 3640 3520 3325
LF2
3705 3395 3270 3170 3015
WCC
3750 3750 3640 3520 3325
WC6
3750 3750 3610 3465 3325
WC9
3750 3750 3640 3530 3325
WORKING PRESSURE (PSIG)
C12A
CF8(2) or 304(2)
CF8M(2) or 316(2)
CF3M
316L
3750 3750 3640 3530 3325
3600 3000 2690 2485 2330
3600 3095 2795 2570 2390
3600 3095 2795 2570 2390
3000 2555 2280 2100 1970
CG8M
3600 3095 2795 2570 2390
317(2) CF8C(2)
3600 3095 2795 2570 2390
3600 3310 3085 2880 2710
347
3600 3310 3085 2880 2710
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
3750 3720 3335 3070 2905
600
3025 2840 3025 3025 3025 3025 2210
2255
2255 1860 2255 2255 2580 2580
2785
650
2940 2745 2940 2940 2940 2940 2160
2210
2210 1825 2210 2210 2530 2530
2735
700
- - -
2665 2775 2840 2840 2840 2110
2170
2170 1800 2170 2170 2485 2485
2710
750
- - -
2535 2535 2660 2660 2660 2065
2135
2135 1765 2135 2135 2460 2460
2660
800
- - -
2055 2055 2540 2540 2540 2030
2110
2110 1730 2110 2110 2435 2435
- - -
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
2435 2435 2435 1980
2090
2090 1690 2090 2090 2425 2425
- - -
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
2245 2245 2245 1945
2075
- - -
- - -
2075 2075 2245 2245
- - -
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
1595 1930 19360 1910
1930
- - -
- - -
1930 1930 1930 1930
- - -
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
1080 1335 1820 1770
1820
- - -
- - -
1820 1820 1820 1820
- - -
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
720
875 1800 1630
1800
- - -
- - -
- - -
1800 1800
- - -
- - -
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
480
550 1510 1285
1525
- - -
- - -
- - -
1525 1560
- - -
- - -
1150
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1115 1030
1185
- - -
- - -
- - -
1185 1045
- - -
- - -
1200
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
720
825
925
- - -
- - -
- - -
925
755
- - -
- - -
1250
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
670
735
- - -
- - -
- - -
735
565
- - -
- - -
1300
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
565
585
- - -
- - -
- - -
585
375
- - -
- - -
1350
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
465
480
- - -
- - -
- - -
480
255
- - -
- - -
1400
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
380
380
- - -
- - -
- - -
380
205
- - -
- - -
1450
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
290
290
- - -
- - -
- - -
290
155
- - -
- - -
1500
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
205
205
- - -
- - -
- - -
205
135
- - -
- - -
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The user is advised that a valve used under the jurisdiction of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ASME Code for Pressure Piping, or governmental regulations is subject to any limitation of that code or regulation. This includes any maximum temperature limitation for a material or rule governing the use of a material at a low temperature." Information copied with permission of
the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures over 1000_F, use material only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
P/T Ratings for Valves (U.S. Units)
D101463X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:021 July 2020
Table 11. For ASME Standard CL2500 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (_F)
-20 to 100 200 300 400 500
LCC
6250 6250 6070 5865 5540
LF2
6170 5655 5450 5280 5025
WCC
6250 6250 6070 5865 5540
WC6
6250 6250 6015 5775 5540
WC9
6250 6250 6070 5880 5540
WORKING PRESSURE (PSIG)
C12A
CF8(2) or 304(2)
CF8M(2) or 316(2)
CF3M
316L
6250 6250 6070 5880 5540
6000 5000 4480 4140 3880
6000 5160 4660 4280 3980
6000 5160 4660 4280 3980
5000 4260 3800 3500 3280
CG8M
6000 5160 4660 4280 3980
317(2) CF8C(2)
6000 5160 4660 4280 3980
6000 5520 5140 4800 4520
347
6000 5520 5140 4800 4520
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
6250 6200 5560 5120 4840
600
5040 4730 5040 5040 5040 5040 3680
3760
3760 3100 3760 3760 4300 4300
4640
650
4905 4575 4905 4905 4905 4905 3600
3680
3680 3040 3680 3680 4220 4220
4560
700
- - -
4425 4630 4730 4730 4730 3520
3620
3620 3000 3620 3620 4140 4140
4520
750
- - -
4230 4230 4430 4430 4430 3440
3560
3560 2940 3560 3560 4100 4100
4430
800
- - -
3430 3430 4230 4230 4230 3380
3520
3520 2880 3520 3520 4060 4060
- - -
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
4060 4060 4060 3300
3480
3480 2820 3480 3480 4040 4040
- - -
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
3745 3745 3745 3240
3460
- - -
- - -
3460 3460 3745 3745
- - -
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
2655 3220 3220 3180
3220
- - -
- - -
3220 3220 3220 3220
- - -
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
1800 2230 3030 2950
3030
- - -
- - -
3030 3030 3030 3030
- - -
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
1200 1455 3000 2715
3000
- - -
- - -
- - -
3000 3000
- - -
- - -
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
800
915 2515 2145
2545
- - -
- - -
- - -
2545 2600
- - -
- - -
1150
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1855 1715
1970
- - -
- - -
- - -
1970 1745
- - -
- - -
1200
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1200 1370
1545
- - -
- - -
- - -
1545 1255
- - -
- - -
1250
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1115
1230
- - -
- - -
- - -
1230
945
- - -
- - -
1300
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
945
970
- - -
- - -
- - -
970
630
- - -
- - -
1350
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
770
800
- - -
- - -
- - -
800
430
- - -
- - -
1400
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
630
630
- - -
- - -
- - -
630
345
- - -
- - -
1450
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
485
485
- - -
- - -
- - -
485
255
- - -
- - -
1500
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
345
345
- - -
- - -
- - -
345
230
- - -
- - -
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The user is advised that a valve used under the jurisdiction of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ASME Code for Pressure Piping, or governmental regulations is subject to any limitation of that code or regulation. This includes any maximum temperature limitation for a material or rule governing the use of a material at a low temperature." Information copied with permission of
the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures over 1000_F, use material only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:021 July 2020
P/T Ratings for Valves (U.S. Units)
D101463X012
Special Pressure-Temperature Ratings for CL1500 and CL2500 Threaded or Welding End Valves
Fisher valve materials that conform to ASME B16.34-2017 Special Class pressure-temperature ratings are listed in tables 12 and 13. These ratings apply to all Fisher cast, forged, and fabricated steel valves. Nondestructive examination applies (Fisher Process Level 6).
Table 12. For ASME Special CL1500 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (_F)
-20 to 100 200 300 400 500
LCC
3750 3750 3750 3750 3750
LF2
3750 3750 3700 3665 3665
WCC
3750 3750 3750 3750 3750
WC6
3750 3750 3750 3750 3750
WC9
3750 3750 3695 3640 3620
WORKING PRESSURE (PSIG)
C12A(2)
CF8(2) or 304(2)
CF8M(2) or 316(2)
CF3M
316L
3750 3750 3750 3750 3750
3750 3350 3000 2770 2600
3750 3455 3120 2865 2665
3750 3455 3120 2865 2665
3350 2855 2545 2345 2195
CG8M
3750 3455 3120 2865 2665
317(2) CF8C(2)
3750 3455 3120 2865 2665
3750 3585 3295 3105 3000
347
3750 3695 3440 3215 3025
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
3750 3750 3725 3430 3240
600
3750 3665 3750 3750 3605 3750 2465
2520
2520 2075 2520 2520 2880 2880
3105
650
3750 3575 3750 3750 3580 3750 2410
2465
2465 2035 2465 2465 2825 2825
3055
700
- - -
3455 3565 3665 3535 3665 2355
2425
2425 2010 2425 2425 2770 2770
3025
750
- - -
3170 3170 3645 3535 3645 2305
2385
2385 1970 2385 2385 2745 2745
3000
800
- - -
2570 2570 3600 3535 3600 2265
2355
2355 1930 2355 2355 2720 2720
- - -
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
3385 3385 3385 2210
2330
2330 1890 2330 2330 2705 2705
- - -
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
2935 3000 3000 2170
2315
- - -
- - -
2315 2315 2705 2705
- - -
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
1995 2360 2360 2130
2290
- - -
- - -
2290 2290 2360 2360
- - -
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
1350 1670 2105 2075
2105
- - -
- - -
2105 2105 2105 2105
- - -
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
900 1095 2105 2035
2105
- - -
- - -
- - -
2105 2105
- - -
- - -
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
600
685 1885 1605
1905
- - -
- - -
- - -
1905 1950
- - -
- - -
1150
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1395 1285
1480
- - -
- - -
- - -
1480 1305
- - -
- - -
1200
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
900
1030
1155
- - -
- - -
- - -
1155
945
- - -
- - -
1250
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
835
920
- - -
- - -
- - -
920
705
- - -
- - -
1300
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
705
730
- - -
- - -
- - -
730
470
- - -
- - -
1350
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
580
600
- - -
- - -
- - -
600
320
- - -
- - -
1400
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
470
470
- - -
- - -
- - -
470
255
- - -
- - -
1450
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
365
365
- - -
- - -
- - -
365
195
- - -
- - -
1500
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
260
260
- - -
- - -
- - -
260
170
- - -
- - -
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The ASME standard states in paragraph "2.1.3 Special Class Valves. Threaded or welding end valves that conform to all the requirements of para. 2.1.2 and in addition have successfully passed the examinations required by Section 8, may be designated Special Class valves." The standard also stipulates that, "Special Class ratings shall not be used for flanged end valves." Information
copied with permission of the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures over 1000_F, use material only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
P/T Ratings for Valves (U.S. Units)
D101463X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:021 July 2020
Table 13. For ASME Special CL2500 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (_F)
-20 to 100 200 300 400 500
LCC
6250 6250 6250 6250 6250
LF2
6250 6250 6170 6105 6105
WCC
6250 6250 6250 6250 6250
WC6
6250 6250 6250 6250 6250
WC9
6250 6250 6160 6065 6035
WORKING PRESSURE (PSIG)
C12A(2)
CF8(2) or 304(2)
CF8M(2) or 316(2)
CF3M
316L
6250 6250 6250 6250 6250
6250 5580 5000 4620 4330
6250 5760 5200 4775 4440
6250 5760 5200 4775 4440
5580 4755 4240 3905 3660
CG8M
6250 5760 5200 4775 4440
317(2) CF8C(2)
6250 5760 5200 4775 4440
6250 5975 5490 5180 5000
347
6250 6160 5735 5355 5045
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
6250 6250 6205 5715 5400
600
6250 6105 6250 6250 6010 6250 4105
4195
4195 3460 4195 4195 4800 4800
5180
650
6250 5960 6250 6250 5965 6250 4020
4105
4105 3395 4105 4105 4710 4710
5090
700
- - -
5760 5940 6110 5895 6110 3930
4040
4040 3350 4040 4040 4620 4620
5045
750
- - -
5285 5285 6070 5895 6070 3840
3975
3975 3280 3975 3975 4575 4575
5000
800
- - -
4285 4285 6000 5895 6000 3770
3930
3930 3215 3930 3930 4530 4530
- - -
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
5645 5645 5645 3685
3885
3885 3145 3885 3885 4510 4510
- - -
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
4895 5000 5000 3615
3860
- - -
- - -
3860 3860 4510 4510
- - -
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
3320 3930 3930 3550
3815
- - -
- - -
3815 3815 3930 3930
- - -
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
2250 2785 3505 3460
3505
- - -
- - -
3505 3505 3505 3505
- - -
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
1500 1820 3505 3395
3505
- - -
- - -
- - -
3505 3505
- - -
- - -
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
1000 1145 3145 2680
3180
- - -
- - -
- - -
3180 3250
- - -
- - -
1150
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2320 2145
2465
- - -
- - -
- - -
2465 2180
- - -
- - -
1200
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1500 1715
1930
- - -
- - -
- - -
1930 1570
- - -
- - -
1250
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1395
1535
- - -
- - -
- - -
1535 1180
- - -
- - -
1300
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1180
1215
- - -
- - -
- - -
1215
785
- - -
- - -
1350
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
965
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
1000 535
- - -
- - -
1400
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
785
785
- - -
- - -
- - -
785
430
- - -
- - -
1450
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
610
605
- - -
- - -
- - -
605
320
- - -
- - -
1500
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
430
430
- - -
- - -
- - -
430
285
- - -
- - -
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The ASME standard states in paragraph "2.1.3 Special Class Valves. Threaded or welding end valves that conform to all the requirements of para. 2.1.2 and in addition have successfully passed the examinations required by Section 8, may be designated Special Class valves." The standard also stipulates that, "Special Class ratings shall not be used for flanged end valves." Information
copied with permission of the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures over 1000_F, use material only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:021 July 2020
P/T Ratings for Valves (U.S. Units)
D101463X012
Standard Pressure-Temperature Ratings for CL3200 Valves
Fisher valve materials that conform to ASME B16.34-2017 Standard Class pressure-temperature ratings are listed in table 14. These ratings apply to all Fisher cast, forged, and fabricated steel valves.
Table 14. For ASME Standard CL3200 Valves(1)
SERVICE
TEMP (_F)
LCC
WCC
WC9
WORKING PRESSURE (PSIG)
C12A
CF8M(2)
CF8C(2)
CD3MN CD3MWCuN
-20 to 100 200 300 400 500 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050
8000 8000 7765 7505 7085 6450 6275 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8000 8000 7765 7505 7085 6450 6275 5925 5410 4385 - - - - - - - - - - -
8000 8000 7765 7525 7085 6450 6275 6050 5665 5410 5195 4790 4120 2850 1860
8000 8000 7765 7525 7085 6450 6275 6050 5665 5410 5195 4790 4120 3875 3840
7680 6605 5965 5475 5090 4810 4710 4630 4555 4505 4450 4425 4120 3875 3840
7680 7065 6575 6140 5785 5500 5400 5295 5245 5195 5170 4790 4120 3875 3840
8000 7935 7115 6550 6190 5935 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
3215
3255
3325
- - -
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The user is advised that a valve used under the jurisdiction of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ASME Code for Pressure Piping, or governmental regulations is subject to any limitation of that code or regulation. This includes any maximum temperature limitation for a material or rule governing the use of a material at a low temperature." Information copied with permission of
the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures over 1000_F, use material only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
P/T Ratings for Valves (U.S. Units)
D101463X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:021 July 2020
Standard and Special Pressure-Temperature Ratings for CL4500 Valves
Fisher valve materials that conform to ASME B16.34-2013 Standard and Special Class pressure-temperature ratings are listed in tables 15 and 16. These ratings apply to all Fisher cast, forged, and fabricated steel valves. For Special Class pressure-temperature ratings, nondestructive examination applies (Fisher Process Level 6).
Table 15. For ASME Standard CL4500 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (_F)
-20 to 100 200 300 400 500
LCC
11250 11250 10925 10555 9965
LF2
11110 10185 9815 9505 9040
WCC
11250 11250 10925 10555 9965
WC6
11250 11250 10830 10400 9965
WC9
11250 11250 10925 10585 9965
WORKING PRESSURE (PSIG)
C12A
CF8(2) or 304(2)
CF8M(2) or 316(2)
CF3M
316L
11250 11250 10925 10585 9965
10800 9000 8065 7450 6985
10800 9290 8390 7705 7165
10800 9290 8390 7705 7165
9000 7670 6840 6300 5905
CG8M
10800 9290 8390 7705 7165
317(2)
10800 9290 8390 7705 7165
CF8C(2)
10800 9935 9250 8640 8135
347
10800 9935 9250 8640 8135
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
11250 11160 10010 9215 8710
600
9070 8515 9070 9070 9070 9070 6625
6770
6770 5580 6770 6770 7740 7740
8350
650
8825 8240 8825 8825 8825 8825 6480
6625
6625 5470 6625 6625 7595 7595
8210
700
- - -
7960 8330 8515 8515 8515 6335
6515
6515 5400 6515 6515 7450 7450
8135
750
- - -
7610 7610 7970 7970 7970 6190
6410
6410 5290 6410 6410 7380 7380
7970
800
- - -
6170 6170 7610 7610 7610 6085
6335
6335 5185 6335 6335 7310 7310
- - -
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
7305 7305 7305 5940
6265
6265 5075 6265 6265 7270 7270
- - -
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
6740 6740 6740 5830
6230
- - -
- - -
6230 6230 6740 6740
- - -
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
4785 5795 5795 5725
5795
- - -
- - -
5795 5795 5795 5795
- - -
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
3240 4010 5450 5315
5450
- - -
- - -
5450 5450 5450 5450
- - -
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
2160 2625 5400 4885
5400
- - -
- - -
- - -
5400 5400
- - -
- - -
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
1440 1645 4525 3855
4575
- - -
- - -
- - -
4575 4680
- - -
- - -
1150
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
3345 3085
3550
- - -
- - -
- - -
3550 3135
- - -
- - -
1200
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2160 2470
2775
- - -
- - -
- - -
2775 2265
- - -
- - -
1250
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2005
2210
- - -
- - -
- - -
2210 1695
- - -
- - -
1300
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1695
1750
- - -
- - -
- - -
1750 1130
- - -
- - -
1350
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1390
1440
- - -
- - -
- - -
1440
770
- - -
- - -
1400
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1130
1130
- - -
- - -
- - -
1130
615
- - -
- - -
1450
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
875
875
- - -
- - -
- - -
875
465
- - -
- - -
1500
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
620
620
- - -
- - -
- - -
620
410
- - -
- - -
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The user is advised that a valve used under the jurisdiction of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ASME Code for Pressure Piping, or governmental regulations is subject to any limitation of that code or regulation. This includes any maximum temperature limitation for a material or rule governing the use of a material at a low temperature." Information copied with permission of
the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017.. 2. At temperatures over 1000_F, use material only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:021 July 2020
P/T Ratings for Valves (U.S. Units)
D101463X012
Table 16. For ASME Special CL4500 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (_F)
-20 to 100 200 300 400 500
LCC
11250 11250 11250 11250 11250
LF2
11250 11250 11105 10995 10995
WCC
11250 11250 11250 11250 11250
WC6
11250 11250 11250 11250 11250
WORKING PRESSURE (PSIG)
WC9
C12A(2)
CF8(2) or 304(2)
CF8M(2) or 316(2)
CF3M
316L
11250 11250 11090 10915 10865
11250 11250 11250 11250 11250
11250 10045 9000 8315 7795
11250 10365 9360 8600 7995
11250 10365 9360 8600 7995
10045 8560 7635 7030 6590
CG8M
11250 10365 9360 8600 7995
317(2)
11250 10365 9360 8600 7995
CF8C(2)
11250 10750 9885 9320 9000
347
11250 11090 10325 9645 9080
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
11250 11250 11170 10285 9725
600
11250 10995 11250 11250 10815 11250 7395
7555
7555 6230 7555 7555 8640 8640
650
11250 10730 11250 11250 10735 11250 7230
7395
7395 6105 7395 7395 8480 8480
700
- - - 10365 10690 10995 10605 10995 7070
7270
7270 6025 7270 7270 8315 8315
750
- - -
9515 9515 10930 10605 10930 6910
7150
7150 5905 7150 7150 8235 8235
800
- - -
7715 7715 10800 10605 10800 6790
7070
7070 5785 7070 7070 8155 8155
9320 9160 9080 9000 - - -
850
- - -
- - -
- - - 10160 10160 10160 6630
6990
6990 5665 6990 6990 8115 8115
- - -
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
8805 9000 9000 6510
6950
- - -
- - -
6950 6950 8115 8115
- - -
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
5980 7070 7070 6390
6870
- - -
- - -
6870 6870 7070 7070
- - -
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
4050 5015 6310 6230
6310
- - -
- - -
6310 6310 6310 6310
- - -
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
2700 3280 6310 6105
6310
- - -
- - -
- - -
6310 6310
- - -
- - -
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
1800 2055 5655 4820
5720
- - -
- - -
- - -
5720 5850
- - -
- - -
1150
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4180 3855
4435
- - -
- - -
- - -
4435 3920
- - -
- - -
1200
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2700 3085
3470
- - -
- - -
- - -
3470 2830
- - -
- - -
1250
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2505
2765
- - -
- - -
- - -
2765 2120
- - -
- - -
1300
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2120
2185
- - -
- - -
- - -
2185 1415
- - -
- - -
1350
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1735
1800
- - -
- - -
- - -
1800
965
- - -
- - -
1400
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1415
1415
- - -
- - -
- - -
1415
770
- - -
- - -
1450
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1095
1095
- - -
- - -
- - -
1095
580
- - -
- - -
1500
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
770
770
- - -
- - -
- - -
770
515
- - -
- - -
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The ASME standard states in paragraph "2.1.3 Special Class Valves. Threaded or welding end valves that conform to all the requirements of para. 2.1.2 and in addition have successfully passed the examinations required by Section 8, may be designated Special Class valves." The standard also stipulates that, "Special Class ratings shall not be used for flanged end valves." Information
copied with permission of the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures over 1000_F, use material only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E161989, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
P/T Ratings for Valves (Metric Units)
D103315X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:022 July 2020
Pressure/Temperature Ratings for FisherTM Valves (ASME B16.34-2017) - Metric Units
Material Reference Guide Table
Metric Units
Fisher valves conforming to ASME B16.34-2017 standard have specific pressure-temperature limits depending on construction materials. Use the material references in table 1 when determining pressure-temperature ratings of valves used in accordance with the ASME standard.
Table 1. Valve Body Materials
CATEGORY Carbon Steel
Specification SA-216 SA-352 SA-350
Alloy Steels
SA-217
Stainless Steel
SA-351
SA-995
1. WCC is a standard substitute for WCB material. 2. LCC is a standard substitute for LCB material. 3. Listed as A351-CD3MN in B16.34-2013.
Grade WCC(1) LCC(2)
LF2 WC6 WC9 C12A CF8M CF8 CF8C CF3M CG8M CK3MCuN CD3MN(3) (Grade 4A) CD3MWCuN (Grade 6A)
ASME
Material Group 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.9 1.10 1.15 2.2 2.1 2.11 2.2 2.2 2.8
2.8
2.8
Nominal Designation S-Mn-Si S-Mn-Si C-Mn-Si
1-1/4Cr-1/2 Mo 2-1/4Cr-1 Mo 9Cr-1 Mo-V 16Cr-12 Ni-2Mo
18Cr-8 Ni 18Cr-10 Ni-Cb 16Cr-12 Ni-2Mo 19Cr-10 Ni-3Mo 20Cr-18 Ni-6Mo
22Cr-5 Ni-3Mo-N
25Cr-7 Ni-3.5Mo-Cb
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:022 July 2020
P/T Ratings for Valves (Metric Units)
D103315X012
Standard Pressure-Temperature Ratings for CL150 and CL300 Valves
Fisher valve materials that conform to ASME B16.34-2017 Standard Class pressure-temperature ratings are listed in tables 2 and 3. These ratings apply to all Fisher cast, forged, and fabricated steel valves.
Table 2. For ASME Standard CL150 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (_C) LCC
-29 to 38 19.8
LF2 19.6
WCC 19.8
WC6(2) 19.8
WC9(2) 19.8
C12A(2) 20.0
WORKING PRESSURE (Bar)
CF8(2,3)
or 304(2,3)
CF8M(2,3) or 316(2,3)
CF3M
19.0
19.0
19.0
316L 15.9
CG8M 19.0
317
(2,3)
19.0
CF8C
(2,3)
19.0
CK3MCuN
347
CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
19.0
20.0
50
19.5
19.2
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.5
18.3
18.4
18.4 15.3 18.4 18.4 18.7 18.7
19.5
100
17.7
17.7
17.7
17.7
17.7
17.7
15.7
16.2
16.2 13.3 16.2 16.2 17.4 17.4
17.7
150
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
14.2
14.8
14.8 12.0 14.8 14.8 15.8 15.8
15.8
200
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.2
13.7
13.7 11.2 13.7 13.7 13.8 13.8
13.8
250
12.1
12.1
12.1
12.1
12.1
12.1
12.1
12.1
12.1 10.5 12.1 12.1 12.1 12.1
12.1
300
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2 10.0 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2
10.2
325
9.3
9.3
9.3
9.3
9.3
9.3
9.3
9.3
9.3
9.3
9.3
9.3
9.3
9.3
9.3
350
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
375
7.4
7.4
7.4
7.4
7.4
7.4
7.4
7.4
7.4
7.4
7.4
7.4
7.4
7.4
400
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
425
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
450
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
475
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
500
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
538
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
550
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
575
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
600
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
625
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
650
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
675
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
700
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
725
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
750
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.2
775
1.4
1.4
1.4
0.9
800
1.2
1.2
1.2
0.8
816
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.7
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The
user is advised that a valve used under the jurisdiction of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ASME Code for Pressure Piping, or governmental regulations is subject to any limitation of
that code or regulation. This includes any maximum temperature limitation for a material or rule governing the use of a material at a low temperature." Information copied with permission of
the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. Flange end valve ratings terminate at 538°C. 3. At temperatures above 538°C, use only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
P/T Ratings for Valves (Metric Units)
D103315X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:022 July 2020
Table 3. For ASME Standard CL300 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (5C) LCC
WORKING PRESSURE (Bar)
LF2
WCC
WC6
WC9
C12A
CF8(2) or CF8M(2) or
304(2)
316(2)
CF3M
316L
CG8M 317(2) CF8C(2)
347
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
-29 to 38
51.7
51.1
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
49.6
49.6
49.6 41.4 49.6 49.6 49.6 49.6
51.7
50
51.7
50.1
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
47.8
48.1
48.1 40.0 48.1 48.1 48.8 48.8
51.7
100
51.5
46.6
51.5
51.5
51.5
51.5
40.9
42.2
42.2 34.8 42.2 42.2 45.3 45.3
50.7
150
50.2
45.1
50.2
49.7
50.3
50.3
37.0
38.5
38.5 31.4 38.5 38.5 42.5 42.5
45.9
200
48.6
43.8
48.6
48.0
48.6
48.6
34.5
35.7
35.7 29.2 35.7 35.7 39.9 39.9
42.7
250
46.3
41.9
46.3
46.3
46.3
46.3
32.5
33.4
33.4 27.5 33.4 33.4 37.8 37.8
40.5
300
42.9
39.8
42.9
42.9
42.9
42.9
30.9
31.6
31.6 26.1 31.6 31.6 36.1 36.1
38.9
325
41.4
38.7
41.4
41.4
41.4
41.4
30.2
30.9
30.9 25.5 30.9 30.9 35.4 35.4
38.2
350
37.6
40.0
40.3
40.3
40.3
29.6
30.3
30.3 25.1 30.3 30.3 34.8 34.8
37.6
375
36.4
37.8
38.9
38.9
38.9
29.0
29.9
29.9 24.8 29.9 29.9 34.2 34.2
37.4
400
34.7
34.7
36.5
36.5
36.5
28.4
29.4
29.4 24.3 29.4 29.4 33.9 33.9
36.5
425
28.8
28.8
35.2
35.2
35.2
28.0
29.1
29.1 23.9 29.1 29.1 33.6 33.6
450
33.7
33.7
33.7
27.4
28.8
28.8 23.4 28.8 28.8 33.5 33.5
475
31.7
31.7
31.7
26.9
28.7
28.7 28.7 31.7 31.7
500
25.7
28.2
28.2
26.5
28.2
28.2 28.2 28.2 28.2
538
14.9
18.4
25.2
24.4
25.2
25.2 25.2 25.2 25.2
550
12.7
15.6
25.0
23.6
25.0
25.0 25.0
575
8.8
10.5 24.0
20.8
24.0
24.0 24.0
600
19.5
16.9
19.9
19.9 19.8
625
14.6
13.8
15.8
15.8 13.9
650
9.9
11.3
12.7
12.7 10.3
675
9.3
10.3
10.3
8.0
700
8.0
8.4
8.4
5.6
725
6.8
7.0
7.0
4.0
750
5.8
5.9
5.9
3.1
775
4.6
4.6
4.6
2.5
800
3.5
3.5
3.5
2.0
816
2.8
2.8
2.8
1.9
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The user is advised that a valve used under the jurisdiction of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ASME Code for Pressure Piping, or governmental regulations is subject to any limitation of that code or regulation. This includes any maximum temperature limitation for a material or rule governing the use of a material at a low temperature." Information copied with permission of
the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures above 538°C, use only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:022 July 2020
P/T Ratings for Valves (Metric Units)
D103315X012
Special Pressure-Temperature Ratings for CL150 and CL300 Threaded or Welding End Valves
Fisher valve materials that conform to ASME B16.34-2017 Special Class pressure-temperature ratings are listed in tables 4 and 5. These ratings apply to all Fisher cast, forged, and fabricated steel valves. Nondestructive examination applies (Fisher Process Level 6).
Table 4. For ASME Special CL150 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (5C) LCC
-29 to 38 20.0
LF2 19.8
WCC 20.0
WC6 19.8
WC9 19.8
WORKING PRESSURE (Bar)
C12A(2)
CF8(2) or 304(2)
CF8M(2) or 316(2)
CF3M
316L
20.0
19.8
19.8
19.8 17.7
CG8M 317(2) CF8C(2) 19.8 19.8 19.8
347 20.0
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
20.0
50
20.0
19.8
20.0
19.8
19.8
20.0
19.4
19.5
19.5 17.1 19.5 19.5 19.6 20.0
20.0
100
20.0
19.8
20.0
19.8
19.8
20.0
17.5
18.1
18.1 14.9 18.1 18.1 18.8 19.4
20.0
150
20.0
19.6
20.0
19.8
19.5
20.0
15.8
16.5
16.5 13.4 16.5 16.5 17.4 18.2
19.6
200
20.0
19.4
20.0
19.8
19.3
20.0
14.8
15.3
15.3 12.5 15.3 15.3 16.5 17.1
18.2
250
20.0
19.4
20.0
19.8
19.2
20.0
13.9
14.3
14.3 11.8 14.3 14.3 16.0 16.2
17.3
300
20.0
19.4
20.0
19.8
19.1
20.0
13.2
13.5
13.5 11.2 13.5 13.5 15.4 15.4
16.6
325
20.0
19.2
20.0
19.8
19.0
20.0
12.9
13.2
13.2 10.9 13.2 13.2 15.1 15.1
16.3
350
18.7
19.8
19.8
18.9
19.8
12.7
13.0
13.0 10.7 13.0 13.0 14.9 14.9
16.1
375
18.1
19.3
19.3
18.7
19.3
12.4
12.8
12.8 10.6 12.8 12.8 14.6 14.6
16.0
400
16.6
19.3
19.3
18.7
19.3
12.2
12.6
12.6 10.4 12.6 12.6 14.5 14.5
15.2
425
13.8
18.0
19.0
18.7
19.0
12.0
12.5
12.5 10.2 12.5 12.5 14.4 14.4
450
18.1
18.1
18.1
11.7
12.3
12.3 10.0 12.3 12.3 14.3 14.3
475
16.4
16.4
16.4
11.5
12.3
12.3 12.3 14.3 14.3
500
12.3
13.7
13.7
11.3
12.2
12.2 12.2 13.7 13.7
538
7.1
8.8
11.0
11.0
11.0
11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0
550
6.1
7.5
11.0
10.9
11.0
11.0 11.0
575
4.2
5.0
10.9
10.0
10.9
10.9 10.9
600
9.3
8.1
9.5
9.5
9.5
625
7.0
6.6
7.6
7.6
6.6
650
4.8
5.4
6.1
6.1
4.9
675
4.5
4.9
4.9
3.8
700
4.1
4.4
4.4
3.1
725
3.5
3.7
3.7
2.3
750
2.8
2.8
2.8
1.6
775
2.2
2.2
2.2
1.2
800
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.0
816
1.4
1.4
1.4
0.9
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The ASME standard states in paragraph "2.1.3 Special Class Valves. Threaded or welding end valves that conform to all the requirements of para. 2.1.2 and in addition have successfully passed the examinations required by Section 8, may be designated Special Class valves." The standard also stipulates that, "Special Class ratings shall not be used for flanged end valves." Information
copied with permission of the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures above 538°C, use only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
P/T Ratings for Valves (Metric Units)
D103315X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:022 July 2020
Table 5. For ASME Special CL300 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (5C) LCC
WORKING PRESSURE (Bar)
LF2
WCC
WC6
WC9
C12A(2)
CF8(2) or 304(2)
CF8M(2) or 316(2)
CF3M
316L
CG8M 317(2) CF8C(2)
347
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
-29 to 38
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7 46.2 51.7 51.7 51.7 51.7
51.7
50
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
51.7
50.5
50.8
50.8 44.7 50.8 50.8 51.2 51.7
51.7
100
51.7
51.6
51.7
51.7
51.6
51.7
45.6
47.1
47.1 38.8 47.1 47.1 48.9 50.6
51.7
150
51.7
51.0
51.7
51.7
51.0
51.7
41.3
43.0
43.0 35.0 43.0 43.0 45.4 47.4
51.3
200
51.7
50.6
51.7
51.7
50.2
51.7
38.5
39.8
39.8 32.5 39.8 39.8 43.1 44.6
47.6
250
51.7
50.5
51.7
51.7
50.0
51.7
36.3
37.3
37.3 30.7 37.3 37.3 41.6 42.2
45.2
300
51.7
50.5
51.7
51.7
49.8
51.7
34.5
35.3
35.3 29.1 35.3 35.3 40.2 40.3
43.4
325
51.7
50.1
51.7
51.7
49.6
51.7
33.7
34.5
34.5 28.4 34.5 34.5 39.5 39.5
42.6
350
48.9
51.1
51.5
49.2
51.5
33.1
33.8
33.8 28.0 33.8 33.8 38.8 38.8
42.0
375
47.1
48.4
50.6
48.8
50.6
32.4
33.3
33.3 27.6 33.3 33.3 38.2 38.2
41.7
400
43.4
43.4
50.3
48.8
50.3
31.7
32.9
32.9 27.1 32.9 32.9 37.8 37.8
39.7
425
36.0
36.0
49.6
48.8
49.6
31.2
32.5
32.5 26.6 32.5 32.5 37.5 37.5
450
47.3
47.3
47.3
30.6
32.2
32.2 26.1 32.2 32.2 37.3 37.3
475
42.8
42.8
42.8
30.1
32.0
32.0 32.0 37.3 37.3
500
32.2
35.6
35.6
29.6
31.7
31.7 31.7 35.6 35.6
538
18.6
23.0
29.0
28.6
29.0
29.0 29.0 29.0 29.0
550
15.9
19.5
29.0
28.4
29.0
29.0 29.0
575
11.0
13.2
28.6
26.1
28.6
28.6 28.6
600
24.4
21.1
24.9
24.9 24.8
625
18.3
17.2
19.8
19.8 17.3
650
12.4
14.1
15.8
15.8 12.9
675
11.7
12.9
12.9
9.9
700
10.7
11.4
11.4
8.2
725
9.2
9.5
9.5
5.9
750
7.4
7.4
7.4
4.1
775
5.8
5.8
5.8
3.1
800
4.4
4.4
4.4
2.7
816
3.4
3.4
3.4
2.4
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The ASME standard states in paragraph "2.1.3 Special Class Valves. Threaded or welding end valves that conform to all the requirements of para. 2.1.2 and in addition have successfully passed the examinations required by Section 8, may be designated Special Class valves." The standard also stipulates that, "Special Class ratings shall not be used for flanged end valves." Information
copied with permission of the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures above 538°C, use only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:022 July 2020
P/T Ratings for Valves (Metric Units)
D103315X012
Standard Pressure-Temperature Ratings for CL600 and CL900 Valves
Fisher valve materials that conform to ASME B16.34-2017 Standard Class pressure-temperature ratings are listed in tables 6 and 7. These ratings apply to all Fisher cast, forged, and fabricated steel valves.
Table 6. For ASME Standard CL600 Valves(1)
WORKING PRESSURE (Bar)
SERVICE TEMP (5C) LCC
LF2
WCC
WC6
WC9
C12A
CF8(2) or CF8M(2) or
304(2)
316(2)
CF3M
316L
CG8M 317(2) CF8C(2)
347
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
-29 to 38 103.4 102.1 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 99.3
99.3
99.3 82.7 99.3 99.3 99.3 99.3
103.4
50
103.4 100.2 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 95.6
96.2
96.2 80.0 96.2 96.2 97.5 97.5
103.4
100
103.0 93.2 103.0 103.0 103.0 103.0 81.7
84.4
84.4 69.6 84.4 84.4 90.6 90.6
101.3
150
100.3 90.2 100.3 99.5 100.3 100.3 74.0
77.0
77.0 62.8 77.0 77.0 84.9 84.9
91.9
200
97.2
87.6
97.2
95.9
97.2
97.2
69.0
71.3
71.3 58.3 71.3 71.3 79.9 79.9
85.3
250
92.7
83.9
92.7
92.7
92.7
92.7
65.0
66.8
66.8 54.9 66.8 66.8 75.6 75.6
80.9
300
85.7
79.6
85.7
85.7
85.7
85.7
61.8
63.2
63.2 52.1 63.2 63.2 72.2 72.2
77.7
325
82.6
77.4
82.6
82.6
82.6
82.6
60.4
61.8
61.8 51.0 61.8 61.8 70.7 70.7
76.3
350
75.1
80.0
80.4
80.4
80.4
59.3
60.7
60.7 50.1 60.7 60.7 69.5 69.5
75.3
375
72.7
75.7
77.6
77.6
77.6
58.1
59.8
59.8 49.5 59.8 59.8 68.4 68.4
74.7
400
69.4
69.4
73.3
73.3
73.3
56.9
58.9
58.9 48.6 58.9 58.9 67.8 67.8
73.3
425
57.5
57.5
70.0
70.0
70.0
56.0
58.3
58.3 47.7 58.3 58.3 67.2 67.2
450
67.7
67.7
67.7
54.8
57.7
57.7 46.8 57.7 57.7 66.9 66.9
475
63.4
63.4
63.4
53.9
57.3
57.3 57.3 63.4 63.4
500
51.5
56.5
56.6
53.0
56.5
56.5 56.5 56.5 56.5
538
29.8
36.9
50.0
48.9
50.0
50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
550
25.4
31.3
49.8
47.1
49.8
49.8 49.8
575
17.6
21.1
47.9
41.7
47.9
47.9 47.9
600
39.0
33.8
39.8
39.8 39.6
625
29.2
27.6
31.6
31.6 27.7
650
19.9
22.5
25.3
25.3 20.6
675
18.7
20.6
20.6 15.9
700
16.1
16.8
16.8 11.2
725
13.5
14.0
14.0
8.0
750
11.6
11.7
11.7
6.2
775
9.0
9.0
9.0
4.9
800
7.0
7.0
7.0
4.0
816
5.9
5.9
5.9
3.8
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The user is advised that a valve used under the jurisdiction of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ASME Code for Pressure Piping, or governmental regulations is subject to any limitation of that code or regulation. This includes any maximum temperature limitation for a material or rule governing the use of a material at a low temperature." Information copied with permission of
the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures above 538°C, use only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
P/T Ratings for Valves (Metric Units)
D103315X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:022 July 2020
Table 7. For ASME Standard CL900 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (5C) LCC
WORKING PRESSURE (Bar)
LF2
WCC
WC6
WC9
C12A
CF8(2) or CF8M(2) or
304(2)
316(2)
CF3M
316L
CG8M 317(2) CF8C(2)
347
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
-29 to 38 155.1 153.2 155.1 155.1 155.1 155.1 148.9
148.9
148.9 124.1 148.9 148.9 148.9 148.9
155.1
50
155.1 150.4 155.1 155.1 155.1 155.1 143.5
144.3
144.3 120.1 144.3 144.3 146.3 146.3
155.1
100
154.6 139.8 154.6 154.4 154.6 154.6 122.6
126.6
126.6 104.4 126.6 126.6 135.9 135.9
152.0
150
150.5 135.2 150.5 149.2 150.6 150.6 111.0
115.5
115.5 94.2 115.5 115.5 127.4 127.4
137.8
200
145.8 131.4 145.8 143.9 145.8 145.8 103.4
107.0
107.0 87.5 107.0 107.0 119.8 119.8
128.0
250
139.0 125.8 139.0 139.0 139.0 139.0 97.5
100.1
100.1 82.4 100.1 100.1 113.4 113.4
121.4
300
128.6 119.5 128.6 128.6 128.6 128.6 92.7
94.9
94.9 78.2 94.9 94.9 108.3 108.3
116.6
325
124.0 116.1 124.0 124.0 124.0 124.0 90.7
92.7
92.7 76.4 92.7 92.7 106.1 106.1
114.5
350
112.7 120.1 120.7 120.7 120.7 88.9
91.0
91.0 75.2 91.0 91.0 104.3 104.3
112.9
375
109.1 113.5 116.5 116.5 116.5 87.1
89.6
89.6 74.3 89.6 89.6 102.6 102.6
112.1
400
104.2 104.2 109.8 109.8 109.8 85.3
88.3
88.3 72.9 88.3 88.3 101.7 101.7
109.8
425
86.3 86.3 105.1 105.1 105.1 84.0
87.4
87.4 71.6 87.4 87.4 100.8 100.8
450
101.4 101.4 101.4 82.2
86.5
86.5 70.2 86.5 86.5 100.4 100.4
475
95.1
95.1
95.1
80.8
86.0
86.0 86.0 95.1 95.1
500
77.2
84.7
84.7
79.5
84.7
84.7 84.7 84.7 84.7
538
44.7
55.3
75.2
73.3
75.2
75.2 75.2 75.2 75.2
550
38.1
46.9
74.8
70.7
74.8
74.8 74.8
575
26.4
31.6
71.8
62.5
71.8
71.8 71.8
600
58.5
50.6
59.7
59.7 59.4
625
43.8
41.4
47.4
47.4 41.6
650
29.8
33.8
38.0
38.0 30.9
675
28.0
31.0
31.0 23.9
700
24.1
25.1
25.1 16.8
725
20.3
21.0
21.0 11.9
750
17.3
17.6
17.6
9.3
775
13.7
13.7
13.7
7.4
800
10.5
10.5
10.5
6.1
816
8.6
8.6
8.6
5.7
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The user is advised that a valve used under the jurisdiction of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ASME Code for Pressure Piping, or governmental regulations is subject to any limitation of that code or regulation. This includes any maximum temperature limitation for a material or rule governing the use of a material at a low temperature." Information copied with permission of
the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures above 538°C, use only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:022 July 2020
P/T Ratings for Valves (Metric Units)
D103315X012
Special Pressure-Temperature Ratings for CL600 and CL900 Threaded or Welding End Valves
Fisher valve materials that conform to ASME B16.34-2017 Special Class pressure-temperature ratings are listed in tables 8 and 9. These ratings apply to all Fisher cast, forged, and fabricated steel valves. Nondestructive examination applies (Fisher Process Level 6).
Table 8. For ASME Special CL600 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (5C)
-29 to 38
LCC 103.4
LF2 103.4
WCC 103.4
WC6 103.4
WORKING PRESSURE (Bar)
WC9
C12A(2)
CF8(2) or 304(2)
CF8M(2) or 316(2)
CF3M
316L
103.4 103.4 103.4
103.4
103.4 92.3
CG8M 103.4
317(2) CF8C(2) 347 103.4 103.4 103.4
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
103.4
50
103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 101.0
101.6
101.6 89.3 101.6 101.6 102.4 103.4
103.4
100
103.4 103.3 103.4 103.4 103.2 103.4 91.2
94.2
94.2 77.7 94.2 94.2 97.9 101.1
103.4
150
103.4 102.1 103.4 103.4 101.9 103.4 82.6
85.9
85.9 70.1 85.9 85.9 90.8 94.8
102.5
200
103.4 101.1 103.4 103.4 100.4 103.4 77.0
79.6
79.6 65.1 79.6 79.6 86.1 89.1
95.2
250
103.4 101.1 103.4 103.4 100.0 103.4 72.5
74.5
74.5 61.3 74.5 74.5 83.3 84.4
90.3
300
103.4 101.1 103.4 103.4 99.6 103.4 69.0
70.6
70.6 58.2 70.6 70.6 80.3 80.6
86.7
325
103.4 100.2 103.4 103.4 99.2 103.4 67.5
68.9
68.9 56.9 68.9 68.9 78.9 78.9
85.2
350
97.8 102.2 102.8 98.4 102.8 66.1
67.7
67.7 56.0 67.7 67.7 77.6 77.6
84.0
375
94.2 96.7 101.0 97.5 101.0 64.8
66.7
66.7 55.2 66.7 66.7 76.4 76.4
83.4
400
86.8 86.8 100.6 97.5 100.6 63.5
65.7
65.7 54.3 65.7 65.7 75.7 75.7
79.4
425
71.9
71.9
99.3
97.5
99.3
62.5
65.1
65.1 53.3 65.1 65.1 75.0 75.0
450
94.4
94.4
94.4
61.2
64.4
64.4 52.3 64.4 64.4 74.7 74.7
475
85.5
85.5
85.5
60.1
64.0
64.0 64.0 74.6 74.6
500
64.3
71.5
71.5
59.1
63.4
63.4 63.4 71.5 71.5
538
37.2
46.1
57.9
57.3
57.9
57.9 57.9 57.9 57.9
550
31.8
39.1
57.9
56.8
57.9
57.9 57.9
575
22.0
26.3
57.1
52.1
57.1
57.1 57.1
600
48.7
42.2
49.8
49.8 49.5
625
36.5
34.5
39.5
39.5 34.6
650
24.8
28.2
31.7
31.7 25.7
675
23.4
25.8
25.8 19.9
700
21.3
22.8
22.8 16.4
725
18.5
19.1
19.1 11.8
750
14.8
14.8
14.8
8.2
775
11.4
11.4
11.4
6.2
800
8.8
8.8
8.8
5.3
816
7.2
7.2
7.2
4.7
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The ASME standard states in paragraph "2.1.3 Special Class Valves. Threaded or welding end valves that conform to all the requirements of para. 2.1.2 and in addition have successfully passed the examinations required by Section 8, may be designated Special Class valves." The standard also stipulates that, "Special Class ratings shall not be used for flanged end valves." Information
copied with permission of the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures above 538°C, use only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
P/T Ratings for Valves (Metric Units)
D103315X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:022 July 2020
Table 9. For ASME Special CL900 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (5C) LCC
WORKING PRESSURE (Bar)
LF2
WCC
WC6
WC9
C12A
CF8(2) or CF8M(2) or
304(2)
316(2)
CF3M
316L
CG8M 317(2) CF8C(2)
347
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
-29 to 38 155.1 155.1 155.1 155.1 155.1 155.1 155.1
155.1
155.1 138.5 155.1 155.1 155.1 155.1
155.1
50
155.1 155.1 155.1 155.1 155.1 155.1 151.5
152.5
152.5 134.0 152.5 152.5 153.6 155.1
155.1
100
155.1 154.9 155.1 155.1 154.9 155.1 136.8
141.3
141.3 116.5 141.3 141.3 146.8 151.7
155.1
150
155.1 153.1 155.1 155.1 152.9 155.1 123.9
128.9
128.9 105.1 128.9 128.9 136.1 142.2
153.8
200
155.1 151.7 155.1 155.1 150.7 155.1 115.4
119.4
119.4 97.6 119.4 119.4 129.2 133.7
142.8
250
155.1 151.6 155.1 155.1 149.9 155.1 108.8
111.8
111.8 92.0 111.8 111.8 124.9 126.6
135.5
300
155.1 151.6 155.1 155.1 149.3 155.1 103.5
105.9
105.9 87.3 105.9 105.9 120.5 120.8
130.1
325
155.1 150.3 155.1 155.1 148.8 155.1 101.2
103.4
103.4 85.3 103.4 103.4 118.4 118.4
127.8
350
146.7 153.3 154.3 147.6 154.3 99.2
101.5
101.5 83.9 101.5 101.5 116.4 116.4
126.1
375
141.3 145.1 151.5 146.3 151.5 97.2
100.0
100.0 82.9 100.0 100.0 114.5 114.5
125.1
400
130.2 130.2 150.6 146.3 150.6 95.2
98.6
98.6 81.4 98.6 98.6 113.5 113.5
119.1
425
107.9 107.9 148.9 146.3 148.9 93.7
97.6
97.6 79.9 97.6 97.6 112.5 112.5
450
141.4 141.4 141.4 91.8
96.6
96.6 78.4 96.6 96.6 112.0 112.0
475
128.2 128.2 128.2 90.2
96.0
96.0 96.0 111.9 111.9
500
96.5 107.1 107.1 88.7
95.1
95.1 95.1 107.1 107.1
538
55.8
69.1
86.9
85.9
86.9
86.9 86.9 86.9 86.9
550
47.7
58.6
86.9
85.1
86.9
86.9 86.9
575
33.0
39.5
85.7
78.2
85.7
85.7 85.7
600
73.1
63.3
74.6
74.6 74.3
625
54.8
51.7
59.3
59.3 52.0
650
37.2
42.2
47.5
47.5 38.6
675
35.1
38.7
38.7 29.8
700
32.0
34.3
34.3 24.5
725
27.7
28.6
28.6 17.7
750
22.1
22.1
22.1 12.2
775
17.2
17.2
17.2
9.3
800
13.2
13.2
13.2
8.0
816
10.7
10.7
10.7
7.1
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The ASME standard states in paragraph "2.1.3 Special Class Valves. Threaded or welding end valves that conform to all the requirements of para. 2.1.2 and in addition have successfully passed the examinations required by Section 8, may be designated Special Class valves." The standard also stipulates that, "Special Class ratings shall not be used for flanged end valves." Information
copied with permission of the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures above 538°C, use only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:022 July 2020
P/T Ratings for Valves (Metric Units)
D103315X012
Standard Pressure-Temperature Ratings for CL1500 and CL2500 Valves
Fisher valve materials that conform to ASME B16.34-2017 Standard Class pressure-temperature ratings are listed in tables 10 and 11. These ratings apply to all Fisher cast, forged, and fabricated steel valves.
Table 10. For ASME Standard CL1500 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (5C)
-29 to 38
LCC 258.6
LF2 255.3
WCC 258.6
WC6 258.6
WC9 258.6
WORKING PRESSURE (Bar)
C12A
CF8(2) or CF8M(2) or
304(2)
316(2)
CF3M
316L
258.6 248.2
248.2
248.2 206.8
CG8M 248.2
317(2) CF8C(2) 347 248.2 248.2 248.2
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
258.6
50
258.6 250.6 258.6 258.6 258.6 258.6 239.1
240.6
240.6 200.1 240.6 240.6 243.8 243.8
258.6
100
257.6 233.0 257.6 257.4 257.6 257.6 204.3
211.0
211.0 173.9 211.0 211.0 226.5 226.5
253.3
150
250.8 225.4 250.8 248.7 250.8 250.8 185.0
192.5
192.5 157.0 192.5 192.5 212.4 212.4
229.6
200
243.2 219.0 243.2 239.8 243.4 243.4 172.4
178.3
178.3 145.8 178.3 178.3 199.7 199.7
213.3
250
231.8 209.7 231.8 231.8 231.8 231.8 162.4
166.9
166.9 137.3 166.9 166.9 189.1 189.1
202.3
300
214.4 199.1 214.4 214.4 214.4 214.4 154.6
158.1
158.1 130.3 158.1 158.1 180.4 180.4
194.3
325
206.6 193.6 206.6 206.6 206.6 206.6 151.1
154.4
154.4 127.4 154.4 154.4 176.8 176.8
190.8
350
187.8 200.1 201.1 201.1 201.1 148.1
151.6
151.6 125.4 151.6 151.6 173.8 173.8
188.2
375
181.8 189.2 194.1 194.1 194.1 145.2
149.4
149.4 123.8 149.4 149.4 171.0 171.0
186.8
400
173.6 173.6 183.1 183.1 183.1 142.2
147.2
147.2 121.5 147.2 147.2 169.5 169.5
183.1
425
143.8 143.8 175.1 175.1 175.1 140.0
145.7
145.7 119.3 145.7 145.7 168.1 168.1
450
169.0 169.0 169.0 137.0
144.2
144.2 117.1 144.2 144.2 167.3 167.3
475
158.2 158.2 158.2 134.7
143.4
143.4 143.4 158.2 158.2
500
128.6 140.9 140.9 132.4
140.9
140.9 140.9 140.9 140.9
538
74.5 92.2 125.5 122.1
125.5
125.5 125.5 125.5 125.5
550
63.5 78.2 124.9 117.8
124.9
124.9 124.9
575
44.0 52.6 119.7 104.2
119.7
119.7 119.7
600
97.5
84.4
99.5
99.5 99.0
625
73.0
68.9
79.1
79.1 69.3
650
49.6
56.3
63.3
63.3 51.5
675
46.7
51.6
51.6 39.8
700
40.1
41.9
41.9 28.1
725
33.8
34.9
34.9 19.9
750
28.9
29.3
29.3 15.5
775
22.8
22.8
22.8 12.3
800
17.4
17.4
17.4 10.1
816
14.1
14.1
14.1
9.5
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The user is advised that a valve used under the jurisdiction of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ASME Code for Pressure Piping, or governmental regulations is subject to any limitation of that code or regulation. This includes any maximum temperature limitation for a material or rule governing the use of a material at a low temperature." Information copied with permission of
the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures above 538°C, use only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
P/T Ratings for Valves (Metric Units)
D103315X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:022 July 2020
Table 11. For ASME Standard CL2500 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (5C) LCC
WORKING PRESSURE (Bar)
LF2
WCC
WC6
WC9
C12A
CF8(2) or CF8M(2) or
304(2)
316(2)
CF3M
316L
CG8M 317(2) CF8C(2)
347
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
-29 to 38 430.9 425.5 430.9 430.9 430.9 430.9 413.7
413.7
413.7 344.7 413.7 413.7 413.7 413.7
430.9
50
430.9 417.7 430.9 430.9 430.9 430.9 398.5
400.9
400.9 333.5 400.9 400.9 406.4 406.4
430.9
100
429.4 388.3 429.4 429.0 429.4 429.4 340.4
351.6
351.6 289.9 351.6 351.6 377.4 377.4
422.2
150
418.1 375.6 418.1 414.5 418.2 418.2 308.4
320.8
320.8 261.6 320.8 320.8 353.9 353.9
382.7
200
405.4 365.0 405.4 399.6 405.4 405.4 287.3
297.2
297.2 243.0 297.2 297.2 332.8 332.8
355.4
250
386.2 349.5 386.2 386.2 386.2 386.2 270.7
278.1
278.1 228.9 278.1 278.1 315.1 315.1
337.2
300
357.1 331.8 357.1 357.1 357.1 357.1 257.6
263.5
263.5 217.2 263.5 263.5 300.7 300.7
323.8
325
344.3 322.6 344.3 344.3 344.3 344.3 251.9
257.4
257.4 212.3 257.4 257.4 294.6 294.6
318.0
350
313.0 333.5 335.3 335.3 335.3 246.9
252.7
252.7 208.9 252.7 252.7 289.6 289.6
313.7
375
303.1 315.3 323.2 323.2 323.2 241.9
249.0
249.0 206.3 249.0 249.0 285.1 285.1
311.3
400
289.3 289.3 304.9 304.9 304.9 237.0
245.3
245.3 202.5 245.3 245.3 282.6 282.6
304.9
425
239.7 239.7 291.6 291.6 291.6 233.3
242.9
242.9 198.8 242.9 242.9 280.1 280.1
450
281.8 281.8 281.8 228.4
240.4
240.4 195.1 240.4 240.4 278.8 278.8
475
263.9 263.9 263.9 224.5
238.9
238.9 238.9 263.9 263.9
500
214.4 235.0 235.0 220.7
235.0
235.0 235.0 235.0 235.0
538
124.1 153.7 208.9 203.6
208.9
208.9 208.9 208.9 208.9
550
105.9 130.3 208.0 196.3
208.0
208.0 208.0
575
73.4 87.7 199.5 173.7
199.5
199.5 199.5
600
162.5 140.7
165.9
165.9 165.1
625
121.7 114.9
131.8
131.8 115.5
650
82.7
93.8
105.5
105.5 85.8
675
77.9
86.0
86.0 66.3
700
66.9
69.8
69.8 46.8
725
56.3
58.2
58.2 33.1
750
48.1
48.9
48.9 25.8
775
38.0
38.0
38.0 20.4
800
29.2
29.2
29.2 16.9
816
23.8
23.8
23.8 15.8
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The user is advised that a valve used under the jurisdiction of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ASME Code for Pressure Piping, or governmental regulations is subject to any limitation of that code or regulation. This includes any maximum temperature limitation for a material or rule governing the use of a material at a low temperature." Information copied with permission of
the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures above 538°C, use only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:022 July 2020
P/T Ratings for Valves (Metric Units)
D103315X012
Special Pressure-Temperature Ratings for CL1500 and CL2500 Threaded or Welding End Valves
Fisher valve materials that conform to ASME B16.34-2017 Special Class pressure-temperature ratings are listed in tables 12 and 13. These ratings apply to all Fisher cast, forged, and fabricated steel valves. Nondestructive examination applies (Fisher Process Level 6).
Table 12. For ASME Special CL1500 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (5C)
-29 to 38
LCC 258.6
LF2 258.6
WCC 258.6
WC6 258.6
WORKING PRESSURE (Bar)
WC9
C12A(2)
CF8(2) or 304(2)
CF8M(2) or 316(2)
CF3M
316L
258.6 258.6 258.6
258.6
258.6 230.9
CG8M 258.6
317(2) CF8C(2) 347 258.6 258.6 258.6
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
258.6
50
258.6 258.6 258.6 258.6 258.6 258.6 252.5
254.1
254.1 223.3 254.1 254.1 256.0 258.6
258.6
100
258.6 258.2 258.6 258.6 258.1 258.6 228.0
235.5
235.5 194.1 235.5 235.5 244.7 252.8
258.6
150
258.6 255.2 258.6 258.6 254.8 258.6 206.5
214.8
214.8 175.2 214.8 214.8 226.9 237.0
256.3
200
258.6 252.9 258.6 258.6 251.1 258.6 192.4
199.0
199.0 162.7 199.0 199.0 215.3 222.9
238.0
250
258.6 252.6 258.6 258.6 249.9 258.6 181.3
186.3
186.3 153.3 186.3 186.3 208.2 211.0
225.8
300
258.6 252.6 258.6 258.6 248.9 258.6 172.5
176.4
176.4 145.5 176.4 176.4 200.9 201.4
216.8
325
258.6 250.6 258.6 258.6 248.0 258.6 168.7
172.3
172.3 142.2 172.3 172.3 197.3 197.3
213.0
350
244.6 255.5 257.1 246.0 257.1 165.3
169.2
169.2 139.9 169.2 169.2 194.0 194.0
210.1
375
235.5 241.9 252.5 243.8 252.5 162.0
166.7
166.7 138.1 166.7 166.7 190.9 190.9
208.4
400
217.0 217.0 251.2 243.8 251.2 158.7
164.3
164.3 135.6 164.3 164.3 189.2 189.2
198.6
425
179.8 179.8 248.2 243.8 248.2 156.2
162.6
162.6 133.1 162.6 162.6 187.6 187.6
450
235.8 235.8 235.8 153.0
161.0
161.0 130.6 161.0 161.0 186.7 186.7
475
213.7 213.7 213.7 150.3
160.0
160.0 160.0 186.5 186.5
500
160.8 178.6 178.6 147.8
158.6
158.6 158.6 178.6 178.6
538
93.1 115.2 145.1 143.1
145.1
145.1 145.1 145.1 145.1
550
79.4 97.7 145.1 141.9
145.1
145.1 145.1
575
55.0 65.8 143.0 130.3
143.0
143.0 143.0
600
121.9 105.5
124.4
124.4 123.8
625
91.3
86.2
98.8
98.8 86.6
650
62.1
70.4
79.1
79.1 64.4
675
58.4
64.5
64.5 49.7
700
53.3
57.1
57.1 40.9
725
46.2
47.7
47.7 29.5
750
36.7
36.7
36.7 20.4
775
28.5
28.5
28.5 15.5
800
22.0
22.0
22.0 13.3
816
17.9
17.9
17.9 11.8
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The ASME standard states in paragraph "2.1.3 Special Class Valves. Threaded or welding end valves that conform to all the requirements of para. 2.1.2 and in addition have successfully passed the examinations required by Section 8, may be designated Special Class valves." The standard also stipulates that, "Special Class ratings shall not be used for flanged end valves." Information
copied with permission of the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures above 538°C, use only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
P/T Ratings for Valves (Metric Units)
D103315X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:022 July 2020
Table 13. For ASME Special CL2500 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (5C) LCC
WORKING PRESSURE (Bar)
LF2
WCC
WC6
WC9
C12A(2)
CF8(2) or 304(2)
CF8M(2) or 316(2)
CF3M
316L
CG8M 317(2) CF8C(2)
347
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
-29 to 38 430.9 430.9 430.9 430.9 430.9 430.9 430.9
430.9
430.9 384.8 430.9 430.9 430.9 430.9
430.9
50
430.9 430.9 430.9 430.9 430.9 430.9 420.8
423.5
423.5 372.2 423.5 423.5 426.7 430.9
430.9
100
430.9 430.3 430.9 430.9 430.2 430.9 380.0
392.4
392.4 323.6 392.4 392.4 407.8 421.3
430.9
150
430.9 425.3 430.9 430.9 424.6 430.9 344.2
358.0
358.0 291.9 358.0 358.0 378.2 395.0
427.2
200
430.9 421.4 430.9 430.9 418.5 430.9 320.7
331.7
331.7 271.2 331.7 331.7 358.8 371.5
396.7
250
430.9 421.1 430.9 430.9 416.5 430.9 302.2
310.4
310.4 255.4 310.4 310.4 347.0 351.7
376.3
300
430.9 421.1 430.9 430.9 414.8 430.9 287.5
294.1
294.1 242.4 294.1 294.1 334.8 335.6
361.4
325
430.9 417.6 430.9 430.9 413.3 430.9 281.1
287.2
287.2 237.0 287.2 287.2 328.8 328.8
355.0
350
407.6 425.8 428.6 410.0 428.6 275.5
282.1
282.1 233.2 282.1 282.1 323.3 323.3
350.2
375
392.5 403.1 420.9 406.3 420.9 270.0
277.9
277.9 230.2 277.9 277.9 318.1 318.1
347.4
400
361.7 361.7 418.3 406.3 418.3 264.5
273.8
273.8 226.0 273.8 273.8 315.4 315.4
330.9
425
299.6 299.6 413.7 406.3 413.7 260.4
271.1
271.1 221.9 271.1 271.1 312.6 312.6
450
393.1 393.1 393.1 254.9
268.3
268.3 217.7 268.3 268.3 311.1 311.1
475
356.3 356.3 356.3 250.5
266.6
266.6 266.6 310.9 310.9
500
268.0 297.5 297.5 246.4
264.3
264.3 264.3 297.5 297.5
538
155.1 192.1 241.7 238.5
241.7
241.7 241.7 241.7 241.7
550
132.4 162.8 241.7 236.5
241.7
241.7 241.7
575
91.7 109.7 238.3 217.2
238.3
238.3 238.3
600
203.1 175.8
207.3
207.3 206.4
625
152.1 143.6
164.7
164.7 144.3
650
103.4 117.3
131.9
131.9 107.3
675
97.4
107.5
107.5 82.9
700
88.9
95.2
95.2 68.2
725
77.0
79.5
79.5 49.2
750
61.2
61.2
61.2 34.0
775
47.6
47.6
47.6 25.8
800
36.6
36.6
36.6 22.2
816
29.6
29.6
29.6 19.7
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The ASME standard states in paragraph "2.1.3 Special Class Valves. Threaded or welding end valves that conform to all the requirements of para. 2.1.2 and in addition have successfully passed the examinations required by Section 8, may be designated Special Class valves." The standard also stipulates that, "Special Class ratings shall not be used for flanged end valves." Information
copied with permission of the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures above 538°C, use only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:022 July 2020
P/T Ratings for Valves (Metric Units)
D103315X012
Standard Pressure-Temperature Ratings for CL3200 Valves
Fisher valve materials that conform to ASME B16.34-2017 Standard Class pressure-temperature ratings are listed in table 14. These ratings apply to all Fisher cast, forged, and fabricated steel valves.
Table 14. For ASME Standard CL3200 Valves(1)
SERVICE
TEMP (_C)
LCC
WCC
WC9
WORKING PRESSURE (Bar)
C12A
CF8M(2)
CF8C(2)
CD3MN CD3MWCuN
-29 to 38
551.6
551.6
551.6
551.6
529.5
529.5
551.6
50
551.6
551.6
551.6
551.6
513.2
520.2
551.6
100
549.7
549.7
549.7
549.7
450.1
483.1
540.4
150
535.2
535.2
535.3
535.3
410.6
453.0
489.9
200
518.9
518.9
518.9
518.9
380.4
426.0
454.9
250
494.2
494.2
494.2
494.2
356.0
403.3
431.6
300
457.0
457.0
457.0
457.0
337.3
384.9
414.5
325
440.7
440.7
440.7
440.7
329.5
377.1
407.1
350
---
426.9
429.1
429.1
323.5
370.7
---
375
---
403.6
413.7
413.7
318.7
364.9
---
400
---
370.3
390.2
390.2
314.0
361.7
---
425
---
306.8
373.2
373.2
310.9
358.5
---
450
---
---
360.6
360.6
307.7
356.9
---
475
---
---
337.7
337.7
305.8
337.7
---
500
---
---
300.8
300.8
300.8
300.8
---
538
---
---
196.7
267.3
267.3
267.3
---
550
---
---
166.8
266.2
266.2
266.2
---
575
---
---
112.3
255.4
255.4
255.4
---
600
---
---
---
208.0
212.3
211.3
---
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The user is advised that a valve used under the jurisdiction of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ASME Code for Pressure Piping, or governmental regulations is subject to any limitation of that code or regulation. This includes any maximum temperature limitation for a material or rule governing the use of a material at a low temperature." Information copied with permission of
the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures over 538°C, use material only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
P/T Ratings for Valves (Metric Units)
D103315X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:022 July 2020
Standard and Special Pressure-Temperature Ratings for CL4500 Valves
Fisher valve materials that conform to ASME B16.34-2017 Standard and Special Class pressure-temperature ratings are listed in tables 15 and 16. These ratings apply to all Fisher cast, forged, and fabricated steel valves. For Special Class pressure-temperature ratings, nondestructive examination applies (Fisher Process Level 6).
Table 15. For ASME Standard CL4500 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (5C)
-29 to 38
LCC 775.7
LF2 765.9
WCC 775.7
WC6 775.7
WC9 775.7
WORKING PRESSURE (Bar)
C12A
CF8(2) or CF8M(2) or
304(2)
316(2)
CF3M
316L
775.7 744.6
744.6
744.6 620.5
CG8M 744.6
317(2) CF8C(2) 347 744.6 744.6 744.6
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
775.7
50
775.7 751.9 775.7 775.7 775.7 775.7 717.3
721.7
721.7 600.3 721.7 721.7 731.5 731.5
775.7
100
773.0 699.0 773.0 772.2 773.0 773.0 612.8
632.9
632.9 521.8 632.9 632.9 679.4 679.4
759.9
150
752.6 676.1 752.6 746.2 752.8 752.8 555.1
577.4
577.4 470.9 577.4 577.4 637.1 637.1
688.9
200
729.7 657.0 729.7 719.4 729.8 729.8 517.2
534.9
534.9 437.3 534.9 534.9 599.1 599.1
639.8
250
694.8 629.1 694.8 694.8 694.8 694.8 487.3
500.6
500.6 412.0 500.6 500.6 567.2 567.2
606.9
300
642.6 597.3 642.6 642.6 642.6 642.6 463.7
474.3
474.3 391.0 474.3 474.3 541.3 541.3
582.8
325
619.6 580.7 619.6 619.6 619.6 619.6 453.3
463.3
463.3 382.2 463.3 463.3 530.3 530.3
572.5
350
563.5 600.3 603.3 603.3 603.3 444.4
454.9
454.9 376.1 454.9 454.9 521.3 521.3
564.7
375
545.5 567.5 581.8 581.8 581.8 435.5
448.2
448.2 371.3 448.2 448.2 513.1 513.1
560.3
400
520.8 520.8 548.5 548.5 548.5 426.6
441.6
441.6 364.6 441.6 441.6 508.6 508.6
548.5
425
431.5 431.5 524.7 524.7 524.7 419.9
437.1
437.1 357.9 437.1 437.1 504.2 504.2
450
507.0 507.0 507.0 411.1
432.7
432.7 351.2 432.7 432.7 501.8 501.8
475
474.8 474.8 474.8 404.0
430.1
430.1 430.1 474.8 474.8
500
385.9 423.0 423.0 397.3
423.0
423.0 423.0 423.0 423.0
538
223.4 276.6 375.8 366.4
375.8
375.8 375.8 375.8 375.8
550
190.6 234.5 374.2 353.4
374.2
374.2 374.2
575
132.0 157.9 359.1 312.7
359.1
359.1 359.1
600
292.5 253.2
298.6
298.6 297.1
625
219.1 206.8
237.2
237.2 207.9
650
148.9 168.9
189.9
189.9 154.5
675
140.2
154.8
154.8 119.4
700
120.4
125.7
125.7 84.2
725
101.3
104.8
104.8 59.6
750
86.7
87.9
87.9 46.4
775
68.4
68.4
68.4 36.8
800
52.6
52.6
52.6 30.4
816
42.7
42.7
42.7 28.4
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The user is advised that a valve used under the jurisdiction of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ASME Code for Pressure Piping, or governmental regulations is subject to any limitation of that code or regulation. This includes any maximum temperature limitation for a material or rule governing the use of a material at a low temperature." Information copied with permission of
the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures above 538°C, use only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:022 July 2020
P/T Ratings for Valves (Metric Units)
D103315X012
Table 16. For ASME Special CL4500 Valves(1)
SERVICE TEMP (5C) LCC
WORKING PRESSURE (Bar)
LF2
WCC
WC6
WC9
C12A(2)
CF8(2) or 304(2)
CF8M(2) or 316(2)
CF3M
316L
CG8M 317(2) CF8C(2)
347
CK3MCuN CD3MN
CD3MWCuN
-29 to 38 775.7 775.7 775.7 775.7 775.7 775.7 775.7
775.7
775.7 692.6 775.7 775.7 775.7 775.7
775.7
50
775.7 775.7 775.7 775.7 775.7 775.7 757.4
762.3
762.3 670.0 762.3 762.3 768.1 775.7
775.7
100
775.7 774.5 775.7 775.7 774.3 775.7 683.9
706.4
706.4 582.4 706.4 706.4 734.1 758.3
775.7
150
775.7 765.5 775.7 775.7 764.3 775.7 619.6
644.4
644.4 525.5 644.4 644.4 680.7 711.0
768.9
200
775.7 758.6 775.7 775.7 753.4 775.7 577.2
597.0
597.0 488.1 597.0 597.0 645.8 668.6
714.1
250
775.7 757.9 775.7 775.7 749.7 775.7 543.9
558.8
558.8 459.8 558.8 558.8 624.5 633.0
677.4
300
775.7 757.9 775.7 775.7 746.7 775.7 517.5
529.3
529.3 436.4 529.3 529.3 602.6 604.1
650.4
325
775.7 751.7 775.7 775.7 743.9 775.7 506.0
517.0
517.0 426.6 517.0 517.0 591.8 591.8
638.9
350
733.7 766.4 771.4 738.1 771.4 496.0
507.7
507.7 419.7 507.7 507.7 581.9 581.9
630.3
375
706.5 725.6 757.4 731.3 757.4 486.0
500.2
500.2 414.4 500.2 500.2 572.7 572.7
625.3
400
651.0 651.0 753.2 731.3 753.2 476.1
492.9
492.9 406.9 492.9 492.9 567.7 567.7
595.7
425
539.3 539.3 744.6 731.3 744.6 468.7
487.9
487.9 399.4 487.9 487.9 562.7 562.7
450
707.6 707.6 707.6 458.9
482.9
482.9 391.9 482.9 482.9 560.0 560.0
475
641.3 641.3 641.3 450.9
480.0
480.0 480.0 559.6 559.6
500
482.4 535.4 535.4 443.5
475.7
475.7 475.7 535.4 535.4
538
279.2 345.7 435.1 429.4
435.1
435.1 435.1 435.1 435.1
550
238.3 293.1 435.1 425.7
435.1
435.1 435.1
575
165.1 197.4 428.8 390.9
428.8
428.8 428.8
600
365.6 316.5
373.2
373.2 371.4
625
273.8 258.5
296.5
296.5 259.8
650
186.2 211.2
237.4
237.4 193.1
675
175.3
193.5
193.5 149.2
700
160.0
171.3
171.3 122.7
725
138.6
143.0
143.0 88.5
750
110.3
110.3
110.3 61.2
775
85.6
85.6
85.6 46.4
800
65.6
65.6
65.6 40.0
816
53.1
53.1
53.1 35.5
1. Table information is extracted from the Valve--Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End, ASME Standard B16.34-2013. These tables must be used in accordance with the ASME standard. The ASME standard states in paragraph "2.1.3 Special Class Valves. Threaded or welding end valves that conform to all the requirements of para. 2.1.2 and in addition have successfully passed the examinations required by Section 8, may be designated Special Class valves." The standard also stipulates that, "Special Class ratings shall not be used for flanged end valves." Information
copied with permission of the publisher; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York, 10017. 2. At temperatures above 538°C, use only when carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E162009, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EW Steel Ratings (US)
D100075X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:026 September 2017
Increased Pressure/Temperature Ratings for FisherTM EH and EW Series Steel Valves
U.S. Traditional Units
EH Series and EW Series valves with buttwelded ends have increased/temperature ratings, called Intermediate ratings as defined in ASME B16.34-2013.
The extra strength of these valves allows ratings higher than the normal CL900, CL1500, or CL2500 ratings that are specified in ASME B16.34-2013. Two types of the higher (Intermediate) ratings are available: Intermediate Standard and Intermediate Special. All EH and EW Series valves with buttwelded ends listed in the following tables have Intermediate Standard ratings. Intermediate Special ratings allow pressures higher than Intermediate Standard ratings, which can only be obtained by a valve body assembly successfully undergoing certain nondestructive examinations as described in the ASME B16.34-2013 standard.
Intermediate ratings apply only to valve body assemblies with the material listed in tables 1 and 2. EH Series valves with line-size buttwelding ends have Intermediate ratings as listed in tables 3 through 21.
The NPS 12 x 8 CL900 EW Series valve body has Intermediate ratings as shown in table 22. Note that the NPS 1 and 2 socketweld EH Series valve bodies also provide the ratings shown for NPS 1 and 2 buttwelded valve bodies. Also, the NPS 1-1/2 x 1 EH Series valve body is the only valve body with expanded ends that provides Intermediate ratings; the NPS 2 x 1, 3 x 2, 4 x 3, 6 x 4, and 8 x 6 valve bodies do not allow these higher ratings.
The ratings in tables 3 through 22 were calculated using the maximum stem load listed in each table. These stem loads are for the largest diameter 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem available for each valve body size. When using the tables, compare the maximum available stem load to the table stem load. If the maximum available stem load is greater than the printed value, consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner, since the higher stem load may require additional pressure derating due to bolting limitations. If the maximum available stem load is less than or equal to the printed value, a lower load may allow pressures higher than those shown in the tables if the rating is limited by bolting limitations.
Table 1. Body and Bolting Material Descriptions for NPS 1 through 6 EH Series Valves
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
BOLTING MATERIAL
Specification
Grade
Specification
Bolts
Grade
Nuts Specification
SA-352
LCC
SA-193
B7
SA-194
SA-216
WCC
SA-193
B7
SA-194
SA-193
B7
SA-194
SA-217
WC9
SA-193
B7
SA-194
SA-193
B16
SA-194
SA-193
B7
SA-193
SA-453
660 Class A or B with Belleville washers
SA-194
SA-351
CF8M or 316(1)
SA-453
660 Class A or B rupture tested with Belleville washers
SA-194
SA-453
660 Class A or B with Belleville washers
SA-194
SA-453
660 Class A or B rupture tested with Belleville washers
SA-194
1. 316H must be specified for service temperatures above 1000_F.
Grade 2H 2H 2H 7 7 2H 7
7
7M
7M
TEMPERATURE, _F
to 700 to 800 to 800 over 800 See table values to 450 to 800
to 1000
to 800
to 1000
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:026 September 2017
EH and EW Steel Ratings (US)
D100075X012
Table 2. Body and Bolting Material Descriptions for NPS 8 through 14 EH Series Valves and NPS 12 x 8 EW Series Valves
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
Specification
Grade
Specification
Bolts
BOLTING MATERIAL
Nuts
Grade
Specification
Grade
TEMPERATURE, _F
SA-352
LCC
SA-193
B7
SA-194
2H
to 450
SA-216
WCC
SA-193
B7
SA-194
2H
to 800
SA-193
B7
SA-194
2H
to 800
SA-217
WC9
SA-193
B7
SA-194
7
over 800
SA-193
B16
SA-194
7
See table values
SA-193
B7
SA-193
2H
to 450
SA-453
660 Class A or B with Belleville washers
SA-194
7
to 800
660 Class A or B rupture
SA-453
tested with Belleville
SA-194
7
SA-351
CF8M or 316(1)
washers
to 1000
SA-453
660 Class A or B with Belleville washers
SA-194
7M
to 800
660 Class A or B rupture
SA-453
tested with Belleville
SA-194
7M
washers
to 1000
1. 316H must be specified for service temperatures above 1000_F.
Table 3. NPS 1 CL1500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 2282 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, PSIG
TEMP, _F
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
100
5705
5705
5705
5705
5705
5705
5475
5705
200
5705
5705
5705
5705
5705
5705
4710
5250
300
5540
5705
5540
5705
5540
5640
4255
4745
400
5370
5705
5370
5705
5370
5510
3905
4335
450 500 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100
5205 5055 4600 4475 4315 3835 3130 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5705 5705 5705 5705 5413 4792 3911 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5205 5055 4600 4475 4315 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5705 5705 5705 5705 5413 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5205 5055 4600 4475 4320 4045 3860 3705 3420 2870(3) 1980(3) 1330(3) - - -(4)
5490 5475 5475 5445 5410 5250 5115 4890(3) 4565(3) 3585(3) 2480(3) 1545(3,5) - - -(4)
3720
(4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4)
4085
(4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 450_F, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown. 4. Consult your Emerson sales office. 5. Derating due to bolting limitations, higher ratings may be possible with alternate bolt materials. Consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt materials.
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD,(2) POUNDS
11110 9920 9020 8120 7860 7660 7320 7140 6970 6910 6850 2950 2930 2900 2870 2870 2870
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EW Steel Ratings (US)
D100075X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:026 September 2017
Table 4. NPS 1 CL2500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 3862 Rating(1)
PRESSURE RATINGS, PSIG
TEMP, _F
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
CF8M(2)
Standard Class
Special Class
100
9655
9655
9655
9655
9655
9655
9270
9655
200
9655
9655
9655
9655
9655
9655
7975
8885
300
9375
9655
9375
9655
9375
9545
7200
8035
400
9085
9655
9085
9655
9085
9325
6610
7340
450
8805
9655
8805
9655
8805
9295
5500
6915
500
8550
9655
8550
9655
8555
9270
(5)
(5)
600
7785
9655
7785
9655
7785
9270
(5)
(5)
650
7575
9655
7575
9655
7575
9215
(5)
(5)
700
7310
9160
7310
9160
7310
9160
(5)
(5)
750
6490
8110
- - -
- - -
6840
8885
(5)
(5)
800
5295
6620
- - -
- - -
6530
8665(4)
(5)
(5)
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
6270
8275(4)
(5)
(5)
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
5785(4)
7725(4)
(5)
(5)
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4860(4)
6070(4)
(5)
(5)
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
3355(4)
4195(4)
(5)
(5)
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2250(4)
2425(4,6)
(5)
(5)
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(5)
- - -(5)
(5)
(5)
1. Intermediate 4080 rating is available with special bolting materials in most valve body materials. Consult your Emerson sales office. 2. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 450_F, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 3. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem.
4. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown. 5. Consult your Emerson sales office.
6. Derating due to bolting limitations, higher ratings may be possible with alternate bolt materials. Consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt materials.
Table 5. NPS 1-1/2 x 1 CL1500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 1789 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, PSIG
TEMP, _F
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
100
4475
4475
4475
4475
4475
4475
4295
4475
200
4475
4475
4475
4475
4475
4475
3690
4115
300
4345
4475
4345
4475
4340
4420
3335
3720
400
4212
4475
4212
4475
4210
4320
3065
3400
450 500 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100
4080 3967 3609 3510 3388 3007 2457 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4475 4475 4475 4475 4247 3759 3067 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4080 3967 3609 3510 3388 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4475 4475 4475 4475 4247 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4080 3965 3605 3510 3385 3170 3030 2905 2680 2250(3) 1555(3) 1045(3) - - -(4)
4305 4295 4295 4270 4240 4115 4010 3835 3580(3) 2810(3) 1945(3) 1305(3) - - -(4)
2905
(4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4)
3205
(4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 450_F and SA-193-B8M annealed bolts above 450_F, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown.
4. Consult your Emerson sales office.
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD,(3) POUNDS
11110 9920 9020 8120 7860 7660 7320 7140 6970 6910 6850 2950 2930 2900 2870 2870 2870
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD,(2) POUNDS
11110 9920 9020 8120 7860 7660 7320 7140 6970 6910 6850 2950 2930 2900 2870 2870 2870
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:026 September 2017
EH and EW Steel Ratings (US)
D100075X012
Table 6. NPS 1-1/2 x 1 CL2500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 3021 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, PSIG
TEMP, _F
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
100
7555
7555
7555
7555
7555
7555
200
7555
7555
7555
7555
7555
7555
300
7335
7555
7335
7555
7335
7465
400
7105
7555
7105
7555
7105
7295
450
6890
7555
6890
7555
6890
7270
500
6693
7555
6693
7555
6695
7250
600
6090
7555
6090
7555
6090
7250
650
5925
7555
5925
7555
5925
7210
700
5715
7165
5715
7165
5715
7165
750
5075
6345
- - -
- - -
5350
6950
800
4145
5180
- - -
- - -
5110
6775
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4905
6475
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4525
6040(3)
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
3800(3)
4750(3)
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2625(3)
3280(3)
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1760(3)
2200(3)
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 450_F, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown.
4. Consult your Emerson sales office.
Table 7. NPS 2 CL1500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 1758 Rating
TEMP, _F
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
PRESSURE RATINGS, PSIG
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
100
4395
4395
4395
4395
4395
4395
200
4395
4395
4395
4395
4395
4395
300
4265
4395
4265
4395
4265
4345
400
4135
4395
4135
4395
4135
4245
450
4005
4395
4005
4395
4005
4230
500
3895
4395
3895
4395
3895
4220
600
3545
4395
3545
4395
3545
4220
650
3445
4395
3445
4395
3445
4195
700
3325
4170
3325
4170
3330
4170
750
2955
3690
- - -
- - -
3115
4045
800
2415
3010
- - -
- - -
2975
3945
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2855
3765
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2630
3515(3)
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2210(3)
2760(3)
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1530(3)
1910(3)
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1025(3)
1280(3)
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 450_F, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown.
4. Consult your Emerson sales office.
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
7250
7555
6235
6950
5630
6285
5170
5740
4800
(4)
5410
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) POUNDS
11110 9920 9020 8120 7860 7660 7320 7140 6970 6910 6850 2950 2930 2900 2870 2870 2870
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
4220
4395
3630
4045
3275
3655
3010
3340
2760
(4)
3150
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) POUNDS
15920 14200 12910 11610 11240 10960 10460 10220 9970 9890 9800 5250 5200 5160 5110 5110 5110
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EW Steel Ratings (US)
D100075X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:026 September 2017
Table 8. NPS 2 CL2500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 3273 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, PSIG
TEMP, _F
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
100
8185
8185
8185
8185
8185
8185
7855
8185
200
8185
8185
8185
8185
8185
8185
6755
7530
300
7950
8185
7950
8185
7945
8090
6100
6810
400
7700
8185
7700
8185
7700
7900
5605
6220
450
7465
8185
7465
8185
7465
7875
5095
5860
500
7250
8185
7250
8185
7250
7855
(4)
(4)
600
6600
8185
6600
8185
6600
7855
(4)
(4)
650
6420
8185
6420
8185
6420
7810
(4)
(4)
700
6195
7765
6195
7765
6195
7760
(4)
(4)
750
5500
6875
- - -
- - -
5800
7530
(4)
(4)
800
4490
5610
- - -
- - -
5535
7340(3)
(4)
(4)
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
5315
7015(3)
(4)
(4)
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4905(3)
6545(3)
(4)
(4)
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4120(3)
5145(3)
(4)
(4)
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2845(3)
3555(3)
(4)
(4)
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1905(3)
2110(3,5)
(4)
(4)
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
(4)
(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 450_F, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown. 4. Consult your Emerson sales office. 5. Derating due to bolting limitations, higher ratings may be possible with alternate bolt materials. Consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt materials.
Table 9. NPS 3 CL1500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 1756 Rating
TEMP, _F
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
PRESSURE RATINGS, PSIG
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
100
4390
4390
4390
4390
4390
4390
200
4390
4390
4390
4390
4390
4390
300
4260
4390
4260
4390
4260
4340
400
4130
4390
4130
4390
4130
4240
450
4000
4390
4000
4390
4000
4225
500
3890
4390
3890
4390
3890
4215
600
3540
4390
3540
4390
3540
4215
650
3445
4390
3445
4390
3445
4190
700
3325
4165
3325
4165
3325
4165
750
2950
3690
- - -
- - -
3115
4040
800
2410
3010
- - -
- - -
2975
3940
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2850
3765
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2630
3510
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2210
2760(3)
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1525(3)
1910(3)
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1025(3)
1280(3)
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 450_F, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown.
4. Consult your Emerson sales office.
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
4215
4390
3625
4040
3270
3650
3010
3335
2860
(4)
3215
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) POUNDS
15920 14200 12910 11610 11240 10960 10460 10220 9970 9890 9800 5250 5200 5160 5110 5110 5110
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD,(2) POUNDS
15920 14200 12910 11610 11240 10960 10460 10220 9970 9890 9800 5250 5200 5160 5110 5110 5110
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:026 September 2017
EH and EW Steel Ratings (US)
D100075X012
Table 10. NPS 3 CL2500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 2932 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, PSIG
TEMP, _F
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
100
7330
7330
7330
7330
7330
7330
200
7330
7330
7330
7330
7330
7330
300
7120
7330
7120
7330
7120
7245
400
6895
7330
6895
7330
6895
7080
450
6685
7330
6685
7330
6685
7055
500
6495
7330
6495
7330
6495
7035
600
5910
7330
5910
7330
5910
7035
650
5750
7330
5750
7330
5750
6995
700
5550
6955
5550
6955
5550
6955
750
4925
6155
- - -
- - -
5195
6745
800
4020
5025
- - -
- - -
4960
6575
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4760
6280(3)
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4390
5865(3)
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
3690(3)
4610(3)
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2545(3)
3185(3)
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1710(3)
2135(3)
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 450_F, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown.
4. Consult your Emerson sales office.
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
7035
7330
6050
6745
5465
6100
5020
5570
4655
(4)
5250
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
Table 11. NPS 4 CL1500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 2083 Rating
TEMP, _F
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
PRESSURE RATINGS, PSIG
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
100
5210
5210
5210
5210
5210
5210
5000
5210
200
5210
5210
5210
5210
5210
5210
4300
4790
300
5055
5210
5055
5210
5055
5150
3880
4335
400
4900
5210
4900
5210
4900
5030
3565
3960
450
4750
5210
4750
5210
4750
5015
3240
3730
500
4615
5210
4615
5210
4615
5000
(4)
(4)
600
4200
5210
4200
5210
4200
5000
(4)
(4)
650
4085
5210
4085
5210
4085
4970
(4)
(4)
700
3940
4940
3940
4940
3940
4940
(4)
(4)
750
3500
4375
- - -
- - -
3690
4790
(4)
(4)
800
2860
3570
- - -
- - -
3525
4670
(4)
(4)
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
3380
4465(3)
(4)
(4)
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
3120
4165(3)
(4)
(4)
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2620(3)
3275(3)
(4)
(4)
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1810(3)
2265(3)
(4)
(4)
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1215(3)
1485(3,5)
(4)
(4)
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
(4)
(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 450_F, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown. 4. Consult your Emerson sales office. 5. Derating due to bolting limitations, higher ratings may be possible with alternate bolt materials. Consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt materials.
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD,(2) POUNDS
15920 14200 12910 11610 11240 10960 10460 10220 9970 9890 9800 5250 5200 5160 5110 5110 5110
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) POUNDS
15920 14200 12910 11610 11240 10960 10460 10220 9970 9890 9800 5250 5200 5160 5110 5110 5110
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EW Steel Ratings (US)
D100075X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:026 September 2017
Table 12. NPS 4 CL2500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 3294 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, PSIG
TEMP, _F
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
100
8235
8235
8235
8235
8235
8235
7905
8235
200
8235
8235
8235
8235
8235
8235
6800
7575
300
7995
8235
7995
8235
7995
8140
6140
6850
400
7750
8235
7750
8235
7750
7955
5640
6260
450
7510
8235
7510
8235
7510
7930
5130
5900
500
7295
8235
7295
8235
7295
7905
(4)
(4)
600
6640
8235
6640
8235
6640
7905
(4)
(4)
650
6460
8235
6460
8235
6460
7860
(4)
(4)
700
6235
7810
6235
7810
6235
7810
(4)
(4)
750
5535
6915
- - -
- - -
5835
7575(3)
(4)
(4)
800
4520
5645
- - -
- - -
5570
7390(3)
(4)
(4)
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
5350
7060(3)
(4)
(4)
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4935(3)
6590(3)
(4)
(4)
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4145(3)
5175(3)
(4)
(4)
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2860(3)
3575(3)
(4)
(4)
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1920(3)
2035(3,5)
(4)
(4)
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
(4)
(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 450_F, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown. 4. Consult your Emerson sales office. 5. Derating due to bolting limitations, higher ratings may be possible with alternate bolt materials. Consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt materials.
Table 13. NPS 6 CL1500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 1876 Rating
TEMP, _F
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
PRESSURE RATINGS, PSIG
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
100
4690
4690
4690
4690
4690
4690
4500
4690
200
4690
4690
4690
4690
4690
4690
3870
4315
300
4555
4690
4555
4690
4555
4635
3495
3900
400
4415
4690
4415
4690
4415
4530
3215
3565
450
4280
4690
4280
4690
4280
4515
2920
3355
500
4160
4690
4160
4690
4160
4500
(4)
(4)
600
3785
4690
3785
4690
3785
4500
(4)
(4)
650
3680
4690
3680
4690
3680
4475
(4)
(4)
700
3550
4450
3550
4450
3550
4450
(4)
(4)
750
3150
3940
- - -
- - -
3325
4315
(4)
(4)
800
2575
3215
- - -
- - -
3175
4205
(4)
(4)
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
3045
4020(3)
(4)
(4)
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2810(3)
3750(3)
(4)
(4)
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2360(3)
2945(3)
(4)
(4)
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1630(3)
2040(3)
(4)
(4)
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1095(3)
1280(3,5)
(4)
(4)
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
(4)
(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 450_F, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown. 4. Consult your Emerson sales office. 5. Derating due to bolting limitations, higher ratings may be possible with alternate bolt materials. Consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt materials.
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD,(2) POUNDS
15920 14200 12910 11610 11240 10960 10460 10220 9970 9890 9800 5250 5200 5160 5110 5110 5110
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD,(2) POUNDS
20340 18130 16470 14810 14330 13970 13360 13030 12710 12610 12510 8200 8130 8060 7990 7990 7990
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:026 September 2017
EH and EW Steel Ratings (US)
D100075X012
Table 14. NPS 6 CL2500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 2987 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, PSIG
TEMP, _F
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
100
7470
7470
7470
7470
7470
7470
7170
7470
200
7470
7470
7470
7470
7470
7470
6165
6870
300
7255
7470
7255
7470
7250
7385
5570
6215
400
7025
7470
7025
7470
7025
7210
5115
5675
450
6810
7470
6810
7470
6810
7190
4650
5345
500
6620
7470
6620
7470
6615
7170
(4)
(4)
600
6020
7470
6020
7470
6020
7170
(4)
(4)
650
5860
7470
5860
7470
5860
7125
(4)
(4)
700
5650
7085
5650
7085
5650
7085
(4)
(4)
750
5020
6275
- - -
- - -
5290
6870
(4)
(4)
800
4095
5120
- - -
- - -
5055
6700(3)
(4)
(4)
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4850
6400(3)
(4)
(4)
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4475(3)
5975(3)
(4)
(4)
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
3760(3)
4695(3)
(4)
(4)
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2595(3)
3245(3)
(4)
(4)
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1740(3)
2065(3,5)
(4)
(4)
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
(4)
(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 450_F, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown. 4. Consult your Emerson sales office. 5. Derating due to bolting limitations, higher ratings may be possible with alternate bolt materials. Consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt materials.
Table 15. NPS 8 CL1500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 1866 Rating
TEMP, _F
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
PRESSURE RATINGS, PSIG
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
100
4665
4665
4665
4665
4665
4665
4480
4665
200
4665
4665
4665
4665
4665
4665
3850
4290
300
4529
4665
4529
4665
4530
4610
3480
3880
400
4378
4665
4378
4665
4390
4505
3195
3545
450
4257
4665
4257
4665
4255
4490
2905
3340
500
4136
4665
4136
4665
4135
4480
(4)
(4)
600
3762
4665
3762
4665
3760
4480
(4)
(4)
650
3659
4665
3659
4665
3660
4455
(4)
(4)
700
3454
4434
- - -
- - -
3530
4425
(4)
(4)
750
3155
3944
- - -
- - -
3310
4290
(4)
(4)
800
2558
3198
- - -
- - -
3160
4185
(4)
(4)
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
3030
4000(3)
(4)
(4)
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2795(3)
3730(3)
(4)
(4)
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2345(3)
2930(3)
(4)
(4)
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1620(3)
2025(3)
(4)
(4)
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1085(3)
1180(3,5)
(4)
(4)
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
(4)
(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 450_F, consult your Emerson sales officer for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown. 4. Consult your Emerson sales office 5. Derating due to bolting limitations, higher ratings may be possible with alternate bolt materials. Consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt materials.
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD,(2) POUNDS
20340 18130 16470 14810 14330 13970 13360 13030 12710 12610 12510 8200 8130 8060 7990 7990 7990
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD,(2) POUNDS
34810 30980 28000 25730 24700 24060 22740 22260 21780 21480 21180 20990 20810 20630 20450 20450 20450
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EW Steel Ratings (US)
D100075X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:026 September 2017
Table 16. NPS 8 CL2500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 2943 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, PSIG
TEMP, _F
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
100
7358
7358
7358
7358
7360
7360
200
7358
7358
7358
7358
7360
7360
300
7145
7358
7145
7358
7145
7275
400
6904
7358
6904
7358
6920
7105
450
6712
7358
6712
7358
6710
7085
500
6520
7358
6520
7358
6520
7065
600
5933
7358
5933
7358
5935
7065
650
5773
7358
5773
7358
5775
7020
700
5450
6988
- - -
- - -
5570
6980
750
4979
6222
- - -
- - -
5215
6770
800
4037
5045
- - -
- - -
4980
6600
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4780
6305
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4410
5885(3)
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
3705(3)
4625(3)
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2555(3)
3195(3)
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1715(3)
2145(3)
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 450_F, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown.
4. Consult your Emerson sales office.
Table 17. NPS 10 CL1500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 1568 Rating
TEMP, _F
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
PRESSURE RATINGS, PSIG
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
100
3920
3920
3920
3920
3920
3920
200
3920
3920
3920
3920
3920
3920
300
3805
3920
3805
3920
3805
3875
400
3679
3920
3679
3920
3690
3785
450
3578
3920
3578
3920
3575
3775
500
3476
3920
3476
3920
3475
3765
600
3162
3920
3162
3920
3160
3765
650
3074
3920
3074
3920
3075
3740
700
2901
3727
- - -
- - -
2970
3715
750
2650
3314
- - -
- - -
2780
3605
800
2149
2687
- - -
- - -
2655
3515
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2545
3360
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2345
3135(3)
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1970(3)
2460(3)
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1365(3)
1705(3)
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
915(3)
1145(3)
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 450_F, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown.
4. Consult your Emerson sales office.
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
7065
7360
6075
6770
5485
6120
5040
5590
4580
(4)
5265
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD,(2) POUNDS
19670 17610 16030 14450 13990 13640 13050 12740 12430 12330 12230 6680 6620 6530 6510 6510 6510
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
3765
3920
3235
3605
2920
3260
2685
2980
2550
(4)
2805
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD,(2) POUNDS
34810 30980 28000 25730 24700 24060 22740 22260 21780 21480 21180 20990 20810 20630 20450 20450 20450
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:026 September 2017
EH and EW Steel Ratings (US)
D100075X012
Table 18. NPS 10 CL2500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 2522 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, PSIG
TEMP, _F
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
100
6305
6305
6305
6305
6305
6305
200
6305
6305
6305
6305
6305
6305
300
6123
6305
6123
6305
6125
6235
400
5917
6305
5917
6305
5930
6090
450
5753
6305
5753
6305
5750
6070
500
5589
6305
5589
6305
5590
6055
600
5084
6305
5084
6305
5085
6055
650
4948
6305
4948
6305
4950
6015
700
4671
5992
- - -
- - -
4770
5980
750
4267
5332
- - -
- - -
4470
5800
800
3460
4323
- - -
- - -
4265
5655
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4095
5400
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
3780
5045
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
3175
3965(3)
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2190(3)
2740(3)
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1470(3)
1835(3)
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 450_F, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown.
4. Consult your Emerson sales office.
Table 19. NPS 12 and 14 CL1500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 1650 Rating
TEMP, _F
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
PRESSURE RATINGS, PSIG
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
100
4125
4125
4125
4125
4125
4125
200
4125
4125
4125
4125
4125
4125
300
4005
4125
4005
4125
4005
4075
400
3872
4125
3872
4125
3885
3980
450
3765
4125
3765
4125
3760
3970
500
3657
4125
3657
4125
3655
3960
600
3327
4125
3327
4125
3325
3960
650
3235
4125
3235
4125
3235
3940
700
3053
3921
- - -
- - -
3125
3910
750
2789
3487
- - -
- - -
2925
3795
800
2261
2827
- - -
- - -
2795
3700
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2680
3535
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2470
3300(3)
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2075(3)
2590(3)
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1475(3)
1795(3)
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
960(3)
1205(3)
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 450_F, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown.
4. Consult your Emerson sales office.
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
6055
6305
5205
5800
4700
5245
4320
4790
4110
(4)
4515
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD,(2) POUNDS
19670 17610 16030 14450 13990 13640 13050 12740 12430 12330 12230 6680 6620 6530 6510 6510 6510
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
3960
4125
3405
3795
3075
3430
2825
3135
2690
(4)
2950
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD,(2) POUNDS
34810 30980 28000 25730 24700 24060 22740 22260 21780 21480 21180 20990 20810 20630 20450 20450 20450
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EW Steel Ratings (US)
D100075X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:026 September 2017
Table 20. NPS 12 CL2500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 2940 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, PSIG
TEMP, _F
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
100
7350
7350
7350
7350
7350
7350
7055
7350
200
7350
7350
7350
7350
7350
7350
6070
6760
300
7138
7350
7138
7350
7140
7265
5480
6115
400
6897
7350
6897
7350
6915
7100
5035
5585
450
6705
7350
6705
7350
6705
7075
4580
5260
500
6514
7350
6514
7350
6515
7055
(4)
(4)
600
5927
7350
5927
7350
5925
7055
(4)
(4)
650
5767
7350
5767
7350
5765
7015
(4)
(4)
700
5444
6981
- - -
- - -
5565
6975
(4)
(4)
750
4974
6216
- - -
- - -
5210
6760
(4)
(4)
800
4033
5040
- - -
- - -
4975
6595
(4)
(4)
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4775
6300(3)
(4)
(4)
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4405(3)
5880(3)
(4)
(4)
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
3700(3)
4620(3)
(4)
(4)
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2555(3)
3190(3)
(4)
(4)
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1710(3)
1892(3,5)
(4)
(4)
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
(4)
(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 450_F, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown. 4. Consult your Emerson sales office. 5. Derating due to bolting limitations, higher ratings may be possible with alternate bolt materials. Consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt materials.
Table 21. NPS 14 CL2500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 2754 Rating
TEMP, _F
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
PRESSURE RATINGS, PSIG
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
100
6885
6885
6885
6885
6885
6885
6610
6885
200
6885
6885
6885
6885
6885
6885
5685
6335
300
6687
6885
6687
6885
6685
6805
5135
5730
400
6461
6885
6461
6885
6480
6650
4715
5235
450
6281
6885
6281
6885
6290
6630
4285
4935
500
6102
6885
6102
6885
6100
6610
(4)
(4)
600
5552
6885
5552
6885
5550
6610
(4)
(4)
650
5403
6885
5403
6885
5405
6570
(4)
(4)
700
5100
6541
- - -
- - -
5210
6530
(4)
(4)
750
4659
5822
- - -
- - -
4880
6335
(4)
(4)
800
3778
4721
- - -
- - -
4660
6175
(4)
(4)
850
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4470
5900
(4)
(4)
900
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
4125
5510(3)
(4)
(4)
950
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
3465(3)
4330(3)
(4)
(4)
1000
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
2390(3)
2990(3)
(4)
(4)
1050
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1600(3)
1890(3,5)
(4)
(4)
1100
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
(4)
(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 450_F, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown. 4. Consult your Emerson sales office. 5. Derating due to bolting limitations, higher ratings may be possible with alternate bolt materials. Consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt materials.
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD,(2) POUNDS
34810 30980 28000 25730 24700 24060 22740 22260 21780 21480 21180 20990 20810 20630 20450 20450 20450
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD,(2) POUNDS
34810 30980 28000 25730 24700 24060 22740 22260 21780 21480 21180 20990 20810 20630 20450 20450 20450
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:026 September 2017
EH and EW Steel Ratings (US)
D100075X012
Table 22. NPS 12 x 8 CL900 EW Series Valve with Intermediate 1150 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, PSIG
TEMPERATURE, _F
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
WCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
100
2875
2875
2870
200
2875
2875
2745
300
2791
2875
2590
400
2698
2875
2485
500
2549
2875
2450
600
2319
2875
2315
650
2255
2875
2255
700
2128
2734
2175
750
1943
2432
2035
800
1577
1972
1945
850
- - -
- - -
1865
900
- - -
- - -
1725
950
- - -
1000
- - -
- - -
1440
- - -
1025
Special Class
2870 2870 2870 2870
2820 2820 2820 2810
2790 2760 2590 2300
1805 1285
MAXIMUM STEM LOAD, POUNDS
17000 16740 16420 16100 15830 15540 15420 15280 15180 15060 14820 14590 13630 12680
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121983, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EW Steel Ratings (Metric)
D100076X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:027 September 2017
Increased Pressure/Temperature Ratings for FisherTM EH and EW Series Steel Valves
Metric Units
EH Series and EW Series valves with buttwelded ends have increased/temperature ratings, called Intermediate ratings as defined in ASME B16.34-2013.
The extra strength of these valves allows ratings higher than the normal CL900, CL1500, or CL2500 ratings that are specified in ASME B16.34-2013. Two types of the higher (Intermediate) ratings are available: Intermediate Standard and Intermediate Special. All EH and EW Series valves with buttwelded ends listed in the following tables have Intermediate Standard ratings. Intermediate Special ratings allow pressures higher than Intermediate Standard ratings, which can only be obtained by a valve body assembly successfully undergoing certain nondestructive examinations as described in the ASME B16.34-2013 standard.
Intermediate ratings apply only to valve body assemblies with the material listed in tables 1 and 2. EH Series valves with line-size buttwelding ends have Intermediate ratings as listed in tables 3 through 21.
The NPS 12 x 8 CL900 EW Series valve body has Intermediate ratings as shown in table 22. Note that the NPS 1 and 2 socketweld EH Series valve bodies also provide the ratings shown for NPS 1 and 2 buttwelded valve bodies. Also, the NPS 1-1/2 x 1 EH Series valve body is the only valve body with expanded ends that provides Intermediate ratings; the NPS 2 x 1, 3 x 2, 4 x 3, 6 x 4, and 8 x 6 valve bodies do not allow these higher ratings.
The ratings in tables 3 through 22 were calculated using the maximum stem load listed in each table. These stem loads are for the largest diameter 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem available for each valve body size. When using the tables, compare the maximum available stem load to the table stem load. If the maximum available stem load is greater than the printed value, consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner since the higher stem load may require additional pressure derating due to bolting limitations. If the maximum available stem load is less than or equal to the printed value, a lower load may allow pressures higher than those shown in the tables if the rating is limited by bolting limitations.
Table 1. Body and Bolting Material Descriptions for NPS 1 through 6 EH Series Valves
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
BOLTING MATERIAL
Specification
Grade
Specification
Bolts
Grade
Nuts Specification
SA-352
LCC
SA-193
B7
SA-194
SA-216
WCC
SA-193
B7
SA-194
SA-193
B7
SA-194
SA-217
WC9
SA-193
B7
SA-194
SA-193
B16
SA-194
SA-193
B7
SA-193
SA-453
660 Class A or B with Belleville washers
SA-194
SA-351
CF8M or 316(1)
SA-453
660 Class A or B rupture tested with Belleville washers
SA-194
SA-453
660 Class A or B with Belleville washers
SA-194
SA-453
660 Class A or B rupture tested with Belleville washers
SA-194
1. 316H must be specified for service temperatures above 538_C.
Grade 2H 2H 2H 7 7 2H 7
7
7M
7M
TEMPERATURE, _C
to 371 to 427 to 427 over 427 See table values to 232 to 427
to 538
to 427
to 538
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:027 September 2017
EH and EW Steel Ratings (Metric)
D100076X012
Table 2. Body and Bolting Material Descriptions for NPS 8 through 14 EH Series Valves and NPS 12 x 8 EW Series Valves
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
Specification
Grade
Specification
Bolts
BOLTING MATERIAL Grade
Nuts Specification
Grade
TEMPERATURE, _C
SA-352
LCC
SA-193
B7
SA-194
2H
to 343
SA-216
WCC
SA-193
B7
SA-194
2H
to 427
SA-193
B7
SA-194
2H
to 427
SA-217
WC9
SA-193
B7
SA-194
7
over 427
SA-193
B16
SA-194
7
See table values
SA-193
B7
SA-193
2H
to 232
SA-453
660 Class A or B with Belleville washers
SA-194
7
to 427
SA-351
CF8M or 316(1)
SA-453
660 Class A or B rupture tested with Belleville washers
SA-194
7
to 538
SA-453
660 Class A or B with Belleville washers
SA-194
7M
to 427
SA-453
660 Class A or B rupture tested with Belleville washers
SA-194
7M
to 538
1. 316H must be specified for service temperatures above 538_C.
Table 3. NPS 1 CL1500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 2282 Rating
TEMP, _C
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
PRESSURE RATINGS, BAR
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
38
393
393
393
393
393
393
93
393
393
393
393
393
393
149
382
393
382
393
382
389
204
370
393
370
393
370
380
232
359
393
359
393
359
379
260
349
393
349
393
349
378
316
317
393
317
393
317
378
343
309
393
309
393
309
376
371
298
373
298
373
298
373
399
264
330
- - -
- - -
279
427
216
270
- - -
- - -
266
454
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
255
482
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
236
510
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
198(3)
538
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
137(3)
566
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
92(3)
593
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 232_C, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown.
4. Consult your Emerson sales office.
362
353 337(3) 315(3) 247(3) 172(3) 107(3) - - -(4)
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
378
393
325
362
293
327
269
299
228
281
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) NEWTONS
49400 44110 40120 36100 34960 34080 32550 31780 31010 30750 30490 13130 13010 12900 12790 12790 12790
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EW Steel Ratings (Metric)
D100076X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:027 September 2017
Table 4. NPS 1 CL2500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 3862 Rating(1)
PRESSURE RATINGS, BAR
TEMP, _C
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
CF8M(2)
Standard Class
Special Class
38
666
666
666
666
666
666
639
666
93
666
666
666
666
666
666
550
613
149
646
666
646
666
647
658
496
554
204
626
666
626
666
627
643
456
506
232
607
666
607
666
607
641
414
476
260
590
666
590
666
590
639
(5)
(5)
316
537
666
537
666
537
639
(5)
(5)
343
522
666
522
666
522
636
(5)
(5)
371
504
632
504
632
504
632
(5)
(5)
399
447
559
- - -
- - -
472
613
(5)
(5)
427
365
456
- - -
- - -
450
598(4)
(5)
(5)
454
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
432
571(4)
(5)
(5)
482
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
399(4)
533(4)
(5)
(5)
510
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
335(4)
419(4)
(5)
(5)
538
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
231(4)
289(4)
(5)
(5)
566
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
155(4)
167(4)(6)
(5)
(5)
593
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(5)
- - -(5)
(5)
(5)
1. Intermediate 4080 rating is available with special bolting materials in most valve body materials. Consult your Emerson sales office. 2. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 232_C, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 3. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem.
4. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown. 5. Consult your Emerson sales office.
6. Derating due to bolting limitations, higher ratings may be possible with alternate bolt materials. Consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt materials.
Table 5. NPS 1-1/2 x 1 CL1500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 1789 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, BAR
TEMP, _C
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
38
309
309
309
309
309
309
93
309
309
309
309
309
309
149
299
309
299
309
299
305
204
290
309
290
309
290
298
232
281
309
281
309
281
297
260
273
309
273
309
273
296
316
249
309
249
309
249
296
343
242
309
242
309
242
294
371
234
293
234
293
233
292
399
207
259
- - -
- - -
219
284
427
169
211
- - -
- - -
209
277
454
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
200
264
482
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
185
247(3)
510
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
155(3)
194(3)
538
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
107(3)
134(3)
566
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
72(3)
90(3)
593
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 232_C, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown.
4. Consult your Emerson sales office.
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
296
309
254
284
230
257
211
234
199
213
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(3) NEWTONS
49400 44110 40120 36100 34960 34080 32550 31780 31010 30750 30490 13130 13010 12900 12790 12790 12790
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) NEWTONS
49400 44110 40120 36100 34960 34080 32550 31780 31010 30750 30490 13130 13010 12900 12790 12790 12790
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:027 September 2017
EH and EW Steel Ratings (Metric)
D100076X012
Table 6. NPS 1-1/2 x 1 CL2500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 3021 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, BAR
TEMP, _C
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
38
521
521
521
521
521
521
93
521
521
521
521
521
521
149
506
521
506
521
506
515
204
490
521
490
521
490
503
232
474
521
474
521
475
501
260
461
521
461
521
462
500
316
420
521
420
521
420
500
343
409
521
409
521
409
497
371
394
494
394
494
394
494
399
350
437
- - -
- - -
369
479
427
286
357
- - -
- - -
352
467
454
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
338
482
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
312
510
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
262(3)
538
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
181(3)
566
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
121(3)
593
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 232_C, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown.
4. Consult your Emerson sales office.
447 416(3) 328(3) 226(3) 151(3) - - -(4)
Table 7. NPS 2 CL1500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 1758 Rating
TEMP, _C
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
PRESSURE RATINGS, BAR
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
38
303
303
303
303
303
303
93
303
303
303
303
303
303
149
294
303
294
303
294
300
204
285
303
285
303
285
293
232
276
303
276
303
276
292
260
269
303
269
303
269
291
316
244
303
244
303
244
291
343
238
303
238
303
238
289
371
229
288
229
288
230
288
399
204
254
- - -
- - -
215
279
427
167
208
- - -
- - -
205
272
454
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
197
482
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
181
510
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
152(3)
538
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
106(3)
566
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
71(3)
593
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 232_C, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown.
4. Consult your Emerson sales office.
260 242(3) 190(3) 132(3) 88(3) - - -(4)
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
500
521
430
479
388
433
356
396
330
372
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) NEWTONS
49400 44110 40120 36100 34960 34080 32550 31780 31010 30750 30490 13130 13010 12900 12790 12790 12790
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
291
303
250
279
226
252
208
230
190
208
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) NEWTONS
70830 63180 57430 51650 50010 48740 46550 45450 44350 43980 43600 23340 23140 22940 22740 22740 22740
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EW Steel Ratings (Metric)
D100076X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:027 September 2017
Table 8. NPS 2 CL2500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 3273 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, BAR
TEMP, _C
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
38
564
564
564
564
564
564
542
564
93
564
564
564
564
564
564
466
519
149
548
564
548
564
548
558
421
470
204
531
564
531
564
531
545
386
429
232
514
564
514
564
514
543
350
404
260
500
564
500
564
500
542
(4)
(4)
316
455
564
455
564
455
542
(4)
(4)
343
443
564
443
564
443
539
(4)
(4)
371
427
535
427
535
427
535
(4)
(4)
399
379
475
- - -
- - -
400
519
(4)
(4)
427
310
387
- - -
- - -
382
506(3)
(4)
(4)
454
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
366
484(3)
(4)
(4)
482
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
338(3)
451(3)
(4)
(4)
510
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
284(3)
355(3)
(4)
(4)
538
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
196(3)
245(3)
(4)
(4)
566
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
131(3)
145(3,5)
(4)
(4)
593
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
(4)
(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 232_C, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown. 4. Consult your Emerson sales office. 5. Derating due to bolting limitations, higher ratings may be possible with alternate bolt materials. Consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt materials.
Table 9. NPS 3 CL1500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 1756 Rating
TEMP, _C
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
PRESSURE RATINGS, BAR
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
38
303
303
303
303
303
303
93
303
303
303
303
303
303
149
294
303
294
303
294
299
204
285
303
285
303
285
292
232
276
303
276
303
276
291
260
268
303
268
303
268
291
316
244
303
244
303
244
291
343
238
303
238
303
238
289
371
229
287
229
287
229
287
399
203
254
- - -
- - -
215
279
427
166
208
- - -
- - -
205
272
454
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
197
260
482
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
181
510
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
152
538
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
105(3)
566
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
71(3)
593
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 232_C, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown.
4. Consult your Emerson sales office.
242 190(3) 132(3) 88(3) - - -(4)
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
291
303
250
279
225
252
208
230
197
221
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) NEWTONS
70830 63180 57430 51650 50010 48740 46550 45450 44350 43980 43600 23340 23140 22940 22740 22740 22740
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) NEWTONS
70830 63180 57430 51650 50010 48740 46550 45450 44350 43980 43600 23340 23140 22940 22740 22740 22740
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:027 September 2017
EH and EW Steel Ratings (Metric)
D100076X012
Table 10. NPS 3 CL2500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 2932 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, BAR
TEMP, _C
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
38
505
505
505
505
505
505
93
505
505
505
505
506
505
149
491
505
491
505
491
500
204
475
505
475
505
476
488
232
461
505
461
505
461
486
260
448
505
448
505
448
485
316
407
505
407
505
407
485
343
396
505
396
505
396
482
371
383
480
383
480
383
480
399
340
424
- - -
- - -
358
465
427
277
346
- - -
- - -
342
454
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
328
482
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
303
510
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
254(3)
538
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
176(3)
566
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
118(3)
593
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 232_C, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown.
4. Consult your Emerson sales office.
453 433(3) 404(3) 318(3) 220(3) 147(3) - - -(4)
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
485
505
417
465
377
421
346
384
321
362
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
Table 11. NPS 4 CL1500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 2083 Rating
TEMP, _C
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
PRESSURE RATINGS, BAR
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
38
359
359
359
359
359
359
345
359
93
359
359
359
359
359
359
296
330
149
349
359
349
359
349
355
268
299
204
338
359
338
359
338
347
246
273
232
327
359
327
359
327
346
220
257
260
318
359
318
359
318
345
(4)
(4)
316
290
359
290
359
290
345
(4)
(4)
343
282
359
282
359
282
343
(4)
(4)
371
272
341
272
341
272
341
(4)
(4)
399
241
302
- - -
- - -
254
330
(4)
(4)
427
197
246
- - -
- - -
243
322
(4)
(4)
454
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
233
308(3)
(4)
(4)
482
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
215
287(3)
(4)
(4)
510
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
181(3)
226(3)
(4)
(4)
538
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
125(3)
156(3)
(4)
(4)
566
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
84(3)
102(3,5)
(4)
(4)
593
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
(4)
(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 232_C, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown. 4. Consult your Emerson sales office. 5. Derating due to bolting limitations, higher ratings may be possible with alternate bolt materials. Consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt materials.
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) NEWTONS
70830 63180 57430 51650 50010 48740 46550 45450 44350 43980 43600 23340 23140 22940 22740 22740 22740
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) NEWTONS
70830 63180 57430 51650 50010 48740 46550 45450 44350 43980 43600 23340 23140 22940 22740 22740 22740
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EW Steel Ratings (Metric)
D100076X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:027 September 2017
Table 12. NPS 4 CL2500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 3294 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, BAR
TEMP, _C
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
38
568
568
568
568
568
568
545
568
93
568
568
568
568
568
568
469
522
149
551
568
551
568
551
561
423
472
204
534
568
534
568
534
549
389
432
232
517
568
517
568
517
547
353
406
260
503
568
503
568
503
545
(4)
(4)
316
458
568
458
568
458
545
(4)
(4)
343
445
568
445
568
445
542
(4)
(4)
371
430
538
430
538
430
539
(4)
(4)
399
382
477
- - -
- - -
402
522(3)
(4)
(4)
427
312
389
- - -
- - -
384
510(3)
(4)
(4)
454
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
369
487(3)
(4)
(4)
482
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
340(3)
454(3)
(4)
(4)
510
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
286(3)
357(3)
(4)
(4)
538
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
197(3)
247(3)
(4)
(4)
566
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
132(3)
140(3,5)
(4)
(4)
593
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
(4)
(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 232_C, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown. 4. Consult your Emerson sales office. 5. Derating due to bolting limitations, higher ratings may be possible with alternate bolt materials. Consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt materials.
Table 13. NPS 6 CL1500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 1876 Rating
TEMP, _C
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
PRESSURE RATINGS, BAR
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
38
323
323
323
323
323
323
310
323
93
323
323
323
323
323
323
267
298
149
314
323
314
323
314
320
241
269
204
304
323
304
323
304
312
222
246
232
295
323
295
323
295
311
197
231
260
287
323
287
323
287
310
(4)
(4)
316
261
323
261
323
261
310
(4)
(4)
343
254
323
254
323
254
309
(4)
(4)
371
245
307
245
307
245
307
(4)
(4)
399
217
272
- - -
- - -
229
298
(4)
(4)
427
178
222
- - -
- - -
219
290
(4)
(4)
454
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
210
277(3)
(4)
(4)
482
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
194(3)
259(3)
(4)
(4)
510
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
163(3)
203(3)
(4)
(4)
538
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
112(3)
141(3)
(4)
(4)
566
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
76(3)
88(3,5)
(4)
(4)
593
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
(4)
(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 232_C, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown. 4. Consult your Emerson sales office. 5. Derating due to bolting limitations, higher ratings may be possible with alternate bolt materials. Consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt materials.
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) NEWTONS
70830 63180 57430 51650 50010 48740 46550 45450 44350 43980 43600 23340 23140 22940 22740 22740 22740
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) NEWTONS
90470 80640 73270 65870 63770 62150 59420 57980 56540 56100 55660 36480 36160 35850 35530 35530 35530
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:027 September 2017
EH and EW Steel Ratings (Metric)
D100076X012
Table 14. NPS 6 CL2500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 2987 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, BAR
TEMP, _C
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
38
515
515
515
515
515
515
494
515
93
515
515
515
515
515
515
425
474
149
500
515
500
515
500
509
384
429
204
484
515
484
515
484
497
353
391
232
469
515
469
515
469
495
314
368
260
456
515
456
515
456
494
(4)
(4)
316
415
515
415
515
415
494
(4)
(4)
343
404
515
404
515
404
491
(4)
(4)
371
390
489
390
489
390
489
(4)
(4)
399
346
433
- - -
- - -
365
474
(4)
(4)
427
282
353
- - -
- - -
349
462(3)
(4)
(4)
454
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
334
441(3)
(4)
(4)
482
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
309(3)
412(3)
(4)
(4)
510
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
259(3)
324(3)
(4)
(4)
538
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
179(3)
224(3)
(4)
(4)
566
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
120(3)
142(3,5)
(4)
(4)
593
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
(4)
(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 232_C, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown. 4. Consult your Emerson sales office. 5. Derating due to bolting limitations, higher ratings may be possible with alternate bolt materials. Consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt materials.
Table 15. NPS 8 CL1500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 1866 Rating
TEMP, _C
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
PRESSURE RATINGS, BAR
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
38
322
322
322
322
322
322
309
322
93
321
322
321
322
322
322
265
296
149
312
322
312
322
312
318
240
268
204
301
322
301
322
303
311
220
244
232
293
322
293
322
294
310
200
230
260
284
322
284
322
285
309
(4)
(4)
316
260
322
260
322
259
309
(4)
(4)
343
251
322
72
90
252
307
(4)
(4)
371
237
318
- - -
- - -
243
305
(4)
(4)
399
217
301
- - -
- - -
228
296
(4)
(4)
427
180
270
- - -
- - -
218
289
(4)
(4)
454
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
209
276(3)
(4)
(4)
482
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
193(3)
257(3)
(4)
(4)
510
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
162(3)
202(3)
(4)
(4)
538
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
112(3)
140(3)
(4)
(4)
566
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
75(3)
81(3,5)
(4)
(4)
593
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
(4)
(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 232_C, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown. 4. Consult your Emerson sales office. 5. Derating due to bolting limitations, higher ratings may be possible with alternate bolt materials. Consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt materials.
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) NEWTONS
90470 80640 73270 65870 63770 62150 59420 57980 56540 56100 55660 36480 36160 35850 35530 35530 35530
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) NEWTONS
154830 137790 124530 114450 109880 107000 101140 99010 96870 95530 94190 93390 92580 91770 90970 90970 90970
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EW Steel Ratings (Metric)
D100076X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:027 September 2017
Table 16. NPS 8 CL2500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 2943 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, BAR
TEMP, _C
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
38
507
507
507
507
507
507
93
506
507
506
507
507
507
149
492
507
492
507
493
502
204
475
507
475
507
477
490
232
463
507
463
507
465
488
260
448
507
448
507
450
487
316
411
507
411
507
409
487
343
396
507
113
142
398
484
371
375
501
- - -
- - -
384
481
399
342
475
- - -
- - -
360
467
427
284
426
- - -
- - -
343
454
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
330
482
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
304
510
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
256(3)
538
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
176(3)
566
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
118(3)
593
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 232_C, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown.
4. Consult your Emerson sales office.
455 435(3) 406(3) 319(3) 220(3) 148(3) - - -(4)
Table 17. NPS 10 CL1500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 1568 Rating
TEMP, _C
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
PRESSURE RATINGS, BAR
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
38
270
270
270
270
270
270
93
269
270
269
270
270
270
149
262
270
262
270
262
267
204
253
270
253
270
254
261
232
247
270
247
270
247
260
260
239
270
239
270
240
260
316
219
270
219
270
218
260
343
211
270
60
76
212
258
371
200
267
- - -
- - -
205
256
399
182
253
- - -
- - -
192
249
427
151
227
- - -
- - -
183
242
454
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
175
482
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
162
510
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
136(3)
538
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
94(3)
566
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
63(3)
593
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 232_C, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown.
4. Consult your Emerson sales office.
232 216(3) 170(3) 118(3) 79(3) - - -(4)
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
487
507
419
467
378
422
348
385
320
342
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) NEWTONS
87500 78310 71320 64260 62270 60690 58050 56660 55270 54830 54390 29730 29470 29030 28950 28950 28950
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
260
270
223
249
201
225
185
205
176
188
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) NEWTONS
154830 137790 124530 114450 109880 107000 101140 99010 96870 95530 94190 93390 92580 91770 90970 90970 90970
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:027 September 2017
EH and EW Steel Ratings (Metric)
D100076X012
Table 18. NPS 10 CL2500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 2522 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, BAR
TEMP, _C
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
38
435
435
435
435
435
435
93
433
435
433
435
435
435
149
422
435
422
435
422
430
204
407
435
407
435
409
420
232
397
435
397
435
398
419
260
384
435
384
435
386
418
316
352
435
352
435
351
418
343
339
435
97
122
341
415
371
321
430
- - -
- - -
329
412
399
293
407
- - -
- - -
308
400
427
243
365
- - -
- - -
294
390
454
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
282
372
482
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
261
510
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
219
538
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
151(3)
566
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
101(3)
593
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 232_C, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown.
4. Consult your Emerson sales office.
348 273(3) 189(3) 127(3) - - -(4)
Table 19. NPS 12 and 14 CL1500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 1650 Rating
TEMP, _C
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
PRESSURE RATINGS, BAR
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
38
284
284
284
284
284
284
93
283
284
283
284
284
284
149
276
284
276
284
276
281
204
266
284
266
284
268
274
232
259
284
259
284
260
273
260
251
284
251
284
252
273
316
230
284
230
284
229
273
343
222
284
64
80
223
272
371
210
281
- - -
- - -
215
270
399
192
266
- - -
- - -
202
262
427
159
239
- - -
- - -
193
255
454
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
185
482
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
170
510
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
143(3)
538
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
102(3)
566
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
66(3)
593
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 232_C, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown.
4. Consult your Emerson sales office.
244 228(3) 179(3) 124(3) 83(3) - - -(4)
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
417
435
359
400
324
362
298
330
283
314
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) NEWTONS
87500 78310 71320 64260 62270 60690 58050 56660 55270 54830 54390 29730 29470 29030 28950 28950 28950
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
273
284
235
262
212
237
195
216
185
202
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) NEWTONS
154830 137790 124530 114450 109880 107000 101140 99010 96870 95530 94190 93390 92580 91770 90970 90970 90970
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
EH and EW Steel Ratings (Metric)
D100076X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:027 September 2017
Table 20. NPS 12 CL2500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 2940 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, BAR
TEMP, _C
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
38
507
507
507
507
507
507
486
507
93
505
507
505
507
507
507
419
466
149
492
507
492
507
492
501
378
422
204
475
507
475
507
477
490
347
385
232
462
507
462
507
464
488
315
362
260
447
507
447
507
449
487
(4)
(4)
316
410
507
410
507
409
487
(4)
(4)
343
396
507
113
142
397
484
(4)
(4)
371
374
501
- - -
- - -
384
481
(4)
(4)
399
341
474
- - -
- - -
359
466
(4)
(4)
427
283
425
- - -
- - -
343
455
(4)
(4)
454
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
329
434(3)
(4)
(4)
482
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
304(3)
405(3)
(4)
(4)
410
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
255(3)
319(3)
(4)
(4)
538
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
176(3)
220(3)
(4)
(4)
566
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
118(3)
130(3,5)
(4)
(4)
593
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
(4)
(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 232_C, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown. 4. Consult your Emerson sales office. 5. Derating due to bolting limitations, higher ratings may be possible with alternate bolt materials. Consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt materials.
Table 21. NPS 14 CL2500 EH Series Valves with Intermediate 2754 Rating
TEMP, _C
WCC
Standard Class
Special Class
PRESSURE RATINGS, BAR
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
LCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
Special Class
CF8M(1)
Standard Class
Special Class
38
475
475
475
475
475
475
456
475
93
473
475
473
475
475
475
392
437
149
461
475
461
475
461
469
354
395
204
445
475
445
475
447
459
325
361
232
433
475
433
475
435
457
292
340
260
419
475
419
475
421
456
(4)
(4)
316
384
475
384
475
383
456
(4)
(4)
343
371
475
106
133
373
453
(4)
(4)
371
351
469
- - -
- - -
359
450
(4)
(4)
399
320
444
- - -
- - -
336
437
(4)
(4)
427
265
398
- - -
- - -
321
426
(4)
(4)
454
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
308
407
(4)
(4)
482
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
284
380(3)
(4)
(4)
510
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
239(3)
299(3)
(4)
(4)
538
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
165(3)
206(3)
(4)
(4)
566
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
111(3)
130(3,5)
(4)
(4)
593
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
(4)
(4)
1. Ratings based on SA-193-B7 bolts up to 232_C, consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt material. 2. For largest available 316 strain-hardened stainless steel stem. 3. SA-193-B16 bolts and SA-194-7 nuts must be used to obtain maximum rating shown. 4. Consult your Emerson sales office. 5. Derating due to bolting limitations, higher ratings may be possible with alternate bolt materials. Consult your Emerson sales office for ratings with other bolt materials.
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) NEWTONS
154830 137790 124530 114450 109880 107000 101140 99010 96870 95530 94190 93390 92580 91770 90970 90970 90970
MAXIMUM STEM
LOAD(2) NEWTONS
154830 137790 124530 114450 109880 107000 101140 99010 96870 95530 94190 93390 92580 91770 90970 90970 90970
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:027 September 2017
EH and EW Steel Ratings (Metric)
D100076X012
Table 22. NPS 12 x 8 CL900 EW Series Valve with Intermediate 1150 Rating
PRESSURE RATINGS, BAR
TEMPERATURE, _C
Valve Body Material and Intermediate Class Designation
WCC
WC9
Standard Class
Special Class
Standard Class
38
198
198
198
93
198
198
189
149
192
198
179
204
186
198
171
260
176
198
169
316
160
198
160
343
155
198
155
371
147
189
150
399
134
168
140
427
109
136
134
454
- - -
- - -
129
482
- - -
- - -
119
510
- - -
- - -
99
538
- - -
- - -
71
Special Class
198 198 198 198
194 194 194 194
192 192 179 159
124 87
MAXIMUM STEM LOAD, NEWTONS
75,620 74,480 73,040 71,610 70,400 69,110 68,580 67,980 67,520 66,700 65,940 64,880 60,640 56,410
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121983, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Flange Standards on Bronze Valves
D100078X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:033 September 2017
Flange Standards on all Bronze Flanged Valve Bodies
Description
Pressure/temperature ratings for CL150 and CL300 flanged bronze valves, given in table 1, are in accordance with ASME B16.24-2001. Pressure/temperature ratings for ASME SB-148 C95400 aluminum bronze, shown in table 2, are in accordance with ASME Case Code N-133. Aluminum bronze is not an ASME B16.34 approved material and should not be used in systems requiring conformance to that standard. Flange facings and dimensions of ASME SB-148 C95400 aluminum bronze valve bodies are in accordance with ASME B16.24-2001. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for additional information.
Information in table 1 has been extracted from ASME B16.24-2001 (Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flange Fittings), and information in table 2 has been extracted from ASME Case Code N-133. The ratings in both tables are presented with the permission of the publisher, The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, United Engineering Center, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York 10017.
Additional information on flange facings, dimensions, gaskets, and bolting is also provided.
Flange Facings
Faces of bronze and aluminum bronze flanges will be machined to a smooth finish over their entire face. Raised, male-and-female and/or tongue and groove facings will not be used as they cannot be successfully employed in joints between bronze or aluminum bronze flanges conforming to standards. Where bronze or aluminum bronze flanges are bolted to cast iron or steel flanges, which normally have a raised face,
the raised face of the cast iron or steel flanges should be removed.
Dimensions
The center-to-face and face-to-face dimensions of all bronze and aluminum bronze valve bodies will differ from those of cast iron valve bodies. The difference is due to different flange thicknesses recommended by ASME B16.24.
Gaskets
Gasket dimensions will be the same as the flange diameters. Metallic gaskets should not be used.
Bolting
Bolts recommended for companion flanges will be of steel. Bolts smaller than 19 mm (3/4-inch) will have ANSI standard square heads or standard heavy hex heads and will be used with standard heavy nuts. Bolts 19 mm (3/4-inch) and larger will have ANSI standard square heads or standard hex heads and will be used with standard hex nuts, heavy hex nuts, or standard square nuts.
Bolting for bonnet or bottom flanges will be carbon steel cap screws unless otherwise specified. Bronze bolts for bonnet and blind flanges will be furnished only when specifically requested on an order.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:033 September 2017
Flange Standards on Bronze Valves
D100078X012
Table 1. Pressure/Temperature Ratings for ASTM B62 and B61 Bronze
SERVICE TEMPERATURE
CL150
WORKING PRESSURE
CL300
ASTM B62
ASTM B61
ASTM B62
ASTM B61
_C
_F
Bar
Psig
Bar
Psig
Bar
Psig
Bar
Psig
-18 to 66
0 to 150
15.5
225
15.5
225
34.5
500
34.5
500
79
175
15.2
220
15.2
220
33.1
480
33.8
490
93
200
14.5
210
14.8
215
32.1
465
32.8
475
107
225
14.1
205
14.5
210
30.7
445
32.1
465
121
250
13.4
195
14.1
205
29.3
425
31.0
450
135
275
13.1
190
13.8
200
28.3
410
30.3
440
149
300
12.4
180
13.4
195
26.9
390
29.3
425
177
350
11.4
165
12.4
180
24.1
350
27.6
400
204
400
---
---
11.7
170
---
---
25.9
375
208
406
10.3
150
---
---
---
---
---
---
232
450
9.3(1)
135(1)
11.0
160
19.3(1)
280(1)
24.1
350
260
500
---
---
10.3
150
---
---
22.4
325
288
550
---
---
9.7
140
---
---
20.7
300
1. Some codes (e.g. ASME B31.1) limit the rating temperature of the indicated material to 208_C (406_F).
Table 2. Pressure/Temperature Ratings for ASME SB-148 C95400 Aluminum Bronze
SERVICE TEMPERATURE
WORKING PRESSURE
CL150
CL300
_C
_F
Bar
Psig
Bar
Psig
38
100
15.9
230
41.4
600
93
200
15.2
220
39.7
575
149
300
14.8
215
39.0
565
204
400
13.8
200
38.6
560
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E2 1980, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Welding-End Nipples and Reducers
D100079X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:035 December 2018
Nipples and Reducers for FisherTM Welding-End Valve Bodies
Description
Certain alloy steel valve bodies (WC9, WC6, etc.) require post-weld heat treatment. These alloy steels are usually selected for temperatures above 427_C (800_F) but are occasionally specified for temperatures below 427_C (800_F) because of superior material characteristics (such as better erosion resistance). In the latter case, the inconvenience of post-weld heat treatment when welding the alloy steel valve body into a carbon steel line can be avoided if carbon steel nipples (figure 1) are welded to the alloy steel valve body and post-weld heat treated at the factory.
Nipples or reducers offer no advantage where the line has to be post-weld heat treated (such as alloy steel lines) or where carbon steel valve bodies or stainless steel valve bodies have to be welded into lines of the same material (these are not usually post-weld heat treated).
Valves with nipples or reducers will be hydrostatically tested as an assembly whenever possible. If the schedule or material of the attachments will not allow this single test, or if the valve has been component
tested, the valve body will be hydrostatically tested by itself and then the completed assembly air tested at 5.5 bar (80 psig) to check the weld. Optionally, a double hydrostatic test can be scheduled at additional cost.
Pressure Capability
Unless specified, the attached piping components are not considered part of the valve and are not within the scope of ASME B16.34.
If the customer has specified the specific pipe schedule for nipples and reducers, the pressure capability of the piping component is not checked.
If the customer specifies that the welded-on piping components, other than ASME Flanges, are to be considered as part of the valve, then the valve is treated as a fabricated valve in accordance with ASME B16.34. Then, the minimum wall thickness of the welded-on components must meet the minimum wall thickness requirements of ASME B16.34.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:035 December 2018
Welding-End Nipples and Reducers
D100079X012
Figure 1. Nipple and Reducer Styles
AK7933-D
STYLE 1 (AVAILABLE IN NIPPLES ONLY) - SOCKET WELD WITH PLAIN ENDS
STYLE 5 NIPPLES - BUTT WELD WELD WITH BEVELED ENDS
10A4063-A
STYLE 2 (AVAILABLE IN NIPPLES ONLY) - SOCKET WELD WITH BEVELED ENDS STYLE 5 REDUCERS - BUTT WELD WELD WITH BEVELED ENDS
STYLE 4 (AVAILABLE IN NIPPLES ONLY) - BUTT WELD WITH PLAIN ENDS
A7110
AK7933-D
STYLE 7 SOCKET WELD WITH COUPLINGS
Ordering Information
When ordering nipples or reducers, specify: 1. Valve body size 2. Pipe size, schedule, and material 3. Desired nipple or reducer material
4. Desired nipple or reducer length
5. Style (figure 1)
6. Maximum design pressure and temperature
When nipples are specified and no length is given, they will be furnished in six-inch lengths. Styles 4 and 5 (figure 1) are recommended for valve bodies larger than NPS 2, and the other styles are recommended for NPS 2 and smaller valve bodies.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E2 1989, 2018 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sliding-Stem Packing
D100081X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:060 July 2019
Packing for FisherTM Sliding-Stem Valves (Non-Live-Loaded)
PACKING FOLLOWER
PACKING RINGS
PACKING FOLLOWER
PACKING RINGS
LANTERN RINGS
LANTERN RINGS
PACKING RINGS
PACKING RINGS
W2911-1
PTFE V-RING
GRAPHITE RIBBON/FILAMENT
PACKING BOX RING
W2912-1
GRAPHITE RIBBON/FILAMENT
PTFE V-RING
PACKING
BOX
W2913-1
RING
GRAPHITE
RIBBON/FILAMENT
PTFE V-RING
SINGLE
DOUBLE
LEAK-OFF
Typical Packing Arrangements. For Packing Arrangement Cutaway Drawings, see figures 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.
This bulletin will guide you in selecting standard Fisher valve stem packing materials and packing box arrangements. Packing materials and arrangements discussed here are those most commonly specified for Fisher sliding-stem style valves. Special packing can be provided for special applications. For more information about special packing, contact your Emerson sales office.
Using Tabulated Information
Most of the information contained in this bulletin is in tabular form. Table 1 is designed to aid in the selection of packing materials on the basis of the temperature and chemical make-up of the controlled medium.
Tables 2, 3, and 4 aid in the selection of packing on the basis of dimensional characteristics of the valve. Characteristics that must be considered include stem diameter, yoke boss diameter, and valve body design. Table 5 lists the valve body designs that are available with bonnets having a 1/2-inch socket-weld leak-off connection.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:060 July 2019
Sliding-Stem Packing
D100081X012
Table 1. Packing Material Selection
Temperature Range
Common Uses
Packing Material
-73 to 232_C (-100 to 450_F)
-40 to 232_C (-40 to 450_F)
Non-Radioactive Nuclear
All Chemicals (Except Molten
Alkali), Non- Radioactive
Nuclear
Vacuum, Pressure/ Vacuum
PTFE Impregnated Composition
Single PTFE V-Ring
Double PTFE V-Ring
-84 to 260_C (-120 to 500_F)
Vacuum, All Chemicals (Except Molten
Alkali)
Chesterton 324
-18 to 538_C (0 to 1000_F)
Water, Steam, Petroleum Products,
Oxidizing Service to 371_C (700_F), Radioactive and Non-Radioactive
Nuclear
371 to 649_C (700 to 1200_F)
High-Temperature Oxidizing Service
Graphite Ribbon/ Filament
Graphite Composite
Description
Split rings of braided composition impregnated with PTFE
Solid rings of molded PTFE
Solid rings of molded PTFE
Split rings of braided, preshrunk PTFE yarn impregnated with PTFE; can be supplied with copper rings at top and bottom of packing box to meet UOP specification 6-14-0
for acid service
Ribbon-style graphite rings and rings of braided graphite fibers with
sacrificial zinc washers
Solid rings of ribbon-style graphite with
sacrificial zinc washers
Adjustment Jam Type
Relative Stem
Friction
Low
Special Considerations
- - -
Self-Adjusting with
Spring; Jam Type with lantern ring (see
Low
figure 1)
Jam Type
Low
Requires 2 to 4 micro-inch RMS valve plug stem
finish
Requires 2 to 4 micro-inch RMS valve plug stem
finish
Jam Type
Not stocked;
Low
requires special
order
Jam Type Jam Type
High
Very High
Low chloride content (less than
100 ppm), Chrome-plated stem not necessary
for high-temperature
service
See section on high-temperature oxidizing service
As used in tables 2, 3, and 4, square packing refers to PTFE-impregnated composition packing and Chestertonr 324 packing. Chesterton 324 packing is available either as a square packing (figure 4) or in a packing arrangement that meets UOP Specification 6-14-0 for acid service and includes copper rings at the top and bottom of the packing box.
Packing Arrangements
Fisher standard packing arrangements are available for use on all sliding-stem style valves. The packing comes in a variety of materials for specific applications (see table 1). In addition, packing materials can be ordered in three arrangements: single, double, and leak-off. A brief description of each is given below.
Single Packing Arrangements
Single packing arrangements offer an economical seal
in the majority of applications. Single packing consists of a stack of packing at the top of the packing box supported by either a spring or lantern rings. Spring-type packing can be recognized as having the packing follower drawn against the bonnet to compress the spring. This type of packing is non-adjustable. Springs are not available in all alloy materials. If a special alloy is required, it may be necessary to consider packing with lantern rings.
Jam-type packing (with lantern rings) will have a gap between the packing follower shoulder and bonnet. Single packing arrangements are available in PTFE V-ring, graphite ribbon/filament, and graphite composite packings. Typically, the packing flange nuts will be tightened upon shipment. Final adjustments will normally be required to limit stem leakage as a valve is being put into service. Refer to the appropriate valve body instruction manual for recommended procedures. Single packing arrangements are listed in tables 2 and 3 and illustrated in figures 1 and 6.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sliding-Stem Packing
D100081X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:060 July 2019
Double Packing Arrangements
Double packing arrangements are available in all materials shown in table 1. Double packing arrangements provide a more rugged seal than single packing arrangements and generally have more packing above than below the lubricating connection (in some cases there is an equal amount above and below the lubricating connection). Double packing arrangements are listed in tables 2 and 3 and illustrated in figures 2, 4, and 7.
Leak-Off Packing Arrangements
Leak-off packing arrangements are specifically designed for applications that require a means of purging packing leakage without allowing the process fluid to leak through the top of the packing box. For this purpose, leak-off packing arrangements have packing below and above a bonnet leakoff connection. At least one full set of packing is below the leak-off connection (on the valve side of the connection). The packing stack above the leak-off connection is shorter than the stack below the leak-off connection. The smaller amount of packing above the leak-off connection ensures that the adjustment force applied to the packing follower is more completely transmitted to the lower set of packing without creating overcompression and excessive stem friction in the upper set. Leak-off packing arrangements are listed in table 4 and illustrated in figures 3, 5, and 8.
Some standard packing arrangements (such as double PTFE V-ring) that have packing above and below the lubricator connection are also used for leak-off applications. However, standard packing arrangements are not specifically designed for leak-off applications and do not have a suitable ratio of packing heights above and below the lubricator connection.
Normally, bonnets having a 1/2-inch socket-weld leak-off connection are used with leak-off packing arrangements. Valve bodies that have bonnets with this 1/2-inch socket-weld leak-off connection are shown in table 5.
Process Fluid Compatibility and Temperature Ranges
Table 1 lists packing types often used with various process fluids. Some process fluids might not be compatible with the packing throughout the entire temperature range shown.
A lower temperature of -18_C (0_F) listed in table 1, indicates that the temperature capabilities below -18_C (0_F) are unknown. When using any packing at low temperatures, frost must not be allowed to form on the valve stem. Valve stem frost can damage packing as the stem travels through the packing.
For packing box temperatures above 427_C (800_F), an extension bonnet or steel actuator yoke should be used along with high-temperature packing. When using graphite or graphite ribbon/filament packing at high temperatures, it is not necessary to have a chrome-coating on the valve stem because these packings are non-abrasive.
When using graphite packing, pitting can occur on ordinary stainless steel stems and packing box bores. To avoid this stem pitting and the packing damage that can result, it is suggested that alloy stems of N07718 or N06625 be used if either of the process conditions exists.
Body/Bonnet Availability
Single and double packing arrangements can be used on all valves that will accept the plain bonnet, the style 1 cast extension bonnet, the style 2 cast extension bonnet, the style 3 fabricated extension bonnet, or the bellows seal bonnet.
Leak-off packing arrangements require a deeper packing box than single or double arrangements.
Lubrication
Lubrication is recommended for PTFE impregnated composition packing. Either a lubricator or lubricator/isolating valve can be used for packing lubrication (see figure 9). A good-quality silicon-base lubricant is recommended. Packing used for oxygen service or for process temperatures over 260_C (500_F) should not be lubricated.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:060 July 2019
Sliding-Stem Packing
D100081X012
Table 2. Standard Packing Arrangements for Fisher E(1), EH, FB, HP, YD, and YS Valves
STEM DIAMETER
mm
Inch
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
mm
Inch
VALVE BODY DESIGNS
PACKING MATERIAL
PACKING ARRANGEMENT
NUMBER
Single PTFE V-Ring
Double PTFE V-Ring
All shown in title that are available
Square(2)
9.5
3/8
54
2-1/8
with this stem/yoke boss
Chesterton 324(2)
combination
Single Graphite Ribbon/Filament
Double Graphite Ribbon/Filament
Graphite Composite
12A8185 12A8187 12A8188 12A8189 14A3411 14A2153 12B5792
12.7
1/2
All shown in title that are available
71
2-13/16
with this stem/yoke boss
combination
Single PTFE V-Ring Double PTFE V-Ring
Square(2) Chesterton 324(2) Single Graphite Ribbon/Filament Double Graphite Ribbon/Filament Graphite Composite
12A7811 12A7814 12A7815 12A7816 13A9775 14A1849 12B5793
19.1
3/4
Single PTFE V-Ring
Double PTFE V-Ring
All shown in title that are available
Square(2)
90
3-9/16
with this stem/yoke boss
Chesterton 324(2)
combination
Single Graphite Ribbon/Filament
Double Graphite Ribbon/Filament
Graphite Composite
12A8170 12A8172 12A8173 12A8175 13A9776 14A1780 12B5794
25.4
1
127
Single PTFE V-Ring
Double PTFE V-Ring
All shown in title that are available
Square(2)
5
with this stem/yoke boss
Chesterton 324(2)
combination
Single Graphite Ribbon/Filament
Double Graphite Ribbon/Filament
Graphite Composite
12A7837 12A7839 12A8150 12A7847 14A2340 14A3413 12B5795
31.8
1-1/4
127
Single PTFE V-Ring
Double PTFE V-Ring
All shown in title that are available
Square(2)
5
with this stem/yoke boss
Chesterton 324(2)
combination
Single Graphite Ribbon/Filament
Double Graphite Ribbon/Filament
Graphite Composite
12A8160 12A8162 12A8163 12A8164 14A3412 14A3414 12B5796
50.8
2
178
7
EH, FB
Single PTFE V-Ring Double PTFE V-Ring Single Graphite Ribbon/Filament Double Graphite Ribbon/Filament Graphite Composite
14A2185 14A4221 14A3419 14A3418 12B5797
1. Refers to all valve designations that begin with the letter "E" (i.e, EDR, EWD, etc.). 2. Square packing refers to PTFE-impregnated composition and Chesterton 324. When Chesterton 324 packing is listed separately it meets UOP Specification 6-14-0 for acid service.
Oxygen Service
Due to the highly combustible nature of most lubricants or foreign material in the presence of liquid or gaseous oxygen, special precautions must be taken in the cleaning and handling of oxygen service equipment. Emerson Automation Solutions offers this special cleaning service for equipment ordered. Be sure to specify oxygen service when ordering packing or other equipment for this purpose.
4
High-Temperature Oxidizing Service
High-temperature oxidizing service, 371_ to 649_C (700_ to 1200_F), presents special problems in the area of stem packing because the filament rings oxidize at temperatures above 371_C (700_F). Graphite composite packing (see table 1) is used for these applications.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sliding-Stem Packing
D100081X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:060 July 2019
Figure 1. Typical Single Packing Arrangement for PTFE V-Ring Packing
1
2
UPPER WIPER
PACKING FOLLOWER
LANTERN RING
FEMALE ADAPTOR V-RING MALE ADAPTOR WASHER SPRING PACKING BOX RING
12A7837-A
NOTES: 1 USED WITH ALLOY TRIM 2 USED WITH SST TRIM
12A7837-A
LOWER WIPER
Figure 2. Typical Double Packing Arrangements for PTFE V-Ring Packing
UPPER WIPER
PACKING FOLLOWER MALE ADAPTOR V-RING FEMALE ADAPTOR LANTERN RING
PACKING BOX RING
ASSEMBLY 1 (POSITIVE PRESSURES)
12A7839-A B0736-2
ASSEMBLY 2 (VACUUM)
ASSEMBLY 3 (POSITIVE
PRESSURES AND VACUUM)
25.4 and 31.8 mm (1 and 1-1/4 INCH) STEMS
LOWER WIPER
Radiation Resistance
Graphite ribbon/filament packing is essentially impervious to radiation and is suitable for nuclear service. It will withstand gamma radiation dosages to 1.7 x 108 Rads and can be certified to contain no more than 100 ppm of leachable chloride.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:060 July 2019
Sliding-Stem Packing
D100081X012
Figure 3. Typical Leak-Off Packing Arrangements for PTFE V-Ring Packing
UPPER WIPER PACKING FOLLOWER FEMALE ADAPTOR V-RING
MALE ADAPTOR
LANTERN RING
12A8203-A
12A7813-A
12A8178-A
9.5 mm (3/8-INCH)
STEM
12.7 mm (1/2-INCH)
STEM
19.1 mm (3/4-INCH)
STEM
A1497-2
PACKING BOX RING
LOWER WIPER
Figure 4. Typical Double Packing Arrangements for Square Packing
UPPER WIPER PACKING FOLLOWER
PACKING RING
LANTERN RING
12A8188-A
12A7815-A
12A7835-A
9.5 mm 12.7 mm 15.9 and (3/8-INCH) (1/2-INCH) 22.2 mm
STEM
STEM
(5/8 and
A1491-2
7/8-INCH) STEMS
PACKING BOX RING
12A8173-A
19.1, 25.4, and 31.8 mm (3/4, 1, and 1-1/4 INCH)
STEMS
Table 3. Standard Packing Arrangements for Fisher CP, D, DA and 461 Valves
STEM DIAMETER
mm
Inch
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
mm
Inch
VALVE BODY DESIGNS
EXCEPTIONS
PACKING MATERIAL
9.5
3/8
54
2-1/8
D, DA
- - -
Single PTFE V-Ring Double PTFE V-Ring
Square(2) Double Graphite Ribbon/Filament
12.7
1/2(1)
15.9
5/8
54
2-1/8
71
2-13/16
54
2-1/8
CP
D, DA CP
19.1
3/4
90
3-9/16
D, DA, 461
90
3-9/16
25.4
1(1)
127
5
CP D, DA
461
31.8
1-1/4(1)
90
3-9/16
CP
1. Guide Post diameter for CP valves. 2. Square packing refers to PTFE-impregnated composition. 3. Spring loaded PTFE V-ring packing only. 4. PTFE V-ring packing using spacer in place of spring.
Double PTFE V-Ring (1-inch valve)
- - -
Double PTFE V-Ring (1-1/2 inch valve) Single Graphite/Filament (1-inch valve)
Single Graphite/Filament (1-1/2 inch valve)
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - - All Radiation Bonnets NPS 3 x 4 CL1500 Valve Body with Standard
Bonnet All Other Standard
Bonnets - - -
Single PTFE V-Ring Double PTFE V-Ring
Square(2) Double PTFE V-Ring Single Graphite/Filament Single PTFE V-Ring
Square(2) Single Graphite Ribbon/Filament Double Graphite Ribbon/Filament
Double PTFE V-Ring Single Graphite/Filament
Single PTFE V-Ring Square(2)
Single PTFE V-Ring(3)
Single PTFE V-Ring
Single PTFE V-Ring(3) Single PTFE V-Ring(4) Double PTFE V-Ring Single Graphite/Filament
PACKING ARRANGEMENT
NUMBER 12A8212 12A5530 12A8214 14A2154 14B7941 14B7942 14B7939 14B7940
12A7795 13A2890 12A7798 17B7055 17B7054 12A8183 12A8179 13A9776 14A3313 27B5506 27B5507 12A7837 12A8150 12A8157
12A7837
12A8157 13A0119 27B5510 27B5511
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sliding-Stem Packing
D100081X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:060 July 2019
Figure 5. Typical Leak-Off Packing Arrangements for Square Packing
UPPER WIPER PACKING FOLLOWER
PACKING RING
LANTERN RING
12A8204-A
12A7817-A
12A8180-A
12A8165-A
9.5 mm (3/8-INCH)
STEM
A4905
12.7 mm 19.1 and
(1/2-INCH) 25.4 mm
STEM
(3/4 and
1-INCH) STEMS
31.8 mm (1-1/4 INCH)
STEM
PACKING BOX RING
Figure 6. Typical Single Packing Arrangements for Graphite Ribbon/Filament Packing
W
W
W
W
14A3411-A
9.5 mm (3/8-INCH)
STEM
A2375-2
13A9775-B
13A9776-B
12.7 mm 19.1, 25.4, and
(1/2-INCH) 31.8 mm
STEM (3/4, 1, and
1-1/4 INCH)
STEMS
14A3419-A
50.8 mm (2-INCH)
STEM
PACKING FOLLOWER GRAPHITE RIBBON PACKING RING GRAPHITE FILAMENT PACKING RING LANTERN RING
PACKING BOX RING
NOTE: INSTALL SACRIFICIAL WASHERS AT PLACES MARKED "W"
Figure 7. Typical Packing Arrangements for Graphite Composite Packing
GUIDE BUSHING (2 REQ'D)
GRAPHITE COMPOSITE PACKING RING (3 REQ'D)
GRAPHITE LAMINATE PACKING RING (2 REQ'D)
12B5792-A
9.5 mm (3/8-INCH)
STEM
12B5793-A
12.7 mm (1/2-INCH)
STEM
12B5794-A
19.1 mm (3/4 INCH)
STEM
12B5795-A
25.4 mm (1- INCH)
STEM
12B5796-A
31.8 mm (1-1/4 INCH)
STEM
12B5797-A
50.8 mm (2-INCH)
STEM
GUIDE BUSHING
PACKING BOX RING
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:060 July 2019
Sliding-Stem Packing
D100081X012
Figure 8. Typical Leak-Off Packing Arrangements for Graphite Ribbon/Filament Packing
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
PACKING FOLLOWER
GRAPHITE RIBBON PACKING RING
LANTERN RING
GRAPHITE FILAMENT PACKING RING
PACKING BOX RING
15A5377-B
14A3415-A
9.5 mm 12.7, 19.1 mm
(3/8-INCH) (1/2, 3/4-INCH)
STEM
STEMS
15A5378-B
25.4 mm (1-INCH)
STEM
15A7085-A
31.8 mm (1-1/4 INCH)
STEM
A2377-2
NOTE: INSTALL SACRIFICIAL WASHERS AT PLACES MARKED "W"
Figure 9. Packing Lubricator and Lubricator/Isolating Valve
10A9421-A 10A9422-A A0832-2
Table 4. Leak-Off Packing Arrangements
STEM DIAMETER
mm Inch
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
mm Inch
PACKING TYPE
PACKING ARRANGEMENT
NUMBER
9.5 3/8 54
2-1/8
PTFE V-Ring Square(1) Graphite
Ribbon/Filament
12A8203 12A8204
15A5377
12.7 1/2
PTFE V-Ring
71 2-13/16
Square(1) Graphite
Ribbon/Filament
12A7813 12A7817
14A2485
PTFE V-Ring
19.1 3/4 90 3-9/16
Square(1) Graphite
Ribbon/Filament
12A8178 12A8180
14A3415
25.4 1 127
5
PTFE V-Ring Square(1)
Graphite
15A4982 12A8154
Ribbon/Filament
15A5378
Square(1)
12A8165
31.8 1-1/4 127
5
Graphite
Ribbon/Filament
15A7085
1. PTFE-impregnated composition.
Table 5. Leak-Off Bonnets for Table 4 Arrangements
1/2-INCH SOCKET-WELD LEAK-OFF CONNECTION
Valve Design
NPS 1/2 through 6 E(1) & NPS 4 x 2 through 12 x 6
EW(2)
Pressure Rating
CL150, CL300, & CL600
Bonnet
Style 1 Extension
NPS 8 ED, ES, & ET
CL150, CL300, & CL600
Standard or Style 1
Extension
YD & YS
CL150, CL300, & CL600
Style 1 Extension
1. EAD, EAS, EAT, ED, ES, and ET 2. EWD, EWS, and EWT.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1978, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sliding-Stem Live-Loaded Packing
D101633X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:061 September 2017
FisherTM ENVIRO-SEALTM and HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems for Sliding-Stem Valves (Live-Loaded)
Fisher ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL live-loaded packing systems offer exceptional stem sealing capabilities. These systems easily install in your existing valves or can be purchased with new valves. ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL packing systems help seal your process to conserve valuable process fluid and protect the environment against the emission of hazardous or polluting fluids. The long life and reliability of these systems also reduce your maintenance costs and downtime.
For process control applications requiring compliance with mandated environmental protection regulations, the unique ENVIRO-SEAL packing system and, for hazardous service, the ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal system are offered. These packing systems keep fugitive emission concentrations below the 100 ppm (parts per million) requirement set by the federal Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
The HIGH-SEAL packing system (figure 1) provides excellent sealing at pressure/temperature ratings beyond ENVIRO-SEAL limits.
Both ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL packing systems feature live-loading and unique packing-ring arrangements for consistent, long-term sealing performance. The ENVIRO-SEAL packing system is available in double PTFE, graphite ULF, and duplex configurations. The HIGH-SEAL packing system is offered without PTFE washers (graphite composite), for nuclear applications where PTFE is prohibited, and with PTFE washers (graphite ULF) for all other applications.
PACKING FLANGE
PACKING FOLLOWER
VALVE BONNET
VALVE STEM
BELLEVILLE SPRINGS
W5814-1*
Fisher easy-eTM Valve Bonnet with ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Installed
Features
nCompliance with the Clean Air Act-- The excellent stem sealing of the ENVIRO-SEAL packing system (figure 1) controls emissions to below the EPA minimum of 100 ppm (parts per million). ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems provide an excellent stem seal to help prevent the loss of process fluid.
nImproved Service Life-- ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL packing systems, coupled with a very smooth stem surface and live-loading, give you long service life with very low maintenance. The live-loading provides a constant load over the life of the packing material. This greatly reduces or, in
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:061 September 2017
Sliding-Stem Live-Loaded Packing
D101633X012
many applications, helps to eliminate your need for packing box adjustment and maintenance. The installed packing system provides excellent sealing, guiding, and transmission of loading force.
nEasy Installation in Existing Valves-- All parts needed to install the systems in existing valves are available in a convenient kit.
nAdaptable to Many Applications-- ENVIRO-SEAL systems are available with PTFE, Graphite ULF, or Duplex packing for 9.5 through 31.8 mm (3/8 through 1-1/4 inch) diameter valve stems on CL125 through CL600 valves. HIGH-SEAL systems with Graphite ULF packing are available for 9.5 through 50.8 mm (3/8 through 2 inch) diameter valve stems on CL600 through CL2500 valves. Standard ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing systems can be used in vacuum service with packing rings in the standard orientation. It is not necessary to reverse the PTFE packing rings.
Lubrication Recommendations for ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems
Do not lubricate ENVIRO-SEAL packing components or the bonnet bore prior to assembly. Lubrication is often used as part of standard valve assembly techniques. However, lubrication is not required for the ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems.
Lubrication is required for the packing studs and nuts. While it is important to properly lubricate the stud
threads and internal nut threads, it is also important to properly lubricate the contacting face of the nut.
ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex and H2 Duplex Packing Systems
ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex
ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex packing systems (figure 1) are available for Fisher sliding-stem valves with valve stem diameters ranging from 9.5 to 31.8 mm (3/8 to 1-1/4 inches). See table 2 for a list of applicable product types and stem diameters.
ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex packing systems were developed, utilizing the benefits of both PTFE and graphite components. These special packing systems provide the capability of graphite packing along with low friction advantages of PTFE packing. Thus, ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex packing systems provide a low friction, low emission, fire-tested solution for applications with process temperatures below 232_C (450_F). ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex packing systems were tested in accordance with API Standard 589, "Fire Test Evaluation of Valve Stem Packing", first edition.
ENVIRO-SEAL H2 Duplex
ENVIRO-SEAL H2 Duplex packing systems (figure 1) were developed for high pressure applications requiring low emission performance at pressures up to 138 bar (2000 psig) and temperatures up to 149_C (300_F). ENVIRO-SEAL H2 Duplex packing systems are available for Fisher sliding-stem valves with valve stem diameters ranging from 12.7 to 31.8 mm (1/2 to 1-1/4 inches). See table 3 for a list of applicable product types and stem diameters.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sliding-Stem Live-Loaded Packing
D101633X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:061 September 2017
ENVIRO-SEAL Packing System Specifications
Applicable Sliding-Stem Valve Designs and Stem Diameters
See tables 1, 2, and 3
Pressures and Temperatures(1)
See bulletin 59.1:062, Packing Selection Guidelines for Sliding-Stem Valves, D101986X012.
Construction Materials
PTFE Packing Systems: Packing Ring and Lower Wiper: PTFE V-ring(2) Male and Female Adaptor Rings: Carbon-filled PTFE V-ring Optional Male and Female Adaptor Rings: Glass-filled PTFE V-ring
Graphite ULF Packing Systems: Packing Rings: Graphite Anti-Extrusion Washer: Filled PTFE (not required for graphite packing) Lantern Ring: S31600 (316 stainless steel) (not required for graphite packing) Packing Box Flange: S31600 Spring: N07718 Packing Follower: S31600 lined with carbon-filled PTFE Packing Box Studs: Strain-hardened 316 stainless steel Packing Box Nuts: 316 stainless steel SA194 Grade 8M
1 The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin, in the valve bulletin, and any applicable code or standard limitation, should not be exceeded. 2. In vacuum service, it is not necessary to reverse the ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing rings.
HIGH-SEAL Packing System Specifications
Applicable Sliding-Stem Valve Designs CL600: J easy-e(1), J YD, and J YS CL1500: J CAV4, J HPD, J HPS, and J HPT CL2500: J EHD, J EHS, J EHT, J HPD, J HPS, and J HPT
Applicable Stem Diameters
Millimeters: J 9.5, J 12.7, J 19.1, J 25.4, J 31.8, and J 50.8
Inches: J 3/8, J 1/2, J 3/4, J 1, J 1-1/4, and J 2
Maximum Pressures and Temperatures(2)
See bulletin 59.1:062, Packing Selection Guidelines for Sliding-Stem Valves, D101986X012.
Construction Materials
Packing Rings: Carbon/graphite composition, graphite, and zinc Packing Box Bushing: Graphite Packing Box Flange, Studs, and Nuts: S31600 (316 stainless steel) (other materials are available on request) Springs: J S17700 (17-7 stainless steel) or J N07718
1. easy-e includes ED, ES, ET, EW, and EZ valves. 2. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin, in the valve bulletin, and any applicable code or standard limitation, should not be exceeded.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:061 September 2017
Sliding-Stem Live-Loaded Packing
D101633X012
Figure 1. Fisher ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Packing Systems
PACKING BOX STUD
SPRINGS
SPRINGS
ANTIEXTRUSION RING
LANTERN RING
PACKING RING
VALVE BONNET
PACKING
PACKING BOX STUD
FOLLOWER
W5803-3
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH PTFE PACKING
SPRINGS
PACKING BOX STUD
SPRING
W8532-1
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
PACKING BOX STUD
PACKING
FOLLOWER
PACKING
FOLLOWER
A7018
TYPICAL ENVIRO-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH DUPLEX PACKING
4
W8533-1
TYPICAL HIGH-SEAL PACKING SYSTEM WITH GRAPHITE ULF PACKING
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sliding-Stem Live-Loaded Packing
D101633X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:061 September 2017
Table 1. Sliding-Stem Product Availability for Fisher ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE and Graphite ULF Packing Systems
VALVE TYPE
9.5 (3/8)
STEM DIAMETER, mm (INCHES)
12.7 (1/2)
19.1 (3/4)
25.4 (1)
31.8 (1-1/4)
10 mm
STEM DIAMETER, mm
14 mm
A
X
X
X
X
X
- - -
- - -
CAV4
- - -
- - -
X
X
X
- - -
- - -
D
- - -
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
DA
- - -
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
DBQ
- - -
X
X
X
X
- - -
- - -
DBQ-NS
- - -
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
easy-e (ED, ES, ET, EZ, EW)
X
X
X
X
X
- - -
- - -
E-NS
- - -
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
EH
- - -
X
X
X
X
- - -
- - -
ENA
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
- - -
ET-C
- - -
X
X
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
EWT-C
- - -
X
X
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
EZ-C
X
X
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
FB
- - -
- - -
- - -
X
X
- - -
- - -
GX
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
X
X
GX 3-Way
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
X
X
HP
- - -
X
X
X
X
- - -
- - -
HS
- - -
X
X
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
SS-79
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
SS-83
- - -
- - -
X
X
X
- - -
- - -
SS-85
- - -
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
SS-95
- - -
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
SS-98
- - -
- - -
- - -
X
- - -
- - -
- - -
YD
X
X
X
X
X
- - -
- - -
YS
X
X
X
X
X
- - -
- - -
19 mm
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - X - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 2. Sliding-Stem Product Availability for Fisher ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex Packing
VALVE TYPE
9.5 (3/8)
12.7 (1/2)
STEM DIAMETER, mm (INCHES)
19.1 (3/4)
25.4 (1)
A
X
X
X
X
DBQ
- - -
X
X
X
easy-e (ED, ES, ET, EZ, EW)
X
X
X
X
EH
- - -
X
X
X
FB
- - -
- - -
- - -
X
HP
- - -
X
X
X
HS
- - -
X
X
X
SS-83
- - -
- - -
X
X
YD
X
X
X
X
YS
X
X
X
X
31.8 (1-1/4)
X X X X X X - - X X X
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:061 September 2017
Sliding-Stem Live-Loaded Packing
D101633X012
Figure 2. Fisher ENVIRO-SEAL H2 Duplex Packing System
PACKING NUT
PACKING BOX STUD
ANTI-EXTRUSION WASHER
PACKING FLANGE FOLLOWER
PACKING LANTERN RING
GRAPHITE BUSHING GUIDE
PACKING BOX RING
ENVIRO-SEAL H2 DUPLEX PACKING
Table 3. Sliding-Stem Product Availability for Fisher ENVIRO-SEAL H2 Duplex Packing
VALVE TYPE
12.7 (1/2)
STEM DIAMETER, mm (INCHES)
19.1 (3/4)
25.4 (1)
A
X
X
X
DBQ
X
X
X
easy-e (ED, ES, ET, EZ, EW)
X
X
X
EH
X
X
X
FB
- - -
- - -
X
HP
X
X
X
HS
X
X
X
SS-83
- - -
X
X
YD
X
X
X
YS
X
X
X
31.8 (1-1/4)
X X X X X X - - X X X
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sliding-Stem Live-Loaded Packing
D101633X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:061 September 2017
Figure 3. Applications Guidelines Chart for 100 PPM Service
PACKING TEMPERATURE, _C
-46 -18 10 37 65 93 121 149 176 204 232 260 288 315
2000
138
ENVIRO-SEAL H2 DUPLEX
1800
124
1600
110
1400
ENVIRO-SEAL GRAPHITE ULF
97
HIGH-SEAL GRAPHITE ULF
1200
83
1000
69
800 600
55
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
ENVIRO-SEAL DUPLEX
41
400
28
200
14
0
0
-50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
PACKING TEMPERATURE, _F
Figure 4. Applications Guidelines Chart for Nonenvironmental Service
PACKING TEMPERATURE, _C
-240 -184 -129 -73 -18 38 94 149 205 260 316 371 427 483 538 594 649
5000
345
4800
330
ENVIRO-SEAL
4500
H2 DUPLEX
310
4000 3500
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE AND ENVIRO-SEAL DUPLEX
HIGH-SEAL GRAPHITE ULF, GRAPHITE ULF
276
241
3000 2500
ENVIRO-SEAL GRAPHITE ULF
207 HIGH-SEAL GRAPHITE 172
2000
138
1500
103
1000
69
500
34
0
0
-400 -300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 100011001200
PACKING TEMPERATURE, _F
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:061 September 2017
Sliding-Stem Live-Loaded Packing
D101633X012
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
For Existing Valves
1. Process fluid 2. Process fluid temperature 3. Maximum valve inlet pressures 4. Maximum valve pressure drops 5. Valve design (ED, YD, etc.), size, and pressure rating
6. Valve stem diameter and bonnet type (plain, extension, or bellows)
7. Refer to the specifications. Review the information under each specification. Write down your choice whenever a selection is to be made.
For New Valves
1. Refer to the valve bulletin for ordering information.
2. Also refer to the specifications. Review the information under each specification and in the referenced tables; write down your choice whenever there is a selection to be made.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, easy-e, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1991, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sliding-Stem Packing Selection
D101986X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:062 December 2018
Packing Selection Guidelines for FisherTM Sliding-Stem Valves
This bulletin provides information and insight to help you select Fisher packing systems properly. The following application guidelines have been developed to aid in the packing selection process. It is important to note that these guidelines were developed based on the results of numerous tests on various packing systems conducted in the Emersont laboratory. Exceeding these guidelines might result in reduced service life.
The traditional valve selection process includes selecting a valve design based on pressure and temperature capabilities, flow characteristics, material compatibility, and other factors. One such major factor is packing selection, which has gained significant attention over the years due to stringent environmental and safety concerns.
Proper packing selection is being driven by USA Clean Air Act Amendments and subsequent EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) regulations, as well as our customers' increasing concern for improved packing performance (less maintenance and longer life). Seal performance continues to be a focus item.
In the past, packing selection was primarily based on process temperature; that is, PTFE was selected for temperatures below 232_C (450_F) and graphite was selected for temperatures above 232_C (450_F). Considerations now include the effect of packing friction on process control, hysteresis, seal quality, and cycle life. Given the variety of process applications and installation conditions, these variables are difficult to quantify. A relative packing performance comparison can be made that provides an engineered approach to the packing selection process.
Clarification of trade names is required for proper understanding of the tables shown in this bulletin. From an Emerson engineering perspective, ENVIRO-SEAL packing (figure 1) is defined as an advanced packing system using a "compact",
Figure 1. Fisher easy-eTM Valve Bonnet with ENVIRO-SEALTM Packing
PACKING FLANGE
PACKING FOLLOWER
VALVE BONNET
W5814-1*
VALVE STEM
BELLEVILLE SPRINGS
live-load spring design. From a user perspective, ENVIRO-SEAL packing is most typically thought of as an emission-reducing packing system. The HIGH-SEAL packing system is used in those applications having extreme pressures and temperatures. HIGH-SEAL packing uses two "large" live-load springs.
This bulletin will help extend your thinking of ENVIRO-SEAL packing as being suitable not only for those applications where the control of fugitive emissions is a requirement, but also for nonenvironmental applications involving higher temperatures and pressures. The use of ENVIRO-SEAL packing in nonenvironmental applications offers the benefit of lower ongoing maintenance costs.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:062 December 2018
Sliding-Stem Packing Selection
D101986X012
Table 1. Fisher Packing Selection Guidelines for Sliding-Stem Valves
Packing System Single PTFE V-Ring
Maximum Pressure and Temperature Limits for 100 PPM Service(1)
Metric
Imperial
20.7 bar
-18 to 93_C
300 psi
0 to 200_F
Application Guideline for Nonenvironmental Service(1)
Metric
Imperial
See figure 3
-46 to 232_C
See figure 3
-50 to 450_F
Seal Performance
Index
Better
Service Life Index
Long
Packing Friction
(2)
Very low
Double PTFE V-Ring
- - -
See figure 3
See figure 3
- - -
-46 to 232_C
-50 to 450_F
Better
Long
Low
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
See figure 2
-46 to 232_C
See figure 2
-50 to 450_F
See figure 3
-46 to 232_C
See figure 3
-50 to 450_F
Best
Very long
Low
ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex
51.7 bar
-46 to 232_C
750 psi
-50 to 450_F
See figure 3
-46 to 232_C
See figure 3
-50 to 450_F
Best
Very long
Low
ENVIRO-SEAL H2 Duplex
138 bar
-46 to 149_C
2000 psi
-50 to 300_F
330 bar
-46 to 149_C
4800 psi
-50 to 300_F
Best
Very long Medium
KALREZr with Vespelr CR-6100 (KVSP 500)(3)
24.1 bar 4 to 260_C
350 psig 40 to 500_F
See figure 3 -40 to 260_C
See figure 3 -40 to 500_F
Best
Long
Low
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF
HIGH-SEAL Graphite ULF Graphite Composite / HIGH-SEAL
Graphite
103 bar -7 to 315_C
103 bar -7 to 315_C
- - -
1500 psi 20 to 600_F
1500 psi 20 to 600_F
- - -
207 bar -198 to 371_C
290 bar(4) -198 to 538_C
290 bar(4) -198 to 649_C
3000 psi -325 to 700_F
4200 psi(4) -325 to 1000_F
4200 psi(4) -325 to 1200_F
Best Best Better
Very long Medium Very long Medium Very long Very high
Braided Graphite Filament
- - -
290 bar
4200 psi
- - -
-198 to 538_C(5) -325 to 1000_F(5)
Good
Moderate
High
Graphite ULF
290 bar
4200 psi
- - -
- - -
-198 to 538_C
-325 to 1000_F
Better
Very long Medium
1. The values shown are only guidelines. These guidelines can be exceeded, but shortened packing life or increased leakage might result. The temperature ratings apply to the actual packing temperature, not to the process temperature. 2. See Fisher Catalog 14 for actual friction values.
3. The KALREZ pressure/temperature limits referenced in this bulletin are for Fisher valve applications only. DuPont may claim higher limits. 4. Except for the 9.5 mm (3/8 inch) stem, 110 bar (1600 psi).
5. Except for oxidizing service, -198 to 371_C (-325 to 700_F).
Figure 2. Applications Guidelines Chart for 100 PPM Service
PACKING TEMPERATURE, _C
-46 -18 10 37 65 93 121 149 176 204 232 260 288 315
2000
138
ENVIRO-SEAL H2 DUPLEX
1800
124
1600
110
1400
ENVIRO-SEAL GRAPHITE ULF HIGH-SEAL GRAPHITE ULF
97
1200
83
1000
69
800 600 400
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
55
ENVIRO-SEAL DUPLEX
KALREZ WITH
41
VESPEL CR-6100
(KVSP500)
28
200
SINGLE PTFE V-RING
14
0
0
-50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
PACKING TEMPERATURE, _F
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sliding-Stem Packing Selection
D101986X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:062 December 2018
Figure 3. Applications Guidelines Chart for Nonenvironmental Service
PACKING TEMPERATURE, _C
-240 -184 -129 -73 -18 38 94 149 205 260 316 371 427 483 538 594 649
5000
345
4800
330
ENVIRO-SEAL
4500
H2 DUPLEX
310
4000 3500
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE AND ENVIRO-SEAL DUPLEX
HIGH-SEAL GRAPHITE ULF, GRAPHITE ULF, AND
276
BRAIDED GRAPHITE FILAMENT
241
3000 2500 2000 1500 1000
SINGLE AND DOUBLE PTFE V-RING
ENVIRO-SEAL GRAPHITE ULF
KALREZ WITH VESPEL CR-6100 (KVSP500)
207 HIGH-SEAL GRAPHITE 172 AND GRAPHITE COMPOSITE 138
103
69
500
34
0
0
-400 -300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 100011001200
PACKING TEMPERATURE, _F
The packing selection guidelines in table 1 present two categories of service conditions. The first category defines packing systems designed for environmental or fugitive emission applications where 100 ppmv (parts per million volume) seal performance is required, using EPA Method 21 per ANSI/FCI 91-1 as the measurement technique (see figure 2). The second category defines application guidelines for nonenvironmental services (see figure 3). Depending on category requirements, different pressure/temperature guidelines have been established for the packing systems. In addition, a given packing design has certain characteristics concerning seal performance, service life, and friction. The pressure and temperature guidelines and the relative comparison of these characteristics are defined in table 1, figure 2, and figure 3.
Extension bonnets can be used to extend temperature capability. Reference applicable product bulletin for bonnet selection options/guidelines.
Packing selections are offered for environmental service: Single PTFE V-ring (easy-e valves such as ED and EWT), ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE, ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex, ENVIRO-SEAL H2 Duplex, KALREZ with Vespel CR-6100, ENVIRO-SEAL graphite ULF, and HIGH-SEAL graphite ULF. Each of these options has different pressure/temperature service ranges.
Single PTFE V-Ring Packing
The single PTFE V-ring arrangement uses a coil spring, as in the easy-e valves, and meets the 100 ppmv criteria, assuming that the pressure does not exceed 20.7 bar (300 psi) and the temperature is between -18_C and 93_C (0_F and 200_F). This packing arrangement offers very good seal performance with the lowest packing friction.
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE Packing
The ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE arrangement is suitable for environmental applications on services up to 51.7 bar and 232_C (750 psi and 450_F). The sealing capability is excellent. The ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing system is designed to operate at high stress. This gives the ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing system the ability to compensate for stem or packing bore imperfections. The high packing stress design approach also results in an increase in stem friction. Typically, this slight increase in stem friction does not cause problems, such as hysteresis, for actuator sizing or process control. It is good practice, however, to always verify actuator sizing whenever you select a different packing material. Carbon-filled PTFE or glass-filled PTFE adaptor rings can be selected for process compatibility.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:062 December 2018
Sliding-Stem Packing Selection
D101986X012
ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex Packing
ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex packing systems were developed, utilizing the benefits of both PTFE and graphite components. These special packing systems provide the capability of graphite packing along with low friction advantages of PTFE packing. Thus, ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex packing systems provide a low friction, low emission, fire-tested solution for applications with process temperatures below 232_C (450_F). ENVIRO-SEAL Duplex packing systems were successfully tested in accordance with API Standard 589, Fire Test Evaluation of Valve Stem Packing, first edition.
ENVIRO-SEAL H2 Duplex Packing
ENVIRO-SEAL H2 Duplex packing is designed for high pressure applications that require low emissions performance. This packing set uses a PTFE packing set with carbon-reinforced packing adaptors enveloped between both anti-extrusion washers and close-fit graphite bushing guides to provide three modes of anti-extrusion protection. It is suitable for environmental service up to 138 bar (2000 psig) and 149_C (300_F).
KALREZ with Vespel CR-6100 Packing
The KALREZ pressure/temperature limits referenced in this bulletin are for Fisher valve applications only. DuPont may claim higher limits.
KALREZ packing is available in KVSP-500 (260_C [500_F] service). The KVSP-500 series uses DuPont material called Vespel CR-6100, which is a carbon fiber-reinforced PTFE.
KALREZ is currently available for Fisher sliding-stem valves with 9.5, 12.7, 19.1, 25.4, and 31.8 mm (3/8, 1/2, 3/4, 1-, and 1-1/4 inch) diameter stems. The system can be used with many sliding-stem valves, as shown in the KALREZ System--Sliding-Stem Valves instruction manual, D102136X012. KALREZ packing arrangements are also available for various Fisher rotary valves (see Fisher bulletin 59.3:042, Packing Selection Guidelines for Rotary Valves, D102093X012).
Note that KALREZ packing arrangements require that a controlled low stress be applied to the packing in order to seal properly and also have a long life. This is achieved by using the same spring pack as ENVIRO-SEAL, but with a lower initial loading.
In contrast, the ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing system is designed to operate at high stress (approximately 5 times the KALREZ stress). This gives the ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing system the ability to tolerate less-than-perfect conditions and continue to seal reliably. For example, in changing installed valves to ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing, minor imperfections in the stem finish or packing bore can be tolerated because of the high stress design of the packing system.
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF
ENVIRO-SEAL graphite ULF packing is designed primarily for environmental applications at elevated temperatures in excess of 232_C (450_F). It has a full temperature rating of -7_C to 316_C (20_F to 600_F) and still maintains the 100 ppmv leakage criteria. For best performance the service temperature should be a least 149_C (300_F). At temperatures below 149_C (300_F), packing wear may be accelerated compared to higher temperatures.
Compared to PTFE packing systems, graphite packing systems operate at higher stress levels and have higher friction values for a given level of sealing. To combat this, most graphite systems incorporate a small amount of PTFE which acts primarily as a lubricant.
The ULF packing system, however, incorporates very thin PTFE layers inside the packing rings as well as thin PTFE washers placed on each side of the packing rings. This strategic placement of PTFE material minimizes control problems (such as slip-stick action), reduces friction, promotes sealing, and extends the cycle life of the packing set. (With slip-stick action, packing friction prevents the valve stem from moving until stem force increases enough to make the stem move suddenly.) While the PTFE components of the ULF packing set are critical to the overall performance of the packing set, they make up a very small volumetric percentage of the ULF packing set and therefore do not require additional follower travel. The ULF packing system has remarkably low stem friction at elevated temperatures, compared to other graphite packing systems. ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF packing systems were successfully tested in accordance with API Standard 589, Fire Test Evaluation of Valve Stem Packing, second edition.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sliding-Stem Packing Selection
D101986X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:062 December 2018
Figure 4. Typical Fisher Packing Examples
A6161-1
SINGLE PTFE V-RING
A6162-1
DOUBLE PTFE V-RING
HEX NUT
PACKING FLANGE
STUD SPRING PACK ASSEMBLY
PACKING SET
SPACER
LOWER WIPER
LANTERN RING
PACKING BOX RING
A6843
KALREZ PACKING ASSEMBLY
Note: Leak-off tapping and pipe plug are optional.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:062 December 2018
Sliding-Stem Packing Selection
D101986X012
Figure 4. Typical Fisher Packing Examples (continued)
SPRINGS
ANTIEXTRUSION WASHERS
PACKING BOX RING
A6163-1
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
PACKING NUT
PACKING BOX STUD
ANTI-EXTRUSION WASHER
PACKING FOLLOWER
LANTERN RINGS
ANTIEXTRUSION RING
PTFE-CARBON/PTFE PACKING SET
PACKING RING
ANTIEXTRUSION RING
LANTERN RING
PACKING RING
SPRING PACK ASSEMBLY
BUSHING
BUSHING
PACKING BOX RING
PACKING WASHERS
24B9310 A6844
BUSHING ENVIRO-SEAL DUPLEX PACKING
PACKING FLANGE
FOLLOWER
PACKING LANTERN RING
PACKING BOX RING
GRAPHITE BUSHING GUIDE
ENVIRO-SEAL H2 DUPLEX PACKING
Note: Leak-off tapping and pipe plug are optional.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Sliding-Stem Packing Selection
D101986X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:062 December 2018
Figure 5. Typical Fisher Packing Examples
SPRING
LOAD SCALE
PACKING RING
PACKING RING
PACKING BOX RING
39B4612 -A
ENVIRO-SEAL GRAPHITE ULF
GUIDE BUSHING
PACKING WASHER
GUIDE BUSHING
PACKING FOLLOWER
GUIDE BUSHING
GUIDE BUSHING
A6167-1
INDICATOR DISK
PACKING RING PACKING RING
PACKING RING
HIGH-SEAL GRAPHITE
PACKING BOX RING
PACKING RING PACKING RING PACKING BOX RING
GUIDE BUSHING GUIDE BUSHING
39B6699-A
GRAPHITE COMPOSITE
PACKING RING PACKING RING
PACKING BOX RING
GUIDE BUSHING
PACKING WASHER GUIDE BUSHING
39B4153 -A
HIGH-SEAL GRAPHITE ULF
Note: Leak-off tapping and pipe plug are optional.
DIE-FORMED RIBBON BRAIDED FILAMENT
A6168-1
BRAIDED GRAPHITE FILAMENT
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:062 December 2018
Sliding-Stem Packing Selection
D101986X012
HIGH-SEAL Graphite ULF
The HIGH-SEAL graphite ULF packing system is identical to the ENVIRO-SEAL graphite ULF packing system below the packing follower. The primary advantage of the HIGH-SEAL packing system is the use of large diameter Belleville springs. These heavy duty springs offer additional follower travel and can be calibrated with a load scale. The load scale provides a visual indication of packing load as well as packing wear, making it easier for you to determine when additional torquing might be required.
For ENVIRO-SEAL or HIGH-SEAL graphite ULF packing, the service life is very long, compared to other graphite packing arrangements. Both offer excellent seal performance. The ULF packing system has remarkably low stem friction at elevated temperatures, compared to other graphite packing systems.
arrangement is rated to 207 bar and 371_C (3000 psi and 700_F).
HIGH-SEAL packing systems have a disadvantage, from an installation perspective. The disadvantage is that the actuator cannot be removed from the valve without removing the Belleville springs. You must release process pressure from the valve before removing the Belleville springs.
Table 1 shows that the braided graphite filament arrangement is limited to 103 bar (1500 psi). Due to its construction, braided graphite filament cannot sustain high packing stress levels. Over time, the braided graphite filament will break down and compress, and sealing force will be lost. Due to these characteristics, braided graphite filament will not provide the required seal performance for environmental services. The braided graphite filament arrangement is also susceptible to stick-slip action, which might cause process control deviations.
Non-environmental
Services
For the non-environmental pressure/temperature guidelines, service life can be extended by using ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL packing systems. As service pressures and temperatures increase, the ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems provide a significant step change in performance, compared to the traditional single PTFE V-ring or braided graphite filament arrangements. For example, a CL1500 (HP valve) application at 138 bar and 93_C (2000 psi and 200_F) frequently required packing maintenance. The HIGH-SEAL packing system with PTFE washers was installed, significantly reducing maintenance requirements. This system is rated to 290 bar and 371_C (4200 psi and 700_F). The ENVIRO-SEAL packing system or compact Belleville spring
Conclusion
It is important to recognize that many parameters affect seal performance and service life. Even if the optimum design is selected, other factors such as stem finish, packing bore finish, and job site installation practices will have an effect on performance.
Emerson knowledge gained, as a result of the ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL packing development program, has provided an opportunity to help you "engineer" the packing selection. Proper selection has a bottom line result; that is, increased service life and reduced maintenance.
If you need a more detailed engineering discussion of the design principles affecting packing seal design, contact your Emerson sales office. They can provide you a copy of Technical Monograph TM-38, Control Valve Packing Systems.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, easy-e, and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1993, 2018 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal
D101641X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:070 July 2019
FisherTM ENVIRO-SEALTM Bellows Seal Bonnets
ENVIRO-SEAL bellows seal bonnets improve sealing capabilities of Fisher valves and provide long life for applications where emissions escaping from a valve stem seal to the atmosphere cannot be tolerated. This excellent stem sealing system is available for Fisher easy-et valves (see the specifications table for information on valve designs and sizes).
Corrosion resistance is excellent--the bellows is available in either N06625 or N06022, and the bellows is protected against direct impingement by the flow stream. The mechanically formed bellows provides high operating reliability and extended cycle life, and the large annular area around the bellows optimizes warming by the process fluid.
UPPER BUSHING PACKING
ANTI-ROTATOR PIN PURGE-MONITORING CONNECTION
Features
nExcellent Sealing Capabilities are Factory Tested--Every bellows seal is tested before leaving the factory. Each bellows is mass spectrometer tested to 1 X 10-6 cubic centimeters per second of helium.
nLong Cycle Life--Cycle lives in excess of those shown in tables 1, 2, 3, and 4 can be achieved with proper use and maintenance.
nEasy Installation in Existing Valves--All parts needed to install the system in existing valves are available in a convenient kit.
nRugged Construction--An anti-rotator pin helps prevent accidental twisting and subsequent damage and helps prevent stem blow out. A full-length shroud protects the bellows against damage during handling, inspection, or maintenance. See the following figure.
nPurging/Monitoring Connections are Standard--Two connections above the bellows allow for purging or monitoring of bellows integrity.
PROTECTIVE SHROUD BELLOWS VALVE PLUG CONNECTION
VALVE PLUG
W5800-2
ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Detail (Mounted on easy-e VALVE)
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:070 July 2019
ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal
D101641X012
Specifications
Applicable Valve Designs
NPS 1/2 through 4 Fisher CL125 through 600 Jeasy-e valves (for example, EAT, EZ, ETR, etc.),JYD, and JYS valves
Cycle Life
See tables 1, 2, 3, and 4 and the Cycle Life section. The bellows is available in Jone-ply or Jtwo-ply construction for higher pressures and longer cycle life
ENVIRO-SEAL Packing: See Bulletin 59.1:061 ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems for Sliding-Stem Valves Bellows Gasket: Graphite Laminate -254 to 593_C (-425 to 1100_F) Valve Components: See the valve bulletin
Applicable Stem and Yoke Boss Diameters
See table 11
Pressures and Temperatures(1)
See tables 5 and 6. Do not exceed the pressure-temperature rating of the valve or the maximum temperature of the packing and gaskets
Factory Testing Specification
Every bellows is tested to 1 X 10-6 cubic centimeters per second of helium
Bellows Seal Travel (Also See Cycle Life Section) See table 7
Construction Materials See table 10
Material Temperature Capabilities(1) Standard Packing:
Material
PTFE and PTFE/ Composition Graphite Ribbon/
Filament
In-Body Process Temperature Limits(2)
-46 to 427_C (-50 to 800_F)
-46 to 593_C (-50 to 1100_F)
Temperature Limits of the Packing Material
-40 to 232_C (-40 to 450_F)
-18 to 538_C(3) (0 to 1000_F(3))
Maximum Flow Coefficients See table 7
Bellows Spring Rate Negligible for actuator sizing and selection purposes
Bellows Effective Area When sizing an actuator, use the bellows effective area instead of the valve stem area NPS 1/2 through 2 Valves: 2.28 cm2 (0.353 square inches) NPS 3 and 4 Valves: 8.65 cm2 (1.340 square inches)
Dimensions See figure 2
Options JRetrofit kits for installation in existing valves. JENVIRO-SEAL packing systems (figure 1) with PTFE, Graphite ULF, or Duplex packing materials; see Bulletin 59.1:061
1. The pressure-temperature limits in this bulletin, in the valve bulletin, and any applicable code or standard limitation, should not be exceeded. 2. These in-body process temperatures assume an outside, ambient temperature of 21_C (70_F). 3. Limit to 371_C (700_F) on oxidizing service.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal
D101641X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:070 July 2019
Cycle Life
Bellows seal service life is affected by several factors, including pressure, temperature, and travel. The cycle life values listed in tables 1, 2, 3, and 4 are determined from experimental data and reflect a 99% confidence factor. These cycle life estimates do not include effects from vibration in the piping system.
ENVIRO-SEAL bellows are normally sold with the travel limited for optimum cycle life performance. Bellows may be operated at full valve travel at reduced cycle life.
Table 1. Estimated Cycle Life for N06625 Bellows(1) at 10.3 Bar (150 Psig) and 38_C (100_F)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
BELLOWS SEAL TRAVEL
1/2, 3/4, 1, & 1-1/2
1 Ply 2 Ply
mm
Inch
3.6
0.14
8,000,000
10,000,000
mm
Inch
4.6
0.19
4,000,000
10,000,000
mm
Inch
6.4
0.28
1,400,000
2,300,000
mm
Inch
9.7
0.38
550,000
800,000
mm
Inch
14.2
0.56
150,000
160,000
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
5.3
0.21
7.1
0.28
10.7
0.42
14.2
0.56
22.2
0.88
2
1 Ply
8,000,000
4,000,000
1,400,000
550,000
150,000
2 Ply
10,000,000
10,000,000
2,300,000
800,000
160,000
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
6.4
0.28
9.5
0.38
26.0
0.56
19.1
0.75
28.6
1.12
3
1 Ply
1,000,000
1,000,000
700,000
450,000
300,000
2 Ply
10,000,000
10,000,000
5,000,000
2,500,000
1,000,000
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
9.5
0.38
12.7
0.5
19.1
0.75
28.6
1.12
38.1
1.50
4
1 Ply
1,000,000
700,000
450,000
300,000
100,000
2 Ply
10,000,000
5,000,000
2,500,000
1,000,000
350,000
1. See the Cycle Life section in this bulletin for more information on bellows travel.
mm
Inch
19.1
0.75
50,000
50,000
mm
Inch
28.6
1.12
50,000
50,000
mm
Inch
38.1
1.50
100,000
350,000
mm
Inch
50.8
2.00
50,000
150,000
Table 2. Estimated Cycle Life for N06625 Bellows(1) at Maximum Pressure and 316_C (600_F)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
BELLOWS SEAL TRAVEL
1/2, 3/4, 1, & 1-1/2
1 Ply 2 Ply
mm
Inch
3.6
0.14
100,000
100,000
mm
Inch
4.6
0.19
80,000
90,000
mm
Inch
6.4
0.28
50,000
50,000
mm
Inch
9.7
0.38
30,000
30,000
mm
Inch
14.2
0.56
12,000
12,000
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
5.3
0.21
7.1
0.28
10.7
0.42
14.2
0.56
22.2
0.88
2
1 Ply
100,000
80,000
50,000
30,000
12,000
2 Ply
100,000
90,000
50,000
30,000
12,000
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
6.4
0.28
9.5
0.38
26.0
0.56
19.1
0.75
28.6
1.12
3
1 Ply
45,000
45,000
34,000
24,000
18,000
2 Ply
50,000
50,000
41,000
34,000
24,000
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
9.5
0.38
12.7
0.5
19.1
0.75
28.6
1.12
38.1
1.50
4
1 Ply
45,000
34,000
24,000
18,000
12,000
2 Ply
50,000
41,000
34,000
24,000
12,000
1. See the Cycle Life section in this bulletin for more information on bellows travel.
mm
Inch
19.1
0.75
7,000
7,000
mm
Inch
28.6
1.12
7,000
7,000
mm
Inch
38.1
1.50
12,000
12,000
mm
Inch
50.8
2.00
7,000
7,000
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:070 July 2019
ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal
D101641X012
Table 3. Estimated Cycle Life for N06022 Bellows(1) at 10.3 Bar (150 Psig) and 38_C (100_F)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
BELLOWS SEAL TRAVEL
1/2, 3/4, 1, & 1-1/2
1 Ply 2 Ply
mm
Inch
3.6
0.14
8,000,000
10,000,000
mm
Inch
4.6
0.19
4,000,000
10,000,000
mm
Inch
6.4
0.28
1,200,000
2,000,000
mm
Inch
9.7
0.38
500,000
650,000
mm
Inch
14.2
0.56
110,000
140,000
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
5.3
0.21
7.1
0.28
10.7
0.42
14.2
0.56
22.2
0.88
2
1 Ply
8,000,000
4,000,000
1,200,000
500,000
110,000
2 Ply
10,000,000
10,000,000
2,000,000
650,000
140,000
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
6.4
0.28
9.5
0.38
26.0
0.56
19.1
0.75
28.6
1.12
3
1 Ply
1,000,000
1,000,000
700,000
450,000
300,000
2 Ply
10,000,000
10,000,000
5,000,000
2,000,000
900,000
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
9.5
0.38
12.7
0.5
19.1
0.75
28.6
1.12
38.1
1.50
4
1 Ply
1,000,000
700,000
450,000
300,000
100,000
2 Ply
10,000,000
5,000,000
2,000,000
900,000
300,000
1. See the Cycle Life section in this bulletin for more information on bellows travel.
mm
Inch
19.1
0.75
40,000
40,000
mm
Inch
28.6
1.12
40,000
40,000
mm
Inch
38.1
1.50
100,000
300,000
mm
Inch
50.8
2.00
50,000
130,000
Table 4. Estimated Cycle Life for N06022 Bellows(1) at Maximum Pressure and 316_C (600_F)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
BELLOWS SEAL TRAVEL
1/2, 3/4, 1, & 1-1/2
1 Ply 2 Ply
mm
Inch
3.6
0.14
90,000
100,000
mm
Inch
4.6
0.19
80,000
90,000
mm
Inch
6.4
0.28
50,000
50,000
mm
Inch
9.7
0.38
30,000
30,000
mm
Inch
14.2
0.56
12,000
12,000
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
5.3
0.21
7.1
0.28
10.7
0.42
14.2
0.56
22.2
0.88
2
1 Ply
90,000
80,000
50,000
30,000
12,000
2 Ply
100,000
90,000
50,000
30,000
12,000
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
6.4
0.28
9.5
0.38
26.0
0.56
19.1
0.75
28.6
1.12
3
1 Ply
40,000
40,000
34,000
24,000
18,000
2 Ply
50,000
50,000
40,000
31,000
23,000
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
9.5
0.38
12.7
0.5
19.1
0.75
28.6
1.12
38.1
1.50
4
1 Ply
40,000
34,000
24,000
18,000
12,000
2 Ply
50,000
40,000
31,000
23,000
12,000
1. See the Cycle Life section in this bulletin for more information on bellows travel.
mm
Inch
19.1
0.75
6,000
6,000
mm
Inch
28.6
1.12
6,000
6,000
mm
Inch
38.1
1.50
12,000
12,000
mm
Inch
50.8
2.00
7,000
7,000
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal
D101641X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:070 July 2019
Table 5. Pressure-Temperature Rating for N06625 Bellows
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Temp., _C
38
PRESSURE, BAR
93
149
204
260
1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, and 2
1 Ply 2 Ply
37.9
34.9
33.0
31.1
29.6
68.9
63.4
60.0
56.5
53.8
3 & 4
1 Ply 2 Ply
23.9
21.6
20.4
19.2
18.3
43.1
39.6
37.5
35.3
33.6
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PRESSURE, PSIG
Temp., _F
100
200
300
400
500
1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, and 2
1 Ply 2 Ply
550
506
479
451
429
1000
920
870
820
780
3 & 4
1 Ply 2 Ply
346
313
296
279
265
625
575
544
512
488
Table 6. Pressure-Temperature Rating for N06022 Bellows
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Temp., _C
38
PRESSURE, BAR
93
149
204
260
1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, and 2
1 Ply 2 Ply
37.9
36.8
36.0
34.9
33.4
68.9
66.8
65.5
63.4
60.6
3 & 4
1 Ply 2 Ply
23.9
22.7
22.3
21.6
20.6
43.1
41.8
40.9
39.6
37.9
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PRESSURE, PSIG
Temp., _F
100
200
300
400
500
1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, and 2
1 Ply 2 Ply
550
534
523
506
484
1000
970
950
920
880
3 & 4
1 Ply 2 Ply
340
330
323
313
299
625
606
594
575
550
Figure 1. Typical ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems
SPRINGS
PACKING BOX STUDS
SPRINGS
ANTIEXTRUSION RING
LANTERN RING
PACKING RING
FOLLOWER
316
371
427
28.5
27.7
27.3
51.7
50.3
49.6
17.6
17.1
16.9
32.3
31.4
31.0
600
700
800
413
402
396
750
730
720
255
248
245
469
456
450
316
371
427
32.6
31.5
30.3
59.3
57.2
55.1
20.1
19.4
18.7
37.0
35.8
34.5
600
700
800
473
457
440
860
830
800
292
282
272
537
519
500
PACKING BOX STUDS
PACKING
A6290
39B4611-A
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:070 July 2019
ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal
D101641X012
Table 7. Flow Coefficients with ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal and easy-e Valves
VALVE DESIGN
VALVE SIZE, NPS
BELLOWS SEAL TRAVEL
mm
Inch
FULL-SIZE TRIM
Quick Opening
Linear
Equal Percentage
ED, EDR, ET, and ETR (Flow Down)
1 1-1/2
2 3 4
1 1-1/2
2 3 4
14.2 14.2 22.2(1) 28.6 38.1(2)
14.2 14.2 22.2(1) 28.6 38.1(2)
0.56 0.56 0.88(1) 1.125 1.50(2)
0.56 0.56 0.88(1) 1.125 1.50(2)
21.5 40.4 74.7 152 243
641 1300 2390 4740 7990
Cv 17.8 32.5 65.1 126 192
Cg 559 1090 2130 4130 6680
9.37 21.0 31.4 81.5 148
325 695 1070 2690 5000
ES (Flow Up)
1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 4
1/2 3/4 1 1.5 2 3 4
14.2 14.2 14.2 14.2 22.2(1) 28.6 38.1(2)
0.56 0.56 0.56 0.56 0.88(1) 1.125 1.50(2)
14.2 14.2 14.2 14.2 22.2(1) 28.6 38.1(2)
0.56 0.56 0.56 0.56 0.88(1) 1.125 1.50(2)
6.53 14.2 21.2 38.0 67.2 140 228
206 415 688 1325 2410 4780 8000
Cv - - - - 16.8 28.4 60.6 117 174
Cg - - - - 565 967 2100 4100 6170
- - - - 11.3 20.4 30.9 73.1 125
- - - - 367 679 1090 2540 4250
EZ (Flow Up)
1/2 3/4 1 1.5 2 3 4
1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 4
14.2 14.2 14.2 14.2 22.2(1) 28.6 38.1(2)
0.56 0.56 0.56 0.56 0.88(1) 1.125 1.50(2)
14.2 14.2 14.2 14.2 22.2(1) 28.6 38.1(2)
0.56 0.56 0.56 0.56 0.88(1) 1.125 1.50(2)
4.44 9.72 16.8 33.6 58.5 127 221
168 341 475 1250 2140 4490 7940
Cv - - - - 11.6 27.5 46.2 93.4 168
Cg - - - - 375 921 1630 3460 5860
- - - - 9.15 13.1 38.8 73.4 118
- - - - 299 417 1330 2400 3770
Note: Bellows seal travel is 75% of maximum rated valve travel. 1. 19.1 mm (0.75 inch) travel for restricted trim. 2. 28.6 mm (1.125 inch) travel for restricted trim.
RESTRICTED TRIM
Quick Opening
Linear
Equal Percentage
- - -
- - -
- - -
26.8
22.5
11.1
31.2
33.3
24.3
91.9
102
70.7
130
113
112
- - 990 1120 3170 4750
- - 760 1110 3490 4220
- - 357 783 2370 4040
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
30.0
19.5
10.0
39.4
30.9
20.8
115
88.8
67.5
183
139
121
- - - - - - 992 1350 3990 6280
- - - - - - 659 1050 3060 4910
- - - - - - 334 710 2320 4230
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
19.0
12.0
10.0
17.9
15.7
15.9
88.4
80.4
71.5
86.7
86.8
72.7
- - - - - - 727 687 3120 2910
- - - - - - 380 599 2783 2979
- - - - - - 302 605 2450 2570
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal
D101641X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:070 July 2019
Table 8. Dimensions for easy-e Valves
VALVE SIZE, NPS
1/2, 3/4, & 1 1-1/2 2 3 4
Stem Diameter
mm
Inch
9.5
3/8
9.5
3/8
12.7
1/2
12.7
1/2
12.7
1/2
Table 9. Dimensions for easy-e Valves
VALVE STEM DIAMETER
mm
Inch
ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
TYPE
SIZE
657
30 34
9.5
3/8
667
30 34
40
657
45
46
12.7
1/2
40
667
45
46
E
mm
Inch
440 17.31 498 19.62
478 18.81 573 22.56
548 21.56 659 25.94 656 25.81
594 23.38 768 30.25 748 29.44
easy-e VALVES D
mm 320 317 383 517 541
With New Valves
Inch 12.59 12.47 15.09 20.34 21.28
1. Refer to the valve bulletin for ordering information.
2. Also refer to the specifications. Review the information under each specification and in the referenced tables; write down your choice whenever there is a selection to be made.
Figure 2. Dimensions for easy-e Valves (also see tables 8 and 9)
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
E
For Existing Valves
1. Process fluid 2. Process fluid temperature 3. Maximum valve inlet pressures
1/4-NPT PURGEMONITORING CONNECTIONS
4. Maximum valve pressure drops
5. Valve design (ED, YD, etc.), size, and class
D
6. Valve stem diameter
7. Refer to the specifications. Review the information
under each specification and in the referenced tables;
write down your choice whenever there is a selection
A5696
to be made.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:070 July 2019
ENVIRO-SEAL Bellows Seal
D101641X012
Table 10. Construction Materials
PART Bonnet Bellows Seal Assembly (Bellows / Other Wetted Parts)
Upper Bushing
Bonnet Gaskets Packing
Packing Box Ring and Lantern Ring Packing Flange, Studs, and Nuts Valve Components
easy-e VALVES WCC steel or
CF3M (316L stainless steel) N06625 / S31603 (316L stainless steel) or
N06022 / N06022 S31600 (316 stainless steel),
R30006, Chrome-coated S31600,
PTFE-lined S31600, or N10276/PTFE-glass
Graphite laminate/stainless steel PTFE V-ring, PTFE/composition, graphite ribbon/filament,
or PTFE or ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite ULF packing system
S31600 (316 stainless steel) or N10276
Steel, 316 stainless steel, or N10276 See valve bulletin
Table 11. Applicable Yoke Boss and Stem Diameters
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Yoke Boss Diameter
mm
Inch
1/2, 3/4, 1, & 1-1/2
54
2-1/8
2
71
2-13/16
3 & 4
71
2-13/16
1. This is the diameter at the actuator stem connector. 2. This is the diameter where the stem passes through the packing.
easy-e VALVES
Stem Thread Diameter(1)
mm
Inch
9.5
3/8
12.7
1/2
12.7
1/2
Valve Stem Diameter(2)
mm
Inch
12.7
1/2
12.7
1/2
25.4
1
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, ENVIRO-SEAL, and easy-e are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1991, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Choked Flow
D104173X012
Product Bulletin
59.1:095 September 2017
Understanding Choked Flow in FisherTM Valves
Choked flow is often a subject of concern among our customers due to misunderstandings and association with potentially damaging conditions. The following guidelines are to help in the understanding of choked flow and how it affects control valves. It will also dispel any misconceptions associated with it.
What is Choked Flow?
Choked flow is defined as the point at which increasing the pressure drop (DP), while maintaining a constant inlet pressure (P1), yields no further increase in flow rate.
Note: It is important to note that this definition assumes a fixed flow area. It is also important to note that increasing P1 will also increase the flow rate.
Common Questions and Misconceptions
Q: The valve is choked in a liquid application. Does this mean damage will occur?
A: Choked flow by itself is not a cause for damage. While it is true that choked flow in a liquid application indicates the presence of cavitation or flashing, it does not necessarily mean damage will occur. There are many different characteristics of the operating conditions and valve construction that must be considered when trying to determine if damage will occur due to the cavitation present in any given application. For more information on these factors, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
Q: The valve is choked, does this mean there will be excessive noise produced?
A: Choked flow by itself is not an indicator of elevated noise. In liquid applications, noise is associated with cavitation; the more severe the cavitation, the higher the noise levels. The same thing can be said about choked flow in gas applications. In gas applications, choked flow occurs when the velocity at the vena contracta reaches sonic velocity (a.k.a critical flow condition). At this point, any increase in DP does not increase flow, but instead additional energy takes the form of increased noise levels. Common solutions to noise in gas applications are noise attenuating trim technology and/or enlarging the valve outlet area.
Q: If the valve is choked, will it pass the required flow rate?
A: The IEC liquid sizing equation includes the recovery coefficient (FL), which is used to calculate the choke point of the valve. It is important to confirm you are using the correct FL value, as it directly impacts the calculated CV. If these values are properly accounted for, the sizing will be accurate for the considered flow rate.
In gas sizing, due to the compressible nature of the fluid, it is important to pay close attention to the pressure drop ratio factor (XT). This value is used to calculate the choke point (similar to FL in liquid sizing). Simply put, the higher the XT value, the lower the required CV to pass a given flow rate through a given orifice (the converse is true as well).
Q: The valve is choked in a liquid application, does this mean it will be flashing?
A: Choked flow does not cause flashing, but may indicate a flashing situation. Flashing is a system dependent phenomena, where the downstream pressure (P2) is below the liquid's vapor pressure (Pv). For more information on solutions for flashing applications, please contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
Q: Is it true that liquids don't choke, because they can't reach sonic velocity?
A: No, liquids can also choke. Choked flow in liquids occurs as the velocity at the vena contracta increases, causing the local pressure to drop below the liquid's vapor pressure. At this point, the liquid will start to form vapor which takes up additional space, leading to the choked condition. This point is determined experimentally, and denoted by the value, FL. High recovery devices will have numerically lower FL values with more energy being released as cavitation or flashing. Conversely, low recovery devices have numerically higher FL values with less energy available in these conditions. When sizing for liquids, pay close attention to the FL values, and make sure the values used match the trim and valve selected.
The Physics of Choked Flow
In an ideal world, there is a linear relationship between the differential pressure (DP) and flow Rate (Q) as depicted by the "ideal" linear line in the graph below. In this case, as the DP increases (as a function of decreasing P2), so does the flow rate.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.1:095 September 2017
Choked Flow
D104173X012
In reality, this in only true to an extent. After a certain point, the line begins to level off as the flow becomes choked. This point is determined experimentally, by modeling the actual flow through a specific device, and is depicted by the bold curved line in the graph in figure 1.
Figure 1.
liquid sizing, a globe valve may choke, but it might not
experience damaging cavitation. However, with a rotary
product, the valve may experience damaging cavitation
before it chokes. This is because of the FL values and the flow geometry of the valve. Globe valves generally have a
numerically high FL, which results in a lower recovery factor. Rotary products generally have a smaller FL, which results in higher recovery. The following diagram in figure 2 shows the
difference between the two. The point here is that choked
flow is not always a cause for concern. Contact your Emerson
Sales office or Local Business Partner for additional
information.
Figure 2.
The point at which the flow becomes choked is determined by the FL value for liquid sizing, and the XT value for gas sizing. In liquid flows, this is due to the formation of vapor. In gas flows, it is due to the gas reaching sonic velocity at the vena contracta. The equations below show how these values are obtained, and how they relate to the sizing.
DP choked = FL2 [P1-(FF)(Pv)] FL = pressure recovery factor FF = liquid critical pressure ratio factor FF = 0.96-0.28(PV/PC)½ Pv = vapor pressure of fluid (Per IEC 60534-2-1)
In gas sizing, make sure to use the correct XT value as it will have an impact on the required CV for a given condition. Whisper trims generally have a different XT value than a standard trim design.
Choked flow, when considered by itself, is not a cause for concern. The confusion stems from the potential association with many negative phenomena that affect control valves. This leads to misunderstandings amongst our users who correlate negative thoughts about choked flow by its association with these undesirable situations. It is our mission to fully understand and help educate our customers on important valve sizing and selection considerations that must be made when dealing with conditions of choked flow. If you encounter conditions of choked flow and have concerns/questions on how to proceed with valve selection, please contact your local Emerson sales office for additional technical support.
Additionally, if a valve is choked, it does not necessarily mean unfavorable performance will occur. For example, in
If you have any further questions, please contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E2 2016, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Fire-Tested Rotary Valves
D103907X012
Product Bulletin
59.3:025 May 2019
Fire-Tested Status of FisherTM Rotary Valves
This bulletin will help you find the correct High Performance Butterfly Valve (HPBV) product when you require a Fire-Tested Butterfly Valve Construction. The following table provides current constructions that have met the requirements of API 607, Fire-Test for Soft Seated Quarter-Turn Valves. Should this bulletin conflict with information in the product bulletin, the information in this shall take priority. For proof of Fire-Tested status, please contact your Emerson sales office.
Table 1. Fire-Tested Construction Availability(3)
Valve Type, Pressure Class
8560(2) CL 150/300
8532(2) CL 150/300
Size Range (NPS)
3 -12
14 -48
Phoenix III Seal Material
NPS 3 -NPS 6 S31600/virgin or
filled PTFE
NPS 8 - NPS 12 S20910/virgin or
filled PTFE
S31600/virgin or filled PTFE
Body Style
Lugged
Double Flanged and Lugged
1. 8590 and Class 600 Control-Disk tested to API 607 6th Edition. 2. Tested to API 607 4th Edition. 3. See table 2 for fire-tested construction availability by valve type.
A31D(2) CL 150/300
3 - 12
S31600/virgin or filled PTFE
Double Flanged
8590(1) CL 600 3 24
S20910 / ETFE
Lugged
Control-DiskTM Valve
See 8532 for CL 150/300 NPS 14-24
and 8590 for CL 600
For Fire-Tested HPBV's you must use Phoenix III seals in the reverse (pressure at back side of disk). The materials of construction must be: Body: Any Table 1 ASME B16.34 material Packing: Graphite - standard, ENVIRO-SEALTM, or ISO-Seal Bearings: Metal
Seat Leakage
Max allowable leakage rates when using fire-tested Phoenix III seal differ before, during, and after exposure to high temperatures or a fire. The concept behind a fire-tested seal is the valve can utilize a resilient seat during normal operating conditions but when exposed to elevated temperatures, or a fire, the resilient materials will deform or melt and a metal backup seal will provide shutoff. See figures 1 and 2 for images depicting the seal before and after a fire or high temperature exposure. The factory acceptance test is ANSI FCI 70-2 Class VI.
To pass API 607 valve configurations must meet the following leakage and operational requirements as specified by API 607. Reference Table 1 in API 607 standard, 5th edition (June 2005) for test procedures and conditions(1):
1. Allowable seat leak rate during fire (low pressure test) = 100 mL/min per inch of NPS
2. Allowable seat leak rate during fire (high pressure test) = 400 mL/min per inch of NPS
3. Allowable seat leak rate after cool down (low pressure test) = 25 mL/min per inch of NPS
4. Allowable external leakage during fire (low pressure test) = 25 mL/min per inch of NPS
5. Allowable external leakage during fire (high pressure test) = 100 mL/min per inch of NPS
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.3:025 May 2019
Fire-Tested Rotary Valves
D103907X012
6. Operational test after fire: The valve shall be capable of being unseated against test pressure and moved to full open position one time
7. Allowable external leakage after operational test (high pressure) = 25 mL/min per inch of NPS
1. External Leakage Following Operational Test, Table 1 -Maximum Leak Rates, source: API 607 5th Edition, June 2005.
Figure 1. Phoenix III Seal with Resilient Components
Figure 2. Phoenix III Seal without Resilient Components
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Fire-Tested Rotary Valves
D103907X012
Product Bulletin
59.3:025 May 2019
Phoenix III Seal NACE Compatibility
The Phoenix III seal design has been used in applications requiring fire-safe performance since its release more than 30 years ago. While it does not technically conform to NACE MR0103 specifications, the non-conformance is caused by the method used to capture the resilient insert in the valve body by bending over the area circled in figure 3. The bending motion cold works the 316 SST, which is not allowed by current NACE standards.
Emerson has no record of the seal design failing due to stress corrosion cracking of the 316 stainless steel version. An Inconel 625 material option is available that would allow for NACE compliance, however that material was not qualified during Emerson's third party API 607 testing. Contact your Emerson sales office to discuss whether either of these solutions would be suitable for your selection and use in your process.
Figure 3. Phoenix III Seal with Resilient Components
COLD WORKED AREA
Table 2. Fire-Tested Construction Availability by Valve Type
NPS
PRESSURE
BODY STYLE
CLASS
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
CL 150/300 CL 600
Lugged Double Flange
Lugged Double Flange
8560 A31D
8532/Control-Disk Valve
8590/Control-Disk Valve 8590 Special Construction
30-48 A11 N/A
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.3:025 May 2019
Fire-Tested Rotary Valves
D103907X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and ENVIRO-SEAL are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 1999, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems - Rotary
D101638X012
Product Bulletin
59.3:041 September 2017
ENVIRO-SEALTM Packing Systems for FisherTM Rotary Valves
Fisher ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems offer exceptional shaft sealing capabilities. These packing systems, available with PTFE or graphite packing material, feature live-loading and unique packing ring arrangements for long-term, consistent sealing performance.
ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems easily install in your existing valves or can be purchased with new valves. ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems help seal your process to conserve valuable process fluid. The long life and reliability of these systems also reduce your maintenance cost and downtime.
For process control applications requiring compliance with specific environmental protection regulations, the Fisher solution is the unique ENVIRO-SEAL packing system. ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems keep emission concentrations below the 100 ppm (parts per million) requirement set by the Federal Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
For an excellent shaft seal in applications that are not environmentally-sensitive, ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems may be applied at higher pressure/temperature ratings [103 bar (1500 psig)/-46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) for PTFE design or 207 bar (3000 psig)/-198 to 371_C (-325 to 700_F) for graphite design]. Such applications offer excellent shaft sealing, extended packing life, and reduced maintenance costs when you compare ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems to standard packing arrangements. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for applications assistance.
Features
nCompliance with the Clean Air Act--The excellent shaft sealing of the ENVIRO-SEAL packing system (figure 1) can control emissions to below the EPA maximum of 100 ppm. ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems provide an excellent shaft seal to prevent the loss of process fluid.
nImproved Service Life--ENVIRO-SEAL packing system design, the anti-extrusion rings that contain the packing, and live loading combine to give you long service with very low maintenance. External live-loading provides a constant load over the life of the packing material which reduces your need for constant packing box adjustment and high levels of packing maintenance.
Installed ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems provide excellent shaft sealing, guiding, and transmission of loading force.
nEasy Installation in Existing Valves--All parts needed to install the systems in existing valves are available in a convenient kit. Some larger valves may require the packing box to be sleeved to accommodate a smaller cross section of packing.
nAdaptable to Many Applications-- ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems are available with PTFE or graphite packing rings. ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems fit a wide range of Fisher rotary valves. See the valve product bulletin for specific availability information. Note: ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE and graphite packing systems can be used in vacuum service applications with packing rings in the standard orientation. It is not necessary to reverse the PTFE packing rings.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.3:041 September 2017
ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems - Rotary
D101638X012
ENVIRO-SEAL Packing System Specifications
Rotary Valve Designs, Packing Availability
See table 1
Maximum Temperature/Pressure Limits(1)
Maximum Application Temperature/Pressure Limits To Meet the EPA Fugitive Emission Standard of 100 PPM(2): For ENVIRO-SEAL single PTFE packing material: 232_C (450_F). Not restricted by pressure for class rating of valves listed in this bulletin, see table 1 For ENVIRO-SEAL graphite packing material: 316_C (600_F). Not restricted by pressure for class rating of valves listed in this bulletin, see table 1
Material Temperature Range: For ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE Packing Material: -46 to 232_C (-50 to 450_F) For ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite Packing Material: Up to 371_C (700_F)
Construction Materials
PTFE Packing Systems: Packing Rings: PTFE V-ring(3) Male and Female Adaptor Rings: Carbon-filled PTFE V-ring Anti-Extrusion Rings: High strength polymer Packing Box Rings: S31600 (316 SST)
Graphite Packing System: Packing Rings: Graphite Anti-Extrusion Rings: Carbon Packing Box Rings: S31600 (316 SST)
Packing Flange: S31600 (316 SST, other materials available upon request)
Packing Box Studs: Steel, SA-193-B7, is standard for all Fisher Vee-Ballt and eccentric disk rotary valves, except 8532, A31A, and A31D high-performance butterfly valves. Strain-hardened S31600, SA-193-B8M, strain hardened, is standard for Fisher 8532, A31A, and A31D rotary valves
Packing Box Nuts: Steel, SA-194-2H, is standard for all Fisher Vee-Ball and eccentric disk rotary valves, except 8532, A31A and A31D. Steel SA194 Grade 8M is standard for Fisher 8532, A31A, and A31D rotary valves
Spring Pack Components: O-ring: Nitrile. The O-ring serves as an assembly convenience to hold the springs in position on the packing follower Packing Follower: S31600 with carbon-filled PTFE liner Springs: J N07718 or J S17400 (17-4 PH) for larger sizes
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin, in the valve body bulletin, and any applicable code or standard limitation, should not be exceeded.
2. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has set a limit of 100 ppm (parts per million) for fugitive emissions from a valve in selected VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) services. 3. In vacuum service, it is not necessary to reverse the ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing rings.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems - Rotary
D101638X012
Product Bulletin
59.3:041 September 2017
Figure 1. Typical ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Arrangements for Fisher Rotary Valves
PACKING BOX STUD
ACTUATOR MOUNTING YOKE
VALVE SHAFT
SPRINGS
VALVE BODY
ANTIEXTRUSION RINGS
VALVE SHAFT
PACKING FLANGE
PACKING BOX RING
YOKE BEARING PACKING FLANGE
PACKING FOLLOWER
W5806-1
SINGLE PTFE PACKING
PACKING BOX RING
PTFE PACKING V-RINGS SHOWN
SPRINGS
PACKING FOLLOWER
W6125-1
GRAPHITE PACKING SET
GRAPHITE PACKING
Table 1. Packing Availability(1) in PTFE and Graphite
Rotary Valve Design
Valve Size, NPS
Fisher Control-Diskt Valve
2 through 24
Fisher 8580 Valves
2 through 12
Fisher 8532, A31A, and A31D valves
3 through 24
Fisher 8560 valves
2 through 12
Fisher 8590 valves
3 through 24
Fisher V150 Vee-Ball
2 through 12
Fisher V200 Vee-Ball
1 through 10
Fisher V300 Vee-Ball
2 through 12
Fisher V500
1 through 8
Fisher CV500
3 through 12
1. Larger valve sizes and ratings are available upon request. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
Installation
The following lubrication recommendations for ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems are provided to assist with proper installation of the packing.
ENVIRO-SEAL internal packing parts, valve drive shaft and packing box do not require lubrication as do some other types of packing. Lubrication on packing component parts may cause "slip-stick" operation. Also, the lubricant may not be compatible with the process.
Lubrication is required for the packing studs and nuts. It is important to lubricate the contact surface of the nuts on the flange surface. Friction between the unlubricated surface may cause incorrect torque indication.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.3:041 September 2017
ENVIRO-SEAL Packing Systems - Rotary
D101638X012
Ordering Information
When ordering ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems, specify:
For Existing Valves
1. Process fluid 2. Process fluid temperature 3. Maximum valve inlet pressures
4. Maximum valve pressure drops 5. Valve type (8590, V200, etc.), size, and class 6. Actuator type
For New Valves
1. Refer to the valve bulletin for ordering information. 2. Refer to the specifications on page 2. Review the information under each specification. Write down your choice whenever a selection is to be made.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, ENVIRO-SEAL, Control-Disk, and Vee-Ball are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, France 68700 Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 1991, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Rotary Packing Selection
D102093X012
Product Bulletin
59.3:042 September 2017
Packing Selection Guidelines for FisherTM Rotary Valves
This bulletin provides information and insight to help you select packing systems properly. The following application guidelines for each packing selection have been developed to aid in the packing selection process. It is important to note that these guidelines were developed based on the results of numerous tests on various packing systems conducted in the Emerson laboratory. Exceeding these guidelines might result in reduced service life. The ratings for these systems do not affect the pressure/temperature class rating of the valve.
The traditional valve selection process entailed selecting a valve design based on pressure and temperature capabilities, flow characteristics, and material compatibility. An additional factor--packing selection--is now involved in the valve selection process.
Proper packing selection is being driven by USA Clean Air Act Amendments, subsequent EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) regulations, and our customers' increasing concern for improved packing performance (less maintenance and longer life).
In the past, packing selection was primarily based on process temperature; that is, PTFE was selected for temperatures below 232_C (450_F) and graphite was selected for temperatures above 232_C (450_F). Considerations now include the effect of packing friction on process control, hysteresis, seal quality, and cycle life.
Given the variety of process applications and installation conditions, these variables are difficult to quantify. A relative packing performance comparison can be made that provides an engineered approach to the packing selection process.
W5882-1
Typical ENVIRO-SEAL Rotary Packing System
Clarification of trade names is required for proper understanding of the tables shown in this bulletin. From an Emerson engineering perspective, ENVIRO-SEALt packing systems are defined as advanced packing systems using a compact, live-load spring design. From a user perspective, ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems are most typically thought of as emission-reducing packing systems.
This bulletin will help extend your thinking of ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems as being suitable not only for certain applications where the control of fugitive emissions is a requirement, but also for nonenvironmental applications involving higher temperatures and pressures. The use of ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems in applications involving non-environmental service offers the benefit of lower ongoing maintenance costs.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.3:042 September 2017
Rotary Packing Selection
D102093X012
Table 1. Packing Selection Guidelines for Rotary Valves
PACKING SYSTEM
MAXIMUM PRESSURE AND
TEMPERATURE LIMITS FOR 100 PPM SERVICE(1)
Metric
Customary U.S.
APPLICATION GUIDELINE FOR NONENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE(1)
Metric
Customary U.S.
SEAL PERFORMANCE
SERVICE PACKING LIFE INDEX FRICTION
INDEX
Single PTFE V-Ring
- - - - -
- - - - -
103 bar
-46 to 232_C
1500 psig
-50 to 450_F
Better
Long
Very low
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE
103 bar
-46 to 232_C
1500 psig
-50 to 450_F
207 bar
-46 to 232_C
3000 psig
-50 to 450_F
Excellent
Very long
Low
Live-Loaded PTFE for V250 Valves
69 bar
-29 to 93_C
1000 psig
-20 to 200_F
155 bar
-46 to 232_C
2250 psig
-50 to 450_F
Excellent
Very long
Low
KALREZr with Vespelr CR-6100 (KVSP 500)(3)
24.1 bar
4 to 260_C
350 psig 40 to 500_F
51 bar -40 to 260_C
750 psig -40 to 500_F
Excellent
Long
Very low
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite
103 bar -7 to 315_C
1500 psig 20 to 600_F
207 bar -198 to 371_C
3000 psig -325 to 700_F
Excellent
Very long Moderate
Graphite Ribbon
- - - - -
- - - - -
103 bar -198 to 538_C(2)
1500 psig -325 to 1000_F(2)
Acceptable Acceptable High
1. The values shown are only guidelines. These guidelines can be exceeded, but shortened packing life or increased leakage might result. The temperature ratings apply to the actual packing
temperature, not to the process temperature.
2. Except for oxidizing service, -198 to 371_C (-325 to 700_F).
3. The KALREZ pressure/temperature limits referenced in this bulletin are for Fisher valve applications only. DuPont may claim higher limits.
The packing selection guidelines in table 1 present two categories of service conditions. The first category defines packing systems designed for environmental or fugitive emission applications where 100 ppmv (parts per million volume) seal performance is required. The second category defines application guidelines for non-environmental services.
Single PTFE V-Ring Packing
This packing arrangement offers very good seal performance with the lowest packing friction.
Depending on category requirements, different pressure/temperature guidelines have been established for the packing systems. In addition, a given packing design has certain characteristics concerning seal performance, service life, and friction. The pressure and temperature guidelines and the relative comparison of these characteristics are defined in table 1. See figure 1 for illustrations of typical packing examples.
Today, Emerson Automation Solutions offers three selections for environmental service. These selections include ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE (single arrangement), KALREZ with Vespel CR-6100 (single arrangement), and ENVIRO-SEAL graphite (single arrangement). Each of these options has different pressure/temperature service ranges.
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE Packing
The ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing arrangement is suitable for environmental applications on services up to 103 bar and 232_C (1500 psig and 450_F). The sealing capability is excellent. The ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing system is designed to operate at high stress. This gives the ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing system the ability to compensate for shaft or packing bore imperfections. The high packing stress design approach also results in an increase in shaft friction. The slight increase in shaft friction does not cause problems with actuator sizing or process control, such as hysteresis.
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing systems can be used in vacuum service applications with packing rings in the standard orientation. It is not necessary to reverse the PTFE packing rings.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Rotary Packing Selection
D102093X012
Product Bulletin
59.3:042 September 2017
Figure 1. Typical Packing Examples
PTFE PACKING
GRAPHITE PACKING
SPRINGS (N07718) PACKING FOLLOWER (STAINLESS STEEL)
ANTI-EXTRUSION WASHERS
PTFE PACKING
SPRINGS (N07718) PACKING FOLLOWER (STAINLESS STEEL)
GRAPHITE PACKING
PACKING BOX RING (STAINLESS STEEL)
PACKING BOX RING (STAINLESS STEEL)
ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE and Live-Loaded PTFE
ENVIRO-SEAL GRAPHITE
34B5064 -A 42B8445 -C 44B7499 -A A6786
KALREZ
KALREZ Packing
KALREZ packing is available in KVSP-500 (260_C [500_F] service). The KVSP-500 series packing uses a DuPont V-ring material called Vespel CR-6100, which is a carbon fiber-reinforced PTFE. KALREZ packing is only available for Vee-Ballt and eccentric disc valves.
Note that KALREZ packing arrangements require that a controlled low stress be applied to the packing in order to seal properly and also have a longer life.
This is achieved by using similar springs to those used in ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems, but with a lower initial defection, thus a lower force.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
59.3:042 September 2017
Rotary Packing Selection
D102093X012
In contrast to KALREZ packing, the ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing system is designed to operate at high stress (approximately 10 times the KALREZ packing stress). This gives the ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing system the ability to tolerate less-than-perfect conditions and continue to seal reliably. For example, in changing installed valves to ENVIRO-SEAL PTFE packing, minor imperfections in the shaft finish or packing bore can be tolerated because of the high stress design of the packing system.
Non-environmental
Services
For the non-environmental pressure/temperature guidelines, service life can be extended by using ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems. As service pressures and temperatures increase, the ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems provide a significant step change in performance, compared to the traditional single PTFE V-ring or graphite ribbon arrangements.
ENVIRO-SEAL Graphite Packing
ENVIRO-SEAL graphite packing is designed for environmental applications from -6 to 316_C (20_F to 600_F), or for those applications where fire safety is a concern and graphite packing is desired. The ENVIRO-SEAL graphite arrangement can also be used with higher pressures up to 103 bar (1500 psi) and still maintain the 100 ppmv EPA leakage criteria.
Graphite Ribbon Packing
Graphite ribbon packing is designed for nonenvironmental applications that span a wide temperature range from -198 to 538_C (-325 to 1000_F).
Conclusion
It is important to recognize that many parameters affect seal performance and service life. Even if the optimum design is selected, other factors such as shaft finish, packing bore finish, and job site installation practices will have an effect on performance.
The knowledge gained by Emerson as a result of the ENVIRO-SEAL packing development program has provided an opportunity to help you engineer the packing selection. Proper selection has a bottom line result; that is, increased service life and reduced maintenance.
If you need a more detailed engineering discussion of the design principles affecting packing seal design, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner. The sales representative can provide you with a copy of Emerson Automation Solutions TM-38, Control Valve Packing Systems.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, ENVIRO-SEAL, and Vee-Ball are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 1996, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
656 Actuator
D100086X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:656 September 2017
FisherTM 656 Diaphragm Actuator
The Fisher 656 actuator is a bracket-mounted, direct-acting, diaphragm actuator for either throttling or on-off service. Principal applications include operation of butterfly valves and built-in turbine valves, louvers, dampers, and other similar equipment.
Features
nMounting Versatility--Four tapped holes in the actuator base permit either bracket or plate mounting.
nLong Actuator Travel--Deep casings provide up to 105 mm (4.125 inches) of maximum travel with a size 60 actuator.
nApplication Versatility--Wide spring selection is available for nearly any control application. Spring selection procedures are quick and accurate.
nSevere Service Capability--Rugged yoke and casings provide stability and corrosion resistant protection.
Installation
The actuator may be installed in any position. Dimensions are shown in figure 1.
W1996-2
TRAVEL STOP
YOKE
W0454-1
ADJUSTING SCREW
SPRING SEAT BEARING BEARING SEAT
TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION
Fisher 656 Actuator
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:656 September 2017
656 Actuator
D100086X012
Specifications
Maximum Recommended Casing Operating Pressure(1)
2.4 bar (35 psig)
Maximum Allowable Casing Pressure(2)(4)
Actuator Size
Maximum Casing
Pressure for Actuator Sizing(2a), Bar (Psig)
Maximum Excess
Diaphragm Pressure(1a),
Bar (Psig)
Maximum Diaphragm
Casing Pressure(2a,3a),
Bar (Psig)
30
8.6 (125)
1.0 (15)
9.7 (140)
40
4.5 (65)
0.69 (10)
5.2 (75)
60
2.8 (40)
0.69 (10)
3.4 (50)
1a. Additional pressure may be added when the actuator is at full travel. If the Maximum Excess Diaphragm Pressure is exceeded, damage to the diaphragm or diaphragm casing might result. See the Maximum Pressure Limitation section. 2a. Maximum diaphragm casing pressure must not be exceeded and must not produce a force on the actuator stem greater than the maximum allowable actuator output thrust or the maximum allowable stem load. See the Maximum Pressure Limitation section. 3a. This maximum casing pressure is not to be used for normal operating pressure. Its purpose is to allow for typical regulator supply settings and/or relief valve tolerances.
Operating Temperature Range(4)
J -40 to 82°C (-40 to 180°F) with Nitrile Elastomer J -40 to 149°C (-40 to 300°F) with Silicone Diaphragm
Construction Materials
Part Description Diaphragm
Diaphragm plate and yoke Diaphragm casings, spring, spring seats, travel stop, stem, bearings, bearing seat, and
bearing race Adjustment screw
Construction Material Nitrile(3) (standard) Cast iron
Steel
Brass
Casing Pressure Connection 1/4 NPT internal
Net Stem Force Output See table 1
Mounting and Stem Thread Information See figure 1
Springs Commonly Used with Rotary Valves
Actuator Weight
See table 2 Maximum Travel
ACTUATOR SIZE
30 40 60
MAXIMUM RATED STEM TRAVEL mm (INCHES)
Standard Travel Stop
Optional Travel Stop
54 (2.125) Not available
89 (3.5)
76 (3)
105 (4.125) 97 (3.8125)
Actuator Size
30 40 60
Approximate Shipping Weight,
kg (Pounds) 23 (50)
32 (70)
73 (160)
Options Top-mounted handwheel/adjustable travel stop
1. Control and stability may be impaired if this pressure is exceeded. 2. Exceeding this pressure can cause damage to the diaphragm, diaphragm casing, or other parts. 3. For fluid and temperature capabilities of optional materials, consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner. 4. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation for valve should not be exceeded
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify: 1. Actuator type and size 2. Spring range (see table 2) 3. Handwheel or optional travel stop 4. Loading pressure range and volume requirement
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
656 Actuator
D100086X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:656 September 2017
Table 1. Stem Force Output and Other Actuator Data
ACTUATOR SIZE
Maximum Range
TYPICAL SPRINGS(1)
Part Number
Color Code
Bar
---
---
NET STEM FORCE(2)
Stem Fully Retracted(3)
Stem Fully Extended(4), with Diaphragm Loading as Shown
Metric Units
Newtons Newtons
Bar
EFFECTIVE DIAPHRAGM AREA Stem Fully Stem Fully Retracted(3) Extended(4)
cm2
0.17 to 0.66 1F361627032 Aluminum and orange
734
2322
0.21 to 0.86 1K509827032 Aluminum and dark green
0.29 to 1.2 1N751527032
Aluminum and red
939 1321
1735 698
1.4
30
0.26 to 1.3 1F177027092
Tan
1143
525
425
310
0.27 to 1.6 1F177127092 0.21 to 1.8 1F177227092
Brown Pink
1232 939
1699 1108
2.1
0.21 to 0.88 1L217427042
40
0.41 to 1.9 1L217327042
0.30 to 2.2 1N844027082
0.26 to 0.90 1K162727082
0.24 to 1.1 1N937327082
60
0.49 to 1.9 1K162827082
0.48 to 2.3 1P270227042
White Dark green
None(5)
None(5) None(5)
None(5) None(5)
1468
2424
1.4
2802
1201
2.1
645
2002
1632
2.4
3541 3350
5360 3336
1.4
6503
3034
2.1
1387
6410
2224
2.4
445 1032
US Units
Psig
---
---
Pounds
Pounds
Psig
Square Inches
2.5 to 9.6 1F361627032 Aluminum and orange
165
522
3.0 to 12.5 1K509827032 Aluminum and dark green
211
4.3 to 17.6 1N751527032
Aluminum and red
297
390 157
20 psig
30
3.7 to 18.4 1F177027092
Tan
257
118
66
48
3.9 to 23.9 1F177127092 3.1 to 26.1 1F177227092
Brown Pink
277 211
382 249
30 psig
3.1 to 12.7 1L217427042
40
6.0 to 27.4 1L217327042
4.3 to 31.2 1N844027082
White
Dark green None(5)
330
545
20 psig
630
270
30 psig
100
69
450
367
35 psig
3.7 to 13.1 1K162727082 3.5 to 16.1 1N937327082 60 7.1 to 27.0 1K162827082 6.9 to 33.5 1P270227042
None(5) None(5)
None(5) None(5)
796 753
1205 750
20 psig
215
160
1462
682
30 psig
1441
500
35 psig
1. Others available; consult with your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for spring characteristics. 2. For maximum rated stem travel with standard travel stop and zero handwheel limitation. 3. Stem force equals initial spring compression with zero loading pressure. 4. Stem force equals: (loading pressure X diaphragm area with stem fully extended) minus force of springs at maximum compression. Higher pressures can be used, but they must not exceed maximum allowable casing pressure or create stem force greater than safe load limit of any control device component. 5. Part number stamped on spring.
Table 2. Springs Commonly Used with Rotary Valves
INPUT SIGNAL
WITH POSITIONER WITHOUT POSITIONER
1.4 BAR (20 PSIG) 0.2 to 1.0 BAR (3 to 15 PSIG)
ACTUATOR SIZE MAXIMUM RATED TRAVEL(1), mm (INCHES)
30 54 (2.125)
40 89 (3.5)
60 105 (4.125)
SPRING PART NUMBER(2)
1K509827032 1K217427042 1K162727082
1. With standard travel stop and zero handwheel limitation. 2. For torque outputs using common springs, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
2.4 BAR (35 PSIG)
0.4 to 2.1 BAR (6 to 30 PSIG)
30
40
60
54 (2.125)
89 (3.5)
105 (4.125)
1F177220792 1L217327042 1K162827082
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:656 September 2017
656 Actuator
D100086X012
Table 3. Dimensions
ACTUATOR
SIZE
A
C
30
67
289
40
79
333
60
79
473
30
2.62 11.38
40
3.12 13.12
60
3.12 18.62
E
Without Handwheel
With Handwheel
314
490
454
723
692
1014
12.38 17.88 27.25
19.32 28.38 39.94
DIMENSION
H
J
mm 54 171 64 222 64 222
Inches 2.12 6.75 2.50 8.75 2.50 8.75
S (Stem Thread)
1/2-20 3/4-16 3/4-16
See above
Y (4 Holes)
X Bolt Circle Diameter
Thread
19
73
19
73
32
99
3/8-16 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 1/2-13 UNC
0.75
2.88
0.75
2.88
1.25
3.88
See above
Figure 1. Dimensions (also see table 3)
J
1/4-18 NPT
E
1 57 (2.25)
S
1U6162-C A1506-1
H
A
Note: 1 Duplicated on opposite side: each hole 5/16-18 UNC-2B tapped 13 (0.50) deep.
C X
Y
mm (INCH)
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 1993, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
657 and 667 Actuators
D100087X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 September 2017
FisherTM 657 and 667 Diaphragm Actuators
Fisher 657 and 667 spring-opposed diaphragm actuators position the valve plug in the valve in response to varying controller or valve positioner pneumatic output signals applied to the actuator diaphragm. Zero setting of the actuator is determined by the compression of the actuator spring. Span is set by both the actuator spring rate and the number of springs available. The 657 actuator is direct-acting; the 667 is reverse-acting. These actuators are designed to provide dependable on-off or throttling operation of automatic control valves.
Features
nApplication Versatility--Five actuator types in eleven sizes are available for an extensive variety of applications. Spring rates, travel stops, and manual operators are available for nearly any control valve application.
nExcellent Linearity Between Loading Pressure and Travel--A molded diaphragm travels in a deep diaphragm casing, minimizing area change throughout the travel.
nHigh Degree of Dynamic Stability and Frequency Response--A shallow casing on the pressure side means reduced volume on that side, thereby minimizing response time.
nHigh Thrust Capability--The molded diaphragm allows maximum thrust for given diaphragm size.
nLong Service Life--Rugged thick-walled cast iron and steel construction provides increased stability, corrosion protection, and protection from deformation should over-pressurization occur.
W2174-2
657 ACTUATOR
W1916-3
667 ACTUATOR
Fisher 657 and 667 Actuators Mounted on easy-et Valves
nCold Service Applications--Enhanced product specifications for all sizes of 657 and 667 diaphragm actuators allow performance to -50_C (-58_F). Use of a positioner is recommended to ensure responsiveness in applications operating below -40_C (-40_F).
nPositive Connections--A split block stem connection provides a solid transfer of motion while allowing easy mounting. The absence of linkages helps to avoid lost motion and inaccurate valve positioning.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 September 2017
657 and 667 Actuators
D100087X012
Specifications
Standard Operating Pressure Range(1) 657 and 667: J 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) 657-4 and 667-4: 0.2 to 1.9 bar (3 to 27 psig) 667 Size 76: J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) or J 0 to 3.1 bar (0 to 45 psig)
Maximum Travel See table 1
Output Indication Stainless steel disk or pointer and graduated scale
Stroking Speed Dependent on actuator size, travel, spring rate, initial spring compression, and supply pressure. If stroking speed is critical, consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
Maximum Allowable Thrust(2) See table 1
Operating Temperature Range(1) Standard Construction (Nitrile Elastomers): -40 to 82_C (-40 to 180_F) Optional Construction (Silicone Diaphragm): -40 to 149°C (-40 to 300°F) Maximum Valve Packing Box Temperature: 427_C (800_F) with cast iron yoke
Volumetric Displacement See table 2
Signal Connections
Sizes 30 - 60 and 667 Size 76: 1/4 NPT internal Sizes 70 and 87: 1/2 NPT internal with 1/4 NPT internal bushing Size 80 657: 3/4 NPT internal with 1/4 NPT internal bushing 667: 1/2 NPT internal with 1/4 NPT internal bushing Size 100: 1 NPT internal with 1/4 NPT internal bushing
Effective Diaphragm Area
See table 1
Construction Materials (refer to figure 1)
Diaphragm Casing Sizes 30 - 87: Steel Size 80: J Cast iron or J steel Size 100: J Cast aluminum Diaphragm Sizes 30 - 87: J Nitrile on nylon, J Silicone on polyester Size 100: Nitrile on polyester Diaphragm Plate 657 Sizes 30- 60, 100: J Cast aluminum 657 Sizes 70 - 87: J Cast iron or J steel 667 Sizes 30 - 60, 100: J Cast aluminum or J steel 667 Sizes 70 - 87: J Cast iron or J steel Actuator Spring: Steel Spring Adjustor: Steel Spring Seat: J Steel or J cast iron Actuator Stem: Steel Travel Indicator: Stainless steel O-Rings: Nitrile Seal Bushing: Brass Stem Connector: Zinc-plated steel Yoke Sizes 30 - 80: J Cast iron or J steel Size 100: Steel
-continued-
Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Available Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Direct Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Reverse Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Handwheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Adjustable Travel Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2
Tables Additional Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Volumetric Casing Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Approximate Actuator Weights
(without handwheel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Thrust Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Handwheel Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Adjustable Travel Stop Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
657 and 667 Actuators
D100087X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 September 2017
Specifications (continued)
Construction Materials for Cold Service [to -50_C (-58_F)] 657 and 667--all sizes
Yoke: Steel (Grade LCC) Diaphragm: Silicone O-Rings:(3) Ethylene Propylene Bolting: Stainless Steel B8M Cl 2 Stem Connector: Stainless Steel Lubricant: Silicone
Approximate Weight See table 3
Optional Safety Instrumented System Classification SIL3 capable - certified by exida Consulting LLC
Stem and Yoke Boss Diameters See table 1
Options J Oversize signal connections, J Plastic yoke covers
1. The pressure and temperature limits in this bulletin and in any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded.
2. Do not exceed the thrust limits in this bulletin. 3. Includes diaphragm casing seals, casing-mounted handwheel on 657, seal bushing on 667.
Available Configurations
Direct Action
All 657 actuators are direct acting. Applying air pressure to the upper diaphragm casing forces the actuator stem downward. When this pressure is reduced, the opposing spring force moves the actuator stem upward. Should the loading pressure fail, the spring forces the stem to the extreme upward position. This provides fail-open action for push-down-to-close valves and fail-closed action for push-down-to-open valves.
657--A direct-acting actuator used on sliding-stem valves. Available in sizes 30 through 100. See figures 1, 2, 5, and 6.
657-4--A 657 actuator in sizes 70 and 87, designed with 102 mm (4-inch) travel.
Reverse Action
All 667 actuators are reverse acting. Applying air pressure to the lower diaphragm casing forces the actuator stem upward against the opposing spring force. When this loading pressure is reduced, the spring moves the actuator stem downward. Should the loading pressure fail, the spring forces the stem to the extreme downward position. The actuators provide fail-closed action for push-down-to-close valves and fail-open action for push-down-to-open valves.
667--A reverse-acting actuator used on sliding-stem valves. Available in sizes 30 through 100 and 76. See figures 1, 2, and 7.
667-4--A 667 actuator in sizes 70 and 87, designed with 102 mm (4-inch) travel.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 September 2017
657 and 667 Actuators
D100087X012
Accessories
Handwheels
Handwheels for diaphragm actuators are often used as adjustable travel stops. They also provide a ready means of positioning the control valve in an emergency. The specifications in tables 5 and 6 apply to handwheels on both 657 and 667 Series actuators. For repeated or daily manual operation, the unit should be equipped with a side-mounted handwheel actuator.
Top-Mounted Handwheels--Typical 657 and 667 actuators with handwheels mounted on the diaphragm case are shown in figure 2 (not available on a 667 actuator, size 80). On the 657 actuator, the handwheel can be set to limit the travel in the upward direction; on the 667 actuator, travel in the downward direction can be restricted. A P-2 travel stop (figure 4) is available for a 667 actuator, sizes 45-60 to limit travel in either the upward or downward directions. An actuator with a P-2 travel stop is limited to a maximum travel of 19 mm (0.75 inch). The handwheel on the size 100 is similar in function to those on the smaller sizes, but it uses a gear drive similar to the drive employed on the integral side-mounted handwheels (see figure 2).
Clockwise rotation of the handwheel on the 657 actuator moves the actuator stem downward, compressing the spring. Spring action returns the stem as the handwheel is turned counterclockwise. With the 667 actuator, counterclockwise rotation moves the stem upward, and spring action returns the stem on clockwise rotation.
Side-Mounted Handwheels--Figure 3 shows the side-mounted handwheels (designated by the letters MO) applicable to sizes 34 through 87, 657 and 667 actuators. Size 30 actuators do not have a side-mounted handwheel available.
All side-mounted handwheels can be used to stroke the valve in either direction at any point in the actuator stem travel. Unlike the top-mounted handwheel, the side-mounted handwheel can be positioned to limit travel in either direction, but not both at the same time. With the handwheel in the neutral position, automatic operation is possible throughout full valve travel. In any other position, valve travel will be restricted. The handwheel is furnished with a spring-loaded ball detent which prevents vibration from changing the setting.
Adjustable Travel Stops
Top-mounted adjustable travel stops are available for 657 and 667 Series actuators. They are used to limit travel in the up, down, or up and down directions. Figure 4 illustrates the different constructions. Table 7 locates the different style constructions with actuator type and use.
Other
Accessories such as transducers, positioners, position transmitters, air relays, volume boosters, switching valves, lockup valves, limit switches, and solenoid valves are also available for actuator mounting. They are described in separate publications. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for details.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
657 and 667 Actuators
D100087X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 September 2017
Figure 1. Typical Actuators
W0364-2
667 SIZES 30-87
DIAPHRAGM CASINGS DIAPHRAGM
DIAPHRAGM PLATE ACTUATOR SPRING ACTUATOR STEM
SPRING SEAT SPRING ADJUSTOR STEM CONNECTOR
YOKE TRAVEL INDICATOR DISK
INDICATOR SCALE
W0363-2
657 SIZES 30-87
W0366-1
657 SIZE 100
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 September 2017
657 and 667 Actuators
D100087X012
Table 1. Additional Specifications for Fisher 657 and 667 Series Actuators
ACTUATOR SIZE
EFFECTIVE DIAPHRAGM
AREA
cm2
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
STEM DIA
mm
30
297
54
9.5
34
445
54
9.5
40
445
71
12.7
45
677
71
12.7
46
1006
71
12.7
50
677
90
19.1
60
1006
90
19.1
70(2)
1419
90
19.1
76(667)
1006
90
19.1
25.4
80
1761
127
31.8
87(2)
100
30 34 40 45 46 50 60
1419
127
25.4
2902
127H(5) 178
31.8 50.8
Inch2
Inch
46
2-1/8
3/8
69
2-1/8
3/8
69
2-13/16
1/2
105
2-13/16
1/2
156
2-13/16
1/2
105
3-9/16
3/4
156
3-9/16
3/4
70(2)
220
3-9/16
3/4
76(667)
156
80
273
3-9/16 5
3/4 1 1-1/4
87(2)
220
5
1
5H(5)
1-1/4
100
450
7
2
1. These values are based on material limitations such as yoke, stem connection, diaphragm plate, and travel stop strengths. 2. Values also apply to 657-4 and 667-4 actuators. 3. For 657-4 and 667-4 actuator constructions.
4. Steel construction. 5. H=Heavy actuator-to-valve bolting.
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
19 29 38 51 51 51 51 76 102(3) 51
76
76 102(3)
102
0.75 1.125
1.5 2 2 2 2 3 4(3) 2
3
3 4(3)
4
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE THRUST(1)
N 10,231 10,231 12,010 25,132 33,584 25,131 30,246
39,142
30,246 63,392 88,075(4)
39,142
200,160
Lb 2300 2300 2700 5650 7550 5650 6800
8800
6800 14,150 19,800(4)
8800
45,000
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
657 and 667 Actuators
D100087X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 September 2017
Table 2. Volumetric Casing Displacement for Fisher 657 and 667 Series Actuators
CLEARANCE
TRAVEL, mm
ACTUATOR SIZE
VOLUME(1)
11
16
19
29
38
cm3
Casing Volume(2), cm3
30
540
918
1080
1180
- - -
- - -
34 and 40
934
1470
1700
1850
2330
2790
45 and 50
1560
- - -
2790
3000
3720
4420
46, 60, and 76
2180
- - -
3880
4210
5280
6340
70 and 87
3490
5240
5950
6420
7830
9240
80
4820
- - -
- - -
- - -
10,490
12,450
657 100
667
10,880 12,780
- - -
- - -
16,400
19,170
21,940
- - -
- - -
18,320
21,070
23,840
TRAVEL, INCH
Inch3
0.4375
0.625
0.75
1.125
1.5
Casing Volume(2), Inch3
30 34 and 40 45 and 50
33
56
66
72
- - -
- - -
57
90
104
113
142
170
95
- - -
170
183
227
270
46, 60, and 76
133
70 and 87
213
80
294
- - -
237
257
322
387
320
363
392
478
564
- - -
- - -
- - -
640
760
657
664
100
667
780
- - -
- - -
1002
1170
1339
- - -
- - -
1118
1286
1455
1. Clearance volume indicates casing volume at zero travel. 2. Includes clearance volume.
51
- - - - 5410 7740 11,110 14,860 25,630 27,530
2
- - - - 330 472 678 907 1564 1680
76
- - - - - - - - 14,880 19,340 33,000 34,900
3
- - - - - - - - 980 1180 2014 2130
102
- - - - - - - - 18,570 - - 40,380 42,280
4
- - - - - - - - 1133 - - 2464 2580
Table 3. Approximate Actuator Weights (without handwheel)
ACTUATOR SIZE
ACTUATOR
657
667
657
Kg
30
16
15
36
34
22
22
48
40
23
23
51
45
37
41
82
46
49
55
107
50
42
43
92
60
53
55
116
70
107
115
235
76
- - -
86
- - -
80
234
284
515
87
116
118
255
100
346
544
762
667 Lb
34 48 50 90 121 94 122 254 190 626 260 1200
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 September 2017
657 and 667 Actuators
D100087X012
Table 4. Thrust Capabilities(1) by Input Signal Range
TRAVEL mm
ACTUATOR SIZE
PRESSURE RANGE TO ACTUATOR DIAPHRAGM(2) Bar
THRUST CAPABILITIES
657
667
N
30 19
34
0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2
2250 3890 3380 5830
1840 3270 3380 5530
40
29
45
0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2
3380 5530 4670 8410
2760 3680 4670 8870
46
50 38
60
0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2
6940 13,190 5140 8410 6940 13,190
6250 11,800 3740 7010 4860 8330
70
51
80
0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2
7830 18,590 10,110 18,950
7830 13,700 11,250 19,680
87
76 100
102
0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2
6850 18,590 16,010 32,030 12,010 22,019
7830 13,700 8010 36,030
- - 28,024
Inch
Psig
Lb
30 0.75
34
3-15
506
414
6-30
874
736
3-15
759
759
6-30
1311
1242
40
1.125
45
3-15
759
621
6-30
1242
828
3-15
1050
1050
6-30
1890
1995
46
50 1.5
60
3-15
1560
1404
6-30
2964
2652
3-15
1155
840
6-30
1890
1575
3-15
1560
1092
6-30
2964
1872
70
2
80
87
3 100
4
3-15
1760
1760
6-30
4180
3080
3-15
2272
2528
6-30
4260
4424
3-15
1540
1760
6-30
4180
3080
3-15
3600
1800
6-30
7200
8100
3-15
2700
- - -
6-30
4950
6300
1. For Size 76 667 actuators, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner. 2. Consult Fisher 657 and 667 instruction manuals (D100306X012, D100307X012, D100310X012, and D100311X012) for additional information on maximum pressure limitations.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
657 and 667 Actuators
D100087X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 September 2017
Figure 2. Typical Top-Mounted Handwheels
W0368-2
657 ACTUATOR (EXCEPT SIZE 100)
W0369-2
667 ACTUATOR (EXCEPT SIZES 80 AND 100)
W0370-1
TOP VIEW
W0370-1
657 ACTUATOR SIZE 100 (GEAR DRIVEN)
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 September 2017
657 and 667 Actuators
D100087X012
Figure 3. Typical Side-Mounted Handwheels for Fisher 657 and 667 Series Actuators
W0371-1
SIZES 34 THROUGH 60
Figure 4. Adjustable Travel Stops
SECTION A-A
W0372-1
SIZES 70, 76, 80, AND 87
STYLE 1 657 AND 657-4
UP STOP
STYLE 2 657 AND 657-4
DOWN STOP
STYLE 10 667 DOWN STOP
STYLE 11 667 UP AND DOWN STOP
40A8764-E
STYLE 12 667 UP STOP
10
STYLE 13 667 UP STOP
STYLE 14 667 UP STOP
40A38A1211 -E
STYLE P2 667 UP AND DOWN STOP
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
657 and 667 Actuators
D100087X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 September 2017
Table 5. Fisher 657 Handwheel Specifications
TOP-MOUNTED HANDWHEEL
SIDE-MOUNTED HANDWHEEL
657 ACTUATOR
SIZE
Handwheel Diameter
Turns Per mm Travel
Rim Force(1)
Maximum Handwheel
Output Force(3)
Handwheel Diameter
Turns Per mm Travel
Rim Force(1)
mm
N
N
mm
N
30
171
0.3
190
6670
- - -
- - -
- - -
34 and 40
222
0.3
210
10,010
304
0.2
230
45 and 50
222
0.3
420
15,080
355
0.3
360
46 and 60
222
0.3
490
22,690
355
0.3
540
70 and 87
355
0.3
590
29,360
432
0.8
160
80
355
0.3
770
37,770
432
0.4
240
100(2)
406
6
270
160,000
- - -
- - -
- - -
Inch
Turns Per Inch Travel
Lb
Lb
Inch
Turns Per Inch Travel
Lb
30
6.75
8
42
1500
- - -
- - -
- - -
34 and 40
8.75
8
48
2250
12
5.14
52
45 and 50
8.75
8
95
3390
14
6.65
81
46 and 60
8.75
8
110
5100
14
6.65
122
70 and 87
14
8
132
6600
17
20
36
80
14
8
173
8490
17
10
53
100(2)
16
144
60
36,000
- - -
- - -
- - -
1. Tangential handwheel force required to produce the handwheel output force shown. (Proportional to handwheel output force). 2. Top-mounted with gear drive.
3. Maximum force available to compress the actuator spring and close the valve.
Maximum Handwheel
Output Force(3)
N - - 10,010 15,080 22,690 29,360 37,770 - - -
Lb
- - 2250 3390 5100 6600 8490
- - -
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 September 2017
657 and 667 Actuators
D100087X012
Table 6. Fisher 667 Handwheel Specifications
TOP-MOUNTED HANDWHEEL
SIDE-MOUNTED HANDWHEEL
667 ACTUATOR
SIZE
Handwheel Diameter
mm
Turns Per mm
Travel
Rim Force(1)
N
Maximum Handwheel
Output Force(3)
N
667 ACTUATOR
SIZE
Handwheel Diameter
mm
Turns Per mm Travel
Rim Force(1) N
30
171
0.3
200
6670
30
- - -
- - -
- - -
34 and 40
222
0.3
230
10,010
34 and 40
304
0.2
230
222
0.2
460
17,790
45 and 50
355
0.2
430
26,690
45 and 50
355
0.3
360
222
0.2
460
17,790
46, 60, and 76
355
0.2
430
26,690
46 and 60
355
0.3
540
355
0.2
520
26,690
70 and 87
762 mm Bar
0.2
410
44,480
70, 76, and 87
432
0.8
160
100(2)
406
6
270
160,000
80
432
0.4
240
667 ACTUATOR
SIZE
Inch
Turns
Per Inch
Lb
Travel
Lb
667 ACTUATOR
SIZE
Inch
Turns Per Inch Travel
Lb
30
6.75
8
45
1500
30
- - -
- - -
- - -
34 and 40
8.75
8
51
2250
34 and 40
12
5.14
52
8.75
6
103
4000
45 and 50
45 and 50
14
6.65
81
14
6
97
6000
8.75
6
103
4000
46, 60, and 76
14
6
97
6000
46 and 60
14
6.65
122
14
6
118
6000
70 and 87
30 Inch Bar
6
92
10000
70, 76, and 87
17
20
36
100(2)
16
144
60
36,000
80
17
10
53
1. Tangential handwheel force required to produce the handwheel output force shown. (Proportional to handwheel output force). 2. Top-mounted with gear drive.
3. Maximum force available to compress actuator spring.
Maximum Handwheel
Output Force(3)
N - - 10,010 15,080
22,690
29,360 37,770
Lb
- - 2250 3390
5100
6600 8490
Table 7. Adjustable Travel Stop Styles (1)
Actuator Size
30
34
40
45
46
50
657 Up Stop
1
1
1
1
1
1
657 Down Stop 667 Up Stop
2
2
2
12, 13(3), 12, 13(3), 12, 13(3),
14
14
14
2 12, 13(3),
14
2 12, 13(3),
14
2 12, 13(3),
14
667 Down Stop
10
10
10
10
10
10
667 Up and Down Stop
- - -
11
11
11(4), P2(5) 11(4), P2(5) 11(4), P2(5)
1. See figure 4. 2. Top-mounted handwheel, see figure 2. 3. Adjustable handwheel up stop.
4. 38 mm (1.5 inch) maximum travel. 5. Adjustable handwheel up and down stop, 19 mm (0.75 inch) maximum travel.
60 and 667 Size 76
1 2 12, 13(3), 14 10
11(4), P2(5)
70 87
80
100
1 1 NOTE 2 NOTE 2
22
- - -
- - -
12 12
13(3)
- - -
10 10
- - - NOTE 2
--- ---
- - -
- - -
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
657 and 667 Actuators
D100087X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 September 2017
Figure 5. Fisher 646 Electro-Pneumatic Transducer on 657 Actuator
Figure 7. Fisher 4200 Position Transmitter on 667 Actuator
W4917-1
W4273-1
Figure 6. Fisher 3582i Valve Positioner on 657 Actuator
W4930
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 September 2017
657 and 667 Actuators
D100087X012
Table 8. Dimensions
ACTUATOR SIZE
DIMENSION REFERENCE
30
34
40
45
46
47
50
60
mm
B
657, -4 667, -4
0 38
25 38
25 38
38 38
38 38
38 38
38 38
38 38
C
289
333
333
406
473
536
406
473
D
54
54
71
71
71
71
90
90
657
440
498
548
659
656
- - -
722
722
657-4
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
657MO(1)
440
498
548
659
656
- - -
722
722
657-4 MO
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
E
667
478
573
594
768
748
- - -
784
784
667-4
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
667MO
478
573
594
768
748
- - -
784
784
657-4 MO
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
657
Hc
667
121
164
164
202
202
- - -
202
202
119
121
137
159
159
- - -
159
159
Hs
- - -
284
286
375
375
- - -
378
378
Jc
171
222
222
222
222
356
222
222
Js
- - -
305
305
356
356
- - -
356
356
K
657, -4 667, -4
213 194
222 224
272 244
291 310
291 310
395 - - -
354 325
354 325
M
657, -4 667, -4
- - - - -
226
248
306
306
214
248
362
362
- - - - -
370
370
378
378
657
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
657MO
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
657-4MO
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
N
667
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
667MO
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
667-4MO
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
Inches
B
657, -4 667, -4
0.00
1.00
1.00
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
C
11.38
13.12
13.12
16.00
18.62
21.12
16.00
18.62
D
2.125
2.125 2.8125 2.8125 2.8125 2.8125 3.5625 3.5625
657
17.31
19.62
21.56
25.94
25.81
- - -
28.44
28.44
657-4
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
657MO
17.31
19.62
21.56
25.94
25.81
- - -
28.44
28.44
657-4 MO
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
E
667
18.81
22.56
23.38
30.25
29.44
- - -
30.88
30.88
667-4
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
667MO
18.81
22.56
23.38
30.25
29.44
- - -
30.88
30.88
657-4 MO
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
657
Hc
667
4.75
6.44
6.44
7.94
7.94
- - -
7.94
7.94
4.69
4.75
5.38
6.25
6.25
- - -
6.25
6.25
Hs
Jc
Js
K
657, -4 667, -4
- - -
11.19
11.25
14.75
14.75
- - -
14.88
14.88
6.75
8.75
8.75
8.75
8.75
14.00
8.75
8.75
- - -
12.00
12.00
14.00
14.00
- - -
14.00
14.00
8.38
8.75
10.69
11.44
11.44
15.56
13.94
13.94
7.62
8.83
9.62
12.19
12.19
- - -
12.81
12.81
M
657, -4 667, -4
- - - - -
8.88
9.75
12.06
12.06
- - -
14.56
14.56
8.44
9.75
14.25
14.25
- - -
14.88
14.88
657
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
657MO
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
657-4MO
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
N
667
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
667MO
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
667-4MO
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1. MO = Manual operator. 2. Also available with 7 inch boss. 3. With group 1 springs, E=1959 mm (77.12 inch). With group 2 springs, E=1497 mm (58.94 inch). 4. With group 1 springs, E=2345 mm (92.31 inch). With group 2 springs, E=1883 mm (74.12 inch). 5. With group 1 springs, M=2103 mm (82.81 inch). With group 2 springs, M=1654 mm (65.12 inch).
70
38 38
536 90 840 994 976 1124 933 1070 1164 1314 313 286
292 356 432 406 375
446 446 - - 219 219 - - 219 219
1.50 1.50
21.12 3.5625 33.06 39.12 38.44 44.25 36.75 42.12 45.81 51.75 12.31 11.25
11.50 14.00 17.00 16.00 14.75
17.56 17.56
- - 8.62 8.62 - - 8.62 8.62
76
- - 38
473
90 - - - - - - - - 881 - - 1112 - - - - 159
222
356
432 - - 375
- - 446 - - - - - - - - 219 - - -
- - 1.50
18.62
3.5625 - - - - - - - - -
34.70 - - -
43.76 - - - - 6.25
11.50
8.75
17.00 - - -
14.75
- - 17.56
- - - - - - - - 8.62 - - -
80
- - - - -
635
127 1075
- - 1183
- - 1257
- - 1392
- - 227 - - -
303 356
432 435 432
503 503
254 384 - - 254 384 - - -
- - - - -
25.00
5 42.31
- - 46.56
- - 49.50
- - 54.81
- - 8.94 - - -
11.94
14.00 17.00 17.12 17.00
19.81 19.81
10.00 15.12
- - 10.00 15.12
- - -
87
100
38 38
536
127
938 1089 1057 1204 1003 1143 1245 1394 313 286
292
356
432
780 419
527 527
- - 219 219 - - 219 219
- - - - -
729 127(2)
NOTE 3 - - -
NOTE 4 - - -
1857 - - -
2346 - - - - - - -
401
- - -
406
451 451
NOTE 5 2105
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
1.50 1.50
21.12
5
36.94 42.88 41.62 47.38 39.50 45.00 49.00 54.88 12.31 11.25
11.50
14.00
17.00
18.88 16.50
20.75 20.75
- - 8.62 8.62 - - 8.62 8.62
- - - - -
28.69 5(2)
NOTE 3 - - -
NOTE 4 - - -
73.12 - - -
92.38 - - - - - - -
15.78
- - -
16.00
17.75 17.75
NOTE 5 82.88
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
657 and 667 Actuators
D100087X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 September 2017
Figure 8. Dimensions (also see table 8)
AU6713-D
657, 667, 657-4, AND 667-4 SIZES 30 THROUGH 87
AU6713-D
657, 667, 657-4, AND 667-4 SIZES 30 THROUGH 87
A0171-2
ALL TYPES SIZES 70, 80, 87, AND
667 SIZE 76
40A8196
657 AND 667 SIZE 100
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
Application
1. On-off or throttling service
2. Input signal range
3. Maximum supply pressure
4. Valve body type and size with which the actuator will be used
5. Valve plug travel
6. Actuator thrust required with actuator stem both fully retracted and fully extended
7. Stroking time requirements, if critical
8. Seismic requirements, if critical
9. Ambient temperature range
Actuator and Positioner
Be sure to specify: actuator type number; whether a positioner is required; whether a top-mounted handwheel is required; and whether an adjustable up or down travel stop is required. Refer to the Specifications section. Review the information under each specification and in the referenced tables and figures. Specify the desired choice wherever there is a selection to be made.
Valve Body and Accessories
Refer to the separate valve body bulletin and bulletins covering accessories for ordering information.
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 September 2017
657 and 667 Actuators
D100087X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and easy-e are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E161990, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
657 and 667 Size 30i - 76i
D104018X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 Size i April 2020
FisherTM 657 and 667 Size 30i - 76i Diaphragm Actuators
Fisher 657 and 667, size 30i to 76i, spring-opposed diaphragm actuators position the valve plug in the valve in response to varying controller or valve positioner pneumatic output signals applied to the actuator diaphragm. Zero setting of the actuator is determined by the compression of the actuator spring, and span is set by the actuator spring rate. The 657 actuator is direct-acting; the 667 is reverse-acting. These actuators are designed to provide dependable on-off or throttling operation of control valves.
Features
nImproved Ease of Use-- Integral mounting pad for Fisher FIELDVUETM DVC2000 and DVC6200 digital valve controllers eliminates the traditional mounting bracket and reduces the number of parts required to mount.
nIntegral Air Passage-- Fisher 667 size 30i through 76i actuators incorporate an integral air passage that eliminates the need for external tubing and fittings when paired with a DVC2000 or DVC6200.
nBackwards Compatible-- Both 657 and 667 are compatible with instruments that utilize traditional bracket-based mounting kits. The 667 can be externally tubed for instruments or accessories when required.
nApplication Versatility-- Spring rates, travel stops, and manual operators are available for nearly any control valve application.
nExcellent Linearity Between Loading Pressure and Travel-- A molded diaphragm travels in a deep diaphragm casing, minimizing area change throughout the travel.
X1175-1
X1182-2
Fisher 657 and 667 Size 30i - 76i Actuators
Mounted on easy-et Valves
nHigh Degree of Dynamic Stability and Frequency Response-- A shallow casing on the pressure side means reduced volume on that side, thereby minimizing response time.
nHigh Thrust Capability-- The molded diaphragm allows maximum thrust for given diaphragm size.
nLong Service Life-- Rugged thick-walled cast iron and steel construction provides increased stability and corrosion protection.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 Size i April 2020
657 and 667 Size 30i - 76i
D104018X012
Specifications
Standard Operating Pressure Range(1)
657 and 667: J 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) 657-4 and 667-4: 0.2 to 1.9 bar (3 to 27 psig) 667 Size 76i: J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) or J 0 to 3.1 bar (0 to 45 psig)
Maximum Travel
See table 2
Output Indication
Stainless steel disk or pointer and graduated scale
Stroking Speed
Dependent on actuator size, travel, spring rate, initial spring compression, and supply pressure. If stroking speed is critical, consult your Emerson sales office.
Maximum Allowable Thrust(2)
See table 2
Operating Temperature Range(1)
Standard Construction (Nitrile Elastomers): -40 to 82_C (-40 to 180_F) Optional Construction (Silicone Diaphragm) and Ethylene Propylene (EPDM) or Fluorocarbon (FKM) O-rings): -40 to 149°C (-40 to 300°F) Optional Low Ambient Temperature Construction: -60 to 82_C (-72 to 180_F). Optional side mounted handwheel allowed. This construction is suitable for cold climate regions and compliant to GOST 15150, however, when ambient temperature is below -50_C (-58_F), it is not advised to operate the handwheel. Note that current SIL certification is only relevant for standard temperature construction. Contact your Emerson sales office for details. Maximum Valve Packing Box Temperature: 427_C (800_F) with cast iron yoke
Volumetric Displacement
See table 1
Signal Connections
Sizes 30i - 60i and 667 Size 76i: 1/4 NPT internal Size 70i: 1/2 NPT internal. Oversize signal connections available
Effective Diaphragm Area
See table 2
Construction Materials (refer to figure 1)
Diaphragm Casing Sizes 30i - 76i: Steel Diaphragm Sizes 30i - 76i: J Nitrile on nylon, J Silicone on polyester, J EPDM on aramid, J FKM on aramid Diaphragm Plate 657 Sizes 30i- 60i: J Cast aluminum 657 Size 70i: J Cast iron or J steel 667 Sizes 30i- 60i and 76i: J Cast aluminum 667 Size 70i: J Cast iron or J steel Actuator Spring: Steel Spring Adjustor: Steel Spring Seat: J Cast iron or J steel Actuator Stem: Steel Travel Indicator: Stainless steel O-Rings: , J Nitrile, J EPDM, or J FKM Seal Bushing 667 Sizes 30i- 60i: J Brass 667 Sizes 70i - 76i: J Glass-filled PTFE or J Brass Stem Connector: Zinc-plated steel Yoke Sizes 30i - 76i: Cast iron only
Stem and Yoke Boss Diameters
See table 2
Approximate Weight
See table 3
1. The pressure and temperature limits in this bulletin and in any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded. 2. Do not exceed the thrust limits in this bulletin.
Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Available Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Integral Instrument Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Tables Additional Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Volumetric Casing Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Approximate Actuator Weights (w/o handwheel) . . 6 Thrust Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Handwheel Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Adjustable Travel Stop Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
657 and 667 Size 30i - 76i
D104018X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 Size i April 2020
Available Configurations
Direct Action
All 657 actuators are direct acting. Applying air pressure to the upper diaphragm casing forces the actuator stem downward. When this pressure is reduced, the opposing spring force moves the actuator stem upward. Should the loading pressure fail, the spring forces the stem to the extreme upward position. This provides fail-open action for push-down-to-close valves and fail-closed action for push-down-to-open valves.
657--A direct-acting actuator used on sliding-stem valves. Available in sizes 30i through 70i. See figure 1.
657-4--A 657 actuator in size 70i, designed with 102 mm (4-inch) travel.
Reverse Action
All 667 actuators are reverse acting. Applying air pressure to the lower diaphragm casing forces the actuator stem upward against the opposing spring force. When this loading pressure is reduced, the spring moves the actuator stem downward. Should the loading pressure fail, the spring forces the stem to the extreme downward position. These actuators provide fail-closed action for push-down-to-close valves and fail-open action for push-down-to-open valves.
667--A reverse-acting actuator used on sliding-stem valves. Available in sizes 30i through 76i. See figure 1.
667-4--A 667 actuator in size 70i, designed with 102 mm (4-inch) travel.
Integral Instrument Mount
Fisher 657 and 667 size 30i through 76i actuators feature an integral mounting pad for the DVC2000 and DVC6200 (see figure 1). Only a few parts are required to mount these FIELDVUE instruments to the size i, resulting in a fast and simple mounting procedure.
Fisher 667 size 30i through 76i actuators feature an integral air passage that eliminates the need for tubing and fittings when paired with a DVC2000 or DVC6200.
The 667 retains an external air connection for applications and instruments or accessories that require external tubing.
Accessories
Handwheels
Handwheels for diaphragm actuators are often used as adjustable travel stops. They also provide a ready means of positioning the control valve in an emergency. The specifications in tables 6 and 7 apply to handwheels on both 657 and 667 actuators. For repeated or daily manual operation, the unit should be equipped with a side-mounted handwheel.
Top-Mounted Handwheels--Typical 657 and 667 actuators with handwheels mounted on the diaphragm casing are shown in figure 5. On the 657 actuator, the handwheel can be set to limit the travel in the upward direction; on the 667 actuator, travel in the downward direction can be restricted. A P-2 travel stop (figure 5) is available for a 667 actuator, sizes 45i-60i to limit travel in either the upward or downward directions. An actuator with a P-2 travel stop is limited to a maximum travel of 19mm (0.75 inch).
Clockwise rotation of the handwheel on the 657 actuator moves the actuator stem downward, compressing the spring. Spring action returns the stem as the handwheel is turned counterclockwise. With the 667 actuator, counterclockwise rotation moves the stem upward, and spring action returns the stem on clockwise rotation.
Side-Mounted Handwheels--Figure 3 shows the side-mounted handwheels (designated by the letters MO) available in sizes 34i through 60i on 657 and 667 actuators. Size 30i actuators do not have a side-mounted handwheel available.
All side-mounted handwheels can be used to stroke the valve in either direction at any point in the actuator stem travel. Unlike the top-mounted handwheel, the side-mounted handwheel can be positioned to limit travel in either direction, but not both at the same time. With the handwheel in the neutral position, automatic operation is possible throughout full valve travel. In any other position, valve travel will be restricted. The handwheel is furnished with a spring-loaded ball detent which prevents vibration from changing the setting.
Adjustable Travel Stops
Top-mounted adjustable travel stops are available for 657 and 667 actuators. They are used to limit travel in
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 Size i April 2020
657 and 667 Size 30i - 76i
D104018X012
the up, down, or up and down directions. Figure 7 illustrates the different constructions. Table 5 defines availability of the different style constructions with actuator type and use.
Other
Accessories such as transducers, positioners, position
Figure 1. Typical 657 and 667 Actuators
transmitters, air relays, volume boosters, switching valves, lockup valves, limit switches, and solenoid valves are also available for actuator mounting. They are described in separate publications. Contact your Emerson sales office for details.
DIAPHRAGM CASINGS DIAPHRAGM
DIAPHRAGM PLATE
ACTUATOR SPRING ACTUATOR STEM
TRAVEL INDICATOR DISK
X1185
657 SIZE 30i - 70i
SPRING SEAT SPRING ADJUSTOR
STEM CONNECTOR
INTEGRAL INSTRUMENT PAD TRAVEL INDICATOR DISK
INDICATOR SCALE
X1177
667 SIZE 30i - 76i
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
657 and 667 Size 30i - 76i
D104018X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 Size i April 2020
Figure 2. Fisher 657 with Integral-Mounted DVC6200
X1178
X1214
Table 1. Volumetric Casing Displacement for Fisher 657 and 667 Actuators
CLEARANCE
TRAVEL, mm
ACTUATOR SIZE
VOLUME(1)
11
16
19
29
38
cm3
Casing Volume(2), cm3
30i
540
918
1080
1180
- - -
- - -
34i and 40i
934
1470
1700
1850
2330
2790
45i and 50i 46i, 60i, and 76i(3)
1560 2180
- - -
2790
3000
3720
4420
- - -
3880
4210
5280
6340
70i
3490
5240
5950
6420
7830
9240
TRAVEL, INCH
Inch3
0.4375
0.625
0.75
1.125
1.5
Casing Volume(2), Inch3
30i
33
56
66
72
- - -
- - -
34i and 40i
57
90
104
113
142
170
45i and 50i
95
46i, 60i, and 76i(3)
133
- - -
170
183
227
270
- - -
237
257
322
387
70i
213
320
363
392
478
564
1. Clearance volume indicates casing volume at zero travel. 2. Includes clearance volume. 3. For 667i only.
51
- - - - 5410 7740 11110
2
- - - - 330 472 678
76
- - - - - - - - 14880
3
- - - - - - - - 980
102
- - - - - - - - 18570
4
- - - - - - - - 1133
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 Size i April 2020
657 and 667 Size 30i - 76i
D104018X012
Table 2. Additional Specifications for Fisher 657 and 667 Actuators
ACTUATOR SIZE
EFFECTIVE DIAPHRAGM AREA
cm2
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
STEM DIAMETER
mm
30i
297
54
9.5
34i
445
54
9.5
40i
445
71
12.7
45i
677
71
12.7
46i
1006
71
12.7
50i
677
90
19.1
60i
1006
90
19.1
70i
1419
90
19.1
76i (667)
1006
90
19.1
Inch2
Inch
30i
46
2-1/8
3/8
34i
69
2-1/8
3/8
40i
69
2-13/16
1/2
45i
105
2-13/16
1/2
46i
156
2-13/16
1/2
50i
105
3-9/16
3/4
60i
156
3-9/16
3/4
70i
220
3-9/16
3/4
76i (667)
156
3-9/16
3/4
1. These values are based on material limitations such as yoke, stem connection, diaphragm plate, and travel stop strengths. 2. For 657-4 and 667-4 actuator constructions.
Table 3. Approximate Actuator Weights (without handwheel)
ACTUATOR SIZE
30i 34i 40i 45i 46i 50i 60i 70i 76i
657
667
Kg
17
17
25
26
25
26
40
44
52
59
45
48
56
60
109
118
- - -
89
ACTUATOR
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
19 29 38 51 51 51 51 76 102(2) 51
0.75 1.125
1.5 2 2 2 2 3 4(2) 2
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE THRUST(1)
N 10231 10231 12010 25132 33584 25131 30246
39142
30246 Lb
2300 2300 2700 5650 7550 5650 6800
8800
6800
657
667
Lb
38
37
54
58
56
56
89
98
114
129
99
105
123
133
240
260
- - -
196
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
657 and 667 Size 30i - 76i
D104018X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 Size i April 2020
Table 4. Thrust Capabilities(1) by Input Signal Range
TRAVEL mm
ACTUATOR SIZE
PRESSURE RANGE TO ACTUATOR DIAPHRAGM(2)
Bar
THRUST CAPABILITIES
657
667
N
30i 19
34i
0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2
2250 3890 3380 5830
1840 3270 3380 5530
0.2-1
3380 2760
40i
0.4-2
5530 3680
29
45i
0.2-1 0.4-2
4670 8410
4670 8870
0.2-1
6940 6250
46i
0.4-2
13190 11800
50i 38
60i
0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2
5140 8410 6940 13190
3740 7010 4860 8330
51
70i
0.2-1 0.4-2
7830 7830 18590 13700
Inch
Psig
Lb
30i 0.75
34i
3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30
506 874 759 1311
414 736 759 1242
3-15
759
621
40i
6-30
1242 828
1.125
45i
3-15 6-30
1050 1890
1050 1995
3-15
1560 1404
46i
6-30
2964 2652
50i 1.5
60i
3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30
1155 1890 1560 2964
840 1575 1092 1872
2
70i
3-15 6-30
1760 4180
1760 3080
1. For size 76i 667 actuators, contact your Emerson sales office. 2. Consult Fisher 657 and 667 instruction manuals (D100306X012, D100307X012, D100310X012, and D100311X012) for additional information on maximum pressure limitations.
Figure 5. Typical Top-Mounted Handwheels
Figure 3. Typical Side-Mounted Handwheel
X1213
Figure 4. Typical Side-Mounted Handwheel for Fisher 657 and 667 Actuators
667 SIZES 34i THROUGH 60i
W0368-2
657 ACTUATOR
W0369-2
667 ACTUATOR
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 Size i April 2020
657 and 667 Size 30i - 76i
D104018X012
Figure 6. Fisher 667 Size 40i with Integral-Mounted DVC6200
X1332
667 SIZE 40i
Figure 7. Adjustable Travel Stops
STYLE 1 657 AND 657-4
UP STOP
STYLE 2 657 AND 657-4 DOWN STOP
STYLE 10 667 DOWN STOP
STYLE 11 667 UP AND DOWN STOP
40A8764-E
STYLE 12 667 UP STOP
8
STYLE 13 667 UP STOP
STYLE 14 667 UP STOP
40A38A1211-E
STYLE P2 667 UP AND DOWN STOP
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
657 and 667 Size 30i - 76i
D104018X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 Size i April 2020
Table 5. Adjustable Travel Stop Styles (1)
Actuator Size
30i
34i
40i
45i
46i
50i
60i
70i
667 Size 76i
657 Up Stop
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
657 Down Stop
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
667 Up Stop
12, 13(3), 14 12, 13(3), 14 12, 13(3), 14 12, 13(3), 14 12, 13(3), 14 12, 13(3), 14 12, 13(3), 14
12
12, 13(3), 14
667 Down Stop
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
667 Up and Down Stop
- - -
11
11
11(4), P2(5) 11(4), P2(5) 11(4), P2(5) 11(4), P2(5)
- - -
11(4), P2(5)
1. See figure 7. 2. Top-mounted handwheel, see figure 5. 3. Adjustable handwheel up stop. 4. 38 mm (1.5 inch) maximum travel. 5. Adjustable handwheel up and down stop, 19 mm (0.75 inch) maximum travel.
Table 6. Fisher 657 Handwheel Specifications
657 ACTUATOR
SIZE
Handwheel Diameter
mm
TOP-MOUNTED HANDWHEEL
Turns Per mm Travel
Rim Force(1) N
Max Handwheel Output Force
N
Handwheel Diameter
mm
SIDE-MOUNTED HANDWHEEL
Turns Per mm Travel
Rim Force(1) N
30i
171
0.3
190
6670
- - -
- - -
- - -
34i and 40i
222
0.3
210
10010
304
0.2
230
45i and 50i
222
0.3
420
15080
355
0.3
360
46i and 60i
222
0.3
70i(3)
355
0.3
490
22690
355
0.3
540
590
29360
- - -
Inch
Turns Per Inch Travel
Lb
Lb
Inch
Turns Per Inch Travel
Lb
30i
6.75
8
42
1500
- - -
- - -
- - -
34i and 40i
8.75
8
48
2250
12
5.14
52
45i and 50i
8.75
8
95
3390
14
6.65
81
46i and 60i
8.75
8
70i(3)
14
8
110
5100
14
6.65
122
132
6600
- - -
1. Tangential handwheel force required to produce the handwheel output force shown. (Proportional to handwheel output force). 2. Maximum force available to compress the actuator spring and close the valve. 3. 657 size 70i is not available with a side-mounted handwheel. Utilize 657 size 70 for side-mounted handwheel.
Max Handwheel Output Force(2)
N - - 10010 15080 22690
Lb
- - 2250 3390 5100
Table 7. Fisher 667 Handwheel Specifications
TOP-MOUNTED HANDWHEEL
667 ACTUATOR SIZE
Handwheel Diameter
mm
Turns Per mm Travel
Rim Force(1) N
Maximum Handwheel Output Force(2)
N
Handwheel Diameter
mm
30i
171
0.3
200
6670
- - -
34i and 40i
222
0.3
230
10010
304
222
0.2
460
45i and 50i
355
0.2
430
17790 355
26690
46i, 60i, and
222
0.2
460
76i(3)
355
0.2
430
17790 355
26690
70i(3)
355
0.2
520
762 mm Bar
0.2
410
26690 44480
667 ACTUATOR SIZE
Inch
Turns Per Inch Travel
Lb
Lb
Inch
30i
6.75
8
45
1500
- - -
34i and 40i
8.75
8
51
2250
12
8.75
6
103
4000
45i and 50i
14
14
6
97
6000
46i, 60i, and
8.75
6
103
4000
76i(3)
14
6
97
14 6000
70i(3)
14
6
118
6000
30 Inch Bar
6
92
10000
1. Tangential handwheel force required to produce the handwheel output force shown. (Proportional to handwheel output force). 2. Maximum force available to compress actuator spring. 3. 667 size 70i and 76i are not available with a side-mounted handwheel. Utilize 667 size 70 and 76 for side-mounted handwheel.
SIDE-MOUNTED HANDWHEEL
Turns Per mm Travel
Rim Force(1) N
Maximum Handwheel Output Force(2)
N
- - -
- - -
- - -
0.2
230
10010
0.3
360
15080
0.3
540
22690
- - -
Turns Per Inch Travel
Lb
- - -
- - -
5.14
52
6.65
81
Lb - - 2250
3390
6.65
122
5100
- - -
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 Size i April 2020
657 and 667 Size 30i - 76i
D104018X012
Table 8. Dimensions
DIMENSION REFERENCE
30i
657, -4
0
B
667, -4
38
C
289
D
54
657
440
657-4
- - -
657MO(1)
440
E
667
478
667-4
- - -
667MO(1)
478
657
121
Hc
667
119
Hs
- - -
Jc
171
Js
- - -
K
657, -4 667, -4
213 194
M
657, -4 667, -4
- - - - -
657, -4
0.00
B
667, -4
1.50
C
11.38
D
2.125
657 657-4 657MO E 667 667-4 667MO
17.31 - - -
17.31
18.81 - - -
18.81
657
4.75
Hc
667
4.69
Hs
- - -
Jc
6.75
Js
- - -
657, -4
8.38
K
667, -4
7.62
M
657, -4 667, -4
- - - - -
1. MO = Manual operator.
34i
25 38 333 54 498 - - 498 573 - - 573 164 121 284 222 305 222 224 226 214
1.00 1.50 13.12 2.125 19.62 - - 19.62 22.56 - - 22.56 6.44 4.75 11.19 8.75 12.00 8.75 8.83 8.88 8.44
40i
25 38 333 71 548 - - 548 594 - - 594 164 137 286 222 305 272 244 248 248
1.00 1.50 13.12 2.8125 21.56 - - 21.56 23.38 - - 23.38 6.44 5.38 11.25 8.75 12.00 10.69 9.62 9.75 9.75
ACTUATOR SIZE
45i
46i
mm
38
38
38
38
406
473
71
71
659
656
- - -
- - -
659
656
768
748
- - -
- - -
768
748
202
202
159
159
375
375
222
222
356
356
291
291
310
310
306
306
362
362
Inches
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
16.00
18.62
2.8125
2.8125
25.94 - - -
25.94
25.81 - - -
25.81
30.25 - - -
30.25
29.44 - - -
29.44
7.94
7.94
6.25
6.25
14.75
14.75
8.75
8.75
14.00
14.00
11.44 12.19
11.44 12.19
12.06 14.25
12.06 14.25
50i
38 38 406 90 722 - - 722 784 - - 784 202 159 378 222 356 354 325 370 378
1.50 1.50 16.00 3.5625 28.44 - - 28.44 30.88 - - 30.88 7.94 6.25 14.88 8.75 14.00 13.94 12.81 14.56 14.88
60i
38 38 473 90 722 - - 722 784 - - 784 202 159 378 222 356 354 325 370 378
1.50 1.50 18.62 3.5625 28.44 - - 28.44 30.88 - - 30.88 7.94 6.25 14.88 8.75 14.00 13.94 12.81 14.56 14.88
70i
38 38 536 90 840 994 - - 933 1070 - - 313 286 292 356 432 406 375 446 446
1.50 1.50 21.12 3.5625 33.06 39.12 - - 36.75 42.12 - - 12.31 11.25 11.50 14.00 17.00 16.00 14.75 17.56 17.56
76i
- - 38 473 90 - - - - - - 881 - - - - - - 159 222 356 432 - - 375 - - 446
- - 1.50 18.62 3.5625 - - - - - - 34.70 - - - - - - 6.25 11.50 8.75 17.00 - - 14.75 - - 17.56
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
657 and 667 Size 30i - 76i
D104018X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 Size i April 2020
Figure 8. Dimensions (also see table 8)
Jc
Hc
C B
K
E M
JS K
D
GE79206_Rev1
657, 667, 657-4, AND 667-4 SIZES 30i THROUGH 76i (667)
HS 657 AND 667,
SIZES 34i THROUGH 60i
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
Application
1. On-off or throttling service 2. Input signal range 3. Maximum supply pressure 4. Valve body type and size with which the actuator
will be used 5. Valve plug travel 6. Actuator thrust required with actuator stem both
fully retracted and fully extended 7. Stroking time requirements, if critical 8. Ambient temperature range
657, 667, 657-4, AND 667-4 SIZES 70i AND 76i (667)
Actuator
Be sure to specify: actuator type number; whether a top-mounted handwheel is required; and whether an adjustable up or down travel stop is required. Refer to the Specifications section. Review the information under each specification and in the referenced tables and figures. Specify the desired choice wherever there is a selection to be made.
Valve Body, Instruments, and Accessories
Refer to the separate valve body bulletin, instrument bulletins, and bulletins covering accessories for ordering information.
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:657 Size i April 2020
657 and 667 Size 30i - 76i
D104018X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, and easy-e are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E122015, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
657C Actuator
D104494X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:657C November 2019
FisherTM 657C Size 40i, 46i, and 60i Diaphragm Actuators
The Fisher 657C is a direct-acting, spring-opposed, long-travel diaphragm actuator for the YarwayTM desuperheater line of products (AT-38/48, AT-37/47, AT-18/28, and 4300 TemplowTM ). Zero setting of the actuator is determined by the compression of the actuator spring, and span is set by the actuator spring rate. The actuator is designed to provide dependable on-off or throttling operation of desuperheaters.
The 657C diaphragm actuator is available in size 40i, 46i, and 60i to cover the wide range of thrust to operate all Yarway desuperheater valves (AT-38/48, AT-37/47, AT-18/28, and 4300 Templow). Contact your Emerson sales office for more information.
Features
nLong Actuator Travel--Deep casings provide up to 105 mm (4.125 inches) of maximum travel with a size 60i actuator.
nBackwards Compatible--The 657C is compatible with the Yarway installed base, includes non-Fisher yoke boss sizes.
nLong Service Life--Rugged thick-walled cast iron construction provides increased stability and corrosion protection.
nApplication Versatility--Spring rates and travel stops are available to cover the wide range of AT-38/48, AT-37/47, AT-18/28, and 4300 Templow desuperheaters.
nExcellent Linearity Between Loading Pressure and Travel--A molded diaphragm travels in a deep diaphragm casing, minimizing area change throughout the travel.
Fisher 657C Actuator
nHigh Thrust Capability--The molded diaphragm allows maximum thrust for given diaphragm size.
nImproved Ease of Use--Integral mounting pad for Fisher FIELDVUETM DVC6200 digital valve controllers eliminates the traditional mounting bracket and reduces the number of parts required to mount.
nPositive Connections--A split block stem connection provides a solid transfer of motion while allowing easy mounting. The absence of linkages helps to avoid lost motion and inaccurate valve positioning.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:657C November 2019
657C Actuator
D104494X012
Specifications
Standard Operating Pressure Range(1)
J 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig)
Effective Diaphragm Area See table 1
Maximum Travel See table 1
Operating Temperature Range(1) Standard Construction (Nitrile Elastomers): -40 to 82°C (-40 to 180°F) Optional Construction (Silicone Diaphragm): -40 to 149°C (-40 to 300°F)
Maximum Allowable Thrust(2) See table 1
Volumetric Displacement See table 2
Construction Materials
See figure 1: Diaphragm Casing: J Steel Diaphragm: J Nitrile on nylon, J Silicone on polyester Diaphragm Plate: J Cast Aluminum Actuator Spring: J Steel Spring Adjustor: J Steel Spring Seat: J Steel Actuator Stem: J Steel Travel Indicator: J Stainless Steel Stem Connector: J Zinc-plated steel Yoke: J Cast Iron
Stem and Yoke Boss Dimensions
Signal Connections
See table 1
Standard: 1/4 NPT internal Optional: 1/2 NPT internal
Stroking Speed Dependent on actuator size, travel, spring rate, initial spring compression, and supply pressure. If stroking speed is critical, consult your Emerson sales office.
Approximate Weights (without handwheel)
Actuator Size
kg
lb
40i
34
75
46i
66
146
60i
72
160
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation for valve should not be exceeded. 2. Do not exceed the thrust limits in this bulletin.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
657C Actuator
D104494X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:657C November 2019
Principle of Operation
Direct Action - Push Down to Open
The 657C is a direct acting actuator used on Yarway AT-38/48, AT-37/47, AT-18/28, and 4300 Templow desuperheaters. Available in sizes 40i, 46i, and 60i. Applying air pressure to the upper diaphragm casing forces the actuator stem downward. When this pressure is reduced, the opposing spring force moves the actuator stem upward. Should the loading pressure fail, the spring forces the stem to the extreme upward position. This provides fail-closed action for Yarway desuperheaters.
Accessories
Handwheel for diaphragm actuators are often used as adjustable travel stops. It can be operated easily and allows for means of positioning the control valve in an emergency.
Clockwise rotation of the handwheel on the 657C actuator moves the actuator stem downward, compressing the spring. Spring action returns the stem as the handwheel is turned counterclockwise
Top-mounted handwheel--Typical 657C actuator with handwheel mounted on the diaphragm case are shown in figure 2. On the 657C actuator, the handwheel can be set to limit the travel in the upward direction.
Adjustable Travel Stop
Top-mounted adjustable travel stop is available for 657C series actuators. See figure 3. The adjustable travel stop is used to limit travel in the down directions.
Other
Accessories such as transducers, positioners, position transmitters, air relays, volume boosters, switching valves, lockup valves, limit switches, and solenoid valves are also available for actuator mounting. They are described in separate publications. Contact your Emerson sales office for more information.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:657C November 2019
657C Actuator
D104494X012
Figure 1. Actuator Components for Size 40i, 46i, and 60i Actuators
DIAPHRAGM CASINGS DIAPHRAGM DIAPHRAGM PLATE TRAVEL STOP YOKE EXTENSION ACTUATOR SPRING
ACTUATOR STEM
SPRING SEAT SPRING ADJUSTOR STEM CONNECTOR INTEGRAL INSTRUMENT PAD TRAVEL INDICATOR
INDICATOR SCALE YOKE
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
657C Actuator
D104494X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:657C November 2019
Figure 2. Fisher 657C Top-Mounted Handwheel
Figure 3. Fisher 657C Adjustable Travel Stop
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:657C November 2019
657C Actuator
D104494X012
Table 1. Additional Specifications for Fisher 657C Series Actuators
ACTUATOR SIZE
EFFECTIVE DIAPHRAGM AREA
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER(3)
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
cm2
mm
40i
445
71
89
46i
1006
71
105
60i
1006
91
105
Inch2
Inch
40i
69
2-13/16
3-1/2
46i
156
2-13/16
4-1/8
60i
156
3-9/16
4-1/8
1. These values are based on material limitations such as yoke, stem connection, diaphragm plate, and travel stop strengths. 2. 1/2 inch stem is only available for 4300 Templow. 3. The metric dimensions are for Yarway 71 mm and 91 mm yoke bosses. This is not a simple inch dimension conversion.
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE THRUST(1)
N 12,010 30,246 30,246
lb 2700 6800 6800
STEM DIAMETER
12 mm or 1/2 inch(2) 16 mm
12 mm or 1/2 inch(2) 16 mm
Table 2. Volumetric Casing Displacement for Fisher 657C Series Actuators
ACTUATOR SIZE
CLEARANCE VOLUME(1)
cm3
TRAVEL, mm
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
Casing Volume(2), cm3
40i
1229
3228 3457 3703 3949 4260 4555 4834
46i
8652 9225 9733 10192 10684 11372 11880
60i
3998
- - -
- - -
9733
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
TRAVEL, INCH
Inch3
1.78
1.97
2.17
2.37
2.56
2.76
2.96
Casing Volume(2), Inch3
40i
75
197
211
226
241
260
278
295
46i
528
563
594
622
652
694
725
60i
244
- - -
- - -
594
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1. Clearance volume indicates casing volume at zero travel. 2. Includes clearance volume.
80
5096 12618
- - -
3.15
311 770 - - -
85
5374 13109
- - -
3.35
328 800 - - -
90
- - 13601 13601
3.54
- - 830 830
95
- - 14256
- - -
3.75
- - 870 - - -
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
657C Actuator
D104494X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:657C November 2019
Table 3. Thrust Capabilities(1) by Input Signal Range
TRAVEL, mm
ACTUATOR SIZE
40i 45
46i
40i 50
46i
40i 55
46i and 60i
40i 60
46i
40i 65
46i
40i 70
46i
40i 75
46i
40i 80
46i
40i 85
46i
90
46i and 60i
95
46i
Inch
40i 1.78
46i
40i 1.97
46i
PRESSURE RANGE TO ACTUATOR DIAPHRAGM(1)
-continued-
Bar 0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2 0.2-1 0.4-2 Psig 3-15 6-30 3-15 3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30
THRUST CAPABILITIES
N 1842 5525 5551 2762 5218 4857 13185 2762 4911 6245 12491 2455 4297 6245 11797 2148 4297 5551 11103 2148 3990 5551 10409 1842 3376 4857 9715 1842 3376 4857 9715 1535 3069 4857 9021 4857 8327 4164 7633
lb 414 1242 1248 621 1173 1092 2964
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:657C November 2019
657C Actuator
D104494X012
Table 3. Thrust Capabilities(1) by Input Signal Range (cont.)
TRAVEL, Inch
ACTUATOR SIZE
PRESSURE RANGE TO ACTUATOR DIAPHRAGM(1) Psig
40i 2.17
46i and 60i
3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30
40i 2.37
46i
3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30
40i 2.56
46i
3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30
40i 2.76
46i
3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30
40i 2.96
46i
3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30
40i 3.15
46i
3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30
40i 3.35
46i
3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30
3.54
46i and 60i
3-15 6-30
3.75
46i
3-15 6-30
1. Consult Fisher 657C instruction manual (D104496X012) for additional information on maximum pressure limitations.
Table 4. Fisher 657C Handwheel Specifications
TOP-MOUNTED HANDWHEEL
ACTUATOR SIZE
Handwheel Diameter
mm
Turns Per mm Travel
Rim Force(1) N
40i
360
46i and 60i
222
0.3
540
Inch
Turns Per Inch Travel
Lb
40i
48
46i and 60i
8.75
8
110
1. Tangential handwheel force required to produce the handwheel output force shown. (Proportional to handwheel output force). 2. Maximum force available to compress the actuator spring.
THRUST CAPABILITIES
lb 621 1104 1404 2808 552 966 1404 2652 483 966 1248 2496 483 897 1248 2340 414 759 1092 2184 414 759 1092 2184 345 690 1092 2028 1092 1872 936 1716
Maximum Handwheel Output Force(2)
N 10010 22690
Lb
2250 5100
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
657C Actuator
D104494X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:657C November 2019
Table 5. Dimensions
ACTUATOR
SIZE
B
DIMENSION
(mm)
C
D(1)
E
40i
25
333
71
678
46i
38
473
71
895
60i
38
473
91
985
(Inch)
40i
1.00
13.12
2.81
26.71
46i
1.50
16.00
2.81
35.22
60i
1.50
16.00
3.56
37.72
1. The metric D dimensions are for Yarway 71 mm and 91 mm yoke bosses. There is not a simple inch dimension conversion.
HC 306 349 349
12.04 13.72 13.72
Figure 4. Dimensions (see table 5)
JE
JE 222 222 222
8.75 8.75 8.75
K 272 290 354
10.69 11.43 13.93
HC
B
K
C E
D 9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:657C November 2019
657C Actuator
D104494X012
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
Application Information
1. On-off or throttling service. 2. Input signal range. 3. Maximum supply pressure. 4. Valve body type and size with which the actuator will be used. 5. Valve plug travel.
6. Actuator thrust required with actuator stem both fully retracted and fully extended.
7. Stroking time requirements, if critical.
8. Ambient temperature range.
Actuator
Be sure to specify: Actuator type number, whether a positioner is required, whether a top-mounted handwheel is required, or whether an adjustable down travel stop is required. Refer to the Specifications section. Review the information under each specification and in the referenced tables and figures. Specify the desired choice wherever there is a selection to be made.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
657C Actuator
D104494X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:657C November 2019
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:657C November 2019
657C Actuator
D104494X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, Templow, and Yarway are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E122019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1052 Actuator
D104082X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:1052 September 2017
FisherTM 1052 Size 70 Diaphragm Rotary Actuator
Fisher 1052 size 70 spring-return diaphragm rotary actuators operate splined shaft rotary valves, such as 8580, 8532, 8590, CV500, V500, and Vee-Ballt (V150, V200 and V300) valves. 1052 actuators are suitable for on-off service or for throttling service.
This actuator is designed for easy installation of a broad range of options: limit switches, position indicating switches, positioners, and manual over-rides. Option applicability varies with actuator size. Refer to the specifications table and table 4 for information concerning option applicability and specifications.
Features
nApplication Flexibility-- 1052 rotary actuators are available with fail-open or fail-close construction and can be mounted in any of four actuator-valve mounting positions. See figure 5 for mounting positions. These actuators can be mounted on a broad range of Fisher valves or used with other equipment.
nMinimal Dead Band-- Single joint linkage with splined and clamped lever minimizes lost motion and improves control accuracy.
nLong Service Life-- Rugged construction provides stability, corrosion resistance, and protection from deformation should over-pressurization occur.
W8508-3
Typical Fisher 1052 Actuator with Vee-Ball Valve and FIELDVUETM DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
nSafety-- The 1052 actuator has an externally accessible spring adjuster to relieve spring compression (see figure 1). Actuator-valve linkage is completely enclosed, yet the valve packing adjustment remains accessible without removing any parts (see figure 2).
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:1052 September 2017
1052 Actuator
D104082X012
Specifications
Available Configurations For on-off service without a positioner or for throttling services with or without a positioner Direct Acting: Increasing loading pressure extends the diaphragm rod out of the spring barrel
Actuator Sizes 70
Standard Diaphragm Pressure Ranges J 0 to 2.3 bar (0 to 33 psig), J 0 to 2.8 bar (0 to 40 psig), and J 0 to 3.8 bar (0 to 55 psig)
Maximum Diaphragm Sizing Pressure(1) 3.8 bar (55 psig)
Maximum Diaphragm Casing Pressure(5) 4.5 bar (65 psig)
Nominal Valve Shaft Rotation J 90 degrees (standard), J 60 degrees (optional), or J 75 degrees (optional)
Valve Shaft Diameters, mm (Inches) J 31.8 (1-1/4), J 38.1 (1-1/2), J 44.5 (1-3/4), or J 50.8 (2)
piping. If stroking time is critical, consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner
Diaphragm Casing Displacement See table 1
Construction Materials See table 3
Material Temperature Capabilities(1) Nitrile Diaphragm or O-Rings(3): -40 to 82_C (-40 to 180_F) Silicone Diaphragm: -40 to 149_C (-40 to 300_F)
Travel Indication Graduated scale and pointer combination located on actuator end of valve drive shaft
Pipe or Tubing Connection Sizes Standard: 1/4 NPT internal Optional: J 1/2 or J 3/4 NPT internal, and J 3/4 NPT Pipe-Away vent opening
Mounting Positions See figure 5
Maximum Breakout Torque(2) Up to 1370 NSm (12,100 lbfSin)
Approximate Weights See table 2
Stroking Time
Dependent on rotation, spring rate, initial spring compression, supply pressure, and size of supply
Options
Option applicability varies with actuator size. Refer to table 4 and the Options section.
1. Use this value to determine the maximum torque output. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation for the actuator should not be exceeded. 2. Actual actuator torque available depends on specific construction and casing pressure. For information on torque requirements of the valve being considered, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner 3. Nitrile O-rings are used in the optional top-mounted handwheel and in the optional up and down travel stop assemblies. 4. For higher temperature ratings, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner. 5. This maximum casing pressure is not to be used for normal operating pressure. Its purpose is to allow for typical regulator supply settings and/or relief valve tolerances.
Options
Top-Mounted Handwheel: For infrequent use as a manual actuator or for use as an adjustable up travel stop (see figure 4). For repeated or daily manual operation, the unit should be equipped with a declutchable handwheel actuator.
Declutchable Handwheel Actuator: A side-mounted manual actuator can be used to provide on-site control and to provide override capabilities. See bulletin
61.8:1078 (D101339X012) for handwheel actuator specifications.
Limit Switches: Micro-Switch or NAMCO switches for one or two single-pole, double-throw contacts. See separate bulletins for limit switch information.
Position Indicating Switch: TopWorxTM DXP M21GNEB switch for one through six single pole, double throw switch contacts are available. See separate bulletin for position indicating switch information.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1052 Actuator
D104082X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:1052 September 2017
Positioner: For precise positioning of the valve disk or ball, the actuator should be equipped with a positioner. Under some service conditions, the 1052 actuator may be used successfully in these applications without a positioner. For additional information, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner with complete service conditions.
Figure 1. Sectional Views of Spring Seat Construction Details
Adjustable Down-Travel Stop: Used to limit the actuator stroke in the downward direction (see figure 3).
Adjustable Up-Travel Stop: Used to limit the actuator stroke in the upward direction (see figure 3).
Actuator Locking Mechanism: An actuator locking mechanism is available. It can be used to keep the actuator in a locked position (the same as the spring-fail position) during maintenance. The padlock is customer supplied, and the mechanism requires a modified actuator housing.
Pipe Away Vent: Some applications use natural gas or other hazardous gases as a supply pressure to the actuator. These applications sometimes require the actuator housing to be vented, reducing the accumulation of gases. For new constructions and retrofit kit information, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner with complete service conditions.
Table 1. Diaphragm Casing Displacement
CASING SIZE
CLEARANCE VOLUME(1)
cm3 Inches3
CASING VOLUME(2)
60 Degree Rotation cm3 Inches3
90 Degree Rotation cm3 Inches3
70
3490 213 13,929 850 19,025 1161
1. Volume when the diaphragm is in the up position. 2. Includes clearance volume.
Table 2. Approximate Actuator Weights
1052 ACTUATOR SIZE
TOP-MOUNTED HANDWHEEL
Kg
Pounds
Kg
Pounds
70
123
272
21.3
47
W4742-2crop
TYPICAL OF THE 1052 ACTUATOR WITH
ADJUSTABLE SPRING SEAT
Table 3. Construction Materials
PART
MATERIAL
Actuator
Actuator Housing and Spring Barrel
Cast iron
Diaphragm
Nitrile on nylon or silicone on polyester
Diaphragm Head Diaphragm Casing(1)
Cast Iron Pressed steel
Diaphragm Rod
Steel
Housing Cover
Cast iron or aluminum
Lever
Ductile iron
Optional Top-Mounted Handwheel Assembly
Handwheel and Handwheel Body
Cast iron
Handwheel Stem
Bronze
O-Rings
Nitrile
Pusher Plate
Cast iron or steel
Optional Down Travel Stop Assembly
Closing Cap
Brass
O-ring
Nitrile
Stem
Stainless steel
Travel Stop Body
Cast iron
Optional Up Travel Stop Assembly
Closing Cap
Brass
O-Ring
Nitrile
Stem
Bronze
Travel Stop Body
Cast iron
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:1052 September 2017
1052 Actuator
D104082X012
Figure 2. Sectional Views Typical of 1052 Actuator
W3813-1
W2291-3
Figure 3. Optional Adjustable Travel Stops
28A1761-B
TYPICAL ADJUSTABLE UP TRAVEL STOP
4
36A6250-B
TYPICAL ADJUSTABLE DOWN TRAVEL STOP
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1052 Actuator
D104082X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:1052 September 2017
Table 4. Construction Features and Option Applicability
ACTUATOR SIZE
ACTUATOR TYPE
STANDARD TRAVEL STOP
Style
OPTIONAL TRAVEL STOP
Style
Range of Adjustability
70
1052
Fixed
Top-mounted up-travel stop or down-travel stop
90 degrees
OPTIONAL MANUAL OVERRIDE
Top-mounted handwheel for
infrequent operation or side-mounted manual actuator for routine
operation
ACCESSORY SWITCH
MOUNTING Mechanically
Operated Switches
Externally mounted, lever
operated
Figure 4. Top-Mounted Handwheel
W3145
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:1052 September 2017
1052 Actuator
D104082X012
Table 5. Mounting Styles and Positions
VALVE SERIES OR DESIGN
VALVE SERIES OR DESIGN
MOUNTING Right-Hand
ACTION(1)
PDTC PDTO
BALL/PLUG ROTATION TO CLOSE
CCW(3) CCW
V250
A B
V150, V200 and V300
A B
CV500 and V500
A B
DISK/BALL ROTATION TO CLOSE
CW CW
V250
NA NA
8532, 8560, 8580, and
8590
B A
Left-Hand
PDTC
CCW
NA
PDTO
CCW
NA
D C
D
CW
C
C
C
CW
D
D
Left-Hand
PDTC
CW(4)
NA
C
(Optional)(2)
PDTO
CW
NA
D
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
1. PDTC--Push-down-to-close, and PDTO--Push-down-to-open. 2. A left hand ball will be required for NPS 3 through 12 V150, V200 and V300, Series B and NPS 14 through 20, with or without an attenuator. 3. CCW = counterclockwise 4. CW = clockwise
Figure 5. Mounting Styles and Positions (also see table 5)
STYLE A
STYLE B
LEFT-HAND MOUNTING
STYLE C
STYLE D
STYLE B STYLE A
POSITION 1 1
POSITION 1 1
2 4
3
4 3
FLOW
2
RIGHT-HAND MOUNTING
STYLE D
STYLE C
POSITION 1 1
POSITION 1 1
FLOW
4
RIGHT-HAND MOUNTING
43A6505-A A1584-3
Notes: 1Position 1 is standard; Positions 2 through 4 (shown in dotted lines) are alternatives.
2
4
2
3
3
LEFT-HAND MOUNTING
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1052 Actuator
D104082X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:1052 September 2017
Figure 6. Dimensions (also see tables 6, 7 and 8)
14A7221-D A3023
JC DIA
1/4-18 NPT
HC
E
TOP-MOUNTED HANDWHEEL
C DIA
1/2-14 NPT SIZE 70
U
T
14A7222-F A2206-4
W DIA
ACTUATOR/VALVE BODY MOUNTING DIMENSIONS
E
14A7222-F 16A0600-B B1412-4
F P
H
Y V
1052 SIZE 70 ACTUATOR
Installation
The actuator is normally positioned vertically in a horizontal pipeline. Four mounting styles and four positions for each style are possible (see figure 5). Due to its weight, the 1052 size 70 actuator must be externally supported if mounted in the horizontal position.
When looking in the direction of flow in the pipeline, an actuator is right-hand mounted when it is on the right side of the pipeline, and an actuator is left-hand
mounted when it is mounted on the left side of the pipeline.
By Emerson Automation Solutions definition, forward flow is into the face side of the disk or ball, and reverse flow is into the hub side of the disk or ball.
Dimensions for both actuator types are shown in figure 6. These dimensions should be used in conjunction with the mounting positions shown in figure 5. Make clearance considerations before mounting the actuator to determine the most suitable mounting position.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:1052 September 2017
1052 Actuator
D104082X012
Figure 7. Actuator Locking Mechanism
ACTUATOR LEVER
Adjustable Travel Stops
Adjustable travel stops (in addition to those shown in figure 3) are available as discussed below.
MODIFIED ACTUATOR HOUSING
As used here, down or downward means in a direction toward the valve shaft and away from the piston and diaphragm.
PADLOCK (CUSTOMER SUPPLIED)
A6019-2
Table 6. Dimensions
ACTUATOR SIZE 70
LOCKING MECHANISM
An adjustable down travel stop is installed in a special actuator housing. The assembly consists of a special housing, cap screw, locknut, lever, and rod end bearing. The cap screw can be positioned to limit downward travel of the actuator lever to any rotation between 0 and 90 degrees.
The locking mechanism shown in figure 7 is not to be used as a travel stop. Please specify an adjustable travel stop assembly instead.
C
mm
Inches
536
21.12
E mm Inches 849 33.44
F
mm Inches
64
2.50
H mm Inches 121 4.75
P mm Inches 186 7.31
Y mm Inches 76 3.00
Table 7. Actuator / Valve Body Mounting Dimensions
VALVE SHAFT DIAMETER
T
mm
Inches
mm Inches mm
31.8 - 38.1
1-1/4 - 1-1/2
235
9.25
46
44.5 - 50.8
1-3/4 - 2
273
10.75
51
U Inches 1.81 2.00
V
mm Inches
148
5.81
286
11.25
W
mm Inches
17.5
0.69
20.6
0.81
Table 8. Dimensions for Top-Mounted Handwheel
ACTUATOR SIZE
HC
mm
Inches
JC
mm
Inches
70
378
14.88
356
14.00
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, Vee-Ball, and TopWorx are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2015, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2052 Actuator
D103295X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:2052 July 2020
FisherTM 2052 Diaphragm Rotary Actuator
Fisher 2052 spring-and-diaphragm rotary actuators are used on rotary-shaft valve bodies for throttling or on-off applications. The 2052 may be used for throttling service with a positioner, or it may be used for on-off service without a positioner. The 2052 has an ISO 5211 mating interface that allows installation to non-Fisher valves. Refer to separate bulletins for valve and positioner information.
Features
nCompact design, smaller actuators-- Ensures reduced valve/actuator envelope dimensions leading to greater mounting versatility for both skids and process plants, where space is at a premium.
nCompatible with DVC2000, DVC6200, and DVC6000 digital valve controllers; and 3610J and 3620J positioners-- The new actuator allows linkage-less feedback, via a contact-less magnetic array, from the lever to the end-mounted DVC2000. Integral window mounting of the DVC6200, DVC6000, 3610J, and 3620J is also available.
nClamped lever to reduce lost motion-- The clamping of the lever onto a splined valve shaft, coupled with the single pivot linkage, reduces lost motion between the actuator and the valve. The typical cumulative deadband for a Fisher rotary control valve assembly results in 0.5% or less variability.
nNo bench set required-- The new nested spring design requires no bench set. This also simplifies the actuator selection process, see table 3.
nISO 5211 mounting with optional insert-- The actuator can now be mounted directly onto non-spline shafts, such as Square and Double D. This allows the actuator, with its enhanced control, to mount on a wider range of valves conforming to ISO 5211.
W9418-3
Fisher Control-Diskt Valve with 2052 Actuator and FIELDVUETM DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
nAdjustable travel stops standard-- Provides the ability to adjust or change the travel range by 30 degrees in either direction without removing the actuator or the addition of extra parts.
nFail-safe mechanism contains no aluminum-- All parts in the fail-safe mechanism (made of steel, cast iron, and ductile iron) ensure the actuator will maintain safety integrity in the event of a fire.
nPowder paint as standard-- The Emerson powder paint finish offers an excellent corrosion-resistant finish to all external steel and cast iron parts.
nNAMUR VDE/VDI 3845 bolt pattern for accessory mounting-- Meeting the global standard ensures compatibility for most accessories, enabling quick and easy mounting.
nField reversible, right- or left-hand mounting-- The actuator/valve assembly action can be converted from push-down-to-open to push-down-to-close, or vice-versa, without additional parts.
nDeclutchable and top-mounted handwheels-Available for all sizes.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:2052 July 2020
2052 Actuator
D103295X012
2052 Actuator Specifications and Materials of Construction
Table 1. Fisher 2052 Actuator Specifications
Specifications
Actuator Mounting Connections
Splined shaft connection, ISO 5211 actuator-to-bracket connection Size 1: F07, Size 2: F10, Size 3: F14
Actuator Sizes Operating Pressure(1)
See table 3 See table 5
Maximum Diaphragm Casing Pressure
Size 1, 2, and 3 Actuators: 5 barg (73 psig)
Pressure Connection
See table 4
Torque Output
See table 5
Actuator Temperature Capabilities(1)
Standard: -45 to 80_C (-50 to 176_F) Optional: -45 to 100_C (-50 to 212_F)(3) or -60 to 80_C (-76 to 176_F)(4)
Operation
Field reversible between PDTC and PDTO; right- and left-hand mounting, any angle of orientation
Approximate Weight
Size 1: 22.2 kg (49 lb) Size 2: 54.4 kg (120 lb) Size 3: 113 kg (250 lb)
Controller/Positioners Available
DVC2000, DVC6020, DVC6030, DVC6200, 3610J, 3620J, 4190, C1
Adjustable Travel Stops
Standard adjustable up and down stops capable of 30 degrees of adjustment per stop.
Accessories Available
846, 646, 2625, and 67C Series, switches, i2P-100, VBL, DXP, GO Switcht
Handwheel
Top-mounted handwheel: Optional on Size 1, 2, and 3 actuators Declutchable handwheel(2): Optional on Size 1, 2, and 3 actuators
Operational Lockout(2)
Available for customer-supplied padlock to lock the actuator in the spring-fail position
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin should not be exceeded. The current SIL certification for the 2052 actuator is only relevant for the standard temperature ratings shown. 2. Lockout and declutchable handwheel cannot be used together on size 2 and size 3 actuators. 3. Temperature range only applies when using silicone diaphragm material. Silicone diaphragm is not available with the top-mounted handwheel option. 4. Temperature range requires use of stainless steel bolting for yoke and travel stops. Not available with top-mounted handwheel.
Table 2. Materials of Construction
Component Top Casing Housing Diaphragm Lever Diaphragm Plate OPTIONAL TOP-MOUNTED HANDWHEEL ASSEMBLY Component Handwheel Handwheel Stem Top Casing Assembly O-ring Pusher Plate
Material Steel Cast Iron Nitrile and nylon standard, Silicone on polyester Ductile iron, Steel Cast iron
Material Cast iron Aluminum-Bronze Steel Nitrile Steel
Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2052 Actuator Specifications and Materials
of Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2
Tables Actuator and Shaft Size Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Torque versus Actuator Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Pressure Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Mounting Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2052 Actuator
D103295X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:2052 July 2020
Options
Top-Mounted Handwheel: For infrequent use as a manual actuator (see figure 2). For repeated or daily manual operation, the unit should be equipped with a declutchable handwheel actuator.
Declutchable Handwheel Actuator: An end-mounted manual actuator can be used to provide on-site control and to provide override capabilities. See Fisher 1078 Declutchable Manual Actuator bulletin (D101339X012) for handwheel actuator specifications. The declutchable handwheel is not compatible with the lockout option on the size 2 and size 3 actuators.
Limit Switches: J Micro-Switch or NAMCO switches for one or two single-pole, double-throw contacts, or J GO SwitchTM proximity switches for one or two single-pole, double-throw contacts are available. See separate bulletins for limit switch information.
Position Indicating Switch: TopWorxTM DXP M21GNEB switch for one through six single pole, double throw switch contacts are available. See separate bulletin for position indicating switch information.
Positioner: For precise positioning of the valve control element, the actuator should be equipped with a positioner. For additional information, contact your Emerson sales office with complete service conditions.
Optional Lockout Option: An actuator locking mechanism is available, which can be used to keep the actuator in a locked position (the same as the spring-fail position) during maintenance. The padlock is customer supplied. The lockout option on the size 2 and size 3 actuators is not compatible with the declutchable handwheel.
Low Ambient Temperature: For services with ambient temperatures down to -60_C (-76_F). This construction is suitable for cold climate regions per GOST 15150. Contact your Emerson sales office for details. Note the current SIL certification for the 2052 actuator is only relevant for the standard temperature ratings shown in table 1. Not available with the top-mounted handwheel option.
Tandem Linkage: Fisher three-way valve assemblies for converging and diverging throttling or on/off service. Valves are operated by a single actuator through a tandem linkage, typically arranged so that one of the valves is opening while the other is closing. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional details on sizing, selection, and installation.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:2052 July 2020
2052 Actuator
D103295X012
Figure 1. Fisher 2052 Assembly
Figure 2. Top-Mounted Handwheel
W9484
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2052 Actuator
D103295X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:2052 July 2020
Table 3. Actuator and Shaft Size Availability
SHAFT SIZE
mm
Inches
1
12.7
1/2
X
14.3 x 15.9
9/16 x 5/8
X
15.9
5/8
X
19.1
3/4
X
22.2
7/8
- - -
25.4
1
- - -
28.6 x 31.8
1-1/8 x 1-1/4
- - -
31.8
1-1/4
- - -
31.8 x 38.1
1-1/4 x 1-1/2
- - -
38.1
1-1/2
- - -
39.7 x 44.5
1-9/16 x 1-3/4
- - -
44.5
1-3/4
- - -
50.8
2
- - -
ACTUATOR SIZE 2 - - X X X X X X X - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 4. Pressure Connections
ACTUATOR SIZE
1 2 3
1/4 NPT Standard Standard Not Available
PRESSURE CONNECTION
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
Optional
Not Available
Optional
Not Available
Standard
Optional
Table 5. Torque versus Actuator Size
ACTUATOR SIZE AND ACTION
2 barg (29 psig)(1)
NSm
lbfSin
OPERATING PRESSURE
3 barg (44 psig)(1)
4 barg (58 psig)(1)
Torque
NSm
lbfSin
NSm
lbfSin
1 (PDTO)
25.5
226
25.5
226
51.2
453
1 (PDTC)
25.5
226
36.2
320
51.2
453
2 (PDTO)
105
930
105
930
210
1860
2 (PDTC)
105
930
175
1550
210
1860
3 (PDTO)
327
2890
327
2890
631
5580
3 (PDTC)
280
2480
557
4930
584
5170
1. Do not interpolate between operating pressures. Consult your Emerson sales office for assistance.
3 - - - - - - X X X X X X X X X X
G 1/4 Optional Optional Not Available
4.7 barg (68 psig)(1)
NSm 51.2 72.4 210 320 631 930
lbfSin 453 641 1860 2840 5580 8230
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:2052 July 2020
2052 Actuator
D103295X012
Table 6. Dimensions
ACTUATOR SIZE
C
mm
Inches
1
245
9.65
2
350
13.78
3
496
19.53
E
mm
Inches
267
10.51
424
16.69
592
23.31
F
mm
Inches
29
1.14
49
1.93
64
2.52
H
mm
Inches
103
4.06
187
7.36
254
10.0
P
mm
Inches
107
4.21
170
6.69
185
7.28
Y
mm
Inches
71
2.80
84.5
3.33
92
3.62
Table 7. Actuator / Valve Body Mounting Dimensions
VALVE SHAFT DIAMETER
mm
Inches
FIGURE 6 REFERENCE
T mm Inches
U mm Inches
Style F Mounting: Control-Disk, Vee-BallTM, 8532, 8510B, 8560, and 8580 Eccentric Disk Valves
12.7 - 15.9
1/2 - 5/8
A
117
4.62
- - -
- - -
19.1 - 25.4
3/4 - 1
B
152
6.00
32
1.25
31.8 - 38.1
1-1/4 - 1-1/2
B
235
9.25
46
1.81
44.5 - 50.8
1-3/4 - 2
B
273
10.75
51
2.00
Style G Mounting: 9500 Series Valves
12.7
1/2
A
117
4.62
- - -
- - -
15.9 - 25.4
5/8 - 1
B
146
5.75
32
1.25
31.8 - 38.1
1-1/4 - 1-1/2
B
210
8.25
51
2.00
W
mm
Inches
14.2
0.56
14.2
0.56
17.5
0.69
20.6
0.81
11.0
0.44
11.0
0.44
17.5
0.69
Table 8. Actuator / Valve Body Mounting Dimensions
VALVE SHAFT DIAMETER
mm
Inches
12.7
1/2
15.9
5/8
19.1
3/4
25.4
1
31.8
1-1/4
38.1
1-1/2
44.5
1-3/4
50.8
2
Size 1
mm
Inches
135
5.3
135
5.3
158
6.2
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
mm - - 148.5 171.5 171.5 169.5 - - - - - - -
V Size 2
Inches - - 5.8 6.8 6.8 6.7 - - - - - - -
Size 3
mm
Inches
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
179
7.0
179
7.0
177
7.0
177
7.0
316
12.4
316
12.4
Table 9. Actuator / Valve Body Mounting Dimensions
ACTUATOR SIZE
Hc
mm
Inches
1
207
8.1
2
289
11.4
3
398
15.67
Jc
mm
Inches
171
6.7
305
12.0
356
14.0
R NPT Connection Used
1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/2 NPT
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2052 Actuator
D103295X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:2052 July 2020
Table 10. NAMUR Instrument Mounting Dimensions
J
K
ACTUATOR SIZE
mm
mm
1
80
30
2
130
30
3
130
30
Table 11. ISO 5211 Mounting Information
A
ACTUATOR SIZE
F SIZE
mm
1
F07
70
2
F10
102
3
F14
140
Table 12. ISO 5211 Square Insert Sizes Available
SQUARE SIZE
mm
1
9
X
11
X
14
X
19
- - -
22
- - -
27
- - -
36
- - -
L mm 30.4 48.34 65
B
AA
mm
mm
M8
16.5
M10
29.0
M16
49.0
ACTUATOR SIZE 2 - - X X X X - - - - -
N mm 35 55 75
BB mm
See table 12
3 - - - - X X X X X
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:2052 July 2020
2052 Actuator
D103295X012
Figure 3. Dimensions (also see tables 6, 7, and 8)
C DIAMETER
E
GG00138-A
H
F P
Y (Y)
V
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2052 Actuator
D103295X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:2052 July 2020
Figure 4. Handwheel Dimensions (also see tables 6 and 9)
Jc DIA
Hc R
E
GE38370_1
Figure 5. Mounting Yokes Dimensions (also see table 7)
U
T
GE38375_1
REFERENCE A
W DIA
T
REFERENCE B
W DIA
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:2052 July 2020
2052 Actuator
D103295X012
Figure 6. NAMUR Instrument Mounting Dimensions (also see tables 10 and 11)
45_
2X M3 4X M5 K
1 ON O A
O L
GG06029_B
J
1 N is the outside diameter of the lever hub.
4X B
Figure 7. ISO 5211 Square Lever Insert Dimensions (also see table 11)
AA BB
VIEW C-C 10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2052 Actuator
D103295X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:2052 July 2020
Figure 8. Fisher 2052 Actuator Mounting Styles (also see table 13)
LEFT HAND MOUNTING
RIGHT HAND MOUNTING
STYLE D SHOWN
VALVE INLET
VALVE INLET
STYLE B SHOWN
STYLE D
2 4
3
POSITION 1 STANDARD
STYLE C
4 2
3
FLOW FLOW
STYLE A
POSITION 1 STANDARD 2 4
3
STYLE B
4
2
3
GE37285-B
Table 13. Fisher 2052 Actuator Mounting Styles
MOUNTING (SEE FIGURE
8)
ACTION(1)
Ball/Plug Rotation to
Close
V150, V200, V300 Series
PDTC
CCW
A
RIGHT-HAND
PDTO
CCW
B
PDTC
CCW
D
LEFT-HAND
PDTO
CCW
C
LEFT-HAND
PDTC
CW
C
(Optional)
PDTO
CW
D
1. PDTC = Push Down To Close. PDTO = Push Down To Open.
CV500 and V500
A B D C NA NA
VALVE
V250
A B NA NA NA NA
Ball/Plug Rotation to
Close
CW CW CW CW NA NA
V250
NA NA C D NA NA
8510, 8510B, 8532, 8560, 8580, 9500, Control-Disk
B A C D NA NA
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:2052 July 2020
2052 Actuator
D103295X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Control-Disk, FIELDVUE, GO Switch, TopWorx, and Vee-Ball are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E122008, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3024C Actuator
D103051X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:3024C September 2017
FisherTM 3024C Diaphragm Actuator
The 3024C actuator is a compact spring opposed pneumatic diaphragm actuator incorporating a cast yoke mounting and is suitable for general purpose actuation of globe valves. It will position the valve plug in response to varying controller or valve positioner pneumatic output signals applied to the actuator diaphragm. The 3024C actuator can be assembled as either direct-acting or reverse-acting and provides dependable and on-off or throttling operation of automatic control valves.
Features
nApplication Versatility--With eight different configurations available, there is an actuator size to meet your needs. Multi-spring combinations allow for accurate selection of actuator thrust and valve travel.
nReversible Action--The simple design allows the change of action from direct to reverse acting without the requirement for extra parts. Change of action can be easily made in the field.
nHigh Thrust Capability--The moulded diaphragm and high strength casings allow for a maximum casing pressure of 6 bar, enabling a high stem thrust for a given size diaphragm.
nPositive Connections--Split block stem connection provides a solid transfer of motion while allowing easy mounting and no linkages that create lost motion or inaccurate valve positioning.
W8488 3024C Actuator Mounted on Fisher Valve
nRugged Construction--The cast steel yoke and heavy duty steel casings provide stability, protection against corrosion, longevity, and resistance against misuse.
nSevere Temperature Applications--Through careful selection of construction materials, this actuator can be used for a wide range of ambient temperature conditions from a minimum of -40_C to a maximum of +82_C.
nCompact Design--The compact size minimizes weight and space needed.
Available Configurations
Refer to figure 1.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:3024C September 2017
3024C Actuator
D103051X012
Direct Action
With the direct action mode on the 3024C actuator, applying air pressure to the upper side of the diaphragm forces the actuator stem downward while, at the same time, compressing the springs on the underside of the diaphragm. Refer to figure 1. When this pressure is reduced, the opposing spring force moves the actuator stem upwards. Should the loading pressure fail, the springs force the stem to the extreme upward position, thereby providing fail-open action for a push-down-to-close valve.
Reverse Action
With the reverse action mode, air is applied on the underside of the diaphragm while opposing spring force is on the top side. Increasing air pressure will force the stem upwards. When the loading pressure is reduced, the stem moves downwards. Should loading pressure fail, the springs force the stem to the extreme downward position, thereby providing fail-closed action for a push-down-to-close valve.
Accessories
Handwheels
An optional side-mounted handwheel can be fitted to all sizes of actuator with travel up to 32 mm (1.25 inch) and where the maximum actuator thrust is less than 14,000 N (3150 lbf). These handwheels provide a robust method of manually operating the valve in an emergency or when there is a loss of instrument air. Refer to figures 2 and 3 and table 1 for details.
Note, a side-mounted handwheel cannot be fitted on the sizes 45 and 45E actuator if an adjustable travel stop is fitted as well.
When mounted on a direct action actuator, turning the handwheel clockwise always moves the stem downwards. When mounted on a reverse action actuator, turning the handwheel clockwise moves the stem upwards. Disengagement of the handwheel to enable automatic operation is simply accomplished by rewinding the handwheel.
Valve Compatibility
With the availability of both metric and imperial threaded stem connectors, the 3024C can be used with a range of valve body assemblies such as the Fisher metric 1018S construction or imperial easy-et and RSS valve body constructions, along with others.
Table 1. Handwheel Specifications
ACTUATOR SIZE
HANDWHEEL DIAMETER
mm Inch
TURNS PER mm/INCH
TRAVEL
mm Inch
RIM FORCE
(1, 2)
HANDWHEEL OUTPUT
FORCE
N lbs N lbs
30 and 30E 200 7.87 0.24 6.1 179 40 5000 1125
34, 34E, 40, and 40E
250
9.84 0.21 5.4
286
64 10000 2250
45 and 45E 250 9.84 0.21 5.5 400 90 14000 3150
1. Tangential handwheel force required to produce the handwheel output force shown. 2. Brass operating nut and stainless steel screw.
Adjustable Travel Stops
Top mounted adjustable up travel stops are available for all actuators from size 30 to 40E. For the larger sizes 45 and 45E, an adjustable stop can be fitted to the actuator stem below the diaphragm casings. Both constructions give total variable adjustment of the travel of the actuator by limiting movement in the upward direction. Refer to figures 4 and 5.
Others
Accessories such as transducers, positioners, position transmitters, air relays, volume boosters, switching valves, lockup valves, limit switches, and solenoid valves are also available for actuator mounting. They are described in separate publications. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for details.
Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Available Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Direct Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Reverse Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Valve Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Handwheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Adjustable Travel Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Construction Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Actuator Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3024C Actuator
D103051X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:3024C September 2017
Figure 1. Typical Applications
W8466-1
3024C (AIR RETRACTS STEM)
W8495-1
3024C (AIR EXTENDS STEM)
W8496-1
3024C FITTED WITH A SIDE-MOUNTED HANDWHEEL
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:3024C September 2017
3024C Actuator
D103051X012
Figure 2. Side-Mounted Handwheel with Air-Extends-Stem Actuator
1Q57490
Figure 3. Side-Mounted Handwheel with Air-Retracts-Stem Actuator
1Q57490
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3024C Actuator
D103051X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:3024C September 2017
Figure 4. Up Stop for Actuator Sizes up to 40 and 40E
3Q57478
Figure 5. Up Stop for Actuator Sizes 45 and 45E
3Q57478
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:3024C September 2017
3024C Actuator
D103051X012
Construction Materials
Refer to figure 1. Diaphragm Casings: Steel Diaphragm: Nitrile Diaphragm Plate: Aluminium Springs: Steel Spring locator: Steel Actuator Stem: Stainless steel O-Rings: Nitrile Yoke: Cast steel Stem Connector: Steel Nameplate: Stainless steel Travel Indicator Scale: Stainless steel
General Specifications
The sizes 30, 34, 40 and 45 are typically used with the 1018S valve bodies. The sizes 30E, 34E, 40E and 45E are used with such valves as the easy-e or RSS.
Table 2. Volumetric Data (Air-to-Open and Air-to-Close)
ACTUATOR SIZE
ACTUATOR TRAVEL
VOLUME (L)
0% Travel
100% Travel
30
16 mm
30E
0.75 inch
0.6
0.9
34
16 mm
34E
0.75 inch
1.9
2.6
40
32 mm
1.5
2.8
1.125 inch
1.5
2.8
40E
1.5 inch
1.8
3.3
2 inch
1.5
3.5
45
32 mm
3.0
5.7
1.125 inch
3.0
5.7
45E
1.5 inch
3.8
7.0
2 inch
3.0
7.4
Table 3. Specifications
Specification
Nominal Effective Area
Maximum Operating Pressure
Bar
to Diaphragm
psig
mm
Maximum Travel
Inch
mm
Yoke Boss Diameter
Inch
mm
Valve Stem Connector Thread
Inch
_C
Temperature Range
_F
Pressure Connections
Inch
Maximum Approximate
kg
Weight (without handwheel)
lb
Maximum Approximate
kg
Weight (with handwheel)
lb
30
16 - - - 54 mm 2-1/8 M12 x 1.75 - - -
9.5 20.9 16.5 36.4
30E
- - - 0.75 54 mm 2-1/8 - - - 3/8-24
9.5 20.9 16.5 36.4
Actuator Size
34
34E
40
40E
See tables 4 and 5
6
87
16
- - -
32
- - -
- - -
0.75
- - -
2
54 mm
54 mm
71 mm
71 mm
2-1/8
2-1/8
2-13/16 2-13/16
M12 x 1.75
- - -
M16 x 2
- - -
- - -
3/8-24
- - -
1/2-20
Nitrile diaphragm and steel studs and nuts: -40 to +82
Nitrile diaphragm and steel studs and nuts: -40 to + 180
1/4 18 NPT
18.0
18.0
19.5
21.5
39.7
39.7
43.0
47.4
25.0
25.0
26.5
28.5
55.1
55.1
58.4
62.8
45
32 - - - 71 mm 2-13/16 M16 x 2 - - -
33.5 73.9 40.5 89.3
45E
- - - 2 71mm 2-13/16 - - - 1/2-20
35.5 78.3 42.5 93.7
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3024C Actuator
D103051X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:3024C September 2017
Table 4. Additional Specifications (Action - Air Extends Stem)
SIZE
SPRING SET/QTY
TRAVEL
mm
Inch
SPRING RANGE
Bar
Psig
EFFECTIVE DIAPHRAGM AREA (1)
cm2
Inches2
MAXIMUM OUTPUT
THRUST (MAXIMUM ACTUATOR STEM FORCE)(2)
N
Lb
217/3
30
218/5
16
218/7
0.3 - 1.1
4 - 16
160
- - -
1.3 - 2.0
19 - 29
160
1.8 - 2.9
26 - 42
160
24.8
7840
1760
24.8
6400
1440
24.8
4960
1120
217/3
30E
218/5
- - -
218/7
0.3 - 1.3
4 - 19
160
0.75
1.3 - 2.2
19 - 32
160
1.8 - 3.0
26 - 44
160
24.8
7520
1690
24.8
6080
1360
24.8
4800
1070
219/3
34
212/5 212/7
16
0.3 - 1.1
4 - 16
400
- - -
0.9 - 1.7
13 - 25
400
1.3 - 2.3
19 - 33
400
62.0
19,600
4400
62.0
17,200
3840
62.0
14,800
3350
219/3
34E
212/5
- - -
212/7
0.3 - 1.3
4 - 19
400
0.75
0.9 - 1.8
13 - 26
400
1.3 - 2.5
19 - 36
400
62.0
18,800
4220
62.0
16,800
3780
62.0
14,000
3160
212/3
40
213/6 214/7
32
0.4 - 1.3
6 - 19
390
- - -
0.8 - 1.8
12 - 26
390
1.2 - 2.4
17 - 35
390
60.5
18,300
4110
60.5
16,400
3690
60.5
14,000
3150
212/3 213/6 214/7
0.4 - 1.2
6 - 17
390
- - -
1.125
0.8 - 1.7
12 - 25
390
1.2 - 2.3
17 - 33
390
60.5
18,700
4230
60.5
16,800
3750
60.5
14,400
3270
213/4
40E
214/5
- - -
214/7
0.3 - 1.0
4 - 15
380
1.5
0.6 - 1.5
9 - 22
380
0.9 - 2.1
13 - 30
380
58.9
19,000
4240
58.9
17,100
3830
58.9
14,800
3360
213/4
214/5
- - -
214/7
0.2 - 1.2
3 - 17
370
2
0.5 - 1.7
7 - 25
370
0.7 - 2.4
10 - 35
370
57.4
17,800
4220
57.4
15,900
3560
57.4
13,300
2980
221/8
45
221/12
32
223/12
0.8 - 1.6
12 - 23
790
- - -
1.2 - 2.5
17 - 36
790
1.5 - 3.1
22 - 45
790
122
34,800
7810
122
27,600
6220
122
22,900
5120
221/8
221/12
- - -
223/12
0.8 - 1.6
12 - 23
790
1.125
1.2 - 2.3
17 - 33
790
1.5 - 3.0
22 - 44
790
122
34,800
7810
122
29,200
6590
122
23,700
5250
221/8
45E
221/12
- - -
223/12
0.5 - 1.4
7 - 20
780
1.5
0.8 - 2.2
12 - 32
780
1.0 - 2.7
15 - 39
780
121
35,900
8110
121
29,600
6650
121
25,700
5810
221/8
221/12
- - -
223/12
0.5 - 1.7
7 - 25
770
2
0.7 - 2.5
10 - 36
770
0.9 - 3.1
12 - 45
770
119
33,100
7380
119
26,900
6070
119
22,300
5000
1. Effective diaphragm area at 0% valve travel from seat. 2. Based upon 6 bar operating pressure to the diaphragm and valve travel at 0% from seat. This does not consider limitation to the valve such as stem buckling load. Consult your Emerson sales office for details.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:3024C September 2017
3024C Actuator
D103051X012
Table 5. Additional Specifications (Action - Air Retracts Stem)
SIZE
SPRING SET/QTY
TRAVEL
mm
Inch
SPRING RANGE
Bar
Psig
EFFECTIVE DIAPHRAGM AREA(1)
cm2
Inches2
MAXIMU M OUTPUT
THRUST (MAXIMUM ACTUATOR STEM FORCE)(2)
N
Lb
217/3
30
218/5
16
218/7
0.5 - 1.3
7 - 19
170
- - -
1.4 - 2.2
20 - 32
170
2.0 - 3.1
29 - 45
170
26.4
780
170
26.4
2360
530
26.4
3360
760
217/3
30E
218/5
- - -
218/7
0.3 - 1.3
4 - 19
175
0.75
1.2 - 2.2
17 - 32
175
1.8 - 3.1
26 - 45
175
27.1
550
120
27.1
2180
490
27.1
3110
700
219/3
34
212/5
16
212/7
0.6 - 1.4
9 - 20
410
- - -
1.1 - 1.9
16 - 28
410
1.6 - 2.7
23 - 39
410
63.6
2450
550
63.6
4610
1040
63.6
6560
1480
219/3
34E
212/5
- - -
212/7
0.4 - 1.4
6 - 20
420
0.75
1.0 - 1.9
15 - 28
420
1.4 - 2.7
20 - 39
420
65.1
1880
420
65.1
4120
930
65.1
5870
1320
212/3
40
213/6
32
214/7
0.4 - 1.3
6 - 19
450
- - -
0.8 - 1.8
12 - 26
450
1.2 - 2.4
17 - 35
450
69.8
1880
420
69.8
3640
820
69.8
5530
1240
212/3 213/6 214/7
0.5 - 1.3
7 - 19
440
- - -
1.125
0.9 - 1.8
13 - 26
440
1.3 - 2.4
19 - 35
440
68.2
2200
500
68.2
3970
890
68.2
5920
1330
213/4
40E
214/5
- - -
214/7
0.4 - 1.1
6 - 16
410
1.5
0.7 - 1.6
10 - 23
410
1.0 - 2.3
15 - 33
410
63.6
1560
350
63.6
3010
680
63.6
4270
960
213/4
214/5
- - -
214/7
0.2 - 1.2
3 - 17
440
2
0.5 - 1.8
7 - 26
440
0.8 - 2.5
12 - 36
440
68.2
1060
240
68.2
2390
540
68.2
3400
760
221/8
45
221/12
32
223/12
0.8 - 1.7
12 - 25
940
- - -
1.2 - 2.5
17 - 36
940
1.6 - 3.2
23 - 46
940
146
7790
1750
146
11,700
2630
146
14,700
3300
221/8
221/12
- - -
223/12
0.9 - 1.7
13 - 25
910
1.125
1.4 - 2.5
20 - 36
910
1.7 - 3.2
25 - 46
910
141
8350
1880
141
12,500
2810
141
15,700
3530
221/8
45E
221/12
- - -
223/12
0.7 - 1.6
10 - 23
870
1.5
1.1 - 2.4
16 - 35
870
1.3 - 3.1
19 - 45
870
135
6150
1380
135
9230
2080
135
11,500
2590
221/8
221/12
- - -
223/12
0.5 - 1.7
7 - 25
940
2
0.8 - 2.6
12 - 38
940
0.9 - 3.2
13 - 46
940
146
4740
1070
146
7110
1600
146
8800
1980
1. Effective diaphragm area at 0% valve travel from seat. 2. Based on zero operating pressure to the diaphragm and valve travel at 0% from valve seat. This does not consider limitations such as stem buckling load. Consult your Emerson sales office details.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3024C Actuator
D103051X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:3024C September 2017
Actuator Dimensions
See table 6.
Table 6. Dimensions(1)
ACTUATOR SIZE
30
VALVE TRAVEL
16 mm
YOKE BOSS, INCHES 2-1/8 (54 mm)
C
E
F(2)
AR
Js
Millimeters
215
370
140
105
205
34
16 mm
2-1/8 (54 mm)
315
400
140
105
250
40
32 mm
2-13/16 (71 mm)
315
420
170
133
250
45
32 mm
2-13/16 (71 mm)
420
450
170
133
250
Inches
30E
0.75
2-1/8
8.5
14.6
5.6
4.7
8.1
34E
0.75
2-1/8
12.4
15.8
5.6
4.7
9.8
40E
1.125
2-13/16
12.4
17.9
8.1
6.6
9.8
40E
1.5
2-13/16
12.4
18.9
8.3
6.6
9.8
40E
2
2-13/16
12.4
18.9
8.5
6.2
9.8
45E
1.125
2-13/16
16.5
19.3
8.1
6.6
9.8
45E
1.5
2-13/16
16.5
20.1
8.3
6.6
9.8
45E
2
2-13/16
16.5
20.1
8.5
6.2
9.8
1. See figures 6 and 7. 2. This is the centre of the stem connector at the fully-up postion. This ensures the positioner feedback arm, if fitted, is horizontal at mid-travel. 3. ARS - air retracts stem. 4. AES - air extends stem.
Hs
280 280 280 280
11.0 11.0 11.0 - - - - - - 11.0 - - - - - -
M (ARS)(3) M (AES)(4)
185
80
185
80
210
100
210
100
7.3
3.1
7.3
3.1
9.6
5.5
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
9.6
5.5
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
Ordering Information
When ordering please specify the following information:
Application Details:
1. On-off or throttling service
2. Input signal range
3. Maximum supply pressure
4. Valve body type and size with which the actuator will be used
5. Valve plug travel
6. Actuator thrust required with the actuator stem both fully retracted and fully extended
7. Stroking time requirements, if critical
8. Ambient temperature range
Actuator and Positioner
Be sure to specify the actuator type number required, whether a positioner is needed, whether a handwheel is required and whether an adjustable travel stop is required. Refer to the Specifications section in this bulletin. Review the information under each specification and in the referenced tables and figures. Specify the desired choice wherever there is a selection to be made.
Valve Body and Accessories
Refer to the separate valve body bulletin and bulletins covering accessories for ordering information.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:3024C September 2017
3024C Actuator
D103051X012
Figure 6. Actuator Dimensions with Handwheel (see table 6)
JS M
HS REVERSE-ACTING
1Q57490
10
JS M
HS DIRECT-ACTING
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3024C Actuator
D103051X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:3024C September 2017
Figure 7. Actuator Dimensions (see table 6)
AR (ACTUATOR
C
REMOVAL)
E
1Q57491
F D
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:3024C September 2017
3024C Actuator
D103051X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and easy-e are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E122003, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3025 Actuator
D102789X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:3025 September 2017
FisherTM 3025 Sizes P462, P460-200, and P900 Diaphragm Actuator
Fisher 3025 Size P460-200, P462 and P900 spring opposed diaphragm actuators position the valve plug in the valve body in response to varying controller or valve positioner pneumatic output signals applied to the actuator diaphragm. They can be specified as either direct, e.g. air-to-close, or reverse acting e.g. air-to-open (see figure 1). These actuators are designed to provide dependable on-off or throttling operation of automatic control valves.
The size P462 is available for travels up to 120 mm, 4.75 inches with air-to-open and air-to-close action.
The size P460-200 is available for travels up to 200 mm, 8 inches with air-to-open and air-to-close action.
The size P900 is available for travels up to 120 mm, 4.75 inches with air-to-open and air-to-close action.
Features
nLong Travel Capability--Suitable for valves with valve plug travels of up to 200 mm (8 inches).
nApplication Versatility--Yoke boss mountings, travel stops, and manual operators are available for nearly any control valve requiring longer valve plug travels.
nPositive Connections--Split block stem connection provides for a solid transfer of motion while allowing easy mounting, and it includes no linkages to create lost motion and inaccurate valve positioning.
W9088-2
Fisher 3025 Actuator Air-to-Open Action
nReversible Construction--Actuator action can be easily changed on site without need of additional parts.
nLong Service Life--Rugged steel construction provides stability and corrosion protection.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:3025 September 2017
3025 Actuator
D102789X012
Specifications
Operating Pressure Range See tables 3 and 4
Maximum Travel Sizes P462 and P900: 120 mm (4.75 inches) Size P460-200: 200 mm (8 inches)
Output Indication Stainless steel disc or pointer and graduated scale
Stroking Speed Dependent on actuator size, travel, spring rate, initial spring compression, and supply pressure. If stroking speed is critical, consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner
Operating Temperature Range -30 to 80_C
Volumetric Displacement See table 2
Signal Connection 1/2 NPT internal
Effective Diaphragm Area See table 4
Available Configurations
The 3025 actuator can be supplied in either direct or reverse action.
Direct Action
In direct action, applying air pressure to the upper diaphragm casing forces the actuator stem downward. When this pressure is reduced, the opposing spring force moves the actuator stem upward. Should the loading pressure fail, the spring forces the stem to the extreme upward position. This provides fail-open
Maximum Pressure 4 barg
Construction Materials
Diaphragm Casing: Steel Diaphragm: Nitrile on nylon Diaphragm Plate: Steel Actuator Spring: Steel alloy Actuator Stem: Steel alloy Travel Indicator: Stainless steel Yoke: Steel
Stem and Yoke Boss Diameters
ACTUATOR SIZE
P462 and P460-200
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
(Inches)
3-9/16 5
5H(1)
P900
5 5H(1)
1. H = Heavy actuator to valve bolting.
STEM DIAMETER
mm
Inches
19.1
3/4
25.4
1
31.8
1-1/4
25.4
1
31.8
1-1/4
Dimensions and Weights See tables 5, 6, and 7 and figures 3, 4, and 5
Options J Side-mounted gear handwheel, J Oversize signal connections
action for push-down-to-close valves and fail-closed action for push-down-to-open valves.
Reverse Action
In reverse action, applying air pressure to the lower diaphragm casing forces the actuator stem upward against the opposing spring force. When this loading pressure is reduced, the spring moves the actuator stem to the extreme downward position. Should the loading pressure fail, the spring forces the stem to the extreme downward position. Reverse acting actuators provide fail-closed action for push-down-to-close valves and fail-open action for push-down-to-open valves.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3025 Actuator
D102789X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:3025 September 2017
Figure 1. Typical Actuators
FISHER 3025 SIZE P462
E0990
AIR-TO-OPEN
FISHER 3025 SIZE P462 AIR-TO-CLOSE
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:3025 September 2017
3025 Actuator
D102789X012
Accessories
Instruments
Mounting parts exist for the following instruments (see table 1):
Table 1. Instruments Used with Fisher 3025 Actuators
Actuator Size
Travel
Instruments
Up to 102 mm (4 inches) P462 and P900
J FIELDVUEt DVC6200 digital valve controller, J 3582
pneumatic positioner and
J 3582i electropneumatic
positioner
P460-200
Over 102 mm (4 inches)
All
J DVC6200 digital valve controller and J 3610/3620
Series positioners
Table 2. Volumetric Casing Displacement
ACTUATOR SIZE
P462 P460-200
P900
CLEARANCE VOLUME(1)
cm3
8600 17400 17200
51
17900 - - -
35800
76
22500 - - -
45100
102
27100 - - -
54400
Inch3
2
3
4
P462 P460-200
P900
522 1062 1050
1089 - - - 2186
1. Clearance volume indicates casing volume at zero travel.
1373 - - - 2755
1657 - - - 3323
Handwheels
A geared handwheel is available for all sizes of the 3025 Actuator to manually position the valve plug. The valve is opened by turning the handwheel to the left and closed by turning to the right. See figure 2.
Other
Accessories such as transducers, position transmitters, air relays, volume boosters, switching valves, lockable valves, limit switches and solenoid valves are also available for actuator mounting. They are described in separate publications. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for details.
TRAVEL, mm
120
127
152
Casing Volume, cm3
30500 - - -
61200
- - - 46000
- - -
- - - 51700
- - -
TRAVEL, inches
4.75
5
6
Casing Volume, inch3
1862 - - - 3735
- - - 2806 - - -
- - - 3154 - - -
165
- - - 54500
- - -
6.5
- - - 3329 - - -
178
- - - 57400
- - -
7
- - - 3503 - - -
203
- - - 63100
- - -
8
- - - 3852 - - -
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3025 Actuator
D102789X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:3025 September 2017
Table 3. Fisher 3025 Air-to-Open Action (Spring Closes) Actuator Thrust Capabilities for Push-Down-to-Close Valves
ACTUATOR SIZE
VALVE TRAVEL
mm
Inches
SPRING RANGE
Bar
Psig
TOTAL THRUST WHEN VALVE CLOSED
N
lbs
EFFECTIVE DIAPHRAGM AREA
Valve Closed
Valve Open
cm2
Inch2
cm2
Inch2
0.5 - 0.8
7 - 12
8140
1830
51
2
1.1 - 1.8
16 - 26
19240
4325
1800
279
1724
267
1.6 - 2.5
23 - 36
26740
6010
P462
0.5 - 0.9
7 - 13
8140
1830
76
3
1.1 - 2.2
16 - 32
19240
4625
1800
279
1686
261
1.5 - 2.4
22 - 35
26180
5885
102
4
0.5 - 1.1 1.3 - 2.5
7 - 16 19 - 36
8140 22780
1830 5120
1800
279
1648
255
120
4.75
0.5 - 1.2 1.2 - 2.6
7 - 17 17 - 38
8140 20230
1830 4550
1800
279
1620
251
0.6 - 1.2
9 - 17
10460
2350
127
5
0.8 - 1.9
12 - 28
16000
3595
1800
279
1603
248
1.5 - 2.8
22 - 41
27070
6085
0.6 - 1.3
9 - 19
10460
2350
152
6
0.8 - 2.1
12 - 30
16000
3595
1800
279
1564
242
1.5 - 3
22 - 44
27070
6085
P460-200
165
0.6 - 1.4
9 - 20
10460
2350
6.5
0.8 - 2.2
13 - 32
16000
3595
1800
279
1544
239
1.5 - 3.1
22 - 45
27070
6085
0.6 - 1.5
9 - 22
10460
2350
178
7
0.8 - 2.3
12 - 33
16000
3595
1800
279
1524
236
1.5 - 3.3
22 - 48
27070
6085
0.6 - 1.6
9 - 23
10460
2350
203
8
0.8 - 2.5
12 - 36
16000
3595
1800
279
1485
230
1.5 - 3.5
22 - 51
27070
6085
51
2
1.1 - 1.9
16 - 28
34670
7795
3600
558
3378
524
76
3
1.1 - 2.3 1.7 - 2.8
16 - 33 25 - 41
34670 61150
7795 13750
3600
558
3192
495
P900
102
4
1.2 - 2.4 1.7 - 3.1
17 - 35 25 - 45
38360 55970
8625 12580
3600
558
3108
482
120
4.75
1.2 - 2.6 1.7 - 3.3
17 - 38 25 - 48
38360 55970
8625 12580
3600
558
3085
478
Table 4. Fisher 3025 Air-to-Close Action (Spring Opens) Actuator Thrust Capabilities for Push-Down-to-Close Valves
TOTAL THRUST WHEN VALVE CLOSED
ACTUATOR SIZE
VALVE TRAVEL
SPRING RANGE
Supply Pressure, bar
2
3
4
Supply Pressure, psig
29
44
58
mm
Inch
Bar
Psig
Force, N
Force, lbs
P462
51
2
0.5 - 0.8
7 - 12
21620
38860
56100
4860
8735
12610
76
3
0.5 - 0.9
7 - 13
18500
35360
52220
4160
7950
11740
102
4
0.5 - 1.1
7 - 16
15370
31850
48330
3455
7160
10865
120
4.75
0.5 - 1.2
7 - 17
13100
29300
45500
2945
6585
10230
127
152
P460-200
165
178
203
5
0.6 - 1.2
9 - 17
12700
28730
44760
2855
6
0.6 - 1.3
9 - 19
10150
25790
41430
2280
6.5
0.6 - 1.4
9 - 20
9750
25190
40630
2190
7
0.6 - 1.5
9 - 22
7570
22810
38050
1700
8
0.6 - 1.6
9 - 23
5010
19860
34710
1125
6460 5795 5660 5125 4465
10065 9315 9135 8555 7805
P900
51
2
1.1 - 1.9
16 - 28
- - -
42530
76310
- - -
9560
17155
76
3
1.1 - 2.3
16 - 33
- - -
24890
56810
- - -
5595
12770
102
4
1.2 - 2.4
17 - 35
- - -
22680
53760
- - -
5100
12085
120
4.75
1.2 - 2.6
17 - 38
- - -
16150
47000
- - -
3630
10565
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:3025 September 2017
3025 Actuator
D102789X012
Figure 2. Typical Geared Handwheel
W9089-1
6
W9090
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3025 Actuator
D102789X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:3025 September 2017
Table 5. Fisher 3025 Dimensions and Weights - Size P462 Actuator
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
TRAVEL
SPRING RANGE
DIMENSION REFERENCE
WEIGHT
D
E (w/o handwheel)
E (with handwheel)
M
w/o handwheel
with handwheel
mm
bar
mm
kg
51
All
90
1305
1670
495
180
215
0.5 - 0.9
1370
1750
180
215
76
1.1 - 2.2
90
1370
1750
550
180
215
1.5 - 2.4
1600
1980
200
235
3-9/16
102
0.5 - 1.1 1.3 - 2.5
90
1405 1635
1970 2200
550
180 200
225 245
120
0.5 - 1.2 1.2 - 2.6
90
1405 1635
1970 2200
550
180 200
225 245
51
All
127
1360
1725
550
180
215
0.5 - 0.9
1370
1750
180
215
76
1.1 - 2.2
127
1370
1750
550
180
215
1.5 - 2.4
1600
1980
200
235
5 and 5H(1) 102
0.5 - 1.1 1.3 - 2.5
127
1405 1635
1970 2200
550
180 200
225 245
120
0.5 - 1.2 1.2 - 2.6
127
1405 1635
1970 2200
550
180 200
225 245
Inches
psig
Inches
lbs
2
All
3.6
51.4
65.7
19.5
395
475
7 - 13
54
69
395
475
3
16 - 32
3.6
54
69
21.7
395
475
25 - 35
63
76
440
515
3-9/16
4
7 - 16 19 - 36
3.6
55.3 64.4
77.6 86.6
21.7
395 440
495 540
4.75
7 - 17 17 - 38
3.6
55.3 64.4
77.6 86.6
21.7
395 440
495 540
2
All
5
53.5
68
21.7
395
475
7 - 13
3
16 - 32
5
25 - 35
5 and 5H(1) 4
7 - 16 19 - 36
5
54
69
395
475
54
69
21.7
395
475
63
78
440
515
55.3 64.4
77.6 86.6
21.7
395 440
495 540
4.75
7 - 17 17 - 38
5
55.3 64.4
77.6 86.6
21.7
395 440
495 540
1. H = Heavy actuator to valve bolting.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:3025 September 2017
3025 Actuator
D102789X012
Figure 3. Fisher 3025 Dimensions and Weights - Size P462 Actuator (see table 5)
580 (22.8)
580 (22.8)
E
D
E0991
E 315
(12.4)
M
400 (15.7) D
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3025 Actuator
D102789X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:3025 September 2017
Table 6. Fisher 3025 Dimensions and Weights - Size P460-200 Actuator
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
TRAVEL mm
SPRING RANGE bar
DIMENSION REFERENCE
E
E
(w/o handwheel) (with handwheel)
mm
0.6 - 1.2
1690
127
0.8 - 1.9
1690
1.5 - 2.8
1900
2510 2510 2720
0.6 - 1.3
1690
152
0.8 - 2.1
1690
1.5 - 3.0
1900
2510 2510 2720
3-9/16, 5, and 5H(1)
165
0.6 - 1.4 0.8 - 2.2 1.5 - 3.1
1690 1690 1900
2510 2510 2720
0.6 - 1.5
1690
178
0.8 - 2.3
1690
1.5 - 3.3
1900
2510 2510 2720
0.6 - 1.6
1690
203
0.8 - 2.5
1690
1.5 - 2.5
1900
2510 2510 2720
Inches
psig
Inches
9 - 17
66.5
98.8
5
12 - 28
66.5
98.8
22 - 41
74.8
107
9 - 19
66.5
98.8
6
12 - 30
66.5
98.8
22 - 44
74.8
107
9 - 20
66.5
98.8
3-9/16, 5, and 5H(1)
6.5
13 - 32
66.5
98.8
22 - 45
74.8
107
9 - 22
66.5
98.8
7
12 - 33
66.5
98.8
22 - 48
74.8
107
9 - 23
66.5
98.8
8
12 - 36
66.5
98.8
22 - 51
74.8
107
1. H = Heavy actuator to valve bolting.
WEIGHT
w/o handwheel with handwheel
kg
220
320
235
335
280
380
220
320
235
335
280
380
220
320
235
335
280
380
220
320
235
335
280
380
220
320
235
335
280
380
lbs
485
705
515
735
615
835
485
705
515
735
615
835
485
705
515
735
615
835
485
705
515
735
615
835
485
705
515
735
615
835
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:3025 September 2017
3025 Actuator
D102789X012
Figure 4. Fisher 3025 Dimensions and Weights - Size P460-200 Actuator (see table 6)
580 (22.8)
580 (22.8)
E
500 (19.7)
D
E0992
E
500 (19.7)
315 (12.4)
655 (25.8)
400
(15.7) D
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3025 Actuator
D102789X012
Product Bulletin
61.1:3025 September 2017
Table 7. Fisher 3025 Dimensions and Weights - Size P900 Actuator
DIMENSION REFERENCE
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
TRAVEL
SPRING RANGE
D
E (w/o handwheel)
E (with handwheel)
mm
bar
mm
51
1.1 - 1.9
127
1845
2290
76
1.1 - 2.3 1.7 - 2.8
127
1845 2020
2290 2470
5 and 5H(1)
102
1.2 - 2.4 1.7 - 3.1
127
2060 2280
2630 2845
120
1.2 - 2.6 1.7 - 3.3
127
2060 2280
2630 2845
Inches
psig
Inches
2
16 - 26
5
72.6
90.2
3
16 - 33 25 - 41
5
72.6
90.2
79.5
97.2
5 and 5H(1) 4
17 - 35 25 - 45
5
81.1
103.5
89.8
112
4.75
17 - 38 25 - 48
5
79.5
103.5
89.8
112
1. H = Heavy actuator to valve bolting.
WEIGHT
w/o handwheel
with handwheel
kg
380
440
380
440
430
490
430
490
480
550
430
490
480
550
lbs
835
970
835
970
945
1080
945 1055
1080 1210
945 1055
1080 1210
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.1:3025 September 2017
3025 Actuator
D102789X012
Figure 5. Fisher 3025 Dimensions and Weights - Size P900 Actuator (see table 7)
580 (22.8)
580 (22.8)
E
D
E0993
E 315
(12.4)
610 (24)
400 (15.7) D
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
EEmerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E122001, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
480 Series Actuators
D100091X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:480 April 2018
FisherTM 480 Series Yokeless Piston Actuators
Fisher 480 Series actuators are yokeless piston actuators that are used in either throttling or on-off applications with ball valves, butterfly valves, louvers, dampers, and rheostats. They require pneumatic pressure loading from double-acting positioners (Fisher 3570) or from on-off loading and unloading devices.
Features
nActuator Versatility--Actuator with or without positioners and snubbers is available in an assortment of sizes, stroking speeds, thrusts, and travels to handle most control requirements.
nCompact Design--Yokeless construction permits a low-profile assembly by allowing close coupling to the control device; either through a bracket or, with some versions, by direct mounting on a bonnet flange.
nWide Range Supply Pressure Capability--The cylinder (and 3570 positioner if used) can operate with supply pressures as low as 2.4 bar (35 psig) or as high as 10.3 bar (150 psig).
nLong Stroke--Actuators have maximum rated travels of up to 206 mm (8.125 inches).
nPositioner Versatility--Positioner/actuator action is easily reversed in the field with no additional parts. Positioner sensitivity, travel span, and travel starting point are factory set and need to be reset only if operating conditions have changed or if the positioner has been reversed. See figure 1.
W1867
Fisher 480-15 Piston Actuator
Actuator Frequency Response
Figure 3 shows how various size actuators respond when the input supply pressure is cycled at small amplitude (3 to 5 percent) and increasing frequency.
Assume the cycling supply pressure and the movement of the actuator rod are represented by sine waves. As the actuator rod is forced to move faster, its motion begins to fall behind the input in both time (shown as phase lag) and amplitude (shown as normalized gain). Both of these parameters are affected by the inertia of the actuator and, consequently, changes are more pronounced in the larger constructions.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:480
April 2018
480 Series Actuators
D100091X012
480 Series Actuator Specifications
Available Configurations See the Actuator Configurations section
Cylinder Pressure Maximum Allowable:(4) 10.3 bar (150 psig) Required to Produce a Given Thrust: See figure 2 Minimum Recommended: Valves with low torque requirements - (2.4 bar [35 psig]); all other valves (3.4 bar [50 psig])
Maximum Supply Source Consumption With Positioner and Constant Input Signal: 0.54 normal m3/hr(1) (20 scfh(1)) of air at 6.9 bar (100 psig) Without Positioner: Depends on cylinder volume and supply pressure
Travel Information Maximum Rated Travels, All 480 Series actuators with Linear Output: See table 1 Travel Stops Available for 480 Series actuators with 105 mm (4.125 inch ) Maximum Rated Travels: See table 1
Operative Ambient Temperature(2)
With Nitrile O-Rings: -46 to 80_C (-50 to 175_F) With Fluorocarbon O-Rings (Optional):(3) -18 to 149_C (0 to 300_F)
Actuator Size and Piston Size See table 1
Pressure Connections
Standard is 1/4 NPT. For larger sizes, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
Construction Materials Actuator:
Part Cylinder and Piston Piston Rod Extension Cylinder Seal Bushings
O-Rings
Material Aluminum SST, Chrome Plated
Brass Nitrile or Fluorocarbon
Thrust Information See figure 2
Linkage Connections and Mounting Information See figures 7, 8, 9, and 10
Torque Output
480, 480-15, and 480-16 (for butterfly valves): Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner
Stroking Speeds See table 1
Options
J 376 Series trip valve system to fail actuator J up or J down or J lock in last position J TopWorxTM DXP M21GNEB electrical valve stem position switch J Micro-Switch limit switches
1. Normal m3/hr.- normal cubic meters per hour (0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute); Scfh - standard cubic feet per hour (60_F and 14.7 psia). 2. These terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard S51.1 3. Without snubber. If this actuator has a snubber, the temperature specification is the same for the nitrile version.
4. The pressure limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation for actuator should not be exceeded.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
480 Series Actuators
D100091X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:480
April 2018
3570 Actuator Specifications
Available Configurations
Frequency Response(1,2)
3570: Valve positioner with two relays and three pressure gauges for monitoring input signal and output pressures to the top and underside of the actuator piston 3570C: Similar to 3570 except that the positioner is equipped with automotive tire valves instead of pressure gauges. The valves can be used for clip-on test pressure gauges. The relay nozzles on these positioners are locked in place with locknuts to resist unwanted nozzle movement due to vibration
See figure 3
Pressure Connections Vent: 3/8 NPT All Others: 1/4 NPT
Pressure Indications 3570C: Tire valves accept standard pressure gauge chucks 3570: See table below
Input Signal
Standard Ranges: 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) Split Ranges: Typically uses one half of standard range when two control valves are operated by one input signal from a single controller Optional Ranges: As required within the limits of the bellows
Type of Indication
Positioner input signal gauge
Cylinder supply pressure gauge
Number Used 1
0
Standard Gauge Range bar (psig)
0 to 2.1 (0 to 30) or 0 to 4.1 (0 to 60)
0 to 11.0 (0 to 160)
Static Air Consumption(3)
Bellows Pressure Rating
Standard Bellows: 3.4 bar (50 psig) Optional Bellows: 6.2 bar (90 psig)
0.56 normal m3/hr (20 scfh) with 6.9 bar (100 psig) supply pressure
Operative Ambient Temperature(1,2)
Supply Pressure
Maximum: 10.3 bar (150 psig) Minimum: 2.4 bar (35 psig)
With Nitrile O-Rings: -34 to 79_C (-30 to 175_F) With Fluorocarbon O-Rings (Optional):(3) -18 to 149_C (0 to 300_F)
Output Signal Type: Pneumatic pressure as required by the actuator Action: Field reversible between direct and reverse (see table 2)
Hysteresis(1,2) 0.15% of total stroke or instrument pressure span
Resolution(1,2)
Construction Materials
Actuator:
Part Base, Cover and Beam
Bellows Bias and Range Spring
Relay Body Relay Nozzle(s)
Diaphragm O-Rings
Material
Aluminum, die cast Brass
Steel, Plated Zinc, Die Cast
SST Nitrile or Fluorocarbon Nitrile or Fluorocarbon
0.2% of instrument pressure span
Repeatability(1,2) 0.3% of instrument pressure span
Options
Fisher SS-52 clip-on chuck (with or without gauge) for 3570C positioners
1. These terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard S51.1 2. For actuator with positioner only. Does not apply to other constructions or actuator-valve combination. 3. Normal m3/hr.- normal cubic meters per hour (0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute); Scfh - standard cubic feet per hour (60_F and 14.7 psia).
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:480
April 2018
480 Series Actuators
D100091X012
Table 1. Size, Piston, Stroking Speed, and Travel Information
ACTUATOR SIZE
EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA
PISTON DIAMETER
STROKING SPEED(1)
SINGLE-FLANGE
--16 Versions
All Others Except Fisher 487, 487-1(2)
TRAVEL STOPS AVAILABLE FOR ACTUATORS WITH 105 mm (4.125 INCHES) MAXIMUM RATED TRAVEL
cm2 Inch2 mm Inch mm/s Inch/s mm Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
30
107 16.5 121 4.75 102
4
- - -
- - -
105
4.125
89
3.5
40 60
182 28.25 156 6.125 52
258 55.5 216 8.5
33
2.05 1.30
206 8.125
105
4.125
89
3.5
1. For actuators with positioners at 6.9 bar (100 psig) supply pressure and all prestroke conditions satisfied. Stroking speeds for actuators without positioners or with snubbers will depend on the particular construction involved. 2. See 480 Series Actuators Specifications for these travels.
Table 2. Action Under Normal Operating Conditions
ACTUATOR DESCRIPTION
With Positioner
Direct-acting Reverse-acting
Without positioner
1. Supply pressure is routed through relays to piston.
DESIRED PISTON MOTION
Down Increasing input signal pressure to bellows(1) Decreasing input signal pressure to bellows(1)
Up Decreasing input signal pressure to bellows(1) Increasing input signal pressure to bellows(1)
Supply pressure loaded on top of piston, exhausted from bottom
Supply pressure loaded on bottom of piston, exhausted from top
Figure 1. Positioner Simplicity
NOZZLE DETERMINES SENSITIVITY RANGE SPRING DETERMINES TRAVEL SPAN
W0701-1*
ADJUSTMENTS
BIAS SPRING ADJUSTING SCREW DETERMINES CORRECT TRAVEL STARTING POINT
REMOVAL OF FOUR SCREWS
BELLOWS BASE
BEAM
BELLOWS BASE
BELLOWS POSTS
PEDESTAL
BEAM PEDESTAL
DIRECT-ACTING POSITION REVERSE-ACTING POSITION
AJ1880-A A1283-1
REVERSAL
Actuator Configurations
480: Yokeless piston actuator with positioner.
481: Yokeless piston actuator without positioner. Other actuators may be obtained without positioner by adding -1 to the type number.
The above actuators come with standard mounting flange, 105 mm (4.125 inch) maximum rated travel, and threaded piston rod connection with sizes 30 through 60 for mounting on ball valves, louvers, and dampers with brackets.
These actuators may be obtained with the following alternate universal mounting flange constructions:
-15 Added to Type Number: Allows butterfly valve mounting for a standard actuator with 105 mm (4.125 inch) maximum travel and threaded piston rod connection, and comes in sizes 30 through 60.
-16 Added to Type Number: Provides 206 mm (8.125 inch) maximum travel and threaded piston rod connection, and comes in sizes 40 through 60.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
480 Series Actuators
D100091X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:480
April 2018
Figure 2. Supply Pressure and Thrusts
SIZE 30 ACTUATOR
SIZE 40 ACTUATOR
SIZE 60 ACTUATOR
Thrusts in thousands of pounds (in thousands of newtons)
A5961
for actuators with positioners. 1
Note: 1May be increased by 10% for actuators without positioners. Either this thrust, or the maximum allowable loading for the control device is the limiting factor for usable actuator force.
Figure 3. Frequency Response
1. SIZE 30- 19mm (0.75 INCH) TRAVEL 2. SIZE 40- 38mm (1.5 INCH) TRAVEL 3. SIZE 60- 38mm (1.5 INCH) TRAVEL
A5962
FREQUENCY - HERTZ
Principle of Operation
Actuator
These actuators react to a pressure unbalance that is created by loading supply pressure on one side of the piston and unloading the opposite side. Some type of switching device is required to shift the supply pressure from one side of the piston to the other. For most actuators in the 480 Series, this device is a 3570
positioner. However, a separate loading device must be provided for actuators without positioners.
For actuators with positioners (figure 4), the pneumatic output signal from a controller or instrument is piped to the positioner bellows. As long as the bellows receives a constant input signal pressure, the beam remains motionless and allows supply pressure to bleed through both relay nozzles such that a constant pressure is maintained between the nozzle and the fixed orifice. The relays are in equilibrium with their inlet and exhaust valves closed.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:480
April 2018
480 Series Actuators
D100091X012
Figure 4. Operation of Actuator with Positioner
FIXED RESTRICTION
RANGE SPRING BIAS SPRING
RELAY B
BELLOWS REVERSED POSITION
SUPPLY
INSTRUMENT
BEAM
BJ8256-A A1286
RELAY A SUPPLY FIXED RESTRICTION
INSTRUMENT PRESSURE SUPPLY PRESSURE TOP CYLINDER PRESSURE BOTTOM CYLINDER PRESSURE NOZZLE PRESSURE
Assume that a downward piston motion is required and the bellows receives a corresponding change in input signal pressure. This causes the beam to pivot so that it covers the nozzle on relay A. (Beam movement is accomplished either by increasing the input signal pressure on a direct-acting positioner to expand the bellows, or by decreasing the input signal pressure on a reverse-acting positioner to contract the bellows.)
The nozzle pressure in relay A increases due to the restriction created by the beam over the nozzle. Through relay action, the air pressure to the top of the piston is increased. At the same time, relay B reacts to the change in beam position to decrease the pressure to the underside of the piston. Due to the resulting unbalanced forces acting on the piston, it moves down, changing the valve plug position.
Figure 5. Operation of Actuator with Snubber
SNUBBER
CHECK VALVES
POSITIONER SWITCHING DEVICE
32A8303-A A1287
SUPPLY PRESSURE TOP CYLINDER PRESSURE BOTTOM CYLINDER PRESSURE UPPER SNUBBER PRESSURE LOWER SNUBBER PRESSURE
If upward piston motion is required, the beam pivots over the nozzle on relay B. The result is relay, piston, and feedback action opposite that for downward piston motion.
Reversal of positioner action is accomplished simply by removing four screws, inverting the bellows, and installing two bellows posts for support it the change is from direct to reverse action. Bellows posts are stored in the positioner case and are not used if the change is from reverse to direct.
Actuator with Snubber
As the actuator piston strokes, the snubber piston moves inside an oil-filled cylinder, forcing oil from one side of the piston to the other through two check valves (see figure 5). The resistance to flow created by the settings of the check valves and the shock absorbing quality of the oil combine to damp out any tendency of the valve plug to jump. The plug of each check valve is held off its seat by the positioning of the adjusting screws. Thus, with the adjusting screws backed off all the way, maximum damping will be obtained.
Piston movement is fed back to the beam by means of a range spring which is connected to the beam and to the piston rod extension, applying a force to the beam opposite to that caused by the expanding or contracting bellows. This feedback arrangement prevents overcorrection and ensures a definite position of the piston and valve plug for a given instrument signal.
Installation
The actuator may be installed in any position, but normal installation is with the actuator vertical above the valve. Dimensions are given in figures 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
480 Series Actuators
D100091X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:480
April 2018
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify: 1. Type number
a. For actuator, suffix dash numbers of desired constructions are appropriate. b. For positioner (if used) 2. Supply Pressure 3. Actuator size and connection size and style desired 4. Input signal range 5. Desired stroking time and direction, if applicable
6. Operative ambient temperature 7. Travel 8. Desired options 9. Application requirements
a. Type, body size, port diameter, stem connection size, and the action of the valve to be used with the actuator. b. Valve inlet pressure c. Valve shutoff pressure drop d. Valve flowing pressure drop e. Process fluid temperature
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:480
April 2018
480 Series Actuators
D100091X012
Table 3. Cylinder Diameter and Bolt Center Location, All Actuators
ACTUATOR SIZE
C
mm
Inch
30
171
6.75
40
206
8.12
60
267
10.50
H, DEGREE OF ARC
Standard Flange
Universal Mounting Flange
0
45
45
45
22.5
45
Figure 6. Cylinder Diameter and Bolt Center Location, All Actuators (refer to table 3)
BH9452-K A1290
Figure 7. Dimensions for Actuators with Clevis Connection
1/4-18 NPT SUPPLY CONNECTION ON BACKSIDE
135 (5.31)
147 (5.81)
3/8-18 NPT VENT CONNECTION
57 (2.25)
155 (6.12)
8 (0.31) DIAMETER BOLT
BK4109-B A1295
11 (0.44)
73 (2.88)
127 (5.00)
46 (1.81)
4-3/8 INCH -16 HOLES TAPPED 22 (0.88) DEEP
mm (inch)
1Duplicated on opposite side; each hole is 5/16 inch-18 UNC-2B and tapped 13 (0.50) deep.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
480 Series Actuators
D100091X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:480
April 2018
Table 4. Dimensions and Mounting Information for Actuators with Threaded Piston Rod and Standard Mounting Flange, or Positioner, or Snubber
ACTUATOR SIZE
A mm Inch
B mm Inch
D mm Inch
F mm Inch
G mm Inch
Number
I
Bolt Circle Diameter
mm
Inch
K
THREADED PISTON ROD CONNECTION
UNF-2A
30
250 8.06 86 3.38 170 6.69 63 2.50 33 1.31
2
146
5.75
40
208 8.19 83 3.25 173 6.81 63 2.50 33 1.31
4
181
7.12
7/8 inch - 14
60
211 8.31 79 3.12 203 8.00 63 2.50 33 1.31
8
241
9.50
Figure 8. Dimensions and Mounting Information for Actuators with Threaded Piston Rod and Standard Mounting Flange, or Positioner, or Snubber (refer to table 4)
157
D
(6.19)
130 (5.13)
3/8-18 NPT VENT CONN
1/4-18 NPT SUPPLY CONN ON BACKSIDE
310 (12.19) 2
BOLT CIRCLE NO. OF STUDS 3/4 INCH-10 UNC-2A
G
1
57
(2.25)
A
30
44
(1.19) (1.75) B
K F I
BL1413-B A1291
1Duplicated on opposite side; each hole is 5/16 inch-18 UNC-2B and tapped 13 (0.50) deep. 2This dimension does not exist if no snubber is used.
mm (inch)
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:480
April 2018
480 Series Actuators
D100091X012
Table 5. Dimensions for Actuators without Positioner, with Long Stroke, or with Threaded Piston Rod and Universal Mounting Flange
A
B
F
G
I
K
Actuator --15
--16
--15
--16
--15
--16
Size Versions Versions Versions Versions Versions Versions
mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm mm
--15
--16 Bolt Circle
Versions Versions Diameter
mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
Thread Diameter
Threaded Piston Rod Connection
UNF-2A
30 222 8.75 - - - - 90 3.56 - - - - 64 2.5 - - - - 33 1.31 - - - - 99 3.88 1/2-13 7/8-inch-14 40, 60 222 8.75 343 13.5 90 3.56 108 4.25 64 2.5 47 1.87 33 1.31 51 2.00 99 3.88 1/2-13 7/8-inch-14
Figure 9. Dimensions for Actuators without Positioner, with Long Stroke, or with Threaded Piston Rod and Universal Mounting Flange (refer to table 5)
1/4-18 NPT
111 (4.38)
1
121 (4.75)
2
1/4-18 NPT
A
57
(2.25)
B G
K F I
4 HOLES TAPPED 22 mm (0.88 inches) DEEP
mm (inches)
1For -16 version only. 2Duplicated on opposite side; each hole is 5/16 inch-18 UNC-2B and tapped 13 mm (0.50 inches) deep.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
480 Series Actuators
D100091X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:480
April 2018
Figure 10. Dimensions for Actuators with Rotary Couplings
171 (6.75) DIAMETER
1
57 (2.25)
340 (13.38)
3/8 INCH-16 UNC-2B
13 (0.5)
2
95 (3.75)
171 (6.75)
DIA
154 (6.06)
71 (2.81)
71 (2.81)
146 (5.75)
BK6785-B B0662
71 71 (2.81) (2.81)
19 (0.75) DIA HOLE
3
mm (inches)
1Duplicated on opposite side; each hole is 5/16 inch-18 UNC-2B and tapped 13 mm (0.50 inches) deep. 2Socketed coupling with setscrew adjustment. 6 mm (0.25 inch), 10 mm (0.38 inch), and 13 mm (0.50 inch) inside diameters. 3Four holes total on 140 mm (5.5 inch) bolt circle.
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:480
April 2018
480 Series Actuators
D100091X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and TopWorx are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121991, 2018 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
585C Actuator
D102086X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:585C March 2021
FisherTM 585C Piston Actuators
The 585C linear piston actuator is a powerful, double-acting actuator that provides accurate throttling or on-off operation for sliding-stem control valves.
The 585C piston actuator family is available in sizes 25 to 130 to cover a wide range of thrust and travel length requirements. It can be used with switching valves for on-off control, or with the DVC6200 digital valve controller or 3600 positioner for throttling applications.
The 585C has a wide-range of supply pressure capabilities, up to 150 psig. As the 585C is double-acting, the positioner supplies air to both sides of the piston, resulting in stiff, precise movement and control.
For more information contact your Emerson sales office.
Features
nHigh Thrust Capability-- With standard air supply, the Size 130 Fisher 585C can produce up to 111,000 Newtons (25,000 lbs) of force.
nWide Range of Sizes-- The 585C family of actuators offers a wide range of sizes, with piston areas of 168 sq cm (26 sq in) up to 1,429 sq cm (221.5 sq in).
nRugged Construction-- The 585C standard yoke material is ductile iron, resulting in robust construction and increased thrust capability.
X0175-2
FISHER 585C PISTON ACTUATOR WITH FIELDVUETM DVC6200f DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
nBroad Travel Capability-- 585C piston actuators provide standard travel lengths of up to 203 mm (8 inches).
nHigh-Performance Instrumentation-- 585C actuators are available with a variety of positioners and accessories, including the FIELDVUE DVC6200 digital valve controller. The 377 trip valve and tank system are also available for fail-safe action.
nLow Ambient Temperature-- Option available for applications with ambient temperatures down to -60° C (-76° F). Uses Fluorosilicone O-rings and Nitronic 50 stem connector assembly. Compliant to GOST 15150.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:585C March 2021
585C Actuator
D102086X012
Figure 1. Fisher 585C Piston Actuator Components
SPRING (SIZES 25 AND 50)
TRAVEL STOP STEM O-RING SEAL BUSHING TRAVEL INDICATOR ACTUATOR STEM
CYLINDER PISTON PISTON O-RING CAP SCREW YOKE STEM CONNECTOR
W7447-1
Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Features and Advantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Instrument and Accessory Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Actuator Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Handwheel Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
585C Actuator
D102086X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:585C March 2021
Specifications
Operating Pressure(1)
Sizes 25-50: Maximum Allowable: 10.3 bar (150 psig) Minimum Recommended: 1.4 bar (20 psig) Sizes 60-130: Maximum Allowable: See table 8. Minimum Recommended: 2.4 bar (35 psig)
Travel
See table 2
Thrust Capabilities
See tables 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8
Stroking Speeds
Varies with actuator size, actuator spring, travel, and supply pressure. If stroking speed is critical, consult your Emerson sales office
Construction Materials
Part Yoke Piston Cylinder
Bolting and Fasteners
Springs (sizes 25 & 50 only)
O-Rings
Actuator Stem Stem Connection (sizes 60-130 only) Travel Indicator Scale Paint Actuator Stem (sizes 60-130 only) Cylinder Seal Bushings (sizes 60-130 only)
Material Ductile Iron Aluminum Aluminum Steel NCF (std) Stainless Steel (std and low ambient) Alloy Steel Nitrile (std), Fluorocarbon, Fluorosilicone, or EPDM Chrome-plated Steel Zinc-plated Steel (std) Stainless Steel (std and low ambient) Stainless Steel Polyester Powder
S41600 (416) SST, Chrome Plate
Brass
Piston Area
Instrument Mounting
See table 8
Universal NAMUR mounting
Cylinder Volumetric Displacement
See table 2
Operative Temperature Limits(1)
For All Sizes: Standard Construction ( Nitrile O-Rings): -40 to 80_C (-40 to 175_F) Optional Construction (Fluorocarbon O-Rings): -18 to 149_C (0 to 300_F)
For Sizes 60 through 130: Optional Low Ambient Temperature (Fluorosilicone O-Rings): -60 to 80_C (-76 to 175_F)
Approximate Weights (less positioner and handwheel)
Size 25: 2-1/8 inch yoke boss, 7 kg (16 lbs) 2-13/16 inch yoke boss, 8 kg (17 lbs) Size 50: 2-13/16 inch yoke boss, 20 kg (45 lbs) 3-9/16 inch yoke boss, 22 kg (48 lbs) Size 60: 31 kg (68 lbs) Size 68: 54 kg (120 lbs) Size 80: 102 kg (225 lbs) Size 100: 113 kg (250 lbs) Size 130: 188 kg (415 lbs)
Yoke Boss and Valve Stem Diameters
See table 3
Pressure Connections
Sizes 25 and 60: J 1/4 NPT internal (standard), or J 3/8 NPT internal (optional) Size 50: J 1/4 NPT internal (standard), or J 1/2 NPT internal (optional) Sizes 68-130: J 1/2 NPT internal (standard)
Dimensions
See figures 6 and 7
Options
Sizes 25 and 50: J Top-mounted handwheel, see figures 6 and 7 and table 9 J Cylinder bypass valve J Limit switches J Fisher 4200 position transmitter Sizes 60-130: J Integral side-mounted handwheel, see figure 8 and tables 9 and 12 Sizes 25-130: J FIELDVUE mounting options J Fisher 377 trip valve system to fail actuator J Up or J down or J lock in last position J TopWorx DXP M21GNEB electrical valve stem position switch J Micro-Switch limit switches
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation for valve should not be exceeded.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:585C March 2021
585C Actuator
D102086X012
Features and Advantages
Table 1. Features and Advantages
FEATURES
ADVANTAGES
High thrust capability
With air supply capability of up to 150 psig, the 585C can produce up to 111,000 Newtons (25,000 pounds) thrust to overcome high valve unbalance.
Stroke Length Capability
Depending on size, strokes of up to 203 mm (8 inches) are available.
Wide range of sizes
The 585C is available in standard sizes 25, 50, 60, 68, 80, 100, and 130.
Valve mounting capability
Depending on size, the 585C can be mounted to yoke boss diameters of 2-1/8 inches through 5-inches, and valve stem diameters of up to 1-1/4 inch.
Positioner mounting capability
Universal NAMUR mounting provides a consistent mounting method for all sizes. This mounting capability provides vibration resistance per ISA-S75.13.
High frequency response
The double acting construction allows quick response to instrument signals.
Stiff construction
Pressure on both sides of the piston, plus the relatively small volume of air within the cylinder, results in stiff, precise positioning.
Handwheels
585C size 25 and 50 actuators are available with a top-mounted handwheel. All other 585C actuator sizes can accommodate a side-mounted handwheel.
Bias springs
The sizes 25 and 50 are available with bias springs. A bias spring under the piston fully retracts the actuator stem upon loss of supply air, while a bias spring on top of the piston fully extends the actuator stem. The spring bias mode is easily reversed without the need for additional parts.
Figure 2. Fisher 585C Piston Actuator Without Springs
Principle of Operation
The 585C piston actuator (figures 1 and 2) uses a piston that moves inside the actuator cylinder. An O-ring (see figure 1) provides a seal between the piston and the cylinder.
From an equilibrium state, the actuator reacts to a force unbalance that is created by increasing supply pressure on one side of the piston,and decreasing it on the other. This moves the piston up or down, and results in a repositioning of the valve control element.
E0409
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
585C Actuator
D102086X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:585C March 2021
Figure 3. Fisher 585C Piston Actuator with Handwheel
Figure 4. Fisher 585C Piston Actuator with Spring Return
E0410
Actuator with Handwheel (figures 3 and 6)
The handwheel version can be used to open or close the valve manually (either during normal operation or in an emergency), to position the valve at any point in the stroke, or to act as a travel stop.
Size 25 and 50 actuators use an integral top-mounted handwheel. See figure 6.
Size 60 to 130 actuators use a side-mounted handwheel, and come with a spring-loaded ball detent which prevents vibration from changing the handwheel setting. Handwheels for most types are either 203 mm (8 inches) in diameter with beveled gears or 432 mm (17 inches) in diameter with worm gears.
W7447-1
Actuator with Spring Return (figure 4)
585C size 25 and 50 actuators are available with bias springs. The 585C actuator with bias spring has the spring under the piston and fully retracts the actuator stem upon loss of cylinder pressure. The bias spring in the 585CR actuator is on top of the piston and fully extends the actuator stem upon loss of cylinder pressure. No additional parts are required to convert from one actuator type to the other.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:585C March 2021
585C Actuator
D102086X012
Instrument and Accessory Selection
An excellent selection of sensitive and accurate instruments and accessories is available for 585C piston actuators. These include FIELDVUE DVC6200 digital valve controllers, 3600 pneumatic (P/P) and electro-pneumatic (I/P) positioners, TopWorxTM DXP M21GNEB electrical valve stem position switch, 377 trip valve, 4200 electronic position transmitter, and limit switches. They are described in separate publications. Contact your Emerson sales office for details.
Installation
The actuator may be installed in any orientation but
normal installation is with the actuator vertical above the valve. Actuator and positioner dimensions are shown in figures 6, 7, and 8.
If the supply source is capable of exceeding the maximum actuator operating pressure or instrument supply pressure, appropriate steps must be taken during installation to protect the instrument and all connected equipment against overpressure.
Actuator Data
See table 2 for piston cylinder clearance volumes, table 3 for yoke boss and valve stem diameters, and tables 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 for actuator thrust capabilities.
Table 2. Fisher 585C Piston Cylinder Clearance Volumes
PISTON AT TOP OF CYLINDER (SPRINGS BELOW PISTON FOR SIZE 25 AND 50)
Actuator Size
Piston Area
cm2
Inches2
Maximum Actuator Travel
mm
Inches
Upper Clearance Volume
(figure 5)
cm3
Inches3
25
168
26
29
1.125
104
6.3
50
303
47
51
2
330
20
51
2
310
19
60
358
55.5
100
4
310
19
200
8
310
19
51
2
1230
75
68
571
88.5
102
4
1230
75
203
8
1230
75
102
80
571
88.5
203
4
1230
75
8
1230
75
102
100
842
130.5
203
4
1700
104
8
1700
104
102
130
1430
221.5
203
4
4600
280
8
4600
280
PISTON AT BOTTOM OF CYLINDER (SPRINGS ABOVE PISTON FOR SIZE 25 AND 50)
Actuator Size
Piston Area
cm2
Inches2
Maximum Actuator Travel
mm
Inches
Lower Clearance Volume
(figure 5)
cm3
Inches3
25
168
26
29
1.125
77
4.7
50
303
47
51
2
350
22
Volume Below Piston
(figure 5)
cm3
Inches3
1750
107
5200
320
2700
163
4400
270
8200
500
7500
460
7500
460
13300
810
7500
460
13300
810
10700
650
19200
1170
18500
1130
33000
2000
Volume Above Piston
(figure 5)
cm3
Inches3
1790
109
5200
320
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
585C Actuator
D102086X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:585C March 2021
Table 3. Yoke Boss and Valve Stem Diameters
ACTUATOR SIZE
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
mm
Inches
25
54
2-1/8
71
2-13/16
50
71
2-13/16
90
3-9/16
60
90
3-9/16
68
90
3-9/16
80
127
5, 5H
100
127
5, 5H
130
1. Heavy actuator to bonnet bolting.
127
5, 5H
VALVE STEM DIAMETER
mm
Inches
9.5
3/8
12.7
1/2
12.7
1/2
19.1
3/4
19.1
3/4
19.1
3/4
25.4
1
31.8
1-1/4
25.4
1
31.8
1-1/4
25.4
1
31.8
1-1/4
Figure 5. Clearance Volumes
UPPER CLEARANCE VOLUME
VOLUME BELOW PISTON
VOLUME ABOVE PISTON
LOWER CLEARANCE VOLUME
44B7218-C
44B7217-C
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:585C March 2021
585C Actuator
D102086X012
Actuator Thrust Capabilities
Table 4. Fisher 585C Size 25 and 50 Actuator Thrust Capabilities, U.S. Units (Spring Retracts Stem)
ACTU-
ACTUATOR SPRING THRUST, POUNDS SPRING STEM
ATOR SIZE
RATE, lb/in
TRAVEL, INCHES
Stem Retracted
Stem Extended
40
NET THRUST FOR 585C WITH ACTUATOR STEM FULLY EXTENDED AT FULL TRAVEL
Operating Pressure, psig(1)
50
60
70
80
90 100 110 125
Force, Pounds
0
All
0
0
1040 1300 1560 1820 2080 2340 2600 2860 3250
0.5625
200
200
0.75 0.875
200 200
1.125
200
0.5625
400
400
0.75 0.875
400 400
1.125
400
0.5625
500
25
500
0.75 0.875
500 500
1.125
500
0.5625
700
700
0.75 0.875
700 700
1.125
700
0.5625
900
900
0.75 0.875
900 900
1.125
900
313 350 375 425
625 700 750 850
781 875 938 1063
1094 1225 1313 1488
1406 1575 1688 1913
730 990 1250 1510 1760 2020 2280 2540 2930 690 950 1210 1470 1730 1990 2250 2510 2900 660 920 1180 1440 1700 1960 2220 2480 2870 610 870 1130 1390 1650 1910 2170 2430 2820
410 670 930 1190 1450 1710 1970 2230 2620 340 600 860 1120 1380 1640 1900 2160 2550 290 550 810 1070 1330 1590 1850 2110 2500 190 450 710 970 1230 1490 1750 2010 2400
260 520 780 1040 1300 1560 1820 2080 2460
160 420 680 940 1200 1460 1720 1980 2370
100 360 620 880 1140 1400 1660 1920 2310
X
240 500 760 1010 1270 1530 1790 2180
X
200 460 720 980 1240 1500 1760 2150
X
70
330 590 850 1110 1370 1630 2020
X
X
250 510 760 1020 1280 1540 1930
X
X
70
330 590 850 1110 1370 1760
X
X
150 410 670 930 1190 1450 1840
X
X
X
240 500 760 1020 1280 1670
X
X
X
130 390 650 910 1170 1560
X
X
X
X
160 420 680 940 1330
0
All
0
0
1840 2300 2760 3220 3680 4140 4600 5060 5750
0.75
330
0.875
330
330
1.125
330
1.5
330
2
330
578
1310 1780 2250 2720 3190
619
1270 1740 2210 2680 3150
701
1180 1660 2130 2600 3070
825
1060 1530 2000 2470 2950
990
900 1370 1840 2310 2780
0.75
600
0.875
600
600
1.125
600
1.5
600
2
600
1050 1125 1275 1500 1800
840 1310 1780 2250 2720
760 1230 1700 2170 2650
610 1080 1550 2020 2500
390 860 1330 1800 2270
90
560 1030 1500 1970
0.75
930
50
0.875
930
930
1.125
930
1.5
930
2
930
1628 1744 1976 2325 2790
260 730 1200 1670 2140
140 610 1080 1560 2030
X
380 850 1320 1790
X
30
500 970 1450
X
X
40
510 980
1550
0.75 0.875 1.125
1.5 2
1550 1550 1550 1550 1550
2710 2906 3294 3875 4650
X
X
110 580 1050
X
X
X
385 855
X
X
X
X
465
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
1880
0.75 0.875 1.125
1.5 2
1880 1880 1880 1880 1880
3290 3525 3995 4700 5640
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
470
X
235
X
X
X
X
X
X
X indicates where the listed supply pressure is not sufficient to overcome the opposing bias spring effect. 1. The maximum design pressure for size 25 and 50 actuator is 150 psig. Maximum rating for applications is 125 psig.
3660 3620 3540 3420 3250
3190 3120 2970 2740 2440
2610 2500 2270 1920 1450
1520 1325 935 355
X
940 705 235
X X
4140 4090 4010 3890 3720
3660 3590 3440 3210 2910
3090 2970 2740 2390 1920
1990 1795 1405 825
50
1410 1175 705
X X
4610 4570 4480 4360 4190
4130 4060 3910 3680 3380
3560 3440 3210 2860 2390
2460 2265 1875 1295 520
1880 1645 1175 470
X
5310 5270 5190 5070 4900
4840 4770 4620 4390 4090
4260 4150 3910 3570 3100
3165 2970 2580 2000 1225
2585 2350 1880 1175 235
150
3900
3580 3550 3520 3470 3270 3200 3150 3050
3110 3020 2960 2830
2800 2670 2580 2410
2490 2320 2210 1980
6900
6490 6450 6370 6250 6080 6020 5950 5800 5570 5270
5440 5330 5090 4750 4280
4345 4150 3760 3180 2405
3765 3530 3060 2355 1415
SPRING COLOR Springs Not Used
Gold
Light Green
White
Gold & White
Light Green & White Springs Not Used
Pink
Light Blue
Pink & Light Blue
Green
Pink & Green
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
585C Actuator
D102086X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:585C March 2021
Table 5. Fisher 585C Size 25 and 50 Actuator Thrust Capabilities, Metric Units (Spring Retracts Stem)
ACTU-
SPRING
NET THRUST FOR 585C WITH ACTUATOR STEM FULLY
ACTU- SPRING ATOR
THRUST, N
EXTENDED AT FULL TRAVEL
ATOR RATE, STEM
Operating Pressure, bar(1)
SIZE N/mm TRAVEL,
Stem
mm Retracted
Stem Extended
2.8
3.4
4.1
4.8
5.5
6.2
Force, N
6.9
7.6
8.6
0
All
0
0
4626 5783 6939 8096 9252 10,409 11,565 12,722 14,457
14.3
35.0
19.1 22.2
28.6
14.3
70.1
19.1 22.2
28.6
14.3
25 87.6
19.1 22.2
28.6
14.3
122.6
19.1 22.2
28.6
14.3
157.7
19.1 22.2
28.6
890 890 890 890
1780 1780 1780 1780
2225 2225 2225 2225
3115 3115 3115 3115
4005 4005 4005 4005
1393 1558 1669 1891
2781 3115 3338 3783
3475 3894 4174 4730
4868 5451 5843 6622
6257 7009 7512 8513
3247 3069 2936 2713
1824 1512 1290 845
1156 712 445
X
X X X X
X X X X
4404 4226 4092 3870
2980 2669 2447 2002
2313 1868 1601 1068
890 311
X X
X X X X
5560 5382 5249 5026
4137 3825 3603 3158
3470 3025 2758 2224
2046 1468 1112 311
667 X X X
6717 6539 6405 6183
5293 4982 4760 4315
4626 4181 3914 3381
3203 2624 2269 1468
1824 1068 578
X
7829 7695 7562 7340
6450 6139 5916 5471
5783 5338 5071 4493
4359 3781 3381 2624
2980 2224 1735 712
8985 8852 8718 8496
7606 7295 7073 6628
6939 6494 6227 5649
5516 4938 4537 3781
4137 3381 2891 1868
10,142 10,008 9875 9653
8763 8452 8229 7784
11,298 11,165 11,032 10,809
9919 9608 9386 8941
8096 7651 7384 6806
9252 8807 8541 7962
6672 6094 5694 4938
7829 7251 6850 6094
5293 4537 4048 3025
6450 5694 5204 4181
13,033 12,900 12,766 12,544
11,654 11,343 11,121 10,676
10,943 10,542 10,275 9697
9564 8985 8585 7829
8185 7428 6939 5916
0
All
0
0
8180 10,200 12,300 14,300 16,400 18,400 20,500 22,500 25,600
19.1 22.2 57.8 28.6 38.1 50.8
1468 1468 1468 1468 1468
2571 2753 3118 3670 4404
5827 5649 5249 4715 4003
7918 7740 7384 6806 6094
10,008 9831 9475 8896 8185
12,099 11,921 11,565 10,987 10,275
14,190 14,012 13,656 13,122 12,366
19.1 22.2 105.1 28.6 38.1 50.8
2669 2669 2669 2669 2669
4671 5004 5671 6672 8007
3736 3381 2713 1735 400
5827 5471 4804 3825 2491
7918 7562 6895 5916 4582
10,008 9653 8985 8007 6672
12,099 11,788 11,121 10,097 8763
19.1
50
22.2
162.9 28.6
38.1
50.8
4137 4137 4137 4137 4137
7242 7758 8790 10,342 12,410
1157 623
X X X
3247 2713 1690 133
X
5338 4804 3781 2224 178
7428 6939 5872 4315 2269
9519 9030 7962 6450 4359
19.1
6894
12054
X
22.2
6894
12925
X
271.4 28.6
6894
14652
X
38.1
6894
17236
X
50.8
6894
20683
X
X
489 2580 4670
X
X
1712 3803
X
X
X
2068
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
19.1
8362
14634
X
X
X
X
2091
22.2
8362
15679
X
X
X
X
1045
329.2 28.6
8362
17770
X
X
X
X
X
38.1
8362
20906
X
X
X
X
X
50.8
8362
25087
X
X
X
X
X
X--Indicates where the listed supply pressure is not sufficient to overcome the opposing bias spring effect. 1. The maximum design pressure for size 25 and 50 actuator is 10.3 bar. Maximum rating for applications is 8.6 bar.
16,280 16,102 15,747 15,213 14,457
14,190 13,878 13,211 12,188 10,854
11,610 11,121 10,097 8541 6450
6761 5894 4159 1579
X
4181 3136 1045
X X
18,416 18,193 17,837 17,303 16,547
16,280 15,969 15,302 14,279 12,944
13,745 13,211 12,188 10,631 8541
8852 7984 6249 3670 222
6272 5226 3136
X X
20,506 20,328 19,928 19,394 18,638
18,371 18,060 17,392 16,369 15,035
15,836 15,302 14,279 12,722 10,631
10942 10075 8340 5760 2313
8362 7317 5226 2091
X
23,620 23,442 23,086 22,552 21,796
21,529 21,218 20,551 19,528 18,193
18,949 18,460 17,392 15,880 13,789
14078 13211 11476 8896 5449
11498 10453 8362 5226 1045
10.3
SPRING COLOR
17,348
15,925 15,791 15,658 15,435 14,546 14,234 14,012 13,567
13,834 13,434 13,167 12,588
Springs Not Used
Gold
Light Green
White
12,455 11,877 11,476 10,720
Gold & White
11,076 10,320 9831 8807
30,700
28,869 28,691 28,335 27,801 27,045
26,778 26,467 25,800 24,777 23,442
Light Green & White Springs Not Used
Pink
Light Blue
24,198 23,709 22,641 21,129 19,038
Pink & Light Blue
19,328 18,460 16,725 14,145 10,698
Green
16,748 15,702 13,612 10,476 6294
Pink & Green
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:585C March 2021
585C Actuator
D102086X012
Table 6. Fisher 585CR Size 25 and 50 Actuator Thrust Capabilities, U.S. Units (Spring Extends Stem)
ACTUATOR SIZE
SPRING RATE, lb/in
0
SPRING THRUST W/ ACTUATOR
STEM EXTENDED,
POUNDS
0
40 1040
TOTAL THRUST FOR 585CR WITH ACTUATOR STEM FULLY EXTENDED
Operating Pressure, psig(1)
50
60
70
80
90 100 110 125
Force, Pounds
1300 1560 1820 2080 2340 2600 2860 3250
150 3900
SPRINGS USED, BY COLOR Springs Not Used
200
200
1240 1500 1760 2020 2280 2540 2800 3060 3450 X
Gold
400
400
1440 1700 1960 2220 2480 2740 3000 3260 3650 X
25(2)
500
500
1540 1800 2060 2320 2580 2840 3100 3360 3750 X
Light Green White
700
700
1740 2000 2260 2520 2780 3040 3300 3560 X
X
Gold & White
900
900
1940 2200 2460 2720 2980 3240 3500 3760 X
X
Light Green & White
0
0
1840 2300 2760 3220 3680 4140 4600 5060 5750 6900
Springs Not Used
330
330
2210 2680 3150 3620 4090 4560 5030 5500 6205 X
Pink
600
600
2480 2950 3420 3890 4360 4830 5300 5770 6475 X
50(3)
930
930
2810 3280 3750 4220 4690 5160 5630 6100 6805 X
Light Blue Pink & Light Blue
1550
1550
3430 3900 4370 4840 5310 5780 6250 6720 X
X
Green
1880
1880
3760 4230 4700 5170 5640 6110 6580 7050 X
X
Pink & Green
X indicates where the listed supply pressure is not sufficient to overcome the opposing bias spring effect. 1. The maximum design pressure for size 25 and 50 actuator is 150 psig. 2. Maximum thrust is 3900 lbs. 3. Maximum thrust is 6900 lbs.
Table 7. Fisher 585CR Size 25 and 50 Actuator Thrust Capabilities, Metric Units (Spring Extends Stem)
ACTUATOR SIZE
SPRING RATE, N/mm
0
SPRING THRUST W/ ACTUATOR
STEM EXTENDED,
N
0
2.8 4626
TOTAL THRUST FOR 585CR WITH ACTUATOR STEM FULLY EXTENDED
Operating Pressure, bar(1) 3.4 4.1 4.8 5.5 6.2 6.9 7.6 8.6
Force, N 5782 6939 8095 9251 10408 11565 12721 14456
10.3 17347
SPRINGS USED, BY COLOR
Springs Not Used
35.0
890
5516 6672 7828 8985 10141 11298 12454 13610 15346 X
Gold
25(2)
70.0 87.6
1780 2225
6405 7562 8718 9874 11031 12188 13344 14500 16235 X 6850 8006 9163 10319 11476 12632 13789 14945 16680 X
Light Green White
122.6
3115
7740 8896 10052 11209 12365 13655 14678 15835 X
X
Gold & White
157.6
4005
8629 9786 10942 12099 13255 14412 15568 16724 X
X
Light Green & White
0
0
8180 10200 12300 14300 16400 18400 20500 22500 25600 30700 Springs Not Used
57.8
1468
9830 11921 14011 16102 18192 20282 22373 24464 27600 X
Pink
50(3)
105.1 162.8
2670 4135
11031 13122 15212 17303 19393 21484 23574 25665 28800 X 12499 14589 16680 18770 20861 22952 25042 27133 30269 X
Light Blue Pink & Light Blue
271.4
6894
15256 17347 19438 21528 23619 25709 27800 29891 X
X
Green
329.2
8362
16724 18815 20906 22996 25087 27177 29268 31358 X
X
Pink & Green
X indicates where the listed supply pressure is not sufficient to overcome the opposing bias spring effect. 1. The maximum design pressure for size 25 and 50 actuator is 10.3 bar. 2. Maximum thrust is 17347 N. 3. Maximum thrust is 30700 N.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
585C Actuator
D102086X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:585C March 2021
Table 8. Fisher 585C Thrust (Springless Construction)
TOTAL THRUST FOR 585C(1)
PISTON ACTUATOR AREA
Operating Pressure, bar(3)
SIZE
2.8
3.4
4.1
4.8
5.5
6.2
6.9
7.6
8.6
10.3
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE THRUST
cm2
Force, Newtons(2)
Newtons
25
168 4630 5780 6940 8100 9260 10400 11600 12700 14500 17300
17300
50
303 8180 10200 12300 14300 16400 18400 20500 22500 25600 30700
31400
60(3)
358 9880 12300 14800 17300 19800 22200 24700 27200 30900 36900
36900
68(3)
571 15700 19700 23600 27600 31500 35400 39400 43300 49200
X
55600(4)
80(3)
571 15700 19700 23600 27600 31500 35400 39400 43300 49200 58700
58700
100(3)
842 23200 29000 34800 40600 46400 52200 58000 63900 72600 86700
86700
130(3)
1430 39400 49300 59100 69000 78700 88500 98800 108100
X
X
111200
PISTON
Operating Pressure, psig(3)
ACTUATOR SIZE
AREA
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
Inches2
Force, Pounds(2)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE THRUST
Pounds
25
26
1040 1300 1560 1820 2080 2340 2600
2860
3250
3900
3900
50
47
1840 2300 2760 3220 3680 4140 4600
5060
5750
6900
7050
60(3)
55.5 2220 2780 3330 3890 4440 5000 5550
6110
6940
8300
8300
68(3)
88.5 3540 4430 5310 6200 7080 7970 8850
9740
11100
X
12500(4)
80(3)
88.5 3540 4430 5310 6200 7080 7970 8850
9740
11100 13200
13200
100(3)
130.5 5220 6530 7830 9140 10440 11700 13100 14400 16300 19500
19500
130(3)
221.5 8860 11100 13300 15500 17700 19900 22200 24300
X
X
25000
X indicates where the listed supply pressure will exceed the maximum thrust allowable. 1. The maximum design pressure for size 25 through 100 actuators is 10.3 bar (150 psig). Size 68 and 130 actuators are limited to 9.7 and 7.8 bar (140 and 113 psig) respectively. 2. The size 25 and 50 data is for the construction without a bias spring. 3. Minimum operating pressure for sizes 60-130 actuators is 2.4 bar (35 psig). 4. The size 68 actuator with a handwheel is limited to 40000 Newtons (9000 lb) thrust.
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:585C March 2021
585C Actuator
D102086X012
Handwheel Specifications
Table 9. Fisher 585C Handwheel Specifications
ACTUATOR SIZE
HANDWHEEL MOUNTING
HANDWHEEL DIAMETER
mm
25
356
Top-Mounted
50
482
60(1)
203
60(2)
356
68(1)
203
68(2)
Integral
356
Side-Mounted
80
432
100
432
130
432
ACTUATOR SIZE
HANDWHEEL MOUNTING
HANDWHEEL DIAMETER
Inches
25
14
Top-Mounted
50
19
60(1)
8
60(2)
14
68(1)
8
68(2)
Integral
14
Side-Mounted
80
17
100
17
130
17
1. 2 and 4 inch maximum travel constructions. 2. 8 inch maximum travel construction.
TURNS PER mm TRAVEL
0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.4
TURNS PER INCH TRAVEL
12 12 16 16 16 16 10 10 10
MAXIMUM RIM FORCE REQUIRED
Newtons 325 445 276 160 276 160 423 623 623
MAXIMUM RIM FORCE REQUIRED
Pounds 73 100 62 36 62 36 95 140 140
HANDWHEEL OUTPUT FORCE
Newtons 12,810 23,790 40000 40000 40000 40000 50000 75600 75600
HANDWHEEL OUTPUT FORCE
Pounds 2880 5350 9000 9000 9000 9000 11250 17000 17000
HANDWHEEL WEIGHT kg 17 20 28 30 30 33 35 94 123
HANDWHEEL WEIGHT Pounds 37 45 61 66 66 71 77 208 272
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
585C Actuator
D102086X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:585C March 2021
Table 10. Fisher 585C Dimensions--Size 25 and 50 Actuator with 3611 Pneumatic (P/P) Positioner
YOKE
ACTUATOR SIZE
BOSS
E
H
C
AR(1)
F
jJc
L
P
T
SIZE
mm
54.0
324.4
693.7
205.2
127.0
259.6
355.6
47.8
255.8
19.1
25
71.4
352.3
720.9
205.2
176.3
259.6
355.6
19.8
255.8
23.9
71.4
464.3
841.5
257.0
176.3
265.4
482.6
13.7
281.7
23.9
50
90.5
503.4
881.1
257.0
225.6
265.4
482.6
- - -
281.7
35.1
Inches
2-1/8
12.77
27.31
8.08
5.00
10.22
14.00
1.88
10.07
0.75
25
2-13/16 13.87
28.38
8.08
6.94
10.22
14.00
0.78
10.07
0.94
2-13/16 18.28
33.13
10.12
6.94
10.45
19.00
0.54
11.09
0.94
50
3-9/16
19.82
34.69
10.12
8.88
10.45
19.00
- - -
11.09
1.38
1. Actuator removal clearance
X
114.3 139.3 152.4 193.5
4.50 5.50 6.00 7.62
Figure 6. Fisher 585C Dimensions--Size 25 and 50 Actuator with 3611 Pneumatic (P/P) Positioner (See Table 10)
C
AR
P
F
E
18B5463-A
X T
L
AR
JC C
P
FISHER 67AFD 1/4-18 NPT SUPPLY CONNECTOR
FISHER 3611JP 1/4-18 NPT INSTRUMENT CONNECTOR
F
H
17B3436-B
X
T
L
FISHER 67AFD 1/4-18 NPT SUPPLY CONNECTOR
FISHER 3611JP 1/4-18 NPT INSTRUMENT CONNECTOR
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:585C March 2021
585C Actuator
D102086X012
Table 11. Fisher 585C Dimensions--Size 25 and 50 Actuator with 3621 Electro-Pneumatic (I/P) Positioner
ACTUATOR SIZE
YOKE BOSS SIZE
E
H
C
AR(1)
F
jJc
L
mm
54.0
322.1
681.0
205.2
127.0
216.7
355.6
96.0
25
71.4
350.0
720.9
205.2
176.3
216.7
355.6
68.1
71.4
462.0
836.4
257.0
176.3
222.5
482.6
62.5
50
90.5
501.1
875.6
257.0
225.6
222.5
482.6
23.4
Inches
2-1/8
12.68
26.81
8.08
5.00
8.53
14.00
3.78
25
2-13/16
13.78
28.38
8.08
6.94
8.53
14.00
2.68
2-13/16
18.19
32.93
10.12
6.94
8.76
19.00
2.46
50
3-9/16
19.73
34.47
10.12
8.88
8.76
19.00
0.92
1. Actuator removal clearance
P
303.5 303.5 329.4 329.4
11.95 11.95 12.97 12.97
Figure 7. Fisher 585C Dimensions--Size 25 and 50 Actuator with 3621 Electro-Pneumatic (I/P) Positioner
(See Table 11)
C
AR
P
F
1/4-18 NPT SUPPLY CONNECTOR
E
T
L
17B3435-B
JC
AR
C HH
1/2-14 NPT
F
CONDUIT
CONNECTOR
1/4-18 NPT SUPPLY CONNECTOR
18B6671-A
L P
14
1/2-14 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTOR
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
585C Actuator
D102086X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:585C March 2021
Table 12. Fisher 585C Dimensions--Size 60 to 130 Actuator
ACTUATOR
A
B DIAMETER
C(1)
AR(2)
D
E
SIZE TRAVEL mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
2
462 18.2 267 10.5 305 12.0 232 9.1 734 28.9 206 8.1
60
4
564 22.2 267 10.5 305 12.0 292 11.5 785 30.9 206 8.1
8
782 30.8 267 10.5 305 12.0 279 11.0 1074 42.3 206 8.1
2
597 23.5 325 12.8 330 13.0 232 9.1 853 33.6 206 8.1
68
4
729 28.7 325 12.8 330 13.0 292 11.5 853 33.6 206 8.1
8
828 32.6 325 12.8 330 13.0 279 11.0 1143 45.0 206 8.1
4
714 28.1 325 12.8 330 13.0 321 12.6 1245 49.0 305 12
80
8
965 38.0 325 12.8 330 13.0 406 16.0 1344 52.9 305 12
4
714 28.1 381 15.0 361 14.2 321 12.6 1245 49.0 305 12
100
8
958 37.7 381 15.0 361 14.2 321 12.6 1346 53.0 305 12
4
833 32.8 483 19.0 411 16.2 321 12.6 1410 55.5 305 12
130
8
1006 39.6 483 19.0 411 16.2 406 16.0 1725 67.9 305 12
1. The C dimension shown is for FIELDVUE DVC6200 digital valve controllers. Add 38.1 mm (1.5 inches) to this dimension for 3620JP positioners. Subtract 12.7 mm (0.5 inches) from this dimension for 3610JP positioners. 2. Actuator removal clearance.
F DIAMETER mm Inch 203 8.0 203 8.0 356 14.0 203 8.0 203 8.0 356 14.0 432 17.0 432 17.0 432 17.0 432 17.0 432 17.0 432 17.0
ARH(2)
mm Inch 232 9.1 241 9.5 279 11.0 232 9.1 241 9.5 279 11.0 321 12.6 406 16.0 321 12.6 406 16.0 321 12.6 406 16.0
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:585C March 2021
585C Actuator
D102086X012
Figure 8. Fisher 585C Dimensions--Size 60 to 130 Actuator (See Table 12)
j B AR
j B AR
A A
1
C
WITH DVC6200 DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
1
C
ARH
WITH 3610 OR 3620 POSITIONER
j F
D
FLOW
E WITH MANUAL OPERATOR
MANUAL OPERATOR POSITION
1 The C dimension listed in the table is for the actuator with the FIELDVUE digital valve controller. Add to this dimension for 3620JP positioners. Subtract from this dimension for 3610JP positioners. Refer to the footnote in the table.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, and TopWorx are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore www.Fisher.com
E161994, 2021 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
685 Piston Actuator
D103625X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:685 May 2017
FisherTM 685 Piston Actuator
The 685 is a double-acting piston actuator that provides accurate, high thrust output for short to long travel applications. This actuator is designed for use with a variety of medium to large Fisher sliding-stem control valves including the easyeTM, FB, TBX, HP, EH, and 461.
The 685 family is available in several configurations to cover a wide range of application requirements. Typical travels range from 25 to 610 mm (1 to 24 inches) and cylinder diameters range from 305 to 660 mm (12 to 26 inches). Thrust capabilities extend to 354 kN (79,000 lbf) and above with special constructions.
The 685 can be used with the FIELDVUETM DVC6200 digital valve controller for throttling applications, or with switching valves for onoff control. This actuator can also be fitted with volume boosters for fast stroking requirements.
Features
nHigh Thrust Capability Maximum thrusts of up to 354 kN (79,000 lbf) can be produced.
nBroad Application Coverage Standard constructions offer travels of up to 610 mm (24 inches) and cylinder diameters of up to 660 mm (26 inches). Even larger constructions are available upon request.
nLow Friction Low friction piston seals and either chrome plated or fluoropolymer coated cylinder bores reduce sliding friction and wear.
X0922
nWide Temperature Range Standard constructions offer a temperature range of -40 to 93_C (-40 to 200_F), however higher or lower temperatures are possible. Special constructions can operate as low as -54_C (65_F) and as high as 204_C (400_F).
nManual Override An optional side-mounted handwheel is capable of extending or retracting the actuator manually and can be engaged at any position from full open to full closed.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:685 May 2017
685 Piston Actuator
D103625X012
Table 1. Specifications Operating Pressure(1) Minimum: 2.7 bar (40psig) Maximum Allowable: 10.3 bar (150 psig) Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for supply pressures under 2.7 bar (40 psig)
Travel(2) 25 mm (1 inch) through 610 mm (24 inch) See table 4
Thrust Capabilities See table 5
Construction Materials
PART Yoke Piston Cylinder
Upper/Lower Heads Tie Bolt
Piston Rod Stem Connector
MATERIAL
ASTM A36 (steel)
ASTM A36 (steel)
305 to 559 mm (12 to 22 inch) cylinder: 1026 DOM (steel) with
chrome-plated bore 610 to 660 mm (24 to 26 inch) cylinder: ASTM A516 Grade 70
(steel) with fluoropolymer coated bore
ASTM A36 (steel)
ASTM A311 1045, Class B (steel)
S31603 (316L stainless steel)
ASTM A36 (steel)
Piston Diameter and Area(2) Available in 51 mm (2 inch) increments between 305 mm (12 inch) and 660 mm (26 inch) See table 4 For additional sizes, contact your Emerson Automation Solutions sales office.
Operative Temperature Limits Standard: 40 to 93_C (40 to 200_F) Low Temperature: 54 to 93_C (65 to 200_F)(3) High Temperature: 29 to 204_C (20 to 400_F)(3)
Weights See tables 11 and 12
Lifting Point Load Ratings See table 2
Options J Mechanical Handwheel, J Pneumatic fail mode via Fisher 377 trip valve, J Volume Boosters, J Fisher Optimized Digital Valve (ODV) Package
Dimensions See figure 3 and tables 7, 8, 9, and 10
Yoke Boss and Valve Stem Diameter
J 127 mm (5H inch) yoke boss with 32 mm (1-1/4 inch) stem J 178 mm (7 inch) yoke boss with 51 mm (2 inch) stem
Optional Certifications(4)
J Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) 97/23/EC, J ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
,
Pressure Connections Standard: 3/4 NPT Optional: 1 and 11/4 NPT See figure 2 and table 6
Instrument Mounting Mounting kits are available for use with the FIELDVUE DVC6200 series positioner
J Customs Union Technical Regulations (CUTR) 010/2011 and 012/2011
,
Fisher 685 actuators have been evaluated for ignition hazard and certified for CUTR 012/2011 under "protection by constructional safety." To ensure conformity with CUTR, only Fisher parts and materials can be used. J Safety Instrumented System, SIL 2 Capable certified by TUV Rheinland
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any other applicable standard or code should not be exceeded. 2. Consult your Emerson sales office for larger travels or cylinder diameters. The Fisher 585C family of actuators can be used for smaller travels or cylinder diameters. 3. Consult your Emerson sales office for applications requiring low or high temperature requirements. 4. Refer to the product nameplates to determine which certifications each actuator construction possesses.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
685 Piston Actuator
D103625X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:685 May 2017
Principle of Operation
685 piston actuators utilize a pneumatically controlled piston that moves inside of a cylinder to generate thrust. A seal contained on the circumference of the piston provides a seal between the piston and the cylinder, preventing supply pressure leakage.
From an equilibrium state, the actuator operates by reacting to a force unbalance that is created by increasing supply pressure on one side of the piston, and decreasing it on the other. This moves the piston up or down, and results in a repositioning of the attached control valve. Travel can be adjusted using travel limits within a valve positioner, which limit the travel range of the actuator. The optional handwheel manual override does not have the ability to act as a hard travel stop.
An optional handwheel manual override is capable of extending or retracting the actuator manually and can be engaged at any position from full open to full close. This override utilizes a worm gear assembly that is attached to the stem connector and not attached to the cylinder or piston rod. This enables the manual override to reposition the control valve even if the actuator cylinder or piston is removed for maintenance.
Instrument Selection
An excellent selection of sensitive and accurate instruments is available for 685 piston actuators. These include the FIELDVUE DVC6200 digital valve controller, as well trip valves and volume boosters.
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
FIELDVUE DVC6200 digital valve controllers are communicating, microprocessorbased currenttopneumatic instruments. In addition to the traditional function of converting a current signal to a pressure signal, DVC6200 digital valve controllers, using HARTr or FOUNDATIONTM fieldbus communications protocol, give easy access to information critical to process operation.
For additional information, refer to Fisher bulletin 62.1:DVC6200 (D103415X012) or 62.1:DVC6200f (D103399X012), available at www.Fisher.com or from your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:685 May 2017
685 Piston Actuator
D103625X012
Figure 1. Fisher 685 Piston Actuator
PRESSURE CONNECTIONS
TIE RODS CYLINDER
MOUNTING BOSSES PRESSURE CONNECTIONS
PISTON WEAR RING PISTON QUAD SEAL PISTON PISTON ROD
BEARING ASSEMBLY BEARING RETAINING RING
VALVE STEM CONNECTOR
X0923
YOKE
Table 2. Lifting Point Load Ratings
ACTUATOR SIZE
LIFTING ORIENTATION
12 to 24 26
12 to 24 26
Actuator Centerline Horizontal
Actuator Centerline Vertical
NUMBER OF LIFTING POINTS USED
2 2 2 2
MAXIMUM LOAD
kg
lbs
1540
3400
2860
6300
3760
8300
6350
14000
Table 3. Handwheel Specification
ACTUATOR SIZE
12 14 to 18 20 to 26
OUTPUT THRUST
N 44482 88964 133447
lbs 10000 20000 30000
HANDWHEEL DIAMETER
mm
Inch
305
12
406
16
610
24
TURNS PER mm OF TRAVEL
3.8 3.0
2.8
TURNS PER INCH OF TRAVEL
96 80
72
MAXIMUM RIM FORCE REQUIRED
N
lbs
290
65
380
85
450
100
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
685 Piston Actuator
D103625X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:685 May 2017
Table 4. Standard Constructions(1)
ACTUATOR SIZE
PISTON DIAMETER
PISTON ROD AREA
12
305
16
14
356
32
16
406
32
18
457
32
20
508
46
22
559
46
24
610
62
26
660
62
12
12
2.41
14
14
4.91
16
16
4.91
18
18
4.91
20
20
7.07
22
22
7.07
24
24
9.62
26
26
9.62
1. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional sizes.
PISTON AREA
VALVE STEM CONNECTOR SIZE
mm (cm2 for Area)
730
32 or 51
993
32 or 51
1297
32 or 51
1642
32 or 51
2027
32 or 51
2452
32 or 51
2919
32 or 51
3425
32 or 51
Inches (inch2 for Area)
113
1 1/4 or 2
154
1 1/4 or 2
201
1 1/4 or 2
254
1 1/4 or 2
314
1 1/4 or 2
380
1 1/4 or 2
452
1 1/4 or 2
531
1 1/4 or 2
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
127 or 178 127 or 178 127 or 178 127 or 178 127 or 178 127 or 178 127 or 178 127 or 178
5H or 7 5H or 7 5H or 7 5H or 7 5H or 7 5H or 7 5H or 7 5H or 7
VALVE TRAVEL
Minimum
Maximum
>203
610
>203
610
>203
610
>203
610
25
610
25
610
25
610
25
610
>8
24
>8
24
>8
24
>8
24
1
24
1
24
1
24
1
24
Table 5. Thrust
ACTUATOR SIZE
STROKE
4.1 barg (60 psig)
12
30183 (6786)
14
41083 (9236)
16
53659 (12064)
18
67913 (15268)
20
Push
83843 (18850)
22
101450 (22808)
24
120734 (27143)
26
141694 (31856)
12
29540 (6641)
14
39773 (8942)
16
52349 (11769)
18
66602 (14974)
20
Pull
81956 (18425)
22
99563 (22384)
24
118166 (26566)
26
139127 (31279)
1. Consult your Emerson sales office for supply pressures below 40 psig. 2. Maximum available thrust.
THRUST AT SUPPLY PRESSURE, N (LBF)(1)
5.5 barg (80 psig)
6.9 barg (100 psig)
40245 (9048) 54777 (12315) 71546 (16085) 90550 (20358) 111790 (25133) 135266 (30411) 160978 (36191) 188926 (42474) 39387 (8855) 53030 (11922) 69799 (15692) 88803 (19965) 109275 (24567) 132751 (29845) 157555 (35422) 185503 (41705)
50306 (11310) 68472 (15394) 89432 (20106) 113188 (25447) 139738 (31416) 169083 (38013) 201223 (45239) 236157 (53093) 49234 (11069) 66288 (14903) 87248 (19615) 111004 (24956) 136593 (30709) 165938 (37306) 196944 (44277) 231878 (52131)
10.3 barg (150 psig)(2) 75459 (16965) 102707 (23091) 134149 (30159) 169782 (38170) 209607 (47124) 253625 (57020) 301834 (67858) 354236 (79639) 73851 (16603) 99432 (22354) 130873 (29423) 166506 (37434) 204890 (46063) 248907 (55959) 295416 (66415) 347817 (78196)
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:685 May 2017
685 Piston Actuator
D103625X012
Figure 2. Position of Pressure Connections
X NPT PORT
X NPT PORT
Y NPT PORT
Z NPT PORT
Y NPT PORT
TOP VIEW OF ACTUATOR WITH >203 mm (8 INCHES) OF VALVE TRAVEL
C NPT PORT
TOP VIEW OF ACTUATOR WITH v 203 mm (8 INCHES) OF VALVE TRAVEL
D NPT PORT
A NPT PORT
B NPT PORT
B NPT PORT
TOP VIEW OF ACTUATOR WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE
E1563
WITH >203 mm (8 INCHES) OF VALVE TRAVEL
TOP VIEW OF ACTUATOR WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE WITH v 203 mm (8 INCHES) OF VALVE TRAVEL
Table 6. Pressure Connections
WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE
ACTUATOR SIZE
TRAVEL
mm
Inches
12
>203
>8
No
14 to 26
>203
>8
20 to 26
v203
v8
12
>203
>8
Yes
14 to 26
>203
>8
20 to 26
v203
v8
1. Refer to figure 2. 2. Quantity of 2 top and 2 bottom is available as standard for 3/4 NPT only.
Size, NPT(2) 3/4
3/4, 1, or 1-1/4 3/4, 1, or 1-1/4
3/4 3/4, 1, or 1-1/4 3/4, 1, or 1-1/4
SUPPLY CONNECTION Quantity
(Top/Bottom)(2) 1/1 2/2 1/1 2/2 1/1 2/2 1/1 2/2 1/1 2/2 1/1 2/2
Location(1)
Z X and Z
Z Y and Z
Y X and Y
B B and C
B B and D
A A and B
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
685 Piston Actuator
D103625X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:685 May 2017
Figure 3. Fisher Double-Acting Actuator
AR
AR
H
A
A
B
B
C C
FRONT VIEW OF ACTUATOR WITHOUT MANUAL OVERRIDE
E
G
FRONT VIEW OF ACTUATOR WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE
LEFT VIEW OF ACTUATOR WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE
F
E1564
VIEW OF BOTTOM OF YOKE BOSS
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:685 May 2017
685 Piston Actuator
D103625X012
Table 7. Dimensions A, G, and H
ACTUATOR SIZE
A mm
12
381
14
432
16
489
18
543
20
591
22
654
24
711
26
775
Inch 15.00 17.00 19.25 21.38 23.25 25.75 28.00 30.50
G
mm
Inch
338
13.31
435
17.13
435
17.13
435
17.13
581
22.88
581
22.88
584
23.00
584
23.00
H
mm
Inch
235
9.25
253
9.98
253
9.98
253
9.98
434
17.10
434
17.10
484
19.06
484
19.06
Table 8. Dimension B
ACTUATOR SIZE
12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26
102 mm (4 inch)
mm
Inch
259
10.20
259
10.20
265
10.45
265
10.45
Dimension B for Maximum Valve Travel, mm (Inch)
203 mm (8 inch)
305 mm (12.00 inch)
406 mm (16.00 inch)
508 mm (20.00 inch)
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
432
17.00
533
21.00
635
25.00
445
17.50
546
21.50
648
25.50
445
17.50
546
21.50
648
25.50
445
17.50
546
21.50
648
25.50
361
14.20
462
18.20
564
22.20
665
26.20
361
14.20
462
18.20
564
22.20
665
26.20
367
14.45
469
18.45
570
22.45
672
26.45
367
14.45
469
18.45
570
22.45
672
26.45
610 mm (24.00 inch)
mm
Inch
737
29.00
749
29.50
749
29.50
749
29.50
767
30.20
767
30.20
773
30.45
773
30.45
Table 9. Dimensions E and F
WITHOUT MANUAL OVERRIDE
ACTUATOR SIZE
E
5H Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
F
5H Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
12
222 8.75 267 10.50 203 8.00 229 9.00
14
229 9.00 267 10.50 203 8.00 229 9.00
16
229 9.00 267 10.50 203 8.00 229 9.00
18
229 9.00 267 10.50 203 8.00 229 9.00
20
305 12.00 305 12.00 305 12.00 305 12.00
22
305 12.00 305 12.00 305 12.00 305 12.00
24
406 16.00 406 16.00 457 18.00 457 18.00
26
406 16.00 406 16.00 457 18.00 457 18.00
WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE
E
F
5H Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
5H Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
251 9.88 279 11.00 229 9.00 229 9.00
238 9.38 279 11.00 305 12.00 305 12.00
238 9.38 279 11.00 305 12.00 305 12.00
238 9.38 279 11.00 305 12.00 305 12.00
305 12.00 305 12.00 330 13.00 330 13.00
305 12.00 305 12.00 330 13.00 330 13.00
476 18.75 476 18.75 457 18.00 457 18.00
476 18.75 476 18.75 457 18.00 457 18.00
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
685 Piston Actuator
D103625X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:685 May 2017
Table 10. Dimensions C and AR (Actuator Removal Clearance)
WITHOUT MANUAL OVERRIDE
WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE
ACTUATOR SIZE
MAXIMUM VALVE TRAVEL
C
5H Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
AR (Actuator Removal Clearance)
5H Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
C
5H Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
AR (Actuator Removal Clearance)
5H Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
267 10.50 1078 42.44 1078 42.44 381 15.00 381 15.00 1192 46.94 1192 46.94 381 15.00 381 15.00
279 11.00 1078 42.44 1078 42.44 318 12.50 318 12.50 1192 46.94 1230 48.44 318 12.50 356 14.00
305 12.00 1078 42.44 1078 42.44 305 12.00 305 12.00 1218 47.94 1230 48.44 330 13.00 343 13.50
368 14.50 1281 50.44 1281 50.44 381 15.00 381 15.00 1319 51.94 1395 54.94 305 12.00 381 15.00
381 15.00 1281 50.44 1281 50.44 318 12.50 318 12.50 1319 51.94 1434 56.44 241 9.50 356 14.00
406 16.00 1281 50.44 1281 50.44 305 12.00 305 12.00 1421 55.94 1434 56.44 330 13.00 343 13.50
12
470 18.50 1484 58.44 1484 58.44 381 15.00 381 15.00 1599 62.94 1599 62.94 381 15.00 381 15.00
483 19.00 1484 58.44 1484 58.44 318 12.50 318 12.50 1599 62.94 1637 64.44 318 12.50 356 14.00
508 20.00 1484 58.44 1484 58.44 305 12.00 305 12.00 1624 63.94 1637 64.44 330 13.00 343 13.50
572 22.50 1688 66.44 1688 66.44 381 15.00 381 15.00 1802 70.94 1802 70.94 381 15.00 381 15.00
584 23.00 1688 66.44 1688 66.44 318 12.50 318 12.50 1802 70.94 1840 72.44 318 12.50 356 14.00
610 24.00 1688 66.44 1688 66.44 305 12.00 305 12.00 1827 71.94 1840 72.44 330 13.00 343 13.50
267 10.50 1124 44.25 1124 44.25 381 15.00 381 15.00 1294 50.94 1294 50.94 381 15.00 381 15.00
279 11.00 1124 44.25 1124 44.25 318 12.50 318 12.50 1294 50.94 1332 52.44 318 12.50 356 14.00
305 12.00 1124 44.25 1124 44.25 305 12.00 305 12.00 1319 51.94 1332 52.44 330 13.00 343 13.50
368 14.50 1327 52.25 1327 52.25 381 15.00 381 15.00 1421 55.94 1497 58.94 305 12.00 381 15.00
381 15.00 1327 52.25 1327 52.25 318 12.50 318 12.50 1421 55.94 1535 60.44 241 9.50 356 14.00
14, 16, 406 16.00 1327 52.25 1327 52.25 305 12.00 305 12.00 1522 59.94 1535 60.44 330 13.00 343 13.50 and 18 470 18.50 1530 60.25 1530 60.25 381 15.00 381 15.00 1700 66.94 1700 66.94 381 15.00 381 15.00
483 19.00 1530 60.25 1530 60.25 318 12.50 318 12.50 1700 66.94 1738 68.44 318 12.50 356 14.00
508 20.00 1530 60.25 1530 60.25 305 12.00 305 12.00 1726 67.94 1738 68.44 330 13.00 343 13.50
572 22.50 1734 68.25 1734 68.25 381 15.00 381 15.00 1903 74.94 1903 74.94 381 15.00 381 15.00
584 23.00 1734 68.25 1734 68.25 318 12.50 318 12.50 1903 74.94 1942 76.44 318 12.50 356 14.00
610 24.00 1734 68.25 1734 68.25 305 12.00 305 12.00 1929 75.94 1942 76.44 330 13.00 343 13.50
102 4.00 754 29.69 786 30.94 334 13.13 365 14.38 937 36.88 949 37.38 381 15.00 394 15.50
152 6.00 941 37.06 967 38.06 343 13.50 368 14.50 1140 44.88 1102 43.38 406 16.00 368 14.50
203 8.00 941 37.06 1018 40.06 292 11.50 368 14.50 1140 44.88 1153 45.38 356 14.00 368 14.50
267 10.50 1183 46.56 1183 46.56 381 15.00 381 15.00 1318 51.88 1318 51.88 381 15.00 381 15.00
279 11.00 1183 46.56 1183 46.56 318 12.50 318 12.50 1318 51.88 1356 53.38 318 12.50 356 14.00
305 12.00 1183 46.56 1183 46.56 305 12.00 305 12.00 1343 52.88 1356 53.38 330 13.00 343 13.50
368 14.50 1386 54.56 1386 54.56 381 15.00 381 15.00 1445 56.88 1521 59.88 305 12.00 381 15.00
20 and 22 381 15.00 1386 54.56 1386 54.56 318 12.50 318 12.50 1445 56.88 1559 61.38 241 9.50 356 14.00
406 16.00 1386 54.56 1386 54.56 305 12.00 305 12.00 1546 60.88 1559 61.38 330 13.00 343 13.50
470 18.50 1589 62.56 1589 62.56 381 15.00 381 15.00 1724 67.88 1724 67.88 381 15.00 381 15.00
483 19.00 1589 62.56 1589 62.56 318 12.50 318 12.50 1724 67.88 1762 69.38 318 12.50 356 14.00
508 20.00 1589 62.56 1589 62.56 305 12.00 305 12.00 1750 68.88 1762 69.38 330 13.00 343 13.50
572 22.50 1792 70.56 1792 70.56 381 15.00 381 15.00 1927 75.88 1927 75.88 381 15.00 381 15.00
584 23.00 1792 70.56 1792 70.56 318 12.50 318 12.50 1927 75.88 1965 77.38 318 12.50 356 14.00
610 24.00 1792 70.56 1792 70.56 305 12.00 305 12.00 1953 76.88 1965 77.38 330 13.00 343 13.50
-continued-
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:685 May 2017
685 Piston Actuator
D103625X012
Table 10. Dimensions C and AR (Actuator Removal Clearance) (continued)
WITHOUT MANUAL OVERRIDE
WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE
ACTUATOR SIZE
MAXIMUM VALVE TRAVEL
C
5H Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
AR (Actuator Removal Clearance)
5H Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
C
5H Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
AR (Actuator Removal Clearance)
5H Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
102 4.00 794 31.26 826 32.51 334 13.13 365 14.38 1000 39.38 1013 39.88 381 15.00 394 15.50
152 6.00 981 38.63 1007 39.63 343 13.50 368 14.50 1203 47.38 1165 45.88 406 16.00 368 14.50
203 8.00 981 38.63 1057 41.63 292 11.50 368 14.50 1203 47.38 1216 47.88 356 14.00 368 14.50
267 10.50 1223 48.13 1223 48.13 381 15.00 381 15.00 1381 54.38 1381 54.38 381 15.00 381 15.00
279 11.00 1223 48.13 1223 48.13 318 12.50 318 12.50 1381 54.38 1419 55.88 318 12.50 356 14.00
305 12.00 1223 48.13 1223 48.13 305 12.00 305 12.00 1407 55.38 1419 55.88 330 13.00 343 13.50
368 14.50 1426 56.13 1426 56.13 381 15.00 381 15.00 1508 59.38 1584 62.38 305 12.00 381 15.00
24 and 26 381 15.00 1426 56.13 1426 56.13 318 12.50 318 12.50 1508 59.38 1623 63.88 241 9.50 356 14.00
406 16.00 1426 56.13 1426 56.13 305 12.00 305 12.00 1610 63.38 1623 63.88 330 13.00 343 13.50
470 18.50 1629 64.13 1629 64.13 381 15.00 381 15.00 1788 70.38 1788 70.38 381 15.00 381 15.00
483 19.00 1629 64.13 1629 64.13 318 12.50 318 12.50 1788 70.38 1826 71.88 318 12.50 356 14.00
508 20.00 1629 64.13 1629 64.13 305 12.00 305 12.00 1813 71.38 1826 71.88 330 13.00 343 13.50
572 22.50 1832 72.13 1832 72.13 381 15.00 381 15.00 1991 78.38 1991 78.38 381 15.00 381 15.00
584 23.00 1832 72.13 1832 72.13 318 12.50 318 12.50 1991 78.38 2029 79.88 318 12.50 356 14.00
610 24.00 1832 72.13 1832 72.13 305 12.00 305 12.00 2016 79.38 2029 79.88 330 13.00 343 13.50
Table 11. Approximate Weights for Constructions without Handwheels
MAXIMUM VALVE TRAVEL
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT FOR ACTUATOR SIZE, kg (lbs)
mm (inches)
12
14
16
18
20
22
102 (4.00)
402 (886)
475 (1048)
203 (8.00)
430 (947)
505 (1114)
305 (12.00)
157 (346)
245 (541)
292 (643)
337 (742)
457 (1008)
535 (1180)
406 (16.00)
168 (370)
262 (577)
311 (686)
358 (789)
485 (1069)
565 (1246)
508 (20.00)
179 (395)
278 (614)
331 (729)
379 (836)
512 (1129)
595 (1311)
610 (24.00)
190 (420)
295 (650)
350 (773)
401 (883)
540 (1190)
625 (1377)
24 662 (1459) 702 (1548) 743 (1637) 783 (1726) 823 (1815) 864 (1904)
26 761 (1677) 804 (1771) 847 (1866) 889 (1961) 932 (2056) 975 (2150)
Table 12. Approximate Weights for Constructions with Handwheels
MAXIMUM VALVE TRAVEL
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT FOR ACTUATOR SIZE, kg (lbs)
mm (inches)
12
14
16
18
20
22
102 (4.00)
591 (1304)
664 (1463)
203 (8.00)
622 (1372)
696 (1535)
305 (12.00)
226 (499)
363 (800)
292 (643)
454 (1000)
653 (1440)
729 (1607)
406 (16.00)
239 (527)
380 (838)
311 (686)
474 (1046)
684 (1508)
762 (1679)
508 (20.00)
252 (555)
397 (876)
331 (729)
495 (1092)
715 (1576)
794 (1751)
610 (24.00)
264 (583)
415 (914)
350 (773)
516 (1138)
746 (1644)
827 (1823)
24 834 (1838) 873 (1924) 912 (2010) 951 (2096) 990 (2182) 1029 (2268)
26 925 (2038) 965 (2128) 1006 (2218) 1047 (2308) 1088 (2398) 1129 (2488)
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
685 Piston Actuator
D103625X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:685 May 2017
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:685 May 2017
685 Piston Actuator
D103625X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, easy-e, and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E122013, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
685SE and 685SR Actuators
D103791X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:685SE/685SR May 2017
FisherTM 685SE and 685SR Piston Actuators
The 685SE and 685SR are medium to large spring-return, double-acting piston actuators that provide accurate, high thrust output for short to long travel applications. These actuators are designed for use with a variety of medium to large Fisher slidingstem control valves including the easyeTM, FB, TBX,CVX, HP, EH, and 461.
These actuators feature an internal bias spring that forces the actuator piston rod to extend (685SE) or retract (685SR) upon a loss of supply pressure, thereby ensuring a fail-closed or fail-open mode of operation. This effectively eliminates the need for a trip valve and volume tank in most constructions.
Several configurations are available to cover a wide range of application requirements. Typical travels range from 25 to 610 mm (1 to 24 inches) and cylinder diameters range from 254 to 711 mm (10 to 28 inches).
The 685SE and 685SR can be used with the FIELDVUETM DVC6200 digital valve controller for throttling applications, or with switching valves for onoff control. This actuator can also be fitted with volume boosters for fast stroking requirements.
Features
nHigh Thrust Capability Maximum thrusts of up to 354 kN (79,000 lbf) can be produced, when supply pressure is available.
nBroad Application Coverage Standard constructions offer travels of up to 610 mm (24 inches) and cylinder diameters of up to 711 mm (28 inches). Even larger constructions are available upon request.
nLow Friction Low friction piston seals and either chrome plated or fluoropolymer coated cylinder bores reduce sliding friction and wear.
X0993
nDouble Acting Construction Pressure on both sides of the piston results in stiff, precise positioning.
nWide Temperature Range Standard constructions offer a temperature range of -40 to 93_C (-40 to 200_F), however higher or lower temperatures are possible. Special constructions can operate as low as -54_C (65_F) and as high as 204_C (400_F).
nMechanical Fail Mode Depending on construction, an internal bias spring will force the piston rod to retract or extend upon a loss of supply pressure.
nManual Override An optional side-mounted handwheel or hydraulic hand-pump is capable of extending or retracting the actuator manually and can be engaged at any position from full open to full closed.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:685SE/685SR
May 2017
685SE and 685SR Actuators
D103791X012
Table 1. Specifications
Operating Pressure(1) Minimum: 2.7 bar (40psig) Maximum Allowable: 10.3 bar (150 psig) Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partnerfor supply pressures under 2.7 bar (40 psig)
Travel(2) 25 mm (1 inch) through 610 mm (24 inch) See table 2
Thrust Capabilities Designed to meet the application requirements
Piston Diameter and Area(2) Available in 51 mm (2 inch) increments between 254 mm (10 inch) and 711 mm (28 inch) See table 2 For additional sizes, contact your Emerson Automation Solutions sales office.
Operative Temperature Limits Standard: 40 to 93_C (40 to 200_F) Low Temperature: 54 to 93_C (65 to 200_F)(3) High Temperature: 32 to 204_C (25 to 400_F)(3)
Construction Materials
PART Yoke Piston Cylinder
Upper/Lower Heads Outer Spring Cartridge
Tie Bolt Piston Rod Stem Connector
MATERIAL
ASTM A36 (steel)
ASTM A36 (steel)
254 to 559 mm (10 to 22 inch) cylinder: 1026 DOM (steel) with
chrome-plated bore 610 to 711 mm (24 to 28 inch) cylinder: ASTM A516 Grade 70
(steel) with fluoropolymer coated bore
ASTM A36 (steel)
ASTM A36 (steel)
ASTM A311 1045, Class B (steel)
S31603 (316L SST)
ASTM A36 (steel)
Weights See tables 9 and 10
Lifting Point Load Ratings See table 11
Options J Manual Override, J Volume Boosters, J Fisher Optimized Digital Valve (ODV) Package
Yoke Boss and Valve Stem Diameter J 90.5 mm (3-9/16 inch) yoke boss with 19.1 mm (3/4 inch) stem J 127 mm (5 inch) yoke boss with 25.4 mm (1 inch) stem J 127 mm (5 inch) yoke boss with 31.8 mm (1-1/4 inch) stem J 127 mm (5H inch) yoke boss with 32 mm (1-1/4 inch) stem J 178 mm (7 inch) yoke boss with 51 mm (2 inch) stem
Pressure Connections See table 3
Instrument Mounting Mounting kits are available for use with the FIELDVUE DVC6200 series digital valve controller
Manual Override (optional) Size 10 to 26: Handwheel Size 28: Hydraulic Hand-pump(4)
Dimensions
See figures 2 and 3 and tables 4 and 5
Optional Certifications(5)
J Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) 97/23/EC, J ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
,
J Customs Union Technical Regulations (CUTR) 010/2011 and 012/2011
,
Fisher 685SE and 685SR actuators have been evaluated for ignition hazard and certified for CUTR 012/2011 under "protection by constructional safety." To ensure conformity with CUTR, only Fisher parts and materials can be used. J Safety Instrumented System, SIL 2 Capable certified by TUV Rheinland
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any other applicable standard or code should not be exceeded. 2. Consult your Emerson sales office for larger travels or cylinder diameters. The Fisher 657, 667, and 585C family can be used for smaller travels or cylinder diameters. 3. Consult your Emerson sales office for applications requiring low or high temperature requirements. 4. Consult your Emerson sales office for applications requiring a manual override on a size 28 actuator. 5. Refer to the product nameplates to determine which certifications each actuator construction possesses.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
685SE and 685SR Actuators
D103791X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:685SE/685SR
May 2017
Figure 1. Fisher 685SE Piston Actuator
TIE RODS CYLINDER PISTON
MOUNTING BOSSES
PRESSURE CONNECTIONS
SPRING CARTRIDGE PRESSURE CONNECTIONS
SPRING
PISTON WEAR RING PISTON QUAD SEAL BEARING ASSEMBLY BEARING RETAINING RING PISTON ROD
X0992
Principle of Operation
685SE and 685SR piston actuators utilize a piston that moves inside of a cylinder to generate thrust. A seal contained on the circumference of the piston provides a seal between the piston and the cylinder, preventing supply pressure leakage. A bias spring that is either below or above the piston, depending on construction, will retract or extend the piston rod upon a loss of supply pressure. This fail action will result in forcing an attached control valve to either fail-open or fail-closed.
From an equilibrium state, the actuator operates by reacting to a force unbalance that is created by increasing supply pressure on one side of the piston, and decreasing it on the other. This moves the piston up or down, and results in a repositioning of the attached control valve. Travel can be adjusted using
VALVE STEM CONNECTOR
YOKE
travel limits within a valve positioner, which limit the travel range of the actuator. The optional handwheel manual override does not have the ability to act as a hard travel stop.
An optional handwheel or hydraulic hand-pump manual override is capable of extending or retracting the actuator manually and can be engaged at any position from full open to full close. This handwheel override utilizes a worm gear assembly that is attached to the stem connector and not attached to the cylinder or piston rod. This enables the handwheel override function to reposition the control valve even if the actuator cylinder or piston is removed for maintenance. The hydraulic hand-pump override utilizes a hydraulic cylinder that is connected to the piston rod, which is controlled by a manual hand-pump.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:685SE/685SR
May 2017
685SE and 685SR Actuators
D103791X012
Instrument Selection
An excellent selection of sensitive and accurate instruments is available for 685SE and 685SR spring-return piston actuators. These include the FIELDVUE DVC6200 digital valve controller, as well as volume boosters.
currenttopneumatic instruments. In addition to the traditional function of converting a current signal to a pressure signal, DVC6200 digital valve controllers, using HARTr or FOUNDATIONTM fieldbus communications protocol, give easy access to information critical to process operation.
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
FIELDVUE DVC6200 digital valve controllers are communicating, microprocessorbased
For additional information, refer to Fisher bulletin 62.1:DVC6200 (D103415X012) or 62.1:DVC6200f (D103399X012), available at www.Fisher.com or from your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
Table 2. Standard Constructions(1)
ACTUATOR SIZE
PISTON DIAMETER
mm Inch
PISTON ROD mm Inch
10
254
10
16
2.41
12
305
12
16
2.41
14
356
14
32
4.91
16
406
16
32
4.91
18
457
18
32
4.91
20
508
20
46
7.07
22
559
22
46
7.07
24
610
24
62
9.62
26
660
26
62
9.62
28
711
28
62
9.62
1. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional sizes.
PISTON AREA cm2 Inch2
507
79
730 113
993 154 1297 201 1642 254 2027 314 2452 380 2919 452 3425 531 3973 616
VALVE STEM CONNECTOR SIZE
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
19
3/4
90
3-9/16
25
1
127
5
32 or 51 1-1/4 or 2 127 or 178 5H or 7
19
3/4
90
3-9/16
25
1
127
5
32 or 51 1-1/4 or 2 127 or 178 5H or 7
25
1
127
5
32 or 51 1-1/4 or 2 127 or 178 5H or 7
25
1
127
5
32 or 51 1-1/4 or 2 127 or 178 5H or 7
25
1
127
5
32 or 51 1-1/4 or 2 127 or 178 5H or 7
25
1
127
5
32 or 51 1-1/4 or 2 127 or 178 5H or 7
25
1
127
5
32 or 51 1-1/4 or 2 127 or 178 5H or 7
25
1
127
5
32 or 51 1-1/4 or 2 127 or 178 5H or 7
25
1
127
5
32 or 51 1-1/4 or 2 127 or 178 5H or 7
25
1
127
5
32 or 51 1-1/4 or 2 127 or 178 5H or 7
VALVE TRAVEL
Minimum
Maximum
mm Inch mm Inch
25
1
203
8
25
1
203
8
25
1
610
24
25
1
154
6
25
1
203
8
25
1
610
24
25
1
203
8
25
1
610
24
25
1
203
8
25
1
610
24
25
1
203
8
25
1
610
24
25
1
203
8
25
1
610
24
25
1
203
8
25
1
610
24
25
1
203
8
25
1
610
24
25
1
203
8
25
1
610
24
25
1
203
8
25
1
610
24
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
685SE and 685SR Actuators
D103791X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:685SE/685SR
May 2017
Table 3. Pressure Connections
ACTUATOR SIZE 10 12
14 to 28
SUPPLY CONNECTION
Size, NPT
Quantity (Top/Bottom)
1/1 3/8
2/2 (standard)
1/1
3/4
2/2 (standard)
3/4 (standard), 1, or 1-1/4
1/1 2/2 (standard for 3/4 NPT only)
Table 4. Dimensions A, G, H, and L
ACTUATOR
A
Type
Size
mm
10
318
12
381
14
432
16
489
18
543
685SE
20
591
22
654
24
711
26
775
28
826
10
318
12
381
14
432
16
489
18
543
685SR
20
591
22
654
24
711
26
775
28
826
1. Consult your Emerson sales office.
Inch 12.50 15.00 17.00 19.25 21.38 23.25 25.75 28.00 30.50 32.50 12.50 15.00 17.00 19.25 21.38 23.25 25.75 28.00 30.50 32.50
G
mm
Inch
338
13.31
338
13.31
435
17.13
435
17.13
435
17.13
581
22.88
581
22.88
584
23.00
584
23.00
(1)
(1)
338
13.31
338
13.31
435
17.13
435
17.13
435
17.13
581
22.88
581
22.88
584
23.00
584
23.00
(1)
(1)
H
mm
Inch
235
9.25
235
9.25
253
9.98
253
9.98
253
9.98
434
17.10
434
17.10
484
19.06
484
19.06
(1)
(1)
235
9.25
235
9.25
253
9.98
253
9.98
253
9.98
434
17.10
434
17.10
484
19.06
484
19.06
(1)
(1)
L
mm
Inch
394
15.50
457
18.00
508
20.00
559
22.00
610
24.00
660
26.00
711
28.00
762
30.00
845
33.25
895
35.25
Not Applicable
Table 5. Dimensions E and F
WITHOUT MANUAL OVERRIDE
ACTUATOR SIZE
E
5H or 3-9/16 Inch Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
F
5H or 3-9/16 Inch Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
10
222 8.75 267 10.50 203 8.00 229 9.00
12
222 8.75 267 10.50 203 8.00 229 9.00
14
229 9.00 267 10.50 203 8.00 229 9.00
16
229 9.00 267 10.50 203 8.00 229 9.00
18
229 9.00 267 10.50 203 8.00 229 9.00
20
305 12.00 305 12.00 305 12.00 305 12.00
22
305 12.00 305 12.00 305 12.00 305 12.00
24
406 16.00 406 16.00 457 18.00 457 18.00
26
406 16.00 406 16.00 457 18.00 457 18.00
28
457 18.00 457 18.00 457 18.00 457 18.00
WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE
E
F
5H or 3-9/16 Inch Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
5H or 3-9/16 Inch Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
251 9.88 279 11.00 229 9.00 229 9.00
251 9.88 279 11.00 229 9.00 229 9.00
238 9.38 279 11.00 305 12.00 305 12.00
238 9.38 279 11.00 305 12.00 305 12.00
238 9.38 279 11.00 305 12.00 305 12.00
305 12.00 305 12.00 330 13.00 330 13.00
305 12.00 305 12.00 330 13.00 330 13.00
476 18.75 476 18.75 457 18.00 457 18.00
476 18.75 476 18.75 457 18.00 457 18.00
476 18.75 476 18.75 457 18.00 457 18.00
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:685SE/685SR
May 2017
685SE and 685SR Actuators
D103791X012
Table 6. Dimensions B and C
ACTUATOR SIZE 10, 12
14
16
MAXIMUM VALVE TRAVEL
mm Inch
25
1
51
2
76
3
102
4
127
5
140
5.5
152
6
178
7
203
8
229
9
254
10
267 10.5
279
11
305
12
610
24
25
1
51
2
76
3
102
4
127
5
140
5.5
152
6
178
7
203
8
229
9
254
10
267 10.5
279
11
305
12
610
24
25
1
51
2
76
3
102
4
127
5
140
5.5
152
6
178
7
203
8
229
9
254
10
267 10.5
279
11
305
12
610
24
MAXIMUM B
mm 457 559 584 705 737 800 813 838 1092 1118 1143 1156 1168 1346
(1)
521 597 622 673 749 787 800 883 978 1003 1035 1124 1137 1162
(1)
521 597 673 699 730 819 832 933 1035 1060 1086 1200 1213 1238
(1)
Inch 18.00 22.00 23.00 27.75 29.00 31.50 32.00 33.00 43.00 44.00 45.00 45.50 46.00 53.00
(1)
20.50 23.50 24.50 26.50 29.50 31.00 31.50 34.75 38.50 39.50 40.75 44.25 44.75 45.75
(1)
20.50 23.50 26.50 27.50 28.75 32.25 32.75 36.75 40.75 41.75 42.75 47.25 47.75 48.75
(1)
C (WITHOUT MANUAL OVERRIDE)
C (WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE)
3-9/16 Inch Yoke Boss
5/5H Inch Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
3-9/16 Inch Yoke Boss
5/5H Inch Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
808 31.82 878 34.57 910 35.82 992 39.06 992 39.06 1024 40.31
935 36.82 980 38.57 1011 39.82 1094 43.06 1094 43.06 1125 44.31
986 38.82 1005 39.57 1037 40.82 1167 45.93 1167 45.93 1179 46.43
1118 44.00 1126 44.32 1157 45.57 1287 50.68 1287 50.68 1300 51.18
1243 48.94 1243 48.94 1268 49.94 1357 53.43 1421 55.93 1383 54.43
1307 51.44 1307 51.44 1332 52.44 1421 55.93 1484 58.43 1446 56.93
1319 51.94 1319 51.94 1345 52.94 1497 58.93 1497 58.93 1459 57.43
1345 52.94 1345 52.94 1421 55.94 1522 59.93 1522 59.93 1535 60.43
1599 62.94 1599 62.94 1675 65.94 1776 69.93 1776 69.93 1789 70.43
1764 69.44 1764 69.44
1878 73.93 1878 73.93
1789 70.44 1789 70.44
1903 74.93 1903 74.93
1802 70.94 1802 70.94
1916 75.43 1916 75.43
1815 71.44 1815 71.44
1929 75.93 1967 77.43
1992 78.44 1992 78.44
2132 83.93 2145 84.43
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
968 1045 1070 1121 1283 1321 1334 1416 1511 1676 1708 1797 1810 1835
(1)
38.13 41.13 42.13 44.13 50.50 52.00 52.50 55.75 59.50 66.00 67.25 70.75 71.25 72.25
(1)
1000 1076 1102 1153 1308 1346 1359 1492 1588 1676 1708 1797 1810 1835
(1)
39.38 42.38 43.38 45.38 51.50 53.00 53.50 58.75 62.50 66.00 67.25 70.75 71.25 72.25
(1)
1129 1205 1278 1329 1507 1545 1557 1640 1735 1837 1869 1957 1970 2021
(1)
44.44 47.44 50.31 52.31 59.31 60.81 61.31 64.56 68.31 72.31 73.56 77.06 77.56 79.56
(1)
1160 1237 1291 1341 1468 1507 1519 1653 1748 1837 1869 1957 2008 2034
(1)
45.69 48.69 50.81 52.81 57.81 59.31 59.81 65.06 68.81 72.31 73.56 77.06 79.06 80.06
(1)
968 1045 1121 1146 1264 1353 1365 1467 1568 1734 1759 1873 1886 1911
(1)
38.13 41.13 44.13 45.13 49.75 53.25 53.75 57.75 61.75 68.25 69.25 73.75 74.25 75.25
(1)
1000 1076 1153 1178 1289 1378 1391 1543 1645 1734 1759 1873 1886 1911
(1)
39.38 41.63 44.63 47.38 51.75 54.25 54.75 59.75 62.75 69.25 70.25 70.75 71.25 75.25
(1)
1129 1205 1329 1354 1488 1576 1589 1691 1792 1894 1919 2034 2046 2097
(1)
44.44 47.44 52.31 53.31 58.56 62.06 62.56 65.56 68.56 75.56 76.56 77.06 77.56 82.56
(1)
1160 1237 1341 1367 1449 1538 1551 1703 1805 1894 1919 2034 2084 2110
(1)
45.69 48.69 52.91 53.81 57.06 60.56 61.06 67.06 71.06 74.56 75.56 80.06 82.06 83.06
(1)
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
685SE and 685SR Actuators
D103791X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:685SE/685SR
May 2017
Table 6. Dimensions B and C (continued)
ACTUATOR SIZE 18
20
22
MAXIMUM VALVE TRAVEL
mm
Inch
25
1
51
2
76
3
102
4
127
5
140
5.5
152
6
178
7
203
8
229
9
254
10
267
10.5
279
11
305
12
610
24
25
1
51
2
76
3
102
4
127
5
140
5.5
152
6
178
7
203
8
229
9
254
10
267
10.5
279
11
305
12
610
24
25
1
51
2
76
3
102
4
127
5
140
5.5
152
6
178
7
203
8
229
9
254
10
267
10.5
279
11
305
12
610
24
MAXIMUM B
mm
Inch
521
20.50
578
22.75
654
25.75
724
28.50
756
29.75
819
32.25
832
32.75
908
35.75
984
38.75
1086
42.75
1111
43.75
1124
44.25
1137
44.75
1238
(1)
48.75
(1)
565 641 699 724 819 914 927 1003 1099 1181 1207 1238 1251 1327
(1)
22.25 25.25 27.50 28.50 32.25 36.00 36.50 39.50 43.25 46.50 47.50 48.75 49.25 52.25
(1)
572 673 749 826 851 864 876 1029 1054 1105 1130 1295 1308 1334
(1)
22.50 26.50 29.50 32.50 33.50 34.00 34.50 40.50 41.50 43.50 44.50 51.00 51.50 52.50
(1)
C (WITHOUT MANUAL OVERRIDE)
5/5H Inch Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
968
38.13
1000
39.38
1026
40.38
1057
41.63
1102
43.38
1133
44.63
1172
46.13
1203
47.38
1289
50.75
1314
51.75
1353
53.25
1378
54.25
1365
53.75
1391
54.75
1441
56.75
1518
59.75
1518
59.75
1594
62.75
1759
69.25
1759
69.25
1784
70.25
1784
70.25
1797
70.75
1797
70.75
1810
71.25
1810
71.25
1911
(1)
75.25
(1)
1911
(1)
75.25
(1)
1052 1129 1186 1211 1392 1487 1500 1576 1672 1894 1919 1951 1964 2040
(1)
41.44 44.44 46.69 47.69 54.81 58.56 59.06 62.06 65.81 74.56 75.56 76.81 77.31 80.31
(1)
1084 1160 1218 1243 1418 1513 1526 1653 1748 1894 1919 1951 1964 2040
(1)
42.69 45.69 47.94 48.94 55.81 59.56 60.06 65.06 68.81 74.56 75.56 76.81 77.31 80.31
(1)
1059 1160 1237 1313 1424 1437 1449 1602 1627 1818 1843 2008 2021 2046
(1)
41.69 45.69 48.69 51.69 56.06 56.56 57.06 63.06 64.06 71.56 72.56 79.06 79.56 80.56
(1)
1091 1192 1268 1345 1449 1462 1475 1678 1703 1818 1843 2008 2021 2046
(1)
42.94 46.94 49.94 52.94 57.06 57.56 58.06 66.06 67.06 71.56 72.56 79.06 79.56 80.56
(1)
C (WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE)
5/5H Inch Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
1129
44.44
1160
45.69
1186
46.69
1218
47.94
1310
51.56
1322
52.06
1380
54.31
1392
54.81
1513
59.56
1475
58.06
1576
62.06
1538
60.56
1589
62.56
1551
61.06
1665
65.56
1678
66.06
1742
68.56
1754
69.06
1919
75.56
1919
75.56
1945
76.56
1945
76.56
1957
77.06
1957
77.06
1970
77.56
2008
79.06
2097
(1)
82.56
(1)
2110
(1)
83.06
(1)
1188 1264 1369 1394 1591 1686 1699 1775 1870 2029 2054 2086 2099 2200
(1)
46.76 49.76 53.88 54.88 62.63 66.38 66.88 69.88 73.63 79.88 80.88 82.13 82.63 86.63
(1)
1219 1296 1381 1407 1553 1648 1661 1788 1883 2029 2054 2086 2137 2213
(1)
48.01 51.01 54.38 55.38 61.13 64.88 65.38 70.38 74.13 79.88 80.88 82.13 84.13 87.13
(1)
1194 1296 1419 1496 1623 1635 1648 1800 1826 1953 1978 2143 2156 2207
(1)
47.01 51.01 55.88 58.88 63.88 64.38 64.88 70.88 71.88 76.88 77.88 84.38 84.88 86.88
(1)
1226 1327 1432 1508 1584 1597 1610 1813 1838 1953 1978 2143 2194 2219
(1)
48.26 52.26 56.38 59.38 62.38 62.88 63.38 71.38 72.38 76.88 77.88 84.38 86.38 87.38
(1)
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:685SE/685SR
May 2017
685SE and 685SR Actuators
D103791X012
Table 6. Dimensions B and C (continued)
ACTUATOR SIZE
MAXIMUM VALVE TRAVEL
mm
Inch
25
1
51
2
76
3
102
4
127
5
140
5.5
152
6
24
178
7
203
8
229
9
254
10
267
10.5
279
11
305
12
610
24
25
1
51
2
76
3
102
4
127
5
140
5.5
152
6
26, 28
178
7
203
8
229
9
254
10
267
10.5
279
11
305
12
610
24
1. Consult your Emerson sales office.
MAXIMUM B
mm
Inch
572
22.50
629
24.75
679
26.75
775
30.50
800
31.50
895
35.25
908
35.75
933
36.75
1010
39.75
1162
45.75
1187
46.75
1200
47.25
1213
47.75
1365
(1)
53.75
(1)
597 622 705 730 806 921 933 959 1137 1162 1187 1200 1213 1238
(1)
23.50 24.50 27.75 28.75 31.75 36.25 36.75 37.75 44.75 45.75 46.75 47.25 47.75 48.75
(1)
C (WITHOUT MANUAL OVERRIDE)
5/5H Inch Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
1092
43.01
1124
44.26
1149
45.26
1181
46.51
1200
47.26
1232
48.51
1296
51.01
1327
52.26
1407
55.38
1432
56.38
1502
59.13
1527
60.13
1515
59.63
1540
60.63
1540
60.63
1616
63.63
1616
63.63
1692
66.63
1908
75.13
1908
75.13
1934
76.13
1934
76.13
1946
76.63
1946
76.63
1959
77.13
1959
77.13
2112
(1)
83.13
(1)
2112
(1)
83.13
(1)
1118 1143 1226 1251 1413 1527 1540 1565 1743 1908 1934 1946 1959 1985
(1)
44.01 45.01 48.26 49.26 55.63 60.13 60.63 61.63 68.63 75.13 76.13 76.63 77.13 78.13
(1)
1149 1175 1257 1283 1438 1553 1565 1642 1819 1908 1934 1946 1959 1985
(1)
45.26 46.26 49.51 50.51 56.63 61.13 61.63 64.63 71.63 75.13 76.13 76.63 77.13 78.13
(1)
C (WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE)
5/5H Inch Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
1254
49.38
1286
50.63
1311
51.63
1343
52.88
1410
55.50
1422
56.00
1505
59.25
1518
59.75
1632
64.25
1594
62.75
1727
68.00
1689
66.50
1740
68.50
1702
67.00
1765
69.50
1778
70.00
1842
72.50
1854
73.00
2070
81.50
2070
81.50
2096
82.50
2096
82.50
2108
83.00
2108
83.00
2121
83.50
2159
85.00
2299
(1)
90.50
(1)
2311
(1)
91.00
(1)
1280 1305 1435 1461 1638 1753 1765 1791 1969 2070 2096 2108 2121 2172
(1)
50.38 51.38 56.50 57.50 64.50 69.00 69.50 70.50 77.50 81.50 82.50 83.00 83.50 85.50
(1)
1311 1337 1448 1473 1600 1715 1727 1803 1981 2070 2096 2108 2159 2184
(1)
51.63 52.63 57.00 58.00 63.00 67.50 68.00 71.00 78.00 81.50 82.50 83.00 85.00 86.00
(1)
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
685SE and 685SR Actuators
D103791X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:685SE/685SR
May 2017
Figure 2. Fisher 685SE Actuator Dimensions
L
AR
LIFTING
L A
AR
LIFTING
A
POINT
POINT
B C
B C
24031-12
FRONT VIEW OF ACTUATOR WITHOUT MANUAL OVERRIDE
H
24861B
LEFT VIEW OF ACTUATOR WITH HANDWHEEL MANUAL OVERRIDE
24861B
G FRONT VIEW OF ACTUATOR WITH HANDWHEEL MANUAL OVERRIDE
E
F
24031-12
VIEW OF BOTTOM OF YOKE BOSS
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:685SE/685SR
May 2017
685SE and 685SR Actuators
D103791X012
Figure 3. Fisher 685SR Actuator Dimensions
A AR
A
AR
B C
B C
24436-12
FRONT VIEW OF ACTUATOR WITHOUT MANUAL OVERRIDE
H
G
24862B
FRONT VIEW OF ACTUATOR WITH HANDWHEEL MANUAL OVERRIDE
E
24862B
LEFT VIEW OF ACTUATOR WITH HANDWHEEL MANUAL OVERRIDE
F
24436-12
VIEW OF BOTTOM OF YOKE BOSS
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
685SE and 685SR Actuators
D103791X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:685SE/685SR
May 2017
Table 7. Actuator Removal Clearance (AR)
MAXIMUM VALVE TRAVEL
AR (WITHOUT MANUAL OVERRIDE)
3-9/16 Inch Yoke Boss
5/5H Inch Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
102
4.0
267
10.50
343
13.50
368
14.50
203
8.0
318
12.50
318
12.50
343
13.50
305
12.0
356
14.00
356
14.00
406
16.0
356
14.00
356
14.00
508
20.0
356
14.00
356
14.00
610
24.0
356
14.00
356
14.00
AR (WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE)
3-9/16 Inch Yoke Boss
5/5H Inch Yoke Boss
7 Inch Yoke Boss
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
343
13.50
343
13.50
368
14.50
356
14.00
381
15.00
343
13.50
356
14.00
356
14.00
356
14.00
356
14.00
356
14.00
356
14.00
356
14.00
356
14.00
Table 8. Handwheel Specifications
ACTUATOR SIZE
10 to 12 14 to 18 20 to 26
OUTPUT THRUST
N 44482 88964 133447
lbs 10000 20000 30000
HANDWHEEL DIAMETER
mm
Inch
305
12
406
16
610
24
TURNS PER mm OF TRAVEL
3.8
3.0
2.8
TURNS PER INCH OR TRAVEL
96
80
72
MAXIMUM RIM FORCE REQUIRED
N
lbs
290
65
380
85
450
100
Table 9. Approximate Weights for Constructions without Manual Override
MAX VALVE ACTUATOR TRAVEL
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT FOR ACTUATOR SIZE, kg (lbs)
TYPE
mm (inches)
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
25 (1.00) 109 (241) 147 (324) 221 (487) 270 (596) 315 (694) 462 (1018) 489 (1079) 680 (1500) 776 (1710) 931 (2053)
51 (2.00) 114 (251) 156 (344) 231 (510) 284 (625) 329 (725) 479 (1056) 510 (1124) 704 (1551) 802 (1768) 957 (2110)
102 (4.00) 122 (270) 174 (383) 252 (556) 310 (683) 358 (789) 514 (1132) 551 (1215) 750 (1654) 855 (1884) 1009 (2225)
152 (6.00) 131 (289) 192 (423) 273 (601) 336 (740) 387 (852) 548 (1209) 592 (1305) 797 (1757) 907 (2000) 1061 (2339)
203 (8.00) 140 (308) 210 (462) 293 (647) 362 (798) 415 (916) 583 (1285) 633 (1396) 843 (1859) 960 (2116) 1113 (2454)
254 (10.00) 148 (327) 227 (501) 314 (693) 388 (855) 444 (979) 617 (1361) 674 (1486) 890 (1962) 1012 (2232) 1165 (2569)
685SE
305 (12.00) 157 (346) 245 (541) 335 (738) 414 (913) 473 (1042) 652 (1437) 715 (1577) 937 (2065) 1065 (2348) 1217 (2683) 356 (14.00) 165 (365) 263 (580) 356 (784) 440 (971) 502 (1106) 686 (1513) 756 (1667) 983 (2168) 1118 (2464) 1269 (2798)
406 (16.00) 174 (384) 281 (619) 376 (829) 466 (1028) 530 (1169) 721 (1589) 797 (1758) 1030 (2270) 1170 (2580) 1321 (2912)
457 (18.00) 183 (403) 299 (659) 397 (875) 493 (1086) 559 (1233) 756 (1667) 838 (1848) 1076 (2373) 1223 (2696) 1373 (3027)
508 (20.00) 191 (422) 317 (698) 418 (921) 519 (1143) 588 (1296) 790 (1742) 879 (1939) 1123 (2476) 1275 (2812) 1425 (3142)
559 (22.00) 200 (441) 334 (737) 438 (966) 545 (1201) 617 (1359) 825 (1818) 921 (2029) 1170 (2578) 1328 (2928) 1477 (3256)
610 (24.00) 209 (460) 352 (776) 459 (1012) 571 (1259) 645 (1423) 859 (1894) 962 (2120) 1216 (2681) 1381 (3044) 1529 (3371)
25 (1.00) 127 (281) 165 (363) 242 (533) 311 (685) 353 (778) 479 (1056) 557 (1228) 760 (1676) 869 (1915) 1101 (2427)
51 (2.00) 132 (291) 174 (384) 253 (557) 325 (716) 368 (812) 497 (1096) 578 (1273) 784 (1727) 895 (1973) 1127 (2485)
102 (4.00) 142 (312) 193 (426) 275 (605) 352 (776) 398 (878) 534 (1176) 619 (1364) 830 (1830) 948 (2089) 1179 (2599)
152 (6.00) 151 (333) 212 (468) 297 (654) 380 (837) 429 (945) 570 (1257) 660 (1454) 877 (1933) 1000 (2206) 1231 (2714)
203 (8.00) 161 (354) 232 (511) 318 (702) 407 (898) 459 (1012) 606 (1337) 701 (1545) 923 (2035) 1053 (2322) 1283 (2829)
254 (10.00) 170 (375) 251 (553) 340 (750) 435 (958) 489 (1079) 643 (1417) 742 (1635) 970 (2138) 1106 (2438) 1335 (2944)
685SR
305 (12.00) 180 (396) 270 (595) 362 (798) 462 (1019) 520 (1146) 679 (1497) 783 (1726) 1016 (2241) 1159 (2554) 1387 (3059) 356 (14.00) 189 (417) 289 (638) 384 (847) 490 (1079) 550 (1212) 716 (1577) 824 (1816) 1063 (2344) 1211 (2670) 1439 (3173)
406 (16.00) 199 (438) 308 (680) 406 (895) 517 (1140) 580 (1279) 752 (1657) 865 (1907) 1110 (2446) 1264 (2786) 1491 (3288)
457 (18.00) 208 (459) 328 (722) 428 (943) 545 (1201) 611 (1346) 788 (1738) 906 (1997) 1156 (2549) 1317 (2903) 1544 (3403)
508 (20.00) 218 (480) 347 (765) 450 (991) 572 (1261) 641 (1413) 825 (1818) 947 (2088) 1203 (2652) 1369 (3019) 1596 (3518)
559 (22.00) 227 (501) 366 (807) 472 (1039) 600 (1322) 671 (1480) 861 (1898) 988 (2178) 1249 (2754) 1422 (3135) 1648 (3633)
610 (24.00) 237 (522) 385 (849) 493 (1088) 627 (1382) 702 (1547) 897 (1978) 1029 (2269) 1296 (2857) 1475 (3251) 1700 (3747)
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:685SE/685SR
May 2017
685SE and 685SR Actuators
D103791X012
Table 10. Approximate Weights for Constructions with Handwheels
MAX VALVE ACTUATOR TRAVEL
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT FOR ACTUATOR SIZE, kg (lbs)
TYPE
mm (inches)
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
25 (1.00) 167 (369) 212 (468) 336 (742) 381 (839) 432 (953) 603 (1330) 675 (1489)
51 (2.00) 173 (383) 221 (488) 347 (765) 394 (869) 447 (985) 621 (1370) 697 (1536)
102 (4.00) 186 (410) 240 (529) 368 (811) 421 (928) 475 (1048) 658 (1450) 739 (1630)
152 (6.00) 199 (438) 259 (570) 389 (858) 448 (987) 504 (1111) 694 (1529) 782 (1723)
203 (8.00) 211 (465) 277 (611) 410 (904) 474 (1046) 532 (1174) 730 (1609) 824 (1817)
254 (10.00) 224 (493) 296 (652) 431 (951) 501 (1105) 561 (1237) 766 (1689) 867 (1910)
685SE
305 (12.00) 356 (14.00)
236 (521) 249 (548)
314 (693) 333 (734)
452 (997) 473 (1043)
528 (1164) 555 (1223)
590 (1300) 618 (1363)
802 (1769) 838 (1849)
909 (2004) 951 (2098)
406 (16.00) 261 (576) 352 (775) 494 (1090) 581 (1282) 647 (1426) 875 (1928) 994 (2191)
457 (18.00) 274 (603) 370 (816) 515 (1136) 608 (1341) 675 (1489) 911 (2008) 1036 (2285)
508 (20.00) 286 (631) 389 (857) 536 (1183) 635 (1400) 704 (1552) 947 (2088) 1079 (2378)
559 (22.00) 299 (659) 407 (898) 557 (1229) 662 (1459) 732 (1615) 983 (2168) 1121 (2472)
610 (24.00) 311 (686) 426 (939) 579 (1275) 688 (1518) 761 (1678) 1019 (2248) 1164 (2566)
25 (1.00) 185 (407) 230 (506) 357 (788) 421 (929) 471 (1038) 666 (1468) 743 (1638)
51 (2.00) 191 (422) 239 (528) 368 (812) 435 (960) 486 (1071) 685 (1510) 764 (1685)
102 (4.00) 204 (451) 259 (572) 391 (861) 463 (1022) 516 (1137) 723 (1594) 807 (1779)
152 (6.00) 218 (480) 279 (616) 413 (910) 491 (1084) 546 (1204) 761 (1677) 849 (1872)
203 (8.00) 231 (509) 299 (660) 435 (959) 520 (1146) 576 (1270) 799 (1761) 892 (1966)
254 (10.00) 244 (538) 319 (704) 457 (1008) 548 (1208) 606 (1337) 837 (1845) 934 (2059)
685SR
305 (12.00) 356 (14.00)
257 (568) 271 (597)
339 (748) 359 (792)
480 (1057) 502 (1106)
576 (1270) 604 (1332)
636 (1403) 667 (1469)
875 (1929) 977 (2153) 913 (2013) 1019 (2247)
406 (16.00) 284 (626) 379 (836) 524 (1155) 632 (1394) 697 (1536) 951 (2096) 1061 (2340)
457 (18.00) 297 (655) 399 (880) 546 (1204) 660 (1456) 727 (1602) 989 (2180) 1104 (2434)
508 (20.00) 310 (684) 419 (924) 568 (1253) 688 (1518) 757 (1669) 1027 (2264) 1146 (2527)
559 (22.00) 324 (714) 439 (968) 591 (1302) 716 (1580) 787 (1735) 1065 (2348) 1189 (2621)
610 (24.00) 337 (743) 459 (1012) 613 (1351) 745 (1642) 817 (1801) 1103 (2432) 1231 (2715)
24 853 (1881) 876 (1932) 922 (2033) 968 (2134) 1014 (2235) 1060 (2336) 1106 (2438) 1152 (2539) 1197 (2640) 1243 (2741) 1289 (2842) 1335 (2944) 1381 (3045) 933 (2057) 956 (2108) 1002 (2209) 1048 (2310) 1094 (2411) 1140 (2512) 1185 (2614) 1231 (2715) 1277 (2816) 1323 (2917) 1369 (3018) 1415 (3120) 1461 (3221)
26 941 (2075) 967 (2132) 1019 (2246) 1070 (2359) 1122 (2473) 1173 (2586) 1225 (2700) 1276 (2814) 1328 (2927) 1379 (3041) 1431 (3154) 1482 (3268) 1534 (3382) 1034 (2280) 1060 (2337) 1112 (2451) 1163 (2565) 1215 (2679) 1267 (2792) 1318 (2906) 1370 (3020) 1421 (3134) 1473 (3248) 1525 (3361) 1576 (3475) 1628 (3589)
Table 11. Lifting Point Load Ratings
ACTUATOR SIZE
10 12 to 24 26 to 28
10 12 to 24 26 to 28
LIFTING ORIENTATION Actuator Center line Horizontal
Actuator Center line Vertical
NUMBER OF LIFTING POINTS USED 2 2 2 2 2 2
kg 810 1540 2860 2080 3760 6350
MAXIMUM LOAD
lbs 1800 3400 6300 4600 8300 14000
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, easy-e, and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E122013, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
FisherTM 785C Piston Actuators
The 785C is a piston actuator that provides accurate, high thrust output for a wide range of travel applications. This actuator can be single- or doubleacting and spring-return or springless with a selection of spring-fail options available.
The 785C family is designed for use with a variety of Fisher sliding-stem control valves. It is available in several configurations to cover a wide range of application requirements. Typical travels range from 25 to 610 mm (1 to 24 inches) and cylinder diameters range from 280 to 685 mm (11 to 27 inches). Thrust capabilities extend to 1600 kN (359,000 lbf) for double-acting springless and 540 kN (121,000 lbf) for spring-return.
The 785C can be used with the FIELDVUETM DVC6200 digital valve controller for throttling applications, or with switching valves for on/off control. This actuator can also be fitted with volume boosters for fast stroking requirements.
785C DOUBLE-ACTING SPRINGLESS
Features
nHigh Thrust Capability--Thrusts of up to 1600 kN (359,000 lbf) for double acting springless and 540 kN (121,000 lbf) for spring-return can be produced. Consult your Emerson sales office.
nBroad Application Coverage--Standard constructions offer travels of up to 609.5 mm (24 inches) and cylinder diameters of up to 685 mm (27 inches). For travels greater than 610 mm (24 inches) consult your Emerson sales office.
nDouble-Acting Springless Construction--Pressure on both sides of the piston results in stiff, precise positioning.
nSingle-Acting Spring Return--Allows for full ANSI/FCI 70-2 CL V shutoff upon loss of air without use of a volume tank.
nLow Friction--Low friction piston seals and electroless nickel plated cylinders reduce sliding friction and wear.
nWide Temperature Range--Standard constructions offer a temperature range of -20 to 100_C (-4 to 212_F), however lower and higher temperatures are possible. Low temperature constructions offer ranges of -40 to 100_C (-40 to 212_F) or -60 to 100_C (-76 to 212_F) and high temperature constructions offer ranges of -20_C to 200_C (-4_F to 392_F).
nMechanical Fail Mode--Depending on construction, an internal bias spring will force the piston rod to retract or extend upon a loss of supply pressure.
nManual Override--An optional top-mounted handwheel or side-mounted handpump is capable of extending or retracting the actuator manually.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Specifications
Operating Pressure(1)
Instrument Mounting
Minimum: 2.7 bar (40 psig) Maximum Allowable: 10.3 bar (150 psig) Consult your Emerson sales office for supply pressures up to 2.7 bar (40 psig)
Travel(2) 25 mm (1 inch) through 610 mm (24 inch) See table 1 and 3
Thrust Capabilities See table 2, 5, and 6
Mounting kits are available for use with FIELDVUE DVC6200 Series digital valve controllers
Pressure Connections Standard: 3/4 NPT Optional: 1 and 1-1/4 NPT See figure 2 and table 7 Construction Materials(4)
Stroking Speeds
Varies with actuator size, spring, travel, and supply pressure. If stroking speed is critical, consult your Emerson sales office.
Piston Diameter and Area(2)
Available diameters range from 280 to 685 mm (11 to 27 inches).
See table 1 and 3
For additional sizes, contact your Emerson sales office.
Part Yoke Piston Cylinder Upper/Lower Heads Tie Rod Piston Rod Stem Connector Nameplate and Travel Scale
Material Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Weights See table 16, 17, 18, and 19
Lifting Point Load Ratings
Operative Temperature Limits(3) Standard: -20 to 100_C (-4 to 212_F) Low Temperature Options: -40 to 100_C (-40 to 212_F) or -60 to 100_C (-76 to 212_F) High Temperature Option: -20 to 200_C (-4 to 392_F)
See table 20 and figure 9 and 10
Options
J Top mounted handwheel J Side mounted handpump, J Pneumatic fail mode via Fisher 377 trip valve J Volume Boosters
Dimensions
Yoke Boss and Valve Stem Diameter
J 90 mm (3-9/16 inch) yoke boss with 19 mm (3/4 inch) stem J 127 mm (5 inch) yoke boss with 25.4 mm (1 inch) stem J 127 mm (5 inch) yoke boss with 32 mm (1-1/4 inch) stem or J 178 mm (7 inch) yoke boss with 51 mm (2 inch) stem
See figure 3 and 6 and table 8, 10, 11, 13, and 15
Optional Certifications(5)
J Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) 2014/68/EU and Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC J ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust J Customs Union Technical Regulations (CUTR) 010/2011 and 012/2011 J Safety Instrumented System, SIL 3 Capable
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any other applicable standard or code should not be exceeded.
2. Consult your Emerson sales office for longer travels or larger cylinder diameters. The Fisher 585C family of actuators can be used for smaller travels or cylinder diameters. 3 Standard temperature -20 to 100_C (-4 to 212_F) and -40 to 100_C (-40 to 212_F) are PED 2014/68/EU and 2006/42/EC compliant. The low ambient temperature option, -60 to 100_C (-76 to 212_F) is not PED compliant. The high temperature option, if used in conjunction with ATEX, is limited to 135_C (275_F). 4. Full stainless steel constructions are available upon request.
5. Refer to the product nameplates to determine which certifications each actuator construction possesses
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
Figure 1. Fisher 785C Actuator
PISTON PISTON ROD
SPRING
CYLINDER
PISTON
PISTON ROD
TIE RODS CYLINDER
VALVE STEM CONNECTOR
VALVE STEM CONNECTOR
YOKE
YOKE
Principle of Operation
785C piston actuators utilize a pneumatically controlled piston that moves inside of a cylinder to generate thrust. A seal contained on the circumference of the piston provides a seal between the piston and the cylinder, preventing supply pressure leakage.
785C single-acting or double-acting spring-return piston actuators utilize a spring below the piston (outside the pressurized chamber) that will drive the piston rod upon a loss of supply pressure. This fail action will result in forcing an attached control valve to either fail-open or fail-closed.
From an equilibrium state, the actuator operates by reacting to a force unbalance that is created by increasing supply pressure on one side of the piston, and decreasing it on the other. This moves the piston up or down, and results in a repositioning of the attached control valve. Travel can be adjusted using travel limits within a valve positioner, which limit the travel range of the actuator. The optional manual
override does not have the ability to act as a hard travel stop.
An optional manual override (top mounted handwheel or side mounted handpump) is capable of extending or retracting the actuator manually and can be engaged at any position from full open to full close. The top-mounted handwheel utilizes an engagement lever that couples the handwheel and piston rod. The handpump has a hydraulic cylinder attached to the piston rod. This enables the handpump to operate the actuator manually unless the handpump is set to bypass position.
Instrument Selection
An excellent selection of sensitive and accurate instruments are available for 785C piston actuators. These include FIELDVUE DVC6200 digital valve controllers, as well as trip valves and volume boosters.
Integrated mounting interfaces are offered for DVC6200 digital valve controller, TopworxTM DXP Valve Controller, and Topworx 70 Series GO Switch.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
FIELDVUE DVC6200 digital valve controllers are communicating, microprocessor-based current-to-pneumatic instruments. In addition to the traditional function of converting an electric signal to a pressure signal, DVC6200 digital valve controllers, using HART®, FOUNDATIONTM Fieldbus or PROFIBUS communications protocol, give easy access to information critical to process operation.
For additional information, refer to Fisher bulletin 62.1:DVC6200 (D103415X012), 62.1:DVC6200p (D103564X012) or 62.1:DVC6200f (D103399X012), available at Fisher.com or from your Emerson sales office.
Installation
The actuator may be installed in any orientation, but normal installation is with the actuator vertical above the valve.
If using a manual handpump, the handpump must be installed vertical above the valve.
If the supply source is capable of exceeding the maximum actuator operating pressure or instrument supply pressure, appropriate steps must be taken during installation to protect the instrument and all connected equipment against overpressure.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
Table 1. 785C Double Acting Springless Standard Constructions(1)
ACTUATOR SIZE
PISTON AREA
Without Manual
Override
cm2
Inch2
With Manual
Override(2)
cm2
Inch2
VALVE STEM CONNECTOR SIZE
mm
Inch
19
3/4
280
616
95
616
95
25
1
32
1 1/4
19
3/4
335
881
137
881
137
25
32
1 1 1/4
19
3/4
385
1164
180
1164
180
25
32
1 1 1/4
25
1
435
1486
230
1474
228
32
51
1 1/4 2
25
1
485
1847
286
1828
283
32
51
1 1/4 2
25
1
535
2248
348
2228
345
32
51
1 1/4 2
32
585
2688
417
2660
412
51
1 1/4 2
32
635
3167
491
3139
487
51
1 1/4 2
32
685
3685
571
3657
567
51
1 1/4 2
1. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional sizes. 2. Actuator size 280-385 are available with a top mounted handwheel. Size 435-685 are available with a manual handpump.
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
mm
Inch
90
3-9/16
127
5
127
5H
90
3-9/16
127
5
127
5H
90
3-9/16
127
5
127
5H
127
5
127
5H
178
7
127
5
127
5H
178
7
127
5
127
5H
178
7
127
5H
178
7
127
5H
178
7
127
5H
178
7
AVAILABLE TRAVEL
mm 25 - 203 25 - 609 25 - 203 25 - 609 25 - 203
Inch 1 - 8 1 - 24 1 - 8 1 - 24 1 - 8
25 - 609 1 - 24
Table 2. 785C Double-Acting Springless Available Thrust
ACTUATOR SIZE
280 335 385 435 485 535
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
CYLINDER PRESSURE
barg
psig
10.3
150
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE THRUST
Without Manual Override With Manual Override(1)
N
lb
N
lb
63682
14316
32635
7337
91157
20493
46715
10502
120399
27067
61700
13871
153702
34554
78726
17698
191066
42953
132291
29740
232492
52266
132291
29740
585
277979
62492
172788
38844
635
327527
73631
172788
38844
685
381137
85683
238555
53629
1. Actuator size 280-385 are available with a top mounted handwheel. Size 435-685 are available with a manual handpump.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Table 3. 785C Single-Acting Spring Return Standard Constructions(1)
ACTUATOR SIZE
PISTON AREA
Without Manual Override
With Manual Override(2)
Spring Extends Spring Retracts Spring Extends Spring Retracts
cm2
Inch2 cm2
Inch2 cm2
Inch2 cm2 Inch2
335
881
137
869
135
881
137
869
135
VALVE STEM CONNECTOR
SIZE
mm Inch
19
3/4
25
1
32 1 1/4
19
385
1164 180
1152
179 1164
180 1152 179
25
32
25
435
1486 230
1474
228 1474
228 1474 228
32
51
25
485
1847 286
1835
284 1828
283 1835 284
32
51
25
535
2248 348
2235
347 2228
345 2235 347
32
51
32
585
2688 417
2660
412 2660
412 2660 412
51
32
635
3167 491
3139
487 3139
487 3139 487
51
32
685
3685 571
3657
567 3657
567 3657 567
51
1. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional sizes. 2. Actuator size 335-385 are available with a top mounted handwheel. Size 435-685 are available with a manual handpump.
3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1 1/4 2 1 1 1/4 2 1 1 1/4 2 1 1/4 2 1 1/4 2 1 1/4 2
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
mm Inch 90 3-9/16 127 5 127 5H 90 3-9/16 127 5 127 5H 127 5 127 5H 178 7 127 5 127 5H 178 7 127 5 127 5H 178 7 127 5H 178 7 127 5H 178 7 127 5H 178 7
AVAILABLE TRAVEL
mm
Inch
25 - 203 1 - 8
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
Table 4. 785C Double-Acting Spring Return Standard Constructions(1)
ACTUATOR SIZE
PISTON AREA
Without Manual Override
With Manual Override(2)
Rod Extends
Rod Retracts
Rod Extends
Rod Retracts
cm2
Inch2 cm2
Inch2 cm2
Inch2
cm2 Inch2
280
615.75 95.44 603.19 93.49 615.75 95.44 603.19 93.49
VALVE STEM CONNECTOR
SIZE
mm Inch
19
3/4
25
1
32 1 1/4
19
335
881.41 136.62 868.85 134.67 881.41 136.62 868.85 134.67
25
32
19
25
385 1164.16 180.45 1151.59 178.5 1164.16 180.45 1151.59 178.5
32
51
25
435 1486.17 230.36 1473.6 228.41 1473.6 228.41 1473.6 228.41
32
51
25
485 1847.45 286.36 1834.89 284.41 1827.82 283.31 1834.89 284.41
32
51
25
535 2248.01 348.44 2235.44 346.49 2228.37 345.4 2235.44 346.49
32
51
32
585 2687.83 416.61 2659.55 412.23 2659.55 412.23 2659.55 412.23
51
32
635 3166.92 490.87 3138.65 486.49 3138.65 486.49 3138.65 486.49
51
32
685 3685.28 571.22 3657.01 566.84 3657.01 566.84 3657.01 566.84
51
1. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional sizes. 2. Actuator size 280-385 are available with a top mounted handwheel. Size 435-685 are available with a manual handpump.
3/4 1 1 1/4 3/4 1 1 1/4 2 1 1 1/4 2 1 1 1/4 2 1 1 1/4 2 1 1/4 2 1 1/4 2 1 1/4 2
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
mm Inch 90 3-9/16 127 5 127 5H 90 3-9/16 127 5 127 5H 90 3-9/16 127 5 127 5H 178 7 127 5 127 5H 178 7 127 5 127 5H 178 7 127 5 127 5H 178 7 127 5H 178 7 127 5H 178 7 127 5H 178 7
AVAILABLE TRAVEL
mm
Inch
25 - 203 1 - 8
0-305
0-12
25-406
1-16
Table 5. Handwheel Specification
ACTUATOR SIZE
280 335 385
OUTPUT THRUST
N 32635 46715 61700
lbs 7337 10502 13871
TURNS PER mm TURNS PER INCH
OF TRAVEL
OF TRAVEL
0.2
4.2
0.2
4.2
0.2
4.2
MAXIMUM RIM FORCE REQUIRED
N
lbs
437
98
435
98
489
110
Table 6. Handpump Specification
ACTUATOR SIZE
HYDRAULIC CYLINDER
mm
Inch
435
135
5.3
485
175
6.9
535
175
6.9
585
200
7.9
635
200
7.9
685
235
9.3
OUTPUT THRUST
N
lbf
78726
17698
132291
29740
132291
29740
172788
38844
172788
38844
238555
53629
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Figure 2. Position of Pressure Connections
X DIRECTION
ACTUATOR ANTI-ROTATOR DIRECTION
Y DIRECTION
Z DIRECTION TOP VIEW OF ACTUATOR
Table 7. Pressure Connections
ACTUATOR SIZE
STANDARD PRESSURE CONNECTION SIZE, NPT
(Top)/(Bottom)
280
3/4 (T) - 3/4 (B)
335
3/4 (T) - 3/4 (B)
385
3/4 (T) - 3/4 (B)
435
3/4 (T) - 3/4 (B)
485 to 685
3/4 (T) - 3/4 (B)
1. With use of top mounted handwheel, pressure connection size is 1/2 NPT. 2. Manual handwheel execution is side tapped.
OPTIONAL PRESSURE CONNECTION SIZE, NPT
(Top)/(Bottom) 3/4 (T) - 3/4 (B)
1 (T) - 3/4 (B)
1 1/4 (T) - 3/4 (B)
1 1/4 (T) - 3/4 (B)
1 1/4 (T) - 1 1/4 (B)
PORT TYPE (Top)/(Bottom)
Face tapped(2) / Side tapped
Face tapped(2)/ Side tapped Face tapped / Side tapped Face tapped / Side tapped Face tapped / Side tapped
QUANTITY (Top/Bottom)
3(1) / 3(1)
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
Figure 3. Fisher 785C Double-Acting Springless Piston Actuator (see table 8 and 10)
AR
FRONT VIEW A3
BOTTOM VIEW W
A A1 B
Z
G B
Table 8. 785C Double-Acting Springless Dimensions A, A1, A3, G, B, and C(1)
ACTUATOR SIZE
YOKE BOSS, Inch
3-9/16
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
mm Inch 115 4.5 216 8.5
A
mm Inch 717 28.2 926 36.5
A1
mm Inch 416 16.4 524 20.6
A3
mm Inch 245 9.6 346 13.6
115 4.5 739 29.1 438 17.2 245 9.6
216 8.5 926 36.5 524 20.6 346 13.6
280
318 12.5 1168 46.0 664 26.1 448 17.6
5 or 5H
420 16.5 1372 54.0 766 30.2 550
21.7
521 20.5 1574 62.0 867 34.1 651 25.6
623 24.5 1778 70.0 969 38.1 753 29.6
115 4.5 720 28.3 416 16.4 248 9.8
3-9/16
216
8.5
929 36.6 524 20.6 349 13.7
115 4.5 742 29.2 438 17.2 248 9.8
216 8.5 929 36.6 524 20.6 349 13.7
335
318 12.5 1171 46.1 664 26.1 451 17.8
5 or 5H
420 16.5 1375 54.1 766 30.2 553
21.8
521 20.5 1577 62.1 867 34.1 654 25.7
623 24.5 1781 70.1 969 38.1 756 29.8
G
mm Inch 359 14.1 463 18.2 370 14.5 463 18.2 584 23.0 686 27.0 787 31.0 889 35.0 360 14.2 465 18.3 371 14.6 465 18.3 586 23.1 688 27.1 789 31.0 891 35.1
-continued-
B
mm Inch 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6
C
mm Inch 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Table 8. 785C Double-Acting Springless Dimensions A, A1, A3, G, B, and C(1) (cont.)
ACTUATOR SIZE
YOKE BOSS, Inch
3-9/16
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
mm Inch 115 4.5 216 8.5
A
mm Inch 720 28.3 929 36.6
A1
mm Inch 416 16.4 524 20.6
A3
mm Inch 248 9.8 349 13.7
G
mm Inch 360 14.2 465 18.3
115 4.5 742 29.2 438 17.2 248 9.8 371 14.6
216 8.5 929 36.6 524 20.6 349 13.7 465 18.3
5 or 5H
318 12.5 1171 46.1 664 26.1 451 420 16.5 1375 54.1 766 30.2 553
17.8 586 23.1 21.8 688 27.1
521 20.5 1577 62.1 867 34.1 654 25.7 789 31.0
385
623 24.5 1782 70.2 970 38.2 756 29.8 891 35.1
115 4.5 774 30.5 470 18.5 248 9.8 387 15.2
216 8.5 1005 39.6 600 23.6 349 13.7 503 19.8
318 12.5 1171 46.1 664 26.1 451 17.8 586 23.1
7
420 16.5 1375 54.1 766 30.2 553 21.8 688 27.1
521 20.5 1577 62.1 867 34.1 654 25.7 789 31.0
623 24.5 1780 70.1 968 38.1 756 29.8 890 35.0
115 4.5 742 29.2 438 17.2 248 9.8 371 14.6
216 8.5 929 36.6 524 20.6 349 13.7 465 18.3
5 or 5H
318 12.5 1171 46.1 664 26.1 451 420 16.5 1375 54.1 766 30.2 553
17.8 586 23.1 21.8 688 27.1
521 20.5 1577 62.1 867 34.1 654 25.7 789 31.0
623 24.5 1782 70.2 970 38.2 756 29.8 891 35.1 435
115 4.5 774 30.5 470 18.5 248 9.8 387 15.2
216 8.5 1005 39.6 600 23.6 349 13.7 503 19.8
318 12.5 1171 46.1 664 26.1 451 17.8 586 23.1
7
420 16.5 1375 54.1 766 30.2 553 21.8 688 27.1
521 20.5 1577 62.1 867 34.1 654 25.7 789 31.0
623 24.5 1780 70.1 968 38.1 756 29.8 890 35.0
115 4.5 790 31.1 438 17.2 276 10.9 395 15.6
216 8.5 977 38.5 524 20.6 377 14.8 489 19.2
5 or 5H
318 12.5 1219 48.0 664 26.1 479 420 16.5 1423 56.0 766 30.2 581
18.9 610 24.0 22.9 712 28.0
521 20.5 1625 64.0 867 34.1 682 26.9 813 32.0
623 24.5 1830 72.0 970 38.2 784 30.9 915 36.0
485
115 4.5 822 32.4 470 18.5 276 10.9 411 16.2
216 8.5 1053 41.5 600 23.6 377 14.8 527 20.7
318 12.5 1219 48.0 664 26.1 479 18.9 610 24.0
7
420 16.5 1423 56.0 766 30.2 581 22.9 712 28.0
521 20.5 1625 64.0 867 34.1 682 26.9 813 32.0
623 24.5 1828 72.0 968 38.1 784 30.9 914 36.0
115 4.5 792 31.2 438 17.2 278 10.9 396 15.6
216 8.5 979 38.5 524 20.6 379 14.9 490 19.3
5 or 5H
318 12.5 1221 48.1 664 26.1 481 420 16.5 1425 56.1 766 30.2 583
18.9 611 24.0 23.0 713 28.1
521 20.5 1627 64.1 867 34.1 684 26.9 814 32.0
623 24.5 1832 72.1 970 38.2 786 30.9 916 36.1
535
115 4.5 824 32.4 470 18.5 278 10.9 412 16.2
216 8.5 1055 41.5 600 23.6 379 14.9 528 20.8
318 12.5 1221 48.1 664 26.1 481 18.9 611 24.0
7
420 16.5 1425 56.1 766 30.2 583 23.0 713 28.1
521 20.5 1627 64.1 867 34.1 684 26.9 814 32.0
623 24.5 1830 72.0 968 38.1 786 30.9 915 36.0
-continued-
B
mm Inch 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 684 26.9 684 26.9 684 26.9 684 26.9 684 26.9 684 26.9 684 26.9 684 26.9 684 26.9 684 26.9 684 26.9 684 26.9
C
mm Inch 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
Table 8. 785C Double-Acting Springless Dimensions A, A1, A3, G, B, and C(1) (cont.)
ACTUATOR SIZE
YOKE BOSS, Inch
5H 585
7
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
mm Inch 115 4.5 216 8.5 318 12.5 420 16.5 521 20.5 623 24.5 115 4.5 216 8.5 318 12.5 420 16.5 521 20.5
A
mm Inch 833 32.8 1020 40.2 1262 49.7 1466 57.7 1668 65.7 1872 73.7 862 33.9 1093 43.0 1259 49.6 1462 57.6 1665 65.6
A1
mm Inch 461 18.1 547 21.5 687 27.0 789 31.1 890 35.0 992 39.1 490 19.3 620 24.4 684 26.9 785 30.9 887 34.9
A3
mm Inch 296 11.7 397 15.6 499 19.6 601 23.7 702 27.6 804 31.7 296 11.7 397 15.6 499 19.6 601 23.7 702 27.6
G
mm Inch 417 16.4 510 20.1 631 24.8 733 28.9 834 32.8 936 36.9 431 17.0 547 21.5 630 24.8 731 28.8 833 32.8
623 24.5 1869 73.6 989 38.9 804 31.7 935 36.8
115 4.5 833 32.8 461 18.1 296 11.7 417 16.4
216 8.5 1020 40.2 547 21.5 397 15.6 510 20.1
318 12.5 1262 49.7 687 27.0 499 19.6 631 24.8
5H
420 16.5 1466 57.7 789 31.1 601 23.7 733 28.9
521 20.5 1668 65.7 890 35.0 702 27.6 834 32.8
623 24.5 1872 73.7 992 39.1 804 31.7 936 36.9
635
115 4.5 862 33.9 490 19.3 296 11.7 431 17.0
216 8.5 1093 43.0 620 24.4 397 15.6 547 21.5
318 12.5 1259 49.6 684 26.9 499 19.6 630 24.8
7
420 16.5 1462 57.6 785 30.9 601 23.7 731 28.8
521 20.5 1665 65.6 887 34.9 702 27.6 833 32.8
623 24.5 1869 73.6 989 38.9 804 31.7 935 36.8
115 4.5 868 34.2 486 19.1 306 12.0 434 17.1
216 8.5 1055 41.5 572 22.5 407 16.0 528 20.8
318 12.5 1297 51.1 712 28.0 509 20.0 649
5H
420 16.5 1501 59.1 814 32.0 611 24.1 751
521 20.5 1703 67.0 915 36.0 712 28.0 852
623 24.5 1907 75.1 1017 40.0 814 32.0 954
685
115 4.5 897 35.3 515 20.3 306 12.0 449
216 8.5 1128 44.4 645 25.4 407 16.0 564
318 12.5 1294 50.9 709 27.9 509 20.0 647
7
420 16.5 1497 58.9 810 31.9 611 24.1 749
521 20.5 1700 66.9 912 35.9 712 28.0 850
623 24.5 1904 75.0 1014 39.9 814 32.0 952
1. Dimensions of A, A1, A3, B, C and G (Center of Gravity) are the max value of each travel. Contact your Emerson sales office for details.
25.5 29.5 33.5 37.5 17.7 22.2 25.5 29.5 33.5 37.5
B
mm Inch 737 29.0 737 29.0 737 29.0 737 29.0 737 29.0 737 29.0 737 29.0 737 29.0 737 29.0 737 29.0 737 29.0 737 29.0 779 30.7 779 30.7 779 30.7 779 30.7 779 30.7 779 30.7 779 30.7 779 30.7 779 30.7 779 30.7 779 30.7 779 30.7 832 32.8 832 32.8 832 32.8 832 32.8 832 32.8 832 32.8 832 32.8 832 32.8 832 32.8 832 32.8 832 32.8 832 32.8
C
mm Inch 750 29.5 750 29.5 750 29.5 750 29.5 750 29.5 750 29.5 750 29.5 750 29.5 750 29.5 750 29.5 750 29.5 750 29.5 799 31.5 799 31.5 799 31.5 799 31.5 799 31.5 799 31.5 799 31.5 799 31.5 799 31.5 799 31.5 799 31.5 799 31.5 855 33.7 855 33.7 855 33.7 855 33.7 855 33.7 855 33.7 855 33.7 855 33.7 855 33.7 855 33.7 855 33.7 855 33.7
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Table 9. 785C Double-Acting Springless with Manual Override Dimensions A, A1, A3, A4, AR, G, B, and C(1)
ACTUATOR SIZE
YOKE BOSS, Inch
3-9/16
MANUAL OVERRIDE
280 5 or 5H
3-9/16
335 5 or 5H MHW 3-9/16
5 or 5H 385
7
5 or 5H 435
7 MHP
5 or 5H 485
7
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
mm
Inch
115
4.5
216
8.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
A
mm
Inch
1002
39.4
1312
51.7
1024
40.3
1312
51.7
1655
65.2
1960
77.2
2263
89.1
2568 101.1
1009
39.7
1319
51.9
1031
40.6
1319
51.9
1662
65.4
1967
77.4
2270
89.4
2575 101.4
991
39.0
1301
51.2
1013
39.9
1301
51.2
1644
64.7
1949
76.7
2252
88.7
2558 100.7
1045
41.1
1377
54.2
1644
64.7
1949
76.7
2252
88.7
2556 100.6
1095
43.1
1403
55.2
1746
68.7
2051
80.7
2354
92.7
2660 104.7
1127
44.4
1479
58.2
1746
68.7
2051
80.7
2354
92.7
2658 104.6
1126
44.3
1434
56.5
1777
70.0
2082
82.0
2385
93.9
2691 105.9
1158
45.6
1510
59.4
1777
70.0
2082
82.0
2385
93.9
2689 105.9
-continued-
A1
mm
Inch
416
16.4
524
20.6
438
17.2
524
20.6
664
26.1
766
30.2
867
34.1
969
38.1
416
16.4
524
20.6
438
17.2
524
20.6
664
26.1
766
30.2
867
34.1
969
38.1
416
16.4
524
20.6
438
17.2
524
20.6
664
26.1
766
30.2
867
34.1
970
38.2
470
18.5
600
23.6
664
26.1
766
30.2
867
34.1
968
38.1
438
17.2
524
20.6
664
26.1
766
30.2
867
34.1
970
38.2
470
18.5
600
23.6
664
26.1
766
30.2
867
34.1
968
38.1
438
17.2
524
20.6
664
26.1
766
30.2
867
34.1
970
38.2
470
18.5
600
23.6
664
26.1
766
30.2
867
34.1
968
38.1
A3
mm
Inch
296
11.7
397
15.6
296
11.7
397
15.6
499
19.6
601
23.7
702
27.6
804
31.7
302.5
11.9
403.5
15.9
302.5
11.9
403.5
15.9
505.5
19.9
607.5
23.9
708.5
27.9
810.5
31.9
285
11.2
386
15.2
285
11.2
386
15.2
488
19.2
590
23.2
691
27.2
793
31.2
285
11.2
386
15.2
488
19.2
590
23.2
691
27.2
793
31.2
282
11.1
383
15.1
485
19.1
587
23.1
688
27.1
790
31.1
282
11.1
383
15.1
485
19.1
587
23.1
688
27.1
790
31.1
313
12.3
414
16.3
516
20.3
618
24.3
719
28.3
821
32.3
313
12.3
414
16.3
516
20.3
618
24.3
719
28.3
821
32.3
A4
mm
Inch
290
11.4
391
15.4
290
11.4
391
15.4
492
19.4
593
23.3
694
27.3
795
31.3
290
11.4
391
15.4
290
11.4
391
15.4
492
19.4
593
23.3
694
27.3
795
31.3
290
11.4
391
15.4
290
11.4
391
15.4
492
19.4
593
23.3
694
27.3
795
31.3
290
11.4
391
15.4
492
19.4
593
23.3
694
27.3
795
31.3
375
14.8
496
19.5
597
23.5
698
27.5
799
31.5
900
35.4
375
14.8
496
19.5
597
23.5
698
27.5
799
31.5
900
35.4
375
14.8
496
19.5
597
23.5
698
27.5
799
31.5
900
35.4
375
14.8
496
19.5
597
23.5
698
27.5
799
31.5
900
35.4
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
Table 9. 785C Double-Acting Springless with Manual Override Dimensions A, A1, A3, A4, AR, G, B, and C(1) (cont.)
ACTUATOR SIZE
YOKE BOSS, Inch
MANUAL OVERRIDE
5 or 5H 535
7
5H 585
7 MHP
5H 635
7
5H 685
7
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
mm
Inch
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
A
mm
Inch
1130
44.5
1438
56.6
1781
70.1
2086
82.1
2389
94.1
2695 106.1
1162
45.7
1514
59.6
1781
70.1
2086
82.1
2389
94.1
2693 106.0
1201
47.3
1509
59.4
1852
72.9
2157
84.9
2460
96.9
2765 108.9
1230
48.4
1582
62.3
1849
72.8
2153
84.8
2457
96.7
2762 108.7
1202
47.3
1510
59.4
1853
73.0
2158
85.0
2461
96.9
2766 108.9
1231
48.5
1583
62.3
1850
72.8
2154
84.8
2458
96.8
2763 108.8
1251
49.3
1559
61.4
1902
74.9
2207
86.9
2510
98.8
2815 110.8
1280
50.4
1632
64.3
1899
74.8
2203
86.7
2507
98.7
2812 110.7
-continued-
A1
mm
Inch
438
17.2
524
20.6
664
26.1
766
30.2
867
34.1
970
38.2
470
18.5
600
23.6
664
26.1
766
30.2
867
34.1
968
38.1
461
18.1
547
21.5
687
27.0
789
31.1
890
35.0
992
39.1
490
19.3
620
24.4
684
26.9
785
30.9
887
34.9
989
38.9
461
18.1
547
21.5
687
27.0
789
31.1
890
35.0
992
39.1
490
19.3
620
24.4
684
26.9
785
30.9
887
34.9
989
38.9
486
19.1
572
22.5
712
28.0
814
32.0
915
36.0
1017
40.0
515
20.3
645
25.4
709
27.9
810
31.9
912
35.9
1014
39.9
A3
mm
Inch
317
12.5
418
16.5
520
20.5
622
24.5
723
28.5
825
32.5
317
12.5
418
16.5
520
20.5
622
24.5
723
28.5
825
32.5
348
13.7
449
17.7
551
21.7
653
25.7
754
29.7
856
33.7
348
13.7
449
17.7
551
21.7
653
25.7
754
29.7
856
33.7
349
13.7
450
17.7
552
21.7
654
25.7
755
29.7
857
33.7
349
13.7
450
17.7
552
21.7
654
25.7
755
29.7
857
33.7
373
14.7
474
18.7
576
22.7
678
26.7
779
30.7
881
34.7
373
14.7
474
18.7
576
22.7
678
26.7
779
30.7
881
34.7
A4
mm
Inch
375
14.8
496
19.5
597
23.5
698
27.5
799
31.5
900
35.4
375
14.8
496
19.5
597
23.5
698
27.5
799
31.5
900
35.4
392
15.4
513
20.2
614
24.2
715
28.1
816
32.1
917
36.1
392
15.4
513
20.2
614
24.2
715
28.1
816
32.1
917
36.1
392
15.4
513
20.2
614
24.2
715
28.1
816
32.1
917
36.1
392
15.4
513
20.2
614
24.2
715
28.1
816
32.1
917
36.1
392
15.4
513
20.2
614
24.2
715
28.1
816
32.1
917
36.1
392
15.4
513
20.2
614
24.2
715
28.1
816
32.1
917
36.1
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Table 9. 785C Double-Acting Springless with Manual Override Dimensions A, A1, A3, A4, AR, G, B, and C(1) (cont.)
ACTUATOR SIZE 280 335
385
435
485
YOKE BOSS, Inch 3-9/16 5 or 5H 3-9/16 5 or 5H 3-9/16 5 or 5H
7
5 or 5H
7
5 or 5H
7
MANUAL OVERRIDE
MHW
MHP
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
mm
Inch
115
4.5
216
8.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318
12.5
420
16.5
521
20.5
623
24.5
G
jB / B
mm Inch mm Inch
501 19.7 850 33.5
656 25.8 850 33.5
512 20.2 850 33.5
656 25.8 850 33.5
828 32.6 850 33.5
980 38.6 850 33.5
1132 44.5 850 33.5
1284 50.6 850 33.5
504 19.9 1250 49.2
659 26.0 1250 49.2
515 20.3 1250 49.2
659 26.0 1250 49.2
831 32.7 1250 49.2
983 38.7 1250 49.2
1135 44.7 1250 49.2
1287 50.7 1250 49.2
496 19.5 1400 55.1
651 25.6 1400 55.1
507 19.9 1400 55.1
651 25.6 1400 55.1
822 32.4 1400 55.1
975 38.4 1400 55.1
1126 44.3 1400 55.1
1279 50.4 1400 55.1
523 20.6 1400 55.1
689 27.1 1400 55.1
822 32.4 1400 55.1
975 38.4 1400 55.1
1126 44.3 1400 55.1
1278 50.3 1400 55.1
548 21.6 908 35.7
702 27.6 908 35.7
873 34.4 908 35.7
1026 40.4 908 35.7
1177 46.3 908 35.7
1330 52.4 908 35.7
564 22.2 908 35.7
740 29.1 908 35.7
873 34.4 908 35.7
1026 40.4 908 35.7
1177 46.3 908 35.7
1329 52.3 908 35.7
563 22.2 940 37.0
717 28.2 940 37.0
889 35.0 940 37.0
1041 41.0 940 37.0
1193 46.9 940 37.0
1346 53.0 940 37.0
579 22.8 940 37.0
755 29.7 940 37.0
889 35.0 940 37.0
1041 41.0 940 37.0
1193 46.9 940 37.0
1345
52.9 940
-continued-
37.0
B1
mm Inch
419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0
C
mm Inch
464
18
464
18
464
18
464
18
464
18
464
18
464
18
464
18
517
20
517
20
517
20
517
20
517
20
517
20
517
20
517
20
564
22
564
22
564
22
564
22
564
22
564
22
564
22
564
22
564
22
564
22
564
22
564
22
564
22
564
22
846
33
846
33
846
33
846
33
846
33
846
33
846
33
846
33
846
33
846
33
846
33
846
33
858
34
858
34
858
34
858
34
858
34
858
34
858
34
858
34
858
34
858
34
858
34
858
34
C1
mm Inch
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
565 22.2
565 22.2
565 22.2
565 22.2
565 22.2
565 22.2
565 22.2
565 22.2
565 22.2
565 22.2
565 22.2
565 22.2
630 24.8
630 24.8
630 24.8
630 24.8
630 24.8
630 24.8
630 24.8
630 24.8
630 24.8
630 24.8
630 24.8
630 24.8
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
Table 9. 785C Double-Acting Springless with Manual Override Dimensions A, A1, A3, A4, AR, G, B, and C(1) (cont.)
ACTUATOR SIZE
YOKE BOSS, Inch
MANUAL OVERRIDE
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
mm
Inch
G mm Inch
jB / B mm Inch
B1 mm Inch
C mm Inch
115
4.5
565 22.2 962 37.9 684 26.9 915
36
216
8.5
719 28.3 962 37.9 684 26.9 915
36
5 or 5H
318
12.5
891 35.1 962 37.9 684 26.9 915
36
420
16.5 1043 41.1 962 37.9 684 26.9 915
36
521
20.5 1195 47.0 962 37.9 684 26.9 915
36
623
24.5 1348 53.1 962 37.9 684 26.9 915
36
535
115
4.5
581 22.9 962 37.9 684 26.9 915
36
216
8.5
757 29.8 962 37.9 684 26.9 915
36
318
12.5
891 35.1 962 37.9 684 26.9 915
36
7
420
16.5 1043 41.1 962 37.9 684 26.9 915
36
521
20.5 1195 47.0 962 37.9 684 26.9 915
36
623
24.5 1347 53.0 962 37.9 684 26.9 983
36
115
4.5
601 23.6 1102 43.4 737 29.0 983
39
216
8.5
755 29.7 1102 43.4 737 29.0 983
39
318
12.5
926 36.5 1102 43.4 737 29.0 983
39
5H
420
16.5 1079 42.5 1102 43.4 737 29.0 983
39
521
20.5 1230 48.4 1102 43.4 737 29.0 983
39
623
24.5 1383 54.4 1102 43.4 737 29.0 983
39
585
115
4.5
615 24.2 1102 43.4 737 29.0 983
39
216
8.5
791 31.1 1102 43.4 737 29.0 983
39
318
12.5
925 36.4 1102 43.4 737 29.0 983
39
7
420
16.5 1077 42.4 1102 43.4 737 29.0 983
39
521
20.5 1229 48.4 1102 43.4 737 29.0 983
39
MHP
623
24.5 1381 54.4 1102 43.4 737 29.0 983
39
115
4.5
601 23.7 1127 44.4 779 30.7 1007 40
216
8.5
755 29.7 1127 44.4 779 30.7 1007 40
318
12.5
927 36.5 1127 44.4 779 30.7 1007 40
5H
420
16.5 1079 42.5 1127 44.4 779 30.7 1007 40
521
20.5 1231 48.4 1127 44.4 779 30.7 1007 40
623
24.5 1383 54.4 1127 44.4 779 30.7 1007 40
635
115
4.5
616 24.2 1127 44.4 779 30.7 1007 40
216
8.5
792 31.2 1127 44.4 779 30.7 1007 40
318
12.5
925 36.4 1127 44.4 779 30.7 1007 40
7
420
16.5 1077 42.4 1127 44.4 779 30.7 1007 40
521
20.5 1229 48.4 1127 44.4 779 30.7 1007 40
623
24.5 1382 54.4 1127 44.4 779 30.7 1007 40
115
4.5
626 24.6 1153 45.4 832 32.8 1035 41
216
8.5
780 30.7 1153 45.4 832 32.8 1035 41
318
12.5
951 37.4 1153 45.4 832 32.8 1035 41
5H
420
16.5 1104 43.4 1153 45.4 832 32.8 1035 41
521
20.5 1255 49.4 1153 45.4 832 32.8 1035 41
623
24.5 1408 55.4 1153 45.4 832 32.8 1035 41
685
115
4.5
640 25.2 1153 45.4 832 32.8 1035 41
216
8.5
816 32.1 1153 45.4 832 32.8 1035 41
318
12.5
950 37.4 1153 45.4 832 32.8 1035 41
7
420
16.5 1102 43.4 1153 45.4 832 32.8 1035 41
521
20.5 1254 49.4 1153 45.4 832 32.8 1035 41
623
24.5 1406 55.4 1153 45.4 832 32.8 1035 41
1. Dimensions of A, A1, A3, A4, ØB/B, B1, C, and G (Center of Gravity) are the max value of each travel. Contact your Emerson sales office for details.
C1
mm Inch
680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 785 30.9 785 30.9 785 30.9 785 30.9 785 30.9 785 30.9 785 30.9 785 30.9 785 30.9 785 30.9 785 30.9 785 30.9 840 33.1 840 33.1 840 33.1 840 33.1 840 33.1 840 33.1 840 33.1 840 33.1 840 33.1 840 33.1 840 33.1 840 33.1
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Table 10. 785C Double-Acting Springless Dimension Z and W
WITHOUT MANUAL OVERRIDE
ACTUATOR SIZE
Z
W
3-9/16, 5, 5H, or 7 Inch Yoke Boss
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
280
254
10
292
11.5
335
254
10
292
11.5
385
330
13
330
13
435
330
13
330
13
485
330
13
330
13
535
330
13
330
13
585
487
19.2
436
17.2
635
487
19.2
436
17.2
685
487
19.2
436
17.2
WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE
Z
W
3-9/16, 5, 5H, or 7 Inch Yoke Boss
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
254
10
292
11.5
254
10
292
11.5
330
13
330
13
330
13
330
13
330
13
330
13
330
13
330
13
487
19.2
436
17.2
487
19.2
436
17.2
487
19.2
436
17.2
Figure 4. Fisher 785C Double-Acting Springless Piston Actuator with Manual Hand Wheel (MHW) (see table 9 and 10)
B1
AR A4
A3
A
G
A1
B
B
16
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
Figure 5. Fisher 785C Double-Acting Springless Piston Actuator with Manual Hand Pump (MHP) (see table 9 and 10)
AR
A4
A3
A
G
A1
B
B
17
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Figure 6. Fisher 785C Single-Acting Spring Return Piston Actuator (see table 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15)
AR
FRONT VIEW A3
BOTTOM VIEW W
A2
A
Z
A1 B
G B
18
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
Table 11. 785C Single-Acting Spring Return (Spring Retracts) Dimensions A, A1, A2, A3, G, B and C(1)
ACTUATOR SIZE
280
YOKE BOSS Inch (mm)
3-9/16
5 or 5H
Maximum Travel Spring
mm Inch
A mm Inch
115 4.5 F1 1360 53.5 216 8.5 F1 1849 72.8 115 4.5 F1 1382 54.4 216 8.5 F1 1849 72.8
A1
mm Inch
416 16.4 524 20.6 438 17.2 524 20.6
A2
mm Inch
643 25.3 923 36.3 643 25.3 923 36.3
A3
mm Inch
245 9.6 346 13.6 245 9.6 346 13.6
G
mm Inch
680 26.8 925 36.4 691 27.2 925 36.4
B
mm Inch
419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5
115 4.5 F1 1425 56.1 416 16.4 705 27.8 248 9.8 713 28.1 472 18.6
3-9/16 216 8.5 F2 1700 66.9 524 20.6 771 30.4 349 13.7 850 33.5 472 18.6
335
115 4.5 F1 1447 57.0 438 17.2 705 27.8 248 9.8 724 28.5 472 18.6
5 or 5H 216 8.5 F2 1700 66.9 524 20.6 771 30.4 349 13.7 850 33.5 472 18.6
115 4.5 F2 1425 56.1 416 16.4 705 27.8 248 9.8 713 28.1 519 20.4 3-9/16
216 8.5 F1 1860 73.2 524 20.6 931 36.7 349 13.7 930 36.6 519 20.4
115 4.5 F2 1447 57.0 438 17.2 705 27.8 248 9.8 724 28.5 519 20.4
385
5 or 5H 216 8.5 318 12.5
F1 F1
1860 73.2 524 20.6 931 36.7 349 13.7 930 36.6 519 20.4 2281 89.8 664 26.1 1110 43.7 451 17.8 1141 44.9 519 20.4
115 4.5 F2 1479 58.2 470 18.5 705 27.8 248 9.8 740 29.1 519 20.4
7
216 8.5 F1 1936 76.2 600 23.6 931 36.7 349 13.7 968 38.1 519 20.4
318 12.5 F1 2281 89.8 664 26.1 1110 43.7 451 17.8 1141 44.9 519 20.4
115 4.5 F1 1447 57.0 438 17.2 705 27.8 248 9.8 724 28.5 572 22.5
216 8.5 F1 1769 69.6 524 20.6 840 33.1 349 13.7 885 34.8 572 22.5 5 or 5H 318 12.5 F1 2206 86.9 664 26.1 1035 40.7 451 17.8 1103 43.4 572 22.5
420 16.5 F1 2507 98.7 766 30.2 1132 44.6 553 21.8 1254 49.4 572 22.5
435
115 4.5 F1 1479 58.2 470 18.5 705 27.8 248 9.8 740 29.1 572 22.5
216 8.5 F1 1845 72.6 600 23.6 840 33.1 349 13.7 923 36.3 572 22.5 7
318 12.5 F1 2206 86.9 664 26.1 1035 40.7 451 17.8 1103 43.4 572 22.5
420 16.5 F1 2507 98.7 766 30.2 1132 44.6 553 21.8 1254 49.4 572 22.5
115 4.5 F1 1428 56.2 438 17.2 638 25.1 276 10.9 714 28.1 636 25.0
216 8.5 F1 1817 71.5 524 20.6 840 33.1 377 14.8 909 35.8 636 25.0 5 or 5H 318 12.5 F1 2252 88.7 664 26.1 1033 40.7 479 18.9 1126 44.3 636 25.0
420 16.5 F1 2548 100.3 766 30.2 1125 44.3 581 22.9 1274 50.2 636 25.0
485
115 4.5 F1 1460 57.5 470 18.5 638 25.1 276 10.9 730 28.7 636 25.0
216 8.5 F1 1893 74.5 600 23.6 840 33.1 377 14.8 947 37.3 636 25.0
7
318 12.5 F1 2252 88.7 664 26.1 1033 40.7 479 18.9 1126 44.3 636 25.0
420 16.5 F1 2548 100.3 766 30.2 1125 44.3 581 22.9 1274 50.2 636 25.0
115 4.5 F1 1563 61.5 438 17.2 771 30.4 278 10.9 782 30.8 684 26.9
216 8.5 F2 1772 69.8 524 20.6 793 31.2 379 14.9 886 34.9 684 26.9 5 or 5H
318 12.5 F1 2216 87.2 664 26.1 995 39.2 481 18.9 1108 43.6 684 26.9
420 16.5 F1 2469 97.2 766 30.2 1044 41.1 583 23.0 1235 48.6 684 26.9
535
115 4.5 F1 1595 62.8 470 18.5 771 30.4 278 10.9 798 31.4 684 26.9
216 8.5 F2 1848 72.8 600 23.6 793 31.2 379 14.9 924 36.4 684 26.9
7
318 12.5 F1 2216 87.2 664 26.1 995 39.2 481 18.9 1108 43.6 684 26.9
420 16.5 F1 2469 97.2 766 30.2 1044 41.1 583 23.0 1235 48.6 684 26.9
-continued-
C
mm Inch
419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3
19
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Table 11. 785C Single-Acting Spring Return (Spring Retracts) Dimensions A, A1, A2, A3, G, B and C(1) (cont.)
ACTUATOR SIZE
YOKE BOSS
Inch (mm)
Maximum Travel Spring
mm Inch
A mm Inch
115 4.5 F1 1613 63.5
A1 mm Inch 461 18.1
A2 mm Inch 780 30.7
A3 mm Inch 296 11.7
G mm Inch 807 31.8
B mm Inch 737 29.0
C mm Inch 750 29.5
216 8.5 F1 1824 71.8 547 21.5 804 31.7 397 15.6 912 35.9 737 29.0 750 29.5
5H
318 12.5 F1 2284 89.9 687 27.0 1022 40.2 499 19.6 1142 45.0 737 29.0 750 29.5
420 16.5 F1 2555 100.6 789 31.1 1089 42.9 601 23.7 1278 50.3 737 29.0 750 29.5
585
115 4.5 F1 1642 64.6 490 19.3 780 30.7 296 11.7 821 32.3 737 29.0 750 29.5
216 8.5 F1 1897 74.7 620 24.4 804 31.7 397 15.6 949 37.3 737 29.0 750 29.5
7
318 12.5 F1 2281 89.8 684 26.9 1022 40.2 499 19.6 1141 44.9 737 29.0 750 29.5
420 16.5 F1 2551 100.4 785 30.9 1089 42.9 601 23.7 1276 50.2 737 29.0 750 29.5
115 4.5 F2 1355 53.3 461 18.1 522 20.6 296 11.7 678 26.7 779 30.7 799 31.5
5H
216 8.5 F1 1824 71.8 547 21.5 804 31.7 397 15.6 912 35.9 779 30.7 799 31.5
635
115 4.5 F2 1384 54.5 490 19.3 522 20.6 296 11.7 692 27.2 779 30.7 799 31.5
7
216 8.5 F1 1897 74.7 620 24.4 804 31.7 397 15.6 949 37.3 779 30.7 799 31.5
115 4.5 F1 1628 64.1 486 19.1 760 29.9 306 12.0 814 32.0 832 32.8 855 33.7
5H
216 8.5 F1 1864 73.4 572 22.5 809 31.9 407 16.0 932 36.7 832 32.8 855 33.7
685
115 4.5 F1 1657 65.2 515 20.3 760 29.9 306 12.0 829 32.6 832 32.8 855 33.7
7
216 8.5 F1 1937 76.3 645 25.4 809 31.9 407 16.0 969 38.1 832 32.8 855 33.7
1. Dimensions of A, A1, A2, A3, B, C, and G (Center of Gravity) are the max value of each travel. Contact your Emerson sales office for details.
Figure 7. Fisher 785C Single-Acting Spring Return Piston Actuator with Manual Hand Wheel (MHW) (see table 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15)
B1
AR
A4
A3
A
A2
G
A1
B
B
20
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
Figure 8. Fisher 785C Single-Acting Spring Return Piston Actuator with Manual Hand Pump (MHP) (see table 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15)
AR
A4
A3
A
A2
G
A1
B
B
21
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Table 12. 785C Single-Acting Spring Return (Spring Retracts) with Manual Override Dimensions A, A1, A2, A3, A4, G, B, and C(1)
ACTUATOR SIZE 280 335 385
435
485
535
585
YOKE BOSS Inch (mm) 3-9/16 5 or 5H 3-9/16 5 or 5H 3-9/16 5 or 5H
7
5 or 5H
7
5 or 5H
7
5 or 5H
7
5H
7
Maximum Travel Spring
mm Inch
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F2
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F2
115
4.5
F2
216
8.5
F1
115
4.5
F2
216
8.5
F1
318 12.5
F1
115
4.5
F2
216
8.5
F1
318 12.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
318 12.5
F1
420 16.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
318 12.5
F1
420 16.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
318 12.5
F1
420 16.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
318 12.5
F1
420 16.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
318 12.5
F1
420 16.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
318 12.5
F1
420 16.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
318 12.5
F1
420 16.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
318 12.5
F1
Manual Override
MHW
MHP
A
mm Inch
1645 65 2235 88 1667 66 2235 88 1714 67 2090 82 1736 68 2090 82 1696 67 2232 88 1718 68 2232 88 2754 108 1750 69 2308 91 2754 108 1800 71 2243 88 2781 109 3183 125 1832 72 2319 91 2781 109 3183 125 1764 69 2274 90 2810 111 3207 126 1796 71 2350 93 2810 111 3207 126 1901 75 2265 89 2776 109 3130 123 1933 76 2341 92 2776 109 3130 123 1981 78 2313 91 2874 113 3246 128 2010 79 2386 94 2871 113
A1
A2
mm Inch mm Inch
416 16 643 25.3 524 21 923 36.3 438 17 643 25.3 524 21 923 36.3 416 16 705 27.8 524 21 771 30.4 438 17 705 27.8 524 21 771 30.4 416 16 705 27.8 524 21 931 36.7 438 17 705 27.8 524 21 931 36.7 664 26 1110 43.7 470 19 705 27.8 600 24 931 36.7 664 26 1110 43.7 438 17 705 27.8 524 21 840 33.1 664 26 1035 40.7 766 30 1132 44.6 470 19 705 27.8 600 24 840 33.1 664 26 1035 40.7 766 30 1132 44.6 438 17 638 25.1 524 21 840 33.1 664 26 1033 40.7 766 30 1125 44.3 470 19 638 25.1 600 24 840 33.1 664 26 1033 40.7 766 30 1125 44.3 438 17 771 30.4 524 21 827 32.6 664 26 995 39.2 766 30 1044 41.1 470 19 771 30.4 600 24 827 32.6 664 26 995 39.2 766 30 1044 41.1 461 18 780 30.7 547 22 804 31.7 687 27 1022 40.2 789 31 1089 42.9 490 19 780 30.7 620 24 804 31.7 684 27 1022 40.2
420 16.5
F1
3242 128 785
-continued-
31 1089 42.9
A3
mm Inch
296 11.7 397 15.6 296 11.7 397 15.6 302.5 11.9 403.5 15.9 302.5 11.9 403.5 15.9 285 11.2 386 15.2 285 11.2 386 15.2 488 19.2 285 11.2 386 15.2 488 19.2 282 11.1 383 15.1 485 19.1 587 23.1 282 11.1 383 15.1 485 19.1 587 23.1 313 12.3 414 16.3 516 20.3 618 24.3 313 12.3 414 16.3 516 20.3 618 24.3 317 12.5 418 16.5 520 20.5 622 24.5 317 12.5 418 16.5 520 20.5 622 24.5 348 13.7 449 17.7 551 21.7 653 25.7 348 13.7 449 17.7 551 21.7 653 25.7
A4
mm Inch
290 11.4 391 15.4 290 11.4 391 15.4 290 11.4 391 15.4 290 11.4 391 15.4 290 11.4 391 15.4 290 11.4 391 15.4 492 19.4 290 11.4 391 15.4 492 19.4 375 14.8 496 19.5 597 23.5 698 27.5 375 14.8 496 19.5 597 23.5 698 27.5 375 14.8 496 19.5 597 23.5 698 27.5 375 14.8 496 19.5 597 23.5 698 27.5 375 14.8 496 19.5 597 23.5 698 27.5 375 14.8 496 19.5 597 23.5 698 27.5 392 15.4 513 20.2 614 24.2 715 28.1 392 15.4 513 20.2 614 24.2 715 28.1
22
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
Table 12. 785C Single-Acting Spring Return (Spring Retracts) with Manual Override Dimensions A, A1, A2, A3, A4, G, B, and C(1) (cont.)
ACTUATOR SIZE 635 685
ACTUATOR SIZE 280 335
385
435
485
YOKE BOSS Inch (mm)
5H 7 5H 7 YOKE BOSS Inch (mm) 3-9/16 5 or 5H 3-9/16 5 or 5H 3-9/16
5 or 5H
7
5 or 5H
7
5 or 5H
7
Maximum Travel Spring
mm Inch
115
4.5
F2
216
8.5
F1
115
4.5
F2
216
8.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
Maximum Travel Spring
mm Inch
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F2
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F2
115
4.5
F2
216
8.5
F1
115
4.5
F2
216
8.5
F1
318 12.5
F1
115
4.5
F2
216
8.5
F1
318 12.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
318 12.5
F1
420 16.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
318 12.5
F1
420 16.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
318 12.5
F1
420 16.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
318 12.5
F1
Manual Override
MHP Manual Override
MHW
MHP
A
mm Inch
1724 68 2314 91 1753 69 2387 94 2011 79 2368 93 2040 80 2441 96
G
mm Inch
823 32 1118 44 834 33 1118 44 857 34 1045 41 868 34 1045 41 848 33 1116 44 859 34 1116 44 1377 54 875 34 1154 45 1377 54 900 35 1122 44 1391 55 1592 63 916 36 1160 46 1391 55 1592 63 882 35 1137 45 1405 55 1604 63 898 35 1175 46 1405 55
A1
mm Inch
461 18 547 22 490 19 620 24 486 19 572 23 515 20 645 25
jB / B
mm Inch
850 33.5 850 33.5 850 33.5 850 33.5 1250 49.2 1250 49.2 1250 49.2 1250 49.2 1400 55.1 1400 55.1 1400 55.1 1400 55.1 1400 55.1 1400 55.1 1400 55.1 1400 55.1 908 35.7 908 35.7 908 35.7 908 35.7 908 35.7 908 35.7 908 35.7 908 35.7 940 37.0 940 37.0 940 37.0 940 37.0 940 37.0 940 37.0 940 37.0
A2
mm Inch
522 20.6 804 31.7 522 20.6 804 31.7 760 29.9 809 31.9 760 29.9 809 31.9
B1
mm Inch
419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0
420 16.5
F1
1604 63 940 37.0 636 25.0
-continued-
A3
mm Inch
349 13.7 450 17.7 349 13.7 450 17.7 373 14.7 474 18.7 373 14.7 474 18.7
C
mm Inch
464 18.3 464 18.3 464 18.3 464 18.3 517 20.4 517 20.4 517 20.4 517 20.4 564 22.2 564 22.2 564 22.2 564 22.2 564 22.2 564 22.2 564 22.2 564 22.2 846 33.3 846 33.3 846 33.3 846 33.3 846 33.3 846 33.3 846 33.3 846 33.3 858 33.8 858 33.8 858 33.8 858 33.8 858 33.8 858 33.8 858 33.8 858 33.8
A4
mm Inch
392 15.4 513 20.2 392 15.4 513 20.2 392 15.4 513 20.2 392 15.4 513 20.2
C1
mm Inch
--- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- --565 22.2 565 22.2 565 22.2 565 22.2 565 22.2 565 22.2 565 22.2 565 22.2 630 24.8 630 24.8 630 24.8 630 24.8 630 24.8 630 24.8 630 24.8 630 24.8
23
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Table 12. 785C Single-Acting Spring Return (Spring Retracts) with Manual Override Dimensions A, A1, A2, A3, A4, G, B, and C(1) (cont.)
ACTUATOR SIZE 535
585
635 685
YOKE BOSS Inch (mm) 5 or 5H
7
5H
7
5H 7 5H 7
Maximum Travel Spring
mm Inch
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
318 12.5
F1
420 16.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
318 12.5
F1
420 16.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
318 12.5
F1
420 16.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
318 12.5
F1
420 16.5
F1
115
4.5
F2
216
8.5
F1
115
4.5
F2
216
8.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
Manual Override
MHP
G
mm Inch
951 37 1133 45 1388 55 1565 62 967 38 1171 46 1388 55 1565 62 991 39 1157 46 1437 57 1623 64 1005 40 1193 47 1436 57 1621 64 862 34 1157 46 877 35 1194 47 1006 40 1184 47 1020 40 1221 48
jB / B
mm Inch
962 37.9 962 37.9 962 37.9 962 37.9 962 37.9 962 37.9 962 37.9 962 37.9 1102 43.4 1102 43.4 1102 43.4 1102 43.4 1102 43.4 1102 43.4 1102 43.4 1102 43.4 1127 44.4 1127 44.4 1127 44.4 1127 44.4 1153 45.4 1153 45.4 1153 45.4 1153 45.4
B1
C
mm Inch mm Inch
684 26.9 915 36.0 684 26.9 915 36.0 684 26.9 915 36.0 684 26.9 915 36.0 684 26.9 915 36.0 684 26.9 915 36.0 684 26.9 915 36.0 684 26.9 915 36.0 737 29.0 983 38.7 737 29.0 983 38.7 737 29.0 983 38.7 737 29.0 983 38.7 737 29.0 983 38.7 737 29.0 983 38.7 737 29.0 983 38.7 737 29.0 983 38.7 779 30.7 1007 39.6 779 30.7 1007 39.6 779 30.7 1007 39.6 779 30.7 1007 39.6 832 32.8 1035 40.7 832 32.8 1035 40.7 832 32.8 1035 40.7 832 32.8 1035 40.7
1. Dimensions of A, A1, A2, A3, A4, ØB/B, B1,C, C1, and G (Center of Gravity) are the max value of each travel. Contact your Emerson sales office for details
C1
mm Inch
680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 785 30.9 785 30.9 785 30.9 785 30.9 840 33.1 840 33.1 840 33.1 840 33.1
24
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
Table 13. 785C Single-Acting Spring Return (Spring Extends) Dimensions A, A1, A2, A3, G, B, and C(1)
ACTUATOR SIZE
YOKE BOSS
Inch (mm)
3-9/16 280
5 or 5H
Maximum Travel
mm Inch
Spring
A mm Inch
115 4.5 216 8.5 115 4.5 216 8.5
F1 1360 53.5 F1 1849 72.8 F1 1382 54.4 F1 1849 72.8
A1
mm Inch
416 16.4 524 20.6 438 17.2 524 20.6
A2
mm Inch
643 25.3 923 36.3 643 25.3 923 36.3
A3
mm Inch
245 9.6 346 13.6 245 9.6 346 13.6
G
mm Inch
680 26.8 925 36.4 691 27.2 925 36.4
B
mm Inch
419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5
115 4.5
3-9/16 216 8.5
335
115 4.5
5 or 5H 216 8.5
F1 1425 56.1 416 16.4 705 27.8 248 9.8 713 28.1 472 18.6 F2 1700 66.9 524 20.6 771 30.4 349 13.7 850 33.5 472 18.6 F1 1447 57.0 438 17.2 705 27.8 248 9.8 724 28.5 472 18.6 F2 1700 66.9 524 20.6 771 30.4 349 13.7 850 33.5 472 18.6
115 4.5 3-9/16 216 8.5
F2 1425 56.1 416 16.4 705 27.8 248 9.8 713 28.1 519 20.4 F1 1860 73.2 524 20.6 931 36.7 349 13.7 930 36.6 519 20.4
115 4.5 F2 1447 57.0 438 17.2 705 27.8 248 9.8 724 28.5 519 20.4
385
5 or 5H
216 318
8.5 12.5
F1 F1
1860 73.2 524 20.6 931 36.7 349 13.7 930 36.6 519 20.4 2281 89.8 664 26.1 1110 43.7 451 17.8 1141 44.9 519 20.4
115 4.5 F2 1479 58.2 470 18.5 705 27.8 248 9.8 740 29.1 519 20.4
7
216 8.5 F1 1936 76.2 600 23.6 931 36.7 349 13.7 968 38.1 519 20.4
318 12.5 F1 2281 89.8 664 26.1 1110 43.7 451 17.8 1141 44.9 519 20.4
115 4.5 F1 1447 57.0 438 17.2 705 27.8 248 9.8 724 28.5 572 22.5
216 8.5 F1 1769 69.6 524 20.6 840 33.1 349 13.7 885 34.8 572 22.5 5 or 5H 318 12.5 F1 2206 86.9 664 26.1 1035 40.7 451 17.8 1103 43.4 572 22.5
420 16.5 F1 2507 98.7 766 30.2 1132 44.6 553 21.8 1254 49.4 572 22.5
435
115 4.5 F1 1479 58.2 470 18.5 705 27.8 248 9.8 740 29.1 572 22.5
216 8.5 F1 1845 72.6 600 23.6 840 33.1 349 13.7 923 36.3 572 22.5
7
318 12.5 F1 2206 86.9 664 26.1 1035 40.7 451 17.8 1103 43.4 572 22.5
420 16.5 F1 2507 98.7 766 30.2 1132 44.6 553 21.8 1254 49.4 572 22.5
115 4.5 F1 1428 56.2 438 17.2 638 25.1 276 10.9 714 28.1 636 25.0
216 8.5 F1 1817 71.5 524 20.6 840 33.1 377 14.8 909 35.8 636 25.0 5 or 5H
318 12.5 F1 2254 88.7 664 26.1 1035 40.7 479 18.9 1127 44.4 636 25.0
420 16.5 F1 2555 100.6 766 30.2 1132 44.6 581 22.9 1278 50.3 636 25.0
485
115 4.5 F1 1460 57.5 470 18.5 638 25.1 276 10.9 730 28.7 636 25.0
216 8.5 F1 1893 74.5 600 23.6 840 33.1 377 14.8 947 37.3 636 25.0
7
318 12.5 F1 2254 88.7 664 26.1 1035 40.7 479 18.9 1127 44.4 636 25.0
420 16.5 F1 2555 100.6 766 30.2 1132 44.6 581 22.9 1278 50.3 636 25.0
115 4.5 F1 1563 61.5 438 17.2 771 30.4 278 10.9 782 30.8 684 26.9
216 8.5 F1 1778 70.0 524 20.6 799 31.5 379 14.9 889 35.0 684 26.9 5 or 5H 318 12.5 F1 2223 87.5 664 26.1 1002 39.4 481 18.9 1112 43.8 684 26.9
420 16.5 F1 2476 97.5 766 30.2 1051 41.4 583 23.0 1238 48.7 684 26.9
535
115 4.5 F1 1595 62.8 470 18.5 771 30.4 278 10.9 798 31.4 684 26.9
216 8.5 F1 1854 73.0 600 23.6 799 31.5 379 14.9 927 36.5 684 26.9
7
318 12.5 F1 2223 87.5 664 26.1 1002 39.4 481 18.9 1112 43.8 684 26.9
420 16.5 F1 2476 97.5 766 30.2 1051 41.4 583 23.0 1238 48.7 684 26.9
-continued-
C
mm Inch
419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 572 22.5 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 636 25.0 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3 694 27.3
25
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Table 13. 785C Single-Acting Spring Return (Spring Extends) Dimensions A, A1, A2, A3, G, B, and C(1) (cont.)
ACTUATOR SIZE
YOKE BOSS
Inch (mm)
Maximum Travel
mm Inch
Spring
A mm Inch
A1 mm Inch
A2 mm Inch
A3 mm Inch
G mm Inch
B mm Inch
C mm Inch
115 4.5 F1 1613 63.5 461 18.1 780 30.7 296 11.7 807 31.8 737 29.0 750 29.5
216 8.5 F1 1820 71.7 547 21.5 800 31.5 397 15.6 910 35.8 737 29.0 750 29.5
5H
318 12.5 F1 2284 89.9 687 27.0 1022 40.2 499 19.6 1142 45.0 737 29.0 750 29.5
420 16.5 F1 2555 100.6 789 31.1 1089 42.9 601 23.7 1278 50.3 737 29.0 750 29.5
585
115 4.5 F1 1642 64.6 490 19.3 780 30.7 296 11.7 821 32.3 737 29.0 750 29.5
216 8.5 F1 1893 74.5 620 24.4 800 31.5 397 15.6 947 37.3 737 29.0 750 29.5
7
318 12.5 F1 2281 89.8 684 26.9 1022 40.2 499 19.6 1141 44.9 737 29.0 750 29.5
420 16.5 F1 2551 100.4 785 30.9 1089 42.9 601 23.7 1276 50.2 737 29.0 750 29.5
115 4.5 F1 1579 62.2 461 18.1 746 29.4 296 11.7 790 31.1 779 30.7 799 31.5
216 8.5 F1 1830 72.0 547 21.5 810 31.9 397 15.6 915 36.0 779 30.7 799 31.5
5H
318 12.5 F1 2264 89.1 687 27.0 1002 39.4 499 19.6 1132 44.6 779 30.7 799 31.5
420 16.5 F1 2458 96.8 789 31.1 992 39.1 601 23.7 1229 48.4 779 30.7 799 31.5
635
115 4.5 F1 1608 63.3 490 19.3 746 29.4 296 11.7 804 31.7 779 30.7 799 31.5
216 8.5 F1 1903 74.9 620 24.4 810 31.9 397 15.6 952 37.5 779 30.7 799 31.5
7
318 12.5 F1 2261 89.0 684 26.9 1002 39.4 499 19.6 1131 44.5 779 30.7 799 31.5
420 16.5 F1 2454 96.6 785 30.9 992 39.1 601 23.7 1227 48.3 779 30.7 799 31.5
115 4.5 F3 1622 63.9 486 19.1 754 29.7 306 12.0 811 31.9 832 32.8 855 33.7
216 8.5 F3 1840 72.4 572 22.5 785 30.9 407 16.0 920 36.2 832 32.8 855 33.7
5H
318 12.5 F1 2299 90.5 712 28.0 1002 39.4 509 20.0 1150 45.3 832 32.8 855 33.7
420 16.5 F1 2493 98.1 814 32.0 992 39.1 611 24.1 1247 49.1 832 32.8 855 33.7
685
115 4.5 F3 1651 65.0 515 20.3 754 29.7 306 12.0 826 32.5 832 32.8 855 33.7
216 8.5 F3 1913 75.3 645 25.4 785 30.9 407 16.0 957 37.7 832 32.8 855 33.7
7
318 12.5 F1 2296 90.4 709 27.9 1002 39.4 509 20.0 1148 45.2 832 32.8 855 33.7
420 16.5 F1 2489 98.0 810 31.9 992 39.1 611 24.1 1245 49.0 832 32.8 855 33.7
1. Dimensions of A, A1, A2, A3, B, C, and G (Center of Gravity) are the max value of each travel. Contact your Emerson sales office for details.
26
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
Table 14. 785C Single-Acting Spring Return (Spring Extends) with Manual Override Dimensions A, A1, A2, A3, A4, G, B, and C(1)
ACTUATOR SIZE
YOKE BOSS
Inch (mm)
3-9/16 280
5 or 5H
3-9/16 335
5 or 5H
3-9/16
385
5 or 5H
7
5 or 5H 435
7
5 or 5H 485
7
5 or 5H
Maximum Travel
mm Inch
115
4.5
216
8.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318 12.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318 12.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318 12.5
420 16.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318 12.5
420 16.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318 12.5
420 16.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318 12.5
420 16.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318 12.5
Spring Manual Override
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F2
F1
F2
F2
MHW
F1
F2
F1
F1
F2
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
MHP
F1
F1
A
mm Inch
1645 65 2235 88 1667 66 2235 88 1714 67 2090 82 1736 68 2090 82 1696 67 2232 88 1718 68 2232 88 2754 108 1750 69 2308 91 2754 108 1800 71 2243 88 2781 109 3183 125 1832 72 2319 91 2781 109 3183 125 1764 69 2274 90 2812 111 3214 127 1796 71 2350 93 2812 111 3214 127 1901 75 2237 88 2783 110
A1
A2
mm Inch mm Inch
416 16 643 25.3 524 21 923 36.3 438 17 643 25.3 524 21 923 36.3 416 16 705 27.8 524 21 771 30.4 438 17 705 27.8 524 21 771 30.4 416 16 705 27.8 524 21 931 36.7 438 17 705 27.8 524 21 931 36.7 664 26 1110 43.7 470 19 705 27.8 600 24 931 36.7 664 26 1110 43.7 438 17 705 27.8 524 21 840 33.1 664 26 1035 40.7 766 30 1132 44.6 470 19 705 27.8 600 24 840 33.1 664 26 1035 40.7 766 30 1132 44.6 438 17 638 25.1 524 21 840 33.1 664 26 1035 40.7 766 30 1132 44.6 470 19 638 25.1 600 24 840 33.1 664 26 1035 40.7 766 30 1132 44.6 438 17 771 30.4 524 21 799 31.5 664 26 1002 39.4
420 16.5
F1
535
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
7
318 12.5
F1
420 16.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
5H
318 12.5
F1
420 16.5
F1
585
115
4.5
F1
216
8.5
F1
7
318 12.5
F1
3137 124 766 1933 76 470 2313 91 600 2783 110 664 3137 124 766 1981 78 461 2309 91 547 2874 113 687 3246 128 789 2010 79 490 2382 94 620 2871 113 684
30 1051 41.4 19 771 30.4 24 799 31.5 26 1002 39.4 30 1051 41.4 18 780 30.7 22 800 31.5 27 1022 40.2 31 1089 42.9 19 780 30.7 24 800 31.5 27 1022 40.2
420 16.5
F1
3242 128 785
-continued-
31 1089 42.9
A3
mm Inch
296 11.7 397 15.6 296 11.7 397 15.6 302.5 11.9 403.5 15.9 302.5 11.9 403.5 15.9 285 11.2 386 15.2 285 11.2 386 15.2 488 19.2 285 11.2 386 15.2 488 19.2 282 11.1 383 15.1 485 19.1 587 23.1 282 11.1 383 15.1 485 19.1 587 23.1 313 12.3 414 16.3 516 20.3 618 24.3 313 12.3 414 16.3 516 20.3 618 24.3 317 12.5 418 16.5 520 20.5 622 24.5 317 12.5 418 16.5 520 20.5 622 24.5 348 13.7 449 17.7 551 21.7 653 25.7 348 13.7 449 17.7 551 21.7 653 25.7
A4
mm Inch
290 11.4 391 15.4 290 11.4 391 15.4 290 11.4 391 15.4 290 11.4 391 15.4 290 11.4 391 15.4 290 11.4 391 15.4 492 19.4 290 11.4 391 15.4 492 19.4 375 14.8 496 19.5 597 23.5 698 27.5 375 14.8 496 19.5 597 23.5 698 27.5 375 14.8 496 19.5 597 23.5 698 27.5 375 14.8 496 19.5 597 23.5 698 27.5 375 14.8 496 19.5 597 23.5 698 27.5 375 14.8 496 19.5 597 23.5 698 27.5 392 15.4 513 20.2 614 24.2 715 28.1 392 15.4 513 20.2 614 24.2 715 28.1
27
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Table 14. 785C Single-Acting Spring Return (Spring Extends) with Manual Override Dimensions A, A1, A2, A3, A4, G, B, and C(1) (cont.)
ACTUATOR SIZE
YOKE BOSS
Inch (mm)
5H 635
Maximum Travel
mm Inch
115
4.5
216
8.5
318 12.5
420 16.5
115
4.5
Spring Manual Override
F1 F1 F1 F1 F1
A
mm Inch
1948 77 2320 91 2855 112 3150 124 1977 78
A1
A2
mm Inch mm Inch
461 18 746 29.4 547 22 810 31.9 687 27 1002 39.4 789 31 992 39.1 490 19 746 29.4
7
5H 685
7
ACTUATOR SIZE
YOKE BOSS
Inch (mm)
3-9/16 280
5 or 5H
3-9/16 335
5 or 5H
3-9/16
385
5 or 5H
216
8.5
318 12.5
420 16.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318 12.5
420 16.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318 12.5
420 16.5
Maximum Travel
mm Inch
115
4.5
216
8.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
115
4.5
216
8.5
318 12.5
115
4.5
F1
F1
F1
F3
MHP
F3
F1
F1
F3
F3
F1
F1
Spring Manual Override
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F2
F1
F2
F2
MHW
F1
F2
F1
F1
F2
2393 94 2852 112 3146 124 2005 79 2344 92 2904 114 3199 126 2034 80 2417 95 2901 114 3195 126
G
mm Inch
823 32 1118 44 834 33 1118 44 857 34 1045 41 868 34 1045 41 848 33 1116 44 859 34 1116 44 1377 54 875 34
620 24 684 27 785 31 486 19 572 23 712 28 814 32 515 20 645 25 709 28 810 32
jB/B
mm Inch
850 33.5 850 33.5 850 33.5 850 33.5 1250 49.2 1250 49.2 1250 49.2 1250 49.2 1400 55.1 1400 55.1 1400 55.1 1400 55.1 1400 55.1 1400 55.1
810 31.9 1002 39.4 992 39.1 754 29.7 785 30.9 1002 39.4 992 39.1 754 29.7 785 30.9 1002 39.4 992 39.1
B1
mm Inch
419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 419 16.5 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 472 18.6 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4 519 20.4
7
216
8.5
F1
1154 45 1400 55.1 519 20.4
318 12.5
F1
1377 54 1400 55.1 519 20.4
115
4.5
F1
900 35 908 35.7 572 22.5
216
8.5
F1
5 or 5H 318
12.5
F1
1121.5 44 1391 55
908 35.7 572 22.5 908 35.7 572 22.5
420 16.5
F1
1592 63 908 35.7 572 22.5
435
115
4.5
F1
916 36 908 35.7 572 22.5
216
8.5
F1
7
318 12.5
F1
1160 46 1391 55
908 35.7 572 22.5 908 35.7 572 22.5
420 16.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
MHP
1592 63 882 35
908 35.7 572 22.5 940 37.0 636 25.0
216
8.5
F1
5 or 5H 318
12.5
F1
1137 45 1406 55
940 37.0 636 25.0 940 37.0 636 25.0
420 16.5
F1
1607 63 940 37.0 636 25.0
485
115
4.5
F1
898 35 940 37.0 636 25.0
216
8.5
F1
7
318 12.5
F1
1175 46 1406 55
940 37.0 636 25.0 940 37.0 636 25.0
420 16.5
F1
1607 63 940 37.0 636 25.0
-continued-
A3
mm Inch
349 13.7 450 17.7 552 21.7 654 25.7 349 13.7 450 17.7 552 21.7 654 25.7 373 14.7 474 18.7 576 22.7 678 26.7 373 14.7 474 18.7 576 22.7 678 26.7
C
mm Inch
464 18.3 464 18.3 464 18.3 464 18.3 517 20.4 517 20.4 517 20.4 517 20.4 564 22.2 564 22.2 564 22.2 564 22.2 564 22.2 564 22.2 564 22.2 564 22.2 846 33.3 846 33.3 846 33.3 846 33.3 846 33.3 846 33.3 846 33.3 846 33.3 858 33.8 858 33.8 858 33.8 858 33.8 858 33.8 858 33.8 858 33.8 858 33.8
A4
mm Inch
392 15.4 513 20.2 614 24.2 715 28.1 392 15.4 513 20.2 614 24.2 715 28.1 392 15.4 513 20.2 614 24.2 715 28.1 392 15.4 513 20.2 614 24.2 715 28.1
C1
mm Inch
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
565 22.2
565 22.2
565 22.2
565 22.2
565 22.2
565 22.2
565 22.2
565 22.2
630 24.8
630 24.8
630 24.8
630 24.8
630 24.8
630 24.8
630 24.8
630 24.8
28
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
Table 14. 785C Single-Acting Spring Return (Spring Extends) with Manual Override Dimensions A, A1, A2, A3, A4, G, B, and C(1) (cont.)
ACTUATOR SIZE
YOKE BOSS
Inch (mm)
5 or 5H 535
Maximum Travel
mm Inch
115
4.5
216
8.5
318 12.5
420 16.5
115
4.5
Spring Manual Override
F1 F1 F1 F1 F1
G
mm Inch
951 37 1119 44 1392 55 1569 62 967 38
jB/B
mm Inch
962 37.9 962 37.9 962 37.9 962 37.9 962 37.9
B1
mm Inch
684 26.9 684 26.9 684 26.9 684 26.9 684 26.9
C
mm Inch
915 36.0 915 36.0 915 36.0 915 36.0 915 36.0
216
8.5
F1
7
318 12.5
F1
1157 46 1392 55
962 37.9 684 26.9 915 962 37.9 684 26.9 915
420 16.5
F1
1569 62 962 37.9 684 26.9 915
115
4.5
F1
991 39 1102 43.4 737 29.0 983
216
8.5
F1
5H
318 12.5
F1
1155 45 1102 43.4 737 29.0 983 1437 57 1102 43.4 737 29.0 983
420 16.5
F1
1623 64 1102 43.4 737 29.0 983
585
115
4.5
F1
1005 40 1102 43.4 737 29.0 983
216
8.5
F1
7
318 12.5
F1
1191 47 1102 43.4 737 29.0 983 1436 57 1102 43.4 737 29.0 983
420 16.5
F1
115
4.5
F1
MHP
1621 64 1102 43.4 737 29.0 983 974 38 1127 44.4 779 30.7 1007
216
8.5
F1
5H
318 12.5
F1
1160 46 1127 44.4 779 30.7 1007 1428 56 1127 44.4 779 30.7 1007
420 16.5
F1
1575 62 1127 44.4 779 30.7 1007
635
115
4.5
F1
989 39 1127 44.4 779 30.7 1007
216
8.5
F1
7
318 12.5
F1
1197 47 1127 44.4 779 30.7 1007 1426 56 1127 44.4 779 30.7 1007
420 16.5
F1
1573 62 1127 44.4 779 30.7 1007
115
4.5
F3
1003 39 1153 45.4 832 32.8 1035
216
8.5
F3
5H
318 12.5
F1
1172 46 1153 45.4 832 32.8 1035 1452 57 1153 45.4 832 32.8 1035
420 16.5
F1
1600 63 1153 45.4 832 32.8 1035
685
115
4.5
F3
1017 40 1153 45.4 832 32.8 1035
216
8.5
F3
7
318 12.5
F1
1209 48 1153 45.4 832 32.8 1035 1451 57 1153 45.4 832 32.8 1035
420 16.5
F1
1598 63 1153 45.4 832 32.8 1035
1. Dimensions of A, A1, A2, A3, A4, ØB/B, B1, C, C1 and G (Center of Gravity) are the max value of each travel. Contact your Emerson sales office for details
36.0 36.0 36.0 38.7 38.7 38.7 38.7 38.7 38.7 38.7 38.7 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 39.6 40.7 40.7 40.7 40.7 40.7 40.7 40.7 40.7
C1
mm Inch
680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 680 26.8 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 730 28.7 785 30.9 785 30.9 785 30.9 785 30.9 785 30.9 785 30.9 785 30.9 785 30.9 840 33.1 840 33.1 840 33.1 840 33.1 840 33.1 840 33.1 840 33.1 840 33.1
Table 15. 785C Single Acting Spring Return (Spring Retracts or Spring Extends) Dimensions Z and W
WITHOUT MANUAL OVERRIDE
WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE
ACTUATOR SIZE
Z
W
3-9/16, 5, 5H, or 7 Inch Yoke Boss
Z
W
3-9/16, 5, 5H, or 7 Inch Yoke Boss
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
280
254
10
292
11.5
254
10
292
11.5
335
254
10
292
11.5
254
10
292
11.5
385
330
13
330
13
330
13
330
13
435
330
13
330
13
330
13
330
13
485
330
13
330
13
330
13
330
13
535
330
13
330
13
330
13
330
13
585
487
19.2
436
17.2
487
19.2
436
17.2
635
487
19.2
436
17.2
487
19.2
436
17.2
685
487
19.2
436
17.2
487
19.2
436
17.2
29
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Table 16. 785C Double-Acting Springless Approximate Weights for Constructions without Manual Override
MAXIMUM
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT FOR ACTUATOR SIZE, kg (lbs)
VALVE TRAVEL
280
335
385
435
mm (inches) 115 (4.5)
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
129 (284)
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
125 (275)
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
160 (352)
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
156 (343)
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
209 (460)
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
204 (451)
7 Yoke Boss
203 (448)
5 or 5 Yoke Boss
237 (524)
7 Yoke Boss
236 (521)
216 (8.5)
141 (312) 137 (302) 174 (383) 170 (374) 226 (498) 221 (487) 222 (490) 256 (565) 257 (568)
318 (12.5)
- - -
151 (332)
- - -
186 (410)
- - -
240 (530) 237 (523) 278 (613) 275 (606)
420 (16.5)
- - -
163 (359)
- - -
201 (443)
- - -
257 (568) 254 (561) 297 (656) 294 (649)
521 (20.5)
- - -
175 (385)
- - -
215 (473)
- - -
274 (606) 271 (599) 317 (699) 314 (692)
623 (24.5)
- - -
187 (412)
- - -
230 (507)
- - -
292 (644) 289 (637) 336 (742) 333 (735)
MAXIMUM VALVE TRAVEL
mm (inches)
115 (4.5) 216 (8.5) 318 (12.5) 420 (16.5) 521 (20.5) 623 (24.5)
485
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
326 (720) 325 (717)
347 (766) 348 (768)
371 (818) 368 (811)
393 (866) 390 (859)
414 (914) 411 (908)
436 (962) 433 (955)
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT FOR ACTUATOR SIZE, kg (lbs)
535
585
635
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
7 Yoke Boss
5 or 5 Yoke Boss
381 (842) 380 (839) 512 (1130) 511 (1128) 589 (1299) 588 (1298)
405 (893) 406 (895) 540 (1192) 543 (1197) 624 (1376) 626 (1381)
431 (951) 428 (944) 573 (1263) 569 (1256) 662 (1460) 659 (1453)
455 (1004) 452 (997) 602 (1328) 599 (1321) 698 (1538) 694 (1531)
479 (1057) 476 (1051) 631 (1392) 628 (1386) 733 (1617) 730 (1610)
503 (1110) 500 (1104) 661 (1457) 658 (1450) 769 (1695) 766 (1688)
685
5 or 5 Yoke Boss
7 Yoke Boss
696 (1535) 695 (1534)
732 (1615) 735 (1620)
772 (1702) 769 (1695)
809 (1784) 806 (1777)
846 (1865) 843 (1858)
883 (1947) 880 (1940)
Table 17. 785C Double-Acting Springless Approximate Weights for Constructions with Manual Override
MAXIMUM
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT FOR ACTUATOR SIZE, kg (lbs)
VALVE TRAVEL
280
335
385
435
mm (inches) 115 (4.5)
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
129 (284)
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
125 (275)
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
160 (352)
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
156 (343)
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
209 (460)
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
204 (451)
7 Yoke Boss
203 (448)
5 or 5 Yoke Boss
237 (524)
7 Yoke Boss
236 (521)
216 (8.5)
141 (312) 137 (302) 174 (383) 170 (374) 226 (498) 221 (487) 222 (490) 256 (565) 257 (568)
318 (12.5)
- - -
151 (332)
- - -
186 (410)
- - -
240 (530) 237 (523) 278 (613) 275 (606)
420 (16.5)
- - -
163 (359)
- - -
201 (443)
- - -
257 (568) 254 (561) 297 (656) 294 (649)
521 (20.5)
- - -
175 (385)
- - -
215 (473)
- - -
274 (606) 271 (599) 317 (699) 314 (692)
623 (24.5)
- - -
187 (412)
- - -
230 (507)
- - -
292 (644) 289 (637) 336 (742) 333 (735)
MAXIMUM VALVE TRAVEL
mm (inches)
115 (4.5) 216 (8.5) 318 (12.5) 420 (16.5) 521 (20.5) 623 (24.5)
485
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
326 (720) 325 (717)
347 (766) 348 (768)
371 (818) 368 (811)
393 (866) 390 (859)
414 (914) 411 (908)
436 (962) 433 (955)
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT FOR ACTUATOR SIZE, kg (lbs)
535
585
635
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
7 Yoke Boss
5 or 5 Yoke Boss
381 (842) 380 (839) 512 (1130) 511 (1128) 589 (1299) 588 (1298)
405 (893) 406 (895) 540 (1192) 543 (1197) 624 (1376) 626 (1381)
431 (951) 428 (944) 573 (1263) 569 (1256) 662 (1460) 659 (1453)
455 (1004) 452 (997) 602 (1328) 599 (1321) 698 (1538) 694 (1531)
479 (1057) 476 (1051) 631 (1392) 628 (1386) 733 (1617) 730 (1610)
503 (1110) 500 (1104) 661 (1457) 658 (1450) 769 (1695) 766 (1688)
685
5 or 5 Yoke Boss
7 Yoke Boss
696 (1535) 695 (1534)
732 (1615) 735 (1620)
772 (1702) 769 (1695)
809 (1784) 806 (1777)
846 (1865) 843 (1858)
883 (1947) 880 (1940)
30
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
Table 18. 785C Single-Acting Spring Approximate Weights for Constructions without Manual Override
MAXIMUM
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT FOR ACTUATOR SIZE, kg (lbs)
VALVE TRAVEL
280
335
385
435
mm (inches) 115 (4.5)
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
232 (511)
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
229 (504)
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
288 (634)
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
285 (628)
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
376 (828)
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
372 (820)
7 Yoke Boss
371 (817)
5 or 5 Yoke Boss
394 (868)
7 Yoke Boss
393 (866)
216 (8.5)
344 (758) 340 (749) 315 (694) 310 (683) 415 (914) 409 (901) 410 (903) 493 (1086) 494 (1089)
318 (12.5)
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
452 (996) 449 (989) 480 (1058) 477 (1051)
420 (16.5)
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
527 (1161) 524 (1155)
MAXIMUM VALVE TRAVEL
mm (inches)
115 (4.5) 216 (8.5) 318 (12.5) 420 (16.5)
485
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
496 (1093) 494 (1089)
588 (1296) 589 (1298)
574 (1265) 571 (1258)
623 (1373) 620 (1366)
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT FOR ACTUATOR SIZE, kg (lbs)
535
585
635
685
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
7 Yoke Boss
5 or 5 Yoke 5 or 5 Yoke
Boss
Boss
7 Yoke Boss
646 (1424) 645 (1421) 794 (1750) 793 (1748) 944 (2081) 943 (2078) 1171 (2581) 1171 (2581)
675 (1488) 676 (1490) 892 (1966) 894 (1970) 1095 (2414) 1097 (2418) 1195 (2634) 1197 (2638)
888 (1957) 885 (1951) 949 (2092) 945 (2083) 1045 (2303) 1042 (2297) 1155 (2546) 1152 (2539)
920 (2028) 917 (2021) 996 (2195) 993 (2189) 1172 (2583) 1169 (2577) 1284 (2830) 1281 (2824)
Table 19. 785C Single-Acting Spring Approximate Weights for Constructions with Manual Override
MAXIMUM
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT FOR ACTUATOR SIZE, kg (lbs)
VALVE TRAVEL
280
335
385
435
mm (inches) 115 (4.5)
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
258 (568)
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
255 (562)
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
324 (714)
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
320 (705)
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
395 (870)
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
391 (862)
7 Yoke Boss
389 (857)
5 or 5 Yoke Boss
468 (1031)
7 Yoke Boss
467 (1029)
216 (8.5)
373 (822) 368 (811) 352 (776) 348 (767) 436 (961) 430 (948) 431 (950) 573 (1263) 574 (1265)
318 (12.5)
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
476 (1049) 473 (1042) 566 (1247) 563 (1241)
420 (16.5)
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
619 (1364) 616 (1358)
MAXIMUM VALVE TRAVEL
mm (inches)
115 (4.5) 216 (8.5) 318 (12.5) 420 (16.5)
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT FOR ACTUATOR SIZE, kg (lbs)
485
535
585
635
685
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
3-9/16 Yoke Boss
5 or 5H Yoke Boss
7 Yoke Boss
5 or 5 Yoke 5 or 5 Yoke
Boss
Boss
7 Yoke Boss
594 (1309) 592 (1305) 744 (1640) 743 (1638) 903 (1990) 903 (1990) 1053 (2321) 1052 (2319) 1328 (2927) 1327 (2925)
694 (1529) 695 (1532) 781 (1721) 782 (1723) 1012 (2231) 1015 (2237) 1215 (2678) 1217 (2682) 1364 (3007) 1366 (3011)
688 (1516) 685 (1510) 1002 (2209) 999 (2202) 1080 (2380) 1077 (2374) 1175 (2590) 1171 (2581) 1336 (2945) 1333 (2938)
745 (1642) 742 (1635) 1042 (2297) 1039 (2290) 1139 (2511) 1136 (2504) 1315 (2899) 1312 (2892) 1478 (3258) 1475 (3251)
31
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Table 20. Lifting Point Load Ratings
ACTUATOR SIZE
280 335 385 435 485 535 585 635 685
LIFTING ORIENTATION Actuator Centerline Horizontal(1)
ACTUATOR SIZE
LIFTING ORIENTATION
280
335
385
435
485
Actuator Centerline Vertical(2)
535
585
635
685
1. Welded eyelets for horizontal lifting are only available for the 785C Spring Return. 2. Vertical lifting loads are applicable to both the 785C Springless and Spring Return.
NUMBER OF LIFTING POINTS USED
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
NUMBER OF LIFTING POINTS USED
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
MAXIMUM LOAD AT LIFTING (SEE FIGURE 9 AND 6)
Kg
lbs
1747
3851
1747
3851
1747
3851
1747
3851
6330
13955
6330
13955
6330
13955
6330
13955
6330
13955
MAXIMUM LOAD AT LIFTING (SEE FIGURE 9 AND 6)
Kg
lbs
864
1905
864
1905
864
1905
864
1905
3096
6826
3096
6826
3096
6826
3096
6826
3096
6826
Figure 9. Lifting Angle for Welded Eyelets
Figure 10. Actuator Centerline Horizontal
32
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
33
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
34
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
35
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:785C March 2021
785C Piston Actuator D104412X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, and TopWorx are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. HART is a registered trademark of FieldComm Group. FOUNDATION Fieldbus is a trademark of FieldComm Group. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E362018, 2021 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1061 Actuator
D100095X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:1061 August 2017
FisherTM 1061 Pneumatic Piston Rotary Actuator
Fisher 1061 pneumatic piston rotary actuators are used to operate splined-shaft rotary control valves such as Vee-BallTM valves, eccentric disk valves, and butterfly valves. The actuator/valve body linkage of this actuator can be positioned for either push-down-to-open or push-down-to-close action.
Additionally, the 1061 actuator can be used with a two-position control signal for on-off service or with a valve positioner for throttling service. An optional handwheel actuator is also available to allow for auxiliary or emergency manual valve operation when the 1061 piston actuator is not in use. For complete information on the valve positioner and the manual handwheel actuator, refer to the appropriate bulletin.
Features
nApplication Flexibility--Actuator is available in push-down-to-open or push-down-to-close construction and may be mounted in any of four actuator/valve body mounting positions (see figure 2).
nMinimal Dead Band--Single-point linkage with splined and clamped lever minimizes lost motion and improves control accuracy.
nCompact Construction--Compared to similar actuators, overall size is reduced by as much as 30 percent.
W8380-2
1061 Actuator with FIELDVUETM DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller Mounted on a Fisher V500 Valve
nLong Service Life--Rugged construction provides stability, corrosion resistance, and protection from deformation should the actuator be over-pressured.
nAccessibility--Actuator/valve body linkage is completely enclosed, yet the valve packing adjustment remains accessible without removing any parts.
nMonitoring Ease--Highly visible travel indicator allows easy determination of valve position.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:1061 August 2017
1061 Actuator
D100095X012
Specifications
Available Configuration
Actuator Sizes: J 30, J 40, J 60, J 68, J 80, J 100, and J 130
Action: Double-acting pneumatic piston rotary actuator for J throttling service when used with positioner, or J on-off service when used with switching devices
Cylinder Operating Pressure
Minimum Recommended: J 1.4 bar (20 psig) without positioner, or J 0.35 bar (5 psi) above actuator requirement with positioner(1).
Maximum Allowable(2)
Sizes 30 and 60: 6.9 bar (100 psig) Size 40: 10.3 bar (150 psig) Size 68: 5.9 bar (85 psig) Size 80: 10.3 bar (150 psig) Size 100: 10.3 bar (150 psig) Size 130: 10.3 bar (150 psig)
Valve Shaft Diameters, mm (Inch)
Size 30: J 12.7 (1/2), J 15.9 (5/8),J 19.1 (3/4), J 22.2 (7/8), J 25.4 (1), and J 31.8 (1-1/4) Sizes 40, 60, and 68: J 19.1 (3/4), J 22.2 (7/8), J 25.4 (1), J 31.8 (1-1/4), J 38.1 (1-1/2), J 44.5 (1-3/4), and J 50.8 (2) Sizes 80 and 100: J 44.5 (1-3/4), J 50.8 (2), and J 63.5 (2-1/2) Size 130: J 76.2 (3) and J 88.9 (3-1/2)
Maximum Valve Shaft Rotation
J 90 degrees without travel stop or J 60 degrees with optional travel stop
Maximum Breakout Torque(1)
Size 30: Up to 282 NSm (2500 lbfSin) Size 40: Up to 847 NSm (7500 lbfSin) Size 60: Up to 1130 NSm (10,000 lbfSin) Size 68: Up to 1540 NSm (13,600 lbfSin) Size 80: Up to 5080 NSm (45,000 lbfSin) Size 100: Up to 6290 NSm (55,700 lbfSin) with 63.5 mm (2-1/2 in.) valve shaft diameter
Size 130: Up to 19,800 NSm (175,000 lbfSin)
Stroking Time Dependent on actuator size, rotation, and positioner if used. If stroking time is critical, consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner
Construction Materials Cylinder and Cylinder Flange: Aluminum Housing Cover: J Cast iron or J aluminum (only for size 130) Piston: J Aluminum or J Nylon-coated piston (optional only for sizes 30 to 100) Piston Rod: Chrome-plated stainless steel Lever: Ductile iron Sliding Seal: Aluminum O-Rings: Nitrile Housing: Sizes 30, 40, 60, and 68: Cast iron Sizes 80, 100 and 130: Aluminum Mounting Yoke: Cast iron Mounting Yoke Bushing: PTFE and steel
Material Temperature Capabilities with Standard Elastomers(2) -34 to 82_C (-30 to 180_F)
Pressure Connections J 1/4 NPT internal (standard) J 1/2 and 3/4 NPT internal (optional on sizes 68, 80, and 100) J 3/4 NPT internal for Pipe-Away Vent option J 1 NPT internal for size 130
Travel Indication Graduated scale and pointer located on actuator end of valve shaft
Mounting Positions See figure 2
Approximate Weight See table 2
1. Actual actuator torque available depends on specific construction and casing pressure. For information on torque requirements of the valve being considered, contact your Emerson sales office. 2. The pressure/temperature limits in this manual and any applicable standard or code limitation for actuator should not be exceeded.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1061 Actuator
D100095X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:1061 August 2017
Figure 1. Sectional of Fisher 1061 Actuator
W3827-1
W2288-3
Table 1. Displacement for 90 Degree Rotation
PISTON DOWN
PISTON UP
SIZE
cm3
Inch3
cm3
Inch3
30
1100
67
1200
74
40
2130
130
2230
136
60
4060
248
4380
267
68
7210
440
7110
434
80
13,000
794
12,900
788
100
19,100
1165
18,800
1150
130
41,100
2508
40,200
2454
Table 2. Approximate Weight
ACTUATOR SIZE
kg
Lb
30
22
49
40
29
63
60
39
86
68
56
123
80
122
246
100
135
298
130
299
660
Options
Pneumatic Instruments: J 3710, J 3610JP, or J 3620JP pneumatic or electro-pneumatic positioners or J FIELDVUE DVC6200 Digital Valve Controllers are available. Also, the 377 Series trip valves are available with J lock-in-last position, J fail-up, or J fail-down action (for specifications, see separate bulletins).
Potentiometer: It is used for remote valve rotation indication.
Cylinder Bypass: The bypass valve is required when a handwheel actuator is specified.
Limit Switches: J TopWorxTM DXP M21GNEB limit switch for one through six single-pole, double-throw contacts (see separate bulletin), J GO SwitchTM proximity switches for one or two single-pole, double-throw contacts, or J Micro-Switches or NAMCO switches for one or two single-pole, double-throw or double-pole, double-throw contacts. GO Switch proximity switch is not available for size 80, 100 or 130 actuators.
Handwheel Actuator: The Fisher 1078 manual declutchable actuator (see figure 3) allows auxiliary or emergency valve operation of sizes 30 through 100 when engaged see Fisher bulletin 61.8:1078 (D101339X012).
Locking Mechanism: The locking mechanism shown in figure 4 is available for sizes J 30, J 40, J 60, and J 68 actuators. The locking mechanism shown in figure 5 is available for sizes J 80 and J 100 actuators.
FlowScannerTM Connections: Optional quick disconnect connections are available for use with the portable FlowScanner microprocessor-based diagnostic testing unit.
Pipe-Away Vent: Some applications use natural gas or other hazardous gases as a supply pressure to the actuator. These applications require the actuator housing to be vented, reducing the accumulation of gases. For new constructions and retrofit kit information, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner with complete service conditions.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:1061 August 2017
1061 Actuator
D100095X012
Table 3. Mounting Styles and Positions
VALVE SERIES OR DESIGN
MOUNTING
ACTION(1)
BALL/PLUG ROTATION TO
CLOSE
V250
V150, V200 and V300
CV500 and V500
Right-Hand
PDTC PDTO
CCW
A
CCW
B
A B
A B
Left-Hand
PDTC PDTO
CCW
NA
CCW
NA
D C
D C
Left-Hand
PDTC
CW
NA
C
NA
(Optional)(2)
PDTO
CW
NA
D
NA
1. PDTC--Push-down-to-close, and PDTO--Push-down-to-open. 2. A left hand ball will be required for the 3- through 12-inch Series B and the 14- to 20-inch, with or without attenuator.
VALVE SERIES OR DESIGN
DISK/BALL ROTATION TO
CLOSE
V250
8510B, 8532, 8560
and 9500
CW
NA
B
CW
NA
A
CW
C
C
CW
D
D
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Figure 2. Mounting Styles and Positions (also see table 3)
STYLE A
STYLE B
LEFT-HAND MOUNTING
STYLE C
STYLE A
STYLE B
STYLE D
1 POSITION 1 POSITION 1 1
2
4
4
FLOW
2
3
3
RIGHT-HAND MOUNTING STYLE D
STYLE C
1 POSITION 1
RIGHT-HAND MOUNTING
STYLES
POSITION 1 1
FLOW
2
4
4 3
2 3
43A6506-A A1579-5
Notes: 1 Position 1 is standard; positions 2 through 4 (shown in dotted lines) are alternates.
2. By Emerson definition: D Forward flow is into the face side of the disk , or ball sealing surface. D Reverse flow is into the hub side of the disk or ball.
LEFT-HAND MOUNTING
Installation
The actuator is normally positioned vertically in a horizontal pipeline. However, four mounting styles and four positions are possible for each style (see figure 2).
When looking in the direction of flow in the pipeline, an actuator is right-hand mounted when it is on the right side of the pipeline, and an actuator is left-hand mounted when it is mounted on the left side of the pipeline.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1061 Actuator
D100095X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:1061 August 2017
Figure 3. Fisher 1078 Declutchable Manual Actuator
41B0314-A
By Emerson Automation Solutions definition, forward flow is into the face side of the disk or ball, and reverse flow is into the hub side of the disk or ball. Dimensions for the 1061 actuator are shown in figure 6. These dimensions should be used in conjunction with the mounting positions shown in figure 2.
Actuator Locking Mechanism
The 1061 actuator (sizes 30 through 100) is available with a locking mechanism which may be used to keep the actuator in the locked position during maintenance shutdowns (see figures 4 and 5). The device is intended to prevent accidental operation of the valve during shutdown and does not imply or qualify a control valve as a safety shutdown device.
Adjustable Travel Stops
An adjustable down travel stop for the 1061 size 30, 40, 60, and 68 actuators is installed in a special actuator housing. The assembly consists of locking screws, locknut, special end rod bearing, and special lever.
As used here, down or downward means in a direction toward the valve shaft and away from the piston and diaphragm. Up or upward means in a direction away from the valve shaft and toward the piston and diaphragm.
The locking screw can be positioned to limit downward travel of the actuator lever to any rotation between 0 and 90 degrees. The travel stop is installed similar to the locking mechanism shown in figure 4, except the travel stop does not accommodate a padlock and the travel stop can be completely unscrewed from the housing.
An adjustable up travel stop for the 1061 sizes 40 through 100 actuators is installed in the top of a special actuator cylinder. The top of the special cylinder is tapped and faced (machined) for the travel stop. The assembly consists of a screw, locknut, and pressure seal. The screw can be positioned to limit upward travel of the piston to any rotation between 30 and 90 degrees for PDTC, and 0 to 60 degrees for PDTO. Longer screws are available to further limit travel.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:1061 August 2017
1061 Actuator
D100095X012
Figure 4. Actuator Locking Mechanism for Size 30, 40, 60, and 68 Actuators
MODIFIED ACTUATOR HOUSING
ACTUATOR LEVER
PADLOCK (CUSTOMER SUPPLIED)
34B0458-A A6808
LOCKING MECHANISM
Figure 5. Actuator Locking Mechanism for Size 80 and 100 Actuators
PADLOCK
CAP SCREW (4)
MOUNTING PLATE
SAFETY LOCKOUT
PADLOCK (CUSTOMER SUPPLIED)
44B0457-A A6809
LOCKSCREW
LEVER MODIFIED HOUSING
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1061 Actuator
D100095X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:1061 August 2017
Table 4. Dimensions
ACTUATOR SIZE
30 40 60 68 80 100 130
C
mm Inches 171 6.75 206 8.12 267 10.50 324 12.75 324 12.75 381 15.00 489 19.24
E
mm Inches 378 14.88 425 16.75 406 16.00 483 19.00 714 28.12 714 28.12 926 36.47
F
mm Inches 53.8 2.12 63.5 2.50 63.5 2.50 63.5 2.50 123 4.84 123 4.84 169 6.67
H
mm Inches 114 4.50 121 4.75 121 4.75 121 4.75 213 8.38 213 8.38 291 11.46
P w/o Positioner w/3610JP Pos. mm Inches mm Inches 175 6.88 281 11.07 186 7.31 292 11.50 186 7.31 292 11.50 186 7.31 292 11.50 345 13.62 452 17.81 345 13.62 452 17.81 471 18.55 578 22.74
Y
mm Inches 73.2 2.88 76.2 3.00 76.2 3.00 76.2 3.00 127 5.00 127 5.00 167 6.56
Table 5. Dimensions
STYLE F MOUNTING: V-LINE, 8532, 8560, AND
VALVE SHAFT DIAMETER
ECCENTRIC DISK VALVES
STYLE G MOUNTING: 9500 SERIES VALVES
V
T
U
W
T
U
W
mm
Inches
mm Inches mm Inches mm Inches mm Inches mm Inches mm Inches mm Inches
12.7
1/2
117 4.62 --- --- 14.3 0.56 117 4.62 --- --- 11.1 0.44 137 5.38
15.9
5/8
117 4.62 --- --- 14.3 0.56 146 5.75 31.7 1.25 11.1 0.44 137(1) 5.38(1)
19.1 and 25.4 3/4 and 1 152 6.00 31.7 1.25 14.3 0.56 146 5.75 31.7 1.25 11.1 0.44 160 6.31
31.8 and 38.1
1-1/4 and 1-1/2
235 9.25 45.9 1.81 17.5 0.69 210 8.25 50.8 2.00 17.5 0.69 148
5.81
44.5 and 50.8 1-3/4 and 2 273 10.75 50.8 2.00 20.5 0.81 241 9.50 69.8 2.75 17.5 0.69 286(2) 11.25(2)
63.5
2-1/2
337 13.25 76.2 3.00 23.8 0.94 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 235 9.25
76.2
3(3)
533 21.00 127 5.00 33.5 1.32 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 322 12.68
88.9
3-1/2(3)
533 21.00 127 5.00 33.5 1.32 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 322 12.68
1. Dimension shown is for eccentric disk, V150, V200, V300, CV500, 8532, and 8560 valves only; For 7600 and 9500 valves, dimension "V" is 160 mm (6.31 inches). 2. Dimension shown is for size 60 and 68 actuators only; for Size 80 and 100 actuators, the dimension "V" is 235 mm (9.25 inches). 3. Dimensions shown are for V260 valves only.
Figure 6. Dimensions (also see tables 4 and 5)
C
1/4 -18 NPT
1/4 -18 NPT
14A7224-D 14A7219-C B0786-6
F P
E
H Y
1/4 -18 NPT
U
T
T
W
W
12.7 AND 15.9 mm (1/2 AND 5/8 INCH) DIA. SHAFT
19.1 mm (3/4 INCH) AND LARGER DIA. SHAFTS
SIZE 30 ACTUATOR SIZE 40 AND LARGER ACTUATORS
V
ACTUATOR/VALVE MOUNTING DIMENSIONS
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:1061 August 2017
1061 Actuator
D100095X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Vee-Ball, FIELDVUE, TopWorx, GO Switch, and FlowScanner are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1987, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1068 Actuator
D104404X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:1068 February 2021
FisherTM 1068 Rotary Vane Actuator
Fisher 1068 rotary vane spring return and double acting pneumatic actuators have a large range of sizes that can be mounted to rotary shaft valves. The 1068 rotary vane actuator is one of the simplest and most reliable units for quarter-turn rotary actuation.
The 1068 design offers a wide torque range. The double acting actuator is capable of outputting the same torque at every valve rotation. The spring return actuator has torque outputs that are linear, and balanced for both air-to-open and air-to-close applications.
Features
nAccuracy -- The 1068 actuator vane and shaft are an integral casting, removing a means of lost motion or dead band. Clamped coupler used on size 5i through 15i spring return minimizes the possibility of lost motion between the actuator and valve shaft connection.
nIntegral Air Passage -- The 1068 sizes 5i through 15i spring return actuator incorporates an integral air passage that eliminates the need for external tubing and fittings when paired with a Fisher FIELDVUETM DVC2000 and DVC6200 digital valve controllers. The double acting unit will require minimal external tubing.
nCompact Construction -- Reduced valve/actuator envelope dimensions leads to more mounting flexibility when space is at a premium.
nLong Life Service -- Tested to over 1 million cycles. Rugged construction provides stability, corrosion resistance, and protection from demanding process control applications.
X1591
1068 SPRING RETURN ACTUATOR
X1590
1068 DOUBLE ACTING ACTUATOR
nImproved Ease of Use -- Integral mounting pad for DVC2000 and DVC6200 eliminates the traditional mounting bracket and reduces the number of parts required to mount for the size 5i through 15i spring return and double acting actuators.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:1068 February 2021
1068 Actuator
D104404X012
Specifications
Available Configuration
Actuator Sizes:
Spring Return and Double Acting: J 5i (spring return), J 7i, J 8i, J 9i, J 10i, J 12i, J 14i, and J 15i
Spring Return and Double Acting: J 16, J 18, J 20, and J 30
Mounting Connections
Square Shaft: ISO 5211 5i through 15i Keyed Shaft: 16 through 30
Operating Pressure
Double Acting: 20 psig (1.5 bar) to 100 psi (7 bar); 80 psig (5.5 bar), standard Spring Return: 80 psig (5.5 bar) standard(1)
Operation:
Fail-Safe Spring Return: Clock type spring return gives fail-safe operation with high torque output throughout spring stroke in either clockwise or counter-clockwise direction
Double Acting: Air to close CW or CCW
Spring Return: Spring to close CW or CCW/ Air to close CW or CCW
Pressure Connections See table 5
Adjustable Travel Stops Standard: 80° minimum rotation, 84° size 5i Fixed Travel: To replace CamFlex; see table 3
Torque Output Refer to table 6
Digital Valve Controllers DVC6200 Series
Temperature Range Standard: -40 to 80°C (-40 to 176°F)
Materials of Construction See table 1
Approximate Weight See table 4
1. The torque output of the spring return actuator is optimized for an 80 psig operating pressure. The actuators are still capable of creating usable torque at 60 or 70 psig, but the net torque output will be significantly reduced and will no longer be balanced with the spring torque. See table 5 for spring return torque valves at 60 or 70 psig.
Features (cont.)
nLarge Size Range -- The 1068 actuator offers sizes that cover torques up to 150,000 in·lb.
nSingle Moving Part -- The rotary vane actuator ensures a long service life with minimal maintenance.
nCorrosion Resistant -- Robust epoxy coated zinc/titanium alloy, or aluminum housings, epoxy enamel coated inside/out to provide substantial corrosion resistance.
nEfficiency -- The small internal volume minimizes the air consumption of the 1068.
Options/Available Configurations
nDouble Acting -- Air supplied to both sides of the vane which is the only moving part. Allowing for the highest torque values and compact design.
Management of Change document (D353155X012) for more information.
nSpring Return -- Designed for long cycle life and have a balanced net and spring stroke torque.
nFixed Travel Spring Return -- Designed to limit travel of V150, V200, and V300 Vee-Ball valves. See
Fisher 1068 size 5i through 15i spring return actuators feature an integral air passage that eliminates the need for tubing and fittings with the DVC2000 and DVC6200. The 1068 actuator with a Fisher FIELDVUE digital valve controller is a combination for precision and repeatability in the field.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1068 Actuator
D104404X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:1068 February 2021
Table 1. Materials
Component Yoke Casing
Vane and Output Shaft
Seals Couplers Shaft Bushings
Material Diecast Aluminum Alloy (5i through 15i) Aluminum Alloy (8i through 30), Zinc (5i and 7i) Stainless Steel (5i), Ductile Iron Zinc Plated (7i through 15i and 16 through 30) Molded Polyurethane Stainless Steel 5i through 15i PTFE Coated Bronze
Table 2. Shaft Size Compatibility
Square Size (mm)
Spring
9
11
14
19
22
27
Return Size
Shaft Size (inches)
0.5
0.62
0.75
1
1.25
1.5
5i
X
X
7i
X
X
X
X
8i
X
X
X
X
X
X
9i
X
X
X
X
X
X
10i
X
X
X
X
X
X
12i
X
X
X
X
14i
X
X
X
X
15i
X
X
16
18
20
Contact your Emerson sales office
30
Square Size (mm)
Double
9
11
14
19
22
27
Acting Size
Shaft Size (inches)
0.5
0.62
0.75
1
1.25
1.5
7i
X
X
8i
X
X
X
X
X
9i
X
X
X
X
10i
X
X
X
X
12i
X
X
X
14i
X
X
X
15i
X
X
16
18
20
Contact your Emerson sales office
30
Table 3. Restricted Travel
Valve Size, NPS
Actuator Size
1
1-1/2
7i
2
3
8i
4
9i
6
12i
8
10
14i
12
15i
Travel, Degrees
55
52 51 60 64 56 52
Approx. Cv +/- 5% 8.4 19.8 30 81 138 300 510 780 1050
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:1068 February 2021
1068 Actuator
D104404X012
Table 4. Approximate Shipping Weight
Shaft
Size
Diameter,
inch
1/2
5i
5/8
Spring Return
lb
kg
9
4.1
1/2
5/8
7i
3/4
19
8.6
1
1/2
5/8
3/4
8i
1
22
10
1 1/4
1 1/2
1/2
5/8
3/4
9i
1
29
13.1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1/2
5/8
3/4 10i
1
38
17.2
1 1/4
1 1/2
3/4
1
12i
1 1/4
72
32.6
1 1/2
3/4
1
14i
1 1/4
167
75.7
1 1/2
1 1/4
15i
1 1/2
241
109.3
1 1/2
1 3/4
16
2
272
123.4
2 1/8
2 1/2
18
3
530
240.4
3 1/2
2 1/2
20
3
1058
480
3 1/2
2 1/2
30
3
1701
771.6
3 1/2
Double Acting
lb
kg
- - -
- - -
10
4.5
- - -
- - -
12
5.4
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
15
6.8
- - -
- - -
18
8.2
- - -
- - -
26
11.8
- - -
- - -
40
18.1
59
26.8
88
39.9
170
77.1
464
210.5
635
288.0
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1068 Actuator
D104404X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:1068 February 2021
Table 5. Pressure Connections
Actuator
PRESSURE CONNECTION, NPT
Size
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
5i
X
7i
X
8i
X
9i
X
10i
X
12i
X
14i
X
15i
X
16
X
18
X
20
X
30
X
Table 6. 1068 Spring Return Torques at Various Operating Pressures
FAIL OPEN 1068 SPRING RETURN ACTUATOR(1)
Actuator Size
Spring Torque (all pressures)
Torque (in·lb)
05
905
60 psi
05
905
70 psi
Net Torque (in·lb)
05
905
5i
185
155
63
93
109
139
7i
450
375
150
225
263
338
8i
720
580
229
368
405
544
9i
925
830
356
452
593
688
10i
1450
1270
523
703
896
1076
12i
2110
1810
763
1063
1286
1586
14i
5200
4230
1748
2717
2990
3959
15i
8514
6992
2848
4370
4921
6442
16
11691
9567
4100
6224
6833
8957
18
26143
21390
8723
13476
15056
19809
20
48286
39506
16506
25286
28006
36786
30
72428
59260
24760
37928
42010
55178
FAIL CLOSED 1068 SPRING RETURN ACTUATOR(1)
Actuator Size
Spring Torque (all pressures)
Torque (in·lb)
05
905
60 psi
05
905
70 psi
Net Torque (in·lb)
05
905
5i
155
185
93
63
139
109
7i
375
450
225
150
338
263
8i
580
720
368
229
544
405
9i
830
925
452
356
688
593
10i
1270
1450
703
523
1076
896
12i
1810
2110
1063
763
1586
1286
14i
4230
5200
2717
1748
3959
2990
15i
6992
8514
4370
2848
6442
4921
16
9567
11691
6224
4100
8957
6833
18
21390
26143
13476
8723
19809
15056
20
39506
48286
25286
16506
36786
28006
30
59260
72428
37928
24760
55178
42010
1. 0° and 90° for valve rotation.
80 psi
05 155 375 580 830 1270 1810 4230 6992 9567 21390 39506 59260
905 185 450 720 925 1450 2110 5200 8514 11691 26143 48286 72428
80 psi
05 185 450 720 925 1450 2110 5200 8514 11691 26143 48286 72428
905 155 375 580 830 1270 1810 4230 6992 9567 21390 39506 59260
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:1068 February 2021
1068 Actuator
D104404X012
Table 7. Actuator/Valve Body Mounting Dimensions A through G (see figures 1, 2, and 3)
SPRING RETURN ACTUATOR SIZE OPTIONS
Square Shaft (9 mm)
A
Size mm
Inch
B
mm
Inch
C
mm
Inch
D
mm
Inch
E
mm
Inch
F
mm
Inch
5i
137
5.39
79.4
3.13
67
2.64
36
1.42
50
1.97
105
4.13
7i
178
7.01 102.6 4.04
100
3.94
36
1.42
82
3.23
105
4.13
8i
208
8.19 120.7 4.75
110
4.33
36
1.42
87
3.43
105
4.13
9i
227
8.94 132.3 5.21
126
4.96
36
1.42
92
3.62
105
4.13
10i 229
9.02
131
5.16
175
6.89
36
1.42
110
4.33
105
4.13
Square Shaft (11 mm)
5i
137
5.39
79.4
3.13
67
2.64
36
1.42
50
1.97
105
4.13
7i
178
7.01 102.6 4.04
100
3.94
36
1.42
82
3.23
105
4.13
8i
208
8.19 120.7 4.75
110
4.33
36
1.42
87
3.43
105
4.13
9i
227
8.94 132.3 5.21
126
4.96
36
1.42
92
3.62
105
4.13
10i 229
9.02
131
5.16
175
6.89
36
1.42
110
4.33
105
4.13
Square Shaft (14 mm)
7i
178
7.01 102.6 4.04
100
3.94
41
1.61
82
3.23
150
5.91
8i
208
8.19 120.7 4.75
110
4.33
41
1.61
87
3.43
150
5.91
9i
227
8.94 132.3 5.21
126
4.96
41
1.61
92
3.62
150
5.91
10i 229
9.02
131
5.16
175
6.89
41
1.61
110
4.33
150
5.91
12i 294 11.57 171
6.73
172
6.75
41
1.61
136
5.35
150
5.91
14i 380 14.96 224
8.82
216
8.48
41
1.61
187
7.36
150
5.91
Square Shaft (19 mm)
7i
178
7.01 102.6 4.04
100
3.94
41
1.61
82
3.23
150
5.91
8i
208
8.19 120.7 4.75
110
4.33
41
1.61
87
3.43
150
5.91
9i
227
8.94 132.3 5.21
126
4.96
41
1.61
92
3.62
150
5.91
10i 229
9.02
131
5.16
175
6.89
41
1.61
110
4.33
150
5.91
12i 294 11.57 171
6.73
172
6.75
41
1.61
136
5.35
150
5.91
14i 380 14.96 224
8.82
216
8.48
41
1.61
187
7.36
150
5.91
Square Shaft (22 mm)
8i
208
8.19 120.7 4.75
110
4.33
42
1.65
87
3.43
160
6.30
9i
227
8.94 132.3 5.21
126
4.96
42
1.65
92
3.62
160
6.30
10i 229
9.02
131
5.16
175
6.89
42
1.65
110
4.33
160
6.30
12i 294 11.57 171
6.73 171.5 6.75
42
1.65
136
5.35
160
6.30
14i 380 14.96 224
8.82 215.5 8.48
42
1.65
187
7.36
160
6.30
15i 433 17.05 252
9.92 260.5 10.26
42
1.65
187
7.36
160
6.30
Square Shaft (27 mm)
8i
208
8.19 120.7 4.75
110
4.33
42
1.65
87
3.43
160
6.30
9i
227
8.94 132.3 5.21
126
4.96
42
1.65
92
3.62
160
6.30
10i 229
9.02
131
5.16
175
6.89
42
1.65
110
4.33
160
6.30
12i 294 11.57 171
6.73 171.5 6.75
42
1.65
136
5.35
160
6.30
14i 380 14.96 224
8.82 215.5 8.48
42
1.65
187
7.36
160
6.30
15i 433 17.05 252
9.92 260.5 10.26
42
1.65
187
7.36
160
6.30
-continued-
G
mm
Inch
57
2.24
57
2.24
57
2.24
57
2.24
57
2.24
60
2.36
60
2.36
60
2.36
60
2.36
60
2.36
83
3.27
83
3.27
83
3.27
83
3.27
83
3.27
83
3.27
83
3.27
83
3.27
83
3.27
83
3.27
83
3.27
83
3.27
77
3.03
77
3.03
77
3.03
77
3.03
77
3.03
77
3.03
77
3.03
77
3.03
77
3.03
77
3.03
77
3.03
77
3.03
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1068 Actuator
D104404X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:1068 February 2021
Table 7. Actuator/Valve Body Mounting Dimensions A through G (cont.) (see figures 1, 2, and 3)
DOUBLE ACTING ACTUATOR SIZE OPTIONS
Square Shaft (9 mm)
A
Size mm
Inch
B
mm
Inch
C
mm
Inch
D
mm
Inch
E(1)
mm
Inch
F
mm
Inch
7i
178
7.01 102.6 4.04
100
3.94
36
1.42
- - -
- - -
105
4.13
8i
208
8.19 120.7 4.75
110
4.33
36
1.42
- - -
- - -
105
4.13
Square Shaft (11 mm)
7i
178
7.01 102.6 4.04
100
3.94
36
1.42
- - -
- - -
105
4.13
8i
208
8.19 120.7 4.75
110
4.33
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
105
4.13
Square Shaft (14 mm)
8i
208
8.19 120.7 4.75
110
4.33
41
1.61
- - -
- - -
150
5.91
9i
227
8.94 132.3 5.21
126
4.96
41
1.61
- - -
- - -
150
5.91
10i 229
9.02 131.0 5.16
175
6.89
41
1.61
- - -
- - -
150
5.91
Square Shaft (19 mm)
8i
208
8.19 120.7 4.75
110
4.33
41
1.61
- - -
- - -
150
5.91
9i
227
8.94 132.3 5.21
126
4.96
41
1.61
- - -
- - -
150
5.91
10i 229
9.02 131.0 5.16
175
6.89
41
1.61
- - -
- - -
150
5.91
12i 294 11.57 171
6.73
172
6.75
41
1.61
- - -
- - -
150
5.91
14i 380 14.96 224
8.82
216
8.48
41
1.61
- - -
- - -
150
5.91
Square Shaft (22 mm)
8i
208
8.19 120.7 4.75
110
4.33
42
1.65
- - -
- - -
160
6.30
9i
227
8.94 132.3 5.21
126
4.96
42
1.65
- - -
- - -
160
6.30
10i 229
9.02
131
5.16
175
6.89
42
1.65
- - -
- - -
160
6.30
12i 294 11.57 171
6.73 171.5 6.75
42
1.65
- - -
- - -
160
6.30
14i 380 14.96 224
8.82 215.5 8.48
42
1.65
- - -
- - -
160
6.30
15i 433 17.05 252
9.92 260.5 10.26
42
1.65
- - -
- - -
160
6.30
Square Shaft (27 mm)
8i
208
8.19 120.7 4.75
110
4.33
42
1.65
- - -
- - -
160
6.30
9i
227
8.94 132.3 5.21
126
4.96
42
1.65
- - -
- - -
160
6.30
10i 229
9.02
131
5.16
175
6.89
42
1.65
- - -
- - -
160
6.30
12i 294 11.57 171
6.73 171.5 6.75
42
1.65
- - -
- - -
160
6.30
14i 380 14.96 224
8.82 215.5 8.48
42
1.65
- - -
- - -
160
6.30
15i 433 17.05 252
9.92 260.5 10.26
42
1.65
- - -
- - -
160
6.30
1. Double Acting Actuators will not have the Spring Return Chamber (E).
G
mm
Inch
57
2.24
57
2.24
60
2.36
60
2.36
83
3.27
83
3.27
83
3.27
83
3.27
83
3.27
83
3.27
83
3.27
83
3.27
77
3.03
77
3.03
77
3.03
77
3.03
77
3.03
77
3.03
77
3.03
77
3.03
77
3.03
77
3.03
77
3.03
77
3.03
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:1068 February 2021
1068 Actuator
D104404X012
Table 8. Actuator/Valve Body Mounting Dimensions H through O (see figures 1, 2, and 3)
SPRING RETURN ACTUATOR SIZE OPTIONS
Square Shaft (9 mm)
H
Size
mm
Inch
I
mm
Inch
J
mm
Inch
K
mm
Inch
M (NPT) Inch
N
mm
Inch
5i
148
5.83
40
1.57
105
4.13
9
0.35
1/8
41.2
1.62
7i
148
5.83
40
1.57
105
4.13
9
0.35
1/4
41.2
1.62
8i
148
5.83
40
1.57
105
4.13
9
0.35
1/4
41.2
1.62
9i
148
5.83
40
1.57
105
4.13
9
0.35
1/4
41.2
1.62
10i 148
5.83
40
1.57
105
4.13
9
0.35
1/4
41.2
1.62
Square Shaft (11 mm)
5i
148
5.83
40
1.57
105
4.13
11
0.43
1/8
41.2
1.62
7i
148
5.83
40
1.57
105
4.13
11
0.43
1/4
41.2
1.62
8i
148
5.83
40
1.57
105
4.13
11
0.43
1/4
41.2
1.62
9i
148
5.83
40
1.57
105
4.13
11
0.43
1/4
41.2
1.62
10i 148
5.83
40
1.57
105
4.13
11
0.43
1/4
41.2
1.62
Square Shaft (14 mm)
7i
189
7.44
62
2.44
135
5.31
14
0.55
1/4
41.2
1.62
8i
189
7.44
62
2.44
135
5.31
14
0.55
1/4
41.2
1.62
9i
189
7.44
62
2.44
135
5.31
14
0.55
1/4
41.2
1.62
10i 189
7.44
62
2.44
135
5.31
14
0.55
1/4
41.2
1.62
12i 189
7.44
62
2.44
135
5.31
14
0.55
1/8
41.2
1.62
14i 189
7.44
62
2.44
135
5.31
14
0.55
1/2
41.2
1.62
Square Shaft (19 mm)
7i
189
7.44
62
2.44
135
5.31
19
0.75
1/4
41.2
1.62
8i
189
7.44
62
2.44
135
5.31
19
0.75
1/4
41.2
1.62
9i
189
7.44
62
2.44
135
5.31
19
0.75
1/4
41.2
1.62
10i 189
7.44
62
2.44
135
5.31
19
0.75
1/4
41.2
1.62
12i 189
7.44
62
2.44
135
5.31
19
0.75
1/8
41.2
1.62
14i 189
7.44
62
2.44
135
5.31
19
0.75
1/2
41.2
1.62
Square Shaft (22 mm)
8i
278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
22
0.87
1/4
41.2
1.62
9i
278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
22
0.87
1/4
41.2
1.62
10i 278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
22
0.87
1/4
41.2
1.62
12i 278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
22
0.87
1/8
41.2
1.62
14i 278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
22
0.87
1/2
41.2
1.62
15i 278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
22
0.87
1/2
41.2
1.62
Square Shaft (27 mm)
8i
278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
27
1.06
1/4
41.2
1.62
9i
278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
27
1.06
1/4
41.2
1.62
10i 278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
27
1.06
1/4
41.2
1.62
12i 278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
27
1.06
1/8
41.2
1.62
14i 278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
27
1.06
1/2
41.2
1.62
15i 278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
27
1.06
1/2
41.2
1.62
-continued-
O
mm
Inch
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
15.5
0.61
15.5
0.61
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
15.5
0.61
15.5
0.61
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
15.5
0.61
15.5
0.61
15.5
0.61
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
15.5
0.61
15.5
0.61
15.5
0.61
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1068 Actuator
D104404X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:1068 February 2021
Table 8. Actuator/Valve Body Mounting Dimensions H through O (cont.) (see figures 1, 2, and 3)
DOUBLE ACTING ACTUATOR SIZE OPTIONS
Square Shaft (9 mm)
H
Size
mm
Inch
I
mm
Inch
J
mm
Inch
K
mm
Inch
M (NPT) Inch
N
mm
Inch
7i
148
5.83
40
1.57
105
4.13
9
0.35
1/8
41.2
1.62
8i
148
5.83
40
1.57
105
4.13
9
0.35
1/4
41.2
1.62
Square Shaft (11 mm)
7i
148
5.83
40
1.57
105
4.13
11
0.43
1/8
41.2
1.62
8i
148
5.83
40
1.57
105
4.13
11
0.43
1/4
41.2
1.62
Square Shaft (14 mm)
8i
189
7.44
62
2.44
135
5.31
14
0.55
1/4
41.2
1.62
9i
189
7.44
62
2.44
135
5.31
14
0.55
1/4
41.2
1.62
10i 189
7.44
62
2.44
135
5.31
14
0.55
1/4
41.2
1.62
Square Shaft (19 mm)
8i
189
7.44
62
2.44
135
5.31
19
0.75
1/4
41.2
1.62
9i
189
7.44
62
2.44
135
5.31
19
0.75
1/4
41.2
1.62
10i 189
7.44
62
2.44
135
5.31
19
0.75
1/4
41.2
1.62
12i 189
7.44
62
2.44
135
5.31
19
0.75
1/8
41.2
1.62
14i 189
7.44
62
2.44
135
5.31
19
0.75
1/2
41.2
1.62
Square Shaft (22 mm)
8i
278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
22
0.87
1/4
41.2
1.62
9i
278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
22
0.87
1/4
41.2
1.62
10i 278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
22
0.87
1/4
41.2
1.62
12i 278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
22
0.87
1/8
41.2
1.62
14i 278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
22
0.87
1/2
41.2
1.62
15i 278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
22
0.87
1/2
41.2
1.62
Square Shaft (27 mm)
8i
278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
27
1.06
1/4
41.2
1.62
9i
278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
27
1.06
1/4
41.2
1.62
10i 278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
27
1.06
1/4
41.2
1.62
12i 278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
27
1.06
1/8
41.2
1.62
14i 278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
27
1.06
1/2
41.2
1.62
15i 278
10.94
82
3.23
155
6.10
27
1.06
1/2
41.2
1.62
O
mm
Inch
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
15.5
0.61
15.5
0.61
15.5
0.61
15.5
0.61
15.5
0.61
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
15.5
0.61
15.5
0.61
15.5
0.61
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
15.5
0.61
15.5
0.61
15.5
0.61
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:1068 February 2021
1068 Actuator
D104404X012
Figure 1. 1068 Actuator -- Spring Return and Double Acting Dimension Drawing for 9 and 11 mm Square Shaft (see tables 7 and 8)
B N
C M
E
F G
D I J
H
K O 13.5
128-2771-1/A3
A DIAMETER
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1068 Actuator
D104404X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:1068 February 2021
Figure 2. 1068 Actuator -- Spring Return and Double Acting Dimension Drawing for 14 and 19 mm Square Shaft
(see tables 7 and 8)
B
N
O
(SIZE 12i, 14i, AND 15i ONLY)
C M
E
H F
D G
K
I J
O 13.5
128-2772-1/A3
A DIAMETER
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:1068 February 2021
1068 Actuator
D104404X012
Figure 3. 1068 Actuator -- Spring Return and Double Acting Dimension Drawing for 22 and 27 mm Square Shaft (see tables 7 and 8)
B
N O
(SIZE 12i, 14i, AND 15i ONLY)
C
M
E
F G
D
H
I
J
K
O 17.5
128-2773-1/A3
A DIAMETER
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1068 Actuator
D104404X012
Product Bulletin
61.2:1068 February 2021
Table 9. Actuator/Valve Body Mounting Dimensions 16 through 30 (see figure 4)
SPRING RETURN ACTUATOR SIZE OPTIONS
B Size
mm Inch
D
G1/G2
H(1)
M (NPT)
N
OU
P
mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
PCD
R
S1/S2
T (UNC)
mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch Inch
16 530 20.87 38 1.50 40.95 1.61 212 8.35 1/8 18 680 26.77 50 1.97 56.95 2.24 312 12.28 1/4
4 0.16 524 20.63 274 10.79 152.7 6.01 302 11.89 55 2.17 7/8 4 0.16 524 20.63 360 14.17 226.3 8.91 392 15.43 78 3.07 1 1/8
20 680 26.77 50 1.97 72.95 2.87 512 20.16 1/4 30 680 26.77 50 1.97 72.95 2.87 712 28.03 1/4
8 0.31 524 20.63 620 24.41 226.3 8.91 392 15.43 100 3.94 1 1/8 8 0.31 524 20.63 880 34.65 226.3 8.91 392 15.43 100 3.94 1 1/8
DOUBLE ACTING ACTUATOR SIZE OPTIONS
16 530 20.87 38 1.50 40.95 1.61 - - - - - - 1/8 4 0.16 524 20.63 274 10.79 152.7 6.01 302 11.89 55 2.17 7/8 18 680 26.77 50 1.97 56.95 2.24 - - - - - - 1/4 4 0.16 524 20.63 360 14.17 226.3 8.91 392 15.43 78 3.07 1 1/8
20 680 26.77 50 1.97 72.95 2.87 - - - - - - 1/4 30 680 26.77 50 1.97 72.95 2.87 - - - - - - 1/4 1. Double Acting Actuators will not have the Spring Return Chamber (H).
8 0.31 524 20.63 620 24.41 226.3 8.91 392 15.43 100 3.94 1 1/8 8 0.31 524 20.63 880 34.65 226.3 8.91 392 15.43 100 3.94 1 1/8
Figure 4. 1068 Actuator/Valve Body Mounting for Spring Return and Double Acting 16 through 30 (see table 9)
M
S1
G1
P B
O U
H
N
NUMBER OF HOLES
T THREAD X D DEEP X PCD
R
S2
G2
N
NUMBER OF HOLES
T THREAD X D DEEP X PCD
128-2774-1/A3
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.2:1068 February 2021
1068 Actuator
D104404X012
Figure 5. 1068 Actuator Mounting
LEFT AND RIGHT HAND MOUNTING
POSITION 1 POSITION 2
FLOW
RIGHT HAND MOUNTING POSITION 1
POSITION 3
GE98695
POSITION 4
FLOW LEFT HAND MOUNTING POSITION 1
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E142018. 2021 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1010 Electric Actuator Mounting System
D104011X012
Product Bulletin
61.4:1010 September 2017
FisherTM 1010 Electric Actuator Mounting System
The Fisher 1010 Electric Actuator Mounting System allows the integration of an ISO 5210 compliant electric actuator to a Fisher sliding-stem valve. The Fisher 1010 system includes a cast yoke, valve stem connector, actuator rod adaptor, travel scale, and spacers required to accommodate ISO 5210 mounted actuators.
Features
nVersatile ISO 5210 Mounting -- The 1010 mounting system offers the ability to mount ISO 5210 compliant electric actuators to Fisher valves with standard stems. The Fisher 1010's cast yoke is machined to fit the valve bonnet and can comply with ISO 5210 F07, F10, F12, and F14 mounting styles, providing flexibility in electric actuator selection.
Note The 1010 electric actuator mounting system DOES NOT include the valve or actuator.
X1156
Fisher 1010 Electric Actuator Mounting System mounted on an easy-eTM
www.Fisher.com
X1157
Mounting Interface of the Fisher 1010 Electric Actuator Mounting System
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.4:1010 September 2017
1010 Electric Actuator Mounting System
D104011X012
Table 1. Specifications Materials Yoke: LCC Stem Connector: Stainless Steel Travel Scale: Stainless Steel Actuator Rod Adaptor: Stainless Steel Fasteners: ISO CL8.8 with NCF3 coating
Operating Temperature Limit Lower: -46_C (-50_F) Note: The temperature range is subject to limitations of the selected electric actuator model.
Approximate Weight See table 3
Dimensions
See figure 1 and table 3
Available Actuator Rod Adaptor Thread Sizes
F07: M10x1.5 and M16x1.5 F10: M12x1.25, M16x1.5, M18x1.5, and M20x1.5 F12: M20x2.5 F14: M30x2 and M36x3
Note: Additional sizes and special adaptors may be available upon request. Please consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
Other
Accessories such as transducers, positioners, and position transmitters are also available for actuator mounting. They are described in separate publications. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for details.
Table 2. Maximum Travel and Thrust
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
mm
Inches
54
2-1/8
VALVE STEM SIZE
mm
Inches
9.5
3/8
AVAILABLE ISO 5210 STYLE F07
F10
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
mm
Inches
29
1-1/8
29
1-1/8
F07
51
2
71
2-13/16
12.7
1/2
F10
51
2
F12
51
2
F10
102
4
90
3-9/16
19.1
3/4
F12
102
4
F14
102
4
25.4
1
F14
203
8
127
5
31.8
1-1/4
F14
203
8
25.4
1
F14
203
8
127
5H
31.8
1-1/4
F14
203
8
1. Maximum allowable valve stem load must also be considered. Consult your Emerson sales office for more details.
MAXIMUM THRUST(1)
kN
lbf
20
4496
40
8992
20
4496
40
8992
70
15737
40
8992
70
15737
100
22481
100
22481
100
22481
100
22481
100
22481
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1010 Electric Actuator Mounting System
D104011X012
Product Bulletin
61.4:1010 September 2017
Figure 1. Fisher 1010 Yoke Dimensions
O d1
4 x O d2 O D
H
YB
Table 3. Fisher 1010 Yoke Dimensions and Weight
YB
mm
Inches
54
2-1/8
H
D
d1
ISO
mm (Inches) mm (Inches) mm (Inches)
d2
F07(3)
320 (12.60)
180 (7.09)
70 (2.76)
M8
F10
285 (11.22)
180 (7.09)
102 (4.02)
M10
F07(3)
290 (11.42)
180 (7.09)
70 (2.76)
M8
71
2-13/16
F10
325 (12.80)
180 (7.09)
102 (4.02)
M10
F12
290 (11.42
180 (7.09)
125 (4.98)
M12
F10
410 (16.14) 260 (10.24)
102 (4.02)
M10
90
127(1) 127(2)
3-9/16
5(1) 5(2)
F12
410 (16.14) 260 (10.24)
125 (4.98)
M12
F14
410 (16.14) 260 (10.24)
140 (5.51)
M16
F14
420 (16.54) 260 (10.24)
140 (5.51)
M16
F14
510 (20.08) 260 (10.24)
140 (5.51)
M16
127(1) 127(2)
5H(1) 5H(2)
F14
420 (16.54) 260 (10.24)
140 (5.51)
M16
F14
510 (20.08) 260 (10.24)
140 (5.51)
M16
1. 102 mm (4 inch) travel. 2. 203 mm (8 inch) travel. 3. Requires spacer adaptor (not shown).
WEIGHT
kg
lb
9.0
20
9.0
20
8.9
20
8.9
20
8.6
19
32
71
32
71
35
77
35
77
39
86
35
77
39
86
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.4:1010 September 2017
1010 Electric Actuator Mounting System
D104011X012
Ordering Information
Your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner can assist you with the proper sizing and selection of the Fisher 1010 Electric Actuator Mounting System for your Fisher valve.
When ordering, specify:
1. Application and sizing conditions
2. Valve body type and size to which the mounting system will be attached
3. Valve travel
4. Electric actuator type and model
5. Minimum and maximum electric actuator thrust values
Valve Body and Accessories
Refer to the separate valve body bulletin and bulletins covering accessories for ordering information.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and easy-e are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2014, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
easy-Drive 200L
D104361X012
Product Bulletin
61.4:easy-Drive 200L February 2021
FisherTM easy-DriveTM 200L
The Fisher easy-Drive 200L is a compact, rugged electric actuator designed for throttling or on/off applications. The actuator can be controlled via Modbus RTU, 4-20mA, or dry contact signals. Set up and calibration is made with the Fisher easy-Drive configurator which provides one button calibration. The actuator is designed to provide dependable on-off or throttling operation of control valves.
Features
nLow Temperature-- The easy-Drive 200L design allows use in ambient temperatures as low as -20°C (-4°F) without use of a heater.
nEasy Installation--The compact actuator design allows installation where space is a premium. Fisher easy-Drive calibrates by simply opening and closing the valve.
nApplication Flexibility-- Choice of control method including 4-20mA Positioning and 4-20mA Level along with configurable Loss of Signal Position and Deadband suits this actuator to many applications.
nLow Power Consumption-- The Fisher easy-Drive 200L operates with 9 to 30VDC and less than 0.1 watt hours per operation, using Modbus, 4-20 mA, or dry contact control signals.
X1520-1
Fisher easy-Drive 200L
nOptional Loss of Power Positioning-- With the reserve power unit, RPU-100, loss of power position is programmable over Modbus.
nRemote Monitoring and Configuration-- Loss of signal position is programmable over Modbus.
Installation
Fisher easy-Drive 200L may be installed in any position, but normally the actuator is vertical above the valve.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.4:easy-Drive 200L February 2021
easy-Drive 200L
D104361X012
Table 1. Specifications Material Temperature Capabilities(1) Electric Actuator Assembly: -20 to 70°C (-4 to 158°F)
Available Actuator Configurations Positioning (flow or pressure control)
Power Requirements 9-30VDC, minimum 4 amp power supply required (fuse to 5 amps)
Maximum Current Draw 4 amps
Idle Current Draw 15 mA at 24VDC 25 mA at 12VDC 30 mA at 24VDC, 50 mA at 12VDC with RPU-100
Conduit Connections Two 3/4 NPT connections
Maximum Stroke Length 19 mm (0.75 inch)
Control Signals On/Off: Dry contact, Modbus RTU Positioning: 4-20 mA, 4-20 mA level, Modbus RTU Auxiliary Digital Input: Dry contact Auxiliary Digital Output: 10VDC, 25 mA maximum
Hazardous Area Approvals CSA (C/US): ExplosionProof Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D, T6, Ex d IIA T6, Class I, Zone 1, AEx d IIA T6 ATEX Flameproof - Gas:
II 2 G, Ex db IIA T6 IECEx Flameproof - Gas: Ex db IIA T6
Enclosure Rating Type 4X and IP66
Electromagnetic Compatibility Meets EN 61326-1 (2013) Immunity: Industrial locations per table 2 of EN 61326-1 Standard. Performance is shown in table 2 Emissions: Class A ISM Equipment Rating: Group 1, Class A
Optional Loss of Power Positioning With the reserve power unit, RPU-100, loss of power positioning is programmable over Modbus.
Maximum Thrust Force 3336 N (750 lbf)
Duty Cycle 50% maximum
Average Thrust Force 2446 N (550 lbf)
Enclosure Material Cast aluminum alloy with powder coat paint
Nominal Stroke Speed(2)
3.9 mm/s (0.15 inch/s) at 24 VDC 2.2 mm/s (0.09 inch/s) at 12 VDC(3)
Approximate Weight: 9.5 kg (21 lbs) 10 kg (22 lbs) with RPU-100
1. The pressure or temperature limits in the referenced tables and any applicable ASME code limitations should not be exceeded. 2. 10% variation can be expected, based on temperature and pressure of application. 3. Stroke speed when RPU-100 is providing power.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
easy-Drive 200L
D104361X012
Product Bulletin
61.4:easy-Drive 200L February 2021
Table 1. Hazardous Area Classifications - CSA (Canada and United States)
CERTIFICATION BODY
CERTIFICATION OBTAINED
ENTITY RATING
TEMPERATURE CODE
CSA
Class I, Division 1, GP C, D T6
- - -
T6 (Tamb v 70_C)
CONDUIT CONNECTIONS
Two 3/4 NPT Connections
ENCLOSURE RATING CSA Type 4X Enclosure
Table 2. EMC Summary Results - Immunity
PORT
PHENOMENON
BASIC STANDARD
TEST LEVEL
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
4kV Contact 8kV Air
Enclosure
Radiated EM field
IEC 61000-4-3
80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m 1kHz AM at 80% 1400 to 2000 MHz @ 3V/m 1kHz AM at 80% 2000 to 2700 MHz @ 1V/m 1kHz AM at 80%
Rated power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8
30 A/m @ 50 and 60 Hz
Burst
IEC 61000-4-4
1kV
I/O signal/ control
Surge
IEC 61000-4-5
1kV cable shield, and line to ground
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-6
3V 150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms
Performance criteria is +/- 5% stem position 1. A= No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self recovering.
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA(1) A
A
A B B A
easy-Drive RPU-100
Designed for use in Fisher easy-Drive actuators, the RPU-100 provides energy for positioning the actuator to the user-defined location on loss of incoming power.
Figure 1. Fisher RPU-100 with Wiring Harness
Figure 2. Fisher easy-Drive Actuator with RPU-100
X1717
X1718
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.4:easy-Drive 200L February 2021
easy-Drive 200L
D104361X012
Figure 3. Fisher easy-Drive 200L Electric Actuator
GE94736
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher and easy-Drive are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners. The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice. Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore www.Fisher.com E4 2018, 2021 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1008 Handwheel Actuator
D100106X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:1008 September 2017
FisherTM 1008 Handwheel Actuator
The Fisher 1008 manual handwheel actuator is used in applications that require a throttling type of control valve that can be manually operated and set. This actuator can be used on nearly all standard globe-style or angle-style control valve body assemblies. No special valve body adaptor is required for use with the 1008 actuator, so that future conversion from manual to automatic control can be accomplished at minimum cost.
The 1008 actuator is capable of giving precise manual throttling control. A travel indicator mounted on the actuator yoke provides a visual indication of valve plug position at all times. A dial type valve plug position indicator is also available as optional equipment.
Features
nEasy to Install and Maintain--For sizes 30, 40, and 50, the yoke is attached to the valve body with a forged steel hammer locknut (figure 1 shows a typical locknut attachment). For the size 80, the yoke is bolted to the valve body. The handwheel mechanism on all sizes is totally enclosed.
nEasy to Operate--Regardless of the valve plug action, counterclockwise rotation of the handwheel always opens the valve. In size 40 and larger, two ball bearings are used in the handwheel assembly to facilitate rotation. A spring loaded ball detent in the handwheel prevents it from rotating due to vibration.
W0590-1
Fisher 1008, Size 80 Actuator
nAccurate Valve Plug Positioning--The valve stem does not revolve, assuring the same seating surface with each full stroke. Also, the yoke construction ensures that the force required to turn the handwheel cannot be transmitted to the valve body. Sizes 30, 40, and 50 actuators can be furnished with a Tejax Model A35 valve position indicator (figure 2). This indicator enables you to turn the handwheel to the desired position without guesswork. The dial on the indicator is divided into turns and fractions of turns so that you can return to a predetermined valve setting quickly and easily.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:1008 September 2017
1008 Handwheel Actuator
D100106X012
Specifications
Available Configuration Manual-only handwheel actuator for use with sliding-stem valves
Actuator Size See table 1
Stem and Yoke Boss Diameters See table 1
Maximum Stem Travel See table 1
Maximum Usable Thrust See table 1
Handwheel Rotation Clockwise handwheel rotation closes the valve For sizes 30, 40, and 50: J Left hand screw assembly for push-down-to-close; J Right hand screw assembly for push-down-to-open valve For size 80: Handwheel assembly is reversible so that it can be arranged for clockwise-to-close rotation.
Maximum Handwheel Force See table 1
Handwheel Revolutions per Inch of Stem Travel See table 1
1. When a Tejax indicator is used, the actuator must be installed in a horizontal position.
Construction Materials
Sizes 30, 40, and 50: Handwheel: Size 30: Ductile Iron Sizes 40 and 50: Cast Iron Yoke: Ductile Iron Acme Power Nut: Stainless Steel (Not used on Size 30) Acme Power Screw: Size 30: Stainless steel Size 40 and 50: Aluminum Bronze Size 80: Handwheel: Cast Iron Yoke: Cast Iron Worm Gear: Phosphor Bronze Worm Shaft: Steel Stem Screw: Steel
Approximate Weight
Size 30: 6.4 kg (15 lb) Size 40: 15.9 kg (35 lb) Size 50: 20.4 kg (45 lb) Size 80: 45.4 kg (100 lb)
Options
J Sizes 40 and 50: Set screw to permit locking handwheel in place J Sizes 30, 40, and 50: Tejax Model A35 valve stem position indicator(1). Indicator dial calibrated in turns and fractions of turns
Table 1. Actuator Size Selection and Specifications
ACTUATOR SIZE
BOSS SIZE mm
STEM DIAMETER mm
MAXIMUM USABLE THRUST(1)
N
30
54
10
7340
40
71
13
13122
50
90
19
29581
25
50042
80
127
32
75620
MAXIMUM FORCE ON HANDWHEEL N 173.5 160 276 423 623
Inch
Inch
Lbf
Lbf
30
2-1/8
3/8
1650
39
40
2-13/16
1/2
2950
36
50
3-9/16
3/4
6650
62
1
11250
95
80
5
1-1/4
17000
140
1.For S31600 stem at 38_C (100_F). 2. Alternate 102 mm (4 inch) travel construction is available.
MAXIMUM TRAVEL mm 19 51 51
76(2)
Inch
0.75 2 2
3(2)
REVOLUTIONS PER mm OF TRAVEL 0.3 0.3 0.3
0.4
REVOLUTIONS PER INCH OF TRAVEL
8 8 8
10
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1008 Handwheel Actuator
D100106X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:1008 September 2017
Figure 1. Fisher 1008, Size 30 Actuator Mounted on ES Valve
Figure 2. Tejax Model A35 Valve Position Indicator
W6811-1
W0595-3
Ordering Information
Application
When ordering, specify: 1. Valve body type or design, size, and stem diameter. 2. Valve plug action, push-down-to-open or push-down-to-close. 3. For sizes 30, 40, and 50: Tejax model A35 dial indicator, if required. 4. For size 40 and 50: Set screw handwheel lock.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:1008 September 2017
1008 Handwheel Actuator
D100106X012
Table 2. Overall Dimensions
ACTUATOR SIZE 40 50
Figure 3. Overall Dimensions (also see table 2)
222 (8.75)
mm 386 448
305 (12)
E Inches 15.19 17.63
324 (12.75)
219 (8.625)
432 (17)
E 741 (29.1875)
AN6753 18A1681-D 18A1668-C B2403-1
SIZE 30
SIZE 40 and 50
SIZE 80
mm (INCH)
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 1970, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1077 Handwheel Actuator
D101625X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:1077 September 2017
FisherTM 1077 Manual Handwheel Rotary Actuator
Fisher 1077 manual-only handwheel actuator is for use with rotary-shaft valves such as the 9500 butterfly valve; 8532, 8560, and 8580 High Performance Butterfly valves; V150, V200 and V300 Vee-Ballt valves; V250 valves; and CV500 and V500 valves.
Figure 1 shows the gearbox of the actuator. In this actuator, torque is transmitted from the handwheel through the handwheel input shaft to a worm and drive sleeve gear (sector) with splined bore. The worm and drive sleeve gear multiply the torque and transmit it to a splined valve shaft or splined stub shaft. The size 10-KE:6 actuator additionally has a spur gear reduction drive for increased torque capability.
Features
nEasy to Operate--Handwheel rotation direction required to open the valve disk or ball is marked on the handwheel; the rotation indicator is marked in bold print at the open and closed positions and with bold incremental lines to indicate the valve disk or ball position.
nEasy to Install and Maintain--Splined valve shaft mates directly with the drive gear sleeve, reducing the number of parts required and simplifying installation and maintenance.
nConsistency of Operation--When installed according to instructions, clockwise handwheel rotation closes the valve in all applications.
W8176-1
Fisher 1077 Handwheel Actuator
nAccurate Valve Disk or Ball Positioning--Travel stops can be adjusted and locked in place to provide accurate disk or ball positioning at closed (0-degree) and open (90-degree) positions. Travel stops for 60-degree operation may be used to establish a disk or ball closing stop at any angle between 0 and 30 degrees and/or to establish a disk or ball opening stop at any angle between 60 and 90 degrees. This option is available on sizes 2-KE and 7-KE as a set screw change. For sizes 0-KE, 6-KE, 9-KE, and 10-KE:6, a different actuator is required when changing from 90-degree to 60-degree ball rotation.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:1077 September 2017
1077 Handwheel Actuator
D101625X012
Specifications
Available Configuration Manual-only handwheel actuator for use with splined rotary-shaft valves
Actuator Sizes See tables 1 and 2
Acceptable Valve Shaft Diameters See tables 1 and 2
Output Torque See tables 1 and 2
Wheel-Rim Force See tables 1 and 2
Handwheel Turns Required for Full Rotation See tables 1 and 2
Handwheel Rotation Direct Acting Construction: Clockwise handwheel rotation closes the valve (produces clockwise rotation of the valve shaft) as shown in figure 2. Reverse Acting Construction: Clockwise handwheel rotation closes the valve (produces counterclockwise rotation of the valve shaft) as shown in figure 2.
Maximum Output Rotation Standard: 90 degrees Optional: 60 degrees J valve ball or disk closed position may be set to any angle between 0 and 30 degrees, and/or J valve ball or disk open position may be set to any angle between 60 and 90 degrees. (This option is available on actuator sizes 2-KE and 7-KE as a set screw change. For sizes 0-KE, 6-KE, 9-KE, and 10-KE:6, a different actuator is required when changing from 90-degree to 60-degree ball rotation.)
Construction Materials Housing: Cast iron Housing Cover: Cast iron Worm: Steel Drive Sleeve Gear:
For Sizes 0-KE through 7-KE: Phosphor bronze sector with steel hub For Sizes 9-KE and 10-KE:6: Manganese bronze sector with ductile iron hub
Worm Gear Shaft and Handwheel Shaft: Steel Handwheel: Through 431 mm (16-Inch) Diameter: Cast iron Over 431 mm (16-Inch) Diameter: Fabricated steel Mounting Yoke For NPS 30 and 36 8510, NPS 16 V250, and any other valve with 76.2 or 88.9 mm (3 or 3-1/2 Inch) Shaft Diameter: Cast iron For All Valve Bodies Other Than Those Listed Above: Painted steel
Mounting Positions
J Right-hand (actuator on the right side of the valve when viewed from the valve inlet) or J Left-hand (actuator on the left side of the valve when viewed from the valve inlet). Position 1 as shown in figure 3 is standard; however, the actuator may be mounted in any of the positions shown in figure 3. Refer to figure 2 to determine the correct actuator construction.
Approximate Weight
ACTUATOR
0-KE
2-KE 6-KE 7-KE 9-KE 10-KE:6
METRIC UNITS
U.S. UNITS
Handwheel Diameter,
mm
Weight of Actuator Assembly,
kg
Handwheel Diameter,
Inches
Weight of Actuator Assembly, Pounds
152
3.7
6
8
203
4.7
8
10
203
10.3
8
22
305
11.3
12
24
610
20.2
24
43
762
28.2
30
60
914
40.9
36
87
432
62.6
16
133
610
62.6
24
133
Accessories
Position and Limit Switches: J One position switch, or J One or two limit switches, can be mounted
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1077 Handwheel Actuator
D101625X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:1077 September 2017
Table 1. Actuator Size Selection (Metric Units)
ACTUATOR SIZE
ACCEPTABLE VALVE SHAFT
DIAMETER
mm
MAXIMUM
ALLOWABLE TORQUE(1)
HAND- WHEEL DIAMETER
NSm
mm
WHEEL-RIM FORCE
To Produce Maximum Allowable
Torque
N
To Produce Torque Lower Than Maximum Allowable Shaft Torque
N
HANDWHEEL TURNS REQUIRED FOR FULL VALVE
DISK OR BALL ROTATION
60-Degree Rotation
90-Degree Rotation
12.7 15.9
58
152
138
152
129 307
Torque Req'd (NSm) B 0.4572
4
6
0-KE
19.1
240
203
22.2 and 25.4
271(2)
203
396 445(3)
Torque Req'd (NSm) B 0.6096
4
6
22.2 and 25.4
468
203
2-KE
31.8 38.1
678(2)
305
678(2)
305
485
467(3) 467(3)
Torque Req'd (NSm) B 0.9652
Torque Req'd (NSm) B 1.4478
6-1/2 6-1/2
9-1/2 9-1/2
6-KE 7-KE
31.8
1110
610
365
38.1 44.5
1360
610
1360(2)
610
445 445(2)
Torque Req'd (NSm) B 3.0480
6-1/2
10
50.8
1360(2)
610
445(2)
44.5 50.8
2260(2)
762
2260(2)
762
440(3) 440(3)
Torque Req'd (NSm) B 5.1435
9
13-1/2
9-KE
44.5 50.8
2260
762
2260
762
436 436
Torque Req'd (NSm) B 6.096
10-1/2
16
63.5
3390(2)
914
463(3)
Torque Req'd (NSm) B 7.3152
10-1/2
16
63.5
6305
431
431
Torque Req'd (NSm) B 15.476
48
72
10-KE:6
76.2
6780(2)
610
310(3)
Torque Req'd (NSm) B 21.848
48
72
88.9
6780(2)
610
310(3)
Torque Req'd (NSm) B 21.848
48
72
1. Values shown are the maximum allowable torque of a splined valve shaft except where indicated. Without regard to the shaft, maximum allowable torque output is 271 NSm for the size 0-KE actuator, 678 NSm for the size 2-KE actuator, 1360 NSm for the size 6-KE actuator, 2260 NSm for the size 7-KE actuator, 3390 N·m for the size 9-KE actuator, and 6780 NSm for the size
10-KE:6 actuator.
2. Limited to this value by the maximum allowable output torque of the actuator. 3. Wheel-rim force required to produce maximum actuator output torque.
Figure 1. Gearbox Subassembly
WORM
DRIVE SLEEVE GEAR AND
HUB
TRAVEL
STOPS
W4580
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:1077 September 2017
1077 Handwheel Actuator
D101625X012
Table 2. Actuator Size Selection (U.S Units)
ACTUATOR SIZE
ACCEPTABLE VALVE SHAFT
DIAMETER
MAXIMUM
ALLOWABLE TORQUE(1)
HAND- WHEEL DIAMETER
WHEEL-RIM FORCE
To Produce Maximum Allowable
Torque
To Produce Torque Lower Than Maximum Allowable Shaft Torque
HANDWHEEL TURNS REQUIRED FOR FULL VALVE
DISK OR BALL ROTATION
60-Degree Rotation
90-Degree Rotation
Inches
Inch-Pounds
Inches
Pounds
Pounds
1/2
515
6
5/8
1225
6
29 69
Torque Req'd (In.-Lb.) B 18.00
4
6
0-KE
3/4
2120
8
7/8 and 1
2400(2)
8
89 100(3)
Torque Req'd (In.-Lb.) B 24.00
4
6
7/8 and 1
4140
8
2-KE
1-1/4 1-1/2
6000(2)
12
6000(2)
12
109
105(3) 105(3)
Torque Req'd (In.-Lb.) B 38.00
Torque Req'd (In.-Lb.) B 57.00
6-1/2 6-1/2
9-1/2 9-1/2
6-KE 7-KE
1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4
2
1-3/4 2
9820
24
12,000
24
12,000(2)
24
12,000(2)
24
20,000(2)
30
20,000(2)
30
82
100 100(3) 100(3)
99(3) 99(3)
Torque Req'd (In.-Lb.) B 120.00
Torque Req'd (In.-Lb.) B 202.50
6-1/2 9
10 13-1/2
9-KE
1-3/4 2
2-1/2
23,524
30
23,524
30
30,000(2)
36
98 98
Torque Req'd (In.-Lb.) B 240.00
10-1/2
16
104(3)
Torque Req'd (In.-Lb.) B 288.00
10-1/2
16
2-1/2
55,762
16
97
Torque Req'd (In.-Lb.) B 612.00
48
72
10-KE:6
3
60,000(2)
24
69(3)
Torque Req'd (In.-Lb.) B 864
48
72
3-1/2
60,000(2)
24
69(3)
Torque Req'd (In.-Lb.) B 864
48
72
1. Values shown are the maximum allowable torque of a splined valve shaft except where indicated. Without regard to the shaft, maximum allowable torque output is 2400 inch-pounds for the size 0-KE actuator, 6000 inch-pounds for the size 2-KE actuator, 12,000 inch-pounds for the size 6-KE actuator, 20,000 inch-pounds for the size 7-KE actuator, 30,000 inch-pounds for the size 9-KE actuator, and 60,000 inch-pounds for the size 10-KE:6 actuator. 2. Limited to this value by the maximum allowable output torque of the actuator. 3. Wheel-rim force required to produce maximum actuator output torque.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1077 Handwheel Actuator
D101625X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:1077 September 2017
Table 3. Direct and Reverse Acting Actuator Constructions
MOUNTING Right-Hand
Ball/Plug Rotation To
Close
CCW CCW
VALVE SERIES OR DESIGN
V250
V150, V200 and V300
REVERSE
REVERSE
CV500 V500
REVERSE
Left-Hand
CCW CCW
NA NA
REVERSE
REVERSE
Left-Hand
CW
NA
(Optional)(1)
CW
NA
DIRECT
NA NA
1. A left hand ball will be required for the NPS 3 through 12 Series B and the NPS 14 to 20, with or without attenuator.
VALVE SERIES OR DESIGN
Disk/Ball Rotation To
Close
V250
8532, 8560 8580, and 9500
CW CW
NA NA
DIRECT
CW CW
DIRECT
DIRECT
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Figure 2. Direct and Reverse Acting Actuator Constructions (also see table 3)
40B1561-A
DIRECT ACTING CONSTRUCTION
REVERSE ACTING CONSTRUCTION
Installation
The valve body and actuator assembly may be installed in any of the positions shown in figure 3. The actuator will be factory mounted on the valve body in the position specified.
Dimensions are shown in figure 4. Make clearance considerations before mounting the actuator to determine the most suitable mounting position.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:1077 September 2017
1077 Handwheel Actuator
D101625X012
Figure 3. Available Mounting Positions
POSITION 1
FLOW DIRECTION FOR RIGHT-HAND MOUNTING
POSITION 4
VALVE BODY
FLOW DIRECTION FOR LEFT-HAND MOUNTING
POSITION 3 DIRECT ACTING ACTUATOR CONSTRUCTION
POSITION 1
VALVE BODY
FLOW DIRECTION FOR RIGHT-HAND MOUNTING
POSITION 4
FLOW DIRECTION FOR LEFT-HAND MOUNTING
30B0668-A B2002-3
POSITION 3 REVERSE ACTING ACTUATOR CONSTRUCTION
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1077 Handwheel Actuator
D101625X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:1077 September 2017
Table 4. Envelope Dimensions
ACTUATOR SIZE
HANDWHEEL DIAMETER J
152 0-KE
203 203 2-KE 305
6-KE
610
7-KE
762
762
9-KE
914
406 10-KE:6
610
0-KE0 2-KE 6-KE 7-KE 9-KE
6.00 8.00 8.00 12.00
24.00
30.00 30.00
36.00
10-KE:6
16.00
24.00
1. Used with NPS 30, 36 8510 and NPS 16 V250.
Figure 4. Envelope Dimensions (also see table 4)
VALVE SHAFT DIAMETER mm 12.7, 15.9
19.1, 22.2, 25.4 22.2, 25.4 31.8, 38.1 31.8, 38.1 44.5, 50.8 44.5, 50.8 44.5, 50.8 63.5 63.5(1) 63.5 63.5(1) 76.2, 88.9
Inches 1/2, 5/8
3/4, 7/8, 1 7/8, 1
1-1/4, 1-1/2 1-1/4, 1-1/2
1-3/4, 2 1-3/4, 2 1-3/4, 2
2-1/2 2-1/2(1)
2-1/2 2-1/2(1) 3, 3-1/2
F
H
L
M
N
V
Z
164
70
45
170
52 111 186 222
221
124
79
238
111 187 230 79
165 200 243
145 356 83
165 213 260 84
191 321 368
152 381 105 103 191 324 384
191
432
346
178 406 119 117 241
533
305 448
241 346 432
178 419 127 117 305 448 533
6.44
2.75
1.75
6.69
8.69
4.88
3.12
9.38
5.69 14.00 3.25
6.00 15.00 4.12
7.00 16.00 4.69
7.00 16.50 5.00
2.06 4.38 7.31 8.75
4.38 7.38 9.06 3.12
6.50 7.88 9.56
6.50 8.38 10.25 3.31
7.50 12.62 14.50
4.06 7.50 12.75 15.12
7.50
17.00
13.62
4.62 9.50
21.00
12.00 17.62
9.50 13.62 17.00
4.62 12.00 17.62 21.00
J Ø
V
H N
S Ø M
10B0529-H
L
F
Z
E0870
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:1077 September 2017
1077 Handwheel Actuator
D101625X012
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
Application
1. Valve body type or design, size, and shaft diameter.
2. Valve disk or ball rotation (e.g., 0 to 60 or 0 to 90 degrees). For adjustability between 0 and 30 degrees for the closed stop position, or for adjustability between 60 and 90 degrees for the open stop position, the 60-degree travel stop is used.
a. This option is available on actuator sizes 2-KE, 7-KE, 9-KE, and 10-KE:6 as a set screw change.
b. For sizes 0-KE and 6-KE a different actuator is required when changing from 90-degree to 60-degree ball rotation.
3. Right- or left-hand mounting and desired mounting position from figure 3. If the control valve assembly is to be used for bidirectional flow, assume that the flow direction arrows in figure 3 point to the seal retainer or flow ring end of the valve body.
Handwheel Actuator
Refer to the Specifications section. Review the description for each specification and in the referenced tables and figures. Indicate a choice whenever there is a selection to be made.
Note When specifying a mounting position, make certain the handwheel diameter specified will not interfere with the valve body, pipe flanges, or line bolting connected to the system.
Accessories
If ordering limit switches, specify the number of switches desired (one or two). For one limit switch, specify whether switching is to occur at the open or closed valve position.
Valve Body and Accessories
Refer to the separate valve body and accessory information bulletins for ordering information.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and Vee-Ball are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1986, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1078 Manual Actuator
D101339X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:1078 March 2021
FisherTM 1078 Declutchable Manual Actuator
Fisher 1078 manual actuators are declutchable actuators for manual operation of control valves and equipment that use power actuators. The 1078 manual actuator mounts directly to Fisher 1052 size 70; 1061 sizes 30, 40, 60, 68, 80, and 100; and to all sizes of 2052 actuators.
Features
nDirect Attachment to the Power Actuator -- Direct mounting to the actuator housing simplifies installation and eliminates the need for yokes and other brackets.
nEngage Manual Actuator At Any Point of Rotation -- A lever-operated eccentric bearing support on the input shaft allows engagement of the worm gear with the sector at any point of rotation. Because the travel indicator components are mounted on a through shaft, accurate travel indication is maintained during manual actuator disengagement or engagement.
nPositive Operation -- The disengagement lever is locked in both the engaged and disengaged positions by a detent mechanism, which must be released before the lever can be moved. This provision reduces the possibility of inadvertent or accidental operation. In addition, stop-pins at the fully engaged and fully disengaged positions provide positive limits for lever travel. (Note that stop pins are not available on 1078 size II-FA actuators.)
X0178
FISHER 1078 DECLUTCHABLE MANUAL ACTUATOR MOUNTED ON A 2052 SIZE 1 ACTUATOR
X0177-1
FISHER 1078 DECLUTCHABLE MANUAL ACTUATOR MOUNTED ON A 2052 SIZE 1 ACTUATOR AND V300 VALVE WITH FIELDVUETM DVC6200 DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:1078 March 2021
1078 Manual Actuator
D101339X012
Table 1. Specifications
Available Configurations Direct and reverse acting; see Handwheel Rotation and the Ordering Information section. (Standard construction is with the handwheel shaft pointing down away from the power actuator as shown in the figure on page 1) This construction is suitable for cold climate regions and compliant to GOST 15150. However, when ambient temperature is below -50°C (-58°F), it is not advised to operate the handwheel
Manual Actuator Sizes See tables 1, 2, and 3 See figures 1 and 2 for dimensions
Coupling Shaft Diameters See tables 1, 2, and 3
Power Actuator Compatibility See tables 1, 2, and 3
Maximum Torque Output See tables 1, 2, and 3
Wheel-Rim Force See tables 1, 2, and 3
Handwheel Rotation Clockwise handwheel rotation closes the valve. Direct-acting units produce output rotation matching input rotation; reverse-acting units produce output rotation opposite input rotation
Construction Materials
Housing and Cover: Cast iron Drive Sleeve/Gear (Sector): Aluminum/bronze Worm Gear: Heat-treated steel Input Shaft and Eccentric: Low-carbon steel Pin Detent: 300 Series stainless steel Handwheel or Input Shaft Bearings: Bronze
Standard Mounting Positions
J 1052 (size 70)(1): Handwheel down (std) or handwheel right-hand or left-hand mount (optional) J 1061 (sizes 30, 40, 60, 68, 80, and 100)(1): Handwheel down (std) or handwheel right-hand or left-hand mount (optional) J 2052 (sizes 1, 2, and 3)(1): Handwheel down (standard) or handwheel right-hand or left-hand mount (optional)
Approximate Weight Without Handwheel
Size AAA: 2.7 kg (6 lbs) Size AA: 6.8 kg (15 lbs) Size A: 9.5 kg (21 lbs) Size 2A: 13.6 kg (30 lbs) Size 1A: 15.9 kg (35 lbs) Size B: 23.1 kg (51 lbs) Size C: 29.9 kg (66 lbs) Size D: 63.5 kg (140 lbs) Size II-FA: 81.6 kg (180 lbs)
Handwheel Weight
6-inch: 1.8 kg (4 lbs) 8-inch: 2.3 kg (5 lbs) 12-inch: 3.2 kg (7 lbs) 16-inch: 6.8 kg (15 lbs) 24-inch: 5.4 kg (12 lbs) 30-inch: 6.4 kg (14 lbs) 36-inch: 7.3 kg (16 lbs)
1. If a positioner is used, the right-hand or left-hand mounting option will be limited to the side away from the positioner.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1078 Manual Actuator
D101339X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:1078 March 2021
Table 1. Fisher 2052 Actuator Size Selection and Specifications for Sizes AAA, A, and C
MANUAL ACTUATOR
SIZE
SHAFT SIZE
POWER ACTUATOR
mm
Inch
Type Size
12.7
1/2
AAA
14.2x15.9 9/16x5/8
(2400 in·lbs) 15.9
5/8
2052
1
19.1
3/4
14.3x15.9 9/16x5/8
15.9
5/8
19.1 A (8000 in·lbs) 22.2
25.4
3/4
7/8
2052 2
1
28.6x31.8 1-1/8x1-1/4
31.8
1-1/4
19.1
3/4
22.2
7/8
25.4
1
C
28.6x31.8 1-1/8x1-1/4
(18000
31.8
1-1/4
2052 3
in·lbs)
38.1
1-1/2
39.7x44.5 1-9/16x1-3/4
44.5
1-3/4
50.8
2
STANDARD HANDWHEEL
DIAMETER
mm
Inch
203
8
406
16
610
24
MAXIMUM TORQUE
NSm 131 211 271 489 590 818
LbfSin 1156 1866 2400 4326 5221 7241
WHEEL-RIM-FORCE
For Maximum Torque
N Pounds
144
32
232
52
298
67
For Less Than Maximum Torque
N
Pounds
Divide NSm req'd by 0.91
Divide lbfSin req'd by 36
204
45
246
54
Divide NSm Divide lbfSin
341
75 req'd by 2.4 req'd by 96
904 8000 377 1338 11842 279 1566 13862 326
2034 18000 424
83 61 71
Divide NSm Divide lbfSin req'd by 4.8 req'd by 194 93
HANDWHEEL TURNS FOR ROTATION
Degrees
60
90
4
6
5.3
8
9 13.5
Table 2. Fisher 1052 Actuator Size Selection and Specifications for Sizes 1A, B, and C
MANUAL ACTUATOR
SIZE (max output
torque)
SHAFT SIZE
mm
Inch
POWER ACTUATOR(1)
STANDARD HANDWHEEL
DIAMETER
MAXIMUM TORQUE(2)
Type Size mm Inch NSm LbfSin
WHEEL-RIM-FORCE
For Maximum Torque
N Pounds
For Less Than Maximum Torque
N
Pounds
HANDWHEEL TURNS FOR
ROTATION
Degrees
60
90
31.8, 28.6x 31/8
1-1/4, 1-1/8x 1-1/4
38.1 1-1/2,
1A (8200 in.lbs)
31.8x 38.1
1-1/4x 1-1/2
1052
70(3) 610
24
929 8200 378
Divide NSm Divide lbfSin
85
req'd by 2.4 req'd by 96
5.3
8
(44.4, (1-3/4,
50.8),
2),
39.7 x44.5
1-9/16 x1-3/4
3/4
31.8
7/8-1
B
1-1/4 1052
70 610
24
1356 12,000 369
(12,000 in.lbs) 38.1, 1-1/2,
Divide NSm Divide lbfSin
83
req'd by 3.6 req'd by 144
6.7
10
(44.4, (1-3/4,
50.8)
2)
1735 15,355 361
79
C
31.8 1-1/4
1839 16,275 383
84 Divide NSm Divide lbfSin
(18,000 in.lbs)
1052 70 610 24 2034 18,000 414
93
req'd by 4.8 req'd by 194
9
13.5
(44.4, 50.8)
(1-3/4, 2)
2034 18,000 414
93
1. Field conversion of actuators for F and G mounting adaptations requires installation of new parts. 2. Compare table value with torque requirements of the valve plus the torque required to compress the power actuator spring (from Fisher Catalog 14). Note that dynamic torque of the valve may have a positive or negative effect on total torque required. 3. If mounted on the 1052 size 70, the travel is for only 60 Degrees.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:1078 March 2021
1078 Manual Actuator
D101339X012
Table 3. Fisher 1061 Actuator Size Selection and Specifications for Sizes 2A, 1A, B, C, D, and II-FA
MANUAL ACTUATOR
SIZE (max output
torque)
SHAFT SIZE
mm
Inch
POWER ACTUATOR
STANDARD HANDWHEEL
DIAMETER
Type Size mm Inch
MAXIMUM TORQUE(1)
NSm LbfSin
WHEEL-RIM-FORCE
For Maximum Torque
N Pounds
For Less Than Maximum Torque
N
Pounds
HANDWHEEL TURNS FOR
ROTATION
Degrees
60
90
12.7
15.9, 14.3x
9.5
1/2
5/8, 9/16x
5/8
152
6
58
515 89
138 1225 214
20
Divide
Divide
NSm req'd lbfSin req'd
48
by 0.66
by 26
2A
Divide
Divide
(4800 in.lbs)
19.1
3/4(3) 1061
30 203
8
239 2120 276
62
NSm req'd lbfSin req'd
5.7
8.5
by 0.86
by 34
(22.2, 25.4)
31.8
(7/8,1) 1-1/4
467(4) 4140(4) 360
81
Divide
Divide
305 12
NSm req'd lbfSin req'd
541 4800 416
94
by 1.3
by 51
19.1
3/4
1061 40,
239 2120 276
62
Divide
Divide
(22.2, 25.4)
(7/8,1)
1061
60, 305 68
12
467 4140 382
86
NSm req'd lbfSin req'd 5.3
by 1.2
by 48
8
31.8, 1-1/4,
28.6x 1-1/8x
31/8 1-1/4 1A
(8200 in.lbs)
38.1 31.8x 38.1
1-1/2, 1-1/4x 1-1/2
1061
40, 60, 610 68
24
929 8200 378
85
Divide
Divide
NSm req'd lbfSin req'd
5.3
by 2.4
by 96
8
(44.4, (1-3/4,
50.8),
2),
39.7 1-9/16
x44.5 x1-3/4
19.1
3/4
239 2120 66
15
22.2,
1061
B
25.4
7/8,1
40,
468 4140 130
29
Divide
Divide
(12,000
31.8 1-1/4
60, 610 24 1109 9815 308
68
NSm req'd lbfSin req'd
6.7
10
in.lbs)
38.1, (44.4,
1-1/2, (1-3/4,
1061
68
1356 12,000 377
83
by 3.6
by 144
50.8)
2)
C
31.8 1-1/4
40,
1109 9815 231
51
Divide
Divide
(18,000 in.lbs)
(44.4, 50.8)
(1-3/4, 2)
1061
60, 610 68
24
2034 18,000 424
93
NSm req'd lbfSin req'd
by 4.8
by 194
9
13.5
(44.4, 50.8)
(1-3/4, 2)
Divide
Divide
762 30 2658 23,524 369
82
NSm req'd lbfSin req'd
by 7.2
by 287
54,
2-1/8, 1061
D (30,000 in.lbs)
63.5 57.2x 63.5
2-1/2, 2-1/4x 2-1/2
80, 100
10.7
16
Divide
Divide
76x 63.5, 101.6x 63.5
3x2 1/2,4x 2 1/2
1061
914 36 3390 30,000 394
87
NSm req'd lbfSin req'd
by 8.6
by 345
II-FA(2) (60,000 in.lbs)
76x 63.5, 101.6x 63.5
3x2 1/2,4x 2 1/2
1061
80, 100 406
16
6301 55,762 400
90
Divide NSm req'd
by 15.7
Divide lbfSin req'd
by 619
48
72
1. Compare table value with torque requirements of the valve (from Fisher Catalog 14). Note that dynamic torque of the valve may have a positive or negative effect on total torque required. 2. Has spur gear. 3. 2A 3/4 inch shaft will also mount on the 1061 size 40, 60, and 68. 4. Maximum torque of connection between power and manual actuator.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1078 Manual Actuator
D101339X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:1078 March 2021
Table 4. Dimensions for Actuator Sizes AAA, AA, and A
Square Circular
1078 Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
Bolt
Bolt
Pattern Pattern
mm
AAA
305
184
40
67
178
204
106
46
51
57.1 SQ
- - -
AA
305
203
56
70
181
216
94
59
64
76.2 SQ
- - -
A
610
381
68
83
337
378
238
67
73
88.9 SQ
- - -
Inches
AAA
12.00
7.25
1.56
2.62
7.00
8.02
4.18
1.82
2.02
2.25 SQ
- - -
AA
12.00
8.00
2.19
2.75
7.12
8.50
3.69
2.31
2.50
3.00 SQ
- - -
A
24.00
15.00
2.69
3.25
13.25
14.88
9.38
2.63
2.88
3.50 SQ
- - -
Figure 1. Dimensions for Actuator Sizes AAA, AA, and A (also see table 4)
E
B
C
G ENGAGED
D
H ENGAGED
CL OF ACTUATOR
A
J DISENGAGED
K F DISENGAGED
11B2634-C A5431-1
Note: This drawing is a typical view only. For some valves, the handwheel is on the opposite side.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:1078 March 2021
1078 Manual Actuator
D101339X012
Table 5. Dimensions for Actuator Sizes 2A, 1A, B, C, D, and II-FA
1078 Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
mm
152
155
140
17.5
2A
203
230
55.4
116
181
165
42.9
58.7
63.5
305
232
216
93.7
305
235
229
82.6
1A
610
229
68.3
124
387
381
235
69.9
76.2
203
194
191
19.1
B
305
229
84.1
140
244
241
69.9
82.6
88.9
610
397
394
222
C
610
254
102
149
400
416
200
105
111
762
505
506
262
D
914
406
117
203
581
583
338
119
125
II-FA
406
356
117
203
337
328
84
119
125
Inches
6.00
6.12
5.5
0.69
2A
8.00
8.00
2.18
4.56
7.12
6.5
1.69
2.31
2.50
12.00
9.12
8.5
3.69
12.00
9.25
9.00
3.25
1A
24.00
9.00
2.69
4.88
15.25
15.00
9.25
2.75
3.00
8.00
7.62
7.50
0.75
B
12.00
9.00
3.31
5.50
9.62
9.50
2.75
3.25
3.50
24.00
15.62
15.50
8.75
C
24.00
10.00
4.00
5.88
15.75
16.38
7.88
4.12
4.38
30.00
20.25
19.94
10.31
D
36.00
16.00
4.62
8.00
23.25
22.94
13.31
4.69
4.94
II-FA
16.00
14.00
4.62
8.00
13.25
12.94
3.31
4.69
4.94
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1078 Manual Actuator
D101339X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:1078 March 2021
Figure 2. Dimensions for Actuator Sizes 2A, 1A, B, C, D, and II-FA (also see table 5)
E D
B
C
DISENGAGED
G ENGAGED
4A F DISENGAGED
E D
SIZES 2A, 1A, B, C, D
ENGAGED
B DISENGAGED
H ENGAGED J DISENGAGED
C
G ENGAGED
F DISENGAGED
135_ 4A
H ENGAGED J DISENGAGED
SIZE II-FA
ENGAGED
B2463
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:1078 March 2021
1078 Manual Actuator
D101339X012
Ordering Information
Whenever a power actuator is ordered with a 1078 manual actuator, all components are configured and mounted according to specifications of the order.
Size AAA, AA, and A
Field installation of the 1078 onto existing actuators with F or G mounting adaptations requires installation of new power actuator parts. (The F and G mounting adaptations are the mounting methods normally used to mount 1052 and 2052 (size 1 and 2) actuators on Fisher valves.) Installation of a valve to bypass cylinder or diaphragm pressure during manual operation is also recommended.
Size 2A, 1A, B, C, D, and II-FA
Field installation of the 1078 onto the following existing actuators with F or G mounting adaptations [1052 (size 70), 2052 (size 3), and 1061 (sizes 30, 40, 60, 68, 80, and 100)] requires additional parts in most cases. Remove the cover and hub and then replace with the 1078 actuator. Most assemblies require a new lever and splined adaptor.
Table 6. Handwheel/Valve Shaft Rotation
1078 ACTUATOR ACTION
VALVE
Actuator Mounting
Right-Hand
Left-Hand
Left-Hand (Optional)(3)
8510, 8532,
8580, 8590, Direct Acting(1) Direct Acting
NA
and 9500
V150, V200, and V300
Reverse Acting(2)
Reverse Acting Direct Acting
V250
Reverse Acting Direct Acting
NA
V500 and CV500
Reverse Acting Reverse Acting
NA
1. Direct acting is when the clockwise handwheel rotation produces clockwise valve shaft rotation to close the valve. 2. Reverse acting is when the clockwise handwheel rotation produces counter clockwise valve shaft rotation to close the valve. 3. A left hand ball will be required for the NPS 3 through 12 series B and the NPS 14 through 20, with or without an attenuator.
When ordering, specify:
1. Power actuator type and size, and valve shaft size.
2. Right or left hand mounting and desired mounting position.
3. Direct or reverse acting manual actuator construction. Refer to the mounting positions shown in the appropriate actuator bulletin and order according to the guidelines in table 6.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1989, 2021 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1079 Manual Actuator
D500209X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:1079 September 2017
FisherTM 1079 Declutchable Manual Actuator
The 1079 manual actuator is a declutchable unit for manual operation of keyed or square shaft control valves and equipment that use a HytorkTM actuator. The 1079 manual actuator mounts directly on the Hytork actuator and can be engaged to allow manual operation of the valve when the power actuator is not in use or disengaged to allow automatic operation of the valve by the power actuator. The mechanism used allows manual actuator engagement at any point of power actuator rotation.
Features
nDirect Attachment to the Power Actuator-- Direct mounting to the actuator housing simplifies installation and eliminates the need for yokes and other brackets.
nEngage Manual Actuator At Any Point of Rotation-A lever-operated eccentric bearing support on the input shaft allows engagement of the worm gear with the sector at any point of rotation.
W6214
Fisher 1079 Manual Actuator Mounted on a Hytork Actuator and A41 Valve
nPositive Operation-- The disengagement lever is held in both the engaged and disengaged positions by a spring-loaded pin, which must be released before the lever can be moved. This reduces the possibility of inadvertent or accidental operation. In addition, stop-pins at the fully engaged and fully disengaged positions provide positive limits for lever travel.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:1079 September 2017
1079 Manual Actuator
D500209X012
Specifications
Available Configurations Direct acting; see Handwheel Rotation
Manual Actuator Sizes See tables 1, 2, and 3
Power Actuator Compatibility Compatible with all sizes of Hytork actuator; see tables 1, 2, and 3
Maximum Torque Output See tables 1, 2, and 3
Wheel-Rim Force See tables 1, 2, and 3
Handwheel Rotation Clockwise handwheel rotation closes valve (produces clockwise valve shaft rotation, as viewed from the actuator end of the shaft)
Construction Materials Housing and Cover: Cast iron Drive Sleeve/Gear (Sector): Low-carbon steel/bronze Worm Gear: Heat-treated steel
Input Shaft and Eccentric: Low-carbon steel Pin Detent: 300 Series stainless steel Shaft Bearings: Bronze
Standard Mounting Positions (see figure 1)
J Standard mounting is with the input shaft perpendicular to the Hytork piston travel, with the handwheel opposite the actuator supply connections; J Optional mounting is with the handwheel on the same side as the Hytork actuator supply connections
Approximate Weight without Handwheel
Size AAA: 7.3 kg (16 lb) Size AA: 10 kg (22 lb) Size A: 14 kg (31 lb) Size B: 16 kg (35 lb) Size C: 24 kg (52 lb) Size D: 33 kg (72 lb)
Handwheel Weight
6-inch: 1.0 kg (2.25 lb) 8-inch: 2.0 kg (4.50 lb) 12-inch: 4.0 kg (8.75 lb) 24-inch: 5.4 kg (12.00 lb) 30-inch: 6.7 kg (14.75 lb) 36-inch: 7.8 kg (17.25 lb)
Figure 1. Fisher 1079 Actuator Mounting Positions
STANDARD MOUNTING POSITION
SEAL RETAINER SIDE OF VALVE
HYTORK ACTUATOR SUPPLY CONNECTIONS
OPTIONAL MOUNTING POSITION
A6186
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1079 Manual Actuator
D500209X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:1079 September 2017
Table 1. Actuator Size Selection and Specifications for Keyed Shaft Valves (Fisher A31A)
ACTUATOR SIZE
HYTORK ACTUATOR
SIZE
GEAR RATIO
HANDWHEEL DIAMETER
mm
Inches
VALVE SHAFT DIAMETER(1)
mm
Inches
MAXIMUM
ALLOWABLE TORQUE(2)
NSm
lbfSin
WHEEL-RIM FORCE FOR MAXIMUM TORQUE
N
lbf
203
8
14.3
0.5625
129
1145
214
48
AAA
70 thru 280
24:1
305
12
17.5
0.6875
245
2165
267
23.8
0.9375
271
2400(3)
298
60 67
203
8
14.3
0.5625
129
1145
151
34
17.5
0.6875
245
2165
298
64
23.8
0.9375
542
4800(3)
418
94
AA
70 thru 280
24:1
28.6
1.125
542
4800(3)
418
94
305
12
30.2
1.1875
542
4800(3)
418
94
31.8
1.25(4)
542
4800(3)
418
94
41.3
1.625
542
4800(3)
418
94
14.3
0.5625
129
1145
44
10
17.5
0.6875
245
2165
80
18
23.8
0.9375
671
5941
222
50
A
680A
40:1
610
24
28.6
1.125
834
7383
276
62
30.2
1.1875
926
8200(3)
302
68
31.8
1.25(4)(5)
926
8200(3)
302
68
41.3
1.625
926
8200(3)
302
68
23.8
0.9375
671
5941
182
41
28.6
1.125
834
7383
227
51
31.8
1.25(4)
927
8205
254
57
30.2
1.1875
1171
10,360
320
72
B
1125
40:1
610
24
31.8
1.25(5)
1233
10,911
338
76
38.1
1.5
1582
14,000(3)
431
97
41.3
1.625
1582
14,000(3)
431
97
44.5
1.75
1582
14,000(3)
431
97
47.6
1.875
1582
14,000(3)
431
97
23.8
0.9375
671
5941
138
31
28.6
1.125
834
7383
169
38
610
24
31.8
1.25(4)
927
8205
187
30.2
1.1875
1171
10,360
236
42 53
C
1370
54:1
31.8
1.25(5)
1233
10,911
249
56
38.1
1.5
2203
19,494
445
100
41.3
1.625
2530
22,396
409
92
762
30
44.5
1.75
2568
22,728
418
94
47.6
1.875
2712
24,000(3)
440
99
31.8
1.25(4)
927
8205
160
36
610
24
30.2
1.1875
1171
10,360
200
31.8
1.25(5)
1233
10,911
209
45 47
38.1
1.5
2203
19,494
378
85
D
2585 & 4580
64:1
762
30
41.3
1.625
2530
22,396
347
44.5
1.75
2568
22,728
351
78 79
914
36
47.6
1.875
4067
36,000(3)
463
104
57.2
2.25
4067
36,000(3)
463
104
1. Shaft diameter at the keyway. 2. Unless otherwise noted, torque is limited by S17400 stainless steel (17-4PH H1025) shaft material at 38_C (100_F). For other shaft materials, consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner. 3. Maximum manual actuator output. 4. NPS 12 CL150 A31A and NPS 8 CL300 A31A.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:1079 September 2017
1079 Manual Actuator
D500209X012
Table 2. Actuator Size Selection and Specifications for Valves (Fisher A41)
ACTUATOR SIZE
HYTORK ACTUATOR
SIZE
GEAR RATIO
HANDWHEEL DIAMETER
mm
Inches
VALVE SHAFT DIAMETER(1)
mm
Inches
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE TORQUE(2)
NSm
lbfSin
152
6
12.7
0.500
58
515
15.9
0.625
138
1225
203
8
15.9
0.625
138
1225
AAA
70 thru 280
24:1
305
12
15.9
0.625
138
1225
152
6
12.7
0.500
58
515
15.9
0.625
138
1225
203
8
19.1
0.750
240
2120
19.1
0.750
240
2120
203
8
25.4
1.000
468
4140
AA
70 thru 280
24:1
31.8
1.250
542
4800(3)
305
12
31.8 38.1
1.250 1.500
542
4800(3)
542
4800(3)
19.1
0.750
240
2120
A
680A
40:1
610
24
25.4
1.000
468
4140
31.8
1.250
926
8200(3)
38.1
1.500
926
8200(3)
31.8
1.250
1110
9820
B
1125
40:1
610
24
38.1
1.500
1356
12000
44.5
1.750
1582
14,000(3)
C
610
1370
54:1
24
31.8
1.250
1110
9820
38.1
1.500
1356
12000
762
30
44.5
1.750
2658
23524
D
2585 &
64:1
610
4580
762
24
31.8
1.250
1110
9820
38.1
1.500
1356
12000
30
44.5
1.750
2658
23524
1. Shaft diameter at packing box. 2. Unless otherwise noted, torque is limited by S17400 (17-4 PH H1025) stainless steel shaft. For other shaft materials, contact your Emerson sales office. 3. Maximum manual actuator output. For AAA, C, and D, the maximum output is 2400, 24000, and 36000 in-lb, respectively.
WHEEL-RIM FORCE FOR MAXIMUM TORQUE
N
lbf
127
29
305
69
229
51
152
34
127
29
305
69
392
88
280
63
546
123
629
141
418
94
418
94
78
18
153
34
303
68
303
68
303
68
371
83
431
97
227
51
278
63
433
97
190
43
231
52
365
82
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1079 Manual Actuator
D500209X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:1079 September 2017
Table 3. Actuator Size Selection and Specifications for Square Shaft Valves (Fisher A11)
ACTUATOR SIZE
HYTORK ACTUATOR
SIZE
GEAR RATIO
HANDWHEEL DIAMETER
mm
Inches
VALVE SHAFT DIAMETER(1)
mm
Inches
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE TORQUE(2)
NSm
lbfSin
WHEEL-RIM FORCE FOR MAXIMUM TORQUE
N
lbf
203
8
10.3
0.40625
89
790
147
33
AAA
70 thru 280
24:1
305
12
15.9
0.625
271
2400(3)
298
67
203
8
10.3
0.40625
89
790
102
23
AA
70 thru 280
24:1
305
12
15.9
0.625
318
2813
245
22.2
0.875
542
4800(3)
418
55 94
15.9
0.625
318
2813
102
23
A
680A
40:1
610
24
22.2
0.875
782
6922
254
57
25.4
1
926
8200(3)
302
68
15.9
0.625
318
2813
85
19
22.2
0.875
782
6922
214
48
B
1125
40:1
610
24
25.4
1
1351
11,956
369
83
34.9
1.375
1582
14,000(3)
431
97
34.9
1.375
1582
14,000(3)
431
97
15.9
0.625
318
2813
67
15
610
24
22.2
0.875
782
6922
160
36
C
1370
54:1
25.4
1
1351
11,956
276
62
762
30
34.9
1.375
2712
24,000(3)
440
34.9
1.375
2712
24,000(3)
440
99 99
15.9
0.625
318
2813
53
12
610
24
22.2
0.875
782
6922
133
30
D
2585 &
64:1
25.4
1
1351
11,956
231
52
4580
914
36
34.9
1.375
3520
31,157
400
34.9
1.375
3520
31,157
400
90 90
1. Shaft diameter at square connection. 2. Unless otherwise noted, torque is limited by S17400 stainless steel (17-4 PH H1025) shaft material at 38_C (100_F). For other shaft materials, consult your Emerson sales office. 3. Maximum manual actuator output.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:1079 September 2017
1079 Manual Actuator
D500209X012
Figure 2. Dimensions (also see table 4)
HW
M
NE ENGAGED
EW
GE ENGAGED
CL OF ACTUATOR
JO
13B8871-B A6259
FD DISENGAGED
ND DISENGAGED KW
DW
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1079 Manual Actuator
D500209X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:1079 September 2017
Table 4. Dimensions (also see figure 2)
1079
1032
Actuator Actuator
J
HW
M
Size
Size
AAA
45
152
184
67
AAA
45
203
184
67
AAA
45
305
184
67
AAA
70-280
152
184
67
AAA
70-280
203
184
67
AAA
70-280
305
184
67
AA
425A
203
203
90
AA
425A
305
203
90
A
680A
610
381
105
B
1125
610
381
108
C
1370
610
406
143
C
1370
762
406
143
D
2585 & 4580
610
406
152
D
2585 & 4580
762
406
152
D
2585 & 4580
914
406
152
AAA
45
6.00
7.25
2.62
AAA
45
8.00
7.25
2.62
AAA
45
12.00
7.25
2.62
AAA
70-280
6.00
7.25
2.62
AAA
70-280
8.00
7.25
2.62
AAA
70-280
12.00
7.25
2.62
AA
425A
8.00
8.00
3.56
AA
425A
12.00
8.00
3.56
A
680A
24.00
15.00
4.12
B
1125
24.00
15.00
4.25
C
1370
24.00
16.00
5.62
C
1370
30.00
16.00
5.62
D
2585 & 4580
24.00
16.00
5.97
D
2585 & 4580
30.00
16.00
5.97
D
2585 & 4580
36.00
16.00
5.97
DW
EW
FD
GE
NE
mm
73
106
128
30
46
73
132
153
55
46
73
183
204
106
46
73
106
128
30
46
73
132
153
55
46
73
183
204
106
46
78
130
165
43
59
78
181
216
94
59
89
337
378
238
67
105
346
394
222
83
117
349
416
200
105
117
425
492
276
105
162
371
430
186
119
162
448
506
262
119
162
524
583
338
119
Inches
2.88
4.19
5.03
1.17
1.83
2.88
5.19
6.03
2.17
1.83
2.88
7.19
8.03
4.17
1.83
2.88
4.19
5.03
1.17
1.83
2.88
5.19
6.03
2.17
1.83
2.88
7.19
8.03
4.17
1.83
3.06
5.12
6.50
1.69
2.31
3.06
7.12
8.50
3.69
2.31
3.50
13.25
14.88
9.38
2.62
4.12
13.62
15.50
8.75
3.25
4.62
13.75
16.38
7.88
4.12
4.62
16.75
19.38
10.88
4.12
6.38
14.62
16.94
7.31
4.69
6.38
17.62
19.94
10.31
4.69
6.38
20.62
22.94
13.31
4.69
ND
KW Bolt Pattern
52
35 SQ
52
35 SQ
52
35 SQ
52
50 SQ
52
50 SQ
52
50 SQ
64
72 SQ
64
72 SQ
73
72 SQ
89
88 SQ
111
88 SQ
111
88 SQ
125
117 SQ
125
117 SQ
125
117 SQ
2.03
1.39 SQ
2.03
1.39 SQ
2.03
1.39 SQ
2.03
1.95 SQ
2.03
1.95 SQ
2.03
1.95 SQ
2.50
2.84 SQ
2.50
2.84 SQ
2.88
2.84 SQ
3.50
3.48 SQ
4.38
3.48 SQ
4.38
3.48 SQ
4.94
4.60 SQ
4.94
4.60 SQ
4.94
4.60 SQ
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:1079 September 2017
1079 Manual Actuator
D500209X012
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify: 1. Manual actuator size 2. Handwheel size 3. Standard or optional mounting
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and Hytork are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1993, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1080 Manual Actuator
D500238X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:1080 November 2016
FisherTM 1080 Declutchable Manual Actuator
The Fisher 1080 manual actuator is a Declutchable Actuator for manual operation of Fisher valves with double D or square shaft control valves that use a rack and pinion power actuator. As shown in the following figure, the 1080 manual actuator mounts directly on the FieldQ actuator. It can be engaged to allow manual operation of the valve when the power actuator is not in use or disengaged to allow automatic operation of the valve by the power actuator.
Features
nDirect Attachment to the Power Actuator-- Direct mounting to the actuator housing simplifies installation and eliminates the need for additional mounting parts.
nEngage Manual Actuator At Any Point of Rotation-- A lever-operated eccentric bearing support on the input shaft allows engagement of the worm gear with the sector at any point of rotation.
nSimplified Selection-- Each size of the 1080 corresponds to the capabilities of a size of the FieldQ. So you need only calculate the size of the FieldQ, when ordering both a FieldQ and 1080 (see table 1).
W9126
Fisher 1080 Manual Actuator Mounted on a FieldQ Actuator
nPositive Operation-- The disengagement lever is held in both the engaged and disengaged positions by a spring-loaded pin, which must be released before the lever can be moved. This reduces the possibility of inadvertent or accidental operation. In addition, stop-pins at the fully engaged and fully disengaged positions provide positive limits for lever travel.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:1080
November 2016
1080 Manual Actuator
D500238X012
Specifications
Available Configurations Direct acting; see Handwheel Rotation
Manual Actuator Sizes See table 1
Power Actuator Compatibility Compatible with the FieldQ actuator; see table 1
Maximum Torque Output See table 1, Wheel-Rim Force
Handwheel Rotation Clockwise handwheel rotation closes valve (produces clockwise valve shaft rotation)
Construction Materials Housing and Cover: Cast iron Drive Sleeve/Gear (Sector): Low-carbon steel/bronze Worm Gear: Heat-treated steel Input Shaft and Eccentric: Low-carbon steel/bronze Pin Detent: 300 Series stainless steel Shaft Bearings: Bronze
Ordering Information
Each size of the 1080 corresponds to a specific size of FieldQ as shown in table 1. The torque output of the 1080 actuator is matched to the capabilities of the FieldQ power actuator.
The 1080 actuator can handle the Spring Return FieldQ actuator torques as well as the Double Acting FieldQ actuator, because the Double Acting torque at 100
Mounting Positions (see figure 1)
J Standard mounting is with the input shaft perpendicular to the FieldQ actuator piston travel, with the handwheel opposite the actuator supply connections; J optional mounting is with the handwheel on the same side as the FieldQ actuator supply connections
Dimensions
See figure 2
Approximate Weight without Handwheel
Size AAA: 5.4 kg (12 lb) Size AA: 10 kg (22 lb) Size A: 14 kg (31 lb) Size B: 22 kg (49 lb) Size C: 34 kg (76 lb) Size D: 52 kg (115 lb) Size F: 68 kg (150 lb)
Handwheel Weight
8-inch: 2.0 kg (4.50 lb) 12-inch: 4.0 kg (6.75 lb) 16-inch: 6.8 kg (15.00 lb) 24-inch: 5.4 kg (12.00 lb) 30-inch: 6.8 kg (15.00 lb) 36-inch: 7.8 kg (17.25 lb)
psig is approximately equal to the sum of both the Spring Return spring start torque and the Spring Return air end torque at 100 psig.
An optional bypass valve should be ordered for use on a FieldQ actuator if you plan to engage the manual actuator while the power actuator has air pressure applied to it. For activation of the 1080, air pressure must not be trapped in the FieldQ or must be equalized between the pistons by a bypass valve.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1080 Manual Actuator
D500238X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:1080
November 2016
Table 1. Actuator Size Selection and Specifications(1)
ACTUATOR SIZE
FIELDQ ACTUATOR
SIZE
GEAR RATIO
NUMBER OF TURNS TO
CLOSE
HANDWHEEL DIAMETER
mm
Inches
1080 MAXIMUM TORQUE(2)
NSm
lbSin
AAA/S2
Q40
Q65
24:1
6
203
8
271
2,400
AAA/S3
Q100
AA/S4
Q200 Q350
34:1
8.5
305
12
542
4,800
A/S4 B/S5
Q600
32:1
8
926
8,200
Q950
40:1
10
610
24
1,356 12,000
C/S6
Q1600
54:1
13.5
762
30
2,034 18,000
1. Only the 1080/FieldQ combinations shown are available. 2. Maximum torque output of the 1080 actuator only. 3. Torque output of the FieldQ actuator at 100 psig and required 1080 torque output for use with the FieldQ. 4. Amount of force necessary at rim of the handwheel to match torque output of the FieldQ at 100 psig.
FIELDQ TORQUE(3)
NSm 58 89 132 289 502 866 1,290 2,140
lbSin 513 788 1,168 2,558 4,443 7,550 11,300 18,600
WHEEL RIM FORCE
FOR MAXIMUM TORQUE(4)
N
lbf
93
21
147
33
218
49
222
50
387
87
276
62
271
61
298
67
Figure 1. Fisher 1080 Actuator Mounting Positions
1080 HANDWHEEL
FIELDQ PRESSURE PORTS
1080 HANDWHEEL
FLOW DIRECTION FOR RIGHT-HAND MOUNTING
FLOW DIRECTION FOR LEFT-HAND MOUNTING
FLOW DIRECTION FOR RIGHT-HAND MOUNTING
FLOW DIRECTION FOR LEFT-HAND MOUNTING
FIELDQ PRESSURE PORTS
FOR USE WITH FIELDQ ACTUATOR MOUNTING POSITION 1 (STANDARD)
FOR USE WITH FIELDQ ACTUATOR SIZES Q25 THRU Q350 NOT AVAILABLE FOR FIELDQ ACTUATOR SIZES Q600 THRU Q1600
MOUNTING POSITION 2
FIELDQ PRESSURE PORTS
FLOW DIRECTION FOR RIGHT-HAND MOUNTING
FLOW DIRECTION FOR LEFT-HAND MOUNTING
FLOW DIRECTION FOR RIGHT-HAND MOUNTING
FLOW DIRECTION FOR LEFT-HAND MOUNTING
1080 HANDWHEEL FOR USE WITH FIELDQ ACTUATOR
1080 HANDWHEEL
FIELDQ PRESSURE PORTS
FOR USE WITH FIELDQ ACTUATOR SIZES Q25 THRU Q350 NOT AVAILABLE FOR FIELDQ ACTUATOR SIZES Q600 THRU Q1600
MOUNTING POSITION 3
MOUNTING POSITION 4
75B0768 B2702
Note: Right- and left-hand mounting is based on the 8580 valve drive shaft being mounted in the recommended horizontal position.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:1080
November 2016
1080 Manual Actuator
D500238X012
Table 2. Dimensions
1080 FIELDQ
Actuator Actuator
J
Size
Size
AAA/S2 Q40, Q65 203
AAA/S3 Q100
203
AA/S4
Q200, Q350
305
A/S4
Q600
610
B/S5
Q950
610
C/S6
Q1600
762
AAA/S2 Q40, Q65
8
AAA/S3 Q100
8
AA/S4
Q200, Q350
12
A/S4
Q600
24
B/S5
Q950
24
C/S6
Q1600
30
HW
M
D
DW
EW
FD
GE
NE
mm
191
68
30
73
132
153
55
46
191
68
30
73
132
153
55
46
210
89
29
83
181
216
94
59
381
105
32
89
337
378
238
67
381
114
41
105
346
394
222
83
406
143
44
117
425
492
276
105
Inches
7.50
2.69
1.188
2.88
5.19
6.03
2.18
1.83
7.50
2.69
1.188
2.88
5.19
6.03
2.18
1.83
8.25
3.50
1.126
3.25
7.13
8.50
3.69
2.31
15.00
4.13
1.253
3.50
13.25
14.88
9.38
2.63
15.00
4.50
1.625
4.12
13.62
15.50
8.75
3.25
16.00
5.62
1.750
4.62
16.75
19.38
10.88
4.12
KW Bolt
ND
Circle
Diameter
51
70
51
70
64
102
73
125
89
140
111
165
2.03
2.756
2.03
2.756
2.50
4.016
2.88
4.921
3.50
5.512
4.38
6.496
Figure 2. Dimensions (also see table 2)
DISENGAGED
HW
M
KW
NE ENGAGED
J
18B6626-D E0720
ENGAGED
ND DISENGAGED
GE ENGAGED
EW DW
CENTER LINE OF ACTUATOR
FD DISENGAGED
D
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and El-O-Matic are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 1998, 2016 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Lever-Lock Handlever Actuator
D500042X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:Lever-Lock September 2017
Lever-Lock Handlever Actuators for FisherTM 8560, A41, and A11 Valves
The lever-lock handlever actuator is used for reliable manual operation of NPS 3 through 8 Fisher 8560, A41, and NPS 3 and 4 A11 high-performance butterfly valves. Spring loading secures the handlever in the notched quadrant plate, allowing the valve disk to be locked in intermediate positions.
Features
nRugged Construction--Lever-lock handlever actuator consists of ductile iron quadrant plate, handle, and grip.
nMonitoring Ease--Lever-lock handlever configuration offers positive on/off and intermediate locked positions for throttling control.
nTamper Resistant--Handle can be provided with padlock for tamper-resistant open/closed position.
nAccessory Mounting Available--Limit switches can be mounted to the handlever actuator for remote valve position indication.
nAdjustable Travel Stops--Positioning device available for setting repeatable stops from 0 to 90 degrees rotation.
W4896
Lever-Lock Handlever Actuator Mounted on Valve
Installation
The lever-lock handlever actuator is normally mounted on a valve at the factory. However, the handlever actuator can be field-mounted. Dimensions are shown in figure 1 and table 2.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:Lever-Lock September 2017
Lever-Lock Handlever Actuator
D500042X012
Specifications Lever-Lock handlever Actuator Sizes See table 1
Valve Compatibility JAccepts 8560 and A41 valve Double-D shafts from 12.7 to 25.4 mm (1/2 to 1 inches) JAccepts A11 valve square-end shafts from 10.3 to 15.9 mm (13/32 to 5/8 inches)
Maximum Torque Output See table 1
Handlever Length Maximum of 432 mm (17 inches). See figure 1 and table 2
Construction Materials Handle, quadrant plate, and handle grip are all ductile iron
Dimensions and Approximate Weights See figure 1 and table 2
Options JAdjustable travel stops JLimits Switches
Table 1. Handlever Actuator Sizes for Fisher 8560, A41, and A11 Valves Sizes, and Maximum Allowable Torque for Handlever Actuators
HANDLEVER ACTUATOR
SIZE
VALVE SIZE, NPS
8560 AND A41 VALVES(1)
CL150
CL300
Maximum Allowable Torque, NSm
A11 VALVES(2) CL600
3
58.2(3)
124.3
90.4
I
4
124.3
- - -
- - -
4
- - -
163.9
163.9
II
6
163.9
163.9
- - -
6
163.9
- - -
- - -
HANDLEVER ACTUATOR
SIZE
I
VALVE SIZE, NPS
3
4
Maximum Allowable Torque, LbfSin
515(3)
1100
800
1100
- - -
- - -
4
- - -
1450
1450
II
6
1450
1450
- - -
6
1450
- - -
- - -
1. 8560 and A41 torque values are based on S17400 (17-4PH stainless steel) H1075 stem material. 2. A11 torque values are based on S17400 (17-4PH stainless steel) H1025 stem material. 3. Do not exceed this torque regardless of actuator size.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Lever-Lock Handlever Actuator
D500042X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:Lever-Lock September 2017
Table 2. Handlever Actuator Dimensions and Weights
DIMENSION
VALVE SIZE,
NPS
L
M
N
mm
3
114
276
76
4
114
276
76
6
117
432
97
8
117
432
97
Inches
3
4.50
10.88
3.00
4
4.50
10.88
3.00
6
4.62
17.00
3.81
8
4.62
17.00
3.81
Figure 1. Handlever Actuator Dimensions and Weights (also see table 2)
HANDLEVER ACTUATOR
WEIGHT Kg
2.3 2.3 4.1 4.1
Lbs
5 5 9 9
OPEN
SHUT CLOSE
FLOW
M MAX
1.75 MAX
L MAX
N MAX
12B7155-C
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:Lever-Lock September 2017
Lever-Lock Handlever Actuator
D500042X012
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
Application
1. Valve type number, size, and shaft diameter or shaft size with which the lever-lock handlever actuator will be used.
2. Valve disk rotation
Actuator
Refer to table 1 for maximum output torque and select the proper size of lever-lock handlever. For service conditions that require higher torque capabilities than those listed in table 1, use a manual gear actuator.
Valve
Refer to separate valve bulletins for ordering information.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, France 68700 Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 1991, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
M Series Actuators
D500239X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:M September 2017
M Series Manual Handwheel Gear Actuators
for FisherTM Butterfly Valves
M Series handwheel gear actuators are totally enclosed, weatherproof, worm gear actuators for reliable manual operation with Fisher A11, A31A, A41, and 8560 High Performance Butterfly Valves. The M Series actuator consists of a body housing, cover, worm gear, input shaft, and handwheel. The housing is grease-packed.
Features
nLong Service Life--Rugged construction provides stability and corrosion resistance. The unit is totally enclosed for weatherproof operation.
nAccurate Valve Disk Positioning--Two adjustable stops are located in the housing for correct adjustment of disk position. The actuator is inherently self-locking, unless subjected to high vibration.
nOvertravel Capability--Provides for five degrees of overtravel in both directions for precise positioning of the valve disk.
W4715-1
M SERIES HANDWHEEL GEAR ACTUATOR
Installation
The M Series gear actuator is normally mounted on a valve at the factory. However, the actuator can be field-mounted; it can be mounted in any position on the A11 or A31A and it can be mounted in positions 1 and 3 on the A41 and 8560, as shown in figure 1. Make clearance considerations before mounting the actuator to determine the most suitable mounting position. Dimensions are shown in figure 2.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:M September 2017
M Series Actuators
D500239X012
Specifications
Actuator Sizes
Approximate Weight without Handwheel
See tables 1, 2, and 3
Valve Compatibility J Accepts A11 valve square-end shafts from 10.3 to 34.9 mm (0.405 to 1.375 inches), keyed shafts from 38.1 to 44.5 mm (1-1/2 to 1-3/4 inches)(1) J Accepts A31A valve keyed shafts from 44.5 to 57.2 mm (1-3/4 to 2-1/4 inches) J Accepts A41 and 8560 valves Double D shafts from 12.7 to 44.5 mm (1/2 to 1-3/4 inches) See tables 1, 2, and 3
Maximum Torque Output See tables 1, 2, and 3
Handwheel Rotation
ACTUATOR
1KE 2KE 5KE 7KE 9KE 10KE
A11
kg 7.3 10 12.2 22.6 31.8 56.7
A31A
WEIGHT
lb
kg
lb
16
5.4
12
22
8.6
19
27
10
22
50
20.4
45
70
31.8
70
125
56.7
125
ACTUATOR
0KE/D1, D2, D3, D1A, D2A, D3A 2KE/D4, D4A 6KE/D5, D6, D5A,
D6A 9KF/D7
WEIGHT
kg
lb
2.7
6
8.2
18
13.6
30
29.5
65
Clockwise handwheel rotation closes the valve (produces clockwise rotation of the valve shaft)
Construction Materials Housing and Cover: Cast iron
Handwheel Weight
8-inch: 2.0 kg (4.50 lb) 12-inch: 4.0 kg (6.75 lb) 18-inch: 4.5 kg (10 lb) 24-inch: 5.4 kg (12 lb) 36-inch: 7.8 kg (17.25 lb)
Worm: Steel Worm Gear: Manganese Bronze
Dimensions See figures 2
Input Shaft: Steel (S30300 on request) Handwheel: Cast Iron
Mounting Positions See figure 1
Options
J Locking plates with padlock for fixed positioning J Stops are typically set every 10 degrees, but can be special ordered with stops set up to 45 degrees from both ends. J Handwheel extensions
1. As an option, CL600 NPS 10 (with 1-1/2 inch keyed shaft) and NPS 12 (with 1-3/4 inch shaft) A11 valves require a keyed connection if being used with size 9KE or 10KE-6 actuators.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
M Series Actuators
D500239X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:M September 2017
Table 1. M Series Gear Actuator for A11 (CL600)
VALVE SIZE, NPS
VALVE SHAFT SIZE,
INCHES
3
13/32
4
5/8
MAXIMUM
RECOMMENDED TORQUE(1)
NSm
lbfSin
113
1000(4)
303
2690(4)
ACTUATOR SIZE
1KE 1KE
HANDWHEEL DIAMETER, INCHES
12 12
RIM FORCE(2)
N
lbf
80
18
209
47
643
5700
2KE
6
7/8
765
6780(4)
5KE
445
100
12
400
90
643
5700
2KE
8
1
846
7500
5KE
1349
11960(4)
7KE
12
445
100
12
445
100
18
436
98
1-3/8
1354
12000
7KE
18
440
99
10
1-1/2
2144
19000
9KE
24
440
99
1-1/2
3520
31160(4)
10KE-6
18
214
48
1-3/8
1354
12000
7KE
18
440
99
12
1-3/4
2144
19000
9KE
24
440
99
1-3/4
3520
31160(4)
10KE-6
18
214
48
1. Maximum recommended torque for the valve/actuator combination is based on valve shaft rating, actuator rating and rim force. 2. Rim force required to produce Maximum recommended torque. 3. This column shows the number of times the handwheel must be turned to close the valve 90 degrees. 4. Shaft rating of the A11 valve.
NUMBER OF TURNS
TO CLOSE(3)
9.5
9.5
9.5 12.5 9.5 12.5
13.5 13.5 16
72 13.5 16
72
MAXIMUM TORQUE RATING OF ACTUATOR
NSm 452 452 678 904 678 904 2260 2260 3390 8474 2260 3390 8474
lbfSin 4000 4000 6000 8000 6000 8000 20000 20000 30000 75000 20000 30000 75000
Ordering Information
Because the M Series actuators for the A11 and A31A valves are often available in more than one size for any given valve size, they should be chosen according to torque requirements of the valve. Please specify
actuator size when specifying valve size and class.
M Series actuators for the A41 and 8560 valves have been matched to the requirements of each valve size and should be chosen according to the valve size requested.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:M September 2017
M Series Actuators
D500239X012
Table 2. M Series Gear Actuator for A31A
VALVE SIZE, NPS
VALVE SHAFT SIZE, INCHES
MAXIMUM
RECOMMENDED TORQUE(1)
NSm
lbfSin
ACTUATOR SIZE
HANDWHEEL DIAMETER, INCHES
RIM FORCE(2)
N
lbf
CL150
644
5700
2KE
14
1-3/16
847
7500
5KE
1287
11390(4)
7KE
12
445
100
12
445
100
18
418
94
644
5700
2KE
16
1-1/4
847
7500
5KE
1,579
13970(4)
7KE
12
445
100
12
445
100
18
512
115
1356
12000
7KE
18
440
99
18
1-1/2
2188
19370(4)
9KE
24
449
101
2188
19370
10KE-6
18
133
30
1356
12000
7KE
18
440
99
20
1-3/4
2147
19000
9KE
24
440
99
2555
22620(4)
10KE-6
18
156
35
24
2-1/4
2147 8,474
19000 75000
9KE 10KE-6
24 18
440
99
516
116
CL300
1356
12000
7KE
14
1-3/4
2555
22620(4)
9KE
18
440
99
24
525
118
1356
12000
7KE
16
1-3/4
2555
22620(4)
9KE
18
440
99
24
525
118
2147
19000
9KE
24
440
99
18
2-1/4
6,985
61830(4)
10KE-6
18
423
95
20
2-3/4
2147 8474
19000 75000
9KE 10KE-6
24 18
440
99
516
116
24
2-3/4
8474
75000
10KE-6
18
516
116
1. Maximum recommended torque for the valve/actuator combination is based on valve shaft rating, actuator rating and rim force. 2. Rim force required to produce Maximum recommended torque. 3. This column shows the number of times the handwheel must be turned to close the valve 90 degrees. 4. Shaft rating of the A31A valve.
NUMBER OF TURNS
TO CLOSE(3)
MAXIMUM TORQUE RATING OF ACTUATOR
NSm
lbfSin
9.5
271
6000
12.5
904
8000
13.5
2260
20000
9.5
271
6000
12.5
904
8000
13.5
2260
20000
13.5
2260
20000
16
3390
30000
72
8474
75000
13.5
2260
20000
16
3390
30000
72
8474
75000
16
3390
30000
72
8474
75000
13.5
16 13.5 16 16 72
1672
72
2260
3390 2260 3390 3390 8474 3390 8474 8474
20000
30000 20000 30000 30000 75000 30000 75000 75000
Table 3. M Series Gear Actuator for A41 and 8560
VALVE SHAFT SIZE,
INCHES
ACTUATOR SIZE
SHAFT RATING
NSm
lbfSin
HANDWHEEL DIAMETER, INCHES
RIM FORCE(1)
N
lbf
1/2
0KE/D1
58
515
8
441
21
5/8
0KE/D2
138
1230
8
227
51
3/4
0KE/D3
240
2120
8
391
88
1
2KE/D4
468
4140
12
325
73
1-1/4
6KE/D5
1110
9820
24
365
82
1-1/2
6KE/D6
1356
12000
24
445
100
1-3/4
9KE/D7
2658
23520
36
365
82
1. Rim force required to produce shaft rating torque. 2. This column shows the number of times the handwheel must be turned to close the valve 90 degrees.
NUMBER OF
TURNS TO CLOSE(2)
MAXIMUM TORQUE RATING OF ACTUATOR
NSm
lbfSin
6
271
2400
9.5
678
6000
10
1356
12000
16
3390
30000
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
M Series Actuators
D500239X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:M September 2017
Figure 1. Available Mounting Positions
POSITION 1
VALVE BODY
FLOW DIRECTION FOR RIGHT-HAND MOUNTING
POSITION 4
POSITION 2
FLOW DIRECTION FOR LEFT-HAND MOUNTING
30B0668-A A7133
POSITION 3
Note: Only positions 1 and 3 are applicable to A41 and 8560.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:M September 2017
M Series Actuators
D500239X012
Figure 2. M Series Dimensions (also see tables 4 and 5)
POSITION INDICATOR
POSITION INDICATOR
B2130-1
A11 VALVES
ACTUATOR MOUNTING SURFACE
ACTUATOR MOUNTING A31A, A41, AND 8560 VALVES SURFACE
B2130-1
ALL VALVES
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
M Series Actuators
D500239X012
Product Bulletin
61.8:M September 2017
Table 4. Dimensions for A11 and A31A Compatible Actuators
DIMENSIONS
A
B
ACTUATOR SIZE
A11
A31A A31A CL150 CL300
A11
A31A A31A CL150 CL300
C
D
E
F
G
H
Handwheel Diameter
mm
1KE
146(1)
- - -
- - -
105(1)
- - -
- - -
15.7
168
127
64
92
156
203
2KE
171
155
- - -
130
114
- - -
19.1
206
165
79
117
191
305
5KE
189
173
- - -
140
124
- - -
19.1
206
165
79
114
197
305
7KE
203 206(2) 254
146 130(3) 197
25.4
314
203
106
140
241
457
9KE
298
298
298
219
219
219 25.4
375
235
119
156
273
610
10KE-6
298
298
298
219
219
219 19.1
394
235
127
156
273
457
Inches
1KE
5.75(1)
- - -
- - - 4.12(1) - - -
- - -
0.62 6.62 5.00 2.50 3.62 6.12
8
2KE
6.75 6.12
- - -
5.12 4.50
- - -
0.75 8.12 6.50 3.12 4.62 7.50
12
5KE
7.44 6.81
- - -
5.50 4.88
- - -
0.75 8.12 6.50 3.12 4.50 7.75
12
7KE
8.00 8.12(2) 10.00 5.75 5.12(3) 7.75
1.00 12.38 8.00
4.12
5.50
9.50
18
9KE
11.75 11.75 11.75 8.62 8.62 8.62 1.00 14.75 9.25 4.69 6.12 10.75
24
10KE-6
11.75 11.75 11.75 8.62 8.62 8.62 0.75 15.50 9.25 5.00 6.12 10.75
18
1. The 1KE uses the 2KE A and B dimensions when it is mounted on an NPS 4 valve. 2. If the 7KE is used on an NPS 14 valve the A dimension is 206 mm (8.12 inches), on an NPS 16 valve it is 187 mm (7.38 inches), on an NPS 18 or 20 valve it is 254 mm (10.00 inches). 3. If the 7KE is used on an NPS 14 or 16 valve, the B dimension is 130 mm (5.12 inches), on an NPS 18 or 20 valve it is 197 mm (7.75 inches).
Table 5. Dimensions for A41 and 8560 Compatible Actuators
DIMENSIONS
ACTUATOR
A
B
C
D
E
F
SIZE
mm
0KE/D1 0KE/D2 0KE/D3
127
97
16
178
105
44
2KE/D4
137
102
19
203
165
79
6KE/D5 6KE/D6
159
111
210
162
25
376
168
83
9KE/D7
267
187
25
427
235
119
Inches
0KE/D1 0KE/D2 0KE/D3
5.0
3.814
0.625
7
4.125
1.725
2KE/D4
5.38
4.005
0.75
8
6.50
3.125
6KE/D5 6KE/D6
6.25
4.375
8.25
6.375
1.0
14.81
6.625
3.25
9KE/D7
10.5
7.375
1.0
16.81
9.25
4.6875
G
67 117 119 156
2.625 4.625 4.688 6.125
H
Handwheel Diameter
119
203
191
305
200
762 914
273
914
4.6875
8
7.50
12
7.875
30 36
10.75
36
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.8:M September 2017
M Series Actuators
D500239X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, France 68700 Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1995, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Pump Governor Sizing
D100182X012
Product Bulletin
61.9:005 September 2017
Determining the Size of FisherTM Pump Governors
Calculation
The sizes of Fisher valves required for particular applications can be easily determined by using Emerson valve sizing techniques. However, before using these techniques for sizing pump governors that are to control the discharge pressure from steam driven direct acting pumps, the average steam cylinder pressure (valve outlet pressure) and the steam required should be calculated. These values can be found by the use of the following equations:
Pd
=
(P1 -P2)
df2 ds2
+ F + Pe
(P1 -P2) QC S = 1714
Equation 1 Equation 2
Where:
Pd = Average steam cylinder pressure, psig P1 = Pump discharge, psig P2 = Pump suction, psig Pe = Exhaust steam pressure, psig (If not given assume it to be Zero gauge) df = Diameter fluid cylinder, inches ds = Diameter steam cylinder, inches F = Correction factor for mechanical efficiency. (from table below) Q = Quantity of liquid, gpm C = Approximate steam consumption in lbs./hr. per delivered horse power hour. (from table below) S = Actual steam required, lbs./hr.
Approximate Steam Consumption, Pounds Dry Steam per Delivered Horsepower Hour
Stroke, Inches
Mech. Eff., %
Corr. Factor
"F"
For Direct Acting Duplex, Packed Piston, Non-condensing, Non-Jacketed Pumps Steam Pressure at Pump, Psig
50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 220 240 250
3
50
50 241 227 217 210 204 200 196 194 191 189 187 185 184 183 182 180 178 177 177
4
55
41 208 197 188 182 177 173 170 167 165 163 162 160 159 158 157 156 154 153 152
5
60
33 186 175 168 162 158 154 151 149 147 145 144 143 142 141 140 139 137 136 136
6
65
28 168 158 151 146 142 139 137 134 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 123
8
70
21 146 138 132 127 124 121 119 117 116 114 113 112 111 110 110 109 108 107 107
10
75
17 129 121 116 112 109 107 105 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 97 97 95 95 94
12 77.5 15 118 111 106 103 100 98 96 95 93 92 92 91 90 89 89 88 87 87 86
18 82.5 10 100 95 90 87 85 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 77 76 76 75 74 74 73
24
85
9
93 88 84 81 79 77 76 75 74 73 72 72 71 70 70 70 69 68 68
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.9:005 September 2017
Pump Governor Sizing
D100182X012
Example:
Required to size a pump governor which is to control the discharge pressure from an 8 x 5 x 10 inch (steam cylinder diameter x fluid cylinder diameter x stroke) duplex pump at 180 psig total head pressure pumping 100 gpm of fuel oil. Steam pressure is 120 psig with 15 psig exhaust steam pressure.
Steam Cylinder Pressure (Valve Outlet Pressure):
Pd = 180 x
(5)2 (8)2
+ 17 + 15 = 102 psig
Steam Required: S = 180 x 100 x 107 = 1124 lb/hr 1714
Service Conditions:
Inlet = 120 psig
Pressure Drop = 18 psi
Steam Required = 1124 lb/hr
With the service conditions known, the size of the valve can be determined with Emerson valve sizing techniques.
Care must be taken not to use an extreme maximum value for the pump discharge pressure. If this is done, the steam cylinder pressure will be found, by equation 1, to exceed the steam supply pressure which may make the pump stall. If you still have difficulty obtaining a rational result, your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner can assist you in the selection of the proper size pump governor for your particular application.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E2 1970, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1B Pump Governor
D100181X012
Product Bulletin
61.9:1B September 2017
FisherTM 1B and 1BR Constant-Pressure
Pump Governor Actuators
The Fisher 1B pump governor actuator (figure 1) is used to maintain a constant discharge pressure on steam driven turbine or reciprocating pumps and for pressure reducing or pressure relief applications. Typical pump governor applications include fire pumps, boiler feedwater pumps, and industrial or refining pumps where the discharge medium is oil, steam, air, or other noncorrosive fluid.
The 1BR pump governor actuator is combined with a push-down-to-open valve for service as a relief governor. A relief governor is used to divert excess pump discharge to the suction side of the pump.
Features
nRugged Construction--Brass and steel construction combats wear for long service life.
nEase of Maintenance--Few moving parts and easy access reduce maintenance and downtime.
nEase of Adjustment--Readily accessible spring adjustment without removing any parts.
nLeakfree Service--Leakfree piston cups available to 66_C (150_F).
nFast Acting-- Direct-operated configuration provides fast speed of response.
W2232-1
Fisher 1B Actuator on Direct-Acting easy-et Valve
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.9:1B September 2017
1B Pump Governor
D100181X012
Specifications
Available Configurations
1B: Direct-acting with increased control pressure closing push-down-to-close valves such as Fisher ED and ET 1BR: Reverse-acting with increased control pressure opening push-down-to-open valves such as Fisher EDR and ETR
Maximum Cylinder Pressure(1)
48.3 bar (700 psi)
Construction Materials
Cylinder Cap and Yoke: Cast iron Piston: Brass, chrome-plated Cylinder: Brass Piston Rod: Steel, zinc-plated Piston Cup: Partial Nitrile or 100% Nitrile for leakfree service
Maximum Cylinder Operating Temperature(1)
130_C (265_F) or 66_C (150_F) for leakfree service
Spring Ranges See table 1
Cylinder Connections See figure 2
Effective Piston Area 45 cm2 (7.07 square inches)
Travel
Yoke Boss and Stem Diameters
mm Yoke Boss
54 71
Stem
9.5 12.7
INCHES
Yoke Boss
Stem
2-1/8
3/8
2-13/16
1/2
Up to 19.1 mm (0.75 inch)
Travel Stops Available for 6 and 11.1 mm (0.25 and 0.4375 inch) travels (reverse acting constructions)
APPROXIMATE WEIGHTS
Actuator with 54 mm (2-1/8 Inch) Yoke Boss: 9.1 kg (20 pounds) Actuator with 71 mm (2-13/16 Inch) Yoke Boss: 20.4 kg (45 pounds)
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation for valve should not be exceeded.
Table 1. Spring Information
METRIC UNITS
U.S. UNITS
TYPE NUMBER
Pressure Range, Bar
Spring Rate, N/mm
Sensitivity mm/Bar
Safe Load, Pressure
N
Range, Psig
Spring Rate, Lbf/in
Sensitivity In./Psi
6.6 to 8.3
85.8
0.524
4715
95 to 120
490
0.014
8.3 to 13.5
221
0.204
8184 120 to 195 1260
0.006
1B
13.5 to 15.9 257
0.175
9786 195 to 230 1470
0.005
15.9 to 22.1 368
0.122
13,545 230 to 320 2100
0.003
22.1 to 34.5 928
0.048
23,575 320 to 500 5300
0.001
9.5 mm
6.6 to 8.3
85.8
(3/8 inch)
8.3 to 13.5
221
stem
13.5 to 15.9 257
15.9 to 22.1 368
0.524 0.204 0.175 0.122
4715 8184 9786 13,545
95 to 120 120 to 195 195 to 230 230 to 320
490 1260 1470 2100
0.014 0.006 0.005 0.003
1BR
6.6 to 8.3
85.8
12.7 mm
8.3 to 13.5
221
(1/2 inch) 13.5 to 15.9 257
stem(1)
15.9 to 22.1 368
22.1 to 34.5 928
0.524 0.204 0.175 0.122 0.048
4715 8184 9786 13,545 23,575
95 to 120 120 to 195 195 to 230 230 to 320 320 to 500
490 1260 1470 2100 5300
0.014 0.006 0.005 0.003 0.001
1. If the valve/stem connection is cut down to 9.5 mm (3/8 inch), then the maximum relief pressure range is limited to 22.1 bar (320 psig).
SPRING PART Safe Load, NUMBER
Lbf
1060 1840 2200 3045 5300
1060 1840 2200 3045
1060 1840 2200 3045 5300
1F176827092 1E795327082 1E792427082 1E793327082 1H106827082
1F176827092 1E795327082 1E792427082 1E793327082
1F176827092 1E795327082 1E792427082 1E793327082 1H106827082
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1B Pump Governor
D100181X012
Product Bulletin
61.9:1B September 2017
Figure 1. Fisher 1B-ED Pump Governor Sectional
Push-Down-To-Open Valve
Pt = Pc -
(P1 A - FP - FS) 7.07
W2254-1
Sizing Information
The following procedure is used to select the correct spring for the actuator:
1. Determine the average steam cylinder pressure and steam required by the pump from the Pump Governor Sizing bulletin (61.9:005, D100182X012).
2. Determine the proper valve size from Catalog 12.
3. Find:
Push-Down-To-Close Valve
Pt = Pc -
(P1 A - FP + FS) 7.07
where:
nPt = force summation, pressure acting on piston (psig)
nPc = cylinder pressure (psig)
nP1 = valve inlet pressure (psig)
nA = valve plug unbalance area (in square inches) (from Catalog 12)
nFp = packing friction force (lbf) (from Catalog 12)
nFs = seat load force (lbf) (from Catalog 12). If tight shutoff is not a service condition, Fs may be considered to be zero
4. Select the spring from table 1 that has the pressure range which includes Pt. If Pt is equal to the upper pressure range, go to the next larger size spring.
Table 2. Dimensions
VALVE SIZE, NPS 1/2 to 1-1/2 2 to 4
DIMENSION H
mm
Inches
548
21-9/16
597
23-1/2
Figure 2. Dimensions (also see table 2)
159 (6-1/4)
1/2-14 NPT CYLINDER PRESSURE CONNECTION
1/4-18 NPT CYLINDER VENT CONNECTION
H
12A7093-B A2398-2
mm (INCH)
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.9:1B September 2017
1B Pump Governor
D100181X012
Figure 3. Typical Installations
NEEDLE VALVE
1B PUMP GOVERNOR ACTUATOR
STEAM SUPPLY
PUMP DISCHARGE
TURBINE EXHAUST
SUCTION
AC4650-B A2397-1
1B ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN CONSTANT PUMP DISCHARGE PRESSURE
Installation
1B and 1BR pump governor actuators may be installed in any position. Typical installations are shown in figure 3. See figure 2 for dimensions.
PUMP DISCHARGE
1BR PUMP GOVERNOR ACTUATOR
SUCTION
14A2789-A A3515
1BR ACTUATOR TO DIVERT EXCESS PUMP DISCHARGE PRESSURE
3. Temperature (normal operating and maximum)
4. Flow rate (normal and maximum)
5. Required spring (see Sizing Information)
Ordering Information
Application Information
When ordering a 1B or 1BR pump governor actuator, specify: 1. Action (direct or reverse) 2. Pressure range
Actuator Information
Refer to the specifications table. Review the description to the right of each specification and in the referenced table. Specify choice where there is a selection to be made.
Valve Body and Accessories Information
Refer to separate valve body and accessories bulletins for ordering information.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and easy-e are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 1979, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
644 and 645 Pump Governors
D100185X012
Product Bulletin
61.9:644 September 2017
FisherTM 644 and 645 Differential Pressure Pump Governor Actuators
Fisher 644 and 645 actuators are used in combination with any of several sliding-stem valves to automatically control steam-driven boiler feedwater pumps (reciprocating or turbine). The 644 or 645 actuator (see figure 2), when used in combination with one of several push-down-to-close sliding-stem valves, forms a pump governor.
644 and 645 actuators may also be combined with push-down-to-open valves to be used as relief governors. Relief governors are used to divert excess pump discharge back to the suction side of the pump.
Features
nRugged Construction--Steel and cast iron construction provides long service life.
nEase of Maintenance--Few moving parts and easy access reduce maintenance and downtime.
nEase of Adjustment--Spring adjustment is readily accessible without removing any parts.
nFast Acting--Direct-operated configuration provides fast speed of response.
Determining Buildup or Droop
To determine the buildup (for relief applications) or droop (for pressure reducing applications):
1. Find a pressure setting limit range that includes the required pressure setting from table 1.
W2265-1
Fisher 644 Actuator Mounted on easy-et Valve Body
2. Find the sensitivity factor for the desired spring and actuator casing combination from table 1.
3. Use the formula below to determine the buildup or droop required for normal actuator travel.
P= Y X
where,
P = Buildup (for pressure relief) or Droop (for pressure reduction), bar (psig) Y = Normal actuator travel, mm (inches) X = Sensitivity factor from table 1 mm/newtons (inches/psig)
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.9:644 September 2017
644 and 645 Pump Governors
D100185X012
Specifications
Actuator Sizes See table 1
Actuator Travel Chloroprene Diaphragm: 11 mm (0.4375 inch) maximum Stainless Steel Diaphragm: 3 mm (0.125 inch) maximum
Operating Principle J Direct-acting with push-down-to-close valve J Reverse-acting with push-down-to-open valve
Differential Pressure Ranges See table 1
Maximum Casing Pressure 644 Actuator: Cast-Iron Casing: 20.7 bar (300 psig) Steel Casing: 41.4 bar (600 psig) 645 Actuator: Cast-Iron Casing: 34.5 bar (500 psig) Steel Casing: 69.0 bar (1000 psig)
Construction Materials Diaphragm: 644: J Chloroprene or J Stainless steel 645: Chloroprene Diaphragm Casing: J Cast iron or J Steel Diaphragm Head: J Cast iron or J Steel Diaphragm Rod: Stainless Steel Packing: J Graphite or J PTFE
Installation
These actuators may be installed in any position. Typical installations are shown in figure 1. Dimensions are shown in figure 3.
Ordering Information
Application
1. Differential pressure
2. Temperature (normal operating and maximum)
Maximum nP Across Diaphragm 13.8 bar (200 psi)
Effective Diaphragm Area 644: Size 1: 146 cm2 (8.9 inch2) Size 2: 243 cm2 (14.8 inch2) Size 3: 364 cm2 (22.2 inch2) 645: 338 cm2 (20.6 inch2)
Material Temperature Capabilities 644: Chloroprene Diaphragm:-40 to 82_C (-40 to 180_F) Stainless Steel Diaphragm: Cast-iron casing: -40 to 232_C (-40 to 450_F); Steel casing: -40 to )399_C (-40 to 750_F) 645: -37 to 82_C (-35_ to 180_F)
Casing Pressure Connections 1/4 NPT internal
Spring Ranges and Sensitivity See table 1
Stem Size 644: 9.5 mm (3/8 inch) 645: 12.7 mm (1/2 inch)
Yoke Boss Diameters 644: J 54 mm (2-1/8 inch) or J 71 mm (2-13/16 inch) 645: 71 mm (2-13/16 inch)
3. Required spring
Actuator
Refer to the specifications table. Review the description to the right of each specification and in the referenced table. Specify a choice wherever there is a selection to be made.
Valve Body and Accessories
Refer to separate valve bulletin and bulletins covering accessories for ordering information.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
644 and 645 Pump Governors
D100185X012
Product Bulletin
61.9:644 September 2017
Figure 1. Typical Installation for Pump Governors
CONNECT TO BOILER PRESSURE
STEAM SUPPLY
PUMP GOVERNOR
EQUALIZING VALVE
BOILER PRESSURE
RELIEF GOVERNOR
PUMP DISCHARGE
PUMP DISCHARGE
14A2729-A A1762-1
SUCTION
REGULATING PUMP TO CONTROL
THE DISCHARGE PRESSURE
14A2789-A A1763-1
SUCTION
DIVERTING EXCESS DISCHARGE TO CONTROL THE PRESSURE
Table 1. Spring Information
ACTUATOR
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE RANGE
Bar
Psi
Size 3 Casing
0.3-1.2 1.2-1.9
5-18 18-27
Size 2
644
Casing
1.9-2.8 2.8-3.8
27-40 40-55
Size 1 Casing
3.8-4.7 4.7-6.9
55-68 68-100
1.0-1.7
14-24
1.7-2.4
24-35
2.4-3.2
35-47
3.2-4.1
47-59
4.1-4.3
59-62
645
4.3-5.9
62-85
5.9-6.8
85-99
6.8-8.2
99-119
8.2-9.7
119-140
9.7-10.7
140-155
SPRING RATE
N/mm
Lbf/in
56
314
107
609
107
609
165
940
107
609
165
940
43
246
64
368
86
490
107
612
129
735
145
830
221
1260
257
1470
310
1770
368
2100
SENSITIVITY
mm/N
In/Psi
26.1
0.0707
13.5
0.0365
9.0
0.0244
6.2
0.0168
5.4
0.0146
3.7
0.0101
21.0
0.057
14.0
0.038
10.5
0.0286
11.0
0.0299
7.1
0.0191
6.2
0.0169
4.1
0.0111
3.5
0.0095
2.9
0.0079
2.5
0.0067
SPRING PART NUMBER
1F945527032 1F945627032
1F945627032 1F945727042
1F945627032 1F945727042
1F714427112 1F176727032 1F176827092 1F176927092 1E792327092 1F714327092 1E795327082 1E792427082 1E795427082 1E793327082
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.9:644 September 2017
644 and 645 Pump Governors
D100185X012
Figure 2. Typical Pump Governor Sectionals
Figure 3. Dimensions
C
1/4
NPT
264
(10.38)
1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT E
1/4 NPT
66.4 (26.13)
W2263-1
644 ED
W2264-1
645 ED
AH6723-A A1742-1
644
AH9149-A A1743-1
645
mm (INCH)
Table 2. Dimensions
ACTUATOR 644
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
mm Inch
54
2-1/8
71 2-13/16
SIZE 1 mm Inch 503 19.81 548 21.56
E SIZE 2 mm Inch 521 20.50 565 22.25
SIZE 3 mm Inch 522 20.56 567 22.31
SIZE 1 mm Inch
152 6.00
C (DIAMETER) SIZE 2
mm Inch
206 8.12
SIZE 3 mm Inch
229 9.00
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and easy-e are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 1997, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
655 Actuator
D100148X012
Product Bulletin
61.9:655 September 2017
FisherTM 655 and 655R Actuators for Self-Operated Control
Fisher 655 and 655R diaphragm actuators, in combination with Fisher valves, provide control for a wide variety of pressure regulation applications. The 655 is used for pressure reduction service on push-down-to-close valves, and the 655R is primarily for pressure relief use on push-down-to-open valves. These actuators may be either self-operated or remote-loaded.
Features
nVersatility--Typical industrial service includes pressure control of water, steam, oil, gas, and other fluids. Actuators can be operated by pneumatic switches, solenoid valves, pilot valves, or remote panel loaders for shutoff service.
nLarge Valve Body Selection--easy-e valves up through the NPS 4 (NPS 6 for Fisher EA angle valves) with wide choice of end connections, flow directions, flow characteristics, valve plug designs, and seating constructions can be specified.
nBroad Actuator Spring Selection--Spring of the proper rate is available for nearly any control valve application. Spring selection procedure is quick and accurate.
nSevere Service Capability--Rugged yoke and casings help provide stability and corrosion protection.
nFast Acting-- Direct-operated configuration provides faster speed of response.
W2239
Fisher 655R on Reverse-acting easy-et Valve Body
W0451-1
Fisher 655-ED Construction Details
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.9:655 September 2017
655 Actuator
D100148X012
Specifications
Maximum Actuator Temperature Capability 150_F with standard diaphragm material(1)
Actuator Sizes and Maximum Casing Ratings
Size 3A, 4A 3B, 4B 32, 42 33, 43 34, 44 35, 45 36, 46
Maximum Casing Pressure, Psig 250 175 100 65 45 30 15
Actuator Pressure Setting Ranges
655: See table 3 655R: See table 1
Actuator Yoke Boss Diameters and Valve Stem Connections
Sizes 3A-36: J 2-1/8 inch yoke boss with J 3/8 inch stem connection Sizes 4A-46: J 2-13/16 inch yoke boss with J 1/2 inch stem connection
Actuator Travel Information Maximum Rated Travels: Sizes 3A and 4A: 0.4375 inch plus 0.125 inch for seating All Other Sizes: 0.75 inch plus 0.125 inch for seating Other Travel Information: See tables 3, 1, and 2
Effective Diaphragm Areas See table 2
Actuator Construction Materials See table 4
Valve Body Flow Coefficients See Fisher Catalog 12
Actuator Casing Connection 1/2 - 14 NPT
Actuator Options J Travel indicator J Casing-mounted handwheel/adjustable travel stop J Steel upper diaphragm for sizes A and B J PTFE diaphragm protectors J Fluorocarbon diaphragm for high temperature service (up to 149_C [300_F])
1. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for fluid and temperature capabilities of nonstandard diaphragm materials.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
655 Actuator
D100148X012
Product Bulletin
61.9:655 September 2017
Table 1. Fisher 655R Pressures and Sensitivities at 0.4375 Inch Maximum Travel(1) (Relief Service)
SPRING INFORMATION
PART NUMBER
Spring Rate, Pounds per Inch Safe Load, Pounds Minimum
Sizes 3A and 4A Maximum(2) Minimum, Sizes 3B and 4B
1E7933 27082
2100
3045 NA(3) NA(3) 43(4)
1E7954 27082
1770
2600 NA(3) NA(3) 35(4)
1E7924 27082 1470 2200 65(4)
146 29(4)
1F7143 27092
830 1630 43(5) 119 19(5)
1F1769 27092
612 1170 37(5)
85 17(5)
1F1768 27092
490 1060 34(5)
75
1F1767 27032
368 843 20(5) 57
Size 3B
64
64
Maximum(2)
64
53
38
Size 4B
89
77
Minimum, Sizes 32 and 42
26(4)
22(4)
18(4)
12(5)
Actuator Pressure Settings Ranges, Psig
Maximum(2)
Size 32 Size 42
Minimum, Sizes 33 and 43
Maximum(2)
Size 33 Size 43
Minimum, Sizes 34 and 44
38 53 16(4) 24 33 11(4)
38 45 13(4) 24 28 9(4)
38 11(4) 24 7(4)
NA(3)
NA(3)
31
7(5)
6.5(5)
NA(3)
20
14.5(6)
5(5)
4(5)
4.1(5)
Maximum(2)
Size 34 Size 44
Minimum, Sizes 35 and 45
16
16
16
13
10
7.9(6)
23
19
7(4)
5.5(4)
5(4)
3.2(5)
2.8(5)
2.5(5)
1.5(5)
Maximum(2)
Size 35 Size 45
Minimum, Sizes 36 and 46
11
11
15
13
11
9
6.3
5.5(6)
4.2(6)
5(4)
4.2(4)
3.5(4)
2.3(5)
2(5)
1.8(5)
1.1(5)
Actuator Sensitivities,
Inches of Travel
Obtained per Psig of Change(7)
Maximum(2)
Size 36 Size 46
Sizes 3A and 4A
Sizes 3B and 4B
Sizes 32 and 42
Size 33 and 43
Sizes 34 and 44
Sizes 35 and 45
Sizes 36 and 46
7.7 10.5 NA(3) .0087 .013 .022 .033 .052 .076
7.7 9 NA(3) .0103 .015 .026 .039 .061 .089
7.7
.0064 .0124 .018 .031 .046 .076 .106
6.3
.0098 .0209 .0294 .051 .078 .126 .183
4.5
.0131 .0286 NA(3) .069 .104 .169 .250
4(6) .0163
NA(3)
.128 .214 .309
3(6) .0216
NA(3)
.278 .410
1. Effects of packing box friction, unbalance & weight of valve plug not considered in calculations. 2. Greatest allowable pressure (with the value closed) that will not exceed the safe load of the actuator spring but will still allow 0.4375 inch travel. 3. This spring-actuator size combination not available. 4. Least pressure required (at 0.25 inch travel) to assure 1/8 inch spring compression. 5. Least pressure required (at 0.25 inch travel) to assure 200 pounds of seating force. 6. Limited by adjusting screw. 7. Average for minimum and maximum pressures at zero and 0.25 inch travel.
1F7144 27112 246 545
NA(3)
1.3(5) 2.8(6) .9(5) 2(6)
NA(3) .416 .603
1F7130 27112 123 290
NA(3)
.7(5) 1(6) NA(3) 1.19
Table 2. Effective Diaphragm Area, Square Inches
ACTUATOR SIZE
INCHES TRAVEL DOWN FROM UPPER CASING STOP
0
0.125
0.1875
0.25
0.375
0.4375
0.5
3A, 4A
10.2
9.6
9.5
9.4
9.2
9.1
8.9
3B, 4B
23.5
21.6
21.1
20.8
20.5
20.3
20.1
32, 42
40
36.4
35.2
34.2
32.6
31.8
31
33, 43
63
58
56.8
55.5
53.5
52.7
52
34, 44
93
84.8
82.8
81
78.8
77.8
77
35, 45
134
129.2
127.2
125.4
122.2
120.5
119
36, 46
190
181.5
179
177
173.5
172.3
171
0.5625 8.7 19.8 30.3 51.2 76
117.6 169.8
0.75 7.4 18.1 28.2 49.3 73.5 114.1 166.5
0.875 6 16
26.4 47.6 72 112 163.5
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.9:655 September 2017
655 Actuator
D100148X012
Table 3. Fisher 655 Pressures and Sensitivities at 0.4375 Inch Maximum Travel(1) (Reducing Service)
SPRING INFORMATION
PART NUMBER Spring Rate, Pounds per Inch
1E7933 27082
2100
1E7954 27082
1770
1E7924 27082
1470
1F7143 27092
830
1F1769 27092
612
1F1768 27092
490
1F1767 27032
368
Safe Load, Pounds
Sizes 3A and 4A
Minimum(2) Maximum(3)
3045 NA(4) NA(4)
2600 NA(4) NA(4)
2200 78 174
1630 44 135
1170 32 96
1060 26 78(5)
843 19 59(5)
Sizes 3B
Minimum(2)
50
42
35
20
14
and 4B
Maximum(3)
107
92
78
60
43
Actuator Pressure Setting Ranges, Psig
Sizes 32
Minimum(2)
32
and 42
Maximum(3)
65
26 55
22 47
12
NA(4)
NA(4)
36
Sizes 33
Minimum(2)
19
16
14
7
5.2
NA(4)
and 43
Maximum(3)
40
34
29
22
16
Sizes 34
Minimum(2)
13
11
9
5
3.8
2.8
and 44
Maximum(3)
27.5
23.4
20
15.5
11
8.5
Sizes 35
Minimum(2)
8.3
7
5.8
3.3
2.4
2
1.5
and 45
Maximum(3)
17.8
15.2
13
10
7.2
5.9(5)
4.4(5)
Sizes 36
Minimum(2)
5.8
4.9
4.1
2.3
1.7
1.3
1
and 46
Maximum(3)
12.7
10.8
9.2
7.1
5.1
4.2(5)
3.1(5)
Actuator Sensitivities,
Inches of Travel
Obtained per Psig of Change(6)
Sizes 3A and 4A Sizes 3B and 4B Sizes 32 and 42 Sizes 33 and 43 Sizes 34 and 44 Sizes 35 and 45 Sizes 36 and 46
NA(4) 0.0087 0.012 0.021 0.032 0.055 0.075
NA(4) 0.0103 0.014 0.026 0.037 0.059 0.086
0.0055 0.0126 0.017 0.031 0.045 0.072 0.106
0.0095 0.0217 0.028 0.050 0.076 0.121 0.183
0.0121 0.029 NA(4) 0.069 0.104 0.167 0.244
0.0161
NA(4)
0.132 0.200 0.303
0.0212
NA(4)
0.264 0.400
1. Effects of packing box friction, unbalance & weight of valve plug not considered in calculations. 2. Least pressure required to seat the valve and still allow 0.4375 inch travel when the pressure is released. 3. Greatest allowable pressure (at 0.25 inch travel) that will let the valve be stroked closed without exceeding the safe load of the actuator spring. 4. This spring-actuator size combination not available. 5. Limited by adjusting screw. 6. Average for minimum and maximum pressures at zero and 0.25 inch travels.
1F7144 27112 246 545
NA(4)
1 2.9(5) 0.7 2.1(5)
NA(4)
0.380 0.610
1F7130 27112 123 290
NA(4)
0.34 1.1(5) NA(4) 1.21
Installation
These regulators may be installed in any position, as orientation is not a problem. But for steam service, the control line should be installed so that condensate drains back into the diaphragm casing, thus maintaining a water seal on the diaphragm. A strainer (such as the Fisher 262K) is always recommended ahead of the valve body to protect body and trim from damaging particles.
Dimensions are given in figure 1. Refer to the appropriate instructions before installing the regulator.
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
1. All information requested in the Ordering Information section of the valve body bulletin.
2. Actuator type number and size
3. Actuator travel
4. Valve plug stem diameter and connection size
5. Desired regulator orientation in pipeline
6. Magnitude and type of remote loading pressure, if applicable (for instance, 3-15 psig controller output signal)
7. Desired actuator options
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
655 Actuator
D100148X012
Product Bulletin
61.9:655 September 2017
Figure 1. Actuator Dimensions, Inches (also see table 5)
6.75
1/2 - 14 NPT
C E
AV6711-A A1417
Table 4. Actuator Construction Materials
Part
Material
Diaphragm casings
Sizes 3A, 3B, 4A, and 4B
All other sizes
Cast iron standard, steel available
Pressed steel, zinc plated
Yoke
Cast iron standard, steel available
Spring
Steel alloy
Spring seat
Forged steel
Travel stop
Steel
Diaphragm plate Diaphragm
Cast iron CR (Chloroprene) (standard)(1)
Stem and adjusting screw
Steel, cadmium plated
1. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for fluid and temperature capabilities of nonstandard diaphragm materials.
Table 5. Actuator Dimension, Inches
SIZE
C DIAMETER
Without Handwheel
With Handwheel
3A
5.88
3B
9.00
32
9.88
33
11.38
34
13.12
17.56 18.19 17.81 17.81 18.44
22.44 24.50 23.00 23.00 23.62
35
16.00
36
18.62
4A
5.88
4B
9.00
42
9.88
19.19 19.19 19.50 20.12 19.75
24.38 24.38 24.38 26.44 24.94
43
11.38
44
13.12
45
16.00
46
18.62
19.75 20.38 21.12 21.12
24.94 25.56 26.31 26.31
Total Capability of Fisher 655-ED
The following charts (figures 2 through 11) show the complete capability of the 655-ED, including travels greater than 0.25 inch. Included are charts for Cv, Cg, and Cs for the ED valves of various sizes and charts for various casing sizes for the 655 actuator.
An example on the use of the charts follows:
1. Refer to the chart showing the Cv for the ED design. Assume your customer says his normal Cv is 37, but can vary from 30 to 44 and the customer wants to control at 110 psi. The NPS 2 will fit this quite well and at the top of the chart you will notice that this requires a travel from 0.25 inch to 0.375 inch with the normal travel at 0.3125 inch.
2. Next, refer to the curve on the 655-ED, A-CASING chart of diaphragm pressure versus valve travel. Enter the chart at 0.3125 inch valve travel and proceed up until you intersect the 110 psi pressure. You will note that spring drawing 1F7143 is at this intersection. You can then readily see that when the flows vary, the pressure will vary from approximately 118 psi to 105 psi as the valve travels from 0.25 inch to 0.375 inch.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.9:655 September 2017
655 Actuator
D100148X012
Figure 2. ED Design, Liquid Flow
0
0.0625
0.125
1 0
4.2
7.7
0.1875
0.25 TRAVEL (INCHES)
0.3125
11.5
14.7
17.2
0.375
0.4375
18.9
20.1
1-1/2 0
2 0
ED VALVE SIZE,
NPS 2-1/2
0
3 0
4 0
6 0
50.7
12.3
17.4
22.7
27.7
32.1
35.7
7.4
14.7
22.5
29.9
37.2
44.2
50.1
9.8
18.0
25.6
33.2
41.4
49.1
57.2
12.1
23.4
32.2
43.5
53.9
65.2
75.7
16.3
27.6
36.4
46.4
57.7
70.3
82.8
23.0
43.7
66.7
92.0 Cv
112.7
133.0
163.6
A7057
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
655 Actuator
D100148X012
Product Bulletin
61.9:655 September 2017
Figure 3. ED Design, Gas Flow
0
0.0625
1
0
119
0.125 264
0.1875
0.25
TRAVEL (INCHES)
0.3125
392
494
563
0.375
0.4375
600
619
1-1/2 0
2 0
ED VALVE SIZE,
NPS 2-1/2
0
3 0
4 0
6 0
A7058
184
374
571
748
911
1061
1176
221
465
735
1005
1274
1531
1776
282
563
807
1074
1372
1690
1971
342
709
1027
1394
1760
2201
2592
460
837
1130
1465
1841
2302
2804
620
1395
2170
2945
Cg
3978
4573
5425
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.9:655 September 2017
655 Actuator
D100148X012
Figure 4. 655 ED, A Casing, Diaphragm Pressure versus Valve Travel
280
240
MAX SPRING ADJ MIN SPRING ADJ
200
160 PRESSURE (PSIG)
120
80
40
SPRING PART NUMBER
1E7924
1E7953
1F7143 1E7923 1F1769 1F1768
0 SEATED
0.0625
A7059
0.125
0.1875
0.25
0.3125
0.375
TRAVEL (INCHES)
MAX, MIN CURVES POSITIONED RESPECTIVELY
(2.45 PSIG) 0.4375
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
655 Actuator
D100148X012
Product Bulletin
61.9:655 September 2017
Figure 5. ED Design, Steam Flow
0
0.0625
0.125
1 0
6.0
12.8
0.1875
0.25
TRAVEL (INCHES)
0.3125
19.6
24.7
28.2
0.375
0.4375
30.0
31.0
1-1/2 0
2 0
ED VALVE SIZE,
NPS 2-1/2
0
3 0
4 0
6 0
A7060
9.2 11.1 14.1 17.1 23.0 31.0
18.7
28.6
37.4
45.6
53.1
58.8
23.3
36.8
50.3
63.7
76.6
88.8
28.2
40.4
53.7
68.6
84.5
98.6
35.5
51.4
69.7
88.0
110.1
129.6
41.9
56.5
73.3
84.6
115.1
140.2
69.8
108.5
147.3 Cs
198.9
228.7
271.3
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.9:655 September 2017
655 Actuator
D100148X012
Figure 6. 655 ED, B Casing, Diaphragm Pressure versus Valve Travel
200
175
MAX SPRING ADJ MIN SPRING ADJ
150
125
100 PRESSURE (PSIG)
75
50
25
SPRING PART NUMBER
1P7888 1E7933
1E7954 1E7924
1F7143 1F1769
0 SEATED
0.0625
A7061
0.125
0.1875
0.25
0.3125
TRAVEL (INCHES)
MAX, MIN CURVES POSITIONED RESPECTIVELY
0.375
(1.06 PSIG) 0.4375
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
655 Actuator
D100148X012
Product Bulletin
61.9:655 September 2017
Figure 7. 655 ED, #20 Casing, Diaphragm Pressure versus Valve Travel
160
140
MAX SPRING ADJ MIN SPRING ADJ
120
100
80 PRESSURE (PSIG)
60
40
20
SPRING PART NUMBER
1E7933 1E7954 1E7924
1F7143 1F1769
0 SEATED
0.0625
A7062
0.125
0.1875
0.25
TRAVEL (INCHES)
0.3125
MAX, MIN CURVES POSITIONED RESPECTIVELY
0.375
(0.63 PSIG) 0.4375
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.9:655 September 2017
655 Actuator
D100148X012
Figure 8. 655 ED, #30 Casing, Diaphragm Pressure versus Valve Travel
80
70
MAX SPRING ADJ MIN SPRING ADJ
60
50
40 PRESSURE (PSIG)
30
20
10
SPRING PART NUMBER
1E7933 1E7954 1E7924
1F7143 1F1769
0 SEATED
0.0625
A7063
0.125
0.1875
0.25
0.3125
TRAVEL (INCHES)
MAX, MIN CURVES POSITIONED RESPECTIVELY
0.375
(0.40 PSIG) 0.4375
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
655 Actuator
D100148X012
Product Bulletin
61.9:655 September 2017
Figure 9. 655 ED, #40 Casing, Diaphragm Pressure versus Valve Travel
40
35
MAX SPRING ADJ MIN SPRING ADJ
30
25
20 PRESSURE (PSIG)
15
SPRING PART NUMBER
1E7933
1E7954
1E7924
10
1F7143
1F1769
5
0 SEATED 0.0625
A7064
0.125
0.1875
0.25
0.3125
TRAVEL (INCHES) MAX, MIN CURVES POSITIONED RESPECTIVELY
0.375
(0.27 PSIG) 0.4375
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.9:655 September 2017
655 Actuator
D100148X012
Figure 10. 655 ED, #50 Casing, Diaphragm Pressure versus Valve Travel
40
35
MAX SPRING ADJ MIN SPRING ADJ
30
25
20 PRESSURE (PSIG)
15
10
SPRING PART NUMBER
1E7933 1E7954 1E7924
5
0 SEATED
A7065
0.0625
0.125
0.1875
0.25
0.3125
TRAVEL (INCHES) MAX, MIN CURVES POSITIONED RESPECTIVELY
0.375
1F7143
1F1769 1F1768 1F1767 1F7144
(0.19 PSIG) 0.4375
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
655 Actuator
D100148X012
Product Bulletin
61.9:655 September 2017
Figure 11. 655 ED, #60 Casing, Diaphragm Pressure versus Valve Travel
20
MAX SPRING ADJ MIN SPRING ADJ
15
10 PRESSURE (PSIG)
SPRING PART NUMBER
1E7933
1E7954
1E7924
5
0 SEATED
0.0625
A7066
0.125
0.1875
0.25
0.3125
TRAVEL (INCHES) MAX, MIN CURVES POSITIONED RESPECTIVELY
0.375
1F7143
1F1769 1F1768 1F1767 1F7144 1F7130 (0.13 PSIG) 0.4375
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
61.9:655 September 2017
655 Actuator
D100148X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and easy-e are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E161997, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
546NS Transducer
D103603X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:546NS November 2017
FisherTM 546NS Electro-Pneumatic Transducer
The Fisher 546NS transducer receives a direct-current input signal and use a torque motor, nozzle-flapper, and pneumatic relay to convert the signal to a proportional pneumatic output signal. Nozzle pressure, which operates the relay, is also piped to the torque motor feedback bellows. This provides a comparison between input signal and nozzle pressure and reduces errors in nozzle pressure.
The transducer can be mounted on a pneumatic diaphragm control valve actuator to provide accurate operation of the valve. The integrated high-capacity pneumatic relay eliminates the need for additional boosters or relays for operation of control valves.
The transducer also can be used to provide stable operation when its output signal is transmitted to small terminal volume chambers such as control bellows in pneumatic valve positioners.
Features
nVibration Resistance--High natural frequency of torque motor moving parts results in negligible vibration influence. Meets typical seismic requirements for nuclear service when a qualified seismic mounting bracket is used.
nEasy Adjustment--Screwdriver adjustments for span and zero are conveniently located and have arrows indicating rotation to increase settings (as shown in figure 1).
Fisher 546NS Transducer Mounted on 657 Pneumatic Diaphragm Actuator
W2115
nField-Reversible Action--No additional parts required to reverse action.
nSimple Relay Removal--Integrated pneumatic relay is mounted outside case and can be removed without disturbing electrical or pressure connections or impairing explosion safety.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:546NS November 2017
546NS Transducer
D103603X012
Specifications
Available Configuration
Electro-pneumatic signal transducer with explosion-proof case and cover, with EPDM elastomers for use in elevated temperature and radiation environments
The 546NS can be ordered J with or J without a Fisher 67 series filter regulator. The 51 mm (2 inch) supply pressure gauge mounted on the regulator may be J 0 to 30 psig or J 0 to 60 psig range
Input Signals
J 4 to 20 mA DC, J 10 to 50 mA DC, or J two-way split range using either half of one of the standard input signal spans
Internal Resistance of Torque Motor
4 to 20 mA DC Input Signal: 176 ±10 ohms 10 to 50 mA DC Input Signal: 90 ±10 ohms
Performance(4)
Actuator Loading Time: see figure 3 Reference Accuracy(5): ±0.75% of output signal span
Independent Linearity: ±0.50% of output signal span
Open Loop Gain: 26
Frequency Response: Gain is attenuated 3 dB at 20 Hz with transducer output signal piped to a typical instrument bellows with 305 mm (12 inch) of 1/4 inch tubing
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI): Tested per IEC 61326-1 (Edition 1.1). Meets emission levels for Class A equipment (industrial locations) and Class B equipment (domestic locations). Meets immunity requirements for industrial locations (Table A.1 in the IEC specification document). Immunity performance shown in table 1.
Operative Ambient Temperature Limits(1)
-40 to 66_C (-40 to 150_F)
Output Signals
Ranges: J 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig), J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) Action: Field reversible between J direct and J reverse
Supply Pressure(1)
Recommended: 0.3 bar (5 psi) higher than upper range limit of output signal Maximum: 3.5 bar (50 psig)
Average Steady-State Air Consumption(2)(3) 0.44 m3/hr (16.5 scfh) at 1.4 bar (20 psi) supply pressure
Maximum Output Air Capacity(2)
At 1.4 bar (20 psig) Supply Pressure: 12.9 m3/hr (480 scfh) At 2.4 bar (35 psig) Supply Pressure: 18.5 m3/hr (690 scfh)
Electrical Classification
Hazardous Area:
CSA--Explosion-proof, Dust Ignition-proof, Div 2
FM--Explosion-proof, Dust Ignition-proof, Non-incendive
Refer to tables 2 and 3 for specific approval information
NEMA 3R, CSA Enclosure 3
NEMA 3R mounting orientation requires vent location to be below horizontal.
Adjustments
Zero and Span Adjustments: Screwdriver adjustments located inside case (see figure 1)
Connections
Supply Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal located on side of case (located on filter-regulator if a 67CFR is mounted to transducer) Output Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal located on side of case Vent: 1/4 NPT internal with screen located on relay Electrical: 1/2 NPT internal located on bottom of case
-continued-
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
546NS Transducer
D103603X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:546NS November 2017
Specifications (continued)
Construction Materials
Case and Cover: Aluminum O-Rings: EPDM Flame Arrestors: Stainless steel Supporting Bracket/Torsion Member: Stainless steel Magnets: Alloy steel Nozzle: Stainless steel Feedback Bellows: Brass Relay Body: Aluminum Relay Restriction: Aluminum/Stainless steel
Relay Diaphragm: EPDM/NomexR. Relay Valve Plug and Seat Ring: Brass
Mounting Mounting parts are available for J control valve actuator mounting, J pipestand (2 inch nominal) mounting, J surface mounting, J seismic control valve actuator mounting, or J wall mounting
Approximate Weight 4.1 kg (9 lb)
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology. 1. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded. 2. Normal m3/hr--Normal cubic meters per hour (0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute). Scfh--Standard cubic feet per hour (60_F and 14.7 psia).
3. Average flow rate determined at 12 mA and 0.6 bar (9 psig) output. 4. Performance values are obtained using a 546 transducer with a 4 to 20 mA DC input signal and a 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or a 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) output signal. Ambient temperature is 24_C (75_F). A transducer with other input or output signals may exceed these values. 5. Reference accuracy includes the effects of non-linearity, hysteresis, and deadband per SAMA Standard PMC 20.1-1973.
Figure 1. Zero and Span Adjustments (Cover
Removed)
ZERO ADJUSTMENT
SPAN ADJUSTMENT
W5391
Principle of Operation
Refer to figure 2, and assume that the transducer is direct acting. As the DC milliamp signal increases, so does the magnetic field around the coils. This results in
an increased magnetic attraction between the armature and the pole pieces. The armature rotates slightly clockwise to cover the nozzle, increasing pressure in the nozzle, the upper chamber of the relay, and the feedback bellows. Increased nozzle pressure and increased pressure in the upper chamber of the relay cause the relay supply port to open, increasing the output pressure to the actuator and the control valve.
At the same time, the increased pressure in the feedback bellows acts to move the armature back to the equilibrium position. In this way, the new nozzle pressure is compared to the DC input signal by the force balance principle.
As the DC input signal decreases, magnetic attraction is reduced and the armature rotates slightly in the counterclockwise direction to uncover the nozzle. Decreased nozzle pressure and decreased pressure in the upper chamber of the relay cause the relay exhaust port to open and allow output pressure to bleed to atmosphere. Pressure to the control valve is reduced until equilibrium is attained.
Reverse-acting transducers operate in a similar manner except that when the DC input signal increases, pressure to the actuator and control valve decreases.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:546NS November 2017
546NS Transducer
D103603X012
Figure 2. Transducer Schematic
FEEDBACK BELLOWS
SPAN ADJUSTMENT (MAGNETIC SHUNT)
POLE PIECES
COIL
OUTPUT PRESSURE NOZZLE PRESSURE SUPPLY PRESSURE EXHAUST PRESSURE
CP4285-A A1505-3
ARMATURE TORSION ROD EXHAUST
OUTPUT RELAY
VALVE PLUG
SUPPLY
ZERO ADJUSTMENT PERMANENT MAGNET
ARMATURE NOZZLE
CENTER SPACER ASSEMBLY FIXED RESTRICTION
Valve Stroking Time
Figure 3 shows relative times for loading and exhausting an actuator. Exhausting times are nominally 25 percent of the loading times. Stroking time depends upon the size of the actuator,travel, relay characteristics and the magnitude and rate of change of the input signal. If stroking time is critical, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
4
OUTPUT (% OF 546NS OUTPUT SPAN)
Figure 3. Output-Time Relationships
100
90
80
70
LOADING
60
50
40
30
EXHAUSTING
20
10
0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
19A1361-A A3103
TIME (%)
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
546NS Transducer
D103603X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:546NS November 2017
Nuclear-Service Applications
The 546NS transducer is designed for nuclear power applications. The 546NS construction includes materials that provide superior performance in elevated temperature and radiation environments.
The O-rings are EPDM (ethylene propylene) and the diaphragms are EPDM/Nomex. EPDM demonstrates superior temperature capability and shelf life over nitrile. (Use a clean, dry, oil-free air supply with instruments containing EPDM components. EPDM is subject to degradation when exposed to petroleum-based lubricants.) The Nomex diaphragm fabric demonstrates improved strength retention at elevated temperature and radiation conditions.
Under the 10CFR50, Appendix B, quality assurance program, the 546NS transducer is qualified "commercial grade dedicated". These can be supplied as 10CFR, Part 21 items.
Qualification
The 546NS is qualified to meet stringent environmental conditions encountered in nuclear power plant containment areas. Samples were subjected to the tests summarized below:
nThermal Aging: accelerated service temperature of 54_C (130_F) over 10 years.
nRadiation Aging: 6 MRads Total Integrated Dose (TID)
nSeismic Event Simulation (DBE): no natural frequencies found between 5-100 Hz and seismic dwells of 8g uniaxial from 3-40 Hz when mounted using Fisher specified seismic mounting brackets.
nLOCA/MSLB Event Simulation: saturated steam for 14 hours at 160_C ( 320_F) followed by a gradual reduction to 83_C (182_F) over a 10 hour period.
Upon conclusion of the above tests, no loss of function or visible degradation was found.
Installation
Standard positions for actuator mounting and pipestand mounting are shown on the front cover and figure 4, respectively. Dimensions are shown in figure 4.
Ordering Information
To determine what ordering information is required, refer to the Specifications table. Carefully review the information under each specification and in the referenced table. Specify the desired choice wherever there is a selection to be made. Always specify the type number as identified in the Available Configurations specification.
For transducers that are to be used in intrinsically safe installations, specify the rating required and the system with which the unit will be used.
When ordering actuator mounting parts, specify the actuator type, size, travel, and diaphragm pressure range. For all Fisher 657 and 667 actuators except size 80, specify whether actuator yoke or actuator casing mounting is desired (yoke mounting is only available on size 80 actuators).
For split-range operation, specify the portion of input signal to be used; e.g. 4 to 12 milliamps of a standard 4 to 20 milliamp signal.
For nuclear service applications, consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for additional information and order assistance.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:546NS November 2017
546NS Transducer
D103603X012
Figure 4. Dimensions
1/4 NPT OUTPUT CONNECTION
329 (12.94)
78 (3.06)
125 (4.94)
51 (2.00)
40 (1.56)
44 (1.75)
32 (1.25)
83 (3.25)
46 (1.81)
1/4 NPT SUPPLY CONNECTION WHEN FILTER REGULATOR IS FURNISHED
67 (2.62)
164 165 (6.44) (6.50)
171 (6.75)
52 (2.06)
43 (1.69)
CP7280-E A1249-1
51 (2.00)
22 (0.88) 70 (2.75)
51 PIPE (2.00)
1/2 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION
PIPESTAND MOUNTING
1/4 NPT SUPPLY CONNECTION WHEN FILTER REGULATOR IS NOT FURNISHED
37 (1.44) 6.3 (0.25)
40 (1.56)
1/4 NPT OUTPUT CONNECTION
78 (3.06)
329 (12.94)
125 (4.94)
46 (1.81)
40 (1.56)
51 (2.00)
44 (1.75)
8.7 (0.34)
32 (1.25)
83 (3.25)
CP6477-E A1248-1
16 (0.62)
56 (2.25)
70 (2.75)
37 (1.44)
70 (2.75)
22 (0.88)
164 (6.44)
1/2 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION
ACTUATOR MOUNTING
mm (INCH)
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
546NS Transducer
D103603X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:546NS November 2017
Table 1. Electromagnetic Immunity Performance
Port
Phenomenon
Basic Standard
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
Enclosure
Radiated EM field
IEC 61000-4-3
Rated power frequency magnetic field Burst (fast transients) Surge I/O signal/control Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-8 IEC 61000-4-4 IEC 61000-4-5
IEC 61000-4-6
Specification limit = ±1% of span 1. A=No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self-recovering.
For Declaration of Conformity available in multiple languages:
Test Level 4 kV contact 8 kV air 80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 60 A/m at 50 Hz 1 kV 1 kV (line to ground only, each) 150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms with 1kHz AM at 80%
Performance Criteria(1) A
A A A A A
Table 2. Hazardous Area Classifications--CSA (Canada)
Certification Body
Certification Obtained
Explosion-proof Class I, Division 1, Group C,D
CSA
Class II, Division 1, Groups E,F,G
Class I, Division 2, Groups A,B,C,D
Class II, Division 2, Groups F,G
Table 3. Hazardous Area Classifications--FM (United States)
Certification Body
Certification Obtained
Explosion-proof Class I, Division 1, Groups C,D
FM
Class II, Division 1, Groups E,F,G
Class I, Division 2, Groups A,B,C,D
Class II, Division 2, Groups F,G
Temperature Code T5 (Tamb = 66_C)
T5
Temperature Code T5 (Tamb = 60_C)
T5
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:546NS November 2017
546NS Transducer
D103603X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2012, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
646 Transducer
D101374X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:646 March 2021
FisherTM 646 Electro-Pneumatic Transducer
The Fisher 646 electro-pneumatic transducer uses a converter module that converts a 4 to 20 milliampere input signal to a proportional 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) pneumatic output signal. The converter module uses small parts of minimum mass, which are balanced symmetrically around a pivot point at the center of the mass. This balanced arrangement results in a high performance instrument that reduces sensitivity to vibration.
An integral pneumatic relay provides the high capacity necessary to drive pneumatic control valve/actuator assemblies without additional boosters or positioners. The transducer also provides stable, accurate operation when its output is transmitted to small volume chambers, such as a pneumatic positioner or other pneumatic instrument. Reduced sensitivity to vibration combined with high capacity and first order lag characteristics make the 646 transducer ideal for direct mounting on control valve/actuator combinations.
Connectors and piping can be installed with each 646 transducer for diagnostic testing.
Features
nSmall Size--The small size and light-weight design of the transducer facilitate mounting and provide improved space utilization.
nVibration Resistance--The transducer, used in a standard valve/actuator mounted application, exhibits an output shift of less than 1 percent of span when tested to SAMA Standard PMC 31.1, Condition 3.
nHigh Output Capability--The output volume of the transducer is adequate to drive valve/actuator combinations without requiring a positioner or volume booster.
W4908-1
FISHER 646 ELECTROPNEUMATIC TRANSDUCER
W6783-2
FISHER 646 ELECTRO-PNEUMATIC TRANSDUCER WITH FISHER 657
ACTUATOR AND E VALVE
nLow Air Consumption--The transducer has low air consumption which cuts operating costs.
nEasy Maintenance--Modular design of the converter allows easy replacement in the field for reduced maintenance costs.
nSuperior Performance--The accuracy, linearity, and frequency response coupled with minimal hysteresis far exceed the requirements of most control systems.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:646 March 2021
646 Transducer
D101374X012
Specifications
Input Signal 4 to 20 mA DC, constant current with 30 VDC maximum compliance voltage
Equivalent Circuit The 646 equivalent circuit is a series circuit consisting of a constant voltage drop (battery) of approximately 2.1 VDC and a total resistance of 143 ohms. Input is shunted by three 6.8 V zener diodes (see figure 1).
Output Signal 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) direct acting only
Supply Pressure(1) Recommended: 1.4 bar (20 psig) Minimum: 1.4 bar (20 psig) Maximum: 3.4 bar (50 psig)
Average Steady-State Air Consumption(2)(3) 0.08 m3/hr (3 scfh) at 1.4 bar (20 psi) supply pressure
Maximum Output Air Capacity(2) 8.0 m3/hr (300 scfh) at 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure
Performance(4) Reference Accuracy: ±0.5% of full scale output span; includes combined effects of hysteresis, linearity, and deadband Independent Linearity: ±0.5% of full scale output span Hysteresis: 0.4% of full scale output span Frequency Response: Gain is attenuated 3 dB at 10 Hz with transducer output signal piped to a typical instrument input Temperature Effect: ±4% of full scale output span per 55_C (100_F) change Supply Pressure Effect: 0.2% of full scale output span per psi supply pressure change Vibration Effect: Less than 1% of full scale output span when tested to SAMA PMC 31.1, Condition 3 Electromagnetic Compatibility: Meets EN 61326-1:2013 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326-1 standard. Performance is shown in table 1 below. Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
Operating Ambient Temperature Limits(1) -40 to 71_C (-40 to +160_F)
Electrical Classification CSA-- Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Type n, Dust-Ignition proof, Div 2 FM-- Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Type n, Non-incendive, Dust-Ignition proof ATEX-- Intrinsically Safe, Flameproof, Type n IECEx-- Intrinsically Safe, Flameproof, Type n
Housing CSA-- Type 3 Encl. FM-- NEMA 3, IP54 ATEX-- IP64 IECEx-- IP54 Mount instrument with vent on side or bottom if weatherproofing is a concern
Other Classifications/Certifications CUTR-- Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, and Belarus) INMETRO-- National Institute of Metrology, Quality and Technology (Brazil) KGS-- Korea Gas Safety Corporation (South Korea) Contact your Emerson sales office for classification/certification specific information
Construction Materials Housing, Cap, and Relay Body ASTM: A03600 material composition alloy
Adjustments Zero and Span: Trim potentiometers (20 turn) for zero and span adjustments are located under the housing cap
Connections Supply and Output Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal connection Vent: 1/4 NPT internal Electrical: J Standard 1/2 NPT or, J Optional M20 or PG13 conduit adapter (see figure 3) Wire Size: 18 to 22 AWG
-continued-
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
646 Transducer
D101374X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:646 March 2021
Specifications (continued)
Mounting Position
Any position is acceptable for standard pipestand, panel, or actuator mounting. For weatherproof housing, mount the transducer to allow the vent to drain.
Approximate Weight (Transducer Only) 1.6 kg (3.5 pounds)
Options Output pressure gauge
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology.
1. The pressure and temperature limits in this document and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded. 2. Normal m3/hour--Normal cubic meters per hour (0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute). Scfh--Standard cubic feet per hour (60_F and 14.7 psig). 3. Average flow rate determined at 12 mA and 0.6 bar (9 psig) output. 4. Performance values are obtained using a transducer with a 4 to 20 mA dc input signal and a 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) output signal at an ambient temperature of 24_C (75_F).
Table 1. EMC Summary Results--Immunity
Port
Phenomenon
Basic Standard
Test Level
Enclosure
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) Radiated EM field
IEC 61000-4-2 IEC 61000-4-3
4 kV contact 8 kV air
80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 1400 to 2000 MHz @ 3V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 2000 to 2700 MHz @ 1V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80%
Burst (fast transients)
IEC 61000-4-4 1 kV
I/O signal/control Surge Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-5 1 kV (line to ground only, each) IEC 61000-4-6 150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms
Specification Limit = +/- 1% of span. 1. A = No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self-recovering.
Performance Criteria(1) A
A
A B A
Figure 1. Equivalent Circuit
4 - 20 mA +
6.8V 6.8V 6.8V
-
A6013
23 Ohms
0.7V 0.7V 0.7V 60 Ohms
60 Ohms
Valve Stroking Time
Figure 2 shows relative times for loading and exhausting an actuator. Stroking time depends upon the size of the actuator, travel, relay characteristics and the magnitude and rate of change of the input signal. If stroking time is critical, contact your Emerson sales office.
Figure 2. Output-Time Relationships
OUTPUT
(% OF 646 OUTPUT SPAN)
100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 0
A6815
LOADING EXHAUSTING
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 TIME (%)
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:646 March 2021
646 Transducer
D101374X012
Figure 3. Dimensions
FISHER 67CFR 1/4-18 NPT SUPPLY CONN
152.4 (6.00) 79.2 (3.12)
47.8 (1.88)
102.1 (4.02)
152.4 (6.00)
35 (1.38)
57 (2.25)
CAP REMOVAL CLEARANCE
41.1 (1.62)
127.0 (5.00)
6.4 (0.25)
38B3958-A A6816-1
106.4 (4.19)
127.0 (5.00)
72.8 (2.86)
9.7 (0.38)
1/2-14 NPT OR OPTIONAL M20 CONDUIT CONN
OPTIONAL GAUGE
CENTERLINE OF ACTUATOR
EXHAUST
62.0 (2.44)
1/4-18 NPT OUTPUT CONN
1/4-18 NPT
9.5 (0.38)
OPTIONAL OUTPUT
OR GAUGE CONN
mm (INCH)
Installation
Refer to figure 3 for location of standard mounting holes in the housing. Standard mounting hardware is provided for mounting on the actuator, a pipestand, or a panel. Field wiring connections are made to the terminal block accessible under the housing cap. Dimensions are shown in figure 3.
Ordering Information
To determine what ordering information is required, refer to the specification table. Carefully review the description of each specification. Specify the desired choice whenever there is a selection available. Also, specify options that are applicable to the application.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 1988, 2021 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Thum Adapter
D103306X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:775 April 2018
775 Smart Wireless THUMTM Adapter
The Smart Wireless THUM adapter is a device for use on HART® communicating instruments such as the FisherTM FIELDVUETM digital valve controller. The THUM adapter adapts the wired HART protocol to the WirelessHART® protocol.
In many process facilities, HART communicating field devices have been installed and working for years. However, getting important information such as valve health to the people who need it is a challenge, as diagnostic information is often inaccessible.
A wireless network can be deployed to gain access to valve diagnostics. The THUM adapter is installed on field devices one at a time - significantly reducing the risk and impact of installation error. Plus, the network is scalable. Start with one THUM adapter on a FIELDVUE digital valve controller. Then, as you see the value it brings, add more devices to the network.
Features
nLoop Powered--No batteries; power scavenging technology. No maintenance required.
nReliable Wireless--The WirelessHART communication protocol provides the high level of communication reliability required in process control applications.
nRugged Construction--The electronics are fully encapsulated and enclosed in an aluminum housing.
nSecurity--The WirelessHART self-organizing mesh network includes encryption, authentication, and authorization mechanisms to provide industry leading security.
nWireless Connectivity--The THUM adapter enables configuration, calibration, and valve health monitoring via AMS.
nInstallation Flexibility--The THUM adapter can be installed anywhere along the control wires.
WIRELESS THUM ADAPTER
FISHER CONTROL-DISK WITH 2052 ACTUATOR, FIELDVUE DVC6200 DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER, AND THE WIRELESS THUM ADAPTER
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:775 April 2018
THUM Adapter
D103306X012
Specifications Functional Specifications
Input Any 2- or 4-wire HART 5.0 powered device
Output WirelessHART Communication Protocol
Humidity Limits 0-100% relative humidity
Burst Rate User selectable, 8 sec. to 60 min.
Enclosure Rating NEMA 4X and IP66
Mounting May be installed anywhere on the control wiring loop. Typically, mounting will be on or near the control valve. May be mounted directly on the available conduit opening of the terminal box or remotely using remote mount kit. Mounting Connection: 1/2 NPT external
Dimensions
Physical Specifications
Electrical Connections
50.8 (2.00)
The THUM adapter is connected in series with the 4-20 mA
48.5
loop.
(1.91)
Power Requirements
SmartPowerTM: Power scavenging technology (no battery required)
The THUM adapter draws power by drawing voltage from the loop. The drop is linear from 2.25 volts at 3.5 mA to 1.2 volts at 25 mA, but does not affect the 4-20 mA current signal. Under fault conditions, the maximum voltage drop is 2.5 volts.
130.8 (5.15)
36.1 (1.42)
Performance Specifications
Materials of Construction
Enclosure
Housing: J Low-copper aluminum or J 316 SST Paint: Polyurethane M20-Conduit Adapter: SST M20-Conduit Adapter O-ring: Buna-n
Antenna
Poly butadine terephthalate (PBT)/Polycarbonate (PC) integrated omnidirectional antenna
Weight
THUM Adapter only AL THUM Adapter only SST AL THUM Adapter with AL remote kit SST THUM Adapter with SST remote kit AL THUM Adapter with M20 conduit adapter SST THUM Adapter with M20 conduit adapter
0.29 kg (0.65 lb) 0.5 kg (1.1 lb) 3.2 lbs. (1.45 kg) 5.8 lbs. (2.65 kg) 0.85 lbs. (0.38 kg) 1.3 lbs. (0.59 kg)
ElectroMagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Meets all relevant requirements of EN 61326-1 (2006) when installed with shielded wiring. The sub-device must also use shielded wiring for installation.
Vibration Effect
Output unaffected when tested per the requirements of IEC60770-1 field with general application or pipeline with low vibration level (10-60 Hz 0.15mm displacement peak amplitude / 60-500 Hz 2g).
When the THUM adapter is used on wired devices that are subject to vibration levels greater than 2 g, it is recommended that the THUM adapter be remotely mounted.
Temperature Limits
Operating and Storage Limits: -40 to 85_C (-40 to 185_F)
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
THUM Adapter
D103306X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:775 April 2018
Smart Wireless THUM Adapter Applications
Figure 1. THUM Adapter
Figure 2. HART Devices Available from Emerson Automation Solutions
Enable Enhanced Valve Capabilities
nOnline, in-service valve testing through ValveLinkTM SNAP-ONTM for AMS
nMonitor alerts such as travel deviation, supply pressure, and electronics health with AMS Device Manager
nTrend actual valve position
Gain Access to Advanced Instrument Diagnostics
nRosemountTM 3051S with Advanced Process Diagnostics
nMicro MotionTM Coriolis Meter Verification with optional AMS Meter Verification SNAP-ON
nRosemount Radar Echo Curve nRosemount Magnetic Flow Meter VerificationTM with
AMS Device Manager
Efficiently Gather Data from Multivariable Devices
nRosemount 3051SMV MultiVariableTM and 3095 Mass Flow Transmitters
nRosemount 3300 and 5300 Radar Level Transmitters
nMicro Motion Coriolis Meters nRosemount TankRadar Rex and TankRadar Pro nRosemount Magnetic Flowmeters nRosemount Multivariable Vortex Flowmeter
Make any HART Device Wireless to Enable New Measurement Points
nLevel nFlow nValves nLiquid and Gas Analytical nPressure nTemperature
Remotely Manage Device and Monitor Health with AMS Device Manager
nReduce troubleshooting time nAs found, as left data nCalibration tracking
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:775 April 2018
THUM Adapter
D103306X012
Product Certifications
European Directive Information
The EC declaration of conformity for all applicable European directives for this product can be found at www.rosemount.com. A hard copy may be obtained by contacting an Emerson representative.
Emerson complies with following directives: D ATEX Directive (94/9/EC) D Electro Magnetic Compatibility (EMC) (2004/108/EC) D Radio and Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive (R&TTE) (1999/5/EC)
Telecommunication Compliance
All wireless devices require certification to ensure that they adhere to regulations regarding the use of the RF spectrum. Nearly every country requires this type of product certification. Emerson is working with governmental agencies around the world in order to comply with country directives and laws that govern wireless device usage.
FCC and IC
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following conditions: This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This device must be installed to ensure a minimum antenna separation distance of 20 cm from all persons.
Ordinary Location Certification for FM
As standard, the transmitter has been examined and tested to determine that the design meets basic electrical, mechanical, and fire protection requirements by FM, a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as accredited by the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
Hazardous Locations Certificates
North American Certificates
Factory Mutual (FM) Approvals
FM Intrinsically Safe and Non-incendive Intrinsically Safe for Class I/II/III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G. Zone Marking: Class I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC Temperature Codes T4 (-50_C Tamb 70_C) Non-incendive for Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D. Intrinsically safe and non-incendive when installed according to Rosemount Drawing 00775-0010. Enclosure Type 4X/IP66
CSA - Canadian Standards Association
CSA Intrinsically Safe Intrinsically Safe for Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D. T3C (-50_C Tamb 70_C) Intrinsically Safe when installed according to Rosemount Drawing 00775-0012. Suitable for Class 1, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D. Enclosure Type 4X / IP66
European Certifications ATEX Intrinsic Safety Certificate No.: Baseefa09ATEX0125X II 1G Ex ia IIC T4 (-50_C Tamb 70_C) IP66 Loop Power: Ui = 30V; Li = 200 mA; Pi = 1.0 W; Ci = 0; Li = 0
Special conditions for safe use (X) The surface resistivity of the antenna is greater than one gigaohm. To avoid electrostatic charge build-up, it must not be rubbed or cleaned with solvents or a dry cloth.
The enclosure is made of aluminium alloy and given a protective polyurethane paint finish; however, care should be taken to protect it from impact or abrasion if located in a zone 0.
ATEX Type n Certificate No.: Baseefa09ATEX0131 II 3G Ex nA IIC T4 (-50_C Tamb 70_C) Ui = 45 Vdc MAX IP66
IECEx Certifications IECEx Intrinsic Safety Certificate No.: IECEx BAS 09.0050X Ex ia IIC T4 (-50_C Tamb 70_C) IP66
Loop Power: Ui = 30V; Li = 200 mA; Pi = 1.0 W; Ci = 0; Li = 0
Special conditions for safe use (X) The surface resistivity of the antenna is greater than one gigaohm. To avoid electrostatic charge build-up, it must not be rubbed or cleaned with solvents or a dry cloth.
The enclosure is made of aluminium alloy and given a protective polyurethane paint finish; however, care should be taken to protect it from impact or abrasion if located in a zone 0.
IECEx Type n Certificate No.: IECEx BAS 09.0058 Ex nA IIC T4 (-50_C Tamb 70_C) Ui = 45 Vdc MAX IP66
Additional Certifications/Appprovals Available INMETRO, NEPSI, CCoE, KOSHA, and GOST. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for certification specific information.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assume responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
THUM, FIELDVUE, ValveLink, SNAP-ON, Rosemount, Micro Motion, and Fisher are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore www.Fisher.com
E4 2009, 2018 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
846 Transducer
D102127X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:846 April 2020
FisherTM 846 Electro-Pneumatic Transducer
The Fisher 846 electro-pneumatic transducer is a rugged, field-mountable transducer that accepts an electrical input signal and converts it to a pneumatic output signal. Typically, the 4 to 20 mA is converted to 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psi). In the most common application, the transducer converts an electrical output signal from a controller to a pneumatic signal necessary to operate a control valve actuator or pneumatic positioner.
The transducer includes a deflector/nozzle design (figure 1) that consists of two nozzles positioned so that the constant air flow exiting the supply nozzle is directed at the entrance of the receiver nozzle. Each nozzle has a large bore of 0.41 mm (0.016 inches), which provides good resistance to plugging. The input current signal positions a deflector bar within the nozzle's flow stream. As the input signal changes, the
deflector bar moves to alter the flow stream to the receiver nozzle, establishing a pilot pressure at the receiver nozzle. The pilot pressure, in turn, controls the booster stage and output of the transducer.
An electronic feedback control network constantly compares the value of the pneumatic output signal with the input current signal. A solid-state pressure sensor is part of the electronics package monitoring the pneumatic output (figure 3). A comparator circuit in the control network detects input-output deviations and adjusts the output by moving the deflector in the pilot stage to a corrected position. Because of this feedback network, the transducer can correct for error-producing effects such as variations in supply pressure and downstream leakage.
X0234
FISHER 846 ELECTROPNEUMATIC TRANSDUCER
W6307-1
846 MOUNTED ON FISHER 667 ACTUATOR
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:846 April 2020
846 Transducer
D102127X012
Specifications
Input Signal 4-20 mA DC, field adjustable split ranging.
Multirange Performance: 9.7 m3/hr (360 scfh) at 2.5 bar (35 psi) supply pressure
Equivalent Circuit See figure 4
Output Signal
Temperature Limits
Operating: -40 to 85_C (-40 to 185_F) Storage: -40 to 93_C (-40 to 200_F).
Standard Performance: J 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psi). Rangeability between 0.1 to 1.2 bar (1 and 18 psi) Multirange Performance: J 0 to 1.2 bar (0 to 18 psi), J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psi), and J 0 to 2.3 bar (0 to 33 psi) nominal ranges. Actual rangeability available between 0.03 to 2.3 bar (0.5 and 33 psi) Action: J Direct (increasing input signal increases transducer output) (Minimum span, 6 psi) or J Reverse (increasing input signal decreases transducer output) (Minimum span, 11 psi)
Humidity Limits 0-100% condensing relative humidity.
Performance(2) Linearity, Hysteresis, and Repeatability: $0.3% of span Temperature Effect (total effect including zero and span): $0.07%/_C (0.045%/_F) of span
Supply Pressure
Standard Performance: 1.2 to 1.6 bar (18 to 24 psi) Multirange Performance: Minimum: 0.2 bar (3 psi) [0.14 bar (2 psi) for a 2.3 bar (33 psi) output] greater than the maximum calibrated output pressure. Maximum: 2.4 bar (35 psi)
Vibration Effect: $0.3% of span per g during the following conditions:
5-15 Hz at 4 mm constant displacement 15-150 Hz at 2 g. 150-2000 Hz at 1 g. per SAMA Standard PMC 31.1, Sec. 5.3, Condition 3, Steady State.
Shock Effect: $0.5% of span, when tested per SAMA Standard PMC 31.1, Sec. 5.4.
Supply Pressure Medium
Clean, dry air
Per ISA Standard 7.0.01 A maximum 40 micrometer particle size in the air system is acceptable. Further filtration down to 5 micrometer particle size is recommended. Lubricant content is not to exceed 1 ppm weight (w/w) or volume (v/v) basis. Condensation in the air supply should be minimized.
Per ISO 8573-1 Maximum particle density size: Class 7 Oil content: Class 3 Pressure Dew Point: Class 3 or at least 10°C less than the lowest ambient temperature expected
Maximum Steady-State Air Consumption(1) 0.3 m3/hr (12 scfh) at 1.4 bar (20 psi) supply pressure.
Output Air Capacity(1) Standard Performance: 6.4 m3/hr (240 scfh) at 1.4 bar (20 psi) supply pressure.
Supply Pressure Effect: Negligible
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI): Tested per IEC 61326-1:2013. Meets emission levels for Class A equipment (industrial locations) and Class B equipment (domestic locations). Meets immunity requirements for industrial locations (Table A.1). Immunity performance is shown in table 1.
Leak Sensitivity: Less than 1.0% of span for up to 4.8 m3/hr (180 scfh) downstream leakage.
Overpressure Effect: Less than 0.25% of span for misapplication of up to 7.0 bar (100 psi) supply pressure for less than 5 minutes to the input port.
Reverse Polarity Protection: No damage occurs from reversal of normal supply current (4-20 mA) or from misapplication of up to 100 mA.
Connections
Supply and Output Pressure: 1/4-18 NPT internal connection. Electrical: 1/2-14 NPT internal conduit connection.
- continued -
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
846 Transducer
D102127X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:846 April 2020
Specifications (Continued)
Adjustments
Zero and Span: Screwdriver adjustments located in terminal compartment
Remote Pressure Reading (optional)
ON or OFF; jumper selectable Frequency Range: 0-10,000 Hz Amplitude: 0.4-1.0 Vp-p
Required Operating Voltage
Min. 6.0 V (at 4 mA) Max. 7.2 V (at 20 mA) with Remote Pressure Reading ON Min. 6.4 V (at 4 mA) Max. 8.2 V (at 20 mA)
Electrical Classification
Hazardous Area see Bulletin 9.2:001 (D103222X012)
CSA C/US--Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Non-Incendive FM--Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Non-Incendive ATEX--Intrinsically Safe, Flameproof, Type n IECEx--Intrinsically Safe, Flameproof
Electrical Housing
Tropicalization (Fungus test per MIL-STD-810) CSA C/US--Type 4X FM--Type 4X ATEX--IP66(3) IECEx--IP66(3)
Other Classifications/Certifications CUTR-- Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russian, Kazakhstan, Belarus, and Armenia) ESMA-- Emirates Authority for Standardization and Metrology - ECAS-Ex (UAE) INMETRO--National Institute of Metrology, Quality, and Technology (Brazil) KGS--Korea Gas Safety Corporation (South Korea) NEPSI-- National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation (China) PESO CCOE-- Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organization - Chief Controller of Explosives (India)
Contact your Emerson sales office for classification/certification specific information
Construction Materials
Housing J ASTM: A03600 material composition alloy or J CF8M O-Rings Nitrile, except silicone for sensor O-rings
Mounting
J Actuator, J pipestand, or J surface
Weight
Aluminum: 2.9 kg (6.5 lb) excluding options Stainless Steel: 6.7 kg (14.8 lb) excluding options
Options
J Fisher 67CFR filter regulator, J supply and output gauges, J remote pressure reading, or J stainless steel mounting bracket
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology 1. Normal m3/hr: normal cubic meters per hour (m3/hr, 0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute). Scfm: standard cubic feet per minute (ft3/min, 60_F and 14.7 psig). 2. Performance values are obtained using a transducer with a 4 to 20 mA dc input signal, a 3 to 15 psig output, and 20 psig supply pressure.
3. ATEX and IECEx Flameproof -- IP66 per CSA Letter of Attestation.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:846 April 2020
846 Transducer
D102127X012
Table 1. EMC Immunity Performance Criteria
Port
Phenomenon
Basic Standard
Test Level
Enclosure
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
Radiated EM field
IEC 61000-4-2 IEC 61000-4-3
4 kV contact 8 kV air
80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 1400 to 2000 MHz @ 3V/m with 1kHz AM at 80% 2000 to 2700 MHz @ 1V/m with 1kHz AM at 80%
Burst (fast transients)
IEC 61000-4-4
1 kV
Surge I/O signal/control
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-5 IEC 61000-4-6
1 kV (line to ground only, each) 150 kHz to 8 MHz at 3 Vrms 8 MHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms
Specification limit = ±1% of span 1. A = No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self-recovering.
Performance Criteria(1) A
A
A B B A
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
846 Transducer
D102127X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:846 April 2020
Features
nVibration Resistant--The low-mass pilot stage, mechanically damped deflector bar, and rugged construction provide stable performance in vibration.
nLarge Diameter Nozzles--Large diameter nozzles, free-flow pilot stage design, and large internal pneumatic supply passages provide excellent tolerance to reducing the effects of contaminant buildup and erosion.
nIncreased Accuracy, Reduced Sensitivity to Supply Pressure Variations and Downstream Leakage--The electronic feedback control network monitors the pneumatic output signal, detects any input-output deviations and corrects them. This provides very high accuracy and allows the transducer to sense changes in the final element condition and rapidly optimize its air delivery.
nEasy Maintenance--Major mechanical and electrical components are incorporated into a single field-replaceable "master module" (figure 2). The transducer does not have to be removed from its mounting to facilitate troubleshooting or service. A separate field wiring compartment eases installation and maintenance.
Figure 1. Detail of Deflector/Nozzle Pilot Stage
W6287
nQuick Diagnostic Checks and Remote Performance Monitoring--With Stroke Port, a constant bleed from the pilot stage vents through a hole in the module cover. Covering the hole increases the transducer output to confirm the proper operation of the pilot and booster stages and stroke the actuator. With optional Remote Pressure Reading, a frequency directly proportional to the output pressure is superimposed on the input signal wires. Using a frequency counter, an operator can monitor the 846 output pressure.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:846 April 2020
846 Transducer
D102127X012
Figure 2. Master Module Construction
TERMINAL COVER TRANSDUCER HOUSING
MASTER MODULE
A6326
MODULE COVER STROKE PORT
Figure 3. Functional Block Diagram
4 TO 20 mA INPUT
ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT MAGNETIC ACTUATOR
PILOT STAGE BOOSTER STAGE
SOLID-STATE PRESSURE SENSOR
3 TO 15 PSI OUTPUT, TYPICAL
A6324
Figure 4. Equivalent Circuit
846 TRANSDUCER 6 VDC
50 OHMS
POWER SUPPLY
Note: The 846 is not a constant resistor in series with an inductor. It is better modeled in the loop as a 50 ohm resistor in series with a 6 volt DC voltage drop with negligible inductance.
A6325
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
846 Transducer
D102127X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:846 April 2020
Installation
The transducer may be actuator, wall, panel, or pipestand mounted. Dimensions are shown in figures 5, 6, 7, and 8.
Ordering Information
To determine what ordering information is required, refer to the specification table. Carefully review the description of each specification. Specify the desired choice whenever there is a selection available.
When ordering mounting parts, specify actuator, surface, or pipestand mounting. For actuator mounting, specify the actuator type, size, travel, and diaphragm pressure range. For all 657 and 667 actuators except size 80, specify whether actuator yoke or actuator casing mounting is desired (yoke mounting only is available on size 80 actuators).
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:846 April 2020
846 Transducer
D102127X012
Figure 5. Dimensions
67 COVER REMOVAL (2.62) CLEARANCE
59 (2.31)
68 (2.69)
1/4-18 NPT SUPPLY CONN
78 (3.08)
29 (1.13)
156 (6.15)
137 MODULE COVER (5.38) REMOVAL CLEARANCE
5/16-18 3 PLACES
1/4-18 NPT OUTLET CONN PLUGGED WHEN GAUGE NOT FURNISHED
129 (5.07)
119 (4.68)
168 (6.60)
1/2-14 NPT CONDUIT CONN
14B7364-C
8
5.43 (138)
1/4-18 NPT OUTLET CONN
mm (INCH)
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
846 Transducer
D102127X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:846 April 2020
Figure 6. Dimensions with Optional Fisher 67CFR Filter-Regulator (Yoke Mounted)
67 (2.62)
COVER REMOVAL CLEARANCE
13 (0.50)
78 (3.08)
6 (0.25)
191 (7.51)
FOR PROPER MOISTURE 1 DRAINAGE THIS END MUST BE UP
CENTERLINE OF ACTUATOR
YOKE MOUNTED
MODULE COVER
REMOVAL CLEARANCE
137 (5.38)
Note: 1The mounting positions shown allow any moisture buildup in the terminal compartment to drain to the signal wire conduit entrance. Do not mount the transducer with the terminal compartment cover on the bottom; moisture may accumulate in the terminal compartment or pilot stage, preventing proper transducer operation. The vertical mount is most effective for moisture drainage in wet applications.
14B7361-D
mm (INCH)
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:846 April 2020
846 Transducer
D102127X012
Figure 7. Dimensions with Optional Fisher 67CFR Filter-Regulator (Surface/Wall Mounted)
67
(2.62)
COVER REMOVAL CLEARANCE
19 (0.76)
89 (3.50)
222 (8.76)
FOR PROPER MOISTURE DRAINAGE THIS END MUST BE UP1
13 (0.50)
89 (3.50)
61 (2.39)
10/0.38 MOUNTING HOLE 4 PLACES
MODULE COVER 137 REMOVAL (5.38)
CLEARANCE
SURFACE/WALL MOUNTED
Note: 1The mounting positions shown allow any moisture buildup in the terminal compartment to drain to the signal wire conduit entrance. Do not mount the transducer with the terminal compartment cover on the bottom; moisture may accumulate in the terminal compartment or pilot stage, preventing proper transducer operation. The vertical mount is most effective for moisture drainage in wet applications.
14B7332-D
mm (INCH)
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
846 Transducer
D102127X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:846 April 2020
Figure 8. Dimensions with Optional Fisher 67CFR Filter-Regulator (Pipe Stand Mounted)
210 (8.27)
67 COVER REMOVAL (2.62) CLEARANCE
13 (0.50)
60 (2.38)
FOR PROPER MOISTURE DRAINAGE THIS END MUST BE UP12
148 (5.82)
54 (2.51)
262 (10.31)
67CFR 1/4-18 NPT SUPPLY CONN
1/2-14 NPT OUTLET CONN PLUGGED WHEN GAUGE NOT FINISHED
137 (5.38)
MODULE COVER REMOVAL CLEARANCE
PIPE STAND MOUNTED
Notes: 1The mounting positions shown allow any moisture buildup in the terminal compartment to drain to the signal wire conduit entrance. Do not mount the transducer with the terminal compartment cover on the bottom; moisture may accumulate in the terminal compartment or pilot stage, preventing proper transducer operation. The vertical mount is most effective for moisture drainage in wet applications. 2If mounted on horizontal pipe, the I/P must be on top of the pipe for proper moisture drainage.
14B7363-D
1/2-14 NPT CONDUIT CONN
156 (6.15)
1/2-14 NPT CONDUIT CONN
mm (INCH)
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:846 April 2020
846 Transducer
D102127X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121995, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3582 and 3582i Positioners
D200062X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3582 November 2019
FisherTM 3582 and 3582i Positioners and 582i Electro-Pneumatic Converter
Fisher 3582 pneumatic valve positioners and 3582i electro-pneumatic valve positioners, shown in figure 1, are used with diaphragm-actuated, sliding-stem control valve assemblies. The pneumatic valve positioners receive a pneumatic input signal from a control device and modulate the supply pressure to the control valve actuator, providing an accurate valve stem position that is proportional to the pneumatic input signal.
3582NS positioners are designed for nuclear power applications. The 3582NS construction includes materials that provide superior performance at elevated temperature and radiation levels. The O-rings are EPDM (ethylene propylene) and the diaphragms are EPDM/meta-aramid. EPDM demonstrates superior temperature capability and shelf life over nitrile.
Note Use a clean, dry, oil-free air supply with instruments containing EPDM components. EPDM is subject to degradation when exposed to petroleum-based lubricants.
The meta-aramid diaphragm fabric demonstrates improved strength retention at elevated temperature and radiation conditions.
Under the 10CFR50, Appendix B, quality assurance program, the 3582NS positioner is qualified commercial grade dedicated. These can be supplied as 10CFR, Part 21 items.
The 3582i electro-pneumatic valve positioner consists of a Fisher 582i electro-pneumatic converter installed on a 3582 pneumatic valve positioner. The 3582i provides an accurate valve stem position that is proportional to a DC current input signal.
W5498-1
FISHER 3582 PNEUMATIC VALVE POSITIONER
The 582i electro-pneumatic converter, shown in figure 3, is a modular unit that can be installed at the factory or in the field.
The converter receives a DC current input signal and provides a proportional pneumatic output signal through a nozzle/flapper arrangement. The pneumatic output signal provides the input signal to the pneumatic positioner, eliminating the need for a remote mounted transducer.
Note
Upgrading an existing 3582 positioner by field installation of a 582i electro-pneumatic converter may require changing the existing positioner mounting and the input signal range. Contact your Emerson sales office when planning an upgrade.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3582 November 2019
3582 and 3582i Positioners
D200062X012
Specifications
Note: Specifications for 3582 positioners include 3582A, 3582C, 3582D, 3582G, and 3582NS unless otherwise indicated
Available Configurations
Refer to Type Number Description on page 7
Input Signal
3582 J 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig), J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig), or J split range, see table 2. 3582i 4-20 mA DC constant current with 30 VDC maximum compliance voltage, can be split range, see table 2.
Maximum Steady-State Air Consumption(2)
3582: 1.4 bar (20 psig) Supply: 0.38 normal m3/hr (14.0 scfh) 2.0 bar (30 psig) Supply: 0.48 normal m3/hr (18.0 scfh) 2.4 bar (35 psig) Supply: 0.54 normal m3/hr (20.0 scfh)
3582i: 1.4 bar (20 psig) Supply: 0.46 normal m3/hr (17.2 scfh) 2.0 bar (30 psig) Supply: 0.57 normal m3/hr (21.4 scfh) 2.4 bar (35 psig) Supply: 0.64 normal m3/hr (23.8 scfh)
Maximum Supply Air Demand(2)
1.4 bar (20 psig) Supply: 4.4 normal m3/hr (164.5 scfh) 2.0 bar (30 psig) Supply: 6.7 normal m3/hr (248.5 scfh) 2.4 bar (35 psig) Supply: 7.7 normal m3/hr (285.5 scfh)
Equivalent Circuit for 3582i
120 ohms shunted by three 5.6-volt zener diodes, see figure 2
Performance
3582 Independent Linearity: ±1 percent of output signal span Hysteresis: 0.5 percent of span
Output Signal Type: Pneumatic pressure as required by actuator up to 95 percent of maximum supply Action: Field-reversible between J direct and J reverse within the pneumatic valve positioner
Supply Pressure(1) Recommended: 0.3 bar (5 psi) above actuator requirement Maximum: 3.4 bar (50 psig) or pressure rating of actuator, whichever is lower
Supply Medium Air or Natural Gas The 3582i positioner is not approved for use with Natural Gas as the supply medium
Maximum Input Bellows Pressure Rating(1) 2.4 bar (35 psig)
3582i Independent Linearity: ±2 percent of output signal span Hysteresis: 0.6 percent of span
Electromagnetic Compliance for 582i electro-magnetic converter Meets EN 61326-1:2013 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326-1 standard. Performance is shown in table 1 below. Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
Note: Electromagnetic Compatibility also applies to the 3582i positioner.
3582 and 3582i. Open Loop Gain (Output Signal): J 100 in the range of 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) J 55 in the range of 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig)
Operating Influences
Supply Pressure, For 3582: Valve travel changes less than 1.67 percent per bar (0.25 percent per 2 psi) change in supply pressure Supply Pressure, For 3582i: Valve travel changes less than 3.62 percent per bar (1.5 percent per 2 psi) change in supply pressure
- continued -
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3582 and 3582i Positioners
D200062X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3582 November 2019
Specifications (Continued)
Operative Temperature Limits(1)
Standard Construction 3582 and 3582i: -40 to 71_C (-40 to 160_F) 3582NS: -40 to 82_C (-40 to 180_F) with EPDM elastomers High-Temperature Construction(3) 3582A and C Only: -18 to 104_C (0 to 220_F) without gauges
Hazardous Area Classifications for 3582
3582 valve positioners comply with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
Ex h IIC Tx Gb Ex h IIIC Tx Db
Maximum surface temperature (Tx) depends on operating conditions
Electrical Classification for 582i CSA-- Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Type n, Dust-Ignition proof, Division 2, FM--Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Type n, Non-incendive, Dust-Ignition proof, ATEX--Intrinsically Safe, Type n, Flameproof IECEx--Intrinsically Safe, Type n, Flameproof (Gas Atmospheres Only)
Note: These classifications also apply to the 3582i positioner
Gas: T4, T5, T6 Dust: T85...T104
Meets Customs Union technical regulation TP TC 012/2011 for Groups II/III Category 2 equipment
II Gb c T*X III Db c T*X
Note: These ratings do not apply to the 3582i positioner
Housing Classification for 582i CSA--Type 3 Encl. FM--NEMA 3, IP54 ATEX--IP64 IECEx--IP54
Mount instrument with vent on the side or the bottom if weatherproofing is a concern.
Note: These classifications also apply to the 3582i positioner
Other Classifications/Certifications for 582i CUTR-- Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, and Armenia) INMETRO-- National Institute of Metrology, Quality, and Technology (Brazil) KGS-- Korea Gas Safety Corporation (South Korea) NEPSI-- National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation (China)
Contact your Emerson sales office for classification/certification specific information
Note: These classifications also apply to the 3582i positioner
Construction Materials Refer to table 3
Pressure Gauges 40 mm (1.5 inch) diameter with plastic case and brass connection J triple scale (PSI, MPa, and bar) or J dual scale (PSI and kg/cm2)
Pressure Connections 1/4 NPT internal
Electrical Connection for 3582i 1/2-14 NPT conduit connection
Maximum Valve Stem Travel 105 mm (4.125 inches); adjustable to obtain lesser travel with standard input signal
- continued -
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3582 November 2019
3582 and 3582i Positioners
D200062X012
Specifications (Continued)
Characterized Cams See characterized cams section
Approximate Weight 3582: 2.5 kg (5-1/2 pounds) 3582i: 3.6 kg (8 pounds)
Options
J Instrument, output, and supply pressure gauges; automotive tire valves; or pipe plugs (see Type Number Description section) J Bypass valve (only for direct-acting, 3582 positioners using a full input signal range) J Characterized cams B and C J Connectors for diagnostic testing J High vibration
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology. 1. The pressure and temperature limits in this document and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded. 2. Normal m3/hr--normal cubic meters per hour (0_C and 1.01325 bar absolute); Scfh--standard cubic feet per hour (60_F and 14.7 psia). 3. Not available with bypass or pressure gauges.
Table 1. Fisher 582i Electro-Pneumatic Converter(1) EMC Summary Results--Immunity
Port
Phenomenon
Basic Standard
Test Level
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
4 kV contact 8 kV air
Enclosure
Radiated EM field
IEC 61000-4-3
80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 1400 to 2000 MHz @ 3V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 2000 to 2700 MHz @ 1V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80%
Rated power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8 60 A/m at 50 Hz
Burst (fast transients)
IEC 61000-4-4 1 kV
I/O signal/control Surge
IEC 61000-4-5 1 kV (line to ground only, each)
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-6 150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms
Specification limit = ±1% of span 1. The information contained in the table also applies to the 3582i positioner. 2. A = No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self-recovering.
Performance Criteria(2) A
A
A A B A
Table 2. Split-Range Capabilities
3582 POSITIONERS
Split
0.2 to 1.0 Bar or 3 to 15 Psig Input Signal
Bar
Psig
0.4 to 2.0 Bar or 6 to 30 Psig Input Signal
Bar
Psig
Two-way
0.2 to 0.6 0.6 to 1.0
3 to 9 9 to 15
0.4 to 1.2 1.2 to 2.0
6 to 18 18 to 30
Three-way
0.2 to 0.5 0.5 to 0.7 0.7 to 1.0
3 to 7 7 to 11 11 to 15
0.4 to 0.9 0.9 to 1.5 1.5 to 2.0
6 to 14 14 to 22 22 to 30
3582i POSITIONER
Split
4-20 Milliampere Input Signal
Two-way
4 to 12 12 to 20
Three-way
4 to 9.3 9.3 to 14.7 14.7 to 20
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3582 and 3582i Positioners
D200062X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3582 November 2019
Figure 1. Fisher 3582i Electro-Pneumatic Valve Positioner
Figure 2. Equivalent Circuit
4-20 mA
+
W8152
5.6V 5.6V 5.6V
-
21B2335-D A6012
60 Ohms 60 Ohms
Table 3. Construction Materials
PART
Case Cover Bellows O-Ring
All 3582 except 3582NS 3582NS Connectors for Diagnostic Testing
Castings Diaphragms
All 3582 except 3582NS 3582NS O-Rings All 3582 except 3582NS 3582NS Gaskets
Case and Cover O-Rings
Standard Positioner Low copper aluminum alloy Impact-resistant plastic Phosphor bronze
Nitrile EPDM Stainless Steel or Brass
Relay Aluminum
Nitrile/Polyester EPDM/meta-aramid
Nitrile EPDM Nitrile/polyester
582i Converter Low copper aluminum alloy Nitrile
MATERIAL
High-Temperature
-------
Fluorocarbon -----
---
Polyacrylate-Nylon ---
Fluorocarbon ---
Polyacrylate-Nylon
-----
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3582 November 2019
3582 and 3582i Positioners
D200062X012
Figure 3. Fisher 582i Electro-Pneumatic Converter
Figure 4. Fisher 3582 Pneumatic Valve Positioner
Mechanism
BYPASS
ROTARY
NOZZLE
ADJUSTING SCREW
LEVER BELLOWS
SHAFT
ARM
W6120
Features
nVersatile Modular Design--3582 positioners can be upgraded in the field to an electro-pneumatic 3582i by replacing the gauge block with the 582i electro-pneumatic converter (figure 3) assembly. The converter assembly attaches to the positioner case, providing a cost-effective conversion. Thus, in the field, 3582 positioners can be upgraded from pneumatic to electronic to match new control strategies.
Note Upgrading existing 3582 positioners by field installation of a 582i electro-pneumatic converter may require changing the existing positioner mounting and the input signal range. Contact your Emerson sales office when planning an upgrade.
nAccurate, Efficient, Vibration-Resistant Operation--3582 and 3582i positioners offer a field-proven positioner design which is accurate, fast-responding and able to withstand the vibrations of most plant environments. Low steady-state air consumption contributes to efficient operation.
6
OPERATING CAM
W6366
FLAPPER
SCREENED VENT
nRangeability--Both 3582 and 3582i positioners provide split range capabilities. The range of the adjustable zero and span permits the use of all standard input signals including split ranges.
nSimplified Spare Parts Inventories--Because units from one positioner family can be used in a variety of control applications, basic spare parts inventory requirements are simplified and fewer spare parts are needed to support a plant-wide positioner applications base.
nEasy Positioner Adjustments--With the cover removed, as shown in figure 4, zero and span adjustments are easily accessible and can be made with a screw driver. Zero adjustments can be made with a spanner.
nStable Operation--Changes in supply pressure and valve load have minimal effect on positioner operation.
nCorrosion Resistance--Case, components, and gasket materials withstand harsh environments. Positioner bleed air purges internal parts for additional protection.
nField Reversible--Simple adjustments permit switching between direct and reverse action.
nControl Valve Diagnostic Testing Capability--To support diagnostic testing of valve/actuator/ positioner packages with the FlowScannert valve diagnostic system, connectors, piping, and other hardware can be installed between the 3582 or 3582i and the actuator.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3582 and 3582i Positioners
D200062X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3582 November 2019
Type Number Description
The Fisher 3582 series of positioners include the models listed below.
3582--Pneumatic valve positioner with bypass and instrument, supply, and output pressure gauges.
3582A--Pneumatic valve positioner without bypass and without pressure gauges.
3582C--Pneumatic valve positioner without bypass and with automotive tire valves instead of pressure gauges.
3582D--Pneumatic valve positioner with bypass and with automotive tire valves instead of pressure gauges.
3582G--Pneumatic valve positioner without bypass and with instrument, supply, and output pressure gauges.
3582NS--Pneumatic valve positioner for nuclear service applications with or without bypass and with automotive tire valves instead of pressure gauges.
3582i--Electro-pneumatic valve positioner without bypass; with 582i converter; and with: J supply and output pressure gauges, J automotive tire valves, or J pipe plugs.
582i--Electro-pneumatic converter with: J supply and output pressure gauges, J automotive tire valves, or J pipe plugs. Used for conversion of a 4-20 milliampere input signal to a 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) input signal for the pneumatic valve positioner.
83L--Pneumatic relay included as part of both 3582 and 3582i positioners.
Principle of Operation
3582 positioners (3582, 3582NS and 3582A, C, D, and G pneumatic valve positioners) accept a pneumatic input signal from a control device. The operational schematic in figure 5 depicts the direct-acting pneumatic valve positioner.
Supply pressure is connected to the 83L relay. A fixed restriction in the relay limits flow to the nozzle so that when the flapper is not restricting the nozzle, air can bleed out faster than it is being supplied.
The input signal from the control device is connected to the bellows. When the input signal increases, the bellows expands and moves the beam. The beam pivots about the input axis moving the flapper closer to the nozzle. The nozzle pressure increases and, through relay action, increases the output pressure to the diaphragm actuator. The increased output pressure to the actuator causes the actuator stem to move downward. Stem movement is fed back to the beam by means of a cam. As the cam rotates, the beam pivots about the feedback axis to move the flapper slightly away from the nozzle. The nozzle pressure decreases and reduces the output pressure to the actuator. Stem movement continues, backing the flapper away from the nozzle, until equilibrium is reached.
When the input signal decreases, the bellows contracts (aided by an internal range spring) and the beam pivots about the input axis to move the flapper away from the nozzle. Nozzle pressure decreases and the relay permits the release of diaphragm casing pressure to atmosphere. The actuator stem moves upward. Through the cam, stem movement is fed back to the beam to reposition the flapper closer to the nozzle. When equilibrium conditions are obtained, stem movement stops and the flapper is positioned to prevent any further decrease in diaphragm case pressure.
The principle of operation for reverse acting units is similar except that as the input signal increases, the diaphragm casing pressure is decreased. Conversely, a decreasing input signal causes an increase in the pressure to the diaphragm casing.
As shown in figure 6, the 3582i electro-pneumatic positioner accepts a DC current input signal provided to the 582i electro-pneumatic converter attached to the positioner. The 582i provides the pneumatic input signal pressure used by the pneumatic positioner.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3582 November 2019
3582 and 3582i Positioners
D200062X012
Figure 5. Fisher 3582 Positioner Schematic Diagram
OUTPUT TO DIAPHRAGM RELAY INSTRUMENT
ACTUATOR VALVE STEM CONNECTION
22A7965-A A2453-2
SUPPLY BEAM
BELLOWS FEEDBACK AXIS PIVOT NOZZLE FLAPPER
DIRECT ACTION QUADRANT INPUT AXIS CAM
REVERSE ACTION QUADRANT
Figure 6. Fisher 3582i Positioner Schematic Diagram
4-20 MILLIAMPERE INPUT SIGNAL +
582i CONVERTER
SUPPLY
OUTPUT TO ACTUATOR RELAY
A4818-2
ROTARY SHAFT ARM
PIVOT FLAPPER ASSEMBLY
REVERSE ACTING QUADRANT
PNEUMATIC SIGNAL FROM CONVERTER BELLOWS
FEEDBACK AXIS NOZZLE BEAM DIRECT ACTING QUADRANT
INPUT AXIS
CAM
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3582 and 3582i Positioners
D200062X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3582 November 2019
Characterized Cams
Three cams are available for 3582 valve positioners. A linear cam (cam A) is supplied with the unit. Two characterized cams (cams B and C) are available as options. Figure 7 shows the resultant stem travel due to an incremental instrument pressure change for each cam. When the linear cam is the operating cam, there is a linear relationship between an incremental input signal change and valve travel, and the flow characteristic of the valve is that of the control valve. When either characterized cam is the operating cam, the relationship between an incremental input signal change and valve travel changes thereby modifying the valve flow characteristics. Figure 8 shows how the characteristic is modified for an equal percentage valve. Figure 9 shows how the characteristic is modified for a linear valve.
Because 3582 positioners mount the same way on either direct-acting or reverse-acting diaphragm actuators, the cams are reversible.
Figure 7. Instrument Pressure Versus Valve Travel
0
10
PERCENT INSTRUMENT PRESSURE SPAN
20
30
CAM C
40
CAM
A
50
CAM
B
60
70
80
90 100
REVERSE ACTING POSITIONER DIRECT ACTING POSITIONER
CK4832-A A1413
PERCENT VALVE STEM TRAVEL 0 PERCENT CORRESPONDS TO MINIMUM DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE
Figure 8. Equal Percentage Valve Flow Characteristics as Modified by Various Cams
REVERSE ACTING POSITIONER DIRECT ACTING POSITIONER
PERCENT INSTRUMENT PRESSURE SPAN
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
CK4835-A A1415-1
CAM C
CAM A
CAM B
NORMALLY CLOSED VALVE
CAM A
CAM B
CAM C
NORMALLY OPEN VALVE
PERCENT FLOW
VALVE PLUG AT CONSTANT PRESSURE DROP
Figure 9. Linear Valve Flow Characteristics as Modified by Various Cams
PERCENT INSTRUMENT PRESSURE SPAN
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
CAM C
CAM A
CAM B
NORMALLY CLOSED VALVE
CAM C
CAM A
CAM B
NORMALLY OPEN VALVE
PERCENT FLOW VALVE PLUG AT CONSTANT PRESSURE DROP
REVERSE ACTING POSITIONER DIRECT ACTING POSITIONER
CK4833-A A1414
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3582 November 2019
3582 and 3582i Positioners
D200062X012
Installation
Figure 10 shows a typical positioner mounting for a direct- or reverse-acting actuator. Positioner overall dimensions and connections are shown in figure 10 and table 4.
Ordering Information
When ordering, please specify the product application and construction:
2. Maximum supply pressure available 3. Direct or reverse acting 4. Valve stroke in inches; actuator type and size 5. Initial cam set-up (cam A, B, or C) 6. Input signal 7. Supply pressure regulator and test pressure gauge 8. Connectors for diagnostic testing, if required
Application
1. Positioner type number. When ordering a 3582i electro-pneumatic positioner, specify: J supply and output pressure gauges, J automotive tire valves, or J pipe plugs
Construction
Refer to the specifications. Carefully review each specification; indicate your choice whenever a selection is offered.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3582 and 3582i Positioners
D200062X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3582 November 2019
Figure 10. Valve Positioner Dimensions and Connections (see table 4 for the X dimension)
CL OF ACTUATOR X
246.1 (9.69)
182.6 (7.19)
1/4-18 NPT VENT CONN
141 (5.56)
127 (5.00)
0.34 HOLES SPACED 0.69 APART
7.9 (0.31)
140 (5.50)
57.2 (2.25) 12.7 (0.50)
30_ MAX
11.44 (291)
1/2-14 NPT CONDUIT CONN
30_ MAX
11B6519-G
CL OF ACTUATOR X
1/4-18 NPT OUTLET CONN PLUGGED
1/4-18 NPT OUTPUT CONN
FISHER 3582i
261 (10.26)
141 (5.56)
127 (5.00) 7.9 (0.31)
1/4-18 NPT SUPPLY CONN
3/8-18 NPT VENT CONN
1/4-18 NPT OPTIONAL OUTPUT CONN PLUGGED
0.34 HOLES SPACED 0.69 APART
1/4-18 NPT INSTR CONN
140 (5.50)
57.2 (2.25) 12.7 (0.50)
30_ MAX 30_ MAX
11B6520-F B2211-3
Table 4. Dimensions
STEM TRAVEL
mm
29 or less 38 51 64 76
89 102
Inch
1.125 or less 1.50 2 2.50 3
3.50 4
205 (8.06)
1/4-18 NPT OUTLET CONN PLUGGED
1/4-18 NPT SUPPLY CONN
FISHER 3582 (DIMENSIONS FOR 3582A, C, D, AND G ARE THE SAME)
3/8-18 NPT VENT CONN
1/4-18 NPT OUTPUT CONN
mm (INCH)
9.5 mm (0.375 inch) Stem
mm
Inch
81
3.19
90
3.56
102
4.00
113
4.44
124
4.88
135
5.31
146
5.75
X
12.7 mm (0.50 inch) Stem
mm
Inch
87
3.44
97
3.81
108
4.25
119
4.69
130
5.12
141
5.56
152
6.00
19.1 mm (0.75 inch) Stem
mm
Inch
100
3.94
109
4.31
121
4.75
132
5.19
143
5.62
154
6.06
165
6.50
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3582 November 2019
3582 and 3582i Positioners
D200062X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and FlowScanner are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121989, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3610J and 3620J Positioners
D200064X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3610 August 2020
FisherTM 3610J and 3620J Positioners and 3622 Electro-Pneumatic Converter
Fisher 3610J, 3610JP, 3620J, 3620JP, 3621JP, and 3622 instruments are part of the 3600 series of positioners. 3610J or 3610JP pneumatic and 3620J or 3620JP electro-pneumatic positioners are used in combination with either single or double-acting actuators to accurately position control valves used in throttling applications. These rugged positioners provide a valve position proportional to a pneumatic or a DC current input signal.
The 3610J or 3610JP pneumatic positioner in combination with the Fisher 3622 electro-pneumatic converter becomes the 3620J or 3620JP positioner, respectively. This integral electro-pneumatic converter, can be factory installed or installed in the field on existing positioners. The electro-pneumatic converter receives the DC current input signal and
provides a proportional pneumatic output signal through a nozzle/flapper arrangement.
The output signal from the converter becomes the input signal pressure to the pneumatic positioner, eliminating the need for a remote mounted transducer.
The positioner mounts on the actuator as shown below. Figure 1 shows the cam feedback mechanism for a positioner mounted on the actuator. Positioner bleed air continually purges the enclosure containing the feedback lever and the feedback linkages.
To support diagnostic testing of valve/actuator/ positioner packages, connectors, piping, and other hardware can be installed between the 3610J or 3620J positioner and the actuator.
ELECTRO-PNEUMATIC CONVERTER
W4920
X1284
3620JP ELECTRO-PNEUMATIC POSITIONER WITH 1061 ACTUATOR AND V500 VALVE
3610J PNEUMATIC POSITIONER WITH 2052 ACTUATOR AND V500 VALVE
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3610 August 2020
3610J and 3620J Positioners
D200064X012
Specifications
Available Configurations
Refer to the type number description on page 6
Input Signal
3610J or 3610JP: Standard: J 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig), J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig), or J split range, see table 1. Adjustable: Zero is adjustable from 0.07 to 1.5 bar (1 to 22 psig) for standard valve rotations. Span is adjustable from 0.2 to 2.0 bar (3.2 to 28.8 psi) for standard valve rotations. Location of adjustments are shown in figure 2.
Electromagnetic Compliance for 3622 electro-pneumatic converter: Meets EN 61326-1:2013 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326-1 standard. Performance is shown in table 2 below. Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
Note:The Electromagnetic Compliance specifications also apply to 3620J positioners
Maximum Supply Air Demand(2)
3620J and 3620JP: 4-20 mA DC constant current with 30 VDC maximum compliance voltage. Minimum terminal voltage is 2.4 VDC at 20 mA. Split range is also available, see table 1.
Output Signal
Pneumatic pressure as required by the actuator up to full supply pressure Action(1): Field-reversible between J direct and J reverse within the pneumatic positioner
Equivalent Circuit
3620J and 3620JP: 120 ohms shunted by three 5.6 V zener diodes
Typical Performance
Independent Linearity: Direct-Acting 3610J and 3620J: ±1.5% of output span Reverse-Acting 3610J and 3620J: ±0.75% of output span Direct-Acting 3610JP and 3620JP: ±1.25% of output span Reverse-Acting 3610JP and 3620JP: ±0.5% of output span
Hysteresis: 3610J: 1.0% of output span 3620J: 0.75% of output span 3610JP: 0.5% of output span 3620JP: 0.6% of output span
Deadband: 0.1% of input span
3610J and 3620J: 1.4 bar (20 psig) Supply: 13 normal m3/hour (490 scfh) 2.4 bar (35 psig) Supply: 17 normal m3/hour (640 scfh)
3610JP and 3620JP: 5.2 bar (75 psig) Supply: 37 normal m3/hour (1380 scfh) 6.9 bar (100 psig) Supply: 46 normal m3/hour (1700 scfh)
Operating Influences
Supply Pressure Sensitivity: A 10% change in supply pressure changes the valve shaft position less than the following percentages of valve rotation: 3610J and 3620J: 1.0% at 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure 3610JP and 3620JP: 1.5% at 4.1 bar (60 psig) supply pressure
Supply Pressure(3)
Minimum Recommended: 0.3 bar (5 psig) above actuator requirement [1.4 bar (20 psig) for a 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) nominal actuator signal; 2.4 bar (35 psig) for a 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) nominal actuator signal]. Maximum: 10.3 bar (150 psig) or maximum pressure rating of the actuator, whichever is lower.
Supply Medium: Air or Natural Gas
3620J and 3620JP are not approved for use with natural gas as the supply medium
- continued -
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3610J and 3620J Positioners
D200064X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3610 August 2020
Specifications (continued)
Steady-State Air Consumption(2) 3610J: 0.40 normal m3/hour (15 scfh) at 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure 3610JP: 0.64 normal m3/hour (24 scfh) at 6.9 bar (100 psig) supply pressure 3620J: 0.49 normal m3/hour (18 scfh) at 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure 3620JP: 0.93 normal m3/hour (35 scfh) at 6.9 bar (100 psig) supply pressure
Operative Temperature Limits(3) -40 to 82_C (-40 to 180_F)
Electrical Classification for 3622
Hazardous Area:
CSA-- Intrinsically Safe, Explosion proof, Type n Dust-Ignition proof, Division 2
FM-- Intrinsically Safe, Explosion proof, Type n, Non-incendive, Dust-Ignition proof,
ATEX-- Intrinsically Safe, Type n, Flameproof
IECEx-- Intrinsically Safe, Type n, Flameproof (Gas Atmospheres Only)
Note: These classifications also apply to 3620J positioners
KGS-- Korea Gas Safety Corporation (South Korea) Contact your Emerson sales office for classification/certification specific information
Note: These classifications also apply to 3620J positioners
Hazardous Area Classification for 3610J Positioners Complies with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
Ex h IIC Tx Gb Ex h IIIC Tx Db
Maximum surface temperature (Tx) depends on operating conditions Gas: T6 Dust: T82
Meets Customs Union technical regulation TP TC 012/2011 for Groups II/III Category 2 equipment
II Gb c T*X III Db c T*X
Note: These ratings do not apply to 3620J positioners
Construction Materials
Housing Classification for 3622 CSA-- Type 3 Encl. FM-- NEMA 3, IP54 ATEX-- IP64 IECEx-- IP54 Mount instrument with vent on side or bottom if weatherproofing is a concern. Note: These classifications also apply to 3620J positioners
All Positioners: Case: Low copper aluminum alloy Cover: Polyester plastic Feedback Lever: Stainless steel Range Spring: Zinc-plated steel Input Module and Relay Diaphragms: Nitrile and polyester Relay Valve Plugs and Seats: Stainless steel Tubing: Copper (standard) Fittings: Brass (standard) Gauges: Chrome-plated brass connection with plastic case
Other Classifications/Certifications for 3622
CUTR-- Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, and Armenia)
INMETRO-- National Institute of Metrology, Quality and Technology (Brazil)
3620J and 3620JP: Housing and Cap: Low copper aluminum alloy
Pressure Connections 1/4 NPT internal
- continued -
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3610 August 2020
3610J and 3620J Positioners
D200064X012
Specifications (continued)
Rotary Valve Rotation 60, 75, or 90 degrees
Characterized Cams See Characterized Cams section
Options
3610J and 3610JP: J Supply pressure gauge, J tire valves, or J plugs, J Integral mounted bypass valve on 3610J only
3620J and 3620JP: J Supply pressure gauge, J tire valves, or J plugs
Electrical Connection for 3620J and 3620JP 1/2-14 NPT Conduit Connection
Approximate Weight
3610J positioners: 2.5 kg (5.6 pounds) 3620J positioners: 3.6 kg (8.0 pounds)
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology. 1. For direct action, an increasing input signal extends the actuator rod. For reverse action, an increasing input signal retracts the actuator rod. 2. Normal m3/hr--normal cubic meters per hour (0_C and 1.01325 bar absolute). Scfh--standard cubic feet per hour (60_F and 14.7 psia). 3. The pressure and temperature limits in this document and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded.
Table 1. Split-Range Capabilities
3610J AND 3610JP POSITIONERS(1)
Split
0.2 to 1.0 Bar (3 to 15 Psig) Input Signal
Bar
Psig
0.4 to 2.0 Bar (6 to 30 Psig) Input Signal
Bar
Psig
Two-way
0.2 to 0.6 0.6 to 1.0
3 to 9 9 to 15
0.4 to 1.2 1.2 to 2.0
6 to 18 18 to 30
Three-way
0.2 to 0.5 0.5 to 0.7 0.7 to 1.0
3 to 7 7 to 11 11 to 15
3620J AND 3620JP POSITIONERS(1)
0.4 to 0.9 0.9 to 1.5 1.5 to 2.0
6 to 14 14 to 22 22 to 30
Split
4-20 Milliampere Input Signal
Two-way
4 to 12 12 to 20
Three-way
4 to 9.3 9.3 to 14.7 14.7 to 20
1. This table is only valid for the following standard valve rotations/range spring combinations: 90_/18A7845X012 (blue), 75_/18A7846X012 (yellow), and 60_/18A5118X012 (red). Contact your Emerson sales office for input signal ranges not listed.
Table 2. Fisher 3622 Electro-Pneumatic Converter(1) EMC Summary Results--Immunity
Port
Phenomenon
Basic Standard
Test Level
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
4 kV contact; 8 kV air
Enclosure
Radiated EM field
IEC 61000-4-3
80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 1400 to 2000 MHz @ 3V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 2000 to 2700 MHz @ 1V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80%
Rated power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8
60 A/m at 50 Hz
Burst (fast transients)
IEC 61000-4-4
1 kV
I/O signal/control Surge
IEC 61000-4-5
1 kV (line to ground only, each)
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-6
150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms
Specification limit = ±1% of span 1. The information contained in the table also applies to 3620J, 3620JP, and 3621JP electro-pneumatic positioners. 2. A=No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self-recovering.
Performance Criteria(2) A
A
A A B A
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3610J and 3620J Positioners
D200064X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3610 August 2020
Figure 1. Typical Fisher 3610J and 3620J Positioner Mounting
ACTUATOR ROD CAM FEEDBACK LEVER
W3783
Figure 2. Adjustments for Fisher 3610J and 3620J Positioners
CROSSOVER ADJUSTMENT DIRECT/ REVERSE PLATE
ZERO ADJUSTMENT
COARSE SPAN ADJUSTMENT
MINOR LOOP GAIN ADJUSTMENT
FINE SPAN ADJUSTMENT
W4900-1
Features
nAccurate, Efficient, Vibration-Resistant Operation--The positioner provides accurate, fast-response and can withstand the vibrations of most plant environments. Low steady-state air consumption contributes to efficient operation.
nModular Design-- The pneumatic 3610J positioner easily converts to an electro-pneumatic 3620J positioner by replacing the existing gauge block with the 3622 electro-pneumatic converter assembly. The converter assembly attaches to the existing positioner, providing a simple, compact, and cost-effective conversion.
nVersatility--3610J and 3610JP positioners accept a pneumatic input signal and 3620J and 3620JP positioners accept a DC current input signal from a control device. The pneumatic and electro-pneumatic positioners provide split range capabilities and adjustable zero and span. The rangeability of the positioner zero and span permits using a single range spring for all standard input signals including split ranges.
nFewer Spare Parts--Most of the parts for 3610J and 3610JP or 3620J and 3620JP positioners are interchangeable, requiring fewer spare parts to support these positioners.
nEasy Positioner Adjustments--With the cover removed, zero, span, and cross-over adjustments, shown in figure 2, are easily accessible and can be made with a screwdriver.
nApplication Flexibility--Easily adjustable minor loop gain fine tunes the positioner to optimize dynamic response for each specific actuator size and application.
nStable Operation--Changes in supply pressure have minimal effect on positioner operation.
nCorrosion Resistant--Case, components, and gasket materials withstand harsh environments. Positioner bleed air purges internal parts and actuator housing for additional protection.
nField Reversible--Simple adjustments permit switching between direct and reverse action; no additional parts are required.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3610 August 2020
3610J and 3620J Positioners
D200064X012
Figure 3. Schematic of Fisher 3610JP Positioner
CROSS-OVER ADJ
RELAY BEAM
MINOR LOOP GAIN ADJ
RELAY A
RELAY B
ZERO ADJ
RANGE SPRING
AIR SUPPLY
COARSE SPAN ADJ
COUNTER SPRING
FINE SPAN ADJ
SUMMING BEAM
FLAPPER NOZZLE
FIXED RESTRICTION
AIR SUPPLY
PIVOT A
CAVITY A
INPUT MODULE
CAVITY B
INPUT SIGNAL PRESSURE
POSITIONER CAM
38A8900-B B1845-1
END VIEW OF ROTARY SHAFT
PIVOT B
FEEDBACK LEVER
PISTON ACTUATOR
SUPPLY PRESSURE NOZZLE PRESSURE INPUT SIGNAL OUTPUT SIGNAL OUTPUT SIGNAL
Type Number Description1
The Fisher 3600 series of positioners include the models listed below.
The following descriptions provide specific information on the different positioner constructions.
3610J: A single-acting pneumatic rotary valve positioner for use with Fisher 1051 and 1052 actuators.
3610JP: A double-acting pneumatic rotary valve positioner for use with Fisher 1061 and 1069 actuators.
3620J: A single-acting electro-pneumatic rotary valve positioner for use with 1051 and 1052 actuators.
3620JP: A double-acting electro-pneumatic rotary valve positioner for use with 1061 and 1069 actuators.
3622: An electro-pneumatic converter that converts a 4-20 mA DC input signal to a 3 to 15 psig (0.2 to 1.0 bar) input signal for the pneumatic positioner. Combining this unit with a 3610J or 3610JP positioner produces a 3620J or 3620JP positioner, respectively.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3610J and 3620J Positioners
D200064X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3610 August 2020
Figure 4. Schematic of Fisher 3620JP Positioner
FOR 3620JP ONLY
CROSS-OVER ADJ
RELAY BEAM
MINOR LOOP GAIN ADJ
FLAPPER NOZZLE FIXED RESTRICTION
SUPPLY
38A8900-B B2148
RELAY A
RELAY B
ZERO ADJ
COARSE SPAN ADJ
RANGE SPRING COUNTER SPRING
AIR SUPPLY
FINE SPAN ADJ
SUMMING BEAM
CAVITY A CAVITY B
PIVOT A INPUT MODULE
CONVERTER MODULE
PIVOT B
FEEDBACK LEVER
POSITIONER CAM
PISTON ACTUATOR
END VIEW OF ROTARY SHAFT + 4-20 MILLIAMPERE INPUT SIGNAL
SUPPLY PRESSURE NOZZLE PRESSURE INPUT SIGNAL OUTPUT SIGNAL OUTPUT SIGNAL
Principle of Operation
3610J positioners accept a pneumatic input signal and 3620J positioners accept a DC current input signal from a control device.
These positioners are force-balanced instruments that provide a valve shaft position proportional to the input signal. The following describes the principle of operation for 3610JP and 3620JP positioners. The principle of operation for 3610J and 3620J positioners is similar except relay A is not used. Refer to figures 3 and 4 while reading the following descriptions.
For direct action, input signal pressure from a control device is channeled to cavity A in the input module. An increase in input signal pressure results in a downward force on the summing beam, pivoting the summing beam counterclockwise. This moves the flapper slightly toward the nozzle, increasing the nozzle pressure. As nozzle pressure increases, the relay beam pivots clockwise, causing relay B to increase upper cylinder pressure and relay A to exhaust lower cylinder pressure of the actuator.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3610 August 2020
3610J and 3620J Positioners
D200064X012
As a result, the actuator rod extends and the actuator rotary shaft rotates clockwise. This causes the feedback lever to pivot clockwise and the force applied to the summing beam by the range spring increases. This force, which opposes the downward force on the summing beam caused by the increasing input signal pressure, continues to increase until the summing beam torques are in equilibrium. At this point, the valve shaft is in the correct position for the specific input signal applied.
For reverse action, input signal pressure is channeled to both cavities A and B. An increase in signal pressure results in an upward force on the summing beam, pivoting the summing beam clockwise and causing relay B to exhaust upper actuator cylinder pressure to atmosphere and relay A to increase lower actuator cylinder pressure. As a result, the actuator rod retracts and the actuator rotary shaft rotates counterclockwise. This causes the feedback arm to pivot counterclockwise reducing the force applied to the summing beam by the range spring.
3620J or 3620JP positioners (figure 4) are a combination of a 3610J or a 3610JP positioner with a 3622 electro-pneumatic converter. The electro-pneumatic converter provides a 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) output pressure proportional to the 4-20 mA DC input signal. The 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) output pressure becomes the input signal pressure to the 3610J or 3610JP pneumatic positioner.
Installation
The supply pressure medium must be a clean, dry, and oil-free air, or noncorrosive gas (3610J positioners only). If the supply pressure source is capable of exceeding the maximum actuator operating pressure or positioner supply pressure, appropriate steps must be taken during installation to protect the positioner and all connected equipment against overpressure.
Typical positioner mounting on an actuator is shown on the front page. Overall dimensions are shown in figure 5.
As the valve shaft rotates counterclockwise, the range spring force to the summing beam continues to reduce until the summing beam torques are in equilibrium. At this point, the valve shaft is in the correct position for the specific input signal applied.
Note
3620J and 3620JP positioners are not approved for use with natural gas as the supply medium.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3610J and 3620J Positioners
D200064X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3610 August 2020
Figure 5. Typical Mounting Dimensions and Connections
208 (8.19)
INSTRUMENT 1 CONNECTION
OUTPUT A 1 CONNECTION (PLUGGED ON 3610J)
49.3 (1.94)
140 (5.50)
OUTPUT B 1 CONNECTION
63.5 (2.50)
19A1442-C
100.1 (3.94)
GAUGE BLOCK
SUPPLY 1 CONNECTION
TYPICAL FISHER 3610J POSITIONER WITHOUT BYPASS VALVE
31.8 (1.25)
208 (8.19)
BYPASS VALVE
OUTPUT B CONNECTION 1
INSTRUMENT CONNECTION 1
OUTPUT A CONNECTION (PLUGGED) 1
208 (8.19)
3622
17.5 (0.69)
63.5 (2.50)
63.5 (2.50)
103 (4.06)
1/2 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION
OUTPUT A CONNECTION (PLUGGED ON 3620J) 1
63.5 (2.50)
19A1444-B
100.1 (3.94)
119.1 (4.69)
GAUGE BLOCK
57.2 (2.25)
110.2 (4.34)
SUPPLY 1 CONNECTION
FISHER 3610J POSITIONER WITH BYPASS ASSEMBLY
Note: 1Instrument, Output, and Supply connections are 1/4 NPT.
C0681-2
OUTPUT B 1 CONNECTION
11B2612-C
57.2 (2.25)
110.2 (4.34)
SUPPLY 1 CONNECTION
FISHER 3620J OR 3620JP POSITIONER
mm (INCH)
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3610 August 2020
3610J and 3620J Positioners
D200064X012
Figure 6. Input Span Versus Valve Rotation
DEGREES OF VALVE ROTATION
CAM B
CAM A
CAM C
DIRECT REVERSE
A2264-1
PERCENT OF RATED INPUT SPAN
Figure 7. Flow Characteristics for the Various Cams When Used with an Equal Percentage Characteristic, Push-Down-to-Close Valve
PUSH DOWN TO CLOSE
CAM C
PERCENT OF FLOW (PRESSURE DROP CONSTANT)
DIRECT REVERSE
33A4960-A A1582-2
CAM A
CAM B
PERCENT OF RATED INPUT SPAN
Characterized Cams
3610J and 3620J positioners are available with any one of three cams, a linear cam (cam A) or two characterized cams (cams B and C). Figure 6 shows the resultant valve rotation due to an incremental instrument pressure change for the three cams.
Figures 7 and 8 show how the flow characteristics change when using the cams with a valve that has equal percentage characteristics.
Figure 8. Flow Characteristics for the Various Cams When Used with an Equal Percentage Characteristic, Push-Down-to-Open Valve
PUSH DOWN TO OPEN
PERCENT OF FLOW (PRESSURE DROP CONSTANT)
CAM B
CAM A
DIRECT REVERSE
33A4959-A A1581-2
CAM C
PERCENT OF RATED INPUT SPAN
When the linear cam is the operating cam, there is a linear relationship between an incremental instrument pressure change and the resultant valve stem rotation. The flow characteristic is that of the control valve.
As shown in figure 6, installing either characterized cam as the operating cam changes the relationship between the incremental instrument pressure change and valve stem travel, thereby modifying the valve flow characteristics.
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify the product application and construction:
Application
1. Positioner type number 2. Maximum supply pressure available 3. Actuator size and type number 4. Cam characteristic 5. Input signal
Construction
Refer to the specifications. Carefully review each specification; indicate your choice whenever a selection is to be made.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3610J and 3620J Positioners
D200064X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3610 August 2020
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3610 August 2020
3610J and 3620J Positioners
D200064X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121983, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3660 and 3661 Positioners
D101407X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3660 November 2019
FisherTM 3660 and 3661 Positioners
Fisher 3660 pneumatic and 3661 electro-pneumatic single-acting positioners are part of the 3660 series of positioners. They are used with various actuators on sliding-stem valves for throttling applications. These rugged positioners provide a valve position proportional to a pneumatic input or a standard millampere DC input signal received from a control device.
Features
nAccurate, Efficient, Vibration-Resistant Operation--Positioner design provides accurate, fast-responding instruments able to withstand the vibrations of most plant environments. Low steady-state air consumption contributes to efficient operation.
nVariable Gain--Easily adjustable gain and damping adjustments fine tune the positioner stability to specific application requirements.
nVersatility--Positioner accepts a standard pneumatic input signal (3660) or a standard milliampere DC input signal (3661) from a control device. This positioner provides split range capabilities and adjustable zero and spans.
nFewer Spare Parts Required--Most of the parts for 3660 and 3661 positioners are interchangeable, requiring fewer spare parts to support these positioners.
nRugged Construction--The case and cover are designed to withstand mechanical vibration and rough handling.
W7174-1
Fisher 3660 Positioner with BaumannTM Valve and Actuator
nEasy Positioner Adjustments--Zero and span adjustments can be made with the cover in place.
nControl Valve Diagnostic Testing Capability--To support diagnostic testing of valve/actuator/positioner packages with the FlowScannerTM valve diagnostic system, connectors, piping, and other hardware can be installed between the 3660 or 3661 positioner and the actuator. A typical connector installation is shown in figure 4.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3660 November 2019
3660 and 3661 Positioners
D101407X012
Specifications
Available Configuration
The Fisher 3660 series of positioners include the following models:
3660: Single-acting pneumatic valve positioner 3661: Single-acting electro-pneumatic valve positioner
Electromagnetic Compatibility for 3661 electro-pneumatic positioner: Meets EN 61326-1:2013 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326-1 standard. Performance is shown in table 1 below. Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
Input Signal
3660: J0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig), J0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig), or JSplit range, see table 2 3661: J4-20 mA DC constant current with 30 VDC maximum compliance voltage JSplit range is also available, see table 2
Equivalent Circuit (3661)
120 ohms shunted by three 5.6 V zener diodes
Positioner Adjustments
Span: Adjustable from 19 mm to 50 mm (0.75 to 2 inches) stem travel Zero: 0 to 100% Gain: 0.5 to 6% PB (proportional band)(3). Output Volume Damping: Loop dynamic response adjustment
Delivery Capacity(4):
1.4 Bar (20 Psig) Supply: 4.3 normal m3/hour (150 scfh) 2.4 Bar (35 Psig) Supply: 6.6 normal m3/hour (230 scfh)
Output Signal
Type: Pneumatic pressure as required by the actuator up to full supply pressure Action: JDirect (increasing input signal increases positioner output), JReverse (increasing input signal decreases positioner output)
Supply Pressure(1)
Recommended: 10% above actuator requirements Maximum: 6.2 bar (90 psig) or pressure rating of actuator, whichever is lower
Medium: Air
3660 and 3661 are not compatible with natural gas as the supply medium
Performance
Independent Linearity: ±1% of output span. Hysteresis: 0.5% of output span(2). Deadband: 0.1% of input span.
Exhaust Capacity(4): 1.4 Bar (20 Psig) Supply: 4.8 normal m3/hour (170 scfh) 2.4 Bar(35 Psig) Supply: 7.4 normal m3/hour (260 scfh)
Steady-State Air Consumption(4,5) 3660: 0.17 normal m3/hour (6.0 scfh) at 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure. 0.22 normal m3/hour (7.9 scfh) at 2.4 bar (35 psig) supply pressure 3661: 0.24 normal m3/hour (8.8 scfh) at 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure. 0.33 normal m3/hour (12.3 scfh) at 2.4 bar (35 psig) supply pressure
Operating Influences
Supply Pressure: 69 mbar (1 psig) change in supply pressure changes the actuator stem position less than 0.16%(6) of the travel
Operative Temperature Limits(1)
-40 to 82°C (-40 to 180°F)
- continued -
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3660 and 3661 Positioners
D101407X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3660 November 2019
Specifications (continued)
Hazardous Area Classification for 3660
3660 pneumatic positioners comply with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
Ex h IIC Tx Gb Ex h IIIC Tx Db
Maximum surface temperature (Tx) depends on operating conditions
Gas: T6 Dust: T82
3660 pneumatic positioners meet Customs Union technical regulation TP TC 012/2011 for Groups II/III Category 2 equipment
II Gb c T*X III Db c T*X
Mounting The positioner can be mounted in one of four different configurations. See figure 1.
Pressure Connections 1/4 NPT internal
Conduit Connection for 3661 1/2 NPT (M20 or PG13 adaptors optional)
Vent Connection 1/4 NPT internal
Hazardous Area Classification for 3661
CSA & FM--Intrinsically Safe, Type n, Non-incendive
ATEX & IECEx--Intrinsically Safe, Type n (Gas Atmospheres Only)
Maximum Valve Stem Travel
50 mm (2 inch); adjustable to obtain lesser travel with standard input signal--minimum 19 mm (0.75 inch)
Housing Classification for 3661 CSA--Type 3 Encl. FM--NEMA 3, IP54 ATEX & IECEx--IP44 Mounting orientation requires vent location to be below horizontal
Construction Materials See table 4
Approximate Weight 3660: 2.6 pounds (1.2 kg) 3661: 3.0 pounds (1.4 kg)
Other Classifications/Certifications for 3661
CUTR-- Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, and Armenia)
INMETRO-- National Institute of Metrology, Quality, and Technology (Brazil)
KGS--Korea Gas Safety Corporation (South Korea)
Contact your Emerson sales office for classification/certification specific information
Options
3660: JInstrument and output pressure gauges, JIntegrally mounted bypass valve
3661: Output pressure gauge 3660 and 3661: Connectors for diagnostic testing Jstainless steel or Jbrass
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology. 1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded. 2. Hysteresis value at a gain setting of 1/2 turn. 3. Adjusting the gain (PB) adjustment will change the nozzle flapper relationship. This nozzle flapper change affects the actuator/positioner response time. 4. Normal m3/hr--normal cubic meters per hour (0_C and 1.01325 bar absolute). Scfh--standard cubic feet per hour (60_F and 14.7 psia).
5. Air consumption at a gain setting of 1/2 turn. 6. At supply pressure of 2.4 bar (35 psig).
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3660 November 2019
3660 and 3661 Positioners
D101407X012
Table 1. Fisher 3661 Electro-Pneumatic Positioner EMC Summary Results--Immunity
Port
Phenomenon
Basic Standard
Test Level
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
4 kV contact 8 kV air
Enclosure
Radiated EM field
IEC 61000-4-3
80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 1400 to 2000 MHz @ 3V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 2000 to 2700 MHz @ 1V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80%
Rated power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8
60 A/m at 50 Hz
Burst
IEC 61000-4-4
1 kV
I/O signal/control Surge
IEC 61000-4-5
1 kV (line to ground only, each)
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-6
150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms
Specification limit = ±1% of span 1. A = No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self-recovering.
Performance Criteria(1) A
A
A A B A
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3660 and 3661 Positioners
D101407X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3660 November 2019
Figure 1. Mounting Configurations (see table 3 for Positioner Action and Signals)
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
1 PILOT SHAFT
AIR SUPPLY 2
INPUT SIGNAL FEEDBACK PLATE
INPUT SIGNAL
AIR SUPPLY
ACTUATOR: AIR-TO-RETRACT POSITIONER ACTION: DIRECT (INCREASING INPUT SIGNAL INCREASES OUTPUT PRESSURE TO ACTUATOR)
ACTUATOR: AIR-TO-RETRACT POSITIONER ACTION: REVERSE (INCREASING INPUT SIGNAL DECREASES OUTPUT PRESSURE TO ACTUATOR)
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
AIR SUPPLY
2
1
INPUT SIGNAL
INPUT SIGNAL
AIR SUPPLY
ACTUATOR: AIR-TO-EXTEND POSITIONER ACTION: REVERSE (INCREASING INPUT SIGNAL DECREASES OUTPUT PRESSURE TO ACTUATOR)
ACTUATOR: AIR-TO-EXTEND POSITIONER ACTION: DIRECT (INCREASING INPUT SIGNAL INCREASES OUTPUT PRESSURE TO ACTUATOR)
Notes: 1When mounting on Baumann actuators, install feedback plate so lip is up. Install feedback lever arm assembly so pilot shaft is on top of the feedback plate. 2When mounting on Baumann actuators, install feedback plate so lip is down. Install feedback lever arm assembly so pilot shaft is underneath the feedback plate.
17B9106-B 17B9105-B 38B0195-B A4035-2
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3660 November 2019
3660 and 3661 Positioners
D101407X012
Table 2. Standard and Split Range Capabilities
POSITIONER
3660
Split
0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 Psig) Input Signal
Bar
Psig
One Way 1:1
0.2 to 1.0
3 to 15
Two Way 2:1
0.2 to 0.6 0.6 to 1.0
3 to 9 9 to 15
Three Way 3:1
0.2 to 0.5 0.5 to 0.8 0.8 to 1.0
3 to 7 7 to 11 11 to 15
Four Way 4:1
0.2 to 0.4 0.4 to 0.6 0.6 to 0.8 0.8 to 1.0
3 to 6 6 to 9 9 to 12 12 to 15
3660
0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 Psig) Input Signal
Psig
Bar
6 to 30
0.4 to 2.0
6 to 18 18 to 30
6 to 14 14 to 22 22 to 30
6 to 12 12 to 18 18 to 24 24 to 30
0.4 to 1.2 1.2 to 2.0
0.4 to 1.0 1.0 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.0
0.4 to 0.8 0.8 to 1.2 1.2 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.0
3661
4 to 20 mA DC Input Signal
4 to 20
4 to 12 12 to 20 4 to 9.33 9.33 to 14.66 14.66 to 20 4 to 8 8 to 12 12 to 16 16 to 20
Table 3. Positioner Input Signal, Action, and Output Signal
Input Signal
Positioner Output
Direct 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) 4 to 20 mA
Reverse 1.0 to 0.2 bar (15 to 3 psig) 2.0 to 0.4 bar (30 to 6 psig) 20 to 4 mA
Up to 6.2 bar (90 psig)
For split range signal refer to table 2
Table 4. Construction Materials
PART
MATERIAL
Standard
Optional
Case and Cover
Aluminum
---
Feedback Lever Assembly
Stainless Steel
---
Range Spring
N09902
---
Input Module
Nitrile
Diaphragm Relay Gasket
Nitrile Silicone Rubber
---
O-Ring
Ethylene/Propylene
Nozzle
Aluminum
---
Flapper
Aluminum
---
Relay Metal Parts
Aluminum and Stainless Steel
---
Gauges
Brass and Plastic
---
All Fasteners
Stainless Steel
Exterior Tubing and Fitting
Copper/Brass
Stainless Steel
Connectors for Diagnostic Testing
Stainless Steel or Brass
---
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3660 and 3661 Positioners
D101407X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3660 November 2019
Principle of Operation
Refer to figure 2 for operational schematic.
The instrument pressure acts on the input module, which controls the flapper-nozzle system of the relay. Supply pressure is applied to the relay, and the output pressure of the relay is supplied to the control valve actuator.
For a direct-acting positioner, increases in instrument pressure causes the input module to pivot the beam. The beam pivots the flapper and restricts the nozzle. The nozzle pressure increases and causes the relay assembly to increase output pressure to the actuator. With a direct-acting actuator, this increased pressure moves the actuator stem downward. Stem movement is fed back to the beam by means of a feedback lever and range spring, which cause the flapper to pivot slightly away from the nozzle to prevent any further increases in relay output pressure. The positioner is
Figure 2. Operational Schematic
once again in equilibrium but at a higher instrument pressure, a slightly different flapper position, and a new actuator stem position.
A decrease in instrument pressure decreases nozzle pressure, which allows the relay to bleed off actuator loading pressure.
Operation of a reverse-acting positioner is similar except that the flapper position is reversed from that shown in figure 2. The reversed position uses the alternate flapper pivot point so that increases in instrument pressure rotate the flapper away from the nozzle to reduce nozzle pressure.
With a 3661 electro-pneumatic positioner, the electro-pneumatic converter provides a 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) output pressure proportional to the 4-20 mA input signal. The 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) output pressure becomes the input signal pressure to the input module.
FLAPPER
OUTPUT RANGE SPRING
A
DIRECT ACTING PIVOT
NOZZLE
REVERSE ACTING PIVOT
RELAY
SECTION A-A
GAIN ADJ
FEEDBACK PLATE
PILOT SHAFT
FEEDBACK LEVER
INPUT MODULE
PIVOT BEAM
Fisher 3660 POSITIONER
A BEAM
SUPPLY
RANGE SPRING
A
PIVOT
RELAY GAIN ADJ
A SUPPLY
31B3960-C B2152-4
INPUT MODULE
I/P CONVERTER
INPUT SIGNAL
Fisher 3661 POSITIONER
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3660 November 2019
3660 and 3661 Positioners
D101407X012
Figure 3. Positioner Dimensions and Connections (see table 5 for the X dimension)
34.32 (1.35)
49.2 (1.94)
ACTUATOR POST CENTERLINE
191.2 (7.53)
93 (3.66)
4 9 (1.93)
67.5 (2.66)
0.5 (0.02)
DIM X
1/4 NPT SUPPLY CONNECTION
ACTUATOR CENTERLINE
34.32 (1.35)
49.2 (1.94)
ACTUATOR POST CENTERLINE 142.2 (5.60)
93 (3.66)
122.3 (4.81)
67.5 (2.66) 27.5 (1.08)
30 (1.18)
30 (1.18)
21.5 (0.85)
1/4 NPT INSTRUMENT CONNECTION
1/4 NPT OUTPUT CONNECTION
DIM X
1/4 NPT SUPPLY CONNECTION
ACTUATOR CENTERLINE
31B3959-C C0686-3
122.3 (4.81)
1/2 NPT 3661 I/P ONLY
30 (1.18)
30 (1.18)
21.5 (0.85)
1/4 NPT INSTRUMENT CONNECTION
1/4 NPT OUTPUT CONNECTION
mm (INCH)
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3660 and 3661 Positioners
D101407X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3660 November 2019
Table 5. Dimension X for figure 3
ACTUATOR CENTERLINE TO POSITIONER
Type
Size
X mm
657/667
30 34 40 45/46 50/60
30i 34i 40i 45i/46i 50i/60i
92.2 95.3 104.9 108.0 128.5
121.5 123.2 / 121.5
129.5 129.5 / 134.9
144.5
225
86.0
1250
450
86.0
675
110.0
1.21
83.5
3024S
1.31
87.5
1.41
87.5
Baumann
16in2 32in2 54in2 70in2
53.8 71.4 71.4 71.4
225
81.0
GX
750
81.0
1200
81.0
Inch
3.63 3.75 4.13 4.25 5.06
4.78 4.85 / 4.78
5.10 5.10 / 5.31
5.69
3.39 3.39 4.33
3.29 3.44 3.44
2.12 2.81 2.81 2.81
3.19 3.19 3.19
Installation
The supply pressure medium should be clean, dry, filtered air. If the supply source is capable of exceeding the maximum actuator operating pressure or positioner supply pressure, appropriate steps must be taken during installation to protect the positioner and all connected equipment against overpressure.
Overall dimensions and connections are shown in figure 3 and table 5.
Ordering Information
Application
When ordering, specify: 1. Type number 2. Input signal range: pneumatic or milliampere 3. Maximum supply pressure available 4. Valve plug travel: actuator type and size 5. Stroking time requirements, if critical 6. Ambient temperature range 7. Direct or reverse acting 8. Supply pressure regulator, gauges, and bypass, if
required 9. Hazardous area classification (3661) 10. Connectors for diagnostic testing, if required
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3660 November 2019
3660 and 3661 Positioners
D101407X012
Figure 4. FlowScanner Diagnostic System Connections
12B8052-A A6084
4 IN PIPE NIPPLE
3660 POSITIONER Fisher 3660 POSITIONER
1 IN PIPE NIPPLE
12B8053-A A6085
4 IN PIPE NIPPLE
3661 POSITIONER Fisher 3661 POSITIONER
BODY PROTECTOR BODY PIPE BUSHING
PIPE TEE 1 IN PIPE NIPPLE
BODY PROTECTOR BODY PIPE BUSHING
PIPE NIPPLE
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3660 and 3661 Positioners
D101407X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3660 November 2019
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3660 November 2019
3660 and 3661 Positioners
D101407X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Baumann, and FlowScanner are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121987, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3710 and 3720 Positioners
D200437X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3710 November 2019
FisherTM 3710 and 3720 Positioners and 3722 Electro-Pneumatic Converter
Fisher 3710 pneumatic and 3720 electro-pneumatic positioners are part of the 3700 positioner series. They are designed for use with either diaphragm or piston rotary actuators. These positioners provide a valve ball or disk position for a specific input signal. The 3710 provides a valve position in response to a pneumatic input signal. The 3720 is created by the addition of a Fisher 3722 electro-pneumatic converter to the 3710 positioner. The positioner provides a valve position in response to a DC current input signal. Either type can easily be configured as single- or double- acting for rotary actuators.
SUPPLY CONNECTION
W6144
3720 POSITIONER MOUNTED ON A 1052 ACTUATOR
SUPPLY CONNECTION
W6058-1
3710 POSITIONER MOUNTED ON A 1066 ACTUATOR
EXTERNAL GROUNDING SCREW
1/2 NPT OR M20 W6145 CONDUIT CONNECTION
3722 ELECTRO-PNEUMATIC CONVERTER
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3710 November 2019
3710 and 3720 Positioners
D200437X012
Specifications
Available Configuration
The Fisher 3700 series of positioners include the following models:
3710: J Single- or J double-acting pneumatic rotary valve positioner 3720: J Single- or J double-acting electro-pneumatic rotary valve positioner consisting of a 3710 with a 3722 attached 3722: An electro-pneumatic converter that converts a 4-20 mA DC input signal to a 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) signal for the pneumatic positioner
Input Signal
3710:. Standard: J 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) or J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) Split-Range: J 0.2 to 0.6 bar (3 to 9 psig) and 0.6 to 1.0 bar (9 to 15 psig) or J 0.4 to 1.2 bar (6 to 18 psig) and 1.2 to 2.0 bar (18 to 30 psig) 3720:. Standard: J 4-20 mA DC constant current with 30 VDC maximum compliance voltage Split-Range: J 4-12 mA DC or 12-20 mA DC
Equivalent Circuit
3720: 120 ohms shunted by three 5.6 V zener diodes
Output Signal
Pneumatic pressure as required by the actuator up to full supply pressure Action(1): Field reversible between direct and reverse
Supply Pressure(2)
Minimum Recommended: 0.3 bar (5 psig) above actuator requirement Maximum: 10.3 bar (150 psig) or maximum pressure rating of the actuator, whichever is lower
Supply Medium
3710: Air or Natural Gas 3720: Air
The 3720 positioner is not approved for use with Natural Gas as the supply medium
Steady-State Air Consumption(3)
3710: 6 mm Spool Valve: 0.82 normal m3/hr (29 scfh) at 4.1 bar (60 psig) supply pressure
3720:. 6mm Spool Valve: 1.0 normal m3/hr (36 scfh) at 4.1 bar (60 psig) supply pressure
Maximum Supply Air Demand(3) (Double-Acting)
6 mm Spool Valve: 20 normal m3/hr (700 scfh) at 4.1 bar (60 psig) supply pressure
Typical Performance(4)
3710 Pneumatic Positioner Independent Linearity: ±0.5% of output span Hysteresis: 0.5% of output span Deadband: 0.3% of input span
3720 Electro-Pneumatic Positioner Independent Linearity: ±1.0% of output span Hysteresis: 0.6% of output span Deadband: 0.35% of input span
Electromagnetic Compatibility for 3722 electro-pneumatic converter: Meets EN 61326-1:2013 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326-1 standard. Performance is shown in table 1 below. Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
Note: Electromagnetic Compatibility specifications also apply to the 3720 positioner
Operating Influences
Supply Pressure Sensitivity: A 10% change in supply pressure changes the valve shaft position less than the following percentages of valve rotation: 3710: 1.0% at 4.1 bar (60 psig) supply pressure 3720: 1.5% at 4.1 bar (60 psig) supply pressure
Operative Temperature Limits(2)
J -40 to 80_C (-40 to 180_F), J -50 to 107_C (-58 to 225_F)
Construction Materials
Positioner Base: Low copper aluminum alloy Cover: Polyester plastic Feedback Shaft: Stainless steel Range Spring: Stainless steel Input Module Diaphragm, O-rings: J Nitrile or J Ethylene-propylene (EPDM) Spool Valve: SST/C72900 Tubing: Copper (standard)
-continued-
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3710 and 3720 Positioners
D200437X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3710 November 2019
Specifications (Continued)
Construction Materials (continued)
Fittings: Brass (standard) Gauges: Chrome-plated brass connection with plastic case Connectors for diagnostic testing: J Stainless steel or J Brass
Electrical Classifications for 3722 Converter CSA--Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Type n, Dust-Ignition Proof FM--Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Type n, Non-incendive, Dust-Ignition Proof ATEX--Intrinsically Safe, Flameproof, Type n IECEx--Intrinsically Safe, Flameproof, Type n
Note: These classifications also apply to the 3720 positioner
Hazardous Area Classification for 3710 Positioner Complies with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
Ex h IIC Tx Gb Ex h IIIC Tx Db
Maximum surface temperature (Tx) depends on operating conditions Gas: T4, T5, T6 Dust: T85...T107
Meets Customs Union technical regulation TP TC 012/2011 for Groups II/III Category 2 equipment
II Gb c T*X III Db c T*X
Note: These ratings do not apply to the 3720 positioner
Housing Classification for 3722 Converter
Pressure Connections 1/4 NPT internal
CSA-- Type 3 Encl. FM-- NEMA 3, IP54
ATEX-- IP64 IECEx-- IP54
Mount instrument with vent on side or bottom if weatherproofing is a concern
Note: These classifications also apply to the 3720 positioner
Other Classifications/Certifications for 3722 Converter CUTR-- Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, and Armenia) INMETRO--National Institute of Metrology, Quality and Technology (Brazil) KGS--Korea Gas Safety Corporation (South Korea)
Contact your Emerson sales office for classification/certification specific information
Note: This classification also applies to the 3720 positioner
Electrical Connection for 3720 Positioner
1/2-14 NPT conduit connection
Rotary Valve Rotation
J 90 degrees (standard) J 60 degrees (optional)
Options Span Adjuster Assembly: J 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) input range or, J 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) input range Elastomers (O-rings, diaphragm): J standard temperature range, -40 to 80_C (-40 to 180_F), J extended temperature range -50 to 107_C (-58 to 225_F) J Special applications, J Beacon indicator, J Gauges(5), tire valves, or connectors for diagnostic testing
Approximate Weight 3710: 2.04 kg (4.5 pounds) 3720: 2.72 kg (6.0 pounds)
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology. 1. Direct-acting, an increasing input signal extends actuator rod. Reverse-acting, an increasing input signal retracts actuator rod. 2. The pressure and temperature limits in this document and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded. 3. Normal m3/hr--Normal cubic meters per hour (0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute); Scfh--Standard cubic feet per hour (60_F and 14.7 psia). 4. Typical values determined by tests with a 1061 size 30 actuator at 4.1 bar (60 psig) supply pressure. Performance may vary with other actuator types and supply pressures. 5. Gauges not available for high temperature range.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3710 November 2019
3710 and 3720 Positioners
D200437X012
Table 1. Fisher 3722 Electro-Pneumatic Converter(1) EMC Summary Results--Immunity
Port
Phenomenon
Basic Standard
Test Level
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
4 kV contact; 8 kV air
Enclosure
Radiated EM field
IEC 61000-4-3
80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 1400 to 2000 MHz @ 3V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 2000 to 2700 MHz @ 1V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80%
Rated power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8 60 A/m at 50 Hz
Burst (fast transients)
IEC 61000-4-4 1 kV
I/O signal/control Surge
IEC 61000-4-5 1 kV (line to ground only)
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-6 150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 volts
Specification limit = ±1% of span 1. The information contained in the table also applies to the 3720 positioner. 2. A = No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self-recovering.
Performance Criteria(2) A
A
A A B A
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3710 and 3720 Positioners
D200437X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3710 November 2019
Features
nAccurate, Fast Response--3710 and 3720 positioners use field-proven spool valve technology for a simple design that gives accurate, fast-responding operation with high cycle life. These positioners are able to withstand the severe vibrations of most plant environments.
nModular Construction--The 3710 positioner converts easily to a 3720 positioner by adding the 3722 electro-pneumatic converter. The converter mounts over the instrument and supply ports in the 3710 positioner base. This provides a simple, compact, and cost-effective field conversion from pneumatic to electro-pneumatic valve positioning.
nCorrosion-Resistant Construction with Air Purge--Case, components, and gasket materials withstand harsh environments. Proven engineered resins and 300 Series stainless steel construction is used throughout each unit. Die castings are low copper aluminum alloy to maximize corrosion resistance. Positioner bleed air purges internal positioner parts. As an option with some Fisher actuators, bleed air also purges the actuator housing for additional protection.
nExtended Temperature Capability--With EPDM O-rings and input module diaphragm, 3710 and 3720 positioners can be used in low-temperature and high-temperature applications.
nMeets Special Application Requirements-- 3710 and 3720 positioners with EPDM O-rings and input module diaphragm can be used in applications with special material requirements as in the food and beverage industry, pharmaceuticals, and tobacco processing.
nEasy Positioner Adjustments--With the cover removed (figure 1), all internal components are easily accessed. Zero and span adjustments are made by hand with no tools required.
nStable Operation--Changes in supply pressure and ambient temperature have minimal effect on positioner operation.
nControl Valve Diagnostic Testing Capability--To support diagnostic testing of valve/actuator/positioner packages, connectors, piping, and other hardware can be installed between the 3710 positioner and the actuator. A typical connector installation is shown in figure 5.
nValve Position Indicator--Standard, low-profile indicator or optional, beacon-style indicator mount easily to the positioner cover.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3710 November 2019
3710 and 3720 Positioners
D200437X012
Figure 1. Features and Adjustments
NAMEPLATE AREA
SCREENED VENT OPENING
ZERO ADJ PIVOT
1 SPAN ADJ ASSY 2
SPAN ADJ SHAFT (THREADED ROD)
ZERO ADJUSTER LOCK NUT
ZERO ADJUSTER
ACTION BLOCK MOUNTING SCREW HOLE
SPOOL VALVE INPUT MODULE
SUMMING BEAM
FEEDBACK ARM ASSEMBLY
MOUNTING SCREW HOLE
CAM
MOUNTING SCREW HOLE
Notes: 1The Span Adj Assy is made up of the range spring, span adj shaft (threaded rod) and span adj knob. 2The Span Adj Assy features a red color-coded range spring for a 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig) input signal.
W5947
Actuators
The positioner mounts integrally to the actuator cover plate (figure 2) of the following Fisher actuators:
A mounting plate is used to mount the 3710 positioner to the following Fisher actuators:
n1051, size 33
n1051 and 1052, size 30: The size 30 actuator is no longer manufactured by Emerson. The 3710 positioner is available for field installation on existing size 30 actuators.
n1051, size 40 and 60
n1052, size 20, 33 n1061, size 80, 100 n1066, size 20, 27, and 75
n1052, size 40, 60, and 70
n2052, size 1, 2, and 3
n1061, size 30, 40, 60, and 68
nNAMUR Mounting
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3710 and 3720 Positioners
D200437X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3710 November 2019
Figure 2. Mounting the Positioner Base Plate
MOUNTING SCREW
FEEDBACK SHAFT
W6059
MOUNTING SCREWS
TIE BAR EXTENSION
POSITIONER MOUNTING PLATE
Principle of Operation
Refer to the positioner schematic (figure 3). The operational description here follows the schematic layout and orientation.
The 3710 pneumatic positioner is a force-balance instrument that provides a control valve position proportional to a pneumatic input signal. The balance of opposing forces in the positioner occurs at the summing beam.
One force applied to the summing beam is developed from the input signal pressure on the diaphragm. The other force is from the feedback spring and is proportional to the position of the feedback lever.
When the input pressure is increased to the diaphragm of the input module, the diaphragm strokes down, increasing the effective force from the input module and compressing the feedback spring. The summing beam moves the spool down in the spool body, opening output port B to supply air to the left side of the actuator. At the same time, output port A of the spool valve opens, allowing the right side of the actuator to vent to atmosphere.
The piston in the actuator moves to the right, rotating the feedback shaft and cam counterclockwise. This rotation causes the feedback lever to rotate clockwise, increasing the compression on the feedback spring. These rotations continue until the additional force from the spring balances with the input module force on the summing beam. When the forces are equal, the summing beam returns to its steady state or neutral position and the actuator is held at a new position.
In a 3720 positioner, the 3722 converter receives the milliampere (mA), direct current (DC), input signal and provides a proportional pneumatic output signal through a nozzle/flapper arrangement. Nozzle pressure from the converter module travels through the converter housing to provide the input signal pressure to the 3710 pneumatic positioner.
The feedback lever position is determined by the location or rise of the cam (figure 4) which is attached to the feedback shaft. When the two opposing forces are equal or at a steady state, the summing beam holds the spool in a neutral position. At steady state, a small flow of air passes from supply through both outputs of the spool valve to the actuator, holding the actuator at a constant position. At the same time, another small flow of air exhausts out each end of the spool valve.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3710 November 2019
3710 and 3720 Positioners
D200437X012
Figure 3. Fisher 3710 Positioner Schematic
INPUT SIGNAL PRESSURE
SPOOL VALVE A
B
SUPPLY
SPAN ADJ
ZERO ADJ OUTPUT B
INPUT MODULE
FEEDBACK SPRING
CAM PIVOT
SUMMING BEAM PIVOT
FEEDBACK LEVER PIVOT
A5944-1
OUTPUT A
Figure 4. Cam
CAM ROLLER
A6045
8
PISTON ACTUATOR
Installation
The supply pressure medium must be a clean, dry, filtered air, or noncorrosive gas (3710 positioner only). If the supply source is capable of exceeding the maximum actuator operating pressure or positioner supply pressure, take appropriate steps during installation to protect the positioner and all connected equipment against overpressure.
Positioner connections including connections for diagnostic testing and overall dimensions are shown in figure 5.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3710 and 3720 Positioners
D200437X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3710 November 2019
Figure 5. Dimensions and Connections
41.8 (1.65)
84.0 (3.31)
50.5 (1.99)
BODY PROTECTOR BODY PIPE BUSHING
PIPE TEE
1/4-18 NPT OUTPUT CONN (A) PLUGGED ON SINGLE ACTING
PIPE NIPPLE
12B8055-A B2385
DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR
1/4-18 NPT OUTPUT CONN (B)
1/4-18 NPT INSTR CONN
1/4-18 NPT SUPPLY CONN
A5945-1
68.7 (2.70)
167.9 (6.61)
167.9 (6.61)
45.2 (1.78)
48.0 (1.89)
70.3 (2.77)
41.8 (1.65) 132.6 (5.22)
11B5496-A A6149-1
146.1 (5.75)
39.6 (1.56)
132.6 (5.22)
mm INCH
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3710 November 2019
3710 and 3720 Positioners
D200437X012
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
Required Application Information
1. Positioner type number 2. Pneumatic or DC current input signal range 3. Direct- or reverse-acting 4. Actuator type, size, and degrees of rotation 5. Maximum supply pressure available
6. Ambient temperature range
7. Special application material requirements such as EPDM elastomers
8. Supply pressure regulator and options such as gauges or tire valves, if required
9. Connectors for diagnostic testing, if required
Construction Specifications
Refer to the construction details given in the Specifications. If different materials of construction are required, contact your Emerson sales office.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
3710 and 3720 Positioners
D200437X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:3710 November 2019
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:3710 November 2019
3710 and 3720 Positioners
D200437X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121991, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
FIELDVUE Product Selection
D104363X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:Digital Valve Controller October 2019
FisherTM FIELDVUETM Digital Valve Controller Product Selection
Contents
DVC2000 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 DVC6200 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 DVC6200 SIS Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Model Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
DVC2000 DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
DVC6200 DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
DVC6200p DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
DVC6200f DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
DVC6200 SIS DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:Digital Valve Controller October 2019
FIELDVUE Product Selection
D104363X012
DVC2000 Product Selection
nDVC2000 digital valve controller, with aluminum construction.
nSingle-acting, HART® 5 communicating electro-pneumatic valve positioner. Input signal 4-20 mA, 4-button Local User Interface (LUI) with full text LCD display, and 12 languages.
nLinkageless stem feedback solution using magnetic Hall-Effect contactless technology in conjunction with stem/shaft mounted magnet array.
nTemperature range -40 to +80_C (-40 to + 176_F). Maximum inlet pressure 7 barg (100 psig).
nContact your Emerson sales office for additional information or visit Fisher.com.
Base Instrument Model*
DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller, single-acting, HART-based 4-20 mA input signal
1. Hazardous Area Approvals*
1A
CSA - Intrinsically Safe, Non-incendive
1B
FM - Intrinsically Safe, Non-incendive
1C
ATEX - Intrinsically Safe, Ex ia
1D
IECEx - Intrinsically Safe, Ex ia
1E
INMETRO (Brazil) - Intrinsically Safe, Ex ia
1F
KGS (South Korea) - Intrinsically Safe, Ex ia
1G
NEPSI (China) - Intrinsically Safe, Ex ia
1H
CUTR EAC (Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Armenia) - Intrinsically Safe, Ex ia
1I
PESO (India) - Intrinsically Safe, Ex ia
2. Housing Style*
2A
Housing B (Standard design )
2B
Housing A (Integrated housing for use with Fisher GX valves only)
3. Threaded Connections*
3A
1/2 NPT conduit & 1/4 NPT pneumatic
3B
M20 conduit & G1/4 pneumatic
3C
1/2 NPT conduit with M20 x 1.5 ISO brass adaptor(s) & 1/4 NPT pneumatic
3D
1/2 NPT conduit with M20 x 1.5 ISO SST adaptor(s) & 1/4 NPT pneumatic
3E
1/2 NPT conduit with PG 13.5 adaptor & 1/4 NPT pneumatic
4. Actuator Operating Pressure Range*
4A
1.3 to 3.3 barg (20 to 49 psig)
4B
3.4 to 7.0 barg (50 to 100 psig)
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
FIELDVUE Product Selection
D104363X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:Digital Valve Controller October 2019
5. Position Feedback Indication*
5A
None
5B
(1) 4-20 mA Position Transmitter and (2) Isolated Switches
6. Diagnostic Level*
AC
Auto Calibration: Basic positioner functionality with remote interaction via HART handheld communicator
HC
HART Communication: Basic HART communication with alerts; compatible with ValveLinkTM software
AD
Advanced Diagnostics: HC features plus off-line diagnostics when used with ValveLink software
PD
Performance Diagnostics: AD features plus on-line in-service diagnostics when used with ValveLink software
7. Local User Interface Language*(1)
EN
English
DE
German
ES
Spanish
FR
French
IT
Italian
CH
Chinese
JA
Japanese
PT
Portuguese
RU
Russian
PO
Polish
CZ
Czech
AR
Arabic
8. Additional Options**
XX
None
SF
10-micron in-line air supply filter
VC
Pipe-away vent connection threaded 3/8 NPT or G3/8 (thread-type will match pneumatic connections)
CG
Conduit Cable Gland(s): Intrinsically safe, blue plastic
HF
HART Filter (DIN Rail mounted to support HART communications with HART incompatible hosts)
PP
Protective Plastic Pipe Plugs for pneumatic or conduit openings
CC
Custom Configuration - Please detail requirements separately
* Select only one option
** Select more than one if required
1. Select the Code of the language you want enabled on the local interface. Standard Language Pack includes:
English, German, Spanish, French, Italian, Chinese, Japanese, Portuguese, Russian, Polish, and Czech. Optional
Language Pack includes: English, Arabic, German, Spanish, French, Italian, Chinese, and Japanese.
Typical model number: DVC2000 1C_2A_3A_4B_5A_HC_EN_SF HF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DVC2000
1C
2A
3A
4B
5A
HC
EN
8 SF HF
Enter your choices to start the selection process:
DVC2000
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:Digital Valve Controller October 2019
FIELDVUE Product Selection
D104363X012
DVC6200 Product Selection
nDVC6200 digital valve controller for modulating control service with HART 5, HART 7, FOUNDATION fieldbusTM or PROFIBUS PA protocol.
nAluminum or Stainless Steel constructions, Single-Acting Direct and Reverse and Double-Acting operation available.
nLinkageless stem feedback solution using magnetic Hall-Effect contactless technology in conjunction with stem/shaft mounted magnet array.
nTemperature range -40 to +85 _C (-40 to + 185 F); -52_C (-61.6_F) with fluorosilicone elastomers. Maximum inlet pressure 10 barg (145 psig).
nContact your Emerson sales office for additional information or visit Fisher.com.
Base Instrument Model*
DVC6200H Digital Valve Controller with 4-20 mA input and HART 5 communication
DVC6200F Digital Valve Controller with FOUNDATION fieldbus digital communication
DVC6200P Digital Valve Controller with PROFIBUS PA digital communication
1. Hazardous Area Approvals*
1A
CSA - Explosion proof, Intrinsically Safe, Non-incendive; Class/Division & Zone
1B
FM - Explosion proof, Intrinsically Safe, Non-incendive; Class/Division & Zone
1C
ATEX - Intrinsically Safe, Ex ia (Gas & Dust)
1D
ATEX - Flameproof, Ex d
1E
ATEX - Non-incendive, Type n
1F
IECEx - Flameproof, Intrinsically Safety, Non-incendive (Gas & Dust)
1G
INMETRO (Brazil) - Flameproof, Intrinsically Safe, Type n
1H
KGS (South Korea) - Flameproof, Intrinsically Safe
1I
NEPSI (China) - Flameproof, Intrinsically Safe, Type n
1J
CUTR EAC (Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Armenia)
1K
PESO (India) - Flameproof, Intrinsically Safe, Type n
1L
TIIS (Japan) - Flameproof (not applicable for DVC6200P)
2. Housing Material*
2A
Aluminum
2B
Stainless Steel, includes fluorosilicone elastomers. Housing B only
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
FIELDVUE Product Selection
D104363X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:Digital Valve Controller October 2019
3. Housing Style*
3A
Housing B (Standard design)
3B
Housing A (Integrated aluminum housing for use with Fisher GX valves only)
4. Foundation Fieldbus Function Blocks*
4A
Not Applicable, DVC6200H or DVC6200P selected
4B
DVC6200F with Fieldbus Logic (on/off control): DO, DI (4) function blocks
4C
DVC6200F with Fieldbus Control (modulating control): AO function block ONLY
4D
DVC6200F with Standard Control (modulating control): ALL available function blocks
5. Pneumatic Action*
5A
Single-Acting DIRECT operation (RELAY C)
5B
Single-Acting REVERSE operation (RELAY B)
5C
DOUBLE-Acting operation (RELAY A)
6. Position Feedback I/O Options for DVC6200H*
6A
Not Applicable, DVC6200F or DVC6200P selected
6B
DVC6200H without I/O options
6C
DVC6200H with 4-20 mA Position Feedback Transmitter enabled (Limit Switch disabled)
6D
DVC6200H with Single Limit Switch enabled (Position Feedback Transmitter disabled)
7. Gauges*
7A
None - Outlets will be plugged
7B
None - Tire valve connections required
7C
Supply & Output gauges, dual scaled 0-60 psig, 0-4 bar
7D
Supply & Output gauges, dual scaled 0-60 psig, 0-0.4 Mpa
7E
Supply & Output gauges, dual scaled 0-60 psig, 0-4 kgm2
7F
Supply & Output gauges, dual scaled 0-160 psig, 0-11 bar
7G
Supply & Output gauges, dual scaled 0-160 psig, 0-1.1 Mpa
7H
Supply & Output gauges, dual scaled 0-160 psig, 0-11 kgm2
8. Threaded Connections*
8A
1/2 NPT conduit & 1/4 NPT pneumatic
8B
1/2 NPT conduit with M20 x 1.5 ISO brass adaptor & 1/4 NPT pneumatic
8C
1/2 NPT conduit with M20 x 1.5 ISO SST adaptor & 1/4 NPT pneumatic
8D
M20 conduit with 1/4 NPT pneumatic(1)
9. Diagnostic Level*
AC
Auto Calibration for DVC6200H: Set-up via Device Communicator (not applicable for DVC6200F or DVC6200P
HCFD
HART Communication/Fieldbus Diagnostics: Basic digital communication with alerts; applicable to all protocols.
AD
Advanced Diagnostics: HCFD features plus off-line diagnostics when used with ValveLink software (Not applicable for DVC6200P)
PD
Performance Diagnostics: AD features plus on-line in-service diagnostics when used with ValveLink software (Not applicable for DVC6200P)
PS
Partial Stroke Testing for DVC6200F devices ONLY (Not Applicable for DVC6200H or DVC6200P. See DVC6200 SIS for PST with HART)
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:Digital Valve Controller October 2019
FIELDVUE Product Selection
D104363X012
10. Additional Options**
XX
None
Extreme temperature construction down to -52_C (-62_F) using fluorosilicone elastomers,
XT
Aluminum constructions only (SST constructions include fluorosilicone elastomers as standard and
are rated to -52_C [-62_F] by default)
LL
Lloyds Marine Approval
RM
Remote mount version: DVC6205 with separate remote travel sensor (DVC6215) rated to 125_C (257_F), Aluminum constructions only
GC
Natural Gas Certified terminal box assembly - Single Seal Device
LB
Low Bleed Relay
CG1
Cable Gland: Intrinsically Safe, blue plastic
CG2
Cable Gland: Flameproof, ENC Brass
H7
HART 7 protocol enabled (requires HART 7 compatible host)
SF
10-micron in-line air supply filter
PP
Protective Plastic Pipe Plugs for pneumatic or conduit openings
CC
Custom Configuration - Please detail requirements separately
* Select only one option
** Select more than one if required
1. Available for ATEX approved devices.
Typical model number: DVC6200H 1D_2A_3A_4A_5A_6B_7C_8A_PD_XT H7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DVC6200H
1D
2A
3A
4A
5A
6B
7C
8A
PD
Enter your choices to start the selection process:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 XT H7
10
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
FIELDVUE Product Selection
D104363X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:Digital Valve Controller October 2019
DVC6200 SIS Product Selection
nDVC6200 SIS digital valve controller with Partial Stroke Testing capability, HART 5 Communications (HART 7 optional), SIS diagnostics.
nCapable of being used in SIL3 safety applications as the safety shutdown device, exida certified.
nLinkageless stem feedback solution using magnetic Hall-Effect contactless technology in conjunction with stem/shaft mounted magnet array.
nTemperature range -52 to +85_C (-61.6 to + 185_F) with with fluorosilicone elastomers as standard. Maximum inlet pressure 10 barg (145 psig), low bleed relay standard.
nContact your Emerson sales office for additional information or visit Fisher.com.
Base Instrument Model*
DVC6200-SIS Digital valve controller with PST capability, HART 5, SIS diagnostics
1. Hazardous Area Approvals*
1A
CSA - Explosion proof, Intrinsically Safe, Non-incendive; Class/Division & Zone
1B
FM - Explosion proof, Intrinsically Safe, Non-incendive; Class/Division & Zone
1C
ATEX - Intrinsically Safe, Ex ia (Gas & Dust)
1D
ATEX - Flameproof, Ex d
1E
ATEX - Non-incendive, Type n
1F
IECEx - Flameproof, Intrinsically Safe, Non-incendive (Gas & Dust)
1G
INMETRO (Brazil) - Flameproof, Intrinsically Safe, Type n
1H
KGS (South Korea) - Flameproof, Intrinsically Safe
1I
NEPSI (China) - Flameproof, Intrinsically Safe, Type n
1J
CUTR EAC (Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Armenia)
1K
PESO (India) - Flameproof, Intrinsically Safe, Type n
1L
TIIS (Japan) - Flameproof
2. Housing Material*
2A
Aluminum
2B
Stainless Steel (Housing B only)
3. Housing Style*
3A
Housing B (Standard design)
3B
Housing A (Integrated aluminum housing for use with Fisher GX valves only)
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:Digital Valve Controller October 2019
FIELDVUE Product Selection
D104363X012
4. Input Signal*
4A
4-20 mA (Point-to-Point mode) with HART, exida Certified
4B
0-24 V DC (Multi-Drop mode), exida Certified
4C
0-24 V DC (Multi-Drop mode) with HART, exida Certified. Supplied with DIN rail-mount LC340 Line Conditioner to support HART communication
5. Pneumatic Action*
5A
Single-Acting DIRECT operation in De-Energize-to-Trip configuration (RELAY C)
5B
Single-Acting REVERSE operation in Energize-to-Trip configuration (RELAY B)
5C
DOUBLE-Acting operation in De-Energize-to-Trip configuration (RELAY A)
6. Position Feedback I/O Options*
6A
DVC6200-SIS with SIL 2 rated 4-20 mA Position Feedback Transmitter enabled (Limit Switch disabled)
6B
DVC6200-SIS with SIL 2 rated Single Limit Switch enabled (Position Feedback Transmitter disabled)
7. Gauges*
7A
None - Outlets will be plugged
7B
None - Tire valve connections required
7C
Supply & Output gauges, dual scaled 0-60 psig, 0-4 bar
7D
Supply & Output gauges, dual scaled 0-60 psig, 0-0.4 Mpa
7E
Supply & Output gauges, dual scaled 0-60 psig, 0-4 kgm2
7F
Supply & Output gauges, dual scaled 0-160 psig, 0-11 bar
7G
Supply & Output gauges, dual scaled 0-160 psig, 0-1.1 Mpa
7H
Supply & Output gauges, dual scaled 0-160 psig, 0-11 kgm2
8. Threaded Connections*
8A
1/2 NPT conduit & 1/4 NPT pneumatic
8B
1/2 NPT conduit with M20 x 1.5 ISO brass adaptor & 1/4 NPT pneumatic
8C
1/2 NPT conduit with M20 x 1.5 ISO SST adaptor & 1/4 NPT pneumatic
8D
M20 conduit with 1/4 NPT pneumatic(1)
9. Additional Options**
XX
None
RM
Remote Mount version: DVC6205 SIS with DVC6215 remote travel sensor rated to 125_C (257_F), aluminum constructions only
CG1
Cable Gland: Intrinsically Safe, blue plastic
CG2
Cable Gland: Flameproof, ENC Brass
LL
Lloyds Marine Approval
SV
Solenoid Valve testing capability (available on single-acting devices only, includes third pressure gauge)
H7
HART 7 protocol (for use with HART 7 hosts)
SF
10-micron in-line air supply filter
PP
Protective Plastic Pipe Plugs for pneumatic or conduit openings
CC
Custom Configuration - Please detail requirements separately
* Select only one option ** Select more than one if required 1. Available for ATEX approved devices.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
FIELDVUE Product Selection
D104363X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:Digital Valve Controller October 2019
Typical model number: DVC6200-SIS 1D_2A_3A_4A_5A_6B_7F_8D_SV H7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DVC6200-SIS
1D
2A
3A
4A
5A
6B
7F
Enter your choices to start the selection process:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DVC6200-SIS
8
9
8D
SV H7
8
9
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:Digital Valve Controller October 2019
FIELDVUE Product Selection
D104363X012
Model Numbers
Model numbers generated using the above matrices can be referenced on suppporting documentation, including the order acknowledgement, serial card, packing list and boxing labels. Contact your Emerson sales office to ensure the generated model number is included with your order.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, and ValveLink are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. HART is a registered trademark of FieldComm Group. FOUNDATION fieldbus is a trademark of FieldComm Group. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E102019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
D103167X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC2000 June 2020
FisherTM FIELDVUETM DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
The FIELDVUE DVC2000 digital valve controller is simple to use, compact, and designed for easy mounting. It converts a 4-20 mA input signal into a pneumatic output signal, which feeds the control valve actuator. Instrument setup is performed with an enclosed push button and liquid crystal display (LCD) interface. The interface supports multiple languages, available in two language pack options.
The DVC2000 uses a two-stage positioner design. The pre-amplifier stage provides high static gain for responsiveness to small changes in the input signal. The power amplifier stage delivers the right volume of air to the actuator, combining superior dynamic
performance with minimal steady-state air consumption.
The high performance, linkage-less feedback system eliminates physical contact between the valve stem and the positioner. There is no wear of parts so cycle life is maximized. Additionally, the elimination of levers and linkages reduces the number of mounting parts and the mounting complexity. Positioner replacement and maintenance is simplified because the feedback parts stay connected to the actuator stem.
Designed to meet intrinsically safe and non-incendive requirements, this instrument delivers scalable functionality and high performance in a small package.
W8755-3
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC2000 June 2020
DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
D103167X012
Specifications
Available Mountings
J Integral mounting to Fisher 657/667 or GX actuators J Sliding-stem applications J Quarter-turn rotary applications
DVC2000 digital valve controllers can also be mounted on other actuators that comply with IEC 60534-6-1, IEC 60534-6-2, VDI/VDE 3845 and NAMUR mounting standards.
Input Signal
Analog Input Signal: 4-20 mA DC, nominal; can be configured for split range Minimum Voltage: Voltage available at instrument terminals must be 8.5 volts for analog control, 9.0 volts for HARTr communication Maximum Voltage: 30 VDC Minimum Control Current: 4.0 mA (below 3.5 mA may cause microprocessor restart) Overcurrent Protection: Input circuitry limits current to prevent internal damage Reverse Polarity Protection: No damage occurs from reversal of loop current
Air Capacity(2)
Supply pressure At 1.5 bar (22 psig)(3): 4.48 normal m3/h (167 scfh) At 4 bar (58 psig)(4): 9.06 normal m3/h (338 scfh)
Independent Linearity ±0.5% of output span
Electromagnetic Compatibility
Meets EN 61326-1:2013 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326-1 standard. Performance is shown in table 1 below Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
Tested to NAMUR NE21 requirements
Vibration Testing Method
Tested per ANSI/ISA-75.13.01 Section 5.3.5. A resonant frequency search is performed on all three axes. The instrument is subjected to the ISA specified 1/2 hour endurance test at each major resonance, plus an additional two million cycles.
Output Signal
Pneumatic signal as required by the actuator, up to full supply pressure Minimum Span: 0.5 bar (7 psig) Maximum Span: 7 bar (101 psig) Action: Single Acting, direct
Supply Pressure(1)
Recommended: 0.5 bar (7 psig) greater than the maximum actuator requirements Maximum: 7 bar (101 psig)
Supply medium must be clean, dry air or noncorrosive gas that meets the requirements of ISA Standard 7.0.01 or ISO 8573-1
Temperature Limits(1)
-40 to 80_C (-40 to 176_F). LCD may not be readable below -20_C (-4_F).
Air Consumption(2)
Supply pressure At 1.5 bar (22 psig)(3): 0.06 normal m3/h (2.3 scfh) At 4 bar (58 psig)(4): 0.12 normal m3/h (4.4 scfh)
Input Impedance The input impedance of the DVC2000 active electronic circuit is not purely resistive. For comparison to resistive load specifications, an equivalent impedance of 450 ohms may be used. This value corresponds to 9 V @ 20 mA.
Electrical Classification Hazardous Area:
CSA--Intrinsically Safe and Non-incendive FM--Intrinsically Safe and Non-incendive ATEX--Intrinsically Safe IECEx--Intrinsically Safe Contact your Emerson sales office if additional information is required Electrical Housing: CSA--IP66, Type 4X FM--IP66 ATEX--IP66 IECEx--IP66
-continued-
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
D103167X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC2000 June 2020
Specifications (continued)
Other Classifications/Certifications CUTR-- Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, and Armenia) ESMA-- Emirates Authority for Standardization and Metrology - ECAS-Ex (UAE) INMETRO-- National Institute of Metrology, Quality and Technology (Brazil) KGS-- Korea Gas Safety Corporation (South Korea) NEPSI-- National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation (China) PESO CCOE-- Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation - Chief Controller of Explosives (India) SABS-- South African Bureau of Standards (South Africa)
Contact your Emerson sales office for classification/certification specific information
Connections
Standard Supply and Output Pressure: G1/4 internal Electrical: M20 internal
Optional Supply and Output Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal Electrical: 1/2 NPT internal
Materials of Construction
Housing and Cover: A03600 low copper aluminum alloy Elastomers: nitrile, fluorosilicone
Stem Travel(6)
Minimum: 6.35 mm (0.25 inch) Maximum: 606 mm (23-7/8 inches)
Shaft Rotation(6)
Minimum: 0 - 45_ Maximum: 0 - 90_
Mounting
Designed for direct actuator mounting. For weatherproof housing capability, the vent must be positioned at the lowest point of the instrument.
Weight
1.5 kg (3.3 lbs)
Dimensions
Refer to figure 3
Options
J Airset: Fisher 67CFR with filter Language Packs: J Standard: English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Japanese, Chinese, Portuguese, Russian, Polish, and Czech J Optional: English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Japanese, Chinese, and Arabic J Pipe-away vent J Limit Switches: Two isolated switches, configurable throughout calibrated travel range Supply Voltage: 5-30 VDC OFF State: 0.5 to 1.0 mA ON State: 3.5 to 4.5 mA (above 5 volts) Reference Accuracy: 2.5% of travel span(5) J Transmitter: 4-20 mA output, isolated Supply Voltage: 8-30 VDC Fault Indication: offrange high or low Reference Accuracy: 1% of travel span(5)
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded. Note: Temperature limits vary based on hazardous area approval. 2. Normal m3/hour - Normal cubic meters per hour at 0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute. Scfh - Standard cubic feet per hour at 60_F and 14.7 psia. 3. Low pressure relay: 0 to 3.3 bar (0 to 49 psig). 4. High pressure relay: 3.4 to 7.0 bar (50 to 102 psig). 5. Typical values when calibrated at temperature. 6. Stem Travel or Shaft Rotation can be modified with special mounting kits. Contact your Emerson sales office for maximum angle or shaft rotation.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC2000 June 2020
DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
D103167X012
Features
nSimplicity--The DVC2000 is easy to use. If you are mounting the instrument for the first time, the linkage-less feedback system is easy to install. Once a magnet array is assembled to the valve stem, positioner replacement is simple since there are no physically connected parts.
At its very basic functionality, the DVC2000 digital valve controller has a local user interface that will allow you to configure, calibrate, and tune the instrument. If the I/O Options Package is installed, you can calibrate the 4-20 mA transmitter and configure the limit switch action. Running the Quick Setup routine calibrates and tunes the instrument specifically for that actuator.
The full text display in the local interface is easy to navigate, in part due to the selection of languages. Each unit can be configured to display English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Japanese or Chinese. The standard language pack also includes Portuguese, Russian, Polish, and Czech. An optional language pack replaces these four languages with Arabic.
nReliability--The DVC2000 is based on the field-proven FIELDVUE technology. Years of control experience has brought this product line to a high level of reliability and dependability.
nPerformance--The two-stage positioner design provides a mechanical platform that enables responsiveness to small input changes and tighter process control. The digital tuning algorithm allows optimal response to get the valve to its desired position quickly.
nDiagnostics Local User Interface: DVC2000 instruments come standard with a liquid crystal display. Predefined instrument and valve diagnostics are built into the firmware to alert you if there are any problems with the mounting, electronics, hardware, or valve performance.
Handheld Field Communicator: DVC2000 instruments are packed with user-configurable alerts and alarms. These flags provide notification of current status and potential valve and instrument problems through alerts such as travel deviation, travel limit, cycle count, and travel accumulation.
ValveLinkTM software: Tests can be performed to identify problems with the entire control valve assembly using ValveLink software. Using valve stem travel feedback, actuator pressure sensor, and other sensors on the instrument, the health of the control valve can be evaluated while the valve is still in service and fully operational. This helps to pinpoint problems without disrupting the process before the equipment fails.
nI/O Options Package-- The DVC2000 is available with an I/O Options Package which includes two (2) integral limit switches and a stem position transmitter. The limit switches are configurable for open and closed valve indication at any point throughout the calibrated travel range. The position transmitter provides a 4-20 mA signal for valve position feedback verification. As an integral component to the instrument, this option module avoids the need for difficult-to-mount external switches and transmitters.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
D103167X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC2000 June 2020
Integration
Traditional 4-20 mA Systems
Because the DVC2000 instrument operates with a 4-20 mA control signal, it directly replaces older analog instruments. Microprocessor based electronics provide improved control performance along with repeatable and reliable configuration and calibration.
Modbus with ValveLink Software and HART Multiplexers
HART communication allows you to extract more value from the DVC2000 instrument beyond its inherent improved performance. When integrated into a multiplexer network and using ValveLink software,
the device and valve information is real-time. From the safety of a control room, multiple instruments can be monitored for alerts and alarms.
Additionally, tasks such as configuration, calibration, and diagnostic testing do not require special trips to the field. ValveLink software can communicate via Modbus to the distributed control system (DCS) to provide critical information such as valve travel alerts and alarms.
Integrated Control System
A control system with HART communication capabilities has the ability to directly gather information from DVC2000 digital valve controllers. Information such as valve travel, alerts and alarms can be seamlessly accessed to provide a view into the field device from the safety of the control room.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC2000 June 2020
DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
D103167X012
Figure 1. FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller Assembly (Exploded View)
HOUSING
MOUNTING FRAME
SINGLE ACTING RELAY
PRIMARY SHIELD (FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE PROTECTION)
VENT
W8946-1
TERMINAL / SENSOR BOARD
INTERCONNECT BOARD
I/P CONVERTER
MAIN BOARD WITH LCD AND PUSHBUTTONS
ENVIRONMENTAL COVER WITH LENS
Principle of Operation
The DVC2000 (figures 1 and 2) receives a 4-20 mA set point and position the valve by increasing or decreasing the air output to an actuator.
nThe input signal provides electrical power and the set point simultaneously. The 4-20 mA signal is routed into the terminals through a twisted pair of wires.
nThe unit's mainboard contains a microprocessor that continuously runs a digital control algorithm. This algorithm produces a "drive signal" to the I/P converter.
nThe I/P converter assembly (or pre-amplifier) is connected to supply pressure and converts the electronic "drive signal" into a pneumatic "pressure signal." This pressure signal is the input to the pneumatic relay assembly.
nThe relay (or power amplifier) is also connected to supply pressure and amplifies the small pressure signal from the I/P converter into a larger pressure output signal used by the actuator. The change in
relay output pressure to the actuator causes the valve to move.
There are two relay options. The low pressure relay operates with actuators that require less than 3.5 bar (50 psi) of supply air. The high pressure relay operates with actuators that require 3.5 to 7.0 bar (50 to 100 psi) of supply air.
nValve position is sensed through the linkage-less feedback system. The travel sensor is electrically connected to the printed wiring board to provide a travel feedback signal used in the control algorithm. The valve continues to move until the correct position is attained.
Installation
The DVC2000 is designed for mounting on any single acting pneumatic actuator up to 606 mm (23-7/8 inches) of travel. The envelope and travel feedback system conforms to VDI/VDE 3845, IEC 60534-6-1, and IEC 60534-6-2 standards.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
D103167X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC2000 June 2020
Figure 2. Block Diagram
NON-CONTACT POSITION FEEDBACK
W8611-1
INPUT SIGNAL (4-20 mA, 9 VOLTS)
TERMINATIONS AND
POSITION SENSOR BOARD
MAIN BOARD ASSEMBLY
ACTUATOR PRESSURE
SENSOR
MINOR LOOP FEEDBACK
TRAVEL = 66.8% 14.6 MA 0.29 BAR
DRIVE SIGNAL
Y
SINGLE ACTING RELAY (POWER
AMPLIFIER)
I/P PRESSURE
SIGNAL I/P CONVERTER (PREAMPLIFIER
OUTPUT AIR SUPPLY
Furthermore, the DVC2000 instrument can be integrally mounted to the GX actuator, avoiding the need for complicated mounting brackets. The positioner mounts directly to an interface pad on the actuator yoke leg with a secure 3-point mounting. Internal passages inside the actuator yoke legs route the pneumatic output of the digital valve controller to the actuator casing, eliminating the need for external tubing (only for the air-to-open configuration).
Electrical connections are made on the termination strip, which uses cage clamp style wiring connectors. The electrical wiring entry point is available with either M20 or 1/2 NPT internal connections. Pressure connections are available with either G1/4 or 1/4 NPT internal connections.
Ordering Information
Refer to the Specifications section. Carefully review each specification and indicate your choice whenever a selection is to be made.
When ordering, specify:
1. Actuator type and size
2. Maximum actuator travel or rotation
3. Minimum actuator operating pressure
4. Hazardous area certification requirements
5. Options
a. J G1/4 pneumatic and M20 conduit connections or J 1/4 NPT pneumatic and 1/2 NPT conduit connections
b. Language pack: J Standard--English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Japanese, Chinese, Portuguese, Russian, Polish, and Czech or J Optional--English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Japanese, Chinese, and Arabic
c. Supply pressure regulator
d. Valve diagnostic level (online performance testing, offline advanced testing, basic alerts/alarms)
e. I/O Options Package (includes position transmitter and two (2) limit switches)
f. Pipe-away vent connector
g. HART filter
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC2000 June 2020
DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
D103167X012
Figure 3. Dimensions for FIELDVUE DVC2000 Digital Valve Controller
165.6 (6.52)
90 (3.55)
106 (4.17)
E0916-1
mm (INCH)
Table 1. EMC Summary Results--Immunity
Port
Phenomenon
Basic Standard
Test Level
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
6 kV contact 8 kV air
Enclosure
Radiated EM field
IEC 61000-4-3
80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 1400 to 2000 MHz @ 3V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 2000 to 2700 MHz @ 1V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80%
Rated power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8
30 A/m at 50 Hz, 60 sec
Burst (fast transients)
IEC 61000-4-4
$1 kV
I/O signal/control Surge
IEC 61000-4-5
$1 kV (line to ground only, each)
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-6
150 kHz to 80 MHz at 10 Vrms
Performance criteria is + / - 1% effect. 1. A = No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self-recovering.
Performance Criteria(1) B
A
A A B A
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, and ValveLink are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. HART is a registered trademark of FieldComm Group. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2004, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6000 HW2 Digital Valve Controller
D103786X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6000 HW2 November 2020
FisherTM FIELDVUETM DVC6000 HW2 Digital Valve Controller
The FIELDVUE DVC6000 HW2 digital valve controller is a HART® communicating instrument that converts a two-wire 4-20 mA control signal into a pneumatic output to an actuator. It can easily be retrofitted in place of existing analog positioners on most Fisher and non-Fisher pneumatic actuators.
Features
Reliability
nBuilt to Survive-- The field proven DVC6000 HW2 has fully encapsulated electronics that resist the effects of vibration, temperature, and corrosive atmospheres. A weather-tight wiring terminal box isolates field wiring connections from other areas of the instrument.
nActuator Overpressure Prevention
Performance
nAccurate and Responsive-- The two-stage positioner design provides quick response to large step changes and precise control for small setpoint changes.
nTravel Control/Pressure Fallback-- Valve position feedback is critical to the operation of a digital valve controller. The DVC6000 HW2 can detect position feedback problems and automatically revert to pressure control mode to keep the valve operational.
nRamped Cutoff provides smooth transition from throttling control to shutoff
W8373-1
Ease of Use
nEnhanced Safety-- The DVC6000 HW2 is a HART communicating device, so information can be accessed anywhere along the loop. This flexibility can reduce exposure to hazardous environments and make it easier to evaluate valves in hard to reach locations.
nFaster Commissioning-- HART communications allows you to quickly commission loops with a variety of tools, either locally at the valve assembly or remotely.
nEasy Maintenance-- The DVC6000 HW2 is modular in design. Critical working components can be replaced without removing field wiring or pneumatic tubing.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6000 HW2 November 2020
DVC6000 HW2 Digital Valve Controller
D103786X012
Value
nHardware Savings-- When installed in an integrated control system, significant hardware and installation cost savings can be achieved. Valve accessories such as limit switches and position transmitters can be eliminated due to the integrated position transmitter or switch option.
nIncreased Uptime-- The self-diagnostic capability of the DVC6000 HW2 provides valve performance and health evaluation without shutting down the process or pulling the valve assembly from the line.
nImproved Maintenance Decisions-- Digital communication provides easy access to the condition of the valve. Sound process and asset management decisions can be made by analysis of valve information through Fisher ValveLinkTM software.
Valve Diagnostics
The DVC6000 HW2 digital valve controller provides a broad and deep portfolio of valve diagnostic capabilities. Whether an Emerson Field Communicator is used to check for valve alerts and operational status, or ValveLink software is used for comprehensive diagnostic test and analysis, the tools are easy to use. When installed as part of a HART communicating system, the DVC6000 HW2 delivers prompt notification of current or potential equipment issues and supports NAMUR NE107 alert categorization.
Alerts assist in identification and notification of the following situations:
nValve travel deviation due to excessive valve friction or galling
nHigh cycle due to dither or improper tuning
nTotal travel movement accumulation beyond a specified point resulting in packing wear
nValve travel above or below a specified point
nVarious instrument mechanical and electrical issues
These alerts are stored in memory on board the DVC6000 HW2.
Additionally, Performance Diagnostics enable condition and performance monitoring of the entire valve assembly (not just the instrument) while the valve is actively controlling the process. When conducting Performance Diagnostics tests, the valve does NOT move beyond the normal setpoint changes driven by the process controller. The DVC6000 HW2 uses statistical algorithms to determine condition and performance related issues based on live readings from the many on-board sensors. Results are then displayed graphically, with severity indicated by a red/yellow/green indicator (figure 1). A detailed description of the identified issue as well as suggestions for recommended actions are provided.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6000 HW2 Digital Valve Controller
D103786X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6000 HW2 November 2020
Figure 1. Condition Indicators (Performance Diagnostics)
E1208
ERROR (RED CONDITION INDICATOR) E1209
WARNING
E1210
(YELLOW CONDITION
INDICATOR)
EVENT LOG PROVIDES POSSIBLE CAUSES AND RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
Examples of identifiable issues are: nLow or high air supply or pressure droop nIncorrect regulator setting nDirty air supply nExternal air leak (actuator diaphragm or tubing) nCalibration shift nValve stuck nPiston actuator O-ring failure nExcessive or insufficient valve assembly friction
nExcessive valve assembly deadband
nElastomer failure in the DVC6000 HW2
nBroken actuator spring
Performance Diagnostics also provide access to full-stroke dynamic testing of the valve assembly including: valve signature, dynamic error band, step response, and stroke check. These tests change the instrument setpoint at a controlled rate and are performed while the valve assembly is isolated from the process.
For additional information on FIELDVUE diagnostics and ValveLink software refer to Fisher Bulletin 62.1:ValveLink Software (D102227X012).
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6000 HW2 November 2020
DVC6000 HW2 Digital Valve Controller
D103786X012
Specifications
Available Configurations
DVC6000 HW2 digital valve controllers can be mounted on Fisher and other manufacturers rotary and sliding-stem actuators(1)
DVC6005 HW2: Base unit for 2 inch pipestand or wall mounting
J DVC6015: Remotely mounted feedback unit for sliding-stem applications J DVC6025: Remotely mounted feedback unit for rotary or long-stroke sliding-stem applications, or J DVC6035: Remotely mounted feedback unit for quarter-turn rotary applications
Mounting kit required for mounting feedback unit on actuator
Communication Protocol
J HART 5 or J HART 7
Output Signal
Pneumatic signal as required by the actuator, up to full supply pressure
Minimum Span: 0.4 bar (6 psig) Maximum Span: 9.5 bar (140 psig) Action: J Double, J Single Direct, or J Single Reverse
Steady-State Air Consumption(3)(4)
Standard Relay: At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: Less than 0.38 normal m3/hr (14 scfh) At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: Less than 1.3 normal m3/hr (49 scfh)
Maximum Output Capacity(3)(4)
At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: 10.0 normal m3/hr (375 scfh) At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: 29.5 normal m3/hr (1100 scfh)
Input Signal
Point-to-Point:. Analog Input Signal: 4-20 mA DC, nominal; split ranging available Minimum Voltage Available at Instrument Terminals must be 9.5 VDC for analog control, 10 VDC for HART communication Minimum Control Current: 4.0 mA Minimum Current w/o Microprocessor Restart: 3.5 mA Maximum Voltage: 30 VDC Overcurrent protected Reverse Polarity protected
Multi-drop:. Instrument Power: 11 to 30 VDC at 10 mA Reverse Polarity protected
Supply Pressure(2)
Recommended: 0.3 bar (5 psig) higher than maximum actuator requirements Maximum: 10.0 bar (145 psig) or maximum pressure rating of the actuator, whichever is lower
Medium: Air or Natural Gas
Operating Ambient Temperature Limits(2)(5) -40 to 85_C (-40 to 185_F) for base unit -52 to 85_C (-62 to 185_F) for base unit utilizing the Extreme Temperature option (fluorosilicone elastomers) -52 to 125_C (-62 to 257_F) for remote-mount feedback unit
Independent Linearity(6) Typical Value:±0.50% of output span
Electromagnetic Compatibility Meets EN 61326-1:2013 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326-1 standard. Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
Vibration Testing Method Tested per ANSI/ISA-S75.13.01 Section 5.3.5
Input Impedance An equivalent impedance of 500 ohms may be used. This value corresponds to 10V @ 20 mA.
Supply pressure must be clean, dry oil-free and noncorrosive and meet the requirements of ISA Standard 7.0.01 or ISO 8573-1.
Humidity Limits Tested per IEC 61514-2
-continued-
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6000 HW2 Digital Valve Controller
D103786X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6000 HW2 November 2020
Specifications (continued)
Electrical Classification
Hazardous Area:
CSA--Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Division 2, Dust Ignition-proof
FM--Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Non-incendive, Dust Ignition-proof
ATEX--Intrinsically Safe, Flameproof, Type n, Dust by intrinsic safety
IECEx--Intrinsically Safe, Flameproof, Type n, Dust by intrinsic safety or by enclosure
Electrical Housing:
CSA-- Type 4X, IP66
FM-- Type 4X, IP66
ATEX-- IP66
IECEx-- IP66
Vent (pipe-away): 3/8 NPT internal Electrical: 1/2 NPT internal or M20
Actuator Compatibility
Stem Travel (Sliding-Stem Linear) Linear actuators with rated travel between 6.35 mm (0.25 inch) and 606 mm (23.375 inches)
Shaft Rotation (Quarter-Turn Rotary) Rotary actuators with rated travel between 45 degrees and 180 degrees
Weight
DVC6005 HW2 Base Unit: 4.1 kg (9 lbs)
DVC6015 Feedback Unit: 1.3 kg (2.9 lbs) DVC6025 Feedback Unit: 1.4 kg (3.1 lbs) DVC6035 Feedback Unit: 0.9 kg (2.0 lbs)
Other Classifications/Certifications
Lloyds Register-- Marine Type Approval
CUTR--Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, and Armenia)
ESMA-- Emirates Authority for Standardization and Metrology - ECAS-Ex (UAE)
INMETRO-- National Institute of Metrology, Quality, and Technology (Brazil)
KTL-- Korea Testing Laboratory (South Korea)
PESO CCOE-- Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation - Chief Controller of Explosives (India)
SANS-- South African Bureau of Standards
Contact your Emerson sales office for classification/certification specific information
Connections
Supply Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal and integral pad for mounting 67CFR regulator Output Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal Tubing: 3/8-inch recommended
Construction Materials
Housing, module base and terminal box: A03600 low copper aluminum alloy Cover: Thermoplastic polyester Elastomers: J Nitrile (standard) J Fluorosilicone (optional)
Options
J Supply and output pressure gauges or J Tire valves J Integral mounted filter regulator J Low-Bleed Relay(7) J Extreme Temperature
J Integral 4-20 mA Position Transmitter(8)(9): 4-20 mA output, isolated Supply Voltage: 8-30 VDC Reference Accuracy: 1% of travel span
J Integral Switch(8): One isolated switch, configurable throughout the calibrated travel range or actuated from a device alert Off State: 0 mA (nominal) On State: up to 1 A Supply Voltage: 30 VDC maximum Reference Accuracy: 2% of travel span
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology.
1. 3-conductor shielded cable, 22 AWG minimum wire size, is required for connection between base unit and feedback unit. Pneumatic tubing between base unit output connection and actuator has been tested to 91 meters (300 feet). At 15 meters (50 feet) there was no performance degradation. At 91 meters there was minimal pneumatic lag. 2. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any other applicable code or standard should not be exceeded. 3. Normal m3/hour - Normal cubic meters per hour at 0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute. Scfh - Standard cubic feet per hour at 60_F and 14.7 psia. 4. Values at 1.4 bar (20 psig) based on a single-acting direct relay; values at 5.5 bar (80 psig) based on double-acting relay. 5. Temperature limits vary based on hazardous area approval. 6. Not applicable for DVC6020 digital valve controllers in long-stroke applications or remote-mounted DVC6005 digital valve controllers with long pneumatic tubing lengths. 7. The Quad O steady-state consumption requirement of 6 scfh can be met by a DVC6000 HW2 with low bleed relay A option, when used with up to 4.8 bar (70 psi) supply of Natural Gas at 16_C (60_F). The 6 scfh requirement can be met by low bleed relay B and C when used with up to 5.2 bar (75 psi) supply of Natural Gas at 16_C (60_F). 8. The electronic output is available with either the position transmitter or the switch. 9. Position transmitter meets the requirements of NAMUR NE43; selectable to show failure low (< 3.6 mA) or failure high (> 22.5 mA). Fail high available only when the positioner is powered.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6000 HW2 November 2020
DVC6000 HW2 Digital Valve Controller
D103786X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, and ValveLink are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. HART is a registered trademark of FieldComm Group. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E6 2014, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6005 Series Digital Valve Controllers
D103308X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6005 September 2017
FisherTM FIELDVUETM DVC6005 Series Digital Valve Controller and DVC6015, DVC6025, and DVC6035 Feedback Unit Dimensions
Digital Valve Controller DVC6005 HW2 DVC6005f DVC6015
DVC6025
DVC6035
Configuration
Remote mount base unit
Feedback unit for sliding-stem applications Feedback unit for rotary and long-stroke sliding-stem applications Feedback unit for quarter-turn rotary applications
Mounting Wall 2 Inch Pipestand Sliding-stem actuator up to 102 mm (4 inch) travel
Rotary and long-stroke sliding-stem actuator
Figure 1 2 3
4
Rotary actuator shaft
5
Page 1 2 3
3
4
Figure 1. FIELDVUE DVC6005 HW2 and DVC6005f Base Unit; Wall Mounted
BRACKET LOCATION FOR WALL MOUNTING
64 (2.50)
57 (2.25)
10C1795-A 10C1796-A E1103
184 (7.23)
72 (2.82)
2 MOUNTING HOLES 0.86 (0.34)
mm (INCH)
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6005 September 2017
DVC6005 Series Digital Valve Controllers
D103308X012
Figure 2. FIELDVUE DVC6005 HW2 and DVC6005f Base Unit; Pipestand Mounted
63 (2.46)
193 (7.60)
92 (3.62)
211 (8.29)
1/2-14 NPT CONDUIT CONN BOTH SIDES
1/4-18 NPT OUTPUT CONN A
1/2-14 NPT CONDUIT CONN BOTH SIDES
1/4 -18 NPT SUPPLY CONN
10C1795-A 10C1796-A E1102
1/4-18 NPT OUTPUT CONN B
3/8 -18 NPT VENT CONN
234 (9.20)
151 (5.93)
mm (INCH)
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6005 Series Digital Valve Controllers
D103308X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6005 September 2017
Figure 3. FIELDVUE DVC6015 Feedback Unit; Sliding-Stem Actuator Mounting up to 102 mm (4 inch) Travel
2 MOUNTING HOLES 8.6 (0.34)
57 (2.25)
29 (1.13)
CENTERLINE OF ACTUATOR
97 (3.81)
19 (0.76)
138 (5.45)
121 (4.75)
10C1797-A E0867-2
65 (2.54)
175 (6.89)
1/2-14 NPT CONDUIT CONN
mm (INCH)
Figure 4. FIELDVUE DVC6025 Feedback Unit; Rotary and Long-Stroke Sliding-Stem Actuator Mounting
9 (0.37)
4 MOUNTING HOLES 9.7 (0.38)
94 (7.63)
10C1798-A E0868-2
99 (3.90)
175 (6.88)
10 (0.38)
95 (3.75)
114 (4.50)
140 (5.52)
1/2-14 NPT CONDUIT CONN
mm (INCH)
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6005 September 2017
DVC6005 Series Digital Valve Controllers
D103308X012
Figure 5. FIELDVUE DVC6035 Feedback Unit; Rotary Actuator Shaft Mounting
120 (4.72)
46 (1.83)
93 (3.66)
76 (3.00)
38 (1.50)
103 (4.07)
135 (5.31)
10C1799-B
1/2-14 NPT CONDUIT CONN
67 (2.65)
46 (1.81)
4 MOUNTING HOLES 1/4-20 UNC
mm (INCH)
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2008, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
D103415X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 November 2020
FisherTM FIELDVUETM DVC6200 Digital Valve
Controller
The FIELDVUE DVC6200 digital valve controller is a HART® communicating instrument that converts a two-wire 4-20 mA control signal into a pneumatic output to an actuator. It can easily be retrofitted in place of existing analog positioners on most Fisher and non-Fisher pneumatic actuators.
Features
Reliability
nLinkage-Less Non-Contact Position Feedback-- The high performance, linkage-less feedback system eliminates physical contact between the valve stem and the DVC6200. There are no wearing parts so cycle life is maximized.
nBuilt to Survive--The field proven DVC6200 has fully encapsulated electronics that resist the effects of vibration, temperature, and corrosive atmospheres. A weather-tight wiring terminal box isolates field wiring connections from other areas of the instrument.
nActuator Overpressure Prevention
Performance
nAccurate and Responsive-- The two-stage positioner design provides quick response to large step changes and precise control for small setpoint changes.
W9721 W9616
LINKAGE-LESS FEEDBACK SYSTEM
nTravel Control/Pressure Fallback-- Valve position feedback is critical to the operation of a digital valve controller. The DVC6200 can detect position feedback problems and automatically revert to pressure control mode to keep the valve operational.
nRamped Cutoff provides smooth transition from throttling control to shutoff
Ease of Use
nEnhanced Safety-- The DVC6200 is a HART communicating device, so information can be accessed anywhere along the loop. This flexibility can reduce exposure to hazardous environments and make it easier to evaluate valves in hard to reach locations.
nFaster Commissioning-- HART communications allows you to quickly commission loops with a variety of tools, either locally at the valve assembly or remotely.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 November 2020
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
D103415X012
Figure 1. Condition Indicators
E1208
ERROR (RED CONDITION INDICATOR)
E1209
WARNING
E1210
EVENT LOG PROVIDES POSSIBLE CAUSES AND
(YELLOW CONDITION INDICATOR)
RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
nEasy Maintenance-- The DVC6200 is modular in design. Critical working components can be replaced without removing field wiring or pneumatic tubing.
Value
nHardware Savings-- When installed in an integrated control system, significant hardware and installation cost savings can be achieved. Valve accessories such as limit switches and position transmitters can be eliminated due to the integrated position transmitter or switch option.
nIncreased Uptime-- The self-diagnostic capability of the DVC6200 provides valve performance and health evaluation without shutting down the process or pulling the valve assembly from the line.
nImproved Maintenance Decisions-- Digital communication provides easy access to the condition of the valve. Sound process and asset management decisions can be made by analysis of valve information through Fisher ValveLinkTM software.
2
Valve Diagnostics
The DVC6200 digital valve controller provides a broad and deep portfolio of valve diagnostic capabilities. Whether an Emerson Field Communicator is used to check for valve alerts and operational status, or ValveLink software is used for comprehensive diagnostic test and analysis, the tools are easy to use. When installed as part of a HART communicating system, the DVC6200 delivers prompt notification of current or potential equipment issues and supports NAMUR NE107 alert categorization.
Performance Diagnostics enable condition and performance monitoring of the entire valve assembly (not just the digital valve controller) while the valve is actively controlling the process. When conducting Performance Diagnostics tests, the valve does NOT move beyond the normal setpoint changes driven by the process controller. The DVC6200 uses statistical algorithms to determine condition and performance related issues based on live readings from the many on-board sensors. Results are then displayed graphically, with severity indicated by a red/yellow/green indicator (figure 1). A detailed description of the identified issue as well as suggestions for recommended actions are provided.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
D103415X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 November 2020
Examples of identifiable issues are: nLow or high air supply or pressure droop nIncorrect regulator setting nDirty air supply nExternal air leak (actuator diaphragm or tubing) nCalibration shift nValve stuck nPiston actuator O-ring failure nExcessive or insufficient valve assembly friction
nExcessive valve assembly deadband
nElastomer failure in the DVC6200
nBroken actuator spring
Performance Diagnostics also provide access to full-stroke dynamic testing of the valve assembly including; valve signature, dynamic error band, step response, and stroke check. These tests change the instrument setpoint at a controlled rate and are performed while the valve assembly is isolated from the process.
For additional information on FIELDVUE diagnostics and ValveLink software refer to Fisher Bulletin 62.1:ValveLink Software (D102227X012).
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 November 2020
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
D103415X012
Specifications
Available Mounting
J Integral mounting to Fisher 657/667 or GX actuators J Integral mounting to Fisher rotary actuators J Sliding-stem linear applications J Quarter-turn rotary applications DVC6200 digital valve controllers can also be mounted on other actuators that comply with IEC 60534-6-1, IEC 60534-6-2, VDI/VDE 3845 and NAMUR mounting standards.
Communication Protocol
J HART 5 or J HART 7
Input Signal
Point-to-Point.
Analog Input Signal: 4-20 mA DC, nominal; split ranging available
Minimum Voltage Available at Instrument Terminals must be 9.5 VDC for analog control, 10 VDC for HART communication Minimum Control Current: 4.0 mA Minimum Current w/o Microprocessor Restart: 3.5 mA Maximum Voltage: 30 VDC Overcurrent protected Reverse Polarity protected
Multi-drop
Instrument Power: 11 to 30 VDC at 10 mA Reverse Polarity protected
Steady-State Air Consumption(2)(3)
At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: Less than 0.38 normal m3/hr (14 scfh) At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: Less than 1.3 normal m3/hr (49 scfh)
Maximum Output Capacity(2)(3)
At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: 10.0 normal m3/hr (375 scfh) At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: 29.5 normal m3/hr (1100 scfh)
Operating Ambient Temperature Limits(1)(4)
-40 to 85_C (-40 to 185_F) -52 to 85_C (-62 to 185_F) for instruments utilizing the Extreme Temperature option (fluorosilicone elastomers)
Independent Linearity(5)
Typical Value: ±0.50% of output span
Electromagnetic Compatibility
Meets EN 61326-1:2013 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326-1 standard. Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
Vibration Testing Method
Tested per ANSI/ISA-S75.13.01 Section 5.3.5.
Supply Pressure(1)
Minimum Recommended: 0.3 bar (5 psig) higher than maximum actuator requirements
Input Impedance
An equivalent impedance of 550 ohms may be used. This value corresponds to 11V @ 20 mA.
Maximum: 10.0 bar (145 psig) or maximum pressure rating of the actuator, whichever is lower
Humidity Testing Method Tested per IEC 61514-2
Supply Medium
Air or Natural Gas
Supply medium must be clean, dry, and noncorrosive and meet the requirements of ISA Standard 7.0.01 or ISO 8573-1
Output Signal
Pneumatic signal, up to full supply pressure Minimum Span: 0.4 bar (6 psig) Maximum Span: 9.5 bar (140 psig) Action: J Double, J Single Direct or J Reverse
Electrical Classification
Hazardous Area Approvals
CSA-- Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Division 2, Dust Ignition-proof
FM-- Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Non-Incendive, Dust Ignition-proof
ATEX-- Intrinsically Safe, Flameproof, Type n, Dust by intrinsic safety
IECEx-- Intrinsically Safe, Flameproof, Type n, Dust by intrinsic safety or by enclosure
-continued-
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
D103415X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 November 2020
Specifications (continued)
Electrical Housing
CSA-- Type 4X, IP66
FM-- Type 4X, IP66
ATEX-- IP66 IECEx-- IP66
Other Classifications/Certifications Natural Gas Certified, Single Seal Device-- CSA, FM, ATEX, and IECEx Lloyds Register-- Marine Type Approval
CML-- Certification Management Limited (Japan)
CUTR-- Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, and Armenia)
ESMA-- Emirates Authority for Standardization and Metrology - ECAS-Ex (UAE)
INMETRO-- National Institute of Metrology, Quality and Technology (Brazil) KOSHA-- Korean Occupational Safety & Health Agency (South Korea) KTL-- Korea Testing Laboratory (South Korea)
NEPSI-- National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation (China) PESO CCOE-- Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation - Chief Controller of Explosives (India) SANS-- South Africa National Standards
Not all certifications apply to all constructions. Contact your Emerson sales office for classification/certification specific information.
Connections
Supply Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal and integral pad for mounting 67CFR regulator Output Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal Tubing: 3/8-inch recommended Vent: 3/8 NPT internal Electrical: 1/2 NPT internal or M20
Actuator Compatibility
Stem Travel (Sliding-Stem Linear) Linear actuators with rated travel between 6.35 mm (0.25 inch) and 606 mm (23.375 inches)
Shaft Rotation (Quarter-Turn Rotary) Rotary actuators with rated travel between 45 degrees and 180 degrees
Weight
Aluminum: 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs) Stainless Steel: 8.6 kg (19 lbs)
Construction Materials
Housing, module base and terminal box: A03600 low copper aluminum alloy (standard), Stainless Steel (optional) Cover: Thermoplastic polyester Elastomers: Nitrile (standard)
Options
J Supply and output pressure gauges or J Tire valves J Integral mounted filter regulator J Low-Bleed Relay(6) J Extreme Temperature J Natural Gas Certified, Single Seal Device J Remote Mount(7) J Stainless Steel J Integral 4-20 mA Position Transmitter(8)(9) J Integral Limit Switch(10)
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology.
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any other applicable code or standard should not be exceeded. 2. Normal m3/hour - Normal cubic meters per hour at 0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute. Scfh - Standard cubic feet per hour at 60_F and 14.7 psia. 3. Values at 1.4 bar (20 psig) based on a single-acting direct relay; values at 5.5 bar (80 psig) based on double-acting relay. 4. Temperature limits vary based on hazardous area approval. Lower temperature limit for CUTR Ex d approval with fluorosilicone elastomers is -53_C (-63.4_F). 5. Not applicable for travels less than 19 mm (0.75 inch) or for shaft rotation less than 60 degrees. Also not applicable for digital valve controllers in long-stroke applications.
6. The Quad O steady-state consumption requirement of 6 scfh can be met by a DVC6200 with low bleed relay A option, when used with up to 4.8 bar (70 psi) supply of Natural Gas at 16_C (60_F). The 6 scfh requirement can be met by low bleed relay B and C when used with up to 5.2 bar (75 psi) supply of Natural Gas at 16_C (60_F). 7. 4-conductor shielded cable, 18 to 22 AWG minimum wire size, in rigid or flexible metal conduit, is required for connection between base unit and feedback unit.
8. 4-20 mA output, isolated; Supply Voltage: 8-30 VDC; Reference Accuracy: 1% of travel span.
9. Position transmitter meets the requirements of NAMUR NE43; selectable to show failure low (< 3.6 mA) or failure high (> 22.5 mA). Fail high available only when the posi
tioner is powered.
10. One isolated switch, configurable throughout the calibrated travel range or actuated from a device alert; Off State: 0 mA (nominal); On State: up to 1 A;
Supply Voltage: 30 VDC maximum; Reference Accuracy: 2% of travel span.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 November 2020
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
D103415X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, and ValveLink are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. HART is a registered trademark of FieldComm Group. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E6 2009, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
D103423X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 HC November 2020
FisherTM FIELDVUETM DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
The FIELDVUE DVC6200 digital valve controller is a HARTr communicating instrument that converts a two-wire 4-20 mA control signal into a pneumatic output to an actuator. It can easily be retrofitted in place of existing analog positioners on most Fisher and non-Fisher pneumatic actuators.
Features
Reliability
nLinkage-Less Non-Contact Position Feedback-- The high performance, linkage-less feedback system eliminates physical contact between the valve stem and the DVC6200. There are no wearing parts so cycle life is maximized.
nBuilt to Survive--The field proven DVC6200 has fully encapsulated electronics that resist the effects of vibration, temperature, and corrosive atmospheres. A weather-tight wiring terminal box isolates field wiring connections from other areas of the instrument.
nActuator Overpressure Prevention
Performance
nAccurate and Responsive-- The two-stage positioner design provides quick response to large step changes and precise control for small setpoint changes.
nRamped Cutoff provides smooth transition from throttling control to shutoff
W9721 W9616
LINKAGE-LESS FEEDBACK SYSTEM
Ease of Use
nEnhanced Safety-- The DVC6200 is a HART communicating device, so information can be accessed anywhere along the loop. This flexibility can reduce exposure to hazardous environments and make it easier to evaluate valves in hard to reach locations.
nFaster Commissioning-- HART communications allows you to quickly commission loops with a variety of tools, either locally at the valve assembly or remotely.
nEasy Maintenance-- The DVC6200 is modular in design. Critical working components can be replaced without removing field wiring or pneumatic tubing.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 HC November 2020
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
D103423X012
Figure 1. Alerts Status Screen
ALERT INDICATED BY RED BAR
STATUS MONITOR
RED INDICATES ALERT IS ACTIVE GREEN INDICATES NO ALERT IS PRESENT
ALERTS
Value
nHardware Savings-- When installed in an integrated control system, significant hardware and installation cost savings can be achieved. Valve accessories such as limit switches and position transmitters can be eliminated due to the integrated position transmitter or switch option.
nIncreased Uptime-- The self-diagnostic capability of the DVC6200 provides valve performance and health evaluation without shutting down the process or pulling the valv e assembly from the line.
nImproved Maintenance Decisions-- Digital communication provides easy access to the condition of the valve. Sound process and asset management decisions can be made by analysis of valve information through Fisher ValveLinkTM software.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
D103423X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 HC November 2020
Valve Diagnostics
The DVC6200 digital valve controller provides a comprehensive library of valve diagnostic alerts, as shown in figure 1. These alerts are easily accessed with an Emerson Field Communicator. When installed as part of a HART communicating system, the DVC6200 delivers prompt notification of current or potential equipment issues directly to the asset management system and supports NAMUR NE107 alert categorization.
Alerts assist in identification and notification of the following situations:
nValve travel deviation due to excessive valve friction or galling
nHigh cycle due to dither or improper tuning
nTotal travel movement accumulation beyond a specified point resulting in packing wear
nValve travel above or below a specified point
nVarious instrument mechanical and electrical issues
These alerts are stored in memory on board the DVC6200.
For additional information on FIELDVUE diagnostics and ValveLink software refer to Fisher Bulletin 62.1:ValveLink Software (D102227X012).
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 HC November 2020
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
D103423X012
Specifications
Available Mounting
J Integral mounting to Fisher 657/667 or GX actuators J Integral mounting to Fisher rotary actuators J Sliding-stem linear applications J Quarter-turn rotary applications
DVC6200 digital valve controllers can also be mounted on other actuators that comply with IEC 60534-6-1, IEC 60534-6-2, VDI/VDE 3845 and NAMUR mounting standards.
Steady-State Air Consumption(2)(3)
At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: Less than 0.38 normal m3/hr (14 scfh) At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: Less than 1.3 normal m3/hr (49 scfh)
Maximum Output Capacity(2)(3)
At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: 10.0 normal m3/hr (375 scfh) At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: 29.5 normal m3/hr (1100 scfh)
Communication Protocol
J HART 5 or J HART 7
Input Signal
Point-to-Point
Analog Input Signal: 4-20 mA DC, nominal; split ranging available
Minimum Voltage Available at Instrument Terminals must be 9.5 VDC for analog control, 10 VDC for HART communication Minimum Control Current: 4.0 mA Minimum Current w/o Microprocessor Restart: 3.5 mA Maximum Voltage: 30 VDC Overcurrent protected Reverse Polarity protected
Multi-drop.
Instrument Power: 11 to 30 VDC at 10 mA Reverse Polarity protected
Operating Ambient Temperature Limits(1)(4) -40 to 85_C (-40 to 185_F) -52 to 85_C (-62 to 185_F) for instruments utilizing the Extreme Temperature option (fluorosilicone elastomers)
Independent Linearity(5) Typical Value: ±0.50% of output span
Electromagnetic Compatibility Meets EN 61326-1:2013 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326-1 standard. Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
Vibration Testing Method Tested per ANSI/ISA-S75.13.01 Section 5.3.5.
Supply Pressure(1)
Minimum Recommended: 0.3 bar (5 psig) higher than maximum actuator requirements
Maximum: 10.0 bar (145 psig) or maximum pressure rating of the actuator, whichever is lower
Input Impedance An equivalent impedance of 550 ohms may be used. This value corresponds to 11V @ 20 mA.
Humidity Testing Method Tested per IEC 61514-2
Supply Medium
Air or Natural Gas
Supply medium must be clean, dry, and noncorrosive and meet the requirements of ISA Standard 7.0.01 or ISO 8573-1
Output Signal
Pneumatic signal, up to full supply pressure Minimum Span: 0.4 bar (6 psig) Maximum Span: 9.5 bar (140 psig) Action: J Double, J Single Direct or J Reverse
Electrical Classification
Hazardous Area Approvals
CSA-- Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Division 2, Dust Ignition-proof
FM-- Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Non-Incendive, Dust Ignition-proof
ATEX-- Intrinsically Safe, Flameproof, Type n, Dust by intrinsic safety
IECEx-- Intrinsically Safe, Flameproof, Type n, Dust by intrinsic safety or by enclosure
-continued-
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
D103423X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 HC November 2020
Specifications (continued)
Electrical Housing
CSA-- Type 4X, IP66
FM-- Type 4X, IP66
ATEX-- IP66 IECEx-- IP66
Other Classifications/Certifications Natural Gas Certified, Single Seal Device-- CSA, FM, ATEX, and IECEx Lloyds Register-- Marine Type Approval
CML-- Certification Management Limited (Japan)
CUTR-- Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, and Armenia)
ESMA-- Emirates Authority for Standardization and Metrology - ECAS-Ex (UAE)
INMETRO-- National Institute of Metrology, Quality and Technology (Brazil) KOSHA-- Korean Occupational & Health Agency (South Korea) KTL-- Korea Testing Laboratory (South Korea)
NEPSI-- National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation (China) PESO CCOE-- Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation - Chief Controller of Explosives (India) SANS-- South Africa National Standards
Not all certifications apply to all constructions. Contact your Emerson sales office for classification/certification specific information.
Connections
Supply Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal and integral pad for mounting 67CFR regulator Output Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal Tubing: 3/8-inch recommended Vent: 3/8 NPT internal Electrical: 1/2 NPT internal or M20
Actuator Compatibility
Stem Travel (Sliding-Stem Linear) Linear actuators with rated travel between 6.35 mm (0.25 inch) and 606 mm (23.375 inches)
Shaft Rotation (Quarter-Turn Rotary) Rotary actuators with rated travel between 45 degrees and 180 degrees
Weight
Aluminum: 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs) Stainless Steel: 8.6 kg (19 lbs)
Construction Materials
Housing, module base and terminal box: A03600 low copper aluminum alloy (standard), Stainless Steel (optional) Cover: Thermoplastic polyester Elastomers: Nitrile (standard)
Options
J Supply and output pressure gauges or J Tire valves J Integral mounted filter regulator J Low-Bleed Relay(6) J Extreme Temperature J Natural Gas Certified, Single Seal Device J Remote Mount(7) J Stainless Steel J Integral 4-20 mA Position Transmitter(8)(9) J Integral Limit Switch(10)
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology.
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any other applicable code or standard should not be exceeded. 2. Normal m3/hour - Normal cubic meters per hour at 0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute. Scfh - Standard cubic feet per hour at 60_F and 14.7 psia. 3. Values at 1.4 bar (20 psig) based on a single-acting direct relay; values at 5.5 bar (80 psig) based on double-acting relay. 4. Temperature limits vary based on hazardous area approval. Lower temperature limit for CUTR Ex d approval with fluorosilicone elastomers is -53_C (-63.4_F). 5. Not applicable for travels less than 19 mm (0.75 inch) or for shaft rotation less than 60 degrees. Also not applicable for digital valve controllers in long-stroke applications.
6. The Quad O steady-state consumption requirement of 6 scfh can be met by a DVC6200 with low bleed relay A option, when used with up to 4.8 bar (70 psi) supply of Natural Gas at 16_C (60_F). The 6 scfh requirement can be met by low bleed relay B and C when used with up to 5.2 bar (75 psi) supply of Natural Gas at 16_C (60_F). 7. 4-conductor shielded cable, 18 to 22 AWG minimum wire size, in rigid or flexible metal conduit, is required for connection between base unit and feedback unit.
8. 4-20 mA output, isolated; Supply Voltage: 8-30 VDC; Reference Accuracy: 1% of travel span .
9. Position transmitter meets the requirements of NAMUR NE43; selectable to show failure low (< 3.6 mA) or failure high (> 22.5 mA). Fail high available only when the posi
tioner is powered.
10. One isolated switch, configurable throughout the calibrated travel range or actuated from a device alert; Off State: 0 mA (nominal); On State: up to 1 A;
Supply Voltage: 30 VDC maximum; Reference Accuracy: 2% of travel span.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 HC November 2020
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
D103423X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, and ValveLink are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. HART is a registered trademark of FieldComm Group. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E6 2009, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
D103543X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200(S1) September 2017
FisherTM FIELDVUETM DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller / Magnet Assembly Dimensions
Digital Valve Controller
Configuration(1)
Mounting
Figure
Page
DVC6200 DVC6200 SIS DVC6200f DVC6200p
Integral mounting to the Fisher 657/667 size i or GX actuator
Integral mounting to Fisher rotary actuators
With integrally mounted filter regulator
1
1, 2
Sliding-stem linear applications
Quarter-turn rotary applications
DVC6205 DVC6205 SIS DVC6205f DVC6205p
Remote mount base unit
- - -
2
3
DVC6215
Feedback unit
- - -
3
4
1. DVC6200 digital valve controllers can also be mounted on other actuators that comply with IEC 60534-6-1, IEC 60534-6-2, VDI/VDE 3845 and NAMUR mounting standards.
Magnet Assembly(1)
Stem #19
19 mm / 3/4 inch
Stem #25
25 mm / 1 inch
Stem #38
38 mm / 1-1/2 inch
Stem #50
50 mm / 2 inch
SStem #110
110 mm / 4-1/8 inch
SStem #210
210 mm / 8-1/4 inch
RShaft #1 / LRC(2) Fisher 2052 Size 2 & 3, 1051/1052 Size 40-70, 1061 Size 30-100, Sliding Stem > 210 mm (8.25 inches)
RShaft #2 / LRC(2) 2052 Size 1, 1051/1052 Size 20-33
RShaft End
90 degree
1. Linear magnet assembly width dimensions are shown in figure 6. 2. Linear Roller Cam.
Figure 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 11
Page 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8
Figure 1. FIELDVUE DVC6200, DVC6200 SIS, DVC6200f, and DVC6200p Digital Valve Controller with Integrally
Mounted Filter Regulator
298.4
54.9 (2.16)
(11.75) 148.1 (5.83)
61.1 (2.4)
59.4 (2.34)
1/4-18 NPT OUTPUT CONN A
FISHER 67CFR 1/4-18 NPT SUPPLY CONN
1/2-14 NPT CONDUIT CONN BOTH SIDES
3/8-18 NPT VENT CONN
mm (INCH)
1/4-18 NPT OUTPUT CONN B 203.4
(8.00)
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200(S1) September 2017
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
D103543X012
Figure 1. FIELDVUE DVC6200, DVC6200 SIS, DVC6200f, and DVC6200p Digital Valve Controller with Integrally Mounted Filter Regulator (continued)
57.7 (2.27)
102.9 (4.05) 145.7 (5.73)
184.4 (7.26)
GE42896
12.9 (0.51)
1 M6 X 1-6H
35.4 (1.39)
34.6 (1.36)
17.7 (0.70)
M8 X 1.25-6H
57 (2.24)
35.3 (1.38)
35.4 (1.39)
35 32.3 (1.38) (1.27)
92.4
(3.64)
BACK VIEW (REGULATOR NOT SHOWN)
1 Housing insert for SSTEM #210 magnet assembly (figure 9) inserted here.
mm (INCH)
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
D103543X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200(S1) September 2017
Figure 2. FIELDVUE DVC6205, DVC6205 SIS, DVC6205f, and DVC6205p Remote Mount Base Unit Envelope Dimensions
56.6 (2.23)
59.2 (2.33)
1/2-14 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION BOTH SIDES
209.8 (8.26) 132 (5.20)
1/4-18 NPT OUTPUT CONNECTION A
1/2-14 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION BOTH SIDES
233 (9.17)
148.1 (5.83)
79.6 (3.13)
160.9 (6.33)
1/4-18 NPT OUTPUT CONNECTION B
123.9 (4.88)
GE53722
mm (INCH)
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200(S1) September 2017
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
D103543X012
Figure 3. FIELDVUE DVC6215 Feedback Unit Envelope Dimensions
105.8 (4.16)
150.3 (5.92)
1/4-18 NPT AIR PASSAGE (HOUSING A ONLY)
1/2-14 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION BOTH SIDES
114.9 (4.53)
GE53725
mm (INCH)
Mounting hole locations for the DVC6215 feedback unit are the same as for the DVC6200, DVC6200 SIS, DVC6200f, and DVC6200p digital valve controller. Refer to the back view in figure 1.
Magnet Assemblies
Figure 4. SStem #19 Magnet Assembly (Also see 2 in figure 6)
61.05 (2.40)
31.2 (1.23)
16.05 (0.63)
Figure 5. SStem #25 Magnet Assembly (Also see 2 in figure 6)
61.05 (2.40)
31.2 (1.23)
15.9 (0.62)
M4 X 0.7 - 6G (ALUMINUM) M5 X 0.8 X 12 (SST)
18 (0.71)
32 (1.26)
5.5 (0.22)
mm (INCH)
8 - 19 mm (0.32 - 0.75 INCH) TRAVEL RANGE
18 (0.71)
32 (1.26)
M4 X 0.7 - 6G (ALUMINUM) M5 X 0.8 X 12 (SST)
5.5 (0.22)
mm (INCH)
20 - 25 mm (0.76 - 1.00 INCH) TRAVEL RANGE
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
D103543X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200(S1) September 2017
Figure 6. SStem #38 Magnet Assembly
73.75 (2.90)
31.2 (1.23)
15.9 (0.62)
6.3 2 (0.25)
M4 X 0.7 - 6G (ALUMINUM) M5 X 0.8 X 12 (SST)
18 (0.71)
32 (1.26)
5.5 (0.22)
26 - 38 mm (1.01 - 1.50 INCH) TRAVEL RANGE
6.3 2 (0.25)
Figure 7. SStem #50 Magnet Assembly (Also see 2 in figure 6)
86.37 (3.40)
28.5 (1.12)
10 (0.39) 18.7
(0.74)
M4 X 0.7 - 6G (ALUMINUM) M5 X 0.8 X 12 (SST)
18 (0.71)
31.8 (1.25)
57.4 (2.26)
39 - 50 mm (1.51 - 2.00 INCH) TRAVEL RANGE
mm (INCH)
mm (INCH)
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200(S1) September 2017
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
D103543X012
Figure 8. SStem #110 Magnet Assembly (Also see 2 in figure 6)
162.58 (6.40)
28.5 (1.12)
10 (0.39)
18.7 (0.74)
M4 X 0.7 - 6G (ALUMINUM) M5 X 0.8 X 12 (SST)
18 (0.71)
31.8 (1.25)
133.6 (5.26) 51 - 110 mm (2.01 - 4.125 INCH) TRAVEL RANGE
Figure 9. SStem #210 Magnet Assembly (Also see 2 in figure 6)
261.83 (10.31)
M4 X 0.7 - 6G (ALUMINUM) M5 X 0.8 X 12 (SST)
18 (0.71)
58 (2.28)
71.7 (2.82)
111 - 210 mm (4.126 - 8.25 INCH) TRAVEL RANGE
12.05 (0.47)
2.5 (0.10)
HOUSING INSERT FOR SSTEM #210 MAGNET ASSEMBLY 1
1 Refer to back view of figure 1 for housing insert placement.
6
mm (INCH)
18.7 (0.74)
28.5 (1.12)
5.5 (0.22)
mm (INCH)
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
D103543X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200(S1) September 2017
Figure 10. RShaft Window Magnet Assemblies
114.6 (4.51)
95.3 (3.75)
174.6 (6.88) 194 (7.64)
57 (2.24)
33.3 (1.31)
5.3 (0.21)
74 (2.91)
109 (4.29)
BRACKET SPRING, BIAS
5 X j 9 (0.35) THRU
4 X j 9.7 (0.38) THRU
BRACKET SPRING, BIAS
29.5 (1.16)
39.7 (1.56)
54.9 (2.16)
RSHAFT WINDOW #1
29.5 (1.16)
49.2 (1.94)
39.7 (1.56)
RSHAFT WINDOW #2
mm (INCH)
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200(S1) September 2017
DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller
D103543X012
Figure 11. RShaft End Mount Magnet Assembly
4 X j 3.4 (0.13) THRU j 22 (0.87)
8.2 (0.32)
j 28 (1.10)
Related Documents
nBulletin 62.1:DVC6200 DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller (D103415X012)
nBulletin 62.1:DVC6200 SIS DVC6200 SIS Digital Valve Controller (D103555X012)
nBulletin 62.1:DVC6200f DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller (D103399X012)
nBulletin 62.1:DVC6200p DVC6200p Digital Valve Controller (D103564X012)
All documents are available from your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner. Also visit our website at Fisher.com.
36.8 (1.45)
7.2 (0.28)
mm (INCH)
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2011, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200 SIS Digital Valve Controller
D103555X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 SIS November 2020
FisherTM FIELDVUETM DVC6200 SIS Digital Valve Controller for Safety Instrumented Systems (SIS)
The FIELDVUE DVC6200 SIS digital valve controller is a HARTr communicating instrument for use in valve applications such as Emergency Shutdown, Emergency Blow Down, Emergency Venting, and Emergency Isolation. The DVC6200 SIS is capable of monitoring the health of and controlling the safety shutdown function of a valve and can easily be installed on most Fisher and non-Fisher pneumatic actuators.
Features
Reliability
nLinkage-less Position Feedback--The high performance, linkage-less feedback system eliminates physical contact between the valve stem and the DVC6200 SIS. This minimizes the affects of pipeline vibration and environmental corrosion.
nBuilt to Survive--The field proven DVC6200 SIS instrument has fully encapsulated electronics that resist the effects of vibration, temperature, and corrosive atmospheres. A weather-tight wiring terminal box isolates field wiring connections from other areas of the instrument.
Safety
nPartial Stroke Testing (PST)--An on-line diagnostic to detect valve failure modes such as stuck valve by performing a user-defined ramp test, without disrupting the process. Testing can be automated or initiated manually.
nFull Stroke Testing (FST)--An off-line diagnostic test to reveal additional valve failures undetected by the PST by performing a ramp over the entire valve travel range. FST is typically performed during a shut down.
X0079
Ease of Use
nRemote Access--Valve diagnostic information can be accessed anywhere along the loop, reducing personnel exposure to hazardous environments or difficult to reach locations.
nFaster Commissioning--HART communication allows you to quickly commission loops with a variety of tools, either locally at the valve assembly or remotely.
nEasy Maintenance--The DVC6200 SIS digital valve controller is modular in design. Critical working components can be replaced without removing field wiring or pneumatic tubing.
nHassle-free diagnostics--Partial stroke and full stroke tests result in an easy to understand Pass/Abnormal criteria including reason for any Abnormal result.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 SIS November 2020
DVC6200 SIS Digital Valve Controller
D103555X012
Value
nSpurious Trip Protection--An outgoing pressure threshold will abort the partial stroke test if exceeded. This prevents a sticking valve and actuator from overtraveling and potentially causing a spurious trip.
nIncreased Uptime--The self-diagnostic capability of the DVC6200 SIS provides valve availability and health evaluation without shutting down the process or pulling the valve assembly from the line.
nAudit Documentation--Using ValveLinkTM software, a time and date stamp on all tests and reports provides compliance with requirements of statutory authorities.
nHardware Savings--When installed in an integrated control system, significant hardware and installation cost savings can be achieved. Valve accessories such as limit switches and position transmitters can be eliminated because this information is available via the HART communication protocol. In addition, an integrated 4-20 mA position transmitter or limit switch option is available.
nImproved Maintenance Decisions--Digital communication provides easy access to the condition of the valve. Sound process and asset management decisions can be made by analysis of valve diagnostic information through ValveLink software, DD's, or DTM's.
Packaged Solutions
LCP100/LCP200--A local control panel can be connected directly to the DVC6200 SIS to provide manual control of the SIS valve, including manual reset. A partial stroke test can also be initiated with the local control panel (see figure 1). Figure 1. Fisher LCP200 Local Control Panel
X1543
Figure 2. exida Certificates
Safety Certification
The functional safety assessment was performed to the requirements of IEC 61508: ed2, 2010, SIL3.
The DVC6200 SIS digital valve controller, in the de-energize to trip (DETT) or energize to trip (ETT) configuration, meets the systematic integrity requirements of SIL 3.
The DVC6200 SIS position monitor, in the position transmitter or limit switch configuration, meets the systematic integrity requirements of SIL 2.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200 SIS Digital Valve Controller
D103555X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 SIS November 2020
Valve Diagnostics
The DVC6200 SIS digital valve controller provides a broad and deep portfolio of valve diagnostic capabilities. Whether an Emerson Field Communicator is used to check for valve alerts and operational status, or ValveLink software is used for comprehensive diagnostic test and analysis, the tools are easy to use. When installed as part of a HART communicating system, the DVC6200 SIS delivers prompt notification of current or potential equipment issues and supports NAMUR NE107 alert categorization.
Valve diagnostic tests enable condition and performance monitoring of the entire valve assembly not just the digital valve controller. Results are displayed graphically, with severity indicated by a red/yellow/green icon. A detailed description of the identified issue as well as suggestions for recommended actions are provided.
Solenoid Valve Health Monitoring
If a solenoid valve is installed between the DVC6200 SIS pressure output and the actuator, as shown in figure 3, the operation of the solenoid valve can be verified by configuring the DVC6200 SIS. In single-acting actuator applications, the "unused" output port of the DVC6200 SIS can be piped such that the pressure downstream of the of solenoid valve is measured. When the solenoid valve is pulsed, either by the DVC6200 SIS or externally, the DVC6200 SIS can sense the momentary pressure drop across the solenoid valve. The solenoid should be pulsed long enough to detect a pressure drop across the solenoid valve, but not so long that it affects the travel of the final control element. This not only increases the availability of the solenoid valve during a safety demand, but also enhances the reliability of the SIF (Safety Instrumented Function) loop.
Figure 3. Solenoid Valve Testing
In the event that the DVC6200 SIS is commanded to trip, diagnostic data can be gathered automatically to be used for troubleshooting.
Examples of identifiable issues are:
nValve Stuck nSolenoid Stuck nLow or high air supply or pressure droop nDirty air supply nExternal air leak (actuator diaphragm or tubing) nPiston actuator O-ring failure nExcessive or insufficient valve assembly friction nBroken actuator spring nBroken valve/actuator shaft
For additional information on FIELDVUE diagnostics and ValveLink software refer to Fisher Bulletin 62.1:ValveLink Software (D102227X012).
S
AS
E1460
TRAVEL SET POINT
TRAVEL
PORT B PRESSURE 0.095 sec 0.100 sec
E1028
ValveLink Software Screen Image Showing Pressure Drop Across the Solenoid Valve
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 SIS November 2020
DVC6200 SIS Digital Valve Controller
D103555X012
Application Examples
Figure 4. De-Energize to Trip (DETT) FIELDVUE DVC6200 SIS and DETT Solenoid Valve
LOGIC SOLVER OR DCS
LOGIC SOLVER
4-20 mA DETT OR 0-24 VDC DETT 1
2
0-24 VDC DETT
S
LOGIC SOLVER
0-24 VDC DETT FISHER LC340 2 LINE CONDITIONER
LOW POWER SOLENOID VALVE S
AS
AS
E1455
E1456
Options Available nLCP100/LCP200 Local Control Panel or external pushbutton nIntegral 4-20 mA position transmitter or discrete switch
Benefits nDVC6200 SIS provides diagnostic coverage with PST nDVC6200 SIS used with solenoid can provide redundant safety function nDVC6200 SIS can provide additional diagnostic coverage when optional solenoid pulse recording is utilized
nWhen powered by 4-20 mA, the DVC6200 SIS is capable of recording the demand and reset stroke
Operation nDVC6200 SIS will move to the safety demand state upon signal deenergization, loss of power, or loss of pneumatic supply
1LC340 line conditioner is required for 0-24 VDC DETT 2LC340 mounting requires standard 35 mm DIN rail; install in marshalling or I/O cabinet, or junction box. For additional information refer to the LC340 instruction manual (D102797X012), available at www.Fisher.com or from your Emerson sales office.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200 SIS Digital Valve Controller
D103555X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 SIS November 2020
Figure 5. De-Energize to Trip (DETT) FIELDVUE DVC6200 SIS; No Solenoid Valve
LOGIC SOLVER 4-20 mA DETT
LOGIC SOLVER
0-24 VDC DETT LC340 1 LINE CONDITIONER
AS
AS
E1457
E1458
Options Available nLCP100/LCP200 Local Control Panel or external pushbutton nIntegral 4-20 mA position transmitter or discrete switch
Benefits nDVC6200 SIS provides diagnostic coverage with PST nEliminates solenoid valve nWhen powered by 4-20 mA, the DVC6200 SIS is capable of recording the demand and reset stroke
Operation nDVC6200 SIS will move to the safety demand state upon signal deenergization, loss of power, or loss of pneumatic supply
1LC340 mounting requires standard 35 mm DIN rail; install in marshalling or I/O cabinet, or junction box. For additional information refer to the LC340 instruction manual (D102797X012), available at www.Fisher.com or from your Emerson sales office.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 SIS November 2020
DVC6200 SIS Digital Valve Controller
D103555X012
Figure 6. FIELDVUE DVC6200 SIS for PST only and DETT Solenoid Valve
LOGIC SOLVER OR DCS
LOGIC SOLVER
4-20 mA ETT
0-24 VDC DETT
S
AS
SINGLE-ACTING, REVERSE (RELAY B) 4 mA = FULL SUPPLY TO ACTUATOR
E1459
Options Available nLCP100/LCP200 Local Control Panel or external pushbutton nIntegral 4-20 mA position transmitter or discrete switch
Benefits nThe energize to trip option provides maximum actuator pressure at minimum control signal (4 mA). Therefore, loss of the control signal will not cause the valve to trip. nPrevents spurious trip on loss of electrical power to DVC6200 SIS nDVC6200 SIS can provide additional diagnostics coverage when performing PST nDVC6200 SIS can provide additional diagnostic coverage when optional solenoid pulse recording is utilized
Operation nDVC6200 SIS will move to the safety demand state upon signal energization or loss of pneumatic supply nThe solenoid valve will move to the safety demand state upon signal de-energization
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200 SIS Digital Valve Controller
D103555X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 SIS November 2020
Specifications
Available Mounting
Electronic Output(2)
J Sliding-stem linear applications J Quarter-turn rotary applications J Integral mounting to Fisher rotary actuators J Integral mounting to Fisher 657/667 or GX actuators
DVC6200 SIS digital valve controllers can also be mounted on other actuators that comply with IEC 60534-6-1, IEC 60534-6-2, VDI/VDE-3845, and NAMUR mounting standards
J Integral 4-20 mA Position Transmitter(3): 4-20 mA output, isolated
Supply Voltage: 8-30 VDC
Reference Accuracy: 1% of travel span
Safety Accuracy: 5% of travel span J Integral Limit Switch: One isolated switch, configurable throughout the calibrated travel range or actuated from a device alert
Communication Protocol
Off State: 0 mA (nominal)
J HART 5 or J HART 7
On State: up to 1 A
Input Signal
Point-to-Point Analog Input Signal: 4-20 mA DC, nominal
Minimum Voltage Available at Instrument Terminals must be 9.5 VDC for analog control, 10 VDC for HART communication Minimum Control Current: 4.0 mA Minimum Current w/o Microprocessor Restart: 3.5 mA Maximum Voltage: 30 VDC Overcurrent protected Reverse Polarity protected
Multi-Drop Instrument Power: 11 to 30 VDC at 10 mA Reverse Polarity protected
Supply Pressure(1)
Minimum Recommended: 0.3 bar (5 psig) higher than maximum actuator requirements
Supply Voltage: 30 VDC maximum
Reference Accuracy: 2% of travel span
Safety Accuracy: 5% of travel span
Steady State Air Consumption(4)(5) Low Bleed Relay(6) At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: 0.056 normal m3/hr (2.1 scfh), average At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: 0.184 normal m3/hr (6.9 scfh), average
Maximum Output Capacity(4)(5)
At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: 10.0 normal m3/hr (375 scfh) At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: 29.5 normal m3/hr (1100 scfh)
Maximum: 10.0 bar (145 psig) or maximum pressure rating of the actuator, whichever is lower
Supply Medium
Operating Ambient Temperature Limits(1)(7) -52 to 85_C (-62 to 185_F)
Air or Natural Gas
Supply medium must be clean, dry, and noncorrosive and meet the requirements of ISA Standard 7.0.01 or ISO 8573-1
Output Signal
Pneumatic Output: up to full supply pressure Minimum Span: 0.4 bar (6 psig) Maximum Span: 9.5 bar (140 psig) Action: Double, Single Direct, or Single Reverse
Independent Linearity(8)
Typical Value: +/-0.50% of output span
Electromagnetic Compatibility
Meets EN 61326-1:2013 Immunity-Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326-1 standard Emissions-Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
-continued-
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 SIS November 2020
DVC6200 SIS Digital Valve Controller
D103555X012
Specifications (continued)
Vibration Testing Method Tested per ANSI/ISA S75.13.01 Section 5.3.5
Input Load Impedance An equivalent impedance of 500 ohms may be used. This value corresponds to 10V @ 20 mA.
Humidity Testing Method Tested per IEC 61514-2
NEPSI-- National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation (China)
PESO CCOE-- Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation - Chief Controller of Explosives (India)
SANS-- South Africa National Standards
Contact your Emerson sales office for classification/certification specific information
Electrical Classification
Hazardous Area Approvals
CSA-- Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Division 2, Dust Ignition-proof
FM-- Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Dust Ignition-proof, Non-Incendive
ATEX-- Intrinsically Safe, Flameproof, Type n, Dust by intrinsic safety
IECEx-- Intrinsically Safe, Flameproof, Type n, Dust by intrinsic safety or by enclosure
Auxiliary Terminal Contact: Nominal Electrical Rating 5 V, <1 mA; It is recommended that the switch be sealed or have gold plated contacts to avoid corrosion
Electrical Housing
CSA-- Type 4X, IP66
FM-- Type 4X, IP66
ATEX-- IP66
IECEx-- IP66
Other Classifications/Certifications
Lloyds Register-- Marine Type Approval
CML-- Certification Management Limited (Japan)
CUTR-- Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, and Armenia)
ESMA-- Emirates Authority for Standardization and Metrology - ECAS-Ex (UAE)
INMETRO-- National Institute of Metrology, Quality, and Technology (Brazil)
KOSHA-- Korean Occupational Safety & Health Agency (South Korea)
KTL-- Korea Testing Laboratory (South Korea)
IEC 61010 Compliance Requirements Power Source: The loop current must be derived from a separated extra-low voltage (SELV) power source Environmental Conditions: Installation Category I
Connections Supply Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal and integral pad for mounting Fisher 67CFR regulator Output Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal Tubing: 3/8-inch recommended Vent: 3/8 NPT internal Electrical: 1/2 NPT internal or M20
Actuator Compatibility Stem Travel (Sliding-Stem Linear) Linear actuators with rated travel between 6.35 mm (0.25 inch) and 606 mm (23.375 inches) Shaft Rotation (Quarter-Turn Rotary) Rotary actuators with rated travel between 45 degrees and 180 degrees
Weight Aluminum: 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs) Stainless Steel: 8.6 kg (19 lbs)
-continued-
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200 SIS Digital Valve Controller
D103555X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 SIS November 2020
Specifications (continued)
Construction Materials
Housing, module base, and terminal box: A03600 low copper aluminum alloy (standard) Stainless steel (optional) Cover: Thermoplastic polyester Elastomers: Fluorosilicone
Options
J Supply and output pressure gauges or tire valves J Integral mounted filter regulator J Energize to trip J Standard Bleed Relay J Remote mount(9)(10) J LCP100 local control panel J LC340 line conditioner J Stainless steel
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 Process Instrument Terminology. 1. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any other applicable code or standard should not be exceeded. 2. The electronic output is available with either the position transmitter or the switch. 3. Position transmitter meets the requirements of NAMUR NE43; selectable to show failure low (< 3.6 mA) or failure high ( > 22.5 mA). Fail high available only when the positioner is powered. 4. Normal m3/hour Normal cubic meters per hour at 0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute. Scfh Standard cubic feet per hour at 60_F and 14.7 psia. 5. Values at 1.4 bar (20 psig) based on single-acting direct relay; values at 5.5 bar (80 psig) based on double-acting relay. 6. The Quad O steady-state consumption requirement of 6 scfh can be met by a DVC6200 SIS with low bleed relay A option, when used with up to 4.8 bar (70 psi) supply of Natural Gas at 16_C (60_F). The 6 scfh requirement can be met by low bleed relay B and C when used with up to 5.2 bar (75 psi) supply of Natural Gas at 16_C (60_F). 7. Temperature limits vary based on hazardous area approval. Lower temperature limit for CUTR Ex d approval with fluorosilicone elastomers is -53_C (-63.4_F). 8. Not applicable for travels less than 19 mm (0.75 inch) or for shaft rotation less than 60 degrees. Also not applicable for digital valve controllers in long-stroke applica tions over 4-inch. 9. 4-conductor shielded cable, 18 to 22 AWG minimum wire size, in rigid or flexible metal conduit, is required for connection between base unit and feedback unit. 10. The position monitor (transmitter or switch) with the remote mount construction is not safety certified.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200 SIS November 2020
DVC6200 SIS Digital Valve Controller
D103555X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, and ValveLink are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. HART is a registered trademark of FieldComm Group. All other marks are the property of their respective owners. The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice. Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E102012, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103399X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200f November 2020
FisherTM FIELDVUETM DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
The FIELDVUE DVC6200f digital valve controller is a FOUNDATION fieldbusTM communicating instrument that converts a digital control signal into a pneumatic output to an actuator. It can easily be retrofitted in place of existing analog positioners on most Fisher and non-Fisher pneumatic actuators.
Features
Reliability
nLinkage-Less Non-Contact Position Feedback-- The high performance, linkage-less feedback system eliminates physical contact between the valve stem and the DVC6200f. There are no wearing parts so cycle life is maximized.
nBuilt to Survive-- The field proven DVC6200f has fully encapsulated electronics that resist the effects of vibration, temperature, and corrosive atmospheres. A weather-tight wiring terminal box isolates field wiring connections from other areas of the instrument.
Performance
nAccurate and Responsive-- The two-stage positioner design provides quick response to large step changes and precise control for small setpoint changes.
nTravel Control/Pressure Fallback-- Valve position feedback is critical to the operation of a digital valve controller. The DVC6200f can detect position feedback problems and automatically revert to pressure control mode to keep the valve operational.
W9721 W9616_fieldbus
LINKAGE-LESS FEEDBACK SYSTEM
Ease of Use
nEnhanced Safety-- The DVC6200f is a FOUNDATION fieldbus communicating device, so information can be accessed anywhere along the loop. This flexibility can reduce exposure to hazardous environments and make it easier to evaluate valves in hard to reach locations.
nFaster Commissioning-- FOUNDATION fieldbus communications allows you to quickly commission loops with a variety of tools, either locally at the valve assembly or remotely.
nEasy Maintenance-- The DVC6200f is modular in design. Critical working components can be replaced without removing field wiring or pneumatic tubing.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200f November 2020
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103399X012
Figure 1. Condition Indicators
RED CONDITION INDICATOR SIGNIFIES ALERT IS ACTIVE
RED CONDITION INDICATOR INDICATES POSSIBLE CAUSE
HIGH SPEED TRIGGERED DATA-STORED INSIDE THE DVC6200f DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
PD INSIDE PROVIDES POSSIBLE CAUSES AND RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
Value
nHardware Savings-- When installed in an integrated control system, significant hardware and installation cost savings can be achieved. Valve accessories such as limit switches and position transmitters can be eliminated because this information is available through the function blocks.
nIncreased Uptime-- The self-diagnostic capability of the DVC6200f provides valve performance and health evaluation without shutting down the process or pulling the valve assembly from the line.
nImproved Maintenance Decisions-- Digital communication provides easy access to the condition of the valve. Sound process and asset management decisions can be made by analysis of valve information through Fisher ValveLinkTM software.
nBlock Instantiation--The DVC6200f supports the use of Function Block Instantiation. When a device supports block instantiation, the number of blocks and block types can be customized to match specific application needs. Block Instantiation does not apply to standard device blocks such as Resource and Transducer Blocks.
Notes Block instantiation must be supported by the host system. Only the function blocks available in the function block suite can be instantiated by the host system. A maximum of 20 function blocks can be instantiated in the device at any given time from the available function blocks, which may include AO (1), DO (1), AI (4), DI (6), MAI (1), PID (4), OS (3), ISEL (2), CSEL (2).
Valve Diagnostics
The DVC6200f digital valve controller provides a broad and deep portfolio of valve diagnostic capabilities. Whether an Emerson Field Communicator is used to check for valve alerts and operational status, or ValveLink software is used for comprehensive diagnostic testing and analysis, the tools are easy to use. When installed as part of a FOUNDATION fieldbus communicating system the DVC6200f delivers prompt notification of current or potential equipment issues and supports Field Diagnostics.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103399X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200f November 2020
Performance Diagnostics enable condition and performance monitoring of the entire valve assembly (not just the digital valve controller) while the valve is actively controlling the process. When conducting Performance Diagnostics tests, the valve does NOT move beyond the normal setpoint changes driven by the process controller. The DVC6200f uses statistical algorithms to determine condition and performance related issues based on live readings from the many on-board sensors. Results are then displayed graphically, with severity indicated. A detailed description of the identified issue as well as suggestions for recommended actions are provided, as shown in figure 1.
Examples of identifiable issues are:
nLow or high air supply or pressure droop
nIncorrect regulator setting
nDirty air supply
nExternal air leak (actuator diaphragm or tubing)
nCalibration shift
nValve stuck
nPiston actuator O-ring failure
nExcessive or insufficient valve assembly friction
nExcessive valve assembly deadband
nElastomer failure in the DVC6200f
nBroken actuator spring
Performance Diagnostics also provide access to full-stroke dynamic testing of the valve assembly including; valve signature, dynamic error band, step response, and stroke check. These tests change the instrument setpoint at a controlled rate and are performed while the valve assembly is isolated from the process.
For additional information on FIELDVUE diagnostics and ValveLink software refer to Fisher bulletin 62.1:ValveLink Software (D102227X012).
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200f November 2020
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103399X012
Specifications
Available Mounting
J Integral mounting to Fisher 657/667or GX actuators J Integral mounting to Fisher rotary actuators, J Sliding-stem linear applications J Quarter-turn rotary applications
Supply Pressure(1)
Minimum Recommended: 0.3 bar (5 psig) higher than maximum actuator requirements
Maximum: 10.0 bar (145 psig) or maximum pressure rating of the actuator, whichever is lower
DVC6200f digital valve controllers can also be mounted on other actuators that comply with IEC 60534-6-1, IEC 60534-6-2, VDI/VDE 3845 and NAMUR mounting standards
Function Block Suites
J SC (Standard Control) (throttling control) Includes AO, PID, ISEL, OS, AI, MAI, DO, CSEL, and DI function blocks J FC (Fieldbus Control) (throttling control) Contains the AO function block J FL (Fieldbus Logic) [discrete (on/off) connectivity] Includes DO and DI function blocks
Block Execution Times
AO Block: 20 ms PID Block: 20 ms ISEL Block: 20 ms OS Block: 20 ms AI Block: 20 ms
MAI BLock: 35 ms DO Block: 20 ms DI Block: 15 ms CSEL Block: 15 ms
Electrical Input
Voltage Level: 9 to 32 volts Maximum Current: 19 mA Reverse Polarity Protection: Unit is not polarity sensitive Termination: Bus must be properly terminated per ISA SP50 guidelines
Supply Medium
Air or Natural Gas
Supply medium must be clean, dry, and noncorrosive and meet the requirements of ISA Standard 7.0.01 or ISO 8573-1
Output Signal
Pneumatic signal, up to full supply pressure Minimum Span: 0.4 bar (6 psig) Maximum Span: 9.5 bar (140 psig) Action: JDouble, JSingle Direct or JReverse
Steady-State Air Consumption(2)(3)
At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: Less than 0.38 normal m3/hr (14 scfh) At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: Less than 1.3 normal m3/hr (49 scfh)
Maximum Output Capacity(2)(3)
At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: 10.0 normal m3/hr (375 scfh) At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: 29.5 normal m3/hr (1100 scfh)
Operating Ambient Temperature Limits(1)(4)
-40 to 85_C (-40 to 185_F) -52 to 85_C (-62 to 185_F) for instruments utilizing the Extreme Temperature option (fluorosilicone elastomers)
Digital Communication Protocol FOUNDATION fieldbus registered device Physical Layer Type(s):
121--Low-power signaling, bus-powered, Entity Model I.S. 511--Low-power signaling, bus-powered, FISCO I.S.
Fieldbus Device Capabilities Backup LAS (Link Active Scheduler)
Independent Linearity(5)
Typical Value: ±0.50% of output span
Electromagnetic Compatibility
Meets EN 61326-1:2013 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326-1 standard. Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
-continued-
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103399X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200f November 2020
Specifications (continued)
Vibration Testing Method Tested per ANSI/ISA-S75.13.01 Section 5.3.5.
Humidity Testing Method Tested per IEC 61514-2
PESO CCOE-- Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation - Chief Controller of Explosives (India)
SANS-- South Africa National Standards
Contact your Emerson sales office for classification/certification specific information
Electrical Classification
Hazardous Area Approvals
CSA-- Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Explosion-proof, Division 2, Dust Ignition-proof
FM-- Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Explosion-proof, Non-Incendive, Dust Ignition-proof
ATEX-- Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Flameproof, Type n, Dust by intrinsic safety
IECEx-- Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Flameproof, Type n, Dust by intrinsic safety or by enclosure
Electrical Housing
CSA-- Type 4X, IP66 FM-- Type 4X, IP66
ATEX-- IP66 IECEx-- IP66
Other Classifications/Certifications
Natural Gas Certified, Single Seal Device-- CSA, FM, ATEX, and IECEx
Lloyds Register-- Marine Type Approval
CML-- Certification Management Limited (Japan)
CUTR-- Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, and Armenia)
ESMA-- Emirates Authority for Standardization and Metrology - ECAS-Ex (UAE)
INMETRO-- National Institute of Metrology, Quality and Technology (Brazil)
KOSHA-- Korean Occupational Safety & Health Agency (South Korea)
KTL-- Korea Testing Laboratory (South Korea)
NEPSI-- National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation (China)
Connections
Supply Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal and integral pad for mounting 67CFR regulator Output Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal Tubing: 3/8-inch recommended Vent: 3/8 NPT internal Electrical: 1/2 NPT internal or M20
Actuator Compatibility
Stem Travel (Sliding-Stem Linear) Linear actuators with rated travel between 6.35 mm (0.25 inch) and 606 mm (23.375 inches)
Shaft Rotation (Quarter-Turn Rotary) Rotary actuators with rated travel between 45 degrees and 180 degrees
Weight
Aluminum: 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs) Stainless Steel: 8.6 kg (19 lbs)
Construction Materials
Housing, module base and terminal box: A03600 low copper aluminum alloy (standard), Stainless Steel (optional) Cover: Thermoplastic polyester Elastomers: Nitrile (standard)
Options
J Supply and output pressure gauges or J Tire valves J Integral mounted filter regulator J Low-Bleed Relay(6) J Extreme Temperature J Natural Gas Certified, Single Seal Device J Remote Mount(7) J Stainless Steel
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology.
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any other applicable code or standard should not be exceeded. 2. Normal m3/hour - Normal cubic meters per hour at 0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute. Scfh - Standard cubic feet per hour at 60_F and 14.7 psia. 3. Values at 1.4 bar (20 psig) based on a single-acting direct relay; values at 5.5 bar (80 psig) based on double-acting relay.
4. Temperature limits vary based on hazardous area approval.
5. Not applicable for travels less than 19 mm (0.75 inch) or for shaft rotation less than 60 degrees. Also not applicable for digital valve controllers
in long-stroke applications.
6. The Quad O steady-state consumption requirement of 6 scfh can be met by a DVC6200f with low bleed relay A option, when used with up to 4.8 bar (70 psi) supply of Natural Gas at 16_C (60_F). The 6 scfh requirement can be met by low bleed relay B and C when used with up to 5.2 bar (75 psi) supply of Natural Gas at 16_C (60_F). 7. 4-conductor shielded cable, 18 to 22 AWG minimum wire size, in rigid or flexible metal conduit, is required for connection between base unit and feedback unit.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200f November 2020
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103399X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
FIELDVUE, Fisher, and ValveLink are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. FOUNDATION fieldbus is a trademark of FieldComm Group. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E6 2009, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103422X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200f FD November 2020
FisherTM FIELDVUETM DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
The FIELDVUE DVC6200f digital valve controller is a FOUNDATION fieldbusTM communicating instrument that converts a digital control signal into a pneumatic output to an actuator. It can easily be retrofitted in place of existing analog positioners on most Fisher and non-Fisher pneumatic actuators.
Features
Reliability
nLinkage-Less Non-Contact Position Feedback-- The high performance, linkage-less feedback system eliminates physical contact between the valve stem and the DVC6200f. There are no wearing parts so cycle life is maximized.
nBuilt to Survive-- The field proven DVC6200f has fully encapsulated electronics that resist the effects of vibration, temperature, and corrosive atmospheres. A weather-tight wiring terminal box isolates field wiring connections from other areas of the instrument.
Performance
nAccurate and Responsive-- The two-stage positioner design provides quick response to large step changes and precise control for small setpoint changes.
Ease of Use
nEnhanced Safety-- The DVC6200f is a FOUNDATION Fieldbus communicating device, so information can be accessed anywhere along the loop. This flexibility can reduce exposure to hazardous environments and make it easier to evaluate valves in hard to reach locations.
LINKAGE-LESS FEEDBACK SYSTEM
W9721 W9616_fieldbus
nFaster Commissioning-- FOUNDATION fieldbus communications allows you to quickly commission loops with a variety of tools, either locally at the valve assembly or remotely.
nEasy Maintenance-- The DVC6200f is modular in design. Critical working components can be replaced without removing field wiring or pneumatic tubing.
Value
nHardware Savings-- When installed in an integrated control system, significant hardware and installation cost savings can be achieved. Valve accessories such as limit switches and position transmitters can be eliminated because this information is available through the function blocks.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200f FD November 2020
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103422X012
Figure 1. Status Monitor
ALERT INDICATED BY RED BAR
nIncreased Uptime-- The self-diagnostic capability of the DVC6200f provides valve performance and health evaluation without shutting down the process or pulling the valve assembly from the line.
nImproved Maintenance Decisions-- Digital communication provides easy access to the condition of the valve. Sound process and asset management decisions can be made by analysis of valve information through Fisher ValveLinkTM software.
nBlock Instantiation--The DVC6200f supports the use of Function Block Instantiation. When a device supports block instantiation, the number of blocks and block types can be customized to match
specific application needs. Block Instantiation does not apply to standard device blocks such as Resource and Transducer Blocks.
Notes Block instantiation must be supported by the host system. Only the function blocks available in the function block suite can be instantiated by the host system. A maximum of 20 function blocks can be instantiated in the device at any given time from the available function blocks, which may include AO (1), DO (1), AI (4), DI (6), MAI (1), PID (4), OS (3), ISEL (2), CSEL (2).
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103422X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200f FD November 2020
Valve Diagnostics
The DVC6200f digital valve controller provides a comprehensive library of valve diagnostic alerts. These alerts are easily accessed with an Emerson Field Communicator. When installed as part of a FOUNDATION fieldbus communicating system the DVC6200f delivers prompt notification of current or potential equipment issues directly to the asset management system and supports Field Diagnostics.
Alerts assist in identification and notification of the following situations:
nValve travel deviation due to excessive valve friction or galling (see figure 1)
nHigh cycle due to dither or improper tuning
nTotal travel movement has accumulated beyond a specified point resulting in packing wear
nValve travel is above or below a specified point
nVarious instrument mechanical and electrical issues
For additional information on FIELDVUE diagnostics and ValveLink software refer to Fisher bulletin 62.1:ValveLink Software (D102227X012).
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200f FD November 2020
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103422X012
Specifications
Available Mounting
J Integral mounting to Fisher 657/667 or GX actuators J Integral mounting to Fisher rotary actuators, J Sliding-stem linear applications J Quarter-turn rotary applications
DVC6200f digital valve controllers can also be mounted on other actuators that comply with IEC 60534-6-1, IEC 60534-6-2, VDI/VDE 3845 and NAMUR mounting standards
Function Block Suites
J SC (Standard Control) (throttling control) Includes AO, PID, ISEL, OS, AI, MAI, DO, CSEL, and DI function blocks J FC (Fieldbus Control) (throttling control) Contains the AO function block J FL (Fieldbus Logic) [discrete (on/off) connectivity] Includes DO and DI function blocks
Block Execution Times
AO Block: 20 ms PID Block: 20 ms ISEL Block: 20 ms OS Block: 20 ms AI Block: 20 ms
MAI BLock: 35 ms DO Block: 20 ms DI Block: 15 ms CSEL Block: 15 ms
Electrical Input
Voltage Level: 9 to 32 volts Maximum Current: 19 mA Reverse Polarity Protection: Unit is not polarity sensitive Termination: Bus must be properly terminated per ISA SP50 guidelines
Digital Communication Protocol
FOUNDATION fieldbus registered device
Physical Layer Types(s):
121: Low-power signaling, bus-powered, Entity Model I.S. 511: Low-power signaling, bus-powered, FISCO I.S.
Supply Pressure(1)
Minimum Recommended: 0.3 bar (5 psig) higher than maximum actuator requirements
Maximum: 10.0 bar (145 psig) or maximum pressure rating of the actuator, whichever is lower
Supply Medium
Air or Natural Gas
Supply medium must be clean, dry, and noncorrosive and meet the requirements of ISA Standard 7.0.01 or ISO 8573-1
Output Signal
Pneumatic signal, up to full supply pressure Minimum Span: 0.4 bar (6 psig) Maximum Span: 9.5 bar (140 psig) Action: JDouble, JSingle Direct or JReverse
Steady-State Air Consumption(2)(3) At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: Less than 0.38 normal m3/hr (14 scfh) At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: Less than 1.3 normal m3/hr (49 scfh)
Maximum Output Capacity(2)(3)
At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: 10.0 normal m3/hr (375 scfh) At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: 29.5 normal m3/hr (1100 scfh)
Operating Ambient Temperature Limits(1)(4) -40 to 85_C (-40 to 185_F) -52 to 85_C (-62 to 185_F) for instruments utilizing the Extreme Temperature option (fluorosilicone elastomers)
Independent Linearity(5) Typical Value: ±0.50% of output span
Electromagnetic Compatibility Meets EN 61326-1:2013 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326-1 standard. Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
Fieldbus Device Capabilities Backup LAS (Link Active Scheduler)
Vibration Testing Method Tested per ANSI/ISA-S75.13.01 Section 5.3.5.
-continued-
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103422X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200f FD November 2020
Specifications (continued)
Humidity Testing Method Tested per IEC 61514-2
Electrical Classification
Hazardous Area Approvals
CSA-- Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Explosion-proof, Division 2, Dust Ignition-proof
FM-- Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Explosion-proof, Non-Incendive, Dust Ignition-proof
ATEX-- Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Flameproof, Type n, Dust by instrinsic safety
IECEx-- Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Flameproof, Type n, Dust by intrinsic safety or by enclosure
Electrical Housing
CSA-- Type 4X, IP66 FM-- Type 4X, IP66
ATEX-- IP66 IECEx-- IP66
Other Classifications/Certifications
Natural Gas Certified, Single Seal Device-- CSA, FM, ATEX, and IECEx
Lloyds Register-- Marine Type Approval
CML-- Certification Management Limited (Japan)
CUTR-- Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, and Armenia)
ESMA-- Emirates Authority for Standardization and Metrology - ECAS-Ex (UAE)
INMETRO-- National Institute of Metrology, Quality and Technology (Brazil)
KOSHA-- Korean Occupational Safety & Health Agency (South Korea)
KTL-- Korea Testing Laboratory (South Korea)
NEPSI-- National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation (China)
PESO CCOE-- Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation - Chief Controller of Explosives (India)
SANS-- South Africa National Standards
Contact your Emerson sales office for classification/certification specific information
Connections
Supply Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal and integral pad for mounting 67CFR regulator Output Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal Tubing: 3/8-inch recommended Vent: 3/8 NPT internal Electrical: 1/2 NPT internal or M20
Actuator Compatibility
Stem Travel (Sliding-Stem Linear) Linear actuators with rated travel between 6.35 mm (0.25 inch) and 606 mm (23.375 inches)
Shaft Rotation (Quarter-Turn Rotary) Rotary actuators with rated travel between 45 degrees and 180 degrees
Weight
Aluminum: 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs) Stainless Steel: 8.6 kg (19 lbs)
Construction Materials
Housing, module base and terminal box: A03600 low copper aluminum alloy (standard), Stainless Steel (optional) Cover: Thermoplastic polyester Elastomers: Nitrile (standard)
Options
J Supply and output pressure gauges or J Tire valves J Integral mounted filter regulator J Low-Bleed Relay(6) J Extreme Temperature J Natural Gas Certified, Single Seal Device J Remote Mount(7) J Stainless Steel
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology.
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any other applicable code or standard should not be exceeded. 2. Normal m3/hour - Normal cubic meters per hour at 0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute. Scfh - Standard cubic feet per hour at 60_F and 14.7 psia. 3. Values at 1.4 bar (20 psig) based on a single-acting direct relay; values at 5.5 bar (80 psig) based on double-acting relay.
4. Temperature limits vary based on hazardous area approval.
5. Not applicable for travels less than 19 mm (0.75 inch) or for shaft rotation less than 60 degrees. Also not applicable for digital valve controllers in long-stroke applications.
6. The Quad O steady-state consumption requirement of 6 scfh can be met by a DVC6200f with low bleed relay A option, when used with up to 4.8 bar (70 psi) supply of Natural Gas at 16_C (60_F). The 6 scfh requirement can be met by low bleed relay B and C when used with up to 5.2 bar (75 psi) supply of Natural Gas at 16_C (60_F). 7. 4-conductor shielded cable, 18 to 22 AWG minimum wire size, in rigid or flexible metal conduit, is required for connection between base unit and feedback unit.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200f FD November 2020
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D103422X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
FIELDVUE, Fisher, and ValveLink are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. FOUNDATION Fieldbus is a trademark of FieldComm Group. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore www.Fisher.com
E6 2009, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D104160X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200f PST November 2020
FisherTM FIELDVUETM DVC6200f Digital Valve
Controller - PST Instrument Level
The FIELDVUE DVC6200f digital valve controller is a FOUNDATION fieldbusTM communicating instrument that converts a digital control signal into a pneumatic output to an actuator. The DVC6200f PST instrument level enables on-line partial stroke valve testing, which can be used in conjunction with a SIL capable solenoid valve (SOV) to provide additional diagnostic coverage to the SIS valve assembly. It can easily be retrofitted in place of existing analog positioners on most Fisher and non-Fisher pneumatic actuators.
Features
W9721 W9616_fieldbus
LINKAGE-LESS FEEDBACK SYSTEM
Reliability
nLinkage-Less Non-Contact Position Feedback--The high performance, linkage-less feedback system eliminates physical contact between the valve stem and the DVC6200f. There are no wearing parts so cycle life is maximized.
nBuilt to Survive--The field proven DVC6200f instrument has fully encapsulated electronics that resist the effects of vibration, temperature, and corrosive atmospheres. A weather-tight wiring terminal box isolates field wiring connections from other areas of the instrument.
nIncreased Process Uptime--The DVC6200f instrument reduces the risk of spurious trip on loss of segment power by using a reverse acting relay.
Performance
nAccurate and Responsive--The two-stage positioner design provides quick response to large step changes and precise control for small setpoint changes.
nTravel Control/Pressure Fallback--Valve position feedback is critical to the operation of a digital valve controller. The DVC6200f can detect position feedback problems and automatically revert to pneumatic control mode to keep the valve operational.
Shutdown Valve Stroke Testing
nPartial Stroke Testing (PST)--An on-line diagnostic to detect valve failure modes such as stuck valve by performing a small ramp test that moves the valve, without disrupting the process. Testing can be automated or initiated manually.
nFull Stroke Testing (FST)--An off-line diagnostic test to reveal additional valve failure modes undetected by the PST by performing a full ramp over the entire valve travel range. FST is typically performed during a shut down.
nFF906 Certified--Partial and full stroke tests can be initiated from any host which supports the FOUNDATION fieldbus standard FF-906 Specification.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200f PST November 2020
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D104160X012
Figure 1. Condition Indicators
RED CONDITION INDICATOR SIGNIFIES ALERT IS ACTIVE
RED CONDITION INDICATOR INDICATES POSSIBLE CAUSE
PD INSIDE PROVIDES POSSIBLE CAUSES AND RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
HIGH SPEED TRIGGERED DATA-STORED INSIDE THE DVC6200f DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
Ease of Use
nEnhanced Personnel Safety--Valve diagnostic information can be accessed anywhere along the communication loop, reducing personnel exposure to hazardous environments or difficult to reach locations.
nFaster Commissioning-- FOUNDATION fieldbus communications allows you to quickly commission loops with a variety of tools, either locally at the valve assembly or remotely.
nEasy Maintenance-- The DVC6200f digital valve controller is modular in design. Critical working components can be replaced without removing field wiring or pneumatic tubing.
nHassle-free diagnostics--Partial stroke and full stroke tests result in an easy to understand Pass/Abnormal criteria including reason for any Abnormal result
Value
nHardware Savings-- When installed in an integrated control system, significant hardware and installation cost savings can be achieved. Valve accessories such as limit switches and position transmitters can be eliminated because this information is available as function blocks.
nIncreased Uptime-- The self-diagnostic capability of the DVC6200f digital valve controller provides valve performance and health evaluation without shutting down the process or pulling the valve assembly from the line.
nImproved Maintenance Decisions-- Digital communication provides easy access to the condition of the valve. The DVC6200f alerts comply with the FOUNDATION fieldbus specifications for Field Diagnostics. Sound process and asset management decisions can be made by analysis of valve information through Fisher ValveLinkt software.
nAudit Documentation--The device provides a time and date stamp on all tests allowing the means to comply with requirements of statutory authorities.
nBlock Instantiation--The DVC6200f supports the use of Function Block Instantiation. When a device supports block instantiation, the number of blocks and block types can be customized to match specific application needs. Block Instantiation does not apply to standard device blocks such as Resource and Transducer Blocks.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D104160X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200f PST November 2020
Valve Diagnostics
The DVC6200f digital valve controller provides a broad and deep portfolio of valve diagnostic capabilities. Whether an Emerson Field Communicator is used to check for valve alerts and operational status, or ValveLink software is used for comprehensive diagnostic test and analysis, the tools are easy to use. Because the FOUNDATION Fieldbus system provides continuous digital communication to field devices, the DVC6200f delivers prompt notification of current or potential equipment issues.
The DVC6200f captures the stroke history when a demand stroke or return stroke occurs. The data is date and time stamped.
Partial Stroke Test (PST) enables valves that are in one position to be ramped as far as the process will tolerate to detect a stuck valve. The results are date and time stamped and stored in the device, available for upload by ValveLink software.
Means to prevent spurious trips are included with the DVC6200f PST instrument level, including an outgoing pressure threshold that will abort the partial stroke test if exceeded. This prevents a sticking valve and actuator from overtraveling and potentially causing a spurious trip.
Additionally, the DVC6200f PST instrument level provides access to all the capabilities of Performance Diagnostics (PD). Performance Diagnostics (PD) enable condition and performance monitoring of the entire valve assembly (not just the digital valve controller) while the valve is actively controlling the process. When conducting Performance Diagnostics tests, the valve does NOT move beyond the normal setpoint changes driven by the process controller. The DVC6200f uses statistical algorithms to determine condition and performance related issues based on live readings from the many on-board sensors. Results are then displayed graphically, with severity indicated. A detailed description of the identified issue as well as suggestions for recommended actions are provided, as shown in figure 1.
Examples of identifiable issues are:
nValve Stuck
nSolenoid Stuck
nLow air supply or pressure droop
nIncorrect regulator setting
nDirty air supply
nExternal air leak (actuator diaphragm or tubing)
nCalibration shift
nPiston actuator O-ring failure
nExcessive or insufficient valve assembly friction
nExcessive valve assembly deadband
nElastomer failure in the DVC6200f
nBroken actuator spring
nBroken valve/actuator shaft
Performance Diagnostics also provide access to full-stroke dynamic testing of the valve assembly including; valve signature, dynamic error band, step response, and stroke check. These tests change the instrument setpoint at a controlled rate and are performed while the valve assembly is isolated from the process.
For additional information on FIELDVUE diagnostics and ValveLink software refer to Fisher bulletin 62.1:ValveLink Software (D102227X012).
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200f PST November 2020
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D104160X012
Solenoid Valve Health Monitoring
If a solenoid valve is installed between the DVC6200f pressure output and the actuator, as shown in figure 2, the valve assembly can be configured to verify the operation of the solenoid valve during online operation. In single-acting actuator applications, the "unused" output port of the DVC6200f can be piped such that the pressure downstream of the of solenoid valve is measured. When the solenoid valve is pulsed, the DVC6200f can sense the momentary pressure drop across the solenoid valve. The solenoid should be pulsed long enough to detect a pressure drop across the solenoid valve, but not so long that it affects the travel of the final control element. This can increase the availability of the solenoid valve during a safety demand and can also enhance the reliability of the SIF (Safety Instrumented Function) loop.
Figure 2. Solenoid Valve Testing
S
AS
E1460
TRAVEL SET POINT
TRAVEL
PORT B PRESSURE
0.095 sec 0.100 sec
E1028
ValveLink Software Screen Image Showing Pressure Drop Across the Solenoid Valve
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D104160X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200f PST November 2020
Application Examples
Figure 3. De-Energize to Trip (DETT) FIELDVUE DVC6200f and Solenoid Valve
Figure 4. FIELDVUE DVC6200f Energize to Trip (ETT) and Solenoid Valve
DCS
LOGIC SOLVER
0-24 VDC DETT
DCS
LOGIC SOLVER
0-24 VDC DETT
S
AS
E1455
Benefits nDVC6200f provides diagnostic coverage with PST nDVC6200f can provide additional diagnostic coverage when optional solenoid pulse recording is utilized nThe DVC6200f is capable of recording the demand and reset stroke of the valve
Operation nDVC6200f will move to the safety demand state upon loss of power or loss of pneumatic supply nThe DVC6200f can be configured to move to the safety demand state upon loss of communication signal nThe solenoid valve will move the valve to the safety demand state
S
AS
SINGLE-ACTING, REVERSE (RELAY B) ZERO BUS POWER = FULL
SUPPLY TO ACTUATOR
E1459
Benefits nThe energize to trip option provides maximum actuator pressure when power to the instrument is lost. Therefore, loss of power to the instrument will not cause the valve to trip. nDVC6200f can provide additional diagnostics coverage when performing PST nDVC6200f can provide additional diagnostic coverage when optional solenoid pulse recording is utilized
Operation nDVC6200f will move to the safety demand state upon command or loss of pneumatic supply nThe solenoid valve will move the valve to the safety demand state
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200f PST November 2020
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D104160X012
Specifications
Available Mounting
J Sliding-stem linear applications J Quarter-turn rotary applications J Integral mounting to Fisher 657/667 or GX actuators J Integral mounting to Fisher rotary actuators,
DVC6200f digital valve controllers can also be mounted on other actuators that comply with IEC 60534-6-1, IEC 60534-6-2, VDI/VDE 3845 and NAMUR mounting standards
Instrument Blocks
Resource Block
Transducer Block complies with FOUNDATION Fieldbus specification FF-906 for valve stroke testing
Function Block Suites
J SC (Standard Control) - throttling control Includes AO, PID, ISEL, OS, AI, MAI, DO, CSEL, and DI function blocks J FC (Fieldbus Control) - throttling control Contains the AO function block J FL (Fieldbus Logic) - discrete (on/off) connectivity Includes DO, and DI function blocks
Function Block Instantiation
If a host system supports block instantiation, a maximum of 20 function blocks can be instantiated in the device at any given time from the available function blocks, which may include AO (1), DO (1), AI (4), DI (6), MAI (1), PID (4), OS (3), ISEL (2), CSEL (2)
Note: Only the function blocks available in the function block suite can be instantiated by the host system
Reverse Polarity Protection: Unit is not polarity sensitive Termination: Bus must be properly terminated per ISA SP50 guidelines
Digital Communication Protocol FOUNDATION Fieldbus registered device Physical Layer Types(s): 121: Low-power signaling, bus-powered, Entity Model I.S. 511: Low-power signaling, bus-powered, FISCO I.S.
Fieldbus Device Capabilities Backup LAS (Link Active Scheduler)
Supply Pressure(1) Minimum Recommended: 0.3 bar (5 psig) higher than maximum actuator requirements Maximum: 10.0 bar (145 psig) or maximum pressure rating of the actuator, whichever is lower
Supply Medium Air or Natural Gas Supply medium must be clean, dry, and noncorrosive and meet the requirements of ISA Standard 7.0.01 or ISO 8573-1
Output Signal Pneumatic signal, up to full supply pressure Minimum Span: 0.4 bar (6 psig) Maximum Span: 9.5 bar (140 psig) Action: JDouble, JSingle Direct or JReverse
Function Block Execution Times
AO Block: 20 ms PID Block: 20 ms ISEL Block: 20 ms OS Block: 20 ms AI Block: 20 ms
MAI BLock: 35 ms DO Block: 20 ms DI Block: 15 ms CSEL Block: 15 ms
Electrical Input
Voltage Level: 9 to 32 volts Maximum Current: 19 mA
Steady-State Air Consumption(2)(3)
At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: Less than 0.38 normal m3/hr (14 scfh) At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: Less than 1.3 normal m3/hr (49 scfh)
Maximum Output Capacity(2)(3)
At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: 10.0 normal m3/hr (375 scfh) At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: 29.5 normal m3/hr (1100 scfh)
-continued-
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D104160X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200f PST November 2020
Specifications (continued)
Operating Ambient Temperature Limits(1)(4) -40 to 85_C (-40 to 185_F) -52 to 85_C (-62 to 185_F) for instruments utilizing the Extreme Temperature option (fluorosilicone elastomers)
Independent Linearity(5) Typical Value: ±0.50% of output span
Electromagnetic Compatibility Meets EN 61326-1:2013 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326-1 standard. Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
Vibration Testing Method Tested per ANSI/ISA-S75.13.01 Section 5.3.5.
Humidity Testing Method Tested per IEC 61514-2
Natural Gas Certified, Single Seal Device-- CSA, FM, ATEX, and IECEx
Lloyds Register-- Marine Type Approval
CML-- Certification Management Limited (Japan)
CUTR-- Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, and Armenia)
ESMA-- Emirates Authority for Standardization and Metrology - ECAS-Ex (UAE)
INMETRO-- National Institute of Metrology, Quality and Technology (Brazil)
KOSHA-- Korean Occupational Safety & Health Agency (South Korea)
KTL-- Korea Testing Laboratory (South Korea)
NEPSI-- National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation (China)
PESO CCOE-- Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation - Chief Controller of Explosives (India)
SANS-- South Africa National Standards
Electrical Classification Hazardous Area Approvals
CSA-- Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Explosion-proof, Division 2, Dust Ignition-proof FM-- Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Explosion-proof, Non-Incendive, Dust Ignition-proof ATEX-- Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Flameproof, Type n, Dust by intrinsic safety IECEx-- Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Flameproof, Type n, Dust by intrinsic safety or by enclosure Electrical Housing CSA-- Type 4X, IP66
FM-- Type 4X, IP66
ATEX-- IP66
IECEx-- IP66
Other Classifications/Certifications IEC61508 Functional Safety Certifications-- Not applicable, for diagnostic use only in conjunction with appropriate SIL capable solenoid valve (SOV)
Contact your Emerson sales office for classification/certification specific information
Connections
Supply Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal and integral pad for mounting 67CFR regulator Output Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal Tubing: 3/8-inch recommended Vent: 3/8 NPT internal Electrical: 1/2 NPT internal or M20
Actuator Compatibility
Stem Travel (Sliding-Stem Linear) Linear actuators with rated travel between 6.35 mm (0.25 inch) and 606 mm (23.375 inches)
Shaft Rotation (Quarter-Turn Rotary) Rotary actuators with rated travel between 45 degrees and 180 degrees
Weight
Aluminum: 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs) Stainless Steel: 8.6 kg (19 lbs)
-continued-
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200f PST November 2020
DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller
D104160X012
Specifications (continued)
Construction Materials
Housing, module base and terminal box A03600 low copper aluminum alloy (standard), Stainless Steel (optional) Cover: Thermoplastic polyester Elastomers: Nitrile (standard)
Options
J Supply and output pressure gauges or J Tire valves
J Integral mounted filter regulator J Low-Bleed Relay(7) J Extreme Temperature J Natural Gas Certified, Single Seal Device J Remote Mount(6) J Stainless Steel
Additional Information
For additional information contact your Emerson sales office or go to Fisher.com
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology.
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any other applicable code or standard should not be exceeded. 2. Normal m3/hour - Normal cubic meters per hour at 0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute. Scfh - Standard cubic feet per hour at 60_F and 14.7 psia. 3. Values at 1.4 bar (20 psig) based on a single-acting direct relay; values at 5.5 bar (80 psig) based on double-acting relay.
4. Temperature limits vary based on hazardous area approval.
5. Not applicable for travels less than 19 mm (0.75 inch) or for shaft rotation less than 60 degrees. Also not applicable for digital valve controllers in long-stroke applications.
6. 4-conductor shielded cable, 18 to 22 AWG minimum wire size, in rigid or flexible metal conduit, is required for connection between base unit and feedback unit.
7. The Quad O steady-state consumption requirement of 6 scfh can be met by a DVC6200f PST with low bleed relay A option, when used with up to 4.8 bar (70 psi) supply of Natural Gas at 16_C (60_F). The 6 scfh requirement can be met by low bleed relay B and C when used with up to 5.2 bar (75 psi) supply of Natural Gas at 16_C (60_F).
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, and ValveLink are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. FOUNDATION fieldbus is a trademark of FieldComm Group. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2015, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200p Digital Valve Controller
D103564X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200p November 2020
FisherTM FIELDVUETM DVC6200p Digital Valve Controller
The FIELDVUE DVC6200p digital valve controller is a PROFIBUS PA communicating instrument that converts a digital control signal into a pneumatic output to an actuator. It can easily be retrofitted in place of existing analog positioners on most Fisher and non-Fisher pneumatic actuators.
Features
Reliability
nLinkage-Less Non-Contact Position Feedback-- The high performance, linkage-less feedback system eliminates physical contact between the valve stem and the DVC6200p. There are no wearing parts so cycle life is maximized.
nBuilt to Survive--The field proven DVC6200p instrument has fully encapsulated electronics that resist the effects of vibration, temperature, and corrosive atmospheres. A weather-tight wiring terminal box isolates field wiring connections from other areas of the instrument.
Performance
nAccurate and Responsive-- The two-stage positioner design provides quick response to large step changes and precise control for small setpoint changes.
W9721 W9616_profibus
LINKAGE-LESS FEEDBACK SYSTEM
nTravel Control/Pressure Fallback-- Valve position feedback is critical to the operation of the digital valve controller. The DVC6200p can detect position feedback problems and automatically revert to I/P transducer mode to keep the valve operational.
Ease of Use
nEnhanced Safety-- The DVC6200p is a PROFIBUS PA communicating device, so information can be accessed anywhere along the loop. This flexibility can reduce exposure to hazardous environments and make it easier to evaluate valves in hard to reach locations.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200p November 2020
DVC6200p Digital Valve Controller
D103564X012
Figure 1. Active Alerts
ACTIVE ALERTS
ALERT DETAILS
nFast Commissioning-- PROFIBUS communication allows you to quickly commission loops remotely using the PROFIBUS configuration tool with the DVC6200p Electronic Device Description (EDD). The DVC6200p can also be locally calibrated/commissioned by shorting the auxiliary terminal located in the terminal box.
nEasy Maintenance-- The DVC6200p digital valve controller is modular in design. Critical working components can be replaced without removing field wiring or pneumatic tubing.
nStroke Valve-- The Stroke Valve Test is used to confirm proper valve operation. It helps to validate the auto-calibration after guided setup is complete.
Value
nHardware and Installation Savings-- Significant savings can be achieved in reduced wiring, installation, and hardware requirements compared to traditional integrated control systems. By utilizing function blocks such as Discrete Input and Analog Input blocks, the need for limit switches and position transmitters can be eliminated, providing additional savings in hardware and installation costs.
nImproved Maintenance Decisions-- Digital communication provides easy access to the condition of the valve. Sound process and asset management decisions can be made by analysis of valve information through device alerts that provide details of the operational state of the final control element (see figure 1).
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200p Digital Valve Controller
D103564X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200p November 2020
Figure 2. Overview Page
Figure 3. Alerts Summary
Device Alerts
The DVC6200p digital valve controller provides a comprehensive library of device alerts and fully supports NAMUR NE 107. Using Emerson's Human Centered Design concept of the Device Dashboard graphical user interface, device alerts are easily accessed via a PROFIBUS configuration tool such as Siemens PDM. When installed as part of a PROFIBUS communicating system, the DVC6200p delivers prompt notification of current issues directly on the Overview Page and Alerts Summary Page (see figure 2 and 3).
Alerts assist in identification and notifications, along with recommended actions to resolve situations such as the following:
nValve travel deviation due to excessive valve friction or galling
nHigh cycle due to dither or improper tuning
ACTIVE ALERT INDICATED BY CHECKBOX
nTotal travel movement has accumulated beyond a specified point resulting in packing wear
nTravel sensor failure nValve travel is above or below a specified point nVarious instrument mechanical and electrical issues
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200p November 2020
DVC6200p Digital Valve Controller
D103564X012
Specifications
Available Mounting
J Integral mounting to Fisher 657/667 or GX actuators J Integral mounting to Fisher rotary actuators, J Sliding-stem linear applications J Quarter-turn rotary applications
DVC6200p digital valve controllers can also be mounted on other actuators that comply with IEC 60534-6-1, IEC 60534-6-2, VDI/VDE 3845 and NAMUR mounting standards.
Function Block Suite
Standard (throttling) control includes AO, AI, DO, and DI function blocks. Also included are a Logbook block and an Alarm Transducer block.
Supply Medium
Air or Natural Gas
Supply medium must be clean, dry, and noncorrosive and meet the requirements of ISA Standard 7.0.01 or ISO 8573-1
Output Signal
Pneumatic signal, up to full supply pressure Minimum Span: 0.4 bar (6 psig) Maximum Span: 9.5 bar (140 psig) Action: J Double, J Single Direct or J Reverse
Steady-State Air Consumption(2)(3)
At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: Less than 0.38 normal m3/hr (14 scfh) At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: Less than 1.3 normal m3/hr (49 scfh)
Function Block Execution Times
AO Block: 6 ms AI Block: 6 ms DO Block: 6 ms DI Block: 6 ms
Minimum Device Interval: 25 ms
Electrical Input
Voltage Level: 9 to 32 volts Maximum Current: 19 mA Reverse Polarity Protection: Unit is not polarity sensitive Termination: Bus must be properly terminated per ISA SP50 guidelines
Digital Communication Protocol
PROFIBUS registered device Certified to PROFIBUS Profile 3.02
Maximum Output Capacity(2)(3)
At 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure: 10.0 normal m3/hr (375 scfh) At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: 29.5 normal m3/hr (1100 scfh)
Operating Ambient Temperature Limits(1)(4)
-40 to 85_C (-40 to 185_F) -52 to 85_C (-62 to 185_F) for instruments utilizing the Extreme Temperature option (fluorosilicone elastomers)
Independent Linearity(5)
Typical Value: ±0.50% of output span
Electromagnetic Compatibility
Meets EN 61326-1:2013 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326-1 standard. Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
Supply Pressure(1)
Minimum Recommended: 0.3 bar (5 psig) higher than maximum actuator requirements
Maximum: 10.0 bar (145 psig) or maximum pressure rating of the actuator, whichever is lower
Vibration Testing Method Tested per ANSI/ISA-S75.13.01 Section 5.3.5.
Humidity Testing Method Tested per IEC 61514-2
-continued-
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DVC6200p Digital Valve Controller
D103564X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200p November 2020
Specifications (continued)
Electrical Classification
Hazardous Area Approvals
CSA-- Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Explosion-proof, Division 2, Dust Ignition-proof
FM-- Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Explosion-proof, Non-Incendive, Dust Ignition-proof
ATEX-- Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Flameproof, Type n, Dust by intrinsic safety
IECEx-- Intrinsically Safe, FISCO, Flameproof, Type n, Dust by intrinsic safety and enclosure
Electrical Housing
CSA-- Type 4X, IP66
FM-- Type 4X, IP66
ATEX-- IP66
IECEx-- IP66
Other Classifications/Certifications
Natural Gas Certified, Single Seal Device-- CSA, FM, ATEX, and IECEx
Lloyds Register-- Marine Type Approval
CML-- Certification Management Limited (Japan)
CUTR-- Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, and Armenia)
ESMA-- Emirates Authority for Standardization and Metrology - ECAS-Ex (UAE)
INMETRO-- National Institute of Metrology, Quality and Technology (Brazil)
KOSHA-- Korean Occupational Safety & Health Agency (South Korea)
KTL-- Korea Testing Laboratory (South Korea)
NEPSI-- National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation (China)
PESO CCOE-- Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation - Chief Controller of Explosives (India)
SANS-- South African Bureau of Standards
Contact your Emerson sales office for classification/certification specific information
Connections
Supply Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal and integral pad for mounting 67CFR regulator Output Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal Tubing: 3/8-inch recommended Vent: 3/8 NPT internal Electrical: 1/2 NPT internal or M20
Actuator Compatibility
Stem Travel (Sliding-Stem Linear) Linear actuators with rated travel between 6.35 mm (0.25 inch) and 606 mm (23.375 inches)
Shaft Rotation (Quarter-Turn Rotary) Rotary actuators with rated travel between 45 degrees and 180 degrees
Weight
Aluminum: 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs) Stainless Steel: 8.6 kg (19 lbs)
Construction Materials
Housing, module base and terminal box: A03600 low copper aluminum alloy (standard) Stainless Steel (optional) Cover: Thermoplastic polyester Elastomers: Nitrile (standard) Fluorosilicone (optional)
Options
J Supply and output pressure gauges or J Tire valves, J Integral mounted filter regulator, J Low-Bleed Relay(6), J Extreme Temperature, J Natural Gas Certified, Single Seal Device J Remote Mount(7), J Stainless Steel
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology.
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any other applicable code or standard should not be exceeded. 2. Normal m3/hour - Normal cubic meters per hour at 0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute. Scfh - Standard cubic feet per hour at 60_F and 14.7 psia. 3. Values at 1.4 bar (20 psig) based on a single-acting direct relay; values at 5.5 bar (80 psig) based on double-acting relay. 4. Temperature limits vary based on hazardous area approval. Lower temperature limit for CUTR Ex d approval with fluorosilicone elastomers is -53_C (-63.4_F). 5. Typical value. Not applicable for travels less than 19 mm (0.75 inch) or for shaft rotation less than 60 degrees. Also not applicable for digital valve controllers in long-stroke
applications.
6. The Quad O steady-state consumption requirement of 6 scfh can be met by a DVC6200p with low bleed relay A option, when used with up to 4.8 bar (70 psi) supply of Natural Gas at 16_C (60_F). The 6 scfh requirement can be met by low bleed relay B and C when used with up to 5.2 bar (75 psi) supply of Natural Gas at 16_C (60_F). 7. 4-conductor shielded cable, 18 to 22 AWG minimum wire size, in rigid or flexible metal conduit, is required for connection between base unit and feedback unit.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:DVC6200p November 2020
DVC6200p Digital Valve Controller
D103564X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and FIELDEVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E6 2011, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Corrosion Protection
D104167X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:FIELDVUE September 2017
Corrosion Protection for FisherTM FIELDVUETM Digital Valve Controllers
Standard Instrument Paint
Standard paints applied to instruments are formulated to withstand extreme exposures to corrosive atmospheres and are tested to confirm this benefit. Due to the excellent surface preparation and superior coatings applied to the prepared substrate, other more expensive coating systems are not necessary. The coatings used for instruments are baked-on finishes that will withstand the toughest environments and will keep on performing for years to come.
Comparisons of paints other than standard have shown no advantages in using other paints. Because of the potential impact on instrument performance, we are unable to apply coatings or paints other than our standard.
Figure 1. Fisher DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller with Standard Finish
W9699
Table 1. Standard Instrument Paint Specifications
Technical Specifications--Standard Instrument Paint
Surface Preparation
Clean, desmut, apply chromate conversion coating
Coating Thickness
31 to 37 microns (1.25 to 1.5 mils)
Standard Acceptance Test
Refer to the Standard Instrument Paint Panel Results in table 2
Standard Color Specifications
Regal Gray--Munsell #8.4 B 3.47/0.60 Rosemount Blue--Federal Standard 595A- #25177
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:FIELDVUE September 2017
Corrosion Protection
D104167X012
Standard Instrument Paint
Test-Panel Results
Standardized flat-panel tests show the effect of common chemical exposures and physical attributes. Tests were performed on chromate conversion coated aluminum alloy panels. For more information about test conditions, procedures, and results, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
Table 2. Standard Instrument Paint Panel Results
TEST
RESULT
TEST
Hot and Cold Cycle 10% HNO3
No effect
Slight loss of gloss to no effect
10% NH4OH
15% Xylene; 85% Mineral Spirits
10% HCL
No effect
Unleaded Gasoline
3% H2SO4 10% NaOH
No effect
Slight loss of gloss to no effect
Cross-Hatch Adhesion ASTM D3359
Pencil Hardness ASTM D3363
RESULT No effect Slightly lighter to no
effect No effect
PASSED
PASSED
TEST Mandrel Bend ASTM
D522
Impact ASTM D2794
Thread-locking Sealant Resin
Humidity, Ultraviolet, and Gravel Tests Salt Cabinet ASTM B117
RESULT PASSED PASSED PASSED PASSED PASSED
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Corrosion Protection
D104167X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:FIELDVUE September 2017
DVC6200 Stainless Steel Alternative
As an alternative to painted instruments, the FIELDVUE DVC6200 digital valve controller can be furnished with a stainless steel module base, housing and an all-stainless mounting kit. The sealed terminal box isolates field wiring connections from other areas of the instrument and keeps water and harsh atmosphere away from electronic components. The DVC6200 stainless steel version eliminates all diecast aluminum parts, which greatly increases its resistance to the tough, corrosive environments found on offshore platforms, within chemical plants, and inside refinery processing units.
Figure 2. Fisher DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller Stainless Steel Version
Proprietary NCF (Non-Corroding Finish) Coating for Steel Fasteners
Standard steel fasteners such as bonnet bolting, actuator casing bolting, and steel fasteners for Fisher instruments have NCF (non-corroding finish) coating.
NCF coating was developed by Emerson Automation Solutions to greatly improve resistance to corrosion from acids, bases, salts, and many other chemicals and to follow the parameters listed in ASTM F1136 (Standard Specification for Zinc/Aluminum Corrosion Protective Coatings for Fasteners). NCF coating is a polymer-based coating consisting of multiple coats applied to all surfaces of bolts, studs, and nuts. (NCF coating is not used on steel bolting for temperatures over 427°C or 800°F). NCF coating is silver or gray in color and the finish is dull when compared with zinc plating.
The effectiveness of this proprietary coating designed specifically for the control valve market has been proven by actual testing on offshore platforms and accelerated salt-spray tests in the laboratory. NCF coated fasteners remain easily maintainable after offshore exposure. Original replacement NCF bolting is only available from Emerson Automation Solutions.
Figure 3. NCF-Coated Fasteners Exhibit Superior Performance in Accelerated Laboratory Tests
X0350
W7698
STANDARD ZINC PLATED
NCF COATED
Table 3. NCF Coating Specifications
Technical Specifications--NCF Coating
Surface Preparation
Pressure-retaining parts: Light blast Non pressure-retaining parts: Light blast or zinc plating
Coating Thickness
Approximately 0.025 mm (0.001 inches)
Standard Acceptance Test
No red rust after 500 hours of ASTM B117 salt-spray test conducted on products after assembly with a pneumatic impact wrench
Color
Light silver-gray
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:FIELDVUE September 2017
Corrosion Protection
D104167X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2016, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HF340 Filter
D102798X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:HF340 September 2017
FisherTM HF340 Filter
The Fisher HF340 HARTr filter is used with HART communicating FIELDVUEt instruments, such as FIELDVUE DVC2000, DVC6200, or DVC6000 digital valve controllers. HART filters are used when the instrument is connected to a 4 to 20 mA DC control system output not designed for the HART (Highway Addressable Remote Transducer) communication protocol.
The filter receives a 4 to 20 mA DC current signal from the control system and passes the signal, uninterrupted, to the field device. A third connection to the filter provides HART communication to a device that accepts HART signals, such as a multiplexer or a 475 Field Communicator.
FIELD INSTRUMENT CONNECTIONS (FLD)
HART COMMUNICATION CONNECTIONS (COMM)
CONTROL SYSTEM CONNECTIONS (SYS)
Features
nVersatile Mounting--Mounts on standard type 35 DIN rails.
nSmall Size--Fits easily in existing installations.
nAllows HART Communications on 4 to 20 mA Control Systems-- The HF340 HART filter prevents the HART signal from interfering with the control system analog output and prevent the analog output signal from interfering with HART communication. Table 2 lists some of the control systems that require a filter.
Product Description
The HF340 HART filter is a passive device that is inserted in-line with both wires of a HART 4 to 20 mA DC output loop. The purpose of the filter is to effectively isolate the control system analog output
W8283-1
from modulated HART communication signals. Whether or not HART communication can take place depends upon the control system impedance. Impedance, simply, is the property of an electrical circuit to resist the flow of alternating current.
As shown in figure 1, the HART signal from a transmitter is not normally affected because the control system analog input has high impedance (typically 250 ohms). However, the control system analog output may have low enough impedance to reduce the amplitude of the HART signal to an unreadable level.
The HF340 filter increases the impedance. Therefore, placing a filter between the control system output and the field instrument restores the HART signal amplitude to a readable level.
Table 2 lists those control systems that have been tested with FIELDVUE Instruments. If your control system is not listed in table 2 you can either always use a filter, or contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for a recommendation.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:HF340 September 2017
HF340 Filter
D102798X012
Specifications
Mounting Standard 35 mm DIN rail mounting with filtering components.
Connections Three 2-pin cage-clamp style connectors accept up to 12 AWG wire
Power Requirements Input Current: 4-20 mA DC (nominal) Input Voltage: At 20 milliamps DC, 2 volts above input voltage required by the field instrument (2 volt drop across filter at 20 milliamps DC)
Ambient Operating Temperature -40 to 85_C (-40 to 185_F)
Ambient Relative Humidity 5 to 95%
Electromagnetic Compatibility
Meets EN 61326-1:2013 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326-1 standard. Performance is shown in table below 1. Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
Dimensions
75 mm (3 inches) long by 12.5 mm (0.5 inches) wide by 60 mm (2.4 inches) deep
Approximate Weight
0.1 kg (4 oz)
Option
HF341 communications tap: Standard 35 mm DIN rail mounting without filtering components (straight through with capacitor blocking on COMM terminals). In case of an accidental short circuit across the COMM terminal, a capacitor blocking circuit prevents disruption of the 4 to 20 mA DC control signal.
Table 1. EMC Summary Results; Immunity
Port
Phenomenon
Basic Standard
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
Enclosure
EM field
IEC 61000-4-3
Rated power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8
Burst
IEC 61000-4-4
I/O signal/control Surge
IEC 61000-4-5
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-6
A = During testing, normal performance within the specification limits. 1.Not applicable; only applicable to magnetically sensitive equipment.
Test Level 4 kV contact 8 kV air 80 to 100 MHz @ 10V/m with 1 kHz at 80% 1400 to 2000 MHz @ 3V/m with 1 kHz at 80% 2000 to 2700 MHz @ 1V/m with 1 kHz at 80%
N/A(1)
1 kV 1 kV (line to ground only, each) 150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms
Performance Criteria A
A
N/A(1) A A A
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
HF340 Filter
D102798X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:HF340 September 2017
Table 2. Control System Installation Requirements for HART Communicating FIELDVUE Digital Valve Controllers
Control System(1)
Installation Requirement
Baileyt Infi 90t
Filter required
Fischer-Porter DCI 40PC2000C
Honeywellt TDC2000
Honeywell TDC3000
Multi-function controller High-Density Process Manager (HPM) controller
FOXBOROt I/A (1988)
Mooret 352
Valmett (output configured for straight through, not for 250 ohms)
Rosemountt RS-3 Multiport with HART I/O
Fisher-Rosemount DeltaVt (AO and HART I/O)
Fisher-Rosemount PROVOXt Configurable, Computing, and Interactive (IAC) Controllers
Filter required Filter required Filter required No filter required No filter required No filter required No filter required No filter required No filter required Filter required
Fisher-Rosemount PROVOX MUX (parallel) I/O
Fisher-Rosemount PROVOX Control (serial) I/O
for AO for HART I/O
No filter required Filter required No filter required
Fisher-Rosemount TL108 with 24 or 45 volt DC power
No filter required
Fisher-Rosemount DPR900
Filter required
Fisher-Rosemount ROC 364 Transmationt 1028 mA Calibrator
No filter required No filter required
NOTE: The information presented in this table reflects the feedback of users of the HF340 filter. Your experiences and usage may vary depending on your control system, conditions, and other factors.
1. For control systems not listed, a filter is recommended, if the voltage available at the instrument is adequate. See appropriate instrument instruction manual for procedures for determining voltage available. Filtering ensures proper communication and simplifies connecting a HART communicator or HART interchange multiplexer.
Figure 1. Effect of Control System Impedance on the HART Signal Amplitude
AI
250 ohms
AO
10 ohms
Installation
Figure 2 shows a typical HART filter installation. The filter is normally installed near the field wiring terminals of the control system I/O. The HF340 filter mounts on DIN rails. HART communication is only possible between the filter and the field instrument and at the COMM terminals, but not on the control system side of the filter. The filter is not approved for use in hazardous areas. However, it can be used with instruments in hazardous areas by following the appropriate wiring and installation guidelines.
FILTER
AO + filter
A6872
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify the filter type number HF340 or the optional HF341 communications tap.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:HF340 September 2017
HF340 Filter
D102798X012
Figure 2. Typical Fisher HF340 HART Filter Installation
HART COMMUNICATION NETWORK
HART COMMUNICATION INTERFACE
SYS TERMINALS
-
-
+
+
- +
CONTROL SYSTEM OUTPUT TERMINALS
COMM TERMINALS FLD TERMINALS
- +
- + - +
FIELD COMMUNICATOR
FIELD DEVICES
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, Rosemount, DeltaV, and PROVOX are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. HART is a mark owned by the HART Communication Foundation. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2001, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
i2P-100 Transducer
D103197X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:i2P-100 August 2020
FisherTM i2P-100 Electro-Pneumatic Transducer
The Fisher i2P-100 electro-pneumatic transducer, uses a converter module that converts a milliampere input to a proportional pressure output. Both the current input and pressure output range are user-configurable in the field. The converter module uses small parts of minimum mass, which are balanced symmetrically around a pivot point at the center of the mass. This balanced arrangement results in a high performance instrument that reduces sensitivity to vibration.
An integral pneumatic relay provides the high capacity necessary to drive pneumatic control valve/actuator assemblies without additional boosters or positioners. The transducer also provides stable, accurate operation when its output is transmitted to small volume chambers, such as a pneumatic positioner or other pneumatic instrument. Reduced sensitivity to vibration, combined with high capacity and first order lag characteristics, make the i2P-100 transducer suitable for direct mounting on control valve/actuator combinations.
Features
nApproved for use with Natural Gas--The i2P-100 is approved for use with natural gas as the pneumatic supply.
nLow Pneumatic Supply Consumption--The transducer has low pneumatic supply consumption which lowers operating costs. Maximum steady state consumption is less than the 6 SCFH requirement set for the oil and gas industry by the US Environmental Protection Agency (New Source Performance Standards Subpart OOOO, EPAHQQAR20100505).
nSingle Sealed Device-- The i2P-100 has been tested in accordance with ANSI/ISA Standard 12.27.01 (Requirements for Process Sealing Between Electrical Systems and Flammable or Combustible Process Fluids) as a single sealed device.
INTEGRAL PNEUMATIC RELAY
W8710
REPLACEABLE FILTER WITH REMOVABLE ORIFICE
VENT
nHigh Output Capability and Rangeability-- The integral output relay volume of the transducer is adequate to drive valve/actuator combinations without requiring a positioner or volume booster. Selectable user field-configurable dip switch setting for output range of 0.14 to 2.3 bar (2 to 33 psi).
nSplit Range--Selectable user field-configurable two-way split range, using either half of the standard input signal.
nCorrosion Resistant--Separate housing compartments isolate the electronics from the pneumatic process. The electronics module is encased in a rugged plastic shell which helps to prevent damage to the electronics. The printed wiring board and dip switches are conformal coated to help prevent corrosion. Converter module coils have corrosion resistant coating and all flexures are gold plated to provide protection from hostile environments.
nTolerant of Dirty Supply Medium--Free-flow pilot stage design and large internal air passages provide excellent tolerance to dirty pneumatic supply, by reducing the effects of contaminant buildup and erosion. The removable primary orifice and replaceable 5 micrometer filter are easy to remove for service and maintenance.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:i2P-100 August 2020
i2P-100 Transducer
D103197X012
Figure 1. Fisher i2P-100 Electro-Pneumatic Transducer Mounted on a Rotary Actuator
Figure 2. Fisher i2P-100 Electro-Pneumatic Transducer Mounted on a Sliding-Stem Actuator
W8693-1
nEasy Maintenance--Modular electronics and converter modules contained in separate housing compartments, isolating the electronics from the process, allow for easy replacement in the field for reduced maintenance time and costs.
nVibration Resistance--The transducer, used in a standard valve/actuator mounted application, exhibits an output shift of less than 1 percent of span when tested to ISA S75.13.
W8723-1
Valve Stroking Time
Figure 3 shows relative times for loading and exhausting an actuator. Stroking time depends upon the size of the actuator, travel, relay characteristics and the magnitude and rate of change of the input signal. If stroking time is critical, contact your Emerson sales office.
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Valve Stroking Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Energy Responsible Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
i2P-100 Transducer
D103197X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:i2P-100 August 2020
Specifications
Input Signal
Available as standard with 4-20 mA. User configurable by dip switch for split ranging, see table below.
Output Signal
Available as standard 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig), 0.4 to 2.0 bar (6 to 30 psig), or 0.14 to 2.3 bar (2 to 33 psig). User configurable by dip switch selection and zero and span potentiometer adjustment, see table below.
INPUT SIGNAL
4 to 20 mA DC 4 to 12 mA DC 12 to 20 mA DC
OUTPUT PRESSURE
Bar
Psig
0.2 to 1.0
3 to 15
0.4 to 2.0
6 to 30
0.14 to 2.3
2 to 33
0.2 to 1.0
3 to 15
0.2 to 1.0
3 to 15
Frequency Response: Gain is attenuated 3 dB at 3 Hz with transducer output signal piped to a typical instrument input
Temperature Effect: $0.14% per degrees Celsius ($0.075 per degrees Fahrenheit) of span
Supply Pressure Effect: 0.2% of full scale output span per psi supply pressure change)
Vibration Effect: Less than 1% of full scale output span when tested to ISA S75.13
Electromagnetic Compatibility Meets EN 61326-1:2013 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of EN 61326-1 Standard. Performance is shown in table 1 below. Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
Equivalent Circuit
The i2P-100 equivalent circuit is a series circuit consisting of a constant voltage drop (battery) of approximately 4 VDC and a total resistance of 40 ohms. Input is shunted by two 6.8 V zener diodes (see figure 4).
Supply Pressure(1)
Recommended: 0.34 bar (5 psi) higher than upper range limit of output signal
Maximum: 3.4 bar (50 psig)
Medium: Air or Non-Corrosive Natural Gas
Operating Ambient Temperature Limits(1) -40 to 85_C (-40 to +185_F)
Electrical Seal Single sealed device per ANSI/ISA 12.27.01
Electrical Classification
Maximum Steady-State Flow Rate(2)(3) Refer to tables 2 and 3
Maximum Output Air Capacity(3) 8.04 m3/hr (300 scfh) at 1.4 bar (20 psig) supply pressure
Performance(4) Reference Accuracy: ±1.0% of full scale output span; includes combined effects of hysteresis, linearity, and deadband Independent Linearity: ±0.5% of full scale output span Hysteresis: 0.4% of full scale output span
Hazardous Area Approvals
CSA -- Intrinsically Safe, Explosion proof, Type n, Dust-Ignition proof
FM-- Intrinsically Safe, Explosion proof, Type n, Non-incendive, Dust-Ignition proof
ATEX-- Intrinsically Safe, Flameproof , Type n
IECEx-- Intrinsically Safe, Flameproof, Type n
CUTR--Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, and Armenia)
(continued on next page)
-continued-
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:i2P-100 August 2020
i2P-100 Transducer
D103197X012
Specifications (continued)
Hazardous Area Approvals (continued)
INMETRO-- National Institute of Metrology, Quality, and Technology (Brazil)
KTL--Korea Testing Laboratory (South Korea)
NEPSI-- National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation (China)
Contact your Emerson sales office for classification/certification specific information
Electrical Housing:
When Remotely Vented
CSA--Type 4X Encl. FM-- NEMA 4X ATEX--IP66 IECEx--IP66
No Remote Venting
CSA--Type 3 Encl. FM-- NEMA 3 ATEX--IP64 IECEx--IP64
Construction Materials
Housing: ASTM: A03600 material composition alloy O-rings: Nitrile Diaphragms: Nitrile
Adjustments(5) Zero and Span: Trim potentiometers (20 turn) for zero and span adjustments are located under the housing cap. Switch: Allows input signal split range and user-configurable 0.14 to 2.3 bar (2 to 33 psig) output.
Connections Supply and Output Pressure: 1/4 NPT internal connection Vent: 1/4 NPT internal Electrical: J Standard 1/2 NPT Wire Size: 18 to 22 AWG
Mounting Position J Actuator J pipestand or J surface
Approximate Weight 2.5 kg (5.5 lbs)
Options J Output pressure gauge J M20 or PG13 conduit adapter
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology 1. The pressure and temperature limits in this document and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded. 2. Average flow rate determined at 12 mA and 0.6 bar (9 psig) output. 3. Normal m3/hour--Normal cubic meters per hour (0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute). Scfh--Standard cubic feet per hour (60_F and 14.7 psig). 4. Performance values are obtained using a transducer with a 4 to 20 mA DC input signal and a 0.2 to 1.0 bar (3 to 15 psig) output signal at an ambient temperature of 24_C (75_F). 5. For other ranges, zero and span adjustments needed.
Energy Responsible Tool
The web based Energy Responsible Tool provides calculations for estimating operating costs and emissions for instrument air and natural gas in tonnes of Equivalent Carbon Dioxide (Co2e).
Scan or click the QR code to calculate pneumatic energy savings.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
i2P-100 Transducer
D103197X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:i2P-100 August 2020
Table 1. EMC Summary Results--Immunity
Port
Phenomenon
Basic Standard
Test Level
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
4kV Contact 8kV Air
Enclosure
Radiated EM field
IEC 61000-4-3
80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 1400 to 2000 MHz @ 3V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 2000 to 2700 MHz @ 1V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80%
Burst (fast transients)
IEC 61000-4-4
1 kV
I/O signal/control Surge
IEC 61000-4-5
1 kV (line to ground only, each)
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-6
150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms
Specification limit = ±1% of span 1. A=No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self-recovering.
Performance Criteria(1) A
A
A A A
Figure 3. Output-Time Relationships
OUTPUT (% OF i2P-100 OUTPUT SPAN)
100
90
80
70
LOADING
60
50 40
EXHAUSTING
30
20
10
0 0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
A6815
TIME (%)
Figure 4. Equivalent Circuit
4 - 20 mA
6.8V
6.8V
4V
40 Ohm
Table 2. Maximum Steady-State Flow Rate (Air)
SUPPLY PRESSURE
Bar
Psi
OUTPUT PRESSURE
Bar
Psi
STEADY STATE FLOW RATE(1)
m3/hr
Scfh
0.2 - 1.0 3 - 15
0.2
3
0.04
1.5
1.4
20
0.62
9
0.06
2.0
1.0
15
0.07
2.6
0.4 - 2.0 6 - 30
0.4
6
0.05
1.7
2.4
35
1.2
18
0.08
2.9
2
30
0.12
4.1
0.1 - 2.3 2 - 33
0.1
2
0.04
1.5
2.6
38
1.2
17.5
0.08
2.9
2.3
33
0.12
4.3
1. Normal m3/hour - Normal cubic meters per hour (0C and 1.0135 bar, absolute). Scfh - Standard cubic feet per hour (60F and 14.7psig).
Table 3. Maximum Steady-State Flow Rate (Natural Gas)
SUPPLY PRESSURE
Bar
Psi
OUTPUT PRESSURE
Bar 0.2 - 1.0
Psi 3 - 15
STEADY STATE FLOW RATE(1,2)
m3/hr
Scfh
0.2
3
0.06
1.95
1.4
20
0.62
9
0.07
2.6
1.0
15
0.1
3.38
0.4 - 2.0 6 - 30
0.4
6
0.6
2.21
2.4
35
1.2
18
0.11
3.77
2
30
0.15
5.33
0.1 - 2.3 2 - 33
0.1
2
0.06
1.94
2.6
38
1.2
17.5
0.11
3.74
2.3
33
0.18
5.55
1. Normal m3/hour - Normal cubic meters per hour (0C and 1.0135 bar, absolute). Scfh - Standard cubic feet per hour (60F and 14.7psig). 2. Natural gas steady state flow based on natural gas specific gravity of 0.6. Flow decreases as specific gravity increases.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:i2P-100 August 2020
i2P-100 Transducer
D103197X012
Installation
Refer to figure 5 for location of standard mounting holes in the housing. See figures 1 and 2 for typical mounting configurations. Standard mounting hardware is provided for mounting on the actuator, a pipestand, or surface mount. Field wiring connections are made to the terminal block accessible under the housing cap, via the 1/2 NPT conduit connection. Dimensions are shown in figures 5, 6, 7, and 8.
Ordering Information
To determine what ordering information is required, refer to the Specifications table. Carefully review the description of each specification. Specify the desired choice whenever there is a selection available. Also, specify options that are applicable to the application.
Figure 5. Dimensions
58.7 (2.31)
1/2 14 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION
22.3 (0.88)
74.2 (2.92)
81.6 (3.21)
67.8 (2.67)
GE06439 (sheet 1 of 4)
33.3 (1.31)
55.7 (2.19)
36.3 (1.43)
34.7 (1.37)
103.9 (4.09)
103.9 (4.09)
98.7 (3.89)
1/4 18 NPT VENT OR PIPE-A-WAY
CONNECTION
1/4 18 NPT OUTPUT CONNECTION
1/4 18 NPT SUPPLY CONNECTION
22.9 (0.90)
67 (2.62) CAP REMOVAL CLEARANCE
33.3 (1.31)
75.2 (2.96)
1/4 18 NPT OUTPUT CONNECTION
33.3 (1.31)
75.7 (2.98)
67 (2.62) CAP REMOVAL CLEARANCE
mm (INCH)
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
i2P-100 Transducer
D103197X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:i2P-100 August 2020
Figure 6. Dimensions with Optional Fisher 67 Filter-Regulator (Yoke/Bracket Mounted)
67 (2.62)
COVER REMOVAL CLEARANCE
(BOTH COVERS)
238.1 (9.37)
69.9 (2.75)
74.2 (2.92)
8.6
6.4
(0.34) (0.2
5)
126.3 (4.97)
57.2 (2.25)
50.8 (2.00)
170.8 (6.72)
101.1 (3.98)
GE06439 (sheet 2 of 4)
240 (9.45)
Figure 7. Dimensions with Optional Fisher 67 Filter-Regulator (Surface/Wall Mounted)
146.1 (5.75)
204.8 (8.06)
mm (INCH)
67 (2.62) COVER REMOVAL CLEARANCE (BOTH COVERS)
146.1 (5.75)
GE06439 (sheet 3 of 4)
91.1 (3.59)
209.6 (8.25)
mm (INCH)
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:i2P-100 August 2020
i2P-100 Transducer
D103197X012
Figure 8. Dimensions with Optional Fisher 67 Filter-Regulator (Pipestand Mounted)
67 (2.62)
COVER REMOVAL CLEARANCE
(BOTH COVERS)
238.1 (9.37)
60.5 (2.38)
50.8 (2.00)
74.2 (2.92)
GE06439 (sheet 4 of 4)
240 (9.55)
170.8 (6.72)
243.2 (9.58)
mm (INCH)
Scan or click the QR code to find out more about the i2P-100 transducer
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice. Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2004, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
LCP100 Local Control Panel
D103604X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:LCP100 May 2020
FisherTM LCP100 Local Control Panel
The LCP100 local control panel is used in conjunction with the FIELDVUETM DVC6200 SIS digital valve controller to manually open, close, or test a safety shutdown valve. The LCP100 has three protected pushbuttons to allow the user to open, close or test the safety valve. There are also three lights to visually indicate if the valve is open, closed, or locked in safety and ready for reset.
Features
Reliability
nRugged Enclosure--The filled polyester enclosure, encapsulated electronics, pushbuttons, and lights are designed to withstand harsh industrial environments.
nProof Testing--The open and close pushbuttons provide a means to manually perform an offline full stroke test to help identify dangerous undetected failures.
nPartial Valve Stroke Test--The test pushbutton provides a means to manually perform an online partial stroke test to help improve the diagnostic coverage factor.
Safety
nManual Reset--After a safety demand, the DVC6200 SIS will remain locked in the safe state. The manual reset pushbutton provides user control over when the valve can return to the normal operating state.
nLockable Pushbutton Covers--Each pushbutton can be locked to prevent unauthorized access to the safety valve operation.
nSafety Certification--The LCP100 contribution to failure rates is documented in the DVC6200 SIS safety manual.
FISHER LCP100 LOCAL CONTROL PANEL, WITH FIELDVUE DVC6200 SIS
DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER AND BETTISTM ACTUATOR
X0247
Ease of Use
nLoop vs. External Power--The LCP100 can be powered by the same loop as the DVC6200 SIS or independently powered by a 24 VDC source.
nSimple Configuration--The DVC6200 SIS setup wizard automatically configures the LCP100 functions.
Value
nVisual Indication--The LCP100 can be mounted remote from the valve in an easily accessible location to view the status and perform periodic testing.
nReduce I/O Count--The LCP100 combines open/closed/readytoreset lights and open/close pushbuttons into a single field enclosure, thus eliminating 3 discrete out (DO) and 2 discrete in (DI) channels from the logic solver.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:LCP100 May 2020
LCP100 Local Control Panel
D103604X012
Specifications
Power Options (switch selectable) J External: 24 VDC +/- 10% @ 50 mA maximum continuous current (100 mA maximum inrush) J Loop: 8-20 mA (LCP100 and DVC6200 SIS combined)
Power Consumption External: 1.32 W max continuous Loop (Point-to-Point): 0.042 W max continuous Loop (Multi-Drop): 0.126 W max continuous
Temperature Limits(1) -40 to 65_C (-40 to 149_F)
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI)
Meets EN 61326-1:2013 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of EN 61326-1 S1tandard. Performance is shown in table below. Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
Connections
Conduit: J 3/4 NPT or J M20
Maximum distance between LCP100 and DVC6200 SIS digital valve controller
Cable length is limited by maximum cable capacitance of 100,000 pF(2). Typical 314 meters (1030 feet) with 18 AWG shielded Audio, Control and Instrumentation Cable
Electrical Classification
CSA (C/US) AEx ia IIB T4 Ga(3) Zone 0, 1, 2 AEx e mb [ib] IIC T4 Gb Zone 1, 2 AEx ic IIC T4 Gc Zone 2 Class I Division 2 Groups ABCD T4
ATEX Ex ia IIB T4 Ga(3) Zone 0, 1, 2 Ex e mb [ib] IIC T4 Gb Zone 1, 2 Ex ic IIC T4 Gc Zone 2
IECEx Ex ia IIB T4 Ga(3) Zone 0, 1, 2 Ex e mb [ib] IIC T4 Gb Zone 1, 2 Ex ic IIC T4 Gc Zone 2 Ex tb IIIC T71°C Db Zone 21, 22
Wiring 14 to 26 AWG
Electrical Installation Wire connections are polarity sensitive
Installation Orientation Wiring entrance must be facing down
Dimensions 253.1 mm (10 inches) long by 109.5 mm (4.3 inches) wide by 127.8 mm (5 inches) deep. See figure 1.
Other Classifications/Certifications CUTR--Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, Armenia) ESMA--Emirates Authority for Standardization and Metrology - ECAS-Ex (UAE)
Electrical Housing IP66
Construction Materials Housing material: filled polyester
Approximate Weight 2.2 kg (4.9 lbs)
-continued-
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
LCP100 Local Control Panel
D103604X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:LCP100 May 2020
Specifications (continued)
Lights
Green: Solid when the valve is at its normal operating position, and loop current is normal. Flashing when the valve is not at its normal operating position, and loop current is normal.
Red: Solid when the valve is at its Fail Safe State and loop current is tripped. Flashing when valve is not at its Fail Safe State and loop current is tripped.
Yellow (Ready-to-Reset): Solid when the valve is latched in the trip position, and loop current is normal.
Pushbuttons
Protected with lockable covers
Green: After an emergency demand-- commands the valve to its normal position only after control current is restored (manual reset).
Red: Always commands the valve to its Fail Safe State regardless of the control current.
Black: Commands the configured partial stroke test. Can be overridden by the Close button, Open button, or Emergency Demand.
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any other applicable code or standard should not be exceeded. 2. DVC6000 SIS: Cable length is limited by maximum cable capacitance of 18000 pF. 3. LOOP Powered only.
Figure 1. Dimensions
E1077-1
129 (5.1)
194 (7.6) 257
(10.1)
94 (3.7)
110 (4.3)
mm (INCH)
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:LCP100 May 2020
LCP100 Local Control Panel
D103604X012
Table 1. Electromagnetic Immunity Performance for Fisher LCP100
Port
Phenomenon
Basic Standard
Test Level
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
$4 kV contact $8 kV air
Enclosure
Radiated EM field
IEC 61000-4-3
80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 1400 to 2000 MHz @ 3V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 2000 to 2700 MHz @ 1V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80%
Burst (fast transients)
IEC 61000-4-4
$1 kV, I/O lines $2 kV, DC power lines
I/O signal/control Surge
IEC 61000-4-5
$1 kV, I/O lines $2 kV, DC power lines)
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-6 150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms with 1 kHz AM at 80%
Specification limit = ±1% of span 1. A = No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self-recovering.
Performance Criteria(1) A
A
A A A
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, and Bettis are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2004, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
LCP200 Local Control Panel
D104313X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:LCP200 September 2018
FisherTM LCP200 Local Control Panel
The LCP200 local control panel is used with the HART® communicating DVC6200 SIS digital valve controller. This panel is used to manually open, close or test a safety shutdown valve using three protected pushbuttons. The LCP200 also provides three lights to visually indicate if the valve is open, closed or locked in safety/ ready to reset.
Unless otherwise noted, the information in this document applies to both FIELDVUE DVC6200 SIS and DVC6000 SIS digital valve controllers. For simplicity, the DVC6200 SIS model name will be used throughout.
Features
Reliability
nRugged Enclosure--The explosion-proof stainless steel enclosure is designed to withstand harsh industrial environments.
nProof Testing--The open and close pushbuttons provide a means to manually perform a proof test to reduce the number of dangerous undetected failures.
nPartial Valve Stroke Test--The test pushbutton provides a means to manually perform an online partial stroke test to reduce the frequency of proof tests.
Safety
nReset Options--The DVC6200 SIS can be configured to be locked in the safe state until a manual reset is performed or go to the normal position on reset of the loop. A third option is available that allows you to vary the reset behavior based on the trip initiator.
nLockable Pushbutton Covers--Each pushbutton can be locked to prevent unauthorized access to the safety valve operation.
X1536
nSafety Certification--The LCP200 contribution to failure rates is documented in the DVC6200 SIS safety manual.
nSafety Certified Relay Outputs--The trip and reset push buttons provide a corresponding change in the state of the associated single pole double throw (SPDT) relay. The trip and reset relays can be used as input to initiate Trip or Reset action in the logic solver.
Ease of Use
nLoop vs. External Power--The LCP200 can be powered by the same loop as the DVC6200 SIS or independently powered by a 24 VDC source.
nSimple Configuration--The DVC6200 SIS guided setup automatically configures the LCP200 functions.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:LCP200 September 2018
LCP200 Local Control Panel
D104313X012
Specifications
Power Options J External: 12 VDC to 26 VDC @ 50 mA maximum continuous current (100 mA maximum inrush) J Loop: 8-20 mA (LCP200 and DVC6200 SIS combined)
Continuous Power Consumption External: 1.4 W max Loop (Point-to-Point): 48 mW Loop (Multi-Drop): 120 mW
Temperature Limits(1) -40 to 65_C (-40 to 149_F)
Maximum distance between LCP200 and DVC6200 SIS digital valve controller Cable length is limited by maximum cable capacitance of 340,000 pF(2). Typical 1000 meters (3280 feet) with 18 AWG shielded Audio, Control and Instrumentation Cable
Contact Type and Ratings Three single-pole double-throw (SPDT) relay switches Each output is capable of 30 VDC with maximum current of 200 mA at room temperature Contact Operation Reset: Activated for 1.5 to 3 seconds when Reset button is pressed for 0.5 seconds or more Trip: Activated for 1.5 to 3 seconds when Trip button is pressed for 0.5 seconds or more Test: Activated when partial stroke test is in progress
Electrical Classification FM (United States and Canada)--Intrinsically Safe for Gas and Dust ATEX--Intrinsically Safe for Gas and Dust IECEx--Intrinsically Safe for Gas and Dust
Electrical Housing IP66
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Meets EN 61326-1:2013 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of EN 61326-1 Standard. Performance is shown in table 1 below. Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
Connections Two Conduit entries: J 3/4 NPT or J M20
Wiring 14 to 26 AWG
Electrical Installation Wire connections are polarity sensitive
Compatibility DVC6200 SIS with Firmware revision 3 or later(3)(4) DVC6000 SIS with Firmware revision 7 or later
Installation Orientation Conduit entry locations must be facing down
Dimensions 406 mm long by 165 mm wide by 105 mm deep See figure 2 Adapter is available for replacing the LCP100
Construction Materials Housing material: 316SST
Approximate Weight 16.8 kg (37 lbs)
Lights Top (Green/Normal): Solid when the valve is at its normal operating position, and loop current is normal Middle (Red/Trip): Solid when the valve is at its Trip Position and Middle (Trip) loop current is tripped Bottom (Yellow/Ready-to-Reset): Solid when the valve is latched in the trip position, and loop current is normal
-continued-
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
LCP200 Local Control Panel
D104313X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:LCP200 September 2018
Specifications (continued)
Pushbuttons Protected with lockable covers Top (Reset): After an emergency demand-- commands the valve to its normal position only after loop current is restored (manual reset)
Middle (Trip): Commands the valve to the configured trip position
Bottom (Test): Commands the configured partial stroke test. Can be overridden by the Trip button, Reset button, or Emergency Demand
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any other applicable code or standard should not be exceeded. 2. DVC6000 SIS: Cable length is limited by maximum cable capacitance of 240,000 pF, typically 765 meters (2510 feet). 3. DVC6200 SIS FW7 or later required for Auto detection of power source. 4. DVC6200 SIS FW7 or later is required for the test contact to change state.
Table 1. Electromagnetic Immunity Performance for Fisher LCP200
Port
Phenomenon
Basic Standard
Test Level
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
$4 kV contact $8 kV air
Enclosure
Radiated EM field
IEC 61000-4-3
80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 1400 to 2000 MHz @ 3V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 2000 to 2700 MHz @ 1V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80%
Radiated Power Magnetic
IEC 61000-4-8 30 A/m
Burst (fast transients)
IEC 61000-4-4
$1 kV, I/O lines $2 kV, DC power lines
I/O signal/ control/power
Surge
IEC 61000-4-5
$1 kV, I/O lines (line-to-ground) $2 kV, DC power line (line-to-ground) $1 kV, DC power line (line-to-line)
Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-6 150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms with 1 kHz AM at 80%
1. A = No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self-recovering.
Performance Criteria(1) A
A A A
B A
Value
nVisual Indication--The LCP200 can be mounted remote from the valve in an easily accessible location to view the status and perform periodic testing.
nReduce I/O Count--The LCP200 combines open/closed/readytoreset lights and open/close pushbuttons into a single field enclosure, thus eliminating 3 discrete output (DO) and 2 discrete input (DI) channels from the logic solver.
Figure 1. LCP200 with Mounting Bracket
Mounting
The LCP200 has a mounting kit that adapts it to the LCP100 installation. See figure 1 for details.
Refer to figure 2 for dimensional information. The LCP200 local control panel has four mounting holes for on-site mounting of the device. The LCP200 must be installed so that the wiring connections are on the bottom to prevent accumulation of moisture inside the box.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:LCP200 September 2018
LCP200 Local Control Panel
D104313X012
Figure 2. Dimensions
NOMINAL 8.5 mm
94 (3.7)
288 (11.3)
406 (16)
105 (4.1)
143 (5.6) 165
(6.5)
mm (INCH)
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. HART is a registered trademark of FieldComm Group. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2018 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ValveLink Software
D102227X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software May 2020
ValveLinkTM Software
ValveLinkTM Solo ValveLinkTM SNAP-ONTM
ValveLinkTM DTM ValveLinkTM PLUG-IN for PRM®
H Communicate with both HART® and FOUNDATIONTM Fieldbus FIELDVUETM digital valve controllers
H Configure, calibrate, and diagnose FIELDVUE instruments from one location
H Use Stabilize & Optimize and Performance Tuner to easily optimize tuning
H Performance Diagnostics provide in-service diagnostics for monitoring the health of the valve assembly without disturbing the process
H Diagnostics provide validation of assembly rebuild and detailed insight into the physical condition of the valve/actuator assembly
H Setup and test FIELDVUE instruments for Safety Instrumented System (SIS) Solutions
H Solenoid Valve Test to test and monitor the health of the solenoid connected to the valve assembly (SIS only)
H Scheduler allows you to specify a time and date to automatically run tasks on a regular basis
H Ability to preconfigure calibration and diagnostics in the workshop with Batch Runner or setup your own "Macro" file
H Time saving Concurrent Batch allows executing a diagnostic test or Calibration on multiple valves at the same time
H Merge Database feature provides the ability to automate multiple ValveLink databases and tags to a single or multiple stations
H ValveLink Express licensing allows you to obtain a free version of ValveLink software that allows FIELDVUE instrument setup, calibration and verification
H Generate diagnostic, calibration, and configuration reports in Microsoft® Word and PDF format
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software May 2020
ValveLink Software
D102227X012
ValveLink Software Product Suite
ValveLink software is available in a variety of configurations to allow you to realize the full benefit of FIELDVUE digital valve controllers.
ValveLink Solo
ValveLink Solo permits users to perform configuration, calibration, and diagnostics on HART and FOUNDATION Fieldbus FIELDVUE digital valve controllers.
Integrate ValveLink software into AMS Device Manager
ValveLink SNAP-ON provides integration with AMS Device Manager to perform configuration, calibration, and diagnostics. Integration with AMS Device Manager provides the ability to communicate with FIELDVUE digital valve controllers via DeltaVt, Ovationt, PROVOXt, HART multiplexers, and HART modems. Non-Emerson host integration, including Invensys and Honeywell (HART only) systems, can be provided through HSI (Host System Integration).
Integrate ValveLink DTM into Field Device Tool - FDT
ValveLink DTM provides integration into a Field Device Tool frame application to perform configuration, calibration, and diagnostics on FIELDVUE digital valve controllers. The ValveLink DTM is certified with the FDT group.
Integrate ValveLink Software into the Yokogawa Plant Resource Manager (PRM)
ValveLink PLUG-IN for PRM provides integration with the Yokogawa Plant Resource Manager (PRM). This integration provides PRM users with the ability to launch the ValveLink PLUG-IN for PRM directly from PRM and to communicate with HART and FOUNDATION fieldbus FIELDVUE digital valve controllers through PRM and the Yokogawa CENTUM CS 3000 R3 and CENTRUM VP.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ValveLink Software
D102227X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software May 2020
Communicate with both HART and FOUNDATION fieldbus FIELDVUE digital valve controllers
Integrated or standalone ValveLink software remotely communicates with HART FIELDVUE instruments over the existing 4-20 mA signal wiring using the HART communication standard. The same software also can communicate with FOUNDATION Fieldbus FIELDVUE instruments over the fieldbus H1 segment. Information is presented in a consistent, easy-to-interpret interface that provides the capability to configure, calibrate, and diagnose FIELDVUE instruments from one location:
H Dashboard of critical instrument information
H A device connection view of all connected instruments
H Monitoring of instrument operational parameters and alerts, including Field Diagnostic alerts
H Review and comparison of diagnostic graphs
H Instrument setup and calibration
H Data import and export
H Schedule diagnostic tests
H Time-Saving tools such as Batch Runner and Concurrent Batch Runner
Trend Travel, Pressure, and Drive Signal 3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software May 2020
ValveLink Software
D102227X012
Field Diagnostic Alerts, which follow the NAMUR NE107 Standard, allow categorization of Device Alerts with the highest severity displayed on the dashboard.
Status Monitor
Alert categorization
Device alerts, such as Travel Deviation, are permanently mapped to a Field Diagnostic Alert in FOUNDATION Fieldbus applications. Multiple Field Diagnostic categories can be
selected per Field Diagnostic Alerts.
Status Monitor
HART applications allow one Field Diagnostic Category per Field Diagnostic Alert
Standalone ValveLink software can use the Emerson USB Fieldbus Interface, as well as the National Instruments (NI-Fbus) interface to connect to Fieldbus FIELDVUE instruments (DVC6200f and DVC6000f) to configure, calibrate, and diagnose the device on a bench or in the field:
ON THE BENCH
IN THE FIELD
TREND VALVE TRAVEL AND PRESSURE 4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ValveLink Software
D102227X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software May 2020
Use the Performance Tuner to easily optimize tuning
The Performance Tuner lets you easily adjust a FIELDVUE digital valve controller for optimum performance. When mounting a FIELDVUE digital valve controller, to either a Fisher or a non-Fisher valve, the Performance Tuner can optimize valve performance for you.
Performance Diagnostics provide in-service diagnostics for monitoring the health of the valve assembly without disturbing the process
Performance Diagnostics (PD) provides predictive in-service diagnostics for monitoring the health of the valve assembly and customized diagnostics for advanced troubleshooting. Performance Diagnostics continuously analyze the valve assembly and passively gather data without disturbing or interrupting the control valve while it is in the process.
PD may be used to help detect problems with air leakage, valve assembly friction and deadband, instrument air quality, loose connections, supply pressure restriction, and valve assembly calibration. When a problem is identified, the diagnostic provides a description and severity of the problem, a probable cause, and recommended action.
In-service diagnostics for troubleshooting allow custom diagnostics to be set up to collect data at a high-frequency collection rate and present the data in a graphical format.
Performance Diagnostics tests are available upon user request or a pre-selected daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly schedule without user intervention for HART instruments
Performance Diagnostics are continually running in FOUNDATION Fieldbus Instruments and do not need to be initiated by ValveLink software
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software May 2020
ValveLink Software
D102227X012
Provide Real-Time Notification of Current and Potential Valve and Instrument Problems using Performance Diagnostics
Performance Diagnostics enable the use of diagnostics while the valve is in-service and operating without disturbing the process. Tests can be performed to identify problems with the entire control valve assembly, such as:
H Red/Yellow/Green condition indicator provides a quick visual indication of the following:
G the physical condition of the FIELDVUE instrument pneumatic components
G instrument air supply pressure and volume
G relay adjustment on double acting piston actuators
G the total air received and used by the instrument, and
G why a valve assembly is deviating from the set point
H PD One Button is a sweep of the above tests. When the sweep is complete, ValveLink software will show any errors, possible causes, and recommended actions to resolve the error(s).
H Friction and Deadband Trending
Performance Diagnostics tests are available upon user request or a pre-selected daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly schedule without user intervention for HART instruments. Performance Diagnostics are continually running in Foundation Fieldbus Instruments and do not need to be initiated by ValveLink software.
Performance Diagnostics provide on-line/in-service predictive diagnostics to identify faults and list possible causes and recommended corrective actions for each fault
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ValveLink Software
D102227X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software May 2020
Provide validation of assembly rebuild and detailed insight into the physical condition of the valve/actuator assembly
Performance Diagnostics monitor the digital valve controller set point and plot valve operation to provide insight into the dynamic performance of the valve/actuator assembly. Out-of-service diagnostics such as valve signature, dynamic error band, and step response assist in the identification of emerging valve problems quickly and accurately.
Use out-of-service diagnostics to prioritize and plan maintenance activities when the process is shut down.
The Valve Signature diagnostic is used to:
H Evaluate valve friction, deadband, and shutoff capability.
H Calculate actuator spring rate and bench set.
H Identify potential packing problems.
H Compare current condition to previous baseline condition.
H Signature Analyzer enables rapid analysis of the Valve Signature to more efficiently manage your plant assets. Based on default or user defined settings, Signature Analyzer provides pass/fail results for Maximum Friction, Minimum Friction, Stem Integrity, and Stick Slip, enabling better documentation for required maintenance or validation of valve repairs.
BOUNDARY RESULTS
Zoom in to examine valve movement and other details
Diagnostic tests, such as the Valve Signature Diagnostic example shown here, help you detect emerging valve repair requirements before they impact performance
PASS/FAIL RESULT
Signature Analyzer Boundary Editor allows you to use default or customized test criteria
The Dynamic Error Band diagnostic is used to analyze hysteresis, deadband, and dynamic error.
ORIGINAL TEST
NEW TEST
ValveLink software enables simultaneous multiple overlay of tests (up to ten). This
allows you to trend valve history.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software May 2020
ValveLink Software
D102227X012
The Step Response diagnostic allows you to evaluate how well the valve tracks an input change. By minimizing dead time, deadband, and overshoot, process control is greatly enhanced. With the Step Response test you can:
H Validate tuning parameters. H Obtain a numerical analysis for overshoot,
hysteresis, dead time, t63, and t86. H Define up to 30 steps.
Select pre-configured Step Tests to evaluate valve performance or create and save custom tests.
Use Step Response tests to verify instrument tuning and valve response to signal changes
Setup and test FIELDVUE instruments for Safety Instrumented System (SIS) Solutions
Use ValveLink software to set up and test the final control element in safety instrumented system applications. ValveLink software for DVC6200 SIS digital valve controllers provides:
H A Setup Wizard to set up the digital valve controller for use in a Safety Instrumented System.
H The capability to initiate a partial stroke test of the final control element without requiring a process shutdown. You can run a partial stroke test to prove the valve will respond on demand.
At the same time the instrument performs the partial stroke test, ValveLink software also gathers diagnostic data. Use this data to evaluate valve performance and
determine if maintenance is required.
H ValveLink software enables the Solenoid Valve Test for SIS instruments. This is to verify that a solenoid used in conjunction with a DVC6200 SIS digital valve controller is operational.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ValveLink Software
D102227X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software May 2020
Each PST will be scored as Red/Yellow/Green based on a user selection of acceptance (Abort or Abnormal) criteria and result criticality. This result will be shown as an indicator bulb on the graph and in the analyzed section as PST Result.
H Signature Analyzer that automates diagnostics results of Valve Signature and Partial Stroke diagnostic data. The Signature Analyzer uses a set of user configurable limits to help determine possible issues with the valve assembly, such as a broken shaft or stem.
H A Trigger event that allows you to log the "Safety Demand" event and reset valve stroke while storing pre-event and post-event data for additional valve diagnostics. Trip event data can also be accessed for an audit and presented to regulatory insurance authorities.
The Trigger functionality allows data to be collected and stored in the instrument. Trip event data can be accessed for an audit and presented as required. The trigger will initiate on-board data collection based on a change in actuator pressure, valve travel, input current, pressure differential, travel deviation, or travel cutoff. The data is retained in the event of a power loss.
Every event performed with ValveLink software is logged with a time and date stamp to document that tests were run and how the valve assembly responded.
H Diagnostic information to allow predictive maintenance of the final control element. No need to unnecessarily shutdown the process to perform maintenance on the safety shutdown valve.
H The capability to monitor the health of a solenoid valve downstream of the digital valve controller. This can improve safety reliability and provide assurance that the solenoid valve is not stuck in the open position.
A Trigger event, based on one of eight process variables, documents a "Safety Demand" event
when used in a safety instrumented system
H ValveLink Solo Event Messenger capability to send notification via email, pager, or cell phone if a specific alert, or set of alerts, occurs on a predefined set of safety shutdown valves.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software May 2020
ValveLink Software
D102227X012
Scheduler allows you to specify a time and date to automatically run tasks on a regular basis
With Scheduler, you can schedule tasks, such as in-service Performance Diagnostics and SIS Partial Stroke diagnostics to run on a recurring daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly schedule that you specify. A summary of the outcome of scheduled tasks is available from within Scheduler and for complete details you can view the resulting diagnostic graphs and analyses.
Ability to preconfigure calibration and diagnostics in the workshop with Batch Runner or setup your own "Macro"
With Batch Runner you can setup ValveLink software to automatically run diagnostic tests, calibrate, or upload configuration data from multiple valves with a user specified routine. During a turnaround or production change, you can download firmware, upload configurations, run the Performance Tuner to optimize tuning, or even reset the instrument clock without any interaction by personnel.
Batch Runner increases efficiency by allowing you to set up a batch once, and repeatedly run that set of actions on different groups of valve assemblies.
Use Batch Runner to automate diagnostic tests and other repetitive activities
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ValveLink Software
D102227X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software May 2020
Time saving Concurrent Batch Runner to run Signature test, Step-Response test, or Auto-Calibration on multiple valves at the same time
In addition to the Batch Runner, ValveLink software includes the time-saving Concurrent Batch Runner capability. This allows executing a diagnostic test or Auto-Calibration on multiple valves at the same time. The diagnostic results from the tested valves can be collected at the completion of the concurrent batch or at a later time after the tags have been put back "In-Service".
The Concurrent Batch Runner is a 2-part process:
1. Executes diagnostic or calibration on multiple valves simultaneously, then,
2. the follow up batch uploads the diagnostic results in ValveLink software either during current outage or once valves are back "In-Service".
Key benefits
H Further increase process uptime and improve productivity with up to 80% time saving when running Concurrent Batch over a Batch Runner for similar tasks.
H Run up to three tasks in Concurrent Batch for one tag with the DVC6200 FW7 device only.
H Diagnostics are stored in the instrument after the concurrent batch is executed, allowing for data retrieval immediately after completion of the test or at a later time when valve is In-Service.
H Available with all configurations of the ValveLink software suite (ValveLink SOLO, ValveLink SNAP-ON, ValveLink DTM and ValveLink PLUG-IN for PRM).
H Supported on DVC6200, DVC6200f, DVC6000, and DVC6000f instruments.
H Fits into the proactive maintenance strategy of monitoring and diagnosing problems and correcting root cause sooner by gathering maximum data in a minimum amount of time.
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software May 2020
ValveLink Software
D102227X012
Merge Database feature provides ability to automate multiple ValveLink software databases and tags into single or multiple stations
Available with ValveLink SOLO, ValveLink DTM and ValveLink PLUG-IN for PRM.
Manually or automatically, using scheduler feature, merge multiple ValveLink software databases to a single or multiple stations, helping to eliminate diagnostic data silos on individual stations.
SOURCE
Merge databases on LAN Network DESTINATION
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ValveLink Software
D102227X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software May 2020
ValveLink Express--free version of ValveLink software license designed to setup, calibrate, verify, and configure alerts on FIELDVUE instruments
ValveLink Express license is available for ValveLink SOLO, ValveLink DTM, and ValveLink PLUG-IN for PRM.
After the 60 days of full functionality temporary license available with each installation, the express license can be enabled by running the ValveLink License Wizard and requesting a New License using software licensing (Express).
ValveLink Express is designed primarily to allow you to perform key tasks such as setup, calibration, and alert configuration and to set the instrument In-Service.
The Express license can be upgraded to a full functionality license to add diagnostic capabilities at anytime. Contact your Emerson sales office for further information.
ValveLink Express provides: H Users and Security Group setup H Instrument specification sheet update H Setup, Calibration (Auto, Manual, Partial Stroke and Hardware) H Dashboard overview, Multi-Tag status, Status Monitoring and Alert monitoring H Instrument Detailed Setup (parameter modification) H Instrument Firmware upgrades H Stroke valve for verification H Monitor Instrument Alert Event Record H Allow HART, Fieldbus and Multiplexer capabilities H Network Alert Scan capabilities H Trending
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software May 2020
ValveLink Software
D102227X012
Specifications
Hardware Requirements Computer and processor:
1 gigahertz (GHz) processor Memory:
512 megabytes (MB) RAM (Windows XP) 1 gigabyte (GB) RAM (All other Operating Systems) Hard disk: No Trending - 65 MB available storage space Trending - 125 MB available storage space Drive: CD-ROM Drive Display: 1024 X 768 resolution I/O (ValveLink Solo): USB Port required for instrument level step-ups HART communications require at least one of the following interfaces: HART Modem - Standard RS-232 Port (requires dedicated interrupt) HART Multiplexer - Standard RS-232 Port (requires RS-485 converter) MACTek VIATOR USB HART Modem - USB Port MACTek VIATOR Bluetooth HART Interface Windows Bluetooth Serial Port Profile (SPP) Modbus communications require the following: Standard RS-232 Port Additional HART Interface (see above) FOUNDATION Fieldbus communications require at least one of the following: National Instruments Fieldbus H1 interfaces NI USB-8486 PCI-FBUS/2 and above PCMCIA-FBUS/2 Series 2 and above Emerson USB Fieldbus Interface (v3.0)
NI-FBUS Configuration - 2 Port Card The following settings are applicable for configuration of a NI-FBUS 2 Port Card:
a) If only one port will be connected to a LIVE segment, the other port must be set to "LAS" (not "Bus Monitor")
b) If both ports will be connected to LIVE segments, then both ports must be set to "Basic" mode.
NI driver software must be installed BEFORE installing the NI hardware.
Other configurations may result in initialization failure of the NI Communication Manager software
Supported Languages
ValveLink Software v13.3 is only available in English
Supported Operating Systems
ValveLink Solo Windowsr 7 Professional SP1 (32 and 64 bit) Windows 7 Enterprise SP1 (32 and 64 bit) Windows Serverr 2008 SP2 (64 bit) Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 (64 bit) Windows 8 Professional (64 bit) Windows 8 Enterprise (64 bit) Windows 8.1 Professional (64 bit) Windows 8.1 Enterprise (64 bit) Windows Server 2012 Essential (64 bit) Windows Server 2012 Datacenter (64 bit) Windows Server 2012 R2 Essential (64 bit) Windows Server 2012 R2 Datacenter (64 bit) Windows 10 Professional (64 bit) Windows 10 Enterprise (64 bit) Windows IoT Enterprise (64 bit) Windows Server 2016 Standard (64 bit) Windows Server 2016 Datacenter (64 bit) Windows Server 2016 LTSC (64 bit) Windows Server 2019 (64 bit)
ValveLink SNAP-ON for AMS Device Manager Operating systems supported by AMS Device Manager v11.5, v12.0, v12.5, v13.0, v13.1.1, v13.5 v14.0
ValveLink PLUG-IN for PRM Operating systems supported by Yokogawa Plant Resource Manager (PRM) v3.12 or newer.
Software Requirements
Internet Explorer 6.0 or later Microsoft Windows Installer 3.1 or later (3.5 recommended; required by Microsoft .NET Framework)
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ValveLink Software
D102227X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software May 2020
Table 1. ValveLink Software Capability
ValveLink Solo CAPABILITY
ValveLink SNAP-ON
PRODUCT TYPE
ValveLink
ValveLink
DTM PLUG-IN for PRM
VaveLink Mobile
ValveLink Express(8)
Performance Diagnostics VLDATA_UNLM Database Only VLSOLO-XXXX(1) VLDTM-XXXX(1) VLPRM-XXXX(1) VLMOBILE-1(4)
HART Modem
F
F(2)
HART Multiplexer
F
F(2)
WirelessHARTr Communications
F(2)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus PC Card
F
FOUNDATION USB Interface
F
F
Valve Signature(3)
f
F
F
Dynamic Error Band(3)
f
F
F
Drive Signal Test(3)
f
F
F
Step Response(3)
f
F
F
Step Response Analysis
f
F
F
Performance Step Test(3)
f
F
F
Graph Overlay
f
F
F
Stroke Valve
F
F
I/P & Relay Integrity
f
F
F
Travel Deviation
f
F
F
Supply Pressure(4)
f
F
F
Relay Adjustment(4)
f
F
F
Air Mass Flow(4)
f
F
F
PD One Button
f
F
F
Valve Friction/Deadband Estimation
f
F
F
Valve Friction/ Deadband Trend
f
F
F
Profiler
f
F
F
Triggered Profile
f
F
F
Status Monitor
f
F
F
Network Scan(5)
F
Trending(5)
f
F
Event Messenger(5)
F
Modbus(5)
F
Batch Runner
F
F
Scheduler
F
F
Merge Database
F
F
Export Tag Data
F
F
F
Firmware Download(4)
F
F
Temporary Tiering(4)
F
F
Instrument Level StepUp
F
F
Initial Tag Limit
Unlimited
5
25
Max Tag Limit
Unlimited Unlimited
---(2)
F Indicates capability available f Indicates diagnostics can be reviewed but not run 1. XXXX indicates tag count. 2. AMS based capability. ValveLink SNAP-ON does not control or limit this functionality. 3. Diagnostic can only be run when the instrument is out of service.
4. DVC6200, DVC6200f, DVC6000, DVC6000f, and DVC2000 only. 5. HART only. 6. Limited to Host FDT Frame connected devices. 7. Only available through PD One Button. 8. Applies to SOLO/DTM/PRM
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F(6) F(6) F F F F F 5 Unlimited
F F F F F(5) F F 5 Unlimited
F F
F F F F F F F F
F F(7) F(7) F(7) F(7) F(7) F(7)
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Unlimited Unlimited
F F
F Unlimited Unlimited
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software May 2020
ValveLink Software
D102227X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, FIELDVUE, ValveLink, SNAP-ON, DeltaV, Ovation, and PROVOX are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions , Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. HART and WirelessHART are registered trademarks of FieldComm Group. FOUNDATION Fieldbus is a trademark of FieldComm Group. Microsoft, Windows, Windows Server, and Windows Vista are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, France 68700 Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E161995, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ValveLink Software
D102687X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software(S2) April 2017
ValveLinkTM Software Signature Series Performance Testing
ValveLink Software Signature Series factory-executed performance testing is available for any FisherTM control valve assembly that includes a FIELDVUETM digital valve controller.
Signature Series performance testing creates a benchmark of an assembled valve's performance just prior to shipment. This benchmark provides a starting point for future data comparison, enabling you to track the operating condition of your control valve and maximize valve performance.
When ordered with your FIELDVUE equipped control
valve, our factory uses the diagnostic capability of
ValveLink software to thoroughly test each valve
assembly.
W9363-3
Test Levels
Three levels of Signature Series tests are available, with each level providing valuable diagnostic data. When you order a Signature Series test, you will receive the test results electronically from your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
Signature Series 1
Within the Signature Series 1 test level, you receive:
nInstrument Configuration
nStatus Monitor (@50% travel) nValve Spec Sheet nValve Signature, as recorded from -5 to 105% input. nDynamic Error Band Curve, as recorded from
-5 to 105% input nDrive Signal, as recorded from -5 to 105% input
Signature Series 2
In addition to Signature Series 1 information, you receive:
nPerformance Step Test
nStatus Monitor (0, 25, 50, 75, 100% travel)
Signature Series 3
Series 3 testing provides user specified Series 1 and 2 tests and allows customization of end points or scan times. This capability lets you tailor the testing to your specific requirements or process needs.
Signature Series 3 with Dead Band plus Hysteresis
Provides user specifications from Series 1, 2, 3, and Dead Band plus Hysteresis estimation per dead band specifications. Refer to Bulletin 62.1:ValveLink Software(S3) D103549X012, available from your Emerson sales office, Local Business Partner, or at Fisher.com, for details.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software(S2) April 2017
ValveLink Software
D102687X012
Data Comparison
If your control valve is equipped with a FIELDVUE instrument that includes diagnostic capability, after the valve has been in service you can use ValveLink Software to run the same tests that were originally run at the factory. Then, by importing the Signature Series data into ValveLink Software, you can compare the as-shipped performance with the valve's current operating condition. The current data can be compared to the baseline data to quickly pinpoint issues, as shown in figure 1.
Figure 1. Data Comparison
Take Advantage of the Signature Series
You can begin to take advantage of the Signature Series by contacting your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner. Remember to specify your Signature Series testing requirements when placing your order. Emerson Automation Solutions can provide you with the diagnostic data you need to keep your valves operating at top performance!
Figure 2. Performing a Diagnostic Test with ValveLink Software Provides an Analysis of Control Valve Operating Parameters
ORIGINAL TEST
NEW TEST
INCREASED SPAN INDICATES INCREASED FRICTION
Signature Series Availability
Signature Series testing is available for all Fisher control valves when specified as part of the original valve order. To order Signature Series testing, simply specify your Signature Series testing requirements on your Fisher control valve orders. Signature Series tests are only available when specified as part of the original valve order.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, ValveLink, and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners. The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice. Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E2 1999, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ValveLink Software
D103549X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software(S3) September 2017
Dead Band Plus Hysteresis Estimation with ValveLinkTM Diagnostics
Background
Dead band and hysteresis are important nonlinearities that can adversely affect process control. Figure 1 shows input and output graphs for hysteresis, dead band, and dead band plus hysteresis. Hysteresis is a path dependent characteristic that can be attributed to materials not being able to return to their original shape and size after being stretched or deformed. Dead band represents the amount of signal change required to reverse direction and is characterized by a zero slope region where the input signal reverses. Dead band can usually be attributed to valve friction (packing, actuator seal rings, and valve seal rings) and pneumatic dead zones in the instrumentation.
Figure 1. Hysteresis, Dead Band, and Dead Band plus Hysteresis Curves
OUTPUT 100%
y2
Y
HYSTERESIS ERROR
y1
B
OUTPUT y
x
100% INPUT
OUTPUT 100% y2 Y
" DEAD BAND A
HYSTERESIS ERROR WITH DEAD BAND
" DEAD BAND A ERROR
x1
x2
y1 B
INPUT
"
DEAD BAND ERROR
A
x
100% INPUT
For control valves, dead band is the dominant nonlinearity whereas hysteresis is a secondary effect. Hysteresis can be estimated by subtracting dead band from the dead band plus hysteresis data. However, since hysteresis is generally negligable and difficult to discern from experimental error, dead band and hysteresis are not separated and test results are reported as the sum of these nonlinearities.
Allowable dead band plus hysteresis is process dependent but is typically specified to be 1% for the entire valve assembly, which comprises the valve, actuator, and positioner.
Dead Band plus Hysteresis Test Definition
Dead band plus hysteresis can be estimated at the factory using a Series 3 Factory ValveLink test. Although dead band plus hysteresis is a factory test, results can be imported and viewed in all versions of ValveLink software. Dead band plus hysteresis tests can be run at nominal travels of 5%, 25%, 50%, 75%, and 95%. If a test point is not specified, dead band plus hysteresis will be evaluated at a nominal travel of 50%.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software(S3) September 2017
ValveLink Software
D103549X012
Test Procedures
Dead band plus hysteresis is a static measurement that can be estimated using a quasi steady-state test signal. All tests are performed using standard digital valve controller diagnostic procedures with the cutoffs and characterization disabled and with the travel integrator disabled. This is done to prevent limit cycles, overshoots, or other transients that would invalidate the dead band plus hysteresis estimate.
The dead band plus hysteresis test is a 29 point step test that consists of series of 0.25% steps that slowly move the valve in the opening and closing directions. Figure 2 shows a test signal centered around 50%. Test signal span is 1.5% and each step is held for 45 seconds, although this can be set to 60 or 90 seconds in the factory to ensure that quasi steady-state conditions are met.
The dead band plus hysteresis test consists of two sequences. The first sequence is a break-in cycle that moves the valve through its dead band and establishes a valid starting point for the second sequence. Data from the break-in cycle are not analyzed. The second sequence is the test cycle and data from this sequence are used to estimate dead band plus hysteresis.
Figure 2. Dead Band plus Hysteresis Test about a Nominal Set Point of 50%
51.00
50.75
Travel Set Point (%)
50.50
50.25
50.00
49.75
49.50
49.25
49.00
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
Time (sec)
Test Results
Four graphs are used to display test results: step response time series, step response with supply pressure, step response with drive, and dead band plus hysteresis X-Y plot.
The step response graph displays travel set point and travel time series data. A typical time series plot of travel set point and travel is presented in figure 3. This graph is used to make sure that steady-state conditions have been reached before the next step is implemented. If this is not the case, the dead band plus hysteresis test can be rerun with a longer step hold time. This graph can also be used to roughly estimate dead band by counting the number of 0.25% steps required to reverse direction.
Step response time series data with supply pressure and drive signal are also available and are recorded for completeness.
Finally, steady-state data can be displayed on an X-Y plot where set point is plotted on the x-axis (input signal) and travel is plotted on the y-axis (output signal). A sample X-Y dead band plus hysteresis is shown in figure 4.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
ValveLink Software
D103549X012
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software(S3) September 2017
The ideal response of a control valve is a straight line with unity slope. Dead band plus hysteresis can be estimated by drawing lines parallel to the ideal response that band the data. The width between the bands provides the best estimate of dead band plus hysteresis.
Figure 3. Typical Travel Set Point and Travel Time Series Plots
DATA TARGET
Note: The first cycle is a break-in cycle. The second is a test cycle.
Figure 4. Dead Band plus Hysteresis X-Y Plot with Unity Slope Bands
CLOSING DIRECTION
UPPER DEAD BAND LIMIT
OPENING DIRECTION
LOWER DEAD BAND LIMIT
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.1:ValveLink Software(S3) September 2017
ValveLink Software
D103549X012
Data Export
Dead band plus hysteresis data from factory ValveLink can be exported as a standard step study test. When imported into ValveLink 11.5 or higher, time series and dead band plus hysteresis X-Y plots can be displayed. For earlier versions of ValveLink, only time series data will be displayed.
References
[1] ANSI/ISA75.05.012000 (R2005), "Control Valve Terminology." [2] ANSI/ISA75.13.011996 (2007), "Method of Evaluating the Performance of Positioners with Analog Input Signals and Pneumatic Output." [3] ANSI/ISA75.25.012000, "Test Procedures for Control Valve Response Measurement from Step Inputs." [4] ANSI/ISATR75.25.022002, "Control Valve Response Measurements from Step Inputs." [5] IEC 605341, "Industrialprocess control valves Part 1: Control valve terminology and general considerations." [6] IEC 605344, "Industrialprocess control valves Part 4: Inspection and routine testing." [7] "Control Valve Dynamic Specification," Version 3.0, EnTech, 1998. [8] ANSI/ISA-51.1-1979 (R1993), "Process Instrumentation Terminology."
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and ValveLink are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2011, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
377 Trip Valve
D200318X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:377 November 2019
FisherTM 377 Trip Valve
Fisher 377 pressure-sensing trip valves are for control applications where a specific valve/actuator action is required when supply pressure falls below a specific point. When supply pressure falls below the trip point (see figure 1), the trip valve causes the actuator to fail up, lock in the last position, or fail down. When the supply pressure rises above the trip point, the 377 trip valve automatically resets, allowing the system to return to normal operation. The trip valve can be top-mounted on a manifold, yoke-mounted, or bracket-mounted to match the application requirements. 377 trip valves can be used with Fisher 480, 585C, 685, 1061, 1066, 1069, and Bettist G Series piston actuators.
W4292-1
Features
nCost Effective--Single trip valve construction reduces costs and spare part requirements of those systems using three separate switching valves to perform the failure functions. A single trip valve greatly simplifies piping requirements.
nEase of Mode Conversion--Conversion to any of the fail modes requires only minor hookup changes.
nAdjustable Trip Valve--The trip point is adjustable for specific supply pressure requirements.
nReliable Operation--The trip valve design includes
large diaphragm areas and few moving parts for
efficient performance, minimum maintenance, and
Fisher 377 Trip Valve Mounted on
long service life.
W8435-1
Size 130 585C Actuator
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:377 November 2019
377 Trip Valve
D200318X012
Specifications
Available Configurations
When supply pressure falls below the trip point,
377D Trip Valve: Fails actuator piston down. Includes check valve and volume tank.
377L Trip Valve: Locks actuator piston in the last position.
377U Trip Valve: Fails actuator piston up. Includes check valve and volume tank.
377CW Trip Valve: Fails fully clockwise to close the valve. Requires check valve and volume tank. Trip valve moves piston to either up/down position and requires actuator configuration for actual clockwise movement.
377CCW Trip Valve: Fails fully counterclockwise to close the valve. Requires check valve and volume tank. Trip valve moves piston to either up/down position and requires actuator configuration for actual counterclockwise movement.
All 377 trip valves can be converted to any of the above fail modes with minor hookup changes
Allowable Supply Pressure for Trip Valve(1)
Maximum: 10.3 bar (150 psig) Minimum: 3.8 bar (55 psig)
Outlet Pressure(1)
Normal Operation: Pressure from control device Fail-Up or Fail-Down Mode: Maximum volume tank pressure Lock-In-Last-Position: Respective cylinder pressure
Trip Point(2)
Adjustable from a minimum of 2.8 bar (40 psig) to a maximum of 72 percent of supply pressure; see figure 1 Reset: 12.5 to 33 percent above adjusted trip point
Flow Coefficients (Cv)(3) Depends on flow path (shown in figure 3) as follows:
Port A to Port B and Port D to Port E: 0.5 Port B to Port C and Port E to Port F: 0.6
Body Connections
1/4 NPT internal
Temperature Capabilities(1) Nitrile Diaphragms and O-Rings: -40 to 82°C (-40 to 180°F)
Fluorocarbon Diaphragms and O-Rings: -18 to 104°C (0 to 220°F)
Volume Tank Maximum Internal Working Pressure (for 377D, 377U, 377CW and 377CCW trip valves)
Standard: 10.3 bar (150 psig) for non-ASME approved applications(4) ASME Approved Applications: Rated 10.3 bar (150 psig), maximum; 9.3 bar (135 psig), recommended
Volume Tank Sizing
See sizing section
Note: Volume tank capacity values are nominal values only. Actual volume may vary slightly due to tolerances within the volume tank and supplier variability.
Hazardous Area Classification
Complies with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
Ex h IIC Tx Gb Ex h IIIC Tx Db
Maximum surface temperature (Tx) depends on operating conditions Gas: T4, T5, T6 Dust: T85...T104
377 SST
Safety Instrumented System Classification SIL 3 capable - certified by exida Consulting LLC
Mounting Top-Mounted: Manifold-mounted between a 3570 positioner and a 480 actuator (manifolds cannot be supplied with 585C, 685, 1061, 1066, and 1069 piston actuators) Side-Mounted: Yoke-mounted or bracket-mounted for use with a FIELDVUEt DVC6200, DVC6200f, DVC6200p, DVC6000, or DVC6000f digital valve controller
Approximate Weight Trip Valve Aluminum: 0.95 kg (2.1 pounds) Stainless Steel: 2.31 kg (5.1 pounds) Mounting Manifold: 0.5 kg (1.2 pounds) Volume Tank: Varies between 5.4 and 363 kg (12 and 800 pounds) depending on size
-Continued-
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
377 Trip Valve
D200318X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:377 November 2019
Specifications (continued)
Construction Materials
Housing: J Aluminum or J Stainless steel Cover: 25% mineral-filled thermoplastic polyester O-Rings: Nitrile or fluorocarbon
Diaphragms: Nitrile or fluorocarbon Interior parts Aluminum construction: Brass, aluminum, steel, and stainless steel Stainless Steel construction: Stainless steel
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded. 2. If the trip point is not specified, the trip point is factory-set at 72 percent of supply pressure or 2.8 bar (40 psig), whichever is higher. 3. Values represent nominal Cv measures for each port pair using a trip valve/actuator combination. 4. This tank is rated at 14.5 bar (240 psig) in LP service. When used with air, the rating should be considered to be 10.3 bar (150 psig), consistent with the maximum pressure allowed for the 377 trip valve.
TRIP POINT, PSIG TRIP POINT, BAR
Figure 1. Maximum Trip Point Settings
4 110
SUPPLY PRESSURE, BAR
5
6
7
8
9
1010.3 7.6
100
7
90
6
2
80
5 70
60
MAXIMUM TRIP POINT
SETTING TO ENSURE
4
50
RESET 1
3 40
55 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
A2779-2
SUPPLY PRESSURE, PSIG
1Trip point may be set to any value between 2.8 bar (40 psig) and the maximum trip point line. 2Reset occurs a 12.5 to 33 percent above adjusted trip point.
Safety Certification
The 377 SST is certified for use in Safety Instrumented System (SIS) applications. Certification is by exida Consulting LLC, a global provider of functional safety and control system security (see figure 2). SIS certification is identified on the product by a label affixed to the pilot body.
The functional safety assessment was performed to the requirements of IEC 61508: ed2, 2010, SIL3 for mechanical components.
Figure 2. exida Certificate
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:377 November 2019
377 Trip Valve
D200318X012
Principle of Operation
Figure 3. Simplified Sectional View of Trip Valve
377D Trip Valve
In normal operation, supply pressure loads the upper diaphragm (see figure 3) of the unit. The valve plug spring keeps the exhaust port closed. Supply pressure also loads the lower diaphragm through the restriction, causing the plug assemblies to move down and isolate ports C and F while connecting port A to B and port D to E.
Normal actuator control pressure flows from the control device to the top of the cylinder through ports A and B and to the bottom of the cylinder through ports D and E. A volume tank is charged to maximum supply pressure through a check valve in order to retain maximum supply pressure in the volume tank if supply pressure drops.
When supply pressure falls below the trip point pressure in the fail-down mode (see figure 4), the exhaust port opens, venting the supply pressure that is loading the lower diaphragm. This causes the upper ports of the plug assemblies to close and shut off normal pressure flow from the control device to the actuator.
Volume tank pressure then flows through ports C and B to the top of the actuator cylinder, while pressure in the bottom of the actuator cylinder is vented through ports E and F. The pressure imbalance created forces the actuator piston down.
VALVE PLUG SPRING SUPPLY CONNECTION LOWER DIAPHRAGM
PORT D
PORT E
UPPER DIAPHRAGM
EXHAUST PORT RESTRICTION
PORT A
PORT B
W4303-1
PORT F
PLUG ASSEMBLIES
PORT C
When supply pressure is restored, it loads the upper and lower diaphragms, causing the trip valve to reset. The exhaust port closes. The upper ports of the plug assemblies open, and the lower ports close. Normal actuator control pressure flow from the control device is restored through ports A and B and ports D and E. The check valve opens and recharges the volume tank to the maximum supply pressure.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
377 Trip Valve
D200318X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:377 November 2019
Figure 4. Fisher 377D Trip Valve Shown Tripped
SPRING VALVE PLUG UPPER DIAPHRAGM
EXHAUST PORT SUPPLY PRESSURE LOWER DIAPHRAGM
PORT D PORT E
LOWER PORTS
PORT F
GE08412-A A6905-1
MAIN SPRING VENT
ACTUATOR
DVC6200
PORT C
PORT A
PORT B UPPER PORTS
PLUG ASSEMBLIES
CHECK VALVE
VOLUME TANK
SUPPLY PRESSURE
CONTROL PRESSURE TO TOP OF CYLINDER (BLOCKED) CONTROL PRESSURE TO BOTTOM OF CYLINDER (BLOCKED)
PRESSURE TO TOP OF CYLINDER (FROM VOLUME TANK)
PRESSURE FROM BOTTOM OF CYLINDER (VENTING)
LOWER DIAPHRAGM LOADING PRESSURE (BEING VENTED)
CONTROL DEVICE
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:377 November 2019
377 Trip Valve
D200318X012
Figure 5. Fisher 377L Trip Valve Shown Tripped
SPRING VALVE PLUG
UPPER DIAPHRAGM EXHAUST PORT SUPPLY PRESSURE LOWER DIAPHRAGM PORT D PORT E
LOWER PORTS PORT F
GE08414-A A6906-1
MAIN SPRING VENT
ACTUATOR
PORT C
PORT A
PORT B
UPPER PORTS PLUG ASSEMBLIES
SUPPLY PRESSURE
CONTROL PRESSURE TO TOP OF CYLINDER (BLOCKED) CONTROL PRESSURE TO BOTTOM OF CYLINDER (BLOCKED)
DVC6200 CONTROL DEVICE
PRESSURE TO TOP OF CYLINDER (STATIC) PRESSURE FROM BOTTOM OF CYLINDER (STATIC) LOWER DIAPHRAGM LOADING PRESSURE (BEING VENTED)
377L Trip Valve
When supply pressure falls below the trip point in the lock-in-last-position mode (see figure 5), the exhaust port opens, venting supply pressure from the lower diaphragm. This causes the upper ports of the plug assemblies to close and the lower ports to open. Since ports C and F are plugged, no pressure change occurs
on either side of the actuator piston, and the piston is pressure-locked in position upon loss of supply pressure. No volume tank is necessary in this mode. When supply pressure is restored, the plug assemblies move back into the normal operating position, and supply pressure flows from the control device through ports A and B to the actuator.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
377 Trip Valve
D200318X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:377 November 2019
Figure 6. Fisher 377U Trip Valve Shown Tripped
SPRING VALVE PLUG UPPER DIAPHRAGM
EXHAUST PORT SUPPLY PRESSURE LOWER DIAPHRAGM PORT D PORT E
LOWER PORTS PORT F PORT C
GE08413-A A2284-6
MAIN SPRING
VENT
ACTUATOR
CONTROL DEVICE
PORT A
PORT B
UPPER PORTS PLUG ASSEMBLIES
DVC6200
CHECK VALVE
VOLUME TANK
SUPPLY PRESSURE
CONTROL PRESSURE TO TOP OF CYLINDER (BLOCKED) CONTROL PRESSURE TO BOTTOM OF CYLINDER (BLOCKED)
PRESSURE TO TOP OF CYLINDER (VENTING)
PRESSURE FROM BOTTOM OF CYLINDER (FROM VOLUME TANK)
LOWER DIAPHRAGM LOADING PRESSURE (BEING VENTED)
377U Trip Valve
The fail-up mode of operation (figure 6) is similar to the fail-down mode of operation except that connections to port C and F are reversed. When supply pressure falls below the trip point, the top of the actuator cylinder vents, and volume tank pressure loads the bottom of the actuator cylinder. The pressure imbalance created forces the actuator piston up.
377CW and 377CCW Trip Valves
Makes use of the 377D or 377U trip valve configurations, a piston actuator, and volume tank with check valve to move the piston actuator to either the up or down position. Requires the actuator and valve configuration for actual clockwise or counterclockwise movement.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:377 November 2019
377 Trip Valve
D200318X012
Volume Tank Sizing
Notes State and local regulations may require the use of ASME-approved volume tanks. It is the user's responsibility to determine requirements and applicable regulations for proper volume tank selection. Volume tank capacity values are nominal values only. Actual volume may vary slightly due to tolerances within the volume tank and supplier variability.
Several different tanks of varying capacities are available. The volume tank must be selected so that its pressure at any time is greater than the minimum percentage of maximum supply pressure required to stroke the actuator (see figure 7).
Figure 7. Volume Tank Sizing Graph
1. Size the volume tank as indicated below:
For Actuators on Sliding Stem Valves, Determine:
Y = F/AP x 100
For Actuators on Rotary-Shaft Valves, Determine:
Y = Pr/P x 100
Where:
Y = Minimum failure positioning percentage F = Actuator thrust required in normal operation to position the valve at the desired limit of travel A = Effective piston area (from the appropriate actuator bulletin) P = Maximum supply pressure available Pr = Highest pressure required by the actuator to stroke the valve (from the appropriate actuator sizing technique)
2. With the minimum failure positioning percentage obtained in step 1, enter the value on the abscissa of the graph in figure 7. Locate the corresponding point on the curve, and read across to find the volume ratio, R.
3. Determine:
VT = (XA)/R Where:
X = Maximum actuator travel from the appropriate actuator bulletin. For rotary actuators, substitute total displacement (XA). Actuator displacement can be found in the product bulletin, or contact your Emerson sales office. VT = Minimum volume tank size required R = Volume ratio from step 2
VOLUME RATIO, R
A2281-1
MINIMUM FAILURE POSITIONING PERCENTAGE, Y
Note
Volume tank capacity values are nominal values only. Actual volume may vary slightly due to tolerances within the volume tank and supplier variability.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
377 Trip Valve
D200318X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:377 November 2019
Installation
The 377 trip valve may be mounted in any position without affecting normal operation. Dimensions are shown in figure 8 and tables 1 and 2.
Table 1. Standard Volume Tank Dimensions(1)
Tank Volume Liters Inch3/Gal
J mm Inches
L mm Inches
11.8
721/3.1
309
12.16
318
12.5
21.6
1315/5.7
310
12.19
451
17.75
32.3
1970/8.5
309
12.16
595
23.43
42.9
2615/11.3
309
12.16
737
29.00
65.6
4001/17.3
309
12.16
1095
43.12
131.1 8002/34.6
Requires two 65.6 liter (4001 inch3/17.3 gal) volume tanks
1. Volume tank capacity values are nominal values only. Actual volume may vary slightly due to tolerances within the volume tank and supplier variability.
Table 2. ASME-Approved, Canadian Registered Volume Tank Dimensions(1)
Tank Volume
J
L
Liters
Inch3/Gal
mm Inches mm Inches
8.5
518/2.2
208
8.19
337
13.25
24.9
1520/6.6
305
12
427
16.81
30
1831/7.9
254
10
684
26.94
42.8
2609/11.3
305
12
681
26.81
68.8
4199/18.1
360
14.19
792
31.19
71.6
4371/18.9
305
12
1087 42.81
143.3 8742/37.86
Requires two 71.6 liter (4371 inch3/8.9 gal volume tanks
114
6930/30
406
16
965
38
227
13860/60
508
20
1219
48
303
18480/80
610
24
1600
63
454
27720/120
610
24
1702
67
908
55440/240
762
30
2134
87
1. Volume tank capacity values are nominal values only. Actual volume may vary slightly due to tolerances within the volume tank and supplier variability.
Figure 8. Dimensions of Trip Valve with Manifold (also see tables 1 and 2)
57 (2.25) CAP REMOVAL CLEARANCE
154 (6.06)
1/4 18 NPT SUPPLY CONNECTION
PORT D
100 (3.94)
46 (1.81)
PORT C PORT F
PORT E
141 (5.56)
L
J STANDARD
TANK 1
L
J ASME-APPROVED
TANK 1
AF4605-K 19A7995-A A2778-4
1Refer to table 1 and 2 for J and L dimensions
76 90 (3.00)(3.56)
54 (2.12)
1/4 18 NPT VENT CONNECTION
mm (INCH)
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:377 November 2019
377 Trip Valve
D200318X012
Ordering Information
When ordering specify:
Application
1. Available supply pressure 2. Actuator type number and size 3. Aluminum or stainless steel construction 4. Input signal range 5. Operating ambient temperature 6. Trip point (If the trip point is not specified, the unit
is factory-set to trip at 72 percent of supply pressure or 2.8 bar (40 psig), whichever is higher.) 7. Volume tank size
Trip Valve
Refer to the specifications. Review the information under each specification and in the referenced figures. Specify the desired choice wherever there is a selection to be made. Be sure to specify the type number as described in the Available Configurations specification.
Refer to table 3 for guidelines on specifying the correct trip valve.
Table 3. Guidelines for Specifying Fisher 377 Trip Valve
Actuator Type
Fail Mode
Valve Action(1) Trip Valve
Sliding-Stem
Fail Open Fail Closed
PDTC PDTO PDTC PDTO
377U 377D 377D 377U
Rotary: 1035 Bettis G Series
Fully Clockwise
Fully Counterclockwise
Clockwise to Close
377CW 377CCW
Fully Clockwise
- - -
Rotary: 1069
Fully Counterclockwise
- - -
377CW 377CCW
1. PDTC--Push Down to Close; PDTO--Push Down to Open
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
377 Trip Valve
D200318X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:377 November 2019
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:377 November 2019
377 Trip Valve
D200318X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121985, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2625, 2625SST, 2625NS Volume Boosters
D200071X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:2625 May 2020
FisherTM 2625, 2625SST, and 2625NS Volume Boosters
A Fisher 2625, 2625SST, or 2625NS volume booster is part of the 2625 Series volume boosters and is used in conjunction with a positioner on a throttling control valve to increase stroking speed. The 2625NS is a nuclear-service version and uses elastomeric components that better withstand high temperature and radiation environments.
The booster incorporates fixed deadband, soft seat
construction, and an integral bypass restriction to
eliminate positioner saturation problems that can
occur with volume boosters that do not have these
features. Adjustment of the integral bypass restriction
is necessary for system stability. This adjustment does
not affect the deadband of the volume booster, but
does permit the control valve to respond to small input
signal changes without sacrificing steady-state
accuracy. It also allows the booster to deliver
high-volume output for fast stroking when large, rapid
W4727-1
input signal changes occur.
The volume booster is used to improve stroking speed. If precision valve control is required, the use of a positioner is recommended. If the volume booster is to be used for on/off control, the integral bypass restriction on the booster must be closed (turned fully clockwise).
Connectors and piping can be installed with either 2625, 2625SST, or 2625NS volume booster for diagnostic testing.
The 2625 and 2625SST are certified for use in Safety Instrumented System (SIS) applications. Certification is by exida Consulting LLC, a global provider of functional safety and control system security. SIS certification is identified on the product by the EXIDA logo on the 2625 nameplate.
Features
nFast Response--Booster delivers the volume needed for rapid actuator stroking when large input changes suddenly occur.
nAdjustable Response--Integral bypass restriction tunes the booster response so that smooth actuator motion follows the slow signal changes.
nEfficient Operation--Soft seats provide tight shutoff to reduce unnecessary air consumption and eliminate saturation of positioner relays.
nMaintains Accuracy--Booster permits high actuator stroking speeds upon demand without degrading the positioner steady-state accuracy.
nSIL 3 Capable - Certified for use in Safety Instrumented System (SIS) applications.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:2625 May 2020
2625, 2625SST, 2625NS Volume Boosters
D200071X012
Specifications
Supply Pressure Ranges
When used in conjunction with a positioner or other pneumatic accessory, always pipe the positioner and volume booster with one common supply through a Fisher 67D, 67DR, or 95H regulator (see figure 2). A high-capacity filter, such as the Fisher 262K, should be installed in the supply line to the regulator. Supply pressure also must not exceed the maximum pressure rating of the actuator. Constructions are available in two maximum supply ranges. When Normally Used With Diaphragm Actuators: Up to 2.8 bar (40 psig) When Normally Used With Piston Actuators: Up to 10.3 bar (150 psig)
Input Signal Pressure
Positioner output
Maximum Input Signal Pressure
10.3 bar (150 psig)
Fixed Input-to-Output Pressure Ratio
1 to 1
O-Rings 2625 and 2625SST Standard: Nitrile High Temperature: FKM 2625 Low Temperature: FVMQ 2625NS: EPDM
Connectors for Diagnostic Testing: J Stainless steel or J brass
Operative Temperature Limits(2)
2625 and 2625SST Standard: -40 to 71_C (-40 to 160_F) High Temperature: 0 to 121_C (32 to 250_F) 2625 Low Temperature(3): -60 to 65_C (-76 to 149_F) 2625NS: -40 to 93_C (-40 to 200_F)
Connections
Input Signal: 1/4 NPT Supply and Output: 3/4 NPT
Nominal Deadband
Percent of Positioner Output Span(1): 2.4 mm (0.094 inch) exhaust port: 2% 9.5 mm (0.375 inch) exhaust port: 3.5% 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) exhaust port: 5%
Port Diameters(4)
Supply Port: J9.5 mm (0.375 inch) or J 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) Exhaust Port: J2.4 mm (0.094 inch)(5), J9.5 mm (0.375 inch) or J12.7 mm (0.5 inch)
Construction Materials
Body: Aluminum or CF8M (316 SST, cast) Seat Ring: Brass or S31600 (316 SST)
Diaphragms 2625 and 2625SST Standard: Nitrile/nylon High Temperature: FKM/TPES 2625 Low Temperature: FVMQ 2625NS: EPDM/meta-aramid
Upper and Lower Valves 2625 and 2625SST Standard: Nitrile/aluminum/stainless steel High Temperature: FKM/aluminum/stainless steel 2625 Low Temperature: FVMQ 2625NS: EPDM/aluminum/stainless steel
Maximum Flow Coefficients See table 1
Hazardous Area Classification Complies with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
Ex h IIC Tx Gb Ex h IIIC Tx Db
Maximum surface temperature (Tx) depends on operating conditions Gas: T4, T5, T6 Dust: T85...T121
-Continued-
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2625, 2625SST, 2625NS Volume Boosters
D200071X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:2625 May 2020
Specifications (continued)
Hazardous Area Classification (continued)
Meets Customs Union technical regulation TP TC 012/2011 for Groups II/III Category 2 equipment
II Gb c T*X III Db c T*X
Safety Instrumented System Classification SIL3 capable - certified by exida Consulting LLC
Approximate Weight Aluminum: 2.3 kg (5 lb) Stainless Steel: 4.8 kg (10.6 lb)
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology. 1. Zero to maximum supply. 2. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any applicable code or standard should not be exceeded. 3. Low Temperature option only available with CUTR approval. 4. May be used in any combination. 5. Aluminum 2625 volume booster only.
Figure 1. Sectional View of Volume Booster
INPUT SIGNAL
EXHAUST PORT
DIAPHRAGMS
BYPASS RESTRICTION ADJUSTING SCREW
BYPASS RESTRICTION
EXHAUST
SUPPLY
SUPPLY PORT
OUTPUT TO ACTUATOR
W0679-1
Principle of Operation
Refer to figures 1 and 2. Because of the bypass restriction, large input signal changes register on the booster input diaphragm sooner than in the actuator. A large, sudden change in input signal causes a pressure differential to exist between the input signal and the output of the booster. When this occurs, the diaphragms move to open either the supply port or the exhaust port, whichever action is required to reduce
the differential. The port remains open until the difference between the booster input and output pressures returns to within the deadband limit of the booster. With the bypass restriction adjusted for stable operation, a signal with small magnitude and rate changes passes through the bypass restriction and into the actuator without initiating booster operation.
Both supply and exhaust ports remain closed, preventing unnecessary air consumption and possible saturation of positioner relays.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:2625 May 2020
2625, 2625SST, 2625NS Volume Boosters
D200071X012
Figure 2. Typical Installations
VOLUME BOOSTER
SIGNAL
E1407
OUTPUT A OUTPUT B
VOLUME BOOSTER
SUPPLY
67D, 67DR OR 95H
DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER ACTUATOR
WITH A PISTON ACTUATOR
Note: 1Connection location for diagnostic testing
VOLUME BOOSTER
POSITIONER OUTPUT
SIGNAL
A0794-3
POSITIONER ACTUATOR
SUPPLY
67D, 67DR OR 95H
WITH A DIAPHRAGM ACTUATOR
Table 1. Maximum Flow Coefficients(1)
PORT SIZE COMBINATIONS
Supply Port
Exhaust Port
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
2.4
3/32
9.5
3/8
9.5
3/8
12.7
1/2
2.4
12.7
1/2
9.5
12.7
3/32 3/8 1/2
FIELDVUETM DVC6200, DVC6200 SIS, DVC6200f, DVC6200p, DVC6000, DVC6000 SIS, DVC6000f digital valve controllers
FIELDVUE DVC2000 digital valve controller Low Pressure Relay High Pressure Relay
Fisher 3570 valve positioner
Fisher 3582 valve positioner
Fisher 3610J, 3610JP, 3611JP, 3620J, 3620JP, 3621JP valve positioners
1. Consult your Emerson sales office for special stroking speed requirements.
COEFFICIENTS
Supply Port
Exhaust Port
Cv
Cv
3.74
0.23
3.74
2.29
3.74
3.40
4.98
0.24
4.98
2.30
4.98
3.40
0.37
0.31
0.13
0.15
0.19
0.20
0.25
0.25
0.17
0.19
0.37
0.30
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2625, 2625SST, 2625NS Volume Boosters
D200071X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:2625 May 2020
Figure 3. Dimensions
1/4-18 NPT INPUT CONN
21 (0.84)
9 EXHAUST HOLES 7 (0.28) DIA
111 (4.38)
3/4-14 NPT SUPPLY CONN
48 (1.88)
A0807-3
60 (2.38)
121 (4.75)
3/4-14 NPT OUTPUT TO ACTUATOR
mm (INCH)
2625NS for Nuclear Service Applications
The 2625NS volume booster uses EPDM (ethylene-propylene) elastomeric parts. These parts have superior resistance to degradation at elevated temperature and radiation levels. This version is designed for nuclear service applications where oil-free supply air is available.
The 2625, 2625SST, and 2625NS are available as safety-related items when processed using the commercial grade dedication section of the 10CFR50, Appendix B, quality assurance program. 10CFR21 reporting is also part of the safety related processing program. Seismic operability testing has been done to qualify both versions as rigid items at levels up to 9g's uniaxial (in each axis). Further nuclear service qualification data is available on request.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:2625 May 2020
2625, 2625SST, 2625NS Volume Boosters
D200071X012
Installation
Figure 2 shows typical installations for the 2625, 2625SST, or 2625NS volume booster on piston and diaphragm actuators. A single regulator that supplies both the positioner and booster (or boosters) is recommended. The supply medium must be clean, dry, oil-free air or non-corrosive gas.
Note Use a clean, dry, oil-free air supply with instruments containing EPDM components. EPDM is subject to degradation when exposed to petroleum-base lubricants.
Keep in mind that many actuators require larger casing or cylinder connections to take full advantage of the booster's ability to deliver its high-volume output. Dimensions are shown in figure 3. Ensure that the supply pressure is connected to correspond with the flow arrow on the booster.
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
1. Aluminum or stainless steel
2. Supply and exhaust port sizes. See table 1 for Cv values.
3. Supply pressure range of up to 2.8 bar (40 psig) or up to 10.3 bar (150 psig).
4. Stroking speed information when being mounted at the factory, for proper tuning of the instruments. Specify either critical or non-critical stroke speed time.
Note Critical stroke speed time example: Valve to stroke in both directions in 4 seconds or less. Non-critical stroke speed time example: Valve to stroke in approximately 4 seconds in both directions.
5. Nuclear service, if applicable. Consult your Emerson sales office for ordering assistance.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
2625, 2625SST, 2625NS Volume Boosters
D200071X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:2625 May 2020
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:2625 May 2020
2625, 2625SST, 2625NS Volume Boosters
D200071X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1986, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4200 Transmitters
D200357X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:4200 August 2018
FisherTM 4200 Electronic Position Transmitters
Fisher 4210, 4211, 4212, 4215, 4220, 4221, and 4222 instruments are part of the 4200 transmitter series. These instruments can sense the position of rotary or sliding-stem valves, vents, dampers or other devices. When the instrument is mounted, a potentiometer shaft is mechanically connected to the device to sense mechanical motion. For a standard instrument, a single potentiometer is provided for position input or an optional dual element potentiometer is available to allow independent electrical operation of the transmitter and alarm circuits.
The instrument has standard, or long-stroke (see figure 3), capabilities for sliding-stem actuator applications. For long-stroke applications, a multi-turn potentiometer attached to a travel transducer assembly is used to sense linear motion of the actuator stem or other devices. The instrument with standard capabilities can also be used on quarter-turn actuators.
For instruments equipped with electronic travel limit alarms, individual electronic high and low alarm circuits drive separate high and low alarm SPDT relays. The user adjusts the trip point and deadband of the high and low alarms to the desired travel limits.
When the sense potentiometer voltage is higher than the high trip point, the electronic high alarm circuit de-energizes the high alarm relay. When the sense potentiometer voltage is lower than the low trip point, the low alarm circuit de-energizes the low alarm relay. The low trip point may be offset from the high trip point by as little as 5% of the remaining span.
In the event of a power loss to the alarm circuits, both alarms are tripped (both relays are de-energized). This indicates a system failure because the actuator cannot be physically at both travel limits simultaneously. The relay contacts are isolated from the transmitter and alarm circuits.
W9274
FISHER 4200 TRANSMITTER
www.Fisher.com
W4271-1
FISHER 4200 TRANSMITTER ON A CONTROL VALVE
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:4200 August 2018
4200 Transmitters
D200357X012
Specifications
Available Configurations See table 1
Input Signal Source
J Standard single potentiometer, or optional J dual potentiometer is the source for the transmitter and travel limit alarm circuit inputs. Refer to table 2 for zero and span limits.
Transmitter Output Signal
Range: 4-20 mA DC transmitter output Load Impedance: See figure 1. Output Current Limit: 30 mA DC maximum
Travel Limit Alarms
Number of Possible Alarms: Two or none. Each SPDT relay indicates limit and fault conditions as follows:
Operating Condition
Relay Coil State
NC Contact State
NO Contact State
Travel within limits
energized
open
closed
Travel beyond limits
de-energized
closed
open
Power loss de-energized
closed
open
NC--Normally closed. Contacts are closed when relay is de-energized NO--Normally open. Contacts are open when relay is de-energized.
Power Supply Requirements See table 3
Operating Influences
Ambient Temperature: For a 38_C (100_F) change in normal operating conditions, maximum zero shift is ±0.5%, and the maximum span shift is ±0.75% of span Power Supply: Output signal changes less than ±0.1% when operating terminal voltage varies between 11 and 30 volts DC
Electromagnetic Compatibility for 4211 and 4221
Meets EN 61326-1:2013 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326-1 standard. Performance is shown in table 4 below. Emissions--Class A ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A
Travel Limit Alarm Relays
Type: Two single-pole, double-throw relays Contacts: 1 Form C, silver-nickel alloy with gold overlay Service Rating: The relay rating is 5 amperes at either 30 volts DC or 120 volts AC (resistive load). Life Expectancy: 100,000 operations at rated load, or 50,000 operations at a typical in-rush current of 10 amperes with a 120 volt AC lamp or motor load
Operating Conditions
Condition
Ambient Temperature
Ambient Relative Humidity
Normal and Operative Limits
-40 to 71_C (-40 to 160_F)
10 to 95%
Transportation and Storage Limits
-50 to 80_C (-60 to 180_F)
Normal Reference
25_C (77_F)
10 to 95%
40%
Recommended Power Supply +24 volts DC nominal
Reference Accuracy ±1% of output span. Includes combined effects of hysteresis, linearity, and deadband
Repeatability ±0.25% of span
Construction Materials
Transmitter Housing and Covers: Aluminum Alloy O-Rings: Nitrile Mounting Hardware: Steel Pipe Plug: Nickel coated steel Cable: Nylon-coated stainless steel (long-stroke only)
Mounting
The instrument can mount on the actuator of sliding-stem or rotary valves (refer to figure 3), or it can be used for other applications
-continued-
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4200 Transmitters
D200357X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:4200 August 2018
Specifications (continued)
Electrical Classification
CSA--Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Dust-Ignition proof
FM--Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-proof, Dust-Ignition proof, Non-Incendive
Housing NEMA 4X; CSA Enclosure 4X; IP66
Approximate Weight Transmitter Without Mounting Bracket: 1.8 kg (4 pounds)
ATEX--Intrinsically Safe, Type n, Dust, Flameproof IECEx--Intrinsically Safe, Type n, Dust, Flameproof
Options Long-stroke applications: J 12 or J 24 inch travel
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology.
Table 1. Available Configurations
TYPE NUMBER
TRANSMITTER
TRAVEL LIMIT ALARMS
4210
X
X
4211
X
- - -
4212
- - -
X
4215
X
X
4220
X
X
4221
X
- - -
4222
- - -
X
1. See table 2 for zero and span limits.
TRAVEL
Standard Stroke Up to 105 mm(1) (Up to 4.125 Inches)
X X X X
- - - - - - -
Long Stroke Up to 610 mm(1) (Up to 24 Inches)
- - - - - - - - -
X X X
DUAL POTENTIOMETER
- - - - - - X
- - - - - - -
Table 2. Zero and Span Limits(1)
TYPE NUMBER
DEGREES OF POTENTIOMETER ROTATION
Zero Position
Span
Min.
Max.
LINKAGE CONNECTION(2)
Zero Position
mm
Span
Min.
Max.
Zero Position
INCHES
Span
Min.
Max.
4210
4211 4212
0 to 90
15
90
4215
1
0 to 51
8
51
0 to 2
0.315
2
2
0 to 105
17
105
0 to 4.125
0.670
4.125
4220
12-inch Transducer 0 to 305
105
305
0 to 12
4.125
12
4221
0 to 884
150
884
4222
24-inch Transducer 0 to 610
305
610
0 to 24
12
24
1. Zero position is the range of values over which the transmitter zero can be adjusted. Span is the range of shaft rotation or stem travel the transmitter span can be adjusted. For example, a zero position of 45 degrees and a span of 15 degrees means the transmitter output is 4 mA DC after 45 degrees of shaft rotation. The output then increases from 4 mA DC to 20 mA DC as the shaft rotates from 45 to 60 degrees. 2. Refer to figure 4 for location of connections.
Table 3. Power Supply Requirements and Wiring Connections
TRANSMITTER TERMINAL VOLTAGE (VDC)
Min
Max
CURRENT REQUIRED (mA)
FIELD WIRING CONNECTIONS
Supply Wire(1)
Signal Wire(2)
Relay Return Wire(3)
Transmitter Only
11
30
20 max.
X
X
- - -
Transmitter with Travel Limit Alarms
20
30
80 max.
X
X
X
Travel Limit Alarms without Transmitter
20
30
50 max.
X
- - -
X
X indicates this connection required. 1. Supply wire provides power supply positive connection for electronic circuits and relay coils (in instruments with travel limit alarms). 2. Signal wire provides connection for device receiving 4 to 20 mA transmitter signal. 3. Relay return wire provides separate return wire for relay coil currents.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:4200 August 2018
4200 Transmitters
D200357X012
Table 4. Fisher 4211 and 4221 Electronic Position Transmitter EMC Summary Results--Immunity
Port
Phenomenon
Basic Standard
Test Level
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2
4 kV contact 8 kV air
Enclosure
Radiated EM field
IEC 61000-4-3
80 to 1000 MHz @ 10V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 1400 to 2000 MHz @ 3V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80% 2000 to 2700 MHz @ 1V/m with 1 kHz AM at 80%
Rated power frequency magnetic field
IEC 61000-4-8 60 A/m at 50 Hz
Burst (fast transients)
IEC 61000-4-4 1 kV
I/O signal/control Surge Conducted RF
IEC 61000-4-5 IEC 61000-4-6
1 kV (line to ground only, each)
150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms 1 kHz AM at 80%
Specification limit = ±1% of span 1. A = No degradation during testing. B = Temporary degradation during testing, but is self-recovering.
Performance Criteria(1) A
A
A A B A
To reduce field wiring requirements from 4 to 3 wires, the transmitter and alarm circuits share the positive supply wire. A separate return wire is required to isolate relay coil currents from the 4-20 mA transmitter signal.
Figure 1. Transmitter Load Limitations
1000
Features
nHigh Accuracy--A precision film-element potentiometer in the standard unit and a precision multi-turn wirewound potentiometer in the long-stroke unit provide exceptional linearity by matching the span of the sense element to the application.
nApplication Versatility--This instrument may be used with sliding-stem or rotary valves as well as with other mechanical devices such as furnace dampers or louvers.
nElectronic Travel Limit Alarms--To eliminate the need for externally mounted mechanical limit switches, instruments with travel limit alarms incorporate comparator circuits that monitor the sense potentiometer voltage output.
nAdjustable Deadband--Electronic travel limit alarms have an adjustable deadband up to 10 percent of the maximum span.
nCompact Design--The instrument, even with travel limit alarms, uses little space when mounted, allowing room for additional devices.
LOAD IMPEDANCE (OHMS)
750 650
500
OPERATING
REGION
250
MAXIMUM
00
10
20
30 TRANSMITTER
11
24
TERMINAL VOLTAGE
NOMINAL SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS DC)
A6765
MINIMUM TRANSMITTER TERMINAL VOLTAGE
nDurable Construction--A rugged housing and a corrosion-resistant coating on the printed wiring board help protect the instrument from harsh environments.
nSimple Circuitry--A simple electronic design combines the best qualities of discrete components and integrated circuits for improved reliability and performance.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4200 Transmitters
D200357X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:4200 August 2018
Figure 2. Fisher 4210 Transmitter Details
PRINTED WIRING BOARD
RELAY NUMBER 1
TERMINAL BLOCK NUMBER 1
FIELD PRINTED WIRING BOARD
TERMINAL BLOCK NUMBER 3
TERMINAL BLOCK NUMBER 1
W9275
TRANSMITTER COMPARTMENT
TERMINAL BLOCK NUMBER 2
W4675-1
RELAY NUMBER 2
FIELD WIRING COMPARTMENT
nEasy Maintenance--The simple design of the transmitter and alarms allows easy maintenance. The high reliability of the instrument requires minimum spare parts inventory.
nMoisture Resistant--The field wiring compartment is isolated from the electronic compartment. This protects the electronic circuits from any moisture brought into the housing via the field wiring ports.
nField Reversible Action--The output is easily reversed in the field simply by switching two potentiometer leads on the printed wiring board.
nElectromagnetic Interference (EMI) Filters--Filters between the electronic compartment and the field wiring compartment of the housing help provide protection against electromagnetic interference.
Applications
Standard Position Transmitter
Sliding-Stem Valve--In typical valve applications, the transmitter is mounted on the actuator. Two linkage configurations sense up to 51 mm (2 inches) or up to 105 mm (4.125 inches) of stem travel. The linkages incorporate mechanical gearing to linearize the transformation from linear motion to rotational. To reduce the possibility of physical damage if the linkage should slip, the potentiometer has no physical stops. Zero and span can be adjusted as follows:
nZero--Between 0 and 51 mm (2 inches) of travel, or between 0 and 105 mm (4.125 inches) of travel.
nSpan--Between 9 mm (0.3 inch) minimum span and 51 mm (2 inches) maximum span, or between 17 mm (0.6 inch) minimum span and 105 mm (4.125 inches) maximum span.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:4200 August 2018
4200 Transmitters
D200357X012
Figure 3. Dimensions
PORT 1/2 NPT (2 PLACES)
102 (4.00)
TRANSMITTER COMPARTMENT
159 (6.25)
FIELD WIRING COMPARTMENT
CAP (2 PLACES)
6 (0.25) DIA.
67 (2.62)
END VIEW
51 (2.00)
102 (4.00)
35 (1.38)
21 (0.81)
75 (3.00)
67 (2.62)
51 (2.00)
ALLOW 254 mm (10 INCHES) FOR MAINTENANCE (2 PLACES)
SIDE VIEW
5/16-18UNC 13 DEEP (0.53)
19A7968-E B1910-3*A
BOTTOM VIEW
POTENTIOMETER SHAFT
mm (INCH)
Rotary-Shaft Valve--In typical valve applications, the transmitter is mounted on the actuator. A coupling connects the hub of the actuator to the potentiometer shaft. To reduce the possibility of physical damage if the coupling should slip, the potentiometer has no physical stops. Zero and span can be adjusted as follows: nZero--Between 0 and 90 degrees of shaft rotation.
nSpan--Between 15 and 90 degrees of shaft rotation.
6
Other Devices--The transmitter is mounted such that the potentiometer shaft or linkage aligns with the motion of the device. The motion of the device should not exceed the zero and span input signal limits in degrees of rotation.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4200 Transmitters
D200357X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:4200 August 2018
Long-Stroke Position Transmitter
Long-Stroke Sliding-Stem Valve--The transmitter is mounted on the actuator as shown in figure 3. The travel transducer assembly can sense from a 105 mm (4.125 inch) minimum to a 610 mm (24 inch) maximum stem travel. The sensing element is a multi-turn potentiometer with physical stops. Two travel transducer sizes are available for long stroke applications.
nZero--Between 0 and 305 mm (12 inches) for the small transducer. Between 0 and 610 mm (24 inches) for the large transducer.
nSpan--Between 105 mm (4.125 inches) minimum and 305 mm (12 inches) maximum for the small transducer. Between 305 mm (12 inches) minimum and 610 mm (24 inches) maximum for the large transducer.
Other Devices--The transmitter is mounted such that the travel transducer aligns with the motion of the device to allow straight retraction of the cable to the transducer. The motion of the device should not exceed the zero and span limits in mm (inches).
limit alarms, and the instrument with alarms only (no transmitter circuits), use terminal blocks numbered 1, 2, and 3 (see figure 2) on the printed wiring board. These terminal blocks are accessible when the field wiring compartment cover is removed. The instrument with transmitter circuits only (no alarms) uses a barrier strip mounted in the field wiring compartment without the printed wiring board. Dimensions of the transmitter housing are shown in figure 3. Mounting dimensions are shown in figure 4.
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
1. Transmitter type number.
2. Actuator type, size, and length of stroke. (Note: For Fisher 585CLS actuators, specify yoke boss and cylinder size.)
3. Valve body design.
4. Other applications
Installation
Field wiring is inserted into one of the ports and connected to the terminal blocks mounted on the printed wiring board in the field wiring compartment. The instrument with transmitter circuits and travel
Note
Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for assistance in determining the type and style of linkage and mounting hardware required for the application.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:4200 August 2018
4200 Transmitters
D200357X012
Figure 4. Mounting Dimensions
48 (1.88)
108 (4.25)
86 (3.40)
271 (10.69)
204 (8.00)
ACTUATOR HOUSING
51 (2.00)
CONNECTION NUMBER 1
CONNECTION NUMBER 2
TYPICAL MOUNTING BRACKET DIMENSIONS FOR SLIDING-STEM ACTUATORS
TYPICAL MOUNTING BRACKET DIMENSIONS FOR ROTARY-SHAFT ACTUATORS
FISHER 4200 TRANSMITTER MOUNTING
10 (0.38)
204 (8)
1
111 (4.38)
GE16563-A
MOUNTING BRACKET DIMENSIONS
FOR FISHER 585CLS ACTUATORS WITH
Note:
A 152 mm (6-INCH) CHANNEL
1For other sizes of 585CLS actuators, the mounting plate
length will change depending on the channel width.
FISHER 4200 TRANSMITTER (LONG-STROKE) MOUNTING
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1985, 2018 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4320 Position Monitor
D103286X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:4320 October 2017
FisherTM 4320 Wireless Position Monitor
The Fisher 4320 eliminates the need for wiring to an on/off pneumatically actuated valve. It provides a precise wireless feedback signal to indicate equipment position with a percent (%) of span plus on/off indication. The 4320 can be used to control and/or monitor valves, slidingstem regulators, displacement and float level sensors, and relief valves. It is designed to be simple to use, compact, and easily mounted.
The control portion of the 4320 accepts commands through the wireless network from a control system and provides a pneumatic on/off signal to an actuator. The feedback portion of the instrument periodically reads the position of a measured device and transmits that data over the wireless network. Transmitted data includes the percent of span value, limit switch status indications, valve set point, internal device temperatures, and power module voltage. It also checks for service and configuration instructions from host systems such as distributed control systems (DCS), asset management systems (AMS), and supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) systems.
The 4320 is normally powered by a battery sourced power module. This makes it easier to design new applications or implement into retrofit locations. An external power option is also available.
The 4320 uses a linkage-less feedback design that eliminates direct contact with the measured device (e.g., valve, regulator, level, louver, or other devices) eliminating physical contact and wear.
IEC 62591/ WirelessHARTr communication protocol, operating at 2.4 Ghz, is utilized and is approved for use globally.
X0899
ON/OFF CONTROL OPTION
Instrument calibration and commissioning is performed with a push button and liquid crystal display (LCD) interface. This simplicity eliminates the need for tools or the setting of cams during setup, saving you time.
Designed to meet intrinsically safe and nonincendive requirements, this instrument delivers scalable functionality in a small package. Due to the energylimiting nature of the design, this intrinsically safe device is suitable for use in all zone locations. The battery sourced power module option has no cable conduits.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:4320 October 2017
4320 Position Monitor
D103286X012
Specifications
Available Mountings J Quarter-turn rotary-shaft, J Sliding-stem, or J Linear applications
Can also be mounted on other actuators that comply with IEC 60534-6-1, IEC 60534-6-2, VDI/VDE 3845 and NAMUR mounting standards.
Input Measurement (Valve or Process)
Stem Travel (linear movement)
Minimum: 2.5 mm (0.10 inch) Maximum: 210 mm (8.25 inches) Shaft Rotation (rotary movement) Minimum: 45_ Maximum: 90_ Shaft Rotation (rotary movement, arced array) Minimum: 13_ Maximum: 30_
Measurement Output
Analog: 0-100% Discrete: on/off switches (2)
Supply Medium
Air or Natural Gas
Supply medium must be clean, dry, and non-corrosive. The supply air at the device should have a dew point less than -20_C (-4_F). Per ISA Standard 7.0.01 A maximum 40 micrometer particle size in the air system is acceptable. Further filtration down to 5 micrometer particle size is recommended. Lubricant content is not to exceed 1 ppm weight (w/w) or volume (v/v) basis. Condensation in the air supply should be minimized.
Per ISO 8573-1 Maximum particle density size: Class 7 Oil content: Class 3 Pressure Dew Point: Class 3 or at least 10_C less than the lowest ambient temperature expected
Air Consumption(1)
4320
At 5.5 bar (80 psig) supply pressure: 0.036 m3/hr (1.27 scfh)
Pilot Valve Leakage Maximum at 20_C: 8 ml/min (0.0003 scfm/min) Maximum at -20_C: 800 ml/min (0.028 scfm/min)
Reference Accuracy
Standard: 1% of span Optional: 0.4% of span
On/Off Control Output Signal Pneumatic signal as required by the actuator, up to 95% of supply pressure Minimum Span: 3.1 bar (45 psig) Maximum Span: 7 bar (101 psig) Action: Single or Double Acting Supply Pressure Minimum: 3.1 bar (45 psig) Maximum: 7 bar (101 psig)
Air Capacity / Flow Rate Supply Pressure: 1.2 Cv Connections (Optional) Supply, Output Pressure, and Vent: 1/4 NPT Wireless Set Point Command IEC 62591 (WirelessHART) 2.4 GHz DSSS
Local User Interface Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Two pushbuttons for navigation, setup, and calibration
Communication Protocol HART 7 and IEC 62591 (WirelessHART)
-continued-
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Setup/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Battery Sourced Power Module Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4320 Position Monitor
D103286X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:4320 October 2017
Specifications (continued)
Maintenance Port Communication Signal
Bell 202 Voltage Signaling: 1200 bps binary phase-continuous Frequency-Shift-Keying (1220 Hz mark, 2400 Hz space) superimposed on voltage level
Initial Dynamic Variable Assignments (Default)
Dynamic Variable Assignment
Primary (PV)
Control Position
DEVICE STRUCTURE
Snap Control
Monitor
Position
Position
Secondary (SV) Set Point
Set Point
Switch States
Tertiary (TV)
Switch States Switch States Cycle Counter
Quaternary (QV) Supply Voltage Supply Voltage Supply Voltage
Wireless Communication Signal
2.4 Ghz, DSSS, IEC 62591 (WirelessHART) Maximum 10 dBm (10 mW) EIRP at 2.46 GHz
Operating Temperature Limits(2) Monitoring Battery Power: -40 to 85_C (-40 to 185_F) External Power: -40 to 80_C (-40 to 176_F) LCD may not be readable below -20_C (-4_F) With Pneumatic Output (On/Off Control Option): -20 to 50_C (-4 to 122_F)
Temperature Sensitivity 0.06% change per degree C
Storage Temperature Limits(2) -40 to 70_C (-40 to 158_F)
Humidity Limits
Wireless Classifications
Class A digital device, complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Contains FCC ID: LW2RM2510 Contains IC: 2731A-RM2510
Electromagnetic Compatibility
Meets EN 61326-1:2013 Immunity--Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326-1 standard Emissions--Class A & B ISM equipment rating: Group 1, Class A & B
Vibration Testing
Meets or exceeds vibration levels specified in ANSI/ISA 75.13.01 1996 (2007): 4 mm peak to peak at 5 Hz, 2 g from 15150 Hz, and 1 g from 150 2000 Hz
European Directive Information
This product complies with the following directives:
ATEX Directive (94/9/EC) Electro Magnetic Compatibility (EMC) (2004/108/EC) Radio and Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive (R&TTE) (1999/5/EC)
Refer to Safety Instructions (D103022X012) for the Declaration of Conformity
10-95% Non-Condensing Relative Humidity
Electrical Classification CSA (C/US)-- Intrinsically Safe ATEX-- Intrinsically Safe IECEx-- Intrinsically Safe
Electrical Housing Type 4X, IP66 & IP67
Other Classifications/Certifications CUTR--Customs Union Technical Regulations (Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus, and Armenia) INMETRO--National Institute of Metrology, Quality and Technology (Brazil) NEPSI--National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation (China) PESO CCOE--Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation - Chief Controller of Explosives (India) TIIS--Technology Institution of Industrial Safety (Japan) Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for classification/certification specific information
-continued-
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:4320 October 2017
4320 Position Monitor
D103286X012
Specifications (continued)
IEC 61010 Compliance Meets Pollution Degree 2
Adjustments Zero and Maximum Span through local interface
Power Module Limits
Standard-- 5 years at update rate of 16 seconds or longer with 3 additional devices communicating through it Extended-Life-- 10 years at update rate of 8 seconds or longer with 3 additional devices communicating through it
Shelf life --10 years (radio off)
Dimensions See figure 1, 2, and 3
External Power (Optional)
12 - 28 volts DC 100 mA maximum operating current Polarity Insensitive Wire Size-- 14-20 gauge
Weight
Monitoring: 0.57 kg (1.25 lbs) On/Off Control: 1.6 kg (3.4 lbs)
Update Rates
For position feedback, temperature, and power module voltage--selectable from 1 second to 1 hour; 1s, 2s, 4s, 8s, 16s, 32s, 1 to 60 minutes
Note: Sample rate for position feedback is normally the same as the update rate.
Power Module Standard --Lithium (non-rechargeable)
Construction Material
Housing: A03600 low copper aluminum alloy Elastomers: nitrile, fluorosilicone
1. Normal m3/hour - Normal cubic meters per hour at 0_C and 1.01325 bar, absolute. Scfh - Standard cubic feet per hour at 60_F and 14.7 psia. 2. The temperature limits in this document and any applicable standard or code limitation for valve should not be exceeded.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4320 Position Monitor
D103286X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:4320 October 2017
Features
nSimplicity-- The 4320 is easy to use. The linkageless feedback system is easy to install with a magnet array assembled to the valve stem. The 4320 has a local user interface that will allow you to calibrate the instrument. The full text display in the local interface is easy to navigate, in part due to the selection of languages.
nQuick Installation--Simply attach the 4320, calibrate and commission to any control system. With the pneumatic output option, only air is needed to automate an on/off valve. No conduit easements or permits are required with the standard or extended life power modules, thus saving time, costs, and effort in documenting cable runs and associated design reviews. Because there is no wiring, implementation times are shortened for device installation, setup, and commissioning.
nEnergy Efficiency--The optional pneumatic output has ultra-low steady state air consumption. Air generation costs can be reduced.
nReliability--The WirelessHART selforganizing mesh network provides the high level of communication reliability required in process control.
nPower Options--More than 5 years operation is typical using standard life and extended life power modules. Optional ability to use local 1228 V power in the field.
nMinimized Maintenance--The feedback design provides more accurate monitoring and eliminates physical wearout common in traditional valve instruments. This results in less frequent maintenance, repair, and recalibration. Power modules can be easily replaced without losing power to the device, using the "hot swap" feature to maintain network reliability.
nDiagnostics--Predefined device, network, and system diagnostics provide details on the health of the device and its ability to communicate. Device diagnostics include whether the device calibration has been completed and power module health. The number of completed cycles is measured for the monitored equipment.
Note
A cycle is the change from open to closed position or vice versa. This is determined by moving past the trigger point in each direction.
nSecurity--The WirelessHART self-organizing mesh network includes encryption, authentication, and authorization mechanisms to provide the level of security required in process locations and by the Information Technology (IT) industry.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:4320 October 2017
4320 Position Monitor
D103286X012
Integration
The 4320 is designed for use in most monitoring applications, replacing manual efforts to audit or verify equipment position. Examples include startup and shutdown situations, product changeover, product isolation, and sampling activities.
One implementation method can be accomplished using an overlay approach; adding wireless instrumentation on top of existing instrumentation. This preserves the existing infrastructure and enables improved information for operation, reactiveness, maintenance, and safety.
A second approach is to replace older limit switches and position transmitters, either because of increased maintenance requirements or dated wiring infrastructure that has become or is believed to become an operational concern.
A third approach is to use the 4320 where feedback is not possible with standard wired options. For example, on rotating equipment, where the elimination of wires makes feedback possible.
The wireless nature of this device leads to its implementation in a wide range of systems, from programmable logic controllers (PLC), to DCS, AMS, and SCADA systems.
System integration for typical in-plant operations is available through a Smart Wireless Gateway.
Principle of Operation
Valve position is sensed through the non-contact, linkage-less feedback sensor. There are no moving linkages and the 4320 is physically separated from the valve or actuator through the use of a magnetic Hall effect sensor. A magnetic array is mounted to the valve or actuator stem and the sensor is embedded in the 4320 housing. The sensor is electrically connected to
the printed wiring board to provide a wireless travel feedback signal.
The control portion of the 4320 accepts commands through the wireless network from a control system and provides a pneumatic on/off signal to an actuator.
The internal electronics periodically reads the position of travel and transmits that data over the wireless network. The device also checks for instructions from host systems like DCS, SCADA and asset management systems. The device "sleeps" until the next reading, enabling longer power module life. The device is still powered up in the sleep mode but operating at ultra-low power consumption levels.
Setup/Installation
Device setup is typically performed prior to installation and includes setting two network parameters. These parameters are entered using a handheld such as the 475 Field Communicator. Calibration is performed after installation and requires using the local interface to place the device at the end points of travel range. The device is then ready for commissioning and service.
Battery Sourced Power Module Life
The 4320 uses power efficient measures to keep energy consumption to a minimum. However, there is a finite amount of energy within the power module. The life expectancy of the module is affected by two things; 1) the reporting rate, and 2) the number of devices in the network that must communicate through the 4320.
Typical on/off applications will operate effectively at one minute reporting periods.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4320 Position Monitor
D103286X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:4320 October 2017
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
1. Position monitor control nMonitoring nOn/off control option
2. Power source nBattery sourced power module nExternal power option
3. Mounting requirements
Feedback sensor and mounting brackets are part of the mounting.
For rotary movement indicate if mounting requirements are:
n90_ NAMUR, n90_ ISO mounting, or n30_ for special applications
For linear movement, indicate travel length: n7 mm (1/4 inch), n19 mm (3/4 inch), n25 mm (1 inch), n38 mm (1-1/2 inch), n50 mm (2 inch), n100 mm (4 inch), or n210 mm (8-1/4 inch) strokes
Note As a general rule, do not use less than 50% of the magnet assembly for full travel measurement. Performance will decrease as the assembly is increasingly subranged.
Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner if longer travel lengths are required.
Note Contact your Emerson sales office if mounting on non-Emerson valves is required.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:4320 October 2017
4320 Position Monitor
D103286X012
Figure 1. Dimensions
18.8 (0.74)
172 (6.79)
136.7 (5.38)
17 (0.67)
51.1 (2.01)
11 (0.44)
19.9 (0.78)
67 (2.64)
128.9 (5.08)
6X M6 - 1 13 mm MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE THREAD ENGAGEMENT
17.68 (0.70)
17.68 (0.70)
19.9 (0.78)
69.4 (2.73)
11 (0.44)
35.7 (1.40)
35.36 (1.39)
35.7 (1.40)
GE41356-C
46.72 (1.84)
35.36 (1.39)
46.72 (1.84)
89.8 (3.54)
39.9 (1.57)
50 (1.97)
ANTENNA SHOWN VERTICAL
91.7 (3.61)
50 (1.97)
ANTENNA SHOWN HORIZONTAL
mm (INCH)
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4320 Position Monitor
D103286X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:4320 October 2017
Figure 2. Dimensions with On/Off Control Option
18.8 (0.74)
51.1 (2.01)
197.3 (7.77) 136.7 (5.38)
1/4-18 NPT SUPPLY
41.8 (1.65)
11 (0.44)
19.9 (0.78)
67 128.9 (2.64) (5.08)
6.6 (0.26)
97.6 (3.84)
97.6 (3.84) 6X M6 - 1 13 mm MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE THREAD ENGAGEMENT
17.68 (0.70)
17.68 (0.70)
10.7 (0.42)
10.8 (0.43)
19.9 (0.78)
69.4 (2.73)
11 (0.44)
35.7 (1.40)
35.36 (1.39)
35.7 (1.40)
2X 1/4-18 NPT TO ACTUATOR
GE59669
46.72 (1.84)
35.36 (1.39)
46.72 (1.84)
39.9 (1.57)
89.8 (3.54)
50 (1.97)
ANTENNA SHOWN VERTICAL
91.7 (3.61)
50 (1.97)
ANTENNA SHOWN HORIZONTAL mm (INCH)
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:4320 October 2017
4320 Position Monitor
D103286X012
Figure 3. Dimensions--External Power Option
ON/OFF CONTROL OPTION
42 (1.66)
M20 X 1.5 OR 1/2-14 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION
20 (0.79)
60 (2.36)
GE59678
mm (INCH)
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
4320 Position Monitor
D103286X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:4320 October 2017
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:4320 October 2017
4320 Position Monitor
D103286X012
For additional information on the 4320 scan or click the QR code
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. HART and WirelessHART are registered trademarks of FieldComm Group. All other marks are the property of their respective owners. The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice. Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E122009, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
SS-263 Volume Booster
D103592X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:SS-263 September 2017
FisherTM SS-263 Volume Booster
The Fisher SS263 volume booster is used in conjunction with Fisher control valves with double-acting piston actuators. Large piston actuators require proportionally larger volumes of air to stroke; typical valve positioner output cannot usually provide enough of a volume of air to quickly and fully stroke actuators such as these. The SS263 volume booster solves this by amplifying the output from the valve positioner to increase actuator stroking speed. The dualported design of the booster amplifies both the supply and exhaust flow, which are both precisely controlled by means of a pneumatic signal from the valve positioner.
The booster incorporates fixed deadband, soft seat construction, and an integral bypass restriction. The booster can be tuned by adjusting the bypass restriction to respond to small or large input signal changes, without sacrificing steady-state accuracy. The SS-263 is essentially a higher capacity Fisher 2625 booster allowing up to three 2625's to be replaced with just one SS263. The booster also incorporates a robust flangedstyle mounting that increases the unit's resilience to vibration damage, while allowing for easy removal during field maintenance.
The standard noise attenuating exhaust trim allows air to be exhausted quickly and quietly from the actuator. Several integrated diagnostic connections on the body of the booster allow connections to be made without the need to remove the unit from the actuator. Such connections allow for diagnostic testing, actuator bypass assembly hookup for use with handwheel operated actuators, and multiple accessory connections. Multiple accessories can be connected directly to the booster, eliminating long lengths of tubing and simplifying the overall hookup schematic for easy field maintenance.
The SS263 complies with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust and is certified for use in Safety Instrumented Systems (SIS) applications. Compliance is identified on the product by labels affixed to the housing.
X0206
Features
nFast Response The SS263 delivers highvolume output for fast stroking speeds when responding to large input signal changes and lowvolume output when responding to small input changes.
nHigh Capacity Flow capacities of roughly three times higher than the 2625 booster result in the need for fewer fittings, tubing, and units.
nNoise Attenuation Exhaust is passed through specially designed passages to reduce the amount of ambient noise that is generated.
nAdjustable Response The integral bypass restriction allows the booster to be easily and readily tuned to operate under small or large input signal changes.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:SS-263 September 2017
SS-263 Volume Booster
D103592X012
nAuxiliary Supply Connections Supply air is readily available through two 1/4 NPT connections that are built into both sides of the unit for use with a Fisher 377 trip valve or other accessory.
n3 in 1 Connection This special connection can provide any of the following connections, if needed.
n1/4 NPT diagnostic connection for easy testing
n1/4 NPT actuator bypass assembly connection for use on an actuator with a handwheel
n3/4 NPT connection, with the removal of a bushing, for use with a high capacity dump valve
nSoft Seated Construction Soft seated exhaust and supply valves provide for bubble tight shutoff to reduce unnecessary air consumption and ensure fail mode upon loss of plant air.
nRobust Mounting Flanged-style actuator mounting provides ease of maintenance, simplified tubing, compactness, and high vibration resistance.
Table of Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Fisher Optimized Digital Valve Package . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
SS-263 Volume Booster
D103592X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:SS-263 September 2017
Specifications
Supply Pressure Ranges Maximum pressure must not exceed 10.3 bar (150 psig).
Input Signal Positioner output
Maximum Input Signal Pressure(1) 10.3 bar (150 psig)
Connections: Input Signal: 1/4 NPT Supply: 1 NPT Output: 1 NPT or 1-1/4 NPT(2)
Port Diameters Supply Port: 19 mm (0.750 inch) Exhaust Port: 19 mm (0.750 inch)
InputtoOutput Pressure Ratio Fixed at 1 to 1
Construction Materials Body: Aluminum, S31600 Seat Ring: Brass, S31600 Diaphragms: Nitrile/Nylon Upper and Lower Valves: Nitrile/Aluminum ORings: Nitrile and Fluorocarbon Cap Screws: SAE GR 5 NCF3, 316 SST Mounting Adaptor: S17400 DBL 1150 Mounting Studs: SA193B7 NCF2 Mounting Nuts: SA1942H NCF2 Mounting Washers: Plated Carbon Steel
Operative Temperature Limits(1) 40 to 71°C (40 To 160°F)
Maximum Flow Coefficients Supply: 9.5 Cv Exhaust: 9.5 Cv C1: 35 Xt: 0.77
Hazardous Area Classification Complies with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
Safety Instrumented System (SIS) Classification SIL3 capable - certified by exida Consulting LLC
Approximate Weight Aluminum: 3.6 kg (8 lbs) Stainless Steel: 10.8 kg (24 lbs)
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this manual and any applicable standard or code limitation for valve should not be exceeded. 2. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for additional sizes.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:SS-263 September 2017
SS-263 Volume Booster
D103592X012
Figure 1. Sectional View
DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY
NOISE ATTENUATING TRIM
EXHAUST PASSAGES
OUTPUT TO ACTUATOR
1
INPUT SIGNAL 1
BYPASS RESTRICTION ADJUSTING SCREW
BYPASS RESTRICTION
INPUT DIAPHRAGM
FEEDBACK DIAPHRAGM 3 IN 1 CONNECTION 1 SUPPLY PORT
SUPPLY 1
X0206
1See figure 2 for pressure connection information.
MOUNTING ADAPTOR
AUXILIARY SUPPLY CONNECTION (QTY 2) 1
Principle of Operation
Refer to figure 1.
Because of the restriction, large input signal changes register on the booster input diaphragm sooner than in the actuator. A large, sudden change in the input signal causes a pressure differential to exist between the input signal and the feedback diaphragm of the booster. When this occurs, the diaphragms move to open either the supply port or the exhaust port,
4
whichever action is required to reduce the pressure differential. The port remains open until the difference between the booster input and output pressures returns to within the deadband limits of the booster.
With the bypass restriction adjusted for stable operation, signals having small magnitude and rate changes pass through the bypass restriction and into the actuator without initiating booster operation. Both the supply and exhaust ports remain closed, allowing the output of the digital valve controller to act directly on the actuator piston.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
SS-263 Volume Booster
D103592X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:SS-263 September 2017
Figure 2. Typical Installation
ACTUATOR STEM EXTENDS WHEN INPUT SIGNAL INCREASES
SS-263 SS-263
SS-263
A
B
C
FIELDVUE DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER
D VENT
FISHER 377U TRIP VALVE
P
PILOT
OPERATED VALVE
VENT
E
SS-263
ACTUATOR (VALVE PLUG OPENS ON AIR FAILURE)
REGULATOR
SUPPLY
GE55034-A
FILTER
SS-263 Pressure Connections: A: Input Signal B: Output C: Supply D: Diagnostics, dump valve, or actuator bypass assembly connection E: Auxiliary Supply
CHECK VALVE
FILTER SOLENOID DE-ENERGIZED
VENT
RELIEF VALVE VOLUME TANK
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:SS-263 September 2017
SS-263 Volume Booster
D103592X012
Fisher Optimized Digital Valve Package
The SS263 volume booster is available as an accessory(s) in Fisher Optimized Digital Valve (ODV) packages, see figure 2 for a typical installation in a compressor antisurge application. An ODV package is a complete, engineered solution designed for demanding applications including, but not limited to, compressor antisurge and turbine bypass. The package includes the actuator, FIELDVUE digital valve controller, and all other accessories; everything necessary for a complete installation.
ODV packages are suited towards applications that typically require fast stroking time and the ability to respond accurately to small travel setpoint changes. Applications such as compressor antisurge and turbine bypass can call for very large valves, over NPS 36, which require full travels of up to 237/8 inches.
Typically valves such as these will need large pneumatic double acting piston actuators, to provide the thrust needed for excellent dynamic performance and ANSI Class V seat leakage.
The SS263 provides the necessary flow capacity to quickly fill and quietly exhaust either side of the piston cylinder in these large actuators, providing full stroke times in less than 2 seconds on positioner control and in under 1 second on solenoid trip.
Existing installations including, but not limited to the applications above can greatly benefit with a retrofit ODV package including the SS263 volume booster by not only simplifying piping and connections, but also by increasing performance and reliability of the installation.
Please contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for more information on Optimized Digital Valve packages.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
SS-263 Volume Booster
D103592X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:SS-263 September 2017
Installation
Figure 2 shows a typical installation for the SS263 volume booster on the Fisher 685 double-acting piston actuator. A single regulator that supplies both the positioner and booster (or boosters) is recommended. The supply medium must be clean, dry, oilfree air.
Due to the large size of the supply connection and weight of the volume booster the special mounting adaptor should be used when possible. This adaptor is provided by Emerson Automation Solutions as a component of the SS-263.
The SS263 exhausts air through specially designed ports located on the perimeter of the diaphragm
spacer assembly. These passages must be kept clear and free of debris or foreign materials for proper performance.
Ordering Information
The SS263 will only be available to order as an accessory for Fisher control valve assemblies and will not be sold individually. Please contact your local Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for more information or to request a quote.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:SS-263 September 2017
SS-263 Volume Booster
D103592X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2012, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
VBL Volume Booster
D103393X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:VBL November 2019
FisherTM VBL Volume Booster
The Fisher VBL volume booster is used in conjunction with a positioner on a throttling control valve to increase stroking speed.
The booster incorporates fixed deadband, soft seat construction, and an integral bypass restriction to eliminate positioner saturation problems that can occur with volume boosters that do not have these features. Adjustment of the integral bypass restriction is necessary for system stability. This adjustment does not affect the deadband of the volume booster, but does permit the control valve to respond to small input signal changes without sacrificing steady-state accuracy. It also allows the booster to deliver high-volume output for fast stroking when large, rapid input signal changes occur.
The volume booster is used to improve stroking speed. If precision valve control is required, the use of a positioner is recommended. If the volume booster is to be used only with an actuator, for on-off control, the integral bypass restriction on the booster must be closed (turned fully clockwise).
Connectors and piping can be installed with the VBL volume booster for diagnostic testing.
Features
nFast Response--Booster delivers the volume needed for rapid actuator stroking when large input changes suddenly occur.
X0648
nAdjustable Response--Integral bypass restriction tunes the booster response so that smooth actuator motion follows the slow signal changes.
nEfficient Operation--Soft seats provide tight shutoff to reduce unnecessary air consumption and eliminate saturation of positioner relays.
nMaintains Accuracy--Booster permits high actuator stroking speeds upon demand without degrading the positioner steady-state accuracy.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:VBL November 2019
VBL Volume Booster
D103393X012
Specifications
Input Signal Positioner output
Maximum Input Signal Pressure(1) VBL-1 and VBL-3: 5.5 bar (80 psig) VBL-2 and VBL-4: 10.3 bar (150 psig)
Input to Output Pressure Ratio Fixed at 1 to 1
Supply Pressure Ranges(1) When used in conjunction with a positioner or other pneumatic accessory, always pipe the positioner and booster with one common supply through a Fisher 67D, 67DR, or 95H regulator (see figure 2). A high-capacity filter, such as the Fisher 262K, should be installed in the supply line to the regulator. Supply pressure also must not exceed the maximum pressure rating of the actuator.
Operative Temperature Limits(1) -40 to 93_C (-40 to 200_F)
Connections Input Signal: 1/4 NPT Supply and Output: 1/2 NPT
Hazardous Area Classification Complies with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
Ex h IIC Tx Gb Ex h IIIC Tx Db
Maximum surface temperature (Tx) depends on operating conditions Gas: T5, T6 Dust: T85...T93
Safety Instrumented System Classification SIL3 capable - certified by exida Consulting LLC
Construction Materials Body: Aluminum Diaphragms: HNBR with nylon fabric Upper and Lower Valves: HNBR O-Rings: HNBR Connectors for Diagnostic Testing: JStainless steel or Jbrass
Maximum Flow Coefficients See table 1
Approximate Weight 1.0 kg (2.2 lb)
NOTE: Specialized instrument terms are defined in ANSI/ISA Standard 51.1 - Process Instrument Terminology. 1. The pressure/temperature limits in this document and any applicable code or standard should not be exceeded.
Table 1. Maximum Flow Coefficients
Instrument
VBL-1 volume booster VBL-2 volume booster VBL-3 volume booster VBL-4 volume booster FIELDVUEt DVC6200, DVC6200 SIS, DVC6200f, DVC6200p, DVC6000, DVC6000 SIS, DVC6000f digital valve controllers FIELDVUE DVC2000 digital valve controller: Low pressure relay High pressure relay Fisher 3570 valve positioner Fisher 3582 valve positioner Fisher 3610J, 3610JP, 3611JP, 3620J, 3620JP, 3621JP valve positioners
Supply Port Coefficients Cv 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
0.37
0.13 0.19 0.25 0.17
0.37
Exhaust Port Coefficients Cv 1.1 1.1 1.8 1.8
0.31
0.15 0.20 0.25 0.19
0.30
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
VBL Volume Booster
D103393X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:VBL November 2019
Principle of Operation
Refer to figures 1, 2, and 3. Because of the restriction, large input signal changes register on the booster input diaphragm sooner than in the actuator. A large, sudden change in the input signal causes a pressure differential to exist between the input signal and the output of the booster. When this occurs, the diaphragms move to open either the supply port or the exhaust port, whichever action is required to reduce
the pressure differential. The port remains open until the difference between the booster input and output pressures returns to within the deadband limits of the booster. With the bypass restriction adjusted for stable operation, signals having small magnitude and rate changes pass through the bypass restriction and into the actuator without initiating booster operation.
Both the supply and exhaust ports remain closed, preventing unnecessary air consumption and possible saturation of positioner relays.
Figure 1. Volume Booster Sectional View
SPRING SEAT HEX NUT
BYPASS RESTRICTION ADJUSTING SCREW
PIN, SLOTTED SPRING
BYPASS VALVE
O-RING HOUSING, BOTTOM
SUPPLY O-RING
GE26237-Section
END CAP
UPPER SPRING
INPUT SIGNAL
HOUSING, TOP EXHAUST PORT HEX SCREW UPPER DIAPHRAGM DIAPHRAGM SPACER
DIAPHRAGM PLATE ASSEMBLY (INCLUDES LOWER DIAPHRAGM)
EXHAUST SUPPLY PORT OUTPUT TO ACTUATOR LOWER SPRING VALVE PLUG ASSEMBLY
LUBRICANT
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:VBL November 2019
VBL Volume Booster
D103393X012
Figure 2. Typical Installation with Piston Actuator
PIPE NIPPLE
VBL VOLUME BOOSTER
SIGNAL
ACTUATOR
E1212
TOP CYL BOTTOM CYL
POSITIONER
Figure 3. Typical Installation with Diaphragm Actuator
VBL VOLUME BOOSTER
SUPPLY
67D, 67DR, OR 95H REGULATOR
SIGNAL ACTUATOR
E1213
PIPE NIPPLE
SUPPLY
67D, 67DR, OR 95H REGULATOR
DVC6200 DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER WITH RELAY C OR POSITIONER
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
VBL Volume Booster
D103393X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:VBL November 2019
Installation
Figures 2 and 3 show typical installations for the VBL volume booster on piston and diaphragm actuators. A single regulator that supplies both the positioner and booster (or boosters) is recommended. The supply medium must be clean, dry, oil-free air or non-corrosive gas.
Keep in mind that many actuators require larger casing or cylinder connections to take full advantage of the booster's ability to deliver its high-volume output. Dimensions are shown in figure 4. Ensure that the supply pressure is connected to correspond with the flow arrow on the booster.
Verify that the capacity of the regulator meets the stroking capacity requirements.
Figure 4. Dimensions
93.9 (3.70)
20 (0.79)
1/4-18 NPT INPUT CONN
EXHAUST HOLES 17X 6 (0.24)
29.8 (1.17)
1/2-14 NPT SUPPLY CONN
GE26237-Outlook
52 (2.05)
104 (4.09)
1/2-14 NPT OUTPUT TO ACTUATOR
mm (INCH)
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:VBL November 2019
VBL Volume Booster
D103393X012
Ordering Information
Specify stroking speed information when being mounted at the factory, for proper tuning of the instruments. Specify either critical or non-critical stroke speed time.
Note Critical stroke speed time example: valve to stroke in both directions in 4 seconds or less.
Non-critical stroke speed time example: valve to stroke in approximately 4 seconds in both directions.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
VBL Volume Booster
D103393X012
Product Bulletin
62.3:VBL November 2019
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
62.3:VBL November 2019
VBL Volume Booster
D103393X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2010, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
TALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLET
Whisper Trim I Cage
D100190X012
Product Bulletin
80.1:006 October 2018
FisherTM Whisper TrimTM I Cage
The Whisper Trim I cage offers proven aerodynamic noise control that is effective for vapor, gas, or steam flow applications.
The Whisper Trim I cage utilizes multiple orifices of a special shape, size, and spacing to minimize noise generated by the flow of vapor, gas, or steam through a control valve. Using a Whisper Trim I cage in conjunction with a properly sized valve body can
substantially reduce the noise level below that of valves with standard trim.
Refer to the appropriate valve body bulletin for additional construction details and pressure drop limits.
Unless otherwise noted, all NACE references are to NACE MR0175-2002.
W0961-2
WHISPER TRIM I CAGE
W0997-2
FISHER EWT METAL-SEAT VALVE WITH WHISPER TRIM I CAGE
www.Fisher.com
TALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLET
Product Bulletin
80.1:006 October 2018
Whisper Trim I Cage
D100190X012
Specifications
Availability See table 2. For valve designs and sizes not listed, use a Whisper Trim III level A1 cage instead of a Whisper Trim I cage. Base the noise attenuation and velocity limits in accordance with Whisper Trim I cage performance.
Trim Material See table 1
Trim Selection See appropriate valve body bulletin
Flow Characteristic Linear; (characterized cages available--consult with your Emerson sales office)
Flow Direction Up through the seat ring and out the cage openings
Features
nOptimum Performance--The Whisper Trim I cage offers excellent noise reduction and high flow capacity. This combines with the well known control and durability offered by standard easy-eTM trims to give optimum overall performance at a minimum investment.
nNoise Control--Use of a Whisper Trim I cage in a properly sized valve can result in up to 18 dBA noise reduction compared to the same valve with
Noise Attenuation See Fisher Catalog 12, section 3 for calculation procedure (Whisper Trim I is most effective when nP/P1 0.65. It can be used above this, but the addition of a diffuser is recommended to split the pressure drop.)
Sizing Coefficients See Fisher Catalog 12, section 1 for actual values
Shutoff Classification Soft seats are available. See appropriate valve body bulletin
Pressure/Temperature Capability See appropriate valve body bulletin
standard trim. An 18 dBA reduction in noise represents approximately 98 percent reduction in sound intensity. This is similar to moving away from the noise source by 24m (78 feet).
nEasy Maintenance--Quick change trim allows fast and easy inspection or replacement of the cage without taking the valve body out of the pipeline. It is interchangeable with the cages in all standard easy-e control valve bodies.
nLong Trim Life--Hardened material is standard to provide exceptional wear resistance.
2
TALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLET
Whisper Trim I Cage
D100190X012
Product Bulletin
80.1:006 October 2018
Table 1. Trim Material Selection for CL125-600 easy-e and CL125-900 Fisher EW Using a Whisper Trim I Cage
Trim Number
Valve Plug
Whisper Trim I Cage
Seat Ring
1
S41600 SST(1)
S17400 SST(2)
S41600 or S41000 SST(1)
3 4 5(7) 6(8) 27 & 87
S31600 SST alloy 6 (CoCr-A) faced seat and guide S31600 SST
S31600 SST alloy 6 (CoCr-A) faced seat and guide S31600 SST alloy 6 (CoCr-A) faced seat and guide
S31600 SST alloy 6 faced seat and guide
Cast alloy 6 S17400 SST(2)
R31233 S31603 SST S31600 SST with electroless nickel coating (ENC)(5)
Cast alloy 6(3) S31600 SST Cast alloy 6(3) Cast alloy 6(3) Cast alloy 6(3)
28(6) 29 & 85(6)
37 57
S31600 SST alloy 6 faced seat S31600 SST
S31600 SST alloy 6 faced seat and guide S41600 SST(1)
S31600 SST with electroless nickel coating (ENC)(5) S31600 SST with electroless nickel coating (ENC)(5)
S17400 SST(2) S17400 SST(2)
S31600 SST(3) S31600 SST Cast alloy 6(3) S31600 SST(4)
1. Hardened to 38 Rockwell C minimum. 2. Hardened to 40 Rockwell C minimum. 3. S31600 SST alloy 6 faced seat used on NPS 6x4, 8x4, 8x6, and 12x6 valves. 4. S31600 SST disk seat and disk retainer for soft seat construction. 5. S17400 NACE MR0175-2002 with ENC used on NPS 8 easy-e, NPS 10x8 and 12x8 Design EW valves. 6. These trims are not available for port sizes larger than 111 mm (4-3/8 inches). 7. Available only for NPS 8, 8x6, 12x6, 10x8, and 12x8 sizes of Whisper Trim I cages. 8. Available only for NPS 8, 10x8, and 12x8 sizes Whisper Trim I cages.
Table 2. Whisper Trim I Cage Availability
Pressure Rating
Available Valve Design
Valve Size, NPS
CL125 through 600
CL300 through 600
ED, ES, & ET EWD, EWS, & EWT
1, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3, 4, 6, 8
4x2(1), 6x4(1), 8x4(1), 8x6(1), 12x6(1), 10x8(1),
12x8(1)
CL900
EWD, EWS, & EWT
8x6(1), 12x8(1, 2)
1. The first number indicates both valve body inlet and outlet size. The second number indicates nominal trim size. 2. Will accept CL900 inlet pressure but limited to CL600 pressure drop.
Ordering Information
When ordering, please specify: 1. Required Cv 2. Trim material
Installation
In any installation, the valve must be oriented so the flow complies with the arrow on the side of the valve body. Flow is always up through the seat ring.
Because the Whisper Trim I cage design utilizes a multiple-orifice design, a strainer should be installed upstream of any Whisper Trim I application.
The cage has 1.6 mm (0.06 inch) width slots.
3. Valve body design 4. Valve body size 5. Valve body material 6. Service conditions
3
TALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLET
Product Bulletin
80.1:006 October 2018
Whisper Trim I Cage
D100190X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Process Management, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Whisper Trim, and easy-e are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Process Management, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Process Management Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 1977, 2018 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Whisper Trim III
D100191X012
Product Bulletin
80.1:010 January 2021
FisherTM Whisper TrimTM III Cages
Whisper Trim III cages provide effective attenuation of aerodynamic noise in vapor, gas, or steam applications involving high pressure drops or high pressure drop ratios. Using a Whisper Trim III cage in conjunction with a properly-sized valve body can substantially reduce the noise level of the control application.
Aerodynamic noise is generated by the turbulence created in the flow of vapor, gas, or steam as the fluid passes through a control valve. To achieve effective noise attenuation, a Whisper Trim III cage utilizes multiple orifices of a special shape, size, and spacing. These orifices break up turbulent fluid streams, reducing noise-producing interactions.
Whisper Trim III cages are available for a variety of valve body types (see table 1). Please refer to the appropriate valve body bulletin for additional construction details.
CAGE RETAINER
CAGE SEAT RING
W2041
LEVELS A1 THROUGH C3
Features
nOutstanding Noise Control--Use of a Whisper Trim III cage in a properly sized valve can result in a noise reduction up to 30 dBA compared to the same valve with standard trim. Such a reduction would be similar to the reduction in noise level noticed when moving away from the noise source 94m (308 feet).
nOptimum Performance--Use of a Whisper Trim III cage provides excellent noise reduction and high flow capacity with the proven control and durability offered by standard Fisher valve trims. The result: optimum overall performance at a minimum investment.
nEasy Maintenance--Quick change trim allows fast and easy inspection of the cage without taking the valve body out of the pipeline. Whisper Trim III is interchangeable with standard control valve trim.
BAFFLE WELDED TO CAGE RETAINER (CAGE IS INSIDE)
W2629
LEVEL D1 OR D3
SEAT RING
nLong Trim Life--Hardened materials of construction are standard to provide exceptional wear resistance. For more information about trim materials, see the appropriate valve body bulletin.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.1:010 January 2021
Whisper Trim III
D100191X012
Specifications
Availability See table 1
Trim Material and Selection See appropriate valve body bulletin
Pressure/Temperature Capability See appropriate valve body bulletin
Maximum Pressure Drops As shown in appropriate valve body bulletin
Flow Characteristic(1) Linear (restricted linear cages, modified parabolic cages, and special, characterized cages are available--consult your Emerson sales office)
1. For additional sizing information, contact your Emerson sales office.
Flow Direction Up--through the seat ring and out through the cage orifices
Noise Attenuation See Catalog 12, section 3 for calculation procedure
Sizing Coefficients(1) See Catalog 12, section 1 for actual values
Shutoff Classification See appropriate valve body bulletin
Installation
In any installation, the valve must be oriented so the flow complies with the arrow on the side of the valve body. Flow is always up through the seat ring.
Because the Whisper Trim III cage design utilizes a multiple-orifice design, a strainer should be installed upstream of any Whisper Trim III application.
The level A1 through D1 cages have 3.2 mm (0.125 inch) diameter orifices. The level A3 through D3 have 1.6 mm (0.0625 inch) diameter orifices.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Whisper Trim III
D100191X012
Product Bulletin
80.1:010 January 2021
Figure 1. Whisper Trim III Cage in Fisher ED Valve
BONNET SPACER
CAGE RETAINER
W3332-2
Figure 2. Whisper Trim III Cage in NPS 12 x 8 Fisher EWNT-2 Valve with Seat Ring Threaded Into the Cage
VALVE PLUG SEAL RING
SEAT RING SEAL RING
W3290*
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.1:010 January 2021
Whisper Trim III
D100191X012
Table 1. Valve Body Constructions with Whisper Trim III Cages
VALVE DESIGN GX
VALVE SIZE, NPS(3) DN 80 (NPS 3) DN 100 (NPS 4) DN 150 (NPS 6) 1
PRESSURE RATING
PN 10 - PN 40 (CL150, 300)
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inch
70
90
70(5)
- - -
136
90(5)
33.3 1 5/16
VALVE PLUG, TRAVEL
mm
Inch
40
40
40
- - -
60
40
19
3/4
PERFORMANCE LEVEL, MAX 0.999 n P/P1(4) A1 A3 B1 B3 C1 C3 D1 D3 X X X X X
X
47.6 1 7/8
19
3/4
X
1 1/2
33.3 1 5/16
19
19.1
3/4(7)
29
3/4 1 1/8
XXX XXXX
58.7 2 5/16
35
1 3/8
X
2
33.3 1 5/16
29
1 1/8
XXXXXXX
2 1/2
73.0 2 7/8
38 47.6 1 7/8
1 1/2
X XXXXXXX
ED, ES, ET,ET-C(6)
CL150,
87.3 3 7/16
X
3
CL300, CL600
38
1 1/2
58.7 2 5/16
XXXXXXX
111.1 4 3/8
X
4
51
2
87.3 3 7/16
XXXXXXX
177.8
7
51
2
X
6(1)
136.5 5 3/8
76
3
X XXXXXXX
8(1)
12 and larger 1
203.2 33.3
76
3
X
8
95
3-3/4 X X X X X X
102
4
X XXXXX
Consult Fisher bulletin 51.1:ET/ED Large (D103554X012)
1 5/16
19
3/4
X
47.6 1 7/8
19
3/4
X
EAD, EAS, EAT
2
33.3 1 5/16
19
1
XXX
CL150,
19.1
3/4
29
1 1/8
XXXX
CL300, CL600 73.0
2 7/8
X
3
38
1 1/2
47.6 1 7/8
XXXXXXX
87.3 3 7/16
X
4
38
1 1/2
58.7 2 5/16
XXXXXXX
6
CL150,
111.1
CL300, CL600 87.3
4 3/8 3 7/16
51
X
2 XXXXXXX
-continued-
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Whisper Trim III
D100191X012
Product Bulletin
80.1:010 January 2021
Table 1. Valve Body Constructions with Whisper Trim III Cages (continued)
VALVE DESIGN
VALVE SIZE, NPS(3)
PRESSURE RATING
PORT DIAMETER
VALVE PLUG, TRAVEL
PERFORMANCE LEVEL, MAX 0.999 n P/P1(4)
A1 A3 B1 B3 C1 C3 D1 D3
2, 3 x2
38.1
1.5
38
1.5
X
3, 4x3 6, 6x4
58.7 2.3125
38
CL2500
73
2.875
51
1.5
X
2
X
X XX
EHD, EHS, EHT
6, 8x6 8,10 12,14
111.1 4.375
76
CL1500
178
7
178
CL2500
136 5.375
146
CL1500
254
10
184
CL2500
178
7
178
3
X
X
X
X
7
5.75
7.25
XXXXXXXX
7
58.7 2.3125
34.9
1.375
X
4X2
31.8
1.25
XXXX
X
33.3 1.3125
28.6
1.125
X
X
111.1 4.375
50.8
2
XXXX
6X4(1)
50.8
2
87.3 3.4375
76.2
3
XX XX
EWD, EWS, EWT, EWT-C(6)
111.1 4.375
50.8
2
X
X
8X4
CL150,
50.8
2
CL300, CL600 87.3 3.4375
76.2
3
X
XXXXX
XX
8X6, 10X6(1)
177.8
7
76.2
3
101.6(8)
4(8)
X XX
12X6(1)
136.5 136.5
5.375 5.375
127.0 165.1
5
XXXXXXX
6.5
XXXXXXXX
10X8
203.2
8
177.8
7
152.4 152.4
6
XXXXXX
6
XX
12X8
CL150,
203.2
8
CL300,
CL600, CL900 177.8
7
152.4 152.4
6
XXXXXX
6
XX
12 and larger
CL150, CL300, CL600
Consult Fisher bulletin 51.1:ET/ED Large (D103554X012)
EWD-1, EWT-1
12 x 8
197
7.75
146
CL900
172
6.75
146
5.75
XXXXXX
5.75
XX
8 x 6
CL900
136 5.375
127
5
XX
X
X
X
EWND-1, EWNT-1
12 x 8
197
7.75
203
CL900
172
6.75
203
8
XXXXXX
8
XX
EWND-1, EWNT-2
12 x 8
197
7.75
203
CL300, 600 172
6.75
203
8
XXXXXX
8
XX
FBD, FBT
8 x 12 thru 24 x 24 16 x 30 thru 36 x 36
Consult Fisher bulletin 51.1:FB (D100195X012) Consult Fisher bulletin 51.1:FB (D100195X012)
XXXXXXXX
X
XXXXXX
-continued-
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.1:010 January 2021
Whisper Trim III
D100191X012
Table 1. Valve Body Constructions with Whisper Trim III Cages (continued)
VALVE DESIGN
VALVE SIZE, NPS(3)
PRESSURE RATING
PORT DIAMETER
VALVE PLUG, TRAVEL
PERFORMANCE LEVEL, MAX 0.999 n P/P1(4)
A1 A3 B1 B3 C1 C3 D1 D3
1
19
0.75
29
1.125
X
25
1
19
0.75
X
CL1500, 2500 19
0.75
29
1.125
X
2
25
1
19
0.75
X
48
1.875
51
2
X
X
X
X
HPD, HPS, HPT
3
48
1.875
51
73
2.875
51
2
X
2
X
X
X
X
4
73
2.875
51
CL1500
92
3.625
51
2
X
2
X
XXXX
6
111 4.375
76
136 5.375
76
3
3
XX
X
X
2
CL1500, 2500 48
1.875
38
1.5
X
3
48
1.875
38
1.5
X
4 HPAD, HPAS, HPAT
6
73
2.875
51
CL1500
73
2.875
92
3.625
51 51
2
X
X
2
2
X
X
X
X
8
111 4.375
76
136 5.375
76
3
3
X
X
X
X
1. Please note that the body/bonnet height may be greater after installing a Whisper Trim III cage. A spacer is required for ED, ET, ET-C, EWD, EWT, and EWT-C configurations. 2. Other sizes may be available--consult your Emerson sales office. 3. Two-number valve body size designation for EH, EW, and EWN Series valves indicates end connection size by trim size, but for FB Series valves, it indicates inlet size by outlet size. 4. The X indicates performance level available for given body-trim configuration. Other cage/body configurations available to meet specific applications. 5. GX unbalanced, restricted trim. 6. ET-C available for sizes NPS 3-8 and EWT-C available for sizes NPS 6x4 - NPS 12x8. 7. Available only with ES construction. 8. Travel limited to 3.75" for EWD valves with Class IV multiple piston rings and EWT with PEEK anti-extrusion seal ring.
Ordering Information
When ordering, please specify: 1. Required Cv 2. Trim material 3. Valve body design 4. Valve body size 5. Valve materials of construction 6. Service conditions and all other information requested in the valve body bulletin
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Whisper Trim III
D100191X012
Product Bulletin
80.1:010 January 2021
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.1:010 January 2021
Whisper Trim III
D100191X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and Whisper Trim are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1988, 2021 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Inline Diffusers
D100194X012
Product Bulletin
80.1:6010 September 2017
FisherTM 6010, 6011, 6012, 6013, and Whisper Disk Diffusers
Because valves can be substantial noise contributors when controlling industrial processes, a complete line of Fisher diffusers is offered to provide optimum noise attenuation. A diffuser is a pressure-reducing device that is installed downstream from the control valve. When installed, the total pressure drop of the system is divided across the valve and diffuser. This enables the valve to operate at a lower pressure drop ratio, thereby lowering the noise level generated from the process flowing through the control valve.
Inline Diffusers
Fisher 6010, 6011 and Whisper Disk inline diffusers are
installed downstream of any control valve. These diffusers do not need to be placed adjacent to a control valve. Multiple diffuser types are available, providing an increased level of flexibility to meet a range of applications. Inline diffusers are used in steam, gas, and vapor flow applications to achieve minimum noise generation.
Vent Diffusers
Fisher 6012 and 6013 (figure 1) vent diffusers reduce the noise generated by the venting of compressible fluids to atmosphere.
W1162-2
6010
W4888
WHISPER DISK
W1155-2
www.Fisher.com
X0347
6011
Note: Diffusers are not hydrostatically tested
6012
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.1:6010 September 2017
Inline Diffusers
D100194X012
Specifications
Available Configurations
6010: Inline diffuser (with integral outlet head) 6011: Inline diffuser (pipe-style) Whisper Disk: Inline diffuser (flat plate) 6012: Drilled-hole vent diffuser 6013: Drilled-hole vent diffuser (with outer shell)
Weights & Dimensions(1)
6010: See figure 2 and table 3. 6011: See figure 3 and table 5. 6012: See figure 5 and table 9. 6013: See figure 6 and table 10. Whisper Disk: See figure 4
Sizes
6010: NPS 1 x 3 to NPS 26 x 48 (inlet x outlet) 6011: NPS 2 to NPS 30 Whisper Disk: NPS 2 to NPS 24 6012: NPS 2 to NPS 26 6013: NPS 2 to NPS 26 (outer shell NPS 4 to 36)
End Connections
6010: Any combination of flanged (raised-face, ring-type joint, and flat-face) or welded end (buttweld or socket weld) 6011: Wafer flanged Whisper Disk: Raised-face or ring-type joint flanged 6012 and 6013: Raised-face flanged, ring-type joint flanged, or buttweld end
Materials
See table 1
Design Standards Diffuser wall thicknesses are designed in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1 and materials used are listed in Section II, Part D End connection flanges are in compliance with ASME B16.5 and buttweld ends are in compliance with ASME B16.25 Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for availability of PED 97/23/EC compliant materials of construction
Note Inline and vent diffusers are not hydrostatically tested.
1. Your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner can determine actual weights and lengths after the diffuser has been sized for pressure and noise conditions.
Table 1. Construction Materials
MATERIAL
DIFFUSER FLANGE OR WHISPER DISK
DIFFUSER TUBE
DIFFUSER HEAD CAP
Steel(1)
Steel (SA-105)
Grade B (SA-106)
Grade WPB (SA-234)
Alloy Steel(2) (1-1/4 Cr-1/2 MO)
Grade F11 (SA-182)
Grade P11 (SA-335)
Grade WP11 (SA-234)
Alloy Steel(3) (2-1/4 Cr-1 MO)
Grade F22 (SA-182)
Grade P22 (SA-335)
Grade WP22 (SA-234)
S31600 (316 SST)
Grade F316 (SA-182) Grade TP316 (SA-312) Grade WP316H (SA-403)
S30400 (304 SST)
Grade F304 (SA-182) Grade TP304 (SA-312) Grade WP304H (SA-403)
Nickel Alloy (Alloy 400)
Grade 400 (B564)
Grade 400 (B165)
Grade WPNC (B366)
1. Sour gas diffuser assembly can be heat treated to 22 RHC (Rockwell C) maximum hardness as required by NACE MR0175. 2. Wrought equivalent to WC6. 3. Wrought equivalent to WC9.
TEMPERATURE LIMITS
_C
_F
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
-29 to 593
-20 to 1100
-29 to 593
-20 to 1100
-198 to 649 -325 to 1200
-198 to 649 -325 to 1200
-198 to 482 -325 to 900
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Inline Diffusers
D100194X012
Product Bulletin
80.1:6010 September 2017
Figure 1. Control Valve and Diffuser Divide the Overall Pressure Drop
ATMOSPHERE
TUBE BAFFEL SHELL
INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE INLET PRESSURE
TYPICAL FISHER 6013 DIFFUSER INSTALLATION
Features
nVersatility-- The diffuser concept is used in several unique versions, providing optimum solutions for various applications. The diffuser need not be installed adjacent to the control valve.
nNoise Attenuation-- A properly selected diffuser-valve combination can result in up to 40 dBA noise reduction.
nTotal Control-- A diffuser-valve combination retains the pressure/flow control associated with a standard control valve. Just as important, it controls the generation of potentially damaging noise and vibration.
nLower Life-Cycle Cost-- All Fisher diffusers, both inline and vent, are ruggedly built static devices requiring no maintenance after installation. These features combine to offer increased noise control at a minimum investment.
Ordering Information
Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner to order diffusers. Sales representatives should complete standard order entry in addition to the Diffuser Engineering Form that is available on FishWeb. Sales representatives should also send the Diffuser Engineering Form and Customer Data Sheet to DiffuserSpecSheets@Emerson.com.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.1:6010 September 2017
Inline Diffusers
D100194X012
Fisher 6010 Inline Diffuser
Figure 2. Fisher 6010 Diffuser Dimensions
OPTIONAL FLANGES TO CUSTOMER SPECIFICATIONS
OUTLET HEAD
DIAMETER DO
L2 L
30A8680-D A2137-1A
6010
NOTE: Overall diffuser tube length may exceed face-to-face length.
Table 2. Typical Fisher 6010 Diffuser Dimensions(1)
DIFFUSER SIZE(2)
FLANGED L
mm Inch
BUTTWELD L2
mm Inch
Do(3) mm Inch
APPROXI- MATE
WEIGHT(4)
kg lb
1 x 3
152 6.00 84 3.31 76
3 1.3 2.75
1.5 x 3 165 6.50 89 3.50 76
3
1.6 3.50
2 x 4
203 8.00 122 4.81 102 4 2.5 5.50
2 x 6
229 9.00 148 5.81 152 6 4.3 9.50
2.5 x 6 229 9.00 141 5.56 152 6 5.2 11.50
3 x 6 3 x 8 4 x 8 6 x 12 8 x 16
229 9.00 138 5.44 152 6 7.8 17
241 9.50 151 5.94 203 8
10 23
279 11.00 170 6.69 203 8
14 31
330 13.00 205 8.06 305 12 33 72
381 15.00 240 9.44 406 16 48 105
10 x 14 356 14.00 195 7.69 356 14 73 160 10 x 16 406 16.00 246 9.69 406 16 77 170 10 x 20 457 18.00 297 11.69 508 20 93 205 12 x 24 483 19.00 319 12.56 610 24 122 270 14 x 28 483 19.00 310 12.19 711 28 249 550 16 x 32 483 19.00 297 11.69 813 32 374 824 18 x 36 508 20.00 316 12.44 914 36 443 976
20 x 36 508 20.00 310 12.19 914 36 536 1181 24 x 36 533 21.00 322 12.69 914 36 714 1573
1. Dimensions may vary to meet specific sound attenuation or piping requirements. 2. Inlet x outlet nominal pipe sizes. 3. Dimensions are nominal pipe size. 4. Weights do not include optional flanges.
Table 3. Minimum Outlet Head Size for Fisher 6010 Diffusers(1)
INLET TUBE SIZE, NPS
MINIMUM OUTLET HEAD(2) SIZE, NPS
MAXIMUM HEAD SCHEDULE
MAXIMUM HEAD WALL THICKNESS
mm
Inches
1
2
80
5.5
0.218
1
2.5
80
7.0
0.276
1.5
3
80
7.6
0.300
2
4
XXS
17.1
0.674
2.5
4
80
8.6
0.337
3
5
80
9.5
0.375
4
6
80
10.9
0.432
6
10
160
28.6
1.125
8
12
160
33.3
1.312
10
14
XS
12.7
0.500
12
18
80
23.8
0.938
14
20
80
26.2
1.031
16
20
STD only
9.5
0.375
18
24
40
17.5
0.688
20
26
20
12.7
0.500
24
30
30
15.9
0.625
1. This chart may be used to determine physical size limitations. It is not intended to be used as a guide or substitute for outlet velocity calculations or outlet sizing. 2. Larger head sizes are available on all inlet sizes.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Inline Diffusers
D100194X012
Product Bulletin
80.1:6010 September 2017
Fisher 6011 Inline Diffuser
Figure 3. Fisher 6011 Diffuser Dimensions
T
MATING
FLANGE
DIAMETER DT
30A8679-E A2137-1B
L
FLANGE FACING TO CUSTOMER SPECIFICATION
6011
Table 4. Typical Fisher 6011 Diffuser Dimensions(1)
DIFFUSER SIZE(2), NPS
(MATING FLANGE)
MAXIMUM L
mm Inch
T mm Inch
MAXIMUM TUBE SIZE
DT(3,4)
mm Inch
APPROXI- MATE
WEIGHT
kg lb
2
483 19 16 0.63 32 1.25 2.7 6
3
635 25 19 0.75 64 2.50 9
20
4
711 28 22 0.88 76
3
14 30
6
1295 51 28 1.12 127 5
41 90
8
1473 58 32 1.25 152 6
68 150
10
1778 70 38 1.50 203 8 113 250
12
2134 84 44 1.75 254 10 159 350
14
2184 86 44 1.75 254 10 181 400
16
2286 90 51 2.00 305 12 268 590
18
2286 90 51 2.00 356 14 340 750
20
2286 90 51 2.00 406 16 397 875
24
2286 90 51 2.00 508 20 544 1200
26
2286 90 70 2.75 508 20 544 1200
30
2286 90 70 2.75 610 24 635 1400
1. Dimensions may vary to meet specific sound attenuation or piping requirements. 2. Specify mating flange size for diffuser size. 3. Heavy schedule mating flange may require smaller tube size. 4. Smaller tube sizes available for increased annular area.
Table 5. Maximum Tube Size for Fisher 6011 Diffusers(1)
Mating Flange Line Size, NPS
MATING LINE
Maximum Schedule Allowed
Maximum Allowable Wall Thickness
mm
Inches
MAXIMUM 6011 TUBE SIZE, NPS
2
STD only
3.9
0.154
1-1/2
2
XS
5.5
0.218
1-1/4
3
STD only
5.4
0.216
2-1/2
3
160
11.1
0.438
2
4
80
8.6
0.337
3
6
80
11.0
0.432
5
6
160
18.3
0.719
4
8
120
18.3
0.719
6
10
100
18.3
0.719
8
12
160
33.3
1.312
8
12
60
14.3
0.562
10
14
80
19.1
0.750
10
16
80
21.4
0.844
12
18
80
23.8
0.938
14
20
60
20.6
0.812
16
24
XS
12.7
0.500
20
26
XS
12.7
0.500
20
30
XS
12.7
0.500
24
1. This chart may be used to determine physical size limitations. It is not intended to be used as a guide or substitute for outlet velocity calculations, or outlet sizing.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.1:6010 September 2017
Inline Diffusers
D100194X012
Whisper Disk Inline Diffuser
Table 6. Available Size/Pressure Class for Whisper Disk Diffusers
SIZE, NPS
CL150
CL300
CL400
PRESSURE RATING(1) CL600
CL900
CL1500
CL2500
2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
2-1/2
X
X
X
X
X
X
NA
3
X
X
X
X
X
X
NA
4
X
X
X
X
X
NA
NA
6
X
X
X
X
NA
NA
NA
8
X
X
X
NA
NA
NA
NA
10
X
X
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
12
X
X
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
14-24
X
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
1. Ratings are for raised face flanges. Flange ratings higher than those listed may be available. Consult your Emerson sales office for higher flange ratings, other sizes, and RTJ (ring-type joint) facing.
Table 7. Whisper Disk Maximum Allowable Cv Per Disk Size and Pressure Drop Ratio (Pressure Drop Ratio of Disk, Not System) (1, 2)
Size, NPS
nP/P1 (psia) Maximum of 0.60
nP/P1 (psia) Maximum of 0.75
nP/P1 (psia) Maximum of 0.85
nP/P1 (psia) Maximum of 0.99
2
14
6
3
1
2-1/2
22
10
5
2
3
37
33
14
12
4
95
35
32
21
6
189
119
74
36
8
321
196
101
82
10
500
321
167
125
12
718
482
246
196
14
889
500
304
234
16
893
650
407
324
18
893
839
529
343
20
893
893
771
432
24
893
893
893
643
1. Above Cv values based on standard weight pipe upstream and downstream of disk diffuser. For heavier schedule or heavier flange maximum Cv values, consult your Emerson sales office. 2. All maximum Cv values assume an Xt of 0.496.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Inline Diffusers
D100194X012
Product Bulletin
80.1:6010 September 2017
Table 8. Thickness Dimension T for Whisper Disk Diffusers
SIZE, NPS(1)
CL150
CL300
T, MILLIMETERS Pressure Rating CL400 CL600
CL900 CL1500
2 2-1/2
3 4 6
19
22
32
32
44
44
22
25
35
35
48
48
24
28
38
38
44
54
24
32
41
44
51
54
25
37
48
54
- - -
- - -
8
28
41
54
- - -
- - -
- - -
10
30
48
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
12
32
51
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
14
35
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
16
37
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
18
40
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
20
43
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
24
48
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
1. For sizes and ratings not shown, contact your Emerson sales office.
CL150
0.75 0.88 0.94 0.94 1.00
1.12 1.19 1.25 1.38 1.44
1.56 1.69 1.88
CL300
0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25 1.44
1.62 1.88 2.00 - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - -
T, INCHES
Pressure Rating
CL400 CL600
1.25
1.25
1.38
1.38
1.50
1.50
1.62
1.75
1.88
2.12
2.12
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
CL900
1.75 1.88 1.75 2.00 - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - -
CL1500
1.75 1.88 2.12 2.12 - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - -
Figure 4. Thickness Dimension T for Whisper Disk Diffusers
T
MATING FLANGE
WHISPER DISK
24B0372-A A6140
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.1:6010 September 2017
Inline Diffusers
D100194X012
Fisher 6012 Vent Diffuser
Figure 5. Fisher 6012 Vent Diffuser Dimensions
L
11B2707-A
Fisher 6013 Vent Diffuser
Figure 6. Fisher 6013 Vent Diffuser Dimensions
L
11B2707-A
Table 9. Typical Fisher 6012 Diffuser Dimensions(1)
INLET SIZE, NPS
L
mm
Inches
WEIGHT(2)
kg
lb
2
533
21.00
14
30
3
610
24.00
21
47
4
914
36.00
32
70
6
1143
45.00
61
135
8
1626
64.00
136
300
10
2032
80.00
206
455
12
2642
104.00
354
780
14
2743
108.00
372
820
16
2794
110.00
499
1100
18
3353
132.00
782
1725
20
3962
156.00
816
1800
1. Dimensions may vary to meet specific sound attenuation or piping requirements. 2. Weights do not include flanges.
Table 10. Typical Fisher 6013 Diffuser Dimensions(1)
INLET SIZE, NPS
L
mm
Inches
WEIGHT(2)
kg
lb
2
1118
44.00
64
140
3
1219
48.00
88
195
4
1524
60.00
113
250
6
1829
72.00
191
420
8
2134
84.00
329
725
10
2743
108.00
465
1025
12
3353
132.00
748
1650
14
3353
132.00
767
1690
16
3505
138.00
984
2170
18
3962
156.00
1383
3050
20
4572
180.00
1569
3460
1. Dimensions may vary to meet specific sound attenuation or piping requirements. 2. Weights do not include flanges.
Table 11. Minimum Shell Size for Fisher 6013 Diffuser
Diffuser
mm
51
Inlet Size
NPS
2
76
102
152
203
254
305
356
406
457
508
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
Nominal
mm
203
254
305
356
406
508
610
610
711
762
813
Shell Size Inches
8
10
12
14
16
20
24
24
28
30
32
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Inline Diffusers
D100194X012
Product Bulletin
80.1:6010 September 2017
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E 1987, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Dirty Service Trim
D102310X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:021 March 2021
FisherTM Dirty Service Anti-Cavitation Trim (DST)
Fisher Dirty Service Trim (DST) is a multi-stage, anti-cavitation control valve trim for use in services where the fluid may have entrained particulate that could plug the passages, or cause erosion damage to conventional anti-cavitation trims. DST is frequently used in high pressure drop applications up to 4200 psid in the chemical, refining, oil and gas production, and power industries.
Features
nCavitation Control--2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 6-stage DST used in a valve properly selected for flow conditions can eliminate cavitation and associated damage and noise.
nVersatility--Available in globe and angle valves, flow down (figure 2) or flow up (figure 3), from NPS 1 to 16 having weld-end or flanged-end connections. Can be used in easy-et, EH, EHA, EW, HP, and HPA valves.
nLong Trim Life--This trim concept uses a combined axial and radial flow that features large, open flow paths and decreased clearance flow erosion.
nFlexibility-- In many cases DST can be retrofitted to replace Cav III trims that are currently in service. DST can pass 1/4 to 3/4-inch particles without plugging.
nEasy Maintenance--In-line trim removal allows inspection of parts without taking the valve body out of the pipeline.
nSour Service Capability--Materials are available for applications handling sour fluids. Please contact your Emerson sales office for additional information.
W6787-1
FISHER DIRTY SERVICE TRIM
nTrim Materials--Typical trim materials include S17400 cages, S44004 valve plug and seat, S31600/ENC/CoCr-A cages with S31600/CoCr-A valve plug and seat, or S32550/ENC/CoCr-A cages with S32550/CoCr-A valve plug and seat, or R31233 cages with R31233 valve plug and seat. Other materials are available to satisfy application requirements.
nShutoff--DST also features a protected seat design where the shutoff function of the valve is separate from the throttling areas of the trim.
nHigh-Temperature Class V Shutoff--Use of the metal C-seal permits Class V shutoff above 316_C (600_F).
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:021 March 2021
Dirty Service Trim
D102310X012
Specifications
Available Valves easy-e, EH, EHA, EU, EW, HP, and HPA. See table 3
End Connection Styles Refer to appropriate valve bulletin
Valve Body Dimensions and Weights Valve type, pressure class, and number of stages will result in changes to these values. Please consult your Emerson sales office for more information on finished dimensions and weights
Shutoff Classifications Class V per ANSI/FCS 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Maximum Inlet Pressures and Temperatures(1) Consistent with applicable CL150, CL300, CL600, CL900, CL1500, and CL2500 pressure/temperature ratings according to ASME B16.34 ratings unless limited by individual temperature and pressure limits shown in tables 1 and 2
J S32550/ENC/CoCr-A cages, S32550/CoCr-A valve plug and seat J R31233 cages, R31233 valve plug and seat. Trim can be made from several other bar stock alloys. Consult your Emerson sales office for your specific application
Temperature Capabilities Valve Body/Trim Combinations: See table 2 All Other Parts: Consult your Emerson sales office
Flow Coefficients See table 3
Flow Characteristic Linear
Flow Direction Flow down (typical) or Flow up (available)
Valve Cavitation Coefficient Kc = 1.0 for all valves when trim is used within applicable pressure drop limits.
Maximum Pressure Drop(1) See table 1
Construction Materials Trim Parts: J S17400 cages, S44004 valve plug and seat or S31600/ENC/CoCr-A cages with S31600/CoCr-A valve plug and seat
Maximum Valve Plug Travel Typical plug travels are 0.75 inch through 2 inch. Contact your Emerson sales office for your specific application
Minimum Seating Force Use Class V seat load requirements
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation for valve should not be exceeded.
Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Trim Selection Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Valve Sizing Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Tables
Available Pressure Drop Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Trim Combinations for DST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 DST Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Typical Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Dirty Service Trim
D102310X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:021 March 2021
Table 1. Allowable Pressure Drop Limits
PRESSURE DROP LIMITS
Number of Stages
Flowing Pressure Drop Limit (bar)
Flowing Pressure Drop Limit (psi)
Fl
Kc
2
52
750
0.95
1.0
3
103
1500
0.97
1.0
4
207
3000
0.99
1.0
5
241
3500
0.99
1.0
6
289
4200
0.99
1.0
Figure 1. Staged Pressure Drop Patterns
are not worn away by throttling control action, (valve
must always be throttled above the min Cv) resulting in extended shutoff capabilities.
EQUAL DROP THROUGH SIX STAGES
DST 4-STAGE TRIM
INLET PRESSURE TO FINAL STAGE
A2149-1
FLUID TRAVEL THROUGH THE VALVE STAGES
In conventional staged-trim designs, cavitation usually does not exist until the final stage. Figure 1 illustrates why this happens. As shown, the greater the pressure drop through the final stage, the lower the vena contracta pressure (Pvc). If Pvc is less than or equal to Pv, and P2 is greater than Pv, then cavitation will result.
The DST valve avoids this by means of its unique expanding flow area design. Each of the stages has a successively larger flow area. The result is a very efficient operation because more than 90 percent of the overall pressure drop is taken in the stages prior to the final stage where there is little danger of bubble formation. Consequently, a relatively low inlet pressure to the final stage is achieved. Figure 1 also compares the pressure drop pattern through the four stages in the expanding area DST design with a pattern representing a six-stage trim design with each stage taking an equal portion of the total pressure drop. As can be seen, the inlet pressure to the last stage of DST trim is always less than the inlet pressure to the sixth stage of an equal-drop cage. Therefore the Pvc of the DST cage remains higher than the Pvc of an equal-drop cage. If the pressure drops were all equivalent to that of the last stage in DST trim, 11 stages would be required in the equal-drop trim.
Principle of Operation
DST provides cavitation control for applications with entrained particulate that could potentially plug the inlet passages or cause severe erosion damage to conventional anticavitation trim. The DST design uses a combined axial and radial flow path that features large openings allowing particulate up to 3/4 inches in diameter to pass through the valve.
Due to the need for tight shutoff, the multi-stage design incorporates a protected seating surface that separates the shutoff and the throttling locations. All significant pressure drops are taken downstream of the seating surface. As a result, the seating surfaces
Availability
DST trim is available in numerous body designs and pressure classes. Table 1 shows the pressure drop limits for each design relative to the number of stages used.
Table 3 shows the different valve constructions that DST can be used in. It also shows typical min and max Cv values each valve can achieve. Any deviation from the sizes listed in table 3, or temperatures in table 2, will result in different Cv limitations. Please contact your Emerson sales office for any requests that do not fall within these ranges.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:021 March 2021
Dirty Service Trim
D102310X012
Table 2. Trim Combinations for Fisher DST(1)
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
VALVE PLUG
CAGE
SEAT RING
MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE LIMIT
_C
_F
S17400 or
A
WCC
S44004
S17400
S44004
316
600
WCC
204
400
B
S31600/CoCrA
S31600/CoCrA/ENC
S31600/CoCrA/ENC
SST
316
600
C
WCC SST
S32550/ CoCrA
S32550/CoCrA/ENC
S32550/CoCrA/ENC
316 204
600 400
WCC
581
LCC
R31233
CF8M(2)
R31233
R31233
316
600
1. Contact your Emerson sales office for higher temperature capabilities. 2. NPS 4 ET with 3-stage DST is limited to 204°C (400°F) maximum temperature. NPS 6 EAT with 3-stage DST is limited to 149°C (300°F) maximum temperature. NPS 6 ET with 3-stage DST is limited to 191°C (375°F) maximum temperature. NPS 8 ET with 3-stage DST is limited to 177°C (350°F) maximum temperature. These temperature limits take into consideration the
body/bonnet/bolting combination.
Trim Selection Guidelines
The standard trim materials are listed below, and in table 2. Other materials such as superaustenitic SST, S34700, Solid CoCr-A, N08800, and tungsten carbide trim are available upon request. Contact your Emerson sales office for more information.
nTrim A: Trim A is the typical trim used with carbon steel and alloy steel valve bodies. It can generally be used in severe service applications up to 316_C (600_F). Higher temperature can be achieved with alternate trim parts. Contact your Emerson sales office for higher temperature requirements. Typical applications for Trim A include boiler feedwater, water, non-sour hydrocarbons, and other non-sour liquids.
nTrim B: Trim B is the typical trim used with stainless steel valve bodies. It can generally be used in severe service applications up to 316_C (600_F). Higher temperatures can be achieved with alternate trim parts. Contact your Emerson sales office for higher temperature requirements. Typical applications for Trim B include produced water, water, sour hydrocarbons, and other sour liquids. Not for use with boiler feedwater.
nTrim C: Trim C can commonly be seen in carbon steel and Duplex SST valve bodies. This trim is most commonly used in sea water applications, produced water, and other offshore crude oil applications.
nTrim 581: Trim 581 can be used with carbon steel or stainless steel valve bodies. It can generally be used in severe service applications up to 316°C (600°F). Typical applications for Trim 581 include boiler feedwater, water, sour and non-sour hydrocarbons and other liquids.
Please contact your Emerson sales office for more information on DST trim.
Characteristics
The DST trim is designed to have a linear flow characteristic. It is also designed to have no significant flow for the first 10-15% travel. Special characterizations may be possible, including special low minimum Cv designs. Contact your Emerson sales office for assistance.
Valve Sizing Guidelines
Sizing procedures from Catalog 12 or Fisher Specification Manager can be used to size DST control valves. Noise calculations are best performed by using Fisher Specification Manager. The multi-stage configuration of the DST design reduces valve trim noise significantly. Select CAV III 2-Stage as the valve type in Fisher Specification Manager to perform the noise prediction calculation.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Dirty Service Trim
D102310X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:021 March 2021
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
Application Information
1. Process Liquid: State particle size and type of entrained impurities, if any.
2. Specific gravity of liquid
3. Temperature and vapor pressure of liquid
4. Critical pressure
Table 3. Fisher DST Flow Down Availability(4)
VALVE DESIGN
easy-e Globe
easy-e Angle
EH
EHA EU EW HP
PRESSURE RATING
CL600
CL600
CL1500
CL2500 CL1500 CL2500 CL600 CL600 CL1500
VALVE SIZE NPS 1(5) 1.5(5) 2 2.5 3 4 6 8 2(5) 3 4 6 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 3(5) 4(5) 4 6 8 4(6) 6(6) 12 16 4X2 6X4 8X6 12X8 3 4 6
PORT SIZE inch 0.875 1.125 1.75 2.188 2.50 3.438 4.375 5.375 1.125 2.188 2.50 3.438 1.50 1.875 2.875 3.625 5.375 5.375 8.00 8.00 1.50 1.875 1.875 2.875 3.625 3.625 2.875 8.00 11.00 1.75 3.438 4.375 5.375 1.875 2.875 3.625
TRAVEL
inch 0.63 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.25 1.50 2.00 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.25 0.75 1.00 1.50 1.75 1.50 1.50 2.00 2.00 0.75 0.75 1.00 1.50 1.75 1.75 1.50 1.50 4.00 0.75 1.25 1.75 2.00 1.00 1.00 1.50
5. Range of flowing inlet pressures
6. Pressure drops a. Range of flowing pressure drops b. Maximum at shutoff
7. Flow rates a. Minimum controlled flow b. Normal flow c. Maximum flow
8. Required Cv 9. Line size and schedule
UNBALANCED AREA
MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM FLOW COEFFICIENTS, Cv (3)
2-Stage
3-Stage
4-Stage
6-Stage
inch2
Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
0.610
(1)
0.15 4.4
NA(2)
NA(2)
0.800
(1)
0.22 8.9
NA(2)
NA(2)
0.029
0.3 23.1 0.22 18.5
NA(2)
NA(2)
0.061
0.5 30.5 0.4 23.4
NA(2)
NA(2)
0.041
0.8
46
0.8
36
NA(2)
NA(2)
0.118
1.7 81
1.5 64
NA(2)
NA(2)
0.154
2.8 174 2.8 128
NA(2)
NA(2)
0.206
5.5 253
5
185
NA(2)
NA(2)
0.800
(1)
0.22 8.9
NA(2)
NA(2)
0.061
0.5 30.5 0.4 23.4
NA(2)
NA(2)
0.041
0.8
46
0.8
36
NA(2)
NA(2)
0.118
1.7 81
1.5 64
NA(2)
NA(2)
0.051
NA(2)
(1)
0.3 7.5
(1)
0.031
NA(2)
(1)
0.58 23
(1)
0.047
NA(2)
1.4
54
1
44
(1)
0.118
NA(2)
1.2 106
1
88.5
(1)
0.142
NA(2)
4
147
3
115
(1)
0.142
NA(2)
4
147
3
115
(1)
0.350
NA(2)
(1)
10 298
(1)
0.350
NA(2)
(1)
10 298
(1)
0.780
NA(2)
NA(2)
(1)
0.4 9.4
1.534
NA(2)
NA(2)
0.5
16
0.5 13.7
0.031
NA(2)
(1)
0.45 19.2
(1)
0.047
NA(2)
1.4
54
1
44
(1)
0.118
NA(2)
1.2 105
1
88.5
(1)
0.118
NA(2)
NA(2)
1
86
(1)
0.047
NA(2)
NA(2)
1
46
1
28
0.350
10 382 10 292
NA(2)
NA(2)
0.490
(1)
10 617
NA(2)
NA(2)
0.029
(1)
0.22 18.5
NA(2)
NA(2)
0.118
1.7
81
1.5
64
NA(2)
NA(2)
0.154
2.8 187 2.8 150
NA(2)
NA(2)
0.142
5.5 253
5
185
NA(2)
NA(2)
0.031
NA(2)
0.65 24.8 0.45 19.4
(1)
0.047
NA(2)
1
39.5
1
34.6
(1)
0.118
NA(2)
1.2 89.3
1
71
(1)
-continued-
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:021 March 2021
Dirty Service Trim
D102310X012
Table 3. Fisher DST Flow Down Availability(4) (Cont.)
HP & HPA
CL1500 CL2500
1(5)
0.875
0.63
2(5)
1.25
0.75
1(5)
0.875
0.63
2(5)
1.00
0.75
0.589 0.785 0.589 0.785
NA(2) NA(2) NA(2) NA(2)
1. Consult your Emerson sales office. 2. Construction not available. 3. 5-stage DST is available upon request. 4. For flow up constructions consult your Emerson sales office. 5. Unbalanced constructions. 6. These valves are from block forged angle valve bodies. Cast valve bodies are available and may change these values.
Figure 2. 4-Stage Fisher DST Flow Down Trim
(1)
0.2 8.3 NA(2) NA(2)
0.09 3.2 0.28 7.1
(1)
(1)
(1) (1) (1)
0.3 4.3
STEM
NUTS
STUDS BONNET UPPER CAGE BONNET SPACER
SEATING AREA
SEAT RING
MIDDLE CAGE VALVE BODY
PLUG LOWER CAGE
CLOSED
OPEN
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Dirty Service Trim
D102310X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:021 March 2021
Figure 3. 3-Stage Fisher DST Flow Up Trim
STEM
NUTS
STUDS BONNET
BONNET SPACER
UPPER CAGE
CLOSED
W9632-2
LOWER CAGE VALVE BODY
PLUG SEAT RING
W9631-2
OPEN
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:021 March 2021
Dirty Service Trim
D102310X012
Table 4. Typical Applications
POWER/COGENERATION
OIL AND GAS PRODUCTION NATURAL GAS PROCESSING
REFINING
Boiler feed pump recirculation Desuperheater spray water control Feedwater start-up regulators Condensate pump recirculation Superheater bypass Water injection pump recirculation Produced/waste water injection well control Separator letdown Chemical injection pump bypass Main oil line or export flow control valve Main oil line or export pump recirculation Contactor (rich amine) letdown Rich and lean amine pump spillback Contactor letdown Rich and lean amine pump spillback Pump spillback/recirculation Various high pressure and low pressure separator letdown
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and easy-e are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1997, 2021 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
FisherTM NotchFloTM DST Control Valve
Fisher NotchFlo DST control valves offer excellent control of liquid services with high pressure drops and entrained particulate. The dirty service anti-cavitation trims (figure 1) feature multi-stage protection against damaging effects of cavitation and erosive solids. Fisher NotchFlo DST offers trim selections for CL600 3-stage, CL900/1500 4-stage, and CL1500 or CL2500 6-stage.
Features
nLong Trim Life--NotchFlo DST control valves feature a protected seat design whereby the shutoff function is separate from the throttling areas of the trim.
nClass V Shutoff--Use of hardened metal seats provides tight shutoff to minimize seat erosion.
nHigh Pressure Drops--Rugged cage guiding of the plug, combined with a staged pressure drop, enables the NotchFlo DST control valve to be effective in a wide range of allowable high pressure drop applications. It can be operated by either spring and diaphragm or piston actuators, depending on plug design (balanced or unbalanced) and application requirements.
nSour Service Capability--Materials are available for applications handling sour fluids. All references in this document are for NACE MR0175-2002 and MR0103 unless otherwise noted. Contact your Emerson sales office for information on NACE MR0175/ISO 15156.
nAvailability--NotchFlo DST control valves are available in both globe and angle valve body designs.
W9050-2
Fisher NotchFlo DST Control Valve
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Specifications
Valve Sizes and End Connection Styles CL600 3-Stage: See table 1 CL900 and CL1500 4-Stage: See table 2 CL1500 6-Stage: See table 3 CL2500 6-Stage: See table 4
Shutoff Classification per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 Class V: 0.0005 mL/min/psid/in of water at service pressure drop
Maximum Inlet Pressures and Temperatures(1) Consistent with applicable CL600, CL900, CL1500, and CL2500 pressure/temperature ratings according to ASME B16.34 unless limited by individual temperature limits shown in tables 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12
Maximum Pressure Drop(1) See table 5
Construction Materials Valve Body and Bonnet, Plug, Seat Ring, and Cage: See tables 7, 8, 9, and 10 Other Parts: See table 11
Flow Direction Flow up
Port Diameter, Travel, Stem, Yoke Boss Diameters, Unbalance Area See tables 27, 28, 29, and 30
Minimum Seating Force Use Class V seat load requirements (refer to Fisher Catalog 14 or contact your Emerson sales office
Noise Level Use Fisher liquid noise prediction methods available in the Fisher sizing program
Bonnet Style Plain Bonnet: See figures 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, and 8
Packing Arrangements Standard Material: Single PTFE V-ring Optional Material: Double PTFE V-ring, single graphite ribbon filament, and ENVIRO-SEAL packing systems. See bulletin 59.1:061, ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Packing System for Sliding-Stem Valves (Live-Loaded) (D101633X012)
Temperature Capabilities(1) 3-Stage, 4-Stage, and 6-Stage: See tables 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 Valve Body/Trim Combinations: See tables 7, 8, 9, and 10 Bolting for Sour Applications: See table 12 (CL600 -- 3-Stage only). For all other valve pressure ratings, contact your Emerson sales office All Other Parts: See table 11
Flow Coefficients See Fisher Catalog 12
Flow Characteristic Linear
Approximate Weights
See table 13
Dimensions
Globe Valve CL300, CL600: See tables 14 and 15 Globe Valve CL900, CL1500 4-Stage: See tables 16 and 17 Globe Valve CL1500 6-Stage: See table 23 Globe Valve CL2500 6-Stage: See table 24 Angle Valve CL300, CL600: See table 18 Angle (Forged) Valve CL900 and CL1500: See tables 19 and 20 Angle (Cast) Valve CL900, CL1500: See tables 21 and 22 Angle (Forged) Valve CL2500: See table 25 Angle (Cast) Valve CL2500: See table 26
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation for valve should not be exceeded.
Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Trim Selection Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Valve Sizing Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
Figure 1. NotchFlo DST 4-Stage Trim
W9053-1
W9054-1
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Principle of Operation
NotchFlo DST control valves utilize a high resistance, multi-stage, axial flow path (or passage) where fluid flow is parallel to the axis of the plug and cage (see figure 1).
Pressure reduction occurs throughout the length of the plug; thus individual stages aren't exposed to the full pressure differential. Therefore, trim life is enhanced.
NotchFlo DST trim utilizes a series of notched flow restrictions and expansions to control the pressure drop of the fluid. The amount of pressure drop per stage is controlled to prevent cavitation problems and minimize erosion issues on a properly sized valve.
Flow passage configuration provided by the multi-stage plug and cage design make CL600 3-stage, CL900 and CL1500 4-stage, and CL1500 and CL2500 6-stage valves well-suited for applications involving
fluids with entrained particles. This is a potentially serious problem for other anti-cavitation valve designs which are subject to clogged flow passages.
Design of the trim allows for high rangeability.
Characteristics
The NotchFlo DST control valve has a linear flow characteristic.
To maximize seat life, the trim is designed not to have significant flow for the first 15% of travel.
The multi-stage clearance flow design helps prevent high pressure drops in the seating area during throttling at low capacity. This design feature extends the shutoff capability significantly, while enhancing throttling control capability at low travels.
Table 1. CL300 and CL600 3-Stage Available Constructions
VALVE STYLE
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Screwed
END CONNECTION STYLE(1)
RF or RTJ Flanged
Butt Weld
WCC, LCC(2), WC9,
1 and 2
X
X
X
Globe
CF8M, CF8C,
CD3MN
3, 4, 6, and 8
- - -
X
X
Angle
SA-105, F22, F316, F347, S31803
1 and 2 3, 4, 6, and 8
X - - -
X X
X X
X = Available Construction. 1. End connection style abbreviations: RF - Raised Face, RTJ - Ring Type Joint.
2. LCC available with RF and RTJ flanged constructions only. Contact your Emerson sales office for other end connections.
Table 2. CL900 and CL1500, 4-Stage Available Constructions
VALVE STYLE
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
VALVE SIZE, NPS
RF or RTJ Flanged
END CONNECTION STYLE(1) Butt Weld
WCC, LCC(2), WC9,
1, 1-1/2, and 2
X
X
Globe
CF8M, CF8C,
CD3MN
3 and 4
X
X
WCC, WC9, CF8M,
1, 1-1/2, and 2
X
X
CF8C, CD3MN
3, 4, 6, and 8
X
X
Angle
SA-105, F22, F316,
1, 1-1/2, and 2
X
X
F347, S31803
3, 4, 6, and 8
X
X
X = Available Construction. 1. End connection style abbreviations: RF - Raised Face, RTJ - Ring Type Joint.
2. LCC available with RF and RTJ flanged constructions only. Contact your Emerson sales office for other end connections.
Socket Weld X - - X - - -
Socket Weld X --X --X ---
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
Table 3. CL1500 6-Stage Available Constructions
VALVE STYLE
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Globe
WCC, LCC, WC9, CF8M, CF8C, CD3MN
1 2, 3, 4, and 6
X = Available Construction 1. End connection style abbreviations: RF = Raised Face, RTJ = Ring Type Joint
VALVE BODY MATERIAL AND END CONNECTION STYLE(1)
RF or RTJ Flanged
Butt Weld
Socket Weld
X
- - -
X
X
X
- - -
Table 4. CL2500 6-Stage Available Constructions
VALVE STYLE
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Angle
SA-105, F22, F316, F347, S31803
1 2, 3, 4, and 6
WCC, WC9, CF8M, CF8C
1, 2, 3, 4, and 6
Globe
WCC, WC9, CF8M, CF8C,CF3M
1, 2, 3, 4, and 6
X = Available Construction 1. End connection style abbreviations: RF = Raised Face, RTJ = Ring Type Joint
VALVE BODY MATERIAL AND END CONNECTION STYLE(1)
RF or RTJ Flanged
Butt Weld
Socket Weld
X
- - -
X
X
X
- - -
X
X
- - -
X
- - -
- - -
Table 5. Application Guidelines for NotchFlo DST Trim
VALVE PRESSURE RATING
TRIM TYPE
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CL600
3-Stage, Level C
All
4-Stage, Level A
CL900 and CL1500 4-Stage, Level B
All
4-Stage, Level C
CL1500
CL2500
6-Stage, Level C
All
bar <103 <128 <130 <179 <285 <289
KC = 1
psid <1500 <1850 <1890 <2600 <3750 <4200
KC = 0.8
bar
psid
- - -
- - -
128 - 160
1850 - 2325
130 - 163
1890 - 2360
179 - 224
2600 - 3250
- - -
- - -
289 - 362
4200 - 5250
Table 6. Typical Applications
POWER/COGENERATION
OIL AND GAS PRODUCTION NATURAL GAS PROCESSING
REFINING
Boiler feed pump recirculation Desuperheater spray water control
Feedwater start-up regulators Condensate pump recirculation
Superheater bypass Water injection pump recirculation Produced/waste water injection well control
Separator letdown Chemical injection pump bypass Contactor (rich amine) letdown Rich and lean amine pump spillback
Contactor letdown Rich and lean amine pump spillback
Pump spillback/recirculation Various high pressure and low pressure separator letdown
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Trim Selection Guidelines
Refer to the following descriptions and tables 7, 8, 8, and 10 as guidelines for the selection of appropriate trims.
nTrim 277-- Trim 277 is the standard trim for carbon steel and alloy steel valve bodies and recommended for general and severe service applications up to 316_C (600_F). See tables 7, 8, 9, and 10 for operating temperature ranges per valve size. Typical applications for Trim 277 include services in boiler feedwater, water, non-sour hydrocarbons, and other non-sour liquids.
nTrim 279-- Trim 279 should be used for sour liquid service in carbon steel, alloy steel, and stainless steel valve bodies. Trim 279 complies with the metallurgical requirements of NACE MR0103 and MR0175-2002. Trim 279 can be used up to 316_C (600_F). See tables 7, 8, 9, and 10 for operating temperature ranges per valve size.
nTrim 282-- Trim 282 should be used in stainless steel valve bodies only. Trim 282 complies with the metallurgical requirements of NACE MR0103 and MR0175-2002. Trim 282 can be used up to 316_C (600_F). See table 7, 8, 9, or 10 for operating temperature ranges per valve size.
nTrim 283-- Trim 283 should be used in stainless steel valve bodies only. Trim 283 complies with the metallurgical requirements of NACE MR0103 and MR0175-2002. Trim 283 can be used up to 316_C (600_F). See tables 7, 8, 9, and 10 for operating temperature ranges per valve size.
nTrim 284-- Trim 284 should be used in duplex stainless steel valve bodies only. Trim 284 can be used up to 316_C (600_F). See tables 7, 8, 9, and 10 for operating temperature ranges.
nTrim 285-- Trim 285 is the standard trim for stainless steel valve bodies and is optional for use in carbon steel and alloy steel valve bodies. This trim is recommended for general and severe service applications up to 316_C (600_F). Trim 285 can be used in sour or moderately corrosive services and complies with the metallurgical requirements of NACE MR01752002. See tables 7, 8, 9, and 10 for operating temperature ranges per valve size.
nTrim 286-- Trim 286 is available for use in severe service applications, including high pressure separators. Trim 286 can be used in highly corrosive services and complies with the metallurgical requirements of NACE MR0103 and MR0175-2002. See tables 7, 8, 9, and 10 for operating temperature ranges per valve size.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
Table 7. CL600 3-Stage Metal Trim Material Combinations and Valve Body/Trim Temperature Capabilities(1)
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE PLUG
VALVE PLUG STEM
CAGE
SEAT RING
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
VALVE SIZE NPS
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
_C
_F
S17400 H900
SA105, WCC, F22 WC9, LCC
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
(NPS 1-4)
277
S44004
S20910 S17400 H1075 S44004
1
-29 to 149
-20 to 300
(NPS 6-8)
CF8M, S31600
2
-29 to 121
-20 to 250
3 and 4
-29 to 93
-20 to 200
279(2)
R30006 or
R30016
S20910
R30006 or
R30016
R30006 or
R30016
S31600, CF8M, S34700, CF8C
SA105, WCC, LF2 LCC
1 2 3 and 4 1 and 2 3 4
-29 to 232 -29 to 177 -29 to 121 -29 to 316 -29 to 260 -29 to 204
-20 to 450 -20 to 350 -20 to 250 -20 to 600 -20 to 500 -20 to 400
CD3MN (Duplex SST) 1, 2, 3, and 4 -29 to 316
-20 to 600
282(2)
R30016 (NPS 1) S31600/ CoCr-A (NPS 2-8)
S20910
S20910
S31600/ CoCr-A
S31600, CF8M
1, 2, 3, 4, and 6 -29 to 316
8
-29 to 232
-20 to 600 -20 to 450
283(2)
R30016 (NPS 1) S34700/ CoCr-A (NPS 2-8)
S20910
S20910
S34700/ CoCr-A
S34700, CF8C
1, 2, 3, 4, and 6 -29 to 316
8
-29 to 232
-20 to 600 -20 to 450
R30016
284
(NPS 1) S31803/ CoCr-A
S20910
S32760
S31803/ CoCr-A
CD3MN (Duplex SST)
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
(NPS 2-8)
SA105, WCC, LF2, LCC
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
1
-29 to 204
-20 to 400
285
S20910 Annealed
S20910
S17400 H1150 S31600/
Double HT
CoCr-A
S31600, CF8M
2 3 and 4
-29 to 177 -29 to 121
-20 to 350 -20 to 250
6
-29 to 177
-20 to 350
8
-29 to 121
-20 to 250
286
N07718
S20910
S32550
R30006 or R30016
316 SST/ CoCr-A
SA105, WCC, LF2, LCC, F22, WC9
1 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8
(3) (3)
(3) (3)
1. For metal trim parts only. 2. Contact your Emerson sales office for information on NACE MR0175/ISO 15156. 3. Contact your Emerson sales office for operating temperature ranges.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Table 8. CL900/CL1500 4-Stage Metal Trim Material Combinations and Temperature Capabilities(1)
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE PLUG
VALVE PLUG STEM
CAGE
SEAT RING
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
VALVE SIZE NPS
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
_C
_F
S17400 H900 (NPS 1-4)
SA105, WCC, F22 WC9, LCC
1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 6, and 8
4
-29 to 316 -29 to 288
-20 to 600 -20 to 550
277
S44004
S20910
S17400
S44004
1
-29 to 177
-20 to 350
H1075 (NPS 6-8)
CF8M, S31600
1-1/2 2
-29 to 149 -29 to 121
-20 to 300 -20 to 250
3 and 4
-29 to 93
-20 to 200
1
-29 to 260
-20 to 500
1-1/2
-29 to 232
-20 to 450
S31600, CF8M
2
-29 to 177
-20 to 350
3
-29 to 121
-20 to 250
4
-29 to 93
-20 to 200
279(2)
R30006 or
R30016
S20910
R30006 or
R30016
R30006 or
R30016
S34700, CF8C
1, 1-1/2 2 3 4
-29 to 232 -29 to 177 -29 to 121 -29 to 93
-20 to 450 -20 to 350 -20 to 250 -20 to 200
SA105, WCC, LF2 LCC
1, 1-1/2, and 2 3 4
-29 to 316 -29 to 232 -29 to 93
-20 to 600 -20 to 450 -20 to 200
CD3MN (Duplex SST)
1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, and 4
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
282(2)
R30016 (NPS 1) S31600/ CoCr-A (NPS 1-1/2 to 8)
S20910
S20910
S31600/ CoCr-A
S31600, CF8M
1, 1-1/2, 2, and 3
4 6 and 8
-29 to 316
-29 to 93 -46 to 316
-20 to 600
-20 to 200 -50 to 600
283(2)
R30016 (NPS 1) S34700/ CoCr-A (NPS 1-1/2 to 8)
S20910
S20910
S34700/ CoCr-A
S34700, CF8C
1, 1-1/2, 2, and 3
4 6 and 8
-29 to 316
-29 to 93 -46 to 316
-20 to 600
-20 to 200 -50 to 600
284
R30016 (NPS 1) S31803/ CoCr-A (NPS
S20910
S32760
S31803/ CoCr-A
CD3MN (Duplex SST)
1, 1-1/2, 2, and 3
4
-29 to 316 -29 to 204
-20 to 600 -20 to 400
1-1/2 to 8)
6 and 8
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
SA105, WCC, LF2, 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3, 4,
LCC
6, and 8
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
1
-29 to 232
-20 to 450
285
S20910 Annealed
S20910
S17400 H1150 Double
HT
S31600/ CoCr-A
S31600, CF8M
1-1/2 2 3
-29 to 205 -29 to 177 -29 to 121
-20 to 400 -20 to 350 -20 to 250
4
-29 to 93
-20 to 200
6
-29 to 149
-20 to 300
8
-29 to 121
-20 to 250
R30006 or R30016
1 and 1-1/2 -29 to 316
-20 to 600
286
N07718
S20910
S32550
316 SST/
SA105, WCC, LF2, LCC, F22, WC9
2 and 3 4
-29 to 316 -29 to 204
-20 to 600 -20 to 400
CoCr-A
6 and 8
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
1. For metal trim parts only. 2. Contact your Emerson sales office for information on NACE MR0175/ISO 15156.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
Table 9. CL1500 6-Stage Metal Trim Material Combinations and Temperature Capabilities(1)
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE PLUG
VALVE PLUG STEM
CAGE
SEAT RING
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
VALVE SIZE NPS
277
S44004 HT
S20910
S17400 H1075
S44004 HT
WCC, LCC, WC9 1, 2, 3, 4, and 6
CF8M
4 and 6
WCC, LCC, CD3MN
1 and 2
CF8M, CF8C
1
CF8M, CF8C
2
279(2)
R30006 or R30016
S20910
R30006 or R30016
R30006 or R30016
WCC, LCC CF8M, CF8C
3 3
WCC, LCC, WC9
4
CD3MN
3 and 4
CF8M, CF8C
4
282(2)
R30006 or R30016 (NPS 1) S31600/CoCr-A
(NPS 2 - 6)
S20910
S20910 S31600/CoCr-A
CF8M
1, 2, 3, 4, and 6
283(2)
R30006 or R30016 (NPS 1) S34700/CoCr-A
(NPS 2 - 6)
S20910
S20910 S34700/CoCr-A
CF8C
1, 2, 3, 4, and 6
R30006 or
284
R30016 (NPS 1) S31803/CoCr-A
S20910
S32760 S31803/CoCr-A
CD3MN
1, 2, 3, 4, and 6
(NPS 2 - 6)
WCC, LCC, WC9 1, 2, 3, 4, and 6
285
S20910 Annealed
S20910
S17400 H1150 S31600/CoCr-A Double HT
CF8M, CF8C CF8M, CF8C CF8M, CF8C
1 2 3
CF8M, CF8C
4 and 6
R30006 or
286
N07718
S20910
S32550
R30016 (NPS 1) S31600/CoCr-A
WCC, LCC, WC9
1, 2, 3, 4, and 6
(NPS 2 - 6)
1. For metal trim parts only. 2. Contact your Emerson sales office for information on NACE MR0175/ISO 15156.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
_C
_F
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
-29 to 93
-20 to 200
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
-29 to 177
-20 to 350
-29 to 232
-20 to 450
-29 to 260
-20 to 500
-29 to 149
-20 to 300
-29 to 232
-20 to 450
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
-29 to 121
-20 to 250
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
-29 to 316 -29 to 163 -29 to 210 -29 to 135 -29 to 149
-20 to 600 -20 to 325 -20 to 410 -20 to 275 -20 to 300
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Table 10. CL2500 6-Stage Metal Trim Material Combinations and Temperature Capabilities(1)
TRIM DESIGNATION
VALVE PLUG
VALVE PLUG STEM
CAGE
SEAT RING
VALVE BODY MATERIAL(3)
VALVE SIZE NPS
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
_C
_F
277
S4404 HT
S20910
S17400 H1075 HT
S44004 HT
SA105, LF2 & F22, WCC, WC9
S31600, CF8M,
1, 2, 3, 4, and 6 4
-29 to 316 -29 to 93
-20 to 600 -20 to 200
CF3M
6
-29 to 93
-20 to 200
1
-29 to 177
-20 to 350
279(2)
R30006 or
R30016
S20910
R30006 or
R30016
R30006 or
R30016
S31600, S34700, CF8M, CF8C, CF3M
SA105, LF2, WCC
2 3 4 1, 2, 3 and 4
-29 to 232 -29 to 149 -29 to 121 -29 to 316
-20 to 450 -20 to 300 -20 to 250 -20 to 600
282(2)
R30016 (NPS 1) S31600/
CoCr-A (NPS 2-6)
S20910
S31803 (Duplex SST)
1, 2, 3 and 4 -29 to 316
S20910
S31600/CoCr-A
S31600, CF8M, CF3M
1, 2, 3, 4, and 6 -29 to 316
-20 to 600 -20 to 600
283(2) 284 285
R30016 (NPS 1) S34700/
CoCr-A (NPS 2-6)
R30016 (NPS 1) S31803/
CoCr-A (NPS 2-6)
S20910 S20910
S20910 Annealed
S20910
S20910 S34700/CoCr-A S34700, CF8C 1, 2, 3, 4, and 6 -29 to 316
S32760
S31803/ CoCr-A
S31803 (Duplex SST)
1, 2, 3, 4, and 6 -29 to 316
S17400 H1150 Double HT
SA105, LF2 & F22, WCC, WC9
S31600/CoCr-A S31600, S34700, CF8M, CF8C, CF3M
1, 2, 3, 4, and 6
1 2 3
-29 to 316
-29 to 163 -29 to 210 -29 to 135
-20 to 600
-20 to 600
-20 to 600 -20 to 325 -20 to 410 -20 to 275
4 and 6
-29 to 149
-20 to 300
R30006 or
286
N07718
S20910
S32550
R30016 316 SST/
SA105, LF2 & F22, WCC, WC9
1, 2, 3, 4, and 6
-29 to 316
-20 to 600
CoCr-A
1. For metal trim parts only. 2. Contact your Emerson sales office for information on NACE MR0175/ISO 15156. 3. Forging materials for forged angle bodies, casting materials for cast globe and/or angle bodies.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
Table 11. Construction Materials and Temperature Capabilities for Parts Other than Valve Body and Trim
PART
MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
_C
_F
Valve plug stem
S20910 S31600
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
Backup ring
Spring-loaded valve plug seal(6) Retaining ring
S41600 S31600 S41000 S34700 S31803 N07718
18-8 N07750
-29 to (4) - - -(4)
-20 to (4) - - -(4)
Seal ring
Modified PTFE w/ R30003 Spring (standard) UHMWPE(5) with N10276 Spring
-73 to 316(3) -73 to 93
-100 to 600(3) -100 to 200
Anti-extrusion rings
PEEK (PolyEtherEtherKetone)
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
Bonnet gasket (CL600)
Graphite/S31600
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
Bonnet gasket (CL900, CL1500, and CL2500)
N06600/Graphite
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
Seat ring gasket
N06600/Graphite
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
Cage gasket
N06600/Graphite
- - -(4)
- - -(4)
-29 to (4) (WCC, WC9, SA105, F22)
-20 to (4) (WCC, WC9, SA105, F22)
Studs Nuts
Steel SA193-B7 (all valve body materials) Steel SA194-2H (all valve body materials)
-48 to (4) (LCC, CF8M, S31600, and
S34700)
Valve Body-tobonnet bolting(1)
See table 12 for NACE bolting materials and temperature
limits.
Studs Nuts
Studs Nuts
Studs Nuts
Steel SA193-B7M for sour service Steel SA194-2HM for sour service
S31600 SA193-B8M (strain hardened) (CF8M and S31600 valve body mat'ls) S31600 SA194-8M (CF8M and S31600 valve body mat'ls) S20910 (SA479-XM-19)(2) (CF8M and S31600 valve body
mat'ls) Steel SA194-7
-29 to 316 (CD3MN, S31803
[Duplex SST]) -29 to (4)
(WCC and SA105) -46 to (4) (LCC)
(CF8M and S31600)- - -(4)
(CF8M and S31600)- - -(4)
Packing
PTFE V-ring Graphite ribbon filament (oxidizing service to 700_F)
Graphite ULF (non-environmental service)
-40 to 232 - - -(4) - - -(4)
Packing follower, spring, or lantern ring
Packing box ring Packing flange, studs, or nuts
S31600 S34700 S31803
S31600
S31600
- - -(4)
- - -(4) - - -(4)
1. Valve body materials with which these bolting materials may be used are shown in parentheses.
2. This stud material is not listed in ASME B16.34. 3. With PEEK anti-extrusion rings in non-oxidizing service. Maximum operating temperature limited to 260_C (500_F) in oxidizing service. 4. These materials are not limiting factors.
5. Ultra high molecular weight polyethylene 6. Not required for NPS 1 or 1-1/2 CL900 and CL1500 4-stage valves.
-55 to (4) (LCC, CF8M, S31600, and
S34700)
-20 to 600 (CD3MN, S31803
[Duplex SST]) -20 to (4)
(WCC and SA105) -50 to (4) (LCC)
(CF8M and S31600)- - -(4)
(CF8M and S31600)- - -(4)
-40 to 450 - - -(4) - - -(4)
- - -(4)
- - -(4) - - -(4)
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Table 12. CL600 3-Stage Bolting Materials and Temperature Limits for Bolting Compliance with NACE MR0175-2002, NACE MR0175/ISO 15156, and NACE MR0103
VALVE BODY MATERIAL
BOLTING MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
_C
_F
Non-exposed bolting (Standard)
WCC, CF8M, CD3MN, SA105,
S31600, and S31803
Studs Nuts
Steel SA-193-B7 Steel SA-194-2H
-48(2) to 427 (WCC, CF8M, SA105 and S31600)
-29 to 316 (CD3MN and S31803)
-55(2) to 800 (WCC, CF8M, SA105 and S31600)
-20 to 600 (CD3MN and S31803)
Exposed bolting (Optional) May require derating of valve(1) when these body-to-bonnet bolting materials are used
WCC, CF8M, CD3MN, SA105,
S31600, and S31803
Studs Nuts
Steel SA-193-B7M Steel SA-194-2HM
-48(2) to 427 (WCC, CF8M, SA105 and S31600)
-29 to 316 (CD3MN and S31803)
-55(2) to 800 (WCC, CF8M, SA105 and S31600)
-20 to 600 (CD3MN and S31803)
1. Derating may be required for valves rated at CL600. Contact your Emerson sales office for assistance in determining the derating of valves when these body-to-bonnet bolting materials are
used. Derating is not required for CL900 and CL1500 valves. 2. -29_C (-20_F) with WCC valve body material.
Table 13. Approximate Weights (Valve and Bonnet Assemblies)
VALVE DESIGN
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PRESSURE RATING
3-Stage Angle Valves 3-Stage Globe Valves 4-Stage Angle Valves 4-Stage Cast Angle Valves 4-Stage Globe Valves
1 2 3 4 6 8 1 2 3 4 6 8 1 1-1/2 2 3 4 6 8 1 1-1/2 2 3 4 6 8 1 1-1/2 2 3 4
CL600
CL600
CL900 and CL1500
CL900 and CL1500
CL900 and CL1500
-continued-
Flanged
20 42 86 140 300 605 20 40 70 120 275 510 50 55 95 185 285 560 1260 40 43 75 148 243 523 1062 58 75 95 185 340
KG Socket Weld(1),
Butt Weld, Screwed(2)
- - - - - - - - - - - - 15 30 50 80 230 445 40 45 95 - - - - - - - - 32 35 57 118 200 443 920 42 48 85 140 280
Flanged
44 93 190 315 660 1340 45 90 155 265 610 1130 110 120 210 405 625 1230 2770 88 95 165 326 536 1153 2342 128 165 210 405 750
LBS Socket Weld(1),
Butt Weld, Screwed(2)
- - - - - - - - - - - - 35 70 110 175 510 980 90 95 210 - - - - - - - - 71 77 126 260 441 977 2029 93 106 185 310 620
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
Table 13. Approximate Weights (Valve and Bonnet Assemblies) (cont.)
VALVE DESIGN
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PRESSURE RATING
Flanged
1
64
2
180
6-Stage Angle Valves
3
CL2500
500
4
465
6
1060
1
50
2
135
6-Stage Cast Angle Valves
3
CL2500
352
4
385
6
921
1
47
2
98
3
CL1500
354
4
406
6
975
6-Stage Globe Valves
1
53
2
130
3
CL2500
321
4
427
6
1026
1. SWE available on NPS 1, 1-1/2, and 2 only. Please check tables 1 to 5 for available end connection selections. 2. Screwed end available on NPS 1 and 2 CL600 only.
KG Socket Weld(1),
Butt Weld, Screwed(2)
67 170 473 433 1030 42 108 293 300 692 43 84 307 386 866 - - - - - - - - - - -
Flanged
140 405 1110 1025 2330 110 298 776 849 2031 103 217 781 896 2149 117 287 708 942 2262
LBS Socket Weld(1),
Butt Weld, Screwed(2)
148 375 1043 955 2271 93 238 646 662 1526 94 186 677 852 1909 - - - - - - - - - - -
Figure 2. Typical CL300 and CL600 3-Stage NotchFlo DST Valve Dimensions (also see tables 14 and 15)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
D
GE14245_1 E0982
1
B A
G
NOTES:
1
B
+
A 2
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Table 14. CL300 and CL600 3-Stage Globe Valve Dimensions with Plain Bonnet
A(1)
CL300
CL600
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Scrd or SWE
BWE
RF
Scrd RTJ or BWE RF
SWE
RTJ
mm
1
- - - - - - 197 - - - 209.6 209.6 209.6 209.6
2
- - - - - - 267 - - - 285.8 285.8 285.8 289.1
3
- - - - - - 318 - - - - - - 336.6 336.6 339.9
4
- - - - - - 368 - - - - - - 393.7 393.7 396.7
6
- - - - - - 473 489 - - - 508 508 511
8
- - - - - - 568 584 - - - 609.6 609.6 612.6
Inches
1
- - - - - - 7.75 - - - 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25
2
- - - - - - 10.50 - - - 11.25 11.25 11.25 11.38
3
- - - - - - 12.50 - - - - - - 13.25 13.25 13.38
4
- - - - - - 14.50 - - - - - - 15.50 15.50 15.62
6
- - - - - - 18.62 19.25 - - - 20 20 20.12
8
- - - - - - 22.38 23.00 - - - 24 24 24.12
1. RF: raised-face flanges, RTJ: ring-type-joint flanges, BWE: buttwelding ends, SWE: socketweld ends; Scrd: screwed
Table 15. CL300 and CL600 3-Stage Globe Valve Dimensions with Plain Bonnet
VALVE SIZE,
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
D
G
NPS
mm
1
71
220.7
60.5
71
2
90
260.4
77.7
257.3
77.7
3
90
318.5
96.8
90
4
127
329.4 375.4
128.5 128.5
90
6
127
515.6 549.3
138.1 138.1
90
8
127
653 697.6
189.6 189.6
Inches
1
2-13/16
8.69
2.38
2-13/16
10.25
3.06
2
3-9/16
10.13
3.06
3
3-9/16
12.54
3.81
3-9/16
12.97
5.06
4
5
14.78
5.06
3-9/16
20.3
5.44
6
5
21.63
5.44
3-9/16
25.71
7.46
8
5
27.46
7.46
Figure 3. Typical CL900 and CL1500 v NPS 4, 4-Stage NotchFlo DST Globe Valve Dimensions (also see tables 16 and 17)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
D
G B
A FLANGED VALVE WITH 90 mm (3-9/16 INCH) DIAMETER YOKE BOSS
D
G B
A BUTTWELDING END VALVE WITH
90 mm (3-9/16 INCH) DIAMETER YOKE BOSS
MATCH LINE FOR FISHER 585C LONG-STROKE ACTUATORS AND 657, 667 SIZE 100 ACTUATORS
MATCH LINE FOR ALL OTHER ACTUATORS
25.4 (1.00) D
mm (INCHES)
127 mm (5-INCH) DIAMETER YOKE BOSS FOR USE WITH NPS 4 VALVES
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
Figure 4. Typical CL300 3-Stage, CL600 3-Stage, CL900 4-Stage, and CL1500 4-Stage NotchFlo DST Angle Valve Dimensions (also see tables 18, 19, and 20)
Figure 5. Typical CL1500 4-Stage NotchFlo DST Cast Angle Valve Dimensions (also see tables 21 and 22)
D
G A
E0892
D G A
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Table 16. CL900 and CL1500 v NPS 4, 4-Stage Globe Valve Dimensions with Plain Bonnet
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CL900
RF
RTJ
A(1)
CL1500
BWE
SWE
RF
mm
1
292
292
- - -
292
292
1-1/2
298
298
- - -
292
298
2
375
378
375
375
375
3
442
445
460
- - -
460
4
511
514
530
- - -
530
Inches
1
11.5
11.5
- - -
11.5
11.5
1-1/2
11.75
11.75
- - -
11.5
11.75
2
14.75
14.88
14.75
14.75
14.75
3
17.38
17.50
18.12
- - -
18.12
4
20.12
20.25
20.88
- - -
20.88
VALVE SIZE, NPS
CL900
RF
RTJ
B
CL1500
BWE
SWE
RF
mm
1
148
148
- - -
148
148
1-1/2
151
151
- - -
148
151
2
187
189
187
187
187
3
221
222
230
- - -
230
4
229
230
238
- - -
238
Inches
1
5.81
5.81
- - -
5.81
5.81
1-1/2
5.93
5.93
- - -
5.81
5.93
2
7.38
7.44
7.38
7.38
7.38
3
8.69
8.75
9.06
- - -
9.06
4
9.00
9.06
9.38
- - -
9.38
1. RF: raised-face flanges, RTJ: ring-type-joint flanges, BWE: buttwelding ends, SWE: socketweld ends
RTJ
292 298 378 464 533
11.5 11.75 14.88 18.25 21.00
RTJ
148 151 189 232 240
5.81 5.93 7.44 9.12 9.44
Table 17. CL900 and CL1500 v NPS 4, 4-Stage Globe Valve Dimensions
D
VALVE
Plain Bonnet
G
SIZE, NPS
71 mm (2-13/16 Inch) Yoke Boss 90 mm (3-9/16 Inch) Yoke Boss
127 mm (5-Inch) Yoke Boss
mm
1
305
- - -
- - -
59
1-1/2
294
- - -
- - -
75
2
- - -
333
- - -
77
3
- - -
412
- - -
121
4
- - -
427
495
175
Inches
1
12.01
- - -
- - -
2.32
1-1/2
11.57
- - -
- - -
2.94
2
- - -
13.12
- - -
3.06
3
- - -
16.24
- - -
4.75
4
- - -
16.79
19.48
6.88
16
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
Table 18. CL300 and CL600 3-Stage Angle Valve Dimensions with Plain Bonnet
VALVE SIZE, NPS
A(1)
RF
RTJ
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
D
mm
1
76
76
71
165.3
71
185.3
2
96
96
90
182.1
3
118
118
90
224.1
90
232.1
4
151
151
127
278.2
90
335.6
6(2)
177
177
127
369.3
90
306
8(2)
221
221
127
350.5
Inches
1
2.99
2.99
2-13/16
6.51
2-13/16
7.3
2
3.78
3.78
3-9/16
7.17
3
4.64
4.64
3-9/16
8.82
3-9/16
9.14
4
5.94
5.94
5
10.95
3-9/16
13.21
6(2)
6.97
6.97
5
15.54
3-9/16
12.05
8(2)
8.7
8.7
5
13.8
1. RF: Raised-face flanges, RTJ: Ring-type-joint flanges. 2. NPS 6 and 8 are only available in CL1500.
G(1)
RF
RTJ
88 123 123 149 174 174 235.5 235.5 418 418
88 123 123 149 174 174 235.5 235.5 418 418
3.46 4.84 4.84 5.87 6.85 6.85 9.27 9.27 16.46 16.46
3.46 4.84 4.84 5.87 6.85 6.85 9.27 9.27 16.46 16.46
17
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Table 19. CL900 and CL1500, 4-Stage Angle Valve Dimensions with Plain Bonnet
VALVE
SIZE, NPS
RF
A(1) CL900 - CL1500
RTJ mm
1
115
115
1-1/2
140
140
2
99
100
3
120
122
4
140
142
6
184
187
8
260
263
Inches
1
4.50
4.50
1-1/2
5.50
5.50
2
3.88
3.94
3
4.75
4.81
4
5.50
5.56
6
7.25
7.35
8
10.24
10.33
1. RF: raised-face flanges, RTJ: ring-type-joint flanges, SWE: socketweld ends
SWE
74 74 102 - - - - - - - - -
2.88 2.88 4.00 - - - - - - - - -
Table 20. CL900 and CL1500, 4-Stage Angle Valve Dimensions
VALVE SIZE, NPS
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
D Plain Bonnet
mm
1
71
260
1-1/2
71
274
2
90
251
3
90
294
90
319
4
127
387
6
127
497
8
127
613
Inches
1
2-13/16
10.25
1-1/2
2-13/16
10.75
2
3-9/16
9.87
3
3-9/16
11.56
3-9/16
4
5
12.54 15.23
6
5
19.57
8
5
24.14
G
70 (FLG) or 64 (SWE) 83 (FLG) or 70 (SWE)
153 197 223 223 290 403
2.75 (FLG) or 2.50 (SWE) 3.25 (FLG) or 2.75 (SWE)
6.00 7.75 8.75 8.75 11.4 15.85
18
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
Table 21. CL1500, 4-Stage Cast Angle Valve Dimensions with Plain Bonnet
VALVE
SIZE, NPS
RF
A(1)
CL900 - CL1500
RTJ
BWE
mm
1
142
142
142
1-1/2
152
152
152
2
184
184
184
3
235
235
235
4
273
273
273
6
353
353
353
8
416
416
416
Inches
1
5.59
5.59
5.59
1-1/2
5.98
5.98
5.98
2
7.24
7.24
7.24
3
9.25
9.25
9.25
4
10.75
10.75
10.75
6
13.9
13.9
13.9
8
16.38
16.38
16.38
1. RF: raised-face flanges, RTJ: ring-type-joint flanges, SWE: socketweld ends
SWE
142 152 184 - - - - - - - - -
5.59 5.98 7.24 - - - - - - - - -
Table 22. CL1500, 4-Stage Cast Angle Valve Dimensions
VALVE SIZE, NPS
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
D Plain Bonnet
RF
RTJ
mm
G BWE
1
71
247
142
142
142
1-1/2
71
260
152
152
152
2
90
237
184
184
184
3
90
285
235
235
235
90
339
4
127
407
273
273
273
6
127
464
353
353
353
8
127
665
416
416
416
Inches
1
2-13/16
9.72
5.59
5.59
5.59
1-1/2
2-13/16
10.24
5.98
5.98
5.98
2
3-9/16
9.33
7.24
7.24
7.24
3
3-9/16
11.22
9.25
9.25
9.25
3-9/16
4
5
13.35 16.02
10.75
10.75
10.75
6
5
18.27
13.9
13.9
13.9
8
5
26.18
16.38
16.38
16.38
SWE
142 152 184 - - -
- - - - - - -
5.59 5.98 7.24 - - -
- - - - - - -
19
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Figure 6. Typical CL1500 and CL2500 6-Stage NotchFlo DST Globe Valve Dimensions (also see table 23 and 24)
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
D
GE14245_1 E0982
1
B A
G
NOTES:
1
B
+
A 2
20
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
Table 23. CL1500 6-Stage Globe Valve Dimensions with Plain Bonnet
VALVE SIZE, NPS
RF
A(1)
RTJ
BWE
SWE mm
1
292
292
- - -
292
2
375
378
375
- - -
3
460
464
460
- - -
4
530
533
530
- - -
6
768
775
768
- - -
Inches
1
11.5
11.5
- - -
11.5
2
14.76
14.88
14.76
- - -
3
18.11
18.25
18.11
- - -
4
20.88
21
20.88
- - -
6
30.25
30.5
30.25
- - -
1. RF: Raised-face flanges, RTJ: Ring-type-joint flanges
Table 24. CL2500 6-Stage Globe Valve Dimensions with Plain Bonnet
VALVE SIZE, NPS
RF
A(1)
RTJ
BWE
SWE mm
1
308
308
- - -
- - -
2
412.75
415.75
- - -
- - -
3
498
504
- - -
- - -
4
575
585
- - -
- - -
6
819
832
- - -
- - -
Inches
1
12.12
12.12
- - -
- - -
2
16.25
16.37
- - -
- - -
3
19.62
19.87
- - -
- - -
4
22.62
23
- - -
- - -
6
32.25
32.75
- - -
- - -
1. RF: Raised-face flanges, RTJ: Ring-type-joint flanges
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
90 90 90 127 90 127 127
3-9/16 3-9/16 3-9/16
5 3-9/16
5 5
D Plain Bonnet
372 442 721 751.5 653.8 677.6 862
14.66 17.41 28.39 29.58 25.74 26.68 33.93
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
71 90 90 127 127 127
2-13/16 3-9/16 3-9/16
5 5 5
D Plain Bonnet
361 478 751.5 677.6 852.5
14.23 18.80 29.58 26.68 33.56
G(1)
69.1 76.9 141
172 240
2.44 3.03 5.56
6.77 9.47
G(1)
69.0 78.7 106.7 123.8 185.4
2.70 3.10 4.20 4.87 7.30
21
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Figure 7. Typical CL2500 6-Stage NotchFlo DST Forged Angle Valve Dimensions (also see table 25)
D
G A
Figure 8. Typical CL2500 6-Stage NotchFlo DST Cast Angle Valve Dimensions (also see table 26)
D
G A
22
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
Table 25. CL2500 6-Stage Forged Angle Valve Dimensions with Plain Bonnet
VALVE
RF
SIZE, NPS
A(1)
YOKE
D
RTJ
BWE
SWE
BOSS DIAMETER
Plain Bonnet
RF
mm
71
1
114
114
- - -
114
90
280.6
104
2
169
169
169
- - -
90
347.6
173
563.2
3
222
222
222
- - -
127
(FLG)
237
578.2
(BWE)
4
190
193
194
- - -
127
470.3
250
554.1
6
254
257
259
- - -
127
(FLG)
350
594.1
(BWE)
Inches
2-13/16
1
4.49
4.49
- - -
4.49
3-9/16
11.05
4.09
2
6.65
6.65
6.65
- - -
3-9/16
13.69
6.81
3
8.74
8.74
8.74
- - -
22.17
5
(FLG) 22.76
9.33
(BWE)
4
7.48
7.58
7.64
- - -
5
20.83
9.84
6
10.00
10.10
10.2
- - -
21.82
5
(FLG) 23.39
13.78
(BWE)
1. RF: Raised-face flanges, RTJ: Ring-type-joint flanges
Table 26. CL2500 6-Stage Cast Angle Valve Dimensions with Plain Bonnet
VALVE
RF
SIZE, NPS
A(1)
RTJ
BWE
SWE
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
D
Plain Bonnet
mm
71
1
154
154
154
- - -
333.8
90
2
226
227.5
226
- - -
90
436.6
3
289
292
289
- - -
127
699.7
4
337
342
342
- - -
127
497.6
6
457
463.5
457
- - -
127
646.9
Inches
2-13/16
1
6.06
6.06
6.06
- - -
3-9/16
13.14
2
8.90
8.96
8.90
- - -
3-9/16
17.19
3
11.38
11.50
11.38
- - -
5
27.55
4
13.27
13.46
13.46
- - -
5
19.59
6
17.99
18.25
17.99
- - -
5
25.47
1. RF: Raised-face flanges, RTJ: Ring-type-joint flanges
RF
154 226 289 337 457
6.06 8.90 11.38 13.27 17.99
G(1)
RTJ
BWE
104
- - -
173
173
237
237
253
254
353
355
4.09 6.81 9.33 9.94 13.88
- - 6.81 9.33 10 13.98
G(1)
RTJ
BWE
154 227.5 292 342 463.5
6.06 8.96 11.50 13.46 18.25
154 226 289 342 457
6.06 8.90 11.38 13.46 17.99
SWE
104 - - - - - - - - -
4.09 - - - - - - - - -
SWE
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
23
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Table 27. CL600 3-Stage Port Diameter, Travel, Stem, Yoke Boss Diameter, and Unbalance Area
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PORT DIAMETER
TRAVEL
STEM DIAMETER mm
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
1
25.4
9.5
12.7
71
12.7
71
2
38.1
9.5
19.1(1)
90(1)
3
55.6
15.9
19.1
90
19.1
90
4
73.2
19.1
25.4(1)
127(1)
19.1
90
6
111.1
19.1
25.4(1)
127(1)
19.1
90
8
136.5
25.4
25.4(1)
127(1)
Inch
1
1.0
0.375
1/2
2-13/16
1/2
2-13/16
2
1.5
0.375
3/4(1)
3-9/16(1)
3
2.19
0.625
3/4
3-9/16
3/4
3-9/16
4
2.88
0.75
1(1)
5(1)
3/4
3-9/16
6
4.38
0.75
1(1)
5(1)
8
5.38
1
3/4
3-9/16
1(1)
5(1)
1. Optional. 2. Balanced trim, PTTC (pressure tends to close).
UNBALANCE AREA cm2 0.1(2) 0.3(2) 0.5(2) 0.4(2)
0.5(2)
0.6(2) Inch2 0.02(2) 0.05(2) 0.07(2) 0.06(2)
0.08(2)
0.09(2)
Table 28. CL900 and CL1500, 4-Stage Port Diameter, Travel, Stem, Yoke Boss Diameter, and Unbalance Area
VALVE SIZE, NPS 1
PORT DIAMETER 17.8
TRAVEL 6.4
STEM DIAMETER mm
12.7
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER 71
UNBALANCE AREA cm2 2.5(1)
1-1/2
25.4
6.4
12.7
71
5.1(1)
2
38.1
9.5
19.1
90
0.3(2)
3
55.6
15.9
19.1
90
0.5(2)
19.1
90
4
73.2
19.1
25.4 (optional)
127 (optional)
0.4(2)
6
111.1
25.4
25.4
127
0.6(2)
8
136.5
31.8
31.8
127
0.6(2)
Inch
Inch2
1
0.7
0.25
1/2
2-13/16
0.39(1)
1-1/2
1.0
0.25
1/2
2-13/16
0.79(1)
2
1.5
0.375
3/4
3-9/16
0.05(2)
3
2.19
0.625
3/4
3-9/16
0.07(2)
3/4
3-9/16
4
2.88
0.75
1 (optional)
5 (optional)
0.06(2)
6
4.38
1
1
5
0.09(2)
8
5.38
1.25
1-1/4
5
0.1(2)
1. Unbalanced trim, PTTO (pressure tends to open). 2. Balanced trim, PTTC (pressure tends to close).
24
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
Table 29. CL1500 6-Stage Port Diameter, Travel, Stem, Yoke Boss Diameter, and Unbalance Area
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PORT DIAMETER
TRAVEL
STEM DIAMETER mm
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
1
17.8
6.4
19.1
90
2
38.1
9.5
19.1
90
19.1
90
3
55.6
15.9
25.4
127
19.1
90
4
73.2
19.1
25.4
127
6
111.1
25.4
25.4
127
Inch
1
0.7
0.25
3/4
3-9/16
2
1.5
0.375
3/4
3-9/16
3/4
3-9/16
3
2.19
0.625
1
5
3/4
3-9/16
4
2.88
0.75
1
5
6
4.38
1
1
5
UNBALANCE AREA cm2 2.5 0.3
0.5
0.4 0.6 Inch2 0.39 0.05
0.07
0.06 0.09
Table 30. CL2500 6-Stage Port Diameter, Travel, Stem, Yoke Boss Diameter, and Unbalance Area
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PORT DIAMETER
TRAVEL
STEM DIAMETER mm
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
12.7
71
1
17.8
6.4
19.1
90
2
38.1
9.5
19.1
90
3
55.6
15.9
25.4
127
4
73.2
19.1
25.4
127
6
111.1
25.4
25.4
127
Inch
1/2
2-13/16
1
0.7
0.25
3/4
3-9/16
2
1.5
0.375
3/4
3-9/16
3
2.19
0.625
1
5
4
2.88
0.75
1
5
6
4.38
1
1
5
1. Unbalanced trim, PTTO (pressure tends to open). 2. Balanced trim, PTTC (pressure tends to close).
UNBALANCE AREA cm2
2.5(1)
0.3(2) 0.5(2) 0.4(2) 0.6(2) Inch2
0.39(1)
0.05(2) 0.07(2) 0.06(2) 0.09(2)
25
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Valve Sizing Guidelines
Standard ISA equations, sizing procedures from Catalog 12, or Fisher Specification Manager can be used to size NotchFlo DST control valves.
Noise calculations are best performed by using Fisher Specification Manager. The serial stage configuration of the NotchFlo DST design reduces valve trim noise significantly.
Selection of the correct trim can be made by determining the KC value from table 5. Ensure that the correct KC value for the appropriate valve size, trim type, and pressure drop are selected.
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
Application Information
1. Process liquid--State particle size and type of entrained impurities, if any.
2. Specific gravity of liquid
3. Temperature and vapor pressure of liquid
4. Critical pressure
5. Range of flowing inlet pressures
6. Pressure drops
a. Range of flowing pressure drops
b. Maximum at shutoff
7. Flow rates
a. Minimum controlled flow
b. Normal flow
c. Maximum flow
8. Required Cv 9. Line size and schedule
Valve Body Information
To determine what information is needed for ordering the valve body and trim, refer to the Specifications section. Review the description at the right of each specification or in the referenced tables, figures, and bulletins, and indicate the desired choice wherever a selection is to be made.
26
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
27
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:022 August 2020
NotchFlo DST Valve
D103036X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher and NotchFlo are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E282003, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DST-G Trim
D103396X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:023 September 2017
FisherTM Dirty Service Trim for Out-Gassing Applications (DST-G)
Fisher Dirty Service Trim for out-gassing applications (DST-G) is a multi-stage control valve trim design. It is used in services where the fluid has dissolved gases that are released from the solution due to a reduction in pressure and may also contain entrained particulate. DST-G is mainly used in Refining and Oil & Gas applications.
Features
nOutgassing Control-- Multi-stage DST-G, used in a valve properly selected for flow conditions, can minimize effects from out-gassing and associated damage, vibration, and noise.
nLong Trim Life-- The trim concept uses a combined axial and radial flow that features large, open flow paths similar to the standard multi-stage DST. The lower cage utilizes large slots to separate the flow into smaller jets containing less energy and therefore extending trim life.
nEasy Maintenance-- Inline trim removal allows inspection of parts without taking the valve body out of the pipeline.
nTrim Materials-- Standard trim materials consist of a plug, seat ring, and upper cage fabricated from 316 SST with Alloy 6 hardfacing, and a lower cage machined from solid Alloy 6. Additional trim combinations can be found in table 2.
nShutoff-- DST-G also features a protected seat design where the shutoff function of the trim is separate from the throttling areas. DST-G comes standard with class V shutoff.
W9607
Fisher DST-G Plug and Cage
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:023 September 2017
DST-G Trim
D103396X012
Specifications
Available Valve Sizes See table 1
Construction Materials See table 2
End Connection Styles
CL150 through CL2500 raisedface or ringtype joint flanges per ASME B16.5
For other end connections, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for details
Temperature Capabilities
Valve Body/Trim Combinations: See table 2
All Other Parts: Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner
Shutoff Classification Class V: per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Flow Characteristic Linear
Maximum Inlet Pressures and Temperatures(1)
Consistent with applicable pressure/temperature ratings according to ASME B16.34 unless limited by individual temperature limits shown in table 2
Maximum Pressure Drop(1)
Standard: 2500 psid unless limited by applicable pressure/temperature ratings in accordance with ASME B16.34 guidelines Optional: Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for pressure drops greater than 2500 psid
Flow Direction Flow down
Flow Coefficients Typical maximum and minimum flow coefficients can be found in table 1
Noise Levels Noise level is expected to be less than 80 or 85 dBA
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded.
Contents
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Trim Selection Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Tables DST-G Availability and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Typical Trim Combinations for DST-G . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DST-G Trim
D103396X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:023 September 2017
Principle of Operation
Throughout the process industry, certain valve applications experience the phenomenon of out-gassing as the flowing media passes through the control valve. Out-gassing is the process by which gases dissolved in a fluid come out of solution due to a change in pressure. One way to illustrate this concept is to consider a can of soda. At first glance, the soda appears to be a homogeneous liquid. If the can is shaken and opened, the dissolved CO2 comes out of solution and will fizz or spray out of the can. This occurrence is known as out-gassing.
Out-gassing generally causes two types of damage. One type of damage occurs due to the high velocity jets coming out of solution, which carry small liquid particles. These liquid particles impinge on internal surfaces at very high velocities causing erosion damage. Secondly, the high velocity jets coming out of solution tend to impinge on the body wall and trim parts causing vibration. The jet size is determined by the size of the cage hole/window through which the fluid flows. Breaking up the large jets into smaller jets helps to prevent vibration, as well as damage from entrained particulate.
The DST-G trim employs the basic design from the standard DST trim, but utilizes a different component in place of the lower cage. The slotted lower cage design facilitates smaller jet formation as the jets discharge from the cage into the body expansion area. By separating the jets, damage is prevented by forming many smaller jets that contain far less energy. The large slotted design also allows particles up to 1/4 inch in size to pass through the trim, reducing problems associated with plugging.
The DST-G block forged valve body is also unique whereby it utilizes an expanded body cavity that allows the entrained gases to expand. This expansion reduces the damaging effects of the previously mentioned high velocity jets. The protected seat design also allows the shutoff function of the valve to be separate from the throttling areas of the trim.
Availability
DST-G comes in a block forged valve body. Typical body sizes and capacities are shown in table 1. The maximum pressure drop across the valve is limited to 2500 psid in standard constructions. Typical applications are shown below.
nHot high pressure separators (HHPS) letdown
nCold high pressure separators (CHPS) letdown
nHot low pressure separators (HLPS) letdown
nCold low pressure separators (CLPS) letdown
nRich amine letdown
nContact your local Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for any applications outside of these parameters.
Trim Selection Guidelines
Refer to table 2 in selecting appropriate trim materials. Trim materials and their corresponding temperature limits are given in table 2. Other materials such as superaustenitic stainless steel, N08825, and tungsten carbide trims are available upon request. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for more information.
Characteristics
DST-G is designed to have no significant flow characteristic for the first 10-15% of travel in order to allow for the protected seat function, in which no significant pressure drop will occur across the seating surfaces. After 15% of travel, the flow characteristic becomes linear. See figures 1 and 2.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:023 September 2017
DST-G Trim
D103396X012
Figure 1. Fisher DST-G in Closed Position
BLOCK-FORGED VALVE BODY
INLET TO TRIM
W9626-1
4
UPPER CAGE
SEAT RING PLUG LOWER CAGE
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DST-G Trim
D103396X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:023 September 2017
Figure 2. Fisher DST-G in Open Position
FLOW DIRECTION
BLOCK-FORGED VALVE BODY
INLET TO TRIM
FIRST STAGE PRESSURE DROP
W9625-1
EXPANDED OUTLET AREA
NO SIGNIFICANT PRESSURE DROP ACROSS SEATING SURFACES
SECOND STAGE PRESSURE DROP
SLOTTED CAGE AT TRIM OUTLET
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:023 September 2017
DST-G Trim
D103396X012
Table 1. Fisher DST-G Availability and Typical Capacities
PRESSURE CLASS CL150 through CL600
CL900 &1500
CL1500 only CL2500
1. Unbalanced
VALVE SIZE
NPS 2
2x3 4 6 8 2 3 2
2x3 3x4 3x4
4 6 6 6x8 6 6x8 8 10 8x8 2 3 4 6 8
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inch
47.6
1.88
73.0 111.1 136.5
33.3
2.88 4.38 5.38
1.31(1)
47.6
1.88
73.0
92.1
111.1
111.1 136.7 33.3 73.0 92.1 111.1 111.1
2.88
3.63
4.38
4.38 5.38 1.31(1) 2.88 3.63 4.38 4 38
TRAVEL
mm
Inch
19.1
0.75
38.1
1.50
63.5
2.50
101.6
4.00
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
38.1
1.50
38.1
1.50
50.8
2.00
63.5
2.50
76.2
3.00
19.1
0.75
38.1
1.50
38.1
1.50
50.8
2.00
63.5
2 1/2
MINIMUM Cv
0.78
1.4 2.6 4
0.46
MAXIMUM Cv
32
60 153 230
10
UNBALANCE AREA Inch2
0.031
0.047 0.154 0.142
- - -
0.75
17.7
0.031
1.4
60
0.047
1.9
80
0.118
2.6
130
0.154
2.6
150
0.054
4.0
180
0.142
0.46
10
- - -
1.4
60
0.047
1.9
80
0.118
2.6
130
0.154
2.6
150
0.154
Table 2. Typical Trim Combinations for Fisher DST-G(2)
VALVE BODY/ BONNET MATERIAL
SA105/WCC S31600/CF8M S34700/CF8C S30400/CF8
F22/WC9
VALVE PLUG 316/CoCr-A
UPPER CAGE
LOWER CAGE
316/CoCr-A
CoCr-A
SEAT RING 316/CoCr-A
SA105/WCC F22/WC9
N07718/CoCr-A
N07718/CoCr-A
CoCr-A
N07718/CoCr-A
F22/WC9 SA105/WCC S31600/CF8M S34700/CF8C S30400/CF8
316/CoCr-A
316/CRCT or 316 ENC
CoCr-A
316/CoCr-A
SA105/WCC F22/WC9
N06625/CoCr-A
N06625/CoCr-A
CoCr-A
N06625/CoCr-A
1. CL150 to CL600 valves only. 2. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for additional trim combinations and higher temperatures.
MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE LIMIT
_C
_F
316
600
316
600
316(1)
600(1)
316
600
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DST-G Trim
D103396X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:023 September 2017
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:023 September 2017
DST-G Trim
D103396X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2009, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Cavitrol III Trims
D100196X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:030 September 2017
FisherTM CavitrolTM III One-, Two-, and Three-Stage Trims
Cavitrol III trims (figures 1, 2, and 3) are used for cavitating liquid applications in various globe and angle valve bodies (see tables 1, 2, and 3). (Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for angle valve information.) One-stage trims are normally used where the pressure drop is below 99 bar (1440 psi); two- and three-stage trims are normally used where the pressure drop is between 99 and 207 bar (1440 and 3000 psi). The Cavitrol III trims are frequently used in pump recirculation and startup systems in the power, process, oil production, chemical refining, and other industries.
Unless otherwise noted, all NACE references are to NACE MR0175-2002.
W3708-1
CAVITROL III ONE-STAGE TRIM PARTS
Features
nControls or Helps to Eliminate Cavitation Damage--Cavitrol III trim can lengthen valve service life and reduce maintenance downtime. The shape and spacing of holes in the cage wall circumference helps prevent cavitation in a properly sized valve, effectively controlling or helping to eliminate (depending upon service conditions) cavitation damage and resulting valve failure.
nRangeability--Many special characterizations are available in Cavitrol III cages to match rangeability requirements of specific systems.
nResistance to Erosion Damage--Standard hardened trim materials provide excellent wear resistance, resulting in long trim life. The contoured valve plug seat reduces fluid separation, helps direct fluid away from trim, and helps protect against erosion damage.
nVersatility--Available in NPS 1 to 24 globe or angle valves with weld-end or flanged-end connections.
W3559
CAVITROL III TWO- OR THREE-STAGE TRIM PARTS
nEasy Maintenance--Cage-type trim allows removal and inspection of parts without taking the valve body out of the pipeline. Fine particles very seldom cause the accumulation problem associated with labyrinth-type trim.
nEfficient Operation--A low inlet pressure to the final stage is maintained by the flow-down configuration and the successively larger flow area of each stage. At the third stage inlet (see figure 6), about 85% of the total pressure drop has already occurred and the vena contracta pressure remains above the liquid vapor pressure. This helps to prevent cavitation in a properly-sized valve.
nTrim Interchangeability--Cavitrol III one-stage trim is interchangeable with standard trims. Quick trim changes can be made with no additional parts, such as spacers, longer bolts, and special gaskets for valve sizes greater than NPS 1.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:030 September 2017
Cavitrol III Trims
D100196X012
Specifications
Available Valves
Construction Materials
One-stage: See table 1 Two- and three-stage Cavitrol III: See table 3 Two- and three-stage Characterized Cavitrol III: Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner
See table 5
Temperature Capabilities(1) One-stage: -29 to 232_C (-20 to 450_F) Two- and three-stage: See table 5 and figure 7
End Connection Styles
Refer to appropriate valve bulletin
Shutoff Classification
Class IV (standard for one-stage trim only): [0.01% of valve capacity at full travel tested with air at 3.4 bar (50 psid)] per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 Class V (standard for two- and three-stage trims, optional for one-stage trim): [5x10-12m3/sec/bar/mm of port diameter (0.0005 mL/min/psid/in) of water at service pressure drop] per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 TSO (Tight Shutoff Trim) (optional for one-, two-, and three-stage trims): Valves with TSO trim are factory tested to a more stringent Emerson test requirement of no leakage at time of shipment using ANSI/FCI Class V procedures. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for additional information. See figure 5
Maximum Inlet Pressures(1)
Consistent with applicable ASME B16.34 pressure/temperature ratings as shown in tables 1 and 3 up to 232_C (450_F)
Maximum Pressure Drop(1)
One-stage: 99.3 bar (1440 psi) but do not exceed the maximum pressure and temperature for the class rating of the valve body material used Two-stage: 149 bar (2160 psi), but do not exceed maximum allowable inlet pressure Three-stage: 207 bar (3000 psi), but do not exceed maximum allowable inlet pressure
Pressure drops are valve size and trim stage dependent. For additional Cavitrol trim application guidelines, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
Flow Characteristic
Standard Cage: Linear Characterized Cage: Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner
Flow Direction
Flow down (in through cage openings and out through seat ring as shown in figure 2)
Flow Coefficients(2)
Values given in tables 2 and 3; also see Fisher Catalog 12
Valve Recovery Coefficients(2)
FL of One-Stage Cage: See table 2 FL of Two-Stage Cage: 0.98 FL of Three-Stage Cage: 0.99 These values define the maximum allowable pressure drop that is effective in producing flow as shown in the following equation:
nPallowable = FL [P1(flowing) - rc Pv] Where nPallowable =maximum allowable pressure drop that is effective in producing flow, bar (psi) P1(flowing) =flowing inlet pressure, bar, absolute (psia) rc =critical pressure ratio from Catalog 12 Pv =vapor pressure of liquid at inlet temperature, bar, absolute (psia)
Port Diameters and Circumferences
See tables 1 and 3
Maximum Valve Plug Travel
See tables 2 and 3
- continued -
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Cavitrol III Trims
D100196X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:030 September 2017
Specifications (continued)
Minimum Seating Force Refer to figure 4 to determine minimum seat load per unit of port circumference; multiply that value by the port circumference from table 1 or Catalog 14
Noise Level
Use Emerson liquid noise prediction methods available in the Emerson sizing program
Valve Plug Stem and Yoke Boss Diameters See tables 1, 6, and 7 and figure 8
Valve Plug Unbalance Area See tables 1, 3, and 4
Options
J Cage with Special Characterization or J Valve Plug for applications over 232_C (450_F)
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation for valve should not be exceeded. 2. For standard linear cage. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for flow coefficients and valve recovery coefficients of cages with optional characteristics.
Principle of Operation
Cavitation, the formation and subsequent collapse of vapor bubbles in liquid flow streams, is a major source of damage in control valves and adjacent piping.
As liquid passes through a restriction in a control valve, the liquid velocity increases, while the liquid pressure decreases. The pressure reaches a minimum at a point called the vena contracta, and if the pressure at this point falls to or below the vapor pressure of the liquid (the pressure at which the liquid vaporizes), vapor bubbles form in the flow stream.
Downstream of the vena contracta, flow area increases, velocity decreases, and pressure increases. If this recovered pressure is sufficient to raise the pressure above the liquid vapor pressure, the vapor bubbles will collapse. The collapsing bubbles generate significant noise and vibration, and can mechanically attack pipe walls and valve components. This attack can lead to the failure of conventional valve components, particularly the valve plug and seat ring.
Cavitrol III One-Stage Trim
The Cavitrol III one-stage trim (figures 1 and 2) can effectively eliminate cavitation damage in a properly sized and selected control valve. Each cage hole is shaped to create a small flow stream with a vena contracta pressure higher than that typically present in the flow stream of a standard cage. This higher vena contracta pressure reduces the fluid's tendency to cavitate. Each hole in a Cavitrol III one-stage cage is also designed to reduce fluid turbulence, and the holes are spaced diametrically around the cage
circumference; both features dissipate fluid pressure and help to increase capacity.
Cavitrol III one-stage trim can also be used to control cavitation damage. When selected and sized for this type of service, the radius edge on the valve plug and the diametrically opposed cage holes direct the cavitating fluid flow away from metal surfaces into the valve body cavity void. In this manner, damage from cavitating fluid flow is controlled.
Service conditions of each application govern whether cavitation damage is effectively eliminated or controlled.
Cavitrol III Two- and Three-Stage Trims
The Cavitrol III two-and three-stage cages are concentric cylinders (or stages) (figure 3) with specially-shaped orifices. The choice of cage depends on the inlet pressure and the required pressure drop. In operation, liquid passes through the orifices in each stage, undergoing a portion of the total required pressure drop. This partial pressure drop in each stage of a properly-sized valve normally prevents the liquid pressure from falling to or below its vapor pressure, eliminating the formation of vapor bubbles.
A characterized Cavitrol III two-or three-stage trim can be specified on those applications where the pressure drop across the valve decreases with increasing valve plug travel. Characterized Cavitrol III two- or three-stage trim consists of two or three stages at the beginning of valve plug travel. Then, as the valve is required to take less pressure drop, cage sections with fewer stages are used.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:030 September 2017
Cavitrol III Trims
D100196X012
Figure 1. Sectional View of Fisher ET Valve with Cavitrol III One-Stage Trim
FLOW
W3746-2
Figure 2. Operation of Cavitrol III One-Stage Trim
Figure 3. Fisher HPT with Cavitrol III Three-Stage Trim
W3747-2
FLOW
4
52B6045-D W6962
FLOW
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Cavitrol III Trims
D100196X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:030 September 2017
Table 1. Additional Specifications for Cavitrol III One-Stage Trim
VALVE RATING
AND DESIGN
VALVE SIZE, NPS
PORT DIAMETER(1)
mm
Inch
UNBALANCE AREA
cm2
Inch2
PORT CIRCUMFERENCE
mm
Inch
STEM DIAMETER(2)
mm
Inch
1
33.3
1.3125
0.13
0.02
104.6
4.12
12.7
1/2
1-1/2
47.6
1.875
0.20
0.031
149.6
5.89
12.7
1/2
2
58.7
2.3125
0.25
0.038
184.4
7.26
12.7 19.1
1/2 3/4
2-1/2
73.0
2.875
0.30
0.047
229.4
9.03
12.7 19.1
1/2 3/4
CL125
through
3
600 ET
87.3
3.4375
0.36
0.056
274.3
10.80
12.7 19.1
1/2 3/4
4
111.1
4.375
0.50
0.077
349.0
13.74
19.1 25.4
3/4 1
6
177.8
7
0.84
0.13
558.5
21.99
25.4 or 31.8
1 or 1-1/4
8
203.2
8
0.97
0.15
638.3
25.13
25.4 or 31.8
1 or 1-1/4
4x2
58.7
2.3125
0.25
0.038
184.4
7.26
12.7 19.1
1/2 3/4
CL600 EWT
6x4 or 8x4
8x6 or 12x6
111.1 177.8
4.375 7
0.50
0.077
349.0
0.84
0.13
558.5
13.74 21.99
19.1 25.4
25.4 or 31.8
3/4 1
1 or 1-1/4
10x8 or 12x8
203.2
8
0.97
0.15
638.3
25.13
25.4 or 31.8
1 or 1-1/4
CL150
through
16
374.7
14.75
4.19
0.65
1177
46.32
31.8
1-1/4
600 EUT-2
CL150 20x16 and through 24x16
374.7
14.75
4.19
0.65
1177
46.32
31.8
1-1/4
600 EWT-2 24x20
463.6
18.25
5.29
0.81
1456
57.31
31.8
1-1/4
CL150
through 12, 14,
600
and 16
279.4
11
Large ET
3.16
0.49
877.3
34.54
31.8
1-1/4
1. Same as ET or EWT port diameter. Also listed in valve bulletin. 2. When two stem diameters are shown for a particular valve size, the smaller stem diameter is standard and the larger stem diameter is optional.
YOKE BOSS DIAMETER
mm
Inch
71
2-13/16
71
2-13/16
71
2-13/16
90
3-9/16
71
2-13/16
90
3-9/16
71
2-13/16
90
3-9/16
90
3-9/16
127
5
127
5
127
5
71
2-13/16
90
3-9/16
90
3-9/16
127
5
127
5
127
5
127
5
127
5
127
5
127
5H
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:030 September 2017
Cavitrol III Trims
D100196X012
Table 2. Valve Travels and Flow Coefficients (Cavitrol III One-Stage Trim)
VALVE RATING
AND DESIGN
CL125 through
600 ET
VALVE SIZE, NPS
1 1-1/2
2 2-1/2
3 4 6 8
STANDARD
Travel
mm
Inch
19
0.75
19
0.75
29
1.125
38
1.5
38
1.5
51
2
51
2
76
3
Min(1) Cv
1.9 2.5 3.9 4.2
4.6 5.2 10 15
Max Cv
12.2 19.4 36.1 64.4
81.5 148 238 408
OPTIONAL FOR DESIGN ET AND EWT DUE TO OVERTRAVEL
Maximum Travel
mm
Inch
Max Cv(2)
25
1
15.5
22
0.875
22.5
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
41
1.625
86.7
54
2.125
151
57
2.25
259
86
3.375
439
4x2
29
1.125
3.9
43.6
- - -
- - -
- - -
6x4
51
2
5.2
162
54
2.125
169
8x4
51
2
5.2
165
54
2.125
171
CL600
EWT
8x6
51
2
10
267
57
2.25
293
12x6
51
2
10
280
57
2.25
305
10x8
76
3
15
418
76
3.375
455
12x8
76
3
15
433
86
3.375
487
CL150
203
8
46
1790
- - -
- - -
- - -
through 600
16
EUT-2
276
10.88
46
2120
- - -
- - -
- - -
276
10.88
46
2390
- - -
- - -
- - -
20x16
378
14.88
46
2800
- - -
- - -
- - -
276
10.88
46
2390
- - -
- - -
- - -
CL150
24x16
378
14.88
46
2800
- - -
- - -
- - -
through 600 EWT-2
429
16.88
46
2940
- - -
- - -
- - -
276
10.88
56
3160
- - -
- - -
- - -
24x20
378
14.88
56
3810
- - -
- - -
- - -
429
16.88
56
4050
- - -
- - -
- - -
CL150
12
203
8
40
1160
- - -
- - -
- - -
through 600
14
203
8
40
1262
- - -
- - -
- - -
Large ET
16
203
8
40
1330
- - -
- - -
- - -
1. Valves should not be required to throttle at a Cv less than the minimum Cv for an extended period of time. Erosion damage to the valve seats may result. 2. Minimum Cv for the Optional category is the same as the minimum Cv in the Standard category.
Figure 4. Required Seat Force for Class IV and V Shutoff Classification
SHUTOFF PRESSURE DROP,BAR
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
CLASS V (METAL SEAT FOR OPTIMUM
1000
PERFORMANCE AND LIFE IN BOILER
170 FEEDWATER SERVICE.
900
160
150
800
140
REQUIRED SEAT LOAD (LB PER LINEAL INCH) REQUIRED SEAT LOAD (N PER LINEAL mm)
130 700
120
600
110
100
500
90
CLASS V
80
400
70
300
60
CLASS IV
50
200 40
100
30
20
A2222-6
0 0
10 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
SHUTOFF PRESSURE DROP, PSI
NOTE: CLASS IV SHUTOFF IS FOR CAVITROL III ONE-STAGE TRIM ONLY
FL at Maximum
Travel
0.90 0.93 0.93 0.91 0.89 0.90 0.91 0.94 0.91 0.95 0.95 0.93 0.93 0.92 0.90
0.91
0.91
0.91 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.91
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Cavitrol III Trims
D100196X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:030 September 2017
Figure 5. Detail of TSO (Tight Shutoff Trim) Protected Soft Seat
INNER PLUG
OUTER PLUG
CAVITROL HOLE
CAGE
PROTECTED SOFT SEAT
SEAT RING
A7039-1
Figure 6. Pressure Drop Patterns (Cavitrol III Three-Stage Trim)
INLET PRESSURE PRESSURE
Pv
CONVENTIONAL "EQUAL DROP" THREE-STAGE CAGE
CAVITROL III THREE-STAGE CAGE VENA CONTRACTA PRESSURE
INLET PRESSURE TO THIRD STAGE
P2
A2962
1
2
3
FLUID TRAVEL THROUGH THE VALVE STAGES
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:030 September 2017
Cavitrol III Trims
D100196X012
Table 3. Standard Cavitrol III Trim (Linear Characteristic for Cavitrol III Two-Stage Trims)(1, 2)
VALVE BODY RATING AND DESIGN
CL600 ET
VALVE SIZE, NPS
1 1-1/2
2 2-1/2
3
4 6 8
Port Diameter
mm
Inch
25.4
1
33.3 1.3125
47.6 1.875
58.7 2.3125
73.0 2.875
73.0 136.5 177.8
2.875 5.375
7
Travel
mm Inch
25
1
38
1.5
51
2
64
2.5
76
3
102
4
102
4
152
6
Min(3) Cv
0.28 0.44 0.92 1.1 1.2
1.9 3.0 7.0
Max Cv
5.8 9.4 21 33 49
69 144 265
UNBALANCE AREA
cm2
Inch2
0.13
0.02
0.13
0.02
0.20
0.031
0.25
0.038
0.30
0.047
0.30
0.047
0.65
0.10
0.84
0.13
FL at Maximum Travel
0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98
0.98 0.98 0.98
4 x 2
47.6
1.875
51
2
0.92
22
0.20
0.031
0.98
6 x 4
73.0 2.875 102
4
1.9
71
0.30
0.047
0.98
CL600(4, 6)
8 x 4
73.0 2.875 102
4
1.9
81.5
0.30
0.047
0.98
EWT
8 x 6
136.5 5.375 127
5
3.0
178
0.65
0.10
0.98
12 x 6
136.5 5.375 152
6
3.0
208
0.65
0.10
0.98
12 x 8
177.8
7
152
6
7.0
272
0.84
0.13
0.98
3, 4 x 3
47.6
1.875
64
2.5
0.61
24.1
0.20
0.031
0.98
CL2500 EHT
4, 6 x 4
73
2.875
70
2.75
0.91
43.9
0.30
0.047
0.98
6, 8 x 6
111.1 4.375
95
3.75
1.5
75.8
0.50
0.077
0.98
CL900 and 1500 HPAS
1
22.2 0.875(5) 38
1.5
0.36
7.39
3.88
0.601
0.98
and HPAT
2
44.5
1.75
51
2
0.58
14.0
0.19
0.029
0.98
1
22.2 0.875(5) 38
1.5
0.36
6.91
3.88
0.601
0.98
CL2500 HPAS and HPAT
2
44.5
1.75
51
2
0.58
14.0
0.19
0.029
0.98
CL900, 1500, and 2500
1
22.2 0.875(5) 38
1.5
0.36
7.39
3.88
0.601
0.98
HPS and HPT
2
44.5
1.75
51
2
0.58
14.0
0.19
0.029
0.98
3
63.5
2.5
64
2.5
0.73
34.4
0.26
0.041
0.98
CL900 and 1500
4
87.3 3.4375 76
3
0.90
58.1
0.31
0.056
0.98
HPS and HPT
6
133.4 5.25
102
4
1.72
123
0.59
0.092
0.98
1. Characterized cages are available. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for information. 2. Cv as low as 0.04 is available. Consult your Emerson sales office for information. 3. Valves should not be required to throttle at a Cv less than the minimum Cv for an extended period of time. Erosion damage to the valve seats may result. 4. Values for CL900 NPS 8 x 6 and 12 x 8 EWT available in two-stage trim same as CL600 NPS 8 x 6 and 12 x 8 EWT. 5. Cavitrol III trim in the CL1500 and 2500, NPS 1, two-stage and in the NPS 2, three-stage valve uses unbalanced valve plugs. These sizes and constructions are Design HPS/HPAS valves; other valves in this section of the table are HPT/HPAT valves. 6. For larger sizes, consult your Emerson sales office.
Table 4. Standard Cavitrol III Trim (Linear Characteristic for Cavitrol III Three-Stage Trims)(1,2)
VALVE BODY RATING AND DESIGN
VALVE SIZE, NPS
Port Diameter
mm
Inch
Travel
mm
Inch
Min(3) Cv
Max Cv
UNBALANCE
AREA
cm2
Inch2
FL at Maximum Travel
3, 4 x 3
33.3
1.3125
64
2.5
0.73
13.1
0.13
0.02
0.99
CL2500 EHT
4, 6 x 4
58.7
2.3125
70
2.75
1.0
20.8
0.25 0.038
0.99
6, 8 x 6
111.1
4.375
95
3.75
2.8
66.7
0.50 0.077
0.99
CL900, 1500, and 2500
1
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
HPAS and HPAT
2
25.4
1(4)
51
2
0.59
6.73
5.06 0.785
0.99
CL900, 1500, and 2500
1
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
HPS and HPT
2
25.4
1(4)
51
2
0.59
6.73
5.06 0.785
0.99
CL900 and 1500 HPS and HPT
3
47.6
1.875
38
1.5
1.20
16.5
0.20 0.031
0.99
4
73
2.875
76
3
1.70
27.8
0.30 0.047
0.99
6
115.9 4.5625 102
4
3.10
65.0
0.52 0.080
0.99
1. Characterized cages are available. Consult your Emerson sales office for information. 2. Cv as low as 0.04 is available. Consult your Emerson sales office for information. 3. Valves should not be required to throttle at a Cv less than the minimum Cv for an extended period of time. Erosion damage to the valve seats may result. 4. Cavitrol III trim in the CL1500 and 2500, NPS 1, two-stage and in the NPS 2, three-stage valve uses unbalanced valve plugs. These sizes and constructions are HPS/HPAS valves; other valves in this section of the table are HPT/HPAT valves.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Cavitrol III Trims
D100196X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:030 September 2017
Table 5. Trim Material and Temperature Limit
VALVE VALVE
TRIM
DESIGN RATING DESIGNATION
VALVE PLUG
CAGE
SEAT RING
VALVE STEM
BONNET SPACER(6, 7)
ET
CL600
76
Heat-treated S42000 (420 SST)
S17400 (17-4PH SST) with H900 heat-treat
condition
S17400 stainless steel with H900 S31600 stainless S31600 stainless
heat-treat steel (316 SST) steel (316 SST)
S31600(1)
condition
EWT
CL600 and 900
76
Heat-treated S42000
S17400 stainless steel with H900 heat-treat
condition
S17400 stainless steel with H900
heat-treat
S31600 stainless steel
S31600 stainless steel
S31600(1)
condition
EHT CL2500
S44004
58
Heat-treated S44004 (440C
SST)
CB7CU-1 (17-4PH SST)
with H1075 heat-treat
S17400
condition
H1150 chrome
S31600 stainless steel
None
coat(2)
CoCr-A
59
S31600 with CoCr-A seat and
guide
CB7CU-1 with H1150 heat-treat condition
S31600 stainless
S17400 H1150 chrome
steel
None
coat(2)
205A
Heat-treated S44004
S17400 stainless steel with H1075 heat-treat
condition
HPS, HPAS, CL900 HPT, and and 1500 HPAT
205B
Heat-treated S44004
S31600 with
S17400 stainless steel with H1075 heat-treat
condition
S17400 stainless steel
206 (NACE)(3,4) CoCr-A seat and with double H1150
guide
heat-treat condition
S44004
S44004
S31600/ CoCr-A
S20910 stainless Same as body /
steel
bonnet material
S31600 stainless Same as body /
steel
bonnet material
S20910 stainless Same as body /
steel
bonnet material
1. Second material shown is cage retainer. 2. Second material shown is seat ring retainer. 3. If using valve body/trim combinations other than those listed, consult your Emerson sales office.
4. NACE MR0175-2002. 5. NPS 1 2 stage and NPS 2 3 stage HPS can be used at temperatures up to 343_C (650_F). 6. Bonnet spacer is not used with easy-eTM and EW series one-stage trims or with EH Series valves. 7. Bonnet spacer is used only with 2-stage trims in NPS 2 HPT/HPAT valves.
MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE
_C
_F
See figure
7
See figure
7
232(5) 450(5)
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:030 September 2017
Cavitrol III Trims
D100196X012
Figure 7. Pressure Drop/Temperature Capabilities with Seal Ring (Cavitrol III Two- and Three-Stage Trims)
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify:
2
2
A2963-1
NOTES: 1FOR BOTH GLASS-FILLED AND GRAPHITE-FILLED PTFE AND N10276 SEAL RING 2FOR PEEK ANTI-EXTRUSION RING WITH GRAPHITE-FILLED PTFE AND N10276 SEAL RING 3. DO NOT EXCEED 143 BAR (2160 PSI) WITH TWO-STAGE CAVITROL III CAGE. 4. PEEK REQUIRED FOR ALL BOILER FEEDWATER APPLICATIONS. 5. FOR STAINLESS STEEL PRESSURE BOUNDARY MATERIALS, CONTACT YOUR EMERSON SALES OFFICE.
Installation
Valve bodies with Cavitrol III trim must be installed so that the flow direction is in through the cage openings and out through the seat ring. This will be indicated by an arrow on the valve body.
Exterior dimensions for ET and EWT valve bodies with Cavitrol III one-stage trim and EHT valve bodies with Cavitrol III trims do not change from their standard trim constructions. For ET and EWT valve bodies with Cavitrol III two-stage trims, see figure 8 and tables 6 and 7 for details of dimensions that change from standard. For all other dimensions, refer to the appropriate valve body bulletin.
Application Information
1. Process liquid--State particle size and type of entrained impurities, if any.
2. Specific gravity of liquid
3. Temperature and vapor pressure of liquid
4. Critical pressure
5. Range of flowing inlet pressures
6. Pressure drops
a. Range of flowing pressure drops
b. Maximum at shutoff
7. Flow rates
a. Minimum controlled flow
b. Normal flow
c. Maximum flow
8. Required Cv 9. Line size and schedule
Valve Body Information
To determine what information is needed for ordering the valve body and trim, refer to the Specifications section. Review the description at the right of each specification or in the referenced tables, figures, and bulletins, and indicate the desired choice wherever a selection is to be made. Always specify the body design being ordered as selected from table 1 or 3.
Actuator and Accessory Information
Select the specific actuator and accessories from the appropriate bulletins. Typically piston actuators must be used where the required valve plug travel is greater than 102 mm (4 inches). Typically diaphragm actuators may be used for 102 mm (4 inches) or less required travel. Specify any additional ordering information as required from actuator or accessory bulletins.
If operating below minimum published Cvs (see tables 2, 3, and 4), added trim reliability may be obtained through use of low travel cutoff features available with FIELDVUETM digital valve controllers.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Cavitrol III Trims
D100196X012
Product Bulletin
80.2:030 September 2017
Table 6. Non-Standard Dimensions (Cavitrol III Two-Stage Trims Only)
ET CL600
Valve Size, NPS
Yoke Boss Diameter
mm Inch
Stem Diameter
mm
Inch
Dimension D mm Inch
1
71 2-13/16
12.7
1/2
184 7.25
1-1/2
54 71
2-1/8 2-13/16
9.5 12.7
3/8
155 6.12
1/2
178 7.00
2
71 2-13/16 90 3-9/16
12.7 19.1
1/2
202 7.94
3/4
198 7.81
2-1/2
71 90
2-13/16 3-9/16
12.7 19.1
1/2
230 9.06
3/4
227 8.94
3
71 2-13/16 90 3-9/16
12.7 19.1
1/2
260 10.25
3/4
257 10.12
4
90 3-9/16
127
5
19.1 25.4
3/4
308 12.12
1
379 14.94
6(1)
90 127
3-9/16
19.1
3/4
337 13.25
5
25.4 or 31.8 1 or 1-1/4 406 16.00
8
90 3-9/16
19.1
3/4
511 20.12
127
5
25.4 or 31.8 1 or 1-1/4 586 23.06
1. 102 mm (4 inch) travel construction. D dimension does not change for 51 mm (2 inch) travel construction.
Table 7. Non-Standard Dimensions (Cavitrol III Two-Stage Trims Only)
EWT CL600(1)
Valve Size, NPS
Yoke Boss Diameter
mm Inch
Stem Diameter
mm
Inch
Dimension D mm Inch
4 x 2
71 2-13/16 90 3-9/16
12.7 19.1
1/2
252 9.94
3/4
249 9.81
71 2-13/16
12.7
1/2
346 13.62
6 x 4 90 3-9/16
19.1
3/4
343 13.50
127
5
25.4 or 31.8 1 or 1-1/4 389 15.32
71 2-13/16
12.7
1/2
348 13.69
8 x 4 90 3-9/16
19.1
3/4
344 13.56
127
5
25.4 or 31.8 1 or 1-1/4 391 15.38
8 x 6(2)
90 127
3-9/16
19.1
3/4
402 15.82
5
25.4 or 31.8 1 or 1-1/4 446 17.56
12 x 6(2)
90 127
3-9/16
19.1
3/4
478 18.82
5
25.4 or 31.8 1 or 1-1/4 522 20.56
10 x 8
90 127
3-9/16
19.1
3/4
511 20.12
5
25.4 or 31.8 1 or 1-1/4 586 23.06
12 x 8
90 127
3-9/16
19.1
3/4
559 22.00
5
25.4 or 31.8 1 or 1-1/4 613 24.12
1. CL600 and CL900 NPS 8 x 6 and 12 x 8 are the same. 2. Long travel construction. D dimension does not change for 51 mm (2 inch) travel construction.
Figure 8. Non-Standard Dimensions (Cavitrol III Two-Stage Trims Only) (also see tables 6 and 7)
MATCH LINE FOR 585C SERIES ACTUATORS AND 657 667 SIZE 100 ACTUATORS
MATCH LINE FOR ALL OTHER ACTUATORS
MATCH LINE FOR ACTUATOR
25.4
D
(1.00)
D
71 OR 90 mm (2-13/16 OR 3-9/16 INCH)
14A4969-E A2966-3
DIAMETER YOKE BOSS
127 mm (5-INCH) DIAMETER YOKE BOSS
mm (INCH)
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.2:030 September 2017
Cavitrol III Trims
D100196X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Cavitrol, easy-e, and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121996, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
WhisperFlo Trim
D102362X012
Product Bulletin
80.3:010 September 2017
FisherTM WhisperFloTM Aerodynamic Noise Attenuation Trim
Fisher WhisperFlo trim represents state of the art solutions for applications that demand ultimate noise attenuation.
Control valves with WhisperFlo cages provide additional attenuation for aerodynamic noise in very demanding vapor or gas applications with high-pressure drops. A WhisperFlo cage with an appropriately sized valve body is designed to reduce the noise level up to -40 dBA. For special applications, -50 dBA attenuation can be achieved.
Features
nHigh Performance--Use of the WhisperFlo trim provides excellent noise attenuation for very demanding applications. It should be considered for
those applications that more conventional solutions can't reach.
nEasy Maintenance--Quick change trim allows fast and easy inspection of the cage without taking the valve body out of the line. WhisperFlo trim is interchangeable with standard control valve trim.
nLong Trim Life--Hardened materials or a unique wear surface construction are standard to provide excellent wear resistance. The three dimensional flow path, pressure-staging, and special passage shapes uniquely combine to equalize energy dissipation.
nHigh Capacity--WhisperFlo trim has higher capacity at conventional valve travels and port sizes than tortuous path designs.
nSimple Retrofit--Standardized port sizes provide capability to retrofit existing valves.
W6980
WhisperFlo CAGE
www.Fisher.com
W8916-1
VALVE WITH WhisperFlo AERODYNAMIC TRIM
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.3:010
September 2017
WhisperFlo Trim
D102362X012
Specifications
Availability
For standard offerings, see table 1. Designs are also available for Fisher HP, EH, FB, and TBX valves. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for details.
downstream velocity greater than 0.3 MACH1 may create a second noise source. IEC 60534-8-3 noise prediction will account for both sources
Flow Characteristic
Trim Material and Selection
J 316L Stainless Steel/R31233 Wear Resistant Surfaces (7-inch port and smaller only) J 316L Stainless Steel/Chrome Coat Bore (11-inch port and larger) J N04400/R31233 Wear Resistant Surfaces (7-inch port and smaller only) J Duplex Stainless Steel/R31233 Wear Resistant Surfaces (7-inch port and smaller only) J 4130 Alloy Steel/R31233 Wear Resistant Surfaces (7-inch port and smaller only) J 410 Stainless Steel (all port sizes) J Other materials available per application See appropriate valve bulletin or contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
Temperature Capability(1)
J -73 to 593_C (-100 to 1100_F) J Cryogenic cages for use to -198_C (-324_F) are available. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for special information on specifying Cryogenic cages J Others per application See appropriate valve bulletin for complementary information
Maximum Pressure Drops(1)
As shown in appropriate valve bulletin, do not exceed these limits. WhisperFlo trim is available up to CL2500 and higher
Velocity Limits
WhisperFlo trim is designed to control the throttling noise source in the control valve. A valve-outlet or
Linear (restricted linear cages and characterized cages are available--consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner)
Rangeability Varies with size. NPS 4 ET, level X: 30:1 NPS 24x20 EW, level X: 65:1 High rangeability in excess of 250:1 is available in some constructions. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for details
Flow Direction Flow up--through the seat ring and out through the cage orifices
Noise Attenuation Approximately -40 dBA maximum depending on the nP/P1 ratio per IEC 60534-8-3 calculation procedure. WhisperFlo levels X, Y, and Z are useable up to 0.999 nP/P1 maximum
Sizing Coefficients See Coefficients section in this bulletin or Catalog 12, section 1
Shutoff Classification J Class IV J Others per application See appropriate valve bulletin
1. Do not exceed the pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin. Any applicable standard or code limitations should not be exceeded.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
WhisperFlo Trim
D102362X012
Product Bulletin
80.3:010
September 2017
Table 1. Standard Fisher WhisperFlo Cages (Levels X, Y, and Z)
VALVE TYPE
VALVE SIZE(1)
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inch
4
87
3.4375
6X4
87
3.4375
8X4
87
3.4375
6
136
8X6 or 10X6(2)
136
12X6
136
5.375 5.375 5.375
8
178
7
10X8
178
7
easy-et
12X8
178
7
12
279
11
16X12
279
11
16
375
14.75
20X16
375
14.75
24X16
375
14.75
20
464
18.25
24X20
464
18.25
1. For a two-number valve size, the first number indicates nominal valve body size and the second number indicates nominal port size. 2. NPS 10x6 has a valve outlet area identical to the NPS 8x6.
MAXIMUM VALVE PLUG TRAVEL
mm
Inch
76
3
102
4
102
4
76
3
127
5
165
6.5
152
6
152
6
203
8
203
8
203
8
203
8
276
10.875
378
14.875
378
14.875
378
14.875
Figure 1. Fisher WhisperFlo nP/P1 Ranges
TYPICAL SOUND PRESSURE TRENDS OF WhisperFlo TRIMS
INCREASING LpA (dB)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y Y Y
Y
LEVEL X OPTIMUM CAPACITY
LEVEL Y BALANCED CAPACITY AND ATTENUATION
LEVEL Z OPTIMUM ATTENUATION
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
A7083-1
INCREASING PRESSURE DROP RATIO
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.3:010
September 2017
WhisperFlo Trim
D102362X012
Coefficients
Table 2. Fisher WhisperFlo, X Level, Flow Up through the Seat Ring and out through the Cage Orifices
WhisperFlo Level X
Valve Size, NPS
Port Diameter
mm Inch
Maximum Travel
mm Inch
4
87.3 3.4375 76
3
6x4
87.3 3.4375 102
4
8x4
87.3 3.4375 102
4
6
136.5 5.375 76
3
8x6 or
10x6(1)
136.5 5.375 127
5
12x6
136.5 5.375 165 6.5
8
177.8
7
152
6
10x8
177.8
7
152
6
12x8
177.8
7
203
8
140 5.5
12
279.4 11
203
8
140 5.5
14
279.4 11
203
8
16x12 279.4 11 203
8
140 5.5
16
279.4 11
203
8
20x16 374.7 14.75 203
8
20x16 374.7 14.75 276 10.875
20x16 374.7 14.75 378 14.875
24x16 374.7 14.75 203
8
24x16 374.7 14.75 276 10.875
24x16 374.7 14.75 378 14.875
Flow Coefficient
Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT Cv
Xt
Cv
Xt
Cv
Xt
Cv
Xt
Cv XT Cv
Xt
Cv
XT
Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT
Linear Characteristic
Valve Opening--Percent of Total Travel
Min 6.4 0.654 6.4 0.763 6.4 0.705 10.4 0.638 10.4 0.640 10.4 0.735 30.4 0.702 30.4 0.694 30.4 0.656 62.2 0.53 62.2 0.886 62.2 0.53 62.2 0.69 62.2 0.556 62.2 0.53 62.2 0.556 60.2 0.534 60.2 0.534 60.2 0.534 60.2 0.534 60.2 0.534 60.2 0.534
10 12.7 0.654 16.7 0.763 17.8 0.705 20.7 0.638 45.7 0.640 56.9 0.735 60.9 0.702 61.4 0.694 103 0.656 92 0.71 128 0.886 92 0.71 126 0.69 124 0.556 92 0.71 124 0.556 170 0.713 238 0.708 332 0.701 170 0.716 238 0.711 333 0.705
20 27.8 0.753 35.3 0.783 35.8 0.790 47.3 0.673 92.0 0.648 114 0.759 120 0.704 120 0.713 188 0.678 180 0.7 257 0.777 180 0.70 258 0.66 258 0.580 180 0.7 258 0.58 359 0.699 494 0.690 679 0.679 360 0.703 495 0.695 683 0.685
30 41.9 0.737 52.5 0.751 52.5 0.763 70.4 0.716 138 0.633 170 0.741 179 0.669 179 0.662 277 0.627 274 0.69 382 0.799 276 0.69 386 0.69 388 0.614 277 0.69 388 0.614 546 0.687 745 0.676 1015 0.665 548 0.692 750 0.681 1027 0.668
40 55.4 0.727 69.5 0.726 69.7 0.747 94.6 0.688 181 0.617 224 0.726 237 0.647 238 0.641 353 0.656 366 0.68 508 0.737 370 0.68 517 0.66 523 0.612 372 0.68 523 0.612 731 0.677 990 0.666 1339 0.657 735 0.682 1001 0.669 1363 0.655
50 68.5 0.714 87.6 0.696 86.9 0.720 116 0.692 223 0.624 288 0.661 287 0.668 296 0.629 432 0.666 454 0.68 633 0.688 461 0.67 642 0.65 648 0.629 465 0.67 648 0.629 912 0.669 1226 0.659 1633 0.654 921 0.673 1248 0.659 1687 0.645
60 81.4 0.708 105 0.691 104 0.722 137 0.723 265 0.642 328 0.699 331 0.699 352 0.637 515 0.657 538 0.69 728 0.727 549 0.68 762 0.66 784 0.615 556 0.67 784 0.615 1089 0.663 1452 0.656 1911 0.656 1104 0.665 1490 0.651 1999 0.638
70 91.9 0.732 121 0.699 121 0.717 159 0.708 299 0.682 377 0.707 368 0.740 408 0.632 583 0.667 616 0.69 820 0.776 633 0.67 866 0.71 896 0.665 645 0.66 896 0.665 1260 0.659 1667 0.654 2165 0.660 1285 0.658 1725 0.644 2296 0.633
80 101 0.760 136 0.738 137 0.701 175 0.735 331 0.710 425 0.706 397 0.783 459 0.640 652 0.684 689 0.7 901 0.734 714 0.68 961 0.70 1001 0.678 730 0.66 1001 0.678 1427 0.656 1870 0.655 2397 0.667 1462 0.652 1953 0.639 2578 0.630
90 108 0.831 154 0.719 153 0.691 189 0.747 350 0.769 472 0.718 421 0.809 508 0.667 703 0.709 757 0.71 978 0.721 791 0.68 1049 0.70 1096 0.691 813 0.66 1096 0.691 1587 0.655 2061 0.658 2606 0.676 1636 0.647 2173 0.635 2843 0.628
100 114 0.842 164 0.720 165 0.676 199 0.770 365 0.803 510 0.724 441 0.829 550 0.673 736 0.749 820 0.73 1019 0.758 863 0.69 1113 0.73 1175 0.719 892 0.66 1175 0.719 1741 0.654 2240 0.662 2793 0.686 1807 0.642 2385 0.632 3092 0.628
(continued)
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
WhisperFlo Trim
D102362X012
Product Bulletin
80.3:010
September 2017
Table 2. Fisher WhisperFlo, X Level, Flow Up through the Seat Ring and out through the Cage Orifices (continued)
WhisperFlo Level X
Valve Size, NPS
Port Diameter
mm Inch
Maximum Travel
mm Inch
Flow Coefficient
20
463.6 18.25 203
8
Cv
XT
20
463.6 18.25 276 10.875
Cv
XT
20
463.6 18.25 378 14.875
Cv
XT
24x20 463.6 18.25 203
8
Cv
XT
24x20 463.6 18.25 276 10.875
Cv
XT
24x20 463.6 18.25 378 14.875
Cv
XT
1. NPS 10x6 has a valve outlet area identical to the NPS 8x6.
Linear Characteristic
Valve Opening--Percent of Total Travel
Min 86.5 0.534 86.5 0.534 86.5 0.534 86.5 0.534 86.5 0.534 86.5 0.534
10 207 0.713 286 0.708 399 0.702 207 0.714 286 0.710 400 0.704
20 431 0.701 592 0.694 813 0.687 431 0.703 595 0.695 820 0.686
30 655 0.692 891 0.685 1208 0.682 658 0.692 900 0.683 1231 0.672
40 834 0.686 1179 0.682 1577 0.685 882 0.683 1200 0.673 1630 0.662
50 1087 0.683 1453 0.683 1917 0.695 1104 0.676 1493 0.665 2012 0.656
60 1294 0.682 1712 0.688 2223 0.711 1322 0.669 1779 0.659 2376 0.653
70 1493 0.683 1954 0.696 2497 0.731 1537 0.664 2056 0.656 2720 0.653
80 1683 0.687 2179 0.708 2740 0.755 1747 0.660 2322 0.654 3043 0.655
90 1865 0.693 2386 0.722 2954 0.781 1952 0.657 2578 0.653 3343 0.659
100 2036 0.700 2576 0.738 3141 0.809 2152 0.655 2823 0.654 3622 0.665
Table 3. Fisher WhisperFlo, Y Level, Flow Up through the Seat Ring and out through the Cage Orifices
WhisperFlo Level Y
Valve Size, NPS
Port Diameter
mm Inch
Maximum Travel
mm Inch
4
87.3 3.4375 76
3
6x4
87.3 3.4375 102
4
8x4
87.3 3.4375 102
4
6
136.5 5.375 76
3
8x6 or
10x6(1)
136.5 5.375 127
5
12x6
136.5 5.375 165 6.5
8
177.8
7
152
6
10x8
177.8
7
152
6
12x8
177.8
7
203
8
140 5.5
12
279.4 11
203
8
140 5.5
14
279.4 11
203
8
16x12 279.4 11 203
8
Flow Coefficient
Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT Cv
Xt
Cv XT Cv
Xt
Cv
Xt
Cv XT
Linear Characteristic
Valve Opening--Percent of Total Travel
Min 6
0.536 6
0.536 6
0.536 9
0.536 10
0.536 9
0.536 11
0.510 11
0.510 12
0.562 35 0.53 35
0.532 35 0.53 35 0.53 35
0.532
10 12 0.536 16 0.536 16 0.536 18 0.536 31 0.536 39 0.536 42 0.510 42 0.510 59 0.562 55 0.56 90 0.532 55 0.56 90 0.53 90 0.532
20 23 0.532 31 0.532 31 0.532 36 0.532 61 0.532 78 0.532 84 0.543 84 0.543 118 0.573 109 0.55 180 0.532 109 0.56 180 0.53 180 0.532
30 35 0.525 47 0.525 47 0.525 55 0.525 92 0.525 116 0.525 125 0.547 125 0.547 177 0.543 168 0.55 270 0.532 168 0.55 270 0.53 270 0.532
40 47 0.510 63 0.510 63 0.510 73 0.510 123 0.510 155 0.510 167 0.536 167 0.536 236 0.525 225 0.54 360 0.532 226 0.54 360 0.53 360 0.532
50 59 0.503 79 0.503 79 0.503 91 0.503 154 0.503 194 0.503 209 0.460 209 0.460 295 0.539 282 0.54 450 0.532 284 0.54 450 0.53 450 0.532
60 70 0.507 94 0.507 94 0.507 109 0.507 184 0.507 233 0.507 251 0.496 251 0.496 354 0.558 338 0.54 540 0.532 340 0.54 540 0.53 540 0.532
70 82 0.514 110 0.514 110 0.514 127 0.514 215 0.514 272 0.514 293 0.496 293 0.496 413 0.558 392 0.54 630 0.532 396 0.53 630 0.53 630 0.532
80 94 0.528 126 0.528 126 0.528 146 0.528 246 0.528 310 0.528 334 0.514 334 0.514 472 0.577 445 0.54 720 0.532 452 0.53 720 0.53 720 0.532
90 105 0.532 141 0.532 141 0.532 164 0.532 276 0.532 349 0.532 376 0.547 376 0.547 531 0.577 496 0.54 810 0.532 505 0.53 810 0.53 810 0.532
100 117 0.575 157 0.575 157 0.575 182 0.575 307 0.575 388 0.575 418 0.609 418 0.609 590 0.577 546 0.55 900 0.532 558 0.54 900 0.53 900 0.532
(continued)
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.3:010
September 2017
WhisperFlo Trim
D102362X012
Table 3. Fisher WhisperFlo, Y Level, Flow Up through the Seat Ring and out through the Cage Orifices (continued)
WhisperFlo Level Y
Valve Size, NPS
Port Diameter
mm Inch
Maximum Travel
mm Inch
Flow Coefficient
Cv
140 5.5
Xt
16
279.4 11
Cv
203
8
XT
20x16 374.7 14.75 203
8
Cv
XT
20x16 374.7 14.75 276 10.875
Cv
XT
20x16 374.7 14.75 378 14.875
Cv
XT
24x16 374.7 14.75 203
8
Cv
XT
24x16 374.7 14.75 276 10.875
Cv
XT
24x16 374.7 14.75 378 14.875
Cv
XT
20
463.6 18.25 203
8
Cv
XT
20
463.6 18.25 276 10.875
Cv
XT
20
463.6 18.25 378 14.875
Cv
XT
24x20 463.6 18.25 203
8
Cv
XT
24x20 463.6 18.25 276 10.875
Cv
XT
24x20 463.6 18.25 378 14.875
Cv
XT
1. NPS 10x6 has a valve outlet area identical to the NPS 8x6.
Linear Characteristic
Valve Opening--Percent of Total Travel
Min 35 0.53 35 0.532 53.4 0.534 53.4 0.534 53.4 0.534 53.4 0.534 53.4 0.534 53.4 0.534 77.3 0.534 77.3 0.534 77.3 0.534 77.3 0.534 77.3 0.534 77.3 0.534
10 55 0.56 90 0.532 124 0.617 171 0.614 239 0.609 125 0.619 171 0.616 240 0.612 148 0.578 198 0.576 272 0.573 148 0.579 198 0.577 272 0.574
20 109 0.56 180 0.532 259 0.608 356 0.603 491 0.596 259 0.611 357 0.606 492 0.600 294 0.572 405 0.568 558 0.564 294 0.573 406 0.569 560 0.564
30 168 0.55 270 0.532 394 0.601 539 0.594 738 0.586 395 0.604 541 0.597 743 0.589 448 0.567 612 0.562 837 0.558 449 0.568 615 0.562 845 0.556
40 227 0.54 360 0.532 529 0.594 720 0.586 979 0.579 531 0.598 724 0.590 991 0.580 601 0.563 816 0.559 1108 0.557 603 0.563 823 0.556 1125 0.550
50 285 0.54 450 0.532 662 0.588 897 0.581 1212 0.574 666 0.592 906 0.583 1234 0.573 751 0.560 1016 0.557 1367 0.559 757 0.558 1029 0.552 1401 0.545
60 342 0.54 540 0.532 794 0.584 1070 0.577 1435 0.573 800 0.587 1085 0.577 1472 0.567 899 0.558 1210 0.557 1614 0.563 909 0.554 1232 0.548 1669 0.542
70 399 0.53 630 0.532 923 0.580 1239 0.574 1648 0.573 933 0.582 1262 0.572 1703 0.562 1045 0.557 1397 0.559 1849 0.571 1060 0.551 1433 0.544 1931 0.540
80 456 0.53 720 0.532 1051 0.577 1402 0.573 1849 0.575 1065 0.578 1436 0.568 1928 0.559 1188 0.557 1577 0.562 2063 0.581 1209 0.548 1629 0.542 2183 0.539
90 511 0.53 810 0.532 1176 0.575 1560 0.573 2038 0.579 1195 0.574 1607 0.564 2146 0.556 1267 0.558 1750 0.567 2265 0.593 1357 0.545 1822 0.540 2427 0.540
100 566 0.53 900 0.532 1298 0.573 1712 0.574 2216 0.585 1324 0.570 1774 0.561 2356 0.555 1462 0.560 1915 0.574 2452 0.607 1503 0.543 2010 0.539 2662 0.541
Table 4. Fisher WhisperFlo, Z Level, Flow Up through the Seat Ring and out through the Cage Orifices
WhisperFlo Level Z
Valve Size, NPS
Port Diameter
mm Inch
Maximum Travel
mm Inch
4
87.3 3.4375 76
3
6x4
87.3 3.4375 102
4
8x4
87.3 3.4375 102
4
6
136.5 5.375 76
3
8x6 or
10x6(1)
136.5 5.375 127
5
12x6
136.5 5.375 165 6.5
Flow Coefficient
Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT Cv XT
Linear Characteristic
Valve Opening--Percent of Total Travel
Min 3
0.600 3
0.600 3
0.600 5
0.600 5
0.600 5
0.600
10 6 0.600 9 0.600 9 0.600 10 0.600 17 0.600 23 0.600
20 13 0.539 17 0.539 17 0.539 20 0.539 35 0.539 45 0.539
30 19 0.521 26 0.521 26 0.521 30 0.521 52 0.521 68 0.521
40 25 0.528 34 0.528 34 0.528 40 0.528 69 0.528 90 0.528
50 32 0.528 43 0.528 43 0.528 51 0.528 87 0.528 113 0.528
60 38 0.547 52 0.547 52 0.547 61 0.547 104 0.547 135 0.547
70 44 0.539 60 0.539 60 0.539 71 0.539 121 0.539 158 0.539
80 50 0.525 69 0.525 69 0.525 81 0.525 138 0.525 180 0.525
90 57 0.507 77 0.507 77 0.507 91 0.507 156 0.507 203 0.507
100 63 0.525 86 0.525 86 0.525 101 0.525 173 0.525 225 0.525
(continued)
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
WhisperFlo Trim
D102362X012
Product Bulletin
80.3:010
September 2017
Table 4. Fisher WhisperFlo, Z Level, Flow Up through the Seat Ring and out through the Cage Orifices (continued)
WhisperFlo Level Z
Valve Size, NPS
Port Diameter
mm Inch
Maximum Travel
mm Inch
Flow Coefficient
8
177.8
7
152
6
Cv
XT
10x8
177.8
7
152
6
Cv
XT
12x8
177.8
7
203
8
Cv
XT
Cv
140 5.5
Xt
12
279.4 11
203
8
Cv
XT
Cv
140 5.5
Xt
14
279.4 11
Cv
203
8
Xt
16x12 279.4 11 203
8
Cv
XT
Cv
140 5.5
Xt
16
279.4 11
Cv
203
8
XT
20x16 374.7 14.75 203
8
Cv
XT
20x16 374.7 14.75 276 10.875
Cv
XT
20x16 374.7 14.75 378 14.875
Cv
XT
24x16 374.7 14.75 203
8
Cv
XT
24x16 374.7 14.75 276 10.875
Cv
XT
24x16 374.7 14.75 378 14.875
Cv
XT
20
463.6 18.25 203
8
Cv
XT
20
463.6 18.25 276 10.875
Cv
XT
20
463.6 18.25 378 14.875
Cv
XT
24x20 463.6 18.25 203
8
Cv
XT
24x20 463.6 18.25 276 10.875
Cv
XT
24x20 463.6 18.25 378 14.875
Cv
XT
1. NPS 10x6 has a valve outlet area identical to the NPS 8x6.
Linear Characteristic
Valve Opening--Percent of Total Travel
Min 7
0.600 7
0.600 7
0.600 21 0.53 21
0.532 21 0.53 21 0.53 21
0.532 21 0.53 21
0.532 48.1 0.534 48.1 0.534 48.1 0.534 48.1 0.534 48.1 0.534 48.1 0.534 71.8 0.534 71.8 0.534 71.8 0.534 71.8 0.534 71.8 0.534 71.8 0.534
10 26 0.600 26 0.600 35 0.600 42 0.44 55 0.532 42 0.44 55 0.53 55 0.532 42 0.44 55 0.532 91 0.467 121 0.465 166 0.463 91 0.468 121 0.466 166 0.465 113 0.454 148 0.453 200 0.451 113 0.454 149 0.453 200 0.452
20 52 0.539 52 0.539 71 0.539 80 0.43 110 0.532 80 0.44 110 0.53 110 0.532 80 0.44 110 0.532 179 0.463 247 0.46 341 0.457 179 0.464 267 0.462 341 0.459 214 0.45 288 0.448 403 0.446 214 0.451 292 0.449 404 0.446
30 78 0.521 78 0.521 106 0.521 119 0.43 165 0.532 119 0.43 165 0.53 165 0.532 119 0.43 165 0.532 273 0.459 374 0.456 514 0.451 273 0.461 375 0.458 516 0.454 323 0.448 437 0.445 607 0.442 324 0.448 444 0.446 610 0.442
40 104 0.528 104 0.528 141 0.528 160 0.43 220 0.532 161 0.43 220 0.53 220 0.532 161 0.43 220 0.532 367 0.456 501 0.452 685 0.447 368 0.458 503 0.454 689 0.449 434 0.445 585 0.443 808 0.441 435 0.446 595 0.442 815 0.438
50 130 0.528 130 0.528 177 0.528 202 0.43 275 0.532 202 0.43 275 0.53 275 0.532 202 0.43 275 0.532 460 0.453 627 0.449 854 0.444 462 0.455 630 0.451 861 0.445 544 0.443 731 0.441 1005 0.44 546 0.443 745 0.44 1018 0.435
60 156 0.547 156 0.547 212 0.547 242 0.43 330 0.532 243 0.43 330 0.53 330 0.532 244 0.43 330 0.532 553 0.45 751 0.446 1019 0.443 555 0.453 756 0.447 1032 0.442 653 0.442 875 0.44 1196 0.441 657 0.441 894 0.437 1218 0.433
70 182 0.539 182 0.539 247 0.539 282 0.43 385 0.532 284 0.42 385 0.53 385 0.532 285 0.42 385 0.532 645 0.448 874 0.444 1180 0.442 649 0.45 881 0.445 1200 0.439 761 0.441 1016 0.44 1381 0.444 767 0.439 1042 0.435 1416 0.431
80 208 0.525 208 0.525 282 0.525 322 0.43 440 0.532 324 0.42 440 0.53 440 0.532 326 0.42 440 0.532 737 0.446 994 0.443 1336 0.442 742 0.448 1006 0.442 1365 0.437 868 0.44 1155 0.441 1560 0.448 877 0.437 1188 0.433 1609 0.43
90 234 0.507 234 0.507 318 0.507 361 0.43 495 0.532 364 0.42 495 0.53 495 0.532 366 0.42 495 0.532 827 0.445 1113 0.442 1488 0.443 834 0.446 1129 0.44 1528 0.435 974 0.44 1290 0.442 1730 0.453 986 0.436 1333 0.432 1800 0.43
100 260 0.525 260 0.525 353 0.525 399 0.43 550 0.532 404 0.42 550 0.53 550 0.532 407 0.42 550 0.532 917 0.444 1229 0.442 1634 0.445 926 0.444 1251 0.438 1688 0.434 1078 0.441 1422 0.445 1894 0.459 1094 0.434 1476 0.431 1986 0.43
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.3:010
September 2017
WhisperFlo Trim
D102362X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, WhisperFlo, and easy-e are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1998, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Micro Trims
D102702X012
Product Bulletin
80.4:010 April 2019
FisherTM Micro Trims for Globe and Angle Valve Applications
W8282
Micro-Flow
W5816-1
Micro-Flute
W8284
Micro-Flat/Form
W5817-1
Micro-Form
W6021
Micro-Flat CAVITATION
W8285
MULTI-STAGE Micro-Flat
W5624LG
CAV III Micro-Flat
Micro Trims
X0469-1
CAV4 Globe
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.4:010 April 2019
Micro Trims
D102702X012
Fisher micro trims are used in those applications where the control of low flow rates is a requirement. A variety of micro trims are offered that provide application solutions for standard and severe service conditions. This bulletin lists the various micro trims available and their service capability.
Severe Service Micro Trims
Cavitation Isolation Trim-- Controls where cavitation occurs in the valve to minimize trim damage. Does not prevent formation of cavitation.
Trim Descriptions: An Overview
Fisher micro trims fall into two basic application categories: "Standard Service" and "Severe Service".
Standard Service Micro Trims
These are Plug-Characterized trims. Flow characterization is controlled by the plug.
(A)-- Micro-Flow-- Ultra low flow control. Linear flow characteristic. Plug-characterized, port-guided. Gas and liquid applications. See figure 1.
(B)-- Micro-Flute-- Low flow control. Bridges the gap between Micro-Flow and Micro-Form trims. Equal percent flow characteristic. Plug-characterized, port-guided. Gas and liquid applications. See figure 2.
(C)-- Micro-Form-- Equal percent, contoured plug used in a variety of valve designs. See figure 3.
(D)-- Micro-Flat/Form-- General service gas or liquid applications where high rangeability (>200:1) is required. See figure 4.
Cavitation Elimination Trim-- Trim design eliminates the effects of cavitation.
(E)-- Micro-Flat Cavitation Trim-- Cavitation isolation trim. Very low flow control. Isolates cavitation to minimize trim degradation. Plug-characterized, port-guided, unbalanced trim. See figure 5.
(F)-- Multi-Stage Micro-Flat-- Plug/Cage design with a series of flats on a common stem. High nP's and Cv's down to approximately 0.01. This is a cavitation elimination trim for use on liquids. Not intended for gas service. See figure 6.
(G)-- CAV III Micro-Flat-- Cage-guided cavitation elimination trim. This trim is a CAV III multi-stage trim with the addition of a Micro-Flat style plug to provide staged performance at low flows. Allows CAV III staged cavitation control as low as Cv = 0.05. See figure 7.
(H)-- CAV4 Globe-- Plug/Cage design with a series of staged pressure drops. This multi-stage cavitation elimination valve trim is used in high pressure drops and low flows. See figure 8.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Micro Trims
D102702X012
Product Bulletin
80.4:010 April 2019
Table 1. Micro Trim Application(1)
Trim (A)
Trim Name Micro-Flow
Valve Type
EZ HP D
Valve Size Range, NPS
1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, and 2 1 1
Cv Availability(2, 3) 0.015 - 0.181
0.00365 - 0.294 0.00365 - 0.294
EZ
(B)
Micro-Flute
HPS
D
1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, and 2 1 1
0.0385 - 1.07 0.039 - 4.21 0.0385 - 1.07
(C)
Micro-Form
easy-et HPS EH D
1, 1-1/2, and 2 1 and 2 2 1 and 2
0.075 - 10.2 0.072 - 52.2 0.062 - 50.1 0.070 - 34.5
(D)
Micro-Flat/Form
easy-e HPS EH D
1, 1-1/2, and 2 1 and 2 2 1 and 2
0.02 - 28.9 0.02 - 28.9 0.02 - 28.9 0.02 - 8.8
(E)
Micro-Flat Cavitation
ES EAS HPAS DA
1, 1-1/2, and 2 1 and 2 1 and 2 1
0.001 - 3.4 0.001 - 10.49
0.01 - 7.8 0.01 - 3.4
ES
(F)
Multi-Stage Micro-Flat
HPS
EHS
1, 1-1/2, and 2 1 and 2 2
0.01 - 1.4 0.01 - 1.4 0.01 - 1.4
ES
(G)
CAV III Micro-Flat
HPS
EHS
1, 1-1/2, and 2 1 and 2 2
0.05 - 4.9 0.05 - 5.5 0.05 - 5.5
(H)
Cavitrol IV
CAV4
2
0.1 - 1.1 0.1 - 1.6 0.1 - 2.9
1. Configurations shown are standard. Other configurations are available. Consult your Emerson sales office. 2. The trim selected may have the minimum or the maximum Cv, as shown below, but usually not both. Refer to Fisher Catalog 12 for further detail on flow coefficients for the various valve types. 3. Consult your Emerson sales office for Cv requirements and availability, dependent on valve size, design, etc.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.4:010 April 2019
Micro Trims
D102702X012
Detailed Trim Description
Standard Service Trims
Figure 1. Micro-Flow Trim
Figure 2. Micro-Flute Trim
W8282
FLOW
(A)--Micro-Flow Trim
Micro-Flow trim (figure 1) provides linear ultra low flow control in gas and liquid applications. Typical application for this trim is flow up, 0.1875 inch port diameter, and 0.75 inch travel.
This is a very rugged, tough trim and therefore available in limited materials, such as R30006/CoCr-A. Micro-Flow trim construction consists of a very tightly controlled angle milled on a flat. This low angle flat provides the required flow control.
This unbalanced trim, with a linear plug characteristic, is available in most valve styles, including easy-e, D, and HP.
W5816-1
FLOW
(B)--Micro-Flute Trim
Micro-Flute trim (figure 2) is for low flow equal percent control applications and fills the niche between Micro-Flow applications and Micro-Form applications. Standard trim material is R30006/CoCr-A and S44004.
Micro-Flute trim is port guided. The plug tip rides in the seat ring, which is the area where energy is dissipated. Typical applications are port diameters as small as 0.25 inch and flow up (with some flow down applications).
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Micro Trims
D102702X012
Product Bulletin
80.4:010 April 2019
Figure 3. Micro-Form Valve Plug
Figure 4. Micro-Flat/Form Trim
W5817-1
FLOW
(C)--Micro-Form Trim
Micro-Form trim (figure 3) is a contoured plug, equal percent trim for low flow applications. This plug characterized trim is available in 0.25 inch and larger ports. Micro-Form trim is used in flow up applications and not recommended for flow down use.
Depending on valve type, this trim is either cage-guided, stem-guided, or post-guided. Micro-Form trim is widely used in EZ, as well as small size EH and HP control valves.
W8284
FLOW
(D)--Micro-Flat/Form Trim
Micro-Flat/Form trim (figure 4) is a special plug design for flow up service only. Using features from both Micro-Flat and Micro-Flow trims, this trim is designed for high rangeability flow service.
Micro-Flat/Form trim initially operates as Micro-Flat, where it is tightly tolerenced to optimize low flow control. Further up in the stroke, the trim transitions to a Micro-Form style plug contour. This provides improved Cv coefficient control. Rangeability is possible in excess of 200 to 1. This trim is available in Micro-Form materials. When choosing materials, be aware of the sliding contact at low lifts.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.4:010 April 2019
Micro Trims
D102702X012
Severe Service Trims
Figure 5. Micro-Flat Cavitation Trim
FLOW
FLASH BASKET
W6021
X0585-1
FLOW
EAS
ES
(E)--Micro-Flat Cavitation Trim
Micro-Flat Cavitation trim (figure 5) is available in both NPS 1 and 2 Fisher EAS valve bodies and NPS 1, 1-1/2, and 2 Fisher ES valve bodies and is designed for very low flow applications where cavitation is a concern. This trim design does not eliminate cavitation, but isolates the cavitation to minimize trim degradation. Micro-flat Cavitation trim is only available for flow down applications.
Micro-Flat Cavitation trim features a protected seat design to maximize seat life in cavitating environments. This trim is available in 0.25 inch and
larger port diameters with a minimum Cv of 0.001. Recommended maximum pressure drop is 1000 psi. Above this, shortened trim life will result.
This plug-characterized, port-guided trim is available in hardened materials only, such as R30006/CoCr-A and S44004. These materials are needed to provide wear resistance between the plug and seat ring, where cavitation and vibration problems exist.
Micro-Flat Cavitation trim is recommended for angle valve applications. In special cases, use with a globe valve and flash basket is possible. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional information.
Table 2. Trim Materials(1)
TRIM
VALVE BODY
DESIGNATION MATERIAL
VALVE BODY SIZE, NPS
VALVE PLUG
26
WCC
all
S44004 SST
39 (NACE)(2)
WCC
all
CoCr-A
38
WCC
all
CoCr-A
39 (NACE)(2)
CF8M
all
CoCr-A
1 and 1-1/2
38
CF8M
2
CoCr-A
1. For additional trim materials, contact your Emerson sales office. 2. Meets the metallurgical requirements of NACE MR0175, ISO 15156, and MR0103.
CAGE
S17400 H900 CoCr-A
S17400 H900 CoCr-A
S17400 H900
SEAT RING / LINER
S44004 SST CoCr-A CoCr-A CoCr-A
CoCr-A
TEMPERATURE LIMITS
_C
_F
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
-29 to 427
-20 to 800
-198 to 482
-325 to 900
-18 to 343
0 to 650
-18 to 288
0 to 550
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Micro Trims
D102702X012
Product Bulletin
80.4:010 April 2019
Figure 6. Multi-Stage Micro-Flat Trim
Figure 7. CAV III Micro-Flat Trim
W8285
FLOW
(F)--Multi-Stage Micro-Flat Trim
Multi-Stage Micro-Flat trim (figure 6) is a plug-characterized design with a series of flats on a common stem to provide staged cavitation control. Flow direction is typically flow down, but flow up use is possible in special cases. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional information.
This trim is used to eliminate cavitation. Features include a protected seat design and pressure drops in excess of 4000 psi. To maximize seat life in cavitating environments, staged flow control as low as Cv = 0.01 is possible. This trim must be used with hardened materials, such as R30006/CoCr-A and S44004.
W5624LG
FLOW
(G)--CAV III Micro-Flat Trim
CAV III Micro-Flat trim (figure 7) is a cavitation elimination trim. Designed as an enhancement to extend the low flow capability of Cavitrolt III, this is a cage-guided trim with the addition of a Micro-Flat plug.
This trim incorporates a protected seat design and the trim is able to provide a staged cavitation control down to approximately 0.05 Cv. Use of this trim below 0.05 Cv is not recommended. Standard trim materials include an S17400 cage with an S44004 plug and seat ring. Contact your Emerson sales office for additional materials.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.4:010 April 2019
Micro Trims
D102702X012
Figure 8. CAV4 Globe
X0469-1
FLOW
(H)--CAV4 Globe
CAV4 Globe (figure 8) is a multi-stage cavitation elimination trim. Designed as an enhancement to extend the low flow capability of CAV4, this cage-guided trim can be used in services with 6000 psi pressure drops and capacities as low as 0.1 - 2.9 Cv.
Standard trim materials include an S17400 cage with an S44004 plug and seat ring. Contact your Emerson sales office for additional materials.
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, easy-e, and Cavitrol are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2001, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Multi-Stage Micro-Flat Trim
D103901X012
Product Bulletin
80.4:011 December 2018
FisherTM Multi-Stage Micro-Flat Trim
Fisher Multi-Stage Micro-Flat is a multi-stage, anti-cavitation control valve trim concept for use in services where high pressure drop, staged cavitation control is needed along with low-flow capability. The trim concept uses an axial, expanding area flow path and features a protected seat design where the shutoff function of the valve is separate from the throttling areas of the trim. The plug and cage are a matched pair and must be replaced as a set if either one is damaged in service.
Features
nVersatility-- Retrofits into existing angle and globe valve designs. Flows up or down. Can provide up to 50-1 turndown.
nCavitation Control-- 3-8 stage used properly can help eliminate cavitation damage.
nTrim Materials-- S44004 plug and S17400 seat ring or NACE option of R30016 plug and seat ring.
nResistance to Erosion Damage-- Standard hardened trim materials provide excellent wear resistance, resulting in long trim life. The contoured valve plug seat reduces fluid separation, helps direct fluid away from trim, and protect against erosion damage.
Principle of Operation
Multi-Stage Micro-Flat trim is a plug-characterized design with a series of flats on a common stem to provide staged cavitation control. Flow direction is typically flow down, but flow up use is possible in special cases. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional information.
This trim is used to control cavitation. Features include a protected seat design and pressure drops as high as 6500 psi. To maximize seat life in cavitating environments, staged flow control as low as Cv = 0.01 is possible. This trim must be used with hardened materials, such as R30016 and S44004/S17400.
FISHER MULTI-STAGE MICRO-FLAT TRIM
W8285
nCavitation Control Trim-- Trim design eliminates the effects of cavitation.
nMulti-Stage Micro-Flat-- Multi-Stage Micro-Flat trim is a cage-guided unbalanced characterized plug design with a series of flats on a common stem. High nP's and Cv's down to approximately 0.01. This is a cavitation control trim for use on liquids. Not intended for gas service. See figure 1.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.4:011 December 2018
Multi-Stage Micro-Flat Trim
D103901X012
Specifications
Available Valves easy-e, EH, EHA, HP, and HPA
End Connection Styles Refer to appropriate valve bulletin
Valve Body Dimensions and Weights Valve type, pressure class, and number of stages will result in changes to these values. Please consult your Emerson sales office for more information on finished dimensions and weights
Construction Materials Typical materials are 440C or Solid Alloy 6. Consult your Emerson sales office for your specific application
Flow Characteristic Typically equal percent
Flow Direction Flow down (typical) or Flow up (available)
Shutoff Classifications Class V per ANSI/FCS 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Maximum Inlet Pressures and Temperatures(1) Consistent with applicable CL900, CL1500, and CL2500 pressure/temperature ratings according to ASME B16.34 ratings unless limited by individual temperature and pressure limits
Valve Cavitation Coefficient Kc = 1.0 for all valves when trim is used within applicable pressure drop limits.
Maximum Valve Plug Travel Plug travels is 0.75 inch through 2 inch. Contact your Emerson sales office for your specific application
Maximum Pressure Drop(1) See table 2
Minimum Seating Force Use Class V seat load requirements
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation for valve should not be exceeded.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Multi-Stage Micro-Flat Trim
D103901X012
Product Bulletin
80.4:011 December 2018
Trim Applications and Limits
Table 1. Applications
VALVE
PRESSURE CLASS
VALVE SIZE
NPS
SHUTOFF PORT SIZE
mm Inch
FLOWING PORT SIZE(1)
mm Inch
1
ES
600
1 1/2 12.7 0.5 9.525 0.375
2
EAS
2 15.875 0.625 9.525 0.375
15.875 0.625 12.7 0.5
1500
1
12.7 0.5 9.525 0.375
15.875 0.625 12.7 0.5
UNBALANCED AREA
cm2 Inch2
1.503 0.233
1.503 2.316 1.503 2.316
0.233 0.359 0.233 0.359
TRAVEL mm Inch 19.05 0.75 19.05 0.75 19.05 0.75
HPS/HPAS EHS/EHAS
2500 1500
1 15.875 0.625 12.7 0.5 2.316 0.359 19.05 0.75
15.875 0.625 12.7 0.5 2.316 0.359
2
12.7 0.5 9.525 0.375 1.503 0.233 19.05 0.75
15.875 0.625 12.7 0.5 2.316 0.359
2500
2 15.875 0.625 12.7 0.5 2.316 0.359 19.05 0.75
1. Other port sizes and higher Cv are available upon request. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional information.
PERFORMANCE LEVEL
Number of Stages
AVAILABLE CAPACITIES
Min Cv
Max Cv
3
0.01 0.5
3
0.01 0.7
3
0.7
4
0.01 0.5
5
0.7
4
5
0.1
0.7
6
0.01 0.6
3
4
0.01 0.7
5
4
5
0.1
0.7
6
0.01 0.6
Table 2. Pressure Drop Limits
Number of Stages
nP (psi)
nP (bar)
Kc
3
1500
103.4
4
2500
172.4
5
3500
241.3
6
4500
310.3
1.0
7
5500
379.2
8
6500
448.2
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.4:011 December 2018
Multi-Stage Micro-Flat Trim
D103901X012
Figure 1. Fisher EHA Valve Assembly with 8-Stage Micro-Flat Flow Down Trim Design
PLUG/STEM/CAGE ASSEMBLY PLUG/STEM ASSEMBLY
FLOW
BONNET
STUDS (QTY 8) HEX NUTS (QTY 8) GASKET SPIRAL WOUND GASKET (QTY 2) UPPER CAGE
GE34907-B
4
O-RING VALVE BODY
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Multi-Stage Micro-Flat Trim
D103901X012
Product Bulletin
80.4:011 December 2018
Figure 2. Fisher HPA Valve Assembly with 4-Stage Micro-Flat Flow Up Trim Design
GE20262-A
FLOW
BONNET SPIRAL WOUND GASKET UPPER CAGE PLUG/STEM ASSY FLOWING PORT
FLOWING PORT LOWER CAGE
FLOWING PORT FLOWING PORT SHUTOFF PORT
SEAT RING SPIRAL WOUND GASKET (QTY 2) VALVE BODY
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.4:011 December 2018
Multi-Stage Micro-Flat Trim
D103901X012
Figure 3. Fisher Globe Body Valve Assembly
PLUG/CAGE/STEM ASSY BONNET
STUD HEX NUT
GASKET UPPER CAGE SPIRAL WOUND GASKET BONNET SPACER
FLOW
39B1574
GASKET BODY
O-RING
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Multi-Stage Micro-Flat Trim
D103901X012
Product Bulletin
80.4:011 December 2018
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
80.4:011 December 2018
Multi-Stage Micro-Flat Trim
D103901X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 2008, 2018 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Steam Conditioning Installation Guidelines
D102304X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:015 September 2017
FisherTM Steam Conditioning Valves Installation Guidelines
Statement of Intent
This installation guide is designed to assist you in understanding important system guideline considerations as you prepare for steam conditioning valve installation. Although the following information is considered to be correct, every installation will have unique aspects. This installation guide is intended to be for general guidance only. If you have any questions about these guidelines, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner before proceeding.
WARNING
Always wear protective gloves, clothing, and eyewear when performing any installation operations to avoid personal injury.
Personal injury or equipment damage caused by sudden release of pressure may result if the steam conditioning valve is installed where service conditions could exceed the limits of the pressure class noted on the nameplate. To avoid such injury or damage, provide a relief valve for over pressure protection as required by government or accepted industry codes and good engineering practices.
Check with your process or safety engineer for any additional measures that must be taken to protect against process media.
FISHER CVX STEAM CONDITIONING VALVE
CAUTION
This valve is intended for a specific range of service conditions. Applying different conditions to the valve could result in parts damage, malfunction of the valve, or loss of control of the process. Do not expose this valve to service conditions or variables other than those for which this valve is intended. If you are not sure what these conditions are, you should contact Emerson Automation Solutions for more complete specifications. Provide the product serial number (shown on the nameplate) and all other pertinent information.
X0165
FISHER TBX STEAM CONDITIONING VALVE
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:015 September 2017
Steam Conditioning Installation Guidelines
D102304X012
Overview of the Installation as a "System"
A steam conditioning valve's performance is dependent on its physical environment, the service conditions, and the desired control objectives and strategies. It is, therefore, a part of a much larger "system" in which all elements are interdependent. This installation guideline is intended to recognize these various elements and show how their parameters affect the steam conditioning valve. Following is a summary of items that are important to design considerations.
nPipe length requirements nTemperature and pressure sensor locations nControl approaches nSpraywater conditions and use of strainers nDrain usage nVelocity limitations nVibration and noise nValve insulation and preheating nValve and actuator orientation and accessibility nStartup
Contents
Overview of the Installation as a "System" . . . . . . . . 2 Primary "System" Elements and Parameters . . . . . . . 3
Straight Pipe Length Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Temperature Sensor Pipe Length Requirement . . . 5 Steam Conditioning Valve Control Strategies . . . . . . 6 Spraywater Pressure and temperature
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Spraywater Strainer Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Drain Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Steam Pipe Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Steam Piping Velocity Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Piping Vibration and Noise Considerations . . . . . . . . 9 Valve Insulation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Preheating Recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Orientation and Accessibility Requirements . . . . . . 10 Startup Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Steam Conditioning Installation Guidelines
D102304X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:015 September 2017
Primary System Elements and Parameters
Straight Pipe Length Requirement
The proper design and layout configuration of the piping arrangement is critical for the effective operation of the steam conditioning valve. Within the initial straight pipe length (SPL) (figure 1), the important heat transfer and flow mixing functions must take place quickly and efficiently. It is expected that during this time approximately 80% of the injected spraywater will have vaporized into steam. This is a minimum requirement for preventing phase separation when the newly combined flows encounter an elbow or other flow directing piping element. If the injected water is not properly mixed and thermally transformed into the steam flow, the water could be separated out of the main flow causing poor control and possible thermal shock of the piping elements.
Determination of the exact length required from the steam conditioning valve is a complicated multiple function transient computation of independent variables, such as remaining superheat, velocity, droplet size, etc. A simplified and fairly accurate approximation of minimum length, however, can be obtained by considering the known relationship between the time for heat transfer and velocity.
For general estimation purposes, the following calculation will be sufficient for most applications requiring less than 15% injected spraywater and water temperatures that are in the 100-200_F range:
SPL(L) = 0.1 x VELMAX (L/SEC)
Where:
SPL(L)= Straight Pipe Length in units of length, L VELMAX(L/SEC)= The Maximum Outlet Steam Velocity in units of length per second, L/SEC
This method of calculation is merely an approximation. When physical piping parameters make this length difficult to incorporate there are other considerations that could potentially lessen the requirement. They are:
1. Temperature of the Spraywater-- High temperature water is much better for desuperheating than cold
water. It has a lower latent heat of vaporization, as well as a reduced fluid surface tension and viscosity. Because of this, high temperature water will mix and vaporize more quickly and, therefore, require less time/distance to reach thermal equilibrium. Generally speaking, water above 93_C (200_F) will provide a vaporization benefit. It should be noted that the use of hotter water will result in greater quantities of water, but is usually insignificant in comparison to the benefits. A general rule is that the spraywater flow will increase by 1 to 1.5% for each 28_C (50_F) increase over 93_C (200_F).
2. Remaining Superheat-- The amount of residual superheat remaining in the steam, after thermal equilibrium is reached, is an indicator of how rapidly the water will vaporize to steam. When the amount of superheat remaining in the steam exceeds 11_C (20_F), the process can be expected to be completed in a reduced length.
3. Quantity of Water-- The amount of water required to desuperheat to desired temperature is a factor. When very large amounts of water are required, then the sheer volume can impede the vaporization. This volume of water can either be measured in terms of volumetric flow rate or in terms of the percentage of spraywater flow to steam flow. In most instances it is more meaningful to use the percentage of flow approach. When the flow of water required exceeds 15% of the steam flow, it is beginning to act as a deterrent. It increases the time for vaporization, which proportionally increases the distance requirement.
4. Steam Pipe Size-- The size of the steam outlet pipe has a direct effect on the performance of water vaporization. Larger pipe sizes have larger flow areas thus a larger cross-sectional flow area of steam that must be exposed to the desuperheating water. The mixing of the turbulent steam with the water can be affected by the outlet pipe size because of this large diameter pipe flow. For this reason, the evaporation and mixing time will take longer for large diameter pipes.
5. Proximity to the Pressure Reducing Valve-- If the water is injected within three pipe diameters of the PRV the turbulence coming out of the valve aids in the mixing, which can in turn reduce pipe length requirements.
Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for the appropriate straight pipe length requirement.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:015 September 2017
Steam Conditioning Installation Guidelines
D102304X012
Figure 1. Straight Pipe Length Requirement
SPL
E1462
SPL SPL
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Steam Conditioning Installation Guidelines
D102304X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:015 September 2017
Figure 2. Temperature Sensor Pipe Length Requirement
TSL
TSL TE
E0883
Temperature Sensor Pipe Length Requirements
The temperature sensor length (TSL) (figure 2), after the steam conditioning valve, is needed for the water to complete its vaporization into steam and become evenly distributed across the pipe area before interfacing with the temperature sensor in a feedback control system. If the water has not completely vaporized, the resulting input control data will be inaccurate due to moisture contacting the sensing temperature element. The exact length required after the valve is a function of several of the factors already described in the straight pipe length section. The primary considerations are the amount of water being added and the steam velocity within the pipeline during maximum flow conditions. For general estimation purposes, use the following simplified calculation.
Applications with less than 15% spray water
TSL(L) = 0.2 x VELMAX (L/SEC)
B2587
TE
Applications with greater than 15% spray water TSL(L) = 0.3 x VELMAX (L/SEC) Where:
TSL(L)= Temperature Sensor Length in units of length, L
VELMAX(L/SEC)= The Maximum Outlet Steam Velocity in units of length per second, L/SEC
This method of calculation is merely an approximation. When piping requirements make this formula's result difficult to obtain, other considerations could potentially reduce the requirement. These other factors are: nTemperature of the spraywater
nAmount of remaining superheat
nExact quantity of water required
nPiping geometry
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:015 September 2017
Steam Conditioning Installation Guidelines
D102304X012
For further explanation of these factors, refer to Straight Pipe Length Requirement. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for the appropriate temperature sensor length (TSL) requirement.
Steam Conditioning Valve Control Approaches
The reasons for combining the pressure and temperature reduction in steam conditioning valves are numerous, but the strategy for accurate temperature control is the key function in the control strategy.
Pressure control design is standard, seldom encounters any problems, and is always a closed loop feedback system. The process variable can be either the upstream or downstream pressure, depending on the application.
The temperature control strategy can be either feedforward or feedback depending on external factors and application requirements.
Feedback Temperature Control
A closed loop feedback temperature control system is used when there is an accurate and consistent method for temperature measurement. By definition, the system is dependent on detecting a deviation in setpoint and feeding this information back to the control system to initiate final control element adjustment. The primary factor that can adversely influence the accuracy of this type of system in steam conditioning is the presence of water in the steam. In many instances, especially in heat transfer applications, there is a need for controlling the steam temperature as close to saturation as possible. The
inherent problem with this is that the closer the temperature gets to saturation the more likely the steam flow will have residual water droplets. This is due to the fact that the temperature profile of a steam flow is uneven, often with cooler temperatures in the center and progressively hotter temperatures moving outwards. It is, therefore, important to not control too close to the point of saturation. It is recommended that the setpoint should not be less than 6_C (10_F) above the steam saturation point. See figure 3.
Feedforward Temperature Control
A feedforward control system is one that responds to input variables, other than that which it is responsible to control, and makes pre-empted or anticipated adjustments to the final control element so as to keep the desired setpoint constant.
An external feedforward control strategy is used when it is not possible to get accurate temperature measurement using normal feedback control techniques, when control performance requires more responsiveness, or when the control variables are changing in a disproportionate manner. Such control is available via the use of an external logic controlling device, e.g. PLC or DCS, and incorporating a control algorithm to determine the appropriate system response to achieve the desired outlet temperature. In order to calculate the quantity of spraywater required, via a heat balance, the enthalpy of the inlet and outlet steam and spraywater must be known. The enthalpies can be calculated by measuring the inlet/outlet steam pressure and temperature and spraywater temperature. Additionally, steam flow can be determined by a flow meter or by calculation from measured process variables. The algorithm controlling for outlet temperature, or more accurately outlet enthalpy, can vary in complexity depending on how the steam generating plant operates. In general, the measured spraywater flow is used as a feedback signal in the feedforward outlet steam temperature control loop. See figure 4.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Steam Conditioning Installation Guidelines
D102304X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:015 September 2017
Figure 3. Feedback Temperature Control
STEAM
TC
PC
PT TT
TC = TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER PC = PRESSURE CONTROLLER PT = PRESSURE TRANSMITTER TT = TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER
B2589
SPRAYWATER
Figure 4. Feedforward Control when Outlet Temperature Measurement is Impractical
DCS
PC
TT
PT
STEAM
TC = TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER PC = PRESSURE CONTROLLER PT = PRESSURE TRANSMITTER TT = TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER ZT = POSITION TRANSMITTER FM = FLOW MEASUREMENT DCS = DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM FC = FLOW CONTROLLER
B2591-1
ZT FC
FM
TT SPRAYWATER
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:015 September 2017
Steam Conditioning Installation Guidelines
D102304X012
Spraywater Pressure and Temperature Requirements
Spraywater pressure and temperature factors affect desuperheating performance of a steam conditioning valve. The important considerations are:
1. Spraywater Pressure-- The spraywater pressure entering the spraywater control valve should exceed the outlet steam pressure by at least 150 psid. Differences less than this amount can affect the rangeability of the steam conditioning valve and could contribute to the incomplete atomization of the water droplets. If the available differential is between 500-1000 psid, the performance of the system will be enhanced, but some limitations may apply to the type of spraywater control valve employed. This is especially important when water temperature is very high. At higher pressure differentials, cavitation potential increases, therefore the factory should be consulted before any control elements are selected.
2. Spraywater Temperature-- Spraywater temperature will directly affect the quantity of water required, the distances required for straight pipe, and the distance for the temperature sensor location. Colder water requires reduced quantities. This is important if there is a shortage of available water supply, however, hotter water is best for desuperheating performance. This is due to the fact that hot water requires less heat to vaporize, has reduced surface tension, and lower viscosity; all important factors in speeding up the vaporization process. At water conditions approaching vaporization, care should be taken to prevent flashing across the spraywater control valve.
consideration must be given to the pressure drop created by the strainer. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner when ordering a steam conditioning valve for the size of strainer required (generally in the 40-100 mesh range).
Drain Considerations
Drains are important in any steam conditioning system. They assist in the protection of the system piping by collecting and eliminating free water that has accumulated over time or in operation. This water may be the result of condensation during system inactivity or by incomplete water evaporation. The presence of water in the steam line upstream of the steam conditioning valve can be very damaging to the internals of the valve. Unvaporized water after the steam conditioning valve can cause damage to piping and other instrumentation, and create inaccurate temperature measurements. It is, therefore, highly recommended to have drains upstream and downstream of the steam conditioning valve if there is any chance of condensation or incomplete water evaporation. Due to the special nature of steam conditioning equipment, consideration must be made in trap sizing. For steam conditioning applications that require quick opening, upstream drains must be sized to take into account the potential for rapid condensate formation.
Downstream drains should be located at the lowest point after the valve and a dripleg should connect the pipe to the drain. The dripleg should typically be located before the temperature sensor. Drain connections on steam conditioning valves are available upon request.
Spraywater Strainer
Considerations
Many steam conditioning valve applications require nozzles/orifices with small diameter openings. The supply of some industrial water, additionally, can be filled with considerable particulate material. It is best therefore, to include a strainer immediately before the spraywater control valve. The strainer needs to be sized based on the smallest opening which is usually located in the spray nozzle/drilled orifice inside the steam conditioning valve. When selecting a strainer,
Steam Pipe Liner
Liners are sometimes used to protect the steam pipes against water impingement and thermal shock where spraywater is injected. If spraywater comes in contact with liners, the potential for serious damage exists. Careful consideration of installation factors can replace the need for such a device. However, when no alternative is available and the potential for spraywater fallout is great, a liner can protect against cracking of the main pressure retaining pipe.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Steam Conditioning Installation Guidelines
D102304X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:015 September 2017
Steam Piping Velocity Considerations
An important consideration in designing a steam conditioning system is the issue of the velocity of steam at the point of water injection, and downstream piping. Minimum steam velocities should be adequate to keep the water in suspension until it can evaporate and ensure proper mixing. Maximum steam velocities should be limited to prevent pipeline vibration and avoid excessive distances before evaporation. These velocity limitations vary by installation geometry and desuperheater model. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for these limitations.
Piping Vibration and Noise Considerations
For Fisher products, the IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) method for noise considerations is used in order to determine the potential noise that will be generated by the operation of a steam conditioning valve. This method attempts to take into consideration all the various elements of noise generation from the pressure reduction. In order to minimize noise generation, numerous piping design aspects should be considered. They are as follows:
nAvoid multiple bends/ elbows immediately before and after the valve.
nNoise levels that exceed 110 dba, as predicted with standard weight pipe with no insulation, may cause structural fatigue leading to associated failures. Noise abatement trims, insulation, and downstream silencers can be used to reduce transmitted noise.
nAvoid deadlegging tees directly upstream or downstream of the valve.
nWhen piping several valves on branches from a common header, locate them at different distances from the header to avoid pressure oscillations caused by resonance phenomena.
nPiping layout should avoid projections, branches, T-connections, manifolds, or short radius elbows
prior to previously discussed recommended straight pipe requirement.
nUse of T-connection instead of long radius elbow for the first directional change is not recommended due to the potential for increasing equipment vibration levels.
Valve Insulation Requirements
The steam conditioning valve and its associated spraywater control valve should be insulated with appropriate materials that will address both noise and thermal reduction requirements. The entire valve should be insulated, including the valve's bonnet surface that faces the actuator (see figure 5). This insulation should be designed with easily removable covers over the area of the bonnet and, on applicable models, over each externally mounted spraywater nozzle fixture. Be certain not to create thermal and noise bridges to uninsulated taps, anchors, or other external attachments. Typical insulation used on steam conditioning valves is as follows: nInsulation thickness and density should be based on
the thermal/noise requirement.
nThe insulation should be clad with aluminum or steel lagging.
Figure 5. Typical Valve Insulation
B2599
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:015 September 2017
Steam Conditioning Installation Guidelines
D102304X012
Preheating Recommendation
Preheating is recommended when the steam conditioning valve is normally closed (e.g. startup, turbine bypass, etc.) and the difference in temperature between the inlet live steam and the valve body is in excess of 100_C (212_F). When the live steam line is passing at a point within four to five feet from the actual location of the valve, the goal is to preheat the valve adequately with the minimum of piping/valving cost and least energy consumption. Quite often the most effective method is determined by the existing or planned piping layout. Typically a preheating arrangement requires an isolation valve and varies upon application. The ideal preheating temperature is within 200_F of the steam operating temperature. Preheating valve connections are available upon request.
Orientation and Accessibility Requirements
Orientation/Support
Due to the size of many modern steam conditioning valves, Emerson Automation Solutions recommends the piping system be designed for vertical orientation of the valve actuator. Vertical actuator orientation allows for easier disassembly and reassembly during required maintenance operations and reduced wear of internal components.
At no time should the valve body or the actuator be used as a fixed anchor point in the design of the pipe hanger and support system. From the valve manufacturer's standpoint, a piping system is properly designed if the valve body can accept and transmit forces and torques without exceeding allowable stress levels, thus permitting operation without impairing the functionality of the valve trim.
If the use of a pipe support is required, a constant load spring hanger is recommended to minimize the possibility of overloading the actuator or valve during movement from the hot to cold piping condition.
Accessibility
Due to the size and weight of many actuators, bonnets, and trim, adequate adjacent space should be allowed for installation and maintenance functions, including crane or chain lift access. Factory drawings address this requirement and should be followed. When the valve is in an elevated position, a platform should be located at the valve that is large enough to accommodate a minimum of two people, their tools and temporary space for the valve parts.
Startup Considerations
Each steam conditioning valve is intended for a specific range of pressures, pressure drops, temperatures, process fluids, and possibly other specifications. Do not expose the product to service conditions or variables other than those for which the product was intended. If you are not sure what these conditions are, contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for complete specifications. Provide the product project number and all other pertinent information.
If hoisting the equipment, use a nylon sling to protect the surfaces. Carefully position the sling to prevent damage to the actuator tubing and any accessories. Take care to prevent people from being injured in case the hoist or rigging slips. Be sure to use adequately sized hoists and chains or slings to handle the valve.
Before a new installation is placed in operation, all dirt, scale, and debris within the newly constructed piping must be removed. This normally is achieved by acid-cleaning, flushing, or steam blowdown of the system. Without appropriate precautions or protection, the valve trim could be irreparably damaged before it is ever put into service. To prevent this from happening, it is strongly recommended that all valve trim be removed from the valve body and that an appropriate blowdown device be inserted in its place. For assistance in this matter consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
There are a number of other considerations when preparing to install a steam conditioning valve. Several of these are:
nPost Weld Heat Treatment-- This is normally dictated by the applicable pressure vessel code in the state/country of installation. It is highly recommended that the valve trim be removed before any such treatment is performed.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Steam Conditioning Installation Guidelines
D102304X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:015 September 2017
nBlowout/Blowdown Trim-- These fixtures clean the piping upstream of the steam conditioning valve while taking care not to damage internal valve parts. The blowout fixture replaces the valve cage, plug, and bonnet allowing steam flow from the inlet or outlet to be directed through the valve, out the blowout fixture, and through temporary piping. The blowdown fixture replaces the valve plug and cage allowing steam flow from the upstream piping to be directed through the valve body and out the valve outlet and downstream piping.
nHydrostatic Test Trim-- This fixture is needed in order to properly hydro-test the upstream piping
system, including the newly installed steam conditioning valve, before startup.
nStartup Spares-- A complete set of consumable spares is recommended for startup and should include as a minimum replacement gaskets and packing to be used on site when reassembling valve after testing.
nStandard Spares-- Major components such as plug/stem assemblies and cages often have lengthy leadtimes. It is recommended that a standard set of spares be stocked to minimized downtime in the event of an unexpected part replacement.
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:015 September 2017
Steam Conditioning Installation Guidelines
D102304X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121996, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CVX Valve
D101423X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:CVX February 2020
FisherTM CVX Steam Conditioning Valve
The Fisher CVX Steam Conditioning Valve is designed to handle the moderate to severe applications in today's cycling power plants as well as provide precise pressure and temperature control for process applications. The CVX incorporates over 30 years of steam conditioning experience and product development. The valve body is designed with the latest finite element analysis (FEA) and computational fluid dynamics (CFD) tools to optimize performance and reliability for demanding steam systems.
The CVX valve design provides an exceptional combination of performance and maintainability. The simplified trim configuration is thermally compensated to handle rapid changes in temperatures, as expected during a turbine trip, without any sticking or binding.
Water atomization and vaporization are key elements in any steam conditioning application. The CVX design incorporates a spraywater manifold of variable geometry AF nozzles that produce an optimized spray pattern over a wide operating range. These nozzles are strategically placed to achieve optimal mixing and quick vaporization at all flowing conditions. Years of research in spray atomization and vaporization were key to optimizing the water injection system. Extensive use of CFD analysis, in addition to field performance feedback, was used to validate spray system enhancements.
Features
nTotal Steam Control-- Combines pressure and temperature control in a single valve.
nFull Pressure Drop Capability-- Rugged cage-guided design enables handling of full pressure drop of main steam.
nForged Valve Body-- FEA designed valve body can handle the most demanding applications without thermal stress problems.
nHigh Temperature Capability with Available Class V Shutoff-- Use of the Fisher Bore Seal trim gives capability of Class V shutoff up to 621_C (1150_F). This unique balanced trim is field-proven. See figure 3.
nThermally Compensated Trim-- The cage is nitrided for maximum life and is allowed to grow during thermally induced excursions. The plug is continuously guided and employs cobalt-based overlays for guide bands and tight metal-to-metal shutoff against the seat.
nEasy Maintenance Seat Ring-- Welded design provides Class V shutoff and long life. Deep Alloy 6 overlay can be refinished multiple times to maintain tight shutoff. Optional bolted seat rings and clamped cartridge trim are also available.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:CVX February 2020
CVX Valve
D101423X012
nSpiral-Wound Gaskets for Excellent Bonnet Sealing Under All Service Conditions-- Premium gaskets provided with N07750 windings and graphite filler material.
nPrecise Spraywater Injection-- CFD designed spray manifold determines water injection point and insertion depth to maximize mixing and quick vaporization.
nHigh Turndown-- Standard trim control rangeability is 50:1. Special construction can provide up to 75:1 turndown.
nQuick Stroking Actuation-- High performance pneumatic piston actuators with FIELDVUETM digital valve controllers can achieve full stroke in less than 2 seconds while still maintaining highly accurate step response. Optimized digital valve controllers are available when high stroke speeds are required. Contact your Emerson sales office for assistance.
nPerformance Diagnostics-- With the self-diagnostic capability, questions can be answered about a valve's performance, without pulling the valve from the line. The present valve/actuator signature (seat load, friction, etc.) can be compared against previously stored signatures to discover performance changes before they cause process control problems.
nMore compact body and trim profile, creating a lighter valve that requires less support without compromising structural integrity
Options
nStartup Trim-- Protects the working trim and machined surfaces of the valve body during steam blow.
nHydro-Plug-- Provides a convenient way to establish hydrotest boundaries associated with using a split pressure class valve.
nSplit Functionality-- When piping dictates, the CVX valve can be provided as separate components allowing the pressure control in the valve body and separate temperature reduction downstream in a steam cooler.
nCommissioning Service-- Proper installation of flushing trim and hydro-plug fixtures, along with reassembly and calibration of turbine bypass valves, is critical for the valves to be ready for service when needed. Let skilled Emerson Automation Solutions technicians take care of this vital commissioning service to protect this very important plant asset.
nDiagnostic Services-- The Emerson Automation Solutions Diagnostic Services Group delivers world class services and innovative technologies for top performance of critical service valves and other production assets.
nEnhanced low noise diffuser technology-- Helps eliminate noise generated by recirculated and expanded flow
nSeat ring diffusers -- incorporate bolted or clamped seat ring with diffuser technology for easy maintenance.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CVX Valve
D101423X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:CVX February 2020
Table 1. Physical Specifications
End Connection Sizes(1) J Inlet: NPS 4 - 24 J Outlet: NPS 8 - 60
End Connection Types J Buttweld (all sizes) J Raised Face Flanges (all sizes) J Ring Type Joint Flanges (all sizes)
Configuration Angle Pattern (Flow Down)
Valve Body Ratings(2)(4) See table 2
Maximum Pressure Drop(1) Valve bodies and trim capable of full ASME rated pressure drops
Flow Characteristics(3) Linear
Flow Direction Linear: Flow Down
Port Diameter and Maximum Travel See table 2
Bonnet Type Bolted
Shutoff Classifications per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4 J Class V (standard) J Class IV (optional)
1. Standard end connection sizes. Contact your Emerson sales office for additional options. 2. Not all valve sizes are available in all pressure ratings. 3. Contact your Emerson sales office for special characterized cages. 4. Intermediate classes above CL2500 available upon request. PN pressure ratings available per pressure requirements of EN1092-1. Contact your Emerson sales office for additional options.
Table 2. Port Diameter and Maximum Travel Offerings for Fisher CVX Trim(1)(2)
SEAT RING TYPE
INLET PRESSURE RATING
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inches
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
mm
Inches
120
4.70
89
3.5
159
6.25
102
4
CL150 to CL2500
194
7.62
146
5.75
Welded Seat
234
9.20
178
7
285
11.20
203
8
CL150 to CL1500
349
13.75
267
10.5
CL150 to CL900
424
16.70
318
12.5
87
3.44
70
2.75
120
4.70
89
3.5
CL150 to CL2500
159
6.25
102
4
194
7.62
146
5.75
Bolted Seat
234
9.20
178
7
CL150 to CL1500
285
11.20
203
8
349
13.75
267
10.5
CL150 to CL900
424
16.70
318
12.5
1. Value shown is trim capacity only. Overall valve capacity will be affected by outlet diffuser sizing requirements. 2. Contact your Emerson sales office for additional options.
MAXIMUM CAPACITY(1)
Cv
Xt
373
0.65
544
0.65
960
0.65
1412
0.65
2078
0.65
3208
0.65
4627
0.65
200
0.65
373
0.65
544
0.65
960
0.65
1412
0.65
2078
0.65
3208
0.65
4627
0.65
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:CVX February 2020
CVX Valve
D101423X012
Table 3. Material Specifications
Body/Bonnet
J SA105 (Carbon Steel) J SA182 Grade F22 (2.25 Cr-1 Mo) J SA182 Grade F91 (9 Cr-1 Mo-V) J SA182 Grade F92 (9 Cr-2 W-V)
Bonnet Bolting
J SA105 Valve Body -- SA193 Grade B7 up to 427_C (800_F) J SA182 Grade F22 Valve Body -- SA193 Grade B16 up to 524_C (975_F), N07718 above 524_C (975_F) to maximum of 566_C (1050_F) J SA182 Grade F91 or F92 Valve Body -- N07718 up to 621_C (1150_F)
Control Plug
J 2.25 Cr-1 Mo with Alloy 6 guiding and seating surfaces(1) J 9 Cr-1 Mo-V with Alloy 6 guiding and seating surfaces(2)
Stem
J SA479 Type S20910 J N07718 stems
Cage J 2.25 Cr-1 Mo Nitrided(1) J 9 Cr-1 Mo-V Nitrided(2)
Welded Seat (standard)
J SA105 Valve Body -- Carbon Steel with Alloy 6 Seating Surface J SA182 Grade F22 Valve Body -- 2.25 Cr-1 Mo with Alloy 6 Seating Surface J SA182 Grade F91 Valve Body -- 9 Cr-1 Mo-V with Alloy 6 Seating Surface
1. For use with SA105 or F22 valve body. 2. For use with F91 valve body.
Bolted Seat (optional) J 2.25 Cr-1 Mo with Alloy 6 seating surface up to 482_C (900_F) J N06625 with Alloy 6 seating surface up to 593_C (1100_F) J N07718 with Alloy 6 seating surface up to 593_C (1100_F)
Clamped Seat/Clamped Seat and Diffuser (optional) J 2.25 Cr-1 Mo with Alloy 6 seating surface(1) J 9 Cr-1 Mo-V with Alloy 6 seating surface(2)
Welded Diffuser J Carbon Steel J 2.25 Cr-1 Mo J 9 Cr-1 Mo-V J 9 Cr-2 W-V
Bolted Diffuser J 2.25 Cr-1 Mo J 9 Cr-1 Mo-V
Piston Rings Alloy 6 with N07750 Expander
Bore Seal N07718
Gaskets N07750/Graphite
Packing Graphite/Flexible Graphite
Nozzles J S41000 SST J N07718
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CVX Valve
D101423X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:CVX February 2020
Figure 1. Fisher CVX
FLOW
FLOW
CVX WITH WELDED DIFFUSER
CVX WITH BOLTED SEAT RING DIFFUSER
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:CVX February 2020
CVX Valve
D101423X012
Figure 2. Fisher CVX with Clamped Trim
FLOW
FLOW
X1701
CVX WITH CLAMPED TRIM AND WELDED DIFFUSER
X1702
CVX WITH CLAMPED TRIM AND DIFFUSER
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
CVX Valve
D101423X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:CVX February 2020
Figure 3. Fisher CVX Bore Seal Trim in Closed Position
BORE SEAL TRIM CONFIGURATION
CVX PORT SIZE
PLUG DIAMETER AT BORE SEAL TRIM INSTALLATION
CLOSED POSITION
OPEN POSITION CAGE BORE AT PISTON RING CAGE BORE AT BORE SEAL RING SEAT CAGE BORE AT PLUG GUIDE
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:CVX February 2020
CVX Valve
D101423X012
Ordering Information
Application Information
When ordering, specify: 1. Steam Flow, PPH (Inlet/Outlet) 2. Inlet Pressure, PSIA 3. Outlet Pressure, PSIA
4. Inlet Temperature, _F 5. Outlet Temperature, _F 6. Water Pressure, PSIA 7. Water Temperature, _F 8. Required Noise Level, dBA 9. Pipeline Size, inches (Inlet/Outlet) 10. Turndown Required
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business division of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E8 1998, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
TBX Valve
D103052X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX February 2020
FisherTM TBX Steam Conditioning Valve
The Fisher TBX Steam Conditioning Valve is designed to handle the most severe applications in today's cycling power plants as well as provide precise pressure and temperature control for process applications. The TBX incorporates over 30 years of steam conditioning experience and product development. The valve body is designed with the latest finite element analysis (FEA) and computational fluid dynamics (CFD) tools to optimize performance and reliability for demanding steam systems.
The TBX valve design provides the ultimate combination of performance and maintainability (see figure 2). The TBX valve incorporates low noise Whisper TrimTM technology. The simplified trim configuration is thermally compensated to handle rapid changes in temperatures, as expected during a turbine trip, without any sticking or binding.
Water atomization and vaporization are key elements in any steam conditioning application. The TBX design incorporates a spraywater manifold of variable geometry AF nozzles that produce an optimized spray pattern over a wide operating range. These nozzles are strategically placed to achieve optimal mixing and quick vaporization at all flowing conditions (see figure 2). Years of research in spray atomization and vaporization were key to optimizing the water injection system. Extensive use of CFD analysis, in addition to field performance feedback, was used to validate spray system enhancements.
W8740-3
Whisper Trim and WhisperFlo Cages
To help attenuate aerodynamic noise, Whisper Trim III cages are standard with TBX control valves.
WhisperFloTM cages (figure 1) are also available to attenuate aerodynamic noise. Contact your Emerson sales office for more information.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX February 2020
TBX Valve
D103052X012
Features
nTotal Steam Control-- Combines pressure and temperature control in a single valve.
nFull Pressure Drop Capability-- Rugged cage-guided design enables handling of full pressure drop of main steam.
nNoise Attenuation-- Whisper III and WhisperFlo trims help to attenuate the noise by 30 to 40 dBA.
nHigh Temperature Capability with Available Class V Shutoff-- Use of the Fisher Bore Seal trim gives capability of standard Class V shutoff up to 621_C (1150_F). This unique balanced trim is field-proven. See figure 4.
nForged Valve Body-- FEA designed valve body can handle the most demanding applications without thermal stress problems.
nFlow Up Angle-- Permits vertical stem orientation for ease of maintenance in most applications.
nFlow Down Angle-- Permits vertical stem orientation for ease of maintenance in most applications.
nThermally Compensated Trim-- The cage is case-hardened for maximum life and is allowed to grow during thermally induced excursions. The plug is continuously guided and employs cobalt-based overlays for guide bands and tight metal-to-metal shutoff against the seat.
nEasy Maintenance Seat Ring-- Welded design provides Class V shutoff and long life. Deep Alloy 6 overlay can be refinished multiple times to maintain tight shutoff. Bolted seat rings are also available for ease of maintenance.
nSpiral-Wound Gaskets for Excellent Bonnet Sealing Under All Service Conditions-- Premium gaskets provided with N06600 windings and graphite filler material.
nPrecise Spraywater Injection-- CFD designed spray manifold determines water injection point and insertion depth to maximize mixing and quick vaporization.
nHigh Turndown-- Standard trim control rangeability is 50:1. Special construction can provide up to 75:1 turndown.
nQuick Stroking Actuation-- High performance pneumatic piston actuators with FIELDVUETM digital valve controllers can achieve full stroke in less than 2 seconds while still maintaining highly accurate step response. Optimized digital valve controllers and accessory packages are available when high stroke speeds are required. Contact your Emerson sales office for assistance.
nCustomized Valve Body and Trim-- Valve is designed to meet your exact demanding application needs.
nPerformance Diagnostics-- With the self-diagnostic capability, questions can be answered about a valve's performance, without pulling the valve from the line. The present valve/actuator signature (seat load, friction, etc.) can be compared against previously stored signatures to discover performance changes before they cause process control problems.
nMore Compact Valve Body and Trim Profile-Creates a lighter valve that requires less support without compromising structural integrity.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
TBX Valve
D103052X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX February 2020
Options
nBlowdown Trim-- Protects the working trim and machined surfaces of the valve body during steam blow.
nHydro-Plug-- Provides a convenient way to establish hydrotest boundaries associated with using a split pressure class valve.
nSplit Functionality-- When piping dictates, the TBX valve can be provided as separate components allowing the pressure control in the valve body and separate temperature reduction downstream in a steam cooler.
nCommissioning Service-- Proper installation of blowdown trim and hydro-plug fixtures, along with reassembly and calibration of turbine bypass valves, is critical for the valves to be ready for service when needed. Let skilled Emerson Automation Solutions technicians take care of this vital commissioning service to protect this very important plant asset.
nDiagnostic Services-- The Emerson Automation Solutions Services Group delivers world class services and innovative technologies for top performance of critical service valves and other production assets.
nMagnetite Strainer Design (flow up only)-- protects the bore seal and piston ring from magnetite buildup that can contribute to trim sticking.
nBolted Seat Ring-- Seat ring is bolted to the valve body for easy removal, replacement, or maintenance.
Figure 1. Magnetite Catcher
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX February 2020
TBX Valve
D103052X012
Table 1. Physical Specifications
End Connection Sizes and Valve Body Ratings(1)(2)
VALVE INLET, NPS 4-18 20-24
INLET PRESSURE RATINGS CL150 - CL2500 CL150 - CL1500
VALVE OUTLET, NPS 8-18 20 24 30 36-60
OUTLET PRESSURE RATINGS CL150 - CL2500 CL150 - CL1500 CL150 - CL900 CL150 - CL600 CL150 - CL300
End Connection Types J Buttweld (all sizes) J Raised Face Flanges (all sizes) J Ring Type Joint Flanges (all sizes)
Configuration Angle Pattern (Flow Up or Flow Down)
Flow Characteristics(3) Whisper Trim III Cages: Linear WhisperFlo: Linear
Flow Direction Whisper Trim III Cage: Flow Up or Flow Down WhisperFlo: Flow Up only
Port Diameter and Maximum Travel See table 2 for Whisper Trim III cages See table 5 for WhisperFlo
Bonnet Type Bolted
Seat Ring Type J Welded in (standard) J Bolted in (optional)
Maximum Pressure Drop
Valve with Whisper Trim III Cage: 0.999 nP/P1 maximum for levels A1 through D3
Valve with WhisperFlo Trim (Flow Up Only): J Levels X, Y, and Z: 0.999 nP/P1 maximum
Shutoff Classifications per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
J Class V (standard) (Whisper Trim III) J Class V (standard) (WhisperFlo) J Class IV (available)
1. Standard end connection sizes. Intermediate classes above CL2500 available upon request. PN pressure ratings available per pressure requirements of EN1092-1. Additional sizes available upon request Consult your Emerson sales office for additional options. 2. Not all valve sizes are available in all pressure ratings. Consult your Emerson sales office for specific size and class combinations. 3. Contact your Emerson sales office for special characterized cages.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
TBX Valve
D103052X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX February 2020
Table 2. Port Diameter and Maximum Travel for Flow Up Whisper Trim III(1)
SEAT RING TYPE
WHISPER LEVEL
INLET PRESSURE RATING
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inches
120
4.70
159
6.25
CL150 - CL2500
194
7.62
234
A1-C3
285
CL150 - CL1500
349
9.20 11.20 13.75
Welded Seat
424
CL150 - CL900
507
87
16.70 19.94 3.44
120
4.70
CL150 - CL2500
159
6.25
194
D1-D3
234
CL150 - CL1500
285
7.62 9.20 11.20
349
CL150 - CL900
424
13.75 16.70
87
3.44
120
4.70
CL150 - CL2500
159
6.25
Bolted Seat
194
ALL
234
CL150 - CL1500 285
7.62 9.20 11.20
349
CL150 - CL900
424
13.75 16.70
1. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional options.
Table 3. Port Diameter and Maximum Travel for Flow Down Whisper Trim III(1)
INLET PRESSURE RATING
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inches
WHISPER LEVEL
A1,A3,B1,B3
159
4.70
C1,C3
CL150 - CL2500
194
A1,A3,B1,B3
6.25
C1,C3
A1,A3,B1,B3
234
7.62
C1,C3
285 CL150 - CL1500
349
9.20 11.20
A1,A3,B1,B3 C1,C3
A1,A3,B1,B3 C1,C3
424 CL150 - CL900
507
13.75 16.70
A1,A3,B1,B3 C1,C3
A1,A3,B1,B3 C1,C3
1. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional options.
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
mm
Inches
197
7.75
264
10.38
321
12.62
391
15.38
473
18.62
581
22.88
606
23.88
606
23.88
165
6.5
197
7.75
264
10.38
321
12.62
391
15.38
473
18.62
571
22.88
606
23.88
165
6.5
197
7.75
264
10.38
321
12.62
391
15.38
473
18.62
571
22.88
606
23.88
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
mm
Inches
73
2.88
121
4.75
92
3.62
159
6.25
117
4.62
213
8.38
137
5.38
235
9.25
171
6.75
311
12.25
219
8.62
397
15.62
267
10.5
480
18.88
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX February 2020
TBX Valve
D103052X012
Table 4. Material Specifications
Body/Bonnet
J SA105 (Carbon Steel) J SA182 Grade F22 (2.25Cr-1Mo) up to 566_C (1050_F) J SA182 Grade F91 (9Cr-1Mo-V) J SA182 Grade F92 (9Cr-2W-V)
Bonnet Bolting
J SA105 Valve Body -- SA193 Grade B7 up to 427_C (800_F) J SA182 Grade F22 Valve Body -- SA193 Grade B16 up to 524_C (975_F), N07718 above 524_C (975_F) to 566_C (1050_F) J SA182 Grade F91 or F92 Valve Body -- N07718 up to 621_C (1150_F)
Control Plug
J 2.25Cr-1Mo with Alloy 6 guiding and seating surfaces(3) J 9 Cr-1Mo-V with Alloy 6 guiding and seating surfaces(4)
Stem J SA479 Type S20910(3) J N07718 stems
Cage J S41000 cage, 9 Cr-1Mo-V retainer(2,4) 2.25Cr-1Mo Nitrided(1)
1. For Whisper III constructions. 2. For WhisperFlo constructions. 3. For use with SA105 or F22 valve body. 4. For use with F91 valve body. 5. For use with F92 valve body.
J S41000 cage, 2.25Cr-1Mo Nitrided retainer(2, 3) J 9 Cr-1Mo-V retainer Nitrided(1,4)
Bolted Seat J 2.25Cr-1Mo with Alloy 6 up to 482_C (900_F) J N06625 with Alloy 6 up to 593_C (1100_F) J N07718 with Alloy 6 up to 593_C (1100_F)
Welded Seat (standard) J Carbon Steel with Alloy 6 Seating Surface(3) J 2.25Cr-1Mo with Alloy 6 Seating Surface(3) J 9 Cr-1Mo-V with Alloy 6 Seating Surface(4) J 9 Cr-2W-V with Alloy 6 Seating Surface(5)
Piston Rings Alloy 6 with N07750 Expander
Bore Seal N07718
Gaskets N07750/Graphite
Packing Graphite/Flexible Graphite
Nozzles J S41000 SST, J N07718
Table 5. Port Diameter and Maximum Travel for Flow Up WhisperFlo Trim(1)
SEAT RING TYPE
INLET PRESSURE RATING
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inches
87
3.44
109
4.28
CL150-CL2500
137
5.38
178
7.00
ALL
203
8.00
CL150-CL1500
254
10.00
279
11.00
375
CL150-CL900
464
14.75 18.25
1. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional options.
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
mm
Inches
165
6.5
241
9.5
241
9.5
311
12.25
384
15.12
457
18
527
20.75
606
23.88
606
23.88
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
TBX Valve
D103052X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX February 2020
Figure 2. Fisher TBX Operation - Flow Up
DETAIL OF SPRAY NOZZLE
PISTON RING
BORE SEAL BODY
STEM CAGE
PLUG
SEAT RING
FLOW
COOLER SECTION
SPRAYWATER MANIFOLD
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX February 2020
TBX Valve
D103052X012
Figure 3. Alternative Fisher TBX Design - Flow Down
STEM
UPPER CAGE PISTON RING
BORE SEAL BODY
LOWER CAGE/ SEAT RING
UPPER PLUG
LOWER PLUG
FLOW
CONCENTRIC REDUCER
COOLER SECTION
SPRAYWATER MANIFOLD
TBX VALVE BODY
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
TBX Valve
D103052X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX February 2020
Coefficients
Table 6. Fisher TBX, Whisper Trim III, Flow Up Through the Port, Linear Characteristic(1)(2)
Port Diameter
mm
Inches
Inlet Size, NPS and Inlet Class
Whisper III Levels
Maximum Cv Flow Coefficient
Xt
A1 and A3
259
0.65
4
B1 and B3
259
0.65
CL600 to 1500
C1 and C3
228
0.65
D3
228
0.65
A1 and A3
219
0.65
4
B1 and B3
209
0.65
CL2500
C1 and C3
206
0.65
120
4.70
D3
206
0.65
6
A1 and A3
578
0.65
CL600 to 1500
B1 and B3
397
0.65
and 8 through 12
C1 and C3
291
0.65
CL600 to 2500
D3
291
0.65
A1 and A3
484
0.65
6
B1 and B3
369
0.65
CL2500
C1 and C3
278
0.65
D3
278
0.65
A1 and A3
722
0.65
6
B1 and B3
619
0.65
CL600 to 1500
C1 and C3
456
0.65
D3
475
0.65
A1 and A3
488
0.65
6
B1 and B3
488
0.65
CL2500
C1 and C3
403
0.65
159
6.25
D3
475
0.65
8
A1 and A3
1009
0.65
CL600 to 1500
B1 and B3
719
0.65
and 10 through 14
C1 and C3
497
0.65
CL600 to 2500
D3
475
0.65
A1 and A3
888
0.65
8
B1 and B3
675
0.65
CL2500
C1 and C3
478
0.65
D3
475
0.65
A1 and A3
1244
0.65
8
B1 and B3
978
0.65
CL600 to 1500
C1 and C3
691
0.65
D3
691
0.65
A1 and A3
913
0.65
8
B1 and B3
844
0.65
CL2500
C1 and C3
641
0.65
194
7.62
D3
10
A1 and A3
CL600 to 1500
B1 and B3
and 12 through 16
C1 and C3
CL600 to 2500
D3
A1 and A3
10 CL2500
B1 and B3 C1 and C3
D3
1. Reduction of standard inlet size may affect capacity. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional information. 2. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional options.
641 1481 1063 725 725 1375 1025 709 709
0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX February 2020
TBX Valve
D103052X012
Table 7. Fisher TBX, Whisper Trim III, Flow Up Through the Port, Linear Characteristic(1)(2)
Port Diameter
mm
Inches
Inlet Size, NPS and Inlet Class
Whisper III Levels
Maximum Cv Flow Coefficient
Xt
A1 and A3
1913
0.65
10
B1 and B3
1441
0.65
CL600 to 1500
C1 and C3
1044
0.65
D3
1044
0.65
A1 and A3
1466
0.65
10
B1 and B3
1284
0.65
CL2500
C1 and C3
975
0.65
234
9.20
D3
975
0.65
12
A1 and A3
2181
0.65
CL600 to 1500
B1 and B3
1528
0.65
and 14 through 18
C1 and C3
1081
0.65
CL600 to 2500
D3
1081
0.65
A1 and A3
1994
0.65
12
B1 and B3
1466
0.65
CL2500
C1 and C3
1053
0.65
D3
1053
0.65
A1 and A3
2791
0.65
12
B1 and B3
2128
0.65
CL600 to 1500
C1 and C3
1503
0.65
285
11.20
D3
1503
0.65
A1 and A3
3181
0.65
14 through 20
B1 and B3
2269
0.65
CL600 to 1500
C1 and C3
1556
0.65
D3
1556
0.65
A1 and A3
4300
0.65
16
B1 and B3
3225
0.65
CL600 to 1500
C1 and C3
2291
0.65
349
13.75
D3
2291
0.65
A1 and A3
4781
0.65
18 through 24
B1 and B3
3394
0.65
CL600 to 1500
C1 and C3
2359
0.65
D3
2359
0.65
A1 and A3
5359
0.65
18
B1 and B3
4088
0.65
CL600 to 900
C1 and C3
2866
0.65
D3
2866
0.65
A1 and A3
5891
0.65
20
B1 and B3
4300
0.65
424
16.70
CL600 to 900
C1 and C3
2953
0.65
D3
2953
0.65
A1 and A3
6153
0.65
22 through 24
B1 and B3
4406
0.65
CL600 to 900
C1 and C3
2997
0.65
D3
2997
0.65
A1 and A3
7131
0.65
22
B1 and B3
5119
0.65
CL600 to 900
C1 and C3
3503
0.65
507
19.94
A1 and A3
7875
0.65
24
B1 and B3
5406
0.65
CL600 to 900
C1 and C3
3581
0.65
1. Reduction of standard inlet size may affect capacity. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional information. 2. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional options.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
TBX Valve
D103052X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX February 2020
Table 8. Fisher TBX Whisper III flow down through the Port, Linear Characteristic(1)
Port Diameter
mm
Inch
Whisper III Level
Max Cv Flow Coefficient
A1
178.4
A3
170.7
120
4.7
B1
169.4
B3
173.7
C1
140.7
C3
140.2
A1
301.2
A3
287.7
160
6.25
B1
299.9
B3
293.6
C1
245.6
C3
235.8
A1
475.3
A3
447.6
194
7.62
B1
475.8
B3
468.5
C1
379.6
C3
378.1
A1
619.8
A3
596
215
8.5
B1
611.7
B3
601.6
C1
484.2
C3
481
A1
1009.8
A3
966.59
285
11.2
B1
1018.2
B3
1007.3
C1
814.5
C3
812.5
A1
1590.7
A3
1518.7
350
13.75
B1
1576.7
B3
1576.1
C1
1280.9
C3
1280.4
A1
2356.6
A3
2245.7
425
16.7
B1
2346
B3
2309.7
C1
1917.8
C3
1860
1. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional options.
Xt
0.81 0.8 0.799 0.802 0.752 0.752 0.812 0.801 0.811 0.806 0.764 0.753 0.814 0.798 0.814 0.81 0.759 0.758 0.805 0.794 0.802 0.798 0.747 0.746 0.81 0.798 0.812 0.809 0.756 0.756 0.809 0.797 0.807 0.807 0.756 0.756 0.811 0.799 0.811 0.806 0.76 0.753
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX February 2020
TBX Valve
D103052X012
Table 9. Fisher TBX, WhisperFlo Trim, Flow Up Through the Port, Linear Characteristic(1)
Port Diameter
mm
Inch
WhisperFlo Level
Max Cv Flow Coefficient
X
288
3.43
7.75
Y
213
Z
133
X
446
4.28
9.5
Y
352
Z
234
X
703
5.375
9.5
Y
508
Z
312
X
1171
7
12.625
Y
808
Z
505
X
1558
8
15.375
Y
1247
Z
748
X
2435
10
18.625
Y
1635
Z
1040
X
2814
11
22.875
Y
2314
Z
1286
X
5297
14.75
22.875
Y
3947
Z
2368
X
7105
18.25
22.875
Y
4342
Z
2763
1. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional options.
Xt
0.575 0.575 0.525 0.575 0.575 0.525 0.575 0.575 0.525 0.532 0.532 0.525 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
TBX Valve
D103052X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX February 2020
Figure 4. Fisher TBX Bore Seal Trim in Closed Position
BORE SEAL TRIM CONFIGURATION
CLOSED POSITION
TBX PORT SIZE
PLUG DIAMETER AT BORE SEAL TRIM INSTALLATION
E0921
OPEN POSITION
CAGE BORE AT PISTON RING CAGE BORE AT Bore Seal RING SEAT CAGE BORE AT PLUG GUIDE
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX February 2020
TBX Valve
D103052X012
System Noise Level
Today's power plants must comply with strict noise limitations, especially those that are located close to residential areas. Satisfying a low fence line noise requirement requires a complete understanding of the system and how individual components can affect the total noise transmitted to the plant boundary.
Extensive steam conditioning noise research has been conducted at the Marshalltown research facility, resulting in a new understanding of the impact of sparger installations in turbine exhaust ducts. Testing has revealed critical spatial relationships of multiple spargers that must be maintained to prevent noise generation.
This knowledge, together with the application of low noise technology trims and pressure reducing devices, allows the Emerson research facility to accurately predict the system noise level.
Bore Seal Trim
TBX valves provide Class V leakage as a standard. The design employs a variation of the proven C-seal trim with enhancements for use with the TBX hung cage. The sealing design is called Bore Seal trim (figure 4).
In the Bore Seal trim, the primary plug-to-seat interface is a metal-to-metal line contact while the secondary metallic seal engages a controlled bore region in the cage when the plug is seated.
During modulation, the secondary seal does not contact the upper cage wall and the controlled bore region remains protected, which extends the shutoff life of the valve.
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
TBX Valve
D103052X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX February 2020
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX February 2020
TBX Valve
D103052X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Whisper Trim, WhisperFlo, and FIELDVUE are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E162003, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
TBX-P Valve
D104556X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX-P August 2020
FisherTM TBX-P Steam Pressure Reducing Valve
The Fisher TBX-P Steam Pressure Reducing Valve is designed to handle the most severe applications in today's cycling power plants as well as provide precise pressure control for process applications. The TBX-P incorporates more than 30 years of steam experience and product development. The valve body is designed with the latest finite element analysis (FEA) and computational fluid dynamics (CFD) tools to optimize performance and reliability for demanding steam systems.
The TBX valve design provides the ultimate combination of performance and maintainability (see figure 2). The TBX-P valve incorporates low noise Whisper TrimTM technology. The simplified trim configuration is thermally compensated to handle rapid changes in temperatures, as expected during a turbine trip, without any sticking or binding.
Whisper Trim and WhisperFlo Cages
To help attenuate aerodynamic noise, Whisper Trim III cages are standard with TBX-P control valves.
WhisperFloTM cages (figure 1) are also available to attenuate aerodynamic noise. Contact your Emerson sales office for more information.
X1715
FISHER TBX-P WITH 585C ACTUATOR
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX-P August 2020
TBX-P Valve
D104556X012
Features
nFull Pressure Drop Capability-- Rugged cage-guided design enables handling of full pressure drop of main steam.
nNoise Attenuation-- Whisper III and WhisperFlo trims help to attenuate the noise by 30 to 40 dBA.
nHigh Temperature Capability with Available Class V Shutoff-- Use of the Fisher Bore Seal trim gives capability of standard Class V shutoff up to 621_C (1150_F). This unique balanced trim is field-proven. See figure 4.
nForged Valve Body-- FEA designed valve body can handle the most demanding applications without thermal stress problems.
nFlow Up Angle-- Permits vertical stem orientation for ease of maintenance in most applications.
nFlow Down Angle-- Permits vertical stem orientation for ease of maintenance in most applications.
nThermally Compensated Trim-- The cage is case-hardened for maximum life and is allowed to grow during thermally induced excursions. The plug is continuously guided and employs cobalt-based overlays for guide bands and tight metal-to-metal shutoff against the seat.
nEasy Maintenance Seat Ring-- Welded design provides Class V shutoff and long life. Deep Alloy 6 overlay can be refinished multiple times to maintain tight shutoff. Bolted seat rings are also available for ease of maintenance.
nSpiral-Wound Gaskets for Excellent Bonnet Sealing Under All Service Conditions-- Premium gaskets provided with N007750 windings and graphite filler material.
nHigh Turndown-- Standard trim control rangeability is 50:1. Special construction can provide up to 75:1 turndown.
nQuick Stroking Actuation-- High performance pneumatic piston actuators with FIELDVUETM digital valve controllers can achieve full stroke in less than 2 seconds while still maintaining highly accurate step response. Optimized digital valve controllers and accessory packages are available when high stroke speeds are required. Contact your Emerson sales office for assistance.
nCustomized Valve Body and Trim-- Valve is designed to meet your exact demanding application needs.
nPerformance Diagnostics-- With the self-diagnostic capability, questions can be answered about a valve's performance, without pulling the valve from the line. The present valve/actuator signature (seat load, friction, etc.) can be compared against previously stored signatures to discover performance changes before they cause process control problems.
nMore Compact Valve Body and Trim Profile-Creates a lighter valve that requires less support without compromising structural integrity.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
TBX-P Valve
D104556X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX-P August 2020
Options
nBlowdown Trim-- Protects the working trim and machined surfaces of the valve body during steam blow.
nHydro-Plug-- The hydro kit is intended to be used so that the upstream piping can be tested at the required pressure for body and inlet piping pressure class without over pressurizing any attached lower pressure class piping or equipment downstream.
nDiagnostic Services-- The Emerson Automation Solutions Services Group delivers world class services and innovative technologies for top performance of critical service valves and other production assets.
nCommissioning Service-- Proper installation of blowdown trim and hydro-plug fixtures, along with reassembly and calibration of turbine bypass valves, is critical for the valves to be ready for service when needed. Let skilled Emerson technicians take care of this vital commissioning service to protect this important plant asset.
nMagnetite Strainer Design (flow up only)-- Protects the bore seal and piston ring from magnetite buildup and prevents trim strokage.
nBolted Seat Ring-- Seat ring is bolted to the valve body for easy removal, replacement, or maintenance.
Figure 1. Magnetite Catcher
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX-P August 2020
TBX-P Valve
D104556X012
Table 1. Physical Specifications
End Connection Sizes and Valve Body Ratings(1)(2)(3)
VALVE INLET, NPS 4-18 20-24
INLET PRESSURE RATINGS CL150 - CL2500 CL150 - CL1500
VALVE OUTLET, NPS 8-18 20 24 30 36
OUTLET PRESSURE RATINGS CL150 - CL2500 CL150 - CL1500 CL150 - CL900 CL150 - CL600 CL150 - CL300
End Connection Types J Buttweld (all sizes) J Raised Face Flanges (all sizes) J Ring Type Joint Flanges (all sizes)
Configuration Angle Pattern (Flow Up or Flow Down)
Flow Characteristics(4) Whisper Trim III Cages: Linear WhisperFlo: Linear
Flow Direction Whisper Trim III Cage: Flow Up or Flow Down WhisperFlo: Flow Up only
Port Diameter and Maximum Travel See tables 2 and 3 for Whisper Trim III cages See table 5 for WhisperFlo
Bonnet Type Bolted
Seat Ring Type J Welded in (standard) J Bolted in (optional)
Maximum Pressure Drop
Valve with Whisper Trim III Cage: 0.999 nP/P1 maximum for levels A1 through D3
Valve with WhisperFlo Trim (Flow Up Only): J Levels X, Y, and Z: 0.999 nP/P1 maximum
Shutoff Classifications per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
J Class V (standard) (Whisper Trim III) J Class V (standard) (WhisperFlo) J Class IV (available)
1. Standard end connection sizes. Intermediate classes above CL2500 available upon request. PN pressure ratings available per pressure requirements of EN1092-1. Additional sizes available upon request Consult your Emerson sales office for additional options. 2. Not all valve sizes are available in all pressure ratings. Consult your Emerson sales office for specific size and class combinations. 3. Additional sizes available upon request. Consult your Emerson sales office for options. 4. Contact your Emerson sales office for special characterized cages.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
TBX-P Valve
D104556X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX-P August 2020
Table 2. Port Diameter and Maximum Travel for Flow Up Whisper Trim III(1)
SEAT RING TYPE
WHISPER LEVEL
INLET PRESSURE RATING
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inches
120
4.70
159
6.25
CL150 - CL2500
194
7.62
234
A1-C3
285
CL150 - CL1500
349
9.20 11.20 13.75
Welded Seat
424
CL150 - CL900
507
87
16.70 19.94 3.44
120
4.70
CL150 - CL2500
159
6.25
194
D1-D3
234
CL150 - CL1500
285
7.62 9.20 11.20
349
CL150 - CL900
424
13.75 16.70
87
3.44
120
4.70
CL150 - CL2500
159
6.25
Bolted Seat
194
ALL
234
CL150 - CL1500 285
7.62 9.20 11.20
349
CL150 - CL900
424
13.75 16.70
1. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional options.
Table 3. Port Diameter and Maximum Travel for Flow Down Whisper Trim III(1)
INLET PRESSURE RATING
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inches
WHISPER LEVEL
A1,A3,B1,B3
159
4.70
C1,C3
CL150 - CL2500
194
A1,A3,B1,B3
6.25
C1,C3
A1,A3,B1,B3
234
7.62
C1,C3
285 CL150 - CL1500
349
9.20 11.20
A1,A3,B1,B3 C1,C3
A1,A3,B1,B3 C1,C3
424 CL150 - CL900
507
13.75 16.70
A1,A3,B1,B3 C1,C3
A1,A3,B1,B3 C1,C3
1. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional options.
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
mm
Inches
197
7.75
264
10.38
321
12.62
391
15.38
473
18.62
581
22.88
606
23.88
606
23.88
165
6.5
197
7.75
264
10.38
321
12.62
391
15.38
473
18.62
571
22.88
606
23.88
165
6.5
197
7.75
264
10.38
321
12.62
391
15.38
473
18.62
571
22.88
606
23.88
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
mm
Inches
73
2.88
121
4.75
92
3.62
159
6.25
117
4.62
213
8.38
137
5.38
235
9.25
171
6.75
311
12.25
219
8.62
397
15.62
267
10.5
480
18.88
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX-P August 2020
TBX-P Valve
D104556X012
Table 4. Material Specifications
Body/Bonnet
J SA105 (Carbon Steel) J SA182 Grade F22 (2.25Cr-1Mo) J SA182 Grade F91 (9Cr-1Mo-V) J SA182 Grade F92 (9Cr-2W-V)
Bonnet Bolting
J SA105 Valve Body -- SA193 Grade B7 up to 427_C (800_F) J SA182 Grade F22 Valve Body -- SA193 Grade B16 up to 524_C (975_F), N07718 above 524_C (975_F) to 566_C (1050_F) J SA182 Grade F91 Valve Body -- N07718 up to 593_C (1100_F)
Control Plug
J 2.25Cr-1Mo with Alloy 6 guiding and seating surfaces(3) J 9 Cr-1Mo-V with Alloy 6 guiding and seating surfaces(4)
Stem
J SA479 Type S20910(3) J N07718
1. For Whisper III constructions. 2. For WhisperFlo constructions. 3. For use with SA105 or F22 valve body. 4. For use with F91 valve body. 5. For use with F92 valve body.
Cage J S41000 cage, 9 Cr-1Mo-V retainer(2,4) J 2.25Cr-1Mo Nitrided(1) J S41000 cage, 2.25Cr-1Mo Nitrided retainer(2, 3) J 9 Cr-1Mo-V Nitrided(1,4)
Bolted Seat J 2.25Cr-1Mo with Alloy 6 up to 482_C (900_F) J N06625 with Alloy 6 up to 593_C (1100_F) J N07718 with Alloy 6 up to 593_C (1100_F)
Welded Seat (standard) J Carbon Steel with Alloy 6 Seating Surface(3) J 2.25Cr-1Mo with Alloy 6 Seating Surface(3) J 9 Cr-1Mo-V with Alloy 6 Seating Surface(4) J 9 Cr-2W-V with Alloy 6 Seating Surface(5)
Piston Rings Alloy 6B with N07750 Expander
Bore Seal N07718
Gaskets N07750/Graphite
Packing Graphite/Flexible Graphite
Table 5. Port Diameter and Maximum Travel for Flow Up WhisperFlo Trim(1)
SEAT RING TYPE
INLET PRESSURE RATING
PORT DIAMETER
mm
Inches
87
3.44
109
4.28
CL150-CL2500
137
5.38
178
7.00
ALL
203
8.00
CL150-CL1500
254
10.00
279
11.00
375
CL150-CL900
464
14.75 18.25
1. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional options.
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
mm
Inches
165
6.5
241
9.5
241
9.5
311
12.25
384
15.12
457
18
527
20.75
606
23.88
606
23.88
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
TBX-P Valve
D104556X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX-P August 2020
Figure 2. Fisher TBX-P Operation - Flow Up
STEM
PISTON RING BORE SEAL
BODY
CAGE PLUG
SEAT RING
X1716
FLOW
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX-P August 2020
TBX-P Valve
D104556X012
Figure 3. Alternative Fisher TBX-P Design - Flow Down
STEM
UPPER CAGE PISTON RING BORE SEAL BODY
LOWER CAGE/ SEAT RING
UPPER PLUG
LOWER PLUG
FLOW
X1732
TBX-P VALVE BODY
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
TBX-P Valve
D104556X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX-P August 2020
Coefficients
Table 6. Fisher TBX-P, Whisper Trim III, Flow Up Through the Port, Linear Characteristic(1)(2)
Port Diameter
mm
Inches
Inlet Size, NPS and Inlet Class
Whisper III Levels
Maximum Cv Flow Coefficient
XT
A1 and A3
259
0.65
4
B1 and B3
259
0.65
CL600 to 1500
C1 and C3
228
0.65
D3
228
0.65
A1 and A3
219
0.65
4
B1 and B3
209
0.65
CL2500
C1 and C3
206
0.65
120
4.70
D3
206
0.65
6
A1 and A3
578
0.65
CL600 to 1500
B1 and B3
397
0.65
and 8 through 12
C1 and C3
291
0.65
CL600 to 2500
D3
291
0.65
A1 and A3
484
0.65
6
B1 and B3
369
0.65
CL2500
C1 and C3
278
0.65
D3
278
0.65
A1 and A3
722
0.65
6
B1 and B3
619
0.65
CL600 to 1500
C1 and C3
456
0.65
D3
475
0.65
A1 and A3
488
0.65
6
B1 and B3
488
0.65
CL2500
C1 and C3
403
0.65
159
6.25
D3
475
0.65
8
A1 and A3
1009
0.65
CL600 to 1500
B1 and B3
719
0.65
and 10 through 14
C1 and C3
497
0.65
CL600 to 2500
D3
475
0.65
A1 and A3
888
0.65
8
B1 and B3
675
0.65
CL2500
C1 and C3
478
0.65
D3
475
0.65
A1 and A3
1244
0.65
8
B1 and B3
978
0.65
CL600 to 1500
C1 and C3
691
0.65
D3
691
0.65
A1 and A3
913
0.65
8
B1 and B3
844
0.65
CL2500
C1 and C3
641
0.65
194
7.62
D3
10
A1 and A3
CL600 to 1500
B1 and B3
and 12 through 16
C1 and C3
CL600 to 2500
D3
A1 and A3
10 CL2500
B1 and B3 C1 and C3
D3
1. Reduction of standard inlet size may affect capacity. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional information. 2. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional options.
641 1481 1063 725 725 1375 1025 709 709
0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX-P August 2020
TBX-P Valve
D104556X012
Table 7. Fisher TBX-P, Whisper Trim III, Flow Up Through the Port, Linear Characteristic(1)(2)
Port Diameter
mm
Inches
Inlet Size, NPS and Inlet Class
Whisper III Levels
Maximum Cv Flow Coefficient
XT
A1 and A3
1913
0.65
10
B1 and B3
1441
0.65
CL600 to 1500
C1 and C3
1044
0.65
D3
1044
0.65
A1 and A3
1466
0.65
10
B1 and B3
1284
0.65
CL2500
C1 and C3
975
0.65
234
9.20
D3
975
0.65
12
A1 and A3
2181
0.65
CL600 to 1500
B1 and B3
1528
0.65
and 14 through 18
C1 and C3
1081
0.65
CL600 to 2500
D3
1081
0.65
A1 and A3
1994
0.65
12
B1 and B3
1466
0.65
CL2500
C1 and C3
1053
0.65
D3
1053
0.65
A1 and A3
2791
0.65
12
B1 and B3
2128
0.65
CL600 to 1500
C1 and C3
1503
0.65
285
11.20
D3
1503
0.65
A1 and A3
3181
0.65
14 through 20
B1 and B3
2269
0.65
CL600 to 1500
C1 and C3
1556
0.65
D3
1556
0.65
A1 and A3
4300
0.65
16
B1 and B3
3225
0.65
CL600 to 1500
C1 and C3
2291
0.65
349
13.75
D3
2291
0.65
A1 and A3
4781
0.65
18 through 24
B1 and B3
3394
0.65
CL600 to 1500
C1 and C3
2359
0.65
D3
2359
0.65
A1 and A3
5359
0.65
18
B1 and B3
4088
0.65
CL600 to 900
C1 and C3
2866
0.65
D3
2866
0.65
A1 and A3
5891
0.65
20
B1 and B3
4300
0.65
424
16.70
CL600 to 900
C1 and C3
2953
0.65
D3
2953
0.65
A1 and A3
6153
0.65
22 through 24
B1 and B3
4406
0.65
CL600 to 900
C1 and C3
2997
0.65
D3
2997
0.65
A1 and A3
7131
0.65
22
B1 and B3
5119
0.65
CL600 to 900
C1 and C3
3503
0.65
507
19.94
A1 and A3
7875
0.65
24
B1 and B3
5406
0.65
CL600 to 900
C1 and C3
3581
0.65
1. Reduction of standard inlet size may affect capacity. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional information. 2. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional options.
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
TBX-P Valve
D104556X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX-P August 2020
Table 8. Fisher TBX-P Whisper III, Flow Down Through the Port, Linear Characteristic(1)
Port Diameter
mm
Inch
Whisper III Level
Max Cv Flow Coefficient
A1
178.4
A3
170.7
120
4.7
B1
169.4
B3
173.7
C1
140.7
C3
140.2
A1
301.2
A3
287.7
160
6.25
B1
299.9
B3
293.6
C1
245.6
C3
235.8
A1
475.3
A3
447.6
194
7.62
B1
475.8
B3
468.5
C1
379.6
C3
378.1
A1
619.8
A3
596
215
8.5
B1
611.7
B3
601.6
C1
484.2
C3
481
A1
1009.8
A3
966.59
285
11.2
B1
1018.2
B3
1007.3
C1
814.5
C3
812.5
A1
1590.7
A3
1518.7
350
13.75
B1
1576.7
B3
1576.1
C1
1280.9
C3
1280.4
A1
2356.6
A3
2245.7
425
16.7
B1
2346
B3
2309.7
C1
1917.8
C3
1860
1. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional options.
XT
0.81 0.8 0.799 0.802 0.752 0.752 0.812 0.801 0.811 0.806 0.764 0.753 0.814 0.798 0.814 0.81 0.759 0.758 0.805 0.794 0.802 0.798 0.747 0.746 0.81 0.798 0.812 0.809 0.756 0.756 0.809 0.797 0.807 0.807 0.756 0.756 0.811 0.799 0.811 0.806 0.76 0.753
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX-P August 2020
TBX-P Valve
D104556X012
Table 9. Fisher TBX-P, WhisperFlo Trim, Flow Up Through the Port, Linear Characteristic(1)
Port Diameter
mm
Inch
WhisperFlo Level
Max Cv Flow Coefficient
X
288
3.43
7.75
Y
213
Z
133
X
446
4.28
9.5
Y
352
Z
234
X
703
5.375
9.5
Y
508
Z
312
X
1171
7
12.625
Y
808
Z
505
X
1558
8
15.375
Y
1247
Z
748
X
2435
10
18.625
Y
1635
Z
1040
X
2814
11
22.875
Y
2314
Z
1286
X
5297
14.75
22.875
Y
3947
Z
2368
X
7105
18.25
22.875
Y
4342
Z
2763
1. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional options.
XT
0.575 0.575 0.525 0.575 0.575 0.525 0.575 0.575 0.525 0.532 0.532 0.525 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532
12
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
TBX-P Valve
D104556X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX-P August 2020
Figure 4. Fisher TBX-P Bore Seal Trim in Closed Position
BORE SEAL TRIM CONFIGURATION
CLOSED POSITION
TBX PORT SIZE
PLUG DIAMETER AT BORE SEAL TRIM INSTALLATION
E0921
OPEN POSITION
CAGE BORE AT PISTON RING CAGE BORE AT BORE SEAL RING SEAT CAGE BORE AT PLUG GUIDE
13
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX-P August 2020
TBX-P Valve
D104556X012
System Noise Level
Today's power plants must comply with strict noise limitations, especially those that are located close to residential areas. Satisfying a low fence line noise requirement requires a complete understanding of the system and how individual components can affect the total noise transmitted to the plant boundary.
This knowledge, together with the application of low noise technology trims and pressure reducing devices, allows the Emerson research facility to accurately predict the system noise level.
Bore Seal Trim
TBX-P valves provide Class V leakage as a standard. The design employs a variation of the proven C-seal trim with enhancements for use with the TBX-P hung cage. The sealing design is called Bore Seal trim (figure 4).
In the Bore Seal trim, the primary plug-to-seat interface is a metal-to-metal line contact while the secondary metallic seal engages a controlled bore region in the cage when the plug is seated.
During modulation, the secondary seal does not contact the upper cage wall and the controlled bore region remains protected, which extends the shutoff life of the valve.
14
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
TBX-P Valve
D104556X012
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX-P August 2020
15
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.1:TBX-P August 2020
TBX-P Valve
D104556X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Whisper Trim, and WhisperFlo are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E162020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DFA Desuperheater
D103619X012
Product Bulletin
85.2:DFA August 2018
FisherTM DFA Variable Geometry Desuperheater
The Fisher DFA (Desuperheater with Flexible Architecture) can be used in many applications to efficiently control the spraywater and reduce the temperature of superheated steam to the desired set point. The valve is available with a wide range of standard and anti-cavitation trim styles. The desuperheater is mechanically atomized with a variable geometry nozzle. Desuperheaters are available for installation in steam lines from DN200 through DN1500 (NPS 8 through 60) in diameter and are capable of maintaining steam temperatures to within 6_C (10_F) of saturation temperatures.
nDFA --The Fisher DFA desuperheater's flexible architecture incorporates both a water control element and a variablegeometry mechanically atomized, selfcontained desuperheater for moderate to high flow variation. It is installed through a flanged connection on the side of an NPS 8 or larger pipeline.
This unit offers separate desuperheating and spray water control elements packaged together to match many of the standard facetoface dimensions offered in today's marketplace. The angle body can be offered to match most ASME pressure classes with either BWE or Flanged configurations. Multiple trim configurations can be offered and include equal percentage, linear, anticavitation microflat, CavitrolTM III, and multistage microflat trim styles.
The desuperheater is a variation of the DMA/AF-HTC. This device can be used in less severe applications, such as temperature control to paper machines to more severe applications such as boiler interstage attemperation.
X0838
DFA CONSTRUCTION INCLUDES VALVE BODY, TRIM, AND INSERTION STYLE
DESUPERHEATER (PIPE NOT INCLUDED)
Similar to the DMA/AF-HTC, the DFA uses a construction optimized to move weld joints away from high stress regions.
The desuperheater design incorporates an integral thermal liner inside the desuperheater body pipe. This minimizes the potential for thermal shock when cool water is introduced to the unit that is already heated to the operating steam temperature.
The nozzle mount for the DFA shares vortex suppressor geometry with the DMA/AF-HTC, which is engineered to minimize the potential for excitation due to vortex shedding and flow induced vibration.
The desuperheater (figure 2) is installed through a flanged connection on a DN200 (NPS 8) or larger pipeline. Maximum nozzle Cv is 15.0.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.2:DFA August 2018
DFA Desuperheater
D103619X012
Specifications
Available Configurations(1) and Valve Sizes J DFA valve body style: Angle Common Characteristics: Designed according to ASME B16.34 Valve-Flanges, Threaded and Welding End
End Connections Styles(1) See tables 2 and 1
Maximum Inlet Pressure and Temperature(1)(2)(6) Flanged, Socketwelding, or Buttwelding: Consistent with CL150, 300, 600, 900, 1500, and 2500 according to ASME B16.34, unless limited by maximum pressure drop or material temperature capabilities
Maximum Pressure Drop(1) Valve with Cavitrol III Cage: 149 bar (2160 psi) for two-stage and 207 bar (3000 psi) for three-stage cage. Consult bulletin 80.2:030, Fisher Cavitrol III One-, Two-, and Three-Stage trims (D100196X012), for more information Anti-cavitation MicroFlat: <51.7 bard (<750 psid)
Flow Direction All: Flow down
Flow Coefficients See table 8 and also Fisher Catalog 12
Port Diameters, Valve Plug Travel, and Stem Diameters
See table 8
Bonnet Style and Mounting(1) Standard Bonnet Yoke Temperature Limit: Standard bonnet with cast iron yoke is limited to 537_C (1000_F)
Packing Arrangements J Single, J Double, and J Leakoff standard graphite packing, or optional J ENVIRO-SEALTM and J HIGH-SEAL packing systems. See bulletin 59.1:061, Fisher ENVIRO-SEAL and HIGH-SEAL Packing System for Sliding-Stem Valves (Live-Loaded) (D101633X012)
Inherent Rangeability Up to 50:1. The ratio of maximum to minimum controllable Cv is dependent upon the available water pressure differential
Spray Water Pressure Required(3) 6.9 bar (100 psi) above steam pressure
Spray Nozzle Capacities(7) 0.25-15.0 Cv
Shutoff Classifications per ANSI/FCI 70-2 and IEC 60534-4
Class V only
Approximate Weight
See table 9
Construction Materials
Valve Body and Bonnet(8): J SA105 (Carbon Steel), J SA-182 Grade F22 (2.25Cr-1Mo), J SA-182 Grade F91 (9Cr-1Mo-V) Trim: See table 4 Other Parts: See table 3(8)
Desuperheater Body (DFA)(8): J SA105 (Carbon Steel), J SA-182 Grade F22 (2.25Cr-1Mo), J SA-182 Grade F91 (9Cr-1Mo-V) Note: Will have body-matched cast equivalent material for nozzle mount
Flow Characteristics(4)
Standard Cages: J Linear, J Equal Percentage, J Modified Equal Percentage(5) Cavitrol III: Linear Micro-Flat (with or without liner): Linear
Nozzle Material J S41000 SST, or J N07718
Material Temperature Capabilities(1) See table 3
1. Do not exceed the pressure or temperature limits in this bulletin, nor any applicable code or standard limitations. 2. EN (or other valve body material) ratings and end connections can usually be supplied; consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner. 3. A function of required turndown and equipment selection. 4. Special characterized cages are available. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner. 5. Modified equal percentage characteristic is equal percentage for the first 75% of travel, then opens quickly for additional capacity. 6. Inlet and outlet of DFA must have the same pressure class rating. 7. Custom nozzle configurations can be supplied, consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner. 8. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for special trim and valve body material availability.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DFA Desuperheater
D103619X012
Product Bulletin
85.2:DFA August 2018
Table 1. Available Valve Connections
Valve Inlet Size, NPS
ASME Pressure Rating Raised-Face Flange(2)
Inlet(1,2,3)
Connection
1,1-1/2, and 2
CL150-2500
RF, RTJ, BW, and SW
1. End connection style abbreviations: RF-Raised Face, RTJ-Ring Type Joint, BW-Butt weld, SW-Socket Weld. 2. EN (or other valve body material) ratings and end connections can usually be supplied; consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner. 3. Socket weld available on NPS 1, 1-1/2, and 2 only.
Outlet(1,2) RF
Table 2. Available Desuperheater Body Connections
Design
Steam Line Size, NPS
Size, NPS
DFA
8 - 60
1. Other standard flanges and connections are also available. 2. Steam line connection pressure rating must match the valve inlet connection pressure rating.
3 or 4
Steam Line Connection
ASME Pressure Rating Raised-Face Flange(1)(2)
CL150-2500
Features
nValve Plug Stability-- Rugged seat guided and cage guiding provides increased valve plug stability, which reduces vibration and mechanical noise.
nFull Pressure Drop Capability-- Rugged construction allows full pressure drop capability.
nQuick Change Trim-- Maintenance is simple and can easily be performed using common tools. Trim components can be quickly removed and changed with no need for special tools.
nCost-Effective Trim Operation and Maintenance Economy-- Increased wear resistance of hardened stainless steel trim means longer-lasting service. When inspection or maintenance is necessary, the body can stay in the pipeline during removal of trim parts. And, trim inventory costs are cut because dimensional standardization permits use of most standard easy-eTM or HP trim parts.
nShort Nozzle Replacement Turnarounds-- Nozzles can be easily removed, maintained, or replaced without having to replace the entire unit.
nAccurate Temperature Control Near Saturation-Optimized spray pattern with AF nozzle technology
allows for a wide operating range to achieve optimal mixing and quick vaporization at all flowing conditions.
nFlexible Architecture-- Custom designed bodies with a probe-style desuperheater, matched with multiple trim styles, to meet almost any face-to-face, piping, or application requirements.
nCracked Weld Avoidance-- DFA desuperheater uses a forged construction, optimized to move weld joints away from high stress regions.
nManaging Large Temperature Reductions-- Nozzles in multiple configurations capable of providing large amounts of spraywater to cool steam to required temperature.
nThermal Cycling-- The desuperheater design incorporates an integral thermal liner inside the desuperheater body pipe to minimize the potential for thermal shock when cool water is introduced.
nMinimize Vibration-Related Failures-- The nozzle mount for the Fisher DFA desuperheater is engineered to minimize the potential for excitation due to vortex shedding and flow induced vibration.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.2:DFA August 2018
DFA Desuperheater
D103619X012
Table 3. Fisher DFA Construction Materials and Temperature Capabilities for Parts Other than Valve Body and Trim
PART
MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE CAPABILITIES
_C
_F
Valve plug stem
S20910
-198 to 593
-325 to 1100
Backup ring
S41600 (416 SST) S31600 (316 SST)
-29 to 427 -198 to 593
-20 to 800 -325 to 1100
Spring-loaded valve plug seal
Retaining ring Seal ring
S30200 (302 SST) PTFE with N10276 Spring
-254 to 593 -73 to 232(2)
-425 to 1100 -100 to 450(2)
Anti-extrusion rings
PEEK (PolyEtherEtherKetone)
-73 to 316
-100 to 600
Cage gasket
N06600/Graphite
-240 to 593
-400 to 1100
Seat ring gasket
Flexible Graphite (standard), CL150 to CL600 N06600/Graphite, CL900 to CL2500
-240 to 593
-400 to 1100
Valve Body-to-
bonnet bolting(1)
Studs Nuts
Studs Nuts
Studs Studs Nuts
Steel SA193-B7 (all valve body materials) Steel SA194-2H (all valve body materials)
Steel SA193-B16 (F91 valve body mat'ls) Steel SA194-7
Steel SA193-B16 (F22 valve body mat'l CL600 and below) Steel SA193-B16 (F22 valve body mat'l CL900 and above) Steel SA194-7
-29 to 427
-29 to 482(3) -29 to 510 -29 to 566 -29 to 510 -29 to 566
-20 to 800
-20 to 900(3) -20 to 950 -20 to 1050 -20 to 950 -20 to 1050
Packing
Studs Nuts
N07718 SST (SB637) Steel SA194-7
Graphite
-29 to 593 (F22) -29 to 593 (F91) -198 to 538(4)
-20 to 1100 (F22) -20 to 1100 (F91) -325 to 1000(4)
Packing follower, spring, or lantern ring
S31600 stainless steel
-254 to 593
-425 to 1100
Packing box ring
S31600 stainless steel
-254 to 593
-425 to 1100
Packing flange, studs, or nuts
Steel S31600 stainless steel
-29 to 427 -198 to 593
-20 to 800 -325 to 1100
1. Valve body materials with which these bolting materials may be used are shown in parentheses.
2. If used with PEEK anti-extrusion rings, PTFE/carbon seal ring may be used in temperatures up to 316_C (600_F) for non-oxidizing service or up to 260_C (500_F) for oxidizing service. 3. B16 studs are rated to 510_C (950_F) for NPS 1 CL300, NPS 2 CL600, and all NPS CL900 and above. 4. Except 371_C (700_F) for oxidizing service.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DFA Desuperheater
D103619X012
Product Bulletin
85.2:DFA August 2018
Table 4. Fisher DFA Trim Material Combinations
PRESSURE
TRIM
VALVE BODY
CLASS
MATERIALS AVAILABILITY VALVE PLUG
CAGE
SEAT RING
(1)
Min
Standard Plug and Cage
291
SA105, F22 and F91
CL150-CL2500
S41600
CB7Cu-1 H1075
S41600
-29
S31600 with
292A
F22 and F91 CL150-CL600 CoCr-A seat
R30006
R30006
427
and guide
292B
S31600 with
F22
CL900-CL2500 CoCr-A seat F22/Nitrided S31600/CoCr-A
427
and guide
F91 with
F91 with
292C
F91 only
CL900-CL2500 CoCr-A Seat F91/Nitrided and guide
CoCr-A
427
Standard Cage, Anti-Cav Micro-Flat Plug
SA105, F22 and
293
F91
CL150-CL2500 S44004 17-4 PH H1075 S44004
-29
294A
410 SST with
F22
CL150-CL2500 R30016 tip
F22/Nitride
R30006
427
294B
F91 only
CL150-CL2500
410 SST with R30016 tip
F91/Nitride
R30006
427
Cavitrol III Cage, Standard Plug
295B(2)
SA105, F22 and F91
CL150-CL600
420SST
17-4 H1075 17-4 H900
-29
295A
SA105, F22 and F91
CL900-CL2500
S44004
17-4 H1075
S44004
-29
296 295A
SA105, F22 and
410 / CoCr-A
F91
CL150-CL2500 Seat & Guide 422/Nitrided 410 / CoCr-A
427
Cavitrol III Cage, Micro-Flat Plug(2)
SA105, F22 and
F91
CL150-CL2500 S44004
17-4 H1075
S44004
-29
297
F22 and F91
CL150-CL2500
410 SST with R30016 tip
422/Nitrided
R30006
427
1. Pressure class at the inlet to the water control valve. 2. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for these trim options.
STEAM DESIGN TEMPERATURE RANGE
_C
_F
Max
Min
Max
427
-20
800
593
800
1100
593
800
1100
593
800
1100
427
-20
800
593
800
1100
593
800
1100
427
-20
800
343
-20
650
593
650
1100
343
-20
650
593
650
1100
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.2:DFA August 2018
DFA Desuperheater
D103619X012
Principle of Operation
For the most efficient use of heat energy from steam, it is necessary to reduce the temperature of steam to near the saturation temperature. With steam that is at or near the saturation temperature, it is possible to recover the large amount of energy that was put into the steam when it was heated from water to steam. Desuperheating, or attemperation as it is sometimes called, is most often used to:
·Improve thermal efficiency of heat transfer processes by using steam near saturation.
·Control unintentional superheat from pressure reduction of the steam.
·Protect downstream equipment and piping from elevated temperatures and pressure.
DFA desuperheaters produce a spray of cooling water in a steam line (figure 2). The spraywater cools the steam to near the saturation temperature or to a custom setpoint. The rate of cooling is dependent on spraywater droplet size, distribution, flow turbulence of the steam, and velocity. The temperature is controlled by varying the amount of spraywater flow.
The desuperheater utilizes the proven, spring-loaded AF nozzle to provide a uniform hollow cone spray pattern over a wide range of flow conditions. The water is injected through holes drilled at a compound angle to induce spin as the AF nozzle plug is opened with increasing water pressure.
Figure 1. Fisher DFA Desuperheater
The design of the AF nozzle is such that water flows only after sufficient backpressure is available to provide a good spray pattern. The full opening of the AF nozzle is limited by a travel stop to keep the spring within its proper working range and to maintain the water film thickness at the necessary thickness for proper atomization. In operation, spraywater is supplied to a connection on the desuperheater. The body, trim, insertion length, and face-to-face can be custom engineered for specific needs. This offers convenient replacement of common products on the market today without the need for piping modifications.
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DFA Desuperheater
D103619X012
Product Bulletin
85.2:DFA August 2018
Figure 2. Typical DFA Installation
SPRAYWATER
DFA DESUPERHEATER WITH ACTUATOR
STEAM FLOW DIRECTION
Figure 3. DFA Orientation Options
STEAM PIPE
VALVE BODY
STEAM FLOW DIRECTION
ORIENTATION B
WATER FLANGE
ORIENTATION A (STANDARD)
WATER FLANGE ORIENTATION C
ORIENTATION D
WATER FLANGE
(TOP VIEW)
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.2:DFA August 2018
DFA Desuperheater
D103619X012
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify the following information. Items 1 through 6 are required for desuperheater sizing.
1. Maximum, normal, and minimum steam flow rate.
2. Steam pressure and temperature at the inlet and outlet.
3. Spraywater pressure and temperature.
4. Design conditions, if different from operating conditions.
5. Steam line size.
6. Desuperheater steam connection size, type, and rating.
7. Spraywater connection size from table 2.
8. Face-to-face dimension (if replacing existing unit).
9. Water flange orientation (see figure 3).
Figure 4. Fisher DFA Desuperheater Dimensions (also see tables 5 and 6)
F
MOUNTING FLANGE (SAME SIZE & PRESSURE CLASS AS BODY FLANGE)
E
NOZZLE APPLICATION
T B
FLOW
D
DIRECTION
AVAILABLE NOZZLE CONFIGURATIONS
FLOW DIRECTION
Table 5. Fisher DFA Desuperheater Dimensions
DESUPERHEATER BODY FLANGE(1)
E
F
INLET CENTERLINE TO OUTLET FLANGE FACE(2) INLET FLANGE FACE TO OUTLET CENTERLINE(2)
Size, NPS
Pressure Rating
mm
Inches
mm
Inches
CL150-1500
152
6
229
9
3 and 4
CL2500
178
7
241
9.5
1. The NPS 4 DFA requires a 4.00 inch minimum mounting I.D. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for NPS 3 DFA minimum mounting I.D. 2. For different centerline to flange face distances Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DFA Desuperheater
D103619X012
Product Bulletin
85.2:DFA August 2018
Table 6. Fisher DFA Desuperheater Installation Dimensions
DESUPERHEATER BODY FLANGE SIZE,
NPS
("D" DIMENSION) PIPE LINE
Size, NPS
("B" DIMENSION) INSERTION LENGTH
mm
Inch
8
330
13.00
10
362
14.25
12
387
15.25
14
400
15.75
16
3 and 4
18
425
16.75
445
17.50
20
451
17.75
22
451
17.75
24, 26, 28
451
17.75
30 or larger
448
17.63
Table 7. Fisher DFA Desuperheater Minimum Mounting I.D.
MINIMUM BODY FLANGE
NOZZLE MODEL
3
DFA- A,B,C
3
DFA- D, E
4
DFA- A through H
("T" DIMENSION) T-HEIGHT
mm
Inch
222
8.75
222
8.75
222
8.75
222
8.75
222
8.75
216
8.50
222
8.75
222
8.75
222
8.75
219
8.63
MINIMUM MOUNTING I.D. 2.624 2.9 4
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.2:DFA August 2018
DFA Desuperheater
D103619X012
Table 8. Typical Valve Flow Coefficients(1) - Flow Down (without Liner)
WATER CLASS
VALVE TRIM SIZE, NPS
TRIM TYPE
CHARACTERISTIC
(2,3)
PORT
mm
inch
Equal Percentage
33.3
Standard
Linear
33.3
1.3125 1.3125
6.3
0.25
1, 1 1/2
9.5
0.375
M-Flat
Linear
12.7
0.5
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
CL150-600
33.3
Equal Percentage
47.6
Standard
33.3
Linear
47.6
1.3125 1.875 1.3125 1.875
6.3
0.25
2
9.5
0.375
12.7
0.5
M-Flat
Linear
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
25.4
1
28.6
1.125
Modified Equal
Standard
Percentage
19.1
0.75
Equal Percentage
19.1
0.75
1, 1 1/2
Cavitrol III 2-Stage
Linear
22.2
0.875
9.5
0.375
Micro-Flat
Linear
12.7
0.5
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
CL900-1500
Modified Equal
25.4
1
Percentage
31.8
1.25
Standard
38.1
1.5
19.1
0.75
25.4
1
Equal Percentage
2
31.8
1.25
38.1
1.5
Cavitrol III 2-Stage
Linear
44.4
1.75
Cavitrol III
3-Stage
Linear
25.4
1
Micro-Flat
Linear
25.4
1
-continued-
TRAVEL
mm
inch
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
28.6
1.125
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
28.6
1.125
28.6
1.125
19.1
0.75
38.1
1.5
19.1
0.75
28.6
1.125
38.1
1.5
19.1
0.75
28.6
1.125
50.8
2
50.8
2
28.6
1.125
MAXIMUM CV
19 22.3 0.292 0.873 1.76 3.38 4.46 26.8 47.2 37.6 52.5 0.292 0.873 1.76 3.38 4.46 7.81 10.49
10.7
5.58
7.39
0.961 1.71 2.92 10.7 21 31 48 5.58 9.5 13 35
14
6.73
7.61
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
DFA Desuperheater
D103619X012
Product Bulletin
85.2:DFA August 2018
Table 8. Typical Valve Flow Coefficients(1) - Flow Down (without Liner) (continued)
WATER CLASS
VALVE TRIM SIZE, NPS
TRIM TYPE
CHARACTERISTIC
(2,3)
PORT
mm
inch
TRAVEL
mm
inch
Modified Equal
Standard
Percentage
19.1
0.75
28.6
1.125
Equal Percentage
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
Cavitrol III
1, 1 1/2
2-Stage
Linear
22.2
0.875
38.1
1.5
9.5
0.375
Micro-Flat
Linear
12.7
0.5
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
19.1
0.75
CL2500
Modified Equal
25.4
1
28.6
1.125
Percentage
31.8
1.25
Standard
38.1
1.5
38.1
1.5
19.1
0.75
25.4
1
19.1
0.75
Equal Percentage
2
31.8
1.25
38.1
1.5
28.6
1.125
Cavitrol III
2-Stage
Linear
44.4
1.75
50.8
2
Cavitrol III
3-Stage
Linear
25.4
1
50.8
2
Micro-Flat
Linear
25.4
1
28.6
1.125
1. See Catalog 12 for a complete listing of flow coefficients. 2. Characteristic is equal percentage through 75% of travel. 3. Micro-Flat Anti-Cavitation trims use a shutoff port diameter which is 0.125 inch larger than the flowing port diameter.
Use the shutoff port diameter for actuator sizing
MAXIMUM CV
9.73
5.38
6.91
0.961 1.71 2.92 10.7 21 31 36.8 5.58 9.5 13 31.5
14
6.73
7.61
Table 9. Fisher DFA Weights(1)
OUTLET CONNECTION
INLET CONNECTION
1
3
1-1/2
2
1
4
1-1/2
2
1. Desuperheater section weighs about 11.4 kg (25 lbs).
CLASS
600 1500 2500 600 1500 2500 600 1500 2500 600 1500 2500 600 1500 2500 600 1500 2500
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT
kg
lbs
128
283
183
403
253
558
137
301
193
426
273
602
138
304
206
454
287
633
179
394
224
494
312
688
191
420
237
522
337
743
193
425
253
558
354
781
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.2:DFA August 2018
DFA Desuperheater
D103619X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Fisher, Cavitrol, ENVIRO-SEAL, and easy-e are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E122013, 2018 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Desuperheaters
D101443X012
Product Bulletin
85.2:DMA September 2017
FisherTM DMA, DMA-AF, DMA-AF-HTC, DSA, and DVI Desuperheaters
Fisher DMA, DMA-AF, DMA-AF-HTC, DSA, and DVI desuperheaters can be used in many applications to efficiently reduce the temperature of superheated steam to the desired set point. Available variations are mechanically atomized (both fixed geometry and variable geometry) and steam assisted. Desuperheaters are available for installation in steam lines from DN25 through DN1500 (NPS 1 through 60) in diameter and are capable of maintaining steam temperatures to within 6_C (10_F) of saturation temperatures.
W6298
DMA-AF
W9320
DMA
Available Insertion Style Desuperheaters
nDMA--A simple mechanically atomized desuperheater with single or multiple, fixed-geometry spray nozzles is intended for applications with nearly constant load. The DMA is installed through a flanged connection on the side of a DN150 (NPS 6) or larger pipeline. Maximum unit Cv is 3.8.
nDMA-AF--A variable-geometry, mechanically atomized, back-pressure-activated desuperheater with one, two, or three spray nozzles is designed for applications requiring control over moderate load fluctuations. The DMA-AF desuperheater (figure 1) is installed through a flanged connection on the side of a DN200 (NPS 8) or larger pipeline. Maximum unit Cv is 15.0.
X0260
DMA-AF-HTC
W6299
DSA
W6297
DVI
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.2:DMA September 2017
Desuperheaters
D101443X012
nDMA-AF-HTC-- The DMA-AF-HTC is functionally equivalent to the DMA-AF, however it is structurally suited for severe applications. The most common applications include boiler interstage attemperation, where the desuperheater is exposed to high thermal cycling and stress, high steam velocities and flow induced vibration. In addition to this specific application, the DMA-AF-HTC is suitable for other severe desuperheating application environments. The DMA-AF-HTC uses a construction optimized to move weld joints away from high stress regions.
The desuperheater design incorporates an integral thermal liner inside the desuperheater body pipe. This minimizes the potential for thermal shock when cool water is introduced to the unit that is already heated to the operating steam temperature.
The nozzle mount for the DMA-AF-HTC is engineered to minimize the potential for excitation due to vortex shedding and flow induced vibration. The DMA-AF-HTC desuperheater (figure 3) is installed through a flanged connection on a DN200 (NPS 8) or larger pipeline. Maximum unit Cv is 15.0.
nDSA--The DSA desuperheater uses high-pressure steam for rapid and complete atomization of spraywater in low-velocity steam lines. This desuperheater (figure 2) is installed through a flanged connection on a DN200 (NPS 8) or larger pipeline. This desuperheater is intended for applications requiring high rangeability. Maximum unit Cv is 9.97.
Available Ring Style Desuperheaters
nDVI--This desuperheater injects spraywater in the outlet of the venturi section, assuring excellent mixing and rapid atomization. The DVI desuperheater (figure 4) is easily installed between flanges in DN25 through DN600 (NPS 1 through 24) steam lines. There are no moving parts, and the water injection pattern provides rapid and thorough cooling. It is intended for applications with moderate load changes and low-velocity steam. Maximum unit Cv is 9.48.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Desuperheaters
D101443X012
Product Bulletin
85.2:DMA September 2017
Specifications
Available Types J DMA, J DMA-AF, J DMA-AF-HTC, J DSA, and J DVI (see the Available Desuperheater Types section for descriptions)
Connections See table 1
Maximum Pressure Rating(1) Consistent with applicable pressure-temperature ratings (as shown in table 1) per ASME B16.34
of atomizing steam will be 10% of maximum spraywater flow
Maximum Unit CV (for Spraywater Flow) DMA: 3.8 DMA-AF: 15.0 DMA-AF-HTC: 15.0 DSA: 9.97 DVI: 9.48
Construction Materials
Inherent Rangeability Up to 50:1. The ratio of maximum to minimum controllable Cv is dependent upon the available water pressure differential
Spray Water Pressure Required(2) 3.5 to 35 bar (50 to 500 psi) greater than steam line pressure
Atomizing Steam (Design DSA) Atomizing steam should be at least 2.0 times the pressure of the steam to be desuperheated. Amount
Desuperheater Body (all designs except DMA-AF-HTC): J Carbon steel, J Chrome-moly alloy steel (F22, F91), or J 300 series stainless steel Desuperheater Body (DMA-AF-HTC): J Chrome-moly alloy steel (F22, F91), or J Carbon Steel (SA105) Note: NPS 3 will have body-matched cast equivalent material for nozzle mount Nozzle Material DMA: J 303 or J 316 DMA-AF, DMA-AF-HTC, and DSA: J 410 stainless steel DVI: J 303 or J 316 stainless steel or J F22 venturi with drilled hole
1. Do not exceed the pressure or temperature limits in this bulletin, nor any applicable code or standard limitations. 2. A function of required turndown and equipment selection.
Table 1. Connection Sizes
STEAM LINE CONNECTION
SPRAYWATER CONNECTION
ATOMIZING STEAM CONNECTION
DESIGN
STEAM LINE SIZE, NPS
Size, NPS
ASME Pressure
Rating Raised-Face
Flange(1)
Size, NPS
ASME Pressure
Rating Raised-Face
Flange(1)
Size, NPS
ASME Pressure
Rating Raised-Face
Flange(1)
DMA
6- 60
3, 4, or 6
1, 1-1/2, or 2
N/A
N/A
DMA-AF
8-60
3(2), 4, or 6
CL150 - 1500
1, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, or 3
CL150 - 1500
N/A
N/A
CL150, 300,
DMA-AF-HTC
8-60
3 or 4
600, 900, 1500, 1-1/2(3), or 2
CL150 - 2500
N/A
N/A
or 2500
CL150, 300,
CL150, 300,
DSA
8-60
3(2), 4, or 6
600, 900, or
1, 1-1/2, or 2
CL150 - 2500
1, 1-1/2, or 2
600, 900, or
1500
1500
DVI
1-24
1-24
CL150 - 2500 1/2, 3/4, 1, or 2 CL150 - 2500
N/A
N/A
1. Other standard flanges and connections are also available.
2. Consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for acceptability of NPS 3 mounting connection for size and pressure class specified. 3. DN 40 (NSP 1-1/2) spraywater connection is only available for CL150 - 900.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.2:DMA September 2017
Desuperheaters
D101443X012
Principle of Operation
For the most efficient use of heat energy from steam, it is necessary to reduce the temperature of steam to near the saturation temperature. With steam that is at or near the saturation temperature, it is possible to recover the large amount of energy that was put into the steam when it was heated from water to steam. Desuperheating, or attemperation as it is sometimes called, is most often used to ·improve thermal efficiency of heat transfer processes by using steam near saturation, · control unintentional superheat from pressure reduction of the steam, and · protect downstream equipment and piping from elevated temperatures and pressure.
The DMA, DMA-AF, DMA-AF-HTC, DSA, and DVI desuperheaters produce a spray of cooling water in a steam line (figure 5). The spraywater cools the steam to near the saturation temperature or to a custom setpoint. The rate of cooling is dependent on spraywater droplet size, distribution, and velocity. The
temperature is controlled by varying the amount of spraywater flow.
In operation, spraywater is supplied to a connection on the desuperheater. A signal from a downstream controller positions an actuator or valve to control the amount of spraywater flow for cooling. The spraywater control valve is a separate valve in the spraywater line.
In the DSA desuperheater, high pressure steam is mixed with the spraywater to produce a critical or near-critical pressure drop in the atomizing steam for a very high velocity. The high velocity disperses the spraywater into very small particles for rapid cooling.
In the DVI desuperheater, spraywater enters the desuperheater water tube. It continues into the distribution chamber and is forced into the injection orifices. Steam enters the desuperheating venturi and is accelerated to maximize the velocity at the point of water injection. The high steam velocity and turbulent steam flow improves mixing of water and steam, increasing rangeability.
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Desuperheaters
D101443X012
Product Bulletin
85.2:DMA September 2017
Figure 1. Fisher DMA-AF Desuperheater
Figure 3. Fisher DMA-AF-HTC Desuperheater
W6310-1
Figure 2. Fisher DSA Desuperheater
W6311-2
W8908-1
Figure 4. Fisher DVI Desuperheater
W6313-1
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.2:DMA September 2017
Desuperheaters
D101443X012
Figure 5. Typical Installation
FISHER 667-EZ ATOMIZING STEAM ISOLATION VALVE
ATOMIZING STEAM
FISHER 667-EZ SPRAYWATER CONTROL VALVE
SPRAYWATER
FISHER DSA DESUPERHEATER STEAMFLOW
DSA DESUPERHEATER
FISHER SPRAYWATER CONTROL VALVE
TC
SPRAYWATER
FISHER DMA DESUPERHEATER
STEAMFLOW
B2317
DMA, DMA-AF, OR DMA-AF-HTC DESUPERHEATER
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Desuperheaters
D101443X012
Product Bulletin
85.2:DMA September 2017
Figure 6. Selection Flow Chart
REQUIRED TURNDOWN
GREATER THAN
YES 5:1
NO
REQUIRED
PIPELINE SIZE
TURNDOWN
GREATER THAN
GREATER THAN
NPS 6
25:1
NO
YES
YES
NO
REQUIRED
TURNDOWN
GREATER THAN
NO
20:1
YES
PIPELINE SIZE GREATER THAN NPS 6
NO
YES
STEAM
PIPELINE SIZE
ATOMIZING
PRESSURE
GREATER THAN
STEAM
REDUCTION REQUIRED
NPS 6 NO
AVAILABLE YES
NO
NO
YES
PRV w/
TBX-T
DVI
OR
TBX
DSA
TBX-T
DMA-AF
DVI
DMA
OR
OR
DVI (NPS 6 - 24)
DVI [NPS 6 - 24]
OR
OR
A6619
TBX-T
TBX-T
Ordering Information
Use the flow chart in figure 6 to select the appropriate desuperheater for your requirements. Dimensions are shown in figures 7, 8, 9, and 10.
When ordering, specify the following information. Items 1 through 6 are required for desuperheater sizing.
1. Maximum, normal, and minimum steam flow rate.
2. Steam pressure and temperature at the inlet and outlet.
3. Spraywater pressure and temperature.
4. Atomizing steam pressure and temperature (DSA desuperheater only).
5. Design conditions, if different from operating conditions.
6. Steam line size.
7. Desuperheater steam connection size, type, and rating.
8. Spraywater connection size from table 1.
9. Atomizing steam connection size from table 1 (DSA desuperheater only).
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.2:DMA September 2017
Desuperheaters
D101443X012
Figure 7. Fisher DMA and DMA-AF Dimensions (also see table 2)
ASME RF FLANGE (WATER)
203 (8.0)
ASME RF FLANGE
A
T
D
A5094-1
FLOW
mm (INCH)
Table 3. Fisher DMA-AF Minimum Mounting I.D.
NOZZLE MODEL
VALVE BODY PIPE Size, NPS
MINIMUM BODY FLANGE
Size, NPS
DMA - M Spray Nozzle
DMA -A through DMA - U
Spray Nozzle
1
3
DMA-AF-A,B,C
DMA-AF-D,E
DMA-AF-A,B,C,D
DMA-AF-E
DMA-AF-F
4
1-1/2
DMA-AF-G
DMA-AF-H
DMA-AF-J
6
Table 2. Fisher DMA and DMA-AF Face-to-Face Dimensions
DIMENSION
A
mm
Inches
360
14.19
D (Nominal Pipe Size),
NPS
6(1) 8 10
T
mm
Inches
273
10.75
248
9.75
216
8.50
12
448
17.63
14 16
18
279
11.00
267
10.50
241
9.50
216
8.50
20
524
20.63
22 24
>24
267
10.50
241
9.50
216
8.50
216
8.50
1. DMA only. Note: For NPS 6 and 8 (DMA-AF only) mounting flange, add 69.6 mm (2.75 inches) to the A and T dimensions. For CL2500 mounting, consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner. Refer to the certified drawing to verify the inside-diameter requirements of mounting for DMA-AF.
WATER FLANGE Size, NPS
1, 1-1/2, or 2 1
1, 1-1/2, or 2 1, 1-1/2, or 2
MINIMUM MOUNTING I.D.
mm 73.66
Inches 2.9
58.42
2.3
66.65 73.66 77.98 80.06 87.33 92.05 97.18 129.5
2.624 2.9 3.07
3.152 3.438 3.624 3.826
5.1
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Desuperheaters
D101443X012
Product Bulletin
85.2:DMA September 2017
Figure 8. Fisher DSA Dimensions (also see table 4)
254 (10.00)
ASME RF FLANGE (WATER)
508 (20.00)
ASME RF FLANGE (STEAM)
152 (6.00)
ASME RF FLANGE
T
A D
A5095-2
FLOW
FLOW
mm (INCH)
Table 4. Fisher DSA Dimensions
DIMENSION
A
mm
Inches
D (Nominal Pipe Size), NPS
T
mm
Inches
360
14.19
8 10
248
9.75
216
8.50
12
448
17.63
14 16
18
279
11.00
267
10.50
241
9.50
216
8.50
20
524
20.63
22 24
>24
267
10.50
241
9.50
216
8.50
216
8.50
Note: For NPS 6 mounting flange, add 69.6 mm (2.75 inches) to the A and T dimensions. For CL2500 mounting, consult your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner.
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.2:DMA September 2017
Desuperheaters
D101443X012
Figure 9. Fisher DVI Dimensions (also see table 5)
E
C $3.12 ($0.125)
ASME RAISED-FACE FLANGE (WATER)
ASME RAISED-FACE FLANGE
B
A
250 RMS
SERRATED SURFACE
D
FLOW DIRECTION INSTALLATION CONFIGURATION
A5093-1
(2 GASKETS REQUIRED)
mm (INCH)
Table 5. Fisher DVI Dimensions
C--WATER CONNECTION TO MATING FLANGE
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE,
A
B
PRESSURE RATING
D
E
NPS
CL150
CL300
CL600
CL900
CL1500
mm
1
76
51
254
254
254
254
254
83
38
1-1/2
76
73
254
254
254
254
254
83
38
2
76
92
254
254
254
254
254
83
38
2-1/2
76
105
254
254
254
254
254
83
38
3
76
127
254
254
254
254
254
83
38
4
76
157
254
254
254
254
254
83
38
6
76
216
254
254
254
406
406
83
38
8
102
270
254
406
406
406
406
108
51
10
102
324
406
406
406
406
406
108
51
12
152
381
406
406
406
406
508
159
76
14
152
413
406
406
406
508
508
159
76
16
152
470
406
406
508
508
508
159
76
18
203
533
406
508
508
508
559
210
102
20
203
584
508
508
508
559
660
210
102
24
203
692
508
559
559
660
711
210
102
1
3
1-1/2
3
2
3
2-1/2
3
3
3
2.00
10
2.88
10
3.63
10
4.13
10
5.00
10
Inches
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
3.25
1.50
10
3.25
1.50
10
3.25
1.50
10
3.25
1.50
10
3.25
1.50
4
3
6.19
10
10
10
10
10
3.25
1.50
6
3
8.50
10
10
10
16
16
3.25
1.50
8
4
10.63
10
16
16
16
16
4.25
2.00
10
4
12.75
16
16
16
16
16
4.25
2.00
12
6
15.00
16
16
16
16
20
6.25
3.00
14
6
16.25
16
16
16
20
20
6.25
3.00
16
6
18.50
16
16
20
20
20
6.25
3.00
18
8
21.00
16
20
20
20
22
8.25
4.00
20
8
23.00
20
20
20
22
26
8.25
4.00
24
8
27.25
20
22
22
26
28
8.25
4.00
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Desuperheaters
D101443X012
Product Bulletin
85.2:DMA September 2017
Figure 10. Fisher DMA-AF-HTC Dimensions (also see tables 6 and 7)
MOUNTING FLANGE (SAME SIZE & PRESSURE RATING AS BODY FLANGE)
E
NOZZLE APPLICATION
T B
GA32864-C
AVAILABLE NOZZLE CONFIGURATIONS
FLOW
D DIRECTION
FLOW DIRECTION
Table 6. Fisher DMA-AF-HTC Dimensions
WATER FLANGE
DESUPERHEATER BODY FLANGE(1)
DIMENSION
Size, NPS
Pressure Rating
Size, NPS
Pressure Rating
E (Standard)
mm
Inches
CL150
3 or 4
CL150
203
8
CL300
3 or 4
CL300
203
8
1-1/2
CL600
3 or 4
CL600
203
8
CL900
3 or 4
CL900
203
8
CL150
3 or 4
CL150
203
8
CL300
3 or 4
CL300
203
8
CL600
3 or 4
CL600
203
8
2
CL900
3 or 4
CL900
254
10
CL1500
3 or 4
CL1500
254
10
CL2500
3 or 4
CL2500
292
11.5
1. The NPS 4 DMA-AF-HTC requires a 4.00 inch minimum mounting I.D. Contact your Emerson sales office or Local Business Partner for NPS 3 DMA-AF-HTC minimum mounting I.D.
Table 7. Fisher DMA-AF-HTC Installation Dimensions
DIMENSION
D (Nominal Pipe Size)
mm
NPS
Desuperheater Body Flange Size,
NPS
B (Insertion Length)
mm
Inches
200
8
3 or 4
356
14.00
250
10
3 or 4
356
14.00
300
12
3 or 4
444
17.50
350
14
3 or 4
444
17.50
400
16
3 or 4
444
17.50
450
18
3 or 4
444
17.50
500
20
3 or 4
444
17.50
550
22
3 or 4
444
17.50
600-900
24-36
3 or 4
444
17.50
T (Height)
mm
Inches
248
9.75
216
8.5
279
11.0
267
10.5
241
9.5
216
8.5
216
8.5
216
8.5
216
8.5
11
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.2:DMA September 2017
Desuperheaters
D101443X012
Table 8. Fisher DMA-AF-HTC Minimum Mounting I.D.
MINIMUM BODY FLANGE
NOZZLE MODEL
3
DMA-AF-A,B,C
3
DMA-AF-D,E
4
DMA-AF-A through H
WATER FLANGE 1-1/2 to 2 1-1/2 to 2 1-1/2 to 2
MINIMUM MOUNTING I.D. 2.624 2.9 4
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E121989, 2017 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
TBX-T Desuperheater
D103795X012
Product Bulletin
85.2:TBX-T February 2020
FisherTM TBX-T Desuperheater
The Fisher TBX-T desuperheater can be used in many applications to efficiently reduce the temperature of superheated steam to the desired set point. The TBX-T desuperheater is available for installation in steam lines from DN200 through DN1500 (NPS 8 through 60) in diameter and are capable of maintaining steam temperatures to within 6_C (10_F) of saturation temperatures.
Water atomization and vaporization are key elements in any steam conditioning application. The TBX-T design incorporates a spraywater manifold of variable geometry AF nozzles that produce an optimized spray pattern over a wide operating range. These nozzles are strategically placed to achieve optimal mixing and quick vaporization at all flowing conditions (see figure 4). Years of research in spray atomization and vaporization were key to optimizing the water injection system. Extensive use of CFD analysis, in addition to field performance feedback, was used to validate spray system enhancements.
Features
nPrecise Spraywater Injection-- CFD designed spray manifold determines water injection point and insertion depth to maximize mixing and quick vaporization.
nThermal Liner in Body-- The TBX-T has the option of including an integral thermal liner inside the steam pipe. This construction is most commonly used in boiler interstage attemperation applications, where the desuperheater is exposed to high thermal cycling and stress, high steam velocities , and flow-induced vibration. The liner minimizes the potential for thermal shock when cool water is introduced to the unit that is already heated to the operating steam temperature.
X0162-1
nTBX-T--The TBX-T desuperheater incorporates a spraywater manifold of variable geometry Type AF nozzles that produce an optimized spray pattern over a wide operating range. These nozzles are strategically placed to achieve optimal mixing and quick vaporization at all flowing conditions (see figure 3).
The TBX-T desuperheater can be configured with a pressure reducing valve (PRV) immediately upstream, with an integral diffuser, or as a standalone device.
The TBX-T (figure 1) is normally used when an application requires a separation of the pressure reduction and desuperheating functions. The TBX-T is equipped with a water supply manifold which includes a spraywater connection (NPS 1 to 4). The manifold provides cooling water flow to a number of individual spray nozzles installed in the pipe wall of the outlet section. The result is a fine spray injected radially into the high turbulence of the axial steam flow. The combination of large surface area contact of the water and high turbulence in the steam make for very efficient mixing and rapid vaporization.
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.2:TBX-T February 2020
TBX-T Desuperheater
D103795X012
Table 1. Specifications
Connections
Spraywater Pressure Required(2)
Steam Line: NPS 8 to 60(3); CL150 to CL2500(4); BWE,
RF, and RTJ Spraywater: NPS 1 to NPS 4(3), CL150 to CL2500(4),
RF, RTJ, BWE, and SWE
3.5 to 35 bar (50 to 500 psi) greater than steam line pressure
Maximum Unit CV (for Spraywater Flow) Contact your Emerson sales office
Maximum Pressure Rating(1)(4) Consistent with applicable pressure-temperature ratings per ASME B16.34
Inherent Rangeability
Up to 50:1. The ratio of maximum to minimum controllable Cv is dependent upon the available water pressure differential
Construction Materials
Steam Pipe: J SA105 carbon steel, J SA182 Grade F22 (2-1/4 Cr-1 Mo) J SA182 Grade F91 (9 Cr-1 Mo-V) J SA182 Grade F92 (9 Cr-2 W-V) Nozzles: J S41000 stainless steel J N07718 Gaskets: J N06600/Graphite Bolting: J SA193 Grade B7, J SA193 Grade B16, J N07718
1. Do not exceed the pressure or temperature limits in this bulletin, nor any applicable code or standard limitations. 2. A function of required turndown and equipment selection. 3. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional options. 4. Intermediate rating above CL2500 available upon request. PN ratings also available per pressure requirements of EN1092-1. Consult your Emerson sales office for additional information.
Figure 1. Fisher TBX-T Cooler
Figure 2. Fisher TBX-T Desuperheater with Optional Liner
W8786-1
Principle of Operation
For the most efficient use of heat energy from steam, it is necessary to reduce the temperature of steam to near the saturation temperature. With steam that is at or near the saturation temperature, it is possible to recover the large amount of energy that was put into the steam when it was heated from water to steam. Desuperheating, or attemperation as it is sometimes called, is most often used to ·improve thermal efficiency of heat transfer processes by using steam near saturation, · control unintentional superheat from pressure reduction of the steam, and · protect
2
X0162
downstream equipment and piping from elevated temperatures and pressure.
In the TBX-T desuperheater, spraywater is supplied to the manifold and distributed to the nozzles. These nozzles are strategically placed to achieve optimal mixing and quick vaporization at all flowing conditions. The TBX-T desuperheater can be configured with a pressure reducing valve (PRV) immediately upstream, with an integral diffuser, or as a standalone device. Dimensions are dependent of the design requirements. Consult your Emerson sales office with service conditions to obtain dimensions.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
TBX-T Desuperheater
D103795X012
Product Bulletin
85.2:TBX-T February 2020
Figure 3. Fisher TBX-T Desuperheater
Ordering Information
Use the flow chart in figure 5 to select the appropriate desuperheater for your requirements.
When ordering, specify the following information. Items 1 through 5 are required for desuperheater sizing.
W8494-1
1. Maximum, normal, and minimum steam flow rate.
W8786-1
Figure 4. Detail of Spray Nozzle
2. Steam pressure and temperature at the inlet and outlet.
3. Spraywater pressure and temperature.
4. Design conditions, if different from operating conditions.
5. Steam line size.
6. Desuperheater steam connection size, type, and rating.
X0944
7. Spraywater connection size from table 1.
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.2:TBX-T February 2020
TBX-T Desuperheater
D103795X012
Figure 5. Selection Flow Chart
REQUIRED TURNDOWN
GREATER THAN
YES 5:1
NO
REQUIRED
PIPELINE SIZE
TURNDOWN
GREATER THAN
GREATER THAN
NPS 6
25:1
NO
YES
YES
NO
REQUIRED
TURNDOWN
GREATER THAN
NO
20:1
YES
STEAM PRESSURE REDUCTION REQUIRED
PIPELINE SIZE
GREATER THAN
NPS 6
NO
YES
NO
ATOMIZING STEAM AVAILABLE
YES
PRV w/
TBX-T
DVI
DSA
OR
TBX
NO TBX-T
A6619
DMA/AF OR
DVI (NPS 6 - 24)
OR TBX-T
PIPELINE SIZE GREATER THAN NPS 6
NO
YES
DVI
DMA
OR
DVI [NPS 6 - 24]
OR
TBX-T
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 2013, 2020 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Yarway AT-18/28 D104418X012
Product Bulletin
85.3:18/28 August 2019
Bulletin for YarwayTM AT-18/28 Heavy Duty A.T.-Temp Desuperheater
This bulletin was prepared by Emerson.
Do not install, operate or maintain this product without being fully trained and qualified in valve, actuator and accessory installation, operation and maintenance.
To avoid personal injury or property damage it is important to carefully read, understand, and follow all of the contents of this manual, including all safety cautions and warnings.
If you have any questions about these instructions, contact your Emerson sales office before proceeding.
Installation
WARNING
Always wear protective gloves, clothing, and eyewear when performing any installation operations. Check with your process or safety engineer for any other hazards that may be present from exposure to process media. Personal injury or equipment damage caused by sudden release of pressure may result if the desuperheater is installed where service conditions could exceed the limits given on the product nameplate. To avoid such injury or damage, provide a relief valve for over-pressure protection as required by government or accepted industry codes and good engineering practices.
CAUTION
When ordered, the desuperheater configuration and construction materials were specified to meet particular pressure, temperature, pressure drop, and fluid conditions. Do not apply any other conditions to the desuperheater without first contacting your local Emerson sales office .
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.3:18/28 August 2019
Yarway AT-18/28 D104418X012
Maintenance
WARNING
Avoid personal injury or property damage from sudden release of process pressure or bursting of parts. Before performing any maintenance operations: DDo not remove the actuator from the valve while the valve is still pressurized. DAlways wear protective gloves, clothing, and eyewear when performing any maintenance operations. DDisconnect any operating lines providing air pressure, electric power, or a control signal to the actuator. Be sure the
actuator cannot suddenly open or close the valve. DUse bypass valves or completely shut off the process to isolate the valve from process pressure. Relieve process pressure
from both sides of the valve. Drain the process media from both sides of the valve. DSafely vent the power actuator loading pressure. DUse lock-out procedures to be sure the above measures stay in effect with you work on the equipment. DThe valve packing box may contain process fluids that are pressurized, even with the valve has been removed from the
pipeline. Process fluids may spray out under pressure when removing the packing hardware or packing rings. DCheck with your process or safety engineer for any other hazards that may be present from exposure to process media.
CAUTION
When adjusting the travel stop for the closed position of the valve ball or disk, refer to the appropriate valve instruction manual for detailed procedures. Undertravel or overtravel at the closed position may result in poor valve performance and/or damage to the equipment .
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Yarway is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E2 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YARWAY MODEL 18 AND 28
HEAVY DUTY HEAVY DUTY A.T.-TEMP DESUPERHEATER
FEATURES
·Forged construction ·High quality stuffing box
·Variable nozzle type ·Wide range of Cv (Kv) capacities available ·Special nozzle combinations available ·Semi balanced internals for economic actuator selection ·Pressure ratings
- ASME B16.34 class 900 to 2500 - EN 1092 PN 160 to 400 ·Materials - ASTM SA 182 F22 or 1.7383 - ASTM SA 182 F347H or 1.4550 - ASTM SA 182 F91 or 1.4903 - Other materials upon request
General application
Desuperheaters are used for temperature control of:
·Cooling of process steam or gas ·Boiler superheater ·Boiler reheater ·Turbine bleed steam ·Pressure reducing valve
Technical data
AT18 AT28
Steam NPS 3 / DN 80 Water NPS 1-1½ -2 / DN 25-40-50 Steam NPS 4 / DN 100
Water NPS 1½-2-3 / DN 40-50-80
www.Emerson.com
© 2019 Emerson. All Rights Reserved.
D104418X012-EN 08/2019
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1
FIGURE 1 Stuffing box
11 1
1 1
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1
1
: · · ·
APPLICATIONS
· · · · · ·
FIGURE
P1
P2
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1
1
B
A
B
MULTIPLE NOZZLE HEADS
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1
1
1
1
11
11 11
1
11 1
1
11 1
11
111 1 11
1
111 1
1
111 1
1
11 111 1
1
11
11
1
11 1111 1
1
1
1
1
1 11 1
1
1 1
1
1 1 11 1
1
11
1
1
11
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Flow capacity limitations are: - Model 18 with a maximum water flow capacity of 25 m3/hr. in continuous service. - Model 28 with a maximum water flow capacity of 50 m3/hr. in continuous service.
HW GW
Definition
Q = S.G. = P =
m3/hr kg/dm3 bar
H1
H2
GST
GST + GW
SIZING FORMULA
Every desuperheating station is a mixing point where there is a heat and mass balance. The universal formula is:
GW = GST ( H1-H2 ) : ( H2-HW )
In which:
GW =
GST = H1 = H2 = HW =
Injection water mass Inlet steam mass Enthalpy of the inlet steam Enthalpy of the outlet steam Enthalpy of the injection water
This formula enables calculation of the quantity of water required to lower the inlet steam temperature to the set - point temperature of the outlet steam.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1
IMPORTANT SYSTEM PARAMETERS
Apart from the spray quality of the atomizer (primary atomization) there are other system parameters which influence the Desuperheater stations performance. These are:
Inlet steam velocity At high steam velocities, water droplets are easily disintegrated. This factor contributes to the overall atomization quality (secondary atomization). The minimum acceptable steam velocity varies as a function of the nozzle size and pipe diameter. In case of doubt, consult Yarway.
Water to steam ratio This ratio is determined by dividing GW by GST. For system steam pressures below 15 bar, this ratio should not exceed 10% for the normal operating conditions. Systems operating between 15 and 25 bar can have a ratio of up to 15%. For higher pressure duties, consult Yarway.
Distance to sensor The distance from the injection point to the temperature sensor should be 12 to 15 meters. Systems operating at pressures above 25 bar can have significantly less run to the sensor, consult Yarway.
Required straight pipe run The distance from injection point to the first pipe bend is also a function of steam pressure, temperature and nozzle size. Experience has shown that in systems up to 25 bar, 4 to 6 meters, is an acceptable distance.
CONTROL SYSTEMS
The injection water quantity is controlled as a function of the outlet steam temperature. The A.T.-Temp Desuperheater actuation is compatible with conventional control systems operated from temperature transmitters, temperature indicating controllers and positioners. Fully pneumatic or fully electric systems are compatible and also combinations of the two. Exact requirements should be specified in the ordering / sizing data paragraph of this brochure.
FIGURE
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1
ACTUATOR STEM FORCES
1 1
1
FIGURE 6
F1
D
d
D bal
F3
F actuator
F2
P water
11
1
1
FIGURE 12 Steam line
Water flange positions
FP9
FP12
FP3
FP6
Steam flow
1 7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1
TABLE 1 - STANDARD MATERIALS
FIGURE
NOTE 1
Certification 1
11
Detail `A'
·
18
·
·
20
·
·
19
·
14 23 16
17 15
12
Detail `B'
·
10
·
9
·
3 Detail `A'
·· ·
Recommended spares
7
5 4
8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1
TABLE 2 - DIMENSIONS (mm)
0
1
00
1
0
1 1
1 1
1
1 1 1
1
FIGURE
Water flange
Table 3
K
·
1
1 1 11
100 1 1 1
600
1 1 1
160 1 1 15
900
1
250 1 1
1500 1
320 1 20
2500
400 20
100 1 1 1
600 11 1
1
160 1 1 15
900 20 20
250 1
1500 20 200 3
320 20 20 3
2500
400 20
30
TABLE 3 - FLANGE CONNECTIONS
600
1
40
11 600
1
40
0
600
1
1
40
1 60
1
40
Steam flange Table 3
·
L M
N
Tack weld P
F E D
C
AB Nozzles
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
1
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Yarway is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners. The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Yarway AT-38/48 D104419X012
Product Bulletin
85.3:38/48 August 2019
Bulletin for YarwayTM AT-38/48 Standard Duty A.T.-Temp Desuperheater
This bulletin was prepared by Emerson.
Do not install, operate or maintain this product without being fully trained and qualified in valve, actuator and accessory installation, operation and maintenance.
To avoid personal injury or property damage it is important to carefully read, understand, and follow all of the contents of this manual, including all safety cautions and warnings.
If you have any questions about these instructions, contact your Emerson sales office before proceeding.
Installation
WARNING
Always wear protective gloves, clothing, and eyewear when performing any installation operations. Check with your process or safety engineer for any other hazards that may be present from exposure to process media. Personal injury or equipment damage caused by sudden release of pressure may result if the desuperheater is installed where service conditions could exceed the limits given on the product nameplate. To avoid such injury or damage, provide a relief valve for over-pressure protection as required by government or accepted industry codes and good engineering practices.
CAUTION
When ordered, the desuperheater configuration and construction materials were specified to meet particular pressure, temperature, pressure drop, and fluid conditions. Do not apply any other conditions to the desuperheater without first contacting your local Emerson sales office .
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
85.3:38/48 August 2019
Yarway AT-38/48 D104419X012
Maintenance
WARNING
Avoid personal injury or property damage from sudden release of process pressure or bursting of parts. Before performing any maintenance operations: DDo not remove the actuator from the valve while the valve is still pressurized. DAlways wear protective gloves, clothing, and eyewear when performing any maintenance operations. DDisconnect any operating lines providing air pressure, electric power, or a control signal to the actuator. Be sure the
actuator cannot suddenly open or close the valve. DUse bypass valves or completely shut off the process to isolate the valve from process pressure. Relieve process pressure
from both sides of the valve. Drain the process media from both sides of the valve. DSafely vent the power actuator loading pressure. DUse lock-out procedures to be sure the above measures stay in effect with you work on the equipment. DThe valve packing box may contain process fluids that are pressurized, even with the valve has been removed from the
pipeline. Process fluids may spray out under pressure when removing the packing hardware or packing rings. DCheck with your process or safety engineer for any other hazards that may be present from exposure to process media.
CAUTION
When adjusting the travel stop for the closed position of the valve ball or disk, refer to the appropriate valve instruction manual for detailed procedures. Undertravel or overtravel at the closed position may result in poor valve performance and/or damage to the equipment .
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user.
Yarway is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay, 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E2 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YARWAY MODEL AT 38/48
STANDARD DUTY A.T.-TEMP DESUPERHEATER
FEATURES
·Fabricated construction ·High quality stuffing box,
· Variable nozzle type · Wide range of Cv (Kv) capacities available · Special nozzle combinations available · Non/semi balanced internals for economic actuator selection ·Pressure rating
- ASME B16.34 Class 150 to 1500 - EN 1092-1 PN 25 to 250 · Materials - ASTM SA 105 / SA 106 Gr.B or
SA 182 F11 / SA 335 P11 - 1.0460 / 1.0345 or 1.7335
Other materials upon request
GENERAL APPLICATION
· Cooling of process steam or gas · Boiler superheater · Boiler reheater · Turbine bleed steam · Pressure reducing valve
TECHNICAL DATA
AT 38 Steam NPS 3 / DN 80 Water NPS 1 - 1½ / DN 25 - 40
AT 48 Steam NPS 4 / DN 100 Water NPS 1½ - 2 - 3/ DN 40 - 50 - 80
www.emerson.com
© 2019 Emerson. All Rights Reserved.
VCTDS-03076-EN 19/05
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YARWAY MODEL AT 38/48
STANDARD DUTY A.T.-TEMP DESUPERHEATER
FIGURE 1
Stuffing box
Water inlet flange is available to various standards. Model 38: NPS 1 - 1½ -2 DN 25 - 40 - 50 Model 48: NPS 1½ - 2 - 3 DN 40 - 50 - 80
Universal actuator adaptor boss fits a variety of yokes. Detailed drawings are available upon request.
Stem, ground, hardened and rolled for optimal matching with graphite packing.
Stainless steel nameplate.
Steam flange is available to various standards. Model 38: NPS 3 DN 80 Model 48: NPS 4 DN 100
Stem disc construction: Model 38: non - balanced Model 48: semi - balanced
Full stellite seat construction. Seat is machined for concentricity and squareness after the welding process.
Fabricated body available in various materials. Construction in accordance with ASME B16.34 and EN 12516.
Body extension pipe in various lengths, depending upon the installation requirements.
High performance spray nozzles give fine atomization of injection water.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YARWAY MODEL AT 38/48
STANDARD DUTY A.T.-TEMP DESUPERHEATER
The Standard Duty A.T.-Temp Desuperheater is specifically developed for use on medium / low pressure steam applications. The fabricated construction makes it easy adaptable to meet various boiler codes and material specifications. The unit can also be used as a liquid into gas injector for which high grade alloy such as stainless steel is often used. The vital trim components are identical to those used in Heavy Duty A.T.-Temp Desuperheater. More than 3800 units of both Heavy - and Standard Duty A.T.-Temp Desuperheaters are in service today.
The valve stem is rolled to obtain a smooth finish. This highly finished surface is then nitrided to give a hardness of > 1000 Vickers. The combination of these processes improves sealing tightness, whilst reducing packing friction. Piston rings are specially hardened and subsequently nitrided and are provided with a special gas tight slot. These rings offer excellent running properties and enable controllable Cv (Kv) values as low as 0.005 (0.0043).
SYSTEM COMPARISON
Conventional Conventional injection water systems consist of: ·Fixed size spray nozzle ·Control valve ·Steam pipe section
The water injection quantity is regulated by the control valve. As a consequence of this flow regulation the downstream water pressure P2, varies as a function of the valve plug position. At reduced capacity the control valve starts to throttle, reducing P2 and hence the available water to steam `p', resulting in larger droplet size and poor atomization. The water evaporation rate slows down and temperature control becomes troublesome.
This typical system problem becomes compounded as nozzles and valves are usually sized for the design capacity but normally operate significantly below these design conditions. This oversizing results in a partially open control valve, even at normal operating conditions. With reducing load, downstream water pressure P2 decays rapidly resulting in larger droplet size. Conventional systems therefore will work satisfactorily only at relatively steady load conditions.
A.T.-Temp Desuperheater The A.T.-Temp Desuperheater valve regulates the amount of injection water by varying the number of injection nozzles. This enables the water pressure to remain constant, independently of the number of injection nozzles in operation. This results in an excellent and near uniform spray quality over the entire operating range. Control of nozzle opening is achieved by the positioning of a piston which is operated directly by an actuator mounted onto the valve. Through this simple design, there is no separate water control valve necessary.
APPLICATIONS
Yarway A.T.-Temp Desuperheaters are used for temperature control of: ·Boiler superheaters ·Boiler reheaters ·Turbine bleed steam ·Pressure reducing valve outlet steam ·Process steam ·Process gases
FIGURE 2
P1
P2
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YARWAY MODEL AT 38/48
STANDARD DUTY A.T.-TEMP DESUPERHEATER
SUPERIOR SPRAY NOZZLE
Yarway has incorporated the latest technology in the spray nozzle design. The high quality surface finish minimizes frictional losses, thereby ensuring that the total water to steam p is available for atomization of the water (see Fig. 4). The nozzle consists of two components A)the orifices and B) the nozzle body. Each nozzle is served by individual feed holes in the cylinder wall. Water enters the chamber behind the orifice plate through these openings. The relatively large volume of this chamber ensures that water is proportioned evenly through each orifice.
The p across this orifice plate results in an increase in the fluid velocity. The water is subsequently rotated in the nozzle chamber before being emitted through the central hole. The combination of splitting the feed flow, increasing velocity and rotating effect, ensures that the water is injected into the system in a fine symmetrical hollow cone spray. The nozzles are assembled with the spray cylinder and sealed by a vacuum brazing process. This maintains the integrity of these components even under the most extreme conditions.
Material compatibility of spray cylinder, piston and piston rings is well proven in hot/cold service conditions, as typically found in steam attemperators. This enables reliable operation over an extended period. Surfaces are finely machined to reduce frictional losses and internal contours are so designed as to optimize water swirl action, ensuring uniform and consistent droplet size.
Minimum p available from the A.T.-Temp Desuperheater inlet flange to steam pressure must be: Nozzles A through Dx: 1 bar Nozzles E through K: 2 bar
CODES AND STANDARDS
The A.T.-Temp Desuperheater is designed and manufactured to meet a wide variety of international codes and standards. Certified acceptance documents are available upon request.
If special codes or standards are required by your local authority, then we would be pleased to discuss them.
FIGURE 3
A B
A B
MULTIPLE NOZZLE HEADS
The A.T.-Temp Desuperheater may be equipped with a variety of spray heads. The uniform body threading accepts spray cylinder heads with a wide range of Cv (Kv) values. Standard configurations are with either 6 or 9 equally sized spray nozzles but combinations are available.
This feature enables the A.T.-Temp Desuperheater to be customized to specific system requirements. Consult your local representative for details at www.emerson.com
4
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YARWAY MODEL AT 38/48
STANDARD DUTY A.T.-TEMP DESUPERHEATER
A.T.-Temp standard capacity range
Type Number Nozzle Configuration
1
6A
2
4A-2B
3
2A-3B-1C
4
1A-2B-3C
5
1A-2B-1C-2D
6
1A-1B-2C-1D-1Dx
7
1A-2B-3C-1D-1Dx-1D
8
3B-2C-1D-3Dx
9
1C-2D-1Dx-2D-3Dx
10
9Dx
11
1B-1C-1D-1Dx-1E-1F
12
1C-1D-1Dx-1E-2F
13
1C-1D-1Dx-1E-2G
14
1C-1D-1E-1F-1G-1H
15
1D-1Dx-2F-1H-1K
16
2D-1E-1G-1E-1F-1K-1H-1G
17
1E-2Dx-1H-2F-3K
18
1G-1F-1G-1K-2H-3K
19
9K
Max Kv
0,0648 0,0888 0,1338 0,1878 0,2686 0,3721 0,5229 0,7403 1,0474 1,5003 0,9988 1,3840 2,3014 3,0260 4,3549 6,1444 8,5867 12,5934 17,4420
Max Cv
0,0749 0,1027 0,1547 0,2171 0,3105 0,4302 0,6045 0,8558 1,2109 1,7345 1,1547 1,6000 2,6606 3,4983 5,0346 7,1034 9,9268 14,5588 20,1642
Definition
Q = S.G. = P =
m3/hr kg/dm3 bar
Flow capacity limitations are: - Model 38 with a maximum water flow capacity of 25 m3/hr. in continuous service. - Model 48 with a maximum water flow capacity of 50 m3/hr. in continuous service.
HW GW
FIGURE 4
H1
H2
GST
GST + GW
SIZING FORMULA
Every desuperheating station is a mixing point where there is a heat and mass balance. The universal formula is:
GW = GST ( H1-H2 ) : ( H2-HW )
In which:
GW =
GST = H1 = H2 = HW =
Injection water mass Inlet steam mass Enthalpy of the inlet steam Enthalpy of the outlet steam Enthalpy of the injection water
This formula enables calculation of the quantity of water required to lower the inlet steam temperature to the set - point temperature of the outlet steam.
5
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YARWAY MODEL AT 38/48
STANDARD DUTY A.T.-TEMP DESUPERHEATER
IMPORTANT SYSTEM PARAMETERS
Apart from the spray quality of the atomizer (primary atomization) there are other system parameters which influence the Desuperheater stations performance. These are:
Inlet steam velocity At high steam velocities, water droplets are easily disintegrated. This factor contributes to the overall atomization quality (secondary atomization). The minimum acceptable steam velocity varies as a function of the nozzle size and pipe diameter. In case of doubt, consult Yarway.
Water to steam ratio This ratio is determined by dividing GW by GST. For system steam pressures below 15 bar, this ratio should not exceed 10% for the normal operating conditions. Systems operating between 15 and 25 bar can have a ratio of up to 15%. For higher pressure duties, consult Yarway.
Distance to sensor The distance from the injection point to the temperature sensor should be 12 to 15 meters. Systems operating at pressures above 25 bar can have significantly less run to the sensor, consult Yarway.
Required straight pipe run The distance from injection point to the first pipe bend is also a function of steam pressure, temperature and nozzle size. Experience has shown that in systems up to 25 bar, 4 to 6 meters, is an acceptable distance.
ACTUATORS
Control systems The injection water quantity is controlled as a function of the outlet steam temperature. The A.T.-Temp Desuperheater actuation is compatible with conventional control systems operated from temperature transmitters, temperature indicating controllers and positioners. Fully pneumatic or fully electric systems are compatible and also combinations of the two. Exact requirements should be specified in the ordering/sizing data paragraph of this brochure.
FIGURE 5
ACTUATOR STEM FORCES
The stem forces for the Standard Duty A.T.-Temp Desuperheater are determined by the following formula: Model 38: P water x 62 + 1000 = Newton (P water in bar)
The maximum stem force must be limited to 15 kN. Model 48: P water x 68 + 1250 = Newton (P water in bar)
The maximum stem force must be limited to 50 kN. Special care should be taken when electric actuators are used. By their momenta of inertia these actuators can generate stem forces exceeding the specified nominal stem force during short intervals. Special spring loaded couplings are supplied for such applications.
Actuator sizing formula Units: D seat in cm d stem in cm D bal in cm P water in bar
FIGURE 6
F1
D
d
D bal F3
F1 = / 4 ( D seat2 - d stem2 ) x P water F2 = / 4 ( D bal2 - d stem2 ) x P water F3 = F friction ( + or - ).
P water
F actuator F2
6
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YARWAY MODEL AT 38/48
STANDARD DUTY A.T.-TEMP DESUPERHEATER
ORDERING / SIZING DATA
Steam Desuperheaters are selected specifically against application data. For optimal sizing, the following comprehensive data should always be supplied.
Steam data Inlet pressure Inlet temperature Outlet temperature Steam flow max. Steam flow normal Steam flow min.
bar °C °C setpoint t / hr t / hr t / hr
Water data
Water pressure
bar
Water temperature
°C
General
Pipe size
mm
Pipe schedule
Required water flange
position
(9) (12) (3) (6)
It is essential not to over specify the required
turndown ratio i.e.:
Steam flow max.
Steam flow min.
Otherwise this will necessitate selection of special nozzle heads which are non - stock items. Standard stock consists of nozzles with 6 or 9 equally sized atomizers giving turndown ratios of 18:1 and 27:1 respectively, on the water flow control. Experience shows that the majority of applications fall within this range.
FIGURE 7 Steam line
Water flange positions
FP9
FP12
FP3
FP6
Steam flow
Spray water must be injected in the direction of the steam flow. To facilitate installation of the water supply line, 4 different spray head positions are available in relation to the water connecting flange. Specification of this spray head orientation is required with the ordering data.
Yarway always recommends a strainer with a mesh size of approx. 100 µ (400 µ upon request) in the water supply line to protect the A.T.-Temp Desuperheater from clogging.
7
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YARWAY MODEL AT 38/48
STANDARD DUTY A.T.-TEMP DESUPERHEATER
TABLE 1 - STANDARD MATERIALS
Item Name
ASME
1+2 Spray Cylinder/Nozzle S41000/S41000
S41000/Alloy 6
3 Piston ring 4 Piston 5 Fastener ring 7 Stem 8 Seat housing
9 Body pipe
10 Water flange
11 Adaptor
12 Packing Box Ring 13 Packing box
14 Nut, Hex 15 Packing set 16 Stud Bolt 17 Packing Follower 18 Packing Flange 19 Name plate 20 Yoke Locknut 23 Securing Washer 24 Body flange
S43100 (1) S43100 (1) SA182 F11 Class 2 S43100 (1) SA 105/Alloy 6 or 17% Cr SA182 F11 Class2/Alloy 6 or 17% Cr SA106 Grade B SA335 P11 SA105 SA182 F11 Class 2 SA106 Grade B SA335-P11 S43100 (1) SA105 SA182 F11 Class2 SA194 GR7 (4) GRAPHITE K80/K80S SA193 GR B16 (4) S43100 (1) S30400 SST SA105 (3) CARBON STEEL (2) SA105 SA182 F11 Class2
EN 1.4006/1.4006 S41000/Alloy 6 1.4057 (1) 1.4057 (1) 1.4057 (1) 1.4057 (1) 1.0460/Alloy 6 or 17% Cr 1.0460/Alloy 6 or 17% Cr 1.0345 1.7335 1.0460 1.7335 1.0345 1.7335 1.4057 (1) 1.0460 1.7335 SA194 GR7 (4) GRAPHITE K80/K80S SA193 GR B16 (4) 1.4057 (1) 1.4301 SST SA105 (3) CARBON STEEL (2) 1.0460 1.7335
NOTE (1) Nitrided (2) Zinc plated (3) NCF (4) ENC
FIGURE 8
18 20 13 19
Certification A.T.-Temp Desuperheaters comply with the requirements of ASME B16.34 and EN 12516.
All data subject to changes.
Other materials are available upon request.
Materials and data of units supplied, may deviate from this brochure. Please consult order documents in case of doubt.
· ··
· ·
·· ··
·
· ·
14 23 16
17 15
12
·
10
11
·
24
7 9
Detail `A'
8
·
·
5
··
4
3
·
Detail `A'
21
·
Recommended spares 8
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YARWAY MODEL AT 38/48
STANDARD DUTY A.T.-TEMP DESUPERHEATER
TABLE 2 - DIMENSIONS (mm)
Model 38 Qmax = 25 m3/ hr.
Model 48 Qmax = 50 m3/ hr.
Standard length for steam line sizes up to 12" (DN 300)
A
55 mm travel
380
90 mm travel
399
399
B
55 mm travel
436
90 mm travel
476
476
Option: standard length for steam line sizes 14" (DN 350) and higher
A
55 mm travel
580
90 mm travel
599
599
B
55 mm travel
636
90 mm travel
676
676
C
200
200
D
290
380
E
300
300
F
108
108
G
M16 X 2.00
M16 x 2.00
K
3 9/16" Yoke Boss
L
See table 2-1
M
min. 68.0
N
60.3 x 11.1
P
64.0
STROKE 55 mm travel - Minimum pipeline diameter 6" 90 mm travel - Minimum pipeline diameter 8"
3 9/16" Yoke Boss See table 2-2 min. 80.0 73.0 x 14.0 78.0
TABLE 2-1 DIMENSIONS (mm)
PN25/40 PN63
DN 25
150
150
DN 40
150
150
DN 50
150
150
L (mm) AT38
CL150
NPS 1
150
NPS 1-1/2 150
CL300 150 150
NPS 2
150
150
TABLE 2-2 DIMENSIONS (mm)
DN 40 DN 50 DN 80
PN25/40 150 150 150
PN63 150 150 200
L (mm) AT48
NPS 1-1/2 NPS 2 NPS 3
CL150 150 150 200
CL300 150 150 200
PN100 150 150 150
CL600 150 150 150
PN160
150 150 150
CL900 150 150
200
PN250 150 150 150
CL1500 150 150
200
PN100 150 150 200
CL600 150 150
200
PN160 150 150 200
CL900 200 250 250
PN250 150 200 250
CL1500 200 250 250
TABLE 3 - FLANGE CONNECTIONS Model 38 Qmax = 25 m3/ hr.
Steam flange NPS 3 Class 150 through 1500
DN 80 PN 25 through 250
Water flange
NPS 1 - 1½ - 2 Class 150 through 1500
DN 25- 40 - 50 PN 25 through 250
Model 48 Qmax = 50 m3/ hr. NPS 4 Class 150 through 1500
DN 100 PN 25/40 PN 25 through 250
NPS 1½ - 2 - 3 Class 150 through 1500
DN 40 - 50 - 80 PN 25 through 250
FIGURE 9
Water flange
K
Table 3
Steam flange
Table 3 ·
L M
N
Tack weld P
G F E
H
D C
A B
Nozzles
9
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
YARWAY MODEL AT 38/48
STANDARD DUTY A.T.-TEMP DESUPERHEATER
Neither emerson, emerson automation solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Yarway is a mark owned by one of the companies in the emerson automation solutions business unit of emerson electric Co. emerson automation solutions, emerson and the emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of emerson electric Co. all other marks are the property of their respective owners. the contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. all sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice. www.Emerson.com/FinalControl
10
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
262K Filter
D100205X012
Product Bulletin
90.1:262K November 2019
FisherTM 262K Filter
The Fisher 262K Y-type filter is designed to remove dirt, scale, and other solid substances from the air supply to actuators and instruments.
Features
nExcellent Filtration--Resin-impregnated cellulose filter captures particles as small as 40 microns.
nApplication Flexibility--Versatility, reliability, and ease of maintenance permits meeting needs of virtually all users of pipelines carrying liquids, gases, or vapors.
Construction
Screwed body available in cast iron (Style B) or stainless steel (Style SSB), with resin-impregnated cellulose filter, and screwed clean-out connection.
Typical Fisher 262K Filter
W7910
Figure 1. Construction Details
Installation
Orientation must be so that flow is in the direction of the arrow cast on the body. As shown in figure 1, when the 262K filter is mounted in a horizontal line, the filter element must be pointed down. When mounted in a vertical line, the filter element must also point down, with the flow passing from top to bottom.
Dimensions are shown in figure 2.
FILTER ELEMENT
W0225
PIPE PLUG
www.Fisher.com
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
90.1:262K November 2019
262K Filter
D100205X012
Specifications
Body Size NPS 3/4
End Connection Styles 3/4 NPT screwed
Hazardous Area Classification
Complies with the requirements of ATEX Group II Category 2 Gas and Dust
Ex h IIC Tx Gb Ex h IIIC Tx Db
Maximum Inlet and Outlet Pressure Capabilities(1, 2) Cast Iron: 28 bar at 65_C (400 psig at 150_F) Stainless Steel: 41 bar at 65_C (600 psig at 150_F)
Temperature Capabilities(1) Cast Iron: -28 to 208_C (-20 to 406_F) Stainless Steel: -54 to 208_C (-65 to 406_F)
Flow Coefficients Cv : 3.96
Clean Out Connection Screwed
Maximum surface temperature depends on operating conditions Gas: T6...T2 Dust: T85...T208
Construction Materials
Body: J Cast Iron or J Stainless Steel (CF8M) Drain Plug: J Bronze (B62) or J Stainless Steel (316 SST) Pipe Plug: J Brass or J Stainless Steel (316 SST) Gaskets: Chloroprene Filter Element: Resin-impregnated cellulose
Approximate Shipping Weight
Cast Iron: 1.36 kg (3 lbs) Stainless Steel: 5 .4 kg (12 lbs)
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded. 2. A pressure exceeding this value can cause failure of, or leakage from, pressure-containing components.
2
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
262K Filter
D100205X012
Product Bulletin
90.1:262K November 2019
Figure 2. Fisher 262K Dimensions
50.8 (2.00)
101.6 (4.00)
88.9 (3.50)
NOTE 1
101.6 (4.00)
AP8743A A6668
PIPE PLUG (3/8 NPT)
1. Minimum clearance required to remove filter element.
44.5 (1.75)
mm (INCH)
3
CATALOG 88 - FISHER VALVE & INSTRUMENT PRODUCT BULLETINS
Product Bulletin
90.1:262K November 2019
262K Filter
D100205X012
Neither Emerson, Emerson Automation Solutions, nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection, use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use, and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user. Fisher is a mark owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Automation Solutions business unit of Emerson Electric Co. Emerson Automation Solutions, Emerson, and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available upon request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
Emerson Automation Solutions Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA Sorocaba, 18087 Brazil Cernay 68700 France Dubai, United Arab Emirates Singapore 128461 Singapore
www.Fisher.com
E4 1976, 2019 Fisher Controls International LLC. All rights reserved.
Adobe Acrobat Pro 2017 17.11.30194 Adobe Acrobat Pro 2017 17.11.30194